diff --git a/AADATA.CPP b/AADATA.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c7893d2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/AADATA.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,798 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\aadata.cpv   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:49:50   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                              name in                                                *
+ *                    File Name : AADATA.CPP                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : July 22, 1994                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : August 7, 1995 [JLB]                                         *
+ *                               Determines                                                              *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   AircraftTypeClass::AircraftTypeClass -- Constructor for aircraft objects.                 *
+ *   AircraftTypeClass::Create_And_Place -- Creates and places aircraft using normal game syste*
+ *   AircraftTypeClass::Create_One_Of -- Creates an aircraft object of the appropriate type.   *
+ *   AircraftTypeClass::Dimensions -- Fetches the graphic dimensions of the aircraft type.     *
+ *   AircraftTypeClass::Display -- Displays a generic version of the aircraft type.            *
+ *   AircraftTypeClass::From_Name -- Converts an ASCIIto an aircraft type number.      *
+ *   AircraftTypeClass::Max_Pips -- Fetches the maximum number of pips allowed.                *
+ *   AircraftTypeClass::Occupy_List -- Returns with occupation list for landed aircraft.       *
+ *   AircraftTypeClass::One_Time -- Performs one time initialization of the aircraft type class.*
+ *   AircraftTypeClass::Overlap_List --  the overlap list for a landed aircraft.     *
+ *   AircraftTypeClass::Prep_For_Add -- Prepares the scenario editor for adding an aircraft objec*
+ *   AircraftTypeClass::Repair_Cost -- Fetchs the cost per repair step.                        *
+ *   AircraftTypeClass::Repair_Step -- Fetches the number of health points per repair.         *
+ *   AircraftTypeClass::Who_Can_Build_Me -- Determines which object can build the aircraft obje*
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+
+
+void const * AircraftTypeClass::LRotorData = NULL;
+void const * AircraftTypeClass::RRotorData = NULL;
+
+// A-10 attack plane
+static AircraftTypeClass const AttackPlane(
+	AIRCRAFT_A10,			// What kind of aircraft is this.
+	TXT_A10,					// Translated text number for aircraft.
+	"A10",					// INI name of aircraft.
+	99,						// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,			// Building prerequisite.
+		false,				// Is a leader type?
+		false,				// Does it fire a pair of shots in quick succession?
+		false,				//	Is this a typical transport vehicle?
+		true,					// Fixed wing aircraft?
+		false,				// Equipped with a rotor?
+		false,				// Custom rotor sets for each facing?
+		false,				// Can this aircraft land on clear terrain?
+		false,				// Can the aircraft be crushed by a tracked vehicle?
+		true,					// Is it invisible on radar?
+		false,				// Can the player select it so as to give it orders?
+		true,					// Can it be assigned as a target for attack.
+		false,				// Is it insignificant (won't be announced)?
+		false,				// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		false,				// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,				// Can it be repaired in a repair facility?
+		false,				// Can the player construct or order this unit?
+		true,					// Is there a crew inside?
+	3,							// Number of shots it has (default).
+	60,						// The strength of this unit.
+	0,							// The range that it reveals terrain around itself.
+	800,						// Credit cost to construct.
+	0,							// The scenario this becomes available.
+	10,1,						// Risk, reward when calculating AI.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD|
+	HOUSEF_BAD,				// Who can own this aircraft type.
+	WEAPON_NAPALM,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_ALUMINUM,		// Armor type of this aircraft.
+	MPH_FAST,				// Maximum speed of aircraft.
+	5,							// Rate of turn.
+	MISSION_HUNT			// Default mission for aircraft.
+);
+
+// Transport helicopter.
+static AircraftTypeClass const TransportHeli(
+	AIRCRAFT_TRANSPORT,	// What kind of aircraft is this.
+	TXT_TRANS,				// Translated text number for aircraft.
+	"TRAN",					// INI name of aircraft.
+	6,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_HELIPAD,		// Building prerequisite.
+		false,				// Is a leader type?
+		false,				// Does it fire a pair of shots in quick succession?
+		true,					//	Is this a typical transport vehicle?
+		false,				// Fixed wing aircraft?
+		true,					// Equipped with a rotor?
+		true,					// Custom rotor sets for each facing?
+		true,					// Can this aircraft land on clear terrain?
+		false,				// Can the aircraft be crushed by a tracked vehicle?
+		true,					// Is it invisible on radar?
+		true,					// Can the player select it so as to give it orders?
+		true,					// Can it be assigned as a target for attack.
+		false,				// Is it insignificant (won't be announced)?
+		false,				// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,				// Is it equipped with a combat turret?
+		false,				// Can it be repaired in a repair facility?
+		true,					// Can the player construct or order this unit?
+		true,					// Is there a crew inside?
+	0,							// Number of shots it has (default).
+	90,						// The strength of this unit.
+	0,							// The range that it reveals terrain around itself.
+	1500,						// Credit cost to construct.
+	98,						// The scenario this becomes available.
+	10,80,					// Risk, reward when calculating AI.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_BAD|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD,			// Who can own this aircraft type.
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_ALUMINUM,		// Armor type of this aircraft.
+	MPH_MEDIUM_FAST,		// Maximum speed of aircraft.
+	5,							// Rate of turn.
+	MISSION_HUNT			// Default mission for aircraft.
+);
+
+// Apache attach helicopter.
+static AircraftTypeClass const AttackHeli(
+	AIRCRAFT_HELICOPTER,	// What kind of aircraft is this.
+	TXT_HELI,				// Translated text number for aircraft.
+	"HELI",					// INI name of aircraft.
+	6,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_HELIPAD,		// Building prerequisite.
+		true,					// Is a leader type?
+		true,					// Does it fire a pair of shots in quick succession?
+		false,				//	Is this a typical transport vehicle?
+		false,				// Fixed wing aircraft?
+		true,					// Equipped with a rotor?
+		false,				// Custom rotor sets for each facing?
+		false,				// Can this aircraft land on clear terrain?
+		false,				// Can the aircraft be crushed by a tracked vehicle?
+		true,					// Is it invisible on radar?
+		true,					// Can the player select it so as to give it orders?
+		true,					// Can it be assigned as a target for attack.
+		false,				// Is it insignificant (won't be announced)?
+		false,				// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		false,				// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,				// Can it be repaired in a repair facility?
+		true,					// Can the player construct or order this unit?
+		true,					// Is there a crew inside?
+	15,						// Number of shots it has (default).
+	125,						// The strength of this unit.
+	0,							// The range that it reveals terrain around itself.
+	1200,						// Credit cost to construct.
+	10,						// The scenario this becomes available.
+	10,80,					// Risk, reward when calculating AI.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_BAD,				// Who can own this aircraft type.
+	WEAPON_CHAIN_GUN,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_STEEL,			// Armor type of this aircraft.
+	MPH_FAST,				// Maximum speed of aircraft.
+	4,							// Rate of turn.
+	MISSION_HUNT			// Default mission for aircraft.
+);
+
+
+// Orca attack helicopter.
+static AircraftTypeClass const OrcaHeli(
+	AIRCRAFT_ORCA,			// What kind of aircraft is this.
+	TXT_ORCA,				// Translated text number for aircraft.
+	"ORCA",					// INI name of aircraft.
+	6,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_HELIPAD,		// Building prerequisite.
+		true,					// Is a leader type?
+		true,					// Does it fire a pair of shots in quick succession?
+		false,				//	Is this a typical transport vehicle?
+		false,				// Fixed wing aircraft?
+		false,				// Equipped with a rotor?
+		false,				// Custom rotor sets for each facing?
+		false,				// Can this aircraft land on clear terrain?
+		false,				// Can the aircraft be crushed by a tracked vehicle?
+		true,					// Is it invisible on radar?
+		true,					// Can the player select it so as to give it orders?
+		true,					// Can it be assigned as a target for attack.
+		false,				// Is it insignificant (won't be announced)?
+		false,				// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		false,				// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,				// Can it be repaired in a repair facility?
+		true,					// Can the player construct or order this unit?
+		true,					// Is there a crew inside?
+	6,							// Number of shots it has (default).
+	125,						// The strength of this unit.
+	0,							// The range that it reveals terrain around itself.
+	1200,						// Credit cost to construct.
+	10,						// The scenario this becomes available.
+	10,80,					// Risk, reward when calculating AI.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD,			// Who can own this aircraft type.
+	WEAPON_DRAGON,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_STEEL,			// Armor type of this aircraft.
+	MPH_FAST,				// Maximum speed of aircraft.
+	4,							// Rate of turn.
+	MISSION_HUNT			// Default mission for aircraft.
+);
+
+
+// C-17 transport plane.
+static AircraftTypeClass const CargoPlane(
+	AIRCRAFT_CARGO,		// What kind of aircraft is this.
+	TXT_C17,					// Translated text number for aircraft.
+	"C17",					// INI name of aircraft.
+	99,						// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,			// Building prerequisite.
+		false,				// Is a leader type?
+		false,				// Does it fire a pair of shots in quick succession?
+		true,					//	Is this a typical transport vehicle?
+		true,					// Fixed wing aircraft?
+		false,				// Equipped with a rotor?
+		false,				// Custom rotor sets for each facing?
+		false,				// Can this aircraft land on clear terrain?
+		false,				// Can the aircraft be crushed by a tracked vehicle?
+		true,					// Is it invisible on radar?
+		false,				// Can the player select it so as to give it orders?
+		false,				// Can it be assigned as a target for attack.
+		false,				// Is it insignificant (won't be announced)?
+		false,				// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		false,				// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,				// Can it be repaired in a repair facility?
+		false,				// Can the player construct or order this unit?
+		true,					// Is there a crew inside?
+	0,							// Number of shots it has (default).
+	25,						// The strength of this unit.
+	0,							// The range that it reveals terrain around itself.
+	800,						// Credit cost to construct.
+	0,							// The scenario this becomes available.
+	10,1,						// Risk, reward when calculating AI.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD|
+	HOUSEF_BAD,				// Who can own this aircraft type.
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_ALUMINUM,		// Armor type of this aircraft.
+	MPH_FAST,				// Maximum speed of aircraft.
+	5,							// Rate of turn.
+	MISSION_HUNT			// Default mission for aircraft.
+);
+
+
+AircraftTypeClass const * const AircraftTypeClass::Pointers[AIRCRAFT_COUNT] = {
+	&TransportHeli,
+	&AttackPlane,
+	&AttackHeli,
+	&CargoPlane,
+	&OrcaHeli,
+};
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftTypeClass::AircraftTypeClass -- Constructor for aircraft objects.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the constructor for the aircraft object.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   see below...                                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/26/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+AircraftTypeClass::AircraftTypeClass(
+				AircraftType airtype,
+				int name,
+				char const *ininame,
+				unsigned char level,
+				long pre,
+				bool is_leader,
+				bool is_twoshooter,
+				bool is_transporter,
+				bool is_fixedwing,
+				bool is_rotorequipped,
+				bool is_rotorcustom,
+				bool is_landable,
+				bool is_crushable,
+				bool is_stealthy,
+				bool is_selectable,
+				bool is_legal_target,
+				bool is_insignificant,
+				bool is_immune,
+				bool is_theater,
+				bool is_repairable,
+				bool is_buildable,
+				bool is_crew,
+				int ammo,
+				unsigned short strength,
+				int sightrange,
+				int cost,
+				int scenario,
+				int risk,
+				int reward,
+				int ownable,
+				WeaponType primary,
+				WeaponType secondary,
+				ArmorType armor,
+				MPHType maxspeed,
+				int rot,
+				MissionType deforder) :
+					TechnoTypeClass(name,
+										ininame,
+										level,
+										pre,
+										is_leader,
+										false,
+										false,
+										is_transporter,
+										false,
+										is_crushable,
+										is_stealthy,
+										is_selectable,
+										is_legal_target,
+										is_insignificant,
+										is_immune,
+										is_theater,
+										is_twoshooter,
+										false,
+										is_repairable,
+										is_buildable,
+										is_crew,
+										ammo,
+										strength,
+										maxspeed,
+										sightrange,
+										cost,
+										scenario,
+										risk,
+										reward,
+										ownable,
+										primary,
+										secondary,
+										armor)
+{
+	IsRotorEquipped = is_rotorequipped;
+	IsRotorCustom = is_rotorcustom;
+	IsLandable = is_landable;
+	IsFixedWing = is_fixedwing;
+	Type = airtype;
+	ROT = rot;
+	Mission = deforder;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftTypeClass::From_Name -- Converts an ASCII name into an aircraft type number.        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to convert an ASCII representation of an aircraft into the          *
+ *    matching aircraft type number. This is used by the scenario INI reader code.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   name  -- Pointer to ASCII name to translate.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns the aircraft type number that matches the ASCII name provided. If no       *
+ *          match could be found, then AIRCRAFT_NONE is returned.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/26/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+AircraftType AircraftTypeClass::From_Name(char const *name)
+{
+	if (name) {
+		for (AircraftType classid = AIRCRAFT_FIRST; classid < AIRCRAFT_COUNT; classid++) {
+			if (stricmp(Pointers[classid]->IniName, name) == 0) {
+				return(classid);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return(AIRCRAFT_NONE);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftTypeClass::One_Time -- Performs one time initialization of the aircraft type class. *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to perform the onetime initialization of the aircraft type. This    *
+ *    includes primarily the shape and other graphic data loading.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   This goes to disk and also must only be called ONCE.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/26/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void AircraftTypeClass::One_Time(void)
+{
+	AircraftType index;
+
+	for (index = AIRCRAFT_FIRST; index < AIRCRAFT_COUNT; index++) {
+		char fullname[_MAX_FNAME+_MAX_EXT];
+		AircraftTypeClass	const & uclass = As_Reference(index);
+
+		/*
+		**	Fetch the supporting data files for the unit.
+		*/
+		char buffer[_MAX_FNAME];
+		if ( Get_Resolution_Factor() ) {
+			sprintf(buffer, "%sICNH", uclass.IniName);
+		} else {
+			sprintf(buffer, "%sICON", uclass.IniName);
+		}
+		_makepath(fullname, NULL, NULL, buffer, ".SHP");
+		((void const *&)uclass.CameoData) = MixFileClass::Retrieve(fullname);
+
+		/*
+		**	Generic shape for all houses load method.
+		*/
+		_makepath(fullname, NULL, NULL, uclass.IniName, ".SHP");
+		((void const *&)uclass.ImageData) = MixFileClass::Retrieve(fullname);
+	}
+
+	LRotorData = MixFileClass::Retrieve("LROTOR.SHP");
+	RRotorData = MixFileClass::Retrieve("RROTOR.SHP");
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftTypeClass::Create_One_Of -- Creates an aircraft object of the appropriate type.     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to create an aircraft object that matches the aircraft type. It     *
+ *    serves as a shortcut to creating an object using the "new" operator and "if" checks.     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   house -- The house owner of the aircraft that is to be created.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the aircraft created. If the aircraft could not be       *
+ *          created, then a NULL is returned.                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/26/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+ObjectClass * AircraftTypeClass::Create_One_Of(HouseClass * house) const
+{
+	return(new AircraftClass(Type, house->Class->House));
+}
+
+
+#ifdef SCENARIO_EDITOR
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftTypeClass::Prep_For_Add -- Prepares the scenario editor for adding an aircraft objec*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used by the scenario editor to prepare for the adding operation. It      *
+ *    builds a list of pointers to object types that can be added.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/26/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void AircraftTypeClass::Prep_For_Add(void)
+{
+	for (AircraftType index = AIRCRAFT_FIRST; index < AIRCRAFT_COUNT; index++) {
+		if (As_Reference(index).Get_Image_Data()) {
+			Map.Add_To_List(&As_Reference(index));
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftTypeClass::Display -- Displays a generic version of the aircraft type.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used by the scenario editor to display a generic version of the object   *
+ *    type. This is displayed in the object selection dialog box.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   x,y      -- The coordinates to draw the aircraft at (centered).                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          window   -- The window to base the coordinates upon.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          house    -- The owner of this generic aircraft.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/26/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void AircraftTypeClass::Display(int x, int y, WindowNumberType window, HousesType house) const
+{
+	int shape = 0;
+	void const * ptr = Get_Cameo_Data();
+	if (!ptr) {
+		ptr = Get_Image_Data();
+		shape = 5;
+	}
+	CC_Draw_Shape(ptr, shape, x, y, window, SHAPE_CENTER|SHAPE_WIN_REL|SHAPE_FADING, HouseClass::As_Pointer(house)->Remap_Table(false, true));
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftTypeClass::Occupy_List -- Returns with occupation list for landed aircraft.         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This determines the occupation list for the aircraft (if it was landed).                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   placement   -- Is this for placement legality checking only? The normal condition  *
+ *                         is for marking occupation flags.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to a cell offset occupation list for the aircraft.          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   This occupation list is only valid if the aircraft is landed.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/26/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+short const * AircraftTypeClass::Occupy_List(bool) const
+{
+	static short const _list[] = {0, REFRESH_EOL};
+	return(_list);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftTypeClass::Overlap_List -- Determines the overlap list for a landed aircraft.       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine figures out the overlap list for the aircraft as if it were landed.         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the cell offset overlap list for the aircraft.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   This overlap list is only valid when the aircraft is landed.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/26/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+short const * AircraftTypeClass::Overlap_List(void) const
+{
+	static short const _list[] = {-(MAP_CELL_W-1), -MAP_CELL_W, -(MAP_CELL_W+1), -1, 1, (MAP_CELL_W-1), MAP_CELL_W, (MAP_CELL_W+1), REFRESH_EOL};
+	return(_list);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftTypeClass::Who_Can_Build_Me -- Determines which object can build the aircraft objec *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to determine which object (factory) can build the aircraft. It          *
+ *    determines this by scanning through the available factories, looking for one that is     *
+ *    of the proper ownership and is available.                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   intheory -- When true, it doesn't consider if the factory is currently busy. It    *
+ *                      only considers that it is the right type.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          legal    -- Should building prerequisite legality checks be performed as well?     *
+ *                      For building placements, this is usually false. For sidebar button     *
+ *                      adding, this is usually true.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          house    -- The house of the desired aircraft to be built.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the object that can build the aircraft.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/30/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+BuildingClass * AircraftTypeClass::Who_Can_Build_Me(bool , bool legal, HousesType house) const
+{
+	BuildingClass * anybuilding = NULL;
+	for (int index = 0; index < Buildings.Count(); index++) {
+		BuildingClass * building = Buildings.Ptr(index);
+
+		if (building &&
+				!building->IsInLimbo &&
+				building->House->Class->House == house &&
+				building->Mission != MISSION_DECONSTRUCTION &&
+				((1L << building->ActLike) & Ownable) &&
+				(!legal || building->House->Can_Build(Type, building->ActLike)) &&
+				building->Class->ToBuild == RTTI_AIRCRAFTTYPE) {
+
+			if (building->IsLeader) return(building);
+			anybuilding = building;
+		}
+	}
+	return(anybuilding);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftTypeClass::Repair_Cost -- Fetchs the cost per repair step.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will return the cost for every repair step.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the credit expense for every repair step.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/26/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int AircraftTypeClass::Repair_Cost(void) const
+{
+	return(Fixed_To_Cardinal(Cost/(MaxStrength/REPAIR_STEP), REPAIR_PERCENT));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftTypeClass::Repair_Step -- Fetches the number of health points per repair.           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    For every repair event, the returned number of health points is acquired.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the number of health points to recover each repair step.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/26/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int AircraftTypeClass::Repair_Step(void) const
+{
+	return(REPAIR_STEP);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftTypeClass::Max_Pips -- Fetches the maximum number of pips allowed.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to retrieve the maximum pip count allowed for this aircraft. This is    *
+ *    the maximum number of passengers.                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the maximum number of pips for this aircraft.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/26/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int AircraftTypeClass::Max_Pips(void) const
+{
+	if (IsTransporter) {
+		return(Max_Passengers());
+	} else {
+		if (Primary != WEAPON_NONE) {
+			return(5);
+		}
+	}
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftTypeClass::Create_And_Place -- Creates and places aircraft using normal game system *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to create and place an aircraft through the normal game system.     *
+ *    Since creation of aircraft in this fashion is prohibited, this routine does nothing.     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   na                                                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Always returns a failure code (false).                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/07/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool AircraftTypeClass::Create_And_Place(CELL, HousesType) const
+{
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ATC::Init -- load up terrain set dependant sidebar icons                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    theater type                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    4/25/96 0:33AM ST : Created                                                              *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+
+void AircraftTypeClass::Init(TheaterType theater)
+{
+	if (theater != LastTheater){
+		if ( Get_Resolution_Factor() ) {
+
+			AircraftType index;
+			char buffer[_MAX_FNAME];
+			char fullname[_MAX_FNAME+_MAX_EXT];
+			void const * cameo_ptr;
+
+			for (index = AIRCRAFT_FIRST; index < AIRCRAFT_COUNT; index++) {
+				AircraftTypeClass	const & uclass = As_Reference(index);
+
+				((void const *&)uclass.CameoData) = NULL;
+
+				sprintf(buffer, "%.4sICNH", uclass.IniName);
+				_makepath (fullname, NULL, NULL, buffer, Theaters[theater].Suffix);
+				cameo_ptr = MixFileClass::Retrieve(fullname);
+				if (cameo_ptr){
+					((void const *&)uclass.CameoData) = cameo_ptr;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftTypeClass::Dimensions -- Fetches the graphic dimensions of the aircraft type.       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will fetch the pixel dimensions of this aircraft type. These dimensions     *
+ *    are used to control map refresh and select box rendering.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   width    -- Reference to variable that will be filled in with aircraft width.      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          height   -- Reference to variable that will be filled in with aircraft height.     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/07/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void AircraftTypeClass::Dimensions(int &width, int &height) const
+{
+	width = 21;
+	height = 20;
+}
+
+
+RTTIType AircraftTypeClass::What_Am_I(void) const {return RTTI_AIRCRAFTTYPE;};
diff --git a/ABSTRACT.CPP b/ABSTRACT.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f470692
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ABSTRACT.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\abstract.cpv   2.20   16 Oct 1995 16:49:04   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : ABSTRACT.CPP                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : 01/26/95                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : May 22, 1995 [JLB]                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   AbstractClass::Distance -- Determines distance to target.                                 *
+ *   AbstractTypeClass::AbstractTypeClass -- Constructor for abstract type objects.            *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AbstractClass::Distance -- Determines distance to target.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This will determine the distance (direct line) to the target. The distance is in         *
+ *    'leptons'. This routine is typically used for weapon range checks.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   target   -- The target to determine range to.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the range to the specified target (in leptons).                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/17/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int AbstractClass::Distance(TARGET target) const
+{
+	/*
+	**	Should subtract a fudge-factor distance for building targets.
+	*/
+	BuildingClass	*obj = As_Building(target);
+	int dist = Distance(As_Coord(target));
+
+	/*
+	** If the object is a building the adjust it by the average radius
+	** of the object.
+	*/
+	if (obj) {
+		dist -= ((obj->Class->Width() + obj->Class->Height()) * (0x100 / 4));
+		if (dist < 0) dist = 0;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Return the distance to the target
+	*/
+	return(dist);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AbstractTypeClass::AbstractTypeClass -- Constructor for abstract type objects.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the constructor for AbstractTypeClass objects. It initializes the INI name and   *
+ *    the text name for this object type.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   name  -- Text number for the full name of the object.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          ini   -- The ini name for this object type.                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/22/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+AbstractTypeClass::AbstractTypeClass(int name, char const * ini)
+{
+	Name = name;
+	strncpy((char *)IniName, ini, sizeof(IniName));
+	((char &)IniName[sizeof(IniName)-1]) = '\0';
+}
+
+RTTIType AbstractTypeClass::What_Am_I(void) const {return RTTI_ABSTRACTTYPE;};
+COORDINATE AbstractTypeClass::Coord_Fixup(COORDINATE coord) const {return coord;}
+int AbstractTypeClass::Full_Name(void) const {return Name;};
+unsigned short AbstractTypeClass::Get_Ownable(void) const {return 0xffff;};
diff --git a/ABSTRACT.H b/ABSTRACT.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..944781a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ABSTRACT.H
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\abstract.h_v   2.20   16 Oct 1995 16:46:30   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : ABSTRACT.H                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : 01/26/95                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : January 26, 1995 [JLB]                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef ABSTRACT_H
+#define ABSTRACT_H
+
+DirType  Direction(CELL cell1, CELL cell2);
+DirType  Direction(COORDINATE coord1, COORDINATE coord2);
+int  Distance(COORDINATE coord1, COORDINATE coord2);
+int  Distance(CELL coord1, CELL coord2);
+COORDINATE  As_Coord(TARGET target);
+
+class AbstractTypeClass;
+
+class AbstractClass
+{
+	public:
+
+		/*
+		**	The coordinate location of the unit. For vehicles, this is the center
+		**	point. For buildings, it is the upper left corner.
+		*/
+		COORDINATE Coord;
+
+		/*
+		**	The actual object ram-space is located in arrays in the data segment. This flag
+		**	is used to indicate which objects are free to be reused and which are currently
+		**	in use by the game.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsActive:1;
+
+		/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+		**	Constructor & destructors.
+		*/
+		AbstractClass(void) {Coord = 0L;};
+		virtual ~AbstractClass(void) {};
+
+		/*
+		**	Query functions.
+		*/
+		virtual HousesType Owner(void) const {return HOUSE_NONE;};
+
+		/*
+		**	Coordinate query support functions.
+		*/
+		virtual COORDINATE Center_Coord(void) const {return Coord;};
+		virtual COORDINATE Target_Coord(void) const {return Coord;};
+
+		/*
+		**	Coordinate inquiry functions. These are used for both display and
+		**	combat purposes.
+		*/
+		DirType Direction(AbstractClass const * object) const {return ::Direction(Center_Coord(), object->Target_Coord());};
+		DirType Direction(COORDINATE coord) const {return ::Direction(Center_Coord(), coord);};
+		DirType Direction(TARGET target) const {return ::Direction(Center_Coord(), As_Coord(target));};
+		DirType Direction(CELL cell) const {return ::Direction(Coord_Cell(Center_Coord()), cell);};
+		int Distance(TARGET target) const;
+		int Distance(COORDINATE coord) const {return ::Distance(Center_Coord(), coord);};
+		int Distance(CELL cell) const {return ::Distance(Coord_Cell(Center_Coord()), cell);};
+		int Distance(AbstractClass const * object) const {return ::Distance(Center_Coord(), object->Target_Coord());};
+
+		/*
+		**	Object entry and exit from the game system.
+		*/
+		virtual MoveType Can_Enter_Cell(CELL , FacingType = FACING_NONE) const {return MOVE_OK;};
+
+		/*
+		**	AI.
+		*/
+		virtual void AI(void) {};
+
+};
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/ADATA.CPP b/ADATA.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b2aace5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ADATA.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,2429 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\adata.cpv   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:49:32   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               *** 
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : ADATA.CPP                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : May 30, 1994                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : August 23, 1994   [JLB]                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   AnimTypeClass::One_Time -- Performs one time action for animation types.                  *
+ *   AnimTypeClass::AnimTypeClass -- Constructor for animation types.                          *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+
+// Dinosaur death animations
+static AnimTypeClass const TricDie(
+	ANIM_TRIC_DIE,							// Animation number.
+	"TRIC",									// Data name of animation.
+	32,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	4,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	true,										// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	true,										// Ground level animation?
+	true,										// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	2,											// Delay between frames.
+	176,										// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	0,											// Ending frame of loop back.
+	20,										// Number of animation stages.
+	0,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+
+static AnimTypeClass const TRexDie(
+	ANIM_TREX_DIE,							// Animation number.
+	"TREX",									// Data name of animation.
+	48,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	4,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	true,										// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	true,										// Ground level animation?
+	true,										// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	2,											// Delay between frames.
+	144,										// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	0,											// Ending frame of loop back.
+	40,										// Number of animation stages.
+	0,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+
+static AnimTypeClass const StegDie(
+	ANIM_STEG_DIE,							// Animation number.
+	"STEG",									// Data name of animation.
+	33,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	4,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	true,										// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	true,										// Ground level animation?
+	true,										// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	2,											// Delay between frames.
+	176,										// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	0,											// Ending frame of loop back.
+	22,										// Number of animation stages.
+	0,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+
+static AnimTypeClass const RaptDie(
+	ANIM_RAPT_DIE,							// Animation number.
+	"RAPT",									// Data name of animation.
+	24,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	4,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	true,										// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	true,										// Ground level animation?
+	true,										// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	2,											// Delay between frames.
+	144,										// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	0,											// Ending frame of loop back.
+	40,										// Number of animation stages.
+	0,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+
+static AnimTypeClass const SAMN(
+	ANIM_SAM_N,								// Animation number.
+	"SAMFIRE",								// Data name of animation.
+	55,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	4,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	false,									// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	18*0,										// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	0,											// Ending frame of loop back.
+	18,										// Number of animation stages.
+	0,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+static AnimTypeClass const SAMNW(
+	ANIM_SAM_NW,							// Animation number.
+	"SAMFIRE",								// Data name of animation.
+	55,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	22,										// Biggest animation stage.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	false,									// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	18*1,										// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	0,											// Ending frame of loop back.
+	18,										// Number of animation stages.
+	0,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+static AnimTypeClass const SAMW(
+	ANIM_SAM_W,								// Animation number.
+	"SAMFIRE",								// Data name of animation.
+	55,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	40,										// Biggest animation stage.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	false,									// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	18*2,										// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	0,											// Ending frame of loop back.
+	18,										// Number of animation stages.
+	0,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+static AnimTypeClass const SAMSW(
+	ANIM_SAM_SW,							// Animation number.
+	"SAMFIRE",								// Data name of animation.
+	55,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	58,										// Biggest animation stage.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	false,									// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	18*3,										// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	0,											// Ending frame of loop back.
+	18,										// Number of animation stages.
+	0,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+static AnimTypeClass const SAMS(
+	ANIM_SAM_S,								// Animation number.
+	"SAMFIRE",								// Data name of animation.
+	55,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	76,										// Biggest animation stage.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	false,									// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	18*4,										// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	0,											// Ending frame of loop back.
+	18,										// Number of animation stages.
+	0,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+static AnimTypeClass const SAMSE(
+	ANIM_SAM_SE,							// Animation number.
+	"SAMFIRE",								// Data name of animation.
+	55,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	94,										// Biggest animation stage.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	false,									// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	18*5,										// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	0,											// Ending frame of loop back.
+	18,										// Number of animation stages.
+	0,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+static AnimTypeClass const SAME(
+	ANIM_SAM_E,								// Animation number.
+	"SAMFIRE",								// Data name of animation.
+	55,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	112,										// Biggest animation stage.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	false,									// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	18*6,										// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	0,											// Ending frame of loop back.
+	18,										// Number of animation stages.
+	0,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+static AnimTypeClass const SAMNE(
+	ANIM_SAM_NE,							// Animation number.
+	"SAMFIRE",								// Data name of animation.
+	55,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	130,										// Biggest animation stage.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	false,									// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	18*7,										// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	0,											// Ending frame of loop back.
+	18,										// Number of animation stages.
+	0,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+
+static AnimTypeClass const LZSmoke(
+	ANIM_LZ_SMOKE,						// Animation number.
+	"SMOKLAND",								// Data name of animation.
+	32,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	72,										// Biggest animation stage.
+	true,										// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	true,										// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	72,										// Loop start frame number.
+	91,										// Ending frame of loop back.
+	-1,										// Number of animation stages.
+	255,										// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+
+/*
+**	Flammable object burning animations. Primarily used on trees and buildings.
+*/
+static AnimTypeClass const BurnSmall(
+	ANIM_BURN_SMALL,						// Animation number.
+	"BURN-S",								// Data name of animation.
+	11,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	13,										// Biggest animation stage.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	true,										// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0008,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	30,										// Loop start frame number.
+	62,										// Ending frame of loop back.
+	-1,										// Number of animation stages.
+	4,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+static AnimTypeClass const BurnMed(
+	ANIM_BURN_MED,							// Animation number.
+	"BURN-M",								// Data name of animation.
+	14,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	13,										// Biggest animation stage.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	true,										// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0010,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	30,										// Loop start frame number.
+	62,										// Ending frame of loop back.
+	-1,										// Number of animation stages.
+	4,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+static AnimTypeClass const BurnBig(
+	ANIM_BURN_BIG,							// Animation number.
+	"BURN-L",								// Data name of animation.
+	23,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	13,										// Biggest animation stage.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	true,										// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	true,										// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0018,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	30,										// Loop start frame number.
+	62,										// Ending frame of loop back.
+	-1,										// Number of animation stages.
+	4,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+
+/*
+**	Flammable object burning animations that trail into smoke. Used for
+**	buildings and the gunboat.
+*/
+static AnimTypeClass const OnFireSmall(
+	ANIM_ON_FIRE_SMALL,					// Animation number.
+	"BURN-S",								// Data name of animation.
+	11,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	13,										// Biggest animation stage.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	true,										// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0008,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	30,										// Loop start frame number.
+	62,										// Ending frame of loop back.
+	-1,										// Number of animation stages.
+	4,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_SMOKE_M
+);
+static AnimTypeClass const OnFireMed(
+	ANIM_ON_FIRE_MED,						// Animation number.
+	"BURN-M",								// Data name of animation.
+	14,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	13,										// Biggest animation stage.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	true,										// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0010,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	30,										// Loop start frame number.
+	62,										// Ending frame of loop back.
+	-1,										// Number of animation stages.
+	4,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_ON_FIRE_SMALL
+);
+static AnimTypeClass const OnFireBig(
+	ANIM_ON_FIRE_BIG,						// Animation number.
+	"BURN-L",								// Data name of animation.
+	23,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	13,										// Biggest animation stage.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	true,										// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	true,										// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0018,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	30,										// Loop start frame number.
+	62,										// Ending frame of loop back.
+	-1,										// Number of animation stages.
+	4,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_ON_FIRE_MED
+);
+
+/*
+**	Flame thrower animations. These are direction specific.
+*/
+static AnimTypeClass const FlameN(
+	ANIM_FLAME_N,							// Animation number.
+	"FLAME-N",								// Data name of animation.
+	0,											// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	9,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	false,									// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	true,										// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	-1,										// Ending frame of loop back.
+	-1,										// Number of animation stages.
+	1,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+static AnimTypeClass const FlameNW(
+	ANIM_FLAME_NW,							// Animation number.
+	"FLAME-NW",								// Data name of animation.
+	0,											// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	9,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	false,									// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	true,										// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	-1,										// Ending frame of loop back.
+	-1,										// Number of animation stages.
+	1,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+static AnimTypeClass const FlameW(
+	ANIM_FLAME_W,							// Animation number.
+	"FLAME-W",								// Data name of animation.
+	0,											// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	9,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	false,									// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	true,										// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	-1,										// Ending frame of loop back.
+	-1,										// Number of animation stages.
+	1,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+static AnimTypeClass const FlameSW(
+	ANIM_FLAME_SW,							// Animation number.
+	"FLAME-SW",								// Data name of animation.
+	0,											// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	9,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	false,									// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	true,										// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	-1,										// Ending frame of loop back.
+	-1,										// Number of animation stages.
+	1,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+static AnimTypeClass const FlameS(
+	ANIM_FLAME_S,							// Animation number.
+	"FLAME-S",								// Data name of animation.
+	0,											// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	9,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	false,									// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	true,										// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	-1,										// Ending frame of loop back.
+	-1,										// Number of animation stages.
+	1,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+static AnimTypeClass const FlameSE(
+	ANIM_FLAME_SE,							// Animation number.
+	"FLAME-SE",								// Data name of animation.
+	0,											// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	9,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	false,									// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	true,										// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	-1,										// Ending frame of loop back.
+	-1,										// Number of animation stages.
+	1,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+static AnimTypeClass const FlameE(
+	ANIM_FLAME_E,							// Animation number.
+	"FLAME-E",								// Data name of animation.
+	0,											// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	9,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	false,									// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	true,										// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	-1,										// Ending frame of loop back.
+	-1,										// Number of animation stages.
+	1,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+static AnimTypeClass const FlameNE(
+	ANIM_FLAME_NE,							// Animation number.
+	"FLAME-NE",								// Data name of animation.
+	0,											// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	9,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	false,									// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	true,										// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	-1,										// Ending frame of loop back.
+	-1,										// Number of animation stages.
+	1,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+
+/*
+**	Chem sprayer animations. These are direction specific.
+*/
+static AnimTypeClass const ChemN(
+	ANIM_CHEM_N,							// Animation number.
+	"CHEM-N",								// Data name of animation.
+	0,											// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	9,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	false,									// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	-1,										// Ending frame of loop back.
+	-1,										// Number of animation stages.
+	1,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+static AnimTypeClass const ChemNW(
+	ANIM_CHEM_NW,							// Animation number.
+	"CHEM-NW",								// Data name of animation.
+	0,											// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	9,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	false,									// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	-1,										// Ending frame of loop back.
+	-1,										// Number of animation stages.
+	1,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+static AnimTypeClass const ChemW(
+	ANIM_CHEM_W,							// Animation number.
+	"CHEM-W",								// Data name of animation.
+	0,											// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	9,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	false,									// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	-1,										// Ending frame of loop back.
+	-1,										// Number of animation stages.
+	1,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+static AnimTypeClass const ChemSW(
+	ANIM_CHEM_SW,							// Animation number.
+	"CHEM-SW",								// Data name of animation.
+	0,											// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	9,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	false,									// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	-1,										// Ending frame of loop back.
+	-1,										// Number of animation stages.
+	1,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+static AnimTypeClass const ChemS(
+	ANIM_CHEM_S,							// Animation number.
+	"CHEM-S",								// Data name of animation.
+	0,											// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	9,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	false,									// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	-1,										// Ending frame of loop back.
+	-1,										// Number of animation stages.
+	1,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+static AnimTypeClass const ChemSE(
+	ANIM_CHEM_SE,							// Animation number.
+	"CHEM-SE",								// Data name of animation.
+	0,											// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	9,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	false,									// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	-1,										// Ending frame of loop back.
+	-1,										// Number of animation stages.
+	1,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+static AnimTypeClass const ChemE(
+	ANIM_CHEM_E,							// Animation number.
+	"CHEM-E",								// Data name of animation.
+	0,											// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	9,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	false,									// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	-1,										// Ending frame of loop back.
+	-1,										// Number of animation stages.
+	1,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+static AnimTypeClass const ChemNE(
+	ANIM_CHEM_NE,							// Animation number.
+	"CHEM-NE",								// Data name of animation.
+	0,											// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	9,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	false,									// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	-1,										// Ending frame of loop back.
+	-1,										// Number of animation stages.
+	1,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+
+static AnimTypeClass const Grenade(
+	ANIM_GRENADE,							// Animation number.
+	"VEH-HIT2",								// Data name of animation.
+	21,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	1,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	true,										// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	true,										// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	true,										// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	-1,										// Ending frame of loop back.
+	-1,										// Number of animation stages.
+	1,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_GUN20,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+
+static AnimTypeClass const FBall1(
+	ANIM_FBALL1,							// Animation number.
+	"FBALL1",								// Data name of animation.
+	67,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	6,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	true,										// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	true,										// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	false,									// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	-1,										// Ending frame of loop back.
+	-1,										// Number of animation stages.
+	1,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_XPLOS,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+
+static AnimTypeClass const Frag1(
+	ANIM_FRAG1,								// Animation number.
+	"FRAG1",									// Data name of animation.
+	45,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	3,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	true,										// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	true,										// Forms a crater?
+	true,										// Sticks to unit in square?
+	true,										// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	-1,										// Ending frame of loop back.
+	-1,										// Number of animation stages.
+	1,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_XPLOBIG4,							// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+
+static AnimTypeClass const Frag3(
+	ANIM_FRAG2,								// Animation number.
+	"FRAG3",									// Data name of animation.
+	41,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	3,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	true,										// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	true,										// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	true,										// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	-1,										// Ending frame of loop back.
+	-1,										// Number of animation stages.
+	1,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_XPLOBIG6,							// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+
+static AnimTypeClass const VehHit1(
+	ANIM_VEH_HIT1,							// Animation number.
+	"VEH-HIT1",								// Data name of animation.
+	30,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	4,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	true,										// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	true,										// Sticks to unit in square?
+	false,									// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	-1,										// Ending frame of loop back.
+	-1,										// Number of animation stages.
+	1,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_XPLOS,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+
+static AnimTypeClass const VehHit2(
+	ANIM_VEH_HIT2,							// Animation number.
+	"VEH-HIT2",								// Data name of animation.
+	21,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	1,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	true,										// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	true,										// Sticks to unit in square?
+	false,									// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	-1,										// Ending frame of loop back.
+	-1,										// Number of animation stages.
+	1,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_XPLOS,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+
+static AnimTypeClass const VehHit3(
+	ANIM_VEH_HIT3,							// Animation number.
+	"VEH-HIT3",								// Data name of animation.
+	19,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	3,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	true,										// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	true,										// Sticks to unit in square?
+	false,									// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	-1,										// Ending frame of loop back.
+	-1,										// Number of animation stages.
+	1,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_XPLOS,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+
+static AnimTypeClass const ArtExp1(
+	ANIM_ART_EXP1,							// Animation number.
+	"ART-EXP1",								// Data name of animation.
+	41,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	1,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	true,										// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	true,										// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	false,									// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	-1,										// Ending frame of loop back.
+	-1,										// Number of animation stages.
+	1,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_XPLOSML2,							// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+
+static AnimTypeClass const Napalm1(
+	ANIM_NAPALM1,							// Animation number.
+	"NAPALM1",								// Data name of animation.
+	21,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	5,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	true,										// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	false,									// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	-1,										// Ending frame of loop back.
+	-1,										// Number of animation stages.
+	1,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_FLAMER1,							// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+
+static AnimTypeClass const Napalm2(
+	ANIM_NAPALM2,							// Animation number.
+	"NAPALM2",								// Data name of animation.
+	41,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	5,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	true,										// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	false,									// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	-1,										// Ending frame of loop back.
+	-1,										// Number of animation stages.
+	1,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_FLAMER1,							// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+
+static AnimTypeClass const Napalm3(
+	ANIM_NAPALM3,							// Animation number.
+	"NAPALM3",								// Data name of animation.
+	78,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	5,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	true,										// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	false,									// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	-1,										// Ending frame of loop back.
+	-1,										// Number of animation stages.
+	1,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_FLAMER1,							// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+
+static AnimTypeClass const SmokePuff(
+	ANIM_SMOKE_PUFF,						// Animation number.
+	"SMOKEY",								// Data name of animation.
+	24,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	2,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	true,										// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	false,									// Ground level animation?
+	true,										// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	-1,										// Ending frame of loop back.
+	-1,										// Number of animation stages.
+	1,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+
+static AnimTypeClass const Piff(
+	ANIM_PIFF,								// Animation number.
+	"PIFF",									// Data name of animation.
+	13,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	1,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	true,										// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	false,									// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	-1,										// Ending frame of loop back.
+	-1,										// Number of animation stages.
+	1,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+
+static AnimTypeClass const PiffPiff(
+	ANIM_PIFFPIFF,							// Animation number.
+	"PIFFPIFF",								// Data name of animation.
+	20,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	2,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	true,										// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	false,									// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	-1,										// Ending frame of loop back.
+	-1,										// Number of animation stages.
+	1,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+
+static AnimTypeClass const Fire3(
+	ANIM_FIRE_SMALL,						// Animation number.
+	"FIRE3",									// Data name of animation.
+	23,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	0,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	true,										// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0008,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	-1,										// Ending frame of loop back.
+	-1,										// Number of animation stages.
+	2,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+
+static AnimTypeClass const Fire1(
+	ANIM_FIRE_MED2,		 				// Animation number.
+	"FIRE1",									// Data name of animation.
+	23,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	0,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	true,										// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	true,										// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0010,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	-1,										// Ending frame of loop back.
+	-1,										// Number of animation stages.
+	3,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+
+static AnimTypeClass const Fire4(
+	ANIM_FIRE_TINY,		 				// Animation number.
+	"FIRE4",									// Data name of animation.
+	7,											// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	0,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	true,										// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0008,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	-1,										// Ending frame of loop back.
+	-1,										// Number of animation stages.
+	3,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+
+static AnimTypeClass const Fire2(
+	ANIM_FIRE_MED,							// Animation number.
+	"FIRE2",									// Data name of animation.
+	23,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	0,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	true,										// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	true,										// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0010,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	-1,										// Ending frame of loop back.
+	-1,										// Number of animation stages.
+	3,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+
+static AnimTypeClass const OilFieldBurn(
+	ANIM_OILFIELD_BURN,					// Animation number.
+	"FLMSPT",								// Data name of animation.
+	42,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	58,										// Biggest animation stage.
+	true,										// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	true,										// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	33,										// Loop start frame number.
+	99,										// Ending frame of loop back.
+	66,										// Number of animation stages.
+	65535,									// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+
+static AnimTypeClass const Gunfire(
+	ANIM_MUZZLE_FLASH,					// Animation number.
+	"GUNFIRE",								// Data name of animation.
+	16,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	0,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	true,										// Ground level animation?
+	true,										// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	0,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+//	2,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	1,											// Number of animation stages.
+//	2,											// Number of animation stages.
+	1,											// Ending frame of loop back.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+static AnimTypeClass const E1RotFire(
+	ANIM_E1_ROT_FIRE,						// Animation number.
+	"E1ROT",									// Data name of animation.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	true,										// Is a flat on the ground animation?
+	true,										// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	30,										// Delay between frames.
+	28,										// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	0,											// Ending frame of loop back.
+	4,											// Number of animation stages.
+	1,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+static AnimTypeClass const E1RotGrenade(
+	ANIM_E1_ROT_GRENADE,					// Animation number.
+	"E1ROT",									// Data name of animation.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	true,										// Is a flat on the ground animation?
+	true,										// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	30,										// Delay between frames.
+	24,										// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	0,											// Loopback frame number.
+	4,											// Number of animation stages.
+	1,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+static AnimTypeClass const E1RotGun(
+	ANIM_E1_ROT_GUN,						// Animation number.
+	"E1ROT",									// Data name of animation.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	true,										// Is a flat on the ground animation?
+	true,										// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	30,										// Delay between frames.
+	16,										// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	0,											// Loopback frame number.
+	4,											// Number of animation stages.
+	1,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+static AnimTypeClass const E1RotExp(
+	ANIM_E1_ROT_EXP,						// Animation number.
+	"E1ROT",									// Data name of animation.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	true,										// Is a flat on the ground animation?
+	true,										// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	30,										// Delay between frames.
+	20,										// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	0,											// Loopback frame number.
+	4,											// Number of animation stages.
+	1,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+
+static AnimTypeClass const E2RotFire(
+	ANIM_E2_ROT_FIRE,						// Animation number.
+	"E2ROT",									// Data name of animation.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	true,										// Is a flat on the ground animation?
+	true,										// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	30,										// Delay between frames.
+	28,										// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	0,											// Loopback frame number.
+	4,											// Number of animation stages.
+	1,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+static AnimTypeClass const E2RotGrenade(
+	ANIM_E2_ROT_GRENADE,					// Animation number.
+	"E2ROT",									// Data name of animation.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	true,										// Is a flat on the ground animation?
+	true,										// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	30,										// Delay between frames.
+	24,										// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	0,											// Loopback frame number.
+	4,											// Number of animation stages.
+	1,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+static AnimTypeClass const E2RotGun(
+	ANIM_E2_ROT_GUN,						// Animation number.
+	"E2ROT",									// Data name of animation.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	true,										// Is a flat on the ground animation?
+	true,										// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	30,										// Delay between frames.
+	16,										// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	0,											// Loopback frame number.
+	4,											// Number of animation stages.
+	1,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+static AnimTypeClass const E2RotExp(
+	ANIM_E2_ROT_EXP,						// Animation number.
+	"E2ROT",									// Data name of animation.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	true,										// Is a flat on the ground animation?
+	true,										// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	30,										// Delay between frames.
+	20,										// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	0,											// Loopback frame number.
+	4,											// Number of animation stages.
+	1,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+
+static AnimTypeClass const E3RotFire(
+	ANIM_E3_ROT_FIRE,						// Animation number.
+	"E3ROT",									// Data name of animation.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	true,										// Is a flat on the ground animation?
+	true,										// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	30,										// Delay between frames.
+	28,										// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	0,											// Loopback frame number.
+	4,											// Number of animation stages.
+	1,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+static AnimTypeClass const E3RotGrenade(
+	ANIM_E3_ROT_GRENADE,					// Animation number.
+	"E3ROT",									// Data name of animation.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	true,										// Is a flat on the ground animation?
+	true,										// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	30,										// Delay between frames.
+	24,										// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	0,											// Loopback frame number.
+	4,											// Number of animation stages.
+	1,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+static AnimTypeClass const E3RotGun(
+	ANIM_E3_ROT_GUN,						// Animation number.
+	"E3ROT",									// Data name of animation.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	true,										// Is a flat on the ground animation?
+	true,										// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	30,										// Delay between frames.
+	16,										// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	0,											// Loopback frame number.
+	4,											// Number of animation stages.
+	1,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+static AnimTypeClass const E3RotExp(
+	ANIM_E3_ROT_EXP,						// Animation number.
+	"E3ROT",									// Data name of animation.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	true,										// Is a flat on the ground animation?
+	true,										// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	30,										// Delay between frames.
+	20,										// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	0,											// Loopback frame number.
+	4,											// Number of animation stages.
+	1,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+
+static AnimTypeClass const E4RotFire(
+	ANIM_E4_ROT_FIRE,						// Animation number.
+	"E4ROT",									// Data name of animation.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	true,										// Is a flat on the ground animation?
+	true,										// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	30,										// Delay between frames.
+	28,										// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	0,											// Loopback frame number.
+	4,											// Number of animation stages.
+	1,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+static AnimTypeClass const E4RotGrenade(
+	ANIM_E4_ROT_GRENADE,					// Animation number.
+	"E4ROT",									// Data name of animation.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	true,										// Is a flat on the ground animation?
+	true,										// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	30,										// Delay between frames.
+	24,										// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	0,											// Loopback frame number.
+	4,											// Number of animation stages.
+	1,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+static AnimTypeClass const E4RotGun(
+	ANIM_E4_ROT_GUN,						// Animation number.
+	"E4ROT",									// Data name of animation.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	true,										// Is a flat on the ground animation?
+	true,										// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	30,										// Delay between frames.
+	16,										// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	0,											// Loopback frame number.
+	4,											// Number of animation stages.
+	1,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+static AnimTypeClass const E4RotExp(
+	ANIM_E4_ROT_EXP,						// Animation number.
+	"E4ROT",									// Data name of animation.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	true,										// Is a flat on the ground animation?
+	true,										// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	30,										// Delay between frames.
+	20,										// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	0,											// Loopback frame number.
+	4,											// Number of animation stages.
+	1,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+#endif
+
+static AnimTypeClass const SmokeM(
+	ANIM_SMOKE_M,							// Animation number.
+	"SMOKE_M",								// Data name of animation.
+	28,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	30,										// Biggest animation stage.
+	true,										// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	true,										// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	67,										// Loop start frame number.
+	-1,										// Loopback frame number.
+	-1,										// Number of animation stages.
+	6,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+
+/*
+**	Mini-gun fire effect -- used by guard towers.
+*/
+static AnimTypeClass const GUNN(
+	ANIM_GUN_N,								// Animation number.
+	"MINIGUN",								// Data name of animation.
+	18,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	0,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	false,									// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	0,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	6,											// Number of animation stages.
+	0,											// Ending frame of loop back.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+static AnimTypeClass const GUNNW(
+	ANIM_GUN_NW,							// Animation number.
+	"MINIGUN",								// Data name of animation.
+	18,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	0,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	false,									// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	6,											// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	0,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	6,											// Number of animation stages.
+	0,											// Ending frame of loop back.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+static AnimTypeClass const GUNW(
+	ANIM_GUN_W,								// Animation number.
+	"MINIGUN",								// Data name of animation.
+	18,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	0,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	false,									// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	12,										// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	0,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	6,											// Number of animation stages.
+	0,											// Ending frame of loop back.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+static AnimTypeClass const GUNSW(
+	ANIM_GUN_SW,							// Animation number.
+	"MINIGUN",								// Data name of animation.
+	18,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	0,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	false,									// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	18,										// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	0,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	6,											// Number of animation stages.
+	0,											// Ending frame of loop back.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+static AnimTypeClass const GUNS(
+	ANIM_GUN_S,								// Animation number.
+	"MINIGUN",								// Data name of animation.
+	18,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	0,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	false,									// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	24,										// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	0,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	6,											// Number of animation stages.
+	0,											// Ending frame of loop back.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+static AnimTypeClass const GUNSE(
+	ANIM_GUN_SE,							// Animation number.
+	"MINIGUN",								// Data name of animation.
+	18,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	0,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	false,									// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	30,										// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	0,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	6,											// Number of animation stages.
+	0,											// Ending frame of loop back.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+static AnimTypeClass const GUNE(
+	ANIM_GUN_E,								// Animation number.
+	"MINIGUN",								// Data name of animation.
+	18,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	0,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	false,									// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	36,										// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	0,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	6,											// Number of animation stages.
+	0,											// Ending frame of loop back.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+static AnimTypeClass const GUNNE(
+	ANIM_GUN_NE,							// Animation number.
+	"MINIGUN",								// Data name of animation.
+	18,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	0,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	false,									// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	42,										// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	0,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	6,											// Number of animation stages.
+	0,											// Ending frame of loop back.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+static AnimTypeClass const IonCannon(
+	ANIM_ION_CANNON,						// Animation number.
+	"IONSFX",								// Data name of animation.
+	48,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	11,										// Biggest animation stage.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	true,										// Scorches the ground?
+	true,										// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	false,									// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	0,											// Ending frame of loop back.
+	15,										// Number of animation stages.
+	0,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_ION_CANNON,						// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_ART_EXP1
+);
+
+static AnimTypeClass const AtomBomb(
+	ANIM_ATOM_BLAST,						// Animation number.
+	"ATOMSFX",								// Data name of animation.
+	72,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	19,										// Biggest animation stage.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	true,										// Scorches the ground?
+	true,										// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	false,									// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	0,											// Ending frame of loop back.
+	-1,										// Number of animation stages.
+	0,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NUKE_EXPLODE,						// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+static AnimTypeClass const AtomDoor(
+	ANIM_ATOM_DOOR,						// Animation number.
+	"ATOMDOOR",								// Data name of animation.
+	48,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	19,										// Biggest animation stage.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	true,										// Scorches the ground?
+	true,										// Forms a crater?
+	true,										// Sticks to unit in square?
+	false,									// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	0,											// Ending frame of loop back.
+	-1,										// Number of animation stages.
+	0,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+
+static AnimTypeClass const CDeviator(
+	ANIM_CRATE_DEVIATOR,					// Animation number.
+	"DEVIATOR",								// Data name of animation.
+	48,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	0,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	true,										// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	false,									// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	2,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	0,											// Ending frame of loop back.
+	-1,										// Number of animation stages.
+	0,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE								// Follow up animation.
+);
+static AnimTypeClass const CDollar(
+	ANIM_CRATE_DOLLAR,					// Animation number.
+	"DOLLAR",								// Data name of animation.
+	48,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	0,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	true,										// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	false,									// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	2,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	0,											// Ending frame of loop back.
+	-1,										// Number of animation stages.
+	0,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE								// Follow up animation.
+);
+static AnimTypeClass const CEarth(
+	ANIM_CRATE_EARTH,						// Animation number.
+	"EARTH",									// Data name of animation.
+	48,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	0,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	true,										// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	false,									// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	2,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	0,											// Ending frame of loop back.
+	-1,										// Number of animation stages.
+	0,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE								// Follow up animation.
+);
+static AnimTypeClass const CEmpulse(
+	ANIM_CRATE_EMPULSE,					// Animation number.
+	"EMPULSE",								// Data name of animation.
+	48,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	0,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	true,										// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	false,									// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	2,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	0,											// Ending frame of loop back.
+	-1,										// Number of animation stages.
+	0,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE								// Follow up animation.
+);
+static AnimTypeClass const CInvun(
+	ANIM_CRATE_INVUN,						// Animation number.
+	"INVUN",									// Data name of animation.
+	48,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	0,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	true,										// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	false,									// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	2,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	0,											// Ending frame of loop back.
+	-1,										// Number of animation stages.
+	0,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE								// Follow up animation.
+);
+static AnimTypeClass const CMine(
+	ANIM_CRATE_MINE,						// Animation number.
+	"MINE",									// Data name of animation.
+	48,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	0,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	true,										// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	false,									// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	2,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	0,											// Ending frame of loop back.
+	-1,										// Number of animation stages.
+	0,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE								// Follow up animation.
+);
+static AnimTypeClass const CRapid(
+	ANIM_CRATE_RAPID,						// Animation number.
+	"RAPID",									// Data name of animation.
+	48,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	0,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	true,										// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	false,									// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	2,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	0,											// Ending frame of loop back.
+	-1,										// Number of animation stages.
+	0,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE								// Follow up animation.
+);
+static AnimTypeClass const CStealth(
+	ANIM_CRATE_STEALTH,					// Animation number.
+	"STEALTH2",								// Data name of animation.
+	48,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	0,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	true,										// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	false,									// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	2,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	0,											// Ending frame of loop back.
+	-1,										// Number of animation stages.
+	0,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE								// Follow up animation.
+);
+static AnimTypeClass const CMissile(
+	ANIM_CRATE_MISSILE,					// Animation number.
+	"MISSILE2",								// Data name of animation.
+	48,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	0,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	true,										// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	false,									// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	2,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	0,											// Ending frame of loop back.
+	-1,										// Number of animation stages.
+	0,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE								// Follow up animation.
+);
+
+static AnimTypeClass const MoveFlash(
+	ANIM_MOVE_FLASH,							// Animation number.
+	"MOVEFLSH",								// Data name of animation.
+	24,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	0,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	true,										// Normalized animation rate?
+	true,										// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	true,										// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	0,											// Ending frame of loop back.
+	-1,										// Number of animation stages.
+	0,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_NONE,								// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE								// Follow up animation.
+);
+
+static AnimTypeClass const ChemBall(
+	ANIM_CHEM_BALL,						// Animation number.
+	"CHEMBALL",								// Data name of animation.
+	21,										// Maximum dimension of animation.
+	5,											// Biggest animation stage.
+	false,									// Normalized animation rate?
+	false,									// Uses white translucent table?
+	false,									// Scorches the ground?
+	false,									// Forms a crater?
+	false,									// Sticks to unit in square?
+	false,									// Ground level animation?
+	false,									// Translucent colors in this animation?
+	false,									// Is this a flame thrower animation?
+	0x0000,									// Damage to apply per tick (fixed point).
+	1,											// Delay between frames.
+	0,											// Starting frame number.
+	0,											// Loop start frame number.
+	-1,										// Ending frame of loop back.
+	-1,										// Number of animation stages.
+	1,											// Number of times the animation loops.
+	VOC_FLAMER1,							// Sound effect to play.
+	ANIM_NONE
+);
+
+
+
+AnimTypeClass const * const AnimTypeClass::Pointers[ANIM_COUNT] = {
+	&FBall1,
+	&Grenade,
+	&Frag1,
+	&Frag3,
+	&VehHit1,
+	&VehHit2,
+	&VehHit3,
+	&ArtExp1,
+	&Napalm1,
+	&Napalm2,
+	&Napalm3,
+	&SmokePuff,
+	&Piff,
+	&PiffPiff,
+	&FlameN,
+	&FlameNE,
+	&FlameE,
+	&FlameSE,
+	&FlameS,
+	&FlameSW,
+	&FlameW,
+	&FlameNW,
+	&ChemN,
+	&ChemNE,
+	&ChemE,
+	&ChemSE,
+	&ChemS,
+	&ChemSW,
+	&ChemW,
+	&ChemNW,
+	&Fire3,
+	&Fire2,
+	&Fire1,
+	&Fire4,
+	&Gunfire,
+#ifdef NEVER
+	&E1RotFire,
+	&E1RotGrenade,
+	&E1RotGun,
+	&E1RotExp,
+	&E2RotFire,
+	&E2RotGrenade,
+	&E2RotGun,
+	&E2RotExp,
+	&E3RotFire,
+	&E3RotGrenade,
+	&E3RotGun,
+	&E3RotExp,
+	&E4RotFire,
+	&E4RotGrenade,
+	&E4RotGun,
+	&E4RotExp,
+#endif
+	&SmokeM,
+	&BurnSmall,
+	&BurnMed,
+	&BurnBig,
+	&OnFireSmall,
+	&OnFireMed,
+	&OnFireBig,
+	&SAMN,
+	&SAMNE,
+	&SAME,
+	&SAMSE,
+	&SAMS,
+	&SAMSW,
+	&SAMW,
+	&SAMNW,
+	&GUNN,
+	&GUNNE,
+	&GUNE,
+	&GUNSE,
+	&GUNS,
+	&GUNSW,
+	&GUNW,
+	&GUNNW,
+	&LZSmoke,
+	&IonCannon,
+	&AtomBomb,
+	&CDeviator,
+	&CDollar,
+	&CEarth,
+	&CEmpulse,
+	&CInvun,
+	&CMine,
+	&CRapid,
+	&CStealth,
+	&CMissile,
+	&AtomDoor,
+	&MoveFlash,
+	&OilFieldBurn,
+	&TricDie,
+	&TRexDie,
+	&StegDie,
+	&RaptDie,
+	&ChemBall
+};
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AnimTypeClass::AnimTypeClass -- Constructor for animation types.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the constructor for static objects that elaborate the various animation types    *
+ *    allowed in the game. Each animation in the game is of one of these types.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   see below...                                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/23/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+AnimTypeClass::AnimTypeClass(AnimType anim, char const *name, int size, int biggest,
+		bool isnormal, bool iswhitetrans, bool isscorcher, bool iscrater, bool issticky, bool ground,
+		bool istrans, bool isflame, unsigned int damage,
+		int delaytime, int start, int loopstart, int loopend, int stages, int loops, 
+		VocType sound, AnimType chainto) :
+	ObjectTypeClass(true, false, false, true, false, false, true, true, TXT_NONE, name, ARMOR_NONE, 0)
+{
+	Biggest = biggest;
+	ChainTo = chainto;
+	Damage = damage;
+	Delay = (unsigned char)delaytime;
+	IsCraterForming = iscrater;
+	IsFlameThrower = isflame;
+	IsGroundLayer = ground;
+	IsNormalized = isnormal;
+	IsScorcher = isscorcher;
+	IsSticky = issticky;
+	IsTranslucent = istrans;
+	IsWhiteTrans = iswhitetrans;
+	LoopEnd = loopend;
+	LoopStart = loopstart;
+	Loops = (unsigned char)loops;
+	Size = size;
+	Sound = sound;
+	Stages = stages;
+	Start = start;
+	Type = anim;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AnimTypeClass::One_Time -- Performs one time action for animation types.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This will load the animation shape data. It is called by the game initialization         *
+ *    process.                                                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   This routine should be called ONLY once.                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/02/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void AnimTypeClass::One_Time(void)
+{
+	AnimType index;
+
+	for (index = ANIM_FIRST; index < ANIM_COUNT; index++) {
+		char fullname[_MAX_FNAME+_MAX_EXT];
+
+		_makepath(fullname, NULL, NULL, As_Reference(index).IniName, ".SHP");
+
+		RawFileClass file(fullname);
+		if (file.Is_Available()) {
+			((void const *&)As_Reference(index).ImageData) = Load_Alloc_Data(file);
+		} else {
+			((void const *&)As_Reference(index).ImageData) = MixFileClass::Retrieve(fullname);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
diff --git a/AIRCRAFT.CPP b/AIRCRAFT.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d5310b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/AIRCRAFT.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,3495 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\aircraft.cpv   2.12   19 Jun 1995 09:27:22   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : AIRCRAFT.CPP                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : July 22, 1994                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : August 13, 1995 [JLB]                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   AircraftClass::AI -- Processes the normal non-graphic AI for the aircraft.                *
+ *   AircraftClass::Active_Click_With -- Handles clicking over specified cell.                 *
+ *   AircraftClass::Active_Click_With -- Handles clicking over specified object.               *
+ *   AircraftClass::AircraftClass -- The constructor for aircraft objects.                     *
+ *   AircraftClass::As_Target -- Returns aircraft as a target number.                          *
+ *   AircraftClass::Can_Enter_Cell -- Determines if the aircraft can land at this location.    *
+ *   AircraftClass::Cell_Seems_Ok -- Checks to see if a cell is good to enter.                 *
+ *   AircraftClass::Desired_Load_Dir -- Determines where passengers should line up.            *
+ *   AircraftClass::Draw_It -- Renders an aircraft object at the location specified.           *
+ *   AircraftClass::Enter_Idle_Mode -- Gives the aircraft an appropriate mission.              *
+ *   AircraftClass::Exit_Object -- Unloads passenger from aircraft.                            *
+ *   AircraftClass::Fire_At -- Handles firing a projectile from an aircraft.                   *
+ *   AircraftClass::Fire_Coord -- Calculates the point of origin for a bullet.                 *
+ *   AircraftClass::Fire_Direction -- Determines the direction of fire.                        *
+ *   AircraftClass::Good_Fire_Location -- Searches for and finds a good spot to fire from.     *
+ *   AircraftClass::Good_LZ -- Locates a good spot ot land.                                    *
+ *   AircraftClass::In_Which_Layer -- Determine which render layer the aircraft lies.          *
+ *   AircraftClass::Init -- Initialize the aircraft system to an empty state.                  *
+ *   AircraftClass::Is_LZ_Clear -- Determines if landing zone is free for landing.             *
+ *   AircraftClass::Mark -- Flags cells under the aircraft so that they will be redrawn.       *
+ *   AircraftClass::Mission_Attack -- Handles the attack mission for aircraft.                 *
+ *   AircraftClass::Mission_Enter -- Control aircraft to fly to the helipad or repair center.  *
+ *   AircraftClass::Mission_Guard -- Handles aircraft in guard mode.                           *
+ *   AircraftClass::Mission_Guard_Area -- Handles the aircraft guard area logic.               *
+ *   AircraftClass::Mission_Hunt -- Maintains hunt AI for the aircraft.                        *
+ *   AircraftClass::Mission_Move -- Handles movement mission.                                  *
+ *   AircraftClass::Mission_Retreat -- Handles the aircraft logic for leaving the battlefield. *
+ *   AircraftClass::Mission_Unload -- Handles unloading cargo.                                 *
+ *   AircraftClass::New_LZ -- Find a good landing zone.                                        *
+ *   AircraftClass::Overlap_List -- Returns with list of cells the aircraft overlaps.          *
+ *   AircraftClass::Pip_Count -- Returns the number of "objects" in aircraft.                  *
+ *   AircraftClass::Player_Assign_Mission -- Handles player input to assign a mission.         *
+ *   AircraftClass::Pose_Dir -- Fetches the natural landing facing.                            *
+ *   AircraftClass::Process_Fly_To -- Handles state machine for flying to destination.         *
+ *   AircraftClass::Process_Landing -- Landing process state machine handler.                  *
+ *   AircraftClass::Process_Take_Off -- State machine support for taking off.                  *
+ *   AircraftClass::Read_INI -- Reads aircraft object data from an INI file.                   *
+ *   AircraftClass::Rearm_Delay -- Returns the delay between shots for this aircraft.          *
+ *   AircraftClass::Receive_Message -- Handles receipt of radio messages.                      *
+ *   AircraftClass::Response_Attack -- Gives audio response to attack order.                   *
+ *   AircraftClass::Response_Move -- Gives audio response to move request.                     *
+ *   AircraftClass::Response_Select -- Gives audio response when selected.                     *
+ *   AircraftClass::Scatter -- Causes the aircraft to move away a bit.                         *
+ *   AircraftClass::Set_Speed -- Sets the speed for the aircraft.                              *
+ *   AircraftClass::Sort_Y -- Figures the sorting coordinate.                                  *
+ *   AircraftClass::Take_Damage -- Applies damage to the aircraft.                             *
+ *   AircraftClass::Threat_Range -- Returns with a range to scan for targets.                  *
+ *   AircraftClass::Unlimbo -- Removes an aircraft from the limbo state.                       *
+ *   AircraftClass::What_Action -- Determines what action to perform.                          *
+ *   AircraftClass::What_Action -- Determines what action to perform.                          *
+ *   AircraftClass::Write_INI -- Writes the current aircraft objects to an INI file.           *
+ *   AircraftClass::operator delete -- Deletes the aircraft object.                            *
+ *   AircraftClass::operator new -- Allocates a new aircraft object from the pool              *
+ *   AircraftClass::~AircraftClass -- Destructor for aircraft object.                          *
+ *   AircraftClass::Validate -- validates aircraft pointer												  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+
+
+/*
+** This contains the value of the Virtual Function Table Pointer
+*/
+void * AircraftClass::VTable;
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::Validate -- validates aircraft pointer													  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *		1 = ok, 0 = error																								  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/09/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+int AircraftClass::Validate(void) const
+{
+	int num;
+
+	num = Aircraft.ID(this);
+	if (num < 0 || num >= AIRCRAFT_MAX) {
+		Validate_Error("AIRCRAFT");
+		return (0);
+	}
+	else
+		return (1);
+}
+#else
+#define	Validate()
+#endif
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::As_Target -- Returns aircraft as a target number.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will convert the aircraft into a target number. This target number can      *
+ *    then be assigned to a targeting or navigation computer.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns the aircraft as a target number.                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/24/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TARGET AircraftClass::As_Target(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	return(Build_Target(KIND_AIRCRAFT, Aircraft.ID(this)));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::operator new -- Allocates a new aircraft object from the pool                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will allocate an aircraft object from the free aircraft object pool. If     *
+ *    there are no free object available, then this routine will fail (return NULL).           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the allocate aircraft object or NULL if none were        *
+ *          available.                                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/26/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void * AircraftClass::operator new(size_t)
+{
+	void * ptr = Aircraft.Allocate();
+	if (ptr) {
+		((AircraftClass *)ptr)->IsActive = true;
+	}
+	return(ptr);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::operator delete -- Deletes the aircraft object.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will return the aircraft object back to the free aircraft object pool.      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   ptr   -- Pointer to the aircraft object to delete.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/26/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void AircraftClass::operator delete(void *ptr)
+{
+	if (ptr) {
+		((AircraftClass *)ptr)->IsActive = false;
+	}
+	Aircraft.Free((AircraftClass *)ptr);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::AircraftClass -- The constructor for aircraft objects.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is the constructor for aircraft objects. An aircraft object can be          *
+ *    created and possibly placed into the game system by this routine.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   classid  -- The type of aircraft to create.                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          house    -- The owner of this aircraft.                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/26/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+AircraftClass::AircraftClass(AircraftType classid, HousesType house) :
+	Class(&AircraftTypeClass::As_Reference(classid)),
+	FootClass(house)
+{
+	/*
+	**	For two shooters, clear out the second shot flag -- it will be set the first time
+	**	the object fires. For non two shooters, set the flag since it will never be cleared
+	**	and the second shot flag tells the system that normal rearm times apply -- this is
+	**	what is desired for non two shooters.
+	*/
+	if (Class->IsTwoShooter) {
+		IsSecondShot = false;
+	} else {
+		IsSecondShot = true;
+	}
+	Ammo = Class->MaxAmmo;
+	AttacksRemaining = 3;
+	Altitude = FLIGHT_LEVEL;
+	IsLanding = false;
+	IsTakingOff = false;
+	IsHovering = false;
+	IsHoming = false;
+	Strength = Class->MaxStrength;
+	NavCom = TARGET_NONE;
+	SecondaryFacing = PrimaryFacing;
+	Jitter = 0;
+
+	/*
+	** Keep count of the number of units created. Dont track cargo planes as they are created
+	** automatically, not bought.
+	*/
+	if (classid != AIRCRAFT_CARGO && GameToPlay == GAME_INTERNET){
+		House->AircraftTotals->Increment_Unit_Total((int)classid);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::Unlimbo -- Removes an aircraft from the limbo state.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to transition the aircraft from the limbo to the non limbo state.   *
+ *    It occurs when the aircraft is placed on the map for whatever reason. When it is         *
+ *    unlimboed, only then will normal game processing recognize it.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   coord -- The coordinate that the aircraft should appear at.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          dir   -- The direction it should start facing.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *				strength (optional) -- sets initial strength													  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *				mission (optional) -- sets initial mission													  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the aircraft unlimboed successfully?                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/26/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool AircraftClass::Unlimbo(COORDINATE coord, DirType dir)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (FootClass::Unlimbo(coord, dir)) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Ensure that the owning house knows about the
+		**	new object.
+		*/
+		House->AScan |= (1L << Class->Type);
+		House->ActiveAScan |= (1L << Class->Type);
+
+		/*
+		**	Forces the body of the helicopter to face the correct direction.
+		*/
+		SecondaryFacing = dir;
+
+		/*
+		**	Start rotor animation.
+		*/
+		Set_Rate(1);
+		Set_Stage(0);
+
+		/*
+		**	Presume it starts in flight?
+		*/
+		if (Altitude == FLIGHT_LEVEL) {
+			Set_Speed(0xFF);
+		} else {
+			Set_Speed(0);
+		}
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::Draw_It -- Renders an aircraft object at the location specified.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to display the aircraft object at the coordinates specified.        *
+ *    The tactical map display uses this routine for all aircraft rendering.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   x,y      -- The coordinates to render the aircraft at.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          window   -- The window that the coordinates are based upon.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/26/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void AircraftClass::Draw_It(int x, int y, WindowNumberType window)
+{
+	Validate();
+	void const * shapefile;		// Working shape file pointer.
+	int shapenum = 0;
+	int facing = Facing_To_32(SecondaryFacing);
+
+
+	/*
+	**	Verify the legality of the unit class.
+	*/
+	shapefile = Class->Get_Image_Data();
+	if (!shapefile) return;
+	shapenum = UnitClass::BodyShape[facing];
+
+	/*
+	**	The orca attack helicopter uses a special shape set when it is travelling
+	**	forward above a certain speed.
+	*/
+	if (*this == AIRCRAFT_ORCA && Get_Speed() >= MPH_MEDIUM_FAST) {
+		shapenum += 32;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If there is a door on this aircraft (Chinook), then adjust the
+	**	shape number to match the door open state.
+	*/
+	if (!Is_Door_Closed()) {
+		shapenum = 32 + Door_Stage();
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Helicopters that are flying have a "bobbing" effect.
+	*/
+	int jitter = 0;
+	if (Altitude == FLIGHT_LEVEL && !Class->IsFixedWing) {
+		Jitter++;
+
+		static int _jitter[] = {0,0,0,0,1,1,1,0,0,0,0,0,-1,-1,-1,0};
+		jitter = _jitter[Jitter % 16];
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Special manual shadow draw code.
+	*/
+	if (Visual_Character() <= VISUAL_DARKEN) {
+		CC_Draw_Shape(shapefile, shapenum, x+1, y+2, window, SHAPE_PREDATOR|SHAPE_CENTER|SHAPE_WIN_REL|SHAPE_FADING, Map.FadingShade, NULL);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Actually draw the root body of the unit.
+	*/
+	Techno_Draw_Object(shapefile, shapenum, x, (y-Altitude)+jitter, window);
+//	CC_Draw_Shape(shapefile, shapenum, x, (y-Altitude)+jitter, window, SHAPE_FADING|SHAPE_CENTER|SHAPE_WIN_REL|SHAPE_GHOST, House->Remap_Table(IsBlushing, true), Map.UnitShadow);
+
+	/*
+	**	Draw rotor effects. The rotor art can be either generic or custom. Custom rotor
+	**	art has a different rotor set for each facing. Rotor shapes occur after the first
+	**	32 shapes of the helicopter body.
+	*/
+	if (Class->IsRotorEquipped) {
+		ShapeFlags_Type flags = SHAPE_CENTER|SHAPE_WIN_REL;
+
+		/*
+		**	The rotor shape number depends on whether the helicopter is idling
+		**	or not. A landed helicopter uses slow moving "idling" blades.
+		*/
+		if (Altitude == 0) {
+			shapenum = (Fetch_Stage()%8)+4;
+			flags = flags | SHAPE_GHOST;
+		} else {
+			shapenum = Fetch_Stage()%4;
+			flags = flags | SHAPE_FADING|SHAPE_PREDATOR;
+		}
+
+		if (*this == AIRCRAFT_TRANSPORT) {
+			int _stretch[FACING_COUNT] = {8, 9, 10, 9, 8, 9, 10, 9};
+
+			/*
+			**	Dual rotors offset along flight axis.
+			*/
+			short xx = x;
+			short yy = y-Altitude;
+			FacingType face = Dir_Facing(SecondaryFacing);
+			Move_Point(xx, yy, SecondaryFacing.Current(), _stretch[face]);
+			CC_Draw_Shape(Class->RRotorData, shapenum, xx, yy-2, window, flags, NULL, Map.UnitShadow);
+
+			Move_Point(xx, yy, SecondaryFacing.Current()+DIR_S, _stretch[face]*2);
+			CC_Draw_Shape(Class->LRotorData, shapenum, xx, yy-2, window, flags, NULL, Map.UnitShadow);
+
+		} else {
+
+			/*
+			**	Single rotor centered about shape.
+			*/
+			CC_Draw_Shape(Class->RRotorData, shapenum, x, (y-Altitude)-2, window, flags, NULL, Map.UnitShadow);
+		}
+	}
+
+	FootClass::Draw_It(x, y-Altitude, window);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::Read_INI -- Reads aircraft object data from an INI file.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to read the aircraft object data from the INI file buffer           *
+ *    specified. This is used by the scenario loader code to interpret the INI file and        *
+ *    create the specified objects therein.                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   buffer   -- Pointer to the INI buffer.                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/26/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void AircraftClass::Read_INI(char *buffer)
+{
+	AircraftClass	*air;			// Working unit pointer.
+	char				*tbuffer;		// Accumulation buffer of unit IDs.
+	HousesType		inhouse;			// Unit house.
+	AircraftType	classid;			// Unit class.
+	int				len;				// Length of data in buffer.
+	char				buf[128];
+
+	len = strlen(buffer) + 2;
+	tbuffer = buffer + len;
+
+	WWGetPrivateProfileString(INI_Name(), NULL, NULL, tbuffer, ShapeBufferSize-len, buffer);
+	while (*tbuffer != '\0') {
+
+		WWGetPrivateProfileString(INI_Name(), tbuffer, NULL, buf, sizeof(buf)-1, buffer);
+		inhouse = HouseTypeClass::From_Name(strtok(buf, ","));
+		if (inhouse != HOUSE_NONE) {
+			classid = AircraftTypeClass::From_Name(strtok(NULL, ","));
+
+			if (classid != AIRCRAFT_NONE) {
+
+				air = new AircraftClass(classid, inhouse);
+				if (air) {
+					COORDINATE	coord;
+					int	strength;
+					DirType dir;
+
+					/*
+					**	Read the raw data.
+					*/
+					strength = atoi(strtok(NULL, ","));
+					coord = Cell_Coord((CELL)atoi(strtok(NULL, ",")));
+					dir = (DirType)atoi(strtok(NULL, ","));
+
+					if (!Map.In_Radar(Coord_Cell(coord))) {
+						delete air;
+					} else {
+
+						air->Strength = Fixed_To_Cardinal(air->Class->MaxStrength, strength);
+						if (air->Unlimbo(coord, dir)) {
+							air->Assign_Mission(AircraftClass::Mission_From_Name(strtok(NULL, ",\n\r")));
+						} else {
+							delete air;
+						}
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		tbuffer += strlen(tbuffer)+1;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::Write_INI -- Writes the current aircraft objects to an INI file.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to output the current list of aircraft objects to the INI file      *
+ *    buffer specified. It is typically used by the scenario editor.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   buffer   -- Pointer to the buffer that holds the INI file data.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/26/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void AircraftClass::Write_INI(char *buffer)
+{
+	int	index;
+	char	uname[10];
+	char	buf[128];
+	char	*tbuffer;		// Accumulation buffer of unit IDs.
+
+	/*
+	**	First, clear out all existing unit data from the ini file.
+	*/
+	tbuffer = buffer + strlen(buffer) + 2;
+	WWGetPrivateProfileString(INI_Name(), NULL, NULL, tbuffer, ShapeBufferSize-strlen(buffer), buffer);
+	while (*tbuffer != '\0') {
+		WWWritePrivateProfileString(INI_Name(), tbuffer, NULL, buffer);
+		tbuffer += strlen(tbuffer)+1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Write the unit data out.
+	*/
+	for (index = 0; index < Aircraft.Count(); index++) {
+		AircraftClass * unit;
+
+		unit = Aircraft.Ptr(index);
+		if (!unit->IsInLimbo) {
+
+			sprintf(uname, "%03d", index);
+			sprintf(buf, "%s,%s,%d,%u,%d,%s",
+				unit->House->Class->IniName,
+				unit->Class->IniName,
+				unit->Health_Ratio(),
+				Coord_Cell(unit->Coord),
+				unit->PrimaryFacing.Current(),
+				MissionClass::Mission_Name(unit->Mission)
+				);
+			WWWritePrivateProfileString(INI_Name(), uname, buf, buffer);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::Mission_Hunt -- Maintains hunt AI for the aircraft.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Hunt AI consists of finding a target and attacking it. If there is no target assigned    *
+ *    and this unit doesn't automatically hunt for more targets, then it will change           *
+ *    mission to a more passive (land and await further orders) type.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the number of ticks before calling this routine again.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/26/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int AircraftClass::Mission_Hunt(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (Class->IsFixedWing) {
+		enum {
+			LOOK_FOR_TARGET,
+			FLY_TO_TARGET,
+			DROP_BOMBS
+		};
+		switch (Status) {
+
+			/*
+			**	Acquiring target stage.
+			*/
+			case LOOK_FOR_TARGET:
+				if (Target_Legal(TarCom)) {
+					Status = FLY_TO_TARGET;
+					return(1);
+				} else {
+					Assign_Target(Greatest_Threat(THREAT_NORMAL));
+
+					/*
+					**	If there is no target, then this aircraft should just do its normal thing.
+					*/
+					if (!Target_Legal(TarCom)) {
+						Enter_Idle_Mode();
+					}
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			**	Homing in on target stage.
+			*/
+			case FLY_TO_TARGET:
+				if (Target_Legal(TarCom)) {
+					IsHoming = true;
+					if (!PrimaryFacing.Is_Rotating()) {
+						PrimaryFacing.Set_Desired(Direction(TarCom));
+					}
+					if (Distance(TarCom) < 0x0380) {
+						IsHoming = false;
+						Status = DROP_BOMBS;
+						return(1);
+					}
+				} else {
+					Status = LOOK_FOR_TARGET;
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			**	Dropping a stream of bombs phase.
+			*/
+			case DROP_BOMBS:
+				if (!Ammo) {
+					AttacksRemaining--;
+					if (!AttacksRemaining) {
+						Assign_Mission(MISSION_RETREAT);
+						Commence();
+					} else {
+						Ammo = Class->MaxAmmo;
+						Status = LOOK_FOR_TARGET;
+					}
+				}
+				if (!Target_Legal(TarCom)) {
+					Status = LOOK_FOR_TARGET;
+				} else {
+					Fire_At(TarCom, 0);
+					Map[::As_Cell(TarCom)].Incoming(Coord, true);
+					return(5);
+				}
+				break;
+		}
+	} else {
+		if (!Ammo) {
+			Enter_Idle_Mode();
+		} else {
+			Assign_Mission(MISSION_ATTACK);
+			return(1);
+//			return(FootClass::Mission_Hunt());
+		}
+	}
+	return(TICKS_PER_SECOND);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::AI -- Processes the normal non-graphic AI for the aircraft.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This handles the non-graphic AI processing for the aircraft. This usually entails        *
+ *    maintenance and other AI functions.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/26/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void AircraftClass::AI(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	/*
+	**	A Mission change can always occur if the aircraft is landed or flying.
+	*/
+	if (!IsLanding && !IsTakingOff) {
+		Commence();
+	}
+
+	FootClass::AI();
+
+	/*
+	**	A Mission change can always occur if the aircraft is landed or flying.
+	*/
+	if (!IsLanding && !IsTakingOff) {
+		Commence();
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Handle any body rotation at this time. Body rotation can occur even if the
+	**	flying object is not actually moving.
+	*/
+	if (PrimaryFacing.Is_Rotating()) {
+		if (PrimaryFacing.Rotation_Adjust(Class->ROT)) {
+			Mark();
+		}
+	}
+	if (Class->IsFixedWing) {
+		SecondaryFacing = PrimaryFacing;
+	}
+	if (SecondaryFacing.Is_Rotating()) {
+		if (SecondaryFacing.Rotation_Adjust(Class->ROT)) {
+			Mark();
+		}
+	}
+	if (Physics(Coord, PrimaryFacing) != RESULT_NONE) {
+		Mark();
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Perform sighting every so often as controlled by the sight timer.
+	*/
+	if (IsOwnedByPlayer && Class->SightRange && SightTimer.Expired()) {
+		Map.Sight_From(Coord_Cell(Coord), Class->SightRange, false);
+		SightTimer = TICKS_PER_SECOND;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Handle landing and taking off logic. Helicopters are prime users of this technique. The
+	**	aircraft will either gain or lose altitude as appropriate. As the aircraft transitions
+	**	between flying level and ground level, it will be moved into the appropriate render
+	**	layer.
+	*/
+	if (Is_Door_Closed() && (IsLanding || IsTakingOff)) {
+		Mark();
+		LayerType layer = In_Which_Layer();
+
+		if (IsLanding) {
+			if (Altitude) Altitude--;
+			if (!Altitude) {
+				IsLanding = false;
+				Set_Speed(0);
+				if (Target_Legal(NavCom) && As_Techno(NavCom) == Contact_With_Whom()) {
+					if (In_Radio_Contact() && Transmit_Message(RADIO_IM_IN) != RADIO_ROGER) {
+						Scatter(0, true);
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		if (IsTakingOff) {
+			Altitude++;
+			if (Altitude >= FLIGHT_LEVEL) {
+				Altitude = FLIGHT_LEVEL;
+				IsTakingOff = false;
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Make adjustments for altitude by moving from one layer to another as
+		**	necessary.
+		*/
+		if (layer != In_Which_Layer()) {
+
+			/*
+			**	When the aircraft is about to enter the ground layer, perform on last
+			**	check to see if it is legal to enter that location. If not, then
+			**	start the take off process. Let the normal logic handle this
+			**	change of plans.
+			*/
+			bool ok = true;
+			if (In_Which_Layer() == LAYER_GROUND) {
+				if (!Is_LZ_Clear(::As_Target(Coord_Cell(Coord)))) {
+					IsTakingOff = true;
+					Altitude++;
+					ok = false;
+				}
+			}
+
+			if (ok) {
+				/*
+				**	If landing in a cell that already contains an object, then
+				**	the landing attempt must be aborted.
+				*/
+				Map.Remove(this, layer);
+				Map.Submit(this, In_Which_Layer());
+
+				/*
+				**	When the aircraft is close to the ground, it should exist as a ground object.
+				**	This aspect is controlled by the Place_Down and Pick_Up functions.
+				*/
+				if (In_Which_Layer() == LAYER_GROUND) {
+					Assign_Destination(TARGET_NONE);		// Clear the navcom.
+					Transmit_Message(RADIO_TETHER);
+					Map.Place_Down(Coord_Cell(Coord), this);
+					if (IsOwnedByPlayer) {
+						Map.Sight_From(Coord_Cell(Coord), 1, false);
+					}
+				} else  {
+					Transmit_Message(RADIO_UNTETHER);
+					Map.Pick_Up(Coord_Cell(Coord), this);
+
+					/*
+					**	If the navigation computer is not attached to the object this
+					**	aircraft is in radio contact with, then assume that radio
+					**	contact is now superfluous. Break radio contact.
+					*/
+					if (In_Radio_Contact() && Target_Legal(NavCom) && NavCom != Contact_With_Whom()->As_Target()) {
+						Transmit_Message(RADIO_OVER_OUT);
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Always flag the map draw process to occur if there is an aircraft in the view.
+	**	This ensures that it will be rendered even if there is nothing else that flagged
+	**	the map to be redrawn.
+	*/
+	if (Map.In_View(Coord_Cell(Coord))) {
+		Map.Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+		Map.DisplayClass::IsToRedraw = true;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	When aircraft leave the edge of the map, they might get destroyed. This occurs if the
+	**	aircraft is a non-player produced unit and it has completed its mission. A transport
+	**	helicopter that has already delivered reinforcements is a good example of this.
+	*/
+	if (!Map.In_Radar(Coord_Cell(Coord))) {
+		if (Mission == MISSION_RETREAT /*|| (*this == AIRCRAFT_CARGO && !Is_Something_Attached())*/) {
+
+			/*
+			**	Check to see if there are any civilians aboard. If so, then flag the house
+			**	that the civilian evacuation trigger event has been fulfilled.
+			*/
+			while (Is_Something_Attached()) {
+				FootClass * obj = Detach_Object();
+				if (obj->What_Am_I() == RTTI_INFANTRY && ((InfantryClass *)obj)->Class->IsCivilian && !((InfantryClass *)obj)->IsTechnician) {
+					House->IsCivEvacuated = true;
+				}
+
+				/*
+				**	Transport planes that leave can only be because they carry purchased
+				**	equipment and must be have their cost refunded.
+				*/
+				if (*this == AIRCRAFT_CARGO) {
+					House->Refund_Money(obj->Class_Of().Cost_Of());
+				}
+				delete obj;
+			}
+			Stun();
+			delete this;
+			return;
+		}
+	} else {
+		IsLocked = true;
+//		House->NewAScan |= (1L << Class->Type);
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+		/*
+		**	Transport helicopters must ensure that their passengers are properly
+		**	considered "alive" by setting the appropriate scan bits.
+		*/
+		FootClass const * foot = Attached_Object();
+		while (foot) {
+			switch (foot->What_Am_I()) {
+				case RTTI_UNIT:
+					House->NewUScan |= (1L << ((UnitTypeClass const &)Class_Of()).Type);
+					break;
+
+				case RTTI_INFANTRY:
+					House->NewIScan |= (1L << ((InfantryTypeClass const &)Class_Of()).Type);
+					break;
+			}
+
+			foot = (FootClass const *)foot->Next;
+		}
+#endif
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::Mark -- Flags cells under the aircraft so that they will be redrawn.         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to flag the cells under the aircraft so that those cells will       *
+ *    be redrawn during the next map drawing process. This is a necessary step whenever the    *
+ *    aircraft moves or changes shape.                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/26/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool AircraftClass::Mark(MarkType mark)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (FootClass::Mark(mark)) {
+		Map.Refresh_Cells(Coord_Cell(Coord), Occupy_List());
+		Map.Refresh_Cells(Coord_Cell(Coord), Overlap_List());
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::Overlap_List -- Returns with list of cells the aircraft overlaps.            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    When aircraft are flying, they can overlap quite a number of cells. These cells can      *
+ *    be determined from the coordinate where the aircraft is centered and the size of the     *
+ *    aircraft's shape. Landed aircraft are a special case and are usually much smaller        *
+ *    than when flying.                                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to a cell offset list that specifies all cells that         *
+ *          the aircraft overlaps given the aircraft's current state.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/26/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+short const *AircraftClass::Overlap_List(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	static short const _list[] = {
+		-(MAP_CELL_W-1), -MAP_CELL_W, -(MAP_CELL_W+1),
+		-1, 0, 1,
+		(MAP_CELL_W-1), MAP_CELL_W, (MAP_CELL_W+1),
+		-((MAP_CELL_W*2)-1), -(MAP_CELL_W*2), -((MAP_CELL_W*2)+1),
+		-((MAP_CELL_W*3)-1), -(MAP_CELL_W*3), -((MAP_CELL_W*3)+1),
+		REFRESH_EOL
+	};
+
+	if (Altitude) {
+		return(_list);
+		//return Coord_Spillage_List(Coord, 25);
+	}
+	return(Class->Overlap_List());
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::Init -- Initialize the aircraft system to an empty state.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to clear out the aircraft allocation system. It is called in        *
+ *    preparation for a scenario load or save game load.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/24/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void AircraftClass::Init(void)
+{
+	AircraftClass *ptr;
+
+	Aircraft.Free_All();
+
+	ptr = new AircraftClass();
+	VTable = ((void **)(((char *)ptr) + sizeof(AbstractClass) - 4))[0];
+	delete ptr;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::Mission_Unload -- Handles unloading cargo.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This function is used to handle finding, heading toward, landing, and unloading the      *
+ *    cargo from the aircraft. Once unloading of cargo has occurred, then the aircraft follows *
+ *    a different mission.                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns the number of game ticks to delay before calling this function again.      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/31/94   JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int AircraftClass::Mission_Unload(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (Class->IsFixedWing) {
+		enum {
+			PICK_AIRSTRIP,
+			FLY_TO_AIRSTRIP,
+			BUG_OUT
+		};
+
+		switch (Status) {
+
+			/*
+			**	Find a suitable airfield to land at.
+			*/
+			case PICK_AIRSTRIP:
+				if (!Target_Legal(NavCom) || !In_Radio_Contact()) {
+
+					BuildingClass * building = Find_Docking_Bay(STRUCT_AIRSTRIP, false);
+					if (building) {
+						if (Transmit_Message(RADIO_HELLO, building) == RADIO_ROGER) {
+							Set_Speed(0xFF);
+							Assign_Destination(building->As_Target());
+							if (Team) {
+								Team->Target = NavCom;
+							}
+							Status = FLY_TO_AIRSTRIP;
+						}
+					}
+
+					/*
+					**	If a suitable airfield could not be found, then just randomly change
+					**	direction and then try again later.
+					*/
+					if (Status == PICK_AIRSTRIP) {
+
+						/*
+						**	If there are no more airstrips, regardless of busy state, then
+						**	abort this transport plane completely.
+						*/
+						if (!(House->ActiveBScan & STRUCTF_AIRSTRIP)) {
+							Assign_Mission(MISSION_RETREAT);
+						}
+
+						/*
+						**	Pick a new direction and fly off.
+						*/
+						PrimaryFacing.Set_Desired(Random_Pick(DIR_N, DIR_MAX));
+						SecondaryFacing.Set_Desired(PrimaryFacing.Desired());
+						return(TICKS_PER_SECOND*3);
+					}
+				} else {
+					Status = FLY_TO_AIRSTRIP;
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			**	Home in on target. When close enough, drop the cargo.
+			*/
+			case FLY_TO_AIRSTRIP:
+				if (!Target_Legal(NavCom) || !In_Radio_Contact()) {
+					Status = PICK_AIRSTRIP;
+				} else {
+
+					/*
+					**	If, for some reason, there is no cargo, then don't stick around.
+					*/
+					if (!Is_Something_Attached()) {
+						Status = BUG_OUT;
+						return(1);
+					}
+
+					if (!PrimaryFacing.Is_Rotating()) {
+						PrimaryFacing.Set_Desired(Direction(As_Movement_Coord(NavCom)));
+					}
+					SecondaryFacing.Set_Desired(PrimaryFacing.Desired());
+
+					int navdist = Distance(As_Movement_Coord(NavCom));
+					Altitude = FLIGHT_LEVEL;
+					if (navdist < 0x0600) {
+						Altitude = Fixed_To_Cardinal(FLIGHT_LEVEL, Cardinal_To_Fixed(0x0600, navdist));
+					}
+
+					if (navdist < 0x0080) {
+						FootClass * unit = (FootClass *)Detach_Object();
+
+						if (unit) {
+							CELL cell = Contact_With_Whom()->Find_Exit_Cell(unit);
+							if (cell) {
+								ScenarioInit++;
+								if (!unit->Unlimbo(Cell_Coord(cell))) {
+									Attach(unit);
+								} else {
+
+									/*
+									**	Cargo planes announce reinforcements when they unload
+									**	their cargo.
+									*/
+									if (*this == AIRCRAFT_CARGO && House == PlayerPtr) {
+										Speak(VOX_REINFORCEMENTS);
+									}
+									unit->IsALoaner = false;
+									unit->IsLocked = true;
+									unit->Scatter(0, true);
+								}
+								ScenarioInit--;
+
+								Transmit_Message(RADIO_OVER_OUT);
+								Assign_Target(TARGET_NONE);
+							} else {
+								Attach(unit);
+							}
+
+//							if (Is_Something_Attached()) {
+//								Status = PICK_AIRSTRIP;
+//							} else {
+								Status = BUG_OUT;
+//							}
+						} else {
+							Status = BUG_OUT;
+						}
+					}
+					return(1);
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			**	All cargo unloaded, head off the map.
+			*/
+			case BUG_OUT:
+				Assign_Mission(MISSION_RETREAT);
+				return(1);
+		}
+
+	} else {
+		enum {
+			SEARCH_FOR_LZ,
+			FLY_TO_LZ,
+			LAND_ON_LZ,
+			UNLOAD_PASSENGERS,
+			TAKE_OFF,
+		};
+
+		switch (Status) {
+
+			/*
+			**	Search for an appropriate destination spot if one isn't already assigned.
+			*/
+			case SEARCH_FOR_LZ:
+				if (Altitude == 0 && (Target_Legal(NavCom) || Coord == As_Coord(NavCom))) {
+					Status = UNLOAD_PASSENGERS;
+				} else {
+					if (!Is_LZ_Clear(NavCom)) {
+						Assign_Destination(New_LZ(::As_Target(Waypoint[WAYPT_REINF])));
+					} else {
+						if (Altitude == FLIGHT_LEVEL) {
+							Status = FLY_TO_LZ;
+						} else {
+							Status = TAKE_OFF;
+						}
+					}
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			**	Fly to destination.
+			*/
+			case FLY_TO_LZ:
+				if (Is_LZ_Clear(NavCom)) {
+					int distance = Process_Fly_To(true);
+
+					if (distance < 0x0100) {
+						SecondaryFacing.Set_Desired(Pose_Dir());
+
+						if (distance < 0x0010) {
+							Status = LAND_ON_LZ;
+						}
+						return(1);
+					} else {
+						SecondaryFacing.Set_Desired(PrimaryFacing.Desired());
+						return(5);
+					}
+				} else {
+					Status = SEARCH_FOR_LZ;
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			**	Landing phase. Just delay until landing is complete. At that time,
+			**	transition to the unloading phase.
+			*/
+			case LAND_ON_LZ:
+				if (IsTakingOff) {
+					Status = TAKE_OFF;
+				} else {
+					if (Process_Landing()) {
+						Status = UNLOAD_PASSENGERS;
+					}
+				}
+				return(1);
+
+			/*
+			**	Hold while unloading passengers. When passengers are unloaded the order for this
+			**	transport gets changed to MISSION_RETREAT.
+			*/
+			case UNLOAD_PASSENGERS:
+				if (!IsTethered) {
+					if (Is_Something_Attached()) {
+						FootClass * unit = (FootClass *)Detach_Object();
+
+						/*
+						**	First thing is to lift the transport off of the map so that the unlimbo
+						**	process for the passengers is more likely to succeed.
+						*/
+						Map.Pick_Up(Coord_Cell(Coord), this);
+
+						if (!Exit_Object(unit)) {
+							delete unit;
+						}
+
+						/*
+						**	Restore the transport back down on the map.
+						*/
+						Map.Place_Down(Coord_Cell(Coord), this);
+
+						if (!Is_Something_Attached()) {
+							Enter_Idle_Mode();
+						}
+
+					} else  {
+
+						Enter_Idle_Mode();
+					}
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			**	Aircraft is now taking off. Once the aircraft reaches flying altitude then it
+			**	will either take off or look for another landing spot to try again.
+			*/
+			case TAKE_OFF:  {
+				if (Process_Take_Off()) {
+					if (Is_Something_Attached()) {
+						Status = SEARCH_FOR_LZ;
+
+						/*
+						**	Break off radio contact with the helipad it is taking off from.
+						*/
+						if (In_Radio_Contact() && Map[Coord_Cell(Coord)].Cell_Building() == Contact_With_Whom()) {
+							Transmit_Message(RADIO_OVER_OUT);
+						}
+					} else  {
+						Enter_Idle_Mode();
+					}
+				}
+				return(1);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return(10);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::Is_LZ_Clear -- Determines if landing zone is free for landing.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine examines the landing zone (as specified by the target parameter) in order   *
+ *    to determine if it is free to be landed upon. Call this routine when it is necessary     *
+ *    to double check this. Typically this occurs right before a helicopter lands and also     *
+ *    when determining the landing zone in the first place.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   target   -- The target that is the "landing zone".                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Is the landing zone clear for landing?                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/31/94   JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool AircraftClass::Is_LZ_Clear(TARGET target) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (!Target_Legal(target)) return(false);
+	CELL cell = ::As_Cell(target);
+	if (!Map.In_Radar(cell)) return(false);
+
+	ObjectClass * object = Map[cell].Cell_Object();
+	if (object) {
+		if (object == this) return(true);
+
+		if (In_Radio_Contact() && Contact_With_Whom() == object) {
+			return(true);
+		}
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	if (!Map[cell].Is_Generally_Clear()) return(false);
+
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::In_Which_Layer -- Determine which render layer the aircraft lies.            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to figure out which rendering layer the aircraft is located in.     *
+ *    It can be determined from the aircraft's height. The layer value is used to handle the   *
+ *    display sequence. Objects in lower layers appear beneath objects in higher layers.       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns the layer that the aircraft is currently located in.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/01/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+LayerType AircraftClass::In_Which_Layer(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (Class->IsFixedWing) return(LAYER_TOP);
+
+	if (Altitude < FLIGHT_LEVEL - (FLIGHT_LEVEL/3)) {
+		return(LAYER_GROUND);
+	}
+	return(LAYER_TOP);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::Sort_Y -- Figures the sorting coordinate.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to determine the coordinate to use for sorting the aircraft. This   *
+ *    sorting value is used when the aircraft is on the ground. At that time the aircraft      *
+ *    must be rendered in proper relationship to the other ground objects.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the coordinate to use when sorting the aircraft with other ground     *
+ *          objects.                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/02/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+COORDINATE AircraftClass::Sort_Y(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	return(Coord_Add(Coord, 0x00800000L));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::Mission_Retreat -- Handles the aircraft logic for leaving the battlefield.   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This mission will be followed when the aircraft decides that it is time to leave the     *
+ *    battle. Typically, this occurs when a loaner transport has dropped off its load or when  *
+ *    an attack air vehicle has expended its ordinance.                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the number of game ticks to delay before calling this routine again.  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   08/13/1995 JLB : Handles aircraft altitude gain after takeoff logic.                      *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int AircraftClass::Mission_Retreat(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (Class->IsFixedWing) {
+		if (Class->IsFixedWing && Altitude < FLIGHT_LEVEL) {
+			Altitude++;
+			return(3);
+		}
+		return(TICKS_PER_SECOND*10);
+	}
+
+	enum {
+		TAKE_OFF,
+		FACE_MAP_EDGE,
+		KEEP_FLYING
+	};
+	switch (Status) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Take off if landed.
+		*/
+		case TAKE_OFF:
+			if (Process_Take_Off()) {
+				Status = FACE_MAP_EDGE;
+			}
+			return(1);
+
+		/*
+		**	Set facing and speed toward the friendly map edge.
+		*/
+		case FACE_MAP_EDGE:
+			Set_Speed(0xFF);
+
+			/*
+			**	Take advantage of the fact that the source map edge enumerations happen to
+			**	occur in a clockwise order and are the first four enumerations of the map
+			**	edge default for the house. If this value is masked and then shifted, a
+			**	normalized direction value results. Use this value to head the aircraft
+			**	toward the "friendly" map edge.
+			*/
+			PrimaryFacing.Set_Desired((DirType)((House->Edge & 0x03) << 6));
+			SecondaryFacing.Set_Desired(PrimaryFacing.Desired());
+			Status = KEEP_FLYING;
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	Just do nothing since we are headed toward the map edge. When the edge is
+		**	reached, the aircraft should be automatically eliminated.
+		*/
+		case KEEP_FLYING:
+			break;
+
+		default:
+			break;
+	}
+	return(TICKS_PER_SECOND);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::Exit_Object -- Unloads passenger from aircraft.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called when the aircraft is to unload a passenger. The passenger must    *
+ *    be able to move under its own power. Typical situation is when a transport helicopter    *
+ *    is to unload an infantry unit.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   unit  -- Pointer to the unit that is to be unloaded from this aircraft.            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the unit unloaded successfully?                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   The unload process is merely started by this routine. Radio contact is          *
+ *             established with the unloading unit and when the unit is clear of the aircraft  *
+ *             the radio contact will be broken and then the aircraft is free to pursue        *
+ *             other.                                                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/10/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool AircraftClass::Exit_Object(TechnoClass * unit)
+{
+	Validate();
+	static FacingType _toface[FACING_COUNT] = {FACING_S, FACING_SW, FACING_SE, FACING_NW, FACING_NE, FACING_N, FACING_W, FACING_E};
+	CELL	cell;
+
+	/*
+	**	Find a free cell to drop the unit off at.
+	*/
+	for (FacingType face = FACING_N; face < FACING_COUNT; face++) {
+		cell = Adjacent_Cell(Coord_Cell(Coord), _toface[face]);
+		if (unit->Can_Enter_Cell(cell) == MOVE_OK) break;
+	}
+
+	// Should perform a check here to see if no cell could be found.
+
+	/*
+	**	If the passenger can be placed on the map, then start it moving toward the
+	**	destination cell and establish radio contact with the transport. This is used
+	**	to make sure that the transport waits until the passenger is clear before
+	**	unloading the next passenger or taking off.
+	*/
+	if (unit->Unlimbo(Coord, Facing_Dir(_toface[face]))) {
+		unit->Assign_Mission(MISSION_MOVE);
+		unit->Assign_Destination(::As_Target(cell));
+		if (Transmit_Message(RADIO_HELLO, unit) == RADIO_ROGER) {
+			Transmit_Message(RADIO_UNLOAD);
+		}
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::Fire_At -- Handles firing a projectile from an aircraft.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Sometimes, aircraft firing needs special handling. Example: for napalm bombs, the        *
+ *    bomb travels forward at nearly the speed of the delivery aircraft, not necessarily the   *
+ *    default speed defined in the BulletTypeClass structure.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   target   -- The target that the projectile is heading for.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          which    -- Which weapon to use in the attack. 0=primary, 1=secondary.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the bullet that was created as a result of this attack.  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+BulletClass * AircraftClass::Fire_At(TARGET target, int which)
+{
+	Validate();
+	BulletClass * bullet = FootClass::Fire_At(target, which);
+
+	if (bullet) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Play the sound effect associated with this weapon.
+		*/
+		WeaponTypeClass const * weapon = (which == 0) ? &Weapons[Class->Primary] : &Weapons[Class->Secondary];
+		Sound_Effect(weapon->Sound, Coord);
+
+
+		/*
+		**	Falling bullets move at a speed proportionate to the delivery craft.
+		*/
+		if (bullet->Class->IsDropping) {
+			bullet->Fly_Speed(40, bullet->Class->MaxSpeed);
+		}
+	}
+	return(bullet);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::Take_Damage -- Applies damage to the aircraft.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to apply damage to the specified aircraft. This is where any        *
+ *    special crash animation will be initiated.                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   damage   -- Reference to the damage that will be applied to the aircraft.          *
+ *                      This value will be filled in with the actual damage that was           *
+ *                      applied.                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          distance -- Distance from the source of the explosion to this aircraft.            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          warhead  -- The warhead type that the damage occurs from.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          source   -- Pointer to the originator of the damage. This can be used so that      *
+ *                      proper "thank you" can be delivered.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the result of the damage as it affects this aircraft.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/26/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+ResultType AircraftClass::Take_Damage(int & damage, int distance, WarheadType warhead, TechnoClass * source)
+{
+	Validate();
+	ResultType res = RESULT_NONE;
+
+	/*
+	**	Flying aircraft take half damage.
+	*/
+	if (Altitude) {
+		damage /= 2;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	In order for a this to be damaged, it must either be a unit
+	**	with a crew or a sandworm.
+	*/
+	res = FootClass::Take_Damage(damage, distance, warhead, source);
+
+	switch (res) {
+		case RESULT_DESTROYED:
+			Kill_Cargo(source);
+			Death_Announcement();
+			new AnimClass(ANIM_FBALL1, Target_Coord());
+			delete this;
+			break;
+
+		default:
+		case RESULT_HALF:
+			break;
+	}
+
+	return(res);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::Mission_Move -- Handles movement mission.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This state machine routine is used when an aircraft (usually helicopter) is to move      *
+ *    from one location to another. It will handle any necessary take off and landing this     *
+ *    may require.                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the number of game frames that should elapse before this routine      *
+ *          is called again.                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int AircraftClass::Mission_Move(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (Class->IsFixedWing) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Force aircraft in movement mission into a retreat
+		**	mission so that it leaves the map.
+		*/
+		if (*this == AIRCRAFT_A10) {
+			Assign_Mission(MISSION_RETREAT);
+			Commence();
+			return(1);
+		}
+
+		enum {
+			FLY_TO_AIRSTRIP,
+			BUG_OUT
+		};
+		switch (Status) {
+			/*
+			**	Home in on target. When close enough, drop the cargo.
+			*/
+			case FLY_TO_AIRSTRIP:
+				if (!Target_Legal(NavCom) || !In_Radio_Contact()) {
+					return(TICKS_PER_SECOND);
+				} else {
+
+					/*
+					**	If, for some reason, there is no cargo, then don't stick around.
+					*/
+					if (!Is_Something_Attached()) {
+						Status = BUG_OUT;
+						return(1);
+					}
+
+
+					if (!PrimaryFacing.Is_Rotating()) {
+						PrimaryFacing.Set_Desired(Direction(NavCom));
+					}
+					SecondaryFacing.Set_Desired(PrimaryFacing.Desired());
+					if (Distance(NavCom) < 0x0080) {
+						FootClass * unit = (FootClass *)Detach_Object();
+
+						if (unit) {
+							ScenarioInit++;
+							if (!unit->Unlimbo(Coord_Snap(Contact_With_Whom()->Coord))) {
+								Attach(unit);
+							}
+							ScenarioInit--;
+
+							Transmit_Message(RADIO_OVER_OUT);
+							Assign_Target(TARGET_NONE);
+						}
+						Status = BUG_OUT;
+					}
+				}
+				return(1);
+
+			case BUG_OUT:
+				return(TICKS_PER_SECOND);
+		}
+		return(5);
+	}
+
+	enum {
+		VALIDATE_LZ,
+		TAKE_OFF,
+		FLY_TO_LZ,
+		LAND
+	};
+	switch (Status) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Double check and change LZ if necessary.
+		*/
+		case VALIDATE_LZ:
+			if (!Target_Legal(NavCom)) {
+				Enter_Idle_Mode();
+			} else {
+				if (!Is_LZ_Clear(NavCom) || !Cell_Seems_Ok(As_Cell(NavCom))) {
+					Assign_Destination(New_LZ(NavCom));
+				} else {
+					Status = TAKE_OFF;
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	Take off if necessary.
+		*/
+		case TAKE_OFF:
+			if (!Target_Legal(NavCom)) {
+				Status = VALIDATE_LZ;
+			} else {
+				if (Process_Take_Off()) {
+					/*
+					**	After takeoff is complete, break radio contact with any helipad that this
+					**	helicopter is taking off from.
+					*/
+					if (In_Radio_Contact() && Map[Coord_Cell(Coord)].Cell_Building() == Contact_With_Whom()) {
+						Transmit_Message(RADIO_OVER_OUT);
+					}
+
+					Status = FLY_TO_LZ;
+				}
+				return(1);
+			}
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	Fly toward target.
+		*/
+		case FLY_TO_LZ:
+			if (Is_LZ_Clear(NavCom)) {
+				int distance = Process_Fly_To(true);
+
+				if (distance < 0x0080) {
+					if (Target_Legal(TarCom)) {
+						SecondaryFacing.Set_Desired(Direction(TarCom));
+					} else {
+						SecondaryFacing.Set_Desired(Pose_Dir());
+					}
+
+					if (distance < 0x0010) {
+						Status = LAND;
+					}
+					return(1);
+				}
+
+				SecondaryFacing.Set_Desired(::Direction(Fire_Coord(0), As_Coord(NavCom)));
+			} else {
+				Assign_Destination(New_LZ(NavCom));
+				if (!Target_Legal(NavCom)) {
+					Status = LAND;
+				}
+			}
+			return(1);
+
+		/*
+		**	Land on target.
+		*/
+		case LAND:
+			if (IsTakingOff) {
+				Assign_Destination(New_LZ(NavCom));
+				Status = TAKE_OFF;
+			}
+			if (Process_Landing()) {
+				if (MissionQueue == MISSION_NONE) {
+					Enter_Idle_Mode();
+				}
+			}
+			return(1);
+	}
+
+	return(TICKS_PER_SECOND);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::Enter_Idle_Mode -- Gives the aircraft an appropriate mission.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine when the mission for the aircraft is in doubt. This routine will find   *
+ *    an appropriate mission for the aircraft and dispatch it.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   initial  -- Is this called when the unit just leaves a factory or is initially     *
+ *                      or is initially placed on the map?                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/05/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void AircraftClass::Enter_Idle_Mode(bool )
+{
+	Validate();
+	MissionType mission = MISSION_GUARD;
+	if (In_Which_Layer() == LAYER_GROUND) {
+		if (IsALoaner) {
+			if (Is_Something_Attached()) {
+				mission = MISSION_UNLOAD;
+			} else {
+				if (Team) {
+					Team->Remove(this);
+				}
+				mission = MISSION_RETREAT;
+			}
+		} else {
+#ifdef NEVER
+			if (In_Radio_Contact() && Contact_With_Whom() == Map[Coord_Cell(Coord)].Cell_Techno()) {
+				Transmit_Message(RADIO_IM_IN);
+			}
+#endif
+			Assign_Destination(TARGET_NONE);
+			Assign_Target(TARGET_NONE);
+			mission = MISSION_GUARD;
+		}
+	} else {
+		if (Is_Something_Attached()) {
+			if (IsALoaner) {
+				if (Team) {
+					mission = MISSION_GUARD;
+				} else {
+					mission = MISSION_UNLOAD;
+					Assign_Destination(Good_LZ());
+				}
+			} else {
+				Assign_Destination(Good_LZ());
+				mission = MISSION_MOVE;
+			}
+		} else {
+
+			/*
+			**	If this transport is a loaner and part of a team, then remove it from
+			**	the team it is attached to.
+			*/
+			if (IsALoaner) {
+				if (Team) {
+					Team->Remove(this);
+				}
+			}
+
+			if (Class->Primary != WEAPON_NONE) {
+
+				/*
+				**	Weapon equipped helicopters that run out of ammo and were
+				**	brought in as reinforcements will leave the map.
+				*/
+				if (Ammo == 0 && !House->IsHuman && IsALoaner) {
+					mission = MISSION_RETREAT;
+				} else {
+
+					/*
+					**	Normal aircraft try to find a good landing spot to rest.
+					*/
+					BuildingClass * building = Find_Docking_Bay(STRUCT_HELIPAD, false);
+					Assign_Destination(TARGET_NONE);
+					if (building && Transmit_Message(RADIO_HELLO, building) == RADIO_ROGER) {
+						mission = MISSION_ENTER;
+					} else {
+						Assign_Destination(Good_LZ());
+						mission = MISSION_MOVE;
+					}
+				}
+			} else {
+				if (Team) return;
+
+				Assign_Destination(Good_LZ());
+				mission = MISSION_MOVE;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	Assign_Mission(mission);
+	Commence();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::Process_Fly_To -- Handles state machine for flying to destination.           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This support routine is used when the helicopter is to fly to the destination. It can    *
+ *    optionally slow the helicopter down as it approaches the destination.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   slowdown -- Should the aircraft be slowed down when it approaches the dest?        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the distance remaining between the aircraft and the destination.      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   Because the aircraft can be move at a fast speed, the distance to target value  *
+ *             will probably never be zero. The likely case will be that the aircraft          *
+ *             overshoots the target.                                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/14/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int AircraftClass::Process_Fly_To(bool slowdown)
+{
+	Validate();
+	COORDINATE coord;
+	if (Is_Target_Building(NavCom)) {
+		coord = As_Building(NavCom)->Docking_Coord();
+	} else {
+		coord = As_Coord(NavCom);
+	}
+	int distance = Distance(coord);
+
+	PrimaryFacing.Set_Desired(Direction(coord));
+
+	if (slowdown) {
+		int speed = MIN(distance, 0x0300);
+		speed = Bound(speed/3, 0x0020, 0x00FF);
+		if (Speed != speed) {
+			Set_Speed(speed);
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (distance < 0x0010) {
+		if (slowdown) {
+			Set_Speed(0);
+		}
+		distance = 0;
+	}
+	return(distance);
+}
+
+
+#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::Debug_Dump -- Displays the status of the aircraft to the mono monitor.       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This displays the current status of the aircraft class to the mono monitor. By this      *
+ *    display bugs may be tracked down or prevented.                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/02/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void AircraftClass::Debug_Dump(MonoClass *mono) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	mono->Set_Cursor(0, 0);
+	mono->Print(
+		"ÚName:ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂMission:ÄÄÄÂTarCom:ÂNavCom:ÂRadio:ÂCoord:ÄÄÂAltitudeÂSt:Ä¿\n"
+		"³                   ³           ³       ³       ³      ³        ³        ³    ³\n"
+		"ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂNÂYÂHealth:ÄÂFdir:ÂÄBdir:ÄÂSpeed:ÂÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÂCargo:ÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄ´\n"
+		"³Active........³ ³ ³        ³     ³       ³      ³            ³               ³\n"
+		"³Limbo.........³ ³ ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´\n"
+		"³Owned.........³ ³ ³Last Message:                                             ³\n"
+		"³Discovered....³ ³ ÃTimer:ÂArm:ÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂFlash:ÂStage:ÂTeam:ÄÄÄÄÂArch:´\n"
+		"³Selected......³ ³ ³      ³    ³      ³         ³      ³      ³         ³     ³\n"
+		"³Teathered.....³ ³ ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÙ\n"
+		"³Locked on Map.³ ³ ³                                                           \n"
+		"³              ³ ³ ³                                                           \n"
+		"³Is A Loaner...³ ³ ³                                                           \n"
+		"³Is Landing....³ ³ ³                                                           \n"
+		"³Is Taking Off.³ ³ ³                                                           \n"
+		"³              ³ ³ ³                                                           \n"
+		"³              ³ ³ ³                                                           \n"
+		"³              ³ ³ ³                                                           \n"
+		"³Recoiling.....³ ³ ³                                                           \n"
+		"³To Display....³ ³ ³                                                           \n"
+		"ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÁÄÙ                                                           \n");
+	mono->Set_Cursor(1, 1);mono->Printf("%s:%s", House->Class->IniName, Class->IniName);
+	mono->Set_Cursor(36, 3);mono->Printf("%02X:%02X", SecondaryFacing.Current(), SecondaryFacing.Desired());
+	mono->Set_Cursor(42, 1);mono->Printf("%04X", NavCom);
+	mono->Set_Cursor(66, 1);mono->Printf("%d", Altitude);
+	mono->Set_Cursor(44, 3);mono->Printf("%d", Get_Speed());
+	mono->Text_Print("X", 16 + (IsLanding?2:0), 12);
+	mono->Text_Print("X", 16 + (IsTakingOff?2:0), 13);
+	FootClass::Debug_Dump(mono);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::Active_Click_With -- Handles clicking over specified object.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used when the player clicks over the speicifed object. It will assign    *
+ *    the appropriate mission to the aircraft.                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   action   -- The action that was nominally determined by the What_Action function.  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          object   -- The object over which the mouse was clicked.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   This routine will alter the game sequence and causes an event packet to be      *
+ *             propogated to all connected machines.                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void AircraftClass::Active_Click_With(ActionType action, ObjectClass * object)
+{
+	Validate();
+	switch (action) {
+		case ACTION_ENTER:
+			Player_Assign_Mission(MISSION_ENTER, TARGET_NONE, object->As_Target());
+			break;
+
+		case ACTION_SELF:
+			Player_Assign_Mission(MISSION_UNLOAD, TARGET_NONE, TARGET_NONE);
+			break;
+
+		default:
+			break;
+	}
+	FootClass::Active_Click_With(action, object);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::Active_Click_With -- Handles clicking over specified cell.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used when the player clicks the mouse of the specified cell. It will     *
+ *    assign the appropriate mission to the aircraft.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   action   -- The action nominally determined by What_Action().                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          cell     -- The cell over which the mouse was clicked.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   This routine will affect the game sequence and causes an event object to be     *
+ *             propogated to all connected machines.                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void AircraftClass::Active_Click_With(ActionType action, CELL cell)
+{
+	Validate();
+#ifdef NEVER
+	switch (action) {
+		case ACTION_MOVE:
+			if (Map[cell].IsVisible) {
+				Player_Assign_Mission(MISSION_MOVE, TARGET_NONE, ::As_Target(cell));
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case ACTION_NOMOVE:
+			break;
+
+		case ACTION_ATTACK:
+			Player_Assign_Mission(MISSION_ATTACK, ::As_Target(cell));
+			break;
+	}
+#endif
+	FootClass::Active_Click_With(action, cell);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::Player_Assign_Mission -- Handles player input to assign a mission.           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called as a result of player input with the intent to change the         *
+ *    mission of the aircraft.                                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   mission  -- The mission requested of the aircraft.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          target   -- The value to assign to the aircraft's targeting computer.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          dest.    -- The value to assign to the aircraft's navigation computer.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   The mission specified will be executed at an indeterminate future game frame.   *
+ *             This is controlled by net/modem propogation delay.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void AircraftClass::Player_Assign_Mission(MissionType mission, TARGET target, TARGET destination)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (AllowVoice) {
+		if (mission == MISSION_ATTACK) {
+			Response_Attack();
+		} else {
+			Response_Move();
+		}
+	}
+	Queue_Mission(As_Target(), mission, target, destination);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::What_Action -- Determines what action to perform.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to determine what action will likely be performed if the mouse      *
+ *    were clicked over the object specified. The display system calls this routine to         *
+ *    control the mouse shape.                                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   target   -- Pointer to the object that the mouse is currently over.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the action that will occur if the mouse were clicked over the         *
+ *          object specified.                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+ActionType AircraftClass::What_Action(ObjectClass * target) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	ActionType action = FootClass::What_Action(target);
+
+	if (action == ACTION_SELF && !How_Many()) {
+		action = ACTION_NONE;
+	}
+
+	if (action == ACTION_ATTACK && Class->Primary == WEAPON_NONE) {
+		action = ACTION_NONE;
+	}
+
+	if (IsOwnedByPlayer && House->Is_Ally(target) && target->What_Am_I() == RTTI_BUILDING && ((AircraftClass *)this)->Transmit_Message(RADIO_CAN_LOAD, (TechnoClass*)target) == RADIO_ROGER) {
+		action = ACTION_ENTER;
+	}
+	return(action);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::What_Action -- Determines what action to perform.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will determine what action would occur if the mouse were clicked over the   *
+ *    cell specified. The display system calls this routine to determine what mouse shape      *
+ *    to use.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   cell  -- The cell over which the mouse is currently positioned.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the action that will be performed if the mouse were clicked at the    *
+ *          specified cell location.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+ActionType AircraftClass::What_Action(CELL cell) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	ActionType action = FootClass::What_Action(cell);
+
+	if (action == ACTION_MOVE && GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL && !Map[cell].IsVisible) {
+		action = ACTION_NOMOVE;
+	}
+
+	if (action == ACTION_ATTACK && Class->Primary == WEAPON_NONE) {
+		action = ACTION_NONE;
+	}
+	return(action);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::Pose_Dir -- Fetches the natural landing facing.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to get the desired facing the aircraft should assume when landing.      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the normal default facing the aircraft should have when landed.       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+DirType AircraftClass::Pose_Dir(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (*this == AIRCRAFT_TRANSPORT) {
+		return(DIR_N);
+	}
+	return(DIR_NE);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::Mission_Attack -- Handles the attack mission for aircraft.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is the state machine that handles the attack mission for aircraft. It will  *
+ *    handling homing in on and firing on the target in the aircraft's targeting computer.     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the number of game ticks to pass before this routine must be called   *
+ *          again.                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int AircraftClass::Mission_Attack(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (Class->IsFixedWing) {
+		Assign_Mission(MISSION_HUNT);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	enum {
+		VALIDATE_AZ,
+		PICK_ATTACK_LOCATION,
+		TAKE_OFF,
+		FLY_TO_POSITION,
+		FIRE_AT_TARGET,
+		FIRE_AT_TARGET2,
+		RETURN_TO_BASE
+	};
+	switch (Status) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Double check target and validate the attack zone.
+		*/
+		case VALIDATE_AZ:
+			if (!Target_Legal(TarCom)) {
+				Status = RETURN_TO_BASE;
+			} else {
+				Status = PICK_ATTACK_LOCATION;
+			}
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	Pick a good location to attack from.
+		*/
+		case PICK_ATTACK_LOCATION:
+			if (!Target_Legal(TarCom)) {
+				Status = RETURN_TO_BASE;
+			} else {
+				Assign_Destination(Good_Fire_Location(TarCom));
+				if (Target_Legal(NavCom)) {
+					Status = TAKE_OFF;
+				} else {
+					Status = RETURN_TO_BASE;
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	Take off (if necessary).
+		*/
+		case TAKE_OFF:
+			if (!Target_Legal(TarCom)) {
+				Status = RETURN_TO_BASE;
+			} else {
+				if (Process_Take_Off()) {
+					Status = FLY_TO_POSITION;
+
+					/*
+					**	Break off radio contact with the helipad it is taking off from.
+					*/
+					if (In_Radio_Contact() && Map[Coord_Cell(Coord)].Cell_Building() == Contact_With_Whom()) {
+						Transmit_Message(RADIO_OVER_OUT);
+					}
+
+					/*
+					**	Start flying toward the destination by skewing at first.
+					**	As the flight progresses, the body will rotate to face
+					**	the direction of travel.
+					*/
+					int diff = SecondaryFacing.Difference(Direction(NavCom));
+					diff = Bound(diff, -128, 128);
+					PrimaryFacing = SecondaryFacing.Current()+diff;
+				}
+				return(1);
+			}
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	Fly to attack location.
+		*/
+		case FLY_TO_POSITION:
+			if (Target_Legal(TarCom)) {
+
+				/*
+				**	If the navcom was cleared mysteriously, then try to pick
+				**	a new attack location. This is a likely event if the player
+				**	clicks on a new target while in flight to an existing target.
+				*/
+				if (!Target_Legal(NavCom)) {
+					Status = PICK_ATTACK_LOCATION;
+					return(1);
+				}
+
+				int distance = Process_Fly_To(true);
+
+				if (distance < 0x0200) {
+					SecondaryFacing.Set_Desired(Direction(TarCom));
+
+					if (distance < 0x0010) {
+						Status = FIRE_AT_TARGET;
+						Assign_Destination(TARGET_NONE);
+					}
+				} else {
+					SecondaryFacing.Set_Desired(::Direction(Fire_Coord(0), As_Coord(NavCom)));
+					return(1);
+				}
+			} else {
+				Status = RETURN_TO_BASE;
+			}
+			return(1);
+
+		/*
+		**	Fire at the target.
+		*/
+		case FIRE_AT_TARGET:
+			if (!Target_Legal(TarCom)) {
+				Status = RETURN_TO_BASE;
+				return(1);
+			}
+
+			PrimaryFacing.Set_Desired(Direction(TarCom));
+			SecondaryFacing.Set_Desired(Direction(TarCom));
+			switch (Can_Fire(TarCom, 0)) {
+				case FIRE_CLOAKED:
+					Do_Uncloak();
+					break;
+
+				case FIRE_OK:
+					Fire_At(TarCom, 0);
+					Map[::As_Cell(TarCom)].Incoming(Coord, true);
+					Status = FIRE_AT_TARGET2;
+					break;
+
+				default:
+					if (!Ammo) {
+						Status = RETURN_TO_BASE;
+					} else {
+						Status = FIRE_AT_TARGET2;
+					}
+					break;
+			}
+			return(1);
+
+		/*
+		**	Fire at the target.
+		*/
+		case FIRE_AT_TARGET2:
+			if (!Target_Legal(TarCom)) {
+				Status = RETURN_TO_BASE;
+				return(1);
+			}
+
+			PrimaryFacing.Set_Desired(Direction(TarCom));
+			SecondaryFacing.Set_Desired(Direction(TarCom));
+			switch (Can_Fire(TarCom, 0)) {
+				case FIRE_CLOAKED:
+					Do_Uncloak();
+					break;
+
+				case FIRE_REARM:
+					break;
+
+				case FIRE_OK:
+					Fire_At(TarCom, 0);
+					Map[::As_Cell(TarCom)].Incoming(Coord, true);
+
+					if (Ammo) {
+						Status = PICK_ATTACK_LOCATION;
+					} else {
+						Status = RETURN_TO_BASE;
+					}
+					break;
+
+				default:
+					if (!Ammo) {
+						Status = RETURN_TO_BASE;
+					} else {
+						Status = PICK_ATTACK_LOCATION;
+					}
+					break;
+			}
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	Fly back to landing spot.
+		*/
+		case RETURN_TO_BASE:
+			Assign_Destination(TARGET_NONE);
+			Enter_Idle_Mode();
+			break;
+	}
+
+	return(TICKS_PER_SECOND/2);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::New_LZ -- Find a good landing zone.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to locate a good landing zone that is nearby the location specified.    *
+ *    By using this routine it is possible to assign the same landing zone to several          *
+ *    aircraft and they will land nearby without conflict.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   oldlz -- Target value of desired landing zone (usually a cell target value).       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the new good landing zone. It might be the same value passed in.      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   The landing zone might be a goodly distance away from the ideal if there is     *
+ *             extensive blocking terrain in the vicinity.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TARGET AircraftClass::New_LZ(TARGET oldlz) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (Target_Legal(oldlz) && (!Is_LZ_Clear(oldlz) || !Cell_Seems_Ok(As_Cell(oldlz)))) {
+		COORDINATE coord = As_Coord(oldlz);
+
+		/*
+		**	Scan outward in a series of concentric rings up to certain distance
+		**	in cells.
+		*/
+		for (int radius = 0; radius < 16; radius++) {
+			FacingType modifier = Random_Pick(FACING_N, FACING_NW);
+			CELL lastcell = -1;
+
+			/*
+			**	Perform a radius scan out from the original center location. Try to
+			**	find a cell that is allowed to be a legal LZ.
+			*/
+			for (FacingType facing = FACING_N; facing < FACING_COUNT; facing++) {
+				CELL newcell = Coord_Cell(Coord_Move(coord, Facing_Dir(facing+modifier), radius * ICON_LEPTON_W));
+				if (Map.In_Radar(newcell)) {
+					TARGET newtarget = ::As_Target(newcell);
+
+					if (newcell != lastcell && Is_LZ_Clear(newtarget) && Cell_Seems_Ok(newcell)) {
+						return(newtarget);
+					}
+					lastcell = newcell;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return(oldlz);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::Fire_Coord -- Calculates the point of origin for a bullet.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to find the exact coordinate where the bullet should appear if      *
+ *    fired from this object.                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   which -- Which weapon to consider.                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the coordinate of where the projectile will appear if fired.          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/15/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+COORDINATE AircraftClass::Fire_Coord(int ) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	return(Coord_Move(Coord_Add(XYP_Coord(0, -Altitude), Coord), SecondaryFacing, 0x040));
+}
+
+
+COORDINATE AircraftClass::Target_Coord(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	return(Coord_Add(XYP_Coord(0, -Altitude), Coord));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::Receive_Message -- Handles receipt of radio messages.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine receives all radio messages directed at this aircraft. It is used to handle *
+ *    all inter-object coordination. Typically, this would be for transport helicopters and    *
+ *    other complex landing operations required of helicopters.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   from     -- The source of this radio message.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          message  -- The message itself.                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          param    -- An optional parameter that may be used to transfer additional          *
+ *                      data.                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the radio response from the aircraft.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   Some radio messages are handled by the base classes.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+RadioMessageType AircraftClass::Receive_Message(RadioClass * from, RadioMessageType message, long & param)
+{
+	Validate();
+	switch (message) {
+
+		case RADIO_PREPARED:
+			if (Target_Legal(TarCom)) return(RADIO_NEGATIVE);
+			if ((Altitude == 0 && Ammo == Class->MaxAmmo) || (Altitude > 0 && Ammo > 0)) return(RADIO_ROGER);
+			return(RADIO_NEGATIVE);
+
+		/*
+		**	Something disasterous has happened to the object in contact with. Fall back
+		**	and regroup. This means that any landing process is immediately aborted.
+		*/
+		case RADIO_RUN_AWAY:
+			if (IsLanding) {
+				IsLanding = false;
+				IsTakingOff = true;
+			}
+			Scatter(0, true);
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	The ground control requests that this specified landing spot be used.
+		*/
+		case RADIO_MOVE_HERE:
+			FootClass::Receive_Message(from, message, param);
+			if (Is_Target_Building(param)) {
+				if (Transmit_Message(RADIO_CAN_LOAD, As_Techno(param)) != RADIO_ROGER) {
+					return(RADIO_NEGATIVE);
+				}
+				Assign_Mission(MISSION_ENTER);
+				Assign_Destination((TARGET)param);
+			} else {
+				Assign_Mission(MISSION_MOVE);
+				Assign_Destination((TARGET)param);
+			}
+			Commence();
+			return(RADIO_ROGER);
+
+		/*
+		**	Ground control is requesting if the aircraft requires navigation direction.
+		*/
+		case RADIO_NEED_TO_MOVE:
+			FootClass::Receive_Message(from, message, param);
+			if (!Target_Legal(NavCom) && !IsTakingOff && !IsLanding) {
+				return(RADIO_ROGER);
+			}
+			return(RADIO_NEGATIVE);
+
+		/*
+		**	This message is sent by the passenger when it determines that it has
+		**	entered the transport.
+		*/
+		case RADIO_IM_IN:
+			if (How_Many() == Class->Max_Passengers()) {
+				Close_Door(5, 4);
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	If a civilian has entered the transport, then the transport will immediately
+			**	fly off the map.
+			*/
+			if (from->What_Am_I() == RTTI_INFANTRY && ((InfantryClass *)from)->Class->IsCivilian && !((InfantryClass *)from)->IsTechnician) {
+				Assign_Mission(MISSION_RETREAT);
+			}
+			return(RADIO_ATTACH);
+
+		/*
+		**	Docking maintenance message received. Check to see if new orders should be given
+		**	to the impatient unit.
+		*/
+		case RADIO_DOCKING:
+			if (Class->IsTransporter && How_Many() < Class->Max_Passengers()) {
+				FootClass::Receive_Message(from, message, param);
+
+				if (!IsTethered && !IsLanding && !IsTakingOff && Altitude == 0) {
+
+					Open_Door(5, 4);
+
+					/*
+					**	If the potential passenger needs someplace to go, then figure out a good
+					**	spot and tell it to go.
+					*/
+					if (Transmit_Message(RADIO_NEED_TO_MOVE, from) == RADIO_ROGER) {
+						CELL cell;
+						DirType dir = Desired_Load_Dir(from, cell);
+
+						/*
+						**	If no adjacent free cells are detected, then passenger loading
+						**	cannot occur. Break radio contact.
+						*/
+						if (cell == 0) {
+							Transmit_Message(RADIO_OVER_OUT, from);
+						} else {
+							param = (long)::As_Target(cell);
+
+							/*
+							**	Tell the potential passenger where it should go. If the passenger is
+							**	already at the staging location, then tell it to move onto the transport
+							**	directly.
+							*/
+							if (Transmit_Message(RADIO_MOVE_HERE, param, from) == RADIO_YEA_NOW_WHAT) {
+								param = (long)As_Target();
+								Transmit_Message(RADIO_TETHER);
+								if (Transmit_Message(RADIO_MOVE_HERE, param, from) != RADIO_ROGER) {
+									Transmit_Message(RADIO_OVER_OUT, from);
+								} else {
+									Contact_With_Whom()->Unselect();
+								}
+							}
+						}
+					}
+				}
+				return(RADIO_ROGER);
+			}
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	Asks if the passenger can load on this transport.
+		*/
+		case RADIO_CAN_LOAD:
+			if (!In_Radio_Contact() && Class->IsTransporter && How_Many() < Class->Max_Passengers() && from && House->Class->House == from->Owner()) {
+				return(RADIO_ROGER);
+			}
+			return(RADIO_NEGATIVE);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Let the base class take over processing this message.
+	*/
+	return(FootClass::Receive_Message(from, message, param));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::Desired_Load_Dir -- Determines where passengers should line up.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used by the transport helicopter to determine the location where the     *
+ *    infantry passengers should line up before loading.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   object   -- The object that is trying to load up on this transport.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   -- Reference to the cell that the passengers should move to before the    *
+ *                      actual load process may begin.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the direction that the helicopter should face for the load operation. *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/12/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   07/30/1995 JLB : Revamped to scan all adjacent cells.                                     *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+DirType AircraftClass::Desired_Load_Dir(ObjectClass * object, CELL & moveto) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	CELL center = Coord_Cell(Center_Coord());
+	for (int sweep = FACING_N; sweep < FACING_S; sweep++) {
+		moveto = Adjacent_Cell(center, FACING_S+sweep);
+		if (Map.In_Radar(moveto) && (Coord_Cell(object->Center_Coord()) == moveto || Map[moveto].Is_Generally_Clear())) return(DIR_N);
+
+		moveto = Adjacent_Cell(center, FACING_S-sweep);
+		if (Map.In_Radar(moveto) && (Coord_Cell(object->Center_Coord()) == moveto || Map[moveto].Is_Generally_Clear())) return(DIR_N);
+	}
+	return(DIR_N);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::Process_Take_Off -- State machine support for taking off.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used by the main game state machine processor. This utility routine      *
+ *    handles a helicopter as it transitions from landed to flying state.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Has the helicopter reached flight level now?                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/12/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool AircraftClass::Process_Take_Off(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	IsLanding = false;
+	IsTakingOff = true;
+	switch (Altitude) {
+		case 0:
+			Close_Door(5, 4);
+			PrimaryFacing = SecondaryFacing;
+			break;
+
+		case FLIGHT_LEVEL/2:
+			PrimaryFacing.Set_Desired(Direction(NavCom));
+			break;
+
+		case FLIGHT_LEVEL-(FLIGHT_LEVEL/3):
+			SecondaryFacing.Set_Desired(PrimaryFacing.Desired());
+			Set_Speed(0x20);
+			break;
+
+		case FLIGHT_LEVEL-(FLIGHT_LEVEL/5):
+			Set_Speed(0x40);
+			break;
+
+		case FLIGHT_LEVEL:
+			Set_Speed(0xFF);
+			IsTakingOff = false;
+			return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::Process_Landing -- Landing process state machine handler.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is a support routine that is called by the main state machine routines. This        *
+ *    routine is responsible for handling the helicopter as it transitions from flight to      *
+ *    landing.                                                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Has the helicopter completely landed now?                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/12/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool AircraftClass::Process_Landing(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	IsTakingOff = false;
+	IsLanding = true;
+	switch (Altitude) {
+		case 0:
+			IsLanding = false;
+			return(true);
+
+		case FLIGHT_LEVEL/2:
+			Set_Speed(0);
+			break;
+
+		case FLIGHT_LEVEL:
+			break;
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::Can_Enter_Cell -- Determines if the aircraft can land at this location.      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used when the passability of a cell needs to be determined. This is      *
+ *    necessary when scanning for a location that the aircraft can land.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   cell  -- The cell location to check for landing.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns a value indicating if the cell is a legal landing spot or not.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/12/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+MoveType AircraftClass::Can_Enter_Cell(CELL cell, FacingType ) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (!Map.In_Radar(cell)) return(MOVE_NO);
+
+	CellClass * cellptr = &Map[cell];
+
+	if (!cellptr->Cell_Occupier() ||
+		!cellptr->Cell_Occupier()->Is_Techno() ||
+		((TechnoClass *)cellptr->Cell_Occupier())->House->Is_Ally(House) ||
+		((TechnoClass *)cellptr->Cell_Occupier())->Cloak != CLOAKED) {
+
+		if (!cellptr->Is_Generally_Clear()) return(MOVE_NO);
+	}
+
+	if (GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL && IsOwnedByPlayer && !cellptr->IsVisible) return(MOVE_NO);
+
+	return(MOVE_OK);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::Good_Fire_Location -- Searches for and finds a good spot to fire from.       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Given the specified target, this routine will locate a good spot for the aircraft to     *
+ *    fire at the target.                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   target   -- The target that is desired to be attacked.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the target location of the place that firing should be made from.     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/12/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   06/14/1995 JLB : Finer resolution on ring scan.                                           *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TARGET AircraftClass::Good_Fire_Location(TARGET target) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (Target_Legal(target)) {
+		int range = Weapon_Range(0);
+		COORDINATE tcoord = As_Coord(target);
+		CELL bestcell = 0;
+		CELL best2cell = 0;
+		int bestval = -1;
+		int best2val = -1;
+
+		for (int r = range-0x0180; r > 0x0180; r -= 0x0100) {
+			for (int face = 0; face < 255; face += 16) {
+				COORDINATE newcoord = Coord_Move(tcoord, (DirType)face, r);
+				CELL newcell = Coord_Cell(newcoord);
+
+				if (Map.In_Radar(newcell) && (GameToPlay != GAME_NORMAL || Map[newcell].IsVisible) && Cell_Seems_Ok(newcell, true)) {
+					int dist = Distance(newcoord);
+					if (bestval == -1 || dist < bestval) {
+						best2val = bestval;
+						best2cell = bestcell;
+						bestval = dist;
+						bestcell = newcell;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+			if (bestval != -1) break;
+		}
+
+		if (best2val == -1) {
+			best2cell = bestcell;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	If it found a good firing location, then return this location as
+		**	a target value.
+		*/
+		if (bestval != -1) {
+			if (Random_Pick(0, 1) == 0) {
+				return(::As_Target(bestcell));
+			} else {
+				return(::As_Target(best2cell));
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return(TARGET_NONE);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::Cell_Seems_Ok -- Checks to see if a cell is good to enter.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine examines the navigation computers of other aircraft in order to see if the  *
+ *    specified cell is safe to fly to. The intent of this routine is to avoid unneccessary    *
+ *    mid-air collisions.                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   cell     -- The cell to examine for clear airspace.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          strict   -- Should the scan consider the aircraft, that is making this check, a    *
+ *                      blocking aircraft. Typically, the aircraft itself is not considered    *
+ *                      a blockage -- an aircraft can always exist where it is currently       *
+ *                      located. A strict check is useful for helicopters that need to move    *
+ *                      around at the slightest provocation.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Is the specified cell free from airspace conflicts?                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool AircraftClass::Cell_Seems_Ok(CELL cell, bool strict) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	/*
+	**	Make sure that no other aircraft are heading to the selected location. If they
+	**	are, then don't consider the location as valid.
+	*/
+	TARGET astarget = ::As_Target(cell);
+	bool ok = true;
+	for (int index = 0; index < Aircraft.Count(); index++) {
+		AircraftClass * air = Aircraft.Ptr(index);
+		if (air && (strict || air != this) && !air->IsInLimbo) {
+			if (Coord_Cell(air->Coord) == cell || air->NavCom == astarget) {
+				return(false);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::Pip_Count -- Returns the number of "objects" in aircraft.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used by the render logic to draw the little container "pips". This       *
+ *    corresponds to the number of passengers for a transport helicopter or the number of      *
+ *    shots remaining for an attack helicopter.                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the number of "pips" to render on the aircraft.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/11/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int AircraftClass::Pip_Count(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	int retval = 0;
+
+	if (Class->IsTransporter) {
+		retval = How_Many();
+	} else {
+		if (Ammo) {
+			retval = Cardinal_To_Fixed(Class->MaxAmmo, Ammo);
+			retval = Fixed_To_Cardinal(Class->Max_Pips(), retval);
+			if (!retval) retval = 1;
+		}
+	}
+	return(retval);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::Mission_Enter -- Control aircraft to fly to the helipad or repair center.    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used when the aircraft needs to fly for either rearming or repairing.    *
+ *    It tries to establish contact with the support building. Once contact is established     *
+ *    the ground controller takes care of commanding the aircraft.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the delay before this routine should be called again.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/12/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   07/04/1995 JLB : Ground controller gives orders.                                          *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int AircraftClass::Mission_Enter(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	enum {
+		INITIAL,
+		TAKEOFF,
+		ALTITUDE,
+		TRAVEL,
+		LANDING
+	};
+	switch (Status) {
+		case INITIAL:
+			if (Altitude < FLIGHT_LEVEL || IsLanding) {
+				Status = TAKEOFF;
+			} else {
+				Status = ALTITUDE;
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case TAKEOFF:
+			if (Process_Take_Off()) {
+				/*
+				**	After takeoff is complete, break radio contact with any helipad that this
+				**	helicopter is taking off from.
+				*/
+				if (In_Radio_Contact() && Map[Coord_Cell(Coord)].Cell_Building() == Contact_With_Whom()) {
+					Transmit_Message(RADIO_OVER_OUT);
+				}
+				Status = ALTITUDE;
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case ALTITUDE:
+			/*
+			**	Establish radio contact with the building this helicopter is trying
+			**	to land at.
+			*/
+			if (In_Radio_Contact()) {
+				Status = TRAVEL;
+			} else {
+				TechnoClass * tech = As_Techno(NavCom);
+				if (tech && Transmit_Message(RADIO_CAN_LOAD, tech) == RADIO_ROGER) {
+					Transmit_Message(RADIO_HELLO, tech);
+					Transmit_Message(RADIO_DOCKING);
+					Status = TRAVEL;
+				} else {
+					Assign_Destination(TARGET_NONE);
+					Enter_Idle_Mode();
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case TRAVEL:
+			Transmit_Message(RADIO_DOCKING);
+			if (!In_Radio_Contact()) {
+				Assign_Destination(TARGET_NONE);
+				Enter_Idle_Mode();
+			} else {
+				int distance = Process_Fly_To(true);
+
+				if (distance < 0x0080) {
+					if (Target_Legal(TarCom)) {
+						SecondaryFacing.Set_Desired(Direction(TarCom));
+					} else {
+						SecondaryFacing.Set_Desired(Pose_Dir());
+					}
+
+					if (distance < 0x0010) {
+						Status = LANDING;
+					}
+					break;
+				} else {
+					SecondaryFacing.Set_Desired(::Direction(Fire_Coord(0), As_Coord(NavCom)));
+				}
+				return(3);
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case LANDING:
+			if (IsTakingOff) {
+				Assign_Destination(TARGET_NONE);
+				Enter_Idle_Mode();
+			}
+			if (Process_Landing()) {
+				switch (Transmit_Message(RADIO_IM_IN)) {
+					case RADIO_ROGER:
+						Assign_Mission(MISSION_GUARD);
+						break;
+
+					case RADIO_ATTACH:
+						Limbo();
+						Contact_With_Whom()->Attach(this);
+						break;
+
+					default:
+						Enter_Idle_Mode();
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+	}
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::Good_LZ -- Locates a good spot ot land.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used when helicopters need a place to land, but there are no obvious     *
+ *    spots (i.e., helipad) available. It will try to land near a friendly helipad or friendly *
+ *    building if there are no helipads anywhere. In the event that there are no friendly      *
+ *    buildings anywhere on the map, then just land right where it is flying.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the target location where this aircraft should land. This value may   *
+ *          not be a clear cell, but the normal landing logic will resolve that problem.       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/12/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TARGET AircraftClass::Good_LZ(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	/*
+	**	Scan through all of the buildings and try to land near
+	**	the helipad (if there is one) or the nearest friendly building.
+	*/
+	CELL bestcell;
+	int bestdist = -1;
+	for (int index = 0; index < Buildings.Count(); index++) {
+		BuildingClass * building = Buildings.Ptr(index);
+
+		if (building && !building->IsInLimbo && building->House == House) {
+			int dist = Distance(building);
+			if (*building == STRUCT_HELIPAD) {
+				dist /= 4;
+			}
+			if (bestdist == -1 || dist < bestdist) {
+				bestdist = dist;
+				bestcell = Coord_Cell(building->Center_Coord());
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Return with the suitable location if one was found.
+	*/
+	if (bestdist != -1) {
+		return(::As_Target(bestcell));
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	No good location was found. Just try to land here.
+	*/
+	return(::As_Target(Coord_Cell(Coord)));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::Set_Speed -- Sets the speed for the aircraft.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will set the speed for the aircraft. The speed is specified as a fraction   *
+ *    of full speed.                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   speed -- The fixed point fractional speed setting. 0x00 is stopped, 0xFF is full   *
+ *                   speed.                                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void AircraftClass::Set_Speed(int speed)
+{
+	Validate();
+	Fly_Speed(speed, Class->MaxSpeed);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::Fire_Direction -- Determines the direction of fire.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will determine what direction a projectile would take if it were fired      *
+ *    from the aircraft. This is the direction that the aircraft's body is facing.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the direction of projectile fire.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+DirType AircraftClass::Fire_Direction(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	return(SecondaryFacing.Current());
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::~AircraftClass -- Destructor for aircraft object.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the destructor for aircraft. It will limbo the aircraft if it isn't already      *
+ *    and also removes the aircraft from any team it may be attached to.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/24/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+AircraftClass::~AircraftClass(void)
+{
+	if (GameActive && Class) {
+		/*
+		**	If there are any cargo members, delete them.
+		*/
+		while (Is_Something_Attached()) {
+			delete Detach_Object();
+		}
+
+		Limbo();
+	}
+
+	if (GameActive && Class && Team) Team->Remove(this);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::Scatter -- Causes the aircraft to move away a bit.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will cause the aircraft to move away from its current location and then     *
+ *    enter some idle mode. Typically this is called when the aircraft is attacked while on    *
+ *    the ground.                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/08/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void AircraftClass::Scatter(COORDINATE , bool )
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (IsLanding || Altitude == 0) {
+		IsLanding = false;
+		IsTakingOff = true;
+	}
+	Enter_Idle_Mode();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::Rearm_Delay -- Returns the delay between shots for this aircraft.            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Aircraft have a faster rearm delay than their weapon would otherwise indicate. This is   *
+ *    necessary to give helicopters a combat edge while still allowing them to share the       *
+ *    weapon types used by ground units.                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   second   -- Is this for the second shot? The second shot uses the full rearm       *
+ *                      delay. The first shot, if part of a two shot weapon, is given an       *
+ *                      abbreviated rearm time.                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the game frames to delay before the next shot can fire.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/10/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int AircraftClass::Rearm_Delay(bool second) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	return(FootClass::Rearm_Delay(second)/2);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::Threat_Range -- Returns with a range to scan for targets.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine returns with the distance to scan for targets according to the type of      *
+ *    search requested. The search type is typically the weapon (or short) range and vicinity  *
+ *    distances. This is used by Guard and Guard Area missions. Aircraft never consider their  *
+ *    weapon range in this determination since they can fly so fast, weapon range is           *
+ *    meaningless.                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   control  -- The range control parameter;                                           *
+ *                      -1 = range doesn't matter -- return -1 for compatability reasons.      *
+ *                      0  = short range scan                                                  *
+ *                      1  = long range scan                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the lepton distance to use for the scan operation.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/18/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int AircraftClass::Threat_Range(int control) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (control == -1) return(-1);
+
+	int range = 20 * ICON_LEPTON_W;
+	if (control == 1) {
+		range *= 2;
+	}
+	return(range);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::Mission_Guard -- Handles aircraft in guard mode.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Aircraft don't like to be in guard mode if in flight. If this situation is detected,     *
+ *    then figure out what the aircraft should be doing and go do it.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the number of game frames to delay before calling this routine again. *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   This routine typically calls the normal guard logic for ground units.           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/18/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int AircraftClass::Mission_Guard(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (Altitude == FLIGHT_LEVEL) {
+
+		/*
+		**	If part of a team, then do nothing, since the team
+		**	handler will take care of giving this aircraft a
+		**	mission.
+		*/
+		if (Team) {
+			if (Target_Legal(NavCom)) {
+				Assign_Mission(MISSION_MOVE);
+			}
+			return(TICKS_PER_SECOND);
+		}
+
+		if (Class->Primary == WEAPON_NONE) {
+			Assign_Destination(::As_Target(Coord_Cell(Coord)));
+			Assign_Mission(MISSION_MOVE);
+		} else {
+			Enter_Idle_Mode();
+		}
+		return(1);
+	}
+	if (House->IsHuman) return(TICKS_PER_SECOND);
+
+	/*
+	**	Special case to force the GDI helicopter to be brain dead in the Nod
+	**	mission where it is supposed to be captured.
+	*/
+	if (GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL && Scenario == 7 && House->Class->House == HOUSE_GOOD) {
+		return(TICKS_PER_SECOND*20);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If the aircraft is very badly damaged, then it will search for a
+	**	repair bay first.
+	*/
+	if (House->Available_Money() >= 100 && Health_Ratio() <= 0x0080) {
+		if (!In_Radio_Contact() ||
+			(Altitude == 0 &&
+				(Contact_With_Whom()->What_Am_I() != RTTI_BUILDING || *((BuildingClass *)Contact_With_Whom()) != STRUCT_REPAIR))) {
+
+
+			BuildingClass * building = Find_Docking_Bay(STRUCT_REPAIR, true);
+			if (building) {
+				Assign_Destination(building->As_Target());
+				Assign_Target(TARGET_NONE);
+				Assign_Mission(MISSION_ENTER);
+				return(1);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If the aircraft cannot attack anything because of lack of ammo,
+	**	abort any normal guard logic in order to look for a helipad
+	**	to rearm.
+	*/
+	if (Ammo == 0 && Class->Primary != WEAPON_NONE) {
+		if (!In_Radio_Contact()) {
+			BuildingClass * building = Find_Docking_Bay(STRUCT_HELIPAD, false);
+			if (building) {
+				Assign_Destination(building->As_Target());
+				Assign_Target(TARGET_NONE);
+				Assign_Mission(MISSION_ENTER);
+				return(1);
+			}
+		}
+//		return(TICKS_PER_SECOND*3);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If the aircraft already has a target, then attack it if possible.
+	*/
+	if (Target_Legal(TarCom)) {
+		Assign_Mission(MISSION_ATTACK);
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Transport helicopters don't really do anything but just sit there.
+	*/
+	if (Class->Primary == WEAPON_NONE) {
+		return(TICKS_PER_SECOND*3);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Computer controlled helicopters will defend themselves by bouncing around
+	**	and looking for a free helipad.
+	*/
+	if (Altitude == 0 && !In_Radio_Contact()) {
+		Scatter(0, true);
+		return(TICKS_PER_SECOND*3);
+	}
+
+	return(FootClass::Mission_Guard());
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::Mission_Guard_Area -- Handles the aircraft guard area logic.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine handles area guard logic for aircraft. Aircraft require special handling    *
+ *    for this mode since they are to guard area only if they are in a position to do so.      *
+ *    Otherwise they just defend themselves.                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the number of game frames to delay before calling this routine        *
+ *          again.                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/10/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int AircraftClass::Mission_Guard_Area(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (Altitude == FLIGHT_LEVEL) {
+		Enter_Idle_Mode();
+		return(1);
+	}
+	if (House->IsHuman) return(TICKS_PER_SECOND);
+
+	if (Altitude == 0 && !In_Radio_Contact()) {
+		Scatter(0, true);
+		return(TICKS_PER_SECOND*3);
+	}
+
+	if (Target_Legal(TarCom)) {
+		Assign_Mission(MISSION_ATTACK);
+		return(1);
+	}
+	return(FootClass::Mission_Guard_Area());
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::Response_Attack -- Gives audio response to attack order.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to give an audio response to an attack order.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/10/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void AircraftClass::Response_Attack(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	static VocType _response[] = {
+		VOC_AFFIRM,
+		VOC_ACKNOWL,
+		VOC_YESSIR,
+		VOC_YESSIR,
+		VOC_YESSIR
+	};
+	VocType response = _response[Sim_Random_Pick(0, (int)(sizeof(_response) / sizeof(_response[0]))-1)];
+	if (AllowVoice) {
+		Sound_Effect(response, 0, -(Aircraft.ID(this)+1));
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::Response_Move -- Gives audio response to move request.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to give an audio response to movement orders.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/10/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void AircraftClass::Response_Move(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	static VocType _response[] = {
+		VOC_MOVEOUT,
+		VOC_MOVEOUT,
+		VOC_MOVEOUT,
+		VOC_ACKNOWL,
+		VOC_AFFIRM,
+		VOC_AFFIRM
+	};
+	VocType response = _response[Sim_Random_Pick(0, (int)(sizeof(_response) / sizeof(_response[0]))-1)];
+	if (AllowVoice) {
+		Sound_Effect(response, 0, -(Aircraft.ID(this)+1));
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::Response_Select -- Gives audio response when selected.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called when an audio response for selection is desired.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/10/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void AircraftClass::Response_Select(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	static VocType _response[] = {
+		VOC_VEHIC,
+		VOC_UNIT,
+		VOC_YESSIR,
+		VOC_YESSIR,
+		VOC_YESSIR,
+		VOC_AWAIT
+	};
+	VocType response = _response[Sim_Random_Pick(0, (int)(sizeof(_response) / sizeof(_response[0]))-1)];
+	if (AllowVoice) {
+		Sound_Effect(response, 0, -(Aircraft.ID(this)+1));
+	}
+}
diff --git a/AIRCRAFT.H b/AIRCRAFT.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9bbd655
--- /dev/null
+++ b/AIRCRAFT.H
@@ -0,0 +1,254 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\aircraft.h_v   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:47:48   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : AIRCRAFT.H                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : July 22, 1994                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : November 28, 1994 [JLB]                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef AIRCRAFT_H
+#define AIRCRAFT_H
+
+#include	"radio.h"
+#include	"fly.h"
+#include	"target.h"
+
+
+class AircraftClass : public FootClass, public FlyClass
+{
+	public:
+		/*
+		**	This is a pointer to the class control structure for the aircraft.
+		*/
+		AircraftTypeClass const * const Class;
+
+		//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+		void * operator new(size_t);
+		void operator delete(void *);
+		operator AircraftType(void) const {return Class->Type;};
+		AircraftClass(void) : Class(0) {};
+		AircraftClass(AircraftType classid, HousesType house);
+		virtual ~AircraftClass(void);
+		virtual RTTIType What_Am_I(void) const {return RTTI_AIRCRAFT;};
+
+		static void Init(void);
+		enum {FLIGHT_LEVEL=24};
+
+		virtual int Mission_Attack(void);
+		virtual int Mission_Unload(void);
+		virtual int Mission_Hunt(void);
+		virtual int Mission_Retreat(void);
+		virtual int Mission_Move(void);
+		virtual int Mission_Enter(void);
+		virtual int Mission_Guard(void);
+		virtual int Mission_Guard_Area(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	State machine support routines.
+		*/
+		bool  Process_Take_Off(void);
+		bool  Process_Landing(void);
+		int  Process_Fly_To(bool slowdown);
+
+		/*
+		**	Query functions.
+		*/
+		virtual int Threat_Range(int control) const;
+		virtual int Rearm_Delay(bool second) const;
+		virtual MoveType Can_Enter_Cell(CELL cell, FacingType facing=FACING_NONE) const;
+		virtual LayerType In_Which_Layer(void) const;
+		virtual ObjectTypeClass const & Class_Of(void) const {return *Class;};
+		virtual ActionType What_Action(ObjectClass * target) const;
+		virtual ActionType What_Action(CELL cell) const;
+		virtual DirType Desired_Load_Dir(ObjectClass * passenger, CELL & moveto) const;
+		virtual int Pip_Count(void) const;
+		TARGET  Good_Fire_Location(TARGET target) const;
+		bool  Cell_Seems_Ok(CELL cell, bool landing=false) const;
+		DirType  Pose_Dir(void) const;
+		TARGET  Good_LZ(void) const;
+		virtual DirType Fire_Direction(void) const;
+
+		/*
+		**	Landing zone support functionality.
+		*/
+		bool  Is_LZ_Clear(TARGET target) const;
+		TARGET  New_LZ(TARGET oldlz) const;
+
+		/*
+		**	Coordinate inquiry functions. These are used for both display and
+		**	combat purposes.
+		*/
+		virtual COORDINATE Sort_Y(void) const;
+		virtual COORDINATE Fire_Coord(int which) const;
+		virtual COORDINATE Target_Coord(void) const;
+
+		/*
+		**	Object entry and exit from the game system.
+		*/
+		virtual bool Unlimbo(COORDINATE , DirType facing = DIR_N);
+
+		/*
+		**	Display and rendering support functionality. Supports imagery and how
+		**	object interacts with the map and thus indirectly controls rendering.
+		*/
+		virtual bool Exit_Object(TechnoClass *);
+		virtual bool Mark(MarkType mark=MARK_CHANGE);
+		virtual short const * Overlap_List(void) const;
+		virtual void Draw_It(int x, int y, WindowNumberType window);
+		virtual void Set_Speed(int speed);
+
+		/*
+		**	User I/O.
+		*/
+		virtual void Active_Click_With(ActionType action, ObjectClass * object);
+		virtual void Active_Click_With(ActionType action, CELL cell);
+		virtual void Player_Assign_Mission(MissionType mission, TARGET target=TARGET_NONE, TARGET destination=TARGET_NONE);
+		virtual void Response_Select(void);
+		virtual void Response_Move(void);
+		virtual void Response_Attack(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	Combat related.
+		*/
+//		virtual bool Target_Something_Nearby(ThreatType threat=THREAT_NORMAL);
+		virtual ResultType Take_Damage(int & damage, int distance, WarheadType warhead, TechnoClass * source);
+		virtual BulletClass * Fire_At(TARGET target, int which);
+		virtual TARGET As_Target(void) const;
+
+		/*
+		**	AI.
+		*/
+		virtual void AI(void);
+		virtual void Enter_Idle_Mode(bool initial = false);
+		virtual RadioMessageType Receive_Message(RadioClass * from, RadioMessageType message, long & param);
+		virtual void Scatter(COORDINATE threat, bool forced=false);
+
+		/*
+		**	Scenario and debug support.
+		*/
+		#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+		virtual void Debug_Dump(MonoClass *mono) const;
+		#endif
+
+		/*
+		**	File I/O.
+		*/
+		static void  Read_INI(char *buffer);
+		static void  Write_INI(char *buffer);
+		static char * INI_Name(void) {return "AIRCRAFT";};
+		bool  Load(FileClass & file);
+		bool  Save(FileClass & file);
+		virtual void Code_Pointers(void);
+		virtual void Decode_Pointers(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	Dee-buggin' support.
+		*/
+		int Validate(void) const;
+
+	public:
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the facing used for the body of the aircraft. Typically, this is the same
+		**	as the PrimaryFacing, but in the case of helicopters, it can be different.
+		*/
+		FacingClass SecondaryFacing;
+
+	private:
+
+		/*
+		**	Aircraft can be in either state of landing, taking off, or in steady altitude.
+		**	These flags are used to control transition between flying and landing. It is
+		**	necessary to handle the transition in this manner so that it occurs smoothly
+		**	during the graphic processing section.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsLanding:1;
+		unsigned IsTakingOff:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	It is very common for aircraft to be homing in on a target. When this flag is
+		**	true, the aircraft will constantly adjust its facing toward the TarCom. When the
+		**	target is very close (one cell away or less), then this flag is automatically cleared.
+		**	This is because the homing algorithm is designed to get the aircraft to the destination
+		**	but no more. Checking when this flag is cleared is a way of flagging transition into
+		**	a new mode. Example: Transport helicopters go into a hovering into correct position
+		**	mode when the target is reached.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsHoming:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Helicopters that are about to land must hover into a position exactly above the landing
+		**	zone. When this flag is true, the aircraft will be adjusted so that it is exactly over
+		**	the TarCom. The facing of the aircraft is not altered by this movement. The affect
+		**	like the helicopter is hovering and shifting sideways to position over the landing
+		**	zone. When the position is over the landing zone, then this flag is set to false.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsHovering:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the jitter tracker to be used when the aircraft is a helicopter and
+		**	is flying. It is most noticable when the helicopter is hovering.
+		*/
+		unsigned char Jitter;
+
+	public:
+		/*
+		**	This is the altitude of the aircraft. It is expressed in pixels that
+		**	the shadow is offset to the south. If the altitude reaches zero, then
+		**	the aircraft has landed. The altitude for normal aircraft is at
+		**	Flight_Level().
+		*/
+		int Altitude;
+
+	private:
+
+		/*
+		**	This timer controls when the aircraft will reveal the terrain around itself.
+		**	When this timer expires and this aircraft has a sight range, then the
+		**	look around process will occur.
+		*/
+		TCountDownTimerClass SightTimer;
+
+		/*
+		**	Most attack aircraft can make several attack runs. This value contains the
+		**	number of attack runs the aircraft has left. When this value reaches
+		**	zero then the aircraft is technically out of ammo.
+		*/
+		char AttacksRemaining;
+
+		/*
+		** This contains the value of the Virtual Function Table Pointer
+		*/
+		static void * VTable;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/ALLOC.CPP b/ALLOC.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..05bfff9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ALLOC.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,590 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   A S S O C I A T E S   **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Westwood Library                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : ALLOC.CPP                                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : February 1, 1992                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : March 9, 1995 [JLB]                      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ *   Alloc -- Allocates system RAM.                                        *
+ *   Ram_Free -- Determines the largest free chunk of RAM.                 *
+ *   Free -- Free an Alloc'ed block of RAM.                                *
+ *   Resize_Alloc -- Change the size of an allocated block.                *
+ *   Heap_Size -- Size of the heap we have.                                *
+ *   Total_Ram_Free -- Total amount of free RAM.                           *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include <malloc.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <dos.h>
+#include <bios.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+
+#ifndef WWMEM_H
+#include "wwmem.h"
+#endif
+
+
+extern "C" unsigned long Largest_Mem_Block ( void ) ;
+
+//
+// use double-word alignment for allocs
+//
+#define LONG_ALIGNMENT			1
+
+/*
+** Define the equates necessary to call a DPMI interrupt.
+*/
+#define	DPMI_INT									0x0031
+#define	DPMI_LOCK_MEM							0x0600
+#define	DPMI_UNLOCK_MEM						0x0601
+#define  LOGGING									FALSE
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following PRIVATE functions are in this file:                       */
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+
+/*= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =*/
+
+unsigned long MinRam=0L;		// Record of least memory at worst case.
+unsigned long MaxRam=0L;		// Record of total allocated at worst case.
+static unsigned long TotalRam = 0L;
+static unsigned long Memory_Calls = 0L;
+static unsigned long RequestedSystemRam = 8*1024*1024;
+static unsigned long LargestRamBlock = 0L;
+
+void (*Memory_Error)(void) = NULL;
+void (*Memory_Error_Exit)(char *string) = NULL;
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * DPMI_LOCK -- handles locking a block of DPMI memory                     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/23/1995 PWG : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+#include"mono.h"
+void DPMI_Lock(VOID const *ptr, long const size)
+{
+	union REGS regs;
+	struct SREGS sregs;
+
+	/*
+	** Lock memory
+	** AX = 0x600
+	** BX:CX = starting linear address of memory to lock
+	** SI:DI = size of region to lock (in bytes)
+	** - If Failure, carry flag is set.
+	*/
+	memset (&regs, 0 ,sizeof(regs));
+	segread (&sregs);
+	regs.x.eax = DPMI_LOCK_MEM;
+	regs.x.ebx = ((long)ptr & 0xffff0000) >> 16;
+	regs.x.ecx = ((long)ptr & 0x0000ffff);
+	regs.x.esi = ((long)size & 0xffff0000) >> 16;
+	regs.x.edi = ((long)size & 0x0000ffff);
+	int386x (DPMI_INT, &regs, &regs, &sregs);			// call DPMI
+//	if (regs.x.cflag) {
+//	}
+#if(0)
+	char *temp = (char *)ptr;
+	char hold;
+	for (int lp = 0; lp < size; lp += 2048) {
+		hold = *temp;
+		temp += 2048;
+	}
+#endif
+
+}
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * DPMI_UNLOCK -- Handles unlocking a locked block of DPMI                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/23/1995 PWG : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void DPMI_Unlock(void const *ptr, long const size)
+{
+	union REGS regs;
+	struct SREGS sregs;
+
+	/*
+	** Unlock the memory
+	*/
+	memset (&regs, 0 ,sizeof(regs));
+	segread (&sregs);
+	regs.x.eax = DPMI_UNLOCK_MEM;							// DPMI function to call
+	regs.x.ebx = ((long)ptr & 0xffff0000) >> 16;
+	regs.x.ecx = ((long)ptr & 0x0000ffff);
+	regs.x.esi = ((long)size & 0xffff0000) >> 16;
+	regs.x.edi = ((long)size & 0x0000ffff);
+	int386x (DPMI_INT, &regs, &regs, &sregs);			// call DPMI
+//	if (regs.x.cflag) {
+//	}
+
+}
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Alloc -- Allocates system RAM.                                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *    This is the basic RAM allocation function.  It is used for all       *
+ *    memory allocations needed by the system or the main program.         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:   bytes_to_alloc -- LONG value of the number of bytes to alloc.  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *          flags          -- Memory allocation control flags.             *
+ *             MEM_NORMAL: No special flags.                               *
+ *             MEM_CLEAR:  Zero out memory block.                        	*
+ *             MEM_NEW:		Called by a new.                                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with pointer to allocated block.  If NULL was returned *
+ *          it indicates a failure to allocate.  Note: NULL will never be  *
+ *          returned if the standard library allocation error routine is   *
+ *          used.                                                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   If you replace the standard memory allocation error routine *
+ *             and make it so that Alloc CAN return with a NULL, be sure   *
+ *             and check for this in your code.                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   09/03/1991 JLB : Documented.                                          *
+ *   08/09/1993 JLB : Updated with EMS memory support.                     *
+ *   04/28/1994 JAW : Updated to 32bit Protected mode.                     *
+ *   03/09/1995 JLB : Fixed                                                *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void *Alloc(unsigned long bytes_to_alloc, MemoryFlagType flags)
+{
+	union REGS		regs ;
+	struct SREGS 	sregs ;
+	unsigned char *retval=NULL;	// Pointer to allocated block.
+	unsigned long	original_size;	// Original allocation size.
+	unsigned long	bytesfree;		// Number of free bytes.
+	long 				*longptr=NULL;	// Pointer used to store selector
+	static unsigned char _allocinit=0;
+
+
+	//
+	// Init memory system by finding largest block to alloc
+	// then allocate it to get one large heap and free it.
+	// There may be more memory available from DPMI but we only are
+	// for now allocating and freeing the first largest block.
+	//
+	if ( !_allocinit ) {
+		unsigned long largestblock = Largest_Mem_Block();
+		largestblock -= 1024;				// subtract for heap header and misc
+		largestblock &= 0xffff0000;		// forcing to 64K boundary
+
+		if ( largestblock ) {
+			LargestRamBlock = MIN( largestblock, RequestedSystemRam );
+			unsigned char *lptr = (unsigned char *)malloc( LargestRamBlock );
+			if ( lptr ) {
+				free( (void *)lptr );
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Initialize the total ram available value.
+		*/
+		TotalRam = Total_Ram_Free(MEM_NORMAL);
+
+		_allocinit = 1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Save the original allocated space size so that we can clear the
+	** exact amount of RAM if they specified MEM_CLEAR.
+	*/
+	original_size = bytes_to_alloc;
+
+	/*
+	** Reserve one byte for the header of the memory we allocated.
+	** We will store the flags variable there for later use.
+	*/
+#if (LONG_ALIGNMENT)
+	bytes_to_alloc += (flags & MEM_LOCK) ? 8 : 4;
+#else
+	bytes_to_alloc += (flags & MEM_LOCK) ? 5 : 1;
+#endif
+
+
+	// Try to allocate the memory out of the protected mode memory
+	// chain if we did not require a real mode allocation.  If this
+	// fails we will have to try to allocate it out of real mode memory.
+	// Real mode memory is a last resort because some types of applications
+	// require real mode memory.
+	if (!(flags & MEM_REAL)) {
+		retval = (unsigned char*)malloc(bytes_to_alloc);
+	}
+
+	// Try to allocate the memory out of the real mode memory using DPMI
+	// service 0x100.  Note that retval will be null if we are requesting
+	// real mode memory so that we do not have to explicitly check for the
+	// real mode flag.  Remember we need to reserve room for the dos
+	// selector value at the beginning of our allocated block so rather than
+	// adding fifteen and rounding, we need to add 19 and round.
+	if (!retval) {
+		flags = (MemoryFlagType)(flags | MEM_REAL);
+		regs.x.eax = 0x100;
+		regs.x.ebx = (bytes_to_alloc + 19) >> 4;
+		if (regs.x.ebx & 0xFFFF0000) {
+			retval = NULL;
+		} else {
+			segread ( & sregs ) ;
+			int386x ( 0x31 , & regs, & regs , & sregs	) ;
+			if (regs.x.cflag)
+				retval = NULL;
+			else {
+#if (LONG_ALIGNMENT)
+				longptr		= (long *)(((regs.x.eax & 0xFFFF) << 4)+ 4);
+#else
+				longptr		= (long *)(((regs.x.eax & 0xFFFF) << 4)+ 1);
+#endif
+				*longptr++	= regs.x.edx & 0xFFFF;
+				retval		= (unsigned char *)longptr;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	// If the alloc failed then we need to signify a memory error.
+	if (retval == NULL) {
+		if (Memory_Error != NULL)
+			Memory_Error();
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	// If the memory needs to be DPMI locked then we should store the
+	// original size in the header before we store the flags.
+	if (flags & MEM_LOCK) {
+		longptr		= (long *)retval;
+		*longptr++	= original_size;
+		retval		= (unsigned char *)longptr;
+	}
+
+
+	// Now that we know the alloc was sucessful (and for an extra byte
+	// more than the user wanted) we need to stick in the memory flags.
+#if (LONG_ALIGNMENT)
+	if ( !(flags & (MEM_LOCK|MEM_REAL)) ) {
+		//
+		// WARNING!!!!!!!!!!
+		// USE this only with the WATCOM malloc ALLOCATION!!!!!!!!!
+		// it reads the actual block size before the ptr returned.
+		// then eors and uses the upper word for a validation later on free.
+		//
+		longptr = (long *)retval;
+		*longptr = ((*(longptr - 1)) ^ 0xffffffff) & 0xffff0000;
+		*retval++ 		= flags;
+		*retval++ 		= (unsigned char)(flags ^ 0xff);
+		retval += 2;
+	}
+	else {
+		*retval++ 		= flags;
+		*retval++ 		= (unsigned char)(flags ^ 0xff);
+		*retval++ 		= 0;
+		*retval++ 		= 0;
+	}
+#else
+	*retval++ 		= (unsigned char)(flags | (((flags ^ 0x07) & 0x07) << 5));
+#endif
+
+	// If the memory needed to be DPMI locked then set it up so it
+	// is locked.
+	if (flags & MEM_LOCK) {
+		DPMI_Lock(retval, original_size);
+	}
+
+	/* Clear the space if they wanted it clear */
+
+	if (flags & MEM_CLEAR) {
+		unsigned char	*ptr;		// Working memory block pointer.
+
+		ptr = retval;
+		memset(ptr, '\0', original_size);
+	}
+
+	bytesfree = Total_Ram_Free(MEM_NORMAL);
+	if (bytesfree < MinRam) {
+		MinRam = bytesfree;
+	}
+	if (TotalRam-bytesfree > MaxRam) {
+		MaxRam = TotalRam-bytesfree;
+	}
+
+	Memory_Calls++;
+
+#if(LOGGING)
+	int val = _heapchk();
+
+	FILE *file = fopen("mem.txt","at");
+	fprintf(file, "%P Alloc size = %d, Actual Size = %d, flags = %d, heap = %d\n",
+						retval,
+						original_size,
+						bytes_to_alloc,
+						flags,
+						val);
+	fclose(file);
+#endif
+
+	return(retval);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Free -- Free an Alloc'ed block of RAM.                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * FUNCTION:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:       A pointer to a block of RAM from Alloc.                    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:      None.                                                      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:    Don't use this for an Alloc_Block'ed RAM block.            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/25/1990     : Created.                                             *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+void Free(void const *pointer)
+{
+	union REGS		regs ;
+	struct SREGS 	sregs ;
+
+	void const *original = pointer;
+	char string[80];
+
+	if (pointer) {
+		/*
+		** Get a pointer to the flags that we stored off.
+		*/
+#if (LONG_ALIGNMENT)
+		unsigned char *byteptr	= ((unsigned char *)pointer) - 4;
+
+		//
+		// validate the flags with and eor of the flags
+		//
+		if ( *byteptr != ((*(byteptr + 1)) ^ 0xff) ) {
+			if (Memory_Error_Exit != NULL) {
+				sprintf( string, "Error freeing pointer %p.  Header invalid!!!\n", pointer );
+				Memory_Error_Exit( string );
+			}
+		}
+		else {
+			if ( !(*byteptr & (MEM_LOCK|MEM_REAL)) ) {
+				unsigned short *wordptr = (unsigned short *)(byteptr - 2);
+
+				//
+				// WARNING!!!!!!!!!!
+				// USE this only with the WATCOM malloc ALLOCATION!!!!!!!!!
+				// it reads the actual block size before the ptr to be freed.
+				// then compares with the EOR to the value stored during allocation.
+				//
+				if ( *wordptr != ((*(wordptr + 2)) ^ 0xffff) ) {
+					if (Memory_Error_Exit != NULL) {
+						sprintf( string, "Error freeing pointer %p.  Header invalid!!!\n", pointer );
+						Memory_Error_Exit( string );
+					}
+				}
+			}
+			else if ( *(byteptr + 2) || *(byteptr + 3) ) {
+				if (Memory_Error_Exit != NULL) {
+					sprintf( string, "Error freeing pointer %p.  Header invalid!!!\n", pointer );
+					Memory_Error_Exit( string );
+				}
+			}
+		}
+//		if ( *byteptr != (*(byteptr + 1) ^ 0xff) ||
+//			*(byteptr + 2) || *(byteptr + 3) ) {
+//			if (Memory_Error_Exit != NULL) {
+//				sprintf( string, "Error freeing pointer %p.  Header invalid!!!\n", pointer );
+//				Memory_Error_Exit( string );
+//			}
+//		}
+#else
+		unsigned char *byteptr	= ((unsigned char *)pointer) - 1;
+
+		if ( (*byteptr & 0xe0) != (((*byteptr ^ 0x07) & 0x07) << 5) ) {
+			if (Memory_Error_Exit != NULL) {
+				sprintf( string, "Error freeing pointer %p.  Header invalid!!!\n", pointer );
+				Memory_Error_Exit( string );
+			}
+		}
+#endif
+
+		/*
+		** Check to see if this was locked me and if it was unlock it.
+		*/
+		if (*byteptr & MEM_LOCK) {
+			long *longptr = ((long *)byteptr) - 1;
+			DPMI_Unlock(pointer, *longptr);
+			pointer = (void *)longptr;
+		} else
+			pointer = (void *)byteptr;
+
+#if(LOGGING)
+		int val = _heapchk();
+		FILE *file = fopen("mem.txt","at");
+		fprintf(file, "%P Free flags = %d, Heap = %d\n",
+							original,
+							*byteptr,
+							val);
+		fclose(file);
+#endif
+
+		// If the pointer is a real mode pointer than it will point to the
+		// first megabyte of system memory.  If it does than we need to
+		// use DPMI to free it.
+		if (*byteptr & MEM_REAL) {
+			regs.x.eax	= 0x101;
+			regs.x.edx	= *(((long *)pointer) - 1);
+			segread ( & sregs ) ;
+			int386x(0x31, &regs, &regs, &sregs);
+		} else {
+			free((void *)pointer);
+		}
+		Memory_Calls--;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Resize_Alloc -- Change the size of an allocated block.                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *    This routine will take a previously allocated block and change its   *
+ *    size without unnecessarily altering its contents.                    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:   pointer  -- Pointer to the original memory allocation.         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *          new_size -- Size in bytes that it will be converted to.        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the new allocation.                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   ???                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   02/01/1992 JLB : Commented.                                           *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void *Resize_Alloc(void *original_ptr, unsigned long new_size_in_bytes)
+{
+
+	unsigned long *temp;
+//	unsigned long diff, flags;
+
+	temp = (unsigned long*)original_ptr;
+
+	/* ReAlloc the space */
+	temp = (unsigned long *)realloc(temp, new_size_in_bytes);
+	if (temp == NULL) {
+		if (Memory_Error != NULL)
+			Memory_Error();
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	return(temp);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Ram_Free -- Determines the largest free chunk of RAM.                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *    Use this routine to determine the largest free chunk of available    *
+ *    RAM for allocation.  It also performs a check of the memory chain.   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the size of the largest free chunk of RAM.        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   This does not return the TOTAL memory free, only the        *
+ *             largest free chunk.                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   09/03/1991 JLB : Commented.                                           *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+long Ram_Free(MemoryFlagType)
+{
+	return(_memmax());
+//	return Largest_Mem_Block();
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Heap_Size -- Size of the heap we have.                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/21/1994 SKB : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+long Heap_Size(MemoryFlagType )
+{
+	if (!TotalRam) {
+		TotalRam = Total_Ram_Free(MEM_NORMAL);
+	}
+	return(TotalRam);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Total_Ram_Free -- Total amount of free RAM.                             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/21/1994 SKB : Created.                                             *
+ *   03/09/1995 JLB : Uses prerecorded heap size maximum.                  *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+long Total_Ram_Free(MemoryFlagType )
+{
+	return(_memavl());
+//	return Largest_Mem_Block () ;
+}
+
diff --git a/ANIM.CPP b/ANIM.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..43b070a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ANIM.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,1175 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\anim.cpv   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:48:48   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Dune                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : ANIM.CPP                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : June 3, 1991                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   AnimClass::AI -- This is the low level anim processor.                                    *
+ *   AnimClass::Adjust_Coord -- Adjusts anim coordinates                                       *
+ *   AnimClass::AnimClass -- The constructor for animation objects.                            *
+ *   AnimClass::As_Target -- Converts the animation into a target value.                       *
+ *   AnimClass::Attach_To -- Attaches animation to object specified.                           *
+ *   AnimClass::Center_Coord -- Determine center of animation.                                 *
+ *   AnimClass::Detach -- Remove animation if attached to target.                              *
+ *   AnimClass::Draw_It -- Draws the animation at the location specified.                      *
+ *   AnimClass::In_Which_Layer -- Determines what render layer the anim should be in.          *
+ *   AnimClass::Init -- Performs pre-scenario initialization.                                  *
+ *   AnimClass::Mark -- Signals to map that redrawing is necessary.                            *
+ *   AnimClass::Middle -- Processes any middle events.                                         *
+ *   AnimClass::Occupy_List -- Determines the occupy list for the animation.                   *
+ *   AnimClass::Overlap_List -- Determines the overlap list for the animation.                 *
+ *   AnimClass::Render -- Draws an animation object.                                           *
+ *   AnimClass::Sort_Y -- Returns with the sorting coordinate for the animation.               *
+ *   AnimClass::Start -- Processes initial animation side effects.                             *
+ *   AnimClass::delete -- Returns an anim object back to the free pool.                        *
+ *   AnimClass::new -- Allocates an anim object from the pool.                                 *
+ *   AnimClass::~AnimClass -- Destructor for anim objects.                                     *
+ *   AnimClass::Validate -- validates anim pointer															  *
+ *   Shorten_Attached_Anims -- Reduces attached animation durations.                           *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+
+
+/*
+** This contains the value of the Virtual Function Table Pointer
+*/
+void * AnimClass::VTable;
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AnimClass::Validate -- validates anim pointer															  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *		1 = ok, 0 = error																								  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/09/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+int AnimClass::Validate(void) const
+{
+	int num;
+
+	num = Anims.ID(this);
+	if (num < 0 || num >= ANIM_MAX) {
+		Validate_Error("ANIM");
+		return (0);
+	}
+	else
+		return (1);
+}
+#else
+#define	Validate()
+#endif
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Shorten_Attached_Anims -- Reduces attached animation durations.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to reduce the amount of time any attached animations will process.  *
+ *    Typical use of this is when an object is on fire and the object should now be destroyed  *
+ *    but the attached animations are to run until completion before destruction can follow.   *
+ *    This routine will make the animation appear to run its course, but in as short of time   *
+ *    as possible. The shortening effect is achieved by reducing the number of times the       *
+ *    animation will loop.                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   obj   -- Pointer to the object that all attached animations will be processed.     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/11/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void Shorten_Attached_Anims(ObjectClass * obj)
+{
+	if (obj) {
+		for (int index = 0; index < Anims.Count(); index++) {
+			AnimClass & anim = *Anims.Ptr(index);
+
+			if (anim.Object == obj) {
+				anim.Loops = 0;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AnimClass::Sort_Y -- Returns with the sorting coordinate for the animation.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used by the sorting system. Animations that are located in the ground    *
+ *    layer will be sorted by this the value returned from this function.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the sort coordinate to use for this animation.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/17/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   12/15/1994 JLB : Handles flat anims (infantry decay anims).                               *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+COORDINATE AnimClass::Sort_Y(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (Object) {
+		return(Coord_Add(Object->Sort_Y(), 0x00010000L));
+	}
+	if (*this == ANIM_MOVE_FLASH) {
+		return(Coord_Add(Center_Coord(), XYP_COORD(0, -24)));
+	}
+	if (*this == ANIM_LZ_SMOKE) {
+		return(Coord_Add(Center_Coord(), XYP_COORD(0, 14)));
+	}
+	return(Coord);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AnimClass::Center_Coord -- Determine center of animation.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This support function will return the "center" of the animation. The actual coordinate   *
+ *    of the animation may be dependant on if the the animation is attached to an object.      *
+ *    In such a case, it must factor in the object's location.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns the coordinate of the center of the animation. The coordinate is in real   *
+ *          game coordinates -- taking into consideration if the animation is attached.        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/19/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+COORDINATE AnimClass::Center_Coord(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (Object) {
+		return(Coord_Add(Coord, Object->Center_Coord()));
+	}
+	return(Coord);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AnimClass::Render -- Draws an animation object.                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the working routine that renders the animation shape. It gets called once        *
+ *    per animation per frame. It needs to be fast.                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   bool; Should the animation be rendered in spite of render flag?                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the animation rendered?                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/31/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool AnimClass::Render(bool forced)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (Delay) return(false);
+	IsToDisplay = true;
+	return(ObjectClass::Render(forced));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AnimClass::Draw_It -- Draws the animation at the location specified.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to render the animation object at the location specified. This is   *
+ *    how the map imagery gets updated.                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   x,y      -- The pixel coordinates to draw the animation at.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          window   -- The to base the draw coordinates upon.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/24/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   05/19/1995 JLB : Added white translucent effect.                                          *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+#pragma off (unreferenced)
+void AnimClass::Draw_It(int x, int y, WindowNumberType window)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (!IsInvisible) {
+		void const * shapefile = Class->Get_Image_Data();
+		if (shapefile) {
+			void const * transtable = NULL;
+			int shapenum = Class->Start + Fetch_Stage();
+			void const * remap = NULL;
+
+			/*
+			**	Some animations require special fixups.
+			*/
+			switch (Class->Type) {
+				case ANIM_ION_CANNON:
+					y -= Get_Build_Frame_Height(shapefile) >> 1;
+					y += 12;
+					break;
+
+				case ANIM_RAPT_DIE:
+				case ANIM_STEG_DIE:
+				case ANIM_TREX_DIE:
+				case ANIM_TRIC_DIE:
+				case ANIM_ATOM_BLAST:
+					transtable = Map.UnitShadow;
+					break;
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	If the translucent table hasn't been determined yet, then check to see if it
+			**	should use the white or normal translucent tables.
+			*/
+			if (!transtable && Class->IsWhiteTrans) transtable = Map.WhiteTranslucentTable;
+			if (!transtable && Class->IsTranslucent) transtable = Map.TranslucentTable;
+
+			/*
+			**	Set the shape flags to properly take into account any fading or ghosting
+			**	table necessary.
+			*/
+			ShapeFlags_Type flags = SHAPE_CENTER|SHAPE_WIN_REL;
+			if (IsAlternate) {
+				flags = flags | SHAPE_FADING;
+				remap = Map.RemapTables[HOUSE_GOOD][0];
+			}
+			if (transtable) flags = flags | SHAPE_GHOST;
+
+			/*
+			**	Draw the animation shape.
+			*/
+			CC_Draw_Shape(shapefile, shapenum, x, y, window, flags, remap, transtable);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AnimClass::Mark -- Signals to map that redrawing is necessary.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used by the animation logic system to inform the map that the cells      *
+ *    under the animation must be rerendered.                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/31/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool AnimClass::Mark(MarkType mark)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (ObjectClass::Mark(mark)) {
+		Map.Refresh_Cells(Coord_Cell(Center_Coord()), Overlap_List());
+		ObjectClass::Mark(mark);
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AnimClass::Overlap_List -- Determines the overlap list for the animation.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to fetch the overlap list for the animation. This overlap list is the   *
+ *    cells that this animation spills over.                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns a pointer to the overlap list for this particular instance of the          *
+ *          animation.                                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+short const * AnimClass::Overlap_List(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	static short const OverlapN[] = {0, -MAP_CELL_W, -(MAP_CELL_W+1), -(MAP_CELL_W-1), -(2*MAP_CELL_W), -(2*MAP_CELL_W-1), -(2*MAP_CELL_W+1), REFRESH_EOL};
+	static short const OverlapNW[] = {0, -1, -MAP_CELL_W, -(MAP_CELL_W+1), -(MAP_CELL_W+2), -(MAP_CELL_W*2+2), -(MAP_CELL_W*2+1), REFRESH_EOL};
+	static short const OverlapW[] = {0, -1, -2, -(MAP_CELL_W+1), -(MAP_CELL_W+2), REFRESH_EOL};
+	static short const OverlapSW[] = {0, -1, MAP_CELL_W, (MAP_CELL_W-1), (MAP_CELL_W-2), (MAP_CELL_W*2-2), (MAP_CELL_W*2-1), REFRESH_EOL};
+	static short const OverlapS[] = {0, MAP_CELL_W-1, MAP_CELL_W, MAP_CELL_W+1, 2*MAP_CELL_W+1, 2*MAP_CELL_W, 2*MAP_CELL_W-1, REFRESH_EOL};
+	static short const OverlapSE[] = {0, 1, MAP_CELL_W, (MAP_CELL_W+1), (MAP_CELL_W+2), (MAP_CELL_W*2+2), (MAP_CELL_W*2+1), REFRESH_EOL};
+	static short const OverlapE[] = {0, 1, 2, -(MAP_CELL_W-1), -(MAP_CELL_W-2), REFRESH_EOL};
+	static short const OverlapNE[] = {0, 1, -MAP_CELL_W, -(MAP_CELL_W-1), -(MAP_CELL_W-2), -(MAP_CELL_W*2-2), -(MAP_CELL_W*2-1), REFRESH_EOL};
+	static short const OverlapIon[] = {
+		(-MAP_CELL_W * 7) - 1, (-MAP_CELL_W * 7), (-MAP_CELL_W * 7) + 1,
+		(-MAP_CELL_W * 6) - 1, (-MAP_CELL_W * 6), (-MAP_CELL_W * 6) + 1,
+		(-MAP_CELL_W * 5) - 1, (-MAP_CELL_W * 5), (-MAP_CELL_W * 5) + 1,
+		(-MAP_CELL_W * 4) - 1, (-MAP_CELL_W * 4), (-MAP_CELL_W * 4) + 1,
+		(-MAP_CELL_W * 3) - 1, (-MAP_CELL_W * 3), (-MAP_CELL_W * 3) + 1,
+		(-MAP_CELL_W * 2) - 1, (-MAP_CELL_W * 2), (-MAP_CELL_W * 2) + 1,
+		(-MAP_CELL_W * 1) - 1, (-MAP_CELL_W * 1), (-MAP_CELL_W * 1) + 1,
+		(-MAP_CELL_W * 0) - 1, (-MAP_CELL_W * 0), (-MAP_CELL_W * 0) + 1,
+ 		REFRESH_EOL
+	};
+
+	static short const OverlapAtom[] = {
+		(-MAP_CELL_W * 2) - 1, (-MAP_CELL_W * 2), (-MAP_CELL_W * 2) + 1,
+		(-MAP_CELL_W * 1) - 1, (-MAP_CELL_W * 1), (-MAP_CELL_W * 1) + 1,
+		(-MAP_CELL_W * 0) - 1, (-MAP_CELL_W * 0), (-MAP_CELL_W * 0) + 1,
+		( MAP_CELL_W * 1) - 1, ( MAP_CELL_W * 1), ( MAP_CELL_W * 1) + 1,
+		( MAP_CELL_W * 2) - 1, ( MAP_CELL_W * 2), ( MAP_CELL_W * 2) + 1,
+ 		REFRESH_EOL
+	};
+
+	switch (Class->Type) {
+		case ANIM_CHEM_N:
+		case ANIM_FLAME_N:
+			return(OverlapN);
+
+		case ANIM_CHEM_NW:
+		case ANIM_FLAME_NW:
+			return(OverlapNW);
+
+		case ANIM_CHEM_W:
+		case ANIM_FLAME_W:
+			return(OverlapW);
+
+		case ANIM_CHEM_SW:
+		case ANIM_FLAME_SW:
+			return(OverlapSW);
+
+		case ANIM_CHEM_S:
+		case ANIM_FLAME_S:
+			return(OverlapS);
+
+		case ANIM_CHEM_SE:
+		case ANIM_FLAME_SE:
+			return(OverlapSE);
+
+		case ANIM_CHEM_E:
+		case ANIM_FLAME_E:
+			return(OverlapE);
+
+		case ANIM_CHEM_NE:
+		case ANIM_FLAME_NE:
+			return(OverlapNE);
+
+		case ANIM_ION_CANNON:
+			return(OverlapIon);
+
+		case ANIM_ATOM_BLAST:
+			return(OverlapAtom);
+
+		default:
+			break;
+	}
+	return(Coord_Spillage_List(Center_Coord(), Class->Size));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AnimClass::Occupy_List -- Determines the occupy list for the animation.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Animations always occupy only the cell that their center is located over. As such, this  *
+ *    routine always returns a simple (center cell) occupation list.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the occupation list for the animation.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+short const * AnimClass::Occupy_List(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	static short _simple[] = {REFRESH_EOL};
+
+	return(_simple);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AnimClass::Init -- Performs pre-scenario initialization.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to initialize the animation system prior to a scenario being loaded *
+ *    or reloaded. It effectively removes all animations from the system.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/31/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void AnimClass::Init(void)
+{
+	AnimClass *ptr;
+
+	Anims.Free_All();
+
+	ptr = new AnimClass();
+	VTable = ((void **)(((char *)ptr) + sizeof(AbstractClass) - 4))[0];
+	delete ptr;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AnimClass::new -- Allocates an anim object from the pool.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to allocate a free anim class object from the preallocated pool     *
+ *    in the near heap. If there are no free animation objects, then null is returned.         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to a free anim object.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/31/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void *AnimClass::operator new(size_t)
+{
+	void * ptr = Anims.Allocate();
+	if (ptr) {
+		((AnimClass *)ptr)->IsActive = true;
+	}
+	return(ptr);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AnimClass::delete -- Returns an anim object back to the free pool.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to return an anim object back to the pool of free anim objects.     *
+ *    Anim objects so returned are available to be reallocated for the next animation.         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   ptr   -- Pointer to the anim object to return to the pool.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/31/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void AnimClass::operator delete(void *ptr)
+{
+	if (ptr) {
+		((AnimClass *)ptr)->IsActive = false;
+	}
+	Anims.Free((AnimClass *)ptr);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AnimClass::AnimClass -- The constructor for animation objects.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used as the constructor of animation objects. It initializes and adds    *
+ *    the animation object to the display and logic systems.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   animnum  -- The animation number to start.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          coord    -- The location of the animation.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          timedelay-- The delay before the animation starts.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          loop     -- The number of times to loop this animation.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/31/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   08/03/1994 JLB : Added a delayed affect parameter.                                        *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+AnimClass::AnimClass(AnimType animnum, COORDINATE coord, unsigned char timedelay, unsigned char loop, bool alt) :
+	Class(&AnimTypeClass::As_Reference(animnum))
+{
+	Object = 0;
+	Owner = HOUSE_NONE;
+
+	if (Class->Stages == -1) {
+		((int&)Class->Stages) = Get_Build_Frame_Count(Class->Get_Image_Data());
+	}
+	if (Class->LoopEnd == -1) {
+		((int&)Class->LoopEnd) = Class->Stages;
+	}
+	if (Class->IsNormalized) {
+		Set_Rate(Options.Normalize_Delay(Class->Delay));
+	} else {
+		Set_Rate(Class->Delay);
+	}
+	Set_Stage(0);
+
+	Accum = 0;
+	coord = Adjust_Coord(coord);
+	Unlimbo(coord);
+
+	/*
+	**	Drop zone smoke always reveals the map around itself.
+	*/
+	if (*this == ANIM_LZ_SMOKE) {
+		Map.Sight_From(Coord_Cell(coord), 4, false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Determine the time before the first animation process. For time delayed
+	**	animations, this is the value passed as a parameter.
+	*/
+	Delay = timedelay;
+
+	Loops = (unsigned char)(MAX(loop, 1) * Class->Loops);
+	Loops = (unsigned char)MAX(Loops, 1);
+
+	IsToDelete = false;
+	IsBrandNew = true;
+	IsAlternate = alt;
+	IsInvisible = false;
+
+	/*
+	**	If the animation starts immediately, then play the associated sound effect now.
+	*/
+	if (!Delay) {
+		Start();
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AnimClass::~AnimClass -- Destructor for anim objects.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This destructor handles removing the animation object from the system. It might require  *
+ *    informing any object this animation is attached to that it is no longer attached.        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/29/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+AnimClass::~AnimClass(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (GameActive) {
+
+		/*
+		**	If this anim is attached to another object
+		**	then check to see if this is the last anim attached to it. If this
+		**	is the case, then inform the object that it is no longer attached to
+		**	an animation.
+		*/
+		if (Object) {
+			ObjectClass * to = Object;
+
+			Object = 0;
+
+			/*
+			**	Scan for any other animations that are attached to the object that
+			**	this animation is attached to. If there are no others, then inform the
+			**	attached object of this fact.
+			*/
+			for (int index = 0; index < Anims.Count(); index++) {
+				if (Anims.Ptr(index)->Object == to) break;
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	Tell the object that it is no longer being damaged.
+			*/
+			if (index != Anims.Count()) {
+				to->Fire_Out();
+			}
+			to->Mark(MARK_OVERLAP_UP);
+			to->IsAnimAttached = false;
+			to->Mark(MARK_OVERLAP_DOWN);
+			Object = to;
+		}
+
+		Limbo();
+		Object = 0;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AnimClass::AI -- This is the low level anim processor.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called once per frame per animation. It handles transition between       *
+ *    animation frames and marks the map for redraw as necessary.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   Speed is of upmost importance.                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/31/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void AnimClass::AI(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	/*
+	**	For ground level based animations (ones that can run slowly as well as
+	**	occur behind other ground objects) always cause the cell to be redrawn.
+	*/
+	if (!Delay && Class->IsGroundLayer) {
+		Map.Refresh_Cells(Coord_Cell(Center_Coord()), Overlap_List());
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Special case check to make sure that building on top of a smoke marker
+	**	causes the smoke marker to vanish.
+	*/
+	if (Class->Type == ANIM_LZ_SMOKE && Map[Coord_Cell(Center_Coord())].Cell_Building()) {
+		IsToDelete = true;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Delete this animation and bail early if the animation is flagged to be deleted
+	**	immediately.
+	*/
+	if (IsToDelete) {
+		delete this;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If this is a brand new animation, then don't process it the first logic pass
+	**	since it might end up skipping the first animation frame before it has had a
+	**	chance to draw it.
+	*/
+	if (IsBrandNew) {
+		IsBrandNew = false;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (Delay) {
+		Delay--;
+		if (!Delay) {
+			Start();
+		}
+	} else {
+
+		/*
+		**	This is necessary because there is no recording of animations on the map
+		**	and thus the animation cannot be intelligently flagged for redraw. Most
+		**	animations move fast enough that they would need to be redrawn every
+		**	game frame anyway so this isn't TOO bad.
+		*/
+		Mark(MARK_CHANGE);
+
+		if (StageClass::Graphic_Logic()) {
+			int stage = Fetch_Stage();
+
+			/*
+			**	If this animation is attached to another object and it is a
+			**	damaging kind of animation, then do the damage to the other
+			**	object.
+			*/
+			if (Object && Class->Damage) {
+				unsigned int accum = Accum;
+
+				accum += Class->Damage;
+
+				if (accum > 255) {
+
+					/*
+					**	Administer the damage. If the object was destroyed by this anim,
+					**	then the attached damaging anim is also destroyed.
+					*/
+					int damage = accum >> 8;
+					if (Object->Take_Damage(damage, 0, WARHEAD_FIRE) == RESULT_DESTROYED) {
+						//Object = 0;
+						delete this;
+						return;
+					}
+				}
+				Accum = (unsigned char)(accum & 0x00FF);
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	During the biggest stage (covers the most ground), perform any ground altering
+			**	action required. This masks craters and scorch marks, so that they appear
+			**	naturally rather than "popping" into existance while in plain sight.
+			*/
+			if (Class->Start+stage == Class->Biggest) {
+				Middle();
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	Check to see if the last frame has been displayed. If so, then the
+			**	animation either ends or loops.
+			*/
+			if ((Loops <= 1 && stage >= Class->Stages) || (Loops > 1 && stage >= Class->LoopEnd-Class->Start)) {
+
+				/*
+				**	Determine if this animation should loop another time. If so, then start the loop
+				**	but if not, then proceed into the animation termination handler.
+				*/
+				if (Loops) Loops--;
+				if (Loops) {
+					Set_Stage(Class->LoopStart);
+				} else {
+
+					/*
+					**	The animation should end now, but first check to see if
+					**	it needs to chain into another animation. If so, then the
+					**	animation isn't technically over. It metamorphoses into the
+					**	new form.
+					*/
+					if (Class->ChainTo != ANIM_NONE) {
+//						AnimTypeClass const * aptr = &AnimTypeClass::As_Reference(Class->ChainTo);
+
+						((AnimTypeClass const *&)Class) = &AnimTypeClass::As_Reference(Class->ChainTo);
+
+						if (Class->IsNormalized) {
+							Set_Rate(Options.Normalize_Delay(Class->Delay));
+						} else {
+							Set_Rate(Class->Delay);
+						}
+						Set_Stage(Class->Start);
+					} else {
+						delete this;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AnimClass::Attach_To -- Attaches animation to object specified.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    An animation can be "attached" to an object. In such cases, the animation is rendered    *
+ *    as an offset from the center of the object it is attached to. This allows affects such   *
+ *    as fire or smoke to be consistently placed on the vehicle it is associated with.         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   obj   -- Pointer to the object to attach the animation to.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/19/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void AnimClass::Attach_To(ObjectClass * obj)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (!obj) return;
+
+	obj->Mark(MARK_OVERLAP_UP);
+	obj->IsAnimAttached = true;
+	obj->Mark(MARK_OVERLAP_DOWN);
+	Map.Remove(this, In_Which_Layer());
+	Object = obj;
+	Map.Submit(this, In_Which_Layer());
+	Coord = Coord_Sub(Coord, obj->Center_Coord());
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AnimClass::In_Which_Layer -- Determines what render layer the anim should be in.            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to find out which display layer (ground or air) that the animation      *
+ *    should be in. This information is used to place the animation into the correct display   *
+ *    list.                                                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the layer that the animation should exist in.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/25/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+LayerType AnimClass::In_Which_Layer(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (Object || Class->IsGroundLayer) {
+		return(LAYER_GROUND);
+	}
+	return(LAYER_AIR);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AnimClass::Start -- Processes initial animation side effects.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called when the animation first starts. Sometimes there are side effects *
+ *    associated with this animation that must occur immediately. Typically, this is the       *
+ *    sound effect assigned to this animation. If this animation is supposed to attach itself  *
+ *    to any object at its location, then do so at this time as well.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/30/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void AnimClass::Start(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	CELL cell = Coord_Cell(Coord);
+
+	Mark();
+
+	/*
+	**	Play the sound effect for this animation.
+	*/
+	Sound_Effect(Class->Sound, Coord);
+
+	/*
+	**	If the stage where collateral effects occur is the first stage of the animation, then
+	**	perform this action now. Subsiquent checks against this stage value starts with the
+	**	second frame of the animation.
+	*/
+	if (!Class->Biggest) {
+		Middle();
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If this is the kind of animation that sticks to whatever object is in the same
+	**	location, then attach the animation to the object. If the animation is already
+	**	attached, then do nothing.
+	*/
+	if (!Object && Class->IsSticky && Map.In_Radar(cell)) {
+		UnitClass * unit = Map[cell].Cell_Unit();
+
+		if (unit && *unit == UNIT_GUNBOAT) {
+			Attach_To(unit);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AnimClass::Middle -- Processes any middle events.                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called when the animation as reached its largest stage. Typically, this  *
+ *    routine is used to cause scorches or craters to appear at a cosmetically pleasing        *
+ *    moment.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/30/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void AnimClass::Middle(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	CELL cell = Coord_Cell(Center_Coord());
+	CellClass * cellptr = &Map[cell];
+
+	if (Class->Type == ANIM_ATOM_BLAST) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Find someone to blame the explosion on. This is necessary in
+		**	order to properly enact retribution and record the kill for
+		**	score purposes.
+		*/
+		BuildingClass * building = NULL;
+		TechnoClass * backup = NULL;
+		if (Owner != HOUSE_NONE) {
+			for (int index = 0; index < Logic.Count(); index++) {
+				ObjectClass * obj = Logic[index];
+
+				if (obj && obj->Is_Techno() && obj->Owner() == Owner) {
+					backup = (TechnoClass *)obj;
+					if (obj->What_Am_I() == RTTI_BUILDING && *((BuildingClass *)obj) == STRUCT_TEMPLE) {
+						building = (BuildingClass *)obj;
+						break;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+
+			if (!building) building = (BuildingClass *)backup;
+		}
+
+		int radius = 3;
+		int rawdamage = 200;
+		if (GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL) {
+			radius = 4;
+			rawdamage = 1000;
+			Fade_Palette_To(WhitePalette, 30, NULL);
+		}
+		for (int x = -radius; x <= radius; x++) {
+			for (int y = -radius; y <= radius; y++) {
+				int xpos = Cell_X(cell) + x;
+				int ypos = Cell_Y(cell) + y;
+
+				/*
+				**	If the potential damage cell is outside of the map bounds,
+				**	then don't process it. This unusual check method ensures that
+				**	damage won't wrap from one side of the map to the other.
+				*/
+				if ((unsigned)xpos > MAP_CELL_W) {
+					continue;
+				}
+				if ((unsigned)ypos > MAP_CELL_H) {
+					continue;
+				}
+				CELL tcell = XY_Cell(xpos, ypos);
+				if (!Map.In_Radar(tcell)) continue;
+
+				int damage = rawdamage / ((ABS(radius)/2)+1);
+				Explosion_Damage(Cell_Coord(tcell), damage, building, WARHEAD_FIRE);
+				new SmudgeClass(Random_Pick(SMUDGE_SCORCH1, SMUDGE_SCORCH6), Cell_Coord(tcell));
+			}
+		}
+		Shake_Screen(3);
+		if (GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL) {
+			Fade_Palette_To(GamePalette, 15, NULL);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If this animation leaves scorch marks (e.g., napalm), then do so at this time.
+	*/
+	if (Class->IsScorcher) {
+		new SmudgeClass(Random_Pick(SMUDGE_SCORCH1, SMUDGE_SCORCH6), Center_Coord());
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Some animations leave a crater when they occur. Artillery is a good example.
+	**	Craters always remove the Tiberium where they occur.
+	*/
+	if (Class->IsCraterForming) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Craters reduce the level of Tiberium in the cell.
+		*/
+		cellptr->Reduce_Tiberium(6);
+
+		/*
+		**	If there already is a crater in the cell, then just expand the
+		**	crater.
+		*/
+		new SmudgeClass(SMUDGE_CRATER1, Center_Coord());
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Flame throwers leave scorch marks in unusual positions. In addition, they leave fire
+	**	shards in unusual positions as well.
+	*/
+	if (Class->IsFlameThrower) {
+		COORDINATE	c2 = Coord_Move(Center_Coord(), (DirType)((Class->Type - ANIM_FLAME_N)<<5), 0x00E0);
+		CELL	cell = Coord_Cell(c2);
+		COORDINATE	c3 = Map.Closest_Free_Spot(Coord_Move(Center_Coord(), (DirType)((Class->Type - ANIM_FLAME_N)<<5), 0x0140), true);
+
+		c2 = Map.Closest_Free_Spot(c2, true);
+		if (c3 && (Random_Pick(0, 1) == 1)) {
+			if (!Map[Coord_Cell(c3)].Cell_Terrain()) {
+				new AnimClass(ANIM_FIRE_SMALL, c3, 0, 2);
+			}
+		}
+		if (c2 && (Random_Pick(0, 1) == 1)) {
+			if (!Map[Coord_Cell(c2)].Cell_Terrain()) {
+				new AnimClass(ANIM_FIRE_SMALL, c2, 0, 2);
+			}
+		}
+		new SmudgeClass(SMUDGE_SCORCH1, c2);
+		if (c3 && (Random_Pick(0, 1) == 1)) {
+			if (!Map[Coord_Cell(c3)].Cell_Terrain()) {
+				new AnimClass(ANIM_SMOKE_M, c3);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	AnimClass * newanim;
+
+	/*
+	**	If this animation spawns side effects during its lifetime, then
+	**	do so now.
+	*/
+	switch (Class->Type) {
+		case ANIM_ION_CANNON: {
+				BuildingClass * building = NULL;
+				TechnoClass * backup = NULL;
+				if (Owner != HOUSE_NONE) {
+					for (int index = 0; index < Logic.Count(); index++) {
+						ObjectClass * obj = Logic[index];
+
+						if (obj && obj->Is_Techno() && obj->Owner() == Owner && !obj->IsInLimbo) {
+							backup = (TechnoClass *)obj;
+							if (obj->What_Am_I() == RTTI_BUILDING && *((BuildingClass *)obj) == STRUCT_EYE) {
+								building = (BuildingClass *)obj;
+								break;
+							}
+						}
+					}
+
+					if (!building) building = (BuildingClass *)backup;
+				}
+				Explosion_Damage(Center_Coord(), 600, building, WARHEAD_PB);
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case ANIM_NAPALM1:
+		case ANIM_NAPALM2:
+		case ANIM_NAPALM3:
+			new AnimClass(ANIM_FIRE_SMALL, Map.Closest_Free_Spot(Coord_Scatter(Center_Coord(), 0x0040), true), 0, ((Random_Pick(0, 1) == 1) ? 1 : 2));
+			if (Random_Pick(0, 1) == 1) {
+				new AnimClass(ANIM_FIRE_SMALL, Map.Closest_Free_Spot(Coord_Scatter(Center_Coord(), 0x00A0), true), 0, ((Random_Pick(0, 1) == 1) ? 1 : 2));
+			}
+			if (Random_Pick(0, 1) == 1) {
+				new AnimClass(ANIM_FIRE_MED, Map.Closest_Free_Spot(Coord_Scatter(Center_Coord(), 0x0070), true), 0, ((Random_Pick(0, 1) == 1) ? 1 : 2));
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case ANIM_FIRE_MED:
+		case ANIM_FIRE_MED2:
+			newanim = new AnimClass(ANIM_FIRE_SMALL, Center_Coord(), 0, ((Random_Pick(0, 1) == 1) ? 1 : 2));
+			if (newanim && Object) {
+				newanim->Attach_To(Object);
+			}
+			break;
+
+		default:
+			break;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AnimClass::As_Target -- Converts the animation into a target value.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This support routine is used to convert the animation (as a pointer) into a target       *
+ *    value (which is a number).                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns the animation as a target value.                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/08/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TARGET AnimClass::As_Target(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	return(Build_Target(KIND_ANIMATION, Anims.ID(this)));
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * AnimClass::Adjust_Coord -- Adjusts anim coordinates                     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:      none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:     none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/17/1995 PWG : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+COORDINATE AnimClass::Adjust_Coord(COORDINATE coord)
+{
+	Validate();
+	int x,y;
+
+ 	switch (Class->Type) {
+		case ANIM_ATOM_DOOR:
+			x = -1;
+			y = -36;
+			break;
+
+		default:
+			return(coord);
+	}
+	COORDINATE addval = XYPixel_Coord(x, y);
+	coord = Coord_Add(coord, addval);
+	return(coord);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AnimClass::Detach -- Remove animation if attached to target.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called when the specified target is being removed from the game. If this *
+ *    animation happens to be attached to this object, then the animation must be remove as    *
+ *    well.                                                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   target   -- The target that is about to be destroyed.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          all      -- Is the target being destroyed RIGHT NOW? If not, then it will be       *
+ *                      destroyed soon. In that case, the animation should continue to remain  *
+ *                      attached for cosmetic reasons.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/30/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   07/02/1995 JLB : Detach is a precursor to animation destruction.                          *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void AnimClass::Detach(TARGET target, bool all)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (Object && Object->As_Target() == target && all) {
+		Map.Remove(this, In_Which_Layer());
+		Object = NULL;
+		IsToDelete = true;
+	}
+}
diff --git a/ANIM.H b/ANIM.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0cfc6a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ANIM.H
@@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\anim.h_v   2.20   16 Oct 1995 16:45:40   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : ANIM.H                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : May 30, 1994                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : May 30, 1994   [JLB]                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef ANIM_H
+#define ANIM_H
+
+#include	"type.h"
+
+/**********************************************************************************************
+**	This is the class that controls the shape animation objects. Shape animation objects are
+**	displayed over the top of the game map. Typically, they are used for explosion and fire
+**	effects.
+*/
+class AnimClass : public ObjectClass, private StageClass {
+	public:
+
+		static void * AnimClass::operator new(size_t size);
+		static void AnimClass::operator delete(void *ptr);
+		AnimClass(void) : Class(0) {Owner=HOUSE_NONE;Object=0;};		// Default constructor does nothing.
+		AnimClass(AnimType animnum, COORDINATE coord, unsigned char timedelay=0, unsigned char loop=1, bool alt=false);
+		virtual ~AnimClass(void);
+		operator AnimType(void) const {return Class->Type;};
+		virtual RTTIType What_Am_I(void) const {return RTTI_ANIM;};
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		**	Member function prototypes.
+		*/
+		static void Init(void);
+
+		void  Attach_To(ObjectClass *obj);
+		void  Make_Invisible(void) {IsInvisible = true;};
+
+		virtual bool Can_Place_Here(COORDINATE ) const {return true;}
+		virtual bool Mark(MarkType mark=MARK_CHANGE);
+		virtual bool Render(bool forced);
+		virtual COORDINATE Center_Coord(void) const;
+		virtual COORDINATE Sort_Y(void) const;
+		virtual LayerType In_Which_Layer(void) const;
+		virtual ObjectTypeClass const & Class_Of(void) const {return *Class;};
+		virtual short const * Occupy_List(void) const;
+		virtual short const * Overlap_List(void) const;
+		virtual void Draw_It(int x, int y, WindowNumberType window);
+		virtual void AI(void);
+		virtual TARGET As_Target(void) const;
+		virtual void Detach(TARGET target, bool all);
+
+		/*
+		**	File I/O.
+		*/
+		bool Load(FileClass & file);
+		bool Save(FileClass & file);
+		virtual void Code_Pointers(void);
+		virtual void Decode_Pointers(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	Dee-buggin' support.
+		*/
+		int Validate(void) const;
+
+		/*
+		**	If this animation is attached to an object, then this points to that object. An
+		**	animation that is attached will follow that object as it moves. This is important
+		**	for animations such as flames and smoke.
+		*/
+		ObjectClass * Object;
+
+		/*
+		**	If this animation has an owner, then it will be recorded here. An owner
+		**	is used when damage is caused by this animation during the middle of its
+		**	animation.
+		*/
+		HousesType Owner;
+
+		/*
+		**	This counter tells how many more times the animation should loop before it
+		**	terminates.
+		*/
+		unsigned char Loops;
+
+	protected:
+		void Middle(void);
+		void Start(void);
+
+	private:
+		/*
+		** Define a function to make adjustments for where special animations
+		** are going to render.
+		*/
+		COORDINATE Adjust_Coord(COORDINATE coord);
+
+		/*
+		**	Delete this animation at the next opportunity. This is flagged when the
+		**	animation is to be prematurely ended as a result of some outside event.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsToDelete:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If the animation has just been created, then don't do any animation
+		**	processing until it has been through the render loop at least once.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsBrandNew:1;
+
+		// Use alternate color when drawing?
+		unsigned IsAlternate:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If this animation is invisible, then this flag will be true. An invisible
+		**	animation is one that is created for the sole purpose of keeping all
+		**	machines syncronised. It will not be displayed.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsInvisible:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	This points to the type of animation object this is.
+		*/
+		AnimTypeClass const * const Class;
+
+		/*
+		**	Is this animation in a temporary suspended state?  If so, then it won't
+		**	be rendered until this flag is false. The flag will be set to false
+		**	after the first countdown timer reaches 0.
+		*/
+		unsigned char Delay;
+
+		/*
+		**	If this is an animation that damages whatever it is attached to, then this
+		**	value holds the accumulation of fractional damage points. When the accumulated
+		**	fractions reach 256, then one damage point is applied to the attached object.
+		*/
+		unsigned char Accum;
+
+		/*
+		** This contains the value of the Virtual Function Table Pointer
+		*/
+		static void * VTable;
+};
+
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/AUDIO.CPP b/AUDIO.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6ec4f75
--- /dev/null
+++ b/AUDIO.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,544 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\audio.cpv   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:50:20   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : AUDIO.CPP                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : September 10, 1993                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : May 4, 1995 [JLB]                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   Is_Speaking -- Checks to see if the eva voice is still playing.                           *
+ *   Sound_Effect -- General purpose sound player.                                             *
+ *   Sound_Effect -- Plays a sound effect in the tactical map.                                 *
+ *   Speak -- Computer speaks to the player.                                                   *
+ *   Speak_AI -- Handles starting the EVA voices.                                              *
+ *   Stop_Speaking -- Forces the EVA voice to stop talking.                                    *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	Controls what special effects may occur on the sound effect.
+*/
+typedef enum {
+	IN_NOVAR,			// No variation or alterations allowed.
+	IN_JUV,				// Juvenile sound effect alternate option.
+	IN_VAR,				// Infantry variance response modification.
+} ContextType;
+
+static struct {
+	char const *Name;		// Digitized voice file name.
+	int			Priority;	// Playback priority of this sample.
+	ContextType	Where;		// In what game context does this sample exist.
+} SoundEffectName[VOC_COUNT] = {
+
+	/*
+	**	Special voices (typically associated with the commando).
+	*/
+	{"BOMBIT1",		20, IN_NOVAR},		//	VOC_RAMBO_PRESENT		"I've got a present for	ya"
+	{"CMON1",		20, IN_NOVAR},		//	VOC_RAMBO_CMON			"c'mon"
+	{"GOTIT1",		20, IN_NOVAR},		//	VOC_RAMBO_UGOTIT		"you got it" *
+	{"KEEPEM1",		20, IN_NOVAR},		//	VOC_RAMBO_COMIN		"keep 'em commin'"
+	{"LAUGH1",		20, IN_NOVAR},		//	VOC_RAMBO_LAUGH		"hahaha"
+	{"LEFTY1",		20, IN_NOVAR},		//	VOC_RAMBO_LEFTY		"that was left handed" *
+	{"NOPRBLM1",	20, IN_NOVAR},		//	VOC_RAMBO_NOPROB		"no problem"
+//	{"OHSH1",		20, IN_NOVAR},		//	VOC_RAMBO_OHSH			"oh shiiiiii...."
+	{"ONIT1",		20, IN_NOVAR},		//	VOC_RAMBO_ONIT			"I'm on it"
+	{"RAMYELL1",	20, IN_NOVAR},		//	VOC_RAMBO_YELL			"ahhhhhhh"
+	{"ROKROLL1",	20, IN_NOVAR},		//	VOC_RAMBO_ROCK			"time to rock and roll"
+	{"TUFFGUY1",	20, IN_NOVAR},		//	VOC_RAMBO_TUFF			"real tuff guy" *
+	{"YEAH1",		20, IN_NOVAR},		//	VOC_RAMBO_YEA			"yea" *
+	{"YES1",			20, IN_NOVAR},		//	VOC_RAMBO_YES			"yes" *
+	{"YO1",			20, IN_NOVAR},		//	VOC_RAMBO_YO			"yo"
+
+	/*
+	**	Civilian voices (technicians too).
+	*/
+	{"GIRLOKAY",	20, IN_NOVAR},		//	VOC_GIRL_OKAY
+	{"GIRLYEAH",	20, IN_NOVAR},		//	VOC_GIRL_YEAH
+	{"GUYOKAY1",	20, IN_NOVAR},		//	VOC_GUY_OKAY
+	{"GUYYEAH1",	20, IN_NOVAR},		//	VOC_GUY_YEAH
+
+	/*
+	**	Infantry and vehicle responses.
+	*/
+	{"2DANGR1",		10,	IN_VAR},	//	VOC_2DANGER			"negative, too dangerous"
+	{"ACKNO",		10,	IN_VAR},	//	VOC_ACKNOWL			"acknowledged"
+	{"AFFIRM1",		10,	IN_VAR},	//	VOC_AFFIRM			"affirmative"
+	{"AWAIT1",		10,	IN_VAR},	//	VOC_AWAIT1			"awaiting orders"
+//	{"BACKUP",		10,	IN_VAR},	// VOC_BACKUP			"send backup"
+//	{"HELP",			10,	IN_VAR},	// VOC_HELP				"send help"
+	{"MOVOUT1",		10,	IN_VAR},	//	VOC_MOVEOUT			"movin' out"
+	{"NEGATV1",		10,	IN_VAR},	//	VOC_NEGATIVE		"negative"
+	{"NOPROB",		10,	IN_VAR},	// VOC_NO_PROB			"not a problem"
+	{"READY",		10,	IN_VAR},	// VOC_READY			"ready and waiting"
+	{"REPORT1",		10,	IN_VAR},	//	VOC_REPORT			"reporting"
+	{"RITWAWA",		10,	IN_VAR},	// VOC_RIGHT_AWAY		"right away sir"
+	{"ROGER",		10,	IN_VAR},	// VOC_ROGER			"roger"
+//	{"SIR1",			10,	IN_VAR},	//	VOC_SIR1				"sir?"
+//	{"SQUAD1",		10,	IN_VAR},	//	VOC_SQUAD1			"squad reporting"
+//	{"TARGET1",		10,	IN_VAR},	//	VOC_PRACTICE		"target practice"
+	{"UGOTIT",		10,	IN_VAR},	// VOC_UGOTIT			"you got it"
+	{"UNIT1",		10,	IN_VAR},	//	VOC_UNIT1			"unit reporting"
+	{"VEHIC1",		10,	IN_VAR},	//	VOC_VEHIC1			"vehicle reporting"
+	{"YESSIR1",		10,	IN_VAR},	//	VOC_YESSIR			"yes sir"
+
+	/*
+	**	Sound effects that have a juvenile counterpart.
+	*/
+	{"BAZOOK1", 	1,		IN_JUV},	// VOC_BAZOOKA			Gunfire
+	{"BLEEP2", 		1,		IN_JUV},	// VOC_BLEEP			Clean metal bing
+	{"BOMB1", 		1,		IN_JUV},	// VOC_BOMB1			Crunchy parachute bomb type explosion
+	{"BUTTON", 		1,		IN_JUV},	// VOC_BUTTON			Dungeon Master button click
+	{"COMCNTR1",	10,	IN_JUV},	// VOC_RADAR_ON		Elecronic static with beeps
+	{"CONSTRU2",	10,	IN_JUV},	// VOC_CONSTRUCTION	construction sounds
+	{"CRUMBLE", 	1,		IN_JUV},	// VOC_CRUMBLE			muffled crumble sound
+	{"FLAMER2", 	4,		IN_JUV},	// VOC_FLAMER1			flame thrower
+	{"GUN18",		4, 	IN_JUV},	// VOC_RIFLE			rifle shot
+	{"GUN19",		4, 	IN_JUV},	// VOC_M60				machine gun burst -- 6 rounds
+	{"GUN20",		4, 	IN_JUV},	// VOC_GUN20			bat hitting heavy metal door
+	{"GUN5",			4, 	IN_JUV},	// VOC_M60A				medium machine gun burst
+	{"GUN8",			4, 	IN_JUV},	// VOC_MINI				mini gun burst
+	{"GUNCLIP1",	1, 	IN_JUV},	// VOC_RELOAD			gun clip reload
+	{"HVYDOOR1", 	5,		IN_JUV},	// VOC_SLAM				metal plates slamming together
+	{"HVYGUN10",	1,		IN_JUV},	//	VOC_HVYGUN10		loud sharp cannon
+	{"ION1", 		1,		IN_JUV},	// VOC_ION_CANNON		partical beam
+	{"MGUN11", 		1,		IN_JUV},	// VOC_MGUN11			alternate tripple burst
+	{"MGUN2", 		1,		IN_JUV},	// VOC_MGUN2			M-16 tripple burst
+	{"NUKEMISL",	1,		IN_JUV},	//	VOC_NUKE_FIRE		long missile sound
+	{"NUKEXPLO",	1,		IN_JUV},	//	VOC_NUKE_EXPLODE	long but not loud explosion
+	{"OBELRAY1",	1,		IN_JUV},	//	VOC_LASER			humming star wars laser beam
+	{"OBELPOWR",	1,		IN_JUV},	// VOC_LASER_POWER	warming-up sound of star wars laser beam
+	{"POWRDN1",		1,		IN_JUV},	//	VOC_RADAR_OFF		doom door slide
+	{"RAMGUN2",		1,		IN_JUV},	//	VOC_SNIPER			silenced rifle fire
+	{"ROCKET1",		1,		IN_JUV},	//	VOC_ROCKET1			rocket launch variation #1
+	{"ROCKET2",		1,		IN_JUV},	//	VOC_ROCKET2			rocket launch variation #2
+	{"SAMMOTR2",	1, 	IN_JUV},	// VOC_MOTOR			dentists drill
+	{"SCOLD2",		1, 	IN_JUV},	// VOC_SCOLD			cannot perform action feedback tone
+	{"SIDBAR1C", 	1,		IN_JUV},	// VOC_SIDEBAR_OPEN	xylophone clink
+	{"SIDBAR2C", 	1,		IN_JUV},	// VOC_SIDEBAR_CLOSE	xylophone clink
+	{"SQUISH2", 	1,		IN_JUV},	// VOC_SQUISH2			crushing infantry
+	{"TNKFIRE2",	1, 	IN_JUV},	// VOC_TANK1			sharp tank fire with recoil
+	{"TNKFIRE3",	1, 	IN_JUV},	// VOC_TANK2			sharp tank fire
+	{"TNKFIRE4",	1, 	IN_JUV},	// VOC_TANK3			sharp tank fire
+	{"TNKFIRE6",	1, 	IN_JUV},	// VOC_TANK4			big gun tank fire
+	{"TONE15",		0, 	IN_JUV},	// VOC_UP				credits counting up
+	{"TONE16",		0, 	IN_JUV},	// VOC_DOWN				credits counting down
+	{"TONE2",		1, 	IN_JUV},	// VOC_TARGET			target sound
+	{"TONE5",		10,	IN_JUV},	// VOC_SONAR			sonar echo
+	{"TOSS",			1, 	IN_JUV},	// VOC_TOSS				air swish
+	{"TRANS1",		1, 	IN_JUV},	// VOC_CLOAK			stealth tank
+	{"TREEBRN1",	1, 	IN_JUV},	// VOC_BURN				burning crackle
+	{"TURRFIR5",	1, 	IN_JUV},	// VOC_TURRET			muffled gunfire
+	{"XPLOBIG4",	5,		IN_JUV},	//	VOC_XPLOBIG4		very long muffled explosion
+	{"XPLOBIG6",	5,		IN_JUV},	//	VOC_XPLOBIG6		very long muffled explosion
+	{"XPLOBIG7",	5,		IN_JUV},	//	VOC_XPLOBIG7		very long muffled explosion
+	{"XPLODE",		1,		IN_JUV},	// VOC_XPLODE			long soft muffled explosion
+	{"XPLOS",		4, 	IN_JUV},	// VOC_XPLOS			short crunchy explosion
+	{"XPLOSML2",	5,		IN_JUV},	//	VOC_XPLOSML2		muffled mechanical explosion
+
+	/*
+	**	Generic sound effects (no variations).
+	*/
+	{"NUYELL1", 	10,	IN_NOVAR},	// VOC_SCREAM1			short infantry scream
+	{"NUYELL3", 	10,	IN_NOVAR},	// VOC_SCREAM3			short infantry scream
+	{"NUYELL4", 	10,	IN_NOVAR},	// VOC_SCREAM4			short infantry scream
+	{"NUYELL5", 	10,	IN_NOVAR},	// VOC_SCREAM5			short infantry scream
+	{"NUYELL6", 	10,	IN_NOVAR},	// VOC_SCREAM6			short infantry scream
+	{"NUYELL7", 	10,	IN_NOVAR},	// VOC_SCREAM7			short infantry scream
+	{"NUYELL10", 	10,	IN_NOVAR},	// VOC_SCREAM10		short infantry scream
+	{"NUYELL11", 	10,	IN_NOVAR},	// VOC_SCREAM11		short infantry scream
+	{"NUYELL12", 	10,	IN_NOVAR},	// VOC_SCREAM12		short infantry scream
+	{"YELL1", 		1,		IN_NOVAR},	// VOC_YELL1			long infantry scream
+
+	{"MYES1", 		10,	IN_NOVAR},	// VOC_YES				"Yes?"
+	{"MCOMND1", 	10,	IN_NOVAR},	// VOC_COMMANDER		"Commander?"
+	{"MHELLO1", 	10,	IN_NOVAR},	//	VOC_HELLO			"Hello?"
+	{"MHMMM1", 		10,	IN_NOVAR},	//	VOC_HMMM				"Hmmm?"
+//	{"MHASTE1", 	10,	IN_NOVAR},	//	VOC_PROCEED1		"I will proceed, post haste."
+//	{"MONCE1", 		10,	IN_NOVAR},	//	VOC_PROCEED2		"I will proceed, at once."
+//	{"MIMMD1", 		10,	IN_NOVAR},	//	VOC_PROCEED3		"I will proceed, immediately."
+//	{"MPLAN1", 		10,	IN_NOVAR},	//	VOC_EXCELLENT1		"That is an excellent plan."
+//	{"MPLAN2", 		10,	IN_NOVAR},	//	VOC_EXCELLENT2		"Yes, that is an excellent plan."
+	{"MPLAN3", 		10,	IN_NOVAR},	//	VOC_EXCELLENT3		"A wonderful plan."
+//	{"MACTION1", 	10,	IN_NOVAR},	//	VOC_EXCELLENT4		"Astounding plan of action commander."
+//	{"MREMARK1", 	10,	IN_NOVAR},	// VOC_EXCELLENT5		"Remarkable contrivance."
+	{"MCOURSE1", 	10,	IN_NOVAR},	// VOC_OF_COURSE		"Of course."
+	{"MYESYES1", 	10,	IN_NOVAR},	// VOC_YESYES			"Yes yes yes."
+	{"MTIBER1", 	10,	IN_NOVAR},	//	VOC_QUIP1			"Mind the Tiberium."
+//	{"MMG1", 		10,	IN_NOVAR},	//	VOC_QUIP2			"A most remarkable  Metasequoia Glyptostroboides."
+	{"MTHANKS1", 	10,	IN_NOVAR},	//	VOC_THANKS			"Thank you."
+
+	{"CASHTURN", 	1,		IN_NOVAR},	//	VOC_CASHTURN		Sound of money being piled up.
+	{"BLEEP2", 		10,	IN_NOVAR},	//	VOC_BLEEPY3			Clean computer bleep sound.
+	{"DINOMOUT", 	10,	IN_NOVAR},	//	VOC_DINOMOUT		Movin' out in dino-speak.
+	{"DINOYES", 	10,	IN_NOVAR},	//	VOC_DINOYES			Yes Sir in dino-speak.
+	{"DINOATK1", 	10,	IN_NOVAR},	//	VOC_DINOATK1		Dino attack sound.
+	{"DINODIE1", 	10,	IN_NOVAR},	//	VOC_DINODIE1		Dino die sound.
+};
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Sound_Effect -- Plays a sound effect in the tactical map.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used when a sound effect occurs in the game world. It handles fading     *
+ *    the sound according to distance.                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   voc   -- The sound effect number to play.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          coord -- The world location that the sound originates from.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/12/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   01/05/1995 JLB : Reduces sound more dramatically when off screen.                         *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void Sound_Effect(VocType voc, COORDINATE coord, int variation)
+{
+	unsigned			distance;
+	CELL				cell_pos;
+	int pan_value;
+
+	if (!Options.Volume || voc == VOC_NONE || !SoundOn || SampleType == SAMPLE_NONE) {
+		return;
+	}
+	if (coord) {
+		cell_pos = Coord_Cell(coord);
+	}
+
+	distance  = 0xFF;
+	pan_value = 0;
+	if (coord && !Map.In_View(cell_pos)) {
+		distance = Map.Cell_Distance(cell_pos, Coord_Cell(Map.TacticalCoord));
+		distance = (unsigned int)MIN((int)distance, (int)MAP_CELL_W);
+		distance = Cardinal_To_Fixed(MAP_CELL_W, distance);
+		distance = MIN(distance, 0xFFu);
+		distance ^= 0xFF;
+
+		distance /= 2;
+		distance = MAX(distance, 25);
+
+		pan_value  = Cell_X(cell_pos);
+		pan_value -= Coord_XCell(Map.TacticalCoord) + (Lepton_To_Cell(Map.TacLeptonWidth) >> 1);
+		if (ABS(pan_value) > Lepton_To_Cell(Map.TacLeptonWidth >> 1)) {
+			pan_value *= 0x8000;
+			pan_value /= (MAP_CELL_W >> 2);
+			pan_value = Bound(pan_value, -0x7FFF, 0x7FFF);
+//			pan_value  = MAX((int)pan_value, (int)-0x7FFF);
+//			pan_value  = MIN((int)pan_value, 0x7FFF);
+		} else {
+			pan_value  = 0;
+		}
+	}
+
+	Sound_Effect(voc, (VolType)Fixed_To_Cardinal(distance, Options.Volume), variation, pan_value);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Sound_Effect -- General purpose sound player.                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is used for general purpose sound effects. These are sounds that occur outside      *
+ *    of the game world. They do not have a corresponding game world location as their source. *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   voc      -- The sound effect number to play.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          volume   -- The volume to assign to this sound effect.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the sound handle (-1 if no sound was played).                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/12/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   11/12/1994 JLB : Handles cache logic.                                                     *
+ *   05/04/1995 JLB : Variation adjustments.                                                   *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int Sound_Effect(VocType voc, VolType volume, int variation, signed short pan_value)
+{
+	char name[_MAX_FNAME+_MAX_EXT];				// Working filename of sound effect.
+
+	if (!Options.Volume || voc == VOC_NONE || !SoundOn || SampleType == SAMPLE_NONE) {
+		return(-1);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Fetch a pointer to the sound effect data. Modify the sound as appropriate and desired.
+	*/
+	char const * ext = ".AUD";
+	if (Special.IsJuvenile && SoundEffectName[voc].Where == IN_JUV) {
+		ext = ".JUV";
+	} else {
+		if (SoundEffectName[voc].Where == IN_VAR) {
+
+			/*
+			**	For infantry, use a variation on the response. For vehicles, always
+			**	use the vehicle response table.
+			*/
+			if (variation < 0) {
+				if (ABS(variation) % 2) {
+					ext = ".V00";
+				} else {
+					ext = ".V02";
+				}
+			} else {
+				if (variation % 2) {
+					ext = ".V01";
+				} else {
+					ext = ".V03";
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	_makepath(name, NULL, NULL, SoundEffectName[voc].Name, ext);
+	void const * ptr = MixFileClass::Retrieve(name);
+
+	/*
+	**	If the sound data pointer is not null, then presume that it is valid.
+	*/
+	if (ptr) {
+		return(Play_Sample(ptr, Fixed_To_Cardinal(SoundEffectName[voc].Priority, (int)volume), (int)volume, pan_value));
+	}
+	return(-1);
+}
+
+
+/*
+**	This elaborates all the EVA speech voices.
+*/
+char const * Speech[VOX_COUNT] =  {
+	"ACCOM1",		//	mission accomplished
+	"FAIL1",			//	your mission has failed
+	"BLDG1",			//	unable to comply, building in progress
+	"CONSTRU1",		//	construction complete
+	"UNITREDY",		//	unit ready
+	"NEWOPT1",		//	new construction options
+	"DEPLOY1",		//	cannot deploy here
+	"GDIDEAD1",		//	GDI unit destroyed
+	"NODDEAD1",		//	Nod unit destroyed
+	"CIVDEAD1",		//	civilian killed
+//	"EVAYES1",		//	affirmative
+//	"EVANO1",		//	negative
+//	"UPUNIT1",		//	upgrade complete, new unit available
+//	"UPSTRUC1",		//	upgrade complete, new structure available
+	"NOCASH1",		//	insufficient funds
+	"BATLCON1",		//	battle control terminated
+	"REINFOR1",		//	reinforcements have arrived
+	"CANCEL1",		//	canceled
+	"BLDGING1",		//	building
+	"LOPOWER1",		//	low power
+	"NOPOWER1",		//	insufficient power
+	"MOCASH1",		//	need more funds
+	"BASEATK1",		//	our base is under attack
+	"INCOME1",		//	incoming missile
+	"ENEMYA",		//	enemy planes approaching
+	"NUKE1",			//	nuclear warhead approaching
+//	"RADOK1",		//	radiation levels are acceptable
+//	"RADFATL1",		//	radiation levels are fatal
+	"NOBUILD1",		//	unable to build more
+	"PRIBLDG1",		//	primary building selected
+//	"REPDONE1",		//	repairs completed
+	"NODCAPT1",		//	Nod building captured
+	"GDICAPT1",		//	GDI building captured
+//	"SOLD1",			//	structure sold
+	"IONCHRG1",		//	ion cannon charging
+	"IONREDY1",		//	ion cannon ready
+	"NUKAVAIL",		//	nuclear weapon available
+	"NUKLNCH1",		//	nuclear weapon launched
+	"UNITLOST",		// unit lost
+	"STRCLOST",		// structure lost
+	"NEEDHARV",		//	need harvester
+	"SELECT1",		// select target
+	"AIRREDY1",		// airstrike ready
+	"NOREDY1",		//	not ready
+	"TRANSSEE",		// Nod transport sighted
+	"TRANLOAD",		// Nod transport loaded
+	"ENMYAPP1",		//	enemy approaching
+	"SILOS1",		//	silos needed
+	"ONHOLD1",		//	on hold
+	"REPAIR1",		//	repairing
+	"ESTRUCX",		//	enemy structure destroyed
+	"GSTRUC1",		//	GDI structure destroyed
+	"NSTRUC1",		//	NOD structure destroyed
+	"ENMYUNIT",		// Enemy unit destroyed
+//	"GUKILL1",		//	gold unit destroyed
+//	"GSTRUD1",		//	gold structure destroyed
+//	"GONLINE1",		//	gold player online
+//	"GLEFT1",		//	gold player has departed
+//	"GOLDKILT",		//	gold player destroyed
+//	"GOLDWIN",		//	gold player is victorious
+//	"RUKILL1",		//	red unit destroyed
+//	"RSTRUD1",		//	red structure destroyed
+//	"RONLINE1",		//	red player online
+//	"RLEFT1",		//	red player has departed
+//	"REDKILT",		//	red player destroyed
+//	"REDWIN",		//	red player is victorious
+//	"GYUKILL1",		//	grey unit destroyed
+//	"GYSTRUD1",		//	grey structure destroyed
+//	"GYONLINE",		//	grey player online
+//	"GYLEFT1",		//	grey player has departed
+//	"GREYKILT",		//	grey player destroyed
+//	"GREYWIN",		//	grey player is victorious
+//	"OUKILL1",		//	orange unit destroyed
+//	"OSTRUD1",		//	orange structure destroyed
+//	"OONLINE1",		//	orange player online
+//	"OLEFT1",		//	orange player has departed
+//	"ORANKILT",		//	orange player destroyed
+//	"ORANWIN",		//	orange player is victorious
+//	"GNUKILL1",		//	green unit destroyed
+//	"GNSTRUD1",		//	green structure destroyed
+//	"GNONLINE",		//	green player online
+//	"GNLEFT1",		//	green player has departed
+//	"GRENKILT",		//	green player destroyed
+//	"GRENWIN",		//	green player is victorious
+//	"BUKILL1",		//	blue unit destroyed
+//	"BSTRUD1",		//	blue structure destroyed
+//	"BONLINE1",		//	blue player online
+//	"BLEFT1",		//	blue player has departed
+//	"BLUEKILT",		//	blue player destroyed
+//	"BLUEWIN"		//	blue player is victorious
+};
+static VoxType CurrentVoice = VOX_NONE;
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Speak -- Computer speaks to the player.                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to have the game computer (EVA) speak to the player.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   voice -- The voice number to speak (see defines.h).                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the handle of the playing speech (-1 if no voice started).            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/12/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void Speak(VoxType voice)
+{
+	if (Options.Volume && SampleType != 0 && voice != VOX_NONE && voice != SpeakQueue && voice != CurrentVoice && SpeakQueue == VOX_NONE) {
+		SpeakQueue = voice;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Speak_AI -- Handles starting the EVA voices.                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This starts the EVA voice talking as well. If there is any speech request in the queue,  *
+ *    it will be started when the current voice is finished. Call this routine as often as     *
+ *    possible (once per game tick is sufficient).                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/27/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void Speak_AI(void)
+{
+	static VoxType _last = VOX_NONE;
+	if (SampleType == 0) return;
+
+	if (!Is_Sample_Playing(SpeechBuffer)) {
+		CurrentVoice = VOX_NONE;
+		if (SpeakQueue != VOX_NONE) {
+			if (SpeakQueue != _last) {
+				char name[_MAX_FNAME+_MAX_EXT];
+
+				_makepath(name, NULL, NULL, Speech[SpeakQueue], ".AUD");
+				if (CCFileClass(name).Read(SpeechBuffer, SPEECH_BUFFER_SIZE)) {
+					Play_Sample(SpeechBuffer, 254, Options.Volume);
+				}
+				_last = SpeakQueue;
+			} else {
+				Play_Sample(SpeechBuffer, 254, Options.Volume);
+			}
+			SpeakQueue = VOX_NONE;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Stop_Speaking -- Forces the EVA voice to stop talking.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to immediately stop the EVA voice from speaking. It also clears out     *
+ *    the pending voice queue.                                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/27/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void Stop_Speaking(void)
+{
+	SpeakQueue = VOX_NONE;
+	if (SampleType != 0) {
+		Stop_Sample_Playing(SpeechBuffer);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Is_Speaking -- Checks to see if the eva voice is still playing.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Call this routine when the EVA voice being played needs to be checked. A typical use     *
+ *    of this would be when some action needs to be delayed until the voice has finished --    *
+ *    say the end of the game.                                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Is the EVA voice still playing?                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/12/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool Is_Speaking(void)
+{
+	Speak_AI();
+	if (SampleType != 0 && (SpeakQueue != VOX_NONE || Is_Sample_Playing(SpeechBuffer))) {
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
diff --git a/AUDIO.H b/AUDIO.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..70db62d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/AUDIO.H
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\audio.h_v   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:45:34   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               *** 
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : AUDIO.H                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : June 21, 1994                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : June 21, 1994   [JLB]                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef AUDIO_H
+#define AUDIO_H
+
+#include	"memory.h"
+
+class AudioClass {
+		char const * Name;	// Name of audio asset.
+		void const * Data;	// Loaded audio data.
+		int Handle;				// Handle of asset (as it is playing).
+		MemoryClass *Mem;		// Pointer to memory handler class.
+		unsigned IsMIDI:1;	// Is this a midi file?
+
+	public:
+		AudioClass(void);
+		AudioClass(char const *name, MemoryClass &mem);
+		virtual ~AudioClass(void);
+
+		bool Load(char const *name = 0);
+		bool Free(void);
+		bool Play(int volume = 0xFF);
+		bool Stop(void);
+		bool Pause(void);
+		bool Resume(void);
+		bool Set_Name(char const *name);
+		bool Is_Playing(void) const;
+		bool Is_Loaded(void) const;
+		bool Is_MIDI(void) const;
+};
+
+inline AudioClass::AudioClass(void)
+{
+	Name = 0; 
+	Data = 0; 
+	Mem = 0;
+	Handle = -1;
+};
+
+inline AudioClass::AudioClass(char const *name, MemoryClass &mem) 
+{
+	if (mem) {
+		Mem = &mem;
+	} else {
+		Mem = &::Mem;		// Uses global default memory handler.
+	}
+	Name = strdup(name);
+	Data = 0;
+	Handle = -1;
+};
+
+inline AudioClass::~AudioClass(void)
+{
+	if (GameActive) {
+		if (Name) free(Name);
+		if (Data) Mem->Free(Data);
+		Name = 0;
+		Data = 0;
+		Handle = -1;
+	}
+};
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/BASE.CPP b/BASE.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6e84169
--- /dev/null
+++ b/BASE.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,524 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\base.cpv   1.9   16 Oct 1995 16:48:56   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : BASE.CPP                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Bill Randolph                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : 03/27/95                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : March 27, 1995                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   BaseClass::Get_Building -- Returns ptr to the built building for the given node           *
+ *   BaseClass::Get_Node -- Returns ptr to the node corresponding to given object              *
+ *   BaseClass::Is_Built -- Tells if given item in the list has been built yet                 *
+ *   BaseClass::Is_Node -- Tells if the given building is part of our base list                *
+ *   BaseClass::Load -- loads from a saved game file                                           *
+ *   BaseClass::Next_Buildable -- returns ptr to the next node that needs to be built          *
+ *   BaseClass::Read_INI -- INI reading routine                                                *
+ *   BaseClass::Save -- saves to a saved game file                                             *
+ *   BaseClass::Write_INI -- INI writing routine                                               *
+ *   BaseNodeClass::operator != -- inequality operator                                         *
+ *   BaseNodeClass::operator == -- equality operator                                           *
+ *   BaseNodeClass::operator > -- greater-than operator                                        *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "function.h"
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BaseNodeClass::operator == -- equality operator                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      node      node to test against                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      true = equal, false = not equal                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/24/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int BaseNodeClass::operator == (BaseNodeClass const & node)
+{
+	return(Type == node.Type && Coord == node.Coord);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BaseNodeClass::operator != -- inequality operator                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      node      node to test against                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      comparison result                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/24/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int BaseNodeClass::operator !=(BaseNodeClass const & node)
+{
+	return(Type != node.Type || Coord != node.Coord);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BaseNodeClass::operator > -- greater-than operator                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      node      node to test against                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      comparison result                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/24/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int BaseNodeClass::operator > (BaseNodeClass const & )
+{
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BaseClass::Read_INI -- INI reading routine                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INI entry format:                                                                           *
+ *      BLDG=COORD                                                                             *
+ *      BLDG=COORD                                                                             *
+ *        ...                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      buffer      pointer to loaded INI file                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      This routines assumes there is only one base defined for the scenario.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/24/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void BaseClass::Read_INI(char *buffer)
+{
+	char buf[128];
+	char uname[10];
+	BaseNodeClass node;						// node to add to list
+
+	/*
+	**	First, determine the house of the human player, and set the Base's house
+	**	accordingly.
+	*/
+	WWGetPrivateProfileString("BASIC", "Player", "GoodGuy", buf, 20, buffer);
+	if (HouseTypeClass::From_Name(buf) == HOUSE_GOOD) {
+		House = HOUSE_BAD;
+	} else {
+		House = HOUSE_GOOD;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Read the number of buildings that will go into the base node list
+	*/
+	int count = WWGetPrivateProfileInt (INI_Name(),"Count",0,buffer);
+
+	/*
+	**	Read each entry in turn, in the same order they were written out.
+	*/
+	for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) {
+
+		/*
+		** Get an INI entry
+		*/
+		sprintf(uname,"%03d",i);
+		WWGetPrivateProfileString(INI_Name(), uname, NULL, buf, sizeof(buf)-1, buffer);
+
+		/*
+		** Set the node's building type
+		*/
+		node.Type = BuildingTypeClass::From_Name(strtok(buf,","));
+
+		/*
+		** Read & set the node's coordinate
+		*/
+		node.Coord = atol(strtok(NULL,","));
+
+		/*
+		** Add this node to the Base's list
+		*/
+		Nodes.Add(node);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BaseClass::Write_INI -- INI writing routine                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INI entry format:                                                                           *
+ *      BLDG=COORD                                                                             *
+ *      BLDG=COORD                                                                             *
+ *        ...                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      buffer      pointer to loaded INI file staging area                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      This routines assumes there is only one base defined for the scenario.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/24/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void BaseClass::Write_INI(char *buffer)
+{
+	char buf[128];
+	char uname[10];
+
+	/*
+	**	Clear out all existing teamtype data from the INI file.
+	*/
+	WWWritePrivateProfileString(INI_Name(), NULL, NULL, buffer);
+
+	/*
+	**	Save the # of buildings in the Nodes list.  This is essential because
+	**	they must be read in the same order they were created, so "000" must be
+	**	read first, etc.
+	*/
+	WWWritePrivateProfileInt (INI_Name(),"Count",Nodes.Count(),buffer);
+
+	/*
+	**	Write each entry into the INI
+	*/
+	for (int i = 0; i < Nodes.Count(); i++) {
+		sprintf(uname,"%03d",i);
+		sprintf(buf,"%s,%d",
+			BuildingTypeClass::As_Reference(Nodes[i].Type).IniName,
+			Nodes[i].Coord);
+
+		WWWritePrivateProfileString(INI_Name(), uname, buf, buffer);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BaseClass::Load -- loads from a saved game file                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      file      open file                                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      true = success, false = failure                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/24/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool BaseClass::Load(FileClass &file)
+{
+	int num_struct;
+	int i;
+	BaseNodeClass node;
+
+	/*
+	** Read in & check the size of this class
+	*/
+	if (file.Read(&i, sizeof(i)) != sizeof(i)) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	if (i != sizeof(*this)) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Read in the House & the number of structures in the base
+	*/
+	if (file.Read(&House,sizeof(House)) != sizeof(House)) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	if (file.Read(&num_struct,sizeof(num_struct)) != sizeof(num_struct)) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Read each node entry & add it to the list
+	*/
+	for (i = 0; i < num_struct; i++) {
+		if (file.Read(&node,sizeof(node)) != sizeof(node)) {
+			return(false);
+		}
+		Nodes.Add(node);
+	}
+
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BaseClass::Save -- saves to a saved game file                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      file      open file                                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      true = success, false = failure                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/24/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool BaseClass::Save(FileClass &file)
+{
+	int num_struct;
+	int i;
+	BaseNodeClass node;
+
+	/*
+	** Write the size of this class
+	*/
+	i = sizeof(*this);
+	if (file.Write(&i,sizeof(i)) != sizeof(i)) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Write the House & the number of structures in the base
+	*/
+	if (file.Write(&House,sizeof(House)) != sizeof(House)) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	num_struct = Nodes.Count();
+	if (file.Write(&num_struct,sizeof(num_struct)) != sizeof(num_struct)) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Write each node entry
+	*/
+	for (i = 0; i < num_struct; i++) {
+		node = Nodes[i];
+		if (file.Write(&node,sizeof(node)) != sizeof(node)) {
+			return(false);
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BaseClass::Is_Built -- Tells if given item in the list has been built yet                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      index      index into base list                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      true = yes, false = no                                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/24/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool BaseClass::Is_Built(int index)
+{
+	if (Get_Building(index) != NULL) {
+		return(true);
+	} else {
+		return(false);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BaseClass::Get_Building -- Returns ptr to the built building for the given node             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      obj      pointer to building to test                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      ptr to already-built building, NULL if none                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/24/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+BuildingClass * BaseClass::Get_Building(int index)
+{
+	BuildingClass *bldg;
+	ObjectClass *obj[4];
+
+	/*
+	** Check the location on the map where this building should be; if it's
+	** there, return a pointer to it.
+	*/
+	CELL cell = Coord_Cell(Nodes[index].Coord);
+
+	obj[0] = Map[cell].Cell_Building();
+	obj[1] = Map[cell].Overlapper[0];
+	obj[2] = Map[cell].Overlapper[1];
+	obj[3] = Map[cell].Overlapper[2];
+
+	bldg = NULL;
+	for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
+		if (obj[i] &&
+			obj[i]->Coord == Nodes[index].Coord &&
+			obj[i]->What_Am_I() == RTTI_BUILDING &&
+			((BuildingClass *)obj[i])->Class->Type == Nodes[index].Type) {
+
+				bldg = (BuildingClass *)obj[i];
+				break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(bldg);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BaseClass::Is_Node -- Tells if the given building is part of our base list                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      obj      pointer to building to test                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      true = building is a node in the list, false = isn't                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/24/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool BaseClass::Is_Node(BuildingClass *obj)
+{
+	if (Get_Node(obj) != NULL) {
+		return(true);
+	} else {
+		return(false);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BaseClass::Get_Node -- Returns ptr to the node corresponding to given object                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      obj      pointer to building to test                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      ptr to node                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/24/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+BaseNodeClass * BaseClass::Get_Node(BuildingClass *obj)
+{
+	for (int i = 0; i < Nodes.Count(); i++) {
+		if (obj->Class->Type == Nodes[i].Type && obj->Coord == Nodes[i].Coord) {
+			return(&Nodes[i]);
+		}
+	}
+	return(NULL);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BaseClass::Next_Buildable -- returns ptr to the next node that needs to be built            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * If 'type' is not NONE, returns ptr to the next "hole" in the list of the given type.        *
+ * Otherwise, returns ptr to the next hole in the list of any type.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      type      type of building to check for                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      ptr to a BaseNodeClass, NULL if none                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/24/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+BaseNodeClass * BaseClass::Next_Buildable(StructType type)
+{
+	/*
+	** Loop through all node entries, returning a pointer to the first
+	** un-built one that matches the requested type.
+	*/
+	for (int i = 0; i < Nodes.Count(); i++) {
+
+		/*
+		** For STRUCT_NONE, return the first hole found
+		*/
+		if (type == STRUCT_NONE) {
+			if (!Is_Built(i)) {
+				return(&Nodes[i]);
+			}
+
+		} else {
+
+			/*
+			** For a "real" building type, return the first hold for that type
+			*/
+			if (Nodes[i].Type==type && !Is_Built(i)) {
+				return(&Nodes[i]);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+
+// If no entry could be found, then create a fake one that will allow
+// placement of the building. Make it static and reuse the next time this
+// routine is called.
+
+	return(NULL);
+}
diff --git a/BASE.H b/BASE.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..83efb3b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/BASE.H
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\base.h_v   1.12   16 Oct 1995 16:46:38   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : BASE.H                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Bill Randolph																  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : 03/27/95                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : March 27, 1995															  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef BASE_H
+#define BASE_H
+
+
+/****************************************************************************
+** This class defines one "node" in the pre-built base list.  Each node
+** contains a type of building to build, and the COORD to build it at.
+*/
+class BaseNodeClass
+{
+	public:
+		BaseNodeClass(void) {};
+		int operator == (BaseNodeClass const & node);
+		int operator != (BaseNodeClass const & node);
+		int operator > (BaseNodeClass const & node);
+
+		StructType Type;
+		COORDINATE Coord;
+};
+
+
+/****************************************************************************
+** This is the class that defines a pre-built base for the computer AI.
+** (Despite its name, this is NOT the "base" class for C&C's class hierarchy!)
+*/
+class BaseClass
+{
+	public:
+
+		/**********************************************************************
+		** Constructor/Destructor
+		*/
+		BaseClass(void) {};
+		virtual ~BaseClass() {Nodes.Clear();}
+
+		/**********************************************************************
+		** Initialization
+		*/
+		void Init(void) {Nodes.Clear();}
+
+		/**********************************************************************
+		** The standard suite of load/save support routines
+		*/
+		void Read_INI(char *buffer);
+		void Write_INI(char *buffer);
+		static char *INI_Name(void) {return "Base";}
+		bool Load(FileClass & file);
+		bool Save(FileClass & file);
+		virtual void Code_Pointers(void) {};
+		virtual void Decode_Pointers(void) {};
+
+		/**********************************************************************
+		** Tells if the given node has been built or not
+		*/
+		bool Is_Built(int index);
+
+		/**********************************************************************
+		** Returns a pointer to the object for the given node
+		*/
+		BuildingClass * Get_Building(int index);
+
+		/**********************************************************************
+		** Tells if the given building ptr is a node in this base's list.
+		*/
+		bool Is_Node (BuildingClass *obj);
+
+		/**********************************************************************
+		** Returns a pointer to the requested node.
+		*/
+		BaseNodeClass * Get_Node(BuildingClass *obj);
+		BaseNodeClass * Get_Node(int index) { return (&Nodes[index]); }
+
+		/**********************************************************************
+		** Returns a pointer to the next "hole" in the Nodes list.
+		*/
+		BaseNodeClass * Next_Buildable(StructType type = STRUCT_NONE);
+
+		/**********************************************************************
+		** This is the list of "nodes" that define the base.  Portions of this
+		** list can be pre-built by simply saving those buildings in the INI
+		** along with non-base buildings, so Is_Built will return true for them.
+		*/
+		DynamicVectorClass<BaseNodeClass> Nodes;
+
+		/**********************************************************************
+		** This is the house this base belongs to.
+		*/
+		HousesType House;
+};
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/BBDATA.CPP b/BBDATA.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d4ca730
--- /dev/null
+++ b/BBDATA.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,608 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\bbdata.cpv   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:49:46   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               *** 
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : BBDATA.CPP                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : May 23, 1994                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : October 17, 1994   [JLB]                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   BulletTypeClass::BulletTypeClass -- Constructor for bullet type objects.                  *
+ *   BulletTypeClass::Load_Shapes -- Load shape data for bullet types.                         *
+ *   BulletTypeClass::One_Time -- Performs the one time processing for bullets.                *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	Detailed information about each class of bullet (projectile) in the game.
+*/
+static BulletTypeClass const ClassSniper(
+	BULLET_BULLET,
+	"50cal",						// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+		false,					// Flies over tall walls?
+		false,					// Homes in on target?
+		false,					// Projectile arcs to the target?
+		false,					// Is this a dropping bomb-like object?
+		true,						// Is this projectile invisible?
+		false,					// Will it blow up even if it gets just NEAR to target?
+		false,					// Does it have flickering flame animation?
+		false,					// Can it run out of fuel?
+		true,						// Is there no visual difference between projectile facings?
+		false,					// Is projectile inherently inaccurate?
+		false,					// Translucent colors are used?
+		false,					// Good against aircraft?
+	0,								// ARMING:		Time to arm projectile after launch.
+	0,								// RANGE:		Inherent override range factor.
+	MPH_LIGHT_SPEED,			// SPEED:		Miles per hour.
+	0,								// ROT:			Rate of turn (degrees per tick).
+	WARHEAD_HOLLOW_POINT,	// WARHEAD:		If fires weapon, warhead type
+	ANIM_PIFF					// Explosion to use upon impact.
+);
+
+static BulletTypeClass const ClassBullet(
+	BULLET_BULLET,
+	"50cal",						// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+		false,					// Flies over tall walls?
+		false,					// Homes in on target?
+		false,					// Projectile arcs to the target?
+		false,					// Is this a dropping bomb-like object?
+		true,						// Is this projectile invisible?
+		false,					// Will it blow up even if it gets just NEAR to target?
+		false,					// Does it have flickering flame animation?
+		false,					// Can it run out of fuel?
+		true,						// Is there no visual difference between projectile facings?
+		false,					// Is projectile inherently inaccurate?
+		false,					// Translucent colors are used?
+		false,					// Good against aircraft?
+	0,								// ARMING:		Time to arm projectile after launch.
+	0,								// RANGE:		Inherent override range factor.
+	MPH_LIGHT_SPEED,			// SPEED:		Miles per hour.
+	0,								// ROT:			Rate of turn (degrees per tick).
+	WARHEAD_SA,					// WARHEAD:		If fires weapon, warhead type
+	ANIM_PIFF					// Explosion to use upon impact.
+);
+
+static BulletTypeClass const ClassSpreadfire(
+	BULLET_SPREADFIRE,
+	"50cal",						// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+		true,						// Flies over tall walls?
+		false,					// Homes in on target?
+		false,					// Projectile arcs to the target?
+		false,					// Is this a dropping bomb-like object?
+		true,						// Is this projectile invisible?
+		false,					// Will it blow up even if it gets just NEAR to target?
+		false,					// Does it have flickering flame animation?
+		false,					// Can it run out of fuel?
+		true,						// Is there no visual difference between projectile facings?
+		false,					// Is projectile inherently inaccurate?
+		false,					// Translucent colors are used?
+		false,					// Good against aircraft?
+	0,								// ARMING:		Time to arm projectile after launch.
+	0,								// RANGE:		Inherent override range factor.
+	MPH_LIGHT_SPEED,			// SPEED:		Miles per hour.
+	0,								// ROT:			Rate of turn (degrees per tick).
+	WARHEAD_HE,					// WARHEAD:		If fires weapon, warhead type
+	ANIM_PIFFPIFF				// Explosion to use upon impact.
+);
+
+static BulletTypeClass const ClassAPDS(
+	BULLET_APDS,
+	"120mm",						// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+		false,					// Flies over tall walls?
+		false,					// Homes in on target?
+		false,					// Projectile arcs to the target?
+		false,					// Is this a dropping bomb-like object?
+		false,					// Is this projectile invisible?
+		false,					// Will it blow up even if it gets just NEAR to target?
+		false,					// Does it have flickering flame animation?
+		false,					// Can it run out of fuel?
+		true,						// Is there no visual difference between projectile facings?
+		false,					// Is projectile inherently inaccurate?
+		false,					// Translucent colors are used?
+		false,					// Good against aircraft?
+	0,								// ARMING:		Time to arm projectile after launch.
+	0,								// RANGE:		Inherent override range factor.
+	MPH_VERY_FAST,				// SPEED:		Miles per hour.
+	0,								// ROT:			Rate of turn (degrees per tick).
+	WARHEAD_AP,					// WARHEAD:		If fires weapon, warhead type
+	ANIM_VEH_HIT3				// Explosion to use upon impact.
+);
+
+static BulletTypeClass const Class120mm(
+	BULLET_HE,
+	"120mm",						// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+		true,						// Flies over tall walls?
+		false,					// Homes in on target?
+		true,						// Projectile arcs to the target?
+		false,					// Is this a dropping bomb-like object?
+		false,					// Is this projectile invisible?
+		false,					// Will it blow up even if it gets just NEAR to target?
+		false,					// Does it have flickering flame animation?
+		false,					// Can it run out of fuel?
+		true,						// Is there no visual difference between projectile facings?
+		true,						// Is projectile inherently inaccurate?
+		false,					// Translucent colors are used?
+		false,					// Good against aircraft?
+	0,								// ARMING:		Time to arm projectile after launch.
+	0,								// RANGE:		Inherent override range factor.
+	MPH_MEDIUM_FAST,			// SPEED:		Miles per hour.
+	0,								// ROT:			Rate of turn (degrees per tick).
+	WARHEAD_HE,					// WARHEAD:		If fires weapon, warhead type
+	ANIM_ART_EXP1				// Explosion to use upon impact.
+);
+
+static BulletTypeClass const ClassMissile(
+	BULLET_SSM,
+	"DRAGON",					// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+		true,						// Flies over tall walls?
+		true,						// Homes in on target?
+		false,					// Projectile arcs to the target?
+		false,					// Is this a dropping bomb-like object?
+		false,					// Is this projectile invisible?
+		true,						// Will it blow up even if it gets just NEAR to target?
+		true,						// Does it have flickering flame animation?
+		true,						// Can it run out of fuel?
+		false,					// Is there no visual difference between projectile facings?
+		true,						// Is projectile inherently inaccurate?
+		true,						// Translucent colors are used?
+		true,						// Good against aircraft?
+	7,								// ARMING:		Time to arm projectile after launch.
+	0,								// RANGE:		Inherent override range factor.
+	MPH_ROCKET,					// SPEED:		Miles per hour.
+	5,								// ROT:			Rate of turn (degrees per tick).
+	WARHEAD_HE,					// WARHEAD:		If fires weapon, warhead type
+	ANIM_FRAG1					// Explosion to use upon impact.
+);
+
+static BulletTypeClass const ClassMissile2(
+	BULLET_SSM2,
+	"DRAGON",					// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+		true,						// Flies over tall walls?
+		true,						// Homes in on target?
+		false,					// Projectile arcs to the target?
+		false,					// Is this a dropping bomb-like object?
+		false,					// Is this projectile invisible?
+		true,						// Will it blow up even if it gets just NEAR to target?
+		true,						// Does it have flickering flame animation?
+		true,						// Can it run out of fuel?
+		false,					// Is there no visual difference between projectile facings?
+		true,						// Is projectile inherently inaccurate?
+		true,						// Translucent colors are used?
+		true,						// Good against aircraft?
+	9,								// ARMING:		Time to arm projectile after launch.
+	0,								// RANGE:		Inherent override range factor.
+	MPH_ROCKET,					// SPEED:		Miles per hour.
+	7,								// ROT:			Rate of turn (degrees per tick).
+	WARHEAD_HE,					// WARHEAD:		If fires weapon, warhead type
+	ANIM_FRAG1					// Explosion to use upon impact.
+);
+
+static BulletTypeClass const ClassPatriot(
+	BULLET_SAM,
+	"MISSILE",					// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+		true,						// Flies over tall walls?
+		true,						// Homes in on target?
+		false,					// Projectile arcs to the target?
+		false,					// Is this a dropping bomb-like object?
+		false,					// Is this projectile invisible?
+		true,						// Will it blow up even if it gets just NEAR to target?
+		true,						// Does it have flickering flame animation?
+		true,						// Can it run out of fuel?
+		false,					// Is there no visual difference between projectile facings?
+		false,					// Is projectile inherently inaccurate?
+		false,					// Translucent colors are used?
+		true,						// Good against aircraft?
+	0,								// ARMING:		Time to arm projectile after launch.
+	0,								// RANGE:		Inherent override range factor.
+	MPH_VERY_FAST,				// SPEED:		Miles per hour.
+	10,							// ROT:			Rate of turn (degrees per tick).
+	WARHEAD_AP,					// WARHEAD:		If fires weapon, warhead type
+	ANIM_VEH_HIT1				// Explosion to use upon impact.
+);
+
+static BulletTypeClass const ClassDragon(
+	BULLET_TOW,
+	"DRAGON",					// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+		true,						// Flies over tall walls?
+		true,						// Homes in on target?
+		false,					// Projectile arcs to the target?
+		false,					// Is this a dropping bomb-like object?
+		false,					// Is this projectile invisible?
+		true,						// Will it blow up even if it gets just NEAR to target?
+		true,						// Does it have flickering flame animation?
+		true,						// Can it run out of fuel?
+		false,					// Is there no visual difference between projectile facings?
+		false,					// Is projectile inherently inaccurate?
+		true,						// Translucent colors are used?
+		true,						// Good against aircraft?
+	3,								// ARMING:		Time to arm projectile after launch.
+	0,								// RANGE:		Inherent override range factor.
+	MPH_ROCKET,					// SPEED:		Miles per hour.
+	5,								// ROT:			Rate of turn (degrees per tick).
+	WARHEAD_AP,					// WARHEAD:		If fires weapon, warhead type
+	ANIM_VEH_HIT2				// Explosion to use upon impact.
+);
+
+static BulletTypeClass const ClassFlame(
+	BULLET_FLAME,
+	"FLAME",						// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+		false,					// Flies over tall walls?
+		false,					// Homes in on target?
+		false,					// Projectile arcs to the target?
+		false,					// Is this a dropping bomb-like object?
+		true,						// Is this projectile invisible?
+		false,					// Will it blow up even if it gets just NEAR to target?
+		false,					// Does it have flickering flame animation?
+		true,						// Can it run out of fuel?
+		false,					// Is there no visual difference between projectile facings?
+		false,					// Is projectile inherently inaccurate?
+		false,					// Translucent colors are used?
+		false,					// Good against aircraft?
+	12,							// ARMING:		Time to arm projectile after launch.
+	12,							// RANGE:		Inherent override range factor.
+	MPH_FAST,					// SPEED:		Miles per hour.
+	0,								// ROT:			Rate of turn (degrees per tick).
+	WARHEAD_FIRE, 				// WARHEAD:		If fires weapon, warhead type
+	ANIM_NONE					// Explosion to use upon impact.
+);
+
+static BulletTypeClass const ClassChem(
+	BULLET_CHEMSPRAY,
+	"FLAME",						// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+		false,					// Flies over tall walls?
+		false,					// Homes in on target?
+		false,					// Projectile arcs to the target?
+		false,					// Is this a dropping bomb-like object?
+		true,						// Is this projectile invisible?
+		false,					// Will it blow up even if it gets just NEAR to target?
+		false,					// Does it have flickering flame animation?
+		true,						// Can it run out of fuel?
+		false,					// Is there no visual difference between projectile facings?
+		false,					// Is projectile inherently inaccurate?
+		false,					// Translucent colors are used?
+		false,					// Good against aircraft?
+	12,							// ARMING:		Time to arm projectile after launch.
+	12,							// RANGE:		Inherent override range factor.
+	MPH_FAST,					// SPEED:		Miles per hour.
+	0,								// ROT:			Rate of turn (degrees per tick).
+	WARHEAD_HE, 				// WARHEAD:		If fires weapon, warhead type
+	ANIM_NONE					// Explosion to use upon impact.
+);
+
+static BulletTypeClass const ClassNapalm(
+	BULLET_NAPALM,
+	"BOMBLET",					// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+		true,						// Flies over tall walls?
+		false,					// Homes in on target?
+		false,					// Projectile arcs to the target?
+		true,						// Is this a dropping bomb-like object?
+		false,					// Is this projectile invisible?
+		false,					// Will it blow up even if it gets just NEAR to target?
+		false,					// Does it have flickering flame animation?
+		false,					// Can it run out of fuel?
+		true,						// Is there no visual difference between projectile facings?
+		false,					// Is projectile inherently inaccurate?
+		true,						// Translucent colors are used?
+		false,					// Good against aircraft?
+	24,							// ARMING:		Time to arm projectile after launch.
+	24,							// RANGE:		Inherent override range factor.
+	MPH_MEDIUM_SLOW,			// SPEED:		Miles per hour.
+	0,								// ROT:			Rate of turn (degrees per tick).
+	WARHEAD_FIRE,				// WARHEAD:		If fires weapon, warhead type
+	ANIM_NAPALM2				// Explosion to use upon impact.
+);
+
+static BulletTypeClass const ClassGrenade(
+	BULLET_GRENADE,
+	"BOMB",						// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+		true,						// Flies over tall walls?
+		false,					// Homes in on target?
+		true,						// Projectile arcs to the target?
+		false,					// Is this a dropping bomb-like object?
+		false,					// Is this projectile invisible?
+		false,					// Will it blow up even if it gets just NEAR to target?
+		false,					// Does it have flickering flame animation?
+		false,					// Can it run out of fuel?
+		true,						// Is there no visual difference between projectile facings?
+		true,						// Is projectile inherently inaccurate?
+		true,						// Translucent colors are used?
+		false,					// Good against aircraft?
+	0,								// ARMING:		Time to arm projectile after launch.
+	0,								// RANGE:		Inherent override range factor.
+	MPH_MEDIUM_SLOW,			// SPEED:		Miles per hour.
+	0,								// ROT:			Rate of turn (degrees per tick).
+	WARHEAD_HE,					// WARHEAD:		If fires weapon, warhead type
+	ANIM_VEH_HIT2				// Explosion to use upon impact.
+);
+
+static BulletTypeClass const ClassLaser(
+	BULLET_LASER,
+	"Laser",						// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+		true,						// Flies over tall walls?
+		false,					// Homes in on target?
+		false,					// Projectile arcs to the target?
+		false,					// Is this a dropping bomb-like object?
+		true,						// Is this projectile invisible?
+		false,					// Will it blow up even if it gets just NEAR to target?
+		false,					// Does it have flickering flame animation?
+		false,					// Can it run out of fuel?
+		true,						// Is there no visual difference between projectile facings?
+		false,					// Is projectile inherently inaccurate?
+		false,					// Translucent colors are used?
+		false,					// Good against aircraft?
+	0,								// ARMING:		Time to arm projectile after launch.
+	0,								// RANGE:		Inherent override range factor.
+	MPH_LIGHT_SPEED,			// SPEED:		Miles per hour.
+	0,								// ROT:			Rate of turn (degrees per tick).
+	WARHEAD_LASER,				// WARHEAD:		If fires weapon, warhead type
+	ANIM_NONE					// Explosion to use upon impact.
+);
+
+static BulletTypeClass const ClassNukeUp(
+	BULLET_NUKE_UP,
+	"ATOMICUP",					// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+		true,						// Flies over tall walls?
+		false,					// Homes in on target?
+		false,					// Projectile arcs to the target?
+		false,					// Is this a dropping bomb-like object?
+		false,					// Is this projectile invisible?
+		true,						// Will it blow up even if it gets just NEAR to target?
+		false,					// Does it have flickering flame animation?
+		false,					// Can it run out of fuel?
+		true,						// Is there no visual difference between projectile facings?
+		false,					// Is projectile inherently inaccurate?
+		false,					// Translucent colors are used?
+		false,					// Good against aircraft?
+	0,								// ARMING:		Time to arm projectile after launch.
+	0,								// RANGE:		Inherent override range factor.
+	MPH_VERY_FAST,				// SPEED:		Miles per hour.
+	0,								// ROT:			Rate of turn (degrees per tick).
+	WARHEAD_HE,					// WARHEAD:		If fires weapon, warhead type
+	ANIM_FRAG1					// Explosion to use upon impact.
+);
+
+static BulletTypeClass const ClassNukeDown(
+	BULLET_NUKE_DOWN,
+	"ATOMICDN",					// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+		true,						// Flies over tall walls?
+		false,					// Homes in on target?
+		false,					// Projectile arcs to the target?
+		false,					// Is this a dropping bomb-like object?
+		false,					// Is this projectile invisible?
+		true,						// Will it blow up even if it gets just NEAR to target?
+		false,					// Does it have flickering flame animation?
+		false,					// Can it run out of fuel?
+		true,						// Is there no visual difference between projectile facings?
+		false,					// Is projectile inherently inaccurate?
+		false,					// Translucent colors are used?
+		false,					// Good against aircraft?
+	0,								// ARMING:		Time to arm projectile after launch.
+	0,								// RANGE:		Inherent override range factor.
+	MPH_VERY_FAST,				// SPEED:		Miles per hour.
+	0,								// ROT:			Rate of turn (degrees per tick).
+	WARHEAD_HE,					// WARHEAD:		If fires weapon, warhead type
+	ANIM_ATOM_BLAST			// Explosion to use upon impact.
+);
+
+static BulletTypeClass const ClassHonestJohn(
+	BULLET_HONEST_JOHN,
+	"MISSILE",					// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+		true,						// Flies over tall walls?
+		false,					// Homes in on target?
+		false,					// Projectile arcs to the target?
+		false,					// Is this a dropping bomb-like object?
+		false,					// Is this projectile invisible?
+		true,						// Will it blow up even if it gets just NEAR to target?
+		true,						// Does it have flickering flame animation?
+		true,						// Can it run out of fuel?
+		false,					// Is there no visual difference between projectile facings?
+		false,					// Is projectile inherently inaccurate?
+		false,					// Translucent colors are used?
+		false,					// Good against aircraft?
+	10,							// ARMING:		Time to arm projectile after launch.
+	0,								// RANGE:		Inherent override range factor.
+	MPH_FAST,					// SPEED:		Miles per hour.
+	10,							// ROT:			Rate of turn (degrees per tick).
+	WARHEAD_FIRE,				// WARHEAD:		If fires weapon, warhead type
+	ANIM_NAPALM3				// Explosion to use upon impact.
+);
+
+static BulletTypeClass const ClassHeadButt(
+	BULLET_HEADBUTT,
+	"GORE",						// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+		false,					// Flies over tall walls?
+		false,					// Homes in on target?
+		false,					// Projectile arcs to the target?
+		false,					// Is this a dropping bomb-like object?
+		true,						// Is this projectile invisible?
+		false,					// Will it blow up even if it gets just NEAR to target?
+		false,					// Does it have flickering flame animation?
+		false,					// Can it run out of fuel?
+		true,						// Is there no visual difference between projectile facings?
+		false,					// Is projectile inherently inaccurate?
+		false,					// Translucent colors are used?
+		false,					// Good against aircraft?
+	0,								// ARMING:		Time to arm projectile after launch.
+	0,								// RANGE:		Inherent override range factor.
+	MPH_LIGHT_SPEED,			// SPEED:		Miles per hour.
+	0,								// ROT:			Rate of turn (degrees per tick).
+	WARHEAD_HEADBUTT,			// WARHEAD:		If fires weapon, warhead type
+	ANIM_NONE					// Explosion to use upon impact.
+);
+
+static BulletTypeClass const ClassTRexBite(
+	BULLET_TREXBITE,
+	"CHEW",						// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+		false,					// Flies over tall walls?
+		false,					// Homes in on target?
+		false,					// Projectile arcs to the target?
+		false,					// Is this a dropping bomb-like object?
+		true,						// Is this projectile invisible?
+		false,					// Will it blow up even if it gets just NEAR to target?
+		false,					// Does it have flickering flame animation?
+		false,					// Can it run out of fuel?
+		true,						// Is there no visual difference between projectile facings?
+		false,					// Is projectile inherently inaccurate?
+		false,					// Translucent colors are used?
+		false,					// Good against aircraft?
+	0,								// ARMING:		Time to arm projectile after launch.
+	0,								// RANGE:		Inherent override range factor.
+	MPH_LIGHT_SPEED,			// SPEED:		Miles per hour.
+	0,								// ROT:			Rate of turn (degrees per tick).
+	WARHEAD_FEEDME,			// WARHEAD:		If fires weapon, warhead type
+	ANIM_NONE					// Explosion to use upon impact.
+);
+
+
+/*
+**	This is the array of pointers to the static data associated with
+**	each bullet (projectile) type.
+*/
+BulletTypeClass const * const BulletTypeClass::Pointers[BULLET_COUNT] = {
+	&ClassSniper,		//	BULLET_SNIPER
+	&ClassBullet,		//	BULLET_BULLET
+	&ClassAPDS,			//	BULLET_APDS
+	&Class120mm,		//	BULLET_HE
+	&ClassMissile,		//	BULLET_SSM
+	&ClassMissile2,	//	BULLET_SSM2
+	&ClassPatriot,		//	BULLET_SAM
+	&ClassDragon,		//	BULLET_TOW
+	&ClassFlame,		// BULLET_FLAME
+	&ClassChem,			// BULLET_CHEMSPRAY
+	&ClassNapalm,		// BULLET_NAPALM
+	&ClassGrenade,		// BULLET_GRENADE
+	&ClassLaser,		// BULLET_LASER
+	&ClassNukeUp,		// BULLET_NUKE_UP
+	&ClassNukeDown,	// BULLET_NUKE_DOWN
+	&ClassHonestJohn,	// BULLET_HONEST_JOHN
+	&ClassSpreadfire,	// BULLET_SPREADFIRE
+	&ClassHeadButt,	// BULLET_HEADBUTT
+	&ClassTRexBite,	// BULLET_TREXBITE
+};
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BulletTypeClass::BulletTypeClass -- Constructor for bullet type objects.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is basically a constructor for static type objects used by bullets. All bullets     *
+ *    are of a type constructed by this routine at game initialization time.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   see below...                                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/17/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+BulletTypeClass::BulletTypeClass(
+	BulletType type, 
+	char const *ininame, 
+	bool is_high,
+	bool is_homing, 
+	bool is_arcing, 
+	bool is_dropping,
+	bool is_invisible, 
+	bool is_proximity_armed, 
+	bool is_flame_equipped,
+	bool is_fueled, 
+	bool is_faceless, 
+	bool is_inaccurate, 
+	bool is_translucent, 
+	bool is_antiaircraft,
+	int arming, int range, MPHType maxspeed, unsigned rot,
+	WarheadType warhead, AnimType explosion) : 
+		ObjectTypeClass(true, false, false, true, false, false, true, true, TXT_NONE, ininame, ARMOR_NONE, 0) 
+{
+	Explosion = explosion;
+	IsHigh = is_high;
+	IsAntiAircraft = is_antiaircraft;
+	IsTranslucent = is_translucent;
+	IsArcing = is_arcing;
+	IsHoming = is_homing;
+	IsDropping = is_dropping;
+	IsInvisible = is_invisible;
+	IsProximityArmed = is_proximity_armed;
+	IsFlameEquipped = is_flame_equipped;
+	IsFueled = is_fueled;
+	IsFaceless = is_faceless;
+	IsInaccurate = is_inaccurate;
+	Type = type;
+	Warhead = warhead;
+	MaxSpeed = maxspeed;
+	ROT = rot;
+	Arming = arming;
+	Range = range;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BulletTypeClass::One_Time -- Performs the one time processing for bullets.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to perform any one time processing for the bullet type class. It    *
+ *    handles loading of the shape files.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   This routine must be called before any rendering of bullets occurs and should   *
+ *             only be called once.                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/28/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void BulletTypeClass::One_Time(void)
+{
+	BulletType index;
+
+	/*
+	**	Load the bullet shapes.
+	*/
+	for (index = BULLET_FIRST; index < BULLET_COUNT; index++) {
+		BulletTypeClass const & bullet = As_Reference(index);
+		char	fullname[_MAX_FNAME+_MAX_EXT];
+
+		if (!bullet.IsInvisible) {
+			_makepath(fullname, NULL, NULL, bullet.IniName, ".SHP");
+
+			RawFileClass file(fullname);
+
+			if (file.Is_Available()) {
+				((void const *&)bullet.ImageData) = Load_Alloc_Data(file);
+			} else {
+				((void const *&)bullet.ImageData) =	MixFileClass::Retrieve(fullname);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
diff --git a/BDATA.CPP b/BDATA.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..04e2b93
--- /dev/null
+++ b/BDATA.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,4938 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\bdata.cpv   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:50:08   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : BDATA.CPP                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : September 10, 1993                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : July 17, 1995 [JLB]                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   BuildingTypeClass::As_Reference -- Fetches reference to the building type specified.      *
+ *   BuildingTypeClass::Bib_And_Offset -- Determines the bib and appropriate cell offset.      *
+ *   BuildingTypeClass::BuildingTypeClass -- This is the constructor for the building types.   *
+ *   BuildingTypeClass::Create_And_Place -- Creates and places a building object onto the map. *
+ *   BuildingTypeClass::Create_One_Of -- Creates a building of this type.                      *
+ *   BuildingTypeClass::Dimensions -- Fetches the pixel dimensions of the building.            *
+ *   BuildingTypeClass::Display -- Renders a generic view of building.                         *
+ *   BuildingTypeClass::Full_Name -- Fetches the full name text number.                        *
+ *   BuildingTypeClass::Height -- Determins the height of the building in icons.               *
+ *   BuildingTypeClass::Init -- Performs theater specific initialization.                      *
+ *   BuildingTypeClass::Init_Anim -- Initialize an animation control for a building.           *
+ *   BuildingTypeClass::Legal_Placement -- Determines if building can be legally placed at pos.*
+ *   BuildingTypeClass::Max_Pips -- Determines the maximum pips to display.                    *
+ *   BuildingTypeClass::Occupy_List -- Fetches the occupy list for the building.               *
+ *   BuildingTypeClass::One_Time -- Performs special one time action for buildings.            *
+ *   BuildingTypeClass::Overlap_List -- Fetches the overlap list for the building.             *
+ *   BuildingTypeClass::Prep_For_Add -- Prepares scenario editor for adding an object.         *
+ *   BuildingTypeClass::Repair_Cost -- Determines cost per "step" of repair.                   *
+ *   BuildingTypeClass::Repair_Step -- Determines the repair step rate.                        *
+ *   BuildingTypeClass::Who_Can_Build_Me -- Determines which factory can create the building.  *
+ *   BuildingTypeClass::Width -- Determines width of bulding in icons.                         *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+
+#define	MCW	MAP_CELL_W
+
+#define XYCELL(x,y)	(y*MAP_CELL_W+x)
+static short const ExitPyle[] = {
+	XYCELL(1,2),
+	XYCELL(2,2),
+	XYCELL(0,2),
+	XYCELL(-1,2),
+	XYCELL(-1,-1),
+	XYCELL(0,-1),
+	XYCELL(1,-1),
+	XYCELL(2,-1),
+	XYCELL(2,-1),
+	XYCELL(-1,0),
+	XYCELL(2,0),
+	XYCELL(2,1),
+	XYCELL(-1,1),
+	REFRESH_EOL
+};
+static short const ExitHand[] = {
+	XYCELL(2,3),
+	XYCELL(1,3),
+	XYCELL(0,3),
+	XYCELL(2,2),
+	XYCELL(-1,3),
+	XYCELL(-1,2),
+	XYCELL(0,0),
+	XYCELL(1,0),
+	XYCELL(-1,0),
+	XYCELL(2,0),
+	XYCELL(2,1),
+	XYCELL(-1,1),
+	REFRESH_EOL
+};
+static short const ExitWeap[] = {
+	XYCELL(-1,3),
+	XYCELL(0,3),
+	XYCELL(-1,2),
+	XYCELL(1,3),
+//	XYCELL(0,0),
+//	XYCELL(1,0),
+//	XYCELL(2,0),
+//	XYCELL(-1,0),
+//	XYCELL(3,0),
+	XYCELL(-1,1),
+	XYCELL(3,1),
+	XYCELL(3,2),
+	XYCELL(3,3),
+	XYCELL(2,3),
+	REFRESH_EOL
+};
+static short const ExitAirstrip[] = {
+	XYCELL(-1,-1),
+	XYCELL(-1,0),
+	XYCELL(-1,1),
+	XYCELL(-1,2),
+	XYCELL(0,-1),
+	XYCELL(0,2),
+	XYCELL(1,-1),
+	XYCELL(1,2),
+	XYCELL(2,-1),
+	XYCELL(2,2),
+	XYCELL(3,-1),
+	XYCELL(3,2),
+	XYCELL(4,-1),
+	XYCELL(4,0),
+	XYCELL(4,1),
+	XYCELL(4,2),
+	REFRESH_EOL
+};
+
+static short const OListSAM[] = {-MCW, -(MCW-1), REFRESH_EOL};
+static short const List32[] = {0, 1, 2, MCW, MCW+1, MCW+2, REFRESH_EOL};
+static short const List22_0011[] = {MCW, MCW+1, REFRESH_EOL};
+static short const List22_1100[] = {0, 1, REFRESH_EOL};
+static short const ListFix[] = {1, MCW, MCW+1, MCW+2, MCW+MCW+1, REFRESH_EOL};
+static short const StoreList[] = {0, 1, REFRESH_EOL};
+static short const List2[] = {0, 1, MCW+1, MCW, REFRESH_EOL};
+static short const List42[] = {0, 1, 2, 3, MCW, MCW+1, MCW+2, MCW+3, REFRESH_EOL};
+static short const ListWestwood[] = {1, 2, 3, MCW+1, MCW+2, MCW+3, REFRESH_EOL};
+static short const OListWestwood[] = {0, MCW, REFRESH_EOL};
+static short const ComList[] = {0, MCW, MCW+1, REFRESH_EOL};
+static short const List21[] = {0, 1, REFRESH_EOL};
+static short const ListWeap[] = {(MCW*1), (MCW*1)+1, (MCW*1)+2, (MCW*2), (MCW*2)+1, (MCW*2)+2, REFRESH_EOL};
+static short const List12[] = {MCW, REFRESH_EOL};
+static short const ListHand[] = {MCW, MCW+1, MCW*2+1, REFRESH_EOL};
+static short const ListTmpl[] = {MCW, MCW+1, MCW+2, MCW*2, MCW*2+1, MCW*2+2, REFRESH_EOL};
+static short const List0011[] = {(MCW*1), (MCW*1)+1, REFRESH_EOL};
+static short const List1101[] = {0, 1, (MCW*1)+1, REFRESH_EOL};
+static short const List11[] = {0, 1, REFRESH_EOL};
+static short const List1[] = {0, REFRESH_EOL};
+static short const List1100[] = {0, 1, REFRESH_EOL};
+static short const List0010[] = {MCW, REFRESH_EOL};
+static short const List1000[] = {0, REFRESH_EOL};
+static short const List0100[] = {1, REFRESH_EOL};
+static short const List0111[] = {1, (MCW*1), (MCW*1)+1, REFRESH_EOL};
+//static short const List1111[] = {0, 1, (MCW*1), (MCW*1)+1, REFRESH_EOL};
+static short const List1011[] = {0, (MCW*1), (MCW*1)+1, REFRESH_EOL};
+static short const List010111000[] = {1, (MCW*1), (MCW*1)+1, (MCW*1)+2, REFRESH_EOL};
+static short const List101000111[] = {0, 2, (MCW*2), (MCW*2)+1, (MCW*2)+2, REFRESH_EOL};
+
+static short const OListFix[] = {0, 2, MCW+MCW, MCW+MCW+2, REFRESH_EOL};
+static short const OListWeap[] = {0, 1, 2, REFRESH_EOL};
+static short const OComList[] = {1, REFRESH_EOL};
+static short const OList12[] = {0, REFRESH_EOL};
+static short const OListHand[] = {0, 1, MCW*2, MCW*1, REFRESH_EOL};
+static short const OListTmpl[] = {0, 1, 2, REFRESH_EOL};
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+*/
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassTemple(
+	STRUCT_TEMPLE,
+	TXT_TEMPLE,								// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"TMPL",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	7,								// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_RADAR,				// Building prerequisite.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		false,		// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		true,			// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		false,		// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		false,		// Can this building be captured?
+		false,		// Does it catch fire?
+		true,			// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		false,		// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		false,		// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		false,		// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		true,			// Can it be repaired?
+		true,			// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		true,			// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	1000,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	4,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	3000,										// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	13,										// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,20, 									// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_BAD,								// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_ALUMINUM,						// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points generated.
+	150,										// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_33, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)ListTmpl,		// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)OListTmpl		// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassEye(
+	STRUCT_EYE,
+	TXT_EYE,									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"EYE",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	7,								// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_RADAR,				// Building prerequisite.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		true,			// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		true,			// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		false,		// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		true,			// Can this building be captured?
+		false,		// Does it catch fire?
+		false,		// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		false,		// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		false,		// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		false,		// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		true,			// Can it be repaired?
+		true,			// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		true,			// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	(DirType)160,							// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	500,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	10,										// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	2800,										// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	13,										// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,100,									// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD,							// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,								// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	200,										// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_22, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)ComList,		// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)OComList		// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassWeapon(
+	STRUCT_WEAP,
+	TXT_WEAPON_FACTORY,					// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"WEAP",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(10+(CELL_PIXEL_W/2), ((CELL_PIXEL_H*3)-(CELL_PIXEL_H/2))-21),			// Exit point for produced units.
+	2,								// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_REFINERY,			// Building prerequisite.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		false,		// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		true,			// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		false,		// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		true,			// Is it a factory type building?
+		true,			// Can this building be captured?
+		false,		// Does it catch fire?
+		false,		// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		false,		// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		false,		// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		false,		// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		true,			// Can it be repaired?
+		true,			// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		true,			// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_UNITTYPE,							// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+#ifdef ADVANCED
+	500,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+#else
+	200,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+#endif
+	3,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	2000,										// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	5,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,86,										// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD,							// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_ALUMINUM,						// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	30,										// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_33, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	(short const *)ExitWeap,		// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)ListWeap,		// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)OListWeap		// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassGTower(
+	STRUCT_GTOWER,
+	TXT_GUARD_TOWER,						// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"GTWR",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	2,								// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_BARRACKS,			// Building prerequisite.
+		true,			// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		false,		// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		false,		// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		false,		// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		false,		// Can this building be captured?
+		false,		// Does it catch fire?
+		true,			// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		false,		// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		false,		// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		false,		// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		true,			// Can it be repaired?
+		true,			// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		true,			// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	200,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	3,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	500,										// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	7,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	100,25,									// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD,							// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_CHAIN_GUN,WEAPON_NONE,
+//	WEAPON_M60MG,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,								// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	00,										// POWER:		Power points required.
+	10,										// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_11, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List1,			// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)NULL			// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassATower(
+	STRUCT_ATOWER,
+	TXT_AGUARD_TOWER,						// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"ATWR",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	4,								// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_RADAR,				// Building prerequisite.
+		true,			// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		false,		// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		false,		// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		false,		// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		false,		// Can this building be captured?
+		false,		// Does it catch fire?
+		true,			// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		false,		// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		false,		// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		false,		// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		true,			// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		true,			// Can it be repaired?
+		true,			// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		true,			// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	300,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	4,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	1000,										// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	13,										// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	100,30,									// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD,							// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_TOW_TWO,WEAPON_NONE,
+//	WEAPON_TOMAHAWK,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_ALUMINUM,						// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	20,										// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_12, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List12,			// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)OList12			// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassObelisk(
+	STRUCT_OBELISK,
+	TXT_OBELISK,							// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"OBLI",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	4,								// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_RADAR,				// Building prerequisite.
+		true,			// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		false,		// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		false,		// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		false,		// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		false,		// Can this building be captured?
+		false,		// Does it catch fire?
+		false,		// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		false,		// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		false,		// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		false,		// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		true,			// Can it be repaired?
+		true,			// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		true,			// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	200,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	5,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	1500,										// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	11,										// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	100,35,									// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_BAD,								// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_OBELISK_LASER,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_ALUMINUM,						// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	150,										// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_12, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List12,			// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)OList12			// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassTurret(
+	STRUCT_TURRET,
+	TXT_TURRET,								// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"GUN",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	2,								// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_BARRACKS,			// Building prerequisite.
+		true,			// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		false,		// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		false,		// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		false,		// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		false,		// Can this building be captured?
+		false,		// Does it catch fire?
+		false,		// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		false,		// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		false,		// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		false,		// Theater specific graphic image?
+		true,			// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		true,			// Can it be repaired?
+		true,			// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		true,			// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	(DirType)208,							// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	200,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	5,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+#ifdef ADVANCED
+	600,										// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+#else
+#ifdef PATCH
+	600,
+#else
+	250,										// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+#endif
+#endif
+	8,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	300,26,									// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_BAD,								// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_TURRET_GUN,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_STEEL,							// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	20,										// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_11, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List1,			// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)NULL			// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassConst(
+	STRUCT_CONST,
+	TXT_CONST_YARD,						// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"FACT",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// Building prerequisite.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		false,		// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		true,			// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		false,		// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		true,			// Is it a factory type building?
+		true,			// Can this building be captured?
+		false,		// Does it catch fire?
+		false,		// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		false,		// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		false,		// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		false,		// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		true,			// Can it be repaired?
+		false,		// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		true,			// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_BUILDINGTYPE,					// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	400,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	3,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	5000,										// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	1,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,70,										// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD|
+	HOUSEF_BAD,								// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,								// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	30,										// POWER:		Power points required.
+	15,										// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_32, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List32,			// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)NULL			// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassRefinery(
+	STRUCT_REFINERY,
+	TXT_REFINERY,							// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"PROC",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	1,								// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_POWER,				// Building prerequisite.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		false,		// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		true,			// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		false,		// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		true,			// Can this building be captured?
+		false,		// Does it catch fire?
+		false,		// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		false,		// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		false,		// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		false,		// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		true,			// Can it be repaired?
+		true,			// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		true,			// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	450,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	4,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	2000,										// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	2,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,55,										// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD|
+	HOUSEF_BAD,								// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,								// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	1000,										// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	10,										// POWER:		Power points required.
+	40,										// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_33, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List010111000,		// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)List101000111		// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassStorage(
+	STRUCT_STORAGE,
+	TXT_STORAGE,							// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"SILO",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	1,								// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_REFINERY,			// Building prerequisite.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		false,		// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		true,			// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		false,		// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		true,			// Can this building be captured?
+		false,		// Does it catch fire?
+		true,			// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		false,		// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		false,		// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		false,		// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		true,			// Can it be repaired?
+		true,			// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		false,		// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	150,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	2,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	150,										// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+//	300,										// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	2,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,16,										// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD|
+	HOUSEF_BAD,								// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,								// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	1500,										// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	10,										// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_21, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)StoreList,			// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)NULL					// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassHelipad(
+	STRUCT_HELIPAD,
+	TXT_HELIPAD,							// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"HPAD",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	6,								// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_BARRACKS,			// Building prerequisite.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		false,		// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		true,			// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		false,		// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		true,			// Can this building be captured?
+		false,		// Does it catch fire?
+		false,		// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		false,		// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		false,		// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		false,		// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		true,			// Can it be repaired?
+		true,			// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		false,		// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_AIRCRAFTTYPE,					// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	400,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	3,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	1500,										// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	10,										// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,65,										// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_BAD|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD,							// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,								// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	10,										// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_22, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List2,			// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)NULL			// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassCommand(
+	STRUCT_RADAR,
+	TXT_COMMAND,							// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"HQ",										// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	2,								// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_REFINERY,			// Building prerequisite.
+		true,			// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		true,			// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		true,			// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		false,		// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		true,			// Can this building be captured?
+		false,		// Does it catch fire?
+		false,		// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		false,		// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		false,		// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		false,		// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		true,			// Can it be repaired?
+		true,			// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		true,			// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	(DirType)160,							// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	500,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	10,										// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	1000,										// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	3,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,20, 									// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD|
+	HOUSEF_BAD,								// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,								// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	40,										// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_22, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)ComList,		// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)OComList		// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassSAM(
+	STRUCT_SAM,
+	TXT_SAM,									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"SAM",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	6,								// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_BARRACKS,			// Building prerequisite.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		false,		// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		false,		// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		false,		// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		false,		// Can this building be captured?
+		false,		// Does it catch fire?
+		false,		// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		false,		// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		false,		// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		false,		// Theater specific graphic image?
+		true,			// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		true,			// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		true,			// Can it be repaired?
+		true,			// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		false,		// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	200,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	3,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	750,										// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	5,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	300,40,									// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_BAD,								// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NIKE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_STEEL,							// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	20,										// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_21, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List21,				// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)OListSAM				// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassAirStrip(
+	STRUCT_AIRSTRIP,
+	TXT_AIRSTRIP,							// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"AFLD",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	2,								// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_REFINERY,			// Building prerequisite.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		true,			// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		true,			// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		false,		// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		true,			// Is it a factory type building?
+		true,			// Can this building be captured?
+		false,		// Does it catch fire?
+		false,		// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		false,		// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		false,		// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		false,		// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		true,			// Can it be repaired?
+		true,			// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		true,			// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_UNITTYPE,							// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	500,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	5,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	2000,										// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	5,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	300,86,									// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_BAD,								// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_STEEL,							// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	30,										// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_42, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	ExitAirstrip,							// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List42,				// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)NULL					// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassPower(
+	STRUCT_POWER,
+	TXT_POWER,								// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"NUKE",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	0,								// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// Building prerequisite.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		true,			// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		true,			// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		false,		// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		true,			// Can this building be captured?
+		false,		// Does it catch fire?
+		true,			// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		false,		// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		false,		// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		false,		// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		true,			// Can it be repaired?
+		true,			// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		true,			// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	200,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	2,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	300,										// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	1,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,50,										// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_BAD|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD,							// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,								// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	100,										// POWER:		Power points required.
+	0,											// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_22, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List1011,			// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)List0100				// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassAdvancedPower(
+	STRUCT_ADVANCED_POWER,
+	TXT_ADVANCED_POWER,					// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"NUK2",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	5,											// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_POWER,							// PREREQ:		Buildings that must exist first.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		true,			// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		true,			// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		false,		// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		true,			// Can this building be captured?
+		false,		// Does it catch fire?
+		true,			// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		false,		// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		false,		// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		false,		// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		true,			// Can it be repaired?
+		true,			// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		true,			// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	300,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	2,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	700,										// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	13,										// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,75,										// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_BAD|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD,							// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,								// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	200,										// POWER:		Power points required.
+	0,											// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_22, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List1011,			// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)List0100				// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassHospital(
+	STRUCT_HOSPITAL,
+	TXT_HOSPITAL,							// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"HOSP",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_BARRACKS,			// PREREQ:		Buildings that must exist first.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		true,			// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		true,			// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		false,		// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		true,			// Can this building be captured?
+		false,		// Does it catch fire?
+		false,		// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		false,		// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		false,		// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		false,		// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		true,			// Can it be repaired?
+		true,			// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		true,			// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	200,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	2,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	500,										// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	99,										// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,20, 									// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_BAD|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD,							// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,								// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	100,										// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	20,										// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_22, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List2,			// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)NULL			// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassBioLab(
+	STRUCT_BIO_LAB,
+	TXT_BIO_LAB,							// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"BIO",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_HOSPITAL,			// PREREQ:		Buildings that must exist first.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		true,			// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		true,			// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		true,			// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		false,		// Can this building be captured?
+		false,		// Does it catch fire?
+		false,		// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		false,		// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		false,		// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		false,		// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		true,			// Can it be repaired?
+		true,			// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		true,			// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	300,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	2,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	500,										// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	99,										// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,1,										// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_BAD,								// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,								// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	100,										// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	40,										// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_22, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List2,			// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)NULL			// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassBarracks(
+	STRUCT_BARRACKS,
+	TXT_BARRACKS,							// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"PYLE",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(30,33),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	0,								// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_POWER,				// Building prerequisite.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		true,			// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		true,			// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		false,		// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		true,			// Is it a factory type building?
+		true,			// Can this building be captured?
+		false,		// Does it catch fire?
+		false,		// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		false,		// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		false,		// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		false,		// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		true,			// Can it be repaired?
+		true,			// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		true,			// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_INFANTRYTYPE,					// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	400,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	3,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	300,										// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	1,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,60,										// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD,							// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,								// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	20,										// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_22, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	(short const *)ExitPyle,			// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List22_1100,		// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)List22_0011			// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassHand(
+	STRUCT_HAND,
+	TXT_HAND,								// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"HAND",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(36,63),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	0,								// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_POWER,				// Building prerequisite.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		true,			// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		true,			// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		false,		// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		true,			// Is it a factory type building?
+		true,			// Can this building be captured?
+		false,		// Does it catch fire?
+		true,			// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		false,		// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		false,		// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		false,		// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		true,			// Can it be repaired?
+		true,			// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		true,			// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_INFANTRYTYPE,					// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	400,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	3,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	300,										// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	2,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,61,										// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_BAD,								// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,								// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	20,										// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_23, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	(short const *)ExitHand,		// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)ListHand,		// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)OListHand		// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassTanker(
+	STRUCT_TANKER,
+	TXT_TANKER,								// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"ARCO",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_POWER,							// PREREQ:		Buildings that must exist first.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		true,			// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		false,		// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		true,			// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		false,		// Can this building be captured?
+		true,			// Does it catch fire?
+		true,			// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		false,		// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		false,		// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		false,		// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		false,		// Can it be repaired?
+		false,		// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		true,			// Does it contain a crew?
+		true,			// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	100,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	2,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	0,											// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	0,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,1, 										// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_NEUTRAL,						// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,								// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	0,											// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_21, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List21,			// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)NULL			// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassRepair(
+	STRUCT_REPAIR,
+	TXT_FIX_IT,								// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"FIX",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	5,								// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_POWER,							// PREREQ:		Buildings that must exist first.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		true,			// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		true,			// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		false,		// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		true,			// Can this building be captured?
+		false,		// Does it catch fire?
+		false,		// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		false,		// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		false,		// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		false,		// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		true,			// Can it be repaired?
+		true,			// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		true,			// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	400,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	3,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	1200,										// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	8,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,46,										// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD|
+	HOUSEF_BAD,								// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,								// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	30,										// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_33, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)ListFix,		// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)OListFix		// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+#ifdef OBSOLETE
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassRoad(
+	STRUCT_ROAD,
+	TXT_ROAD,								// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"ROAD",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,							// PREREQ:		Buildings that must exist first.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	0,								// Building prerequisite.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		false,		// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		false,		// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		true,			// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		false,		// Can this building be captured?
+		false,		// Does it catch fire?
+		false,		// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		false,		// Is it invisible to radar?
+		false,		// Can the player select this?
+		false,		// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		true,			// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		false,		// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		false,		// Can it be repaired?
+		true,			// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		false,		// Does it contain a crew?
+		true,			// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	1,											// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	0,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	50,										// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	99,										// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,0,										// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD|
+	HOUSEF_BAD,								// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_NONE,								// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	0,											// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_11, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List1,			// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)NULL			// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+#endif
+
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassV01(
+	STRUCT_V01,
+	TXT_CIV1,								// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"V01",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// PREREQ:		Buildings that must exist first.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		true,			// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		false,		// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		true,			// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		false,		// Can this building be captured?
+		true,			// Does it catch fire?
+		true,			// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		true,			// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		true,			// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		true,			// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		false,		// Can it be repaired?
+		false,		// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		true,			// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	200,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	1,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	0,											// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	0,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,2,									// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_NEUTRAL,						// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,								// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	0,											// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_22, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List0011,			// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)List1100				// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassV02(
+	STRUCT_V02,
+	TXT_CIV2,								// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"V02",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// PREREQ:		Buildings that must exist first.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		true,			// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		false,		// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		true,			// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		false,		// Can this building be captured?
+		true,			// Does it catch fire?
+		true,			// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		true,			// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		true,			// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		true,			// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		false,		// Can it be repaired?
+		false,		// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		true,			// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	200,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	1,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	0,											// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	0,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,2,						// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_NEUTRAL,						// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,								// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	0,											// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_22, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List0011,			// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)List1100				// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassV03(
+	STRUCT_V03,
+	TXT_CIV3,								// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"V03",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// PREREQ:		Buildings that must exist first.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		true,			// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		false,		// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		true,			// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		false,		// Can this building be captured?
+		true,			// Does it catch fire?
+		true,			// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		true,			// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		true,			// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		true,			// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		false,		// Can it be repaired?
+		false,		// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		true,			// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	200,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	1,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	0,											// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	0,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,2,						// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_NEUTRAL,						// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,								// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	0,											// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_22, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List0111,			// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)List1000				// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassV04(
+	STRUCT_V04,
+	TXT_CIV4,								// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"V04",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// PREREQ:		Buildings that must exist first.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		true,			// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		false,		// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		true,			// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		false,		// Can this building be captured?
+		true,			// Does it catch fire?
+		true,			// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		true,			// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		true,			// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		true,			// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		false,		// Can it be repaired?
+		false,		// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		true,			// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	200,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	1,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	0,											// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	0,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,2,						// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_NEUTRAL,						// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,								// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	0,											// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_22, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List0011,			// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)List1100				// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassV05(
+	STRUCT_V05,
+	TXT_CIV5,								// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"V05",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// PREREQ:		Buildings that must exist first.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		true,			// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		false,		// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		true,			// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		false,		// Can this building be captured?
+		true,			// Does it catch fire?
+		true,			// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		true,			// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		true,			// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		true,			// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		false,		// Can it be repaired?
+		false,		// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		true,			// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	200,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	1,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	0,											// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	0,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,2,									// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_NEUTRAL,						// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,								// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	0,											// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_21, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List11,				// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)NULL					// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassV06(
+	STRUCT_V06,
+	TXT_CIV6,								// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"V06",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// PREREQ:		Buildings that must exist first.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		true,			// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		false,		// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		true,			// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		false,		// Can this building be captured?
+		true,			// Does it catch fire?
+		true,			// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		true,			// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		true,			// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		true,			// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		false,		// Can it be repaired?
+		false,		// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		true,			// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	200,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	1,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	0,											// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	0,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,2,									// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_NEUTRAL,						// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,								// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	0,											// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_21, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List11,				// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)NULL					// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassV07(
+	STRUCT_V07,
+	TXT_CIV7,								// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"V07",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// PREREQ:		Buildings that must exist first.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		true,			// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		false,		// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		true,			// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		false,		// Can this building be captured?
+		true,			// Does it catch fire?
+		true,			// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		true,			// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		true,			// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		true,			// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		false,		// Can it be repaired?
+		false,		// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		true,			// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	200,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	1,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	0,											// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	0,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,2,						// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_NEUTRAL,						// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,								// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	0,											// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_21, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List11,				// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)NULL					// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassV08(
+	STRUCT_V08,
+	TXT_CIV8,								// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"V08",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// PREREQ:		Buildings that must exist first.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		true,			// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		false,		// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		true,			// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		false,		// Can this building be captured?
+		true,			// Does it catch fire?
+		true,			// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		true,			// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		true,			// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		true,			// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		false,		// Can it be repaired?
+		false,		// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		true,			// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	200,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	1,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	0,											// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	0,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,2,						// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_NEUTRAL,						// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,								// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	0,											// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_11, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List1,				// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)NULL					// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassV09(
+	STRUCT_V09,
+	TXT_CIV9,								// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"V09",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// PREREQ:		Buildings that must exist first.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		true,			// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		false,		// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		true,			// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		false,		// Can this building be captured?
+		true,			// Does it catch fire?
+		true,			// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		true,			// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		true,			// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		true,			// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		false,		// Can it be repaired?
+		false,		// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		true,			// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	200,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	1,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	0,											// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	0,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,2,						// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_NEUTRAL,						// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,								// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	0,											// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_11, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List1,				// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)NULL					// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassV10(
+	STRUCT_V10,
+	TXT_CIV10,								// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"V10",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// PREREQ:		Buildings that must exist first.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		true,			// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		false,		// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		true,			// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		false,		// Can this building be captured?
+		true,			// Does it catch fire?
+		true,			// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		true,			// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		true,			// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		true,			// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		false,		// Can it be repaired?
+		false,		// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		true,			// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	200,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	1,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	0,											// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	0,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,2,									// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_NEUTRAL,						// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,								// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	0,											// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_11, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List1,				// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)NULL					// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassV11(
+	STRUCT_V11,
+	TXT_CIV11,								// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"V11",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// PREREQ:		Buildings that must exist first.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		true,			// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		false,		// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		true,			// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		false,		// Can this building be captured?
+		true,			// Does it catch fire?
+		true,			// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		true,			// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		true,			// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		true,			// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		false,		// Can it be repaired?
+		false,		// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		true,			// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	200,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	1,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	0,											// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	0,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,2,									// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_NEUTRAL,						// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,								// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	0,											// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_11, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List1,				// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)NULL					// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassV12(
+	STRUCT_V12,
+	TXT_CIV12,								// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"V12",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// PREREQ:		Buildings that must exist first.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		true,			// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		false,		// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		true,			// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		false,		// Can this building be captured?
+		true,			// Does it catch fire?
+		true,			// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		true,			// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		true,			// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		true,			// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		false,		// Can it be repaired?
+		false,		// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		true,			// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	200,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	1,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	0,											// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	0,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,2,						// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_NEUTRAL,						// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,								// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	0,											// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_11, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List1,				// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)NULL					// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassV13(
+	STRUCT_V13,
+	TXT_CIV13,								// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"V13",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// PREREQ:		Buildings that must exist first.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		true,			// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		false,		// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		true,			// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		false,		// Can this building be captured?
+		true,			// Does it catch fire?
+		true,			// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		true,			// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		true,			// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		true,			// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		false,		// Can it be repaired?
+		false,		// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		true,			// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	200,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	1,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	0,											// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	0,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,2, 						// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_NEUTRAL,						// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,								// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	0,											// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_11, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List1,				// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)NULL					// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassV14(
+	STRUCT_V14,
+	TXT_CIV14,								// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"V14",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// PREREQ:		Buildings that must exist first.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		true,			// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		false,		// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		true,			// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		false,		// Can this building be captured?
+		true,			// Does it catch fire?
+		true,			// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		true,			// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		true,			// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		true,			// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		false,		// Can it be repaired?
+		false,		// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		true,			// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	200,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	1,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	0,											// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	0,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,2,						// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_NEUTRAL,						// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,								// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	0,											// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_11, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List1,				// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)NULL					// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassV15(
+	STRUCT_V15,
+	TXT_CIV15,								// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"V15",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// PREREQ:		Buildings that must exist first.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		true,			// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		false,		// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		true,			// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		false,		// Can this building be captured?
+		true,			// Does it catch fire?
+		true,			// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		true,			// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		true,			// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		true,			// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		false,		// Can it be repaired?
+		false,		// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		true,			// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	200,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	1,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	0,											// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	0,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,2,						// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_NEUTRAL,						// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,								// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	0,											// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_11, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List1,				// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)NULL					// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassV16(
+	STRUCT_V16,
+	TXT_CIV16,								// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"V16",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// PREREQ:		Buildings that must exist first.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		true,			// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		false,		// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		true,			// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		false,		// Can this building be captured?
+		true,			// Does it catch fire?
+		true,			// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		true,			// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		true,			// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		true,			// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		false,		// Can it be repaired?
+		false,		// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		true,			// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	200,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	1,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	0,											// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	0,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,2,						// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_NEUTRAL,						// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,								// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	0,											// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_11, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List1,				// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)NULL					// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassV17(
+	STRUCT_V17,
+	TXT_CIV17,								// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"V17",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// PREREQ:		Buildings that must exist first.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		true,			// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		false,		// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		true,			// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		false,		// Can this building be captured?
+		true,			// Does it catch fire?
+		true,			// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		true,			// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		true,			// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		true,			// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		false,		// Can it be repaired?
+		false,		// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		true,			// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	200,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	1,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	0,											// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	0,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,2,						// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_NEUTRAL,						// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,								// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	0,											// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_11, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List1,				// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)NULL					// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassV18(
+	STRUCT_V18,
+	TXT_CIV18,								// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"V18",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// PREREQ:		Buildings that must exist first.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		true,			// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		false,		// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		true,			// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		false,		// Can this building be captured?
+		true,			// Does it catch fire?
+		true,			// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		true,			// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		true,			// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		true,			// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		false,		// Can it be repaired?
+		false,		// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		true,			// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	200,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	1,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	0,											// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	0,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,2,									// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_NEUTRAL,						// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,								// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	0,											// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_11, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List1,				// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)NULL					// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassV19(
+	STRUCT_PUMP,
+	TXT_PUMP,								// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"V19",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// PREREQ:		Buildings that must exist first.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		true,			// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		false,		// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		true,			// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		false,		// Can this building be captured?
+		true,			// Does it catch fire?
+		false,		// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		false,		// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		false,		// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		false,		// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		false,		// Can it be repaired?
+		false,		// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		true,			// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	200,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	2,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	0,											// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	0,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,2,									// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_NEUTRAL|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD,							// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,								// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	0,											// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_11, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List1,				// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)NULL					// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassV20(
+	STRUCT_V20,
+	TXT_CIV20,								// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"V20",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// PREREQ:		Buildings that must exist first.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		true,			// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		false,		// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		true,			// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		false,		// Can this building be captured?
+		true,			// Does it catch fire?
+		false,		// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		false,		// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		false,		// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		true,			// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		false,		// Can it be repaired?
+		false,		// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		true,			// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	200,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	2,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	0,											// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	0,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,2,									// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_NEUTRAL|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD,							// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,								// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	0,											// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_22, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List0011,			// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)List1100				// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassV21(
+	STRUCT_V21,
+	TXT_CIV21,								// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"V21",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// PREREQ:		Buildings that must exist first.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		true,			// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		false,		// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		true,			// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		false,		// Can this building be captured?
+		true,			// Does it catch fire?
+		false,		// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		false,		// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		false,		// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		true,			// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		false,		// Can it be repaired?
+		false,		// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		true,			// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	200,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	2,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	0,											// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	0,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,2,									// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_NEUTRAL|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD,							// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,								// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	0,											// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_22, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List1101,			// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)List0010				// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassV22(
+	STRUCT_V22,
+	TXT_CIV22,								// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"V22",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// PREREQ:		Buildings that must exist first.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		true,			// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		false,		// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		true,			// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		false,		// Can this building be captured?
+		true,			// Does it catch fire?
+		false,		// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		false,		// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		false,		// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		true,			// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		false,		// Can it be repaired?
+		false,		// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		true,			// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	200,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	2,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	0,											// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	0,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,2,									// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_NEUTRAL|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD,							// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,								// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	0,											// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_21, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List11,				// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)NULL					// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassV23(
+	STRUCT_V23,
+	TXT_CIV23,								// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"V23",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// PREREQ:		Buildings that must exist first.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		true,			// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		false,		// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		true,			// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		false,		// Can this building be captured?
+		true,			// Does it catch fire?
+		false,		// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		false,		// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		false,		// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		true,			// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		false,		// Can it be repaired?
+		false,		// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		true,			// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	200,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	2,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	0,											// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	0,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,2,									// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_NEUTRAL|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD,							// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,								// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	0,											// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_11, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List1,				// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)NULL					// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassV24(
+	STRUCT_V24,
+	TXT_CIV24,								// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"V24",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// PREREQ:		Buildings that must exist first.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		true,			// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		false,		// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		true,			// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		false,		// Can this building be captured?
+		true,			// Does it catch fire?
+		true,			// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		false,		// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		false,		// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		true,			// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		false,		// Can it be repaired?
+		false,		// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		true,			// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	200,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	2,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	0,											// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	0,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,2,									// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_NEUTRAL|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD,							// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,								// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	0,											// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_22, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List0011,			// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)List1100				// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassV25(
+	STRUCT_V25,
+	TXT_CIV25,								// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"V25",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// PREREQ:		Buildings that must exist first.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		true,			// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		false,		// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		true,			// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		false,		// Can this building be captured?
+		true,			// Does it catch fire?
+		true,			// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		false,		// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		false,		// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		true,			// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		false,		// Can it be repaired?
+		false,		// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		true,			// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	200,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	2,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	0,											// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	0,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,2,									// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_NEUTRAL|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD,							// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,								// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	0,											// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_22, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List0111,			// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)List1000				// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassV26(
+	STRUCT_V26,
+	TXT_CIV26,								// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"V26",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// PREREQ:		Buildings that must exist first.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		true,			// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		false,		// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		true,			// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		false,		// Can this building be captured?
+		true,			// Does it catch fire?
+		true,			// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		false,		// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		false,		// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		true,			// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		false,		// Can it be repaired?
+		false,		// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		true,			// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	200,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	2,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	0,											// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	0,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,2,						// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_NEUTRAL|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD,							// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,								// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	0,											// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_21, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List11,				// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)NULL					// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassV27(
+	STRUCT_V27,
+	TXT_CIV27,								// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"V27",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// PREREQ:		Buildings that must exist first.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		true,			// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		false,		// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		true,			// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		false,		// Can this building be captured?
+		true,			// Does it catch fire?
+		true,			// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		false,		// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		false,		// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		true,			// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		false,		// Can it be repaired?
+		false,		// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		true,			// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	200,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	2,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	0,											// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	0,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,2,						// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_NEUTRAL|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD,							// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,								// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	0,											// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_11, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List1,				// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)NULL					// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassV28(
+	STRUCT_V28,
+	TXT_CIV28,								// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"V28",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// PREREQ:		Buildings that must exist first.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		true,			// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		false,		// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		true,			// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		false,		// Can this building be captured?
+		true,			// Does it catch fire?
+		true,			// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		false,		// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		false,		// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		true,			// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		false,		// Can it be repaired?
+		false,		// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		true,			// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	200,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	2,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	0,											// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	0,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,2,						// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_NEUTRAL|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD,							// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,								// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	0,											// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_11, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List1,				// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)NULL					// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassV29(
+	STRUCT_V29,
+	TXT_CIV29,								// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"V29",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// PREREQ:		Buildings that must exist first.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		true,			// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		false,		// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		true,			// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		false,		// Can this building be captured?
+		true,			// Does it catch fire?
+		true,			// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		false,		// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		false,		// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		true,			// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		false,		// Can it be repaired?
+		false,		// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		true,			// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	200,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	2,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	0,											// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	0,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,2, 						// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_NEUTRAL|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD,							// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,								// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	0,											// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_11, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List1,				// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)NULL					// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassV30(
+	STRUCT_V30,
+	TXT_CIV30,								// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"V30",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// PREREQ:		Buildings that must exist first.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		true,			// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		false,		// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		true,			// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		false,		// Can this building be captured?
+		true,			// Does it catch fire?
+		true,			// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		false,		// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		false,		// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		true,			// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		false,		// Can it be repaired?
+		false,		// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		true,			// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	200,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	2,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	0,											// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	0,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,2,						// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_NEUTRAL|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD,							// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,								// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	0,											// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_21, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List11,				// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)NULL					// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassV31(
+	STRUCT_V31,
+	TXT_CIV31,								// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"V31",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// PREREQ:		Buildings that must exist first.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		true,			// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		false,		// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		true,			// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		false,		// Can this building be captured?
+		true,			// Does it catch fire?
+		true,			// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		false,		// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		false,		// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		true,			// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		false,		// Can it be repaired?
+		false,		// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		true,			// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	200,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	2,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	0,											// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	0,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,2, 						// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_NEUTRAL|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD,							// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,								// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	0,											// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_21, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List11,				// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)NULL					// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassV32(
+	STRUCT_V32,
+	TXT_CIV32,								// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"V32",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// PREREQ:		Buildings that must exist first.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		true,			// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		false,		// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		true,			// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		false,		// Can this building be captured?
+		true,			// Does it catch fire?
+		true,			// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		false,		// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		false,		// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		true,			// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		false,		// Can it be repaired?
+		false,		// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		true,			// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	200,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	2,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	0,											// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	0,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,2,						// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_NEUTRAL|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD,							// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,								// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	0,											// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_21, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List11,				// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)NULL					// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassV33(
+	STRUCT_V33,
+	TXT_CIV33,								// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"V33",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// PREREQ:		Buildings that must exist first.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		true,			// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		false,		// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		true,			// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		false,		// Can this building be captured?
+		true,			// Does it catch fire?
+		true,			// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		false,		// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		false,		// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		true,			// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		false,		// Can it be repaired?
+		false,		// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		true,			// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	200,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	2,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	0,											// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	0,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,2,						// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_NEUTRAL|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD,							// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,								// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	0,											// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_21, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List11,				// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)NULL					// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassV34(
+	STRUCT_V34,
+	TXT_CIV34,								// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"V34",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// PREREQ:		Buildings that must exist first.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		true,			// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		false,		// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		true,			// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		false,		// Can this building be captured?
+		true,			// Does it catch fire?
+		true,			// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		false,		// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		false,		// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		true,			// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		false,		// Can it be repaired?
+		false,		// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		true,			// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	200,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	2,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	0,											// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	0,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,2,									// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_NEUTRAL|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD,							// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,								// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	0,											// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_11, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List1,				// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)NULL					// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassV35(
+	STRUCT_V35,
+	TXT_CIV35,								// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"V35",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// PREREQ:		Buildings that must exist first.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		true,			// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		false,		// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		true,			// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		false,		// Can this building be captured?
+		true,			// Does it catch fire?
+		true,			// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		false,		// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		false,		// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		true,			// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		false,		// Can it be repaired?
+		false,		// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		true,			// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	200,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	2,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	0,											// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	0,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,2,									// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_NEUTRAL|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD,							// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,								// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	0,											// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_11, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List1,				// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)NULL					// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassV36(
+	STRUCT_V36,
+	TXT_CIV36,								// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"V36",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// PREREQ:		Buildings that must exist first.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		true,			// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		false,		// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		true,			// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		false,		// Can this building be captured?
+		true,			// Does it catch fire?
+		true,			// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		false,		// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		false,		// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		true,			// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		false,		// Can it be repaired?
+		false,		// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		true,			// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	200,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	2,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	0,											// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	0,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,2,									// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_NEUTRAL|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD,							// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,								// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	0,											// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_11, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List1,				// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)NULL					// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassV37(
+	STRUCT_V37,
+	TXT_CIV37,								// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"V37",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// PREREQ:		Buildings that must exist first.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		true,			// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		false,		// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		true,			// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		false,		// Can this building be captured?
+		true,			// Does it catch fire?
+		true,			// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		false,		// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		false,		// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		true,			// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		false,		// Can it be repaired?
+		false,		// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		true,			// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	300,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	2,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	0,											// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	0,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,2,									// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_NEUTRAL|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD,							// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,								// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	0,											// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_42, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)ListWestwood,		// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)OListWestwood		// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+static BuildingTypeClass const ClassMission(
+	STRUCT_MISSION,
+	TXT_CIVMISS,							// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"MISS",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// PREREQ:		Buildings that must exist first.
+		true,			// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		true,			// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		true,			// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		true,			// Always use the given name for the building?
+		false,		// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		true,			// Can this building be captured?
+		true,			// Does it catch fire?
+		true,			// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		false,		// Is it invisible to radar?
+		true,			// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		false,		// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		false,		// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		true,			// Can it be repaired?
+		false,		// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		true,			// Does it contain a crew?
+		false,		// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	200,										// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	2,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	1000,										// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	0,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,2,									// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_BAD|
+	HOUSEF_NEUTRAL|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD,							// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,								// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	0,											// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_32, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List32,				// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)NULL					// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+// Sandbag wall
+static BuildingTypeClass const Sandbag(
+	STRUCT_SANDBAG_WALL,
+	TXT_SANDBAG_WALL,						// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"SBAG",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	2,								// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// PREREQ:		Buildings that must exist first.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		false,		// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		false,		// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		true,			// Always use the given name for the building?
+		true,			// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		false,		// Can this building be captured?
+		false,		// Does it catch fire?
+		false,		// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		false,		// Is it invisible to radar?
+		false,		// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		true,			// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		false,		// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		false,		// Can it be repaired?
+		true,			// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		false,		// Does it contain a crew?
+		true,			// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	1,											// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	0,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	50,										// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	5,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,0,										// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD|
+	HOUSEF_BAD,								// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_ALUMINUM,						// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	0,											// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_11, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List1,				// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)NULL					// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+// Cyclone fence
+static BuildingTypeClass const Cyclone(
+	STRUCT_CYCLONE_WALL,
+	TXT_CYCLONE_WALL,						// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"CYCL",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	5,								// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// PREREQ:		Buildings that must exist first.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		false,		// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		false,		// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		true,			// Always use the given name for the building?
+		true,			// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		false,		// Can this building be captured?
+		false,		// Does it catch fire?
+		false,		// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		false,		// Is it invisible to radar?
+		false,		// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		true,			// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		false,		// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		false,		// Can it be repaired?
+		true,			// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		false,		// Does it contain a crew?
+		true,			// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	1,											// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	0,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	75,										// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	9,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,0,										// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD|
+	HOUSEF_BAD,								// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_ALUMINUM,						// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	0,											// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_11, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List1,				// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)NULL					// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+// Brick wall
+static BuildingTypeClass const Brick(
+	STRUCT_BRICK_WALL,
+	TXT_BRICK_WALL,						// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"BRIK",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	7,								// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// PREREQ:		Buildings that must exist first.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		false,		// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		false,		// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		true,			// Always use the given name for the building?
+		true,			// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		false,		// Can this building be captured?
+		false,		// Does it catch fire?
+		false,		// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		false,		// Is it invisible to radar?
+		false,		// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		true,			// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		false,		// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		false,		// Can it be repaired?
+		true,			// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		false,		// Does it contain a crew?
+		true,			// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	1,											// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	0,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	100,										// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	13,										// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,0,										// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_BAD|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD,							// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_ALUMINUM,						// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	0,											// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_11, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List1,				// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)NULL					// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+// Barbwire wall
+static BuildingTypeClass const Barbwire(
+	STRUCT_BARBWIRE_WALL,
+	TXT_BARBWIRE_WALL,					// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"BARB",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	98,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// PREREQ:		Buildings that must exist first.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		false,		// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		false,		// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		true,			// Always use the given name for the building?
+		true,			// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		false,		// Can this building be captured?
+		false,		// Does it catch fire?
+		false,		// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		false,		// Is it invisible to radar?
+		false,		// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		true,			// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		false,		// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		false,		// Can it be repaired?
+		true,			// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		false,		// Does it contain a crew?
+		true,			// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	1,											// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	0,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	25,										// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	98,										// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,0,										// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_BAD|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_NEUTRAL|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD,							// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_ALUMINUM,						// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	0,											// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_11, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List1,				// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)NULL					// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+// Wood wall
+static BuildingTypeClass const Wood(
+	STRUCT_WOOD_WALL,
+	TXT_WOOD_WALL,							// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	"WOOD",									// NAME:			Short name of the structure.
+	XYP_COORD(0,0),						// Exit point for produced units.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// PREREQ:		Buildings that must exist first.
+		false,		// Has ability to detect adjacent cloaked objects?
+		false,		// Animation rate is regulated for constant speed?
+		false,		// Requires a bib dirt patch?
+		true,			// Always use the given name for the building?
+		true,			// Is this a wall type structure?
+		false,		// Is it a factory type building?
+		false,		// Can this building be captured?
+		false,		// Does it catch fire?
+		false,		// Simple (one frame) damage imagery?
+		false,		// Is it invisible to radar?
+		false,		// Can the player select this?
+		true,			// Is this a legal target for attack or move?
+		true,			// Is this an insignificant building?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		false,		// Theater specific graphic image?
+		false,		// Does it have a rotating turret?
+		false,		// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		false,		// Can it be repaired?
+		true,			// Can it be manufactured by the player?
+		false,		// Does it contain a crew?
+		true,			// Does building care less if placed on concrete?
+	RTTI_NONE,								// The object type produced at this factory.
+	DIR_N,									// Starting idle frame to match construction.
+	1,											// STRNTH:		Full strength of building.
+	0,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	25,										// COST:			Cost to purchase.
+	98,										// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	0,0,										// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_NEUTRAL|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD,							// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_ALUMINUM,						// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	0,											// CANENTER:	Units that can enter building.
+	0,											// CAPACITY:	Spice storage capacity.
+	0,											// POWER:		Power points required.
+	0,											// DRAIN:		Power points required.
+	BSIZE_11, 								// SIZE:			Building size.
+	NULL,										// Preferred exit cell list.
+	(short const *)List1,				// OCCUPYLIST:	List of active foundation squares.
+	(short const *)NULL					// OVERLAPLIST:List of overlap cell offset.
+);
+
+
+BuildingTypeClass const * const BuildingTypeClass::Pointers[STRUCT_COUNT] = {
+	&ClassWeapon,			//	STRUCT_WEAP
+	&ClassGTower,			//	STRUCT_GTOWER
+	&ClassATower,			//	STRUCT_ATOWER
+	&ClassObelisk,			//	STRUCT_OBLISK
+	&ClassCommand,			//	STRUCT_RADAR
+	&ClassTurret,			//	STRUCT_TURRET
+	&ClassConst,			//	STRUCT_CONST
+	&ClassRefinery,		//	STRUCT_REFINERY
+	&ClassStorage,			//	STRUCT_STORAGE
+	&ClassHelipad,			//	STRUCT_HELIPAD
+	&ClassSAM,				//	STRUCT_SAM
+	&ClassAirStrip,		//	STRUCT_AIRSTRIP
+	&ClassPower,			//	STRUCT_POWER
+	&ClassAdvancedPower,	//	STRUCT_POWER
+	&ClassHospital,		//	STRUCT_HOSPITAL
+	&ClassBarracks,		//	STRUCT_BARRACKS
+	&ClassTanker,			//	STRUCT_TANKER
+	&ClassRepair,			//	STRUCT_REPAIR
+	&ClassBioLab,			//	STRUCT_BIO_LAB
+	&ClassHand,				//	STRUCT_HAND
+	&ClassTemple,			// STRUCT_TEMPLE
+	&ClassEye,				//	STRUCT_EYE
+	&ClassMission,			//	STRUCT_MISSION
+
+	&ClassV01,				//	STRUCT_V1
+	&ClassV02,				//	STRUCT_V2
+	&ClassV03,				//	STRUCT_V3
+	&ClassV04,				//	STRUCT_V4
+	&ClassV05,				//	STRUCT_V5
+	&ClassV06,				//	STRUCT_V6
+	&ClassV07,				//	STRUCT_V7
+	&ClassV08,				//	STRUCT_V8
+	&ClassV09,				//	STRUCT_V9
+	&ClassV10,				//	STRUCT_V10
+	&ClassV11,				//	STRUCT_V11
+	&ClassV12,				//	STRUCT_V12
+	&ClassV13,				//	STRUCT_V13
+	&ClassV14,				//	STRUCT_V14
+	&ClassV15,				//	STRUCT_V15
+	&ClassV16,				//	STRUCT_V16
+	&ClassV17,				//	STRUCT_V17
+	&ClassV18,				//	STRUCT_V18
+	&ClassV19,				//	STRUCT_PUMP
+	&ClassV20,				//	STRUCT_V20
+	&ClassV21,				//	STRUCT_V21
+	&ClassV22,				//	STRUCT_V22
+	&ClassV23,				//	STRUCT_V23
+	&ClassV24,				//	STRUCT_V24
+	&ClassV25,				//	STRUCT_V25
+	&ClassV26,				//	STRUCT_V26
+	&ClassV27,				//	STRUCT_V27
+	&ClassV28,				//	STRUCT_V28
+	&ClassV29,				//	STRUCT_V29
+	&ClassV30,				//	STRUCT_V30
+	&ClassV31,				//	STRUCT_V31
+	&ClassV32,				//	STRUCT_V32
+	&ClassV33,				//	STRUCT_V33
+	&ClassV34,				//	STRUCT_V34
+	&ClassV35,				//	STRUCT_V35
+	&ClassV36,				//	STRUCT_V36
+	&ClassV37,				//	STRUCT_V37
+#ifdef OBSOLETE
+	&ClassRoad,				// STRUCT_ROAD
+#endif
+	&Sandbag,				// STRUCT_SANDBAG_WALL
+	&Cyclone,				//	STRUCT_CYCLONE_WALL
+	&Brick,					// STRUCT_BRICK_WALL
+	&Barbwire,				// STRUCT_BARBWIRE_WALL
+	&Wood,					//	STRUCT_WOOD_WALL
+};
+
+void const *WarFactoryOverlay;
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingTypeClass::BuildingTypeClass -- This is the constructor for the building types.     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the constructor used to create the building types.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   see below...                                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/29/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+BuildingTypeClass::BuildingTypeClass(
+						StructType type,
+						int name,
+						char const *ininame,
+						COORDINATE exitpoint,
+						unsigned char level,
+						long pre,
+						bool is_scanner,
+						bool is_regulated,
+						bool is_bibbed,
+						bool is_nominal,
+						bool is_wall,
+						bool is_factory,
+						bool is_captureable,
+						bool is_flammable,
+						bool is_simpledamage,
+						bool is_stealthy,
+						bool is_selectable,
+						bool is_legal_target,
+						bool is_insignificant,
+						bool is_immune,
+						bool is_theater,
+						bool is_turret_equipped,
+						bool is_twoshooter,
+						bool is_repairable,
+						bool is_buildable,
+						bool is_crew,
+						bool is_sturdy,
+						RTTIType tobuild,
+						DirType sframe,
+						unsigned short strength,
+						int sightrange,
+						int cost,
+						int scenario,
+						int risk,
+						int reward,
+						int ownable,
+						WeaponType primary, WeaponType secondary,
+						ArmorType armor,
+						unsigned long canenter,
+						unsigned capacity,
+						int power,
+						int drain,
+						BSizeType size,
+						short const *exitlist,
+						short const *sizelist,
+						short const *overlap) :
+								TechnoTypeClass(name,
+													ininame,
+													level,
+													pre,
+													false,
+													is_scanner,
+													is_nominal,
+													false,
+													is_flammable,
+													false,
+													is_stealthy,
+													is_selectable,
+													is_legal_target,
+													is_insignificant,
+													is_immune,
+													is_theater,
+													is_twoshooter,
+													is_turret_equipped,
+													is_repairable,
+													is_buildable,
+													is_crew,
+													-1,
+													strength*2,
+													MPH_IMMOBILE,
+													sightrange,
+													cost,
+													scenario,
+													risk,
+													reward,
+													ownable,
+													primary,
+													secondary,
+													armor)
+{
+	CanEnter = canenter;
+	Capacity = capacity;
+	Drain = drain;
+	ExitList = exitlist;
+	ExitPoint = exitpoint;
+	IsBibbed = is_bibbed;
+	IsCaptureable = is_captureable;
+	IsFactory = is_factory;
+	IsRegulated = is_regulated;
+	IsSimpleDamage = is_simpledamage;
+	IsSturdy = is_sturdy;
+	IsWall = is_wall;
+	OccupyList = sizelist;
+	OverlapList = overlap;
+	Power = power;
+	Size = size;
+	StartFace = sframe;
+	ToBuild = tobuild;
+	Type = type;
+
+	Anims[BSTATE_CONSTRUCTION].Start = 0;
+	Anims[BSTATE_CONSTRUCTION].Count = 1;
+	Anims[BSTATE_CONSTRUCTION].Rate = 0;
+
+	Anims[BSTATE_IDLE].Start = 0;
+	Anims[BSTATE_IDLE].Count = 1;
+	Anims[BSTATE_IDLE].Rate = 0;
+
+	Anims[BSTATE_ACTIVE].Start = 0;
+	Anims[BSTATE_ACTIVE].Count = 1;
+	Anims[BSTATE_ACTIVE].Rate = 0;
+
+	Anims[BSTATE_AUX1].Start = 0;
+	Anims[BSTATE_AUX1].Count = 1;
+	Anims[BSTATE_AUX1].Rate = 0;
+
+	Anims[BSTATE_AUX2].Start = 0;
+	Anims[BSTATE_AUX2].Count = 1;
+	Anims[BSTATE_AUX2].Rate = 0;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingTypeClass::One_Time -- Performs special one time action for buildings.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to do the one time action necessary to handle building type class   *
+ *    objects. This entails loading of the building shapes and the brain file used by          *
+ *    buildings.                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   This routine should only be called ONCE.                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/28/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   06/11/1994 JLB : Updated construction time and frame count logic.                         *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void BuildingTypeClass::One_Time(void)
+{
+	static const struct {
+		StructType	Class;			// Building class number.
+		BStateType	Stage;			// Animation sequence to assign animation range to.
+		int			Start;			// Starting frame number.
+		int			Length;			// Number of frames (-1 means use all frames).
+		int			Rate;				// Rate of animation.
+	} _anims[] = {
+		{STRUCT_OBELISK,	BSTATE_ACTIVE,			0,	4,	OBELISK_ANIMATION_RATE},
+		{STRUCT_ADVANCED_POWER,	BSTATE_IDLE,	0,	4,	15},
+		{STRUCT_AIRSTRIP,	BSTATE_IDLE,			0,	16,3},
+		{STRUCT_BARRACKS,	BSTATE_ACTIVE,			0,	10,3},
+		{STRUCT_BARRACKS,	BSTATE_IDLE,			0,	10,3},
+		{STRUCT_CONST,		BSTATE_ACTIVE,			4,	20,3},
+		{STRUCT_CONST,		BSTATE_IDLE,			0,	4,	3},
+		{STRUCT_EYE,		BSTATE_IDLE,			0,	16,4},
+		{STRUCT_HELIPAD,	BSTATE_ACTIVE,			0,	7,	4},
+		{STRUCT_HELIPAD,	BSTATE_IDLE,			0,	0,	0},
+		{STRUCT_HOSPITAL,	BSTATE_IDLE,			0,	4,	3},
+		{STRUCT_POWER,		BSTATE_IDLE,			0,	4,	15},
+		{STRUCT_PUMP,		BSTATE_IDLE,			0,	14,4},
+		{STRUCT_RADAR,		BSTATE_IDLE,			0,	16,4},
+		{STRUCT_REFINERY,	BSTATE_ACTIVE,			12,7,	4},	// Docking phase.
+		{STRUCT_REFINERY,	BSTATE_AUX1,			19,5,	4},	// Siphoning phase.
+		{STRUCT_REFINERY,	BSTATE_AUX2,			24,6,	4},	// Undocking phase.
+		{STRUCT_REFINERY,	BSTATE_IDLE,			0,	6,	4},	// Idle phase.
+		{STRUCT_REFINERY,	BSTATE_FULL,			6,	6,	4},	// Flashing lights
+		{STRUCT_REPAIR,	BSTATE_ACTIVE,			0,	7,	2},
+		{STRUCT_REPAIR,	BSTATE_IDLE,			0,	1,	0},
+		{STRUCT_TEMPLE,	BSTATE_IDLE,			0,	1,	0},
+		{STRUCT_V20,		BSTATE_IDLE,			0,	3,	3},
+		{STRUCT_V21,		BSTATE_IDLE,			0,	3,	3},
+		{STRUCT_V22,		BSTATE_IDLE,			0,	3,	3},
+		{STRUCT_V23,		BSTATE_IDLE,			0,	3,	3},
+		{STRUCT_WEAP,		BSTATE_ACTIVE,			0,	1,	0},
+		{STRUCT_WEAP,		BSTATE_IDLE,			0,	1,	0},
+		{STRUCT_TEMPLE,	BSTATE_ACTIVE,			0,	5,	1},
+	};
+
+	for (StructType sindex = STRUCT_FIRST; sindex < STRUCT_COUNT; sindex++) {
+		char	fullname[_MAX_FNAME+_MAX_EXT];
+		char	buffer[_MAX_FNAME];
+		BuildingTypeClass const & building = As_Reference(sindex);
+
+		/*
+		**	Fetch the sidebar cameo image for this building.
+		*/
+		if (building.IsBuildable) {
+			if ( Get_Resolution_Factor() ) {
+				sprintf(buffer, "%sICNH", building.IniName);
+			} else {
+				sprintf(buffer, "%sICON", building.IniName);
+			}
+			_makepath(fullname, NULL, NULL, buffer, ".SHP");
+			((void const *&)building.CameoData) = MixFileClass::Retrieve(fullname);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Fetch the construction animation for this building.
+		*/
+		sprintf(buffer, "%sMAKE", building.IniName);
+		_makepath(fullname, NULL, NULL, buffer, ".SHP");
+		void const * dataptr = MixFileClass::Retrieve(fullname);
+		((void const *&)building.BuildupData) = dataptr;
+		if (dataptr) {
+			int timedelay = 1;
+			int count = Get_Build_Frame_Count(dataptr);
+			if (count) {
+				timedelay = (5 * TICKS_PER_SECOND) / count;
+			}
+			building.Init_Anim(BSTATE_CONSTRUCTION, 0, count, timedelay);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Fetch the normal game shape for this building.
+		*/
+		_makepath(fullname, NULL, NULL, building.IniName, ".SHP");
+		((void const *&)building.ImageData) = MixFileClass::Retrieve(fullname);
+	}
+
+	// Try to load weap2.shp
+	char fullname[_MAX_FNAME+_MAX_EXT];
+	_makepath(fullname, NULL, NULL, (char const *)"WEAP2",".SHP");
+	WarFactoryOverlay = MixFileClass::Retrieve(fullname);
+
+	/*
+	**	Install all the special animation sequences for the different building types.
+	*/
+	for (unsigned index = 0; index < (sizeof(_anims) / sizeof(_anims[0])); index++) {
+		BuildingTypeClass const *b = &As_Reference(_anims[index].Class);
+		if (b) {
+			b->Init_Anim(_anims[index].Stage, _anims[index].Start, _anims[index].Length, _anims[index].Rate);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Struct_From_Name -- Find BData structure from its name.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will convert an ASCII name for a building class into                        *
+ *    the actual building class it represents.                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   name  -- ASCII representation of a building class.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the actual building class number that the string                      *
+ *          represents.                                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/07/1992 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   05/02/1994 JLB : Converted to member function.                                            *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+StructType BuildingTypeClass::From_Name(char const *name)
+{
+	if (name) {
+		for (StructType classid = STRUCT_FIRST; classid < STRUCT_COUNT; classid++) {
+			if (stricmp(As_Reference(classid).IniName, name) == 0) {
+				return(classid);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return(STRUCT_NONE);
+}
+
+
+#ifdef SCENARIO_EDITOR
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingTypeClass::Display -- Renders a generic view of building.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to display a generic representation of the                          *
+ *    building. Typical use of this occurs with the scenario editor.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   x,y      -- Coordinate to display the building (centered).                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          window   -- The window the building should be rendered                             *
+ *                      relative to.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          house    -- The house color to use for the building.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/23/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void BuildingTypeClass::Display(int x, int y, WindowNumberType window, HousesType house) const
+{
+	void const * ptr = Get_Cameo_Data();
+	if (!ptr) {
+		ptr = Get_Image_Data();
+	}
+	CC_Draw_Shape(ptr, 0, x, y, window, SHAPE_FADING|SHAPE_CENTER|SHAPE_WIN_REL, HouseTypeClass::As_Reference(house).RemapTable);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingTypeClass::Prep_For_Add -- Prepares scenario editor for adding a                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to prepare the scenario editor for the addition                     *
+ *    of a building object to the game.                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/23/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   06/04/1994 JLB : Uses map editing interface routines.                                     *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void BuildingTypeClass::Prep_For_Add(void)
+{
+	for (StructType index = STRUCT_FIRST; index < STRUCT_COUNT; index++) {
+		if (As_Reference(index).Get_Image_Data()) {
+			Map.Add_To_List(&As_Reference(index));
+		}
+	}
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingTypeClass::Create_And_Place -- Creates and places a building object onto the map.   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used by the scenario editor to create and place buildings on the map.    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   cell     -- The cell that the building is to be placed upon.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          house    -- The owner of the building.                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the building successfully created and placed on the map?                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/28/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool BuildingTypeClass::Create_And_Place(CELL cell, HousesType house) const
+{
+	BuildingClass * ptr;
+
+	ptr = new BuildingClass(Type, house);
+	if (ptr) {
+		return(ptr->Unlimbo(Cell_Coord(cell), DIR_N));
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingTypeClass::Create_One_Of -- Creates a building of this type.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will create a building object of this type. The building object is in a     *
+ *    limbo state. It is presumed that the building object will be unlimboed at the correct    *
+ *    place and time. Typical use is when the building is created in a factory situation       *
+ *    and will be placed on the map when construction completes.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   house -- Pointer to the house that is to be the owner of the building.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the building. If the building could not be created       *
+ *          then a NULL is returned.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/07/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+ObjectClass * BuildingTypeClass::Create_One_Of(HouseClass * house) const
+{
+	HousesType htype = HOUSE_NEUTRAL;
+	if (house) {
+		htype = house->Class->House;
+	}
+	return(new BuildingClass(Type, htype));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingTypeClass::Init_Anim -- Initialize an animation control for a building.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will initialize one animation control element for a                         *
+ *    specified building. This modifies a "const" class and thus must                          *
+ *    perform some strategic casting to get away with this.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   state -- The animation state to apply these data values to.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          start -- Starting frame for the building's animation.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          count -- The number of frames in this animation.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          rate  -- The countdown timer between animation frames.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   04/18/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void BuildingTypeClass::Init_Anim(BStateType state, int start, int count, int rate) const
+{
+	((int &)Anims[state].Start) = start;
+	((int &)Anims[state].Count) = count;
+	((int &)Anims[state].Rate) = rate;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingTypeClass::Legal_Placement -- Determines if building can be legally placed at pos.  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to determine if a building can be legally                           *
+ *    placed at the specified position. Buildings can only be placed on                        *
+ *    unoccupied rock terrain.                                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   pos   -- Position that the building would be placed (up-left)                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  0=illegal, 1=on concrete, -1..-8=part on concrete.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/15/1991 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   04/26/1992 JLB : Concrete and scenario init adjustment.                                   *
+ *   05/06/1992 JLB : Good, Bad, and Adjacent checking added.                                  *
+ *   08/09/1992 JLB : Determines full or partial concrete foundation.                          *
+ *   06/07/1994 JLB : Handles concrete special check.                                          *
+ *   06/21/1994 JLB : Converted to building type class member function.                        *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int BuildingTypeClass::Legal_Placement(CELL pos) const
+{
+	short const	*offset;		// Pointer to cell offset list.
+
+	if (pos == -1) return(false);
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+	/*
+	**	Concrete has special checking performed to determine legal placement. Concrete
+	**	can legally be placed if there is any cell that would be affected by the concrete
+	**	placement. Unlike other buildings, only one cell needs to be effective in order
+	**	to flag legal placement for the entire "structure".
+	*/
+	if (Type == STRUCT_CONCRETE_NOD || Type == STRUCT_CONCRETE_GDI) {
+		offset = Occupy_List();
+		while (*offset != REFRESH_EOL) {
+			if (!Map.Cell_Template(pos + (CELL)*offset++)) {
+				return(true);
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	No squares would be affected by concrete placement so consider legal
+		**	placement query to be false.
+		*/
+		return(false);
+	}
+#endif
+
+	/*
+	**	Normal buildings must check to see that every foundation square is free of
+	**	obstacles. If this check passes for all foundation squares, only then does the
+	**	routine return that it is legal to place.
+	*/
+	offset = Occupy_List(true);
+	while (*offset != REFRESH_EOL) {
+		CELL cell = pos + *offset++;
+		if (!Map.In_Radar(cell)) return(false);
+		if (!Map[cell].Is_Generally_Clear()) {
+			return(false);
+		}
+	}
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingTypeClass::Who_Can_Build_Me -- Determines which factory can create the building.    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to determine which building is available to build the building. If      *
+ *    there are no suitable buildings, then NULL is returned. Typical use of this function is  *
+ *    to maintain the construction list sidebar.                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   intheory -- If true, then it merely checks for a building of the proper ownership  *
+ *                      when determining if construction is allowed. It doesn't consider the   *
+ *                      possibility that the construction building is currently busy or not.   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          legal    -- Should building prerequisite legality checks be performed as well?     *
+ *                      For building placements, this is usually false. For sidebar button     *
+ *                      adding, this is usually true.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          house    -- The owner of the building to be built. Only construction buildings of  *
+ *                      the same ownership are allowed to build.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the construction object (building) that can build        *
+ *          the building type.                                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/29/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   01/02/1995 JLB : Scans in reverse order so that later buildings are biased.               *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+BuildingClass * BuildingTypeClass::Who_Can_Build_Me(bool intheory, bool legal, HousesType house) const
+{
+	for (int index = Buildings.Count()-1; index >= 0; index--) {
+		BuildingClass * building = Buildings.Ptr(index);
+
+		if (building && !building->IsInLimbo &&
+				building->House->Class->House == house &&
+				building->Class->ToBuild == RTTI_BUILDINGTYPE &&
+				building->Mission != MISSION_DECONSTRUCTION &&
+				((1L << building->ActLike) & Ownable) &&
+				(!legal || building->House->Can_Build(Type, building->ActLike)) &&
+				(intheory || !building->In_Radio_Contact())) {
+			return(building);
+		}
+	}
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingTypeClass::Init -- Performs theater specific initialization.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to perform any initialization that is custom per theater.           *
+ *    Typically, this is fetching the building shape data for those building types that have   *
+ *    theater specific art.                                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   theater  -- The theater to base this initialization on.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/21/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void BuildingTypeClass::Init(TheaterType theater)
+{
+	if (theater != LastTheater){
+		char fullname[_MAX_FNAME+_MAX_EXT];
+
+		for (StructType sindex = STRUCT_FIRST; sindex < STRUCT_COUNT; sindex++) {
+			BuildingTypeClass const *classptr = &As_Reference(sindex);
+
+			if (classptr->IsTheater) {
+				_makepath(fullname, NULL, NULL, classptr->IniName, Theaters[theater].Suffix);
+				((void const *&)classptr->ImageData) = MixFileClass::Retrieve(fullname);
+			}
+
+			if ( Get_Resolution_Factor() ) {
+				char buffer[_MAX_FNAME];
+				char fullname[_MAX_FNAME+_MAX_EXT];
+				void const * cameo_ptr;
+
+				((void const *&)classptr->CameoData) = NULL;
+
+				sprintf(buffer, "%.4sICNH", classptr->IniName);
+				_makepath (fullname, NULL, NULL, buffer, Theaters[theater].Suffix);
+				cameo_ptr = MixFileClass::Retrieve(fullname);
+				if (cameo_ptr){
+					((void const *&)classptr->CameoData) = cameo_ptr;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingTypeClass::Dimensions -- Fetches the pixel dimensions of the building.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will fetch the dimensions of the building (in pixels). These dimensions are *
+ *    used to render the selection rectangle and the health bar.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   width    -- Reference to the pixel width (to be filled in).                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          height   -- Reference to the pixel height (to be filled in).                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/23/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void BuildingTypeClass::Dimensions(int &width, int &height) const
+{
+	static struct {
+		int Width;
+		int Height;
+	} _dimensions[BSIZE_COUNT] = {
+		{1,1},
+		{2,1},
+		{1,2},
+		{2,2},
+		{2,3},
+		{3,2},
+		{3,3},
+		{4,2},
+		{5,5}
+	};
+
+	width = _dimensions[Size].Width * ICON_PIXEL_W;
+	width -= (width/5);
+	height = _dimensions[Size].Height * ICON_PIXEL_H;
+	height -= (height/5);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingTypeClass::As_Reference -- Fetches reference to the building type specified.        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will fetch a reference to the BuildingTypeClass as indicated by the         *
+ *    building type number specified.                                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   type  -- The building type number to convert into a BuildingTypeClass reference.   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a reference to the building type class as indicated by the            *
+ *          parameter.                                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/23/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+BuildingTypeClass const & BuildingTypeClass::As_Reference(StructType type)
+{
+	return(* Pointers[type]);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingTypeClass::Occupy_List -- Fetches the occupy list for the building.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to fetch the occupy list pointer for the building. The occupy list is   *
+ *    used to determine what cells the building occupies and thus precludes other buildings    *
+ *    or objects from using.                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   placement   -- Is this for placement legality checking only? The normal condition  *
+ *                         is for marking occupation flags.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to a cell offset list to be used to determine what cells    *
+ *          this building occupies.                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/23/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+short const * BuildingTypeClass::Occupy_List(bool placement) const
+{
+	SmudgeType bib = SMUDGE_NONE;
+	CELL cell=0;
+
+	if ((placement && Bib_And_Offset(bib, cell)) || (Special.IsRoad && (*this == STRUCT_BARRACKS || (placement && *this == STRUCT_REFINERY)))) {
+
+		/*
+		**	The barracks is always considered to have a bib under it for placement reasons even
+		**	if the bib logic is turned off.
+		*/
+		if (Special.IsRoad && *this == STRUCT_BARRACKS) {
+			bib = SMUDGE_BIB3;
+			cell = 0;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	If bibs are disabled, then always ensure that the refinery bib is marked
+		**	as occupied.
+		*/
+		if (Special.IsRoad && *this == STRUCT_REFINERY) {
+			bib = SMUDGE_BIB2;
+			cell = MAP_CELL_W;
+		}
+
+		SmudgeTypeClass const & smudge = SmudgeTypeClass::As_Reference(bib);
+		static short _list[25];
+		short * dest = &_list[0];
+
+		/*
+		**	Copy the bib overlap list into the working buffer.
+		*/
+		short const * src = smudge.Occupy_List();
+		while (*src != REFRESH_EOL) {
+			*dest++ = (*src++) + cell;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Append the building occupy list to this working buffer.
+		*/
+		src = OccupyList;
+		while (src && *src != REFRESH_EOL) {
+			*dest++ = *src++;
+		}
+		*dest = REFRESH_EOL;
+
+		return(&_list[0]);
+	}
+
+	if (OccupyList) {
+		return(OccupyList);
+	}
+
+	static short const _templap[] = {REFRESH_EOL};
+	return(&_templap[0]);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingTypeClass::Overlap_List -- Fetches the overlap list for the building.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will fetch the overlap list for the building. The overlap list is used      *
+ *    to determine what cells the building's graphics cover, but is not considered to occupy   *
+ *    for movement purposes.                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the cell offset list that is used to determine the       *
+ *          cells that this building overlaps.                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/23/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+short const * BuildingTypeClass::Overlap_List(void) const
+{
+	if (OverlapList) {
+		return(OverlapList);
+	}
+
+	static short const _templap[] = {REFRESH_EOL};
+	return(&_templap[0]);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingTypeClass::Width -- Determines width of bulding in icons.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to determine the width of the building type in icons.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the building width in icons.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   02/23/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int BuildingTypeClass::Width(void) const
+{
+	static int width[BSIZE_COUNT] = {
+		1,
+		2,
+		1,
+		2,
+		2,
+		3,
+		3,
+		4,
+		5
+	};
+	return(width[Size]);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingTypeClass::Height -- Determins the height of the building in icons.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to find the height of the building in icons.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the building height in icons.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   02/23/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int BuildingTypeClass::Height(void) const
+{
+	static int height[BSIZE_COUNT] = {
+		1,
+		1,
+		2,
+		2,
+		3,
+		2,
+		3,
+		2,
+		5
+	};
+	return(height[Size]);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingTypeClass::Repair_Cost -- Determines cost per "step" of repair.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to determine how much it will cost to repair the building one           *
+ *    step. A step is defined as the number of hit points returned from the Repair_Step()      *
+ *    function.                                                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the credit cost to repair this building one step.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   02/23/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int BuildingTypeClass::Repair_Cost(void) const
+{
+	int cost = (Raw_Cost()*REPAIR_STEP) / MaxStrength;
+	cost /= 2;
+	cost = MAX(cost, 1);
+	cost = Fixed_To_Cardinal(cost, REPAIR_PERCENT);
+	return(MAX(cost, 1));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingTypeClass::Repair_Step -- Determines the repair step rate.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will determine how many strength points get healed for each "step". The     *
+ *    cost to repair one step is determine from the Repair_Cost() function.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the number of health points repaired for each "step".                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   02/23/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int BuildingTypeClass::Repair_Step(void) const
+{
+	return(REPAIR_STEP);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingTypeClass::Bib_And_Offset -- Determines the bib and appropriate cell offset.        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to determine what (if any) bib should be used for this building     *
+ *    and also the cell offset for the upper left corner of the bib smudge type.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   bib   -- Reference to the bib that should be used for this building.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          cell  -- The cell offset for the upper left corner of the bib. This offset is      *
+ *                   relative to the upper left corner of the building.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Is a bib required for this building? If the result is true, then the correct       *
+ *          bib and cell offset will be filled in.                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/23/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool BuildingTypeClass::Bib_And_Offset(SmudgeType & bib, CELL & cell) const
+{
+	bib = SMUDGE_NONE;
+
+	if (IsBibbed && !Special.IsRoad) {
+		switch (Width()) {
+			case 2:
+				bib = SMUDGE_BIB3;
+				break;
+
+			case 3:
+				bib = SMUDGE_BIB2;
+				break;
+
+			case 4:
+				bib = SMUDGE_BIB1;
+				break;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Adjust the bib position for special buildings that have the bib as part
+		**	of the building art itself.
+		*/
+		if (bib != SMUDGE_NONE) {
+			cell += ((Height()-1)*MAP_CELL_W);
+		}
+	}
+	return(bib != SMUDGE_NONE);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingTypeClass::Max_Pips -- Determines the maximum pips to display.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to determine the maximum number of pips to display on this building     *
+ *    when it is rendered. Typically, this is the tiberium capacity divided by 100.            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the number of pips to display on this building when selected.         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/29/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int BuildingTypeClass::Max_Pips(void) const
+{
+	return(Bound(Capacity/100, 0, 10));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingTypeClass::Full_Name -- Fetches the full name text number.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will fetch the full name of this building (expressed as a text number).     *
+ *    If special civilian names are enabled, then the civilian buildings will show their true  *
+ *    name rather than "civilian building".                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the full name of this building.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/29/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   07/17/1995 JLB : Village wells will always have their name displayed.                     *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int BuildingTypeClass::Full_Name(void) const
+{
+	if (::Scenario == 3 && Type == STRUCT_MISSION) {
+		return(TXT_PRISON);
+	}
+	if (!IsNominal || Special.IsNamed || IsWall || Debug_Map || Type == STRUCT_V23 || Type == STRUCT_V30 || Type == STRUCT_MISSION || Type == STRUCT_BIO_LAB) {
+		return(TechnoTypeClass::Full_Name());
+	}
+	return(TXT_CIVILIAN_BUILDING);
+}
+
+
+int BuildingTypeClass::Raw_Cost(void) const
+{
+#ifdef PATCH
+	/*
+	**	Forces the turret cost down to original 250 for old
+	**	version games.
+	*/
+	if (IsV107 && Type == STRUCT_TURRET && GameToPlay != GAME_NORMAL) {
+		return(250);
+	}
+#endif
+
+	int cost = TechnoTypeClass::Raw_Cost();
+
+	if (Type == STRUCT_HELIPAD) {
+		cost -= AircraftTypeClass::As_Reference(AIRCRAFT_ORCA).Cost;
+	}
+	if (Type == STRUCT_REFINERY) {
+		cost -= UnitTypeClass::As_Reference(UNIT_HARVESTER).Cost;
+	}
+	return(cost);
+}
+
+
+int BuildingTypeClass::Cost_Of(void) const
+{
+	if (Special.IsSeparate && Type == STRUCT_HELIPAD) {
+		return(Raw_Cost());
+	}
+
+#ifdef PATCH
+	/*
+	**	Forces the turret cost down to original 250 for old
+	**	version games.
+	*/
+	if (IsV107 && Type == STRUCT_TURRET && GameToPlay != GAME_NORMAL) {
+		return(250);
+	}
+#endif
+
+	return(TechnoTypeClass::Cost_Of());
+}
diff --git a/BFILE.MAK b/BFILE.MAK
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..72f1434
--- /dev/null
+++ b/BFILE.MAK
@@ -0,0 +1,3406 @@
+#
+#	Command & Conquer(tm)
+#	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+#
+#	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+#	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+#	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+#	(at your option) any later version.
+#
+#	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+#	GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+#	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+#
+
+# $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\bfile.mav   1.14   02 Aug 1995 17:04:30   JOE_BOSTIC  $
+#***************************************************************************
+#**   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D    S T U D I O S        **
+#***************************************************************************
+#*                                                                         *
+#*                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        *
+#*                                                                         *
+#*                    File Name : MAKEFILE                                 *
+#*                                                                         *
+#*                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                            *
+#*                                                                         *
+#*                   Start Date : March 25, 1993                           *
+#*                                                                         *
+#*                  Last Update : March 25, 1993   [JLB]                   *
+#*                                                                         *
+#*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+
+
+# Comment out the following line to disable "include file autodependency".
+.AUTODEPEND
+#.SWAP
+
+!include	"rules.mak"
+
+#
+# Name of the executable (without extension).  Presumes .EXE
+#
+EXE       = conquer
+
+
+##########################################################################
+
+
+# Village of the Unfortunate
+# Deja View
+SC001 = \
+	EXPAND.DAT \
+	..\maps\expand\SCG20EA.INI \
+	..\maps\expand\SCG20EA.BIN \
+	..\maps\expand\SCG21EA.INI \
+	..\maps\expand\SCG21EA.BIN \
+	SCM75EA.INI \
+	SCM75EA.BIN \
+	SCM76EA.INI \
+	SCM76EA.BIN \
+
+# Desert Shores
+# Crete
+SC002 = \
+	EXPAND.DAT \
+	SCM20EA.INI \
+	SCM20EA.BIN \
+	SCM81EA.INI \
+	SCM81EA.BIN \
+
+# The Great Race
+# A Long Way From Home
+SC003 = \
+	EXPAND.DAT \
+	SCM82EA.INI \
+	SCM82EA.BIN \
+	SCM90EA.INI \
+	SCM90EA.BIN \
+
+
+
+MAPFILES = \
+	MLTIPLYR.WSA \
+	GREYERTH.WSA \
+	AFRICA.WSA \
+	E-BWTOCL.WSA \
+#	EARTH_A.WSA \
+#	S_AFRICA.WSA \
+	CLICK_SA.CPS \
+	CLICK_A.CPS \
+#	BOSNIA.WSA \
+	CLICK_E.CPS \
+	CLICK_EB.CPS \
+	DARK_E.PAL \
+#	EARTH_E.WSA \
+	EUROPE.WSA \
+	S-GDIIN2.WSA \
+	SCRSCN1.WSA \
+	DARK_B.PAL \
+	DARK_SA.PAL \
+	SATSEL.PAL \
+	SATSEL.CPS \
+#	CHOSEGDI.WSA \
+#	CHOSENOD.WSA \
+
+CACHEMAP = \
+	COUNTRYA.SHP \
+	COUNTRYE.SHP \
+	TIME.SHP \
+	HISCORE1.SHP \
+	HISCORE2.SHP \
+	BAR3RED.SHP \
+	BAR3YLW.SHP \
+	LOGOS.SHP \
+	CREDS.SHP \
+
+LOCALFILES = \
+	CONQUER.ENG \
+	SCOREFNT.FNT \
+	GRAD6FNT.FNT \
+	3POINT.FNT \
+	6POINT.FNT \
+	8POINT.FNT \
+	8FAT.FNT \
+	FONT12.FNT \
+	FONT6.FNT \
+	LED.FNT \
+	VCR.FNT \
+	TEMPERAT.PAL \
+	MOUSE.SHP \
+
+UPDATECFILES = \
+	HPIPS.SHP \
+	HPIPS_G.SHP \
+	HPIPS_F.SHP \
+	HBTN-DN.SHP \
+	HBTN-UP.SHP \
+	HBTN-DN2.SHP \
+	HBTN-UP2.SHP \
+	HSIDE1.SHP \
+	HSIDE2.SHP \
+	HPWRBAR.SHP \
+	HREPAIR.SHP \
+	HSELL.SHP \
+	HMAP.SHP \
+	HREPAIRG.SHP \
+	HSELLG.SHP \
+	HMAPG.SHP \
+	HREPAIRF.SHP \
+	HSELLF.SHP \
+	HMAPF.SHP \
+	BTN-STH.SHP \
+	BTN-PLH.SHP \
+	HRADAR.GDI \
+	HRADAR.NOD \
+	HRADAR.JP \
+	HCLOCK.SHP \
+	HPOWER.SHP \
+	HSTRIP.SHP \
+	HSTRIPDN.SHP \
+	HSTRIPUP.SHP \
+	HTABS.SHP \
+	BTEXTURE.SHP \
+	GRAD12FN.FNT \
+#	EYEICNH.SHP \
+#	BOMBICNH.SHP \
+#	ATOMICNH.SHP \
+#	IONICNH.SHP \
+#	A10ICNH.SHP \
+#	AFLDICNH.SHP \
+#	APCICNH.SHP \
+#	ARCOICNH.SHP \
+#	ARTYICNH.SHP \
+#	ATWRICNH.SHP \
+#	BARBICNH.SHP \
+#	BGGYICNH.SHP \
+#	BIKEICNH.SHP \
+#	BIOICNH.SHP \
+#	BOATICNH.SHP \
+#	BRIKICNH.SHP \
+#	C17ICNH.SHP \
+#	CYCLICNH.SHP \
+#	E1ICNH.SHP \
+#	E2ICNH.SHP \
+#	E3ICNH.SHP \
+#	E4ICNH.SHP \
+#	E5ICNH.SHP \
+#	E6ICNH.SHP \
+#	FACTICNH.SHP \
+#	FIXICNH.SHP \
+#	FTNKICNH.SHP \
+#	GTWRICNH.SHP \
+#	GUNICNH.SHP \
+#	HANDICNH.SHP \
+#	HARVICNH.SHP \
+#	HELIICNH.SHP \
+#	HOSPICNH.SHP \
+#	HPADICNH.SHP \
+#	HQICNH.SHP \
+#	HTNKICNH.SHP \
+#	JEEPICNH.SHP \
+#	LSTICNH.SHP \
+#	LTNKICNH.SHP \
+#	MCVICNH.SHP \
+#	MHQICNH.SHP \
+#	MLRSICNH.SHP \
+#	MTNKICNH.SHP \
+#	NUKEICNH.SHP \
+#	NUK2ICNH.SHP \
+#	ORCAICNH.SHP \
+#	OBLIICNH.SHP \
+#	PROCICNH.SHP \
+#	PUMPICNH.SHP \
+#	PYLEICNH.SHP \
+#	RMBOICNH.SHP \
+#	ROADICNH.SHP \
+#	SAMICNH.SHP \
+#	SBAGICNH.SHP \
+#	SILOICNH.SHP \
+#	STNKICNH.SHP \
+#	TMPLICNH.SHP \
+#	TRANICNH.SHP \
+#	WEAPICNH.SHP \
+#	WOODICNH.SHP \
+#	MSAMICNH.SHP \
+
+
+UPDATEFILES = \
+#	DESERT.PAL \
+#	LASTSCEN.PAL \
+	ATTRACT2.CPS \
+	LASTSCNG.PAL \
+	LASTSCNB.PAL \
+	MAP1.PAL \
+	MAP_GRY2.PAL \
+	MAP_LOC2.PAL \
+	MAP_LOC3.PAL \
+	MAP_LOCL.PAL \
+	MAP_PROG.PAL \
+	MULTSCOR.PAL \
+	SATSELIN.PAL \
+	SCORPAL1.PAL \
+	SIDES.PAL \
+	SNODPAL1.PAL \
+	AIRSTRK.VQP \
+	AKIRA.VQP \
+	BANNER.VQP \
+	BCANYON.VQP \
+	BKGROUND.VQP \
+	BOMBAWAY.VQP \
+	BOMBFLEE.VQP \
+	BURDET1.VQP \
+	BURDET2.VQP \
+	CC2TEASE.VQP \
+	OLDCC2T.VQP \
+	CCLOGO.VQP \
+	CONSYARD.VQP \
+	DESFLEES.VQP \
+	DESKILL.VQP \
+	DESOLAT.VQP \
+	DESSWEEP.VQP \
+	DINO.VQP \
+	FLAG.VQP \
+	FLYY.VQP \
+	FORESTKL.VQP \
+	GAMEOVER.VQP \
+	GDI1.VQP \
+	GDI10.VQP \
+	GDI11.VQP \
+	GDI12.VQP \
+	GDI13.VQP \
+	GDI14.VQP \
+	GDI15.VQP \
+	GDI2.VQP \
+	GDI3.VQP \
+	GDI3LOSE.VQP \
+	GDI4A.VQP \
+	GDI4B.VQP \
+	GDI5.VQP \
+	GDI6.VQP \
+	GDI7.VQP \
+	GDI8A.VQP \
+	GDI8B.VQP \
+	GDI9.VQP \
+	GDIEND1.VQP \
+	GDIEND2.VQP \
+	GDIFINA.VQP \
+	GDIFINB.VQP \
+	GDILOSE.VQP \
+	GENERIC.VQP \
+	GUNBOAT.VQP \
+	HELLVALY.VQP \
+	INSITES.VQP \
+	INTRO2.VQP \
+	KANEPRE.VQP \
+	LANDING.VQP \
+	LOGO.VQP \
+	NAPALM.VQP \
+	NEWLOGO.VQP \
+	NITEJUMP.VQP \
+	NOD1.VQP \
+	NOD10A.VQP \
+	NOD10B.VQP \
+	NOD11.VQP \
+	NOD12.VQP \
+	NOD13.VQP \
+	NOD1PRE.VQP \
+	NOD2.VQP \
+	NOD3.VQP \
+	NOD4A.VQP \
+	NOD4B.VQP \
+	NOD5.VQP \
+	NOD6.VQP \
+	NOD7A.VQP \
+	NOD7B.VQP \
+	NOD8.VQP \
+	NOD9.VQP \
+	NODEND1.VQP \
+	NODEND2.VQP \
+	NODEND3.VQP \
+	NODEND4.VQP \
+	NODFINAL.VQP \
+	NODFLEES.VQP \
+	NODLOSE.VQP \
+	NODSWEEP.VQP \
+	NUKE.VQP \
+	OBEL.VQP \
+	PARATROP.VQP \
+	PINTLE.VQP \
+	PLANECRA.VQP \
+	PODIUM.VQP \
+	REFINT.VQP \
+	RETRO.VQP \
+	RETROGER.VQP \
+	SABOTAGE.VQP \
+	SAMDIE.VQP \
+	SAMSITE.VQP \
+	SEIGE.VQP \
+	SETHPRE.VQP \
+	SPYCRASH.VQP \
+	STEALTH.VQP \
+	SUNDIAL.VQP \
+	TANKGO.VQP \
+	TANKKILL.VQP \
+	TBRINFO1.VQP \
+	TBRINFO2.VQP \
+	TBRINFO3.VQP \
+	TIBERFX.VQP \
+	TRAILER.VQP \
+	TRTKIL_D.VQP \
+	TURTKILL.VQP \
+	VISOR.VQP \
+	WWLOGO.VQP \
+        BANR_NOD.VQP \
+        BLACKOUT.VQP \
+        BODYBAGS.VQP \
+        INFERNO.VQP \
+        IONTEST.VQP \
+        REFINERY.VQP \
+	12GREEN.FNT \
+	12GRNGRD.FNT \
+	HTITLE.PCX \
+	HEARTH_A.WSA \
+	HEARTH_E.WSA \
+	HBOSNIA.WSA \
+	HSAFRICA.WSA \
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CONQUERFILES = \
+	120MM.SHP \
+	50CAL.SHP \
+	A10.SHP \
+#	A10ICON.SHP \
+	AFLD.SHP \
+#	AFLDICON.SHP \
+	AFLDMAKE.SHP \
+	APC.SHP \
+#	APCICON.SHP \
+	ARCO.SHP \
+#	ARCOICON.SHP \
+	ART-EXP1.SHP \
+	ARTY.SHP \
+#	ARTYICON.SHP \
+	ATOMDOOR.SHP \
+	ATOMICDN.SHP \
+#	ATOMICON.SHP \
+	ATOMICUP.SHP \
+	ATOMSFX.SHP \
+	ATWR.SHP \
+#	ATWRICON.SHP \
+	ATWRMAKE.SHP \
+	BARB.SHP \
+#	BARBICON.SHP \
+	BGGY.SHP \
+#	BGGYICON.SHP \
+	BIKE.SHP \
+#	BIKEICON.SHP \
+	BIO.SHP \
+#	BIOICON.SHP \
+	BIOMAKE.SHP \
+	BOAT.SHP \
+#	BOATICON.SHP \
+	BOMB.SHP \
+#	BOMBICON.SHP \
+	BOMBLET.SHP \
+	BRIK.SHP \
+#	BRIKICON.SHP \
+	BTN-DN.SHP \
+	BTN-PL.SHP \
+	BTN-ST.SHP \
+	BTN-UP.SHP \
+	BURN-L.SHP \
+	BURN-M.SHP \
+	BURN-S.SHP \
+	C1.SHP \
+	C10.SHP \
+	C17.SHP \
+#	C17ICON.SHP \
+	C2.SHP \
+	C3.SHP \
+	C4.SHP \
+	C5.SHP \
+	C6.SHP \
+	C7.SHP \
+	C8.SHP \
+	C9.SHP \
+	CHAN.SHP \
+	CHEM-E.SHP \
+	CHEM-N.SHP \
+	CHEM-NE.SHP \
+	CHEM-NW.SHP \
+	CHEM-S.SHP \
+	CHEM-SE.SHP \
+	CHEM-SW.SHP \
+	CHEM-W.SHP \
+	CHEMBALL.SHP \
+#	CLOCK.SHP \
+	CONC.SHP \
+	CYCL.SHP \
+#	CYCLICON.SHP \
+	DELPHI.SHP \
+	DEVIATOR.SHP \
+	DOLLAR.SHP \
+	DRAGON.SHP \
+	E1.SHP \
+#	E1ICON.SHP \
+	E1ROT.SHP \
+	E2.SHP \
+#	E2ICON.SHP \
+	E2ROT.SHP \
+	E3.SHP \
+#	E3ICON.SHP \
+	E3ROT.SHP \
+	E4.SHP \
+#	E4ICON.SHP \
+	E4ROT.SHP \
+	E5.SHP \
+#	E5ICON.SHP \
+	E6.SHP \
+#	E6ICON.SHP \
+	EARTH.SHP \
+	EMPULSE.SHP \
+	EYE.SHP \
+#	EYEICON.SHP \
+	EYEMAKE.SHP \
+	FACT.SHP \
+#	FACTICON.SHP \
+	FACTMAKE.SHP \
+	FBALL1.SHP \
+	FIRE1.SHP \
+	FIRE2.SHP \
+	FIRE3.SHP \
+	FIRE4.SHP \
+	FIX.SHP \
+#	FIXICON.SHP \
+	FIXMAKE.SHP \
+	FLAGFLY.SHP \
+	FLAME-E.SHP \
+	FLAME-N.SHP \
+	FLAME-NE.SHP \
+	FLAME-NW.SHP \
+	FLAME-S.SHP \
+	FLAME-SE.SHP \
+	FLAME-SW.SHP \
+	FLAME-W.SHP \
+	FLMSPT.SHP \
+	FPLS.SHP \
+	FRAG1.SHP \
+	FRAG3.SHP \
+	FTNK.SHP \
+#	FTNKICON.SHP \
+	GTWR.SHP \
+#	GTWRICON.SHP \
+	GTWRMAKE.SHP \
+	GUN.SHP \
+	GUNFIRE.SHP \
+#	GUNICON.SHP \
+	GUNMAKE.SHP \
+	HAND.SHP \
+#	HANDICON.SHP \
+	HANDMAKE.SHP \
+	HARV.SHP \
+#	HARVICON.SHP \
+	HELI.SHP \
+#	HELIICON.SHP \
+	HOSP.SHP \
+#	HOSPICON.SHP \
+	HOSPMAKE.SHP \
+	HPAD.SHP \
+#	HPADICON.SHP \
+	HPADMAKE.SHP \
+	HQ.SHP \
+#	HQICON.SHP \
+	HQMAKE.SHP \
+	HTNK.SHP \
+#	HTNKICON.SHP \
+	INVUN.SHP \
+#	IONICON.SHP \
+	IONSFX.SHP \
+	JEEP.SHP \
+#	JEEPICON.SHP \
+	LROTOR.SHP \
+	LST.SHP \
+#	LSTICON.SHP \
+	LTNK.SHP \
+#	LTNKICON.SHP \
+	MCV.SHP \
+#	MCVICON.SHP \
+	MHQ.SHP \
+#	MHQICON.SHP \
+	MINE.SHP \
+	MINIGUN.SHP \
+	MISS.SHP \
+	MISSILE.SHP \
+	MISSILE2.SHP \
+	MLRS.SHP \
+#	MLRSICON.SHP \
+	MOEBIUS.SHP \
+	MOVEFLSH.SHP \
+	MSAM.SHP \
+#	MSAMICON.SHP \
+	MTNK.SHP \
+#	MTNKICON.SHP \
+	NAPALM1.SHP \
+	NAPALM2.SHP \
+	NAPALM3.SHP \
+	NUK2.SHP \
+#	NUK2ICON.SHP \
+	NUK2MAKE.SHP \
+	NUKE.SHP \
+#	NUKEICON.SHP \
+	NUKEMAKE.SHP \
+	OBLI.SHP \
+#	OBLIICON.SHP \
+	OBLIMAKE.SHP \
+	OPTIONS.SHP \
+	ORCA.SHP \
+#	ORCAICON.SHP \
+	PATRIOT.SHP \
+	PIFF.SHP \
+	PIFFPIFF.SHP \
+##	PIPS.SHP \
+	POWER.SHP \
+	PROC.SHP \
+#	PROCICON.SHP \
+	PROCMAKE.SHP \
+#	PUMPICON.SHP \
+	PUMPMAKE.SHP \
+	PYLE.SHP \
+#	PYLEICON.SHP \
+	PYLEMAKE.SHP \
+##	RADAR.GDI \
+##	RADAR.JP \
+##	RADAR.NOD \
+	RAPID.SHP \
+	RAPT.SHP \
+	RMBO.SHP \
+#	RMBOICON.SHP \
+	ROAD.SHP \
+#	ROADICON.SHP \
+	RROTOR.SHP \
+	SAM.SHP \
+	SAMFIRE.SHP \
+#	SAMICON.SHP \
+	SAMMAKE.SHP \
+	SBAG.SHP \
+#	SBAGICON.SHP \
+	SCRATE.SHP \
+	SELECT.SHP \
+	SHADOW.SHP \
+	SILO.SHP \
+#	SILOICON.SHP \
+	SILOMAKE.SHP \
+	SMOKEY.SHP \
+	SMOKE_M.SHP \
+	SMOKLAND.SHP \
+	SQUISH.SHP \
+	STEALTH2.SHP \
+	STEG.SHP \
+	STNK.SHP \
+#	STNKICON.SHP \
+##	STRIP.SHP \
+##	STRIPDN.SHP \
+##	STRIPUP.SHP \
+##	TABS.SHP \
+	TMPL.SHP \
+#	TMPLICON.SHP \
+	TMPLMAKE.SHP \
+	TRAN.SHP \
+#	TRANICON.SHP \
+	TRANS.ICN \
+	TREX.SHP \
+	TRIC.SHP \
+	V19.SHP \
+	VEH-HIT1.SHP \
+	VEH-HIT2.SHP \
+	VEH-HIT3.SHP \
+	VICE.SHP \
+	WAKE.SHP \
+	WCRATE.SHP \
+	WEAP.SHP \
+	WEAP2.SHP \
+#	WEAPICON.SHP \
+	WEAPMAKE.SHP \
+	WOOD.SHP \
+#	WOODICON.SHP \
+
+#	MESSAGE.ENG \
+#	FAME.CPS \
+#	BTN-CL.SHP \
+#	BTN-MINS.SHP \
+#	BTN-OP.SHP \
+#	BTN-PLUS.SHP \
+
+GDIMAPFILES = \
+	SCB01EA.BIN \
+	SCB01EA.INI \
+	SCG01EA.BIN \
+	SCG01EA.INI \
+	SCG02EA.BIN \
+	SCG02EA.INI \
+	SCG03EA.BIN \
+	SCG03EA.INI \
+	SCG04EA.BIN \
+	SCG04EA.INI \
+	SCG04WA.BIN \
+	SCG04WA.INI \
+	SCG04WB.BIN \
+	SCG04WB.INI \
+	SCG05EA.BIN \
+	SCG05EA.INI \
+	SCG05EB.BIN \
+	SCG05EB.INI \
+	SCG05WA.BIN \
+	SCG05WA.INI \
+	SCG05WB.BIN \
+	SCG05WB.INI \
+	SCG06EA.BIN \
+	SCG06EA.INI \
+	SCG07EA.BIN \
+	SCG07EA.INI \
+	SCG08EA.BIN \
+	SCG08EA.INI \
+	SCG08EB.BIN \
+	SCG08EB.INI \
+	SCG09EA.BIN \
+	SCG09EA.INI \
+	SCG10EA.BIN \
+	SCG10EA.INI \
+	SCG10EB.BIN \
+	SCG10EB.INI \
+	SCG11EA.BIN \
+	SCG11EA.INI \
+	SCG12EA.BIN \
+	SCG12EA.INI \
+	SCG12EB.BIN \
+	SCG12EB.INI \
+	SCG13EA.BIN \
+	SCG13EA.INI \
+	SCG13EB.BIN \
+	SCG13EB.INI \
+	SCG14EA.BIN \
+	SCG14EA.INI \
+	SCG15EA.BIN \
+	SCG15EA.INI \
+	SCG15EB.BIN \
+	SCG15EB.INI \
+	SCG15EC.BIN \
+	SCG15EC.INI \
+	SCG60EA.BIN \
+	SCG60EA.INI \
+	SCG61EA.BIN \
+	SCG61EA.INI \
+	SCG62EA.BIN \
+	SCG62EA.INI \
+	SCB60EA.BIN \
+	SCB60EA.INI \
+	SCB61EA.BIN \
+	SCB61EA.INI \
+
+#	SCG03EB.BIN \
+#	SCG03EB.INI \
+#	SCG03EL.BIN \
+#	SCG03EL.INI \
+
+NODMAPFILES = \
+	SCG01EA.BIN \
+	SCG01EA.INI \
+	SCB01EA.BIN \
+	SCB01EA.INI \
+	SCB02EA.BIN \
+	SCB02EA.INI \
+	SCB02EB.BIN \
+	SCB02EB.INI \
+	SCB03EA.BIN \
+	SCB03EA.INI \
+	SCB03EB.BIN \
+	SCB03EB.INI \
+	SCB04EA.BIN \
+	SCB04EA.INI \
+	SCB04EB.BIN \
+	SCB04EB.INI \
+	SCB05EA.BIN \
+	SCB05EA.INI \
+	SCB06EA.BIN \
+	SCB06EA.INI \
+	SCB06EB.BIN \
+	SCB06EB.INI \
+	SCB06EC.BIN \
+	SCB06EC.INI \
+	SCB07EA.BIN \
+	SCB07EA.INI \
+	SCB07EB.BIN \
+	SCB07EB.INI \
+	SCB07EC.BIN \
+	SCB07EC.INI \
+	SCB08EA.BIN \
+	SCB08EA.INI \
+	SCB08EB.BIN \
+	SCB08EB.INI \
+	SCB09EA.BIN \
+	SCB09EA.INI \
+	SCB10EA.BIN \
+	SCB10EA.INI \
+	SCB10EB.BIN \
+	SCB10EB.INI \
+	SCB11EA.BIN \
+	SCB11EA.INI \
+	SCB11EB.BIN \
+	SCB11EB.INI \
+	SCB12EA.BIN \
+	SCB12EA.INI \
+	SCB13EA.BIN \
+	SCB13EA.INI \
+	SCB13EB.BIN \
+	SCB13EB.INI \
+	SCB13EC.BIN \
+	SCB13EC.INI \
+	SCG60EA.BIN \
+	SCG60EA.INI \
+	SCG61EA.BIN \
+	SCG61EA.INI \
+	SCG62EA.BIN \
+	SCG62EA.INI \
+	SCB60EA.BIN \
+	SCB60EA.INI \
+	SCB61EA.BIN \
+	SCB61EA.INI \
+
+NETMAPFILES = \
+	SCJ01EA.BIN \
+	SCJ01EA.INI \
+	SCJ02EA.BIN \
+	SCJ02EA.INI \
+	SCJ03EA.BIN \
+	SCJ03EA.INI \
+	SCJ04EA.BIN \
+	SCJ04EA.INI \
+	SCJ05EA.BIN \
+	SCJ05EA.INI \
+	SCM01EA.BIN \
+	SCM01EA.INI \
+	SCM02EA.BIN \
+	SCM02EA.INI \
+	SCM03EA.BIN \
+	SCM03EA.INI \
+	SCM04EA.BIN \
+	SCM04EA.INI \
+	SCM05EA.BIN \
+	SCM05EA.INI \
+	SCM06EA.BIN \
+	SCM06EA.INI \
+	SCM07EA.BIN \
+	SCM07EA.INI \
+	SCM08EA.BIN \
+	SCM08EA.INI \
+	SCM09EA.BIN \
+	SCM09EA.INI \
+	SCM70EA.BIN \
+	SCM70EA.INI \
+	SCM71EA.BIN \
+	SCM71EA.INI \
+	SCM72EA.BIN \
+	SCM72EA.INI \
+	SCM73EA.BIN \
+	SCM73EA.INI \
+	SCM74EA.BIN \
+	SCM74EA.INI \
+	SCM77EA.BIN \
+	SCM77EA.INI \
+	SCM96EA.BIN \
+	SCM96EA.INI \
+
+
+
+JAPANFILES = \
+	SCB01EA.CPS \
+	SCB01EB.CPS \
+	SCB02EA.CPS \
+	SCB02EB.CPS \
+	SCB03EA.CPS \
+	SCB03EB.CPS \
+	SCB04EA.CPS \
+	SCB04EB.CPS \
+	SCB05EA.CPS \
+	SCB06EA.CPS \
+	SCB06EB.CPS \
+	SCB06EC.CPS \
+	SCB07EA.CPS \
+	SCB07EB.CPS \
+	SCB07EC.CPS \
+	SCB08EA.CPS \
+	SCB08EB.CPS \
+	SCB09EA.CPS \
+	SCB09EB.CPS \
+	SCB10EA.CPS \
+	SCB10EB.CPS \
+	SCB11EA.CPS \
+	SCB11EB.CPS \
+	SCB12EA.CPS \
+	SCB12EB.CPS \
+	SCB13EA.CPS \
+	SCB13EB.CPS \
+	SCB13EC.CPS \
+	SCG01EA.CPS \
+	SCG02EA.CPS \
+	SCG03EA.CPS \
+	SCG03EB.CPS \
+	SCG04EA.CPS \
+	SCG04WA.CPS \
+	SCG04WB.CPS \
+	SCG05EA.CPS \
+	SCG05EB.CPS \
+	SCG05WA.CPS \
+	SCG05WB.CPS \
+	SCG06EA.CPS \
+	SCG07EA.CPS \
+	SCG08EA.CPS \
+	SCG08EB.CPS \
+	SCG09EA.CPS \
+	SCG10EA.CPS \
+	SCG10EB.CPS \
+	SCG11EA.CPS \
+	SCG12EA.CPS \
+	SCG12EB.CPS \
+	SCG13EA.CPS \
+	SCG13EB.CPS \
+	SCG14EA.CPS \
+	SCG15EA.CPS \
+	SCG15EB.CPS \
+	SCG15EC.CPS \
+
+
+
+
+
+# Files for hard drive to allow quick access, but never cached.
+GENERALFILES = \
+	MISSION.INI \
+	TITLE.CPS \
+
+TEMPERATEFILES = \
+	SPLIT2.TEM \
+	SPLIT3.TEM \
+	BIB1.TEM \
+	BIB2.TEM \
+	BIB3.TEM \
+	B1.TEM \
+	B2.TEM \
+	B3.TEM \
+	BRIDGE1.TEM \
+	BRIDGE1D.TEM \
+	BRIDGE2.TEM \
+	BRIDGE2D.TEM \
+	CLEAR1.TEM \
+	CR1.TEM \
+	CR2.TEM \
+	CR3.TEM \
+	CR4.TEM \
+	CR5.TEM \
+	CR6.TEM \
+	D01.TEM \
+	D02.TEM \
+	D03.TEM \
+	D04.TEM \
+	D05.TEM \
+	D06.TEM \
+	D07.TEM \
+	D08.TEM \
+	D09.TEM \
+	D10.TEM \
+	D11.TEM \
+	D12.TEM \
+	D13.TEM \
+	D14.TEM \
+	D15.TEM \
+	D16.TEM \
+	D17.TEM \
+	D18.TEM \
+	D19.TEM \
+	D20.TEM \
+	D21.TEM \
+	D22.TEM \
+	D23.TEM \
+	D24.TEM \
+	D25.TEM \
+	D26.TEM \
+	D27.TEM \
+	D28.TEM \
+	D29.TEM \
+	D30.TEM \
+	D31.TEM \
+	D32.TEM \
+	D33.TEM \
+	D34.TEM \
+	D35.TEM \
+	D36.TEM \
+	D37.TEM \
+	D38.TEM \
+	D39.TEM \
+	D40.TEM \
+	D41.TEM \
+	D42.TEM \
+	D43.TEM \
+	FALLS1.TEM \
+	FALLS2.TEM \
+	FORD1.TEM \
+	FORD2.TEM \
+	P01.TEM \
+	P02.TEM \
+	P03.TEM \
+	P04.TEM \
+	P07.TEM \
+	P08.TEM \
+	P13.TEM \
+	P14.TEM \
+	RV01.TEM \
+	RV02.TEM \
+	RV03.TEM \
+	RV04.TEM \
+	RV05.TEM \
+	RV06.TEM \
+	RV07.TEM \
+	RV08.TEM \
+	RV09.TEM \
+	RV10.TEM \
+	RV11.TEM \
+	RV12.TEM \
+	RV13.TEM \
+	S01.TEM \
+	S02.TEM \
+	S03.TEM \
+	S04.TEM \
+	S05.TEM \
+	S06.TEM \
+	S07.TEM \
+	S08.TEM \
+	S09.TEM \
+	S10.TEM \
+	S11.TEM \
+	S12.TEM \
+	S13.TEM \
+	S14.TEM \
+	S15.TEM \
+	S16.TEM \
+	S17.TEM \
+	S18.TEM \
+	S19.TEM \
+	S20.TEM \
+	S21.TEM \
+	S22.TEM \
+	S23.TEM \
+	S24.TEM \
+	S25.TEM \
+	S26.TEM \
+	S27.TEM \
+	S28.TEM \
+	S29.TEM \
+	S30.TEM \
+	S31.TEM \
+	S32.TEM \
+	S33.TEM \
+	S34.TEM \
+	S35.TEM \
+	S36.TEM \
+	S37.TEM \
+	S38.TEM \
+	SC1.TEM \
+	SC2.TEM \
+	SC3.TEM \
+	SC4.TEM \
+	SC5.TEM \
+	SC6.TEM \
+	SH1.TEM \
+	SH10.TEM \
+	SH11.TEM \
+	SH12.TEM \
+	SH13.TEM \
+	SH14.TEM \
+	SH15.TEM \
+	SH16.TEM \
+	SH17.TEM \
+	SH18.TEM \
+	SH32.TEM \
+	SH33.TEM \
+	SH34.TEM \
+	SH35.TEM \
+	SH2.TEM \
+	SH3.TEM \
+	SH4.TEM \
+	SH5.TEM \
+	SH6.TEM \
+	SH7.TEM \
+	SH8.TEM \
+	SH9.TEM \
+	SR1.TEM \
+	SR2.TEM \
+	T01.TEM \
+	T02.TEM \
+	T03.TEM \
+	T05.TEM \
+	T06.TEM \
+	T07.TEM \
+	T08.TEM \
+	T10.TEM \
+	T11.TEM \
+	T12.TEM \
+	T13.TEM \
+	T14.TEM \
+	T15.TEM \
+	T16.TEM \
+	T17.TEM \
+	TC01.TEM \
+	TC02.TEM \
+	TC03.TEM \
+	TC04.TEM \
+	TC05.TEM \
+	TCLOCK.MRF \
+	TWHITE.MRF \
+	TEMPERAT.PAL \
+	TGREEN.MRF \
+	TI1.TEM \
+	TI10.TEM \
+	TI11.TEM \
+	TI12.TEM \
+	TI2.TEM \
+	TI3.TEM \
+	TI4.TEM \
+	TI5.TEM \
+	TI6.TEM \
+	TI7.TEM \
+	TI8.TEM \
+	TI9.TEM \
+	TLIGHT.MRF \
+	TMOUSE.MRF \
+	TRED.MRF \
+	TSHADE.MRF \
+	TSHADOW.MRF \
+	TTRANS.MRF \
+	TUNITS.MRF \
+	TYELLOW.MRF \
+	V01.TEM \
+	V02.TEM \
+	V03.TEM \
+	V04.TEM \
+	V05.TEM \
+	V06.TEM \
+	V07.TEM \
+	V08.TEM \
+	V09.TEM \
+	V10.TEM \
+	V11.TEM \
+	V12.TEM \
+	V13.TEM \
+	V14.TEM \
+	V15.TEM \
+	V16.TEM \
+	V17.TEM \
+	V18.TEM \
+	W1.TEM \
+	W2.TEM \
+
+
+TEMPERATEICONFILES = \
+	A10ICNH.TEM \
+	AFLDICNH.TEM \
+	APCICNH.TEM \
+	ARTYICNH.TEM \
+	ATWRICNH.TEM \
+	BARBICNH.TEM \
+	BGGYICNH.TEM \
+	BIKEICNH.TEM \
+	BOATICNH.TEM \
+	BRIKICNH.TEM \
+	E1ICNH.TEM \
+	E2ICNH.TEM \
+	E3ICNH.TEM \
+	E4ICNH.TEM \
+	E5ICNH.TEM \
+	E6ICNH.TEM \
+	EYEICNH.TEM \
+	FIXICNH.TEM \
+	GTWRICNH.TEM \
+	GUNICNH.TEM \
+	HANDICNH.TEM \
+	HARVICNH.TEM \
+	HELIICNH.TEM \
+	HPADICNH.TEM \
+	HQICNH.TEM \
+	HTNKICNH.TEM \
+	JEEPICNH.TEM \
+	LSTICNH.TEM \
+	LTNKICNH.TEM \
+	MCVICNH.TEM \
+	MSAMICNH.TEM \
+	MTNKICNH.TEM \
+	NUK2ICNH.TEM \
+	NUKEICNH.TEM \
+	OBLIICNH.TEM \
+	ORCAICNH.TEM \
+	PROCICNH.TEM \
+	PYLEICNH.TEM \
+	SAMICNH.TEM \
+	SBAGICNH.TEM \
+	SILOICNH.TEM \
+	STNKICNH.TEM \
+	TMPLICNH.TEM \
+	TRANICNH.TEM \
+	WEAPICNH.TEM \
+	CYCLICNH.TEM \
+	MLRSICNH.TEM \
+	FTNKICNH.TEM \
+	IONICNH.TEM \
+	ATOMICNH.TEM \
+	BOMBICNH.TEM \
+	RMBOICNH.TEM \
+	WOODICNH.TEM \
+
+
+
+WINTERFILES = \
+	SPLIT2.WIN \
+	SPLIT3.WIN \
+	BIB1.WIN \
+	BIB2.WIN \
+	BIB3.WIN \
+	B1.WIN \
+	B2.WIN \
+	B3.WIN \
+	BRIDGE1.WIN \
+	BRIDGE1D.WIN \
+	BRIDGE2.WIN \
+	BRIDGE2D.WIN \
+	RV01.WIN \
+	RV02.WIN \
+	RV03.WIN \
+	RV04.WIN \
+	RV05.WIN \
+	RV06.WIN \
+	RV07.WIN \
+	RV08.WIN \
+	RV09.WIN \
+	RV10.WIN \
+	RV11.WIN \
+	RV12.WIN \
+	RV13.WIN \
+	CLEAR1.WIN \
+	CR1.WIN \
+	CR2.WIN \
+	CR3.WIN \
+	CR4.WIN \
+	CR5.WIN \
+	CR6.WIN \
+	D01.WIN \
+	D02.WIN \
+	D03.WIN \
+	D04.WIN \
+	D05.WIN \
+	D06.WIN \
+	D07.WIN \
+	D08.WIN \
+	D09.WIN \
+	D10.WIN \
+	D11.WIN \
+	D12.WIN \
+	D13.WIN \
+	D14.WIN \
+	D15.WIN \
+	D16.WIN \
+	D17.WIN \
+	D18.WIN \
+	D19.WIN \
+	D20.WIN \
+	D21.WIN \
+	D22.WIN \
+	D23.WIN \
+	D24.WIN \
+	D25.WIN \
+	D26.WIN \
+	D27.WIN \
+	D28.WIN \
+	D29.WIN \
+	D30.WIN \
+	D31.WIN \
+	D32.WIN \
+	D33.WIN \
+	D34.WIN \
+	D35.WIN \
+	D36.WIN \
+	D37.WIN \
+	D38.WIN \
+	D39.WIN \
+	D40.WIN \
+	D41.WIN \
+	D42.WIN \
+	D43.WIN \
+	FALLS1.WIN \
+	FALLS2.WIN \
+	FORD1.WIN \
+	FORD2.WIN \
+	P07.WIN \
+	P08.WIN \
+	P13.WIN \
+	P14.WIN \
+	P15.WIN \
+	P16.WIN \
+	P17.WIN \
+	P18.WIN \
+	P19.WIN \
+	P20.WIN \
+	S01.WIN \
+	S02.WIN \
+	S03.WIN \
+	S04.WIN \
+	S05.WIN \
+	S06.WIN \
+	S07.WIN \
+	S08.WIN \
+	S09.WIN \
+	S10.WIN \
+	S11.WIN \
+	S12.WIN \
+	S13.WIN \
+	S14.WIN \
+	S15.WIN \
+	S16.WIN \
+	S17.WIN \
+	S18.WIN \
+	S19.WIN \
+	S20.WIN \
+	S21.WIN \
+	S22.WIN \
+	S23.WIN \
+	S24.WIN \
+	S25.WIN \
+	S26.WIN \
+	S27.WIN \
+	S28.WIN \
+	S29.WIN \
+	S30.WIN \
+	S31.WIN \
+	S32.WIN \
+	S33.WIN \
+	S34.WIN \
+	S35.WIN \
+	S36.WIN \
+	S37.WIN \
+	S38.WIN \
+	SC1.WIN \
+	SC2.WIN \
+	SC3.WIN \
+	SC4.WIN \
+	SC5.WIN \
+	SC6.WIN \
+	SH1.WIN \
+	SH10.WIN \
+	SH11.WIN \
+	SH12.WIN \
+	SH13.WIN \
+	SH14.WIN \
+	SH15.WIN \
+	SH16.WIN \
+	SH17.WIN \
+	SH18.WIN \
+	SH32.WIN \
+	SH33.WIN \
+	SH34.WIN \
+	SH35.WIN \
+	SH2.WIN \
+	SH3.WIN \
+	SH4.WIN \
+	SH5.WIN \
+	SH6.WIN \
+	SH7.WIN \
+	SH8.WIN \
+	SH9.WIN \
+	SR1.WIN \
+	SR1.WIN \
+	SR2.WIN \
+	SR2.WIN \
+	T01.WIN \
+	T02.WIN \
+	T03.WIN \
+	T05.WIN \
+	T06.WIN \
+	T07.WIN \
+	T08.WIN \
+	T10.WIN \
+	T11.WIN \
+	T12.WIN \
+	T13.WIN \
+	T14.WIN \
+	T15.WIN \
+	T16.WIN \
+	T17.WIN \
+	TC01.WIN \
+	TC02.WIN \
+	TC03.WIN \
+	TC04.WIN \
+	TC05.WIN \
+	TI1.WIN \
+	TI10.WIN \
+	TI11.WIN \
+	TI12.WIN \
+	TI2.WIN \
+	TI3.WIN \
+	TI4.WIN \
+	TI5.WIN \
+	TI6.WIN \
+	TI7.WIN \
+	TI8.WIN \
+	TI9.WIN \
+	W1.WIN \
+	W2.WIN \
+	WWHITE.MRF \
+	WCLOCK.MRF \
+	WGREEN.MRF \
+	WINTER.PAL \
+	WLIGHT.MRF \
+	WMOUSE.MRF \
+	WRED.MRF \
+	WSHADE.MRF \
+	WSHADOW.MRF \
+	WTRANS.MRF \
+	WUNITS.MRF \
+	WYELLOW.MRF \
+	V01.WIN \
+	V02.WIN \
+	V03.WIN \
+	V04.WIN \
+	V05.WIN \
+	V06.WIN \
+	V07.WIN \
+	V08.WIN \
+	V09.WIN \
+	V10.WIN \
+	V11.WIN \
+	V12.WIN \
+	V13.WIN \
+	V14.WIN \
+	V15.WIN \
+	V16.WIN \
+	V17.WIN \
+	V18.WIN \
+
+
+WINTERICONFILES = \
+	A10ICNH.WIN \
+	AFLDICNH.WIN \
+	APCICNH.WIN \
+	ARTYICNH.WIN \
+	ATWRICNH.WIN \
+	BARBICNH.WIN \
+	BGGYICNH.WIN \
+	BIKEICNH.WIN \
+	BOATICNH.WIN \
+	BRIKICNH.WIN \
+	E1ICNH.WIN \
+        E2ICNH.WIN \
+        E3ICNH.WIN \
+	E4ICNH.WIN \
+        E5ICNH.WIN \
+	E6ICNH.WIN \
+	EYEICNH.WIN \
+	FIXICNH.WIN \
+	GTWRICNH.WIN \
+	GUNICNH.WIN \
+	HANDICNH.WIN \
+	HARVICNH.WIN \
+	HELIICNH.WIN \
+	HPADICNH.WIN \
+	HQICNH.WIN \
+	HTNKICNH.WIN \
+	JEEPICNH.WIN \
+	LSTICNH.WIN \
+	LTNKICNH.WIN \
+	MCVICNH.WIN \
+	MSAMICNH.WIN \
+	MTNKICNH.WIN \
+	NUK2ICNH.WIN \
+	NUKEICNH.WIN \
+	OBLIICNH.WIN \
+	ORCAICNH.WIN \
+	PROCICNH.WIN \
+	PYLEICNH.WIN \
+	SAMICNH.WIN \
+	SBAGICNH.WIN \
+	SILOICNH.WIN \
+	STNKICNH.WIN \
+	TMPLICNH.WIN \
+	TRANICNH.WIN \
+	WEAPICNH.WIN \
+	CYCLICNH.WIN \
+	MLRSICNH.WIN \
+	FTNKICNH.WIN \
+	IONICNH.WIN \
+	ATOMICNH.WIN \
+	BOMBICNH.WIN \
+	RMBOICNH.WIN \
+	WOODICNH.WIN \
+
+
+#	BB1.WIN \
+#	BB2.WIN \
+#	BB3.WIN \
+
+
+DESERTFILES = \
+	SPLIT3.DES \
+	BIB1.DES \
+	BIB2.DES \
+	BIB3.DES \
+	DESERT.PAL \
+	B1.DES \
+	B2.DES \
+	B4.DES \
+	B5.DES \
+	B6.DES \
+	BR1.DES \
+	BR10.DES \
+	BR2.DES \
+	BR3.DES \
+	BR4.DES \
+	BR5.DES \
+	BR6.DES \
+	BR7.DES \
+	BR8.DES \
+	BR9.DES \
+	BRIDGE3.DES \
+	BRIDGE3D.DES \
+	BRIDGE4.DES \
+	BRIDGE4D.DES \
+	CLEAR1.DES \
+	CR1.DES \
+	CR2.DES \
+	CR3.DES \
+	CR4.DES \
+	CR5.DES \
+	CR6.DES \
+	D01.DES \
+	D02.DES \
+	D03.DES \
+	D04.DES \
+	D05.DES \
+	D06.DES \
+	D07.DES \
+	D08.DES \
+	D09.DES \
+	D10.DES \
+	D11.DES \
+	D12.DES \
+	D13.DES \
+	D14.DES \
+	D15.DES \
+	D16.DES \
+	D17.DES \
+	D18.DES \
+	D19.DES \
+	D20.DES \
+	D21.DES \
+	D22.DES \
+	D23.DES \
+	D24.DES \
+	D25.DES \
+	D26.DES \
+	D27.DES \
+	D28.DES \
+	D29.DES \
+	D30.DES \
+	D31.DES \
+	D32.DES \
+	D33.DES \
+	D34.DES \
+	D35.DES \
+	D36.DES \
+	D37.DES \
+	D38.DES \
+	D39.DES \
+	D40.DES \
+	D41.DES \
+	D42.DES \
+	D43.DES \
+	DWHITE.MRF \
+	DCLOCK.MRF \
+	DGREEN.MRF \
+	DLIGHT.MRF \
+	DMOUSE.MRF \
+	DRED.MRF \
+	DSHADE.MRF \
+	DSHADOW.MRF \
+	DTRANS.MRF \
+	DUNITS.MRF \
+	DYELLOW.MRF \
+	FALLS1.DES \
+	FALLS2.DES \
+	FORD1.DES \
+	FORD2.DES \
+	P01.DES \
+	P02.DES \
+	P03.DES \
+	P04.DES \
+	P05.DES \
+	P06.DES \
+	P07.DES \
+	ROCK1.DES \
+	ROCK2.DES \
+	ROCK3.DES \
+	ROCK4.DES \
+	ROCK5.DES \
+	ROCK6.DES \
+	ROCK7.DES \
+	RV14.DES \
+	RV15.DES \
+	RV16.DES \
+	RV17.DES \
+	RV18.DES \
+	RV19.DES \
+	RV20.DES \
+	RV21.DES \
+	RV22.DES \
+	RV23.DES \
+	RV24.DES \
+	RV25.DES \
+	S01.DES \
+	S02.DES \
+	S03.DES \
+	S04.DES \
+	S05.DES \
+	S06.DES \
+	S07.DES \
+	S08.DES \
+	S09.DES \
+	S10.DES \
+	S11.DES \
+	S12.DES \
+	S13.DES \
+	S14.DES \
+	S15.DES \
+	S16.DES \
+	S17.DES \
+	S18.DES \
+	S19.DES \
+	S20.DES \
+	S21.DES \
+	S22.DES \
+	S23.DES \
+	S24.DES \
+	S25.DES \
+	S26.DES \
+	S27.DES \
+	S28.DES \
+	S29.DES \
+	S30.DES \
+	S31.DES \
+	S32.DES \
+	S33.DES \
+	S34.DES \
+	S35.DES \
+	S36.DES \
+	S37.DES \
+	S38.DES \
+	SC1.DES \
+	SC2.DES \
+	SC3.DES \
+	SC4.DES \
+	SC5.DES \
+	SC6.DES \
+	SH17.DES \
+	SH18.DES \
+	SH19.DES \
+	SH20.DES \
+	SH21.DES \
+	SH22.DES \
+	SH23.DES \
+	SH24.DES \
+	SH25.DES \
+	SH26.DES \
+	SH27.DES \
+	SH28.DES \
+	SH29.DES \
+	SH30.DES \
+	SH31.DES \
+	SH36.DES \
+	SH37.DES \
+	SH38.DES \
+	SH39.DES \
+	SH40.DES \
+	SH41.DES \
+	SH42.DES \
+	SH43.DES \
+	SH44.DES \
+	SH45.DES \
+	SH46.DES \
+	SH47.DES \
+	SH48.DES \
+	SH49.DES \
+	SH50.DES \
+	SH51.DES \
+	SH52.DES \
+	SH53.DES \
+	SH54.DES \
+	SH55.DES \
+	SH56.DES \
+	SH57.DES \
+	SH58.DES \
+	SH59.DES \
+	SH60.DES \
+	SH61.DES \
+	SH62.DES \
+	SH63.DES \
+	T04.DES \
+	T08.DES \
+	T09.DES \
+	T18.DES \
+	TI1.DES \
+	TI10.DES \
+	TI11.DES \
+	TI12.DES \
+	TI2.DES \
+	TI3.DES \
+	TI4.DES \
+	TI5.DES \
+	TI6.DES \
+	TI7.DES \
+	TI8.DES \
+	TI9.DES \
+	W1.DES \
+	V20.DES \
+	V21.DES \
+	V22.DES \
+	V23.DES \
+	V24.DES \
+	V25.DES \
+	V26.DES \
+	V27.DES \
+	V28.DES \
+	V29.DES \
+	V30.DES \
+	V31.DES \
+	V32.DES \
+	V33.DES \
+	V34.DES \
+	V35.DES \
+	V36.DES \
+	V37.DES \
+
+
+DESERTICONFILES = \
+	A10ICNH.DES \
+	AFLDICNH.DES \
+	APCICNH.DES \
+	ARTYICNH.DES \
+	ATWRICNH.DES \
+	BARBICNH.DES \
+	BGGYICNH.DES \
+	BIKEICNH.DES \
+	BOATICNH.DES \
+	BRIKICNH.DES \
+	E1ICNH.DES \
+	E2ICNH.DES \
+	E3ICNH.DES \
+	E4ICNH.DES \
+	E5ICNH.DES \
+	E6ICNH.DES \
+	EYEICNH.DES \
+	FIXICNH.DES \
+	GTWRICNH.DES \
+	GUNICNH.DES \
+	HANDICNH.DES \
+	HARVICNH.DES \
+	HELIICNH.DES \
+	HPADICNH.DES \
+	HQICNH.DES \
+	HTNKICNH.DES \
+	JEEPICNH.DES \
+	LSTICNH.DES \
+	LTNKICNH.DES \
+	MCVICNH.DES \
+	MSAMICNH.DES \
+	MTNKICNH.DES \
+	NUK2ICNH.DES \
+	NUKEICNH.DES \
+	OBLIICNH.DES \
+	ORCAICNH.DES \
+	PROCICNH.DES \
+	PYLEICNH.DES \
+	SAMICNH.DES \
+	SBAGICNH.DES \
+	SILOICNH.DES \
+	STNKICNH.DES \
+	TMPLICNH.DES \
+	TRANICNH.DES \
+	WEAPICNH.DES \
+	CYCLICNH.DES \
+	MLRSICNH.DES \
+	FTNKICNH.DES \
+	IONICNH.DES \
+	ATOMICNH.DES \
+	BOMBICNH.DES \
+	RMBOICNH.DES \
+	WOODICNH.DES \
+
+
+
+
+
+# Sound effects (Juvenile or Adult)
+SFX = \
+	CRATE4.AUD \
+	HELIDOWN.AUD \
+	HELIUP1.AUD \
+	BAZOOK1.AUD \
+	BLEEP2.AUD \
+	BOMB1.AUD \
+	BUTTON.AUD \
+	COMCNTR1.AUD \
+	CONSTRU2.AUD \
+	CRUMBLE.AUD \
+	FLAMER2.AUD \
+	GUN18.AUD \
+	GUN19.AUD \
+	GUN20.AUD \
+	GUN5.AUD \
+	GUN8.AUD \
+	GUNCLIP1.AUD \
+	HVYDOOR1.AUD \
+	HVYGUN10.AUD \
+	ION1.AUD \
+	MGUN11.AUD \
+	MGUN2.AUD \
+	NUKEMISL.AUD \
+	NUKEXPLO.AUD \
+	OBELRAY1.AUD \
+	POWRDN1.AUD \
+	RAMGUN2.AUD \
+	ROCKET1.AUD \
+	ROCKET2.AUD \
+	SAMMOTR2.AUD \
+	SCOLD2.AUD \
+	SIDBAR1C.AUD \
+	SIDBAR2C.AUD \
+	SQUISH2.AUD \
+	TNKFIRE2.AUD \
+	TNKFIRE3.AUD \
+	TNKFIRE4.AUD \
+	TNKFIRE6.AUD \
+	TONE15.AUD \
+	TONE16.AUD \
+	TONE2.AUD \
+	TONE5.AUD \
+	TOSS1.AUD \
+	TRANS1.AUD \
+	TREEBRN1.AUD \
+	TURRFIR5.AUD \
+	XPLOBIG4.AUD \
+	XPLOBIG6.AUD \
+	XPLOBIG7.AUD \
+	XPLODE.AUD \
+	XPLOS.AUD \
+	XPLOSML2.AUD \
+
+# Generic wave files (never changes).
+WAVFILES = \
+	GUYOKAY1.AUD \
+	GUYYEAH1.AUD \
+	GIRLOKAY.AUD \
+	GIRLYEAH.AUD \
+	OBELPOWR.AUD \
+	YELL1.AUD \
+	NUYELL1.AUD \
+	NUYELL3.AUD \
+	NUYELL4.AUD \
+	NUYELL5.AUD \
+	NUYELL6.AUD \
+	NUYELL7.AUD \
+	NUYELL10.AUD \
+	NUYELL11.AUD \
+	NUYELL12.AUD \
+	NEWTARG1.AUD \
+	APPEAR1.AUD \
+	BEEPY2.AUD \
+	BEEPY3.AUD \
+	BEEPY6.AUD \
+	CASHTURN.AUD \
+	CLOCK1.AUD \
+	COUNTER1.AUD \
+	COUNTRY1.AUD \
+	COUNTRY4.AUD \
+	KEYSTROK.AUD \
+	SFX4.AUD \
+	SCOLD1.AUD \
+	TARGET1.AUD \
+	TARGET2.AUD \
+	TARGET3.AUD \
+	TEXT2.AUD \
+	WORLD2.AUD \
+	MYES1.AUD \
+	MCOMND1.AUD \
+	MHELLO1.AUD \
+	MHMMM1.AUD \
+	MPLAN3.AUD \
+	MCOURSE1.AUD \
+	MYESYES1.AUD \
+	MTIBER1.AUD \
+	MTHANKS1.AUD \
+#	MMG1.AUD \
+#	MACTION1.AUD \
+#	MREMARK1.AUD \
+#	MPLAN1.AUD \
+#	MPLAN2.AUD \
+#	MHASTE1.AUD \
+#	MONCE1.AUD \
+#	MIMMD1.AUD \
+
+RESPONSE1 = \
+	ACKNO.AUD \
+	AFFIRM1.AUD \
+	AWAIT1.AUD \
+	MOVOUT1.AUD \
+	REPORT1.AUD \
+	UNIT1.AUD \
+	VEHIC1.AUD \
+	YESSIR1.AUD \
+#	2DANGR1.AUD \
+#	NEGATV1.AUD \
+
+RESPONSE2 = \
+	ACKNO.AUD \
+	AFFIRM1.AUD \
+	AWAIT1.AUD \
+	MOVOUT1.AUD \
+	NOPROB.AUD \
+	OVEROUT.AUD \
+	READY.AUD \
+	REPORT1.AUD \
+	RITAWAY.AUD \
+	ROGER.AUD \
+	UGOTIT.AUD \
+	YESSIR1.AUD \
+
+RAMBO = \
+	BOMBIT1.AUD \
+	CMON1.AUD \
+	GOTIT1.AUD \
+	KEEPEM1.AUD \
+	LAUGH1.AUD \
+	LEFTY1.AUD \
+	NOPRBLM1.AUD \
+	ONIT1.AUD \
+	RAMYELL1.AUD \
+	ROKROLL1.AUD \
+	TUFFGUY1.AUD \
+	YEAH1.AUD \
+	YES1.AUD \
+	YO1.AUD \
+#	OHSH1.AUD \
+
+TSCOREFILES = \
+	cps\record.bin \
+	CHOOSE.WSA \
+	NOD1PRE.VQA \
+	STRUGGLE.AUD \
+	GDI_SLCT.AUD \
+	NOD_SLCT.AUD \
+	KANEFINL.AUD \
+	LOOPIE6M.AUD \
+	WIN1.AUD \
+	MAP1.AUD \
+
+VARFILES = \
+	TROUBLE.AUD \
+	AOI.AUD \
+	WIN1.AUD \
+	BEFEARED.AUD \
+	HEART.AUD \
+	ROUT.AUD \
+
+SCOREFILES = \
+	NOD_WIN1.AUD \
+	NOD_MAP1.AUD \
+	AIRSTRIK.AUD \
+	AOI.AUD \
+	BEFEARED.AUD \
+	CCTHANG.AUD \
+	DIE.AUD \
+	FWP.AUD \
+	HEAVYG.AUD \
+	I_AM.AUD \
+	IND.AUD \
+	IND2.AUD \
+	J1.AUD \
+	JDI_V2.AUD \
+	JUSTDOIT.AUD \
+	LINEFIRE.AUD \
+	MARCH.AUD \
+	NOMERCY.AUD \
+	OTP.AUD \
+	PRP.AUD \
+	RADIO.AUD \
+	RAIN.AUD \
+	STOPTHEM.AUD \
+	TARGET.AUD \
+	TROUBLE.AUD \
+	VALKYRIE.AUD \
+	WARFARE.AUD \
+
+#	BFEARED.AUD \
+#	CCTHANG.AUD \
+#	CHOOSE1.AUD \
+#	DIE!!.AUD \
+#	FWP.AUD \
+#	IAM.AUD \
+#	IND.AUD \
+#	JUSTDOIT.AUD \
+#	LINEFIRE.AUD \
+#	MARCH.AUD \
+#	MECHMAN.AUD \
+#	NOMERCY.AUD \
+#	OTP.AUD \
+#	PRP.AUD \
+#	ROUT.AUD \
+#	STOPTHEM.AUD \
+#	TROUBLE.AUD \
+#	WARFARE.AUD \
+#	VALK.AUD \
+
+SPEECHFILES = \
+	UNITLOST.AUD \
+	NEEDHARV.AUD \
+	STRCLOST.AUD \
+	ENMYUNIT.AUD \
+	ACCOM1.AUD \
+	FAIL1.AUD \
+	BLDG1.AUD \
+	CONSTRU1.AUD \
+	NEWOPT1.AUD \
+	DEPLOY1.AUD \
+	GDIDEAD1.AUD \
+	NODDEAD1.AUD \
+	CIVDEAD1.AUD \
+	NOCASH1.AUD \
+	BATLCON1.AUD \
+	REINFOR1.AUD \
+	CANCEL1.AUD \
+	BLDGING1.AUD \
+	LOPOWER1.AUD \
+	NOPOWER1.AUD \
+	MOCASH1.AUD \
+	BASEATK1.AUD \
+	INCOME1.AUD \
+	ENEMYA.AUD \
+	NUKE1.AUD \
+	NOBUILD1.AUD \
+	PRIBLDG1.AUD \
+	NODCAPT1.AUD \
+	GDICAPT1.AUD \
+	IONCHRG1.AUD \
+	IONREDY1.AUD \
+	UNITREDY.AUD \
+	NUKAVAIL.AUD \
+	NUKLNCH1.AUD \
+	SELECT1.AUD \
+	AIRREDY1.AUD \
+	NOREDY1.AUD \
+	ENMYAPP1.AUD \
+	SILOS1.AUD \
+	ONHOLD1.AUD \
+	REPAIR1.AUD \
+	ESTRUCX.AUD \
+	GSTRUC1.AUD \
+	NSTRUC1.AUD \
+
+#	TRANSSEE.AUD \
+#	TRANLOAD.AUD \
+#	BLUEP.AUD \
+#	BLUES.AUD \
+#	BLUEU.AUD \
+#	CIVS.AUD \
+#	CIVU.AUD \
+#	DEPART.AUD \
+#	DESTROY.AUD \
+#	GDIS.AUD \
+#	GDIU.AUD \
+#	GOLDP.AUD \
+#	GOLDS.AUD \
+#	GOLDU.AUD \
+#	GREENP.AUD \
+#	GREENS.AUD \
+#	GREENU.AUD \
+#	GREYP.AUD \
+#	GREYS.AUD \
+#	GREYU.AUD \
+#	NODS.AUD \
+#	NODU.AUD \
+#	ORANGEP.AUD \
+#	ORANGES.AUD \
+#	ORANGEU.AUD \
+#	REDP.AUD \
+#	REDU.AUD \
+#	VICTORY.AUD \
+
+#	GUKILL1.AUD \
+#	GSTRUD1.AUD \
+#	GONLINE1.AUD \
+#	GLEFT1.AUD \
+#	GOLDKILT.AUD \
+#	GOLDWIN.AUD \
+#	RUKILL1.AUD \
+#	RSTRUD1.AUD \
+#	RONLINE1.AUD \
+#	RLEFT1.AUD \
+#	REDKILT.AUD \
+#	REDWIN.AUD \
+#	GYUKILL1.AUD \
+#	GYSTRUD1.AUD \
+#	GYONLINE.AUD \
+#	GYLEFT1.AUD \
+#	GREYKILT.AUD \
+#	GREYWIN.AUD \
+#	OUKILL1.AUD \
+#	OSTRUD1.AUD \
+#	OONLINE1.AUD \
+#	OLEFT1.AUD \
+#	ORANKILT.AUD \
+#	ORANWIN.AUD \
+#	GNUKILL1.AUD \
+#	GNSTRUD1.AUD \
+#	GNONLINE.AUD \
+#	GNLEFT1.AUD \
+#	GRENKILT.AUD \
+#	GRENWIN.AUD \
+#	BUKILL1.AUD \
+#	BSTRUD1.AUD \
+#	BONLINE1.AUD \
+#	BLEFT1.AUD \
+#	BLUEKILT.AUD \
+#	BLUEWIN.AUD \
+#	REPDONE1.AUD \
+#	RADOK1.AUD \
+#	RADFATL1.AUD \
+#	UPUNIT1.AUD \
+#	UPSTRUC1.AUD \
+#	EVAYES1.AUD \
+#	EVANO1.AUD \
+#	SOLD1.AUD \
+#	ACHIEV1.AUD \
+#	ADJUST1.AUD \
+#	AIRRAID1.AUD \
+#	BRIGHT1.AUD \
+#	COLOR1.AUD \
+#	CONQUER1.AUD \
+#	CONTRST1.AUD \
+#	DEFEAT1.AUD \
+#	DISCOV1.AUD \
+#	ENEMYE.AUD \
+#	ENEMYN.AUD \
+#	ENEMYS.AUD \
+#	ENEMYW.AUD \
+#	EVABOOT1.AUD \
+#	EXIT1.AUD \
+#	FACTORY1.AUD \
+#	FACTUSE1.AUD \
+#	FULFILL1.AUD \
+#	LOADGAM1.AUD \
+#	LOST1.AUD \
+#	MUSIC1.AUD \
+#	OPTION1.AUD \
+#	PLANEA.AUD \
+#	PLANEE.AUD \
+#	PLANEN.AUD \
+#	PLANES.AUD \
+#	PLANEW.AUD \
+#	PREPARE1.AUD \
+#	PROGRES1.AUD \
+#	RADHAZ1.AUD \
+#	RESTAB1.AUD \
+#	SAVED1.AUD \
+#	SAVEGAM1.AUD \
+#	SOUND1.AUD \
+#	SPEED1.AUD \
+#	SUCCED1.AUD \
+#	THANKS1.AUD \
+#	TINT1.AUD \
+#	UNAVAIL1.AUD \
+
+GDIMOVIES = \
+	BANNER.VQA \
+	BCANYON.VQA \
+	BKGROUND.VQA \
+	BOMBAWAY.VQA \
+	BOMBFLEE.VQA \
+	BURDET1.VQA \
+	BURDET2.VQA \
+	CC2TEASE.VQA \
+	CONSYARD.VQA \
+	DESOLAT.VQA \
+	DINO.VQA \
+	FLAG.VQA \
+	FLYY.VQA \
+	FORESTKL.VQA \
+	GAMEOVER.VQA \
+	GDI1.VQA \
+	GDI10.VQA \
+	GDI11.VQA \
+	GDI12.VQA \
+	GDI13.VQA \
+	GDI14.VQA \
+	GDI15.VQA \
+	GDI2.VQA \
+	GDI3.VQA \
+	GDI3LOSE.VQA \
+	GDI4A.VQA \
+	GDI4B.VQA \
+	GDI5.VQA \
+	GDI6.VQA \
+	GDI7.VQA \
+	GDI8A.VQA \
+	GDI8B.VQA \
+	GDI9.VQA \
+	GDIEND1.VQA \
+	GDIEND2.VQA \
+	GDIFINA.VQA \
+	GDIFINB.VQA \
+	GDILOSE.VQA \
+	GENERIC.VQA \
+	GUNBOAT.VQA \
+	HELLVALY.VQA \
+	INTRO2.VQA \
+	LANDING.VQA \
+	LOGO.VQA \
+	NAPALM.VQA \
+	NITEJUMP.VQA \
+	NOD1.VQA \
+	NODFLEES.VQA \
+	NODLOSE.VQA \
+	NODLOSE.VQA \
+	NODSWEEP.VQA \
+	PARATROP.VQA \
+	PINTLE.VQA \
+	PLANECRA.VQA \
+	PODIUM.VQA \
+	RETRO.VQA \
+	SABOTAGE.VQA \
+	SAMDIE.VQA \
+	SAMSITE.VQA \
+	SEIGE.VQA \
+	TBRINFO1.VQA \
+	TBRINFO2.VQA \
+	TBRINFO3.VQA \
+#	TRAILER.VQA \
+	TURTKILL.VQA \
+	VISOR.VQA \
+
+NODMOVIES = \
+	AIRSTRK.VQA \
+	AKIRA.VQA \
+	BANNER.VQA \
+	BCANYON.VQA \
+	BOMBAWAY.VQA \
+	BOMBFLEE.VQA \
+	CC2TEASE.VQA \
+	CONSYARD.VQA \
+	DESFLEES.VQA \
+	DESKILL.VQA \
+	DESSWEEP.VQA \
+	DINO.VQA \
+	FLAG.VQA \
+	FORESTKL.VQA \
+	GAMEOVER.VQA \
+	GDI1.VQA \
+	GENERIC.VQA \
+	INSITES.VQA \
+	INTRO2.VQA \
+	KANEPRE.VQA \
+	LANDING.VQA \
+	LOGO.VQA \
+	NOD1.VQA \
+	NOD10A.VQA \
+	NOD10B.VQA \
+	NOD11.VQA \
+	NOD12.VQA \
+	NOD13.VQA \
+	NOD1PRE.VQA \
+	NOD2.VQA \
+	NOD3.VQA \
+	NOD4A.VQA \
+	NOD4B.VQA \
+	NOD5.VQA \
+	NOD6.VQA \
+	NOD7A.VQA \
+	NOD7B.VQA \
+	NOD8.VQA \
+	NOD9.VQA \
+	NODEND1.VQA \
+	NODEND2.VQA \
+	NODEND3.VQA \
+	NODEND4.VQA \
+	NODFINAL.VQA \
+	NODLOSE.VQA \
+	NUKE.VQA \
+	OBEL.VQA \
+	REFINT.VQA \
+	RETRO.VQA \
+	SAMSITE.VQA \
+	SEIGE.VQA \
+	SETHPRE.VQA \
+	SPYCRASH.VQA \
+	STEALTH.VQA \
+	SUNDIAL.VQA \
+	TANKGO.VQA \
+	TANKKILL.VQA \
+	TIBERFX.VQA \
+#	TRAILER.VQA \
+	TRTKIL_D.VQA \
+	VISOR.VQA \
+
+
+DEMOMFILES= \
+	GDI1.VQA \
+	GDI10.VQA \
+	GDI6.VQA \
+	LOGO.VQA \
+	n:\code\cps\AOI.A6 \
+	n:\code\cps\HEAVYG.A6 \
+
+DEMO2MFILES= \
+	INTRO2.VQA \
+	AOI.AUD \
+	HEAVYG.AUD \
+	RADIO.AUD \
+	LINEFIRE.AUD \
+	CCTHANG.AUD \
+	MARCH.AUD \
+	BCANYON.VQA \
+	CONSYARD.VQA \
+	DESFLEES.VQA \
+	DESKILL.VQA \
+	DESSWEEP.VQA \
+	FLAG.VQA \
+	GAMEOVER.VQA \
+	GDI1.VQA \
+	GDI10.VQA \
+	GDI6.VQA \
+	GDILOSE.VQA \
+	INSITES.VQA \
+	LANDING.VQA \
+	LOGO.VQA \
+	NITEJUMP.VQA \
+	NOD1.VQA \
+	NOD5.VQA \
+	NOD8.VQA \
+	NODFLEES.VQA \
+	NODLOSE.VQA \
+	SABOTAGE.VQA \
+	SAMSITE.VQA \
+	SETHPRE.VQA \
+	STEALTH.VQA \
+	TBRINFO2.VQA \
+	TIBERFX.VQA \
+	TRAILER.VQA \
+	CC2TEASE.VQA \
+
+DEMOLFILES= \
+	CONQUER.ENG \
+	SCOREFNT.FNT \
+	GRAD6FNT.FNT \
+	3POINT.FNT \
+	6POINT.FNT \
+	8POINT.FNT \
+	8FAT.FNT \
+	FONT12.FNT \
+	FONT6.FNT \
+	LED.FNT \
+	VCR.FNT \
+	TEMPERAT.PAL \
+	MOUSE.SHP \
+	NOD1PRE.VQA \
+	NOD1PRE.VQP \
+	STRUGGLE.AUD \
+	GDI_SLCT.AUD \
+	NOD_SLCT.AUD \
+	CHOOSE.WSA \
+	S-GDIIN2.WSA \
+	SCRSCN1.WSA \
+	DEMOPIC.PCX \
+	PREPICK.PCX \
+	MISSION.INI \
+	ATTRACT2.CPS \
+	12GREEN.FNT \
+	12GRNGRD.FNT \
+	HTITLE.PCX \
+	GDI1.VQP \
+	GDI10.VQP \
+	GDI6.VQP \
+	LOGO.VQP \
+	HPIPS.SHP \
+	HBTN-DN.SHP \
+	HBTN-UP.SHP \
+	HBTN-DN2.SHP \
+	HBTN-UP2.SHP \
+	HSIDE1.SHP \
+	HSIDE2.SHP \
+	HPWRBAR.SHP \
+	HREPAIR.SHP \
+	HSELL.SHP \
+	HMAP.SHP \
+	BTN-STH.SHP \
+	BTN-PLH.SHP \
+	HRADAR.GDI \
+	HRADAR.NOD \
+	HCLOCK.SHP \
+	HPOWER.SHP \
+	HSTRIP.SHP \
+	HSTRIPDN.SHP \
+	HSTRIPUP.SHP \
+	HTABS.SHP \
+	BTEXTURE.SHP \
+	GRAD12FN.FNT \
+	SCORPAL1.PAL \
+	SIDES.PAL \
+	SNODPAL1.PAL \
+	..\maps\demo\SCG10EA.BIN \
+	..\maps\demo\SCG10EA.INI \
+	..\maps\demo\SCG01EA.BIN \
+	..\maps\demo\SCG01EA.INI \
+	..\maps\demo\SCG06EA.BIN \
+	..\maps\demo\SCG06EA.INI \
+
+
+DEMOCFILES= \
+	CONQUER.ENG \
+	SCOREFNT.FNT \
+	GRAD6FNT.FNT \
+	6POINT.FNT \
+	8POINT.FNT \
+	LED.FNT \
+	VCR.FNT \
+	TEMPERAT.PAL \
+	MOUSE.SHP \
+
+DEMO2LFILES= \
+	NOD1PRE.VQA \
+	STRUGGLE.AUD \
+	GDI_SLCT.AUD \
+	NOD_SLCT.AUD \
+	CHOOSE.WSA \
+	S-GDIIN2.WSA \
+	SCRSCN1.WSA \
+	DEMOPIC.CPS \
+	PREPICK.CPS \
+	PREPICK2.CPS \
+	MISSION.INI \
+	ATTRACT2.CPS \
+	TITLE.CPS \
+	..\maps\demo2\SCG10EA.BIN \
+	..\maps\demo2\SCG10EA.INI \
+	..\maps\demo2\SCG01EA.BIN \
+	..\maps\demo2\SCG01EA.INI \
+	..\maps\demo2\SCG06EA.BIN \
+	..\maps\demo2\SCG06EA.INI \
+	..\maps\demo2\SCB01EA.BIN \
+	..\maps\demo2\SCB01EA.INI \
+	..\maps\demo2\SCB05EA.BIN \
+	..\maps\demo2\SCB05EA.INI \
+	..\maps\demo2\SCB08EA.BIN \
+	..\maps\demo2\SCB08EA.INI \
+
+
+DEMOFILES= \
+	TIME.SHP \
+	HISCORE1.SHP \
+	HISCORE2.SHP \
+	BAR3RED.SHP \
+	BAR3YLW.SHP \
+	LOGOS.SHP \
+	CREDS.SHP \
+	VICE.SHP \
+	TABS.SHP \
+	FLMSPT.SHP \
+	PIPS.SHP \
+	RROTOR.SHP \
+	LROTOR.SHP \
+	MOVEFLSH.SHP \
+	ATOMDOOR.SHP \
+	ATOMICDN.SHP \
+	ATOMICUP.SHP \
+	BTN-DN.SHP \
+	BTN-ST.SHP \
+	BTN-UP.SHP \
+	BTN-PL.SHP \
+	OPTIONS.SHP \
+	SCRATE.SHP \
+	WCRATE.SHP \
+	EYE.SHP \
+	EYEICON.SHP \
+	EYEMAKE.SHP \
+	SMOKLAND.SHP \
+	BOMBICON.SHP \
+	IONICON.SHP \
+	ATOMSFX.SHP \
+	ATOMICON.SHP \
+	120MM.SHP \
+	50CAL.SHP \
+	A10.SHP \
+	A10ICON.SHP \
+	AFLD.SHP \
+	AFLDICON.SHP \
+	AFLDMAKE.SHP \
+	APC.SHP \
+	APCICON.SHP \
+	ARCO.SHP \
+	ARCOICON.SHP \
+	ART-EXP1.SHP \
+	ARTY.SHP \
+	ARTYICON.SHP \
+	ATWR.SHP \
+	ATWRICON.SHP \
+	ATWRMAKE.SHP \
+	BARB.SHP \
+	BARBICON.SHP \
+	BGGY.SHP \
+	BGGYICON.SHP \
+	BIKE.SHP \
+	BIKEICON.SHP \
+	BIO.SHP \
+	BIOICON.SHP \
+	BIOMAKE.SHP \
+	BOAT.SHP \
+	BOATICON.SHP \
+	BOMB.SHP \
+	BOMBLET.SHP \
+	BRIK.SHP \
+	BRIKICON.SHP \
+	BURN-L.SHP \
+	BURN-M.SHP \
+	BURN-S.SHP \
+	C1.SHP \
+	CHAN.SHP \
+	C17.SHP \
+	C17ICON.SHP \
+	C2.SHP \
+	C3.SHP \
+	C4.SHP \
+	C5.SHP \
+	C6.SHP \
+	C7.SHP \
+	DELPHI.SHP \
+	C8.SHP \
+	C9.SHP \
+	C10.SHP \
+	CLOCK.SHP \
+	CONC.SHP \
+	CYCL.SHP \
+	CYCLICON.SHP \
+	DRAGON.SHP \
+	E1.SHP \
+	E1ICON.SHP \
+	E1ROT.SHP \
+	E2.SHP \
+	E2ICON.SHP \
+	E2ROT.SHP \
+	E3.SHP \
+	E3ICON.SHP \
+	E3ROT.SHP \
+	E4.SHP \
+	E4ICON.SHP \
+	E4ROT.SHP \
+	E5.SHP \
+	E5ICON.SHP \
+	E6.SHP \
+	E6ICON.SHP \
+	FACT.SHP \
+	FACTICON.SHP \
+	FACTMAKE.SHP \
+	FBALL1.SHP \
+	FIRE1.SHP \
+	FIRE2.SHP \
+	FIRE3.SHP \
+	FIRE4.SHP \
+	FIX.SHP \
+	FIXICON.SHP \
+	FIXMAKE.SHP \
+	FLAME-N.SHP \
+	FLAME-NW.SHP \
+	FLAME-S.SHP \
+	FLAME-SW.SHP \
+	FLAME-W.SHP \
+	FLAME-E.SHP \
+	FLAME-NE.SHP \
+	FLAME-SE.SHP \
+	FRAG1.SHP \
+	FRAG3.SHP \
+	FTNK.SHP \
+	FTNKICON.SHP \
+	GTWR.SHP \
+	GTWRICON.SHP \
+	GTWRMAKE.SHP \
+	GUN.SHP \
+	GUNFIRE.SHP \
+	GUNICON.SHP \
+	GUNMAKE.SHP \
+	HAND.SHP \
+	HANDICON.SHP \
+	HANDMAKE.SHP \
+	HARV.SHP \
+	HARVICON.SHP \
+	HELI.SHP \
+	HELIICON.SHP \
+	HOSP.SHP \
+	HOSPICON.SHP \
+	HOSPMAKE.SHP \
+	HPAD.SHP \
+	HPADICON.SHP \
+	HPADMAKE.SHP \
+	HQ.SHP \
+	HQICON.SHP \
+	HQMAKE.SHP \
+	HTNK.SHP \
+	HTNKICON.SHP \
+	IONSFX.SHP \
+	JEEP.SHP \
+	JEEPICON.SHP \
+	LST.SHP \
+	LSTICON.SHP \
+	LTNK.SHP \
+	LTNKICON.SHP \
+	MCV.SHP \
+	MCVICON.SHP \
+	MHQ.SHP \
+	MHQICON.SHP \
+	MINIGUN.SHP \
+	MISS.SHP \
+	MISSILE.SHP \
+	MLRS.SHP \
+	MLRSICON.SHP \
+	MOEBIUS.SHP \
+	MTNK.SHP \
+	MTNKICON.SHP \
+	NAPALM1.SHP \
+	NAPALM2.SHP \
+	NAPALM3.SHP \
+	NUKE.SHP \
+	NUKEICON.SHP \
+	NUKEMAKE.SHP \
+	NUK2.SHP \
+	NUK2ICON.SHP \
+	NUK2MAKE.SHP \
+	ORCA.SHP \
+	ORCAICON.SHP \
+	OBLI.SHP \
+	OBLIICON.SHP \
+	OBLIMAKE.SHP \
+	PATRIOT.SHP \
+	PIFF.SHP \
+	PIFFPIFF.SHP \
+	POWER.SHP \
+	PROC.SHP \
+	PROCICON.SHP \
+	PROCMAKE.SHP \
+	PUMPICON.SHP \
+	PUMPMAKE.SHP \
+	PYLE.SHP \
+	PYLEICON.SHP \
+	PYLEMAKE.SHP \
+	RADAR.GDI \
+	RADAR.NOD \
+	RADAR.JP \
+	RMBO.SHP \
+	RMBOICON.SHP \
+	ROAD.SHP \
+	ROADICON.SHP \
+	SAM.SHP \
+	SAMFIRE.SHP \
+	SAMICON.SHP \
+	SAMMAKE.SHP \
+	SBAG.SHP \
+	SBAGICON.SHP \
+	SELECT.SHP \
+	SHADOW.SHP \
+	SILO.SHP \
+	SILOICON.SHP \
+	SILOMAKE.SHP \
+	SMOKEY.SHP \
+	SMOKE_M.SHP \
+	SQUISH.SHP \
+	STNK.SHP \
+	STNKICON.SHP \
+	STRIP.SHP \
+	STRIPDN.SHP \
+	STRIPUP.SHP \
+	TRAN.SHP \
+	TRANICON.SHP \
+	TRANS.ICN \
+	VEH-HIT1.SHP \
+	VEH-HIT2.SHP \
+	VEH-HIT3.SHP \
+	WAKE.SHP \
+	WEAP.SHP \
+	WEAP2.SHP \
+	WEAPICON.SHP \
+	WEAPMAKE.SHP \
+	WOOD.SHP \
+	WOODICON.SHP \
+	V19.SHP \
+	MSAM.SHP \
+	MSAMICON.SHP \
+#	COUNTRYA.SHP \
+#	CHEMBALL.SHP \
+#	COUNTRYE.SHP \
+#	3POINT.FNT \
+#	DEVIATOR.SHP \
+#	DOLLAR.SHP \
+#	EARTH.SHP \
+#	EMPULSE.SHP \
+#	INVUN.SHP \
+#	MINE.SHP \
+#	RAPID.SHP \
+#	STEALTH2.SHP \
+#	MISSILE2.SHP \
+#	FLAGFLY.SHP \
+#	FPLS.SHP \
+#	TRIC.SHP \
+#	STEG.SHP \
+#	RAPT.SHP \
+#	TREX.SHP \
+#	TMPL.SHP \
+#	TMPLICON.SHP \
+#	TMPLMAKE.SHP \
+#	CHEM-N.SHP \
+#	CHEM-NW.SHP \
+#	CHEM-S.SHP \
+#	CHEM-SW.SHP \
+#	CHEM-W.SHP \
+#	CHEM-E.SHP \
+#	CHEM-NE.SHP \
+#	CHEM-SE.SHP \
+#	SPLIT2.TEM \
+#	SPLIT3.TEM \
+#	BIB1.TEM \
+#	BIB2.TEM \
+#	BIB3.TEM \
+#	B1.TEM \
+#	B2.TEM \
+#	B3.TEM \
+#	BRIDGE1.TEM \
+#	BRIDGE1D.TEM \
+#	BRIDGE2.TEM \
+#	BRIDGE2D.TEM \
+#	CLEAR1.TEM \
+#	CR1.TEM \
+#	CR2.TEM \
+#	CR3.TEM \
+#	CR4.TEM \
+#	CR5.TEM \
+#	CR6.TEM \
+#	D01.TEM \
+#	D02.TEM \
+#	D03.TEM \
+#	D04.TEM \
+#	D05.TEM \
+#	D06.TEM \
+#	D07.TEM \
+#	D08.TEM \
+#	D09.TEM \
+#	D10.TEM \
+#	D11.TEM \
+#	D12.TEM \
+#	D13.TEM \
+#	D14.TEM \
+#	D15.TEM \
+#	D16.TEM \
+#	D17.TEM \
+#	D18.TEM \
+#	D19.TEM \
+#	D20.TEM \
+#	D21.TEM \
+#	D22.TEM \
+#	D23.TEM \
+#	D24.TEM \
+#	D25.TEM \
+#	D26.TEM \
+#	D27.TEM \
+#	D28.TEM \
+#	D29.TEM \
+#	D30.TEM \
+#	D31.TEM \
+#	D32.TEM \
+#	D33.TEM \
+#	D34.TEM \
+#	D35.TEM \
+#	D36.TEM \
+#	D37.TEM \
+#	D38.TEM \
+#	D39.TEM \
+#	D40.TEM \
+#	D41.TEM \
+#	D42.TEM \
+#	D43.TEM \
+#	FALLS1.TEM \
+#	FALLS2.TEM \
+#	FORD1.TEM \
+#	FORD2.TEM \
+#	P01.TEM \
+#	P02.TEM \
+#	P03.TEM \
+#	P04.TEM \
+#	P07.TEM \
+#	P08.TEM \
+#	P13.TEM \
+#	P14.TEM \
+#	RV01.TEM \
+#	RV02.TEM \
+#	RV03.TEM \
+#	RV04.TEM \
+#	RV05.TEM \
+#	RV06.TEM \
+#	RV07.TEM \
+#	RV08.TEM \
+#	RV09.TEM \
+#	RV10.TEM \
+#	RV11.TEM \
+#	RV12.TEM \
+#	RV13.TEM \
+#	S01.TEM \
+#	S02.TEM \
+#	S03.TEM \
+#	S04.TEM \
+#	S05.TEM \
+#	S06.TEM \
+#	S07.TEM \
+#	S08.TEM \
+#	S09.TEM \
+#	S10.TEM \
+#	S11.TEM \
+#	S12.TEM \
+#	S13.TEM \
+#	S14.TEM \
+#	S15.TEM \
+#	S16.TEM \
+#	S17.TEM \
+#	S18.TEM \
+#	S19.TEM \
+#	S20.TEM \
+#	S21.TEM \
+#	S22.TEM \
+#	S23.TEM \
+#	S24.TEM \
+#	S25.TEM \
+#	S26.TEM \
+#	S27.TEM \
+#	S28.TEM \
+#	S29.TEM \
+#	S30.TEM \
+#	S31.TEM \
+#	S32.TEM \
+#	S33.TEM \
+#	S34.TEM \
+#	S35.TEM \
+#	S36.TEM \
+#	S37.TEM \
+#	S38.TEM \
+#	SC1.TEM \
+#	SC2.TEM \
+#	SC3.TEM \
+#	SC4.TEM \
+#	SC5.TEM \
+#	SC6.TEM \
+#	SH1.TEM \
+#	SH10.TEM \
+#	SH11.TEM \
+#	SH12.TEM \
+#	SH13.TEM \
+#	SH14.TEM \
+#	SH15.TEM \
+#	SH16.TEM \
+#	SH17.TEM \
+#	SH18.TEM \
+#	SH32.TEM \
+#	SH33.TEM \
+#	SH34.TEM \
+#	SH35.TEM \
+#	SH2.TEM \
+#	SH3.TEM \
+#	SH4.TEM \
+#	SH5.TEM \
+#	SH6.TEM \
+#	SH7.TEM \
+#	SH8.TEM \
+#	SH9.TEM \
+#	SR1.TEM \
+#	SR2.TEM \
+#	T01.TEM \
+#	T02.TEM \
+#	T03.TEM \
+#	T05.TEM \
+#	T06.TEM \
+#	T07.TEM \
+#	T08.TEM \
+#	T10.TEM \
+#	T11.TEM \
+#	T12.TEM \
+#	T13.TEM \
+#	T14.TEM \
+#	T15.TEM \
+#	T16.TEM \
+#	T17.TEM \
+#	TC01.TEM \
+#	TC02.TEM \
+#	TC03.TEM \
+#	TC04.TEM \
+#	TC05.TEM \
+#	TCLOCK.MRF \
+#	TWHITE.MRF \
+#	TEMPERAT.PAL \
+#	TGREEN.MRF \
+#	TI1.TEM \
+#	TI10.TEM \
+#	TI11.TEM \
+#	TI12.TEM \
+#	TI2.TEM \
+#	TI3.TEM \
+#	TI4.TEM \
+#	TI5.TEM \
+#	TI6.TEM \
+#	TI7.TEM \
+#	TI8.TEM \
+#	TI9.TEM \
+#	TLIGHT.MRF \
+#	TMOUSE.MRF \
+#	TRED.MRF \
+#	TSHADE.MRF \
+#	TSHADOW.MRF \
+#	TTRANS.MRF \
+#	TUNITS.MRF \
+#	TYELLOW.MRF \
+#	V01.TEM \
+#	V02.TEM \
+#	V03.TEM \
+#	V04.TEM \
+#	V05.TEM \
+#	V06.TEM \
+#	V07.TEM \
+#	V08.TEM \
+#	V09.TEM \
+#	V10.TEM \
+#	V11.TEM \
+#	V12.TEM \
+#	V13.TEM \
+#	V14.TEM \
+#	V15.TEM \
+#	V16.TEM \
+#	V17.TEM \
+#	V18.TEM \
+#	W1.TEM \
+#	W2.TEM \
+
+DEMO2FILES= \
+	TIME.SHP \
+	HISCORE1.SHP \
+	HISCORE2.SHP \
+	BAR3RED.SHP \
+	BAR3YLW.SHP \
+	LOGOS.SHP \
+	CREDS.SHP \
+	VICE.SHP \
+	TABS.SHP \
+	FLMSPT.SHP \
+	PIPS.SHP \
+	RROTOR.SHP \
+	LROTOR.SHP \
+	MOVEFLSH.SHP \
+	ATOMDOOR.SHP \
+	ATOMICDN.SHP \
+	ATOMICUP.SHP \
+	BTN-DN.SHP \
+	BTN-ST.SHP \
+	BTN-UP.SHP \
+	BTN-PL.SHP \
+	OPTIONS.SHP \
+	SCRATE.SHP \
+	WCRATE.SHP \
+	EYE.SHP \
+	EYEICON.SHP \
+	EYEMAKE.SHP \
+	SMOKLAND.SHP \
+	BOMBICON.SHP \
+	IONICON.SHP \
+	ATOMSFX.SHP \
+	ATOMICON.SHP \
+	120MM.SHP \
+	50CAL.SHP \
+	A10.SHP \
+	A10ICON.SHP \
+	AFLD.SHP \
+	AFLDICON.SHP \
+	AFLDMAKE.SHP \
+	APC.SHP \
+	APCICON.SHP \
+	ARCO.SHP \
+	ARCOICON.SHP \
+	ART-EXP1.SHP \
+	ARTY.SHP \
+	ARTYICON.SHP \
+	ATWR.SHP \
+	ATWRICON.SHP \
+	ATWRMAKE.SHP \
+	BARB.SHP \
+	BARBICON.SHP \
+	BGGY.SHP \
+	BGGYICON.SHP \
+	BIKE.SHP \
+	BIKEICON.SHP \
+	BIO.SHP \
+	BIOICON.SHP \
+	BIOMAKE.SHP \
+	BOAT.SHP \
+	BOATICON.SHP \
+	BOMB.SHP \
+	BOMBLET.SHP \
+	BRIK.SHP \
+	BRIKICON.SHP \
+	BURN-L.SHP \
+	BURN-M.SHP \
+	BURN-S.SHP \
+	C1.SHP \
+	CHAN.SHP \
+	C17.SHP \
+	C17ICON.SHP \
+	C2.SHP \
+	C3.SHP \
+	C4.SHP \
+	C5.SHP \
+	C6.SHP \
+	C7.SHP \
+	DELPHI.SHP \
+	C8.SHP \
+	C9.SHP \
+	C10.SHP \
+	CLOCK.SHP \
+	CONC.SHP \
+	CYCL.SHP \
+	CYCLICON.SHP \
+	DRAGON.SHP \
+	E1.SHP \
+	E1ICON.SHP \
+	E1ROT.SHP \
+	E2.SHP \
+	E2ICON.SHP \
+	E2ROT.SHP \
+	E3.SHP \
+	E3ICON.SHP \
+	E3ROT.SHP \
+	E4.SHP \
+	E4ICON.SHP \
+	E4ROT.SHP \
+	E5.SHP \
+	E5ICON.SHP \
+	E6.SHP \
+	E6ICON.SHP \
+	FACT.SHP \
+	FACTICON.SHP \
+	FACTMAKE.SHP \
+	FBALL1.SHP \
+	FIRE1.SHP \
+	FIRE2.SHP \
+	FIRE3.SHP \
+	FIRE4.SHP \
+	FIX.SHP \
+	FIXICON.SHP \
+	FIXMAKE.SHP \
+	FLAME-N.SHP \
+	FLAME-NW.SHP \
+	FLAME-S.SHP \
+	FLAME-SW.SHP \
+	FLAME-W.SHP \
+	FLAME-E.SHP \
+	FLAME-NE.SHP \
+	FLAME-SE.SHP \
+	FRAG1.SHP \
+	FRAG3.SHP \
+	FTNK.SHP \
+	FTNKICON.SHP \
+	GTWR.SHP \
+	GTWRICON.SHP \
+	GTWRMAKE.SHP \
+	GUN.SHP \
+	GUNFIRE.SHP \
+	GUNICON.SHP \
+	GUNMAKE.SHP \
+	HAND.SHP \
+	HANDICON.SHP \
+	HANDMAKE.SHP \
+	HARV.SHP \
+	HARVICON.SHP \
+	HELI.SHP \
+	HELIICON.SHP \
+	HOSP.SHP \
+	HOSPICON.SHP \
+	HOSPMAKE.SHP \
+	HPAD.SHP \
+	HPADICON.SHP \
+	HPADMAKE.SHP \
+	HQ.SHP \
+	HQICON.SHP \
+	HQMAKE.SHP \
+	HTNK.SHP \
+	HTNKICON.SHP \
+	IONSFX.SHP \
+	JEEP.SHP \
+	JEEPICON.SHP \
+	LST.SHP \
+	LSTICON.SHP \
+	LTNK.SHP \
+	LTNKICON.SHP \
+	MCV.SHP \
+	MCVICON.SHP \
+	MHQ.SHP \
+	MHQICON.SHP \
+	MINIGUN.SHP \
+	MISS.SHP \
+	MISSILE.SHP \
+	MLRS.SHP \
+	MLRSICON.SHP \
+	MOEBIUS.SHP \
+	MTNK.SHP \
+	MTNKICON.SHP \
+	NAPALM1.SHP \
+	NAPALM2.SHP \
+	NAPALM3.SHP \
+	NUKE.SHP \
+	NUKEICON.SHP \
+	NUKEMAKE.SHP \
+	NUK2.SHP \
+	NUK2ICON.SHP \
+	NUK2MAKE.SHP \
+	ORCA.SHP \
+	ORCAICON.SHP \
+	OBLI.SHP \
+	OBLIICON.SHP \
+	OBLIMAKE.SHP \
+	PATRIOT.SHP \
+	PIFF.SHP \
+	PIFFPIFF.SHP \
+	POWER.SHP \
+	PROC.SHP \
+	PROCICON.SHP \
+	PROCMAKE.SHP \
+	PUMPICON.SHP \
+	PUMPMAKE.SHP \
+	PYLE.SHP \
+	PYLEICON.SHP \
+	PYLEMAKE.SHP \
+	RADAR.GDI \
+	RADAR.NOD \
+	RADAR.JP \
+	RMBO.SHP \
+	RMBOICON.SHP \
+	ROAD.SHP \
+	ROADICON.SHP \
+	SAM.SHP \
+	SAMFIRE.SHP \
+	SAMICON.SHP \
+	SAMMAKE.SHP \
+	SBAG.SHP \
+	SBAGICON.SHP \
+	SELECT.SHP \
+	SHADOW.SHP \
+	SILO.SHP \
+	SILOICON.SHP \
+	SILOMAKE.SHP \
+	SMOKEY.SHP \
+	SMOKE_M.SHP \
+	SQUISH.SHP \
+	STNK.SHP \
+	STNKICON.SHP \
+	STRIP.SHP \
+	STRIPDN.SHP \
+	STRIPUP.SHP \
+	TRAN.SHP \
+	TRANICON.SHP \
+	TRANS.ICN \
+	VEH-HIT1.SHP \
+	VEH-HIT2.SHP \
+	VEH-HIT3.SHP \
+	WAKE.SHP \
+	WEAP.SHP \
+	WEAP2.SHP \
+	WEAPICON.SHP \
+	WEAPMAKE.SHP \
+	WOOD.SHP \
+	WOODICON.SHP \
+	V19.SHP \
+	MSAM.SHP \
+	MSAMICON.SHP \
+
+
+LINTOBJECTS1 = $(OBJECTS:,=)
+LINTOBJECTS = $(LINTOBJECTS1:.OBJ=.LOB)
+
+PACKFILES=	\
+	CONQUER.MIX \
+	DESERT.MIX \
+	$(.path.cd1)GENERAL.MIX \
+	$(.path.cd2)GENERAL.MIX \
+	TEMPERAT.MIX \
+	WINTER.MIX \
+	$(.path.cd1)install\CCLOCAL.MIX \
+	$(.path.cd1)install\UPDATE.MIX \
+	$(.path.cd1)install\UPDATEC.MIX \
+	$(.path.cd1)install\TRANSIT.MIX \
+	$(.path.cd1)install\DESEICNH.MIX \
+	$(.path.cd1)install\WINTICNH.MIX \
+	$(.path.cd1)install\TEMPICNH.MIX \
+#	$(.path.cd1)aud1\SPEECH.MIX \
+#	SOUNDS.MIX \
+#	SCORES.MIX \
+#	$(.path.cd1)MOVIES.MIX \
+#	$(.path.cd2)MOVIES.MIX \
+
+# Limited mixfiles that can be built on home system.
+HOMEFILES=	\
+	CONQUER.MIX \
+	DESERT.MIX \
+	TEMPERAT.MIX \
+	GENERAL.MIX \
+
+
+#############################################################
+# Rebuilds all pack files.
+packfiles:	$(PACKFILES)
+
+
+#############################################################
+# Debug text file creation.
+#debug.eng:	debug.txt
+#	utils\textmake -b1000 $(.path.txt)$&.txt $(.path.eng)$&.eng $&.h
+
+#############################################################
+# Demo #2 (Point of Sale version)
+demo2: $(.path.dm2)install\DEMO.MIX $(.path.dm2)install\DEMOL.MIX $(.path.dm2)DEMOM.MIX $(.path.dm2)install\DEMOC.MIX
+
+#############################################################
+# Help screen for this complex makefile.
+#help:
+#	type &&!
+# This makefile controls many C&C operations.  Pass the
+# following parameter to MAKE for the desired function.
+# ---------------------------------------------------------
+# _______________Rebuilds executable.
+# PACKFILES______Rebuilds all mixfiles.
+#!
+
+####################################################################
+# Creates the data file that is loaded at the beginning and then not
+# freed.
+CONQUER.MIX: $(CONQUERFILES) $(CACHEMAP)
+	UTILS\MIXFILE -I$(.path.cps) &&!
+	$**
+! $(.path.cd1)$&.mix
+	copy $(.path.cd1)$&.mix $(.path.cd2)$&.mix
+
+DESERT.MIX: $(DESERTFILES)
+	UTILS\MIXFILE -I$(.path.cps) &&!
+	$**
+! $(.path.cd1)$&.mix
+	copy $(.path.cd1)$&.mix $(.path.cd2)$&.mix
+
+WINTER.MIX: $(WINTERFILES)
+	UTILS\MIXFILE -I$(.path.cps) &&!
+	$**
+! $(.path.cd1)$&.mix
+	copy $(.path.cd1)$&.mix $(.path.cd2)$&.mix
+
+TEMPERAT.MIX: $(TEMPERATEFILES)
+	UTILS\MIXFILE -I$(.path.cps) &&!
+	$**
+! $(.path.cd1)$&.mix
+	copy $(.path.cd1)$&.mix $(.path.cd2)$&.mix
+
+DESEICNH.MIX: $(DESERTICONFILES)
+	UTILS\MIXFILE -I$(.path.cps) &&!
+	$**
+! $(.path.cd1)install\$&.mix
+	copy $(.path.cd1)install\$&.mix $(.path.cd2)install\$&.mix
+
+WINTICNH.MIX: $(WINTERICONFILES)
+	UTILS\MIXFILE -I$(.path.cps) &&!
+	$**
+! $(.path.cd1)install\$&.mix
+	copy $(.path.cd1)install\$&.mix $(.path.cd2)install\$&.mix
+
+TEMPICNH.MIX: $(TEMPERATEICONFILES)
+	UTILS\MIXFILE -I$(.path.cps) &&!
+	$**
+! $(.path.cd1)install\$&.mix
+	copy $(.path.cd1)install\$&.mix $(.path.cd2)install\$&.mix
+
+$(.path.cd1)GENERAL.MIX: $(GENERALFILES) $(GDIMAPFILES) $(NETMAPFILES) $(MAPFILES)
+	UTILS\MIXFILE -I$(.path.cps) -I$(.path.ini) &&!
+	$**
+! $(.path.cd1)$&.mix
+
+$(.path.cd2)GENERAL.MIX: $(GENERALFILES) $(NODMAPFILES) $(NETMAPFILES) $(MAPFILES)
+	UTILS\MIXFILE -I$(.path.cps) -I$(.path.ini) &&!
+	$**
+! $(.path.cd2)$&.mix
+
+#SCORES8.MIX: $(SCOREFILES:.AUD=.A8)
+#	UTILS\MIXFILE -E.A8=.AUD -E.V16=.VAR -I$(.path.cps) -I$(.path.ini) &&!
+#	$**
+#! $(.path.mix)$&.mix
+
+SCORES.MIX: $(SCOREFILES:.AUD=.A6) $(VARFILES:.AUD=.V16)
+	UTILS\MIXFILE -E.A6=.AUD -E.V16=.VAR -I$(.path.cps) -I$(.path.ini) &&!
+	$**
+! $(.path.cd1)$&.mix
+	copy $(.path.cd1)$&.mix $(.path.cd2)$&.mix
+
+#$(.path.mix)8_st\SOUNDS.MIX: $(WAVFILES:.AUD=.A8) $(SFX:.AUD=.A8A) $(SFX:.AUD=.A8J)
+#	UTILS\MIXFILE -e.A8=.AUD -e.A8A=.AUD -e.A8J=.JUV -I$(.path.cps) &&!
+#	$**
+#! $(.path.mix)8_st\$&.mix
+
+#$(.path.mix)install\SOUNDS.MIX: $(WAVFILES:.AUD=.A6) $(SFX:.AUD=.A6A) $(SFX:.AUD=.A6J)
+#	UTILS\MIXFILE -e.A6=.AUD -e.A6A=.AUD -e.A6J=.JUV -I$(.path.cps) &&!
+#	$**
+#! $(.path.mix)install\$&.mix
+
+#	UTILS\MIXFILE -e.A6=.AUD -e.A6A=.AUD -e.A6J=.JUV -E.A60=.V00 -E.A61=.V01 -E.A62=.V02 -E.A63=.V03 -E.A64=.V04 -I$(.path.aud);$(.path.cps) &&!
+#	UTILS\MIXFILE -eA6=AUD -eA6A=AUD -eA6J=JUV -EA60=V00 -EA61=V01 -EA62=V02 -EA63=V03 -EA64=V04 -I$(.path.aud) &&!
+#SOUNDS.MIX: $(WAVFILES:.AUD=.A6) $(SFX:.AUD=.A6A) $(SFX:.AUD=.A6J) $(RESPONSE1:.AUD=.A60) $(RESPONSE2:.AUD=.A61) $(RESPONSE1:.AUD=.A62) $(RESPONSE2:.AUD=.A63) $(RAMBO:.AUD=.A6) $(TSCOREFILES:.AUD=.A6)
+SOUNDS.MIX: $(WAVFILES:.AUD=.A6) $(SFX:.AUD=.A6A) $(RESPONSE1:.AUD=.A60) $(RESPONSE2:.AUD=.A61) $(RESPONSE1:.AUD=.A62) $(RESPONSE2:.AUD=.A63) $(RAMBO:.AUD=.A6)
+	UTILS\MIXFILE -eA6=AUD -eA6A=AUD -EA60=V00 -EA61=V01 -EA62=V02 -EA63=V03 -EA64=V04 -I$(.path.aud) &&!
+	$**
+! $(.path.cd1)$&.mix
+	copy $(.path.cd1)$&.mix $(.path.cd2)$&.mix
+
+ZOUNDS.MIX: $(SFX:.AUD=.JUV)
+	UTILS\MIXFILE -eA6J=JUV -I$(.path.aud) &&!
+	$**
+! $(.path.mix)$&.mix
+
+#$(.path.mix)8_st\INFANTRY.MIX: $(RESPONSE:.AUD=.A80) $(RESPONSE:.AUD=.A81) $(RESPONSE:.AUD=.A82) $(RESPONSE:.AUD=.A83) $(RAMBO:.AUD=.A8)
+#	UTILS\MIXFILE -E.A80=.V00 -E.A81=.V01 -E.A82=.V02 -E.A83=.V03 -E.A84=.V04 -E.A8=.AUD -I$(.path.aud) &&!
+#	$**
+#! $(.path.mix)8_st\$&.mix
+
+#$(.path.mix)install\INFANTRY.MIX: $(RESPONSE1:.AUD=.A60) $(RESPONSE2:.AUD=.A61) $(RESPONSE1:.AUD=.A62) $(RESPONSE2:.AUD=.A63) $(RAMBO:.AUD=.A6) $(TSCOREFILES:.AUD=.A6)
+#	UTILS\MIXFILE -E.A60=.V00 -E.A61=.V01 -E.A62=.V02 -E.A63=.V03 -E.A64=.V04 -E.A6=.AUD -I$(.path.aud) &&!
+#	$**
+#! $(.path.mix)install\$&.mix
+
+$(.path.cd1)install\CCLOCAL.MIX: $(LOCALFILES)
+	UTILS\MIXFILE -E.A6=.AUD -I$(.path.cps) &&!
+	$**
+! $(.path.cd1)install\$&.mix
+	copy $(.path.cd1)install\$&.mix $(.path.cd2)install\$&.mix
+
+UPDATE.MIX: $(UPDATEFILES)
+	UTILS\MIXFILE -E.A6=.AUD -I$(.path.cps) &&!
+	$**
+! $(.path.cd1)install\$&.mix
+	copy $(.path.cd1)\$&.mix $(.path.cd2)\$&.mix
+
+UPDATEC.MIX: $(UPDATECFILES)
+	UTILS\MIXFILE -E.A6=.AUD -I$(.path.cps) &&!
+	$**
+! $(.path.cd1)install\$&.mix
+	copy $(.path.cd1)install\$&.mix $(.path.cd2)install\$&.mix
+
+LANGUAGE.MIX: $(JAPANFILES)
+	UTILS\MIXFILE -E.A6=.AUD -I$(.path.cps) &&!
+	$**
+! $(.path.cd1)install\$&.mix
+	copy $(.path.cd1)\$&.mix $(.path.cd2)\$&.mix
+
+$(.path.cd1)install\TRANSIT.MIX: $(TSCOREFILES:.AUD=.A6)
+	UTILS\MIXFILE -E.A6=.AUD -I$(.path.cps) &&!
+	$**
+! $(.path.cd1)install\$&.mix
+	copy $(.path.cd1)install\$&.mix $(.path.cd2)install\$&.mix
+
+
+#$(.path.mix)8_st\SPEECH.MIX: $(SPEECHFILES:.AUD=.A8)
+#	UTILS\MIXFILE -E.A8=.AUD -I$(.path.aud) &&!
+#	$**
+#! $(.path.mix)8_st\$&.mix
+
+SPEECH.MIX: $(SPEECHFILES:.AUD=.A6)
+	UTILS\MIXFILE -E.A6=.AUD -I$(.path.aud) &&!
+	$**
+! $(.path.cd1)install\$&.mix
+	copy $(.path.cd1)aud1\$&.mix $(.path.cd2)aud1\$&.mix
+
+#$(.path.mix)8_st\TRANSIT.MIX: $(TSCOREFILES:.AUD=.A8)
+#	UTILS\MIXFILE -E.A8=.AUD -I$(.path.aud) &&!
+#	$**
+#! $(.path.mix)8_st\$&.mix
+
+#$(.path.mix)16_st\TRANSIT.MIX: $(TSCOREFILES:.AUD=.A6)
+#	UTILS\MIXFILE -E.A6=.AUD -I$(.path.aud) &&!
+#	$**
+#! $(.path.mix)16_st\$&.mix
+
+$(.path.cd1)MOVIES.MIX: $(GDIMOVIES)
+	UTILS\MIXFILE -I$(.path.vqa) &&!
+	$**
+! $(.path.cd1)$&.mix
+
+$(.path.cd2)MOVIES.MIX: $(NODMOVIES)
+	UTILS\MIXFILE -I$(.path.vqa) &&!
+	$**
+! $(.path.cd2)$&.mix
+
+
+$(.path.dmo)DEMO.MIX: $(DEMOFILES:.AUD=.A6)
+	UTILS\MIXFILE -I$(.path.cps) &&!
+	$**
+! $(.path.dmo)$&.mix
+
+$(.path.dmo)DEMOL.MIX: $(DEMOLFILES:.AUD=.A6)
+	UTILS\MIXFILE -E.A6=.AUD -I$(.path.cps) &&!
+	$**
+! $(.path.dmo)$&.mix
+
+$(.path.dmo)DEMOM.MIX: $(DEMOMFILES)
+	UTILS\MIXFILE -E.A6=.AUD -I$(.path.cps) &&!
+	$**
+! $(.path.dmo)$&.mix
+
+
+$(.path.dm2)install\DEMO.MIX: $(DEMO2FILES:.AUD=.A6)
+	UTILS\MIXFILE -I$(.path.cps) &&!
+	$**
+! $(.path.dm2)install\$&.mix
+
+$(.path.dm2)install\DEMOL.MIX: $(DEMO2LFILES:.AUD=.A6)
+	UTILS\MIXFILE -E.A6=.AUD -I$(.path.cps) &&!
+	$**
+! $(.path.dm2)install\$&.mix
+
+$(.path.dm2)install\DEMOC.MIX: $(DEMOCFILES:.AUD=.A6)
+	UTILS\MIXFILE -E.A6=.AUD -I$(.path.cps) &&!
+	$**
+! $(.path.dm2)install\$&.mix
+
+$(.path.dm2)DEMOM.MIX: $(DEMO2MFILES)
+	UTILS\MIXFILE -E.A6=.AUD -I$(.path.cps) &&!
+	$**
+! $(.path.dm2)$&.mix
+
+######################################################################
+# Special rule to create the mouse shape (which must be a shape file)
+mouse.shp:	$(.path.anm)mouse.anm
+	utils\makeshps $(.path.lbm)title.lbm &&!
+ &$(.path.anm)mouse.anm;
+ end;
+! $(.path.shp)$&.shp $(SHAPEBUFFSIZE)
diff --git a/BUILDING.CPP b/BUILDING.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a6f5108
--- /dev/null
+++ b/BUILDING.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,4960 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\building.cpv   2.13   02 Aug 1995 17:00:14   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : BUILDING.CPP                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : September 10, 1993                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : August 20, 1995 [JLB]                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   BuildingClass::AI -- Handles non-graphic AI processing for buildings.                     *
+ *   BuildingClass::Active_Click_With -- Handles cell selection for buildings.                 *
+ *   BuildingClass::As_Target -- Convert the building into a target value.                     *
+ *   BuildingClass::Assign_Target -- Assigns a target to the building.                         *
+ *   BuildingClass::Begin_Mode -- Begins an animation mode for the building.                   *
+ *   BuildingClass::BuildingClass -- Constructor for buildings.                                *
+ *   BuildingClass::Can_Demolish -- Can the player demolish (sell back) the building?          *
+ *   BuildingClass::Can_Enter_Cell -- Determines if building can be placed down.               *
+ *   BuildingClass::Can_Fire -- Determines if this building can fire.                          *
+ *   BuildingClass::Captured -- Captures the building.                                         *
+ *   BuildingClass::Center_Coord -- Fetches the center coordinate for the building.            *
+ *   BuildingClass::Click_With -- Handles clicking on the map while the building is selected.  *
+ *   BuildingClass::Crew_Type -- This determines the crew that this object generates.          *
+ *   BuildingClass::Death_Announcement -- Announce the death of this building.                 *
+ *   BuildingClass::Debug_Dump -- Displays building status to the monochrome screen.           *
+ *   BuildingClass::Detach -- Handles target removal from the game system.                     *
+ *   BuildingClass::Detach_All -- Possibly abandons production according to factory type.      *
+ *   BuildingClass::Draw_It -- Displays the building at the location specified.                *
+ *   BuildingClass::Drop_Debris -- Drops rubble when building is destroyed.                    *
+ *   BuildingClass::Enter_Idle_Mode -- The building will enter its idle mode.                  *
+ *   BuildingClass::Exit_Object -- Initiates an object to leave the building.                  *
+ *   BuildingClass::Fire_At -- Fires weapon at specified target.                               *
+ *   BuildingClass::Fire_Coord -- Calculates the coordinate that projectile would appear.      *
+ *   BuildingClass::Fire_Direction -- Fetches the direction of firing.                         *
+ *   BuildingClass::Fire_Out -- Handles when attached animation expires.                       *
+ *   BuildingClass::Flush_For_Placement -- Handles clearing a zone for object placement.       *
+ *   BuildingClass::Grand_Opening -- Handles construction completed special operations.        *
+ *   BuildingClass::Greatest_Threat -- Searches for target that building can fire upon.        *
+ *   BuildingClass::Init -- Initialize the building system to an empty null state.             *
+ *   BuildingClass::Limbo -- Handles power adjustment as building goes into limbo.             *
+ *   BuildingClass::Look -- Reveal map around building.                                        *
+ *   BuildingClass::Mark -- Building interface to map rendering system.                        *
+ *   BuildingClass::Mission_Attack -- Handles attack mission for building.                     *
+ *   BuildingClass::Mission_Construction -- Handles mission construction.                      *
+ *   BuildingClass::Mission_Deconstruction -- Handles building deconstruction.                 *
+ *   BuildingClass::Mission_Guard -- Handles guard mission for combat buildings.               *
+ *   BuildingClass::Mission_Harvest -- Handles refinery unloading harvesters.                  *
+ *   BuildingClass::Mission_Missile -- State machine for nuclear missile launch.               *
+ *   BuildingClass::Mission_Repair -- Handles the repair (active) state for building.          *
+ *   BuildingClass::Mission_Unload -- Handles the unload mission for a building.               *
+ *   BuildingClass::Pip_Count -- Determines "full" pips to display for building.               *
+ *   BuildingClass::Power_Output -- Fetches the current power output from this building.       *
+ *   BuildingClass::Read_INI -- Reads buildings from INI file.                                 *
+ *   BuildingClass::Receive_Message -- Handle an incoming message to the building.             *
+ *   BuildingClass::Refund_Amount -- Fetches the refund amount if building is sold.            *
+ *   BuildingClass::Remap_Table -- Fetches the remap table to use for this building.           *
+ *   BuildingClass::Repair -- Initiates or terminates the repair process.                      *
+ *   BuildingClass::Revealed -- Reveals the building to the specified house.                   *
+ *   BuildingClass::Sell_Back -- Controls the sell back (demolish) operation.                  *
+ *   BuildingClass::Sort_Y -- Returns the building coordinate used for sorting.                *
+ *   BuildingClass::Take_Damage -- Inflicts damage points upon a building.                     *
+ *   BuildingClass::Toggle_Primary -- Toggles the primary factory state.                       *
+ *   BuildingClass::Unlimbo -- Removes a building from limbo state.                            *
+ *   BuildingClass::Update_Buildables -- Informs sidebar of additional construction options.   *
+ *   BuildingClass::Update_Specials -- removes computer specials for lost bld                  *
+ *   BuildingClass::What_Action -- Determines action to perform if click on specified object.  *
+ *   BuildingClass::What_Action -- Determines what action will occur.                          *
+ *   BuildingClass::Write_INI -- Writes all building data to an INI file.                      *
+ *   BuildingClass::delete -- Deallocates building object.                                     *
+ *   BuildingClass::new -- Allocates a building object from building pool.                     *
+ *   BuildingClass::~BuildingClass -- Destructor for building type objects.                    *
+ *   BuildingClass::Validate -- validates building pointer												  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+
+
+enum SAMState {
+	SAM_NONE=-1,					// Used for non SAM site buildings.
+	SAM_UNDERGROUND,			// Launcher is underground and awaiting orders.
+	SAM_RISING,					// Doors open and launcher rises to normal locked down position.
+	SAM_READY,					// Launcher can be facing any direction tracking targets.
+	SAM_FIRING,					// Stationary while missile is being fired.
+	SAM_READY2,					// Launcher can be facing any direction tracking targets.
+	SAM_FIRING2,				// Stationary while missile is being fired.
+	SAM_LOCKING,				// Rotating to locked position in preparation for lowering.
+	SAM_LOWERING,				// Launcher is lowering into the ground.
+};
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	Center of building offset table.
+*/
+COORDINATE const BuildingClass::CenterOffset[BSIZE_COUNT] = {
+	0x00800080L,
+	0x008000FFL,
+	0x00FF0080L,
+	0x00FF00FFL,
+	0x018000FFL,
+	0x00FF0180L,
+	0x01800180L,
+
+	0x00FF0200L,
+
+	0x02800280L,
+};
+
+/*
+** This contains the value of the Virtual Function Table Pointer
+*/
+void * BuildingClass::VTable;
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Validate -- validates building pointer													  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *		1 = ok, 0 = error																								  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/09/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+int BuildingClass::Validate(void) const
+{
+	int num;
+
+	num = Buildings.ID(this);
+	if (num < 0 || num >= BUILDING_MAX) {
+		Validate_Error("BUILDING");
+		return (0);
+	}
+	else
+		return (1);
+}
+#else
+#define	Validate()
+#endif
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Receive_Message -- Handle an incoming message to the building.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine handles an incoming message to the building. Messages regulate the          *
+ *    various cooperative ventures between buildings and units. This might include such        *
+ *    actions as coordinating the construction yard animation with the actual building's       *
+ *    construction animation.                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   from     -- The originator of the message received.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          message  -- The radio message received.                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          param    -- Reference to an optional parameter that might be used to return        *
+ *                      extra information to the message originator.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the response to the message (typically, this is just RADIO_OK).       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/09/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   06/26/1995 JLB : Forces refinery load anim to start immediately.                          *
+ *   08/13/1995 JLB : Uses ScenarioInit for special loose "CAN_LOAD" check.                    *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+RadioMessageType BuildingClass::Receive_Message(RadioClass * from, RadioMessageType message, long & param)
+{
+	Validate();
+	switch (message) {
+
+		/*
+		**	This message is received as a request to attach/load/dock with this building.
+		**	Verify that this is allowed and return the appropriate response.
+		*/
+		case RADIO_CAN_LOAD:
+			TechnoClass::Receive_Message(from, message, param);
+			if (BState == BSTATE_CONSTRUCTION || (!ScenarioInit && In_Radio_Contact())) return(RADIO_NEGATIVE);
+			switch (Class->Type) {
+				case STRUCT_AIRSTRIP:
+					if (from->What_Am_I() == RTTI_AIRCRAFT && *((AircraftClass const *)from) == AIRCRAFT_CARGO) {
+						return(RADIO_ROGER);
+					}
+					break;
+
+				case STRUCT_HELIPAD:
+					if (from->What_Am_I() == RTTI_AIRCRAFT && !((AircraftClass const *)from)->Class->IsFixedWing) {
+						return(RADIO_ROGER);
+					}
+					break;
+
+				case STRUCT_REPAIR:
+					if (/*from->Health_Ratio() < 0x0100 &&*/ from->What_Am_I() == RTTI_UNIT || from->What_Am_I() == RTTI_AIRCRAFT) {
+						return(RADIO_ROGER);
+					}
+					return(RADIO_NEGATIVE);
+
+				case STRUCT_REFINERY:
+					if (from->What_Am_I() == RTTI_UNIT &&
+						*((UnitClass *)from) == UNIT_HARVESTER &&
+						(ScenarioInit || !Is_Something_Attached())) {
+
+						return(RADIO_ROGER);
+					}
+					break;
+
+				default:
+					break;
+			}
+			return(RADIO_NEGATIVE);
+
+		/*
+		**	This message is received when the object has attached itself to this
+		**	building.
+		*/
+		case RADIO_IM_IN:
+			if (Mission == MISSION_DECONSTRUCTION) {
+				return(RADIO_NEGATIVE);
+			}
+			switch (Class->Type) {
+				case STRUCT_REPAIR:
+					IsReadyToCommence = true;
+					Assign_Mission(MISSION_REPAIR);
+					from->Assign_Mission(MISSION_SLEEP);
+					return(RADIO_ROGER);
+
+				case STRUCT_HELIPAD:
+					Assign_Mission(MISSION_REPAIR);
+					from->Assign_Mission(MISSION_SLEEP);
+					return(RADIO_ROGER);
+
+				case STRUCT_REFINERY:
+					ScenarioInit++;
+					Begin_Mode(BSTATE_ACTIVE);
+					ScenarioInit--;
+					Mark(MARK_CHANGE);
+					Assign_Mission(MISSION_HARVEST);
+					return(RADIO_ATTACH);
+			}
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	Docking maneuver maintenance message. See if new order should be given to the
+		**	unit trying to dock.
+		*/
+		case RADIO_DOCKING:
+			TechnoClass::Receive_Message(from, message, param);
+
+			/*
+			**	When in radio contact for loading, the refinery starts
+			**	flashing the lights.
+			*/
+			if (*this == STRUCT_REFINERY && BState != BSTATE_FULL) {
+				Begin_Mode(BSTATE_FULL);
+			}
+
+			if (Transmit_Message(RADIO_NEED_TO_MOVE, from) == RADIO_ROGER) {
+				if (*this == STRUCT_HELIPAD) {
+					param = As_Target();
+				} else {
+					if (*this == STRUCT_REPAIR) {
+						Transmit_Message(RADIO_TETHER);
+						param = ::As_Target(Coord_Cell(Center_Coord()));
+					} else {
+						param = ::As_Target(Coord_Cell(Adjacent_Cell(Center_Coord(), DIR_SW)));
+					}
+				}
+
+				/*
+				**	Tell the harvester to move to the docking pad of the refinery.
+				*/
+				if (Transmit_Message(RADIO_MOVE_HERE, param, from) == RADIO_YEA_NOW_WHAT) {
+
+					/*
+					**	Since the harvester is already there, tell it to begin the backup
+					**	procedure now. If it can't, then tell it to get outta here.
+					*/
+					Transmit_Message(RADIO_TETHER);
+					if (*this == STRUCT_REFINERY && Transmit_Message(RADIO_BACKUP_NOW, from) != RADIO_ROGER) {
+						from->Scatter(NULL, true);
+					}
+				}
+			}
+			return(RADIO_ROGER);
+
+		/*
+		**	If a transport or harvester is requesting permission to head toward, dock
+		**	and load/unload, check to make sure that this is allowed given the current
+		**	state of the building.
+		*/
+		case RADIO_ARE_REFINERY:
+			if (Is_Something_Attached() || In_Radio_Contact() || IsInLimbo || House->Class->House != from->Owner() || (*this != STRUCT_REFINERY/* && *this != STRUCT_REPAIR*/)) {
+				return(RADIO_NEGATIVE);
+			}
+			return(RADIO_ROGER);
+
+		/*
+		**	Someone is telling us that it is starting construction. This should only
+		**	occur if this is a construction yard and a building was just placed on
+		**	the map.
+		*/
+		case RADIO_BUILDING:
+			Assign_Mission(MISSION_REPAIR);
+			TechnoClass::Receive_Message(from, message, param);
+			return(RADIO_ROGER);
+
+		/*
+		**	Someone is telling us that they have finished construction. This should
+		**	only occur if this is a construction yard and the building that was being
+		**	constructed has finished. In this case, stop the construction yard
+		**	animation.
+		*/
+		case RADIO_COMPLETE:
+			if (Mission != MISSION_DECONSTRUCTION) {
+				Assign_Mission(MISSION_GUARD);
+			}
+			TechnoClass::Receive_Message(from, message, param);
+			return(RADIO_ROGER);
+
+		/*
+		**	This message may occur unexpectedly if the unit in contact with this
+		**	building is suddenly destroyed. Handle any cleanup necessary. For example,
+		**	a construction yard should stop its construction animation in this case.
+		*/
+		case RADIO_OVER_OUT:
+			Begin_Mode(BSTATE_IDLE);
+			TechnoClass::Receive_Message(from, message, param);
+			return(RADIO_ROGER);
+
+		/*
+		**	This message is received when an object has completely left
+		** building. Sometimes special cleanup action is required when
+		**	this event occurs.
+		*/
+		case RADIO_UNLOADED:
+			if (*this == STRUCT_REPAIR) {
+				if (Distance(from) < 0x0180) {
+					return(RADIO_ROGER);
+				}
+			}
+			TechnoClass::Receive_Message(from, message, param);
+			if (*this == STRUCT_WEAP || *this == STRUCT_AIRSTRIP || *this == STRUCT_REPAIR) return(RADIO_RUN_AWAY);
+			return(RADIO_ROGER);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Pass along the message to the default message handler in the radio itself.
+	*/
+	return(TechnoClass::Receive_Message(from, message, param));
+}
+
+
+#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Debug_Dump -- Displays building status to the monochrome screen.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This utility function will output the current status of the building class to the        *
+ *    monochrome screen. It is through this data that bugs may be fixed or detected.           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/31/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void BuildingClass::Debug_Dump(MonoClass *mono) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	mono->Set_Cursor(0, 0);
+	mono->Print(
+		"ÚName:ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂMission:ÄÄÄÂTarCom:ÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂRadio:ÂCoord:ÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂSt:Ä¿\n"
+		"³                   ³           ³       ³       ³      ³        ³        ³    ³\n"
+		"ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂNÂYÂHealth:ÄÂÄÄÄÁÄÂTurret:ÂÄÄÄÄÄÁÂÄBuilding:ÄÄÂCargo:ÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄ´\n"
+		"³Active........³ ³ ³        ³     ³       ³      ³            ³               ³\n"
+		"³Limbo.........³ ³ ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´\n"
+		"³Owned.........³ ³ ³Last Message:                                             ³\n"
+		"³Discovered....³ ³ ÃTimer:ÂArm:ÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÂTiberium:ÂFlash:ÂStage:ÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ\n"
+		"³Selected......³ ³ ³      ³    ³      ³         ³      ³      ³                \n"
+		"³Teathered.....³ ³ ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ                \n"
+		"³Locked on Map.³ ³ ³                                                           \n"
+		"³Is A Loaner...³ ³ ³                                                           \n"
+		"³              ³ ³ ³                                                           \n"
+		"³              ³ ³ ³                                                           \n"
+		"³              ³ ³ ³                                                           \n"
+		"³Repairing.....³ ³ ³                                                           \n"
+		"³              ³ ³ ³                                                           \n"
+		"³              ³ ³ ³                                                           \n"
+		"³Recoiling.....³ ³ ³                                                           \n"
+		"³To Display....³ ³ ³                                                           \n"
+		"ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÁÄÙ                                                           \n");
+	mono->Set_Cursor(1, 1);mono->Printf("%s:%s", House->Class->IniName, Class->IniName);
+	mono->Set_Cursor(35, 3);mono->Printf("%02X:%02X", PrimaryFacing.Current(), PrimaryFacing.Desired());
+	mono->Set_Cursor(50, 3);
+	if (Factory) {
+		mono->Printf(Factory->Get_Object()->Class_Of().IniName);
+		mono->Printf(" ");
+		mono->Printf("%d%%", Factory->Completion());
+	} else {
+		mono->Printf("(empty)");
+	}
+
+	mono->Text_Print("X", 16 + (IsRepairing?2:0), 14);
+//	mono->Set_Cursor(44, 3);mono->Printf("%d", SAM);
+	mono->Set_Cursor(34, 1);mono->Printf("%04X", TarCom);
+	mono->Set_Cursor(28, 7);mono->Printf("%2d", Arm);
+
+	TechnoClass::Debug_Dump(mono);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Draw_It -- Displays the building at the location specified.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the low level graphic routine that displays the building at the location         *
+ *    specified.                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   x,y   -- The coordinate to draw the building at.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          window   -- The clipping window to use.                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/20/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   06/27/1994 JLB : Takes a clipping window parameter.                                       *
+ *   07/06/1995 JLB : Handles damaged silos correctly.                                         *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void BuildingClass::Draw_It(int x, int y, WindowNumberType window)
+{
+	Validate();
+	void const * shapefile;	// Pointer to loaded shape file.
+	int shapenum;
+
+	shapenum = Fetch_Stage();
+
+	/*
+	**	The shape file to use for rendering depends on whether the building
+	**	is undergoing construction or not.
+	*/
+	if (BState == BSTATE_CONSTRUCTION) {
+		shapefile = Class->Get_Buildup_Data();
+
+		/*
+		**	If the building is deconstructing, then the display frame progresses
+		**	from the end to the beginning. Reverse the shape number accordingly.
+		*/
+		if (Mission == MISSION_DECONSTRUCTION) {
+			shapenum = (Class->Anims[BState].Start+Class->Anims[BState].Count-1)-shapenum;
+		}
+
+	} else {
+
+		shapefile = Class->Get_Image_Data();
+
+		/*
+		**	The obelisk has a stage value than can be overridden by
+		**	its current state.
+		*/
+		if (*this == STRUCT_OBELISK) {
+			if (IsCharged) {
+				shapenum = 3;
+			} else {
+				if (IsCharging) {
+					shapenum = Fetch_Stage();
+				} else {
+					shapenum = 0;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Buildings that contain a turret handle their shape determination
+		**	differently than normal buildings. They need to take into consideration
+		**	the direction the turret is facing.
+		*/
+		if (Class->IsTurretEquipped) {
+			shapenum = UnitClass::BodyShape[Facing_To_32(PrimaryFacing.Current())];
+
+			if (*this == STRUCT_SAM) {
+
+				/*
+				**	SAM sites that are free to rotate fetch their animation frame
+				**	from the building's turret facing. All other animation stages
+				**	fetch their frame from the embedded animation sequencer.
+				*/
+				if (Status == SAM_READY || Status == SAM_FIRING || Status == SAM_LOCKING) {
+					shapenum += 16;
+				} else {
+					shapenum = Fetch_Stage();
+				}
+			} else {
+				if (IsInRecoilState) {
+					shapenum += 32;
+				}
+			}
+			if (Health_Ratio() < 0x0080) {
+				shapenum += 64;
+			}
+		} else {
+
+			/*
+			**	If it has only one point of strength left, it is shown in the
+			**	worst state possible.
+			*/
+			if (Strength <= 1) {
+				shapenum = Get_Build_Frame_Count(shapefile)-1;
+			} else {
+
+				if (*this == STRUCT_WEAP) {
+					shapenum = 0;
+					if (Health_Ratio() < 0x0080) {
+						shapenum = 1;
+					}
+
+				} else {
+
+					/*
+					**	Special render stage for silos. The stage is dependant on the current
+					**	Tiberium collected as it relates to Tiberium capacity.
+					*/
+					if (*this == STRUCT_STORAGE) {
+						int level = 0;
+						if (House->Capacity) {
+							level = (House->Tiberium * 5) / House->Capacity;
+						}
+//						int level = Fixed_To_Cardinal(4, Cardinal_To_Fixed(House->Capacity, House->Tiberium));
+
+						shapenum += Bound(level, 0, 4);
+						if (Health_Ratio() < 0x0080) {
+							shapenum += 5;
+						}
+
+					} else {
+
+						if (Health_Ratio() < 0x0080) {
+
+							/*
+							**	Special damage stage for pump.
+							*/
+							if (!Class->IsSimpleDamage) {
+								int last1 = Class->Anims[BSTATE_IDLE].Start + Class->Anims[BSTATE_IDLE].Count;
+								int last2 = Class->Anims[BSTATE_ACTIVE].Start + Class->Anims[BSTATE_ACTIVE].Count;
+								int largest = MAX(last1, last2);
+								last2 = Class->Anims[BSTATE_AUX1].Start + Class->Anims[BSTATE_AUX1].Count;
+								largest = MAX(largest, last2);
+								last2 = Class->Anims[BSTATE_AUX2].Start + Class->Anims[BSTATE_AUX2].Count;
+								largest = MAX(largest, last2);
+
+								shapenum += largest;
+							} else {
+
+								/*
+								**	Presume that the damage stage is the end frame.
+								*/
+								shapenum = Get_Build_Frame_Count(shapefile) - 2;
+							}
+						}
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Actually draw the building shape.
+	*/
+	IsTheaterShape = Class->IsTheater;
+	Techno_Draw_Object(shapefile, shapenum, x, y, window);
+	IsTheaterShape = false;
+
+	/*
+	** Patch for adding overlay onto weapon factory.  Only add the overlay if
+	** the building has more than 1 hp.  Also, if the building's in radio
+	** contact, he must be unloading a constructed vehicle, so draw that
+	** vehicle before drawing the overlay.
+	*/
+	if (BState != BSTATE_CONSTRUCTION) {
+
+		/*
+		**	A Tethered object is always rendered AFTER the building.
+		*/
+		if (IsTethered && In_Radio_Contact() && !Contact_With_Whom()->IsInLimbo) {
+			Contact_With_Whom()->Render(true);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Draw the weapon factory custom overlay graphic.
+		*/
+		if (*this == STRUCT_WEAP && Strength > 1) {
+			shapenum = Door_Stage();
+			if (Health_Ratio() < 0x0080) shapenum += 10;
+			Techno_Draw_Object(WarFactoryOverlay, shapenum, x, y, window);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Draw any repair feedback graphic required.
+		*/
+		if (IsRepairing && IsWrenchVisible) {
+			CC_Draw_Shape(ObjectTypeClass::SelectShapes, SELECT_WRENCH, x, y, window, SHAPE_CENTER|SHAPE_WIN_REL);
+		}
+	}
+
+	TechnoClass::Draw_It(x, y, window);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Mark -- Building interface to map rendering system.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to mark the map cells so that when it renders                       *
+ *    the underlying icons will also be updated as necessary.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   mark  -- Type of image change (MARK_UP, _DOWN, _CHANGE)                            *
+ *             MARK_UP  -- Building is removed.                                                *
+ *             MARK_CHANGE -- Building changes shape.                                          *
+ *             MARK_DOWN -- Building is added.                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Did the mark operation succeed? Failure could be the result of marking down  *
+ *                when the building is already marked down, or visa versa.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/31/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   04/15/1994 JLB : Converted to member function.                                            *
+ *   04/16/1994 JLB : Added health bar tracking.                                               *
+ *   12/23/1994 JLB : Calls low level check before proceeding.                                 *
+ *   01/27/1995 JLB : Special road spacer template added.                                      *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool BuildingClass::Mark(MarkType mark)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (TechnoClass::Mark(mark)) {
+		short const *offset = Overlap_List();
+		short const *occupy = Occupy_List();
+		CELL cell = Coord_Cell(Coord);
+		SmudgeType bib;
+
+		switch (mark) {
+			case MARK_UP:
+				Map.Pick_Up(cell, this);
+				if (Class->Bib_And_Offset(bib, cell)) {
+					SmudgeClass * smudge = new SmudgeClass(bib);
+					if (smudge) {
+						smudge->Disown(cell);
+						delete smudge;
+					}
+				}
+				break;
+
+			case MARK_DOWN:
+
+				/*
+				**	Special wall logic is handled here. A building that is really a wall
+				**	gets converted into an overlay wall type when it is placed down. The
+				**	actual building object itself is destroyed.
+				*/
+				if (Class->IsWall) {
+					switch (Class->Type) {
+						case STRUCT_BRICK_WALL:
+							new OverlayClass(OVERLAY_BRICK_WALL, cell, House->Class->House);
+							break;
+
+						case STRUCT_BARBWIRE_WALL:
+							new OverlayClass(OVERLAY_BARBWIRE_WALL, cell, House->Class->House);
+							break;
+
+						case STRUCT_SANDBAG_WALL:
+							new OverlayClass(OVERLAY_SANDBAG_WALL, cell, House->Class->House);
+							break;
+
+						case STRUCT_WOOD_WALL:
+							new OverlayClass(OVERLAY_WOOD_WALL, cell, House->Class->House);
+							break;
+
+						case STRUCT_CYCLONE_WALL:
+							new OverlayClass(OVERLAY_CYCLONE_WALL, cell, House->Class->House);
+							break;
+					}
+					Transmit_Message(RADIO_OVER_OUT);
+					delete this;
+
+				} else {
+
+					if (Can_Enter_Cell(cell) == MOVE_OK) {
+
+						/*
+						**	Determine if a bib is required for this building. If one is, then
+						**	create and place it.
+						*/
+						CELL newcell = cell;
+						if (Class->Bib_And_Offset(bib, newcell)) {
+							new SmudgeClass(bib, Cell_Coord(newcell), House->Class->House);
+						}
+
+						Map.Place_Down(cell, this);
+					} else {
+						return(false);
+					}
+				}
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				Map.Refresh_Cells(cell, offset);
+				Map.Refresh_Cells(cell, occupy);
+				break;
+		}
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Fire_At -- Fires weapon at specified target.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine does the actual firing of a projectile from the                             *
+ *    building toward the specified target. Prior to calling this                              *
+ *    routine, the building must have rotated into position and acquired                       *
+ *    a suitable target.                                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   target   -- The target to fire upon.                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          which    -- Which weapon to use for firing. 0=primary, 1=secondary.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the projectile just launched. This                       *
+ *          may come in handy if additional adjustments to the projectile                      *
+ *          are required.                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   04/16/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+BulletClass * BuildingClass::Fire_At(TARGET target, int which)
+{
+	Validate();
+	BulletClass * bullet;		// Projectile.
+	WeaponTypeClass const * weapon = (which == 0) ? &Weapons[Class->Primary] : &Weapons[Class->Secondary];
+
+	bullet = TechnoClass::Fire_At(target, which);
+	if (bullet) {
+		if (*this == STRUCT_SAM) {
+			AnimClass *anim = new AnimClass((AnimType)(ANIM_SAM_N + Dir_Facing(PrimaryFacing.Current())), Center_Coord());
+			if (anim) {
+				anim->Attach_To(this);
+			}
+
+		} else {
+
+			/*
+			**	Flash the muzzle, play sound, and perform any firing animation.
+			*/
+			Sound_Effect(weapon->Sound, Coord);
+
+			if (weapon->Fires == BULLET_BULLET) {
+				new AnimClass((AnimType)(ANIM_GUN_N + Dir_Facing(PrimaryFacing.Current())), Fire_Coord(which));
+			} else {
+				if (weapon->Fires == BULLET_LASER) {
+					int x,y,x1,y1;
+					COORDINATE source, dest;
+					source = Fire_Coord(which);
+					dest = As_Coord(target);
+					IsCharging = false;
+					IsCharged = false;
+					Set_Stage(0);
+					Set_Rate(0);
+
+					if (Map.Push_Onto_TacMap(source, dest) && SpecialDialog == SDLG_NONE) {
+
+						Map.Coord_To_Pixel(source, x, y);
+						Map.Coord_To_Pixel(dest, x1, y1);
+						x += Map.TacPixelX;
+						x1 += Map.TacPixelX;
+						y += Map.TacPixelY;
+						y1 += Map.TacPixelY;
+						Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+						LogicPage->Draw_Line(x+1, y, x1, y1, 0x7D);
+						LogicPage->Draw_Line(x-1, y, x1, y1, 0x7D);
+						LogicPage->Draw_Line(x, y, x1, y1, 0x7F);
+						Delay(1);	// Make sure line is visible briefly
+						Map.Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+					}
+					new SmudgeClass(Random_Pick(SMUDGE_SCORCH1, SMUDGE_SCORCH6), As_Coord(target) );
+				} else {
+					new AnimClass(ANIM_MUZZLE_FLASH, Fire_Coord(which));
+				}
+			}
+			Mark(MARK_CHANGE);
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(bullet);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::AI -- Handles non-graphic AI processing for buildings.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This function is to handle the AI logic for the building. The graphic logic (facing,     *
+ *    firing, and animation) is handled elsewhere.                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/31/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   12/26/1994 JLB : Handles production.                                                      *
+ *   06/11/1995 JLB : Revamped.                                                                *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void BuildingClass::AI(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+
+	/*
+	**	Process building animation state changes. Transition to a following state
+	**	if there is one specified and the current animation sequence has expired.
+	**	This process must occur before mission AI since the mission AI relies on
+	**	the bstate change to occur immediately before the MissionClass::AI.
+	*/
+	bool stagechange = Graphic_Logic();
+	bool toloop = false;
+
+	/*
+	**	Always refresh the SAM site if it has an animation change.
+	*/
+	if (*this == STRUCT_SAM && stagechange) Mark(MARK_CHANGE);
+
+	if ((!Class->IsTurretEquipped && *this != STRUCT_OBELISK) || Mission == MISSION_CONSTRUCTION || Mission == MISSION_DECONSTRUCTION) {
+		if (stagechange) {
+
+			/*
+			**	Check for animation end or if special case of MCV deconstructing when it is allowed
+			**	to convert back into an MCV.
+			*/
+			BuildingTypeClass::AnimControlType const * ctrl = Fetch_Anim_Control();
+
+			/*
+			**	When the last frame of the current animation sequence is reached, flag that
+			**	a new mission may be started. This must occur before the animation actually
+			**	loops so that if a mission change does occur, it will have a chance to change
+			**	the building graphic before the last frame is replaced by the first frame of
+			**	the loop.
+			*/
+			if (Fetch_Stage() == ctrl->Start+ctrl->Count-1  || (Special.IsMCVDeploy && *this == STRUCT_CONST && Mission == MISSION_DECONSTRUCTION && Fetch_Stage() == (42-19))) {
+				IsReadyToCommence = true;
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	If the animation advances beyond the last frame, then start the animation
+			**	sequence over from the beginning.
+			*/
+			if (Fetch_Stage() >= ctrl->Start+ctrl->Count) {
+				toloop = true;
+			}
+			Mark(MARK_CHANGE);
+		} else {
+			if (BState == BSTATE_NONE || Fetch_Rate() == 0) {
+				IsReadyToCommence = true;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If there is a door that is animating, then it might cause this building
+	**	to be redrawn. Check for and flag to redraw as necessary.
+	*/
+	if (Time_To_Redraw()) {
+		Clear_Redraw_Flag();
+		Mark(MARK_CHANGE);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	The animation sequence has looped. Restart it and flag this loop condition.
+	**	This is used to tell the mission system that the animation has completed. It
+	**	also signals that now is a good time to act on any pending mission.
+	*/
+	if (toloop) {
+		BuildingTypeClass::AnimControlType const * ctrl = Fetch_Anim_Control();
+		if (BState == BSTATE_CONSTRUCTION || BState == BSTATE_IDLE) {
+			Set_Rate(Options.Normalize_Delay(ctrl->Rate));
+		} else {
+			Set_Rate(ctrl->Rate);
+		}
+		Set_Stage(ctrl->Start);
+		Mark(MARK_CHANGE);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If now is a good time to act on a new mission, then do so. This process occurs
+	**	here because some outside event may have requested a mission change for the building.
+	**	Such outside requests (player input) must be initiated BEFORE the normal AI process.
+	*/
+	if (IsReadyToCommence && BState != BSTATE_CONSTRUCTION) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Clear the commencement flag ONLY if something actually occured. By acting
+		**	this way, a building can set the IsReadyToCommence flag before it goes
+		**	to "sleep" knowing that it will wake up as soon as a new mission comes
+		**	along.
+		*/
+		if (Commence()) {
+			IsReadyToCommence = false;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Proceed with normal logic processing. This is where the mission processing
+	**	occurs. This call must be located after the animation sequence makes the
+	**	transition to the next frame (see above) in order for the mission logic to
+	**	act at the exact moment of graphic transition BEFORE it has a chance to
+	**	be displayed.
+	*/
+	TechnoClass::AI();
+
+	/*
+	**	If now is a good time to act on a new mission, then do so. This occurs here because
+	**	some AI event may have requested a mission change (usually from another mission
+	**	state machine). This must occur here before it has a chance to render.
+	*/
+	if (IsReadyToCommence) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Clear the commencement flag ONLY if something actually occured. By acting
+		**	this way, a building can set the IsReadyToCommence flag before it goes
+		**	to "sleep" knowing that it will wake up as soon as a new mission comes
+		**	along.
+		*/
+		if (Commence()) {
+			IsReadyToCommence = false;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If a change of animation was requested, then make the change
+	**	now. The building animation system acts independantly but subordinate
+	**	to the mission state machine system. By performing the animation change-up
+	**	here, the mission AI system is ensured of immediate visual affect when it
+	**	decides to change the animation state of the building.
+	*/
+	if (QueueBState != BSTATE_NONE) {
+		if (BState != QueueBState) {
+			BState = QueueBState;
+			BuildingTypeClass::AnimControlType const * ctrl = Fetch_Anim_Control();
+			if (BState == BSTATE_CONSTRUCTION || BState == BSTATE_IDLE) {
+				Set_Rate(Options.Normalize_Delay(ctrl->Rate));
+			} else {
+				Set_Rate(ctrl->Rate);
+			}
+			Set_Stage(ctrl->Start);
+		}
+		QueueBState = BSTATE_NONE;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If the building's strength has changed, then update the power
+	**	accordingly.
+	*/
+	if (Strength != LastStrength) {
+		int oldpower = Power_Output();
+		LastStrength = Strength;
+		int newpower = Power_Output();
+		House->Adjust_Power(newpower - oldpower);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Check to see if the destruction countdown timer is active. If so, then decrement it.
+	**	When this timer reaches zero, the building is removed from the map. All the explosions
+	**	are presumed to be in progress at this time.
+	*/
+	if (!Strength) {
+		if (CountDown.Expired()) {
+			Limbo();
+			Drop_Debris(WhomToRepay);
+			delete this;
+		}
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Obelisk charging logic.
+	*/
+	if (*this == STRUCT_OBELISK && BState != BSTATE_CONSTRUCTION) {
+		if (Target_Legal(TarCom) && House->Power_Fraction() >= 0x0100) {
+			if (!IsCharged) {
+				if (IsCharging) {
+					if (stagechange) {
+						Mark(MARK_CHANGE);
+						if (Fetch_Stage() >= 4) {
+							IsCharged = true;
+							IsCharging = false;
+							Set_Rate(0);
+						}
+					}
+				} else {
+					IsCharged = false;
+					IsCharging = true;
+					Set_Stage(0);
+					Set_Rate(OBELISK_ANIMATION_RATE);
+					Sound_Effect(VOC_LASER_POWER, Coord);
+				}
+			}
+		} else {
+			if (IsCharging || IsCharged) {
+				Mark(MARK_CHANGE);
+				IsCharging = false;
+				IsCharged = false;
+				Set_Stage(0);
+				Set_Rate(0);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Handle any repair process that may be going on.
+	*/
+	if (IsRepairing) {
+		if ((Frame % 15) == 0) {
+			IsWrenchVisible = (IsWrenchVisible == false);
+			Mark(MARK_CHANGE);
+			int cost = Class->Repair_Cost();
+			int step = Class->Repair_Step();
+
+			/*
+			**	Check for and expend any necessary monies to continue the repair.
+			*/
+			if (House->Available_Money() >= cost) {
+				House->Spend_Money(cost);
+				Strength += step;
+
+				if (Strength >= Class->MaxStrength) {
+					Strength = Class->MaxStrength;
+					IsRepairing = false;
+				}
+			} else {
+				IsRepairing = false;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Handle any production tied to this building. Only computer controlled buildings have
+	**	production attached to the building itself. The player uses the sidebar interface for
+	**	all production control.
+	*/
+	if (Factory && Factory->Has_Completed() && PlacementDelay.Expired()) {
+
+		switch (Exit_Object(Factory->Get_Object())) {
+
+			/*
+			**	If the object could not leave the factory, then either request
+			**	a transport, place the (what must be a) building using another method, or
+			**	abort the production and refund money.
+			*/
+			case 0:
+				Factory->Abandon();
+				delete Factory;
+				Factory = 0;
+				break;
+
+			case 1:
+				PlacementDelay = TICKS_PER_SECOND*3;
+				break;
+
+			case 2:
+				Factory->Completed();
+				delete Factory;
+				Factory = 0;
+				break;
+
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	For computer controlled buildings, determine what should be produced and start
+	**	production accordingly.
+	*/
+	if (!House->IsHuman && Mission != MISSION_CONSTRUCTION && Mission != MISSION_DECONSTRUCTION) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Possibly start repair process if the building is below half strength.
+		*/
+		int ratio = 0x0040;
+		if (Scenario > 6) ratio = 0x0080;
+		if (Scenario > 10) ratio = 0x00C0;
+		if (Class->IsRepairable && Health_Ratio() <= ratio) {
+			if (House->Available_Money() >= REPAIR_THRESHHOLD) {
+				Repair(1);
+			} else {
+				if (IsTickedOff && Scenario > 2 && Random_Pick(0, 50) < Scenario && !Trigger) {
+					Sell_Back(1);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Buildings that produce other objects have special factory logic handled here.
+		*/
+		if (Class->ToBuild != RTTI_NONE) {
+
+			if (Factory) {
+
+				/*
+				**	If production has halted, then just abort production and make the
+				**	funds available for something else.
+				*/
+				if (PlacementDelay.Expired() && !Factory->Is_Building()) {
+					Factory->Abandon();
+					delete Factory;
+					Factory = 0;
+				}
+
+			} else {
+
+				/*
+				**	Only look to start production if there is at least a small amount of
+				**	money available. In cases where there is no practical money left, then
+				**	production can never complete -- don't bother starting it.
+				*/
+				if (House->IsStarted && House->Available_Money() > 10) {
+					TechnoTypeClass const * techno = House->Suggest_New_Object(Class->ToBuild);
+
+					/*
+					**	If a suitable object type was selected for production, then start
+					**	producing it now.
+					*/
+					if (techno) {
+						Factory = new FactoryClass;
+						if (Factory) {
+							if (!Factory->Set(*techno, *House)) {
+								delete Factory;
+								Factory = 0;
+							} else {
+								Factory->Start();
+							}
+						}
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Check for demolition timeout. When timeout has expired, the building explodes.
+	*/
+	if (IsGoingToBlow && CountDown.Expired()) {
+		SabotagedType = Class->Type;
+		int damage = 5000;
+		Take_Damage(damage, 0, WARHEAD_FIRE, As_Techno(WhomToRepay));
+		Mark(MARK_CHANGE);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If the building was in a recoil state (as it would be just as it fires), then
+	**	restore the building.
+	*/
+	if (IsInRecoilState) {
+		IsInRecoilState = false;
+		Mark(MARK_CHANGE);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Turret equiped buildings must handle turret rotation logic here. This entails
+	**	rotating the turret to the desired facing as well as figuring out what that
+	**	desired facing should be.
+	*/
+	if (Class->IsTurretEquipped && Mission != MISSION_CONSTRUCTION && Mission != MISSION_DECONSTRUCTION) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Rotate turret to match desired facing.
+		*/
+		if (PrimaryFacing.Is_Rotating()) {
+			if (*this == STRUCT_SAM) {
+				if (PrimaryFacing.Rotation_Adjust(15)) {
+					Mark(MARK_CHANGE);
+				}
+			} else {
+				if (PrimaryFacing.Rotation_Adjust(12)) {
+					Mark(MARK_CHANGE);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Unlimbo -- Removes a building from limbo state.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to transform a building that has been held in limbo                     *
+ *    state, into one that really exists on the map. Once a building as                        *
+ *    been unlimboed, then it becomes a normal object in the game world.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   pos   -- The position to place the building on the map.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          dir (optional) -- not used for this class                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the unlimbo successful?                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   The unlimbo operation might not be successful if the                            *
+ *             building could not be placed at the location specified.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   04/16/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   06/07/1994 JLB : Matches virtual function format for base class.                          *
+ *   05/09/1995 JLB : Handles wall placement.                                                  *
+ *   06/18/1995 JLB : Checks for wall legality before placing down.                            *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool BuildingClass::Unlimbo(COORDINATE coord, DirType dir)
+{
+	Validate();
+#ifdef OBSOLETE
+	if (*this == STRUCT_ROAD) {
+		if (Can_Enter_Cell(Coord_Cell(coord), FACING_NONE) == MOVE_OK) {
+			ObjectClass * o = OverlayTypeClass::As_Reference(OVERLAY_ROAD).Create_One_Of(House);
+			if (o && o->Unlimbo(coord)) {
+				Transmit_Message(RADIO_OVER_OUT);
+				delete this;
+				return(true);
+			}
+		}
+		return(false);
+	}
+#endif
+
+	/*
+	**	If this is a wall type building, then it never gets unlimboed. Instead, it gets
+	**	converted to an overlay type.
+	*/
+	if (Class->IsWall) {
+		if (Can_Enter_Cell(Coord_Cell(coord), FACING_NONE) == MOVE_OK) {
+			OverlayType otype = OVERLAY_NONE;
+			switch (Class->Type) {
+				case STRUCT_SANDBAG_WALL:
+					otype	= OVERLAY_SANDBAG_WALL;
+					break;
+
+				case STRUCT_CYCLONE_WALL:
+					otype = OVERLAY_CYCLONE_WALL;
+					break;
+
+				case STRUCT_BRICK_WALL:
+					otype = OVERLAY_BRICK_WALL;
+					break;
+
+				case STRUCT_BARBWIRE_WALL:
+					otype = OVERLAY_BARBWIRE_WALL;
+					break;
+
+				case STRUCT_WOOD_WALL:
+					otype = OVERLAY_WOOD_WALL;
+					break;
+			}
+			if (otype != OVERLAY_NONE) {
+				ObjectClass * o = OverlayTypeClass::As_Reference(otype).Create_One_Of(House);
+				if (o && o->Unlimbo(coord)) {
+					Map[Coord_Cell(coord)].Owner = House->Class->House;
+					Transmit_Message(RADIO_OVER_OUT);
+					delete this;
+					return(true);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Normal building unlimbo process.
+	*/
+	if (TechnoClass::Unlimbo(coord, dir)) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Ensure that the owning house knows about the
+		**	new object.
+		*/
+		House->BScan |= (1L << Class->Type);
+		House->ActiveBScan |= (1L << Class->Type);
+
+		/*
+		**	Update the total factory type, assuming this building has a factory.
+		*/
+		switch (Class->ToBuild) {
+			case RTTI_AIRCRAFTTYPE:
+				House->AircraftFactories++;
+				break;
+
+			case RTTI_INFANTRYTYPE:
+				House->InfantryFactories++;
+				break;
+
+			case RTTI_UNITTYPE:
+				House->UnitFactories++;
+				break;
+
+			case RTTI_BUILDINGTYPE:
+				House->BuildingFactories++;
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				break;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Possibly the sidebar will be affected by this addition.
+		*/
+		House->IsRecalcNeeded = true;
+		LastStrength = 0;
+
+		if ((!IsDiscoveredByPlayer && Map[Coord_Cell(coord)].IsVisible) || GameToPlay != GAME_NORMAL) {
+			Revealed(PlayerPtr);
+		}
+		if (!House->IsHuman) {
+			Revealed(House);
+		}
+
+		if (IsOwnedByPlayer) {
+			Map.PowerClass::IsToRedraw = true;
+			Map.Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+		}
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Take_Damage -- Inflicts damage points upon a building.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will inflict damage points upon the specified building.                     *
+ *    It will handle the damage animation and building destruction. Use                        *
+ *    this routine whenever a building is attacked.                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   damage   -- Amount of damage to inflict.                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          distance -- The distance from the damage center point to the object's center point.*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          warhead  -- The kind of damage to inflict.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          source   -- The source of the damage. This is used to change targeting.            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  true/false; Was the building destroyed?                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/21/1991     : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   04/15/1994 JLB : Converted to member function.                                            *
+ *   04/16/1994 JLB : Added warhead modifier to damage.                                        *
+ *   06/03/1994 JLB : Added source of damage as target value.                                  *
+ *   06/20/1994 JLB : Source is a base class pointer.                                          *
+ *   11/22/1994 JLB : Shares base damage handler for techno objects.                           *
+ *   07/15/1995 JLB : Power ratio gets adjusted.                                               *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+ResultType BuildingClass::Take_Damage(int & damage, int distance, WarheadType warhead, TechnoClass * source)
+{
+	Validate();
+	ResultType res = RESULT_NONE;
+	int shakes;
+
+	if (this != source) {
+		if (source) Base_Is_Attacked(source);
+
+		short const *offset = Occupy_List();
+
+		/*
+		**	SPECIAL CASE:
+		**	SAM sites that are closed will take half damage, but never less than one point.
+		*/
+		if (*this == STRUCT_SAM && Status == SAM_UNDERGROUND) {
+			damage /= 2;
+			damage++;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Damage from an ion cannon against the Temple of Nod does more damage than
+		**	usual.
+		*/
+		if (GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL && *this == STRUCT_TEMPLE && warhead == WARHEAD_PB) {
+			damage += damage/2;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Perform the low level damage assessment.
+		*/
+		res = TechnoClass::Take_Damage(damage, distance, warhead, source);
+
+		switch (res) {
+			case RESULT_DESTROYED:
+
+				/*
+				**	Destroy all attached objects.
+				*/
+				while (Attached_Object()) {
+					FootClass * obj = Detach_Object();
+
+					Detach_All(true);
+					delete obj;
+				}
+
+				Sound_Effect(VOC_XPLOBIG4, Coord);
+				while (*offset != REFRESH_EOL) {
+					CELL cell = Coord_Cell(Coord) + *offset++;
+
+					/*
+					**	If the building is destroyed, then lots of
+					**	explosions occur.
+					*/
+					new SmudgeClass(Random_Pick(SMUDGE_CRATER1, SMUDGE_CRATER6), Cell_Coord(cell));
+					if (Random_Pick(0, 1) == 0) {
+						new AnimClass(ANIM_FIRE_SMALL, Coord_Scatter(Cell_Coord(cell), 0x0080), Random_Pick(0, 7), Random_Pick(1, 3));
+						if (Random_Pick(0, 1) == 0) {
+							new AnimClass(ANIM_FIRE_MED, Coord_Scatter(Cell_Coord(cell), 0x0040), Random_Pick(0, 7), Random_Pick(1, 3));
+						}
+					}
+					//Start_Profiler();
+					new AnimClass(ANIM_FBALL1, Coord_Scatter(Cell_Coord(cell), 0x0040), Random_Pick(0,3));
+				}
+
+				shakes = Class->Cost_Of() / 400;
+				if (shakes) {
+					Shake_Screen(shakes);
+				}
+				Sound_Effect(VOC_CRUMBLE, Coord);
+				if (Mission == MISSION_DECONSTRUCTION) {
+					CountDown = 0;
+					Set_Rate(0);
+				} else {
+					CountDown = 8;
+				}
+
+				/*
+				**	A destuction of the Temple by an ion cannon requires a global
+				**	remembering of this fact. The finale uses this information to
+				**	play the correct movie.
+				*/
+				if (*this == STRUCT_TEMPLE && warhead == WARHEAD_PB) {
+					TempleIoned = true;
+				} else {
+					TempleIoned = false;
+				}
+				break;
+
+			case RESULT_HALF:
+				if (*this == STRUCT_PUMP) {
+					AnimClass *anim = new AnimClass(ANIM_OILFIELD_BURN, Coord_Add(Coord, 0x00400130L), 1);
+					if (anim) {
+						anim->Attach_To(this);
+					}
+				}
+				// Fall into next case.
+
+			case RESULT_MAJOR:
+				Sound_Effect(VOC_XPLOBIG4, Coord);
+				while (*offset != REFRESH_EOL) {
+					CELL cell = Coord_Cell(Coord) + *offset++;
+					AnimClass * anim = NULL;
+
+					/*
+					**	Show pieces of fire to indicate that a significant change in
+					**	damage level has occurred.
+					*/
+					if (warhead == WARHEAD_FIRE) {
+						switch (Random_Pick(0, 13)) {
+							case 0:
+							case 1:
+							case 2:
+							case 3:
+							case 4:
+								anim = new AnimClass(ANIM_ON_FIRE_SMALL, Coord_Scatter(Cell_Coord(cell), 0x0060), 0, Random_Pick(1, 3));
+								break;
+
+							case 5:
+							case 6:
+							case 7:
+								anim = new AnimClass(ANIM_ON_FIRE_MED, Coord_Scatter(Cell_Coord(cell), 0x0060), 0, Random_Pick(1, 3));
+								break;
+
+							case 8:
+								anim = new AnimClass(ANIM_ON_FIRE_BIG, Coord_Scatter(Cell_Coord(cell), 0x0060), 0, 1);
+								break;
+
+							case 9:
+							case 10:
+							case 11:
+							case 12:
+							case 13:
+								break;
+						}
+					} else {
+						if (Random_Pick(0, 1) == 0) {
+							anim = new AnimClass(ANIM_FIRE_SMALL, Coord_Scatter(Cell_Coord(cell), 0x0060), Random_Pick(0, 7), Random_Pick(1, 3));
+						}
+					}
+
+					/*
+					**	If the animation was created, then attach it to the building.
+					*/
+					if (anim) {
+						anim->Attach_To(this);
+					}
+				}
+				break;
+
+			case RESULT_NONE:
+				break;
+		}
+
+		if (source && res != RESULT_NONE) {
+
+			/*
+			**	If any damage occurred, then inform the house of this fact. If it is the player's
+			**	house, it might announce this fact.
+			*/
+			House->Attacked();
+
+			/*
+			** Save the type of the house that's doing the damage, so if the building burns
+			** to death credit can still be given for the kill
+			*/
+			WhoLastHurtMe = source->Owner();
+
+			/*
+			**	When certain buildings are hit, they "snap out of it" and
+			**	return fire if they are able and allowed.
+			*/
+			if (*this != STRUCT_SAM &&
+				!House->Is_Ally(source) &&
+				Class->Primary != WEAPON_NONE &&
+				(!Target_Legal(TarCom) || !In_Range(TarCom))) {
+
+				if (source->What_Am_I() != RTTI_AIRCRAFT && (!House->IsHuman || Special.IsSmartDefense)) {
+					Assign_Target(source->As_Target());
+				} else {
+
+					/*
+					**	Generate a random rotation effect since there is nothing else that this
+					**	building can do.
+					*/
+					if (!PrimaryFacing.Is_Rotating()) {
+						PrimaryFacing.Set_Desired(Random_Pick(DIR_N, DIR_MAX));
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(res);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Look -- Reveal map around building.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Given a building, reveal the cells around the building in accordance                     *
+ *    with the building's sighting range.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   This is a very slow routine. Call only when necessary.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/05/1992 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   04/15/1994 JLB : Converted to member function.                                            *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void BuildingClass::Look(bool)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (IsOwnedByPlayer || IsDiscoveredByPlayer) {
+		Map.Sight_From(Coord_Cell(Center_Coord()), Class->SightRange, false);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::new -- Allocates a building object from building pool.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will allocate a building slot from the building alloc                       *
+ *    system.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the allocated building. If NULL is                       *
+ *          returned, then this indicates a failure to allocate.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   04/11/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   04/21/1994 JLB : Converted to operator new.                                               *
+ *   05/17/1994 JLB : Revamped allocation scheme                                               *
+ *   07/29/1994 JLB : Simplified.                                                              *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void * BuildingClass::operator new(size_t )
+{
+	void * ptr = Buildings.Allocate();
+	if (ptr) {
+		((BuildingClass *)ptr)->IsActive = true;
+	}
+	return(ptr);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::delete -- Deallocates building object.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the memory deallocation operation for a building object.                         *
+ *    Since buildings are allocated out of a fixed memory block, all that                      *
+ *    is needed is to flag the unit as inactive.                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   ptr   -- Pointer to building to deallocate.                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   04/21/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void BuildingClass::operator delete(void *ptr)
+{
+	if (ptr) {
+		((BuildingClass *)ptr)->IsActive = false;
+	}
+	Buildings.Free((BuildingClass *)ptr);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::BuildingClass -- Constructor for buildings.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine inserts a building into the object tracking system.                         *
+ *    It is placed into a limbo state unless a location is provided for                        *
+ *    it to unlimbo at.                                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   type  -- The structure type to make this object.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          house -- The owner of this building.                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          pos   -- The position to unlimbo the building. If -1 is                            *
+ *                   specified, then the building remains in a limbo                           *
+ *                   state.                                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   04/21/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   08/07/1995 JLB : Fixed act like value to match expected value.                            *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+BuildingClass::BuildingClass(StructType type, HousesType house) :
+	Class(&BuildingTypeClass::As_Reference(type)),
+	TechnoClass(house)
+{
+	PlacementDelay = 0;
+	LastStrength = 0;
+	ActLike = House->ActLike;
+	BState = BSTATE_NONE;
+	CountDown.Set(0);
+	Factory = 0;
+	House->CurBuildings++;
+	WhomToRepay = TARGET_NONE;
+	IsCaptured = false;
+	IsCharged = false;
+	IsCharging = false;
+	IsSurvivorless = false;
+	IsGoingToBlow = false;
+	IsReadyToCommence = false;
+	IsRepairing = false;
+	IsSecondShot = !Class->IsTwoShooter;
+	IsWrenchVisible = false;
+	QueueBState = BSTATE_NONE;
+	Strength = Class->MaxStrength;
+	WhoLastHurtMe = house;
+	Ammo = Class->MaxAmmo;
+
+	/*
+	**	Make sure that newly built house specific building types will act like
+	**	the house they are supposed to act like, regardless of who the current
+	**	owner may happen to be.
+	*/
+	if ((type == STRUCT_AIRSTRIP || type == STRUCT_HAND) && house != HOUSE_BAD) {
+		ActLike = HOUSE_BAD;
+		IsCaptured = true;
+	}
+	if ((type == STRUCT_WEAP || type == STRUCT_BARRACKS) && house != HOUSE_GOOD) {
+		ActLike = HOUSE_GOOD;
+		IsCaptured = true;
+	}
+
+	if (GameToPlay == GAME_INTERNET){
+		House->BuildingTotals->Increment_Unit_Total( (int) type);
+	}
+
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::~BuildingClass -- Destructor for building type objects.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This destructor for building objects will put the building in limbo if possible.         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/18/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+BuildingClass::~BuildingClass(void)
+{
+	if (GameActive && Class) {
+		if (House) {
+			House->CurBuildings--;
+		}
+		Limbo();
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Drop_Debris -- Drops rubble when building is destroyed.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called when a building is destroyed. It handles                          *
+ *    placing the rubble down.                                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/14/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   06/13/1995 JLB : Added smoke and normal infantry survivor possibility.                    *
+ *   07/16/1995 JLB : Survival rate depends on if captured or sabotaged.                       *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void BuildingClass::Drop_Debris(TARGET source)
+{
+	Validate();
+	CELL	const *offset;
+	CELL	cell;
+
+	/*
+	**	Special case for Moebius to run from destroyed technology
+	**	building.
+	*/
+	if (GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL && *this ==  STRUCT_MISSION && PlayerPtr->ActLike == HOUSE_BAD && Scenario == 10) {
+		InfantryClass * i = new InfantryClass(INFANTRY_CHAN, House->Class->House);
+
+		ScenarioInit++;
+		if (i->Unlimbo(Center_Coord(), DIR_N)) {
+			i->Trigger = TriggerClass::As_Pointer("CHAN");
+			i->Strength = Random_Pick(5, (int)i->Class->MaxStrength);
+			ScenarioInit--;
+			i->Scatter(0, true);
+			ScenarioInit++;
+			i->Assign_Mission(MISSION_GUARD_AREA);
+		} else {
+			delete i;
+		}
+		ScenarioInit--;
+	}
+
+
+	/*
+	**	Generate random survivors from the destroyed building.
+	*/
+	cell = Coord_Cell(Coord);
+	offset = Occupy_List();
+	int odds = 2;
+	if (Target_Legal(WhomToRepay)) odds -= 1;
+	if (IsCaptured) odds += 6;
+	while (*offset != REFRESH_EOL) {
+		CELL	newcell;
+
+		newcell = cell + *offset++;
+
+		/*
+		**	Infantry could run out of a destroyed building.
+		*/
+		if (!House->IsToDie && !IsSurvivorless) {
+			InfantryClass * i = NULL;
+
+			if (Random_Pick(0, odds) == 1) {
+				i = new InfantryClass(Crew_Type(), House->Class->House);
+				if (i) {
+					if (Class->Get_Buildup_Data() != NULL && i->Class->IsNominal) i->IsTechnician = true;
+					ScenarioInit++;
+					if (i->Unlimbo(Cell_Coord(newcell), DIR_N)) {
+						i->Strength = Random_Pick(5, (int)i->Class->MaxStrength);
+						i->Scatter(0, true);
+						if (source != TARGET_NONE && !House->Is_Ally(As_Object(source))) {
+							i->Assign_Mission(MISSION_ATTACK);
+							i->Assign_Target(source);
+						} else {
+							if (House->IsHuman) {
+								i->Assign_Mission(MISSION_GUARD);
+							} else {
+								i->Assign_Mission(MISSION_HUNT);
+							}
+						}
+					} else {
+						delete i;
+					}
+					ScenarioInit--;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Possibly add some smoke rising from the ashes of the building.
+		*/
+		switch (Random_Pick(0, 5)) {
+			case 0:
+			case 1:
+			case 2:
+				new AnimClass(ANIM_SMOKE_M, Coord_Scatter(Cell_Coord(newcell), 0x0050, false), Random_Pick(0, 5), Random_Pick(1, 2));
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				break;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	The building always scars the ground in some fashion.
+		*/
+		if (Random_Pick(0, 3) == 0) {
+			new SmudgeClass(Random_Pick(SMUDGE_SCORCH1, SMUDGE_SCORCH6), Cell_Coord(newcell));
+		} else {
+			new SmudgeClass(Random_Pick(SMUDGE_CRATER1, SMUDGE_CRATER6), Coord_Scatter(Cell_Coord(newcell), 0x0080, false));
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Active_Click_With -- Handles clicking on the map while the building is selected.*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This interface routine handles when the player clicks on the map while this building     *
+ *    is currently selected. This is used to assign an override target to a turret or          *
+ *    guard tower.                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   target   -- The target that was clicked upon.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/28/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void BuildingClass::Active_Click_With(ActionType action, ObjectClass * object)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (action == ACTION_ATTACK) {
+		Player_Assign_Mission(MISSION_ATTACK, object->As_Target());
+	}
+
+	if (action == ACTION_SELF && Class->IsFactory) {
+		OutList.Add(EventClass(EventClass::PRIMARY, As_Target()));
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Active_Click_With -- Handles cell selection for buildings.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine really only serves one purpose -- to allow targeting of the ground for      *
+ *    buildings that are euipped with weapons.                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   action   -- The requested action to perform.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          cell     -- The cell location to perform the action upon.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/04/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void BuildingClass::Active_Click_With(ActionType action, CELL cell)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (action == ACTION_ATTACK) {
+		Player_Assign_Mission(MISSION_ATTACK, ::As_Target(cell));
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Assign_Target -- Assigns a target to the building.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Assigning of a target to a building makes sense if the building is one that can attack.  *
+ *    This routine would be used to assign the attack target to a turret or guard tower.       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   target   -- The target that was clicked on while this building was selected.       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/28/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   11/02/1994 JLB : Checks for range before assigning target.                                *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void BuildingClass::Assign_Target(TARGET target)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (*this != STRUCT_SAM && !In_Range(target, 0)) {
+		target = TARGET_NONE;
+	}
+
+	TechnoClass::Assign_Target(target);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Init -- Initialize the building system to an empty null state.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine initializes the building system in preparation for a scenario load.         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/19/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void BuildingClass::Init(void)
+{
+	BuildingClass *ptr;
+
+	Buildings.Free_All();
+
+	ptr = new BuildingClass();
+	VTable = ((void **)(((char *)ptr) + sizeof(AbstractClass) - 4))[0];
+	delete ptr;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Exit_Object -- Initiates an object to leave the building.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This function is used to cause an object to exit the building. It is called when a       *
+ *    factory produces a vehicle or other mobile object and that object needs to exit the      *
+ *    building to join the ranks of a regular unit. Typically, the object is placed down on    *
+ *    the map such that it overlaps the building and then it is given a movement order so that *
+ *    it will move to an adjacent free cell.                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   base  -- Pointer to the object that is to exit the building.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns the success rating for the exit attempt;                                   *
+ *             0  = complete failure (refund money please)                                     *
+ *             1  = temporarily prevented (try again later please)                             *
+ *             2  = successful                                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   The building is placed in radio contact with the object. The object is in a     *
+ *             teathered condition. This condition will be automatically broken when the       *
+ *             object reaches the adjacent square.                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/28/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   04/10/1995 JLB : Handles building production by computer.                                 *
+ *   06/17/1995 JLB : Handles refinery exit.                                                   *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int BuildingClass::Exit_Object(TechnoClass * base)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (!base) return(0);
+
+	TechnoTypeClass const * ttype = (TechnoTypeClass const *)&base->Class_Of();
+
+	/*
+	**	A unit exiting a building is always considered to be "locked". That means, it
+	**	will be considered as to have legally entered the visible map domain.
+	*/
+	base->IsLocked = true;
+
+	/*
+	**	Find a good cell to unload the object to. The object, probably a vehicle
+	**	will drive/walk to the adjacent free cell.
+	*/
+	switch (base->What_Am_I()) {
+		CELL cell;
+
+		case RTTI_AIRCRAFT:
+			if (!In_Radio_Contact()) {
+				AircraftClass *air = (AircraftClass *)base;
+
+				air->Altitude = 0;
+				ScenarioInit++;
+				if (air->Unlimbo(Docking_Coord(), air->Pose_Dir())) {
+					Transmit_Message(RADIO_HELLO, air);
+					Transmit_Message(RADIO_TETHER);
+					ScenarioInit--;
+					return(2);
+				}
+				ScenarioInit--;
+			} else {
+				AircraftClass *air = (AircraftClass *)base;
+
+				if (Cell_X(Coord_Cell(Center_Coord())) - Map.MapCellX < Map.MapCellWidth/2) {
+					cell = XY_Cell(Map.MapCellX-1, Random_Pick(0, Map.MapCellHeight-1)+Map.MapCellY);
+				} else {
+					cell = XY_Cell(Map.MapCellX+Map.MapCellWidth, Random_Pick(0, Map.MapCellHeight-1)+Map.MapCellY);
+				}
+				ScenarioInit++;
+				if (air->Unlimbo(Cell_Coord(cell), DIR_N)) {
+					air->Assign_Destination(::As_Target(Nearby_Location(air)));
+					air->Assign_Mission(MISSION_MOVE);
+					ScenarioInit--;
+					return(2);
+				}
+				ScenarioInit--;
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case RTTI_INFANTRY:
+		case RTTI_UNIT:
+			switch (Class->Type) {
+				case STRUCT_REFINERY:
+					if (base->What_Am_I() == RTTI_UNIT) {
+						CELL cell = Coord_Cell(Center_Coord());
+						UnitClass * unit = (UnitClass *)base;
+
+						cell = Adjacent_Cell(cell, FACING_SW);
+						ScenarioInit++;
+						if (unit->Unlimbo(Coord_Add(unit->Coord, 0x00550060L), DIR_SW_X2)) {
+							unit->PrimaryFacing = DIR_SW_X2;
+							Transmit_Message(RADIO_HELLO, unit);
+							Transmit_Message(RADIO_TETHER);
+							unit->Assign_Mission(MISSION_HARVEST);
+							unit->Force_Track(DriveClass::OUT_OF_REFINERY, Cell_Coord(cell));
+							unit->Set_Speed(128);
+						}
+						ScenarioInit--;
+					} else {
+						base->Scatter(true);
+					}
+					break;
+
+				case STRUCT_AIRSTRIP:
+					if (Create_Special_Reinforcement(House, &AircraftTypeClass::As_Reference(AIRCRAFT_CARGO), ttype, TMISSION_UNLOAD, As_Target())) {
+						delete base;
+						return(2);
+					}
+					return(0);
+
+				case STRUCT_WEAP:
+					ScenarioInit++;
+					if (base->Unlimbo(Coord_Add(Coord, Class->ExitPoint), DIR_SW)) {
+//						base->Assign_Mission(MISSION_MOVE);
+//						base->Assign_Destination(::As_Target(As_Cell(Coord)+MAP_CELL_W*2));
+						base->Mark(MARK_UP);
+						base->Coord = Coord_Add(Coord, Class->ExitPoint);
+						base->Mark(MARK_DOWN);
+						Transmit_Message(RADIO_HELLO, base);
+						Transmit_Message(RADIO_TETHER);
+						Assign_Mission(MISSION_UNLOAD);
+						ScenarioInit--;
+						return(2);
+					}
+					ScenarioInit--;
+					break;
+
+				case STRUCT_BARRACKS:
+				case STRUCT_HAND:
+					CELL cell;
+					bool found = false;
+
+					cell = Find_Exit_Cell(base);
+					if (cell) found = true;
+
+#ifdef OBSOLETE
+					CELL	const *ptr;
+					bool	found = false;
+
+					ptr = Class->ExitList;
+					while (*ptr != REFRESH_EOL) {
+						cell = Coord_Cell(Coord) + *ptr++;
+						if (base->Can_Enter_Cell(cell) == MOVE_OK) {
+							found = true;
+							break;
+						}
+					}
+#endif
+
+					if (found) {
+						DirType	dir = Direction(cell);
+						COORDINATE		start = Coord_Add(Coord, Class->ExitPoint);
+
+						ScenarioInit++;
+						if (base->Unlimbo(start, dir)) {
+
+							base->Assign_Mission(MISSION_MOVE);
+							base->Assign_Destination(::As_Target(cell));
+
+							/*
+							**	Establish radio contact so unload coordination can occur. This
+							**	radio contact should always succeed.
+							*/
+							if (Transmit_Message(RADIO_HELLO, base) == RADIO_ROGER) {
+								Transmit_Message(RADIO_UNLOAD);
+							}
+							ScenarioInit--;
+							return(2);
+						}
+						ScenarioInit--;
+					}
+					break;
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case RTTI_BUILDING:
+
+			if (!House->IsHuman) {
+				/*
+				**	Find the next available spot to place this newly created building. If the
+				**	building could be placed at the desired location, fine. If not, then this
+				**	routine will return failure. The calling routine will probably abandon this
+				**	building in preference to building another.
+				*/
+				BaseNodeClass * node = Base.Next_Buildable(((BuildingClass *)base)->Class->Type);
+				if (node) {
+					if (Flush_For_Placement(base, Coord_Cell(node->Coord))) {
+						return(1);
+					}
+					if (base->Unlimbo(node->Coord)) {
+						return(2);
+					}
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Failure to exit the object results in a false return value.
+	*/
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Update_Buildables -- Informs sidebar of additional construction options.     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will tell the sidebar of objects that can be built. The function is called  *
+ *    whenever a building matures.                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/11/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   12/23/1994 JLB : Only updates for PLAYER buildings.                                       *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void BuildingClass::Update_Buildables(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (House == PlayerPtr && !IsInLimbo && IsDiscoveredByPlayer) {
+		switch (Class->ToBuild) {
+			StructType i;
+			UnitType u;
+			InfantryType f;
+			AircraftType a;
+
+			case RTTI_BUILDINGTYPE:
+				for (i = STRUCT_FIRST; i < STRUCT_COUNT; i++) {
+					if (PlayerPtr->Can_Build(i, ActLike)) {
+//						if (BuildingTypeClass::As_Reference(i).Who_Can_Build_Me(true, true, ActLike)) {
+							Map.Add(RTTI_BUILDINGTYPE, i);
+//						}
+					}
+				}
+				break;
+
+			case RTTI_UNITTYPE:
+				for (u = UNIT_FIRST; u < UNIT_COUNT; u++) {
+					if (PlayerPtr->Can_Build(u, ActLike)) {
+//						if (UnitTypeClass::As_Reference(u).Who_Can_Build_Me(true, true, ActLike)) {
+							Map.Add(RTTI_UNITTYPE, u);
+//						}
+					}
+				}
+				break;
+
+			case RTTI_INFANTRYTYPE:
+				for (f = INFANTRY_FIRST; f < INFANTRY_COUNT; f++) {
+					if (PlayerPtr->Can_Build(f, ActLike)) {
+//						if (InfantryTypeClass::As_Reference(f).Who_Can_Build_Me(true, true, ActLike)) {
+							Map.Add(RTTI_INFANTRYTYPE, f);
+//						}
+					}
+				}
+				break;
+
+			case RTTI_AIRCRAFTTYPE:
+				for (a = AIRCRAFT_FIRST; a < AIRCRAFT_COUNT; a++) {
+					if (PlayerPtr->Can_Build(a, ActLike)) {
+//						if (AircraftTypeClass::As_Reference(a).Who_Can_Build_Me(true, true, ActLike)) {
+							Map.Add(RTTI_AIRCRAFTTYPE, a);
+//						}
+					}
+				}
+				break;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Fire_Out -- Handles when attached animation expires.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to perform any fixups necessary when the attached animation has     *
+ *    terminated. This occurs when the fire & smoke animation that a SAM site produces stops.  *
+ *    At that point, normal reload procedures can commence.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/30/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void BuildingClass::Fire_Out(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+//	SAM = SAM_READY;
+//	IsFiring = false;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Limbo -- Handles power adjustment as building goes into limbo.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will handle the power adjustments for the associated house when the         *
+ *    building goes into limbo. This means that its power drain or production is subtracted    *
+ *    from the house accumulated totals.                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the building limboed?                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/24/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool BuildingClass::Limbo(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+//	HouseClass *housep;
+//	RTTIType bld_type;
+
+	if (!IsInLimbo) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Update the total factory type, assuming this building has a factory.
+		*/
+		switch (Class->ToBuild) {
+			case RTTI_AIRCRAFTTYPE:
+				House->AircraftFactories--;
+				break;
+
+			case RTTI_INFANTRYTYPE:
+				House->InfantryFactories--;
+				break;
+
+			case RTTI_UNITTYPE:
+				House->UnitFactories--;
+				break;
+
+			case RTTI_BUILDINGTYPE:
+				House->BuildingFactories--;
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				break;
+		}
+
+		House->IsRecalcNeeded = true;
+
+		/*
+		**	Update the power status of the owner's house.
+		*/
+		House->Adjust_Power(-Power_Output());
+		House->Adjust_Drain(-Class->Drain);
+		House->Adjust_Capacity(-Class->Capacity, true);
+		if (House == PlayerPtr) {
+			Map.PowerClass::IsToRedraw = true;
+			Map.Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+		}
+
+#ifdef OBSOLETE
+		/*
+		**	If this building is building something, the FactoryClass doing the
+		**	building must be deleted, as well as the object being built.
+		**	- If this building is controlled by Computer AI, this building's Factory
+		**	  pointer will point to the factory doing the building.
+		**	- Otherwise, the owner House's Factory indices will indicate what's
+		**	  being built.  (The player's sidebar also contains indices to indicate
+		**	  what's being built, but those just echo the house's indices.)
+		*/
+		if (Factory) {
+			Factory->Abandon();
+			delete Factory;
+			Factory = 0;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		** If the owner HouseClass is building something, and this building can
+		** build that thing, we may be the last building for that house that can
+		** build that thing; if so, abandon production of it.
+		*/
+		housep = HouseClass::As_Pointer(Owner());
+		if (housep) {
+			FactoryClass * factory = 0;
+			bld_type = RTTI_NONE;
+			if (housep->AircraftFactory != -1 && Class->ToBuild == RTTI_AIRCRAFTTYPE) {
+				bld_type = RTTI_AIRCRAFTTYPE;
+				factory = Factories.Raw_Ptr(housep->AircraftFactory);
+			}
+			if (housep->InfantryFactory != -1 && Class->ToBuild==RTTI_INFANTRYTYPE) {
+				bld_type = RTTI_INFANTRYTYPE;
+				factory = Factories.Raw_Ptr(housep->InfantryFactory);
+			}
+			if (housep->UnitFactory != -1 && Class->ToBuild==RTTI_UNITTYPE) {
+				bld_type = RTTI_UNITTYPE;
+				factory = Factories.Raw_Ptr(housep->UnitFactory);
+			}
+			if (housep->BuildingFactory != -1 && Class->ToBuild==RTTI_BUILDINGTYPE) {
+				bld_type = RTTI_BUILDINGTYPE;
+				factory = Factories.Raw_Ptr(housep->BuildingFactory);
+			}
+			if (housep->SpecialFactory != -1 && Class->ToBuild==RTTI_SPECIAL) {
+				bld_type = RTTI_SPECIAL;
+			}
+
+			if (bld_type != RTTI_NONE) {
+				if (factory) {
+					TechnoClass * object = factory->Get_Object();
+					IsInLimbo = true;
+					if (object && !object->Techno_Type_Class()->Who_Can_Build_Me(true, false, housep->Class->House)) {
+						housep->Abandon_Production(bld_type);
+					}
+					IsInLimbo = false;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+#endif
+
+		/*
+		**	This could be a building that builds. If so, then the sidebar may need adjustment.
+		** Set IsInLimbo to true to "fool" the sidebar into knowing that this building
+		** isn't available.  Set it back to false so the rest of the Limbo code works.
+		** Otherwise, the sidebar won't properly remove non-available buildables.
+		*/
+		if (IsOwnedByPlayer && !ScenarioInit) {
+			IsInLimbo = true;
+			Map.Recalc();
+			IsInLimbo = false;
+		}
+#ifdef NEVER
+		if (!House->IsHuman) {
+			Update_Specials();
+		}
+#endif
+
+	}
+	return(TechnoClass::Limbo());
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Fire_Coord -- Calculates the coordinate that projectile would appear.        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to determine where a projectile would appear if this building       *
+ *    were to fire. The location usually depends on the current rotation setting of the        *
+ *    turret or else on the direction of the target that will be fired upon.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with coordinate that the projectile should appear at if the building       *
+ *          were to fire.                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/24/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+COORDINATE BuildingClass::Fire_Coord(int ) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	COORDINATE coord = Center_Coord();			// Center of firing building.
+
+	/*
+	**	Make adjustments to the firing coordinate to account for turret
+	**	position. This depends on building type and turret facing.
+	*/
+	switch (Class->Type) {
+		default:
+		case STRUCT_GTOWER:
+		case STRUCT_ATOWER:
+			coord = Coord_Move(coord, DIR_N, 0x0030);
+			if (Target_Legal(TarCom)) {
+				coord = Coord_Move(coord, ::Direction(coord, As_Coord(TarCom)), 0x0040);
+			}
+			break;
+		case STRUCT_OBELISK:
+			coord = Coord_Move(coord, DIR_N, 0x00A8);
+//			coord = Coord_Move(coord, DIR_N, 0x0058);
+			coord = Coord_Move(coord, DIR_W, 0x0018);
+			break;
+
+		case STRUCT_SAM:
+		case STRUCT_TURRET:
+			coord = Coord_Move(coord, DIR_N, 0x0030);
+			coord = Coord_Move(coord, PrimaryFacing.Current(), 0x0080);
+			break;
+	}
+
+	return(coord);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Greatest_Threat -- Searches for target that building can fire upon.          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine intercepts the Greatest_Threat function so that it can add the ability      *
+ *    to search for ground targets, if this isn't a SAM site.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   threat   -- The base threat control value. Typically, it might be THREAT_RANGE     *
+ *                      or THREAT_NORMAL.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a suitable target. If none could be found, then TARGET_NONE is        *
+ *          returned instead.                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/01/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TARGET BuildingClass::Greatest_Threat(ThreatType threat) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (*this != STRUCT_SAM) {
+		threat = threat | (THREAT_INFANTRY|THREAT_BOATS|THREAT_VEHICLES|THREAT_RANGE);
+
+		if (!House->IsHuman) {
+			threat = threat | THREAT_BUILDINGS;
+		}
+//		threat = threat & ~THREAT_AIR;
+	} else {
+		threat = threat | THREAT_AREA;
+	}
+
+	if (Class->Primary != WEAPON_NONE && BulletTypeClass::As_Reference(Weapons[Class->Primary].Fires).IsAntiAircraft) {
+		threat = threat | THREAT_AIR;
+	}
+	return(TechnoClass::Greatest_Threat(threat));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Grand_Opening -- Handles construction completed special operations.          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called when construction has finished. Typically, this enables           *
+ *    new production options for factories.                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/08/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   06/13/1995 JLB : Added helipad.                                                           *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void BuildingClass::Grand_Opening(bool captured)
+{
+	Validate();
+
+	/*
+	**	Adjust the owning house according to the power, drain, and Tiberium capacity that
+	**	this building has.
+	*/
+	House->Adjust_Drain(Class->Drain);
+	House->Adjust_Capacity(Class->Capacity);
+	House->IsRecalcNeeded = true;
+
+	/*	SPECIAL CASE:
+	**	Refineries get a free harvester. Add a harvester to the reinforcement list
+	**	at this time.
+	*/
+	if (*this == STRUCT_REFINERY && !ScenarioInit && !captured && !Debug_Map && (!House->IsHuman || PurchasePrice == 0 || PurchasePrice > Class->Raw_Cost())) {
+		CELL cell = Coord_Cell(Adjacent_Cell(Center_Coord(), DIR_SW));
+//		if (!Map[cell].Cell_Unit()) {
+			UnitClass * unit = new UnitClass(UNIT_HARVESTER, House->Class->House);
+			if (unit) {
+
+				/*
+				**	Try to place down the harvesters. If it could not be placed, then try
+				**	to place it in a nearby location.
+				*/
+				if (!unit->Unlimbo(Cell_Coord(cell), DIR_SW)) {
+					cell = Nearby_Location(unit);
+
+					/*
+					**	If the harvester could still not be placed, then refund the money
+					**	to the owner and then bail.
+					*/
+					if (!unit->Unlimbo(Cell_Coord(cell), DIR_SW)) {
+						House->Refund_Money(unit->Class->Cost_Of());
+						delete unit;
+					}
+				}
+			} else {
+
+				/*
+				**	If the harvester could not be created in the first place, then give
+				**	the full refund price to the owning player.
+				*/
+				House->Refund_Money(UnitTypeClass::As_Reference(UNIT_HARVESTER).Cost_Of());
+			}
+		}
+//	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Helicopter pads get a free attack helicopter.
+	*/
+	if (*this == STRUCT_HELIPAD && !captured && (!House->IsHuman || PurchasePrice == 0 || PurchasePrice > Class->Raw_Cost())) {
+		ScenarioInit++;
+		AircraftClass * air = 0;
+		if (House->ActLike == HOUSE_GOOD) {
+			air = new AircraftClass(AIRCRAFT_ORCA, House->Class->House);
+		} else {
+			air = new AircraftClass(AIRCRAFT_HELICOPTER, House->Class->House);
+		}
+		if (air) {
+			air->Altitude = 0;
+			if (air->Unlimbo(Docking_Coord(), air->Pose_Dir())) {
+				air->Assign_Mission(MISSION_GUARD);
+				air->Transmit_Message(RADIO_HELLO, this);
+				Transmit_Message(RADIO_TETHER);
+			}
+		}
+		ScenarioInit--;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Repair -- Initiates or terminates the repair process.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will start, stop, or toggle the repair process. When a building repairs, it *
+ *    occurs incrementally over time.                                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   control  -- Determines how to control the repair process.                          *
+ *                      0: Turns repair process off (if it was on).                            *
+ *                      1: Turns repair process on (if it was off).                            *
+ *                      -1:Toggles repair process to other state.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/08/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void BuildingClass::Repair(int control)
+{
+	Validate();
+	switch (control) {
+		case -1:
+			IsRepairing = (IsRepairing == false);
+			break;
+
+		case 1:
+			if (IsRepairing) return;
+			IsRepairing = true;
+			break;
+
+		case 0:
+			if (!IsRepairing) return;
+			IsRepairing = false;
+			break;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	At this point, we know that the repair state has changed. Perform
+	**	appropriate action.
+	*/
+	VocType sound = VOC_NONE;
+	if (IsRepairing) {
+		if (Strength == Class->MaxStrength) {
+			sound = VOC_SCOLD;
+		} else {
+			sound = VOC_BUTTON;
+			Clicked_As_Target();
+			IsWrenchVisible = true;
+		}
+	} else {
+		sound = VOC_BUTTON;
+	}
+	if (IsOwnedByPlayer) {
+		Sound_Effect(sound, Coord);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Sell_Back -- Controls the sell back (demolish) operation.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will initiate or stop the sell back process for a building. It is called    *
+ *    when the player clicks on a building when the sell mode is active.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   control  -- The action to perform. 0 = turn deconstruction off, 1 = deconstruct,   *
+ *                      -1 = toggle deconstruction state.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/25/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void BuildingClass::Sell_Back(int control)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (Class->Get_Buildup_Data()) {
+		bool decon = false;
+		switch (control) {
+			case -1:
+				decon = (Mission != MISSION_DECONSTRUCTION);
+				break;
+
+			case 1:
+				if (Mission == MISSION_DECONSTRUCTION) return;
+				decon = true;
+				break;
+
+			case 0:
+				if (Mission != MISSION_DECONSTRUCTION) return;
+				decon = false;
+				break;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	At this point, we know that the repair state has changed. Perform
+		**	appropriate action.
+		*/
+		if (decon) {
+//			Transmit_Message(RADIO_RUN_AWAY);
+//			Transmit_Message(RADIO_OVER_OUT);
+			Assign_Mission(MISSION_DECONSTRUCTION);
+			if (IsOwnedByPlayer) {
+				Clicked_As_Target();
+			}
+		}
+		if (IsOwnedByPlayer) {
+			Sound_Effect(VOC_BUTTON);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::What_Action -- Determines action to perform if click on specified object.    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will determine what action to perform if the mouse was clicked on the       *
+ *    object specified. This determination is used to control the mouse imagery and the        *
+ *    function process when the mouse button is pressed.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   object   -- Pointer to the object that, if clicked on, will control what action    *
+ *                      is to be performed.                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the ActionType that will occur if the mouse is clicked over the       *
+ *          object specified while the building is currently selected.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/18/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+ActionType BuildingClass::What_Action(ObjectClass * object) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	ActionType action = TechnoClass::What_Action(object);
+
+	if (action == ACTION_SELF) {
+		if (Class->IsFactory && PlayerPtr == House) {
+			switch (Class->ToBuild) {
+				case RTTI_AIRCRAFTTYPE:
+					if (House->AircraftFactories < 2) {
+						action = ACTION_NONE;
+					}
+					break;
+
+				case RTTI_INFANTRYTYPE:
+					if (House->InfantryFactories < 2) {
+						action = ACTION_NONE;
+					}
+					break;
+
+				case RTTI_UNITTYPE:
+					if (House->UnitFactories < 2) {
+						action = ACTION_NONE;
+					}
+					break;
+
+				default:
+					action = ACTION_NONE;
+					break;
+			}
+
+		} else {
+			action = ACTION_NONE;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Don't allow targeting of SAM sites, even if the CTRL key
+	**	is held down.
+	*/
+	if (action == ACTION_ATTACK && *this == STRUCT_SAM) {
+		action = ACTION_NONE;
+	}
+
+	if (action == ACTION_MOVE) {
+		action = ACTION_NONE;
+	}
+
+	return(action);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::What_Action -- Determines what action will occur.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine examines the cell specified and returns with the action that will be        *
+ *    performed if that cell were clicked upon while the building is selected.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   cell  -- The cell to examine.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns the ActionType that indicates what should occur if the mouse is clicked    *
+ *          on this cell.                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/18/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+ActionType BuildingClass::What_Action(CELL cell) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	ActionType action = TechnoClass::What_Action(cell);
+
+	if (action == ACTION_MOVE) {
+		action = ACTION_NONE;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Don't allow targeting of SAM sites, even if the CTRL key
+	**	is held down.
+	*/
+	if (action == ACTION_ATTACK && *this == STRUCT_SAM) {
+		action = ACTION_NONE;
+	}
+
+	return(action);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Begin_Mode -- Begins an animation mode for the building.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will start the building animating. This animation will loop indefinately    *
+ *    until explicitly stopped.                                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   bstate   -- The animation state to initiate.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   The buliding graphic state will reflect the first stage of this animation the   *
+ *             very next time it is rendered.                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/25/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   07/02/1995 JLB : Uses normalize animation rate where applicable.                          *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void BuildingClass::Begin_Mode(BStateType bstate)
+{
+	Validate();
+	QueueBState = bstate;
+	if (BState == BSTATE_NONE || bstate == BSTATE_CONSTRUCTION || ScenarioInit) {
+		BState = bstate;
+		QueueBState = BSTATE_NONE;
+		BuildingTypeClass::AnimControlType const * ctrl = Fetch_Anim_Control();
+
+		int rate = ctrl->Rate;
+		if (Class->IsRegulated && bstate != BSTATE_CONSTRUCTION) {
+			rate = Options.Normalize_Delay(rate);
+		}
+		Set_Rate(rate);
+		Set_Stage(ctrl->Start);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Read_INI -- Reads buildings from INI file.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the basic scenario initialization of building function. It                       *
+ *    is called when reading the scenario startup INI file and it handles                      *
+ *    creation of all specified buildings.                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    INI entry format:                                                                        *
+ *      Housename, Typename, Strength, Cell, Facing, Triggername                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   buffer   -- Pointer to the loaded INI file data.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/24/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void BuildingClass::Read_INI(char *buffer)
+{
+	BuildingClass			*b;			// Working unit pointer.
+	char						*tbuffer;	// Accumulation buffer of unit IDs.
+	HousesType				bhouse;		// Building house.
+	StructType				classid;		// Building type.
+	int						len;			// Size of data in buffer.
+	CELL						cell;			// Cell of building.
+	char						buf[128];
+	char						*trigname;	// building's trigger's name
+
+	len = strlen(buffer) + 2;
+	tbuffer = buffer + len;
+
+	/*
+	**	Read the entire building INI section into HIDBUF
+	*/
+	WWGetPrivateProfileString(INI_Name(), NULL, NULL, tbuffer, ShapeBufferSize-len, buffer);
+
+	while (*tbuffer != '\0') {
+
+		/*
+		**	Get a building entry.
+		*/
+		WWGetPrivateProfileString(INI_Name(), tbuffer, NULL, buf, sizeof(buf)-1, buffer);
+
+		/*
+		**	1st token: house name.
+		*/
+		bhouse = HouseTypeClass::From_Name(strtok(buf, ","));
+
+		/*
+		**	2nd token: building name.
+		*/
+		classid = BuildingTypeClass::From_Name(strtok(NULL, ","));
+
+		if (bhouse != HOUSE_NONE && classid != STRUCT_NONE) {
+			int	strength;
+			DirType facing;
+
+			/*
+			**	3rd token: strength.
+			*/
+			strength = atoi(strtok(NULL, ","));
+
+			/*
+			**	4th token: cell #.
+			*/
+			cell = atoi(strtok(NULL, ","));
+
+			/*
+			**	5th token: facing.
+			*/
+			facing = (DirType)atoi(strtok(NULL, ","));
+
+			/*
+			**	6th token: triggername (can be NULL).
+			*/
+			trigname = strtok(NULL,",");
+
+			b = new BuildingClass(classid, bhouse);
+			if (b) {
+				if (b->Unlimbo(Cell_Coord(cell), facing)) {
+					strength = MIN(strength, 0x100);
+					strength = Fixed_To_Cardinal(b->Class->MaxStrength, strength);
+					b->Strength = strength;
+					b->IsALemon = false;
+					b->Trigger = TriggerClass::As_Pointer(trigname);
+					if (b->Trigger) {
+						b->Trigger->AttachCount++;
+					}
+				} else {
+
+					/*
+					**	If the building could not be unlimboed on the map, then this indicates
+					**	a serious error. Delete the building.
+					*/
+					delete b;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		tbuffer += strlen(tbuffer)+1;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Write_INI -- Writes all building data to an INI file.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to write the buildings into an INI file. It is necessary for the    *
+ *    scenario editor save game option.                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    INI entry format:                                                                        *
+ *      Housename, Typename, Strength, Cell, Facing, Triggername                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   buffer   -- The buffer that holds the INI data.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/28/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void BuildingClass::Write_INI(char *buffer)
+{
+	int			index;
+	char			uname[10];
+	char			buf[127];
+	char			*tbuffer;		// Accumulation buffer of unit IDs.
+
+	/*
+	**	First, clear out all existing building data from the ini file.
+	*/
+	tbuffer = buffer + strlen(buffer) + 2;
+	WWGetPrivateProfileString(INI_Name(), NULL, NULL, tbuffer, ShapeBufferSize-strlen(buffer), buffer);
+	while (*tbuffer != '\0') {
+		WWWritePrivateProfileString(INI_Name(), tbuffer, NULL, buffer);
+		tbuffer += strlen(tbuffer)+1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Write the data out.
+	*/
+	for (index = 0; index < Buildings.Count(); index++) {
+		BuildingClass * building;
+
+		building = Buildings.Ptr(index);
+		if (!building->IsInLimbo) {
+
+			sprintf(uname, "%03d", index);
+			sprintf(buf, "%s,%s,%d,%u,%d,%s",
+				building->House->Class->IniName,
+				building->Class->IniName,
+				building->Health_Ratio(),
+				Coord_Cell(building->Coord),
+				building->PrimaryFacing.Current(),
+				building->Trigger ? building->Trigger->Get_Name() : "None"
+				);
+			WWWritePrivateProfileString(INI_Name(), uname, buf, buffer);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::As_Target -- Convert the building into a target value.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to take the building and convert it into a target number.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns the target number for this building.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/10/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TARGET BuildingClass::As_Target(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	return(Build_Target(KIND_BUILDING, Buildings.ID(this)));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Center_Coord -- Fetches the center coordinate for the building.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to set the center coordinate for this building.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the coordinate for the center location for the building.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/10/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+COORDINATE BuildingClass::Center_Coord(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	return(Coord_Add(Coord, CenterOffset[Class->Size]));
+}
+
+
+COORDINATE BuildingClass::Docking_Coord(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (*this == STRUCT_HELIPAD) {
+		return(Coord_Add(Coord, XYP_COORD(24, 18)));
+	}
+	if (*this == STRUCT_AIRSTRIP) {
+		return(Coord_Add(Coord, XYP_COORD(18, 30)));
+	}
+	return(TechnoClass::Docking_Coord());
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Can_Fire -- Determines if this building can fire.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to see if the building can fire its weapon.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   target   -- The target that firing upon is desired.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          which    -- Which weapon to use when firing. 0=primary, 1=secondary.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the fire possibility code. If firing is allowed, then FIRE_OK is      *
+ *          returned. Other cases will result in appropriate fire code value that indicates    *
+ *          why firing is not allowed.                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/03/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+FireErrorType BuildingClass::Can_Fire(TARGET target, int which) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	FireErrorType canfire = TechnoClass::Can_Fire(target, which);
+
+	if (canfire == FIRE_OK) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Double check to make sure that the facing is roughly toward
+		**	the target. If the difference is too great, then firing is
+		**	temporarily postponed.
+		*/
+		if (Class->IsTurretEquipped) {
+			/*
+			**	If the turret is rotating then firing must be delayed.
+			*/
+			if (PrimaryFacing.Is_Rotating()) {
+				return(FIRE_ROTATING);
+			}
+
+			int diff = PrimaryFacing.Difference(Direction(TarCom));
+			if (ABS(diff) > 8) {
+				return(FIRE_FACING);
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Advanced guard towers need power to fire.
+		*/
+		if (*this == STRUCT_ATOWER && House->Power_Fraction() < 0x0100) {
+			return(FIRE_BUSY);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		** If an obelisk can fire, check the state of charge.  If it isn't charging
+		** up, start it charging up and return FIRE_BUSY.  If it is charging but
+		** isn't done yet, return FIRE_BUSY.  If it's done charging, stop the
+		** charging process, clear the stage timer, and return FIRE_OK.
+		*/
+		if (Class->Primary == WEAPON_OBELISK_LASER && !IsCharged) {
+			return(FIRE_BUSY);
+		}
+	}
+	return(canfire);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Toggle_Primary -- Toggles the primary factory state.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will change the primary factory state of this building. The primary         *
+ *    factory is the one that units will be produced from (by default).                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Is this building NOW the primary factory?                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/03/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool BuildingClass::Toggle_Primary(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (IsLeader) {
+		IsLeader = false;
+	} else {
+		for (int index = 0; index < Buildings.Count(); index++) {
+			BuildingClass * building = Buildings.Ptr(index);
+
+			if (!building->IsInLimbo && building->Owner() == Owner() && building->Class->ToBuild == Class->ToBuild) {
+				building->IsLeader = false;
+			}
+		}
+		IsLeader = true;
+		if (House == PlayerPtr) {
+			Speak(VOX_PRIMARY_SELECTED);
+		}
+	}
+	Mark(MARK_CHANGE);
+	return(IsLeader);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Captured -- Captures the building.                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will change the owner of the building. It handles updating any related      *
+ *    game systems as a result. Factories are the most prone to have great game related        *
+ *    consequences when captured. This could also affect the sidebar and building ownership.   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   newowner -- Pointer to the house that is now the new owner.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Was the capture attempt successful?                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   Capturing could fail if the house is already owned by the one specified or      *
+ *             the building isn't allowed to be captured.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/03/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   07/05/1995 JLB : Fixed production problem with capturing enemy buildings.                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool BuildingClass::Captured(HouseClass * newowner)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (Class->IsCaptureable && newowner != House) {
+		switch (Owner()) {
+			case HOUSE_GOOD:
+				Speak(VOX_GDI_CAPTURED);
+				break;
+
+			case HOUSE_BAD:
+				Speak(VOX_NOD_CAPTURED);
+				break;
+		}
+
+		if (House == PlayerPtr) {
+			Map.PowerClass::IsToRedraw = true;
+			Map.Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		** Add this building to the list of buildings captured this game. For internet stats purposes
+		*/
+		if (GameToPlay == GAME_INTERNET){
+			newowner->CapturedBuildings->Increment_Unit_Total (Class->Type);
+		}
+
+		House->Adjust_Power(-Power_Output());
+		LastStrength = 0;
+		House->Adjust_Drain(-Class->Drain);
+		int booty = House->Adjust_Capacity(-Class->Capacity, true);
+
+		/*
+		**	If there is something loaded, then it gets captured as well.
+		*/
+		TechnoClass * tech = Attached_Object();
+		if (tech) tech->Captured(newowner);
+
+		/*
+		**	If something isn't technically attached, but is sitting on this
+		**	building for another reason (e.g., helicopter on helipad), then it
+		**	gets captured as well.
+		*/
+		tech = Contact_With_Whom();
+		if (tech) {
+			if (Transmit_Message(RADIO_NEED_TO_MOVE) == RADIO_ROGER && ::Distance(tech->Center_Coord(), Docking_Coord()) < 0x0040) {
+				tech->Captured(newowner);
+			} else {
+				Transmit_Message(RADIO_RUN_AWAY);
+				Transmit_Message(RADIO_OVER_OUT);
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Decrement the factory counter for the original owner.
+		*/
+		switch (Class->ToBuild) {
+			case RTTI_UNITTYPE:
+				House->UnitFactories--;
+				break;
+
+			case RTTI_INFANTRYTYPE:
+				House->InfantryFactories--;
+				break;
+
+			case RTTI_BUILDINGTYPE:
+				House->BuildingFactories--;
+				break;
+
+			case RTTI_AIRCRAFTTYPE:
+				House->AircraftFactories--;
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				break;
+		}
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+		if (IsOwnedByPlayer && !ScenarioInit) {
+			Map.Recalc();
+		}
+		if (!House->IsHuman) {
+			Update_Specials();
+		}
+#endif
+
+		/*
+		**	Flag that both owners now need to update their buildable lists.
+		*/
+		House->IsRecalcNeeded = true;
+		newowner->IsRecalcNeeded = true;
+
+		IsCaptured = true;
+		TechnoClass::Captured(newowner);
+
+		SmudgeType bib;
+		CELL cell = Coord_Cell(Coord);
+		if (Class->Bib_And_Offset(bib, cell)) {
+			SmudgeClass * smudge = new SmudgeClass(bib);
+			if (smudge) {
+				smudge->Disown(cell);
+				delete smudge;
+			}
+			new SmudgeClass(bib, Cell_Coord(cell), House->Class->House);
+		}
+
+		House->Harvested(booty);
+
+		/*
+		**	Increment the factory count for the new owner.
+		*/
+		switch (Class->ToBuild) {
+			case RTTI_UNITTYPE:
+				House->UnitFactories++;
+				break;
+
+			case RTTI_INFANTRYTYPE:
+				House->InfantryFactories++;
+				break;
+
+			case RTTI_BUILDINGTYPE:
+				House->BuildingFactories++;
+				break;
+
+			case RTTI_AIRCRAFTTYPE:
+				House->AircraftFactories++;
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				break;
+		}
+
+		IsRepairing = false;
+		Grand_Opening(true);
+
+		Mark(MARK_CHANGE);
+
+		/*
+		**	Perform a look operation when catpured if it was the player
+		**	that performed the capture.
+		*/
+		if (House == PlayerPtr) {
+			Look(false);
+		}
+
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Sort_Y -- Returns the building coordinate used for sorting.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    The coordinate value returned from this function should be used for sorting purposes.    *
+ *    It has special offset adjustment applied so that vehicles don't overlap (as much).       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a coordinate value suitable to be used for sorting.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/23/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   06/19/1995 JLB : Handles buildings that come with bibs built-in.                          *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+COORDINATE BuildingClass::Sort_Y(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (*this == STRUCT_REPAIR) {
+		return(Coord);
+	}
+	if (*this == STRUCT_BARRACKS /*|| *this == STRUCT_POWER*/) {
+		return(Center_Coord());
+	}
+	if (*this == STRUCT_REFINERY) {
+		return(Center_Coord());
+	}
+	return(Coord_Add(Center_Coord(), XY_Coord(0, (Class->Height()*256)/3)));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Can_Enter_Cell -- Determines if building can be placed down.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will determine if the building can be placed down at the location           *
+ *    specified.                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   cell  -- The cell to examine. This is usually the cell of the upper left corner    *
+ *                   of the building if it were to be placed down.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the move legality value for placement at the location specified. This *
+ *          will either be MOVE_OK or MOVE_NO.                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/25/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+MoveType BuildingClass::Can_Enter_Cell(CELL cell, FacingType) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	return(Class->Legal_Placement(cell) ? MOVE_OK : MOVE_NO);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Can_Demolish -- Can the player demolish (sell back) the building?            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Determines if the player can sell this building. Selling is possible if the building     *
+ *    is not currently in construction or deconstruction animation.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Can the building be demolished at this time?                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/25/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   07/01/1995 JLB : If there is no buildup data, then the building can't be sold.            *
+ *   07/17/1995 JLB : Cannot sell a refinery that has a harvester attached.                    *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool BuildingClass::Can_Demolish(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (Class->Get_Buildup_Data() && BState != BSTATE_CONSTRUCTION && !Mission != MISSION_DECONSTRUCTION && Mission != MISSION_CONSTRUCTION) {
+		if (*this == STRUCT_REFINERY && Is_Something_Attached()) return(false);
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Mission_Guard -- Handles guard mission for combat buildings.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Buildings that can attack are given this mission. They will wait until a suitable target *
+ *    comes within range and then launch into the attack mission. Buildings that have no       *
+ *    weaponry will just sit in this routine forever.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the number of game frames to delay before this routine will be called *
+ *          again.                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/25/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int BuildingClass::Mission_Guard(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	/*
+	**	If this building has a weapon, then search for a target to attack. When
+	**	a target is found, switch into attack mode to deal with the threat.
+	*/
+	if (Class->Primary != WEAPON_NONE) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Weapon equipped buildings are ALWAYS ready to launch into another mission if
+		**	they are sitting around in guard mode.
+		*/
+		IsReadyToCommence = true;
+
+		/*
+		**	If there is no target available, then search for one.
+		*/
+		if (!Target_Legal(TarCom)) {
+			ThreatType threat = THREAT_NORMAL;
+			Assign_Target(Greatest_Threat(threat));
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	There is a valid target. Switch into attack mode right away.
+		*/
+		if (Target_Legal(TarCom)) {
+			Assign_Mission(MISSION_ATTACK);
+			return(1);
+		}
+	} else {
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the very simple state machine that basically does
+		**	nothing. This is the mode that non weapon equipped buildings
+		**	are normally in.
+		*/
+		enum {
+			INITIAL_ENTRY,
+			IDLE
+		};
+		switch (Status) {
+			case INITIAL_ENTRY:
+				Begin_Mode(BSTATE_IDLE);
+				Status = IDLE;
+				break;
+
+			case IDLE:
+				/*
+				**	Special case to break out of guard mode if this is a repair
+				**	facility and there is a customer waiting at the grease pit.
+				*/
+				if (*this == STRUCT_REPAIR &&
+					In_Radio_Contact() &&
+					Contact_With_Whom()->Is_Techno() &&
+					((TechnoClass *)Contact_With_Whom())->Mission == MISSION_ENTER &&
+					Distance(Contact_With_Whom()) < 0x0040 &&
+					Transmit_Message(RADIO_NEED_TO_MOVE) == RADIO_ROGER) {
+
+					Assign_Mission(MISSION_REPAIR);
+					return(1);
+				}
+				break;
+		}
+		return(TICKS_PER_SECOND*5);
+	}
+	return(TICKS_PER_SECOND/2);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Mission_Construction -- Handles mission construction.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will handle mission construction. When this mission is complete, the        *
+ *    building will begin normal operation.                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the number of game frames to delay before calling this routine        *
+ *          again.                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/25/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int BuildingClass::Mission_Construction(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	enum {
+		INITIAL,
+		DURING
+	};
+	switch (Status) {
+		case INITIAL:
+			Begin_Mode(BSTATE_CONSTRUCTION);
+			Transmit_Message(RADIO_BUILDING);
+			if (IsOwnedByPlayer) {
+				Sound_Effect(VOC_CONSTRUCTION, Coord);
+			}
+			Status = DURING;
+			break;
+
+		case DURING:
+			if (IsReadyToCommence) {
+
+				/*
+				**	When construction is complete, then transmit this
+				**	to the construction yard so that it can stop its
+				**	construction animation.
+				*/
+				Transmit_Message(RADIO_COMPLETE);		// "I'm finished."
+				Transmit_Message(RADIO_OVER_OUT);		// "You're free."
+				Begin_Mode(BSTATE_IDLE);
+				Grand_Opening();
+				Assign_Mission(MISSION_GUARD);
+				PrimaryFacing = Class->StartFace;
+			}
+			break;
+	}
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Mission_Deconstruction -- Handles building deconstruction.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This state machine is only used when the building is deconstructing as a result of       *
+ *    selling.  When this mission is finished, the building will no longer exist.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the number of game frames to delay before calling this routine again. *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/25/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   08/13/1995 JLB : Enable selling of units on a repair bay.                                 *
+ *   08/20/1995 JLB : Scatters infantry from scattered starting points.                        *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int BuildingClass::Mission_Deconstruction(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	/*
+	**	Always force repair off.
+	*/
+	Repair(0);
+
+	enum {
+		INITIAL,
+		HOLDING,
+		DURING
+	};
+	switch (Status) {
+		case INITIAL:
+
+			/*
+			**	Special check for the repair bay which has the ability to sell
+			**	whatever is on it. If there is something on the repair bay, then
+			**	it will be sold. If there is nothing on the repair bay, then
+			**	the repair bay itself will be sold.
+			*/
+			if (*this == STRUCT_REPAIR && Transmit_Message(RADIO_NEED_TO_MOVE) == RADIO_ROGER && Distance(Contact_With_Whom()) < 0x0080) {
+				TechnoClass * tech = Contact_With_Whom();
+				Transmit_Message(RADIO_OVER_OUT);
+				tech->Sell_Back(1);
+//				House->Refund_Money(tech->Refund_Amount());
+//				tech->Limbo();
+				Assign_Mission(MISSION_GUARD);
+				return(1);
+			}
+
+			IsReadyToCommence = false;
+			Transmit_Message(RADIO_RUN_AWAY);
+			Status = HOLDING;
+			break;
+
+		case HOLDING:
+			if (!IsTethered) {
+
+				/*
+				**	The crew will evacuate from the building. The number of crew
+				**	members leaving is equal to the unrecovered cost of the building
+				**	divided by 100 (the typical cost of a minigunner infantryman).
+				*/
+				if (!Special.IsMCVDeploy || *this != STRUCT_CONST) {
+					int divisor = 200;
+					if (IsCaptured) divisor *= 2;
+					int count = (Class->Raw_Cost()+(divisor-1)) / divisor;
+					bool engine = false;
+					count = Bound(count, 1, 5);
+
+					while (count) {
+
+						/*
+						**	Ensure that the player only gets ONE engineer and not from a captured
+						**	construction yard.
+						*/
+						InfantryType typ = Crew_Type();
+						while (typ == INFANTRY_E7 && engine) {
+							typ = Crew_Type();
+						}
+						if (typ == INFANTRY_E7) engine = true;
+
+						InfantryClass * infantry = new InfantryClass(typ, House->Class->House);
+						if (infantry) {
+							ScenarioInit++;
+							COORDINATE coord = Coord_Add(Center_Coord(), XYP_COORD(0, -12));
+							coord = Map[Coord_Cell(coord)].Closest_Free_Spot(coord, false);
+
+							if (infantry->Unlimbo(coord, DIR_N)) {
+								if (infantry->Class->IsNominal) infantry->IsTechnician = true;
+								ScenarioInit--;
+								infantry->Scatter(0, true);
+								ScenarioInit++;
+								infantry->Assign_Mission(MISSION_GUARD_AREA);
+							} else {
+								delete infantry;
+							}
+							ScenarioInit--;
+						}
+						count--;
+					}
+				}
+
+				if (IsOwnedByPlayer) {
+					Sound_Effect(VOC_CASHTURN, Coord);
+				}
+				Status = DURING;
+				Begin_Mode(BSTATE_CONSTRUCTION);
+				Detach_All(true);
+				Transmit_Message(RADIO_OVER_OUT);
+				IsReadyToCommence = false;
+				break;
+			}
+			Transmit_Message(RADIO_RUN_AWAY);
+			break;
+
+		case DURING:
+			if (IsReadyToCommence) {
+
+				/*
+				**	Construction yards that deconstruct, really just revert back
+				**	to an MCV.
+				*/
+				if (Special.IsMCVDeploy && *this == STRUCT_CONST && House->IsHuman) {
+					ScenarioInit++;
+					UnitClass * unit = new UnitClass(UNIT_MCV, House->Class->House);
+					ScenarioInit--;
+					if (unit) {
+
+						/*
+						**	Unlimbo the MCV onto the map. The MCV should start in the same
+						**	health condition that the construction yard was in.
+						*/
+						int ratio = Health_Ratio();
+						int money = Refund_Amount();
+
+						delete this;
+
+						if (unit->Unlimbo(Coord_Snap(Adjacent_Cell(Coord, DIR_SE)), DIR_SW)) {
+							unit->Strength = Fixed_To_Cardinal(unit->Class_Of().MaxStrength, ratio);
+						} else {
+
+							/*
+							**	If, for some strange reason, the MCV could not be placed on the
+							**	map, then give the player some money to compensate.
+							*/
+							House->Refund_Money(money);
+						}
+					} else {
+						House->Refund_Money(Refund_Amount());
+						delete this;
+					}
+
+				} else {
+
+					/*
+					**	A sold building still counts as a kill, but it just isn't directly
+					**	attributed to the enemy.
+					*/
+					WhoLastHurtMe = HOUSE_NONE;
+					Record_The_Kill(NULL);
+
+					/*
+					**	The player gets part of the money back for the sell.
+					*/
+					House->Refund_Money(Refund_Amount());
+					Limbo();
+
+					/*
+					**	Finally, delete the building from the game.
+					*/
+					delete this;
+				}
+				House->IsRecalcNeeded = true;
+			}
+			break;
+	}
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Mission_Attack -- Handles attack mission for building.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Buildings that can attack are processed by this attack mission state machine.            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the number of game frames to delay before calling this routine        *
+ *          again.                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/25/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int BuildingClass::Mission_Attack(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (*this == STRUCT_SAM) {
+		switch (Status) {
+
+			/*
+			**	The launcher is underground and awaiting the acquisition of
+			**	a target.
+			*/
+			case SAM_UNDERGROUND:
+				IsReadyToCommence = true;
+				if (Target_Legal(TarCom)) {
+					Set_Rate(2);
+					Set_Stage(0);
+					Status = SAM_RISING;
+					return(1);
+				} else {
+					Assign_Mission(MISSION_GUARD);
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			**	The launcher is rising into the ready position so that it
+			**	may rotate to face the target.
+			*/
+			case SAM_RISING:
+				if (Fetch_Stage() == 15) {
+					Set_Rate(0);
+					PrimaryFacing = DIR_N;
+					if (!Target_Legal(TarCom)) {
+						Status = SAM_LOWERING;
+					} else {
+						Status = SAM_READY;
+					}
+				}
+				return(1);
+
+			/*
+			**	This is the target tracking state of the launcher. It will rotate
+			**	to face the current TarCom of the launcher.
+			*/
+			case SAM_READY:
+				if (!Target_Legal(TarCom) || !Is_Target_Aircraft(TarCom) || As_Aircraft(TarCom)->Altitude == 0) {
+					Assign_Target(TARGET_NONE);
+					Status = SAM_LOCKING;
+					return(TICKS_PER_SECOND);
+				} else {
+					if (!PrimaryFacing.Is_Rotating()) {
+						DirType facing = Direction(TarCom);
+						if (PrimaryFacing.Difference(facing)) {
+							PrimaryFacing.Set_Desired(facing);
+						} else {
+							Status = SAM_FIRING;
+						}
+					}
+				}
+				return(1);
+
+			/*
+			**	The launcher is in the process of firing.
+			*/
+			case SAM_FIRING:
+				if (!Target_Legal(TarCom) || !Is_Target_Aircraft(TarCom) || As_Aircraft(TarCom)->Altitude == 0) {
+					Assign_Target(TARGET_NONE);
+					Status = SAM_LOCKING;
+				} else {
+					FireErrorType error = Can_Fire(TarCom, 0);
+					if (error == FIRE_ILLEGAL || error == FIRE_CANT || error == FIRE_RANGE) {
+						Assign_Target(TARGET_NONE);
+						Status = SAM_LOCKING;
+					} else {
+						if (error == FIRE_FACING) {
+							Status = SAM_READY;
+						} else {
+							if (error == FIRE_OK) {
+								Fire_At(TarCom, 0);
+								Status = SAM_READY2;
+								return(1);
+							}
+						}
+					}
+				}
+				return(1);
+
+			case SAM_READY2:
+				if (!Target_Legal(TarCom) || !Is_Target_Aircraft(TarCom) || As_Aircraft(TarCom)->Altitude == 0) {
+					Assign_Target(TARGET_NONE);
+					Status = SAM_LOCKING;
+					return(TICKS_PER_SECOND);
+				} else {
+					if (!PrimaryFacing.Is_Rotating()) {
+						DirType facing = Direction(TarCom);
+						if (PrimaryFacing.Difference(facing)) {
+							PrimaryFacing.Set_Desired(facing);
+						} else {
+							Status = SAM_FIRING2;
+						}
+					}
+				}
+				return(1);
+
+			case SAM_FIRING2:
+				if (!Target_Legal(TarCom) || !Is_Target_Aircraft(TarCom) || As_Aircraft(TarCom)->Altitude == 0) {
+					Assign_Target(TARGET_NONE);
+					Status = SAM_LOCKING;
+				} else {
+					FireErrorType error = Can_Fire(TarCom, 0);
+					if (error == FIRE_ILLEGAL || error == FIRE_CANT || error == FIRE_RANGE) {
+						Assign_Target(TARGET_NONE);
+						Status = SAM_LOCKING;
+					} else {
+						if (error == FIRE_FACING) {
+							Status = SAM_READY2;
+						} else {
+							if (error == FIRE_OK) {
+								Fire_At(TarCom, 0);
+								Status = SAM_LOCKING;
+								return(TICKS_PER_SECOND*3);
+							}
+						}
+					}
+				}
+				return(1);
+
+			/*
+			**	Rotating to face north in preparation for lowering to reload.
+			*/
+			case SAM_LOCKING:
+				if (!PrimaryFacing.Is_Rotating()) {
+					if (PrimaryFacing == DIR_N) {
+						Set_Rate(2);
+						Set_Stage(48);
+						Status = SAM_LOWERING;
+					} else {
+						PrimaryFacing.Set_Desired(DIR_N);
+					}
+				}
+				return(1);
+
+			/*
+			**	Lowering into the ground in order to reload.
+			*/
+			case SAM_LOWERING:
+				if (Fetch_Stage() >= 63) {
+					Set_Rate(0);
+					Set_Stage(0);
+					Status = SAM_UNDERGROUND;
+					return(TICKS_PER_SECOND);
+				} else {
+					if (Fetch_Rate() == 0) {
+						Set_Rate(2);
+					}
+				}
+				return(1);
+
+			default:
+				break;
+		}
+
+	} else {
+		IsReadyToCommence = true;
+		switch (Can_Fire(TarCom, 0)) {
+			case FIRE_ILLEGAL:
+			case FIRE_CANT:
+			case FIRE_RANGE:
+			case FIRE_AMMO:
+				Assign_Target(TARGET_NONE);
+				Assign_Mission(MISSION_GUARD);
+				Commence();
+				break;
+
+			case FIRE_FACING:
+				PrimaryFacing.Set_Desired(Direction(TarCom));
+				return(2);
+
+			case FIRE_REARM:
+			case FIRE_BUSY:
+				return(1);
+
+			case FIRE_CLOAKED:
+				Do_Uncloak();
+				break;
+
+			case FIRE_OK:
+				Fire_At(TarCom, 0);
+				return(1);
+		}
+	}
+	return(TICKS_PER_SECOND);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Mission_Harvest -- Handles refinery unloading harvesters.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This state machine handles the refinery when it unloads the harvester.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the number of game frames to delay before calling this routine        *
+ *          again.                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/25/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int BuildingClass::Mission_Harvest(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	enum {
+		INITIAL,					// Dock the Tiberium canister.
+		WAIT_FOR_DOCK,			// Waiting for docking to complete.
+		MIDDLE,					// Offload "bails" of tiberium.
+		WAIT_FOR_UNDOCK,		// Waiting for undocking to complete.
+		EXITING					// Cause the harvester to drive away.
+	};
+	switch (Status) {
+		case INITIAL:
+			Begin_Mode(BSTATE_ACTIVE);
+			Status = WAIT_FOR_DOCK;
+			break;
+
+		case WAIT_FOR_DOCK:
+			if (IsReadyToCommence) {
+				IsReadyToCommence = false;
+				Status = MIDDLE;
+				Begin_Mode(BSTATE_AUX1);
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case MIDDLE:
+			if (IsReadyToCommence) {
+				IsReadyToCommence = false;
+
+				/*
+				**	Force any bib squaters to scatter.
+				*/
+				bool old = Special.IsScatter;
+				Special.IsScatter = true;
+				Map[Adjacent_Cell(Coord_Cell(Center_Coord()), DIR_SW)].Incoming(0, true);
+				Special.IsScatter = old;
+
+				FootClass * techno = Attached_Object();
+				if (techno) {
+					int bail = techno->Offload_Tiberium_Bail();
+
+					if (bail) {
+						House->Harvested(bail);
+						if (techno->Tiberium_Load()) {
+							return(1);
+						}
+					}
+				}
+				Begin_Mode(BSTATE_AUX2);
+				Status = WAIT_FOR_UNDOCK;
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case WAIT_FOR_UNDOCK:
+			if (IsReadyToCommence) {
+
+				/*
+				**	Detach harvester and go back into idle state.
+				*/
+				Exit_Object(Detach_Object());
+				Assign_Mission(MISSION_GUARD);
+			}
+			break;
+	}
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Mission_Repair -- Handles the repair (active) state for building.            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This state machine is used when the building is active in some sort of repair or         *
+ *    construction mode. The construction yard will animate. The repair facility will repair   *
+ *    anything that it docked on it.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the number of game frames to delay before calling this routine again. *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/25/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   06/25/1995 JLB : Handles repair facility                                                  *
+ *   07/29/1995 JLB : Repair rate is controlled by power rating.                               *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int BuildingClass::Mission_Repair(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (*this == STRUCT_CONST) {
+		enum {
+			INITIAL,
+			DURING
+		};
+		switch (Status) {
+			case INITIAL:
+				Begin_Mode(BSTATE_ACTIVE);
+				Status = DURING;
+				break;
+
+			case DURING:
+				if (!In_Radio_Contact()) {
+					Assign_Mission(MISSION_GUARD);
+				}
+				break;
+		}
+		return(1);
+	}
+
+	if (*this == STRUCT_REPAIR) {
+		enum {
+			INITIAL,
+			IDLE,
+			DURING
+		};
+		switch (Status) {
+			case INITIAL:
+				if (!In_Radio_Contact()) {
+					Begin_Mode(BSTATE_IDLE);
+					Assign_Mission(MISSION_GUARD);
+					return(1);
+				}
+				IsReadyToCommence = false;
+				if (Transmit_Message(RADIO_NEED_TO_MOVE) == RADIO_ROGER && Distance(Contact_With_Whom()) < 0x0010) {
+					Status = IDLE;
+					return(TICKS_PER_SECOND/4);
+				}
+				break;
+
+			case IDLE:
+				if (!In_Radio_Contact()) {
+					Assign_Mission(MISSION_GUARD);
+					return(1);
+				}
+
+				if (Transmit_Message(RADIO_NEED_TO_MOVE) == RADIO_ROGER) {
+					if (Contact_With_Whom()->Health_Ratio() < 0x0100 && Transmit_Message(RADIO_REPAIR) == RADIO_ROGER) {
+						Status = DURING;
+						Begin_Mode(BSTATE_ACTIVE);
+						IsReadyToCommence = false;
+					} else {
+						if (!House->IsHuman) {
+							Transmit_Message(RADIO_RUN_AWAY);
+						}
+					}
+//				} else {
+//					Assign_Mission(MISSION_GUARD);
+//					return(1);
+				}
+				break;
+
+			case DURING:
+				if (!In_Radio_Contact()) {
+					Begin_Mode(BSTATE_IDLE);
+					Status = IDLE;
+					return(1);
+				}
+				if (IsReadyToCommence && Transmit_Message(RADIO_NEED_TO_MOVE) == RADIO_ROGER) {
+					IsReadyToCommence = false;
+					long param = Health_Ratio();
+					if (Transmit_Message(RADIO_REPAIR, param) != RADIO_ROGER) {
+#ifdef OBSOLETE
+						if (House->Available_Money() < 10) {
+							Transmit_Message(RADIO_RUN_AWAY);
+						}
+#endif
+						Begin_Mode(BSTATE_IDLE);
+						Status = IDLE;
+#ifdef OBSOLETE
+					} else {
+						int time = Bound(Fixed_To_Cardinal(TICKS_PER_SECOND, House->Power_Fraction()), 0, TICKS_PER_SECOND);
+						time = (TICKS_PER_SECOND + (TICKS_PER_SECOND/2)) - time;
+						return(time);
+#endif
+					}
+				}
+				break;
+		}
+		return(TICKS_PER_SECOND/2);
+	}
+
+	if (*this == STRUCT_HELIPAD) {
+		enum {
+			INITIAL,
+			DURING
+		};
+		switch (Status) {
+			case INITIAL:
+				if (Transmit_Message(RADIO_NEED_TO_MOVE) == RADIO_ROGER && Transmit_Message(RADIO_PREPARED) == RADIO_NEGATIVE) {
+					Begin_Mode(BSTATE_ACTIVE);
+					Contact_With_Whom()->Assign_Mission(MISSION_SLEEP);
+					Status = DURING;
+					return(1);
+				}
+				Assign_Mission(MISSION_GUARD);
+				break;
+
+			case DURING:
+				if (IsReadyToCommence) {
+					if (!In_Radio_Contact() || Transmit_Message(RADIO_NEED_TO_MOVE) == RADIO_NEGATIVE) {
+						Assign_Mission(MISSION_GUARD);
+						return(1);
+					}
+
+					if (Transmit_Message(RADIO_PREPARED) == RADIO_ROGER) {
+						Contact_With_Whom()->Assign_Mission(MISSION_GUARD);
+						Assign_Mission(MISSION_GUARD);
+						return(1);
+					}
+
+					if (Transmit_Message(RADIO_RELOAD) != RADIO_ROGER) {
+						Assign_Mission(MISSION_GUARD);
+						Contact_With_Whom()->Assign_Mission(MISSION_GUARD);
+						return(1);
+					} else {
+						int time = Bound(Fixed_To_Cardinal(TICKS_PER_SECOND, House->Power_Fraction()), 0, TICKS_PER_SECOND);
+						time = (TICKS_PER_SECOND*3) - time;
+						IsReadyToCommence = false;
+						return(time);
+					}
+				}
+				break;
+		}
+		return(3);
+	}
+	return(TICKS_PER_SECOND);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Mission_Missile -- State machine for nuclear missile launch.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This handles the Temple of Nod launching its nuclear missile.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the number of frames to delay before calling this routine again.      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/04/1995 JLB : Commented.                                                               *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int BuildingClass::Mission_Missile(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	enum {
+		INITIAL,
+		DOOR_OPENING,
+		LAUNCH_UP,
+		LAUNCH_DOWN,
+		DONE_LAUNCH
+	};
+
+	if (*this == STRUCT_TEMPLE) {
+		switch (Status) {
+
+			/*
+			** The initial case is responsible for starting the door
+			** opening on the building.
+			*/
+			case INITIAL:
+				IsReadyToCommence = false;
+				Begin_Mode(BSTATE_ACTIVE);
+				Status = DOOR_OPENING;
+				return(1);
+
+			/*
+			** This polls for the case when the door is actually open and
+			** then kicks off the missile smoke.
+			*/
+			case DOOR_OPENING:
+				if (IsReadyToCommence) {
+					Begin_Mode(BSTATE_IDLE);
+					new AnimClass(ANIM_ATOM_DOOR, Center_Coord());
+					Status = LAUNCH_UP;
+					return(14);
+				}
+				return(1);
+
+			/*
+			** Once the smoke has been going for a little while this
+			** actually handles launching the missile into the air.
+			*/
+			case LAUNCH_UP:
+				{
+					BulletClass *bullet = new BulletClass(BULLET_NUKE_UP);
+					if (bullet) {
+						COORDINATE launch = Coord_Move(Center_Coord(), (DirType)1, 0x1A0);
+						bullet->Assign_Target(TARGET_NONE);
+						bullet->Payback = NULL;
+						bullet->Strength = 1;
+						if (!bullet->Unlimbo(launch, DIR_N)) {
+							delete bullet;
+							bullet = NULL;
+						} else {
+							bullet->PrimaryFacing.Set_Current(DIR_N);
+							Sound_Effect(VOC_NUKE_FIRE, launch);
+							if (House == PlayerPtr) {
+								Speak(VOX_NUKE_LAUNCHED);
+							}
+						}
+					}
+
+					if (bullet) {
+						Status = LAUNCH_DOWN;
+						return(8 * TICKS_PER_SECOND);
+					}
+				}
+				return(1);
+
+			/*
+			** Once the missile is in the air, this handles waiting for
+			** the missile to be off the screen and then launching one down
+			** over the target.
+			*/
+			case LAUNCH_DOWN:
+				{
+				 	BulletClass *bullet = new BulletClass(BULLET_NUKE_DOWN);
+					if (bullet) {
+//						Theme.Queue_Song(THEME_NONE);
+						COORDINATE start = Cell_Coord(XY_Cell(Cell_X(House->NukeDest), 1));
+						bullet->Assign_Target(::As_Target(House->NukeDest));
+						bullet->Payback = NULL;
+						bullet->Strength = 1;
+						if (!bullet->Unlimbo(start, DIR_S)) {
+							delete bullet;
+						} else {
+							bullet->PrimaryFacing.Set_Current(DIR_S);
+						}
+						Speak(VOX_INCOMING_NUKE);
+						Sound_Effect(VOC_NUKE_FIRE, start);
+					}
+					if (bullet) {
+						Status = DONE_LAUNCH;
+						return(7 * TICKS_PER_SECOND);
+					}
+				}
+				return(1);
+
+			/*
+			** Once the missile is done launching this handles allowing
+			** the building to sit there with its door open.
+			*/
+			case DONE_LAUNCH:
+				Assign_Mission(MISSION_GUARD);
+				return(60);
+		}
+	}
+	return(60);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Revealed -- Reveals the building to the specified house.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will reveal the building to the specified house. It will handle updating    *
+ *    the sidebar for player owned buildings. A player owned building that hasn't been         *
+ *    revealed, is in a state of pseudo-limbo. It cannot be used for any of its special        *
+ *    abilities even though it exists on the map for all other purposes.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   house -- The house that this building is being revealed to.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Was this building revealed by this procedure?                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/25/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool BuildingClass::Revealed(HouseClass * house)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (TechnoClass::Revealed(house)) {
+
+		if (!ScenarioInit) {
+			House->JustBuilt = Class->Type;
+		}
+		House->IsRecalcNeeded = true;
+
+		/*
+		**	Perform any grand opening here so that in the scenarios where a player
+		**	owned house is not yet revealed, it won't be reflected in the sidebar
+		**	selection icons.
+		*/
+		if (!In_Radio_Contact() && (house == House || GameToPlay != GAME_NORMAL) && Mission != MISSION_CONSTRUCTION) {
+			Grand_Opening();
+		}
+
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Enter_Idle_Mode -- The building will enter its idle mode.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called when the exact mode of the building isn't known. By examining     *
+ *    the building's condition, this routine will assign an appropriate mission.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   initial  -- This this being called during scenario init?                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/25/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void BuildingClass::Enter_Idle_Mode(bool initial)
+{
+	Validate();
+	/*
+	**	Assign an appropriate mission for the building. If the ScenarioInit flag is true, then
+	**	this must be an initial building. Start such buildings in idle state. For other buildings
+	**	it indicates that it is being placed during game play and thus it must start in
+	**	the "construction" mission.
+	*/
+	MissionType mission = MISSION_GUARD;
+	if (!initial || ScenarioInit || Debug_Map) {
+		Begin_Mode(BSTATE_IDLE);
+		mission = MISSION_GUARD;
+	} else {
+		Begin_Mode(BSTATE_CONSTRUCTION);
+		mission = MISSION_CONSTRUCTION;
+	}
+	Assign_Mission(mission);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Update_Specials -- removes computer specials             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/21/1995 PWG : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void BuildingClass::Update_Specials(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Pip_Count -- Determines "full" pips to display for building.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will determine the number of pips that should be filled in when rendering   *
+ *    the building.                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns the number of pips to display as filled in.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/28/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int BuildingClass::Pip_Count(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	return(Fixed_To_Cardinal(Class->Max_Pips(), House->Tiberium_Fraction()));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Death_Announcement -- Announce the death of this building.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called when the building is destroyed by "unnatural" means. Typically    *
+ *    as a result of combat. If the building is known to the player, then it should be         *
+ *    announced.                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   source   -- The object most directly responsible for the building's death.         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/04/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void BuildingClass::Death_Announcement(TechnoClass const * ) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (IsDiscoveredByPlayer || IsOwnedByPlayer) {
+		if (House != PlayerPtr && GameToPlay != GAME_NORMAL) {
+			if (Options.IsDeathAnnounce) Speak(VOX_ENEMY_STRUCTURE);
+		} else {
+			if (House == PlayerPtr || Options.IsDeathAnnounce) {
+				if (!Options.IsDeathAnnounce) {
+					Speak(VOX_STRUCTURE_LOST);
+				} else {
+					switch (House->ActLike) {
+						case HOUSE_GOOD:
+							Speak(VOX_GDI_STRUCTURE);
+							break;
+
+						case HOUSE_BAD:
+							Speak(VOX_NOD_STRUCTURE);
+							break;
+
+						default:
+							break;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Fire_Direction -- Fetches the direction of firing.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will return with the default direction to use when firing from this         *
+ *    building. This is the facing of the turret except for the case of non-turret equipped    *
+ *    buildings that have a weapon (e.g., guard tower).                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the default firing direction for this building.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/04/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+DirType BuildingClass::Fire_Direction(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (Class->IsTurretEquipped) {
+		return(PrimaryFacing.Current());
+	}
+	return(Direction(TarCom));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Remap_Table -- Fetches the remap table to use for this building.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to fetch the remap table to use.  This override function is needed      *
+ *    because the default remap table for techno objects presumes the object is a unit.        *
+ *    Buildings aren't units.                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the proper remap table to use for this building.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/08/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void const * BuildingClass::Remap_Table(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	return(House->Remap_Table(IsBlushing, false));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Mission_Unload -- Handles the unload mission for a building.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the unload mission for a building. This really only applies to the weapon's      *
+ *    factory, since it needs the sophistication of an unload mission due to the door          *
+ *    animation.                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the number of game frames to delay before calling this routine        *
+ *          again.                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/29/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int BuildingClass::Mission_Unload(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (*this == STRUCT_WEAP) {
+		enum {
+			INITIAL,
+			OPEN,
+			LEAVE,
+			CLOSE
+		};
+		UnitClass * unit;
+		switch (Status) {
+			case INITIAL:
+				unit = (UnitClass *)Contact_With_Whom();
+				if (unit) {
+					unit->Assign_Mission(MISSION_GUARD);
+					unit->Commence();
+				}
+				Open_Door(2, 11);
+				Status = OPEN;
+				break;
+
+			case OPEN:
+				if (Is_Door_Open()) {
+					unit = (UnitClass *)Contact_With_Whom();
+					if (unit) {
+						unit->Assign_Mission(MISSION_MOVE);
+						unit->Force_Track(DriveClass::OUT_OF_WEAPON_FACTORY, Adjacent_Cell(Center_Coord(), FACING_SW));
+						unit->Set_Speed(128);
+						Status = LEAVE;
+					} else {
+						Close_Door(2, 11);
+						Status = CLOSE;
+					}
+				}
+				break;
+
+			case LEAVE:
+				if (!IsTethered) {
+					Close_Door(2, 11);
+					Status = CLOSE;
+				}
+				break;
+
+			case CLOSE:
+				if (Is_Door_Closed()) {
+					Enter_Idle_Mode();
+				}
+				break;
+		}
+		return(TICKS_PER_SECOND/2);
+	}
+	Assign_Mission(MISSION_GUARD);
+	return(TICKS_PER_SECOND);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Power_Output -- Fetches the current power output from this building.         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will return the current power output for this building. The power output    *
+ *    is adjusted according to the damage level of the building.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns the current power output for this building.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/29/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int BuildingClass::Power_Output(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (Class->Power) {
+		return(Fixed_To_Cardinal(Class->Power, Cardinal_To_Fixed(Class->MaxStrength, LastStrength)));
+	}
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Detach -- Handles target removal from the game system.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called when the specified target is about to be removed from the game    *
+ *    system.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   target   -- The target to be removed from this building's targeting computer.      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          all      -- Is the target about to be completely eliminated?                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/29/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void BuildingClass::Detach(TARGET target, bool all)
+{
+	Validate();
+	TechnoClass::Detach(target, all);
+	if (target == WhomToRepay) {
+		WhomToRepay = TARGET_NONE;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Refund_Amount -- Fetches the refund amount if building is sold.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will return the amount of money to be refunded to the building's owner      *
+ *    if the building is sold.                                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the refund amount available for this building.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/29/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int BuildingClass::Refund_Amount(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	int cost = TechnoClass::Refund_Amount();
+
+	/*
+	**	Add in any Tiberium that was stored within the building.
+	*/
+	if (IsV107 && Class->Capacity > 0) {
+		cost += Fixed_To_Cardinal(Class->Capacity, Cardinal_To_Fixed(House->Capacity, House->Tiberium));
+	}
+	return(cost);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Crew_Type -- This determines the crew that this object generates.            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    When selling very cheap buildings (such as the silo), a technician will pop out since    *
+ *    generating minigunners would be overkill -- the player could use this loophole to        *
+ *    gain an advantage.                                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns the infantry type that this building will generate as a survivor.          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/05/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+InfantryType BuildingClass::Crew_Type(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	switch (Class->Type) {
+		case STRUCT_STORAGE:
+			if (Random_Pick(0, 1) == 0) {
+				return(INFANTRY_C1);
+			} else {
+				return(INFANTRY_C7);
+			}
+
+		case STRUCT_CONST:
+			if (!IsCaptured && House->IsHuman && Random_Pick(0, 3) == 0) {
+				return(INFANTRY_E7);
+			}
+			break;
+
+		default:
+			break;
+	}
+	return(TechnoClass::Crew_Type());
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Detach_All -- Possibly abandons production according to factory type.        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    When this routine is called, it indicates that the building is about to be destroyed     *
+ *    or captured. In such a case any production it may be doing, must be abandoned.           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   all   -- Is the object about the be completely destroyed?                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/05/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void BuildingClass::Detach_All(bool all)
+{
+	Validate();
+	/*
+	**	If it is producing something, then it must be abandoned.
+	*/
+	if (Factory) {
+		Factory->Abandon();
+		delete Factory;
+		Factory = 0;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** If the owner HouseClass is building something, and this building can
+	** build that thing, we may be the last building for that house that can
+	** build that thing; if so, abandon production of it.
+	*/
+	if (House) {
+		int fnum = -1;
+
+		switch (Class->ToBuild) {
+			case RTTI_AIRCRAFTTYPE:
+				fnum = House->AircraftFactory;
+				break;
+
+			case RTTI_INFANTRYTYPE:
+				fnum = House->InfantryFactory;
+				break;
+
+			case RTTI_UNITTYPE:
+				fnum = House->UnitFactory;
+				break;
+
+			case RTTI_BUILDINGTYPE:
+				fnum = House->BuildingFactory;
+				break;
+
+			case RTTI_SPECIAL:
+				fnum = House->SpecialFactory;
+				break;
+
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Convert the factory number into a real factory pointer.
+		*/
+		FactoryClass * factory = 0;
+		if (fnum != -1) {
+			factory = Factories.Raw_Ptr(fnum);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	If a factory was found, then temporarily disable this building and then
+		**	detmermine if any object that is being produced can still be produced. If
+		**	not, then the object being produced must be abandoned.
+		*/
+		if (factory) {
+			TechnoClass * object = factory->Get_Object();
+			IsInLimbo = true;
+			if (object && !object->Techno_Type_Class()->Who_Can_Build_Me(true, false, House->Class->House)) {
+				House->Abandon_Production(Class->ToBuild);
+			}
+			IsInLimbo = false;
+		}
+	}
+
+	TechnoClass::Detach_All(all);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Flush_For_Placement -- Handles clearing a zone for object placement.         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to clear the way for placement of the specified object (usually     *
+ *    a building). If there are friendly units blocking the placement area, they are told      *
+ *    to scatter. Enemy blocking units are attacked.                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   techno   -- Pointer to the object that is desired to be placed.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          cell     -- The cell that placement wants to occur at.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/06/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool BuildingClass::Flush_For_Placement(TechnoClass * techno, CELL cell)
+{
+	Validate();
+	bool again = false;
+	if (techno && cell > 0) {
+		short const * list = techno->Class_Of().Occupy_List(true);
+
+		while (*list != REFRESH_EOL) {
+			CELL newcell = cell + *list++;
+
+			if (Map.In_Radar(newcell)) {
+				TechnoClass * occupier = Map[newcell].Cell_Techno();
+				if (occupier) {
+					again = true;
+					if (occupier->House->Is_Ally(this)) {
+						Map[newcell].Incoming(0, true);
+					} else {
+						Base_Is_Attacked(occupier);
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return(again);
+}
+
+
+void BuildingClass::Hidden(void)
+{
+//	if (IsDiscoveredByPlayer && House->IsHuman) {
+//		House->Adjust_Drain(-Class->Drain);
+//	}
+	TechnoClass::Hidden();
+}
+
+
+CELL BuildingClass::Find_Exit_Cell(TechnoClass const * techno) const
+{
+	CELL const *ptr;
+	CELL origin = Coord_Cell(Coord);
+	bool found = false;
+
+	ptr = Class->ExitList;
+	if (ptr) {
+		while (*ptr != REFRESH_EOL) {
+			CELL cell = origin + *ptr++;
+			if (Map.In_Radar(cell) && techno->Can_Enter_Cell(cell) == MOVE_OK) {
+				return(cell);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return(0);
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Passes_Proximity_Check -- Determines if building placement is near friendly sq*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used by the building placement cursor logic to determine whether the     *
+ *    at the current cursor position if the building would be adjacent to another friendly     *
+ *    building. In cases where this is not true, then the building cannot be placed at all.    *
+ *    This determination is returned by the function.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   homecell -- The cell that the building would like to be placed down at.            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Can the pending building object be placed at the present cursor location     *
+ *                checking only for proximity to friendly buildings?  If this isn't for a      *
+ *                building type object, then this routine always returns true.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/06/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   06/07/1994 JLB : Handles concrete check.                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool BuildingClass::Passes_Proximity_Check(CELL homecell)
+{
+	/*
+	** In editor mode, the proximity check always passes.
+	*/
+	if (Debug_Map || !House->IsHuman) {
+		return(true);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Scan through all cells that the building foundation would cover. If any adjacent
+	**	cells to these are of friendly persuasion, then consider the proximity check to
+	**	have been a success.
+	*/
+	short const * ptr = Occupy_List(true);
+	while (*ptr != REFRESH_EOL) {
+		CELL cell = homecell + *ptr++;
+
+		if (!Map.In_Radar(cell)) return(false);
+
+		for (FacingType facing = FACING_N; facing < FACING_COUNT; facing++) {
+			CELL	newcell = Adjacent_Cell(cell, facing);
+
+			TechnoClass * base = Map[newcell].Cell_Techno();
+
+			/*
+			**	The special cell ownership flag allows building adjacent
+			**	to friendly walls and bibs even though there is no official
+			**	building located there.
+			*/
+			if (Map[newcell].Owner == House->Class->House) {
+				return(true);
+			}
+
+			if (base && base->What_Am_I() == RTTI_BUILDING && base->House->Class->House == House->Class->House) {
+				return(true);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
diff --git a/BUILDING.H b/BUILDING.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bed3b6c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/BUILDING.H
@@ -0,0 +1,304 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\building.h_v   2.20   16 Oct 1995 16:47:54   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : BUILDING.H                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : April 14, 1994                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : April 14, 1994   [JLB]                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef BUILDING_H
+#define BUILDING_H
+
+#include	"tarcom.h"
+#include	"radio.h"
+#include	"cargo.h"
+#include	"mission.h"
+#include	"bullet.h"
+#include	"target.h"
+#include	"factory.h"
+
+#define	MAX_DOOR_STAGE	18	// # of frames of door opening on weapons factory
+#define	DOOR_OPEN_STAGE 9	// frame on which the door is entirely open
+#define	MAX_REPAIR_ANIM_STAGE	5	// # of stages of anim for repair center cycling
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**	For each instance of a building in the game, there is one of
+**	these structures. This structure holds information that is specific
+**	and dynamic for a particular building.
+*/
+class BuildingClass : public TechnoClass
+{
+	public:
+		BuildingTypeClass const * const Class;
+		operator StructType(void) const {return Class->Type;};
+
+		/*
+		**	If this building is in the process of producing something, then this
+		**	will point to the factory manager.
+		*/
+		FactoryClass * Factory;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the house that originally owned this factory. Objects buildable
+		**	by this house type will be produced from this factory regardless of who
+		**	the current owner is.
+		*/
+		HousesType ActLike;
+
+		/*
+		**	If the building is at a good point to change orders, then this
+		**	flag will be set to true.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsReadyToCommence:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If this building is currently spending money to repair itself, then
+		**	this flag is true. It will automatically be set to false when the building
+		**	has reached full strength, when money is exhausted, or if the player
+		**	specifically stops the repair process.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsRepairing:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If repair is currently in progress and this flag is true, then a wrench graphic
+		**	will be overlaid on the building to give visual feedback for the repair process.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsWrenchVisible:1;
+
+		/*
+		** This flag is set when a commando has raided the building and planted
+		** plastic explosives.  When the CommandoCountDown timer expires, the
+		** building takes massive damage.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsGoingToBlow:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If this building was destroyed by some method that would prevent
+		**	survivors, then this flag will be true.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsSurvivorless:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	These state control variables are used by the oblisk for the charging
+		**	animation.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsCharging:1;
+		unsigned IsCharged:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	A building that has been captured will not contain the full compliment
+		**	of crew. This is true even if it subsiquently gets captured back.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsCaptured:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Special countdown to destruction value. If the building is destroyed,
+		**	it won't actually be removed from the map until this value reaches
+		**	zero. This delay is for cosmetic reasons.
+		*/
+		TCountDownTimerClass CountDown;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the current animation processing state that the building is
+		**	in.
+		*/
+		BStateType BState;
+		BStateType QueueBState;
+
+		/*
+		** For multiplayer games, this keeps track of the last house to damage
+		** this building, so if it burns to death or otherwise gradually dies,
+		** proper credit can be given for the kill.
+		*/
+		HousesType WhoLastHurtMe;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the saboteur responsible for this building's destruction.
+		*/
+		TARGET WhomToRepay;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is a record of the last strength of the building. Every so often,
+		**	it will compare this strength to the current strength. If there is a
+		**	discrepency, then the owner power is adjusted accordingly.
+		*/
+		int LastStrength;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the countdown timer that regulates placement retry logic
+		**	for factory type buildings.
+		*/
+		TCountDownTimerClass PlacementDelay;
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		**	Constructors, Destructors, and overloaded operators.
+		*/
+		static void * BuildingClass::operator new(size_t size);
+		static void BuildingClass::operator delete(void *ptr);
+		BuildingClass(void) : Class(0) {};
+		BuildingClass(StructType type, HousesType house);
+		virtual ~BuildingClass(void);
+		virtual RTTIType What_Am_I(void) const {return RTTI_BUILDING;};
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		**	Member function prototypes.
+		*/
+		static void Init(void);
+
+		TARGET  Target_Scan(void);
+		BuildingTypeClass::AnimControlType const *  Fetch_Anim_Control(void) {return (&Class->Anims[BState]);};
+
+		/*
+		**	Query functions.
+		*/
+		virtual CELL Find_Exit_Cell(TechnoClass const * techno) const;
+		virtual InfantryType Crew_Type(void) const;
+		virtual int Pip_Count(void) const;
+		virtual bool Can_Player_Move(void) const {return(false);};
+		virtual ActionType What_Action(ObjectClass * target) const;
+		virtual ActionType What_Action(CELL cell) const;
+		virtual bool Can_Demolish(void) const;
+		virtual ObjectTypeClass const & Class_Of(void) const {return *Class;};
+		virtual int Refund_Amount(void) const;
+		virtual DirType Fire_Direction(void) const;
+		int  Power_Output(void) const;
+
+		/*
+		**	Coordinate inquiry functions. These are used for both display and
+		**	combat purposes.
+		*/
+		virtual COORDINATE Docking_Coord(void) const;
+		virtual COORDINATE Fire_Coord(int which) const;
+		virtual COORDINATE Center_Coord(void) const;
+		virtual COORDINATE Sort_Y(void) const;
+		virtual COORDINATE Target_Coord(void) const {return Center_Coord();};
+
+		/*
+		**	Object entry and exit from the game system.
+		*/
+		virtual void Detach(TARGET target, bool all);
+		virtual void Detach_All(bool all=true);
+		virtual void Grand_Opening(bool captured = false);
+		virtual void Update_Buildables(void);
+		virtual MoveType Can_Enter_Cell(CELL cell, FacingType = FACING_NONE) const;
+		virtual bool Unlimbo(COORDINATE , DirType dir = DIR_N);
+		virtual bool Limbo(void);
+		bool Passes_Proximity_Check(CELL homecell);
+
+		/*
+		**	Display and rendering support functionality. Supports imagery and how
+		**	object interacts with the map and thus indirectly controls rendering.
+		*/
+		virtual void const * Remap_Table(void);
+		virtual int Exit_Object(TechnoClass * base);
+		virtual void Draw_It(int x, int y, WindowNumberType window);
+		virtual bool Mark(MarkType mark);
+		virtual void Look(bool incremental=false);
+		virtual void Fire_Out(void);
+		void  Begin_Mode(BStateType bstate);
+
+		/*
+		**	User I/O.
+		*/
+		virtual void Active_Click_With(ActionType action, ObjectClass * object);
+		virtual void Active_Click_With(ActionType action, CELL cell);
+
+		/*
+		**	Combat related.
+		*/
+		virtual void Death_Announcement(TechnoClass const * source=0) const;
+		virtual FireErrorType Can_Fire(TARGET, int which) const;
+		virtual TARGET Greatest_Threat(ThreatType threat) const;
+		virtual ResultType Take_Damage(int & damage, int distance, WarheadType warhead, TechnoClass * source=0);
+		virtual TARGET As_Target(void) const;
+		virtual bool Captured(HouseClass * newowner);
+
+		/*
+		**	AI.
+		*/
+		virtual void Hidden(void);
+		virtual bool Revealed(HouseClass * house);
+		virtual void Repair(int control);
+		virtual void Sell_Back(int control);
+		virtual RadioMessageType Receive_Message(RadioClass * from, RadioMessageType message, long & param);
+		virtual void AI(void);
+		virtual void Assign_Target(TARGET target);
+		virtual bool Toggle_Primary(void);
+		bool  Flush_For_Placement(TechnoClass * techno, CELL cell);
+
+		virtual int Mission_Unload(void);
+		virtual int Mission_Repair(void);
+		virtual int Mission_Attack(void);
+		virtual int Mission_Harvest(void);
+		virtual int Mission_Guard(void);
+		virtual int Mission_Construction(void);
+		virtual int Mission_Deconstruction(void);
+		virtual int Mission_Missile(void);
+		virtual void Enter_Idle_Mode(bool initial=false);
+
+		/*
+		**	Scenario and debug support.
+		*/
+		#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+		virtual void Debug_Dump(MonoClass *mono) const;
+		#endif
+
+		/*
+		**	File I/O.
+		*/
+		static void  Read_INI(char *buffer);
+		static void  Write_INI(char *buffer);
+		static char *INI_Name(void) {return "STRUCTURES";};
+		bool  Load(FileClass & file);
+		bool  Save(FileClass & file);
+		virtual void Code_Pointers(void);
+		virtual void Decode_Pointers(void);
+		void  Update_Specials(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	Dee-buggin' support.
+		*/
+		int Validate(void) const;
+
+	private:
+		void  Drop_Debris(TARGET source = TARGET_NONE);
+		virtual BulletClass * Fire_At(TARGET target, int which);
+
+		static COORDINATE const CenterOffset[BSIZE_COUNT];
+
+		/*
+		** This contains the value of the Virtual Function Table Pointer
+		*/
+		static void * VTable;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/BULLET.CPP b/BULLET.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0966cb8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/BULLET.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,786 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\bullet.cpv   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:50:00   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : BULLET.CPP                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : April 23, 1994                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : March 18, 1995 [JLB]                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   BulletClass::AI -- Logic processing for bullet.                                           *
+ *   BulletClass::As_Target -- Converts the bullet into a target value.                        *
+ *   BulletClass::BulletClass -- Bullet constructor.                                           *
+ *   BulletClass::BulletClass -- Default constructor for bullet objects.                       *
+ *   BulletClass::Detach -- Removes specified target from this bullet's targeting system.      *
+ *   BulletClass::Draw_It -- Displays the bullet at location specified.                        *
+ *   BulletClass::Init -- Clears the bullets array for scenario preparation.                   *
+ *   BulletClass::Mark -- Performs related map refreshing under bullet.                        *
+ *   BulletClass::Occupy_List -- Determines the bullet occupation list.                        *
+ *   BulletClass::Unlimbo -- Transitions a bullet object into the game render/logic system.    *
+ *   BulletClass::delete -- Bullet memory delete.                                              *
+ *   BulletClass::new -- Allocates memory for bullet object.                                   *
+ *   BulletClass::Validate -- validates bullet pointer													  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+
+#define	GRAVITY	3
+
+/*
+** This contains the value of the Virtual Function Table Pointer
+*/
+void * BulletClass::VTable;
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BulletClass::Validate -- validates bullet pointer														  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *		1 = ok, 0 = error																								  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/09/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+int BulletClass::Validate(void) const
+{
+	int num;
+
+	num = Bullets.ID(this);
+	if (num < 0 || num >= BULLET_MAX) {
+		Validate_Error("BULLET");
+		return (0);
+	}
+	else
+		return (1);
+}
+#else
+#define	Validate()
+#endif
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BulletClass::BulletClass -- Default constructor for bullet objects.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the default constructor for bullet objects. A bullet constructed by this routine *
+ *    is not in a usable state for game purposes. It must be constructed by the full           *
+ *    (parameterized) constructor -- usually called as part of the overloaded "new" operator.  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   Do not use bullets that were constructed solely by this routine.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/24/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+BulletClass::BulletClass(void) :
+	Class(0)
+{
+	Payback = NULL;
+	IsToAnimate = false;
+	Altitude = 0;
+	Riser = 0;
+	TarCom = TARGET_NONE;
+	Strength = 0;
+	IsLocked = true;
+	IsInaccurate = false;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BulletClass::new -- Allocates memory for bullet object.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This function will "allocate" a block of memory for a bullet object.                     *
+ *    This memory block is merely lifted from a fixed pool of blocks.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   size  -- The size of the memory block needed.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to an available bullet object block.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/02/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void * BulletClass::operator new(size_t )
+{
+	void * ptr = Bullets.Allocate();
+	if (ptr) {
+		((BulletClass *)ptr)->IsActive = true;
+	}
+	return(ptr);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BulletClass::delete -- Bullet memory delete.                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Since bullets memory is merely "allocated" out of a pool, it never                       *
+ *    actually gets deleted.                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   ptr   -- Generic pointer to bullet object.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/02/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void BulletClass::operator delete(void *ptr)
+{
+	if (ptr) {
+		((BulletClass *)ptr)->IsActive = false;
+	}
+	Bullets.Free((BulletClass *)ptr);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BulletClass::BulletClass -- Bullet constructor.                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the constructor for the bullet class. It handles all                             *
+ *    initialization of the bullet and starting it in motion toward its                        *
+ *    target.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   id       -- The type of bullet this is (could be missile).                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/02/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   06/20/1994 JLB : Firer is a base class pointer.                                           *
+ *   12/10/1994 JLB : Auto calculate range optional.                                           *
+ *   12/12/1994 JLB : Handles small arms as an instantaneous effect.                           *
+ *   12/23/1994 JLB : Fixed scatter algorithm for non-homing projectiles.                      *
+ *   12/31/1994 JLB : Removed range parameter (not needed).                                    *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+BulletClass::BulletClass(BulletType id) :
+	Class(&BulletTypeClass::As_Reference(id))
+{
+	Altitude = 0;
+	IsInaccurate = false;
+	IsLocked = true;
+//	IsLocked = false;
+	IsToAnimate = false;
+	Payback = 0;
+	Riser = 0;
+	Strength = Class->MaxStrength;
+	TarCom = TARGET_NONE;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BulletClass::Occupy_List -- Determines the bullet occupation list.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This function will determine the cell occupation list and return a pointer to it. Most   *
+ *    bullets are small and the list is usually short, but on occasion, it can be a list that  *
+ *    rivals the size of regular vehicles.                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the cell offset list that covers all the cells a bullet  *
+ *          is over.                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/20/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   01/05/1995 JLB : Handles projectiles with altitude.                                       *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+short const *BulletClass::Occupy_List(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	switch (*this) {
+		case BULLET_FLAME:
+			return(Coord_Spillage_List(Coord, 25));
+
+		case BULLET_NUKE_UP:
+		case BULLET_NUKE_DOWN:
+			return(Coord_Spillage_List(Coord, 48));
+
+		default:
+			if (Altitude) {
+				static CELL _list[10];
+				const short * ptr = Coord_Spillage_List(Coord, 5);
+				int index = 0;
+				CELL cell1 = Coord_Cell(Coord);
+
+				while (ptr[index] != REFRESH_EOL) {
+					_list[index] = ptr[index];
+					index++;
+				}
+
+				COORDINATE coord = XY_Coord(0, Altitude);
+				coord = Coord_Sub(Coord, coord);
+				CELL cell2 = Coord_Cell(coord);
+				ptr = Coord_Spillage_List(coord, 5);
+				while (*ptr != REFRESH_EOL) {
+					_list[index++] = (*ptr++) + (cell2 - cell1);
+				}
+				_list[index] = REFRESH_EOL;
+				return(_list);
+			}
+	}
+	return(Coord_Spillage_List(Coord, 10));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BulletClass::Mark -- Performs related map refreshing under bullet.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine marks the objects under the bullet so that they will                        *
+ *    be redrawn. This is necessary as the bullet moves -- objects under                       *
+ *    its path need to be restored.                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/02/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool BulletClass::Mark(MarkType mark)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (ObjectClass::Mark(mark)) {
+		if (!Class->IsInvisible) {
+			Map.Refresh_Cells(Coord_Cell(Coord), Occupy_List());
+		}
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BulletClass::AI -- Logic processing for bullet.                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will perform all logic (flight) logic on the bullet.                        *
+ *    Primarily this is motion, fuse tracking, and detonation logic. Call                      *
+ *    this routine no more than once per bullet per game tick.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/02/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void BulletClass::AI(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	COORDINATE	coord;
+
+	ObjectClass::AI();
+
+	/*
+	**	Balistic objects are handled here.
+	*/
+	bool forced = false;			// Forced explosion.
+	if (Class->IsArcing) {
+		Altitude += Riser;
+
+		if (Altitude <= 0) {
+			forced = true;
+		}
+		if (Riser > -100) {
+			Riser -= GRAVITY;
+		}
+	}
+	if (Class->IsDropping) {
+		Altitude += Riser;
+
+		if (Altitude <= 0) {
+			forced = true;
+		}
+		if (Riser > -100) {
+			Riser -= 1;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Homing projectiles constantly change facing to face toward the target but
+	**	they only do so every other game frame (improves game speed and makes
+	**	missiles not so deadly).
+	*/
+	if ((Frame & 0x01) && Class->IsHoming && Target_Legal(TarCom)) {
+		PrimaryFacing.Set_Desired(Direction256(Coord, ::As_Coord(TarCom)));
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Move the projectile forward according to its speed
+	**	and direction.
+	*/
+	coord = Coord;
+	if (Class->IsFlameEquipped) {
+		if (IsToAnimate) {
+			new AnimClass(ANIM_SMOKE_PUFF, coord, 1);
+		}
+		IsToAnimate = !IsToAnimate;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Handle any body rotation at this time. This process must
+	**	occur every game fame in order to achieve smooth rotation.
+	*/
+	if (PrimaryFacing.Is_Rotating()) {
+		PrimaryFacing.Rotation_Adjust(Class->ROT);
+	}
+
+	switch (Physics(coord, PrimaryFacing)) {
+
+		/*
+		**	When a projectile reaches the edge of the world, it
+		**	vanishes from existence -- presumed to explode off
+		**	map.
+		*/
+		case IMPACT_EDGE:
+//			if (IsLocked) {
+				Mark();
+				delete this;
+//			}
+			break;
+
+		default:
+		case IMPACT_NONE:
+
+		/*
+		**	The projectile has moved. Check its fuse. If detonation
+		**	is signaled, then do so. Otherwise, just move.
+		*/
+		case IMPACT_NORMAL:
+			Mark();
+//			IsLocked = true;
+			if (!Class->IsHigh) {
+				CellClass * cellptr = &Map[Coord_Cell(coord)];
+				if (cellptr->Overlay != OVERLAY_NONE && OverlayTypeClass::As_Reference(cellptr->Overlay).IsHigh) {
+					forced = true;
+					Coord = coord = Cell_Coord(Coord_Cell(coord));
+				}
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	Bullets are generaly more effective when they are fired at aircraft.
+			*/
+			if (Class->IsAntiAircraft && As_Aircraft(TarCom) && Distance(TarCom) < 0x0080) {
+				forced = true;
+
+				if (*this == BULLET_TOW) {
+					Strength += Strength/3;
+				} else {
+					Strength += Strength/2;
+				}
+			}
+
+			if (!forced && (Class->IsDropping || !Fuse_Checkup(coord))) {
+				Coord = coord;
+				Mark();
+
+				/*
+				**	Certain projectiles loose strength when they travel.
+				*/
+				if (*this == BULLET_BULLET) {
+					if (Strength > 5) Strength--;
+				}
+
+			} else {
+
+				/*
+				**	When the target is reached, explode and do the damage
+				**	required of it. For homing objects, don't force the explosion to
+				**	match the target position. Non-homing projectiles adjust position so
+				**	that they hit the target. This compensates for the error in line of
+				**	flight logic.
+				*/
+				Mark();
+				if (!forced && !Class->IsArcing && !Class->IsHoming && Fuse_Target()) {
+					Coord = Fuse_Target();
+				}
+
+				/*
+				**	Non-aircraft targets apply damage to the ground.
+				*/
+				if (!Is_Target_Aircraft(TarCom) || As_Aircraft(TarCom)->In_Which_Layer() == LAYER_GROUND) {
+					Explosion_Damage(Coord, Strength, Payback, Class->Warhead);
+				} else {
+
+					/*
+					**	Special damage apply for SAM missiles. This is the only way that missile
+					**	damage affects the aircraft target.
+					*/
+					if (Distance(TarCom) < 0x0080) {
+						AircraftClass * object = As_Aircraft(TarCom);
+
+						int str = Strength;
+						if (object) object->Take_Damage(str, 0, Class->Warhead, Payback);
+					}
+				}
+
+				/*
+				**	For projectiles that are invisible while travelling toward the target,
+				**	allow scatter effect for the impact animation.
+				*/
+				if (Class->IsInvisible) {
+					Coord = Coord_Scatter(Coord, 0x0020);
+				}
+				if (Class->Explosion != ANIM_NONE) {
+					new AnimClass(Class->Explosion, Coord);
+				}
+				delete this;
+				return;
+			}
+			break;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BulletClass::Draw_It -- Displays the bullet at location specified.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine displays the bullet visual at the location specified.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   x,y   -- The center coordinate to render the bullet at.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          window   -- The window to clip to.                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/20/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   06/27/1994 JLB : Takes a window clipping parameter.                                       *
+ *   01/08/1995 JLB : Handles translucent colors if necessary.                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void BulletClass::Draw_It(int x, int y, WindowNumberType window)
+{
+	Validate();
+	int	facing = Facing_To_32(PrimaryFacing);
+
+	/*
+	**	Certain projectiles aren't visible. This includes small bullets (which are actually
+	**	invisible) and flame thrower flames (which are rendered as an animation instead of a projectile).
+	*/
+	if (Class->IsInvisible) return;
+
+	/*
+	**	If there is no shape loaded for this object, then
+	**	it obviously can't be rendered -- just bail.
+	*/
+	void const * shapeptr = Class->Get_Image_Data();
+	if (!shapeptr) return;
+
+	/*
+	**	Get the basic shape number for this projectile.
+	*/
+	int shapenum = 0;
+	if (!Class->IsFaceless) {
+		shapenum = UnitClass::BodyShape[facing];
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	For tumbling projectiles, fetch offset stage.
+	*/
+	if (*this == BULLET_NAPALM) {
+		shapenum += Frame % 6;
+	}
+
+	if (*this == BULLET_GRENADE) {
+		shapenum += Frame % 8;
+//		Timer++;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	For flying projectiles, draw the shadow and adjust the actual projectile body
+	**	render position.
+	*/
+	if (Altitude) {
+		CC_Draw_Shape(shapeptr, shapenum, x, y, window, SHAPE_PREDATOR|SHAPE_CENTER|SHAPE_WIN_REL|SHAPE_FADING, NULL, Map.FadingShade);
+		y -= Lepton_To_Pixel(Altitude);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Draw the main body of the projectile.
+	*/
+	ShapeFlags_Type flags = SHAPE_NORMAL;
+	if (Class->IsTranslucent) {
+		flags = SHAPE_GHOST;
+	}
+	CC_Draw_Shape(shapeptr, shapenum, x, y, window, flags|SHAPE_CENTER|SHAPE_WIN_REL, NULL, Map.UnitShadow);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BulletClass::Init -- Clears the bullets array for scenario preparation.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will zero out the bullet tracking list and object array in preparation for  *
+ *    the start of a new scenario. All bullets cease to exists after this function is          *
+ *    called.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/15/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void BulletClass::Init(void)
+{
+	BulletClass *ptr;
+
+	Bullets.Free_All();
+
+	ptr = new BulletClass();
+	VTable = ((void **)(((char *)ptr) + sizeof(AbstractClass) - 4))[0];
+	delete ptr;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BulletClass::Detach -- Removes specified target from this bullet's targeting system.        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    When an object is removed from the game system, it must be removed all targeting and     *
+ *    tracking systems as well. This routine is used to remove the specified object from the   *
+ *    bullet. If the object isn't part of this bullet's tracking system, then no action is     *
+ *    performed.                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   target   -- The target to remove from this tracking system.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          all      -- Is the target going away for good as opposed to just cloaking/hiding?  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/24/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void BulletClass::Detach(TARGET target, bool all)
+{
+	Validate();
+	ObjectClass * obj = As_Object(target);
+
+	if (obj == Payback) {
+		Payback = 0;
+	}
+
+	if (all && target == TarCom) {
+		TarCom = TARGET_NONE;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BulletClass::Unlimbo -- Transitions a bullet object into the game render/logic system.      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to take a bullet object that is in limbo and transition it to the   *
+ *    game system. A bullet object so transitioned, will be drawn and logic processing         *
+ *    performed. In effect, it comes into existance.                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   coord -- The location where the bullet object is to appear.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          dir   -- The initial facing for the bullet object.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the unlimbo successful?                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/10/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool BulletClass::Unlimbo(COORDINATE coord, DirType dir)
+{
+	Validate();
+	/*
+	**	Try to unlimbo the bullet as far as the base class is concerned. Use the already
+	**	set direction and strength if the "punt" values were passed in. This allows a bullet
+	**	to be setup prior to being launched.
+	*/
+	if (ObjectClass::Unlimbo(coord)) {
+		COORDINATE tcoord = As_Coord(TarCom);
+
+		/*
+		**	Homing projectiles (missiles) do NOT override facing. They just fire in the
+		**	direction specified and let the chips fall where they may.
+		*/
+		if (!Class->IsHoming && !Class->IsDropping) {
+			dir = Direction(tcoord);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Possibly adjust the target if this projectile is inaccurate. This occurs whenever
+		**	certain weapons are trained upon targets they were never designed to attack. Example: when
+		**	turrets or anti-tank missiles are fired at infantry. Indirect
+		**	fire is inherently inaccurate.
+		*/
+		if (IsInaccurate || Class->IsInaccurate ||
+			((Is_Target_Cell(TarCom) || Is_Target_Infantry(TarCom)) && (Class->Warhead == WARHEAD_AP || Class->IsFueled))) {
+
+			/*
+			**	Inaccuracy for low velocity or homing projectiles manifests itself as a standard
+			**	Cicular Error of Probability (CEP) algorithm. High speed projectiles usually
+			**	just overshoot the target by extending the straight line flight.
+			*/
+			if (Class->IsHoming || Class->IsArcing) {
+				int scatterdist = ::Distance(coord, tcoord)/3;
+				scatterdist = MIN(scatterdist, 0x0200);
+
+				if (*this == BULLET_GRENADE) {
+					scatterdist = ::Distance(coord, tcoord)/4;
+					scatterdist = MIN(scatterdist, 0x0080);
+				}
+
+				dir = (DirType)((dir + (Random_Pick(0, 10)-5)) & 0x00FF);
+				tcoord = Coord_Scatter(tcoord, Random_Pick(0, scatterdist));
+			} else {
+				tcoord = Coord_Move(tcoord, dir, Random_Pick(0, 0x0100));
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	Limit scatter to the weapon range of the firer.
+			*/
+			if (Payback) {
+				if (!Payback->In_Range(tcoord, 0) && !Payback->In_Range(tcoord, 1)) {
+					tcoord = Coord_Move(tcoord, ::Direction(tcoord, Coord), Distance(tcoord) - MAX(Payback->Weapon_Range(0), Payback->Weapon_Range(1)));
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	For very fast and invisible projectiles, just make the projectile exist at the target
+		**	location and dispense with the actual flight.
+		*/
+		if (Class->MaxSpeed == MPH_LIGHT_SPEED && Class->IsInvisible) {
+			Coord = tcoord;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Set the range equal to either the class defined range or the calculated
+		**	number of game frames it would take for the projectile to reach the target.
+		*/
+		int range = 0xFF;
+		if (!Class->Range) {
+			if (!Class->IsDropping) {
+				range = (::Distance(tcoord, Coord) / Class->MaxSpeed) + 4;
+			}
+		} else {
+			range = Class->Range;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Projectile speed is usually the default value for that projectile, but
+		**	certian projectiles alter speed according to the distance to the
+		**	target.
+		*/
+		int speed = Class->MaxSpeed;
+		if (speed == MPH_LIGHT_SPEED) speed = MPH_IMMOBILE;
+		if (Class->IsArcing) {
+			speed = Class->MaxSpeed + (Distance(tcoord)>>5);
+
+			/*
+			**	Set minimum speed (i.e., distance) for arcing projectiles.
+			*/
+			speed = MAX(speed, 25);
+		}
+		if (!Class->IsDropping) {
+			Fly_Speed(255, (MPHType)speed);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Arm the fuse.
+		*/
+		Arm_Fuse(Coord, tcoord, range, ((As_Aircraft(TarCom)!=0) ? 0 : Class->Arming));
+
+		/*
+		**	Projectiles that make a ballistic flight to impact point must determine a
+		**	vertical component for the projectile launch. This is crudely simulated
+		**	by biasing ground speed according to target distance and then giving
+		**	enough vertical velocity to keep the projectile airborne for the
+		**	desired amount of time. The mathematically correct solution would be to
+		**	calculate launch angle (given fixed projectile velocity) and then derive
+		**	the vertical and horizontal components. This solution would require a
+		**	of square root and an arcsine lookup table. OUCH!
+		*/
+		Altitude = 0;
+		Riser = 0;
+		if (Class->IsArcing) {
+			Altitude = 1;
+			Riser = ((Distance(tcoord)/2) / (speed+1))*GRAVITY;
+			Riser = MAX(Riser, 10);
+		}
+		if (Class->IsDropping) {
+			Altitude = Pixel_To_Lepton(24);
+			Riser = 0;
+		}
+
+		PrimaryFacing = dir;
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BulletClass::As_Target -- Converts the bullet into a target value.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This support routine is used to convert the bullet (as a pointer) into a target          *
+ *    value (which is a number).                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns the bullet as a target value.                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/08/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TARGET BulletClass::As_Target(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	return(Build_Target(KIND_BULLET, Bullets.ID(this)));
+}
+
diff --git a/BULLET.H b/BULLET.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..db97db0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/BULLET.H
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\bullet.h_v   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:47:40   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : BULLET.H                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : April 23, 1994                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : April 23, 1994   [JLB]                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef BULLET_H
+#define BULLET_H
+
+#include "object.h"
+#include	"fly.h"
+#include	"fuse.h"
+
+
+class BulletClass :	public ObjectClass,
+							public FlyClass,
+							public FuseClass
+{
+	public:
+
+		/*
+		**	This specifies exactly what kind of bullet this is. All of the static attributes
+		**	for this bullet is located in the BulletTypeClass pointed to by this variable.
+		*/
+		BulletTypeClass const * const Class;
+		operator BulletType(void) const {return Class->Type;};
+
+		/*
+		**	Records who sent this "present" so that an appropriate "thank you" can
+		**	be returned.
+		*/
+		TechnoClass * Payback;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the facing that the projectile is travelling.
+		*/
+		FacingClass PrimaryFacing;
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		**	Constructors, Destructors, and overloaded operators.
+		*/
+		static void * BulletClass::operator new(size_t size);
+		static void BulletClass::operator delete(void *ptr);
+		BulletClass(void);
+		BulletClass(BulletType id);
+		virtual ~BulletClass(void) {if (GameActive) BulletClass::Limbo();};
+		virtual RTTIType What_Am_I(void) const {return RTTI_BULLET;};
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		**	Member function prototypes.
+		*/
+		static void Init(void);
+
+		virtual void Assign_Target(TARGET target) {TarCom = target;};
+		virtual bool Unlimbo(COORDINATE , DirType facing = DIR_N);
+		virtual LayerType In_Which_Layer(void) const {return LAYER_TOP;};
+		virtual ObjectTypeClass const & Class_Of(void) const {return *Class;};
+		virtual void Detach(TARGET target, bool all);
+		virtual void Draw_It(int x, int y, WindowNumberType window);
+		virtual bool Mark(MarkType mark=MARK_CHANGE);
+		virtual void AI(void);
+		virtual short const * Occupy_List(void) const;
+		virtual short const * Overlap_List(void) const {return Occupy_List();};
+		virtual TARGET As_Target(void) const;
+
+		/*
+		**	File I/O.
+		*/
+		bool Load(FileClass & file);
+		bool Save(FileClass & file);
+		virtual void Code_Pointers(void);
+		virtual void Decode_Pointers(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	Dee-buggin' support.
+		*/
+		int Validate(void) const;
+
+		/*
+		**	If this bullet is forced to be inaccurate because of some outside means. A tank
+		**	firing while moving is a good example.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsInaccurate:1;
+
+	private:
+
+		// Crude animation flag.
+		unsigned IsToAnimate:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the height of the projectile. It starts at a low height, rises to an
+		**	apogee and then drops to explode upon impact. The height is used to render
+		**	the bullet's vertical offset.
+		*/
+		int Altitude;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is a modifier for the altitude that rises and falls in order to simulate
+		**	the arc of the projectile. This value is added to the height every game tick
+		**	while simultaneously being reduced itself. The net effect, is a rising
+		**	projectile that slows and then eventually drops.
+		*/
+		signed char Riser;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the target of the projectile. It is especially significant for those projectiles
+		**	that home in on a target.
+		*/
+		TARGET TarCom;
+
+		/*
+		** Is this missle allowed to come in from out of bounds?
+		*/
+		unsigned IsLocked:1;
+
+		/*
+		** This contains the value of the Virtual Function Table Pointer
+		*/
+		static void  * VTable;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/CARGO.CPP b/CARGO.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a8e7367
--- /dev/null
+++ b/CARGO.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\cargo.cpv   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:49:50   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               *** 
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : CARGO.CPP                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : April 23, 1994                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : 10/31/94 [JLB]                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   CargoClass::Attach -- Add unit to cargo hold.                                             *
+ *   CargoClass::Attached_Object -- Determine attached unit pointer.                           *
+ *   CargoClass::Detach_Object -- Removes a unit from the cargo hold.                          *
+ *   CargoClass::Debug_Dump -- Displays the cargo value to the monochrome screen.              *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+
+
+#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CargoClass::Debug_Dump -- Displays the cargo value to the monochrome screen.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to dump the current cargo value to the monochrome monitor.          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/02/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void CargoClass::Debug_Dump(MonoClass * mono) const
+{
+	if (How_Many()) {
+		mono->Set_Cursor(63, 3);
+		mono->Printf("(%d)%04X", How_Many(), Attached_Object());
+	}
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CargoClass::Attach -- Add unit to cargo hold.                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will add the specified unit to the cargo hold. The                          *
+ *    unit will chain to any existing units in the hold. The chaining is                       *
+ *    in a LIFO order.                                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   object-- Pointer to the object to attach to the cargo hold.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   04/23/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   10/31/94   JLB : Handles chained objects.                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void CargoClass::Attach(FootClass * object)
+{
+	/*
+	**	If there is no object, then no action is necessary.
+	*/
+	if (!object) return;
+
+	object->Limbo();
+
+	/*
+	**	Attach any existing cargo hold object to the end of the list as indicated by the
+	**	object pointer passed into this routine. This is necessary because several objects may
+	**	be attached at one time or several objects may be attached as a result of several calls
+	**	to this routine. Either case must be handled properly.
+	*/
+	ObjectClass * o = object->Next;
+	while (o) {
+		if (!o->Next) break;
+		o = o->Next;
+	}
+	if (o) {
+		o->Next = CargoHold;
+	} else {
+		object->Next = CargoHold;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Finally, assign the object pointer as the first object attached to this cargo hold.
+	*/
+	CargoHold = object;
+	Quantity = 0;
+	object = CargoHold;
+	while (object) {
+		Quantity++;
+		object = (FootClass *)object->Next;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CargoClass::Detach_Object -- Removes a unit from the cargo hold.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will take a unit from the cargo hold and extract it.                        *
+ *    The unit extracted is the last unit added to the hold. If there                          *
+ *    is no unit in the hold or the occupant is not a unit, then NULL is                       *
+ *    returned.                                                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the unit that has been extracted.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   04/23/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   06/07/1994 JLB : Handles generic object types.                                            *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+FootClass * CargoClass::Detach_Object(void)
+{
+	FootClass * unit = Attached_Object();
+
+	if (unit) {
+		CargoHold = (FootClass *)unit->Next;
+		unit->Next = 0;
+		Quantity--;
+	}
+	return(unit);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CargoClass::Attached_Object -- Determine attached unit pointer.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will return with a pointer to the attached unit if one                      *
+ *    is present. One would need to know this if this is a transport                           *
+ *    unit and it needs to unload.                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns a pointer to the attached unit. If there is no                             *
+ *          attached unit, then return NULL.                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/07/1992 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   06/07/1994 JLB : Handles generic object types.                                            *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+FootClass * CargoClass::Attached_Object(void) const
+{
+	if (Is_Something_Attached()) {
+		return(CargoHold);
+	}
+	return(NULL);
+}
+
+
diff --git a/CARGO.H b/CARGO.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6adefc4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/CARGO.H
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\cargo.h_v   2.20   16 Oct 1995 16:45:14   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               *** 
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : CARGO.H                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : April 23, 1994                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : April 23, 1994   [JLB]                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef CARGO_H
+#define CARGO_H
+
+class FootClass;
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**	This class handles the basic cargo logic.
+*/
+class CargoClass {
+	public:
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		**	Constructors, Destructors, and overloaded operators.
+		*/
+		CargoClass(void) {Quantity = 0;CargoHold = 0;};
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		**	Member function prototypes.
+		*/
+
+		#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+		void Debug_Dump(MonoClass *mono) const;
+		#endif
+		void AI(void) {};
+
+		int How_Many(void) const {return Quantity;};
+		bool Is_Something_Attached(void) const {return (CargoHold != 0);};
+		FootClass * Attached_Object(void) const;
+		FootClass * Detach_Object(void);
+		void Attach(FootClass * object);
+
+		/*
+		**	File I/O.
+		*/
+		void Code_Pointers(void);
+		void Decode_Pointers(void);
+
+	private:
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the number of objects attached to this cargo hold. For transporter
+		**	objects, they might contain more than one object.
+		*/
+		unsigned char Quantity;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the target value of any attached object. A value of zero indicates
+		**	that no object is attached.
+		*/
+		FootClass * CargoHold;
+};
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/CCDDE.CPP b/CCDDE.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4f1603e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/CCDDE.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,422 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer - Red Alert                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : CCDDE.CPP                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Steve Tall                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : 10/04/95                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : August 5th, 1996 [ST]                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Overview:                                                                                   *
+ *   C&C's interface to the DDE class                                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * DDE_Callback -- DDE server callback function                                                *
+ * DDEServerClass::DDEServerClass -- class constructor                                         *
+ * DDEServerClass::Enable -- Enables the DDE callback                                          *
+ * DDEServerClass::Disable -- Disables the DDE callback                                        *
+ * DDEServerClass::~DDEServerClass -- class destructor                                         *
+ * DDESC::Callback -- callback function. Called from the DDE_Callback wrapper function         *
+ * DDESC::Get_MPlayer_Game_Info -- returns a pointer to the multiplayer setup info from wchat  *
+ * DDESC::Delete_MPlayer_Game_Info -- clears out multi player game setup info                  *
+ * DDESC::Time_Since_Heartbeat -- returns the time in ticks since the last heartbeat from wchat*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * Send_Data_To_DDE_Server -- sends a packet to WChat                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+#define WIN32
+#include <WINDOWS.H>
+#include "ccdde.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <timer.h>
+
+DDEServerClass	DDEServer;				//Instance of the DDE Server class
+
+Instance_Class	*DDE_Class = NULL;	// pointer for client callback
+												// this *must* be called DDE_Class
+
+BOOL CC95AlreadyRunning = FALSE;		//Was there an instance of C&C 95 already running when we started?
+
+extern HWND 			MainWindow;
+extern TimerClass	GameTimer;
+extern BOOL			GameTimerInUse;
+extern void 			CCDebugString (char *string);
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DDE_Callback -- DDE server callback function                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *   Just acts as a wrapper for the DDEServerClass callback function                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    ptr to data from client                                                           *
+ *           length of data                                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    6/8/96 3:19PM ST : Created                                                               *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+BOOL CALLBACK DDE_Callback (unsigned char *data, long length)
+{
+	return (DDEServer.Callback(data, length));
+}
+
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DDEServerClass::DDEServerClass -- class constructor                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    6/8/96 3:20PM ST : Created                                                               *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+DDEServerClass::DDEServerClass(void)
+{
+	MPlayerGameInfo = NULL;		//Flag that we havnt received a start game info packet yet
+
+	DDE_Class = new Instance_Class ("CONQUER", "WCHAT");
+
+	DDE_Class->Enable_Callback( TRUE );
+	IsEnabled = TRUE;
+
+	if (DDE_Class->Test_Server_Running(DDE_Class->local_name)){
+		CC95AlreadyRunning = TRUE;
+	}else{
+		DDE_Class->Register_Server( DDE_Callback );
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+void DDEServerClass::Enable(void)
+{
+	if (!IsEnabled){
+		DDE_Class->Enable_Callback( TRUE );
+		IsEnabled = TRUE;
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DDEServerClass::Disable -- Disables the DDE callback                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    8/5/96 9:44PM ST : Created                                                               *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void DDEServerClass::Disable(void)
+{
+	if (IsEnabled){
+		DDE_Class->Enable_Callback( FALSE );
+		IsEnabled = FALSE;
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DDEServerClass::~DDEServerClass -- class destructor                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    6/8/96 3:20PM ST : Created                                                               *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+DDEServerClass::~DDEServerClass(void)
+{
+	Delete_MPlayer_Game_Info();
+	delete( DDE_Class );
+}
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DDESC::Callback -- callback function. Called from the DDE_Callback wrapper function         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    data from DDE client                                                              *
+ *           length of data                                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: Data has length and type as first 2 ints                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    6/8/96 3:21PM ST : Created                                                               *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+BOOL DDEServerClass::Callback(unsigned char *data, long length)
+{
+
+	/*
+	** If the packet length < 0 then this is a special advisory packet
+	*/
+	if ( length<0 ) {
+
+		switch( length ) {
+
+			case	DDE_ADVISE_CONNECT:
+				CCDebugString("C&C95 - DDE advisory: client connect detected.");
+				return TRUE;
+
+			case	DDE_ADVISE_DISCONNECT:
+				CCDebugString("C&C95 - DDE advisory: client disconnect detected.");
+				return TRUE;
+
+			default:
+				CCDebugString("C&C95 - DDE advisory: Unknown DDE advise type.");
+				return FALSE;
+		}
+
+	}else{
+
+		/*
+		** Packet must be at least the length of the packet type & size fields to be valid
+		*/
+		if (length < 2*sizeof(int)) {
+			CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Received invalid packet.");
+			return (FALSE);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		** Find out what kind of packet this is and its length.
+		*/
+		int *packet_pointer = (int *)data;
+		int  actual_length = ntohl(*packet_pointer++);
+		int  packet_type =  ntohl(*packet_pointer++);
+
+		/*
+		** Strip the ID int from the start of the packet
+		*/
+		data   += 2*sizeof (int);
+		length -= 2*sizeof (int);
+		actual_length -= 2*sizeof (int);
+
+		/*
+		** Take the appropriate action for the packet type
+		*/
+		switch ( packet_type ){
+
+			/*
+			** This is a packet with the info required for starting a new internet game. This is really
+		 	* just C&CSPAWN.INI sent from WChat instead of read from disk.
+			*/
+			case DDE_PACKET_START_MPLAYER_GAME:
+				CCDebugString("C&C95 - Received start game packet.");
+				Delete_MPlayer_Game_Info();
+				MPlayerGameInfo = new char [actual_length + 1];
+				memcpy (MPlayerGameInfo, data, actual_length);
+				*(MPlayerGameInfo + actual_length) = 0;		//Terminator in case we treat it as a string
+				MPlayerGameInfoLength = actual_length;
+				LastHeartbeat = 0;
+				break;
+
+			case DDE_TICKLE:
+				CCDebugString("C&C95 - Received 'tickle' packet.");
+				//SetForegroundWindow ( MainWindow );
+				//ShowWindow ( MainWindow, SW_SHOWMAXIMIZED );
+				break;
+
+			case DDE_PACKET_HEART_BEAT:
+				CCDebugString("C&C95 - Received heart beat packet.");
+				if (GameTimerInUse){
+					LastHeartbeat = GameTimer.Time();
+				}else{
+					LastHeartbeat = 0;
+				}
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				CCDebugString("C&C95 - Received unrecognised packet.");
+				break;
+
+		}
+	}
+
+	return (TRUE);
+
+}
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DDESC::Get_MPlayer_Game_Info -- returns a pointer to the multiplayer setup info from wchat  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   ptr to data in .INI file format                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    6/8/96 3:23PM ST : Created                                                               *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+char *DDEServerClass::Get_MPlayer_Game_Info (void)
+{
+	return (MPlayerGameInfo);
+}
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DDESC::Delete_MPlayer_Game_Info -- clears out multi player game setup info                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    6/8/96 3:24PM ST : Created                                                               *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void DDEServerClass::Delete_MPlayer_Game_Info(void)
+{
+	if (MPlayerGameInfo){
+		delete [] MPlayerGameInfo;
+		MPlayerGameInfo = NULL;
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DDESC::Time_Since_Heartbeat -- returns the time in ticks since the last heartbeat from wchat*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   time since heartbeat                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    6/9/96 11:05PM ST : Created                                                              *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int DDEServerClass::Time_Since_Heartbeat(void)
+{
+	return (GameTimer.Time() - LastHeartbeat);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Send_Data_To_DDE_Server -- sends a packet to WChat                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    ptr to the data to send                                                           *
+ *           length of data                                                                    *
+ *           packet type identifier                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   true if packet successfully sent                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    6/9/96 11:07PM ST : Created                                                              *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+BOOL Send_Data_To_DDE_Server (char *data, int length, int packet_type)
+{
+#if (0)
+	BOOL	app_exists;
+
+	app_exists = DDE_Class->Test_Server_Running(DDE_Class->remote_name);
+
+	if (app_exists != TRUE) {
+		CCDebugString("Connection to server failed!");
+		return(FALSE);
+	}
+#endif	//(0)
+
+	if( DDE_Class->Open_Poke_Connection(DDE_Class->remote_name) == FALSE) {
+		CCDebugString("C&C95 - Failed to connect for POKE!");
+		return (FALSE);
+	}
+
+	char *poke_data = new char [length + 2*sizeof(int)];
+
+	int *poke_data_int = (int*)poke_data;
+
+	*poke_data_int 	= htonl (length + 2*sizeof(int));
+	*(poke_data_int+1)= htonl (packet_type);
+
+	memcpy (poke_data + 8, data, length);
+
+
+	if(DDE_Class->Poke_Server( (LPBYTE) poke_data, ntohl(*poke_data_int) ) == FALSE) {
+		CCDebugString("C&C95 - POKE failed!\n");
+		DDE_Class->Close_Poke_Connection();		// close down the link
+		delete poke_data;
+		return (FALSE);
+	}
+
+	DDE_Class->Close_Poke_Connection();		// close down the link
+
+	delete poke_data;
+
+	return (TRUE);
+}
+
+
diff --git a/CCDDE.H b/CCDDE.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1057a92
--- /dev/null
+++ b/CCDDE.H
@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer - Red Alert                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : CCDDE.H                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Steve Tall                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : 10/04/95                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : August 5th, 1996 [ST]                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Overview:                                                                                   *
+ *   C&C's interface to the DDE class                                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifdef WIN32
+
+#include "dde.h"
+
+class DDEServerClass {
+
+	public:
+
+		DDEServerClass (void);
+		~DDEServerClass (void);
+
+
+		char 	*Get_MPlayer_Game_Info (void);					//Returns pointer to game info
+		int    Get_MPlayer_Game_Info_Length(){return(MPlayerGameInfoLength);};	//Len of game info
+		BOOL	 Callback(unsigned char *data, long length);	//DDE callback function
+		void	 Delete_MPlayer_Game_Info(void);					//release the game info memory
+		void	 Enable(void);											//Enable the DDE callback
+		void	 Disable(void);										//Disable the DDE callback
+		int	 Time_Since_Heartbeat(void);						//Returns the time since the last hearbeat from WChat
+
+		/*
+		** Enumeration for DDE packet types from WChat
+		*/
+		enum {
+			DDE_PACKET_START_MPLAYER_GAME,		//Start game packet. This includes game options
+			DDE_PACKET_GAME_RESULTS,				//Game results packet. The game statistics.
+			DDE_PACKET_HEART_BEAT,					//Heart beat packet so we know WChat is still there.
+			DDE_TICKLE,									//Message to prompt other app to take focus.
+			DDE_CONNECTION_FAILED
+		};
+
+
+	private:
+
+		char 				*MPlayerGameInfo;			//Pointer to game start packet
+		int				MPlayerGameInfoLength;	//Length of game start packet.
+		BOOL				IsEnabled;					//Flag for DDE callback enable
+		int				LastHeartbeat;		// Time since last heartbeat packet was received from WChat
+
+};
+
+
+extern DDEServerClass DDEServer;
+extern BOOL Send_Data_To_DDE_Server (char *data, int length, int packet_type);
+
+
+#endif	//WIN32
diff --git a/CCFILE.CPP b/CCFILE.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1ee39de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/CCFILE.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,626 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : CCFILE.CPP                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : August 8, 1994                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : March 20, 1995 [JLB]                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   CCFileClass::CCFileClass -- Default constructor for file object.                          *
+ *   CCFileClass::CCFileClass -- Filename based constructor for C&C file.                      *
+ *   CCFileClass::Close -- Closes the file.                                                    *
+ *   CCFileClass::Is_Available -- Checks for existence of file on disk or in mixfile.          *
+ *   CCFileClass::Is_Open -- Determines if the file is open.                                   *
+ *   CCFileClass::Open -- Opens a file from either the mixfile system or the rawfile system.   *
+ *   CCFileClass::Read -- Reads data from the file.                                            *
+ *   CCFileClass::Seek -- Moves the current file pointer in the file.                          *
+ *   CCFileClass::Size -- Determines the size of the file.                                     *
+ *   CCFileClass::Write -- Writes data to the file (non mixfile files only).                   *
+ *   CCFileClass::Error -- Handles displaying a file error message.                            *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+#include	"function.h"
+//#include	<direct.h>
+//#include	<fcntl.h>
+//#include	<io.h>
+//#include	<dos.h>
+//#include	<errno.h>
+//#include	<share.h>
+//#include	"ccfile.h"
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CCFileClass::Error -- Handles displaying a file error message.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Display an error message as indicated. If it is allowed to retry, then pressing a key    *
+ *    will return from this function. Otherwise, it will exit the program with "exit()".       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   error    -- The error number (same as the DOSERR.H error numbers).                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          canretry -- Can this routine exit normally so that retrying can occur? If this is  *
+ *                      false, then the program WILL exit in this routine.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          filename -- Optional filename to report with this error. If no filename is         *
+ *                      supplied, then no filename is listed in the error message.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none, but this routine might not return at all if the "canretry" parameter is      *
+ *          false or the player pressed ESC.                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   This routine may not return at all. It handles being in text mode as well as    *
+ *             if in a graphic mode.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/17/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void CCFileClass::Error(int , int , char const * )
+{
+#ifdef DEMO
+	if (strstr(File_Name(), "\\")) {
+		if (!Force_CD_Available(-1)) {
+			Prog_End();
+			exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+		}
+	}
+
+#else
+
+	if (!Force_CD_Available(RequiredCD)) {
+		Prog_End();
+		exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+	}
+
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CCFileClass::CCFileClass -- Filename based constructor for C&C file.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this constructor for a file when the filename is known at construction time.         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   filename -- Pointer to the filename to use for this file object.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   The filename pointer is presumed to be inviolate throughout the duration of     *
+ *             the file object. If this is not guaranteed, then use the default constructor    *
+ *             and then set the name manually.                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/20/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+CCFileClass::CCFileClass(char const *filename) :
+	CDFileClass(),
+	FromDisk(false),
+	Pointer(0),
+	Position(0),
+	Length(0),
+	Start(0)
+{
+	Set_Name(filename);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CCFileClass::CCFileClass -- Default constructor for file object.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the default constructor for a C&C file object.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/20/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+CCFileClass::CCFileClass(void)
+{
+	FromDisk = false;
+	Pointer = 0;
+	Position = 0;
+	Length = 0;
+	Start = 0;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CCFileClass::Write -- Writes data to the file (non mixfile files only).                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will write data to the file, but NOT to a file that is part of a mixfile.   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   buffer   -- Pointer to the buffer that holds the data to be written.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          size     -- The number of bytes to write.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns the number of bytes actually written.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/08/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+long CCFileClass::Write(void const *buffer, long size)
+{
+
+	/*
+	**	If this is part of a mixfile, then writing is not allowed. Error out with a fatal
+	**	message.
+	*/
+	if (Pointer || FromDisk) {
+		Error(EACCES, false, File_Name());
+	}
+
+	return(CDFileClass::Write(buffer, size));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CCFileClass::Read -- Reads data from the file.                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine determines if the file is part of the mixfile system. If it is, then        *
+ *    the file is copied from RAM if it is located there. Otherwise it is read from disk       *
+ *    according to the correct position of the file within the parent mixfile.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   buffer   -- Pointer to the buffer to place the read data.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          size     -- The number of bytes to read.                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns the actual number of bytes read (this could be less than requested).       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/08/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+long CCFileClass::Read(void *buffer, long size)
+{
+	int opened = false;
+
+	if (!Is_Open()) {
+		if (Open()) {
+			opened = true;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If the file is part of a loaded mixfile, then a mere copy is
+	**	all that is required for the read.
+	*/
+	if (Pointer) {
+		long	maximum = Length - Position;
+
+		size = MIN(maximum, size);
+		if (size) {
+			Mem_Copy(Add_Long_To_Pointer(Pointer, Position), buffer, size);
+			Position += size;
+		}
+		if (opened) Close();
+		return(size);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If the file is part of a mixfile, but the mixfile is located
+	**	on disk, then a special read operation is necessary.
+	*/
+	if (FromDisk) {
+		long	maximum = Length - Position;
+
+		size = MIN(maximum, size);
+		if (size > 0) {
+			CDFileClass::Seek(Start + Position, SEEK_SET);
+			size = CDFileClass::Read(buffer, size);
+			Position += size;
+		}
+		if (opened) Close();
+		return(size);
+	}
+
+	long s = CDFileClass::Read(buffer, size);
+	if (opened) Close();
+	return(s);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CCFileClass::Seek -- Moves the current file pointer in the file.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will change the current file pointer to the position specified. It follows  *
+ *    the same rules the a normal Seek() does, but if the file is part of the mixfile system,  *
+ *    then only the position value needs to be updated.                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   pos      -- The position to move the file to relative to the position indicated    *
+ *                      by the "dir" parameter.                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          dir      -- The direction to affect the position change against. This can be       *
+ *                      either SEEK_CUR, SEEK_END, or SEEK_SET.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the position of the new location.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/08/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+long CCFileClass::Seek(long pos, int dir)
+{
+	if (Pointer || FromDisk) {
+		switch (dir) {
+			case SEEK_END:
+				Position = Length;
+				break;
+
+			case SEEK_SET:
+				Position = 0;
+				break;
+
+			case SEEK_CUR:
+			default:
+				break;
+		}
+		Position += pos;
+		if (Position < 0) Position = 0;
+		if (Position > Length) Position = Length;
+		return(Position);
+	}
+	return(CDFileClass::Seek(pos, dir));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CCFileClass::Size -- Determines the size of the file.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    If the file is part of the mixfile system, then the size of the file is already          *
+ *    determined and available. Otherwise, go to the low level system to find the file         *
+ *    size.                                                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the size of the file in bytes.                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/08/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+long CCFileClass::Size(void)
+{
+	if (Pointer || FromDisk) return(Length);
+
+	return(CDFileClass::Size());
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CCFileClass::Is_Available -- Checks for existence of file on disk or in mixfile.            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will examine the mixfile system looking for the file. If the file could     *
+ *    not be found there, then the disk is examined directly.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Is the file available for opening?                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/08/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int CCFileClass::Is_Available(int )
+{
+	if (MixFileClass::Offset(File_Name())) {
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(CDFileClass::Is_Available());
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CCFileClass::Is_Open -- Determines if the file is open.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    A mixfile is open if there is a pointer to the mixfile data. In absence of this,         *
+ *    the the file is open if the file handle is valid.                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Is the file open?                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/08/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int CCFileClass::Is_Open(void) const
+{
+
+	/*
+	**	If the file is part of a cached file, then return that it is opened. A closed file
+	**	doesn't have a valid pointer.
+	*/
+	if (Pointer) return(true);
+	return(CDFileClass::Is_Open());
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CCFileClass::Close -- Closes the file.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    If this is a mixfile file, then only the pointers need to be adjusted.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/08/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void CCFileClass::Close(void)
+{
+	FromDisk = false;
+	Pointer = 0;
+	Position = 0;				// Starts at beginning offset.
+	Start = 0;
+	Length = 0;
+	CDFileClass::Close();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CCFileClass::Open -- Opens a file from either the mixfile system or the rawfile system.     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will open the specified file. It examines the mixfile system to find a      *
+ *    match. If one is found then the file is "opened" in a special cached way. Otherwise      *
+ *    it is opened as a standard DOS file.                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   rights   -- The access rights desired.                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the file opened successfully?                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/08/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int CCFileClass::Open(int rights)
+{
+	/*
+	**	Always close the file if it was open.
+	*/
+	Close();
+
+	/*
+	**	Perform a preliminary check to see if the specified file
+	**	exists on the disk. If it does, then open this file regardless
+	**	of whether it also exists in RAM. This is slower, but allows
+	**	upgrade files to work.
+	*/
+	if ((rights & WRITE) || CDFileClass::Is_Available()) {
+		return(CDFileClass::Open(rights));
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Check to see if file is part of a mixfile and that mixfile is currently loaded
+	**	into RAM.
+	*/
+	MixFileClass *mixfile = 0;
+	if (MixFileClass::Offset(File_Name(), &Pointer, &mixfile, &Start, &Length)) {
+
+		/*
+		**	If the mixfile is located on disk, then fake out the file system to read from
+		**	the mixfile, but think it is reading from a solitary file.
+		*/
+		if (!Pointer) {
+			long	start = Start;
+			long	length = Length;
+
+			/*
+			**	This is a legitimate open to the file. All access to the file through this
+			**	file object will be appropriately adjusted for mixfile support however. Also
+			**	note that the filename attached to this object is NOT the same as the file
+			**	attached to the file handle.
+			*/
+			char const * dupfile = strdup(File_Name());
+			Open(mixfile->Filename, READ);
+			Searching(false);				// Disable multi-drive search.
+			Set_Name(dupfile);
+			Searching(true);
+			if (dupfile) free((void *)dupfile);
+			Start = start;
+			Length = length;
+			FromDisk = true;
+		}
+
+	} else {
+
+		/*
+		**	The file cannot be found in any mixfile, so it must reside as
+		** an individual file on the disk. Or else it is just plain missing.
+		*/
+		return(CDFileClass::Open(rights));
+	}
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************
+** Backward compatibility section.
+*/
+//extern "C" {
+
+static CCFileClass Handles[10];
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+bool __cdecl Set_Search_Drives(char const *)
+{
+	CCFileClass::Set_Search_Path(path);
+	return(true);
+}
+#endif
+
+int __cdecl Open_File(char const *file_name, int mode)
+{
+	for (int index = 0; index < sizeof(Handles)/sizeof(Handles[0]); index++) {
+		if (!Handles[index].Is_Open()) {
+			Handles[index].Set_Name(file_name);
+			if (Handles[index].Open(mode)) {
+//			if (Handles[index].Open(file_name, mode)) {
+				return(index);
+			}
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	return(WW_ERROR);
+}
+
+VOID __cdecl Close_File(int handle)
+{
+	if (handle != WW_ERROR && Handles[handle].Is_Open()) {
+		Handles[handle].Close();
+	}
+}
+
+LONG __cdecl Read_File(int handle, VOID *buf, ULONG bytes)
+{
+	if (handle != WW_ERROR && Handles[handle].Is_Open()) {
+		return(Handles[handle].Read(buf, bytes));
+	}
+	return(0);
+}
+
+LONG __cdecl Write_File(int handle, VOID const *buf, ULONG bytes)
+{
+	if (handle != WW_ERROR && Handles[handle].Is_Open()) {
+		return(Handles[handle].Write(buf, bytes));
+	}
+	return(0);
+}
+
+int __cdecl Find_File(char const *file_name)
+{
+	CCFileClass file(file_name);
+	return(file.Is_Available());
+}
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+int __cdecl Delete_File(char const *file_name)
+{
+	return(CCFileClass(file_name).Delete());
+}
+
+int __cdecl Create_File(char const *file_name)
+{
+	return(CCFileClass(file_name).Create());
+}
+
+ULONG __cdecl Load_Data(char const *name, VOID *ptr, ULONG size)
+{
+	return(CCFileClass(name).Read(ptr, size));
+}
+#endif
+
+VOID * __cdecl Load_Alloc_Data(char const *name, int )
+{
+	CCFileClass file(name);
+
+	return(Load_Alloc_Data(file));
+}
+
+ULONG __cdecl File_Size(int handle)
+{
+	if (handle != WW_ERROR && Handles[handle].Is_Open()) {
+		return(Handles[handle].Size());
+	}
+	return(0);
+}
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+ULONG __cdecl Write_Data(char const *name, VOID const *ptr, ULONG size)
+{
+	return(CCFileClass(name).Write(ptr, size));
+}
+#endif
+
+ULONG __cdecl Seek_File(int handle, LONG offset, int starting)
+{
+	if (handle != WW_ERROR && Handles[handle].Is_Open()) {
+		return(Handles[handle].Seek(offset, starting));
+	}
+	return(0);
+}
+
+void WWDOS_Shutdown(void)
+{
+	for (int index = 0; index < 10; index++) {
+		Handles[index].Set_Name(NULL);
+	}
+}
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+bool __cdecl Multi_Drive_Search(bool on)
+{
+//	return(CCFileClass::Multi_Drive_Search(on));
+	return(on);
+}
+
+VOID __cdecl WWDOS_Init(VOID)
+{
+}
+
+VOID __cdecl WWDOS_Shutdown(VOID)
+{
+}
+
+int __cdecl Find_Disk_Number(char const *)
+{
+	return(0);
+}
+#endif
+
+//ULONG cdecl Load_Uncompress(BYTE const *file, BuffType uncomp_buff, BuffType dest_buff, VOID *reserved_data)
+//{
+//	return(Load_Uncompress(CCFileClass(file), uncomp_buff, dest_buff, reserved_data));
+//	return(CCFileClass(file).Load_Uncompress(uncomp_buff, dest_buff, reserved_data));
+//}
+
+//extern "C" {
+//int MaxDevice;
+//int DefaultDrive;
+//char CallingDOSInt;
+
+//}
+
+
+void Unfragment_File_Cache(void)
+{
+}
+
diff --git a/CCFILE.H b/CCFILE.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8612ae4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/CCFILE.H
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\ccfile.h_v   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:45:28   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               *** 
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : CCFILE.H                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : October 17, 1994                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : October 17, 1994   [JLB]                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef CCFILE_H
+#define CCFILE_H
+
+#include	<wwlib32.h>
+#include	<limits.h>
+#include	"mixfile.h"
+#include	"cdfile.h"
+
+
+/*
+**	This derived class for file access knows about mixfiles (packed files). It can handle opening
+**	a file that is embedded within a mixfile. This is true if the mixfile is cached or resides on
+**	disk. It is functionally similar to pakfiles, except much faster and less RAM intensive.
+*/
+class CCFileClass : public CDFileClass
+{
+	public:
+		CCFileClass(char const *filename);
+		CCFileClass(void);
+		virtual ~CCFileClass(void) {};
+
+		// Delete should be overloaded here as well. Don't allow deletes of mixfiles.
+		
+		virtual int Open(char const *filename, int rights=READ) {Set_Name(filename);return Open(rights);};
+		virtual int Open(int rights=READ);
+		virtual int Is_Open(void) const;
+		virtual int Is_Available(int forced=false);
+		virtual long Read(void *buffer, long size);
+		virtual long Seek(long pos, int dir=SEEK_CUR);
+		virtual long Size(void);
+		virtual long Write(void const *buffer, long size);
+		virtual void Close(void);
+		virtual void Error(int error, int canretry = false, char const * filename=NULL);
+
+	private:
+
+		/*
+		**	This flag indicates that the file is part of a mixfile and the mixfile resides on
+		**	disk. The file handle for this file is a legitimate DOS handle, although special
+		**	handling is necessary that takes into account the embedded nature of the file.
+		*/
+		bool FromDisk;
+
+		/*
+		**	This indicates the file is actually part of a resident image of the mixfile
+		**	itself. In this case, the embedded file handle is invalid. All file access actually
+		**	gets routed through the cached version of the file. This is a pointer to the start
+		**	of the RAM image of the file.
+		*/
+		void * Pointer;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the starting offset of the beginning of the file. This value is only valid
+		**	if the file is part of a mixfile that resides on disk. It serves as the counterpart
+		**	to the "Pointer" variable.
+		*/
+		long Start;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the current seek position of the file. It is duplicated here if the file is
+		**	part of a mixfile since the DOS seek position is not accurate. This value will
+		**	range from zero to the size of the file in bytes.
+		*/
+		long Position;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the size of the file if it was embedded in a mixfile. The size must be manually
+		**	kept track of because the DOS file size is invalid.
+		*/
+		long Length;
+
+		// Force these to never be invoked.
+		CCFileClass const operator = (CCFileClass const & c);
+		CCFileClass (CCFileClass const & ) {};
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/CC_ICON.RC b/CC_ICON.RC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a2324fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/CC_ICON.RC
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+
+
+CC_ICON.RC
+
+produced by Borland Resource Workshop
+
+
+*****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "cc_icon.rh"
+
+
+
+ICON_1 ICON "conquer.ico"
+
diff --git a/CC_ICON.RH b/CC_ICON.RH
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..206d6bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/CC_ICON.RH
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+#define ICON_1	1
diff --git a/CDATA.CPP b/CDATA.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2e499c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/CDATA.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,2773 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\cdata.cpv   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:50:22   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : CDATA.CPP                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : May 16, 1994                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : July 29, 1994   [JLB]                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   TemplateTypeClass::Create_And_Place -- Creates and places a template object on the map.   *
+ *   TemplateTypeClass::Create_One_Of -- Creates an object of this template type.              *
+ *   TemplateTypeClass::Display -- Displays a generic representation of template.              *
+ *   TemplateTypeClass::From_Name -- Determine template from ASCII name.                       *
+ *   TemplateTypeClass::Init -- Loads graphic data for templates.                              *
+ *   TemplateTypeClass::Occupy_List -- Determines occupation list.                             *
+ *   TemplateTypeClass::One_Time -- Performs one-time initialization                           *
+ *   TemplateTypeClass::Prep_For_Add -- Prepares to add template to scenario.                  *
+ *   TemplateTypeClass::TemplateTypeClass -- Constructor for template type objects.            *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+
+
+static char const _slope00000001[] = {7,-1};
+static char const _slope000000101[] = {6,8,-1};
+static char const _slope00000011[] = {6,7,-1};
+static char const _slope0000001[] = {6,-1};
+static char const _slope000001001[] = {5,8,-1};
+static char const _slope000001[] = {5,-1};
+static char const _slope000101[] = {3,5,-1};
+static char const _slope00011010000100000001000011[] = {3,4,6,11,19,25,25,-1};
+static char const _slope00011010010100100001000011[] = {3,4,6,9,11,14,19,24,25,-1};
+static char const _slope0001[] = {3,-1};
+static char const _slope001001001[] = {2,5,8,-1};
+static char const _slope00110000000011[] = {2,3,12,13,-1};
+static char const _slope00110010010011[] = {2,3,6,9,12,13,-1};
+static char const _slope001111001[] = {2,3,4,5,8,-1};
+static char const _slope0011[] = {2,3,-1};
+static char const _slope001[] = {2,-1};
+static char const _slope01000000000000000000001[] = {1,22,-1};
+static char const _slope01000000100000010000001[] = {1,8,15,22,-1};
+static char const _slope0111[] = {1,2,3,-1};
+static char const _slope01[] = {1,-1};
+static char const _slope1001001[] = {0,3,6,-1};
+static char const _slope1001[] = {0,3,-1};
+static char const _slope1100000000000000001100011[] = {0,1,18,19,23,24,-1};
+static char const _slope1100001000001000001100011[] = {0,1,6,12,18,19,23,24,-1};
+static char const _slope1101101[] = {0,1,3,4,6,-1};
+static char const _slope1101[] = {0,1,3,-1};
+static char const _slope111[] = {0,1,2,-1};
+static char const _slope111010011[] = {0,1,2,4,7,8,-1};
+static char const _slope11101[] = {0,1,2,4,-1};
+static char const _slope111111011[] = {0,1,2,3,4,5,7,8,-1};
+static char const _slope11111111[] = {0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,-1};
+static char const _slope111111[] = {0,1,2,3,4,5,-1};
+static char const _slope1[] = {0,-1};
+
+static TemplateTypeClass const Empty(
+	TEMPLATE_CLEAR1,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE|THEATERF_JUNGLE,
+	"CLEAR1",
+	TXT_CLEAR,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	1,1,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Clear(
+	TEMPLATE_CLEAR1,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE|THEATERF_JUNGLE,
+	"CLEAR1",
+	TXT_CLEAR,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	1,1,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Road1(
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD1,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"D01",
+	TXT_ROAD,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Road2(
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD2,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"D02",
+	TXT_ROAD,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Road3(
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD3,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"D03",
+	TXT_ROAD,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	1,2,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Road4(
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD4,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"D04",
+	TXT_ROAD,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Road5(
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD5,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"D05",
+	TXT_ROAD,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	3,4,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Road6(
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD6,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"D06",
+	TXT_ROAD,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	2,3,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Road7(
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD7,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"D07",
+	TXT_ROAD,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	3,2,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Road8(
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD8,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"D08",
+	TXT_ROAD,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	3,2,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Road9(
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD9,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"D09",
+	TXT_ROAD,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	4,3,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Road10(
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD10,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"D10",
+	TXT_ROAD,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	4,2,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Road11(
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD11,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"D11",
+	TXT_ROAD,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	2,3,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Road12(
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD12,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"D12",
+	TXT_ROAD,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Road13(
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD13,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"D13",
+	TXT_ROAD,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	4,3,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Road14(
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD14,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"D14",
+	TXT_ROAD,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	3,3,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Road15(
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD15,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"D15",
+	TXT_ROAD,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	3,3,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Road16(
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD16,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"D16",
+	TXT_ROAD,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	3,3,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Road17(
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD17,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"D17",
+	TXT_ROAD,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	3,2,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Road18(
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD18,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"D18",
+	TXT_ROAD,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	3,3,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Road19(
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD19,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"D19",
+	TXT_ROAD,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	3,3,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Road20(
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD20,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"D20",
+	TXT_ROAD,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	3,3,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Road21(
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD21,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"D21",
+	TXT_ROAD,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	3,2,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Road22(
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD22,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"D22",
+	TXT_ROAD,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	3,3,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Road23(
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD23,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"D23",
+	TXT_ROAD,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	3,3,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Road24(
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD24,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"D24",
+	TXT_ROAD,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	3,3,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Road25(
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD25,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"D25",
+	TXT_ROAD,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	3,3,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Road26(
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD26,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"D26",
+	TXT_ROAD,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Road27(
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD27,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"D27",
+	TXT_ROAD,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Road28(
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD28,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"D28",
+	TXT_ROAD,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Road29(
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD29,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"D29",
+	TXT_ROAD,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Road30(
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD30,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"D30",
+	TXT_ROAD,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Road31(
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD31,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"D31",
+	TXT_ROAD,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Road32(
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD32,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"D32",
+	TXT_ROAD,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Road33(
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD33,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"D33",
+	TXT_ROAD,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Road34(
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD34,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"D34",
+	TXT_ROAD,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	3,3,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Road35(
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD35,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"D35",
+	TXT_ROAD,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	3,3,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Road36(
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD36,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"D36",
+	TXT_ROAD,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Road37(
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD37,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"D37",
+	TXT_ROAD,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Road38(
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD38,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"D38",
+	TXT_ROAD,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Road39(
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD39,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"D39",
+	TXT_ROAD,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Road40(
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD40,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"D40",
+	TXT_ROAD,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Road41(
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD41,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"D41",
+	TXT_ROAD,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Road42(
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD42,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"D42",
+	TXT_ROAD,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Road43(
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD43,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"D43",
+	TXT_ROAD,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Water(
+	TEMPLATE_WATER,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE|THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"W1",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	1,1,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Water2(
+	TEMPLATE_WATER2,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"W2",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore1(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE1,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"SH1",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	3,3,
+	LAND_BEACH,
+	(char const *)_slope111111
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore2(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE2,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"SH2",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	3,3,
+	LAND_BEACH,
+	(char const *)_slope111
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore3(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE3,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"SH3",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	1,1,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore4(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE4,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"SH4",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	2,1,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore5(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE5,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"SH5",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	3,3,
+	LAND_BEACH,
+	(char const *)_slope111111
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore6(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE6,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"SH6",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	3,3,
+	LAND_BEACH,
+	(char const *)_slope111111
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore7(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE7,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"SH7",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_BEACH,
+	(char const *)_slope1
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore8(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE8,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"SH8",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	3,3,
+	LAND_BEACH,
+	(char const *)_slope11111111
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore9(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE9,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"SH9",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	3,3,
+	LAND_BEACH,
+	(char const *)_slope111111011
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore10(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE10,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"SH10",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_BEACH,
+	(char const *)_slope01
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore11(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE11,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"SH11",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	3,3,
+	LAND_BEACH,
+	(char const *)_slope1001
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore12(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE12,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"SH12",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	3,3,
+	LAND_BEACH,
+	(char const *)_slope000001001
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore13(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE13,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"SH13",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	3,3,
+	LAND_BEACH,
+	(char const *)_slope0000001
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore14(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE14,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"SH14",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	3,3,
+	LAND_BEACH,
+	(char const *)_slope00000011
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore15(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE15,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"SH15",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	3,3,
+	LAND_BEACH,
+	(char const *)_slope000000101
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore16(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE16,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"SH16",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	3,2,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore17(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE17,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE|THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"SH17",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore18(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE18,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE|THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"SH18",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore19(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE19,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"SH19",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	3,2,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore20(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE20,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"SH20",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	4,1,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore21(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE21,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"SH21",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	3,1,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore22(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE22,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"SH22",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	6,2,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore23(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE23,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"SH23",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	(char const *)_slope01
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore24(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE24,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"SH24",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	3,3,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	(char const *)_slope000001
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore25(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE25,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"SH25",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	3,2,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	(char const *)_slope0001
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore26(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE26,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"SH26",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	3,2,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore27(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE27,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"SH27",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	4,1,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore28(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE28,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"SH28",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	3,1,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore29(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE29,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"SH29",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	6,2,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	(char const *)_slope00000001
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore30(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE30,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"SH30",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore31(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE31,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"SH31",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	3,3,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore32(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE32,
+	THEATERF_TEMPERATE|THEATERF_WINTER,
+	"SH32",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	3,3,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	(char const *)_slope1
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore33(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE33,
+	THEATERF_TEMPERATE|THEATERF_WINTER,
+	"SH33",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	3,3,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	(char const *)_slope001
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore34(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE34,
+	THEATERF_TEMPERATE|THEATERF_WINTER,
+	"SH34",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	3,3,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	(char const *)_slope001001001
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore35(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE35,
+	THEATERF_TEMPERATE|THEATERF_WINTER,
+	"SH35",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	3,3,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	(char const *)_slope1001001
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore36(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE36,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"SH36",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	1,1,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore37(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE37,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"SH37",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	1,1,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore38(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE38,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"SH38",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	1,1,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore39(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE39,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"SH39",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	1,1,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore40(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE40,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"SH40",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	3,3,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	(char const *)_slope1
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore41(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE41,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"SH41",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	3,3,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	(char const *)_slope1101101
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore42(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE42,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"SH42",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	1,2,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore43(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE43,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"SH43",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	1,3,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore44(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE44,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"SH44",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	1,3,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore45(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE45,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"SH45",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	1,2,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore46(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE46,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"SH46",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	3,3,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	(char const *)_slope1101
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore47(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE47,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"SH47",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	3,3,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore48(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE48,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"SH48",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	3,3,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore49(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE49,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"SH49",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	3,3,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore50(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE50,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"SH50",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	4,3,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	(char const *)_slope00000001
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore51(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE51,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"SH51",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	4,3,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore52(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE52,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"SH52",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	4,3,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore53(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE53,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"SH53",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	4,3,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	(char const *)_slope11101
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore54(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE54,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"SH54",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	3,2,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	(char const *)_slope1
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore55(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE55,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"SH55",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	3,2,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	(char const *)_slope001
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore56(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE56,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"SH56",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	3,2,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore57(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE57,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"SH57",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	3,2,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore58(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE58,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"SH58",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	2,3,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore59(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE59,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"SH59",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	2,3,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	(char const *)_slope1
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore60(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE60,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"SH60",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	2,3,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	(char const *)_slope000101
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore61(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE61,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"SH61",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	2,3,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	(char const *)_slope01
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore62(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE62,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"SH62",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	6,1,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Shore63(
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE63,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"SH63",
+	TXT_WATER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	4,1,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Boulder1(
+	TEMPLATE_BOULDER1,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE|THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"B1",
+	TXT_SLOPE,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	1,1,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Boulder2(
+	TEMPLATE_BOULDER2,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE|THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"B2",
+	TXT_SLOPE,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	2,1,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Boulder3(
+	TEMPLATE_BOULDER3,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"B3",
+	TXT_SLOPE,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	3,1,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Boulder4(
+	TEMPLATE_BOULDER4,
+	THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"B4",
+	TXT_SLOPE,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	1,1,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Boulder5(
+	TEMPLATE_BOULDER5,
+	THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"B5",
+	TXT_SLOPE,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	1,1,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Boulder6(
+	TEMPLATE_BOULDER6,
+	THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"B6",
+	TXT_SLOPE,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	1,1,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Slope1(
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE1,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"S01",
+	TXT_SLOPE,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	(char const *)_slope001
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Slope2(
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE2,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"S02",
+	TXT_SLOPE,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	2,3,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	(char const *)_slope01
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Slope3(
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE3,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"S03",
+	TXT_SLOPE,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Slope4(
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE4,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"S04",
+	TXT_SLOPE,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Slope5(
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE5,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"S05",
+	TXT_SLOPE,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Slope6(
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE6,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"S06",
+	TXT_SLOPE,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	2,3,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	(char const *)_slope1
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Slope7(
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE7,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"S07",
+	TXT_SLOPE,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Slope8(
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE8,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"S08",
+	TXT_SLOPE,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	(char const *)_slope01
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Slope9(
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE9,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"S09",
+	TXT_SLOPE,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	3,2,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	(char const *)_slope0001
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Slope10(
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE10,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"S10",
+	TXT_SLOPE,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Slope11(
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE11,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"S11",
+	TXT_SLOPE,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Slope12(
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE12,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"S12",
+	TXT_SLOPE,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Slope13(
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE13,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"S13",
+	TXT_SLOPE,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	3,2,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	(char const *)_slope000001
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Slope14(
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE14,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"S14",
+	TXT_SLOPE,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	(char const *)_slope0111
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Slope15(
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE15,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"S15",
+	TXT_SLOPE,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	(char const *)_slope01
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Slope16(
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE16,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"S16",
+	TXT_SLOPE,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	2,3,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Slope17(
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE17,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"S17",
+	TXT_SLOPE,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Slope18(
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE18,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"S18",
+	TXT_SLOPE,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Slope19(
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE19,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"S19",
+	TXT_SLOPE,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Slope20(
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE20,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"S20",
+	TXT_SLOPE,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	2,3,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	(char const *)_slope000001
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Slope21(
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE21,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"S21",
+	TXT_SLOPE,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	1,2,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Slope22(
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE22,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"S22",
+	TXT_SLOPE,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	2,1,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Slope23(
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE23,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"S23",
+	TXT_SLOPE,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	3,2,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	(char const *)_slope000001
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Slope24(
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE24,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"S24",
+	TXT_SLOPE,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Slope25(
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE25,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"S25",
+	TXT_SLOPE,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Slope26(
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE26,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"S26",
+	TXT_SLOPE,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Slope27(
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE27,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"S27",
+	TXT_SLOPE,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	3,2,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	(char const *)_slope0011
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Slope28(
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE28,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"S28",
+	TXT_SLOPE,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Slope29(
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE29,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"S29",
+	TXT_SLOPE,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Slope30(
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE30,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"S30",
+	TXT_SLOPE,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Slope31(
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE31,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"S31",
+	TXT_SLOPE,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Slope32(
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE32,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"S32",
+	TXT_SLOPE,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Slope33(
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE33,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"S33",
+	TXT_SLOPE,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Slope34(
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE34,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"S34",
+	TXT_SLOPE,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Slope35(
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE35,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"S35",
+	TXT_SLOPE,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Slope36(
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE36,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"S36",
+	TXT_SLOPE,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Slope37(
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE37,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"S37",
+	TXT_SLOPE,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Slope38(
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE38,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"S38",
+	TXT_SLOPE,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Brush1(
+	TEMPLATE_BRUSH1,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"BR1",
+	TXT_BRUSH,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	1,1,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Brush2(
+	TEMPLATE_BRUSH2,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"BR2",
+	TXT_BRUSH,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	1,1,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Brush3(
+	TEMPLATE_BRUSH3,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"BR3",
+	TXT_BRUSH,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	1,1,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Brush4(
+	TEMPLATE_BRUSH4,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"BR4",
+	TXT_BRUSH,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	1,1,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Brush5(
+	TEMPLATE_BRUSH5,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"BR5",
+	TXT_BRUSH,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	1,1,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Brush6(
+	TEMPLATE_BRUSH6,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"BR6",
+	TXT_BRUSH,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Brush7(
+	TEMPLATE_BRUSH7,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"BR7",
+	TXT_BRUSH,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Brush8(
+	TEMPLATE_BRUSH8,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"BR8",
+	TXT_BRUSH,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	3,2,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Brush9(
+	TEMPLATE_BRUSH9,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"BR9",
+	TXT_BRUSH,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	3,2,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Brush10(
+	TEMPLATE_BRUSH10,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"BR10",
+	TXT_BRUSH,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	2,1,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Patch1(
+	TEMPLATE_PATCH1,
+	THEATERF_TEMPERATE|THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"P01",
+	TXT_PATCH,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	1,1,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Patch2(
+	TEMPLATE_PATCH2,
+	THEATERF_TEMPERATE|THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"P02",
+	TXT_PATCH,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	1,1,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Patch3(
+	TEMPLATE_PATCH3,
+	THEATERF_TEMPERATE|THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"P03",
+	TXT_PATCH,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	1,1,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Patch4(
+	TEMPLATE_PATCH4,
+	THEATERF_TEMPERATE|THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"P04",
+	TXT_PATCH,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	1,1,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Patch5(
+	TEMPLATE_PATCH5,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"P05",
+	TXT_PATCH,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Patch6(
+	TEMPLATE_PATCH6,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"P06",
+	TXT_PATCH,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	6,4,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Patch7(
+	TEMPLATE_PATCH7,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE|THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"P07",
+	TXT_PATCH,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	4,2,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Patch8(
+	TEMPLATE_PATCH8,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE|THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"P08",
+	TXT_PATCH,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	3,2,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Patch13(
+	TEMPLATE_PATCH13,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"P13",
+	TXT_PATCH,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	3,2,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Patch14(
+	TEMPLATE_PATCH14,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"P14",
+	TXT_PATCH,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	2,1,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Patch15(
+	TEMPLATE_PATCH15,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"P15",
+	TXT_PATCH,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	1,1,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Patch16(
+	TEMPLATE_PATCH16,
+	THEATERF_WINTER,
+	"P16",
+	TXT_PATCH,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Patch17(
+	TEMPLATE_PATCH17,
+	THEATERF_WINTER,
+	"P17",
+	TXT_PATCH,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	4,2,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Patch18(
+	TEMPLATE_PATCH18,
+	THEATERF_WINTER,
+	"P18",
+	TXT_PATCH,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	4,3,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Patch19(
+	TEMPLATE_PATCH19,
+	THEATERF_WINTER,
+	"P19",
+	TXT_PATCH,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	4,3,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Patch20(
+	TEMPLATE_PATCH20,
+	THEATERF_WINTER,
+	"P20",
+	TXT_PATCH,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	4,3,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const River1(
+	TEMPLATE_RIVER1,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"RV01",
+	TXT_RIVER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	5,4,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const River2(
+	TEMPLATE_RIVER2,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"RV02",
+	TXT_RIVER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	5,3,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const River3(
+	TEMPLATE_RIVER3,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"RV03",
+	TXT_RIVER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	4,4,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	(char const *)_slope00000001
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const River4(
+	TEMPLATE_RIVER4,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"RV04",
+	TXT_RIVER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	4,4,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const River5(
+	TEMPLATE_RIVER5,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"RV05",
+	TXT_RIVER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	3,3,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const River6(
+	TEMPLATE_RIVER6,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"RV06",
+	TXT_RIVER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	3,2,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const River7(
+	TEMPLATE_RIVER7,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"RV07",
+	TXT_RIVER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	3,2,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const River8(
+	TEMPLATE_RIVER8,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"RV08",
+	TXT_RIVER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const River9(
+	TEMPLATE_RIVER9,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"RV09",
+	TXT_RIVER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const River10(
+	TEMPLATE_RIVER10,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"RV10",
+	TXT_RIVER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const River11(
+	TEMPLATE_RIVER11,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"RV11",
+	TXT_RIVER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	2,2,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const River12(
+	TEMPLATE_RIVER12,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"RV12",
+	TXT_RIVER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	3,4,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const River13(
+	TEMPLATE_RIVER13,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"RV13",
+	TXT_RIVER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	4,4,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const River14(
+	TEMPLATE_RIVER14,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"RV14",
+	TXT_RIVER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	4,3,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const River15(
+	TEMPLATE_RIVER15,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"RV15",
+	TXT_RIVER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	4,3,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const River16(
+	TEMPLATE_RIVER16,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"RV16",
+	TXT_RIVER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	6,4,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const River17(
+	TEMPLATE_RIVER17,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"RV17",
+	TXT_RIVER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	6,5,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const River18(
+	TEMPLATE_RIVER18,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"RV18",
+	TXT_RIVER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	4,4,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const River19(
+	TEMPLATE_RIVER19,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"RV19",
+	TXT_RIVER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	4,4,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const River20(
+	TEMPLATE_RIVER20,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"RV20",
+	TXT_RIVER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	6,8,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const River21(
+	TEMPLATE_RIVER21,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"RV21",
+	TXT_RIVER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	5,8,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const River22(
+	TEMPLATE_RIVER22,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"RV22",
+	TXT_RIVER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	3,3,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const River23(
+	TEMPLATE_RIVER23,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"RV23",
+	TXT_RIVER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	3,3,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const River24(
+	TEMPLATE_RIVER24,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"RV24",
+	TXT_RIVER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	3,3,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const River25(
+	TEMPLATE_RIVER25,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"RV25",
+	TXT_RIVER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	3,3,
+	LAND_ROCK,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Ford1(
+	TEMPLATE_FORD1,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"FORD1",
+	TXT_RIVER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	3,3,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	(char const *)_slope001111001
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Ford2(
+	TEMPLATE_FORD2,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"FORD2",
+	TXT_RIVER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	3,3,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	(char const *)_slope111010011
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Falls1(
+	TEMPLATE_FALLS1,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"FALLS1",
+	TXT_RIVER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	3,3,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	(char const *)_slope1
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Falls2(
+	TEMPLATE_FALLS2,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"FALLS2",
+	TXT_RIVER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	3,2,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	NULL
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Bridge1(
+	TEMPLATE_BRIDGE1,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"BRIDGE1",
+	TXT_RIVER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	4,4,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	(char const *)_slope00110010010011
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Bridge1d(
+	TEMPLATE_BRIDGE1D,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"BRIDGE1D",
+	TXT_RIVER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	4,4,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	(char const *)_slope00110000000011
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Bridge2(
+	TEMPLATE_BRIDGE2,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"BRIDGE2",
+	TXT_RIVER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	5,5,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	(char const *)_slope1100001000001000001100011
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Bridge2d(
+	TEMPLATE_BRIDGE2D,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	"BRIDGE2D",
+	TXT_RIVER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	5,5,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	(char const *)_slope1100000000000000001100011
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Bridge3(
+	TEMPLATE_BRIDGE3,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"BRIDGE3",
+	TXT_RIVER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	6,5,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	(char const *)_slope00011010010100100001000011
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Bridge3d(
+	TEMPLATE_BRIDGE3D,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"BRIDGE3D",
+	TXT_RIVER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	6,5,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	(char const *)_slope00011010000100000001000011
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Bridge4(
+	TEMPLATE_BRIDGE4,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"BRIDGE4",
+	TXT_RIVER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	6,4,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	(char const *)_slope01000000100000010000001
+);
+static TemplateTypeClass const Bridge4d(
+	TEMPLATE_BRIDGE4D,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	"BRIDGE4D",
+	TXT_RIVER,
+	LAND_WATER,
+	6,4,
+	LAND_CLEAR,
+	(char const *)_slope01000000000000000000001
+);
+
+TemplateTypeClass const * const TemplateTypeClass::Pointers[TEMPLATE_COUNT] = {
+	&Clear,			// TEMPLATE_CLEAR1
+	&Water,			// TEMPLATE_WATER
+	&Water2,			// TEMPLATE_WATER2
+	&Shore1,			// TEMPLATE_SHORE1
+	&Shore2,			// TEMPLATE_SHORE2
+	&Shore3,			// TEMPLATE_SHORE3
+	&Shore4,			// TEMPLATE_SHORE4
+	&Shore5,			// TEMPLATE_SHORE5
+	&Shore11,		//	TEMPLATE_SHORE11
+	&Shore12,		// TEMPLATE_SHORE12
+	&Shore13,		// TEMPLATE_SHORE13
+	&Shore14,		// TEMPLATE_SHORE14
+	&Shore15,		// TEMPLATE_SHORE15
+	&Slope1,			//	TEMPLATE_SLOPE1
+	&Slope2,			//	TEMPLATE_SLOPE2
+	&Slope3,			//	TEMPLATE_SLOPE3
+	&Slope4,			//	TEMPLATE_SLOPE4
+	&Slope5,			//	TEMPLATE_SLOPE5
+	&Slope6,			//	TEMPLATE_SLOPE6
+	&Slope7,			//	TEMPLATE_SLOPE7
+	&Slope8,			//	TEMPLATE_SLOPE8
+	&Slope9,			//	TEMPLATE_SLOPE9
+	&Slope10,		//	TEMPLATE_SLOPE10
+	&Slope11,		//	TEMPLATE_SLOPE11
+	&Slope12,		//	TEMPLATE_SLOPE12
+	&Slope13,		//	TEMPLATE_SLOPE13
+	&Slope14,		//	TEMPLATE_SLOPE14
+	&Slope15,		//	TEMPLATE_SLOPE15
+	&Slope16,		//	TEMPLATE_SLOPE16
+	&Slope17,		//	TEMPLATE_SLOPE17
+	&Slope18,		//	TEMPLATE_SLOPE18
+	&Slope19,		//	TEMPLATE_SLOPE19
+	&Slope20,		//	TEMPLATE_SLOPE20
+	&Slope21,		//	TEMPLATE_SLOPE21
+	&Slope22,		//	TEMPLATE_SLOPE22
+	&Slope23,		//	TEMPLATE_SLOPE23
+	&Slope24,		//	TEMPLATE_SLOPE24
+	&Slope25,		//	TEMPLATE_SLOPE25
+	&Slope26,		//	TEMPLATE_SLOPE26
+	&Slope27,		//	TEMPLATE_SLOPE27
+	&Slope28,		//	TEMPLATE_SLOPE28
+	&Slope29,		//	TEMPLATE_SLOPE29
+	&Slope30,		//	TEMPLATE_SLOPE30
+	&Slope31,		//	TEMPLATE_SLOPE31
+	&Slope32,		//	TEMPLATE_SLOPE32
+	&Slope33,		//	TEMPLATE_SLOPE33
+	&Slope34,		//	TEMPLATE_SLOPE34
+	&Slope35,		//	TEMPLATE_SLOPE35
+	&Slope36,		//	TEMPLATE_SLOPE36
+	&Slope37,		//	TEMPLATE_SLOPE37
+	&Slope38,		//	TEMPLATE_SLOPE38
+	&Shore32,		// TEMPLATE_SHORE32
+	&Shore33,		// TEMPLATE_SHORE33
+	&Shore20,		// TEMPLATE_SHORE20
+	&Shore21,		// TEMPLATE_SHORE21
+	&Shore22,		//	TEMPLATE_SHORE22
+	&Shore23,		// TEMPLATE_SHORE23
+	&Brush1,			//	TEMPLATE_BRUSH1
+	&Brush2,			//	TEMPLATE_BRUSH2
+	&Brush3,			//	TEMPLATE_BRUSH3
+	&Brush4,			//	TEMPLATE_BRUSH4
+	&Brush5,			//	TEMPLATE_BRUSH5
+	&Brush6,			//	TEMPLATE_BRUSH6
+	&Brush7,			//	TEMPLATE_BRUSH7
+	&Brush8,			//	TEMPLATE_BRUSH8
+	&Brush9,			//	TEMPLATE_BRUSH9
+	&Brush10,		//	TEMPLATE_BRUSH10
+	&Patch1,			//	TEMPLATE_PATCH1
+	&Patch2,			//	TEMPLATE_PATCH2
+	&Patch3,			//	TEMPLATE_PATCH3
+	&Patch4,			//	TEMPLATE_PATCH4
+	&Patch5,			//	TEMPLATE_PATCH5
+	&Patch6,			//	TEMPLATE_PATCH6
+	&Patch7,			//	TEMPLATE_PATCH7
+	&Patch8,			//	TEMPLATE_PATCH8
+	&Shore16,		//	TEMPLATE_SHORE16
+	&Shore17,		//	TEMPLATE_SHORE17
+	&Shore18,		//	TEMPLATE_SHORE18
+	&Shore19,		// TEMPLATE_SHORE19
+	&Patch13,		//	TEMPLATE_PATCH13
+	&Patch14,		//	TEMPLATE_PATCH14
+	&Patch15,		//	TEMPLATE_PATCH15
+	&Boulder1,		//	TEMPLATE_BOULDER1
+	&Boulder2,		//	TEMPLATE_BOULDER2
+	&Boulder3,		//	TEMPLATE_BOULDER3
+	&Boulder4,		// TEMPLATE_BOULDER4
+	&Boulder5,		//	TEMPLATE_BOULDER5
+	&Boulder6,		//	TEMPLATE_BOULDER6
+	&Shore6,			// TEMPLATE_SHORE6
+	&Shore7,			// TEMPLATE_SHORE7
+	&Shore8,			// TEMPLATE_SHORE8
+	&Shore9,			// TEMPLATE_SHORE9
+	&Shore10,		// TEMPLATE_SHORE10
+
+	&Road1,			//	TEMPLATE_ROAD1
+	&Road2,			//	TEMPLATE_ROAD2
+	&Road3,			//	TEMPLATE_ROAD3
+	&Road4,			//	TEMPLATE_ROAD4
+	&Road5,			//	TEMPLATE_ROAD5
+	&Road6,			//	TEMPLATE_ROAD6
+	&Road7,			//	TEMPLATE_ROAD7
+	&Road8,			//	TEMPLATE_ROAD8
+	&Road9,			//	TEMPLATE_ROAD9
+	&Road10,			//	TEMPLATE_ROAD10
+	&Road11,			//	TEMPLATE_ROAD11
+	&Road12,			//	TEMPLATE_ROAD12
+	&Road13,			//	TEMPLATE_ROAD13
+	&Road14,			//	TEMPLATE_ROAD14
+	&Road15,			//	TEMPLATE_ROAD15
+	&Road16,			//	TEMPLATE_ROAD16
+	&Road17,			//	TEMPLATE_ROAD17
+	&Road18,			//	TEMPLATE_ROAD18
+	&Road19,			//	TEMPLATE_ROAD19
+	&Road20,			//	TEMPLATE_ROAD20
+	&Road21,			//	TEMPLATE_ROAD21
+	&Road22,			//	TEMPLATE_ROAD22
+	&Road23,			//	TEMPLATE_ROAD23
+	&Road24,			//	TEMPLATE_ROAD24
+	&Road25,			//	TEMPLATE_ROAD25
+	&Road26,			//	TEMPLATE_ROAD26
+	&Road27,			//	TEMPLATE_ROAD27
+	&Road28,			//	TEMPLATE_ROAD28
+	&Road29,			//	TEMPLATE_ROAD29
+	&Road30,			//	TEMPLATE_ROAD30
+	&Road31,			//	TEMPLATE_ROAD31
+	&Road32,			//	TEMPLATE_ROAD32
+	&Road33,			//	TEMPLATE_ROAD33
+	&Road34,			//	TEMPLATE_ROAD34
+	&Road35,			//	TEMPLATE_ROAD35
+	&Road36,			//	TEMPLATE_ROAD36
+	&Road37,			//	TEMPLATE_ROAD37
+	&Road38,			//	TEMPLATE_ROAD38
+	&Road39,			//	TEMPLATE_ROAD39
+	&Road40,			//	TEMPLATE_ROAD40
+	&Road41,			//	TEMPLATE_ROAD41
+	&Road42,			//	TEMPLATE_ROAD42
+	&Road43,			//	TEMPLATE_ROAD43
+
+	&River1,			//	TEMPLATE_RIVER1
+	&River2,			//	TEMPLATE_RIVER2
+	&River3,			//	TEMPLATE_RIVER3
+	&River4,			//	TEMPLATE_RIVER4
+	&River5,			//	TEMPLATE_RIVER5
+	&River6,			//	TEMPLATE_RIVER6
+	&River7,			//	TEMPLATE_RIVER7
+	&River8,			//	TEMPLATE_RIVER8
+	&River9,			//	TEMPLATE_RIVER9
+	&River10,		//	TEMPLATE_RIVER10
+	&River11,		//	TEMPLATE_RIVER11
+	&River12,		//	TEMPLATE_RIVER12
+	&River13,		//	TEMPLATE_RIVER13
+	&River14,		//	TEMPLATE_RIVER14
+	&River15,		//	TEMPLATE_RIVER15
+	&River16,		//	TEMPLATE_RIVER16
+	&River17,		//	TEMPLATE_RIVER17
+	&River18,		//	TEMPLATE_RIVER18
+	&River19,		//	TEMPLATE_RIVER19
+	&River20,		//	TEMPLATE_RIVER20
+	&River21,		//	TEMPLATE_RIVER21
+	&River22,		//	TEMPLATE_RIVER22
+	&River23,		//	TEMPLATE_RIVER23
+	&River24,		//	TEMPLATE_RIVER24
+	&River25,		//	TEMPLATE_RIVER25
+	&Ford1,			//	TEMPLATE_FORD1
+	&Ford2,			//	TEMPLATE_FORD2
+	&Falls1,			//	TEMPLATE_FALLS1
+	&Falls2,			//	TEMPLATE_FALLS2
+	&Bridge1,		//	TEMPLATE_BRIDGE1
+	&Bridge1d,		//	TEMPLATE_BRIDGE1D
+	&Bridge2,		//	TEMPLATE_BRIDGE2
+	&Bridge2d,		//	TEMPLATE_BRIDGE2D
+	&Bridge3,		//	TEMPLATE_BRIDGE3
+	&Bridge3d,		//	TEMPLATE_BRIDGE3D
+	&Bridge4,		//	TEMPLATE_BRIDGE4
+	&Bridge4d,		//	TEMPLATE_BRIDGE4D
+
+	&Shore24,		//	TEMPLATE_SHORE24
+	&Shore25,		//	TEMPLATE_SHORE25
+	&Shore26,		//	TEMPLATE_SHORE26
+	&Shore27,		//	TEMPLATE_SHORE27
+	&Shore28,		//	TEMPLATE_SHORE28
+	&Shore29,		//	TEMPLATE_SHORE29
+	&Shore30,		//	TEMPLATE_SHORE30
+	&Shore31,		//	TEMPLATE_SHORE31
+
+	&Patch16,		//	TEMPLATE_PATCH16
+	&Patch17,		//	TEMPLATE_PATCH17
+	&Patch18,		//	TEMPLATE_PATCH18
+	&Patch19,		//	TEMPLATE_PATCH19
+	&Patch20,		//	TEMPLATE_PATCH20
+
+	&Shore34,		//	TEMPLATE_SHORE34
+	&Shore35,		//	TEMPLATE_SHORE35
+	&Shore36,		//	TEMPLATE_SHORE36
+	&Shore37,		//	TEMPLATE_SHORE37
+	&Shore38,		//	TEMPLATE_SHORE38
+	&Shore39,		//	TEMPLATE_SHORE39
+	&Shore40,		//	TEMPLATE_SHORE40
+	&Shore41,		//	TEMPLATE_SHORE41
+	&Shore42,		//	TEMPLATE_SHORE42
+	&Shore43,		//	TEMPLATE_SHORE43
+	&Shore44,		//	TEMPLATE_SHORE44
+	&Shore45,		//	TEMPLATE_SHORE45
+
+	&Shore46,		//	TEMPLATE_SHORE46
+	&Shore47,		//	TEMPLATE_SHORE47
+	&Shore48,		//	TEMPLATE_SHORE48
+	&Shore49,		//	TEMPLATE_SHORE49
+	&Shore50,		//	TEMPLATE_SHORE50
+	&Shore51,		//	TEMPLATE_SHORE51
+	&Shore52,		//	TEMPLATE_SHORE52
+	&Shore53,		//	TEMPLATE_SHORE53
+	&Shore54,		//	TEMPLATE_SHORE54
+	&Shore55,		//	TEMPLATE_SHORE55
+	&Shore56,		//	TEMPLATE_SHORE56
+	&Shore57,		//	TEMPLATE_SHORE57
+	&Shore58,		//	TEMPLATE_SHORE58
+	&Shore59,		//	TEMPLATE_SHORE59
+	&Shore60,		//	TEMPLATE_SHORE60
+	&Shore61,		//	TEMPLATE_SHORE61
+
+	&Shore62,		//	TEMPLATE_SHORE62
+	&Shore63,		//	TEMPLATE_SHORE63
+};
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TemplateTypeClass::TemplateTypeClass -- Constructor for template type objects.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the constructor for the template types.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   see below...                                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/29/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TemplateTypeClass::TemplateTypeClass(TemplateType iconset, int theater,
+	char const *ininame, int fullname, LandType land,
+	int width, int height, LandType altland, char const *alticons ) :
+		ObjectTypeClass(false, false, false, true, false, false, true, true, fullname, ininame, ARMOR_NONE, 0)
+{
+	Theater = theater;
+	AltIcons = alticons;
+	AltLand = altland;
+	Type = iconset;
+	Land = land;
+	Width = width;
+	Height = height;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TemplateTypeClass::From_Name -- Determine template from ASCII name.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to determine the template number given only                         *
+ *    an ASCII representation. The scenario loader uses this routine                           *
+ *    to construct the map from the INI control file.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   name  -- Pointer to the ASCII name of the template.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the template number. If the name had no match,                        *
+ *          then returns with TEMPLATE_NONE.                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/23/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TemplateType TemplateTypeClass::From_Name(char const *name)
+{
+	if (name) {
+		for (TemplateType index = TEMPLATE_FIRST; index < TEMPLATE_COUNT; index++) {
+			if (stricmp(As_Reference(index).IniName, name) == 0) {
+				return(index);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return(TEMPLATE_NONE);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TemplateTypeClass::Occupy_List -- Determines occupation list.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to examine the template map and build an                            *
+ *    occupation list. This list is used to render a template cursor as                        *
+ *    well as placement of icon numbers.                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   placement   -- Is this for placement legality checking only? The normal condition  *
+ *                         is for marking occupation flags.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the template occupation list.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   The return pointer is valid only until the next time that                       *
+ *             this routine is called.                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/23/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+short const * TemplateTypeClass::Occupy_List(bool) const
+{
+	static short _occupy[13*8+5];
+	unsigned char	map[13*8];
+	short	*ptr;
+	int	index;
+
+	Mem_Copy(Get_Icon_Set_Map(Get_Image_Data()), map, Width*Height);
+
+	ptr = &_occupy[0];
+	for (index = 0; index < Width*Height; index++) {
+		if (map[index] != 0xFF) {
+			*ptr++ = (index % Width) + ((index / Width)*MAP_CELL_W);
+		}
+	}
+	*ptr = REFRESH_EOL;
+
+	return((short const *)&_occupy[0]);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TemplateTypeClass::Init -- Loads graphic data for templates.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine loads the template graphic data for all the template                        *
+ *    type supported for the specified theater. This routine is called                         *
+ *    whenever the theater for the scenario is first determined.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   theater  -- The theater that the template data is to be                            *
+ *                      loaded for.                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   This routine goes to disk!                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/23/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   06/02/1994 JLB : Only handles iconset loading now (as it should).                         *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TemplateTypeClass::Init(TheaterType theater)
+{
+	//if (theater != LastTheater){
+		char fullname[_MAX_FNAME+_MAX_EXT];	// Fully constructed iconset name.
+		void const * ptr;		// Working loaded iconset pointer.
+
+		for (TemplateType index = TEMPLATE_FIRST; index < TEMPLATE_COUNT; index++) {
+			TemplateTypeClass	const & tplate = As_Reference(index);
+
+			((void const *&)tplate.ImageData) = NULL;
+			if (tplate.Theater & (1<<theater)) {
+				_makepath(fullname, NULL, NULL, tplate.IniName, Theaters[theater].Suffix);
+				ptr = MixFileClass::Retrieve(fullname);
+				((void const *&)tplate.ImageData) = ptr;
+				Register_Icon_Set((void*)ptr,TRUE);		//Register icon set for video memory caching
+			}
+		}
+	//}
+}
+
+
+#ifdef SCENARIO_EDITOR
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TemplateTypeClass::Display -- Displays a generic representation of template.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to display a generic view of the template                           *
+ *    object. This is necessary for selection in the scenario editor.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   x,y   -- The coordinates to center the display about.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          window-- The window to base the coordinates upon.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/23/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TemplateTypeClass::Display(int x, int y, WindowNumberType window, HousesType ) const
+{
+	int	w,h;
+	int	index;
+	unsigned char map[13*8];
+	bool	scale;		// Should the template be half sized?
+
+	w = Bound(Width, 1, 13);
+	h = Bound(Height, 1, 8);
+	scale = (w > 3 || h > 3);
+	if (scale) {
+		x -= (w/2) * (ICON_PIXEL_W/2);
+		y -= (h/2) * (ICON_PIXEL_H/2);
+	} else {
+		x -= (w/2) * ICON_PIXEL_W;
+		y -= (h/2) * ICON_PIXEL_H;
+	}
+	x += WindowList[window][WINDOWX]<<3;
+	y += WindowList[window][WINDOWY];
+
+	Mem_Copy(Get_Icon_Set_Map(Get_Image_Data()), map, Width*Height);
+
+	for (index = 0; index < w*h; index++) {
+		if (map[index] != 0xFF) {
+			HidPage.Draw_Stamp(Get_Image_Data(), index, 0, 0, NULL, WINDOW_MAIN);
+			if (scale) {
+
+				HidPage.Scale((*LogicPage), 0, 0,
+					x + ((index % w)*(ICON_PIXEL_W/2)),
+					y + ((index / w)*(ICON_PIXEL_H/2)),
+					ICON_PIXEL_W, ICON_PIXEL_H,
+					ICON_PIXEL_W/2, ICON_PIXEL_H/2, (char *)NULL);
+
+			} else {
+				HidPage.Blit((*LogicPage), 0, 0, x + ((index % w)*(ICON_PIXEL_W)),
+					y + ((index / w)*(ICON_PIXEL_H)), ICON_PIXEL_W, ICON_PIXEL_H);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TemplateTypeClass::Prep_For_Add -- Prepares to add template to scenario.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine prepares a list of template objects so that the                             *
+ *    scenario editor can use this list to display a dialog box. The                           *
+ *    selection of a template object will allow its placement upon the                         *
+ *    map.                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/23/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   05/28/1994 JLB : Only handles real templates now.                                         *
+ *   06/04/1994 JLB : Uses map editing interface functions.                                    *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TemplateTypeClass::Prep_For_Add(void)
+{
+	for (TemplateType index = TEMPLATE_CLEAR1; index < TEMPLATE_COUNT; index++) {
+		if (As_Reference(index).Get_Image_Data()) {
+			Map.Add_To_List(&As_Reference(index));
+		}
+	}
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TemplateTypeClass::Create_And_Place -- Creates and places a template object on the map.     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This support routine is used by the scenario editor to add a template object to the map  *
+ *    and to the game.                                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   cell  -- The cell to place the template object.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the template object placed successfully?                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/28/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool TemplateTypeClass::Create_And_Place(CELL cell, HousesType ) const
+{
+	if (new TemplateClass(Type, cell)) {
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TemplateTypeClass::Create_One_Of -- Creates an object of this template type.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will create an object of this type. For certain template objects, such      *
+ *    as walls, it is actually created as a building. The "building" wall is converted into    *
+ *    a template at the moment of placing down on the map.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the appropriate object for this template type.           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/18/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+ObjectClass * TemplateTypeClass::Create_One_Of(HouseClass *) const
+{
+	return(new TemplateClass(Type, -1));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TemplateTypeClass::One_Time -- Performs one-time initialization                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/12/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TemplateTypeClass::One_Time(void)
+{
+}
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/CDFILE.CPP b/CDFILE.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7fdc3f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/CDFILE.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,508 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\cdfile.cpv   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:48:10   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Westwood Library                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : CDFILE.CPP                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : October 18, 1994                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : October 18, 1994   [JLB]                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   CDFileClass::Clear_Search_Drives -- Removes all record of a search path.                  *
+ *   CDFileClass::Open -- Opens the file object -- with path search.                           *
+ *   CDFileClass::Open -- Opens the file wherever it can be found.                             *
+ *   CDFileClass::Set_Name -- Performs a multiple directory scan to set the filename.          *
+ *   CDFileClass::Set_Search_Drives -- Sets a list of search paths for file access.            *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+//#include	"cdfile.h"
+
+/*
+**	Pointer to the first search path record.
+*/
+CDFileClass::SearchDriveType * CDFileClass::First = 0;
+
+int  CDFileClass::CurrentCDDrive = 0;
+int  CDFileClass::LastCDDrive = 0;
+char CDFileClass::RawPath[512];
+
+
+
+int __cdecl Is_Disk_Inserted(int disk)
+{
+	struct find_t fb;
+	char	scan[] = "?:\\*.*";
+
+	scan[0] = 'A' + disk;
+	return(_dos_findfirst(scan, _A_SUBDIR, &fb) == 0);
+}
+
+
+CDFileClass::CDFileClass(char const *filename) :
+	IsDisabled(false)
+{
+	Set_Name(filename);
+	memset (RawPath, 0, sizeof(RawPath));
+}
+
+
+CDFileClass::CDFileClass(void) :
+	IsDisabled(false)
+{
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CDFileClass::Open -- Opens the file object -- with path search.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This will open the file object, but since the file object could have been constructed    *
+ *    with a pathname, this routine will try to find the file first. For files opened for      *
+ *    writing, then use the existing filename without performing a path search.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   rights   -- The access rights to use when opening the file                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the open successful?                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/18/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int CDFileClass::Open(int rights)
+{
+	return(RawFileClass::Open(rights));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CDFC::Refresh_Search_Drives -- Updates the search path when a CD changes or is added        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    5/22/96 9:01AM ST : Created                                                              *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void CDFileClass::Refresh_Search_Drives (void)
+{
+	Clear_Search_Drives();
+	Set_Search_Drives(RawPath);
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CDFileClass::Set_Search_Drives -- Sets a list of search paths for file access.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine sets up a list of search paths to use when accessing files. The path list   *
+ *    is scanned if the file could not be found in the current directory. This is the primary  *
+ *    method of supporting CD-ROM drives, but is also useful for scanning network and other    *
+ *    directories. The pathlist as passed to this routine is of the same format as the path    *
+ *    list used by DOS -- paths are separated by semicolons and need not end in an antivirgule.*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    If a path entry begins with "?:" then the question mark will be replaced with the first  *
+ *    CD-ROM drive letter available. If there is no CD-ROM driver detected, then this path     *
+ *    entry will be ignored. By using this feature, you can always pass the CD-ROM path        *
+ *    specification to this routine and it will not break if the CD-ROM is not loaded (as in   *
+ *    the case during development).                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Here is an example path specification:                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *       Set_Search_Drives("DATA;?:\DATA;F:\PROJECT\DATA");                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    In this example, the current directory will be searched first, followed by a the         *
+ *    subdirectory "DATA" located off of the current directory. If not found, then the CD-ROM  *
+ *    will be searched in a directory called "\DATA". If not found or the CD-ROM is not        *
+ *    present, then it will look to the hard coded path of "F:\PROJECTS\DATA" (maybe a         *
+ *    network?). If all of these searches fail, the file system will default to the current    *
+ *    directory and let the normal file error system take over.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   pathlist -- Pointer to string of path specifications (separated by semicolons)     *
+ *                      that will be used to search for files.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/18/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   05/21/1996 ST  : Modified to recognise multiple CD drives                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int CDFileClass::Set_Search_Drives(char * pathlist)
+{
+	int found = FALSE;
+	int empty = FALSE;
+	/*
+	**	If there is no pathlist to add, then just return.
+	*/
+	if (!pathlist) return(0);
+
+	/*
+	** Save the path as it was passed in so we can parse it again later.
+	** Check for the case where RawPath was passed in.
+	*/
+	if (pathlist != RawPath){
+		strcat (RawPath, ";");
+		strcat (RawPath, pathlist);
+	}
+
+	char const * ptr = strtok(pathlist, ";");
+	while (ptr) {
+		if (strlen(ptr)){
+
+			char path[PATH_MAX];						// Working path buffer.
+
+			/*
+			**	Fixup the path to be legal. Legal is defined as all that is necessary to
+			**	create a pathname is to append the actual filename submitted to the
+			**	file system. This means that it must have either a trailing ':' or '\'
+			**	character.
+			*/
+			strcpy(path, ptr);
+			switch (path[strlen(path)-1]) {
+				case ':':
+				case '\\':
+					break;
+
+				default:
+					strcat(path, "\\");
+					break;
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	If there is a drive letter specified, and this drive letter is '?', then it should
+			**	be substituted with the CD-ROM drive letter. In the case of no CD-ROM attached, then
+			**	merely ignore this path entry.
+			*/
+			if (strncmp(path, "?:", 2) == 0) {
+				if (CurrentCDDrive){
+					found = TRUE;
+					/*
+					** If the drive has a C&C CD in it then add it to the path
+					*/
+					if (Get_CD_Index(CurrentCDDrive, 2*60) >= 0){
+						path[0] = CurrentCDDrive + 'A';
+						Add_Search_Drive(path);
+					}
+				}
+				/*
+				**	Find the next path string and resubmit.
+				*/
+				ptr = strtok(NULL, ";");
+				continue;
+			}
+
+			found	= TRUE;
+			Add_Search_Drive(path);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Find the next path string and resubmit.
+		*/
+		ptr = strtok(NULL, ";");
+	}
+	if (!found) return(1);
+	if (empty) return(2);
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CDFC::Set_CD_Drive -- sets the current CD drive letter                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    5/22/96 9:39AM ST : Created                                                              *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+
+void CDFileClass::Set_CD_Drive (int drive)
+{
+	LastCDDrive = CurrentCDDrive;
+	CurrentCDDrive = drive;
+}
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CDFC::Add_Search_Drive -- Add a new path to the search path list                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    path                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    5/22/96 10:12AM ST : Created                                                             *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+
+void CDFileClass::Add_Search_Drive(char *path)
+{
+	SearchDriveType *srch;					// Working pointer to path object.
+	/*
+	**	Allocate a record structure.
+	*/
+	srch	= new SearchDriveType;
+
+	/*
+	**	Attach the path to this structure.
+	*/
+	srch->Path = strdup(path);
+	srch->Next = NULL;
+
+	/*
+	**	Attach this path record to the end of the path chain.
+	*/
+	if (!First) {
+		First = srch;
+	} else {
+		SearchDriveType * chain = First;
+
+		while (chain->Next) {
+			chain = (SearchDriveType *)chain->Next;
+		}
+		chain->Next = srch;
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CDFileClass::Clear_Search_Drives -- Removes all record of a search path.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to clear out any previous path(s) set with Set_Search_Drives()          *
+ *    function.                                                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/18/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void CDFileClass::Clear_Search_Drives(void)
+{
+	SearchDriveType	* chain;			// Working pointer to path chain.
+
+	chain = First;
+	while (chain) {
+		SearchDriveType	*next;
+
+		next = (SearchDriveType *)chain->Next;
+		if (chain->Path) {
+			free((char *)chain->Path);
+		}
+		delete chain;
+
+		chain = next;
+	}
+	First = 0;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CDFileClass::Set_Name -- Performs a multiple directory scan to set the filename.            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will scan all the directories specified in the path list and if the file    *
+ *    was found in one of the directories, it will set the filename to a composite of the      *
+ *    correct directory and the filename. It is used to allow path searching when searching    *
+ *    for files. Typical use is to support CD-ROM drives. This routine examines the current    *
+ *    directory first before scanning through the path list. If after scanning the entire      *
+ *    path list, the file still could not be found, then the file object's name is set with    *
+ *    just the raw filename as passed to this routine.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   filename -- Pointer to the filename to set as the name of this file object.        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns a pointer to the final and complete filename of this file object. This     *
+ *          may have a path attached to the file.                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/18/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+char const * CDFileClass::Set_Name(char const *filename)
+{
+	/*
+	**	Try to find the file in the current directory first. If it can be found, then
+	**	just return with the normal file name setting process. Do the same if there is
+	**	no multi-drive search path.
+	*/
+	RawFileClass::Set_Name(filename);
+	if (IsDisabled || !First || RawFileClass::Is_Available()) {
+		return(File_Name());
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Attempt to find the file first. Check the current directory. If not found there, then
+	**	search all the path specifications available. If it still can't be found, then just
+	**	fall into the normal raw file filename setting system.
+	*/
+	SearchDriveType * srch = First;
+
+	while (srch) {
+		char path[_MAX_PATH];
+
+		/*
+		**	Build a pathname to search for.
+		*/
+		strcpy(path, srch->Path);
+		strcat(path, filename);
+
+		/*
+		**	Check to see if the file could be found. The low level Is_Available logic will
+		**	prompt if necessary when the CD-ROM drive has been removed. In all other cases,
+		**	it will return false and the search process will continue.
+		*/
+		RawFileClass::Set_Name(path);
+		if (RawFileClass::Is_Available()) {
+			return(File_Name());
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	It wasn't found, so try the next path entry.
+		*/
+		srch = (SearchDriveType *)srch->Next;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	At this point, all path searching has failed. Just set the file name to the
+	**	plain text passed to this routine and be done with it.
+	*/
+	RawFileClass::Set_Name(filename);
+	return(File_Name());
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CDFileClass::Open -- Opens the file wherever it can be found.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is similar to the RawFileClass open except that if the file is being        *
+ *    opened only for READ access, it will search all specified directories looking for the    *
+ *    file. If after a complete search the file still couldn't be found, then it is opened     *
+ *    using the normal RawFileClass system -- resulting in normal error procedures.            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   filename -- Pointer to the override filename to supply for this file object. It    *
+ *                      would be the base filename (sans any directory specification).         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          rights   -- The access rights to use when opening the file.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the file opened successfully? If so then the filename may be different   *
+ *                than requested. The location of the file can be determined by examining the  *
+ *                filename of this file object. The filename will contain the complete         *
+ *                pathname used to open the file.                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/18/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int CDFileClass::Open(char const *filename, int rights)
+{
+	Close();
+
+	/*
+	**	Verify that there is a filename associated with this file object. If not, then this is a
+	**	big error condition.
+	*/
+	if (!filename) {
+		Error(ENOENT, false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If writing is requested, then multiple drive searching is not performed.
+	*/
+	if (IsDisabled || rights == WRITE) {
+		return(RawFileClass::Open(filename, rights));
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Perform normal multiple drive searching for the filename and open
+	**	using the normal procedure.
+	*/
+	Set_Name(filename);
+	return(RawFileClass::Open(rights));
+}
+
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+/* Get the drive letters if the CD's online */
+WORD __cdecl GetCDDrive(VOID)
+{
+	_ES = FP_SEG(&cdDrive[0]);
+	_BX = FP_OFF(&cdDrive[0]);
+	_AX = 0x150d;
+	geninterrupt(0x2F);
+	return((WORD)(*cdDrive));
+}
+#endif
+
+int Get_CD_Drive(void)
+{
+#ifdef NEVER
+	for (int index = 0; index < 26; index++) {
+		union REGS regs;
+
+		regs.w.ax = 0x150B;
+		regs.w.bx = 0;
+		regs.w.cx = index;
+		int386(0x2F, &regs, &regs);
+		if (regs.w.bx == 0xADAD) {
+			return(index);
+		}
+	}
+	return(0);
+#else
+
+//	GetCDClass temp;
+//	return(temp.GetCDDrive());
+	return (0);
+#endif
+
+}
diff --git a/CDFILE.H b/CDFILE.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8f17d2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/CDFILE.H
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\cdfile.h_v   2.20   16 Oct 1995 16:45:58   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Westwood LIbrary                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : CDFILE.H                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : October 18, 1994                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : October 18, 1994   [JLB]                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef CDFILE_H
+#define CDFILE_H
+
+#include	<dos.h>
+#include	"rawfile.h"
+
+/*
+**	This class is derived from the raw file class. This class adds the functionality of searching
+**	across multiple directories or drives. It is designed for the typical case of a CD-ROM game
+**	were some data exists in the current directory (hard drive) and the rest exists on the CD-ROM.
+**	Searching for the file occurs by first examining the current directory. If the file does not
+**	exist there, then all the paths available are examined in turn until the file can be found.
+**	For opening files to write, only the current directory is examined. The directory search order
+**	is controlled by the path list as submitted to Set_Search_Drives(). The format of the path
+**	string is the same as the DOS path string.
+*/
+class CDFileClass : public RawFileClass
+{
+	public:
+		CDFileClass(char const *filename);
+		CDFileClass(void);
+		virtual ~CDFileClass(void) {};
+
+		virtual char const * Set_Name(char const *filename);
+		virtual int Open(char const *filename, int rights=READ);
+		virtual int Open(int rights=READ);
+
+		void Searching(int on) {IsDisabled = !on;};
+
+		static bool Is_There_Search_Drives(void) {return(First != NULL);};
+		static int Set_Search_Drives(char * pathlist);
+		static void Add_Search_Drive(char *path);
+		static void Clear_Search_Drives(void);
+		static void Refresh_Search_Drives(void);
+		static void Set_CD_Drive(int drive);
+		static int  Get_CD_Drive(void) {return(CurrentCDDrive);};
+		static int  Get_Last_CD_Drive(void) {return(LastCDDrive);};
+
+	private:
+
+		/*
+		**	Is multi-drive searching disabled for this file object?
+		*/
+		unsigned IsDisabled:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the control record for each of the drives specified in the search
+		**	path. There can be many such search paths available.
+		*/
+		typedef struct {
+			void * Next;		// Pointer to next search record.
+			char const * Path;			// Pointer to path string.
+		} SearchDriveType;
+
+		/*
+		**	This points to the first path record.
+		*/
+		static SearchDriveType * First;
+
+		/*
+		** This is a copy of the unparsed search path list
+		*/
+		static char RawPath[512];
+
+		/*
+		** The drive letter of the current cd drive
+		*/
+		static int CurrentCDDrive;
+
+		/*
+		** The drive letter of the last used CD drive
+		*/
+		static int LastCDDrive;
+};
+
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/CELL.CPP b/CELL.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..60e9e1b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/CELL.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,2316 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\cell.cpv   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:49:20   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : CELL.CPP                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : April 29, 1994                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : August 17, 1995 [JLB]                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   CellClass::Adjacent_Cell -- Determines the adjacent cell according to facing.             *
+ *   CellClass::Adjust_Threat -- Allows adjustment of threat at cell level                     *
+ *   CellClass::CellClass -- Constructor for cell objects.                                     *
+ *   CellClass::Cell_Building -- Return with building at specified cell.                       *
+ *   CellClass::Cell_Color   -- Determine what radar color to use for this cell.               *
+ *   CellClass::Cell_Coord -- Returns the coordinate of this cell.                             *
+ *   CellClass::Cell_Find_Object -- Returns ptr to RTTI type occupying cell                    *
+ *   CellClass::Cell_Infantry -- Returns with pointer of first infantry unit.                  *
+ *   CellClass::Cell_Object -- Returns with clickable object in cell.                          *
+ *   CellClass::Cell_Techno -- Return with the unit/building at specified cell.                *
+ *   CellClass::Cell_Terrain -- Determines terrain object in cell.                             *
+ *   CellClass::Cell_Unit -- Returns with pointer to unit occupying cell.                      *
+ *   CellClass::Clear_Icon -- Calculates what the clear icon number should be.                 *
+ *   CellClass::Closest_Free_Spot -- returns free spot closest to given coord                  *
+ *   CellClass::Concrete_Calc -- Calculates the concrete icon to use for the cell.             *
+ *   CellClass::Draw_It -- Draws the cell imagery at the location specified.                   *
+ *   CellClass::Flag_Place -- Places a house flag down on the cell.                            *
+ *   CellClass::Flag_Remove -- Removes the house flag from the cell.                           *
+ *   CellClass::Cell_Occupier -- Fetches the occupier for the cell.                            *
+ *   CellClass::Get_Trigger -- retrieves reference to the cell's trigger                       *
+ *   CellClass::Goodie_Check -- Performs crate discovery logic.                                *
+ *   CellClass::Incoming -- Causes objects in cell to "run for cover".                         *
+ *   CellClass::Is_Generally_Clear -- Determines if cell can be built upon.                    *
+ *   CellClass::Occupy_Down -- Flag occupation of specified cell.                              *
+ *   CellClass::Occupy_Unit -- Marks cell as unit occupied.                                    *
+ *   CellClass::Occupy_Up -- Removes occupation flag from the specified cell.                  *
+ *   CellClass::Overlap_Down -- This routine is used to mark a cell as being spilled over (overla*
+ *   CellClass::Overlap_Unit -- Marks cell as being overlapped by unit.                        *
+ *   CellClass::Overlap_Up -- Removes overlap flag for the cell.                               *
+ *   CellClass::Read -- Reads a particular cell value from a save game file.                   *
+ *   CellClass::Recalc_Attributes -- Recalculates the ground type attributes for the cell.     *
+ *   CellClass::Redraw_Objects -- Redraws all objects overlapping this cell.                   *
+ *   CellClass::Reduce_Tiberium -- Reduces the tiberium in the cell by the amount specified.   *
+ *   CellClass::Reduce_Wall -- Damages a wall, if damage is high enough.                       *
+ *   CellClass::Reserve_Cell -- Marks a cell as being occupied by the specified unit ID.       *
+ *   CellClass::Shimmer -- Causes all objects in the cell to shimmer.                          *
+ *   CellClass::Spot_Index -- returns cell sub-coord index for given COORD                     *
+ *   CellClass::Tiberium_Adjust -- Adjust the look of the Tiberium for smooth.                 *
+ *   CellClass::Validate -- validates cell's number                                            *
+ *   CellClass::Wall_Update -- Updates the imagery for wall objects in cell.                   *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+
+#define	FIXUP		0
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CellClass::Validate -- validates cell's number                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *		1 = ok, 0 = error																								  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/09/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+int CellClass::Validate(void) const
+{
+	int num;
+
+	num = Cell_Number();
+	if (num < 0 || num > 4095) {
+		Validate_Error("CELL");
+		return (0);
+	}
+	else
+		return (1);
+}
+#else
+#define	Validate()
+#endif
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CellClass::CellClass -- Constructor for cell objects.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    A cell object is constructed into an empty state. It contains no specific objects,       *
+ *    templates, or overlays.                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/09/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+CellClass::CellClass(void)
+{
+	memset(this, 0, sizeof(CellClass));
+	Smudge	= SMUDGE_NONE;
+	Overlay	= OVERLAY_NONE;
+	Smudge	= SMUDGE_NONE;
+	TType		= TEMPLATE_NONE;
+	Owner		= HOUSE_NONE;
+	InfType	= HOUSE_NONE;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CellClass::Cell_Color   -- Determine what radar color to use for this cell.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to determine what radar color to render a radar                         *
+ *    pixel with. This routine is called many many times to render the                         *
+ *    radar map, so it must be fast.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the color to display the radar pixel with.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/01/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   04/30/1994 JLB : Converted to member function.                                            *
+ *   05/31/1994 JLB : Takes into account any stealth characteristics of object.                *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int CellClass::Cell_Color(bool override) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	BuildingClass * object = Cell_Building();
+	if (object) {
+		return(object->House->Class->Color);
+	}
+
+	if (override) {
+		return(TBLACK);
+	}
+	return(::Ground[Land_Type()].Color);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CellClass::Cell_Techno -- Return with the unit/building at specified cell.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Returns an object located in the cell. If there is a                                     *
+ *    building present, it returns a pointer to that, otherwise it returns                     *
+ *    a pointer to one of the units there. If nothing is present in the                        *
+ *    specified cell, then it returns NULL.                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   x,y   -- Coordinate offset (from upper left corner) to use as an aid in selecting  *
+ *                   the desired object within the cell.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns a pointer to a building or unit located in cell. If                        *
+ *          nothing present, just returns NULL.                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/05/1992 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   04/30/1994 JLB : Converted to member function.                                            *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TechnoClass * CellClass::Cell_Techno(int x, int y) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	ObjectClass * object;
+	COORDINATE		click;			// Coordinate of click relative to cell corner.
+	TechnoClass * close = NULL;
+	long		distance = 0;	// Recorded closest distance.
+
+	/*
+	**	Create a coordinate value that represent the pixel location within the cell. This is
+	**	actually the lower significant bits (leptons) of a regular coordinate value.
+	*/
+	click = XY_Coord(Pixel_To_Lepton(x), Pixel_To_Lepton(y));
+
+	if (Cell_Occupier()) {
+		object = Cell_Occupier();
+		while (object) {
+			if (object->Is_Techno()) {
+				COORDINATE		coord;		// Coordinate relative to cell corner.
+				long		dist;
+
+				coord = object->Center_Coord() & 0x00FF00FFL;
+				dist = Distance(coord, click);
+				if (!close || dist < distance) {
+					close = (TechnoClass *)object;
+					distance = dist;
+				}
+			}
+			object = object->Next;
+		}
+	}
+	return(close);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * CellClass::Cell_Find_Object -- Returns ptr to RTTI type occupying cell  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:		RTTIType the RTTI type we are searching for                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:		none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   03/17/1995 PWG : Created.                                             *
+ *   06/12/1995 JLB : Returns object class pointer.                        *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+ObjectClass * CellClass::Cell_Find_Object(RTTIType rtti) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	ObjectClass * object = Cell_Occupier();
+
+	while (object) {
+		if (object->What_Am_I() == rtti) {
+			return(object);
+		}
+		object = object->Next;
+	}
+	return(NULL);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CellClass::Cell_Building -- Return with building at specified cell.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Given a cell, determine if there is a building associated                                *
+ *    and return with a pointer to this building.                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the building associated with the                         *
+ *          cell. If there is no building associated, then NULL is                             *
+ *          returned.                                                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/05/1992 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   04/30/1994 JLB : Converted to member function.                                            *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+BuildingClass * CellClass::Cell_Building(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	return((BuildingClass *)Cell_Find_Object(RTTI_BUILDING));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CellClass::Cell_Terrain -- Determines terrain object in cell.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to determine the terrain object (if any) that                       *
+ *    overlaps this cell.                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the terrain object that overlaps                         *
+ *          this cell. If there is no terrain object present, then NULL                        *
+ *          is returned.                                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/18/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TerrainClass * CellClass::Cell_Terrain(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	return((TerrainClass *)Cell_Find_Object(RTTI_TERRAIN));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CellClass::Cell_Object -- Returns with clickable object in cell.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to determine which object is to be selected                         *
+ *    by a player click upon the cell. Not all objects that overlap the                        *
+ *    cell are selectable by the player. This routine sorts out which                          *
+ *    is which and returns with the appropriate object pointer.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   x,y   -- Coordinate (from upper left corner of cell) to use as a guide when        *
+ *                   selecting the object within the cell. This plays a role in those cases    *
+ *                   where several objects (such as infantry) exist within the same cell.      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with pointer to the object clickable within the                            *
+ *          cell. NULL is returned if there is no clickable object                             *
+ *          present.                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/13/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+ObjectClass * CellClass::Cell_Object(int x, int y) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	ObjectClass * ptr;
+
+	/*
+	**	Hack so that aircraft landed on helipads can still be selected if directly
+	**	clicked on.
+	*/
+	ptr = (ObjectClass *)Cell_Find_Object(RTTI_AIRCRAFT);
+	if (ptr) {
+		return(ptr);
+	}
+
+	ptr = Cell_Techno(x, y);
+	if (ptr) {
+		return(ptr);
+	}
+	ptr = Cell_Terrain();
+	if (ptr) return(ptr);
+	return(ptr);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CellClass::Redraw_Objects -- Redraws all objects overlapping this cell.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is a low level routine that marks all objects that overlap this                     *
+ *    cell to be redrawn. It is necessary to call this routine whenever                        *
+ *    the underlying icon has to be redrawn.                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   forced   -- Should this redraw be forced even if flags                             *
+ *                      indicate that it would be redundant?                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/18/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   06/20/1994 JLB : Simplified to use object pointers.                                       *
+ *   12/24/1994 JLB : Only checks if cell is in view and not flagged already.                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void CellClass::Redraw_Objects(bool forced)
+{
+	Validate();
+	CELL	cell = Cell_Number();
+
+	if (Map.In_View(cell) && (forced || !Map.Is_Cell_Flagged(cell))) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Flag the icon to be redrawn.
+		*/
+		Map.Flag_Cell(cell);
+
+		/*
+		**	Flag the main object in the cell to be redrawn.
+		*/
+		if (Cell_Occupier()) {
+			ObjectClass * optr = Cell_Occupier();
+			while (optr) {
+				optr->Mark(MARK_CHANGE);
+				optr = optr->Next;
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Flag any overlapping object in this cell to be redrawn.
+		*/
+		for (int index = 0; index < sizeof(Overlapper)/sizeof(Overlapper[0]); index++) {
+			if (Overlapper[index]) {
+				Overlapper[index]->Mark(MARK_CHANGE);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CellClass::Is_Generally_Clear -- Determines if cell can be built upon.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This determines if the cell can become a proper foundation for                           *
+ *    building placement.                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Can the cell be built upon?                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/18/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool CellClass::Is_Generally_Clear(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (ScenarioInit) return(true);
+	if (Flag.Composite || IsFlagged || Cell_Occupier()) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+	if (Smudge != SMUDGE_NONE && SmudgeTypeClass::As_Reference(Smudge).IsBib && Owner != HOUSE_NONE) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+	if (Overlay != OVERLAY_NONE && OverlayTypeClass::As_Reference(Overlay).IsWall) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+#ifdef ADVANCED
+	/*
+	**	Building certain kinds of terrain is prohibited -- bridges in particular.
+	*/
+	switch (TType) {
+		case TEMPLATE_BRIDGE1:
+		case TEMPLATE_BRIDGE1D:
+		case TEMPLATE_BRIDGE2:
+		case TEMPLATE_BRIDGE2D:
+		case TEMPLATE_BRIDGE3:
+		case TEMPLATE_BRIDGE3D:
+		case TEMPLATE_BRIDGE4:
+		case TEMPLATE_BRIDGE4D:
+		case TEMPLATE_FORD1:
+		case TEMPLATE_FORD2:
+			return(false);
+
+		default:
+			break;
+	}
+#endif
+
+	return(::Ground[Land_Type()].Build);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CellClass::Recalc_Attributes -- Recalculates the ground type attributes for the cell.       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine recalculates the ground type in the cell. The speeds the find path          *
+ *    algorithm and other determinations of the cell type.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/29/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   06/20/1994 JLB : Knows about template pointer in cell object.                             *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void CellClass::Recalc_Attributes(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	/*
+	**	Check for wall effects.
+	*/
+	if (Overlay != OVERLAY_NONE) {
+		Land = OverlayTypeClass::As_Reference(Overlay).Land;
+		if (Land != LAND_CLEAR) return;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If there is a template associated with this cell, then scan
+	**	through the template exception list checking to see if this cell
+	**	is one of the exception types. If it is, then return that ground type,
+	**	otherwise return the template's default type.
+	*/
+	if (TType != TEMPLATE_NONE) {
+		TemplateTypeClass const *ttype = &TemplateTypeClass::As_Reference(TType);
+
+		/*
+		**	If there is an exception type list for the icons of this template, then
+		**	find out if the current icon is one of them. If so, apply the exception
+		**	ground type to the cell.
+		*/
+		char const *ptr = ttype->AltIcons;
+		if (ptr) {
+			int icon = TIcon;
+
+			while (*ptr != -1) {
+				if (icon == *ptr++) {
+					Land = ttype->AltLand;
+					return;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	No exception found, so just return the default ground type for this template.
+		*/
+		Land = ttype->Land;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	No template is the same as clear terrain.
+	*/
+	Land = TemplateTypeClass::As_Reference(TEMPLATE_CLEAR1).Land;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CellClass::Occupy_Down -- Flag occupation of specified cell.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to mark the cell as being occupied by the specified object.         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   object   -- The object that is to occupy the cell                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/18/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   11/29/1994 JLB : Simplified.                                                              *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void CellClass::Occupy_Down(ObjectClass * object)
+{
+	Validate();
+	ObjectClass * optr;
+
+	/*
+	**	If the specified object is already part of the occupation list, then don't add
+	**	it again -- bail instead.
+	*/
+	if (Cell_Occupier()) {
+		optr = Cell_Occupier();
+		while (optr) {
+			if (optr == object) {
+				return;
+			}
+			if (!optr->Next) break;
+			optr = optr->Next;
+		}
+	}
+	optr = Cell_Occupier();
+	object->Next = optr;
+
+	OccupierPtr = object;
+	Map.Radar_Pixel(Cell_Number());
+
+	/*
+	**	If being placed down on a visible square, then flag this
+	**	techno object as being revealed to the player.
+	*/
+	if (IsVisible || GameToPlay != GAME_NORMAL) {
+		object->Revealed(PlayerPtr);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Special occupy bit set.
+	*/
+	switch (object->What_Am_I()) {
+		case RTTI_BUILDING:
+			Flag.Occupy.Building = true;
+			break;
+
+		case RTTI_AIRCRAFT:
+		case RTTI_UNIT:
+			Flag.Occupy.Vehicle = true;
+			break;
+
+		case RTTI_TERRAIN:
+			Flag.Occupy.Monolith = true;
+			break;
+
+		default:
+			break;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CellClass::Occupy_Up -- Removes occupation flag from the specified cell.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will lift the object from the cell and free the cell to be occupied by      *
+ *    another object. Only if the cell was previously marked with the object specified, will   *
+ *    the object be lifted off. This routine is the counterpart to Occupy_Down().              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   object   -- The object that is being lifted off.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/18/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   11/29/1994 JLB : Fixed to handle next pointer in previous object.                         *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void CellClass::Occupy_Up(ObjectClass * object)
+{
+	Validate();
+	ObjectClass * optr = NULL;			// Working pointer to the objects in the chain.
+
+	if (Cell_Occupier()) {
+		optr = Cell_Occupier();
+	}
+	if (optr == object) {
+		OccupierPtr = object->Next;
+		object->Next = 0;
+	} else {
+		while (optr) {
+			if (optr->Next == object) {
+				optr->Next = object->Next;
+				object->Next = 0;
+				break;
+			}
+			if (!optr->Next) break;
+			optr = optr->Next;
+		}
+	}
+	Map.Radar_Pixel(Cell_Number());
+
+	/*
+	**	Special occupy bit clear.
+	*/
+	switch (object->What_Am_I()) {
+		case RTTI_BUILDING:
+			Flag.Occupy.Building = false;
+			break;
+
+		case RTTI_AIRCRAFT:
+		case RTTI_UNIT:
+			Flag.Occupy.Vehicle = false;
+#ifdef NEVER
+			int x,y;
+			if (Map.Coord_To_Pixel(Cell_Coord(), x, y)) {
+		 		SeenBuff.Put_Pixel(x, y, BLUE);
+			}
+#endif
+			break;
+
+		case RTTI_TERRAIN:
+			Flag.Occupy.Monolith = false;
+			break;
+
+		default:
+			break;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CellClass::Overlap_Down -- This routine is used to mark a cell as being spilled over (overla*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Most game objects can often have their graphic imagery spill into more than one cell     *
+ *    even though they are considered to "occupy" only one cell. All cells overlapped are      *
+ *    flagged by this routine. Using this information it is possible to keep the tactical map  *
+ *    display correct.                                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   object   -- The object to mark as overlapping this cell.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/18/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   07/04/1995 JLB : Ensures that buildings are always marked down.                           *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void CellClass::Overlap_Down(ObjectClass * object)
+{
+	Validate();
+	ObjectClass **ptr = 0;
+
+	if (!object) return;
+	for (int index = 0; index < sizeof(Overlapper)/sizeof(Overlapper[0]); index++) {
+		if (Overlapper[index] == object) return;
+		if (!Overlapper[index]) ptr = &Overlapper[index];
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Buildings must ALWAYS succeed in marking the cell as overlapped. Bump somebody
+	**	else out in this case.
+	*/
+	if (!ptr && object->What_Am_I() == RTTI_BUILDING) {
+		for (index = 0; index < sizeof(Overlapper)/sizeof(Overlapper[0]); index++) {
+			switch (Overlapper[index]->What_Am_I()) {
+				case RTTI_BUILDING:
+				case RTTI_TERRAIN:
+					break;
+
+				default:
+					Overlapper[index] = object;
+					index = sizeof(Overlapper)/sizeof(Overlapper[0]);
+					break;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	if (ptr) *ptr = object;
+
+	/*
+	**	If being placed down on a visible square, then flag this
+	**	techno object as being revealed to the player.
+	*/
+	if (IsVisible) {
+		object->Revealed(PlayerPtr);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CellClass::Overlap_Up -- Removes overlap flag for the cell.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the counterpart to Overlap_Down and is used to remove the overlap flag for the   *
+ *    specified unit on the cell.                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   object   -- The object to remove the overlap flag for.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/18/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void CellClass::Overlap_Up(ObjectClass *object)
+{
+	Validate();
+	for (int index = 0; index < sizeof(Overlapper)/sizeof(Overlapper[0]); index++) {
+		if (Overlapper[index] == object) {
+			Overlapper[index] = 0;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CellClass::Cell_Unit -- Returns with pointer to unit occupying cell.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will determine if a unit is occupying the cell and if so, return a pointer  *
+ *    to it. If there is no unit occupying the cell, then NULL is returned.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with pointer to unit occupying cell, else NULL.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/18/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+UnitClass * CellClass::Cell_Unit(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	return((UnitClass*)Cell_Find_Object(RTTI_UNIT));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CellClass::Cell_Infantry -- Returns with pointer of first infantry unit occupying the cell. *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine examines the cell and returns a pointer to the first infantry unit          *
+ *    that occupies it. If there is no infantry unit in the cell, then NULL is returned.       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with pointer to infantry unit occupying the cell or NULL if none are       *
+ *          present.                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/21/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+InfantryClass * CellClass::Cell_Infantry(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	return((InfantryClass*)Cell_Find_Object(RTTI_INFANTRY));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CellClass::Draw_It -- Draws the cell imagery at the location specified.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the gruntwork cell rendering code. It draws the cell at the screen location      *
+ *    specified. This routine doesn't draw any overlapping or occupying units. It only         *
+ *    deals with the ground (cell) layer -- icon level.                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   x,y   -- The screen coordinates to render the cell imagery at.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/18/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   08/21/1994 JLB : Revised for simple template objects.                                     *
+ *   11/01/1994 BRR : Updated placement cursor; draws actual object                            *
+ *   11/14/1994 BRR : Added remapping code to show passable areas                              *
+ *   12/02/1994 BRR : Added trigger display                                                    *
+ *   12/11/1994 JLB : Mixes up clear terrain through pseudo-random table.                      *
+ *   04/25/1995 JLB : Smudges drawn BELOW overlays.                                            *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void CellClass::Draw_It(int x, int y, int draw_type) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	TemplateTypeClass const *ttype = 0;
+	int	icon;		// The icon number to use from the template set.
+	CELL	cell = Cell_Number();
+	void * remap = NULL;
+#ifdef SCENARIO_EDITOR
+	TemplateTypeClass * tptr;
+	TriggerClass * trig;
+	int i;
+	char waypt[2];
+#endif
+
+	/*
+	**	Fetch a pointer to the template type associated with this cell.
+	*/
+	if (TType != TEMPLATE_NONE) {
+		ttype = &TemplateTypeClass::As_Reference(TType);
+		icon = TIcon;
+	} else {
+		ttype = &TemplateTypeClass::As_Reference(TEMPLATE_CLEAR1);
+		icon = Clear_Icon();
+	}
+
+
+	/*
+	**	Draw the stamp of the template.
+	*/
+	if (Debug_Icon) {
+		LogicPage->Fill_Rect(Map.TacPixelX+x, Map.TacPixelY+y, Map.TacPixelX+x+ICON_PIXEL_W-1, Map.TacPixelY+y+ICON_PIXEL_H-1, Sim_Random_Pick(1, 254));
+		FontXSpacing -= 2;
+		Fancy_Text_Print("%d\r%2X%c\r%02X.%02X", Map.TacPixelX+x+(ICON_PIXEL_W>>1), Map.TacPixelY+y, WHITE, TBLACK, TPF_6POINT|TPF_NOSHADOW|TPF_CENTER, cell, Flag.Composite, (Cell_Occupier() ? '*' : ' '), Overlay, OverlayData);
+		FontXSpacing += 2;
+	} else {
+
+
+		if (!draw_type || draw_type == CELL_BLIT_ONLY){
+
+
+#ifdef SCENARIO_EDITOR
+			/*
+			**	Set up the remap table for this icon.
+			*/
+			if (Debug_Map && Debug_Passable) {
+				if (::Ground[Land].Cost[0] == 0 || (Cell_Occupier() != NULL &&
+					Cell_Occupier()->What_Am_I() != RTTI_INFANTRY)) {	// impassable
+					remap = Map.FadingRed;
+				} else {
+					if (::Ground[Land].Cost[0] > 0x70) {	// pretty passable
+						remap = Map.FadingGreen;
+					} else {
+						remap = Map.FadingYellow;				// moderately passable
+					}
+				}
+			}
+#endif
+
+	// ****** maybe this icon shouldn't be drawn if it is known that the cell will be covered
+	//			 with shadow.
+			/*
+			**	This is the underlying terrain icon.
+			*/
+			if (ttype->Get_Image_Data()) {
+				LogicPage->Draw_Stamp(ttype->Get_Image_Data(), icon, x, y, NULL, WINDOW_TACTICAL);
+				if (remap) {
+					LogicPage->Remap(x+Map.TacPixelX, y+Map.TacPixelY, ICON_PIXEL_W, ICON_PIXEL_H, remap);
+				}
+			}
+
+
+#ifdef SCENARIO_EDITOR
+			/*
+			**	Draw the map editor's "current" cell. This is the cell that can be
+			**	assigned attributes such as tag labels.
+			**	This must be draw before the placement cursor, but after drawing the
+			**	objects in the cell.
+			*/
+			if (Debug_Map && CurrentCell == Cell_Number()) {
+				LogicPage->Draw_Rect(x+Map.TacPixelX, y+Map.TacPixelY, Map.TacPixelX + x + CELL_PIXEL_W - 1, Map.TacPixelY + y + CELL_PIXEL_H - 1, YELLOW);
+			}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+			/*
+			**	Special concrete render. It always renders over the underlying
+			**	terrain unless this concrete piece will cover the entire terrain
+			**	piece.
+			*/
+			if (Concrete) {
+				LogicPage->Draw_Stamp(TemplateTypeClass::As_Pointer(TEMPLATE_CONCRETE_GDI)->Get_Image_Data(), Concrete-1, x, y, NULL, WINDOW_TACTICAL);
+			}
+#endif
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Redraw any smudge.
+		*/
+		if (Smudge != SMUDGE_NONE) {
+#ifdef NEVER
+			switch (Smudge) {
+				case SMUDGE_BIB1:
+					CC_Draw_Shape(Bib1, SmudgeData, x, y, WINDOW_TACTICAL, SHAPE_WIN_REL);
+					break;
+
+				case SMUDGE_BIB2:
+					CC_Draw_Shape(Bib2, SmudgeData, x, y, WINDOW_TACTICAL, SHAPE_WIN_REL);
+					break;
+
+				case SMUDGE_BIB3:
+					CC_Draw_Shape(Bib3, SmudgeData, x, y, WINDOW_TACTICAL, SHAPE_WIN_REL);
+					break;
+			}
+#endif
+			SmudgeTypeClass::As_Reference(Smudge).Draw_It(x, y, SmudgeData);
+		}
+
+
+		if (!draw_type || draw_type == CELL_DRAW_ONLY){
+
+			/*
+			**	Draw the overlay object.
+			*/
+			if (Overlay != OVERLAY_NONE) {
+				OverlayTypeClass const & otype = OverlayTypeClass::As_Reference(Overlay);
+				IsTheaterShape = (bool)otype.IsTheater;
+				CC_Draw_Shape(otype.Get_Image_Data(), OverlayData, (x+(CELL_PIXEL_W>>1)), (y+(CELL_PIXEL_H>>1)), WINDOW_TACTICAL, SHAPE_CENTER|SHAPE_WIN_REL|SHAPE_GHOST, NULL, Map.UnitShadow);
+				IsTheaterShape = false;
+			}
+
+	#ifdef SCENARIO_EDITOR
+			if (Debug_Map) {
+				/*
+				**	Draw the cell's Trigger mnemonic, if it has a trigger
+				*/
+				if (IsTrigger) {
+					trig = Get_Trigger();
+					Fancy_Text_Print(trig->Get_Name(), x+Map.TacPixelX, y+Map.TacPixelY, PINK, TBLACK, TPF_NOSHADOW|TPF_6POINT);
+				}
+
+				/*
+				**	Draw the cell's Waypoint designation if there is one.
+				*/
+				if (IsWaypoint) {
+					for (i = 0; i < 26; i++) {
+						if (Waypoint[i]==Cell_Number()) {
+							waypt[0] = 'A' + i;
+							waypt[1] = 0;
+							Fancy_Text_Print(waypt, Map.TacPixelX + x + CELL_PIXEL_W / 2,
+								Map.TacPixelY + y + (CELL_PIXEL_H / 2) - 3, YELLOW, TBLACK,
+								TPF_NOSHADOW | TPF_6POINT | TPF_CENTER);
+							break;
+						}
+					}
+					if (Waypoint[WAYPT_HOME] == Cell_Number()) {
+							Fancy_Text_Print("Home", Map.TacPixelX + x, Map.TacPixelY + y + (CELL_PIXEL_H) - 7,
+							WHITE, TBLACK, TPF_NOSHADOW | TPF_6POINT);
+					}
+					if (Waypoint[WAYPT_REINF] == Cell_Number()) {
+							Fancy_Text_Print("Reinf", Map.TacPixelX + x, Map.TacPixelY + y + (CELL_PIXEL_H) - 7,
+							WHITE, TBLACK, TPF_NOSHADOW | TPF_6POINT);
+					}
+				}
+			}
+	#endif
+
+			/*
+			**	Draw the placement cursor:
+			**	- First, draw the hash-mark cursor, so it will appear underneath
+			**	  any cursor being drawn
+			**	- If the PendingObject is a template, overlay, or smudge, draw it
+			**	- Otherwise, it's up to the Display.Refresh_Map() routine to draw it
+			*/
+			if (IsCursorHere) {
+
+				/*
+				**	Draw the hash-mark cursor:
+				*/
+				if (Map.ProximityCheck && Is_Generally_Clear()) {
+					LogicPage->Draw_Stamp(Map.TransIconset, 0, x, y, NULL, WINDOW_TACTICAL);
+				} else {
+					LogicPage->Draw_Stamp(Map.TransIconset, 2, x, y, NULL, WINDOW_TACTICAL);
+				}
+
+	#ifdef SCENARIO_EDITOR
+				if (Debug_Map && Map.PendingObject) {
+
+					switch (Map.PendingObject->What_Am_I()) {
+
+						/*
+						**	Draw a template:
+						**	- Compute the icon offset of this cell for this template, using
+						**	  ZoneCell+ZoneOffset to get the upper-left corner of the placement
+						**	  cursor
+						**	- Draw the icon
+						*/
+						case RTTI_TEMPLATETYPE:
+							tptr = (TemplateTypeClass *)Map.PendingObject;
+							if (tptr->Get_Image_Data()) {
+								icon = (Cell_X(cell) - Cell_X(Map.ZoneCell + Map.ZoneOffset)) +
+									(Cell_Y(cell) - Cell_Y(Map.ZoneCell + Map.ZoneOffset)) *
+									tptr->Width;
+								LogicPage->Draw_Stamp(tptr->Get_Image_Data(), icon, x, y, NULL, WINDOW_TACTICAL);
+							}
+							break;
+
+						/*
+						**	Draw an overlay; just use the existing 'OverlayData' even though
+						**	it means nothing.
+						*/
+						case RTTI_OVERLAYTYPE:
+							OverlayTypeClass::As_Reference(((OverlayTypeClass *)Map.PendingObject)->Type).Draw_It(x, y, OverlayData);
+							break;
+
+						/*
+						**	Draw a smudge
+						*/
+						case RTTI_SMUDGETYPE:
+							SmudgeTypeClass::As_Reference(((SmudgeTypeClass *)Map.PendingObject)->Type).Draw_It(x, y, 0);
+							break;
+					}
+				}
+	#endif
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	Draw the flag if there is one located at this cell.
+			*/
+			if (IsFlagged) {
+				void const * remap = HouseClass::As_Pointer(Owner)->Remap_Table(false, false);
+				CC_Draw_Shape(MixFileClass::Retrieve("FLAGFLY.SHP"), Frame % 14, x+(ICON_PIXEL_W/2), y+(ICON_PIXEL_H/2), WINDOW_TACTICAL, SHAPE_CENTER|SHAPE_GHOST|SHAPE_FADING, remap, Map.UnitShadow);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CellClass::Concrete_Calc -- Calculates the concrete icon to use for the cell.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine examines the cells around the current one and from this, determines what    *
+ *    concrete icon shape to use (if any). The cell data is adjusted and the cell is marked    *
+ *    for redraw if the icon changed.                                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/01/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void CellClass::Concrete_Calc(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	static FacingType _even[5] = {FACING_N, FACING_S, FACING_SW, FACING_W, FACING_NW};
+	static FacingType _odd[5] = {FACING_N, FACING_NE, FACING_E, FACING_SE, FACING_S};
+	FacingType *ptr;		// Working pointer into adjacent cell list.
+	int	index;	// Constructed bit index.
+	int	icon;		// Icon number.
+	bool	isodd;	// Is this for the odd column?
+
+#define	OF_N	0x01
+#define	OF_NE	0x02
+#define	OF_E	0x04
+#define	OF_SE	0x08
+#define	OF_S	0x10
+
+#define	EF_N	0x01
+#define	EF_NW	0x10
+#define	EF_W	0x08
+#define	EF_SW	0x04
+#define	EF_S	0x02
+
+	/*
+	**	Determine if the even or odd row logic is necessary.
+	*/
+	isodd = ((Cell_Number() & 0x01) != 0);
+
+	/*
+	**	Fetch correct pointer depending on whether this is for an
+	**	odd or even row.
+	*/
+	ptr = (isodd) ? _odd : _even;
+
+	/*
+	**	Build an index according to the presence of concrete in the special
+	**	adjacent cells. This is a short list of adjacent cell flags since
+	**	only 5 adjacent cells need to be examined. The choice of which 5
+	**	depends on whether this is for an even or odd column.
+	*/
+	index = 0;
+	for (int i = 0; i < (sizeof(_even)/sizeof(_even[0])); i++) {
+		CellClass & cellptr = Adjacent_Cell(*ptr++);
+
+//		if ((cellptr->IsConcrete) ||
+//					cellptr->Concrete == C_UPDOWN_RIGHT ||
+//					cellptr->Concrete == C_UPDOWN_LEFT) {
+
+		if (cellptr.Overlay == OVERLAY_CONCRETE) {
+			index |= (1<<i);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Special logic occurs for cells that are concrete filled.
+	*/
+	if (Overlay == OVERLAY_CONCRETE) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Process the index value and place the appropriate concrete icon
+		**	in the cell.
+		*/
+		if (isodd) {
+			switch (index) {
+				case OF_NE:
+				case OF_N|OF_NE:
+				case OF_E|OF_N:
+				case OF_E|OF_NE:
+				case OF_N|OF_NE|OF_E:
+				case OF_S|OF_N|OF_NE:
+					icon = C_RIGHT_UP;		// right - up
+					break;
+
+				case OF_SE:
+				case OF_E|OF_SE:
+				case OF_S|OF_SE:
+				case OF_S|OF_E:
+				case OF_S|OF_SE|OF_E:
+				case OF_S|OF_SE|OF_N:
+					icon = C_RIGHT_DOWN;		// right - down
+					break;
+
+				case OF_SE|OF_NE:
+				case OF_SE|OF_NE|OF_N:
+				case OF_SE|OF_NE|OF_S:
+				case OF_SE|OF_NE|OF_S|OF_N:
+				case OF_SE|OF_E|OF_N:
+				case OF_SE|OF_E|OF_NE|OF_N:
+				case OF_S|OF_E|OF_N:
+				case OF_S|OF_E|OF_NE:
+				case OF_S|OF_E|OF_NE|OF_N:
+				case OF_S|OF_SE|OF_E|OF_N:
+				case OF_S|OF_SE|OF_E|OF_NE|OF_N:
+				case OF_S|OF_SE|OF_E|OF_NE:
+					icon = C_RIGHT_UPDOWN;		// right - up - down
+					break;
+
+				default:
+					icon = C_RIGHT;		// right
+					break;
+			}
+		} else {
+			switch (index) {
+				case EF_NW:
+				case EF_NW|EF_N:
+				case EF_W|EF_N:
+				case EF_NW|EF_W|EF_N:
+				case EF_NW|EF_W:
+				case EF_NW|EF_S|EF_N:
+					icon = C_LEFT_UP;		// left - up
+					break;
+
+				case EF_SW:
+				case EF_SW|EF_S:
+				case EF_W|EF_S:
+				case EF_W|EF_SW|EF_S:
+				case EF_W|EF_SW:
+				case EF_SW|EF_S|EF_N:
+					icon = C_LEFT_DOWN;		// left - down
+					break;
+
+				case EF_NW|EF_SW:
+				case EF_NW|EF_SW|EF_N:
+				case EF_NW|EF_SW|EF_S:
+				case EF_NW|EF_SW|EF_S|EF_N:
+				case EF_W|EF_S|EF_N:
+				case EF_W|EF_SW|EF_N:
+				case EF_W|EF_SW|EF_S|EF_N:
+				case EF_NW|EF_W|EF_S:
+				case EF_NW|EF_W|EF_S|EF_N:
+				case EF_NW|EF_W|EF_SW|EF_S|EF_N:
+				case EF_NW|EF_W|EF_SW|EF_N:
+				case EF_NW|EF_W|EF_SW|EF_S:
+					icon = C_LEFT_UPDOWN;		// left - up - down
+					break;
+
+				default:
+					icon = C_LEFT;		// left
+					break;
+			}
+		}
+
+	} else {
+
+		// Presume that no concrete piece is needed.
+		icon = C_NONE;
+		if (isodd) {
+			index &= ~(OF_NE|OF_SE);		// Ignore diagonals.
+			switch (index) {
+				case OF_N|OF_E:
+					icon = C_UP_RIGHT;		// up right
+					break;
+
+				case OF_E|OF_S:
+					icon = C_DOWN_RIGHT;		// down right
+					break;
+
+				case OF_N|OF_E|OF_S:
+					icon = C_UPDOWN_RIGHT;	// up/down right
+					break;
+
+				default:
+					break;
+			}
+		} else {
+			index &= ~(EF_NW|EF_SW);		// Ignore diagonals.
+			switch (index) {
+				case EF_N|EF_W:
+					icon = C_UP_LEFT;		// up left
+					break;
+
+				case EF_W|EF_S:
+					icon = C_DOWN_LEFT;		// down left
+					break;
+
+				case EF_N|EF_W|EF_S:
+					icon = C_UPDOWN_LEFT;		// up/down left
+					break;
+
+				default:
+					break;
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	If any kind of fixup piece is needed, then add concrete
+		**	to this location RECURSIVELY!
+		*/
+		if (icon != C_NONE) {
+			OverlayTypeClass::As_Reference(OVERLAY_CONCRETE).Create_And_Place(Cell_Number());
+			icon = C_NONE;
+		}
+
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Update the icon on the map.
+	*/
+	if (icon != C_NONE && OverlayData != icon) {
+		OverlayData = icon;
+		//Array[cell].Base = 0;
+		Redraw_Objects();
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CellClass::Wall_Update -- Updates the imagery for wall objects in cell.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will examine the cell and the adjacent cells to determine what the wall     *
+ *    should look like with the cell. It will then update the wall's imagery value and flag    *
+ *    the cell to be redrawn if necessary. This routine should be called whenever the wall     *
+ *    or an adjacent wall is created or destroyed.                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/19/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   09/19/1994 BWG : Updated to handle partially-damaged walls.                               *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void CellClass::Wall_Update(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	static FacingType _offsets[5] = {FACING_N, FACING_E, FACING_S, FACING_W, FACING_NONE};
+
+	for (unsigned index = 0; index < (sizeof(_offsets)/sizeof(_offsets[0])); index++) {
+		CellClass & newcell = Adjacent_Cell(_offsets[index]);
+
+		if (newcell.Overlay != OVERLAY_NONE && OverlayTypeClass::As_Reference(newcell.Overlay).IsWall) {
+			int	icon = 0;
+
+			/*
+			**	Build the icon number according to walls located in the adjacent
+			**	cells.
+			*/
+			for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
+				if (newcell.Adjacent_Cell(_offsets[i]).Overlay == newcell.Overlay) {
+					icon |= 1 << i;
+				}
+			}
+			newcell.OverlayData = (newcell.OverlayData & 0xFFF0) | icon;
+//			newcell.OverlayData = icon;
+
+			/*
+			**	Handle special cases for the incomplete damaged wall sets. If a damage stage
+			**	is calculated, but there is no artwork for it, then consider the wall to be
+			**	completely destroyed.
+			*/
+			if (newcell.Overlay == OVERLAY_BRICK_WALL && newcell.OverlayData == 48) {
+				newcell.Overlay = OVERLAY_NONE;
+				newcell.OverlayData = 0;
+				ObjectClass::Detach_This_From_All(::As_Target(newcell.Cell_Number()), true);
+			}
+			if (newcell.Overlay == OVERLAY_SANDBAG_WALL && newcell.OverlayData == 16) {
+				newcell.Overlay = OVERLAY_NONE;
+				newcell.OverlayData = 0;
+				ObjectClass::Detach_This_From_All(::As_Target(newcell.Cell_Number()), true);
+			}
+			if (newcell.Overlay == OVERLAY_CYCLONE_WALL && newcell.OverlayData == 32) {
+				newcell.Overlay = OVERLAY_NONE;
+				newcell.OverlayData = 0;
+				ObjectClass::Detach_This_From_All(::As_Target(newcell.Cell_Number()), true);
+			}
+			if (newcell.Overlay == OVERLAY_BARBWIRE_WALL && newcell.OverlayData == 16) {
+				newcell.Overlay = OVERLAY_NONE;
+				newcell.OverlayData = 0;
+				ObjectClass::Detach_This_From_All(::As_Target(newcell.Cell_Number()), true);
+			}
+
+			newcell.Recalc_Attributes();
+			newcell.Redraw_Objects();
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CellClass::Cell_Coord -- Returns the coordinate of this cell.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This support function will determine the coordinate of this cell and return it.          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with coordinate value of cell.                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/19/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+COORDINATE CellClass::Cell_Coord(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	return(::Cell_Coord(Cell_Number()));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CellClass::Reduce_Tiberium -- Reduces the tiberium in the cell by the amount specified.     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will lower the tiberium level in the cell. It is used by the harvesting     *
+ *    process as well as by combat damage to the tiberium fields.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   levels   -- The number of levels to reduce the tiberium.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the tiberium level reduced by at least one level?                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/19/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int CellClass::Reduce_Tiberium(int levels)
+{
+	Validate();
+	int reducer = 0;
+
+	if (levels && Land == LAND_TIBERIUM) {
+		if (OverlayData > levels) {
+			OverlayData -= levels;
+			reducer = levels;
+		} else {
+			Overlay = OVERLAY_NONE;
+			reducer = OverlayData;
+			OverlayData = 0;
+			Recalc_Attributes();
+		}
+	}
+	return(reducer);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CellClass::Reduce_Wall -- Damages a wall, if damage is high enough.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will change the wall shape used for a wall if it's damaged.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   damage   -- The number of damage points the wall was hit with.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the wall destroyed?                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/15/1995 BWG : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   03/19/1995 JLB : Updates cell information if wall was destroyed.                          *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int CellClass::Reduce_Wall(int damage)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (Overlay != OVERLAY_NONE) {
+		bool destroyed = false;
+		OverlayTypeClass const & wall = OverlayTypeClass::As_Reference(Overlay);
+
+		if (wall.IsWall) {
+
+			/*
+			**	If the damage was great enough to ensure wall destruction, reduce the wall by one
+			**	level (no more). Otherwise determine wall reduction based on a percentage chance
+			**	proportional to the damage received and the wall's strength.
+			*/
+			if (damage >= wall.DamagePoints) {
+				destroyed = true;
+			} else {
+				destroyed = Random_Pick(0, wall.DamagePoints) < damage;
+			}
+
+			if (destroyed) {
+				OverlayData+=16;
+				if ((OverlayData>>4) >= wall.DamageLevels) {
+					ObjectClass::Detach_This_From_All(As_Target());
+					Owner = HOUSE_NONE;
+					Overlay = OVERLAY_NONE;
+					OverlayData = 0;
+					Recalc_Attributes();
+					Redraw_Objects();
+					Adjacent_Cell(FACING_N).Wall_Update();
+					Adjacent_Cell(FACING_W).Wall_Update();
+					Adjacent_Cell(FACING_S).Wall_Update();
+					Adjacent_Cell(FACING_E).Wall_Update();
+					return(true);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CellClass::Get_Trigger -- retrieves reference to the cell's trigger                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      TriggerClass reference                                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      Never call this function unless the IsTrigger flag is set for the cell!                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/01/1994 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TriggerClass * CellClass::Get_Trigger(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (IsTrigger) {
+		return(CellTriggers[Cell_Number()]);
+	}
+	return(NULL);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CellClass::Spot_Index -- returns cell sub-coord index for given COORD                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      coord      COORD to compute index for                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      index into StoppingCoord that's closest to this coord                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/21/1994 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *   12/10/1994 JLB : Uses alternate sub-position algorithm.                                   *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int CellClass::Spot_Index(COORDINATE coord)
+{
+	COORDINATE rel = coord & 0x00FF00FFL;		// Sub coordinate value within cell.
+
+	/*
+	**	If the coordinate is close enough to the center of the cell, then return
+	**	the center position index.
+	*/
+	if (Distance(rel, 0x00800080L) < 60) {
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Since the center cell position has been eliminated, a simple comparison
+	**	as related to the center of the cell can be used to determine the sub
+	**	position. Take advantage of the fact that the sub positions are organized
+	**	from left to right, top to bottom.
+	*/
+	int index = 0;
+	if (Coord_X(rel) > 0x80) index |= 0x01;
+	if (Coord_Y(rel) > 0x80) index |= 0x02;
+	return(index+1);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CellClass::Closest_Free_Spot -- returns free spot closest to given coord                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * Similar to the CellClass::Free_Spot; this routine finds the spot in                         *
+ * the cell closest to the given coordinate, and returns the COORD of                          *
+ * that spot if it's available, NULL if it's not.                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *  coord   coordinate to check (only sub cell position examined)                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          any   -- If only the closest spot is desired regardless of whether it is free or   *
+ *                   not, then this parameter will be true.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *  COORD of free spot, NULL if none. The coordinate return value does not alter the cell      *
+ *             coordinate data portions of the coordinate passed in. Only the lower sub-cell   *
+ *             data is altered.                                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *  none.                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/08/1994 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *   12/10/1994 JLB : Picks best of closest stopping positions.                                *
+ *   12/21/1994 JLB : Adds a mix-up factor if center location is occupied.                     *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+COORDINATE CellClass::Closest_Free_Spot(COORDINATE coord, bool any) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	int spot_index = Spot_Index(coord);
+
+	/*
+	**	This precalculated sequence table records the closest spots to any given spot. Sequential
+	**	examination of these spots for availability ensures that the closes available one is
+	**	discovered first.
+	*/
+	static unsigned char _sequence[5][4] = {
+		{1,2,3,4},
+		{0,2,3,4},
+		{0,1,4,3},
+		{0,1,4,2},
+		{0,2,3,1}
+	};
+
+	/*
+	**	In the case of the center coordinate being requested, but is occupied, then all other
+	**	sublocations are equidistant. Instead of picking a static sequence of examination, the
+	**	order is mixed up by way of this table.
+	*/
+	static unsigned char _alternate[4][4] = {
+		{1,2,3,4},
+		{2,3,4,1},
+		{3,4,1,2},
+		{4,1,2,3},
+	};
+	coord &= 0xFF00FF00L;
+
+	/*
+	**	Cells occupied by buildings or vehicles don't have any free spots.
+	*/
+	if (!any && (Flag.Occupy.Vehicle || Flag.Occupy.Monolith)) {
+		return(NULL);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If just the nearest position is desired regardless of whether occupied or not,
+	**	then just return with the stopping coordinate value.
+	*/
+	if (any || Is_Spot_Free(spot_index)) {
+		return(Coord_Add(coord, StoppingCoordAbs[spot_index]));
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Scan through all available sub-locations in the cell in order to determine
+	**	the closest one to the coordinate requested. Use precalculated table so that
+	**	when the first free position is found, bail.
+	*/
+	unsigned char *sequence;
+	if (spot_index == 0) {
+		sequence = &_alternate[Random_Pick(0,3)][0];
+	} else {
+		sequence = &_sequence[spot_index][0];
+	}
+	for (int index = 0; index < 4; index++) {
+		int pos = *sequence++;
+
+		if (Is_Spot_Free(pos)) {
+			return(Coord_Add(coord, StoppingCoordAbs[pos]));
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	No free spot could be found so return a NULL coordinate.
+	*/
+	return(0x00000000L);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CellClass::Clear_Icon -- Calculates what the clear icon number should be.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This support routine will determine what the clear icon number would be for the cell.    *
+ *    The icon number is determined by converting the cell number into an index into a         *
+ *    lookup table. This yields what appears to be a randomized map without the necessity of   *
+ *    generating and recording randomized map numbers.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the icon number for clear terrain if it were displayed at the         *
+ *          cell.                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/26/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   06/09/1995 JLB : Uses 16 entry scramble algorithm.                                        *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int CellClass::Clear_Icon(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	CELL cell = Cell_Number();
+	return((cell & 0x03) | ((cell>>4) & 0x0C));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CellClass::Incoming -- Causes objects in cell to "run for cover".                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called whenever a great, but slow moving, threat is presented to the     *
+ *    occupants of a cell. The occupants will, in most cases, stop what they are doing and     *
+ *    try to get out of the way.                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   threat      -- The coordinate source of the threat.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          forced      -- If this threat is so major that the occupants should stop what      *
+ *                         they are doing, then this parameter should be set to true.          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/10/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void CellClass::Incoming(COORDINATE threat, bool forced)
+{
+	Validate();
+	ObjectClass * object = NULL;
+
+	object = Cell_Occupier();
+	while (object) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Special check to make sure that friendly units never scatter.
+		*/
+		if (Special.IsScatter || (object->Is_Techno() && !((TechnoClass *)object)->House->IsHuman)) {
+			if (object->What_Am_I() == RTTI_INFANTRY) {
+				object->Scatter(threat, forced);
+			} else {
+				object->Scatter(threat, forced);
+//				object->Scatter(threat, false);
+			}
+		}
+		object = object->Next;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CellClass::Adjacent_Cell -- Determines the adjacent cell according to facing.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to return a reference to the adjacent cell in the direction specified.  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   face  -- The direction to use when determining the adjacent cell.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a reference to the adjacent cell.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   If the facing value is invalid, then a reference to the same cell is returned.  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+CellClass const & CellClass::Adjacent_Cell(FacingType face) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	if ((unsigned)face >= FACING_COUNT) {
+		return(*this);
+	}
+
+	CellClass const * ptr = this + AdjacentCell[face];
+	if (ptr->Cell_Number() & 0xF000) return(*this);
+	return(*ptr);
+//	return(*(this + AdjacentCell[face]));
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * CellClass::Adjust_Threat -- Allows adjustment of threat at cell level   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   04/24/1995 PWG : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void CellClass::Adjust_Threat(HousesType house, int threat_value)
+{
+	Validate();
+	int region = Map.Cell_Region(Cell_Number());
+
+	for (HousesType lp = HOUSE_FIRST; lp < HOUSE_COUNT; lp ++) {
+		if (lp == house) continue;
+
+		HouseClass *house_ptr = HouseClass::As_Pointer(lp);
+		if (house_ptr && (!house_ptr->IsHuman || !house_ptr->Is_Ally(house))) {
+			house_ptr->Adjust_Threat(region, threat_value);
+		}
+	}
+	if (Debug_Threat) {
+		Map.Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CellClass::Tiberium_Adjust -- Adjust the look of the Tiberium for smoothing purposes.       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will adjust the level of the Tiberium in the cell so that it will           *
+ *    smoothly blend with the adjacent Tiberium. This routine should only be called for        *
+ *    new Tiberium cells. Existing cells that contain Tiberium follow a different growth       *
+ *    pattern.                                                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   pregame  -- Is this a pregame call? Such a call will mixup the Tiberium overlay    *
+ *                      used.                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the added Tiberium value that is now available for harvesting.        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   The return value is only valid for the initial placement. Tiberium growth will  *
+ *             increase the net worth of the existing Tiberium.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/16/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+long CellClass::Tiberium_Adjust(bool pregame)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (Overlay != OVERLAY_NONE) {
+		if (OverlayTypeClass::As_Reference(Overlay).Land == LAND_TIBERIUM) {
+			static int _adj[9] = {0,1,3,4,6,7,8,10,11};
+			int	count = 0;
+
+			/*
+			**	Mixup the Tiberium overlays so that they don't look the same.
+			*/
+			if (pregame) {
+				Overlay = Random_Pick(OVERLAY_TIBERIUM1, OVERLAY_TIBERIUM12);
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	Add up all adjacent cells that contain tiberium.
+			** (Skip those cells which aren't on the map)
+			*/
+			for (FacingType face = FACING_FIRST; face < FACING_COUNT; face++) {
+				CELL cell = Cell_Number() + AdjacentCell[face];
+
+				CellClass & adj = Adjacent_Cell(face);
+
+				if (adj.Overlay != OVERLAY_NONE &&
+					OverlayTypeClass::As_Reference(adj.Overlay).Land == LAND_TIBERIUM) {
+					count++;
+				}
+			}
+
+			OverlayData = _adj[count];
+			return((OverlayData+1) * UnitTypeClass::TIBERIUM_STEP);
+		}
+	}
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CellClass::Goodie_Check -- Performs crate discovery logic.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Call this routine whenever an object enters a cell. It will check for the existance      *
+ *    of a crate and generate any "goodie" it might contain.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   object   -- Pointer to the object that is triggering this crate.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Can the object continue to enter this cell? A false return value means that the    *
+ *          cell is now occupied and must not be entered.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/22/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   07/08/1995 JLB : Added a bunch of goodies to the crates.                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool CellClass::Goodie_Check(FootClass * object)
+{
+	Validate();
+	enum {
+		MONEY,			// Cash award.
+		UNIT,				// A free unit.
+		NUKE,				// A nuclear device that explodes.
+		ION,				// Calls forth an ion blast on discoverer.
+		NUKE_MISSILE,	// Gets a one time nuclear missile options.
+		ION_BLAST,		// Gets a one time ion blast option.
+		AIR_STRIKE,		// Gets a one time air strike option.
+		HEAL_BASE,		// Heals the player's entire base.
+		CLOAK,			// Units in region gain cloak ability.
+		EXPLOSION,		// Conventional explosion.
+		NAPALM,			// A napalm explosion.
+		SQUAD,			// A mixed squad of friendly infantry appear.
+		VISCEROID,		// A visceroid appears!
+		DARKNESS,		// Shroud the entire map.
+		REVEAL,			// Reveal the entire map.
+		TOTAL_CRATES,
+	};
+	static int _what[] = {
+		DARKNESS,DARKNESS,
+		REVEAL,REVEAL,
+		NUKE,
+//		ION,ION,
+		NUKE_MISSILE,
+		ION_BLAST,ION_BLAST,
+		AIR_STRIKE,AIR_STRIKE,AIR_STRIKE,AIR_STRIKE,
+		HEAL_BASE,HEAL_BASE,
+		CLOAK,CLOAK,
+		EXPLOSION,EXPLOSION,EXPLOSION,EXPLOSION,
+		NAPALM,NAPALM,NAPALM,
+		SQUAD,SQUAD,SQUAD,SQUAD,SQUAD,
+		UNIT,UNIT,UNIT,UNIT,UNIT,
+		VISCEROID
+	};
+
+
+	/*
+	** Crate types are only defined here so it needs to match my new global crate total ST - 6/4/96 2:16PM
+	*/
+#if (TOTAL_CRATES) == (TOTAL_CRATE_TYPES)
+
+#else
+	//Huge_Errrrror..... Oh NO!
+
+#endif
+
+
+	if (object && Overlay != OVERLAY_NONE && OverlayTypeClass::As_Reference(Overlay).IsCrate) {
+		bool steel = (Overlay == OVERLAY_STEEL_CRATE);
+		COORDINATE coord;			// Temporary working coordinate value.
+
+		/*
+		**	A triggered crate is automatically destroyed regardless of who or how
+		**	it was triggered.
+		*/
+		Redraw_Objects();
+		Overlay = OVERLAY_NONE;
+		OverlayData = 0;
+
+		if (steel) {
+			if (object->Owner() == HOUSE_BAD) {
+				object->House->Add_Nuke_Piece();
+				new AnimClass(ANIM_CRATE_EMPULSE, Cell_Coord());
+			}
+
+		} else {
+
+			int index;
+			UnitClass * unit = 0;
+			unsigned damage = 0;
+			int what = MONEY;
+
+			if (GameToPlay != GAME_NORMAL && (Random_Pick(1, 2) == 1 || !object->House->BScan)) {
+				what = -1;
+
+				/*
+				**	If the player has a construction yeard and practically no money and no legitmate means
+				**	to make any more money, then give money to build a refinery.
+				*/
+				if ((object->House->BScan & (STRUCTF_CONST|STRUCTF_REFINERY)) == STRUCTF_CONST &&
+					object->House->Available_Money() < BuildingTypeClass::As_Reference(STRUCT_REFINERY).Cost) {
+
+					what = MONEY;
+				}
+
+				/*
+				**	If the player should get an MCV replacement, then give it now (probably).
+				*/
+				if (Random_Pick(0, 1) == 0 &&
+					MPlayerBases &&
+					!(object->House->UScan & UNITF_MCV) &&
+					object->House->BScan == 0 &&
+					object->House->Available_Money() > (BuildingTypeClass::As_Reference(STRUCT_REFINERY).Cost + BuildingTypeClass::As_Reference(STRUCT_POWER).Cost)) {
+
+					what = UNIT;
+				}
+
+				while (what == -1) {
+					what = _what[Random_Pick((unsigned)0, sizeof(_what)/sizeof(_what[0])-1)];
+
+					if (what == REVEAL && object->House->IsVisionary) what = -1;
+					if (what == AIR_STRIKE && object->House->AirStrike.Is_Present()) what = -1;
+					if (what == NUKE_MISSILE && object->House->NukeStrike.Is_Present()) what = -1;
+					if (what == ION_BLAST && object->House->IonCannon.Is_Present()) what = -1;
+					if (what == CLOAK && object->IsCloakable) what = -1;
+				}
+			}
+
+			/*
+			** Keep track of the number of each type of crate found
+			*/
+			if (GameToPlay == GAME_INTERNET){
+				object->House->TotalCrates->Increment_Unit_Total(what);
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	Update the crate count and when all the crates have been discovered, flag
+			**	to generate a new one.
+			*/
+			CrateCount--;
+			if (!CrateMaker && CrateCount <= 0 && GameToPlay != GAME_NORMAL) {
+				CrateMaker = true;
+				CrateTimer = 1;
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	Create the effect requested.
+			*/
+			switch (what) {
+				default:
+
+				/*
+				**	Give the player money.
+				*/
+				case MONEY:
+					new AnimClass(ANIM_CRATE_DOLLAR, Cell_Coord());
+					if (GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL) {
+						HouseClass::As_Pointer(object->Owner())->Refund_Money(2000);
+					} else {
+						HouseClass::As_Pointer(object->Owner())->Refund_Money(100 + (Random_Pick(0,19)*100));
+					}
+					break;
+
+				/*
+				**	Shroud the world in blackness.
+				*/
+				case DARKNESS:
+					new AnimClass(ANIM_CRATE_EMPULSE, Cell_Coord());
+					if (object->House == PlayerPtr) {
+						for (CELL cell = 0; cell < MAP_CELL_TOTAL; cell++) {
+							CellClass * cellptr = &Map[cell];
+							if (cellptr->IsMapped || cellptr->IsVisible) {
+								cellptr->Redraw_Objects();
+								cellptr->IsMapped = false;
+								cellptr->IsVisible = false;
+							}
+						}
+						for (int index = 0; index < Map.Layer[LAYER_GROUND].Count(); index++) {
+							ObjectClass * object = Map.Layer[LAYER_GROUND][index];
+							if (object && object->Is_Techno() && ((TechnoClass *)object)->House == PlayerPtr) {
+								object->Look();
+							}
+						}
+						Map.Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+					}
+					break;
+
+				/*
+				**	Reveal the entire map.
+				*/
+				case REVEAL:
+					new AnimClass(ANIM_CRATE_EMPULSE, Cell_Coord());
+					object->House->IsVisionary = true;
+					if (object->House == PlayerPtr) {
+						for (CELL cell = 0; cell < MAP_CELL_TOTAL; cell++) {
+							Map.Map_Cell(cell, PlayerPtr);
+						}
+					}
+					break;
+
+				/*
+				**	Try to create a unit where the crate was.
+				*/
+				case UNIT: {
+					UnitTypeClass const * utp = NULL;
+
+					/*
+					**	Give the player an MCV if he has no base left but does have more than enough
+					**	money to rebuild a new base. Of course, if he already has an MCV, then don't
+					**	give him another one.
+					*/
+					if (MPlayerBases &&
+						!(object->House->UScan & UNITF_MCV) &&
+						object->House->BScan == 0 &&
+						object->House->Available_Money() > (BuildingTypeClass::As_Reference(STRUCT_REFINERY).Cost + BuildingTypeClass::As_Reference(STRUCT_POWER).Cost)) {
+
+						utp = &UnitTypeClass::As_Reference(UNIT_MCV);
+					}
+
+					/*
+					**	If the player has a base and a refinery, but no harvester, then give him
+					**	a free one.
+					*/
+					if (!utp && (object->House->BScan & STRUCTF_REFINERY) && !(object->House->UScan & UNITF_HARVESTER)) {
+						utp = &UnitTypeClass::As_Reference(UNIT_HARVESTER);
+					}
+
+					while (!utp) {
+						UnitType utype = Random_Pick(UNIT_FIRST, (UnitType)(UNIT_COUNT-1));
+						if (utype != UNIT_MCV || MPlayerBases) {
+							utp = &UnitTypeClass::As_Reference(utype);
+							if (utp->IsCrateGoodie && (utp->Ownable & (1 << object->Owner())) && utp->Level <= BuildLevel+2) break;
+							utp = NULL;
+						}
+					}
+
+					UnitClass * unit = (UnitClass *)utp->Create_One_Of(object->House);
+					if (unit) {
+						if (unit->Unlimbo(Cell_Coord())) {
+							return(false);
+						}
+						delete unit;
+					}
+				}
+				break;
+
+				/*
+				**	Create a squad of miscellanous composition.
+				*/
+				case SQUAD:
+					for (index = 0; index < 5; index++) {
+						static InfantryType _inf[] = {
+							INFANTRY_E1,INFANTRY_E1,INFANTRY_E1,INFANTRY_E1,INFANTRY_E1,INFANTRY_E1,
+							INFANTRY_E2,
+							INFANTRY_E3,
+							INFANTRY_E4,
+							INFANTRY_E5,
+							INFANTRY_E7,
+							INFANTRY_RAMBO
+						};
+						InfantryTypeClass::As_Reference(_inf[Random_Pick((unsigned)0, sizeof(_inf)/sizeof(_inf[0])-1)]).Create_And_Place(Cell_Number(), object->Owner());
+					}
+					return(false);
+
+				/*
+				**	Sometimes an explosion of great magnitude occurs.
+				*/
+				case NUKE:
+					new AnimClass(ANIM_ATOM_BLAST, Cell_Coord());
+					break;
+
+				/*
+				**	Sometimes an explosion of great magnitude occurs.
+				*/
+				case ION:
+					new AnimClass(ANIM_ION_CANNON, Cell_Coord());
+					break;
+
+				/*
+				**	A nuclear missile was discovered. Add it to the sidebar.
+				*/
+				case NUKE_MISSILE:
+					new AnimClass(ANIM_CRATE_MISSILE, Cell_Coord());
+					if (object->House->NukeStrike.Enable(true)) {
+						if (object->IsOwnedByPlayer) {
+							Map.Add(RTTI_SPECIAL, SPC_NUCLEAR_BOMB);
+							Map.Column[1].Flag_To_Redraw();
+						}
+					}
+					break;
+
+				/*
+				**	A one time ion blast was discovered. Add it to the sidebar.
+				*/
+				case ION_BLAST:
+					new AnimClass(ANIM_CRATE_EARTH, Cell_Coord());
+					if (object->House->IonCannon.Enable(true)) {
+						if (object->IsOwnedByPlayer) {
+							Map.Add(RTTI_SPECIAL, SPC_ION_CANNON);
+							Map.Column[1].Flag_To_Redraw();
+						}
+					}
+					break;
+
+				/*
+				**	A one time air strike can be called int. Add it to the sidebar.
+				*/
+				case AIR_STRIKE:
+					new AnimClass(ANIM_CRATE_DEVIATOR, Cell_Coord());
+					if (object->House->AirStrike.Enable(true)) {
+						if (object->IsOwnedByPlayer) {
+							Map.Add(RTTI_SPECIAL, SPC_AIR_STRIKE);
+							Map.Column[1].Flag_To_Redraw();
+						}
+					}
+					break;
+
+				/*
+				**	A group of explosions are triggered around the crate.
+				*/
+				case EXPLOSION:
+					damage = 400;
+					object->Take_Damage((int&)damage, 0, WARHEAD_HE);
+					for (index = 0; index < 5; index++) {
+						COORDINATE coord = Coord_Scatter(Cell_Coord(), Random_Pick(0, 0x0200));
+						new AnimClass(ANIM_FBALL1, coord);
+						damage = 400;
+						Explosion_Damage(coord, damage, NULL, WARHEAD_HE);
+					}
+					break;
+
+				/*
+				**	A napalm blast is triggered.
+				*/
+				case NAPALM:
+					coord = Coord_Mid(Cell_Coord(), object->Center_Coord());
+					new AnimClass(ANIM_NAPALM3, coord);
+					damage = 600;
+					Explosion_Damage(coord, damage, NULL, WARHEAD_FIRE);
+					break;
+
+				/*
+				**	A visceroid appears and, boy, he's angry!
+				*/
+				case VISCEROID:
+					unit = new UnitClass(UNIT_VICE, HOUSE_JP);
+					if (unit) {
+						if (unit->Unlimbo(Cell_Coord())) {
+							return(false);
+						}
+						delete unit;
+					}
+					break;
+
+				/*
+				**	All objects within a certain range will gain the ability to cloak.
+				*/
+				case CLOAK:
+					new AnimClass(ANIM_CRATE_STEALTH, Cell_Coord());
+					for (index = 0; index < Map.Layer[LAYER_GROUND].Count(); index++) {
+						ObjectClass * obj = Map.Layer[LAYER_GROUND][index];
+
+						if (obj && obj->Is_Techno() && Distance(Cell_Coord(), obj->Center_Coord()) < 0x0300) {
+							((TechnoClass *)obj)->IsCloakable = true;
+						}
+					}
+					break;
+
+				/*
+				**	All of the player's objects heal up.
+				*/
+				case HEAL_BASE:
+					new AnimClass(ANIM_CRATE_INVUN, Cell_Coord());
+					for (index = 0; index < Logic.Count(); index++) {
+						ObjectClass * obj = Logic[index];
+
+						if (obj && object->Is_Techno() && object->House->Class->House == obj->Owner()) {
+							obj->Strength = obj->Class_Of().MaxStrength;
+						}
+					}
+					break;
+
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CellClass::Flag_Place -- Places a house flag down on the cell.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will place the house flag at this cell location.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   house -- The house that is having its flag placed here.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Was the flag successfully placed here?                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   Failure to place means that the cell is impassable for some reason.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/23/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool CellClass::Flag_Place(HousesType house)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (!IsFlagged && Is_Generally_Clear()) {
+		IsFlagged = true;
+		Owner = house;
+		Redraw_Objects();
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CellClass::Flag_Remove -- Removes the house flag from the cell.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will free the cell of any house flag that may be located there.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Was there a flag here that was removed?                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/23/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool CellClass::Flag_Remove(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (IsFlagged) {
+		IsFlagged = false;
+		Owner = HOUSE_NONE;
+		Redraw_Objects();
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CellClass::Shimmer -- Causes all objects in the cell to shimmer.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called when some event would cause a momentary disruption in the         *
+ *    cloaking device. All objects that are cloaked in the cell will have their cloaking       *
+ *    device shimmer.                                                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/29/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void CellClass::Shimmer(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	ObjectClass * object = Cell_Occupier();
+
+	while (object) {
+		object->Do_Shimmer();
+		object = object->Next;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CellClass::Cell_Occupier -- Fetches the occupier for the cell.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine returns with the first recorded occupier of this cell. A special validity   *
+ *    check is performed to ensure that there are no dead objects still marked on the          *
+ *    map.                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the first occupier object.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/17/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+ObjectClass * CellClass::Cell_Occupier(void) const
+{
+	ObjectClass * ptr = OccupierPtr;
+
+	while (ptr && !ptr->IsActive) {
+		ptr = ptr->Next;
+		((ObjectClass *&)OccupierPtr) = 0;
+	}
+
+	return(ptr);
+}
diff --git a/CELL.H b/CELL.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c621611
--- /dev/null
+++ b/CELL.H
@@ -0,0 +1,253 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\cell.h_v   2.20   16 Oct 1995 16:45:36   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : CELL.H                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : April 29, 1994                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : April 29, 1994   [JLB]                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef CELL_H
+#define CELL_H
+
+#include	"building.h"
+#include	"unit.h"
+#include	"template.h"
+
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**	Each cell on the map is controlled by the following structure.
+*/
+class CellClass
+{
+	public:
+		/*
+		**	Does this cell need to be updated on the radar map?  If something changes in the cell
+		**	that might change the radar map imagery, then this flag will be set. It gets cleared
+		**	when the cell graphic is updated to the radar map.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsPlot:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Does this cell contain the special placement cursor graphic?  This graphic is
+		**	present when selecting a site for building placement.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsCursorHere:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Is this cell mapped by the player?  A mapped cell is visible. An unmapped cell
+		**	is covered in a dark shroud. In addition to visibility, mapped cells are the only
+		**	legal place for transports to land.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsMapped:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If any part of this cell is visible (even just peeking out from under the shadow),
+		**	this this flag will be true. Mapped cells always have this flag set, but unmapped
+		**	cells might not -- it depends on where the shadow edge is located.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsVisible:1;
+
+		/*
+		** Every cell can be assigned a trigger. The same trigger can be assigned to
+		** multiple cells. This bitflag indicates whether this cell has a trigger.
+		** The trigger pointers for all cells must be stored elsewhere.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsTrigger:1;
+
+		/*
+		** Every cell can be assigned a waypoint.  A waypoint can only be assigned
+		** to one cell, and vice-versa.  This bit simply indicates whether this
+		** cell is assigned a waypoint or not.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsWaypoint:1;
+
+		/*
+		** Is this cell currently under the radar map cursor?  If so then it
+		**   needs to be updated whenever the map is updated.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsRadarCursor:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If this cell contains a house flag, then this will be true. The actual house
+		**	flag it contains is specified by the Owner field.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsFlagged:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	This contains the icon number and set to use for the base
+		**	of the terrain. All rendering on an icon occurs AFTER the icon
+		**	specified by this element is rendered. It is the lowest of the low.
+		*/
+		TemplateType TType;
+		unsigned char TIcon;
+
+		/*
+		**	The second layer of 'terrain' icons is represented by a simple
+		**	type number and a value byte. This is sufficient for handling
+		**	concrete and walls.
+		*/
+		OverlayType Overlay;
+		unsigned char OverlayData;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is used to specify any special 'stain' overlay icon. This
+		**	typically includes infantry bodies or other temporary marks.
+		*/
+		SmudgeType Smudge;
+		unsigned char SmudgeData;
+
+		/*
+		**	Smudges and walls need to record ownership values. For walls, this
+		**	allows adjacent building placement logic to work. For smudges, it
+		**	allows building over smudges that are no longer attached to buildings
+		**	in addition to fixing the adjacent placement logic.
+		*/
+		HousesType Owner;
+
+		/*
+		** This flag tells you what type of infantry currently occupy the
+		** cell or are moving into it.
+		*/
+		HousesType InfType;
+
+		/*
+		**	These point to the object(s) that are located in this cell or overlap
+		**	this cell.
+		*/
+		ObjectClass *OccupierPtr;
+		ObjectClass *Overlapper[3];
+
+		/*
+		**	This array of bit flags is used to indicate which sub positions
+		**	within the cell are either occupied or are soon going to be
+		**	occupied. For vehicles, the cells that the vehicle is passing over
+		**	will be flagged with the vehicle bit. For infantry, the the sub
+		**	position the infantry is stopped at or headed toward will be marked.
+		**	The sub positions it passes over will NOT be marked.
+		*/
+		union {
+			struct {
+				unsigned Center:1;
+				unsigned NW:1;
+				unsigned NE:1;
+				unsigned SW:1;
+				unsigned SE:1;
+				unsigned Vehicle:1;		// Reserved for vehicle occupation.
+				unsigned Monolith:1;		// Some immovable blockage is in cell.
+				unsigned Building:1;		// A building of some time (usually blocks movement).
+			} Occupy;
+			unsigned char Composite;
+		} Flag;
+
+		//----------------------------------------------------------------
+		CellClass(void);
+		~CellClass(void) {};
+
+		int operator == (CellClass const & cell) const {return &cell == this;};
+
+		/*
+		**	Query functions.
+		*/
+		ObjectClass *  Cell_Occupier(void) const;
+		static int  Spot_Index(COORDINATE coord);
+		bool  Is_Spot_Free(int spot_index) const {return (! (Flag.Composite & (1 << spot_index)) ); }
+		COORDINATE  Closest_Free_Spot(COORDINATE coord, bool any=false) const;
+		COORDINATE  Free_Spot(void) const {return Closest_Free_Spot(Cell_Coord());};
+		bool  Is_Generally_Clear(void) const;
+		TARGET  As_Target(void) const {return ::As_Target(Cell_Number());};
+		BuildingClass *  Cell_Building(void) const;
+		CellClass const &  Adjacent_Cell(FacingType face) const;
+		CellClass &  Adjacent_Cell(FacingType face) {return (CellClass &)((*((CellClass const *)this)).Adjacent_Cell(face));};
+		COORDINATE  Cell_Coord(void) const;
+		int  Cell_Color(bool override=false) const;
+		CELL  Cell_Number(void) const;
+		LandType  Land_Type(void) const {return Land;};
+		ObjectClass *  Cell_Find_Object(RTTIType rtti) const;
+		ObjectClass *  Cell_Object(int x=0, int y=0) const;
+		TechnoClass *  Cell_Techno(int x=0, int y=0) const;
+		TerrainClass *  Cell_Terrain(void) const;
+		UnitClass *  Cell_Unit(void) const;
+		InfantryClass *  Cell_Infantry(void) const;
+		TriggerClass *  Get_Trigger(void) const;
+		int  Clear_Icon(void) const;
+		bool  Goodie_Check(FootClass * object);
+		ObjectClass *  Fetch_Occupier(void) const;
+
+		/*
+		**	Object placement and removal flag operations.
+		*/
+		void  Occupy_Down(ObjectClass * object);
+		void  Occupy_Up(ObjectClass * object);
+		void  Overlap_Down(ObjectClass * object);
+		void  Overlap_Up(ObjectClass * object);
+		bool  Flag_Place(HousesType house);
+		bool  Flag_Remove(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	File I/O.
+		*/
+		bool  Should_Save(void) const;
+		bool  Save(FileClass & file);
+		bool  Load(FileClass & file);
+		void  Code_Pointers(void);
+		void  Decode_Pointers(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	Display and rendering controls.
+		*/
+		void  Draw_It(int x, int y, int draw_flags = 0) const;
+		void  Redraw_Objects(bool forced=false);
+		void  Shimmer(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	Maintenance calculation support.
+		*/
+		long  Tiberium_Adjust(bool pregame=false);
+		void  Wall_Update(void);
+		void  Concrete_Calc(void);
+		void  Recalc_Attributes(void);
+		int   Reduce_Tiberium(int levels);
+		int   Reduce_Wall(int damage);
+		void  Incoming(COORDINATE threat=0, bool forced = false);
+		void  Adjust_Threat(HousesType house, int threat_value);
+
+		int operator != (CellClass const &) const {return 0;};
+
+		int Validate(void) const;
+
+	private:
+		CellClass (CellClass const &) {};
+
+		LandType Land;		// The land type of this cell.
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/CHECKBOX.CPP b/CHECKBOX.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..48040db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/CHECKBOX.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\checkbox.cpv   1.6   16 Oct 1995 16:49:36   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               *** 
+ *********************************************************************************************** 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                    File Name : CHECKBOX.CPP                                                 * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Start Date : 05/26/95                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                  Last Update : July 1, 1995 [JLB]                                           * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* 
+ * Functions:                                                                                  * 
+ *   CheckBoxClass::Draw_Me -- Draws the checkbox imagery.                                     * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+#include	"checkbox.h"
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * CheckBoxClass::Draw_Me -- Draws the checkbox imagery.                                       * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This routine will draw the checkbox either filled or empty as necessary.                 * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   forced   -- Should the check box be drawn even if it doesn't think it needs to?    * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  Was the check box rendered?                                                        * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   07/01/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int CheckBoxClass::Draw_Me(int forced)
+{
+	if (ToggleClass::Draw_Me(forced)) {
+
+		Hide_Mouse();
+		Draw_Box(X, Y, Width, Height, BOXSTYLE_GREEN_DOWN, false);
+		LogicPage->Fill_Rect(X+1, Y+1, X+Width-2, Y+Height-2, DKGREY);
+		if (IsOn) {
+			LogicPage->Draw_Line(X+1, Y+1, X+Width-2, Y+Height-2, BLACK);
+			LogicPage->Draw_Line(X+Width-2, Y+1, X+1, Y+Height-2, BLACK);
+		}
+		Show_Mouse();
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}	
diff --git a/CHECKBOX.H b/CHECKBOX.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6b75235
--- /dev/null
+++ b/CHECKBOX.H
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\checkbox.h_v   1.6   16 Oct 1995 16:46:00   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               *** 
+ *********************************************************************************************** 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                    File Name : CHECKBOX.H                                                   * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Start Date : 05/26/95                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                  Last Update : May 26, 1995 [JLB]                                           * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* 
+ * Functions:                                                                                  * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef CHECKBOX_H
+#define CHECKBOX_H
+
+#include	"toggle.h"
+
+class CheckBoxClass : public ToggleClass
+{
+	public:
+		CheckBoxClass(unsigned id, int x, int y) :
+			ToggleClass(id, x, y, 7, 7)
+		{};
+
+		virtual int Draw_Me(int forced=false);
+
+	protected:
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/CHEKLIST.CPP b/CHEKLIST.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7f50505
--- /dev/null
+++ b/CHEKLIST.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\cheklist.cpv   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:48:36   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D    S T U D I O S        **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : CHEKLIST.CPP                             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Bill Randolph                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : February 16, 1995                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : February 16, 1995   [BR]                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ *   CheckListClass::Action -- action function for this class              *
+ *   CheckListClass::CheckListClass -- constructor                         *
+ *   CheckListClass::Check_Item -- [un]checks an items                     *
+ *   CheckListClass::~CheckListClass -- destructor                         *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "function.h"
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * CheckListClass::CheckListClass -- constructor                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      id         control ID for this list box                            *
+ *      x         x-coord                                                  *
+ *      y         y-coord                                                  *
+ *      w         width                                                    *
+ *      h         height                                                   *
+ *      flags      mouse event flags                                       *
+ *      up         ptr to Up-arrow shape                                   *
+ *      down      ptr to Down-arrow shape                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   02/16/1995 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+CheckListClass::CheckListClass(int id, int x, int y, int w, int h, TextPrintType flags,
+	void const * up, void const * down) :
+	ListClass (id, x, y, w, h, flags, up, down)
+{
+	IsReadOnly = false;
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * CheckListClass::Check_Item -- [un]checks an items                       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      index         index of item to check or uncheck                    *
+ *      checked      0 = uncheck, non-zero = check                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   02/16/1995 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void CheckListClass::Check_Item(int index, int checked)
+{
+	if (List[index]) {
+		((char &)List[index][0]) = checked ? CHECK_CHAR : UNCHECK_CHAR;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * CheckListClass::Is_Checked -- returns checked state of an item          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      index         index of item to query                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      0 = item is unchecked, 1 = item is checked                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   02/16/1995 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int CheckListClass::Is_Checked(int index) const
+{
+	if (List[index]) {
+		return(List[index][0] == CHECK_CHAR);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * CheckListClass::Action -- action function for this class                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      flags      the reason we're being called                           *
+ *      key      the KN_number that was pressed                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      true = event was processed, false = event not processed            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   02/16/1995 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int CheckListClass::Action(unsigned flags, KeyNumType &key)
+{
+	int rc;
+
+	/*
+	** If this is a read-only list, it's a display-only device
+	*/
+	if (IsReadOnly) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Invoke parents Action first, so it can set the SelectedIndex if needed.
+	*/
+	rc =  ListClass::Action(flags, key);
+
+	/*
+	**	Now, if this event was a left-press, toggle the checked state of the
+	**	current item.
+	*/
+	if (flags & LEFTPRESS) {
+		if (Is_Checked(SelectedIndex)) {
+			Check_Item(SelectedIndex,0);
+		} else {
+			Check_Item(SelectedIndex,1);
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(rc);
+}
diff --git a/CHEKLIST.H b/CHEKLIST.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e9d637d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/CHEKLIST.H
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\cheklist.h_v   2.19   16 Oct 1995 16:46:20   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D    S T U D I O S        **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : CHEKLIST.H                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Bill Randolph                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : February 16, 1995                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : February 16, 1995   [BR]                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ *	This class behaves just like the standard list box, except that if the	*
+ * first character of a list entry is a space, clicking on it toggles the	*
+ * space with a check-mark ('\3').  This makes each entry in the list box	*
+ * "toggle-able".																				*
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef CHEKLIST_H
+#define CHEKLIST_H
+
+#include "list.h"
+
+
+class CheckListClass : public ListClass
+{
+	public:
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Constructor/Destructor
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		CheckListClass(int id, int x, int y, int w, int h, TextPrintType flags,
+			void const * up, void const * down);
+		~CheckListClass(void) {};
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Checkmark utility functions
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		void Check_Item(int index, int checked);	// sets checked state of item
+		int Is_Checked(int index) const;				// gets checked state of item
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		This defines the ASCII value of the checkmark character & non-checkmark
+		character.
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		enum CheckListClassEnum {
+			CHECK_CHAR = '\3',
+			UNCHECK_CHAR = ' ',
+		};
+
+		void Set_Read_Only(int rdonly) {IsReadOnly = rdonly;}
+
+	protected:
+		virtual int Action(unsigned flags, KeyNumType &key);
+
+	private:
+		bool IsReadOnly;
+
+};
+
+
+
+#endif
+/************************** end of cheklist.h ******************************/
diff --git a/CO-WC32.LNT b/CO-WC32.LNT
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e3f749b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/CO-WC32.LNT
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+//    Compiler Options for Watcom C, C++ 32 bit
+
+-cwc
+
+//    This file contains options to allow PC-lint to process source
+//    files for your compiler.  It is used as follows:
+//
+//    lint  co-wc32.lnt  source-file(s)
+//
+-d_M_IX86=200   // assume Intel 80286 architecture -- modify to suit
+-d__declspec()= // ignore this construct
+
+  // additional reserve words needed
++rw(_loadds,_export)
++rw(__interrupt,__near,__far,__huge,__fortran,__pascal,__cdecl)
++rw(__export,__loadds,__saveregs,__asm,__fastcall,__stdcall)
++rw(_export)
+
++fcd            // makes cdecl significant -- used for proto generation
++fcu            // chars are by default unsigned
++fsu            // so are strings
+-d__386__       // pre-defined macro for 386 version, not set by -cwc
+-d__FLAT__      // not set by -cwc
+-si4            // sizeof(int)         is 4
+-spN4           // sizeof(near pointer) is 4
+-spF6           // sizeof( far pointer) is 6
+-sld10          // sizeof(long double) is 10.
+-function(exit,_exit)   // _exit() is like exit()
+-emacro(734,putc)   // don't complain about items being too large.
+-emacro(506,putc)   // don't complain about constant Boolean
+-emacro(???,va_arg)     // the va_arg() macro can yield 415, 416, 661, 662
+			// 796 and 797 (out-of-bounds errors).
+
+   // While processing compiler (library) header files ...
+-elib(46)       // an unsigned short bit field is used as __FILLER__
+-elib(522)      // function return value ignored
+-elib(537)      // repeated include file (ios.h)
+-elib(641)      // converting enum to int
+-elib(652)      // suppress message about #define of earlier declared symbols
+-elib(655)      // ORing enum's
+-elib(726)      // extraneous comma in enumeration
+-elib(760)      // suppress message about multiple identical macro defs
+-elib(762)      // suppress message about multiple identical declarations and
+-elib(806)      // small bit field is signed
+-elib(1053)     // prototypes cannot be distinguished
+-elib(1511)     // member (rdbuf) hides nonvirtual member
+-elib(1704)     // private copy constructor
+-elib(1712)     // default constructor missing
+-elib(1717)     // empty prototypes
+-elib(1720)     // strange argument to assignment operator
+-elib(1721)     // unusual operator =() declaration
+-elib(1722)     // assignment operator does not return ref to class
+-elib(1724)     // strange argument to copy constructor
+
+-esym(1702,operator<<,operator>>)
+
+//  The following functions exhibit variable return modes.
+//  That is, they may equally-usefully be called for a value
+//  as called just for their effects.  Accordingly we inhibit
+//  Warning 534 for these functions.
+//  Feel free to add to or subtract from this list.
+
+-esym(534,close,creat,fclose,fflush,fprintf,fputc)
+-esym(534,fputs,fscanf,fseek,fwrite,lseek,memcpy,memmove,memset)
+-esym(534,printf,puts,scanf,sprintf,sscanf,strcat,strcpy)
+-esym(534,strncat,strncpy,unlink,write)
+
diff --git a/COLRLIST.CPP b/COLRLIST.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a48be5a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/COLRLIST.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,283 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\colrlist.cpv   1.9   16 Oct 1995 16:50:02   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : LIST.CPP                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : 01/15/95                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : April 19, 1995 [BRR]                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   ColorListClass::Add_Item -- Adds an item to the list                                      *
+ *   ColorListClass::ColorListClass -- Class constructor                                       *
+ *   ColorListClass::Draw_Entry -- Draws one text line                                         *
+ *   ColorListClass::Remove_Item -- Removes an item from the list                              *
+ *   ColorListClass::Set_Selected_Style -- tells how to draw selected item                     *
+ *   ColorListClass::~ColorListClass -- Class destructor                                       *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * ColorListClass::ColorListClass -- class constructor                     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      id               button ID                                         *
+ *      x,y            upper-left corner, in pixels                        *
+ *      w,h            width, height, in pixels                            *
+ *      list            ptr to array of char strings to list               *
+ *    flags          flags for mouse, style of listbox                     *
+ *      up,down         pointers to shapes for up/down buttons             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:          01/05/1995 MML : Created.                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+ColorListClass::ColorListClass (int id, int x, int y, int w, int h,
+	TextPrintType flags, void const * up, void const * down) :
+	ListClass (id, x, y, w, h, flags, up, down)
+{
+	Style = SELECT_HIGHLIGHT;
+	SelectColor = -1;
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * ColorListClass::~ColorListClass -- Class destructor                     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   04/19/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+ColorListClass::~ColorListClass(void)
+{
+	Colors.Clear();
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * ColorListClass::Add_Item -- Adds an item to the list                    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      text      text to add to list                                      *
+ *      color      color for item                                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      position of item in the list                                       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   04/19/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int ColorListClass::Add_Item(char const * text, char color)
+{
+	Colors.Add(color);
+	return(ListClass::Add_Item(text));
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * ColorListClass::Add_Item -- Adds an item to the list                    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      text      text to add to list                                      *
+ *      color      color for item                                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      position of item in the list                                       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   04/19/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int ColorListClass::Add_Item(int text, char color)
+{
+	Colors.Add(color);
+	return(ListClass::Add_Item(text));
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * ColorListClass::Remove_Item -- Removes an item from the list            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      text      ptr to item to remove                                    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   04/19/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void ColorListClass::Remove_Item(char const * text)
+{
+	int index = List.ID(text);
+	if (index != -1) {
+		Colors.Delete(index);
+		ListClass::Remove_Item(text);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * ColorListClass::Set_Selected_Style -- tells how to draw selected item   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      style      style to draw                                           *
+ *      color      color to draw the special style in; -1 = use item's color*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   04/19/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void ColorListClass::Set_Selected_Style(SelectStyleType style, int color)
+{
+	Style = style;
+	SelectColor = color;
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * ColorListClass::Draw_Entry -- Draws one text line                       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      index         index into List of item to draw                      *
+ *      x,y         x,y coords to draw at                                  *
+ *      width         maximum width allowed for text                       *
+ *      selected      true = this item is selected                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   04/19/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void ColorListClass::Draw_Entry(int index, int x, int y, int width, int selected)
+{
+	int color;
+
+	/*
+	** Draw a non-selected item in its color
+	*/
+	if (!selected) {
+		Conquer_Clip_Text_Print(List[index], x, y, Colors[index], TBLACK, TextFlags, width, Tabs);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** For selected items, choose the right color & style:
+	*/
+	if (SelectColor==-1) {
+		color = Colors[index];
+	} else {
+		color = SelectColor;
+	}
+
+	switch (Style) {
+		/*
+		**	NONE: Just print the string in its native color
+		*/
+		case SELECT_NONE:
+			Conquer_Clip_Text_Print(List[index], x, y, Colors[index], TBLACK, TextFlags, width, Tabs);
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	HIGHLIGHT: Draw the string in the highlight color (SelectColor must
+		**	be set)
+		*/
+		case SELECT_HIGHLIGHT:
+			if (TextFlags & TPF_6PT_GRAD) {
+				Conquer_Clip_Text_Print(List[index], x, y, color, TBLACK, TextFlags | TPF_BRIGHT_COLOR, width, Tabs);
+			} else {
+				Conquer_Clip_Text_Print(List[index], x, y, color, TBLACK, TextFlags, width, Tabs);
+			}
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	BOX: Draw a box around the item in the current select color
+		*/
+		case SELECT_BOX:
+			LogicPage->Draw_Rect (x, y, x + width - 2, y + LineHeight - 2, color);
+			Conquer_Clip_Text_Print(List[index], x, y, Colors[index], TBLACK, TextFlags, width, Tabs);
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	BAR: draw a color bar under the text
+		*/
+		case SELECT_BAR:
+			if (TextFlags & TPF_6PT_GRAD) {
+				LogicPage->Fill_Rect (x, y, x + width - 1, y + LineHeight - 1, SelectColor);
+				Conquer_Clip_Text_Print(List[index], x, y, Colors[index], TBLACK, TextFlags | TPF_BRIGHT_COLOR, width, Tabs);
+			} else {
+				LogicPage->Fill_Rect (x, y, x + width - 2, y + LineHeight - 2, SelectColor);
+				Conquer_Clip_Text_Print(List[index], x, y, Colors[index], TBLACK, TextFlags, width, Tabs);
+			}
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	INVERT: Draw text as the background color on foreground color
+		*/
+		case SELECT_INVERT:
+			if (TextFlags & TPF_6PT_GRAD) {
+				LogicPage->Fill_Rect (x, y, x + width - 1, y + LineHeight - 1, Colors[index]);
+				Conquer_Clip_Text_Print(List[index], x, y, BLACK, TBLACK, TextFlags, width, Tabs);
+			} else {
+				LogicPage->Fill_Rect (x, y, x + width - 2, y + LineHeight - 2, Colors[index]);
+				Conquer_Clip_Text_Print(List[index], x, y, LTGREY, TBLACK, TextFlags, width, Tabs);
+			}
+			break;
+
+	}
+}
diff --git a/COLRLIST.H b/COLRLIST.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a2b105
--- /dev/null
+++ b/COLRLIST.H
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\colrlist.h_v   1.10   16 Oct 1995 16:47:16   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               *** 
+ *********************************************************************************************** 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                    File Name : COLRLIST.H                                                   * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Start Date : 01/15/95                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                  Last Update : January 15, 1995 [JLB]                                       * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* 
+ * Functions:                                                                                  * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef COLORLIST_H
+#define COLORLIST_H
+
+#include "list.h"
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+** This class adds the ability for every list item to have a different color.
+*/
+class ColorListClass : public ListClass
+{
+	public:
+		/*********************************************************************
+		** These enums are the ways a selected item can be drawn
+		*/
+		typedef enum SelectEnum {
+			SELECT_NONE,				// selected items aren't drawn differently
+			SELECT_HIGHLIGHT,			// item is highlighted
+			SELECT_BOX,					// draw a box around the item
+			SELECT_BAR,					// draw a bar behind the item
+			SELECT_INVERT,				// draw the string inverted
+		} SelectStyleType;
+
+		ColorListClass(int id, int x, int y, int w, int h, TextPrintType flags, 
+			void const * up, void const * down);
+		virtual ~ColorListClass(void);
+
+		virtual int  Add_Item(char const * text, char color = WHITE);
+		virtual int  Add_Item(int text, char color = WHITE);
+		virtual void Remove_Item(char const * text);
+
+		virtual void Set_Selected_Style(SelectStyleType style, int color = -1);
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the list of colors for each item.
+		*/
+		DynamicVectorClass<char> Colors;
+
+	protected:
+		virtual void Draw_Entry(int index, int x, int y, int width, int selected);
+
+		/*
+		**	This tells how to draw the selected item.
+		*/
+		SelectStyleType Style;
+		int SelectColor;
+
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/COMBAT.CPP b/COMBAT.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ac34d41
--- /dev/null
+++ b/COMBAT.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,235 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\combat.cpv   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:48:32   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : COMBAT.CPP                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : September 19, 1994                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : January 1, 1995 [JLB]                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   Explosion_Damage -- Inflict an explosion damage affect.                                   *
+ *   Modify_Damage -- Adjusts damage to reflect the nature of the target.                      *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+
+int Modify_Damage(int damage, WarheadType warhead, ArmorType armor);
+void Explosion_Damage(COORDINATE coord, unsigned strength, TechnoClass *source, WarheadType warhead);
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Modify_Damage -- Adjusts damage to reflect the nature of the target.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is the core of combat tactics. It implements the                            *
+ *    affect various armor types have against various weapon types. By                         *
+ *    careful exploitation of this table, tactical advantage can be                            *
+ *    obtained.                                                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   damage   -- The damage points to process.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          warhead  -- The source of the damage points.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          armor    -- The type of armor defending against the damage.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          distance -- The distance (in leptons) from the source of the damage.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the adjusted damage points to inflict upon the                        *
+ *          target.                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   04/16/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   04/17/1994 JLB : Always does a minimum of damage.                                         *
+ *   01/01/1995 JLB : Takes into account distance from damage source.                          *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int Modify_Damage(int damage, WarheadType warhead, ArmorType armor, int distance)
+{
+	/*
+	**	If there is no raw damage value to start with, then
+	**	there can be no modified damage either.
+	*/
+	if (Special.IsInert || !damage || warhead == WARHEAD_NONE) return(0);
+
+	WarheadTypeClass const * whead = &Warheads[warhead];
+
+	damage = Fixed_To_Cardinal(damage, whead->Modifier[armor]);
+
+	/*
+	**	Reduce damage according to the distance from the impact point.
+	*/
+	if (damage) {
+//		if (distance < 0x0010) damage *= 2;			// Double damage for direct hits.
+		distance >>= whead->SpreadFactor;
+		distance = Bound(distance, 0, 16);
+		damage >>= distance;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If damage was indicated, then it should never drop below one damage point regardless
+	**	of modifiers. This allows a very weak attacker to eventually destroy anything it
+	**	fires upon, given enough time.
+	*/
+	return(damage);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Explosion_Damage -- Inflict an explosion damage affect.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Processes the collateral damage affects typically caused by an                           *
+ *    explosion.                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   coord    -- The coordinate of ground zero.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          strength -- Raw damage points at ground zero.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          source   -- Source of the explosion (who is responsible).                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          warhead  -- The kind of explosion to process.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   This routine can consume some time and will affect the AI                       *
+ *             of nearby enemy units (possibly).                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/16/1991 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   11/30/1991 JLB : Uses coordinate system.                                                  *
+ *   12/27/1991 JLB : Radius of explosion damage effect.                                       *
+ *   04/13/1994 JLB : Streamlined.                                                             *
+ *   04/16/1994 JLB : Warhead damage type modifier.                                            *
+ *   04/17/1994 JLB : Cleaned up.                                                              *
+ *   06/20/1994 JLB : Uses object pointers to distribute damage.                               *
+ *   06/20/1994 JLB : Source is a pointer.                                                     *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void Explosion_Damage(COORDINATE coord, unsigned strength, TechnoClass * source, WarheadType warhead)
+{
+	CELL				cell;			// Cell number under explosion.
+	ObjectClass *	object;			// Working object pointer.
+	ObjectClass *	objects[32];	// Maximum number of objects that can be damaged.
+	int				distance;	// Distance to unit.
+	int				range;		// Damage effect radius.
+	int				index;
+	int				count;		// Number of vehicle IDs in list.
+
+	if (!strength || Special.IsInert || warhead == WARHEAD_NONE) return;
+
+	WarheadTypeClass const * whead = &Warheads[warhead];
+	range = ICON_LEPTON_W + (ICON_LEPTON_W >> 1);
+	cell = Coord_Cell(coord);
+	if ((unsigned)cell >= MAP_CELL_TOTAL) return;
+//	if (!Map.In_Radar(cell)) return;
+
+	CellClass * cellptr = &Map[cell];
+	ObjectClass * impacto = cellptr->Cell_Occupier();
+
+	/*
+	**	Fill the list of unit IDs that will have damage
+	**	assessed upon them. The units can be lifted from
+	**	the cell data directly.
+	*/
+	count = 0;
+	for (FacingType i = FACING_NONE; i < FACING_COUNT; i++) {
+		/*
+		**	Fetch a pointer to the cell to examine. This is either
+		**	an adjacent cell or the center cell. Damage never spills
+		**	further than one cell away.
+		*/
+		if (i != FACING_NONE) {
+			cellptr = &Map[cell].Adjacent_Cell(i);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Add all objects in this cell to the list of objects to possibly apply
+		** damage to. The list stops building when the object pointer list becomes
+		** full.  Do not include overlapping objects; selection state can affect
+		** the overlappers, and this causes multiplayer games to go out of sync.
+		*/
+		object = cellptr->Cell_Occupier();
+		while (object) {
+			if (!object->IsToDamage && object != source) {
+				object->IsToDamage = true;
+				objects[count++] = object;
+				if (count >= (sizeof(objects)/sizeof(objects[0]))) break;
+			}
+			object = object->Next;
+		}
+ 		if (count >= (sizeof(objects)/sizeof(objects[0]))) break;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Sweep through the units to be damaged and damage them. When damaging
+	**	buildings, consider a hit on any cell the building occupies as if it
+	**	were a direct hit on the building's center.
+	*/
+	for (index = 0; index < count; index++) {
+		object = objects[index];
+
+		object->IsToDamage = false;
+		if (object->What_Am_I() == RTTI_BUILDING && impacto == object) {
+			distance = 0;
+		} else {
+			distance = Distance(coord, object->Center_Coord());
+		}
+		if (object->IsDown && !object->IsInLimbo && distance < range) {
+			int damage = strength;
+
+			/*
+			**	High explosive does double damage against aircraft.
+			*/
+			if (warhead == WARHEAD_HE && object->What_Am_I() == RTTI_AIRCRAFT) {
+				damage *= 2;
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	Apply the damage to the object.
+			*/
+			if (damage) {
+				object->Take_Damage(damage, distance, warhead, source);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If there is a wall present at this location, it may be destroyed. Check to
+	**	make sure that the warhead is of the kind that can destroy walls.
+	*/
+	cellptr = &Map[cell];
+	cellptr->Reduce_Tiberium(strength / 10);
+	if (cellptr->Overlay != OVERLAY_NONE) {
+		OverlayTypeClass const * optr = &OverlayTypeClass::As_Reference(cellptr->Overlay);
+
+		if (optr->IsWall) {
+			if (whead->IsWallDestroyer || (whead->IsWoodDestroyer && optr->IsWooden)) {
+				Map[cell].Reduce_Wall(strength);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
diff --git a/COMBUF.CPP b/COMBUF.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a381524
--- /dev/null
+++ b/COMBUF.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,1039 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\combuf.cpv   1.4   16 Oct 1995 16:50:16   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D    S T U D I O S        **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : COMBUF.CPP                             	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Bill Randolph                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : December 19, 1994                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : May 2, 1995 [BRR]                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ *   CommBufferClass::CommBufferClass -- class constructor           		*
+ *   CommBufferClass::~CommBufferClass -- class destructor           		*
+ *   CommBufferClass::Init -- initializes this queue                       *
+ *   CommBufferClass::Queue_Send -- queues a message for sending           *
+ *   CommBufferClass::UnQueue_Send -- removes next entry from send queue	*
+ *   CommBufferClass::Get_Send -- gets ptr to queue entry                  *
+ *   CommBufferClass::Queue_Receive -- queues a received message				*
+ *   CommBufferClass::UnQueue_Receive -- removes next entry from send queue*
+ *   CommBufferClass::Get_Receive -- gets ptr to queue entry               *
+ *   CommBufferClass::Add_Delay -- adds a new delay value for response time*
+ *   CommBufferClass::Avg_Response_Time -- returns average response time  	*
+ *   CommBufferClass::Max_Response_Time -- returns max response time  		*
+ *   CommBufferClass::Reset_Response_Time -- resets computations				*
+ *   Mono_Debug_Print -- Debug output routine                              *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "function.h"
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * CommBufferClass::CommBufferClass -- class constructor             		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		numsend		# queue entries for sending										*
+ *		numreceive	# queue entries for receiving										*
+ *		maxlen		maximum desired packet length, in bytes						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/19/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+CommBufferClass::CommBufferClass(int numsend, int numreceive, int maxlen)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	/*
+	----------------------------- Init variables -----------------------------
+	*/
+	MaxSend = numsend;
+	MaxReceive = numreceive;
+	MaxPacketSize = maxlen;
+
+	/*
+	----------------------- Allocate the queue entries -----------------------
+	*/
+	SendQueue = new SendQueueType[numsend];
+	ReceiveQueue = new ReceiveQueueType[numreceive];
+
+	SendIndex = new int[numsend];
+	ReceiveIndex = new int[numreceive];
+
+	/*
+	---------------------- Allocate queue entry buffers ----------------------
+	*/
+	for (i = 0; i < MaxSend; i++) {
+		SendQueue[i].Buffer = new char[maxlen];
+	}
+
+	for (i = 0; i < MaxReceive; i++) {
+		ReceiveQueue[i].Buffer = new char[maxlen];
+	}
+
+	Init();
+
+}	/* end of CommBufferClass */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * CommBufferClass::~CommBufferClass -- class destructor             		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/19/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+CommBufferClass::~CommBufferClass()
+{
+	int i;
+
+	/*
+	------------------------ Free queue entry buffers ------------------------
+	*/
+	for (i = 0; i < MaxSend; i++) {
+		delete [] SendQueue[i].Buffer;
+	}
+
+	for (i = 0; i < MaxReceive; i++) {
+		delete [] ReceiveQueue[i].Buffer;
+	}
+
+	delete [] SendQueue;
+	delete [] ReceiveQueue;
+
+	delete [] SendIndex;
+	delete [] ReceiveIndex;
+
+}	/* end of ~CommBufferClass */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * CommBufferClass::Init -- initializes this queue                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   01/20/1995 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void CommBufferClass::Init(void)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Init data members
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	SendTotal = 0L;
+	ReceiveTotal = 0L;
+
+	DelaySum = 0L;
+	NumDelay = 0L;
+	MeanDelay = 0L;
+	MaxDelay = 0L;
+
+	SendCount = 0;
+
+	ReceiveCount = 0;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Init the queue entries
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	for (i = 0; i < MaxSend; i++) {
+		SendQueue[i].IsActive = 0;
+		SendQueue[i].IsACK = 0;
+		SendQueue[i].FirstTime = 0L;
+		SendQueue[i].LastTime = 0L;
+		SendQueue[i].SendCount = 0L;
+		SendQueue[i].BufLen = 0;
+
+		SendIndex[i] = 0;
+	}
+
+	for (i = 0; i < MaxReceive; i++) {
+		ReceiveQueue[i].IsActive = 0;
+		ReceiveQueue[i].IsRead = 0;
+		ReceiveQueue[i].IsACK = 0;
+		ReceiveQueue[i].BufLen = 0;
+
+		ReceiveIndex[i] = 0;
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Init debug values
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	DebugOffset = 0;
+	DebugSize = 0;
+	DebugNames = NULL;
+	DebugMaxNames = 0;
+
+}	/* end of Init */
+
+
+void CommBufferClass::Init_Send_Queue(void)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Init data members
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	SendCount = 0;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Init the queue entries
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	for (i = 0; i < MaxSend; i++) {
+		SendQueue[i].IsActive = 0;
+		SendQueue[i].IsACK = 0;
+		SendQueue[i].FirstTime = 0L;
+		SendQueue[i].LastTime = 0L;
+		SendQueue[i].SendCount = 0L;
+
+		SendIndex[i] = 0;
+	}
+
+}	/* end of Init_Send_Queue */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * CommBufferClass::Queue_Send -- queues a message for sending             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		buf			buffer containing the message										*
+ *		buflen		length of 'buf'														*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		1 = OK, 0 = no room in the queue													*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int CommBufferClass::Queue_Send(void *buf, int buflen)
+{
+	int i;
+	int index;
+
+	/*
+	--------------------- Error if no room in the queue ----------------------
+	*/
+	if (SendCount==MaxSend)
+		return(0);
+
+	/*
+	-------------------------- Find an empty slot ----------------------------
+	*/
+	index = -1;
+	for (i = 0; i < MaxSend; i++) {
+		if (SendQueue[i].IsActive==0) {
+			index = i;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Set entry flags -----------------------------
+	*/
+	SendQueue[index].IsActive = 1;			// entry is now active
+	SendQueue[index].IsACK = 0;				// entry hasn't been ACK'd
+	SendQueue[index].FirstTime = 0L;			// filled in by Manager when sent
+	SendQueue[index].LastTime = 0L;			// filled in by Manager when sent
+	SendQueue[index].SendCount = 0L;			// filled in by Manager when sent
+	SendQueue[index].BufLen = buflen;		// save buffer size
+
+	/*
+	------------------------- Copy the packet data ---------------------------
+	*/
+	memcpy(SendQueue[index].Buffer,buf,buflen);
+
+	/*
+	----------------------- Save this entry's index --------------------------
+	*/
+	SendIndex[SendCount] = index;
+
+	/*
+	-------------------- Increment counters & entry ptr ----------------------
+	*/
+	SendCount++;
+	SendTotal++;
+
+	return(1);
+
+}	/* end of Queue_Send */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * CommBufferClass::UnQueue_Send -- removes next entry from send queue		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * Frees the given entry; the index given by the caller is the "active"		*
+ * index value (ie the "nth" active entry), not the actual index in the		*
+ * array.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		buf			buffer to store entry's data in; if NULL, it's discarded	*
+ *		buflen		filled in with length of entry retrieved						*
+ *		index			"index" of entry to un-queue										*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		1 = OK, 0 = no entry to retreive													*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int CommBufferClass::UnQueue_Send(void *buf, int *buflen, int index)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	/*
+	--------------------- Error if no entry to retrieve ----------------------
+	*/
+	if (SendCount==0 || SendQueue[SendIndex[index]].IsActive==0)
+		return(0);
+
+	/*
+	---------------------- Copy the data from the entry ----------------------
+	*/
+	if (buf!=NULL) {
+		memcpy(buf,SendQueue[SendIndex[index]].Buffer,
+			SendQueue[SendIndex[index]].BufLen);
+		(*buflen) = SendQueue[SendIndex[index]].BufLen;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Set entry flags -----------------------------
+	*/
+	SendQueue[SendIndex[index]].IsActive = 0;
+	SendQueue[SendIndex[index]].IsACK = 0;
+	SendQueue[SendIndex[index]].FirstTime = 0L;
+	SendQueue[SendIndex[index]].LastTime = 0L;
+	SendQueue[SendIndex[index]].SendCount = 0L;
+	SendQueue[SendIndex[index]].BufLen = 0;
+
+	/*
+	------------------------- Move Indices back one --------------------------
+	*/
+	for (i = index; i < SendCount - 1; i++) {
+		SendIndex[i] = SendIndex[i + 1];
+	}
+	SendIndex[SendCount - 1] = 0;
+	SendCount--;
+
+	return(1);
+
+}	/* end of UnQueue_Send */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * CommBufferClass::Get_Send -- gets ptr to queue entry                    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This routine gets a pointer to the indicated queue entry.  The index		*
+ * value is relative to the next-accessable queue entry; 0 = get the			*
+ * next available queue entry, 1 = get the one behind that, etc.				*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		index		index of entry to get (0 = 1st available)							*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		ptr to entry																			*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/21/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+SendQueueType * CommBufferClass::Get_Send(int index)
+{
+	if (SendQueue[SendIndex[index]].IsActive==0) {
+		return(NULL);
+	} else {
+		return(&SendQueue[SendIndex[index]]);
+	}
+
+}	/* end of Get_Send */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * CommBufferClass::Queue_Receive -- queues a received message					*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		buf			buffer containing the message										*
+ *		buflen		length of 'buf'														*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		1 = OK, 0 = no room in the queue													*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int CommBufferClass::Queue_Receive(void *buf, int buflen)
+{
+	int i;
+	int index;
+
+//CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Queueing a receive packet\n");
+
+	/*
+	--------------------- Error if no room in the queue ----------------------
+	*/
+	if (ReceiveCount==MaxReceive) {
+CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Error - Receive queue full!\n");
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	-------------------------- Find an empty slot ----------------------------
+	*/
+	index = -1;
+	for (i = 0; i < MaxReceive; i++) {
+		if (ReceiveQueue[i].IsActive==0) {
+			index = i;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+if (index == -1){
+CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Error - Receive queue full too!\n");
+}
+
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Set entry flags -----------------------------
+	*/
+	ReceiveQueue[index].IsActive = 1;
+	ReceiveQueue[index].IsRead = 0;
+	ReceiveQueue[index].IsACK = 0;
+	ReceiveQueue[index].BufLen = buflen;
+
+	/*
+	------------------------- Copy the packet data ---------------------------
+	*/
+	memcpy(ReceiveQueue[index].Buffer,buf,buflen);
+
+	/*
+	----------------------- Save this entry's index --------------------------
+	*/
+	ReceiveIndex[ReceiveCount] = index;
+
+	/*
+	-------------------- Increment counters & entry ptr ----------------------
+	*/
+	ReceiveCount++;
+	ReceiveTotal++;
+
+	return(1);
+
+}	/* end of Queue_Receive */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * CommBufferClass::UnQueue_Receive -- removes next entry from send queue	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * Frees the given entry; the index given by the caller is the "active"		*
+ * index value (ie the "nth" active entry), not the actual index in the		*
+ * array.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		buf			buffer to store entry's data in; if NULL, it's discarded	*
+ *		buflen		filled in with length of entry retrieved						*
+ *		index			index of entry to un-queue											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		1 = OK, 0 = no entry to retreive													*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int CommBufferClass::UnQueue_Receive(void *buf, int *buflen, int index)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	/*
+	--------------------- Error if no entry to retrieve ----------------------
+	*/
+	if (ReceiveCount==0 || ReceiveQueue[ReceiveIndex[index]].IsActive==0) {
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	---------------------- Copy the data from the entry ----------------------
+	*/
+	if (buf!=NULL) {
+		memcpy(buf,ReceiveQueue[ReceiveIndex[index]].Buffer,
+			ReceiveQueue[ReceiveIndex[index]].BufLen);
+		(*buflen) = ReceiveQueue[ReceiveIndex[index]].BufLen;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Set entry flags -----------------------------
+	*/
+	ReceiveQueue[ReceiveIndex[index]].IsActive = 0;
+	ReceiveQueue[ReceiveIndex[index]].IsRead = 0;
+	ReceiveQueue[ReceiveIndex[index]].IsACK = 0;
+	ReceiveQueue[ReceiveIndex[index]].BufLen = 0;
+
+	/*
+	------------------------- Move Indices back one --------------------------
+	*/
+	for (i = index; i < ReceiveCount - 1; i++) {
+		ReceiveIndex[i] = ReceiveIndex[i + 1];
+	}
+	ReceiveIndex[ReceiveCount - 1] = 0;
+	ReceiveCount--;
+
+	return(1);
+
+}	/* end of UnQueue_Receive */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * CommBufferClass::Get_Receive -- gets ptr to queue entry                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This routine gets a pointer to the indicated queue entry.  The index		*
+ * value is relative to the next-accessable queue entry; 0 = get the			*
+ * next available queue entry, 1 = get the one behind that, etc.				*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		index		index of entry to get (0 = 1st available)							*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		ptr to entry																			*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/21/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+ReceiveQueueType * CommBufferClass::Get_Receive(int index)
+{
+	if (ReceiveQueue[ReceiveIndex[index]].IsActive==0) {
+		return(NULL);
+	} else {
+		return(&ReceiveQueue[ReceiveIndex[index]]);
+	}
+
+}	/* end of Get_Receive */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * CommBufferClass::Add_Delay -- adds a new delay value for response time  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This routine updates the average response time for this queue.  The		*
+ * computation is based on the average of the last 'n' delay values given,	*
+ * It computes a running total of the last n delay values, then divides 	*
+ * that by n to compute the average.													*
+ *																									*
+ * When the number of values given exceeds the max, the mean is subtracted	*
+ * off the total, then the new value is added in.  Thus, any single delay	*
+ * value will have an effect on the total that approaches 0 over time, and	*
+ * the new delay value contributes to 1/n of the mean.							*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		delay			value to add into the response time computation				*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   01/19/1995 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void CommBufferClass::Add_Delay(unsigned long delay)
+{
+	int roundoff = 0;
+
+	if (NumDelay==256) {
+		DelaySum -= MeanDelay;
+		DelaySum += delay;
+		if ( (DelaySum & 0x00ff) > 127)
+			roundoff = 1;
+		MeanDelay = (DelaySum >> 8) + roundoff;
+	} else {
+		NumDelay++;
+		DelaySum += delay;
+		MeanDelay = DelaySum / NumDelay;
+	}
+
+	if (delay > MaxDelay)
+		MaxDelay = delay;
+
+}	/* end of Add_Delay */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * CommBufferClass::Avg_Response_Time -- returns average response time    	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		latest computed average response time											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   01/19/1995 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+unsigned long CommBufferClass::Avg_Response_Time(void)
+{
+	return(MeanDelay);
+
+}	/* end of Avg_Response_Time */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * CommBufferClass::Max_Response_Time -- returns max response time    		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		latest computed average response time											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   01/19/1995 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+unsigned long CommBufferClass::Max_Response_Time(void)
+{
+	return(MaxDelay);
+
+}	/* end of Max_Response_Time */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * CommBufferClass::Reset_Response_Time -- resets computations					*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   01/19/1995 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void CommBufferClass::Reset_Response_Time(void)
+{
+	DelaySum = 0L;
+	NumDelay = 0L;
+	MeanDelay = 0L;
+	MaxDelay = 0L;
+
+}	/* end of Reset_Response_Time */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * CommBufferClass::Configure_Debug -- sets up special debug values        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * Mono_Debug_Print2() can look into a packet to pull out a particular		*
+ * ID, and can print both that ID and a string corresponding to				*
+ * that ID.  This routine configures these values so it can find				*
+ * and decode the ID.  This ID is used in addition to the normal				*
+ * CommHeaderType values.																	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		offset		ID's byte offset into packet										*
+ *		size			size of ID, in bytes; 0 if none									*
+ *		names			ptr to array of names; use ID as an index into this		*
+ *		maxnames		max # in the names array; 0 if none.							*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		Names shouldn't be longer than 12 characters.								*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/31/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void CommBufferClass::Configure_Debug(int offset, int size, char **names,
+	int maxnames)
+{
+	DebugOffset = offset;
+	DebugSize = size;
+	DebugNames = names;
+	DebugMaxNames = maxnames;
+
+}	/* end of Configure_Debug */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Mono_Debug_Print -- Debug output routine                                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This routine leaves 5 lines at the top for the caller's use.				*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		refresh		1 = clear screen & completely refresh							*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/02/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void CommBufferClass::Mono_Debug_Print(int refresh)
+{
+#ifdef WWLIB32_H
+	int i;												// loop counter
+	static int send_col[] = {1,14,28};			// coords of send queue columns
+	static int receive_col[] = {40,54,68};		// coords of recv queue columns
+	int row,col;										// current row,col for printing
+	int num;												// max # items to print
+
+	struct CommHdr {									// this mirrors the CommHeaderType
+		unsigned short MagicNumber;
+		unsigned char Code;
+		unsigned long PacketID;
+	} *hdr;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	If few enough entries, call the verbose debug version
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (MaxSend <= 16) {
+		Mono_Debug_Print2(refresh);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Refresh the screen
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (refresh) {
+		Mono_Clear_Screen ();
+		Mono_Printf("ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                                                             ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                                                             ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                                                             ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³              Send Queue              ³             Receive Queue            ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³ ID  Ct ACK   ID  Ct ACK    ID  Ct ACK³ ID  Rd ACK    ID  Rd ACK   ID  Rd ACK³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ");
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Print Send Queue items
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (MaxSend <= 48) {
+		num = MaxSend;
+	} else {
+		num = 48;
+	}
+	col = 0;
+	row = 0;
+	for (i = 0; i < MaxSend; i++) {
+		Mono_Set_Cursor (send_col[col],row + 8);
+		if (SendQueue[i].IsActive) {
+			hdr = (CommHdr *)SendQueue[i].Buffer;
+			hdr->MagicNumber = hdr->MagicNumber;
+			hdr->Code = hdr->Code;
+			Mono_Printf ("%4d %2d  %d",hdr->PacketID, SendQueue[i].SendCount,
+				SendQueue[i].IsACK);
+		} else {
+			Mono_Printf ("____ __  _ ");
+		}
+
+		row++;
+		if (row > 15) {
+			row = 0;
+			col++;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Print Receive Queue items
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (MaxReceive <= 48) {
+		num = MaxSend;
+	} else {
+		num = 48;
+	}
+	col = 0;
+	row = 0;
+	for (i = 0; i < MaxReceive; i++) {
+		Mono_Set_Cursor (receive_col[col],row + 8);
+		if (ReceiveQueue[i].IsActive) {
+			hdr = (CommHdr *)ReceiveQueue[i].Buffer;
+			Mono_Printf ("%4d  %d  %d",hdr->PacketID, ReceiveQueue[i].IsRead,
+				ReceiveQueue[i].IsACK);
+		} else {
+			Mono_Printf ("____  _  _ ");
+		}
+
+		row++;
+		if (row > 15) {
+			row = 0;
+			col++;
+		}
+	}
+
+#else
+	refresh = refresh;
+#endif
+}	/* end of Mono_Debug_Print */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * CommBufferClass::Mono_Debug_Print2 -- Debug output; alternate format    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This routine prints more information than the other version; it's			*
+ * called only if the number of queue entries is small enough to support	*
+ * this format.																				*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		refresh		1 = clear screen & completely refresh							*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/31/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void CommBufferClass::Mono_Debug_Print2(int refresh)
+{
+#ifdef WWLIB32_H
+	int i;												// loop counter
+	char txt[80];
+	int val;
+
+	struct CommHdr {									// this mirrors the CommHeaderType
+		unsigned short MagicNumber;
+		unsigned char Code;
+		unsigned long PacketID;
+	} *hdr;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Refresh the screen
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (refresh) {
+		Mono_Clear_Screen ();
+		Mono_Printf("ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                                                             ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                                                             ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                                                             ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³              Send Queue              ³             Receive Queue            ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³ ID  Ct Type   Data  Name         ACK ³ ID  Rd Type   Data  Name         ACK ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ");
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Print Send Queue items
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	for (i = 0; i < MaxSend; i++) {
+		Mono_Set_Cursor (1,8 + i);
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Print an active entry
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (SendQueue[i].IsActive) {
+			/*..................................................................
+			Get header info
+			..................................................................*/
+			hdr = (CommHdr *)SendQueue[i].Buffer;
+			hdr->MagicNumber = hdr->MagicNumber;
+			hdr->Code = hdr->Code;
+			sprintf(txt,"%4d %2d %-5s  ",
+				hdr->PacketID,
+				SendQueue[i].SendCount,
+				ConnectionClass::Command_Name(hdr->Code));
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Decode app's ID & its name
+			..................................................................*/
+			if (DebugSize && (DebugOffset + DebugSize) <= SendQueue[i].BufLen) {
+				if (DebugSize==1) {
+					val = *(SendQueue[i].Buffer + DebugOffset);
+				} else {
+					if (DebugSize==2) {
+						val = *((short *)(SendQueue[i].Buffer + DebugOffset));
+					} else {
+						if (DebugSize==4) {
+							val = *((int *)(SendQueue[i].Buffer + DebugOffset));
+						}
+					}
+				}
+				sprintf(txt + strlen(txt),"%4d  ",val);
+
+				if (DebugMaxNames > 0 && val >= 0 && val < DebugMaxNames) {
+					sprintf(txt + strlen(txt),"%-12s  %x", DebugNames[val], SendQueue[i].IsACK);
+				} else {
+					sprintf(txt + strlen(txt),"              %x",SendQueue[i].IsACK);
+				}
+			} else {
+				sprintf(txt + strlen(txt),"                    %x",SendQueue[i].IsACK);
+			}
+
+			Mono_Printf("%s",txt);
+		} else {
+
+			/*.....................................................................
+			Entry isn't active; print blanks
+			.....................................................................*/
+			Mono_Printf("____ __                            _");
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Print Receive Queue items
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	for (i = 0; i < MaxReceive; i++) {
+		Mono_Set_Cursor (40,8 + i);
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Print an active entry
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (ReceiveQueue[i].IsActive) {
+			/*..................................................................
+			Get header info
+			..................................................................*/
+			hdr = (CommHdr *)ReceiveQueue[i].Buffer;
+			hdr->MagicNumber = hdr->MagicNumber;
+			hdr->Code = hdr->Code;
+			sprintf(txt,"%4d %2d %-5s  ",
+				hdr->PacketID,
+				ReceiveQueue[i].IsRead,
+				ConnectionClass::Command_Name(hdr->Code));
+			/*..................................................................
+			Decode app's ID & its name
+			..................................................................*/
+			if (DebugSize && (DebugOffset + DebugSize) <= ReceiveQueue[i].BufLen) {
+				if (DebugSize==1) {
+					val = *(ReceiveQueue[i].Buffer + DebugOffset);
+				} else {
+					if (DebugSize==2) {
+						val = *((short *)(ReceiveQueue[i].Buffer + DebugOffset));
+					} else {
+						if (DebugSize==4) {
+							val = *((int *)(ReceiveQueue[i].Buffer + DebugOffset));
+						}
+					}
+				}
+				sprintf(txt + strlen(txt),"%4d  ",val);
+
+				if (DebugMaxNames > 0 && val >= 0 && val < DebugMaxNames) {
+					sprintf(txt + strlen(txt),"%-12s  %x",
+						DebugNames[val],
+						ReceiveQueue[i].IsACK);
+				} else {
+					sprintf(txt + strlen(txt),"              %x",ReceiveQueue[i].IsACK);
+				}
+			} else {
+				sprintf(txt + strlen(txt),"                    %x",ReceiveQueue[i].IsACK);
+			}
+
+			Mono_Printf("%s",txt);
+		} else {
+
+			/*.....................................................................
+			Entry isn't active; print blanks
+			.....................................................................*/
+			Mono_Printf("____ __                            _");
+		}
+	}
+
+#else
+	refresh = refresh;
+#endif
+}	/* end of Mono_Debug_Print2 */
+
+
diff --git a/COMBUF.H b/COMBUF.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..15b710c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/COMBUF.H
@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\combuf.h_v   1.6   16 Oct 1995 16:46:00   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D    S T U D I O S        **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : COMBUF.H                               	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Bill Randolph                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : December 19, 1994                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : April 1, 1995   [BR]                 		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This class's job is to store outgoing messages & incoming messages, 		*
+ * and serves as a storage area for various flags for ACK & Retry logic.	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This class stores buffers in a non-sequenced order; it allows freeing	*
+ * any entry, so the buffers can be kept clear, even if packets come in		*
+ * out of order.																				*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * The class also contains routines to maintain a cumulative response time	*
+ * for this queue.  It's up to the caller to call Add_Delay() whenever		*
+ * it detects that an outgoing message has been ACK'd; this class adds		*
+ * that delay into a computed average delay over the last few message 		*
+ * delays.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef COMBUF_H
+#define COMBUF_H
+
+
+/*
+********************************** Defines **********************************
+*/
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+This is one output queue entry
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+typedef struct {
+	unsigned int IsActive	: 1;	// 1 = this entry is ready to be processed
+	unsigned int IsACK		: 1;	// 1 = ACK received for this packet
+	unsigned long FirstTime;		// time this packet was first sent
+	unsigned long LastTime;			// time this packet was last sent
+	unsigned long SendCount;		// # of times this packet has been sent
+	int BufLen;							// size of the packet stored in this entry
+	char *Buffer;						// the data packet
+} SendQueueType;
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+This is one input queue entry
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+typedef struct {
+	unsigned int IsActive	: 1;	// 1 = this entry is ready to be processed
+	unsigned int IsRead		: 1;	// 1 = caller has read this entry
+	unsigned int IsACK		: 1;	// 1 = ACK sent for this packet
+	int BufLen;							// size of the packet stored in this entry
+	char *Buffer;						// the data packet
+} ReceiveQueueType;
+
+/*
+***************************** Class Declaration *****************************
+*/
+class CommBufferClass
+{
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Public Interface ----------------------------
+	*/
+	public:
+		/*
+		....................... Constructor/Destructor ........................
+		*/
+		CommBufferClass(int numsend, int numrecieve, int maxlen);
+		virtual ~CommBufferClass();
+		void Init(void);
+		void Init_Send_Queue(void);
+
+		/*
+		......................... Send Queue routines .........................
+		*/
+		int Queue_Send(void *buf, int buflen);			// add to Send queue
+		int UnQueue_Send(void *buf, int *buflen, int index);		// remove from Send queue
+		int Num_Send(void) {return (SendCount);}		// # entries in queue
+		int Max_Send(void) { return (MaxSend);}		// max # send queue entries
+		SendQueueType * Get_Send(int index);			// random access to queue
+		unsigned long Send_Total(void) {return (SendTotal);}
+
+		/*
+		....................... Receive Queue routines ........................
+		*/
+		int Queue_Receive(void *buf, int buflen);		// add to Receive queue
+		int UnQueue_Receive(void *buf, int *buflen, int index);	// remove from Receive queue
+		int Num_Receive(void) {return (ReceiveCount);}	// # entries in queue
+		int Max_Receive(void) { return (MaxReceive); }	// max # recv queue entries
+		ReceiveQueueType * Get_Receive(int index);	// random access to queue
+		unsigned long Receive_Total(void) {return (ReceiveTotal);}
+
+		/*
+		....................... Response time routines ........................
+		*/
+		void Add_Delay(unsigned long delay);	// accumulates response time
+		unsigned long Avg_Response_Time(void);	// gets mean response time
+		unsigned long Max_Response_Time(void);	// gets max response time
+		void Reset_Response_Time(void);			// resets computations
+
+		/*
+		........................ Debug output routines ........................
+		*/
+		void Configure_Debug(int offset, int size, char **names, int maxnames);
+		void Mono_Debug_Print(int refresh = 0);
+		void Mono_Debug_Print2(int refresh = 0);
+
+	/*
+	--------------------------- Private Interface ----------------------------
+	*/
+	private:
+		/*
+		.......................... Limiting variables .........................
+		*/
+		int MaxSend;							// max # send queue entries
+		int MaxReceive;						// max # receive queue entries
+		int MaxPacketSize;					// max size of a packet, in bytes
+
+		/*
+		....................... Response time variables .......................
+		*/
+		unsigned long DelaySum;				// sum of last 4 delay times
+		unsigned long NumDelay;				// current # delay times summed
+		unsigned long MeanDelay;			// current average delay time
+		unsigned long MaxDelay;				// max delay ever for this queue
+
+		/*
+		........................ Send Queue variables .........................
+		*/
+		SendQueueType * SendQueue;			// incoming packets
+		int SendCount; 						// # packets in the queue
+		unsigned long SendTotal;			// total # added to send queue
+		int *SendIndex;						// array of Send entry indices
+
+		/*
+		....................... Receive Queue variables .......................
+		*/
+		ReceiveQueueType * ReceiveQueue;		// outgoing packets
+		int ReceiveCount;							// # packets in the queue
+		unsigned long ReceiveTotal;			// total # added to receive queue
+		int *ReceiveIndex;						// array of Receive entry indices
+
+		/*
+		......................... Debugging Variables .........................
+		*/
+		int DebugOffset;							// offset into app's packet for ID
+		int DebugSize;								// size of app's ID
+		char **DebugNames;						// ptr to array of app-specific names
+		int DebugMaxNames;						// max # of names in array
+};
+
+#endif
+
+/**************************** end of combuf.h ******************************/
+
diff --git a/COMPAT.H b/COMPAT.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4057f91
--- /dev/null
+++ b/COMPAT.H
@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\compat.h_v   2.19   16 Oct 1995 16:46:02   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : COMPAT.H                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : 03/02/95                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : March 2, 1995 [JLB]                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef COMPAT_H
+#define COMPAT_H
+
+
+#include "i86.h"
+
+#define  KeyNumType	int
+#define  KeyASCIIType	int
+
+
+
+#define	BuffType		BufferClass
+#define movmem(a,b,c) memmove(b,a,c)
+#define ShapeBufferSize	_ShapeBufferSize
+extern "C" {
+	extern	long ShapeBufferSize;
+	extern	char *ShapeBuffer;
+}
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* Define some equates for the different graphic routines we will install	*/
+/*		later.																					*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+#define HIDBUFF	  ((void *)(0xA0000))
+//#define Size_Of_Region(a, b) a*b
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* Define some Graphic Routines which will only be fixed by these defines	*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+#define Set_Font_Palette(a) 		Set_Font_Palette_Range(a, 0, 15)
+
+/*
+**	These are the Open_File, Read_File, and Seek_File constants.
+*/
+#define READ						1	// Read access.
+#define WRITE						2	// Write access.
+
+#ifndef SEEK_SET
+#define SEEK_SET					0	// Seek from start of file.
+#define SEEK_CUR					1	// Seek relative from current location.
+#define SEEK_END					2	// Seek from end of file.
+#endif
+
+#define ERROR_WINDOW 			1
+#define ErrorWindow 			1
+
+
+extern unsigned char *Palette;
+extern unsigned char MDisabled;			// Is mouse disabled?
+extern WORD Hard_Error_Occured;
+
+/*
+**	This is the menu control structures.
+*/
+typedef enum MenuIndexType {
+	MENUX,
+	MENUY,
+	ITEMWIDTH,
+	ITEMSHIGH,
+	MSELECTED,
+	NORMCOL,
+	HILITE,
+	MENUPADDING=0x1000
+} MenuIndexType;
+
+
+#define BITSPERBYTE 8
+#define MAXSHORT    0x7fff
+#define HIBITS      0x8000
+//#define MAXLONG     0x7fffffffL
+#define HIBITL      0x80000000
+
+#define MAXINT      MAXLONG
+#define HIBITI      HIBITL
+
+#define DMAXEXP     308
+#define FMAXEXP     38
+#define DMINEXP     -307
+#define FMINEXP     -37
+
+#define MAXDOUBLE   1.797693E+308
+#define MAXFLOAT    3.37E+38F
+#define MINDOUBLE   2.225074E-308
+#define MINFLOAT    8.43E-37F
+
+#define DSIGNIF     53
+#define FSIGNIF     24
+
+#define DMAXPOWTWO  0x3FF
+#define FMAXPOWTWO  0x7F
+#define DEXPLEN     11
+#define FEXPLEN     8
+#define EXPBASE     2
+#define IEEE        1
+#define LENBASE     1
+#define HIDDENBIT   1
+#define LN_MAXDOUBLE    7.0978E+2
+#define LN_MINDOUBLE    -7.0840E+2
+
+/* These defines handle the various names given to the same color. */
+#define	DKGREEN	GREEN
+#define	DKBLUE	BLUE
+#define	GRAY		GREY
+#define	DKGREY	GREY
+#define	DKGRAY	GREY
+#define	LTGRAY	LTGREY
+
+#if 0
+typedef struct {
+	short	Width;			// Width of icons (pixels).
+	short	Height;			// Height of icons (pixels).
+	short	Count;			// Number of (logical) icons in this set.
+	short	Allocated;		// Was this iconset allocated?
+	long	Size;				// Size of entire iconset memory block.
+	unsigned char * Icons;			// Offset from buffer start to icon data.
+	long	Palettes;		// Offset from buffer start to palette data.
+	long	Remaps;			// Offset from buffer start to remap index data.
+	long	TransFlag;		// Offset for transparency flag table.
+	unsigned char * Map;				// Icon map offset (if present).
+} IControl_Type;
+#endif
+
+
+
+void Stuff_Key_Num ( int );
+
+
+extern "C"{
+extern int MouseQX;
+extern int MouseQY;
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/COMQUEUE.CPP b/COMQUEUE.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b828394
--- /dev/null
+++ b/COMQUEUE.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,1006 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\comqueue.cpv   1.10   16 Oct 1995 16:49:14   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D    S T U D I O S        **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : COMQUEUE.CPP                             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Bill Randolph                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : December 19, 1994                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : May 31, 1995 [BRR]                       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ *   CommQueueClass::CommQueueClass -- class constructor                   *
+ *   CommQueueClass::~CommQueueClass -- class destructor                   *
+ *   CommQueueClass::Init -- initializes this queue                        *
+ *   CommQueueClass::Queue_Send -- queues a message for sending            *
+ *   CommQueueClass::UnQueue_Send -- removes next entry from send queue    *
+ *   CommQueueClass::Next_Send -- gets ptr to next entry in send queue     *
+ *   CommQueueClass::Get_Send -- gets ptr to queue entry                   *
+ *   CommQueueClass::Queue_Receive -- queues a received message            *
+ *   CommQueueClass::UnQueue_Receive -- removes next entry from send queue *
+ *   CommQueueClass::Next_Receive -- gets ptr to next entry in send queue  *
+ *   CommQueueClass::Get_Receive -- gets ptr to queue entry                *
+ *   CommQueueClass::Add_Delay -- adds a new delay value for response time *
+ *   CommQueueClass::Avg_Response_Time -- returns average response time    *
+ *   CommQueueClass::Max_Response_Time -- returns max response time        *
+ *   CommQueueClass::Reset_Response_Time -- resets computations            *
+ *   CommQueueClass::Configure_Debug -- sets up special debug values       *
+ *   CommQueueClass::Mono_Debug_Print -- Debug output routine              *
+ *   CommQueueClass::Mono_Debug_Print2 -- Debug output; alternate format   *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "function.h"
+
+#ifndef DEMO
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * CommQueueClass::CommQueueClass -- class constructor             			*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		numsend		# queue entries for sending										*
+ *		numreceive	# queue entries for receiving										*
+ *		maxlen		maximum desired packet length, in bytes						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/19/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+CommQueueClass::CommQueueClass(int numsend, int numreceive, int maxlen)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	/*
+	----------------------------- Init variables -----------------------------
+	*/
+	MaxSend = numsend;
+	MaxReceive = numreceive;
+	MaxPacketSize = maxlen;
+
+	/*
+	----------------------- Allocate the queue entries -----------------------
+	*/
+	SendQueue = new SendQueueType[numsend];
+	ReceiveQueue = new ReceiveQueueType[numreceive];
+
+	/*
+	---------------------- Allocate queue entry buffers ----------------------
+	*/
+	for (i = 0; i < MaxSend; i++) {
+		SendQueue[i].Buffer = new char[maxlen];
+	}
+
+	for (i = 0; i < MaxReceive; i++) {
+		ReceiveQueue[i].Buffer = new char[maxlen];
+	}
+
+	Init();
+
+}	/* end of CommQueueClass */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * CommQueueClass::~CommQueueClass -- class destructor             			*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/19/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+CommQueueClass::~CommQueueClass()
+{
+	int i;
+
+	/*
+	------------------------ Free queue entry buffers ------------------------
+	*/
+	for (i = 0; i < MaxSend; i++) {
+		delete [] SendQueue[i].Buffer;
+	}
+
+	for (i = 0; i < MaxReceive; i++) {
+		delete [] ReceiveQueue[i].Buffer;
+	}
+
+	delete [] SendQueue;
+	delete [] ReceiveQueue;
+
+}	/* end of ~CommQueueClass */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * CommQueueClass::Init -- initializes this queue                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   01/20/1995 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void CommQueueClass::Init(void)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Init data members
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	SendTotal = 0L;
+	ReceiveTotal = 0L;
+
+	DelaySum = 0L;
+	NumDelay = 0L;
+	MeanDelay = 0L;
+	MaxDelay = 0L;
+
+	SendCount = 0;
+	SendNext = 0;
+	SendEmpty = 0;
+
+	ReceiveCount = 0;
+	ReceiveNext = 0;
+	ReceiveEmpty = 0;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Init the queue entries
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	for (i = 0; i < MaxSend; i++) {
+		SendQueue[i].IsActive = 0;
+		SendQueue[i].IsACK = 0;
+		SendQueue[i].FirstTime = 0L;
+		SendQueue[i].LastTime = 0L;
+		SendQueue[i].SendCount = 0L;
+		ReceiveQueue[i].BufLen = 0;
+	}
+	for (i = 0; i < MaxReceive; i++) {
+		ReceiveQueue[i].IsActive = 0;
+		ReceiveQueue[i].IsRead = 0;
+		ReceiveQueue[i].IsACK = 0;
+		ReceiveQueue[i].BufLen = 0;
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Init debug values
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	DebugOffset = 0;
+	DebugSize = 0;
+	DebugNames = NULL;
+	DebugMaxNames = 0;
+
+}	/* end of Init */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * CommQueueClass::Queue_Send -- queues a message for sending              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		buf			buffer containing the message										*
+ *		buflen		length of 'buf'														*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		1 = OK, 0 = no room in the queue													*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int CommQueueClass::Queue_Send(void *buf, int buflen)
+{
+	/*
+	--------------------- Error if no room in the queue ----------------------
+	*/
+	if (SendCount==MaxSend || SendQueue[SendEmpty].IsActive!=0)
+		return(0);
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Set entry flags -----------------------------
+	*/
+	SendQueue[SendEmpty].IsActive = 1;			// entry is now active
+	SendQueue[SendEmpty].IsACK = 0;				// entry hasn't been ACK'd
+	SendQueue[SendEmpty].FirstTime = 0L;		// filled in by Manager when sent
+	SendQueue[SendEmpty].LastTime = 0L;			// filled in by Manager when sent
+	SendQueue[SendEmpty].SendCount = 0L;		// filled in by Manager when sent
+	SendQueue[SendEmpty].BufLen = buflen;		// save buffer size
+
+	/*
+	------------------------- Copy the packet data ---------------------------
+	*/
+	memcpy(SendQueue[SendEmpty].Buffer,buf,buflen);
+
+	/*
+	-------------------- Increment counters & entry ptr ----------------------
+	*/
+	SendCount++;
+	SendEmpty++;
+	if (SendEmpty==MaxSend)
+		SendEmpty = 0;
+
+	SendTotal++;
+
+	return(1);
+
+}	/* end of Queue_Send */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * CommQueueClass::UnQueue_Send -- removes next entry from send queue		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		buf			buffer to store entry's data in; if NULL, it's discarded	*
+ *		buflen		filled in with length of entry retrieved						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		1 = OK, 0 = no entry to retreive													*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int CommQueueClass::UnQueue_Send(void *buf, int *buflen)
+{
+	/*
+	--------------------- Error if no entry to retrieve ----------------------
+	*/
+	if (SendCount==0 || SendQueue[SendNext].IsActive==0)
+		return(0);
+
+	/*
+	---------------------- Copy the data from the entry ----------------------
+	*/
+	if (buf!=NULL) {
+		memcpy(buf,SendQueue[SendNext].Buffer,SendQueue[SendNext].BufLen);
+		(*buflen) = SendQueue[SendNext].BufLen;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Set entry flags -----------------------------
+	*/
+	SendQueue[SendNext].IsActive = 0;
+	SendQueue[SendNext].IsACK = 0;
+	SendQueue[SendNext].FirstTime = 0L;
+	SendQueue[SendNext].LastTime = 0L;
+	SendQueue[SendNext].SendCount = 0L;
+	SendQueue[SendNext].BufLen = 0;
+	SendCount--;
+	SendNext++;
+	if (SendNext==MaxSend)
+		SendNext = 0;
+
+	return(1);
+
+}	/* end of UnQueue_Send */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * CommQueueClass::Next_Send -- gets ptr to next entry in send queue       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		ptr to entry, NULL if there is none.											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+SendQueueType * CommQueueClass::Next_Send(void)
+{
+	if (SendCount==0) {
+		return(NULL);
+	} else {
+		return(&SendQueue[SendNext]);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * CommQueueClass::Get_Send -- gets ptr to queue entry                     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This routine gets a pointer to the indicated queue entry.  The index		*
+ * value is relative to the next-accessable queue entry; 0 = get the			*
+ * next available queue entry, 1 = get the one behind that, etc.				*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		index		index of entry to get (0 = 1st available)							*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		ptr to entry																			*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/21/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+SendQueueType * CommQueueClass::Get_Send(int index)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	i = SendNext + index;
+	if (i >= MaxSend)
+		i -= MaxSend;
+
+	if (SendQueue[i].IsActive==0) {
+		return(NULL);
+	} else {
+		return(&SendQueue[i]);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * CommQueueClass::Queue_Receive -- queues a received message					*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		buf			buffer containing the message										*
+ *		buflen		length of 'buf'														*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		1 = OK, 0 = no room in the queue													*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int CommQueueClass::Queue_Receive(void *buf, int buflen)
+{
+	/*
+	--------------------- Error if no room in the queue ----------------------
+	*/
+	if (ReceiveCount==MaxReceive || ReceiveQueue[ReceiveEmpty].IsActive!=0) {
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Set entry flags -----------------------------
+	*/
+	ReceiveQueue[ReceiveEmpty].IsActive = 1;
+	ReceiveQueue[ReceiveEmpty].IsRead = 0;
+	ReceiveQueue[ReceiveEmpty].IsACK = 0;
+	ReceiveQueue[ReceiveEmpty].BufLen = buflen;
+
+	/*
+	------------------------- Copy the packet data ---------------------------
+	*/
+	if (buflen > MaxPacketLen){
+		CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Error. Incoming packet too large");
+	}
+	memcpy(ReceiveQueue[ReceiveEmpty].Buffer,buf,buflen);
+
+	/*
+	-------------------- Increment counters & entry ptr ----------------------
+	*/
+	ReceiveCount++;
+	ReceiveEmpty++;
+	if (ReceiveEmpty==MaxReceive)
+		ReceiveEmpty = 0;
+
+	ReceiveTotal++;
+
+	return(1);
+
+}	/* end of Queue_Receive */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * CommQueueClass::UnQueue_Receive -- removes next entry from send queue	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		buf			buffer to store entry's data in; if NULL, it's discarded	*
+ *		buflen		filled in with length of entry retrieved						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		1 = OK, 0 = no entry to retreive													*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int CommQueueClass::UnQueue_Receive(void *buf, int *buflen)
+{
+	/*
+	--------------------- Error if no entry to retrieve ----------------------
+	*/
+	if (ReceiveCount==0 || ReceiveQueue[ReceiveNext].IsActive==0) {
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	---------------------- Copy the data from the entry ----------------------
+	*/
+	if (buf!=NULL) {
+		memcpy(buf,ReceiveQueue[ReceiveNext].Buffer,
+			ReceiveQueue[ReceiveNext].BufLen);
+		(*buflen) = ReceiveQueue[ReceiveNext].BufLen;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Set entry flags -----------------------------
+	*/
+	ReceiveQueue[ReceiveNext].IsActive = 0;
+	ReceiveQueue[ReceiveNext].IsRead = 0;
+	ReceiveQueue[ReceiveNext].IsACK = 0;
+	ReceiveQueue[ReceiveNext].BufLen = 0;
+	ReceiveCount--;
+	ReceiveNext++;
+	if (ReceiveNext==MaxReceive)
+		ReceiveNext = 0;
+
+	return(1);
+
+}	/* end of UnQueue_Receive */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * CommQueueClass::Next_Receive -- gets ptr to next entry in send queue    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		ptr to entry, NULL if there is none.											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+ReceiveQueueType * CommQueueClass::Next_Receive(void)
+{
+	if (ReceiveCount==0) {
+		return(NULL);
+	} else {
+		return(&ReceiveQueue[ReceiveNext]);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * CommQueueClass::Get_Receive -- gets ptr to queue entry                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This routine gets a pointer to the indicated queue entry.  The index		*
+ * value is relative to the next-accessable queue entry; 0 = get the			*
+ * next available queue entry, 1 = get the one behind that, etc.				*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		index		index of entry to get (0 = 1st available)							*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		ptr to entry																			*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/21/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+ReceiveQueueType * CommQueueClass::Get_Receive(int index)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	i = ReceiveNext + index;
+	if (i >= MaxReceive)
+		i -= MaxReceive;
+
+	if (ReceiveQueue[i].IsActive==0) {
+		return(NULL);
+	} else {
+		return(&ReceiveQueue[i]);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * CommQueueClass::Add_Delay -- adds a new delay value for response time   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This routine updates the average response time for this queue.  The		*
+ * computation is based on the average of the last 'n' delay values given,	*
+ * It computes a running total of the last n delay values, then divides 	*
+ * that by n to compute the average.													*
+ *																									*
+ * When the number of values given exceeds the max, the mean is subtracted	*
+ * off the total, then the new value is added in.  Thus, any single delay	*
+ * value will have an effect on the total that approaches 0 over time, and	*
+ * the new delay value contributes to 1/n of the mean.							*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		delay			value to add into the response time computation				*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   01/19/1995 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void CommQueueClass::Add_Delay(unsigned long delay)
+{
+	int roundoff = 0;
+
+	if (NumDelay==256) {
+		DelaySum -= MeanDelay;
+		DelaySum += delay;
+		if ( (DelaySum & 0x00ff) > 127)
+			roundoff = 1;
+		MeanDelay = (DelaySum >> 8) + roundoff;
+	} else {
+		NumDelay++;
+		DelaySum += delay;
+		MeanDelay = DelaySum / NumDelay;
+	}
+
+	if (delay > MaxDelay) {
+		MaxDelay = delay;
+	}
+
+}	/* end of Add_Delay */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * CommQueueClass::Avg_Response_Time -- returns average response time    	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		latest computed average response time											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   01/19/1995 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+unsigned long CommQueueClass::Avg_Response_Time(void)
+{
+	return(MeanDelay);
+
+}	/* end of Avg_Response_Time */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * CommQueueClass::Max_Response_Time -- returns max response time    		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		latest computed average response time											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   01/19/1995 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+unsigned long CommQueueClass::Max_Response_Time(void)
+{
+	return(MaxDelay);
+
+}	/* end of Max_Response_Time */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * CommQueueClass::Reset_Response_Time -- resets computations					*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   01/19/1995 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void CommQueueClass::Reset_Response_Time(void)
+{
+	DelaySum = 0L;
+	NumDelay = 0L;
+	MeanDelay = 0L;
+	MaxDelay = 0L;
+
+}	/* end of Reset_Response_Time */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * CommQueueClass::Configure_Debug -- sets up special debug values         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * Mono_Debug_Print2() can look into a packet to pull out a particular		*
+ * ID, and can print both that ID and a string corresponding to				*
+ * that ID.  This routine configures these values so it can find				*
+ * and decode the ID.  This ID is used in addition to the normal				*
+ * CommHeaderType values.																	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		offset		ID's byte offset into packet										*
+ *		size			size of ID, in bytes; 0 if none									*
+ *		names			ptr to array of names; use ID as an index into this		*
+ *		maxnames		max # in the names array; 0 if none.							*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		Names shouldn't be longer than 12 characters.								*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/31/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void CommQueueClass::Configure_Debug(int offset, int size, char **names,
+	int maxnames)
+{
+	DebugOffset = offset;
+	DebugSize = size;
+	DebugNames = names;
+	DebugMaxNames = maxnames;
+
+}	/* end of Configure_Debug */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Mono_Debug_Print -- Debug output routine                                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This routine leaves 5 lines at the top for the caller's use.				*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		refresh		1 = clear screen & completely refresh							*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/02/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void CommQueueClass::Mono_Debug_Print(int refresh)
+{
+#ifdef WWLIB32_H
+	int i;												// loop counter
+	static int send_col[] = {1,14,28};			// coords of send queue columns
+	static int receive_col[] = {40,54,68};		// coords of recv queue columns
+	int row,col;										// current row,col for printing
+	int num;												// max # items to print
+
+	struct CommHdr {									// this mirrors the CommHeaderType
+		unsigned short MagicNumber;
+		unsigned char Code;
+		unsigned long PacketID;
+	} *hdr;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	If few enough entries, call the verbose debug version
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (MaxSend <= 16) {
+		Mono_Debug_Print2(refresh);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Refresh the screen
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (refresh) {
+		Mono_Clear_Screen ();
+		Mono_Printf("ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                                                             ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                                                             ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                                                             ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³              Send Queue              ³             Receive Queue            ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³ ID  Ct ACK   ID  Ct ACK    ID  Ct ACK³ ID  Rd ACK    ID  Rd ACK   ID  Rd ACK³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ");
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Print Send Queue items
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (MaxSend <= 48) {
+		num = MaxSend;
+	} else {
+		num = 48;
+	}
+	col = 0;
+	row = 0;
+	for (i = 0; i < MaxSend; i++) {
+		Mono_Set_Cursor (send_col[col],row + 8);
+		if (SendQueue[i].IsActive) {
+			hdr = (CommHdr *)SendQueue[i].Buffer;
+			hdr->MagicNumber = hdr->MagicNumber;
+			hdr->Code = hdr->Code;
+			Mono_Printf ("%4d %2d  %d",hdr->PacketID, SendQueue[i].SendCount,
+				SendQueue[i].IsACK);
+		} else {
+			Mono_Printf ("____ __  _ ");
+		}
+
+		row++;
+		if (row > 15) {
+			row = 0;
+			col++;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Print Receive Queue items
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (MaxReceive <= 48) {
+		num = MaxSend;
+	} else {
+		num = 48;
+	}
+	col = 0;
+	row = 0;
+	for (i = 0; i < MaxReceive; i++) {
+		Mono_Set_Cursor (receive_col[col],row + 8);
+		if (ReceiveQueue[i].IsActive) {
+			hdr = (CommHdr *)ReceiveQueue[i].Buffer;
+			Mono_Printf ("%4d  %d  %d",hdr->PacketID, ReceiveQueue[i].IsRead,
+				ReceiveQueue[i].IsACK);
+		} else {
+			Mono_Printf ("____  _  _ ");
+		}
+
+		row++;
+		if (row > 15) {
+			row = 0;
+			col++;
+		}
+	}
+
+#else
+	refresh = refresh;
+#endif
+}	/* end of Mono_Debug_Print */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * CommQueueClass::Mono_Debug_Print2 -- Debug output; alternate format     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This routine prints more information than the other version; it's			*
+ * called only if the number of queue entries is small enough to support	*
+ * this format.																				*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		refresh		1 = clear screen & completely refresh							*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/31/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void CommQueueClass::Mono_Debug_Print2(int refresh)
+{
+#ifdef WWLIB32_H
+	int i;												// loop counter
+	char txt[80];
+	int val;
+
+	struct CommHdr {									// this mirrors the CommHeaderType
+		unsigned short MagicNumber;
+		unsigned char Code;
+		unsigned long PacketID;
+	} *hdr;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Refresh the screen
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (refresh) {
+		Mono_Clear_Screen ();
+		Mono_Printf("ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                                                             ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                                                             ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                                                             ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³              Send Queue              ³             Receive Queue            ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³ ID  Ct Type   Data  Name         ACK ³ ID  Rd Type   Data  Name         ACK ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("³                                      ³                                      ³\n");
+		Mono_Printf("ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ");
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Print Send Queue items
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	for (i = 0; i < MaxSend; i++) {
+		Mono_Set_Cursor (1,8 + i);
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Print an active entry
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (SendQueue[i].IsActive) {
+			/*..................................................................
+			Get header info
+			..................................................................*/
+			hdr = (CommHdr *)SendQueue[i].Buffer;
+			hdr->MagicNumber = hdr->MagicNumber;
+			hdr->Code = hdr->Code;
+			sprintf(txt,"%4d %2d %-5s  ",
+				hdr->PacketID,
+				SendQueue[i].SendCount,
+				ConnectionClass::Command_Name(hdr->Code));
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Decode app's ID & its name
+			..................................................................*/
+			if (DebugSize && (DebugOffset + DebugSize) <= SendQueue[i].BufLen) {
+				if (DebugSize==1) {
+					val = *(SendQueue[i].Buffer + DebugOffset);
+				} else {
+					if (DebugSize==2) {
+						val = *((short *)(SendQueue[i].Buffer + DebugOffset));
+					} else {
+						if (DebugSize==4) {
+							val = *((int *)(SendQueue[i].Buffer + DebugOffset));
+						}
+					}
+				}
+				sprintf(txt + strlen(txt),"%4d  ",val);
+
+				if (DebugMaxNames && val > 0 && val < DebugMaxNames) {
+					sprintf(txt + strlen(txt),"%-12s  %x",
+						DebugNames[val],
+						SendQueue[i].IsACK);
+				} else {
+					sprintf(txt + strlen(txt),"              %x",SendQueue[i].IsACK);
+				}
+			}
+		} else {
+
+			/*.....................................................................
+			Entry isn't active; print blanks
+			.....................................................................*/
+			Mono_Printf("____ __                            _");
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Print Receive Queue items
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	for (i = 0; i < MaxReceive; i++) {
+		Mono_Set_Cursor (40,8 + i);
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Print an active entry
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (ReceiveQueue[i].IsActive) {
+			/*..................................................................
+			Get header info
+			..................................................................*/
+			hdr = (CommHdr *)ReceiveQueue[i].Buffer;
+			hdr->MagicNumber = hdr->MagicNumber;
+			hdr->Code = hdr->Code;
+			sprintf(txt,"%4d %2d %-5s  ",
+				hdr->PacketID,
+				ReceiveQueue[i].IsRead,
+				ConnectionClass::Command_Name(hdr->Code));
+			/*..................................................................
+			Decode app's ID & its name
+			..................................................................*/
+			if (DebugSize && (DebugOffset + DebugSize) <= SendQueue[i].BufLen) {
+				if (DebugSize==1) {
+					val = *(ReceiveQueue[i].Buffer + DebugOffset);
+				} else {
+					if (DebugSize==2) {
+						val = *((short *)(ReceiveQueue[i].Buffer + DebugOffset));
+					} else {
+						if (DebugSize==4) {
+							val = *((int *)(ReceiveQueue[i].Buffer + DebugOffset));
+						}
+					}
+				}
+				sprintf(txt + strlen(txt),"%4d  ",val);
+
+				if (DebugMaxNames && val > 0 && val < DebugMaxNames) {
+					sprintf(txt + strlen(txt),"%-12s  %x", DebugNames[val], ReceiveQueue[i].IsACK);
+				} else {
+					sprintf(txt + strlen(txt),"              %x",ReceiveQueue[i].IsACK);
+				}
+			}
+		} else {
+
+			/*.....................................................................
+			Entry isn't active; print blanks
+			.....................................................................*/
+			Mono_Printf("____ __                            _");
+		}
+	}
+
+#else
+	refresh = refresh;
+#endif
+}	/* end of Mono_Debug_Print2 */
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/COMQUEUE.H b/COMQUEUE.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7d406b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/COMQUEUE.H
@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\comqueue.h_v   1.12   16 Oct 1995 16:45:08   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D    S T U D I O S        **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : COMQUEUE.H                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Bill Randolph                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : December 19, 1994                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : April 1, 1995   [BR]                 		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This class's job is to queue up outgoing messages & incoming messages, 	*
+ * and serves as a storage area for various flags for ACK & Retry logic.	*
+ * It allows the application to keep track of how many messages have 		*
+ * passed through this queue, in & out, so packets can use this as a 		*
+ * unique ID.  (If packets have a unique ID, the application can use this 	*
+ * to detect re-sends.)																		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * The queues act as FIFO buffers (First-In, First-Out).  The first entry	*
+ * placed in a queue is the first one read from it, and so on.  The			*
+ * controlling application must ensure it places the entries on the queue	*
+ * in the order it wants to access them.												*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * The queue is implemented as an array of Queue Entries.  Index 0 is the	*
+ * first element placed on the queue, and is the first retrieved.  Index	*
+ * 1 is the next, and so on.  When Index 0 is retrieved, the next-available*
+ * entry becomes Index 1.  The array is circular; when the end is reached,	*
+ * the indices wrap around to the beginning.											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * The class also contains routines to maintain a cumulative response time	*
+ * for this queue.  It's up to the caller to call Add_Delay() whenever		*
+ * it detects that an outgoing message has been ACK'd; this class adds		*
+ * that delay into a computed average delay over the last few message 		*
+ * delays.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef COMQUEUE_H
+#define COMQUEUE_H
+
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+This is one output queue entry
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+typedef struct {
+	unsigned int IsActive	: 1;	// 1 = this entry is ready to be processed
+	unsigned int IsACK		: 1;	// 1 = ACK received for this packet
+	unsigned long FirstTime;		// time this packet was first sent
+	unsigned long LastTime;			// time this packet was last sent
+	unsigned long SendCount;		// # of times this packet has been sent
+	int BufLen;							// size of the packet stored in this entry
+	char *Buffer;						// the data packet
+} SendQueueType;
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+This is one input queue entry
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+typedef struct {
+	unsigned int IsActive	: 1;	// 1 = this entry is ready to be processed
+	unsigned int IsRead		: 1;	// 1 = caller has read this entry
+	unsigned int IsACK		: 1;	// 1 = ACK sent for this packet
+	int BufLen;							// size of the packet stored in this entry
+	char *Buffer;						// the data packet
+} ReceiveQueueType;
+
+/*
+***************************** Class Declaration *****************************
+*/
+class CommQueueClass
+{
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Public Interface ----------------------------
+	*/
+	public:
+		/*
+		....................... Constructor/Destructor ........................
+		*/
+		CommQueueClass(int numsend, int numrecieve, int maxlen);
+		virtual ~CommQueueClass();
+		void Init(void);
+
+		/*
+		......................... Send Queue routines .........................
+		*/
+		int Queue_Send(void *buf, int buflen);			// add to Send queue
+		int UnQueue_Send(void *buf, int *buflen);		// remove from Send queue
+		SendQueueType * Next_Send(void);					// ptr to next avail entry
+		int Num_Send(void) {return (SendCount);}		// # entries in queue
+		int Max_Send(void) { return (MaxSend);}		// max # send queue entries
+		SendQueueType * Get_Send(int index);			// random access to queue
+		unsigned long Send_Total(void) {return (SendTotal);}
+
+		/*
+		....................... Receive Queue routines ........................
+		*/
+		int Queue_Receive(void *buf, int buflen);		// add to Receive queue
+		int UnQueue_Receive(void *buf, int *buflen);	// remove from Receive queue
+		ReceiveQueueType * Next_Receive(void);			// ptr to next avail entry
+		int Num_Receive(void) {return (ReceiveCount);}	// # entries in queue
+		int Max_Receive(void) { return (MaxReceive); }	// max # recv queue entries
+		ReceiveQueueType * Get_Receive(int index);	// random access to queue
+		unsigned long Receive_Total(void) {return (ReceiveTotal);}
+
+		/*
+		....................... Response time routines ........................
+		*/
+		void Add_Delay(unsigned long delay);	// accumulates response time
+		unsigned long Avg_Response_Time(void);	// gets mean response time
+		unsigned long Max_Response_Time(void);	// gets max response time
+		void Reset_Response_Time(void);			// resets computations
+
+		/*
+		........................ Debug output routines ........................
+		*/
+		void Configure_Debug(int offset, int size, char **names, int maxnames);
+		void Mono_Debug_Print(int refresh = 0);
+		void Mono_Debug_Print2(int refresh = 0);
+
+	/*
+	--------------------------- Private Interface ----------------------------
+	*/
+	private:
+		/*
+		.......................... Limiting variables .........................
+		*/
+		int MaxSend;							// max # send queue entries
+		int MaxReceive;						// max # receive queue entries
+		int MaxPacketSize;					// max size of a packet, in bytes
+
+		/*
+		....................... Response time variables .......................
+		*/
+		unsigned long DelaySum;				// sum of last 4 delay times
+		unsigned long NumDelay;				// current # delay times summed
+		unsigned long MeanDelay;			// current average delay time
+		unsigned long MaxDelay;				// max delay ever for this queue
+
+		/*
+		........................ Send Queue variables .........................
+		*/
+		SendQueueType * SendQueue;			// incoming packets
+		int SendCount; 						// # packets in the queue
+		int SendNext;							// next entry read from queue
+		int SendEmpty;							// next empty spot in queue
+		unsigned long SendTotal;			// total # added to send queue
+
+		/*
+		....................... Receive Queue variables .......................
+		*/
+		ReceiveQueueType * ReceiveQueue;		// outgoing packets
+		int ReceiveCount;							// # packets in the queue
+		int ReceiveNext;							// next entry read from queue
+		int ReceiveEmpty;							// next empty spot in queue
+		unsigned long ReceiveTotal;			// total # added to receive queue
+
+		/*
+		......................... Debugging Variables .........................
+		*/
+		int DebugOffset;							// offset into app's packet for ID
+		int DebugSize;								// size of app's ID
+		char **DebugNames;						// ptr to array of app-specific names
+		int DebugMaxNames;						// max # of names in array
+};
+
+#endif
+
+/*************************** end of comqueue.h *****************************/
+
diff --git a/CONFDLG.CPP b/CONFDLG.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9bdb6c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/CONFDLG.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,250 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\confdlg.cpv   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:49:52   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : CONFDLG.CPP                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Maria del Mar McCready Legg                                  *
+ *                                  Joe L. Bostic                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : Jan 30, 1995                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : Jan 30, 1995   [MML]                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   ConfirmationClass::Process -- Handles all the options graphic interface.                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+#include	"confdlg.h"
+
+
+bool ConfirmationClass::Process(int text)
+{
+	return(Process(Text_String(text)));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ConfirmationClass::Process -- Handles all the options graphic interface.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This dialog uses an edit box to confirm a deletion.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   	char *string - display in edit box.                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  	none                                                                            *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ * HISTORY:    12/31/1994 MML : Created.                                                       *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool ConfirmationClass::Process(char const * string)
+{
+	int factor = (SeenBuff.Get_Width() == 320) ? 1 : 2;
+
+	enum {
+		NUM_OF_BUTTONS = 2
+	};
+
+	char buffer[80*3];
+	int result = true;
+	int width;
+	int bwidth, bheight;				// button width and height
+	int height;
+	int selection;
+	bool pressed;
+	int curbutton;
+	TextButtonClass *buttons[NUM_OF_BUTTONS];
+
+	/*
+	**	Set up the window.  Window x-coords are in bytes not pixels.
+	*/
+	strcpy(buffer, string);
+	Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_NONE,0,0,TBLACK,TBLACK,TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+	Format_Window_String(buffer, 200*factor, width, height);
+	width += 60*factor;
+	height += 60*factor;
+	int x = (320*factor - width) / 2;
+	int y = (200*factor - height) / 2;
+
+	Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+
+	/*
+	**	Create Buttons.  Button coords are in pixels, but are window-relative.
+	*/
+
+	bheight = FontHeight + FontYSpacing + 2;
+	bwidth = MAX( (String_Pixel_Width( Text_String( TXT_YES ) ) + 8), 30);
+
+	TextButtonClass yesbtn(BUTTON_YES, TXT_YES,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		x + 10*factor, y + height - (bheight + 5*factor), bwidth );
+
+	TextButtonClass nobtn(BUTTON_NO, TXT_NO,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		x + width - (bwidth + 10*factor),
+		y + height - (bheight + 5*factor), bwidth );
+
+	nobtn.Add_Tail(yesbtn);
+
+	curbutton = 1;
+	buttons[0] = &yesbtn;
+	buttons[1] = &nobtn;
+	buttons[curbutton]->Turn_On();
+
+	/*
+	**	This causes left mouse button clicking within the confines of the dialog to
+	**	be ignored if it wasn't recognized by any other button or slider.
+	*/
+	GadgetClass dialog(x, y, width, height, GadgetClass::LEFTPRESS);
+	dialog.Add_Tail(yesbtn);
+
+	/*
+	**	This causes a right click anywhere or a left click outside the dialog region
+	**	to be equivalent to clicking on the return to options dialog.
+	*/
+	ControlClass background(BUTTON_NO, 0, 0, SeenBuff.Get_Width(), SeenBuff.Get_Height(), GadgetClass::LEFTPRESS|GadgetClass::RIGHTPRESS);
+	background.Add_Tail(yesbtn);
+
+	/*
+	**	Main Processing Loop.
+	*/
+	bool display = true;
+	bool process = true;
+	pressed = false;
+	while (process) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Invoke game callback.
+		*/
+		if (GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL) {
+			Call_Back();
+		} else {
+			if (Main_Loop()) {
+				process = false;
+				result = false;
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+		** we need to redraw.
+		*/
+		if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+			AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+			display=TRUE;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Refresh display if needed.
+		*/
+		if (display) {
+			Hide_Mouse();
+
+			/*
+			**	Draw the background.
+			*/
+			Dialog_Box(x, y, width, height);
+			Draw_Caption(TXT_CONFIRMATION, x, y, width);
+			Fancy_Text_Print(buffer, x+20*factor, y+30*factor, CC_GREEN, TBLACK, TPF_6PT_GRAD|TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL|TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+			/*
+			**	Draw the titles.
+			*/
+			yesbtn.Draw_All();
+			Show_Mouse();
+			display = false;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Get user input.
+		*/
+		KeyNumType input = yesbtn.Input();
+
+		/*
+		**	Process Input.
+		*/
+		switch (input) {
+			case (BUTTON_YES | KN_BUTTON):
+				selection = BUTTON_YES;
+				pressed = true;
+				break;
+
+			case (KN_ESC):
+			case (BUTTON_NO | KN_BUTTON):
+				selection = BUTTON_NO;
+				pressed = true;
+				break;
+
+			case (KN_LEFT):
+				buttons[curbutton]->Turn_Off();
+				buttons[curbutton]->Flag_To_Redraw();
+
+				curbutton--;
+				if (curbutton < 0) {
+					curbutton = NUM_OF_BUTTONS - 1;
+				}
+
+				buttons[curbutton]->Turn_On();
+				buttons[curbutton]->Flag_To_Redraw();
+				break;
+
+			case (KN_RIGHT):
+				buttons[curbutton]->Turn_Off();
+				buttons[curbutton]->Flag_To_Redraw();
+
+				curbutton++;
+				if (curbutton > (NUM_OF_BUTTONS - 1) ) {
+					curbutton = 0;
+				}
+
+				buttons[curbutton]->Turn_On();
+				buttons[curbutton]->Flag_To_Redraw();
+				break;
+
+			case (KN_RETURN):
+				selection = curbutton + BUTTON_YES;
+				pressed = true;
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				break;
+		}
+
+		if (pressed) {
+			switch (selection) {
+				case (BUTTON_YES):
+					result = true;
+					process = false;
+					break;
+
+				case (BUTTON_NO):
+					result  = false;
+					process = false;
+					break;
+			}
+
+			pressed = false;
+		}
+	}
+	return(result);
+}
diff --git a/CONFDLG.H b/CONFDLG.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e66c9ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/CONFDLG.H
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\confdlg.h_v   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:46:06   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               *** 
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : CONFDLG.H                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Maria del Mar McCready Legg											  *
+ *											 Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : Jan 30, 1995                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : Jan 30, 1995   [MML]                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#ifndef CONFDLG_H
+#define CONFDLG_H
+
+#include "gadget.h"
+
+class ConfirmationClass 
+{
+	private:
+		enum ConfirmationClassEnum {
+			BUTTON_YES=1,								// Button number for "Options menu"
+			BUTTON_NO,									// Button number for "Options menu"
+		};
+
+	public:
+		ConfirmationClass(void) {  };
+		bool Process(char const * string);
+		bool Process(int text);
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/CONNECT.CPP b/CONNECT.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fc70f20
--- /dev/null
+++ b/CONNECT.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,247 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\connect.cpv   1.9   16 Oct 1995 16:48:56   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D    S T U D I O S        **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : CONNECT.CPP                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Bill Randolph                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : December 20, 1994                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : May 31, 1995 [BRR]								*
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:    			                                                   *
+ *   ConnectionClass::ConnectionClass -- class constructor                 *
+ *   ConnectionClass::~ConnectionClass -- class destructor                 *
+ *   ConnectionClass::Service -- main polling routine; services packets		*
+ *   ConnectionClass::Time -- gets current time										*
+ *   ConnectionClass::Command_Name -- returns name for a packet command		* 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "function.h"
+
+#ifdef WWLIB32_H
+#else
+#include <sys\timeb.h>
+#endif
+
+/*
+********************************* Globals ***********************************
+*/
+static char *ConnectionClass::Commands[PACKET_COUNT] = {
+	"ADATA",
+	"NDATA",
+	"ACK"
+};
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * ConnectionClass::ConnectionClass -- class constructor                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * If either max_retries or timeout is -1, that parameter is ignored in		*
+ * timeout computations.  If both are -1, the connection will just keep		*
+ * retrying forever.																			*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		numsend			desired # of entries for the send queue					*
+ *		numreceive		desired # of entries for the recieve queue				*
+ *		maxlen			max length of an application packet							*
+ *		magicnum			the packet "magic number" for this connection			*
+ *		retry_delta		the time to wait between sends								*
+ *		max_retries		the max # of retries allowed for a packet					*
+ *							(-1 means retry forever, based on this parameter)		*
+ *		timeout			the max amount of time before we give up on a packet	*
+ *							(-1 means retry forever, based on this parameter)		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+ConnectionClass::ConnectionClass (int maxlen, unsigned short magicnum, 
+	unsigned long retry_delta, unsigned long max_retries, unsigned long timeout)
+{
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Compute our maximum packet length
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	MaxPacketLen = maxlen + sizeof(CommHeaderType);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Assign the magic number
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	MagicNum = magicnum;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Initialize the retry time.  This is the time that t2 - t1 must be greater
+	than before a retry will occur.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	RetryDelta = retry_delta;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Set the maximum allowable retries.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	MaxRetries = max_retries;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Set the timeout for this connection.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	Timeout = timeout;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Allocate the packet staging buffer.  This will be used to
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	PacketBuf = new char[ MaxPacketLen ];
+
+}	/* end of ConnectionClass */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * ConnectionClass::~ConnectionClass -- class destructor                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+ConnectionClass::~ConnectionClass ()
+{
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Free memory.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	delete [] PacketBuf;
+
+}	/* end of ~ConnectionClass */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * ConnectionClass::Service -- main polling routine; services packets		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		1 = OK, 0 = error (connection is broken!)										*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int ConnectionClass::Service (void)
+{
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Service the Send Queue.  This [re]sends packets in the Send Queue which
+	haven't been ACK'd yet, and if their retry timeout has expired, and 
+	updates the FirstTime, LastTime & SendCount values in the Queue entry.
+	Entries that have been ACK'd should be removed.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+//	if (!Service_Send_Queue())
+//		return(0);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Service the Receive Queue.  This sends ACKs for packets that haven't
+	been ACK'd yet.  Entries that the app has read, and have been ACK'd,
+	should be removed.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+//	if (!Service_Receive_Queue())
+//		return(0);
+
+//	return(1);
+
+	if ( Service_Send_Queue() && Service_Receive_Queue() ) {
+		return(1);
+	} else {
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+}	/* end of Service */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * ConnectionClass::Time -- gets current time										*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+unsigned long ConnectionClass::Time (void)
+{
+#ifdef WWLIB32_H
+	return(TickCount.Time());				// Westwood Library time
+#else
+	static struct timeb mytime;			// DOS time
+	unsigned long msec;
+
+	ftime(&mytime);
+	msec = (unsigned long)mytime.time * 1000L + (unsigned long)mytime.millitm;
+	return((msec / 100) * 6);
+#endif
+
+}	/* end of Time */
+
+
+/*************************************************************************** 
+ * ConnectionClass::Command_Name -- returns name for given packet command  * 
+ *                                                                         * 
+ * INPUT:                                                                  * 
+ *		command		packet Command value to get name for							*
+ *                                                                         * 
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 * 
+ *		ptr to command name, NULL if invalid											*
+ *                                                                         * 
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               * 
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                * 
+ *   05/31/1995 BRR : Created.                                             * 
+ *=========================================================================*/
+char *ConnectionClass::Command_Name(int command)
+{
+	if (command >= 0 && command < PACKET_COUNT) {
+		return(Commands[command]);
+	} else {
+		return(NULL);
+	}
+}
+
+
diff --git a/CONNECT.H b/CONNECT.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ae9e217
--- /dev/null
+++ b/CONNECT.H
@@ -0,0 +1,343 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\connect.h_v   1.12   16 Oct 1995 16:46:04   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D    S T U D I O S        **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : CONNECT.H                                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Bill Randolph                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : December 19, 1994                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : April 1, 1995   [BR]                 		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * DESCRIPTION:																				*
+ * This class represents a single "connection" with another system.  It's	*
+ * a pure virtual base class that acts as a framework for other classes.	*
+ *																									*
+ * This class contains a CommQueueClass member, which stores received		*
+ * & transmitted packets.  The ConnectionClass has virtual functions to		*
+ * handle adding packets to the queue, reading them from the queue,			*
+ * a Send routine for actually sending data, and a Receive_Packet function *
+ * which is used to tell the connection that a new packet has come in.		*
+ *																									*
+ * The virtual Service routine will handle all ACK & Retry logic for			*
+ * communicating between this system & another.  Thus, any class derived	*
+ * from this class must provide the basic ACK/Retry logic.						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * THE HEADER:																					*
+ * The Connection Classes prefix every packet sent with a header that's		*
+ * local to this class.  The header contains a "Magic Number" which should	*
+ * be unique for each product, and Packet "Code", which will tell the		*
+ * receiving end if this is DATA, or an ACK packet, and a packet ID, which	*
+ * is a unique numerical ID for this packet (useful for detecting resends).*
+ * The header is stored with each packet in the send & receive Queues; 		*
+ * it's removed before it's passed back to the application, via				*
+ * Get_Packet()																				*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * THE CONNECTION MANAGER:																	*
+ * It is assumed that there will be a "Connection Manager" class which 		*
+ * will handle parsing incoming packets; it will then tell the connection	*
+ * that new packets have come in, and the connection will process them in	*
+ * whatever way it needs to for its protocol (check for resends, handle		*
+ * ACK packets, etc).  The job of the connection manager is to parse			*
+ * incoming packets & distribute them to the connections that need to		*
+ * store them (for multi-connection protocols).										*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * NOTES ON ACK/RETRY:																		*
+ * The packet's ID is used to check for re-sends.  The ID is set to the 	*
+ * Queue's total Send Count; if the receiving system checks this value, 	*
+ * and it's less than that system's Receive Count, this is a resend.  		*
+ * (ie packet 0 will be the 1st packet sent, since the Send Queue's count 	*
+ * is 0 when it's sent;  as soon as it's received, the Receive Count goes 	*
+ * up to 1, and an ID of 0 then means a resend.)  This scheme keeps the 	*
+ * application from seeing the same packet twice.  All the Connection 		*
+ * Manager has to do is mark the resent packet as non-ACK'd.  Of course, 	*
+ * the Manager doesn't have to use this value at all.								*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * Both DATA_ACK packets and DATA_NOACK packets must go through the Send	*
+ * Queue when "sent", so that the SendTotal value for this system				*
+ * will still match the ReceiveTotal value for the other system; this is	*
+ * why a NOACK packet can't just be sent immediately; it must go through	*
+ * the queue.																					*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * If the protocol being used already guarantees delivery of packets,		*
+ * no ACK is required for the packets.  In this case, the connection			*
+ * class for this protocol can overload the Service routine to avoid			*
+ * sending ACK packets, or the Connection Manager can just mark the			*
+ * packet as ACK'd when it adds it to the Receive Queue for the connection.*
+ *                                                                         *
+ *	Derived classes must provide:															*
+ * - Init						a version of Init that gives the connection 		*
+ *									access to any hardware-specific values it needs	*
+ *									Must chain to the parent's Init routine.			*
+ * - Send_Packet				adds the CommHeaderType header, adds the packet	*
+ *									to the out-going queue									*
+ * - Receive_Packet			processes incoming ACK packets, detects resends,*
+ *									adds new packets to the in-coming queue			*
+ * - Get_Packet				reads the next-available packet from the			*
+ *									receive queue												*
+ * - Send						the hardware-dependent data-sending routine		*
+ * - Service_Send_Queue		services the send queue; handles re-sends,		*
+ *									detects when outgoing packets have been ACK'd;	*
+ *									cleans out the queue of old packets					*
+ * - Service_Receive_Queue	services the receive queue; handles sending		*
+ *									ACK's for new or re-sent packets; cleans out		*
+ *									the queue of old packets								*
+ *																									*
+ *	Any other routines can be overloaded as the derived class needs.			*
+ *																									*
+ *	CLASS HIERARCHY:																			*
+ *										ConnectionClass										*
+ *												 |													*
+ *												 |													*
+ *						--------------------------------------							*
+ *						| 	   	 		  		    		       |							*
+ *						|        				  		          |							*
+ *			SequencedConnClass   		 	       NonSequencedConnClass			*
+ *						|										       |							*
+ *						|									          |							*
+ *			   IPXConnClass     			        ------------------------			*
+ *						|							     |                      |			*
+ *						|							     |                      |			*
+ *		   IPXGlobalConnClass        NullModemConnClass       ModemConnClass	*
+ *																									*
+ *																									*
+ *	ConnectionClass:																			*
+ *		Abstract base class.																	*
+ *		Provides: Queue for sent/recv'd packets										*
+ *		          PacketBuf for preparing packets										*
+ *					 Timeout variables														*
+ *					 Service() routine														*
+ *																									*
+ *	SequencedConnClass:																		*
+ *		Abstract base class																	*
+ *		Provides: * "Sequenced" ACK/Retry logic, in Service_Send_Queue() &	*
+ *						Service_Receive_Queue() routines									*
+ *					 * Send_Packet(): adds header to packet, adds it to Queue	*
+ *					 * Receive_Packet(): adds incoming packet to receive Queue, *
+ *					   handles incoming ACK's & resends									*
+ *					 * Get_Packet(): gets packet from the receive queue			*
+ *																									*
+ *	NonSequencedConnClass:																	*
+ *		Abstract base class																	*
+ *		Provides: * "Non-Sequenced" ACK/Retry logic, in Service_Send_Queue()	*
+ *						& Service_Receive_Queue() routines								*
+ *					 * Send_Packet(): adds header to packet, adds it to Queue	*
+ *					 * Receive_Packet(): adds incoming packet to receive Queue, *
+ *					   handles incoming ACK's & resends									*
+ *					 * Get_Packet(): gets packet from the receive queue			*
+ *																									*
+ *	IPXConnClass:																				*
+ *		Provides: * Hardware-dependent IPX interface routines, which allow	*
+ *					   Service_Send_Queue() & Service_Receive_Queue() to do		*
+ *						their job																*
+ *					 * Ability to associate an IPX Address, a numerical ID, and	*
+ *					   a character-string Name with a connection						*
+ *		Inherits: * Sequenced ACK/Retry logic, Service routines, Queue &		*
+ *						PacketBuf, timeout variables										*
+ *																									*
+ *	IPXGlobalConnClass:																		*
+ *		Special type of IPX Connection; supports receiving packets from		*
+ *		multiple systems at once, and sending packets via Broadcast or			*
+ *		to a specific address.																*
+ *		Provides: * Specialized Receive_Packet() routine, which handles		*
+ *						receiving packets from multiple systems						*
+ *					 * Specialized Send_Packet() & Get_Packet() routines,			*
+ *					   which pass IPX address of destination through to			*
+ *						the application, giving the application control over		*
+ *						whether the packet will be Broadcast or sent to a 			*
+ *						specific destination (embeds destination address within	*
+ *						the packet itself)													*
+ *					 * Specialized Send routine, which extracts the destination	*
+ *					   address from the packet												*
+ *		Inherits: * Sequenced ACK/Retry logic, Service routines, Queue &		*
+ *						PacketBuf, timeout variables, IPX-specific routines		*
+ *																									*
+ *	NullModemConnClass:																		*
+ *		Provides: * Hardware-dependent Serial-communication routines, which	*
+ *						allow Service_Send_Queue() & Service_Receive_Queue() to 	*
+ *						do their job															*
+ *		Inherits: * Non-Sequenced ACK/Retry logic, Service routines, Queue &	*
+ *						PacketBuf, timeout variables										*
+ *																									*
+ *	ModemConnClass:																			*
+ *		Provides: * Hardware-dependent Modem-communication routines, which	*
+ *						allow Service_Send_Queue() & Service_Receive_Queue() to 	*
+ *						do their job															*
+ *		Inherits: * Non-Sequenced ACK/Retry logic, Service routines, Queue &	*
+ *						PacketBuf, timeout variables										*
+ *																									*
+ *	So, do ya think this header is long enough, or what?							*
+ *																									*
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef CONNECTION_H
+#define CONNECTION_H
+
+#define CONN_DEBUG	0
+
+/*
+********************************** Defines **********************************
+*/
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+This structure is the header prefixed to any packet sent by the application.
+MagicNumber:	This is a number unique to the application; it's up to the
+					Receive_Packet routine to check this value, to be sure we're
+					not getting data from some other product.  This value should
+					be unique for each application.
+Code:				This will be one of the below-defined codes.
+PacketID:		This is a unique numerical ID for this packet.  The Connection
+					sets this ID on all packets sent out.
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+typedef struct {
+	unsigned short MagicNumber;
+	unsigned char Code;
+	unsigned long PacketID;
+} CommHeaderType;
+
+
+/*
+***************************** Class Declaration *****************************
+*/
+class ConnectionClass
+{
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Public Interface ----------------------------
+	*/
+	public:
+		/*.....................................................................
+		These are the possible values for the Code field of the CommHeaderType:
+		.....................................................................*/
+		enum ConnectionEnum {
+			PACKET_DATA_ACK,			// this is a data packet requiring an ACK
+			PACKET_DATA_NOACK,		// this is a data packet not requiring an ACK
+			PACKET_ACK,					// this is an ACK for a packet
+			PACKET_COUNT,				// for computational purposes
+		};
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Constructor/destructor.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		ConnectionClass (int maxlen, unsigned short magicnum, 
+			unsigned long retry_delta, unsigned long max_retries, 
+			unsigned long timeout);
+		virtual ~ConnectionClass ();
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Initialization.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		virtual void Init (void) {};
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Send/Receive routines.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		virtual int Send_Packet (void * buf, int buflen, int ack_req) = 0;
+		virtual int Receive_Packet (void * buf, int buflen) = 0;
+		virtual int Get_Packet (void * buf, int * buflen) = 0;
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		The main polling routine for the connection.  Should be called as often
+		as possible.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		virtual int Service (void);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		This routine is used by the retry logic; returns the current time in
+		60ths of a second.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		static unsigned long Time (void);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Utility routines.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		unsigned short Magic_Num (void) { return (MagicNum); }
+		unsigned long Retry_Delta (void) { return (RetryDelta); }
+		void Set_Retry_Delta (unsigned long delta) { RetryDelta = delta;}
+		unsigned long Max_Retries (void) { return (MaxRetries); }
+		void Set_Max_Retries (unsigned long retries) { MaxRetries = retries;}
+		unsigned long Time_Out (void) { return (Timeout); }
+		void Set_TimeOut (unsigned long t) { Timeout = t;}
+		unsigned long Max_Packet_Len (void) { return (MaxPacketLen); }
+		static char * Command_Name(int command);
+
+	/*
+	-------------------------- Protected Interface ---------------------------
+	*/
+	protected:
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Routines to service the Send & Receive queues.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		virtual int Service_Send_Queue(void) = 0;
+		virtual int Service_Receive_Queue(void) = 0;
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		This routine actually performs a hardware-dependent data send.  It's
+		pure virtual, so it >must< be defined by a derived class.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		virtual int Send(char *buf, int buflen) = 0;
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		This is the maximum packet length, including our own internal header.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		int MaxPacketLen;
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Packet staging area; this is where the CommHeaderType gets tacked onto 
+		the application's packet before it's sent.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		char *PacketBuf;
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		This is the magic number assigned to this connection.  It is the first 
+		few bytes of any transmission.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		unsigned short MagicNum;
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		This value determines the time delay before a packet is re-sent.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		unsigned long RetryDelta;
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		This is the maximum number of retries allowed for a packet; if this
+		value is exceeded, the connection is probably broken.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		unsigned long MaxRetries;
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		This is the total timeout for this connection; if this time is exceeded
+		on a packet, the connection is probably broken.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		unsigned long Timeout;
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Names of all packet commands
+		.....................................................................*/
+		static char *ConnectionClass::Commands[PACKET_COUNT];
+};
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/CONNMGR.H b/CONNMGR.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a913916
--- /dev/null
+++ b/CONNMGR.H
@@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c0\vcs\code\connmgr.h_v   1.25   02 Jan 1996 11:14:54   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D    S T U D I O S        **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : CONNMGR.H                                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Bill Randolph                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : December 19, 1994                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : April 3, 1995   [BR]                 		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This is the Connection Manager base class.  This is an abstract base		*
+ * class that's just a shell for more functional derived classes.				*
+ * The main job of the Connection Manager classes is to parse a "pool" of	*
+ * incoming packets, which may be from different computers, and distribute	*
+ * those packets to Connection Classes via their Receive_Packet function.	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This class should be the only access to the network/modem for the			*
+ * application, so if the app needs any functions to access the 				*
+ * connections or the queue's, the derived versions of this class should	*
+ * provide them.																				*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * It's up to the derived class to define:											*
+ * - Service:		polling routine; should Service each connection				*
+ * - Init:			initialization; should perform hardware-dependent			*
+ *						initialization, then Init each connection; this function	*
+ *   					isn't defined in this class, since the parameters will 	*
+ *						be highly protocol-dependent)										*
+ * - Send_Message:sends a packet across the connection (this function 		*
+ * 					isn't defined in this class, since the parameters will 	*
+ *						be highly protocol-dependent)										*
+ * - Get_Message:	gets a message from the connection (this function 			*
+ * 					isn't defined in this class, since the parameters will 	*
+ *						be highly protocol-dependent)										*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * If the derived class supports multiple connections, it should provide	*
+ * functions for creating the connections, associating them with a name		*
+ * or ID or both, destroying them, and sending data through all or any		*
+ * connection.																					*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef CONNMGR_H
+#define CONNMGR_H
+
+
+/*
+***************************** Class Declaration *****************************
+*/
+class ConnManClass
+{
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Public Interface ----------------------------
+	*/
+	public:
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Various useful enums:
+		.....................................................................*/
+		enum IPXConnTag {
+			CONNECTION_NONE = -1,		// value of an invalid connection ID
+		};
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Constructor/Destructor.  These currently do nothing.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		ConnManClass (void) {};
+		virtual ~ConnManClass () {};
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		The Service routine:
+		- Parses incoming packets, and adds them to the Receive Queue for the
+		  Connection Class(s) for this protocol
+		- Invokes each connection's Service routine; returns an error if the
+		  connection's Service routine indicates an error.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		virtual int Service (void) = 0;
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Sending & receiving data
+		.....................................................................*/
+		virtual int Send_Private_Message (void *buf, int buflen, 
+			int ack_req = 1, int conn_id = CONNECTION_NONE) = 0;
+		virtual int Get_Private_Message (void *buf, int *buflen, 
+			int *conn_id) = 0;
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Connection management
+		.....................................................................*/
+		virtual int Num_Connections(void) = 0;
+		virtual int Connection_ID(int index) = 0;
+		virtual int Connection_Index(int id) = 0;
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Queue utility routines
+		.....................................................................*/
+		virtual int Global_Num_Send(void) = 0;
+		virtual int Global_Num_Receive(void) = 0;
+		virtual int Private_Num_Send(int id = CONNECTION_NONE) = 0;
+		virtual int Private_Num_Receive(int id = CONNECTION_NONE) = 0;
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Timing management
+		.....................................................................*/
+		virtual void Reset_Response_Time(void) = 0;
+		virtual unsigned long Response_Time(void) = 0;
+		virtual void Set_Timing (unsigned long retrydelta, 
+			unsigned long maxretries, unsigned long timeout) = 0;
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Debugging
+		.....................................................................*/
+		virtual void Configure_Debug(int index, int type_offset, int type_size, 
+			char **names, int maxnames) = 0;
+		virtual void Mono_Debug_Print(int index, int refresh) = 0;
+	/*
+	--------------------------- Private Interface ----------------------------
+	*/
+	private:
+		/*.....................................................................
+		This abstract class contains no data members; but a derived class
+		will contain:
+		- An instance of one or more derived Connection Classes
+		- A buffer to store incoming packets
+		.....................................................................*/
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/CONQUER.CPP b/CONQUER.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d259f77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/CONQUER.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,4013 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\conquer.cpv   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:50:24   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : CONQUER.CPP                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : April 3, 1991                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   CC_Draw_Shape -- Custom draw shape handler.                                               *
+ *   Call_Back -- Main game maintenance callback routine.                                      *
+ *   Color_Cycle -- Handle the general palette color cycling.                                  *
+ *   Disk_Space_Available -- returns bytes of free disk space              						  *
+ *   Do_Record_Playback -- handles saving/loading map pos & current object                     *
+ *   Fading_Table_Name -- Builds a theater specific fading table name.                         *
+ *   Fetch_Techno_Type -- Convert type and ID into TechnoTypeClass pointer.                    *
+ *   Force_CD_Available -- Ensures that specified CD is available.                             *
+ *   Get_Radar_Icon -- Builds and alloc a radar icon from a shape file                         *
+ *   Handle_Team -- Processes team selection command.                                          *
+ *   Handle_View -- Either records or restores the tactical view.                              *
+ *   KN_To_Facing -- Converts a keyboard input number into a facing value.                     *
+ *   Keyboard_Process -- Processes the tactical map input codes.                               *
+ *   Language_Name -- Build filename for current language.                                     *
+ *   Main_Game -- Main game startup routine.                                                   *
+ *   Main_Loop -- This is the main game loop (as a single loop).                               *
+ *   Map_Edit_Loop -- a mini-main loop for map edit mode only                                  *
+ *   Message_Input -- allows inter-player message input processing                             *
+ *   MixFileHandler -- Handles VQ file access.                                                 *
+ *   Name_From_Source -- retrieves the name for the given SourceType                           *
+ *   Play_Movie -- Plays a VQ movie.                                                           *
+ *   Source_From_Name -- Converts ASCII name into SourceType.                                  *
+ *   Sync_Delay -- Forces the game into a 15 FPS rate.                                         *
+ *   Theater_From_Name -- Converts ASCII name into a theater number.                           *
+ *   Trap_Object -- gets a ptr to object of given type & coord                                 *
+ *   Unselect_All -- Causes all selected objects to become unselected.                         *
+ *   VQ_Call_Back -- Maintenance callback used for VQ movies.                                  *
+ *   Validate_Error -- prints an error message when an object fails validation                 *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+#include  "tcpip.h"
+#include	<stdlib.h>
+#include	<stdio.h>
+#include	<string.h>
+#include	<direct.h>
+#include	<fcntl.h>
+#include	<io.h>
+#include	<dos.h>
+#include	<share.h>
+#include <malloc.h>
+#include  "ccdde.h"
+
+#define SHAPE_TRANS		0x40
+
+void *Get_Shape_Header_Data(void *ptr);
+
+/****************************************
+**	Function prototypes for this module **
+*****************************************/
+bool Main_Loop();
+void Keyboard_Process(KeyNumType & input);
+#ifndef DEMO
+static void Message_Input(KeyNumType &input);
+#endif
+static bool Color_Cycle(void);
+bool Map_Edit_Loop(void);
+void Trap_Object(void);
+
+#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+void Heap_Dump_Check( char *string );
+void Dump_Heap_Pointers( void );
+void Error_In_Heap_Pointers( char *string );
+#endif
+static void Do_Record_Playback(void);
+extern void Register_Game_Start_Time(void);
+extern void Register_Game_End_Time(void);
+extern void Send_Statistics_Packet(void);
+extern "C" {
+	extern char *__nheapbeg;
+}
+bool InMainLoop = false;
+
+#ifndef ARRAY_SIZE
+#define ARRAY_SIZE(a)	(sizeof(a)/sizeof(a[0]))
+#endif
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Main_Game -- Main game startup routine.                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the first official routine of the game. It handles game initialization and       *
+ *    the main game loop control.                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Initialization:                                                                          *
+ *    - Init_Game handles one-time-only inits                                                  *
+ *    - Select_Game is responsible for initializations required for each new game played       *
+ *      (these may be different depending on whether a multiplayer game is selected, and       *
+ *      other parameters)                                                                      *
+ *    - This routine performs any un-inits required, both for each game played, and one-time   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   argc  -- Number of command line arguments (including program name itself).         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          argv  -- Array of command line argument pointers.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/01/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+extern int TotalLocks;
+extern bool Spawn_WChat(bool can_launch);
+extern bool SpawnedFromWChat;
+void Main_Game(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	bool fade = false;	// don't fade title screen the first time through
+
+	/*
+	**	Perform one-time-only initializations
+	*/
+	if (!Init_Game(argc, argv)) {
+		return;
+	}
+
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Game initialisation complete.\n");
+	/*
+	**	Game processing loop:
+	**	1) Select which game to play, or whether to exit (don't fade the palette
+	**		on the first game selection, but fade it in on subsequent calls)
+	**	2) Invoke either the main-loop routine, or the editor-loop routine,
+	**		until they indicate that the user wants to exit the scenario.
+	*/
+	while (Select_Game(fade)) {
+		ScenarioInit = 0;		// Kludge.
+//		Theme.Queue_Song(THEME_PICK_ANOTHER);
+
+		fade = true;
+
+		/*
+		**	Make the game screen visible, clear the keyboard buffer of spurious
+		**	values, and then show the mouse.  This PRESUMES that Select_Game() has
+		**	told the map to draw itself.
+		*/
+		Fade_Palette_To(GamePalette, FADE_PALETTE_MEDIUM, NULL);
+		Keyboard::Clear();
+
+		/*
+		** Only show the mouse if we're not playing back a recording.
+		*/
+		if (PlaybackGame) {
+			Hide_Mouse();
+		} else {
+			Show_Mouse();
+		}
+
+		SpecialDialog = SDLG_NONE;
+		//Start_Profiler();
+		if (GameToPlay == GAME_INTERNET){
+			Register_Game_Start_Time();
+			GameStatisticsPacketSent = false;
+			PacketLater = NULL;
+			ConnectionLost = false;
+		}else{
+			DDEServer.Disable();
+		}
+
+		InMainLoop = true;
+
+#ifdef SCENARIO_EDITOR
+		/*
+		**	Scenario-editor version of main-loop processing
+		*/
+		for (;;) {
+
+			/*
+			**	Non-scenario-editor-mode: call the game's main loop
+			*/
+			if (!Debug_Map) {
+				TotalLocks=0;
+				if (Main_Loop()) {
+					break;
+				}
+
+				if (SpecialDialog != SDLG_NONE) {
+					//Stop_Profiler();
+					switch (SpecialDialog) {
+						case SDLG_SPECIAL:
+							Map.Help_Text(TXT_NONE);
+							Map.Override_Mouse_Shape(MOUSE_NORMAL, false);
+							Special_Dialog();
+							Map.Revert_Mouse_Shape();
+							SpecialDialog = SDLG_NONE;
+							break;
+
+						case SDLG_OPTIONS:
+							Map.Help_Text(TXT_NONE);
+							Map.Override_Mouse_Shape(MOUSE_NORMAL, false);
+							Options.Process();
+							Map.Revert_Mouse_Shape();
+							SpecialDialog = SDLG_NONE;
+							break;
+
+						case SDLG_SURRENDER:
+							Map.Help_Text(TXT_NONE);
+							Map.Override_Mouse_Shape(MOUSE_NORMAL, false);
+							if (Surrender_Dialog()) {
+								OutList.Add(EventClass(EventClass::DESTRUCT));
+							}
+							SpecialDialog = SDLG_NONE;
+							Map.Revert_Mouse_Shape();
+							break;
+
+						default:
+							break;
+					}
+				}
+			} else {
+
+				/*
+				**	Scenario-editor-mode: call the editor's main loop
+				*/
+				if (Map_Edit_Loop()) {
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+#else
+		/*
+		**	Non-editor version of main-loop processing
+		*/
+		for (;;) {
+
+			/*
+			**	Call the game's main loop
+			*/
+			TotalLocks=0;
+			if (Main_Loop()) {
+				break;
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	If the SpecialDialog flag is set, invoke the given special dialog.
+			**	This must be done outside the main loop, since the dialog will call
+			**	Main_Loop(), allowing the game to run in the background.
+			*/
+			if (SpecialDialog != SDLG_NONE) {
+				//Stop_Profiler();
+				switch (SpecialDialog) {
+					case SDLG_SPECIAL:
+						Map.Help_Text(TXT_NONE);
+						Map.Override_Mouse_Shape(MOUSE_NORMAL, false);
+						Special_Dialog();
+						Map.Revert_Mouse_Shape();
+						SpecialDialog = SDLG_NONE;
+						break;
+
+					case SDLG_OPTIONS:
+						Map.Help_Text(TXT_NONE);
+						Map.Override_Mouse_Shape(MOUSE_NORMAL, false);
+						Options.Process();
+						Map.Revert_Mouse_Shape();
+						SpecialDialog = SDLG_NONE;
+						break;
+
+					case SDLG_SURRENDER:
+						Map.Help_Text(TXT_NONE);
+						Map.Override_Mouse_Shape(MOUSE_NORMAL, false);
+						if (Surrender_Dialog()) {
+							OutList.Add(EventClass(EventClass::DESTRUCT));
+						}
+						SpecialDialog = SDLG_NONE;
+						Map.Revert_Mouse_Shape();
+						break;
+
+					default:
+						break;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+#endif
+		//Stop_Profiler();
+		InMainLoop = false;
+
+		if (!GameStatisticsPacketSent && PacketLater){
+			Send_Statistics_Packet();
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Scenario is done; fade palette to black
+		*/
+		Fade_Palette_To(BlackPalette, FADE_PALETTE_SLOW, NULL);
+		VisiblePage.Clear();
+
+#ifndef DEMO
+		/*
+		**	Un-initialize whatever needs it, for each game played.
+		**
+		**	Shut down either the modem or network; they'll get re-initialized if
+		**	the user selections those options again in Select_Game().  This
+		**	"re-boots" the modem & network code, which I currently feel is safer
+		**	than just letting it hang around.
+		** (Skip this step if we're in playback mode; the modem or net won't have
+		** been initialized in that case.)
+		*/
+		if ( (RecordGame && !SuperRecord) || PlaybackGame) {
+			RecordFile.Close();
+		}
+
+		if (!PlaybackGame){
+
+			switch (GameToPlay){
+				case GAME_NULL_MODEM:
+				case GAME_MODEM:
+					Modem_Signoff();
+					break;
+
+				case GAME_IPX:
+					Shutdown_Network();
+					break;
+
+				case GAME_INTERNET:
+					//Winsock.Close();
+					break;
+			}
+		}
+
+
+		/*
+		**	If we're playing back, the mouse will be hidden; show it.
+		** Also, set all variables back to normal, to return to the main menu.
+		*/
+		if (PlaybackGame) {
+			Show_Mouse();
+			GameToPlay = GAME_NORMAL;
+			PlaybackGame = 0;
+		}
+
+
+		/*
+		** If we were spawned from WChat then dont go back to the main menu - just quit
+		**
+		** New: If spawned from WChat then maximise WChat and go back to the main menu after all
+		*/
+#ifdef FORCE_WINSOCK
+		if (Special.IsFromWChat){
+			Shutdown_Network();		      // Clear up the pseudo IPX stuff
+			Winsock.Close();
+			Special.IsFromWChat = false;
+			SpawnedFromWChat = false;
+			DDEServer.Delete_MPlayer_Game_Info();	//Make sure we dont use the same start packet twice
+			GameToPlay = GAME_NORMAL;			//Have to do this or we will got straight to the multiplayer menu
+			Spawn_WChat(false);		//Will switch back to Wchat. It must be there because its been poking us
+			//break;
+		}
+#endif	//FORCE_WINSOCK
+
+#endif	//DEMO
+
+	}
+
+#ifdef DEMO
+		Hide_Mouse();
+		Fade_Palette_To(BlackPalette, FADE_PALETTE_MEDIUM, NULL);
+		Load_Title_Screen("DEMOPIC.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+		HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+		Fade_Palette_To(Palette, FADE_PALETTE_MEDIUM, NULL);
+		Clear_KeyBuffer();
+		Get_Key();
+		Fade_Palette_To(BlackPalette, FADE_PALETTE_MEDIUM, NULL);
+//		Show_Mouse();
+#else
+
+	/*
+	**	Free the scenario description buffers
+	*/
+	Free_Scenario_Descriptions();
+#endif
+
+#ifndef NOMEMCHECK
+	Uninit_Game();
+#endif
+
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Keyboard_Process -- Processes the tactical map input codes.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to process the input codes while the player                         *
+ *    has the tactical map displayed. It handles all the keys that                             *
+ *    are appropriate to that mode.                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   input -- Input code as returned from Input_Num().                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/21/1992 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   07/04/1995 JLB : Handles team and map control hotkeys.                                    *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+extern int DebugColour;
+void Keyboard_Process(KeyNumType &input)
+{
+	ObjectClass * obj;
+	int index;
+
+	/*
+	**	Don't do anything if there is not keyboard event.
+	*/
+	if (input == KN_NONE) {
+		return;
+	}
+
+#ifndef DEMO
+	/*
+	**	For network & modem, process user input for inter-player messages.
+	*/
+	Message_Input(input);
+#endif
+	/*
+	** Use WWKEY values because KN values have WWKEY_VK_BIT or'd in with them
+	** and we need WWKEY_VK_BIT to still be set if it is.
+	*/
+	KeyNumType plain = input & ~(WWKEY_SHIFT_BIT|WWKEY_ALT_BIT|WWKEY_CTRL_BIT);
+
+#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+
+	if (Debug_Flag) {
+		switch (input) {
+			case (int)KN_M|(int)KN_SHIFT_BIT:
+			case (int)KN_M|(int)KN_ALT_BIT:
+			case (int)KN_M|(int)KN_CTRL_BIT:
+				PlayerPtr->Credits += 10000;
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				break;
+		}
+	}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef VIRGIN_CHEAT_KEYS
+	if (Debug_Playtest && input == (KN_W|KN_ALT_BIT)) {
+		PlayerPtr->Blockage = false;
+		PlayerPtr->Flag_To_Win();
+	}
+#endif
+
+//#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+	if (/*Debug_Playtest && */input == (KN_W|KN_ALT_BIT)) {
+		PlayerPtr->Blockage = false;
+		PlayerPtr->Flag_To_Win();
+	}
+
+	if (Debug_Flag && input == KN_SLASH) {
+		if (GameToPlay != GAME_NORMAL) {
+			SpecialDialog = SDLG_SPECIAL;
+			input = KN_NONE;
+		} else {
+			Special_Dialog();
+		}
+	}
+//#endif
+
+	/*
+	**	If the options key(s) were pressed, then bring up the options screen.
+	*/
+	if (input == KN_SPACE || input == KN_ESC) {
+		Map.Help_Text(TXT_NONE);			// Turns off help text.
+		Queue_Options();
+		input = KN_NONE;
+		//DebugColour++;
+		//DebugColour &=7;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Process prerecorded team selection. This will be an addative select
+	**	if the SHIFT key is held down. It will create the team if the
+	**	CTRL or ALT key is held down.
+	*/
+	int action = 0;
+	if (input & WWKEY_SHIFT_BIT) action = 1;
+	if (input & WWKEY_ALT_BIT) action = 3;
+	if (input & WWKEY_CTRL_BIT) action = 2;
+
+	switch (KN_To_VK(plain)) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Center the map around the currently selected objects. If no
+		**	objects are selected, then fall into the home case.
+		*/
+		case VK_HOME:
+			if (CurrentObject.Count()) {
+				Map.Center_Map();
+				Map.Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+				break;
+			}
+			// Fall into next case.
+
+		/*
+		**	Center the map about the construction yard or construction vehicle
+		**	if one is present.
+		*/
+		case VK_H:
+			for (index = 0; index < Units.Count(); index++) {
+				UnitClass * unit = Units.Ptr(index);
+
+				if (unit && !unit->IsInLimbo && unit->House == PlayerPtr && *unit == UNIT_MCV) {
+					Unselect_All();
+					unit->Select();
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+			for (index = 0; index < Buildings.Count(); index++) {
+				BuildingClass * building = Buildings.Ptr(index);
+
+				if (building && !building->IsInLimbo && building->House == PlayerPtr && *building == STRUCT_CONST) {
+					Unselect_All();
+					building->Select();
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+			Map.Center_Map();
+			Map.Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+			break;
+
+#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+		/*
+		**	Toggle free scrolling mode.
+		*/
+		case VK_F:
+			Options.IsFreeScroll = (Options.IsFreeScroll == false);
+			break;
+#endif
+
+		/*
+		**	If the "N" key is pressed, then select the next object.
+		*/
+		case VK_N:
+			if (action) {
+				obj = Map.Prev_Object(CurrentObject.Count() ? CurrentObject[0] : NULL);
+			} else {
+				obj = Map.Next_Object(CurrentObject.Count() ? CurrentObject[0] : NULL);
+			}
+			if (obj) {
+				Unselect_All();
+			 	obj->Select();
+				Map.Center_Map();
+				Map.Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+			}
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		** For multiplayer, 'R' pops up the surrender dialog.
+		*/
+		case VK_R:
+			if (/*GameToPlay != GAME_NORMAL &&*/ !PlayerPtr->IsDefeated) {
+				SpecialDialog = SDLG_SURRENDER;
+				input = KN_NONE;
+			}
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	Handle making and breaking alliances.
+		*/
+		case VK_A:
+			if (GameToPlay != GAME_NORMAL || Debug_Flag) {
+				if (CurrentObject.Count() && !PlayerPtr->IsDefeated) {
+					if (CurrentObject[0]->Owner() != PlayerPtr->Class->House) {
+						OutList.Add(EventClass(EventClass::ALLY, CurrentObject[0]->Owner()));
+					}
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	Control the remembered tactical location.
+		*/
+		case VK_F7:
+		case VK_F8:
+		case VK_F9:
+		case VK_F10:
+			if (!Debug_Map) {
+				Handle_View(KN_To_VK(plain) - VK_F7, action);
+			}
+			break;
+#if (0)
+ case VK_F11:
+	Winsock.Set_Protocol_UDP(FALSE);
+	break;
+
+ case VK_F12:
+	Winsock.Set_Protocol_UDP(TRUE);
+	break;
+#endif	//(0)
+
+
+		/*
+		**	Control the custom team select state.
+		*/
+		case VK_1:
+		case VK_2:
+		case VK_3:
+		case VK_4:
+		case VK_5:
+		case VK_6:
+		case VK_7:
+		case VK_8:
+		case VK_9:
+		case VK_0:
+			Handle_Team(KN_To_VK(plain) - VK_1, action);
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	All selected units will go into idle mode.
+		*/
+		case VK_S:
+			if (CurrentObject.Count()) {
+				for (int index = 0; index < CurrentObject.Count(); index++) {
+					ObjectClass const * tech = CurrentObject[index];
+
+					if (tech && (tech->Can_Player_Move() || (tech->Can_Player_Fire() &&
+							tech->What_Am_I() != RTTI_BUILDING))) {
+						OutList.Add(EventClass(EventClass::IDLE, tech->As_Target()));
+					}
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	All selected units will attempt to scatter.
+		*/
+		case VK_X:
+			if (CurrentObject.Count()) {
+				for (int index = 0; index < CurrentObject.Count(); index++) {
+					ObjectClass const * tech = CurrentObject[index];
+
+					if (tech && tech->Can_Player_Move()) {
+						OutList.Add(EventClass(EventClass::SCATTER, tech->As_Target()));
+					}
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	All selected units will attempt to go into guard area mode.
+		*/
+		case VK_G:
+			if (CurrentObject.Count()) {
+				for (int index = 0; index < CurrentObject.Count(); index++) {
+					ObjectClass const * tech = CurrentObject[index];
+
+					if (tech && tech->Can_Player_Move() && tech->Can_Player_Fire()) {
+						OutList.Add(EventClass(tech->As_Target(), MISSION_GUARD_AREA));
+					}
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+
+		default:
+			break;
+	}
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+	FacingType	facing = KN_To_Facing(input);
+
+	/*
+	**	Scroll the map according to the cursor key pressed.
+	*/
+	if (facing != FACING_NONE) {
+		Map.Scroll_Map(facing);
+		input = 0;
+		facing = FACING_NONE;
+	}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+	/*
+	**	If the <TAB> key is pressed, then select the next object.
+	*/
+	if (input == KN_TAB) {
+		ObjectClass * obj = Map.Next_Object(CurrentObject);
+		if (obj) {
+			if (CurrentObject) {
+				CurrentObject->Unselect();
+			}
+		 	obj->Select();
+		}
+	}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+	if (Debug_Flag && input && (input & KN_RLSE_BIT) == 0) {
+		Debug_Key(input);
+	}
+#endif
+}
+
+
+#ifndef DEMO
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Message_Input -- allows inter-player message input processing                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *		input		key value																							 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *		none.																												 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *		MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH has increased over the DOS version. COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH reflects   *                                                                                             *
+ *  the length of the DOS message and also the length of the message in the packet header.     *
+ *  To allow transmission of longer messages I split the message into COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-4  *
+ *  sized chunks and use the extra space after the zero terminator to specify which segment    *
+ *  of the whole message this is and also to supply a crc for the string.                      *
+ *  This allows message segments to arrive out of order and still be displayed correctly.      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/22/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   03/26/1995  ST : Modified to break up longer messages into multiple packets               *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+static void Message_Input(KeyNumType &input)
+{
+	int 					rc;
+	char 					txt[MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH+12];
+	int 					id;
+	SerialPacketType 	*serial_packet;
+	int 					i;
+	int					message_length;
+	int					sent_so_far;
+	unsigned short		magic_number;
+	unsigned short		crc;
+	int factor			= (SeenBuff.Get_Width() == 320) ? 1 : 2;
+
+
+	/*
+	**	Check keyboard input for a request to send a message.
+	**	The 'to' argument for Add_Edit is prefixed to the message buffer; the
+	**	message buffer is big enough for the 'to' field plus MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH.
+	**	To send the message, calling Get_Edit_Buf retrieves the buffer minus the
+	**	'to' portion.  At the other end, the buffer allocated to display the
+	**	message must be MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH plus the size of "From: xxx (house)".
+	*/
+	if (input >= KN_F1 && input < (KN_F1 + MPlayerMax) &&
+		Messages.Get_Edit_Buf()==NULL) {
+		memset (txt, 0, 40);
+
+		/*
+		**	For a serial game, send a message on F1 or F4; set 'txt' to the
+		**	"Message:" string & add an editable message to the list.
+		*/
+		if (GameToPlay==GAME_NULL_MODEM
+			|| GameToPlay==GAME_MODEM){
+			//|| GameToPlay == GAME_INTERNET) {
+			if (input==KN_F1 || input==(KN_F1 + MPlayerMax - 1)) {
+
+				strcpy(txt,Text_String(TXT_MESSAGE));	// "Message:"
+
+				Messages.Add_Edit (MPlayerTColors[MPlayerColorIdx],
+					TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_FULLSHADOW, txt, 180*factor);
+
+				Map.Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+			}
+		} else {
+
+			/*
+			**	For a network game:
+			**	F1-F3 = "To <name> (house):" (only allowed if we're not in ObiWan mode)
+			**	F4 = "To All:"
+			*/
+			if (GameToPlay == GAME_IPX || GameToPlay == GAME_INTERNET) {
+				if (input==(KN_F1 + MPlayerMax - 1) && Messages.Get_Edit_Buf()==NULL) {
+
+					MessageAddress = IPXAddressClass();		// set to broadcast
+					strcpy(txt,Text_String(TXT_TO_ALL));	// "To All:"
+
+					Messages.Add_Edit(MPlayerTColors[MPlayerColorIdx],
+						TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_FULLSHADOW, txt, 180*factor);
+
+					Map.Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+				} else {
+					if (Messages.Get_Edit_Buf()==NULL) {
+						if ((input - KN_F1) < Ipx.Num_Connections() && !MPlayerObiWan) {
+
+							id = Ipx.Connection_ID(input - KN_F1);
+							MessageAddress = (*(Ipx.Connection_Address (id)));
+							sprintf(txt,Text_String(TXT_TO),Ipx.Connection_Name(id));
+
+							Messages.Add_Edit(MPlayerTColors[MPlayerColorIdx],
+								TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_FULLSHADOW, txt, 180*factor);
+
+							Map.Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+						}
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Function key input is meaningless beyond this point
+	*/
+	if (input >= KN_F1 && input <= KN_F10) return;
+	if (input >= KN_F11 && input <= KN_F12) return;
+
+	/*
+	**	Process message-system input; send the message out if RETURN is hit.
+	*/
+	rc = Messages.Input(input);
+
+	/*
+	**	If a single character has been added to an edit buffer, update the display.
+	*/
+	if (rc == 1) {
+		Map.Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If backspace was hit, redraw the map.  This assumes the map is going to
+	**	completely refresh all cells covered by the messages.  Set DisplayClass's
+	**	IsToRedraw to true to tell it to re-compute the cells that it needs to
+	**	redraw.
+	*/
+	if (rc==2) {
+		Map.Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+		Map.DisplayClass::IsToRedraw = true;
+	}
+
+
+	/*
+	**	Send a message
+	*/
+	if (rc==3) {
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Store this message in our LastMessage buffer; the computer may send
+		us a version of it later.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (strlen(Messages.Get_Edit_Buf())) {
+			strcpy(LastMessage,Messages.Get_Edit_Buf());
+		}
+
+		message_length = strlen(Messages.Get_Edit_Buf());
+
+		long actual_message_size;
+		char *the_string;
+
+		/*
+		**	Serial game: fill in a SerialPacketType & send it.
+		**	(Note: The size of the SerialPacketType.Command must be the same as
+		**	the EventClass.Type!)
+		*/
+		if (GameToPlay==GAME_NULL_MODEM
+			|| GameToPlay==GAME_MODEM){
+			//|| GameToPlay==GAME_INTERNET) {
+
+			sent_so_far = 0;
+			magic_number = MESSAGE_HEAD_MAGIC_NUMBER;
+			crc = (unsigned short) (Calculate_CRC(Messages.Get_Edit_Buf(), message_length) & 0xffff);
+
+			while (sent_so_far < message_length){
+
+				serial_packet = (SerialPacketType *)NullModem.BuildBuf;
+
+				serial_packet->Command = SERIAL_MESSAGE;
+				strcpy (serial_packet->Name, MPlayerName);
+				memcpy (serial_packet->Message, Messages.Get_Edit_Buf()+sent_so_far, COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-5);
+
+				/*
+				** Steve I's stuff for splitting message on word boundries
+				*/
+				actual_message_size = COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH - 5;
+
+				/* Start at the end of the message and find a space with 10 chars. */
+				the_string = serial_packet->Message;
+				while ( (COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH -5) -actual_message_size < 10 &&
+					the_string[actual_message_size] != ' '){
+					--actual_message_size;
+				}
+				if ( the_string[actual_message_size] == ' ' ){
+
+					/* Now delete the extra characters after the space (they musnt print) */
+					for ( int i=0 ; i< (COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-5) - actual_message_size; i++ ){
+						the_string[i + actual_message_size] = 0xff;
+					}
+				}else{
+					actual_message_size = COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH - 5;
+				}
+
+
+				*(serial_packet->Message + COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-5) = 0;
+				/*
+				** Flag this message segment as either a message head or a message tail.
+				*/
+				*((unsigned short*)(serial_packet->Message + COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-4)) = magic_number;
+				*((unsigned short*)(serial_packet->Message + COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-2)) = crc;
+				serial_packet->ID = MPlayerLocalID;
+
+				NullModem.Send_Message(NullModem.BuildBuf, sizeof(SerialPacketType), 1);
+
+				magic_number++;
+				sent_so_far += actual_message_size;	//COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-5;
+			}
+
+		} else {
+
+			/*
+			**	Network game: fill in a GlobalPacketType & send it.
+			*/
+			if (GameToPlay == GAME_IPX || GameToPlay == GAME_INTERNET) {
+
+				sent_so_far = 0;
+ 				magic_number = MESSAGE_HEAD_MAGIC_NUMBER;
+				crc = (unsigned short) (Calculate_CRC(Messages.Get_Edit_Buf(), message_length) & 0xffff);
+
+				while (sent_so_far < message_length){
+
+					GPacket.Command = NET_MESSAGE;
+					strcpy (GPacket.Name, MPlayerName);
+					memcpy (GPacket.Message.Buf, Messages.Get_Edit_Buf()+sent_so_far, COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-5);
+
+						/*
+						** Steve I's stuff for splitting message on word boundries
+						*/
+						actual_message_size = COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH - 5;
+
+						/* Start at the end of the message and find a space with 10 chars. */
+						the_string = GPacket.Message.Buf;
+						while ( (COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH -5) -actual_message_size < 10 &&
+							the_string[actual_message_size] != ' '){
+							--actual_message_size;
+						}
+						if ( the_string[actual_message_size] == ' ' ){
+
+							/* Now delete the extra characters after the space (they musnt print) */
+							for ( int i=0 ; i< (COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-5) - actual_message_size; i++ ){
+								the_string[i + actual_message_size] = 0xff;
+							}
+						}else{
+							actual_message_size = COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH - 5;
+						}
+
+					*(GPacket.Message.Buf + COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-5) = 0;
+					/*
+					** Flag this message segment as either a message head or a message tail.
+					*/
+					*((unsigned short*)(GPacket.Message.Buf + COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-4)) = magic_number;
+					*((unsigned short*)(GPacket.Message.Buf + COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-2)) = crc;
+
+					GPacket.Message.ID = MPlayerLocalID;
+					GPacket.Message.NameCRC = Compute_Name_CRC(MPlayerGameName);
+
+					/*
+					**	If 'F4' was hit, MessageAddress will be a broadcast address; send
+					**	the message to every player we have a connection with.
+					*/
+					if (MessageAddress.Is_Broadcast()) {
+						for (i = 0; i < Ipx.Num_Connections(); i++) {
+							Ipx.Send_Global_Message(&GPacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 1,
+								Ipx.Connection_Address(Ipx.Connection_ID(i)));
+							Ipx.Service();
+						}
+					} else {
+
+						/*
+						**	Otherwise, MessageAddress contains the exact address to send to.
+						**	Send to that address only.
+						*/
+						Ipx.Send_Global_Message(&GPacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 1,
+							&MessageAddress);
+						Ipx.Service();
+					}
+
+				magic_number++;
+				sent_so_far += actual_message_size;	//COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-5;
+				}
+			}
+
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Tell the map to completely update itself, since a message is now missing.
+		*/
+		Map.Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+	}
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Color_Cycle -- Handle the general palette color cycling.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is a maintenance routine that handles the color cycling. It should be called as     *
+ *    often as necessary to achieve smooth color cycling effects -- at least 8 times a second. *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  true if palette changed                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/31/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   06/10/1994 JLB : Uses new cycle color values.                                             *
+ *   12/21/1994 JLB : Handles text fade color.                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool Color_Cycle(void)
+{
+	static CountDownTimerClass _timer(BT_SYSTEM,0L);
+	static CountDownTimerClass _ftimer(BT_SYSTEM,0L);
+	static bool _up = false;
+	bool changed = false;
+
+	/*
+	**	Process the fading white color. It is used for the radar box and other glowing
+	**	game interface elements.
+	*/
+	if (!_ftimer.Time()) {
+		_ftimer.Set(TIMER_SECOND/8);
+
+		/*
+		**	Pulse the pulsing text color.
+		*/
+		#define	STEP_RATE	5
+		if (_up) {
+			GamePalette[767] += STEP_RATE;
+			GamePalette[766] += STEP_RATE;
+			GamePalette[765] += STEP_RATE;
+			if (GamePalette[767] > MAX_CYCLE_COLOR) {
+				GamePalette[767] = MAX_CYCLE_COLOR;
+				GamePalette[766] = MAX_CYCLE_COLOR;
+				GamePalette[765] = MAX_CYCLE_COLOR;
+				_up = false;
+			}
+		} else {
+			GamePalette[767] -= STEP_RATE;
+			GamePalette[766] -= STEP_RATE;
+			GamePalette[765] -= STEP_RATE;
+			if ((unsigned)GamePalette[767] < MIN_CYCLE_COLOR) {
+				GamePalette[767] = MIN_CYCLE_COLOR;
+				GamePalette[766] = MIN_CYCLE_COLOR;
+				GamePalette[765] = MIN_CYCLE_COLOR;
+				_up = true;
+			}
+		}
+		changed = true;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Process the color cycling effects -- water.
+	*/
+	if (!_timer.Time()) {
+		unsigned char	colors[3];
+
+		_timer.Set(TIMER_SECOND/4);
+
+		memmove(colors, &GamePalette[(CYCLE_COLOR_START+CYCLE_COLOR_COUNT-1)*3], sizeof(colors));
+		memmove(&GamePalette[(CYCLE_COLOR_START+1)*3], &GamePalette[CYCLE_COLOR_START*3], (CYCLE_COLOR_COUNT-1)*3);
+		memmove(&GamePalette[CYCLE_COLOR_START*3], colors, sizeof(colors));
+		changed = true;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If any of the processing functions changed the palette, then this palette must be
+	**	passed to the system.
+	*/
+	if (changed) {
+		Wait_Vert_Blank();
+		Set_Palette(GamePalette);
+		return (true);
+	}
+	return (false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Call_Back -- Main game maintenance callback routine.                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine handles all the "real time" processing that needs to                        *
+ *    occur. This includes palette fading and sound updating. It needs                         *
+ *    to be called as often as possible.                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/07/1992 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void Call_Back(void)
+{
+#ifndef DEMO
+	int i;
+	int id;
+	int color;
+	unsigned short	magic_number;
+	unsigned short crc;
+#endif
+
+	/*
+	**	Score maintenance
+	*/
+	if (SampleType) {
+		Theme.AI();
+		Speak_AI();
+	}
+
+#ifndef DEMO
+	/*
+	**	Network maintenance
+	*/
+	if (GameToPlay == GAME_IPX || GameToPlay == GAME_INTERNET) {
+
+		Ipx.Service();
+
+		/*
+		** Read packets only if the game is "closed", so we don't steal global
+		** messages from the connection dialogs.
+		*/
+		if (!NetOpen) {
+			if (Ipx.Get_Global_Message (&GPacket, &GPacketlen, &GAddress, &GProductID)) {
+				if (GProductID == IPXGlobalConnClass::COMMAND_AND_CONQUER) {
+
+					/*
+					**	If this is another player signing off, remove the connection &
+					**	mark that player's house as non-human, so the computer will take
+					**	it over.
+					*/
+					if (GPacket.Command == NET_SIGN_OFF) {
+						for (i = 0; i < Ipx.Num_Connections(); i++) {
+
+							id = Ipx.Connection_ID(i);
+
+							if (!strcmp (GPacket.Name, Ipx.Connection_Name(id) ) &&
+								GAddress == (*Ipx.Connection_Address(id))) {
+
+								CCDebugString ("C&C95 = Destroying connection due to sign off\n");
+								Destroy_Connection (id,0);
+							}
+						}
+					} else {
+
+						/*
+						**	Process a message from another user.
+						*/
+						if (GPacket.Command == NET_MESSAGE) {
+							bool msg_ok = false;
+							char txt[80];
+
+							/*
+							** If NetProtect is set, make sure this message came from within
+							** this game.
+							*/
+							if (!NetProtect) {
+								msg_ok = true;
+							} else {
+								if (GPacket.Message.NameCRC == Compute_Name_CRC(MPlayerGameName)) {
+									msg_ok = true;
+								} else {
+									msg_ok = false;
+								}
+							}
+
+							if (msg_ok) {
+								sprintf(txt,Text_String (TXT_FROM), GPacket.Name, GPacket.Message.Buf);
+								magic_number = *((unsigned short*)(GPacket.Message.Buf + COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-4));
+								crc = *((unsigned short*)(GPacket.Message.Buf + COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-2));
+								color = MPlayerID_To_ColorIndex(GPacket.Message.ID);
+								Messages.Add_Message(txt, MPlayerTColors[color],
+									TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_FULLSHADOW, 600, magic_number, crc);
+
+								/*
+								**	Tell the map to do a partial update (just to force the messages
+								**	to redraw).
+								*/
+								Map.Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+
+								/*
+								**	Save this message in our last-message buffer
+								*/
+								if (strlen(GPacket.Message.Buf)) {
+									strcpy(LastMessage, GPacket.Message.Buf);
+								}
+							}
+						} else {
+							Process_Global_Packet(&GPacket, &GAddress);
+						}
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Modem and Null Modem maintenance
+	*/
+	if (GameToPlay == GAME_NULL_MODEM
+	|| ((GameToPlay == GAME_MODEM) && ModemService)){
+	//|| GameToPlay == GAME_INTERNET) {
+		NullModem.Service();
+	}
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Language_Name -- Build filename for current language.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine attaches a language specific suffix to the base                             *
+ *    filename provided. Typical use of this is when loading language                          *
+ *    specific files at game initialization time.                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   basename -- Base name to append language specific                                  *
+ *                      extension to.                                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with pointer to completed filename.                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   The return pointer value is valid only until the next time                      *
+ *             this routine is called.                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/07/1992 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+char const *Language_Name(char const *basename)
+{
+	static char _fullname[_MAX_FNAME+_MAX_EXT];
+
+	if (!basename) return(NULL);
+
+	sprintf(_fullname, "%s.ENG", basename);
+	return(_fullname);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Source_From_Name -- Converts ASCII name into SourceType.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to convert an ASCII name representing a                             *
+ *    SourceType into the actual SourceType value. Typically, this is                          *
+ *    used when processing the scenario INI file.                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   name  -- The ASCII source name to process.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the SourceType represented by the name                                *
+ *          specified.                                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   04/17/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+SourceType Source_From_Name(char const *name)
+{
+	if (name) {
+		for (SourceType source = SOURCE_FIRST; source < SOURCE_COUNT; source++) {
+			if (stricmp(SourceName[source], name) == 0) {
+				return(source);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return(SOURCE_NONE);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Name_From_Source -- retrieves the name for the given SourceType         						  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  						  *
+ *		source		SourceType to get the name for															  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 						  *
+ *		name of SourceType																							  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               						  *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                						  *
+ *   11/15/1994 BR : Created.                                              						  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+char const *Name_From_Source(SourceType source)
+{
+	if ((unsigned)source < SOURCE_COUNT) {
+		return(SourceName[source]);
+	}
+	return("None");
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Theater_From_Name -- Converts ASCII name into a theater number.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine converts an ASCII representation of a theater and converts it into a        *
+ *    matching theater number. If no match was found, then THEATER_NONE is returned.           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   name  -- Pointer to ASCII name to convert.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the name converted into a theater number.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/01/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TheaterType Theater_From_Name(char const *name)
+{
+	TheaterType	index;
+
+	if (name) {
+		for (index = THEATER_FIRST; index < THEATER_COUNT; index++) {
+			if (stricmp(name, Theaters[index].Name) == 0) {
+				return(index);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return(THEATER_NONE);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * KN_To_Facing -- Converts a keyboard input number into a facing value.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine determine which compass direction is represented by the keyboard value      *
+ *    provided. It is used for map scrolling and other directional control operations from     *
+ *    the keyboard.                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   input -- The KN number to convert.                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the facing type that the keyboard number represents. If it could      *
+ *          not be translated, then FACING_NONE is returned.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/28/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+FacingType KN_To_Facing(int input)
+{
+	input &= ~(KN_ALT_BIT|KN_SHIFT_BIT|KN_CTRL_BIT);
+	switch (input) {
+		case KN_LEFT:
+			return(FACING_W);
+
+		case KN_RIGHT:
+			return(FACING_E);
+
+		case KN_UP:
+			return(FACING_N);
+
+		case KN_DOWN:
+			return(FACING_S);
+
+		case KN_UPLEFT:
+			return(FACING_NW);
+
+		case KN_UPRIGHT:
+			return(FACING_NE);
+
+		case KN_DOWNLEFT:
+			return(FACING_SW);
+
+		case KN_DOWNRIGHT:
+			return(FACING_SE);
+	}
+	return(FACING_NONE);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Sync_Delay -- Forces the game into a 15 FPS rate.                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will wait until the timer for the current frame has expired before          *
+ *    returning. It is called at the end of every game loop in order to force the game loop    *
+ *    to run at a fixed rate.                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   Will delay for up to 1/15 of a second.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/04/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   03/06/1995 JLB : Fixed.                                                                   *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+static void Sync_Delay(void)
+{
+	/*
+	**	Delay one tick and keep a record that one tick was "wasted" here.
+	**	This accumulates into a running histogram of performance.
+	*/
+	SpareTicks += FrameTimer.Time();
+	while (FrameTimer.Time()) {
+		Color_Cycle();
+		Call_Back();
+
+		if (SpecialDialog == SDLG_NONE) {
+			WWMouse->Erase_Mouse(&HidPage, TRUE);
+			KeyNumType input = KN_NONE;
+			int x, y;
+			WWMouse->Erase_Mouse(&HidPage, TRUE);
+			Map.Input(input, x, y);
+			if (input) {
+				Keyboard_Process(input);
+			}
+			Map.Render();
+		}
+	}
+	Color_Cycle();
+	Call_Back();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Main_Loop -- This is the main game loop (as a single loop).                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This function will perform one game loop.                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Should the game end?                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/01/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+extern void Check_For_Focus_Loss(void);
+void Reallocate_Big_Shape_Buffer(void);
+
+
+bool Main_Loop()
+{
+	KeyNumType	input;					// Player input.
+	int 			x;
+	int 			y;
+	int framedelay;
+
+//	InMainLoop = true;
+
+	/*
+	** I think I'm gonna cry if this makes it work
+	*/
+	if (Get_Mouse_State())Show_Mouse();
+
+	/*
+	** Call the focus loss handler
+	*/
+	Check_For_Focus_Loss();
+
+	/*
+	** Allocate extra memory for uncompressed shapes as needed
+	*/
+	Reallocate_Big_Shape_Buffer();
+
+	/*
+	** Sync-bug trapping code
+	*/
+	if (Frame >= TrapFrame) {
+		Trap_Object();
+	}
+
+	//
+	// Initialize our AI processing timer
+	//
+	ProcessTimer.Set(0, true);
+
+
+#if 1
+	if (TrapCheckHeap) {
+		Debug_Trap_Check_Heap = true;
+	}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+ Heap_Dump_Check( "After Trap" );
+
+	/*
+	**	Update the running status debug display.
+	*/
+	Self_Regulate();
+#endif
+
+	/*
+	**	If there is no theme playing, but it looks like one is required, then start one
+	**	playing. This is usually the symptom of there being no transition score.
+	*/
+	if (SampleType && Theme.What_Is_Playing() == THEME_NONE) {
+		Theme.Queue_Song(THEME_PICK_ANOTHER);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Setup the timer so that the Main_Loop function processes at the correct rate.
+	*/
+	if (GameToPlay != GAME_NORMAL && CommProtocol == COMM_PROTOCOL_MULTI_E_COMP) {
+		framedelay = 60 / DesiredFrameRate;
+		FrameTimer.Set(framedelay);
+	} else {
+		FrameTimer.Set(Options.GameSpeed);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Update the display, unless we're inside a dialog.
+	*/
+	if (!PlaybackGame) {
+		if (SpecialDialog == SDLG_NONE && GameInFocus) {
+
+			WWMouse->Erase_Mouse(&HidPage, TRUE);
+			Map.Input(input, x, y);
+			if (input) {
+				Keyboard_Process(input);
+			}
+//			HidPage.Lock();
+			Map.Render();
+//			HidPage.Unlock();
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Save map's position & selected objects, if we're recording the game.
+	*/
+	if (RecordGame || PlaybackGame) {
+		Do_Record_Playback();
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Sort the map's ground layer by y-coordinate value.  This is done
+	** outside the IsToRedraw check, for the purposes of game sync'ing
+	** between machines; this way, all machines will sort the Map's
+	** layer in the same way, and any processing done that's based on
+	** the order of this layer will sync on different machines.
+	*/
+	Map.Layer[LAYER_GROUND].Sort();
+
+//	Heap_Dump_Check( "Before Logic.AI" );
+
+	/*
+	**	AI logic operations are performed here.
+	*/
+	Logic.AI();
+
+//	Heap_Dump_Check( "After Logic.AI" );
+
+	/*
+	**	Manage the inter-player message list.  If Manage() returns true, it means
+	**	a message has expired & been removed, and the entire map must be updated.
+	*/
+	if (Messages.Manage()) {
+		HiddenPage.Clear();
+		Map.Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+	}
+
+	//
+	// Measure how long it took to process the AI
+	//
+	ProcessTicks += ProcessTimer.Time();
+	ProcessFrames++;
+
+//	Heap_Dump_Check( "Before Queue_AI" );
+
+	/*
+	**	Process all commands that are ready to be processed.
+	*/
+	Queue_AI();
+
+// Heap_Dump_Check( "After Queue_AI" );
+
+	/*
+	**	Keep track of elapsed time in the game.
+	*/
+	Score.ElapsedTime += TIMER_SECOND / TICKS_PER_SECOND;
+
+	Call_Back();
+
+// Heap_Dump_Check( "After Call_Back" );
+
+	/*
+	**	Perform any win/lose code as indicated by the global control flags.
+	*/
+	if (EndCountDown) EndCountDown--;
+
+	/*
+	**	Check for player wins or loses according to global event flag.
+	*/
+
+
+
+	if (PlayerWins) {
+
+		if (GameToPlay == GAME_INTERNET && !GameStatisticsPacketSent){
+			Register_Game_End_Time();
+			Send_Statistics_Packet();
+		}
+
+		WWMouse->Erase_Mouse(&HidPage, TRUE);
+		PlayerLoses = false;
+		PlayerWins = false;
+		PlayerRestarts = false;
+		Map.Help_Text(TXT_NONE);
+		Do_Win();
+	}
+	if (PlayerLoses) {
+
+		if (GameToPlay == GAME_INTERNET && !GameStatisticsPacketSent){
+			Register_Game_End_Time();
+			Send_Statistics_Packet();
+		}
+
+		WWMouse->Erase_Mouse(&HidPage, TRUE);
+		PlayerWins = false;
+		PlayerLoses = false;
+		PlayerRestarts = false;
+		Map.Help_Text(TXT_NONE);
+		Do_Lose();
+	}
+	if (PlayerRestarts) {
+		WWMouse->Erase_Mouse(&HidPage, TRUE);
+		PlayerWins = false;
+		PlayerLoses = false;
+		PlayerRestarts = false;
+		Map.Help_Text(TXT_NONE);
+		Do_Restart();
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	The frame logic has been completed. Increment the frame
+	**	counter.
+	*/
+	Frame++;
+
+	/*
+	** Very rarely, the human players will get a message from the computer.
+	*/
+	if (GameToPlay != GAME_NORMAL && MPlayerGhosts && IRandom(0,10000) == 1) {
+		Computer_Message();
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Is there a memory trasher altering the map??
+	*/
+	if (Debug_Check_Map) {
+		if (!Map.Validate()) {
+#ifdef GERMAN
+			if (CCMessageBox().Process ("Kartenfehler!","Halt","Weiter")==0)
+#else
+#ifdef FRENCH
+			if (CCMessageBox().Process ("Erreur de carte!","Stop","Continuer")==0)
+#else
+			if (CCMessageBox().Process ("Map Error!","Stop","Continue")==0)
+#endif
+#endif
+				GameActive = false;
+			Map.Validate();		// give debugger a chance to catch it
+		}
+	}
+
+	Sync_Delay();
+//	InMainLoop = false;
+	return(!GameActive);
+}
+
+
+#ifdef SCENARIO_EDITOR
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Map_Edit_Loop -- a mini-main loop for map edit mode only                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   10/19/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+bool Map_Edit_Loop(void)
+{
+	/*
+	**	Redraw the map.
+	*/
+	Map.Render();
+
+	/*
+	**	Get user input (keys, mouse clicks).
+	*/
+	KeyNumType input;
+
+	int x;
+	int y;
+	Map.Input(input, x, y);
+
+	/*
+	**	Process keypress.
+	*/
+	if (input) {
+		Keyboard_Process(input);
+	}
+
+	Call_Back();								// maintains Theme.AI() for music
+	Color_Cycle();
+
+	return(!GameActive);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Go_Editor -- Enables/disables the map editor										*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		flag		true = go into editor mode; false = go into game mode			*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   10/19/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void Go_Editor(bool flag)
+{
+	/*
+	**	Go into Scenario Editor mode
+	*/
+	if (flag) {
+		Debug_Map = true;
+		Debug_Unshroud = true;
+
+		/*
+		** Un-select any selected objects
+		*/
+		Unselect_All();
+
+		/*
+		** Turn off the sidebar if it's on
+		*/
+		Map.Activate(0);
+
+		/*
+		** Reset the map's Button list for the new mode
+		*/
+		Map.Init_IO();
+
+		/*
+		** Force a complete redraw of the screen
+		*/
+		HiddenPage.Clear();
+		Map.Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+		Map.Render();
+
+	} else {
+
+		/*
+		**	Go into normal game mode
+		*/
+		Debug_Map = false;
+		Debug_Unshroud = false;
+
+		/*
+		** Un-select any selected objects
+		*/
+		Unselect_All();
+
+		/*
+		** Reset the map's Button list for the new mode
+		*/
+		Map.Init_IO();
+
+		/*
+		** Force a complete redraw of the screen
+		*/
+		HiddenPage.Clear();
+		Map.Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+		Map.Render();
+	}
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#if (0)
+#define VQ_THREAD_BUFFER_SIZE 1024*1024
+#define VQ_THREAD_BUFFER_CHUNK VQ_THREAD_BUFFER_SIZE/4
+unsigned char *VQThreadBuffer = NULL;
+volatile bool ThreadReading = false;
+unsigned long VQThreadBlockHead;
+unsigned long VQThreadBlockTail;
+unsigned long VQBytesLeft;
+unsigned long VQBytesRead;
+
+
+void Init_VQ_Threading(CCFileClass *file)
+{
+	if (!VQThreadBuffer){
+		VQThreadBuffer = new unsigned char [VQ_THREAD_BUFFER_SIZE];
+	}
+	Force_VM_Page_In(VQThreadBuffer, VQ_THREAD_BUFFER_SIZE);
+	VQThreadBlockHead = 0;
+	VQThreadBlockTail = 0;
+	VQBytesRead = 0;
+	VQBytesLeft = file->Size();
+}
+
+
+void Cleanup_VQ_Threading(void)
+{
+	while (ThreadReading){}
+	if (VQThreadBuffer){
+		delete VQThreadBuffer;
+		VQThreadBuffer = NULL;
+	}
+}
+
+unsigned long __stdcall Thread_Read(void *file)
+{
+	int bytes_to_read;
+	int left_to_read;
+	int read_this_time;
+	unsigned long head;
+	int sleep_time;
+
+	CCFileClass *ccfile = (CCFileClass*)file;
+
+	bytes_to_read = MIN (VQBytesLeft, VQ_THREAD_BUFFER_CHUNK);
+
+	if (!bytes_to_read){
+		ThreadReading = false;
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	left_to_read = bytes_to_read;
+
+	while (left_to_read){
+		read_this_time = MIN(8*1024, left_to_read);
+		//if (read_this_time & 3){
+			ccfile->Read(VQThreadBuffer+VQThreadBlockHead, read_this_time);
+		//}else{
+		//	ccfile->Read(VQThreadBuffer+VQThreadBlockHead, read_this_time/4);
+		//	ccfile->Read(VQThreadBuffer+VQThreadBlockHead+read_this_time/4, read_this_time/4);
+		//	ccfile->Read(VQThreadBuffer+VQThreadBlockHead+(read_this_time/4)*2, read_this_time/4);
+		//	ccfile->Read(VQThreadBuffer+VQThreadBlockHead+(read_this_time/4)*3, read_this_time/4);
+		//}
+		VQThreadBlockHead += read_this_time;
+		left_to_read -= read_this_time;
+
+		head = VQThreadBlockHead;
+		if (head<VQThreadBlockTail) head+= VQ_THREAD_BUFFER_SIZE;
+		sleep_time = head - VQThreadBlockTail;
+		sleep_time = sleep_time/ (VQ_THREAD_BUFFER_CHUNK/32);
+		sleep_time += 2;
+		if (sleep_time<1) sleep_time=1;
+		Sleep(sleep_time);
+	}
+
+	VQThreadBlockHead &= VQ_THREAD_BUFFER_SIZE-1;
+	VQBytesLeft -= bytes_to_read;
+	ThreadReading = false;
+	return (0);
+}
+
+
+
+void Read_VQ_Thread_Block(CCFileClass *file)
+{
+	HANDLE 	thread_handle;
+	DWORD		thread_id;
+	if (!ThreadReading){
+		//_beginthreadex (&Thread_Read, NULL, 16*1024, NULL);
+		ThreadReading = true;
+		thread_handle = CreateThread(NULL, 0, &Thread_Read, (void*)file, 0, &thread_id);
+		//SetThreadPriority (thread_handle, THREAD_PRIORITY_IDLE);
+
+		CloseHandle (thread_handle);
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+int VQ_Thread_Read (CCFileClass *file, void *buffer, long bytes)
+{
+	long bytes_to_read;
+
+	do {
+		if (VQThreadBlockHead > VQThreadBlockTail){
+			bytes_to_read = MIN(bytes, VQThreadBlockHead-VQThreadBlockTail);
+
+		}else{
+			bytes_to_read = MIN(bytes, VQThreadBlockHead+VQ_THREAD_BUFFER_SIZE - VQThreadBlockTail);
+		}
+
+	}while(ThreadReading && bytes_to_read<bytes);
+
+
+	if (VQThreadBlockTail+bytes_to_read > VQ_THREAD_BUFFER_SIZE){
+
+		int first_chunk = VQ_THREAD_BUFFER_SIZE - VQThreadBlockTail;
+		int second_chunk = bytes_to_read - first_chunk;
+
+		memcpy (buffer, VQThreadBuffer + VQThreadBlockTail, first_chunk);
+		memcpy ((unsigned char*)buffer + first_chunk, VQThreadBuffer, second_chunk);
+	}else{
+		memcpy (buffer, VQThreadBuffer + VQThreadBlockTail, bytes_to_read);
+	}
+
+	VQThreadBlockTail += bytes_to_read;
+	VQThreadBlockTail &= VQ_THREAD_BUFFER_SIZE - 1;
+
+	unsigned long head = VQThreadBlockHead;
+	if (head<VQThreadBlockTail) head+= VQ_THREAD_BUFFER_SIZE;
+	if (head-VQThreadBlockTail < VQ_THREAD_BUFFER_CHUNK && !ThreadReading) Read_VQ_Thread_Block(file);
+
+	VQBytesRead += bytes_to_read;
+	return (bytes_to_read);
+
+}
+
+
+int VQ_Thread_Seek (long bytes)
+{
+	VQThreadBlockTail += bytes;
+	VQBytesRead += bytes;
+	return (VQBytesRead);
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MixFileHandler -- Handles VQ file access.                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called from the VQ player when it needs to access the source file. By    *
+ *    using this routine it is possible to virtualize the file system.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   vqa   -- Pointer to the VQA handle for this animation.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          action-- The requested action to perform.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          buffer-- Optional buffer pointer as needed by the type of action.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          nbytes-- The number of bytes (if needed) for this operation.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns a value consistent with the action requested.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/04/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+long MixFileHandler(VQAHandle *vqa, long action, void *buffer, long nbytes)
+{
+	CCFileClass *file;
+	long        error;
+
+	file = (CCFileClass *)vqa->VQAio;
+
+	/*
+	**	Perform the action specified by the stream command.
+	*/
+	switch (action) {
+
+		/*
+		** VQACMD_READ means read NBytes from the stream and place it in the
+		** memory pointed to by Buffer.
+		**
+		** Any error code returned will be remapped by VQA library into
+		** VQAERR_READ.
+		*/
+		case VQACMD_READ:
+			error = VQ_Thread_Read (file, buffer, nbytes);
+			//error = (file->Read(buffer, (unsigned short)nbytes) != (unsigned short)nbytes);
+			if (error == nbytes) error = 0;
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	VQACMD_WRITE is analogous to VQACMD_READ.
+		**
+		** Writing is not allowed to the VQA file, VQA library will remap the
+		** error into VQAERR_WRITE.
+		*/
+		case VQACMD_WRITE:
+			error = 1;
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	VQACMD_SEEK asks that you perform a seek relative to the current
+		** position. NBytes is a signed number, indicating seek direction
+		** (positive for forward, negative for backward). Buffer has no meaning
+		** here.
+		**
+		** Any error code returned will be remapped by VQA library into
+		** VQAERR_SEEK.
+		*/
+		case VQACMD_SEEK:
+			//error = (file->Seek(nbytes, SEEK_CUR) == -1);
+			VQ_Thread_Seek(nbytes);
+			error = 0;
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	VQACMD_OPEN asks that you open your stream for access.
+		*/
+		case VQACMD_OPEN:
+			file = new CCFileClass((char *)buffer);
+
+			if (file != NULL && file->Is_Available()) {
+				error = file->Open((char *)buffer, READ);
+
+				if (error != -1) {
+					vqa->VQAio = (unsigned long)file;
+					error = 0;
+					//file->Set_Buffer_Size(8*1024);
+				} else {
+					delete file;
+					file = 0;
+					error = 1;
+				}
+			} else {
+				error = 1;
+			}
+
+			if (error != -1){
+				Init_VQ_Threading(file);
+				Read_VQ_Thread_Block(file);
+				CountDownTimerClass timer;
+				timer.Set(60);
+				while (ThreadReading || timer.Time()){}
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case VQACMD_CLOSE:
+			Cleanup_VQ_Threading();
+			file->Close();
+			delete file;
+			file = 0;
+			vqa->VQAio = 0;
+			error = 0;
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	VQACMD_INIT means to prepare your stream for reading. This is used for
+		** certain streams that can't be read immediately upon opening, and need
+		** further preparation. This operation is allowed to fail; the error code
+		** will be returned directly to the client.
+		*/
+		case VQACMD_INIT:
+
+		/*
+		**	IFFCMD_CLEANUP means to terminate the transaction with the associated
+		** stream. This is used for streams that can't simply be closed. This
+		** operation is not allowed to fail; any error returned will be ignored.
+		*/
+		case VQACMD_CLEANUP:
+			error = 0;
+			break;
+	}
+
+	return(error);
+}
+#endif	//(0)
+//#if (0)
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MixFileHandler -- Handles VQ file access.                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called from the VQ player when it needs to access the source file. By    *
+ *    using this routine it is possible to virtualize the file system.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   vqa   -- Pointer to the VQA handle for this animation.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          action-- The requested action to perform.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          buffer-- Optional buffer pointer as needed by the type of action.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          nbytes-- The number of bytes (if needed) for this operation.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns a value consistent with the action requested.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/04/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+long MixFileHandler(VQAHandle *vqa, long action, void *buffer, long nbytes)
+{
+	CCFileClass *file;
+	long        error;
+
+	file = (CCFileClass *)vqa->VQAio;
+
+	/*
+	**	Perform the action specified by the stream command.
+	*/
+	switch (action) {
+
+		/*
+		** VQACMD_READ means read NBytes from the stream and place it in the
+		** memory pointed to by Buffer.
+		**
+		** Any error code returned will be remapped by VQA library into
+		** VQAERR_READ.
+		*/
+		case VQACMD_READ:
+			error = (file->Read(buffer, (unsigned short)nbytes) != (unsigned short)nbytes);
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	VQACMD_WRITE is analogous to VQACMD_READ.
+		**
+		** Writing is not allowed to the VQA file, VQA library will remap the
+		** error into VQAERR_WRITE.
+		*/
+		case VQACMD_WRITE:
+			error = 1;
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	VQACMD_SEEK asks that you perform a seek relative to the current
+		** position. NBytes is a signed number, indicating seek direction
+		** (positive for forward, negative for backward). Buffer has no meaning
+		** here.
+		**
+		** Any error code returned will be remapped by VQA library into
+		** VQAERR_SEEK.
+		*/
+		case VQACMD_SEEK:
+			error = (file->Seek(nbytes, SEEK_CUR) == -1);
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	VQACMD_OPEN asks that you open your stream for access.
+		*/
+		case VQACMD_OPEN:
+			file = new CCFileClass((char *)buffer);
+
+			if (file != NULL && file->Is_Available()) {
+				error = file->Open((char *)buffer, READ);
+
+				if (error != -1) {
+					vqa->VQAio = (unsigned long)file;
+					error = 0;
+					file->Set_Buffer_Size(8*1024);
+				} else {
+					delete file;
+					file = 0;
+					error = 1;
+				}
+			} else {
+				error = 1;
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case VQACMD_CLOSE:
+			file->Close();
+			delete file;
+			file = 0;
+			vqa->VQAio = 0;
+			error = 0;
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	VQACMD_INIT means to prepare your stream for reading. This is used for
+		** certain streams that can't be read immediately upon opening, and need
+		** further preparation. This operation is allowed to fail; the error code
+		** will be returned directly to the client.
+		*/
+		case VQACMD_INIT:
+
+		/*
+		**	IFFCMD_CLEANUP means to terminate the transaction with the associated
+		** stream. This is used for streams that can't simply be closed. This
+		** operation is not allowed to fail; any error returned will be ignored.
+		*/
+		case VQACMD_CLEANUP:
+			error = 0;
+			break;
+	}
+
+	return(error);
+}
+
+//#endif	//(0)
+
+
+void Rebuild_Interpolated_Palette(unsigned char *interpal)
+{
+	for (int y=0 ; y<255 ; y++){
+		for (int x=y+1 ; x<256 ; x++){
+			*(interpal + (y*256+x)) = *(interpal + (x*256+y));
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+unsigned char 	*InterpolatedPalettes[100];
+BOOL				PalettesRead;
+unsigned			PaletteCounter;
+
+
+int Load_Interpolated_Palettes(char const *filename, BOOL add)
+{
+	int	num_palettes=0;
+	int	i;
+	int 	start_palette;
+
+	PalettesRead = FALSE;
+	CCFileClass	file(filename);
+
+//	RawFileClass	*palette_file;
+
+	if (!add){
+		for (i=0 ; i<ARRAY_SIZE(InterpolatedPalettes) ; i++){
+			InterpolatedPalettes[i]=NULL;
+		}
+		start_palette=0;
+	} else {
+		for (start_palette=0 ; start_palette< ARRAY_SIZE(InterpolatedPalettes) ; start_palette++){
+			if (!InterpolatedPalettes[start_palette]) break;
+		}
+	}
+
+//	palette_file = new RawFileClass (filename);
+//	if (file.Is_Available()){
+
+		file.Open(READ);
+		file.Read(&num_palettes , 4);
+
+		for (i=0 ; i<num_palettes ; i++){
+			InterpolatedPalettes[i+start_palette] = (unsigned char *)malloc (65536);
+			memset (InterpolatedPalettes[i+start_palette],0,65536);
+			for (int y=0 ; y<256 ;y++){
+				file.Read (InterpolatedPalettes[i+start_palette] + y*256 , y+1);
+			}
+
+			Rebuild_Interpolated_Palette(InterpolatedPalettes[i+start_palette]);
+		}
+
+		PalettesRead = TRUE;
+		file.Close();
+//	}
+	PaletteCounter = 0;
+	return (num_palettes);
+}
+
+
+void Free_Interpolated_Palettes(void)
+{
+	for (int i=0 ; i<ARRAY_SIZE(InterpolatedPalettes) ; i++){
+		if (InterpolatedPalettes[i]){
+			free(InterpolatedPalettes[i]);
+			InterpolatedPalettes[i]=NULL;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Play_Movie -- Plays a VQ movie.                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to play a VQ movie. It will disptach the specified movie to the         *
+ *    VQ player. The routine will not return until the movie has finished playing.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   file  -- The file object that contains the movie.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          anim  -- The anim control and configuration structure that controls how the        *
+ *                   movie will be played.                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          clrscrn -- Set to 1 to clear the screen when the movie is over                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/19/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+extern	BOOL	InMovie;
+extern bool	VQPaletteChange;
+extern void Suspend_Audio_Thread(void);
+extern void Resume_Audio_Thread(void);
+void Play_Movie(char const * name, ThemeType theme, bool clrscrn)
+{
+	/*
+	** Don't play movies in editor mode
+	*/
+	if (Debug_Map) {
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Don't play movies in multiplayer mode
+	*/
+	if (GameToPlay != GAME_NORMAL) {
+		return;
+	}
+
+	memset (&PaletteInterpolationTable[0][0],0,65536);
+
+	if (name) {
+		char fullname[_MAX_FNAME+_MAX_EXT];
+		char palname [_MAX_FNAME+_MAX_EXT];
+
+		_makepath(fullname, NULL, NULL, name, ".VQA");
+		_makepath(palname , NULL, NULL, name, ".VQP");
+		#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+			Mono_Set_Cursor(0, 0);Mono_Printf("[%s]", fullname);
+		#endif
+
+		/*
+		**	Reset the anim control structure.
+		*/
+		Anim_Init();
+		VQPaletteChange = false;
+
+		/*
+		**	Prepare to play a movie. First hide the mouse and stop any score that is playing.
+		**	While the score (if any) is fading to silence, fade the palette to black as well.
+		**	When the palette has finished fading, wait until the score has finished fading
+		**	before launching the movie.
+		*/
+		Hide_Mouse();
+		//Theme.Stop();
+		//Theme.AI();
+		Theme.Queue_Song(theme);
+		if (PreserveVQAScreen == 0) {
+			Fade_Palette_To(BlackPalette, FADE_PALETTE_MEDIUM, Call_Back);
+			VisiblePage.Clear();
+			memset(BlackPalette, 0x01, 768);
+			Set_Palette(BlackPalette);
+			memset(BlackPalette, 0x00, 768);
+		}
+		PreserveVQAScreen = 0;
+		Keyboard::Clear();
+
+		VQAHandle *vqa = NULL;
+
+		if (!Debug_Quiet && Get_Digi_Handle() != -1) {
+			AnimControl.OptionFlags |= VQAOPTF_AUDIO;
+		} else {
+			AnimControl.OptionFlags &= ~VQAOPTF_AUDIO;
+		}
+
+
+		if ((vqa = VQA_Alloc()) != NULL) {
+			VQA_Init(vqa, MixFileHandler);
+			if (VQA_Open(vqa, fullname, &AnimControl) == 0) {
+				Brokeout = false;
+				//Suspend_Audio_Thread();
+
+#if (FRENCH | GERMAN | JAPANESE)
+				/*
+				** Kludge to use the old palette interpolation table for CC2TEASE
+				** unless the covert CD is inserted.
+				*/
+				if (!stricmp (palname, "CC2TEASE.VQP")){
+					int cd_index = Get_CD_Index(CCFileClass::Get_CD_Drive(), 1*60);
+					/*
+					** If cd_index == 2 then its a covert CD
+					*/
+					if (cd_index != 2){
+							strcpy (palname, "OLDCC2T.VQP");
+					}
+				}
+#endif	//(FRENCH | GERMAN)
+
+#if (GERMAN)
+				/*
+				** Kludge to use a different palette interpolation table for RETRO.VQA
+				** if the covert CD is inserted.
+				*/
+				if (!stricmp (palname, "RETRO.VQP")){
+					int cd_index = Get_CD_Index(CCFileClass::Get_CD_Drive(), 1*60);
+					/*
+					** If cd_index == 2 then its a covert CD
+					*/
+					if (cd_index == 2){
+						strcpy (palname, "RETROGER.VQP");
+					}
+				}
+
+#endif	//GERMAN
+
+				Load_Interpolated_Palettes(palname);
+				//Set_Palette(BlackPalette);
+				SysMemPage.Clear();
+				InMovie = TRUE;
+				VQA_Play(vqa, VQAMODE_RUN);
+				VQA_Close(vqa);
+				//Resume_Audio_Thread();
+				InMovie = FALSE;
+				Free_Interpolated_Palettes();
+				Set_Primary_Buffer_Format();
+
+				/*
+				**	Any movie that ends prematurely must have the screen
+				**	cleared to avoid any unexpected palette glitches.
+				*/
+				if (Brokeout) {
+					clrscrn = true;
+					VisiblePage.Clear();
+					Brokeout = false;
+				}
+			}
+
+			VQA_Free(vqa);
+		}
+
+
+		/*
+		**	Presume that the screen is left in a garbage state as well as the palette
+		**	being in an unknown condition. Recover from this by clearing the screen and
+		**	forcing the palette to black.
+		*/
+		if (clrscrn) {
+			VisiblePage.Clear();
+			memset(BlackPalette, 0x01, 768);
+			Set_Palette(BlackPalette);
+			memset(BlackPalette, 0x00, 768);
+			Set_Palette(BlackPalette);
+		}
+		Show_Mouse();
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Unselect_All -- Causes all selected objects to become unselected.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will unselect all objects that are currently selected.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void Unselect_All(void)
+{
+	while (CurrentObject.Count()) {
+		CurrentObject[0]->Unselect();
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Fading_Table_Name -- Builds a theater specific fading table name.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine builds a standard fading table name. This name is dependant on the theater  *
+ *    being played, since each theater has its own palette.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   base  -- The base name of this fading table. The base name can be no longer than   *
+ *                   seven characters.                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          theater  -- The theater that this fading table is specific to.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the constructed fading table filename. This pointer is   *
+ *          valid until this function is called again.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+char const * Fading_Table_Name(char const * base, TheaterType theater)
+{
+	static char _buffer[_MAX_FNAME+_MAX_EXT];
+	char root[_MAX_FNAME];
+
+	sprintf(root, "%1.1s%s", Theaters[theater].Root, base);
+	_makepath(_buffer, NULL, NULL, root, ".MRF");
+	return(_buffer);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Get_Radar_Icon -- Builds and alloc a radar icon from a shape file                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:      void const * shapefile - pointer to a key framed shapefile                      *
+ *             int shapenum          - shape to extract from shapefile                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:     void const *           - 3/3 icon set of shape from file                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   04/12/1995 PWG : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   05/10/1995 JLB : Handles a null shapefile pointer.                                        *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void const * Get_Radar_Icon(void const * shapefile, int shapenum, int frames, int zoomfactor)
+{
+	static int _offx[]={	0, 0,  -1,  1, 0, -1, 1, -1, 1};
+	static int _offy[]={	0, 0,  -1,  1, 0, -1, 1, -1, 1};
+	int lp,framelp;
+	char pixel;
+
+	char *retval = NULL;
+	char *buffer = NULL;
+	void *ptr;
+
+
+	/*
+	**	If there is no shape file, then there can be no radar icon imagery.
+	*/
+	if (!shapefile) return(NULL);
+
+	/*
+	** Get the pixel width and height of the frame we built.  This will
+	** be used to extract icons and build pixels.
+	*/
+	int pixel_width  = Get_Build_Frame_Width( shapefile );
+	int pixel_height = Get_Build_Frame_Height( shapefile );
+
+	/*
+	** Find the width and height in icons, adjust these by half an
+	** icon because the artists may be sloppy and miss the edge of an
+	** icon one way or the other.
+	*/
+	int icon_width	 = (pixel_width + 12) / 24;
+	int icon_height = (pixel_height + 12) / 24;
+
+	/*
+	** If we have been told to build as many frames as possible, then
+	** find out how many frames there are to build.
+	*/
+	if (frames == -1) frames = Get_Build_Frame_Count( shapefile );
+
+	/*
+	** Allocate a position to store our icons.  If the alloc fails then
+	** we dont add these icons to the set.
+	**/
+	buffer = new char[(icon_width * icon_height * 9 * frames)+2];
+	if (!buffer) return(NULL);
+
+	/*
+	** Save off the return value so that we can return it to the calling
+	** function.
+	*/
+	retval	 = (char *)buffer;
+	*buffer++ = (char)icon_width;
+	*buffer++ = (char)icon_height;
+	int val = 24/zoomfactor;
+
+	for (framelp = 0; framelp < frames; framelp ++) {
+		/*
+		** Build the current frame.  If the frame can not be built then we
+		** just need to skip past this set of icons and try to build the
+		** next frame.
+		*/
+		if ((ptr = (void *)(Build_Frame(shapefile, shapenum + framelp, SysMemPage.Get_Buffer()))) != NULL) {
+			ptr = Get_Shape_Header_Data(ptr);
+			/*
+			** Loop through the icon width and the icon height building icons
+			** into the buffer pointer.  When the getx or gety falls outside of
+			** the width and height of the shape, just insert transparent pixels.
+			*/
+			for (int icony = 0; icony < icon_height; icony ++) {
+				for (int iconx = 0; iconx < icon_width; iconx ++) {
+					for (int y = 0; y < zoomfactor; y++) {
+						for (int x = 0; x < zoomfactor; x++) {
+							int getx = (iconx * 24) + (x * val) + (zoomfactor / 2);
+							int gety = (icony * 24) + (y * val) + (zoomfactor / 2);
+							if ((getx < pixel_width) && (gety < pixel_height)) {
+								for (lp = 0; lp < 9; lp ++) {
+									pixel	= *((char *)(Add_Long_To_Pointer(ptr, ((gety - _offy[lp]) * pixel_width) + getx-_offx[lp])));
+									if (pixel == LTGREEN) pixel = 0;
+									if (pixel) {
+										break;
+									}
+								}
+								*buffer++ = pixel;
+							} else {
+								*buffer++ = 0;
+							}
+						}
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		} else {
+			buffer += icon_width * icon_height * 9;
+		}
+	}
+	return(retval);
+}
+
+
+
+
+void CC_Texture_Fill (void const *shapefile, int shapenum, int xpos, int ypos, int width, int height)
+{
+	unsigned char	*shape_pointer;
+	//unsigned char	*shape_save;
+	unsigned	long	shape_size;
+	//int x,y;
+
+	if (shapefile && shapenum != -1) {
+
+		/*
+		** Build frame returns a pointer now instead of the shapes length
+		*/
+		shape_size=Build_Frame(shapefile , shapenum , ShapeBuffer);
+		if (Get_Last_Frame_Length() > _ShapeBufferSize) {
+			Mono_Printf("Attempt to use shape buffer for size %d buffer is only size %d", shape_size, _ShapeBufferSize);
+			Get_Key();
+		}
+
+		if (shape_size) {
+			shape_pointer = (unsigned char *)Get_Shape_Header_Data ((void*)shape_size);
+			int source_width = Get_Build_Frame_Width (shapefile);
+			int source_height = Get_Build_Frame_Height (shapefile);
+
+
+			LogicPage->Texture_Fill_Rect (xpos, ypos, width, height, shape_pointer, source_width, source_height);
+#if (0)
+			if (LogicPage->Lock()){
+
+				for (y = ypos ; y < ypos + MIN(source_height, height) ; y++ ){
+
+					shape_save = shape_pointer;
+
+					for (x = xpos ; x < xpos + MIN(source_width, width) ; x++ ){
+						LogicPage->Put_Pixel (x, y, *shape_pointer++);
+					}
+
+					shape_pointer = shape_save + source_width;
+				}
+
+				LogicPage->Unlock();
+			}
+#endif
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CC_Draw_Shape -- Custom draw shape handler.                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    All draw shape calls will route through this function. It handles all draws for          *
+ *    C&C. Such draws always occur to the logical page and assume certain things about         *
+ *    the parameters passed.                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   shapefile   -- Pointer to the shape data file. This data file contains all the     *
+ *                         embedded shapes.                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          shapenum    -- The shape number within the shapefile that will be drawn.           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          x,y         -- The pixel coordinates to draw the shape.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          window      -- The clipping window to use.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          flags       -- The custom draw shape flags. This controls how the parameters       *
+ *                         are used (if any).                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          fadingdata  -- If SHAPE_FADING is desired, then this points to the fading          *
+ *                         data table.                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          ghostdata   -- If SHAPE_GHOST is desired, then this points to the ghost remap      *
+ *                         table.                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   02/21/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+#pragma off(unreferenced)
+void CC_Draw_Shape(void const * shapefile, int shapenum, int x, int y, WindowNumberType window, ShapeFlags_Type flags, void const * fadingdata, void const * ghostdata)
+{
+#if(TRUE)
+	int predoffset;
+	char				*shape_pointer;
+	unsigned	long	shape_size;
+
+	if (shapefile && shapenum != -1) {
+
+		/*
+		** Build frame returns a pointer now instead of the shapes length
+		*/
+		shape_size=Build_Frame(shapefile , shapenum , ShapeBuffer);
+		if (Get_Last_Frame_Length() > _ShapeBufferSize) {
+			Mono_Printf("Attempt to use shape buffer for size %d buffer is only size %d", shape_size, _ShapeBufferSize);
+			Get_Key();
+		}
+
+		if (shape_size) {
+			GraphicViewPortClass draw_window(LogicPage->Get_Graphic_Buffer(),
+														WindowList[window][WINDOWX] << 3 + LogicPage->Get_XPos(),
+														WindowList[window][WINDOWY] + LogicPage->Get_YPos(),
+														WindowList[window][WINDOWWIDTH] << 3,
+														WindowList[window][WINDOWHEIGHT]);
+
+			shape_pointer = (char *)shape_size;
+
+			/*
+			**	Special shadow drawing code (used for aircraft and bullets).
+			*/
+			if ((flags & (SHAPE_FADING|SHAPE_PREDATOR)) == (SHAPE_FADING|SHAPE_PREDATOR)) {
+				flags = flags & ~(SHAPE_FADING|SHAPE_PREDATOR);
+				flags = flags | SHAPE_GHOST;
+				ghostdata = Map.SpecialGhost;
+			}
+
+			predoffset = Frame;
+
+			if (x > ( WindowList[window][WINDOWWIDTH] << 2)) {
+				predoffset = -predoffset;
+			}
+
+			if (draw_window.Lock()){
+				if ((flags & (SHAPE_GHOST|SHAPE_FADING)) == (SHAPE_GHOST|SHAPE_FADING)) {
+					Buffer_Frame_To_Page(x, y, Get_Build_Frame_Width(shapefile), Get_Build_Frame_Height(shapefile),
+						shape_pointer, draw_window, flags | SHAPE_TRANS, ghostdata, fadingdata, 1, predoffset);
+				} else {
+					if (flags & SHAPE_FADING) {
+						Buffer_Frame_To_Page(x, y, Get_Build_Frame_Width(shapefile), Get_Build_Frame_Height(shapefile),
+							shape_pointer, draw_window, flags | SHAPE_TRANS, fadingdata, 1, predoffset);
+					} else {
+						if (flags & SHAPE_PREDATOR) {
+							Buffer_Frame_To_Page(x, y, Get_Build_Frame_Width(shapefile), Get_Build_Frame_Height(shapefile),
+								shape_pointer, draw_window, flags | SHAPE_TRANS, predoffset);
+						} else {
+							Buffer_Frame_To_Page(x, y, Get_Build_Frame_Width(shapefile), Get_Build_Frame_Height(shapefile),
+								shape_pointer, draw_window, flags | SHAPE_TRANS, ghostdata, predoffset);
+						}
+					}
+				}
+			}
+			draw_window.Unlock();
+//		} else {
+//			Mono_Printf( "Overrun ShapeBuffer!!!!!!!!!\n" );
+		}
+	}
+#endif
+}
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Fetch_Techno_Type -- Convert type and ID into TechnoTypeClass pointer.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will convert the supplied RTTI type number and the ID value into a valid    *
+ *    TechnoTypeClass pointer. If there is an error in conversion, then NULL is returned.      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   type  -- RTTI type of the techno class object.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          id    -- Integer representation of the techno sub type number.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the techno type class object specified or NULL if the    *
+ *          conversion could not occur.                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/08/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TechnoTypeClass const * Fetch_Techno_Type(RTTIType type, int id)
+{
+	switch (type) {
+		case RTTI_UNITTYPE:
+		case RTTI_UNIT:
+			return(&UnitTypeClass::As_Reference((UnitType)id));
+
+		case RTTI_BUILDINGTYPE:
+		case RTTI_BUILDING:
+			return(&BuildingTypeClass::As_Reference((StructType)id));
+
+		case RTTI_INFANTRYTYPE:
+		case RTTI_INFANTRY:
+			return(&InfantryTypeClass::As_Reference((InfantryType)id));
+
+		case RTTI_AIRCRAFTTYPE:
+		case RTTI_AIRCRAFT:
+			return(&AircraftTypeClass::As_Reference((AircraftType)id));
+	}
+	return(NULL);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Trap_Object -- gets a ptr to object of given type & coord               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/02/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void Trap_Object(void)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	TrapObject.Ptr.All = NULL;
+
+	switch (TrapObjType) {
+		case RTTI_AIRCRAFT:
+			for (i = 0; i < Aircraft.Count(); i++) {
+				if (Aircraft.Ptr(i)->Coord == TrapCoord || Aircraft.Ptr(i)==TrapThis) {
+					TrapObject.Ptr.Aircraft = Aircraft.Ptr(i);
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case RTTI_ANIM:
+			for (i = 0; i < Anims.Count(); i++) {
+				if (Anims.Ptr(i)->Coord == TrapCoord || Anims.Ptr(i)==TrapThis) {
+					TrapObject.Ptr.Anim = Anims.Ptr(i);
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case RTTI_BUILDING:
+			for (i = 0; i < Buildings.Count(); i++) {
+				if (Buildings.Ptr(i)->Coord == TrapCoord || Buildings.Ptr(i)==TrapThis) {
+					TrapObject.Ptr.Building = Buildings.Ptr(i);
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case RTTI_BULLET:
+			for (i = 0; i < Bullets.Count(); i++) {
+				if (Bullets.Ptr(i)->Coord == TrapCoord || Bullets.Ptr(i)==TrapThis) {
+					TrapObject.Ptr.Bullet = Bullets.Ptr(i);
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case RTTI_INFANTRY:
+			for (i = 0; i < Infantry.Count(); i++) {
+				if (Infantry.Ptr(i)->Coord == TrapCoord || Infantry.Ptr(i)==TrapThis) {
+					TrapObject.Ptr.Infantry = Infantry.Ptr(i);
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case RTTI_UNIT:
+			for (i = 0; i < Units.Count(); i++) {
+				if (Units.Ptr(i)->Coord == TrapCoord || Units.Ptr(i)==TrapThis) {
+					TrapObject.Ptr.Unit = Units.Ptr(i);
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		** Last-ditch find-the-object-right-now-darnit loop
+		*/
+		case RTTI_NONE:
+			for (i = 0; i < Aircraft.Count(); i++) {
+				if (Aircraft.Raw_Ptr(i)->Coord == TrapCoord || Aircraft.Raw_Ptr(i)==TrapThis) {
+					TrapObject.Ptr.Aircraft = Aircraft.Raw_Ptr(i);
+					TrapObjType = RTTI_AIRCRAFT;
+					return;
+				}
+			}
+			for (i = 0; i < Anims.Count(); i++) {
+				if (Anims.Raw_Ptr(i)->Coord == TrapCoord || Anims.Raw_Ptr(i)==TrapThis) {
+					TrapObject.Ptr.Anim = Anims.Raw_Ptr(i);
+					TrapObjType = RTTI_ANIM;
+					return;
+				}
+			}
+			for (i = 0; i < Buildings.Count(); i++) {
+				if (Buildings.Raw_Ptr(i)->Coord == TrapCoord || Buildings.Raw_Ptr(i)==TrapThis) {
+					TrapObject.Ptr.Building = Buildings.Raw_Ptr(i);
+					TrapObjType = RTTI_BUILDING;
+					return;
+				}
+			}
+			for (i = 0; i < Bullets.Count(); i++) {
+				if (Bullets.Raw_Ptr(i)->Coord == TrapCoord || Bullets.Raw_Ptr(i)==TrapThis) {
+					TrapObject.Ptr.Bullet = Bullets.Raw_Ptr(i);
+					TrapObjType = RTTI_BULLET;
+					return;
+				}
+			}
+			for (i = 0; i < Infantry.Count(); i++) {
+				if (Infantry.Raw_Ptr(i)->Coord == TrapCoord || Infantry.Raw_Ptr(i)==TrapThis) {
+					TrapObject.Ptr.Infantry = Infantry.Raw_Ptr(i);
+					TrapObjType = RTTI_INFANTRY;
+					return;
+				}
+			}
+			for (i = 0; i < Units.Count(); i++) {
+				if (Units.Raw_Ptr(i)->Coord == TrapCoord || Units.Raw_Ptr(i)==TrapThis) {
+					TrapObject.Ptr.Unit = Units.Raw_Ptr(i);
+					TrapObjType = RTTI_UNIT;
+					return;
+				}
+			}
+
+		default:
+			break;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * VQ_Call_Back -- Maintenance callback used for VQ movies.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called every frame of the VQ movie as it is being played. If this        *
+ *    routine returns non-zero, then the movie will stop.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   buffer   -- Pointer to the image buffer for the current frame.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          frame    -- The frame number about to be displayed.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Should the movie be stopped?                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/24/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void VQA_PauseAudio(void);
+void Check_VQ_Palette_Set(void);
+
+long VQ_Call_Back(unsigned char *, long )
+{
+	int key = 0;
+	if (Keyboard::Check()){
+		key = Keyboard::Get();
+		Keyboard::Clear();
+	}
+
+	Check_VQ_Palette_Set();
+
+	Interpolate_2X_Scale(&SysMemPage,&SeenBuff,NULL);
+	//Call_Back();
+	if ((BreakoutAllowed || Debug_Flag) && key == KN_ESC) {
+		Keyboard::Clear();
+		Brokeout = true;
+		return(true);
+	}
+
+	if (!GameInFocus){
+		VQA_PauseAudio();
+		while (!GameInFocus){
+			Keyboard::Check();
+			Check_For_Focus_Loss();
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Handle_Team -- Processes team selection command.                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will handle creation and selection of pseudo teams that the player can      *
+ *    create or control. A team in this sense is an arbitrary grouping of units such that      *
+ *    rapid selection control is allowed.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   team  -- The logical team number to process.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          action-- The action to perform on this team:                                       *
+ *                   0 - Toggle the select state for all members of this team.                 *
+ *                   1 - Select the members of this team.                                      *
+ *                   2 - Make all selected objects members of this team.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/27/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void Handle_Team(int team, int action)
+{
+	int index;
+
+	AllowVoice = true;
+	switch (action) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Toggle the team selection. If the team is selected, then merely unselect it. If the
+		**	team is not selected, then unselect all others before selecting this team.
+		*/
+		case 3:
+		case 0:
+
+			/*
+			**	If a non team member is currently selected, then deselect all objects
+			**	before selecting this team.
+			*/
+			if (CurrentObject.Count()) {
+				switch (CurrentObject[0]->What_Am_I()) {
+					case RTTI_UNIT:
+					case RTTI_INFANTRY:
+					case RTTI_AIRCRAFT:
+						if (((FootClass *)CurrentObject[0])->Group != team) {
+							Unselect_All();
+						}
+						break;
+				}
+			}
+			for (index = 0; index < Units.Count(); index++) {
+				UnitClass * obj = Units.Ptr(index);
+				if (obj && !obj->IsInLimbo && obj->Group == team && obj->House == PlayerPtr) {
+					if (!obj->IsSelected) {
+						obj->Select();
+						AllowVoice = false;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+			for (index = 0; index < Infantry.Count(); index++) {
+				InfantryClass * obj = Infantry.Ptr(index);
+				if (obj && !obj->IsInLimbo && obj->Group == team && obj->House == PlayerPtr) {
+					if (!obj->IsSelected) {
+						obj->Select();
+						AllowVoice = false;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+			for (index = 0; index < Aircraft.Count(); index++) {
+				AircraftClass * obj = Aircraft.Ptr(index);
+				if (obj && !obj->IsInLimbo && obj->Group == team && obj->House == PlayerPtr) {
+					if (!obj->IsSelected) {
+						obj->Select();
+						AllowVoice = false;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	Center the map around the team if the ALT key was pressed too.
+			*/
+			if (action == 3) {
+				Map.Center_Map();
+				Map.Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+			}
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	Additive selection of team.
+		*/
+		case 1:
+			for (index = 0; index < Units.Count(); index++) {
+				UnitClass * obj = Units.Ptr(index);
+				if (obj && !obj->IsInLimbo && obj->Group == team && obj->House == PlayerPtr) {
+					if (!obj->IsSelected) {
+						obj->Select();
+						AllowVoice = false;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+			for (index = 0; index < Infantry.Count(); index++) {
+				InfantryClass * obj = Infantry.Ptr(index);
+				if (obj && !obj->IsInLimbo && obj->Group == team && obj->House == PlayerPtr) {
+					if (!obj->IsSelected) {
+						obj->Select();
+						AllowVoice = false;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+			for (index = 0; index < Aircraft.Count(); index++) {
+				AircraftClass * obj = Aircraft.Ptr(index);
+				if (obj && !obj->IsInLimbo && obj->Group == team && obj->House == PlayerPtr) {
+					if (!obj->IsSelected) {
+						obj->Select();
+						AllowVoice = false;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	Create the team.
+		*/
+		case 2:
+			for (index = 0; index < Units.Count(); index++) {
+				UnitClass * obj = Units.Ptr(index);
+				if (obj && !obj->IsInLimbo && obj->House == PlayerPtr) {
+				 	if (obj->Group == team) obj->Group = -1;
+					if (obj->IsSelected) obj->Group = team;
+				}
+			}
+			for (index = 0; index < Infantry.Count(); index++) {
+				InfantryClass * obj = Infantry.Ptr(index);
+				if (obj && !obj->IsInLimbo && obj->House == PlayerPtr) {
+				 	if (obj->Group == team) obj->Group = -1;
+					if (obj->IsSelected) obj->Group = team;
+				}
+			}
+			for (index = 0; index < Aircraft.Count(); index++) {
+				AircraftClass * obj = Aircraft.Ptr(index);
+				if (obj && !obj->IsInLimbo && obj->House == PlayerPtr) {
+				 	if (obj->Group == team) obj->Group = -1;
+					if (obj->IsSelected) obj->Group = team;
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+	}
+	AllowVoice = true;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Handle_View -- Either records or restores the tactical view.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to record or restore the current map tactical view.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   view  -- The view number to work with.                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          action-- The action to perform with this view number.                              *
+ *                   0  =  Restore the view to this previously remembered location.            *
+ *                   1  =  Record the current view location.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/04/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void Handle_View(int view, int action)
+{
+	if ((unsigned)view < sizeof(Views)/sizeof(Views[0])) {
+		if (action == 0) {
+			Map.Set_Tactical_Position(Cell_Coord(Views[view])&0xFF00FF00L);
+			Map.Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+		} else {
+			Views[view] = Coord_Cell(Map.TacticalCoord);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+void Heap_Dump_Check( char *string )
+{
+#if 0
+	struct _heapinfo h_info;
+	int heap_status;
+#endif
+
+
+	if ( !Debug_Trap_Check_Heap ) {	// check the heap?
+		return;
+	}
+
+//	Debug_Heap_Dump = true;
+
+	Smart_Printf( "%s\n", string );
+
+	Dump_Heap_Pointers();
+
+#if 0
+	heap_status = _heapset( 0xee );
+
+#if (1)
+	if ( heap_status == _HEAPOK ||
+		heap_status == _HEAPEMPTY ) {
+		Debug_Heap_Dump = false;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	h_info._pentry = NULL;
+
+	for(;;) {
+		heap_status = _heapwalk( &h_info );
+
+		if ( heap_status != _HEAPOK )
+			break;
+	}
+
+	if (heap_status != _HEAPEND &&
+		heap_status != _HEAPEMPTY) {
+#endif
+		h_info._pentry = NULL;
+
+		for(;;) {
+			heap_status = _heapwalk( &h_info );
+
+			if ( heap_status != _HEAPOK )
+				break;
+
+			Smart_Printf( " %s block at %Fp of size %4.4X\n",
+				(h_info._useflag == _USEDENTRY ? "USED" : "FREE"),
+				h_info._pentry, h_info._size );
+		}
+
+		Smart_Printf( " %d block at %Fp of size %4.4X\n",
+			h_info._useflag, h_info._pentry, h_info._size );
+
+		switch ( heap_status ) {
+//			case _HEAPEND:
+//				Smart_Printf( "OK - end of heap\n" );
+//				break;
+
+//			case _HEAPEMPTY:
+//				Smart_Printf( "OK - heap is empty\n" );
+//				break;
+
+			case _HEAPBADBEGIN:
+				Smart_Printf( "ERROR - heap is damaged\n" );
+				break;
+
+			case _HEAPBADPTR:
+				Smart_Printf( "ERROR - bad pointer to heap\n" );
+				break;
+
+			case _HEAPBADNODE:
+				Smart_Printf( "ERROR - bad node in heap\n" );
+				break;
+		}
+#if (1)
+	}
+#endif
+#endif
+
+//	Debug_Heap_Dump = false;
+}
+
+
+void Dump_Heap_Pointers( void )
+{
+	char *ptr, *lptr, *nptr, *cptr, *dptr, *wlptr, *nlptr, *aptr, *clptr;
+	int numallocs, numfrees, sizefree;
+	static char _freeorused[2][5] = { "FREE", "USED" };
+
+
+	ptr = (char *)__nheapbeg;
+
+	while ( ptr ) {
+
+		if ( Debug_Heap_Dump ) {
+			Smart_Printf( "%p pre header\n", (ptr - 8) );
+			Hex_Dump_Data( (ptr - 8), 0x08);
+
+			Smart_Printf( "%p header\n", ptr );
+			Hex_Dump_Data( ptr, 0x30);
+		}
+
+		dptr = (char *)*(int *)(ptr + 0x0c);
+
+		sizefree = *(int *)(ptr + 0x14);
+		numallocs = *(int *)(ptr + 0x18);
+		numfrees = *(int *)(ptr + 0x1c);
+
+		cptr = (char *)*(int *)(ptr + 0x24);
+		lptr = (char *)*(int *)(ptr + 0x28);
+
+		if ( ((int)cptr & 0xff000000) ||
+			((int)dptr & 0xff000000) ||
+			((int)lptr & 0xff000000) ) {
+			Error_In_Heap_Pointers( "local free heap ptrs too large" );
+		}
+
+		if ( Debug_Heap_Dump ) {
+			if ( lptr != dptr ||
+				lptr != cptr ||
+				cptr != dptr ) {
+				Smart_Printf( "The pointers are different!!\n" );
+			}
+		}
+
+		nptr = (char *)*(int *)(ptr + 8);		// next block
+
+		if ( ((int)nptr & 0xFF000000) ) {
+			Error_In_Heap_Pointers( "next block ptr too large" );
+		}
+
+		if ( lptr != (ptr + 0x20) ) {
+
+			if ( !(*((int *)(ptr + 0x20))) ) {		// allocated
+				aptr = (ptr + 0x2c);
+
+				while ( aptr < lptr ) {
+
+					if ( (*(int *)(aptr)) == -1) {
+//						Smart_Printf( "end alloc chain %p.\n", aptr );
+//						Hex_Dump_Data( aptr, 0x10);
+						break;
+					}
+
+					if ( Debug_Heap_Dump ) {
+						Smart_Printf( "%p chain %s, size %X.\n", aptr,
+							_freeorused[ ((*aptr) & 1) ],
+							((*(int *)(aptr)) & 0xfffffffe) );
+						Hex_Dump_Data( aptr, 0x10);
+					}
+
+					if ( ((*(int *)(aptr)) & 0xff000000) ) {
+						Error_In_Heap_Pointers( "alloc block size way too large" );
+					}
+
+					aptr += ((*(int *)(aptr)) & 0xfffffffe);
+
+					if ( ((int)aptr & 0xff000000) ) {
+						Error_In_Heap_Pointers( "next alloc block ptr way too large" );
+					}
+
+					numallocs--;
+
+					if ( aptr > lptr ) {
+						Error_In_Heap_Pointers( "next alloc block ptr too large" );
+					}
+				}
+			} else {
+				if ( sizefree != -1 ) {
+					sizefree -= ((*(int *)(ptr + 0x20)) & 0xfffffffe);
+				}
+				numfrees--;
+			}
+
+			wlptr = lptr;
+
+			while ( wlptr != (ptr + 0x20) ) {
+
+				if ( Debug_Heap_Dump ) {
+					Smart_Printf( "%p link %s, size %X.\n", wlptr,
+						_freeorused[ ((*wlptr) & 1) ],
+						((*(int *)(wlptr)) & 0xfffffffe) );
+					Hex_Dump_Data( wlptr, 0x10);
+				}
+
+				nlptr = (char *)*(int *)(wlptr + 8);
+
+				if ( !(*((int *)(wlptr))) ) {		// allocated
+					aptr = (wlptr + 0x0c);
+				} else {
+					if ( sizefree != -1 ) {
+						sizefree -= ((*(int *)(wlptr)) & 0xfffffffe);
+					}
+					numfrees--;
+
+					aptr = (wlptr + ((*(int *)(wlptr)) & 0xfffffffe));
+				}
+
+				if (nlptr == (ptr + 0x20) ) {
+					clptr = nptr;
+				} else {
+					clptr = nlptr;
+				}
+
+				while ( aptr < clptr ) {
+
+					if ( (*(int *)(aptr)) == -1) {
+//						Smart_Printf( "end alloc chain %p.\n", aptr );
+//						Hex_Dump_Data( aptr, 0x10);
+						break;
+					}
+
+					if ( Debug_Heap_Dump ) {
+						Smart_Printf( "%p chain %s, size %X.\n", aptr,
+							_freeorused[ ((*aptr) & 1) ],
+							((*(int *)(aptr)) & 0xfffffffe) );
+						Hex_Dump_Data( aptr, 0x10);
+					}
+
+					if ( ((*(int *)(aptr)) & 0xff000000) ) {
+						Error_In_Heap_Pointers( "alloc block size way too large" );
+					}
+
+					aptr += ((*(int *)(aptr)) & 0xfffffffe);
+
+					if ( ((int)aptr & 0xff000000) ) {
+						Error_In_Heap_Pointers( "next alloc block ptr way too large" );
+					}
+
+					numallocs--;
+
+					if ( aptr > clptr ) {
+						Error_In_Heap_Pointers( "next alloc block ptr too large" );
+					}
+				}
+
+				wlptr = nlptr;
+			}
+		} else {
+//			Smart_Printf( "only link %s, size %X.\n",
+//				_freeorused[ ((*lptr) & 1) ],
+//				((*(int *)(lptr)) & 0xfffffffe) );
+
+			if ( !(*((int *)(lptr))) ) {		// allocated
+				aptr = (ptr + 0x2c);
+
+				while ( aptr < nptr ) {
+
+					if ( (*(int *)(aptr)) == -1) {
+//						Smart_Printf( "end alloc chain %p.\n", aptr );
+//						Hex_Dump_Data( aptr, 0x10);
+						break;
+					}
+
+					if ( Debug_Heap_Dump ) {
+						Smart_Printf( "%p chain %s, size %X.\n", aptr,
+							_freeorused[ ((*aptr) & 1) ],
+							((*(int *)(aptr)) & 0xfffffffe) );
+						Hex_Dump_Data( aptr, 0x10);
+					}
+
+					if ( ((*(int *)(aptr)) & 0xff000000) ) {
+						Error_In_Heap_Pointers( "alloc block size way too large" );
+					}
+
+					aptr += ((*(int *)(aptr)) & 0xfffffffe);
+
+					if ( ((int)aptr & 0xff000000) ) {
+						Error_In_Heap_Pointers( "next alloc block ptr way too large" );
+					}
+
+					numallocs--;
+
+					if ( aptr > nptr ) {
+						Error_In_Heap_Pointers( "next alloc block ptr too large" );
+					}
+				}
+			} else {
+				if ( sizefree != -1 ) {
+					sizefree -= ((*(int *)(ptr + 0x20)) & 0xfffffffe);
+				}
+				numfrees--;
+			}
+		}
+
+		if ( sizefree != 0 && sizefree != -1 ) {
+			Smart_Printf( "sizefree left over %X.\n", sizefree );
+		}
+
+		if ( numallocs != 0 ) {
+			Smart_Printf( "numallocs unaccounted for %d.\n", numallocs );
+		}
+
+		if ( numfrees != 0 ) {
+			Smart_Printf( "numfrees unaccounted for %d.\n", numfrees );
+		}
+
+		ptr = nptr;
+	}
+
+}
+
+
+void Error_In_Heap_Pointers( char *string )
+{
+	Smart_Printf( "Error in Heap for %s\n", string );
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef ROR_NOT_READY
+#define ROR_NOT_READY 21
+#endif
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Get_CD_Index -- returns the volume type of the CD in the given drive                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    drive number                                                                      *
+ *           timeout                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   0 = gdi                                                                           *
+ *           1 = nod                                                                           *
+ *           2 = covert                                                                        *
+ *          -1 = non C&C                                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    5/21/96 5:27PM ST : Created                                                              *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int Get_CD_Index (int cd_drive, int timeout)
+{
+	char		volume_name[128];
+	unsigned	filename_length;
+	unsigned	misc_dword;
+	unsigned	error_code;
+	int		count = 0;
+
+	CountDownTimerClass timer;
+
+	static char * _volid[] = {
+		"GDI95",
+		"NOD95",
+		"COVERT"
+	};
+	static int num_volumes = 3;
+
+	char	buffer[128];
+
+	timer.Set(timeout);
+
+
+	/*
+	** Get the volume label. If we get a 'not ready' error then retry for the timeout
+	** period.
+	*/
+	do{
+		sprintf(buffer, "%c:\\", 'A' + cd_drive);
+
+		if (GetVolumeInformation ((char const *)buffer,
+											&volume_name[0] ,
+											(unsigned long)128 ,
+											(unsigned long *)NULL ,
+											(unsigned long *)&filename_length,
+											(unsigned long *)&misc_dword ,
+											(char *)NULL ,
+											(unsigned long)0)) {
+
+			/*
+			** Try opening 'movies.mix' to verify that the CD is really there and is what
+			** it says it is.
+			*/
+			sprintf(buffer, "%c:\\movies.mix", 'A' + cd_drive);
+
+			HANDLE handle = CreateFile(buffer, GENERIC_READ, FILE_SHARE_READ,
+													NULL, OPEN_EXISTING, FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL, NULL);
+
+			if (handle != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) {
+				CloseHandle(handle);
+
+				/*
+				** Match the volume label to the list of known C&C volume labels.
+				*/
+				for (int i=0 ; i<num_volumes ; i++){
+					if (!stricmp(_volid[i], volume_name)) return (i);
+				}
+			}else{
+				if (count++){
+					return (-1);
+				}
+			}
+		}else{
+			/*
+			** Failed to get the volume label on a known CD drive.
+			** If this is a CD changer it may require time to swap the disks so dont return
+			** immediately if the error is ROR_NOT_READY
+			*/
+			if (GetLastError() != ROR_NOT_READY || !timer.Time()) return (-1);
+		}
+	}while(true);
+}
+
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Force_CD_Available -- Ensures that specified CD is available.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Call this routine when you need to ensure that the specified CD is actually in the       *
+ *    CD-ROM drive.                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   cd    -- The CD that must be available. This will either be "0" for the GDI CD, or *
+ *                   "1" for the Nod CD. If either CD will qualify, then pass in "-1".         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Is the CD inserted and available? If false is returned, then this indicates that   *
+ *          the player pressed <CANCEL>.                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/11/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   05/22/1996  ST : Handles multiple CD drives / CD changers                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool Force_CD_Available(int cd)
+{
+#ifndef DEMO
+	static int _last = -1;
+	int open_failed;
+	int file;
+#endif
+	static char _palette[768];
+	static char _hold[256];
+	static void *font;
+	static char * _volid[] = {
+		"GDI",
+		"NOD",
+		"COVERT"
+	};
+
+	int	drive;
+
+	char		volume_name[100];
+	unsigned	filename_length;
+	unsigned	misc_dword;
+	int new_cd_drive = 0;
+	int cd_index;
+	char buffer[128];
+	int cd_drive;
+	int current_drive;
+	int drive_search_timeout;
+	bool old_in_main_loop;
+
+	ThemeType theme_playing = THEME_NONE;
+
+	/*
+	** If the required CD is set to -2 then it means that the file is present
+	** on the local hard drive and we shouldn't have to worry about it.
+	*/
+	if (cd == -2) return(true);
+
+
+	/*
+	** Find out if the CD in the current drive is the one we are looking for
+	*/
+	current_drive = CCFileClass::Get_CD_Drive();
+	cd_index = Get_CD_Index(current_drive, 1*60);
+	if (cd_index >= 0){
+		if (cd == cd_index || cd == -1){
+			/*
+			** The required CD is still in the CD drive we used last time
+			*/
+			new_cd_drive = current_drive;
+		}
+	}
+
+
+	/*
+	** Flag that we will have to restart the theme
+	*/
+	theme_playing = Theme.What_Is_Playing();
+	Theme.Stop();
+
+
+	if (!new_cd_drive){
+		/*
+		** Check the last CD drive we used if its different from the current one
+		*/
+		int last_drive = CCFileClass::Get_Last_CD_Drive();
+		/*
+		** Make sure the last drive is valid and it isnt the current drive
+		*/
+		if (last_drive && last_drive != CCFileClass::Get_CD_Drive()){
+			/*
+			** Find out if there is a C&C cd in the last drive and if so is it the one we are looking for
+			** Give it a nice big timeout so the CD changer has time to swap the discs
+			*/
+			cd_index = Get_CD_Index(last_drive, 10*60);
+			if (cd_index >= 0){
+				if (cd == cd_index || cd == -1){
+					/*
+					** The required CD is in the CD drive we used last time
+					*/
+					new_cd_drive = last_drive;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Lordy. No sign of that blimming CD anywhere. Search all the CD drives
+	** then if we still cant find it prompt the user to insert it.
+	*/
+	if (!new_cd_drive){
+
+		/*
+		** Small timeout for the first pass through the drives
+		*/
+		drive_search_timeout = 2*60;
+
+		for (;;) {
+			/*
+			** Search all present CD drives for the required disc.
+			*/
+			for (int i=0 ; i<CDList.Get_Number_Of_Drives() ; i++){
+				cd_drive = CDList.Get_Next_CD_Drive();
+				cd_index = Get_CD_Index(cd_drive, drive_search_timeout);
+				if (cd_index>=0){
+					/*
+					** We found a C&C cd - lets see if it was the one we were looking for
+					*/
+					if (cd == cd_index || cd == -1){
+						/*
+						** Woohoo! The disk was in a different cd drive. Refresh the search path list
+				 		* and return.
+						*/
+						new_cd_drive = cd_drive;
+						break;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+
+			/*
+			** A new disc has become available so break
+			*/
+			if (new_cd_drive) break;
+
+			/*
+			** Increase the timeout for subsequent drive searches.
+			*/
+			drive_search_timeout = 5*60;
+
+			/*
+			**	Prompt to insert the CD into the drive.
+			*/
+			if (cd == -1) {
+				sprintf(buffer, Text_String(TXT_CD_DIALOG_1), cd+1, _volid[cd]);
+			} else {
+				if (cd == 2) {
+					sprintf(buffer, Text_String(TXT_CD_DIALOG_3));
+				} else {
+					sprintf(buffer, Text_String(TXT_CD_DIALOG_2), cd+1, _volid[cd]);
+				}
+			}
+			GraphicViewPortClass * oldpage = Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+			theme_playing = Theme.What_Is_Playing();
+			Theme.Stop();
+			int hidden = Get_Mouse_State();
+			font = (void *)FontPtr;
+			Mem_Copy(CurrentPalette, _palette, 768);
+			Mem_Copy(Get_Font_Palette_Ptr(), _hold, 256);
+
+
+			/*
+			**	Only set the palette if necessary.
+			*/
+//			if (CurrentPalette[3] == 0) {
+				Set_Palette(GamePalette);
+//			}
+
+			/*
+			** Pretend we are in the game, even if we arent
+			*/
+			old_in_main_loop = InMainLoop;
+			InMainLoop = true;
+
+			Keyboard::Clear();
+
+			while (Get_Mouse_State()) Show_Mouse();
+
+			if (CCMessageBox().Process(buffer, TXT_OK, TXT_CANCEL, TXT_NONE, TRUE) == 1) {
+				Set_Logic_Page(oldpage);
+				Hide_Mouse();
+				InMainLoop = old_in_main_loop;
+				return(false);
+			}
+			while (hidden--) Hide_Mouse();
+			Set_Palette(_palette);
+			Set_Font(font);
+			Mem_Copy(_hold, Get_Font_Palette_Ptr(), 256);
+			Set_Logic_Page(oldpage);
+			InMainLoop = old_in_main_loop;
+		}
+	}
+
+
+#ifndef DEMO
+
+	CCFileClass::Set_CD_Drive(new_cd_drive);
+	CCFileClass::Refresh_Search_Drives();
+
+	/*
+	**	If it broke out of the query for CD-ROM loop, then this means that the
+	**	CD-ROM has been inserted.
+	*/
+	if (cd > -1 && _last != cd) {
+		_last = cd;
+
+		Theme.Stop();
+
+		if (MoviesMix) delete MoviesMix;
+		if (GeneralMix) delete GeneralMix;
+		if (ScoreMix) delete ScoreMix;
+
+		MoviesMix = new MixFileClass("MOVIES.MIX");
+		GeneralMix = new MixFileClass("GENERAL.MIX");
+		ScoreMix = new MixFileClass("SCORES.MIX");
+		ThemeClass::Scan();
+	}
+#endif
+
+	if (theme_playing != THEME_NONE) {
+		Theme.Queue_Song(theme_playing);
+	}
+
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * DISK_SPACE_AVAILABLE -- returns bytes of free disk space                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:		none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:     returns amount of free disk space                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   08/11/1995 PWG : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+unsigned long Disk_Space_Available(void)
+{
+	struct diskfree_t diskdata;
+	unsigned drive;
+
+	_dos_getdrive(&drive);
+	_dos_getdiskfree(drive, &diskdata);
+
+	return(diskdata.avail_clusters * diskdata.sectors_per_cluster * diskdata.bytes_per_sector);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Validate_Error -- prints an error message when an object fails validation                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *		name		name of object type that failed																  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/15/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void Validate_Error(char *name)
+{
+#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+	Prog_End();
+	printf("%s object error!\n",name);
+	exit(0);
+#else
+	name = name;
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Do_Record_Playback -- handles saving/loading map pos & current object                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                                              *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/15/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+static void Do_Record_Playback(void)
+{
+	int count;
+	TARGET tgt;
+	int i;
+	COORDINATE coord;
+	ObjectClass *obj;
+	unsigned long sum;
+	unsigned long sum2;
+	unsigned long ltgt;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Record a game
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (RecordGame) {
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		For 'SuperRecord', we'll open & close the file with every entry.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (SuperRecord) {
+			RecordFile.Open(READ|WRITE);
+			RecordFile.Seek(0,SEEK_END);
+		}
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Save the map's location
+		.....................................................................*/
+		RecordFile.Write(&Map.DesiredTacticalCoord, sizeof (Map.DesiredTacticalCoord));
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Save the current object list count
+		.....................................................................*/
+		count = CurrentObject.Count();
+		RecordFile.Write(&count, sizeof(count));
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Save a CRC of the selected-object list.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		sum = 0;
+		for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
+			ltgt = (unsigned long)(CurrentObject[i]->As_Target());
+			sum += ltgt;
+		}
+		RecordFile.Write (&sum, sizeof(sum));
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Save all selected objects.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
+			tgt = CurrentObject[i]->As_Target();
+			RecordFile.Write (&tgt, sizeof(tgt));
+		}
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		If 'SuperRecord', close the file now.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (SuperRecord) {
+			RecordFile.Close();
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Play back a game ("attract" mode)
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (PlaybackGame) {
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Read & set the map's location.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (RecordFile.Read(&coord, sizeof(coord))==sizeof(coord)) {
+			if (coord != Map.DesiredTacticalCoord) {
+				Map.Set_Tactical_Position(coord);
+			}
+		}
+
+		if (RecordFile.Read(&count, sizeof(count))==sizeof(count)) {
+			/*..................................................................
+			Compute a CRC of the current object-selection list.
+			..................................................................*/
+			sum = 0;
+			for (i = 0; i < CurrentObject.Count(); i++) {
+				ltgt = (unsigned long)(CurrentObject[i]->As_Target());
+				sum += ltgt;
+			}
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Load the CRC of the objects on disk; if it doesn't match, select
+			all objects as they're loaded.
+			..................................................................*/
+			RecordFile.Read (&sum2, sizeof(sum2));
+			if (sum2 != sum)
+				Unselect_All();
+
+			AllowVoice = true;
+
+			for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
+				if (RecordFile.Read (&tgt, sizeof(tgt))==sizeof(tgt)) {
+					obj = As_Object(tgt);
+					if (obj && (sum2 != sum)) {
+						obj->Select();
+						AllowVoice = false;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+
+			AllowVoice = true;
+
+		}
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		The map isn't drawn in playback mode, so draw it here.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		Map.Render();
+	}
+}
+/***************************************************************************
+ * HIRES_RETRIEVE -- retrieves a resolution dependant file						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:		char * file name of the file to retrieve							*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:     none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   01/25/1996     : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void const * Hires_Retrieve(char *name)
+{
+	char filename[30];
+
+	if (SeenBuff.Get_Width() != 320) {
+		sprintf(filename,"H%s", name);
+	} else {
+	   strcpy(filename, name);
+	}
+	return(MixFileClass::Retrieve(filename));
+}
+int Get_Resolution_Factor(void)
+{
+	return ((SeenBuff.Get_Width() == 320) ? 0 : 1);
+}
diff --git a/CONQUER.DEF b/CONQUER.DEF
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6d74649
--- /dev/null
+++ b/CONQUER.DEF
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+NAME           CONQUER
+DESCRIPTION    'Command and Conquer for Windows 95'
+EXETYPE        WINDOWS
+
+IMPORTS
+	DirectDrawCreate=DDRAW.DirectDrawCreate
+        IID_IDirectDraw2=DDRAW.IID_IDirectDraw2
+	DirectSoundCreate=DSOUND.DirectSoundCreate
+	DirectPlayEnumerate=DPLAY.DirectPlayEnumerate
+        DirectPlayCreate=DPLAY.DirectPlayCreate
+
diff --git a/CONQUER.H b/CONQUER.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..42a7df1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/CONQUER.H
@@ -0,0 +1,773 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#define TXT_NONE                 	0  	// 
+#define TXT_CREDIT_FORMAT        	1  	// %3d.%02d
+#define TXT_BUTTON_UPGRADE       	2  	// Upgrade
+#define TXT_UPGRADE              	3  	// Upgrade Structure
+#define TXT_UPGRADE_BUTTON       	4  	// Upgrade
+#define TXT_BUTTON_SELL          	5  	// Sell
+#define TXT_SELL                 	6  	// Sell Structure
+#define TXT_DEMOLISH             	7  	// Demolish Structure
+#define TXT_BUTTON_REPAIR        	8  	// Repair
+#define TXT_REPAIR               	9  	// Repair Structure
+#define TXT_REPAIR_BUTTON        	10 	// Repair
+#define TXT_YOU                  	11 	// You:
+#define TXT_ENEMY                	12 	// Enemy:
+#define TXT_BUILD_DEST           	13 	// Buildings Destroyed By
+#define TXT_UNIT_DEST            	14 	// Units Destroyed By
+#define TXT_TIB_HARV             	15 	// Tiberium Harvested By
+#define TXT_SCORE_1              	16 	// Score: %d
+#define TXT_RANK_OF              	17 	// You have attained the rank
+#define TXT_YES                  	18 	// Yes
+#define TXT_NO                   	19 	// No
+#define TXT_READY                	20 	// Ready
+#define TXT_HOLDING              	21 	// Holding
+#define TXT_SCENARIO_WON         	22 	// Accomplished
+#define TXT_SCENARIO_LOST        	23 	// Failed
+#define TXT_CHOOSE_SIDE          	24 	// Choose Your Side
+#define TXT_START_NEW_GAME       	25 	// Start New Game
+#define TXT_INTRO                	26 	// Intro & Sneak Peek
+#define TXT_CANCEL               	27 	// Cancel
+#define TXT_ROCK                 	28 	// Rock
+#define TXT_CHOAM_RESUME         	29 	// Resume Game
+#define TXT_CHOAM_BUILD_THIS     	30 	// Build This
+#define TXT_THANK_YOU            	31 	// Thank you for playing
+#define TXT_FAME                 	32 	// Hall of Fame
+#define TXT_GDI                  	33 	// Global Defense Initiative
+#define TXT_NOD                  	34 	// Brotherhood of Nod
+#define TXT_CIVILIAN             	35 	// Civilian
+#define TXT_JP                   	36 	// Containment Team
+#define TXT_OK                   	37 	// OK
+#define TXT_TREE                 	38 	// Tree
+#define TXT_LEFT                 	39 	// 
+#define TXT_RIGHT                	40 	// 
+#define TXT_UP                   	41 	// 
+#define TXT_DOWN                 	42 	// 
+#define TXT_CLEAR_MAP            	43 	// Clear the map
+#define TXT_INHERIT_MAP          	44 	// Inherit previous map
+#define TXT_CLEAR                	45 	// Clear
+#define TXT_WATER                	46 	// Water
+#define TXT_ROAD                 	47 	// Road
+#define TXT_TILE                 	48 	// Tile Object
+#define TXT_SLOPE                	49 	// Slope
+#define TXT_BRUSH                	50 	// Brush
+#define TXT_PATCH                	51 	// Patch
+#define TXT_RIVER                	52 	// River
+#define TXT_LOAD_MISSION         	53 	// Load Mission
+#define TXT_SAVE_MISSION         	54 	// Save Mission
+#define TXT_DELETE_MISSION       	55 	// Delete Mission
+#define TXT_LOAD_BUTTON          	56 	// Load
+#define TXT_SAVE_BUTTON          	57 	// Save
+#define TXT_DELETE_BUTTON        	58 	// Delete
+#define TXT_GAME_CONTROLS        	59 	// Game Controls
+#define TXT_SOUND_CONTROLS       	60 	// Sound Controls
+#define TXT_RESUME_MISSION       	61 	// Resume Mission
+#define TXT_VISUAL_CONTROLS      	62 	// Visual Controls
+#define TXT_QUIT_MISSION         	63 	// Abort Mission
+#define TXT_EXIT_GAME            	64 	// Exit Game
+#define TXT_OPTIONS              	65 	// Options
+#define TXT_TIBERIUM             	66 	// Tiberium
+#define TXT_TIBERIUM_ON          	67 	// Tiberium On
+#define TXT_TIBERIUM_OFF         	68 	// Tiberium Off
+#define TXT_SQUISH               	69 	// Squish mark
+#define TXT_CRATER               	70 	// Crater
+#define TXT_SCORCH               	71 	// Scorch Mark
+#define TXT_BRIGHTNESS           	72 	// BRIGHTNESS:
+#define TXT_MUSIC                	73 	// MUSIC VOLUME
+#define TXT_VOLUME               	74 	// SOUND VOLUME
+#define TXT_TINT                 	75 	// TINT:
+#define TXT_CONTRAST             	76 	// CONTRAST:
+#define TXT_SPEED                	77 	// GAME SPEED:
+#define TXT_SCROLLRATE           	78 	// SCROLL RATE:
+#define TXT_COLOR                	79 	// COLOR:
+#define TXT_RETURN_TO_GAME       	80 	// Return to game
+#define TXT_ENEMY_SOLDIER        	81 	// Enemy Soldier
+#define TXT_ENEMY_VEHICLE        	82 	// Enemy Vehicle
+#define TXT_ENEMY_STRUCTURE      	83 	// Enemy Structure
+#define TXT_FTANK                	84 	// Flame Tank
+#define TXT_STANK                	85 	// Stealth Tank
+#define TXT_LTANK                	86 	// Light Tank
+#define TXT_MTANK                	87 	// Med. Tank
+#define TXT_HTANK                	88 	// Mammoth Tank
+#define TXT_DUNE_BUGGY           	89 	// Nod Buggy
+#define TXT_SAM                  	90 	// SAM Site
+#define TXT_EYE                  	91 	// Advanced Com. Center
+#define TXT_MLRS                 	92 	// Rocket Launcher
+#define TXT_MHQ                  	93 	// Mobile HQ
+#define TXT_JEEP                 	94 	// Hum-vee
+#define TXT_TRANS                	95 	// Transport Helicopter
+#define TXT_A10                  	96 	// A10
+#define TXT_C17                  	97 	// C17
+#define TXT_HARVESTER            	98 	// Harvester
+#define TXT_ARTY                 	99 	// Artillery
+#define TXT_MSAM                 	100	// S.S.M. Launcher
+#define TXT_E1                   	101	// Minigunner
+#define TXT_E2                   	102	// Grenadier
+#define TXT_E3                   	103	// Bazooka
+#define TXT_E4                   	104	// Flamethrower
+#define TXT_E5                   	105	// Chem-warrior
+#define TXT_RAMBO                	106	// Commando
+#define TXT_HOVER                	107	// Hovercraft
+#define TXT_HELI                 	108	// Attack Helicopter
+#define TXT_ORCA                 	109	// Orca
+#define TXT_APC                  	110	// APC
+#define TXT_GUARD_TOWER          	111	// Guard Tower
+#define TXT_COMMAND              	112	// Communications Center
+#define TXT_HELIPAD              	113	// Helicopter Pad
+#define TXT_AIRSTRIP             	114	// Airstrip
+#define TXT_STORAGE              	115	// Tiberium Silo
+#define TXT_CONST_YARD           	116	// Construction Yard
+#define TXT_REFINERY             	117	// Tiberium Refinery
+#define TXT_CIV1                 	118	// Church
+#define TXT_CIV2                 	119	// Han's and Gretel's
+#define TXT_CIV3                 	120	// Hewitt's Manor
+#define TXT_CIV4                 	121	// Ricktor's House
+#define TXT_CIV5                 	122	// Gretchin's House
+#define TXT_CIV6                 	123	// The Barn
+#define TXT_CIV7                 	124	// Damon's pub
+#define TXT_CIV8                 	125	// Fran's House
+#define TXT_CIV9                 	126	// Music Factory
+#define TXT_CIV10                	127	// Toymaker's
+#define TXT_CIV11                	128	// Ludwig's House
+#define TXT_CIV12                	129	// Haystacks
+#define TXT_CIV13                	130	// Haystack
+#define TXT_CIV14                	131	// Wheat Field
+#define TXT_CIV15                	132	// Fallow Field
+#define TXT_CIV16                	133	// Corn Field
+#define TXT_CIV17                	134	// Celery Field
+#define TXT_CIV18                	135	// Potato Field
+#define TXT_CIV20                	136	// Sala's House
+#define TXT_CIV21                	137	// Abdul's House
+#define TXT_CIV22                	138	// Pablo's Wicked Pub
+#define TXT_CIV23                	139	// Village Well
+#define TXT_CIV24                	140	// Camel Trader
+#define TXT_CIV25                	141	// Church
+#define TXT_CIV26                	142	// Ali's House
+#define TXT_CIV27                	143	// Trader Ted's
+#define TXT_CIV28                	144	// Menelik's House
+#define TXT_CIV29                	145	// Prestor John's House
+#define TXT_CIV30                	146	// Village Well
+#define TXT_CIV31                	147	// Witch Doctor's Hut
+#define TXT_CIV32                	148	// Rikitikitembo's Hut
+#define TXT_CIV33                	149	// Roarke's Hut
+#define TXT_CIV34                	150	// Mubasa's Hut
+#define TXT_CIV35                	151	// Aksum's Hut
+#define TXT_CIV36                	152	// Mambo's Hut
+#define TXT_CIV37                	153	// The Studio
+#define TXT_CIVMISS              	154	// Technology Center
+#define TXT_TURRET               	155	// Gun Turret
+#define TXT_GUNBOAT              	156	// Gun Boat
+#define TXT_MCV                  	157	// Mobile Construction Yard
+#define TXT_BIKE                 	158	// Recon Bike
+#define TXT_POWER                	159	// Power Plant
+#define TXT_ADVANCED_POWER       	160	// Advanced Power Plant
+#define TXT_HOSPITAL             	161	// Hospital
+#define TXT_BARRACKS             	162	// Barracks
+#define TXT_CONCRETE             	163	// Concrete
+#define TXT_PUMP                 	164	// Oil Pump
+#define TXT_TANKER               	165	// Oil Tanker
+#define TXT_SANDBAG_WALL         	166	// Sandbag Wall
+#define TXT_CYCLONE_WALL         	167	// Chain Link Fence
+#define TXT_BRICK_WALL           	168	// Concrete Wall
+#define TXT_BARBWIRE_WALL        	169	// Barbwire Fence
+#define TXT_WOOD_WALL            	170	// Wood Fence
+#define TXT_WEAPON_FACTORY       	171	// Weapons Factory
+#define TXT_AGUARD_TOWER         	172	// Advanced Guard Tower
+#define TXT_OBELISK              	173	// Obelisk Guard Tower
+#define TXT_BIO_LAB              	174	// Bio-Research Laboratory
+#define TXT_HAND                 	175	// Hand of Nod
+#define TXT_TEMPLE               	176	// Temple of Nod
+#define TXT_FIX_IT               	177	// Repair Bay
+#define TXT_TAB_SIDEBAR          	178	// Sidebar
+#define TXT_TAB_BUTTON_CONTROLS  	179	// Options
+#define TXT_TAB_BUTTON_DATABASE  	180	// Database
+#define TXT_SHADOW               	181	// Unrevealed Terrain
+#define TXT_OPTIONS_MENU         	182	// Options Menu
+#define TXT_STOP                 	183	// STOP
+#define TXT_PLAY                 	184	// PLAY
+#define TXT_SHUFFLE              	185	// SHUFFLE
+#define TXT_REPEAT               	186	// REPEAT
+#define TXT_MUSIC_VOLUME         	187	// Music volume:
+#define TXT_SOUND_VOLUME         	188	// Sound volume:
+#define TXT_ON                   	189	// On
+#define TXT_OFF                  	190	// Off
+#define TXT_THEME_AOI            	191	// Act On Instinct
+#define TXT_THEME_TROUBLE        	192	// Looks Like Trouble
+#define TXT_THEME_IND            	193	// Industrial
+#define TXT_THEME_ROUT           	194	// Reaching Out
+#define TXT_THEME_OTP            	195	// On The Prowl
+#define TXT_THEME_PRP            	196	// Prepare For Battle
+#define TXT_THEME_JUSTDOIT       	197	// Just Do It!
+#define TXT_THEME_LINEFIRE       	198	// In The Line Of Fire
+#define TXT_THEME_MARCH          	199	// March To Doom
+#define TXT_THEME_STOPTHEM       	200	// Deception
+#define TXT_THEME_CCTHANG        	201	// C&C Thang
+#define TXT_THEME_BEFEARED       	202	// Enemies To Be Feared
+#define TXT_THEME_WARFARE        	203	// Warfare
+#define TXT_THEME_FWP            	204	// Fight, Win, Prevail
+#define TXT_THEME_DIE            	205	// Die!!
+#define TXT_THEME_NOMERCY        	206	// No Mercy
+#define TXT_THEME_TARGET         	207	// Mechanical Man
+#define TXT_THEME_IAM            	208	// I Am
+#define TXT_THEME_WIN1           	209	// Great Shot!
+#define TXT_MULTIPLAYER_GAME     	210	// Multiplayer Game
+#define TXT_NO_FILES             	211	// No files available
+#define TXT_DELETE_SINGLE_FILE   	212	// Do you want to delete this
+#define TXT_DELETE_MULTIPLE_FILES	213	// Do you want to delete %d
+#define TXT_RESET_MENU           	214	// Reset Values
+#define TXT_CONFIRMATION         	215	// Confirmation
+#define TXT_CONFIRM_EXIT         	216	// Do you want to abort the
+#define TXT_MISSION_DESCRIPTION  	217	// Mission Description
+#define TXT_C1                   	218	// Joe
+#define TXT_C2                   	219	// Bill
+#define TXT_C3                   	220	// Shelly
+#define TXT_C4                   	221	// Maria
+#define TXT_C5                   	222	// Eydie
+#define TXT_C6                   	223	// Dave
+#define TXT_C7                   	224	// Phil
+#define TXT_C8                   	225	// Dwight
+#define TXT_C9                   	226	// Erik
+#define TXT_MOEBIUS              	227	// Dr. Moebius
+#define TXT_BIB                  	228	// Road Bib
+#define TXT_FASTER               	229	// Faster
+#define TXT_SLOWER               	230	// Slower
+#define TXT_ION_CANNON           	231	// Ion Cannon
+#define TXT_NUKE_STRIKE          	232	// Nuclear Strike
+#define TXT_AIR_STRIKE           	233	// Air Strike
+#define TXT_TREX                 	234	// Tyrannosaurus Rex
+#define TXT_TRIC                 	235	// Triceratops
+#define TXT_RAPT                 	236	// Velociraptor
+#define TXT_STEG                 	237	// Stegasaurus
+#define TXT_STEEL_CRATE          	238	// Steel Crate
+#define TXT_WOOD_CRATE           	239	// Wood Crate
+#define TXT_FLAG_SPOT            	240	// Flag Location
+#define TXT_G_D_I                	241	// GDI
+#define TXT_N_O_D                	242	// NOD
+#define TXT_UNABLE_READ_SCENARIO 	243	// Unable to read scenario!
+#define TXT_ERROR_LOADING_GAME   	244	// Error loading game!
+#define TXT_OBSOLETE_SAVEGAME    	245	// Obsolete saved game.
+#define TXT_MUSTENTER_DESCRIPTION	246	// You must enter a
+#define TXT_ERROR_SAVING_GAME    	247	// Error saving game!
+#define TXT_DELETE_FILE_QUERY    	248	// Delete this file?
+#define TXT_EMPTY_SLOT           	249	// [EMPTY SLOT]
+#define TXT_SELECT_MPLAYER_GAME  	250	// Select Multiplayer Game
+#define TXT_MODEM_SERIAL         	251	// Modem/Serial
+#define TXT_NETWORK              	252	// Network
+#define TXT_INIT_NET_ERROR       	253	// Unable to initialize
+#define TXT_JOIN_NETWORK_GAME    	254	// Join Network Game
+#define TXT_NEW                  	255	// New
+#define TXT_JOIN                 	256	// Join
+#define TXT_SEND_MESSAGE         	257	// Send Message
+#define TXT_YOUR_NAME            	258	// Your Name:
+#define TXT_SIDE_COLON           	259	// Side:
+#define TXT_COLOR_COLON          	260	// Color:
+#define TXT_GAMES                	261	// Games
+#define TXT_PLAYERS              	262	// Players
+#define TXT_SCENARIO_COLON       	263	// Scenario:
+#define TXT_NOT_FOUND            	264	// >> NOT FOUND <<
+#define TXT_START_CREDITS_COLON  	265	// Starting Credits:
+#define TXT_BASES_COLON          	266	// Bases:
+#define TXT_TIBERIUM_COLON       	267	// Tiberium:
+#define TXT_CRATES_COLON         	268	// Crates:
+#define TXT_AI_PLAYERS_COLON     	269	// AI Players:
+#define TXT_REQUEST_DENIED       	270	// Request denied.
+#define TXT_UNABLE_PLAY_WAAUGH   	271	// Unable to play; scenario
+#define TXT_NOTHING_TO_JOIN      	272	// Nothing to join!
+#define TXT_NAME_ERROR           	273	// You must enter a name!
+#define TXT_DUPENAMES_NOTALLOWED 	274	// Duplicate names are not
+#define TXT_YOURGAME_OUTDATED    	275	// Your game version is
+#define TXT_DESTGAME_OUTDATED    	276	// Destination game version is
+#define TXT_THATGUYS_GAME        	277	// %s's Game
+#define TXT_THATGUYS_GAME_BRACKET	278	// [%s's Game]
+#define TXT_NETGAME_SETUP        	279	// Network Game Setup
+#define TXT_REJECT               	280	// Reject
+#define TXT_CANT_REJECT_SELF     	281	// You can't reject yourself! 
+#define TXT_SELECT_PLAYER_REJECT 	282	// You must select a player to
+#define TXT_BASES_ON             	283	// Bases On
+#define TXT_BASES_OFF            	284	// Bases Off
+#define TXT_CRATES_ON            	285	// Crates On
+#define TXT_CRATES_OFF           	286	// Crates Off
+#define TXT_AI_PLAYERS_ON        	287	// AI Players On
+#define TXT_AI_PLAYERS_OFF       	288	// AI Players Off
+#define TXT_SCENARIOS            	289	// Scenarios
+#define TXT_START_CREDITS        	290	// Starting Credits
+#define TXT_ONLY_ONE             	291	// Only one player?
+#define TXT_OOPS                 	292	// Oops!
+#define TXT_TO                   	293	// To %s:
+#define TXT_TO_ALL               	294	// To All:
+#define TXT_MESSAGE              	295	// Message:
+#define TXT_CONNECTION_LOST      	296	// Connection to %s lost!
+#define TXT_LEFT_GAME            	297	// %s has left the game.
+#define TXT_PLAYER_DEFEATED      	298	// %s has been defeated!
+#define TXT_WAITING_CONNECT      	299	// Waiting to Connect...
+#define TXT_NULL_CONNERR_CHECK_CABLES	300	// Connection error! Check
+#define TXT_MODEM_CONNERR_REDIALING	301	// Connection
+#define TXT_MODEM_CONNERR_WAITING	302	// Connection error! Waiting
+#define TXT_SELECT_SERIAL_GAME   	303	// Select Serial Game
+#define TXT_DIAL_MODEM           	304	// Dial Modem
+#define TXT_ANSWER_MODEM         	305	// Answer Modem
+#define TXT_NULL_MODEM           	306	// Null Modem
+#define TXT_SETTINGS             	307	// Settings
+#define TXT_PORT_COLON           	308	// Port:
+#define TXT_IRQ_COLON            	309	// IRQ:
+#define TXT_BAUD_COLON           	310	// Baud:
+#define TXT_INIT_STRING          	311	// Init String:
+#define TXT_CWAIT_STRING         	312	// Call Waiting String:
+#define TXT_TONE_BUTTON          	313	// Tone Dialing
+#define TXT_PULSE_BUTTON         	314	// Pulse Dialing
+#define TXT_HOST_SERIAL_GAME     	315	// Host Serial Game
+#define TXT_OPPONENT_COLON       	316	// Opponent:
+#define TXT_USER_SIGNED_OFF      	317	// User signed off!
+#define TXT_JOIN_SERIAL_GAME     	318	// Join Serial Game
+#define TXT_PHONE_LIST           	319	// Phone List
+#define TXT_ADD                  	320	// Add
+#define TXT_EDIT                 	321	// Edit
+#define TXT_DIAL                 	322	// Dial
+#define TXT_DEFAULT              	323	// Default
+#define TXT_DEFAULT_SETTINGS     	324	// Default Settings
+#define TXT_CUSTOM_SETTINGS      	325	// Custom Settings
+#define TXT_PHONE_LISTING        	326	// Phone Listing
+#define TXT_NAME_COLON           	327	// Name:
+#define TXT_NUMBER_COLON         	328	// Number:
+#define TXT_UNABLE_FIND_MODEM    	329	// Unable to find modem. Check
+#define TXT_NO_CARRIER           	330	// No carrier.
+#define TXT_LINE_BUSY            	331	// Line busy.
+#define TXT_NUMBER_INVALID       	332	// Number invalid.
+#define TXT_SYSTEM_NOT_RESPONDING	333	// Other system not
+#define TXT_OUT_OF_SYNC          	334	// Games are out of sync!
+#define TXT_PACKET_TOO_LATE      	335	// Packet received too late!
+#define TXT_PLAYER_LEFT_GAME     	336	// Other player has left the
+#define TXT_FROM                 	337	// From %s:%s
+#define TXT_MAP_P01              	338	// 2,728,000
+#define TXT_MAP_P02              	339	// 38,385,000
+#define TXT_MAP_P03              	340	// 10,373,000
+#define TXT_MAP_P04              	341	// 51,994,000
+#define TXT_MAP_P05              	342	// 80,387,000
+#define TXT_MAP_P06              	343	// 10,400,000
+#define TXT_MAP_P07              	344	// 5,300,000
+#define TXT_MAP_P08              	345	// 7,867,000
+#define TXT_MAP_P09              	346	// 10,333,000
+#define TXT_MAP_P10              	347	// 1,974,000
+#define TXT_MAP_P11              	348	// 23,169,000
+#define TXT_MAP_P12              	349	// 10,064,000
+#define TXT_MAP_P13              	350	// 3,285,000
+#define TXT_MAP_P14              	351	// 8,868,000
+#define TXT_MAP_P15              	352	// 10,337,000
+#define TXT_MAP_P16              	353	// 4,365,000
+#define TXT_MAP_P17              	354	// 1,607,000
+#define TXT_MAP_P18              	355	// 4,485,000
+#define TXT_MAP_P19              	356	// 56,386,000
+#define TXT_MAP_P20              	357	// 28,305,000
+#define TXT_MAP_P21              	358	// 5,238,000
+#define TXT_MAP_P22              	359	// 2,059,000
+#define TXT_MAP_P23              	360	// 13,497,000
+#define TXT_MAP_P24              	361	// 4,997,000
+#define TXT_MAP_P25              	362	// 88,500,000
+#define TXT_MAP_P26              	363	// 1,106,000
+#define TXT_MAP_P27              	364	// 12,658,000
+#define TXT_MAP_P28              	365	// 3,029,000
+#define TXT_MAP_P29              	366	// 39,084,000
+#define TXT_MAP_P30              	367	// 23,154,000
+#define TXT_MAP_P31              	368	// 8,902,000
+#define TXT_MAP_P32              	369	// 27,791,000
+#define TXT_MAP_P33              	370	// 1,574,000
+#define TXT_MAP_P34              	371	// 15,469,000
+#define TXT_MAP_P35              	372	// 1,300,000
+#define TXT_MAP_P36              	373	// 41,688,000
+#define TXT_MAP_A00              	374	// 24,900 SQ. MI.
+#define TXT_MAP_A01              	375	// 120,727 SQ. MI.
+#define TXT_MAP_A02              	376	// 80,134 SQ. MI.
+#define TXT_MAP_A03              	377	// 233,100 SQ. MI.
+#define TXT_MAP_A04              	378	// 137,838 SQ. MI.
+#define TXT_MAP_A05              	379	// 30,449 SQ. MI.
+#define TXT_MAP_A06              	380	// 18,932 SQ. MI.
+#define TXT_MAP_A07              	381	// 32,377 SQ. MI.
+#define TXT_MAP_A08              	382	// 35,919 SQ. MI.
+#define TXT_MAP_A09              	383	// 7,819 SQ. MI.
+#define TXT_MAP_A10              	384	// 91,699 SQ. MI.
+#define TXT_MAP_A11              	385	// 51,146 SQ. MI.
+#define TXT_MAP_A12              	386	// 11,100 SQ. MI.
+#define TXT_MAP_A13              	387	// 44,365 SQ. MI.
+#define TXT_MAP_A14              	388	// 39,449 SQ. MI.
+#define TXT_MAP_A15              	389	// 19,741 SQ. MI.
+#define TXT_MAP_A16              	390	// 17,413 SQ. MI.
+#define TXT_MAP_C00              	391	// RIGA
+#define TXT_MAP_C01              	392	// WARSAW
+#define TXT_MAP_C02              	393	// MINSK
+#define TXT_MAP_C03              	394	// KIEV
+#define TXT_MAP_C04              	395	// BERLIN
+#define TXT_MAP_C05              	396	// PRAGUE
+#define TXT_MAP_C06              	397	// BRATISLAVA
+#define TXT_MAP_C07              	398	// VIENNA
+#define TXT_MAP_C08              	399	// BUDAPEST
+#define TXT_MAP_C09              	400	// LJUBLJANA
+#define TXT_MAP_C10              	401	// BUCHAREST
+#define TXT_MAP_C11              	402	// ATHENS
+#define TXT_MAP_C12              	403	// TIRANA
+#define TXT_MAP_C13              	404	// SOFIA
+#define TXT_MAP_C14              	405	// BELGRADE
+#define TXT_MAP_C15              	406	// SARAJEVO
+#define TXT_MAP_C16              	407	// TALLINN
+#define TXT_MAP_C17              	408	// TRIPOLI
+#define TXT_MAP_C18              	409	// CAIRO
+#define TXT_MAP_C19              	410	// KHARTOUM
+#define TXT_MAP_C20              	411	// N'DJAMENA
+#define TXT_MAP_C21              	412	// NOUAKCHOTT
+#define TXT_MAP_C22              	413	// YAMOUSSOUKRO
+#define TXT_MAP_C23              	414	// PORTO-NOVO
+#define TXT_MAP_C24              	415	// ABUJA
+#define TXT_MAP_C25              	416	// LIBREVILLE
+#define TXT_MAP_C26              	417	// YAOUNDE
+#define TXT_MAP_C27              	418	// BANGUI
+#define TXT_MAP_C28              	419	// KINSHASA
+#define TXT_MAP_C29              	420	// CAIRO
+#define TXT_MAP_C30              	421	// LUANDA
+#define TXT_MAP_C31              	422	// DAR-ES-SALAAM
+#define TXT_MAP_C32              	423	// WINDHOEK
+#define TXT_MAP_C33              	424	// MAPUTO
+#define TXT_MAP_C34              	425	// GABARONE
+#define TXT_MAP_C35              	426	// CAPE TOWN
+#define TXT_MAP_GDP00            	427	// NEGLIGIBLE
+#define TXT_MAP_GDP01            	428	// $162.7 BLN
+#define TXT_MAP_GDP02            	429	// $47.6 BLN
+#define TXT_MAP_GDP03            	430	// $1,131 BLN
+#define TXT_MAP_GDP04            	431	// $120 BLN
+#define TXT_MAP_GDP05            	432	// $164 BLN
+#define TXT_MAP_GDP06            	433	// $60.1 BLN
+#define TXT_MAP_GDP07            	434	// $21 BLN
+#define TXT_MAP_GDP08            	435	// $71.9 BLN
+#define TXT_MAP_GDP09            	436	// $77 BLN
+#define TXT_MAP_GDP10            	437	// $4.0 BLN
+#define TXT_MAP_GDP11            	438	// $47.3 BLN
+#define TXT_MAP_GDP12            	439	// $120.1 BLN
+#define TXT_MAP_GDP13            	440	// $14.0 BLN
+#define TXT_MAP_GDP14            	441	// $28.9 BLN
+#define TXT_MAP_GDP15            	442	// $39.2 BLN
+#define TXT_MAP_GDP16            	443	// $12.1 BLN
+#define TXT_MAP_GDP17            	444	// $1.0 BLN
+#define TXT_MAP_GDP18            	445	// $10.0 BLN
+#define TXT_MAP_GDP19            	446	// $1.7 BLN
+#define TXT_MAP_GDP20            	447	// $28.0 BLN
+#define TXT_MAP_GDP21            	448	// $5.3 BLN
+#define TXT_MAP_GDP22            	449	// $11.6 BLN
+#define TXT_MAP_GDP23            	450	// $1.3 BLN
+#define TXT_MAP_GDP24            	451	// $6.6 BLN
+#define TXT_MAP_GDP25            	452	// $8.3 BLN
+#define TXT_MAP_GDP26            	453	// $6.9 BLN
+#define TXT_MAP_GDP27            	454	// $2.0 BLN
+#define TXT_MAP_GDP28            	455	// $3.1 BLN
+#define TXT_MAP_GDP29            	456	// $104.0 BLN
+#define TXT_MAP_PC00             	457	// JELGAVA
+#define TXT_MAP_PC01             	458	// GDANSK
+#define TXT_MAP_PC02             	459	// BYELISTOK
+#define TXT_MAP_PC03             	460	// BOBYRUSK
+#define TXT_MAP_PC04             	461	// IVANO-FRANKOVSK
+#define TXT_MAP_PC05             	462	// HANOVER
+#define TXT_MAP_PC06             	463	// DRESDEN
+#define TXT_MAP_PC07             	464	// OSTRAVA
+#define TXT_MAP_PC08             	465	// BRATISLAVA
+#define TXT_MAP_PC09             	466	// SALZBURG
+#define TXT_MAP_PC10             	467	// BUDAPEST
+#define TXT_MAP_PC11             	468	// TRIESTE
+#define TXT_MAP_PC12             	469	// ARAD
+#define TXT_MAP_PC13             	470	// CORINTH
+#define TXT_MAP_PC14             	471	// SHKODER
+#define TXT_MAP_PC15             	472	// SOFIA
+#define TXT_MAP_PC16             	473	// NIS
+#define TXT_MAP_PC17             	474	// BELGRADE
+#define TXT_MAP_PC18             	475	// ?
+#define TXT_MAP_PC19             	476	// PARNU
+#define TXT_MAP_PC20             	477	// TMASSAH
+#define TXT_MAP_PC21             	478	// AL-ALAMYN
+#define TXT_MAP_PC22             	479	// AL-KHARIJAH
+#define TXT_MAP_PC23             	480	// AL-UBAYYID
+#define TXT_MAP_PC24             	481	// KAFIA-KINGI
+#define TXT_MAP_PC25             	482	// OUM HADJER
+#define TXT_MAP_PC26             	483	// MAO
+#define TXT_MAP_PC27             	484	// TIDJIKDJA
+#define TXT_MAP_PC28             	485	// ABIDJAN
+#define TXT_MAP_PC29             	486	// PORTO-NOVO
+#define TXT_MAP_PC30             	487	// ABUJA
+#define TXT_MAP_PC31             	488	// KOULA-MOUTOU
+#define TXT_MAP_PC32             	489	// BERTOUA
+#define TXT_MAP_PC33             	490	// BANGASSOU
+#define TXT_MAP_PC34             	491	// LODJA
+#define TXT_MAP_PC35             	492	// KINSHASA
+#define TXT_MAP_PC36             	493	// LUXOR
+#define TXT_MAP_PC37             	494	// CAIUNDO
+#define TXT_MAP_PC38             	495	// MZUZU
+#define TXT_MAP_PC39             	496	// KEETMANSHOOP
+#define TXT_MAP_PC40             	497	// XAI-XAI
+#define TXT_MAP_PC41             	498	// GHANZI
+#define TXT_MAP_PC42             	499	// CAPE TOWN
+#define TXT_MAP_GDI              	500	// GDI PROGRESSION
+#define TXT_MAP_NOD              	501	// NOD PROGRESSION
+#define TXT_MAP_LOCATE           	502	// LOCATING COORDINATES
+#define TXT_MAP_NEXT_MISSION     	503	// OF NEXT MISSION
+#define TXT_MAP_SELECT           	504	// SELECT TERRITORY
+#define TXT_MAP_TO_ATTACK        	505	// TO ATTACK
+#define TXT_MAP_GDISTAT0         	506	// POPULATION:
+#define TXT_MAP_GDISTAT1         	507	// GEOGRAPHIC AREA:
+#define TXT_MAP_GDISTAT2         	508	// CAPITAL:
+#define TXT_MAP_GDISTAT3         	509	// GOVERNMENT:
+#define TXT_MAP_GDISTAT4         	510	// GROSS DOMESTIC PRODUCT:
+#define TXT_MAP_GDISTAT5         	511	// POINT OF CONFLICT:
+#define TXT_MAP_GDISTAT6         	512	// MILITARY POWER:
+#define TXT_MAP_NODSTAT0         	513	// EXPENDABILITY:
+#define TXT_MAP_NODSTAT1         	514	// GOVT CORRUPTABILITY:
+#define TXT_MAP_NODSTAT2         	515	// NET WORTH:
+#define TXT_MAP_NODSTAT3         	516	// MILITARY STRENGTH:
+#define TXT_MAP_NODSTAT4         	517	// MILITARY RESISTANCE:
+#define TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME0     	518	// LATVIA
+#define TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME1     	519	// POLAND
+#define TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME2     	520	// BELARUS
+#define TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME3     	521	// UKRAINE
+#define TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME4     	522	// GERMANY
+#define TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME5     	523	// CZECH REPUBLIC
+#define TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME6     	524	// SLOVAKIA
+#define TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME7     	525	// AUSTRIA
+#define TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME8     	526	// HUNGARY
+#define TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME9     	527	// SLOVENIA
+#define TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME10    	528	// ROMANIA
+#define TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME11    	529	// GREECE
+#define TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME12    	530	// ALBANIA
+#define TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME13    	531	// BULGARIA
+#define TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME14    	532	// YUGOSLAVIA
+#define TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME15    	533	// BOSNIA/HERZOGOVINA
+#define TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME16    	534	// LIBYA
+#define TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME17    	535	// EGYPT
+#define TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME18    	536	// SUDAN
+#define TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME19    	537	// CHAD
+#define TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME20    	538	// MAURITANIA
+#define TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME21    	539	// IVORY COAST
+#define TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME22    	540	// BENIN
+#define TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME23    	541	// NIGERIA
+#define TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME24    	542	// GABON
+#define TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME25    	543	// CAMEROON
+#define TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME26    	544	// CENTRAL AFRICAN REPUBLIC
+#define TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME27    	545	// ZAIRE
+#define TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME28    	546	// ANGOLA
+#define TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME29    	547	// TANZANIA
+#define TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME30    	548	// NAMIBIA
+#define TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME31    	549	// MOZAMBIQUE
+#define TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME32    	550	// BOTSWANA
+#define TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME33    	551	// SOUTH AFRICA
+#define TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME34    	552	// ESTONIA
+#define TXT_MAP_GOVT0            	553	// REPUBLIC
+#define TXT_MAP_GOVT1            	554	// DEMOCRATIC STATE
+#define TXT_MAP_GOVT2            	555	// FEDERAL REPUBLIC
+#define TXT_MAP_GOVT3            	556	// CONST. REPUBLIC
+#define TXT_MAP_GOVT4            	557	// PARL. DEMOCRACY
+#define TXT_MAP_GOVT5            	558	// PRES. PARL. REPUBLIC
+#define TXT_MAP_GOVT6            	559	// DEMOCRACY
+#define TXT_MAP_GOVT7            	560	// IN TRANSITION
+#define TXT_MAP_GOVT8            	561	// ISLAMIC SOCIALIST
+#define TXT_MAP_GOVT9            	562	// MILITARY
+#define TXT_MAP_GOVT10           	563	// ISLAMIC REPUBLIC
+#define TXT_MAP_GOVT11           	564	// PARL. REPUBLIC
+#define TXT_MAP_ARMY0            	565	// LOCAL MILITIA
+#define TXT_MAP_ARMY1            	566	// STATE MILITIA
+#define TXT_MAP_ARMY2            	567	// NATIONAL GUARD
+#define TXT_MAP_ARMY3            	568	// FREE STANDING ARMY
+#define TXT_MAP_ARMY4            	569	// ?
+#define TXT_MAP_ARMY5            	570	// NATIONAL POWER
+#define TXT_MAP_MILITARY0        	571	// RESPECTABLE
+#define TXT_MAP_MILITARY1        	572	// FORMIDABLE
+#define TXT_MAP_MILITARY2        	573	// LAUGHABLE
+#define TXT_MAP_MILITARY3        	574	// REASONABLE
+#define TXT_MAP_MILITARY4        	575	// INSIGNIFICANT
+#define TXT_MAP_CLICK2           	576	// CLICK TO CONTINUE
+#define TXT_MAP_LMH0             	577	// LOW
+#define TXT_MAP_LMH1             	578	// MEDIUM
+#define TXT_MAP_LMH2             	579	// HIGH
+#define TXT_SCORE_TIME           	580	// TIME:
+#define TXT_SCORE_LEAD           	581	// LEADERSHIP:
+#define TXT_SCORE_EFFI           	582	// EFFICIENCY:
+#define TXT_SCORE_TOTA           	583	// TOTAL SCORE:
+#define TXT_SCORE_CASU           	584	// CASUALTIES:
+#define TXT_SCORE_NEUT           	585	// NEUTRAL:
+#define TXT_SCORE_GDI            	586	// GDI:
+#define TXT_SCORE_BUIL           	587	// BUILDINGS LOST
+#define TXT_SCORE_BUIL1          	588	// BUILDINGS
+#define TXT_SCORE_BUIL2          	589	// LOST:
+#define TXT_SCORE_TOP            	590	// TOP SCORES
+#define TXT_SCORE_ENDCRED        	591	// ENDING CREDITS:
+#define TXT_SCORE_TIMEFORMAT1    	592	// %dh %dm
+#define TXT_SCORE_TIMEFORMAT2    	593	// %dm
+#define TXT_SCORE_NOD            	594	// NOD:
+#define TXT_DIALING              	595	// Dialing...
+#define TXT_DIALING_CANCELED     	596	// Dialing Canceled
+#define TXT_WAITING_FOR_CALL     	597	// Waiting for Call...
+#define TXT_ANSWERING_CANCELED   	598	// Answering Canceled
+#define TXT_E7                   	599	// Engineer
+#define TXT_SPECIAL_OPTIONS      	600	// Special Options
+#define TXT_VISIBLE_TARGET       	601	// Targeting flash visible to
+#define TXT_TREE_TARGET          	602	// Allow targeting of trees.
+#define TXT_MCV_DEPLOY           	603	// Allow undeploy of
+#define TXT_SMART_DEFENCE        	604	// Employ smarter self defense
+#define TXT_SLOW_BUILD           	605	// Moderate production speed.
+#define TXT_THREE_POINT          	606	// Use three point turn logic.
+#define TXT_TIBERIUM_GROWTH      	607	// Tiberium will grow.
+#define TXT_TIBERIUM_SPREAD      	608	// Tiberium will spread.
+#define TXT_ROAD_PIECES          	609	// Disable building "bib"
+#define TXT_SCATTER              	610	// Allow running from
+#define TXT_MODEM_OR_LOOPBACK    	611	// Not a Null Modem Cable
+#define TXT_MAP                  	612	// Map
+#define TXT_FROM_COMPUTER        	613	// From Computer:
+#define TXT_COMP_MSG1            	614	// Prepare to die!
+#define TXT_COMP_MSG2            	615	// How about a bullet
+#define TXT_COMP_MSG3            	616	// Incoming!
+#define TXT_COMP_MSG4            	617	// I see you!
+#define TXT_COMP_MSG5            	618	// Hey, I'm over here!
+#define TXT_COMP_MSG6            	619	// Come get some!
+#define TXT_COMP_MSG7            	620	// I got you!
+#define TXT_COMP_MSG8            	621	// You humans are never a
+#define TXT_COMP_MSG9            	622	// Abort, Retry, Ignore? (Ha
+#define TXT_COMP_MSG10           	623	// Format another? (Just
+#define TXT_COMP_MSG11           	624	// Beat me and I'll reboot!
+#define TXT_COMP_MSG12           	625	// You're artificial
+#define TXT_COMP_MSG13           	626	// My AI is better than your
+#define TXT_THEME_AIRSTRIKE      	627	// Air Strike
+#define TXT_THEME_HEAVYG         	628	// Demolition
+#define TXT_THEME_J1             	629	// Untamed Land
+#define TXT_THEME_JDI_V2         	630	// Take 'em Out
+#define TXT_THEME_RADIO          	631	// Radio
+#define TXT_THEME_RAIN           	632	// Rain In The Night
+#define TXT_THEME_IND2           	633	// Canyon Chase
+#define TXT_THEME_HEART          	634	// Heartbreak
+#define TXT_BLOSSOM_TREE         	635	// Blossom Tree
+#define TXT_RESTATE_MISSION      	636	// Restate
+#define TXT_COMPUTER             	637	// Computer
+#define TXT_COUNT                	638	// Unit Count:
+#define TXT_LEVEL                	639	// Tech Level:
+#define TXT_OPPONENT             	640	// Opponent
+#define TXT_KILLS_COLON          	641	// Kills:
+#define TXT_VIDEO                	642	// Video
+#define TXT_C10                  	643	// Nikoomba
+#define TXT_CAPTURE_THE_FLAG     	644	// Capture The Flag
+#define TXT_THEME_VALK           	645	// Ride of the Valkyries
+#define TXT_OBJECTIVE            	646	// Mission Objective
+#define TXT_MISSION              	647	// Mission
+#define TXT_NO_SAVES             	648	// No saved games available.
+#define TXT_CIVILIAN_BUILDING    	649	// Civilian Building
+#define TXT_TECHNICIAN           	650	// Technician
+#define TXT_VISCEROID            	651	// Visceroid
+#define TXT_NO_SAVELOAD          	652	// Save game options are not
+#define TXT_DEFENDER_ADVANTAGE   	653	// Defender has the advantage.
+#define TXT_SHOW_NAMES           	654	// Show true object names.
+#define TXT_DELPHI               	655	// Agent Delphi
+#define TXT_TO_REPLAY            	656	// Would you like to replay
+#define TXT_RECONN_TO            	657	// Reconnecting to %s.
+#define TXT_PLEASE_WAIT          	658	// Please wait %02d seconds.
+#define TXT_SURRENDER            	659	// Do you wish to surrender?
+#define TXT_GDI_NAME             	660	// GLOBAL DEFENSE INITIATIVE
+#define TXT_NOD_NAME             	661	// BROTHERHOOD OF NOD
+#define TXT_SEL_TRANS            	662	// SELECT TRANSMISSION
+#define TXT_GAMENAME_MUSTBE_UNIQUE	663	// Your game name must be
+#define TXT_GAME_IS_CLOSED       	664	// Game is closed.
+#define TXT_NAME_MUSTBE_UNIQUE   	665	// Your name must be unique.
+#define TXT_RECONNECTING_TO      	666	// Reconnecting to %s
+#define TXT_WAITING_FOR_CONNECTIONS	667	// Waiting for connections...
+#define TXT_TIME_ALLOWED         	668	// Time allowed: %02d seconds
+#define TXT_PRESS_ESC            	669	// Press ESC to cancel.
+#define TXT_JUST_YOU_AND_ME      	670	// From Computer: It's just
+#define TXT_CAPTURE_THE_FLAG_COLON	671	// Capture the Flag:
+#define TXT_CHAN                 	672	// Dr. Chan
+#define TXT_HAS_ALLIED           	673	// %s has allied with %s
+#define TXT_AT_WAR               	674	// %s declares war on %s
+#define TXT_SEL_TARGET           	675	// Select a target
+#define TXT_SEPARATE_HELIPAD     	676	// Allow separate helipad
+#define TXT_RESIGN               	677	// Resign Game
+#define TXT_TIBERIUM_FAST        	678	// Tiberium grows quickly.
+#define TXT_ANSWERING            	679	// Answering...
+#define TXT_INITIALIZING_MODEM   	680	// Initializing Modem...
+#define TXT_SCENARIOS_DO_NOT_MATCH	681	// Scenarios don't match.
+#define TXT_POWER_OUTPUT         	682	// Power Output
+#define TXT_POWER_OUTPUT_LOW     	683	// Power Output (low)
+#define TXT_CONTINUE             	684	// Continue
+#define TXT_QUEUE_FULL           	685	// Data Queue Overflow
+#define TXT_SPECIAL_WARNING      	686	// %s changed game options!
+#define TXT_CD_DIALOG_1          	687	// Please insert a Command &
+#define TXT_CD_DIALOG_2          	688	// Please insert CD %d (%s)
+#define TXT_CD_ERROR1            	689	// Command & Conquer is unable
+#define TXT_NO_SOUND_CARD        	690	// No Sound Card Detected
+#define TXT_UNKNOWN              	691	// UNKNOWN
+#define TXT_OLD_GAME             	692	// (old)
+#define TXT_NO_SPACE             	693	// Insufficient Disk Space to
+#define TXT_MUST_HAVE_SPACE      	694	// You must have %d megabytes
+#define TXT_RUN_SETUP            	695	// Run SETUP program first.
+#define TXT_WAITING_FOR_OPPONENT 	696	// Waiting for Opponent
+#define TXT_SELECT_SETTINGS      	697	// Please select 'Settings' to
+#define TXT_PRISON               	698	// Prison
+#define TXT_GAME_WAS_SAVED       	699	// Game Saved
+#define TXT_SPACE_CANT_SAVE      	700	// Insufficient disk space to
+#define TXT_INVALID_PORT_ADDRESS 	701	// Invalid Port/Address. COM
+#define TXT_INVALID_SETTINGS     	702	// Invalid Port and/or IRQ
+#define TXT_IRQ_ALREADY_IN_USE   	703	// IRQ already in use
+#define TXT_ABORT                	704	// Abort
+#define TXT_RESTART              	705	// Restart
+#define TXT_RESTARTING           	706	// Mission is
+#define TXT_LOADING              	707	// Mission is loading. Please
+#define TXT_ERROR_IN_INITSTRING  	708	// Error in the InitString
+#define TXT_ORDER_INFO           	709	// Order Info
+#define TXT_SCENES               	710	// Scenes
+#define TXT_NEW_MISSIONS         	711	// New Missions
+#define TXT_THEME_CHRG           	712	// Depth Charge
+#define TXT_THEME_DRON           	713	// Drone
+#define TXT_THEME_FIST           	714	// Iron Fist
+#define TXT_THEME_CREP           	715	// Creeping Upon
+#define TXT_THEME_80MX           	716	// C&C 80's Mix
+#define TXT_THEME_DRIL           	717	// Drill
+#define TXT_CD_DIALOG_3          	718	// Please insert the Covert
+#define TXT_THEME_RECON          	719	// Recon
+#define TXT_THEME_VOICE          	720	// Voice Rhythm
+#define TXT_ERROR_NO_INIT        	721	// Error - modem did not
+#define TXT_NO_FLOW_CONTROL_RESPONSE	722	// Error - Modem failed to
+#define TXT_NO_COMPRESSION_RESPONSE	723	// Error - Modem failed to
+#define TXT_NO_ERROR_CORRECTION_RESPONSE	724	// Error - Modem failed to
+#define TXT_ERROR_NO_DISABLE     	725	// Error - unable to disable
+#define TXT_ERROR_TOO_MANY       	726	// Error - Too many errors
+#define TXT_IGNORE               	727	// Ignore
+#define TXT_CONNECTING           	728	// Connecting... Please Wait.
+#define TXT_EXPLAIN_REGISTRATION 	729	// To play Command & Conquer
+#define TXT_REGISTER             	730	// Register
+#define TXT_ERROR_UNABLE_TO_RUN_WCHAT	731	// Wchat not installed. Please
+#define TXT_INTERNET             	732	// Internet Game
+#define TXT_UNABLE_TO_SET_VIDEO_MODE	733	// Error - Unable to set the
+#define TXT_UNABLE_TO_ALLOCATE_PRIMARY_VIDEO_BUFFER	734	// Error - Unable to allocate
+#define TXT_NO_DIAL_TONE         	735	// No dial tone. Ensure your
+#define TXT_MODEM_INITIALISATION 	736	// Modem Initialization
+#define TXT_DATA_COMPRESSION     	737	// Data Compression
+#define TXT_ERROR_CORRECTION     	738	// Error Correction
+#define TXT_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL	739	// Hardware Flow Control
+#define TXT_ADVANCED             	740	// Advanced
+#define TXT_JUST_INTRO           	741	// Intro
+#define TXT_READING_IMAGE_DATA   	742	// READING IMAGE DATA
+#define TXT_ANALYZING            	743	// ANALYZING
+#define TXT_ENHANCING_IMAGE_DATA 	744	// ENHANCING IMAGE DATA
+#define TXT_ISOLATING_OPERATIONAL_THEATER	745	// ISOLATING OPERATIONAL
+#define TXT_ESTABLISHING_TRADITIONAL_BOUNDARIES	746	// ESTABLISHING TRADITIONAL
+#define TXT_FOR_VISUAL_REFERENCE 	747	// FOR VISUAL REFERENCE
+#define TXT_ENHANCING_IMAGE      	748	// ENHANCING IMAGE
+#define TXT_BONUS_MISSIONS       	749	// Bonus Missions
+#define TXT_BONUS_MISSION_1      	750	// Bonus Mission 1
+#define TXT_BONUS_MISSION_2      	751	// Bonus Mission 2
+#define TXT_BONUS_MISSION_3      	752	// Bonus Mission 3
+#define TXT_BONUS_MISSION_4      	753	// Bonus Mission 4
+#define TXT_BONUS_MISSION_5      	754	// Bonus Mission 5
diff --git a/CONQUER.ICO b/CONQUER.ICO
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..41cc42c
Binary files /dev/null and b/CONQUER.ICO differ
diff --git a/CONQUER.IDE b/CONQUER.IDE
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..66bf576
Binary files /dev/null and b/CONQUER.IDE differ
diff --git a/CONQUER.LNT b/CONQUER.LNT
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7bb2410
--- /dev/null
+++ b/CONQUER.LNT
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+//  Watcom C, C++ (32 bit), -si4 -sp4,
+//  Standard lint options
+
+//    Compiler Options for Watcom C, C++ 32 bit
+
+-cwc
+
+//    This file contains options to allow PC-lint to process source
+//    files for your compiler.  It is used as follows:
+//
+//    lint  co-wc32.lnt  source-file(s)
+//
+-d_M_IX86=200   // assume Intel 80286 architecture -- modify to suit
+-d__declspec()= // ignore this construct
+
+  // additional reserve words needed
++rw(_loadds,_export)
++rw(__interrupt,__near,__far,__huge,__fortran,__pascal,__cdecl)
++rw(__export,__loadds,__saveregs,__asm,__fastcall,__stdcall)
++rw(_export)
+
++fcd            // makes cdecl significant -- used for proto generation
++fcu            // chars are by default unsigned
++fsu            // so are strings
+-d__386__       // pre-defined macro for 386 version, not set by -cwc
+-d__FLAT__      // not set by -cwc
+-si4            // sizeof(int)         is 4
+-spN4           // sizeof(near pointer) is 4
+-spF6           // sizeof( far pointer) is 6
+-sld10          // sizeof(long double) is 10.
+-function(exit,_exit)   // _exit() is like exit()
+-emacro(734,putc)   // don't complain about items being too large.
+-emacro(506,putc)   // don't complain about constant Boolean
+-emacro(???,va_arg)     // the va_arg() macro can yield 415, 416, 661, 662
+			// 796 and 797 (out-of-bounds errors).
+
+   // While processing compiler (library) header files ...
+-elib(46)       // an unsigned short bit field is used as __FILLER__
+-elib(522)      // function return value ignored
+-elib(537)      // repeated include file (ios.h)
+-elib(641)      // converting enum to int
+-elib(652)      // suppress message about #define of earlier declared symbols
+-elib(655)      // ORing enum's
+-elib(726)      // extraneous comma in enumeration
+-elib(760)      // suppress message about multiple identical macro defs
+-elib(762)      // suppress message about multiple identical declarations and
+-elib(806)      // small bit field is signed
+-elib(1053)     // prototypes cannot be distinguished
+-elib(1511)     // member (rdbuf) hides nonvirtual member
+-elib(1704)     // private copy constructor
+-elib(1712)     // default constructor missing
+-elib(1717)     // empty prototypes
+-elib(1720)     // strange argument to assignment operator
+-elib(1721)     // unusual operator =() declaration
+-elib(1722)     // assignment operator does not return ref to class
+-elib(1724)     // strange argument to copy constructor
+
+-esym(1702,operator<<,operator>>)
+
+//  The following functions exhibit variable return modes.
+//  That is, they may equally-usefully be called for a value
+//  as called just for their effects.  Accordingly we inhibit
+//  Warning 534 for these functions.
+//  Feel free to add to or subtract from this list.
+
+-esym(534,close,creat,fclose,fflush,fprintf,fputc)
+-esym(534,fputs,fscanf,fseek,fwrite,lseek,memcpy,memmove,memset)
+-esym(534,printf,puts,scanf,sprintf,sscanf,strcat,strcpy)
+-esym(534,strncat,strncpy,unlink,write)
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+-width(0,0)				// don't break up message lines
+
+// 32 bit integer and pointer size is four bytes.
+-si4 -sp4
+
+// Include directories
+-ic:\projects\c&czero\code\watcom\h;..\vq\include;..\gcl510\h
diff --git a/CONQUER.PRO b/CONQUER.PRO
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5c4b2e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/CONQUER.PRO
@@ -0,0 +1,864 @@
+
+                                                                        Page 1
+                          .RTProfiler Performance Report
+
+Program: CONQUER.EXE                                           Date: 12/13/1993
+Phase: 1                                                       Time: 22:19:33
+Total Ticks: 2696
+
+                           ---------- Logical --------------- Physical --------
+                           |  Total  Average   Pct  |   Total  Average    Pct |
+                     Total |  Clock   No. of  Total |   Clock   No. of   Total|
+Symbol Name          Calls |  Ticks    Ticks  Time  |   Ticks    Ticks   Time |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+_Main_Program            1 |   2618     2618  97.11 |    1020     1020  37.83 |
+_Edit_Unit_Offsets         |                        |                         |
+                         1 |   1021     1021  37.87 |     941      941  34.90 |
+display.c_NONPUB_Refresh_M |                        |                         |
+ap                    1090 |    206        0   7.64 |     200        0   7.42 |
+_Self_Regulate       41213 |    122        0   4.53 |     122        0   4.53 |
+scenario.c_NONPUB_Do_Brief |                        |                         |
+ing                      1 |     91       91   3.38 |      91       91   3.38 |
+_Fancy_Text_Print      938 |     80        0   2.97 |      80        0   2.97 |
+_main                    1 |   2694     2694  99.93 |      76       76   2.82 |
+_Init_Game               1 |    241      241   8.94 |      54       54   2.00 |
+_Check_Menu          40124 |     47        0   1.74 |      47        0   1.74 |
+_Load_Map                1 |     16       16   0.59 |      16       16   0.59 |
+map.c_NONPUB_Smooth_Shadow |                        |                         |
+                     21775 |     11        0   0.41 |      10        0   0.37 |
+_Load_A_Icon_Set         3 |      9        3   0.33 |       9        3   0.33 |
+_Call_Back           41213 |    126        0   4.67 |       4        0   0.15 |
+_Coord_Cell          77858 |      4        0   0.15 |       4        0   0.15 |
+_Draw_Map             1090 |    209        0   7.75 |       3        0   0.11 |
+_Anim_Update          2179 |      2        0   0.07 |       2        0   0.07 |
+_Game_Screen             1 |      3        3   0.11 |       2        2   0.07 |
+_Load_System_Strings       |                        |                         |
+                         2 |      2        1   0.07 |       2        1   0.07 |
+_Map_Cell             4355 |     13        0   0.48 |       2        0   0.07 |
+_Shape_Ptr            1685 |      2        0   0.07 |       2        0   0.07 |
+_Load_Brains             3 |      1        0   0.04 |       1        0   0.04 |
+_Process_Logic        1089 |      5        0   0.19 |       1        0   0.04 |
+_Unit_From_ID         2603 |      1        0   0.04 |       1        0   0.04 |
+_Unit_Next            8519 |      1        0   0.04 |       1        0   0.04 |
+_Unit_Revealed       12676 |      1        0   0.04 |       1        0   0.04 |
+__cleanup                1 |      1        1   0.04 |       1        1   0.04 |
+scenario.c_NONPUB_Clear_Sc |                        |                         |
+enario                   1 |      1        1   0.04 |       1        1   0.04 |
+DGROUP@                  0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Adjacent_Cell           0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Adjacent_Free_Cell        |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Assign_Destination        |                        |                         |
+                        22 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Assign_Order           47 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Assign_Target           0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Attached_Building         |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Attached_Unit           0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Base_Under_Attack         |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Bldg_Chunk_In           0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Bldg_Chunk_Out          0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Bound_Cursor           59 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Break_Contact_With        |                        |                         |
+                       106 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+                                                                        Page 2
+                          .RTProfiler Performance Report
+
+Program: CONQUER.EXE                                           Date: 12/13/1993
+Phase: 1                                                       Time: 22:19:33
+Total Ticks: 2696
+
+                           ---------- Logical --------------- Physical --------
+                           |  Total  Average   Pct  |   Total  Average    Pct |
+                     Total |  Clock   No. of  Total |   Clock   No. of   Total|
+Symbol Name          Calls |  Ticks    Ticks  Time  |   Ticks    Ticks   Time |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+_Break_Radio_Contact       |                        |                         |
+                        53 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Bttn_Building           0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Bttn_Cancel             0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Bttn_Custom_Render        |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Bttn_Doit_Render        0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Bttn_Enter              0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Bttn_Enter_Render         |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Bttn_Mode               0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Bttn_OrderSelect        0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Bttn_Repair             0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Bttn_Return             0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Buildables              0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Building_Alloc          0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Building_Create         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Building_Damage         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Building_Delete         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Building_Destroy        0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Building_First          6 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Building_Free           0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Building_From_ID        0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Building_Logic          0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Building_Look           0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Building_Next           6 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Building_Render         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Building_Scan           3 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Building_Spec           0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Building_System_Calibrate |                        |                         |
+                         1 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Building_System_Shutdown  |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Building_System_Startup   |                        |                         |
+                         2 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Building_Threat         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Building_Unlimbo        0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Building_Untarget         |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Calculated_Cell         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Can_Unit_Enter_Building   |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Can_Unit_Enter_Cell       |                        |                         |
+                        49 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Can_Upgrade             0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Cardinal_To_Fixed         |                        |                         |
+                        20 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_CellXY_Coord          463 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Cell_Building        4700 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Cell_Coord            199 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+                                                                        Page 3
+                          .RTProfiler Performance Report
+
+Program: CONQUER.EXE                                           Date: 12/13/1993
+Phase: 1                                                       Time: 22:19:33
+Total Ticks: 2696
+
+                           ---------- Logical --------------- Physical --------
+                           |  Total  Average   Pct  |   Total  Average    Pct |
+                     Total |  Clock   No. of  Total |   Clock   No. of   Total|
+Symbol Name          Calls |  Ticks    Ticks  Time  |   Ticks    Ticks   Time |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+_Cell_Distance          28 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Cell_Facing            16 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Cell_Object            15 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Cell_Unit            5201 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Cell_X                  0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Cell_Y                  0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Center_Map              0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Change_State           30 |      3        0   0.11 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Class_From_Name         2 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Common_Attached         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Common_Available_Building |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Common_Class_Count        |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Common_Dialog           0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Common_Display_Message    |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Common_Distance         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Common_Is_Clear         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Common_Is_Enemy         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Common_Is_Friendly        |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Common_Mono_Print         |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Common_Nearest_Spice      |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Common_Pause          181 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Common_Pause_Random       |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Common_Play_Sound         |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Common_Random           0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Common_Scenario         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Common_Target_Distance    |                        |                         |
+                       283 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Common_Target_Facing      |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Common_Target_Kind        |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Common_Target_Type        |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Common_Tutor_Message      |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Coord_Add             208 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Coord_Cell_Distance       |                        |                         |
+                       454 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Coord_Distance       1429 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Coord_Facing16          5 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Coord_Facing256      1373 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Coord_Facing8           0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+                                                                        Page 4
+                          .RTProfiler Performance Report
+
+Program: CONQUER.EXE                                           Date: 12/13/1993
+Phase: 1                                                       Time: 22:19:33
+Total Ticks: 2696
+
+                           ---------- Logical --------------- Physical --------
+                           |  Total  Average   Pct  |   Total  Average    Pct |
+                     Total |  Clock   No. of  Total |   Clock   No. of   Total|
+Symbol Name          Calls |  Ticks    Ticks  Time  |   Ticks    Ticks   Time |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+_Coord_Mid               0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Coord_Move            472 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Coord_Scatter           0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Coord_Snap            712 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Coord_Spillage_Number     |                        |                         |
+                      1100 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Coord_Sub             454 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Coord_XCell             0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Coord_XPixel            0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Coord_YCell             0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Coord_YPixel            0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Coordinates_In_Region     |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Cursor               1175 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Cursor_Move            57 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Cursor_Size             0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Debug_Callback          0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Debug_Key              96 |   1021       11  37.87 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Desired_Facing256         |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Destroy_Wall            0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Dialog_Message          0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Display_Selected_Terrain  |                        |                         |
+                         9 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Display_Status       1089 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Do_Button_Setup         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Do_Explosion           20 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Do_Gas                  0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Do_Lose                 0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Do_Win                  0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Draw_Box                0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Draw_Radar              1 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_End_Game             1089 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Establish_Contact_With    |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Establish_Origin       20 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Establish_Radio_Contact   |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Fetch_Text_String         |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Fill_In_Data            1 |     13       13   0.48 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Find_Brain_Size         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Find_Path               5 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Find_Waypoint           0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Fire_Bullet             0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Fire_Weapon           107 |      1        0   0.04 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Fixed_To_Cardinal         |                        |                         |
+                        48 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Format_Window_String      |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+                                                                        Page 5
+                          .RTProfiler Performance Report
+
+Program: CONQUER.EXE                                           Date: 12/13/1993
+Phase: 1                                                       Time: 22:19:33
+Total Ticks: 2696
+
+                           ---------- Logical --------------- Physical --------
+                           |  Total  Average   Pct  |   Total  Average    Pct |
+                     Total |  Clock   No. of  Total |   Clock   No. of   Total|
+Symbol Name          Calls |  Ticks    Ticks  Time  |   Ticks    Ticks   Time |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+_Free_Brains             0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_GetPrivateProfileInt      |                        |                         |
+                        16 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_GetPrivateProfileString   |                        |                         |
+                        41 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Get_Connection_Info       |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Get_Connection_Num        |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Get_Internet_Address      |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Get_Local_Connection_Numb |                        |                         |
+er                       0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Greatest_Building_Threat  |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Greatest_Threat         8 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Greatest_Unit_Noise       |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Greatest_Unit_Threat      |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Harvester_Check         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_House_From_Name        10 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_IPX_Cancel_Event        0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_IPX_Close_Socket        0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_IPX_Get_Local_Target      |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_IPX_Listen_For_Packet     |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_IPX_Open_Socket         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_IPX_Relinquish_Control    |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_IPX_Schedule_IPX_Event    |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_IPX_Send_Packet         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Icon_Install            0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Icon_Remove             0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Icon_Update          1090 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_In_Radar               75 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_In_Radio_Contact        0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_In_View                 3 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Info_Chunk_In           0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Info_Chunk_Out          0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Init_Shapes             1 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Init_Thread           109 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Interrupt_Thread        0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Is_Allied            1224 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Is_Lined_Up           668 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Is_Mapped               3 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Language_Name           3 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Launch_GoldenBB         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+                                                                        Page 6
+                          .RTProfiler Performance Report
+
+Program: CONQUER.EXE                                           Date: 12/13/1993
+Phase: 1                                                       Time: 22:19:33
+Total Ticks: 2696
+
+                           ---------- Logical --------------- Physical --------
+                           |  Total  Average   Pct  |   Total  Average    Pct |
+                     Total |  Clock   No. of  Total |   Clock   No. of   Total|
+Symbol Name          Calls |  Ticks    Ticks  Time  |   Ticks    Ticks   Time |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+_Launch_Special          0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Legal_Placement         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Load_Samples            2 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_MO_From_Name            0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Make_Button            11 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Map_Chunk_In            0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Map_Chunk_Out           0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Map_Edit                0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Mouse_Coord             0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Nearest_Spice           0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Novell_Detect           0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Order_From_Name         2 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Phrase_CallBack         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Pixel_Coordinate     2348 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Play_Theme              0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Player_Alloc            3 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Player_First            3 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Player_Free             0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Player_From_ID       2428 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Player_Logic            0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Player_Next            12 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Player_System_Shutdown    |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Player_System_Startup     |                        |                         |
+                         2 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Plot_Radar_Pixel        0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Plyr_Chunk_In           0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Plyr_Chunk_Out          0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Power_Effects           0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Production_Needs        0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Production_Start        0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Radar_Checkup           0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Radar_Cursor         1090 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Radar_Pixel          4965 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Radio_Contact          97 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Read_Scenario           1 |     34       34   1.26 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Read_Scenario_Ini         |                        |                         |
+                         1 |     20       20   0.74 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Read_Scenario_Raw         |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Recalc_Storage          3 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Redistribute_Power        |                        |                         |
+                         3 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Redraw_Objects          0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Refresh_Cell         5007 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Repair_On               0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Request_Transport         |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Run_Thread           9080 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Sample_Effect           0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+                                                                        Page 7
+                          .RTProfiler Performance Report
+
+Program: CONQUER.EXE                                           Date: 12/13/1993
+Phase: 1                                                       Time: 22:19:33
+Total Ticks: 2696
+
+                           ---------- Logical --------------- Physical --------
+                           |  Total  Average   Pct  |   Total  Average    Pct |
+                     Total |  Clock   No. of  Total |   Clock   No. of   Total|
+Symbol Name          Calls |  Ticks    Ticks  Time  |   Ticks    Ticks   Time |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+_Say_Phrase              2 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Scroll_Tactical        48 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Select_House            0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Select_Next             1 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Send_Message            0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Set_Unit_Movement         |                        |                         |
+                        42 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Set_Unit_Rotation         |                        |                         |
+                      1187 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Setup_Menu              1 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Sight_From             14 |      1        0   0.04 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Sound_Effect           31 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Special_Discovery         |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Speed_Adjust           35 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Speed_From_Name         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Spew_Spice              0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Spice_Adjust            0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Spice_Discovery         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Start_Scenario          1 |    125      125   4.64 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Start_Thread           38 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Struct_From_Name        1 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_System_Error            0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Target_Build          277 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Target_Building        22 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Target_Cell            27 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Target_Coord         1222 |      1        0   0.04 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Target_Distance       331 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Target_Kind          2070 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Target_Legal          437 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Target_Object          53 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Target_Unit            91 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Target_Value           22 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Team_Alloc              0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Team_Chunk_In           0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Team_Chunk_Out          0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Team_Create             0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Team_First             31 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Team_Free               0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Team_From_ID            0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Team_Logic              0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Team_Next              31 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Team_System_Calibrate     |                        |                         |
+                         1 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Team_System_Shutdown      |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Team_System_Startup       |                        |                         |
+                         2 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Terrain_Cost           32 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Terrain_Type           65 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+                                                                        Page 8
+                          .RTProfiler Performance Report
+
+Program: CONQUER.EXE                                           Date: 12/13/1993
+Phase: 1                                                       Time: 22:19:33
+Total Ticks: 2696
+
+                           ---------- Logical --------------- Physical --------
+                           |  Total  Average   Pct  |   Total  Average    Pct |
+                     Total |  Clock   No. of  Total |   Clock   No. of   Total|
+Symbol Name          Calls |  Ticks    Ticks  Time  |   Ticks    Ticks   Time |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+_Text_Input              0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Text_String            70 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Track_Func           1089 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Tutor_Message           2 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_Alloc             22 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_Available          0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_Brainwash          0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_Check              0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_Chunk_In           0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_Chunk_Out          0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_Create             0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_Damage            38 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_Delete            20 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_Enters_Building      |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_First           3316 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_Free              20 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_Hidden            31 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_House           1379 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_Joins_Team         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_Leaves_Team       32 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_Limbo              0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_Loaner             0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_Look              29 |      1        0   0.04 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_Mark            1144 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_Physics         2295 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_Rally             18 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_Select            29 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_Sort            1090 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_Stun               1 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_System_Calibrate     |                        |                         |
+                         1 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_System_Shutdown      |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_System_Startup       |                        |                         |
+                         2 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_Threat             0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_UnTarget          31 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_Unlimbo           11 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Units_Team              8 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Upgrade_On              0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Valid_Thread         1918 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Wall_Flags              0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Window_Box              2 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_WritePrivateProfileInt    |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_WritePrivateProfileString |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Write_Scenario          0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Write_Scenario_Ini        |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+                                                                        Page 9
+                          .RTProfiler Performance Report
+
+Program: CONQUER.EXE                                           Date: 12/13/1993
+Phase: 1                                                       Time: 22:19:33
+Total Ticks: 2696
+
+                           ---------- Logical --------------- Physical --------
+                           |  Total  Average   Pct  |   Total  Average    Pct |
+                     Total |  Clock   No. of  Total |   Clock   No. of   Total|
+Symbol Name          Calls |  Ticks    Ticks  Time  |   Ticks    Ticks   Time |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+_Write_Scenario_Raw        |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_XYPixel_Coord          20 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_XY_Cell                 0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+__MMODEL                 0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+__checknull              1 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+__restorezero            1 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+__terminate              1 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_abort                   0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_strtrim                33 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+anim.c_NONPUB_Anim_Remove  |                        |                         |
+                        20 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+anim.c_NONPUB_Animation_In |                        |                         |
+stall                   20 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+anim.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Crash    |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+anim.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Crater   |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+anim.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Illegal  |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+anim.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Normal   |                        |                         |
+                       640 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+anim.c_NONPUB_Cmd_RTimer   |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+anim.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Repeat   |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+anim.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Reverse  |                        |                         |
+                      1280 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+anim.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Shake    |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+anim.c_NONPUB_Cmd_ShiftX   |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+anim.c_NONPUB_Cmd_ShiftY   |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+anim.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Sound    |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+anim.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Stop     |                        |                         |
+                       640 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+anim.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Timer    |                        |                         |
+                      1920 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+anim.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Trigger_ |                        |                         |
+Bloom                    0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+audio.c_NONPUB_Dune_Load_S |                        |                         |
+ample                    0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+blogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Abort_ |                        |                         |
+Transport                0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+blogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Busy_S |                        |                         |
+tate                     0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+blogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Change |                        |                         |
+_Facing_One              0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+                                                                        Page 10
+                          .RTProfiler Performance Report
+
+Program: CONQUER.EXE                                           Date: 12/13/1993
+Phase: 1                                                       Time: 22:19:33
+Total Ticks: 2696
+
+                           ---------- Logical --------------- Physical --------
+                           |  Total  Average   Pct  |   Total  Average    Pct |
+                     Total |  Clock   No. of  Total |   Clock   No. of   Total|
+Symbol Name          Calls |  Ticks    Ticks  Time  |   Ticks    Ticks   Time |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+blogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Check_ |                        |                         |
+Up                       0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+blogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Direct |                        |                         |
+ion                      0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+blogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Dummy  |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+blogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Fire_A |                        |                         |
+t                        0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+blogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Image  |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+blogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Launch |                        |                         |
+_Unit                    0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+blogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Look   |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+blogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Neares |                        |                         |
+t_Enemy                  0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+blogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Play_S |                        |                         |
+ound                     0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+blogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Reques |                        |                         |
+t_Transport              0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+blogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Self_E |                        |                         |
+xplode                   0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+blogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Termin |                        |                         |
+ate_Self                 0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+blogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Unload |                        |                         |
+_Harvester               0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+conquer.c_NONPUB_Keyboard_ |                        |                         |
+Process                 97 |   1021       11  37.87 |       0        0   0.00 |
+conquer.c_NONPUB_MT32_Init |                        |                         |
+                         1 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+cursor.c_NONPUB_Cursor_Mar |                        |                         |
+k                      324 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+findpath.c_NONPUB_Follow_E |                        |                         |
+dge                      0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+findpath.c_NONPUB_Optimize |                        |                         |
+_Moves                   5 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+icon.c_NONPUB_Cmd_IconSet  |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+icon.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Illegal  |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+icon.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Loop     |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+icon.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Map      |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+icon.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Normal   |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+icon.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Repeat   |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+icon.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Sound    |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+                                                                        Page 11
+                          .RTProfiler Performance Report
+
+Program: CONQUER.EXE                                           Date: 12/13/1993
+Phase: 1                                                       Time: 22:19:33
+Total Ticks: 2696
+
+                           ---------- Logical --------------- Physical --------
+                           |  Total  Average   Pct  |   Total  Average    Pct |
+                     Total |  Clock   No. of  Total |   Clock   No. of   Total|
+Symbol Name          Calls |  Ticks    Ticks  Time  |   Ticks    Ticks   Time |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+icon.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Stop     |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+icon.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Term     |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+icon.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Timer    |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+init.c_NONPUB_Init_Globals |                        |                         |
+                         1 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+init.c_NONPUB_Load_A_Brain |                        |                         |
+                         3 |      1        0   0.04 |       0        0   0.00 |
+loadgame.c_NONPUB_BYTE_In  |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+loadgame.c_NONPUB_LONG_In  |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+loadgame.c_NONPUB_Struct_I |                        |                         |
+n                        0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+loadgame.c_NONPUB_Thread_G |                        |                         |
+ameize                   0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+loadgame.c_NONPUB_WORD_In  |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+physics.c_NONPUB_End_Of_Mo |                        |                         |
+ve                      14 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+physics.c_NONPUB_Momentum_ |                        |                         |
+Physics                938 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+physics.c_NONPUB_Rotation_ |                        |                         |
+Physics                237 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+physics.c_NONPUB_Start_Of_ |                        |                         |
+Move                    64 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+physics.c_NONPUB_While_Mov |                        |                         |
+ing                    930 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+plogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Dummy  |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+plogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Harves |                        |                         |
+ter_Check                0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+plogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Sound  |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+plogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Unit_C |                        |                         |
+reate                    0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+savegame.c_NONPUB_BYTE_Out |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+savegame.c_NONPUB_LONG_Out |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+savegame.c_NONPUB_Struct_O |                        |                         |
+ut                       0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+savegame.c_NONPUB_Thread_N |                        |                         |
+ormalize                 0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+savegame.c_NONPUB_WORD_Out |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+scenario.c_NONPUB_Typical_ |                        |                         |
+Briefing                 0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+                                                                        Page 12
+                          .RTProfiler Performance Report
+
+Program: CONQUER.EXE                                           Date: 12/13/1993
+Phase: 1                                                       Time: 22:19:33
+Total Ticks: 2696
+
+                           ---------- Logical --------------- Physical --------
+                           |  Total  Average   Pct  |   Total  Average    Pct |
+                     Total |  Clock   No. of  Total |   Clock   No. of   Total|
+Symbol Name          Calls |  Ticks    Ticks  Time  |   Ticks    Ticks   Time |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+strinput.c_NONPUB_Input_Cu |                        |                         |
+rsor                     0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+tlogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Attack |                        |                         |
+_Team_Target             0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+tlogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Change |                        |                         |
+_MO                      0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+tlogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Displa |                        |                         |
+y_Message                0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+tlogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Dummy  |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+tlogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Find_T |                        |                         |
+eam_Target               0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+tlogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Recrui |                        |                         |
+t                        0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+tlogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Regrou |                        |                         |
+p                        0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+tlogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Restor |                        |                         |
+e_MO                     0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+tlogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Team_C |                        |                         |
+ount                     0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+tlogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Team_M |                        |                         |
+in                       0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+tlogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Team_S |                        |                         |
+pread                    0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+tlogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Team_T |                        |                         |
+arget                    0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Abort_ |                        |                         |
+Transport               14 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_All_St |                        |                         |
+op                       0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Altern |                        |                         |
+ate_Target               0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Animat |                        |                         |
+e                        3 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Call_F |                        |                         |
+or_Landing               0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Cargo  |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Change |                        |                         |
+_Facing                  0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Change |                        |                         |
+_Order                   0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Death_ |                        |                         |
+Message                  0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Deploy |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Dock   |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Dummy  |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+                                                                        Page 13
+                          .RTProfiler Performance Report
+
+Program: CONQUER.EXE                                           Date: 12/13/1993
+Phase: 1                                                       Time: 22:19:33
+Total Ticks: 2696
+
+                           ---------- Logical --------------- Physical --------
+                           |  Total  Average   Pct  |   Total  Average    Pct |
+                     Total |  Clock   No. of  Total |   Clock   No. of   Total|
+Symbol Name          Calls |  Ticks    Ticks  Time  |   Ticks    Ticks   Time |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Eject  |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Explos |                        |                         |
+ion                      0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Face_M |                        |                         |
+ove_Toward               0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Face_T |                        |                         |
+arCom                    0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Flash  |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Greate |                        |                         |
+st_Threat                8 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Hot_LZ |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Idle   |                        |                         |
+                         6 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Inq_Un |                        |                         |
+it                     862 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Is_Clo |                        |                         |
+se_To_NavCom           181 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Is_Clo |                        |                         |
+se_To_TarCom             0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Load   |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Loaded |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Lock_O |                        |                         |
+n_To_Target              0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Look   |                        |                         |
+                        27 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Mine_S |                        |                         |
+pice                     0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_MultiE |                        |                         |
+xplosion                 0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Noisie |                        |                         |
+st_Target                0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Reques |                        |                         |
+t_Transport              0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Rest   |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Set_Hu |                        |                         |
+lk                       0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Set_Na |                        |                         |
+vCom                     8 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Set_Sp |                        |                         |
+eed                      0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Set_Ta |                        |                         |
+rCom                    16 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Spew_B |                        |                         |
+odies                    0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+                                                                        Page 14
+                          .RTProfiler Performance Report
+
+Program: CONQUER.EXE                                           Date: 12/13/1993
+Phase: 1                                                       Time: 22:19:33
+Total Ticks: 2696
+
+                           ---------- Logical --------------- Physical --------
+                           |  Total  Average   Pct  |   Total  Average    Pct |
+                     Total |  Clock   No. of  Total |   Clock   No. of   Total|
+Symbol Name          Calls |  Ticks    Ticks  Time  |   Ticks    Ticks   Time |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Target |                        |                         |
+_Dir                     0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Termin |                        |                         |
+ate_Self                 0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Threat |                        |                         |
+_Value                   0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Travel |                        |                         |
+_To                      0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Unload |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Unload |                        |                         |
+ed_Struct                0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Verify |                        |                         |
+_Contact                 0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+
+Total Logical Percentage :  362.39
+Total Physical Percentage :  99.93
diff --git a/CONQUER.REP b/CONQUER.REP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9361013
--- /dev/null
+++ b/CONQUER.REP
@@ -0,0 +1,880 @@
+
+                                                                        Page 1
+                          .RTProfiler Performance Report
+
+Program: CONQUER.EXE                                           Date: 01/20/1994
+Phase: 1                                                       Time: 17:04:46
+Total Ticks: 2081
+
+                           ---------- Logical --------------- Physical --------
+                           |  Total  Average   Pct  |   Total  Average    Pct |
+                     Total |  Clock   No. of  Total |   Clock   No. of   Total|
+Symbol Name          Calls |  Ticks    Ticks  Time  |   Ticks    Ticks   Time |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+display.c_NONPUB_Refresh_M |                        |                         |
+ap                     790 |    630        1  30.27 |     620        1  29.79 |
+_Call_Back          450547 |    626        0  30.08 |     541        0  26.00 |
+_Main_Program            0 |   2071        0  99.52 |     521        0  25.04 |
+_Self_Regulate         790 |    156        0   7.50 |     156        0   7.50 |
+_Sound_Callback     450547 |     85        0   4.08 |      85        0   4.08 |
+_Draw_Map              790 |    667        1  32.05 |      37        0   1.78 |
+_Process_Logic         790 |    100        0   4.81 |      21        0   1.01 |
+_Icon_Update           790 |     18        0   0.86 |      18        0   0.86 |
+_Refresh_Cell         5464 |      9        0   0.43 |       9        0   0.43 |
+_Anim_Update           790 |     14        0   0.67 |       7        0   0.34 |
+_Unit_Mark            1319 |     15        0   0.72 |       7        0   0.34 |
+physics.c_NONPUB_Momentum_ |                        |                         |
+Physics                570 |     26        0   1.25 |       7        0   0.34 |
+_Unit_Physics         1636 |     36        0   1.73 |       5        0   0.24 |
+_Coord_Cell          55104 |      4        0   0.19 |       4        0   0.19 |
+_Draw_Vehicle          493 |      4        0   0.19 |       4        0   0.19 |
+physics.c_NONPUB_While_Mov |                        |                         |
+ing                    553 |      4        0   0.19 |       4        0   0.19 |
+anim.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Normal   |                        |                         |
+                       256 |      3        0   0.14 |       3        0   0.14 |
+$$VMGETPAGE              1 |      2        2   0.10 |       2        2   0.10 |
+_Map_Cell              168 |      2        0   0.10 |       2        0   0.10 |
+_Unit_First           2054 |      2        0   0.10 |       2        0   0.10 |
+_main                    1 |   2073     2073  99.62 |       2        2   0.10 |
+anim.c_NONPUB_Anim_Remove  |                        |                         |
+                         8 |      2        0   0.10 |       2        0   0.10 |
+_Can_Unit_Enter_Cell       |                        |                         |
+                       540 |      1        0   0.05 |       1        0   0.05 |
+_Coord_Distance       1376 |      1        0   0.05 |       1        0   0.05 |
+_Coord_Facing256       822 |      1        0   0.05 |       1        0   0.05 |
+_Coord_Spillage_Number     |                        |                         |
+                      1291 |      1        0   0.05 |       1        0   0.05 |
+_Greatest_Threat         8 |      1        0   0.05 |       1        0   0.05 |
+_Radio_Contact          45 |      1        0   0.05 |       1        0   0.05 |
+_Run_Thread           2430 |      4        0   0.19 |       1        0   0.05 |
+_Shape_Ptr             689 |      1        0   0.05 |       1        0   0.05 |
+_Target_Coord          773 |      1        0   0.05 |       1        0   0.05 |
+_Target_Legal          298 |      1        0   0.05 |       1        0   0.05 |
+_Unit_Damage            13 |      1        0   0.05 |       1        0   0.05 |
+_Unit_From_ID         1424 |      1        0   0.05 |       1        0   0.05 |
+__cleanup                1 |      1        1   0.05 |       1        1   0.05 |
+anim.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Reverse  |                        |                         |
+                       512 |      2        0   0.10 |       1        0   0.05 |
+DGROUP@                  0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Adjacent_Cell           0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Adjacent_Free_Cell        |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Assign_Destination        |                        |                         |
+                         5 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+                                                                        Page 2
+                          .RTProfiler Performance Report
+
+Program: CONQUER.EXE                                           Date: 01/20/1994
+Phase: 1                                                       Time: 17:04:46
+Total Ticks: 2081
+
+                           ---------- Logical --------------- Physical --------
+                           |  Total  Average   Pct  |   Total  Average    Pct |
+                     Total |  Clock   No. of  Total |   Clock   No. of   Total|
+Symbol Name          Calls |  Ticks    Ticks  Time  |   Ticks    Ticks   Time |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+_Assign_Order           15 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Assign_Target           2 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Attached_Building         |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Attached_Unit           0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Base_Under_Attack         |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Bldg_Chunk_In           0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Bldg_Chunk_Out          0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Bound_Cursor            0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Break_Contact_With        |                        |                         |
+                        40 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Break_Radio_Contact       |                        |                         |
+                        20 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Bttn_Building           0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Bttn_Cancel             0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Bttn_Custom_Render        |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Bttn_Doit_Render        0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Bttn_Enter              0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Bttn_Enter_Render         |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Bttn_Mode               0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Bttn_OrderSelect        0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Bttn_Repair             0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Bttn_Return             0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Buildables              0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Building_Alloc          0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Building_Create         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Building_Damage         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Building_Delete         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Building_Destroy        0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Building_First          0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Building_Free           0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Building_From_ID      369 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Building_Logic          0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Building_Look           0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Building_Next           0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Building_Render         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Building_Scan           0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Building_Spec           0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Building_System_Calibrate |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Building_System_Shutdown  |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Building_System_Startup   |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Building_Threat         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Building_Unlimbo        0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Building_Untarget         |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+                                                                        Page 3
+                          .RTProfiler Performance Report
+
+Program: CONQUER.EXE                                           Date: 01/20/1994
+Phase: 1                                                       Time: 17:04:46
+Total Ticks: 2081
+
+                           ---------- Logical --------------- Physical --------
+                           |  Total  Average   Pct  |   Total  Average    Pct |
+                     Total |  Clock   No. of  Total |   Clock   No. of   Total|
+Symbol Name          Calls |  Ticks    Ticks  Time  |   Ticks    Ticks   Time |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+_Calculated_Cell         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Can_Unit_Enter_Building   |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Can_Upgrade             0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Cardinal_To_Fixed         |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_CellXY_Coord          281 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Cell_Building          28 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Cell_Coord             46 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Cell_Distance           3 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Cell_Facing            28 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Cell_Object             0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Cell_Unit            1104 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Cell_X                  0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Cell_Y                  0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Center_Map              0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Change_State           10 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Check_Menu              0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Class_From_Name         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Common_Attached         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Common_Available_Building |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Common_Class_Count        |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Common_Dialog           0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Common_Display_Message    |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Common_Distance         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Common_Is_Clear         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Common_Is_Enemy         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Common_Is_Friendly        |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Common_Mono_Print         |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Common_Nearest_Spice      |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Common_Pause          128 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Common_Pause_Random       |                        |                         |
+                         6 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Common_Play_Sound         |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Common_Random           0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Common_Scenario         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Common_Target_Distance    |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Common_Target_Facing      |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Common_Target_Kind        |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Common_Target_Type        |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+                                                                        Page 4
+                          .RTProfiler Performance Report
+
+Program: CONQUER.EXE                                           Date: 01/20/1994
+Phase: 1                                                       Time: 17:04:46
+Total Ticks: 2081
+
+                           ---------- Logical --------------- Physical --------
+                           |  Total  Average   Pct  |   Total  Average    Pct |
+                     Total |  Clock   No. of  Total |   Clock   No. of   Total|
+Symbol Name          Calls |  Ticks    Ticks  Time  |   Ticks    Ticks   Time |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+_Common_Tutor_Message      |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Coord_Add              18 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Coord_Cell_Distance       |                        |                         |
+                       274 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Coord_Facing16          0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Coord_Facing8           0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Coord_Mid               0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Coord_Move            570 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Coord_Scatter           0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Coord_Snap              0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Coord_Sub             730 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Coord_XCell             0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Coord_XPixel            0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Coord_YCell             0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Coord_YPixel            0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Coordinates_In_Region     |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Cursor                239 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Cursor_Move             0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Cursor_Size             0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Debug_Key              40 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Desired_Facing256         |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Destroy_Wall            0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Dialog_Message          0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Display_Selected_Terrain  |                        |                         |
+                        10 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Display_Status        790 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Do_Button_Setup         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Do_Explosion            8 |      3        0   0.14 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Do_Gas                  0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Do_Lose                 0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Do_Win                  0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Draw_Box                0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Edit_Unit_Offsets         |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_End_Game              790 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Establish_Contact_With    |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Establish_Origin        9 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Establish_Radio_Contact   |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Fancy_Text_Print        0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Fetch_Text_String         |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_File_Stream_Sample        |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Fill_In_Data            0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Find_Brain_Size         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+                                                                        Page 5
+                          .RTProfiler Performance Report
+
+Program: CONQUER.EXE                                           Date: 01/20/1994
+Phase: 1                                                       Time: 17:04:46
+Total Ticks: 2081
+
+                           ---------- Logical --------------- Physical --------
+                           |  Total  Average   Pct  |   Total  Average    Pct |
+                     Total |  Clock   No. of  Total |   Clock   No. of   Total|
+Symbol Name          Calls |  Ticks    Ticks  Time  |   Ticks    Ticks   Time |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+_Find_Path               5 |      1        0   0.05 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Find_Waypoint           0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Fire_Bullet             0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Fire_Weapon           267 |      3        0   0.14 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Fixed_To_Cardinal         |                        |                         |
+                        20 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Format_Window_String      |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Free_Brains             0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Free_Sample             0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Game_Screen             0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_GetPrivateProfileInt      |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_GetPrivateProfileString   |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Get_Connection_Info       |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Get_Connection_Num        |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Get_Internet_Address      |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Get_Local_Connection_Numb |                        |                         |
+er                       0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Greatest_Building_Threat  |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Greatest_Unit_Noise       |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Greatest_Unit_Threat      |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Harvester_Check         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_House_From_Name         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_IPX_Cancel_Event        0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_IPX_Close_Socket        0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_IPX_Get_Local_Target      |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_IPX_Listen_For_Packet     |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_IPX_Open_Socket         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_IPX_Relinquish_Control    |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_IPX_Schedule_IPX_Event    |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_IPX_Send_Packet         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Icon_Install            0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Icon_Remove             0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_In_Radar              547 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_In_Radio_Contact        0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_In_View                 0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Info_Chunk_In           0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Info_Chunk_Out          0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+                                                                        Page 6
+                          .RTProfiler Performance Report
+
+Program: CONQUER.EXE                                           Date: 01/20/1994
+Phase: 1                                                       Time: 17:04:46
+Total Ticks: 2081
+
+                           ---------- Logical --------------- Physical --------
+                           |  Total  Average   Pct  |   Total  Average    Pct |
+                     Total |  Clock   No. of  Total |   Clock   No. of   Total|
+Symbol Name          Calls |  Ticks    Ticks  Time  |   Ticks    Ticks   Time |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+_Init_Game               0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Init_Shapes             0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Init_Thread            46 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Interrupt_Thread        0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Is_Allied             860 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Is_Lined_Up           273 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Is_Mapped              11 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Language_Name           0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Launch_GoldenBB         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Launch_Special          0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Legal_Placement         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Load_Brains             0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Load_Map                0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Load_Sample             9 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Load_Sample_Into_Buffer   |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Load_Samples            0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Load_System_Strings       |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Load_Terrain_Icons        |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_MO_From_Name            0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Make_Button             0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Map_Chunk_In            0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Map_Chunk_Out           0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Map_Edit                0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Mouse_Coord             0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Nearest_Spice           0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Novell_Detect           0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Order_From_Name         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Phrase_CallBack         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Pixel_Coordinate     1389 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Play_Sample             9 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Play_Sample_Vol         9 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Play_Theme              0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Player_Alloc            0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Player_First            0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Player_Free             0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Player_From_ID       1663 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Player_Logic            0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Player_Next             0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Player_System_Shutdown    |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Player_System_Startup     |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Plyr_Chunk_In           0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Plyr_Chunk_Out          0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Power_Effects           0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Production_Needs        0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Production_Start        0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+                                                                        Page 7
+                          .RTProfiler Performance Report
+
+Program: CONQUER.EXE                                           Date: 01/20/1994
+Phase: 1                                                       Time: 17:04:46
+Total Ticks: 2081
+
+                           ---------- Logical --------------- Physical --------
+                           |  Total  Average   Pct  |   Total  Average    Pct |
+                     Total |  Clock   No. of  Total |   Clock   No. of   Total|
+Symbol Name          Calls |  Ticks    Ticks  Time  |   Ticks    Ticks   Time |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+_Radar_Checkup           0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Radar_Cursor          790 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Radar_Pixel          1053 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Read_Scenario           0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Read_Scenario_Ini         |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Read_Scenario_Raw         |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Recalc_Storage          0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Redistribute_Power        |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Redraw_Objects          0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Repair_On               0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Request_Transport         |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Sample_Effect           0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Sample_Read             0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Sample_Status           0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Say_Phrase              0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Scroll_Tactical       128 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Select_House            0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Select_Next             0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Send_Message            0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Set_Unit_Movement         |                        |                         |
+                        18 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Set_Unit_Rotation         |                        |                         |
+                       532 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Setup_Menu              0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Sight_From              7 |      2        0   0.10 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Sound_Effect            7 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Sound_End               1 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Sound_Init              0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Special_Discovery         |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Speed_Adjust           16 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Speed_From_Name         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Spew_Spice              0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Spice_Adjust            0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Spice_Discovery         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Start_Scenario          0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Start_Thread           14 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Stop_Sample             0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Stream_Sample           0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Struct_From_Name        0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Target_Build           92 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Target_Building         5 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Target_Cell            25 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Target_Distance       151 |      1        0   0.05 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Target_Kind          1265 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Target_Object          20 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+                                                                        Page 8
+                          .RTProfiler Performance Report
+
+Program: CONQUER.EXE                                           Date: 01/20/1994
+Phase: 1                                                       Time: 17:04:46
+Total Ticks: 2081
+
+                           ---------- Logical --------------- Physical --------
+                           |  Total  Average   Pct  |   Total  Average    Pct |
+                     Total |  Clock   No. of  Total |   Clock   No. of   Total|
+Symbol Name          Calls |  Ticks    Ticks  Time  |   Ticks    Ticks   Time |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+_Target_Unit            24 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Target_Value          299 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Team_Alloc              0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Team_Chunk_In           0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Team_Chunk_Out          0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Team_Create             0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Team_First             15 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Team_Free               0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Team_From_ID            0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Team_Logic              0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Team_Next              15 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Team_System_Calibrate     |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Team_System_Shutdown      |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Team_System_Startup       |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Terrain_Cost          516 |      1        0   0.05 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Terrain_Type          356 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Text_Input              0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Text_String            51 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Track_Func            790 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Tutor_Message           3 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_Alloc              9 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_Available          0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_Brainwash          0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_Check              0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_Chunk_In           0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_Chunk_Out          0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_Create             0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_Delete             8 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_Enters_Building      |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_Free               8 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_Hidden            15 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_House             91 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_Joins_Team         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_Leaves_Team       15 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_Limbo              0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_Loaner             0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_Look               7 |      2        0   0.10 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_Next            5013 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_Rally              5 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_Revealed         168 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_Select            10 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_Sort             790 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_Stun               0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_System_Calibrate     |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_System_Shutdown      |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+                                                                        Page 9
+                          .RTProfiler Performance Report
+
+Program: CONQUER.EXE                                           Date: 01/20/1994
+Phase: 1                                                       Time: 17:04:46
+Total Ticks: 2081
+
+                           ---------- Logical --------------- Physical --------
+                           |  Total  Average   Pct  |   Total  Average    Pct |
+                     Total |  Clock   No. of  Total |   Clock   No. of   Total|
+Symbol Name          Calls |  Ticks    Ticks  Time  |   Ticks    Ticks   Time |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+_Unit_System_Startup       |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_Threat             0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_UnTarget          15 |      1        0   0.05 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Unit_Unlimbo            7 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Units_Team              2 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Upgrade_On              0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Valid_Thread          882 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Vehicle_Edit            0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Window_Box              0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_WritePrivateProfileInt    |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_WritePrivateProfileString |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Write_Scenario          0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Write_Scenario_Ini        |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_Write_Scenario_Raw        |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_XYPixel_Coord           9 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_XY_Cell                 0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+__MMODEL                 0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+__checknull              1 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+__restorezero            1 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+__terminate              1 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_abort                   0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+_strtrim                 0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+anim.c_NONPUB_Animation_In |                        |                         |
+stall                    8 |      2        0   0.10 |       0        0   0.00 |
+anim.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Crash    |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+anim.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Crater   |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+anim.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Illegal  |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+anim.c_NONPUB_Cmd_RTimer   |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+anim.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Repeat   |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+anim.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Shake    |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+anim.c_NONPUB_Cmd_ShiftX   |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+anim.c_NONPUB_Cmd_ShiftY   |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+anim.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Sound    |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+anim.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Stop     |                        |                         |
+                       256 |      2        0   0.10 |       0        0   0.00 |
+anim.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Timer    |                        |                         |
+                       768 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+                                                                        Page 10
+                          .RTProfiler Performance Report
+
+Program: CONQUER.EXE                                           Date: 01/20/1994
+Phase: 1                                                       Time: 17:04:46
+Total Ticks: 2081
+
+                           ---------- Logical --------------- Physical --------
+                           |  Total  Average   Pct  |   Total  Average    Pct |
+                     Total |  Clock   No. of  Total |   Clock   No. of   Total|
+Symbol Name          Calls |  Ticks    Ticks  Time  |   Ticks    Ticks   Time |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+anim.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Trigger_ |                        |                         |
+Bloom                    0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+audio.c_NONPUB_Dune_Load_S |                        |                         |
+ample                    0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+blogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Abort_ |                        |                         |
+Transport                0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+blogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Busy_S |                        |                         |
+tate                     0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+blogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Change |                        |                         |
+_Facing_One              0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+blogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Check_ |                        |                         |
+Up                       0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+blogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Direct |                        |                         |
+ion                      0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+blogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Dummy  |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+blogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Fire_A |                        |                         |
+t                        0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+blogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Image  |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+blogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Launch |                        |                         |
+_Unit                    0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+blogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Look   |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+blogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Neares |                        |                         |
+t_Enemy                  0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+blogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Play_S |                        |                         |
+ound                     0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+blogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Reques |                        |                         |
+t_Transport              0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+blogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Self_E |                        |                         |
+xplode                   0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+blogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Termin |                        |                         |
+ate_Self                 0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+blogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Unload |                        |                         |
+_Harvester               0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+conquer.c_NONPUB_Keyboard_ |                        |                         |
+Process                 40 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+cursor.c_NONPUB_Cursor_Mar |                        |                         |
+k                        0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+findpath.c_NONPUB_Follow_E |                        |                         |
+dge                     10 |      1        0   0.05 |       0        0   0.00 |
+findpath.c_NONPUB_Optimize |                        |                         |
+_Moves                  14 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+icon.c_NONPUB_Cmd_IconSet  |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+icon.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Illegal  |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+icon.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Loop     |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+                                                                        Page 11
+                          .RTProfiler Performance Report
+
+Program: CONQUER.EXE                                           Date: 01/20/1994
+Phase: 1                                                       Time: 17:04:46
+Total Ticks: 2081
+
+                           ---------- Logical --------------- Physical --------
+                           |  Total  Average   Pct  |   Total  Average    Pct |
+                     Total |  Clock   No. of  Total |   Clock   No. of   Total|
+Symbol Name          Calls |  Ticks    Ticks  Time  |   Ticks    Ticks   Time |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+icon.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Map      |                        |                         |
+                       130 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+icon.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Normal   |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+icon.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Repeat   |                        |                         |
+                        16 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+icon.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Sound    |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+icon.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Stop     |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+icon.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Term     |                        |                         |
+                         1 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+icon.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Timer    |                        |                         |
+                       129 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+init.c_NONPUB_Init_Globals |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+init.c_NONPUB_Load_A_Brain |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+loadgame.c_NONPUB_BYTE_In  |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+loadgame.c_NONPUB_LONG_In  |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+loadgame.c_NONPUB_Struct_I |                        |                         |
+n                        0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+loadgame.c_NONPUB_Thread_G |                        |                         |
+ameize                   0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+loadgame.c_NONPUB_WORD_In  |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+map.c_NONPUB_Smooth_Shadow |                        |                         |
+                       840 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+physics.c_NONPUB_End_Of_Mo |                        |                         |
+ve                      17 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+physics.c_NONPUB_Rotation_ |                        |                         |
+Physics                318 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+physics.c_NONPUB_Start_Of_ |                        |                         |
+Move                    78 |      1        0   0.05 |       0        0   0.00 |
+plogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Dummy  |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+plogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Harves |                        |                         |
+ter_Check                0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+plogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Sound  |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+plogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Unit_C |                        |                         |
+reate                    0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+savegame.c_NONPUB_BYTE_Out |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+savegame.c_NONPUB_LONG_Out |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+savegame.c_NONPUB_Struct_O |                        |                         |
+ut                       0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+                                                                        Page 12
+                          .RTProfiler Performance Report
+
+Program: CONQUER.EXE                                           Date: 01/20/1994
+Phase: 1                                                       Time: 17:04:46
+Total Ticks: 2081
+
+                           ---------- Logical --------------- Physical --------
+                           |  Total  Average   Pct  |   Total  Average    Pct |
+                     Total |  Clock   No. of  Total |   Clock   No. of   Total|
+Symbol Name          Calls |  Ticks    Ticks  Time  |   Ticks    Ticks   Time |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+savegame.c_NONPUB_Thread_N |                        |                         |
+ormalize                 0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+savegame.c_NONPUB_WORD_Out |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+scenario.c_NONPUB_Clear_Sc |                        |                         |
+enario                   0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+scenario.c_NONPUB_Do_Brief |                        |                         |
+ing                      0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+scenario.c_NONPUB_Typical_ |                        |                         |
+Briefing                 0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+soundio.c_NONPUB_DigiCallb |                        |                         |
+ack                      0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+soundio.c_NONPUB_File_Call |                        |                         |
+back                     0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+strinput.c_NONPUB_Input_Cu |                        |                         |
+rsor                     0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+tlogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Attack |                        |                         |
+_Team_Target             0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+tlogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Change |                        |                         |
+_MO                      0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+tlogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Displa |                        |                         |
+y_Message                0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+tlogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Dummy  |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+tlogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Find_T |                        |                         |
+eam_Target               0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+tlogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Recrui |                        |                         |
+t                        0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+tlogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Regrou |                        |                         |
+p                        0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+tlogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Restor |                        |                         |
+e_MO                     0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+tlogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Team_C |                        |                         |
+ount                     0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+tlogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Team_M |                        |                         |
+in                       0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+tlogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Team_S |                        |                         |
+pread                    0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+tlogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Team_T |                        |                         |
+arget                    0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Abort_ |                        |                         |
+Transport                3 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_All_St |                        |                         |
+op                       0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Altern |                        |                         |
+ate_Target               0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Animat |                        |                         |
+e                        8 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Call_F |                        |                         |
+or_Landing               0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+                                                                        Page 13
+                          .RTProfiler Performance Report
+
+Program: CONQUER.EXE                                           Date: 01/20/1994
+Phase: 1                                                       Time: 17:04:46
+Total Ticks: 2081
+
+                           ---------- Logical --------------- Physical --------
+                           |  Total  Average   Pct  |   Total  Average    Pct |
+                     Total |  Clock   No. of  Total |   Clock   No. of   Total|
+Symbol Name          Calls |  Ticks    Ticks  Time  |   Ticks    Ticks   Time |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Cargo  |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Change |                        |                         |
+_Facing                  0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Change |                        |                         |
+_Order                   0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Death_ |                        |                         |
+Message                  0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Deploy |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Dock   |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Dummy  |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Eject  |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Explos |                        |                         |
+ion                      0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Face_M |                        |                         |
+ove_Toward               0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Face_T |                        |                         |
+arCom                    0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Flash  |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Greate |                        |                         |
+st_Threat                8 |      1        0   0.05 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Hot_LZ |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Idle   |                        |                         |
+                         2 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Inq_Un |                        |                         |
+it                     127 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Is_Clo |                        |                         |
+se_To_NavCom            21 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Is_Clo |                        |                         |
+se_To_TarCom            96 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Load   |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Loaded |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Lock_O |                        |                         |
+n_To_Target              0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Look   |                        |                         |
+                         7 |      2        0   0.10 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Mine_S |                        |                         |
+pice                     0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_MultiE |                        |                         |
+xplosion                 0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Noisie |                        |                         |
+st_Target                0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+                                                                        Page 14
+                          .RTProfiler Performance Report
+
+Program: CONQUER.EXE                                           Date: 01/20/1994
+Phase: 1                                                       Time: 17:04:46
+Total Ticks: 2081
+
+                           ---------- Logical --------------- Physical --------
+                           |  Total  Average   Pct  |   Total  Average    Pct |
+                     Total |  Clock   No. of  Total |   Clock   No. of   Total|
+Symbol Name          Calls |  Ticks    Ticks  Time  |   Ticks    Ticks   Time |
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Reques |                        |                         |
+t_Transport              0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Rest   |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Set_Hu |                        |                         |
+lk                       0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Set_Na |                        |                         |
+vCom                    87 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Set_Sp |                        |                         |
+eed                      0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Set_Ta |                        |                         |
+rCom                    10 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Spew_B |                        |                         |
+odies                    0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Target |                        |                         |
+_Dir                     0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Termin |                        |                         |
+ate_Self                 0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Threat |                        |                         |
+_Value                   0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Travel |                        |                         |
+_To                      0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Unload |                        |                         |
+                         0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Unload |                        |                         |
+ed_Struct                0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+ulogic.c_NONPUB_Cmd_Verify |                        |                         |
+_Contact                 0 |      0        0   0.00 |       0        0   0.00 |
+
+Total Logical Percentage :  316.67
+Total Physical Percentage :  99.62
diff --git a/CONQUER.TXT b/CONQUER.TXT
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a6567d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/CONQUER.TXT
@@ -0,0 +1,1417 @@
+# TXT_NONE
+%3d.%02d
+# TXT_CREDIT_FORMAT
+Upgrade
+# TXT_BUTTON_UPGRADE
+Upgrade Structure
+# TXT_UPGRADE
+Upgrade
+# TXT_UPGRADE_BUTTON
+Sell
+# TXT_BUTTON_SELL
+Sell Structure
+# TXT_SELL
+Demolish Structure
+# TXT_DEMOLISH
+Repair
+# TXT_BUTTON_REPAIR
+Repair Structure
+# TXT_REPAIR
+Repair
+# TXT_REPAIR_BUTTON
+You:
+# TXT_YOU
+Enemy:
+# TXT_ENEMY
+Buildings Destroyed By
+# TXT_BUILD_DEST
+Units Destroyed By
+# TXT_UNIT_DEST
+Tiberium Harvested By
+# TXT_TIB_HARV
+Score: %d
+# TXT_SCORE_1
+You have attained the rank of
+# TXT_RANK_OF
+Yes
+# TXT_YES
+No
+# TXT_NO
+Ready
+# TXT_READY
+Holding
+# TXT_HOLDING
+Accomplished
+# TXT_SCENARIO_WON
+Failed
+# TXT_SCENARIO_LOST
+Choose Your Side
+# TXT_CHOOSE_SIDE
+Start New Game
+# TXT_START_NEW_GAME
+Replay Introduction
+# TXT_INTRO
+Cancel
+# TXT_CANCEL
+Rock
+# TXT_ROCK
+Resume Game
+# TXT_CHOAM_RESUME
+Build This
+# TXT_CHOAM_BUILD_THIS
+Thank you for playing Command & Conquer.\r
+# TXT_THANK_YOU
+Hall of Fame
+# TXT_FAME
+Global Defense Initiative
+# TXT_GDI
+Brotherhood of Nod
+# TXT_NOD
+Civilian
+# TXT_CIVILIAN
+Containment Team
+# TXT_JP
+OK
+# TXT_OK
+Tree
+# TXT_TREE
+\x011
+# TXT_LEFT
+\x010
+# TXT_RIGHT
+\x01E
+# TXT_UP
+\x01F
+# TXT_DOWN
+Clear the map
+# TXT_CLEAR_MAP
+Inherit previous map
+# TXT_INHERIT_MAP
+Clear
+# TXT_CLEAR
+Water
+# TXT_WATER
+Road
+# TXT_ROAD
+Tile Object
+# TXT_TILE
+Slope
+# TXT_SLOPE
+Brush
+# TXT_BRUSH
+Patch
+# TXT_PATCH
+River
+# TXT_RIVER
+Load Mission
+# TXT_LOAD_MISSION
+Save Mission
+# TXT_SAVE_MISSION
+Delete Mission
+# TXT_DELETE_MISSION
+Load
+# TXT_LOAD_BUTTON
+Save
+# TXT_SAVE_BUTTON
+Delete
+# TXT_DELETE_BUTTON
+Game Controls
+# TXT_GAME_CONTROLS
+Sound Controls
+# TXT_SOUND_CONTROLS
+Resume Mission
+# TXT_RESUME_MISSION
+Visual Controls
+# TXT_VISUAL_CONTROLS
+Abort Mission
+# TXT_QUIT_MISSION
+Exit Game
+# TXT_EXIT_GAME
+Options
+# TXT_OPTIONS
+Tiberium
+# TXT_TIBERIUM
+Tiberium On
+# TXT_TIBERIUM_ON
+Tiberium Off
+# TXT_TIBERIUM_OFF
+Squish mark
+# TXT_SQUISH
+Crater
+# TXT_CRATER
+Scorch Mark
+# TXT_SCORCH
+BRIGHTNESS:
+# TXT_BRIGHTNESS
+MUSIC VOLUME
+# TXT_MUSIC
+SOUND VOLUME
+# TXT_VOLUME
+TINT:
+# TXT_TINT
+CONTRAST:
+# TXT_CONTRAST
+GAME SPEED:
+# TXT_SPEED
+SCROLL RATE:
+# TXT_SCROLLRATE
+COLOR:
+# TXT_COLOR
+Return to game
+# TXT_RETURN_TO_GAME
+Enemy Soldier
+# TXT_ENEMY_SOLDIER
+Enemy Vehicle
+# TXT_ENEMY_VEHICLE
+Enemy Structure
+# TXT_ENEMY_STRUCTURE
+Flame Tank
+# TXT_FTANK
+Stealth Tank
+# TXT_STANK
+Light Tank
+# TXT_LTANK
+Med. Tank
+# TXT_MTANK
+Mammoth Tank
+# TXT_HTANK
+Nod Buggy
+# TXT_DUNE_BUGGY
+SAM Site
+# TXT_SAM
+Advanced Com. Center
+# TXT_EYE
+Rocket Launcher
+# TXT_MLRS
+Mobile HQ
+# TXT_MHQ
+Hum-vee
+# TXT_JEEP
+Transport Helicopter
+# TXT_TRANS
+A10
+# TXT_A10
+C17
+# TXT_C17
+Harvester
+# TXT_HARVESTER
+Artillery
+# TXT_ARTY
+S.S.M. Launcher
+# TXT_MSAM
+Minigunner
+# TXT_E1
+Grenadier
+# TXT_E2
+Bazooka
+# TXT_E3
+Flamethrower
+# TXT_E4
+Chem-warrior
+# TXT_E5
+Commando
+#TXT_RAMBO
+Hovercraft
+# TXT_HOVER
+Attack Helicopter
+# TXT_HELI
+Orca
+# TXT_ORCA
+APC
+# TXT_APC
+Guard Tower
+# TXT_GUARD_TOWER
+Communications Center
+# TXT_COMMAND
+Helicopter Pad
+# TXT_HELIPAD
+Airstrip
+# TXT_AIRSTRIP
+Tiberium Silo
+# TXT_STORAGE
+Construction Yard
+# TXT_CONST_YARD
+Tiberium Refinery
+# TXT_REFINERY
+Church
+# TXT_CIV1
+Han's and Gretel's
+# TXT_CIV2
+Hewitt's Manor
+# TXT_CIV3
+Ricktor's House
+# TXT_CIV4
+Gretchin's House
+# TXT_CIV5
+The Barn
+# TXT_CIV6
+Damon's pub
+# TXT_CIV7
+Fran's House
+# TXT_CIV8
+Music Factory
+# TXT_CIV9
+Toymaker's
+# TXT_CIV10
+Ludwig's House
+# TXT_CIV11
+Haystacks
+# TXT_CIV12
+Haystack
+# TXT_CIV13
+Wheat Field
+# TXT_CIV14
+Fallow Field
+# TXT_CIV15
+Corn Field
+# TXT_CIV16
+Celery Field
+# TXT_CIV17
+Potato Field
+# TXT_CIV18
+Sala's House
+# TXT_CIV20
+Abdul's House
+# TXT_CIV21
+Pablo's Wicked Pub
+# TXT_CIV22
+Village Well
+# TXT_CIV23
+Camel Trader
+# TXT_CIV24
+Church
+# TXT_CIV25
+Ali's House
+# TXT_CIV26
+Trader Ted's
+# TXT_CIV27
+Menelik's House
+# TXT_CIV28
+Prestor John's House
+# TXT_CIV29
+Village Well
+# TXT_CIV30
+Witch Doctor's Hut
+# TXT_CIV31
+Rikitikitembo's Hut
+# TXT_CIV32
+Roarke's Hut
+# TXT_CIV33
+Mubasa's Hut
+# TXT_CIV34
+Aksum's Hut
+# TXT_CIV35
+Mambo's Hut
+# TXT_CIV36
+The Studio
+# TXT_CIV37
+Technology Center
+# TXT_CIVMISS
+Gun Turret
+# TXT_TURRET
+Gun Boat
+# TXT_GUNBOAT
+Mobile Construction Yard
+# TXT_MCV
+Recon Bike
+# TXT_BIKE
+Power Plant
+# TXT_POWER
+Advanced Power Plant
+# TXT_ADVANCED_POWER
+Hospital
+# TXT_HOSPITAL
+Barracks
+# TXT_BARRACKS
+Concrete
+# TXT_CONCRETE
+Oil Pump
+# TXT_PUMP
+Oil Tanker
+# TXT_TANKER
+Sandbag Wall
+# TXT_SANDBAG_WALL
+Chain Link Fence
+# TXT_CYCLONE_WALL
+Concrete Wall
+# TXT_BRICK_WALL
+Barbwire Fence
+# TXT_BARBWIRE_WALL
+Wood Fence
+# TXT_WOOD_WALL
+Weapons Factory
+# TXT_WEAPON_FACTORY
+Advanced Guard Tower
+# TXT_AGUARD_TOWER
+Obelisk Guard Tower
+# TXT_OBELISK
+Bio-Research Laboritory
+# TXT_BIO_LAB
+Hand of Nod
+# TXT_HAND
+Temple of Nod
+# TXT_TEMPLE
+Repair Bay
+# TXT_FIX_IT
+Sidebar
+# TXT_TAB_SIDEBAR
+Options
+# TXT_TAB_BUTTON_CONTROLS
+Database
+# TXT_TAB_BUTTON_DATABASE
+Unrevealed Terrain
+# TXT_SHADOW
+Options Menu
+# TXT_OPTIONS_MENU
+STOP
+# TXT_STOP
+PLAY
+# TXT_PLAY
+SHUFFLE
+# TXT_SHUFFLE
+REPEAT
+# TXT_REPEAT
+Music volume:
+# TXT_MUSIC_VOLUME
+Sound volume:
+# TXT_SOUND_VOLUME
+On
+# TXT_ON
+Off
+# TXT_OFF
+Act On Instinct
+# TXT_THEME_AOI
+Looks Like Trouble
+# TXT_THEME_TROUBLE
+Industrial
+# TXT_THEME_IND
+Reaching Out
+# TXT_THEME_ROUT
+On The Prowl
+# TXT_THEME_OTP
+Prepare For Battle
+# TXT_THEME_PRP
+Just Do It!
+# TXT_THEME_JUSTDOIT
+In The Line Of Fire
+# TXT_THEME_LINEFIRE
+March To Doom
+# TXT_THEME_MARCH
+Deception
+# TXT_THEME_STOPTHEM
+C&C Thang
+# TXT_THEME_CCTHANG
+Enemies To Be Feared
+# TXT_THEME_BEFEARED
+Warfare
+# TXT_THEME_WARFARE
+Fight, Win, Prevail
+# TXT_THEME_FWP
+Die!!
+# TXT_THEME_DIE
+No Mercy
+# TXT_THEME_NOMERCY
+Mechanical Man
+# TXT_THEME_TARGET
+I Am
+# TXT_THEME_IAM
+Great Shot!
+# TXT_THEME_WIN1
+Multiplayer Game
+# TXT_MULTIPLAYER_GAME
+No files available
+# TXT_NO_FILES
+Do you want to delete this file?
+# TXT_DELETE_SINGLE_FILE
+Do you want to delete %d files?
+# TXT_DELETE_MULTIPLE_FILES
+Reset Values
+# TXT_RESET_MENU
+Confirmation
+# TXT_CONFIRMATION
+Do you want to abort the mission?
+# TXT_CONFIRM_EXIT
+Mission Description
+# TXT_MISSION_DESCRIPTION
+Joe
+# TXT_C1
+Bill
+# TXT_C2
+Shelly
+# TXT_C3
+Maria
+# TXT_C4
+Eydie
+# TXT_C5
+Dave
+# TXT_C6
+Phil
+# TXT_C7
+Dwight
+# TXT_C8
+Erik
+# TXT_C9
+Dr. Moebius
+# TXT_MOEBIUS
+Road Bib
+# TXT_BIB
+Faster
+# TXT_FASTER
+Slower
+# TXT_SLOWER
+Ion Cannon
+# TXT_ION_CANNON
+Nuclear Strike
+# TXT_NUKE_STRIKE
+Air Strike
+# TXT_AIR_STRIKE
+Tyrannosaurus Rex
+# TXT_TREX
+Triceratops
+# TXT_TRIC
+Velociraptor
+# TXT_RAPT
+Stegasaurus
+# TXT_STEG
+Steel Crate
+# TXT_STEEL_CRATE
+Wood Crate
+# TXT_WOOD_CRATE
+Flag Location
+# TXT_FLAG_SPOT
+GDI
+# TXT_G_D_I
+NOD
+# TXT_N_O_D
+Unable to read scenario!
+# TXT_UNABLE_READ_SCENARIO
+Error loading game!
+# TXT_ERROR_LOADING_GAME
+Obsolete saved game.
+# TXT_OBSOLETE_SAVEGAME
+You must enter a description!
+# TXT_MUSTENTER_DESCRIPTION
+Error saving game!
+# TXT_ERROR_SAVING_GAME
+Delete this file?
+# TXT_DELETE_FILE_QUERY
+[EMPTY SLOT]
+# TXT_EMPTY_SLOT
+Select Multiplayer Game
+# TXT_SELECT_MPLAYER_GAME
+Modem/Serial
+# TXT_MODEM_SERIAL
+Network
+# TXT_NETWORK
+Unable to initialize network!
+# TXT_INIT_NET_ERROR
+Join Network Game
+# TXT_JOIN_NETWORK_GAME
+New
+# TXT_NEW
+Join
+# TXT_JOIN
+Send Message
+# TXT_SEND_MESSAGE
+Your Name:
+# TXT_YOUR_NAME
+Side:
+# TXT_SIDE_COLON
+Color:
+# TXT_COLOR_COLON
+Games
+# TXT_GAMES
+Players
+# TXT_PLAYERS
+Scenario:
+# TXT_SCENARIO_COLON
+>> NOT FOUND <<
+# TXT_NOT_FOUND
+Starting Credits:
+# TXT_START_CREDITS_COLON
+Bases:
+# TXT_BASES_COLON
+Tiberium:
+# TXT_TIBERIUM_COLON
+Crates:
+# TXT_CRATES_COLON
+AI Players:
+# TXT_AI_PLAYERS_COLON
+Request denied.
+# TXT_REQUEST_DENIED
+Unable to play; scenario not found.
+# TXT_UNABLE_PLAY_WAAUGH
+Nothing to join!
+# TXT_NOTHING_TO_JOIN
+You must enter a name!
+# TXT_NAME_ERROR
+Duplicate names are not allowed.
+# TXT_DUPENAMES_NOTALLOWED
+Your game version is outdated.
+# TXT_YOURGAME_OUTDATED
+Destination game version is outdated.
+# TXT_DESTGAME_OUTDATED
+%s's Game
+# TXT_THATGUYS_GAME
+[%s's Game]
+# TXT_THATGUYS_GAME_BRACKET
+Network Game Setup
+# TXT_NETGAME_SETUP
+Reject
+# TXT_REJECT
+You can't reject yourself!  You might develop serious self-esteem problems.
+# TXT_CANT_REJECT_SELF
+You must select a player to reject.
+# TXT_SELECT_PLAYER_REJECT
+Bases On
+# TXT_BASES_ON
+Bases Off
+# TXT_BASES_OFF
+Crates On
+# TXT_CRATES_ON
+Crates Off
+# TXT_CRATES_OFF
+AI Players On
+# TXT_AI_PLAYERS_ON
+AI Players Off
+# TXT_AI_PLAYERS_OFF
+Scenarios
+# TXT_SCENARIOS
+Starting Credits
+# TXT_START_CREDITS
+Only one player?
+# TXT_ONLY_ONE
+Oops!
+# TXT_OOPS
+To %s:
+# TXT_TO
+To All:
+# TXT_TO_ALL
+Message:
+# TXT_MESSAGE
+Connection to %s lost!
+# TXT_CONNECTION_LOST
+%s has left the game.
+# TXT_LEFT_GAME
+%s has been defeated!
+# TXT_PLAYER_DEFEATED
+Waiting to Connect...
+# TXT_WAITING_CONNECT
+Connection error!\rCheck your cables.\rAttempting to Reconnect...
+# TXT_NULL_CONNERR_CHECK_CABLES
+Connection error!\rRedialing...
+# TXT_MODEM_CONNERR_REDIALING
+Connection error!\rWaiting for Call...
+# TXT_MODEM_CONNERR_WAITING
+Select Serial Game
+# TXT_SELECT_SERIAL_GAME
+Dial Modem
+# TXT_DIAL_MODEM
+Answer Modem
+# TXT_ANSWER_MODEM
+Null Modem
+# TXT_NULL_MODEM
+Settings
+# TXT_SETTINGS
+Port:
+# TXT_PORT_COLON
+IRQ:
+# TXT_IRQ_COLON
+Baud:
+# TXT_BAUD_COLON
+Init String:
+# TXT_INIT_STRING
+Call Waiting String:
+# TXT_CWAIT_STRING
+Tone Dialing
+# TXT_TONE_BUTTON
+Pulse Dialing
+# TXT_PULSE_BUTTON
+Host Serial Game
+# TXT_HOST_SERIAL_GAME
+Opponent:
+# TXT_OPPONENT_COLON
+User signed off!
+# TXT_USER_SIGNED_OFF
+Join Serial Game
+# TXT_JOIN_SERIAL_GAME
+Phone List
+# TXT_PHONE_LIST
+Add
+# TXT_ADD
+Edit
+# TXT_EDIT
+Dial
+# TXT_DIAL
+Default
+# TXT_DEFAULT
+Default Settings
+# TXT_DEFAULT_SETTINGS
+Custom Settings
+# TXT_CUSTOM_SETTINGS
+Phone Listing
+# TXT_PHONE_LISTING
+Name:
+# TXT_NAME_COLON
+Number:
+# TXT_NUMBER_COLON
+Unable to find modem.\rCheck power and cables.
+# TXT_UNABLE_FIND_MODEM
+No carrier.
+# TXT_NO_CARRIER
+Line busy.
+# TXT_LINE_BUSY
+Number invalid.
+# TXT_NUMBER_INVALID
+Other system not responding!
+# TXT_SYSTEM_NOT_RESPONDING
+Games are out of sync!
+# TXT_OUT_OF_SYNC
+Packet received too late!
+# TXT_PACKET_TOO_LATE
+Other player has left the game.
+# TXT_PLAYER_LEFT_GAME
+From %s:%s
+# TXT_FROM
+2,728,000
+# TXT_MAP_P01
+38,385,000
+# TXT_MAP_P02
+10,373,000
+# TXT_MAP_P03
+51,994,000
+# TXT_MAP_P04
+80,387,000
+# TXT_MAP_P05
+10,400,000
+# TXT_MAP_P06
+5,300,000
+# TXT_MAP_P07
+7,867,000
+# TXT_MAP_P08
+10,333,000
+# TXT_MAP_P09
+1,974,000
+# TXT_MAP_P10
+23,169,000
+# TXT_MAP_P11
+10,064,000
+# TXT_MAP_P12
+3,285,000
+# TXT_MAP_P13
+8,868,000
+# TXT_MAP_P14
+10,337,000
+# TXT_MAP_P15
+4,365,000
+# TXT_MAP_P16
+1,607,000
+# TXT_MAP_P17
+4,485,000
+# TXT_MAP_P18
+56,386,000
+# TXT_MAP_P19
+28,305,000
+# TXT_MAP_P20
+5,238,000
+# TXT_MAP_P21
+2,059,000
+# TXT_MAP_P22
+13,497,000
+# TXT_MAP_P23
+4,997,000
+# TXT_MAP_P24
+88,500,000
+# TXT_MAP_P25
+1,106,000
+# TXT_MAP_P26
+12,658,000
+# TXT_MAP_P27
+3,029,000
+# TXT_MAP_P28
+39,084,000
+# TXT_MAP_P29
+23,154,000
+# TXT_MAP_P30
+8,902,000
+# TXT_MAP_P31
+27,791,000
+# TXT_MAP_P32
+1,574,000
+# TXT_MAP_P33
+15,469,000
+# TXT_MAP_P34
+1,300,000
+# TXT_MAP_P35
+41,688,000
+# TXT_MAP_P36
+24,900 SQ. MI.
+# TXT_MAP_A00
+120,727 SQ. MI.
+# TXT_MAP_A01
+80,134 SQ. MI.
+# TXT_MAP_A02
+233,100 SQ. MI.
+# TXT_MAP_A03
+137,838 SQ. MI.
+# TXT_MAP_A04
+30,449 SQ. MI.
+# TXT_MAP_A05
+18,932 SQ. MI.
+# TXT_MAP_A06
+32,377 SQ. MI.
+# TXT_MAP_A07
+35,919 SQ. MI.
+# TXT_MAP_A08
+7,819 SQ. MI.
+# TXT_MAP_A09
+91,699 SQ. MI.
+# TXT_MAP_A10
+51,146 SQ. MI.
+# TXT_MAP_A11
+11,100 SQ. MI.
+# TXT_MAP_A12
+44,365 SQ. MI.
+# TXT_MAP_A13
+39,449 SQ. MI.
+# TXT_MAP_A14
+19,741 SQ. MI.
+# TXT_MAP_A15
+17,413 SQ. MI.
+# TXT_MAP_A16
+RIGA
+# TXT_MAP_C00
+WARSAW
+# TXT_MAP_C01
+MINSK
+# TXT_MAP_C02
+KIEV
+# TXT_MAP_C03
+BERLIN
+# TXT_MAP_C04
+PRAGUE
+# TXT_MAP_C05
+BRATISLAVA
+# TXT_MAP_C06
+VIENNA
+# TXT_MAP_C07
+BUDAPEST
+# TXT_MAP_C08
+LJUBLJANA
+# TXT_MAP_C09
+BUCHAREST
+# TXT_MAP_C10
+ATHENS
+# TXT_MAP_C11
+TIRANA
+# TXT_MAP_C12
+SOFIA
+# TXT_MAP_C13
+BELGRADE
+# TXT_MAP_C14
+SARAJEVO
+# TXT_MAP_C15
+TALLINN
+# TXT_MAP_C16
+TRIPOLI
+# TXT_MAP_C17
+CAIRO
+# TXT_MAP_C18
+KHARTOUM
+# TXT_MAP_C19
+N'DJAMENA
+# TXT_MAP_C20
+NOUAKCHOTT
+# TXT_MAP_C21
+YAMOUSSOUKRO
+# TXT_MAP_C22
+PORTO-NOVO
+# TXT_MAP_C23
+ABUJA
+# TXT_MAP_C24
+LIBREVILLE
+# TXT_MAP_C25
+YAOUNDE
+# TXT_MAP_C26
+BANGUI
+# TXT_MAP_C27
+KINSHASA
+# TXT_MAP_C28
+CAIRO
+# TXT_MAP_C29
+LUANDA
+# TXT_MAP_C30
+DAR-ES-SALAAM
+# TXT_MAP_C31
+WINDHOEK
+# TXT_MAP_C32
+MAPUTO
+# TXT_MAP_C33
+GABARONE
+# TXT_MAP_C34
+CAPE TOWN
+# TXT_MAP_C35
+NEGLIGIBLE
+# TXT_MAP_GDP00
+$162.7 BLN
+# TXT_MAP_GDP01
+$47.6 BLN
+# TXT_MAP_GDP02
+$1,131 BLN
+# TXT_MAP_GDP03
+$120 BLN
+# TXT_MAP_GDP04
+$164 BLN
+# TXT_MAP_GDP05
+$60.1 BLN
+# TXT_MAP_GDP06
+$21 BLN
+# TXT_MAP_GDP07
+$71.9 BLN
+# TXT_MAP_GDP08
+$77 BLN
+# TXT_MAP_GDP09
+$4.0 BLN
+# TXT_MAP_GDP10
+$47.3 BLN
+# TXT_MAP_GDP11
+$120.1 BLN
+# TXT_MAP_GDP12
+$14.0 BLN
+# TXT_MAP_GDP13
+$28.9 BLN
+# TXT_MAP_GDP14
+$39.2 BLN
+# TXT_MAP_GDP15
+$12.1 BLN
+# TXT_MAP_GDP16
+$1.0 BLN
+# TXT_MAP_GDP17
+$10.0 BLN
+# TXT_MAP_GDP18
+$1.7 BLN
+# TXT_MAP_GDP19
+$28.0 BLN
+# TXT_MAP_GDP20
+$5.3 BLN
+# TXT_MAP_GDP21
+$11.6 BLN
+# TXT_MAP_GDP22
+$1.3 BLN
+# TXT_MAP_GDP23
+$6.6 BLN
+# TXT_MAP_GDP24
+$8.3 BLN
+# TXT_MAP_GDP25
+$6.9 BLN
+# TXT_MAP_GDP26
+$2.0 BLN
+# TXT_MAP_GDP27
+$3.1 BLN
+# TXT_MAP_GDP28
+$104.0 BLN
+# TXT_MAP_GDP29
+JELGAVA
+# TXT_MAP_PC00
+GDANSK
+# TXT_MAP_PC01
+BYELISTOK
+# TXT_MAP_PC02
+BOBYRUSK
+# TXT_MAP_PC03
+IVANO-FRANKOVSK
+# TXT_MAP_PC04
+HANOVER
+# TXT_MAP_PC05
+DRESDEN
+# TXT_MAP_PC06
+OSTRAVA
+# TXT_MAP_PC07
+BRATISLAVA
+# TXT_MAP_PC08
+SALZBURG
+# TXT_MAP_PC09
+BUDAPEST
+# TXT_MAP_PC10
+TRIESTE
+# TXT_MAP_PC11
+ARAD
+# TXT_MAP_PC12
+CORINTH
+# TXT_MAP_PC13
+SHKODER
+# TXT_MAP_PC14
+SOFIA
+# TXT_MAP_PC15
+NIS
+# TXT_MAP_PC16
+BELGRADE
+# TXT_MAP_PC17
+?
+# TXT_MAP_PC18
+PARNU
+# TXT_MAP_PC19
+TMASSAH
+# TXT_MAP_PC20
+AL-ALAMYN
+# TXT_MAP_PC21
+AL-KHARIJAH
+# TXT_MAP_PC22
+AL-UBAYYID
+# TXT_MAP_PC23
+KAFIA-KINGI
+# TXT_MAP_PC24
+OUM HADJER
+# TXT_MAP_PC25
+MAO
+# TXT_MAP_PC26
+TIDJIKDJA
+# TXT_MAP_PC27
+ABIDJAN
+# TXT_MAP_PC28
+PORTO-NOVO
+# TXT_MAP_PC29
+ABUJA
+# TXT_MAP_PC30
+KOULA-MOUTOU
+# TXT_MAP_PC31
+BERTOUA
+# TXT_MAP_PC32
+BANGASSOU
+# TXT_MAP_PC33
+LODJA
+# TXT_MAP_PC34
+KINSHASA
+# TXT_MAP_PC35
+LUXOR
+# TXT_MAP_PC36
+CAIUNDO
+# TXT_MAP_PC37
+MZUZU
+# TXT_MAP_PC38
+KEETMANSHOOP
+# TXT_MAP_PC39
+XAI-XAI
+# TXT_MAP_PC40
+GHANZI
+# TXT_MAP_PC41
+CAPE TOWN
+# TXT_MAP_PC42
+GDI PROGRESSION
+# TXT_MAP_GDI
+NOD PROGRESSION
+# TXT_MAP_NOD
+LOCATING COORDINATES
+# TXT_MAP_LOCATE
+OF NEXT MISSION
+# TXT_MAP_NEXT_MISSION
+SELECT TERRITORY
+# TXT_MAP_SELECT
+TO ATTACK
+# TXT_MAP_TO_ATTACK
+POPULATION:
+# TXT_MAP_GDISTAT0
+GEOGRAPHIC AREA:
+# TXT_MAP_GDISTAT1
+CAPITAL:
+# TXT_MAP_GDISTAT2
+GOVERNMENT:
+# TXT_MAP_GDISTAT3
+GROSS DOMESTIC PRODUCT:
+# TXT_MAP_GDISTAT4
+POINT OF CONFLICT:
+# TXT_MAP_GDISTAT5
+MILITARY POWER:
+# TXT_MAP_GDISTAT6
+EXPENDABILITY:
+# TXT_MAP_NODSTAT0
+GOVT CORRUPTABILITY:
+# TXT_MAP_NODSTAT1
+NET WORTH:
+# TXT_MAP_NODSTAT2
+MILITARY STRENGTH:
+# TXT_MAP_NODSTAT3
+MILITARY RESISTANCE:
+# TXT_MAP_NODSTAT4
+LATVIA
+# TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME0
+POLAND
+# TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME1
+BELARUS
+# TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME2
+UKRAINE
+# TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME3
+GERMANY
+# TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME4
+CZECH REPUBLIC
+# TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME5
+SLOVAKIA
+# TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME6
+AUSTRIA
+# TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME7
+HUNGARY
+# TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME8
+SLOVENIA
+# TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME9
+ROMANIA
+# TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME10
+GREECE
+# TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME11
+ALBANIA
+# TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME12
+BULGARIA
+# TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME13
+YUGOSLAVIA
+# TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME14
+BOSNIA/HERZOGOVINA
+# TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME15
+LIBYA
+# TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME16
+EGYPT
+# TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME17
+SUDAN
+# TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME18
+CHAD
+# TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME19
+MAURITANIA
+# TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME20
+IVORY COAST
+# TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME21
+BENIN
+# TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME22
+NIGERIA
+# TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME23
+GABON
+# TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME24
+CAMEROON
+# TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME25
+CENTRAL AFRICAN REPUBLIC
+# TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME26
+ZAIRE
+# TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME27
+ANGOLA
+# TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME28
+TANZANIA
+# TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME29
+NAMIBIA
+# TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME30
+MOZAMBIQUE
+# TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME31
+BOTSWANA
+# TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME32
+SOUTH AFRICA
+# TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME33
+ESTONIA
+# TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME34
+REPUBLIC
+# TXT_MAP_GOVT0
+DEMOCRATIC STATE
+# TXT_MAP_GOVT1
+FEDERAL REPUBLIC
+# TXT_MAP_GOVT2
+CONST. REPUBLIC
+# TXT_MAP_GOVT3
+PARL. DEMOCRACY
+# TXT_MAP_GOVT4
+PRES. PARL. REPUBLIC
+# TXT_MAP_GOVT5
+DEMOCRACY
+# TXT_MAP_GOVT6
+IN TRANSITION
+# TXT_MAP_GOVT7
+ISLAMIC SOCIALIST
+# TXT_MAP_GOVT8
+MILITARY
+# TXT_MAP_GOVT9
+ISLAMIC REPUBLIC
+# TXT_MAP_GOVT10
+PARL. REPUBLIC
+# TXT_MAP_GOVT11
+LOCAL MILITIA
+# TXT_MAP_ARMY0
+STATE MILITIA
+# TXT_MAP_ARMY1
+NATIONAL GUARD
+# TXT_MAP_ARMY2
+FREE STANDING ARMY
+# TXT_MAP_ARMY3
+?
+# TXT_MAP_ARMY4
+NATIONAL POWER
+# TXT_MAP_ARMY5
+RESPECTABLE
+# TXT_MAP_MILITARY0
+FORMIDABLE
+# TXT_MAP_MILITARY1
+LAUGHABLE
+# TXT_MAP_MILITARY2
+REASONABLE
+# TXT_MAP_MILITARY3
+INSIGNIFICANT
+# TXT_MAP_MILITARY4
+CLICK TO CONTINUE
+# TXT_MAP_CLICK2
+LOW
+# TXT_MAP_LMH0
+MEDIUM
+# TXT_MAP_LMH1
+HIGH
+# TXT_MAP_LMH2
+TIME:
+# TXT_SCORE_TIME
+LEADERSHIP:
+# TXT_SCORE_LEAD
+EFFICIENCY:
+# TXT_SCORE_EFFI
+TOTAL SCORE:
+# TXT_SCORE_TOTA
+CASUALTIES:
+# TXT_SCORE_CASU
+NEUTRAL:
+# TXT_SCORE_NEUT
+GDI:
+# TXT_SCORE_GDI
+BUILDINGS LOST
+# TXT_SCORE_BUIL
+BUILDINGS
+# TXT_SCORE_BUIL1
+LOST:
+# TXT_SCORE_BUIL2
+TOP SCORES
+# TXT_SCORE_TOP
+ENDING CREDITS:
+# TXT_SCORE_ENDCRED
+%dh %dm
+# TXT_SCORE_TIMEFORMAT1
+%dm
+# TXT_SCORE_TIMEFORMAT2
+NOD:
+# TXT_SCORE_NOD
+Dialing...
+# TXT_DIALING
+Dialing Canceled
+# TXT_DIALING_CANCELED
+Waiting for Call...
+# TXT_WAITING_FOR_CALL
+Answering Canceled
+# TXT_ANSWERING_CANCELED
+Engineer
+# TXT_E7
+Special Options
+# TXT_SPECIAL_OPTIONS
+Targeting flash visible to all.
+# TXT_VISIBLE_TARGET
+Allow targeting of trees.
+# TXT_TREE_TARGET
+Allow undeploy of construction yard.
+# TXT_MCV_DEPLOY
+Employ smarter self defense logic.
+# TXT_SMART_DEFENCE
+Moderate production speed.
+# TXT_SLOW_BUILD
+Use three point turn logic.
+# TXT_THREE_POINT
+Tiberium will grow.
+# TXT_TIBERIUM_GROWTH
+Tiberium will spread.
+# TXT_TIBERIUM_SPREAD
+Disable building "bib" pieces.
+# TXT_ROAD_PIECES
+Allow running from immediate threats.
+# TXT_SCATTER
+Not a Null Modem Cable Attached!\rIt is a modem or loopback cable.
+# TXT_MODEM_OR_LOOPBACK
+Map
+# TXT_MAP
+From Computer:
+# TXT_FROM_COMPUTER
+Prepare to die!
+# TXT_COMP_MSG1
+How about a bullet sandwich?!
+# TXT_COMP_MSG2
+Incoming!
+# TXT_COMP_MSG3
+I see you!
+# TXT_COMP_MSG4
+Hey, I'm over here!
+# TXT_COMP_MSG5
+Come get some!
+# TXT_COMP_MSG6
+I got you!
+# TXT_COMP_MSG7
+You humans are never a challenge!
+# TXT_COMP_MSG8
+Abort, Retry, Ignore? (Ha ha!)
+# TXT_COMP_MSG9
+Format another? (Just kidding!)
+# TXT_COMP_MSG10
+Beat me and I'll reboot!
+# TXT_COMP_MSG11
+You're artificial intelligence!
+# TXT_COMP_MSG12
+My AI is better than your AI.
+# TXT_COMP_MSG13
+Air Strike
+# TXT_THEME_AIRSTRIKE
+Demolition
+# TXT_THEME_HEAVYG
+Untamed Land
+# TXT_THEME_J1
+Take 'em Out
+# TXT_THEME_JDI_V2
+Radio
+# TXT_THEME_RADIO
+Rain In The Night
+# TXT_THEME_RAIN
+Canyon Chase
+# TXT_THEME_IND2
+Heartbreak
+# TXT_THEME_HEART
+Blossom Tree
+# TXT_BLOSSOM_TREE
+Restate
+# TXT_RESTATE_MISSION
+Computer
+# TXT_COMPUTER
+Unit Count:
+# TXT_COUNT
+Tech Level:
+# TXT_LEVEL
+Opponent
+# TXT_OPPONENT
+Kills:
+# TXT_KILLS_COLON
+Video
+# TXT_VIDEO
+Nikoomba
+# TXT_C10
+Capture The Flag
+# TXT_CAPTURE_THE_FLAG
+Ride of the Valkyries
+# TXT_THEME_VALK
+Mission Objective
+# TXT_OBJECTIVE
+Mission
+# TXT_MISSION
+No saved games available.
+# TXT_NO_SAVES
+Civilian Building
+# TXT_CIVILIAN_BUILDING
+Technician
+# TXT_TECHNICIAN
+Visceroid
+# TXT_VISCEROID
+Save game options are not allowed during a multiplayer session.
+# TXT_NO_SAVELOAD
+Defender has the advantage.
+# TXT_DEFENDER_ADVANTAGE
+Show true object names.
+# TXT_SHOW_NAMES
+Agent Delphi
+# TXT_DELPHI
+Would you like to replay this mission?
+# TXT_TO_REPLAY
+Reconnecting to %s.
+# TXT_RECONN_TO
+Please wait %02d seconds.
+# TXT_PLEASE_WAIT
+Do you wish\rto surrender?
+# TXT_SURRENDER
+GLOBAL DEFENSE INITIATIVE
+# TXT_GDI_NAME
+BROTHERHOOD OF NOD
+# TXT_NOD_NAME
+SELECT TRANSMISSION
+# TXT_SEL_TRANS
+Your game name must be unique.
+# TXT_GAMENAME_MUSTBE_UNIQUE
+Game is closed.
+# TXT_GAME_IS_CLOSED
+Your name must be unique.
+# TXT_NAME_MUSTBE_UNIQUE
+Reconnecting to %s
+# TXT_RECONNECTING_TO
+Waiting for connections...
+# TXT_WAITING_FOR_CONNECTIONS
+Time allowed: %02d seconds
+# TXT_TIME_ALLOWED
+Press ESC to cancel.
+# TXT_PRESS_ESC
+From Computer: It's just you and me now!
+# TXT_JUST_YOU_AND_ME
+Capture the Flag:
+# TXT_CAPTURE_THE_FLAG_COLON
+Dr. Chan
+# TXT_CHAN
+%s has allied with %s
+# TXT_HAS_ALLIED
+%s declares war on %s
+# TXT_AT_WAR
+Select a target
+# TXT_SEL_TARGET
+Allow separate helipad purchase
+# TXT_SEPARATE_HELIPAD
+Resign Game
+# TXT_RESIGN
+Tiberium grows quickly.
+# TXT_TIBERIUM_FAST
+Answering...
+# TXT_ANSWERING
+Initializing Modem...
+# TXT_INITIALIZING_MODEM
+Scenarios don't match.
+# TXT_SCENARIOS_DO_NOT_MATCH
+Power Output
+# TXT_POWER_OUTPUT
+Power Output (low)
+# TXT_POWER_OUTPUT_LOW
+Continue
+# TXT_CONTINUE
+Data Queue Overflow
+# TXT_QUEUE_FULL
+%s changed game options!
+# TXT_SPECIAL_WARNING
+Please insert a Command & Conquer CD into the CD-ROM drive.
+# TXT_CD_DIALOG_1
+Please insert CD %d (%s) into the CD-ROM drive.
+# TXT_CD_DIALOG_2
+Command & Conquer is unable to detect your CD ROM drive.
+# TXT_CD_ERROR1
+No Sound Card Detected
+# TXT_NO_SOUND_CARD
+UNKNOWN
+# TXT_UNKNOWN
+(old)
+# TXT_OLD_GAME
+Insufficient Disk Space to run Command & Conquer.
+# TXT_NO_SPACE
+You must have %d megabytes of free disk space.
+# TXT_MUST_HAVE_SPACE
+Run SETUP program first.
+# TXT_RUN_SETUP
+Waiting for Opponent
+# TXT_WAITING_FOR_OPPONENT
+Please select 'Settings' to setup default configuration
+# TXT_SELECT_SETTINGS
+Prison
+# TXT_PRISON
+Game Saved
+# TXT_GAME_WAS_SAVED
+Insufficient disk space to save a game.  Please delete a previous save to free up some disk space and try again.
+# TXT_SPACE_CANT_SAVE
+Invalid Port/Address.\rCOM 1-4 OR ADDRESS
+# TXT_INVALID_PORT_ADDRESS
+Invalid Port and/or IRQ settings
+# TXT_INVALID_SETTINGS
+IRQ already in use
+# TXT_IRQ_ALREADY_IN_USE
+Abort
+# TXT_ABORT
+Restart
+# TXT_RESTART
+Mission is restarting.\rPlease wait...
+# TXT_RESTARTING
+Mission is loading.\rPlease wait...
+# TXT_LOADING
+Error in the InitString
+# TXT_ERROR_IN_INITSTRING
diff --git a/CONST.CPP b/CONST.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..654e761
--- /dev/null
+++ b/CONST.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,425 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\const.cpv   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:52:24   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : CONST.CPP                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : September 20, 1993                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : September 20, 1993   [JLB]                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "function.h"
+
+
+char const * SourceName[SOURCE_COUNT] =
+{
+	"North",
+	"East",
+	"South",
+	"West",
+	"Shipping",
+	"Beach",
+	"Air",
+	"Visible",
+	"EnemyBase",
+	"HomeBase",
+	"Ocean",
+};
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	Relative coordinate offsets from the center of a cell for each
+**	of the legal positions that an object in a cell may stop at. Only infantry
+**	are allowed to stop at other than the center of the cell.
+*/
+COORDINATE const StoppingCoordAbs[5] = {
+	0x00800080L,	// center
+	0x00400040L,	// upper left
+	0x004000C0L,	// upper right
+	0x00C00040L,	// lower left
+	0x00C000C0L		// lower right
+};
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	These are the various weapons and their characteristics.
+**
+**	bullet type				dmg,	rof,	range,	sound
+*/
+WeaponTypeClass const Weapons[WEAPON_COUNT] = {
+	{BULLET_SNIPER,		125,	40,	0x0580,	VOC_SNIPER, ANIM_NONE},				//	WEAPON_RIFLE
+	{BULLET_SPREADFIRE,	25,	50,	0x0400,	VOC_MINI,	ANIM_GUN_N},			//	WEAPON_CHAIN_GUN
+	{BULLET_BULLET,		1,		7,		0x01C0,	VOC_RIFLE,	ANIM_NONE},				//	WEAPON_PISTOL
+	{BULLET_BULLET,		15,	20,	0x0200,	VOC_MGUN2,	ANIM_NONE},				//	WEAPON_M16
+	{BULLET_TOW,			30,	60,	0x0400,	VOC_BAZOOKA,ANIM_NONE},				//	WEAPON_DRAGON
+	{BULLET_FLAME,			35,	50,	0x0200,	VOC_FLAMER1,ANIM_FLAME_N},			//	WEAPON_FLAMETHROWER
+	{BULLET_FLAME,			50,	50,	0x0200,	VOC_FLAMER1,ANIM_FLAME_N},			//	WEAPON_FLAME_TONGUE
+	{BULLET_CHEMSPRAY,	80,	70,	0x0200,	VOC_FLAMER1,ANIM_CHEM_N},			//	WEAPON_CHEMSPRAY
+	{BULLET_GRENADE,		50,	60,	0x0340,	VOC_TOSS,	ANIM_NONE},				//	WEAPON_GRENADE
+	{BULLET_APDS,			25,	60,	0x0400,	VOC_TANK2,	ANIM_MUZZLE_FLASH},	//	WEAPON_75MM
+	{BULLET_APDS,			30,	50,	0x04C0,	VOC_TANK3,	ANIM_MUZZLE_FLASH},	//	WEAPON_105MM
+	{BULLET_APDS,			40,	80,	0x04C0,	VOC_TANK4,	ANIM_MUZZLE_FLASH},	//	WEAPON_120MM
+	{BULLET_APDS,			40,	60,	0x0600,	VOC_TANK4,	ANIM_MUZZLE_FLASH},	//	WEAPON_TURRET_GUN
+	{BULLET_SSM,			75,	80,	0x0500,	VOC_ROCKET1,ANIM_NONE},				//	WEAPON_MAMMOTH_TUSK
+	{BULLET_SSM2,			75,	80,	0x0600,	VOC_ROCKET1,ANIM_NONE},				//	WEAPON_MLRS
+	{BULLET_HE,				150,	65,	0x0600,	VOC_TANK1,	ANIM_MUZZLE_FLASH},	//	WEAPON_155MM
+	{BULLET_BULLET,		15,	30,	0x0400,	VOC_MGUN11,	ANIM_GUN_N},			//	WEAPON_M60MG
+	{BULLET_SSM,			60,	35,	0x0780,	VOC_ROCKET2,ANIM_NONE},				//	WEAPON_TOMAHAWK
+	{BULLET_SSM,			60,	40,	0x0680,	VOC_ROCKET2,ANIM_NONE},				//	WEAPON_TOW_TWO
+	{BULLET_NAPALM,		100,	20,	0x0480,	VOC_NONE,	ANIM_NONE},				//	WEAPON_NAPALM
+	{BULLET_LASER,			200,	90,	0x0780,	VOC_LASER,	ANIM_NONE},				//	WEAPON_OBELISK_LASER
+	{BULLET_SAM,			50,	50,	0x0780,	VOC_ROCKET2,ANIM_NONE},				//	WEAPON_NIKE
+	{BULLET_HONEST_JOHN,	100,	200,	0x0A00,	VOC_ROCKET1,ANIM_NONE},				//	WEAPON_HONEST_JOHN
+	{BULLET_HEADBUTT,		100,	30,	0x0180,	VOC_DINOATK1,ANIM_NONE},				// WEAPON_STEG
+	{BULLET_TREXBITE,		155,	30,	0x0180,	VOC_DINOATK1,ANIM_NONE},				// WEAPON_TREX
+};
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	These are the various warheads.
+**
+** spread factor, destroys walls, destroys wood, destroys Tiberium, {armor defense table}
+**           -vs- {none, wood, aluminum, steel, concrete}
+*/
+WarheadTypeClass const Warheads[WARHEAD_COUNT] = {
+	{  2,false,false,false,{0xFF, 0x80, 0x90, 0x40, 0x40}},	//	WARHEAD_SA					Small arms -- good against infantry.
+	{  6,true,true,true,{0xE0, 0xC0, 0x90, 0x40, 0xFF}},		//	WARHEAD_HE					High explosive -- good against buildings & infantry.
+	{  6,true,true,false,{0x40, 0xC0, 0xC0, 0xFF, 0x80}},		//	WARHEAD_AP					Armor piercing -- good against armor.
+	{  8,false,true,true,{0xE0, 0xFF, 0xB0, 0x40, 0x80}},		//	WARHEAD_FIRE				Incendiary -- Good against flammables.
+	{  4,false,false,false,{0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF}},	//	WARHEAD_LASER				Light Amplification of Stimulated Emission by Radiation.
+	{  7,true,true,true,{0xFF, 0xFF, 0xC0, 0xC0, 0xC0}},		//	WARHEAD_PB					Particle beam (neutron beam).
+	{  4,false,false,false,{0xFF, 0x20, 0x20, 0x10, 0x10}},	//	WARHEAD_FIST				Punching in hand-to-hand combat.
+	{  4,false,false,false,{0xFF, 0x20, 0x20, 0x10, 0x10}},	//	WARHEAD_FOOT				Kicking in hand-to-hand combat.
+	{  4,false,false,false,{0xFF, 0x08, 0x08, 0x08, 0x08}},	//	WARHEAD_HOLLOW_POINT		Sniper bullet type.
+	{255,false,false,false,{0xFF, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01}},	//	WARHEAD_SPORE
+	{  1, true,true,false,{0xFF, 0xC0, 0x80, 0x20, 0x08}},	//	WARHEAD_HEADBUTT
+	{  1, true,true,false,{0xFF, 0xC0, 0x80, 0x20, 0x08}},	//	WARHEAD_FEEDME
+};
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	Converts pixel values (cell relative) into the appropriate lepton (sub cell)
+**	value. This is used to convert pixel (screen) coordinates into the underlying
+**	coordinate system.
+*/
+unsigned char const Pixel2Lepton[24] = {
+	0x00,0x0B,0x15,0x20,0x2B,0x35,0x40,0x4B,
+	0x55,0x60,0x6B,0x75,0x80,0x8B,0x95,0xA0,
+	0xAB,0xB5,0xC0,0xCB,0xD5,0xE0,0xEB,0xF5
+};
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	This array is used to index a facing in order to retrieve a cell
+**	offset that, when added to another cell, will achieve the adjacent cell
+**	in the indexed direction.
+*/
+CELL const AdjacentCell[FACING_COUNT] = {
+	-(MAP_CELL_W),				// North
+	-(MAP_CELL_W-1),			// North East
+	1,								// East
+	MAP_CELL_W+1,				// South East
+	MAP_CELL_W,					// South
+	MAP_CELL_W-1,				// South West
+	-1,							// West
+	-(MAP_CELL_W+1)			// North West
+};
+
+COORDINATE const AdjacentCoord[FACING_COUNT] = {
+	0xFF000000L,
+	0xFF000100L,
+	0x00000100L,
+	0x01000100L,
+	0x01000000L,
+	0x0100FF00L,
+	0x0000FF00L,
+	0xFF00FF00L
+};
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+** This converts 0..255 facing values into either 8, 16, or 32 facing values.
+**	Note: a simple shift won't suffice because 0..255 facing values should
+**	be converted to the CLOSEST appropriate facing, NOT rounded down to the
+**	nearest facing.
+*/
+unsigned char const Facing8[256] = {
+	0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,
+	1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,
+	2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,
+	3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,
+	4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,
+	5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,
+	6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,
+	7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
+};
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+unsigned char const Facing16[256] = {
+	0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,
+	2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,
+	4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,
+	6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,
+	8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,10,10,10,10,10,10,10,10,
+	10,10,10,10,10,10,10,10,11,11,11,11,11,11,11,11,11,11,11,11,11,11,11,11,12,12,12,12,12,12,12,12,
+	12,12,12,12,12,12,12,12,13,13,13,13,13,13,13,13,13,13,13,13,13,13,13,13,14,14,14,14,14,14,14,14,
+	14,14,14,14,14,14,14,14,15,15,15,15,15,15,15,15,15,15,15,15,15,15,15,15,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
+};
+#endif
+
+/*
+**	This table incorporates a compensating factor for the distortion caused
+**	by 3D-Studio when it tries to render 45% angles.
+*/
+unsigned char const Facing32[256] = {
+	0,0,0,0,0,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,
+	3,4,4,4,4,4,4,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,8,8,8,8,
+	8,8,8,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,10,10,10,10,10,10,10,11,11,11,11,11,11,11,12,12,12,12,12,12,12,12,
+	13,13,13,13,13,13,13,13,14,14,14,14,14,14,14,14,14,15,15,15,15,15,15,15,15,15,16,16,16,16,16,16,
+	16,16,16,16,16,17,17,17,17,17,17,17,17,17,18,18,18,18,18,18,18,18,18,19,19,19,19,19,19,19,19,19,
+	19,20,20,20,20,20,20,21,21,21,21,21,21,21,22,22,22,22,22,22,22,23,23,23,23,23,23,23,24,24,24,24,
+	24,24,24,25,25,25,25,25,25,25,26,26,26,26,26,26,26,27,27,27,27,27,27,27,28,28,28,28,28,28,28,28,
+	29,29,29,29,29,29,29,29,30,30,30,30,30,30,30,30,30,31,31,31,31,31,31,31,31,31,0,0,0,0,0,0
+};
+
+#ifdef OBSOLETE
+unsigned char const Facing32[256] = {
+	0,0,0,0,
+	1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,
+	2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,
+	3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,
+	4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,
+	5,5,5,5,5,5,5,5,
+	6,6,6,6,6,6,6,6,
+	7,7,7,7,7,7,7,7,
+	8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8,
+	9,9,9,9,9,9,9,9,
+	10,10,10,10,10,10,10,10,
+	11,11,11,11,11,11,11,11,
+	12,12,12,12,12,12,12,12,
+	13,13,13,13,13,13,13,13,
+	14,14,14,14,14,14,14,14,
+	15,15,15,15,15,15,15,15,
+	16,16,16,16,16,16,16,16,
+	17,17,17,17,17,17,17,17,
+	18,18,18,18,18,18,18,18,
+	19,19,19,19,19,19,19,19,
+	20,20,20,20,20,20,20,20,
+	21,21,21,21,21,21,21,21,
+	22,22,22,22,22,22,22,22,
+	23,23,23,23,23,23,23,23,
+	24,24,24,24,24,24,24,24,
+	25,25,25,25,25,25,25,25,
+	26,26,26,26,26,26,26,26,
+	27,27,27,27,27,27,27,27,
+	28,28,28,28,28,28,28,28,
+	29,29,29,29,29,29,29,29,
+	30,30,30,30,30,30,30,30,
+	31,31,31,31,31,31,31,31,
+	0,0,0,0
+};
+#endif
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	These are the movement costs (in ticks at fastest speed) to enter each
+**	of the given terrain cells.
+*/
+#define	S1	0x00
+#define	S2 0x40
+#define	S3 0x70
+#define	S4 0xA0
+#define	S5 0xC0
+#define	S6 0xFF
+GroundType const Ground[LAND_COUNT] = {
+//						Foot
+//						|		Tracked
+//						|		|		Harvester
+//						|		|		|		Wheeled
+//						|		|		|		|		Winged
+//						|		|		|		|		|		Hover
+//						|		|		|		|		|		|		float  build
+	{66, 				{S3,	S3,	S3,	S4,	S6,	S5,	S1	}, true},	// LAND_CLEAR
+	{68,				{S5,	S4,	S4,	S4,  	S6,	S5,	S1	}, true},	// LAND_ROAD
+	{BLUE,			{S1,	S1,	S1,	S1,	S6,	S5,	S6	}, false},	// LAND_WATER
+	{DKGREY,			{S1,	S1,	S1,	S1,	S6,	S1,	S1	}, false},	// LAND_ROCK
+	{DKGREY,			{S1,	S1,	S1,	S1,	S6,	S1,	S1	}, false},	// LAND_WALL
+	{143,				{S3,	S3,	S3,	S4,	S6,	S5,	S1	}, false},	// LAND_TIBERIUM
+	{66,				{S3,	S3,	S3,	S4,	S6,	S5,	S1	}, false},	// LAND_BEACH
+};
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	These are the names of the theaters.
+*/
+TheaterDataType const Theaters[THEATER_COUNT] = {
+	{"DESERT","DESERT","DES"},
+	{"JUNGLE","JUNGLE","JUN"},
+	{"TEMPERATE","TEMPERAT","TEM"},
+	{"WINTER","WINTER","WIN"}
+};
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+** These are the remap tables that are used to convert the units/buildings
+**	into the other color schemes.
+*/
+unsigned char const RemapYellow[256] = {
+	0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,										// 0..15
+	16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,25,26,27,28,29,30,31,						// 16..31
+	32,33,34,35,36,37,38,39,40,41,42,43,44,45,46,47,						// 32..47
+	48,49,50,51,52,53,54,55,56,57,58,59,60,61,62,63,						// 48..63
+	64,65,66,67,68,69,70,71,72,73,74,75,76,77,78,79,						// 64..79
+	80,81,82,83,84,85,86,87,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,95,						// 80..95
+	96,97,98,99,100,101,102,103,104,105,106,107,108,109,110,111,		// 96..111
+	112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,123,124,125,126,127,	// 112..127
+	128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143,	// 128..143
+	144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,158,159,	// 144..159
+	160,161,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,	// 160..175
+	176,177,178,179,180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191,	// 176..191
+	192,193,194,195,196,197,198,199,200,201,202,203,204,205,206,207,	// 192..207
+	208,209,210,211,212,213,214,215,216,217,218,219,220,221,222,223,	// 208..223
+	224,225,226,227,228,229,230,231,232,233,234,235,236,237,238,239,	// 224..239
+	240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,250,251,252,253,254,255	// 240..255
+};
+
+unsigned char const RemapRed[256] = {
+	0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,										// 0..15
+	16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,25,26,27,28,29,30,31,						// 16..31
+	32,33,34,35,36,37,38,39,40,41,42,43,44,45,46,47,						// 32..47
+	48,49,50,51,52,53,54,55,56,57,58,59,60,61,62,63,						// 48..63
+	64,65,66,67,68,69,70,71,72,73,74,75,76,77,78,79,						// 64..79
+	80,81,82,83,84,85,86,87,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,95,						// 80..95
+	96,97,98,99,100,101,102,103,104,105,106,107,108,109,110,111,		// 96..111
+	112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,123,124,125,126,127,	// 112..127
+	128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143,	// 128..143
+	144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,158,159,	// 144..159
+	160,161,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,	// 160..175
+	127,126,125,124,122,46,120,47,125,124,123,122,42,121,120,120,		// 176..191
+	192,193,194,195,196,197,198,199,200,201,202,203,204,205,206,207,	// 192..207
+	208,209,210,211,212,213,214,215,216,217,218,219,220,221,222,223,	// 208..223
+	224,225,226,227,228,229,230,231,232,233,234,235,236,237,238,239,	// 224..239
+	240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,250,251,252,253,254,255	// 240..255
+};
+
+unsigned char const RemapBlueGreen[256] = {
+	0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,										// 0..15
+	16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,25,26,27,28,29,30,31,						// 16..31
+	32,33,34,35,36,37,38,39,40,41,42,43,44,45,46,47,						// 32..47
+	48,49,50,51,52,53,54,55,56,57,58,59,60,61,62,63,						// 48..63
+	64,65,66,67,68,69,70,71,72,73,74,75,76,77,78,79,						// 64..79
+	80,81,82,83,84,85,86,87,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,95,						// 80..95
+	96,97,98,99,100,101,102,103,104,105,106,107,108,109,110,111,		// 96..111
+	112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,123,124,125,126,127,	// 112..127
+	128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143,	// 128..143
+	144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,158,159,	// 144..159
+	160,161,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,	// 160..175
+	2,119,118,135,136,138,112,12,118,135,136,137,138,139,114,112,		// 176..191
+	192,193,194,195,196,197,198,199,200,201,202,203,204,205,206,207,	// 192..207
+	208,209,210,211,212,213,214,215,216,217,218,219,220,221,222,223,	// 208..223
+	224,225,226,227,228,229,230,231,232,233,234,235,236,237,238,239,	// 224..239
+	240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,250,251,252,253,254,255	// 240..255
+};
+
+unsigned char const RemapOrange[256] = {
+	0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,										// 0..15
+	16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,25,26,27,28,29,30,31,						// 16..31
+	32,33,34,35,36,37,38,39,40,41,42,43,44,45,46,47,						// 32..47
+	48,49,50,51,52,53,54,55,56,57,58,59,60,61,62,63,						// 48..63
+	64,65,66,67,68,69,70,71,72,73,74,75,76,77,78,79,						// 64..79
+	80,81,82,83,84,85,86,87,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,95,						// 80..95
+	96,97,98,99,100,101,102,103,104,105,106,107,108,109,110,111,		// 96..111
+	112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,123,124,125,126,127,	// 112..127
+	128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143,	// 128..143
+	144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,158,159,	// 144..159
+	160,161,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,	// 160..175
+	24,25,26,27,29,31,46,47,26,27,28,29,30,31,43,47,						// 176..191
+	192,193,194,195,196,197,198,199,200,201,202,203,204,205,206,207,	// 192..207
+	208,209,210,211,212,213,214,215,216,217,218,219,220,221,222,223,	// 208..223
+	224,225,226,227,228,229,230,231,232,233,234,235,236,237,238,239,	// 224..239
+	240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,250,251,252,253,254,255	// 240..255
+};
+
+unsigned char const RemapGreen[256] = {
+	0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,										// 0..15
+	16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,25,26,27,28,29,30,31,						// 16..31
+	32,33,34,35,36,37,38,39,40,41,42,43,44,45,46,47,						// 32..47
+	48,49,50,51,52,53,54,55,56,57,58,59,60,61,62,63,						// 48..63
+	64,65,66,67,68,69,70,71,72,73,74,75,76,77,78,79,						// 64..79
+	80,81,82,83,84,85,86,87,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,95,						// 80..95
+	96,97,98,99,100,101,102,103,104,105,106,107,108,109,110,111,		// 96..111
+	112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,123,124,125,126,127,	// 112..127
+	128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143,	// 128..143
+	144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,158,159,	// 144..159
+	160,161,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,	// 160..175
+	5,165,166,167,159,142,140,199,166,167,157,3,159,143,142,141,		// 176..191
+	192,193,194,195,196,197,198,199,200,201,202,203,204,205,206,207,	// 192..207
+	208,209,210,211,212,213,214,215,216,217,218,219,220,221,222,223,	// 208..223
+	224,225,226,227,228,229,230,231,232,233,234,235,236,237,238,239,	// 224..239
+	240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,250,251,252,253,254,255	// 240..255
+};
+
+unsigned char const RemapBlue[256] = {
+	0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,										// 0..15
+	16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,25,26,27,28,29,30,31,						// 16..31
+	32,33,34,35,36,37,38,39,40,41,42,43,44,45,46,47,						// 32..47
+	48,49,50,51,52,53,54,55,56,57,58,59,60,61,62,63,						// 48..63
+	64,65,66,67,68,69,70,71,72,73,74,75,76,77,78,79,						// 64..79
+	80,81,82,83,84,85,86,87,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,95,						// 80..95
+	96,97,98,99,100,101,102,103,104,105,106,107,108,109,110,111,		// 96..111
+	112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,123,124,125,126,127,	// 112..127
+	128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143,	// 128..143
+	144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,158,159,	// 144..159
+	160,161,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,	// 160..175
+	161,200,201,202,204,205,206,12,201,202,203,204,205,115,198,114,	// 176..191
+	192,193,194,195,196,197,198,199,200,201,202,203,204,205,206,207,	// 192..207
+	208,209,210,211,212,213,214,215,216,217,218,219,220,221,222,223,	// 208..223
+	224,225,226,227,228,229,230,231,232,233,234,235,236,237,238,239,	// 224..239
+	240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,250,251,252,253,254,255	// 240..255
+};
+
+unsigned char const RemapNone[256] = {
+	0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,										// 0..15
+	16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,25,26,27,28,29,30,31,						// 16..31
+	32,33,34,35,36,37,38,39,40,41,42,43,44,45,46,47,						// 32..47
+	48,49,50,51,52,53,54,55,56,57,58,59,60,61,62,63,						// 48..63
+	64,65,66,67,68,69,70,71,72,73,74,75,76,77,78,79,						// 64..79
+	80,81,82,83,84,85,86,87,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,95,						// 80..95
+	96,97,98,99,100,101,102,103,104,105,106,107,108,109,110,111,		// 96..111
+	112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,123,124,125,126,127,	// 112..127
+	128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143,	// 128..143
+	144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,158,159,	// 144..159
+	160,161,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,	// 160..175
+	176,177,178,179,180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191,	// 176..191
+	192,193,194,195,196,197,198,199,200,201,202,203,204,205,206,207,	// 192..207
+	208,209,210,211,212,213,214,215,216,217,218,219,220,221,222,223,	// 208..223
+	224,225,226,227,228,229,230,231,232,233,234,235,236,237,238,239,	// 224..239
+	240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,250,251,252,253,254,255	// 240..255
+};
diff --git a/CONTROL.CPP b/CONTROL.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f5e8468
--- /dev/null
+++ b/CONTROL.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\control.cpv   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:51:38   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : CONTROL.CPP                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : 01/15/95                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : January 19, 1995 [JLB]                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   ControlClass::Action -- Normal action for control gaget objects.                          *
+ *   ControlClass::ControlClass -- Constructor for control class objects.                      *
+ *   ControlClass::Draw_Me -- Draw logic for the control class object.                         *
+ *   ControlClass::Get_ID -- Gets the ID number for this gadget.                               *
+ *   ControlClass::Make_Peer -- Assigns a peer gadget to this gadget.                          *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ControlClass::ControlClass -- Constructor for control class objects.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the normal constructor for control class objects. At this level, it only needs   *
+ *    to record the ID number assigned to this button.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   id    -- The ID number for this gadget. If the ID number specified is 0, then      *
+ *                   this tells the system that no special ID code should be returned.         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          x,y   -- Pixel coordinate of upper left corner of gadget's region.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          w,h   -- Pixel dimensions of the gadget's region.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          flags -- The input event flags that this gadget recognizes.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          sticky-- This this a "sticky" gadget? A sticky gadget is one that takes over the   *
+ *                   gadget list while the mouse button is held down, if the mouse button was  *
+ *                   initially clicked over its region. This is the behavior of "normal"       *
+ *                   buttons in Windows.                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/15/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+ControlClass::ControlClass(unsigned id, int x, int y, int w, int h, unsigned flags, int sticky)
+	: GadgetClass(x, y, w, h, flags, sticky)
+{
+	ID = id;
+	Peer = 0;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ControlClass::Action -- Normal action for control gaget objects.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This function gets called when the input event that this control gadget is looking for   *
+ *    occurs. In such a case, the return key code value is changed to the gaget's ID number    *
+ *    with the special button bit flag attached.                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   flags -- The event that triggered this function call. If this value is NULL, then  *
+ *                   this is a forced (probably due to the sticky flag) call and the key code  *
+ *                   is not altered.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          key   -- Reference to the key code that will be returned by the controlling        *
+ *                   Input() function.                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Should futher list processing be aborted?                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/15/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int ControlClass::Action(unsigned flags, KeyNumType & key)
+{
+	/*
+	**	If there is a peer link established, inform that gadget of this
+	**	action call.
+	*/
+	if (Peer) {
+		Peer->Peer_To_Peer(flags, key, *this);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Only if the flags indicate that a recognized action has occured, do the
+	**	normal processing of this gadget and set return value to the gadget ID.
+	*/
+	if (flags) {
+		if (ID) {
+			key = (KeyNumType)(ID | KN_BUTTON);
+		} else {
+			key = KN_NONE;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(GadgetClass::Action(flags, key));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ControlClass::Make_Peer -- Assigns a peer gadget to this gadget.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This function will assign another gadget to this one. That other gadget will receive     *
+ *    notification of any Action() call to this gadget. Presumably, this is how one gadget     *
+ *    can automatically adapt to changes in another. Say for example, a slider bar can affect  *
+ *    the list box it is attached to.                                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   gadget   -- The gadget to inform when any Action() function is called.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/16/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void ControlClass::Make_Peer(GadgetClass & gadget)
+{
+	Peer = &gadget;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ControlClass::Get_ID -- Gets the ID number for this gadget.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This function will query and return with the ID number for this gadget. It is primarily  *
+ *    used by the Extract_Gadget() function.                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the ID number for this gadget. If zero is returned, this means that   *
+ *          no ID was assigned to this gadget. This is a special case since a zero value will  *
+ *          never be returned as a pseudo-key as is done with non-zero values.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/16/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+unsigned ControlClass::Get_ID(void) const
+{
+	return(ID);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ControlClass::Draw_Me -- Draw logic for the control class object.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is called when the control object might need to be redrawn or when redrawing is     *
+ *    necessary. Since at this level of the class heirarchy, no actual drawing occurs, this    *
+ *    routine doesn't perform any rendering. It does, however, inform any peer attached        *
+ *    object that a Draw_Me function has been called. Presumably, the attached peer gadget     *
+ *    might very well need to be redrawn as a result of some action by this gadget. Since this *
+ *    gadget might, more than likely, be of the "sticky" variety, a normal call to Draw_Me     *
+ *    for the other gadget will not occur. It must rely on the call by this routine in order   *
+ *    to update correctly. A typical example of this would be a slider that is attached to     *
+ *    a list box. As the slider is being drug around, the attached list box must be redrawn.   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   forced   -- Should the redraw be forced regardless of the redraw flag?             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the gadget redrawn?                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/16/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int ControlClass::Draw_Me(int forced)
+{
+	if (Peer) {
+		Peer->Draw_Me();
+	}
+	return(GadgetClass::Draw_Me(forced));
+}
diff --git a/CONTROL.H b/CONTROL.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..174e734
--- /dev/null
+++ b/CONTROL.H
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\control.h_v   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:46:08   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               *** 
+ *********************************************************************************************** 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                    File Name : CONTROL.H                                                    * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Start Date : 01/15/95                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                  Last Update : January 15, 1995 [JLB]                                       * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* 
+ * Functions:                                                                                  * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef CONTROL_H
+#define CONTROL_H
+
+#include	"gadget.h"
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * ControlClass -- Region tracking class									         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:      int x -- x position of gadget											*
+ *					int y -- y position of gadget											*
+ *					int w -- width of gadget												*							
+ *					int h -- height of gadget												*							
+ *					UWORD flags -- see enumeration choices								*							
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:     0 = new scenario created, -1 = not									*
+ * WARNINGS:	This class is Abstract (cannot make an instance of it)      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   01/03/1995 MML : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+class ControlClass : public GadgetClass
+{
+	public:
+		ControlClass(unsigned id, int x, int y, int w, int h, unsigned flags=LEFTPRESS|RIGHTPRESS, int sticky=false);
+//		static ControlClass * Create_One_Of(unsigned id, int x, int y, int w, int h, unsigned flags=LEFTPRESS|RIGHTPRESS, int sticky=false);
+
+		virtual void Make_Peer(GadgetClass & gadget);
+
+		/*
+		**	Render support function.
+		*/
+		virtual int Draw_Me(int forced=false);
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the ID number for this control gadget. This number is used to generate
+		**	a special pseudo-key when the gadget detects valid input.
+		*/
+		unsigned ID;
+
+	protected:
+		virtual unsigned Get_ID(void) const;
+		virtual int Action(unsigned flags, KeyNumType & key);
+
+		/*
+		**	This points to the peer button to inform when something happens to this
+		**	gadget.
+		*/
+		GadgetClass * Peer;
+};
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/COORD.CPP b/COORD.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..369b276
--- /dev/null
+++ b/COORD.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,545 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\coord.cpv   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:51:24   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : COORD.CPP                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : September 10, 1993                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : January 7, 1995 [JLB]                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * Support code to handle the coordinate system is located in this module.                     *
+ * Routines here will be called QUITE frequently during play and must be                       *
+ * as efficient as possible.                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   Cardinal_To_Fixed -- Converts cardinal numbers into a fixed point number.                 *
+ *   Coord_Move -- Moves a coordinate an arbitrary direction for an arbitrary distance         *
+ *   Coord_Scatter -- Determines a random coordinate from an anchor point.                     *
+ *   Coord_Spillage_List -- Determines the offset list for cell spillage/occupation.           *
+ *   Fixed_To_Cardinal -- Converts a fixed point number into a cardinal number.                *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Coord_Spillage_List -- Determines the offset list for cell spillage/occupation.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will take an arbitrary position and object size and return with a list of   *
+ *    cell offsets from the current cell for all cells that are overlapped by the object. The  *
+ *    first cell offset is always zero, so to just get the adjacent spill cell list, add one   *
+ *    to the return pointer.                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   coord -- The coordinate to examine.                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          maxsize -- The maximum width/height of the object (pixels).                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to a spillage list.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   The algorithm is limited to working with a maxsize of 48 or less. Larger values *
+ *             will generate an incomplete overlap list.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/06/1993 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   03/25/1994 JLB : Added width optimization.                                                *
+ *   04/29/1994 JLB : Converted to C.                                                          *
+ *   06/03/1994 JLB : Converted to general purpose spillage functionality.                     *
+ *   01/07/1995 JLB : Manually calculates spillage list for large objects.                     *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+short const * Coord_Spillage_List(COORDINATE coord, int maxsize)
+{
+	static short const _MoveSpillage[(int)FACING_COUNT+1][5] = {
+		{0, -MAP_CELL_W, REFRESH_EOL, 0, 0},						// N
+		{0, -MAP_CELL_W, 1, -(MAP_CELL_W-1), REFRESH_EOL},		// NE
+		{0, 1, REFRESH_EOL, 0, 0},										// E
+		{0, 1, MAP_CELL_W, MAP_CELL_W+1, REFRESH_EOL},			// SE
+		{0, MAP_CELL_W, REFRESH_EOL, 0, 0},							// S
+		{0, -1, MAP_CELL_W, MAP_CELL_W-1, REFRESH_EOL},			// SW
+		{0, -1, REFRESH_EOL, 0, 0},									// W
+		{0, -1, -MAP_CELL_W, -(MAP_CELL_W+1), REFRESH_EOL},	// NW
+		{0, REFRESH_EOL, 0, 0, 0}										// non-moving.
+//		{0, -MAP_CELL_W, -(MAP_CELL_W-1), 1, MAP_CELL_W+1, MAP_CELL_W, MAP_CELL_W-1, -1, -(MAP_CELL_W+1), REFRESH_EOL}
+	};
+	static short _manual[10];
+//;	00 = on axis
+//;	01 = below axis
+//;	10 = above axis
+//;	11 = undefined
+	static char const _SpillTable[16]	= {8,6,2,-1,0,7,1,-1,4,5,3,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1};
+	int	index=0;
+	int	x,y;
+
+	/*
+	**	For mondo-enourmo-gigundo objects, use a prebuilt mammoth table
+	**	that covers a 5x5 square region.
+	*/
+	if (maxsize > ICON_PIXEL_W * 2) {
+		static short const _gigundo[] = {
+			-((2*MAP_CELL_W)-2),-((2*MAP_CELL_W)-1),-((2*MAP_CELL_W)),-((2*MAP_CELL_W)+1),-((2*MAP_CELL_W)+2),
+			-((1*MAP_CELL_W)-2),-((1*MAP_CELL_W)-1),-((1*MAP_CELL_W)),-((1*MAP_CELL_W)+1),-((1*MAP_CELL_W)+2),
+			-((0*MAP_CELL_W)-2),-((0*MAP_CELL_W)-1),-((0*MAP_CELL_W)),-((0*MAP_CELL_W)+1),-((0*MAP_CELL_W)+2),
+			((1*MAP_CELL_W)-2),((1*MAP_CELL_W)-1),((1*MAP_CELL_W)),((1*MAP_CELL_W)+1),((1*MAP_CELL_W)+2),
+			+((2*MAP_CELL_W)-2),+((2*MAP_CELL_W)-1),+((2*MAP_CELL_W)),+((2*MAP_CELL_W)+1),+((2*MAP_CELL_W)+2),
+			REFRESH_EOL
+		};
+		return(&_gigundo[0]);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	For very large objects, build the overlap list by hand. This is time consuming, but
+	**	not nearly as time consuming as drawing even a single cell unnecessarily.
+	*/
+	if (maxsize > ICON_PIXEL_W) {
+		maxsize = MIN(maxsize, (ICON_PIXEL_W*2))/2;
+
+		x = Fixed_To_Cardinal(ICON_PIXEL_W, Coord_XLepton(coord));
+		y = Fixed_To_Cardinal(ICON_PIXEL_H, Coord_YLepton(coord));
+		int left = x-maxsize;
+		int right = x+maxsize;
+		int top = y-maxsize;
+		int bottom = y+maxsize;
+
+		_manual[index++] = 0;
+		if (left < 0) _manual[index++] = -1;
+		if (right >= ICON_PIXEL_W) _manual[index++] = 1;
+		if (top < 0) _manual[index++] = -MAP_CELL_W;
+		if (bottom >= ICON_PIXEL_H) _manual[index++] = MAP_CELL_W;
+		if (left < 0 && top < 0) _manual[index++] = -(MAP_CELL_W+1);
+		if (right >= ICON_PIXEL_W && bottom >= ICON_PIXEL_H) _manual[index++] = MAP_CELL_W+1;
+		if (left < 0 && bottom >= ICON_PIXEL_H) _manual[index++] = MAP_CELL_W-1;
+		if (right >= ICON_PIXEL_H && top < 0) _manual[index++] = -(MAP_CELL_W-1);
+		_manual[index] = REFRESH_EOL;
+		return(&_manual[0]);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Determine the number of leptons "leeway" allowed this unit.
+	*/
+	int posval = Pixel2Lepton[(ICON_PIXEL_W-maxsize)/2];
+
+	x = Coord_XLepton(coord) - 0x0080;
+	y = Coord_YLepton(coord) - 0x0080;
+	if (y > posval) index |= 0x08;			// Spilling South.
+	if (y < -posval) index |= 0x04;			// Spilling North.
+	if (x > posval) index |= 0x02;			// Spilling East.
+	if (x < -posval) index |= 0x01;			// Spilling West.
+
+	return(&_MoveSpillage[_SpillTable[index]][0]);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Coord_Move -- Moves a coordinate an arbitrary direction for an arbitrary distance           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This function will move a coordinate in a using SIN and COS arithmetic.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   start    -- The starting coordinate.                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          dir      -- The direction to move the coordinate.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          distance -- The distance to move the coordinate position (in leptons).             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns the new coordinate position.                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   This routine uses multiplies -- use with caution.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/27/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+COORDINATE Coord_Move(COORDINATE start, register DirType dir, unsigned short distance)
+{
+	short x = Coord_X(start);
+	short y = Coord_Y(start);
+
+	Move_Point(x, y, dir, distance);
+	return(XY_Coord(x,y));
+#ifdef NEVER
+	static char const CosTable[256] = {
+		0x00,0x03,0x06,0x09,0x0c,0x0f,0x12,0x15,
+		0x18,0x1b,0x1e,0x21,0x24,0x27,0x2a,0x2d,
+		0x30,0x33,0x36,0x39,0x3b,0x3e,0x41,0x43,
+		0x46,0x49,0x4b,0x4e,0x50,0x52,0x55,0x57,
+		0x59,0x5b,0x5e,0x60,0x62,0x64,0x65,0x67,
+		0x69,0x6b,0x6c,0x6e,0x6f,0x71,0x72,0x74,
+		0x75,0x76,0x77,0x78,0x79,0x7a,0x7b,0x7b,
+		0x7c,0x7d,0x7d,0x7e,0x7e,0x7e,0x7e,0x7e,
+
+		0x7f,0x7e,0x7e,0x7e,0x7e,0x7e,0x7d,0x7d,
+		0x7c,0x7b,0x7b,0x7a,0x79,0x78,0x77,0x76,
+		0x75,0x74,0x72,0x71,0x70,0x6e,0x6c,0x6b,
+		0x69,0x67,0x66,0x64,0x62,0x60,0x5e,0x5b,
+		0x59,0x57,0x55,0x52,0x50,0x4e,0x4b,0x49,
+		0x46,0x43,0x41,0x3e,0x3b,0x39,0x36,0x33,
+		0x30,0x2d,0x2a,0x27,0x24,0x21,0x1e,0x1b,
+		0x18,0x15,0x12,0x0f,0x0c,0x09,0x06,0x03,
+
+		0x00,0xfd,0xfa,0xf7,0xf4,0xf1,0xee,0xeb,
+		0xe8,0xe5,0xe2,0xdf,0xdc,0xd9,0xd6,0xd3,
+		0xd0,0xcd,0xca,0xc7,0xc5,0xc2,0xbf,0xbd,
+		0xba,0xb7,0xb5,0xb2,0xb0,0xae,0xab,0xa9,
+		0xa7,0xa5,0xa2,0xa0,0x9e,0x9c,0x9a,0x99,
+		0x97,0x95,0x94,0x92,0x91,0x8f,0x8e,0x8c,
+		0x8b,0x8a,0x89,0x88,0x87,0x86,0x85,0x85,
+		0x84,0x83,0x83,0x82,0x82,0x82,0x82,0x82,
+
+		0x82,0x82,0x82,0x82,0x82,0x82,0x83,0x83,
+		0x84,0x85,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8a,
+		0x8b,0x8c,0x8e,0x8f,0x90,0x92,0x94,0x95,
+		0x97,0x99,0x9a,0x9c,0x9e,0xa0,0xa2,0xa5,
+		0xa7,0xa9,0xab,0xae,0xb0,0xb2,0xb5,0xb7,
+		0xba,0xbd,0xbf,0xc2,0xc5,0xc7,0xca,0xcd,
+		0xd0,0xd3,0xd6,0xd9,0xdc,0xdf,0xe2,0xe5,
+		0xe8,0xeb,0xee,0xf1,0xf4,0xf7,0xfa,0xfd,
+	};
+
+	static char const SinTable[256] = {
+		0x7f,0x7e,0x7e,0x7e,0x7e,0x7e,0x7d,0x7d,
+		0x7c,0x7b,0x7b,0x7a,0x79,0x78,0x77,0x76,
+		0x75,0x74,0x72,0x71,0x70,0x6e,0x6c,0x6b,
+		0x69,0x67,0x66,0x64,0x62,0x60,0x5e,0x5b,
+		0x59,0x57,0x55,0x52,0x50,0x4e,0x4b,0x49,
+		0x46,0x43,0x41,0x3e,0x3b,0x39,0x36,0x33,
+		0x30,0x2d,0x2a,0x27,0x24,0x21,0x1e,0x1b,
+		0x18,0x15,0x12,0x0f,0x0c,0x09,0x06,0x03,
+
+		0x00,0xfd,0xfa,0xf7,0xf4,0xf1,0xee,0xeb,
+		0xe8,0xe5,0xe2,0xdf,0xdc,0xd9,0xd6,0xd3,
+		0xd0,0xcd,0xca,0xc7,0xc5,0xc2,0xbf,0xbd,
+		0xba,0xb7,0xb5,0xb2,0xb0,0xae,0xab,0xa9,
+		0xa7,0xa5,0xa2,0xa0,0x9e,0x9c,0x9a,0x99,
+		0x97,0x95,0x94,0x92,0x91,0x8f,0x8e,0x8c,
+		0x8b,0x8a,0x89,0x88,0x87,0x86,0x85,0x85,
+		0x84,0x83,0x83,0x82,0x82,0x82,0x82,0x82,
+
+		0x82,0x82,0x82,0x82,0x82,0x82,0x83,0x83,
+		0x84,0x85,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8a,
+		0x8b,0x8c,0x8e,0x8f,0x90,0x92,0x94,0x95,
+		0x97,0x99,0x9a,0x9c,0x9e,0xa0,0xa2,0xa5,
+		0xa7,0xa9,0xab,0xae,0xb0,0xb2,0xb5,0xb7,
+		0xba,0xbd,0xbf,0xc2,0xc5,0xc7,0xca,0xcd,
+		0xd0,0xd3,0xd6,0xd9,0xdc,0xdf,0xe2,0xe5,
+		0xe8,0xeb,0xee,0xf1,0xf4,0xf7,0xfa,0xfd,
+
+		0x00,0x03,0x06,0x09,0x0c,0x0f,0x12,0x15,
+		0x18,0x1b,0x1e,0x21,0x24,0x27,0x2a,0x2d,
+		0x30,0x33,0x36,0x39,0x3b,0x3e,0x41,0x43,
+		0x46,0x49,0x4b,0x4e,0x50,0x52,0x55,0x57,
+		0x59,0x5b,0x5e,0x60,0x62,0x64,0x65,0x67,
+		0x69,0x6b,0x6c,0x6e,0x6f,0x71,0x72,0x74,
+		0x75,0x76,0x77,0x78,0x79,0x7a,0x7b,0x7b,
+		0x7c,0x7d,0x7d,0x7e,0x7e,0x7e,0x7e,0x7e,
+	};
+	distance = distance;		// Keep LINT quiet.
+
+	/*
+	**	Calculate and add in the X component of the move.
+	*/
+	_AX = CosTable[dir];
+	asm imul word ptr distance
+	asm shl ax,1
+	asm rcl dx,1
+	asm mov al,ah
+	asm mov ah,dl
+	_DX = _AX;
+	*((int*)&start) += _DX;
+//	asm add [word ptr start],ax
+
+	/*
+	**	Calculate and add in the Y component of the move.
+	*/
+	_AX = SinTable[dir];
+	asm imul word ptr distance
+	asm shl ax,1
+	asm rcl dx,1
+	asm mov al,ah
+	asm mov ah,dl
+	asm neg ax				// Subtraction needed because of inverted sine table.
+	_DX = _AX;
+	*(((int*)&start)+1) += _DX;
+//	asm add [word ptr start+2],ax
+
+	return(start);
+#endif
+}
+
+#ifdef OBSOLETE
+//BG: Note, this routine is replaced by assembly in COORDA.ASM
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Cardinal_To_Fixed -- Converts cardinal numbers into a fixed point number.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This utility function will convert cardinal numbers into a fixed point fraction. The     *
+ *    use of fixed point numbers occurs throughout the product -- since it is a convenient     *
+ *    tool. The fixed point number is based on the formula:                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *       result = cardinal / base                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    The accuracy of the fixed point number is limited to 1/256 as the lowest and up to       *
+ *    256 as the largest.                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   base     -- The key number to base the fraction about.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          cardinal -- The other number (hey -- what do you call it?)                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the fixed point number of the "cardinal" parameter as it relates      *
+ *          to the "base" parameter.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/27/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+unsigned Cardinal_To_Fixed(unsigned base, unsigned cardinal)
+{
+	long	temp = 0;
+
+	if (base) {
+		*(unsigned*)(((char*)&temp)+1) = cardinal;		// Shift up by 8 bits.
+		_DX = FP_SEG(temp);
+		_AX = FP_OFF(temp);
+		asm div word ptr base
+		return(_AX);
+	}
+	return(0xFFFF);
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef OBSOLETE
+//BG: Note, this routine is replaced by assembly in COORDA.ASM
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Fixed_To_Cardinal -- Converts a fixed point number into a cardinal number.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to convert a fixed point number into a cardinal number.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   base     -- The base number that the original fixed point number was created from. *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          fixed    -- The fixed point number to convert.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the reconverted number.                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/27/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+unsigned Fixed_To_Cardinal(unsigned base, unsigned fixed)
+{
+	unsigned long temp;
+
+	_AX = base;
+	asm mul word ptr fixed
+	_CX = _AX;
+	temp = ((unsigned long)MK_FP(_DX, _CX)) + 0x80;
+	if ( *((char*)&temp+3) ) {
+		return(0xFFFF);
+	}
+	return(*(unsigned*)(((char*)&temp)+1));
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Coord_Scatter -- Determines a random coordinate from an anchor point.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will perform a scatter algorithm on the specified                           *
+ *    anchor point in order to return with another coordinate that is                          *
+ *    randomly nearby the original. Typical use of this would be for                           *
+ *    missile targeting.                                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   coord    -- This is the anchor coordinate.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          distance -- This is the distance in pixels that the scatter                        *
+ *                      should fall within.                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          lock     -- bool; Convert the new coordinate into a center                         *
+ *                      cell based coordinate?                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a new coordinate that is nearby the original.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   Maximum pixel scatter distance is 255.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   02/01/1992 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   05/13/1992 JLB : Only uses Random().                                                      *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+COORDINATE Coord_Scatter(COORDINATE coord, unsigned distance, bool lock)
+{
+	COORDINATE	newcoord;
+
+	newcoord = Coord_Move(coord, Random_Pick(DIR_N, DIR_MAX), distance);
+
+	if (newcoord & 0xC000C000L) newcoord = coord;
+
+	if (lock) {
+		newcoord = Coord_Snap(newcoord);
+	}
+
+	return(newcoord);
+}
+
+extern int calcx(signed short, short distance);
+#pragma aux calcx parm [ax] [bx] \
+	modify [eax dx] \
+	value [eax]		= 				\
+	"imul bx"						\
+	"shl	ax,1"						\
+	"rcl	dx,1"						\
+	"mov	al,ah"					\
+	"mov	ah,dl"					\
+	"cwd"								\
+//	"and	eax,0FFFFh";
+
+extern int calcy(signed short, short distance);
+#pragma aux calcy parm [ax] [bx] \
+	modify [eax dx] \
+	value [eax]		= 				\
+	"imul bx"						\
+	"shl	ax,1"						\
+	"rcl	dx,1"						\
+	"mov	al,ah"					\
+	"mov	ah,dl"					\
+	"cwd"								\
+	"neg	eax";
+//	"and	eax,0FFFFh"				\
+
+void Move_Point(short &x, short &y, register DirType dir, unsigned short distance)
+{
+//	static char const CosTable[256] = {
+	static char const CosTable[256] = {
+		0x00,0x03,0x06,0x09,0x0c,0x0f,0x12,0x15,
+		0x18,0x1b,0x1e,0x21,0x24,0x27,0x2a,0x2d,
+		0x30,0x33,0x36,0x39,0x3b,0x3e,0x41,0x43,
+		0x46,0x49,0x4b,0x4e,0x50,0x52,0x55,0x57,
+		0x59,0x5b,0x5e,0x60,0x62,0x64,0x65,0x67,
+		0x69,0x6b,0x6c,0x6e,0x6f,0x71,0x72,0x74,
+		0x75,0x76,0x77,0x78,0x79,0x7a,0x7b,0x7b,
+		0x7c,0x7d,0x7d,0x7e,0x7e,0x7e,0x7e,0x7e,
+
+		0x7f,0x7e,0x7e,0x7e,0x7e,0x7e,0x7d,0x7d,
+		0x7c,0x7b,0x7b,0x7a,0x79,0x78,0x77,0x76,
+		0x75,0x74,0x72,0x71,0x70,0x6e,0x6c,0x6b,
+		0x69,0x67,0x66,0x64,0x62,0x60,0x5e,0x5b,
+		0x59,0x57,0x55,0x52,0x50,0x4e,0x4b,0x49,
+		0x46,0x43,0x41,0x3e,0x3b,0x39,0x36,0x33,
+		0x30,0x2d,0x2a,0x27,0x24,0x21,0x1e,0x1b,
+		0x18,0x15,0x12,0x0f,0x0c,0x09,0x06,0x03,
+
+		0x00,0xfd,0xfa,0xf7,0xf4,0xf1,0xee,0xeb,
+		0xe8,0xe5,0xe2,0xdf,0xdc,0xd9,0xd6,0xd3,
+		0xd0,0xcd,0xca,0xc7,0xc5,0xc2,0xbf,0xbd,
+		0xba,0xb7,0xb5,0xb2,0xb0,0xae,0xab,0xa9,
+		0xa7,0xa5,0xa2,0xa0,0x9e,0x9c,0x9a,0x99,
+		0x97,0x95,0x94,0x92,0x91,0x8f,0x8e,0x8c,
+		0x8b,0x8a,0x89,0x88,0x87,0x86,0x85,0x85,
+		0x84,0x83,0x83,0x82,0x82,0x82,0x82,0x82,
+
+		0x82,0x82,0x82,0x82,0x82,0x82,0x83,0x83,
+		0x84,0x85,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8a,
+		0x8b,0x8c,0x8e,0x8f,0x90,0x92,0x94,0x95,
+		0x97,0x99,0x9a,0x9c,0x9e,0xa0,0xa2,0xa5,
+		0xa7,0xa9,0xab,0xae,0xb0,0xb2,0xb5,0xb7,
+		0xba,0xbd,0xbf,0xc2,0xc5,0xc7,0xca,0xcd,
+		0xd0,0xd3,0xd6,0xd9,0xdc,0xdf,0xe2,0xe5,
+		0xe8,0xeb,0xee,0xf1,0xf4,0xf7,0xfa,0xfd,
+	};
+
+//	static char const SinTable[256] = {
+	static char const SinTable[256] = {
+		0x7f,0x7e,0x7e,0x7e,0x7e,0x7e,0x7d,0x7d,
+		0x7c,0x7b,0x7b,0x7a,0x79,0x78,0x77,0x76,
+		0x75,0x74,0x72,0x71,0x70,0x6e,0x6c,0x6b,
+		0x69,0x67,0x66,0x64,0x62,0x60,0x5e,0x5b,
+		0x59,0x57,0x55,0x52,0x50,0x4e,0x4b,0x49,
+		0x46,0x43,0x41,0x3e,0x3b,0x39,0x36,0x33,
+		0x30,0x2d,0x2a,0x27,0x24,0x21,0x1e,0x1b,
+		0x18,0x15,0x12,0x0f,0x0c,0x09,0x06,0x03,
+
+		0x00,0xfd,0xfa,0xf7,0xf4,0xf1,0xee,0xeb,
+		0xe8,0xe5,0xe2,0xdf,0xdc,0xd9,0xd6,0xd3,
+		0xd0,0xcd,0xca,0xc7,0xc5,0xc2,0xbf,0xbd,
+		0xba,0xb7,0xb5,0xb2,0xb0,0xae,0xab,0xa9,
+		0xa7,0xa5,0xa2,0xa0,0x9e,0x9c,0x9a,0x99,
+		0x97,0x95,0x94,0x92,0x91,0x8f,0x8e,0x8c,
+		0x8b,0x8a,0x89,0x88,0x87,0x86,0x85,0x85,
+		0x84,0x83,0x83,0x82,0x82,0x82,0x82,0x82,
+
+		0x82,0x82,0x82,0x82,0x82,0x82,0x83,0x83,
+		0x84,0x85,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8a,
+		0x8b,0x8c,0x8e,0x8f,0x90,0x92,0x94,0x95,
+		0x97,0x99,0x9a,0x9c,0x9e,0xa0,0xa2,0xa5,
+		0xa7,0xa9,0xab,0xae,0xb0,0xb2,0xb5,0xb7,
+		0xba,0xbd,0xbf,0xc2,0xc5,0xc7,0xca,0xcd,
+		0xd0,0xd3,0xd6,0xd9,0xdc,0xdf,0xe2,0xe5,
+		0xe8,0xeb,0xee,0xf1,0xf4,0xf7,0xfa,0xfd,
+
+		0x00,0x03,0x06,0x09,0x0c,0x0f,0x12,0x15,
+		0x18,0x1b,0x1e,0x21,0x24,0x27,0x2a,0x2d,
+		0x30,0x33,0x36,0x39,0x3b,0x3e,0x41,0x43,
+		0x46,0x49,0x4b,0x4e,0x50,0x52,0x55,0x57,
+		0x59,0x5b,0x5e,0x60,0x62,0x64,0x65,0x67,
+		0x69,0x6b,0x6c,0x6e,0x6f,0x71,0x72,0x74,
+		0x75,0x76,0x77,0x78,0x79,0x7a,0x7b,0x7b,
+		0x7c,0x7d,0x7d,0x7e,0x7e,0x7e,0x7e,0x7e,
+	};
+	distance = distance;		// Keep LINT quiet.
+
+#ifdef OBSOLETE
+	/*
+	**	Calculate and add in the X component of the move.
+	*/
+	_AX = CosTable[dir];
+	asm imul word ptr distance
+	asm shl ax,1
+	asm rcl dx,1
+	asm mov al,ah
+	asm mov ah,dl
+	_DX = _AX;
+	x += _DX;
+#else
+	x += calcx(CosTable[dir], distance);
+#endif
+//	asm add [word ptr start],ax
+
+#ifdef OBSOLETE
+	/*
+	**	Calculate and add in the Y component of the move.
+	*/
+	_AX = SinTable[dir];
+	asm imul word ptr distance
+	asm shl ax,1
+	asm rcl dx,1
+	asm mov al,ah
+	asm mov ah,dl
+	asm neg ax				// Subtraction needed because of inverted sine table.
+	_DX = _AX;
+	y += _DX;
+#else
+	y += calcy(SinTable[dir], distance);
+#endif
+//	asm add [word ptr start+2],ax
+
+}
diff --git a/COORDA.ASM b/COORDA.ASM
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3d31d1e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/COORDA.ASM
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+;
+;	Command & Conquer(tm)
+;	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+;
+;	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+;	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+;	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+;	(at your option) any later version.
+;
+;	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+;	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+;	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+;	GNU General Public License for more details.
+;
+;	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+;	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+;
+
+;***************************************************************************
+;**   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S  I N C  **
+;***************************************************************************
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                    File Name : COORDA.ASM                               *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                   Programmer : Barry W. Green                           *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                   Start Date : February 17, 1995                        *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                  Last Update : February 17, 1995  [BWG]                 *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+;* Functions:                                                              *
+;*   Cardinal_To_Fixed -- Converts cardinal numbers into a fixed point number.                 *
+;* - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - *
+
+
+IDEAL
+P386
+MODEL USE32 FLAT
+
+global C	Cardinal_To_Fixed	:NEAR
+global C	Fixed_To_Cardinal	:NEAR
+
+	CODESEG
+
+;***********************************************************************************************
+;* Cardinal_To_Fixed -- Converts cardinal numbers into a fixed point number.                   *
+;*                                                                                             *
+;*    This utility function will convert cardinal numbers into a fixed point fraction. The     *
+;*    use of fixed point numbers occurs throughout the product -- since it is a convenient     *
+;*    tool. The fixed point number is based on the formula:                                    *
+;*                                                                                             *
+;*       result = cardinal / base                                                              *
+;*                                                                                             *
+;*    The accuracy of the fixed point number is limited to 1/256 as the lowest and up to       *
+;*    256 as the largest.                                                                      *
+;*                                                                                             *
+;* INPUT:   base     -- The key number to base the fraction about.                             *
+;*                                                                                             *
+;*          cardinal -- The other number (hey -- what do you call it?)                         *
+;*                                                                                             *
+;* OUTPUT:  Returns with the fixed point number of the "cardinal" parameter as it relates      *
+;*          to the "base" parameter.                                                           *
+;*                                                                                             *
+;* WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+;*                                                                                             *
+;* HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+;*   02/17/1995 BWG : Created.                                                                 *
+;*=============================================================================================*/
+;unsigned int Cardinal_To_Fixed(unsigned base, unsigned cardinal);
+
+	PROC	Cardinal_To_Fixed C near
+	USES	ebx, edx
+
+	ARG	base:DWORD
+	ARG	cardinal:DWORD
+
+	mov	eax,0FFFFh		; establish default return value
+
+	mov	ebx,[base]
+	or	ebx,ebx
+	jz	near ??retneg1		; if base==0, return 65535
+
+	mov	eax,[cardinal]		; otherwise, return (cardinal*256)/base
+	shl	eax,8
+	xor	edx,edx
+	div	ebx
+
+??retneg1:
+	ret
+
+	ENDP	Cardinal_To_Fixed
+
+
+;***********************************************************************************************
+;* Fixed_To_Cardinal -- Converts a fixed point number into a cardinal number.                  *
+;*                                                                                             *
+;*    Use this routine to convert a fixed point number into a cardinal number.                 *
+;*                                                                                             *
+;* INPUT:   base     -- The base number that the original fixed point number was created from. *
+;*                                                                                             *
+;*          fixed    -- The fixed point number to convert.                                     *
+;*                                                                                             *
+;* OUTPUT:  Returns with the reconverted number.                                               *
+;*                                                                                             *
+;* WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+;*                                                                                             *
+;* HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+;*   02/17/1995 BWG : Created.                                                                 *
+;*=============================================================================================*/
+;unsigned int Fixed_To_Cardinal(unsigned base, unsigned fixed);
+	PROC	Fixed_To_Cardinal C near
+	USES	edx
+
+	ARG	base:DWORD
+	ARG	fixed:DWORD
+
+	mov	eax,[base]
+	mul	[fixed]
+	add	eax,080h		; eax = (base * fixed) + 0x80
+
+	test	eax,0FF000000h		; if high byte set, return FFFF
+	jnz	??rneg1
+	shr	eax,8			; else, return eax/256
+	ret
+??rneg1	:
+	mov	eax,0FFFFh		; establish default return value
+	ret
+
+	ENDP	Fixed_To_Cardinal
+
+	END
diff --git a/CREDITS.CPP b/CREDITS.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..774afc2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/CREDITS.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\credits.cpv   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:51:28   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : CREDITS.CPP                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : April 17, 1994                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : March 13, 1995 [JLB]                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   CreditClass::AI -- Handles updating the credit display.                                   *
+ *   CreditClass::Graphic_Logic -- Handles the credit redraw logic.                            *
+ *   CreditClass::CreditClass -- Default constructor for the credit class object.              *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CreditClass::CreditClass -- Default constructor for the credit class object.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the constructor for the credit class object. It merely sets the credit display   *
+ *    state to null.                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/13/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+CreditClass::CreditClass(void)
+{
+	IsToRedraw = false;
+	IsUp = false;
+	IsAudible = false;
+	Credits = 0;
+	Current = 0;
+	Countdown = 0;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CreditClass::Graphic_Logic -- Handles the credit redraw logic.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine should be called whenever the main game screen is to be updated. It will    *
+ *    check to see if the credit display should be redrawn. If so, it will redraw it.          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   forced   -- Should the credit display be redrawn regardless of whether the redraw  *
+ *                      flag is set? This is typically the case when the screen needs to be    *
+ *                      redrawn from scratch.                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/13/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+#define	XX (320-120)
+#define	WW	50
+void CreditClass::Graphic_Logic(bool forced)
+{
+	int factor = Get_Resolution_Factor();
+	int xx = SeenBuff.Get_Width() - (120 << factor);
+	if (forced || IsToRedraw) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Play a sound effect when the money display changes, but only if a sound
+		**	effect was requested.
+		*/
+		if (IsAudible) {
+			if (IsUp) {
+				Sound_Effect(VOC_UP, VOL_1);
+			} else  {
+				Sound_Effect(VOC_DOWN, VOL_1);
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Display the new current value.
+		*/
+		//LogicPage->Fill_Rect(xx-(20 << factor), 1 << factor, xx+(20 << factor), 6 << factor, LTGREY);
+		TabClass::Draw_Credits_Tab();
+		Fancy_Text_Print("%ld", xx, 0, 11, TBLACK, TPF_GREEN12_GRAD|TPF_CENTER | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL, Current);
+
+		IsToRedraw = false;
+		IsAudible = false;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CreditClass::AI -- Handles updating the credit display.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine handles the logic that controls the rate of credit change in the credit     *
+ *    display. It doesn't actually redraw the credit display, but will flag it to be redrawn   *
+ *    if it detects that a change is to occur.                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   forced   -- Should the credit display immediately reflect the current credit       *
+ *                      total for the player? This is usually desired when initially loading   *
+ *                      a scenario or saved game.                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/13/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void CreditClass::AI(bool forced)
+{
+	Credits = PlayerPtr->Available_Money();
+
+	/*
+	**	Make sure that the credit counter doesn't drop below zero.
+	*/
+	Credits = MAX(Credits, 0L);
+
+	if (Current == Credits) return;
+
+	if (forced) {
+		IsAudible = false;
+		Current = Credits;
+	} else {
+
+		if (Countdown) Countdown--;
+		if (Countdown) return;
+
+		/*
+		**	Determine the amount to change the display toward the
+		**	desired value.
+		*/
+		long adder = Credits - Current;
+		adder = ABS(adder);
+		adder >>= 5;
+		adder = Bound(adder, 1L, 71+72);
+		if (Current > Credits) adder = -adder;
+		Current += adder;
+		Countdown = 1;
+
+		if (Current-adder != Current) {
+			IsAudible = true;
+			IsUp = (adder > 0);
+		}
+	}
+	IsToRedraw = true;
+	Map.Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+}
diff --git a/CREDITS.H b/CREDITS.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b08c46c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/CREDITS.H
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\credits.h_v   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:47:26   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               *** 
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : CREDIT.H                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : April 19, 1994                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : April 19, 1994   [JLB]                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef CREDITS_H
+#define CREDITS_H
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**	The animating credit counter display is controlled by this class.
+*/
+class CreditClass {
+	public:
+		long Credits;		// Value of credits trying to update display to.
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		**	Constructors, Destructors, and overloaded operators.
+		*/
+		CreditClass(void);
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		**	Member function prototypes.
+		*/
+		void Update(bool forced=false, bool redraw=false);
+
+		void Graphic_Logic(bool forced=false);
+		void AI(bool forced=false);
+
+		long	Current;		// Credit value currently displayed.
+
+		unsigned IsToRedraw:1;
+		unsigned IsUp:1;
+		unsigned IsAudible:1;
+
+	private:
+		int	Countdown;	// Delay between ticks.
+};
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/CREW.CPP b/CREW.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..18bf6fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/CREW.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\crew.cpv   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:50:50   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               *** 
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : CREW.CPP                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : April 23, 1994                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : April 23, 1994   [JLB]                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
diff --git a/CREW.H b/CREW.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b9bac8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/CREW.H
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\crew.h_v   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:47:56   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               *** 
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : CREW.H                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : April 23, 1994                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : April 23, 1994   [JLB]                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef CREW_H
+#define CREW_H
+
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**	This class handles the basic crew logic. This includes hero tracking,
+**	crew bail-out, and attached object logic.
+*/
+class CrewClass
+{
+	public:
+		/*
+		**	This keeps track of the number of "kills" the unit as accumulated.
+		**	When it reaches a certain point, the unit improves.
+		*/
+		unsigned short Kills;
+
+		/*
+		**	Constructors, Destructors, and overloaded operators.
+		*/
+		CrewClass(void) {Kills = 0;};
+
+		int Made_A_Kill(void) {Kills++;return(Kills);};
+
+	private:
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/CWSTUB.C b/CWSTUB.C
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0834d8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/CWSTUB.C
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <process.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+char *dos4g_path()
+{
+	static char *paths_to_check[] = {
+		"DOS4GPATH",
+		"PATH"
+	};
+	static char fullpath[80];
+	char *dos4gpath;
+	int i;
+	
+	/* If DOS4GPATH points to an executable file name, don't bother
+	   searching any paths for DOS4GW.EXE.
+	*/
+	if (dos4gpath = getenv("DOS4GPATH")) {
+	 	strlwr(strcpy(fullpath, dos4gpath));
+		if (strstr(fullpath, ".exe")) {
+			return(fullpath);
+		}
+	}
+	for( i = 0; i < sizeof(paths_to_check) / sizeof(paths_to_check[0]); i++ ) {
+		_searchenv("dos4gw.exe", paths_to_check[i], fullpath);
+		if (fullpath[0]) {
+			return( &fullpath );
+		}
+	}
+	return("dos4gw.exe");
+}
+
+main( int argc, char *argv[] )
+{
+	char	*av[4];
+	auto char	cmdline[128];
+	
+	av[0] = dos4g_path();		/* Locate the DOS/4GW loader */
+	av[1] = argv[0];			/* name of executable to run */
+	av[2] = getcmd(cmdline);	/* command line */
+	av[3] = NULL;				/* end of list */
+#ifdef VMM
+	putenv("DOS4GVM=MINMEM#2000 MAXMEM#16000 SWAPMIN#4096 SWAPINC#1024 VIRTUALSIZE#10000 SWAPFILE#CONQUER.SWP DELETESWAP @CONQUER.VMC");
+#endif
+#ifdef QUIET
+	putenv("DOS4G=QUIET");	/* disables DOS/4GW Copyright banner */
+#endif
+	execvp(av[0], av);
+	perror(av[0]);
+	exit(1);					/* indicate error */
+}
diff --git a/DDE.CPP b/DDE.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5fbdebe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/DDE.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,450 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D    S T U D I O S        **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Dynamic Data Encapsulation               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : DDE.CPP		                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Steve Wetherill                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : June 1, 1996                             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : June 8, 1996 [SW]                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ *   Instance_Class::InstanceClass -- class constructor                    *
+ *   Instance_Class::InstanceClass -- class destructor                     *
+ *   Instance_Class::Enable_Callback -- enables local processing of pokes  *
+ *   Instance_Class::Register_Servers -- registers a local DDE DNS service *
+ *   Instance_Class::Cleanup_App -- currently does nothing                 *
+ *   Instance_Class::Test_Server_Running -- does a trial connect to remote *
+ *	  Instance_Class::Open_Poke_Connection -- pokes some data to server		*
+ *   Instance_Class::Close_Poke_Connectionp -- closes connection to remote *
+ *   Instance_Class::Poke_Server -- sends a chunk of data to remote        *
+ *   Instance_Class::dde_callback -- processes DDE transactions            *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#define WIN32
+#include	<windows.h>
+#include	"dde.h"
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * These are static members of Instance_Class
+ *=========================================================================*/
+
+static DWORD	Instance_Class::id_inst;			// instance identifier set by DdeInitialize
+static BOOL		Instance_Class::process_pokes;	// controls response to pokes
+static char 	Instance_Class::ascii_name[32];	// name of server
+
+static BOOL CALLBACK	(*Instance_Class::callback) (
+			LPBYTE pointer,		// pointer to received data
+			long	length			// length of received data or advisory flag
+			) = NULL;
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Instance_Class::InstanceClass -- class constructor              			*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		name1		null terminated ASCII client name									*
+ *		name1		null terminated ASCII server name									*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		dde_error = TRUE if error occurs when initializing DDE					*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   6/1/1996 SW : Created.                                                *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+
+Instance_Class::Instance_Class( LPSTR name1, LPSTR name2 )
+{
+
+	dde_error = FALSE;		// no errors
+	process_pokes = FALSE;	// disable pokes in callback
+
+	id_inst = 0;				// set to 0 for first time through
+	conv_handle = 0;   		// conversation handle reset
+
+	lstrcpy( ascii_name, name1 );	// keep a record of ASCII name
+
+	if	( DdeInitialize(
+		(LPDWORD) &id_inst,			// instance identifier
+		dde_callback,
+		APPCLASS_STANDARD | 			// filter server messages
+		CBF_FAIL_SELFCONNECTIONS,	// prevent from connecting with self
+		0) != DMLERR_NO_ERROR) {   // reserved
+			dde_error = TRUE;			// flag an error
+	}
+
+	local_name = DdeCreateStringHandle(
+		id_inst,         		// instance identifier
+    	name1,     				// string to register
+    	CP_WINANSI);    		// Windows ANSI code page
+
+	remote_name = DdeCreateStringHandle(
+		id_inst,         		// instance identifier
+    	name2,     				// string to register
+    	CP_WINANSI);    		// Windows ANSI code page
+
+	poke_topic = DdeCreateStringHandle(
+		id_inst,         		// instance identifier
+		"POKE TOPIC", 			// System topic
+		CP_WINANSI);    		// Windows ANSI code page
+
+	poke_item = DdeCreateStringHandle(
+		id_inst,         		// instance identifier
+		"POKE ITEM", 			// System topic
+		CP_WINANSI);    		// Windows ANSI code page
+
+	system_topic = DdeCreateStringHandle(
+		id_inst,         		// instance identifier
+		SZDDESYS_TOPIC, 		// System topic
+		CP_WINANSI);    		// Windows ANSI code page
+
+}
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Instance_Class::~Instance_Class -- class destructor	              		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *    none.                                                                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   6/1/1996 SW : Created.                                                *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+
+Instance_Class::~Instance_Class()
+{
+	DdeUninitialize( id_inst );
+}
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Instance_Class::Enable_Callback -- enables user callback						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *    TRUE = enable poke processing														*
+ *    FALSE = disable poke processing													*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		echos the input																		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		user callback must be explicitly enabled. Disbabled by default.		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   6/1/1996 SW : Created.                                                *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+
+BOOL	Instance_Class::Enable_Callback( BOOL flag )		// enable or disable callback
+{
+	return (process_pokes = flag);
+
+}
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Instance_Class::Register_Server -- registers a local DDE DNS service    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *    BOOL CALLBACK ( *callback_fnc) ( LPBYTE, DWORD) = user poke callbacl *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		TRUE == success																		*
+ *		FALSE == failed																		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   6/1/1996 SW : Created.                                                *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+
+BOOL	Instance_Class::Register_Server( BOOL CALLBACK ( *callback_fnc) (LPBYTE, long) )
+{
+
+	if (DdeNameService( id_inst, local_name,	0L, DNS_REGISTER ) != 0L) {
+		callback = callback_fnc;
+		return ( TRUE );
+	} else {
+		return ( FALSE );
+	}
+}
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Instance_Class::Test_Server_Running -- does a trial connect to remote   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *    name = HSZ string handle of server name.										*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		TRUE == successfully connected to remote										*
+ *		FALSE == failed to connect															*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		- Can be called for local or remote server but of course will 			*
+ *      fail if a called for local and local server is not "up".				*
+ *		- Disconects before exiting.														*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   6/1/1996 SW : Created.                                                *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+
+BOOL	Instance_Class::Test_Server_Running( HSZ name )
+{
+
+	if( Open_Poke_Connection( name ) == TRUE) {
+		Close_Poke_Connection();
+		return( TRUE );
+	} else {
+		return( FALSE );
+	}
+}
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *	Instance_Class::Open_Poke_Connection -- open a connection to server		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *    name = HSZ server name.																*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		TRUE == successfully opened connection											*
+ *		FALSE == failed to connect															*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		Can be called for local or remote server but of course will 			*
+ *    fail if a called for local and local server is not "up".					*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   6/1/1996 SW : Created.                                                *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+
+BOOL	Instance_Class::Open_Poke_Connection( HSZ name )
+{
+	conv_handle = DdeConnect(
+		id_inst,           	// instance identifier
+		name,         			// service name string handle
+		poke_topic,        	// topic string handle
+		(PCONVCONTEXT) NULL);// use default context
+
+	if (conv_handle == NULL) {
+		return FALSE;
+	} else {
+		return TRUE;
+	}
+}
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *	Instance_Class::Close_Poke_Connection -- closes poke connection			*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *    none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		TRUE == successfully closed connection											*
+ *		FALSE == failed to close connection for some reason						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   6/1/1996 SW : Created.                                                *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+
+BOOL	Instance_Class::Close_Poke_Connection( void )
+{
+	if( conv_handle ) {
+		HCONV	temp_handle = conv_handle;
+		conv_handle = NULL;
+		return( DdeDisconnect( temp_handle ));
+	} else {
+		return( TRUE );
+	}
+}
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *	Instance_Class::Poke_Server -- pokes some data to server						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *    poke_data	points to data to send to remote									*
+ *    poke_length	length of buffer to send											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		TRUE == successfully poked the data												*
+ *		FALSE == failed to connect															*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		has a 3 second timeout (change POKE_TIMEOUT, in milliseconds)			*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   6/1/1996 SW : Created.                                                *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+
+#define	POKE_TIMEOUT	60*1000	      // 60 sec timeout
+
+BOOL	Instance_Class::Poke_Server( LPBYTE poke_data, DWORD poke_length )
+{
+
+	if( DdeClientTransaction(
+
+		poke_data,					// address of data to pass to server
+	  	poke_length,				// length of data
+		conv_handle,				// handle of conversation
+		poke_topic,					// handle of item name string
+		CF_TEXT,						// no special clipboard data format
+		XTYP_POKE,					// transaction type
+		POKE_TIMEOUT,							// time-out duration (millisecs)
+		(LPDWORD) NULL		 		// address of transaction result (don't check)
+	   ) == 0) {
+
+		return( FALSE);
+	} else {
+		return( TRUE );
+	}
+}
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *	Instance_Class::dde_callback -- callback dde event handler					*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		dde_event	transaction type														*
+ *		uFmt			clipboard data format												*
+ *		hconv			handle of the conversation											*
+ *		hsz1			handle of a string													*
+ *		hsz2			handle of a string													*
+ *		hdata			handle of a global memory object									*
+ *		dwData1		transaction-specific data											*
+ *		dwData2 		transaction-specific data											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		context specific HDDEDATA object													*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *	  	NOTE: declared as HDDEDATA CALLBACK which means PASCAL parameters		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   6/1/1996 SW : Created.                                                *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+
+HDDEDATA CALLBACK Instance_Class::dde_callback(
+
+	UINT  dde_event,	// transaction type
+	UINT  uFmt,			// clipboard data format
+	HCONV  ,				// handle of the conversation
+	HSZ  hsz1,			// handle of a string
+	HSZ  hsz2,			// handle of a string
+	HDDEDATA  hdata,	// handle of a global memory object
+	DWORD  			,	// transaction-specific data
+	DWORD  			 	// transaction-specific data
+	)
+{
+
+
+	if (!Instance_Class::callback){
+		return (HDDEDATA) NULL;
+	}
+
+	switch ( dde_event ) {
+
+		case XTYP_REGISTER:
+      case XTYP_UNREGISTER:
+
+			return (HDDEDATA) NULL;
+
+		case XTYP_ADVDATA:
+			return (HDDEDATA) DDE_FACK;
+
+		case XTYP_XACT_COMPLETE:
+
+			return (HDDEDATA) NULL;
+
+		case XTYP_DISCONNECT:
+
+			Instance_Class::callback( NULL, DDE_ADVISE_DISCONNECT);
+			return (HDDEDATA) NULL;
+
+		case	XTYP_CONNECT: {
+
+			char	buffer[32];
+
+			DdeQueryString (Instance_Class::id_inst, hsz2, buffer, sizeof (buffer), 0) ;
+
+			if (0 != strcmp (buffer, Instance_Class::ascii_name)) {
+				return (HDDEDATA) NULL;
+			}
+
+			DdeQueryString (Instance_Class::id_inst, hsz1, buffer, sizeof (buffer), 0) ;
+
+			if (0 != strcmp (buffer, "POKE TOPIC")) {
+				return (HDDEDATA) NULL;
+			}
+
+			Instance_Class::callback( NULL, DDE_ADVISE_CONNECT);
+			return (HDDEDATA) TRUE;
+		}
+
+		case	XTYP_POKE:
+
+			if	(Instance_Class::process_pokes == FALSE ) {
+				return (HDDEDATA) DDE_FNOTPROCESSED;	// processing disabled
+			} else {
+
+				char	buffer[32];
+
+				DdeQueryString (Instance_Class::id_inst, hsz1, buffer, sizeof (buffer), 0) ;
+
+				if (0 != strcmp (buffer, "POKE TOPIC")) {
+					return (HDDEDATA) DDE_FNOTPROCESSED;
+				} else if (uFmt == CF_TEXT) {					// make sure it's CF_TEXT
+
+					BOOL processed;
+					BYTE FAR *pdata;
+					DWORD dw_length;
+
+					if ( (pdata = DdeAccessData( hdata, &dw_length)) == NULL ) {
+						return (HDDEDATA) DDE_FNOTPROCESSED;
+					}
+
+					processed = Instance_Class::callback((LPBYTE) pdata, dw_length);
+
+					DdeUnaccessData( hdata );
+
+					if (processed == TRUE) {
+						return (HDDEDATA) DDE_FACK;
+					} else {
+						return (HDDEDATA) NULL;
+					}
+
+				}
+			}
+
+		default:
+      	return (HDDEDATA) NULL;
+    }
+}
diff --git a/DDE.H b/DDE.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..88d2e24
--- /dev/null
+++ b/DDE.H
@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D    S T U D I O S        **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Dynamic Data Encapsulation					*
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : DDE.H												*
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Steve Wetherill									*
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : June 1, 1996		                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : June 8, 1996   [SW]                 		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This is the DDE (Instance_Class) which provides a simple CLIENT/SERVER	*
+ * DDE model for data transactions between Windows applications.				*
+ * This is a fairly naieve implementation allowing only one client/server	*
+ * per Instance_Class object. 															*
+ *																									*
+ * Typical uses for this class are:														*
+ *																									*
+ * i. Robust verification of whether an application is running					*
+ * ii. Data transfer between applications												*
+ *																									*
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+/*
+***************************** Class defines *****************************
+*/
+
+#ifndef 	__DDE_H
+#define	__DDE_H
+
+#define	DDE_ADVISE_CONNECT		-1		// advisory "client has connected"
+#define	DDE_ADVISE_DISCONNECT	-2		// advisory "client has disconnected"
+
+/*
+***************************** Class Declaration *****************************
+*/
+
+class	Instance_Class {
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Public Interface ----------------------------
+	*/
+	public:
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Constructor:
+		- takes null terminated ASCII strings names for client and server
+		.....................................................................*/
+
+		Instance_Class(		// constructor
+			LPSTR,				// null terminated local sever name string
+			LPSTR					// null terminated remote server name string
+			);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Destructor:
+		.....................................................................*/
+		~Instance_Class(void);	// the destructor
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Send data routine:
+		- sends an unsolicited packet of data to the remote server
+		.....................................................................*/
+		BOOL	Poke_Server( LPBYTE, DWORD);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Send data routine:
+		- sets up DNS for the server and registers a user callback to handle
+		  incoming data
+		.....................................................................*/
+		BOOL	Register_Server( BOOL CALLBACK (*)(LPBYTE, long));
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Does a trial connect to the remote server.
+		- used to determine whether server is alive or not (and thus running)
+		.....................................................................*/
+		BOOL	Test_Server_Running( HSZ );
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Enables user callback (disabled by default)
+		.....................................................................*/
+		BOOL	Enable_Callback( BOOL );		// enable or disable callback
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Open a connection for sending data to remote server
+		.....................................................................*/
+		BOOL	Open_Poke_Connection( HSZ );
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Close connection with remote server
+		.....................................................................*/
+		BOOL	Close_Poke_Connection( void );
+
+		//
+		// static members
+		//
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		User callback - called upon receipt of incoming data (static member!)
+		.....................................................................*/
+		static BOOL CALLBACK	(*callback) (
+
+			LPBYTE pointer,		// pointer to received data
+			long length				// if >0 length of received data
+										// if <0
+										//	-1 == client connect detected
+										// -2 == client disconnect detected
+			);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		DDE callback, called when DDEML has an event for us
+		.....................................................................*/
+		static HDDEDATA CALLBACK dde_callback(
+
+			UINT  uType,		// transaction type
+			UINT  uFmt,			// clipboard data format
+			HCONV  hconv,		// handle of the conversation
+			HSZ  hsz1,			// handle of a string
+			HSZ  hsz2,			// handle of a string
+			HDDEDATA  hdata,	// handle of a global memory object
+			DWORD  dwData1,	// transaction-specific data
+			DWORD  dwData2 	// transaction-specific data
+			);
+		HANDLE	instance;	// this application's instance
+		HWND		hwnd;			// valid window handle
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		member variables
+		.....................................................................*/
+
+		static DWORD id_inst;			// instance identifier set by DdeInitialize
+		static BOOL	process_pokes;		// controls response to pokes
+		static char ascii_name[32];	// name of server
+
+		//
+		// non-static member variables
+		//
+
+		HSZ remote_name; 		// string handle for remote server name
+		HSZ local_name; 		// string handle for local server name
+		HSZ system_topic;		// string handle for the "system" topic
+		HSZ poke_topic;		// string handle for poking data to server topic
+		HSZ poke_item;			// string handle for poking data to server item
+
+		HCONV conv_handle;   // conversation handle
+		BOOL	dde_error;		// error flag
+
+};
+
+#endif
+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/DEBUG.CPP b/DEBUG.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6515925
--- /dev/null
+++ b/DEBUG.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,690 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\debug.cpv   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:49:18   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : DEBUG.CPP                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : September 10, 1993                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : July 5, 1994   [JLB]                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   Self_Regulate -- Regulates the logic timer to result in smooth animation.                 *
+ *   Debug_Key -- Debug mode keyboard processing.                                              *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "function.h"
+#include	<stdarg.h>
+#include <filepcx.h>
+#include <io.h>
+#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+
+extern bool ScreenRecording;
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Debug_Key -- Debug mode keyboard processing.                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    If debugging is enabled, then this routine will be called for every keystroke that the   *
+ *    game doesn't recognize. These extra keys usually perform some debugging function.        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   input -- The key code that was pressed.                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/07/1992 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void Debug_Key(unsigned input)
+{
+	static int map_x = -1;
+	static int map_y = -1;
+	static int map_width = -1;
+	static int map_height = -1;
+
+	if (!input || input & KN_BUTTON) return;
+
+	/*
+	**	Processing of normal keystrokes.
+	*/
+	if (Debug_Flag) {
+
+		switch (input) {
+
+			case KN_L:
+				extern int NetMonoMode,NewMonoMode;
+				if (NetMonoMode)
+					NetMonoMode = 0;
+				else
+					NetMonoMode = 1;
+				NewMonoMode = 1;
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			** Start saving off screens
+			*/
+			case (int)KN_K|(int)KN_CTRL_BIT:
+				ScreenRecording = true;
+				break;
+
+			case KN_K:
+				/*
+				** time to create a screen shot using the PCX code (if it works)
+				*/
+				{
+					GraphicBufferClass temp_page(	SeenBuff.Get_Width(),
+															SeenBuff.Get_Height(),
+															NULL,
+															SeenBuff.Get_Width() * SeenBuff.Get_Height());
+					char filename[30];
+
+					SeenBuff.Blit(temp_page);
+					for (int lp = 0; lp < 99; lp ++) {
+						if (lp < 10) {
+							sprintf(filename, "scrsht0%d.pcx", lp);
+						} else {
+							sprintf(filename, "scrsht%d.pcx", lp);
+						}
+						if (access(filename, F_OK) == -1)
+							break;
+					}
+
+					Write_PCX_File(filename, temp_page, (unsigned char *)CurrentPalette);
+					//Map.Place_Random_Crate();
+				}
+				break;
+
+			case KN_P:
+				Keyboard::Clear();
+				while (!Keyboard::Check()) {
+					Self_Regulate();
+					Sound_Callback();
+				}
+				Keyboard::Clear();
+				break;
+
+			case KN_O:
+				{
+					AircraftClass * air = new AircraftClass(AIRCRAFT_ORCA, PlayerPtr->Class->House);
+					if (air) {
+						air->Altitude = 0;
+						air->Unlimbo(Map.Pixel_To_Coord(Get_Mouse_X(), Get_Mouse_Y()), DIR_N);
+					}
+				}
+				break;
+
+			case (int)KN_B|(int)KN_ALT_BIT:
+				{
+					Debug_Instant_Build ^= 1;
+				}
+				break;
+			case KN_B:
+				{
+					AircraftClass * air = new AircraftClass(AIRCRAFT_HELICOPTER, PlayerPtr->Class->House);
+					if (air) {
+						air->Altitude = 0;
+						air->Unlimbo(Map.Pixel_To_Coord(Get_Mouse_X(), Get_Mouse_Y()), DIR_N);
+					}
+				}
+				break;
+
+			case KN_T:
+				{
+					AircraftClass * air = new AircraftClass(AIRCRAFT_TRANSPORT, PlayerPtr->Class->House);
+					if (air) {
+						air->Altitude = 0;
+						air->Unlimbo(Map.Pixel_To_Coord(Get_Mouse_X(), Get_Mouse_Y()), DIR_N);
+					}
+				}
+				break;
+
+			case KN_GRAVE:
+				new AnimClass(ANIM_ART_EXP1, Map.Pixel_To_Coord(Get_Mouse_X(), Get_Mouse_Y()));
+				Explosion_Damage(Map.Pixel_To_Coord(Get_Mouse_X(), Get_Mouse_Y()), 250, NULL, WARHEAD_HE);
+				break;
+
+			case KN_Z:
+//				new AnimClass(ANIM_LZ_SMOKE, Map.Pixel_To_Coord(Get_Mouse_X(), Get_Mouse_Y()));
+				GDI_Ending();
+				break;
+
+			case KN_C:
+				Debug_Cheat = (Debug_Cheat == false);
+				PlayerPtr->IsRecalcNeeded = true;
+				PlayerPtr->Add_Nuke_Piece();
+				PlayerPtr->Add_Nuke_Piece();
+				PlayerPtr->Add_Nuke_Piece();
+
+				/*
+				**	This placement might affect any prerequisite requirements for construction
+				**	lists. Update the buildable options accordingly.
+				*/
+				if (!ScenarioInit) {
+					Map.Recalc();
+					for (int index = 0; index < Buildings.Count(); index++) {
+						Buildings.Ptr(index)->Update_Buildables();
+					}
+				}
+				break;
+
+			case (int)KN_Z|(int)KN_ALT_BIT:
+				if (map_x == -1) {
+					map_x = Map.MapCellX;
+					map_y = Map.MapCellY;
+					map_width = Map.MapCellWidth;
+					map_height = Map.MapCellHeight;
+					Map.MapCellX = 1;
+					Map.MapCellY = 1;
+					Map.MapCellWidth = 62;
+					Map.MapCellHeight = 62;
+				} else {
+					Map.MapCellX = map_x;
+					Map.MapCellY = map_y;
+					Map.MapCellWidth = map_width;
+					Map.MapCellHeight = map_height;
+					map_x = -1;
+					map_y = -1;
+					map_width = -1;
+					map_height = -1;
+				}
+				break;
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+			case KN_G:
+				HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_GOOD)->Flag_Attach(Map.Click_Cell_Calc(Get_Mouse_X(), Get_Mouse_Y()));
+				break;
+
+			case KN_N:
+				HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_BAD)->Flag_Attach(Map.Click_Cell_Calc(Get_Mouse_X(), Get_Mouse_Y()));
+				break;
+#endif
+
+			case KN_R:
+				if (CurrentObject.Count()) {
+					((TechnoClass *)CurrentObject[0])->IsCloakable = true;
+				}
+				break;
+
+			case KN_M:
+				if (Debug_Flag) {
+					if (MonoClass::Is_Enabled()) {
+						MonoClass::Disable();
+					} else {
+						MonoClass::Enable();
+					}
+				}
+				break;
+
+			case (int)KN_W|(int)KN_ALT_BIT:
+				PlayerPtr->Flag_To_Win();
+				break;
+
+			case (int)KN_L|(int)KN_ALT_BIT:
+				PlayerPtr->Flag_To_Lose();
+				break;
+
+			case KN_F:
+				Debug_Find_Path ^= 1;
+				break;
+
+			case KN_DELETE:
+				if (CurrentObject.Count()) {
+					Map.Recalc();
+					//CurrentObject[0]->Detach_All();
+					delete CurrentObject[0];
+				}
+				break;
+
+			case KN_D:
+				if (Teams.Ptr(0)) {
+					delete Teams.Ptr(0);
+				}
+				break;
+
+			case (int)KN_DELETE|(int)KN_SHIFT_BIT:
+				if (CurrentObject.Count()) {
+					Map.Recalc();
+					int damage = 50;
+					CurrentObject[0]->Take_Damage(damage, 0, WARHEAD_SA);
+				}
+				break;
+
+			case KN_INSERT:
+				if (CurrentObject.Count()) {
+					Map.PendingObject = &CurrentObject[0]->Class_Of();
+					if (Map.PendingObject) {
+						Map.PendingHouse = CurrentObject[0]->Owner();
+						Map.PendingObjectPtr = Map.PendingObject->Create_One_Of(HouseClass::As_Pointer(Map.PendingHouse));
+						if (Map.PendingObjectPtr) {
+							Map.Set_Cursor_Pos();
+							Map.Set_Cursor_Shape(Map.PendingObject->Occupy_List());
+						}
+					}
+				}
+				break;
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+			case KN_1:
+			case KN_2:
+			case KN_3:
+			case KN_4:
+			case KN_5:
+			case KN_6:
+			case KN_7:
+			case KN_8:
+			case KN_9:
+			case KN_0:
+				MonoPage = (input & 0xFF) - KN_1;
+				MonoPage %= sizeof(MonoArray)/sizeof(MonoArray[0]);
+				MonoArray[MonoPage].View();
+				input = 0;
+				break;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+			case ((int)KN_F1 | (int)KN_SHIFT_BIT):
+				Special.IsBarOn = (Special.IsBarOn == false);
+				Map.Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+				break;
+
+			case ((int)KN_F1 | (int)KN_SHIFT_BIT):	// quick load/save for debugging
+				if (!Save_Game(0,"Command & Conquer Save Game File")) {
+					CCMessageBox().Process("Error saving game!");
+					Prog_End();
+					exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+				}
+				break;
+
+			case ((int)KN_F2 | (int)KN_SHIFT_BIT):	// quick load/save for debugging
+				if (!Load_Game(0)) {
+					CCMessageBox().Process("Error loading game!");
+					Prog_End();
+					exit(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+				}
+				break;
+
+//#ifdef SCENARIO_EDITOR
+			case KN_F2:		// enable/disable the map editor
+				Go_Editor(!Debug_Map);
+				break;
+//#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+			case KN_F2: {
+				Debug_Map++;
+				Scenario_Editor();
+				Debug_Map--;
+#ifdef NEVER
+				COORDINATE		coord;
+				int		index;
+				static COORDINATE	_coords[] = {
+					0x00010001L,
+					0x00800080L,
+					0x00810081L,
+					0x00010081L,
+					0x00810001L,
+					0x00800081L,
+					0x00800001L,
+					0x00010080L,
+					0x00810080L,
+					0L
+				};
+				index = 0;
+				while (_coords[index]) {
+					coord = _coords[index++];
+					Mono_Printf("Spillage for %08lX = %d.\r", coord, Coord_Spillage_Number(coord));
+				}
+				Keyboard::Clear();
+				Keyboard::Get();
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+#define MAX_RADIUS	10
+					COORDINATE	coord;
+					int	x,y;
+					COORDINATE	const *ptr;
+					int	input;
+					int	f1,f2;
+					TurnTrackType	const *track;
+
+					#define	XCENTER	160
+					#define	YCENTER	100
+					for (;;) {
+						VisiblePage.Clear();
+
+						// Draw grid.
+						{
+							static int _gridx[] = {0,64,128,192,0,64,128,192,0,64,128,192};
+							static int _gridy[] = {0,0,0,0,64,64,64,64,128,128,128,128};
+							int	index;
+
+							for (index = 0; index < 12; index++) {
+								LogicPage->Put_Pixel((_gridx[index]+XCENTER)-(32+64),(_gridy[index]+YCENTER)-(32+64), DKGRAY);
+							}
+						}
+
+						// Get facing #1.
+						LogicPage->Print("Facing #1 (0-7)?", 0, 0, WHITE, BLACK);
+						input = Keyboard::Get();
+						if (input == KA_ESC) break;
+						input -= KA_0;
+						input = Bound(input, 0, 7);
+//						input = MAX(input, 0);
+//						input = MIN(input, 7);
+						f1 = input;
+						Int_Print(f1, 100, 0, WHITE, BLACK);
+
+						// Get facing #2.
+						LogicPage->Print("Facing #2 (0-7)?", 0, 10, WHITE, BLACK);
+						input = Keyboard::Get();
+						if (input == KA_ESC) break;
+						input -= KA_0;
+						input = Bound(input, 0, 7);
+//						input = MAX(input, 0);
+//						input = MIN(input, 7);
+						f2 = input;
+						Int_Print(f2, 100, 10, WHITE, BLACK);
+
+						track = &TrackControl[f1][f2];
+						if (track->Track == 0) {
+							LogicPage->Print("Undefined track.", 0, 30, WHITE, BLACK);
+						} else {
+							int	index;	// Track index counter.
+
+							ptr = TrackPointers[track->Track-1];
+							index = 0;
+							while (ptr[index]) {
+								coord = Smooth_Turn(NULL, ptr[index], track->Flag);
+
+								x = (int)(coord & 0xFFFF);
+								y = (int)((coord >> 16) & 0xFFFF);
+								LogicPage->Put_Pixel(XCENTER + (x>>2), YCENTER + (y>>2), WHITE);
+								Delay(1);
+								index++;
+							}
+
+						}
+						input = Keyboard::Get();
+						if (input == KA_ESC) break;
+					}
+
+					Map.Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+#endif
+#ifdef NEVER
+					FILE	*fh;
+					int	index;
+					COORDINATE	coord;
+
+					fh = fopen("diagonal.txt", "wt");
+					if (fh) {
+
+						fprintf(fh, "track 2\n");
+						coord = 0x0100FF00L;
+						for (index = 0; index <= 48; index++) {
+							fprintf(fh, "0x%08lXL\n", coord);
+							coord = Coord_Move(coord, 32, 11);
+						}
+						fprintf(fh, "\n\n");
+
+						fprintf(fh, "track 1\n");
+						coord = 0x01000000L;
+						for (index = 0; index <= 40; index++) {
+							fprintf(fh, "0x%08lXL\n", coord);
+							coord = Coord_Move(coord, 0, 11);
+						}
+						fprintf(fh, "\n\n");
+
+						fclose(fh);
+					}
+#endif
+#ifdef NEVER
+					FILE	*fh;
+					int	x,y,radius;
+					int	radsize[MAX_RADIUS+2];
+					int	count;
+
+					memset(radsize, 0, sizeof(radsize));
+					fh = fopen("Range.txt", "wt");
+					if (fh) {
+						fprintf(fh, "int const RadiusOffset[] = {\n");
+
+						for (radius = 0; radius <= MAX_RADIUS; radius++) {
+
+							fprintf(fh, "\t/* %-2d */\t", radius);
+							for (y = -MAX_RADIUS; y <= MAX_RADIUS; y++) {
+								for (x = -MAX_RADIUS; x <= MAX_RADIUS; x++) {
+									int	xd,yd,dist;
+
+									xd = ABS(x);
+									yd = ABS(y);
+									if (xd > yd) {
+										dist = yd/2 + xd;
+									} else {
+										dist = xd/2 + yd;
+									}
+									if (dist == radius) {
+										dist = y*MAP_CELL_W + x;
+
+										if (y) {
+											if (y < 0) {
+												fprintf(fh, "(-MCW*%d)", ABS(y));
+											} else {
+												fprintf(fh, "(MCW*%d)", ABS(y));
+											}
+											fprintf(fh, "%c%d,", (x<0) ? '-' : '+', ABS(x));
+										} else {
+											fprintf(fh, "%d,", x);
+										}
+										radsize[radius]++;
+									}
+								}
+							}
+							fprintf(fh, "\n");
+						}
+						fprintf(fh, "};\n\n");
+
+						count = 0;
+						fprintf(fh, "int const RadiusCount[%d] = {", MAX_RADIUS+1);
+						for (radius = 0; radius <= MAX_RADIUS; radius++) {
+							count += radsize[radius];
+							fprintf(fh, "%d", count);
+							if (radius != MAX_RADIUS) {
+								fprintf(fh, ",");
+							}
+						}
+						fprintf(fh, "};\n");
+						fclose(fh);
+					}
+#endif
+				}
+				break;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+			case ((int)KN_F3 | (int)KN_ALT_BIT):	// quick load/save for debugging
+				Debug_Threat = (Debug_Threat == false);
+				Map.Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+				break;
+
+#endif
+
+			case KN_F3:
+				Debug_Icon = (Debug_Icon == false);
+				Map.Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+				break;
+
+
+			/*
+			**	Reveal entire map to player.
+			*/
+			case KN_F4:
+				if (GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL) {
+					Debug_Unshroud = (Debug_Unshroud == false);
+					Map.Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			**	Shows sight and fire range in the form of circles emanating from the currently
+			**	selected unit. The white circle is for sight range, the red circle is for
+			**	fire range.
+			*/
+			case KN_F7:
+				if (CurrentObject.Count() && CurrentObject[0]->Is_Techno()) {
+					TechnoTypeClass const & ttype = (TechnoTypeClass const &)CurrentObject[0]->Class_Of();
+					int sight = ((int)ttype.SightRange)<<8;
+					int weapon = 0;
+					if (ttype.Primary != WEAPON_NONE) weapon = Weapons[ttype.Primary].Range;
+					Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+					COORDINATE center = CurrentObject[0]->Center_Coord();
+					COORDINATE center2 = CurrentObject[0]->Fire_Coord(0);
+
+					for (int r = 0; r < 255; r += 10) {
+						int	x,y,x1,y1;
+						DirType r1 = (DirType)r;
+						DirType r2 = (DirType)((r+10) & 0xFF);
+
+						if (Map.Coord_To_Pixel(Coord_Move(center, r1, sight), x, y)) {
+							Map.Coord_To_Pixel(Coord_Move(center, r2, sight), x1, y1);
+							LogicPage->Draw_Line(x, y+8, x1, y1+8, WHITE);
+						}
+						if (Map.Coord_To_Pixel(Coord_Move(center2, r1, weapon), x, y)) {
+							Map.Coord_To_Pixel(Coord_Move(center2, r2, weapon), x1, y1);
+							LogicPage->Draw_Line(x, y+8, x1, y1+8, RED);
+						}
+					}
+				}
+				break;
+
+			case ((int)KN_F4 | (int)KN_CTRL_BIT):
+				Debug_Unshroud = (Debug_Unshroud == false);
+				Map.Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+				break;
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+			case KN_F5:
+				Special.IsShowPath = (Special.IsShowPath == false);
+				//PlayerPtr->Credits += 1000;
+				break;
+
+			case KN_F6:
+				if (Map.In_Radar(XY_Cell(Map.MapCellX+5, Map.MapCellY - 1))) {
+					Mono_Printf("Arrrggggghhhhh!");
+				} else {
+					Mono_Printf("No Arrrggggghhhhh!");
+				}
+				break;
+
+			case ((int)KN_F9 | (int)KN_CTRL_BIT):
+				if (HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_GOOD))
+					(HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_GOOD))->Blowup_All();
+				break;
+
+			case ((int)KN_F10 | (int)KN_CTRL_BIT):
+				if (HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_BAD))
+					(HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_BAD))->Blowup_All();
+				break;
+#endif
+		}
+
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Self_Regulate -- Regulates the logic timer to result in smooth animation                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    The self regulation process checks the number of frames displayed                        *
+ *    per second and from this determines the amount of time to devote                         *
+ *    to internal logic processing. By adjusting the time allotted to                          *
+ *    internal processing, smooth animation can be maintained.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   In order for this routine to work properly it MUST be                           *
+ *             called every display loop.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/31/1991 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   07/05/1994 JLB : Handles new monochrome system.                                           *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+#define	UPDATE_INTERVAL	TIMER_SECOND
+void Self_Regulate(void)
+{
+	static CountDownTimerClass DebugTimer(BT_SYSTEM);
+	static ObjectClass * _lastobject = 0;
+
+	if (!DebugTimer.Time()) {
+		DebugTimer.Set(UPDATE_INTERVAL);
+
+		if (MonoClass::Is_Enabled()) {
+			MonoClass *mono = MonoClass::Get_Current();
+			mono->Set_Default_Attribute(2);
+
+			switch (MonoPage) {
+				case 0:
+					mono = &MonoArray[0];
+					mono->Clear();
+
+					/*
+					**	Display the status of the currently selected object.
+					*/
+					if (CurrentObject.Count()) {
+						_lastobject = CurrentObject[0];
+					}
+					if (_lastobject && !_lastobject->IsActive) {
+						_lastobject = 0;
+					}
+					if (_lastobject) {
+						_lastobject->Debug_Dump(mono);
+					}
+					Logic.Debug_Dump(mono);
+					mono->Set_Cursor(0, 20);
+					mono->Printf(
+						"Heap size:%10ld \r"
+						"Largest:  %10ld \r"
+						"Ttl Free: %10ld \r"
+						"Frag:     %10ld \r",
+						Heap_Size(MEM_NORMAL),
+						Ram_Free(MEM_NORMAL),
+						Total_Ram_Free(MEM_NORMAL),
+						Total_Ram_Free(MEM_NORMAL)-Ram_Free(MEM_NORMAL)
+					);
+					*MonoClass::Get_Current() = *mono;
+					break;
+			}
+
+			MonoArray[MonoPage] = *mono;
+		}
+	}
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/DEBUG.H b/DEBUG.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3d379b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/DEBUG.H
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#define TXT_NONE_DEBUG           	0x3e8 	// 
+#define TXTED_BLANK              	0x3e9 	// ____
+#define TXTED_UNABLETOREAD       	0x3ea 	// Unable to read scenario!
+#define TXTED_FILEEXISTS         	0x3eb 	// File exists. Replace?
+#define TXTED_LOWMEM             	0x3ec 	// Insufficient memory!
+#define TXTED_EXIT               	0x3ed 	// Exit Scenario Editor?
+#define TXT_GENERIC_EXCEPTION    	0x3ee 	// ERROR: Exception was
+#define TXT_RADIO_1              	0x3ef 	// hisssss
+#define TXT_RADIO_2              	0x3f0 	// Roger.
+#define TXT_RADIO_3              	0x3f1 	// Come in.
+#define TXT_RADIO_4              	0x3f2 	// Over and out.
+#define TXT_RADIO_5              	0x3f3 	// Requesting transport.
+#define TXT_RADIO_6              	0x3f4 	// I've got a delivery for
+#define TXT_RADIO_7              	0x3f5 	// I'm performing load/unload
+#define TXT_RADIO_8              	0x3f6 	// I'm clear.
+#define TXT_RADIO_9              	0x3f7 	// You are clear to unload.
+#define TXT_RADIO_10             	0x3f8 	// Am unable to comply.
+#define TXT_RADIO_11             	0x3f9 	// I'm starting construction
+#define TXT_RADIO_12             	0x3fa 	// I've finished construction.
+#define TXT_RADIO_13             	0x3fb 	// Oops, sorry. I might have
+#define TXT_RADIO_14             	0x3fc 	// I'm full. May I unload at
+#define TXT_RADIO_15             	0x3fd 	// Are you a refinery and are
+#define TXT_RADIO_16             	0x3fe 	// Take this kick! You...
+#define TXT_RADIO_17             	0x3ff 	// Take this punch! You...
diff --git a/DEFINES.H b/DEFINES.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6c725be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/DEFINES.H
@@ -0,0 +1,2771 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\defines.h_v   2.19   16 Oct 1995 16:44:54   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : DEFINES.H                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : September 10, 1993                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : September 10, 1993   [JLB]                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef DEFINES_H
+#define DEFINES_H
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	If defined, then the advanced balancing features will be enabled
+**	for this version.
+*/
+//#define ADVANCED
+#define PATCH			// Super patch (1.17?)
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	The demo version of C&C will be built if the following define
+**	is active.
+*/
+//#define DEMO
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**  Define this to allow play of the bonus missions for the Gateway
+**  bundle deal.
+*/
+#define BONUS_MISSIONS
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+** Handle expansion scnearios as a set of single missions with all
+**	necessary information self contained within the mission file.
+*/
+#ifndef DEMO
+#define NEWMENU
+#endif
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	If the scenario editor to to be active in this build then uncomment
+**	the following #define line.
+*/
+//#define SCENARIO_EDITOR
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	This define enables the full set of cheat keys and special
+**	command line options.
+*/
+#define CHEAT_KEYS
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	If this is defined, the special Virgin limited cheat keys
+**	are enabled. This allows the "cheat" parameter and then only
+**	allows the ALT-W to win the mission.
+*/
+//#define VIRGIN_CHEAT_KEYS
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	Optional parameter control for special options.
+*/
+//#define	PARM_6PLAYER		0x5D9F6F24		// "6"
+#define	PARM_6PLAYER	0x9CAFC93B		// Alternate 6 player keyphrase.
+
+/*
+**	Enable the set of limited cheat key options.
+*/
+#ifdef VIRGIN_CHEAT_KEYS
+#define	PARM_PLAYTEST		0xF7DDC227		// "PLAYTEST"
+#endif
+
+/*
+**	Enable the full set of cheat key options.
+*/
+#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+#ifndef PARM_PLAYTEST
+#define	PARM_PLAYTEST		0xF7DDC227		// "PLAYTEST"
+#endif
+#define	PARM_CHEATDAVID	0xBE79088C		// Cheat keys for David Dettmer
+#define	PARM_CHEATERIK		0x9F38A19D		// Cheat keys for Erik Yeo
+#define	PARM_EDITORERIK	0xC2AA509B		//	Map editor for Erik Yeo
+#define	PARM_CHEATPHIL		0x39D01821		// Cheat keys for Phil Gorrow
+#define	PARM_CHEATJOE		0xABDD0362		// Cheat keys for Joe Bostic
+#define	PARM_CHEATBILL		0xB5B63531		// Cheat keys for Bill Randolph
+#define	PARM_CHEAT_STEVET	0x2E7FE493		// Cheat keys for Steve Tall
+#define	PARM_EDITORBILL	0x7E7C4CCA		//	"-EDITOR"
+#define	PARM_CHEATMIKE		0x00532693		// Mike Lightner
+#define	PARM_CHEATADAM		0xDFABC23A		// Adam Isgreen
+#endif
+
+//#define	PARM_CHEAT		0x6F4BE7CA		// "CHEAT"
+//#define	PARM_EDITOR		0x7E7C4CCA		//	"-EDITOR"
+
+#define	PARM_EASY			0x59E975CE		// "EASY" Enables easy mode.
+#define	PARM_HARD			0xACFE9D13		// "HARD" Enables hard mode.
+
+#define	PARM_INSTALL		0xD95C68A2		//	"FROMINSTALL"
+#define	PARM_TRUENAME		0xB1A34435		// Enables true object names.
+#define	PARM_3POINT			0x03552894		// Enable three point turns.
+#define	PARM_SCORE			0x7FDE2C33		// Enables alternate themes.
+#define	PARM_COMBAT			0xDC57C4B2		// Gives combat advantage to attacker.
+#define	PARM_TREETARGET	0x00AB6BEF		// Allows targeting of trees without <CTRL> key.
+#define	PARM_BIB				0xF7867BF0		// Disables building bibs.
+#define	PARM_MCV				0x104DF10F		// MCV undeploys rather than sells.
+#define	PARM_HELIPAD		0x53EBECBC		// Helipad can be purchased separately from helicopter.
+#define	PARM_IQ				0x9E3881B8		// Smart self defense logic enable.
+#define	PARM_SQUISH			0x4EA2FBDF		// Squish images for infantry bodies.
+#define	PARM_HUMAN			0xACB58F61		// Human generated sound effects.
+#define	PARM_SCROLLING		0xC084AE82		// Restricts scrolling over the tabs.
+//#define	PARM_SPECIAL		0xD18129F6		// Enables special mode.
+//#define	PARM_SPECIAL	0x2E84E394	//	#1
+//#define	PARM_SPECIAL	0x63CE7584	//	#2
+//#define	PARM_SPECIAL	0x85F110A5	//	#3
+///#define	PARM_SPECIAL	0x7F65F13C	//	#4
+//#define	PARM_SPECIAL	0x431F5F61	//	#5
+#define	PARM_SPECIAL	0x11CA05BB	//	#6 	funpark
+//#define	PARM_SPECIAL	0xE0F651B9	//	#7
+//#define	PARM_SPECIAL	0x10B9683D	//	#8
+//#define	PARM_SPECIAL	0xEE1CD37D	//	#9
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	Defines for verifying free disk space
+*/
+#define	INIT_FREE_DISK_SPACE		1024*4096	//8388608
+#define	SAVE_GAME_DISK_SPACE		INIT_FREE_DISK_SPACE	// (INIT_FREE_DISK_SPACE - (1024*4096))
+//#define	SAVE_GAME_DISK_SPACE		 100000
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	This is the credit threshold that the computer's money must exceed
+**	in order for structure repair to commence.
+*/
+#define	REPAIR_THRESHHOLD		1000
+
+
+//#define	GERMAN	1
+//#define	FRENCH	1
+//#define	JAPANESE	1
+
+#define	FOREIGN_VERSION_NUMBER	6
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	These enumerations are used to implement RTTI.
+*/
+typedef enum RTTIType {
+	RTTI_NONE=0,
+	RTTI_INFANTRY,
+	RTTI_INFANTRYTYPE,
+	RTTI_UNIT,
+	RTTI_UNITTYPE,
+	RTTI_AIRCRAFT,
+	RTTI_AIRCRAFTTYPE,
+	RTTI_BUILDING,
+	RTTI_BUILDINGTYPE,
+
+	RTTI_TERRAIN,
+	RTTI_ABSTRACTTYPE,
+	RTTI_ANIM,
+	RTTI_ANIMTYPE,
+	RTTI_BULLET,
+	RTTI_BULLETTYPE,
+	RTTI_OVERLAY,
+	RTTI_OVERLAYTYPE,
+	RTTI_SMUDGE,
+	RTTI_SMUDGETYPE,
+	RTTI_TEAM,
+	RTTI_TEMPLATE,
+	RTTI_TEMPLATETYPE,
+	RTTI_TERRAINTYPE,
+	RTTI_OBJECT,
+	RTTI_SPECIAL
+} RTTIType;
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	This is the size of the speech buffer. This value should be as large
+**	as the largest speech sample, plus a few bytes for overhead
+**	(16 bytes is sufficient).
+*/
+#define SPEECH_BUFFER_SIZE		50000L
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	This is the size of the shape buffer. This buffer is used as a staging
+**	buffer for the shape drawing technology. It MUST be as big as the
+**	largest shape (uncompressed) that will be drawn. If this value is
+**	changed, be sure to update the makefile and rebuild all of the shape
+**	data files.
+*/
+#define SHAPE_BUFFER_SIZE		40000L
+
+// Use this to allow keep track of versions as they affect saved games.
+#define	VERSION_NUMBER		1
+#define	RELEASE_NUMBER	01
+
+#define FAME_FILE_NAME					"HALLFAME.DAT"
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	Map controls. The map is composed of square elements called 'cells'.
+**	All larger elements are build upon these.
+*/
+
+// Size of the map in cells. The width of the map must be a power
+//	of two. This is accomplished by setting the width by the number of
+//	bits it occupies. The number of meta-cells will be a subset of the
+//	cell width.
+#define	MAP_CELL_MAX_X_BITS		6
+#define	MAP_CELL_MAX_Y_BITS		6
+#define	MAP_CELL_X_MASK			(~(~0 << MAP_CELL_MAX_X_BITS))
+//#define	MAP_CELL_Y_MASK			((~(~0 << MAP_CELL_MAX_Y_BITS)) << MAP_CELL_MAX_Y_BITS)
+
+// Size of the map in cells.
+#define	MAP_CELL_W				(1<<MAP_CELL_MAX_X_BITS)
+#define	MAP_CELL_H				(1<<MAP_CELL_MAX_Y_BITS)
+#define	MAP_CELL_TOTAL			(MAP_CELL_W*MAP_CELL_H)
+
+#define	REFRESH_EOL				32767		// This number ends a refresh/occupy offset list.
+#define	REFRESH_SIDEBAR		32766		// This number flags that sidebar needs refreshing.
+
+/*
+**	The map is broken down into regions of this specified dimensions.
+*/
+#define	REGION_WIDTH		4
+#define	REGION_HEIGHT		4
+#define	MAP_REGION_WIDTH	(((MAP_CELL_W + (REGION_WIDTH -1)) / REGION_WIDTH)+2)
+#define	MAP_REGION_HEIGHT	(((MAP_CELL_H + (REGION_WIDTH -1)) / REGION_HEIGHT)+2)
+#define  MAP_TOTAL_REGIONS	(MAP_REGION_WIDTH * MAP_REGION_HEIGHT)
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	These are the various return conditions that production may
+**	produce.
+*/
+typedef enum ProdFailType {
+	PROD_OK,						//	Production request successful.
+	PROD_LIMIT,					//	Failed with production capacity limit reached.
+	PROD_ILLEGAL,				//	Failed because of illegal request.
+	PROD_CANT,					//	Faile because unable to comply (busy or occupied).
+} ProdFailType;
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	These are the special weapons that can be used in the game. The common thread
+**	with these weapons is that they are controlled through the sidebar
+**	mechanism.
+*/
+typedef enum SpecialWeaponType {
+	SPC_NONE,
+	SPC_ION_CANNON,			//	Partical beam from satalite (Akira effect).
+	SPC_NUCLEAR_BOMB,			//	Tactical nuclear weapon.
+	SPC_AIR_STRIKE				//	Conventional air strike.
+} SpecialWeaponType;
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	These defines control the rate of ion cannon and airstrike recharging.
+*/
+#define NUKE_GONE_TIME			14*TICKS_PER_MINUTE
+#define ION_CANNON_GONE_TIME	10*TICKS_PER_MINUTE
+#define AIR_CANNON_GONE_TIME	8*TICKS_PER_MINUTE
+#define OBELISK_ANIMATION_RATE	15
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	These are the response values when checking to see if an object
+**	can enter or exist at a specified location. By examining this
+**	return value, appropriate action may be chosen.
+**	NOTE: If this changes, update the static array in Find_Path module.
+*/
+typedef enum MoveType {
+	MOVE_OK, 				// No blockage.
+	MOVE_CLOAK,				// A cloaked blocking enemy object.
+	MOVE_MOVING_BLOCK,	// Blocked, but only temporarily.
+	MOVE_DESTROYABLE,		// Enemy unit or building is blocking.
+	MOVE_TEMP,  			// Blocked by friendly unit.
+	MOVE_NO,					// Strictly prohibited terrain.
+
+	MOVE_COUNT
+} MoveType;
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	These are the themes that the game can play. They must be in exact
+**	same order as specified in the CONQUER.TXT file as well as the filename
+**	list located in the ThemeClass.
+*/
+typedef enum ThemeType {
+	THEME_PICK_ANOTHER=-2,
+	THEME_NONE=-1,
+	THEME_AIRSTRIKE,
+	THEME_80MX,
+	THEME_CHRG,
+	THEME_CREP,
+	THEME_DRIL,
+	THEME_DRON,
+	THEME_FIST,
+	THEME_RECON,
+	THEME_VOICE,
+	THEME_HEAVYG,
+	THEME_J1,
+	THEME_JDI_V2,
+	THEME_RADIO,
+	THEME_RAIN,
+	THEME_AOI,							// Act On Instinct
+	THEME_CCTHANG,						//	C&C Thang
+	THEME_DIE,							//	Die!!
+	THEME_FWP,							//	Fight, Win, Prevail
+	THEME_IND,							//	Industrial
+	THEME_IND2,							//	Industrial2
+	THEME_JUSTDOIT,					//	Just Do It!
+	THEME_LINEFIRE,					//	In The Line Of Fire
+	THEME_MARCH,						//	March To Your Doom
+	THEME_MECHMAN,						// Mechanical Man
+	THEME_NOMERCY,						//	No Mercy
+	THEME_OTP,							//	On The Prowl
+	THEME_PRP,							//	Prepare For Battle
+	THEME_ROUT,							//	Reaching Out
+	THEME_HEART,						//
+	THEME_STOPTHEM,					//	Stop Them
+	THEME_TROUBLE,						//	Looks Like Trouble
+	THEME_WARFARE,						//	Warfare
+	THEME_BFEARED,						//	Enemies To Be Feared
+	THEME_IAM,							// I Am
+	THEME_WIN1,							//	Great Shot!
+	THEME_MAP1,							// Map subliminal techno "theme".
+	THEME_VALKYRIE,					// Ride of the valkyries.
+
+	THEME_COUNT,
+	THEME_LAST=THEME_BFEARED,
+	THEME_FIRST=0
+} ThemeType;
+
+inline ThemeType operator++(ThemeType &, int);
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	This is the various threat scan methods that can be used when looking
+**	for targets.
+*/
+typedef enum ThreatType {
+	THREAT_NORMAL=0x0000,		// Any distance threat scan?
+	THREAT_RANGE=0x0001,			// Limit scan to weapon range?
+	THREAT_AREA=0x0002,			// Limit scan to general area (twice weapon range)?
+	THREAT_AIR=0x0004,			// Scan for air units?
+	THREAT_INFANTRY=0x0008,		// Scan for infantry units?
+	THREAT_VEHICLES=0x0010,		// Scan for vehicles?
+	THREAT_BUILDINGS=0x0020,	// Scan for buildings?
+	THREAT_TIBERIUM=0x0040,		// Limit scan to Tiberium processing objects?
+	THREAT_BOATS=0x0080,			// Scan for gunboats?
+	THREAT_CIVILIANS=0x0100,	// Consider civilians to be primary target?
+	THREAT_CAPTURE=0x0200,		// Consider capturable buildings only?
+} ThreatType;
+inline ThreatType operator |(ThreatType, ThreatType);
+inline ThreatType operator &(ThreatType, ThreatType);
+inline ThreatType operator ~(ThreatType);
+
+#define THREAT_GROUND	(THREAT_VEHICLES|THREAT_BUILDINGS|THREAT_INFANTRY)
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	These return values are used when determine if firing is legal.
+**	By examining this value it can be determined what should be done
+**	to fix the reason why firing wasn't allowed.
+*/
+typedef enum FireErrorType {
+	FIRE_OK,				// Weapon is allowed to fire.
+	FIRE_AMMO,			// No ammo available to fire?
+	FIRE_FACING,		// Not correctly facing target?
+	FIRE_REARM,			// It is busy rearming?
+	FIRE_ROTATING,		// Is it in process of rotating?
+	FIRE_ILLEGAL,		// Is it targeting something illegal?
+	FIRE_CANT,			// Is this unit one that cannot fire anything?
+	FIRE_MOVING,		// Is it moving and not allowed to fire while moving?
+	FIRE_RANGE,			// Is the target out of range?
+	FIRE_CLOAKED,		// Is the shooter currently cloaked?
+	FIRE_BUSY			// Is shooter currently doing something else?
+} FireErrorType;
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	If an object can cloak, then it will be in one of these states.
+**	For objects that cannot cloak, they will always be in the
+**	UNCLOAKED state. This state controls how the obect transitions between
+**	cloaked and uncloaked conditions.
+*/
+typedef enum CloakType {
+	UNCLOAKED,			// Completely visible (normal state).
+	CLOAKING,			// In process of claoking.
+	CLOAKED,				// Completely cloaked (invisible).
+	UNCLOAKING			// In process of uncloaking.
+} CloakType;
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	For units that are cloaking, these value specify the visual character
+**	of the object.
+*/
+typedef enum VisualType {
+	VISUAL_NORMAL,				// Completely visible -- normal.
+	VISUAL_INDISTINCT,		// The edges shimmer and become indistinct.
+	VISUAL_DARKEN,				// Color and texture is muted along with shimmering.
+	VISUAL_SHADOWY,			// Body is translucent in addition to shimmering.
+	VISUAL_RIPPLE,				// Just a ripple (true predator effect).
+	VISUAL_HIDDEN,				// Nothing at all is visible.
+} VisualType;
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	These missions enumerate the various state machines that can apply to
+**	a game object. Only one of these state machines is active at any one
+**	time.
+*/
+typedef enum MissionType {
+	MISSION_NONE=-1,
+
+	MISSION_SLEEP,				// Do nothing whatsoever.
+	MISSION_ATTACK,			// Attack nearest enemy.
+	MISSION_MOVE,				// Guard location or unit.
+	MISSION_RETREAT,			// Return home for R & R.
+	MISSION_GUARD,				// Stay still.
+	MISSION_STICKY,			// Stay still -- never recruit.
+	MISSION_ENTER,				// Move into object cooperatively.
+	MISSION_CAPTURE,			//	Move into in order to capture.
+	MISSION_HARVEST,			// Hunt for and collect nearby Tiberium.
+	MISSION_GUARD_AREA,		// Active guard of area.
+	MISSION_RETURN,			// Head back to refinery.
+	MISSION_STOP,				// Sit still.
+	MISSION_AMBUSH,			// Wait until discovered.
+	MISSION_HUNT,				// Active search and destroy.
+	MISSION_TIMED_HUNT,		// Wait a while, then go into HUNT (multiplayer AI)
+	MISSION_UNLOAD,			// Search for and deliver cargo.
+	MISSION_SABOTAGE,			//	Move into in order to destroy.
+	MISSION_CONSTRUCTION,	// Building buildup operation.
+	MISSION_DECONSTRUCTION,	// Building builddown operation.
+	MISSION_REPAIR,			// Repair process mission.
+	MISSION_RESCUE,
+	MISSION_MISSILE,
+
+	MISSION_COUNT,
+	MISSION_FIRST=0
+} MissionType;
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	These are the enumerated animation sequences that a building may
+**	be processing. These serve to control the way that a building
+**	appears.
+*/
+typedef enum BStateType {
+	BSTATE_NONE=-1,
+	BSTATE_CONSTRUCTION,		// Construction animation.
+	BSTATE_IDLE,				// Idle animation.
+	BSTATE_ACTIVE,				// Animation when building is "doing its thing".
+	BSTATE_FULL,				// Special alternate active state.
+	BSTATE_AUX1,				// Auxiliary animation.
+	BSTATE_AUX2,				// Auxiliary animation.
+
+	BSTATE_COUNT
+} BStateType;
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	Whenever a unit is selected and a click occurs over another object
+**	or terrain element, there is some action to initiate. This specifies
+**	the different types of actions possible. This also controls how the
+**	mouse cursor looks when "hovering" over the spot that clicking would
+**	occur at.
+*/
+typedef enum ActionType {
+	ACTION_NONE,			// Either undefined action or "do nothing".
+	ACTION_MOVE,			// Can move there or at least try to.
+	ACTION_NOMOVE,			// Special case for movable object, but illegal mouse position.
+	ACTION_ENTER,			// Special case for infantry->APC or vehicle->Repair facility.
+	ACTION_SELF,			// Self select special case.
+	ACTION_ATTACK,			// Can attack or fire upon it in some fashion.
+	ACTION_HARVEST,		// Special harvest mode.
+	ACTION_SELECT,			// Would change selection to specified object.
+	ACTION_TOGGLE_SELECT,// Toggles select state of the object.
+	ACTION_CAPTURE,		// The unit will try to capture the object.
+	ACTION_REPAIR,			// The target object should be repaired.
+	ACTION_SELL,			// The target building should be sold back.
+	ACTION_SELL_UNIT,		// The target unit should be sold back.
+	ACTION_NO_SELL,  		// No sell or no repair.
+	ACTION_NO_REPAIR,		// No sell or no repair.
+	ACTION_SABOTAGE,		// The unit will try to sabotage/destroy the object.
+	ACTION_ION,				// That target object should be blasted.
+	ACTION_NUKE_BOMB,		// That target object should be blasted.
+	ACTION_AIR_STRIKE,	// That target object should be blasted.
+	ACTION_GUARD_AREA,	// Guard the area/object clicked on.
+
+	ACTION_COUNT
+} ActionType;
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	When a unit gets damaged, the result of the damage is returned as
+**	this type. It can range from no damage taken to complete destruction.
+*/
+typedef enum ResultType {
+	RESULT_NONE,				// No damage was taken by the target.
+	RESULT_LIGHT,				// Some damage was taken, but no state change occurred.
+	RESULT_HALF,				// Damaged to below half strength (only returned on transition).
+	RESULT_MAJOR,				// Damaged down to 1 hit point.
+	RESULT_DESTROYED,			// Damaged to complete destruction.
+} ResultType;
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	These are the special concrete control defines. They enumerate the
+**	sequence order of the concrete icons in the concrete art file.
+*/
+// DEBUG === convert this to be zero based so that a nulled cell is the
+//			 	 default cell.
+enum ConcreteEnum {
+	C_NONE=-1,
+	C_LEFT=0,
+	C_RIGHT=1,
+	C_RIGHT_UPDOWN=2,
+	C_LEFT_UPDOWN=3,
+	C_UP_RIGHT=4,
+	C_UP_LEFT=5,
+	C_DOWN_RIGHT=6,
+	C_DOWN_LEFT=7,
+	C_RIGHT_DOWN=8,
+	C_LEFT_DOWN=9,
+	C_RIGHT_UP=10,
+	C_LEFT_UP=11,
+	C_UPDOWN_RIGHT=12,
+	C_UPDOWN_LEFT=13
+};
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	Units that move can move at different speeds. These enumerate the
+**	different speeds that a unit can move.
+*/
+typedef enum MPHType{
+	MPH_IMMOBILE=0,
+	MPH_VERY_SLOW=5,
+	MPH_KINDA_SLOW=6,
+	MPH_SLOW=8,
+	MPH_SLOW_ISH=10,
+	MPH_MEDIUM_SLOW=12,
+	MPH_MEDIUM=18,
+	MPH_MEDIUM_FAST=30,
+	MPH_MEDIUM_FASTER=35,
+	MPH_FAST=40,
+	MPH_ROCKET=60,
+	MPH_VERY_FAST=100,
+	MPH_LIGHT_SPEED=255
+} MPHType;
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	General audio volume is enumerated by these identifiers. Since small
+**	volume variations are usually unnoticable when specifying the volume
+**	to play a sample, this enumeration list creates more readable code.
+*/
+typedef enum VolType
+{
+	VOL_OFF=0,
+	VOL_0=VOL_OFF,
+	VOL_1=0x19,
+	VOL_2=0x32,
+	VOL_3=0x4C,
+	VOL_4=0x66,
+	VOL_5=0x80,
+	VOL_6=0x9A,
+	VOL_7=0xB4,
+	VOL_8=0xCC,
+	VOL_9=0xE6,
+	VOL_10=0xFF,
+	VOL_FULL=VOL_10
+} VolType;
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	The houses that can be played are listed here. Each has their own
+**	personality and strengths.
+*/
+typedef enum HousesType {
+	HOUSE_NONE=-1,
+	HOUSE_GOOD,					// Global Defense Initiative
+	HOUSE_BAD,					// Brotherhood of Nod
+	HOUSE_NEUTRAL,				// Civilians
+	HOUSE_JP,					// Disaster Containment Team
+	HOUSE_MULTI1,				// Multi-Player house #1
+	HOUSE_MULTI2,				// Multi-Player house #2
+	HOUSE_MULTI3,				// Multi-Player house #3
+	HOUSE_MULTI4,				// Multi-Player house #4
+	HOUSE_MULTI5,				// Multi-Player house #5
+	HOUSE_MULTI6,				// Multi-Player house #6
+
+	HOUSE_COUNT,
+	HOUSE_FIRST=HOUSE_GOOD
+} HousesType;
+
+inline HousesType operator++(HousesType &, int);
+
+#define	HOUSEF_GOOD		(1<<HOUSE_GOOD)
+#define	HOUSEF_BAD		(1<<HOUSE_BAD)
+#define	HOUSEF_NEUTRAL	(1<<HOUSE_NEUTRAL)
+#define	HOUSEF_JP		(1<<HOUSE_JP)
+#define	HOUSEF_MULTI1	(1<<HOUSE_MULTI1)
+#define	HOUSEF_MULTI2	(1<<HOUSE_MULTI2)
+#define	HOUSEF_MULTI3	(1<<HOUSE_MULTI3)
+#define	HOUSEF_MULTI4	(1<<HOUSE_MULTI4)
+#define	HOUSEF_MULTI5	(1<<HOUSE_MULTI5)
+#define	HOUSEF_MULTI6	(1<<HOUSE_MULTI6)
+
+typedef enum PlayerColorType {
+	REMAP_NONE = -1,
+	REMAP_YELLOW,
+	REMAP_FIRST=REMAP_YELLOW,
+	REMAP_RED,
+	REMAP_AQUA,
+	REMAP_ORANGE,
+	REMAP_GREEN,
+	REMAP_BLUE,
+	REMAP_LAST=REMAP_BLUE,
+
+	REMAP_COUNT
+} PlayerColorType;
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+** These are the types of games that can be played.  GDI & NOD are the
+** usual human-vs-computer games; 2-Player games are network or modem,
+** with 2 players; multi-player games are network with > 2 players.
+*/
+typedef enum ScenarioPlayerEnum
+{
+	SCEN_PLAYER_NONE = -1,
+	SCEN_PLAYER_GDI,
+	SCEN_PLAYER_NOD,
+	SCEN_PLAYER_JP,
+	SCEN_PLAYER_2PLAYER,
+	SCEN_PLAYER_MPLAYER,
+	SCEN_PLAYER_COUNT,
+	SCEN_PLAYER_FIRST = 0,
+} ScenarioPlayerType;
+
+inline ScenarioPlayerType operator++(ScenarioPlayerType &, int);
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+** These are the directional parameters for a scenario.
+*/
+typedef enum ScenarioDirEnum
+{
+	SCEN_DIR_NONE = -1,
+	SCEN_DIR_EAST,
+	SCEN_DIR_WEST,
+	SCEN_DIR_COUNT,
+	SCEN_DIR_FIRST = 0,
+} ScenarioDirType;
+
+inline ScenarioDirType operator++(ScenarioDirType &, int);
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+** These are the random variations of a scenario.
+*/
+typedef enum ScenarioVarEnum
+{
+	SCEN_VAR_NONE = -1,
+	SCEN_VAR_A,
+	SCEN_VAR_B,
+	SCEN_VAR_C,
+	SCEN_VAR_D,
+	SCEN_VAR_COUNT,		// comes before the Lose value!
+	SCEN_VAR_LOSE,
+	SCEN_VAR_FIRST = 0,
+} ScenarioVarType;
+
+inline ScenarioVarType operator++(ScenarioVarType &, int);
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	The objects to be drawn on the map are grouped into layers. These
+**	enumerated values specify those layers. The ground layer is sorted
+**	from back to front.
+*/
+typedef enum LayerType {
+	LAYER_NONE=-1,
+	LAYER_GROUND,		// Touching the ground type object (units & buildings).
+	LAYER_AIR,			// Flying above the ground (explosions & flames).
+	LAYER_TOP,			// Topmost layer (aircraft & bullets).
+
+	LAYER_COUNT,
+	LAYER_FIRST=0
+} LayerType;
+
+inline LayerType operator++(LayerType &, int);
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	This enumerates the various bullet types. These types specify bullet's
+**	visual and explosive characteristics.
+*/
+typedef enum BulletType {
+	BULLET_NONE=-1,
+	BULLET_SNIPER,			// Sniper bullet.
+	BULLET_BULLET,			// Small arms
+	BULLET_APDS,			// Armor piercing projectile.
+	BULLET_HE,			 	// High explosive shell.
+	BULLET_SSM,				// Surface to surface small missile type.
+	BULLET_SSM2,			// MLRS missile.
+	BULLET_SAM,				// Fast homing anti-aircraft missile.
+	BULLET_TOW,				// TOW anti-vehicle short range missile.
+	BULLET_FLAME,			// Flame thrower flame.
+	BULLET_CHEMSPRAY,		// Chemical weapon spray.
+	BULLET_NAPALM,			// Napalm bomblet.
+	BULLET_GRENADE,		// Hand tossed grenade.
+	BULLET_LASER,			// Laser beam from obelisk
+	BULLET_NUKE_UP,  		// Nuclear Missile on its way down
+	BULLET_NUKE_DOWN,		// Nuclear Missile on its way up
+	BULLET_HONEST_JOHN,	// SSM with napalm warhead.
+	BULLET_SPREADFIRE,	// Chain gun bullets.
+	BULLET_HEADBUTT,		// Stegosaurus, Triceratops head butt
+	BULLET_TREXBITE,		// Tyrannosaurus Rex's bite - especially bad for infantry
+
+	BULLET_COUNT,
+	BULLET_FIRST=0
+} BulletType;
+
+inline BulletType operator++(BulletType &, int);
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	All game buildings (structures) are enumerated here. This includes
+**	civilian structures as well.
+*/
+typedef enum StructType {
+	STRUCT_NONE=-1,
+	STRUCT_WEAP,
+	STRUCT_GTOWER,
+	STRUCT_ATOWER,
+	STRUCT_OBELISK,
+	STRUCT_RADAR,
+	STRUCT_TURRET,
+	STRUCT_CONST,
+	STRUCT_REFINERY,
+	STRUCT_STORAGE,
+	STRUCT_HELIPAD,
+	STRUCT_SAM,
+	STRUCT_AIRSTRIP,
+	STRUCT_POWER,
+	STRUCT_ADVANCED_POWER,
+	STRUCT_HOSPITAL,
+	STRUCT_BARRACKS,
+	STRUCT_TANKER,
+	STRUCT_REPAIR,
+	STRUCT_BIO_LAB,
+	STRUCT_HAND,
+	STRUCT_TEMPLE,
+	STRUCT_EYE,
+	STRUCT_MISSION,
+
+	/*
+	**	All buildings that are never used as a prerequisite
+	**	for construction, follow this point. Typically, this is
+	**	limited to civilian structures.
+	*/
+	STRUCT_V01,
+	STRUCT_V02,
+	STRUCT_V03,
+	STRUCT_V04,
+	STRUCT_V05,
+	STRUCT_V06,
+	STRUCT_V07,
+	STRUCT_V08,
+	STRUCT_V09,
+	STRUCT_V10,
+	STRUCT_V11,
+	STRUCT_V12,
+	STRUCT_V13,
+	STRUCT_V14,
+	STRUCT_V15,
+	STRUCT_V16,
+	STRUCT_V17,
+	STRUCT_V18,
+	STRUCT_PUMP,
+	STRUCT_V20,
+	STRUCT_V21,
+	STRUCT_V22,
+	STRUCT_V23,
+	STRUCT_V24,
+	STRUCT_V25,
+	STRUCT_V26,
+	STRUCT_V27,
+	STRUCT_V28,
+	STRUCT_V29,
+	STRUCT_V30,
+	STRUCT_V31,
+	STRUCT_V32,
+	STRUCT_V33,
+	STRUCT_V34,
+	STRUCT_V35,
+	STRUCT_V36,
+	STRUCT_V37,
+#ifdef OBSOLETE
+	STRUCT_ROAD,
+#endif
+	STRUCT_SANDBAG_WALL,
+	STRUCT_CYCLONE_WALL,
+	STRUCT_BRICK_WALL,
+	STRUCT_BARBWIRE_WALL,
+	STRUCT_WOOD_WALL,
+
+	STRUCT_COUNT,
+	STRUCT_FIRST=0
+} StructType;
+
+inline StructType operator++(StructType &, int);
+
+#define	STRUCTF_NONE				0L
+#define	STRUCTF_ADVANCED_POWER	(1L << STRUCT_ADVANCED_POWER)
+#define	STRUCTF_REPAIR				(1L << STRUCT_REPAIR)
+#define	STRUCTF_EYE					(1L << STRUCT_EYE)
+#define	STRUCTF_TEMPLE				(1L << STRUCT_TEMPLE)
+#define	STRUCTF_HAND				(1L << STRUCT_HAND)
+#define	STRUCTF_BIO_LAB			(1L << STRUCT_BIO_LAB)
+#define	STRUCTF_OBELISK			(1L << STRUCT_OBELISK)
+#define	STRUCTF_ATOWER				(1L << STRUCT_ATOWER)
+#define	STRUCTF_WEAP				(1L << STRUCT_WEAP)
+#define	STRUCTF_GTOWER				(1L << STRUCT_GTOWER)
+#define	STRUCTF_RADAR				(1L << STRUCT_RADAR)
+#define	STRUCTF_TURRET				(1L << STRUCT_TURRET)
+#define	STRUCTF_CIV1				(1L << STRUCT_CIV1)
+#define	STRUCTF_CIV2				(1L << STRUCT_CIV2)
+#define	STRUCTF_CIV3				(1L << STRUCT_CIV3)
+#define	STRUCTF_CONST				(1L << STRUCT_CONST)
+#define	STRUCTF_REFINERY			(1L << STRUCT_REFINERY)
+#define	STRUCTF_STORAGE			(1L << STRUCT_STORAGE)
+#define	STRUCTF_HELIPAD			(1L << STRUCT_HELIPAD)
+#define	STRUCTF_SAM					(1L << STRUCT_SAM)
+#define	STRUCTF_AIRSTRIP			(1L << STRUCT_AIRSTRIP)
+#define	STRUCTF_POWER				(1L << STRUCT_POWER)
+#define	STRUCTF_HOSPITAL			(1L << STRUCT_HOSPITAL)
+#define	STRUCTF_BARRACKS			(1L << STRUCT_BARRACKS)
+#define	STRUCTF_TANKER				(1L << STRUCT_TANKER)
+#define	STRUCTF_MISSION			(1L << STRUCT_MISSION)
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	The overlays are enumerated here. An overlay functions similarly to
+**	a transparent icon. It is placed over the terrain but usually falls
+**	"under" buildings, trees, and units.
+*/
+typedef enum OverlayType {
+	OVERLAY_NONE=-1,
+	OVERLAY_CONCRETE,			// Concrete.
+	OVERLAY_SANDBAG_WALL,	// Piled sandbags.
+	OVERLAY_CYCLONE_WALL,	// Chain-link fence.
+	OVERLAY_BRICK_WALL,		// Solid concrete wall.
+	OVERLAY_BARBWIRE_WALL,	// Barbed-wire wall.
+	OVERLAY_WOOD_WALL,		// Wooden fence.
+	OVERLAY_TIBERIUM1,		// Tiberium patch.
+	OVERLAY_TIBERIUM2,		// Tiberium patch.
+	OVERLAY_TIBERIUM3,		// Tiberium patch.
+	OVERLAY_TIBERIUM4,		// Tiberium patch.
+	OVERLAY_TIBERIUM5,		// Tiberium patch.
+	OVERLAY_TIBERIUM6,		// Tiberium patch.
+	OVERLAY_TIBERIUM7,		// Tiberium patch.
+	OVERLAY_TIBERIUM8,		// Tiberium patch.
+	OVERLAY_TIBERIUM9,		// Tiberium patch.
+	OVERLAY_TIBERIUM10,		// Tiberium patch.
+	OVERLAY_TIBERIUM11,		// Tiberium patch.
+	OVERLAY_TIBERIUM12,		// Tiberium patch.
+	OVERLAY_ROAD,				// Road/concrete piece.
+	OVERLAY_SQUISH,			// Squish mark for overran infantry.
+	OVERLAY_V12,				// Haystacks
+	OVERLAY_V13,				// Haystack
+	OVERLAY_V14,				// Wheat field
+	OVERLAY_V15,				// Fallow field
+	OVERLAY_V16,				//	Corn field
+	OVERLAY_V17,				// Celery field
+	OVERLAY_V18,				// Potato field
+	OVERLAY_FLAG_SPOT,		// Flag start location.
+	OVERLAY_WOOD_CRATE,		// Wooden goodie crate.
+	OVERLAY_STEEL_CRATE,		//	Steel goodie crate.
+
+	OVERLAY_COUNT,
+	OVERLAY_FIRST=0
+} OverlayType;
+
+inline OverlayType operator++(OverlayType &, int);
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	This specifies the infantry in the game. The "E" designation is
+**	similar to the army classification of enlisted soldiers.
+*/
+typedef enum InfantryType{
+	INFANTRY_NONE=-1,
+	INFANTRY_E1,				// Mini-gun armed.
+	INFANTRY_E2,				// Grenade thrower.
+	INFANTRY_E3,				// Rocket launcher.
+	INFANTRY_E4,				// Flame thrower equipped.
+	INFANTRY_E5,				// Chemical thrower equipped.
+	INFANTRY_E7,				// Engineer.
+	INFANTRY_RAMBO,			// Commando.
+
+	INFANTRY_C1,				// Civilian
+	INFANTRY_C2,				// Civilian
+	INFANTRY_C3,				// Civilian
+	INFANTRY_C4,				// Civilian
+	INFANTRY_C5,				// Civilian
+	INFANTRY_C6,				// Civilian
+	INFANTRY_C7,				// Civilian
+	INFANTRY_C8,				// Civilian
+	INFANTRY_C9,				// Civilian
+	INFANTRY_C10,				// Nikumba
+	INFANTRY_MOEBIUS,			// Dr. Moebius
+	INFANTRY_DELPHI,			// Agent "Delphi"
+	INFANTRY_CHAN,				// Dr. Chan
+
+	INFANTRY_COUNT,
+	INFANTRY_FIRST=0
+} InfantryType;
+
+inline InfantryType operator++(InfantryType &, int);
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	The game units are enumerated here. These include not only traditional
+**	vehicles, but also hovercraft and gunboats.
+*/
+typedef enum UnitType{
+	UNIT_NONE=-1,
+	UNIT_HTANK,					// Heavy tank (Mammoth).
+	UNIT_MTANK,					// Medium tank (M1).
+	UNIT_LTANK,					// Light tank ('Bradly').
+	UNIT_STANK,					// Stealth tank (Romulan).
+	UNIT_FTANK,					// Flame thrower tank.
+	UNIT_VICE,					// Visceroid
+	UNIT_APC,					// APC.
+	UNIT_MLRS,					// MLRS rocket launcher.
+	UNIT_JEEP,					// 4x4 jeep replacement.
+	UNIT_BUGGY,					// Rat patrol dune buggy type.
+	UNIT_HARVESTER,			// Resource gathering vehicle.
+	UNIT_ARTY,					// Artillery unit.
+	UNIT_MSAM,					// Anti-Aircraft vehicle.
+	UNIT_HOVER,					// Hovercraft.
+	UNIT_MHQ,					// Mobile Head Quarters.
+	UNIT_GUNBOAT,				// Gunboat
+	UNIT_MCV,					// Mobile construction vehicle.
+	UNIT_BIKE,					// Nod recon motor-bike.
+	UNIT_TRIC,					// Triceratops
+	UNIT_TREX,					//	Tyranosaurus Rex
+	UNIT_RAPT,					//	Velociraptor
+	UNIT_STEG,					//	Stegasaurus
+
+	UNIT_COUNT,
+	UNIT_FIRST=0
+} UnitType;
+
+inline UnitType operator++(UnitType &, int);
+
+#define	UNITF_HTANK			(1L<<UNIT_HTANK)
+#define	UNITF_MTANK			(1L<<UNIT_MTANK)
+#define	UNITF_LTANK			(1L<<UNIT_LTANK)
+#define	UNITF_STANK			(1L<<UNIT_STANK)
+#define	UNITF_FTANK			(1L<<UNIT_FTANK)
+#define	UNITF_APC			(1L<<UNIT_APC)
+#define	UNITF_MLRS			(1L<<UNIT_MLRS)
+#define	UNITF_JEEP			(1L<<UNIT_JEEP)
+#define	UNITF_BUGGY			(1L<<UNIT_BUGGY)
+#define	UNITF_HARVESTER	(1L<<UNIT_HARVESTER)
+#define	UNITF_ARTY			(1L<<UNIT_ARTY)
+#define	UNITF_MSAM			(1L<<UNIT_MSAM)
+#define	UNITF_HOVER			(1L<<UNIT_HOVER)
+#define	UNITF_MHQ			(1L<<UNIT_MHQ)
+#define	UNITF_GUNBOAT		(1L<<UNIT_GUNBOAT)
+#define	UNITF_MCV			(1L<<UNIT_MCV)
+#define	UNITF_BIKE			(1L<<UNIT_BIKE)
+#define	UNITF_VICE			(1L<<UNIT_VICE)
+#define	UNITF_TRIC			(1L<<UNIT_TRIC)
+#define	UNITF_TREX			(1L<<UNIT_TREX)
+#define	UNITF_RAPT			(1L<<UNIT_RAPT)
+#define	UNITF_STEG			(1L<<UNIT_STEG)
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	The variuos aircraft types are enumerated here. These include helicopters
+**	as well as traditional aircraft.
+*/
+typedef enum AircraftType {
+	AIRCRAFT_TRANSPORT,			// Transport helicopter.
+	AIRCRAFT_A10,					// Ground attack plane.
+	AIRCRAFT_HELICOPTER,			// Apache gunship.
+	AIRCRAFT_CARGO,				// Cargo plane.
+	AIRCRAFT_ORCA,					// Nod attack helicopter.
+
+	AIRCRAFT_COUNT,
+	AIRCRAFT_NONE=-1,
+	AIRCRAFT_FIRST=0
+} AircraftType;
+
+#define	AIRCRAFTF_TRANSPORT	(1L << AIRCRAFT_TRANSPORT)
+#define	AIRCRAFTF_A10			(1L << AIRCRAFT_A10)
+#define	AIRCRAFTF_HELICOPTER	(1L << AIRCRAFT_HELICOPTER)
+#define	AIRCRAFTF_CARGO		(1L << AIRCRAFT_CARGO)
+#define	AIRCRAFTF_ORCA			(1L << AIRCRAFT_ORCA)
+
+inline AircraftType operator++(AircraftType &, int);
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	The game templates are enumerated here. These are the underlying
+**	terrain art. This includes everything from water to clifs. If the
+**	terrain is broken up into icons, is not transparent, and is drawn
+**	as the bottom most layer, then it is a template.
+*/
+typedef enum TemplateType {
+	TEMPLATE_CLEAR1,
+	TEMPLATE_WATER,			// This must be the first non-clear template.
+	TEMPLATE_WATER2,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE1,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE2,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE3,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE4,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE5,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE11,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE12,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE13,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE14,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE15,
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE1,
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE2,
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE3,
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE4,
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE5,
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE6,
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE7,
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE8,
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE9,
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE10,
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE11,
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE12,
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE13,
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE14,
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE15,
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE16,
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE17,
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE18,
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE19,
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE20,
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE21,
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE22,
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE23,
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE24,
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE25,
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE26,
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE27,
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE28,
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE29,
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE30,
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE31,
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE32,
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE33,
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE34,
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE35,
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE36,
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE37,
+	TEMPLATE_SLOPE38,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE32,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE33,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE20,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE21,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE22,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE23,
+	TEMPLATE_BRUSH1,
+	TEMPLATE_BRUSH2,
+	TEMPLATE_BRUSH3,
+	TEMPLATE_BRUSH4,
+	TEMPLATE_BRUSH5,
+	TEMPLATE_BRUSH6,
+	TEMPLATE_BRUSH7,
+	TEMPLATE_BRUSH8,
+	TEMPLATE_BRUSH9,
+	TEMPLATE_BRUSH10,
+	TEMPLATE_PATCH1,
+	TEMPLATE_PATCH2,
+	TEMPLATE_PATCH3,
+	TEMPLATE_PATCH4,
+	TEMPLATE_PATCH5,
+	TEMPLATE_PATCH6,
+	TEMPLATE_PATCH7,
+	TEMPLATE_PATCH8,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE16,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE17,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE18,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE19,
+	TEMPLATE_PATCH13,
+	TEMPLATE_PATCH14,
+	TEMPLATE_PATCH15,
+	TEMPLATE_BOULDER1,
+	TEMPLATE_BOULDER2,
+	TEMPLATE_BOULDER3,
+	TEMPLATE_BOULDER4,
+	TEMPLATE_BOULDER5,
+	TEMPLATE_BOULDER6,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE6,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE7,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE8,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE9,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE10,
+
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD1,
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD2,
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD3,
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD4,
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD5,
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD6,
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD7,
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD8,
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD9,
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD10,
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD11,
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD12,
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD13,
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD14,
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD15,
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD16,
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD17,
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD18,
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD19,
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD20,
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD21,
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD22,
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD23,
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD24,
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD25,
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD26,
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD27,
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD28,
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD29,
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD30,
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD31,
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD32,
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD33,
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD34,
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD35,
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD36,
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD37,
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD38,
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD39,
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD40,
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD41,
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD42,
+	TEMPLATE_ROAD43,
+
+	TEMPLATE_RIVER1,
+	TEMPLATE_RIVER2,
+	TEMPLATE_RIVER3,
+	TEMPLATE_RIVER4,
+	TEMPLATE_RIVER5,
+	TEMPLATE_RIVER6,
+	TEMPLATE_RIVER7,
+	TEMPLATE_RIVER8,
+	TEMPLATE_RIVER9,
+	TEMPLATE_RIVER10,
+	TEMPLATE_RIVER11,
+	TEMPLATE_RIVER12,
+	TEMPLATE_RIVER13,
+
+	TEMPLATE_RIVER14,
+	TEMPLATE_RIVER15,
+	TEMPLATE_RIVER16,
+	TEMPLATE_RIVER17,
+	TEMPLATE_RIVER18,
+	TEMPLATE_RIVER19,
+	TEMPLATE_RIVER20,
+	TEMPLATE_RIVER21,
+	TEMPLATE_RIVER22,
+	TEMPLATE_RIVER23,
+	TEMPLATE_RIVER24,
+	TEMPLATE_RIVER25,
+	TEMPLATE_FORD1,
+	TEMPLATE_FORD2,
+	TEMPLATE_FALLS1,
+	TEMPLATE_FALLS2,
+
+	TEMPLATE_BRIDGE1,
+	TEMPLATE_BRIDGE1D,
+	TEMPLATE_BRIDGE2,
+	TEMPLATE_BRIDGE2D,
+	TEMPLATE_BRIDGE3,
+	TEMPLATE_BRIDGE3D,
+	TEMPLATE_BRIDGE4,
+	TEMPLATE_BRIDGE4D,
+
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE24,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE25,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE26,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE27,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE28,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE29,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE30,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE31,
+
+	TEMPLATE_PATCH16,
+	TEMPLATE_PATCH17,
+	TEMPLATE_PATCH18,
+	TEMPLATE_PATCH19,
+	TEMPLATE_PATCH20,
+
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE34,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE35,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE36,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE37,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE38,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE39,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE40,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE41,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE42,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE43,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE44,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE45,
+
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE46,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE47,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE48,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE49,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE50,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE51,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE52,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE53,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE54,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE55,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE56,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE57,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE58,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE59,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE60,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE61,
+
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE62,
+	TEMPLATE_SHORE63,
+
+	TEMPLATE_COUNT,
+	TEMPLATE_NONE=255,
+	TEMPLATE_FIRST=0
+} TemplateType;
+
+inline TemplateType operator++(TemplateType &, int);
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	The three dimensional terrain objects are enumerated here. These
+**	objects function similar to buildings in that they can be driven
+**	behind and can take damage on an individual basis.
+*/
+typedef enum TerrainType {
+	TERRAIN_NONE=-1,
+	TERRAIN_TREE1,
+	TERRAIN_TREE2,
+	TERRAIN_TREE3,
+	TERRAIN_TREE4,
+	TERRAIN_TREE5,
+	TERRAIN_TREE6,
+	TERRAIN_TREE7,
+	TERRAIN_TREE8,
+	TERRAIN_TREE9,
+	TERRAIN_TREE10,
+	TERRAIN_TREE11,
+	TERRAIN_TREE12,
+	TERRAIN_TREE13,
+	TERRAIN_TREE14,
+	TERRAIN_TREE15,
+	TERRAIN_TREE16,
+	TERRAIN_TREE17,
+	TERRAIN_TREE18,
+	TERRAIN_BLOSSOMTREE1,
+	TERRAIN_BLOSSOMTREE2,
+	TERRAIN_CLUMP1,
+	TERRAIN_CLUMP2,
+	TERRAIN_CLUMP3,
+	TERRAIN_CLUMP4,
+	TERRAIN_CLUMP5,
+	TERRAIN_ROCK1,
+	TERRAIN_ROCK2,
+	TERRAIN_ROCK3,
+	TERRAIN_ROCK4,
+	TERRAIN_ROCK5,
+	TERRAIN_ROCK6,
+	TERRAIN_ROCK7,
+
+	TERRAIN_COUNT,
+	TERRAIN_FIRST=0
+} TerrainType;
+
+inline TerrainType operator++(TerrainType &, int);
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	Smudges are enumerated here. Smudges are transparent icons that are
+**	drawn over the underlying terrain in order to give the effect of
+**	alterations to the terrin. Craters are a good example of this.
+*/
+typedef enum SmudgeType {
+	SMUDGE_NONE=-1,
+	SMUDGE_CRATER1,
+	SMUDGE_CRATER2,
+	SMUDGE_CRATER3,
+	SMUDGE_CRATER4,
+	SMUDGE_CRATER5,
+	SMUDGE_CRATER6,
+	SMUDGE_SCORCH1,
+	SMUDGE_SCORCH2,
+	SMUDGE_SCORCH3,
+	SMUDGE_SCORCH4,
+	SMUDGE_SCORCH5,
+	SMUDGE_SCORCH6,
+	SMUDGE_BIB1,
+	SMUDGE_BIB2,
+	SMUDGE_BIB3,
+
+	SMUDGE_COUNT,
+	SMUDGE_FIRST=0
+} SmudgeType;
+
+inline SmudgeType operator++(SmudgeType &, int);
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	Animations are enumerated here. Animations are the high speed and
+**	short lived effects that occur with explosions and fire.
+*/
+typedef enum AnimType {
+	ANIM_NONE=-1,
+	ANIM_FBALL1=0,					// Large fireball explosion (bulges rightward).
+	ANIM_GRENADE,					// Genade (dirt type) explosion.
+	ANIM_FRAG1,						// Medium fragment throwing explosion -- short decay.
+	ANIM_FRAG2,						// Medium fragment throwing explosion -- long decay.
+	ANIM_VEH_HIT1,					//	Small fireball explosion (bulges rightward).
+	ANIM_VEH_HIT2,					//	Small fragment throwing explosion -- pop & sparkles.
+	ANIM_VEH_HIT3,					// Small fragment throwing explosion -- burn/exp mix.
+	ANIM_ART_EXP1,					// Large fragment throwing explosion -- many sparkles.
+	ANIM_NAPALM1,					// Small napalm burn.
+	ANIM_NAPALM2,					// Medium napalm burn.
+	ANIM_NAPALM3,					// Large napalm burn.
+	ANIM_SMOKE_PUFF,				// Small rocket smoke trail puff.
+	ANIM_PIFF,						// Machine gun impact piffs.
+	ANIM_PIFFPIFF,					// Chaingun impact piffs.
+	ANIM_FLAME_N,					// Flame thrower firing north.
+	ANIM_FLAME_NE,					//	Flame thrower firing north east.
+	ANIM_FLAME_E,					// Flame thrower firing east.
+	ANIM_FLAME_SE,					// Flame thrower firing south east.
+	ANIM_FLAME_S,					// Flame thrower firing south.
+	ANIM_FLAME_SW,					// Flame thrower firing south west.
+	ANIM_FLAME_W,					// Flame thrower firing west.
+	ANIM_FLAME_NW,					// Flame thrower firing north west.
+	ANIM_CHEM_N,					// Chem sprayer firing north.
+	ANIM_CHEM_NE,					//	Chem sprayer firing north east.
+	ANIM_CHEM_E,					// Chem sprayer firing east.
+	ANIM_CHEM_SE,					// Chem sprayer firing south east.
+	ANIM_CHEM_S,					// Chem sprayer firing south.
+	ANIM_CHEM_SW,					// Chem sprayer firing south west.
+	ANIM_CHEM_W,					// Chem sprayer firing west.
+	ANIM_CHEM_NW,					// Chem sprayer firing north west.
+	ANIM_FIRE_SMALL,				// Small flame animation.
+	ANIM_FIRE_MED,					// Medium flame animation.
+	ANIM_FIRE_MED2,				// Medium flame animation (oranger).
+	ANIM_FIRE_TINY,				// Very tiny flames.
+	ANIM_MUZZLE_FLASH,			// Big cannon flash (with translucency).
+#ifdef NEVER
+	ANIM_E1_ROT_FIRE,				// Infantry decay animations.
+	ANIM_E1_ROT_GRENADE,
+	ANIM_E1_ROT_GUN,
+	ANIM_E1_ROT_EXP,
+	ANIM_E2_ROT_FIRE,
+	ANIM_E2_ROT_GRENADE,
+	ANIM_E2_ROT_GUN,
+	ANIM_E2_ROT_EXP,
+	ANIM_E3_ROT_FIRE,
+	ANIM_E3_ROT_GRENADE,
+	ANIM_E3_ROT_GUN,
+	ANIM_E3_ROT_EXP,
+	ANIM_E4_ROT_FIRE,
+	ANIM_E4_ROT_GRENADE,
+	ANIM_E4_ROT_GUN,
+	ANIM_E4_ROT_EXP,
+#endif
+	ANIM_SMOKE_M,					// Smoke rising from ground.
+	ANIM_BURN_SMALL,				// Small combustable fire effect (with trail off).
+	ANIM_BURN_MED,					// Medium combustable fire effect (with trail off).
+	ANIM_BURN_BIG,					// Large combustable fire effect (with trail off).
+	ANIM_ON_FIRE_SMALL,			// Burning effect for buildings.
+	ANIM_ON_FIRE_MED,				// Burning effect for buildings.
+	ANIM_ON_FIRE_BIG,				// Burning effect for buildings.
+	ANIM_SAM_N,
+	ANIM_SAM_NE,
+	ANIM_SAM_E,
+	ANIM_SAM_SE,
+	ANIM_SAM_S,
+	ANIM_SAM_SW,
+	ANIM_SAM_W,
+	ANIM_SAM_NW,
+	ANIM_GUN_N,
+	ANIM_GUN_NE,
+	ANIM_GUN_E,
+	ANIM_GUN_SE,
+	ANIM_GUN_S,
+	ANIM_GUN_SW,
+	ANIM_GUN_W,
+	ANIM_GUN_NW,
+	ANIM_LZ_SMOKE,
+	ANIM_ION_CANNON,
+	ANIM_ATOM_BLAST,
+	ANIM_CRATE_DEVIATOR,			// Red finned missile.
+	ANIM_CRATE_DOLLAR,			// Dollar sign.
+	ANIM_CRATE_EARTH,				// Cracked Earth.
+	ANIM_CRATE_EMPULSE,			// Plasma ball.
+	ANIM_CRATE_INVUN,				// Orange sphere with green rings.
+	ANIM_CRATE_MINE,				// Spiked mine.
+	ANIM_CRATE_RAPID,				// Red skull.
+	ANIM_CRATE_STEALTH,			// Cloaking sphere.
+	ANIM_CRATE_MISSILE,			// Green finned missile.
+	ANIM_ATOM_DOOR,
+	ANIM_MOVE_FLASH,
+	ANIM_OILFIELD_BURN,
+	ANIM_TRIC_DIE,
+	ANIM_TREX_DIE,
+	ANIM_STEG_DIE,
+	ANIM_RAPT_DIE,
+	ANIM_CHEM_BALL,				// Chemical warrior explosion.
+
+	ANIM_COUNT,
+	ANIM_FIRST=0
+} AnimType;
+
+inline AnimType operator++(AnimType &, int);
+
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**	Infantry can be performing various activities. These can range from simple
+**	idle animations to physical hand to hand combat.
+*/
+typedef enum DoType {
+	DO_NOTHING=-1,				// Not performing any choreographed sequence.
+	DO_STAND_READY=0,
+	DO_STAND_GUARD,
+	DO_PRONE,
+	DO_WALK,
+	DO_FIRE_WEAPON,
+	DO_LIE_DOWN,
+	DO_CRAWL,
+	DO_GET_UP,
+	DO_FIRE_PRONE,
+	DO_IDLE1,
+	DO_IDLE2,
+	DO_ON_GUARD,
+	DO_FIGHT_READY,
+	DO_PUNCH,
+	DO_KICK,
+	DO_PUNCH_HIT1,
+	DO_PUNCH_HIT2,
+	DO_PUNCH_DEATH,
+	DO_KICK_HIT1,
+	DO_KICK_HIT2,
+	DO_KICK_DEATH,
+	DO_READY_WEAPON,
+	DO_GUN_DEATH,
+	DO_EXPLOSION_DEATH,
+	DO_EXPLOSION2_DEATH,
+	DO_GRENADE_DEATH,
+	DO_FIRE_DEATH,
+	DO_GESTURE1,
+	DO_SALUTE1,
+	DO_GESTURE2,
+	DO_SALUTE2,
+// Civilian actions
+	DO_PULL_GUN,
+	DO_PLEAD,
+	DO_PLEAD_DEATH,
+
+	DO_COUNT,
+	DO_FIRST=0
+} DoType;
+
+inline DoType operator++(DoType &, int);
+
+/*
+**	This structure is associated with each maneuver type. It tells whether the
+**	maneuver can be interrupted and the frame rate.
+*/
+typedef struct {
+	unsigned Interrupt:1;	// Can it be interrupted?
+	unsigned IsMobile:1;		// Can it move while doing this?
+	unsigned RandomStart:1;	// Should animation be "randomized"?
+	unsigned char Rate;		// Frame rate.
+} DoStruct;
+
+typedef struct {
+	int				Frame;	// Starting frame of the animation.
+	unsigned char	Count;	// Number of frames of animation.
+	unsigned char	Jump;		// Frames to jump between facings.
+} DoInfoStruct;
+
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**	These are the various radio message that can be transmitted between
+**	units and buildings. Some of these require a response from the receiver
+**	and some don't.
+*/
+typedef enum RadioMessageType {
+	RADIO_STATIC,				// "hisssss" -- non-message
+	RADIO_ROGER,				// "Roger."
+	RADIO_HELLO,				// "Come in. I wish to talk."
+	RADIO_OVER_OUT,			// "Something came up, bye."
+	RADIO_PICK_UP,				// "Please pick me up."
+	RADIO_ATTACH,				// "Attach to transport."
+	RADIO_DELIVERY,			// "I've got a delivery for you."
+	RADIO_HOLD_STILL,			// "I'm performing load/unload maneuver. Be careful."
+	RADIO_UNLOADED,			// "I'm clear."
+	RADIO_UNLOAD,				// "You are clear to unload. Please start driving off now."
+	RADIO_NEGATIVE,			// "Am unable to comply."
+	RADIO_BUILDING,			// "I'm starting construction now... act busy."
+	RADIO_COMPLETE,			// "I've finished construction. You are free."
+	RADIO_REDRAW,				// "Oops, sorry. I might have bumped you a little."
+	RADIO_DOCKING,				// "I'm trying to load up now."
+	RADIO_CAN_LOAD,			// "May I become a passenger?"
+	RADIO_ARE_REFINERY,		// "Are you a refinery ready to take shipment?"
+	RADIO_TRYING_TO_LOAD,	// "Are you trying to become a passenger?"
+	RADIO_MOVE_HERE,			// "Move to location X."
+	RADIO_NEED_TO_MOVE,		// "Do you need to move somewhere?"
+	RADIO_YEA_NOW_WHAT,		// "All right already. Now what?"
+	RADIO_IM_IN,				// "I'm a passenger now."
+	RADIO_BACKUP_NOW,			// "Begin backup into refinery now."
+	RADIO_RUN_AWAY,			// "Run away! Run away!"
+	RADIO_TETHER,				// "Establish tether contact."
+	RADIO_UNTETHER,			// "Break tether contact."
+	RADIO_REPAIR,				// "Repair one step."
+	RADIO_PREPARED,			// "Are you prepared to fight?"
+	RADIO_ATTACK_THIS,		// "Attack this target please."
+	RADIO_RELOAD,				// "Reload one step please."
+
+	// Hand to hand combat messages (yelled rather than radioed).
+	RADIO_KICK,				// "Take this kick, you.. you.."
+	RADIO_PUNCH,			// "Take this punch, you.. you.."
+	RADIO_PREPARE_TO_BOX,//	"Fancy a little fisticuffs, eh?"
+
+	RADIO_COUNT
+} RadioMessageType;
+
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**	These are custom C&C specific types. The CELL is used for map coordinate
+**	with cell resolution. The COORD type is used for map coordinates that
+**	have a lepton resolution.
+*/
+typedef unsigned long	COORDINATE;
+typedef signed short		CELL;
+
+typedef unsigned short	TARGET;
+#define	TARGET_NONE 	((TARGET)0)
+
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**	Selected units have a special selected unit box around them. These are the
+**	defines for the two types of selected unit boxes. One is for infantry and
+**	the other is for regular units.
+*/
+typedef enum SelectEnum {
+	SELECT_NONE=-1,
+	SELECT_INFANTRY,					// Small infantry selection box.
+	SELECT_UNIT,						// Big unit selection box.
+	SELECT_BUILDING=SELECT_UNIT,	// Custom box for buildings.
+	SELECT_TERRAIN=SELECT_UNIT,	// Custom box for terrain objects.
+	SELECT_WRENCH,						// A building is repairing overlay graphic.
+
+	SELECT_COUNT
+} SelectEnum;
+
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**	The pip shapes and text shapes are enumerated according to the following
+**	type. These special shapes are drawn over special objects or in other places
+**	where shape technology is needed.
+*/
+typedef enum PipEnum
+{
+	PIP_EMPTY,			// Empty pip spot.
+	PIP_FULL,			// Full pip spot.
+	PIP_PRIMARY,		// "Primary" building marker.
+	PIP_READY,			// "Ready" construction information tag.
+	PIP_HOLDING,		// "Hold"ing construction information tag.
+	PIP_ENGINEER,		// Full pip with engineer coloring.
+	PIP_CIVILIAN,		// Full pip with civilian coloring.
+	PIP_COMMANDO		// Full pip with commando coloring.
+} PipEnum;
+
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**	The mouse cursor can be in different states. These states are listed
+**	below. Some of these represent animating mouse cursors. The mouse
+**	is controlled by passing one of these values to the appropriate
+**	MouseClass member function.
+*/
+typedef enum MouseType
+{
+	MOUSE_NORMAL,
+	MOUSE_N,
+	MOUSE_NE,
+	MOUSE_E,
+	MOUSE_SE,
+	MOUSE_S,
+	MOUSE_SW,
+	MOUSE_W,
+	MOUSE_NW,
+	MOUSE_NO_N,
+	MOUSE_NO_NE,
+	MOUSE_NO_E,
+	MOUSE_NO_SE,
+	MOUSE_NO_S,
+	MOUSE_NO_SW,
+	MOUSE_NO_W,
+	MOUSE_NO_NW,
+	MOUSE_NO_MOVE,
+	MOUSE_CAN_MOVE,
+	MOUSE_ENTER,
+	MOUSE_DEPLOY,
+	MOUSE_CAN_SELECT,
+	MOUSE_CAN_ATTACK,
+	MOUSE_SELL_BACK,
+	MOUSE_SELL_UNIT,
+	MOUSE_REPAIR,
+	MOUSE_NO_REPAIR,
+	MOUSE_NO_SELL_BACK,
+	MOUSE_RADAR_CURSOR,
+	MOUSE_ION_CANNON,
+	MOUSE_NUCLEAR_BOMB,
+	MOUSE_AIR_STRIKE,
+	MOUSE_DEMOLITIONS,
+	MOUSE_AREA_GUARD,
+	MOUSE_COUNT
+} MouseType;
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	This structure is used to control the box relief style drawn by
+**	the Draw_Box() function.
+*/
+typedef struct {
+	int	Filler;		// Center box fill color.
+	int	Shadow;		// Shadow color (darker).
+	int	Highlight;	// Highlight color (lighter).
+	int	Corner;		// Corner color (transition).
+} BoxStyleType;
+
+typedef enum BoxStyleEnum {
+	BOXSTYLE_DOWN,					// Typical depressed edge border.
+	BOXSTYLE_RAISED,				// Typical raised edge border.
+	BOXSTYLE_BLUE_UP,				// Raised blue border.
+	BOXSTYLE_DIS_DOWN,			// Disabled but depressed.
+	BOXSTYLE_DIS_RAISED,			// Disabled but raised.
+	BOXSTYLE_RAISED_ARROW,		// Typical raised edge w/arrow around caption
+	BOXSTYLE_GREEN_DOWN,			// green depressed edge border.
+	BOXSTYLE_GREEN_RAISED,		// green raised edge border.
+	BOXSTYLE_GREEN_DIS_DOWN,	// disabled but depressed.
+	BOXSTYLE_GREEN_DIS_RAISED,	// disabled but raised.
+	BOXSTYLE_GREEN_BOX,			// list box.
+	BOXSTYLE_GREEN_BORDER,		// main dialog box.
+
+	BOXSTYLE_COUNT
+} BoxStyleEnum;
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	Damage, as inflicted by projectiles, has different characteristics.
+**	These are the different "warhead" types that can be assigned to the
+**	various projectiles in the game.
+*/
+typedef enum WarheadType{
+	WARHEAD_NONE=-1,
+
+	WARHEAD_SA,					// Small arms -- good against infantry.
+	WARHEAD_HE,					//	High explosive -- good against buildings & infantry.
+	WARHEAD_AP,					// Amor piercing -- good against armor.
+	WARHEAD_FIRE,				// Incendiary -- Good against flammables.
+	WARHEAD_LASER,				// Light Amplification of Stimulated Emission of Radiation.
+	WARHEAD_PB,					// Particle beam (neutron beam).
+	WARHEAD_FIST,				// punching in hand-to-hand combat
+	WARHEAD_FOOT,				// kicking in hand-to-hand combat
+	WARHEAD_HOLLOW_POINT,	// Sniper bullet type.
+	WARHEAD_SPORE,				// Spores from blossom tree - affect infantry only
+	WARHEAD_HEADBUTT,			// Other dinosaurs butt into people
+	WARHEAD_FEEDME,			// T-Rex eats people, hurts vehicles/buildings
+
+	WARHEAD_COUNT
+} WarheadType;
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	This enumerates the various weapon types. The weapon is characterized
+**	by the projectile it launches, the damage it does, and the rate of
+**	fire.
+*/
+typedef enum WeaponType {
+	WEAPON_NONE=-1,
+
+	WEAPON_RIFLE,
+	WEAPON_CHAIN_GUN,
+	WEAPON_PISTOL,
+	WEAPON_M16,
+	WEAPON_DRAGON,
+	WEAPON_FLAMETHROWER,
+	WEAPON_FLAME_TONGUE,
+	WEAPON_CHEMSPRAY,
+	WEAPON_GRENADE,
+	WEAPON_75MM,
+	WEAPON_105MM,
+	WEAPON_120MM,
+	WEAPON_TURRET_GUN,
+	WEAPON_MAMMOTH_TUSK,
+	WEAPON_MLRS,
+	WEAPON_155MM,
+	WEAPON_M60MG,
+	WEAPON_TOMAHAWK,
+	WEAPON_TOW_TWO,
+	WEAPON_NAPALM,
+	WEAPON_OBELISK_LASER,
+	WEAPON_NIKE,
+	WEAPON_HONEST_JOHN,
+	WEAPON_STEG,
+	WEAPON_TREX,
+
+	WEAPON_COUNT
+} WeaponType;
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	The various armor types are best suited to defend against a limited
+**	kind of warheads. The game strategy revolves around proper
+**	combination of armor and weaponry. Each vehicle or building has armor
+**	rated according to one of the following types.
+*/
+typedef enum ArmorType {
+	ARMOR_NONE,			// Vulnerable to SA and HE.
+	ARMOR_WOOD,			// Vulnerable to HE and Fire.
+	ARMOR_ALUMINUM,	// Vulnerable to AP and SA.
+	ARMOR_STEEL,		// Vulnerable to AP.
+	ARMOR_CONCRETE,	// Vulnerable to HE and AP.
+
+	ARMOR_COUNT
+} ArmorType;
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	Working MCGA colors that give a pleasing effect for beveled edges and
+**	other purposes.
+*/
+#define	MAGIC_COL_COUNT	12		// Translucent color count.
+#define	SHADOW_COL_COUNT	4		// Terrain shroud translucent color count.
+#define	USHADOW_COL_COUNT	1		// Unit shadow special ghost colors.
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	Color cycling range that is used for water effects.
+*/
+#define	CYCLE_COLOR_START		32
+#define	CYCLE_COLOR_COUNT		7
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	Magic color fading pulsing effect limts -- color gun value.
+*/
+#define	MIN_CYCLE_COLOR		16
+#define	MAX_CYCLE_COLOR		63
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	The game's six and eight point fonts have these names.
+*/
+#define	FONT3		"3point.fnt"
+#define	FONT6		"6point.fnt"
+#define	FONT8		"8point.fnt"
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	These are the control flags for Fancy_Text_Print function.
+*/
+typedef enum TextPrintType {
+	TPF_LASTPOINT		=0x0000,		// Use previous font point value.
+	TPF_6POINT			=0x0001,		// Use 6 point font.
+	TPF_8POINT			=0x0002,		// Use 8 point font.
+	TPF_3POINT			=0x0003,		// Use 3 point font.
+	TPF_LED				=0x0004,		// Use LED font.
+	TPF_VCR				=0x0005,		// Use VCR font.
+	TPF_6PT_GRAD		=0x0006,		// Use 6 point gradient font.
+	TPF_MAP				=0x0007,		// Use 6 point gradient font.
+	TPF_GREEN12			=0x0008,		// Use green tab font
+	TPF_GREEN12_GRAD	=0x0009,		// Use graduated green tab font
+	TPF_LASTSHADOW		=0x0000,		// Use previous font palette.
+	TPF_NOSHADOW		=0x0010,		// Don't have any shadow.
+	TPF_DROPSHADOW		=0x0020,		//	Use a simple drop shadow.
+	TPF_FULLSHADOW		=0x0040,		// Use a full outline shadow.
+	TPF_LIGHTSHADOW	=0x0080,		// Use engraved drop 'shadow' color.
+	TPF_CENTER			=0x0100,		// Center about the X axis.
+	TPF_RIGHT			=0x0200,		// Right justify text.
+	TPF_MEDIUM_COLOR	=0x1000,		// Use medium color for all text gradient
+	TPF_BRIGHT_COLOR	=0x2000,		// Use bright color for all text gradient
+	TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL	=0x4000		// Use a gradient palette based on fore color
+} TextPrintType;
+
+inline TextPrintType operator |(TextPrintType, TextPrintType);
+inline TextPrintType operator &(TextPrintType, TextPrintType);
+inline TextPrintType operator ~(TextPrintType);
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	These control the maximum number of objects in the game. Make sure that these
+**	maximums never exceed the maximum value for the "ID" element in the
+**	object class.
+*/
+#define	AIRCRAFT_MAX			30			// Lasts for minutes.
+#define	ANIM_MAX					50			// Lasts only a few seconds.
+#define	BUILDING_MAX			300		// Lasts for hours.
+#define	BULLET_MAX				40			// Lasts several seconds.
+#define	FACTORY_MAX				20			// Lasts a few minutes.
+#define	HOUSE_MAX				12			// Lasts entire scenario.
+#define	INFANTRY_MAX			300		// Lasts for minutes.
+#define	OVERLAY_MAX				1			// Very transitory.
+#define	REINFORCEMENT_MAX		50			// Maximum number of reinforcements.
+#define	SMUDGE_MAX				1			// Very transitory.
+#define	TEAM_MAX					60			// Lasts forever.
+#define	TEMPLATE_MAX			1			// Very transitory.
+#define	TERRAIN_MAX				300		// Lasts for hours or eternity.
+#define	TRIGGER_MAX				40			// Lasts forever.
+#define	UNIT_MAX					300		// Lasts for minutes.
+#define	TEAMTYPE_MAX			40			// Lasts forever.
+
+// Save filename description.
+#define	DESCRIP_MAX				44			// 40 chars + CR + LF + CTRL-Z + NULL
+
+#define	MAX_ENTRY_SIZE 		15
+
+#define  OBUTTON_HEIGHT       9			// Is defined in mapedit.h, need for buttons
+
+#define	CONQUER_PATH_MAX		9			// Number of cells to look ahead for movement.
+
+#define	EACH_UNIT_MAX			(UNIT_MAX/4)			// Default maximum any one player can have.
+#define	EACH_BUILDING_MAX		(BUILDING_MAX/4)		// Default maximum any one player can build.
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	Terrain can be of these different classes. At any point in the game
+**	a particular piece of ground must fall under one of these classifications.
+**	This is true, even if it is undergoing a temporary transition.
+*/
+typedef enum LandType {
+	LAND_CLEAR,		// "Clear" terrain.
+	LAND_ROAD,		// Road terrain.
+	LAND_WATER,		// Water.
+	LAND_ROCK,		// Impassable rock.
+	LAND_WALL,		// Wall (blocks movement).
+	LAND_TIBERIUM,	// Tiberium field.
+	LAND_BEACH,		//	Beach terrain.
+
+	LAND_COUNT
+} LandType;
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	The theaters of operation are as follows.
+*/
+typedef enum TheaterType {
+	THEATER_NONE=-1,
+	THEATER_DESERT,
+	THEATER_JUNGLE,
+	THEATER_TEMPERATE,
+	THEATER_WINTER,
+
+	THEATER_COUNT,
+	THEATER_FIRST=0
+} TheaterType;
+
+inline TheaterType operator++(TheaterType &, int);
+
+#define	THEATERF_DESERT			(1<<THEATER_DESERT)
+#define	THEATERF_JUNGLE			(1<<THEATER_JUNGLE)
+#define	THEATERF_TEMPERATE		(1<<THEATER_TEMPERATE)
+#define	THEATERF_WINTER			(1<<THEATER_WINTER)
+
+typedef struct {
+	char		Name[16];
+	char		Root[10];
+	char		Suffix[4];
+} TheaterDataType;
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	Each building has a predetermined size. These are the size numbers.
+**	The trailing number is this define is the width and height (respectively)
+**	of the building in cells.
+*/
+typedef enum BSizeType {
+	BSIZE_NONE=-1,
+	BSIZE_11=0,
+	BSIZE_21,
+	BSIZE_12,
+	BSIZE_22,
+	BSIZE_23,
+	BSIZE_32,
+	BSIZE_33,
+	BSIZE_42,
+	BSIZE_55,
+
+	BSIZE_COUNT
+} BSizeType;
+
+inline BSizeType operator++(BSizeType &, int);
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+** When objects are manipulated on the map that are marked as being
+**	removed (up), placed down (down), or just to be redrawn (change);
+** or when an object's rendering (not logical) size changes, due to
+** its being selected or having an animation attached (overlap up/down).
+*/
+typedef enum MarkType {
+	MARK_UP,					//	Removed from the map.
+	MARK_DOWN,				//	Placed on the map.
+	MARK_CHANGE,			//	Altered in place on the map.
+	MARK_OVERLAP_DOWN,	// Mark overlap cells on the map
+	MARK_OVERLAP_UP,		// Clear overlap cells on the map
+} MarkType;
+
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**	Window number definition list. Each window should be referred to by
+**	the value given in this list.
+*/
+// Allow window number enums to be passed to library functions.
+typedef enum WindowNumberType {
+	WINDOW_MAIN,				// Full screen window.
+	WINDOW_ERROR,				// Library error window.
+	WINDOW_TACTICAL,			// Tactical map window.
+	WINDOW_MENU,				// Main selection menu.
+	WINDOW_SIDEBAR,			// Sidebar (buildable list) window.
+	WINDOW_EDITOR,				// Scenario editor window.
+	WINDOW_CUSTOM				// Window that can be altered depending on circumstances
+} WindowNumberType;
+
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**	For every cell there are 8 adjacent cells. Use these direction numbers
+**	when referring to adjacent cells. This comes into play when moving
+**	between cells and in the Desired_Facing() algorithm.
+*/
+typedef enum FacingType {
+	FACING_NONE=-1,
+	FACING_N,			// North
+	FACING_NE,			// North-East
+	FACING_E,			// East
+	FACING_SE,			// South-East
+	FACING_S,			// South
+	FACING_SW,			// South-West
+	FACING_W,			// West
+	FACING_NW,			// North-West
+
+	FACING_COUNT,			// Total of 8 directions (0..7).
+	FACING_FIRST=0
+} FacingType;
+
+inline FacingType operator++(FacingType &, int);
+inline FacingType operator + (FacingType f1, FacingType f2)
+{
+	return (FacingType)(((int)f1 + (int)f2) & 0x07);
+}
+inline FacingType operator + (FacingType f1, int f2)
+{
+	return (FacingType)(((int)f1 + (int)f2) & 0x07);
+}
+
+inline FacingType operator - (FacingType f1, FacingType f2)
+{
+	return (FacingType)(((int)f1 - (int)f2) & 0x07);
+}
+inline FacingType operator - (FacingType f1, int f2)
+{
+	return (FacingType)(((int)f1 - (int)f2) & 0x07);
+}
+
+inline FacingType operator += (FacingType & f1, FacingType f2)
+{
+	f1 = (FacingType)(((int)f1 + (int)f2) & 0x07);
+	return(f1);
+}
+inline FacingType operator += (FacingType & f1, int f2)
+{
+	f1 = (FacingType)(((int)f1 + (int)f2) & 0x07);
+	return(f1);
+}
+
+
+typedef enum DirType {
+	DIR_MIN=0,
+	DIR_N=0,
+	DIR_NE=1<<5,
+	DIR_E=2<<5,
+	DIR_SE=3<<5,
+	DIR_S=4<<5,
+	DIR_SW=5<<5,
+	DIR_SW_X1=(5<<5)-8,		// Direction of harvester while unloading.
+	DIR_SW_X2=(5<<5)-16,		// Direction of harvester while unloading.
+	DIR_W=6<<5,
+	DIR_NW=7<<5,
+	DIR_MAX=254
+} DirType;
+inline DirType operator + (DirType f1, DirType f2)
+{
+	return (DirType)(((int)f1 + (int)f2) & 0x00FF);
+}
+inline DirType operator + (DirType f1, int f2)
+{
+	return (DirType)(((int)f1 + (int)f2) & 0x00FF);
+}
+
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**	Timer constants. These are used when setting the countdown timer.
+**	Note that this is based upon a timer that ticks every 60th of a second.
+*/
+#define	TICKS_PER_SECOND		15
+#define	TICKS_PER_MINUTE		(TICKS_PER_SECOND * 60)
+
+#define	TIMER_SECOND			60
+#define	TIMER_MINUTE			(TIMER_SECOND*60)
+
+#define	FADE_PALETTE_FAST		(TIMER_SECOND/8)
+#define	FADE_PALETTE_MEDIUM	(TIMER_SECOND/4)
+#define	FADE_PALETTE_SLOW		(TIMER_SECOND/2)
+
+
+/****************************************************************************
+** Each vehicle is give a speed rating. This is a combination of not only
+**	its physical speed, but the means by which it travels (wheels, tracks,
+**	wings, etc). This is used to determine the movement table.
+*/
+typedef enum SpeedType {
+	SPEED_NONE=-1,
+
+	SPEED_FOOT=0,					// Bipedal.
+	SPEED_TRACK,				// Tracked locomotion.
+	SPEED_HARVESTER,			// Harvester speed rating.
+	SPEED_WHEEL,				// Balloon tires.
+	SPEED_WINGED,				// Lifter's, 'thopters, and rockets.
+	SPEED_HOVER,				// Typical hovercraft logic.
+	SPEED_FLOAT,				// Ships.
+
+	SPEED_COUNT,
+	SPEED_FIRST=SPEED_FOOT
+} SpeedType;
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	These are the sound effect digitized sample file names.
+*/
+typedef enum VocType{
+	VOC_NONE=-1,
+
+	VOC_RAMBO_PRESENT,//	"I've got a present for	ya"
+	VOC_RAMBO_CMON,	//	"c'mon"
+	VOC_RAMBO_UGOTIT,	//	"you got it"
+	VOC_RAMBO_COMIN,	//	"keep 'em commin'"
+	VOC_RAMBO_LAUGH,	//	"hahaha"
+	VOC_RAMBO_LEFTY,	//	"that was left handed"
+	VOC_RAMBO_NOPROB,	//	"no problem"
+//	VOC_RAMBO_OHSH,	//	"oh shiiiiii...."
+	VOC_RAMBO_ONIT,	//	"I'm on it"
+	VOC_RAMBO_YELL,	//	"ahhhhhhh"
+	VOC_RAMBO_ROCK,	//	"time to rock and roll"
+	VOC_RAMBO_TUFF,	//	"real tuff guy"
+	VOC_RAMBO_YEA,		//	"yea"
+	VOC_RAMBO_YES,		//	"yes"
+	VOC_RAMBO_YO,		//	"yo"
+
+	VOC_GIRL_OKAY,		// "okay"
+	VOC_GIRL_YEAH,		// "yeah?"
+	VOC_GUY_OKAY,		//	"okay"
+	VOC_GUY_YEAH,		// "yeah?"
+
+	VOC_2DANGER,		//	"negative, too dangerous"
+	VOC_ACKNOWL,		//	"acknowledged"
+	VOC_AFFIRM,			//	"affirmative"
+	VOC_AWAIT,			//	"awaiting orders"
+//	VOC_BACKUP,			//	"send backup"
+//	VOC_HELP,			//	"send help"
+	VOC_MOVEOUT,		//	"movin' out"
+	VOC_NEGATIVE,		//	"negative"
+	VOC_NO_PROB,		//	"not a problem"
+	VOC_READY,			//	"ready and waiting"
+	VOC_REPORT,			//	"reporting"
+	VOC_RIGHT_AWAY,	//	"right away sir"
+	VOC_ROGER,			//	"roger"
+//	VOC_SIR,				//	"sir?"
+//	VOC_SQUAD,			//	"squad reporting"
+//	VOC_PRACTICE,		//	"target practice"
+	VOC_UGOTIT,			//	"you got it"
+	VOC_UNIT,			//	"unit reporting"
+	VOC_VEHIC,			//	"vehicle reporting"
+	VOC_YESSIR,			//	"yes sir"
+
+	VOC_BAZOOKA,		//	Gunfire
+	VOC_BLEEP,			//	Clean metal bing
+	VOC_BOMB1,			//	Crunchy parachute bomb type explosion
+	VOC_BUTTON,			//	Dungeon Master button click
+	VOC_RADAR_ON,		//	Elecronic static with beeps
+	VOC_CONSTRUCTION,	//	construction sounds
+	VOC_CRUMBLE,		//	muffled crumble sound
+	VOC_FLAMER1,		//	flame thrower
+	VOC_RIFLE,			//	rifle shot
+	VOC_M60,				//	machine gun burst -- 6 rounds
+	VOC_GUN20,			//	bat hitting heavy metal door
+	VOC_M60A,			//	medium machine gun burst
+	VOC_MINI,			//	mini gun burst
+	VOC_RELOAD,			//	gun clip reload
+	VOC_SLAM,			//	metal plates slamming together
+	VOC_HVYGUN10,		//	loud sharp cannon
+	VOC_ION_CANNON,	//	partical beam
+	VOC_MGUN11,			//	alternate tripple burst
+	VOC_MGUN2,			//	M-16 tripple burst
+	VOC_NUKE_FIRE,		//	long missile sound
+	VOC_NUKE_EXPLODE,	//	long but not loud explosion
+	VOC_LASER,			//	humming star wars laser beam
+	VOC_LASER_POWER,	//	warming up sound of star wars laser beam
+	VOC_RADAR_OFF,		//	doom door slide
+	VOC_SNIPER,			//	silenced rifle fire
+	VOC_ROCKET1,		//	rocket launch variation #1
+	VOC_ROCKET2,		//	rocket launch variation #2
+	VOC_MOTOR,			//	dentists drill
+	VOC_SCOLD,			//	cannot perform action feedback tone
+	VOC_SIDEBAR_OPEN,	//	xylophone clink
+	VOC_SIDEBAR_CLOSE,//	xylophone clink
+	VOC_SQUISH2,		//	crushing infantry
+	VOC_TANK1,			//	sharp tank fire with recoil
+	VOC_TANK2,			//	sharp tank fire
+	VOC_TANK3,			//	sharp tank fire
+	VOC_TANK4,			//	big gun tank fire
+	VOC_UP,				//	credits counting up
+	VOC_DOWN,			//	credits counting down
+	VOC_TARGET,			//	target sound
+	VOC_SONAR,			//	sonar echo
+	VOC_TOSS,			//	air swish
+	VOC_CLOAK,			//	stealth tank
+	VOC_BURN,			//	burning crackle
+	VOC_TURRET,			//	muffled gunfire
+	VOC_XPLOBIG4,		//	very long muffled explosion
+	VOC_XPLOBIG6,		//	very long muffled explosion
+	VOC_XPLOBIG7,		//	very long muffled explosion
+	VOC_XPLODE,			//	long soft muffled explosion
+	VOC_XPLOS,			//	short crunchy explosion
+	VOC_XPLOSML2,		//	muffled mechanical explosion
+
+	VOC_SCREAM1,		//	short infantry scream
+	VOC_SCREAM3,		//	short infantry scream
+	VOC_SCREAM4,		//	short infantry scream
+	VOC_SCREAM5,		//	short infantry scream
+	VOC_SCREAM6,		//	short infantry scream
+	VOC_SCREAM7,		//	short infantry scream
+	VOC_SCREAM10,		//	short infantry scream
+	VOC_SCREAM11,		//	short infantry scream
+	VOC_SCREAM12,		//	short infantry scream
+	VOC_YELL1,			//	long infantry scream
+
+	VOC_YES,				//	"Yes?"
+	VOC_COMMANDER,		//	"Commander?"
+	VOC_HELLO,			//	"Hello?"
+	VOC_HMMM,			//	"Hmmm?"
+//	VOC_PROCEED1,		//	"I will proceed, post haste."
+//	VOC_PROCEED2,		//	"I will proceed, at once."
+//	VOC_PROCEED3,		//	"I will proceed, immediately."
+//	VOC_EXCELLENT1,	//	"That is an excellent plan."
+//	VOC_EXCELLENT2,	//	"Yes, that is an excellent plan."
+	VOC_EXCELLENT3,	//	"A wonderful plan."
+//	VOC_EXCELLENT4,	//	"Asounding plan of action commander."
+//	VOC_EXCELLENT5,	//	"Remarkable contrivance."
+	VOC_OF_COURSE,		//	"Of course."
+	VOC_YESYES,			//	"Yes yes yes."
+	VOC_QUIP1,			//	"Mind the Tiberium."
+//	VOC_QUIP2,			//	"A most remarkable  Metasequoia Glyptostroboides."
+	VOC_THANKS,			//	"Thank you."
+
+	VOC_CASHTURN,		// Sound of money being piled up.
+	VOC_BLEEPY3,		// Clean computer bleep sound.
+
+	VOC_DINOMOUT,		// Movin' out in dino-speak.
+	VOC_DINOYES,		// Yes Sir in dino-speak.
+	VOC_DINOATK1,		// Dino attack sound.
+	VOC_DINODIE1,		// Dino die sound.
+
+	VOC_COUNT,
+	VOC_BUILD_SELECT=VOC_TARGET,
+	VOC_FIRST=0
+} VocType;
+
+
+typedef enum VoxType{
+	VOX_NONE=-1,
+	VOX_ACCOMPLISHED,					//	mission accomplished
+	VOX_FAIL,							//	your mission has failed
+	VOX_NO_FACTORY,					//	unable to comply, building in progress
+	VOX_CONSTRUCTION,					//	construction complete
+	VOX_UNIT_READY,					// unit ready
+	VOX_NEW_CONSTRUCT,				//	new construction options
+	VOX_DEPLOY,							//	cannot deploy here
+	VOX_DEAD_GDI,						//	GDI unit destroyed
+	VOX_DEAD_NOD,						//	Nod unit destroyed
+	VOX_DEAD_CIV,						//	civilian killed
+//	VOX_AFFIRMATIVE,					//	affirmative
+//	VOX_NEGATIVE,						//	negative
+//	VOX_UPGRADE_UNIT,					//	upgrade complete, new unit available
+//	VOX_UPGRADE_STRUCT,				//	upgrade complete, new structure available
+	VOX_NO_CASH,						//	insufficient funds
+	VOX_CONTROL_EXIT,					//	battle control terminated
+	VOX_REINFORCEMENTS,				//	reinforcements have arrived
+	VOX_CANCELED,						//	canceled
+	VOX_BUILDING,						//	building
+	VOX_LOW_POWER,						//	low power
+	VOX_NO_POWER,						//	insufficient power
+	VOX_NEED_MO_MONEY,				//	need more funds
+	VOX_BASE_UNDER_ATTACK,			//	our base is under attack
+	VOX_INCOMING_MISSILE,			//	incoming missile
+	VOX_ENEMY_PLANES,					//	enemy planes approaching
+	VOX_INCOMING_NUKE,				//	nuclear warhead approaching
+//	VOX_RADIATION_OK,					//	radiation levels are acceptable
+//	VOX_RADIATION_FATAL,				//	radiation levels are fatal
+	VOX_UNABLE_TO_BUILD,				//	unable to build more
+	VOX_PRIMARY_SELECTED,			//	primary building selected
+//	VOX_REPAIRS_COMPLETE,			//	repairs completed
+	VOX_NOD_CAPTURED,					//	Nod building captured
+	VOX_GDI_CAPTURED,					//	GDI building captured
+//	VOX_STRUCTURE_SOLD,				//	structure sold
+	VOX_ION_CHARGING,					//	ion cannon charging
+	VOX_ION_READY,						//	ion cannon ready
+	VOX_NUKE_AVAILABLE,				//	nuclear weapon available
+	VOX_NUKE_LAUNCHED,				//	nuclear weapon launched
+	VOX_UNIT_LOST,						//	unit lost
+	VOX_STRUCTURE_LOST,				// structure lost
+	VOX_NEED_HARVESTER,				// need harvester
+	VOX_SELECT_TARGET,				// select target
+	VOX_AIRSTRIKE_READY,				// airstrike ready
+	VOX_NOT_READY,						//	not ready
+	VOX_TRANSPORT_SIGHTED,			// Nod transport sighted
+	VOX_TRANSPORT_LOADED,			// Nod transport loaded
+	VOX_PREPARE,						//	enemy approaching
+	VOX_NEED_MO_CAPACITY,			//	silos needed
+	VOX_SUSPENDED,						//	on hold
+	VOX_REPAIRING,						//	repairing
+	VOX_ENEMY_STRUCTURE,				//	enemy structure destroyed
+	VOX_GDI_STRUCTURE,				//	GDI structure destroyed
+	VOX_NOD_STRUCTURE,				//	NOD structure destroyed
+	VOX_ENEMY_UNIT,					// Enemy unit destroyed.
+//	VOX_GOLD_UNIT,						//	gold unit destroyed
+//	VOX_GOLD_STRUCTURE,				//	gold structure destroyed
+//	VOX_GOLD_ONLINE,					//	gold player online
+//	VOX_GOLD_OFFLINE,					//	gold player has departed
+//	VOX_GOLD_LOST,						//	gold player destroyed
+//	VOX_GOLD_WON,						//	gold player is victorious
+//	VOX_RED_UNIT,						//	red unit destroyed
+//	VOX_RED_STRUCTURE,				//	red structure destroyed
+//	VOX_RED_ONLINE,					//	red player online
+//	VOX_RED_OFFLINE,					//	red player has departed
+//	VOX_RED_LOST,						//	red player destroyed
+//	VOX_RED_WON,						//	red player is victorious
+//	VOX_GREY_UNIT,						//	grey unit destroyed
+//	VOX_GREY_STRUCTURE,				//	grey structure destroyed
+//	VOX_GREY_ONLINE,					//	grey player online
+//	VOX_GREY_OFFLINE,					//	grey player has departed
+//	VOX_GREY_LOST,						//	grey player destroyed
+//	VOX_GREY_WON,						//	grey player is victorious
+//	VOX_ORANGE_UNIT,					//	orange unit destroyed
+//	VOX_ORANGE_STRUCTURE,			//	orange structure destroyed
+//	VOX_ORANGE_ONLINE,				//	orange player online
+//	VOX_ORANGE_OFFLINE,				//	orange player has departed
+//	VOX_ORANGE_LOST,					//	orange player destroyed
+//	VOX_ORANGE_WON,					//	orange player is victorious
+//	VOX_GREEN_UNIT,					//	green unit destroyed
+//	VOX_GREEN_STRUCTURE,				//	green structure destroyed
+//	VOX_GREEN_ONLINE,					//	green player online
+//	VOX_GREEN_OFFLINE,				//	green player has departed
+//	VOX_GREEN_LOST,					//	green player destroyed
+//	VOX_GREEN_WON,						//	green player is victorious
+//	VOX_BLUE_UNIT,						//	blue unit destroyed
+//	VOX_BLUE_STRUCTURE,				//	blue structure destroyed
+//	VOX_BLUE_ONLINE,					//	blue player online
+//	VOX_BLUE_OFFLINE,					//	blue player has departed
+//	VOX_BLUE_LOST,						//	blue player destroyed
+//	VOX_BLUE_WON,						//	blue player is victorious
+
+	VOX_COUNT,
+//	VOX_MULTI_UNIT			= VOX_GOLD_UNIT,
+//	VOX_MULTI_STRUCTURE	= VOX_GOLD_STRUCTURE,
+//	VOX_MULTI_ONLINE		= VOX_GOLD_ONLINE,
+//	VOX_MULTI_OFFLINE		= VOX_GOLD_OFFLINE,
+//	VOX_MULTI_LOST			= VOX_GOLD_LOST,
+//	VOX_MULTI_WON			= VOX_GOLD_WON,
+
+	VOX_FIRST=0
+} VoxType;
+
+#define NUM_MULTI_VOICES	6
+/****************************************************************************
+**	Game reinforcements are each controlled by the following structure. The
+**	data originates in the scenario INI file but is then carried throughout
+**	any saved games.
+*/
+typedef enum SourceType {
+	SOURCE_NONE=-1,				// No defined source (error condition).
+	SOURCE_FIRST=0,
+
+	SOURCE_NORTH=SOURCE_FIRST,	// From north edge.
+	SOURCE_EAST,					// From east edge.
+	SOURCE_SOUTH,					// From south edge.
+	SOURCE_WEST,					// From west edge.
+	SOURCE_SHIPPING,				// Shipping lane.
+	SOURCE_BEACH,					// Selects beach to land upon.
+	SOURCE_AIR,						// Dropped by air (someplace).
+	SOURCE_VISIBLE,				// Dropped where player can see.
+	SOURCE_ENEMYBASE,				// Dropped at enemy base.
+	SOURCE_HOMEBASE,				// Dropped at friendly base.
+	SOURCE_OCEAN,					// Enters from ocean map edge.
+
+	SOURCE_COUNT
+} SourceType;
+
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**	Each type of terrain has certain characteristics. These are indicated
+**	by the structure below. For every element of terrain there is a
+**	corresponding GroundType structure.
+*/
+typedef struct {
+	int				Color;					// Radar map (map editor) id color.
+	unsigned char	Cost[SPEED_COUNT];	// Terrain effect cost (normal).
+	bool				Build;					// Can build on this terrain?
+} GroundType;
+
+
+/**************************************************************************
+**	Find_Path returns with a pointer to this structure.
+*/
+typedef struct {
+	CELL				Start;				// Starting cell number.
+	int				Cost;					// Accumulated terrain cost.
+	int				Length;				// Command string length.
+	FacingType		*Command;			// Pointer to command string.
+	unsigned long	*Overlap;			// Pointer to overlap list
+	CELL				LastOverlap;		// stores position of last overlap
+	CELL				LastFixup;			// stores position of last overlap
+} PathType;
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+** These are special indices into the Waypoint array; slots 0-25 are
+** reserved for letter-designated Waypoints, the others are special.
+*/
+typedef enum WaypointEnum
+{
+	WAYPT_HOME = 26,				// Home-cell for this scenario
+	WAYPT_REINF,					// cell where reinforcements arrive
+	WAYPT_COUNT,
+} WaypointType;
+
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**	Max # of players total, including the game's owner
+*/
+#define	MAX_PLAYERS			6
+
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**	These are the possible types of multiplayer games supported.
+*/
+typedef enum GameEnum {
+	GAME_NORMAL,			// not multiplayer
+	GAME_MODEM,				// modem game
+	GAME_NULL_MODEM,		// NULL-modem
+	GAME_IPX,				// IPX Network game
+	GAME_INTERNET			// WInsock game
+} GameType;
+
+
+#define	MPLAYER_BUILD_LEVEL_MAX			7
+
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**	This is the max character length of a player's name
+*/
+#define	MPLAYER_NAME_MAX			12
+
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**	Max # of colors for multiplayer games
+*/
+#define	MAX_MPLAYER_COLORS		6
+
+
+/****************************************************************************
+** This defines the various possible communications protocols.
+*/
+typedef enum CommProtocolEnum {
+	COMM_PROTOCOL_SINGLE_NO_COMP = 0,	// single frame with no compression
+	COMM_PROTOCOL_SINGLE_E_COMP,			// single frame with event compression
+	COMM_PROTOCOL_MULTI_E_COMP,			// multiple frame with event compression
+	COMM_PROTOCOL_COUNT,
+	DEFAULT_COMM_PROTOCOL = COMM_PROTOCOL_SINGLE_NO_COMP,
+} CommProtocolType;
+
+
+/****************************************************************************
+** Min value for MaxAhead, for both net & modem; only applies for
+** COMM_PROTOCOL_MULTI_E_COMP.
+*/
+#define MODEM_MIN_MAX_AHEAD			5
+#define NETWORK_MIN_MAX_AHEAD			2
+
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**	Max length of inter-player message buffers.  Messages.Init() should specify
+** a value <= this.  For editing messages, the "to" field length is added to
+** this length to generate the entire editable message length.  For displayed
+** messages, a "From" prefix length should be added to this value to generate
+** the entire max displayable message length.
+*/
+#define	COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH	28
+#define	MAX_MESSAGE_SEGMENTS		3
+#define	MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH		COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH*3
+
+/*
+** Defines for magic numbers to place in messages to allow concatenation.
+*/
+#define	MESSAGE_HEAD_MAGIC_NUMBER	0xFACE
+#define	MESSAGE_TAIL_MAGIC_MUMBER	0xECAF
+
+/*
+** Max # of allowed messages at one time
+*/
+#define	MAX_NUM_MESSAGES			10
+
+#define	PORTBUF_MAX			64						// Dialog field size
+#define	IRQBUF_MAX			3
+#define	BAUDBUF_MAX			7
+#define	INITSTRBUF_MAX		41
+#define	CWAITSTRBUF_MAX	16
+#define	CREDITSBUF_MAX		5
+#define	MODEM_NAME_MAX		PORTBUF_MAX - 1	// Max length of modem name in list box
+
+typedef enum DetectPortType {
+	PORT_VALID = 0,
+	PORT_INVALID,
+	PORT_IRQ_INUSE
+} DetectPortType;
+
+typedef enum DialStatusType {
+	DIAL_CONNECTED			= 0,
+	DIAL_NO_CARRIER,
+	DIAL_BUSY,
+	DIAL_ERROR,
+	DIAL_NO_DIAL_TONE,
+	DIAL_CANCELED
+} DialStatusType;
+
+typedef enum DialMethodType {
+	DIAL_TOUCH_TONE = 0,
+	DIAL_PULSE,
+
+	DIAL_METHODS
+} DialMethodType;
+
+typedef enum CallWaitStringType {
+	CALL_WAIT_TONE_1 = 0,
+	CALL_WAIT_TONE_2,
+	CALL_WAIT_PULSE,
+	CALL_WAIT_CUSTOM,
+
+	CALL_WAIT_STRINGS_NUM
+} CallWaitStringType;
+
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**	This structure defines the settings for the serial port.
+*/
+typedef struct {
+	int Port;
+	int IRQ;
+	int Baud;
+	DialMethodType DialMethod;
+	int InitStringIndex;
+	int CallWaitStringIndex;
+	char CallWaitString[ CWAITSTRBUF_MAX ];
+	bool Init;
+	bool Compression;
+	bool ErrorCorrection;
+	bool HardwareFlowControl;
+	char ModemName [ MODEM_NAME_MAX ];
+} SerialSettingsType;
+
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**	These are the various commands sent during startup of a Serial game.
+*/
+typedef enum SerialCommandType {
+	SERIAL_CONNECT			= 100,	// Are you there?  Hello?  McFly?
+	SERIAL_GAME_OPTIONS	= 101,	// Hey, dudes, here's some new game options
+	SERIAL_SIGN_OFF		= 102,	// Bogus, dudes, my boss is coming; I'm outta here!
+	SERIAL_GO				= 103,	// OK, dudes, jump into the game loop!
+	SERIAL_MESSAGE			= 104,	// Here's a message
+	SERIAL_TIMING			= 105,	// timimg packet
+	SERIAL_SCORE_SCREEN	= 106,	// player at score screen
+	SERIAL_READY_TO_GO	= 107,	// Host is ready to start the game
+	SERIAL_LAST_COMMAND				// last command
+} SerialCommandType;
+
+//
+// how much time (ticks) to go by before sending another packet
+// to simulate traffic.
+//
+#define PACKET_TIMING_TIMEOUT		40
+
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**	These is the structure sent over the network Global Channel.
+**	Also used for the Null-Modem and Modem.
+*/
+typedef struct {
+	SerialCommandType Command;					// One of the enum's defined above
+	char Name[MPLAYER_NAME_MAX];				// Player or Game Name
+	int Version;									// game's version number
+	HousesType House;								// player's House
+	unsigned char Color;							// player's color or SIGNOFF ID
+	unsigned char Scenario;						// Scenario #
+	unsigned int Credits;						// player's credits
+	unsigned int IsBases		: 1;				// 1 = bases are allowed
+	unsigned int IsTiberium	: 1;				// 1 = tiberium is allowed
+	unsigned int IsGoodies	: 1;				// 1 = goodies are allowed
+	unsigned int IsGhosties	: 1;				// 1 = ghosts are allowed
+	unsigned char BuildLevel;					// buildable level
+	unsigned char UnitCount;					// max # units
+	int Seed;										// random number seed
+	SpecialClass Special;						// command-line options
+	unsigned int GameSpeed;						// Game Speed
+	unsigned long ResponseTime;				// packet response time
+	char Message[COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH];	// inter-player message
+	unsigned char ID;								// ID of sender of message
+} SerialPacketType;
+
+typedef enum ModemGameType {
+	MODEM_NULL_HOST = 0,
+	MODEM_NULL_JOIN,
+	MODEM_DIALER,
+	MODEM_ANSWERER,
+	INTERNET_HOST = MODEM_NULL_HOST,
+	INTERNET_JOIN = MODEM_NULL_JOIN
+} ModemGameType;
+
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**	This is the max number of events supported on one frame.
+*/
+#define	MAX_EVENTS			64
+
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**	These are the various commands sent over the network's Global Channel.
+*/
+typedef enum NetCommandType {
+	NET_QUERY_GAME,			// Hey, what games are out there?
+	NET_ANSWER_GAME,			// Yo, Here's my game's name!
+	NET_QUERY_PLAYER,			// Hey, what players are in this game?
+	NET_ANSWER_PLAYER,		// Yo, I'm in that game!
+	NET_QUERY_JOIN,			// Hey guys, can I play too?
+	NET_CONFIRM_JOIN,			// Well, OK, if you really want to.
+	NET_REJECT_JOIN,			// No, you can't join; sorry, dude.
+	NET_GAME_OPTIONS,			// Hey, dudes, here's some new game options
+	NET_SIGN_OFF,				// Bogus, dudes, my boss is coming; I'm outta here!
+	NET_GO,						// OK, dudes, jump into the game loop!
+	NET_MESSAGE,				// Here's a message
+	NET_PING,					// I'm pinging you to take a time measurement
+} NetCommandType;
+
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**	These is the structure sent over the network Global Channel.
+*/
+typedef struct {
+	NetCommandType Command;						// One of the enum's defined above
+	char Name[MPLAYER_NAME_MAX];				// Player or Game Name
+	union {
+		struct {
+			int Version;							// game's version number
+			unsigned int IsOpen		: 1;		// 1 = game is open for joining
+		} GameInfo;
+		struct {
+			HousesType House;						// player's House
+			unsigned int Color;					// player's color
+			unsigned long NameCRC;				// CRC of player's game's name
+		} PlayerInfo;
+		struct {
+			unsigned char Scenario;				// Scenario #
+			unsigned int Credits;				// player's credits
+			unsigned int IsBases		: 1;		// 1 = bases are allowed
+			unsigned int IsTiberium	: 1;		// 1 = tiberium is allowed
+			unsigned int IsGoodies	: 1;		// 1 = goodies are allowed
+			unsigned int IsGhosties	: 1;		// 1 = ghosts are allowed
+			unsigned char BuildLevel;			// buildable level
+			unsigned char UnitCount;			// max # units
+			int Seed;								// random number seed
+			SpecialClass Special;				// command-line options
+			unsigned int GameSpeed;				// Game Speed
+		} ScenarioInfo;
+		struct {
+			char Buf[COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH];		// inter-user message
+			unsigned char ID;						// ID of sender of message
+			unsigned long NameCRC;				// CRC of sender's Game Name
+		} Message;
+		struct {
+			int OneWay;								// one-way response time
+		} ResponseTime;
+	};
+} GlobalPacketType;
+
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**	This structure is for keeping score in multiplayer games.
+*/
+#define	MAX_MULTI_NAMES	8		// max # names (rows) on the score screen
+#define	MAX_MULTI_GAMES	4		// max # games (columns) on the score screen
+
+typedef struct {
+	char Name[MPLAYER_NAME_MAX];
+	int Wins;
+	int Kills[MAX_MULTI_GAMES];
+	int Color;
+} MPlayerScoreType;
+
+
+typedef enum {
+	KF_NUMBER   = 0x08,
+	KF_UNCOMP	= 0x10,
+	KF_DELTA    = 0x20,
+	KF_KEYDELTA = 0x40,
+	KF_KEYFRAME = 0x80,
+	KF_MASK     = 0xF0
+} KeyFrameType;
+
+
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------
+// New Config structure for .CFG files
+//--------------------------------------------------------------------
+typedef struct {
+   unsigned   DigitCard;      	// SoundCardType.
+   unsigned   Port;      		 	// SoundCardType.
+   unsigned   IRQ;		       	// SoundCardType.
+   unsigned   DMA;     		 		// SoundCardType.
+   unsigned   BitsPerSample;     // bits per sound sample
+   unsigned   Channels;          // stereo/mono sound card
+   unsigned   Speed;		         // stereo/mono sound card
+	bool       Reverse;				// Reverse left/right speakers
+	char       Language[4];
+} NewConfigType;
+
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**	These are the types of dialogs that can pop up outside of the main loop,
+** an call the game in the background.
+*/
+typedef enum {
+	SDLG_NONE,
+	SDLG_OPTIONS,
+	SDLG_SURRENDER,
+	SDLG_SPECIAL,
+} SpecialDialogType;
+
+typedef enum {
+	CC_GDI_COLOR		= YELLOW,
+	CC_NOD_COLOR		= RED,
+	CC_BLUE_GREEN		= CYAN,
+	CC_BLUE_GREY		= LTBLUE,
+	CC_ORANGE			= PURPLE,
+	CC_GREEN				= GREEN,
+	CC_TAN				= BROWN,
+
+	CC_GREEN_SHADOW	= 140,
+	CC_GREEN_BKGD		= 141,
+	CC_GREEN_CORNERS	= CC_GREEN_BKGD,
+	CC_LIGHT_GREEN		= 159,
+	CC_GREEN_BOX		= CC_LIGHT_GREEN,
+	CC_BRIGHT_GREEN	= 167,
+	CC_UNDERLINE		= CC_BRIGHT_GREEN,
+	CC_GREEN_BAR		= CC_BRIGHT_GREEN,
+} CCPaletteType;
+
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**	These specify the shape numbers in the OPTIONS.SHP file. These shapes
+**	are used to dress up the dialog boxes. Many of these shapes come in pairs.
+**	For dialog box shapes, they are left image / right image paired. For buttons,
+**	they are up / down paired.
+*/
+typedef enum OptionControlType {
+	OPTION_NONE=-1,			// No fancy shmancy shape.
+	OPTION_DIALOG=0,			// Small dialog boxes.
+	OPTION_CONTROLS=2,		// Large dialog boxes, game controls.
+	OPTION_DELETE=4,			// Delete,Load,Save game.
+	OPTION_SERIAL=6,			// Serial dialog.
+	OPTION_PHONE=8,			// Phone dialog.
+	OPTION_VISUAL=10,			// Visual dialog.
+	OPTION_NETWORK=12,		// Network dialog.
+	OPTION_JOIN_NETWORK=14,	// Join network dialog.
+	OPTION_SOUND=16,			// Sound controls.
+	OPTION_SMALL_THUMB=18,	// Small slider thumb.
+	OPTION_LARGE_THUMB=19,	//	Large slider thumb.
+	OPTION_PLAY=20,			// Play track.
+	OPTION_STOP=22,			// Stop track.
+	OPTION_UP_ARROW=24,		// Slider up arrow.
+	OPTION_DOWN_ARROW=26,	// Slider down arrow.
+	OPTION_BUTTON_GDI=28,	// Huh?
+	OPTION_BUTTON_NOD=30,	// Huh?
+
+	OPTION_COUNT
+} OptionControlType;
+
+
+#define TOTAL_CRATE_TYPES 15
+
+#define size_of(typ,id) sizeof(((typ*)0)->id)
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/DESCDLG.CPP b/DESCDLG.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7a08ef5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/DESCDLG.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\descdlg.cpv   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:49:44   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : DESCDLG.CPP                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Maria del Mar McCready Legg                                  *
+ *                                  Joe L. Bostic                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : Jan 26, 1995                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : Jan 26, 1995   [MML]                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   DescriptionClass::Process -- Handles all the options graphic interface.                   *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+#include	"descdlg.h"
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DescriptionClass::Process -- Handles all the options graphic interface.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This dialog uses an edit box to "fill-out" a description.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:      char *string - return answer here.                                              *
+ * OUTPUT:     none                                                                            *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ * HISTORY:    12/31/1994 MML : Created.                                                       *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void DescriptionClass::Process(char *string)
+{
+	/*
+	-----------------------------------------------------------------
+	Set up the window.  Window x-coords are in bytes not pixels.
+	-----------------------------------------------------------------
+	*/
+	Set_Window(WINDOW_EDITOR, OPTION_X, OPTION_Y, OPTION_WIDTH, OPTION_HEIGHT);
+	Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+
+	/*
+	-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Create Buttons.  Button coords are in pixels, but are window-relative.
+	-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+	*/
+	TextButtonClass optionsbtn(
+ 		BUTTON_OPTIONS,
+ 		TXT_OK,
+ 		TPF_6PT_GRAD,
+ 		0,
+ 		BUTTON_Y);
+
+	TextButtonClass cancelbtn(
+ 		BUTTON_CANCEL,
+ 		TXT_CANCEL,
+ 		TPF_6PT_GRAD,
+ 		0,
+ 		BUTTON_Y);
+
+	cancelbtn.X  = OPTION_X + ((OPTION_WIDTH - optionsbtn.Width)/3)*2;
+	optionsbtn.X = OPTION_X + ((OPTION_WIDTH - optionsbtn.Width)/3);
+	optionsbtn.Add_Tail(cancelbtn);
+
+	EditClass edit(
+		BUTTON_EDIT,
+		string,
+		31,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD,
+		0,
+		EDIT_Y
+		,EDIT_W);
+
+	edit.Set_Focus();
+	edit.X = OPTION_X + (OPTION_WIDTH - edit.Width)/2,
+	optionsbtn.Add_Tail(edit);
+
+	/*
+	**	This causes left mouse button clicking within the confines of the dialog to
+	**	be ignored if it wasn't recognized by any other button or slider.
+	*/
+	GadgetClass dialog(OPTION_X, OPTION_Y, OPTION_WIDTH, OPTION_HEIGHT, GadgetClass::LEFTPRESS);
+	optionsbtn.Add_Tail(dialog);
+
+	/*
+	**	This causes a right click anywhere or a left click outside the dialog region
+	**	to be equivalent to clicking on the return to options dialog.
+	*/
+	ControlClass background(BUTTON_OPTIONS, 0, 0, SeenBuff.Get_Width(), SeenBuff.Get_Height(), GadgetClass::LEFTPRESS|GadgetClass::RIGHTPRESS);
+	optionsbtn.Add_Tail(background);
+
+	/*
+	------------------- Main Processing Loop --------------------
+	*/
+	bool display = true;
+	bool process = true;
+	while (process) {
+
+		/*
+		** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+		** we need to redraw.
+		*/
+		if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+			AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+			display=TRUE;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		-------------- Invoke game callback -------------
+		*/
+		Call_Back();
+
+		/*
+		-------------- Refresh display if needed --------------
+		*/
+		if (display) {
+
+			Window_Hide_Mouse(WINDOW_EDITOR);
+
+			/*
+			--------- Draw the background -----------
+			*/
+			Window_Box (WINDOW_EDITOR, BOXSTYLE_GREEN_BORDER); // has border, raised up
+			Draw_Caption(TXT_MISSION_DESCRIPTION, OPTION_X, OPTION_Y, OPTION_WIDTH);
+
+			/*
+			--------- Draw the titles -----------
+			*/
+			optionsbtn.Draw_All();
+			Window_Show_Mouse();
+			display = false;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		-------------- Get user input ---------------
+		*/
+		KeyNumType input = optionsbtn.Input();
+
+		/*
+		-------------- Process Input ----------------
+		*/
+		switch (input) {
+
+			case KN_RETURN:
+			case BUTTON_OPTIONS|KN_BUTTON:
+				strtrim(string);
+				process = false;
+				break;
+
+			case KN_ESC:
+			case BUTTON_CANCEL|KN_BUTTON:
+				string[0]= NULL;
+				strtrim(string);
+				process = false;
+				break;
+
+			case BUTTON_EDIT|KN_BUTTON:
+				break;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
diff --git a/DESCDLG.H b/DESCDLG.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..985505b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/DESCDLG.H
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\descdlg.h_v   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:47:26   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               *** 
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : DESCDLG.H                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Maria del Mar McCready Legg											  *
+ *											 Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : Jan 26, 1995                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : Jan 26, 1995   [MML]                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#ifndef DESCDLG_H
+#define DESCDLG_H
+
+#include "gadget.h"
+
+class DescriptionClass 
+{
+	private:
+
+		enum DescriptionClassEnum {
+			OPTION_WIDTH=216,							// Width of dialog box.
+			OPTION_HEIGHT=122,						// Height of dialog box.
+			OPTION_X=(((320 - OPTION_WIDTH) / 2) & ~7),
+			OPTION_Y=((200 - OPTION_HEIGHT) / 2),
+			TEXT_X=OPTION_X+32,			 			// Title's x pos
+			TEXT_Y=OPTION_Y+32,  					// Add 11 for each following line
+			BUTTON_OPTIONS=1,							// Button number for "Ok"
+			BUTTON_CANCEL,							
+			BUTTON_EDIT,
+			BUTTON_X=OPTION_X+63,	 				// Options button x pos
+			BUTTON_Y=OPTION_Y+102, 					// Options button y pos
+			EDIT_Y  =OPTION_Y+50, 					
+			EDIT_W  =180   //204,
+		};
+
+	public:
+		DescriptionClass(void) {};
+		void Process(char *string);
+};
+
+#endif
+
+
diff --git a/DIAL8.CPP b/DIAL8.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea068ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/DIAL8.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,317 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\dial8.cpv   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:51:32   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D    S T U D I O S        **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : DIAL8.CPP                                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Bill Randolph                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : February 6, 1995                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : February 6, 1995   [BR]                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ *   Dial8Class::Action -- action routine for Dial8Class                   *
+ *   Dial8Class::Dial8Class -- constructor for the facing dial             *
+ *   Dial8Class::Draw_Me -- render routine for Dial8Class                  *
+ *   Dial8Class::Get_Direction -- retrieves direction (0-255) of dial      *
+ *   Dial8Class::Set_Direction -- sets current direction (0-255) of dial   *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "function.h"
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Dial8Class::Dial8Class -- constructor for the facing dial               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      id            button ID                                            *
+ *      x,y,w,h      dimensions in window-relative pixels                  *
+ *      dir         numerical initial facing value (0-255); this is the    *
+ *                  value returned by WWLIB Desired_Facing8()              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/16/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+Dial8Class::Dial8Class(int id, int x, int y, int w, int h, DirType dir) :
+	ControlClass(id, x, y, w, h, LEFTPRESS | LEFTHELD | LEFTRELEASE, true)
+{
+	/*
+	**	Center coordinates.
+	*/
+	FaceX = X + (Width / 2);
+	FaceY = Y + (Height / 2);
+
+	/*
+	**	Init directions.
+	*/
+	Direction = dir;							// 0 - 255
+	Facing = Dir_Facing(Direction);		// 0 - 7
+	OldFacing = Facing;						// 0 - 7
+
+	/*
+	**	Compute the drawing dimensions:  a 45-degree angle intersects a unity-
+	**	radius circle at (.707,.707). Make the decorations 8/10 of the radius,
+	**	and the line extend to 6/10 of the radius. Use Width/2 for x-radius,
+	**	Height/2 for y-radius.
+	*/
+	FacePoint[0][0] = FaceX;
+	FacePoint[0][1] = FaceY - (h * 8 / 2) / 10;
+
+	FacePoint[1][0] = FaceX + (w * 7 * 8 / 2) / 100;
+	FacePoint[1][1] = FaceY - (h * 7 * 8 / 2) / 100;
+
+	FacePoint[2][0] = FaceX + (w * 8 / 2) / 10;
+	FacePoint[2][1] = FaceY;
+
+	FacePoint[3][0] = FaceX + (w * 7 * 8 / 2) / 100;
+	FacePoint[3][1] = FaceY + (h * 7 * 8 / 2) / 100;
+
+	FacePoint[4][0] = FaceX;
+	FacePoint[4][1] = FaceY + (h * 8 / 2) / 10;
+
+	FacePoint[5][0] = FaceX - (w * 7 * 8 / 2) / 100;
+	FacePoint[5][1] = FaceY + (h * 7 * 8 / 2) / 100;
+
+	FacePoint[6][0] = FaceX - (w * 8 / 2) / 10;
+	FacePoint[6][1] = FaceY;
+
+	FacePoint[7][0] = FaceX - (w * 7 * 8 / 2) / 100;
+	FacePoint[7][1] = FaceY - (h * 7 * 8 / 2) / 100;
+	
+	FaceLine[0][0] = FaceX;
+	FaceLine[0][1] = FaceY - (h * 6 / 2) / 10;
+
+	FaceLine[1][0] = FaceX + (w * 7 * 6 / 2) / 100;
+	FaceLine[1][1] = FaceY - (h * 7 * 6 / 2) / 100;
+
+	FaceLine[2][0] = FaceX + (w * 6 / 2) / 10;
+	FaceLine[2][1] = FaceY;
+
+	FaceLine[3][0] = FaceX + (w * 7 * 6 / 2) / 100;
+	FaceLine[3][1] = FaceY + (h * 7 * 6 / 2) / 100;
+
+	FaceLine[4][0] = FaceX;
+	FaceLine[4][1] = FaceY + (h * 6 / 2) / 10;
+
+	FaceLine[5][0] = FaceX - (w * 7 * 6 / 2) / 100;
+	FaceLine[5][1] = FaceY + (h * 7 * 6 / 2) / 100;
+
+	FaceLine[6][0] = FaceX - (w * 6 / 2) / 10;
+	FaceLine[6][1] = FaceY;
+
+	FaceLine[7][0] = FaceX - (w * 7 * 6 / 2) / 100;
+	FaceLine[7][1] = FaceY - (h * 7 * 6 / 2) / 100;
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Dial8Class::Action -- activation function for Dial8Class                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      flags      the reason we're being called                           *
+ *      key      the KN_number that was pressed                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      true = event was processed, false = event not processed            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   02/06/1995 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int Dial8Class::Action(unsigned flags, KeyNumType &key)
+{
+	static int is_sel = 0;
+
+	/*
+	**	We might end up clearing the event bits. Make sure that the sticky
+	**	process is properly updated anyway.
+	*/
+	Sticky_Process(flags);
+
+	if (flags & LEFTPRESS) {
+		is_sel = 1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If left mouse is clicked or held, and the dial has changed its direction,
+	**	invoke the parent Action routine:
+	**	GadgetClass::Action handles Sticky processing, & sets IsToRepaint if any
+	**	  flag bits are set.
+	**	ControlClass::Action handles Peer_To_Peer notification, and substitues
+	**	  'key' with the button ID if any flags are set, or 0 if no flags are set
+	*/
+	if (flags & LEFTPRESS || ((flags & LEFTHELD) && is_sel)) {
+		/*
+		**	Get new dial position (0-255)
+		*/
+		Direction = (DirType)Desired_Facing8(FaceX, FaceY, Get_Mouse_X(), Get_Mouse_Y());
+
+		/*
+		**	Convert to Facing value (0-7).
+		*/
+		Facing = Dir_Facing(Direction);
+
+		/*
+		**	If it's moved, redraw.
+		*/
+		if (Facing!=OldFacing) {
+			OldFacing = Facing;
+			ControlClass::Action(flags,key);
+			return(true);
+
+		} else {
+
+			/*
+			**	Dial hasn't moved; kill the event & return
+			*/
+			key = KN_NONE;
+			ControlClass::Action(0,key);
+			return(true);
+		}
+
+	} else {
+
+		/*
+		**	Otherwise, no events have occurred; kill the event if it's a LEFTRELEASE,
+		**	and return
+		*/
+		if (flags & LEFTRELEASE) {
+			key = KN_NONE;
+			is_sel = 0;
+		}
+		return(ControlClass::Action(0,key));
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Dial8Class::Draw_Me -- custom render routine for Dial8Class             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      forced      true = draw regardless of the current redraw flag state*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      true = gadget was redrawn, false = wasn't                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   02/06/1995 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int Dial8Class::Draw_Me(int forced)
+{
+	/*
+	**	Redraw if parent indicates a redraw is needed
+	*/
+	if (ControlClass::Draw_Me(forced)) {
+		/*
+		**	Hide the mouse.
+		*/
+
+		if (LogicPage == &SeenBuff) {
+			Hide_Mouse();
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Draw background & decorations.
+		*/
+		Draw_Box(X, Y, Width, Height, BOXSTYLE_GREEN_DOWN, true);
+		for (int i=0; i<8; i++) {
+			Draw_Box(FacePoint[i][0] - 1, FacePoint[i][1] -1, 3, 3, BOXSTYLE_GREEN_RAISED, false);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Draw the hand & its shadow.
+		*/
+		LogicPage->Draw_Line(FaceX+1, FaceY+1, FaceLine[Facing][0]+1, FaceLine[Facing][1]+1,CC_GREEN_SHADOW);
+		LogicPage->Draw_Line(FaceX, FaceY, FaceLine[Facing][0], FaceLine[Facing][1],CC_LIGHT_GREEN);
+
+		/*
+		**	Restore the mouse.
+		*/
+		if (LogicPage == &SeenBuff) {
+			Show_Mouse();
+		}
+
+		return(true);
+	}
+
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Dial8Class::Get_Direction -- retrieves direction (0-255) of dial        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      DirType dial is pointing to                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/17/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+DirType Dial8Class::Get_Direction(void) const
+{
+	return(Direction);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Dial8Class::Set_Direction -- sets current direction (0-255) of dial     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      DirType to set dial to                                             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/17/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void Dial8Class::Set_Direction(DirType dir)
+{
+	Direction = dir;
+	Facing = Dir_Facing(Direction);
+	OldFacing = Facing;
+	Flag_To_Redraw();
+}
diff --git a/DIAL8.H b/DIAL8.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b9b5d43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/DIAL8.H
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\dial8.h_v   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:47:28   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               *** 
+ *********************************************************************************************** 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                    File Name : DIAL8.H                                                      * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Programmer : Bill Randolph																  *
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Start Date : 02/06/95                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                  Last Update : February 6, 1995 [BR]													  *
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef DIAL8_H
+#define DIAL8_H
+
+class Dial8Class : public ControlClass
+{
+	public:
+		/*
+		** Constructor/Destructor
+		*/
+		Dial8Class(int id, int x, int y, int w, int h, DirType dir);
+
+		/*
+		** Get/Set the direction the dial is currently pointing
+		*/
+		DirType Get_Direction(void) const;
+		void Set_Direction(DirType dir);
+
+		/*
+		** Overloaded draw routine
+		*/
+		virtual int Draw_Me(int forced = false);
+
+	protected:
+		/*
+		** Overloaded event processing routine
+		*/
+		virtual int Action(unsigned flags, KeyNumType &key);
+
+	private:
+		int FaceX;						// x-coord of center of face
+		int FaceY;						// y-coord of center of face
+		int FacePoint[8][2];			// coords of the little dial decorations
+		int FaceLine[8][2];			// coords for drawing the dial hand
+		DirType Direction;			// 0-255 numerical direction of dial
+		FacingType Facing;			// numerical facing direction of dial (0 - 7)
+		FacingType OldFacing;		// previous Facing value
+
+};
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/DIALOG.CPP b/DIALOG.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..da9e371
--- /dev/null
+++ b/DIALOG.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,790 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\dialog.cpv   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:51:50   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : DIALOG.CPP                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : September 10, 1993                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : May 18, 1995 [JLB]                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   Clip_Text_Print -- Prints text with clipping and <TAB> support.                           *
+ *   Dialog_Box -- draws a dialog background box                                               *
+ *   Display_Place_Building -- Displays the "place building" dialog box.                       *
+ *   Display_Select_Target -- Displays the "choose target" prompt.                             *
+ *   Display_Status -- Display the player scenario status box.                                 *
+ *   Draw_Box -- Displays a highlighted box.                                                   *
+ *   Fancy_Text_Print -- Prints text with a drop shadow.                                       *
+ *   Redraw_Needed -- Determine if sidebar needs to be redrawn.                                *
+ *   Render_Bar_Graph -- Renders a specified bargraph.                                         *
+ *   Simple_Text_Print -- Prints text with a drop shadow.                                      *
+ *   Window_Box -- Draws a fancy box over the specified window.                                *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Dialog_Box -- draws a dialog background box                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      x,y,w,h      the usual                                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/26/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void Dialog_Box(int x, int y, int w, int h)
+{
+	Draw_Box( x, y, w, h, BOXSTYLE_GREEN_BORDER, true);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Draw_Box -- Displays a highlighted box.                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This will draw a highlighted box to the logicpage. It can                                *
+ *    optionally fill the box with a color as well. This is a low level                        *
+ *    function and thus, it doesn't do any graphic mode color adjustments.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   x,y   -- Upper left corner of the box to be drawn (pixels).                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          w,h   -- Width and height of box (in pixels).                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          up    -- Is the box rendered in the "up" stated?                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          filled-- Is the box to be filled.                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:     none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/28/1991 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   05/30/1992 JLB : Embedded color codes.                                                    *
+ *   07/31/1992 JLB : Depressed option added.                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+extern void CC_Texture_Fill (void const *shapefile, int shapenum, int xpos, int ypos, int width, int height);
+
+void Draw_Box(int x, int y, int w, int h, BoxStyleEnum up, bool filled)
+{
+	static BoxStyleType const ButtonColors[BOXSTYLE_COUNT] = {
+
+		//Filler, Shadow, Hilite, Corner colors
+
+		{ LTGREY, WHITE,  DKGREY, LTGREY},		// 0 Button is down.
+		{ LTGREY, DKGREY, WHITE,  LTGREY},		// 1 Button is up w/border.
+		{ LTBLUE, BLUE,   LTCYAN, LTBLUE},		// 2 Raised blue.
+		{ DKGREY, WHITE,  BLACK,  DKGREY},		// 3 Button is disabled down.
+		{ DKGREY, BLACK,  WHITE,  LTGREY},		// 4 Button is disabled up.
+		{ LTGREY, DKGREY, WHITE,  LTGREY},		// 5 Button is up w/arrows.
+		//{ CC_GREEN_BKGD, CC_LIGHT_GREEN, CC_GREEN_SHADOW,  CC_GREEN_CORNERS },	// 6 Button is down.
+		//{ CC_GREEN_BKGD, CC_GREEN_SHADOW, CC_LIGHT_GREEN,  CC_GREEN_CORNERS },	// 7 Button is up w/border.
+		{ CC_GREEN_BKGD, 14, 12,  13 },	// 6 Button is down.
+		{ CC_GREEN_BKGD, 12, 14,  13 },	// 7 Button is up w/border.
+		{ DKGREY, WHITE,  BLACK,  DKGREY},		// 8 Button is disabled down.
+		{ DKGREY, BLACK,  LTGREY, DKGREY},		// 9 Button is disabled up.
+		//{ BLACK,  CC_GREEN_BOX, CC_GREEN_BOX,  BLACK},	// 10 List box.
+		//{ BLACK,  CC_GREEN_BOX, CC_GREEN_BOX,  BLACK},	// 11 Menu box.
+		{ BLACK,  14, 14,  BLACK},	// 10 List box.
+		{ BLACK,  14, 14,  BLACK},	// 11 Menu box.
+	};
+
+	w--;
+	h--;
+	BoxStyleType const &style = ButtonColors[up];
+
+	if (filled) {
+		if (style.Filler == CC_GREEN_BKGD){
+			CC_Texture_Fill (MixFileClass::Retrieve("BTEXTURE.SHP"), InMainLoop, x, y, w, h);
+		}else{
+			LogicPage->Fill_Rect( x, y, x+w, y+h, style.Filler);
+		}
+	}
+
+	switch ( up ) {
+		case ( BOXSTYLE_GREEN_BOX ):
+			LogicPage->Draw_Rect(x, y, x+w, y+h, style.Highlight);
+			break;
+
+		case ( BOXSTYLE_GREEN_BORDER ):
+			LogicPage->Draw_Rect(x+1, y+1, x+w-1, y+h-1, style.Highlight);
+			break;
+
+		default:
+			LogicPage->Draw_Line(x, y+h, x+w, y+h, style.Shadow);
+			LogicPage->Draw_Line(x+w, y, x+w, y+h, style.Shadow);
+
+			LogicPage->Draw_Line(x, y, x+w, y, style.Highlight);
+			LogicPage->Draw_Line(x, y, x, y+h, style.Highlight);
+
+			LogicPage->Put_Pixel(x, y+h, style.Corner);
+			LogicPage->Put_Pixel(x+w, y, style.Corner);
+			break;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Format_Window_String -- Separates a String into Lines.                                      *
+ *   This function will take a long string and break it up into lines                          *
+ *   which are not longer then the window width. Any character < ' ' is                        *
+ *   considered a new line marker and will be replaced by a NULL.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:      char *String - string to be formated.                                           *
+ *             int maxlinelen - Max length of any line in pixels.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:     int - number of lines string is.                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:    The string passed in will be modified - NULLs will be put                      *
+ *                into each position that will be a new line.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/27/1992  SB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   05/18/1995 JLB : Greatly revised for new font system.                                     *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int Format_Window_String(char * string, int maxlinelen, int & width, int & height)
+{
+	int	linelen;
+	int	lines = 0;
+	width	= 0;
+	height = 0;
+
+	// In no string was passed in, then there are no lines.
+	if (!string) return(0);
+
+	// While there are more letters left divide the line up.
+	while (*string) {
+		linelen = 0;
+		height += FontHeight + FontYSpacing;
+		lines++;
+
+		// While the current line is less then the max length...
+		while (linelen < maxlinelen && *string != '\r' && *string != '\0') {
+			linelen += Char_Pixel_Width(*string++);
+		}
+
+		// if the line is to long...
+		if (linelen >= maxlinelen) {
+
+			/*
+			**	Back up to an appropriate location to break.
+			*/
+			while (*string != ' ' && *string != '\r' && *string != '\0') {
+				linelen -= Char_Pixel_Width(*string--);
+			}
+
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Record the largest width of the worst case string.
+		*/
+		if (linelen > width) {
+			width = linelen;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Force a break at the end of the line.
+		*/
+		if (*string) {
+		 	*string++ = '\r';
+		}
+	}
+	return(lines);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Window_Box -- Draws a fancy box over the specified window.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will draw a fancy (shaded) box over the specified                           *
+ *    window. This is the effect used to give the polished look to                             *
+ *    screen rectangles without having to use art.                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   window   -- Specified window to fill and border.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          style    -- The style to render the window.                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   The rendering is done to the LogicPage.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/03/1992 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   07/31/1992 JLB : Cool raised border effect.                                               *
+ *   06/08/1994 JLB : Takes appropriate enumeration parameters.                                *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void Window_Box(WindowNumberType window, BoxStyleEnum style)
+{
+	int	x,y,w,h;			// Window dimensions.
+	int	border;			// Width of border.
+
+	static int _border[BOXSTYLE_COUNT][2] = {
+		{0,0},				// 0 Simple beveled edge.
+		{2,4},				// 1 Wide raised border.
+		{1,1},				// 2 Thick beveled edge.
+		{2,1},				// 3 Thin raised border.
+		{0,0},				// 4 Simple beveled edge.
+		{20,0},				// 5 Simple beveled edge.
+		{0,0},				// 6 Simple beveled edge.
+		{2,4},				// 7 Wide raised border.
+		{0,0},				// 8 Simple beveled edge.
+		{20,0},				// 9 Simple beveled edge.
+		{0,1}					// 10 Simple 1 pixel box.
+	};
+
+	x = WindowList[window][WINDOWX]<<3;
+	y = WindowList[window][WINDOWY];
+	w = WindowList[window][WINDOWWIDTH]<<3;
+	h = WindowList[window][WINDOWHEIGHT];
+
+	/*
+	**	If it is to be rendered to the seenpage, then
+	**	hide the mouse.
+	*/
+	if (LogicPage == (&SeenBuff)) Conditional_Hide_Mouse(x,y,x+w,y+h);
+
+	Draw_Box(x, y, w, h, style, true);
+	border = _border[style][1];
+
+	/*
+	**	Draw the second border if requested.
+	*/
+	if (border) {
+		Draw_Box(x+border, y+border, w-(border<<1), h-(border<<1), style, false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Restore the mouse if it has been hidden and return.
+	*/
+	if (LogicPage == &SeenBuff) Conditional_Show_Mouse();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Simple_Text_Print -- Prints text with a drop shadow.                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine functions like Text_Print, but will render a drop                           *
+ *    shadow (in black).                                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   text  -- Pointer to text to render.                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          x,y   -- Pixel coordinate for to print text.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          fore  -- Foreground color.                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          back  -- Background color.                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          flag  -- Text print control flags.                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/24/1991 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   10/26/94   JLB : Handles font X spacing in a more friendly manner.                        *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void Simple_Text_Print(char const *text, unsigned x, unsigned y, unsigned fore, unsigned back, TextPrintType flag)
+{
+	static int		yspace=0;			// Y spacing adjustment for font.
+	static int		xspace=0;			// Spacing adjustment for font.
+	void const *	font=0;		// Font to use.
+
+////////////////#if (0)
+ 	static unsigned char _textfontpal[16][16] = {
+		{ 0,  0,  0,  0,   0,  0,  0,  0,   0,  0,  0,  0,   0,  0,  0,  0	},
+		{ 0, 26,  0,  0,   0,  0,  0,  0,   0,  0,  0, 27,  27, 26, 25, 24	},
+		{ 0,135,  0,  0,   0,  0,  0,  0,   0,  0,  0,136, 136,135,119,  2	},
+		{ 0,159,  0,  0,   0,  0,  0,  0,   0,  0,  0,142, 143,159,41 ,167	},
+
+		{ 0,  0,  0,  0,   0,  0,  0,  0,   0,  0,  0,  0,   0,  0,  0,  0	},
+		{ 0,157,  0,  0,   0,  0,  0,  0,   0,  0,  0,180, 180,157,158,  5	},
+		{ 0,  0,  0,  0,   0,  0,  0,  0,   0,  0,  0,  0,   0,  0,  0,  0	},
+		{ 0,179,  0,  0,   0,  0,  0,  0,   0,  0,  0,180, 180,179,178,176	},
+
+		{ 0,123,  0,  0,   0,  0,  0,  0,   0,  0,  0,122, 122,123,125,127	},
+		{ 0,  0,  0,  0,   0,  0,  0,  0,   0,  0,  0,  0,   0,  0,  0,  0	},
+		{ 0,203,  0,  0,   0,  0,  0,  0,   0,  0,  0,204, 204,203,202,201	},
+		{ 0,  1,  4,166,  41,  3,  0,  0,   0,  0,  0,  0,   0,  0,  0,  0	},
+
+		{ 0,  0,  0,  0,   0,  0,  0,  0,   0,  0,  0,  0,   0,  0,  0,  0	},
+
+		{ 0,203,  0,  0,   0,  0,  0,  0,   0,  0,  0,204, 204,203,202,201	},
+		{ 0,203,  0,  0,   0,  0,  0,  0,   0,  0,  0,204, 204,203,202,201	},
+
+		{ 0,  0,  0,  0,   0,  0,  0,  0,   0,  0,  0,  0,   0,  0,  0,  0	},
+	};
+	static unsigned char _textpalmedium[16] = {
+		  0,  25, 119,41, 0,  158,0,  178, 125,0,  202,0,   0,  0,  0,  0
+	};
+
+	static unsigned char _textpalbright[16] = {
+		  0,  24, 2,  4,   0,  5,  0,  176, 127,0,  201,0,   0,  0,  0,  0
+	};
+///////////////////////#endif	//(0)
+
+	int				point;				// Requested font size.
+	int				shadow;				// Requested shadow value.
+	unsigned char	fontpalette[16];	// Working font palette array.
+	memset(&fontpalette[0], back, 16);
+
+	if ((flag & 0xf) == TPF_VCR) {
+		fontpalette[3] = 12;
+		fontpalette[9] = 15;
+		fontpalette[10] = 200;
+		fontpalette[11] = 201;
+		fontpalette[12] = 202;
+		fontpalette[13] = 203;
+		fontpalette[14] = 204;
+		fontpalette[15] = 205;
+	}
+
+	char *tempstr = NULL;
+
+	if (text){
+		/*
+		** remove any 0xff characters from the string
+		*/
+		tempstr = new char [strlen (text)+1];
+		char *tempptr = tempstr;
+
+		for ( int i=0 ; i<strlen(text)+1 ; i++ ) {
+			if (text[i] != -1){
+				*tempptr = text[i];
+				tempptr++;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	A gradient font always requires special fixups for the palette.
+	*/
+	if ((flag & 0xf) == TPF_6PT_GRAD ||
+		 (flag & 0xf) == TPF_GREEN12_GRAD ||
+		 (flag & 0xf) == TPF_GREEN12) {
+		/*
+		**	If a gradient palette was requested, then fill in the font palette array
+		**	according to the color index specified.
+		*/
+		if (flag & TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL) {
+			memcpy(&fontpalette[0], _textfontpal[ (fore & 0x0f) ], 16);
+		} else {
+
+			/*
+			**	Special adjustment for fonts that have gradient artwork. When there is
+			**	no special gradient effect desired, then set the font color based on the
+			**	forground color specified.
+			*/
+			memset(&fontpalette[4], fore, 12);
+		}
+
+		if (flag & TPF_MEDIUM_COLOR) {
+			fore = _textpalmedium[fore & 0x0F];
+			memset(&fontpalette[4], fore, 12);
+		}else{
+			if (flag & TPF_BRIGHT_COLOR) {
+				fore = _textpalbright[fore & 0x0F];
+				memset(&fontpalette[4], fore, 12);
+			}else{
+				fore = fontpalette[1];
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+
+	/*
+	**	Change the current font if it differs from the font desired.
+	*/
+	point = (flag & (TextPrintType)0x000F);
+	xspace = 1;
+	yspace = 0;
+
+	switch (point) {
+		case TPF_GREEN12:
+			font = Green12FontPtr;
+			break;
+
+		case TPF_GREEN12_GRAD:
+			font = Green12GradFontPtr;
+			break;
+
+		case TPF_MAP:
+			font = MapFontPtr;
+			xspace -= 1;
+			break;
+
+		case TPF_VCR:
+			font = VCRFontPtr;
+			break;
+
+		case TPF_6PT_GRAD:
+			font = GradFont6Ptr;
+			xspace -= 1;
+			//yspace -= 1;
+			break;
+
+		case TPF_3POINT:
+			xspace += 1;
+			font = Font3Ptr;
+			flag = flag & ~(TPF_DROPSHADOW|TPF_FULLSHADOW|TPF_NOSHADOW);
+			break;
+
+		case TPF_6POINT:
+			font = Font6Ptr;
+			xspace -= 1;
+			//yspace -= 1;
+			break;
+
+		case TPF_8POINT:
+			font = Font8Ptr;
+			xspace -= 2;
+			yspace -= 4;
+			break;
+
+		case TPF_LED:
+			xspace -= 4;
+			font = FontLEDPtr;
+			break;
+
+		default:
+			font = FontPtr;
+			break;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Change the current font palette according to the dropshadow flags.
+	*/
+	shadow = (flag & (TPF_NOSHADOW|TPF_DROPSHADOW|TPF_FULLSHADOW|TPF_LIGHTSHADOW));
+	switch (shadow) {
+
+		/*
+		**	The text is rendered plain.
+		*/
+		case TPF_NOSHADOW:
+			fontpalette[2] = back;
+			fontpalette[3] = back;
+			xspace -= 1;
+			yspace -= 2;
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	The text is rendered with a simple
+		**	drop shadow.
+		*/
+		case TPF_DROPSHADOW:
+			fontpalette[2] = BLACK;
+			fontpalette[3] = back;
+			xspace -= 1;
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	Special engraved text look for the options
+		**	dialog system.
+		*/
+		case TPF_LIGHTSHADOW:
+			fontpalette[2] = ((14 * 16) + 7)+1;
+			fontpalette[3] = back;
+			xspace -= 1;
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	Each letter is surrounded by black. This is used
+		**	when the text will be over a non-plain background.
+		*/
+		case TPF_FULLSHADOW:
+			fontpalette[2] = BLACK;
+			fontpalette[3] = BLACK;
+			xspace -= 1;
+			break;
+
+		default:
+			break;
+	}
+	fontpalette[0] = back;
+	fontpalette[1] = fore;
+
+	/*
+	**	Set the font and spacing according to the values they should be.
+	*/
+	FontXSpacing = xspace;
+	FontYSpacing = yspace;
+	Set_Font(font);
+	Set_Font_Palette(fontpalette);
+
+	/*
+	**	Display the (centered) message if there is one.
+	*/
+	if (text && *text) {
+		switch (flag & (TPF_CENTER|TPF_RIGHT)) {
+			case TPF_CENTER:
+				x -= String_Pixel_Width(tempstr)>>1;
+				break;
+
+			case TPF_RIGHT:
+				x -= String_Pixel_Width(tempstr);
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				break;
+		}
+
+		if ((unsigned)x < SeenBuff.Get_Width() && (unsigned)y < SeenBuff.Get_Height()) {
+			LogicPage->Print(tempstr, x, y, fore, back);
+		}
+	}
+	if (tempstr){
+		delete [] tempstr;
+	}
+
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Fancy_Text_Print -- Prints text with a drop shadow.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine functions like Text_Print, but will render a drop                           *
+ *    shadow (in black).                                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   text  -- Text number to print.                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          x,y   -- Pixel coordinate for to print text.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          fore  -- Foreground color.                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          back  -- Background color.                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          flag  -- Text print control flags.                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   This routine is much slower than normal text print and                          *
+ *             if rendered to the SEENPAGE, the intermediate rendering                         *
+ *             steps could be visible.                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/29/1994 JLB : Created                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void Fancy_Text_Print(int text, unsigned x, unsigned y, unsigned fore, unsigned back, TextPrintType flag, ...)
+{
+	char		buffer[512];		// Working staging buffer.
+	va_list	arg;					// Argument list var.
+
+	/*
+	**	If the text number is valid, then process it.
+	*/
+	if (text != TXT_NONE) {
+		va_start(arg, flag);
+
+		/*
+		**	The text string must be locked since the vsprintf function doesn't know
+		**	how to handle EMS pointers.
+		*/
+		char const * tptr = Text_String(text);
+		vsprintf(buffer, tptr, arg);
+		va_end(arg);
+
+		Simple_Text_Print(buffer, x, y, fore, back, flag);
+	} else {
+
+		/*
+		**	Just the flags are to be changed, since the text number is TXT_NONE.
+		*/
+		Simple_Text_Print((char const *)0, x, y, fore, back, flag);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Fancy_Text_Print -- Prints text with a drop shadow.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine functions like Text_Print, but will render a drop                           *
+ *    shadow (in black).                                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   text  -- Pointer to text to render.                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          x,y   -- Pixel coordinate for to print text.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          fore  -- Foreground color.                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          back  -- Background color.                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          flag  -- Text print control flags.                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   This routine is much slower than normal text print and                          *
+ *             if rendered to the SEENPAGE, the intermediate rendering                         *
+ *             steps could be visible.                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/24/1991 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   10/26/94   JLB : Handles font X spacing in a more friendly manner.                        *
+ *   11/29/1994 JLB : Separated actual draw action.                                            *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void Fancy_Text_Print(char const *text, unsigned x, unsigned y, unsigned fore, unsigned back, TextPrintType flag, ...)
+{
+	char		buffer[512];		// Working staging buffer.
+	va_list	arg;					// Argument list var.
+
+	/*
+	**	If there is a valid text string pointer then build the final string into the
+	**	working buffer before sending it to the simple string printing routine.
+	*/
+	if (text) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Since vsprintf doesn't know about EMS pointers, be sure to surround this
+		**	call with locking code.
+		*/
+		va_start(arg, flag);
+		vsprintf(buffer, text, arg);
+		va_end(arg);
+
+		Simple_Text_Print(buffer, x, y, fore, back, flag);
+	} else {
+
+		/*
+		**	Just the flags are desired to be changed, so call the simple print routine with
+		**	a NULL text pointer.
+		*/
+		Simple_Text_Print((char const *)0, x, y, fore, back, flag);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Clip_Text_Print -- Prints text with clipping and <TAB> support.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to print text that that should be clipped at an arbitrary right margin  *
+ *    as well as possibly recognizing <TAB> characters. Typical users of this routine would    *
+ *    be list boxes.                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   text  -- Reference to the text to print.                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          x,y   -- Pixel coordinate of the upper left corner of the text position.           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          fore  -- The foreground color to use.                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          back  -- The background color to use.                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          flag  -- The text print flags to use.                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          width -- The maximum pixel width to draw the text. Extra characters beyond this    *
+ *                   point will not be printed.                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          tabs  -- Optional pointer to a series of pixel tabstop positions.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/21/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void Conquer_Clip_Text_Print(char const *text, unsigned x, unsigned y, unsigned fore, unsigned back, TextPrintType flag, unsigned width, int const * tabs)
+{
+	char buffer[512];
+
+	if (text) {
+		strcpy(buffer, text);
+
+		/*
+		**	Set the font and spacing characteristics according to the flag
+		**	value passed in.
+		*/
+		Simple_Text_Print(TXT_NONE, 0, 0, TBLACK, TBLACK, flag);
+
+		char * source = &buffer[0];
+		unsigned offset = 0;
+		int processing = true;
+		while (processing && offset < width) {
+			char * ptr = strchr(source, '\t');
+
+			/*
+			**	Zap the tab character. It will be processed later.
+			*/
+			if (ptr) {
+				*ptr = '\0';
+			}
+
+			if (*source) {
+
+				/*
+				**	Scan forward until the end of the string is reached or the
+				**	maximum width, whichever comes first.
+				*/
+				int w = 0;
+				char * bptr = source;
+				do {
+					w += Char_Pixel_Width(*bptr++);
+				} while(*bptr && offset+w < width);
+
+				/*
+				**	If the maximum width has been exceeded, then remove the last
+				**	character and signal that further processing is not necessary.
+				*/
+				if (offset+w >= width) {
+					bptr--;
+					w -= Char_Pixel_Width(*bptr);
+					*bptr = '\0';
+					processing = 0;
+				}
+
+				/*
+				**	Print this text block and advance the offset accordingly.
+				*/
+				Simple_Text_Print(source, x+offset, y, fore, back, flag);
+				offset += w;
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	If a <TAB> was the terminator for this text block, then advance
+			**	to the next tabstop.
+			*/
+			if (ptr) {
+				if (tabs) {
+					while (offset > *tabs) {
+						tabs++;
+					}
+					offset = *tabs;
+				} else {
+					offset = ((offset+1 / 50) + 1) * 50;
+				}
+				source = ptr+1;
+			} else {
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
diff --git a/DISPLAY.CPP b/DISPLAY.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a531ef4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/DISPLAY.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,3753 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\display.cpv   2.16   16 Oct 1995 16:48:24   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : DISPLAY.CPP                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : September 10, 1993                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : August 24, 1995 [JLB]                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   DisplayClass::AI -- Handles the maintenance tasks for the map display.                    *
+ *   DisplayClass::Calculated_Cell -- Fetch a map cell based on specified method.              *
+ *   DisplayClass::Cell_Object -- Determines what has been clicked on.                         *
+ *   DisplayClass::Cell_Shadow   -- Determine what shadow icon to use for the cell.            *
+ *   DisplayClass::Click_Cell_Calc -- Determines cell from screen X & Y.                       *
+ *   DisplayClass::Coord_To_Pixel -- Determines X and Y pixel coordinates.                     *
+ *   DisplayClass::Cursor_Mark -- Set or resets the cursor display flag bits.                  *
+ *   DisplayClass::DisplayClass -- Default constructor for display class.                      *
+ *   DisplayClass::Draw_It -- Draws the tactical map.                                          *
+ *   DisplayClass::Flag_To_Redraw -- Flags the display so that it will be redrawn as soon as poss*
+ *   DisplayClass::Get_Occupy_Dimensions -- computes width & height of the given occupy list   *
+ *   DisplayClass::Init_Clear -- Clears the display to a known state.                          *
+ *   DisplayClass::Init_IO -- Creates the map's button list                                    *
+ *   DisplayClass::Init_Theater -- Theater-specific initialization                             *
+ *   DisplayClass::Map_Cell -- Mark specified cell as having been mapped.                      *
+ *   DisplayClass::Mouse_Left_Held -- Handles the left button held down.                       *
+ *   DisplayClass::Mouse_Left_Press -- Handles the left mouse button press.                    *
+ *   DisplayClass::Mouse_Left_Release -- Handles the left mouse button release.                *
+ *   DisplayClass::Mouse_Left_Up -- Handles the left mouse "cruising" over the map.            *
+ *   DisplayClass::Mouse_Right_Press -- Handles the right mouse button press.                  *
+ *   DisplayClass::Next_Object -- Searches for next object on display.                         *
+ *   DisplayClass::One_Time -- Performs any special one time initializations.                  *
+ *   DisplayClass::Passes_Proximity_Check -- Determines if building placement is near friendly sq*
+ *   DisplayClass::Pixel_To_Coord -- converts screen coord to COORDINATE                            *
+ *   DisplayClass::Read_INI -- Reads map control data from INI file.                           *
+ *   DisplayClass::Redraw_Icons -- Draws all terrain icons necessary.                          *
+ *   DisplayClass::Redraw_Shadow -- Draw the shadow overlay.                                   *
+ *   DisplayClass::Refresh_Band -- Causes all cells under the rubber band to be redrawn.       *
+ *   DisplayClass::Refresh_Cells -- Redraws all cells in list.                                 *
+ *   DisplayClass::Remove -- Removes a game object from the rendering system.                  *
+ *   DisplayClass::Repair_Mode_Control -- Controls the repair mode.                            *
+ *   DisplayClass::Scroll_Map -- Scroll the tactical map in desired direction.                 *
+ *   DisplayClass::Select_These -- All selectable objects in region are selected.              *
+ *   DisplayClass::Sell_Mode_Control -- Controls the sell mode.                                *
+ *   DisplayClass::Set_Cursor_Pos -- Controls the display and animation of the tac cursor.     *
+ *   DisplayClass::Set_Cursor_Shape -- Changes the shape of the terrain square cursor.         *
+ *   DisplayClass::Set_View_Dimensions -- Sets the tactical display screen coordinates.        *
+ *   DisplayClass::Submit -- Adds a game object to the map rendering system.                   *
+ *   DisplayClass::TacticalClass::Action -- Processes input for the tactical map.              *
+ *   DisplayClass::Text_Overlap_List -- Creates cell overlap list for specified text string.   *
+ *   DisplayClass::Write_INI -- Writes map data into INI file.                                 *
+ *   DisplayClass::Set_Tactical_Position -- Sets the tactical view position.                   *
+ *   DisplayClass::Center_Map -- Centers the map about the currently selected objects          *
+ *   DisplayClass::Prev_Object -- Searches for the previous object on the map.                 *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+#include	"function.h"
+
+/*
+**	These layer control elements are used to group the displayable objects
+**	so that proper overlap can be obtained.
+*/
+LayerClass DisplayClass::Layer[LAYER_COUNT];
+
+/*
+** Fading tables
+*/
+unsigned char DisplayClass::FadingBrighten[256];
+unsigned char DisplayClass::FadingShade[256];
+unsigned char DisplayClass::FadingLight[256];
+unsigned char DisplayClass::RemapTables[HOUSE_COUNT][3][256];
+unsigned char DisplayClass::FadingGreen[256];
+unsigned char DisplayClass::FadingYellow[256];
+unsigned char DisplayClass::FadingRed[256];
+unsigned char DisplayClass::TranslucentTable[(MAGIC_COL_COUNT+1)*256];
+unsigned char DisplayClass::WhiteTranslucentTable[(1+1)*256];
+unsigned char DisplayClass::MouseTranslucentTable[(4+1)*256];
+void const * DisplayClass::TransIconset;
+unsigned char DisplayClass::UnitShadow[(USHADOW_COL_COUNT+1)*256];
+unsigned char DisplayClass::SpecialGhost[2*256];
+
+void const * DisplayClass::ShadowShapes;
+unsigned char DisplayClass::ShadowTrans[(SHADOW_COL_COUNT+1)*256];
+
+/*
+** Bit array of cell redraw flags
+*/
+BooleanVectorClass DisplayClass::CellRedraw;
+
+/*
+** The main button that intercepts user input to the map
+*/
+DisplayClass::TacticalClass DisplayClass::TacButton;
+
+/*
+**	Define "_RETRIEVE" if the palette morphing tables are part of the loaded data. If this
+**	is undefined, then the files will be created.
+*/
+#define	_RETRIEVE
+
+
+static int const TEX_X = 0;
+static int const TEX_Y = 6;
+static int const TEX_W = 14;
+
+extern MixFileClass *TheaterIcons;
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DisplayClass::DisplayClass -- Default constructor for display class.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This constructor for the display class just initializes some of the display settings.    *
+ *    Most settings are initialized with the correct values at the time that the Init function *
+ *    is called. There are some cases where default values are wise and this routine fills     *
+ *    those particular ones in.                                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/06/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+DisplayClass::DisplayClass(void)
+{
+	TacticalCoord = 0;
+	ShadowShapes = 0;
+	TransIconset = 0;
+	ZoneCell = 0;
+	ZoneOffset = 0;
+	CursorSize = 0;
+	ProximityCheck = false;
+	PendingObjectPtr = 0;
+	PendingObject = 0;
+	PendingHouse = HOUSE_NONE;
+	IsRepairMode = false;
+	IsTargettingMode = false;
+	IsToRedraw = true;
+	IsRubberBand = false;
+	IsTentative = false;
+	IsSellMode = false;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DisplayClass::One_Time -- Performs any special one time initializations.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called from the game initialization process. It is to perform any one    *
+ *    time initializations necessary for the map display system. It allocates the staging      *
+ *    buffer needed for the radar map.                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   This routine must be called ONCE and only once.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/31/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   05/31/1994 JLB : Handles layer system now.                                                *
+ *   06/02/1994 JLB : Takes care of misc display tables and data allocation.                   *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void DisplayClass::One_Time(void)
+{
+	Set_View_Dimensions(0, Map.Get_Tab_Height());
+
+	MapClass::One_Time();
+
+	/*
+	** Init the CellRedraw bit array.  Do not do this in the constructor, since the
+	** BooleanVector may not have been constructed yet.
+	*/
+	CellRedraw.Resize(MAP_CELL_TOTAL);
+
+	for (LayerType layer = LAYER_FIRST; layer < LAYER_COUNT; layer++) {
+		Layer[layer].One_Time();
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Load the generic transparent icon set.
+	*/
+	TransIconset = MixFileClass::Retrieve("TRANS.ICN");
+
+	ShadowShapes = MixFileClass::Retrieve("SHADOW.SHP");
+
+	Set_View_Dimensions(0, Map.Get_Tab_Height());
+
+	/*
+	**	Allocate and initialize the remap tables needed for each "house".
+	*/
+	HousesType	hindex;
+	int	fade;
+
+	for (fade = 0; fade < 3; fade++) {
+		for (hindex = HOUSE_FIRST; hindex < HOUSE_COUNT; hindex++) {
+			int	color;
+
+			switch (fade) {
+				case 0:
+					for (color = 0; color < 256; color++) {
+						RemapTables[hindex][fade][color] = color;
+					}
+					break;
+
+				case 1:
+					Mem_Copy(FadingLight, RemapTables[hindex][fade], 256);
+					break;
+
+				case 2:
+					Mem_Copy(FadingShade, RemapTables[hindex][fade], 256);
+					break;
+			}
+			Mem_Copy(&RemapTables[hindex][fade][((int)hindex+11)*16], &RemapTables[hindex][fade][(0+11)*16], 16);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DisplayClass::Init_Clear -- clears the display to a known state                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/17/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void DisplayClass::Init_Clear(void)
+{
+	MapClass::Init_Clear();
+
+	/*
+	** Clear any object being placed
+	*/
+	PendingObjectPtr = 0;
+	PendingObject = 0;
+	PendingHouse = HOUSE_NONE;
+	CursorSize = 0;
+	IsTargettingMode = false;
+	IsRepairMode = false;
+	IsRubberBand = false;
+	IsTentative = false;
+	IsSellMode = false;
+
+	/*
+	** Empty all the display's layers
+	*/
+	for (LayerType layer = LAYER_FIRST; layer < LAYER_COUNT; layer++) {
+		Layer[layer].Init();
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DisplayClass::Init_IO -- clears & re-builds the map's button list                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/17/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void DisplayClass::Init_IO(void)
+{
+	MapClass::Init_IO();
+
+	/*
+	** Re-attach our buttons to the main map button list, only in non-edit mode.
+	*/
+	if (!Debug_Map) {
+		TacButton.Zap();
+		Add_A_Button(TacButton);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DisplayClass::Init_Theater -- Performs theater-specific initialization (mixfiles, etc)      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      theater         new theater                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/17/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void DisplayClass::Init_Theater(TheaterType theater)
+{
+	char			fullname[16];
+	char			iconname[16];
+#ifndef _RETRIEVE
+	static TLucentType const MouseCols[4] = {
+		{BLACK, BLACK, 110, 0},
+		{WHITE, WHITE, 110, 0},
+		{LTGREY, LTGREY, 110, 0},
+		{DKGREY, DKGREY, 110, 0}
+	};
+	static TLucentType const MagicCols[MAGIC_COL_COUNT] = {
+		{32,32,110,0},
+		{33,33,110,0},
+		{34,34,110,0},
+		{35,35,110,0},
+		{36,36,110,0},
+		{37,37,110,0},
+		{38,38,110,0},
+		{39,39,110,0},
+		{BLACK, BLACK, 200, 0},
+		{WHITE, BLACK, 40, 0},
+		{LTGREY, BLACK, 80, 0},
+		{DKGREY, BLACK, 140, 0}
+	};
+	static TLucentType const WhiteCols[1] = {
+		{1, WHITE, 80, 0}
+	};
+	static TLucentType const ShadowCols[SHADOW_COL_COUNT] = {
+		{WHITE+1,	BLACK,130,0},
+		{WHITE,		BLACK,170,0},
+		{LTGRAY,		BLACK,250,0},
+		{DKGRAY,		BLACK,250,0}
+	};
+	static TLucentType const UShadowCols[USHADOW_COL_COUNT] = {
+		{LTGREEN,	BLACK,130,0}
+	};
+#endif
+
+	/*
+	---------------------- Invoke parent's init routine ----------------------
+	*/
+	MapClass::Init_Theater(theater);
+
+	/*
+	** Save the new theater value
+	*/
+	Theater = theater;
+
+#ifndef DEMO
+	/*
+	** Unload old mixfiles, and cache the new ones
+	*/
+	sprintf(fullname, "%s.MIX", Theaters[Theater].Root);
+	if (Theater != LastTheater){
+		if (TheaterData) {
+			delete TheaterData;
+		}
+		TheaterData = new MixFileClass(fullname);
+		TheaterData->Cache();
+	}
+
+#endif
+	/*
+	** Register the hi-res icons mix file now since it is theater specific
+	*/
+	sprintf(fullname, "%s.MIX", Theaters[Theater].Root);
+	strcpy (iconname, fullname);
+	strcpy (&iconname[4], "ICNH.MIX");
+	if (Theater != LastTheater){
+		if (TheaterIcons) {
+			delete TheaterIcons;
+		}
+		TheaterIcons = new MixFileClass(iconname);
+		TheaterIcons->Cache();
+	}
+
+
+
+	/*
+	**	Load the custom palette associated with this theater.
+	**	The fading palettes will have to be generated as well.
+	*/
+	sprintf(fullname, "%s.PAL", Theaters[theater].Root);
+	void const * ptr = MixFileClass::Retrieve(fullname);
+	Mem_Copy((void *)ptr, GamePalette, 768);
+
+
+	Mem_Copy(GamePalette, OriginalPalette, 768);
+
+#ifndef _RETRIEVE
+	/*
+	**	Make sure that remapping doesn't occur on the colors that cycle.
+	*/
+	memset(&GamePalette[CYCLE_COLOR_START*3], 0x3F, CYCLE_COLOR_COUNT*3);
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef _RETRIEVE
+	CCFileClass(Fading_Table_Name("GREEN", theater)).Read(FadingGreen, sizeof(FadingGreen));
+#else
+	Build_Fading_Table(GamePalette, FadingGreen, GREEN, 110);
+	CCFileClass(Fading_Table_Name("GREEN", theater)).Write(FadingGreen, sizeof(FadingGreen));
+#endif
+	if (theater == THEATER_DESERT) {
+		FadingGreen[196] = 160;
+	}
+
+#ifdef _RETRIEVE
+	CCFileClass(Fading_Table_Name("YELLOW", theater)).Read(FadingYellow, sizeof(FadingYellow));
+#else
+	Build_Fading_Table(GamePalette, FadingYellow, YELLOW, 140);
+	CCFileClass(Fading_Table_Name("YELLOW", theater)).Write(FadingYellow, sizeof(FadingYellow));
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _RETRIEVE
+	CCFileClass(Fading_Table_Name("RED", theater)).Read(FadingRed, sizeof(FadingRed));
+#else
+	Build_Fading_Table(GamePalette, FadingRed, RED, 140);
+	CCFileClass(Fading_Table_Name("RED", theater)).Write(FadingRed, sizeof(FadingRed));
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _RETRIEVE
+	CCFileClass(Fading_Table_Name("MOUSE", theater)).Read(MouseTranslucentTable, sizeof(MouseTranslucentTable));
+#else
+	Build_Translucent_Table(GamePalette, &MouseCols[0], 4, MouseTranslucentTable);
+	CCFileClass(Fading_Table_Name("MOUSE", theater)).Write(MouseTranslucentTable, sizeof(MouseTranslucentTable));
+#endif
+
+//	MouseDrawPtr = MouseTranslucentTable;
+//	MouseDrawPtr2 = Add_Long_To_Pointer(MouseTranslucentTable, 256L);
+//	MouseDrawVal = 1;
+//	MouseDrawFlags = (int)SHAPE_GHOST;
+
+#ifdef _RETRIEVE
+	CCFileClass(Fading_Table_Name("TRANS", theater)).Read(TranslucentTable, sizeof(TranslucentTable));
+#else
+	Build_Translucent_Table(GamePalette, &MagicCols[0], MAGIC_COL_COUNT, TranslucentTable);
+	CCFileClass(Fading_Table_Name("TRANS", theater)).Write(TranslucentTable, sizeof(TranslucentTable));
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _RETRIEVE
+	CCFileClass(Fading_Table_Name("WHITE", theater)).Read(WhiteTranslucentTable, sizeof(WhiteTranslucentTable));
+#else
+	Build_Translucent_Table(GamePalette, &WhiteCols[0], 1, WhiteTranslucentTable);
+	CCFileClass(Fading_Table_Name("WHITE", theater)).Write(WhiteTranslucentTable, sizeof(WhiteTranslucentTable));
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _RETRIEVE
+	CCFileClass(Fading_Table_Name("SHADOW", theater)).Read(ShadowTrans, sizeof(ShadowTrans));
+#else
+	Build_Translucent_Table(GamePalette, &ShadowCols[0], SHADOW_COL_COUNT, ShadowTrans);
+	CCFileClass(Fading_Table_Name("SHADOW", theater)).Write(ShadowTrans, sizeof(ShadowTrans));
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _RETRIEVE
+	CCFileClass(Fading_Table_Name("UNITS", theater)).Read(UnitShadow, sizeof(UnitShadow));
+#else
+	Conquer_Build_Translucent_Table(GamePalette, &UShadowCols[0], USHADOW_COL_COUNT, UnitShadow);
+	CCFileClass(Fading_Table_Name("UNITS", theater)).Write(UnitShadow, sizeof(UnitShadow));
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _RETRIEVE
+	CCFileClass(Fading_Table_Name("SHADE", theater)).Read(FadingShade, sizeof(FadingShade));
+#else
+	Conquer_Build_Fading_Table(GamePalette, FadingShade, BLACK, 150);
+	CCFileClass(Fading_Table_Name("SHADE", theater)).Write(FadingShade, sizeof(FadingShade));
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _RETRIEVE
+	CCFileClass(Fading_Table_Name("LIGHT", theater)).Read(FadingLight, sizeof(FadingLight));
+#else
+	Conquer_Build_Fading_Table(GamePalette, FadingLight, WHITE, 85);
+	CCFileClass(Fading_Table_Name("LIGHT", theater)).Write(FadingLight, sizeof(FadingLight));
+#endif
+
+	/*
+	**	Create the shadow color used by aircraft.
+	*/
+	Conquer_Build_Fading_Table(GamePalette, &SpecialGhost[256], BLACK, 100);
+	for (int index = 0; index < 256; index++) {
+		SpecialGhost[index] = 0;
+	}
+
+	Build_Fading_Table(GamePalette, FadingBrighten, WHITE, 25);
+
+
+#ifndef _RETRIEVE
+	/*
+	**	Restore the palette since it was mangled while building the fading tables.
+	*/
+	sprintf(fullname, "%s.PAL", Theaters[theater].Root);
+	ptr = MixFileClass::Retrieve(fullname);
+	Mem_Copy((void *)ptr, GamePalette, 768);
+	Mem_Copy(GamePalette, OriginalPalette, 768);
+#endif
+
+	/*
+	**	Adjust the palette according to the visual control option settings.
+	*/
+	Options.Fixup_Palette();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DisplayClass::Text_Overlap_List -- Creates cell overlap list for specified text string.     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to create an overlap list that specifies all the cells that are     *
+ *    covered by the specified text string. This overlap list is used to handle map  refresh   *
+ *    logic.                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   text  -- Pointer to the text that would appear on the map and must have an         *
+ *                   overlap list generated.                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          x,y   -- The coordinates that the text would appear (upper left corner).           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to an overlap list that covers all cells "under" the text   *
+ *          if were displayed at the coordinates specified. The list is actually a series of   *
+ *          offsets from the display's upper left corner cell number.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/06/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   12/07/1994 JLB : Sidebar fixup.                                                           *
+ *   08/13/1995 JLB : Optimized for variable sized help text.                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+short const * DisplayClass::Text_Overlap_List(char const * text, int x, int y, int lines)
+{
+	static short _list[30];
+
+	if (text) {
+		short * ptr = &_list[0];
+		int len = String_Pixel_Width(text)+CELL_PIXEL_W;
+		int right = TacPixelX + Lepton_To_Pixel(TacLeptonWidth);
+
+		/*
+		**	If the help text would spill into the sidebar, then flag this fact, but
+		**	shorten the apparent length so that the icon list calculation will
+		**	function correctly.
+		*/
+		if (x+len >= TacPixelX+Lepton_To_Pixel(TacLeptonWidth)) {
+			len = right-x;
+			*ptr++ = REFRESH_SIDEBAR;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Build the list of overlap cell offset values according to the text
+		**	coordinate and the length.
+		*/
+		int height = (((FontHeight * lines) + 23) / 24) * 24;
+
+		if (x <= right) {
+			CELL ul = Click_Cell_Calc(x, y-1);
+			CELL lr = Click_Cell_Calc(x+len-1, Bound(y+height, TacPixelY, SeenBuff.Get_Height() - 1));
+
+			if (ul == -1) ul = Click_Cell_Calc(x, y);
+//			if (lr == -1) lr = Click_Cell_Calc(x+len, y);
+
+			if (ul != -1 && lr != -1) {
+				for (int yy = Cell_Y(ul); yy <= Cell_Y(lr); yy++) {
+					for (int xx = Cell_X(ul); xx <= Cell_X(lr); xx++) {
+						*ptr++ = XY_Cell(xx, yy) - Coord_Cell(TacticalCoord);
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		*ptr = REFRESH_EOL;
+	}
+	return(_list);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DisplayClass::Set_View_Dimensions -- Sets the tactical display screen coordinates.          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to set the tactical map screen coordinates and dimensions. This routine *
+ *    is typically used when the screen size or position changes as a result of the sidebar    *
+ *    changing position or appearance.                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   x,y   -- The X and Y pixel position on the screen for the tactical map upper left  *
+ *                   corner.                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          width -- The width of the tactical display (in pixels). If this parameter is       *
+ *                   omitted, then the width will be as wide as the screen will allow.         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          height-- The height of the tactial display (in pixels). If this parameter is       *
+ *                   omitted, then the width wil be as wide as the screen will allow.          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/06/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   06/27/1995 JLB : Adjusts tactical map position if necessary.                              *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void DisplayClass::Set_View_Dimensions(int x, int y, int width, int height)
+{
+	if (width == -1) {
+		width = SeenBuff.Get_Width() - x;
+	}
+	TacLeptonWidth = Pixel_To_Lepton(width);
+
+	if (height == -1) {
+		height = SeenBuff.Get_Height() - y;
+	}
+	TacLeptonHeight = Pixel_To_Lepton(height);
+
+	/*
+	**	Adjust the tactical cell if it is now in an invalid position
+	**	because of the changed dimensions.
+	*/
+	int xx = Coord_X(TacticalCoord) - (MapCellX * CELL_LEPTON_W);
+	int yy = Coord_Y(TacticalCoord) - (MapCellY * CELL_LEPTON_H);
+
+	Confine_Rect(&xx, &yy, TacLeptonWidth, TacLeptonHeight, MapCellWidth * CELL_LEPTON_W, MapCellHeight * CELL_LEPTON_H);
+
+	Set_Tactical_Position(XY_Coord(xx + (MapCellX * CELL_LEPTON_W), yy + (MapCellY * CELL_LEPTON_H)));
+
+	TacPixelX = x;
+	TacPixelY = y;
+	WindowList[WINDOW_TACTICAL][WINDOWX] = x >> 3;
+	WindowList[WINDOW_TACTICAL][WINDOWY] = y;
+	WindowList[WINDOW_TACTICAL][WINDOWWIDTH] = width >> 3;
+	WindowList[WINDOW_TACTICAL][WINDOWHEIGHT] = height;
+	if (Window == WINDOW_TACTICAL) {
+		Change_Window(0);
+		Change_Window(Window);
+	}
+	IsToRedraw = true;
+	Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+
+	TacButton.X			= TacPixelX;
+	TacButton.Y			= TacPixelY;
+	TacButton.Width	= Lepton_To_Pixel(TacLeptonWidth);
+	TacButton.Height	= Lepton_To_Pixel(TacLeptonHeight);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DisplayClass::Set_Cursor_Shape -- Changes the shape of the terrain square cursor.           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to set up the terrain cursor according to the size of the object    *
+ *    that is to be placed down. The terrain cursor looks like an arbitrary collection of      *
+ *    hatched square overlays. Typical use is when placing buildings.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   list  -- A pointer to the list that contains offsets to the cells that are to      *
+ *                   be marked.                                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/03/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   06/26/1995 JLB : Puts placement cursor into static buffer.                                *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void DisplayClass::Set_Cursor_Shape(short const * list)
+{
+	if (CursorSize) {
+		Cursor_Mark(ZoneCell+ZoneOffset, false);
+	}
+
+	ZoneOffset = 0;
+
+	if (list) {
+		int	w,h;
+		static short _list[50];
+
+		memcpy(_list, list, sizeof(_list));
+		CursorSize = _list;
+		Get_Occupy_Dimensions (w, h, CursorSize);
+		ZoneOffset = -(((h/2)*MAP_CELL_W)+(w/2));
+		Cursor_Mark(ZoneCell+ZoneOffset, true);
+	} else {
+		CursorSize = 0;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DisplayClass::Passes_Proximity_Check -- Determines if building placement is near friendly sq*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used by the building placement cursor logic to determine whether the     *
+ *    at the current cursor position if the building would be adjacent to another friendly     *
+ *    building. In cases where this is not true, then the building cannot be placed at all.    *
+ *    This determination is returned by the function.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   object   -- The building object that the current placement system is examining.    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Can the pending building object be placed at the present cursor location     *
+ *                checking only for proximity to friendly buildings?  If this isn't for a      *
+ *                building type object, then this routine always returns true.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/06/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   06/07/1994 JLB : Handles concrete check.                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool DisplayClass::Passes_Proximity_Check(ObjectTypeClass const *object)
+{
+	short const *ptr;
+
+	/*
+	** In editor mode, the proximity check always passes.
+	*/
+	if (Debug_Map) {
+		return(true);
+	}
+
+	if (!object || !CursorSize || object->What_Am_I() != RTTI_BUILDINGTYPE) {
+		return(true);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Scan through all cells that the building foundation would cover. If any adjacent
+	**	cells to these are of friendly persuasion, then consider the proximity check to
+	**	have been a success.
+	*/
+	ptr = CursorSize;
+	while (*ptr != REFRESH_EOL) {
+		CELL	cell = ZoneCell + ZoneOffset + *ptr++;
+
+		for (FacingType facing = FACING_N; facing < FACING_COUNT; facing++) {
+			CELL	newcell = Adjacent_Cell(cell, facing);
+
+			if (!In_Radar(cell)) return(false);
+
+			TechnoClass * base = (*this)[newcell].Cell_Techno();
+
+			/*
+			**	The special cell ownership flag allows building adjacent
+			**	to friendly walls and bibs even though there is no official
+			**	building located there.
+			*/
+			if ((*this)[newcell].Owner == PendingHouse) {
+				return(true);
+			}
+
+			if (base && base->What_Am_I() == RTTI_BUILDING && base->House->Class->House == PendingHouse) {
+				return(true);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DisplayClass::Set_Cursor_Pos -- Controls the display and animation of the tac cursor.       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine controls the location, display, and animation of the                        *
+ *    tactical map cursor.                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   pos   -- Position to move the cursor do. If -1 is passed then                      *
+ *                   the cursor will just be hidden. If the position                           *
+ *                   passed is the same as the last position passed in,                        *
+ *                   then animation could occur (based on timers).                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:     none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/22/1991 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   06/02/1994 JLB : Converted to member function.                                            *
+ *   06/08/1994 JLB : If position is -1, then follow mouse.                                    *
+ *   02/28/1995 JLB : Forces placement cursor to fit on map.                                   *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+CELL DisplayClass::Set_Cursor_Pos(CELL pos)
+{
+	CELL	prevpos;			// Last position of cursor (for jump-back reasons).
+
+	/*
+	**	Follow the mouse position if no cell number is provided.
+	*/
+	if (pos == -1) {
+		pos = Click_Cell_Calc(Get_Mouse_X(), Get_Mouse_Y());
+	}
+
+	if (!CursorSize) {
+		prevpos = ZoneCell;
+		ZoneCell = pos;
+		return(prevpos);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Adjusts the position so that the placement cursor is never partway off the
+	**	tactical map.
+	*/
+	int w,h;
+	Get_Occupy_Dimensions (w, h, CursorSize);
+
+	int x = Cell_X(pos + ZoneOffset);
+	int y = Cell_Y(pos + ZoneOffset);
+
+	if (x < Coord_XCell(TacticalCoord)) x = Coord_XCell(TacticalCoord);
+//	if (x < TacMapX) x = TacMapX;
+	if (y < Coord_YCell(TacticalCoord)) y = Coord_YCell(TacticalCoord);
+//	if (y < TacMapY) y = TacMapY;
+	if (x+w >= Coord_XCell(TacticalCoord) + Lepton_To_Cell(TacLeptonWidth)) x = Coord_XCell(TacticalCoord)+Lepton_To_Cell(TacLeptonWidth)-w;
+//	if (x+w >= TacMapX+TacWidth) x = TacMapX+TacWidth-w;
+	if (y+h >= Coord_YCell(TacticalCoord) + Lepton_To_Cell(TacLeptonHeight)) x = Coord_YCell(TacticalCoord)+Lepton_To_Cell(TacLeptonHeight)-h;
+//	if (y+h >= TacMapY+TacHeight) y = TacMapY+TacHeight-h;
+	pos = XY_Cell(x, y) - ZoneOffset;
+
+	/*
+	** This checks to see if NO animation or drawing is to occur and, if so,
+	**	exits.
+	*/
+	if (pos == ZoneCell) return(pos);
+
+	prevpos = ZoneCell;
+
+	/*
+	**	If the cursor is visible, then handle the graphic update.
+	**	Otherwise, just update the global position of the cursor.
+	*/
+	if (CursorSize) {
+
+		/*
+		** Erase the old cursor (if it exists) AND the cursor is moving.
+		*/
+		if (pos != ZoneCell && ZoneCell != -1) {
+			Cursor_Mark(ZoneCell+ZoneOffset, false);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		** Render the cursor (could just be animation).
+		*/
+		if (pos != -1) {
+			Cursor_Mark(pos+ZoneOffset, true);
+		}
+	}
+	ZoneCell = pos;
+	ProximityCheck = Passes_Proximity_Check(PendingObject);
+
+	return(prevpos);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DisplayClass::Get_Occupy_Dimensions -- computes width & height of the given occupy list     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      w      ptr to fill in with height                                                      *
+ *      h      ptr to fill in with width                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/31/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void DisplayClass::Get_Occupy_Dimensions(int & w, int & h, short const *list)
+{
+	int min_x = MAP_CELL_W;
+	int max_x = -MAP_CELL_W;
+	int min_y = MAP_CELL_H;
+	int max_y = -MAP_CELL_H;
+	int x,y;
+
+	w = 0;
+	h = 0;
+
+	if (!list) {
+		/*
+		** Loop through all cell offsets, accumulating max & min x- & y-coords
+		*/
+		while (*list != REFRESH_EOL) {
+			/*
+			** Compute x & y coords of the current cell offset.  We can't use Cell_X()
+			** & Cell_Y(), because they use shifts to compute the values, and if the
+			** offset is negative we'll get a bogus coordinate!
+			*/
+			x = (*list) % MAP_CELL_W;
+			y = (*list) / MAP_CELL_H;
+
+			max_x = MAX(max_x, x);
+			min_x = MIN(min_x, x);
+			max_y = MAX(max_y, y);
+			min_y = MIN(min_y, y);
+
+			list++;
+		}
+
+		w = MAX(1, max_x - min_x + 1);
+		h = MAX(1, max_y - min_y + 1);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DisplayClass::Cursor_Mark -- Set or resets the cursor display flag bits.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will clear or set the cursor display bits on the map.                       *
+ *    If the bit is set, then the cursor will be rendered on that map                          *
+ *    icon.                                                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   pos   -- Position of the upper left corner of the cursor.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          on    -- Should the bit be turned on?                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   Be sure that every call to set the bits is matched by a                         *
+ *             corresponding call to clear the bits.                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/04/1991 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   06/02/1994 JLB : Converted to member function.                                            *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void DisplayClass::Cursor_Mark(CELL pos, bool on)
+{
+	CELL const *ptr;
+	CellClass *cellptr;
+
+	if (pos == -1) return;
+
+	/*
+	**	For every cell in the CursorSize list, invoke its Redraw_Objects and
+	**	toggle its IsCursorHere flag
+	*/
+	ptr = CursorSize;
+	while (*ptr != REFRESH_EOL) {
+		CELL cell = pos + *ptr++;
+		if (In_Radar(cell)) {
+			cellptr = &(*this)[cell];
+			cellptr->Redraw_Objects();
+			if (on) {
+				cellptr->IsCursorHere = true;
+			} else {
+				cellptr->IsCursorHere = false;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	For every cell in the PendingObjectPtr's Overlap_List, invoke its
+	**	Redraw_Objects routine.
+	*/
+	if (PendingObjectPtr) {
+		ptr = PendingObjectPtr->Overlap_List();
+		while (*ptr != REFRESH_EOL) {
+			CELL cell = pos + *ptr++;
+			if (In_Radar(cell)) {
+				cellptr = &(*this)[cell];
+				cellptr->Redraw_Objects();
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DisplayClass::AI -- Handles the maintenance tasks for the map display.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called once per game display frame (15 times per second). It handles     *
+ *    the mouse shape tracking and map scrolling as necessary.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   input -- The next key just fetched from the input queue.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          x,y   -- Mouse coordinates.                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Modifies the input code if necessary. When the input code is consumed, it gets     *
+ *          set to 0.                                                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/01/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   06/02/1994 JLB : Filters mouse click input.                                               *
+ *   06/07/1994 JLB : Fixed so template click will behave right.                               *
+ *   10/14/1994 JLB : Changing cursor shape over target.                                       *
+ *   12/31/1994 JLB : Takes mouse coordinates as parameters.                                   *
+ *   06/27/1995 JLB : Breaks out of rubber band mode if mouse leaves map.                      *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void DisplayClass::AI(KeyNumType & input, int x, int y)
+{
+	if (
+		IsRubberBand &&
+		(Get_Mouse_X() < TacPixelX ||
+		Get_Mouse_Y() < TacPixelY ||
+		Get_Mouse_X() >= (TacPixelX + Lepton_To_Pixel(TacLeptonWidth)) ||
+		Get_Mouse_Y() >= (TacPixelY + Lepton_To_Pixel(TacLeptonHeight)))) {
+			Mouse_Left_Release(-1, Get_Mouse_X(), Get_Mouse_Y(), NULL, ACTION_NONE);
+	}
+
+	MapClass::AI(input, x, y);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DisplayClass::Submit -- Adds a game object to the map rendering system.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to add an arbitrary (but tangible) game object to the map. It will  *
+ *    be rendered (made visible) once it is submitted to this function. This function builds   *
+ *    the list of game objects that get rendered each frame as necessary. It is possible to    *
+ *    submit the game object to different rendering layers. All objects in a layer get drawn   *
+ *    at the same time. Using this layer method it becomes possible to have objects "below"    *
+ *    other objects.                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   object   -- Pointer to the object to add.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          layer    -- The layer to add the object to.                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/31/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   05/31/1994 JLB : Improved layer system.                                                   *
+ *   05/31/1994 JLB : Sorts object position if this is for the ground layer.                   *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void DisplayClass::Submit(ObjectClass const * object, LayerType layer)
+{
+	if (object) {
+		Layer[layer].Submit(object, (layer == LAYER_GROUND));
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DisplayClass::Remove -- Removes a game object from the rendering system.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Every object that is to disappear from the map must be removed from the rendering        *
+ *    system.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   object   -- The object to remove.                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          layer    -- The layer to remove it from.                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/31/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   05/31/1994 JLB : Improved layer system.                                                   *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void DisplayClass::Remove(ObjectClass const * object, LayerType layer)
+{
+	if (object) {
+		Layer[layer].Delete((ObjectClass *)object);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DisplayClass::Click_Cell_Calc -- Determines cell from screen X & Y.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to determine the cell that is located at the                        *
+ *    screen pixel coordinates given. Typical use is when the player                           *
+ *    clicks with the mouse on the tactical map.                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   x,y   -- Screen pixel coordinates.                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with cell that is under the coordinates specified.                         *
+ *          If the coordinate specified is outside of the tactical                             *
+ *          map, then -1 is returned.                                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/27/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+CELL DisplayClass::Click_Cell_Calc(int x, int y)
+{
+	x -= TacPixelX;
+	x = Pixel_To_Lepton(x);
+	y -= TacPixelY;
+	y = Pixel_To_Lepton(y);
+
+	if ((unsigned)x < TacLeptonWidth &&
+		(unsigned)y < TacLeptonHeight) {
+
+		COORDINATE tcoord = XY_Coord(Pixel_To_Lepton(Lepton_To_Pixel(Coord_X(TacticalCoord))), Pixel_To_Lepton(Lepton_To_Pixel(Coord_Y(TacticalCoord))));
+
+		return(Coord_Cell(Coord_Add(tcoord, XY_Coord(x, y))));
+	}
+	return(-1);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DisplayClass::Read_INI -- Reads map control data from INI file.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to read the map control data from the INI                           *
+ *    file.                                                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   buffer   -- Pointer to the loaded INI file data.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   The TriggerClass INI data must have been read before calling this function.     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/27/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void DisplayClass::Read_INI(char *buffer)
+{
+	char	name[16];
+	int len;						// Length of data in buffer.
+	char *tbuffer;				// Accumulation buffer of Trigger names.
+	char *trigsection = "CellTriggers";
+	char buf[20];				// trigger name for a cell
+	int cell;
+	int i;
+
+	/*
+	**	Read the map dimensions.
+	*/
+	Set_Map_Dimensions(WWGetPrivateProfileInt("MAP", "X", 1, buffer),
+		WWGetPrivateProfileInt("MAP", "Y", 1, buffer),
+		WWGetPrivateProfileInt("MAP", "Width", MAP_CELL_W-2, buffer),
+		WWGetPrivateProfileInt("MAP", "Height", MAP_CELL_H-2, buffer));
+
+	/*
+	**	The theater is determined at this point. There is specific data that
+	**	is custom to this data. Load the custom data (as it related to terrain)
+	**	at this point.
+	*/
+	WWGetPrivateProfileString("MAP", "Theater", Theaters[THEATER_DESERT].Name, name, 13, buffer);
+	Theater = Theater_From_Name(name);
+
+	/*
+	** Remove any old theater specific uncompressed shapes
+	*/
+	if (Theater != LastTheater){
+		Reset_Theater_Shapes();
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Now that the theater is known, init the entire map hierarchy
+	*/
+	Init(Theater);
+
+	/*
+	**	Special initializations occur when the theater is known.
+	*/
+	TerrainTypeClass::Init(Theater);
+	TemplateTypeClass::Init(Theater);
+	OverlayTypeClass::Init(Theater);
+	UnitTypeClass::Init(Theater);
+	InfantryTypeClass::Init(Theater);
+	BuildingTypeClass::Init(Theater);
+	BulletTypeClass::Init(Theater);
+	AnimTypeClass::Init(Theater);
+	AircraftTypeClass::Init(Theater);
+	SmudgeTypeClass::Init(Theater);
+
+	LastTheater = Theater;
+
+	/*
+	**	Read the Waypoint entries.
+	*/
+	for (i = 0; i < WAYPT_COUNT; i++) {
+		sprintf(buf,"%d",i);
+		Waypoint[i] = WWGetPrivateProfileInt ("Waypoints",buf,-1,buffer);
+		if (Waypoint[i] != -1) {
+			(*this)[Waypoint[i]].IsWaypoint = 1;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Set the starting position (do this after Init(), which clears the cells'
+	**	IsWaypoint flags).
+	*/
+	if (Waypoint[WAYPT_HOME] == -1) {
+		Waypoint[WAYPT_HOME] = XY_Cell(MapCellX, MapCellY);
+	}
+	Set_Tactical_Position(Cell_Coord(Waypoint[WAYPT_HOME])&0xFF00FF00L);
+	Views[0] = Views[1] = Views[2] = Views[3] = Waypoint[WAYPT_HOME];
+
+	/*
+	**	Read the cell trigger names, and assign TriggerClass pointers
+	*/
+	len = strlen(buffer) + 2;		// len is the length of the INI data
+	tbuffer = buffer + len;			// tbuffer is after the INI data
+
+	/*
+	**	Read all entry names into 'tbuffer'.
+	*/
+	WWGetPrivateProfileString(trigsection, NULL, NULL, tbuffer, ShapeBufferSize-len, buffer);
+
+	/*
+	**	Loop through all CellTrigger entries.
+	*/
+	while (*tbuffer != '\0') {
+
+		/*
+		**	Get a cell trigger assignment.
+		*/
+		WWGetPrivateProfileString(trigsection, tbuffer, NULL, buf, sizeof(buf) - 1, buffer);
+
+		/*
+		**	Get cell # from entry name.
+		*/
+		cell = atoi(tbuffer);
+		if (cell > 0 && cell < MAP_CELL_TOTAL && !(*this)[cell].IsTrigger) {
+
+			/*
+			**	Assign trigger pointer using trigger name.
+			*/
+			CellTriggers[cell] = TriggerClass::As_Pointer(buf);
+			if (CellTriggers[cell]) {
+				(*this)[cell].IsTrigger = 1;
+				if (CellTriggers[cell]) {
+					CellTriggers[cell]->AttachCount++;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Step to next entry name.
+		*/
+		tbuffer += strlen(tbuffer) + 1;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DisplayClass::Write_INI -- Writes map data into INI file.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to write the map control data into the INI                          *
+ *    file. The scenario editor uses this when creating the scenario                           *
+ *    startup file.                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   buffer   -- Pointer to INI file data.                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/27/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void DisplayClass::Write_INI(char *buffer)
+{
+	char entry[20];
+
+	/*
+	**	Save the map parameters.
+	*/
+	WWWritePrivateProfileString("MAP", "Theater", Theaters[Theater].Name, buffer);
+	WWWritePrivateProfileInt("MAP", "X", MapCellX, buffer);
+	WWWritePrivateProfileInt("MAP", "Y", MapCellY, buffer);
+	WWWritePrivateProfileInt("MAP", "Width", MapCellWidth, buffer);
+	WWWritePrivateProfileInt("MAP", "Height", MapCellHeight, buffer);
+
+	/*
+	**	Save the Waypoint entries.
+	*/
+	for (int i = 0; i < WAYPT_COUNT; i++) {
+		sprintf(entry,"%d",i);
+		WWWritePrivateProfileInt ("Waypoints",entry,Waypoint[i],buffer);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Erase the CellTriggers section.
+	*/
+	WWWritePrivateProfileString("CellTriggers",NULL,NULL,buffer);
+
+	/*
+	**	Save the cell's triggers.
+	*/
+	for (CELL cell = 0; cell < MAP_CELL_TOTAL; cell++) {
+		if ((*this)[cell].IsTrigger) {
+
+			/*
+			**	Get cell trigger pointer.
+			*/
+			TriggerClass const * trig = CellTriggers[cell];
+
+			/*
+			**	Generate entry name.
+			*/
+			sprintf(entry,"%d",cell);
+
+			/*
+			**	Save entry.
+			*/
+			WWWritePrivateProfileString("CellTriggers", entry, trig->Get_Name(), buffer);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DisplayClass::Scroll_Map -- Scroll the tactical map in desired direction.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to scroll the tactical map view in the desired                      *
+ *    direction. It can also be used to determine if scrolling would be                        *
+ *    legal without actually performing any scrolling action.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   facing   -- The direction to scroll the tactical map.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          distance -- The distance in leptons to scroll the map.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          really   -- Should the map actually be scrolled?  If false,                        *
+ *                      then only the legality of a scroll is checked.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Would scrolling in the desired direction be possible?                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/07/1992 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   05/20/1994 JLB : Converted to member function.                                            *
+ *   08/09/1995 JLB : Added distance parameter.                                                *
+ *   08/10/1995 JLB : Any direction scrolling.                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool DisplayClass::Scroll_Map(DirType facing, int & distance, bool really)
+{
+	/*
+	**	If the distance is invalid then no further checking is required. Bail
+	**	with a no-can-do flag.
+	*/
+	if (distance == 0) return(false);
+	FacingType crude = Dir_Facing(facing);
+
+	if (Coord_X(TacticalCoord) == Cell_To_Lepton(MapCellX) && crude != FACING_W) {
+		if (crude == FACING_SW) facing = DIR_S;
+		if (crude == FACING_NW) facing = DIR_N;
+	}
+	if (Coord_Y(TacticalCoord) == Cell_To_Lepton(MapCellY) && crude != FACING_N) {
+		if (crude == FACING_NW) facing = DIR_W;
+		if (crude == FACING_NE) facing = DIR_E;
+	}
+	if (Coord_X(TacticalCoord) + TacLeptonWidth == Cell_To_Lepton(MapCellX+MapCellWidth) && crude != FACING_E) {
+		if (crude == FACING_NE) facing = DIR_N;
+		if (crude == FACING_SE) facing = DIR_S;
+	}
+	if (Coord_Y(TacticalCoord) + TacLeptonHeight == Cell_To_Lepton(MapCellY+MapCellHeight) && crude != FACING_S) {
+		if (crude == FACING_SE) facing = DIR_E;
+		if (crude == FACING_SW) facing = DIR_W;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Determine the coordinate that it wants to scroll to.
+	*/
+	COORDINATE coord = Coord_Move(TacticalCoord, facing, distance);
+
+	/*
+	**	Clip the new coordinate to the edges of the game world.
+	*/
+	int xx = Coord_X(coord) - Cell_To_Lepton(MapCellX);
+	int yy = Coord_Y(coord) - Cell_To_Lepton(MapCellY);
+	bool shifted = Confine_Rect(&xx, &yy, TacLeptonWidth, TacLeptonHeight, Cell_To_Lepton(MapCellWidth), Cell_To_Lepton(MapCellHeight));
+	if (xx < 0) {
+		xx = 0;
+		shifted = true;
+	}
+	if (yy < 0) {
+		yy = 0;
+		shifted = true;
+	}
+	coord = XY_Coord(xx + Cell_To_Lepton(MapCellX), yy + Cell_To_Lepton(MapCellY));
+
+	/*
+	**	If the desired scroll was bound by the edge of the map, then adjust the distance to more accurately
+	**	reflect the actual distance moved.
+	*/
+	if (shifted) {
+		distance = Distance(TacticalCoord, coord);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If the new coordinate is the same as the old, then no scrolling would occur.
+	*/
+	if (!distance || coord == TacticalCoord) return(false);
+
+	/*
+	**	Since the new coordinate is different than the old one, possibly adjust the real
+	**	tactical map accordingly.
+	*/
+	if (really) {
+		Set_Tactical_Position(coord);
+		IsToRedraw = true;
+		Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+	}
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DisplayClass::Refresh_Cells -- Redraws all cells in list.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to flag all cells in the specified list for                         *
+ *    redrawing.                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   cell  -- The origin cell that the list is offset from.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          list  -- Pointer to a list of offsets from the origin cell.                        *
+ *                   Each cell so specified is flagged for redraw.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   This routine is rather slow (by definition).                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/14/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   08/01/1994 JLB : Simplified.                                                              *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void DisplayClass::Refresh_Cells(CELL cell, short const *list)
+{
+	if (*list == REFRESH_SIDEBAR) {
+		list++;
+	}
+	while (*list != REFRESH_EOL) {
+		CELL newcell = cell + *list++;
+		if (In_Radar(newcell)) {
+			(*this)[newcell].Redraw_Objects();
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DisplayClass::Cell_Shadow   -- Determine what shadow icon to use for the cell.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will examine the specified cell and adjacent cells to                       *
+ *    determine what shadow icon to use.                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   cell     -- The cell to examine.                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the shadow icon to use. -2= all black.                                *
+ *                                                -1= map cell.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/01/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   04/04/1994 JLB : Revamped for new shadow icon method.                                     *
+ *   04/30/1994 JLB : Converted to member function.                                            *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int DisplayClass::Cell_Shadow(CELL cell)
+{
+	int	index;
+	int	value = -1;
+	CellClass	*cellptr;
+	static char const CardShadow[16] = {-2,0,1,2,3,-1,4,-1,5,6,-1,-1,7,-1,-1,-1};
+	static char const DiagShadow[16] = {-2,8,9,-1,10,-1,-1,-1,11,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1,-1};
+
+	/*
+	**	Don't map cells that are at the top or bottom edge. This solves
+	**	problem of accessing cells off the top or bottom of the map and into
+	**	who-knows-what memory.
+	*/
+	if ((unsigned)(Cell_Y(cell)-1) > MAP_CELL_H-2) return(-2);
+
+	cellptr = &(*this)[cell];
+	if (!cellptr->IsMapped) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Check the cardinal directions first. This will either result
+		**	in a solution or the flag to check the diagonals.
+		*/
+		index = 0;
+		cellptr--;
+		if (cellptr->IsMapped) index |= 0x08;
+		cellptr += MAP_CELL_W+1;
+		if (cellptr->IsMapped) index |= 0x04;
+		cellptr -= MAP_CELL_W-1;
+		if (cellptr->IsMapped) index |= 0x02;
+		cellptr -= MAP_CELL_W+1;
+		if (cellptr->IsMapped) index |= 0x01;
+		value = CardShadow[index];
+
+		/*
+		**	The diagonals must be checked, since the cardinal directions
+		**	did not yield a valid result.
+		*/
+		if (value == -2) {
+			index = 0;
+			cellptr--;
+			if (cellptr->IsMapped) index |= 0x08;
+			cellptr += MAP_CELL_W*2;
+			if (cellptr->IsMapped) index |= 0x04;
+			cellptr += 2;
+			if (cellptr->IsMapped) index |= 0x02;
+			cellptr -= MAP_CELL_W*2;
+			if (cellptr->IsMapped) index |= 0x01;
+			value = DiagShadow[index];
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Randomizer should go here. Add sets in multiples of 12.
+		*/
+
+	}
+	return(value);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DisplayClass::Map_Cell -- Mark specified cell as having been mapped.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine maps the specified cell. The cell must not already                          *
+ *    have been mapped and the mapping player must be the human.                               *
+ *    This routine will update any adjacent cell map icon as appropriate.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   cell  -- The cell to be mapped.                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          house -- The player that is doing the mapping.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was action taken to map this cell?                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none.                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/05/1992 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   04/30/1994 JLB : Converted to member function.                                            *
+ *   05/24/1994 JLB : Takes pointer to HouseClass.                                             *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool DisplayClass::Map_Cell(CELL cell, HouseClass * house)
+{
+	if (house != PlayerPtr || cell >= (CELL)Size) return(false);
+
+	/*
+	**	Don't bother remapping this cell if it is already mapped.
+	*/
+	if ((*this)[cell].IsMapped) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Mark the cell as being mapped.
+	*/
+	(*this)[cell].IsMapped = true;
+	(*this)[cell].IsVisible = true;
+	(*this)[cell].Redraw_Objects();
+
+	/*
+	**	Check out all adjacent cells to see if they need
+	**	to be mapped as well. This is necessary because of the
+	**	"unique" method of showing shadowed cells. Many combinations
+	**	are not allowed, and to fix this, just map the cells until
+	**	all is ok.
+	*/
+	for (FacingType dir = FACING_FIRST; dir < FACING_COUNT; dir++) {
+		int	shadow;
+		CELL	c;
+
+		c = Adjacent_Cell(cell, dir);
+
+		if (c != cell && !(*this)[c].IsMapped) {
+			shadow = Cell_Shadow(c);
+
+			/*
+			**	Either map the cell or mark it to be refreshed. It
+			**	will probably change form if it isn't actually mapped.
+			*/
+			if (shadow == -1) {
+				Map_Cell(c, house);
+			} else {
+				if (shadow != -2) {
+					(*this)[c].IsVisible = true;
+					(*this)[c].Redraw_Objects();
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	TechnoClass * tech = (*this)[cell].Cell_Techno();
+	if (tech) {
+		tech->Revealed(house);
+	}
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DisplayClass::Coord_To_Pixel -- Determines X and Y pixel coordinates.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the routine that figures out the location on the screen for                      *
+ *    a specified coordinate. It is one of the fundamental routines                            *
+ *    necessary for rendering the game objects. It performs some quick                         *
+ *    tests to see if the coordinate is in a visible region and returns                        *
+ *    this check as a boolean value.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   coord -- The coordinate to check.                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          x,y   -- Reference to the pixel coordinates that this                              *
+ *                   coordinate would be when rendered.                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Is this coordinate in a visible portion of the map?                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   If the coordinate is not in a visible portion of the                            *
+ *             map, then this X and Y parameters are not set.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/14/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   12/15/1994 JLB : Converted to member function.                                            *
+ *   01/07/1995 JLB : Uses inline functions to extract coord components.                       *
+ *   08/09/1995 JLB : Uses new coordinate system.                                              *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+#define	EDGE_ZONE	(CELL_LEPTON_W*2)
+bool DisplayClass::Coord_To_Pixel(COORDINATE coord, int &x, int &y)
+{
+	if (coord) {
+		int xtac = Pixel_To_Lepton(Lepton_To_Pixel(Coord_X(TacticalCoord)));
+		int xoff = Pixel_To_Lepton(Lepton_To_Pixel(Coord_X(coord)));
+
+		xoff = (xoff+EDGE_ZONE) - xtac;
+		if ((unsigned)xoff <= TacLeptonWidth + EDGE_ZONE*2) {
+			int ytac = Pixel_To_Lepton(Lepton_To_Pixel(Coord_Y(TacticalCoord)));
+			int yoff = Pixel_To_Lepton(Lepton_To_Pixel(Coord_Y(coord)));
+
+			yoff = (yoff+EDGE_ZONE) - ytac;
+			if ((unsigned)yoff <= TacLeptonHeight + EDGE_ZONE*2) {
+				x = Lepton_To_Pixel(xoff)-CELL_PIXEL_W*2;
+				y = Lepton_To_Pixel(yoff)-CELL_PIXEL_H*2;
+				return(true);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DisplayClass::Push_Onto_TacMap -- Moves x & y coords to being on tactical map               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine expects a line to be drawn between SOURCE & DEST, so it pushes the coords to   *
+ * be within the region bounded by TacMapX,Y - + TacMapW,H.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   source, dest -- References to the coordinates to check.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Are these coordinates in a visible portion of the map?                       *
+ *                Returns true if the pushed source & dest are visible, but if neither are     *
+ *                within the map, then it returns false.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/27/1995 BWG : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool DisplayClass::Push_Onto_TacMap(COORDINATE &source, COORDINATE &dest)
+{
+	if (!source || !dest) return(false);
+
+	int x1 = Coord_X(source);
+	int y1 = Coord_Y(source);
+	int x2 = Coord_X(dest);
+	int y2 = Coord_Y(dest);
+	int left = Coord_X(TacticalCoord);
+	int right = Coord_X(TacticalCoord) + TacLeptonWidth;
+	int top = Coord_Y(TacticalCoord);
+	int bottom = Coord_Y(TacticalCoord) + TacLeptonHeight;
+
+	if (x1 < left && x2 < left) return(false);
+	if (x1 > right && x2 > right) return(false);
+	if (y1 < top && y2 < top) return(false);
+	if (y1 > bottom && y2 > bottom) return(false);
+
+	x1 = Bound(x1, left, right);
+	x2 = Bound(x2, left, right);
+	y1 = Bound(y1, top, bottom);
+	y2 = Bound(y2, top, bottom);
+
+	source = XY_Coord(x1, y1);
+	dest = XY_Coord(x2, y2);
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DisplayClass::Cell_Object -- Determines what has been clicked on.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to determine what the player has clicked on.                        *
+ *    It is passed the cell that the click was on and it then examines                         *
+ *    the cell and returns with a pointer to the object that is there.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   cell  -- The cell that has been clicked upon.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          x,y   -- Optional offsets from the upper left corner of the cell to be used in     *
+ *                   determining exactly which object in the cell is desired.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the object that is "clickable" in                        *
+ *          the specified cell.                                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/14/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+ObjectClass * DisplayClass::Cell_Object(CELL cell, int x, int y)
+{
+	return(*this)[cell].Cell_Object(x, y);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DisplayClass::Draw_It -- Draws the tactical map.                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This will draw the tactical map at the recorded position.   This                         *
+ *    routine is used whenever the tactical map moves or needs to be                           *
+ *    completely redrawn. It will handle making the necessary adjustments                      *
+ *    to accomodate a moving cursor.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:      forced   -- bool; force redraw of the entire display?                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:     none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   04/15/1991 JLB : Created. (benchmark = 292)                                               *
+ *   04/15/1991 JLB : Added _cell2meta[] reference array (206)                                 *
+ *   04/15/1991 JLB : Added actual map reference for terrain (207)                             *
+ *   04/16/1991 JLB : _cell2meta converted to int (194)                                        *
+ *   04/16/1991 JLB : References actual CellIcon[] array (204)                                 *
+ *   04/16/1991 JLB : Cell size increased to 16 x 16 (167)                                     *
+ *   04/17/1991 JLB : Cell based tactical map rendering (165)                                  *
+ *   04/22/1991 JLB : Uses Draw_Stamp() for icon rendering (426)                               *
+ *   04/22/1991 JLB : Draw_Stamp uses LogicPage now (276)                                      *
+ *   04/23/1991 JLB : Map active location cursor (334)                                         *
+ *   05/02/1991 JLB : Added smoothing and 3 icons sets (431)                                   *
+ *   05/22/1991 JLB : Broken into Draw_Map() and Refresh_Map().                                *
+ *   09/14/1991 JLB : Uses Refresh_Cell when new cells scroll onto display.                    *
+ *   05/12/1992 JLB : Destination page support.                                                *
+ *   02/14/1994 JLB : Revamped.                                                                *
+ *   05/01/1994 JLB : Converted to member function.                                            *
+ *   12/15/1994 JLB : Updated to work with display heirarchy.                                  *
+ *   12/24/1994 JLB : Examines redraw bit intelligently.                                       *
+ *   12/24/1994 JLB : Combined with old Refresh_Map() function.                                *
+ *   01/10/1995 JLB : Rubber band drawing.                                                     *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+ void DisplayClass::Draw_It(bool forced)
+{
+	int	x,y;			// Working cell index values.
+
+	MapClass::Draw_It(forced);
+
+	if (IsToRedraw || forced) {
+		IsToRedraw = false;
+
+		/*
+		**	In rubber band mode, mark all cells under the "rubber band" to be
+		**	redrawn.
+		*/
+		Refresh_Band();
+
+		/*
+		** If the multiplayer message system is displaying one or more messages,
+		** flag all cells covered by the messages to redraw.  This will prevent
+		** messages from smearing the map if it scrolls.
+		*/
+		int num = Messages.Num_Messages();
+		if (num) {
+			for (CELL cell = Coord_Cell(TacticalCoord); cell < Coord_Cell(TacticalCoord) + Lepton_To_Cell(TacLeptonWidth)+1; cell++) {
+				(*this)[cell].Redraw_Objects();
+			}
+			for (cell = Coord_Cell(TacticalCoord) + MAP_CELL_W;
+				cell < Coord_Cell(TacticalCoord) + MAP_CELL_W + Lepton_To_Cell(TacLeptonWidth)+1; cell++) {
+				(*this)[cell].Redraw_Objects();
+			}
+			if (num > 1) {
+				for (cell = Coord_Cell(TacticalCoord) + MAP_CELL_W*2;
+					cell < Coord_Cell(TacticalCoord) + MAP_CELL_W*2 + Lepton_To_Cell(TacLeptonWidth)+1; cell++) {
+					(*this)[cell].Redraw_Objects();
+				}
+			}
+			if (num > 3) {
+				for (cell = Coord_Cell(TacticalCoord) + MAP_CELL_W*3;
+					cell < Coord_Cell(TacticalCoord) + MAP_CELL_W*3 + Lepton_To_Cell(TacLeptonWidth)+1; cell++) {
+					(*this)[cell].Redraw_Objects();
+				}
+			}
+			if (num > 4) {
+				for (cell = Coord_Cell(TacticalCoord) + MAP_CELL_W*4;
+					cell < Coord_Cell(TacticalCoord) + MAP_CELL_W*4 + Lepton_To_Cell(TacLeptonWidth)+1; cell++) {
+					(*this)[cell].Redraw_Objects();
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Check for a movement of the tactical map. If there has been some
+		**	movement, then part (or all) of the icons must be redrawn.
+		*/
+		if (Lepton_To_Pixel(Coord_X(DesiredTacticalCoord)) != Lepton_To_Pixel(Coord_X(TacticalCoord)) ||
+			Lepton_To_Pixel(Coord_Y(DesiredTacticalCoord)) != Lepton_To_Pixel(Coord_Y(TacticalCoord))) {
+
+			int xmod = Lepton_To_Pixel(Coord_X(DesiredTacticalCoord));
+			int ymod = Lepton_To_Pixel(Coord_Y(DesiredTacticalCoord));
+
+			int oldx = Lepton_To_Pixel(Coord_X(TacticalCoord))-xmod;		// Old relative offset.
+			int oldy = Lepton_To_Pixel(Coord_Y(TacticalCoord))-ymod;
+
+			int oldw = Lepton_To_Pixel(TacLeptonWidth)-ABS(oldx);			// Replicable width.
+			int oldh = Lepton_To_Pixel(TacLeptonHeight)-ABS(oldy);		// Replicable height.
+
+			if (oldw < 1) forced = true;
+			if (oldh < 1) forced = true;
+
+			/*
+			** Work out which map edges need to be redrawn
+			*/
+			BOOL redraw_right = (oldx < 0) ? TRUE : FALSE;		//Right hand edge
+			BOOL redraw_left  = (oldx > 0) ? TRUE : FALSE;		//Left hand edge
+			BOOL redraw_bottom= (oldy < 0) ? TRUE : FALSE;		//Bottom edge
+			BOOL redraw_top	= (oldy > 0) ? TRUE : FALSE;		//Top edge
+
+
+//Colour_Debug(2);
+			/*
+			**	Blit any replicable block to avoid having to drawstamp.
+			*/
+			CachedIconsDrawn=0;
+			UnCachedIconsDrawn=0;
+			if (!forced && (oldw != Lepton_To_Pixel(TacLeptonWidth) || oldh != Lepton_To_Pixel(TacLeptonHeight))) {
+				Set_Cursor_Pos(-1);
+				/*
+				** If hid page is in video memory then we may nned to blit from the seen page to
+				**  avoid blitting an overlapped region.
+				*/
+				if (HidPage.Get_IsDirectDraw() && !OverlappedVideoBlits){
+					Hide_Mouse();
+							SeenBuff.Blit(HidPage,
+									((oldx < 0) ? -oldx : 0) +TacPixelX,
+									((oldy < 0) ? -oldy : 0) +TacPixelY,
+									((oldx < 0) ? 0 : oldx) +TacPixelX,
+									((oldy < 0) ? 0 : oldy) +TacPixelY,
+									oldw,
+									oldh);
+					Show_Mouse();
+				}else{
+					HidPage.Blit(HidPage,
+									((oldx < 0) ? -oldx : 0) +TacPixelX,
+									((oldy < 0) ? -oldy : 0) +TacPixelY,
+									((oldx < 0) ? 0 : oldx) +TacPixelX,
+									((oldy < 0) ? 0 : oldy) +TacPixelY,
+									oldw,
+									oldh);
+				}
+			} else {
+				forced = true;
+			}
+
+			if (oldx < 0) oldx = 0;
+			if (oldy < 0) oldy = 0;
+
+			/*
+			** Record new map position for future reference.
+			*/
+			ScenarioInit++;
+			Set_Tactical_Position(DesiredTacticalCoord);
+			ScenarioInit--;
+
+			if (!forced) {
+
+				/*
+				**
+				**	Set the 'redraw stamp' bit for any cells that could not be copied.
+				**
+				*/
+				int startx = -Lepton_To_Pixel(Coord_XLepton(TacticalCoord));
+				int starty = -Lepton_To_Pixel(Coord_YLepton(TacticalCoord));
+				oldw -= 24;
+				oldh -= 24;
+
+				if (abs(oldx) < 0x25 && abs(oldy) < 0x25){
+
+					/*
+					** The width of the area we redraw depends on the scroll speed
+					*/
+					int extra_x = (abs(oldx)>=16) ? 2 : 1;
+					int extra_y = (abs(oldy)>=16) ? 2 : 1;
+
+					/*
+					** Flag the cells across the top of the visible area if required
+					*/
+					if (redraw_top){
+						for (y = starty; y <= starty+CELL_PIXEL_H*extra_y; y += CELL_PIXEL_H) {
+							for (x = startx; x <= Lepton_To_Pixel(TacLeptonWidth)+((CELL_PIXEL_W*2)); x += CELL_PIXEL_W) {
+								CELL c = Click_Cell_Calc(Bound(x, 0, Lepton_To_Pixel(TacLeptonWidth)-1) + TacPixelX,
+											Bound(y, 0, Lepton_To_Pixel(TacLeptonHeight)-1) + TacPixelY);
+
+								if (c > 0) (*this)[c].Redraw_Objects(true);
+							}
+						}
+					}
+
+					/*
+					** Flag the cells across the bottom of the visible area if required
+					*/
+					if (redraw_bottom){
+						for (y = Lepton_To_Pixel(TacLeptonHeight)-CELL_PIXEL_H*(1+extra_y); y <= Lepton_To_Pixel(TacLeptonHeight)+CELL_PIXEL_H*3; y += CELL_PIXEL_H) {
+							for (x = startx; x <= Lepton_To_Pixel(TacLeptonWidth)+((CELL_PIXEL_W*2)); x += CELL_PIXEL_W) {
+								CELL c = Click_Cell_Calc(Bound(x, 0, Lepton_To_Pixel(TacLeptonWidth)-1) + TacPixelX,
+											Bound(y, 0, Lepton_To_Pixel(TacLeptonHeight)-1) + TacPixelY);
+
+								if (c > 0) (*this)[c].Redraw_Objects(true);
+							}
+						}
+					}
+
+					/*
+					** Flag the cells down the left of the visible area if required
+					*/
+					if (redraw_left){
+						for (x = startx; x <= startx + CELL_PIXEL_W*extra_x; x += CELL_PIXEL_W) {
+							for (y = starty; y <= Lepton_To_Pixel(TacLeptonHeight)+((CELL_PIXEL_H*2)); y += CELL_PIXEL_H) {
+								CELL c = Click_Cell_Calc(Bound(x, 0, Lepton_To_Pixel(TacLeptonWidth)-1) + TacPixelX,
+											Bound(y, 0, Lepton_To_Pixel(TacLeptonHeight)-1) + TacPixelY);
+
+								if (c > 0) (*this)[c].Redraw_Objects(true);
+							}
+						}
+					}
+
+					/*
+					** Flag the cells down the right of the visible area if required
+					*/
+					if (redraw_right){
+						for (x = Lepton_To_Pixel(TacLeptonWidth)-CELL_PIXEL_W*(extra_x+1); x <= Lepton_To_Pixel(TacLeptonWidth)+CELL_PIXEL_W*3; x += CELL_PIXEL_W) {
+							for (y = starty; y <= Lepton_To_Pixel(TacLeptonHeight)+((CELL_PIXEL_H*2)); y += CELL_PIXEL_H) {
+								CELL c = Click_Cell_Calc(Bound(x, 0, Lepton_To_Pixel(TacLeptonWidth)-1) + TacPixelX,
+											Bound(y, 0, Lepton_To_Pixel(TacLeptonHeight)-1) + TacPixelY);
+
+								if (c > 0) (*this)[c].Redraw_Objects(true);
+							}
+						}
+					}
+
+				}else{
+
+					/*
+					**	Set the 'redraw stamp' bit for any cells that could not be copied.
+					*/
+					int startx = -Lepton_To_Pixel(Coord_XLepton(TacticalCoord));
+					int starty = -Lepton_To_Pixel(Coord_YLepton(TacticalCoord));
+					oldw -= 24;
+					oldh -= 24;
+					for (y = starty; y <= Lepton_To_Pixel(TacLeptonHeight)+((CELL_PIXEL_H*2)); y += CELL_PIXEL_H) {
+						for (x = startx; x <= Lepton_To_Pixel(TacLeptonWidth)+((CELL_PIXEL_W*2)); x += CELL_PIXEL_W) {
+							if (x <= oldx || x >= oldx+oldw || y <= oldy || y >= oldy+oldh) {
+								CELL c = Click_Cell_Calc(Bound(x, 0, Lepton_To_Pixel(TacLeptonWidth)-1) + TacPixelX,
+											Bound(y, 0, Lepton_To_Pixel(TacLeptonHeight)-1) + TacPixelY);
+
+								if (c > 0) {
+									(*this)[c].Redraw_Objects(true);
+								}
+							}
+						}
+					}
+				}
+			}
+
+		} else {
+
+			/*
+			**	Set the tactical coordinate just in case the desired tactical has changed but
+			**	not enough to result in any visible map change. This is likely to occur with very
+			**	slow scroll rates.
+			*/
+			ScenarioInit++;
+			if (DesiredTacticalCoord != TacticalCoord) {
+				Set_Tactical_Position(DesiredTacticalCoord);
+			}
+			ScenarioInit--;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	If the entire tactical map is forced to be redrawn, then set all the redraw flags
+		**	and let the normal processing take care of the rest.
+		*/
+		if (forced) {
+			CellRedraw.Set();
+		}
+
+//Colour_Debug(3);
+		/*
+		**	The first order of business is to redraw all the underlying icons that are
+		**	flagged to be redrawn.
+		*/
+		//Redraw_Icons(CELL_BLIT_ONLY);
+		Redraw_Icons(0);
+
+		/*
+		**	Once the icons are drawn, duplicate the bottom line of the screen into the phantom
+		**	area one line below the screen. This causes the predator effect to work on any
+		**	shape drawn at the bottom of the screen.
+		*/
+//Colour_Debug(4);
+#ifdef FIX_ME_LATER
+//		HidPage.Blit(HidPage, 0, HidPage.Get_Height()-1, 0, HidPage.Get_Height(), HidPage.Get_Width(), 1, false);
+#endif //FIX_ME_LATER
+		if (HidPage.Lock()){
+
+			//Redraw_Icons(CELL_DRAW_ONLY);
+
+			/*
+			**	Redraw the game objects layer by layer. The layer drawing occurs on the ground layer
+			**	first and then followed by all the layers in increasing altituded.
+			*/
+			for (LayerType layer = LAYER_GROUND; layer < LAYER_COUNT; layer++) {
+				for (int index = 0; index < Layer[layer].Count(); index++) {
+					Layer[layer][index]->Render(forced);
+				}
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	Finally, redraw the shadow overlay as necessary.
+			*/
+//Colour_Debug(5);
+			Redraw_Shadow();
+		}
+
+		Redraw_Shadow_Rects();
+
+		HidPage.Unlock();
+
+//Colour_Debug(8);
+		/*
+		**	Draw the rubber band over the top of it all.
+		*/
+		if (IsRubberBand) {
+			LogicPage->Draw_Rect(BandX+TacPixelX, BandY+TacPixelY, NewX+TacPixelX, NewY+TacPixelY, WHITE);
+		}
+		/*
+		**	Clear the redraw flags so that normal redraw flag setting can resume.
+		*/
+		CellRedraw.Reset();
+//Colour_Debug(0);
+
+#ifdef SCENARIO_EDITOR
+		/*
+		**	If we're placing an object (PendingObject is non-NULL), and that object
+		**	is NOT an icon, smudge, or overlay, draw it here.
+		**	Terrain, Buildings & Aircraft aren't drawn at the cell's center coord;
+		**	they're drawn at the upper left coord, so I have to AND the coord value
+		**	with 0xFF00FF00 to strip off the lepton coordinates, but leave the
+		**	cell coordinates.
+		*/
+		if (Debug_Map && PendingObjectPtr) {
+			PendingObjectPtr->Coord = PendingObjectPtr->Class_Of().Coord_Fixup(Cell_Coord(ZoneCell + ZoneOffset));
+			PendingObjectPtr->Render(true);
+		}
+#endif
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DisplayClass::Redraw_Icons -- Draws all terrain icons necessary.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will redraw all of the terrain icons that are flagged                       *
+ *    to be redrawn.                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none.                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   02/14/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   05/01/1994 JLB : Converted to member function.                                            *
+ *   06/20/1994 JLB : Uses cell drawing support function.                                      *
+ *   12/06/1994 JLB : Scans tactical view in separate row/colum loops                          *
+ *   12/24/1994 JLB : Uses the cell bit flag array to determine what to redraw.                *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void DisplayClass::Redraw_Icons(int draw_flags)
+{
+	IsShadowPresent = false;
+	for (int y = -Coord_YLepton(TacticalCoord); y <= TacLeptonHeight; y += CELL_LEPTON_H) {
+		for (int x = -Coord_XLepton(TacticalCoord); x <= TacLeptonWidth; x += CELL_LEPTON_W) {
+			COORDINATE coord = Coord_Add(TacticalCoord, XY_Coord(x, y));
+			CELL cell = Coord_Cell(coord);
+			coord = Cell_Coord(cell) & 0xFF00FF00L;
+
+			/*
+			**	Only cells flagged to be redraw are examined.
+			*/
+			if (In_View(cell) && Is_Cell_Flagged(cell)) {
+				int xpixel;
+				int ypixel;
+
+				if (Coord_To_Pixel(coord, xpixel, ypixel)) {
+					CellClass * cellptr = &(*this)[Coord_Cell(coord)];
+
+					/*
+					**	If there is a portion of the underlying icon that could be visible,
+					**	then draw it.  Also draw the cell if the shroud is off.
+					*/
+					if (cellptr->IsVisible || Debug_Unshroud) {
+						cellptr->Draw_It(xpixel, ypixel, draw_flags);
+					}
+
+					/*
+					**	If any cell is not fully mapped, then flag it so that the shadow drawing
+					**	process will occur.  Only draw the shadow if Debug_Unshroud is false.
+					*/
+					if (!cellptr->IsMapped && !Debug_Unshroud) {
+						IsShadowPresent = true;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DisplayClass::Redraw_Shadow -- Draw the shadow overlay.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called after all other tactical map rendering takes place. It draws      *
+ *    the shadow map over the tactical map.                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/01/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   08/06/1995 JLB : Clips the fill rect if necessary.                                        *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void DisplayClass::Redraw_Shadow(void)
+{
+	if (IsShadowPresent) {
+		for (int y = -Coord_YLepton(TacticalCoord); y <= TacLeptonHeight; y += CELL_LEPTON_H) {
+			for (int x = -Coord_XLepton(TacticalCoord); x <= TacLeptonWidth; x += CELL_LEPTON_W) {
+				COORDINATE coord = Coord_Add(TacticalCoord, XY_Coord(x, y));
+				CELL cell = Coord_Cell(coord);
+				coord = Cell_Coord(cell) & 0xFF00FF00;
+
+				/*
+				**	Only cells flagged to be redraw are examined.
+				*/
+				if (In_View(cell) && Is_Cell_Flagged(cell)) {
+					int xpixel;
+					int ypixel;
+
+					if (Coord_To_Pixel(coord, xpixel, ypixel)) {
+						CellClass * cellptr = &(*this)[Coord_Cell(coord)];
+
+						if (!cellptr->IsMapped) {
+							if (cellptr->IsVisible) {
+								int shadow = Cell_Shadow(cell);
+								if (shadow >= 0) {
+									CC_Draw_Shape(ShadowShapes, shadow, xpixel, ypixel, WINDOW_TACTICAL, SHAPE_GHOST, NULL, ShadowTrans);
+								}
+							}
+						}
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DisplayClass::Redraw_Shadow -- Draw the shadow overlay.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called after all other tactical map rendering takes place. It draws      *
+ *    the shadow map over the tactical map.                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/01/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   08/06/1995 JLB : Clips the fill rect if necessary.                                        *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void DisplayClass::Redraw_Shadow_Rects(void)
+{
+	if (IsShadowPresent) {
+		for (int y = -Coord_YLepton(TacticalCoord); y <= TacLeptonHeight; y += CELL_LEPTON_H) {
+			for (int x = -Coord_XLepton(TacticalCoord); x <= TacLeptonWidth; x += CELL_LEPTON_W) {
+				COORDINATE coord = Coord_Add(TacticalCoord, XY_Coord(x, y));
+				CELL cell = Coord_Cell(coord);
+				coord = Cell_Coord(cell) & 0xFF00FF00;
+
+				/*
+				**	Only cells flagged to be redraw are examined.
+				*/
+				if (In_View(cell) && Is_Cell_Flagged(cell)) {
+					int xpixel;
+					int ypixel;
+
+					if (Coord_To_Pixel(coord, xpixel, ypixel)) {
+						CellClass * cellptr = &(*this)[Coord_Cell(coord)];
+
+						if (!cellptr->IsMapped) {
+							if (!cellptr->IsVisible) {
+								int ww = CELL_PIXEL_W;
+								int hh = CELL_PIXEL_H;
+
+								if (Clip_Rect(&xpixel, &ypixel, &ww, &hh, Lepton_To_Pixel(TacLeptonWidth), Lepton_To_Pixel(TacLeptonHeight)) >= 0) {
+									LogicPage->Fill_Rect(TacPixelX+xpixel, TacPixelY+ypixel, TacPixelX+xpixel+ww-1, TacPixelY+ypixel+hh-1, BLACK);
+								}
+							}
+						}
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DisplayClass::Next_Object -- Searches for next object on display.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This utility routine is used to find the "next" object from the object specified. This   *
+ *    is typically used when <TAB> is pressed and the current object shifts.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   object   -- The current object to base the "next" calculation off of.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the next object. If there is no objects available,       *
+ *          then NULL is returned.                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/20/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+ObjectClass * DisplayClass::Next_Object(ObjectClass * object)
+{
+	ObjectClass * firstobj = 0;
+	bool foundmatch = false;
+
+	if (!object) {
+		foundmatch = true;
+	}
+	for (unsigned uindex = 0; uindex < Layer[LAYER_GROUND].Count(); uindex++) {
+		ObjectClass * obj = Layer[LAYER_GROUND][uindex];
+
+		/*
+		**	Verify that the object can be selected by and is owned by the player.
+		*/
+		if (obj && obj->Is_Techno() && ((TechnoClass *)obj)->IsDiscoveredByPlayer && obj->Class_Of().IsSelectable && obj->Owner() == PlayerPtr->Class->House) {
+			if (!firstobj) firstobj = obj;
+			if (foundmatch) return(obj);
+			if (object == obj) foundmatch = true;
+		}
+	}
+	return(firstobj);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DisplayClass::Prev_Object -- Searches for the previous object on the map.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will search for the previous object. Previous is defined as the one listed  *
+ *    before the specified object in the ground layer. If there is no specified object, then   *
+ *    the last object in the ground layer is returned.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   object   -- Pointer to the object that "previous" is to be defined from.           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the object previous to the specified one.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/24/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+ObjectClass * DisplayClass::Prev_Object(ObjectClass * object)
+{
+	ObjectClass * firstobj = 0;
+	bool foundmatch = false;
+
+	if (!object) {
+		foundmatch = true;
+	}
+	for (int uindex = Layer[LAYER_GROUND].Count()-1; uindex >= 0; uindex--) {
+		ObjectClass * obj = Layer[LAYER_GROUND][uindex];
+
+		/*
+		**	Verify that the object can be selected by and is owned by the player.
+		*/
+		if (obj && obj->Is_Techno() && ((TechnoClass *)obj)->IsDiscoveredByPlayer && obj->Class_Of().IsSelectable && obj->Owner() == PlayerPtr->Class->House) {
+			if (!firstobj) firstobj = obj;
+			if (foundmatch) return(obj);
+			if (object == obj) foundmatch = true;
+		}
+	}
+	return(firstobj);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DisplayClass::Pixel_To_Coord -- converts screen coord to COORDINATE                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      x,y      pixel coordinates to convert                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      COORDINATE of pixel                                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/09/1994 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *   12/06/1994 JLB : Uses map dimension variables in display class.                           *
+ *   12/10/1994 JLB : Uses union to speed building coordinate value.                           *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+COORDINATE DisplayClass::Pixel_To_Coord(int x, int y)
+{
+	/*
+	**	Normalize the pixel coorindates to be relative to the upper left corner
+	**	of the tactical map. The coordinates are expressed in leptons.
+	*/
+	x -= TacPixelX;
+	x = Pixel_To_Lepton(x);
+	y -= TacPixelY;
+	y = Pixel_To_Lepton(y);
+
+	/*
+	**	If pixel coordinate is over the tactical map, then translate it into a coordinate
+	**	value. If not, then just return with NULL.
+	*/
+	if ((unsigned)x < TacLeptonWidth && (unsigned)y < TacLeptonHeight) {
+		return(Coord_Add(TacticalCoord, XY_Coord(x, y)));
+	}
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DisplayClass::Calculated_Cell -- Fetch a map cell based on specified method.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Find a cell meeting the specified requirements. This function is                         *
+ *    used for scenario reinforcements.                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   dir   -- Method of picking a map cell.                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          house -- The house to base calculation on.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the calculated cell. If 0, then this indicates                        *
+ *          that no legal cell was found.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/07/1992 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   04/11/1994 JLB : Revamped.                                                                *
+ *   05/18/1994 JLB : Converted to member function.                                            *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+CELL DisplayClass::Calculated_Cell(SourceType dir, HousesType house)
+{
+	CELL	cell = 0;	// Working cell number.
+
+	while (cell == 0) {
+		int x,y;
+		int index;
+
+		/*
+		**	Select a candidate cell based on the desired method.
+		*/
+		switch (dir) {
+
+			/*
+			**	Looks for the northern most straight path shipping lane and returns
+			**	the cell of one of the ends.
+			*/
+			case SOURCE_SHIPPING:
+				for (y = 0; y < MapCellHeight; y++) {
+					for (x = 0; x < MapCellWidth; x++) {
+						if ((*this)[XY_Cell(MapCellX+x, MapCellY+y)].Land_Type() != LAND_WATER) break;
+					}
+					if (x == MapCellWidth) {
+						return(XY_Cell(MapCellX+MapCellWidth, MapCellY+y));
+					}
+				}
+				return(0);
+
+			/*
+			**	Select a map edge.
+			*/
+			case SOURCE_NORTH:
+				index = Random_Pick(1, MapCellWidth);
+				for (x = 0; x < MapCellWidth; x++) {
+					cell = XY_Cell(MapCellX+((x+index)%MapCellWidth), MapCellY-1);
+					if ((*this)[cell].Is_Generally_Clear() && (*this)[cell+MAP_CELL_W].Is_Generally_Clear()) break;
+				}
+				if (x == MapCellWidth) return(0);
+				break;
+
+			case SOURCE_EAST:
+				index = Random_Pick(1, MapCellHeight);
+				for (y = 0; y < MapCellHeight; y++) {
+					cell = XY_Cell(MapCellX+MapCellWidth, MapCellY+((y+index)%MapCellHeight));
+					if ((*this)[cell].Is_Generally_Clear() && (*this)[cell-1].Is_Generally_Clear()) break;
+				}
+				if (y == MapCellHeight) return(0);
+				break;
+
+			case SOURCE_SOUTH:
+				index = Random_Pick(1, MapCellWidth);
+				for (x = 0; x < MapCellWidth; x++) {
+					cell = XY_Cell(MapCellX+((x+index)%MapCellWidth), MapCellY+MapCellHeight);
+					if ((*this)[cell].Is_Generally_Clear() && (*this)[cell-MAP_CELL_W].Is_Generally_Clear()) break;
+				}
+				if (x == MapCellWidth) return(0);
+				break;
+
+			case SOURCE_WEST:
+				index = Random_Pick(1, MapCellHeight);
+				for (y = 0; y < MapCellHeight; y++) {
+					cell = XY_Cell(MapCellX-1, MapCellY+((y+index)%MapCellHeight));
+					if ((*this)[cell].Is_Generally_Clear() && (*this)[cell+1].Is_Generally_Clear()) break;
+				}
+				if (y == MapCellHeight) return(0);
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			**	Drop in at a random location.
+			*/
+			case SOURCE_AIR:
+				cell = Waypoint[WAYPT_REINF];
+				if (cell < 1) {
+					cell = Coord_Cell(TacticalCoord);
+					return(cell);
+				} else {
+					if ((*this)[cell].Cell_Techno()) {
+						for (int radius = 1; radius < 7; radius++) {
+							CELL newcell = Coord_Cell(Coord_Scatter(Cell_Coord(cell), radius << 8, true));
+							if (In_Radar(newcell) && !(*this)[newcell].Cell_Techno()) {
+								cell = newcell;
+								break;
+							}
+						}
+					}
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			**	Dramatic entry point is somewhere on the visible screen as defined
+			**	by the current tactical map position.
+			*/
+			case SOURCE_VISIBLE:
+				cell = XY_Cell(Coord_XCell(TacticalCoord)+Random_Pick(0, Lepton_To_Cell(TacLeptonWidth)-1), Coord_YCell(TacticalCoord)+Random_Pick(0, Lepton_To_Cell(TacLeptonHeight)-1));
+				if (house == PlayerPtr->Class->House && !In_Radar(cell)) {
+					cell = 0;
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			**	Drop off near friendly base or near a friendly unit or
+			**	just randomly if all else fails.
+			*/
+			case SOURCE_ENEMYBASE:
+			case SOURCE_HOMEBASE:
+				return(0);
+
+			/*
+			**	Find an unoccupied beach cell.
+			*/
+			case SOURCE_BEACH: {
+				CELL	cells[MAP_CELL_W];
+				CELL	alternate[MAP_CELL_W];
+				unsigned	counter=0;
+
+				for (x = 0; x < MapCellWidth; x++) {
+					CELL	newcell = 0;
+
+					if ((*this)[XY_Cell(x + MapCellX, MapCellHeight + MapCellY)].Land_Type() != LAND_WATER) continue;
+					if ((*this)[XY_Cell(x + MapCellX, MapCellHeight + MapCellY-1)].Land_Type() != LAND_WATER) continue;
+					for (y = MapCellHeight; y >= 0; y--) {
+						newcell = XY_Cell(x + MapCellX, y + MapCellY);
+						if ((*this)[newcell].Cell_Techno()) {
+							break;
+						}
+						if ((*this)[newcell].Land_Type() != LAND_WATER) {
+							break;
+						}
+					}
+					LandType land = (*this)[newcell].Land_Type();
+					if (( land == LAND_BEACH || land == LAND_CLEAR || land == LAND_ROAD) &&
+						!(*this)[newcell].Cell_Techno() &&
+						!(*this)[newcell].Cell_Terrain() &&
+						!(*this)[newcell-MAP_CELL_W].Cell_Techno() &&
+						!(*this)[newcell-MAP_CELL_W].Cell_Terrain() &&
+						!(*this)[newcell-(MAP_CELL_W*2)].Cell_Terrain() &&
+						!(*this)[newcell-(MAP_CELL_W*2)].Cell_Techno()) {
+
+						cells[counter++] = newcell;
+						if (counter >= (sizeof(cells) / sizeof(cells[0]))) {
+							break;
+						}
+					}
+				}
+
+				/*
+				**	Fixup entry list so that it doesn't come close to blocking terrain or other
+				**	units.
+				*/
+				int counter2 = 0;
+				for (int index = 1; index < counter-1; index++) {
+					if (Cell_X(cells[index-1])+1 == Cell_X(cells[index]) && Cell_X(cells[index+1])-1 == Cell_X(cells[index])) {
+						alternate[counter2++] = cells[index];
+					}
+				}
+
+				CELL cell = 0;
+				if (counter2) {
+					if (counter2 < 4) {
+						cell = alternate[counter2-1];
+					} else {
+						cell = alternate[counter2 - (counter2 / 4)];
+					}
+				} else {
+					if (counter) {
+						if (counter < 4) {
+							cell = cells[counter-1];
+						} else {
+							cell = cells[counter - (counter / 4)];
+						}
+					}
+				}
+				if (cell) {
+					if (Map.Theater == THEATER_DESERT) {
+						cell += MAP_CELL_W;
+					}
+				}
+				return(cell);
+			}
+
+			case SOURCE_OCEAN:
+				cell = XY_Cell(Random_Pick(0, MapCellWidth-2)+MapCellX, MapCellHeight+MapCellY);
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				return(0);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	The selected edge cell must be unoccupied and if this is for
+		**	the player, then it must be on an accessible map cell.
+		*/
+		cell &= 0x0FFF;
+		if (cell && (*this)[cell].Cell_Techno()) {
+			cell = 0;
+		}
+	}
+	return(cell);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DisplayClass::Select_These -- All selectable objects in region are selected.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to simultaneously select all objects within the coordinate region       *
+ *    specified. This routine is used by the multi-select rubber band handler.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   coord1   -- Coordinate of one corner of the selection region.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          coord2   -- The opposite corner of the selection region.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   04/25/1995 JLB : Limited to non-building type.                                            *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void DisplayClass::Select_These(COORDINATE coord1, COORDINATE coord2)
+{
+	COORDINATE tcoord = TacticalCoord;	//Cell_Coord(TacticalCell) & 0xFF00FF00L;
+
+	coord1 = Coord_Add(tcoord, coord1);
+	coord2 = Coord_Add(tcoord, coord2);
+	int x1 = Coord_X(coord1);
+	int x2 = Coord_X(coord2);
+	int y1 = Coord_Y(coord1);
+	int y2 = Coord_Y(coord2);
+
+	/*
+	**	Ensure that coordinate number one represents the upper left corner
+	**	and coordinate number two represents the lower right corner.
+	*/
+	if (x1 > x2) {
+		int temp = x1;
+		x1 = x2;
+		x2 = temp;
+	}
+	if (y1 > y2) {
+		int temp = y1;
+		y1 = y2;
+		y2 = temp;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Sweep through all ground layer objects and select the ones within the
+	**	bounding box.
+	*/
+	Unselect_All();
+	AllowVoice = true;
+	for (int index = 0; index < Layer[LAYER_GROUND].Count(); index++) {
+		ObjectClass * obj = Layer[LAYER_GROUND][index];
+		COORDINATE ocoord = obj->Center_Coord();
+		int x = Coord_X(ocoord);
+		int y = Coord_Y(ocoord);
+
+		/*
+		**	Only try to select objects that are owned by the player, are allowed to be
+		**	selected, and are within the bouding box.
+		*/
+		if (	obj->Owner() == PlayerPtr->Class->House &&
+				obj->Class_Of().IsSelectable &&
+				obj->What_Am_I() != RTTI_BUILDING &&
+				x >= x1 && x <= x2 && y >= y1 && y <= y2) {
+
+			if (obj->Select()) {
+				AllowVoice = false;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	AllowVoice = true;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DisplayClass::Refresh_Band -- Causes all cells under the rubber band to be redrawn.         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to flag all cells that are covered in some fashion by the multi-unit    *
+ *    select "rubber band" to be redrawn. This is necessary whenever the rubber band changes   *
+ *    size or is being removed.                                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void DisplayClass::Refresh_Band(void)
+{
+	if (IsRubberBand) {
+
+		/*
+		**	In rubber band mode, mark all cells under the "rubber band" to be
+		**	redrawn.
+		*/
+		int x1 = BandX+TacPixelX;
+		int y1 = BandY+TacPixelY;
+		int x2 = NewX+TacPixelX;
+		int y2 = NewY+TacPixelY;
+
+		if (x1 > x2) {
+			int temp = x1;
+			x1 = x2;
+			x2 = temp;
+		}
+		if (y1 > y2) {
+			int temp = y1;
+			y1 = y2;
+			y2 = temp;
+		}
+
+		CELL cell;
+		for (int y = y1; y <= y2+CELL_PIXEL_H; y += CELL_PIXEL_H) {
+			cell = Click_Cell_Calc(x1, Bound(y, 0, TacPixelY+Lepton_To_Pixel(TacLeptonHeight)));
+			if (cell != -1) (*this)[cell].Redraw_Objects();
+
+			cell = Click_Cell_Calc(x2, Bound(y, 0, TacPixelY+Lepton_To_Pixel(TacLeptonHeight)));
+			if (cell != -1) (*this)[cell].Redraw_Objects();
+		}
+
+		for (int x = x1; x <= x2+CELL_PIXEL_W; x += CELL_PIXEL_W) {
+			cell = Click_Cell_Calc(Bound(x, 0, TacPixelX+Lepton_To_Pixel(TacLeptonWidth)), y1);
+			if (cell != -1) (*this)[cell].Redraw_Objects();
+
+			cell = Click_Cell_Calc(Bound(x, 0, TacPixelX+Lepton_To_Pixel(TacLeptonWidth)), y2);
+			if (cell != -1) (*this)[cell].Redraw_Objects();
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DisplayClass::TacticalClass::Action -- Processes input for the tactical map.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine handles the input directed at the tactical map. Since input, in this        *
+ *    regard, includes even the presence of the mouse over the tactical map, this routine      *
+ *    is called nearly every game frame. It handles adjusting the mouse shape as well as       *
+ *    giving orders to units.                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   flags -- The gadget event flags that triggered the call to this function.          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          key   -- A reference to the keyboard event (if any).                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Should processing be aborted on any succeeding buttons in the chain?         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   02/17/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int DisplayClass::TacticalClass::Action(unsigned flags, KeyNumType & key)
+{
+	int		x,y;					// Sub cell pixel coordinates.
+	bool		shadow;
+	ObjectClass *object = 0;
+	ActionType action = ACTION_NONE;		// Action possible with currently selected object.
+
+	/*
+	**	Set some working variables that depend on the mouse position. For the press
+	**	or release event, special mouse queuing storage variables are used. Other
+	**	events must use the current mouse position globals.
+	*/
+	bool edge = false;
+	if (flags & (LEFTPRESS|LEFTRELEASE|RIGHTPRESS|RIGHTRELEASE)) {
+		x = _Kbd->MouseQX;
+		y = _Kbd->MouseQY;
+	} else {
+		x = Get_Mouse_X();
+		y = Get_Mouse_Y();
+
+		if (x == 0 || y == 199 || x == 319) edge = true;
+	}
+	COORDINATE coord = Map.Pixel_To_Coord(x, y);
+	CELL cell = Coord_Cell(coord);
+//	CELL cell = Map.Click_Cell_Calc(x, y);
+	if (coord) {
+		shadow = (!Map[cell].IsVisible && !Debug_Unshroud);
+		x -= Map.TacPixelX;
+		y -= Map.TacPixelY;
+
+		/*
+		** Cause any displayed cursor to move along with the mouse cursor.
+		*/
+		if (cell != Map.ZoneCell) {
+			Map.Set_Cursor_Pos(cell);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Determine the object that the mouse is currently over.
+		*/
+		if (!shadow) {
+//			int xxx = x + Lepton_To_Pixel(Coord_XLepton(Map.TacticalCoord));
+//			int yyy = y + Lepton_To_Pixel(Coord_YLepton(Map.TacticalCoord));
+//			object = Map.Cell_Object(cell, xxx % CELL_PIXEL_W, yyy % CELL_PIXEL_H);
+			object = Map.Close_Object(coord);
+
+			/*
+			**	Special case check to ignore cloaked object if not owned by the player.
+			*/
+//			if (object && object->Is_Techno() && !((TechnoClass *)object)->IsOwnedByPlayer && ((TechnoClass *)object)->Cloak == CLOAKED) {
+//				object = NULL;
+//			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	If there is a currently selected object, then the action to perform if
+		**	the left mouse button were clicked must be determined.
+		*/
+		if (CurrentObject.Count()) {
+			if (object) {
+				action = CurrentObject[0]->What_Action(object);
+			} else {
+				action = CurrentObject[0]->What_Action(cell);
+			}
+		} else {
+			if (object && object->Class_Of().IsSelectable) {
+				action = ACTION_SELECT;
+			}
+
+			if (Map.IsRepairMode) {
+				if (object && object->Owner() == PlayerPtr->Class->House && object->Can_Repair()) {
+					action = ACTION_REPAIR;
+				} else {
+					action = ACTION_NO_REPAIR;
+				}
+			}
+
+			if (Map.IsSellMode) {
+				if (object && object->Owner() == PlayerPtr->Class->House && object->Can_Demolish()) {
+					if (object->What_Am_I() == RTTI_BUILDING) {
+						action = ACTION_SELL;
+					} else {
+						action = ACTION_SELL_UNIT;
+					}
+				} else {
+
+					/*
+					**	Check to see if the cursor is over an owned wall.
+					*/
+					if (Map[cell].Overlay != OVERLAY_NONE &&
+						OverlayTypeClass::As_Reference(Map[cell].Overlay).IsWall &&
+						Map[cell].Owner == PlayerPtr->Class->House) {
+							action = ACTION_SELL;
+					} else {
+						action = ACTION_NO_SELL;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+
+			if (Map.IsTargettingMode == SPC_ION_CANNON) {
+				action = ACTION_ION;
+			}
+
+			if (Map.IsTargettingMode == SPC_NUCLEAR_BOMB) {
+				action = ACTION_NUKE_BOMB;
+			}
+
+			if (Map.IsTargettingMode == SPC_AIR_STRIKE) {
+				action = ACTION_AIR_STRIKE;
+			}
+
+			if (Map.PendingObject) {
+				action = ACTION_NONE;
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Move any cursor displayed.
+		*/
+		if (cell != Map.ZoneCell) {
+			Map.Set_Cursor_Pos(cell);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	A right mouse button press cancels the current action or selection.
+		*/
+		if (flags & RIGHTPRESS) {
+			Map.Mouse_Right_Press();
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Make sure that if the mouse button has been released and the map doesn't know about it,
+		**	then it must be informed. Do this by faking a mouse release event.
+		*/
+		if ((flags & LEFTUP) && Map.IsRubberBand) {
+			flags |= LEFTRELEASE;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	When the mouse buttons aren't pressed, only the mouse cursor shape is processed.
+		**	The shape changes depending on what object the mouse is currently over and what
+		**	object is currently selected.
+		*/
+		if (!edge) {
+			if (flags & LEFTUP) {
+				Map.Mouse_Left_Up(shadow, object, action);
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Normal actions occur when the mouse button is released. The press event is
+		**	intercepted and possible rubber-band mode is flagged.
+		*/
+		if (flags & LEFTRELEASE) {
+			Map.Mouse_Left_Release(cell, x, y, object, action);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	When the mouse is first pressed on the map, then record the mouse
+		**	position so that a proper check before going into rubber band
+		**	mode can be made. Rubber band mode starts when the mouse is
+		**	held down and moved a certain minimum distance.
+		*/
+		if (!edge && (flags & LEFTPRESS)) {
+			Map.Mouse_Left_Press(x, y);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	While the mouse is being held down, determine if rubber band mode should
+		**	start. If rubber band mode is already active, then update the size
+		**	and flag the map to redraw it.
+		*/
+		if (flags & LEFTHELD) {
+			Map.Mouse_Left_Held(x, y);
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(GadgetClass::Action(0, key));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DisplayClass::Mouse_Right_Press -- Handles the right mouse button press.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called when the right mouse button is pressed. This action is supposed   *
+ *    to cancel whatever mode or process is active. If there is nothing to cancel, then it     *
+ *    will default to unselecting any units that might be currently selected.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   02/24/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void DisplayClass::Mouse_Right_Press(void)
+{
+	if (PendingObjectPtr && PendingObjectPtr->Is_Techno()) {
+		//PendingObjectPtr->Transmit_Message(RADIO_OVER_OUT);
+		PendingObjectPtr = 0;
+		PendingObject = 0;
+		PendingHouse = HOUSE_NONE;
+		Set_Cursor_Shape(0);
+	} else {
+		if (IsRepairMode) {
+			IsRepairMode = false;
+		} else {
+			if (IsSellMode) {
+				IsSellMode = false;
+			} else {
+				if (IsTargettingMode) {
+					IsTargettingMode = false;
+				} else {
+					Unselect_All();
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	Set_Default_Mouse(MOUSE_NORMAL, false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DisplayClass::Mouse_Left_Up -- Handles the left mouse "cruising" over the map.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called continuously while the mouse is over the tactical map but there   *
+ *    are no mouse buttons pressed. Typically, this adjusts the mouse shape and the pop-up     *
+ *    help text.                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   shadow   -- Is the mouse hovering over shadowed terrain?                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          object   -- Pointer to the object that the mouse is currently over (may be NULL).  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          action   -- This is the action that the currently selected object (if any) will    *
+ *                      perform if the left mouse button were clicked at this location.        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   02/24/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   07/05/1995 JLB : Removed pop up help text for shadow and terrain after #3.                *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void DisplayClass::Mouse_Left_Up(bool shadow, ObjectClass * object, ActionType action, bool wwsmall)
+{
+	IsTentative = false;
+
+	/*
+	**	Don't allow selection of an object that is located in shadowed terrain.
+	**	In fact, just show the normal move cursor in order to keep the shadowed
+	**	terrain a mystery.
+	*/
+	if (shadow) {
+		switch (action) {
+			case ACTION_GUARD_AREA:
+				Set_Default_Mouse(MOUSE_AREA_GUARD, wwsmall);
+				break;
+
+			case ACTION_NONE:
+				Set_Default_Mouse(MOUSE_NORMAL, wwsmall);
+				break;
+
+			case ACTION_NO_SELL:
+			case ACTION_SELL:
+			case ACTION_SELL_UNIT:
+				Set_Default_Mouse(MOUSE_NO_SELL_BACK, wwsmall);
+				break;
+
+			case ACTION_NO_REPAIR:
+			case ACTION_REPAIR:
+				Set_Default_Mouse(MOUSE_NO_REPAIR, wwsmall);
+				break;
+
+			case ACTION_ION:
+				Set_Default_Mouse(MOUSE_ION_CANNON, wwsmall);
+				break;
+
+			case ACTION_NUKE_BOMB:
+				Set_Default_Mouse(MOUSE_NUCLEAR_BOMB, wwsmall);
+				break;
+
+			case ACTION_AIR_STRIKE:
+				Set_Default_Mouse(MOUSE_AIR_STRIKE, wwsmall);
+				break;
+
+			case ACTION_NOMOVE:
+				if (CurrentObject.Count() && CurrentObject[0]->What_Am_I() == RTTI_AIRCRAFT) {
+					Set_Default_Mouse(MOUSE_NO_MOVE, wwsmall);
+					break;
+				}
+				// Fall into next case for non aircraft object types.
+
+			default:
+				Set_Default_Mouse(MOUSE_CAN_MOVE, wwsmall);
+				break;
+
+		}
+	} else {
+
+		/*
+		**	Change the mouse shape according to the default action that will occur
+		**	if the mouse button were clicked at this location.
+		*/
+		switch (action) {
+			case ACTION_TOGGLE_SELECT:
+			case ACTION_SELECT:
+				Set_Default_Mouse(MOUSE_CAN_SELECT, wwsmall);
+				break;
+
+			case ACTION_MOVE:
+				Set_Default_Mouse(MOUSE_CAN_MOVE, wwsmall);
+				break;
+
+			case ACTION_GUARD_AREA:
+				Set_Default_Mouse(MOUSE_AREA_GUARD, wwsmall);
+				break;
+
+			case ACTION_HARVEST:
+			case ACTION_ATTACK:
+				Set_Default_Mouse(MOUSE_CAN_ATTACK, wwsmall);
+				break;
+
+			case ACTION_SABOTAGE:
+				Set_Default_Mouse(MOUSE_DEMOLITIONS, wwsmall);
+				break;
+
+			case ACTION_ENTER:
+			case ACTION_CAPTURE:
+				Set_Default_Mouse(MOUSE_ENTER, wwsmall);
+				break;
+
+			case ACTION_NOMOVE:
+				Set_Default_Mouse(MOUSE_NO_MOVE, wwsmall);
+				break;
+
+			case ACTION_NO_SELL:
+				Set_Default_Mouse(MOUSE_NO_SELL_BACK, wwsmall);
+				break;
+
+			case ACTION_NO_REPAIR:
+				Set_Default_Mouse(MOUSE_NO_REPAIR, wwsmall);
+				break;
+
+			case ACTION_SELF:
+				Set_Default_Mouse(MOUSE_DEPLOY, wwsmall);
+				break;
+
+			case ACTION_REPAIR:
+				Set_Default_Mouse(MOUSE_REPAIR, wwsmall);
+				break;
+
+			case ACTION_SELL_UNIT:
+				Set_Default_Mouse(MOUSE_SELL_UNIT, wwsmall);
+				break;
+
+			case ACTION_SELL:
+				Set_Default_Mouse(MOUSE_SELL_BACK, wwsmall);
+				break;
+
+			case ACTION_ION:
+				Set_Default_Mouse(MOUSE_ION_CANNON, wwsmall);
+				break;
+
+			case ACTION_NUKE_BOMB:
+				Set_Default_Mouse(MOUSE_NUCLEAR_BOMB, wwsmall);
+				break;
+
+			case ACTION_AIR_STRIKE:
+				Set_Default_Mouse(MOUSE_AIR_STRIKE, wwsmall);
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				Set_Default_Mouse(MOUSE_NORMAL, wwsmall);
+				break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Give a generic help message when over shadow terrain.
+	*/
+	if (shadow) {
+		if (Scenario < 4) {
+			Help_Text(TXT_SHADOW);
+		} else {
+			Help_Text(TXT_NONE);
+		}
+	} else {
+
+		/*
+		**	If the mouse is held over objects on the map, then help text may
+		**	pop up that tells what the object is. This call informs the help
+		**	system of the text name for the object under the mouse.
+		*/
+		if (object) {
+			int text;
+			int color = LTGREY;
+
+			/*
+			**	Fetch the appropriate background color for help text.
+			*/
+			if (PlayerPtr->Is_Ally(object)) {
+				color = CC_GREEN;
+			} else {
+				if (object->Owner() == HOUSE_NONE || object->Owner() == HOUSE_NEUTRAL) {
+					color = LTGREY;
+				} else {
+					color = PINK;
+				}
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	Fetch the name of the object. If it is an enemy object, then
+			**	the exact identity is glossed over with a generic text.
+			*/
+			text = object->Full_Name();
+			if (object->Is_Techno() && !((TechnoTypeClass const &)object->Class_Of()).IsNominal) {
+
+				if (!PlayerPtr->Is_Ally(object)) {
+					switch (object->What_Am_I()) {
+						case RTTI_INFANTRY:
+							text = TXT_ENEMY_SOLDIER;
+							break;
+
+						case RTTI_UNIT:
+							text = TXT_ENEMY_VEHICLE;
+							break;
+
+						case RTTI_BUILDING:
+							if ( *((BuildingClass*)object) != STRUCT_MISSION) {
+								text = TXT_ENEMY_STRUCTURE;
+							}
+							break;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+
+			if (Scenario > 3 || object->What_Am_I() != RTTI_TERRAIN) {
+				Help_Text(text, -1, -1, color);
+			} else {
+				Help_Text(TXT_NONE);
+			}
+		} else {
+			Help_Text(TXT_NONE);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DisplayClass::Mouse_Left_Release -- Handles the left mouse button release.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called when the left mouse button is released over the tactical map.     *
+ *    The release event is the workhorse of the game. Most actions occur at the moment of      *
+ *    mouse release.                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   cell     -- The cell that the mouse is over.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          x,y      -- The mouse pixel coordinate.                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          object   -- Pointer to the object that the mouse is over.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          action   -- The action that the currently selected object (if any) will            *
+ *                      perform.                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   02/24/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   03/27/1995 JLB : Handles sell and repair actions.                                         *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void DisplayClass::Mouse_Left_Release(CELL cell, int x, int y, ObjectClass * object, ActionType action, bool wwsmall)
+{
+	if (PendingObjectPtr) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Try to place the pending object onto the map.
+		*/
+		if (ProximityCheck) {
+			OutList.Add(EventClass(EventClass::PLACE, PendingObjectPtr->What_Am_I(), cell + ZoneOffset));
+		} else {
+			Speak(VOX_DEPLOY);
+		}
+
+	} else {
+
+		if (IsRubberBand) {
+			Refresh_Band();
+			Select_These(XYPixel_Coord(BandX, BandY), XYPixel_Coord(x, y));
+
+			Set_Default_Mouse(MOUSE_NORMAL, wwsmall);
+#ifdef NEVER
+			if (CurrentObject.Count()) {
+				if (CurrentObject[0]->Can_Player_Fire()) {
+					Set_Default_Mouse(MOUSE_CAN_ATTACK, wwsmall);
+				} else {
+					Set_Default_Mouse(MOUSE_NORMAL, wwsmall);
+				}
+			} else {
+				Set_Default_Mouse(MOUSE_NORMAL, wwsmall);
+			}
+#endif
+
+			IsRubberBand = false;
+			IsTentative = false;
+			Map.DisplayClass::IsToRedraw = true;
+			Map.Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+
+		} else {
+
+			/*
+			**	Toggle the select state of the object.
+			*/
+			if (action == ACTION_TOGGLE_SELECT) {
+				if (!object || !CurrentObject.Count() || CurrentObject[0]->Owner() != PlayerPtr->Class->House) {
+					action = ACTION_SELECT;
+				} else {
+					if (object->IsSelected) {
+						object->Unselect();
+					} else {
+						object->Select();
+					}
+				}
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	Selection of other object action.
+			*/
+			if (action == ACTION_SELECT || (action == ACTION_NONE && object && object->Class_Of().IsSelectable && !object->IsSelected)) {
+				Unselect_All();
+				object->Select();
+				Set_Default_Mouse(MOUSE_NORMAL, wwsmall);
+#ifdef NEVER
+				if (object->Can_Player_Fire()) {
+					Set_Default_Mouse(MOUSE_CAN_ATTACK, wwsmall);
+				} else {
+					Set_Default_Mouse(MOUSE_NORMAL, wwsmall);
+				}
+#endif
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	If an action was detected as possible, then pass this action event
+			**	to all selected objects.
+			*/
+			if (action != ACTION_NONE && action != ACTION_SELECT) {
+
+				/*
+				**	Pass the action to all the selected objects. But first, redetermine
+				**	what action that object should perform. This, seemingly redundant
+				**	process, is necessary since multiple objects could be selected and each
+				**	might perform a different action when the click occurs.
+				*/
+				bool doflash = true;
+				AllowVoice = true;
+				for (int index = 0; index < CurrentObject.Count(); index++) {
+					ObjectClass * tobject = CurrentObject[index];
+					if (object) {
+						tobject->Active_Click_With(tobject->What_Action(object), object);
+					} else {
+						tobject->Active_Click_With(tobject->What_Action(cell), cell);
+					}
+					AllowVoice = false;
+				}
+				AllowVoice = true;
+
+				if (action == ACTION_REPAIR && object->What_Am_I() == RTTI_BUILDING) {
+					OutList.Add(EventClass(EventClass::REPAIR, object->As_Target()));
+				}
+				if (action == ACTION_SELL_UNIT && object) {
+					switch (object->What_Am_I()) {
+						case RTTI_AIRCRAFT:
+						case RTTI_UNIT:
+							OutList.Add(EventClass(EventClass::SELL, object->As_Target()));
+							break;
+
+						default:
+							break;
+					}
+
+				}
+				if (action == ACTION_SELL) {
+					if (object) {
+						OutList.Add(EventClass(EventClass::SELL, object->As_Target()));
+					} else {
+						OutList.Add(EventClass(EventClass::SELL, ::As_Target(cell)));
+					}
+				}
+				if (action == ACTION_ION) {
+					OutList.Add(EventClass(EventClass::SPECIAL_PLACE, SPC_ION_CANNON, cell));
+				}
+				if (action == ACTION_NUKE_BOMB) {
+					OutList.Add(EventClass(EventClass::SPECIAL_PLACE, SPC_NUCLEAR_BOMB, cell));
+				}
+				if (action == ACTION_AIR_STRIKE) {
+					OutList.Add(EventClass(EventClass::SPECIAL_PLACE, SPC_AIR_STRIKE, cell));
+				}
+			}
+
+			IsTentative = false;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DisplayClass::Mouse_Left_Press -- Handles the left mouse button press.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Handle the left mouse button press while over the tactical map. If it isn't is           *
+ *    repair or sell mode, then a tentative transition to rubber band mode is flagged. If the  *
+ *    mouse moves a sufficient distance from this recorded position, then rubber band mode     *
+ *    is officially started.                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   x,y   -- The mouse coordinates at the time of the press.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   02/24/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void DisplayClass::Mouse_Left_Press(int x, int y)
+{
+	if (!IsRepairMode && !IsSellMode && !IsTargettingMode && !PendingObject) {
+		IsTentative = true;
+		BandX = x;
+		BandY = y;
+		NewX = x;
+		NewY = y;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DisplayClass::Mouse_Left_Held -- Handles the left button held down.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called continuously while the left mouse button is held down over        *
+ *    the tactical map. This handles the rubber band mode detection and dragging.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   x,y   -- The mouse coordinate.                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   02/24/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void DisplayClass::Mouse_Left_Held(int x, int y)
+{
+	if (IsRubberBand) {
+		if (x != NewX || y != NewY) {
+			x = Bound(x, 0, Lepton_To_Pixel(TacLeptonWidth)-1);
+			y = Bound(y, 0, Lepton_To_Pixel(TacLeptonHeight)-1);
+			Refresh_Band();
+			NewX = x;
+			NewY = y;
+			IsToRedraw = true;
+			Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+		}
+	} else {
+
+		/*
+		**	If the mouse is still held down while a tentative extended select is possible, then
+		**	check to see if the mouse has moved a sufficient distance in order to activate
+		**	extended select mode.
+		*/
+		if (IsTentative) {
+
+			/*
+			**	The mouse must have moved a minimum distance before rubber band mode can be
+			**	initiated.
+			*/
+			if (ABS(x - BandX) > 4 || ABS(y - BandY) > 4) {
+				IsRubberBand = true;
+				x = Bound(x, 0, Lepton_To_Pixel(TacLeptonWidth)-1);
+				y = Bound(y, 0, Lepton_To_Pixel(TacLeptonHeight)-1);
+				NewX = x;
+				NewY = y;
+				IsToRedraw = true;
+				Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DisplayClass::Set_Tactical_Position -- Sets the tactical view position.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to set the tactical view position. The requested position is        *
+ *    clipped to the map dimensions as necessary.                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   coord -- The coordinate desired for the upper left corner.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/13/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void DisplayClass::Set_Tactical_Position(COORDINATE coord)
+{
+	/*
+	**	Bound the desired location to fit the legal map edges.
+	*/
+	int xx = Coord_X(coord) - Cell_To_Lepton(MapCellX);
+	int yy = Coord_Y(coord) - Cell_To_Lepton(MapCellY);
+
+	Confine_Rect(&xx, &yy, TacLeptonWidth, TacLeptonHeight, Cell_To_Lepton(MapCellWidth), Cell_To_Lepton(MapCellHeight));
+	coord = XY_Coord(xx + Cell_To_Lepton(MapCellX), yy + Cell_To_Lepton(MapCellY));
+
+	if (ScenarioInit) {
+		TacticalCoord = coord;
+	}
+	DesiredTacticalCoord = coord;
+	IsToRedraw = true;
+	Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DisplayClass::Compute_Start_Pos -- Computes player's start pos from unit coords.            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * Use this function in multiplayer games, to compute the scenario starting Tactical Pos.      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   02/28/1995 JLB : Commented.                                                               *
+ *   06/26/1995 JLB : Fixed building loop.                                                     *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void DisplayClass::Compute_Start_Pos(void)
+{
+	/*
+	**	Find the summation cell-x & cell-y for all the player's units, infantry,
+	**	and buildings.  Buildings are weighted so that they count 16 times more
+	**	than units or infantry.
+	*/
+	long x = 0;
+	long y = 0;
+	long num = 0;
+	for (int i = 0; i < Infantry.Count(); i++) {
+		InfantryClass * infp = Infantry.Ptr(i);
+		if (!infp->IsInLimbo && infp->House == PlayerPtr) {
+			x += (long)Coord_XCell (infp->Coord);
+			y += (long)Coord_YCell (infp->Coord);
+			num++;
+		}
+	}
+
+	for (i = 0; i < Units.Count(); i++) {
+		UnitClass * unitp = Units.Ptr(i);
+		if (!unitp->IsInLimbo && unitp->House == PlayerPtr) {
+			x += (long)Coord_XCell (unitp->Coord);
+			y += (long)Coord_YCell (unitp->Coord);
+			num++;
+		}
+	}
+
+	for (i = 0; i < Buildings.Count(); i++) {
+		BuildingClass * bldgp = Buildings.Ptr(i);
+		if (!bldgp->IsInLimbo && bldgp->House == PlayerPtr) {
+			x += (((long)Coord_XCell (bldgp->Coord)) << 4);
+			y += (((long)Coord_YCell (bldgp->Coord)) << 4);
+			num += 16;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Divide each coord by 'num' to compute the average value
+	*/
+	if (num > 0) {
+		x /= num;
+	} else {
+		x = 0;
+	}
+
+	if (num > 0) {
+		y /= num;
+	} else {
+		y = 0;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Since the TacticalCell (starting cell) represents the screen's upper-left
+	**	corner, adjust for that.
+	*/
+	x -= (Lepton_To_Cell(TacLeptonWidth) / 2);
+	y -= (Lepton_To_Cell(TacLeptonHeight) / 2);
+
+	/*
+	**	Clip the computed x,y cell coords to the map's size.
+	*/
+	if (x < MapCellX) {
+		x = MapCellX;
+	}
+	if (x + Lepton_To_Cell(TacLeptonWidth) > MapCellX + MapCellWidth) {
+		x = MapCellX + MapCellWidth - Lepton_To_Cell(TacLeptonWidth);
+	}
+
+	if (y < MapCellY) {
+		y = MapCellY;
+	}
+	if (y + Lepton_To_Cell(TacLeptonHeight) > MapCellY + MapCellHeight) {
+		y = MapCellY + MapCellHeight - Lepton_To_Cell(TacLeptonHeight);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Set our TacticalCell
+	*/
+	Set_Tactical_Position(Cell_Coord(XY_Cell(x, y)));
+	for (int index = 0; index < sizeof(Views)/sizeof(Views[0]); index++) {
+		Views[index] = Coord_Cell(TacticalCoord);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DisplayClass::Sell_Mode_Control -- Controls the sell mode.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will control the sell mode for the player.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   control  -- The mode to set the sell state to.                                     *
+ *                      0  = Turn sell mode off.                                               *
+ *                      1  = Turn sell mode on.                                                *
+ *                      -1 = Toggle sell mode.                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/08/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void DisplayClass::Sell_Mode_Control(int control)
+{
+	bool mode = IsSellMode;
+	switch (control) {
+		case 0:
+			mode = false;
+			break;
+
+		case -1:
+			mode = (IsSellMode == false);
+			break;
+
+		case 1:
+			mode = true;
+			break;
+	}
+
+	if (mode != IsSellMode && !PendingObject) {
+		IsRepairMode = false;
+		if (mode && PlayerPtr->BScan) {
+			IsSellMode = true;
+			Unselect_All();
+		} else {
+			IsSellMode = false;
+			Revert_Mouse_Shape();
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DisplayClass::Repair_Mode_Control -- Controls the repair mode.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to control the repair mode for the player.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   control  -- The mode to set the repair to.                                         *
+ *                      0 = Turn repair off.                                                   *
+ *                      1 = Turn repair on.                                                    *
+ *                      -1= Toggle repair state.                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/08/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void DisplayClass::Repair_Mode_Control(int control)
+{
+	bool mode = IsRepairMode;
+	switch (control) {
+		case 0:
+			mode = false;
+			break;
+
+		case -1:
+			mode = (IsRepairMode == false);
+			break;
+
+		case 1:
+			mode = true;
+			break;
+	}
+
+	if (mode != IsRepairMode && !PendingObject) {
+		IsSellMode = false;
+		if (mode && PlayerPtr->BScan) {
+			IsRepairMode = true;
+			Unselect_All();
+		} else {
+			IsRepairMode = false;
+			Revert_Mouse_Shape();
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DisplayClass::In_View -- Determines if cell is visible on screen.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to determine if the specified cell is visible on                        *
+ *    the display. This is a useful fact, since many display operations                        *
+ *    can be skipped if the cell is not visible.                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   cell  -- The cell number to check.                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Is this cell visible on the display?                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   04/30/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   04/30/1994 JLB : Converted to member function.                                            *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool DisplayClass::In_View(register CELL cell)
+{
+	COORDINATE coord = Cell_Coord(cell) & 0xFF00FF00L;
+	COORDINATE tcoord = TacticalCoord & 0xFF00FF00L;
+
+	if ((unsigned)(Coord_X(coord) - Coord_X(tcoord)) > TacLeptonWidth+255) return(false);
+	if ((unsigned)(Coord_Y(coord) - Coord_Y(tcoord)) > TacLeptonHeight+255) return(false);
+	return(true);
+
+#ifdef OBSOLETE
+	int fudgex = Coord_XLepton(TacticalCoord) ? -1 : 0;
+	int fudgey = Coord_YLepton(TacticalCoord) ? -1 : 0;
+	if ((unsigned)(Cell_X(cell)-Coord_XCell(TacticalCoord)) > Lepton_To_Cell(TacLeptonWidth)+fudgex) return(false);
+	if ((unsigned)(Cell_Y(cell)-Coord_YCell(TacticalCoord)) > Lepton_To_Cell(TacLeptonHeight)+fudgey) return(false);
+	return(true);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef OBSOLETE
+	cell -= TacticalCell;
+
+	if (Cell_X(cell) >= TacWidth + (TacPartialX ? 1 : 0)) return(false);
+	if (Cell_Y(cell) >= TacHeight + (TacPartialY ? 1 : 0)) return(false);
+	return(true);
+#endif
+}
+
+
+COORDINATE DisplayClass::Closest_Free_Spot(COORDINATE coord, bool any) const
+{
+	if (coord & 0xC000C000) {
+		return(0x00800080);
+	}
+	return (*this)[Coord_Cell(coord)].Closest_Free_Spot(coord, any);
+}
+
+
+bool DisplayClass::Is_Spot_Free(COORDINATE coord) const
+{
+	if (coord & 0xC000C000) {
+		return(0x00800080);
+	}
+	return (*this)[Coord_Cell(coord)].Is_Spot_Free(CellClass::Spot_Index(coord));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DisplayClass::Center_Map -- Centers the map about the currently selected objects            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will average the position of all the selected objects and then center       *
+ *    the map about those objects.                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   The map position changes by this routine.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/22/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void DisplayClass::Center_Map(void)
+{
+	if (CurrentObject.Count()) {
+		unsigned x = 0;
+		unsigned y = 0;
+
+		for (int index = 0; index < CurrentObject.Count(); index++) {
+			COORDINATE coord = CurrentObject[index]->Center_Coord();
+
+			x += Coord_X(coord);
+			y += Coord_Y(coord);
+		}
+
+		x /= CurrentObject.Count();
+		y /= CurrentObject.Count();
+		Set_Tactical_Position(XY_Coord(x - (TacLeptonWidth/2), y - (TacLeptonHeight/2)));
+	}
+}
diff --git a/DISPLAY.H b/DISPLAY.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..be410c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/DISPLAY.H
@@ -0,0 +1,320 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\display.h_v   2.15   16 Oct 1995 16:47:42   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : DISPLAY.H                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : May 1, 1994                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : May 1, 1994   [JLB]                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef DISPLAY_H
+#define DISPLAY_H
+
+#include	"map.h"
+#include	"layer.h"
+
+
+#define	ICON_PIXEL_W	 		24
+#define	ICON_PIXEL_H			24
+#define	ICON_LEPTON_W			256
+#define	ICON_LEPTON_H			256
+#define	CELL_PIXEL_W	 		ICON_PIXEL_W
+#define	CELL_PIXEL_H			ICON_PIXEL_H
+#define	CELL_LEPTON_W			ICON_LEPTON_W
+#define	CELL_LEPTON_H			ICON_LEPTON_H
+
+//	-----------------------------------------------------------
+#define	PIXEL_LEPTON_W			(ICON_LEPTON_W/ICON_PIXEL_W)
+#define	PIXEL_LEPTON_H			(ICON_LEPTON_H/ICON_PIXEL_H)
+
+
+extern COORDINATE Coord_Add(COORDINATE coord1, COORDINATE coord2);
+
+class DisplayClass: public MapClass
+{
+	public:
+
+		/*
+		**	This indicates the theater that the display is to represent.
+		*/
+		TheaterType Theater;
+
+		/*
+		** The tactical map display position is indicated by the cell of the
+		**	upper left hand corner. These should not be altered directly. Use
+		**	the Set_Tactical_Position function instead.
+		*/
+		COORDINATE TacticalCoord;
+
+		/*
+		**	The dimensions (in cells) of the visible window onto the game map. This tactical
+		**	map is how the player interacts and views the game world.
+		*/
+		int TacLeptonWidth;
+		int TacLeptonHeight;
+
+		/*
+		**	These layer control elements are used to group the displayable objects
+		**	so that proper overlap can be obtained.
+		*/
+		static LayerClass Layer[LAYER_COUNT];
+
+		/*
+		**	This records the position and shape of a placement cursor to display
+		**	over the map. This cursor is used when placing buildings and also used
+		**	extensively by the scenario editor.
+		*/
+		CELL ZoneCell;
+		short ZoneOffset;
+		short const *CursorSize;
+		bool ProximityCheck;		// Is proximity check ok?
+
+		/*
+		** This holds the building type that is about to be placed upon the map.
+		**	It is only valid during the building placement state. The PendingLegal
+		**	flag is updated as the cursor moves and it reflects the legality of
+		**	placing the building at the desired location.
+		*/
+		ObjectClass * PendingObjectPtr;
+		ObjectTypeClass const * PendingObject;
+		HousesType PendingHouse;
+
+		static unsigned char FadingBrighten[256];
+		static unsigned char FadingShade[256];
+		static unsigned char FadingLight[256];
+		static unsigned char RemapTables[HOUSE_COUNT][3][256];
+		static unsigned char FadingGreen[256];
+		static unsigned char FadingYellow[256];
+		static unsigned char FadingRed[256];
+		static unsigned char TranslucentTable[(MAGIC_COL_COUNT+1)*256];
+		static unsigned char WhiteTranslucentTable[(1+1)*256];
+		static unsigned char MouseTranslucentTable[(4+1)*256];
+		static void const *TransIconset;
+		static unsigned char UnitShadow[(USHADOW_COL_COUNT+1)*256];
+		static unsigned char SpecialGhost[2*256];
+
+		//-------------------------------------------------------------------------
+		DisplayClass(void);
+
+		virtual void Read_INI(char *buffer);
+		void Write_INI(char *buffer);
+
+		/*
+		** Initialization
+		*/
+		virtual void One_Time(void);							// One-time inits
+		virtual void Init_Clear(void);						// Clears all to known state
+		virtual void Init_IO(void);							// Inits button list
+		virtual void Init_Theater(TheaterType theater);	// Theater-specific inits
+
+		/*
+		**	General display/map/interface support functionality.
+		*/
+		virtual void AI(KeyNumType &input, int x, int y);
+		virtual void Draw_It(bool complete=false);
+
+		/*
+		**	Added functionality.
+		*/
+		void  Center_Map(void);
+		virtual bool Map_Cell(CELL cell, HouseClass *house);
+		virtual CELL Click_Cell_Calc(int x, int y);
+		virtual void Help_Text(int , int =-1, int =-1, int =YELLOW, bool =false, int =0) {};
+		virtual MouseType Get_Mouse_Shape(void) const = 0;
+		virtual bool Scroll_Map(DirType facing, int & distance, bool really);
+		virtual void Refresh_Cells(CELL cell, short const *list);
+		virtual void Set_View_Dimensions(int x, int y, int width=-1, int height=-1);
+
+		/*
+		**	Pending object placement control.
+		*/
+		virtual void Put_Place_Back(TechnoClass * ) {}; // Affects 'pending' system.
+		void  Cursor_Mark(CELL pos, bool on);
+		void  Set_Cursor_Shape(short const * list);
+		CELL  Set_Cursor_Pos(CELL pos = -1);
+		void  Get_Occupy_Dimensions(int & w, int & h, short const *list);
+
+		/*
+		**	Tactical map only functionality.
+		*/
+		virtual void Set_Tactical_Position(COORDINATE coord);
+		void  Refresh_Band(void);
+		void  Select_These(COORDINATE coord1, COORDINATE coord2);
+		COORDINATE  Pixel_To_Coord(int x, int y);
+		bool  Coord_To_Pixel(COORDINATE coord, int &x, int &y);
+		bool  Push_Onto_TacMap(COORDINATE &source, COORDINATE &dest);
+		void  Remove(ObjectClass const *object, LayerType layer);
+		void  Submit(ObjectClass const *object, LayerType layer);
+		CELL  Calculated_Cell(SourceType dir, HousesType house);
+		bool  In_View(register CELL cell);
+		bool  Passes_Proximity_Check(ObjectTypeClass const *object);
+		ObjectClass *  Cell_Object(CELL cell, int x=0, int y=0);
+		ObjectClass *  Next_Object(ObjectClass * object);
+		ObjectClass *  Prev_Object(ObjectClass * object);
+		int  Cell_Shadow(CELL cell);
+		short const *  Text_Overlap_List(char const * text, int x, int y, int lines = 1);
+		bool  Is_Spot_Free(COORDINATE coord) const;
+		COORDINATE  Closest_Free_Spot(COORDINATE coord, bool any=false) const;
+		void  Sell_Mode_Control(int control);
+		void  Repair_Mode_Control(int control);
+
+		void Flag_Cell(CELL cell) {
+			Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+			IsToRedraw = true;
+			CellRedraw[cell] = true;
+		};
+		bool  Is_Cell_Flagged(CELL cell) const {return CellRedraw.Is_True(cell);};
+
+		/*
+		** Computes starting position based on player's units' Coords.
+		*/
+		void Compute_Start_Pos(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	File I/O.
+		*/
+		virtual void Code_Pointers(void);
+		virtual void Decode_Pointers(void);
+
+	protected:
+		virtual void Mouse_Right_Press(void);
+		virtual void Mouse_Left_Press(int x, int y);
+		virtual void Mouse_Left_Up(bool shadow, ObjectClass * object, ActionType action, bool wwsmall = false);
+		virtual void Mouse_Left_Held(int x, int y);
+		virtual void Mouse_Left_Release(CELL cell, int x, int y, ObjectClass * object, ActionType action, bool wwsmall = false);
+
+	public:
+		/*
+		**	This is the pixel offset for the upper left corner of the tactical map.
+		*/
+		int TacPixelX;
+		int TacPixelY;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the coordinate that the tactical map should be in at next available opportunity.
+		*/
+		COORDINATE DesiredTacticalCoord;
+
+		/*
+		**	If something in the tactical map is to be redrawn, this flag is set to true.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsToRedraw:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If the player is currently wielding a wrench (to select buildings for repair),
+		**	then this flag is true. In such a state, normal movement and combat orders
+		**	are preempted.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsRepairMode:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If the player is currently in "sell back" mode, then this flag will be
+		**	true. While in this mode, anything clicked on will be sold back to the
+		**	"factory".
+		*/
+		unsigned IsSellMode:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If the player is currently in ion cannon targetting mode, then this
+		** flag will be true.  While in this mode, anything clicked on will be
+		** be destroyed by the ION cannon.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsTargettingMode:2;
+
+	protected:
+
+		/*
+		**	If it is currently in rubber band mode (multi unit selection), then this
+		**	flag will be true. While in such a mode, normal input is prempted while
+		**	the extended selection is in progress.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsRubberBand:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	The moment the mouse is held down, this flag gets set. If the mouse is dragged
+		**	a sufficient distance while held down, then true rubber band mode selection
+		**	can begin. Using a minimum distance prevents accidental rubber band selection
+		**	mode from being initiated.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsTentative:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	This gadget class is used for capturing input to the tactical map. All mouse input
+		**	will be routed through this gadget.
+		*/
+		class TacticalClass : public GadgetClass {
+			public:
+				TacticalClass(void) : GadgetClass(0,0,0,0,LEFTPRESS|LEFTRELEASE|LEFTHELD|LEFTUP|RIGHTPRESS,true) {};
+
+			protected:
+				virtual int Action(unsigned flags, KeyNumType & key);
+		};
+		friend class TacticalClass;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the "button" that tracks all input to the tactical map.
+		** It must be available to derived classes, for Save/Load purposes.
+		*/
+		static TacticalClass TacButton;
+
+	private:
+
+		/*
+		**	This is a utility flag that is set during the icon draw process only if there
+		**	was at least one shadow icon detected that should be redrawn. When the shadow
+		**	drawing logic is to take place, but this flag is false, then the shadow drawing
+		**	will be skipped since it would perform no function.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsShadowPresent:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Rubber band mode consists of stretching a box from the anchor point (specified
+		**	here) to the current cursor position.
+		*/
+		int BandX,BandY;
+		int NewX,NewY;
+
+		static void const *ShadowShapes;
+		static unsigned char ShadowTrans[(SHADOW_COL_COUNT+1)*256];
+
+		void Redraw_Icons(int draw_flags=0);
+		void Redraw_Shadow(void);
+		void Redraw_Shadow_Rects(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	This bit array is used to flag cells to be redrawn. If the icon needs to
+		**	be redrawn for a cell, then the corresponding flag will be true.
+		*/
+		static BooleanVectorClass CellRedraw;
+};
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/DOOR.CPP b/DOOR.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d94c491
--- /dev/null
+++ b/DOOR.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\door.cpv   1.4   16 Oct 1995 16:49:16   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               *** 
+ *********************************************************************************************** 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                    File Name : DOOR.CPP                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Start Date : 06/11/95                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                  Last Update : June 14, 1995 [JLB]                                          * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* 
+ * Functions:                                                                                  * 
+ *   DoorClass::AI -- Handles the door processing logic.                                       * 
+ *   DoorClass::Close_Door -- Try to close the unit's door.                                    * 
+ *   DoorClass::DoorClass -- Constructor for the DoorClass object.                             * 
+ *   DoorClass::Door_Stage -- Fetches the current door animation frame.                        * 
+ *   DoorClass::Open_Door -- Opens the door for this unit.                                     * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+#include	"function.h"
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * DoorClass::DoorClass -- Constructor for the DoorClass object.                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This constructor sets the door to an initial closed state.                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   06/14/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+DoorClass::DoorClass(void) 
+{
+	State = IS_CLOSED;
+	IsToRedraw = false;
+	Stages = 0;
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * DoorClass::AI -- Handles the door processing logic.                                         * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This routine should be called every game frame. It handles the door closing and opening  * 
+ *    logic.                                                                                   * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   06/13/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void DoorClass::AI(void)
+{
+	if (Control.Graphic_Logic()) {
+		if (Control.Fetch_Stage() >= Stages) {
+			Control.Set_Rate(0);
+			switch (State) {
+				case IS_OPENING:
+					State = IS_OPEN;
+					break;
+
+				case IS_CLOSING:
+					State = IS_CLOSED;
+					break;
+			}
+		}
+		IsToRedraw = true;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * DoorClass::Open_Door -- Opens the door for this unit.                                       * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This routine will perform the door open operation for this unit. It will control vehicle * 
+ *    rotation if necessary.                                                                   * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   rate     -- The animation rate (delay) to use for the door animation logic.        * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *          stages   -- The number of animations stages that this door must pass through.      * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  Was action initiated to open the door?                                             * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   05/08/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool DoorClass::Open_Door(int rate, int stages)
+{
+	switch (State) {
+		case IS_CLOSED:
+		case IS_CLOSING:
+			State = IS_OPENING;
+			Stages = stages-1;
+			Control.Set_Stage(0);
+			Control.Set_Rate(rate);
+			return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * DoorClass::Close_Door -- Try to close the unit's door.                                      * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This routine will attempt to close the unit's door. If the door is already closed or     * 
+ *    in the process of closing, then no action is performed.                                  * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   rate     -- The animation rate (delay) to use for the door animation logic.        * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *          stages   -- The number of animations stages that this door must pass through.      * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  Action was initiated to close the door?                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   05/08/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool DoorClass::Close_Door(int rate, int stages)
+{
+	switch (State) {
+		case IS_OPEN:
+		case IS_OPENING:
+			State = IS_CLOSING;
+			Stages = stages-1;
+			Control.Set_Stage(0);
+			Control.Set_Rate(rate);
+			return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * DoorClass::Door_Stage -- Fetches the current door animation frame.                          * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    Use this routine to fetch the current door animation frame number. Frame zero is the     * 
+ *    closed frame and frame 'N' is the open frame. If the door is in the process of opening   * 
+ *    or closing, the appropriate frame number is used. 'N' is defined as the number of        * 
+ *    stages in the animation minus 1 (e.g., a four frame animation will return a door stage   * 
+ *    number between 0 and 3, inclusive).                                                      * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the door animation frame number.                                      * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   06/14/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int DoorClass::Door_Stage(void) const 
+{
+	switch (State) {
+		case IS_CLOSING:
+			return((Stages-1) - Control.Fetch_Stage());
+
+		case IS_CLOSED:
+			return(0);
+
+		case IS_OPENING:
+			return(Control.Fetch_Stage());
+
+		case IS_OPEN:
+			return(Stages-1);
+	}
+	return(0);
+}
diff --git a/DOOR.H b/DOOR.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7f16bb9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/DOOR.H
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\door.h_v   1.8   16 Oct 1995 16:47:54   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : DOOR.H                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : 06/11/95                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : June 11, 1995 [JLB]                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef DOOR_H
+#define DOOR_H
+
+class DoorClass
+{
+	private:
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the animation control handler.
+		*/
+		StageClass Control;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the recorded number of stages of the current
+		**	door animation process.
+		*/
+		unsigned char Stages;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the door state.
+		*/
+		enum {
+			IS_CLOSED,		// Door is closed.
+			IS_OPENING,		// Door is in the process of opening.
+			IS_OPEN,			// Door is fully open.
+			IS_CLOSING		//	Door is in the process of closing.
+		} State;
+
+		/*
+		**	If the animation for this door indicates that the object it is
+		**	attached to should be redrawn, then this flag will be true.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsToRedraw:1;
+
+	public:
+		DoorClass(void);
+
+		bool Time_To_Redraw(void) {return(IsToRedraw);};
+		void Clear_Redraw_Flag(void) {IsToRedraw = false;};
+		void  AI(void);
+		int  Door_Stage(void) const;
+		bool Is_Door_Opening(void) {return(State == IS_OPENING);};
+		bool Is_Door_Closing(void) {return(State == IS_CLOSING);};
+		bool  Open_Door(int rate, int stages);
+		bool  Close_Door(int rate, int stages);
+		bool Is_Door_Open(void) {return(State == IS_OPEN);};
+		bool Is_Door_Closed(void) {return(State == IS_CLOSED);};
+		bool  Is_Ready_To_Open(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	File I/O.
+		*/
+		void  Code_Pointers(void) { return; }
+		void  Decode_Pointers(void) { return; }
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/DPMI.CPP b/DPMI.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7fa607
--- /dev/null
+++ b/DPMI.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\dpmi.cpv   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:49:36   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               *** 
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : DPMI.CPP                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : July 2, 1994                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : July 2, 1994   [JLB]                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifdef __FLAT__
+#pragma inline
+#endif
+
+#include	"function.h"
+#include "dpmi.h"
+
+#ifndef __FLAT__
+
+void DOSSegmentClass::Swap(DOSSegmentClass &src, int soffset, DOSSegmentClass &dest, int doffset, int size)
+{
+	if (!size) return;
+
+	unsigned short ssel = src.Selector;
+	unsigned short dsel = dest.Selector;
+
+	asm {
+		push	es
+		push	ds
+
+		mov	si,soffset
+		mov	di,doffset
+		mov	cx,size
+		mov	ax,ssel
+		mov	dx,dsel
+		mov	ds,ax
+		mov	es,dx
+	}
+again:
+	asm {
+		mov	al,ds:[si]
+		mov	ah,es:[di]
+		mov	ds:[si],ah
+		mov	es:[di],al
+		inc	di
+		inc	si
+		dec	cx
+		jnz	again
+
+		pop	ds
+		pop	es
+	}
+}
+#endif
+
+
+void DOSSegmentClass::Swap(DOSSegmentClass &src, int soffset, DOSSegmentClass &dest, int doffset, int size)
+{
+	extern void dss_swap(char *src, char *dest, int size);
+
+	#pragma aux dss_swap = 		\
+	"again: mov	al,[esi]"	\
+		"mov	ah,[edi]"		\
+		"mov	[esi],ah"		\
+		"stosb"					\
+		"inc	esi"				\
+		"loop	again"			\
+		parm	[esi] [edi] [ecx]	\
+		modify [ax];
+
+	if (!size) return;
+	dss_swap((char *)(src.Selector + soffset), (char *)(dest.Selector + doffset), size);
+}
+
+#ifdef OBSOLETE
+void DOSSegmentClass::Copy(DOSSegmentClass &src, int soffset, DOSSegmentClass &dest, int doffset, int size)
+{
+	extern void dss_copy(char *src, char *dest, int size);
+	#pragma aux dss_copy = 		\
+		"mov		ebx,ecx"			\
+		"shr		ecx,2"			\
+		"jecxz	copskip1"		\
+		"rep 		movsd"			\
+"copskip1: mov ecx,ebx"			\
+		"and		ecx,3"			\
+		"jecxz	copskip2"		\
+		"rep		movsb"			\
+"copskip2:"							\
+		parm	[esi edi ecx]		\
+		modify [ebx];
+
+	if (!size) return;
+	dss_copy((char *)(src.Selector + soffset), (char *)(dest.Selector + doffset), size);
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef OBSOLETE
+void DOSSegmentClass::Copy_To(void *source, int dest, int size)
+{
+	extern void dss_copy_to(void *src, (void *)dest, int size);
+
+	#pragma aux dss_copy_to =	\
+		"mov		ebx,ecx"			\
+		"shr		ecx,2"			\
+		"jecxz	cop2skip1"		\
+		"rep		movsd"			\
+"cop2skip1: mov ecx,ebx"		\
+		"and		ecx,3"			\
+		"jecxz	cop2skip2"		\
+		"rep		movsb"			\
+"cop2skip2:"						\
+		parm	[esi edi ecx]		\
+		modify [ebx];
+
+	if (!size) return;
+	dss_copy_to(src, (void *)(Selector + dest), size);
+
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef OBSOLETE
+void DOSSegmentClass::Copy_From(void *dest, int source, int size)
+{
+	extern void dss_copy_from(void *dest, (void *)source, int size);
+
+	#pragma aux dss_copy_from =	\
+		"mov		ebx,ecx"			\
+		"shr		ecx,2"			\
+		"jecxz	copfskip1"		\
+		"rep		movsd"			\
+"copfskip1: mov ecx,ebx"		\
+		"and		ecx,3"			\
+		"jecxz	copfskip2"		\
+		"rep		movsb"			\
+"copfskip2:"						\
+		parm	[edi esi ecx]		\
+		modify [ebx];
+
+	if (!size) return;
+	dss_copy_from(dest, (void *)(Selector + source), size);
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/DPMI.H b/DPMI.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a65a0be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/DPMI.H
@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\dpmi.h_v   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:44:52   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               *** 
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : DPMI.H                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : July 2, 1994                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : July 2, 1994   [JLB]                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef DPMI_H
+#define DPMI_H
+#include	<dos.h>
+#include	<stdlib.h>
+#include	<stdio.h>
+#include	<mem.h>
+
+
+extern void output(short port, short data);
+
+
+class DOSSegmentClass {
+		/*
+		**	This is the selector/segment value. In real mode it is the segment, in protected
+		**	mode it is the selector (also 16 bits). This value is moved into DS or ES when
+		**	accessing memory.
+		** Note: in Watcom flat addressing, Selector == Segment<<4 (ex: 0A0000h)
+		*/
+		unsigned int Selector;
+
+		/*
+		**	These are C equivalents for pushing and popping the DS segment register. By using
+		**	these, it is possible to create very small code that uses a segment and 
+		**	offset without damaging the DS register. These are especially useful in protected
+		**	mode, but they are legal in real mode as well.
+		*/
+		void Push_DS(void) {/*__emit__(0x1E);*/};
+		void Pop_DS(void) {/*__emit__(0x1F);*/};
+
+	public:
+		DOSSegmentClass(void);
+		~DOSSegmentClass(void);
+		DOSSegmentClass(unsigned short segment, long size=(1024L*64L));
+
+		unsigned int Get_Selector(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	This routine is used to assign where the descriptor actually points to in
+		**	low DOS memory. In real mode, this is a simple segment assignment and the size
+		**	is always 64K regardless of what is specified. In protected mode, the segment
+		**	is used to update the selector and the size can be any length.
+		** In Watcom flat mode, it sets Selector == segment<<4
+		*/
+		void Assign(unsigned short segment, long size=(1024L*64L));
+
+		/*
+		**	These routines will move the data to/from regular memory and the segment/descriptor
+		**	memory.
+		*/
+		void Copy_To(void *source, int dest, int size);
+		void Copy_From(void *dest, int source, int size);
+		void Copy_Word_To(short data, int dest);
+		void Copy_Byte_To(char data, int dest);
+		void Copy_DWord_To(long data, int dest);
+		short Copy_Word_From(int source);
+		char Copy_Byte_From(int source);
+		long Copy_DWord_From(int source);
+
+		/*
+		**	These routines move data around between sections of segmented (descriptor) memory.
+		**	Typically, this is used when accessing DOS memory in protected mode or when dealing
+		**	with hard memory areas such as the screen.
+		*/
+		static void Copy(DOSSegmentClass &src, int soffset, DOSSegmentClass &dest, int doffset, int size);
+		static void Swap(DOSSegmentClass &src, int soffset, DOSSegmentClass &dest, int doffset, int size);
+};
+
+
+inline DOSSegmentClass::DOSSegmentClass(void)
+{
+	Selector = 0xB0000;
+}
+
+inline DOSSegmentClass::~DOSSegmentClass(void)
+{
+}
+
+inline void DOSSegmentClass::Copy_Word_To(short data, int dest)
+{
+	*(short *)(Selector+dest) = data;
+}
+
+inline void DOSSegmentClass::Copy_Byte_To(char data, int dest)
+{
+	*(char *)(Selector+dest) = data;
+}
+
+inline void DOSSegmentClass::Copy_DWord_To(long data, int dest)
+{
+	*(long *)(Selector+dest) = data;
+}
+
+inline DOSSegmentClass::DOSSegmentClass(unsigned short segment, long)
+{
+	Assign(segment);
+}
+
+inline void DOSSegmentClass::Assign(unsigned short segment, long)
+{
+	Selector = (long)(segment)<<4L;
+}
+
+inline void DOSSegmentClass::Copy_To(void *source, int dest, int size)
+{
+	memmove((void*)(Selector+dest), source, size);
+}
+
+inline void DOSSegmentClass::Copy_From(void *dest, int source, int size)
+{
+	memmove(dest, (void*)(Selector+source), size);
+}
+		
+inline void DOSSegmentClass::Copy(DOSSegmentClass &src, int soffset, DOSSegmentClass &dest, int doffset, int size) {
+	memmove((void*)(dest.Selector+doffset), (void*)(src.Selector+soffset), size);
+}
+
+inline short DOSSegmentClass::Copy_Word_From(int source)
+{
+	return *(short*)(Selector+source);
+}
+
+inline char DOSSegmentClass::Copy_Byte_From(int source)
+{
+	return *(char*)(Selector+source);
+}
+
+inline long DOSSegmentClass::Copy_DWord_From(int source)
+{
+	return *(long*)(Selector+source);
+}
+
+inline unsigned int DOSSegmentClass::Get_Selector(void)
+{
+	return Selector;
+}
+#endif
+
+
diff --git a/DRIVE.CPP b/DRIVE.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1c7d5ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/DRIVE.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,2213 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\drive.cpv   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:51:16   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : DRIVE.CPP                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : April 22, 1994                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : July 30, 1995 [JLB]                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   DriveClass::AI -- Processes unit movement and rotation.                                   *
+ *   DriveClass::Approach_Target -- Handles approaching the target in order to attack it.      *
+ *   DriveClass::Assign_Destination -- Set the unit's NavCom.                                  *
+ *   DriveClass::Class_Of -- Fetches a reference to the class type for this object.            *
+ *   DriveClass::Debug_Dump -- Displays status information to monochrome screen.               *
+ *   DriveClass::Do_Turn -- Tries to turn the vehicle to the specified direction.              *
+ *   DriveClass::DriveClass -- Constructor for drive class object.                             *
+ *   DriveClass::Exit_Map -- Give the unit a movement order to exit the map.                   *
+ *   DriveClass::Fixup_Path -- Adds smooth start path to normal movement path.                 *
+ *   DriveClass::Force_Track -- Forces the unit to use the indicated track.                    *
+ *   DriveClass::Lay_Track -- Handles track laying logic for the unit.                         *
+ *   DriveClass::Offload_Tiberium_Bail -- Offloads one Tiberium quantum from the object.       *
+ *   DriveClass::Ok_To_Move -- Checks to see if this object can begin moving.                  *
+ *   DriveClass::Overrun_Square -- Handles vehicle overrun of a cell.                          *
+ *   DriveClass::Per_Cell_Process -- Handles when unit finishes movement into a cell.          *
+ *   DriveClass::Smooth_Turn -- Handles the low level coord calc for smooth turn logic.        *
+ *   DriveClass::Start_Of_Move -- Tries to get a unit to advance toward cell.                  *
+ *   DriveClass::Tiberium_Load -- Determine the Tiberium load as a percentage.                 *
+ *   DriveClass::While_Moving -- Processes unit movement.                                      *
+ *   DriveClass::Mark_Track -- Marks the midpoint of the track as occupied.                    *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+
+
+DriveClass::DriveClass(void) : Class(0) {};
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DriveClass::Do_Turn -- Tries to turn the vehicle to the specified direction.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will set the vehicle to rotate to the direction specified. For tracked      *
+ *    vehicles, it is just a simple rotation. For wheeled vehicles, it performs a series       *
+ *    of short drives (three point turn) to face the desired direction.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   dir   -- The direction that this vehicle should face.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/29/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void DriveClass::Do_Turn(DirType dir)
+{
+	if (dir != PrimaryFacing) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Special rotation track is needed for units that
+		**	cannot rotate in place.
+		*/
+		if (Special.IsThreePoint && TrackNumber == -1 && Class->Speed == SPEED_WHEEL) {
+			int			facediff;	// Signed difference between current and desired facing.
+			FacingType	face;			// Current facing (ordinal value).
+
+			facediff = PrimaryFacing.Difference(dir) >> 5;
+			facediff = Bound(facediff, -2, 2);
+			if (facediff) {
+				face = Dir_Facing(PrimaryFacing);
+
+				IsOnShortTrack = true;
+				Force_Track(face*FACING_COUNT + (face + facediff), Coord);
+
+				Path[0] = FACING_NONE;
+				Set_Speed(0xFF);		// Full speed.
+			}
+		} else {
+			PrimaryFacing.Set_Desired(dir);
+			if (Special.IsJurassic && AreThingiesEnabled && What_Am_I() == RTTI_UNIT && ((UnitClass *)this)->Class->IsPieceOfEight) PrimaryFacing.Set_Current(dir);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DriveClass::Force_Track -- Forces the unit to use the indicated track.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This override (nuclear bomb) style routine is to be used when a unit needs to start      *
+ *    on a movement track but is outside the normal movement system. This occurs when a        *
+ *    harvester starts driving off of a refinery.                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   track -- The track number to start on.                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          coord -- The coordinate that the unit will end up at when the movement track       *
+ *                   is completed.                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/17/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void DriveClass::Force_Track(int track, COORDINATE coord)
+{
+	TrackNumber = track;
+	TrackIndex = 0;
+	Start_Driver(coord);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DriveClass::Tiberium_Load -- Determine the Tiberium load as a percentage.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to determine what the Tiberium load is (as a fixed point percentage).   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the current "fullness" rating for the object. This will be 0x0000 for *
+ *          empty and 0x0100 for full.                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/17/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int DriveClass::Tiberium_Load(void) const
+{
+	if (*this == UNIT_HARVESTER) {
+		return(Cardinal_To_Fixed(UnitTypeClass::STEP_COUNT, Tiberium));
+	}
+	return(0x0000);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DriveClass::Approach_Target -- Handles approaching the target in order to attack it.        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will check to see if the target is infantry and it can be overrun. It will  *
+ *    try to overrun the infantry rather than attack it. This only applies to computer         *
+ *    controlled vehicles. If it isn't the infantry overrun case, then it falls into the       *
+ *    base class for normal (complex) approach algorithm.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/17/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   07/12/1995 JLB : Flamethrower tanks don't overrun -- their weapon is better.              *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void DriveClass::Approach_Target(void)
+{
+	/*
+	**	Only if there is a legal target should the approach check occur.
+	*/
+	if (!House->IsHuman && Target_Legal(TarCom) && !Target_Legal(NavCom)) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Special case:
+		**	If this is for a unit that can crush infantry, and the target is
+		**	infantry, AND the infantry is pretty darn close, then just try
+		**	to drive over the infantry instead of firing on it.
+		*/
+		TechnoClass * target = As_Techno(TarCom);
+		if (Class->Primary != WEAPON_FLAME_TONGUE && Class->IsCrusher && Distance(TarCom) < 0x0180 && target && ((TechnoTypeClass const &)(target->Class_Of())).IsCrushable) {
+			Assign_Destination(TarCom);
+			return;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	In the other cases, uses the more complex "get to just within weapon range"
+	**	algorithm.
+	*/
+	FootClass::Approach_Target();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DriveClass::Overrun_Square -- Handles vehicle overrun of a cell.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called when a vehicle enters a square or when it is about to enter a     *
+ *    square (controlled by parameter). When a vehicle that can crush infantry enters a        *
+ *    cell that contains infantry, then the infantry will be destroyed (regardless of          *
+ *    affiliation). When a vehicle threatens to overrun a square, all occupying infantry       *
+ *    will attempt to get out of the way.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   cell     -- The cell that is, or soon will be, entered by a vehicle.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          threaten -- Don't kill, but just threaten to enter the cell.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void DriveClass::Overrun_Square(CELL cell, bool threaten)
+{
+	CellClass * cellptr = &Map[cell];
+
+	if (Class->IsCrusher) {
+		if (threaten) {
+
+			/*
+			**	If the cell contains infantry, then they will panic when a vehicle tries
+			**	drive over them. Have the infantry run away instead.
+			*/
+			if (cellptr->Flag.Composite & 0x1F) {
+
+				/*
+				**	Scattering is controlled by the game difficulty level.
+				*/
+				if ((Special.IsDifficult || Special.IsScatter || Scenario > 8) && !Special.IsEasy) {
+					cellptr->Incoming(0, true);
+				}
+			}
+		} else {
+			ObjectClass * object = cellptr->Cell_Occupier();
+			int crushed = false;
+			while (object) {
+				if (object->Class_Of().IsCrushable && !House->Is_Ally(object) && Distance(object->Center_Coord()) < 0x80) {
+					ObjectClass * next = object->Next;
+					crushed = true;
+
+					/*
+					** Record credit for the kill(s)
+					*/
+					Sound_Effect(VOC_SQUISH2, Coord);
+					object->Record_The_Kill(this);
+					object->Mark(MARK_UP);
+					object->Limbo();
+					delete object;
+					new OverlayClass(OVERLAY_SQUISH, Coord_Cell(Coord));
+
+					object = next;
+				} else {
+					object = object->Next;
+				}
+			}
+			if (crushed) Do_Uncloak();
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DriveClass::DriveClass -- Constructor for drive class object.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This will initialize the drive class to its default state. It is called as a result      *
+ *    of creating a unit.                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   classid  -- The unit's ID class. It is passed on to the foot class constructor.    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/13/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+DriveClass::DriveClass(UnitType classid, HousesType house) :
+	Class(&UnitTypeClass::As_Reference(classid)),
+	FootClass(house)
+{
+	/*
+	**	For two shooters, clear out the second shot flag -- it will be set the first time
+	**	the object fires. For non two shooters, set the flag since it will never be cleared
+	**	and the second shot flag tells the system that normal rearm times apply -- this is
+	**	what is desired for non two shooters.
+	*/
+	if (Class->IsTwoShooter) {
+		IsSecondShot = false;
+	} else {
+		IsSecondShot = true;
+	}
+	IsHarvesting = false;
+	IsTurretLockedDown = false;
+	IsOnShortTrack = false;
+	IsReturning = false;
+	TrackNumber = -1;
+	TrackIndex = 0;
+	SpeedAccum = 0;
+	Tiberium = 0;
+	Strength = Class->MaxStrength;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DriveClass::Debug_Dump -- Displays status information to monochrome screen.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This debug utility function will display the status of the drive class to the mono       *
+ *    screen. It is through this information that bugs can be tracked down.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/31/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void DriveClass::Debug_Dump(MonoClass *mono) const
+{
+	mono->Set_Cursor(33, 7);
+	mono->Printf("%2d:%2d", TrackNumber, TrackIndex);
+	mono->Text_Print("X", 16 + (IsTurretLockedDown?2:0), 10);
+//	mono->Text_Print("X", 16 + (IsOnShortTrack?2:0), 11);
+	mono->Set_Cursor(41, 7);mono->Printf("%d", Fixed_To_Cardinal(100, Tiberium_Load()));
+	FootClass::Debug_Dump(mono);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DriveClass::Exit_Map -- Give the unit a movement order to exit the map.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to assign an appropriate movement destination for the unit so that  *
+ *    it will leave the map. The scripts are usually the one to call this routine when it      *
+ *    is determined that the unit has fulfilled its mission and must "depart".                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/31/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void DriveClass::Exit_Map(void)
+{
+	CELL	cell;		// Map exit cell number.
+
+	if (*this == UNIT_HOVER && !Target_Legal(NavCom)) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Scan a swath of cells from current position to the edge of the map and if
+		**	there is any blocking object, just wait so to try again later.
+		*/
+		Mark(MARK_UP);
+		for (int x = Cell_X(Coord_Cell(Center_Coord()))-1; x <= Cell_X(Coord_Cell(Center_Coord()))+1; x++) {
+			for (int y = Cell_Y(Coord_Cell(Center_Coord()))+1; y < Map.MapCellY+Map.MapCellHeight; y++) {
+				cell = XY_Cell(x, y);
+				if (Map[cell].Cell_Techno()) {
+					Mark(MARK_DOWN);
+					return;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		Mark(MARK_DOWN);
+
+		/*
+		**	A clear path to the map edge exists. Assign it as the navigation computer
+		**	destination and let the transport move.
+		*/
+		cell = XY_Cell(Cell_X(Coord_Cell(Coord)), Map.MapCellY+Map.MapCellHeight);
+		IsReturning = true;
+		Assign_Destination(::As_Target(cell));
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DriveClass::Smooth_Turn -- Handles the low level coord calc for smooth turn logic.          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine calculates the new coordinate value needed for the                          *
+ *    smooth turn logic. The adjustment and flag values must be                                *
+ *    determined prior to entering this routine.                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   adj      -- The adjustment coordinate as lifted from the                           *
+ *                      correct smooth turn table.                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          dir      -- Pointer to dir for possible modification                               *
+ *                      according to the flag bits.                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the coordinate the unit should positioned to.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/14/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   07/13/1994 JLB : Converted to member function.                                            *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+COORDINATE DriveClass::Smooth_Turn(COORDINATE adj, DirType *dir)
+{
+	DirType	workdir = *dir;
+	int	x,y;
+	int   temp;
+	TrackControlType flags = TrackControl[TrackNumber].Flag;
+
+	x = Coord_X(adj);
+	y = Coord_Y(adj);
+
+	if (flags & F_T) {
+		temp	= x;
+		x		= y;
+		y 		= temp;
+		workdir = (DirType)(DIR_W - workdir);
+	}
+
+	if (flags & F_X) {
+		x 		 = -x;
+		workdir = (DirType)-workdir;
+	}
+
+	if (flags & F_Y) {
+		y = -y;
+		workdir = (DirType)(DIR_S - workdir);
+	}
+
+	*dir = workdir;
+
+	return(XY_Coord( Coord_X(Head_To_Coord()) + x, Coord_Y(Head_To_Coord()) + y));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DriveClass::Assign_Destination -- Set the unit's NavCom.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to set the unit's navigation computer to the                        *
+ *    specified target. Once the navigation computer is set, the unit                          *
+ *    will start planning and moving toward the destination.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   target   -- The destination target for the unit to head to.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/07/1992 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   04/15/1994 JLB : Converted to member function.                                            *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void DriveClass::Assign_Destination(TARGET target)
+{
+
+	/*
+	**	Abort early if there is anything wrong with the parameters
+	**	or the unit already is assigned the specified destination.
+	*/
+	if (target == NavCom) return;
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+	UnitClass 		*tunit;		// Destination unit pointer.
+
+	/*
+	** When in move mode, a map position may really indicate
+	**	a unit to guard.
+	*/
+	if (Is_Target_Cell(target)) {
+		cell = As_Cell(target);
+
+		tunit = Map[cell].Cell_Unit();
+		if (tunit) {
+
+			/*
+			**	Prevent targeting of itself.
+			*/
+			if (tunit != this) {
+				target = tunit->As_Target();
+			}
+		} else {
+
+			tbuilding = Map[cell].Cell_Building();
+			if (tbuilding) {
+				target = tbuilding->As_Target();
+			}
+		}
+	}
+#endif
+
+	/*
+	**	For harvesting type vehicles, it might go into a dock and unload procedure
+	**	when the harvester is full and an empty refinery is selected as a target.
+	*/
+	BuildingClass * b = As_Building(target);
+
+	/*
+	**	Transport vehicles must tell all passengers that are about to load, that they
+	**	cannot proceed. This is accomplished with a radio message to this effect.
+	*/
+	//if (tunit && In_Radio_Contact() && Class->IsTransporter && Contact_With_Whom()->Is_Infantry()) {
+	if (In_Radio_Contact() && Class->IsTransporter && Contact_With_Whom()->Is_Infantry()) {
+		Transmit_Message(RADIO_OVER_OUT);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If the player clicked on a friendly repair facility and the repair
+	**	facility is currently not involved with some other unit (radio or unloading).
+	*/
+	if (b && *b == STRUCT_REPAIR) {
+		if (b->In_Radio_Contact()) {
+			target = 0;
+		} else {
+
+			/*
+			**	Establish radio contact protocol. If the facility responds correctly,
+			**	then remain in radio contact and proceed toward the desired destination.
+			*/
+			if (Transmit_Message(RADIO_HELLO, b) == RADIO_ROGER) {
+
+				/*
+				**	Last check to make sure that the loading square is free from permanent
+				**	occupation (such as a building).
+				*/
+				CELL cell = Coord_Cell(b->Center_Coord()) + (MAP_CELL_W-1);
+				if (Ground[Map[cell].Land_Type()].Cost[Class->Speed] ) {
+					if (Transmit_Message(RADIO_DOCKING) == RADIO_ROGER) {
+						FootClass::Assign_Destination(target);
+						Path[0] = FACING_NONE;
+						return;
+					}
+
+					/*
+					**	Failure to establish a docking relationship with the refinery.
+					**	Bail & await further instructions.
+					*/
+					Transmit_Message(RADIO_OVER_OUT);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Set the unit's navigation computer.
+	*/
+	FootClass::Assign_Destination(target);
+	Path[0] = FACING_NONE;			// Force recalculation of path.
+	if (!IsDriving) {
+		Start_Of_Move();
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DriveClass::While_Moving -- Processes unit movement.                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to process movement for the units as they move.                     *
+ *    It is called many times for each cell's worth of movement.   This                        *
+ *    routine only applies after the next cell HeadTo has been determined.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  true/false; Should this routine be called again?                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   02/02/1992 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   04/15/1994 JLB : Converted to member function.                                            *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool DriveClass::While_Moving(void)
+{
+	int	actual;			// Working movement addition value.
+
+	/*
+	**	Perform quick legality checks.
+	*/
+	if (!IsDriving || TrackNumber == -1 || (IsRotating && !Class->IsTurretEquipped)) {
+		SpeedAccum = 0;		// Kludge?  No speed should accumulate if movement is on hold.
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If enough movement has accumulated so that the unit can
+	**	visibly move on the map, then process accordingly.
+	** Slow the unit down if he's carrying a flag.
+	*/
+	if (((UnitClass *)this)->Flagged != HOUSE_NONE) {
+		actual = SpeedAccum + Fixed_To_Cardinal(Class->MaxSpeed/2, Speed);
+	} else {
+		actual = SpeedAccum + Fixed_To_Cardinal(Class->MaxSpeed, Speed);
+	}
+
+	if (actual > PIXEL_LEPTON_W) {
+		TurnTrackType	const *track;	// Track control pointer.
+		TrackType		const	*ptr;		// Pointer to coord offset values.
+		int				tracknum;		// The track number being processed.
+		FacingType		nextface;		// Next facing queued in path.
+		bool				adj;				// Is a turn coming up?
+
+		track = &TrackControl[TrackNumber];
+		if (IsOnShortTrack) {
+			tracknum = track->StartTrack;
+		} else {
+			tracknum = track->Track;
+		}
+		ptr = RawTracks[tracknum-1].Track;
+		nextface = Path[0];
+
+		/*
+		**	Determine if there is a turn coming up. If there is
+		**	a turn, then track jumping might occur.
+		*/
+		adj = false;
+		if (nextface != FACING_NONE && Dir_Facing(track->Facing) != nextface) {
+			adj = true;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Skip ahead the number of track steps required (limited only
+		**	by track length). Set the unit to the new position and
+		**	flag the unit accordingly.
+		*/
+		Mark(MARK_UP);
+		while (actual > PIXEL_LEPTON_W) {
+			COORDINATE		offset;
+			DirType	dir;
+
+			actual -= PIXEL_LEPTON_W;
+
+			offset = ptr[TrackIndex].Offset;
+			if (offset || !TrackIndex) {
+				dir = ptr[TrackIndex].Facing;
+				Coord = Smooth_Turn(offset, &dir);
+
+				PrimaryFacing.Set(dir);
+
+				/*
+				**	See if "per cell" processing is necessary.
+				*/
+				if (TrackIndex && RawTracks[tracknum-1].Cell == TrackIndex) {
+					Per_Cell_Process(false);
+					if (!IsActive) {
+						return(false);
+					}
+				}
+
+				/*
+				**	The unit could "jump tracks". Check to see if the unit should
+				**	do so.
+				*/
+				if (*this != UNIT_GUNBOAT && nextface != FACING_NONE && adj && RawTracks[tracknum-1].Jump == TrackIndex && TrackIndex) {
+					TurnTrackType const *newtrack;		// Proposed jump-to track.
+					int	tnum;
+
+					tnum = Dir_Facing(track->Facing)*FACING_COUNT + nextface;
+					newtrack = &TrackControl[tnum];
+					if (newtrack->Track && RawTracks[newtrack->Track-1].Entry) {
+						COORDINATE	c = Head_To_Coord();
+						int oldspeed = Speed;
+
+						c = Adjacent_Cell(c, nextface);
+
+						switch(Can_Enter_Cell(Coord_Cell(c), nextface)) {
+							case MOVE_OK:
+								IsOnShortTrack = false;		// Shouldn't be necessary, but...
+								TrackNumber = tnum;
+								track = newtrack;
+
+	//			Mono_Printf("**Jumping from track %d to track %d. **\n", tracknum, track->Track);Keyboard::Get();
+
+								tracknum = track->Track;
+								TrackIndex = RawTracks[tracknum-1].Entry-1;	// Anticipate increment.
+								ptr = RawTracks[tracknum-1].Track;
+								adj = false;
+
+								Stop_Driver();
+								Per_Cell_Process(true);
+								if (Start_Driver(c)) {
+									Set_Speed(oldspeed);
+									memcpy(&Path[0], &Path[1], CONQUER_PATH_MAX-1);
+									Path[CONQUER_PATH_MAX-1] = FACING_NONE;
+								} else {
+									Path[0] = FACING_NONE;
+									TrackNumber = -1;
+									actual = 0;
+								}
+								break;
+
+							case MOVE_CLOAK:
+								Map[Coord_Cell(c)].Shimmer();
+								break;
+
+							case MOVE_TEMP:
+								if (*this == UNIT_HARVESTER || !House->IsHuman) {
+									bool old = Special.IsScatter;
+									Special.IsScatter = true;
+									Map[Coord_Cell(c)].Incoming(0, true);
+									Special.IsScatter = old;
+								}
+								break;
+						}
+					}
+				}
+				TrackIndex++;
+
+			} else {
+				actual = 0;
+				Coord = Head_To_Coord();
+				Stop_Driver();
+				TrackNumber = -1;
+				TrackIndex = NULL;
+
+				/*
+				**	Perform "per cell" activities.
+				*/
+				Per_Cell_Process(true);
+
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+		if (IsActive) {
+			Mark(MARK_DOWN);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Replace any remainder back into the unit's movement
+	**	accumulator to be processed next pass.
+	*/
+	SpeedAccum = actual;
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DriveClass::Per_Cell_Process -- Handles when unit finishes movement into a cell.            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called when a unit has mostly or completely                              *
+ *    entered a cell. The unit might be in the middle of a movement track                      *
+ *    when this routine is called. It's primary purpose is to perform                          *
+ *    sighting and other "per cell" activities.                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   center   -- Is the unit safely at the center of a cell?  If it is merely "close"   *
+ *                      to the center, then this parameter will be false.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/03/1993 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   03/30/1994 JLB : Revamped for track system.                                               *
+ *   04/15/1994 JLB : Converted to member function.                                            *
+ *   06/18/1994 JLB : Converted to virtual function.                                           *
+ *   06/18/1994 JLB : Distinguishes between center and near-center conditions.                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void DriveClass::Per_Cell_Process(bool center)
+{
+	CELL	cell = Coord_Cell(Coord);
+
+	/*
+	**	Check to see if it has reached its destination. If so, then clear the NavCom
+	**	regardless of the remaining path list.
+	*/
+	if (center && As_Cell(NavCom) == cell) {
+		IsTurretLockedDown = false;
+		NavCom = TARGET_NONE;
+		Path[0] = FACING_NONE;
+	}
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+	/*
+	**	A "lemon" vehicle will have a tendency to break down as
+	**	it moves about the terrain.
+	*/
+	if (Is_A_Lemon) {
+		if (Random_Pick(1, 4) == 1) {
+			Take_Damage(1);
+		}
+	}
+#endif
+
+	Lay_Track();
+
+	FootClass::Per_Cell_Process(center);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DriveClass::Start_Of_Move -- Tries to get a unit to advance toward cell.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This will try to start a unit advancing toward the cell it is                            *
+ *    facing. It will check for and handle legality and reserving of the                       *
+ *    necessary cell.                                                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  true/false; Should this routine be called again because                            *
+ *                      initial start operation is temporarily delayed?                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   02/02/1992 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   10/18/1993 JLB : This should be called repeatedly until HeadTo is not NULL.               *
+ *   03/16/1994 JLB : Revamped for track logic.                                                *
+ *   04/15/1994 JLB : Converted to member function.                                            *
+ *   06/19/1995 JLB : Fixed so that it won't fire on ground unnecessarily.                     *
+ *   07/13/1995 JLB : Handles bumping into cloaked objects.                                    *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool DriveClass::Start_Of_Move(void)
+{
+	FacingType		facing;				// Direction movement will commence.
+	DirType			dir;				// Desired actual facing toward destination.
+	int				facediff;			// Difference between current and desired facing.
+	int				speed;				// Speed of unit.
+	CELL				destcell;			// Cell of destination.
+	LandType			ground;				// Ground unit is entering.
+	COORDINATE				dest;					// Destination coordinate.
+
+	facing = Path[0];
+
+	if (!Target_Legal(NavCom) && facing == FACING_NONE) {
+		IsTurretLockedDown = false;
+		Stop_Driver();
+		if (Mission == MISSION_MOVE) {
+			Enter_Idle_Mode();
+		}
+		return(false);		// Why is it calling this routine!?!
+	}
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+	/*
+	**	Movement start logic can't begin until a unit that requires
+	**	a locked down turret gets to a locked down state (i.e., the
+	**	turret rotation stops.
+	*/
+	if (ClassF & CLASSF_LOCKTURRET) {
+		Set_Secondary_Facing(facing<<5);
+		if (Is_Rotating) {
+			return(true);
+		}
+	}
+#endif
+
+	/*
+	**	Reduce the path length if the target is a unit and the
+	**	range to the unit is less than the precalculated path steps.
+	*/
+	if (facing != FACING_NONE) {
+		int	dist;
+
+		if (Is_Target_Unit(NavCom) || Is_Target_Infantry(NavCom)) {
+			dist = Lepton_To_Cell(Distance(NavCom));
+
+//			if (dist > CELL_LEPTON_W ||
+//				!As_Techno(NavCom)->Techno_Type_Class()->IsCrushable ||
+//				!Class->IsCrusher) {
+
+				if (dist < CONQUER_PATH_MAX) {
+					Path[dist] = FACING_NONE;
+					facing = Path[0];		// Maybe needed.
+				}
+//			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If the path is invalid at this point, then generate one. If
+	**	generating a new path fails, then abort NavCom.
+	*/
+	if (facing == FACING_NONE) {
+
+		/*
+		**	If after a path search, there is still no valid path, then set the
+		**	NavCom to null and let the script take care of assigning a new
+		**	navigation target.
+		*/
+		if (!PathDelay.Expired()) {
+			return(false);
+		}
+		if (!Basic_Path()) {
+			if (Distance(NavCom) < 0x0280 && (Mission == MISSION_MOVE || Mission == MISSION_GUARD_AREA)) {
+				Assign_Destination(TARGET_NONE);
+			} else {
+
+				/*
+				**	If a basic path could be found, but the immediate move destination is
+				**	blocked by a friendly temporary blockage, then cause that blockage
+				**	to scatter.
+				*/
+				CELL cell = Adjacent_Cell(Coord_Cell(Center_Coord()), PrimaryFacing.Current());
+				if (Map.In_Radar(cell)) {
+					if (Can_Enter_Cell(cell) == MOVE_TEMP) {
+						CellClass * cellptr = &Map[cell];
+						TechnoClass * blockage = cellptr->Cell_Techno();
+						if (blockage && House->Is_Ally(blockage)) {
+							bool old = Special.IsScatter;
+							Special.IsScatter = true;
+							cellptr->Incoming(0, true);
+							Special.IsScatter = old;
+						}
+					}
+				}
+
+				if (TryTryAgain) {
+					TryTryAgain--;
+				} else {
+					Assign_Destination(TARGET_NONE);
+					if (IsNewNavCom) Sound_Effect(VOC_SCOLD);
+					IsNewNavCom = false;
+				}
+			}
+			Stop_Driver();
+			TrackNumber = -1;
+			IsTurretLockedDown = false;
+			return(false);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	If a basic path could be found, but the immediate move destination is
+		**	blocked by a friendly temporary blockage, then cause that blockage
+		**	to scatter.
+		*/
+		CELL cell = Adjacent_Cell(Coord_Cell(Center_Coord()), Path[0]);
+		if (Map.In_Radar(cell)) {
+			if (Can_Enter_Cell(cell) == MOVE_TEMP) {
+				CellClass * cellptr = &Map[cell];
+				TechnoClass * blockage = cellptr->Cell_Techno();
+				if (blockage && House->Is_Ally(blockage)) {
+					bool old = Special.IsScatter;
+					Special.IsScatter = true;
+					cellptr->Incoming(0, true);
+					Special.IsScatter = old;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		TryTryAgain = PATH_RETRY;
+		facing = Path[0];
+	}
+
+	if (Class->IsLockTurret || !Class->IsTurretEquipped) {
+		IsTurretLockedDown = true;
+	}
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+	/*
+	**	If the turret needs to match the body's facing before
+	**	movement can occur, then start it's rotation and
+	**	don't start a movement track until it is aligned.
+	*/
+	if (!Ok_To_Move(BodyFacing)) {
+		return(true);
+	}
+#endif
+
+	/*
+	**	Determine the coordinate of the next cell to move into.
+	*/
+	dest = Adjacent_Cell(Coord, facing);
+	dir = Facing_Dir(facing);
+
+	/*
+	**	Set the facing correctly if it isn't already correct. This
+	**	means starting a rotation track if necessary.
+	*/
+	facediff = PrimaryFacing.Difference(dir);
+	if (facediff) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Request a change of facing.
+		*/
+		Do_Turn(dir);
+		return(true);
+
+	} else {
+
+		/* NOTE:  Beyond this point, actual track assignment can begin.
+		**
+		**	If the cell to move into is impassable (probably for some unexpected
+		**	reason), then abort the path list and set the speed to zero. The
+		** next time this routine is called, a new path will be generated.
+		*/
+		destcell = Coord_Cell(dest);
+		Mark(MARK_UP);
+		MoveType cando = Can_Enter_Cell(destcell, facing);
+		Mark(MARK_DOWN);
+
+		if (cando != MOVE_OK) {
+
+			if (Mission == MISSION_MOVE && House->IsHuman && Distance(NavCom) < 0x0200) {
+				Assign_Destination(TARGET_NONE);
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	If a temporary friendly object is blocking the path, then cause it to
+			**	get out of the way.
+			*/
+			if (cando == MOVE_TEMP) {
+				bool old = Special.IsScatter;
+				Special.IsScatter = true;
+				Map[destcell].Incoming(0, true);
+				Special.IsScatter = old;
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	If a cloaked object is blocking, then shimmer the cell.
+			*/
+			if (cando == MOVE_CLOAK) {
+				Map[destcell].Shimmer();
+			}
+
+			Stop_Driver();
+			if (cando != MOVE_MOVING_BLOCK) {
+			 	Path[0] = FACING_NONE;		// Path is blocked!
+			}
+
+			/*
+			** If blocked by a moving block then just exit start of move and
+			** try again next tick.
+			*/
+			if (cando == MOVE_DESTROYABLE) {
+				if (Map[destcell].Cell_Object()) {
+					if (!House->Is_Ally(Map[destcell].Cell_Object())) {
+						Override_Mission(MISSION_ATTACK, Map[destcell].Cell_Object()->As_Target(), TARGET_NONE);
+					}
+				} else {
+					if (Map[destcell].Overlay != OVERLAY_NONE && OverlayTypeClass::As_Reference(Map[destcell].Overlay).IsWall) {
+						Override_Mission(MISSION_ATTACK, ::As_Target(destcell), TARGET_NONE);
+					}
+				}
+			} else {
+				if (IsNewNavCom) Sound_Effect(VOC_SCOLD);
+			}
+			IsNewNavCom = false;
+			TrackNumber = -1;
+			return(true);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Determine the speed that the unit can travel to the desired square.
+		*/
+		ground = Map[destcell].Land_Type();
+		speed = Ground[ground].Cost[Class->Speed];
+		if (!speed) speed = 128;
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+		/*
+		**	Set the jiggle flag if the terrain would cause the unit
+		**	to jiggle when travelled over.
+		*/
+		BaseF &= ~BASEF_JIGGLE;
+		if (Ground[ground].Jiggle) {
+			BaseF |= BASEF_JIGGLE;
+		}
+#endif
+
+		/*
+		**	A damaged unit has a reduced speed.
+		*/
+		if ((Class->MaxStrength>>1) > Strength) {
+			speed -= (speed>>2);	// Three quarters speed.
+		}
+		if ((speed != Speed)/* || !SpeedAdd*/) {
+			Set_Speed(speed);		// Full speed.
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Adjust speed depending on distance to ultimate movement target. The
+		**	further away the target is, the faster the vehicle will travel.
+		*/
+		int dist = Distance(NavCom);
+		if (dist < 0x0200) {
+			speed = Fixed_To_Cardinal(speed, 0x00A0);
+		} else {
+			if (dist < 0x0700) {
+				speed = Fixed_To_Cardinal(speed, 0x00D0);
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Reserve the destination cell so that it won't become
+		**	occupied AS this unit is moving into it.
+		*/
+		if (cando != MOVE_OK) {
+		 	Path[0] = FACING_NONE;		// Path is blocked!
+			TrackNumber = -1;
+		 	dest = NULL;
+		} else {
+
+			Overrun_Square(Coord_Cell(dest), true);
+
+			/*
+			**	Determine which track to use (based on recorded path).
+			*/
+			FacingType nextface = Path[1];
+			if (nextface == FACING_NONE) nextface = facing;
+
+			IsOnShortTrack = false;
+			TrackNumber = facing * FACING_COUNT + nextface;
+			if (TrackControl[TrackNumber].Track == 0) {
+				Path[0] = FACING_NONE;
+				TrackNumber = -1;
+				return(true);
+			} else {
+				if (TrackControl[TrackNumber].Flag & F_D) {
+					/*
+					**	If the middle cell of a two cell track contains a crate,
+					**	the check for goodies before movement starts.
+					*/
+					if (!Map[destcell].Goodie_Check(this)) {
+						cando = MOVE_NO;
+					} else {
+
+						dest = Adjacent_Cell(dest, nextface);
+						destcell = Coord_Cell(dest);
+						cando = Can_Enter_Cell(destcell);
+					}
+
+					if (cando != MOVE_OK) {
+
+						/*
+						**	If a temporary friendly object is blocking the path, then cause it to
+						**	get out of the way.
+						*/
+						if (cando == MOVE_TEMP) {
+							bool old = Special.IsScatter;
+							Special.IsScatter = true;
+							Map[destcell].Incoming(0, true);
+							Special.IsScatter = old;
+						}
+
+						/*
+						**	If a cloaked object is blocking, then shimmer the cell.
+						*/
+						if (cando == MOVE_CLOAK) {
+							Map[destcell].Shimmer();
+						}
+
+						Path[0] = FACING_NONE;		// Path is blocked!
+						TrackNumber = -1;
+						dest = NULL;
+						if (cando == MOVE_DESTROYABLE) {
+
+							if (Map[destcell].Cell_Object()) {
+								if (!House->Is_Ally(Map[destcell].Cell_Object())) {
+									Override_Mission(MISSION_ATTACK, Map[destcell].Cell_Object()->As_Target(), TARGET_NONE);
+								}
+							} else {
+								if (Map[destcell].Overlay != OVERLAY_NONE && OverlayTypeClass::As_Reference(Map[destcell].Overlay).IsWall) {
+									Override_Mission(MISSION_ATTACK, ::As_Target(destcell), TARGET_NONE);
+								}
+							}
+							IsNewNavCom = false;
+							TrackIndex = 0;
+							return(true);
+						}
+					} else {
+						memcpy(&Path[0], &Path[2], CONQUER_PATH_MAX-2);
+						Path[CONQUER_PATH_MAX-2] = FACING_NONE;
+						IsPlanningToLook = true;
+					}
+				} else {
+					memcpy(&Path[0], &Path[1], CONQUER_PATH_MAX-1);
+				}
+				Path[CONQUER_PATH_MAX-1] = FACING_NONE;
+			}
+		}
+
+		IsNewNavCom = false;
+		TrackIndex = 0;
+		if (!Start_Driver(dest)) {
+			TrackNumber = -1;
+			Path[0] = FACING_NONE;
+			Set_Speed(0);
+		}
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DriveClass::AI -- Processes unit movement and rotation.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to process unit movement and rotation. It                           *
+ *    functions autonomously from the script system. Thus, once a unit                         *
+ *    is give rotation command or movement path, it will follow this                           *
+ *    until specifically instructed to stop. The advantage of this                             *
+ *    method is that it allows smooth movement of units, faster game                           *
+ *    execution, and reduced script complexity (since actual movement                          *
+ *    dynamics need not be controlled directly by the scripts).                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   This routine relies on the process control bits for the                         *
+ *             specified unit (for speed reasons). Thus, only setting                          *
+ *             movement, rotation, or path list will the unit perform                          *
+ *             any physics.                                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/26/1993 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   04/15/1994 JLB : Converted to member function.                                            *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void DriveClass::AI(void)
+{
+	FootClass::AI();
+
+	/*
+	**	If the unit is following a track, then continue
+	**	to do so -- mindlessly.
+	*/
+	if (TrackNumber != -1) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Perform the movement accumulation.
+		*/
+		While_Moving();
+		if (!IsActive) return;
+		if (TrackNumber == -1 && (Target_Legal(NavCom) || Path[0] != FACING_NONE)) {
+			Start_Of_Move();
+			While_Moving();
+			if (!IsActive) return;
+		}
+
+	} else {
+
+		/*
+		**	For tracked units that are rotating in place, perform the rotation now.
+		*/
+		if ((Class->Speed == SPEED_FLOAT || Class->Speed == SPEED_HOVER || Class->Speed == SPEED_TRACK || (Class->Speed == SPEED_WHEEL && !Special.IsThreePoint)) && PrimaryFacing.Is_Rotating()) {
+			if (PrimaryFacing.Rotation_Adjust(Class->ROT)) {
+				Mark(MARK_CHANGE);
+			}
+			if (!IsRotating) {
+				Per_Cell_Process(true);
+				if (!IsActive) return;
+			}
+
+		} else {
+
+			/*
+			**	The unit has no track to follow, but if there
+			**	is a navigation target or a remaining path,
+			**	then start on a new track.
+			*/
+			if (Mission != MISSION_GUARD || NavCom != TARGET_NONE) {
+				if (Target_Legal(NavCom) || Path[0] != FACING_NONE) {
+					Start_Of_Move();
+					While_Moving();
+					if (!IsActive) return;
+				} else {
+					Stop_Driver();
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DriveClass::Fixup_Path -- Adds smooth start path to normal movement path.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine modifies the path of the specified unit so that it                          *
+ *    will not start out with a rotation. This is necessary for those                          *
+ *    vehicles that have difficulty with rotating in place. Typically,                         *
+ *    this includes wheeled vehicles.                                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   unit  -- Pointer to the unit to adjust.                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          path  -- Pointer to path structure.                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   Only units that require a fixup get modified. The                               *
+ *             modification only occurs, if there is a legal path to                           *
+ *             do so.                                                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   04/03/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   04/06/1994 JLB : Uses path structure.                                                     *
+ *   04/10/1994 JLB : Diagonal smooth turn added.                                              *
+ *   04/15/1994 JLB : Converted to member function.                                            *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void DriveClass::Fixup_Path(PathType *path)
+{
+	FacingType stage[6]={FACING_N,FACING_N,FACING_N,FACING_N,FACING_N,FACING_N};		// Prefix path elements.
+	int	facediff;		// The facing difference value (0..4 | 0..-4).
+	static FacingType _path[4][6] = {
+		{(FacingType)2,(FacingType)0,(FacingType)2,(FacingType)0,(FacingType)0,(FacingType)0},
+		{(FacingType)3,(FacingType)0,(FacingType)2,(FacingType)2,(FacingType)0,(FacingType)0},
+		{(FacingType)4,(FacingType)0,(FacingType)2,(FacingType)2,(FacingType)0,(FacingType)0},
+		{(FacingType)4,(FacingType)0,(FacingType)2,(FacingType)2,(FacingType)1,(FacingType)0}
+	};
+	static FacingType _dpath[4][6] = {
+		{(FacingType)0,(FacingType)0,(FacingType)0,(FacingType)0,(FacingType)0,(FacingType)0},
+		{(FacingType)3,(FacingType)0,(FacingType)2,(FacingType)2,(FacingType)0,(FacingType)0},
+		{(FacingType)4,(FacingType)0,(FacingType)2,(FacingType)2,(FacingType)1,(FacingType)0},
+		{(FacingType)5,(FacingType)0,(FacingType)2,(FacingType)2,(FacingType)1,(FacingType)0}
+	};
+
+	int			index;
+	int			counter;			// Path addition
+	FacingType	*ptr;				// Path list pointer.
+	FacingType	*ptr2;			// Copy of new path list pointer.
+	FacingType	nextpath;		// Next path value.
+	CELL			cell;				// Working cell value.
+	bool			ok;
+
+	/*
+	**	Verify that the unit is valid and there is a path problem to resolve.
+	*/
+	if (!path || path->Command[0] == FACING_NONE) {
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Only wheeled vehicles need a path fixup -- to avoid 3 point turns.
+	*/
+	if (!Special.IsThreePoint || Class->Speed != SPEED_WHEEL) {
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If the original path starts in the same direction as the unit, then
+	**	there is no problem to resolve -- abort.
+	*/
+	facediff = PrimaryFacing.Difference((DirType)(path->Command[0]<<5)) >> 5;
+
+	if (!facediff) return;
+
+	if (Dir_Facing(PrimaryFacing) & FACING_NE) {
+		ptr = &_dpath[(FacingType)ABS((int)facediff)-FACING_NE][1];			// Pointer to path adjust list.
+ 		counter = (int)_dpath[(FacingType)ABS((int)facediff)-FACING_NE][0];		// Number of path adjusts.
+	} else {
+		ptr = &_path[(FacingType)ABS((int)facediff)-FACING_NE][1];			// Pointer to path adjust list.
+ 		counter = (int)_path[(FacingType)ABS((int)facediff)-FACING_NE][0];		// Number of path adjusts.
+	}
+	ptr2 = ptr;
+
+	ok = true;										// Presume adjustment is all ok.
+	cell = Coord_Cell(Coord);	// Starting cell.
+	nextpath = Dir_Facing(PrimaryFacing);	// Starting path.
+	for (index = 0; index < counter; index++) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Determine next path element and add it to the
+		**	working path list.
+		*/
+		if (facediff > 0) {
+			nextpath = nextpath + *ptr++;
+		} else {
+			nextpath = nextpath - *ptr++;
+		}
+		stage[index] = nextpath;
+		cell = Adjacent_Cell(cell, nextpath);
+		//cell = Coord_Cell(Adjacent_Cell(Cell_Coord(cell), nextpath));
+
+		/*
+		**	If it can't enter this cell, then abort the path
+		**	building operation without adjusting the unit's
+		**	path.
+		*/
+		if (Can_Enter_Cell(cell, nextpath) != MOVE_OK) {
+			ok = false;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If veering to the left was not successful, then try veering
+	**	to the right. This only makes sense if the vehicle is trying
+	**	to turn 180 degrees.
+	*/
+	if (!ok && ABS(facediff) == 4) {
+		ptr = ptr2;											// Pointer to path adjust list.
+		facediff = -facediff;
+		ok = true;											// Presume adjustment is all ok.
+		cell = Coord_Cell(Coord);						// Starting cell.
+		nextpath = Dir_Facing(PrimaryFacing);		// Starting path.
+		for (index = 0; index < counter; index++) {
+
+			/*
+			**	Determine next path element and add it to the
+			**	working path list.
+			*/
+			if (facediff > 0) {
+				nextpath = nextpath + *ptr++;
+			} else {
+				nextpath = nextpath - *ptr++;
+			}
+			stage[index] = nextpath;
+			cell = Coord_Cell(Adjacent_Cell(Cell_Coord(cell), nextpath));
+
+			/*
+			**	If it can't enter this cell, then abort the path
+			**	building operation without adjusting the unit's
+			**	path.
+			*/
+			if (Can_Enter_Cell(cell, nextpath) != MOVE_OK) {
+				ok = false;
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If a legal path addition was created, then install it in place
+	**	of the first path value. The initial path entry is to be replaced
+	**	with a sequence of path entries that create smooth turning.
+	*/
+	if (ok) {
+		if (path->Length <= 1) {
+			movmem(&stage[0], path->Command, MAX(counter, 1));
+			path->Length = counter;
+		} else {
+
+			/*
+			**	Optimize the transition path step from the smooth turn
+			**	first part as it joins with the rest of the normal
+			**	path. The normal prefix path steps are NOT to be optimized.
+			*/
+			if (counter) {
+				counter--;
+				path->Command[0] = stage[counter];
+				Optimize_Moves(path, MOVE_OK);
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	If there is more than one prefix path element, then
+			**	insert the rest now.
+			*/
+			if (counter) {
+				movmem(&path->Command[0], &path->Command[counter], 40-counter);
+				movmem(&stage[0], &path->Command[0], counter);
+				path->Length += counter;
+			}
+		}
+		path->Command[path->Length] = FACING_NONE;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DriveClass::Lay_Track -- Handles track laying logic for the unit.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine handles the track laying for the unit. This entails examining the unit's    *
+ *    current location as well as the direction and whether this unit is allowed to lay        *
+ *    tracks in the first place.                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/28/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void DriveClass::Lay_Track(void)
+{
+#ifdef NEVER
+	static IconCommandType *_trackdirs[8] = {
+		TrackN_S,
+		TrackNE_SW,
+		TrackE_W,
+		TrackNW_SE,
+		TrackN_S,
+		TrackNE_SW,
+		TrackE_W,
+		TrackNW_SE
+	};
+
+	if (!(ClassF & CLASSF_TRACKS)) return;
+
+	Icon_Install(Coord_Cell(Coord), _trackdirs[Facing_To_8(BodyFacing)]);
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DriveClass::Mark_Track -- Marks the midpoint of the track as occupied.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will ensure that the midpoint (if any) of the track that the unit is        *
+ *    following, will be marked according to the mark type specified.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   headto   -- The head to coordinate.                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          type     -- The type of marking to perform.                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/30/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void DriveClass::Mark_Track(COORDINATE headto, MarkType type)
+{
+	int value;
+
+	if (type == MARK_UP) {
+		value = false;
+	} else {
+		value = true;
+	}
+
+	if (headto) {
+		if (!IsOnShortTrack && TrackNumber != -1) {
+
+			/*
+			** If we have not passed the per cell process point we need
+			** to deal with it.
+			*/
+			int tracknum = TrackControl[TrackNumber].Track;
+			if (tracknum) {
+				TrackType const * ptr = RawTracks[tracknum - 1].Track;
+				int cellidx = RawTracks[tracknum - 1].Cell;
+				if (cellidx > -1) {
+					DirType dir = ptr[cellidx].Facing;
+
+					if (TrackIndex < cellidx && cellidx != -1) {
+						COORDINATE offset = Smooth_Turn(ptr[cellidx].Offset, &dir);
+						Map[Coord_Cell(offset)].Flag.Occupy.Vehicle = value;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		Map[Coord_Cell(headto)].Flag.Occupy.Vehicle = value;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DriveClass::Offload_Tiberium_Bail -- Offloads one Tiberium quantum from the object.         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will offload one Tiberium packet/quantum/bail from the object. Multiple     *
+ *    calls to this routine are needed in order to fully offload all Tiberium.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the number of credits offloaded for the one call. If zero is returned,*
+ *          then this indicates that all Tiberium has been offloaded.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int DriveClass::Offload_Tiberium_Bail(void)
+{
+	if (Tiberium) {
+		Tiberium--;
+		if (House->IsHuman) {
+			return(UnitTypeClass::FULL_LOAD_CREDITS/UnitTypeClass::STEP_COUNT);
+		}
+		return(UnitTypeClass::FULL_LOAD_CREDITS+(UnitTypeClass::FULL_LOAD_CREDITS/3)/UnitTypeClass::STEP_COUNT);
+	}
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DriveClass::Ok_To_Move -- Checks to see if this object can begin moving.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to verify that this object is allowed to move. Some objects can     *
+ *    be temporarily occupied and thus cannot move until the situation permits.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   direction   -- The direction that movement would be desired.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Can the unit move in the direction specified?                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/29/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool DriveClass::Ok_To_Move(DirType ) const
+{
+	return true;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DriveClass::Class_Of -- Fetches a reference to the class type for this object.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will fetch a reference to the TypeClass of this object.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with reference to the type class of this object.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/29/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+ObjectTypeClass const & DriveClass::Class_Of(void) const
+{
+	return *Class;
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	Smooth turn track tables. These are coordinate offsets from the center
+**	of the destination cell. These are the raw tracks that are modified
+**	by negating the X and Y portions as necessary. Also for reverse travelling
+**	direction, the track list can be processed backward.
+**
+**	Track 1 = N
+**	Track 2 = NE
+**	Track 3 = N->NE 45 deg (double path consumption)
+**	Track 4 = N->E 90 deg (double path consumption)
+**	Track 5 = NE->SE 90 deg (double path consumption)
+** Track 6 = NE->N 45 deg (double path consumption)
+**	Track 7 = N->NE (facing change only)
+**	Track 8 = NE->E (facing change only)
+**	Track 9 = N->E (facing change only)
+**	Track 10= NE->SE (facing change only)
+**	Track 11= back up into refinery
+**	Track 12= drive out of refinery
+*/
+#pragma warn -ias
+DriveClass::TrackType const DriveClass::Track1[24] = {
+	{0x00F50000L,(DirType)0},
+	{0x00EA0000L,(DirType)0},
+	{0x00DF0000L,(DirType)0},
+	{0x00D40000L,(DirType)0},
+	{0x00C90000L,(DirType)0},
+	{0x00BE0000L,(DirType)0},
+	{0x00B30000L,(DirType)0},
+	{0x00A80000L,(DirType)0},
+	{0x009D0000L,(DirType)0},
+	{0x00920000L,(DirType)0},
+	{0x00870000L,(DirType)0},
+	{0x007C0000L,(DirType)0},		// Track jump check here.
+	{0x00710000L,(DirType)0},
+	{0x00660000L,(DirType)0},
+	{0x005B0000L,(DirType)0},
+	{0x00500000L,(DirType)0},
+	{0x00450000L,(DirType)0},
+	{0x003A0000L,(DirType)0},
+	{0x002F0000L,(DirType)0},
+	{0x00240000L,(DirType)0},
+	{0x00190000L,(DirType)0},
+	{0x000E0000L,(DirType)0},
+	{0x00030000L,(DirType)0},
+	{0x00000000L,(DirType)0}
+};
+
+DriveClass::TrackType const DriveClass::Track2[] = {
+	{0x00F8FF08L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x00F0FF10L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x00E8FF18L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x00E0FF20L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x00D8FF28L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x00D0FF30L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x00C8FF38L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x00C0FF40L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x00B8FF48L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x00B0FF50L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x00A8FF58L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x00A0FF60L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x0098FF68L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x0090FF70L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x0088FF78L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x0080FF80L,(DirType)32},		// Track jump check here.
+	{0x0078FF88L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x0070FF90L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x0068FF98L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x0060FFA0L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x0058FFA8L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x0050FFB0L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x0048FFB8L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x0040FFC0L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x0038FFC8L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x0030FFD0L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x0028FFD8L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x0020FFE0L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x0018FFE8L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x0010FFF0L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x0008FFF8L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x00000000L,(DirType)32}
+};
+
+DriveClass::TrackType const DriveClass::Track3[] = {
+	{0x01F5FF00L,(DirType)0},
+	{0x01EAFF00L,(DirType)0},
+	{0x01DFFF00L,(DirType)0},
+	{0x01D4FF00L,(DirType)0},
+	{0x01C9FF00L,(DirType)0},
+	{0x01BEFF00L,(DirType)0},
+	{0x01B3FF00L,(DirType)0},
+	{0x01A8FF00L,(DirType)0},
+	{0x019DFF00L,(DirType)0},
+	{0x0192FF00L,(DirType)0},
+	{0x0187FF00L,(DirType)0},
+	{0x0180FF00L,(DirType)0},
+	{0x0175FF00L,(DirType)0},		// Jump entry point here.
+	{0x016BFF00L,(DirType)0},
+	{0x0160FF02L,(DirType)1},
+	{0x0155FF04L,(DirType)3},
+	{0x014CFF06L,(DirType)4},
+	{0x0141FF08L,(DirType)5},
+	{0x0137FF0BL,(DirType)7},
+	{0x012EFF0FL,(DirType)8},
+	{0x0124FF13L,(DirType)9},
+	{0x011AFF17L,(DirType)11},
+	{0x0110FF1BL,(DirType)12},
+	{0x0107FF1FL,(DirType)13},		// Center cell processing here.
+	{0x00FCFF24L,(DirType)15},
+	{0x00F3FF28L,(DirType)16},
+	{0x00ECFF2CL,(DirType)17},
+	{0x00E0FF32L,(DirType)19},
+	{0x00D7FF36L,(DirType)20},
+	{0x00CFFF3DL,(DirType)21},
+	{0x00C6FF42L,(DirType)23},
+	{0x00BAFF49L,(DirType)24},
+	{0x00B0FF4DL,(DirType)25},
+	{0x00A8FF58L,(DirType)27},
+	{0x00A0FF60L,(DirType)28},
+	{0x0098FF68L,(DirType)29},
+	{0x0090FF70L,(DirType)31},
+	{0x0088FF78L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x0080FF80L,(DirType)32},		// Track jump check here.
+	{0x0078FF88L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x0070FF90L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x0068FF98L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x0060FFA0L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x0058FFA8L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x0050FFB0L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x0048FFB8L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x0040FFC0L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x0038FFC8L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x0030FFD0L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x0028FFD8L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x0020FFE0L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x0018FFE8L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x0010FFF0L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x0008FFF8L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x00000000L,(DirType)32}
+};
+
+DriveClass::TrackType const DriveClass::Track4[] = {
+	{0x00F5FF00L,(DirType)0},
+	{0x00EBFF00L,(DirType)0},
+	{0x00E0FF00L,(DirType)0},
+	{0x00D5FF00L,(DirType)0},
+	{0x00CBFF01L,(DirType)0},
+	{0x00C0FF03L,(DirType)0},
+	{0x00B5FF05L,(DirType)1},
+	{0x00ABFF07L,(DirType)1},
+	{0x00A0FF0AL,(DirType)2},
+	{0x0095FF0DL,(DirType)3},
+	{0x008BFF10L,(DirType)4},
+	{0x0080FF14L,(DirType)5},		// Track entry here.
+	{0x0075FF18L,(DirType)8},
+	{0x006DFF1CL,(DirType)12},
+	{0x0063FF22L,(DirType)16},
+	{0x005AFF25L,(DirType)20},
+	{0x0052FF2BL,(DirType)23},
+	{0x0048FF32L,(DirType)27},
+	{0x0040FF37L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x0038FF3DL,(DirType)36},
+	{0x0030FF46L,(DirType)39},
+	{0x002BFF4FL,(DirType)43},
+	{0x0024FF58L,(DirType)47},
+	{0x0020FF60L,(DirType)51},
+	{0x001BFF6DL,(DirType)54},
+	{0x0017FF79L,(DirType)57},
+	{0x0014FF82L,(DirType)60},		// Track jump here.
+	{0x0011FF8FL,(DirType)62},
+	{0x000DFF98L,(DirType)63},
+	{0x0009FFA2L,(DirType)64},
+	{0x0006FFACL,(DirType)64},
+	{0x0004FFB5L,(DirType)66},
+	{0x0003FFC0L,(DirType)64},
+	{0x0002FFCBL,(DirType)64},
+	{0x0001FFD5L,(DirType)64},
+	{0x0000FFE0L,(DirType)64},
+	{0x0000FFEBL,(DirType)64},
+	{0x0000FFF5L,(DirType)64},
+	{0x00000000L,(DirType)64}
+};
+
+DriveClass::TrackType const DriveClass::Track5[] = {
+	{0xFFF8FE08L,(DirType)32},
+	{0xFFF0FE10L,(DirType)32},
+	{0xFFE8FE18L,(DirType)32},
+	{0xFFE0FE20L,(DirType)32},
+	{0xFFD8FE28L,(DirType)32},
+	{0xFFD0FE30L,(DirType)32},
+	{0xFFC8FE38L,(DirType)32},
+	{0xFFC0FE40L,(DirType)32},
+	{0xFFB8FE48L,(DirType)32},
+	{0xFFB0FE50L,(DirType)32},
+	{0xFFA8FE58L,(DirType)32},
+	{0xFFA0FE60L,(DirType)32},
+	{0xFF98FE68L,(DirType)32},
+	{0xFF90FE70L,(DirType)32},
+	{0xFF88FE78L,(DirType)32},
+	{0xFF80FE80L,(DirType)32},		// Track entry here.
+	{0xFF78FE88L,(DirType)32},
+	{0xFF71FE90L,(DirType)32},
+	{0xFF6AFE97L,(DirType)32},
+	{0xFF62FE9FL,(DirType)32},
+	{0xFF5AFEA8L,(DirType)32},
+	{0xFF53FEB0L,(DirType)35},
+	{0xFF4BFEB7L,(DirType)38},
+	{0xFF44FEBEL,(DirType)41},
+	{0xFF3EFEC4L,(DirType)44},
+	{0xFF39FECEL,(DirType)47},
+	{0xFF34FED8L,(DirType)50},
+	{0xFF30FEE0L,(DirType)53},
+	{0xFF2DFEEBL,(DirType)56},
+	{0xFF2CFEF5L,(DirType)59},
+	{0xFF2BFF00L,(DirType)62},
+	{0xFF2CFF0BL,(DirType)66},
+	{0xFF2DFF15L,(DirType)69},
+	{0xFF30FF1FL,(DirType)72},
+	{0xFF34FF28L,(DirType)75},
+	{0xFF39FF30L,(DirType)78},
+	{0xFF3EFF3AL,(DirType)81},
+	{0xFF44FF44L,(DirType)84},
+	{0xFF4BFF4BL,(DirType)87},
+	{0xFF53FF50L,(DirType)90},
+	{0xFF5AFF58L,(DirType)93},
+	{0xFF62FF60L,(DirType)96},
+	{0xFF6AFF68L,(DirType)96},
+	{0xFF71FF70L,(DirType)96},
+	{0xFF78FF78L,(DirType)96},
+	{0xFF80FF80L,(DirType)96},		// Track jump check here.
+	{0xFF88FF88L,(DirType)96},
+	{0xFF90FF90L,(DirType)96},
+	{0xFF98FF98L,(DirType)96},
+	{0xFFA0FFA0L,(DirType)96},
+	{0xFFA8FFA8L,(DirType)96},
+	{0xFFB0FFB0L,(DirType)96},
+	{0xFFB8FFB8L,(DirType)96},
+	{0xFFC0FFC0L,(DirType)96},
+	{0xFFC8FFC8L,(DirType)96},
+	{0xFFD0FFD0L,(DirType)96},
+	{0xFFD8FFD8L,(DirType)96},
+	{0xFFE0FFE0L,(DirType)96},
+	{0xFFE8FFE8L,(DirType)96},
+	{0xFFF0FFF0L,(DirType)96},
+	{0xFFF8FFF8L,(DirType)96},
+	{0x00000000L,(DirType)96}
+};
+
+DriveClass::TrackType const DriveClass::Track6[] = {
+	{0x0100FE00L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x00F8FE08L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x00F0FE10L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x00E8FE18L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x00E0FE20L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x00D8FE28L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x00D0FE30L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x00C8FE38L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x00C0FE40L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x00B8FE48L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x00B0FE50L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x00A8FE58L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x00A0FE60L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x0098FE68L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x0090FE70L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x0088FE78L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x0080FE80L,(DirType)32},		// Jump entry point here.
+	{0x0078FE88L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x0070FE90L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x0068FE98L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x0060FEA0L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x0058FEA8L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x0055FEAEL,(DirType)32},
+	{0x004EFEB8L,(DirType)35},
+	{0x0048FEC0L,(DirType)37},
+	{0x0042FEC9L,(DirType)40},
+	{0x003BFED2L,(DirType)43},
+	{0x0037FEDAL,(DirType)45},
+	{0x0032FEE3L,(DirType)48},
+	{0x002BFEEBL,(DirType)51},
+	{0x0026FEF5L,(DirType)53},
+	{0x0022FEFEL,(DirType)56},
+	{0x001CFF08L,(DirType)59},
+	{0x0019FF12L,(DirType)61},
+	{0x0015FF1BL,(DirType)64},
+	{0x0011FF26L,(DirType)64},
+	{0x000EFF30L,(DirType)64},
+	{0x000BFF39L,(DirType)64},
+	{0x0009FF43L,(DirType)64},
+	{0x0007FF4EL,(DirType)64},
+	{0x0005FF57L,(DirType)64},
+	{0x0003FF62L,(DirType)64},
+	{0x0001FF6DL,(DirType)64},
+	{0x0000FF77L,(DirType)64},
+	{0x0000FF80L,(DirType)64},		// Track jump check here.
+	{0x0000FF8BL,(DirType)64},
+	{0x0000FF95L,(DirType)64},
+	{0x0000FFA0L,(DirType)64},
+	{0x0000FFABL,(DirType)64},
+	{0x0000FFB5L,(DirType)64},
+	{0x0000FFC0L,(DirType)64},
+	{0x0000FFCBL,(DirType)64},
+	{0x0000FFD5L,(DirType)64},
+	{0x0000FFE0L,(DirType)64},
+	{0x0000FFEBL,(DirType)64},
+	{0x0000FFF5L,(DirType)64},
+	{0x00000000L,(DirType)64}
+};
+
+DriveClass::TrackType const DriveClass::Track7[] = {
+	{0x0006FFFFL,(DirType)0},
+	{0x000CFFFEL,(DirType)4},
+	{0x0011FFFCL,(DirType)8},
+	{0x0018FFFAL,(DirType)12},
+	{0x001FFFF6L,(DirType)16},
+	{0x0024FFF3L,(DirType)19},
+	{0x002BFFF0L,(DirType)22},
+	{0x0030FFFDL,(DirType)23},
+	{0x0035FFEBL,(DirType)24},
+	{0x0038FFE8L,(DirType)25},
+	{0x003CFFE6L,(DirType)26},
+	{0x0040FFE3L,(DirType)27},
+	{0x0043FFE0L,(DirType)28},
+	{0x0046FFDDL,(DirType)29},
+	{0x0043FFDFL,(DirType)30},
+	{0x0040FFE1L,(DirType)30},
+	{0x003CFFE3L,(DirType)30},
+	{0x0038FFE5L,(DirType)30},
+	{0x0035FFE7L,(DirType)31},
+	{0x0030FFE9L,(DirType)31},
+	{0x002BFFEBL,(DirType)31},
+	{0x0024FFEDL,(DirType)31},
+	{0x001FFFF1L,(DirType)31},
+	{0x0018FFF4L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x0011FFF7L,(DirType)32},
+	{0x000CFFFAL,(DirType)32},
+	{0x0006FFFDL,(DirType)32},
+	{0x00000000L,(DirType)32}
+};
+
+DriveClass::TrackType const DriveClass::Track8[] = {
+	{0x0003FFFCL,(DirType)32},
+	{0x0006FFF7L,(DirType)36},
+	{0x000AFFF1L,(DirType)40},
+	{0x000CFFEBL,(DirType)44},
+	{0x000DFFE4L,(DirType)46},
+	{0x000EFFDCL,(DirType)48},
+	{0x000FFFD5L,(DirType)50},
+	{0x0010FFD0L,(DirType)52},
+	{0x0011FFC9L,(DirType)54},
+	{0x0012FFC2L,(DirType)56},
+	{0x0011FFC0L,(DirType)58},
+	{0x0010FFC2L,(DirType)60},
+	{0x000EFFC9L,(DirType)62},
+	{0x000CFFCFL,(DirType)64},
+	{0x000AFFD5L,(DirType)64},
+	{0x0008FFDAL,(DirType)64},
+	{0x0006FFE2L,(DirType)64},
+	{0x0004FFE9L,(DirType)64},
+	{0x0002FFEFL,(DirType)64},
+	{0x0001FFF5L,(DirType)64},
+	{0x0000FFF9L,(DirType)64},
+	{0x00000000L,(DirType)64}
+};
+
+DriveClass::TrackType const DriveClass::Track9[] = {
+	{0xFFF50002L,(DirType)0},
+	{0xFFEB0004L,(DirType)2},
+	{0xFFE00006L,(DirType)4},
+	{0xFFD50009L,(DirType)6},
+	{0xFFCE000CL,(DirType)9},
+	{0xFFC8000FL,(DirType)11},
+	{0xFFC00012L,(DirType)13},
+	{0xFFB80015L,(DirType)16},
+	{0xFFC00012L,(DirType)18},
+	{0xFFC8000EL,(DirType)20},
+	{0xFFCE000AL,(DirType)22},
+	{0xFFD50004L,(DirType)24},
+	{0xFFDE0000L,(DirType)26},
+	{0xFFE9FFF8L,(DirType)28},
+	{0xFFEEFFF2L,(DirType)30},
+	{0xFFF5FFEBL,(DirType)32},
+	{0xFFFDFFE1L,(DirType)34},
+	{0x0002FFD8L,(DirType)36},
+	{0x0007FFD2L,(DirType)39},
+	{0x000BFFCBL,(DirType)41},
+	{0x0010FFC5L,(DirType)43},
+	{0x0013FFBEL,(DirType)45},
+	{0x0015FFB7L,(DirType)48},
+	{0x0013FFBEL,(DirType)50},
+	{0x0011FFC5L,(DirType)52},
+	{0x000BFFCCL,(DirType)54},
+	{0x0008FFD4L,(DirType)56},
+	{0x0005FFDFL,(DirType)58},
+	{0x0003FFEBL,(DirType)62},
+	{0x0001FFF5L,(DirType)64},
+	{0x00000000L,(DirType)64}
+};
+
+DriveClass::TrackType const DriveClass::Track10[] = {
+	{0xFFF6000BL,(DirType)32},
+	{0xFFF00015L,(DirType)37},
+	{0xFFEB0020L,(DirType)42},
+	{0xFFE9002BL,(DirType)47},
+	{0xFFE50032L,(DirType)52},
+	{0xFFE30038L,(DirType)57},
+	{0xFFE00040L,(DirType)60},
+	{0xFFE20038L,(DirType)62},
+	{0xFFE40032L,(DirType)64},
+	{0xFFE5002AL,(DirType)68},
+	{0xFFE6001EL,(DirType)70},
+	{0xFFE70015L,(DirType)72},
+	{0xFFE8000BL,(DirType)74},
+	{0xFFE90000L,(DirType)76},
+	{0xFFE8FFF5L,(DirType)78},
+	{0xFFE7FFEBL,(DirType)80},
+	{0xFFE6FFE0L,(DirType)82},
+	{0xFFE5FFD5L,(DirType)84},
+	{0xFFE4FFCEL,(DirType)86},
+	{0xFFE2FFC5L,(DirType)88},
+	{0xFFE0FFC0L,(DirType)90},
+	{0xFFE3FFC5L,(DirType)92},
+	{0xFFE5FFCEL,(DirType)94},
+	{0xFFE9FFD5L,(DirType)95},
+	{0xFFEBFFE0L,(DirType)96},
+	{0xFFF0FFEBL,(DirType)96},
+	{0xFFF6FFF5L,(DirType)96},
+	{0x00000000L,(DirType)96}
+};
+
+DriveClass::TrackType const DriveClass::Track11[] = {
+	{0x01000000L,DIR_SW},
+	{0x00F30008L,DIR_SW},
+	{0x00E50010L,DIR_SW_X1},
+	{0x00D60018L,DIR_SW_X1},
+	{0x00C80020L,DIR_SW_X1},
+	{0x00B90028L,DIR_SW_X1},
+	{0x00AB0030L,DIR_SW_X2},
+	{0x009C0038L,DIR_SW_X2},
+	{0x008D0040L,DIR_SW_X2},
+	{0x007F0048L,DIR_SW_X2},
+	{0x00710050L,DIR_SW_X2},
+	{0x00640058L,DIR_SW_X2},
+	{0x00550060L,DIR_SW_X2},
+
+	{0x00000000L,DIR_SW_X2}
+};
+
+DriveClass::TrackType const DriveClass::Track12[] = {
+	{0xFF550060L,DIR_SW_X2},
+	{0xFF640058L,DIR_SW_X2},
+	{0xFF710050L,DIR_SW_X2},
+	{0xFF7F0048L,DIR_SW_X2},
+	{0xFF8D0040L,DIR_SW_X2},
+	{0xFF9C0038L,DIR_SW_X2},
+	{0xFFAB0030L,DIR_SW_X2},
+	{0xFFB90028L,DIR_SW_X1},
+	{0xFFC80020L,DIR_SW_X1},
+	{0xFFD60018L,DIR_SW_X1},
+	{0xFFE50010L,DIR_SW_X1},
+	{0xFFF30008L,DIR_SW},
+
+	{0x00000000L,DIR_SW}
+};
+
+/*
+**	Drive out of weapon's factory.
+*/
+DriveClass::TrackType const DriveClass::Track13[] = {
+	{XYP_COORD(10,-21),(DirType)(DIR_SW-10)},
+	{XYP_COORD(10,-21),(DirType)(DIR_SW-10)},
+	{XYP_COORD(10,-20),(DirType)(DIR_SW-10)},
+	{XYP_COORD(10,-20),(DirType)(DIR_SW-10)},
+	{XYP_COORD(9,-18),(DirType)(DIR_SW-10)},
+	{XYP_COORD(9,-18),(DirType)(DIR_SW-10)},
+	{XYP_COORD(9,-17),(DirType)(DIR_SW-10)},
+	{XYP_COORD(8,-16),(DirType)(DIR_SW-10)},
+	{XYP_COORD(8,-15),(DirType)(DIR_SW-10)},
+	{XYP_COORD(7,-14),(DirType)(DIR_SW-10)},
+	{XYP_COORD(7,-13),(DirType)(DIR_SW-10)},
+	{XYP_COORD(6,-12),(DirType)(DIR_SW-10)},
+	{XYP_COORD(6,-11),(DirType)(DIR_SW-10)},
+	{XYP_COORD(5,-10),(DirType)(DIR_SW-10)},
+	{XYP_COORD(5,-9),(DirType)(DIR_SW-10)},
+	{XYP_COORD(4,-8),(DirType)(DIR_SW-10)},
+	{XYP_COORD(4,-7),(DirType)(DIR_SW-10)},
+	{XYP_COORD(3,-6),(DirType)(DIR_SW-10)},
+	{XYP_COORD(3,-5),(DirType)(DIR_SW-9)},
+	{XYP_COORD(2,-4),(DirType)(DIR_SW-7)},
+	{XYP_COORD(2,-3),(DirType)(DIR_SW-5)},
+	{XYP_COORD(1,-2),(DirType)(DIR_SW-3)},
+	{XYP_COORD(1,-1),(DirType)(DIR_SW-1)},
+
+	{0x00000000L,DIR_SW}
+};
+
+
+/*
+**	There are a limited basic number of tracks that a vehicle can follow. These
+**	are they. Each track can be interpreted differently but this is controlled
+**	by the TrackControl structure elaborated elsewhere.
+*/
+DriveClass::RawTrackType const DriveClass::RawTracks[13] = {
+	{Track1, -1, 0, -1},
+	{Track2, -1, 0, -1},
+	{Track3, 37, 12, 22},
+	{Track4, 26, 11, 19},
+	{Track5, 45, 15, 31},
+	{Track6, 44, 16, 27},
+	{Track7, -1, 0, -1},
+	{Track8, -1, 0, -1},
+	{Track9, -1, 0, -1},
+	{Track10, -1, 0, -1},
+	{Track11, -1, 0, -1},
+	{Track12, -1, 0, -1},
+	{Track13, -1, 0, -1}
+};
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	Smooth turning control table. Given two directions in a path list, this
+**	table determines which track to use and what modifying operations need
+**	be performed on the track data.
+*/
+DriveClass::TurnTrackType const DriveClass::TrackControl[67] = {
+	{1,	0,		DIR_N,	F_},																//	0-0
+	{3,	7,		DIR_NE,	F_D},																//	0-1 (raw chart)
+	{4,	9,		DIR_E,	F_D},																//	0-2 (raw chart)
+	{0,	0,		DIR_SE,	F_},																//	0-3 !
+	{0,	0,		DIR_S,	F_},																//	0-4 !
+	{0,	0,		DIR_SW,	F_},																//	0-5 !
+	{4,	9,		DIR_W,	(DriveClass::TrackControlType)(F_X|F_D)},				//	0-6
+	{3,	7,		DIR_NW,	(DriveClass::TrackControlType)(F_X|F_D)},				//	0-7
+	{6,	8,		DIR_N,	(DriveClass::TrackControlType)(F_T|F_X|F_Y|F_D)},	//	1-0
+	{2,	0,		DIR_NE,	F_},																//	1-1 (raw chart)
+	{6,	8,		DIR_E,	F_D},																//	1-2 (raw chart)
+	{5,	10,	DIR_SE,	F_D},																//	1-3 (raw chart)
+	{0,	0,		DIR_S,	F_},																//	1-4 !
+	{0,	0,		DIR_SW,	F_},																//	1-5 !
+	{0,	0,		DIR_W,	F_},																//	1-6 !
+	{5,	10,	DIR_NW,	(DriveClass::TrackControlType)(F_T|F_X|F_Y|F_D)},	//	1-7
+	{4,	9,		DIR_N,	(DriveClass::TrackControlType)(F_T|F_X|F_Y|F_D)},	//	2-0
+	{3,	7,		DIR_NE,	(DriveClass::TrackControlType)(F_T|F_X|F_Y|F_D)},	//	2-1
+	{1,	0,		DIR_E,	(DriveClass::TrackControlType)(F_T|F_X)},				//	2-2
+	{3,	7,		DIR_SE,	(DriveClass::TrackControlType)(F_T|F_X|F_D)},		//	2-3
+	{4,	9,		DIR_S,	(DriveClass::TrackControlType)(F_T|F_X|F_D)},		//	2-4
+	{0,	0,		DIR_SW,	F_},																//	2-5 !
+	{0,	0,		DIR_W,	F_},																//	2-6 !
+	{0,	0,		DIR_NW,	F_},																//	2-7 !
+	{0,	0,		DIR_N,	F_},																//	3-0 !
+	{5,	10,	DIR_NE,	(DriveClass::TrackControlType)(F_Y|F_D)},				//	3-1
+	{6,	8,		DIR_E,	(DriveClass::TrackControlType)(F_Y|F_D)},				//	3-2
+	{2,	0,		DIR_SE,	F_Y},																//	3-3
+	{6,	8,		DIR_S,	(DriveClass::TrackControlType)(F_T|F_X|F_D)},		//	3-4
+	{5,	10,	DIR_SW,	(DriveClass::TrackControlType)(F_T|F_X|F_D)},		//	3-5
+	{0,	0,		DIR_W,	F_},																//	3-6 !
+	{0,	0,		DIR_NW,	F_},																//	3-7 !
+	{0,	0,		DIR_N,	F_},																//	4-0 !
+	{0,	0,		DIR_NE,	F_},																//	4-1 !
+	{4,	9,		DIR_E,	(DriveClass::TrackControlType)(F_Y|F_D)},				//	4-2
+	{3,	7,		DIR_SE,	(DriveClass::TrackControlType)(F_Y|F_D)},				//	4-3
+	{1,	0,		DIR_S,	F_Y},																//	4-4
+	{3,	7,		DIR_SW,	(DriveClass::TrackControlType)(F_X|F_Y|F_D)},		//	4-5
+	{4,	9,		DIR_W,	(DriveClass::TrackControlType)(F_X|F_Y|F_D)},		//	4-6
+	{0,	0,		DIR_NW,	F_},																//	4-7 !
+	{0,	0,		DIR_N,	F_},																//	5-0 !
+	{0,	0,		DIR_NE,	F_},																//	5-1 !
+	{0,	0,		DIR_E,	F_},																//	5-2 !
+	{5,	10,	DIR_SE,	(DriveClass::TrackControlType)(F_T|F_D)},				//	5-3
+	{6,	8,		DIR_S,	(DriveClass::TrackControlType)(F_T|F_D)},				//	5-4
+	{2,	0,		DIR_SW,	F_T},																//	5-5
+	{6,	8,		DIR_W,	(DriveClass::TrackControlType)(F_X|F_Y|F_D)},		//	5-6
+	{5,	10,	DIR_NW,	(DriveClass::TrackControlType)(F_X|F_Y|F_D)},		//	5-7
+	{4,	9,		DIR_N,	(DriveClass::TrackControlType)(F_T|F_Y|F_D)},		//	6-0
+	{0,	0,		DIR_NE,	F_},																//	6-1 !
+	{0,	0,		DIR_E,	F_},																//	6-2 !
+	{0,	0,		DIR_SE,	F_},																//	6-3 !
+	{4,	9,		DIR_S,	(DriveClass::TrackControlType)(F_T|F_D)},				//	6-4
+	{3,	7,		DIR_SW,	(DriveClass::TrackControlType)(F_T|F_D)},				//	6-5
+	{1,	0,		DIR_W,	F_T},																//	6-6
+	{3,	7,		DIR_NW,	(DriveClass::TrackControlType)(F_T|F_Y|F_D)},		//	6-7
+	{6,	8,		DIR_N,	(DriveClass::TrackControlType)(F_T|F_Y|F_D)},		//	7-0
+	{5,	10,	DIR_NE,	(DriveClass::TrackControlType)(F_T|F_Y|F_D)},		//	7-1
+	{0,	0,		DIR_E,	F_},																//	7-2 !
+	{0,	0,		DIR_SE,	F_},																//	7-3 !
+	{0,	0,		DIR_S,	F_},																//	7-4 !
+	{5,	10,	DIR_SW,	(DriveClass::TrackControlType)(F_X|F_D)},				//	7-5
+	{6,	8,		DIR_W,	(DriveClass::TrackControlType)(F_X|F_D)},				//	7-6
+	{2,	0,		DIR_NW,	F_X},																//	7-7
+
+	{11,	11,	DIR_SW,	F_},																// Backup harvester into refinery.
+	{12,	12,	DIR_SW_X2,	F_},															// Drive back into refinery.
+	{13,	13,	DIR_SW,	F_}																// Drive out of weapons factory.
+};
+
diff --git a/DRIVE.H b/DRIVE.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4a8225b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/DRIVE.H
@@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\drive.h_v   2.19   16 Oct 1995 16:47:44   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : DRIVE.H                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : April 14, 1994                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : April 14, 1994   [JLB]                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef DRIVE_H
+#define DRIVE_H
+
+#include	"foot.h"
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**	Movable objects are handled by this class definition. Moveable objects
+**	cover everything except buildings.
+*/
+class DriveClass : public FootClass
+{
+	public:
+		/*
+		**	This points to the static control data that gives 'this' unit its characteristics.
+		*/
+		UnitTypeClass const * const Class;
+
+		/*
+		**	This records the number of "loads" of Tiberium the unit is carrying. Only
+		**	harvesters use this field.
+		*/
+		unsigned char Tiberium;
+
+		/*
+		**	If this unit performing harvesting action, then this flag is true. The flag
+		**	is located here because the other bit flags here give it a free place to
+		**	reside.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsHarvesting:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	This flags when a transport vehicle could not unload at its designated location
+		**	and is heading off the map to try again later. When this flag is true, the
+		**	transport unit is allowed to disappear when it reaches the edge of the map.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsReturning:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Some units must have their turret locked down to face their body direction.
+		**	When this flag is set, this condition is in effect. This flag is a more
+		**	accurate check than examining the TrackNumber since the turret may be
+		**	rotating into position so that a pending track may start. During this process
+		**	the track number does not indicate anything.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsTurretLockedDown:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	This vehicle could be processing a "short track". A short track is one that
+		**	doesn't actually go anywhere. Kind of like turning in place.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsOnShortTrack:1;
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		**	Constructors, Destructors, and overloaded operators.
+		*/
+		DriveClass(void);
+		DriveClass(UnitType classid, HousesType house);
+		virtual ~DriveClass(void) {};
+		operator UnitType(void) const {return Class->Type;};
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		**	Member function prototypes.
+		*/
+		virtual int Offload_Tiberium_Bail(void);
+		void Do_Turn(DirType dir);
+		virtual void Approach_Target(void);
+		virtual ObjectTypeClass const & Class_Of(void) const;
+		virtual void Overrun_Square(CELL cell, bool threaten=true);
+		virtual void Assign_Destination(TARGET target);
+		virtual void Per_Cell_Process(bool center);
+		virtual bool Ok_To_Move(DirType ) const;
+		virtual void AI(void);
+		#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+		virtual void Debug_Dump(MonoClass *mono) const;
+		#endif
+		void Force_Track(int track, COORDINATE coord);
+		virtual int Tiberium_Load(void) const;
+
+		void Exit_Map(void);
+		void Mark_Track(COORDINATE headto, MarkType type);
+		/*
+		**	File I/O.
+		*/
+		virtual void Code_Pointers(void);
+		virtual void Decode_Pointers(void);
+
+		/**********************************************************************
+		**	These enumerations are used as working constants that exist only
+		**	in the DriveClass namespace.
+		*/
+		enum DriveClassEnum {
+			BACKUP_INTO_REFINERY=64,		// Track to backup into refinery.
+			OUT_OF_REFINERY,					// Track to leave refinery.
+			OUT_OF_WEAPON_FACTORY			// Track to leave weapons factory.
+		};
+
+	private:
+
+		/****************************************************************************
+		**	Smooth turning tracks are controlled by this structure and these
+		**	processing bits.
+		*/
+		typedef enum TrackControlType {
+			F_=0x00,		// No translation necessary?
+			F_T=0x01,	// Transpose X and Y components?
+			F_X=0x02,	// Reverse X component sign?
+			F_Y=0x04,	// Reverse Y component sign?
+			F_D=0x08		// Two cell consumption?
+		} TrackControlType;
+		//#define	F_S	0x10	// Is this a 90 degree turn?
+
+		typedef struct {
+			char					Track;		// Which track to use.
+			char					StartTrack;	// Track when starting from stand-still.
+			DirType				Facing;		// Facing when track has been completed.
+			DriveClass::TrackControlType	Flag;			// List processing flag bits.
+		} TurnTrackType;
+
+		typedef struct {
+			COORDINATE		Offset;		// Offset to origin coordinate.
+			DirType	Facing;		// Facing (primary track).
+		} TrackType;
+
+		typedef struct {
+			DriveClass::TrackType const * Track;	// Pointer to track list.
+			int	Jump;		// Index where track jumping is allowed.
+			int	Entry;	// Entry point if jumping to this track.
+			int	Cell;		// Per cell process should occur at this index.
+		} RawTrackType;
+
+		/*
+		**	These speed values are used to accumulate movement and then
+		**	convert them into pixel "steps" that are then translated through
+		**	the currently running track so that the unit will move.
+		*/
+		unsigned char SpeedAccum;
+
+		/*
+		**	This the track control logic (used for ground vehicles only). The 'Track'
+		**	variable holds the track being followed (0 == not following track). The
+		**	'TrackIndex' variable holds the current index into the specified track
+		**	(starts at 0).
+		*/
+		char TrackNumber;
+		char TrackIndex;
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		**	Member function prototypes.
+		*/
+		virtual void Fixup_Path(PathType *path);
+		bool While_Moving(void);
+		bool Start_Of_Move(void);
+		void Lay_Track(void);
+		COORDINATE Smooth_Turn(COORDINATE adj, DirType *dir);
+
+		static TurnTrackType const TrackControl[67];
+		static RawTrackType const RawTracks[13];
+		static TrackType const Track13[];
+		static TrackType const Track12[];
+		static TrackType const Track11[];
+		static TrackType const Track10[];
+		static TrackType const Track9[];
+		static TrackType const Track8[];
+		static TrackType const Track7[];
+		static TrackType const Track6[];
+		static TrackType const Track5[];
+		static TrackType const Track4[];
+		static TrackType const Track3[];
+		static TrackType const Track2[];
+		static TrackType const Track1[24];
+};
+
+inline DriveClass::TrackControlType operator |(DriveClass::TrackControlType, DriveClass::TrackControlType);
+inline DriveClass::TrackControlType operator &(DriveClass::TrackControlType, DriveClass::TrackControlType);
+inline DriveClass::TrackControlType operator ~(DriveClass::TrackControlType);
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/EDIT.CPP b/EDIT.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1c099af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/EDIT.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,471 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\edit.cpv   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:48:16   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : EDIT.CPP                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic, Maria del Mar McCready Legg                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : 01/15/95                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : June 25, 1995 [JLB]                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   EditClass::Action -- Handles input events.                                                *
+ *   EditClass::Draw_Background -- Draw the background to the edit gadget.                     *
+ *   EditClass::Draw_Me -- Draws the edit box and embedded text.                               *
+ *   EditClass::Draw_Text -- Draws the edit gadget text.                                       *
+ *   EditClass::EditClass -- Normal constructor for edit class object.                         *
+ *   EditClass::Handle_Key -- Handles keyboard input to edit gadget.                           *
+ *   EditClass::Set_Text -- Sets the text to the edit gadget.                                  *
+ *   EditClass::~EditClass -- Default destructor for the edit gadget.                          *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * EditClass::EditClass -- Normal constructor for edit class object.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the normal constructor used to create an edit object.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   id    -- The ID number for this edit object. This is the ID number that will be    *
+ *                   returned by the Input() function when the <RETURN> key is pressed if this *
+ *                   gadget has the keyboard input focus.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          text  -- Referenct to the text buffer that the edit gadget will modify as keyboard *
+ *                   input is processed. The value that this buffer contains is the default    *
+ *                   text displayed.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          maxlen-- The maximum size of the text buffer specified. This length INCLUDES the   *
+ *                   trailing null character so a simple sizeof() function call can be used.   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          flags -- These are the text print control flags. It is used to control how the     *
+ *                   text looks in the edit box. Use the normal TPF_??? flags.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          x,y   -- The pixel coordinates of the upper left corner of the edit gadget area.   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          w,h   -- The pixel dimensions of the edit box. If either of these are no provided, *
+ *                   or set to -1, then the dimension is determined from the string itself.    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          sytle -- This style flag parameter control what kind of characters are allowed in  *
+ *                   the edit box. The initial string in the text buffer may contain illegal   *
+ *                   characters, but they are NOT removed regardless of this parameter.        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:     none                                                                            *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/05/1995 MML : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   01/21/1995 JLB : Modified.                                                                *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+EditClass::EditClass(int id, char * text, int max_len, TextPrintType flags, int x, int y, int w, int h, EditStyle style) :
+	ControlClass (id, x, y, w, h, LEFTPRESS), String(text)
+{
+	TextFlags = flags;
+	EditFlags = style;
+	Color = CC_GREEN;
+	Set_Text(text, max_len);
+
+	if (w == -1 || h == -1) {
+		Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_NONE, 0, 0, TBLACK, TBLACK, TextFlags);
+
+		if (h == -1) {
+			Height = FontHeight+2;
+		}
+		if (w == -1) {
+			if (strlen(String) > 0) {
+				Width = String_Pixel_Width(String) + 6;
+			} else {
+				Width = ((Char_Pixel_Width('X')+FontXSpacing) * (MaxLength+1)) + 2;
+			}
+    	}
+	}
+	IsReadOnly = 0;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * EditClass::~EditClass -- Default destructor for the edit gadget.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This default destructor removes the focus setting if it currently has it.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/24/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+EditClass::~EditClass(void)
+{
+	if (Has_Focus()) {
+		Clear_Focus();
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * EditClass::Set_Text -- Sets the text to the edit gadget.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to change the text that this edit gadget refers to.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   text     -- Reference to the character array that this edit gadget will be         *
+ *                      modifying.                                                             *
+ *          max_len  -- The maximum size of the buffer that will be modified.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/21/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void EditClass::Set_Text(char * text, int max_len)
+{
+	String = text;
+	MaxLength = max_len-1;
+	Length = strlen(String);
+	Flag_To_Redraw();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * EditClass::Draw_Me -- Draws the edit box and embedded text.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will render the edit box. This will show the box outline as well as any     *
+ *    text it may contain.                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   forced   -- Should the edit box be drawn even if it thinks it doesn't have to?     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Was the edit box drawn?                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/25/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int EditClass::Draw_Me(int forced)
+{
+	if (ControlClass::Draw_Me(forced)) {
+		/*
+		**	Hide the mouse.
+		*/
+		if (LogicPage == &SeenBuff) {
+			Conditional_Hide_Mouse(X, Y, X+Width, Y+Height);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Draw the body & set text color.
+		*/
+		Draw_Background();
+
+		/*
+		**	Display the text.
+		*/
+		Draw_Text(String);
+
+		/*
+		**	Display the mouse.
+		*/
+		if (LogicPage == &SeenBuff) {
+			Conditional_Show_Mouse();
+		}
+
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * EditClass::Action -- Handles input events.                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will handle all mouse and keyboard events directed at this edit box         *
+ *    gadget. For keyboard events, this will insert the characters into the edit box.          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   flags -- The event flag that triggered this function call.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          key   -- Reference to the keyboard/mouse event that triggered this function call.  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Should the list be processed further?                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/25/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int EditClass::Action(unsigned flags, KeyNumType & key)
+{
+
+	/*
+	** If this is a read-only edit box, it's a display-only device
+	*/
+	if (IsReadOnly) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If the left mouse button is pressed over this gadget, then set the focus to
+	**	this gadget. The event flag is cleared so that no button ID number is returned.
+	*/
+	if ((flags & LEFTPRESS)) {
+		flags &= ~LEFTPRESS;
+		Set_Focus();
+		Flag_To_Redraw();		// force to draw cursor
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Handle keyboard events here. Normally, the key is added to the string, but if the
+	**	RETURN key is pressed, then the button ID number is returned from the Input()
+	**	function.
+	*/
+	if ((flags & KEYBOARD) && Has_Focus()) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Process the keyboard character. If indicated, consume this keyboard event
+		**	so that the edit gadget ID number is not returned.
+		*/
+		if (key == KN_ESC) {
+
+			Clear_Focus();
+			flags = 0;
+
+		} else {
+
+			KeyASCIIType ascii = (KeyASCIIType)(Keyboard::To_ASCII(key) & 0x00ff);
+
+			/*
+			** Allow numeric keypad presses to map to ascii numbers
+			*/
+			if ((key & WWKEY_VK_BIT) && ascii >='0' && ascii <= '9'){
+				key &= ~WWKEY_VK_BIT;
+
+				if ( (!(flags & LEFTRELEASE)) && (!(flags & RIGHTRELEASE))){
+					if (Handle_Key (ascii) ) {
+						flags &= ~KEYBOARD;
+						key = KN_NONE;
+					}
+				}
+
+			}else{
+
+				/*
+				** Filter out all special keys except return and backspace
+				*/
+				if ((!(key & WWKEY_VK_BIT) && ascii >= ' ' && ascii <= 127)
+					|| key == KN_RETURN || key == KN_BACKSPACE){
+
+
+					if ( (!(flags & LEFTRELEASE)) && (!(flags & RIGHTRELEASE))){
+						if (Handle_Key(Keyboard::To_ASCII(key))) {
+							flags &= ~KEYBOARD;
+							key = KN_NONE;
+						}
+					}
+				}else{
+					//if (key & WWKEY_RLS_BIT){
+					//	if ( (!(flags & LEFTRELEASE)) && (!(flags & RIGHTRELEASE))){
+							flags &= ~KEYBOARD;
+							key = KN_NONE;
+					//	}
+					//}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(ControlClass::Action(flags, key));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * EditClass::Draw_Background -- Draw the background to the edit gadget.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will redraw the edit gadget background. The overlaying text is handled by   *
+ *    a different routine. The mouse is guaranteed to be hidden when this routine is called.   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/21/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void EditClass::Draw_Background(void)
+{
+	Draw_Box (X, Y, Width, Height, BOXSTYLE_GREEN_BOX, true);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * EditClass::Draw_Text -- Draws the edit gadget text.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called when the edit gadget text needs to be drawn. The background has   *
+ *    already been drawn by the time this function is called. The mouse is guaranteed to be    *
+ *    hidden as well.                                                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   text  -- The text to draw in the edit gadget.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/21/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void EditClass::Draw_Text(char const * text)
+{
+	if (FontPtr == GradFont6Ptr) {
+		TextPrintType flags;
+
+		if (Has_Focus()) {
+			flags = TPF_BRIGHT_COLOR;
+		} else {
+			flags = (TextPrintType)0;
+		}
+
+		Conquer_Clip_Text_Print(text, X+1, Y+1, Color, TBLACK, TextFlags | flags, Width-2);
+
+		if (Has_Focus() && strlen(text) < MaxLength &&
+				(String_Pixel_Width(text) + String_Pixel_Width ("_") < Width-2) ) {
+			Conquer_Clip_Text_Print( "_", X+1+String_Pixel_Width(text), Y+1, Color, TBLACK, TextFlags | flags);
+		}
+	} else {
+		Conquer_Clip_Text_Print(text, X+1, Y+1, Has_Focus() ? BLUE : WHITE, TBLACK, TextFlags, Width-2);
+
+		if (Has_Focus() && strlen(text) < MaxLength &&
+				(String_Pixel_Width(text) + String_Pixel_Width ("_") < Width-2) ) {
+			Conquer_Clip_Text_Print("_",X+1+String_Pixel_Width(text),Y+1,BLUE,TBLACK, TextFlags);
+		}
+	}
+
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * EditClass::Handle_Key -- Handles keyboard input to edit gadget.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the gruntwork routine that processes keyboard input to the edit gadget. This     *
+ *    routine will be called when keyboard input has been detected and this gadget has the     *
+ *    current focus.                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   ascii -- The ASCII key code that was fetched from the keyboard buffer.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Should this keyboard input NOT cause the gadget ID number to be returned     *
+ *                from the controlling Input() routine? Typically, the return value would be   *
+ *                true unless the focus is lost due to the <RETURN> key being pressed.         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/21/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool EditClass::Handle_Key(KeyASCIIType ascii)
+{
+	switch (ascii) {
+		/*
+		**	Handle the special case of a non-keyboard event. It is possible that this
+		**	key code might be passed to this routine if this routine has been overridden
+		**	and the key event was consumed.
+		*/
+		case 0:
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	If the return key is pressed, then remove the focus from this edit
+		**	gadget but otherwise let the normal gadget processing proceed. This
+		**	causes the gadget ID number to be returned from the Input() function
+		**	so that the controlling program will know that the text can be
+		**	processed.
+		*/
+		case KA_RETURN:
+			Clear_Focus();
+			return(false);
+
+		/*
+		**	When the BACKSPACE key is pressed, remove the last character in the edit string.
+		*/
+		case KA_BACKSPACE:
+			if (Length) {
+				Length--;
+				String[Length] = '\0';
+				Flag_To_Redraw();
+			}
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	If the keyboard event was not a recognized special key, then examine to see
+		**	if it can legally be added to the edit string and do so if possible.
+		*/
+		default:
+
+			/*
+			**	Don't add a character if the length is greater than edit width.
+			*/
+			if ((String_Pixel_Width(String) + Char_Pixel_Width(ascii) ) >= (Width-2)) {
+				break;
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	Don't add a character if the length is already at maximum.
+			*/
+			if (Length >= MaxLength) break;
+
+			/*
+			**	Invisible characters are never added to the string. This is
+			**	especially true for spaces at the beginning of the string.
+			*/
+			if (!isgraph(ascii) && ascii != ' ') break;
+			if (ascii == ' ' && Length == 0) break;
+
+			/*
+			**	If this is an upper case only edit gadget, then force the alphabetic
+			**	character to upper case.
+			*/
+			if ((EditFlags & UPPERCASE) && isalpha(ascii)) {
+				ascii = (KeyASCIIType)toupper(ascii);
+			}
+
+			if ((!(EditFlags & NUMERIC) || !isdigit(ascii)) &&
+				(!(EditFlags & ALPHA) || !isalpha(ascii)) &&
+				(!(EditFlags & MISC) || isalnum(ascii)) &&
+				ascii != ' ') {
+					break;
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	The character passed all legality checks, so add it to the edit string
+			**	and flag this gadget to be redrawn. The manual flag to redraw is needed
+			**	because the event flag has been cleared. This prevents the gadget's ID
+			**	number from being returned just because the gadget has been edited.
+			*/
+			String[Length++] = ascii;
+			String[Length] = '\0';
+			Flag_To_Redraw();
+			break;
+	}
+	return(true);
+}
diff --git a/EDIT.H b/EDIT.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fae3928
--- /dev/null
+++ b/EDIT.H
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\edit.h_v   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:46:32   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : EDIT.H                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : 01/15/95                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : January 15, 1995 [JLB]                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef EDIT_H
+#define EDIT_H
+
+class EditClass : public ControlClass
+{
+	public:
+		typedef enum EditStyle {
+			ALPHA			=0x0001,		// Edit accepts alphabetic characters.
+			NUMERIC		=0x0002,		// Edit accepts numbers.
+			MISC			=0x0004,		// Edit accepts misc graphic characters.
+			UPPERCASE	=0x0008,		// Force to upper case.
+			ALPHANUMERIC=(int)ALPHA|(int)NUMERIC|(int)MISC,
+		} EditStyle;
+
+		EditClass (int id, char * text, int max_len, TextPrintType flags, int x, int y, int w=-1, int h=-1, EditStyle style=ALPHANUMERIC);
+		virtual ~EditClass(void);
+
+		virtual int  Draw_Me(int forced);
+		virtual void Set_Text(char * text, int max_len);
+		void Set_Color (int color) { Color = color; }
+
+		void Set_Read_Only(int rdonly) {IsReadOnly = rdonly;}
+
+	protected:
+
+		/*
+		**	These are the text size and style flags to be used when displaying the text
+		**	of the edit gadget.
+		*/
+		TextPrintType TextFlags;
+
+		/*
+		**	Input flags that control what characters are allowed in the string.
+		*/
+		EditStyle EditFlags;
+
+		/*
+		**	Pointer to text staging buffer and the maximum length of the string it
+		**	can contain.
+		*/
+		char *String;
+		int MaxLength;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the current length of the string. This length will never exceed the
+		**	MaxLength allowed.
+		*/
+		int Length;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the desired color of the edit control.
+		*/
+		int Color;
+
+		virtual int Action (unsigned flags, KeyNumType &key);
+		virtual void Draw_Background(void);
+		virtual void Draw_Text(char const * text);
+		virtual bool Handle_Key(KeyASCIIType ascii);
+
+	private:
+		int IsReadOnly;
+
+};
+
+inline EditClass::EditStyle operator |(EditClass::EditStyle, EditClass::EditStyle);
+inline EditClass::EditStyle operator &(EditClass::EditStyle, EditClass::EditStyle);
+inline EditClass::EditStyle operator ~(EditClass::EditStyle);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/ENDING.CPP b/ENDING.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2484ed5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ENDING.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,261 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\ending.cpv   1.5   16 Oct 1995 16:50:30   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : ENDING.H                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Barry W. Green                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : July 10, 1995                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : July 10, 1995 [BWG]                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+#include	"textblit.h"
+
+void GDI_Ending(void)
+{
+#ifdef DEMO
+	Fade_Palette_To(BlackPalette, FADE_PALETTE_MEDIUM, Call_Back);
+	Load_Title_Screen("DEMOPIC.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+	HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+	Fade_Palette_To(Palette, FADE_PALETTE_MEDIUM, Call_Back);
+	Clear_KeyBuffer();
+	Get_Key_Num();
+	Fade_Palette_To(BlackPalette, FADE_PALETTE_MEDIUM, Call_Back);
+	VisiblePage.Clear();
+
+#else
+	if (TempleIoned) {
+		Play_Movie("GDIFINB");
+	} else {
+		Play_Movie("GDIFINA");
+	}
+
+	Score.Presentation();
+
+	if (TempleIoned) {
+		Play_Movie("GDIEND2");
+	} else {
+		Play_Movie("GDIEND1");
+	}
+
+	CountDownTimerClass count;
+	if (CCFileClass("TRAILER.VQA").Is_Available()) {
+		Fade_Palette_To(BlackPalette, FADE_PALETTE_MEDIUM, Call_Back);
+		Load_Uncompress(CCFileClass("ATTRACT2.CPS"), SysMemPage, SysMemPage, Palette);
+		SysMemPage.Scale(SeenBuff, 0, 0, 0, 0, 320, 199, 640, 398);
+		Fade_Palette_To(Palette, FADE_PALETTE_MEDIUM, Call_Back);
+		Clear_KeyBuffer();
+		count.Set(TIMER_SECOND*3);
+		while (count.Time()) {
+			Call_Back();
+		}
+		Fade_Palette_To(BlackPalette, FADE_PALETTE_MEDIUM, Call_Back);
+
+		Play_Movie("TRAILER");	// Red Alert teaser.
+	}
+
+	Fade_Palette_To(BlackPalette, FADE_PALETTE_MEDIUM, Call_Back);
+	Load_Uncompress(CCFileClass("ATTRACT2.CPS"), SysMemPage, SysMemPage, Palette);
+	SysMemPage.Scale(SeenBuff, 0, 0, 0, 0, 320, 199, 640, 398);
+	Fade_Palette_To(Palette, FADE_PALETTE_MEDIUM, Call_Back);
+	Clear_KeyBuffer();
+//	CountDownTimerClass count;
+	count.Set(TIMER_SECOND*3);
+	while (count.Time()) {
+		Call_Back();
+	}
+	Fade_Palette_To(BlackPalette, FADE_PALETTE_MEDIUM, Call_Back);
+
+	Play_Movie("CC2TEASE");
+#endif
+}
+
+
+#ifndef DEMO
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Nod_Ending -- play ending movies for Nod players                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   7/10/1995 BWG : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void Nod_Ending(void)
+{
+	static char const _tanpal[]={0x0,0xED,0xED,0x2C,0x2C,0xFB,0xFB,0xFD,0xFD,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x52,0x0};
+
+	char fname[12];
+#ifdef NOT_FOR_WIN95
+	char *satpic = new char[64000];
+#endif	//NOT_FOR_WIN95
+	int oldfontxspacing = FontXSpacing;
+	void const *oldfont;
+
+	Score.Presentation();
+
+	oldfont = Set_Font(ScoreFontPtr);
+
+	PseudoSeenBuff = new GraphicBufferClass(320,200,(void*)NULL);
+	TextPrintBuffer = new GraphicBufferClass(SeenBuff.Get_Width(), SeenBuff.Get_Height(), (void*)NULL);
+	TextPrintBuffer->Clear();
+	BlitList.Clear();
+	SeenBuff.Clear();
+	HidPage.Clear();
+	PseudoSeenBuff->Clear();
+
+	void * localpal = Load_Alloc_Data(CCFileClass("SATSEL.PAL"));
+	Load_Uncompress(CCFileClass("SATSEL.CPS"), SysMemPage, SysMemPage);
+#ifdef NOT_FOR_WIN95
+	memcpy(satpic, HidPage.Get_Buffer(), 64000);
+#else
+	SysMemPage.Blit(*PseudoSeenBuff);
+#endif	//NOT_FOR_WIN95
+	void *kanefinl = Load_Sample("KANEFINL.AUD");
+	void *loopie6m = Load_Sample("LOOPIE6M.AUD");
+
+	Play_Movie("NODFINAL", THEME_NONE, false);
+
+	Hide_Mouse();
+	Wait_Vert_Blank();
+	Set_Palette(localpal);
+#ifdef NOT_FOR_WIN95
+	memcpy(SeenBuff.Get_Buffer(), satpic, 64000);
+#endif	//NOT_FOR_WIN95
+	Show_Mouse();
+
+	InterpolationPaletteChanged = TRUE;
+	InterpolationPalette = (unsigned char*)localpal;
+	Increase_Palette_Luminance(InterpolationPalette , 30,30,30,63);
+	Read_Interpolation_Palette("SATSELIN.PAL");
+	Interpolate_2X_Scale(PseudoSeenBuff, &SeenBuff,"SATSELIN.PAL");
+
+	Keyboard::Clear();
+	Play_Sample(kanefinl,255,128);
+	Play_Sample(loopie6m,255,128);
+
+	bool mouseshown = false;
+	bool done = false;
+	int selection = 1;
+	bool printedtext = false;
+	while (!done) {
+		if (!printedtext && !Is_Sample_Playing(kanefinl)) {
+			printedtext++;
+			Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(Text_String(TXT_SEL_TARGET), 0, 180,_tanpal));
+			mouseshown = true;
+			Show_Mouse();
+		}
+		Call_Back_Delay(1);
+		if (!Keyboard::Check()) {
+			if (!Is_Sample_Playing(loopie6m))	Play_Sample(loopie6m,255,128);
+		} else {
+			if (Is_Sample_Playing(kanefinl)) {
+				Clear_KeyBuffer();
+			} else {
+				int key = Keyboard::Get();
+				if ((key & 0x10FF) == KN_LMOUSE && !(key & KN_RLSE_BIT)) {
+					int mousex = _Kbd->MouseQX;
+					int mousey = _Kbd->MouseQY;
+					if (mousey >= 22*2 && mousey <= 177*2) {
+						done++;
+						if (mousex <  160*2 && mousey <  100*2) selection = 2;
+						if (mousex <  160*2 && mousey >= 100*2) selection = 3;
+						if (mousex >= 160*2 && mousey >= 100*2) selection = 4;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	if (mouseshown) Hide_Mouse();
+#ifdef NOT_FOR_WIN95
+	delete satpic;
+#else
+	delete PseudoSeenBuff;
+#endif //NOT_FOR_WIN95
+
+/* get rid of all the animating objects */
+	for (int i = 0; i < MAXSCOREOBJS; i++) if (ScoreObjs[i]) {
+		delete ScoreObjs[i];
+		ScoreObjs[i] = 0;
+	}
+	// erase the "choose a target" text
+	SeenBuff.Fill_Rect(0,180*2,319*2,199*2,0);
+	TextPrintBuffer->Fill_Rect(0,180*2,319*2,199*2,0);
+
+	Hide_Mouse();
+	Keyboard::Clear();
+
+	Set_Font(oldfont);
+	FontXSpacing = oldfontxspacing;
+	Free_Sample(kanefinl);
+	Free_Sample(loopie6m);
+
+	sprintf(fname,"NODEND%d",selection);
+	PreserveVQAScreen = 1;
+	Play_Movie(fname);
+
+	CountDownTimerClass count;
+	if (CCFileClass("TRAILER.VQA").Is_Available()) {
+		Fade_Palette_To(BlackPalette, FADE_PALETTE_MEDIUM, Call_Back);
+		Load_Uncompress(CCFileClass("ATTRACT2.CPS"), SysMemPage, SysMemPage, Palette);
+		SysMemPage.Scale(SeenBuff, 0, 0, 0, 0, 320, 199, 640, 398);
+		Fade_Palette_To(Palette, FADE_PALETTE_MEDIUM, Call_Back);
+		Clear_KeyBuffer();
+		count.Set(TIMER_SECOND*3);
+		while (count.Time()) {
+			Call_Back();
+		}
+		Fade_Palette_To(BlackPalette, FADE_PALETTE_MEDIUM, Call_Back);
+
+		Play_Movie("TRAILER");	// Red Alert teaser.
+	}
+
+	Fade_Palette_To(BlackPalette, FADE_PALETTE_MEDIUM, Call_Back);
+	Load_Uncompress(CCFileClass("ATTRACT2.CPS"), SysMemPage, SysMemPage, Palette);
+	SysMemPage.Scale(SeenBuff, 0, 0, 0, 0, 320, 199, 640, 398);
+	Fade_Palette_To(Palette, FADE_PALETTE_MEDIUM, Call_Back);
+	Clear_KeyBuffer();
+//	CountDownTimerClass count;
+	count.Set(TIMER_SECOND*3);
+	while (count.Time()) {
+		Call_Back();
+	}
+	Fade_Palette_To(BlackPalette, FADE_PALETTE_MEDIUM, Call_Back);
+
+	Play_Movie("CC2TEASE");
+
+	delete [] localpal;
+	delete TextPrintBuffer;
+	BlitList.Clear();
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/ENDING.H b/ENDING.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..65a28e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ENDING.H
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               *** 
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : ENDING.H                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Barry W. Green                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : July 10, 1995                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : July 10, 1995 [BWG]                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef ENDING_H
+#define ENDING_H
+
+void Nod_Ending(void);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/EVENT.CPP b/EVENT.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3f05482
--- /dev/null
+++ b/EVENT.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,760 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\event.cpv   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:50:28   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : EVENT.CPP                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : 12/09/94                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : June 25, 1995 [JLB]                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   EventClass::EventClass -- Construct an id and cell based event.                           *
+ *   EventClass::EventClass -- Construct simple target type event.                             *
+ *   EventClass::EventClass -- Constructor for mission change events.                          *
+ *   EventClass::EventClass -- Constructor for navigation computer events.                     *
+ *   EventClass::EventClass -- Constructor for object types affecting cells event.             *
+ *   EventClass::EventClass -- Constructor for sidebar build events.                           *
+ *   EventClass::EventClass -- Constructs event to transfer special flags.                     *
+ *   EventClass::EventClass -- Default constructor for event objects.                          *
+ *   EventClass::EventClass -- Event for sequencing animations.                                *
+ *   EventClass::EventClass -- Megamission assigned to unit.                                   *
+ *   EventClass::Execute -- Execute a queued command.                                          *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "function.h"
+#include "ccdde.h"
+
+/***************************************************************************
+** Table of what data is really used in the EventClass struct for different
+** events.  This table must be kept current with the EventType enum.
+*/
+unsigned char EventClass::EventLength[EventClass::LAST_EVENT] = {
+	0,															// EMPTY
+	size_of(EventClass, Data.General ),				// ALLY
+	size_of(EventClass, Data.MegaMission ),		// MEGAMISSION
+	size_of(EventClass, Data.Target ),				// IDLE
+	size_of(EventClass, Data.Target ),				// SCATTER
+	0,															// DESTRUCT
+	0,															// DEPLOY
+	size_of(EventClass, Data.Place ),				// PLACE
+	0,															// OPTIONS
+	size_of(EventClass, Data.General ),				// GAMESPEED
+	size_of(EventClass, Data.Specific ),			// PRODUCE
+	size_of(EventClass, Data.Specific.Type ),		// SUSPEND
+	size_of(EventClass, Data.Specific.Type ),		// ABANDON
+	size_of(EventClass, Data.Target ),				// PRIMARY
+	size_of(EventClass, Data.Special ),				// SPECIAL_PLACE
+	0,															// EXIT
+	size_of(EventClass, Data.Anim ),					// ANIMATION
+	size_of(EventClass, Data.Target ),				// REPAIR
+	size_of(EventClass, Data.Target ),				// SELL
+	size_of(EventClass, Data.Options ),				// SPECIAL
+	0,															// FRAMESYNC
+	0,															//	MESSAGE
+	size_of(EventClass, Data.FrameInfo.Delay ),	// RESPONSE_TIME
+	size_of(EventClass, Data.FrameInfo ),			// FRAMEINFO
+	size_of(EventClass, Data.Timing ),				// TIMING
+	size_of(EventClass, Data.ProcessTime ),		// PROCESS_TIME
+};
+
+char * EventClass::EventNames[EventClass::LAST_EVENT] = {
+	"EMPTY",
+	"ALLY",
+	"MEGAMISSION",
+	"IDLE",
+	"SCATTER",
+	"DESTRUCT",
+	"DEPLOY",
+	"PLACE",
+	"OPTIONS",
+	"GAMESPEED",
+	"PRODUCE",
+	"SUSPEND",
+	"ABANDON",
+	"PRIMARY",
+	"SPECIAL_PLACE",
+	"EXIT",
+	"ANIMATION",
+	"REPAIR",
+	"SELL",
+	"SPECIAL",
+	"FRAMESYNC",
+	"MESSAGE",
+	"RESPONSE_TIME",
+	"FRAMEINFO",
+	"TIMING",
+	"PROCESS_TIME",
+};
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * EventClass::EventClass -- Constructs event to transfer special flags.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This constructs an event that will transfer the special flags.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   data  -- The special flags to be transported to all linked computers.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/25/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+EventClass::EventClass(SpecialClass data)
+{
+	ID = Houses.ID(PlayerPtr);
+	Type = SPECIAL;
+	Frame = ::Frame;
+	Data.Options.Data = data;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * EventClass::EventClass -- Construct simple target type event.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This will construct a generic event that needs only a target parameter. The actual       *
+ *    event and target values are specified as parameters.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   type  -- The event type to construct.                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          target-- The target value that this event is to apply to.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/25/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+EventClass::EventClass(EventType type, TARGET target)
+{
+	ID = Houses.ID(PlayerPtr);
+	Type = type;
+	Frame = ::Frame;
+	Data.Target.Whom = target;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * EventClass::EventClass -- Default constructor for event objects.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This constructs a simple event object that requires no parameters other than the         *
+ *    type of event it is.                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   type  -- The type of event to construct.                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/27/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+EventClass::EventClass(EventType type)
+{
+	ID = Houses.ID(PlayerPtr);
+	Type = type;
+	Frame = ::Frame;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * EventClass::EventClass -- Constructor for general-purpose-data events.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   type  -- The type of event to construct.                                           *
+ *            val   -- data value                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/27/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+EventClass::EventClass(EventType type, int val)
+{
+	ID = Houses.ID(PlayerPtr);
+	Type = type;
+	Data.General.Value = val;
+	Frame = ::Frame;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * EventClass::EventClass -- Constructor for navigation computer events.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Constructor for events that are used to assign the navigation computer.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   type     -- The type of event (this constructor can be used by other navigation    *
+ *                      type events).                                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          src      -- The object that the event should apply to.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          dest     -- The destination (or target) that the event needs to complete.          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/27/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+EventClass::EventClass(EventType type, TARGET src, TARGET dest)
+{
+	ID = Houses.ID(PlayerPtr);
+	Type = type;
+	Frame = ::Frame;
+	Data.NavCom.Whom = src;
+	Data.NavCom.Where = dest;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * EventClass::EventClass -- Event for sequencing animations.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This constructor is used for animations that must be created through the event system.   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   anim  -- The animation that will be created.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          coord -- The location where the animation is to be created.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+EventClass::EventClass(AnimType anim, HousesType owner, COORDINATE coord)
+{
+	ID = Houses.ID(PlayerPtr);
+	Type = ANIMATION;
+	Frame = ::Frame;
+	Data.Anim.What = anim;
+	Data.Anim.Owner = owner;
+	Data.Anim.Where = coord;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * EventClass::EventClass -- Megamission assigned to unit.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the event that is used to assign most missions to units. It combines both the    *
+ *    mission and the target (navcom and tarcom).                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   src      -- The object that this mission is to apply to.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          mission  -- The mission to assign to this object.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          target   -- The target to assign to this object's TarCom.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          destination -- The destination to assign to this object's NavCom.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/18/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+EventClass::EventClass(TARGET src, MissionType mission, TARGET target, TARGET destination)
+{
+	ID = Houses.ID(PlayerPtr);
+	Type = MEGAMISSION;
+	Frame = ::Frame;
+	Data.MegaMission.Whom = src;
+	Data.MegaMission.Mission = mission;
+	Data.MegaMission.Target = target;
+	Data.MegaMission.Destination = destination;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * EventClass::EventClass -- Constructor for sidebar build events.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This constructor is used for events that deal with an object type and an object ID.      *
+ *    Typically, this is used exclusively by the sidebar.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   type     -- The event type of this object.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          object   -- The object type number.                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          id       -- The object sub-type number.                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/18/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+EventClass::EventClass(EventType type, RTTIType object, int id)
+{
+	ID = Houses.ID(PlayerPtr);
+	Type = type;
+	Frame = ::Frame;
+	Data.Specific.Type = object;
+	Data.Specific.ID = id;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * EventClass::EventClass -- Constructor for object types affecting cells event.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This constructor is used for those events that have an object type and associated cell.  *
+ *    Typically, this is for building placement after construction has completed.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   type     -- The event type for this object.                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          object   -- The object type number (actual object is probably inferred from the    *
+ *                      sidebar data).                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          cell     -- The cell location where this event is to occur.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/18/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+EventClass::EventClass(EventType type, RTTIType object, CELL cell)
+{
+	ID = Houses.ID(PlayerPtr);
+	Type = type;
+	Frame = ::Frame;
+	Data.Place.Type = object;
+	Data.Place.Cell = cell;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * EventClass::EventClass -- Construct an id and cell based event.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This constructor is used for those events that require an ID number and a cell location. *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   type  -- The event type this will be.                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          id    -- The arbitrary id number to assign.                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          cell  -- The location for this event.                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/18/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+EventClass::EventClass(EventType type, int id, CELL cell)
+{
+	ID = Houses.ID(PlayerPtr);
+	Type = type;
+	Frame = ::Frame;
+	Data.Special.ID 	= id;
+	Data.Special.Cell = cell;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * EventClass::Execute -- Execute a queued command.                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine executes an event. The even must already have been confirmed by any         *
+ *    remote machine before calling this routine.                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/27/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void EventClass::Execute(void)
+{
+	TechnoClass * techno;
+	AnimClass * anim = 0;
+	HouseClass * house = 0;
+	char txt[80];
+	int i;
+//#if (0)
+if (Type < 0 || Type > PROCESS_TIME){
+char tempbuf[128];
+sprintf (tempbuf, "Packet type %d received\n", Type);
+CCDebugString (tempbuf);
+
+sprintf (tempbuf, "	ID = %d\n", ID);
+CCDebugString (tempbuf);
+
+sprintf (tempbuf, "	Frame = %d\n", Frame);
+CCDebugString (tempbuf);
+
+sprintf (tempbuf, "	MPlayer ID = %d\n", MPlayerID);
+CCDebugString (tempbuf);
+
+}
+//#endif	//(0)
+
+
+	switch (Type) {
+		/*
+		**	Make or break alliance.
+		*/
+		case ALLY:
+			house = Houses.Raw_Ptr(Data.General.Value);
+			if (Houses.Raw_Ptr(ID)->Is_Ally(house)) {
+				Houses.Raw_Ptr(ID)->Make_Enemy((HousesType)Data.General.Value);
+			} else {
+				Houses.Raw_Ptr(ID)->Make_Ally((HousesType)Data.General.Value);
+			}
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	Special self destruct action requested. This is active in the multiplayer mode.
+		*/
+		case DESTRUCT:
+CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Resignation packet received\n");
+			Houses.Raw_Ptr(ID)->Flag_To_Die();
+			Houses.Raw_Ptr(ID)->Resigned = true;
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	Update the special control flags. This is necessary so that in a multiplay
+		**	game, all machines will agree on the rules. If these options change during
+		**	game play, then all players are informed that options have changed.
+		*/
+		case SPECIAL:
+			{
+				Special = Data.Options.Data;
+				HouseClass * house = Houses.Raw_Ptr(ID);
+
+				sprintf(txt, Text_String(TXT_SPECIAL_WARNING), house->Name);
+				Messages.Add_Message(txt, MPlayerTColors[house->RemapColor],
+					TPF_6PT_GRAD|TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL|TPF_FULLSHADOW, 1200, 0, 0);
+				Map.Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+			}
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	Starts or stops repair on the specified object. This event is triggered by the
+		**	player clicking the repair wrench on a building.
+		*/
+		case REPAIR:
+CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Repair packet received\n");
+			techno = As_Techno(Data.Target.Whom);
+			if (techno && techno->IsActive) {
+				techno->Repair(-1);
+			}
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	Tells a building/unit to sell. This event is triggered by the player clicking the
+		**	sell animating cursor over the building or unit.
+		*/
+		case SELL:
+CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Sell packet received\n");
+			techno = As_Techno(Data.Target.Whom);
+			if (techno && techno->IsActive && techno->House == Houses.Raw_Ptr(ID)) {
+				techno->Sell_Back(-1);
+			} else {
+				if (Is_Target_Cell(Data.Target.Whom)) {
+					Houses.Raw_Ptr(ID)->Sell_Wall(As_Cell(Data.Target.Whom));
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	This even is used to trigger an animation that is generated as a direct
+		**	result of player intervention.
+		*/
+		case ANIMATION:
+			anim = new AnimClass(Data.Anim.What, Data.Anim.Where);
+			if (anim) {
+				if (Data.Anim.Owner != HOUSE_NONE && PlayerPtr->Class->House != Data.Anim.Owner && !Special.IsVisibleTarget) {
+					anim->Make_Invisible();
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	This event will place the specified object at the specified location.
+		**	The event is used to place newly constructed buildings down on the map. The
+		**	object type is specified. From this object type, the house can determine the
+		**	exact factory and real object pointer to use.
+		*/
+		case PLACE:
+CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Place packet received\n");
+			Houses.Raw_Ptr(ID)->Place_Object(Data.Place.Type, Data.Place.Cell);
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	This event starts production of the speicified object type. The house can
+		**	determine from the type and ID value, what object to begin production on and
+		**	what factory to use.
+		*/
+		case PRODUCE:
+CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Produce packet received\n");
+			Houses.Raw_Ptr(ID)->Begin_Production(Data.Specific.Type, Data.Specific.ID);
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	This event is generated when the player puts production on hold. From the
+		**	object type, the factory can be inferred.
+		*/
+		case SUSPEND:
+CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Suspend packet received\n");
+			Houses.Raw_Ptr(ID)->Suspend_Production(Data.Specific.Type);
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	This event is generated when the player cancels production of the specified
+		**	object type. From the object type, the exact factory can be inferred.
+		*/
+		case ABANDON:
+CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Abandon packet received\n");
+			Houses.Raw_Ptr(ID)->Abandon_Production(Data.Specific.Type);
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	Toggles the primary factory state of the specified building.
+		*/
+		case PRIMARY:{
+CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Primary building packet received\n");
+				BuildingClass * building = As_Building(Data.Target.Whom);
+				if (building && building->IsActive) {
+					building->Toggle_Primary();
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the general purpose mission control event. Most player
+		**	action routes through this event. It sets a unit's mission, TarCom,
+		**	and NavCom to the values specified.
+		*/
+		case MEGAMISSION:
+			techno = As_Techno(Data.MegaMission.Whom);
+			if (techno && techno->IsActive) {
+
+				/*
+				**	Fetch a pointer to the object of the mission.
+				*/
+				ObjectClass * object;
+				if (Target_Legal(Data.MegaMission.Target)) {
+					object = As_Object(Data.MegaMission.Target);
+				} else {
+					object = As_Object(Data.MegaMission.Destination);
+				}
+
+				/*
+				**	Break any existing team contact, since it is now invalid.
+				*/
+				if (!techno->IsTethered) {
+					techno->Transmit_Message(RADIO_OVER_OUT);
+				}
+				switch (techno->What_Am_I()) {
+					case RTTI_INFANTRY:
+					case RTTI_UNIT:
+						if (((FootClass *)techno)->Team) {
+							((FootClass *)techno)->Team->Remove((FootClass *)techno);
+						}
+						break;
+				}
+
+				if (object) {
+					if (PlayerPtr->Is_Ally(techno) || Special.IsVisibleTarget) {
+						object->Clicked_As_Target();
+					}
+				}
+				techno->Assign_Mission(Data.MegaMission.Mission);
+
+				/*
+				**	Guard area mode is handled with care. The specified target is actually
+				**	assigned as the location that should be guarded. In addition, the
+				**	movement destination is immediately set to this new location.
+				*/
+				if (Data.MegaMission.Mission == MISSION_GUARD_AREA &&
+//					Target_Legal(Data.MegaMission.Target) &&
+					(techno->What_Am_I() == RTTI_INFANTRY || techno->What_Am_I() == RTTI_UNIT || techno->What_Am_I() == RTTI_AIRCRAFT)) {
+
+					((FootClass *)techno)->ArchiveTarget = Data.MegaMission.Target;
+					techno->Assign_Target(TARGET_NONE);
+					techno->Assign_Destination(Data.MegaMission.Target);
+				} else {
+					techno->Assign_Target(Data.MegaMission.Target);
+					techno->Assign_Destination(Data.MegaMission.Destination);
+				}
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+				if ((techno->What_Am_I() == RTTI_UNIT || techno->What_Am_I() == RTTI_INFANTRY) &&
+						Data.MegaMission.Mission == MISSION_GUARD_AREA) {
+
+					((FootClass *)techno)->ArchiveTarget = Data.MegaMission.Destination;
+				}
+#endif
+			}
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	Request that the unit/infantry/aircraft go into idle mode.
+		*/
+		case IDLE:
+			techno = As_Techno(Data.Target.Whom);
+			if (techno && techno->IsActive && !techno->IsInLimbo && !techno->IsTethered) {
+				techno->Assign_Destination(TARGET_NONE);
+				techno->Assign_Target(TARGET_NONE);
+				techno->Enter_Idle_Mode();
+			}
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	Request that the unit/infantry/aircraft scatter from its current location.
+		*/
+		case SCATTER:
+			techno = As_Techno(Data.Target.Whom);
+			if (techno && techno->IsActive && !techno->IsInLimbo && !techno->IsTethered) {
+				techno->Scatter(0, true);
+			}
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	If we are placing down the ion cannon blast then lets take
+		** care of it.
+		*/
+		case SPECIAL_PLACE:
+CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Special blast packet received\n");
+			Houses.Raw_Ptr(ID)->Place_Special_Blast((SpecialWeaponType)Data.Special.ID, Data.Special.Cell);
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	Exit the game.
+		** Give parting message while palette is fading to black.
+		*/
+		case EXIT:
+CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Exit game packet received\n");
+			Theme.Queue_Song(THEME_NONE);
+			Stop_Speaking();
+			Speak(VOX_CONTROL_EXIT);
+			while (Is_Speaking()) {
+				Call_Back();
+			}
+			GameActive = false;
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	Process the options menu.
+		*/
+		case OPTIONS:
+			SpecialDialog = SDLG_OPTIONS;
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	Process the options Game Speed
+		*/
+		case GAMESPEED:
+CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Game speed packet received\n");
+			Options.GameSpeed = Data.General.Value;
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	Adjust connection timing for multiplayer games
+		*/
+		case RESPONSE_TIME:
+char flip[128];
+sprintf (flip, "C&C95 - Changing MaxAhead to %d frames\n", Data.FrameInfo.Delay);
+CCDebugString (flip);
+			MPlayerMaxAhead = Data.FrameInfo.Delay;
+			break;
+
+		//
+		// This event tells all systems to use new timing values.  It's like
+		// RESPONSE_TIME, only it works.  It's only used with the
+		// COMM_MULTI_E_COMP protocol.
+		//
+		case TIMING:
+CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Timing packet received\n");
+//#if(TIMING_FIX)
+			//
+			// If MaxAhead is about to increase, we're vulnerable to a Packet-
+			// Received-Too-Late error, if any system generates an event after
+			// this TIMING event, but before it executes.  So, record the
+			// period of vulnerability's frame start & end values, so we
+			// can reschedule these events to execute after it's over.
+			//
+			if (Data.Timing.MaxAhead > MPlayerMaxAhead) {
+				NewMaxAheadFrame1 = Frame;
+				NewMaxAheadFrame2 = Frame + Data.Timing.MaxAhead;
+			}
+//#endif
+
+			DesiredFrameRate = Data.Timing.DesiredFrameRate;
+			MPlayerMaxAhead = Data.Timing.MaxAhead;
+
+sprintf (flip, "C&C95 -  Timing packet: DesiredFrameRate = %d\n", Data.Timing.DesiredFrameRate);
+CCDebugString (flip);
+sprintf (flip, "C&C95 -  Timing packet: MaxAhead = %d\n", Data.Timing.MaxAhead);
+CCDebugString (flip);
+
+			/*
+			** If spawned from WChat then we should be getting poked every minute. If not then
+			** deliberately break the max ahead value
+			*/
+			if (Special.IsFromWChat){
+				MPlayerMaxAhead += DDEServer.Time_Since_Heartbeat()/(70*60);
+//if (DDEServer.Time_Since_Heartbeat() >= 70*60) CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Missed a heartbeat\n");
+			}
+			break;
+
+		//
+		// This event tells all systems what the other systems' process
+		// timing requirements are; it's used to compute a desired frame rate
+		// for the game.
+		//
+		case PROCESS_TIME:
+			for (i = 0; i < MPlayerCount; i++) {
+				if (MPlayerID == ::MPlayerID[i]) {
+					TheirProcessTime[i] = Data.ProcessTime.AverageTicks;
+
+char flip[128];
+sprintf (flip, "C&C95 - Received PROCESS_TIME packet of %04x ticks\n", Data.ProcessTime.AverageTicks);
+CCDebugString (flip);
+
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	Default: do nothing.
+		*/
+		default:
+			break;
+	}
+}
diff --git a/EVENT.H b/EVENT.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f85f98e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/EVENT.H
@@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\event.h_v   2.19   16 Oct 1995 16:46:14   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : EVENT.H                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : 12/09/94                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : December 9, 1994 [JLB]                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef EVENT_H
+#define EVENT_H
+
+/*
+**	This event class is used to contain all external game events (things that the player can
+**	do at any time) so that these events can be transported between linked computers. This
+**	encapsulation is required in order to ensure that each event affects all computers at the
+**	same time (same game frame).
+*/
+class EventClass
+{
+	public:
+
+		/*
+		**	All external events are identified by these labels.
+		*/
+		typedef enum EventType {
+			EMPTY,
+
+			ALLY,					// Make allie of specified house.
+			MEGAMISSION,		// Full change of mission with target and destination.
+			IDLE,					// Request to enter idle mode.
+			SCATTER,				// Request to scatter from current location.
+			DESTRUCT,			// Self destruct request (surrender action).
+			DEPLOY,				// MCV is to deploy at current location.
+			PLACE,				// Place building at location specified.
+			OPTIONS,				// Bring up options screen.
+			GAMESPEED,			// Set game speed
+			PRODUCE,				// Start or Resume production.
+			SUSPEND,				// Suspend production.
+			ABANDON,				// Abandon production.
+			PRIMARY,				// Primary factory selected.
+			SPECIAL_PLACE,		// Special target location selected
+			EXIT,					// Exit game.
+			ANIMATION,			// Flash ground as movement feedback.
+			REPAIR,				// Repair specified object.
+			SELL,					//	Sell specified object.
+			SPECIAL,				// Special options control.
+
+			// Private events.
+			FRAMESYNC,			// Game-connection packet; includes Scenario CRC & sender's frame #
+									// Used to initiate game connection phase & to reconnect;
+									// When one of these is received, the receiver knows there are
+									// no associated commands in this packet.
+			MESSAGE,				// Message to another player (The message is the 40 bytes
+									// after the event class).
+			RESPONSE_TIME,		// use a new propogation delay value
+			FRAMEINFO,			// Game-heartbeat packet; includes Game CRC & command count
+									// All packets sent for a frame are prefixed with one of these
+			TIMING,				// new timing values for all systems to use
+			PROCESS_TIME,		// a system's average processing time, in ticks per frame
+			LAST_EVENT,			// one past the last event
+		} EventType;
+
+		EventType Type;		// Type of queue command object.
+
+		/*
+		** 'Frame' is the frame that the command should execute on.
+		** 27 bits gives over 25 days of playing time without wrapping,
+		** at 30 frames per second, so it should be plenty!
+		*/
+		unsigned Frame : 27;
+
+		/*
+		** House index of the player originating this event
+		*/
+		unsigned ID : 4;
+
+		/*
+		** This bit tells us if we've already executed this event.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsExecuted: 1;
+
+		/*
+		** Multiplayer ID of the player originating this event.
+		** High nybble: the color index of this player.
+		** Low nybble: the HousesType this player is "acting like" (GDI/NOD)
+		*/
+		unsigned char MPlayerID;
+
+		/*
+		**	This union contains the specific data that the event requires.
+		*/
+		union {
+			struct {
+				SpecialClass	Data;		// The special option flags.
+			} Options;
+			struct {
+				TARGET		Whom;			// The object to apply the event to.
+			} Target;
+			struct {
+				AnimType		What;			// The animation to create.
+				HousesType	Owner;		// The owner of the animation (when it matters).
+				COORDINATE			Where;		// The location to place the animation.
+			} Anim;
+			struct {
+				int 			Value;		// general-purpose data
+			} General;
+			struct {
+				TARGET		Whom;			// Whom to apply mission to.
+				MissionType	Mission;		// What mission to apply.
+				TARGET		Target;		// Target to assign.
+				TARGET		Destination;// Destination to assign.
+			} MegaMission;
+			struct {
+				TARGET		Whom;			// Whom to apply mission to.
+				MissionType Mission;		// What mission to apply.
+			} Mission;
+			struct {
+				TARGET		Whom;			// Whom to apply movement change to.
+				TARGET		Where;		// Where to set NavCom to.
+			} NavCom;
+			struct {
+				TARGET		Whom;			// Whom to apply attack change to.
+				TARGET		Target;		// What to set TarCom to.
+			} TarCom;
+			struct {
+				RTTIType		Type;
+				int			ID;
+			} Specific;
+			struct {
+				RTTIType		Type;
+				CELL			Cell;
+			} Place;
+			struct {
+				int			ID;
+				CELL			Cell;
+			} Special;
+			/*
+			** This structure is used for FRAMEINFO, FRAMESYNC, and RESPONSE_TIME
+			** events; exactly one of these will be sent each frame, whether there's
+			** data that frame or not.
+			** CRC: the game CRC when this packet was generated; used to detect sync errors
+			** CommandCount: # of commands the sender has sent; used to detect missed packets
+			** Delay: sender's propogation delay value for this frame
+			*/
+			struct {
+				unsigned long CRC;
+				unsigned short CommandCount;	// # commands sent so far
+				unsigned char Delay;				// propogation delay used this frame
+														// (Frame - Delay = sender's current frame #)
+			} FrameInfo;
+
+			//
+			// This structure sets new timing values for all systems in a multiplayer
+			// game.  This structure replaces the RESPONSE_TIME event for
+			// the COMM_MULTI_E_COMP protocol.
+			//
+			struct {
+				unsigned short DesiredFrameRate;
+				unsigned short MaxAhead;
+			} Timing;
+
+			//
+			// This structure is transmitted by all systems, and is used to compute
+			// the "desired" frame rate for the game.
+			//
+			struct {
+				unsigned short AverageTicks;
+			} ProcessTime;
+
+		} Data;
+
+		//-------------- Functions ---------------------
+		EventClass(void) {Type = EMPTY;};
+		EventClass(SpecialClass data);
+		EventClass(EventType type, TARGET target);
+		EventClass(EventType type);
+		EventClass(EventType type, int val);
+		EventClass(EventType type, TARGET src, TARGET dest);
+//		EventClass(TARGET src, MissionType mission);
+		EventClass(TARGET src, MissionType mission, TARGET target=TARGET_NONE, TARGET destination=TARGET_NONE);
+		EventClass(EventType type, RTTIType object, int id);
+		EventClass(EventType type, RTTIType object, CELL cell);
+		EventClass(EventType type, int id, CELL cell);
+		EventClass(AnimType anim, HousesType owner, COORDINATE coord);
+
+		// Process the event.
+		void Execute(void);
+
+		int operator == (EventClass & q) {
+			return memcmp(this, &q, sizeof(q)) == 0;
+		};
+
+		static unsigned char EventLength[LAST_EVENT];
+		static char * EventNames[LAST_EVENT];
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/EXPAND.CPP b/EXPAND.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1465495
--- /dev/null
+++ b/EXPAND.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,422 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header$ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : EXPAND.CPP                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : 11/03/95                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : November 3, 1995 [JLB]                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "function.h"
+
+#ifdef NEWMENU
+
+bool Expansion_Present(void)
+{
+	CCFileClass file("EXPAND.DAT");
+
+	return(file.Is_Available());
+}
+
+
+
+
+class EListClass : public ListClass
+{
+	public:
+		EListClass(int id, int x, int y, int w, int h, TextPrintType flags, void const * up, void const * down) :
+			ListClass(id, x, y, w, h, flags, up, down) {};
+
+	protected:
+		virtual void Draw_Entry(int index, int x, int y, int width, int selected);
+};
+
+
+void EListClass::Draw_Entry(int index, int x, int y, int width, int selected)
+{
+	if (TextFlags & TPF_6PT_GRAD) {
+		TextPrintType flags = TextFlags;
+
+		if (selected) {
+			flags = flags | TPF_BRIGHT_COLOR;
+			LogicPage->Fill_Rect (x, y, x + width - 1, y + LineHeight - 1, CC_GREEN_SHADOW);
+		} else {
+			if (!(flags & TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL)) {
+				flags = flags | TPF_MEDIUM_COLOR;
+			}
+		}
+
+		Conquer_Clip_Text_Print(List[index]+sizeof(int), x, y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK, flags, width, Tabs);
+
+	} else {
+		Conquer_Clip_Text_Print(List[index]+sizeof(int), x, y, (selected ? BLUE : WHITE), TBLACK, TextFlags, width, Tabs);
+	}
+}
+
+bool Expansion_Dialog(void)
+{
+	int factor			= (SeenBuff.Get_Width() == 320) ? 1 : 2;
+
+	int	option_width 	= 236 * factor;
+	int	option_height	= 162 * factor;
+	int	option_x			= (320*factor - option_width) /2;
+	int	option_y			= (200*factor - option_height) /2;
+
+	GadgetClass * buttons = NULL;
+
+	void const *up_button;
+	void const *down_button;
+
+	if (InMainLoop){
+		up_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-UP.SHP");
+		down_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-DN.SHP");
+	}else{
+		up_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-UP2.SHP");
+		down_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-DN2.SHP");
+	}
+
+	TextButtonClass ok(200, TXT_OK, TPF_6PT_GRAD|TPF_NOSHADOW, option_x+25*factor, option_y+option_height-15*factor);
+	TextButtonClass cancel(201, TXT_CANCEL, TPF_6PT_GRAD|TPF_NOSHADOW, option_x+option_width-50*factor, option_y+option_height-15*factor);
+	EListClass list(202, option_x+10*factor, option_y+20*factor, option_width-20*factor, option_height-40*factor, TPF_6PT_GRAD|TPF_NOSHADOW, up_button, down_button);
+
+	buttons = &ok;
+	cancel.Add(*buttons);
+	list.Add(*buttons);
+
+
+	/*
+	**	Add in all the expansion scenarios.
+	*/
+	char * sbuffer = (char*)_ShapeBuffer;
+	for (int index = 20; index < 60; index++) {
+		char buffer[128];
+		CCFileClass file;
+
+		Set_Scenario_Name(buffer, index, SCEN_PLAYER_GDI, SCEN_DIR_EAST, SCEN_VAR_A);
+		strcat(buffer, ".INI");
+		file.Set_Name(buffer);
+		if (file.Is_Available()) {
+			file.Read(sbuffer, 1000);
+			sbuffer[1000] = '\r';
+			sbuffer[1000+1] = '\n';
+			sbuffer[1000+2] = '\0';
+
+			WWGetPrivateProfileString("Basic", "Name", "x", buffer, sizeof(buffer), sbuffer);
+			char * data = new char [strlen(buffer)+1+sizeof(int)+25];
+			*((int*)&data[0]) = index;
+			strcpy(&data[sizeof(int)], "GDI: ");
+			strcat(&data[sizeof(int)], buffer);
+			list.Add_Item(data);
+		}
+	}
+
+	for (index = 20; index < 60; index++) {
+		char buffer[128];
+		CCFileClass file;
+
+		Set_Scenario_Name(buffer, index, SCEN_PLAYER_NOD, SCEN_DIR_EAST, SCEN_VAR_A);
+		strcat(buffer, ".INI");
+		file.Set_Name(buffer);
+		if (file.Is_Available()) {
+			file.Read(sbuffer, 1000);
+			sbuffer[1000] = '\r';
+			sbuffer[1000+1] = '\n';
+			sbuffer[1000+2] = '\0';
+
+			WWGetPrivateProfileString("Basic", "Name", "x", buffer, sizeof(buffer), sbuffer);
+			char * data = new char [strlen(buffer)+1+sizeof(int)+25];
+			*((int*)&data[0]) = index;
+			strcpy(&data[sizeof(int)], "NOD: ");
+			strcat(&data[sizeof(int)], buffer);
+			list.Add_Item(data);
+		}
+	}
+
+	Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+	bool recalc = true;
+	bool display = true;
+	bool process = true;
+	bool okval = true;
+	while (process) {
+
+		Call_Back();
+
+		/*
+		** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+		** we need to redraw.
+		*/
+		if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+			AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+			display=TRUE;
+		}
+
+		if (display) {
+			display = false;
+
+			Hide_Mouse();
+
+			/*
+			**	Load the background picture.
+			*/
+			Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+			HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+
+			Dialog_Box(option_x, option_y, option_width, option_height);
+			Draw_Caption(TXT_MISSION_DESCRIPTION, option_x, option_y, option_width);
+			buttons->Draw_All();
+			Show_Mouse();
+		}
+
+		KeyNumType input = buttons->Input();
+		switch (input) {
+			case KN_RETURN:
+			case 200|KN_BUTTON:
+				if (list.Current_Item()[sizeof(int)] == 'G') {
+					ScenPlayer = SCEN_PLAYER_GDI;
+				} else {
+					ScenPlayer = SCEN_PLAYER_NOD;
+				}
+				ScenDir = SCEN_DIR_EAST;
+				Whom = HOUSE_GOOD;
+				Scenario = *(int *)list.Current_Item();
+				process = false;
+				okval = true;
+				break;
+
+			case KN_ESC:
+			case 201|KN_BUTTON:
+				ScenPlayer = SCEN_PLAYER_GDI;
+				ScenDir = SCEN_DIR_EAST;
+				Whom = HOUSE_GOOD;
+				Scenario = *(int *)list.Current_Item();
+				process = false;
+				okval = false;
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Free up the allocations for the text lines in the list box.
+	*/
+	for (index = 0; index < list.Count(); index++) {
+		delete [] (char *)list.Get_Item(index);
+	}
+
+	return(okval);
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Bonus_Dialog -- Asks the user which bonus mission he wants to play                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    3/26/97 11:07AM ST : Created                                                             *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool Bonus_Dialog(void)
+{
+	int factor			= (SeenBuff.Get_Width() == 320) ? 1 : 2;
+
+	int	option_width 	= 236 * factor;
+	int	option_height	= 162 * factor;
+	int	option_x			= (320*factor - option_width) /2;
+	int	option_y			= (200*factor - option_height) /2;
+
+	GadgetClass * buttons = NULL;
+
+	void const *up_button;
+	void const *down_button;
+
+	if (InMainLoop){
+		up_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-UP.SHP");
+		down_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-DN.SHP");
+	}else{
+		up_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-UP2.SHP");
+		down_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-DN2.SHP");
+	}
+
+	TextButtonClass ok(200, TXT_OK, TPF_6PT_GRAD|TPF_NOSHADOW, option_x+25*factor, option_y+option_height-15*factor);
+	TextButtonClass cancel(201, TXT_CANCEL, TPF_6PT_GRAD|TPF_NOSHADOW, option_x+option_width-50*factor, option_y+option_height-15*factor);
+	EListClass list(202, option_x+10*factor, option_y+20*factor, option_width-20*factor, option_height-40*factor, TPF_6PT_GRAD|TPF_NOSHADOW, up_button, down_button);
+
+	buttons = &ok;
+	cancel.Add(*buttons);
+	list.Add(*buttons);
+
+
+	/*
+	**	Add in all the expansion scenarios.
+	*/
+	char * sbuffer = (char*)_ShapeBuffer;
+	int gdi_scen_names[3]={
+		TXT_BONUS_MISSION_1,
+		TXT_BONUS_MISSION_2,
+		TXT_BONUS_MISSION_3
+	};
+
+	int nod_scen_names[2]={
+		TXT_BONUS_MISSION_4,
+		TXT_BONUS_MISSION_5
+	};
+
+
+	for (int index = 60; index < 63; index++) {
+		char buffer[128];
+		CCFileClass file;
+
+		Set_Scenario_Name(buffer, index, SCEN_PLAYER_GDI, SCEN_DIR_EAST, SCEN_VAR_A);
+		strcat(buffer, ".INI");
+		file.Set_Name(buffer);
+		if (file.Is_Available()) {
+			memcpy (buffer, Text_String (gdi_scen_names[index-60]), 1+strlen(Text_String (gdi_scen_names[index-60])));
+			char * data = new char [strlen(buffer)+1+sizeof(int)+25];
+			*((int*)&data[0]) = index;
+			strcpy(&data[sizeof(int)], "GDI: ");
+			strcat(&data[sizeof(int)], buffer);
+			list.Add_Item(data);
+		}
+	}
+
+	for (index = 60; index < 62; index++) {
+		char buffer[128];
+		CCFileClass file;
+
+		Set_Scenario_Name(buffer, index, SCEN_PLAYER_NOD, SCEN_DIR_EAST, SCEN_VAR_A);
+		strcat(buffer, ".INI");
+		file.Set_Name(buffer);
+		if (file.Is_Available()) {
+			memcpy (buffer, Text_String (nod_scen_names[index-60]), 1+strlen(Text_String (nod_scen_names[index-60])));
+			char * data = new char [strlen(buffer)+1+sizeof(int)+25];
+			*((int*)&data[0]) = index;
+			strcpy(&data[sizeof(int)], "NOD: ");
+			strcat(&data[sizeof(int)], buffer);
+			list.Add_Item(data);
+		}
+	}
+
+	Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+	bool recalc = true;
+	bool display = true;
+	bool process = true;
+	bool okval = true;
+	while (process) {
+
+		Call_Back();
+
+		/*
+		** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+		** we need to redraw.
+		*/
+		if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+			AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+			display=TRUE;
+		}
+
+		if (display) {
+			display = false;
+
+			Hide_Mouse();
+
+			/*
+			**	Load the background picture.
+			*/
+			Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+			HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+
+			Dialog_Box(option_x, option_y, option_width, option_height);
+			Draw_Caption(TXT_BONUS_MISSIONS, option_x, option_y, option_width);
+			buttons->Draw_All();
+			Show_Mouse();
+		}
+
+		KeyNumType input = buttons->Input();
+		switch (input) {
+			case KN_RETURN:
+			case 200|KN_BUTTON:
+				if (list.Current_Item()[sizeof(int)] == 'G') {
+					ScenPlayer = SCEN_PLAYER_GDI;
+				} else {
+					ScenPlayer = SCEN_PLAYER_NOD;
+				}
+				ScenDir = SCEN_DIR_EAST;
+				Whom = HOUSE_GOOD;
+				Scenario = *(int *)list.Current_Item();
+				process = false;
+				okval = true;
+				break;
+
+			case KN_ESC:
+			case 201|KN_BUTTON:
+				ScenPlayer = SCEN_PLAYER_GDI;
+				ScenDir = SCEN_DIR_EAST;
+				Whom = HOUSE_GOOD;
+				Scenario = *(int *)list.Current_Item();
+				process = false;
+				okval = false;
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Free up the allocations for the text lines in the list box.
+	*/
+	for (index = 0; index < list.Count(); index++) {
+		delete [] (char *)list.Get_Item(index);
+	}
+
+	return(okval);
+}
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/EXTERNS.H b/EXTERNS.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bf2edce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/EXTERNS.H
@@ -0,0 +1,401 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\externs.h_v   2.15   16 Oct 1995 16:45:34   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : EXTERNS.H                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : May 27, 1994                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : May 27, 1994   [JLB]                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef EXTERNS_H
+#define EXTERNS_H
+
+#include	"cell.h"
+
+#ifdef SCENARIO_EDITOR
+#include	"mapedit.h"
+#endif
+#include	"techno.h"
+#include	"type.h"
+#include	"building.h"
+#include	"unit.h"
+#include	"credits.h"
+#include	"goptions.h"
+#include	"options.h"
+#include	"infantry.H"
+
+#ifdef JAPANESE
+extern bool ForceEnglish;
+#endif
+
+extern bool Debug_Quiet;
+extern bool Debug_Cheat;
+extern bool Debug_Remap;
+extern bool Debug_Flag;
+extern bool Debug_Lose;
+extern bool Debug_Map;
+extern bool Debug_Win;
+extern bool Debug_Icon;
+extern bool Debug_Passable;
+extern bool Debug_Unshroud;
+extern bool Debug_Threat;
+extern bool Debug_Find_Path;
+extern bool Debug_Check_Map;
+extern bool Debug_Playtest;
+
+extern bool Debug_Heap_Dump;
+extern bool Debug_Smart_Print;
+extern bool Debug_Trap_Check_Heap;
+extern bool Debug_Instant_Build;
+
+extern void const *WarFactoryOverlay;
+
+
+/*
+**	Dynamic global variables (these change or are initialized at run time).
+*/
+#ifdef PATCH
+extern bool							IsV107;
+extern char							OverridePath[128];
+#endif
+extern bool							SlowPalette;
+extern char							VersionText[16];
+extern bool							ScoresPresent;
+extern int							CrateCount;
+extern TCountDownTimerClass	CrateTimer;
+extern bool							CrateMaker;
+extern ThemeType					TransitTheme;
+extern bool							AllowVoice;
+extern NewConfigType				NewConfig;
+extern char							BriefingText[512];
+extern char 						IntroMovie[_MAX_FNAME+_MAX_EXT];
+extern char 						ActionMovie[_MAX_FNAME+_MAX_EXT];
+extern char 						BriefMovie[_MAX_FNAME+_MAX_EXT];
+extern char 						WinMovie[_MAX_FNAME+_MAX_EXT];
+extern char 						LoseMovie[_MAX_FNAME+_MAX_EXT];
+extern VoxType						SpeakQueue;
+extern bool							PlayerWins;
+extern bool							PlayerLoses;
+extern bool							PlayerRestarts;
+extern StructType					SabotagedType;
+extern bool							TempleIoned;
+extern long							Frame;
+extern void *						SpeechBuffer;
+extern int							PreserveVQAScreen;
+extern bool							BreakoutAllowed;
+extern bool							Brokeout;
+extern CELL							Views[4];
+
+extern GameOptionsClass 		Options;
+
+extern LogicClass 				Logic;
+#ifdef SCENARIO_EDITOR
+extern MapEditClass 				Map;
+#else
+extern MouseClass 				Map;
+#endif
+extern ScoreClass 				Score;
+extern MonoClass 					MonoArray[MonoClass::MAX_MONO_PAGES];
+extern MixFileClass *			ScoreMix;
+extern MixFileClass *			TheaterData;
+extern MixFileClass *			LowTheaterData;
+extern MixFileClass *			MoviesMix;
+extern MixFileClass *			GeneralMix;
+extern ThemeClass 				Theme;
+extern SpecialClass 				Special;
+
+/*
+**	Game object allocation and tracking classes.
+*/
+extern TFixedIHeapClass<UnitClass>							Units;
+extern TFixedIHeapClass<FactoryClass>						Factories;
+extern TFixedIHeapClass<TerrainClass>						Terrains;
+extern TFixedIHeapClass<TemplateClass>						Templates;
+extern TFixedIHeapClass<SmudgeClass>						Smudges;
+extern TFixedIHeapClass<OverlayClass>						Overlays;
+extern TFixedIHeapClass<InfantryClass>						Infantry;
+extern TFixedIHeapClass<BulletClass>						Bullets;
+extern TFixedIHeapClass<BuildingClass>						Buildings;
+extern TFixedIHeapClass<AnimClass>							Anims;
+extern TFixedIHeapClass<AircraftClass>						Aircraft;
+extern TFixedIHeapClass<TriggerClass>						Triggers;
+extern TFixedIHeapClass<TeamTypeClass>						TeamTypes;
+extern TFixedIHeapClass<TeamClass>							Teams;
+extern TFixedIHeapClass<HouseClass>							Houses;
+
+extern QueueClass<EventClass, MAX_EVENTS>					OutList;
+extern QueueClass<EventClass, (MAX_EVENTS * 8)>			DoList;
+
+extern DynamicVectorClass<ObjectClass *>					CurrentObject;
+extern DynamicVectorClass<TriggerClass *> 				CellTriggers;
+extern DynamicVectorClass<TriggerClass *> 				HouseTriggers[HOUSE_COUNT];
+
+extern CELL															Waypoint[WAYPT_COUNT];
+
+extern BaseClass													Base;
+
+/*
+**	Loaded data file pointers.
+*/
+extern void const *	Green12FontPtr;
+extern void const *	Green12GradFontPtr;
+extern void const *	MapFontPtr;
+extern void const *	VCRFontPtr;
+extern void const *	Font3Ptr;
+extern void const *	Font6Ptr;
+extern void const *	Font8Ptr;
+extern void const *	FontLEDPtr;
+extern void const *	ScoreFontPtr;
+extern void const *	GradFont6Ptr;
+extern char const *	SystemStrings;
+
+/*
+**	Miscellaneous globals.
+*/
+extern HousesType				Whom;
+extern _VQAConfig				AnimControl;
+extern long						SpareTicks;
+extern int						MonoPage;
+extern unsigned char *		OriginalPalette;
+extern int						EndCountDown;
+extern bool						GameActive;
+extern bool						SpecialFlag;
+extern bool						ScenarioInit;
+extern long						TutorFlags[2];
+extern HouseClass *			PlayerPtr;
+extern unsigned char *		BlackPalette;
+extern unsigned char *		WhitePalette;
+extern unsigned char *		GamePalette;
+extern unsigned 				Scenario;
+extern ScenarioPlayerType 	ScenPlayer;
+extern ScenarioDirType 		ScenDir;
+extern ScenarioVarType 		ScenVar;
+extern int						CarryOverMoney;
+extern int						CarryOverCap;
+extern int						CarryOverPercent;
+extern char 						ScenarioName[_MAX_FNAME+_MAX_EXT];
+extern unsigned					BuildLevel;
+extern unsigned long			ScenarioCRC;
+
+#ifdef SCENARIO_EDITOR
+extern CELL 						CurrentCell;
+#endif
+
+extern GameType					GameToPlay;
+
+extern CommProtocolType		CommProtocol;
+
+extern CCFileClass 			RecordFile;
+extern int						RecordGame;
+extern int						SuperRecord;
+extern int						PlaybackGame;
+extern int						AllowAttract;
+
+extern GetCDClass				CDList;
+
+/*
+** Modem globals
+*/
+extern bool 											ModemService;
+extern NullModemClass 								NullModem;
+extern DynamicVectorClass<PhoneEntryClass *>	PhoneBook;
+extern int												CurPhoneIdx;
+extern DynamicVectorClass <char *>				InitStrings;
+extern SerialSettingsType							SerialDefaults;
+extern ModemGameType									ModemGameToPlay;
+extern char *											DialMethodCheck[ DIAL_METHODS ];
+extern char *											CallWaitStrings[ CALL_WAIT_STRINGS_NUM ];
+
+/*
+** Network/Modem globals
+*/
+extern int										ScenarioIdx;
+extern int										ColorUsed[];
+extern char										MPlayerName[MPLAYER_NAME_MAX];
+extern int										MPlayerGColors[];
+extern int										MPlayerTColors[];
+extern char 									MPlayerDescriptions[100][40];
+extern DynamicVectorClass <char *>		MPlayerScenarios;
+extern DynamicVectorClass <int>			MPlayerFilenum;
+extern int										MPlayerMax;
+extern int 										MPlayerPrefColor;
+extern int 										MPlayerColorIdx;
+extern HousesType								MPlayerHouse;
+extern unsigned char							MPlayerLocalID;
+extern int										MPlayerCount;
+extern int										MPlayerBases;
+extern int										MPlayerCredits;
+extern int										MPlayerTiberium;
+extern int										MPlayerGoodies;
+extern int										MPlayerGhosts;
+extern int										MPlayerSolo;
+extern int										MPlayerUnitCount;
+extern int										MPlayerCountMin[2];
+extern int										MPlayerCountMax[2];
+extern unsigned long							MPlayerMaxAhead;
+extern unsigned long							FrameSendRate;
+extern unsigned char							MPlayerID[MAX_PLAYERS];
+extern HousesType								MPlayerHouses[MAX_PLAYERS];
+extern char										MPlayerNames [MAX_PLAYERS][MPLAYER_NAME_MAX];
+extern MessageListClass						Messages;
+extern IPXAddressClass						MessageAddress;
+extern char										LastMessage[MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH];
+extern int										MPlayerBlitz;
+extern int										MPlayerObiWan;
+extern MPlayerScoreType						MPlayerScore[MAX_MULTI_NAMES];
+extern int										MPlayerGamesPlayed;
+extern int										MPlayerNumScores;
+extern int										MPlayerWinner;
+extern int										MPlayerCurGame;
+
+extern int										TheirProcessTime[MAX_PLAYERS - 1];
+extern int										DesiredFrameRate;
+
+extern char *									GlobalPacketNames[];
+extern char *									SerialPacketNames[];
+
+typedef struct {
+	union {
+		AircraftClass *Aircraft;
+		AnimClass *Anim;
+		BuildingClass *Building;
+		BulletClass *Bullet;
+		InfantryClass *Infantry;
+		UnitClass *Unit;
+		void *All;
+	} Ptr;
+} TrapObjectType;
+
+extern long										TrapFrame;
+extern RTTIType								TrapObjType;
+extern TrapObjectType						TrapObject;
+extern COORDINATE									TrapCoord;
+extern void *									TrapThis;
+extern CellClass *							TrapCell;
+extern int										TrapCheckHeap;
+
+/*
+** Network (IPX) globals
+*/
+extern IPXManagerClass 	 					Ipx;
+extern int										IsBridge;
+extern IPXAddressClass						BridgeNet;
+extern bool 									NetMaster;
+extern bool 									NetStealth;
+extern bool 									NetProtect;
+extern bool 									NetOpen;
+extern char										MPlayerGameName[MPLAYER_NAME_MAX];
+extern GlobalPacketType						GPacket;
+extern int										GPacketlen;
+extern IPXAddressClass						GAddress;
+extern unsigned short						GProductID;
+extern char *									MetaPacket;
+extern int										MetaSize;
+extern DynamicVectorClass <NodeNameType *> Games;
+extern DynamicVectorClass <NodeNameType *> Players;
+
+extern int										Seed;
+extern long *									RandSeedPtr;
+extern int										CustomSeed;
+extern int										NewMaxAheadFrame1;
+extern int										NewMaxAheadFrame2;
+
+/*
+**	Constant externs (data is not modified during game play).
+*/
+extern unsigned char const					RemapGreen[256];
+extern unsigned char const					RemapBlue[256];
+extern unsigned char const					RemapOrange[256];
+extern unsigned char const					RemapNone[256];
+extern unsigned char const					RemapYellow[256];
+extern unsigned char const					RemapRed[256];
+extern unsigned char const					RemapBlueGreen[256];
+extern WeaponTypeClass const				Weapons[WEAPON_COUNT];
+extern WarheadTypeClass const				Warheads[WARHEAD_COUNT];
+extern char const *							SourceName[SOURCE_COUNT];
+extern GroundType const 					Ground[LAND_COUNT];
+extern TheaterDataType const 				Theaters[THEATER_COUNT];
+extern unsigned char const 				Facing32[256];
+extern unsigned char const 				Facing8[256];
+extern unsigned char const					Pixel2Lepton[24];
+extern COORDINATE const 							StoppingCoordAbs[5];
+extern CELL const 							AdjacentCell[FACING_COUNT];
+extern COORDINATE const 							AdjacentCoord[FACING_COUNT];
+
+extern int SoundOn;
+//extern GraphicBufferClass	SeenPage;
+extern GraphicBufferClass	VisiblePage;
+extern GraphicBufferClass	HiddenPage;
+extern GraphicViewPortClass	SeenBuff;
+extern GraphicBufferClass	ModeXBuff;
+extern GraphicViewPortClass	HidPage;
+extern GraphicBufferClass	LoResHidPage;
+extern GraphicBufferClass	SysMemPage;
+extern int 						MenuList[][8];
+extern CountDownTimerClass FrameTimer;
+extern CountDownTimerClass	CountDownTimer;
+
+extern							TimerClass ProcessTimer;
+extern int						ProcessTicks;
+extern int						ProcessFrames;
+
+extern SpecialDialogType	SpecialDialog;
+//extern bool						IsFindPath;
+
+extern char *DebugFname;	// for stoopid debugging purposes
+extern int DebugLine;		// for stoopid debugging purposes
+extern int RequiredCD;
+extern int MouseInstalled;
+extern int AreThingiesEnabled;
+
+extern WWKeyboardClass	Kbd;
+extern int In_Debugger;
+extern WWMouseClass	*WWMouse;
+extern HANDLE hInstance;
+extern int AllDone;
+extern "C" bool MMXAvailable;
+extern int Get_CD_Index (int cd_drive, int timeout);
+void Memory_Error_Handler(void);
+extern bool GameStatisticsPacketSent;
+extern bool ConnectionLost;
+extern bool InMainLoop;			         // True if in game state rather than menu state
+void CCDebugString (char *string);
+extern void *PacketLater;
+void Load_Title_Screen(char *name, GraphicViewPortClass *video_page, unsigned char *palette);
+
+extern "C"{
+	extern bool IsTheaterShape;
+}
+
+extern void Reset_Theater_Shapes(void);
+extern TheaterType LastTheater;
+
+#endif
diff --git a/FACING.CPP b/FACING.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..62401ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/FACING.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\facing.cpv   1.9   16 Oct 1995 16:49:40   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               *** 
+ *********************************************************************************************** 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                    File Name : FACING.CPP                                                   * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Start Date : 03/21/95                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                  Last Update : March 21, 1995 [JLB]                                         * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* 
+ * Functions:                                                                                  * 
+ *   FacingClass::Rotation_Adjust -- Perform a rotation adjustment to current facing.          * 
+ *   FacingClass::Set_Current -- Sets the current rotation value.                              * 
+ *   FacingClass::Set_Desired -- Sets the desired facing  value.                               * 
+ *   FacingClass::FacingClass -- Default constructor for the facing class.                     * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+#include	"facing.h"
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * FacingClass::FacingClass -- Default constructor for the facing class.                       * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This default constructor merely sets the desired and current facing values to be the     * 
+ *    same (North).                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   03/21/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+FacingClass::FacingClass(void) 
+{
+	CurrentFacing = DIR_N;
+	DesiredFacing = DIR_N;
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * FacingClass::Set_Desired -- Sets the desired facing  value.                                 * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This routine is used to set the desired facing value without altering the current        * 
+ *    facing setting. Typicall use of this routine is when a vehicle needs to face a           * 
+ *    direction, but currently isn't facing the correct direction. After this routine is       * 
+ *    called, it is presumed that subsequent calls to Rotation_Adjust() will result in the     * 
+ *    eventual alignment of the current facing.                                                * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   facing   -- The new facing to assign to the desired value.                         * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Did the desired facing value actually change by this routine call?           * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   03/21/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int FacingClass::Set_Desired(DirType facing) 
+{
+	if (DesiredFacing != facing) {
+		DesiredFacing = facing;
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * FacingClass::Set_Current -- Sets the current rotation value.                                * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This routine will set the current rotation value. It is used to override the facing      * 
+ *    value without adjusting the desired setting.                                             * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   facing   -- The new facing to assign to the current facing value.                  * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the current setting changed by this routine. Failure means that the      * 
+ *                current setting was already at the value specified.                          * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   03/21/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int FacingClass::Set_Current(DirType facing) 
+{
+	if (CurrentFacing != facing) {
+		CurrentFacing = facing;
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * FacingClass::Rotation_Adjust -- Perform a rotation adjustment to current facing.            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This routine is used when the current and desired facings differ but the current         * 
+ *    facing should be adjusted toward the desired facing. The amount of rotation to adjust    * 
+ *    is provided as a rotation rate parameter. Typical use of this routine is for turrets     * 
+ *    and other vehicle related rotating.                                                      * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   rate  -- The rotation rate to use when adjusting the current facing toward the     * 
+ *                   desired facing. A value of 127 means instantaneous rotation.              * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Did the rotation result in the current facing transitioning from one         * 
+ *                1/32 zone to another? If true, then the owning object most likely will       * 
+ *                need to be redrawn to reflect the change.                                    * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   03/21/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int FacingClass::Rotation_Adjust(int rate)
+{
+	/*
+	**	Only perform the rotation adjustment if the desired facing is not the
+	**	same as the current facing.
+	*/
+	if (Is_Rotating()) {
+		rate = MIN(rate, 127);
+
+		DirType oldfacing = CurrentFacing;
+		int diff = Difference();
+
+		/*
+		**	If the allowed facing change is greater than the difference between
+		**	the current facing and the desired facing, then just snap the 
+		**	facing to the new value.
+		*/
+		if (ABS(diff) < rate) {
+			CurrentFacing = DesiredFacing;
+		} else {
+
+			/*
+			**	Adjust the current facing clockwise or counterclockwise depending
+			**	on the shortest distance to the desired facing from the current
+			**	facing.
+			*/
+			if (diff < 0) {
+				CurrentFacing = (DirType)(CurrentFacing - (DirType)rate);
+			} else {
+				CurrentFacing = (DirType)(CurrentFacing + (DirType)rate);
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	If this facing adjustment caused the current facing to rotate into a 
+		**	new 1/32 rotation zone (likely to cause a redraw), then return
+		**	this fact with a true value.
+		*/
+		return(Facing_To_32(CurrentFacing) != Facing_To_32(oldfacing));
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
diff --git a/FACING.H b/FACING.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d5cf79e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/FACING.H
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\facing.h_v   1.14   16 Oct 1995 16:46:02   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               *** 
+ *********************************************************************************************** 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                    File Name : FACING.H                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Start Date : 03/21/95                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                  Last Update : March 21, 1995 [JLB]                                         * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* 
+ * Functions:                                                                                  * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef FACING_H
+#define FACING_H
+
+/*
+**	This is a general facing handler class. It is used in those cases where facing needs to be
+**	kept track of, but there could also be an associated desired facing. The current facing
+**	is supposed to transition to the desired state over time. Using this class facilitates this
+**	processing as well as isolating the rest of the code from the internals.
+*/
+class FacingClass 
+{
+	public:
+		FacingClass(void);
+		FacingClass(DirType dir) {CurrentFacing = DesiredFacing = dir;};
+		operator DirType(void) const {return CurrentFacing;};
+
+		DirType Current(void) const {return CurrentFacing;};
+		DirType Desired(void) const {return DesiredFacing;};
+
+		int Set_Desired(DirType facing);
+		int Set_Current(DirType facing);
+
+		void Set(DirType facing) {
+			Set_Current(facing);
+			Set_Desired(facing);
+		};
+
+		DirType Get(void) const { return CurrentFacing; }
+
+		int Is_Rotating(void) const {return (DesiredFacing != CurrentFacing);};
+
+		int Difference(void) const {return (signed char)(*((unsigned char*)&DesiredFacing) - *((unsigned char*)&CurrentFacing));};
+		int Difference(DirType facing) const {return (signed char)(*((signed char*)&facing) - *((signed char*)&CurrentFacing));};
+		int Rotation_Adjust(int rate);
+
+	private:
+		DirType CurrentFacing;
+		DirType DesiredFacing;
+};
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/FACTORY.CPP b/FACTORY.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ce75b00
--- /dev/null
+++ b/FACTORY.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,750 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\factory.cpv   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:51:26   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : FACTORY.CPP                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : 12/26/94                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : May 22, 1995 [JLB]                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   FactoryClass::AI -- Process factory production logic.                                     *
+ *   FactoryClass::Abandon -- Abandons current construction with money refunded.               *
+ *   FactoryClass::Completed -- Clears factory object after a completed production process.    *
+ *   FactoryClass::Completion -- Fetchs the completion step for this factory.                  *
+ *   FactoryClass::Cost_Per_Tick -- Breaks entire production cost into managable chunks.       *
+ *   FactoryClass::FactoryClass -- Default constructor for factory objects.                    *
+ *   FactoryClass::Get_Object -- Fetches pointer to object being constructed.                  *
+ *   FactoryClass::Get_Special_Item -- gets factorys spc prod item                             *
+ *   FactoryClass::Has_Changed -- Checks to see if a production step has occurred?             *
+ *   FactoryClass::Has_Completed -- Checks to see if object has completed production.          *
+ *   FactoryClass::Set -- Assigns a factory to produce an object.                              *
+ *   FactoryClass::Set -- Fills a factory with an already completed object.                    *
+ *   FactoryClass::Set -- Force factory to "produce" special object.                           *
+ *   FactoryClass::Start -- Resumes production after suspension or creation.                   *
+ *   FactoryClass::Suspend -- Temporarily stop production.                                     *
+ *   FactoryClass::operator delete -- Returns a factory to the free factory pool.              *
+ *   FactoryClass::operator new -- Allocates a factory object from the free factory pool.      *
+ *   FactoryClass::~FactoryClass -- Default destructor for factory objects.                    *
+ *   FactoryClass::Validate -- validates factory pointer													  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FactoryClass::Validate -- validates factory pointer													  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *		1 = ok, 0 = error																								  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/09/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+int FactoryClass::Validate(void) const
+{
+	int num;
+
+	num = Factories.ID(this);
+	if (num < 0 || num >= FACTORY_MAX) {
+		Validate_Error("FACTORY");
+		return (0);
+	}
+	else
+		return (1);
+}
+#else
+#define	Validate()
+#endif
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FactoryClass::FactoryClass -- Default constructor for factory objects.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This brings the factory into a null state. It is called when a factory object is         *
+ *    created.                                                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/26/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+FactoryClass::FactoryClass(void)
+{
+	IsSuspended = false;
+	IsDifferent = false;
+	Balance		= 0;
+	SpecialItem = SPC_NONE;
+	Object 		= NULL;
+	House			= NULL;
+	Set_Rate(0);
+	Set_Stage(0);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FactoryClass::~FactoryClass -- Default destructor for factory objects.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This cleans up a factory object in preparation for deletion. If there is currently       *
+ *    an object in production, it is abandoned and money is refunded.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/26/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+FactoryClass::~FactoryClass(void)
+{
+	if (GameActive) {
+		Abandon();
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FactoryClass::Init -- Clears all units for scenario preparation.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will zero out the factory list and objects. This routine is typically       *
+ *    used in preparation for a new scenario load. All factorys are guaranteed to be eliminated*
+ *    by this routine.                                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/15/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void FactoryClass::Init(void)
+{
+	Factories.Free_All();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FactoryClass::operator new -- Allocates a factory object from the free factory pool.        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine allocates a factory from the free factory pool. If there is no more room    *
+ *    to allocate a factory, then NULL is returned.                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with pointer to the newly allocated factory object.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/26/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void * FactoryClass::operator new(size_t)
+{
+	void * ptr = Factories.Allocate();
+	if (ptr) {
+		((FactoryClass *)ptr)->IsActive = true;
+	}
+	return(ptr);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FactoryClass::operator delete -- Returns a factory to the free factory pool.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This returns the factory object back to the factory allocation pool. The factory is then *
+ *    available to be allocated.                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   ptr   -- Pointer to the factory object to delete.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/26/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void FactoryClass::operator delete(void *ptr)
+{
+	if (ptr) {
+		((FactoryClass *)ptr)->IsActive = false;
+	}
+	Factories.Free((FactoryClass *)ptr);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FactoryClass::AI -- Process factory production logic.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine should be called once per game tick. It handles the production process.     *
+ *    As production proceeds, money is deducted from the owner object's house. When production *
+ *    completes, the factory stop processing. A call to Abandon, Delete, or Completed is       *
+ *    required after that point.                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/26/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   01/04/1995 JLB : Uses exact installment payment method.                                   *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void FactoryClass::AI(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (!IsSuspended && (Object != NULL || SpecialItem)) {
+		int stages = 1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Determine the acceleration factor for factory production.
+		**	This applies only to human players. The computer builds
+		**	units on a building by building basis -- quantity of building
+		**	factory types doesn't affect individual factories.
+		*/
+		if (Object && House->IsHuman) {
+			switch (Object->What_Am_I()) {
+				case RTTI_AIRCRAFT:
+					stages = House->AircraftFactories;
+					break;
+
+				case RTTI_INFANTRY:
+					stages = House->InfantryFactories;
+					break;
+
+				case RTTI_UNIT:
+					stages = House->UnitFactories;
+					break;
+
+				case RTTI_BUILDING:
+					stages = House->BuildingFactories;
+					break;
+			}
+			stages = MAX(stages, 1);
+		}
+
+
+		for (int index = 0; index < stages; index++) {
+			if (!Has_Completed() && Graphic_Logic()) {
+				IsDifferent = true;
+
+				int cost = Cost_Per_Tick();
+
+				cost = MIN(cost, Balance);
+
+				/*
+				**	Enough time has expired so that another production step can occur.
+				**	If there is insufficient funds, then go back one production step and
+				**	continue the countdown. The idea being that by the time the next
+				**	production step occurs, there may be sufficient funds available.
+				*/
+				if (cost > House->Available_Money()) {
+					Set_Stage(Fetch_Stage()-1);
+				} else {
+					House->Spend_Money(cost);
+					Balance -= cost;
+				}
+				if ( Debug_Instant_Build ) {
+					Set_Stage(STEP_COUNT);
+				}
+				/*
+				**	If the production has completed, then suspend further production.
+				*/
+				if (Fetch_Stage() == STEP_COUNT) {
+					IsSuspended = true;
+					Set_Rate(0);
+					House->Spend_Money(Balance);
+					Balance = 0;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FactoryClass::Has_Changed -- Checks to see if a production step has occurred?               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to determine if production has advanced at least one step. By using     *
+ *    this function, intelligent rendering may be performed.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Has the production process advanced one step since the last time this        *
+ *                function was called?                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   This function clears the changed status flag as a side effect.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/26/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool FactoryClass::Has_Changed(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	bool changed = IsDifferent;
+	IsDifferent = false;
+	return(changed);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FactoryClass::Set -- Assigns a factory to produce an object.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine initializes a factory to produce the object specified. The desired object   *
+ *    type is created and placed in suspended animation (limbo) until such time as production  *
+ *    completes. Production is not actually started by this routine. An explicit call to       *
+ *    Start() is required to begin production.                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   object   -- Reference to the object type class that is to be produced.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          house    -- Reference to the owner of the object to be produced.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was production successfully prepared for this factory object. Failure means  *
+ *                that the object could not be created. This is catastrophic and in such       *
+ *                cases, the factory object should be deleted.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   Be sure to examine the return value from this function. Failure to initialize   *
+ *             the factory means that the factory is useless and should be deleted.            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/26/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool FactoryClass::Set(TechnoTypeClass const & object, HouseClass & house)
+{
+	Validate();
+	/*
+	**	If there is any production currently in progress, abandon it.
+	*/
+	Abandon();
+
+	/*
+	**	Set up the factory for the new production process.
+	*/
+	IsDifferent = true;
+	IsSuspended = true;
+	Set_Rate(0);
+	Set_Stage(0);
+
+	/*
+	**	Create an object of the type requested.
+	*/
+	Object = (TechnoClass *)object.Create_One_Of(&house);
+
+	if (Object) {
+		House  = Object->House;
+		Balance = object.Cost_Of();
+		Object->PurchasePrice = Balance;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If all was set up successfully, then return true.
+	*/
+	return(Object != NULL);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FactoryClass::Set -- Force factory to "produce" special object.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to force the factory into special production mode. Such production is   *
+ *    used for the ion cannon and other timed special weapon events.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   type     -- The special weapon type to begin "production" of.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          house    -- The owner of this production object.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Was the assignment successful?                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/22/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool FactoryClass::Set(int const & type, HouseClass & house)
+{
+	Validate();
+	/*
+	**	If there is any production currently in progress, abandon it.
+	*/
+	Abandon();
+
+	/*
+	**	Set up the factory for the new production process.
+	*/
+	IsDifferent = true;
+	IsSuspended = true;
+	Set_Rate(0);
+	Set_Stage(0);
+
+	/*
+	**	Create an object of the type requested.
+	*/
+	SpecialItem = type;
+	House = &house;
+	Balance = 0;
+
+	/*
+	**	If all was set up successfully, then return true.
+	*/
+	return(SpecialItem != SPC_NONE);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FactoryClass::Set -- Fills a factory with an already completed object.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called when a produced object is in placement mode but then placement    *
+ *    is suspended. The object must then return to the factory as if it were newly completed   *
+ *    and awaiting removal.                                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   object   -- The object to return to the factory.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   This will abandon any current object being produced at the factory in order     *
+ *             to set the new object into it.                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/26/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void FactoryClass::Set(TechnoClass & object)
+{
+	Validate();
+	Abandon();
+	Object = &object;
+	House  = Object->House;
+	Balance = 0;
+	Set_Rate(0);
+	Set_Stage(STEP_COUNT);
+	IsDifferent = true;
+	IsSuspended = true;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FactoryClass::Suspend -- Temporarily stop production.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will suspend production until a subsiquent call to Start() or Abandon().    *
+ *    Typical use of this function is when the player puts production on hold or when there    *
+ *    is insufficient funds.                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was production actually stopped? A false return value indicates that the     *
+ *                factory was empty or production was already stopped (or never started).      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/26/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool FactoryClass::Suspend(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (!IsSuspended) {
+		IsSuspended = true;
+		Set_Rate(0);
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FactoryClass::Start -- Resumes production after suspension or creation.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This function will start the production process. It works for newly created factory      *
+ *    objects, as well as if production had been suspended previously.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was production started? A false return value means that the factory is       *
+ *                empty or there is unsufficient credits to begin production.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/26/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool FactoryClass::Start(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if ((Object || SpecialItem) && IsSuspended && !Has_Completed()) {
+		if (House->Available_Money() >= Cost_Per_Tick()) {
+			int time;
+
+			if (Object) {
+				time = Object->Class_Of().Time_To_Build(House->Class->House);
+			} else {
+				time = TICKS_PER_MINUTE * 5;
+			}
+
+			int frac = House->Power_Fraction();
+			frac = Bound(frac, 0x0010, 0x0100);
+			int rate = (time*256) / frac;
+
+			rate /= STEP_COUNT;
+			rate = Bound(rate, 1, 255);
+
+			Set_Rate(rate);
+			IsSuspended = false;
+			return(true);
+		}
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FactoryClass::Abandon -- Abandons current construction with money refunded.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used when construction is to be abandoned and current money spend is     *
+ *    to be refunded. This function effectively clears out this factory of all record of the   *
+ *    producing object so that it may either be deleted or started anew with the Set()         *
+ *    function.                                                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was an object actually abandoned? A false return value indicates that the    *
+ *                factory was not producing any object.                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/26/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool FactoryClass::Abandon(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (Object) {
+
+		if (Object) {
+			/*
+			**	Refund all money expended so far, back to the owner of the object under construction.
+			*/
+			House->Refund_Money(Object->Class_Of().Cost_Of() - Balance);
+			Balance = 0;
+
+			/*
+			**	Delete the object under construction.
+			*/
+			ScenarioInit++;
+			delete Object;
+			Object = NULL;
+			ScenarioInit--;
+		}
+		if (SpecialItem) {
+			SpecialItem = SPC_NONE;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Set the factory back to the idle and empty state.
+		*/
+		Set_Rate(0);
+		Set_Stage(0);
+		IsSuspended = true;
+		IsDifferent = true;
+
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FactoryClass::Completion -- Fetchs the completion step for this factory.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to determine what animation (or completion step) the factory is         *
+ *    currently on.                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns a completion step number beteen 0 (uncompleted), to STEP_COUNT (completed) *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/26/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int FactoryClass::Completion(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	return(Fetch_Stage());
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FactoryClass::Has_Completed -- Checks to see if object has completed production.            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to examine the factory object in order to determine if the associated   *
+ *    object has completed production and is awaiting placement.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Is the associated object to the factory completed and ready for placement?   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/26/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool FactoryClass::Has_Completed(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (Object && Fetch_Stage() == STEP_COUNT) {
+		return(true);
+	}
+	if (SpecialItem && Fetch_Stage() == STEP_COUNT) {
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FactoryClass::Get_Object -- Fetches pointer to object being constructed.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine gets the pointer to the currently constructing object.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the object undergoing construction.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/26/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TechnoClass * FactoryClass::Get_Object(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	return(Object);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * FactoryClass::Get_Special_Item -- gets factorys spc prod item           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:      none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:     int the item the factory is currently working on            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/05/1995 PWG : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int FactoryClass::Get_Special_Item(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	return(SpecialItem);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FactoryClass::Cost_Per_Tick -- Breaks entire production cost into managable chunks.         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to determine the cost per game "tick" to produce the object.            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns the number of credits necessary to advance production one game tick.       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/26/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int FactoryClass::Cost_Per_Tick(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (Object) {
+		int steps = STEP_COUNT - Fetch_Stage();
+		if (steps) {
+			return(Balance / steps);
+		}
+		return(Balance);
+	}
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FactoryClass::Completed -- Clears factory object after a completed production process.      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called after production completes, and the object produced has been      *
+ *    placed into the game. It resets the factory for deletion or starting of new production.  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Did any resetting occur? Failure is the result of the factory not having     *
+ *                any completed object. An immediate second call to this routine will also     *
+ *                yield false.                                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/26/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool FactoryClass::Completed(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (Object && Fetch_Stage() == STEP_COUNT) {
+		Object = NULL;
+		IsSuspended = true;
+		IsDifferent = true;
+		Set_Stage(0);
+		Set_Rate(0);
+		return(true);
+	}
+
+	if (SpecialItem && Fetch_Stage() == STEP_COUNT) {
+		SpecialItem = SPC_NONE;
+		IsSuspended = true;
+		IsDifferent = true;
+		Set_Stage(0);
+		Set_Rate(0);
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
diff --git a/FACTORY.H b/FACTORY.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9c01035
--- /dev/null
+++ b/FACTORY.H
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\factory.h_v   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:45:44   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : FACTORY.H                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : 12/26/94                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : December 26, 1994 [JLB]                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef FACTORY_H
+#define FACTORY_H
+
+#include	"stage.h"
+
+class FactoryClass : private StageClass
+{
+	public:
+		FactoryClass(void);
+		~FactoryClass(void);
+		static void * operator new(size_t size);
+		static void operator delete(void *ptr);
+
+		static void Init(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	File I/O.
+		*/
+		bool  Load(FileClass & file);
+		bool  Save(FileClass & file);
+		void  Code_Pointers(void);
+		void  Decode_Pointers(void);
+
+		bool  Abandon(void);
+		bool  Completed(void);
+		bool  Has_Changed(void);
+		bool  Has_Completed(void);
+		bool  Is_Building(void) const {return(Fetch_Rate() != 0);};
+		bool  Set(TechnoTypeClass const & object, HouseClass & house);
+		bool  Set(int const & type, HouseClass & house);
+		bool  Start(void);
+		bool  Suspend(void);
+		int  Completion(void);
+		TechnoClass *  Get_Object(void) const;
+		int  Get_Special_Item(void) const;
+		void  AI(void);
+		void  Set(TechnoClass & object);
+		HouseClass *  Get_House(void) {return(House);};
+
+		/*
+		**	Dee-buggin' support.
+		*/
+		int Validate(void) const;
+
+		/*
+		**	This flag is used to maintain the pool of factory class objects. If the object has
+		**	been allocated, then this flag is true. Otherwise, the object is free to be
+		**	allocated.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsActive:1;
+
+	protected:
+		enum StepCountEnum {
+			STEP_COUNT=108			// Number of steps to break production down into.
+		};
+
+		int Cost_Per_Tick(void);
+
+	private:
+
+		/*
+		**	If production is temporarily suspended, then this flag will be true. A factory
+		**	is suspended when it is first created, when production has completed, and when
+		**	explicitly instructed to Suspend() production. Suspended production is not
+		**	abandoned. It may be resumed with a call to Start().
+		*/
+		unsigned IsSuspended:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If the AI process detected that the production process has advanced far enough
+		**	that a change in the building animation would occur, this flag will be true.
+		**	Examination of this flag (through the Has_Chaged function) allows intelligent
+		**	updating of any production graphic.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsDifferent:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	This records the balance due on the current production item. This value will
+		**	be reduced as production proceeds. It will reach zero the moment production has
+		**	finished. Using this method ensures that the total production cost will be EXACT
+		**	regardless of the number of installment payments that are made.
+		*/
+		int Balance;
+		int OriginalBalance;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the object that is being produced. It is held in a state of limbo while
+		**	undergoing production. Since the object is created at the time production is
+		**	started, it is always available when production completes.
+		*/
+		TechnoClass * Object;
+
+		/*
+		**	If the factory is not producing an object and is instead producing
+		** a special item, then special item will be set.
+		*/
+		int SpecialItem;
+
+		/*
+		** The factory has to be doing production for one house or another.
+		** The house pointer will point to whichever house it is being done
+		** for.
+		*/
+		HouseClass  * House;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/FIELD.CPP b/FIELD.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ad77fba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/FIELD.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Westwood Auto Registration App           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : FIELD.CPP                                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Philip W. Gorrow                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : 04/22/96                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : April 22, 1996 [PWG]                     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *  Actual member function for the field class.                            *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+#include <string.h>
+#include "field.h"
+
+FieldClass::FieldClass(char *id, char data)
+{
+	strncpy(ID, id, sizeof(ID));
+	DataType = TYPE_CHAR;
+	Size		= sizeof(data);
+	Data		= new char[Size];
+	memcpy(Data, &data, Size);
+	Next		= NULL;
+}
+
+FieldClass::FieldClass(char *id, unsigned char data)
+{
+	strncpy(ID, id, sizeof(ID));
+	DataType = TYPE_UNSIGNED_CHAR;
+	Size		= sizeof(data);
+	Data		= new char[Size];
+	memcpy(Data, &data, Size);
+	Next		= NULL;
+}
+
+FieldClass::FieldClass(char *id, short data)
+{
+	strncpy(ID, id, sizeof(ID));
+	DataType = TYPE_SHORT;
+	Size		= sizeof(data);
+	Data		= new char[Size];
+	memcpy(Data, &data, Size);
+	Next		= NULL;
+}
+
+FieldClass::FieldClass(char *id, unsigned short data)
+{
+	strncpy(ID, id, sizeof(ID));
+	DataType = TYPE_UNSIGNED_SHORT;
+	Size		= sizeof(data);
+	Data		= new char[Size];
+	memcpy(Data, &data, Size);
+	Next		= NULL;
+}
+
+FieldClass::FieldClass(char *id, long data)
+{
+	strncpy(ID, id, sizeof(ID));
+	DataType = TYPE_LONG;
+	Size		= sizeof(data);
+	Data		= new char[Size];
+	memcpy(Data, &data, Size);
+	Next		= NULL;
+}
+
+FieldClass::FieldClass(char *id, unsigned long data)
+{
+	strncpy(ID, id, sizeof(ID));
+	DataType = TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG;
+	Size		= sizeof(data);
+	Data		= new char[Size];
+	memcpy(Data, &data, Size);
+	Next		= NULL;
+}
+
+FieldClass::FieldClass(char *id, char *data)
+{
+	strncpy(ID, id, sizeof(ID));
+	DataType = TYPE_STRING;
+	Size		= (unsigned short)(strlen(data)+1);
+	Data		= new char[Size];
+	memcpy(Data, data, Size);
+	Next		= NULL;
+}
+
+FieldClass::FieldClass(char *id, void *data, int length)
+{
+	strncpy(ID, id, sizeof(ID));
+	DataType = TYPE_CHUNK;
+	Size		= (unsigned short)length;
+	Data		= new char[Size];
+	memcpy(Data, data, Size);
+	Next		= NULL;
+}
+
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ * PACKETCLASS::HOST_TO_NET_FIELD -- Converts host field to net format    *
+ *                                                                        *
+ * INPUT:		FIELD 	* to the data field we need to convert				  *
+ *                                                                        *
+ * OUTPUT:     none																		  *
+ *                                                                        *
+ * HISTORY:                                                               *
+ *   04/22/1996 PWG : Created.                                            *
+ *========================================================================*/
+void FieldClass::Host_To_Net(void)
+{
+	//
+	// Before we convert the data type, we should convert the actual data
+	//  sent.
+	//
+	switch (DataType) {
+		case TYPE_CHAR:
+		case TYPE_UNSIGNED_CHAR:
+		case TYPE_STRING:
+		case TYPE_CHUNK:
+			break;
+
+		case TYPE_SHORT:
+		case TYPE_UNSIGNED_SHORT:
+			*((unsigned short *)Data) = htons(*((unsigned short *)Data));
+			break;
+
+		case TYPE_LONG:
+		case TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG:
+			*((unsigned long *)Data) = htonl(*((unsigned long *)Data));
+			break;
+
+		//
+		// Might be good to insert some type of error message here for unknown
+		//   datatypes -- but will leave that for later.
+		//
+		default:
+			break;
+	}
+	//
+	// Finally convert over the data type and the size of the packet.
+	//
+	DataType = htons(DataType);
+	Size 	 	= htons(Size);
+}
+/**************************************************************************
+ * PACKETCLASS::NET_TO_HOST_FIELD -- Converts net field to host format    *
+ *                                                                        *
+ * INPUT:		FIELD 	* to the data field we need to convert				  *
+ *                                                                        *
+ * OUTPUT:     none																		  *
+ *                                                                        *
+ * HISTORY:                                                               *
+ *   04/22/1996 PWG : Created.                                            *
+ *========================================================================*/
+void FieldClass::Net_To_Host(void)
+{
+	//
+	// Convert the variables to host order.  This needs to be converted so
+	// the switch statement does compares on the data that follows.
+	//
+	Size 	 	= ntohs(Size);
+
+	DataType = ntohs(DataType);
+
+	//
+	// Before we convert the data type, we should convert the actual data
+	//  sent.
+	//
+	switch (DataType) {
+		case TYPE_CHAR:
+		case TYPE_UNSIGNED_CHAR:
+		case TYPE_STRING:
+		case TYPE_CHUNK:
+			break;
+
+		case TYPE_SHORT:
+		case TYPE_UNSIGNED_SHORT:
+			*((unsigned short *)Data) = ntohs(*((unsigned short *)Data));
+			break;
+
+		case TYPE_LONG:
+		case TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG:
+			*((unsigned long *)Data) = ntohl(*((unsigned long *)Data));
+			break;
+
+		//
+		// Might be good to insert some type of error message here for unknown
+		//   datatypes -- but will leave that for later.
+		//
+		default:
+			break;
+	}
+}
+
diff --git a/FIELD.H b/FIELD.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9335437
--- /dev/null
+++ b/FIELD.H
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Westwood Auto Registration App           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : FIELD.H                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Philip W. Gorrow                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : 04/22/96                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : April 22, 1996 [PWG]                     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This module takes care of maintaining the field list used to process    *
+ * packets.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+#ifndef __FIELD_H
+#define __FIELD_H
+
+#include <windows.h>
+#include <winsock.h>
+
+#define FIELD_HEADER_SIZE	(sizeof(FieldClass) - (sizeof(void *) * 2))
+
+#define TYPE_CHAR						1
+#define TYPE_UNSIGNED_CHAR			2
+#define TYPE_SHORT					3
+#define TYPE_UNSIGNED_SHORT		4
+#define TYPE_LONG						5
+#define TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG			6
+#define TYPE_STRING					7
+#define TYPE_CHUNK					20
+
+class PacketClass;
+
+class FieldClass {
+
+	public:
+		friend class PacketClass;
+		//
+		// Define constructors to be able to create all the different kinds
+		// of fields.
+		//
+		FieldClass(void) {};
+		FieldClass(char *id, char data);
+		FieldClass(char *id, unsigned char data);
+		FieldClass(char *id, short data);
+		FieldClass(char *id, unsigned short data);
+		FieldClass(char *id, long data);
+		FieldClass(char *id, unsigned long data);
+		FieldClass(char *id, char *data);
+		FieldClass(char *id, void *data, int length);
+
+		void Host_To_Net(void);
+		void Net_To_Host(void);
+
+	private:
+		char				ID[4];				// id value of this field
+		unsigned short	DataType;			// id of the data type we are using
+		unsigned short Size;					// size of the data portion of this field
+		void  			*Data;				// pointer to the data portion of this field
+		FieldClass		*Next;				// pointer to the next field in the field list
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/FINDPATH.CPP b/FINDPATH.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec7a10c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/FINDPATH.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,1546 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\findpath.cpv   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:51:04   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : FINDPATH.CPP                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : September 10, 1993                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : May 25, 1995   [PWG]                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * The path algorithm works by following a LOS path to the target. If it                       *
+ * collides with an impassable spot, it uses an Edge following routine to                      *
+ * get around it. The edge follower moves along the edge in a clockwise or                     *
+ * counter clockwise fashion until finding the destination spot. The                           *
+ * destination is determined by Find_Path. It is the first passable that                       *
+ * can be reached (so it will handle the doughnut case, where there is                         *
+ * a passable in the center of an unreachable area).                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   Clear_Path_Overlap -- clears the path overlap list                                        *
+ *   Find_Path -- Find a path from point a to point b.                                         *
+ *   Find_Path_Cell -- Finds a given cell on a specified path                                  *
+ *   Follow_Edge -- Follow an edge to get around an impassable spot.                           *
+ *   FootClass::Unravel_Loop -- Unravels a loop in the movement path                           *
+ *   Get_New_XY -- Get the new x,y based on current position and direction.                    *
+ *   Optimize_Moves -- Optimize the move list.                                                 *
+ *   Set_Path_Overlap -- Sets the overlap bit for given cell                                   *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+//#include	<string.h>
+
+/*
+**	When an edge search is started, it can be performed CLOCKwise or
+**	COUNTERCLOCKwise direction.
+*/
+#define	CLOCK				(FacingType)1	// Clockwise.
+#define	COUNTERCLOCK	(FacingType)-1	// Counterclockwise.
+
+/*
+**	If defined, diagonal moves are allowed, else no diagonals.
+*/
+#define	DIAGONAL
+
+/*
+**	This is the marker to signify the end of the path list.
+*/
+#define	END			FACING_NONE
+
+/*
+**	If memory is more important than speed, set this define to
+**	true. It will then perform intermediate optimizations to get the most
+**	milage out of a limited movement list staging area. If this value
+**	is true then it figures paths a bit more intelligently.
+*/
+#define	SAVEMEM		true
+
+/*
+**	Modify this macro so that given two cell values, it will return
+**	a value between 0 and 7, with 0 being North and moving
+**	clockwise (just like map degrees).
+*/
+#define	CELL_FACING(a,b)		Dir_Facing(::Direction((a),(b)))
+
+
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/*
+**	Cells values are really indexes into the 'map'. The following value is
+**	the X width of the map.
+*/
+#define	MODULO	MAP_CELL_W
+
+/*
+**	Maximum lookahead cells. Twice this value in bytes will be
+**	reserved on the stack. The smaller this number, the faster the processing.
+*/
+#define MAX_MLIST_SIZE		300
+#define THREAT_THRESHOLD	5
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+typedef enum {
+	FACING_N,			// North
+	FACING_NE,			// North-East
+	FACING_E,			// East
+	FACING_SE,			// South-East
+	FACING_S,			// South
+	FACING_SW,			// South-West
+	FACING_W,			// West
+	FACING_NW,			// North-West
+
+	FACING_COUNT			// Total of 8 directions (0..7).
+} FacingType;
+#endif
+
+
+/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+static bool DrawPath;
+
+inline FacingType Opposite(FacingType face)
+{
+	return( (FacingType) (face ^ 4));
+}
+
+static inline void Draw_Cell_Point(CELL cell, bool passable, int threat_stage, int overide = 0)
+{
+	if (DrawPath) {
+		if (!Debug_Find_Path) {
+			int x, y;
+
+			if (Map.Coord_To_Pixel(Cell_Coord(cell), x, y)) {
+				if (threat_stage>2) {
+					SeenBuff.Put_Pixel(x, y, (passable) ? LTGREEN : RED);
+				} else {
+					SeenBuff.Put_Pixel(x, y, (passable) ? 9+threat_stage : RED);
+				}
+			}
+		} else {
+			int x = cell & 63;
+			int y = cell / 64;
+			if (!overide) {
+				SeenBuff.Put_Pixel(64 + (x * 3) + 1, 8 + (y * 3) + 1, (passable) ? WHITE : BLACK);
+			} else {
+				SeenBuff.Put_Pixel(64 + (x * 3) + 1, 8 + (y * 3) + 1, overide);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+inline static FacingType Next_Direction(FacingType facing, FacingType dir)
+{
+	facing = facing + dir;
+	#ifndef DIAGONAL
+		facing = (FacingType)(facing & 0x06);
+	#endif
+	return(facing);
+}
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* Define a couple of variables which are private to the module they are   */
+/*      declared in.                                                       */
+/*=========================================================================*/
+static unsigned long MainOverlap[MAP_CELL_TOTAL/32];		// overlap list for the main path
+static unsigned long LeftOverlap[MAP_CELL_TOTAL/32];		// overlap list for the left path
+static unsigned long RightOverlap[MAP_CELL_TOTAL/32];	// overlap list for the right path
+
+
+//static CELL MoveMask = 0;
+static CELL DestLocation;
+static CELL StartLocation;
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Point_Relative_To_Line -- Relation between a point and a line           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *      If a point is on a line then the following function holds true:    *
+ *      (x - x2)(z1 - z2) = (z - z2)(x1 - x2) given x,z a point on the     *
+ *      line (x1,z1),(x2,z2).                                              *
+ *      If the right side is > then the left side then the point is on one *
+ *      side of the line and if the right side is < the the left side, then*
+ *      the point is on the other side of the line.  By subtracting one side*
+ *      from the other we can determine on what side (if any) the point is on*
+ *      by testing the side of the resulting subtraction.                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      int   x    - x pos of point.                                       *
+ *      int   z    - z pos of point.                                       *
+ *      int   x1 - x pos of first end of line segment.                     *
+ *      int   z1 - z pos of first end of line segment.                     *
+ *      int   x1 - x pos of second end of line segment.                    *
+ *      int   z1 - z pos of second end of line segment.                    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *   Assuming (x1,z1) is north, (x2,z2) is south:                          *
+ *       0 : point is on line.                                             *
+ *       > 0 : point is east of line.                                      *
+ *       < 0 : point is west of line.                                      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *    Remember that int means that is assumes 16 bits of persision.        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   10/28/1994 SKB : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int Point_Relative_To_Line(int x, int z, int x1, int z1, int x2, int z2)
+{
+	return((((long)x - (long)x2) * ((long)z1 - (long)z2)) - (((long)z - (long)z2) * ((long)x1 - (long)x2)));
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * FootClass::Unravel_Loop -- Unravels a loop in the movement path         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * While in the midst of the Follow Edge logic, it is possible (due to the *
+ * fact that we support diagonal movement) to begin looping around a       *
+ * column of some type.  The Unravel loop function will scan backward      *
+ * through the list and fixup the path to try to prevent the loop.         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:      path   -   pointer to the generated path so we can pull the *
+ *                         commands out of it.                             *
+ *               cell   -   the cell we tried to enter that generated the  *
+ *                        double overlap condition.                        *
+ *               dir    -   the direction we tried to enter from when we   *
+ *                        generated the double overlap condition           *
+ *               startx -   the start x position of this path segment      *
+ *               starty - the start y position of this path segment        *
+ *               destx    - the dest x position for this path segment      *
+ *               desty    - the dest y position for this path segment      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:      TRUE    - loop has been sucessfully unravelled             *
+ *               FALSE  - loop can not be unravelled so abort follow edge  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/25/1995 PWG : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+bool FootClass::Unravel_Loop(PathType *path, CELL &cell, FacingType &dir, int sx, int sy, int dx, int dy, MoveType threshhold)
+{
+	/*
+	** Walk back to the actual cell before we advanced our position
+	*/
+	FacingType	curr_dir	= dir;
+	CELL			curr_pos = Adjacent_Cell(cell, Opposite(curr_dir));
+	int			idx		= path->Length;			// start at the last position
+	FacingType	*list		= &path->Command[idx-1];	// point to the last command
+	int			checkx;
+	int			checky;
+	int			last_was_line	= false;
+
+	/*
+	** loop backward through the list searching for a point that is
+	** on the line.  If the point was a diagonal move then adjust
+	** it.
+	*/
+	while (idx) {
+		checkx		= Cell_X(curr_pos);
+		checky		= Cell_Y(curr_pos);
+
+		if (!Point_Relative_To_Line(checkx, checky, sx, sy, dx, dy) || last_was_line) {
+
+			/*
+			** We have now found a point on the line.  Now we must check to see
+			** if we left the line on a diagonal.  If we did then we need to fix
+			** it up.
+			*/
+			if (curr_dir & 1 && curr_pos != path->LastFixup) {
+				cell 				 = curr_pos;
+				dir  				 = *(list-1);
+				path->Length	 = idx;
+				path->LastFixup = curr_pos;
+				Draw_Cell_Point(curr_pos, true, -1, CYAN);
+				return(true);
+			}
+
+			last_was_line = !last_was_line;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		** Since this cell will not be in the list, then pull out its cost
+		*/
+		path->Cost -= Passable_Cell(curr_pos, *list, -1, threshhold);
+
+		/*
+		** Remove this cells flag from the overlap list for the path
+		*/
+		path->Overlap[curr_pos >> 5] &= ~(1 << ((curr_pos & 31) - 1));
+
+		/*
+		** Mark cell on the map
+		*/
+		Draw_Cell_Point(curr_pos, true, -1, LTCYAN);
+
+		/*
+		** Adjust to the next list position and direction.
+		*/
+		curr_dir = *list--;
+		curr_pos	= Adjacent_Cell(curr_pos, Opposite(curr_dir));
+		idx--;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** If we can't modify the list to eliminate the problem, then we have
+	** a larger problem in that we have deleted all of the cells in the
+	** list.
+	*/
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Register_Cell -- registers a cell on our path and check for backtrack   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This function adds a new cell to our path.  If the cell has already     *
+ * been recorded as part of our path, then this function moves back down   *
+ * the list truncating it at the point we registered that cell.  This      *
+ * function will elliminate all backtracking from the list.                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:      long   * list - the list to set the overlap bit for         *
+ *               CELL  cell    - the cell to mark on the overlap list      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:     BOOL - TRUE if bit has been set, FALSE if bit already set   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/23/1995 PWG : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+bool FootClass::Register_Cell(PathType *path, CELL cell, FacingType dir, int cost, MoveType threshhold)
+{
+	FacingType  *list;
+	int 	pos  = cell >> 5;
+	int	bit  = (cell & 31) - 1;
+
+	/*
+	** See if this point has already been registered as on the list.  If so
+	** we need to truncate the list back to this point and register the
+	** new direction.
+	*/
+	if (path->Overlap[pos] & (1 << bit)) {
+		/*
+		** If this is not a case of immediate back tracking then handle
+		** by searching the list to see what we find.  However is this is
+		** an immediate back track, then pop of the last direction
+		** and unflag the cell we are in (not the cell we are moving to).
+		** Note: That we do not check for a zero length cell because we
+		** could not have a duplicate unless there are cells in the list.
+		*/
+
+		if (path->Command[path->Length - 1] == Opposite(dir)) {
+			CELL pos = Adjacent_Cell(cell, Opposite(dir));
+			path->Overlap[pos >> 5] &= ~(1 << ((pos & 31) - 1));
+			path->Length--;
+			Draw_Cell_Point(pos, true, -1, BLUE);
+		} else {
+			/*
+			** If this overlap is in the same place as we had our last overlap
+			** then we are in a loop condition.  We need to signify that we
+			** cannot register this cell.
+			*/
+			if (path->LastOverlap == cell) {
+				return(false);
+			} else {
+				path->LastOverlap = cell;
+			}
+
+			CELL pos 	  	= path->Start;
+			int newlen		= 0;
+			int idx 		   = 0;
+			list		      = path->Command;
+
+			/*
+			** Note that the cell has to be in this list, so theres no sense
+			** in checking whether we found it (famous last words).
+			**
+			** PWG 8/16/95 - However there is no sense searching the list if
+			**               the cell we have overlapped on is the cell we
+			**               started in.
+			*/
+
+			if (pos != cell) {
+				while (idx < path->Length) {
+					pos = Adjacent_Cell(pos, *list);
+			  		if (pos == cell) {
+						idx++;
+						list++;
+						break;
+					}
+					idx++;
+					list++;
+				}
+				newlen = idx;
+			}
+
+			/*
+			** Now we are pointing at the next command in the list.  From here on
+			** out we need to unmark the fact that we have entered these cells and
+			** adjust the cost of our path to reflect that we have not entered
+			** then.
+			*/
+			while (idx < path->Length) {
+				pos			= Adjacent_Cell(pos, *list);
+				path->Cost -= Passable_Cell(pos, *list, -1, threshhold);
+				path->Overlap[pos >> 5] &= ~(1 << ((pos & 31) - 1));
+				Draw_Cell_Point(pos, true, -1, LTBLUE);
+				idx++;
+				list++;
+			}
+			path->Length = newlen;
+		}
+	} else {
+		/*
+		** Now we need to register the new direction, updating the cell structure
+		** and the cost.
+		*/
+		int cpos 				= path->Length++;
+		path->Command[cpos]	= dir;			// save of the direction we moved
+		path->Cost 			  += cost;			// figure new cost for cell
+		path->Overlap[pos]  |= (1 << bit);	// mark the we have entered point
+	}
+	return(true);
+}
+#ifdef OBSOLETE
+bool FootClass::Register_Cell(PathType *path, CELL cell, FacingType dir, int cost, MoveType threshhold)
+{
+	FacingType  *list;
+	int 	pos  = cell >> 5;
+	int	bit  = (cell & 31) - 1;
+	int	idx;
+
+	/*
+	** See if this point has already been registered as on the list.  If so
+	** we need to truncate the list back to this point and register the
+	** new direction.
+	*/
+	if (path->Overlap[pos] & (1 << bit)) {
+		/*
+		** If this is not a case of immediate back tracking then handle
+		** by searching the list to see what we find.  However is this is
+		** an immediate back track, then pop of the last direction
+		** and unflag the cell we are in (not the cell we are moving to).
+		** Note: That we do not check for a zero length cell because we
+		** could not have a duplicate unless there are cells in the list.
+		*/
+
+		if (path->Command[path->Length - 1] == Opposite(dir)) {
+			CELL pos = Adjacent_Cell(cell, Opposite(dir));
+			path->Overlap[pos >> 5] &= ~(1 << ((pos & 31) - 1));
+			path->Length--;
+			Draw_Cell_Point(pos, true, -1, BLUE);
+		} else {
+			/*
+			** If this overlap is in the same place as we had our last overlap
+			** then we are in a loop condition.  We need to signify that we
+			** cannot register this cell.
+			*/
+			if (path->LastOverlap == cell) {
+				return(false);
+			} else {
+				path->LastOverlap = cell;
+			}
+
+			CELL pos 	  	= path->Start;
+			int newlen		= 0;
+
+			/*
+			** Note that the cell has to be in this list, so theres no sense
+			** in checking whether we found it (famous last words)
+			*/
+			for (idx = 0, list = path->Command; idx < path->Length; idx++, list++) {
+				pos = Adjacent_Cell(pos, *list);
+			  	if (pos == cell) {
+					idx++;
+					list++;
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+			newlen = idx;
+
+			/*
+			** Now we are pointing at the next command in the list.  From here on
+			** out we need to unmark the fact that we have entered these cells and
+			** adjust the cost of our path to reflect that we have not entered
+			** then.
+			*/
+			while (idx < path->Length) {
+				pos			= Adjacent_Cell(pos, *list);
+				path->Cost -= Passable_Cell(pos, *list, -1, threshhold);
+				path->Overlap[pos >> 5] &= ~(1 << ((pos & 31) - 1));
+				Draw_Cell_Point(pos, true, -1, LTBLUE);
+				idx++;
+				list++;
+			}
+			path->Length = newlen;
+		}
+	} else {
+		/*
+		** Now we need to register the new direction, updating the cell structure
+		** and the cost.
+		*/
+		int cpos 				= path->Length++;
+		path->Command[cpos]	= dir;			// save of the direction we moved
+		path->Cost 			  += cost;			// figure new cost for cell
+		path->Overlap[pos]  |= (1 << bit);	// mark the we have entered point
+	}
+	return(true);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Find_Path -- Find a path from point a to point b.                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:      int source x,y, int destination x,y, char *final moves                          *
+ *             array to store moves, int maximum moves we may attempt                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:     int number of moves it took (IMPOSSIBLE_MOVES if we could                       *
+ *             not reach the destination                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   This algorithm assumes that the target is NOT situated                          *
+ *             inside an impassable. If this case may arise, the do-while                      *
+ *             statement inside the inner while (true) must be changed                         *
+ *             to include a check to se if the next_x,y is equal to the                        *
+ *             dest_x,y. If it is, then return(IMPOSSIBLE_MOVES).                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/08/1991  CY : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+PathType * FootClass::Find_Path(CELL dest, FacingType *final_moves, int maxlen, MoveType threshhold)
+{
+	CELL					source = Coord_Cell(Coord);		// Source expressed as cell
+	static PathType	path;										// Main path control.
+	CELL					next;										// Next cell to enter
+	CELL					startcell;								// Cell we started in
+	FacingType			direction;								// Working direction of look ahead.
+	FacingType			newdir;									// Tentative facing value.
+
+	bool					left=false, 							// Was leftward path legal?
+							right=false;							// Was rightward path legal?
+
+	int					len;										// Length of detour command list.
+	int					unit_threat;							// Calculated unit threat rating
+	int					cost;										// Cost to enter the square
+	FacingType			moves_left[MAX_MLIST_SIZE+2], 	// Counterclockwise move list.
+							moves_right[MAX_MLIST_SIZE+2];	// Clockwise move list.
+	PathType				pleft,pright;							// Path control structures.
+	PathType				*which;									// Which path to actually use.
+	int					threat;
+	int					threat_stage;
+
+	/*
+	** If we have been provided an illegal place to store our final moves
+	** then forget it.
+	*/
+	if (!final_moves) return(NULL);
+//	IsFindPath = true;
+
+	/*
+	** Set the draw path variable to draw the path of the selected unit
+	** if necessary.
+	*/
+	if (!Debug_Find_Path) {
+		DrawPath = IsSelected && Special.IsShowPath;
+	} else {
+		DrawPath = IsSelected;
+	}
+	Debug_Draw_Map("Initial Draw", source, dest, false);
+
+//	MoveMask = flags;
+	if (Team && Team->Class->IsRoundAbout) {
+		unit_threat			= (Team) ? Team->Risk : Risk();
+		threat_stage		= 0;
+		threat				= 0;
+	} else {
+		unit_threat = threat = -1;
+	}
+
+	StartLocation = source;
+	DestLocation = dest;
+
+	/*
+	** Initialize the path structure so that we can keep track of the
+	** path.
+	*/
+	path.Start			= source;
+	path.Cost			= 0;
+	path.Length 		= 0;
+	path.Command 		= final_moves;
+	path.Command[0] 	= END;
+	path.Overlap		= MainOverlap;
+	path.LastOverlap	= -1;
+	path.LastFixup		= -1;
+
+	memset(path.Overlap, 0, sizeof(MainOverlap));
+
+	/*
+	** Clear the over lap list and then make sure that our starting position is marked
+	** on the overlap list.  (Otherwise the harvesters will drive in circles... )
+	*/
+//	memset(path.Overlap, 0, 512);
+	path.Overlap[source >> 5] |= (1 << ((source & 31) - 1));
+
+	startcell 			= source;
+
+	/*
+	**	Account for trailing end of list command, so reduce the maximum
+	**	allowed legal commands to reflect this.
+	*/
+	maxlen--;
+
+	/*
+	**	As long as there is room to put commands in the movement command list,
+	** then put commands in it.  We build the path using the following
+	** methodology.
+	**
+	** 1. Scan through the desired strait line path until we eiter hit an
+	**    impassable or have created a valid path.
+	**
+	** 2. If we have hit an impassable, walk through the impassable to make
+	**    sure that there is a passable on the other side.  If there is not
+	**    and we can not change the impassable, then this list is dead.
+	**
+	** 3. Walk around the impassable on both the left and right edges and
+	**    take the shorter of the two paths.
+	**
+	** 4. Taking the new location as our start location start again with
+	**    step #1.
+	*/
+	while (path.Length < maxlen) {
+
+top_of_list:
+		/*
+		**	Have we reached the destination already?  If so abort any further
+		**	command building.
+		*/
+		if (startcell == dest) {
+			break;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Find the absolute correct direction to reach the next straight
+		** line cell and what cell it is.
+		*/
+		direction	= CELL_FACING(startcell, dest);
+		next			= Adjacent_Cell(startcell, direction);
+
+		/*
+		**	If we can move here, then make this our next move.
+		*/
+		cost = Passable_Cell(next, direction, threat, threshhold);
+		if (cost) {
+			Draw_Cell_Point(next, true, threat_stage);
+			Register_Cell(&path, next, direction, cost, threshhold);
+		} else {
+			if (Debug_Find_Path && DrawPath) {
+				Debug_Draw_Map("Walk Through Obstacle", startcell, dest, true);
+			}
+			Draw_Cell_Point(next, false, threat_stage);
+
+			/*
+			**	If the impassable location is actually the destination,
+			**	then stop here and consider this "good enough".
+			*/
+			if (next == dest) break;
+
+			/*
+			**	We could not move to the next cell, so follow through the
+			**	impassable until we find a passable spot that can be reached.
+			** Once we find a passable, figure out the shortest path to it.
+			** Since we have variable passable conditions this is not as
+			** simple as it used to be.  The limiter loop below allows us to
+			** step through ten donuts before we give up.
+			*/
+			for (int limiter = 0; limiter < 5; limiter++) {
+
+				/*
+				**	Get the next passable position by zipping through the
+				** impassable positions until a passable position is found
+				**	or the destination is reached.
+				*/
+				for (;;) {
+
+					/*
+					**	Move one step closer toward destination.
+					*/
+					newdir	= CELL_FACING(next, dest);
+					next		= Adjacent_Cell(next, newdir);
+
+					/*
+					** If the cell is passable then we have been completely
+					** sucessful.  If the cell is not passable then continue.
+					*/
+					if ((Passable_Cell(next, FACING_NONE, threat, threshhold)) || (next == dest)) {
+						Draw_Cell_Point(next, true, threat_stage);
+						break;
+					} else {
+						Draw_Cell_Point(next, false, threat_stage);
+					}
+
+					/*
+					**	If we reached destination while in this loop, we
+					**	know that either the destination is impassible (if
+					**	we are ignoring) or that we need to up our threat
+					** tolerance and try again.
+					*/
+					if (next == dest) {
+						if (threat != -1) {
+							switch (threat_stage++) {
+								case 0:
+									threat = unit_threat >> 1;
+									break;
+
+								case 1:
+									threat += unit_threat;
+									break;
+
+								case 2:
+									threat = -1;
+									break;
+							}
+							goto top_of_list;
+						}
+						goto end_of_list;
+					}
+				}
+
+				/*
+				**	Try to find a path to the passable position by following
+				**	the edge of the blocking object in both CLOCKwise and
+				**	COUNTERCLOCKwise fashions.
+				*/
+				int follow_len = maxlen + (maxlen >> 1);
+
+				Debug_Draw_Map("Follow left edge", startcell,next,true);
+				Mem_Copy(&path, &pleft, sizeof(PathType));
+				pleft.Command 	= &moves_left[0];
+				pleft.Overlap 	= LeftOverlap;
+				Mem_Copy(path.Command, pleft.Command, path.Length);
+				Mem_Copy(path.Overlap, pleft.Overlap, sizeof(LeftOverlap));
+				left = Follow_Edge(startcell, next, &pleft, COUNTERCLOCK, direction, threat, threat_stage, sizeof(moves_left), threshhold);
+//				left = Follow_Edge(startcell, next, &pleft, COUNTERCLOCK, direction, threat, threat_stage, follow_len, threshhold);
+
+				if (left) {
+					follow_len = MIN(maxlen, pleft.Length + (pleft.Length >> 1));
+				}
+
+				/*
+				** If we are in debug mode then let us know how well our left path
+				** did.
+				*/
+				if (Debug_Find_Path && DrawPath) {
+					Fancy_Text_Print("   Left", 0, 92, WHITE, BLACK, TPF_6POINT);
+					Fancy_Text_Print("Total Steps", 0, 100, WHITE, BLACK, TPF_6POINT);
+					if (left) {
+						Fancy_Text_Print("    %d", 0, 108, WHITE, BLACK, TPF_6POINT, pleft.Length);
+					} else {
+						Fancy_Text_Print("   FAIL", 0, 108, WHITE, BLACK, TPF_6POINT);
+					}
+				}
+
+				Debug_Draw_Map("Follow right edge", startcell, next, true);
+				Mem_Copy(&path, &pright, sizeof(PathType));
+				pright.Command = &moves_right[0];
+				pright.Overlap = RightOverlap;
+				Mem_Copy(path.Command, pright.Command, path.Length);
+				Mem_Copy(path.Overlap, pright.Overlap, sizeof(RightOverlap));
+				right = Follow_Edge(startcell, next, &pright, CLOCK, direction, threat, threat_stage, sizeof(moves_right), threshhold);
+//				right = Follow_Edge(startcell, next, &pright, CLOCK, direction, threat, threat_stage, follow_len, threshhold);
+
+				/*
+				** If we are in debug mode then let us know how well our right path
+				** did.
+				*/
+				if (Debug_Find_Path && DrawPath) {
+					Fancy_Text_Print("  Right", 0, 92, WHITE, BLACK, TPF_6POINT);
+					Fancy_Text_Print("Total Steps", 0, 100, WHITE, BLACK, TPF_6POINT);
+					if (right) {
+						Fancy_Text_Print("    %d", 0, 108, WHITE, BLACK, TPF_6POINT, pright.Length);
+					} else {
+						Fancy_Text_Print("   FAIL", 0, 108, WHITE, BLACK, TPF_6POINT);
+					}
+				}
+
+				/*
+				**	If we could find a path, break from this loop. Otherwise this
+				**	means that we have found a "hole" of passable terrain that
+				**	cannot be reached by normal means. Scan forward looking for
+				**	the other side of the "doughnut".
+				*/
+				if (left || right) break;
+
+				/*
+				**	If no path can be found to the intermediate cell, then
+				**	presume we have found a doughnut of some sort. Scan
+				**	forward until the next impassable is found and then
+				**	process this loop again.
+				*/
+				do {
+
+					/*
+					**	If we reached destination while in this loop, we
+					**	know that either the destination is impassible (if
+					**	we are ignoring) or that we need to up our threat
+					** tolerance and try again.
+					*/
+					if (next == dest) {
+						if (threat != -1) {
+							switch (threat_stage++) {
+								case 0:
+									threat = unit_threat >> 1;
+									break;
+
+								case 1:
+									threat += unit_threat;
+									break;
+
+								case 2:
+									threat = -1;
+									break;
+							}
+							goto top_of_list;
+						}
+						goto end_of_list;
+					}
+
+					newdir	= CELL_FACING(next, dest);
+					next		= Adjacent_Cell(next, newdir);
+				} while (Passable_Cell(next, newdir, threat, threshhold));
+			}
+
+			if (!left && !right) break;
+
+			/*
+			**	We found a path around the impassable locations, so figure out
+			**	which one was the smallest and copy those moves into the
+			**	path.Command array.
+			*/
+			which = &pleft;
+			if (right) {
+				which = &pright;
+				if (left) {
+					if (pleft.Length < pright.Length) {
+						which = &pleft;
+					} else {
+						which = &pright;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	Record as much as possible of the shorter of the two
+			**	paths. The trailing EOL command is not copied because
+			**	this may not be the end of the find path logic.
+			*/
+			len = which->Length;
+			len = MIN(len, maxlen);
+			if (len > 0) {
+				memcpy(&path.Overlap[0], &which->Overlap[0], sizeof(LeftOverlap));
+				memcpy(&path.Command[0], &which->Command[0], len);
+				path.Length 		= len;
+				path.Cost   		= which->Cost;
+				path.LastOverlap 	= -1;
+				path.LastFixup	 	= -1;
+			} else {
+				break;
+			}
+			Debug_Draw_Map("Walking to next obstacle", next, dest, true);
+		}
+		startcell = next;
+	}
+
+end_of_list:
+	/*
+	**	Poke in the stop command.
+	*/
+	if (path.Length < maxlen) {
+		path.Command[path.Length++] = END;
+	}
+	if (Debug_Find_Path && DrawPath) {
+		Map.Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+	}
+	/*
+	**	Optimize the move list but only necessary if
+	**	diagonal moves are allowed.
+	*/
+	#ifdef DIAGONAL
+		Optimize_Moves(&path, threshhold);
+	#endif
+	if (Debug_Find_Path && DrawPath) {
+		Debug_Draw_Map("Final Generated Path", startcell,dest,false);
+		Debug_Draw_Path(&path);
+		Get_Key_Num();
+	}
+//	IsFindPath = false;
+	return(&path);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Follow_Edge -- Follow an edge to get around an impassable spot.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   start    -- cell to head from                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *            target   -- Target cell to head to.                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          path     -- Pointer to path list structure.                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          search   -- Direction of search (1=clock, -1=counterclock).                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          olddir   -- Facing impassible direction from start.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          callback -- Function pointer for determining if a cell is                          *
+ *                      passable or not.                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool: Could a path be found to the desired cell?                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/08/1991  CY : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   06/01/1992  JLB : Optimized & commented.                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool FootClass::Follow_Edge(CELL start, CELL target, PathType *path, FacingType search, FacingType olddir, int threat, int threat_stage, int max_cells, MoveType threshhold)
+{
+	FacingType	newdir;			// Direction of facing before surrounding cell check.
+	CELL			oldcell,		// Current cell.
+					newcell;		// Tentative new cell.
+	int			cost;				// Working cost value.
+	int			startx;
+	int			starty;
+	int			online=true;
+	int			targetx;
+	int			targety;
+	int			oldval = 0;
+	int			cellcount=0;
+	int			forceout = false;
+	FacingType	firstdir = (FacingType)-1;
+	CELL			firstcell = -1;
+	bool			stepped_off_line = false;
+	startx 	= Cell_X(start);
+	starty	= Cell_Y(start);
+	targetx  = Cell_X(target);
+	targety	= Cell_Y(target);
+
+	if (!path) return(false);
+	path->LastOverlap = -1;
+	path->LastFixup	= -1;
+
+	#ifndef DIAGONAL
+		/*
+		**	The edge following algorithm doesn't "do" diagonals. Force initial facing
+		**	to be an even 90 degree value. Adjust it in the direction it should be
+		**	rotating.
+		*/
+		if (olddir & 0x01) {
+			olddir = Next_Direction(olddir, search);
+		}
+	#endif
+
+	newdir		= Next_Direction(olddir, search);
+	oldcell 		= start;
+	newcell 		= Adjacent_Cell(oldcell, newdir);
+
+	/*
+	**	Continue until we find our target, find our original starting spot,
+	**	or run out of moves.
+	*/
+	while (path->Length < max_cells) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Look in all the adjacent cells to determine a passable one that
+		**	most closely matches the desired direction (working in the specified
+		**	direction).
+		*/
+		newdir = olddir;
+		for (;;) {
+			bool	forcefail;		// Is failure forced?
+
+			forcefail = false;
+
+			#ifdef DIAGONAL
+				/*
+				**	Rotate 45/90 degrees in desired direction.
+				*/
+				newdir = Next_Direction(newdir, search);
+
+				/*
+				**	If facing a diagonal we must check the next 90 degree location
+				**	to make sure that we don't walk right by the destination. This
+				**	will happen if the destination it is at the corner edge of an
+				**	impassable that we are moving around.
+				*/
+				if (newdir & FACING_NE) {
+					CELL	checkcell;		// Non-diagonal check cell.
+					//int	x,y;
+
+					checkcell = Adjacent_Cell(oldcell, Next_Direction(newdir, search));
+
+					if (checkcell == target) {
+
+						/*
+						**	This only works if in fact, it is possible to move to the
+						**	cell from the current location.
+						*/
+						cost = Passable_Cell(checkcell, Next_Direction(newdir, search), threat, threshhold);
+						if (cost) {
+							Draw_Cell_Point(checkcell, true, threat_stage);
+
+							/*
+							**	YES! The destination is at the corner of an impassable, so
+							**	set the direction to point directly at it and then the
+							**	scanning will terminate later.
+							*/
+							newdir = Next_Direction(newdir, search);
+							newcell = Adjacent_Cell(oldcell, newdir);
+							break;
+						} else {
+							Draw_Cell_Point(checkcell, false, threat_stage);
+						}
+					}
+
+					/*
+					**	Perform special diagonal check. If the edge follower would cross the
+					**	diagonal or fall on the diagonal line from the source, then consider
+					**	that cell impassible. Otherwise, the find path algorithm will fail
+					**	when there are two impassible locations located on a diagonal
+					**	that is lined up between the source and destination location.
+					**
+					** P.S. It might help if you check the right cell rather than using
+					**      the value that just happened to be in checkcell.
+					*/
+
+					checkcell = Adjacent_Cell(oldcell, newdir);
+
+					int checkx		= Cell_X(checkcell);
+					int checky		= Cell_Y(checkcell);
+					int checkval	= Point_Relative_To_Line(checkx, checky, startx, starty, targetx, targety);
+					if (checkval && !online) {
+						forcefail = ((checkval ^ oldval) < 0);
+					} else {
+			 			forcefail = false;
+					}
+					/*
+					** The only exception to the above is when we are directly backtracking
+					** because we could be trying to escape from a culdesack!
+					*/
+					if (forcefail && path->Length > 0 && (FacingType)(newdir ^ 4) == path->Command[path->Length - 1]) {
+// ST - 12/18/96 5:15PM		if (forcefail && (FacingType)(newdir ^ 4) == path->Command[path->Length - 1]) {
+						forcefail = false;
+					}
+				}
+
+			#else
+				newdir = Next_Direction(newdir, search*2);
+			#endif
+
+			/*
+			**	If we have just checked the same heading we started with,
+			**	we are surrounded by impassable characters and we exit.
+			*/
+			if (newdir == olddir) {
+				return(false);
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	Get the new cell.
+			*/
+			newcell = Adjacent_Cell(oldcell, newdir);
+
+			/*
+			**	If we found a passable position, this is where we should move.
+			*/
+			if (!forcefail && ((cost = Passable_Cell(newcell, newdir, threat, threshhold)) != 0)) {
+				Draw_Cell_Point(newcell, true, threat_stage);
+				break;
+			} else {
+				Draw_Cell_Point(newcell, false, threat_stage, (forcefail) ? BROWN : 0);
+				if (newcell == target) {
+					forceout = true;
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Record the direction.
+		*/
+		if (!forceout) {
+			/*
+			** Mark the cell because this is where we need to be.  If register
+			** cell fails then the list has been shortened and we need to adjust
+			** the new direction.
+			*/
+			if (!Register_Cell(path, newcell, newdir, cost, threshhold)) {
+				/*
+				** The only reason we could not register a cell is that we are in
+				** a looping situation.  So we need to try and unravel the loop if
+				** we can.
+				*/
+				if (!Unravel_Loop(path, newcell, newdir, startx, starty, targetx, targety, threshhold)) {
+					return(false);
+				}
+				/*
+				** Since we need to eliminate a diagonal we must pretend the upon
+				** attaining this square, we were moving turned farther in the
+				** search direction then we really were.
+				*/
+				newdir = Next_Direction(newdir, (FacingType)(search*2));
+			}
+			/*
+			** Find out which side of the line this cell is on.  If it is on
+			** a side, then store off that side.
+			*/
+			int newx	= Cell_X(newcell);
+			int newy	= Cell_Y(newcell);
+			int val	= Point_Relative_To_Line(newx, newy, startx, starty, targetx, targety);
+			if (val) {
+				oldval = val;
+				online = false;
+			} else {
+				online = true;
+			}
+			cellcount++;
+			if (cellcount==100) {
+//				DrawPath = true;
+//				Debug_Find_Path = true;
+//				Debug_Draw_Map("Loop failure", start, target, false);
+//				Debug_Draw_Path(path);
+				return(false);
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	If we have found the target spot, we are done.
+		*/
+		if (newcell == target) {
+			path->Command[path->Length] = END;
+			return(true);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	If we make a full circle back to our original spot, get out.
+		*/
+		if (newcell == firstcell && newdir == firstdir) {
+			return(false);
+		}
+
+		if (firstcell == -1) {
+			firstcell = newcell;
+			firstdir  = newdir;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Because we moved, our facing is now incorrect. We want to face toward
+		**	the impassable edge we are following (well, not actually toward, but
+		**	a little past so that we can turn corners). We have to turn 45/90 degrees
+		**	more than expected in anticipation of the pending 45/90 degree turn at
+		**	the start of this loop.
+		*/
+		#ifdef DIAGONAL
+			olddir = Next_Direction(newdir, (FacingType)(-(int)search*3));
+		#else
+			olddir = Next_Direction(newdir, (FacingType)(-(int)search*4));
+		#endif
+		oldcell = newcell;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	The maximum search path is exhausted... abort with a failure.
+	*/
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Optimize_Moves -- Optimize the move list.                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:      char *moves to optimize                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:     none (list is optimized)                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   EMPTY moves are used to hold the place of eliminated                            *
+ *             commands. Also, NEVER call this routine with a list that                        *
+ *             contains illegal commands. The list MUST be terminated                          *
+ *             with a EOL command                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/08/1991  CY : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   06/01/1992  JLB : Optimized and commented.                                                *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+#define	EMPTY		(FacingType)-2
+int FootClass::Optimize_Moves(PathType *path, MoveType threshhold)
+//int Optimize_Moves(PathType *path, int (*callback)(CELL, FacingType), int threshold)
+{
+	/*
+	**	Facing command pair adjustment table. Compare the facing difference between
+	**	the two commands. 0 means no optimization is possible. 3 means backtracking
+	**	so eliminate both commands. Any other value adjusts the first command facing.
+	*/
+#ifdef DIAGONAL
+	static FacingType _trans[FACING_COUNT] = {(FacingType)0, (FacingType)0, (FacingType)1, (FacingType)2, (FacingType)3, (FacingType)-2, (FacingType)-1, (FacingType)0};	// Smoothing.
+#else
+	static FacingType _trans[FACING_COUNT] = {(FacingType)0, (FacingType)0, (FacingType)0, (FacingType)2, (FacingType)3, (FacingType)-2, (FacingType)0, (FacingType)0};
+#endif
+	FacingType	*cmd1,		// Floating first command pointer.
+					*cmd2,		// Floating second command pointer.
+					newcmd;		// Calculated new optimized command.
+	FacingType	newdir;		// Tentative new direction for smoothing.
+	CELL			cell;			// Working cell (as it moves along path).
+
+	/*
+	**	Abort if there is any illegal parameter.
+	*/
+	if (!path || !path->Command) return(0);
+
+	/*
+	**	Optimization loop -- start scanning with the
+	**	first pair of commands (if there are at least two
+	**	in the command list).
+	*/
+	path->Command[path->Length] = END;		// Force end of list.
+	cell = path->Start;
+	if (path->Length > 1) {
+		cmd2 = path->Command + 1;
+		while (*cmd2 != END) {
+
+			/*
+			**	Set the cmd1 pointer to point to the valid command closest, but
+			**	previous to cmd2. Be sure not to go previous to the head of the
+			**	command list.
+			*/
+			cmd1 = cmd2-1;
+			while (*cmd1 == EMPTY && cmd1 != path->Command) {
+				cmd1--;
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	If there isn't any valid previous command, then bump the
+			**	cmd pointers to the next command pair and continue...
+			*/
+			if (*cmd1 == EMPTY) {
+				cmd2++;
+				continue;
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	Fetch precalculated command change value. 0 means leave
+			**	command set alone, 3 means backtrack and eliminate two
+			**	commands. Any other value is new direction and eliminate
+			**	one command.
+			*/
+			newcmd = (FacingType)(*cmd2 - *cmd1);
+			if (newcmd < FACING_N) newcmd = (FacingType)(newcmd + FACING_COUNT);
+			newcmd = _trans[newcmd];
+
+			/*
+			**	Check for backtracking. If this occurs, then eliminate the
+			**	two commands. This is the easiest optimization.
+			*/
+			if (newcmd == FACING_SE) {
+				*cmd1 = EMPTY;
+				*cmd2++ = EMPTY;
+				continue;
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	If an optimization code was found the process it. The command is a facing
+			**	offset to more directly travel toward the immediate destination cell.
+			*/
+			if (newcmd) {
+
+				/*
+				**	Optimizations differ when dealing with diagonals. Especially when dealing
+				**	with diagonals of 90 degrees. In such a case, 90 degree optimizations can
+				**	only be optimized if the intervening cell is passable. The distance travelled
+				**	is the same, but the path is less circuitous.
+				*/
+				if (*cmd1 & FACING_NE) {
+
+					/*
+					**	Diagonal optimizations are always only 45
+					**	degree adjustments.
+					*/
+					newdir = Next_Direction(*cmd1, (newcmd < FACING_N) ? (FacingType)-1 : (FacingType)1);
+
+					/*
+					**	Diagonal 90 degree changes can be smoothed, although
+					**	the path isn't any shorter.
+					*/
+					if (ABS((int)newcmd) == 1) {
+						if (Passable_Cell(Adjacent_Cell(cell, newdir), newdir, -1, threshhold)) {
+							*cmd2 = newdir;
+							*cmd1 = newdir;
+						}
+						// BOB 16.12.92
+						cell = Adjacent_Cell(cell, *cmd1);
+						cmd2++;
+						continue;
+					}
+				} else {
+					newdir = Next_Direction(*cmd1, newcmd);
+				}
+
+				/*
+				**	Allow shortening turn only on right angle moves that are based on
+				**	90 degrees. Always allow 135 degree optimizations.
+				*/
+				*cmd2 = newdir;
+				*cmd1 = EMPTY;
+
+				/*
+				**	Backup what it thinks is the current cell.
+				*/
+				while (*cmd1 == EMPTY && cmd1 != path->Command) {
+					cmd1--;
+				}
+				if (*cmd1 != EMPTY) {
+					cell = Adjacent_Cell(cell, Next_Direction(*cmd1, FACING_S));
+				} else {
+					cell = path->Start;
+				}
+				continue;
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	Since we could not make an optimization, we move our
+			**	head pointer forward.
+			*/
+			cell = Adjacent_Cell(cell, *cmd1);
+			cmd2++;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Pack the command list to remove any EMPTY command entries.
+	*/
+	cmd1 = path->Command;
+	cmd2 = path->Command;
+	cell = path->Start;
+	path->Cost = 0;
+	path->Length = 0;
+	while (*cmd2 != END) {
+		if (*cmd2 != EMPTY) {
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+			if (Debug_ShowPath) {
+				int	x,y,x1,y1;
+
+				if (Map.Coord_To_Pixel(Cell_Coord(cell), x, y)) {
+					Map.Coord_To_Pixel(Cell_Coord(Adjacent_Cell(cell, *cmd2)), x1, y1);
+					Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+					LogicPage->Draw_Line(x, y+8, x1, y1+8, DKGREY);
+				}
+			}
+#endif
+
+			cell = Adjacent_Cell(cell, *cmd2);
+			path->Cost+= Passable_Cell(cell, *cmd2, -1, threshhold);
+			path->Length++;
+			*cmd1++ = *cmd2;
+		}
+		cmd2++;
+	}
+	path->Length++;
+	*cmd1 = END;
+	return(path->Length);
+}
+
+
+CELL FootClass::Safety_Point(CELL src, CELL dst, int start, int max)
+{
+	FacingType dir;
+	CELL		  next;
+	int 		  lp;
+
+	dir = (FacingType)(CELL_FACING(src, dst) ^ 4) - 1;
+
+	/*
+	** Loop through the different acceptable distances.
+	*/
+	for (int dist = start; dist < max; dist ++) {
+
+		/*
+		** Move to the starting location.
+		*/
+		next = dst;
+
+		for (lp = 0; lp < dist; lp ++) {
+			next = Adjacent_Cell(next, dir);
+		}
+
+		if (dir & 1) {
+			/*
+			** If our direction is diagonal than we need to check
+			** only one side which is as long as both of the old sides
+			** together.
+			*/
+			for (lp = 0; lp < dist << 1; lp ++) {
+				next = Adjacent_Cell(next, dir + 3);
+				if (!Can_Enter_Cell(next)) {
+					return(next);
+				}
+			}
+		} else {
+			/*
+			** If our direction is not diagonal than we need to check two
+			** sides so that we are checking a corner like location.
+			*/
+			for (lp = 0; lp < dist; lp ++) {
+				next = Adjacent_Cell(next, dir + 2);
+				if (!Can_Enter_Cell(next)) {
+					return(next);
+				}
+			}
+
+			for (lp = 0; lp < dist; lp ++) {
+				next = Adjacent_Cell(next, dir + 4);
+				if (!Can_Enter_Cell(next)) {
+					return(next);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return(-1);
+}
+
+
+
+
+int FootClass::Passable_Cell(CELL cell, FacingType face, int threat, MoveType threshhold)
+{
+	MoveType move = Can_Enter_Cell(cell, face);
+
+	if (move < MOVE_MOVING_BLOCK && Distance(cell) > 1) threshhold = MOVE_MOVING_BLOCK;
+
+	if (move > threshhold) return(0);
+
+	if (GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL) {
+		if (threat != -1) {
+			if (Map.Cell_Distance(cell, DestLocation) > THREAT_THRESHOLD) {
+				if (Map.Cell_Threat(cell, Owner()) > threat)
+					return(0);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	static int _value[MOVE_COUNT] = {
+		1,			//	MOVE_OK
+		1,			//	MOVE_CLOAK
+		3,			//	MOVE_MOVING_BLOCK
+		8,			//	MOVE_DESTROYABLE
+		10,		//	MOVE_TEMP
+		0			//	MOVE_NO
+	};
+	return(_value[move]);
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+	int can;
+	int retval;
+
+	int temp_move_mask = MoveMask;
+
+	if (!House->IsHuman) {
+		temp_move_mask &= ~MOVEF_TEMP;
+	}
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+	if ((!(MoveMask & MOVEF_MOVING_BLOCK)) && Map.Cell_Distance(StartLocation, cell) > 2) {
+		temp_move_mask |= MOVEF_MOVING_BLOCK;
+	}
+#endif
+
+	can = (temp_move_mask & Can_Enter_Cell(cell, face));
+	if (can & MOVEF_NO) return(0);
+
+	retval = 1;
+	if (can & MOVEF_MOVING_BLOCK) retval += 3;
+	if (can & MOVEF_DESTROYABLE) retval += 10;
+	if (can & MOVEF_TEMP) retval += 10;
+
+	if (threat != -1) {
+		if (Map.Cell_Distance(cell, DestLocation) > THREAT_THRESHOLD) {
+			if (Map.Cell_Threat(cell, Owner()) > threat)
+				return(0);
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(retval);
+#endif
+}
+
+
+void FootClass::Debug_Draw_Map(char *txt, CELL start, CELL dest, bool pause)
+{
+	if ((!Debug_Find_Path) || (!DrawPath)) return;
+
+	if (pause) Get_Key_Num();
+	GraphicViewPortClass * page = Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+
+	VisiblePage.Clear();
+	Fancy_Text_Print(txt, 160, 0, WHITE, BLACK, TPF_8POINT|TPF_CENTER);
+	for (int x = 0; x < 64; x++) {
+ 		for (int y = 0; y < 64; y++) {
+			int color = 0;
+
+			switch (Can_Enter_Cell( (CELL)((y << 6) + x))) {
+				case MOVE_OK:
+					color = GREEN;
+					break;
+				case MOVE_MOVING_BLOCK:
+					color = LTGREEN;
+					break;
+
+				case MOVE_DESTROYABLE:
+					color = YELLOW;
+					break;
+				case MOVE_TEMP:
+					color = BROWN;
+					break;
+				default:
+					color = RED;
+					break;
+			}
+			if ((CELL)((y << 6) + x) == start)
+				color = LTBLUE;
+			if ((CELL)((y << 6) + x) == dest)
+				color = BLUE;
+			Fat_Put_Pixel(64 + (x*3), 8 + (y*3), color, 3, SeenBuff);
+		}
+	}
+	Set_Logic_Page(page);
+}
+
+void FootClass::Debug_Draw_Path(PathType *path)
+{
+	if (!path) return;
+
+	FacingType	*list	= path->Command;
+	CELL 			pos	= path->Start;
+
+	for (int idx = 0; idx < path->Length; idx++) {
+		pos = Adjacent_Cell(pos, *list++);
+		Draw_Cell_Point(pos, true,	-1, 0);
+	}
+}
diff --git a/FLASHER.CPP b/FLASHER.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a155aee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/FLASHER.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\flasher.cpv   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:49:24   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               *** 
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : FLASHER.CPP                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : May 28, 1994                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : October 17, 1994   [JLB]                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   FlasherClass::Process -- Performs the logic processing for the flashing ability.          *
+ *   FlasherClass::Debug_Dump -- Displays current status to the monochrome screen.             *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+
+
+#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FlasherClass::Debug_Dump -- Displays current status to the monochrome screen.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This utility function will output the current status of the FlasherClass to the mono     *
+ *    screen. It is through this display that bugs may be fixed or detected.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/31/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void FlasherClass::Debug_Dump(MonoClass *mono) const
+{
+	mono->Set_Cursor(50, 7);
+	mono->Printf("%2d", FlashCount);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FlasherClass::Process -- Performs the logic processing for the flashing ability.            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    The ability for an object to flash is controlled by this logic processing routine. It    *
+ *    should be called once per game tick per unit.                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Should the associated object be redrawn?                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/28/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   06/20/1994 JLB : Is now independent of object it represents.                              *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool FlasherClass::Process(void)
+{
+	if (FlashCount) {
+		FlashCount--;
+		IsBlushing = false;
+
+		if (FlashCount & 0x01) {
+			IsBlushing = true;
+		}
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
diff --git a/FLASHER.H b/FLASHER.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..be89421
--- /dev/null
+++ b/FLASHER.H
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\flasher.h_v   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:45:12   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               *** 
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : FLASHER.H                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : May 28, 1994                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : May 28, 1994   [JLB]                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef FLASHER_H
+#define FLASHER_H
+
+class FlasherClass {
+	public:
+		/*
+		**	When this object is targeted, it will flash a number of times. This is the
+		**	flash control number. It counts down to zero and then stops. Odd values
+		**	cause the object to be rendered in a lighter color.
+		*/
+		unsigned FlashCount:7;
+
+		/*
+		**	When an object is targeted, it flashes several times to give visual feedback
+		**	to the player. Every other game "frame", this flag is true until the flashing
+		**	is determined to be completed.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsBlushing:1;
+
+		FlasherClass(void) {FlashCount = 0; IsBlushing = false;};
+		#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+		void Debug_Dump(MonoClass *mono) const;
+		#endif
+		bool Process(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	File I/O.
+		*/
+		void Code_Pointers(void);
+		void Decode_Pointers(void);
+
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/FLY.CPP b/FLY.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b53eed0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/FLY.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\fly.cpv   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:50:40   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : FLY.CPP                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : April 24, 1994                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : June 5, 1995 [JLB]                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   FlyClass::Physics -- Performs vector physics (movement).                                  *
+ *   FlyClass::Fly_Speed -- Sets the flying object to the speed specified.                     *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FlyClass::Physics -- Performs vector physics (movement).                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine performs movement (vector) physics. It takes the                            *
+ *    specified location and moves it according to the facing and speed                        *
+ *    of the vector. It returns the status of the move.                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   coord -- Reference to the coordinate that the vector will                          *
+ *                   be applied to.                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the status of the vector physics. This could                          *
+ *          range from no effect, to exiting the edge of the world.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   04/24/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   06/05/1995 JLB : Simplified to just do movement.                                          *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+ImpactType FlyClass::Physics(COORDINATE & coord, DirType facing)
+{
+	if (SpeedAdd != MPH_IMMOBILE) {
+		int actual = (int)SpeedAdd + SpeedAccum;
+		div_t result = div(actual, PIXEL_LEPTON_W);
+		SpeedAccum = result.rem;
+		actual -= result.rem;
+		COORDINATE old = coord;
+
+		/*
+		**	If movement occurred that is at least one
+		**	pixel, then check update the coordinate and
+		**	check for edge of world collision.
+		*/
+		if (result.quot) {
+			COORDINATE		newcoord;		// New working coordinate.
+
+			newcoord = Coord_Move(coord, facing, actual);
+
+			/*
+			**	If no movement occurred, then presume it hasn't moved at all
+			**	and return immediately with this indication.
+			*/
+			if (newcoord == coord) {
+				return(IMPACT_NONE);
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	Remember the new position.
+			*/
+			coord = newcoord;
+
+			/*
+			**	If the new coordinate is off the edge of the world, then report
+			**	this.
+			*/
+			if (newcoord & 0xC000C000L /*|| !Map.In_Radar(Coord_Cell(newcoord))*/) {
+				coord = old;
+				return(IMPACT_EDGE);
+			}
+
+			return(IMPACT_NORMAL);
+		}
+	}
+	return(IMPACT_NONE);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FlyClass::Fly_Speed -- Sets the flying object to the speed specified.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This sets the speed of the projectile. It basically functions like a throttle value      *
+ *    where 0 equals stop and 255 equals maximum speed (whatever that is for the particular    *
+ *    object).                                                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   speed -- Speed setting from 0 to 255.                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          maximum  -- The maximum speed of the object.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/26/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   07/26/1994 JLB : Added maximum speed as guiding value.                                    *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void FlyClass::Fly_Speed(int speed, MPHType maximum)
+{
+	SpeedAdd = (MPHType)Fixed_To_Cardinal((int)maximum, speed);
+}
+
diff --git a/FLY.H b/FLY.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..962755e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/FLY.H
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\fly.h_v   2.19   16 Oct 1995 16:45:18   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : FLY.H                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : April 24, 1994                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : April 24, 1994   [JLB]                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef FLY_H
+#define FLY_H
+
+typedef enum ImpactType {
+	IMPACT_NONE,		// No movement (of significance) occurred.
+	IMPACT_NORMAL,		// Some (non eventful) movement occurred.
+	IMPACT_EDGE			// The edge of the world was reached.
+} ImpactType;
+
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**	Flying objects are handled by this class definition.
+*/
+class FlyClass {
+	public:
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		**	Constructors, Destructors, and overloaded operators.
+		*/
+		FlyClass(void) {
+			SpeedAdd = MPH_IMMOBILE;
+			SpeedAccum = 0;
+		};
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		**	Member function prototypes.
+		*/
+		void Fly_Speed(int speed, MPHType maximum);
+		ImpactType Physics(COORDINATE &coord, DirType facing);
+		MPHType Get_Speed(void) const {return(SpeedAdd);};
+
+		/*
+		**	File I/O.
+		*/
+		void Code_Pointers(void);
+		void Decode_Pointers(void);
+
+	private:
+		/*
+		**	Object movement consists of incrementing the accumulator until enough "distance"
+		**	has accumulated so that moving the object becomes reasonable.
+		*/
+		unsigned SpeedAccum;			// Lepton accumulator.
+		MPHType SpeedAdd;			// Lepton add (per frame).
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/FOOT.CPP b/FOOT.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..64e5e2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/FOOT.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,2015 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\foot.cpv   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:51:42   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : FOOT.CPP                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : April 22, 1994                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : August 13, 1995 [JLB]                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   FootClass::Active_Click_With -- Intiates attack or move according to target clicked on.   *
+ *   FootClass::Active_Click_With -- Performs action as a result of left mouse click.          *
+ *   FootClass::Approach_Target -- Sets the navigation computer to approach target object.     *
+ *   FootClass::Assign_Destination -- Assigns specified destination to NavCom.                 *
+ *   FootClass::Assign_Mission -- Assign mission to foot class object.                         *
+ *   FootClass::Basic_Path -- Finds the basic path for a ground object.                        *
+ *   FootClass::Body_Facing -- Set the body rotation/facing.                                   *
+ *   FootClass::Can_Demolish -- Checks to see if this object can be sold back.                 *
+ *   FootClass::Can_Enter_Cell -- Checks to see if the object can enter cell specified.        *
+ *   FootClass::Death_Announcement -- Announces the death of a unit.                           *
+ *   FootClass::Debug_Dump -- Displays the status of the FootClass to the mono monitor.        *
+ *   FootClass::Detach -- Detaches a target from tracking systems.                             *
+ *   FootClass::Detach_All -- Removes this object from the game system.                        *
+ *   FootClass::Enters_Building -- When unit enters a building for some reason.                *
+ *   FootClass::FootClass -- Default constructor for foot class objects.                       *
+ *   FootClass::FootClass -- Normal constructor for the foot class object.                     *
+ *   FootClass::Greatest_Threat -- Fetches the greatest threat to this object.                 *
+ *   FootClass::Likely_Coord -- Fetches the coordinate the object will be at shortly.          *
+ *   FootClass::Limbo -- Intercepts limbo event and handles FootClass processing.              *
+ *   FootClass::Mark -- Unit interface to map rendering system.                                *
+ *   FootClass::Mission_Attack -- AI for heading towards and firing upon target.               *
+ *   FootClass::Mission_Capture -- Handles the capture mission.                                *
+ *   FootClass::Mission_Enter -- Enter (cooperatively) mission handler.                        *
+ *   FootClass::Mission_Guard_Area -- Causes unit to guard an area about twice weapon range.   *
+ *   FootClass::Mission_Hunt -- Handles the default hunt order.                                *
+ *   FootClass::Mission_Move -- AI process for moving a vehicle to its destination.            *
+ *   FootClass::Offload_Tiberium_Bail -- Fetches the Tiberium to offload per step.             *
+ *   FootClass::Override_Mission -- temporarily overides a units mission                       *
+ *   FootClass::Per_Cell_Process -- Perform action based on once-per-cell condition.           *
+ *   FootClass::Receive_Message -- Movement related radio messages are handled here.           *
+ *   FootClass::Rescue_Mission -- Calls this unit to the rescue.                               *
+ *   FootClass::Restore_Mission -- Restores an overidden mission                               *
+ *   FootClass::Sell_Back -- Causes this object to be sold back.                               *
+ *   FootClass::Set_Speed -- Initiate unit movement physics.                                   *
+ *   FootClass::Sort_Y -- Determine the sort coordinate for foot class objects.                *
+ *   FootClass::Start_Driver -- This starts the driver heading to the destination desired.     *
+ *   FootClass::Stop_Driver -- This routine clears the driving state of the object.            *
+ *   FootClass::Stun -- Prepares a ground travelling object for removal.                       *
+ *   FootClass::Take_Damage -- Handles taking damage to this object.                           *
+ *   FootClass::Unlimbo -- Unlimbos object and performs special fixups.                        *
+ *   FootClass::~FootClass -- Default destructor for foot class objects.                       *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FootClass::FootClass -- Default constructor for foot class objects.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the default constructor for FootClass objects. It sets the foot class values to  *
+ *    their default starting settings.                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/23/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+FootClass::FootClass(void) : Speed(0)
+{
+	ArchiveTarget = TARGET_NONE;
+	IsDriving = false;
+	IsInitiated = false;
+	IsPlanningToLook = false;
+	IsDeploying = false;
+	IsNewNavCom = false;
+	IsFiring = false;
+	IsRotating = false;
+	IsUnloading = false;
+	NavCom = TARGET_NONE;
+	SuspendedNavCom = TARGET_NONE;
+	Path[0] = FACING_NONE;
+	HeadToCoord = NULL;
+	Member = 0;
+	Team = 0;
+	PathDelay = 0;
+	TryTryAgain = PATH_RETRY;
+	if (House) {
+		House->CurUnits++;
+	}
+	Group = -1;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FootClass::~FootClass -- Default destructor for foot class objects.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    At this level of the destruction process, the house record of the number of units        *
+ *    currently in inventory is decremented to reflect this units destruction.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/10/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+FootClass::~FootClass(void)
+{
+	if (GameActive && House) {
+		House->CurUnits--;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FootClass::FootClass -- Normal constructor for the foot class object.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the normal constructor used when creating a foot class object.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   house    -- The house that owns this object.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/29/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+FootClass::FootClass(HousesType house) :
+			TechnoClass(house),
+			Speed(0)
+{
+	ArchiveTarget = TARGET_NONE;
+	Member = 0;
+	Team = 0;
+	Path[0] = FACING_NONE;
+	NavCom = TARGET_NONE;
+	SuspendedNavCom = TARGET_NONE;
+	IsUnloading = false;
+	IsDriving = false;
+	IsInitiated = false;
+	IsRotating = false;
+	IsFiring = false;
+	IsDeploying = false;
+	IsNewNavCom = false;
+	IsPlanningToLook = false;
+	HeadToCoord = 0L;
+	PathDelay = 0;
+	Group = -1;
+	TryTryAgain = PATH_RETRY;
+	House->CurUnits++;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FootClass::Debug_Dump -- Displays the status of the FootClass to the mono monitor.          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to output the current status of the foot class to the mono          *
+ *    monitor. Through this display bugs may be tracked down or eliminated.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/02/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   07/04/1995 JLB : Handles aircraft special case.                                           *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void FootClass::Debug_Dump(MonoClass *mono) const
+{
+	static char	const * _p2c[9] = {"-","0","1","2","3","4","5","6","7"};
+#define	Path_To_String(a)	_p2c[((ABS((int)a+1))%9)]
+
+	/*
+	**	Display the common data for all objects that inherity from FootClass.
+	*/
+	mono->Set_Cursor(63, 7);
+	if (Team) {
+		mono->Printf("%s(%d)", Team->Class->IniName, Teams.ID(Team));
+	} else {
+		mono->Printf("(none)");
+	}
+	mono->Set_Cursor(73, 7);mono->Printf("%04X", ArchiveTarget);
+	mono->Set_Cursor(42, 1);mono->Printf("%04X", NavCom);
+	mono->Set_Cursor(44, 3);mono->Printf("%d", Speed);
+
+	/*
+	**	Although aircraft inherit from FootClass, some of the variables are not
+	**	used and thus should not be displayed.
+	*/
+	if (What_Am_I() != RTTI_AIRCRAFT) {
+		mono->Set_Cursor(50, 3);
+		mono->Printf("%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s",
+			Path_To_String(Path[0]),
+			Path_To_String(Path[1]),
+			Path_To_String(Path[2]),
+			Path_To_String(Path[3]),
+			Path_To_String(Path[4]),
+			Path_To_String(Path[5]),
+			Path_To_String(Path[6]),
+			Path_To_String(Path[7]),
+			Path_To_String(Path[8]),
+			Path_To_String(Path[9]),
+			Path_To_String(Path[10]),
+			Path_To_String(Path[11]),
+			Path_To_String(Path[12]));
+
+		mono->Set_Cursor(65, 1);mono->Printf("%08lX", Head_To_Coord());
+		mono->Text_Print("X", 16 + (IsDeploying?2:0), 12);
+		mono->Text_Print("X", 16 + (IsRotating?2:0), 13);
+		mono->Text_Print("X", 16 + (IsDriving?2:0), 15);
+		mono->Text_Print("X", 16 + (IsFiring?2:0), 14);
+		mono->Text_Print("X", 16 + (IsPlanningToLook?2:0), 16);
+	}
+	TechnoClass::Debug_Dump(mono);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FootClass::Set_Speed -- Initiate unit movement physics.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to set a unit's velocity control structure.                         *
+ *    The game will then process the unit's movement during the momentum                       *
+ *    physics calculation.                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   unit  -- Pointer to the unit to alter.                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          speed -- Throttle setting (0=stop, 255=full throttle).                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/07/1992 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   09/24/1993 JLB : Revised for faster speed.                                                *
+ *   04/02/1994 JLB : Revised for new system.                                                  *
+ *   04/15/1994 JLB : Converted to member function.                                            *
+ *   07/21/1994 JLB : Simplified.                                                              *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void FootClass::Set_Speed(int speed)
+{
+	speed &= 0xFF;
+	((unsigned char &)Speed) = speed;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FootClass::Mark -- Unit interface to map rendering system.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is the interface function for units as they relate to                       *
+ *    the map rendering system. Whenever a unit's imagery changes, this                        *
+ *    function is called.                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   mark  -- Type of image change (MARK_UP, _DOWN, _CHANGE)                            *
+ *             MARK_UP  -- Unit is removed.                                                    *
+ *             MARK_CHANGE -- Unit alters image but doesn't move.                              *
+ *             MARK_DOWN -- Unit is overlaid onto existing icons.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Did the marking operation succeed? Failure could be the result of marking    *
+ *                down when it is already down, or visa versa.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/14/1991 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   04/15/1994 JLB : Converted to member function.                                            *
+ *   12/23/1994 JLB : Performs low level check before processing.                              *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool FootClass::Mark(MarkType mark)
+{
+	if (TechnoClass::Mark(mark)) {
+		CELL cell = Coord_Cell(Coord);
+
+		/*
+		**	Inform the map of the refresh, occupation, and overlap
+		**	request.
+		*/
+		switch (mark) {
+			case MARK_UP:
+				Map.Pick_Up(cell, this);
+				break;
+
+			case MARK_DOWN:
+				Map.Place_Down(cell, this);
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				Map.Refresh_Cells(cell, Overlap_List());
+				Map.Refresh_Cells(cell, Occupy_List());
+				break;
+		}
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FootClass::Basic_Path -- Finds the basic path for a ground object.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is a common routine used by both infantry and other ground travelling units. It     *
+ *    will fill in the unit's basic path to the NavCom destination.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was a path found? A failure to find a path means either the target cannot    *
+ *                be found or the terrain prohibits the unit's movement.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/17/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool FootClass::Basic_Path(void)
+{
+	PathType		*path;			// Pointer to path control structure.
+	CELL			cell;
+	int 			skip_path = false;
+
+	Path[0] = FACING_NONE;
+
+	if (Target_Legal(NavCom)) {
+		cell = As_Cell(NavCom);
+
+		/*
+		**	When the navigation computer is set to a location that is impassible, then
+		**	find a nearby cell that can be entered and try to head toward that instead.
+		**	EXCEPT when that cell is very close -- then just bail.
+		*/
+//		IsFindPath = true;
+		if (Can_Enter_Cell(cell) == MOVE_NO && Distance(NavCom) > 0x0300) {
+			static int	_faceadjust[8] = {0, 1, -1, 2, -2, 3, -3, 4};
+			FacingType	f2 = (FacingType)(((unsigned)::Direction(cell, Coord_Cell(Coord)))>>5);
+
+			for (unsigned index = 0; index < (sizeof(_faceadjust) / sizeof(_faceadjust[0])); index++) {
+				CELL	cell2;
+
+				cell2 = Adjacent_Cell(cell, (FacingType)((f2+_faceadjust[index])&0x7));
+				if (Can_Enter_Cell(cell2, FACING_NONE) <= MOVE_CLOAK) {
+					cell = cell2;
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+//		IsFindPath = false;
+
+#ifdef SPECIAL
+		if (What_Am_I() == RTTI_INFANTRY) {
+			CELL mycell = Coord_Cell(Center_Coord());
+//			Mark(MARK_UP);
+			ObjectClass *obj = Map[mycell].Cell_Occupier();
+			while (obj) {
+				if (obj != this && obj->What_Am_I() == RTTI_INFANTRY) {
+					InfantryClass *inf = (InfantryClass *)obj;
+					if (inf->NavCom == NavCom && inf->Path[0] != FACING_NONE) {
+						if (Coord_Cell(inf->Head_To_Coord()) == Coord_Cell(inf->Coord)) {
+							Mem_Copy(&inf->Path[1], Path, sizeof(Path)-sizeof(Path[0]));
+						} else {
+							Mem_Copy(inf->Path, Path, sizeof(Path));
+						}
+						if (Path[0] != FACING_NONE) {
+							skip_path = true;
+						}
+						break;
+					}
+				}
+				obj = obj->Next;
+			}
+//			Mark(MARK_DOWN);
+		}
+#endif
+
+		if (!skip_path) {
+			Mark(MARK_UP);
+			Path[0] = FACING_NONE;		// Probably not necessary, but...
+
+			/*
+			**	Try to find a path to the destination. If a failure occurs, then keep trying
+			**	with greater determination until either a complete failure occurs, or a decent
+			**	path was found.
+			*/
+			bool			found1=false;		// Found a best path yet?
+			PathType	   path1;
+			FacingType	workpath1[200];	// Staging area for path list.
+			FacingType	workpath2[200];	// Staging area for path list.
+			MoveType		maxtype = MOVE_TEMP;
+			if (!House->IsHuman) {
+				maxtype = MOVE_DESTROYABLE;
+			} else {
+
+				/*
+				**	For simple movement missions by the human player, then don't
+				**	consider friendly units as passable if close to the destination.
+				**	This will prevent a human controlled unit from just sitting next
+				**	to a destination just because there is another friendly unit
+				**	occupying the destination location.
+				*/
+				if (Mission == MISSION_MOVE && Distance(NavCom) < 0x0280) {
+					maxtype = MOVE_DESTROYABLE;
+				}
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	Determine if ANY path could be calculated by first examining the most
+			**	aggressive case. If this fails, then no path will succeed. Further
+			**	scanning is unnecessary.
+			*/
+			path = Find_Path(cell, &workpath1[0], sizeof(workpath1), maxtype);
+			if (path && path->Cost) {
+				memcpy(&path1, path, sizeof(path1));
+				found1 = true;
+
+				/*
+				**	Scan for the best path possible. If this succeeds, then do a simple
+				**	comparison with the most agressive path. If they are very close, then
+				**	go with the best (easiest) path method.
+				*/
+				path = Find_Path(cell, &workpath2[0], sizeof(workpath2), MOVE_CLOAK);
+				if (path && path->Cost && path->Cost < MAX((path1.Cost + (path1.Cost/2)), 3)) {
+					memcpy(&path1, path, sizeof(path1));
+					memcpy(workpath1, workpath2, sizeof(workpath1));
+				} else {
+
+					/*
+					**	The easiest path method didn't result in a satisfactory path. Scan through
+					**	the rest of the path options, looking for the best one.
+					*/
+					for (MoveType move = MOVE_MOVING_BLOCK; move < maxtype; move++) {
+						path = Find_Path(cell, &workpath2[0], sizeof(workpath2), move);
+						if (path && path->Cost && path->Cost < MAX((path1.Cost + (path1.Cost/2)), 3)) {
+							memcpy(&path1, path, sizeof(path1));
+							memcpy(workpath1, workpath2, sizeof(workpath1));
+						}
+					}
+				}
+			}
+
+#ifdef OBSOLETE
+			for (MoveType move = MOVE_CLOAK; move <= maxtype; move++) {
+				if (!found1) {
+					path = Find_Path(cell, &workpath1[0], sizeof(workpath1), move);
+					if (path && path->Cost) {
+						memcpy(&path1, path, sizeof(path1));
+						found1 = true;
+						if (path1.Cost < 5) break;
+					}
+				} else {
+					path = Find_Path(cell, &workpath2[0], sizeof(workpath2), move);
+
+					if (path) {
+						if (path->Cost && path->Cost <= path1.Cost/2) {
+							memcpy(&path1, path, sizeof(path1));
+							memcpy(workpath1, workpath2, sizeof(workpath1));
+						}
+					}
+				}
+			}
+#endif
+
+			/*
+			**	If a good path was found, then record it in the object's path
+			**	list.
+			*/
+			if (found1) {
+				Fixup_Path(&path1);
+				memcpy(&Path[0], &workpath1[0], MIN(path->Length, (int)sizeof(Path)));
+			}
+
+			Mark(MARK_DOWN);
+		}
+
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+		/*
+		** Patch at this point to see if we are moving directly into a
+		** MOVE_TEMP.  This allows units to bunch up at a bridge even if there
+		** is an enormously long way around.  This also allows units to give
+		** up trying to move into the MOVE_TEMP using the normal movement
+		** retry logic.
+		*/
+		CELL cell = Adjacent_Cell(Coord_Cell(Coord), Path[0]);
+		if (Can_Enter_Cell(cell, FACING_NONE) == MOVEF_TEMP) {
+			Path[0] = FACING_NONE;
+		}
+#endif
+
+		PathDelay = PATH_DELAY;
+		if (Path[0] != FACING_NONE) return(true);
+
+		/*
+		**	If a basic path couldn't be determined, then abort the navigation process.
+		*/
+//		NavCom = TARGET_NONE;
+		Stop_Driver();
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FootClass::Mission_Move -- AI process for moving a vehicle to its destination.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This simple AI script handles moving the vehicle to its desired destination. Since       *
+ *    simple movement is handled directly by the engine, this routine merely waits until       *
+ *    the unit has reached its destination, and then causes the unit to enter idle mode.       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the delay before calling this routine again.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/18/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int FootClass::Mission_Move(void)
+{
+	if (!Target_Legal(NavCom) && !IsDriving && MissionQueue == MISSION_NONE) {
+		Enter_Idle_Mode();
+	}
+	if (!Target_Legal(TarCom) && !House->IsHuman) {
+		Target_Something_Nearby(THREAT_RANGE);
+	}
+	return(TICKS_PER_SECOND+3);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FootClass::Mission_Capture -- Handles the capture mission.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Capture missions are nearly the same as normal movement missions. The only difference    *
+ *    is that the final destination is handled in a special way so that it is not marked as    *
+ *    impassable. This allows the object (usually infantry) the ability to walk onto the       *
+ *    object and thus capture it.                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the number of game ticks to delay before calling this routine.        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int FootClass::Mission_Capture(void)
+{
+	if (!Target_Legal(NavCom) && !In_Radio_Contact()) {
+		Enter_Idle_Mode();
+		if (Map[Coord_Cell(Center_Coord())].Cell_Building()) {
+			Scatter(0, true);
+		}
+	}
+	return(TICKS_PER_SECOND-2);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FootClass::Mission_Attack -- AI for heading towards and firing upon target.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This AI routine handles heading to within range of the target and then firing upon       *
+ *    it until it is destroyed. If the target is destroyed, then the unit will change          *
+ *    missions to match its "idle mode" of operation (usually guarding).                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the delay before calling this routine again.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/18/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int FootClass::Mission_Attack(void)
+{
+	if (Target_Legal(TarCom)) {
+		Approach_Target();
+	} else {
+		Enter_Idle_Mode();
+	}
+	return(TICKS_PER_SECOND+2);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FootClass::Mission_Guard -- Handles the AI for guarding in place.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Units that are performing stationary guard duty use this AI process. They will sit       *
+ *    still and target any enemies that get within range.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the delay before calling this routine again.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/18/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int FootClass::Mission_Guard(void)
+{
+	if (!Target_Something_Nearby(THREAT_RANGE)) {
+		Random_Animate();
+	}
+	return(TICKS_PER_SECOND+Random_Picky((int)0, (int)4, (char*)NULL, (int)0));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FootClass::Mission_Hunt -- Handles the default hunt order.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is the default hunt order for game objects. It handles searching for a      *
+ *    nearby object and heading toward it. The act of targetting will cause it to attack       *
+ *    the target it selects.                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns the game tick delay before calling this routine again.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/17/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int FootClass::Mission_Hunt(void)
+{
+	if (!Target_Something_Nearby(THREAT_NORMAL)) {
+		Random_Animate();
+	} else {
+		if (What_Am_I() == RTTI_INFANTRY && ((InfantryTypeClass const &)Class_Of()).Type == INFANTRY_E7) {
+			Assign_Destination(TarCom);
+			Assign_Mission(MISSION_CAPTURE);
+		} else {
+			Approach_Target();
+		}
+	}
+	return(TICKS_PER_SECOND+5);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FootClass::Mission_Timed_Hunt -- This is the AI process for multiplayer computer units.     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * For multiplayer games, the computer AI can't just blitz the human players; the humans       *
+ * need a little time to set up their base, or whatever.  This state just waits for            *
+ * a certain period of time, then goes into hunt mode.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the delay before calling this routine again.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/18/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int FootClass::Mission_Timed_Hunt(void)
+{
+	int rndmax;
+	int changed = 0;					// has the unit changed into Hunt mode?
+
+	if (!House->IsHuman) {
+
+		/*
+		** Jump into HUNT mode if we're supposed to Blitz, and the EndCountDown
+		** has expired, or if our owning house has lost more than 1/4 of its units
+		** (it gets mad at you)
+		*/
+		if ( (MPlayerBlitz && House->BlitzTime==0) ||
+			House->CurUnits < ((House->MaxUnit * 4) / 5)) {
+			Assign_Mission(MISSION_HUNT);
+			changed = 1;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		** Jump into HUNT mode on a random die roll; the computer units will periodically
+		** "snap out" of their daze, and begin hunting.  Try to time it so that all
+		** units will be hunting within 10 minutes (600 calls to this routine).
+		*/
+		if (MPlayerBases) {
+			rndmax = 5000;
+		} else {
+			rndmax = 1000;
+		}
+
+		if (IRandom(0,rndmax) == 1) {
+			Assign_Mission(MISSION_HUNT);
+			changed = 1;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		** If this unit is still just sitting in Timed Hunt mode, call Guard Area
+		** so it doesn't just sit there stupidly.
+		*/
+		if (!changed) {
+			Mission_Guard_Area();
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(TICKS_PER_SECOND+Random_Pick(0, 4));		// call me back in 1 second.
+
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FootClass::Stop_Driver -- This routine clears the driving state of the object.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the counterpart routine to the Start_Driver function. It clears the driving      *
+ *    status flags and destination coordinate record.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was driving stopped?                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/17/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   12/12/1994 JLB : Greatly simplified.                                                      *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool FootClass::Stop_Driver(void)
+{
+	if (HeadToCoord) {
+		HeadToCoord = NULL;
+		Set_Speed(0);
+		IsDriving = false;
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FootClass::Start_Driver -- This starts the driver heading to the destination desired.       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Before a unit can move it must be started by this routine. This routine handles          *
+ *    reserving the cell and setting the driving flag.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   headto   -- The coordinate of the immediate drive destination. This is one cell    *
+ *                      away from the unit's current location.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was driving initiated?                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/17/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   12/12/1994 JLB : Uses simple spot index finder.                                           *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool FootClass::Start_Driver(COORDINATE &headto)
+{
+	Stop_Driver();
+	if (headto) {
+		HeadToCoord = headto;
+		IsDriving = true;
+
+		/*
+		**	Check for crate goodie finder here.
+		*/
+		if (Map[Coord_Cell(headto)].Goodie_Check(this)) {
+			return(true);
+		}
+
+		HeadToCoord = NULL;
+		IsDriving = false;
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FootClass::Sort_Y -- Determine the sort coordinate for foot class objects.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will determine the sort coordinate for foot class object. This coordinate   *
+ *    is usually the coordinate of the object. The exception is if the object is teathered.    *
+ *    In this case (presumes offloading to the north), the sorting coordinate is adjusted      *
+ *    so that the object will be drawn on top of the transport unit.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the coordinate to use for sorting.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/17/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   11/04/1994 JLB : Sort value is different when unloading from aircraft.                    *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+COORDINATE FootClass::Sort_Y(void) const
+{
+	if (IsUnloading) {
+		return(Coord_Add(Coord, 0x01000000L));
+	}
+	if (In_Radio_Contact() && IsTethered && Contact_With_Whom()->What_Am_I() == RTTI_UNIT) {
+		return(Coord_Add(Coord, 0x01000000L));
+	}
+	return(Coord_Add(Coord, 0x00300000L));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FootClass::Stun -- Prepares a ground travelling object for removal.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine clears the units' navigation computer in preparation for removal from the   *
+ *    game. This is probably called as a result of unit destruction in combat. Clearing the    *
+ *    navigation computer ensures that the normal AI process won't start it moving again while *
+ *    the object is undergoing any death animations.                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/23/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void FootClass::Stun(void)
+{
+	Assign_Destination(TARGET_NONE);
+	Path[0] = FACING_NONE;
+	Stop_Driver();
+	TechnoClass::Stun();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FootClass::Approach_Target -- Sets the navigation computer to approach target object.       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will set the navigation computer to approach the target indicated by the    *
+ *    targeting computer. It is through this function that the unit nears the target so        *
+ *    that weapon firing may occur.                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/31/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   12/13/1994 JLB : Made part of TechnoClass.                                                *
+ *   12/22/1994 JLB : Enhanced search algorithm.                                               *
+ *   05/20/1995 JLB : Always approaches if the object is off the map.                          *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void FootClass::Approach_Target(void)
+{
+	/*
+	**	Determine that if there is an existing target it is still legal
+	**	and within range.
+	*/
+	if (Target_Legal(TarCom)) {
+
+		/*
+		**	If the target is too far away then head toward it.
+		*/
+		int maxrange = MAX(Weapon_Range(0), Weapon_Range(1));
+
+		if (!Target_Legal(NavCom) && (!In_Range(TarCom) || !IsLocked)) {
+//		if (!Target_Legal(NavCom) && (Distance(TarCom) > maxrange || !IsLocked)) {
+
+			/*
+			** If the object that we are attacking is a building adjust the units
+			** max range so that people can stand far away from the buildings and
+			** hit them.
+			*/
+			BuildingClass * obj = As_Building(TarCom);
+			if (obj) {
+				maxrange += ((obj->Class->Width() + obj->Class->Height()) * (0x100 / 4));
+			}
+
+			/*
+			** Adjust the max range of an infantry unit for where he is standing
+			** in the room.
+			*/
+			maxrange -= 0x00B7;
+#ifdef OBSOLETE
+			if (What_Am_I() == RTTI_INFANTRY) {
+				maxrange -= 0x0111;
+			} else {
+				maxrange -= 0x00B7;
+			}
+#endif
+			maxrange = MAX(maxrange, 0);
+
+			COORDINATE tcoord = ::As_Coord(TarCom);
+			COORDINATE trycoord = 0;
+			CELL tcell = Coord_Cell(tcoord);
+			CELL trycell = tcell;
+			DirType dir = Direction256(tcoord, Center_Coord());
+			bool found = false;
+
+			/*
+			**	Sweep through the cells between the target and the unit, looking for
+			**	a cell that the unit can enter but which is also within weapon range
+			**	of the target. If after a reasonable search, no appropriate cell could
+			**	be found, then the target will be assigned as the movement destination
+			**	and let "the chips fall where they may."
+			*/
+			for (int range = maxrange; range > 0x0080; range -= 0x0100) {
+				static int _angles[] = {0, 8, -8, 16, -16, 24, -24, 32, -32, 48, -48, 64, -64};
+
+				for (int index = 0; index < (sizeof(_angles)/sizeof(_angles[0])); index++) {
+					trycoord = Coord_Move(tcoord, (DirType)(dir + _angles[index]), range);
+
+					if (::Distance(trycoord, tcoord) < range) {
+						trycell = Coord_Cell(trycoord);
+						if (Can_Enter_Cell(trycell) <= MOVE_CLOAK && Map.In_Radar(trycell)) {
+							found = true;
+							break;
+						}
+					}
+				}
+				if (found) break;
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	If a suitable intermediate location was found, then head toward it.
+			**	Otherwise, head toward the enemy unit directly.
+			*/
+			if (found) {
+				Assign_Destination(::As_Target(trycell));
+			} else {
+				Assign_Destination(TarCom);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FootClass::Mission_Guard_Area -- Causes unit to guard an area about twice weapon range.     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This mission routine causes the unit to scan for targets out to twice its weapon range   *
+ *    from the home point. If a target was found, then it will be attacked. The unit will      *
+ *    chase the target until it gets up to to its weapon range from the home position.         *
+ *    In that case, it will return to home position and start scanning for another target.     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with time delay before calling this routine again.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/23/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   07/27/1995 JLB : Greatly simplified.                                                      *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int FootClass::Mission_Guard_Area(void)
+{
+	if (What_Am_I() == RTTI_UNIT && ((UnitClass *)this)->Class->IsToHarvest) {
+		Assign_Mission(MISSION_HARVEST);
+		return(1+Random_Pick(1, 10));
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Ensure that the archive target is valid.
+	*/
+	if (!Target_Legal(ArchiveTarget)) {
+		ArchiveTarget = ::As_Target(Coord_Cell(Coord));
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Make sure that the unit has not strayed too far from the home position.
+	**	If it has, then race back to it.
+	*/
+	int maxrange = MAX(Weapon_Range(0), Weapon_Range(1))+0x0100;
+	if (!Target_Legal(NavCom) && (Distance(ArchiveTarget) > maxrange || (!Target_Legal(TarCom) && Distance(ArchiveTarget) > 0x0200))) {
+		Assign_Target(TARGET_NONE);
+		Assign_Destination(ArchiveTarget);
+	}
+
+	if (!Target_Legal(TarCom)) {
+		COORDINATE old = Coord;
+		Coord = As_Coord(ArchiveTarget);
+		Target_Something_Nearby(THREAT_AREA);
+		Coord = old;
+		if (Target_Legal(TarCom)) return(1);
+	} else {
+		Approach_Target();
+	}
+	return(TICKS_PER_SECOND+Random_Picky((int)0, (int)4, (char*)NULL, (int)0));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FootClass::Unlimbo -- Unlimbos object and performs special fixups.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will make sure that the home position for the foot class object gets        *
+ *    reset. This is necessary since the home position may change depending on the unit's      *
+ *    transition between limbo and non-limbo condition.                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   coord    -- The coordinate to unlimbo the unit at.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          dir      -- The initial direction to give the unit.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the unit unlimboed successfully?                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/23/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool FootClass::Unlimbo(COORDINATE coord, DirType dir)
+{
+	/*
+	**	Try to unlimbo the unit.
+	*/
+	if (TechnoClass::Unlimbo(coord, dir)) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Mobile units are always revealed to the house that owns them.
+		*/
+		Revealed(House);
+
+		/*
+		**	Start in a still (non-moving) state.
+		*/
+		Path[0] = FACING_NONE;
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FootClass::Assign_Mission -- Assign mission to foot class object.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    When a new mission is assigned, any precalculated path should be truncated. This is      *
+ *    in anticipation that the new mission will result in a change of path.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   order -- The new mission to assign to the unit.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/29/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void FootClass::Assign_Mission(MissionType order)
+{
+	if (What_Am_I() != RTTI_UNIT || *(UnitClass*)this != UNIT_GUNBOAT) {
+		Path[0] = FACING_NONE;
+	}
+	TechnoClass::Assign_Mission(order);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FootClass::Limbo -- Intercepts limbo event and handles FootClass processing.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    When an object of FootClass type is limboed, then it must be removed from any team       *
+ *    it may be a member of.                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the object successfully limboed?                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/29/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool FootClass::Limbo(void)
+{
+	if (!IsInLimbo) {
+		if (Team) {
+			Team->Remove(this);
+		}
+	}
+	return(TechnoClass::Limbo());
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FootClass::Take_Damage -- Handles taking damage to this object.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine intercepts the damage assigned to this object and if this object is         *
+ *    a member of a team, it informs the team that the damage has occurred. The team may       *
+ *    change it's priority or action based on this event.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   damage      -- The damage points inflicted on the unit.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          distance    -- The distance from the point of damage to the unit itself.           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          warhead     -- The type of damage that is inflicted.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          source      -- The purpitrator of the damage. By knowing who caused the damage,    *
+ *                         the team know's who to "get even with".                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the result type of the damage.                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/30/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+ResultType FootClass::Take_Damage(int & damage, int distance, WarheadType warhead, TechnoClass * source)
+{
+	ResultType result = TechnoClass::Take_Damage(damage, distance, warhead, source);
+
+	if (result != RESULT_NONE && Team) {
+
+		if (GameToPlay != GAME_NORMAL || (source && !House->Is_Ally(source))) {
+			Team->Took_Damage(this, result, source);
+		}
+
+	} else {
+
+		if (result != RESULT_DESTROYED) {
+			/*
+			**	Determine if the target that is current being attacked has a weapon that can
+			**	do harm to a ground based unit. This information is needed so that an appropriate
+			**	response will occur when damage is taken.
+			*/
+			WeaponType weap = WEAPON_NONE;
+			if (As_Techno(TarCom)) {
+				weap = As_Techno(TarCom)->Techno_Type_Class()->Primary;
+			}
+			bool tweap = (weap != WEAPON_NONE && weap != WEAPON_NIKE);
+
+			/*
+			**	This ensures that if a unit is in sticky mode, then it will snap out of
+			**	it when it takes damage.
+			*/
+			if (source && Mission == MISSION_STICKY) {
+				Enter_Idle_Mode();
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	If this object is not part of a team and it can retaliate for the damage, then have
+			**	it try to do so. This prevents it from just sitting there and taking damage.
+			*/
+			if (
+				source &&
+				!House->Is_Ally(source) &&
+				Techno_Type_Class()->Primary != WEAPON_NONE &&
+				(source->What_Am_I() != RTTI_AIRCRAFT || BulletTypeClass::As_Reference(Weapons[Techno_Type_Class()->Primary].Fires).IsAntiAircraft) &&
+				(!Target_Legal(TarCom) || ((!House->IsHuman || Special.IsSmartDefense) && (!tweap || !In_Range(TarCom)))) &&
+//				!Target_Legal(NavCom) &&
+					(Mission == MISSION_AMBUSH ||
+					Mission == MISSION_GUARD ||
+					Mission == MISSION_RESCUE ||
+					Mission == MISSION_GUARD_AREA ||
+					Mission == MISSION_ATTACK ||
+					Mission == MISSION_TIMED_HUNT)) {
+
+				/*
+				**	Assign the source of the damage as the new target. This occurs for the computer
+				**	controled units. For the player, this only occurs if the source of the damage
+				**	is within range.
+				*/
+				if (!House->IsHuman) {
+
+					/*
+					** If this unit is in TIMED_HUNT (multiplayer computer-controlled)
+					** mode, "snap out of it" into HUNT mode; otherwise, assign
+					** HUNT as the next mission through the normal mission queue.
+					*/
+					if (Mission == MISSION_TIMED_HUNT) {
+						Set_Mission(MISSION_HUNT);
+					} else {
+						Assign_Mission(MISSION_HUNT);
+					}
+					Assign_Target(source->As_Target());
+				} else {
+					if (In_Range(source)) {
+						Assign_Target(source->As_Target());
+					} else {
+
+						/*
+						**	Simple retaliation cannot occur because the source of the damage
+						**	is too far away. If scatter logic is enabled, then scatter now.
+						*/
+						if (Special.IsScatter) {
+							Scatter(0, true);
+						}
+					}
+				}
+			} else {
+
+				/*
+				**	If this object isn't doing anything important, then scatter.
+				*/
+				if (!IsDriving && !Target_Legal(TarCom) && !Target_Legal(NavCom) && Special.IsScatter && What_Am_I() != RTTI_AIRCRAFT) {
+					Scatter(0, true);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return(result);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FootClass::Active_Click_With -- Intiates attack or move according to target clicked on.     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    At this level, the object is known to have the ability to attack or move to the          *
+ *    target specified (in theory). Perform the attack or move as indicated.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   target   -- The target clicked upon that will precipitate action.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the type of action performed.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/06/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void FootClass::Active_Click_With(ActionType action, ObjectClass * object)
+{
+	switch (action) {
+		case ACTION_GUARD_AREA:
+			if (Can_Player_Fire() && Can_Player_Move()) {
+				Player_Assign_Mission(MISSION_GUARD_AREA, object->As_Target());
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case ACTION_SELF:
+			Player_Assign_Mission(MISSION_UNLOAD);
+			break;
+
+		case ACTION_ATTACK:
+			if (Can_Player_Fire()) {
+				Player_Assign_Mission(MISSION_ATTACK, object->As_Target());
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case ACTION_ENTER:
+			if (Can_Player_Move() && object && object->Is_Techno() && !((RadioClass *)object)->In_Radio_Contact()) {
+				Player_Assign_Mission(MISSION_ENTER, TARGET_NONE, object->As_Target());
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case ACTION_CAPTURE:
+			if (Can_Player_Move()) {
+				Player_Assign_Mission(MISSION_CAPTURE, TARGET_NONE, object->As_Target());
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case ACTION_SABOTAGE:
+			if (Can_Player_Move()) {
+				Player_Assign_Mission(MISSION_SABOTAGE, TARGET_NONE, object->As_Target());
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case ACTION_NOMOVE:
+		case ACTION_MOVE:
+			if (Can_Player_Move()) {
+				Player_Assign_Mission(MISSION_MOVE, TARGET_NONE, object->As_Target());
+			}
+			break;
+
+		default:
+			break;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FootClass::Active_Click_With -- Performs action as a result of left mouse click.            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine performs the action requested when the left mouse button was clicked over   *
+ *    a cell. Typically, this is just a move command.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   action   -- The predetermined action that should occur.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          cell     -- The cell number that the action should occur at.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void FootClass::Active_Click_With(ActionType action, CELL cell)
+{
+	switch (action) {
+		case ACTION_HARVEST:
+			Player_Assign_Mission(MISSION_HARVEST, TARGET_NONE, ::As_Target(cell));
+			break;
+
+		case ACTION_MOVE:
+			if (AllowVoice) {
+				COORDINATE coord = Map.Pixel_To_Coord(Get_Mouse_X(), Get_Mouse_Y());
+				OutList.Add(EventClass(ANIM_MOVE_FLASH, PlayerPtr->Class->House, coord));
+			}
+			// Fall into next case.
+
+		case ACTION_NOMOVE:
+			if (What_Am_I() != RTTI_AIRCRAFT || Map[cell].IsVisible) {
+				Player_Assign_Mission(MISSION_MOVE, TARGET_NONE, ::As_Target(cell));
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case ACTION_ATTACK:
+			Player_Assign_Mission(MISSION_ATTACK, ::As_Target(cell));
+			break;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FootClass::Per_Cell_Process -- Perform action based on once-per-cell condition.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called as this object moves from cell to cell. When the center of the    *
+ *    cell is reached, check to see if any trigger should be sprung. For moving units, reduce  *
+ *    the path to the distance to the target. This forces path recalculation in an effort to   *
+ *    avoid units passing each other.                                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   center   -- Is this the center of the cell?                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/08/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   07/08/1995 JLB : Handles generic enter trigger event.                                     *
+ *   07/16/1995 JLB : If next to a scanner and cloaked, then shimmer.                          *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void FootClass::Per_Cell_Process(bool center)
+{
+//	if (center) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Clear any unloading flag if necessary.
+		*/
+		IsUnloading = false;
+
+		/*
+		**	If adjacent to an enemy building that has the ability to reveal a stealth tank,
+		**	then shimmer the cloaked object.
+		*/
+		if (Cloak == CLOAKED) {
+			for (FacingType face = FACING_N; face < FACING_COUNT; face++) {
+				CELL cell = Adjacent_Cell(Coord_Cell(Coord), face);
+
+				if (Map.In_Radar(cell)) {
+					TechnoClass const * techno = Map[cell].Cell_Techno();
+
+					if (techno && !House->Is_Ally(techno) && techno->Techno_Type_Class()->IsScanner) {
+						Do_Shimmer();
+						break;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Shorten the path if the target is now within weapon range of this
+		**	unit and this unit is on an attack type mission.
+		*/
+		if (What_Am_I() != RTTI_UNIT || *((UnitClass *)this) != UNIT_GUNBOAT) {
+			bool inrange = In_Range(TarCom);
+			TechnoClass const * techno = As_Techno(TarCom);
+			if (techno && techno->What_Am_I() != RTTI_BUILDING) {
+				inrange = In_Range(((FootClass const *)techno)->Likely_Coord());
+			}
+
+			if (Target_Legal(TarCom) && (Mission == MISSION_RESCUE || Mission == MISSION_GUARD_AREA || Mission == MISSION_ATTACK || Mission == MISSION_HUNT) && inrange) {
+				Assign_Destination(TARGET_NONE);
+				Path[0] = FACING_NONE;
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Trigger event associated with the player entering the cell.
+		*/
+		TriggerClass * trigger = Map[Coord_Cell(Coord)].Get_Trigger();
+		if (Cloak != CLOAKED && trigger && trigger->House == Owner()) {
+			trigger->Spring(EVENT_PLAYER_ENTERED, Coord_Cell(Coord));
+		}
+//	}
+
+	TechnoClass::Per_Cell_Process(center);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * FootClass::Override_Mission -- temporarily overides a units mission     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:		MissionType mission - the mission we want to overide        *
+ *					TARGET	   tarcom  - the new target we want to overide		*
+ *					TARGET		navcom  - the new navigation point to overide	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:		none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   If a mission is already overidden, the current mission is   *
+ *					just re-assigned.															*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   04/28/1995 PWG : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void FootClass::Override_Mission(MissionType mission, TARGET tarcom, TARGET navcom)
+{
+ 	SuspendedNavCom = NavCom;
+	TechnoClass::Override_Mission(mission, tarcom, navcom);
+
+	Assign_Destination(navcom);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * FootClass::Restore_Mission -- Restores an overidden mission             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:		none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:     none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   04/28/1995 PWG : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+bool FootClass::Restore_Mission(void)
+{
+	if (TechnoClass::Restore_Mission()) {
+		Assign_Destination(SuspendedNavCom);
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FootClass::Receive_Message -- Movement related radio messages are handled here.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine handles radio message that are related to movement. These are used for      *
+ *    complex coordinated maneuvers.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   from     -- Pointer to the originator of this radio message.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          message  -- The radio message that is being received.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          param    -- The optional parameter (could be a movement destination).              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the radio response appropriate to the message received. Usually the   *
+ *          response is RADIO_ROGER.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/14/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+RadioMessageType FootClass::Receive_Message(RadioClass * from, RadioMessageType message, long & param)
+{
+	switch (message) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Intercept the repair request and if this object is moving, then no repair
+		**	is possible.
+		*/
+		case RADIO_REPAIR:
+			if (Target_Legal(NavCom)) return(RADIO_NEGATIVE);
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	Something bad has happened to the object in contact with. Abort any coordinated
+		**	activity with this object. Basically, ... run away! Run away!
+		*/
+		case RADIO_RUN_AWAY:
+			if (In_Radio_Contact()) {
+				if (NavCom == Contact_With_Whom()->As_Target()) {
+					Assign_Destination(TARGET_NONE);
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	Checks to see if this unit needs to move somewhere. If it is already in motion,
+		**	then it doesn't need furthur movement instructions.
+		*/
+		case RADIO_NEED_TO_MOVE:
+			param = (long)NavCom;
+			if (!Target_Legal(NavCom)) {
+				return(RADIO_ROGER);
+			}
+			return(RADIO_NEGATIVE);
+
+		/*
+		**	Radio request to move to location specified. Typically this is used
+		**	for complex loading and unloading missions.
+		*/
+		case RADIO_MOVE_HERE:
+			if (NavCom != (TARGET)param) {
+				if (::As_Target(Coord_Cell(Coord)) == (TARGET)param) {
+					return(RADIO_YEA_NOW_WHAT);
+				} else {
+					if (Mission == MISSION_GUARD && MissionQueue == MISSION_NONE) {
+						Assign_Mission(MISSION_MOVE);
+					}
+					Assign_Destination((TARGET)param);
+				}
+			}
+			return(RADIO_ROGER);
+
+		/*
+		** Requests if this unit is trying to cooperatively load up. Typically, this occurs
+		**	for passengers and when vehicles need to be repaired.
+		*/
+		case RADIO_TRYING_TO_LOAD:
+			if (Mission == MISSION_ENTER || MissionQueue == MISSION_ENTER) {
+				TechnoClass::Receive_Message(from, message, param);
+				return(RADIO_ROGER);
+			}
+			break;
+	}
+	return(TechnoClass::Receive_Message(from, message, param));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FootClass::Mission_Enter -- Enter (cooperatively) mission handler.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This mission handler will cooperatively coordinate the object to maneuver into the       *
+ *    object it is in radio contact with. This is used by infantry when they wish to load      *
+ *    into an APC as well as by vehicles when they wish to enter a repair facility.            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns the number of game ticks before this routine should be called again.       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/15/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int FootClass::Mission_Enter(void)
+{
+	/*
+	**	If radio contact has not yet been established with the transport, try to
+	**	establish contact now.
+	*/
+	if (!In_Radio_Contact()) {
+		TechnoClass * techno = As_Techno(ArchiveTarget);
+		if (!techno) techno = As_Techno(NavCom);
+		if (techno) {
+
+			/*
+			**	If the transport is already in radio contact, do nothing. Try to
+			**	establish radio contact later.
+			*/
+			if (Transmit_Message(RADIO_HELLO, techno) != RADIO_ROGER) {
+				ArchiveTarget = TARGET_NONE;
+				Enter_Idle_Mode();
+			} else {
+				Assign_Destination(TARGET_NONE);
+			}
+		} else {
+			ArchiveTarget = TARGET_NONE;
+			Enter_Idle_Mode();
+		}
+
+	} else {
+
+		/*
+		**	Since radio contact exists with the transport, maintain a dialogue so that
+		**	the transport can give proper instructions to the passenger.
+		*/
+		if (Transmit_Message(RADIO_DOCKING) != RADIO_ROGER) {
+			Transmit_Message(RADIO_OVER_OUT);
+			Enter_Idle_Mode();
+		}
+	}
+	return(TICKS_PER_SECOND/2);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+z * FootClass::Assign_Destination -- Assigns specified destination to NavCom.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will assign the specified target to the navigation computer. No legality    *
+ *    checks are performed.                                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   target   -- The target value to assign to the navigation computer.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/08/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void FootClass::Assign_Destination(TARGET target)
+{
+	NavCom = target;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FootClass::Detach_All -- Removes this object from the game system.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will remove this object from the game system. This routine is called when   *
+ *    this object is about to be deleted. All other objects should no longer reference this    *
+ *    object in that case.                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/08/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void FootClass::Detach_All(bool all)
+{
+	if (Team) Team->Remove(this);
+	Team = NULL;
+
+	TechnoClass::Detach_All(all);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FootClass::Rescue_Mission -- Calls this unit to the rescue.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called when the house determines that it should attack the specified     *
+ *    target. This routine will determine if it can attack the target specified and if so,     *
+ *    the amount of power it can throw at it. This returned power value is used to allow       *
+ *    intelligent distribution of retaliation.                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   target   -- The target that this object just might be assigned to attack and thus  *
+ *                      how much power it can bring to bear should be returned.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the amount of power that this object can bring to bear against the    *
+ *          potential target specified.                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/08/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int FootClass::Rescue_Mission(TARGET tarcom)
+{
+	/*
+	**	If the target specified is not legal, then it cannot be attacked. Always return
+	**	zero in this case.
+	*/
+	if (!Target_Legal(tarcom)) return(0);
+
+	/*
+	** If the unit is already assigned to destroy the tarcom then we need
+	** to return a negative value which tells the computer to lower the
+	** desired threat rating.
+	*/
+	if (TarCom == tarcom) {
+		return(-Risk());
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** If the unit is currently attacking a target that has a weapon then we
+	** cannot abandon it as it will destroy us if we return to base.
+	*/
+	if (Target_Legal(TarCom)) {
+		TechnoClass * techno = As_Techno(TarCom);
+		if (techno && techno->Techno_Type_Class()->Primary != WEAPON_NONE) {
+			return(0);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** If the unit is in a harvest mission or is currently attacking
+	** something, or is not very effective, then it will be of no help
+	** at all.
+	*/
+	if (Team || Mission == MISSION_HARVEST || !Risk()) {
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Find the distance to the target modified by the range.  If the
+	** the distance is 0, then things are ok.
+	*/
+	int dist = Distance(tarcom) - Weapon_Range(0);
+	int threat = Risk() * 256;
+	int speed = -1;
+	if (dist > 0) {
+
+		/*
+		** Next we need to figure out how fast the unit moves because this
+		** decreases the distance penalty.
+		*/
+		speed = Max((unsigned)Techno_Type_Class()->MaxSpeed, (unsigned)1);
+
+		int ratio = (speed > 0) ? Max(dist / speed, 1) : 1;
+
+		/*
+		** Finally modify the threat by the distance the unit is away.
+		*/
+		threat = Max(threat/ratio, 1);
+	}
+	return(threat);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FootClass::Death_Announcement -- Announces the death of a unit.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called when a unit (infantry, vehicle, or aircraft) is destroyed.        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   source   -- The purpetrator of this death.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/01/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void FootClass::Death_Announcement(TechnoClass const * source) const
+{
+	if (IsDiscoveredByPlayer || IsOwnedByPlayer) {
+		if (!source || source->What_Am_I() != RTTI_INFANTRY || *((InfantryClass const *)source) != INFANTRY_RAMBO) {
+			if (What_Am_I() == RTTI_INFANTRY && ((InfantryTypeClass const &)Class_Of()).IsCivilian && !((InfantryClass *)this)->IsTechnician) {
+				if (Options.IsDeathAnnounce) Speak(VOX_DEAD_CIV);
+			} else {
+				if (House != PlayerPtr && GameToPlay != GAME_NORMAL) {
+					if (Options.IsDeathAnnounce) Speak(VOX_ENEMY_UNIT);
+				} else {
+					if (House == PlayerPtr || Options.IsDeathAnnounce) {
+						if (!Options.IsDeathAnnounce) {
+							Speak(VOX_UNIT_LOST);
+						} else {
+							switch (House->ActLike) {
+								case HOUSE_GOOD:
+									Speak(VOX_DEAD_GDI);
+									break;
+
+								case HOUSE_BAD:
+									Speak(VOX_DEAD_NOD);
+									break;
+
+								default:
+									break;
+							}
+						}
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FootClass::Greatest_Threat -- Fetches the greatest threat to this object.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will return with the greatest threat (best target) for this object. For     *
+ *    movable ground object, they won't automatically return ANY target if this object is      *
+ *    cloaked. Otherwise, cloaking is relatively useless.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   method   -- The request method (bit flags) to use when scanning for a target.      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the best target to attack. If there is no target that qualifies, then *
+ *          TARGET_NONE is returned.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/08/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TARGET FootClass::Greatest_Threat(ThreatType method) const
+{
+	/*
+	**	If this object can cloak, then it won't select a target automatically.
+	*/
+	if (House->IsHuman && IsCloakable && Mission == MISSION_GUARD) {
+		return(TARGET_NONE);
+	}
+
+	if (Techno_Type_Class()->Primary != WEAPON_NONE && BulletTypeClass::As_Reference(Weapons[Techno_Type_Class()->Primary].Fires).IsAntiAircraft) {
+		method = method | THREAT_AIR;
+	}
+	if (Techno_Type_Class()->Secondary != WEAPON_NONE && BulletTypeClass::As_Reference(Weapons[Techno_Type_Class()->Secondary].Fires).IsAntiAircraft) {
+		method = method | THREAT_AIR;
+	}
+
+	return(TechnoClass::Greatest_Threat(method|THREAT_GROUND));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FootClass::Detach -- Detaches a target from tracking systems.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will detach the specified target from the tracking systems of this object.  *
+ *    It will be removed from the navigation computer and any queued mission record.           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   target   -- The target to be removed from this object.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          all      -- Is the unit really about to be eliminated? If this is true then even   *
+ *                      friendly contact (i.e., radio) must be eliminated.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/18/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void FootClass::Detach(TARGET target, bool all)
+{
+	TechnoClass::Detach(target, all);
+
+	if (!SpecialFlag) {
+		if (ArchiveTarget == target) {
+			ArchiveTarget = TARGET_NONE;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (SuspendedNavCom == target) {
+		SuspendedNavCom = TARGET_NONE;
+		SuspendedMission = MISSION_NONE;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If the navigation computer is assigned to the target, then the navigation
+	**	computer must be cleared.
+	*/
+	if (NavCom == target) {
+		NavCom = TARGET_NONE;
+		Path[0] = FACING_NONE;
+		Restore_Mission();
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If targeting the specified object and this unit is obviously heading
+	**	toward the target to get within range, then abort the path.
+	*/
+	if (TarCom == target && House->IsHuman) {
+		Path[0] = FACING_NONE;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FootClass::Offload_Tiberium_Bail -- Fetches the Tiberium to offload per step.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called when a packet/package/bail of Tiberium needs to be offloaded      *
+ *    from the object. This function is overridden for those objects that can contain          *
+ *    Tiberium.                                                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the number of credits offloaded from the object.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   This routine must be called multiple times in order to completely offload the   *
+ *             Tiberium. When this routine return 0, all Tiberium has been offloaded.          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int FootClass::Offload_Tiberium_Bail(void)
+{
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FootClass::Can_Enter_Cell -- Checks to see if the object can enter cell specified.          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine examines the specified cell to see if the object can enter it. This         *
+ *    function is to be overridden for objects that could have the possibility of not being    *
+ *    allowed to enter the cell. Typical objects at the FootClass level always return          *
+ *    MOVE_OK.                                                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   cell     -- The cell to examine.                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          facing   -- The direction that this cell might be entered from.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the move check result type. This will be MOVE_OK if there is not      *
+ *          blockage. There are various other values that represent other blockage types.      *
+ *          The value returned will indicatd the most severe reason why entry into the cell    *
+ *          is blocked.                                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+MoveType FootClass::Can_Enter_Cell(CELL , FacingType) const
+{
+	return MOVE_OK;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FootClass::Can_Demolish -- Checks to see if this object can be sold back.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine determines if it is legal to sell the object back. A foot class object can  *
+ *    only be sold back if it is sitting on a repair bay.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Was the object successfully sold back?                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/13/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool FootClass::Can_Demolish(void) const
+{
+	switch (What_Am_I()) {
+		case RTTI_UNIT:
+		case RTTI_AIRCRAFT:
+			if (In_Radio_Contact() &&
+				Contact_With_Whom()->What_Am_I() == RTTI_BUILDING &&
+				*((BuildingClass *)Contact_With_Whom()) == STRUCT_REPAIR &&
+				Distance(Contact_With_Whom()) < 0x0080) {
+
+				return(true);
+			}
+			break;
+
+		default:
+			break;
+	}
+	return(TechnoClass::Can_Demolish());
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FootClass::Sell_Back -- Causes this object to be sold back.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    When an object is sold back, a certain amount of money is refunded to the owner and then *
+ *    the object is removed from the game system.                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   control  -- The action to perform. The only supported action is "1", which means   *
+ *                      to sell back.                                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/13/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void FootClass::Sell_Back(int control)
+{
+	if (control != 0) {
+		if (House == PlayerPtr) {
+			Sound_Effect(VOC_CASHTURN);
+		}
+		House->Refund_Money(Refund_Amount());
+		Stun();
+		Limbo();
+		delete this;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FootClass::Likely_Coord -- Fetches the coordinate the object will be at shortly.            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine comes in handy when determining where a travelling object will be at        *
+ *    when considering the amount of time it would take for a normal unit to travel one cell.  *
+ *    Using this information, an intelligent "approach target" logic can be employed.          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the coordinate the object is at or soon will be.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/13/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+COORDINATE FootClass::Likely_Coord(void) const
+{
+	if (Head_To_Coord()) {
+		return(Head_To_Coord());
+	}
+	return(Target_Coord());
+}
diff --git a/FOOT.H b/FOOT.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9069df3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/FOOT.H
@@ -0,0 +1,311 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\foot.h_v   2.20   16 Oct 1995 16:47:14   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : FOOT.H                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : April 14, 1994                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : April 14, 1994   [JLB]                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef FOOT_H
+#define FOOT_H
+
+#include	"target.h"
+#include	"type.h"
+#include	"techno.h"
+#include	"ftimer.h"
+
+class UnitClass;
+class BuildingClass;
+
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**	Movable objects are handled by this class definition. Moveable objects
+**	cover everything except buildings.
+*/
+class FootClass :	public TechnoClass
+{
+	public:
+		/*
+		**	If this unit has officially joined the team's group, then this flag is
+		**	true. A newly assigned unit to a team is not considered part of the
+		**	team until it actually reaches the location where the team is. By
+		**	using this flag, it allows a team to continue to intelligently attack
+		**	a target without falling back to regroup the moment a distant member
+		**	joins.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsInitiated:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	When the player gives this object a navigation target AND that target
+		**	does not result in any movement of the unit, then a beep should be
+		**	sounded. This typically occurs when selecting an invalid location for
+		**	movement. This flag is cleared if any movement was able to be performed.
+		**	It never gets set for computer controlled units.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsNewNavCom:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	There are certain cases where a unit should perform a full scan rather than
+		**	the more efficient "ring scan". This situation occurs when a unit first
+		**	appears on the map or when it finishes a multiple cell movement track.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsPlanningToLook:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Certain units have the ability to metamorphize into a building. When this
+		**	operation begins, certain processes must occur. During these operations, this
+		**	flag will be true. This ensures that any necessary special case code gets
+		**	properly executed for this unit.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsDeploying:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	This flag tells the system that the unit is doing a firing animation. This is
+		**	critical to the firing logic.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsFiring:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	This unit could be either rotating its body or rotating its turret. During the
+		**	process of rotation, this flag is set. By examining this flag, unnecessary logic
+		**	can be avoided.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsRotating:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If this object is current driving to a short range destination, this flag is
+		**	true. A short range destination is either the next cell or the end of the
+		**	current "curvy" track. An object that is driving is not allowed to do anything
+		**	else until it reaches its destination. The exception is when infantry wish to
+		**	head to a different destination, they are allowed to start immediately.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsDriving:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If this object is unloading from a hover transport, then this flag will be
+		**	set to true. This handles the unusual case of an object disembarking from the
+		**	hover lander yet not necessarily tethered but still located in an overlapping
+		**	position. This flag will be cleared automatically when the object moves to the
+		**	center of a cell.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsUnloading:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the "throttle setting" of the unit. It is a fractional value with 0 = stop
+		**	and 255 = full speed.
+		*/
+		unsigned char const Speed;
+
+		/*
+		**	For units in area guard mode, this is the recorded home position. The guarding
+		**	unit will try to stay near this location in the course of it's maneuvers. This is
+		**	also used to record a pending transport for those passengers that are waiting for
+		**	the transport to become available. It is also used by harvesters so that they know
+		**	where to head back to after unloading.
+		*/
+		TARGET ArchiveTarget;
+
+		/*
+		**
+		**	This is the desired destination of the unit. The unit will attempt to head
+		**	toward this target (avoiding intervening obstacles).
+		*/
+		TARGET NavCom;
+		TARGET SuspendedNavCom;
+
+		/*
+		**	This points to the team that "owns" this object. This pointer is used to
+		**	quickly process the team when this object is the source of the change. An
+		**	example would be if this object were to be destroyed, it would inform the
+		**	team of this fact by using this pointer.
+		*/
+		TeamClass * Team;
+
+		/*
+		**	If this object is part of a pseudo-team that the player is managing, then
+		**	this will be set to the team number (0 - 9). If it is not part of any
+		**	pseudo-team, then the number will be -1.
+		*/
+		unsigned char Group;
+
+		/*
+		**	This points to the next member in the team that this object is part of. This
+		**	is used to quickly process each team member when the team class is the source
+		**	of the change. An example would be if the team decided that everyone is going
+		**	to move to a new location, it would inform each of the objects by chaining
+		**	through this pointer.
+		*/
+		FootClass * Member;
+
+		/*
+		**	Since all objects derived from this class move according to a path list.
+		**	This is the path list. It specifies, as a simple list of facings, the
+		**	path that the object should follow in order to reach its destination.
+		**	This path list is limited in size, so it might require several generations
+		**	of path lists before the ultimate destination is reached. The game logic
+		**	handles regenerating the path list as necessary.
+		*/
+		FacingType Path[CONQUER_PATH_MAX];
+
+		/*
+		**	When there is a complete findpath failure, this timer is initialized so
+		**	that a findpath won't be calculated until this timer expires.
+		*/
+		TCountDownTimerClass PathDelay;
+		enum {PATH_DELAY=15,PATH_RETRY=10};
+		int TryTryAgain;		// Number of retry attempts remaining.
+
+		/*
+		** If the object has recently attacked a base, then this timer will not
+		** have expired yet.  It is used so a building does not keep calling
+		** for help from the same attacker.
+		*/
+		TCountDownTimerClass BaseAttackTimer;
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		**	Constructors, Destructors, and overloaded operators.
+		*/
+		FootClass(void);
+		virtual ~FootClass(void);
+		FootClass(HousesType house);
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		**	Member function prototypes.
+		*/
+		bool Basic_Path(void);
+
+		virtual RadioMessageType Receive_Message(RadioClass * from, RadioMessageType message, long & param);
+		virtual bool Can_Demolish(void) const;
+
+		/*
+		**	Coordinate inquiry functions. These are used for both display and
+		**	combat purposes.
+		*/
+		virtual COORDINATE Sort_Y(void) const;
+		virtual COORDINATE Likely_Coord(void) const;
+
+		/*
+		**	Driver control support functions. These are used to control cell
+		**	occupation flags and driver instructions.
+		*/
+		COORDINATE Head_To_Coord(void) const {return (HeadToCoord);};
+		virtual bool Start_Driver(COORDINATE &headto);
+		virtual bool Stop_Driver(void);
+		virtual void Assign_Destination(TARGET target);
+
+		/*
+		**	Display and rendering support functionality. Supports imagery and how
+		**	object interacts with the map and thus indirectly controls rendering.
+		*/
+		virtual bool Unlimbo(COORDINATE , DirType dir = DIR_N);
+		virtual bool Limbo(void);
+		virtual bool Mark(MarkType mark);
+
+		/*
+		**	User I/O.
+		*/
+		virtual void Active_Click_With(ActionType action, ObjectClass * object);
+		virtual void Active_Click_With(ActionType action, CELL cell);
+
+		/*
+		**	Combat related.
+		*/
+		virtual void Stun(void);
+		virtual ResultType Take_Damage(int & damage, int distance, WarheadType warhead, TechnoClass * source=0);
+		virtual void Death_Announcement(TechnoClass const * source=0) const;
+
+		/*
+		**	AI.
+		*/
+		virtual void Sell_Back(int control);
+		virtual int Offload_Tiberium_Bail(void);
+		virtual TARGET Greatest_Threat(ThreatType method) const;
+		virtual void Detach(TARGET target, bool all);
+		virtual void Detach_All(bool all=true);
+		virtual void Assign_Mission(MissionType order);
+		virtual int Mission_Enter(void);
+		virtual int Mission_Move(void);
+		virtual int Mission_Capture(void);
+		virtual int Mission_Attack(void);
+		virtual int Mission_Guard(void);
+		virtual int Mission_Hunt(void);
+		virtual int Mission_Timed_Hunt(void);
+		virtual int Mission_Guard_Area(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	Scenario and debug support.
+		*/
+		#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+		virtual void Debug_Dump(MonoClass *mono) const;
+		#endif
+
+		/*
+		**	Movement and animation.
+		*/
+		virtual void Per_Cell_Process(bool center);
+		virtual void Approach_Target(void);
+		virtual void Fixup_Path(PathType *) {};
+		virtual void Set_Speed(int speed);
+		virtual MoveType Can_Enter_Cell(CELL , FacingType =FACING_NONE) const;
+		int Optimize_Moves(PathType *path, MoveType threshhold);
+		virtual void Override_Mission(MissionType mission, TARGET tarcom, TARGET navcom);
+		virtual bool Restore_Mission(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	File I/O.
+		*/
+		virtual void Code_Pointers(void);
+		virtual void Decode_Pointers(void);
+
+		CELL Safety_Point(CELL src, CELL dst, int start, int max);
+		int Rescue_Mission(TARGET tarcom);
+
+	private:
+		int Passable_Cell(CELL cell, FacingType face, int threat, MoveType threshhold);
+		PathType * Find_Path(CELL dest, FacingType *final_moves, int maxlen, MoveType threshhold);
+		void Debug_Draw_Map(char *txt, CELL start, CELL dest, bool pause);
+		void Debug_Draw_Path(PathType *path);
+		bool Follow_Edge(CELL start, CELL target, PathType *path, FacingType search, FacingType olddir, int threat, int threat_stage, int max_cells, MoveType threshhold);
+		bool Register_Cell(PathType *path, CELL cell, FacingType dir, int cost, MoveType threshhold);
+		bool Unravel_Loop(PathType *path, CELL &cell, FacingType &dir, int sx, int sy, int dx, int dy, MoveType threshhold);
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the coordinate that the unit is heading to
+		**	as an immediate destination. This coordinate is never further
+		**	than once cell (or track) from the unit's location. When this coordinate
+		**	is reached, then the next location in the path list becomes the
+		**	next HeadTo coordinate.
+		*/
+		COORDINATE HeadToCoord;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/FTIMER.H b/FTIMER.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..641a457
--- /dev/null
+++ b/FTIMER.H
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\ftimer.h_v   2.14   16 Oct 1995 16:47:28   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               *** 
+ *********************************************************************************************** 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                    File Name : FTIMER.H                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Start Date : 03/16/95                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                  Last Update : March 16, 1995 [JLB]                                         * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* 
+ * Functions:                                                                                  * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef FTIMER_H
+#define FTIMER_H
+
+/*
+**	This timer class is based around an external tick system. As such, it is inherently 
+**	in sync with any connected system (through network or modem) that also keeps the external
+**	tick system in sync. The game frame number is a good sync value.
+*/
+class TCountDownTimerClass {
+	public:
+		// Constructor.  Timers set before low level init has been done will not
+		// be able to be 'Started' or 'on' until timer system is in place.	
+		TCountDownTimerClass(long set=0) {
+			Set(set);
+		};
+
+		// No destructor.
+		~TCountDownTimerClass(void) {}
+
+		operator long(void) const {return Time();};
+
+		// Public functions
+		void Set(long set) {
+			Started = Frame;
+			DelayTime = set;
+		};		// Set count down value.
+
+		void Clear(void) {
+			Started   = -1;
+			DelayTime = 0;
+		};
+		long Get_Start(void) const {
+			return(Started);
+		};
+		long Get_Delay(void) const {
+			return(DelayTime);
+		};
+		bool Active(void) const {
+			return(Started != -1);
+		};
+		int Expired(void) const {return (Time() == 0);};
+		long Time(void) const {
+			long remain = DelayTime - (Frame-Started);
+			if (remain < 0) remain = 0;
+			return(remain);
+		};			// Fetch current count down value.
+
+	protected:
+		long Started;				// Initial frame time start.
+		long DelayTime;			// Ticks remaining before countdown timer expires.
+};
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/FUNCTION.H b/FUNCTION.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9ec6791
--- /dev/null
+++ b/FUNCTION.H
@@ -0,0 +1,926 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\function.h_v   2.21   16 Oct 1995 16:46:44   JOE_BOSTIC  $*/
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : FUNCTION.H                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : May 27, 1994                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : May 27, 1994   [JLB]                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef FUNCTION_H
+#define FUNCTION_H
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+Map (screen) class heirarchy.
+
+ MapeditClass (most derived class) -- scenario editor
+        ³
+   MouseClass -- handles mouse animation and display control
+        ³
+  ScrollClass -- map scroll handler
+        ³
+    HelpClass -- pop-up help text handler
+        ³
+     TabClass -- file folder tab screen mode control dispatcher
+        ³
+ SidebarClass -- displays and controls construction list sidebar
+        ³
+   PowerClass -- display power production/consumption bargraph
+        ³
+   RadarClass -- displays and controls radar map
+        ³
+ DisplayClass -- general tactical map display handler
+        ³
+     MapClass -- general tactical map data handler
+        ³
+ GScreenClass (pure virtual base class) -- generic screen control
+
+                          AbstractClass
+                                  ³
+                                  ³
+                                  ³
+                                  ³
+                            ObjectClass
+                                  ³
+       ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿
+   AnimClass  ³  TemplateClass    ³        ÃÄ FuseClass     ³    TerrainClass
+              ³                   ³        ÃÄ FlyClass      ³
+              ³                   ³  BulletClass            ³
+       OverlayClass        MissionClass               SmudgeClass
+                                  ³
+                             RadioClass
+                                  ³
+                                  ÃÄ CrewClass
+                                  ÃÄ FlasherClass
+                                  ÃÄ StageClass
+                                  ÃÄ CargoClass
+                            TechnoClass
+                                  ³
+         ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿
+     FootClass                                         BuildingClass
+         ³
+         ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿
+    DriveClass  InfantryClass         ÃÄ FlyClass
+         ³                      AircraftClass
+   TurretClass
+         ³
+   TarComClass
+         ³
+     UnitClass
+
+
+                            AbstractTypeClass
+                                    ³
+                              ObjectTypeClass
+                                    ³
+             ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿
+             ³                      ³            ³                 ³
+       TechnoTypeClass              ³            ³                 ³
+             ³                BulletTypeClass    ³                 ³
+             ³                           TemplateTypeClass         ³
+    ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿             TerrainTypeClass
+    ³              ³           ³              ³
+UnitTypeClass      ³   BuildingTypeClass      ³
+                   ³                  InfantryTypeClass
+           AircraftTypeClass
+#endif
+
+/*
+**	The "bool" integral type was defined by the C++ comittee in
+**	November of '94. Until the compiler supports this, use the following
+**	definition.
+*/
+#ifndef TRUE_FALSE_DEFINED
+enum {false=0,true=1};
+typedef int bool;
+#define TRUE_FALSE_DEFINED
+#endif	//TRUE_FALSE_DEFINED
+
+
+#define _WIN32
+#define WIN32 =1	//_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#include <windows.h>
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	If the following define is enabled, then the memory checking code
+**	will be disabled.
+*/
+#define NOMEMCHECK
+
+#include	"watcom.h"
+#define FILE_H
+#define WWMEM_H
+#include "compat.h"
+#include <wwlib32.h>
+#include	"jshell.h"
+
+
+
+// Should be part of WWLIB.H. This is used in JSHELL.CPP.
+typedef struct {
+	unsigned char	SourceColor;
+	unsigned char	DestColor;
+	unsigned char	Fading;
+	unsigned char	reserved;
+} TLucentType;
+
+
+// Don't complain if these headers aren't referenced.
+#include	<string.h>
+#include	<stdlib.h>
+#include	<stdio.h>
+#include	<stddef.h>
+#include	<mem.h>
+#include	<dos.h>
+#include	<direct.h>
+#include	<stdarg.h>
+#include	<ctype.h>
+#include	<assert.h>
+#include	<process.h>
+#include	<new.h>
+
+/*
+**	VQ player specific includes.
+*/
+#include <vqa32\vqaplay.h>
+#include <vqa32\vqafile.h>
+
+extern bool GameActive;
+extern long LParam;
+
+#include	"vector.h"
+#include	"heap.h"
+#include	"ccfile.h"
+#include	"monoc.h"
+#include	"conquer.h"
+//#include	"debug.h"
+#include "special.h"
+#include	"defines.h"
+
+
+/*
+**	Greenleaf specific includes.
+*/
+#include <modem.h>
+#include <fast.h>
+
+
+extern long Frame;
+inline CELL Coord_XCell(COORDINATE coord) {return (CELL)(*(((unsigned char*)&coord)+1));}
+inline CELL Coord_YCell(COORDINATE coord) {return (CELL)(*(((unsigned char*)&coord)+3));}
+//inline CELL Coord_Cell(COORD coord){return (CELL)(((*(((unsigned short *)&coord)+1) & 0xFF00) >> 2) | *(((unsigned char *)&coord)+1));}
+CELL Coord_Cell(COORDINATE coord);
+#pragma aux Coord_Cell parm [eax] \
+	modify [ebx] \
+	value [ax]		= 				\
+	"mov	ebx,eax"					\
+	"shr	eax,010h"				\
+	"xor	al,al"					\
+	"shr	eax,2"					\
+	"or	al,bh"
+
+
+#include  "utracker.h"
+#include	"facing.h"
+#include	"ftimer.h"
+#include	"theme.h"
+#include	"link.h"
+#include	"gadget.h"
+#include	"control.h"
+#include	"toggle.h"
+#include	"checkbox.h"
+#include	"shapebtn.h"
+#include	"textbtn.h"
+#include	"slider.h"
+#include "list.h"
+#include "cheklist.h"
+#include "colrlist.h"
+#include	"edit.h"
+#include	"gauge.h"
+#include	"msgbox.h"
+#include	"dial8.h"
+#include	"txtlabel.h"
+#include	"super.h"
+#include	"house.h"
+#include	"gscreen.h"
+#include	"map.h"
+#include	"display.h"
+#include	"radar.h"
+#include	"power.h"
+#include	"sidebar.h"
+#include	"tab.h"
+#include	"help.h"
+#include	"mouse.h"
+//#include	"mapedit.h"
+#include	"help.h"
+#include	"target.h"
+#include	"theme.h"
+#include	"team.h"				// Team objects.
+#include	"teamtype.h"		// Team type objects.
+#include	"trigger.h"			// Trigger event objects.
+#include	"mapedit.h"			// ???
+#include	"abstract.h"
+#include "object.h"
+#include "mission.h"
+#include	"door.h"
+#include	"bullet.h"			// Bullet objects.
+#include	"terrain.h"			// Terrain objects.
+#include	"anim.h"				// Animation objects.
+#include	"template.h"		// Icon template objects.
+#include	"overlay.h"			// Overlay objects.
+#include	"smudge.h"			// Stains on the terrain objects.
+#include	"aircraft.h"		// Aircraft objects.
+#include	"unit.h"				// Ground unit objects.
+#include	"infantry.h"		// Infantry objects.
+#include	"credits.h"			// Credit counter class.
+#include	"score.h"			// Scoring system class.
+#include	"factory.h"			// Production manager class.
+#include "intro.h"
+#include "ending.h"
+#include	"logic.h"
+#include	"queue.h"
+#include	"event.h"
+#include "base.h"				// defines the AI's pre-built base
+#include "ipxmgr.h"
+#include	"combuf.h"
+#include	"connect.h"
+#include	"connmgr.h"
+#include	"noseqcon.h"
+#include "msglist.h"
+#include	"nullconn.h"
+#include	"nullmgr.h"
+#include "phone.h"
+#include "loaddlg.h"
+#include	"ipxaddr.h"
+/****************************************************************************
+**	This is a "node", used for the lists of available games & players.  The
+**	'Game' structure is used for games; the 'Player' structure for players.
+*/
+typedef struct NodeNameTag {
+	char Name[MPLAYER_NAME_MAX];
+	IPXAddressClass Address;
+	union {
+		struct {
+			int Version;
+			unsigned char IsOpen;
+			unsigned long LastTime;
+		} Game;
+		struct {
+			HousesType House;
+			unsigned char Color;
+		} Player;
+	};
+} NodeNameType;
+
+
+#include	"externs.h"
+
+
+extern int Get_CD_Drive(void);
+extern void Fatal(char const *message, ...);
+
+
+/*
+**	ANIM.CPP
+*/
+void Shorten_Attached_Anims(ObjectClass * obj);
+
+/*
+**	AUDIO.CPP
+*/
+int Sound_Effect(VocType voc, VolType volume, int variation=1, signed short panvalue=0);
+void Speak(VoxType voice);
+void Speak_AI(void);
+void Stop_Speaking(void);
+void Sound_Effect(VocType voc, COORDINATE coord=NULL, int variation=1);
+bool Is_Speaking(void);
+
+/*
+**	COMBAT.CPP
+*/
+int Modify_Damage(int damage, WarheadType warhead, ArmorType armor, int distance);
+void Explosion_Damage(COORDINATE coord, unsigned strength, TechnoClass * source, WarheadType warhead);
+
+/*
+**	CONQUER.CPP
+*/
+void Center_About_Objects(void);
+bool Force_CD_Available(int cd);
+void Handle_View(int view, int action=0);
+void Handle_Team(int team, int action=0);
+TechnoTypeClass const * Fetch_Techno_Type(RTTIType type, int id);
+char const * Fading_Table_Name(char const * base, TheaterType theater);
+void Unselect_All(void);
+void Play_Movie(char const * name, ThemeType theme=THEME_NONE, bool clrscrn=true);
+bool Main_Loop();
+TheaterType Theater_From_Name(char const *name);
+//DirType Rotation_Calc(DirType current, DirType desired, int rate);
+void Main_Game(int argc, char *argv[]);
+long VQ_Call_Back(unsigned char * buffer=NULL, long frame=0);
+void Call_Back(void);
+char const *Language_Name(char const *basename);
+SourceType Source_From_Name(char const *name);
+char const *Name_From_Source(SourceType source);
+FacingType KN_To_Facing(int input);
+void const *Get_Radar_Icon(void const *shapefile, int shapenum, int frames, int zoomfactor);
+void CC_Draw_Shape(void const * shapefile, int shapenum, int x, int y, WindowNumberType window, ShapeFlags_Type flags, void const * fadingdata=0, void const * ghostdata=0);
+void Go_Editor(bool flag);
+long MixFileHandler(VQAHandle *vqa, long action, void *buffer, long nbytes);
+
+char *CC_Get_Shape_Filename(void const *shapeptr );
+void CC_Add_Shape_To_Global(void const *shapeptr, char *filename, char code );
+
+void Bubba_Print(char *format,...);
+
+void Heap_Dump_Check( char *string );
+void Dump_Heap_Pointers( void );
+unsigned long Disk_Space_Available(void);
+
+void Validate_Error(char *name);
+void const * Hires_Retrieve(char *name);
+int Get_Resolution_Factor(void);
+
+
+/*
+** INTERPAL.CPP
+*/
+#define SIZE_OF_PALETTE 256
+extern	"C" unsigned char *InterpolationPalette;
+extern	BOOL	InterpolationPaletteChanged;
+extern	void 	Interpolate_2X_Scale( GraphicBufferClass *source, GraphicViewPortClass *dest ,char const *palette_file_name);
+void Read_Interpolation_Palette (char const *palette_file_name);
+void Write_Interpolation_Palette (char const *palette_file_name);
+void Increase_Palette_Luminance(unsigned char *InterpolationPalette ,	int RedPercentage ,int GreenPercentage ,int BluePercentage ,int cap);
+extern "C"{
+	extern unsigned char PaletteInterpolationTable[SIZE_OF_PALETTE][SIZE_OF_PALETTE];
+	extern unsigned char *InterpolationPalette;
+	void __cdecl Asm_Create_Palette_Interpolation_Table(void);
+}
+
+
+/*
+**	COORD.CPP
+*/
+void  Move_Point(short &x, short &y, register DirType dir, unsigned short distance);
+COORDINATE  Adjacent_Cell(COORDINATE coord, FacingType dir);
+COORDINATE  Coord_Move(COORDINATE start, DirType facing, unsigned short distance);
+COORDINATE  Coord_Scatter(COORDINATE coord, unsigned distance, bool lock=false);
+DirType  Direction(CELL cell1, CELL cell2);
+DirType  Direction(COORDINATE coord1, COORDINATE coord2);
+DirType  Direction256(COORDINATE coord1, COORDINATE coord2);
+DirType  Direction8(COORDINATE coord1, COORDINATE coord2);
+int  Distance(CELL coord1, CELL coord2);
+int  Distance(COORDINATE coord1, COORDINATE coord2);
+short const *  Coord_Spillage_List(COORDINATE coord, int maxsize);
+//void Move_Point(unsigned short &x, unsigned short &y, DirType dir, unsigned short distance);
+
+/*
+**	COORDA.CPP
+*/
+//extern "C" {
+//unsigned Cardinal_To_Fixed(unsigned base, unsigned cardinal);
+//unsigned Fixed_To_Cardinal(unsigned base, unsigned fixed);
+//}
+
+/*
+**	DEBUG.CPP
+*/
+void Log_Event(char const *text, ...);
+void Debug_Key(unsigned input);
+void Self_Regulate(void);
+
+/*
+**	DIALOG.CPP
+*/
+int Format_Window_String(char * string, int maxlinelen, int & width, int & height);
+extern void Dialog_Box(int x, int y, int w, int h);
+void Conquer_Clip_Text_Print(char const *, unsigned x, unsigned y, unsigned fore, unsigned back=(unsigned)TBLACK, TextPrintType flag=TPF_8POINT|TPF_DROPSHADOW, unsigned width=-1, int const * tabs=0);
+void Draw_Box(int x, int y, int w, int h, BoxStyleEnum up, bool filled);
+int __cdecl Dialog_Message(char *errormsg, ...);
+void Window_Box(WindowNumberType window, BoxStyleEnum style);
+void Fancy_Text_Print(char const *text, unsigned x, unsigned y, unsigned fore, unsigned back, TextPrintType flag, ...);
+void Fancy_Text_Print(int text, unsigned x, unsigned y, unsigned fore, unsigned back, TextPrintType flag, ...);
+void Simple_Text_Print(char const *text, unsigned x, unsigned y, unsigned fore, unsigned back, TextPrintType flag);
+
+/*
+**	DISPLAY.CPP
+*/
+
+/*
+**	ENDING.CPP
+*/
+void GDI_Ending(void);
+void Nod_Ending(void);
+
+/*
+**	EXPAND.CPP
+*/
+bool Expansion_Present(void);
+bool Expansion_Dialog(void);
+bool Bonus_Dialog(void);
+
+/*
+**	FINDPATH.CPP
+*/
+//PathType * Find_Path(CELL source, CELL dest, FacingType *final_moves, int maxlen, int (*callback)(CELL, FacingType), int threshhold);
+int Optimize_Moves(PathType *path, int (*callback)(CELL, FacingType), int threshhold);
+
+/*
+**	GOPTIONS.CPP
+*/
+void Draw_Caption(int text, int x, int y, int w);
+
+/*
+**	INI.CPP
+*/
+void Set_Scenario_Name(char *buf, int scenario, ScenarioPlayerType player, ScenarioDirType dir = SCEN_DIR_NONE, ScenarioVarType var = SCEN_VAR_NONE);
+void Write_Scenario_Ini(char *root);
+bool Read_Scenario_Ini(char *root, bool fresh=true);
+int Scan_Place_Object(ObjectClass *obj, CELL cell);
+
+/*
+**	INIT.CPP
+*/
+void Uninit_Game(void);
+long Obfuscate(char const * string);
+void Anim_Init(void);
+bool Init_Game(int argc, char *argv[]);
+bool Select_Game(bool fade = false);
+bool Parse_Command_Line(int argc, char *argv[]);
+void Parse_INI_File(void);
+int Version_Number(void);
+void Save_Recording_Values(void);
+void Load_Recording_Values(void);
+
+/*
+** JSHELL.CPP
+*/
+void * Small_Icon(void const * iconptr, int iconnum);
+void Set_Window(int window, int x, int y, int w, int h);
+void * Load_Alloc_Data(FileClass &file);
+long Load_Uncompress(FileClass &file, BuffType &uncomp_buff, BuffType &dest_buff, void *reserved_data);
+long Translucent_Table_Size(int count);
+void *Build_Translucent_Table(void const *palette, TLucentType const *control, int count, void *buffer);
+void *Conquer_Build_Translucent_Table(void const *palette, TLucentType const *control, int count, void *buffer);
+
+/*
+**	KEYFBUFF.ASM
+*/
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+long __cdecl Buffer_Frame_To_Page(int x, int y, int w, int h, void *Buffer, GraphicViewPortClass &view, int flags, ...);
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+**	KEYFRAME.CPP
+*/
+int Get_Last_Frame_Length(void);
+unsigned long Build_Frame(void const *dataptr, unsigned short framenumber, void *buffptr);
+unsigned short Get_Build_Frame_Count(void const *dataptr);
+unsigned short Get_Build_Frame_X(void const *dataptr);
+unsigned short Get_Build_Frame_Y(void const *dataptr);
+unsigned short Get_Build_Frame_Width(void const *dataptr);
+unsigned short Get_Build_Frame_Height(void const *dataptr);
+bool Get_Build_Frame_Palette(void const *dataptr, void *palette);
+
+/*
+**	MAP.CPP
+*/
+int Terrain_Cost(CELL cell, FacingType facing);
+int Coord_Spillage_Number(COORDINATE coord, int maxsize);
+
+/*
+**	MENUS.CPP
+*/
+void Setup_Menu(int menu, char const *text[], unsigned long field, int index, int skip);
+int Check_Menu(int menu, char const *text[], char *selection, long field, int index);
+int Do_Menu(char const **strings, bool blue);
+extern int UnknownKey;
+int Main_Menu(unsigned long timeout);
+
+/*
+** MPLAYER.CPP
+*/
+GameType Select_MPlayer_Game (void);
+void Read_MultiPlayer_Settings (void);
+void Write_MultiPlayer_Settings (void);
+void Read_Scenario_Descriptions (void);
+void Free_Scenario_Descriptions(void);
+void Computer_Message(void);
+int Surrender_Dialog(void);
+
+/*
+** NETDLG.CPP
+*/
+bool Init_Network (void);
+void Shutdown_Network (void);
+bool Remote_Connect (void);
+void Destroy_Connection(int id, int error);
+bool Process_Global_Packet(GlobalPacketType *packet, IPXAddressClass *address);
+unsigned long Compute_Name_CRC(char *name);
+void Net_Reconnect_Dialog(int reconn, int fresh, int oldest_index, unsigned long timeval);
+
+/*
+** NULLDLG.CPP
+*/
+int Init_Null_Modem( SerialSettingsType *settings );
+void Shutdown_Modem( void );
+void Modem_Signoff( void );
+int Test_Null_Modem( void );
+int Reconnect_Modem( void );
+void Destroy_Null_Connection(int id, int error);
+GameType Select_Serial_Dialog( void );
+int Com_Scenario_Dialog(void);
+int Com_Show_Scenario_Dialog(void);
+
+void Smart_Printf( char *format, ... );
+void Hex_Dump_Data( char *buffer, int length );
+void itoh( int i, char *s);
+
+/*
+**	PROFILE.CPP
+*/
+int WWGetPrivateProfileInt(char const *section, char const *entry, int def, char *profile);
+bool WWWritePrivateProfileInt(char const *section, char const *entry, int value, char *profile);
+bool WWWritePrivateProfileString(char const *section, char const *entry, char const *string, char *profile);
+char * WWGetPrivateProfileString(char const *section, char const *entry, char const *def, char *retbuffer, int retlen, char *profile);
+unsigned WWGetPrivateProfileHex (char const *section, char const *entry, char *profile);
+
+/*
+** QUEUE.CPP
+*/
+bool Queue_Target(TARGET whom, TARGET target);
+bool Queue_Destination(TARGET whom, TARGET target);
+bool Queue_Mission(TARGET whom, MissionType mission);
+bool Queue_Mission(TARGET whom, MissionType mission, TARGET target, TARGET destination);
+bool Queue_Options(void);
+bool Queue_Exit(void);
+void Queue_AI(void);
+void Add_CRC(unsigned long *crc, unsigned long val);
+
+/*
+**	RAND.CPP
+*/
+int Sim_IRandom(int minval, int maxval);
+int Sim_Random(void);
+
+/*
+**	REINF.CPP
+*/
+bool Do_Reinforcements(TeamTypeClass *team);
+bool Create_Special_Reinforcement(HouseClass * house, TechnoTypeClass const * type, TechnoTypeClass const * another, TeamMissionType mission = TMISSION_NONE, int argument =0);
+int Create_Air_Reinforcement(HouseClass *house, AircraftType air, int number, MissionType mission, TARGET tarcom, TARGET navcom);
+
+/*
+**	SAVELOAD.CPP
+*/
+bool Load_Misc_Values(FileClass &file);
+bool Save_Misc_Values(FileClass &file);
+bool Get_Savefile_Info(int id, char *buf, unsigned *scenp, HousesType *housep);
+bool Load_Game(int id);
+bool Read_Object (void *ptr, int base_size, int class_size, FileClass & file, void * vtable);
+bool Save_Game(int id,char *descr);
+bool Write_Object (void *ptr, int class_size, FileClass & file);
+TARGET TechnoType_To_Target(TechnoTypeClass const * ptr);
+TechnoTypeClass const * Target_To_TechnoType(TARGET target);
+void * Get_VTable(void *ptr, int base_size);
+void Code_All_Pointers(void);
+void Decode_All_Pointers(void);
+void Dump(void);
+void Set_VTable(void *ptr, int base_size, void *vtable);
+
+/*
+** SCENARIO.CPP
+*/
+bool End_Game(void);
+bool Read_Scenario(char *root);
+bool Start_Scenario(char *root, bool briefing=true);
+HousesType Select_House(void);
+void Clear_Scenario(void);
+void Do_Briefing(char const * text);
+void Do_Lose(void);
+void Do_Win(void);
+void Do_Restart(void);
+void Fill_In_Data(void);
+bool Restate_Mission(char const * name, int button1, int button2);
+
+/*
+**	SCORE.CPP
+*/
+void Map_Selection(void);
+void Bit_It_In_Scale(int x, int y, int w, int h, GraphicBufferClass *src, GraphicBufferClass *dest, GraphicViewPortClass *seen , int delay=0, int dagger=0);
+void Bit_It_In(int x, int y, int w, int h, GraphicBufferClass *src, GraphicBufferClass *dest, int delay=0, int dagger=0);
+void Call_Back_Delay(int time);
+int Alloc_Object(ScoreAnimClass *obj);
+extern GraphicBufferClass *PseudoSeenBuff;
+
+void Window_Dialog_Box(HANDLE  hinst, LPCTSTR  lpszTemplate, HWND  hwndOwner, DLGPROC  dlgprc);
+
+/*
+**	SPECIAL.CPP
+*/
+void Special_Dialog(void);
+
+/*
+**	SUPPORT.ASM
+*/
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+void __cdecl Remove_From_List(void **list, int *index, void * ptr);
+void * __cdecl Conquer_Build_Fading_Table(void const *palette, void *dest, int color, int frac);
+void __cdecl Fat_Put_Pixel(int x, int y, int color, int size, GraphicViewPortClass &);
+void __cdecl strtrim(char *buffer);
+long __cdecl Get_EAX( void );
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+**	TARCOM.CPP
+*/
+
+/*
+** TARGET.CPP
+*/
+COORDINATE  As_Movement_Coord(TARGET target);
+AircraftClass *  As_Aircraft(TARGET target);
+AnimClass *  As_Animation(TARGET target);
+BuildingClass *  As_Building(TARGET target);
+BulletClass *  As_Bullet(TARGET target);
+CELL  As_Cell(TARGET target);
+COORDINATE  As_Coord(TARGET target);
+InfantryClass *  As_Infantry(TARGET target);
+TeamClass *  As_Team(TARGET target);
+TeamTypeClass *  As_TeamType(TARGET target);
+TechnoClass *  As_Techno(TARGET target);
+//TerrainClass * As_Terrain(TARGET target);
+TriggerClass *  As_Trigger(TARGET target);
+UnitClass *  As_Unit(TARGET target);
+inline bool  Target_Legal(TARGET target) {return(target != TARGET_NONE);};
+ObjectClass *  As_Object(TARGET target);
+
+/*
+** ULOGIC.CPP
+*/
+int Terrain_Cost(CELL cell, FacingType facing);
+
+/*
+**	Inline miscellaneous functions.
+*/
+#define	XYP_COORD(x,y)	(((x)*ICON_LEPTON_W)/CELL_PIXEL_W + ((((y)*ICON_LEPTON_H)/CELL_PIXEL_H)<<16))
+inline FacingType Dir_Facing(DirType facing) {return (FacingType)(((unsigned char)(facing+0x10)&0xFF)>>5);}
+inline DirType Facing_Dir(FacingType facing) {return (DirType)((int)facing << 5);}
+inline int Cell_To_Lepton(int cell) {return cell<<8;}
+inline int Lepton_To_Cell(int lepton) {return ((unsigned)(lepton + 0x0080))>>8;}
+inline CELL XY_Cell(int x, int y) {return ((CELL)(((y)<<6)|(x)));}
+inline COORDINATE XY_Coord(int x, int y) {return ((COORDINATE)MAKE_LONG(y, x));}
+inline int Coord_X(COORDINATE coord) {return (short)(LOW_WORD(coord));}
+inline int Coord_Y(COORDINATE coord) {return (short)(HIGH_WORD(coord));}
+inline int Cell_X(CELL cell) {return (int)(((unsigned)cell) & 0x3F);}
+inline int Cell_Y(CELL cell) {return (int)(((unsigned)cell) >> 6);}
+inline int Dir_Diff(DirType dir1, DirType dir2) {return (int)(*((signed char*)&dir2) - *((signed char*)&dir1));}
+inline CELL Coord_XLepton(COORDINATE coord) {return (CELL)(*((unsigned char*)&coord));}
+inline CELL Coord_YLepton(COORDINATE coord) {return (CELL)(*(((unsigned char*)&coord)+2));}
+//inline COORD CellXY_Coord(unsigned x, unsigned y) {return (COORD)(MAKE_LONG(y<<8, x<<8));}
+inline COORDINATE Coord_Add(COORDINATE coord1, COORDINATE coord2) {return (COORDINATE)MAKE_LONG((*((short*)(&coord1)+1) + *((short*)(&coord2)+1)), (*((short*)(&coord1)) + *((short*)(&coord2))));}
+inline COORDINATE Coord_Sub(COORDINATE coord1, COORDINATE coord2) {return (COORDINATE)MAKE_LONG((*((short*)(&coord1)+1) - *((short*)(&coord2)+1)), (*((short*)(&coord1)) - *((short*)(&coord2))));}
+inline COORDINATE Coord_Snap(COORDINATE coord) {return (COORDINATE)MAKE_LONG((((*(((unsigned short *)&coord)+1))&0xFF00)|0x80), (((*((unsigned short *)&coord))&0xFF00)|0x80));}
+inline COORDINATE Coord_Mid(COORDINATE coord1, COORDINATE coord2) {return (COORDINATE)MAKE_LONG((*((unsigned short *)(&coord1)+1) + *((unsigned short *)(&coord2)+1))>>1, (*((unsigned short *)(&coord1)) + *((unsigned short *)(&coord2)))>>1);}
+inline COORDINATE Cell_Coord(CELL cell) {return (COORDINATE) MAKE_LONG( (((cell & 0x0FC0)<<2)|0x80), ((((cell & 0x003F)<<1)+1)<<7) );}
+inline COORDINATE XYPixel_Coord(int x, int y) {return ((COORDINATE)MAKE_LONG((int)(((long)y*(long)ICON_LEPTON_H)/(long)ICON_PIXEL_H)/*+LEPTON_OFFSET_Y*/, (int)(((long)x*(long)ICON_LEPTON_W)/(long)ICON_PIXEL_W)/*+LEPTON_OFFSET_X*/));}
+//inline int Facing_To_16(int facing) {return Facing16[facing];}
+inline int Facing_To_32(DirType facing) {return Facing32[facing];}
+inline DirType Direction256(COORDINATE coord1, COORDINATE coord2) {return ((DirType)Desired_Facing256(Coord_X(coord1), Coord_Y(coord1), Coord_X(coord2), Coord_Y(coord2)));}
+inline DirType Direction(COORDINATE coord1, COORDINATE coord2) {return ((DirType)Desired_Facing256(Coord_X(coord1), Coord_Y(coord1), Coord_X(coord2), Coord_Y(coord2)));}
+inline DirType Direction8(COORDINATE coord1, COORDINATE coord2) {return ((DirType)Desired_Facing8(Coord_X(coord1), Coord_Y(coord1), Coord_X(coord2), Coord_Y(coord2)));}
+//inline int Direction16(COORDINATE coord1, COORD coord2) {return (Desired_Facing16(Coord_X(coord1), Coord_Y(coord1), Coord_X(coord2), Coord_Y(coord2)));}
+inline DirType Direction(CELL cell1, CELL cell2) {return (DirType)(Desired_Facing8(Cell_X(cell1), Cell_Y(cell1), Cell_X(cell2), Cell_Y(cell2)));}
+inline COORDINATE Adjacent_Cell(COORDINATE coord, FacingType dir) {return (Coord_Snap(Coord_Add(AdjacentCoord[dir & 0x07], coord)));}
+inline COORDINATE Adjacent_Cell(COORDINATE coord, DirType dir) {return Adjacent_Cell(coord, Dir_Facing(dir));}
+inline CELL Adjacent_Cell(CELL cell, FacingType dir) {return (CELL)(cell + AdjacentCell[dir]);}
+inline CELL Adjacent_Cell(CELL cell, DirType dir) {return (CELL)(cell + AdjacentCell[Dir_Facing(dir)]);}
+inline int Lepton_To_Pixel(int lepton) {return ((lepton * ICON_PIXEL_W) + (ICON_LEPTON_W / 2)) / ICON_LEPTON_W;}
+inline int Pixel_To_Lepton(int pixel) {return ((pixel * ICON_LEPTON_W) + (ICON_PIXEL_W / 2)) / ICON_PIXEL_W;}
+//inline FacingType Facing_To_8(DirType facing) {return (FacingType)(((unsigned char)(facing|0x10))>>5);}
+inline COORDINATE XYP_Coord(int x,int y) {return XY_Coord(Pixel_To_Lepton(x), Pixel_To_Lepton(y));};
+inline char const * Text_String(int string) {return(Extract_String(SystemStrings, string));};
+
+
+template<class T> inline T Random_Picky(T a, T b, char *sfile, int line)
+{
+	sfile = sfile;
+	line = line;
+	return (T)IRandom((int)a, (int)b);	//, sfile, line);
+};
+
+#define Random_Pick(low, high) Random_Picky ( (low), (high), __FILE__, __LINE__)
+
+
+template<class T> inline T Sim_Random_Pick(T a, T b)
+{
+	return (T)Sim_IRandom((int)a, (int)b);
+};
+
+
+#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+#define Check_Ptr(ptr,file,line)  \
+{ \
+	if (!ptr) { \
+		Mono_Clear_Screen(); \
+		Mono_Printf("NULL Pointer, Module:%s, line:%d!\n",file,line); \
+		Prog_End(); \
+		exit(EXIT_SUCCESS); \
+	} \
+}
+#else
+#define	Check_Ptr(ptr,file,line)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** These routines are for coding & decoding multiplayer ID's
+*/
+inline PlayerColorType MPlayerID_To_ColorIndex(unsigned short id) {return (PlayerColorType)(id >> 4);}
+inline HousesType MPlayerID_To_HousesType(unsigned short id) {return ((HousesType)(id & 0x000f)); }
+inline unsigned short Build_MPlayerID(int c_idx, HousesType htype) { return ((c_idx << 4) | htype); }
+
+
+
+
+//
+//  True if we are the currently in focus windows app
+//
+extern bool GameInFocus;
+
+extern	int	ScreenWidth;
+extern	int	ScreenHeight;
+extern "C" void ModeX_Blit (GraphicBufferClass *source);
+extern	void Colour_Debug (int call_number);
+
+
+extern	unsigned char 	*InterpolatedPalettes[100];
+extern BOOL				PalettesRead;
+extern unsigned			PaletteCounter;
+
+extern "C"{
+	extern unsigned char PaletteInterpolationTable[SIZE_OF_PALETTE][SIZE_OF_PALETTE];
+	extern unsigned char *InterpolationPalette;
+}
+
+extern void Free_Interpolated_Palettes(void);
+extern int Load_Interpolated_Palettes(char const *filename, BOOL add=FALSE);
+
+
+#define	CELL_BLIT_ONLY	1
+#define	CELL_DRAW_ONLY	2
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Distance -- Determines the lepton distance between two coordinates.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to determine the distance between two coordinates. It uses the      *
+ *    Dragon Strike method of distance determination and thus it is very fast.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   coord1   -- First coordinate.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          coord2   -- Second coordinate.                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns the lepton distance between the two coordinates.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/27/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int Distance_Coord(COORDINATE coord1, COORDINATE coord2);
+#pragma aux Distance_Coord parm [eax] [ebx] \
+	modify [edx ebx] \
+	value [eax]		= 				\
+	"mov	dx,ax"			\
+	"sub	dx,bx"			\
+	"jg	okx"				\
+	"neg	dx"				\
+	"okx:"					\
+	"shr	eax,16"			\
+	"shr	ebx,16"			\
+	"sub	ax,bx"			\
+	"jg	oky"				\
+	"neg	ax"				\
+	"oky:"					\
+	"cmp	ax,dx"			\
+	"jg	ok"				\
+	"xchg	ax,dx"			\
+	"ok:"						\
+	"shr	dx,1"				\
+	"add	ax,dx"
+
+inline int Distance(COORDINATE coord1, COORDINATE coord2)
+{
+#ifdef NEVER
+	int	diff1, diff2;
+
+	diff1 = Coord_Y(coord1) - Coord_Y(coord2);
+	if (diff1 < 0) diff1 = -diff1;
+	diff2 = Coord_X(coord1) - Coord_X(coord2);
+	if (diff2 < 0) diff2 = -diff2;
+	if (diff1 > diff2) {
+		return(diff1 + (diff2>>1));
+	}
+	return(diff2 + (diff1>>1));
+#else
+	return(Distance_Coord(coord1, coord2));
+#endif
+}
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Distance -- Determines the cell distance between two cells.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to determine the distance between the two cells specified. The distance *
+ *    is returned in cells.                                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   cell1, cell2   -- The two cells to determine the distance between.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the distance between the two cells in units of cell size.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/23/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+inline int Distance(CELL coord1, CELL coord2)
+{
+	int	diff1, diff2;
+
+	diff1 = Cell_Y(coord1) - Cell_Y(coord2);
+	if (diff1 < 0) diff1 = -diff1;
+	diff2 = Cell_X(coord1) - Cell_X(coord2);
+	if (diff2 < 0) diff2 = -diff2;
+	if (diff1 > diff2) {
+		return(diff1 + (diff2>>1));
+	}
+	return(diff2 + (diff1>>1));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CellClass::Cell_Number -- Returns the cell ID number for this cell object.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Call this routine if you wish to determine what the cell number ID is for the currrent   *
+ *    cell object. This ID number is the index number into the cell array.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the cell number for this cell object.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+inline CELL CellClass::Cell_Number(void) const
+{
+	return(Map.ID(this));
+}
+#if(0)
+#ifndef NOMEMCHECK
+#define NO_INTERCEPT
+#include	"memcheck.h"
+#endif
+#endif
+
+void WWDOS_Shutdown(void);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/FUNCTION.I b/FUNCTION.I
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..872a43c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/FUNCTION.I
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+;***************************************************************************
+;**   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D    S T U D I O S        **
+;***************************************************************************
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                    File Name : FUNCTION.I                               *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                            *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                   Start Date : November 10, 1993                        *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                  Last Update : November 10, 1993   [JLB]                *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+;* Functions:                                                              *
+;* - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - *
+
+
diff --git a/FUSE.CPP b/FUSE.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5762148
--- /dev/null
+++ b/FUSE.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\fuse.cpv   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:50:46   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : FUSE.CPP                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : April 24, 1994                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : October 17, 1994   [JLB]                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   FuseClass::Arm_Fuse -- Sets up fuse for detonation check.                                 *
+ *   FuseClass::Fuse_Checkup -- Determines if the fuse triggers.                               *
+ *   FuseClass::Fuse_Write -- Writes the fuse data to the save game file.                      *
+ *   FuseClass::Fuse_Read -- Reads the fuse class data from the save game file.                *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FuseClass::FuseClass -- Constructor.                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/27/1995 BRR : Created.  Gosh, what a lotta work.                                       *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+FuseClass::FuseClass(void)
+{
+	Timer = 0;
+	Arming = 0;
+	HeadTo = 0;
+	Proximity = 0;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FuseClass::Arm_Fuse -- Sets up fuse for detonation check.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This starts a fuse. Fuses are proximity detonation variety but                           *
+ *    can be modified to have a minimum time to elapse before detonation                       *
+ *    and a maximum time to exist before detonation. Typically, the                            *
+ *    timing values are used for missiles that have a minimum arming                           *
+ *    distance and a limited amount of fuel.                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   location -- The coordinate where the projectile start. This                        *
+ *                      is needed for proper proximity tracking.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          target   -- The actual impact point. Fuses are based on real                       *
+ *                      word coordinates.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          time     -- The maximum time that the fuse may work before                         *
+ *                      explosion is forced.                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          arming   -- The minimum time that must elapse before the                           *
+ *                      fuse may explode.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   04/24/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void FuseClass::Arm_Fuse(COORDINATE location, COORDINATE target, int timeto, int arming)
+{
+	timeto = MAX(timeto, arming);
+	Timer = MIN(timeto, 0xFF);
+	Arming = MIN(arming, 0xFF);
+	HeadTo = target;
+	Proximity = Distance(location, target);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FuseClass::Fuse_Checkup -- Determines if the fuse triggers.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This will process the fuse and update the internal clocks as well                        *
+ *    as check to see if the fuse should trigger (explode) or not.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   newlocation -- The new location of the fuse. This is needed                        *
+ *                         to determine proximity explosions.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the fuse triggered to explode now?                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   04/24/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool FuseClass::Fuse_Checkup(COORDINATE newlocation)
+{
+	int	proximity;
+
+	/*
+	**	Always decrement the fuse timer.
+	*/
+	if (Timer) Timer--;
+
+	/*
+	**	If the arming countdown has not expired, then do nothing.
+	*/
+	if (Arming) {
+		Arming--;
+	} else {
+
+		/*
+		**	If the timer has run out, then the warhead explodes.
+		*/
+		if (!Timer) return(true);
+
+		proximity = Distance(newlocation, HeadTo);
+		if (proximity < 0x0010) return(true);
+		if (proximity < ICON_LEPTON_W && proximity > Proximity) {
+			return(true);
+		}
+		Proximity = proximity;
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FuseClass::Fuse_Write -- Writes the fuse data to the save game file.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to output the fuse class data to the save game file specified.          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   file  -- The file to output the data to.                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/17/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void FuseClass::Fuse_Write(FileClass & file)
+{
+	file.Write(&Timer, sizeof(Timer));
+	file.Write(&Arming, sizeof(Arming));
+	file.Write(&HeadTo, sizeof(HeadTo));
+	file.Write(&Proximity, sizeof(Proximity));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FuseClass::Fuse_Read -- Reads the fuse class data from the save game file.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to input the fuse class data from the save game file specified.         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   file  -- The file to input the data from.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/17/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void FuseClass::Fuse_Read(FileClass & file)
+{
+	file.Read(&Timer, sizeof(Timer));
+	file.Read(&Arming, sizeof(Arming));
+	file.Read(&HeadTo, sizeof(HeadTo));
+	file.Read(&Proximity, sizeof(Proximity));
+}
+
diff --git a/FUSE.H b/FUSE.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cd48083
--- /dev/null
+++ b/FUSE.H
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\fuse.h_v   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:46:18   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : FUSE.H                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : April 24, 1994                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : April 24, 1994   [JLB]                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef FUSE_H
+#define FUSE_H
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**	The fuse is used by projectiles to determine whether detonation should
+**	occur. This is usually determined by tracking the distance to the
+**	designated target reaches zero or when the timer expires.
+*/
+class FuseClass {
+	public:
+		FuseClass(void);
+		void Arm_Fuse(COORDINATE location, COORDINATE target, int time=0xFF, int arming=0);
+		bool Fuse_Checkup(COORDINATE newlocation);
+		void Fuse_Write(FileClass & file);
+		void Fuse_Read(FileClass & file);
+		COORDINATE Fuse_Target(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	File I/O.
+		*/
+		void Code_Pointers(void);
+		void Decode_Pointers(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	Fuses can detonate if enough time has elapsed. This value counts
+		**	down. When it reaches zero, detonation occurs.
+		*/
+		unsigned char Timer;
+
+	private:
+
+		/*
+		**	Some fuses need a certain amount of time before detonation can
+		**	occur. This counts down and when it reaches zero, normal fuse
+		**	detonation checking can occur.
+		*/
+		unsigned char Arming;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the designated impact point of the projectile. The fuse
+		**	will trip when the closest point to this location has been reached.
+		*/
+		COORDINATE HeadTo;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the running proximity value to the impact point. This value
+		**	will progressively get smaller. Detonation occurs when it reaches
+		**	zero or when it starts to grow larger.
+		*/
+		short Proximity;
+};
+
+inline COORDINATE FuseClass::Fuse_Target(void)
+{
+	return(HeadTo);
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/GADGET.CPP b/GADGET.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5dd5cb6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/GADGET.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,804 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\gadget.cpv   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:49:40   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : GADGET.CPP                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Maria del Mar McCready Legg                                  *
+ *                                Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : 01/03/95                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : July 8, 1995 [JLB]                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   GadgetClass::Action -- Base action for gadget.                                            *
+ *   GadgetClass::Clear_Focus -- Clears the focus if this gadget has it.                       *
+ *   GadgetClass::Delete_List -- Deletes all gadget objects in list.                           *
+ *   GadgetClass::Disable -- Disables the gaget from input processing.                         *
+ *   GadgetClass::Draw_All -- Forces all gadgets in list to be redrawn.                        *
+ *   GadgetClass::Draw_Me -- Gadget redraw action (flag control).                              *
+ *   GadgetClass::Enable -- Enables the gadget.                                                *
+ *   GadgetClass::Extract_Gadget -- Sweeps through the gadget chain to find gadget specified.  *
+ *   GadgetClass::Flag_To_Redraw -- Flags this gadget to be redrawn.                           *
+ *   GadgetClass::GadgetClass -- Constructor for gadget object.                                *
+ *   GadgetClass::GadgetClass -- Default constructor for a gadget class object.                *
+ *   GadgetClass::Get_Next -- Returns a pointer to the next gadget in the chain.               *
+ *   GadgetClass::Get_Prev -- Fetches a pointer to the previous gadget.                        *
+ *   GadgetClass::Has_Focus -- Checks if this object currently has the keyboard focus.         *
+ *   GadgetClass::Remove -- Removes the specified gagdet from the list.                        *
+ *   GadgetClass::Set_Focus -- Sets focus to this gadget.                                      *
+ *   GadgetClass::Sticky_Process -- Handles the sticky flag processing.                        *
+ *   GadgetClass::~GadgetClass -- Destructor for gadget object.                                *
+ *   GadgetClass::Is_List_To_Redraw -- tells if any gadget in the list needs redrawing         *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "function.h"
+#include <filepcx.h>
+#include <io.h>
+
+/*
+**	This records the current gadget the the gadget system is "stuck on". Such a
+**	gadget will be processed to the exclusion of all others until the mouse button
+**	is no longer pressed.
+*/
+GadgetClass * GadgetClass::StuckOn = 0;
+
+/*
+**	This is a copy of a pointer to the last list used by the gadget input system.
+**	If a change of list is detected, then all gadgets are forced to be redrawn.
+*/
+GadgetClass * GadgetClass::LastList = 0;
+
+
+/*
+**	This points to the gadget that is intercepting all keyboard events.
+*/
+GadgetClass * GadgetClass::Focused = 0;
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GadgetClass::GadgetClass -- Constructor for gadget object.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the normal constructor for gadget objects. A gadget object is only concerned     *
+ *    with the region on the screen to considered "its own" as well as the flags that tell     *
+ *    what mouse action should be recognized when the mouse is over this screen area.          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   x,y   -- Coordinates (in pixels) of the upper left hand corner of the region that  *
+ *                   will be "owned" by this gadget.                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          w,h   -- Width and height (in pixels) of this gadget's region.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          flags -- The flags (mouse conditions) that will cause this gadget's action         *
+ *                   function to be called.                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/03/1995 MML : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+GadgetClass::GadgetClass(int x, int y, int w, int h, unsigned flags, int sticky)
+{
+	X = x;
+	Y = y;
+	Width = w;
+	Height = h;
+	Flags = flags;
+	IsToRepaint = false;
+	IsSticky = sticky;
+	IsDisabled = false;
+
+	if (IsSticky) {
+		Flags |= LEFTPRESS|LEFTRELEASE;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GadgetClass::~GadgetClass -- Destructor for gadget object.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the destructor for the gadget object. It will clear the focus from this gadget   *
+ *    if this gadget currently has the focus.                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/08/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+GadgetClass::~GadgetClass(void)
+{
+	if (Has_Focus()) {
+		Clear_Focus();
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * GADGETCLASS::CLICKEDON -- If a mouse click is detected within gadget's  *
+ *      area and the appropriate flag is set, then call Action().          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:      int key, int mousex, int mousey                             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:     true or false                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   none.                                                       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:    01/03/1995 MML : Created.                                   *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int GadgetClass::Clicked_On(KeyNumType & key, unsigned flags, int mousex, int mousey)
+{
+	/*
+	**	Set flags to match only those events that occur AND are being looked for. If
+	**	the result is NULL, then we know that this button should be ignored.
+	*/
+	flags &= Flags;
+
+	/*
+	**	If keyboard input should be processed by this "gadget" and keyboard input is
+	**	detected, then always call the action function. It is up to the action function
+	**	in this case to either ignore the keyboard input or not.
+	**
+	**	For mouse actions, check to see if the mouse is in the region of the button
+	**	before calling the associated action function. This is the typical action for
+	**	buttons.
+	*/
+	if (this == StuckOn ||
+		(flags & KEYBOARD) ||
+		(flags && (unsigned)(mousex - X) < Width  && (unsigned)(mousey - Y) < Height)) {
+
+		return(Action(flags, key));
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GadgetClass::Enable -- Enables the gadget.                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This function enables the gadget. An enabled gadget will be processed for input          *
+ *    purposes.                                                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/15/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void GadgetClass::Enable(void)
+{
+	IsDisabled = false;
+	IsToRepaint = true;
+	Clear_Focus();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GadgetClass::Disable -- Disables the gaget from input processing.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will disable the gadget. A disabled gadget might be rendered, but is        *
+ *    ignored for input processing.                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/15/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void GadgetClass::Disable(void)
+{
+	IsDisabled = true;
+	IsToRepaint = true;
+	Clear_Focus();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GadgetClass::Remove -- Removes the specified gagdet from the list.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine if an individual gadget needs to be removed from the list of gadgets.   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the specified gadget found and removed? A false indicates that the       *
+ *                gadget wasn't in the list.                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/15/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+GadgetClass * GadgetClass::Remove(void)
+{
+	Clear_Focus();
+	return(GadgetClass *)LinkClass::Remove();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GadgetClass::Get_Next -- Returns a pointer to the next gadget in the chain.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This returns with the next gadget's pointer. It is identical to the base Get_Next()      *
+ *    function, but returns a pointer to a GadgetClass object.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the next gadget in the list.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/15/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+GadgetClass * GadgetClass::Get_Next(void) const
+{
+	return(GadgetClass*)LinkClass::Get_Next();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GadgetClass::Get_Prev -- Fetches a pointer to the previous gadget.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will return the previous gadget in the list. It is identical to the base    *
+ *    function Get_Prev, but returns a pointer to a GadgetClass object.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the previous gadget in the list.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/15/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+GadgetClass * GadgetClass::Get_Prev(void) const
+{
+	return(GadgetClass*)LinkClass::Get_Prev();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GadgetClass::Delete_List -- Deletes all gadget objects in list.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This function will delete all gadgets in the list. It is the counterpart to the          *
+ *    Create_One_Of functions.                                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   Any references to these gadget become invalidated by this routine.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/15/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void GadgetClass::Delete_List(void)
+{
+	GadgetClass * g = this;
+
+	/*
+	**	Move to head of the list.
+	*/
+	while (g->Get_Prev()) {
+		g = g->Get_Prev();
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	First delete all the gadgets following the first one. The reason the first one
+	**	is kept around is that sometimes deleting one gadget will result in related gadgets
+	**	in the same list also being deleted. The first gadget will always contain the
+	**	correct gadget pointer.
+	*/
+	while (g) {
+		g->Clear_Focus();
+
+		GadgetClass * temp = g;
+		g = g->Get_Next();
+		delete temp;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GadgetClass::Action -- Base action for gadget.                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This handles the base level action that a gadget performs when a qualifying input event  *
+ *    is detected. This sets the redraw flag and returns true (to stop further processing).    *
+ *    If no qualifying input event was detected, but this routine was called anyway, then      *
+ *    don't perform any action. The call to this routine, in that case, must have been forced  *
+ *    for some other reason.                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   flag  -- The input event bits that qualify for this gadget. A NULL indicates that  *
+ *                   no qualifying event occured.                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Should further gadget list processing be aborted?                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/15/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int GadgetClass::Action(unsigned flags, KeyNumType &)
+{
+	/*
+	**	If any of the event flags are active, then this indicates that something probably
+	**	has changed the gadget. Flag the gadget to be redrawn. Also, make sure that
+	**	any sticky flags are cleared up.
+	*/
+	if (flags) {
+		IsToRepaint = true;
+		Sticky_Process(flags);
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GadgetClass::Draw_Me -- Gadget redraw action (flag control).                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    At this level, there is no actual rendering taking place with the call to Draw_Me, but   *
+ *    the IsToRepaint flag must be cleared. Derived objects will call this routine and if it   *
+ *    returns true, they will perform their custom rendering.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   forced   -- Is this redraw forced by outside circumstances?                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Should the gadget imagery be redrawn?                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/14/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int GadgetClass::Draw_Me(int forced)
+{
+	if (forced || IsToRepaint) {
+		IsToRepaint = false;
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GadgetClass::Draw_All -- Forces all gadgets in list to be redrawn.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this function to cause all gadget in the list to be redrawn regardless of the state  *
+ *    of the IsToRepaint flag.                                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/03/1995 MML : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void GadgetClass::Draw_All(bool forced)
+{
+	GadgetClass *gadget = this;
+
+	while (gadget != NULL) {
+		gadget->Draw_Me(forced);
+		gadget = gadget->Get_Next();
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * GADGETCLASS::PROCESSLIST -- Check list for a mouse click within a gadget*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:      none.                                                       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:     key pressed.                                                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   none.                                                       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:    01/03/1995 MML : Created.                                   *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+KeyNumType GadgetClass::Input(void)
+{
+	int mousex, mousey;
+	KeyNumType key;
+	unsigned flags;
+	int forced = false;
+
+	/*
+	**	Record this list so that a forced redraw only occurs the FIRST time the
+	**	gadget list is passed to this routine.
+	*/
+	if (LastList != this) {
+		LastList = this;
+		forced = true;
+		StuckOn = NULL;
+		Focused = NULL;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Fetch any pending keyboard input.
+	*/
+	key = Keyboard::Check();
+	if (key) {
+		key = Keyboard::Get();
+	}
+
+#ifdef SCENARIO_EDITOR
+
+	if ( key == KN_K ){
+		/*
+		** time to create a screen shot using the PCX code (if it works)
+		*/
+		GraphicBufferClass temp_page(	SeenBuff.Get_Width(),
+												SeenBuff.Get_Height(),
+												NULL,
+												SeenBuff.Get_Width() * SeenBuff.Get_Height());
+		char filename[30];
+
+		SeenBuff.Blit(temp_page);
+		for (int lp = 0; lp < 99; lp ++) {
+			if (lp < 10) {
+				sprintf(filename, "scrsht0%d.pcx", lp);
+			} else {
+				sprintf(filename, "scrsht%d.pcx", lp);
+			}
+			if (access(filename, F_OK) == -1)
+				break;
+		}
+
+		Write_PCX_File(filename, temp_page, (unsigned char *)CurrentPalette);
+		//Map.Place_Random_Crate();
+	}
+
+#endif	//SCENARIO_EDITOR
+
+	/*
+	**	For mouse button clicks, the mouse position is actually held in the MouseQ...
+	**	globals rather than their normal Mouse... globals. This is because we need to
+	**	know the position of the mouse at the exact instant when the click occured
+	**	rather the the mouse position at the time we get around to this function.
+	*/
+	if (((key&0x10FF) == KN_LMOUSE) || ((key&0x10FF) == KN_RMOUSE)) {
+	   mousex = _Kbd->MouseQX;
+	   mousey = _Kbd->MouseQY;
+	} else {
+	   mousex = Get_Mouse_X();
+	   mousey = Get_Mouse_Y();
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Set the mouse button state flags. These will be passed to the individual
+	**	buttons so that they can determine what action to perform (if any).
+	*/
+	flags = 0;
+	if (key) {
+		if (key == KN_LMOUSE) {
+			flags |= LEFTPRESS;
+		}
+		if (key == KN_RMOUSE) {
+			flags |= RIGHTPRESS;
+		}
+		if (key == (KN_LMOUSE | KN_RLSE_BIT)) {
+			flags |= LEFTRELEASE;
+		}
+		if (key == (KN_RMOUSE | KN_RLSE_BIT)) {
+			flags |= RIGHTRELEASE;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If the mouse wasn't responsible for this key code, then it must be from
+	**	the keyboard. Flag this fact.
+	*/
+	if (key && !flags) {
+		flags |= KEYBOARD;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Mouse button up or down action is ignored if there is a keyboard event. This
+	**	allows keyboard events to fall through normally even if the mouse is over a
+	**	gadget that is flagged for LEFTUP or RIGHTUP.
+	*/
+	if (!key) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Check for the mouse being held down. We can't use the normal input system
+		**	for this, so we must examine the actual current state of the mouse
+		**	buttons. As a side note, if we determine that the mouse button isn't being
+		**	held down, then we automatically know that it must be up -- set the flag
+		**	accordingly.
+		*/
+		if (Keyboard::Down(KN_LMOUSE)) {
+			flags |= LEFTHELD;
+		} else {
+			flags |= LEFTUP;
+		}
+		if (Keyboard::Down(KN_RMOUSE)) {
+			flags |= RIGHTHELD;
+		} else {
+			flags |= RIGHTUP;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If "sticky" processing is active, then only process the stuck gadget.
+	*/
+	if (StuckOn) {
+		StuckOn->Draw_Me(false);
+		StuckOn->Clicked_On(key, flags, mousex, mousey);
+		if (StuckOn) {
+			StuckOn->Draw_Me(false);
+		}
+	} else {
+
+		/*
+		**	If there is a gadget that has the keyboard focus, then route all keyboard
+		**	events to it.
+		*/
+		if (Focused && (flags & KEYBOARD)) {
+			Focused->Draw_Me(false);
+			Focused->Clicked_On(key, flags, mousex, mousey);
+			if (Focused) {
+				Focused->Draw_Me(false);
+			}
+		} else {
+
+			/*
+			**	Sweep through all the buttons in the chain and pass the current button state
+			**	and keyboard input data to them. These routines will detect whether they should
+			**	perform some action and return a flag to this effect. They also have the option
+			**	of changing the key value so that an appropriate return value is use for this
+			**	processing routine.
+			*/
+			GadgetClass *next_button = this;
+			while (next_button != NULL) {
+
+				/*
+				**	Maybe redraw the button if it needs to or is being forced to redraw.
+				*/
+				next_button->Draw_Me(forced);
+
+				if (!next_button->IsDisabled) {
+
+					/*
+					**	Process this button. If the button was recognized and action was
+					**	performed, then bail from further processing (speed reasons?).
+					*/
+					if (next_button->Clicked_On(key, flags, mousex, mousey)) {
+
+						/*
+						**	Some buttons will require repainting when they perform some action.
+						**	Do so at this time.
+						*/
+						next_button->Draw_Me(false);
+						break;
+					}
+				}
+
+				next_button = next_button->Get_Next();
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return(key);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GadgetClass::Extract_Gadget -- Sweeps through the gadget chain to find gadget specified.    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This examines the gadget list looking for on that has the same ID as specified. If that  *
+ *    gadget was found, then a pointer to it is returned. Since only ControlClass gadgets      *
+ *    or ones derived from it can have an ID value, we know that the returned pointer is at    *
+ *    least of the ControlClass type.                                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   id -- The ID number to scan for. Zero is not a legal ID number and if passed in,   *
+ *                a NULL will always be returned.                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the ControlClass gadget that has the matching ID number. *
+ *          If no matching gadget was found, then NULL is returned.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   If there happens to be more than one gadget with a matching ID, this routine    *
+ *             will return a pointer to the first one only.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/16/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+ControlClass * GadgetClass::Extract_Gadget(unsigned id)
+{
+	GadgetClass * g = this;
+
+	if (id) {
+		while (g) {
+			if (g->Get_ID() == id) {
+				return((ControlClass *)g);
+			}
+			g = g->Get_Next();
+		}
+	}
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GadgetClass::Flag_To_Redraw -- Flags this gadget to be redrawn.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to flag the gadget to be redrawn. A gadget so flagged will have its     *
+ *    Draw_Me function called at the next available opportunity. Usually, this is the next     *
+ *    time the Input() function is called.                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/16/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void GadgetClass::Flag_To_Redraw(void)
+{
+	IsToRepaint = true;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GadgetClass::Sticky_Process -- Handles the sticky flag processing.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This function examines the event flags and handles any "sticky" processing required.     *
+ *    Sticky processing is when the button is flagged with the "IsSticky" bit and it will      *
+ *    be processed to the exclusion of all other gadgets while the mouse button is held        *
+ *    down.                                                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   flags -- The event flags that triggered the call to this routine.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/16/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void GadgetClass::Sticky_Process(unsigned flags)
+{
+	if (IsSticky && (flags & LEFTPRESS)) {
+		StuckOn = this;
+	}
+	if (StuckOn == this && (flags & LEFTRELEASE)) {
+		StuckOn = 0;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GadgetClass::Set_Focus -- Sets focus to this gadget.                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This will set the focus to this gadget regardless of any current focus setting. If there *
+ *    is another gadget that has focus, it will have its focus cleared before this gadget will *
+ *    get the focus. A focused gadget is one that has all keyboard input routed to it.         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/25/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void GadgetClass::Set_Focus(void)
+{
+	if (Focused) {
+		Focused->Flag_To_Redraw();
+		Focused->Clear_Focus();
+	}
+	Flags |= KEYBOARD;
+	Focused = this;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GadgetClass::Clear_Focus -- Clears the focus if this gadget has it.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this function to clear the focus for the gadget. If the gadget doesn't currently     *
+ *    have focus, then this routine will do nothing. For added functionality, overload this    *
+ *    virtual function so that gadget specific actions may be take when focus is lost.         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/25/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void GadgetClass::Clear_Focus(void)
+{
+	if (Focused == this) {
+		Flags &= ~KEYBOARD;
+		Focused = 0;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GadgetClass::Has_Focus -- Checks if this object currently has the keyboard focus.           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    If this object has the keyboard focus, then this routine will return true. When the      *
+ *    gadget has keyboard focus, all keyboard events get routed to the gadget.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Does this gadget have the keyboard focus?                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/21/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool GadgetClass::Has_Focus(void)
+{
+	return(this == Focused);
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GadgetClass::Is_List_To_Redraw -- tells if any gadget in the list needs redrawing           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This function is mostly for supporting HidPage drawing.  If it returns true, it means       *
+ * the application needs to re-blit the HidPage forward, after calling the list's Input().     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  true = an item needs redrawing, false = no items need redrawing                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   It is assumed 'this' is the head of the list.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/03/1995 MML : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int GadgetClass::Is_List_To_Redraw(void)
+{
+	GadgetClass *gadget = this;
+
+	while (gadget != NULL) {
+		if (gadget->IsToRepaint)
+			return (true);
+		gadget = gadget->Get_Next();
+	}
+	return (false);
+}
+
+
diff --git a/GADGET.H b/GADGET.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f6f650b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/GADGET.H
@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\gadget.h_v   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:46:34   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               *** 
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : GADGET.H                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Maria del Mar McCready Legg                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : January 3, 1995                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : January 3, 1995   [MML]                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *        LinkClass [This is the linked list manager class. It keeps a record                  *
+ *            ³      of the next and previous gadget in the list. It is possible               *
+ *            ³      delete a gadget out of the middle of the list with this                   *
+ *            ³      class.]                                                                   *
+ *            ³                                                                                *
+ *       GadgetClass [The is the basic gadget class. It handles processing of                  *
+ *            ³       input events and dispatching the appropriate functions.                  *
+ *            ³       All gadgets must be derived from this class.]                            *
+ *            ÃÄÄÄÄ¿                                                                           *
+ *            ³    ³                                                                           *
+ *            ³  ListClass [Ths list class functions like a list box does in Windows. It       *
+ *            ³             keeps track of a list of text strings. This list can be            *
+ *            ³             scrolled and an item selected. If the list becomes larger than     *
+ *            ³             can be completely displayed, it will automatically create a        *
+ *            ³             slider (at the right edge) to manage the scrolling.]               *
+ *            ³                                                                                *
+ *      ControlClass [This class adds the concept of giving an ID number to the                *
+ *            ³       gadget. This ID can then be returned from the Input()                    *
+ *            ³       function as if it were a pseudo-keystroke. Additionally,                 *
+ *            ³       the ability to inform another button that this button has                *
+ *            ³       been actioned is allowed. This ability allows one button                 *
+ *            ³       to watch what happens to another button. Example: a list                 *
+ *            ³       box gadget can tell when an attached slider has been                     *
+ *            ³       touched.]                                                                *
+ *    ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄ¿                                                                           *
+ *    ³       ³    ³                                                                           *
+ *    ³       ³  GaugeClass [This class looks similar to Windows slider, but has               *
+ *    ³       ³    ³         a different controlling logic. There is no thumb and              *
+ *    ³       ³    ³         it serves as a simple variable control setting. This              *
+ *    ³       ³    ³         is analagous to a volume slider.]                                 *
+ *    ³       ³    ³                                                                           *
+ *    ³       ³ SliderClass [The slider class is similar to the typical Windows slider. It     *
+ *    ³       ³              has a current setting, a thumb, and a controlable scale. This     *
+ *    ³       ³              is the object created to handle a scrolling list box.]            *
+ *    ³       ³                                                                                *
+ *    ³   EditClass                                                                            *
+ *    ³                                                                                        *
+ *    ³                                                                                        *
+ * ToggleClass [The toggle class is used for buttons that have an image and behave just        *
+ *    ³         like the buttons in Windows do. That is, they have a separate visual for       *
+ *    ³         when they are pressed and raised. They are officially triggered (return        *
+ *    ³         their ID number) when the mouse button is released while over the button.      *
+ *    ³         This class doesn't perform any rendering itself. It merely provides the        *
+ *    ³         logic so that the derived classes will function correctly.]                    *
+ *  ÚÄÁÄÄÄÄ¿                                                                                   *
+ *  ³      ³                                                                                   *
+ *  ³   TextButtonClass [The text button functions like a normal Windows style button, but     *
+ *  ³                    the imagery is based on text that is displayed on the button. A       *
+ *  ³                    typical example would be the "OK" or "Cancel" buttons.]               *
+ *  ³                                                                                          *
+ * ShapeButtonClass [The shape buttons is similar to the TextButton but instead of text        *
+ *                   being used to give the button its imagery, an actual shape is used        *
+ *                   instead. This allows graphic buttons. These are similar to the up/down    *
+ *                   arrows seen in a Windows slider.]                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef GADGET_H
+#define GADGET_H
+
+#include "link.h"
+
+class ControlClass;
+
+class GadgetClass : public LinkClass
+{
+	public:
+		typedef enum FlagEnum {
+			LEFTPRESS    = 0x0001,	// Left mouse button press.
+			LEFTHELD     = 0x0002,	// Left mouse button is being held down.
+			LEFTRELEASE  = 0x0004,	// Left mouse button released.
+			LEFTUP       = 0x0008,	// Left mouse button is being held up.
+			RIGHTPRESS   = 0x0010,	// Right mouse button press.
+			RIGHTHELD    = 0x0020,	// Right mouse button is being held down.
+			RIGHTRELEASE = 0x0040,	// Right mouse button released.
+			RIGHTUP      = 0x0080,	// Right mouse button is being held up.
+			KEYBOARD     = 0x0100,	// Keyboard input processing (maybe).
+		} FlagEnum;
+
+		GadgetClass(int x, int y, int w, int h, unsigned flags, int sticky=false);
+		GadgetClass(void) {};
+		virtual ~GadgetClass(void);
+//		static GadgetClass * Create_One_Of(int x, int y, int w, int h, unsigned flags, int sticky=false);
+
+		/*
+		**	Gadget list management functions.
+		*/
+		virtual KeyNumType Input(void);
+		virtual void Draw_All(bool forced=true);
+		virtual void Delete_List(void);
+		virtual ControlClass * Extract_Gadget(unsigned id);
+		virtual void Flag_List_To_Redraw(void) {LastList = 0;};
+		virtual GadgetClass * Remove(void);
+		virtual GadgetClass * Get_Next(void) const;
+		virtual GadgetClass * Get_Prev(void) const;
+
+		/*
+		**	Manages individual gadget states and actions.
+		*/
+		virtual void Disable(void);
+		virtual void Enable(void);
+		virtual unsigned Get_ID(void) const {return 0;};
+		virtual void Flag_To_Redraw(void);
+		virtual void Peer_To_Peer(unsigned , KeyNumType & , ControlClass & ) {};
+		virtual void Set_Focus(void);
+		virtual void Clear_Focus(void);
+		virtual bool Has_Focus(void);
+		virtual int Is_List_To_Redraw(void);
+		
+		/*
+		**	General render function.
+		*/
+		virtual int Draw_Me(int forced=false);
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the coordinates and dimensions of the gadget region. These are in
+		**	absolute screen pixel coordinates.
+		*/
+		int X;
+		int Y;
+		int Width;
+		int Height;
+
+	protected:
+
+		/*
+		**	Processes the event flags so that if this gadget needs to "stick" or
+		**	"unstick", it will be properly flagged. Call this function if you are
+		**	going to clear the button press flags before calling the base class
+		**	Action() function. Otherwise, calling this function manually, is 
+		**	unnecessary since the base class Action() function already does so.
+		*/
+		virtual void Sticky_Process(unsigned flags);
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the action functio that will be called whenever the flags and mouse
+		**	input indicates. This is the main method by which this button performs a useful
+		**	function.
+		*/
+		virtual int Action(unsigned flags, KeyNumType & key);
+
+		/*
+		**	If there is a sticky button being processed, then this will point to it. A sticky
+		**	button is one that will ONLY be processed while the mouse button is being
+		**	held down.
+		*/
+		static GadgetClass * StuckOn;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is a record of the last list passed to the Input() function. If a list
+		**	different than the last recorded one is detected, then the draw function is
+		**	called for every gadget in the list. This causes all buttons to be redrawn the
+		**	fire time Input() is called without forced a manual call to Draw_All().
+		*/
+		static GadgetClass * LastList;
+
+		/*
+		**	This points to the gadget that has the keyboard focus. All keyboard only
+		**	events are fed to this gadget to the exclusion of all others.
+		*/
+		static GadgetClass * Focused;
+
+		/*
+		**	This button should call the Draw_Me function because some graphic element needs
+		**	to be redrawn. This flag is set by default if the Action function is called.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsToRepaint:1;
+
+	public:		// HACK HACK HACK.. this is here becuase the sidebar buttons are static.
+		/*
+		**	A sticky button is one that is processed to the exclusion of all other buttons
+		**	IF the mouse was pressed down while over this button and the mouse continues
+		**	to remain pressed. This is the standard behavior for all normal Windows style
+		**	buttons.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsSticky:1;
+
+	protected:
+
+		/*
+		**	If the button is disabled, then it won't be processed by the input function. It will
+		**	have its Draw_Me function called as necessary. In order to not display the button
+		**	at all, the appropriate draw function should perform no action -- just return. Or,
+		**	just remove the button from the list.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsDisabled:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	These are the action flags that are used to determine when the action function 
+		**	should be called. Example: If this gadget only wants the action button called when
+		**	the left mouse button is pressed over the its region, then the flag will be set
+		**	to LEFTPRESS.
+		*/
+		unsigned Flags;
+
+	private:
+		virtual int Clicked_On(KeyNumType & key, unsigned flags, int x, int y);
+};
+
+inline GadgetClass::FlagEnum operator |(GadgetClass::FlagEnum, GadgetClass::FlagEnum);
+inline GadgetClass::FlagEnum operator &(GadgetClass::FlagEnum, GadgetClass::FlagEnum);
+inline GadgetClass::FlagEnum operator ~(GadgetClass::FlagEnum);
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/GAMEDLG.CPP b/GAMEDLG.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4924b3c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/GAMEDLG.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,422 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\gamedlg.cpv   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:52:02   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : GAMEDLG.CPP                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Maria del Mar McCready Legg, Joe L. Bostic                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : Jan 8, 1995                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : Jan 18, 1995   [MML]                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   OptionsClass::Process -- Handles all the options graphic interface.                       *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+#include	"gamedlg.h"
+#include "sounddlg.h"
+#include "visudlg.h"
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * OptionsClass::Process -- Handles all the options graphic interface.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is the main control for the visual representation of the options            *
+ *    screen. It handles the visual overlay and the player input.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/31/1994 MML : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void GameControlsClass::Process(void)
+{
+	int factor = (SeenBuff.Get_Width() == 320) ? 1 : 2;
+
+	/*
+	**	Dialog & button dimensions
+	*/
+	int	d_dialog_w	= 232 * factor;								// dialog width
+	int	d_dialog_h	= 141 * factor;								// dialog height
+	int	d_dialog_x	= ((SeenBuff.Get_Width()- d_dialog_w) / 2);				// dialog x-coord
+	int	d_dialog_y	= ((SeenBuff.Get_Height() - d_dialog_h) / 2);				// centered y-coord
+	int	d_dialog_cx = d_dialog_x + (d_dialog_w / 2);		// center x-coord
+	int	d_top_margin= 30 * factor;
+
+	int	d_txt6_h		= 7 * factor;									// ht of 6-pt text
+	int	d_margin1	= 5 * factor;									// large margin
+	int	d_margin2	= 2 * factor;									// small margin
+
+	int	d_speed_w	= d_dialog_w - (20 * factor);
+	int	d_speed_h	= 6 * factor;
+	int	d_speed_x	= d_dialog_x + (10 * factor);
+	int	d_speed_y	= d_dialog_y + d_top_margin + d_margin1 + d_txt6_h;
+
+	int	d_scroll_w	= d_dialog_w - (20 * factor);
+	int	d_scroll_h	= 6 * factor;
+	int	d_scroll_x	= d_dialog_x + (10 * factor);
+	int	d_scroll_y	= d_speed_y + d_speed_h + d_txt6_h + (d_margin1 * 2) + d_txt6_h;
+
+	int	d_visual_w 	= d_dialog_w - (40 * factor);
+	int	d_visual_h 	= 9 * factor;
+	int	d_visual_x 	= d_dialog_x + (20 * factor);
+	int	d_visual_y 	= d_scroll_y + d_scroll_h + d_txt6_h + (d_margin1 * 2);
+
+	int	d_sound_w 	= d_dialog_w - (40 * factor);
+	int	d_sound_h 	= 9 * factor;
+	int	d_sound_x 	= d_dialog_x + (20 * factor);
+	int	d_sound_y 	= d_visual_y + d_visual_h + d_margin1;
+
+	int	d_ok_w 		= 20 * factor;
+	int	d_ok_h 		= 9 * factor;
+	int	d_ok_x 		= d_dialog_cx - (d_ok_w / 2);
+	int	d_ok_y 		= d_dialog_y + d_dialog_h - d_ok_h - d_margin1;
+
+	/*
+	**	Button Enumerations
+	*/
+	enum {
+		BUTTON_SPEED = 100,
+		BUTTON_SCROLLRATE,
+		BUTTON_VISUAL,
+		BUTTON_SOUND,
+		BUTTON_OK,
+		BUTTON_COUNT,
+		BUTTON_FIRST = BUTTON_SPEED,
+	};
+
+	/*
+	**	Dialog variables
+	*/
+	KeyNumType input;
+
+	int gamespeed = Options.GameSpeed;
+	int scrollrate = Options.ScrollRate;
+	int selection;
+	bool pressed = false;
+	int curbutton = 0;
+	TextButtonClass *buttons[BUTTON_COUNT - BUTTON_FIRST];
+	TextPrintType style;
+
+	/*
+	**	Buttons
+	*/
+	GadgetClass *commands;										// button list
+
+	SliderClass gspeed_btn(BUTTON_SPEED, d_speed_x, d_speed_y, d_speed_w, d_speed_h);
+
+	SliderClass scrate_btn(BUTTON_SCROLLRATE, d_scroll_x, d_scroll_y, d_scroll_w, d_scroll_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass visual_btn(BUTTON_VISUAL, TXT_VISUAL_CONTROLS,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_visual_x, d_visual_y, d_visual_w, d_visual_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass sound_btn(BUTTON_SOUND, TXT_SOUND_CONTROLS,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_sound_x, d_sound_y, d_sound_w, d_sound_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass okbtn(BUTTON_OK, TXT_OPTIONS_MENU,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_ok_x, d_ok_y);
+	okbtn.X = (SeenBuff.Get_Width()-okbtn.Width)/2;
+
+	/*
+	**	Various Inits.
+	*/
+	Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+
+	/*
+	**	Build button list
+	*/
+	commands = &okbtn;
+	gspeed_btn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	scrate_btn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	visual_btn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	sound_btn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+
+	/*
+	**	Init button states
+	**	For sliders, the thumb ranges from 0 - (maxval-1), so to convert the
+	**	thumb value to a real-world value:
+	**		val = (MAX - slider.Get_Value()) - 1;
+	**	and,
+	**		slider.Set_Value(-(val + 1 - MAX));
+	*/
+	gspeed_btn.Set_Maximum(OptionsClass::MAX_SPEED_SETTING);	// varies from 0 - 7
+	gspeed_btn.Set_Thumb_Size(1);
+	gspeed_btn.Set_Value((OptionsClass::MAX_SPEED_SETTING-1) - gamespeed);
+
+	scrate_btn.Set_Maximum(OptionsClass::MAX_SCROLL_SETTING);	// varies from 0 - 7
+	scrate_btn.Set_Thumb_Size(1);
+	scrate_btn.Set_Value((OptionsClass::MAX_SCROLL_SETTING-1) - scrollrate);
+
+	/*
+	**	Fill array of button ptrs.
+	*/
+	buttons[0] = NULL;
+	buttons[1] = NULL;
+	buttons[2] = &visual_btn;
+	buttons[3] = &sound_btn;
+	buttons[4] = &okbtn;
+
+	/*
+	**	Processing loop.
+	*/
+	bool process = true;
+	bool display = true;
+	bool refresh = true;
+	while (process) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Invoke game callback.
+		*/
+		if (GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL) {
+			Call_Back();
+		} else {
+			if (Main_Loop()) {
+				process = false;
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+		** we need to redraw.
+		*/
+		if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+			AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+			display=TRUE;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Refresh display if needed.
+		*/
+		if (display) {
+			Hide_Mouse();
+			Dialog_Box(d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w, d_dialog_h);
+			Draw_Caption(TXT_GAME_CONTROLS, d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w);
+			Show_Mouse();
+			display = false;
+			refresh = true;
+		}
+
+		if (refresh) {
+			Hide_Mouse();
+
+			/*
+			**	Label the game speed slider
+			*/
+			style = TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_NOSHADOW | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL;
+			if (curbutton == (BUTTON_SPEED - BUTTON_FIRST)) {
+				style = (TextPrintType)(style | TPF_BRIGHT_COLOR);
+			}
+			Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_SPEED, d_speed_x, d_speed_y - d_txt6_h, CC_GREEN, TBLACK, style);
+
+			Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_SLOWER, d_speed_x, d_speed_y + d_speed_h + 1, CC_GREEN, TBLACK, TPF_6PT_GRAD|TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL|TPF_NOSHADOW);
+			Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_FASTER, d_speed_x + d_speed_w, d_speed_y + d_speed_h + 1, CC_GREEN, TBLACK, TPF_6PT_GRAD|TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL|TPF_NOSHADOW|TPF_RIGHT);
+
+			/*
+			**	Label the scroll rate slider
+			*/
+			style = TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_NOSHADOW | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL;
+			if (curbutton == (BUTTON_SCROLLRATE - BUTTON_FIRST)) {
+				style = (TextPrintType)(style | TPF_BRIGHT_COLOR);
+			}
+			Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_SCROLLRATE, d_scroll_x, d_scroll_y - d_txt6_h, CC_GREEN, TBLACK, style);
+
+			Fancy_Text_Print (TXT_SLOWER, d_scroll_x, d_scroll_y + d_scroll_h + 1, CC_GREEN, TBLACK, TPF_6PT_GRAD|TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL|TPF_NOSHADOW);
+			Fancy_Text_Print (TXT_FASTER, d_scroll_x + d_scroll_w, d_scroll_y + d_scroll_h + 1, CC_GREEN, TBLACK, TPF_6PT_GRAD|TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL|TPF_NOSHADOW|TPF_RIGHT);
+
+			commands->Draw_All();
+
+			Show_Mouse();
+			refresh = false;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Get user input.
+		*/
+		input = commands->Input();
+
+		/*
+		**	Process input.
+		*/
+		switch (input) {
+			case (BUTTON_SPEED | KN_BUTTON):
+				curbutton = (BUTTON_SPEED - BUTTON_FIRST);
+				refresh = true;
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_SCROLLRATE | KN_BUTTON):
+				curbutton = (BUTTON_SCROLLRATE - BUTTON_FIRST);
+				refresh = true;
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_VISUAL | KN_BUTTON):
+				selection = BUTTON_VISUAL;
+				pressed = true;
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_SOUND | KN_BUTTON):
+				selection = BUTTON_SOUND;
+				pressed = true;
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_OK | KN_BUTTON):
+				selection = BUTTON_OK;
+				pressed = true;
+				break;
+
+			case (KN_ESC):
+				process = false;
+				break;
+
+			case (KN_LEFT):
+				if (curbutton == (BUTTON_SPEED - BUTTON_FIRST) ) {
+					gspeed_btn.Bump(1);
+				} else
+					if (curbutton == (BUTTON_SCROLLRATE - BUTTON_FIRST) ) {
+						scrate_btn.Bump(1);
+					}
+				break;
+
+			case (KN_RIGHT):
+				if (curbutton == (BUTTON_SPEED - BUTTON_FIRST) ) {
+					gspeed_btn.Bump(0);
+				} else
+					if (curbutton == (BUTTON_SCROLLRATE - BUTTON_FIRST) ) {
+						scrate_btn.Bump(0);
+					}
+				break;
+
+			case (KN_UP):
+				if (buttons[curbutton]) {
+					buttons[curbutton]->Turn_Off();
+					buttons[curbutton]->Flag_To_Redraw();
+				}
+
+				curbutton--;
+				if (curbutton < 0) {
+					curbutton = (BUTTON_COUNT - BUTTON_FIRST - 1);
+				}
+
+				if (buttons[curbutton]) {
+					buttons[curbutton]->Turn_On();
+					buttons[curbutton]->Flag_To_Redraw();
+				}
+				refresh = true;
+				break;
+
+			case (KN_DOWN):
+				if (buttons[curbutton]) {
+					buttons[curbutton]->Turn_Off();
+					buttons[curbutton]->Flag_To_Redraw();
+				}
+
+				curbutton++;
+				if (curbutton > (BUTTON_COUNT - BUTTON_FIRST - 1) ) {
+					curbutton = 0;
+				}
+
+				if (buttons[curbutton]) {
+					buttons[curbutton]->Turn_On();
+					buttons[curbutton]->Flag_To_Redraw();
+				}
+				refresh = true;
+				break;
+
+			case (KN_RETURN):
+				selection = curbutton + BUTTON_FIRST;
+				pressed = true;
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				break;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Perform some action. Either to exit the dialog or bring up another.
+		*/
+		if (pressed) {
+
+			/*
+			**	Record the new options slider settings.
+			** The GameSpeed data member MUST NOT BE SET HERE!!!  It will cause multiplayer
+			** games to go out of sync.  It's set by virtue of the event being executed.
+			*/
+			if (gamespeed != ((OptionsClass::MAX_SPEED_SETTING-1) - gspeed_btn.Get_Value()) ) {
+				gamespeed = (OptionsClass::MAX_SPEED_SETTING-1) - gspeed_btn.Get_Value();
+				OutList.Add(EventClass(EventClass::GAMESPEED, gamespeed));
+			}
+
+			if (scrollrate != ((OptionsClass::MAX_SCROLL_SETTING-1) - scrate_btn.Get_Value()) ) {
+				scrollrate = (OptionsClass::MAX_SCROLL_SETTING-1) - scrate_btn.Get_Value();
+				Options.ScrollRate = scrollrate;
+			}
+			process = false;
+
+			/*
+			** Save the settings in such a way that the GameSpeed is only set during
+			** the save process; restore it when we're done, so multiplayer games don't
+			** go out of sync.
+			*/
+			int old = Options.GameSpeed;		// save orig value
+			Options.GameSpeed = gamespeed;
+			Options.Save_Settings();			// save new value
+			Options.GameSpeed = old;			// restore old value
+
+			/*
+			**	Possibly launch into another dialog if so directed.
+			*/
+			switch (selection) {
+				case (BUTTON_VISUAL):
+					VisualControlsClass().Process();
+					process = true;
+					display = true;
+					refresh = true;
+					break;
+
+				case (BUTTON_SOUND):
+					if (!SoundType) {
+						CCMessageBox().Process(Text_String(TXT_NO_SOUND_CARD));
+						process = true;
+						display = true;
+						refresh = true;
+					} else {
+						SoundControlsClass().Process();
+					}
+					break;
+
+				case (BUTTON_OK):
+					break;
+			}
+
+			pressed = false;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
diff --git a/GAMEDLG.H b/GAMEDLG.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e166eb0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/GAMEDLG.H
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\gamedlg.h_v   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:45:22   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               *** 
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : GAMEDLG.H                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Maria del Mar McCready Legg, Joe L. Bostic                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : Jan 8, 1995                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : Jan 18, 1995   [MML]                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef GAMEDLG_H
+#define GAMEDLG_H
+
+#include "gadget.h"
+
+class GameControlsClass 
+{
+	public:
+		GameControlsClass(void) {};
+		void Process(void);
+};
+
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/GAUGE.CPP b/GAUGE.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d323cd0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/GAUGE.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,539 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\gauge.cpv   2.19   16 Oct 1995 16:50:56   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : GAUGE.CPP                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic, Maria del Mar McCready Legg                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : 01/15/95                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : January 16, 1995 [JLB]                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   GaugeClass::Action -- Handles input events for the gauge.                                 *
+ *   GaugeClass::Draw_Me -- Draws the body of the gauge.                                       *
+ *   GaugeClass::Value_To_Pixel -- Convert gauge value to pixel offset.                        *
+ *   GaugeClass::Pixel_To_Value -- Convert a pixel offset into a gauge value.                  *
+ *   GaugeClass::Set_Value -- Set the value of the gauge.                                      *
+ *   GaugeClass::Set_Maximum -- Sets the maximum value for the gauge.                          *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * GAUGECLASS::GAUGECLASS -- class constructor                             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:    id                     -- button ID                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *             x,y                     -- upper-left corner, in pixels     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *             w,h                     -- width, height, in pixels         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:   none.                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS: none.                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:  01/05/1995 MML : Created.                                     *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+GaugeClass::GaugeClass(unsigned id, int x, int y, int w, int h)
+	: ControlClass(id, x, y, w, h, LEFTHELD|LEFTPRESS|LEFTRELEASE, true)
+{
+	Set_Maximum(255);
+	Set_Value(0);
+
+	HasThumb = true;
+	IsHorizontal = (w > h);
+	IsColorized = true;
+
+	ClickDiff = 0;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GaugeClass::Set_Maximum -- Sets the maximum value for the gauge.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will set the maximum value for the gauge. This is the largest value that    *
+ *    the current setting may reach. The ability to change this allows the guage to use and    *
+ *    return values that are convenient for the programmer's current needs.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   value -- The value to use as the gauge maximum.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the gauge maximum changed? A false indicates that the specified value    *
+ *                already matches the current maximum.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/16/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int GaugeClass::Set_Maximum(int value)
+{
+	if (value != MaxValue) {
+	   MaxValue = value;
+		Flag_To_Redraw();
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GaugeClass::Set_Value -- Set the value of the gauge.                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will set the current value for the gauge. This value is clipped to the      *
+ *    limits of the gauge maximum.                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   value -- The value to set at the new current value.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the current setting changed? A false indicates that the setting          *
+ *                specified is the same as what was already there.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/16/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int GaugeClass::Set_Value(int value)
+{
+	value = Bound(value, 0, MaxValue);
+//	value = MIN(value, MaxValue);
+//	value = MAX(value, 0);
+	if (value != CurValue) {
+		CurValue = value;
+		Flag_To_Redraw();
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GaugeClass::Pixel_To_Value -- Convert a pixel offset into a gauge value.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to conver the specified pixel offset into a gauge value. This is used   *
+ *    in translating mouse clicks into a cooresponding setting for the guage.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   pixel -- The pixel offset form the start of the gauge.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the setting value in guage coordinates.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/16/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int GaugeClass::Pixel_To_Value(int pixel)
+{
+	int maximum;
+
+	if (IsHorizontal) {
+		pixel -= X+1;
+		maximum = Width;
+	} else {
+		pixel -= Y+1;
+		maximum = Height;
+	}
+	maximum -= 2;
+	pixel = Bound(pixel, 0, maximum);
+//	pixel = MIN(pixel, maximum);
+//	pixel = MAX(pixel, 0);
+	return(Fixed_To_Cardinal(MaxValue, Cardinal_To_Fixed(maximum, pixel)));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GaugeClass::Value_To_Pixel -- Convert gauge value to pixel offset.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to convert the specified gauge value into a pixel offset from the       *
+ *    star of the gauge. This is used for thumb positioning.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   value -- The value to convert to a pixel offset.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the pixel offset of the specified value from the start of the         *
+ *          guage.                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/16/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int GaugeClass::Value_To_Pixel(int value)
+{
+	int maximum;
+	int start;
+	if (IsHorizontal) {
+		maximum = Width;
+		start = X;
+	} else {
+		maximum = Height;
+		start = Y;
+	}
+	maximum -= 2;
+	return(start + Fixed_To_Cardinal(maximum, Cardinal_To_Fixed(MaxValue, value)));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GaugeClass::Draw_Me -- Draws the body of the gauge.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will draw the body of the gauge if necessary.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:      forced   -- Should the gauge be redrawn regardless of the current redraw flag?  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:     bool; Was the gauge redrawn?                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:    01/16/1995 JLB : Created.                                                       *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int GaugeClass::Draw_Me(int forced)
+{
+	if (ControlClass::Draw_Me(forced)) {
+
+		/*
+		===================== Hide the mouse =====================
+		*/
+		if (LogicPage == &SeenBuff) {
+			Conditional_Hide_Mouse(X, Y, X+Width, Y+Height);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		=========== Draw the body & set text color ===============
+		*/
+		Draw_Box (X, Y, Width, Height, BOXSTYLE_GREEN_DOWN, true);
+
+		/*
+		**	Colorize the inside of the gauge if indicated.
+		*/
+		if (IsColorized) {
+			int middle = Value_To_Pixel(CurValue);
+			int color = CC_BRIGHT_GREEN;
+			if (IsHorizontal) {
+				if (middle >= (X + 1))
+					LogicPage->Fill_Rect(X+1, Y+1, middle, Y+Height-2, color);
+			} else {
+				if (middle >= (Y + 1))
+					LogicPage->Fill_Rect(X+1, Y+1, X+Width-2, middle, color);
+			}
+		}
+
+		if (HasThumb)
+			Draw_Thumb();
+
+		/*
+		=================== Display the mouse ===================
+		*/
+		if (LogicPage == &SeenBuff) {
+			Conditional_Show_Mouse();
+		}
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GaugeClass::Action -- Handles input events for the gauge.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will handle input event processing for the gauge. It will adjust the        *
+ *    current setting of the gauge according to the mouse position.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   flags -- The input event that is the reason for this function call.                *
+ *          key   -- The key code that caused the event.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the even recognized, processed, and no further gadget scanning is        *
+ *                desird (for this pass).                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/16/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int GaugeClass::Action(unsigned flags, KeyNumType &key)
+{
+	/*
+	** If there's no thumb on this gauge, it's a display-only device; ignore
+	** any input.
+	*/
+	if (!HasThumb) {
+		key = KN_NONE;
+		return(true);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	We might end up clearing the event bits. Make sure that the sticky
+	**	process is properly updated anyway.
+	*/
+	Sticky_Process(flags);
+
+	/*
+	**	If the thumb is currently being "dragged around", then update the slider
+	**	position according to the mouse position. In all other cases, ignore the
+	**	button being held down.
+	*/
+	if ((flags & LEFTPRESS) || ((flags & LEFTHELD) && StuckOn == this)) {
+
+		/*
+		** Compute the difference between where we clicked, and the edge of
+		** the thumb (only if we clicked on the thumb.)
+		*/
+		if (flags & LEFTPRESS) {
+			int curpix = Value_To_Pixel(CurValue);
+			int clickpix = (IsHorizontal ? Get_Mouse_X() : Get_Mouse_Y());
+
+			if ( (clickpix > curpix) && (clickpix - curpix) < Thumb_Pixels()) {
+				ClickDiff = (clickpix - curpix);
+			} else {
+				ClickDiff = 0;
+			}
+
+			int testval = Pixel_To_Value(IsHorizontal ?
+				Get_Mouse_X() - ClickDiff : Get_Mouse_Y() - ClickDiff);
+
+			/*
+			** Correct for round-down errors in Pixel_To_Value() and
+			** Value_To_Pixe(); make ClickDiff exactly right so that
+			** at this point, Get_Mouse_n() - ClickDiff converts to
+			** CurValue.
+			*/
+			while (testval < CurValue && ClickDiff > 0) {
+				ClickDiff--;
+				testval = Pixel_To_Value(IsHorizontal ?
+				Get_Mouse_X() - ClickDiff : Get_Mouse_Y() - ClickDiff);
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	If no change occurred in the gauge, just call Control's Action routine,
+		** but turn off the flags so it won't fill in 'key' with the button ID.
+		** Thus, no button ID will be returned by Input.
+		*/
+		if (!Set_Value(Pixel_To_Value(IsHorizontal ?
+			Get_Mouse_X() - ClickDiff : Get_Mouse_Y() - ClickDiff))) {
+
+			flags &= ~(LEFTHELD|LEFTRELEASE|LEFTPRESS);
+			ControlClass::Action(0,key);
+			key = KN_NONE;
+			return(true);
+		}
+
+	} else {
+
+		/*
+		**	Ingore the left mouse button being held down if this gauge is not
+		**	currently in "sticky" mode. This allows processing of the LEFTPRESS
+		**	by any derived classes such that this guage can be more closely
+		**	controlled.
+		*/
+		flags &= ~LEFTHELD;
+	}
+	return(ControlClass::Action(flags, key));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GaugeClass::Draw_Thumb -- Draws the body of the gauge.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will draw the body of the gauge if necessary.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:      none.                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:     none.                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none.                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:    01/16/1995 MML : Created.                                                       *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void GaugeClass::Draw_Thumb(void)
+{
+	int x = Value_To_Pixel(CurValue);
+
+//	if ((x + 8) > Value_To_Pixel(MaxValue)) {
+	if ((x + 4) > Value_To_Pixel(MaxValue)) {
+		x = Value_To_Pixel(MaxValue) - 2;
+	}
+
+	if (IsHorizontal) {
+		Draw_Box(x, Y, 4, Height, BOXSTYLE_GREEN_RAISED, true);
+		//Draw_Box(x, Y, 8, Height, BOXSTYLE_GREEN_RAISED, true);
+	} else {
+		Draw_Box(X, x, Width, 4,  BOXSTYLE_GREEN_RAISED, true);
+		//Draw_Box(X, x, Width, 8,  BOXSTYLE_GREEN_RAISED, true);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TriColorGaugeClass::TriColorGaugeClass -- Constructor for 3 color (red\yellow\green) gauge. *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will draw the body of the gauge if necessary.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:      See below.                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:     none.                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none.                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:    01/16/1995 MML : Created.                                                       *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TriColorGaugeClass::TriColorGaugeClass(unsigned id, int x, int y, int w, int h)
+	: GaugeClass(id, x, y, w, h)
+{
+	RedLimit = 0;				// maximum value for red
+	YellowLimit = 0;			// maximum value for yellow
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TriColorGaugeClass::Set_Red_Limit -- Set the value for the red area of gauge.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:      int value.                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:     bool true of false.                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none.                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:    01/16/1995 MML : Created.                                                       *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int TriColorGaugeClass::Set_Red_Limit(int value)
+{
+	if (value >= 0 && value < MaxValue) {
+
+//		if (value > YellowLimit) {
+//			RedLimit = YellowLimit;
+//			YellowLimit = value;
+//		} else {
+			RedLimit = value;
+//		}
+		Flag_To_Redraw();
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TriColorGaugeClass::Set_Yellow_Limit -- Set the value for the yellow area of gauge.         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:      int value.                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:     bool true of false.                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none.                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:    01/16/1995 MML : Created.                                                       *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int TriColorGaugeClass::Set_Yellow_Limit(int value)
+{
+	if (value >= 0 && value < MaxValue) {
+
+//		if (value < RedLimit) {
+//			YellowLimit = RedLimit;
+//			RedLimit = value;
+//		} else {
+			YellowLimit = value;
+//		}
+		Flag_To_Redraw();
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TriColorGaugeClass::Draw_Me -- Draw the tri color gauge.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:      int forced -- draw or not?                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:     bool true of false.                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none.                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:    01/16/1995 MML : Created.                                                       *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int TriColorGaugeClass::Draw_Me(int forced)
+{
+	if (ControlClass::Draw_Me(forced)) {
+
+		/*
+		===================== Hide the mouse =====================
+		*/
+		if (LogicPage == &SeenBuff) {
+			Conditional_Hide_Mouse(X, Y, X+Width, Y+Height);
+		}
+		/*
+		=========== Draw the body & set text color ===============
+		*/
+		Draw_Box (X, Y, Width, Height, (IsDisabled ? BOXSTYLE_GREEN_RAISED : BOXSTYLE_GREEN_DOWN), true);
+
+		/*
+		**	Colorize the inside of the gauge if indicated.
+		*/
+		int red    = Value_To_Pixel(RedLimit);
+		int yellow = Value_To_Pixel(YellowLimit);
+		int middle = Value_To_Pixel(CurValue);
+
+		if (CurValue <= RedLimit) {
+			if (IsHorizontal) {
+				LogicPage->Fill_Rect(X+1, Y+1, middle, Y+Height-2, PINK);
+			} else {
+				LogicPage->Fill_Rect(X+1, Y+1, X+Width-2, middle, PINK);
+			}
+		} else if (CurValue > RedLimit && CurValue <= YellowLimit) {
+			if (IsHorizontal) {
+				LogicPage->Fill_Rect(X+1, Y+1, red,    Y+Height-2, PINK);
+				LogicPage->Fill_Rect(red, Y+1, middle, Y+Height-2, YELLOW);
+			} else {
+				LogicPage->Fill_Rect(X+1, Y+1, X+Width-2, red,    PINK);
+				LogicPage->Fill_Rect(X+1, red, X+Width-2, middle, YELLOW);
+			}
+		} else if (CurValue > YellowLimit && CurValue <= MaxValue) {
+
+			if (IsHorizontal) {
+				LogicPage->Fill_Rect(X+1,    Y+1, red,    Y+Height-2, PINK);
+				LogicPage->Fill_Rect(red,    Y+1, yellow, Y+Height-2, YELLOW);
+				LogicPage->Fill_Rect(yellow, Y+1, middle, Y+Height-2, GREEN);
+			} else {
+				LogicPage->Fill_Rect(X+1, Y+1,    X+Width-2, red,    PINK);
+				LogicPage->Fill_Rect(X+1, red,    X+Width-2, yellow, YELLOW);
+				LogicPage->Fill_Rect(X+1, yellow, X+Width-2, middle, GREEN);
+			}
+		}
+
+		if (HasThumb)
+			Draw_Thumb();
+
+		/*
+		=================== Display the mouse ===================
+		*/
+		if (LogicPage == &SeenBuff) {
+			Conditional_Show_Mouse();
+		}
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
diff --git a/GAUGE.H b/GAUGE.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..76f191f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/GAUGE.H
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\gauge.h_v   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:45:24   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : GAUGE.H                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic, Maria del Mar McCready Legg                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : 01/15/95                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : January 15, 1995 [JLB]                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef GAUGE_H
+#define GAUGE_H
+
+class GaugeClass : public ControlClass
+{
+	public:
+
+		GaugeClass(unsigned id, int x, int y, int w, int h);
+//		static GaugeClass * Create_One_Of(unsigned id, int x, int y, int w, int h);
+
+		virtual int Draw_Me(int forced=false);
+		virtual int Set_Maximum(int value);
+		virtual int Set_Value(int value);
+		virtual int Get_Value(void) const {return (CurValue);};
+		virtual void Use_Thumb(int value) { HasThumb = value ? true : false; };
+
+		virtual int Thumb_Pixels(void) { return (8);}
+
+		/*
+		**	If this gauge has a color to the left of the current setting, then this
+		**	flag will be true.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsColorized:1;
+
+	protected:
+
+		/*
+		**	If a thumb is desired, set to true.
+		*/
+		unsigned HasThumb:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Is this a horizontal slider?
+		*/
+		unsigned IsHorizontal:1;
+
+		int MaxValue;				// maximum value (in application units)
+		int CurValue;				// index of 1st displayed string in box
+										//  (in application units)
+
+		/*
+		** This value records the difference between where the user clicked
+		** and the edge of the thumb, so that the thumb follows the mouse
+		** with the proper offset.
+		*/
+		int ClickDiff;
+
+	protected:
+		virtual void Draw_Thumb(void);
+		virtual int  Action(unsigned flags, KeyNumType &key);
+		virtual int  Pixel_To_Value(int pixel);
+		virtual int  Value_To_Pixel(int value);
+};
+
+
+
+class TriColorGaugeClass : public GaugeClass
+{
+	public:
+		TriColorGaugeClass(unsigned id, int x, int y, int w, int h);
+//		static TriColorGaugeClass * Create_One_Of(unsigned id, int x, int y, int w, int h);
+		virtual int Draw_Me(int forced);
+		virtual int Set_Red_Limit(int value);
+		virtual int Set_Yellow_Limit(int value);
+
+	protected:
+		int RedLimit;				// maximum value for red
+		int YellowLimit;			// maximum value for yellow
+};
+
+
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/GDI.BAT b/GDI.BAT
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..de54db5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/GDI.BAT
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+@echo off
+pushd
+cd ..\run
+conquer -CD..\cd\aud1;..\cd;..\cd\install %1 %2 %3 %4 %5
+popd
diff --git a/GLOBALS.CPP b/GLOBALS.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ebff031
--- /dev/null
+++ b/GLOBALS.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,1035 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\globals.cpv   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:52:22   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : GLOBALS.CPP                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : September 10, 1993                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : September 10, 1993   [JLB]                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "function.h"
+
+#ifdef JAPANESE
+bool ForceEnglish = false;
+#endif
+
+bool Debug_Quiet = false;
+bool Debug_Cheat = false;
+bool Debug_Remap = false;
+bool Debug_Icon = false;
+bool Debug_Flag = false;
+bool Debug_Lose = false;
+bool Debug_Win = false;
+bool Debug_Map = false;					// true = map editor mode
+bool Debug_Passable = false;			// true = show passable/impassable terrain
+bool Debug_Unshroud = false;			// true = hide the shroud
+bool Debug_Threat = false;
+bool Debug_Find_Path = false;
+bool Debug_Check_Map = false;			// true = validate the map each frame
+bool Debug_Playtest = false;
+int  In_Debugger = 0;
+bool Debug_Heap_Dump = false;			// true = print the Heap Dump
+bool Debug_Smart_Print = false;		// true = print everything that calls Smart_Printf
+bool Debug_Trap_Check_Heap = false;	// true = check the Heap
+bool Debug_Instant_Build = false;
+
+TFixedIHeapClass<UnitClass>		Units;
+TFixedIHeapClass<FactoryClass>	Factories;
+TFixedIHeapClass<TerrainClass>	Terrains;
+TFixedIHeapClass<TemplateClass>	Templates;
+TFixedIHeapClass<SmudgeClass>		Smudges;
+TFixedIHeapClass<OverlayClass>	Overlays;
+TFixedIHeapClass<InfantryClass>	Infantry;
+TFixedIHeapClass<BulletClass>		Bullets;
+TFixedIHeapClass<BuildingClass>	Buildings;
+TFixedIHeapClass<AnimClass>		Anims;
+TFixedIHeapClass<AircraftClass>	Aircraft;
+TFixedIHeapClass<TriggerClass>	Triggers;
+TFixedIHeapClass<TeamTypeClass>	TeamTypes;
+TFixedIHeapClass<TeamClass>		Teams;
+TFixedIHeapClass<HouseClass>		Houses;
+
+
+#ifdef PATCH
+/***************************************************************************
+**	Compatibility with version 1.07 flag.
+*/
+bool IsV107 = false;
+char OverridePath[128]=".";
+#endif
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	This is a list of all selected objects (for this map). The support functions
+**	are used to control access to this list. Do not modify it directly.
+*/
+DynamicVectorClass<ObjectClass *> CurrentObject;
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	This holds the custom version text that is fetched from the version
+**	text file. This version is displayed on the options dialog.
+*/
+char VersionText[16];
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	This is the VQ animation controller structure. It is filled in by reading
+**	the PLAYER.INI and overridden through program control.
+*/
+VQAConfig AnimControl;
+
+int PreserveVQAScreen;			// Used for screen mode transition control.
+bool BreakoutAllowed = true;	// "true" if aborting of movies is allowed.
+bool Brokeout;						// Was the movie broken out of?
+bool SlowPalette = true;		// Slow palette flag set?
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	These are the movie names to use for mission briefing, winning, and losing
+**	sequences. They are read from the INI file.
+*/
+char IntroMovie[_MAX_FNAME+_MAX_EXT];
+char BriefMovie[_MAX_FNAME+_MAX_EXT];
+char WinMovie[_MAX_FNAME+_MAX_EXT];
+char LoseMovie[_MAX_FNAME+_MAX_EXT];
+char ActionMovie[_MAX_FNAME+_MAX_EXT];
+char BriefingText[512];
+ThemeType TransitTheme = THEME_NONE;
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	This records the view hotspots for the player. These are the cell numbers
+**	of the upper left corner for the view position.
+*/
+CELL Views[4];
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	This is the pending speech sample to play. This sample will be played
+**	at the first opportunity.
+*/
+VoxType SpeakQueue = VOX_NONE;
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	This records if the score (music) file is present. If not, then much of
+**	the streaming score system can be disabled.
+*/
+bool ScoresPresent;
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	This flag will control whether there is a response from game units.
+**	By carefully controlling this global, multiple responses are supressed
+**	when a large group of infantry is given the movement order.
+*/
+bool AllowVoice = true;
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	This counts the number of crates on the map. When this value reaches zero,
+**	then a timer is started that will control crate creation.
+*/
+int CrateCount;
+TCountDownTimerClass CrateTimer;
+bool CrateMaker = false;
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	This is the current frame number. This number is guaranteed to count
+**	upward at the rate of one per game logic process. The target rate is 15
+**	per second. This value is saved and restored with the saved game.
+*/
+long Frame = 0;
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	These globals are constantly monitored to determine if the player
+**	has won or lost. They get set according to the trigger events associated
+**	with the scenario.
+*/
+bool PlayerWins;
+bool PlayerLoses;
+bool PlayerRestarts;
+
+/*
+** This flag is set if the player neither wins nor loses; it's mostly for
+** multiplayer mode.
+*/
+bool PlayerAborts;
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	This is the pointer for the speech staging buffer. This buffer is used
+**	to hold the currently speaking voice data. Since only one speech sample
+**	is played at a time, this buffer is only as big as the largest speech
+**	sample that can be played.
+*/
+void * SpeechBuffer;
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	This is a running accumulation of the number of ticks that were unused.
+** This accumulates into a useful value that contributes to a
+**	histogram of game performance.
+*/
+long SpareTicks;
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	This is a special scenario count down value. End of game condition will
+**	not be checked until this value reaches zero.
+*/
+int EndCountDown;
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	When the player sabotages a building (scenario #6 GDI only) then when
+**	the next scenario starts, that building will already be destroyed.
+*/
+StructType SabotagedType;
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	If the Nod temple was destroyed by the ion cannon, then this flag will
+**	be set to true.
+*/
+bool TempleIoned = false;
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	This is the monochrome debug page array. The various monochrome data
+**	screens are located here.
+*/
+MonoClass MonoArray[MonoClass::MAX_MONO_PAGES];
+int MonoPage;			// The current page.
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	This is true if the game is the currently in focus windows app
+**
+*/
+bool GameInFocus;
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	This holds the theater specific mixfiles.
+*/
+MixFileClass *TheaterData = NULL;
+MixFileClass *TheaterIcons = NULL;
+MixFileClass *LowTheaterData;
+MixFileClass *MoviesMix = 0;
+MixFileClass *GeneralMix = 0;
+MixFileClass *ScoreMix = 0;
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	This is the options control class. The options control such things as
+**	game speed, visual controls, and other user settings.
+*/
+GameOptionsClass Options;
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	Logic processing is controlled by this element. It handles both graphic
+**	and AI logic.
+*/
+LogicClass Logic;
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	This handles the background music.
+*/
+ThemeClass Theme;
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	This is the main control class for the map.
+*/
+#ifdef SCENARIO_EDITOR
+MapEditClass Map;
+#else
+MouseClass Map;
+#endif
+
+/**************************************************************************
+**	The running game score is handled by this class (and member functions).
+*/
+ScoreClass Score;
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	The running credit display is controlled by this class (and member
+**	functions.
+*/
+CreditClass CreditDisplay;
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	These are the bits that are set when the appropriate tutor message
+**	has been displayed. Once the message has been displayed, it will not be
+**	displayed again.
+*/
+long TutorFlags[2];
+
+
+/**************************************************************************
+** This class records the special command override options that C&C
+**	supports.
+*/
+SpecialClass Special;
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	This is the scenario data for the currently loaded scenario.
+** These variables should all be set together.
+*/
+HousesType Whom;							// Initial command line house choice.
+unsigned Scenario;						// Scenario #
+ScenarioPlayerType ScenPlayer;		// GDI, NOD, 2-Player, Multi-Player
+ScenarioDirType ScenDir;				// East/West
+ScenarioVarType ScenVar;				// variation A/B/C
+char ScenarioName[_MAX_FNAME+_MAX_EXT];	// name of scenario
+int CarryOverMoney;						// Carry over money from last scenario.
+int CarryOverPercent;					// Carry over money percentage control.
+int CarryOverCap;							// Maxmimum carry over money allowed.
+bool ScenarioInit;
+bool SpecialFlag = false;
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+** This value tells the sidebar what items it's allowed to add.  The
+** lower the value, the simpler the sidebar will be.
+*/
+unsigned BuildLevel = 3;				// Buildable level (1 = simplest)
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+** This value is computed every time a new scenario is loaded; it's a
+** CRC of the INI and binary map files.
+*/
+unsigned long ScenarioCRC;
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	The various tutor and dialog messages are located in the data block
+**	referenced by this pointer.
+*/
+char const * SystemStrings;
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	The game plays as long as this var is true.
+*/
+bool GameActive;
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	This is a scratch variable that is used to when a reference is needed to
+**	a long, but the value wasn't supplied to a function. This is used
+**	specifically for the default reference value. As such, it is not stable.
+*/
+long LParam;
+
+
+#ifdef SCENARIO_EDITOR
+/***************************************************************************
+** The currently-selected cell for the Scenario Editor
+*/
+CELL CurrentCell = 0;
+#endif
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	Most of the text in the game will use the six point font. These are the
+**	pointers to the fonts. If it is NULL, then the font hasn't been loaded
+**	yet.
+*/
+void const *Green12FontPtr;			// Green font for pressed in tabs
+void const *Green12GradFontPtr;   // Graduated green font for tabs
+void const *MapFontPtr;				// Standard very small font.
+void const *Font3Ptr;					// Standard very small font.
+void const *Font6Ptr;					// Standard small font.
+void const *Font8Ptr;					// 8 point proportional.
+void const *FontLEDPtr;				// LED fixed point font.
+void const *VCRFontPtr;				// VCR font pointer.
+void const *ScoreFontPtr;			// font for score & map selection screens
+void const *GradFont6Ptr;			// gradient 6 point font pointer.
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	This is the house that the human player is currently playing.
+*/
+HouseClass * PlayerPtr;
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	Special palettes for MCGA mode goes here. These palette buffers are used
+**	for pictures that do not use the game palette or are used for fading to
+**	black.
+*/
+unsigned char *GamePalette;
+unsigned char *BlackPalette;
+unsigned char *WhitePalette;
+unsigned char *OriginalPalette;
+unsigned char *Palette;
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	These are the event queues. One is for holding events until they are ready to be
+**	sent to the remote computer for processing. The other list is for incoming events
+**	that need to be executed when the correct frame has been reached.
+*/
+QueueClass<EventClass, MAX_EVENTS> OutList;
+QueueClass<EventClass, (MAX_EVENTS * 8)> DoList;
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	These are arrays/lists of trigger pointers for each cell & the houses.
+*/
+DynamicVectorClass<TriggerClass *> CellTriggers;
+DynamicVectorClass<TriggerClass *> HouseTriggers[HOUSE_COUNT];
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	This is an array of waypoints; each waypoint corresponds to a letter of
+** the alphabet, and points to a cell number.  -1 means unassigned.
+** The CellClass has a bit that tells if that cell has a waypoint attached to
+** it; the only way to find which waypoint it is, is to scan this array.  This
+** shouldn't be needed often; usually, you know the waypoint & you want the CELL.
+*/
+CELL Waypoint[WAYPT_COUNT];
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	This is the list of BuildingTypes that define the AI's base.
+*/
+BaseClass Base;
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	This value tells what type of multiplayer game we're playing.
+*/
+GameType GameToPlay = GAME_NORMAL;
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	This is the current communications protocol
+*/
+CommProtocolType CommProtocol;
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	These values are used for recording & playing back a game.
+*/
+CCFileClass RecordFile ("RECORD.BIN");
+int RecordGame = 0;			// 1 = record a game
+int SuperRecord = 0;			// 1 = reopen record file with every write
+int PlaybackGame= 0;			// 1 = play back a game
+int AllowAttract = 0;		// 1 = allow attract mode
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	This is the null modem manager class.  Declaring this class doesn't
+** perform any allocations;
+** the class itself is ?? bytes.
+*/
+bool ModemService = true;					// When false disable servicing modem.
+NullModemClass NullModem (
+   16,											// number of send entries
+	64,											// number of receive entries
+//	sizeof (EventClass) * MAX_EVENTS,	// maxlen of entry buffer
+	(200 / sizeof(EventClass) ) * sizeof(EventClass) + sizeof( CommHeaderType ),
+	0x1234);										// Magic number must have each digit unique
+													// and different from the queue magic number
+
+DynamicVectorClass <PhoneEntryClass *> PhoneBook;
+int CurPhoneIdx;								// current phonebook index, for dialing
+
+DynamicVectorClass <char *> InitStrings;
+
+SerialSettingsType SerialDefaults;		// serial port default settings
+
+ModemGameType ModemGameToPlay;			// type of modem play Dialer, answerer, null
+
+char *DialMethodCheck[ DIAL_METHODS ] = {
+	"T",
+	"P"
+};
+
+char *CallWaitStrings[ CALL_WAIT_STRINGS_NUM ] = {
+	"*70,",
+	"70#,",
+	"1170,",
+	"CUSTOM -                "
+};
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	Index into scenario description list box
+*/
+int ScenarioIdx;
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	This array of flags tells if the given colors have been used, or are
+*/
+int ColorUsed[MAX_MPLAYER_COLORS];
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	This string stores the player's name.
+*/
+char MPlayerName[MPLAYER_NAME_MAX];
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	This is the array of remap colors.  Each player in a network game is
+** assigned one of these colors.  The 'G' is for graphics drawing; the 'T'
+** is for text printing (indicates a remap table for the font to use).
+*/
+int MPlayerGColors[MAX_MPLAYER_COLORS] = {
+	5, 			// Yellow
+	127, 			// Red
+	135, 			// BlueGreen
+	26,			// Orange
+	4,				// Green
+	202			// Blue-Grey
+};
+
+int MPlayerTColors[MAX_MPLAYER_COLORS] = {
+	CC_GDI_COLOR, 			// Yellow
+	CC_NOD_COLOR, 			// Red
+	CC_BLUE_GREEN, 		// BlueGreen
+	CC_ORANGE,				// Orange	//26
+	CC_GREEN,				// Green
+	CC_BLUE_GREY,			// Blue
+};
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	This is a list of all the names of the multiplayer scenarios that use
+** bases (production), and those that don't.  There is a list for
+** descriptions, and another for actual filenames.
+*/
+char MPlayerDescriptions[100][40];
+DynamicVectorClass <char *> MPlayerScenarios;
+DynamicVectorClass <int> MPlayerFilenum;
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	This value determines the max allowable # of players.
+*/
+int MPlayerMax = 4;
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	Multiplayer game options
+*/
+int MPlayerPrefColor;			// preferred color index for this player
+int MPlayerColorIdx;				// actual color index of this player
+HousesType MPlayerHouse;		// House of this player (GDI/NOD)
+unsigned char MPlayerLocalID;	// ID of this player
+int MPlayerCount;					// # of human players in this game
+int MPlayerBases;					// 1 = bases are on for this scenario
+int MPlayerCredits;				// # credits everyone gets
+int MPlayerTiberium;				// 1 = tiberium enabled for this scenario
+int MPlayerGoodies;				// 1 = goodies enabled for this scenario
+int MPlayerGhosts;				// 1 = houses with no players will still play
+int MPlayerSolo = 0;				// 1 = allows a single-player net game
+int MPlayerUnitCount = 10;		// # units for non-base multiplayer scenarios
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Min & Max unit count values; index0 = bases OFF, index1 = bases ON
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+int MPlayerCountMin[2] = {1,0};
+int MPlayerCountMax[2] = {50,12};
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+MPlayerMaxAhead is the number of frames ahead of this one to execute a given
+packet.  It's set by the RESPONSE_TIME event.
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+unsigned long MPlayerMaxAhead = 3;
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+'FrameSendRate' is the # frames between data packets
+'FrameRateDelay' is the time ticks to wait between frames, for smoothing.
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+unsigned long FrameSendRate;
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	Multiplayer ID's, stored in order of event execution.
+** Format:
+** bits 0-3: the "preferred" house of the player (GDI/NOD)
+** bits 4-7: the player's Color Index
+** These values are used as the IPX connection ID's.
+*/
+unsigned char MPlayerID [MAX_PLAYERS];
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+** This array stores the actual HousesType for all players (MULT1, etc).
+*/
+HousesType MPlayerHouses [MAX_PLAYERS];
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+** This array stores the names of all players in a multiplayer game.
+*/
+char MPlayerNames [MAX_PLAYERS][MPLAYER_NAME_MAX];
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	This is a list of the messages received from / sent to other players,
+** the address to send to (IPX only), and the last message received or
+** sent (for the computer's messages).
+*/
+MessageListClass Messages;
+IPXAddressClass MessageAddress;
+char LastMessage[MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH];
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+** If this flag is set, computer AI will blitz the humans all at once;
+** otherwise, the computer units trickle gradually out.
+*/
+int MPlayerBlitz = 0;
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+** If this flag is set, we can move around the map, but we can't do anything.
+** It means we've been defeated, but we're still allowed to watch the action.
+*/
+int MPlayerObiWan = 0;
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+** These variables keep track of the multiplayer game scores.
+*/
+MPlayerScoreType MPlayerScore[MAX_MULTI_NAMES];
+int MPlayerGamesPlayed;					// # games played this run
+int MPlayerNumScores;					// # active entries in MPlayerScore
+int MPlayerWinner;						// index of winner of last game
+int MPlayerCurGame;						// index of current game being played
+
+
+//
+// This array stores the processing time required by all multiplayer systems.
+// The values are stored in the same order as the 'MPlayerID' array.
+//
+int TheirProcessTime[MAX_PLAYERS - 1];
+int DesiredFrameRate;
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+** These values are used purely for the Mono debug display.  They show the
+** names of the Global Channel packet types, and the event types.
+*/
+char *GlobalPacketNames[] = {
+	"Game?",
+	"Game!",
+	"Player?",
+	"Player!",
+	"Join?",
+	"Join!",
+	"Reject",
+	"GameOptions",
+	"Sign Off",
+	"GO!",
+	"Message",
+	"Ping"
+};
+
+
+// yeah, there's 100 empty names here, because the SerialCommandType starts at 100.
+char *SerialPacketNames[] = {
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"",
+	"CONNECT",
+	"GAME_OPTIONS",
+	"SIGN_OFF",
+	"GO",
+	"MESSAGE",
+	"TIMING",
+	"SCORE_SCREEN",
+	"LAST_COMMAND",
+};
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	These variables are just to help find sync bugs.
+*/
+long TrapFrame = 0x7fffffff;				// frame to start trapping object values at
+RTTIType TrapObjType = RTTI_NONE;		// type of object to trap
+TrapObjectType TrapObject = {NULL};		// ptr to object being trapped
+COORDINATE TrapCoord = 0;							// COORD of object to trap
+void *TrapThis = NULL;						// 'this' ptr of object to trap
+CellClass *TrapCell = NULL;				// for trapping a cell
+int TrapCheckHeap = 0;						// start checking the Heap
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	This is the network IPX manager class.  It handles multiple remote
+** connections.  Declaring this class doesn't perform any allocations;
+** the class itself is 140 bytes.
+*/
+IPXManagerClass Ipx (
+	sizeof (GlobalPacketType),						// size of Global Channel packets
+	((546 - sizeof(CommHeaderType)) / sizeof(EventClass) ) * sizeof(EventClass),
+	10, 													// # entries in Global Queue
+	8, 													// # entries in Private Queues
+	VIRGIN_SOCKET, 									// Socket ID #
+	IPXGlobalConnClass::COMMAND_AND_CONQUER);	// Product ID #
+
+
+//#if(TIMING_FIX)
+//
+// These values store the min & max frame #'s for when MaxAhead >>increases<<.
+// If MaxAhead increases, and the other systems free-run to the new MaxAhead
+// value, they may miss an event generated after the MaxAhead event was sent,
+// but before it executed, since it will have been scheduled with the older,
+// shorter MaxAhead value.  This will cause a Packet_Received_Too_Late error.
+// The frames from the point where the new MaxAhead takes effect, up to that
+// frame Plus the new MaxAhead, represent a "period of vulnerability"; any
+// events received that are scheduled to execute during this period should
+// be re-scheduled for after that period.
+//
+int NewMaxAheadFrame1;
+int NewMaxAheadFrame2;
+//#endif
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	This is the user-specified IPX address of a desired game owner machine.
+** Use this to cross a bridge.  Only the 1st 4 numbers in the address are
+** used; the rest are set to ff's, for broadcasting.  'IsBridge' is set
+** if this address should be used.
+*/
+int IsBridge = 0;
+IPXAddressClass BridgeNet;
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	This flag is true if the user has requested that this game be "secret"
+** (The game will not appear to other systems just starting up.)
+*/
+bool NetStealth = false;
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	If this flag is true, the user won't receive messages from any player
+** other than those in his own game. It defaults to protected mode.
+*/
+bool NetProtect = true;
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	This flag indicates whether the game is "open" or not to other network players.
+*/
+bool NetOpen = false;
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	This string stores the game's network name.
+** GameName does not include the "'s Game"; comparing GameName to
+** PlayerName can determine if this player is the originator of the game.
+*/
+char MPlayerGameName[MPLAYER_NAME_MAX];
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	These variables are for servicing the Global Channel.
+*/
+GlobalPacketType GPacket;				// Global Channel packet
+int GPacketlen;							// length of incoming packet
+IPXAddressClass GAddress;				// address of sender
+unsigned short GProductID;				// sender's Product ID
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	This is the "meta-packet"; it's a bunch of events lumped together.
+** The packet's size is IPX's max size (546), rounded down to accommodate
+** the max number of events possible.
+*/
+char *MetaPacket = 0;
+int MetaSize = ((546 - sizeof(CommHeaderType)) / sizeof(EventClass) ) * sizeof(EventClass);
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	This is the random-number seed; it's synchronized between systems for
+** multiplayer games.
+*/
+int Seed = 0;
+long *RandSeedPtr;
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+** If this value is non-zero, use it as the random # seed instead; this should
+** help reproduce some bugs.
+*/
+int CustomSeed = 0;
+
+int WindowList[][8] = {
+/* xbyte, ypixel, bytewid, pixelht, cursor color, bkgd color,	cursor x, cursor y */
+
+	/* do not change the first 2 entries!! they are necc. to the system */
+	{0,0,40,200,WHITE,BLACK,0,0},	/* screen window */
+	{1,75,38,100,WHITE,BLACK,0,0},	/* DOS Error window */
+
+	// Tactical map.
+	{0, 0, 40, 200, WHITE,LTGREY,0,0},
+
+	// Initial menu window.
+	{12, 199-42, 16, 42, LTGREY, DKGREY, 0, 0},
+
+	// Sidebar clipping window.
+	{0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0},
+
+	// Scenario editor window.
+	{5, 30, 30, 140, 0, 0, 0, 0},
+
+	// Custom window.
+	{0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0},
+
+};
+
+
+/* X,Y,Item Width,Items High,Selected,Norm Color,Sel Color,zero 	*/
+int MenuList[][8]={
+		{1, 3, 12, 3, 0, WHITE, PINK, 0},
+};
+
+GraphicBufferClass		VisiblePage;
+GraphicBufferClass		HiddenPage;
+
+GraphicViewPortClass	SeenBuff(&VisiblePage, 0,0,640,480);
+GraphicBufferClass		ModeXBuff;
+GraphicViewPortClass	HidPage(&HiddenPage, 0,0,640,480);
+GraphicBufferClass		SysMemPage(DEFAULT_SCREEN_WIDTH, 200, (void*)NULL);
+int 						SoundOn;
+CountDownTimerClass	FrameTimer(BT_SYSTEM, 0L);
+CountDownTimerClass	DebugTimer(BT_SYSTEM, 0L);
+CountDownTimerClass	CountDownTimer(BT_SYSTEM, 0L);
+
+NewConfigType NewConfig;
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	This timer measures how long (in ticks) it takes to process the game's
+** logic, with no packet processing or artificial delays.
+*/
+TimerClass ProcessTimer;
+int ProcessTicks;				// accumulated ticks
+int ProcessFrames;			// # frames used to measure 'ProcessTicks'
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	This flag is for popping up dialogs that call the main loop.
+*/
+SpecialDialogType SpecialDialog = SDLG_NONE;
+
+
+/*
+** This flags if used to tell can enter cell that we are in a find path
+** check and thus should not uncloak units via Can_Enter_Cell.
+*/
+//bool	IsFindPath = false;
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	Globals for the network Dialogs.
+*/
+
+/*
+**	List of all games out there, & the address of the game's owner
+*/
+DynamicVectorClass <NodeNameType *> Games;
+
+/*
+**	List of names & addresses of all the players in the game I'm joining.
+**	This is the really critical list, since it's used to form connections with
+**	all other players in my game.  It's updated when I get a response to my
+**	outgoing query, or when I get a query from another system in my game asking
+**	who I am.  This double-insurance means that if any system knows about me,
+**	I know about them too.  The only catch is that if the game is started very,
+**	very soon after a player joins, not everyone may know about him; to prevent
+**	this, a timer restriction is put on the New Game dialog's GO button.
+*/
+DynamicVectorClass <NodeNameType *> Players;
+
+char *DebugFname;	// for stoopid debugging purposes
+int DebugLine;		// for stoopid debugging purposes
+#ifdef DEMO
+int RequiredCD = -2;
+#else
+int RequiredCD = -1;
+#endif
+int MouseInstalled;
+
+/*
+** Certain options must be enabled by both a command-line option, and an
+** an entry in an INI file.  If this flag is 'true', those options have been
+** enabled by the INI file.
+*/
+int AreThingiesEnabled = false;
+
+
+/*
+** Pointer to windows timer object
+**
+**
+*/
+
+WinTimerClass	*WindowsTimer=NULL;
+
+
+/*
+** Command line arguments
+**
+**
+*/
+char *				Argv[20];		//Pointers to command line arguments
+int					Argc;				//Command line argument count
+
+
+WWKeyboardClass	Kbd;
+int					ScreenWidth=640;
+int					ScreenHeight=400;
+WWMouseClass		*WWMouse = NULL;
+HANDLE hInstance;
+int AllDone;
+BOOL				InMovie = FALSE;	//Are we currently playing a VQ movie?
+bool				MMXAvailable = false;	//Does this CPU support MMX extensions?
+GetCDClass		CDList;
+bool				GameStatisticsPacketSent;
+bool				ConnectionLost;
+
+TheaterType		LastTheater = THEATER_NONE;
+
diff --git a/GOPTIONS.CPP b/GOPTIONS.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bf1e0ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/GOPTIONS.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,587 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\goptions.cpv   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:50:26   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : OPTIONS.CPP                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : June 8, 1994                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : July 27, 1995 [JLB]                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   OptionsClass::Process -- Handles all the options graphic interface.                       *
+ *   Draw_Caption -- Draws a caption on a dialog box.                                          *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "function.h"
+
+#include "goptions.h"
+#include "loaddlg.h"
+#include "sounddlg.h"
+#include "visudlg.h"
+#include "gamedlg.h"
+#include "textbtn.h"
+#include "confdlg.h"
+#include "descdlg.h"
+
+void GameOptionsClass::Adjust_Variables_For_Resolution(void)
+{
+	int factor = (SeenBuff.Get_Width() == 320) ? 1 : 2;
+
+	OptionWidth		=	(216+8) * factor;
+	OptionHeight	=	100 * factor;
+	OptionX			=	((SeenBuff.Get_Width() - OptionWidth) / 2);
+	OptionY			=	((SeenBuff.Get_Height() - OptionHeight) / 2);
+	ButtonWidth		=	130 * factor;
+	OButtonHeight	=	9 * factor;
+	CaptionYPos		=	5 * factor;
+	ButtonY			=	21 * factor;
+	Border1Len		=	72 * factor;
+	Border2Len		=	16 * factor;
+	ButtonResumeY	=	(OptionHeight - (15 * factor));
+}
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * OptionsClass::Process -- Handles all the options graphic interface.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is the main control for the visual representation of the options            *
+ *    screen. It handles the visual overlay and the player input.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:      none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:     none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:      none                                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:     12/31/1994 MML : Created.                                                      *
+ *   06/23/1995 JLB : Handles restating the mission objective.                                 *
+ *   07/27/1995 JLB : Adjusts menu for multiplay mode.                                         *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void GameOptionsClass::Process(void)
+{
+	static struct {
+		int ID;				// Button ID to use.
+		int Text;			// Text number to use for this button.
+		bool Multiplay;	// Allowed in multiplayer version?
+	} _constants[] = {
+		{BUTTON_LOAD,  	TXT_LOAD_MISSION,    	false},
+		{BUTTON_SAVE,  	TXT_SAVE_MISSION,    	false},
+		{BUTTON_DELETE,	TXT_DELETE_MISSION,  	true},
+		{BUTTON_GAME,  	TXT_GAME_CONTROLS,   	true},
+		{BUTTON_QUIT,  	TXT_QUIT_MISSION,    	true},
+		{BUTTON_RESUME,	TXT_RESUME_MISSION,  	true},
+		{BUTTON_RESTATE,	TXT_RESTATE_MISSION,		false},
+	};
+
+	/*
+	**	Variables.
+	*/
+	TextButtonClass * buttons = 0;
+	int selection;
+	bool pressed;
+	int curbutton = 6;
+	int y;
+	TextButtonClass *buttonsel[sizeof(_constants)/sizeof(_constants[0])];
+
+	Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+
+	/*
+	**	Build the button list for all of the buttons for this dialog.
+	*/
+	int maxwidth = 0;
+	int resfactor = (SeenBuff.Get_Width() == 320) ? 1 : 2;
+
+	for (int index = 0; index < sizeof(_constants)/sizeof(_constants[0]); index++ ) {
+		int text = _constants[index].Text;
+		buttonsel[index] = NULL;
+
+		if (GameToPlay != GAME_NORMAL && !_constants[index].Multiplay) {
+			buttonsel[index] = 0;
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		if (GameToPlay != GAME_NORMAL && text == TXT_DELETE_MISSION) {
+			text = TXT_RESIGN;
+		}
+
+		if (index < 5) {
+			y = (SeenBuff.Get_Height() - OptionHeight)/2 + ButtonY + ((OButtonHeight+2) * index);
+		} else {
+			y = OptionY + ButtonResumeY;
+		}
+
+		TextButtonClass * g = new TextButtonClass(_constants[index].ID,
+			text, TPF_6PT_GRAD|TPF_NOSHADOW, 0, y);
+
+		if (g->Width > maxwidth) {
+			maxwidth = g->Width;
+		}
+		if (!buttons) {
+			buttons = g;
+		} else {
+			g->Add_Tail(*buttons);
+		}
+
+		buttonsel[index] = g;
+	}
+
+	buttonsel[curbutton-1]->Turn_On();
+
+	/*
+	**	Force all button lengths to match the maximum length of the widest button.
+	*/
+	GadgetClass * g = buttons;
+	while (g) {
+		g->Width = MAX(maxwidth, 90 * resfactor);
+		g->X = OptionX+(OptionWidth-g->Width)/2;
+		g = g->Get_Next();
+	}
+#ifdef FRENCH
+	buttonsel[BUTTON_RESUME-1]->Width = 104 *resfactor;
+#else
+	buttonsel[BUTTON_RESUME-1]->Width = 90 *resfactor;
+#endif
+	buttonsel[BUTTON_RESUME-1]->X = OptionX+(5 * resfactor);
+
+	if (GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL) {
+		buttonsel[BUTTON_RESTATE-1]->Width = 90 * resfactor;
+		buttonsel[BUTTON_RESTATE-1]->X = OptionX+OptionWidth-(buttonsel[BUTTON_RESTATE-1]->Width+(5 * resfactor));
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	This causes left mouse button clicking within the confines of the dialog to
+	**	be ignored if it wasn't recognized by any other button or slider.
+	*/
+	(new GadgetClass(OptionX, OptionY, OptionWidth, OptionHeight, GadgetClass::LEFTPRESS))->Add_Tail(*buttons);
+
+	/*
+	**	This cause a right click anywhere or a left click outside the dialog region
+	**	to be equivalent to clicking on the return to game button.
+	*/
+	(new ControlClass(BUTTON_RESUME, 0, 0, SeenBuff.Get_Width(), SeenBuff.Get_Height(), GadgetClass::LEFTPRESS|GadgetClass::RIGHTPRESS))->Add_Tail(*buttons);
+
+	Keyboard::Clear();
+
+	Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_NONE, 0, 0, CC_GREEN, TBLACK, TPF_CENTER|TPF_6PT_GRAD|TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL|TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+	/*
+	**	Main Processing Loop.
+	*/
+	bool display = true;
+	bool process = true;
+	pressed = false;
+	while (process) {
+
+		/*
+		** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+		** we need to redraw.
+		*/
+		if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+			AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+			display=TRUE;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Invoke game callback.
+		*/
+		if (GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL) {
+			Call_Back();
+		} else {
+			if (Main_Loop()) {
+				process = false;
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Refresh display if needed.
+		*/
+		if (display) {
+
+			/*
+			**	Redraw the map.
+			*/
+			HiddenPage.Clear();
+			Map.Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+			Map.Render();
+
+			/*
+			**	Reset up the window.  Window x-coords are in bytes not pixels.
+			*/
+			Set_Window(WINDOW_EDITOR, OptionX, OptionY, OptionWidth, OptionHeight);
+			Hide_Mouse();
+
+			/*
+			**	Draw the background.
+			*/
+			Window_Box (WINDOW_EDITOR, BOXSTYLE_GREEN_BORDER); // has border, raised up
+
+			/*
+			**	Draw the arrows border if requested.
+			*/
+			Draw_Caption(TXT_OPTIONS, OptionX, OptionY, OptionWidth);
+
+			/*
+			**	Display the version number at the bottom of the dialog box.
+			*/
+#ifdef DEMO
+			Version_Number();
+			Fancy_Text_Print("DEMO%s",
+					((WindowList[WINDOW_EDITOR][WINDOWX]+WindowList[WINDOW_EDITOR][WINDOWWIDTH])<<3)-3*resfactor,
+					WindowList[WINDOW_EDITOR][WINDOWY]+WindowList[WINDOW_EDITOR][WINDOWHEIGHT]-((GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL) ? (32*resfactor) : (24*resfactor)),
+					DKGREY, TBLACK,
+					TPF_6POINT|TPF_NOSHADOW|TPF_RIGHT,
+					ScenarioName,
+					VersionText);
+#else
+			Fancy_Text_Print("%s\rV.%d%s",
+					((WindowList[WINDOW_EDITOR][WINDOWX]+WindowList[WINDOW_EDITOR][WINDOWWIDTH])<<3)-3*resfactor,
+					WindowList[WINDOW_EDITOR][WINDOWY]+WindowList[WINDOW_EDITOR][WINDOWHEIGHT]-((GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL) ? (32*resfactor) : (24*resfactor)),
+					DKGREY, TBLACK,
+					TPF_6POINT|TPF_NOSHADOW|TPF_RIGHT,
+					ScenarioName,
+					Version_Number(),
+					VersionText);
+#endif
+
+			buttons->Draw_All();
+			TabClass::Hilite_Tab(0);
+			Show_Mouse();
+			display = false;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Get user input.
+		*/
+		KeyNumType input = buttons->Input();
+
+		/*
+		**	Process Input.
+		*/
+		switch (input) {
+			case (BUTTON_RESTATE | KN_BUTTON):
+				selection = BUTTON_RESTATE;
+				pressed = true;
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_LOAD | KN_BUTTON):
+				selection = BUTTON_LOAD;
+				pressed = true;
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_SAVE | KN_BUTTON):
+				selection = BUTTON_SAVE;
+				pressed = true;
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_DELETE | KN_BUTTON):
+				selection = BUTTON_DELETE;
+				pressed = true;
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_QUIT | KN_BUTTON):
+				selection = BUTTON_QUIT;
+				pressed = true;
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_GAME | KN_BUTTON):
+				selection = BUTTON_GAME;
+				pressed = true;
+				break;
+
+			case (KN_ESC):
+			case (BUTTON_RESUME | KN_BUTTON):
+				selection = BUTTON_RESUME;
+				pressed = true;
+				break;
+
+			case (KN_UP):
+				buttonsel[curbutton-1]->Turn_Off();
+				buttonsel[curbutton-1]->Flag_To_Redraw();
+				curbutton--;
+				if (GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL) {
+					if (curbutton < BUTTON_LOAD) {
+						curbutton = (BUTTON_COUNT - 1);
+					}
+				} else {
+					if (curbutton < BUTTON_DELETE) {
+						curbutton = BUTTON_RESUME;
+//						curbutton = (BUTTON_COUNT-1);
+					}
+				}
+				buttonsel[curbutton-1]->Turn_On();
+				buttonsel[curbutton-1]->Flag_To_Redraw();
+				break;
+
+			case (KN_DOWN):
+				buttonsel[curbutton-1]->Turn_Off();
+				buttonsel[curbutton-1]->Flag_To_Redraw();
+				curbutton++;
+				if (GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL) {
+					if (curbutton >= BUTTON_COUNT) {
+						curbutton = BUTTON_LOAD;
+					}
+				} else {
+					if (curbutton > BUTTON_RESUME) {
+						curbutton = BUTTON_DELETE;
+					}
+				}
+				buttonsel[curbutton-1]->Turn_On();
+				buttonsel[curbutton-1]->Flag_To_Redraw();
+				break;
+
+			case (KN_RETURN):
+				buttonsel[curbutton-1]->IsPressed = true;
+				buttonsel[curbutton-1]->Draw_Me(true);
+				selection = curbutton;
+				pressed = true;
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				break;
+		}
+
+		if (pressed) {
+			buttonsel[curbutton-1]->Turn_Off();
+			buttonsel[curbutton-1]->Flag_To_Redraw();
+			curbutton = selection;
+			buttonsel[curbutton-1]->Turn_On();
+			buttonsel[curbutton-1]->Flag_To_Redraw();
+
+			switch (selection) {
+				case BUTTON_RESTATE:
+					display = true;
+#ifdef JAPANESE
+					if (!Restate_Mission(ScenarioName, TXT_VIDEO, TXT_TAB_BUTTON_CONTROLS)) {
+#else
+					if (!Restate_Mission(ScenarioName, TXT_VIDEO, TXT_OPTIONS)) {
+#endif
+						BreakoutAllowed = true;
+						char buffer[25];
+						sprintf(buffer, "%s.VQA", BriefMovie);
+						if (CCFileClass(buffer).Is_Available()) {
+							Play_Movie(BriefMovie);
+						} else {
+							Play_Movie(ActionMovie);
+						}
+						//BreakoutAllowed = false;
+						memset(BlackPalette, 0x01, 768);
+						Set_Palette(BlackPalette);
+						memset(BlackPalette, 0x00, 768);
+						Set_Palette(BlackPalette);
+						Map.Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+						Theme.Queue_Song(THEME_PICK_ANOTHER);
+						process = false;
+					}
+					break;
+
+				case (BUTTON_LOAD):
+					display = true;
+					if (LoadOptionsClass(LoadOptionsClass::LOAD).Process()) {
+						process = false;
+					}
+					break;
+
+				case (BUTTON_SAVE):
+					display = true;
+					LoadOptionsClass(LoadOptionsClass::SAVE).Process();
+					break;
+
+				case (BUTTON_DELETE):
+					display = true;
+					if (GameToPlay != GAME_NORMAL) {
+						if (Surrender_Dialog()) {
+							OutList.Add(EventClass(EventClass::DESTRUCT));
+						}
+						process = false;
+					} else {
+						LoadOptionsClass(LoadOptionsClass::WWDELETE).Process();
+					}
+					break;
+
+				case (BUTTON_QUIT):
+					if (GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL) {
+#ifdef JAPANESE
+						switch (CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_CONFIRM_EXIT, TXT_YES, TXT_NO, TXT_RESTART)) {
+#else
+						switch (CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_CONFIRM_EXIT, TXT_ABORT, TXT_CANCEL, TXT_RESTART)) {
+#endif
+							case 2:
+								display = true;
+								break;
+
+							case 0:
+								process = false;
+								Queue_Exit();
+								break;
+
+							case 1:
+								PlayerRestarts = true;
+								process = false;
+								break;
+						}
+					} else {
+						if (ConfirmationClass().Process(TXT_CONFIRM_EXIT)) {
+							process = false;
+							Queue_Exit();
+						} else {
+							display = true;
+						}
+					}
+					break;
+
+				case (BUTTON_GAME):
+					display = true;
+					GameControlsClass().Process();
+					break;
+
+				case (BUTTON_RESUME):
+					//Save_Settings();
+					process = false;
+					display = true;
+					break;
+			}
+
+			pressed = false;
+			buttonsel[curbutton-1]->IsPressed = false;
+			//buttonsel[curbutton-1]->Turn_Off();
+			buttonsel[curbutton-1]->Turn_On();
+			buttonsel[curbutton-1]->Flag_To_Redraw();
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Clean up and re-enter the game.
+	*/
+	buttons->Delete_List();
+
+	/*
+	**	Redraw the map.
+	*/
+	Keyboard::Clear();
+	Call_Back();
+	HiddenPage.Clear();
+	Call_Back();
+	Map.Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+	Map.Render();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Draw_Caption -- Draws a caption on a dialog box.                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine draws the caption text and any fancy filigree that the dialog may require.  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   text  -- The text of the caption. This is the text number.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          x,y   -- The dialog box X and Y pixel coordinate of the upper left corner.         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          w     -- The width of the dialog box (in pixels).                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/23/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void Draw_Caption(int text, int x, int y, int w)
+{
+	OptionControlType option = OPTION_NONE;
+	int factor			= (SeenBuff.Get_Width() == 320) ? 1 : 2;
+
+
+	/*
+	**	Determine the filigree to use depending on the text of the caption.
+	*/
+	switch (text) {
+		case TXT_GAME_CONTROLS:
+		case TXT_OPTIONS:
+			option = OPTION_CONTROLS;
+			break;
+
+		case TXT_LOAD_MISSION:
+		case TXT_SAVE_MISSION:
+		case TXT_DELETE_MISSION:
+			option = OPTION_DELETE;
+			break;
+
+		case TXT_NONE:
+		case TXT_MODEM_SERIAL:
+		case TXT_SELECT_MPLAYER_GAME:
+		case TXT_SELECT_SERIAL_GAME:
+			option = OPTION_DIALOG;
+			break;
+
+		case TXT_HOST_SERIAL_GAME:
+		case TXT_JOIN_SERIAL_GAME:
+			option = OPTION_SERIAL;
+			break;
+
+		case TXT_SETTINGS:
+		case TXT_PHONE_LIST:
+		case TXT_PHONE_LISTING:
+			option = OPTION_PHONE;
+			break;
+
+		case TXT_JOIN_NETWORK_GAME:
+			option = OPTION_JOIN_NETWORK;
+			break;
+
+		case TXT_NETGAME_SETUP:
+			option = OPTION_NETWORK;
+			break;
+
+		case TXT_VISUAL_CONTROLS:
+			option = OPTION_VISUAL;
+			break;
+
+		case TXT_SOUND_CONTROLS:
+			option = OPTION_SOUND;
+			break;
+
+		default:
+			option = OPTION_DIALOG;
+			break;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Draw the filigree at the corners of the dialog.
+	*/
+	if (option != OPTION_NONE) {
+		CC_Draw_Shape(MixFileClass::Retrieve("OPTIONS.SHP"), (int)option, x+12, y+11, WINDOW_MAIN, SHAPE_CENTER);
+		CC_Draw_Shape(MixFileClass::Retrieve("OPTIONS.SHP"), (int)option+1, x+w-14, y+11, WINDOW_MAIN, SHAPE_CENTER);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Draw the caption.
+	*/
+	if (text != TXT_NONE) {
+		Fancy_Text_Print(text, w/2 + x, 5*factor + y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK, TPF_CENTER|TPF_6PT_GRAD|TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL|TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+		int length = String_Pixel_Width(Text_String(text));
+		LogicPage->Draw_Line((x+(w/2))-(length/2), y+FontHeight+FontYSpacing + 5*factor, (x+(w/2))+(length/2), y+FontHeight+FontYSpacing + 5*factor, CC_GREEN);
+	}
+}
diff --git a/GOPTIONS.H b/GOPTIONS.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9de8a0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/GOPTIONS.H
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\goptions.h_v   2.19   16 Oct 1995 16:46:26   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : OPTIONS.H                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : June 8, 1994                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : June 8, 1994   [JLB]                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef GOPTIONS_H
+#define GOPTIONS_H
+
+#include "options.h"
+#include "gadget.h"
+
+
+class GameOptionsClass : public OptionsClass {
+		enum GameOptionsButtonEnum {
+			BUTTON_LOAD=1,
+			BUTTON_SAVE,
+			BUTTON_DELETE,
+			BUTTON_GAME,
+			BUTTON_QUIT,
+			BUTTON_RESUME,
+			BUTTON_RESTATE,
+
+			BUTTON_COUNT,
+		};
+
+		enum GameOptionsEnum {
+			#if(0)
+
+			OPTION_WIDTH=(216+8),
+			OPTION_HEIGHT=100,
+			OPTION_X=((320 - OPTION_WIDTH) / 2),
+			OPTION_Y=((200 - OPTION_HEIGHT) / 2),
+#ifdef FRENCH
+			BUTTON_WIDTH=142,
+#else
+			BUTTON_WIDTH=130,
+#endif
+//			OBUTTON_HEIGHT=13,
+			NUMBER_OF_BUTTONS=6,
+			CAPTION_Y_POS=5,
+			BUTTON_Y=21,
+			BORDER1_LEN=72,
+			BORDER2_LEN=16,
+			BUTTON_RESUME_Y=(OPTION_HEIGHT-15)
+
+			#endif
+		};
+
+	public:
+		GameOptionsClass(void): OptionsClass () { };
+		void  Adjust_Variables_For_Resolution(void);
+		void Process(void);
+
+	private:
+		int	OptionWidth;
+		int 	OptionHeight;
+		int 	OptionX;
+		int 	OptionY;
+		int 	ButtonWidth;
+		int 	OButtonHeight;
+		int 	CaptionYPos;
+		int 	ButtonY;
+		int 	Border1Len;
+		int 	Border2Len;
+		int 	ButtonResumeY;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/GSCREEN.CPP b/GSCREEN.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3c5c5ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/GSCREEN.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,529 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\gscreen.cpv   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:51:34   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : GSCREEN.CPP                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : 12/15/94                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : January 19, 1995 [JLB]                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   GScreenClass::GScreenClass -- Default constructor for GScreenClass.                       *
+ *   GScreenClass::One_Time -- Handles one time class setups.                                  *
+ *   GScreenClass::Init -- Init's the entire display hierarchy by calling all Init routines.   *
+ *   GScreenClass::Init_Clear -- Sets the map to a known state.                                *
+ *   GScreenClass::Init_Theater -- Performs theater-specific initializations.                  *
+ *   GScreenClass::Init_IO -- Initializes the Button list ('Buttons').                         *
+ *   GScreenClass::Flag_To_Redraw -- Flags the display to be redrawn.                          *
+ *   GScreenClass::Blit_Display -- Redraw the display from the hidpage to the seenpage.        *
+ *   GScreenClass::Render -- General drawing dispatcher an display update function.            *
+ *   GScreenClass::Input -- Fetches input and processes gadgets.                               *
+ *   GScreenClass::Add_A_Button -- Add a gadget to the game input system.                      *
+ *   GScreenClass::Remove_A_Button -- Removes a gadget from the game input system.             *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "function.h"
+
+#include <filepcx.h>
+
+GadgetClass * GScreenClass::Buttons = 0;
+
+GraphicBufferClass * GScreenClass::ShadowPage = 0;
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GScreenClass::GScreenClass -- Default constructor for GScreenClass.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This constructor merely sets the display system, so that it will redraw the first time   *
+ *    the render function is called.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/15/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+GScreenClass::GScreenClass(void)
+{
+	IsToUpdate = true;
+	IsToRedraw = true;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GScreenClass::One_Time -- Handles one time class setups.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine (and all those that overload it) must perform truly one-time initialization.   *
+ * Such init's would normally be done in the constructor, but other aspects of the game may    *
+ * not have been initialized at the time the constructors are called (such as the file system, *
+ * the display, or other WWLIB subsystems), so many initializations should be deferred to the  *
+ * One_Time init's.                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * Any variables set in this routine should be declared as static, so they won't be modified   *
+ * by the load/save process.  Non-static variables will be over-written by a loaded game.      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This function allocates the shadow buffer that is used for quick screen updates. If         *
+ * there were any data files to load, they would be loaded at this time as well.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   Call this routine only ONCE at the beginning of the game.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/15/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void GScreenClass::One_Time(void)
+{
+	/*
+	**	Allocate the screen shadow page. This page is used to reduce access to the
+	**	actual screen memory. It contains a duplicate of what the SEENPAGE is.
+	*/
+	Buttons = 0;
+	ShadowPage = new GraphicBufferClass(320,200);
+	if (ShadowPage) {
+		ShadowPage->Clear();
+		HiddenPage.Clear();
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GScreenClass::Init -- Init's the entire display hierarchy by calling all Init routines.     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine shouldn't be overloaded.  It's the main map initialization routine, and will   *
+ * perform a complete map initialization, from mixfiles to clearing the buffers.  Calling this *
+ * routine results in calling every initialization routine in the entire map hierarchy.        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      theater      theater to initialize to                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/28/1994 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void GScreenClass::Init(TheaterType theater)
+{
+	Init_Clear();
+	Init_IO();
+	Init_Theater(theater);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GScreenClass::Init_Clear -- Sets the map to a known state.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine (and those that overload it) clears any buffers and variables to a known       *
+ * state.  It assumes that all buffers are allocated & valid.  The map should be displayable   *
+ * after calling this function, and should draw basically an empty display.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/28/1994 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void GScreenClass::Init_Clear(void)
+{
+	/*
+	** Clear the ShadowPage & HidPage to force a complete shadow blit.
+	*/
+	if (ShadowPage) {
+		ShadowPage->Clear();
+		HiddenPage.Clear();
+	}
+
+	IsToRedraw = true;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GScreenClass::Init_Theater -- Performs theater-specific initializations.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine (and those that overload it) performs any theater-specific initializations     *
+ * needed.  This will include setting the palette, setting up remap tables, etc.  This routine *
+ * only needs to be called when the theater has changed.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/28/1994 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void GScreenClass::Init_Theater(TheaterType )
+{
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GScreenClass::Init_IO -- Initializes the Button list ('Buttons').                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/28/1994 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void GScreenClass::Init_IO(void)
+{
+	/*
+	** Reset the button list.  This means that any other elements of the map that need
+	** buttons must attach them after this routine is called!
+	*/
+	Buttons = 0;
+
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GScreenClass::Flag_To_Redraw -- Flags the display to be redrawn.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This function is used to flag the display system whether any rendering is needed. The    *
+ *    parameter tells the system either to redraw EVERYTHING, or just that something somewhere *
+ *    has changed and the individual Draw_It functions must be called. When a sub system       *
+ *    determines that it needs to render something local to itself, it would call this routine *
+ *    with a false parameter. If the entire screen gets trashed or needs to be rebuilt, then   *
+ *    this routine will be called with a true parameter.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   complete -- bool; Should the ENTIRE screen be redrawn?                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   This doesn't actually draw the screen, it merely sets flags so that when the    *
+ *             Render() function is called, the appropriate drawing steps will be performed.   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/15/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void GScreenClass::Flag_To_Redraw(bool complete)
+{
+	IsToUpdate = true;
+	if (complete) {
+		IsToRedraw = true;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GScreenClass::Input -- Fetches input and processes gadgets.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will fetch the keyboard/mouse input and dispatch this through the gadget    *
+ *    system.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   key      -- Reference to the key code (for future examination).                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          x,y      -- Reference to mouse coordinates (for future examination).               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void GScreenClass::Input(KeyNumType & key, int & x, int & y)
+{
+	key = Keyboard::Check();
+
+	x = Keyboard::Mouse_X();
+	y = Keyboard::Mouse_Y();
+
+	if (Buttons) {
+
+		/*
+		** If any buttons need redrawing, they will do so in the Input routine, and
+		** they should draw themselves to the HidPage.  So, flag ourselves for a Blit
+		** to show the newly drawn buttons.
+		*/
+		if (Buttons->Is_List_To_Redraw()) {
+			Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+		}
+
+		GraphicViewPortClass * oldpage= Set_Logic_Page(HidPage);
+
+		key = Buttons->Input();
+
+		Set_Logic_Page(oldpage);
+
+	} else {
+		if (key) {
+			key = Keyboard::Get();
+		}
+	}
+	AI(key, x, y);
+
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GScreenClass::Add_A_Button -- Add a gadget to the game input system.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This will add a gadget to the game input system. The gadget will be processed in         *
+ *    subsiquent calls to the GScreenClass::Input() function.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   gadget   -- Reference to the gadget that will be added to the input system.        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void GScreenClass::Add_A_Button(GadgetClass & gadget)
+{
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	If this gadget is already in the list, remove it before adding it in:
+	- If 1st gadget in list, use Remove_A_Button to remove it, to reset the
+	  value of 'Buttons' appropriately
+	- Otherwise, just call the Remove function for that gadget to remove it
+	  from any list it may be in
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (Buttons == &gadget) {
+		Remove_A_Button(gadget);
+	} else {
+		gadget.Remove();
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Now add the gadget to our list:
+	- If there are not buttons, start the list with this one
+	- Otherwise, add it to the tail of the existing list
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (Buttons) {
+		gadget.Add_Tail(*Buttons);
+	} else {
+		Buttons = &gadget;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GScreenClass::Remove_A_Button -- Removes a gadget from the game input system.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   gadget   -- Reference to the gadget that will be removed from the input system.    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   'gadget' MUST be already a part of 'Buttons', or the new value of 'Buttons'     *
+ *               will be invalid!                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void GScreenClass::Remove_A_Button(GadgetClass & gadget)
+{
+	Buttons = gadget.Remove();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GScreenClass::Render -- General drawing dispatcher an display update function.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine should be called in the main game loop (once every game frame). It will     *
+ *    call the Draw_It() function if necessary. All rendering is performed to the LogicPage    *
+ *    which is set to the HIDPAGE. After rendering has been performed, the HIDPAGE is          *
+ *    copied to the visible page.                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   This actually updates the graphic display. As a result it can take quite a      *
+ *             while to perform.                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/15/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void GScreenClass::Render(void)
+{
+	//if (Buttons && Buttons->Is_List_To_Redraw()) {
+	//	IsToRedraw = true;
+	//}
+
+
+	if (IsToUpdate || IsToRedraw) {
+
+		//WWMouse->Erase_Mouse(&HidPage, TRUE);
+		GraphicViewPortClass * oldpage= Set_Logic_Page(HidPage);
+
+		//if (IsToRedraw) {
+		//	Hide_Mouse();
+		//	SeenBuff.To_Buffer(0, 0, 320, 200, ShadowPage);
+		//	Show_Mouse();
+		//}
+		Draw_It(IsToRedraw);
+
+		if (Buttons) Buttons->Draw_All(false);
+
+#ifdef SCENARIO_EDITOR
+		/*
+		** Draw the Editor's buttons
+		*/
+		if (Debug_Map) {
+			if (Buttons) {
+				Buttons->Draw_All();
+			}
+		}
+#endif
+		/*
+		** Draw the multiplayer message system to the Hidpage at this point.
+		** This way, they'll Blit along with the rest of the map.
+		*/
+		if (Messages.Num_Messages() > 0) {
+			Messages.Set_Width(Lepton_To_Cell(Map.TacLeptonWidth) * ICON_PIXEL_W);
+		}
+		Messages.Draw();
+
+		Blit_Display();
+		IsToUpdate = false;
+		IsToRedraw = false;
+
+		Set_Logic_Page(oldpage);
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+
+#define MAX_SCREENS_SAVED 30*15	      // Enough for 30 seconds @ 15 fps
+
+GraphicBufferClass *ScreenList[MAX_SCREENS_SAVED];
+int CurrentScreen = 0;
+bool ScreenRecording = false;
+
+void Add_Current_Screen(void)
+{
+	if (ScreenRecording){
+		ScreenList[CurrentScreen] = new GraphicBufferClass;
+		ScreenList[CurrentScreen]->Init ( SeenBuff.Get_Width(), SeenBuff.Get_Height(), NULL, 0, (GBC_Enum) 0);
+		SeenBuff.Blit (*ScreenList[CurrentScreen]);
+
+		CurrentScreen++;
+
+		if (CurrentScreen == MAX_SCREENS_SAVED){
+
+			char filename[20];
+			for (int i = 0 ; i < MAX_SCREENS_SAVED ; i++){
+				sprintf (filename, "SCRN%04d.PCX", i);
+				Write_PCX_File (filename,*ScreenList[i], (unsigned char *)CurrentPalette);
+				delete ScreenList[i];
+			}
+
+			CurrentScreen = 0;
+			ScreenRecording = 0;
+
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+#endif	//CHEAT_KEYS
+
+
+extern bool CanVblankSync;
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GScreenClass::Blit_Display -- Redraw the display from the hidpage to the seenpage.          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to copy the correct display from the HIDPAGE                        *
+ *    to the SEENPAGE.                                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   02/14/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   05/01/1994 JLB : Converted to member function.                                            *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void GScreenClass::Blit_Display(void)
+{
+	if (SeenBuff.Get_Width()!=320){
+#if (0)
+		if (HidPage.Get_IsDirectDraw() && (Options.GameSpeed >1 || Options.ScrollRate==6 && CanVblankSync) ){
+			WWMouse->Draw_Mouse(&HidPage);
+			SeenBuff.Get_Graphic_Buffer()->Get_DD_Surface()->Flip(NULL , DDFLIP_WAIT);
+			SeenBuff.Blit (HidPage , 0 , 0 , 0 , 0 , SeenBuff.Get_Width() , SeenBuff.Get_Height() , (BOOL) FALSE );
+#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+			Add_Current_Screen();
+#endif
+			//HidPage.Blit ( SeenBuff , 0 , 0 , 0 , 0 , HidPage.Get_Width() , HidPage.Get_Height() , (BOOL) FALSE );
+			WWMouse->Erase_Mouse(&HidPage, FALSE);
+		}else{
+#else	//(0)
+			WWMouse->Draw_Mouse(&HidPage);
+			HidPage.Blit ( SeenBuff , 0 , 0 , 0 , 0 , HidPage.Get_Width() , HidPage.Get_Height() , (BOOL) FALSE );
+#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+			Add_Current_Screen();
+#endif
+			WWMouse->Erase_Mouse(&HidPage, FALSE);
+#endif	//(0)
+#if (0)
+		}
+#endif	//(0)
+
+	} else {
+		ModeX_Blit (&HiddenPage);
+	}
+
+}
+
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/GSCREEN.H b/GSCREEN.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5dd4cb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/GSCREEN.H
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\gscreen.h_v   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:45:20   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : GSCREEN.H                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : 12/15/94                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : December 15, 1994 [JLB]                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef GSCREEN_H
+#define GSCREEN_H
+
+#include	"function.h"
+#include	"cell.h"
+
+class GScreenClass : public VectorClass<CellClass>
+{
+	public:
+
+		GScreenClass(void);
+
+		/*
+		** Initialization
+		*/
+		virtual void One_Time(void);							// One-time initializations
+		virtual void Init(TheaterType = THEATER_NONE);	// Inits everything
+		virtual void Init_Clear(void);						// Clears all to known state
+		virtual void Init_IO(void);							// Inits button list
+		virtual void Init_Theater(TheaterType theater);	// Theater-specific inits
+
+		/*
+		**	Player I/O is routed through here. It is called every game tick.
+		*/
+		virtual void Input(KeyNumType & key, int & x, int & y);
+		virtual void AI(KeyNumType &, int, int) {};
+		virtual void Add_A_Button(GadgetClass & gadget);
+		virtual void Remove_A_Button(GadgetClass & gadget);
+
+		/*
+		**	Called when map needs complete updating.
+		*/
+		virtual void Flag_To_Redraw(bool complete=false);
+
+		/*
+		**	Render maintenance routine (call every game tick). Probably no need
+		**	to override this in derived classes.
+		*/
+		virtual void Render(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	Is called when actual drawing is required. This is the function to
+		**	override in derived classes.
+		*/
+		virtual void Draw_It(bool =false) {};
+
+		/*
+		**	This moves the hidpage up to the seenpage.
+		*/
+		static void Blit_Display(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	Changes the mouse shape as indicated.
+		*/
+		virtual void Set_Default_Mouse(MouseType mouse, bool wwsmall) = 0;
+		virtual bool Override_Mouse_Shape(MouseType mouse, bool wwsmall) = 0;
+		virtual void Revert_Mouse_Shape(void) = 0;
+		virtual void Mouse_Small(bool wwsmall) = 0;
+
+		/*
+		**	File I/O.
+		*/
+		virtual void Code_Pointers(void);
+		virtual void Decode_Pointers(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	Misc routines.
+		*/
+		virtual void * Shadow_Address(void) {return(ShadowPage);};
+
+		/*
+		**	This points to the buttons that are used for input. All of the derived classes will
+		**	attached their specific buttons to this list.
+		*/
+		static GadgetClass * Buttons;
+
+	private:
+
+		/*
+		**	If the entire map is required to redraw, then this flag is true. This flag
+		**	is set by the Flag_To_Redraw function. Typically, this occurs when the screen
+		**	has been trashed or is first created.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsToRedraw:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If only a sub-system of the map must be redrawn, then this flag will be set.
+		**	An example of something that would set this flag would be an animating icon
+		**	in the sidebar. In such a case, complete redrawing of the entire display is not
+		**	necessary, but the Draw_It function should still be called so that the appropriate
+		**	class can perform it's rendering.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsToUpdate:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Pointer to an exact copy of the visible graphic page. This copy is used to speed
+		**	display rendering by using an only-update-changed-pixels algorithm.
+		*/
+	public:
+		static GraphicBufferClass * ShadowPage;
+	private:
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/HDATA.CPP b/HDATA.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0057d3a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/HDATA.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,318 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\hdata.cpv   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:48:18   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               *** 
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : HDATA.CPP                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : May 22, 1994                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : January 23, 1995 [JLB]                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   HouseTypeClass::From_Name -- Fetch house pointer from its name.                           *
+ *   HouseTypeClass::As_Reference -- Fetches a reference to the house specified.               * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+
+/*
+**	These are the colors used to identify the various owners.
+*/
+const int COLOR_GOOD = 180;  // GOLD
+const int COLOR_BRIGHT_GOOD = 176;  // GOLD
+const int COLOR_BAD = 123;	//RED;
+const int COLOR_BRIGHT_BAD = 127;	//RED;
+const int COLOR_NEUTRAL = 205;	//WHITE;
+const int COLOR_BRIGHT_NEUTRAL = 202;	//WHITE;
+
+
+static HouseTypeClass const HouseGood(
+	HOUSE_GOOD,
+	"GoodGuy",					//	NAME:			House name.
+	TXT_GDI,						// FULLNAME:	Translated house name.
+	"GDI",						// SUFFIX:		House file suffix.
+	0,								// LEMON:		Lemon vehicle frequency.
+	COLOR_GOOD,					// COLOR:		Dark Radar map color.
+	COLOR_BRIGHT_GOOD,		// COLOR:		Bright Radar map color.
+	REMAP_YELLOW,				// Remap color ID number.
+	RemapYellow,				// Default remap table.
+	'G'							// VOICE:		Voice prefix character.
+);
+
+static HouseTypeClass const HouseBad(
+	HOUSE_BAD,
+	"BadGuy",					//	NAME:			House name.
+	TXT_NOD,						// FULLNAME:	Translated house name.
+	"NOD",						// SUFFIX:		House file suffix.
+	0,								// LEMON:		Lemon vehicle frequency.
+	COLOR_BAD,					// COLOR:		Dark Radar map color.
+	COLOR_BRIGHT_BAD,			// COLOR:		Bright Radar map color.
+	REMAP_BLUE,					// Remap color ID number.
+	RemapBlue,					// Default remap table.
+	'B'							// VOICE:		Voice prefix character.
+);
+
+static HouseTypeClass const HouseCivilian(
+	HOUSE_NEUTRAL,
+	"Neutral",					//	NAME:			House name.
+	TXT_CIVILIAN,				// FULLNAME:	Translated house name.
+	"CIV",						// SUFFIX:		House file suffix.
+	0,								// LEMON:		Lemon vehicle frequency.
+	COLOR_NEUTRAL,				// COLOR:		Dark Radar map color.
+	COLOR_BRIGHT_NEUTRAL,	// COLOR:		Bright Radar map color.
+	REMAP_YELLOW,				// Remap color ID number.
+	RemapNone,					// Default remap table.
+	'C'							// VOICE:		Voice prefix character.
+);
+
+static HouseTypeClass const HouseJP(
+	HOUSE_JP,
+	"Special",					//	NAME:			House name.
+	TXT_JP,						// FULLNAME:	Translated house name.
+	"JP",							// SUFFIX:		House file suffix.
+	0,								// LEMON:		Lemon vehicle frequency.
+	COLOR_NEUTRAL,				// COLOR:		Dark Radar map color.
+	COLOR_BRIGHT_NEUTRAL,	// COLOR:		Bright Radar map color.
+	REMAP_YELLOW,				// Remap color ID number.
+	RemapNone,					// Default remap table.
+	'J'							// VOICE:		Voice prefix character.
+);
+
+static HouseTypeClass const HouseMulti1(
+	HOUSE_MULTI1,
+	"Multi1",					//	NAME:			House name.
+	TXT_CIVILIAN,				// FULLNAME:	Translated house name.
+	"MP1",						// SUFFIX:		House file suffix.
+	0,								// LEMON:		Lemon vehicle frequency.
+	COLOR_NEUTRAL,				// COLOR:		Radar map color.
+	COLOR_BRIGHT_NEUTRAL,	// COLOR:		Bright Radar map color.
+	REMAP_AQUA,					// Remap color ID number.
+	RemapBlueGreen,			// Default remap table.
+	'M'							// VOICE:		Voice prefix character.
+);
+
+static HouseTypeClass const HouseMulti2(
+	HOUSE_MULTI2,
+	"Multi2",					//	NAME:			House name.
+	TXT_CIVILIAN,				// FULLNAME:	Translated house name.
+	"MP2",						// SUFFIX:		House file suffix.
+	0,								// LEMON:		Lemon vehicle frequency.
+	COLOR_NEUTRAL,				// COLOR:		Radar map color.
+	COLOR_BRIGHT_NEUTRAL,	// COLOR:		Bright Radar map color.
+	REMAP_ORANGE,				// Remap color ID number.
+	RemapOrange,				// Default remap table.
+	'M'							// VOICE:		Voice prefix character.
+);
+
+static HouseTypeClass const HouseMulti3(
+	HOUSE_MULTI3,
+	"Multi3",					//	NAME:			House name.
+	TXT_CIVILIAN,				// FULLNAME:	Translated house name.
+	"MP3",						// SUFFIX:		House file suffix.
+	0,								// LEMON:		Lemon vehicle frequency.
+	COLOR_NEUTRAL,				// COLOR:		Radar map color.
+	COLOR_BRIGHT_NEUTRAL,	// COLOR:		Bright Radar map color.
+	REMAP_GREEN,				// Remap color ID number.
+	RemapGreen,					// Default remap table.
+	'M'							// VOICE:		Voice prefix character.
+);
+
+static HouseTypeClass const HouseMulti4(
+	HOUSE_MULTI4,
+	"Multi4",					//	NAME:			House name.
+	TXT_CIVILIAN,				// FULLNAME:	Translated house name.
+	"MP4",						// SUFFIX:		House file suffix.
+	0,								// LEMON:		Lemon vehicle frequency.
+	COLOR_NEUTRAL,				// COLOR:		Radar map color.
+	COLOR_BRIGHT_NEUTRAL,	// COLOR:		Bright Radar map color.
+	REMAP_BLUE,					// Remap color ID number.
+	RemapBlue,					// Default remap table.
+	'M'							// VOICE:		Voice prefix character.
+);
+
+static HouseTypeClass const HouseMulti5(
+	HOUSE_MULTI5,
+	"Multi5",					//	NAME:			House name.
+	TXT_CIVILIAN,				// FULLNAME:	Translated house name.
+	"MP5",						// SUFFIX:		House file suffix.
+	0,								// LEMON:		Lemon vehicle frequency.
+	COLOR_NEUTRAL,				// COLOR:		Radar map color.
+	COLOR_BRIGHT_NEUTRAL,	// COLOR:		Bright Radar map color.
+	REMAP_YELLOW,				// Remap color ID number.
+	RemapYellow,				// Default remap table.
+	'M'							// VOICE:		Voice prefix character.
+);
+
+static HouseTypeClass const HouseMulti6(
+	HOUSE_MULTI6,
+	"Multi6",					//	NAME:			House name.
+	TXT_CIVILIAN,				// FULLNAME:	Translated house name.
+	"MP6",						// SUFFIX:		House file suffix.
+	0,								// LEMON:		Lemon vehicle frequency.
+	COLOR_NEUTRAL,				// COLOR:		Radar map color.
+	COLOR_BRIGHT_NEUTRAL,	// COLOR:		Bright Radar map color.
+	REMAP_RED,					// Remap color ID number.
+	RemapRed,					// Default remap table.
+	'M'							// VOICE:		Voice prefix character.
+);
+
+HouseTypeClass const * const HouseTypeClass::Pointers[HOUSE_COUNT] = {
+	&HouseGood,
+	&HouseBad,
+	&HouseCivilian,
+	&HouseJP,
+	&HouseMulti1,
+	&HouseMulti2,
+	&HouseMulti3,
+	&HouseMulti4,
+	&HouseMulti5,
+	&HouseMulti6,
+};
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseTypeClass::HouseTypeClass -- Constructor for house type objects.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the constructor for house type objects. This object holds the constant data      *
+ *    for the house type.                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   house    -- The ID number for this house type.                                     *
+ *          ini      -- The INI name of this house.                                            *
+ *          fullname -- The text number representing the complete name of the house.           *
+ *          ext      -- The filename extension used when loading data files.                   *
+ *          lemon    -- The percentage for objects of this ownership to be lemon.              *
+ *          remapc   -- The remap color number to use.                                         *
+ *          color    -- The radar color to use for this "house".                               *
+ *          prefix   -- A unique prefix letter used when building custom filenames.            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/21/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+HouseTypeClass::HouseTypeClass(HousesType house, 
+				char const * ini, 
+				int fullname, 
+				char const * ext, 
+				int lemon, 
+				int color, 
+				int bright_color, 
+				PlayerColorType remapcolor,
+				unsigned char const * remap, 
+				char prefix)
+{
+	RemapTable = remap;
+	RemapColor = remapcolor;
+	House = house;
+	IniName = ini;
+	FullName = fullname;
+	strncpy(Suffix, ext, 3);
+	Suffix[3] = '\0';
+	Lemon = lemon;
+	Color = color;
+	BrightColor = bright_color;
+	Prefix = prefix;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseTypeClass::From_Name -- Fetch house pointer from its name.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will convert the ASCII house name specified into a                          *
+ *    real house number. Typically, this is used when processing a                             *
+ *    scenario INI file.                                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   name  -- ASCII name of house to process.                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with actual house number represented by the ASCII                          *
+ *          name specified.                                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/07/1992 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   05/21/1994 JLB : Converted to member function.                                            *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+HousesType HouseTypeClass::From_Name(char const *name)
+{
+	if (name) {
+		for (HousesType house = HOUSE_FIRST; house < HOUSE_COUNT; house++) {
+			if (stricmp(Pointers[house]->IniName, name) == 0) {
+				return(house);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return(HOUSE_NONE);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseTypeClass::One_Time -- One-time initialization                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/21/1994 JLB : Converted to member function.                                            *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void HouseTypeClass::One_Time(void)
+{
+	/*
+	** Change the radar color for special units; otherwise, they'll be the same
+	** color as the player!
+	*/
+	if (Special.IsJurassic && AreThingiesEnabled) {
+		((unsigned char &)HouseJP.Color) = (unsigned char)COLOR_BAD;
+		((unsigned char &)HouseJP.BrightColor) = (unsigned char)COLOR_BRIGHT_BAD;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * HouseTypeClass::As_Reference -- Fetches a reference to the house specified.                 * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    Use this routine to fetch a reference to the house number specified.                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   house -- The house number (HousesType) to look up.                                 * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a reference to the HouseTypeClass object that matches the house       * 
+ *          number specified.                                                                  * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   01/23/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+HouseTypeClass const & HouseTypeClass::As_Reference(HousesType house) 
+{
+	return(*Pointers[house]);
+}
diff --git a/HEADER.MAC b/HEADER.MAC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea443db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/HEADER.MAC
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+%home%tof
+
+%home%tof/* $Header:$ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ **             C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D    S T U D I O S                  **
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : %qProject Name$%col96*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : %-r%-e%col96*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : %eProgrammer$%col96*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : %date%col96*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : %date%col96*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
diff --git a/HEAP.CPP b/HEAP.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..db1555d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/HEAP.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,553 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\heap.cpv   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:49:56   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               *** 
+ *********************************************************************************************** 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                    File Name : HEAP.CPP                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Start Date : 02/18/95                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                  Last Update : May 22, 1995 [JLB]                                           * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* 
+ * Functions:                                                                                  * 
+ *   FixedIHeapClass::Free -- Frees an object in the heap.                                     * 
+ *   FixedHeapClass::FixedHeapClass -- Normal constructor for heap management class.           * 
+ *   FixedHeapClass::~FixedHeapClass -- Destructor for the heap manager class.                 * 
+ *   FixedHeapClass::Set_Heap -- Assigns a memory block for this heap manager.                 * 
+ *   FixedHeapClass::Allocate -- Allocate a sub-block from the heap.                           * 
+ *   FixedHeapClass::Free -- Frees a sub-block in the heap.                                    * 
+ *   FixedHeapClass::ID -- Converts a pointer to a sub-block index number.                     * 
+ *   FixedHeapClass::Clear -- Clears (and frees) the heap manager memory.                      * 
+ *   TFixedIHeapClass::Save -- Saves all active objects                                        *
+ *   TFixedIHeapClass::Load -- Loads all active objects                                        *
+ *   TFixedIHeapClass::Code_Pointers -- codes pointers for every object, to prepare for save   *
+ *   TFixedIHeapClass::Decode_Pointers -- Decodes all object pointers, for after loading       *
+ *   FixedHeapClass::Free_All -- Frees all objects in the fixed heap.                          * 
+ *   FixedIHeapClass::Free_All -- Frees all objects out of the indexed heap.                   * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+#include	"function.h"
+#include	"heap.h"
+#include	<mem.h>
+#include	<stdio.h>
+#include	<stddef.h>
+#include	<conio.h>
+#include	<string.h>
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * FixedHeapClass::FixedHeapClass -- Normal constructor for heap management class.             * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This is the normal constructor used for the heap manager class. This initializes         * 
+ *    the class but doesn't yet assign actual heap memory to this manager. That is handled     * 
+ *    by the Set_Heap() function.                                                              * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   size  -- The size of the individual sub-blocks in this heap. This value is         * 
+ *                   typically the size of some class or structure.                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   The heap must first be assigned a block of memory to manage before it can       * 
+ *             be used.                                                                        * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   02/21/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+FixedHeapClass::FixedHeapClass(int size)
+{
+	Size = size;
+	Buffer = 0;
+	IsAllocated = false;
+	TotalCount = 0;
+	ActiveCount = 0;
+}	
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * FixedHeapClass::~FixedHeapClass -- Destructor for the heap manager class.                   * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This is the default constructor for the heap manager class. It handles freeing the       * 
+ *    memory assigned to this heap.                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   02/21/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+FixedHeapClass::~FixedHeapClass(void)
+{
+	FixedHeapClass::Clear();
+}	
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * FixedHeapClass::Set_Heap -- Assigns a memory block for this heap manager.                   * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This routine is used to assign a memory heap to this object. A memory heap so assigned   * 
+ *    will start with all sub-blocks unallocated. After this routine is called, normal         * 
+ *    allocation and freeing may occur. This routine will allocate necessary memory if the     * 
+ *    buffer parameter is NULL.                                                                * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   count    -- The number of objects that this heap should manage.                    * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *          buffer   -- Pointer to pre-allocated buffer that this manager will use. If this    * 
+ *                      parameter is NULL, then memory will be automatically allocated.        * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the heap successfully initialized?                                       * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   02/21/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int FixedHeapClass::Set_Heap(int count, void * buffer)
+{
+	/*
+	**	Clear out the old heap data.
+	*/
+	Clear();
+
+	/*
+	**	If there is no size to the objects in the heap, then this block memory
+	**	handler can NEVER function. Return with a failure condition.
+	*/
+	if (!Size) return(false);
+
+	/*
+	**	If there is no count specified, then this indicates that the heap should
+	**	be disabled.
+	*/
+	if (!count) return(true);
+
+	/*
+	**	Initialize the free boolean vector and the buffer for the actual
+	**	allocation objects.
+	*/
+	if (FreeFlag.Resize(count)) {
+		if (!buffer) {
+			buffer = new char[count * Size];
+			if (!buffer) {
+				FreeFlag.Clear();
+				return(false);
+			}
+			IsAllocated = true;
+		}
+		Buffer = buffer;
+		TotalCount = count;
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}	
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * FixedHeapClass::Allocate -- Allocate a sub-block from the heap.                             * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    Finds the first available sub-block in the heap and returns a pointer to it. The sub-    * 
+ *    block is marked as allocated by this routine. If there are no more sub-blocks            * 
+ *    available, then this routine will return NULL.                                           * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the newly allocated sub-block.                           * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   02/21/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void * FixedHeapClass::Allocate(void)
+{
+	if (ActiveCount < TotalCount) {
+		int index = FreeFlag.First_False();
+
+		if (index != -1) {
+			ActiveCount++;
+			FreeFlag[index] = true;
+			return((*this)[index]);
+		}
+	}
+	return(0);
+}	
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * FixedHeapClass::Free -- Frees a sub-block in the heap.                                      * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    Use this routine to free a previously allocated sub-block in the heap.                   * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   pointer  -- A pointer to the sub-block to free. This is the same pointer that      * 
+ *                      was returned from the Allocate() function.                             * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the deallocation successful? Failure could indicate a pointer that       * 
+ *                doesn't refer to this heap or a null pointer.                                * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   02/21/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int FixedHeapClass::Free(void * pointer)
+{
+	if (pointer && ActiveCount) {
+		int index = ID(pointer);
+
+		if ((unsigned)index < TotalCount) {
+			if (FreeFlag[index]) {
+				ActiveCount--;
+				FreeFlag[index] = false;
+				return(true);	
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return(false);
+}	
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * FixedHeapClass::ID -- Converts a pointer to a sub-block index number.                       * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    Use this routine to convert a pointer (returned by Allocate) into the sub-block          * 
+ *    index number. This index number can be used as a form of identifier for the block.       * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   pointer  -- A pointer to the sub-block to conver into an ID number.                * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the index (ID) number for the sub-block specified. This number will   * 
+ *          range between 0 and the sub-block max -1. If -1 is returned, then the pointer      * 
+ *          was invalid.                                                                       * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   02/21/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int FixedHeapClass::ID(void const * pointer)
+{
+	if (pointer && Size) {
+		return((int)(((char *)pointer - (char *)Buffer) / Size));
+	}
+	return(-1);
+}	
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * FixedHeapClass::Clear -- Clears (and frees) the heap manager memory.                        * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This routine is used to bring the heap manager back into a non-functioning state. All    * 
+ *    memory allocated by this manager is freeed. Any previous pointers to allocated blocks    * 
+ *    from this heap are now invalid.                                                          * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   02/21/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void FixedHeapClass::Clear(void)
+{
+	/*
+	**	Free the old buffer (if present).
+	*/
+	if (Buffer && IsAllocated) {
+		delete[] Buffer;
+	}
+	Buffer = 0;
+	IsAllocated = false;
+	ActiveCount = 0;
+	TotalCount = 0;
+	FreeFlag.Clear();
+}	
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * FixedHeapClass::Free_All -- Frees all objects in the fixed heap.                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This routine will free all previously allocated objects out of the heap. Use this        * 
+ *    routine to ensure that the heap is empty.                                                * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  Was the heap successfully cleared of all objects?                                  * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   05/22/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int FixedHeapClass::Free_All(void)
+{
+	ActiveCount = 0;
+	FreeFlag.Reset();
+	return(true);
+}	
+
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * FixedIHeapClass::Free_All -- Frees all objects out of the indexed heap.                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    Use this routine to free all previously allocated objects in the heap. This routine will * 
+ *    also clear out the allocated object vector as well.                                      * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  Was the heap successfully cleared of objects?                                      * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   05/22/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int FixedIHeapClass::Free_All(void)
+{
+	ActivePointers.Delete_All();
+	return(FixedHeapClass::Free_All());
+}
+
+
+void FixedIHeapClass::Clear(void)
+{
+	FixedHeapClass::Clear();
+	ActivePointers.Clear();
+}	
+
+
+int FixedIHeapClass::Set_Heap(int count, void * buffer)
+{
+	Clear();
+	if (FixedHeapClass::Set_Heap(count, buffer)) {
+		ActivePointers.Resize(count);
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}	
+
+
+void * FixedIHeapClass::Allocate(void)
+{
+	void * ptr = FixedHeapClass::Allocate();
+	if (ptr)	{
+		ActivePointers.Add(ptr);
+		memset (ptr, 0, Size);
+	}
+	return(ptr);
+}	
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * FixedIHeapClass::Free -- Frees an object in the heap.                                       * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This routine is used to free an object in the heap. Freeing is accomplished by marking   * 
+ *    the object's memory as free to be reallocated. The object is also removed from the       * 
+ *    allocated object pointer vector.                                                         * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   pointer  -- Pointer to the object that is to be removed from the heap.             * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   02/21/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int FixedIHeapClass::Free(void * pointer)
+{
+	if (FixedHeapClass::Free(pointer)) {
+		ActivePointers.Delete(pointer);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}	
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * TFixedIHeapClass::Save -- Saves all active objects                                          *
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   file      file to write to                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  true = OK, false = error                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   03/15/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+template<class T>
+int TFixedIHeapClass<T>::Save(FileClass &file)
+{
+	int i;				// loop counter
+	int idx;				// object index
+
+	/*
+	** Save the number of instances of this class
+	*/
+	if (file.Write(&ActiveCount, sizeof(ActiveCount)) != sizeof(ActiveCount)) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Save each instance of this class
+	*/
+	for (i = 0; i < ActiveCount; i++) {
+		/*
+		** Save the array index of the object, so it can be loaded back into the
+		** same array location (so TARGET translations will work)
+		*/
+		idx = ID(Ptr(i));
+		if (file.Write(&idx, sizeof(idx)) != sizeof(idx)) {
+			return(false);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		** Save the object itself
+		*/
+		if (!Ptr(i)->Save(file)) {
+			return(false);
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(true);
+}	
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * TFixedIHeapClass::Load -- Loads all active objects                                          *
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   file      file to read from                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  true = OK, false = error                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   03/15/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+template<class T>
+int TFixedIHeapClass<T>::Load(FileClass &file)
+{
+	int i;			// loop counter
+	int idx;			// object index
+	T *ptr;			// object pointer
+	int a_count;
+
+	/*
+	** Read the number of instances of this class
+	*/
+	if (file.Read(&a_count, sizeof(a_count)) != sizeof(a_count)) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Error if more objects than we can hold
+	*/
+	if (a_count > TotalCount) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Read each class instance
+	*/
+	for (i = 0; i < a_count; i++) {
+		/*
+		** Read the object's array index
+		*/
+		if (file.Read (&idx, sizeof(idx)) != sizeof(idx)) {
+			return(false);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		** Get a pointer to the object, activate that object
+		*/
+		ptr = (T *)(*this)[idx];
+		FreeFlag[idx] = true;
+		ActiveCount++;
+		ActivePointers.Add(ptr);
+
+		/*
+		** Load the object
+		*/
+		if (!ptr->Load(file)) {
+			return(false);
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(true);
+}	
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * TFixedIHeapClass::Code_Pointers -- codes pointers for every object, to prepare for save     *
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   file      file to read from                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  true = OK, false = error                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   03/15/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+template<class T>
+void TFixedIHeapClass<T>::Code_Pointers(void)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < ActiveCount; i++) {
+		Ptr(i)->Code_Pointers();
+	}
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * TFixedIHeapClass::Decode_Pointers -- Decodes all object pointers, for after loading         *
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   file      file to read from                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  true = OK, false = error                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   03/15/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+template<class T>
+void TFixedIHeapClass<T>::Decode_Pointers(void)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < ActiveCount; i++) {
+		Ptr(i)->Decode_Pointers();
+	}
+}
diff --git a/HEAP.H b/HEAP.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..19ef6a0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/HEAP.H
@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\heap.h_v   2.15   16 Oct 1995 16:47:08   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               *** 
+ *********************************************************************************************** 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                    File Name : HEAP.H                                                       * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Start Date : 02/18/95                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                  Last Update : February 18, 1995 [JLB]                                      * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* 
+ * Functions:                                                                                  * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef HEAP_H
+#define HEAP_H
+
+#include "vector.h"
+
+/**************************************************************************
+**	This is a block memory managment handler. It is used when memory is to
+**	be treated as a series of blocks of fixed size. This is similar to an
+**	array of integral types, but unlike such an array, the memory blocks
+**	are annonymous. This facilitates the use of this class when overloading
+**	the new and delete operators for a normal class object.
+*/
+class FixedHeapClass
+{
+	public:
+		FixedHeapClass(int size);
+		virtual ~FixedHeapClass(void);
+
+		int ID(void const * pointer);
+		int Count(void) {return ActiveCount;};
+		int Length(void) {return TotalCount;};
+		int Avail(void) {return TotalCount-ActiveCount;};
+
+		virtual int Set_Heap(int count, void * buffer=0);
+		virtual void * Allocate(void);
+		virtual void Clear(void);
+		virtual int Free(void * pointer);
+		virtual int Free_All(void);
+
+	protected:
+		void * operator[](int index) {return ((char *)Buffer) + (index * Size);};
+
+		/*
+		**	If the memory block buffer was allocated by this class, then this flag
+		**	will be true. The block must be deallocated by this class if true.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsAllocated:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the size of each sub-block within the buffer.
+		*/
+		int Size;
+
+		/*
+		**	This records the absolute number of sub-blocks in the buffer.
+		*/
+		int TotalCount;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the total blocks allocated out of the heap. This number
+		**	will never exceed Count.
+		*/
+		int ActiveCount;
+
+		/*
+		**	Pointer to the heap's memory buffer.
+		*/
+		void * Buffer;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is a boolean vector array of allocation flag bits.
+		*/
+		BooleanVectorClass FreeFlag;
+
+	private:
+		// The assignment operator is not supported.
+		FixedHeapClass & operator = (FixedHeapClass const &);
+
+		// The copy constructor is not supported.
+		FixedHeapClass(FixedHeapClass const &);
+};
+
+
+/**************************************************************************
+**	This template serves only as an interface to the heap manager class. By
+**	using this template, the object pointers are automatically converted
+**	to the correct type without any code overhead.
+*/
+template<class T>
+class TFixedHeapClass : public FixedHeapClass
+{
+	public:
+		TFixedHeapClass(void) : FixedHeapClass(sizeof(T)) {};
+		virtual ~TFixedHeapClass(void) {};
+
+		int ID(T const * pointer) {return FixedHeapClass::ID(pointer);};
+
+		virtual T * Alloc(void) {return (T*)FixedHeapClass::Allocate();};
+		virtual int Free(T * pointer) {FixedHeapClass::Free(pointer);};
+
+	protected:
+		T & operator[](int index) {return *(((char *)Buffer) + (index * Size));};
+};
+
+
+/**************************************************************************
+**	This is a derivative of the fixed heap class. This class adds the 
+**	ability to quickly iterate through the active (allocated) objects. Since the
+**	active array is a sequence of pointers, the overhead of this class
+**	is 4 bytes per potential allocated object (be warned).
+*/
+class FixedIHeapClass : public FixedHeapClass
+{
+	public:
+		FixedIHeapClass(int size) : FixedHeapClass(size) {};
+		virtual ~FixedIHeapClass(void) {};
+
+		virtual int Set_Heap(int count, void * buffer=0);
+		virtual void * Allocate(void);
+		virtual void Clear(void);
+		virtual int Free(void * pointer);
+		virtual int Free_All(void);
+
+		virtual void * Active_Ptr(int index) {return ActivePointers[index];};
+
+		/*
+		**	This is an array of pointers to allocated objects. Using this array
+		**	to control iteration through the objects ensures a minimum of processing.
+		**	It also allows access to this array so that custom sorting can be
+		**	performed.
+		*/
+		DynamicVectorClass<void *> ActivePointers;
+};
+
+
+/**************************************************************************
+**	This template serves only as an interface to the iteratable heap manager
+**	class. By using this template, the object pointers are automatically converted
+**	to the correct type without any code overhead.
+*/
+template<class T>
+class TFixedIHeapClass : public FixedIHeapClass
+{
+	public:
+		TFixedIHeapClass(void) : FixedIHeapClass(sizeof(T)) {};
+		virtual ~TFixedIHeapClass(void) {};
+
+		int ID(T const * pointer) {return FixedIHeapClass::ID(pointer);};
+		virtual T * Alloc(void) {return (T*)FixedIHeapClass::Allocate();};
+		virtual int Free(T * pointer) {return FixedIHeapClass::Free(pointer);};
+		virtual int Free(void * pointer) {return FixedIHeapClass::Free(pointer);};
+		virtual int Save(FileClass & );
+		virtual int Load(FileClass & );
+		virtual void Code_Pointers(void);
+		virtual void Decode_Pointers(void);
+
+		virtual T * Ptr(int index) {return (T*)FixedIHeapClass::ActivePointers[index];};
+		virtual T * Raw_Ptr(int index) {return (T*)((*this)[index]);};
+};
+
+
+#endif
+
+	
diff --git a/HELP.CPP b/HELP.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b724ef5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/HELP.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,405 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\help.cpv   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:51:02   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : HELP.CPP                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : 11/18/94                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : July 16, 1995 [JLB]                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   HelpClass::Draw_Help -- Display the help message (if necessary).                          *
+ *   HelpClass::HelpClass -- Default constructor for the help processor.                       *
+ *   HelpClass::Help_AI -- Handles the help text logic.                                        *
+ *   HelpClass::Help_Text -- Assigns text as the current help text.                            *
+ *   HelpClass::Init_Clear -- Sets help system to a known state.                               *
+ *   HelpClass::Overlap_List -- Returns with offset list for cells under help text.            *
+ *   HelpClass::Scroll_Map -- Makes sure scrolling doesn't leave text shards.                  *
+ *   HelpClass::Set_Cost -- Initiates the second line of help text showing item cost.          *
+ *   HelpClass::Set_Tactical_Position -- Sets the tactial map position.                        *
+ *   HelpClass::Set_Tactical_Position -- Sets the tactical map position.                       *
+ *   HelpClass::Set_Text -- Determines the overlap list and draw coordinates.                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+
+/*
+**	This is the holding buffer for the text overlap list. This buffer must be in the near
+**	data segment. It will be filled in by the Set_Text() function.
+*/
+short const HelpClass::OverlapList[30] = {
+	REFRESH_EOL
+};
+
+char const * HelpClass::HelpText;
+
+
+CountDownTimerClass HelpClass::CountDownTimer;
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HelpClass::HelpClass -- Default constructor for the help processor.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    The help processor is initialized by this routine. It merely sets up the help engine     *
+ *    to the default state. The default state will not display any help text. Call the         *
+ *    Help_Text() function to enable help processing.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/18/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+HelpClass::HelpClass(void)
+{
+	X = 0;
+	Y = 0;
+	Width = 0;
+	Text = TXT_NONE;
+	Color = LTGREY;
+	CountDownTimer.Set(0);
+	IsRight = false;
+	Cost = 0;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HelpClass::Init_Clear -- Sets help system to a known state.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/24/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void HelpClass::Init_Clear(void)
+{
+	TabClass::Init_Clear();
+
+	Set_Text(TXT_NONE);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HelpClass::Overlap_List -- Returns with offset list for cells under help text.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to fetch an offset list for the cells under the text displayed. If      *
+ *    there is no text displayed, then the list will consist of just the terminator code.      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the offset list for the help text overlap. The offset    *
+ *          list is based on the tactical map upper left corner cell.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/18/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+short const * HelpClass::Overlap_List(void) const
+{
+	if (Text == TXT_NONE || CountDownTimer.Time()) {
+		((short &)(OverlapList[0])) = REFRESH_EOL;
+	}
+	return(OverlapList);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HelpClass::Help_AI -- Handles the help text logic.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine handles tracking the mouse position to see if the mouse remains stationary  *
+ *    for the required amount of time. If the time requirement has been met, then it flags     *
+ *    the help system to display the help text the next time the Draw_Help() function is       *
+ *    called.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   key   -- Keyboard input code.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          x,y   -- Mouse coordinates.                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   This routine must be called once and only once per game frame (15 times per     *
+ *             second).                                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/18/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   12/31/1994 JLB : Uses mouse coordinates as passed in.                                     *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void HelpClass::AI(KeyNumType &key, int x, int y)
+{
+	/*
+	**	If there is any keyboard input, then the help text goes away.
+	*/
+//	if (key) {
+//		Help_Text(TXT_NONE);
+//	}
+
+	if (!CountDownTimer.Time() && !IsRight && (x != X || y != Y)) {
+		Help_Text(TXT_NONE);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Process the countdown timer only if it hasn't already expired and there is
+	**	a real help text message to display.
+	*/
+	if (CountDownTimer.Time() && !HelpText && Text != TXT_NONE) {
+
+		/*
+		**	If the mouse has moved, then reset the timer since a moving mouse is not
+		**	supposed to bring up the help text.
+		*/
+		if (!IsRight && (X != x || Y != y)) {
+			X = x;
+			Y = y;
+			CountDownTimer.Start();
+			CountDownTimer.Set(HELP_DELAY);
+			Set_Text(TXT_NONE);
+		} else {
+
+			/*
+			**	If the delay has expired, then the text must be drawn. Build the help text
+			**	overlay list at this time. Better to do it now, when we KNOW it is needed, then
+			**	to do it earlier when it might not be needed.
+			*/
+			Set_Text(Text);
+		}
+	}
+
+	TabClass::AI(key, x, y);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HelpClass::Help_Text -- Assigns text as the current help text.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to change the help text that will pop up if the cursor isn't moved      *
+ *    for the help delay duration. Call this routine as often as desired.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   text  -- The text number for the help text to use.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/18/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void HelpClass::Help_Text(int text, int x, int y, int color, bool quick, int cost)
+{
+	if (text != Text) {
+
+		/*
+		**	If there is an existing text message, then flag the map to redraw the underlying
+		**	icons so that the text message is erased.
+		*/
+		if (Text != TXT_NONE) {
+			Refresh_Cells(Coord_Cell(TacticalCoord), &OverlapList[0]);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Record the position of the mouse. This recorded position will be used to determine
+		**	if the mouse has moved. A moving mouse prevents the help text from popping up.
+		*/
+		X = x;
+		if (x == -1) X = Get_Mouse_X();
+		Y = y;
+		if (y == -1) Y = Get_Mouse_Y();
+		IsRight = (y != -1) || (x != -1);
+
+		if (quick) {
+			CountDownTimer.Set(1);
+		} else {
+			CountDownTimer.Set(HELP_DELAY);
+		}
+
+		Color = color;
+		Text = text;
+		Cost = cost;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HelpClass::Draw_Help -- Display the help message (if necessary).                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This function will print the help text if it thinks it should. The timer and text        *
+ *    message can control whether this occurs. If there is no help text or the countdown timer *
+ *    has not expired, then no text will be printed.                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/18/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void HelpClass::Draw_It(bool forced)
+{
+	TabClass::Draw_It(forced);
+
+	if (Text != TXT_NONE && (forced || !CountDownTimer.Time())) {
+
+		if (LogicPage->Lock()){
+
+	//		Fancy_Text_Print(Text, DrawX, DrawY, Color, BLACK, TPF_6POINT|TPF_NOSHADOW);
+			Fancy_Text_Print(Text, DrawX, DrawY, Color, BLACK, TPF_MAP|TPF_NOSHADOW);
+			LogicPage->Draw_Rect(DrawX-1, DrawY-1, DrawX+Width+1, DrawY+FontHeight, Color);
+
+			if (Cost) {
+				char buffer[15];
+				sprintf(buffer, "$%d", Cost);
+				int width = String_Pixel_Width(buffer);
+
+	//			Fancy_Text_Print(buffer, DrawX, DrawY+FontHeight, Color, BLACK, TPF_6POINT|TPF_NOSHADOW);
+				Fancy_Text_Print(buffer, DrawX, DrawY+FontHeight, Color, BLACK, TPF_MAP|TPF_NOSHADOW);
+				LogicPage->Draw_Rect(DrawX-1, DrawY+FontHeight, DrawX+width+1, DrawY+FontHeight+FontHeight-1, Color);
+				LogicPage->Draw_Line(DrawX, DrawY+FontHeight, DrawX+MIN(width+1, Width) - 1, DrawY+FontHeight, BLACK);
+			}
+
+			LogicPage->Unlock();
+		}
+	}
+	//	if (!In_Debugger) HidPage.Unlock();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HelpClass::Set_Text -- Determines the overlap list and draw coordinates.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to build the overlap list -- used for icon refreshing. It also      *
+ *    determines if the text can fit on the screen and makes adjustments so that it will.      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   text  -- The text number to set the help system to use.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/18/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   12/11/1994 JLB : Won't draw past tactical map edges.                                      *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void HelpClass::Set_Text(int text)
+{
+	if (text != TXT_NONE) {
+		Text = text;
+//		Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_NONE, 0, 0, 0, 0, TPF_6POINT|TPF_NOSHADOW);
+		Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_NONE, 0, 0, 0, 0, TPF_MAP|TPF_NOSHADOW);
+		Width = String_Pixel_Width(Text_String(Text));
+		if (IsRight) {
+			DrawX = X - Width;
+			DrawY = Y;
+		} else {
+			int	right = TacPixelX + Lepton_To_Pixel(TacLeptonWidth) - 3;
+			int	bottom = TacPixelY + Lepton_To_Pixel(TacLeptonHeight) - 1;
+
+			DrawX = X+X_OFFSET;
+			DrawY = Y+Y_OFFSET;
+			if (DrawX + Width > right) {
+				DrawX -= (DrawX+Width) - right;
+			}
+			if (DrawY + FontHeight > bottom) {
+				DrawY -= (DrawY+FontHeight) - bottom;
+			}
+			if (DrawX < TacPixelX+1) DrawX = TacPixelX+1;
+			if (DrawY < TacPixelY+1) DrawY = TacPixelY+1;
+		}
+		int lines = (Cost) ? 2 : 1;
+		memcpy((void*)OverlapList, Text_Overlap_List(Text_String(Text), DrawX-1, DrawY, lines), sizeof(OverlapList));
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HelpClass::Scroll_Map -- Makes sure scrolling doesn't leave text shards.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine intercepts the map scrolling request and then makes sure that if, in fact,  *
+ *    the map is going to scroll, then reset and erase the help text so that it doesn't        *
+ *    mess up the display.                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   facing   -- The direction to scroll (unused by this routine).                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          really   -- If the scroll is actually going to occur, rather than just be examined *
+ *                      for legality, then this parameter will be true. If this parameter is   *
+ *                      true, then the help text is reset.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns if it can, or did, scroll in the requested direction.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/15/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool HelpClass::Scroll_Map(DirType facing, int & distance, bool really)
+{
+	if (really) {
+		Help_Text(TXT_NONE);
+	}
+	return(TabClass::Scroll_Map(facing, distance, really));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HelpClass::Set_Cost -- Initiates the second line of help text showing item cost.            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine after the Help_Text() function to activate the second line. The second  *
+ *    line displays a cost. Typically, this is used by the sidebar to display the cost of the  *
+ *    specified item.                                                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   cost  -- The cost to associate with this help text. If this value is zero, then    *
+ *                   no second line is displayed, so don't pass in zero.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/09/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void HelpClass::Set_Cost(int cost)
+{
+	Cost = cost;
+}
+
+
+void HelpClass::Set_Tactical_Position(COORDINATE coord)
+{
+	if (TacticalCoord != coord) {
+		Help_Text(TXT_NONE);
+	}
+	TabClass::Set_Tactical_Position(coord);
+}
diff --git a/HELP.H b/HELP.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..020b5a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/HELP.H
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\help.h_v   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:46:28   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : HELP.H                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : 11/18/94                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : November 18, 1994 [JLB]                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef HELP_H
+#define HELP_H
+
+#include	"tab.h"
+
+class HelpClass: public TabClass
+{
+	public:
+		HelpClass(void);
+
+		/*
+		** Initialization
+		*/
+		virtual void Init_Clear(void);						// Clears all to known state
+
+		virtual void Draw_It(bool complete=false);
+		virtual void AI(KeyNumType &input, int x, int y);
+		virtual bool Scroll_Map(DirType facing, int &distance, bool really);
+		virtual void Set_Tactical_Position(COORDINATE coord);
+
+		void Help_Text(int text, int x=-1, int y=-1, int color=LTGREY, bool quick=false, int cost = 0);
+		void Set_Cost(int cost);
+		short const * Overlap_List(void) const;
+
+		/*
+		**	File I/O.
+		*/
+		virtual void Code_Pointers(void);
+		virtual void Decode_Pointers(void);
+
+	private:
+
+		static char const *HelpText;
+		int HelpX;
+		int HelpY;
+		int HelpWidth;
+
+
+		void Set_Text(int text);
+
+		/*
+		**	If the help text is right justified (as with the help text that pops up over the
+		**	sidebar icons), then this flag is set to true.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsRight:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If the optional second line of text that displays cost is desired, then this
+		**	value will be non-zero. Typically, this is true when the help text is associated
+		**	with one of the sidebar construction icons.
+		*/
+		int Cost;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the recorded position of the cursor at the time the help text
+		**	pops up. The help text is rendered as an offset from this pixel position.
+		*/
+		int X;
+		int Y;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the draw X and Y coordinate. This position is relative to the X and
+		**	Y coordinates but adjusted for screen edges as necessary.
+		*/
+		int DrawX;
+		int DrawY;
+
+		/*
+		**	The width of the help text (in pixels) is stored here. This is a convenience
+		**	since calculating the width takes a bit of time.
+		*/
+		int Width;
+
+		/*
+		**	The text number of the help text to display is held here. If no text is to be
+		**	displayed, then this value will be TXT_NONE.
+		*/
+		int Text;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the background color to use for the help text. It can change according
+		**	to the message displayed.
+		*/
+		int Color;
+
+		/*
+		**	This countdown timer controls when the help text will pop up. If the mouse
+		**	remains stationary while this countdown timer expires, then the help text
+		**	will pop up.
+		*/
+		static CountDownTimerClass CountDownTimer;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is a calculated cell offset list (from the Map.TacticalCell) that indicates
+		**	which cells are under the help text and thus which cells need to be redrawn if
+		**	the help text is to be erased.
+		*/
+		static short const OverlapList[30];
+
+		enum HelpClassEnum {
+			HELP_DELAY=TIMER_SECOND*1,				// The countdown timer delay before help text pops up.
+			Y_OFFSET=0,					// The Y pixel offset from cursor for help text print.
+			X_OFFSET=10,				// The X pixel offset from cursor for help text print.
+		};
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/HOTLIST.TXT b/HOTLIST.TXT
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b15730e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/HOTLIST.TXT
@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+Burn version with new setup/install and scenario files.
+
+) I've noticed that the Tiberium "tiles" are skragging in the         
+multiplayer mode.  Skragging= a "tile" of random colored pixels.
+It happened everytime I would scroll to the bottom and there was    
+still tiberium on the field, but also, just as I would scroll       
+around.
+
+) Vehicles still cross over each other when they are moving.
+
+) I think you should be able to click a tile partially full of        
+infantry if the selected unit is an infantry. (e.g. if you have 3   
+infantry in a square, you should be able to select 2 infantry and   
+be able to click in the square where the 3 are.)  If you select     
+more than 2 infantry, the remainder should just move as close as    
+possible...
+
+) When multiple units are selected and sent to a location, 1 or 2     
+never go on the first try.  I suggest that those who can't find     
+there destination try to get as close as possible to it. 
+
+) The game currently pauses anytime any player gets a new score.      
+This turns into repeated "lockup scares" when the player is playing three other people. 
+If we can't solve this problem, perhaps we should give each player  
+a sound track and never load a new one.
+
+) The game bogs down when multiple people are scrolling around.
+
+) Right now, there is no message when a player has been wiped off the 
+map.  Should this be an EVA thing or on screen text? I think both.
+
+) There is also no "You have won!" message.  This should be EVA and   
+text as well.
+
+"RUNGAME.EXE" to be renamed to so that it is clear what the player should
+type to run the game. Possibly rename to "utility.exe".
+
+Install new multiplayer EVA speech. Disable enemy destroyed EVA speech
+when in multiplayer mode.
+
+Install new VQ movies.
+
+Merge with Barry to incorporate map/score screen changes.
+
+Install these samples:
+REPAIR2.WAV        use when vehicle goes on repair ppad. 
+RADAR2.WAV         use when radar kicks in.
+
+Track down Watcom debug problem. Call Tech Rep
+
+There is a bug with radar in that it doesn't update enough
+for fast moving units.
+
+Fix so that harvester returns to Tiberium field after unloading.
+
+Add pause option to game (for network play)?
+
+Prevent placement of buildings off the edge of the map. Especially
+critical for the Weapons factory.
+
+Purple tiberium color on radar map.
+
+Fix bug with why bases aren't being built by the computer.
+
+Increase delay for "end of game check" from 20 seconds to 30 seconds.
+
+Teams arriving by Chinook are not following waypoints.  
+They will go into Guard upon exiting the helicopter. Fix this.
+
+Find a solution for:
+Chinooks only fly to the Reinforcement cell.  
+This presents the problem of not being able to bring in troops for the 
+player, or not having GDI drop troops by helicopter.
+
+Allow creation of Civilian Teams.
+
+Check up on the problems with the "ambush" team order. What is it really
+supposed to do?
+
+Fix rocks passibility problems in the desert set.
+
+Attack cycle should carry a weak machine gun weapon.
+
+Enemy tanks should drive over infantry if they are very close rather than
+merely attacking them with firepower.
+
+Fix problem with harvester driving over the backside of the refinery -- it looks bad.
+
+Install two or four small transition scores to reside on the hard drive.
+
+Control the transition score from the INI file.
+
+Allow control of the sidebar by way of a trigger event. This will allow certain
+scenarios to force the sidebar to be disabled until an event occurs.
+
+Factories should produce what they originally would produced when constructed, NOT
+restricted to what the current owner can produce. This will allow capturing of
+a factory so that, otherwise unavailable, units could be produced.
+
+Show percentage full graphic for the harvester.
+
+Stealth tank cloaking and decloaking problems.
+
+Graphic icon glitches on the radar map.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/HOUSE.CPP b/HOUSE.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..20583fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/HOUSE.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,4349 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\house.cpv   2.13   02 Aug 1995 17:03:50   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : HOUSE.CPP                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : May 21, 1994                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : August 12, 1995 [JLB]                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   HouseClass::AI -- Process house logic.                                                    *
+ *   HouseClass::Abandon_Production -- Abandons production of item type specified.             *
+ *   HouseClass::Add_Nuke_Piece -- Add a nuclear piece to the collection.                      *
+ *   HouseClass::Adjust_Capacity -- Adjusts the house Tiberium storage capacity.               *
+ *   HouseClass::Adjust_Threat -- Adjust threat for the region specified.                      *
+ *   HouseClass::As_Pointer -- Converts a house number into a house object pointer.            *
+ *   HouseClass::Attacked -- Lets player know if base is under attack.                         *
+ *   HouseClass::Available_Money -- Fetches the total credit worth of the house.               *
+ *   HouseClass::Begin_Production -- Starts production of the specified object type.           *
+ *   HouseClass::Blowup_All -- blows up everything                                             *
+ *   HouseClass::Can_Build -- Determines if the aircraft type can be built.                    *
+ *   HouseClass::Can_Build -- Determines if the building type can be built.                    *
+ *   HouseClass::Can_Build -- Determines if the infantry unit can be built by this house.      *
+ *   HouseClass::Can_Build -- Determines if the unit can be built by this house.               *
+ *   HouseClass::Can_Build -- General purpose build legality checker.                          *
+ *   HouseClass::Clobber_All -- removes house & all its objects                                *
+ *   HouseClass::Debug_Dump -- Dumps the house status data to the mono screen.                 *
+ *   HouseClass::Detach -- Removes specified object from house tracking systems.               *
+ *   HouseClass::Does_Enemy_Building_Exist -- Checks for enemy building of specified type.     *
+ *   HouseClass::Flag_Attach -- Attach flag to specified cell (or thereabouts).                *
+ *   HouseClass::Flag_Attach -- Attaches the house flag the specified unit.                    *
+ *   HouseClass::Flag_Remove -- Removes the flag from the specified target.                    *
+ *   HouseClass::Flag_To_Die -- Flags the house to blow up soon.                               *
+ *   HouseClass::Flag_To_Lose -- Flags the house to die soon.                                  *
+ *   HouseClass::Flag_To_Win -- Flags the house to win soon.                                   *
+ *   HouseClass::Harvested -- Adds Tiberium to the harvest storage.                            *
+ *   HouseClass::Has_Nuke_Device -- Deteremines if the house has a nuclear device.             *
+ *   HouseClass::HouseClass -- Constructor for a house object.                                 *
+ *   HouseClass::Init -- init's in preparation for new scenario                                *
+ *   HouseClass::Init_Air_Strike -- Add (or reset) the air strike sidebar button.              *
+ *   HouseClass::Init_Data -- Initializes the multiplayer color data.                          *
+ *   HouseClass::Init_Ion_Cannon -- Initialize the ion cannon countdown.                       *
+ *   HouseClass::Init_Nuke_Bomb -- Adds (if necessary) the atom bomb to the sidebar.           *
+ *   HouseClass::Is_Ally -- Checks to see if the object is an ally.                            *
+ *   HouseClass::Is_Ally -- Determines if the specified house is an ally.                      *
+ *   HouseClass::Is_Ally -- Determines if the specified house is an ally.                      *
+ *   HouseClass::MPlayer_Defeated -- multiplayer; house is defeated                            *
+ *   HouseClass::Make_Air_Strike_Available -- Make the airstrike available.                    *
+ *   HouseClass::Make_Ally -- Make the specified house an ally.                                *
+ *   HouseClass::Make_Enemy -- Make an enemy of the house specified.                           *
+ *   HouseClass::Manual_Place -- Inform display system of building placement mode.             *
+ *   HouseClass::One_Time -- Handles one time initialization of the house array.               *
+ *   HouseClass::Place_Object -- Places the object (building) at location specified.           *
+ *   HouseClass::Place_Special_Blast -- Place a special blast effect at location specified.    *
+ *   HouseClass::Power_Fraction -- Fetches the current power output rating.                    *
+ *   HouseClass::Read_INI -- Reads house specific data from INI.                               *
+ *   HouseClass::Refund_Money -- Refunds money to back to the house.                           *
+ *   HouseClass::Remap_Table -- Fetches the remap table for this house object.                 *
+ *   HouseClass::Remove_Air_Strike -- Removes the air strike button from the sidebar.          *
+ *   HouseClass::Remove_Ion_Cannon -- Disables the ion cannon.                                 *
+ *   HouseClass::Remove_Nuke_Bomb -- Removes the nuclear bomb from the sidebar.                *
+ *   HouseClass::Sell_Wall -- Tries to sell the wall at the specified location.                *
+ *   HouseClass::Silo_Redraw_Check -- Flags silos to be redrawn if necessary.                  *
+ *   HouseClass::Special_Weapon_AI -- Fires special weapon.                                    *
+ *   HouseClass::Spend_Money -- Removes money from the house.                                  *
+ *   HouseClass::Suggest_New_Object -- Determine what would the next buildable object be.      *
+ *   HouseClass::Suggested_New_Team -- Determine what team should be created.                  *
+ *   HouseClass::Suspend_Production -- Temporarily puts production on hold.                    *
+ *   HouseClass::Validate -- validates house pointer														  *
+ *   HouseClass::Write_INI -- Writes house specific data into INI file.                        *
+ *   HouseClass::delete -- Deallocator function for a house object.                            *
+ *   HouseClass::new -- Allocator for a house class.                                           *
+ *   HouseClass::operator HousesType -- Conversion to HousesType operator.                     *
+ *   HouseClass::~HouseClass -- Default destructor for a house object.                         *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Validate -- validates house pointer															  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *		1 = ok, 0 = error																								  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/09/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+int HouseClass::Validate(void) const
+{
+	int num;
+
+	num = Houses.ID(this);
+	if (num < 0 || num >= HOUSE_MAX) {
+		Validate_Error("HOUSE");
+		return (0);
+	}
+	else
+		return (1);
+}
+#else
+#define	Validate()
+#endif
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::operator HousesType -- Conversion to HousesType operator.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This operator will automatically convert from a houses class object into the HousesType  *
+ *    enumerated value.                                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the object's HousesType value.                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/23/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+HouseClass::operator HousesType(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	return(Class->House);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::As_Pointer -- Converts a house number into a house object pointer.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to convert a house number into the house pointer that it represents.    *
+ *    A simple index into the Houses template array is not sufficient, since the array order   *
+ *    is arbitrary. An actual scan through the house object is required in order to find the   *
+ *    house object desired.                                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   house -- The house type number to look up.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the house object that the house number represents.       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/23/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+HouseClass * HouseClass::As_Pointer(HousesType house)
+{
+	for (int index = 0; index < Houses.Count(); index++) {
+		if (Houses.Ptr(index)->Class->House == house) {
+			return(Houses.Ptr(index));
+		}
+	}
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::One_Time -- Handles one time initialization of the house array.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This basically calls the constructor for each of the houses in the game. All other       *
+ *    data specific to the house is initialized when the scenario is loaded.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   Only call this ONCE at the beginning of the game.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/09/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void HouseClass::One_Time(void)
+{
+//	for (HousesType index = HOUSE_FIRST; index < HOUSE_COUNT; index++) {
+//		new(index) HouseClass;
+//	}
+}
+
+
+#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Debug_Dump -- Dumps the house status data to the mono screen.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This utility function will output the current status of the house class to the mono      *
+ *    screen. Through this information bugs may be fixed or detected.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/31/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void HouseClass::Debug_Dump(MonoClass *) const
+{
+	Validate();
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::new -- Allocator for a house class.                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the allocator for a house class. Since there can be only                         *
+ *    one of each type of house, this is allocator has restricted                              *
+ *    functionality. Any attempt to allocate a house structure for a                           *
+ *    house that already exists, just returns a pointer to the previously                      *
+ *    allocated house.                                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   house -- The house to allocate a class object for.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the allocated class object.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/22/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void * HouseClass::operator new(size_t)
+{
+	void * ptr = Houses.Allocate();
+	if (ptr) {
+		((HouseClass *)ptr)->IsActive = true;
+	}
+	return(ptr);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::delete -- Deallocator function for a house object.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This function marks the house object as "deallocated". Such a                            *
+ *    house object is available for reallocation later.                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   ptr   -- Pointer to the house object to deallocate.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/22/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void HouseClass::operator delete(void *ptr)
+{
+	if (ptr) {
+		((HouseClass *)ptr)->IsActive = false;
+	}
+	Houses.Free((HouseClass *)ptr);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::HouseClass -- Constructor for a house object.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This function is the constructor and it marks the house object                           *
+ *    as being allocated.                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/22/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+HouseClass::HouseClass(HousesType house) :
+	Class(&HouseTypeClass::As_Reference(house)),
+	IonCannon(ION_CANNON_GONE_TIME, VOX_ION_READY, VOX_ION_CHARGING, VOX_ION_CHARGING, VOX_NO_POWER),
+	AirStrike(AIR_CANNON_GONE_TIME, VOX_AIRSTRIKE_READY, VOX_NONE, VOX_NOT_READY, VOX_NOT_READY),
+	NukeStrike(NUKE_GONE_TIME, VOX_NUKE_AVAILABLE, VOX_NONE, VOX_NOT_READY, VOX_NO_POWER)
+{
+
+	for (HousesType i = HOUSE_FIRST; i < HOUSE_COUNT; i++) {
+		UnitsKilled[i] = 0;
+		BuildingsKilled[i] = 0;
+	}
+	WhoLastHurtMe = house;			// init this to myself
+
+	IsVisionary = false;
+	IsFreeHarvester = false;
+	Blockage = 0;
+	UnitsLost = 0;
+	BuildingsLost = 0;
+
+	NewActiveBScan = 0;
+	ActiveBScan = 0;
+	NewActiveUScan = 0;
+	ActiveUScan = 0;
+	NewActiveIScan = 0;
+	ActiveIScan = 0;
+	NewActiveAScan = 0;
+	ActiveAScan = 0;
+
+	strcpy((char *)Name, "Computer");	// Default computer name.
+	JustBuilt = STRUCT_NONE;
+	AlertTime = 0;
+	IsAlerted = false;
+	IsAirstrikePending = false;
+	AircraftFactory = -1;
+	AircraftFactories = 0;
+	ActLike = Class->House;
+	Allies = 0;
+	AScan = 0;
+	NukeDest = 0;
+	BlitzTime.Clear();
+	BScan = 0;
+	BuildingFactories = 0;
+	BuildingFactory = -1;
+	Capacity = 0;
+	Credits = 0;
+	CreditsSpent = 0;
+	CurBuildings = 0;
+	CurUnits = 0;
+	DamageTime = DAMAGE_DELAY;
+	Drain = 0;
+	Edge = SOURCE_NORTH;
+	FlagHome = 0;
+	FlagLocation = TARGET_NONE;
+	HarvestedCredits = 0;
+	HouseTriggers[house].Clear();
+	IGaveUp = false;
+	InfantryFactories = 0;
+	InfantryFactory = -1;
+	InitialCredits = 0;
+	InitialCredits = 0;
+	IScan = 0;
+	IsRecalcNeeded = true;
+	IsCivEvacuated = false;
+	IsDefeated = false;
+	IsDiscovered = false;
+	IsHuman = false;
+	IsMaxedOut = false;
+	IsStarted = false;
+	IsToDie = false;
+	IsToLose = false;
+	IsToWin = false;
+	Make_Ally(house);
+	MaxBuilding = 0;
+	MaxUnit = 0;
+	NewAScan = 0;
+	NewBScan = 0;
+	NewIScan = 0;
+	NewUScan = 0;
+	NukePieces = 0x07;
+	Power = 0;
+	RemapTable = Class->RemapTable;
+	RemapColor = Class->RemapColor;
+	Resigned = false;
+	SpeakAttackDelay = 1;
+	SpeakMaxedDelay = 1;
+	SpeakMoneyDelay = 1;
+	SpeakPowerDelay = 1;
+	SpecialFactories = 0;
+	SpecialFactory = -1;
+	TeamTime = TEAM_DELAY;
+	Tiberium = 0;
+	TriggerTime = 0;
+	UnitFactories = 0;
+	UnitFactory = -1;
+	UScan = 0;
+	memset((void *)&Regions[0], 0x00, sizeof(Regions));
+
+	AircraftTotals = new UnitTrackerClass( (int) AIRCRAFT_COUNT);
+	InfantryTotals = new UnitTrackerClass( (int) INFANTRY_COUNT);
+	UnitTotals = new UnitTrackerClass ( (int) UNIT_COUNT);
+	BuildingTotals = new UnitTrackerClass ( (int) STRUCT_COUNT);
+
+	DestroyedAircraft = new UnitTrackerClass ( (int) AIRCRAFT_COUNT);
+	DestroyedInfantry = new UnitTrackerClass( (int) INFANTRY_COUNT);
+	DestroyedUnits = new UnitTrackerClass ( (int) UNIT_COUNT);
+	DestroyedBuildings = new UnitTrackerClass ( (int) STRUCT_COUNT);
+
+	CapturedBuildings = new UnitTrackerClass ( (int) STRUCT_COUNT);
+	TotalCrates = new UnitTrackerClass ( TOTAL_CRATE_TYPES );	//15 crate types
+}
+
+
+HouseClass::~HouseClass (void)
+{
+	delete AircraftTotals;
+	delete InfantryTotals;
+	delete UnitTotals;
+	delete BuildingTotals;
+
+	delete DestroyedAircraft;
+	delete DestroyedInfantry;
+	delete DestroyedUnits;
+	delete DestroyedBuildings;
+
+	delete CapturedBuildings;
+	delete TotalCrates;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Can_Build -- General purpose build legality checker.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called when it needs to be determined if the specified object type can   *
+ *    be built by this house. Production and sidebar maintenance use this routine heavily.     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   type  -- Pointer to the type of object that legality is to be checked for.         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          house -- This is the house to check for legality against. Note that this might     *
+ *                   not be 'this' house since the check could be from a captured factory.     *
+ *                   Captured factories build what the original owner of them could build.     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Can the specified object be built?                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/04/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   08/12/1995 JLB : Updated for GDI building sandbag walls in #9.                            *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool HouseClass::Can_Build(TechnoTypeClass const * type, HousesType house) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (!type || !type->IsBuildable || !((1L << house) & type->Ownable)) return(false);
+
+	/*
+	**	The computer can always build everthing.
+	*/
+	if (!IsHuman) return(true);
+
+	/*
+	**	Perform some equivalency fixups for the building existance flags.
+	*/
+	long flags = ActiveBScan;
+	int pre = type->Pre;
+	if (flags & STRUCTF_ADVANCED_POWER) flags |= STRUCTF_POWER;
+	if (flags & STRUCTF_HAND) flags |= STRUCTF_BARRACKS;
+	if (flags & STRUCTF_OBELISK) flags |= STRUCTF_ATOWER;
+	if (flags & STRUCTF_TEMPLE) flags |= STRUCTF_EYE;
+	if (flags & STRUCTF_AIRSTRIP) flags |= STRUCTF_WEAP;
+	if (flags & STRUCTF_SAM) flags |= STRUCTF_HELIPAD;
+
+	/*
+	**	Multiplayer game uses a different legality check for building.
+	*/
+	if (GameToPlay != GAME_NORMAL || (Special.IsJurassic && AreThingiesEnabled)) {
+		return((pre & flags) == pre && type->Level <= BuildLevel);
+	}
+
+#ifdef NEWMENU
+	int level = BuildLevel;
+#else
+	int level = Scenario;
+#endif
+
+	/*
+	**	Special check to make the mission objective buildings the prerequisite
+	**	for the stealth tank in mission #11 only.
+	*/
+	if (house == HOUSE_BAD &&
+		type->What_Am_I() == RTTI_UNITTYPE &&
+		((UnitTypeClass const *)type)->Type == UNIT_STANK &&
+		level == 11) {
+
+		pre = STRUCTF_MISSION;
+		level = type->Scenario;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Special case check to ensure that GDI doesn't get the bazooka guy
+	**	until mission #8.
+	*/
+	if (house == HOUSE_GOOD &&
+		type->What_Am_I() == RTTI_INFANTRYTYPE &&
+		((InfantryTypeClass const *)type)->Type == INFANTRY_E3 &&
+		level < 7) {
+
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Special check to allow GDI to build the MSAM by mission #9
+	**	and no sooner.
+	*/
+	if (house == HOUSE_GOOD &&
+		type->What_Am_I() == RTTI_UNITTYPE &&
+		((UnitTypeClass const *)type)->Type == UNIT_MLRS &&
+		level < 9) {
+
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Special case to disable the APC from the Nod player.
+	*/
+	if (house == HOUSE_BAD &&
+		type->What_Am_I() == RTTI_UNITTYPE &&
+		((UnitTypeClass const *)type)->Type == UNIT_APC) {
+
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Ensure that the Temple of Nod cannot be built by GDI even
+	**	if GDI has captured the Nod construction yard.
+	*/
+	if (type->What_Am_I() == RTTI_BUILDINGTYPE &&
+		(((BuildingTypeClass const *)type)->Type == STRUCT_TEMPLE || ((BuildingTypeClass const *)type)->Type == STRUCT_OBELISK) &&
+		Class->House == HOUSE_GOOD) {
+
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Ensure that the rocket launcher tank cannot be built by Nod.
+	*/
+	if (type->What_Am_I() == RTTI_UNITTYPE &&
+		((UnitTypeClass const *)type)->Type == UNIT_MLRS &&
+		Class->House == HOUSE_BAD) {
+
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Ensure that the ion cannon cannot be built if
+	**	Nod has captured the GDI construction yard.
+	*/
+	if (type->What_Am_I() == RTTI_BUILDINGTYPE &&
+		(((BuildingTypeClass const *)type)->Type == STRUCT_EYE) &&
+		Class->House == HOUSE_BAD) {
+
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Nod can build the advanced power plant at scenario #12.
+	*/
+	if (house == HOUSE_BAD &&
+		level >= 12 &&
+		type->What_Am_I() == RTTI_BUILDINGTYPE &&
+		((BuildingTypeClass const *)type)->Type == STRUCT_ADVANCED_POWER) {
+
+		level = type->Scenario;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Nod cannot build a helipad in the normal game.
+	*/
+	if (house == HOUSE_BAD &&
+		type->What_Am_I() == RTTI_BUILDINGTYPE &&
+		((BuildingTypeClass const *)type)->Type == STRUCT_HELIPAD) {
+
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	GDI can build the sandbag wall only from scenario #9 onwards.
+	*/
+	if (house == HOUSE_GOOD &&
+		level < 8 &&
+		type->What_Am_I() == RTTI_BUILDINGTYPE &&
+		((BuildingTypeClass const *)type)->Type == STRUCT_SANDBAG_WALL) {
+
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	GDI has a special second training mission. Adjust the scenario level so that
+	**	scenario two will still feel like scenario #1.
+	*/
+	if (house == HOUSE_GOOD && level == 2) {
+		level = 1;
+	}
+
+	if (Debug_Cheat) level = 98;
+	return((pre & flags) == pre && type->Scenario <= level);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Can_Build -- Determines if the building type can be built.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used by the construction preparation code to building a list of building *
+ *    types that can be built. It determines if a building can be built by checking if the     *
+ *    prerequisite buildings have been built (and still exist) as well as checking to see if   *
+ *    the house can build the specified structure.                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   s     -- The structure type number that is being checked.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          house -- The house number to use when determining if the object can be built.      *
+ *                   This is necessary because the current owner of the factory doesn't        *
+ *                   control what the factory can produce. Rather, the original builder of     *
+ *                   the factory controls this.                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Can this structure type be built at this time?                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/08/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   05/31/1995 JLB : Handles specified ownership override.                                    *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool HouseClass::Can_Build(StructType s, HousesType house) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	return(Can_Build(&BuildingTypeClass::As_Reference(s), house));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Can_Build -- Determines if the infantry unit can be built by this house.        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to determine if the infantry type specified can be built by this        *
+ *    house. It determines this by checking the ownership allowed bits in the infantry         *
+ *    type class.                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   infantry -- The infantry type to check against this house.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          house -- The house number to use when determining if the object can be built.      *
+ *                   This is necessary because the current owner of the factory doesn't        *
+ *                   control what the factory can produce. Rather, the original builder of     *
+ *                   the factory controls this.                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Can the infantry be produced by this house?                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   It does not check to see if there is a functional barracks available, but       *
+ *             merely checks to see if it is legal for this house to build that infantry       *
+ *             type.                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/09/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   05/31/1995 JLB : Handles specified ownership override.                                    *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool HouseClass::Can_Build(InfantryType infantry, HousesType house) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	return(Can_Build(&InfantryTypeClass::As_Reference(infantry), house));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Can_Build -- Determines if the unit can be built by this house.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to determine if the unit type specified can in fact be built by     *
+ *    this house. It checks the ownable bits in the unit's type to determine this.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   unit  -- The unit type to check against this house.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          house -- The house number to use when determining if the object can be built.      *
+ *                   This is necessary because the current owner of the factory doesn't        *
+ *                   control what the factory can produce. Rather, the original builder of     *
+ *                   the factory controls this.                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Can the unit be built by this house?                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   This doesn't check to see if there is a functional factory that can build       *
+ *             this unit, but merely if the unit can be built according to ownership rules.    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/09/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   05/31/1995 JLB : Handles specified ownership override.                                    *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool HouseClass::Can_Build(UnitType unit, HousesType house) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	return(Can_Build(&UnitTypeClass::As_Reference(unit), house));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Can_Build -- Determines if the aircraft type can be built.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to determine if the specified aircraft type can be built. This routine  *
+ *    is used by the sidebar and factory to determine what can be built.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   aircraft -- The aircraft type to check for build legality.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          house    -- The house that is performing the check. This is typically the house    *
+ *                      of the original building of the factory rather than the current        *
+ *                      owner.                                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Can this aircraft type be built by the house specified?                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/24/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool HouseClass::Can_Build(AircraftType aircraft, HousesType house) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	return(Can_Build(&AircraftTypeClass::As_Reference(aircraft), house));
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Init -- init's in preparation for new scenario              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/07/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *   12/17/1994 JLB : Resets tracker bits.                                 *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void HouseClass::Init(void)
+{
+	Houses.Free_All();
+
+	for (HousesType index = HOUSE_FIRST; index < HOUSE_COUNT; index++) {
+		HouseTriggers[index].Clear();
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::AI -- Process house logic.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This handles the AI for the house object. It should be called once per house per game    *
+ *    tick. It processes all house global tasks such as low power damage accumulation and      *
+ *    house specific trigger events.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/27/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   07/17/1995 JLB : Limits EVA speaking unless the player can do something.                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void HouseClass::AI(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+
+	/*
+	**	Reset the scan accumulation bits for the next logic pass.
+	*/
+	IScan = NewIScan;
+	BScan = NewBScan;
+	UScan = NewUScan;
+	AScan = NewAScan;
+	ActiveIScan = NewActiveIScan;
+	ActiveBScan = NewActiveBScan;
+	ActiveUScan = NewActiveUScan;
+	ActiveAScan = NewActiveAScan;
+	NewIScan = 0;
+	NewBScan = 0;
+	NewUScan = 0;
+	NewAScan = 0;
+	NewActiveIScan = 0;
+	NewActiveBScan = 0;
+	NewActiveUScan = 0;
+	NewActiveAScan = 0;
+
+	/*
+	**	Check to see if the house wins.
+	*/
+	if (GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL && IsToWin && BorrowedTime.Expired() && Blockage <= 0) {
+		IsToWin = false;
+		if (this == PlayerPtr) {
+			PlayerWins = true;
+		} else {
+			PlayerLoses = true;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Check to see if the house loses.
+	*/
+	if (GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL && IsToLose && BorrowedTime.Expired()) {
+		IsToLose = false;
+		if (this == PlayerPtr) {
+			PlayerLoses = true;
+		} else {
+			PlayerWins = true;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Check to see if all objects of this house should be blown up.
+	*/
+	if (IsToDie && BorrowedTime.Expired()) {
+		IsToDie = false;
+		Blowup_All();
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Double check power values to correct illegal conditions. It is possible to
+	**	get a power output of negative (one usually) as a result of damage sustained
+	**	and the fixed point fractional math involved with power adjustements. If the
+	**	power rating drops below zero, then make it zero.
+	*/
+	if (GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL) {
+		Power = MAX(Power, 0);
+		Drain = MAX(Drain, 0);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If the base has been alerted to the enemy and should be attacking, then
+	**	see if the attack timer has expired. If it has, then create the attack
+	**	teams.
+	*/
+	if (IsAlerted && AlertTime.Expired()) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Adjusted to reduce maximum number of teams created.
+		*/
+		int maxteams = Random_Pick(2, (int)(((BuildLevel-1)/3)+1));
+		for (int index = 0; index < maxteams; index++) {
+			TeamTypeClass const * ttype = Suggested_New_Team(true);
+			if (ttype) {
+				ScenarioInit++;
+				ttype->Create_One_Of();
+				ScenarioInit--;
+			}
+		}
+		if (Special.IsDifficult) {
+			AlertTime = (TICKS_PER_MINUTE * Random_Pick(4, 10));
+		} else {
+			if (Special.IsEasy) {
+				AlertTime = (TICKS_PER_MINUTE * Random_Pick(16, 40));
+			} else {
+				AlertTime = (TICKS_PER_MINUTE * Random_Pick(5, 20));
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Create teams for this house if necessary.
+	** (Use the same timer for some extra capture-the-flag logic.)
+	*/
+	if (TeamTime.Expired()) {
+		TeamTypeClass const * ttype = Suggested_New_Team(false);
+		if (ttype) {
+			ttype->Create_One_Of();
+		}
+
+		/*
+		** Also use this timer to detect if someone is sitting on my flag cell.
+		*/
+		if (Special.IsCaptureTheFlag && GameToPlay != GAME_NORMAL) {
+			TechnoClass *techno;
+			int damage;
+			int count;
+			int moving;
+
+			/*
+			**	If this house's flag waypoint is a valid cell, see if there's
+			**	someone sitting on it.  If so, make the scatter.  If they refuse,
+			**	blow them up.
+			*/
+			if (FlagHome) {
+				techno = Map[FlagHome].Cell_Techno();
+				if (techno) {
+					moving = false;
+					techno->Scatter(0,true);
+
+					/*
+					**	If the techno doesn't have a valid NavCom, he's not moving,
+					**	so blow him up.
+					*/
+					if (techno->What_Am_I() == RTTI_INFANTRY ||
+						techno->What_Am_I() == RTTI_UNIT) {
+						if (Target_Legal(((FootClass *)techno)->NavCom)) {
+							moving = true;
+						}
+					}
+
+					/*
+					**	If the techno wasn't an infantry or unit (ie he's a building),
+					**	or he refuses to move, blow him up
+					*/
+					if (!moving) {
+						count = 0;
+						while (!(techno->IsInLimbo) && count++ < 5) {
+							damage = 0x7fff;
+							Explosion_Damage(techno->Center_Coord(), damage, NULL, WARHEAD_HE);
+						}
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		** Randomly create a Visceroid or other disastrous multiplayer object.
+		** Create the object, and use Scan_Place_Object to place the object near
+		** the center of the map.
+		*/
+		if (GameToPlay != GAME_NORMAL && Class->House==HOUSE_JP) {
+			int rlimit;
+
+			if (Special.IsJurassic && AreThingiesEnabled) {
+				rlimit = 450;
+			} else {
+				rlimit = 1000;
+			}
+
+			if (IRandom(0, rlimit) == 0) {
+				UnitClass *obj = NULL;
+				CELL cell;
+
+				if (Special.IsJurassic && AreThingiesEnabled) {
+					obj = new UnitClass(Random_Pick(UNIT_TRIC, UNIT_STEG), HOUSE_JP);
+				} else {
+					if (BuildLevel >= 7) {
+						if (!(UScan & UNITF_VICE)) {
+							obj = new UnitClass(UNIT_VICE, HOUSE_JP);
+						}
+					}
+				}
+
+				if (obj) {
+					cell = XY_Cell (Map.MapCellX + Random_Pick(0, Map.MapCellWidth - 1),
+						Map.MapCellY + Random_Pick(0, Map.MapCellHeight - 1));
+					if (!Scan_Place_Object(obj, cell)) {
+						delete obj;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		TeamTime.Set(TEAM_DELAY);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If there is insufficient power, then all buildings that are above
+	**	half strength take a little bit of damage.
+	*/
+	if (DamageTime.Expired()) {
+
+/*
+**	No free harvesters for computer or player. - 8/16/95
+*/
+#ifdef OBSOLETE
+		/*
+		**	Replace the last harvester if there is a refinery present.
+		*/
+		if (GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL &&
+			Frame > 5 &&
+			(!IsHuman && BuildLevel <= 6) &&
+			(ActiveBScan & STRUCTF_REFINERY) != 0 &&
+			(UScan & UNITF_HARVESTER) == 0 &&
+			!IsFreeHarvester) {
+
+			IsFreeHarvester = true;
+			FreeHarvester = TICKS_PER_MINUTE * 2;
+		}
+#endif
+
+		/*
+		**	If a free harvester is to be created and the time is right, then create
+		**	the harvester and clear the free harvester pending flag.
+		*/
+		if (IsFreeHarvester && FreeHarvester.Expired()) {
+			IsFreeHarvester = false;
+			Create_Special_Reinforcement(this, (TechnoTypeClass *)&UnitTypeClass::As_Reference(UNIT_HARVESTER), NULL);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	When the power is below required, then the buildings will take damage over
+		**	time.
+		*/
+		if (Power_Fraction() < 0x100) {
+			for (int index = 0; index < Buildings.Count(); index++) {
+				BuildingClass & b = *Buildings.Ptr(index);
+
+				if (b.House == this && b.Health_Ratio() > 0x080) {
+					int damage = 1;
+					b.Take_Damage(damage, 0, WARHEAD_AP, 0);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		DamageTime.Set(DAMAGE_DELAY);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If there are no more buildings to sell, then automatically cancel the
+	**	sell mode.
+	*/
+	if (PlayerPtr == this && !BScan && Map.IsSellMode) {
+		Map.Sell_Mode_Control(0);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Various base conditions may be announced to the player.
+	*/
+	if (PlayerPtr == this) {
+
+		if (SpeakMaxedDelay.Expired() && IsMaxedOut) {
+			IsMaxedOut = false;
+			if ((Capacity - Tiberium) < 300 && Capacity > 500 && (BScan & (STRUCTF_REFINERY | STRUCTF_CONST))) {
+ 				Speak(VOX_NEED_MO_CAPACITY);
+				SpeakMaxedDelay.Set(Options.Normalize_Delay(SPEAK_DELAY));
+			}
+		}
+		if (SpeakPowerDelay.Expired() && Power_Fraction() < 0x0100) {
+			if (BScan & STRUCTF_CONST) {
+				Speak(VOX_LOW_POWER);
+				SpeakPowerDelay.Set(Options.Normalize_Delay(SPEAK_DELAY));
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If there is a flag associated with this house, then mark it to be
+	**	redrawn.
+	*/
+	if (Target_Legal(FlagLocation)) {
+		UnitClass * unit = As_Unit(FlagLocation);
+		if (unit) {
+			unit->Mark(MARK_CHANGE);
+		} else {
+			CELL cell = As_Cell(FlagLocation);
+			Map[cell].Redraw_Objects();
+		}
+	}
+
+	bool is_time = false;
+
+	/*
+	**	Triggers are only checked every so often. If the trigger timer has expired,
+	**	then set the trigger processing flag.
+	*/
+	if (TriggerTime.Expired()) {
+		is_time = true;
+		TriggerTime = TICKS_PER_MINUTE/10;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Check to see if the ion cannon should be removed from the sidebar
+	**	because of outside circumstances. The advanced communications facility
+	**	being destroyed is a good example of this.
+	*/
+	if (IonCannon.Is_Present()) {
+		if (!(ActiveBScan & STRUCTF_EYE) && !IonCannon.Is_One_Time()) {
+
+			/*
+			**	Remove the ion cannon when there is no advanced communication facility.
+			**	Note that this will not remove the one time created ion cannon.
+			*/
+			if (IonCannon.Remove()) {
+				if (this == PlayerPtr) Map.Column[1].Flag_To_Redraw();
+				IsRecalcNeeded = true;
+			}
+		} else {
+
+			/*
+			**	Turn the ion cannon suspension on or off depending on the available
+			**	power. Note that one time ion cannon will not be affected by this.
+			*/
+			IonCannon.Suspend(Power_Fraction() < 0x0100);
+
+			/*
+			**	Process the ion cannon AI and if something changed that would affect
+			**	the sidebar, then flag the sidebar to be redrawn.
+			*/
+			if (IonCannon.AI(this == PlayerPtr)) {
+				if (this == PlayerPtr) Map.Column[1].Flag_To_Redraw();
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	The computer may decide to fire the ion cannon if it is ready.
+		*/
+		if (IonCannon.Is_Ready() && !IsHuman) {
+			Special_Weapon_AI(SPC_ION_CANNON);
+		}
+
+	} else {
+
+		/*
+		**	If there is no ion cannon present, but there is an advanced communcation
+		**	center available, then make the ion cannon available as well.
+		*/
+		if ((ActiveBScan & STRUCTF_EYE) &&
+			(ActLike == HOUSE_GOOD || GameToPlay != GAME_NORMAL) &&
+			(IsHuman || GameToPlay != GAME_NORMAL)) {
+
+			IonCannon.Enable(false, this == PlayerPtr, Power_Fraction() < 0x0100);
+
+			/*
+			**	Flag the sidebar to be redrawn if necessary.
+			*/
+			if (this == PlayerPtr) {
+				Map.Add(RTTI_SPECIAL, SPC_ION_CANNON);
+				Map.Column[1].Flag_To_Redraw();
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Check to see if the nuke strike should be removed from the sidebar
+	**	because of outside circumstances. The Temple of Nod
+	**	being destroyed is a good example of this.
+	*/
+	if (NukeStrike.Is_Present()) {
+		if (!(ActiveBScan & STRUCTF_TEMPLE) && (!NukeStrike.Is_One_Time() || GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL)) {
+
+			/*
+			**	Remove the nuke strike when there is no Temple of Nod.
+			**	Note that this will not remove the one time created nuke strike.
+			*/
+			if (NukeStrike.Remove(true)) {
+				IsRecalcNeeded = true;
+				if (this == PlayerPtr) Map.Column[1].Flag_To_Redraw();
+			}
+		} else {
+
+			/*
+			**	Turn the nuke strike suspension on or off depending on the available
+			**	power. Note that one time nuke strike will not be affected by this.
+			*/
+			NukeStrike.Suspend(Power_Fraction() < 0x0100);
+
+			/*
+			**	Process the nuke strike AI and if something changed that would affect
+			**	the sidebar, then flag the sidebar to be redrawn.
+			*/
+			if (NukeStrike.AI(this == PlayerPtr)) {
+				if (this == PlayerPtr) Map.Column[1].Flag_To_Redraw();
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	The computer may decide to fire the nuclear missile if it is ready.
+		*/
+		if (NukeStrike.Is_Ready() && !IsHuman) {
+			Special_Weapon_AI(SPC_NUCLEAR_BOMB);
+		}
+
+	} else {
+
+		/*
+		**	If there is no nuke strike present, but there is a Temple of Nod
+		**	available, then make the nuke strike strike available.
+		*/
+		if ((ActiveBScan & STRUCTF_TEMPLE) && Has_Nuke_Device() && IsHuman) {
+			NukeStrike.Enable((GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL), this == PlayerPtr);
+
+			/*
+			**	Flag the sidebar to be redrawn if necessary.
+			*/
+			if (this == PlayerPtr) {
+				Map.Add(RTTI_SPECIAL, SPC_NUCLEAR_BOMB);
+				Map.Column[1].Flag_To_Redraw();
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Process the airstrike AI and if something changed that would affect
+	**	the sidebar, then flag the sidebar to be redrawn.
+	*/
+	if (AirStrike.Is_Present()) {
+		if (AirStrike.AI(this == PlayerPtr)) {
+			if (this == PlayerPtr) Map.Column[1].Flag_To_Redraw();
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	The computer may decide to call in the airstrike if it is ready.
+		*/
+		if (AirStrike.Is_Ready() && !IsHuman) {
+			Special_Weapon_AI(SPC_AIR_STRIKE);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Add the airstrike option if it is pending.
+	*/
+	if (IsAirstrikePending) {
+		IsAirstrikePending = false;
+		if (AirStrike.Enable(false, this == PlayerPtr)) {
+			AirStrike.Forced_Charge(this == PlayerPtr);
+			if (this == PlayerPtr) {
+				Map.Add(RTTI_SPECIAL, SPC_AIR_STRIKE);
+				Map.Column[1].Flag_To_Redraw();
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+	/*
+	** The following logic deals with the nuclear warhead state machine.  It
+	** handles all the different stages of the temple firing and the rocket
+	** travelling up and down.  The rocket explosion is handled by the anim
+	** which is attached to the bullet.
+	*/
+	if (!IsHuman && NukePresent) {
+		Special_Weapon_AI(SPC_NUCLEAR_BOMB);
+
+	}
+#endif
+
+	/*
+	** Special win/lose check for multiplayer games; by-passes the
+	** trigger system.  We must wait for non-zero frame, because init
+	** may not properly set IScan etc for each house; you have to go
+	** through each object's AI before it will be properly set.
+	*/
+	if (GameToPlay != GAME_NORMAL && !IsDefeated &&
+		!ActiveBScan && !ActiveAScan && !UScan && !ActiveIScan && Frame > 0) {
+		MPlayer_Defeated();
+	}
+
+	for (int index = 0; index < HouseTriggers[Class->House].Count(); index++) {
+		TriggerClass * t = HouseTriggers[Class->House][index];
+
+		/*
+		**	Check for just built the building trigger event.
+		*/
+		if (JustBuilt != STRUCT_NONE) {
+			if (t->Spring(EVENT_BUILD, Class->House, JustBuilt)) {
+				JustBuilt = STRUCT_NONE;
+				continue;
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Check for civilian evacuation trigger event.
+		*/
+		if (IsCivEvacuated && t->Spring(EVENT_EVAC_CIVILIAN, Class->House)) {
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Number of buildings destroyed checker.
+		*/
+		if (t->Spring(EVENT_NBUILDINGS_DESTROYED, Class->House, BuildingsLost)) {
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Number of units destroyed checker.
+		*/
+		if (t->Spring(EVENT_NUNITS_DESTROYED, Class->House, UnitsLost)) {
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	House has been revealed trigger event.
+		*/
+		if (IsDiscovered && t->Spring(EVENT_HOUSE_DISCOVERED, Class->House)) {
+			IsDiscovered = false;
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	The "all destroyed" triggers are only processed after a certain
+		**	amount of safety time has expired.
+		*/
+		if (!EndCountDown) {
+
+			/*
+			**	All buildings destroyed checker.
+			*/
+			if (!ActiveBScan) {
+				if (t->Spring(EVENT_BUILDINGS_DESTROYED, Class->House)) {
+					continue;
+				}
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	All units destroyed checker.
+			*/
+			if (!((ActiveUScan & ~(UNITF_GUNBOAT)) | IScan | (ActiveAScan & ~(AIRCRAFTF_TRANSPORT|AIRCRAFTF_CARGO|AIRCRAFTF_A10)))) {
+				if (t->Spring(EVENT_UNITS_DESTROYED, Class->House)) {
+					continue;
+				}
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	All buildings AND units destroyed checker.
+			*/
+			if (!(ActiveBScan | (ActiveUScan & ~(UNITF_GUNBOAT)) | IScan | (ActiveAScan & ~(AIRCRAFTF_TRANSPORT|AIRCRAFTF_CARGO|AIRCRAFTF_A10)))) {
+				if (t->Spring(EVENT_ALL_DESTROYED, Class->House)) {
+					continue;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Credit check.
+		*/
+		if (t->Spring(EVENT_CREDITS, Class->House, Credits)) {
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Timeout check.
+		*/
+		if (is_time && t->Spring(EVENT_TIME, Class->House)) {
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	All factories destroyed check.
+		*/
+		if (!(BScan & (STRUCTF_AIRSTRIP|STRUCTF_HAND|STRUCTF_WEAP|STRUCTF_BARRACKS)) && t->Spring(EVENT_NOFACTORIES, Class->House)) {
+			continue;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If a radar facility is not present, but the radar is active, then turn the radar off.
+	**	The radar also is turned off when the power gets below 100% capacity.
+	*/
+	if (PlayerPtr == this) {
+		if (Map.Is_Radar_Active()) {
+			if (BScan & (STRUCTF_RADAR|STRUCTF_EYE)) {
+				if (Power_Fraction() < 0x0100) {
+					Map.Radar_Activate(0);
+				}
+			} else {
+				Map.Radar_Activate(0);
+			}
+		} else {
+			if (BScan & (STRUCTF_RADAR|STRUCTF_EYE)) {
+				if (Power_Fraction() >= 0x0100) {
+					Map.Radar_Activate(1);
+				}
+			} else {
+				if (Map.Is_Radar_Existing()) {
+					Map.Radar_Activate(4);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If the production possibilities need to be recalculated, then do so now. This must
+	**	occur after the scan bits have been properly updated.
+	*/
+	if (PlayerPtr == this && IsRecalcNeeded) {
+		IsRecalcNeeded = false;
+		Map.Recalc();
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+		/*
+		**	Remove the ion cannon if necessary.
+		*/
+		if (IonCannon.Is_Present() && !(BScan & STRUCTF_EYE)) {
+			IonCannon.Remove();
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Remove the nuclear bomb if necessary.
+		*/
+		if (NukeStrike.Is_Present() && !(BScan & STRUCTF_TEMPLE)) {
+			NukeStrike.Remove();
+		}
+#endif
+
+		/*
+		**	This placement might affect any prerequisite requirements for construction
+		**	lists. Update the buildable options accordingly.
+		*/
+		for (int index = 0; index < Buildings.Count(); index++) {
+			BuildingClass * building = Buildings.Ptr(index);
+			if (building && building->Owner() == Class->House) {
+
+				building->Update_Specials();
+				if (PlayerPtr == building->House) {
+					building->Update_Buildables();
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Attacked -- Lets player know if base is under attack.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Call this function whenever a building is attacked (with malice). This function will     *
+ *    then announce to the player that his base is under attack. It checks to make sure that   *
+ *    this is referring to the player's house rather than the enemy's.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/27/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void HouseClass::Attacked(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (SpeakAttackDelay.Expired() && PlayerPtr->Class->House == Class->House) {
+		Speak(VOX_BASE_UNDER_ATTACK);
+		SpeakAttackDelay.Set(Options.Normalize_Delay(SPEAK_DELAY));
+
+		/*
+		**	If there is a trigger event associated with being attacked, process it
+		**	now.
+		*/
+		for (int index = 0; index < HouseTriggers[Class->House].Count(); index++) {
+			HouseTriggers[Class->House][index]->Spring(EVENT_ATTACKED, Class->House);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Harvested -- Adds Tiberium to the harvest storage.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine whenever Tiberium is harvested. The Tiberium is stored equally between  *
+ *    all storage capable buildings for the house. Harvested Tiberium adds to the credit       *
+ *    value of the house, but only up to the maximum storage capacity that the house can       *
+ *    currently maintain.                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   tiberium -- The number of Tiberium credits to add to the House's total.            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/25/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void HouseClass::Harvested(unsigned tiberium)
+{
+	Validate();
+	long oldtib = Tiberium;
+
+	Tiberium += tiberium;
+	if (Tiberium > Capacity) {
+		Tiberium = Capacity;
+		IsMaxedOut = true;
+	}
+	HarvestedCredits += tiberium;
+	Silo_Redraw_Check(oldtib, Capacity);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Available_Money -- Fetches the total credit worth of the house.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to determine the total credit value of the house. This is the sum of   *
+ *    the harvested Tiberium in storage and the initial unspent cash reserves.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the total credit value of the house.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/25/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+long HouseClass::Available_Money(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	return(Tiberium + Credits);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Spend_Money -- Removes money from the house.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to extract money from the house. Typically, this is a result of         *
+ *    production spending. The money is extracted from available cash reserves first. When     *
+ *    cash reserves are exhausted, then Tiberium is consumed.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   money -- The amount of money to spend.                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/25/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   06/20/1995 JLB : Spends Tiberium before spending cash.                                    *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void HouseClass::Spend_Money(unsigned money)
+{
+	Validate();
+	long oldtib = Tiberium;
+	if (money > Tiberium) {
+		money -= (unsigned)Tiberium;
+		Tiberium = 0;
+		Credits -= money;
+	} else {
+		Tiberium -= money;
+	}
+	Silo_Redraw_Check(oldtib, Capacity);
+	CreditsSpent += money;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Refund_Money -- Refunds money to back to the house.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine when money needs to be refunded back to the house. This can occur when  *
+ *    construction is aborted. At this point, the exact breakdown of Tiberium or initial       *
+ *    credits used for the orignal purchase is lost. Presume as much of the money is in the    *
+ *    form of Tiberium as storage capacity will allow.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   money -- The number of credits to refund back to the house.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/25/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   06/01/1995 JLB : Refunded money is never lost                                             *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void HouseClass::Refund_Money(unsigned money)
+{
+	Validate();
+	Credits += money;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Adjust_Capacity -- Adjusts the house Tiberium storage capacity.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to adjust the maximum storage capacity for the house. This storage      *
+ *    capacity will limit the number of Tiberium credits that can be stored at any one time.   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   adjust   -- The adjustment to the Tiberium storage capacity.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          inanger  -- Is this a forced adjustment to capacity due to some hostile event?     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the number of Tiberium credits lost.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/25/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int HouseClass::Adjust_Capacity(int adjust, bool inanger)
+{
+	Validate();
+	long oldcap = Capacity;
+	int retval = 0;
+
+	Capacity += adjust;
+	Capacity = MAX(Capacity, 0L);
+	if (Tiberium > Capacity) {
+		retval = Tiberium - Capacity;
+		Tiberium = Capacity;
+		if (!inanger) {
+			Refund_Money(retval);
+			retval = 0;
+		} else {
+			IsMaxedOut = true;
+		}
+	}
+	Silo_Redraw_Check(Tiberium, oldcap);
+	return(retval);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Silo_Redraw_Check -- Flags silos to be redrawn if necessary.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Call this routine when either the capacity or tiberium levels change for a house. This   *
+ *    routine will determine if the aggregate tiberium storage level will result in the        *
+ *    silos changing their imagery. If this is detected, then all the silos for this house     *
+ *    are flagged to be redrawn.                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   oldtib   -- Pre-change tiberium level.                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          oldcap   -- Pre-change tiberium storage capacity.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   02/02/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void HouseClass::Silo_Redraw_Check(long oldtib, long oldcap)
+{
+	Validate();
+	int oldratio = 0;
+	if (oldcap) oldratio = (oldtib * 5) / oldcap;
+	int newratio = 0;
+	if (Capacity) newratio = (Tiberium * 5) / Capacity;
+
+	if (oldratio != newratio) {
+		for (int index = 0; index < Buildings.Count(); index++) {
+			BuildingClass * b = Buildings.Ptr(index);
+			if (b && !b->IsInLimbo && b->House == this && *b == STRUCT_STORAGE) {
+				b->Mark(MARK_CHANGE);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Read_INI -- Reads house specific data from INI.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine reads the house specific data for a particular                              *
+ *    scenario from the scenario INI file. Typical data includes starting                      *
+ *    credits, maximum unit count, etc.                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   buffer   -- Pointer to loaded scenario INI file.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/24/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   05/18/1995 JLB : Creates all houses.                                                      *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void HouseClass::Read_INI(char *buffer)
+{
+	HouseClass 	*p;				// Pointer to current player data.
+	char const	*hname;			//	Pointer to house name.
+	char			buf[128];
+
+	for (HousesType index = HOUSE_FIRST; index < HOUSE_COUNT; index++) {
+		hname = HouseTypeClass::As_Reference(index).IniName;
+		int maxunit = WWGetPrivateProfileInt(hname, "MaxUnit", EACH_UNIT_MAX, buffer);
+
+		maxunit = MAX(maxunit, 150);
+
+		int maxbuilding = WWGetPrivateProfileInt(hname, "MaxBuilding", EACH_BUILDING_MAX, buffer);
+
+		maxbuilding = MAX(maxbuilding, 150);
+
+		int credits = WWGetPrivateProfileInt(hname, "Credits", 0, buffer);
+
+		p = new HouseClass(index);
+
+		p->MaxBuilding = maxbuilding;
+		p->MaxUnit = maxunit;
+		p->Credits = (long)credits * 100;
+		p->InitialCredits = p->Credits;
+		WWGetPrivateProfileString(hname, "Edge", "", buf, sizeof(buf)-1, buffer);
+		p->Edge = Source_From_Name(buf);
+		if (p->Edge == SOURCE_NONE) {
+			p->Edge = SOURCE_NORTH;
+		}
+
+		if (GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL) {
+			WWGetPrivateProfileString(hname, "Allies", "", buf, sizeof(buf)-1, buffer);
+			if (strlen(buf)) {
+				char * tok = strtok(buf, ", \t");
+				while (tok) {
+					HousesType h = HouseTypeClass::From_Name(tok);
+					p->Make_Ally(h);
+					tok = strtok(NULL, ", \t");
+				}
+
+			} else {
+
+				/*
+				**	Special case for when no allies are specified in the INI file.
+				**	The GDI side defaults to considering the neutral side to be
+				**	friendly.
+				*/
+				if (p->Class->House == HOUSE_GOOD) {
+					p->Make_Ally(HOUSE_NEUTRAL);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Write_INI -- Writes house specific data into INI file.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to write the house specific data (for all houses) into the INI file.    *
+ *    It is used by the scenario editor when saving the scenario.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   buffer   -- INI file staging buffer.                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/28/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void HouseClass::Write_INI(char *buffer)
+{
+	for (HousesType i = HOUSE_FIRST; i < HOUSE_COUNT; i++) {
+		HouseClass * p = As_Pointer(i);
+
+		if (p) {
+			WWWritePrivateProfileInt(p->Class->IniName, "Credits", (int)(p->Credits / 100), buffer);
+			WWWritePrivateProfileString(p->Class->IniName, "Edge", Name_From_Source(p->Edge), buffer);
+			WWWritePrivateProfileInt(p->Class->IniName, "MaxUnit", p->MaxUnit, buffer);
+			WWWritePrivateProfileInt(p->Class->IniName, "MaxBuilding", p->MaxBuilding, buffer);
+
+			bool first = true;
+			char sbuffer[100] = "";
+			for (HousesType house = HOUSE_FIRST; house < HOUSE_COUNT; house++) {
+				if (p->Is_Ally(house)) {
+					if (!first) strcat(sbuffer, ",");
+					strcat(sbuffer, As_Pointer(house)->Class->IniName);
+					first = false;
+				}
+			}
+			WWWritePrivateProfileString(p->Class->IniName, "Allies", sbuffer, buffer);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Is_Ally -- Determines if the specified house is an ally.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will determine if the house number specified is a ally to this house.       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   house -- The house number to check to see if it is an ally.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Is the house an ally?                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/08/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool HouseClass::Is_Ally(HousesType house) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (house != HOUSE_NONE) {
+		return(((1<<house) & Allies) != 0);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Is_Ally -- Determines if the specified house is an ally.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will examine the specified house and determine if it is an ally.            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   house -- Pointer to the house object to check for ally relationship.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Is the specified house an ally?                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/08/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool HouseClass::Is_Ally(HouseClass const * house) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (house) {
+		return(Is_Ally(house->Class->House));
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Is_Ally -- Checks to see if the object is an ally.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will examine the specified object and return whether it is an ally or not.  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   object   -- The object to examine to see if it is an ally.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Is the specified object an ally?                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/08/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool HouseClass::Is_Ally(ObjectClass const * object) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (object) {
+		return(Is_Ally(object->Owner()));
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Make_Ally -- Make the specified house an ally.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will make the specified house an ally to this house. An allied house will   *
+ *    not be considered a threat or potential target.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   house -- The house to make an ally of this house.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/08/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   08/08/1995 JLB : Breaks off combat when ally commences.                                   *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void HouseClass::Make_Ally(HousesType house)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (house != HOUSE_NONE && !Is_Ally(house)) {
+
+		/*
+		**	If in normal game play but the house is defeated, then don't allow the ally
+		**	key to work.
+		*/
+		if (!ScenarioInit && (IsDefeated || house == HOUSE_JP)) return;
+
+		Allies |= (1 << house);
+
+#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+		if (Debug_Flag) {
+			HouseClass * enemy = HouseClass::As_Pointer(house);
+			if (enemy && !enemy->Is_Ally(this)) {
+				enemy->Make_Ally(Class->House);
+			}
+		}
+#endif
+
+		if ((Debug_Flag || GameToPlay != GAME_NORMAL) && !ScenarioInit) {
+			char buffer[80];
+
+			/*
+			**	Sweep through all techno objects and perform a cheeseball tarcom clear to ensure
+			**	that fighting will most likely stop when the cease fire begins.
+			*/
+			for (int index = 0; index < Logic.Count(); index++) {
+				ObjectClass * object = Logic[index];
+
+				if (object && !object->IsInLimbo && object->Owner() == Class->House) {
+					TARGET target = ((TechnoClass *)object)->TarCom;
+					if (Target_Legal(target) && As_Techno(target)) {
+						if (Is_Ally(As_Techno(target))) {
+							((TechnoClass *)object)->TarCom = TARGET_NONE;
+						}
+					}
+				}
+			}
+
+			sprintf(buffer, Text_String(TXT_HAS_ALLIED), Name, HouseClass::As_Pointer(house)->Name);
+			Messages.Add_Message(buffer, MPlayerTColors[RemapColor], TPF_6PT_GRAD|TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL|TPF_FULLSHADOW, 1200, 0, 0);
+			Map.Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Make_Enemy -- Make an enemy of the house specified.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will flag the house specified so that it will be an enemy to this house.    *
+ *    Enemy houses are legal targets for attack.                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   house -- The house to make an enemy of this house.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/08/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   07/27/1995 JLB : Making war is a bilateral aaction.                                       *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void HouseClass::Make_Enemy(HousesType house)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (house != HOUSE_NONE && Is_Ally(house)) {
+		HouseClass * enemy = HouseClass::As_Pointer(house);
+		Allies &= ~(1 << house);
+		if (enemy && enemy->Is_Ally(this)) {
+			enemy->Allies &= ~(1 << Class->House);
+		}
+
+		if ((Debug_Flag || GameToPlay != GAME_NORMAL) && !ScenarioInit) {
+			char buffer[80];
+
+			sprintf(buffer, Text_String(TXT_AT_WAR), Name, enemy->Name);
+			Messages.Add_Message(buffer, MPlayerTColors[RemapColor], TPF_6PT_GRAD|TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL|TPF_FULLSHADOW, 600, 0, 0);
+			Map.Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Remap_Table -- Fetches the remap table for this house object.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will return with the remap table to use when displaying an object owned     *
+ *    by this house. If the object is blushing (flashing), then the lightening remap table is  *
+ *    always used. The "unit" parameter allows proper remap selection for those houses that    *
+ *    have a different remap table for buildings or units.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   blushing -- Is the object blushing (flashing)?                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          unit     -- Is the object a vehicle or infantry?                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the remap table to use when drawing this object.         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/08/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+unsigned char const * HouseClass::Remap_Table(bool blushing, bool unit) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (blushing) return(&Map.FadingLight[0]);
+
+	/*
+	** For normal game play, return the TypeClass's remap table for this
+	** house type
+	*/
+	if (GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL) {
+		/*
+		**	Special case exception for Nod and single player only. Remap
+		**	buildings to red as opposed to the default color of bluegrey.
+		*/
+		if (!unit && Class->House == HOUSE_BAD) {
+			return(RemapRed);
+		}
+
+		return(Class->RemapTable);
+	} else {
+
+		/*
+		** For multiplayer games, return the remap table for this exact house instance.
+		*/
+		return(RemapTable);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Suggested_New_Team -- Determine what team should be created.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine examines the house condition and returns with the team that it thinks       *
+ *    should be created. The units that are not currently a member of a team are examined      *
+ *    to determine the team needed.                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the team type that should be created. If no team should  *
+ *          be created, then NULL is returned.                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/08/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TeamTypeClass const * HouseClass::Suggested_New_Team(bool alertcheck)
+{
+	Validate();
+	return(TeamTypeClass::Suggested_New_Team(this, UScan, IScan, IsAlerted && alertcheck));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Adjust_Threat -- Adjust threat for the region specified.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called when the threat rating for a region needs to change. The region   *
+ *    and threat adjustment are provided.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   region   -- The region that adjustment is to occur on.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          threat   -- The threat adjustment to perform.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/08/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void HouseClass::Adjust_Threat(int region, int threat)
+{
+	Validate();
+	static int _val[] = {
+		-MAP_REGION_WIDTH - 1,	-MAP_REGION_WIDTH, -MAP_REGION_WIDTH + 1,
+		-1,							0,						 1,
+		MAP_REGION_WIDTH -1,		MAP_REGION_WIDTH,	 MAP_REGION_WIDTH +1
+	};
+	static int _thr[] = {
+		2, 1, 2,
+		1, 0, 1,
+		2, 1,	2
+	};
+	int neg;
+	int *val = &_val[0];
+	int *thr = &_thr[0];
+
+	if (threat < 0) {
+		threat = -threat;
+		neg = true;
+	} else {
+		neg = false;
+	}
+
+	for (int lp = 0; lp < 9; lp ++) {
+		Regions[region + *val].Adjust_Threat(threat >> *thr, neg);
+		val++;
+		thr++;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Begin_Production -- Starts production of the specified object type.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called from the event system. It will start production for the object    *
+ *    type specified. This will be reflected in the sidebar as well as the house factory       *
+ *    tracking variables.                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   type  -- The type of object to begin production on.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          id    -- The subtype of object.                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the reason why, or why not, production was started.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/08/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+ProdFailType HouseClass::Begin_Production(RTTIType type, int id)
+{
+	Validate();
+	int * factory = 0;
+	int result = true;
+	bool initial_start = false;
+	FactoryClass * fptr;
+	TechnoTypeClass const * tech = Fetch_Techno_Type(type, id);
+
+	switch (type) {
+		case RTTI_AIRCRAFT:
+		case RTTI_AIRCRAFTTYPE:
+			factory = &AircraftFactory;
+			break;
+
+		case RTTI_UNIT:
+		case RTTI_UNITTYPE:
+			factory = &UnitFactory;
+			break;
+
+		case RTTI_BUILDING:
+		case RTTI_BUILDINGTYPE:
+			factory = &BuildingFactory;
+			break;
+
+		case RTTI_INFANTRY:
+		case RTTI_INFANTRYTYPE:
+			factory = &InfantryFactory;
+			break;
+
+		case RTTI_SPECIAL:
+			factory = &SpecialFactory;
+			break;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Check for legality of the production object type suggested.
+	*/
+	if (!factory) return(PROD_ILLEGAL);
+
+	/*
+	**	If the house is already busy producing the requested object, then
+	**	return with this failure code, unless we are restarting production.
+	*/
+	if (*factory != -1) {
+		fptr = Factories.Raw_Ptr(*factory);
+		if (fptr->Is_Building())
+			return(PROD_CANT);
+	} else {
+		fptr = new FactoryClass();
+		if (!fptr) return(PROD_CANT);
+		*factory = Factories.ID(fptr);
+		result = (tech) ? fptr->Set(*tech, *this) : fptr->Set(id, *this);
+		initial_start = true;
+	}
+
+	if (result) {
+		fptr->Start();
+
+		/*
+		**	Link this factory to the sidebar so that proper graphic feedback
+		**	can take place.
+		*/
+		if (PlayerPtr == this) {
+			Map.Factory_Link(*factory, type, id);
+		}
+
+		return(PROD_OK);
+	}
+	return(PROD_CANT);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Suspend_Production -- Temporarily puts production on hold.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called from the event system whenever the production of the specified    *
+ *    type needs to be suspended. The suspended production will be reflected in the sidebar    *
+ *    as well as in the house control structure.                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   type  -- The type of object that production is being suspended for.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns why, or why not, production was suspended.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/08/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+ProdFailType HouseClass::Suspend_Production(RTTIType type)
+{
+	Validate();
+	int * factory = 0;
+
+	switch (type) {
+		case RTTI_AIRCRAFT:
+		case RTTI_AIRCRAFTTYPE:
+			factory = &AircraftFactory;
+			break;
+
+		case RTTI_UNIT:
+		case RTTI_UNITTYPE:
+			factory = &UnitFactory;
+			break;
+
+		case RTTI_BUILDING:
+		case RTTI_BUILDINGTYPE:
+			factory = &BuildingFactory;
+			break;
+
+		case RTTI_INFANTRY:
+		case RTTI_INFANTRYTYPE:
+			factory = &InfantryFactory;
+			break;
+
+		case RTTI_SPECIAL:
+			factory = &SpecialFactory;
+			break;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Check for legality of the production object type suggested.
+	*/
+	if (!factory) return(PROD_ILLEGAL);
+
+	/*
+	**	If the house is already busy producing the requested object, then
+	**	return with this failure code.
+	*/
+	if (*factory == -1) return(PROD_CANT);
+
+	/*
+	**	Create the factory pointer object.
+	**	If the factory could not be created, then report this error condition.
+	*/
+	FactoryClass * fptr = Factories.Raw_Ptr(*factory);
+	if (!fptr) return(PROD_CANT);
+
+	/*
+	**	Actually suspend the production.
+	*/
+	fptr->Suspend();
+
+	/*
+	**	Tell the sidebar that it needs to be redrawn because of this.
+	*/
+	if (PlayerPtr == this) {
+		Map.SidebarClass::IsToRedraw = true;
+		Map.SidebarClass::Column[0].IsToRedraw = true;
+		Map.SidebarClass::Column[1].IsToRedraw = true;
+		Map.Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+	}
+
+	return(PROD_OK);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Abandon_Production -- Abandons production of item type specified.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called from the event system whenever production must be abandoned for   *
+ *    the type specified. This will remove the factory and pending object from the sidebar as  *
+ *    well as from the house factory record.                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   type  -- The object type that production is being suspended for.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns the reason why or why not, production was suspended.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/08/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+ProdFailType HouseClass::Abandon_Production(RTTIType type)
+{
+	Validate();
+	int * factory = 0;
+
+	switch (type) {
+		case RTTI_AIRCRAFT:
+		case RTTI_AIRCRAFTTYPE:
+			factory = &AircraftFactory;
+			break;
+
+		case RTTI_UNIT:
+		case RTTI_UNITTYPE:
+			factory = &UnitFactory;
+			break;
+
+		case RTTI_BUILDING:
+		case RTTI_BUILDINGTYPE:
+			factory = &BuildingFactory;
+			break;
+
+		case RTTI_INFANTRY:
+		case RTTI_INFANTRYTYPE:
+			factory = &InfantryFactory;
+			break;
+
+		case RTTI_SPECIAL:
+			factory = &SpecialFactory;
+			break;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Check for legality of the production object type suggested.
+	*/
+	if (!factory) return(PROD_ILLEGAL);
+
+	/*
+	**	If there is no factory to abandon, then return with a failure code.
+	*/
+	if (*factory == -1) return(PROD_CANT);
+
+	/*
+	**	Fetch the factory pointer object.
+	*/
+	FactoryClass * fptr = Factories.Raw_Ptr(*factory);
+	if (!fptr) return(PROD_CANT);
+
+	/*
+	**	Tell the sidebar that it needs to be redrawn because of this.
+	*/
+	if (PlayerPtr == this) {
+		Map.Abandon_Production(type, *factory);
+
+		if (type == RTTI_BUILDINGTYPE || type == RTTI_BUILDING) {
+			Map.PendingObjectPtr = 0;
+			Map.PendingObject = 0;
+			Map.PendingHouse = HOUSE_NONE;
+			Map.Set_Cursor_Shape(0);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Abandon production of the object.
+	*/
+	fptr->Abandon();
+	delete fptr;
+	*factory = -1;
+
+	return(PROD_OK);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Special_Weapon_AI -- Fires special weapon.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will pick a good target to fire the special weapon specified.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   id -- The special weapon id to fire.                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/24/1995 PWG : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void HouseClass::Special_Weapon_AI(SpecialWeaponType id)
+{
+	Validate();
+	/*
+	** Loop through all of the building objects on the map
+	** and see which ones are available.
+ 	*/
+	BuildingClass * bestptr = NULL;
+	int best = -1;
+
+	for (int index = 0; index < Buildings.Count(); index++) {
+		BuildingClass * b = Buildings.Ptr(index);
+
+		/*
+		** If the building is valid, not in limbo, not in the process of
+		** being destroyed and not our ally, then we can consider it.
+		*/
+		if (b && !b->IsInLimbo && b->Strength && !Is_Ally(b)) {
+			if (b->Value() > best || best == -1) {
+				best = b->Value();
+				bestptr = b;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (bestptr) {
+		CELL cell = Coord_Cell(bestptr->Center_Coord());
+		Place_Special_Blast(id, cell);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Place_Special_Blast -- Place a special blast effect at location specified.      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will create a blast effect at the cell specified. This is the result of     *
+ *    the special weapons.                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   id    -- The special weapon id number.                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          cell  -- The location where the special weapon attack is to occur.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Was the special weapon successfully fired at the location specified?               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/18/1995 JLB : commented.                                                               *
+ *   07/25/1995 JLB : Added scatter effect for nuclear bomb.                                   *
+ *   07/28/1995 JLB : Revamped to use super weapon class controller.                           *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool HouseClass::Place_Special_Blast(SpecialWeaponType id, CELL cell)
+{
+	Validate();
+	BuildingClass * launchsite = 0;
+	AnimClass * anim = 0;
+	int index;
+	switch (id) {
+
+		case SPC_ION_CANNON:
+			if (IonCannon.Is_Ready()) {
+				anim = new AnimClass(ANIM_ION_CANNON, Cell_Coord(cell));
+				if (anim) anim->Owner = Class->House;
+				if (this == PlayerPtr) {
+					Map.IsTargettingMode = false;
+				}
+				IonCannon.Discharged(PlayerPtr == this);
+				IsRecalcNeeded = true;
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case SPC_NUCLEAR_BOMB:
+			if (NukeStrike.Is_Ready()) {
+
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+				/*
+				**	Scatter the nuclear bomb impact point into an adjacent cell.
+				*/
+				for (;;) {
+					CELL newcell = Adjacent_Cell(cell, Random_Pick(FACING_N, FACING_COUNT));
+					if (Map.In_Radar(newcell)) {
+						cell = newcell;
+						break;
+					}
+				}
+#endif
+
+				/*
+				**	Search for a suitable launch site for this missile.
+				*/
+				for (index = 0; index < Buildings.Count(); index++) {
+					BuildingClass * b = Buildings.Ptr(index);
+					if (b && !b->IsInLimbo && b->House == this && *b == STRUCT_TEMPLE) {
+						launchsite = b;
+						break;
+					}
+				}
+
+				/*
+				**	If a launch site was found, then proceed with the normal launch
+				**	sequence.
+				*/
+				if (launchsite) {
+					launchsite->Assign_Mission(MISSION_MISSILE);
+					launchsite->Commence();
+					NukeDest = cell;
+					NukePieces = 0;
+
+				} else {
+
+					/*
+					**	Only in the multiplayer version can the nuclear bomb be
+					**	sent from some off screen source.
+					*/
+					if (GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL) return(false);
+
+					/*
+					**	Since no launch site was found, just bring the missile in
+					**	directly from the North map edge.
+					*/
+				 	BulletClass *bullet = new BulletClass(BULLET_NUKE_DOWN);
+					if (bullet) {
+						COORDINATE start = Cell_Coord(XY_Cell(Cell_X(cell), 0));
+						bullet->Assign_Target(::As_Target(cell));
+						bullet->Payback = NULL;
+						bullet->Strength = 1;
+						if (!bullet->Unlimbo(start, DIR_S)) {
+							delete bullet;
+						} else {
+							bullet->PrimaryFacing.Set_Current(DIR_S);
+						}
+						Speak(VOX_INCOMING_NUKE);
+						Sound_Effect(VOC_NUKE_FIRE, start);
+					}
+				}
+				if (this == PlayerPtr) {
+					Map.IsTargettingMode = false;
+				}
+				NukeStrike.Discharged(this == PlayerPtr);
+				IsRecalcNeeded = true;
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case SPC_AIR_STRIKE:
+			if (AirStrike.Is_Ready()) {
+				int strike = 1;
+				if (GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL) {
+					strike = Bound(BuildLevel/3, 1, 3);
+				} else {
+					strike = Bound(MPlayerUnitCount/5, 1, 3);
+				}
+				Create_Air_Reinforcement(this, AIRCRAFT_A10, strike, MISSION_HUNT, ::As_Target(cell), TARGET_NONE);
+				if (this == PlayerPtr) {
+					Map.IsTargettingMode = false;
+				}
+				AirStrike.Discharged(this == PlayerPtr);
+				IsRecalcNeeded = true;
+			}
+			break;
+	}
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Place_Object -- Places the object (building) at location specified.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called when a building has been produced and now must be placed on       *
+ *    the map. When the player clicks on the map, this routine is ultimately called when the   *
+ *    event passes through the event queue system.                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   type  -- The object type to place. The actual object is lifted from the sidebar.   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          cell  -- The location to place the object on the map.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Was the placement successful?                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/18/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool HouseClass::Place_Object(RTTIType type, CELL cell)
+{
+	Validate();
+	TechnoClass * tech = 0;
+	FactoryClass * factory = 0;
+
+	switch (type) {
+		case RTTI_AIRCRAFT:
+		case RTTI_AIRCRAFTTYPE:
+			if (AircraftFactory != -1) {
+				factory = Factories.Raw_Ptr(AircraftFactory);
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case RTTI_INFANTRY:
+		case RTTI_INFANTRYTYPE:
+			if (InfantryFactory != -1) {
+				factory = Factories.Raw_Ptr(InfantryFactory);
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case RTTI_UNIT:
+		case RTTI_UNITTYPE:
+			if (UnitFactory != -1) {
+				factory = Factories.Raw_Ptr(UnitFactory);
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case RTTI_BUILDING:
+		case RTTI_BUILDINGTYPE:
+			if (BuildingFactory != -1) {
+				factory = Factories.Raw_Ptr(BuildingFactory);
+			}
+			break;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Only if there is a factory active for this type, can it be "placed".
+	**	In the case of a missing factory, then this request is completely bogus --
+	**	ignore it. This might occur if, between two events to exit the same
+	**	object, the mouse was clicked on the sidebar to start building again.
+	**	The second placement event should NOT try to place the object that is
+	**	just starting construction.
+	*/
+	if (factory && factory->Has_Completed()) {
+		tech = factory->Get_Object();
+
+		if (cell == -1) {
+			TechnoClass * pending = factory->Get_Object();
+			if (pending) {
+				TechnoClass * builder = pending->Who_Can_Build_Me(false, false);
+
+				if (builder && builder->Exit_Object(pending)) {
+
+					/*
+					**	Since the object has left the factory under its own power, delete
+					**	the production manager tied to this slot in the sidebar. Its job
+					**	has been completed.
+					*/
+					factory->Completed();
+					Abandon_Production(type);
+				} else {
+
+					/*
+					**	The object could not leave under it's own power. Just wait
+					**	until the player tries to place the object again.
+					*/
+					return(false);
+				}
+			}
+
+		} else {
+
+			if (tech) {
+				TechnoClass * builder = tech->Who_Can_Build_Me(false, false);
+				if (builder) {
+
+					/*
+					**	Ensures that the proximity check is performed even when the building is
+					**	placed by way of a remote event.
+					*/
+					if (tech->What_Am_I() != RTTI_BUILDING || ((BuildingClass *)tech)->Passes_Proximity_Check(cell)) {
+						builder->Transmit_Message(RADIO_HELLO, tech);
+						if (tech->Unlimbo(Cell_Coord(cell))) {
+							factory->Completed();
+							Abandon_Production(type);
+
+							if (PlayerPtr == this) {
+								Sound_Effect(VOC_SLAM);
+								Map.Set_Cursor_Shape(0);
+								Map.PendingObjectPtr = 0;
+								Map.PendingObject = 0;
+								Map.PendingHouse = HOUSE_NONE;
+							}
+							return(true);
+						} else {
+							if (this == PlayerPtr) {
+								Speak(VOX_DEPLOY);
+							}
+						}
+						builder->Transmit_Message(RADIO_OVER_OUT);
+					}
+				}
+				return(false);
+
+			} else {
+
+				// Play a bad sound here?
+				return(false);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Manual_Place -- Inform display system of building placement mode.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will inform the display system that building placement mode has begun.      *
+ *    The cursor will be created that matches the layout of the building shape.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   builder  -- The factory that is building this object.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          object   -- The building that is going to be placed down on the map.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Was the building placement mode successfully initiated?                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   This merely adjusts the cursor shape. Nothing that affects networked games      *
+ *             is affected.                                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/04/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   05/30/1995 JLB : Uses the Bib_And_Offset() function to determine bib size.                *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool HouseClass::Manual_Place(BuildingClass * builder,  BuildingClass * object)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (this == PlayerPtr && !Map.PendingObject && builder && object) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Ensures that object selection doesn't remain when
+		**	building placement takes place.
+		*/
+		Unselect_All();
+
+		Map.Repair_Mode_Control(0);
+		Map.Sell_Mode_Control(0);
+
+		Map.PendingObject = object->Class;
+		Map.PendingObjectPtr = object;
+		Map.PendingHouse = Class->House;
+
+		Map.Set_Cursor_Shape(object->Occupy_List(true));
+		Map.Set_Cursor_Pos(Coord_Cell(builder->Coord));
+		builder->Mark(MARK_CHANGE);
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+#ifdef OBSOLETE
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Init_Ion_Cannon -- Initialize the ion cannon countdown.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will initiate the ion cannon charging countdown. It will add the ion        *
+ *    cannon to the sidebar if it isn't there and it is specified to be added.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   first_time  -- Set to true if the ion cannon must be added to the sidebar.         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/18/1995 JLB : commented                                                                *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void HouseClass::Init_Ion_Cannon(SpecialControlType control)
+{
+	Validate();
+	switch (control) {
+		case CONTROL_RESET:
+			if (IonCannonPresent) {
+				IonOldStage = -1;
+				IonControl.Set(ION_CANNON_GONE_TIME);
+				if (PlayerPtr == this) {
+					Map.Add(RTTI_SPECIAL, SPC_ION_CANNON);
+					if (!ScenarioInit) {
+						Speak(VOX_ION_CHARGING);
+					}
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	Adds the special no-prerequisite ion cannon option.
+		*/
+		case CONTROL_ONE_TIME:
+			if (!IonCannonPresent) {
+				Init_Ion_Cannon(CONTROL_ADD);
+				IonOneTimeFlag = true;
+			}
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	Adds the normal legitimate ion cannon option. If there was
+		**	already a one-time ion cannon available, the charging state
+		**	is NOT interrupted.
+		*/
+		case CONTROL_ADD:
+			IonOneTimeFlag = false;
+			if (!IconCannonPresent) {
+				IonCannonPresent = true;
+				IonReady = false;
+				Init_Ion_Cannon(CONTROL_RESET);
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case CONTROL_REMOVE:
+			break;
+	}
+
+
+	if (!(first_time && IonCannonPresent)) {
+
+		if (IonCannonPresent && IonOneTimeFlag) {
+			IonOneTimeFlag = false;
+			if (this == PlayerPtr) Map.Recalc();
+			return;
+		}
+
+		if (first_time && this == PlayerPtr) {
+			Map.Add(RTTI_SPECIAL, SPC_ION_CANNON);
+		}
+
+		if (!ScenarioInit) {
+			if (this == PlayerPtr) {
+				Speak(VOX_ION_CHARGING);
+			}
+		}
+
+		IonControl.Set(ION_CANNON_GONE_TIME);
+		IonCannonPresent = true;
+		IonReady = false;
+		IonOldStage = -1;
+		IonOneTimeFlag = one_time_effect;
+	} else {
+	 	if (first_time && IonCannonPresent && !one_time_effect && IonOneTimeFlag) {
+			IonOneTimeFlag	= false;
+		}
+	}
+}
+#ifdef NEVER
+void HouseClass::Init_Ion_Cannon(bool first_time, bool one_time_effect)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (!(first_time && IonCannonPresent)) {
+
+		if (IonCannonPresent && IonOneTimeFlag) {
+			IonOneTimeFlag = false;
+			if (this == PlayerPtr) Map.Recalc();
+			return;
+		}
+
+		if (first_time && this == PlayerPtr) {
+			Map.Add(RTTI_SPECIAL, SPC_ION_CANNON);
+		}
+
+		if (!ScenarioInit) {
+			if (this == PlayerPtr) {
+				Speak(VOX_ION_CHARGING);
+			}
+		}
+
+		IonControl.Set(ION_CANNON_GONE_TIME);
+		IonCannonPresent = true;
+		IonReady = false;
+		IonOldStage = -1;
+		IonOneTimeFlag = one_time_effect;
+	} else {
+	 	if (first_time && IonCannonPresent && !one_time_effect && IonOneTimeFlag) {
+			IonOneTimeFlag	= false;
+		}
+	}
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Remove_Ion_Cannon -- Disables the ion cannon.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will disable the ion cannon. It is called when the ion cannon cannot        *
+ *    establish a command link to the ground (usually when there is insufficient power).       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/18/1995 JLB : commented                                                                *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void HouseClass::Remove_Ion_Cannon(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (IonCannonPresent) {
+		IonCannonPresent = false;
+		IonOneTimeFlag = false;
+		IonReady = false;
+		IonControl.Clear();
+		IonOldStage = -1;
+	}
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Clobber_All -- removes house & all its objects              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/16/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *   06/09/1995 JLB : Handles aircraft.                                    *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void HouseClass::Clobber_All(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	int i;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < ::Aircraft.Count(); i++) {
+		if (::Aircraft.Ptr(i)->House == this) {
+			delete ::Aircraft.Ptr(i);
+			i--;
+		}
+	}
+	for (i = 0; i < ::Units.Count(); i++) {
+		if (::Units.Ptr(i)->House == this) {
+			delete ::Units.Ptr(i);
+			i--;
+		}
+	}
+	for (i = 0; i < Infantry.Count(); i++) {
+		if (Infantry.Ptr(i)->House == this) {
+			delete Infantry.Ptr(i);
+			i--;
+		}
+	}
+	for (i = 0; i < Buildings.Count(); i++) {
+		if (Buildings.Ptr(i)->House == this) {
+			delete Buildings.Ptr(i);
+			i--;
+		}
+	}
+	for (i = 0; i < TeamTypes.Count(); i++) {
+		if (TeamTypes.Ptr(i)->House == Class->House) {
+			delete TeamTypes.Ptr(i);
+			i--;
+		}
+	}
+	for (i = 0; i < Triggers.Count(); i++) {
+		if (Triggers.Ptr(i)->House == Class->House) {
+			delete Triggers.Ptr(i);
+			i--;
+		}
+	}
+
+	delete this;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Init_Nuke_Bomb -- Adds (if necessary) the atom bomb to the sidebar.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine whenever a piece of atom bomb has been discovered (also at scenario     *
+ *    start). It will add the nuclear bomb button to the sidebar if necessary.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/18/1995 JLB : commented                                                                *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void HouseClass::Init_Nuke_Bomb(bool first_time, bool one_time_effect)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (!first_time || !NukePresent) {
+
+		if (NukePresent && NukeOneTimeFlag) {
+			NukeOneTimeFlag = false;
+			if (this == PlayerPtr) Map.Recalc();
+			return;
+		}
+
+		if (first_time && this == PlayerPtr) {
+			Map.Add(RTTI_SPECIAL, SPC_NUCLEAR_BOMB);
+		}
+
+		NukeControl.Set(NUKE_GONE_TIME);
+		NukePresent = true;
+		NukeReady = false;
+		NukeOldStage = -1;
+		NukeOneTimeFlag = one_time_effect;
+
+	} else {
+		if (!one_time_effect && NukeOneTimeFlag) {
+			NukeOneTimeFlag = false;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Remove_Nuke_Bomb -- Removes the nuclear bomb from the sidebar.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will remove the nuclear bomb from the sidebar. It should be called when     *
+ *    the nuclear strike has been launched.                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/18/1995 JLB : commented                                                                *
+ *   07/25/1995 JLB : Handles recharge reset logic.                                            *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void HouseClass::Remove_Nuke_Bomb(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (NukePresent && !NukeOneTimeFlag) {
+		NukePresent = false;
+		NukeControl.Clear();
+		NukeOldStage = -1;
+		NukeReady = false;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Init_Air_Strike -- Add (or reset) the air strike sidebar button.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will activate (add if so indicated) the air strike button to the sidebar.   *
+ *    Call this routine when events indicate that a special air strike is available.           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   first_time  -- If the air strike button is to be added, then this will be true.    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/18/1995 JLB : commented                                                                *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void HouseClass::Init_Air_Strike(bool first_time, bool one_time_effect)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (!(first_time && AirPresent)) {
+
+		if (AirPresent && AirOneTimeFlag) {
+			AirOneTimeFlag = false;
+			AirPresent		= false;
+			Map.Recalc();
+			return;
+		}
+
+		if (first_time) {
+			if (PlayerPtr == this) {
+				Map.Add(RTTI_SPECIAL, SPC_AIR_STRIKE);
+			}
+			AirControl.Set(0);
+		} else {
+			AirControl.Set(AIR_CANNON_GONE_TIME);
+		}
+
+		AirReady 			= first_time;
+		AirPresent 			= true;
+		AirOldStage 		= -1;
+		AirOneTimeFlag		= one_time_effect;
+
+		if (AirReady && !IsHuman) {
+			Special_Weapon_AI(SPC_AIR_STRIKE);
+		}
+	} else {
+	 	if (first_time && AirPresent && !one_time_effect && AirOneTimeFlag) {
+			AirOneTimeFlag	= false;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Remove_Air_Strike -- Removes the air strike button from the sidebar.            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will remove the air strike button from the sidebar. Call this routine when  *
+ *    the air strike has been launched.                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/18/1995 JLB : commented                                                                *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void HouseClass::Remove_Air_Strike(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	AirPresent = false;
+	AirReady = false;
+	AirControl.Clear();
+	AirOldStage = -1;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Make_Air_Strike_Available -- Make the airstrike available.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will make the airstrike available. Typically, this results in a new icon    *
+ *    added to the sidebar.                                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   present  -- The the airstrike being added?                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/20/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void HouseClass::Make_Air_Strike_Available(bool present, bool one_time_effect)
+{
+	Validate();
+	Init_Air_Strike(true, one_time_effect);
+	AirPresent = present;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Add_Nuke_Piece -- Add a nuclear piece to the collection.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will a the specified nuclear piece to the house collection of parts. When   *
+ *    all the pieces have been added, a nuclear strike ability is made available.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   piece -- The nuclear piece to add. If equal to "-1", then the next possible piece  *
+ *                   is added.                                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/20/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void HouseClass::Add_Nuke_Piece(int piece)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (piece == -1) {
+		piece = 1;
+		if (!(NukePieces & 0x01)) {
+			piece = 1;
+		}
+		if (!(NukePieces & 0x02)) {
+			piece = 2;
+		}
+		if (!(NukePieces & 0x04)) {
+			piece = 3;
+		}
+	}
+	NukePieces |= 1 << (piece - 1);
+//	Init_Nuke_Bomb(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Detach -- Removes specified object from house tracking systems.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called when an object is to be removed from the game system. If the      *
+ *    specified object is part of the house tracking system, then it will be removed.          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   target   -- The target value of the object that is to be removed from the game.    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          all      -- Is the target going away for good as opposed to just cloaking/hiding?  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/18/1995 JLB : commented                                                                *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void HouseClass::Detach(TARGET, bool )
+{
+	Validate();
+//	if (LaunchSite == target) {
+//		LaunchSite = TARGET_NONE;
+//	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Does_Enemy_Building_Exist -- Checks for enemy building of specified type.       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will examine the enemy houses and if there is a building owned by one       *
+ *    of those house, true will be returned.                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   btype -- The building type to check for.                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Does a building of the specified type exist for one of the enemy houses?           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/23/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool HouseClass::Does_Enemy_Building_Exist(StructType btype) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	int bflag = 1L << btype;
+	for (HousesType index = HOUSE_FIRST; index < HOUSE_COUNT; index++) {
+		HouseClass * house = HouseClass::As_Pointer(index);
+
+		if (house && !Is_Ally(house) && (house->BScan & bflag) != 0) {
+			return(true);
+		}
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Suggest_New_Object -- Determine what would the next buildable object be.        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will examine the house status and return with a techno type pointer to      *
+ *    the object type that it thinks should be created. The type is restricted to match the    *
+ *    type specified. Typical use of this routine is by computer controlled factories.         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   objecttype  -- The type of object to restrict the scan for.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to a techno type for the object type that should be         *
+ *          created. If no object should be created, then NULL is returned.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   This is a time consuming routine. Only call when necessary.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/23/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TechnoTypeClass const * HouseClass::Suggest_New_Object(RTTIType objecttype) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	TechnoTypeClass const * techno = NULL;
+
+	switch (objecttype) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Unit construction is based on the rule that up to twice the number required
+		**	to fill all teams will be created.
+		*/
+		case RTTI_UNIT:
+		case RTTI_UNITTYPE:
+			if (CurUnits < MaxUnit) {
+
+				/*
+				**	A computer controlled house will try to build a replacement
+				**	harvester if possible. Never replace harvesters if the game
+				**	is in easy mode.
+				*/
+				if (!Special.IsEasy && !IsHuman && (ActiveBScan & STRUCTF_REFINERY) && !(UScan & UNITF_HARVESTER)) {
+					techno = &UnitTypeClass::As_Reference(UNIT_HARVESTER);
+					if (techno->Scenario <= BuildLevel) break;
+					techno = 0;
+				}
+
+				int counter[UNIT_COUNT];
+				if (GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL) {
+					memset(counter, 0x00, sizeof(counter));
+				} else {
+					for (UnitType index = UNIT_FIRST; index < UNIT_COUNT; index++) {
+						if (Can_Build(index, Class->House) && UnitTypeClass::As_Reference(index).Level <= BuildLevel) {
+							counter[index] = 16;
+						} else {
+							counter[index] = 0;
+						}
+					}
+				}
+
+				/*
+				**	Build a list of the maximum of each type we wish to produce. This will be
+				**	twice the number required to fill all teams.
+				*/
+				for (int index = 0; index < Teams.Count(); index++) {
+					TeamClass * tptr = Teams.Ptr(index);
+					if (tptr) {
+						TeamTypeClass const * team = tptr->Class;
+
+						if ((/*team->IsReinforcable || */!tptr->IsFullStrength) && team->House == Class->House) {
+							for (int subindex = 0; subindex < team->ClassCount; subindex++) {
+								if (team->Class[subindex]->What_Am_I() == RTTI_UNITTYPE) {
+									counter[((UnitTypeClass const *)(team->Class[subindex]))->Type] = 1;
+//									counter[((UnitTypeClass const *)(team->Class[subindex]))->Type] += team->DesiredNum[subindex]*2;
+								}
+							}
+						}
+					}
+				}
+
+				/*
+				**	Team types that are flagged as prebuilt, will always try to produce enough
+				**	to fill one team of this type regardless of whether there is a team active
+				**	of that type.
+				*/
+				for (index = 0; index < TeamTypes.Count(); index++) {
+					TeamTypeClass const * team = TeamTypes.Ptr(index);
+					if (team) {
+						if (team->House == Class->House && team->IsPrebuilt && (!team->IsAutocreate || IsAlerted)) {
+							for (int subindex = 0; subindex < team->ClassCount; subindex++) {
+								if (team->Class[subindex]->What_Am_I() == RTTI_UNITTYPE) {
+									int subtype = ((UnitTypeClass const *)(team->Class[subindex]))->Type;
+									counter[subtype] = MAX(counter[subtype], team->DesiredNum[subindex]);
+								}
+							}
+						}
+					}
+				}
+
+				/*
+				**	Reduce the theoretical maximum by the actual number of objects currently
+				**	in play.
+				*/
+				for (int uindex = 0; uindex < Units.Count(); uindex++) {
+					UnitClass * unit = Units.Ptr(uindex);
+					if (unit && !unit->Team && unit->House == this && (unit->Mission != MISSION_GUARD_AREA && unit->Mission != MISSION_HUNT && unit->Mission != MISSION_STICKY && unit->Mission != MISSION_SLEEP)) {
+						counter[unit->Class->Type]--;
+					}
+				}
+
+				/*
+				**	Pick to build the most needed object but don't consider those object that
+				**	can't be built because of scenario restrictions or insufficient cash.
+				*/
+				int bestval = -1;
+				int bestcount = 0;
+				UnitType bestlist[UNIT_COUNT];
+				for (UnitType utype = UNIT_FIRST; utype < UNIT_COUNT; utype++) {
+					if (counter[utype] > 0 && Can_Build(utype, Class->House) && UnitTypeClass::As_Reference(utype).Cost_Of() <= Available_Money()) {
+						if (bestval == -1 || bestval < counter[utype]) {
+							bestval = counter[utype];
+							bestcount = 0;
+						}
+						bestlist[bestcount++] = utype;
+					}
+				}
+
+				/*
+				**	The unit type to build is now known. Fetch a pointer to the techno type class.
+				*/
+				if (bestcount) {
+					techno = &UnitTypeClass::As_Reference(bestlist[Random_Pick(0, bestcount-1)]);
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	Infantry construction is based on the rule that up to twice the number required
+		**	to fill all teams will be created.
+		*/
+		case RTTI_INFANTRY:
+		case RTTI_INFANTRYTYPE:
+			if (CurUnits < MaxUnit) {
+				int counter[INFANTRY_COUNT];
+				if (GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL) {
+					memset(counter, 0x00, sizeof(counter));
+				} else {
+					for (InfantryType index = INFANTRY_FIRST; index < INFANTRY_COUNT; index++) {
+						if (Can_Build(index, Class->House) && InfantryTypeClass::As_Reference(index).Level <= BuildLevel) {
+							counter[index] = 16;
+						} else {
+							counter[index] = 0;
+						}
+					}
+				}
+
+				/*
+				**	Build a list of the maximum of each type we wish to produce. This will be
+				**	twice the number required to fill all teams.
+				*/
+				for (int index = 0; index < Teams.Count(); index++) {
+					TeamClass * tptr = Teams.Ptr(index);
+					if (tptr) {
+						TeamTypeClass const * team = tptr->Class;
+
+						if ((team->IsReinforcable || !tptr->IsFullStrength) && team->House == Class->House) {
+							for (int subindex = 0; subindex < team->ClassCount; subindex++) {
+								if (team->Class[subindex]->What_Am_I() == RTTI_INFANTRYTYPE) {
+									counter[((InfantryTypeClass const *)(team->Class[subindex]))->Type] += team->DesiredNum[subindex]+1;
+								}
+							}
+						}
+					}
+				}
+
+				/*
+				**	Team types that are flagged as prebuilt, will always try to produce enough
+				**	to fill one team of this type regardless of whether there is a team active
+				**	of that type.
+				*/
+				for (index = 0; index < TeamTypes.Count(); index++) {
+					TeamTypeClass const * team = TeamTypes.Ptr(index);
+					if (team) {
+						if (team->House == Class->House && team->IsPrebuilt && (!team->IsAutocreate || IsAlerted)) {
+							for (int subindex = 0; subindex < team->ClassCount; subindex++) {
+								if (team->Class[subindex]->What_Am_I() == RTTI_INFANTRYTYPE) {
+									int subtype = ((InfantryTypeClass const *)(team->Class[subindex]))->Type;
+//									counter[subtype] = 1;
+									counter[subtype] = MAX(counter[subtype], team->DesiredNum[subindex]);
+									counter[subtype] = MIN(counter[subtype], 5);
+								}
+							}
+						}
+					}
+				}
+
+				/*
+				**	Reduce the theoretical maximum by the actual number of objects currently
+				**	in play.
+				*/
+				for (int uindex = 0; uindex < Infantry.Count(); uindex++) {
+					InfantryClass * infantry = Infantry.Ptr(uindex);
+					if (infantry && !infantry->Team && infantry->House == this && (infantry->Mission != MISSION_GUARD_AREA && infantry->Mission != MISSION_HUNT && infantry->Mission != MISSION_STICKY && infantry->Mission != MISSION_SLEEP)) {
+						counter[infantry->Class->Type]--;
+					}
+				}
+
+				/*
+				**	Pick to build the most needed object but don't consider those object that
+				**	can't be built because of scenario restrictions or insufficient cash.
+				*/
+				int bestval = -1;
+				int bestcount = 0;
+				InfantryType bestlist[INFANTRY_COUNT];
+				for (InfantryType utype = INFANTRY_FIRST; utype < INFANTRY_COUNT; utype++) {
+					if (counter[utype] > 0 && Can_Build(utype, Class->House) && InfantryTypeClass::As_Reference(utype).Cost_Of() <= Available_Money()) {
+						if (bestval == -1 || bestval < counter[utype]) {
+							bestval = counter[utype];
+							bestcount = 0;
+						}
+						bestlist[bestcount++] = utype;
+					}
+				}
+
+				/*
+				**	The infantry type to build is now known. Fetch a pointer to the techno type class.
+				*/
+				if (bestcount) {
+					techno = &InfantryTypeClass::As_Reference(bestlist[Random_Pick(0, bestcount-1)]);
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	Building construction is based upon the preconstruction list.
+		*/
+		case RTTI_BUILDING:
+		case RTTI_BUILDINGTYPE:
+			if (CurBuildings < MaxBuilding) {
+				BaseNodeClass * node = Base.Next_Buildable();
+				if (node) {
+					techno = &BuildingTypeClass::As_Reference(node->Type);
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+	}
+	return(techno);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Flag_Remove -- Removes the flag from the specified target.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will remove the flag attached to the specified target object or cell.       *
+ *    Call this routine before placing the object down. This is called inherently by the       *
+ *    the Flag_Attach() functions.                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   target   -- The target that the flag was attached to but will be removed from.     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          set_home -- if true, clears the flag's waypoint designation                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Was the flag successfully removed from the specified target?                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/23/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool HouseClass::Flag_Remove(TARGET target, bool set_home)
+{
+	Validate();
+	int rc;
+
+	if (Target_Legal(target)) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Remove the flag from a unit
+		*/
+		UnitClass * object = As_Unit(target);
+		if (object) {
+			rc = object->Flag_Remove();
+			if (rc && FlagLocation == target) {
+				FlagLocation = TARGET_NONE;
+			}
+
+		} else {
+
+			/*
+			**	Remove the flag from a cell
+			*/
+			CELL cell = As_Cell(target);
+			if (Map.In_Radar(cell)) {
+				rc = Map[cell].Flag_Remove();
+				if (rc && FlagLocation == target) {
+					FlagLocation = TARGET_NONE;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Handle the flag home cell:
+		**	If 'set_home' is set, clear the home value & the cell's overlay
+		*/
+		if (set_home) {
+			if (FlagHome) {
+				Map[FlagHome].Overlay = OVERLAY_NONE;
+				Map.Flag_Cell(FlagHome);
+				FlagHome = 0;
+			}
+		}
+
+		return(rc);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Flag_Attach -- Attach flag to specified cell (or thereabouts).                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will attach the house flag to the location specified. If the location       *
+ *    cannot contain the flag, then a suitable nearby location will be selected.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   cell  -- The desired cell location to place the flag.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          set_home -- if true, resets the flag's waypoint designation                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Was the flag successfully placed?                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   The cell picked for the flag might very likely not be the cell requested.       *
+ *             Check the FlagLocation value to determine the final cell resting spot.          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/23/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool HouseClass::Flag_Attach(CELL cell, bool set_home)
+{
+	Validate();
+	bool rc;
+	bool clockwise;
+	FacingType rot;
+	FacingType fcounter;
+
+	/*
+	**	Randomly decide if we're going to search cells clockwise or counter-
+	**	clockwise
+	*/
+	clockwise = IRandom(0,1);
+
+	/*
+	**	Only continue if this cell is a legal placement cell.
+	*/
+	if (Map.In_Radar(cell)) {
+
+		/*
+		**	If the flag already exists, then it must be removed from the object
+		**	it is attached to.
+		*/
+		Flag_Remove(FlagLocation, set_home);
+
+		/*
+		**	Attach the flag to the cell specified. If it can't be placed, then pick
+		**	a nearby cell where it can be placed.
+		*/
+		CELL newcell = cell;
+		rc = Map[newcell].Flag_Place(Class->House);
+		if (!rc) {
+
+			/*
+			**	Loop for increasing distance from the desired cell.
+			**	For each distance, randomly pick a starting direction.  Between
+			**	this and the clockwise/counterclockwise random value, the flag
+			**	should appear to be placed fairly randomly.
+			*/
+			for (int dist = 1; dist < 32; dist++) {
+
+				/*
+				**	Clockwise search.
+				*/
+				if (clockwise) {
+					rot = (FacingType)IRandom(FACING_N, FACING_NW);
+					for (fcounter = FACING_N; fcounter <= FACING_NW; fcounter++) {
+						newcell = Coord_Cell(Coord_Move(Cell_Coord(cell), Facing_Dir(rot), dist*256));
+						if (Map.In_Radar(newcell) && Map[newcell].Flag_Place(Class->House)) {
+							dist = 32;
+							rc = true;
+							break;
+						}
+						rot++;
+						if (rot > FACING_NW) rot = FACING_N;
+					}
+				} else {
+
+					/*
+					**	Counter-clockwise search
+					*/
+					rot = (FacingType)IRandom (FACING_N, FACING_NW);
+					for (fcounter = FACING_NW; fcounter >= FACING_N; fcounter--) {
+						newcell = Coord_Cell(Coord_Move(Cell_Coord(cell), Facing_Dir(rot), dist*256));
+						if (Map.In_Radar(newcell) && Map[newcell].Flag_Place(Class->House)) {
+							dist = 32;
+							rc = true;
+							break;
+						}
+						rot--;
+						if (rot < FACING_N)
+							rot = FACING_NW;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	If we've found a spot for the flag, place the flag at the new cell.
+		**	if 'set_home' is set, OR this house has no current flag home cell,
+		**	mark that cell as this house's flag home cell.
+		*/
+		if (rc) {
+			FlagLocation = As_Target(newcell);
+
+			if (set_home || FlagHome == 0) {
+				Map[newcell].Overlay = OVERLAY_FLAG_SPOT;
+				FlagHome = newcell;
+			}
+		}
+
+		return(rc);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Flag_Attach -- Attaches the house flag the specified unit.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will attach the house flag to the specified unit. This routine is called    *
+ *    when a unit drives over a cell containing a flag.                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   object   -- Pointer to the object that the house flag is to be attached to.        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          set_home -- if true, clears the flag's waypoint designation                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Was the flag attached successfully?                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/23/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool HouseClass::Flag_Attach(UnitClass * object, bool set_home)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (object && !object->IsInLimbo) {
+		Flag_Remove(FlagLocation, set_home);
+
+		/*
+		**	Attach the flag to the object.
+		*/
+		object->Flag_Attach(Class->House);
+		FlagLocation = object->As_Target();
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::MPlayer_Defeated -- multiplayer; house is defeated          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/25/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void HouseClass::MPlayer_Defeated(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	char txt[80];
+	int i,j,k;
+	unsigned char id;
+	HousesType house;
+	HouseClass *hptr;
+	HouseClass *hptr2;
+	int num_alive;
+	int num_humans;
+	int all_allies;
+	int max_index;
+	int max_count;
+	int count;
+	int score_index[MAX_PLAYERS];	// array of each multi-player's index into
+											// the score array
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Set the defeat flag for this house
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	IsDefeated = true;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Remove this house's flag & flag home cell
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (Special.IsCaptureTheFlag) {
+		if (FlagLocation) {
+			Flag_Remove(FlagLocation,true);
+		} else {
+			if (FlagHome) {
+				Flag_Remove(FlagHome,true);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	If this is me:
+	- Set MPlayerObiWan, so I can only send messages to all players, and
+	  not just one (so I can't be obnoxiously omnipotent)
+	- Reveal the map
+	- Add my defeat message
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (PlayerPtr == this) {
+		MPlayerObiWan = 1;
+		Debug_Unshroud = true;
+		HiddenPage.Clear();
+		Map.Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Pop up a message showing that I was defeated
+		.....................................................................*/
+		sprintf(txt,Text_String(TXT_PLAYER_DEFEATED), MPlayerName);
+		Messages.Add_Message(txt, MPlayerTColors[MPlayerColorIdx], TPF_6PT_GRAD|TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL|TPF_FULLSHADOW, 600, 0, 0);
+		Map.Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+
+	} else {
+
+		/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+		If it wasn't me, find out who was defeated
+		------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		if (IsHuman) {
+			sprintf(txt, Text_String(TXT_PLAYER_DEFEATED), Text_String(TXT_UNKNOWN));
+			id = 0;
+			for (i = 0; i < MPlayerCount; i++) {
+				house = MPlayerHouses[i];
+				if (HouseClass::As_Pointer(house) == this) {
+					sprintf (txt,Text_String(TXT_PLAYER_DEFEATED), MPlayerNames[i]);
+					id = MPlayerID[i];
+				}
+			}
+
+			Messages.Add_Message(txt, MPlayerTColors[MPlayerID_To_ColorIndex(id)],
+				TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_FULLSHADOW, 600, 0, 0);
+			Map.Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Find out how many players are left alive.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	num_alive = 0;
+	num_humans = 0;
+	for (i = 0; i < MPlayerMax; i++) {
+		hptr = HouseClass::As_Pointer((HousesType)(HOUSE_MULTI1 + i));
+		if (hptr && hptr->IsDefeated==0) {
+			if (hptr->IsHuman)
+				num_humans++;
+			num_alive++;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	If all the houses left alive are allied with each other, then in reality
+	there's only one player left:
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	all_allies = 1;
+	for (i = 0; i < MPlayerMax; i++) {
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Get a pointer to this house
+		.....................................................................*/
+		hptr = HouseClass::As_Pointer((HousesType)(HOUSE_MULTI1 + i));
+		if (!hptr || hptr->IsDefeated)
+			continue;
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Loop through all houses; if there's one left alive that this house
+		isn't allied with, then all_allies will be false
+		.....................................................................*/
+		for (j = 0; j < MPlayerMax; j++) {
+			hptr2 = HouseClass::As_Pointer((HousesType)(HOUSE_MULTI1 + j));
+			if (!hptr2)
+				continue;
+			if (!hptr2->IsDefeated && !hptr->Is_Ally(hptr2)) {
+				all_allies = 0;
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+		if (!all_allies)
+			break;
+	}
+	/*........................................................................
+	If all houses left are allies, set 'num_alive' to 1; game over.
+	........................................................................*/
+	if (all_allies)
+		num_alive = 1;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	If there's only one human player left or no humans left, the game is over:
+	- Determine whether this player wins or loses, based on the state of the
+	  MPlayerObiWan flag
+	- Find all players' indices in the MPlayerScore array
+	- Tally up scores for this game
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (num_alive == 1 || num_humans == 0) {
+		if (PlayerPtr->IsDefeated) {
+			PlayerLoses = true;
+		} else {
+			PlayerWins = true;
+		}
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Find each player's score index
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		for (i = 0; i < MPlayerCount; i++) {
+			score_index[i] = -1;
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Search for this player's name in the MPlayerScore array
+			..................................................................*/
+			for (j = 0; j < MPlayerNumScores; j++) {
+				if (!stricmp(MPlayerNames[i],MPlayerScore[j].Name)) {
+					score_index[i] = j;
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			If the index is still -1, the name wasn't found; add a new entry.
+			..................................................................*/
+			if (score_index[i] == -1) {
+				if (MPlayerNumScores < MAX_MULTI_NAMES) {
+					score_index[i] = MPlayerNumScores;
+					MPlayerNumScores++;
+				} else {
+
+					/*...............................................................
+					For each player in the scores array, count the # of '-1' entries
+					from this game backwards; the one with the most is the one that
+					hasn't played the longest; replace him with this new guy.
+					...............................................................*/
+					max_index = 0;
+					max_count = 0;
+					for (j = 0; j < MPlayerNumScores; j++) {
+						count = 0;
+						for (k = MPlayerNumScores - 1; k >= 0; k--) {
+							if (MPlayerScore[j].Kills[k]==-1) {
+								count++;
+							} else {
+								break;
+							}
+						}
+						if (count > max_count) {
+							max_count = count;
+							max_index = j;
+						}
+					}
+					score_index[i] = max_index;
+				}
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Initialize this score entry
+				...............................................................*/
+				MPlayerScore[score_index[i]].Wins = 0;
+				strcpy (MPlayerScore[score_index[i]].Name,MPlayerNames[i]);
+				for (j = 0; j < MAX_MULTI_GAMES; j++)
+					MPlayerScore[score_index[i]].Kills[j] = -1;
+			}
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Init this player's Kills to 0 (-1 means he didn't play this round;
+			0 means he played but got no kills).
+			..................................................................*/
+			MPlayerScore[score_index[i]].Kills[MPlayerCurGame] = 0;
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Init this player's color to his last-used color index
+			..................................................................*/
+			MPlayerScore[score_index[i]].Color = MPlayerID_To_ColorIndex(MPlayerID[i]);
+		}
+
+#if 0	// (This is the old method of tallying scores:
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Tally up the scores for this game:
+		- For each house:
+		  - If this house is human & wasn't defeated, its the winner
+		  - If this house was defeated, find out who did it & increment their
+		    Kills value.
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		for (house = HOUSE_MULTI1; house < (HOUSE_MULTI1 + MPlayerMax); house++) {
+			hptr = HouseClass::As_Pointer(house);
+			if (!hptr) continue;
+
+			if (!hptr->IsDefeated) {
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				If this is the winning house, find which player it was & increment
+				their 'Wins' value
+				...............................................................*/
+				if (hptr->IsHuman) {
+					for (i = 0; i < MPlayerCount; i++) {
+						if (house == MPlayerHouses[i]) {
+							MPlayerScore[score_index[i]].Wins++;
+							MPlayerWinner = score_index[i];
+						}
+					}
+				}
+			} else {
+
+				/*..................................................................
+				This house was defeated; find which player who defeated him & increment
+				his 'Kills' value for this game
+				..................................................................*/
+				for (i = 0; i < MPlayerCount; i++) {
+					if (hptr->WhoLastHurtMe == MPlayerHouses[i]) {
+						MPlayerScore[score_index[i]].Kills[MPlayerCurGame]++;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+#else	// This is the new method:
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Tally up the scores for this game:
+		- For each player:
+		  - If this player is undefeated this round, he's the winner
+		  - Each player's Kills value is the sum of the unit's they killed
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		for (i = 0; i < MPlayerCount; i++) {
+			hptr = HouseClass::As_Pointer(MPlayerHouses[i]);
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			If this house was undefeated, it must have been the winner.  (If
+			no human houses are undefeated, the computer won.)
+			..................................................................*/
+			if (!hptr->IsDefeated) {
+				MPlayerScore[score_index[i]].Wins++;
+				MPlayerWinner = score_index[i];
+			}
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Tally up all kills for this player
+			..................................................................*/
+			for (house = HOUSE_FIRST; house < HOUSE_COUNT; house++) {
+
+				MPlayerScore[score_index[i]].Kills[MPlayerCurGame] +=
+					hptr->UnitsKilled[house];
+
+				MPlayerScore[score_index[i]].Kills[MPlayerCurGame] +=
+					hptr->BuildingsKilled[house];
+			}
+		}
+#endif
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Destroy all the IPX connections, since we have to go through the rest
+		of the Main_Loop() before we detect that the game is over, and we'll
+		end up waiting for frame sync packets from the other machines.
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		if (GameToPlay==GAME_IPX || GameToPlay == GAME_INTERNET) {
+			i = 0;
+			while (Ipx.Num_Connections() && (i++ < 1000) ) {
+				id = Ipx.Connection_ID(0);
+				Ipx.Delete_Connection(id);
+			}
+			MPlayerCount = 0;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Be sure our messages get displayed, even if we're about to exit.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	Map.Render();
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Blowup_All -- blows up everything                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/16/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *   06/09/1995 JLB : Handles aircraft.                                    *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void HouseClass::Blowup_All(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	int i;
+	int damage;
+	UnitClass *uptr;
+	InfantryClass *iptr;
+	BuildingClass *bptr;
+	int count;
+	WarheadType warhead;
+
+	/*
+	**	Find everything owned by this house & blast it with a huge amount of damage
+	**	at zero range.  Do units before infantry, so the units' drivers are killed
+	**	too.  Using Explosion_Damage is like dropping a big bomb right on the
+	**	object; it will also damage anything around it.
+	*/
+	for (i = 0; i < ::Units.Count(); i++) {
+		if (::Units.Ptr(i)->House == this && !::Units.Ptr(i)->IsInLimbo) {
+			uptr = ::Units.Ptr(i);
+
+			/*
+			**	Some units can't be killed with one shot, so keep damaging them until
+			**	they're gone.  The unit will destroy itself, and put an infantry in
+			**	its place.  When the unit destroys itself, decrement 'i' since
+			**	its pointer will be removed from the active pointer list.
+			*/
+			count = 0;
+			while (::Units.Ptr(i)==uptr && uptr->Strength) {
+				damage = 0x7fff;
+				Explosion_Damage(uptr->Center_Coord(), damage, NULL, WARHEAD_HE);
+				count++;
+				if (count > 5) {
+					delete uptr;
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+			i--;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Destroy all aircraft owned by this house.
+	*/
+	for (i = 0; i < ::Aircraft.Count(); i++) {
+		if (::Aircraft.Ptr(i)->House == this && !::Aircraft.Ptr(i)->IsInLimbo) {
+			AircraftClass * aptr = ::Aircraft.Ptr(i);
+
+			damage = 0x7fff;
+			aptr->Take_Damage(damage, 0, WARHEAD_HE, NULL);
+			if (!aptr->IsActive) {
+				i--;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Buildings don't delete themselves when they die; they shake the screen
+	**	and begin a countdown, so don't decrement 'i' when it's destroyed.
+	*/
+	for (i = 0; i < Buildings.Count(); i++) {
+		if (Buildings.Ptr(i)->House == this && !Buildings.Ptr(i)->IsInLimbo) {
+			bptr = Buildings.Ptr(i);
+
+			count = 0;
+			bptr->IsSurvivorless = true;
+			while (Buildings.Ptr(i)==bptr && bptr->Strength) {
+				damage = 0x7fff;
+				Explosion_Damage(bptr->Center_Coord(), damage, NULL, WARHEAD_HE);
+				count++;
+				if (count > 5) {
+					delete bptr;
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Infantry don't delete themselves when they die; they go into a death-
+	**	animation sequence, so there's no need to decrement 'i' when they die.
+	**	Infantry should die by different types of warheads, so their death
+	**	anims aren't all synchronized.
+	*/
+	for (i = 0; i < Infantry.Count(); i++) {
+		if (Infantry.Ptr(i)->House == this && !Infantry.Ptr(i)->IsInLimbo) {
+			iptr = Infantry.Ptr(i);
+
+			count = 0;
+			while (Infantry.Ptr(i)==iptr && iptr->Strength) {
+				damage = 0x7fff;
+				warhead = (WarheadType)IRandom (WARHEAD_SA, WARHEAD_FIRE);
+				Explosion_Damage(iptr->Center_Coord(), damage, NULL, warhead);
+				if (iptr->IsActive) {
+					damage = 0x7fff;
+					iptr->Take_Damage(damage, 0, warhead);
+				}
+
+				count++;
+				if (count > 5) {
+					delete iptr;
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+	/*
+	**	Just delete the teams & triggers for this house.
+	*/
+	for (i = 0; i < TeamTypes.Count(); i++) {
+		if (TeamTypes.Ptr(i)->House == Class->House) {
+			delete TeamTypes.Ptr(i);
+			i--;
+		}
+	}
+	for (i = 0; i < Triggers.Count(); i++) {
+		if (Triggers.Ptr(i)->House == Class->House) {
+			delete Triggers.Ptr(i);
+			i--;
+		}
+	}
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Flag_To_Die -- Flags the house to blow up soon.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    When this routine is called, the house will blow up after a period of time. Typically    *
+ *    this is called when the flag is captured or the HQ destroyed.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Was the house flagged to blow up?                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/20/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool HouseClass::Flag_To_Die(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (!IsToWin && !IsToDie && !IsToLose) {
+		IsToDie = true;
+		if (IsV107) {
+			BorrowedTime = TICKS_PER_SECOND * 3;
+		} else {
+			BorrowedTime = TICKS_PER_SECOND * 1;
+		}
+	}
+	return(IsToDie);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Flag_To_Win -- Flags the house to win soon.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    When this routine is called, the house will be declared the winner after a period of     *
+ *    time.                                                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Was the house flagged to win?                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/20/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool HouseClass::Flag_To_Win(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (!IsToWin && !IsToDie && !IsToLose) {
+		IsToWin = true;
+		if (IsV107) {
+			BorrowedTime = TICKS_PER_SECOND * 3;
+		} else {
+			BorrowedTime = TICKS_PER_SECOND * 1;
+		}
+	}
+	return(IsToWin);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Flag_To_Lose -- Flags the house to die soon.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    When this routine is called, it will spell the doom of this house. In a short while      *
+ *    all of the object owned by this house will explode. Typical use of this routine is when  *
+ *    the flag has been captured or the command vehicle has been destroyed.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Has the doom been initiated?                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/12/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool HouseClass::Flag_To_Lose(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	IsToWin = false;
+	if (!IsToDie && !IsToLose) {
+		IsToLose = true;
+		if (IsV107) {
+			BorrowedTime = TICKS_PER_SECOND * 3;
+		} else {
+			BorrowedTime = TICKS_PER_SECOND * 1;
+		}
+	}
+	return(IsToLose);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Init_Data -- Initializes the multiplayer color data.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called when initializing the color and remap data for this house. The    *
+ *    primary user of this routine is the multiplayer version of the game.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   color    -- The color of this house.                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          house    -- The house that this should act like.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          credits  -- The initial credits to assign to this house.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/29/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void HouseClass::Init_Data(PlayerColorType color, HousesType house, int credits)
+{
+	Validate();
+	Credits = InitialCredits = credits;
+	ActLike = house;
+	RemapColor = color;
+	switch (color) {
+		case REMAP_YELLOW:
+			RemapTable = RemapYellow;
+			((unsigned char &)Class->Color) = 157;
+			((unsigned char &)Class->BrightColor) = 5;
+			break;
+
+		case REMAP_RED:
+			RemapTable = RemapRed;
+			((unsigned char &)Class->Color) = 123;
+			((unsigned char &)Class->BrightColor) = 127;
+			break;
+
+		case REMAP_AQUA:
+			RemapTable = RemapBlueGreen;
+			((unsigned char &)Class->Color) = 135;
+			((unsigned char &)Class->BrightColor) = 2;
+			break;
+
+		case REMAP_ORANGE:
+			RemapTable = RemapOrange;
+			((unsigned char &)Class->Color) = 26;
+			((unsigned char &)Class->BrightColor) = 24;
+			break;
+
+		case REMAP_GREEN:
+			RemapTable = RemapGreen;
+			((unsigned char &)Class->Color) = 167;
+			((unsigned char &)Class->BrightColor) = 159;
+			break;
+
+		case REMAP_BLUE:
+			RemapTable = RemapBlue;
+			((unsigned char &)Class->Color) = 203;
+			((unsigned char &)Class->BrightColor) = 201;
+			break;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Power_Fraction -- Fetches the current power output rating.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to fetch the current power output as a fixed point fraction. The        *
+ *    value 0x0100 is 100% power.                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with power rating as a fixed pointer number.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/22/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int HouseClass::Power_Fraction(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (Power) {
+		if (Drain) {
+			return(Cardinal_To_Fixed(Drain, Power));
+		} else {
+			return(0x0100);
+		}
+	}
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Has_Nuke_Device -- Deteremines if the house has a nuclear device.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine checks to see if the house has a nuclear device to launch. A nuclear        *
+ *    device is available when the necessary parts have been retrieved in earlier scenarios    *
+ *    or if this is the multiplayer version.                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Does the house have a nuclear device?                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   This does not check to see if there is a suitable launch facility (i.e., the    *
+ *             Temple of Nod), only that there is a nuclear device potential.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/24/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool HouseClass::Has_Nuke_Device(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (GameToPlay != GAME_NORMAL || !IsHuman) return(true);
+	return((NukePieces & 0x07) == 0x07);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Sell_Wall -- Tries to sell the wall at the specified location.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will try to sell the wall at the specified location. If there is a wall     *
+ *    present and it is owned by this house, then it can be sold.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   cell  -- The cell that wall selling is desired.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/05/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void HouseClass::Sell_Wall(CELL cell)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if ((unsigned)cell > 0) {
+		OverlayType overlay = Map[cell].Overlay;
+
+		if (overlay != OVERLAY_NONE && Map[cell].Owner == Class->House) {
+			OverlayTypeClass const & optr = OverlayTypeClass::As_Reference(overlay);
+
+			if (optr.IsWall) {
+				int cost = 0;
+				switch (overlay) {
+					case OVERLAY_SANDBAG_WALL:
+						cost = BuildingTypeClass::As_Reference(STRUCT_SANDBAG_WALL).Cost_Of();
+						break;
+
+					case OVERLAY_CYCLONE_WALL:
+						cost = BuildingTypeClass::As_Reference(STRUCT_CYCLONE_WALL).Cost_Of();
+						break;
+
+					case OVERLAY_BRICK_WALL:
+						cost = BuildingTypeClass::As_Reference(STRUCT_BRICK_WALL).Cost_Of();
+						break;
+
+					case OVERLAY_BARBWIRE_WALL:
+						cost = BuildingTypeClass::As_Reference(STRUCT_BARBWIRE_WALL).Cost_Of();
+						break;
+
+					case OVERLAY_WOOD_WALL:
+						cost = BuildingTypeClass::As_Reference(STRUCT_WOOD_WALL).Cost_Of();
+						break;
+
+					default:
+						cost = 0;
+						break;
+				}
+				Refund_Money(cost/2);
+				Map[cell].Overlay = OVERLAY_NONE;
+				Map[cell].OverlayData = 0;
+				Map[cell].Owner = HOUSE_NONE;
+				Map[cell].Wall_Update();
+				Map[cell].Recalc_Attributes();
+				Map[cell].Redraw_Objects();
+				ObjectClass::Detach_This_From_All(::As_Target(cell), true);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
diff --git a/HOUSE.H b/HOUSE.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..89a1aa3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/HOUSE.H
@@ -0,0 +1,570 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\house.h_v   2.21   16 Oct 1995 16:46:14   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : HOUSE.H                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : May 21, 1994                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : May 21, 1994   [JLB]                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef HOUSE_H
+#define HOUSE_H
+
+#include	"type.h"
+#include	"region.h"
+#include	"vector.h"
+
+//extern "C" {
+//unsigned Cardinal_To_Fixed(unsigned base, unsigned cardinal);
+//}
+class TriggerClass;
+/****************************************************************************
+**	Player control structure. Each player (computer or human) has one of
+**	these structures associated. These are located in a global array.
+*/
+//#define	REBUILD_MAX		5		// Maximum number of structures to rebuild.
+class HouseClass {
+	public:
+		/*
+		**	Pointer to the HouseTypeClass that this house is "owned" by.
+		**	All constant data for a house type is stored in that class.
+		*/
+		HouseTypeClass const * const Class;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the house type that this house object should act like. This
+		**	value controls production choices and radar cover plate imagery.
+		*/
+		HousesType ActLike;
+
+		/*
+		**	Is this player active?  Usually that answer is true, but for civilians, it
+		**	might possibly be false.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsActive:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If this house is controlled by the player, then this flag will be true. The
+		**	computer controls all other active houses.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsHuman:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	When the computer becomes alerted to the presence of the player's forces, it
+		**	begins production and attack logic. This flag is set to true if the human
+		**	player has been discovered by the computer.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsStarted:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	When alerted, the house will create teams of the special "auto" type and
+		**	will generate appropriate units to fill those team types.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsAlerted:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If the house has been discovered, then this flag will be set
+		**	to true. However, the trigger even associated with discovery
+		**	will only be executed during the next house AI process.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsDiscovered:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If Tiberium storage is maxed out, then this flag will be set. At some point
+		**	the player is told of this fact and then this flag is cleared. This allows the
+		**	player to be told, but only occationally rather than continuously.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsMaxedOut:1;
+
+		/*
+		** If this house is played by a human in a multiplayer game, this flag
+		** keeps track of whether this house has been defeated or not.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsDefeated:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	These flags are used in conjunction with the BorrowedTime timer. When
+		**	that timer expires and one of these flags are set, then that event is
+		**	applied to the house. This allows a dramatic pause between the event
+		**	trigger and the result.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsToDie:1;
+		unsigned IsToWin:1;
+		unsigned IsToLose:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	This flag is set when a transport carrying a civilian has been
+		**	successfully evacuated. It is presumed that a possible trigger
+		**	event will be sprung by this event.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsCivEvacuated:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If potentially something changed that might affect the sidebar list of
+		**	buildable objects, then this flag indicates that at the first LEGAL opportunity,
+		**	the sidebar will be recalculated.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsRecalcNeeded:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If the map has been completely revealed to the player, then this flag
+		**	will be set to true. By examining this flag, a second "reveal all map"
+		**	crate won't be given to the player.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsVisionary:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If a trigger has indicated that the airstrike option should appear, this flag
+		**	will be set to true. It is up to the normal house AI processing to actually
+		**	add the airstrike to the sidebar.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsAirstrikePending:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	This records the existance of the three nuke weapon pieces.
+		*/
+		unsigned	NukePieces:3;
+
+		/*
+		**	This flag indicates that a free harvester is pending and will be
+		**	created when the FreeHarvester timer expires.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsFreeHarvester:1;
+
+		TCountDownTimerClass FreeHarvester;
+
+		/*
+		**	These super weapon control objects are used to control the recharge
+		**	and availability of these special weapons to this house.
+		*/
+		SuperClass IonCannon;
+		SuperClass AirStrike;
+		SuperClass NukeStrike;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is a record of the last building that was built. For buildings that
+		**	were built as a part of scenario creation, it will be the last one
+		**	discovered.
+		*/
+		StructType JustBuilt;
+
+		/*
+		**	This records the number of triggers associated with this house that are
+		**	blocking a win condition. A win will only occur if all the blocking
+		**	triggers have been deleted.
+		*/
+		int Blockage;
+
+		/*
+		**	This timer controls the computer auto-attack logic. When this timer expires
+		**	and the house has been alerted, then it will create a set of attack
+		**	teams.
+		*/
+		TCountDownTimerClass AlertTime;
+
+		/*
+		**	This timer is used to handle the delay between some catastrophic
+		**	event trigger and when it is actually carried out.
+		*/
+		TCountDownTimerClass BorrowedTime;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the last working scan bits for buildings. If a building is
+		**	active and owned by this house, it will have a bit set in this element
+		**	that corresponds to the building type number. Since this value is
+		**	accumulated over time, the "New" element contains the under-construction
+		**	version.
+		*/
+		unsigned long BScan;
+		unsigned long ActiveBScan;
+		unsigned long NewBScan;
+		unsigned long NewActiveBScan;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the last working scan bits for units. For every existing unit
+		**	type owned by this house, a corresponding bit is set in this element. As
+		**	the scan bits are being constructed, they are built into the "New" element
+		**	and then duplicated into the regular element at the end of every logic cycle.
+		*/
+		unsigned long UScan;
+		unsigned long ActiveUScan;
+		unsigned long NewUScan;
+		unsigned long NewActiveUScan;
+
+		/*
+		**	Infantry type existence bits. Similar to unit and building bits.
+		*/
+		unsigned long IScan;
+		unsigned long ActiveIScan;
+		unsigned long NewIScan;
+		unsigned long NewActiveIScan;
+
+		/*
+		**	Aircraft type existence bits. Similar to unit and building buts.
+		*/
+		unsigned long AScan;
+		unsigned long ActiveAScan;
+		unsigned long NewAScan;
+		unsigned long NewActiveAScan;
+
+		/*
+		**	Record of gains and losses for this house during the course of the
+		**	scenario.
+		*/
+		unsigned CreditsSpent;
+		unsigned HarvestedCredits;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the running count of the number of units owned by this house. This
+		**	value is used to keep track of ownership limits.
+		*/
+		unsigned CurUnits;
+		unsigned CurBuildings;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the maximum number allowed to be built by this house. The
+		**	value depends on the scenario being played.
+		*/
+		unsigned MaxUnit;
+		unsigned MaxBuilding;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the running total of the number of credits this house has accumulated.
+		*/
+		long Tiberium;
+		long Credits;
+		long InitialCredits;
+		long Capacity;
+
+		/*
+		** Did this house lose via resignation?
+		*/
+		unsigned Resigned:1;
+
+		/*
+		** Did this house lose because the player quit?
+		*/
+		unsigned IGaveUp:1;
+
+		/*
+		** Stuff to keep track of the total number of units built by this house.
+		*/
+		UnitTrackerClass	*AircraftTotals;
+		UnitTrackerClass	*InfantryTotals;
+		UnitTrackerClass	*UnitTotals;
+		UnitTrackerClass	*BuildingTotals;
+
+		/*
+		** Total number of units destroyed by this house
+		*/
+		UnitTrackerClass	*DestroyedAircraft;
+		UnitTrackerClass	*DestroyedInfantry;
+		UnitTrackerClass	*DestroyedUnits;
+		UnitTrackerClass	*DestroyedBuildings;
+
+		/*
+		** Total number of enemy buildings captured by this house
+		*/
+		UnitTrackerClass	*CapturedBuildings;
+
+		/*
+		** Total number of crates found by this house
+		*/
+		UnitTrackerClass	*TotalCrates;
+
+		/*
+		**	Records the number of infantry and vehicle factories active. This value is
+		**	used to regulate the speed of production.
+		*/
+		int AircraftFactories;
+		int InfantryFactories;
+		int UnitFactories;
+		int BuildingFactories;
+		int SpecialFactories;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the accumulation of the total power and drain factors. From these
+		**	values a ratio can be derived. This ratio is used to control the rate
+		**	of building decay.
+		*/
+		int Power;					// Current power output.
+		int Drain;					// Power consumption.
+
+		/*
+		**	For generic (unspecified) reinforcements, they arrive by a common method. This
+		**	specifies which method is to be used.
+		*/
+		SourceType Edge;
+
+		/*
+		**	For human controlled houses, only one type of unit can be produced
+		**	at any one instant. These factory objects control this production.
+		*/
+		int AircraftFactory;
+		int InfantryFactory;
+		int UnitFactory;
+		int BuildingFactory;
+		int SpecialFactory;
+
+		/*
+		**	This target value specifies where the flag is located. It might be a cell
+		**	or it might be an object.
+		*/
+		TARGET FlagLocation;
+
+		/*
+		** This is the flag-home-cell for this house.  This is where we must bring
+		** another house's flag back to, to defeat that house.
+		*/
+		CELL FlagHome;
+
+		/*
+		** For multiplayer games, each house instance has a remap table; the table
+		** in the HousesTypeClass isn't used.  This variable is set to the remap
+		** table for the color the player wants to play.
+		*/
+		unsigned char const * RemapTable;
+		PlayerColorType RemapColor;
+		char Name[MPLAYER_NAME_MAX];
+
+		/*
+		** For multiplayer games, each house needs to keep track of how many
+		** objects of each other house they've killed.
+		*/
+		unsigned UnitsKilled[HOUSE_COUNT];
+		unsigned UnitsLost;
+		unsigned BuildingsKilled[HOUSE_COUNT];
+		unsigned BuildingsLost;
+
+		/*
+		** For multiplayer games, this keeps track of the last house to destroy
+		** one of my units.
+		*/
+		HousesType WhoLastHurtMe;
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		**	Constructors, Destructors, and overloaded operators.
+		*/
+		static void * operator new(size_t size);
+		static void operator delete(void *ptr);
+		HouseClass(void) : Class(0) {};
+		HouseClass(HousesType house);
+		~HouseClass(void);
+		operator HousesType(void) const;
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		**	Member function prototypes.
+		*/
+		ProdFailType  Begin_Production(RTTIType type, int id);
+		ProdFailType  Suspend_Production(RTTIType type);
+		ProdFailType  Abandon_Production(RTTIType type);
+		bool  Place_Object(RTTIType type, CELL cell);
+		bool  Manual_Place(BuildingClass * builder, BuildingClass * object);
+		void  Special_Weapon_AI(SpecialWeaponType id);
+		bool  Place_Special_Blast(SpecialWeaponType id, CELL cell);
+		bool  Flag_Attach(CELL cell, bool set_home = false);
+		bool  Flag_Attach(UnitClass * object, bool set_home = false);
+		bool  Flag_Remove(TARGET target, bool set_home = false);
+		void  Init_Data(PlayerColorType color, HousesType house, int credits);
+
+		void  Sell_Wall(CELL cell);
+		bool  Flag_To_Die(void);
+		bool  Flag_To_Win(void);
+		bool  Flag_To_Lose(void);
+		void  Make_Ally(HousesType house);
+		void  Make_Ally(ObjectClass * object) {if (object) Make_Ally(object->Owner());};
+		void  Make_Enemy(HousesType house);
+		void  Make_Enemy(ObjectClass * object) {if (object) Make_Enemy(object->Owner());};
+		bool  Is_Ally(HousesType house) const;
+		bool  Is_Ally(HouseClass const * house) const;
+		bool  Is_Ally(ObjectClass const * object) const;
+		#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+		void  Debug_Dump(MonoClass *mono) const;
+		#endif
+		void  AI(void);
+		bool  Can_Build(StructType structure, HousesType house) const;
+		bool  Can_Build(InfantryType infantry, HousesType house) const;
+		bool  Can_Build(UnitType unit, HousesType) const;
+		bool  Can_Build(AircraftType aircraft, HousesType house) const;
+		bool  Can_Build(TechnoTypeClass const * type, HousesType house) const;
+		unsigned char const *  Remap_Table(bool blushing=false, bool unit=false) const;
+
+		TechnoTypeClass const *  Suggest_New_Object(RTTIType objectype) const;
+		bool  Does_Enemy_Building_Exist(StructType) const;
+		void  Harvested(unsigned tiberium);
+		long  Available_Money(void) const;
+		void  Spend_Money(unsigned money);
+		void  Refund_Money(unsigned money);
+		void  Attacked(void);
+		void  Adjust_Power(int adjust) {Power += adjust;};
+		void  Adjust_Drain(int adjust) {Drain += adjust;};
+		int  Adjust_Capacity(int adjust, bool inanger=false);
+		int  Power_Fraction(void) const;
+		int  Tiberium_Fraction(void) {return (!Tiberium) ? 0 : Cardinal_To_Fixed(Capacity, Tiberium);};
+		void  Begin_Production(void) {IsStarted = true;};
+		TeamTypeClass const *  Suggested_New_Team(bool alertcheck = false);
+		void  Adjust_Threat(int region, int threat);
+
+		static void Init(void);
+		static void One_Time(void);
+		static HouseClass *  As_Pointer(HousesType house);
+
+		/*
+		**	File I/O.
+		*/
+		static void  Read_INI(char *buffer);
+		static void  Write_INI(char *buffer);
+		static void  Read_Flag_INI(char *buffer);
+		static void  Write_Flag_INI(char *buffer);
+		bool  Load(FileClass & file);
+		bool  Save(FileClass & file);
+		void  Code_Pointers(void);
+		void  Decode_Pointers(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	Dee-buggin' support.
+		*/
+		int Validate(void) const;
+
+		/*
+		**	Special house actions.
+		*/
+//		void  Init_Ion_Cannon(bool first_time, bool one_time_effect = false);
+//		void  Init_Air_Strike(bool first_time, bool one_time_effect = false);
+//		void  Init_Nuke_Bomb(bool first_time, bool one_time_effect = false);
+//		void  Remove_Ion_Cannon(void);
+//		void  Remove_Air_Strike(void);
+//		void  Remove_Nuke_Bomb(void);
+		void  Detach(TARGET target, bool all);
+		void  Add_Nuke_Piece(int piece=-1);
+//		void  Make_Air_Strike_Available(bool present, bool one_time_effect = false);
+		bool  Has_Nuke_Device(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	This vector holds the recorded status of the map regions. It is through
+		**	this region information that team paths are calculated.
+		*/
+		RegionClass Regions[MAP_TOTAL_REGIONS];
+
+#ifdef OBSOLETE
+		/*
+		**	This count down timer class handles decrements and then changes
+		** the ion cannon state.  If the Ion cannon was out of range it is
+		** now in range.  If the Ion cannon was in range it will toggle out
+		** of range.
+		*/
+		TCountDownTimerClass IonControl;
+		int						IonOldStage;
+
+		TCountDownTimerClass AirControl;
+		int						AirOldStage;
+
+		TCountDownTimerClass NukeControl;
+		int						NukeOldStage;
+#endif
+
+
+		/*
+		** This timer is for multiplayer mode; for a computer-controlled house,
+		** it determines how long until this player "blitzes" the hapless humans.
+		*/
+		TCountDownTimerClass BlitzTime;
+
+		/*
+		**	This count down timer class decrements and then changes
+		** the Atomic Bomb state.
+		*/
+		CELL NukeDest;
+
+		/*
+		** This routine completely removes this house & all its objects from the game.
+		*/
+		void Clobber_All(void);
+
+		/*
+		** This routine blows up everything in this house.  Fun!
+		*/
+		void Blowup_All(void);
+
+		/*
+		** This routine gets called in multiplayer games when every unit, building,
+		** and infantry for a house is destroyed.
+		*/
+		void MPlayer_Defeated(void);
+
+	private:
+		void Silo_Redraw_Check(long oldtib, long oldcap);
+
+		/*
+		**	This is a bit field record of all the other houses that are allies with
+		**	this house. It is presumed that any house that isn't an ally, is therefore
+		**	an enemy. A house is always considered allied with itself.
+		*/
+		unsigned Allies;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the standard delay time between announcements concerning the
+		**	state of the base or other intermittent house related events.
+		*/
+		enum SpeakDelayEnum {
+			SPEAK_DELAY=TICKS_PER_MINUTE*2,
+			TEAM_DELAY=TICKS_PER_MINUTE/10,
+			DAMAGE_DELAY=TICKS_PER_MINUTE
+		};
+
+		/*
+		**	General low-power related damaged is doled out whenever this timer
+		**	expires.
+		*/
+		TCountDownTimerClass DamageTime;
+
+		/*
+		**	Team creation is done whenever this timer expires.
+		*/
+		TCountDownTimerClass TeamTime;
+
+		/*
+		**	This controls the rate that the trigger time logic is processed.
+		*/
+		TCountDownTimerClass TriggerTime;
+
+		/*
+		**	At various times, the computer may announce the player's condition. The following
+		**	variables are used as countdown timers so that these announcements are paced
+		**	far enough appart to reduce annoyance.
+		*/
+		TCountDownTimerClass SpeakAttackDelay;
+		TCountDownTimerClass SpeakPowerDelay;
+		TCountDownTimerClass SpeakMoneyDelay;
+		TCountDownTimerClass SpeakMaxedDelay;
+};
+#endif
+
diff --git a/IDATA.CPP b/IDATA.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..538bfb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/IDATA.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,2154 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\idata.cpv   2.12   02 Aug 1995 17:00:30   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : IDATA.CPP                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : August 15, 1994                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : June 29, 1995 [JLB]                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   InfantryTypeClass::Create_And_Place -- Creates and places infantry object onto the map.   *
+ *   InfantryTypeClass::Create_One_Of -- Creates an infantry object.                           *
+ *   InfantryTypeClass::Display -- Displays a generic infantry object.                         *
+ *   InfantryTypeClass::From_Name -- Converts an ASCII name into an infantry type number.      *
+ *   InfantryTypeClass::Full_Name -- Fetches the full name text number.                        *
+ *   InfantryTypeClass::Get_Cameo_Data -- Fetches the small cameo shape for sidebar strip.     *
+ *   InfantryTypeClass::InfantryTypeClass -- Constructor for infantry type class objects.      *
+ *   InfantryTypeClass::Occupy_List -- Returns with default infantry occupation list.          *
+ *   InfantryTypeClass::One_Time -- Performs any one time processing for infantry system.      *
+ *   InfantryTypeClass::Prep_For_Add -- Prepares the scenario editor for adding of infantry object.*
+ *   InfantryTypeClass::Who_Can_Build_Me -- Determines what can build the infantry object.     *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+#include	"type.h"
+
+
+
+/*
+ * There were too many parameters for the InfantryTypeClass constructor so I have
+ * created a table of Do Controls for each unit type and I am passing a pointer
+ * to the table to the constructor instead of passing each value as it was before.
+ *
+ * If this offends anyones C++ sensibilities then please feel free to implement a
+ * more elegant oop solution.
+ *
+ * Steve T. 10/3/95 10:13AM
+ *
+ */
+
+// Minigunners
+
+int MiniGunnerDos [DO_COUNT][3]={
+	0,		1,	1,					// DO_STAND_READY
+	8,		1,	1,					// DO_STAND_GUARD
+	192,	1,	8,					// DO_PRONE
+	16,	6,	6,					// DO_WALK
+	64,	8,	8,					// DO_FIRE_WEAPON
+	128,	2,	2,					// DO_LIE_DOWN
+	144,	4,	4,					// DO_CRAWL
+	176,	2,	2,					// DO_GET_UP
+	192,	6,	8,					// DO_FIRE_PRONE
+	256,	16,0,					// DO_IDLE1
+	272,	16,0,					// DO_IDLE2
+	288,	13,0,					// DO_ON_GUARD
+	292,	10,0,					// DO_FIGHT_READY
+	301,	2,	0,					// DO_PUNCH
+	303,	6,	0,					// DO_KICK
+	309,	2,	0,					// DO_PUNCH_HIT1
+	311,	4,	0,					// DO_PUNCH_HIT2
+	315,	5,	0,					// DO_PUNCH_DEATH
+	319,	2,	0,					// DO_KICK_HIT1
+	321,	4,	0,					// DO_KICK_HIT2
+	325,	5,	0,					// DO_KICK_DEATH
+	330,	5,	0,					// DO_READY_WEAPON
+	382,	8,	0,					// DO_GUN_DEATH
+	398,	8,	0,					// DO_EXPLOSION_DEATH
+	398,	8,	0,					// DO_EXPLOSION2_DEATH
+	406,	12,0,					// DO_GRENADE_DEATH
+	418,	18,0,					// DO_FIRE_DEATH
+	436,	3,	3,					// DO_GESTURE1
+	460,	3,	3,					// DO_SALUTE1
+	484,	3,	3,					// DO_GESTURE2
+	508,	3,	3,					// DO_SALUTE2
+	0,		1,	1,					// DO_PULL_GUN			// N/A
+	0,		1,	1,					//	DO_PLEAD				// N/A
+	0,		1, 1					//	DO_PLEAD_DEATH		// N/A
+};
+
+
+static InfantryTypeClass const E1(
+	INFANTRY_E1,				// Infantry type number.
+	TXT_E1,						// Translate name number for infantry type.
+	"E1",							// INI name for infantry.
+	1,								// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// Building prerequisite.
+	false,						// Is this a female type?
+	true,							// Is a leader type?
+	true,							// Has crawling animation frames?
+	false,						// Is this a civlian?
+	false,						// Always use the given name for the infantry?
+	false,						// Is this a "fraidycat" run-away type infantry?
+	false,						// Can this infantry type capture a building?
+	false,						// Theater specific graphic image?
+	-1,							// Number of shots it has (default).
+	&MiniGunnerDos[0][0],	// Ptr to minigunner 'DO' table above
+	2,								// Frame of projectile launch.
+	2,								// Frame of projectile launch while prone.
+	50,							// Strength of infantry (in damage points).
+	1,								// Sight range.
+	100,							// Cost of infantry (in credits).
+	1,								// Scenario when they first appear.
+	80,10,						// Risk/Reward of this infantry unit.
+ 	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+ 	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+ 	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+ 	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+ 	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+ 	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+ 	HOUSEF_JP|
+ 	HOUSEF_GOOD|
+ 	HOUSEF_BAD,					// Who can own this infantry unit.
+ 	WEAPON_M16,WEAPON_NONE,
+	MPH_SLOW						// Maximum speed of infantry.
+);
+
+
+// Grenadiers
+
+
+int GrenadierDos [DO_COUNT][3]={
+	0,		1,	1,					// DO_STAND_READY
+	8,		1,	1,					// DO_STAND_GUARD
+	288,	1,	12,				// DO_PRONE
+	16,	6,	6,					// DO_WALK
+	64,	20,20,				// DO_FIRE_WEAPON
+	224,	2,	2,					// DO_LIE_DOWN
+	240,	4,	4,					// DO_CRAWL
+	272,	2,	2,					// DO_GET_UP
+	288,	8,	12,				// DO_FIRE_PRONE
+	384,	16,0,					// DO_IDLE1
+	400,	16,0,					// DO_IDLE2
+	416,	13,0,					// DO_ON_GUARD
+	420,	10,0,					// DO_FIGHT_READY
+	429,	2,	0,					// DO_PUNCH
+	431,	6,	0,					// DO_KICK
+	437,	2,	0,					// DO_PUNCH_HIT1
+	439,	4,	0,					// DO_PUNCH_HIT2
+	443,	4,	0,					// DO_PUNCH_DEATH
+	447,	2,	0,					// DO_KICK_HIT1
+	449,	4,	0,					// DO_KICK_HIT2
+	453,	5,	0,					// DO_KICK_DEATH
+	458,	5,	0,					// DO_READY_WEAPON
+	510,	8,	0,					// DO_GUN_DEATH
+	526,	8,	0,					// DO_EXPLOSION_DEATH
+	526,	8,	0,					// DO_EXPLOSION2_DEATH
+	534,	12,0,					// DO_GRENADE_DEATH
+	546,	18,0,					// DO_FIRE_DEATH
+	564,	3,	3,					// DO_GESTURE1
+	588,	3,	3,					// DO_SALUTE1
+	612,	3,	3,					// DO_GESTURE2
+	636,	3,	3,					// DO_SALUTE2
+	0,		1,	1,					// DO_PULL_GUN			// N/A
+	0,		1,	1,					//	DO_PLEAD				// N/A
+	0,		1, 1					//	DO_PLEAD_DEATH		// N/A
+};
+
+static InfantryTypeClass const E2(
+	INFANTRY_E2,				// Infantry type number.
+	TXT_E2,						// Translate name number for infantry type.
+	"E2",							// INI name for infantry.
+	1,								// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// Building prerequisite.
+	false,						// Is this a female type?
+	true,							// Is a leader type?
+	true,							// Has crawling animation frames?
+	false,						// Is this a civlian?
+	false,						// Always use the given name for the infantry?
+	false,						// Is this a "fraidycat" run-away type infantry?
+	false,						// Can this infantry type capture a building?
+	false,						// Theater specific graphic image?
+	-1,							// Number of shots it has (default).
+	&GrenadierDos[0][0],		// Ptr to grenadier DO table (above)
+	14,							// Frame of projectile launch.
+	6,								// Frame of projectile launch while prone.
+	50,							// Strength of infantry (in damage points).
+	1,								// Sight range.
+	160,							// Cost of infantry (in credits).
+	3,								// Scenario when they first appear.
+	80,10,						// Risk/Reward of this infantry unit.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD,				// Who can own this infantry unit.
+	WEAPON_GRENADE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	MPH_SLOW_ISH			// Maximum speed of infantry.
+);
+
+
+
+
+// Bazooka
+
+int BazookaDos [DO_COUNT][3]={
+	0,		1,	1,					// DO_STAND_READY
+	8,		1,	1,					// DO_STAND_GUARD
+	192,	1,10,					// DO_PRONE
+	16,	6,	6,					// DO_WALK
+	64,	8,	8,					// DO_FIRE_WEAPON
+	128,	2,	2,					// DO_LIE_DOWN
+	144,	4,	4,					// DO_CRAWL
+	176,	2,	2,					// DO_GET_UP
+	192,	10,10,				// DO_FIRE_PRONE
+	272,	16,0,					// DO_IDLE1
+	288,	16,0,					// DO_IDLE2
+	304,	13,0,					// DO_ON_GUARD
+	308,	10,0,					// DO_FIGHT_READY
+	307,	2,	0,					// DO_PUNCH
+	319,	6,	0,					// DO_KICK
+	325,	2,	0,					// DO_PUNCH_HIT1
+	327,	4,	0,					// DO_PUNCH_HIT2
+	331,	4,	0,					// DO_PUNCH_DEATH
+	335,	2,	0,					// DO_KICK_HIT1
+	337,	4,	0,					// DO_KICK_HIT2
+	341,	5,	0,					// DO_KICK_DEATH
+	346,	5,	0,					// DO_READY_WEAPON
+	398,	8,	0,					// DO_GUN_DEATH
+	414,	8,	0,					// DO_EXPLOSION_DEATH
+	414,	8,	0,					// DO_EXPLOSION2_DEATH
+	422,	12,0,					// DO_GRENADE_DEATH
+	434,	18,0,					// DO_FIRE_DEATH
+	452,	3,	3,					// DO_GESTURE1
+	476,	3,	3,					// DO_SALUTE1
+	500,	3,	3,					// DO_GESTURE2
+	524,	3,	3,					// DO_SALUTE2
+	0,		1,	1,					// DO_PULL_GUN			// N/A
+	0,		1,	1,					//	DO_PLEAD				// N/A
+	0,		1, 1					//	DO_PLEAD_DEATH		// N/A
+};
+
+
+
+static InfantryTypeClass const E3(
+	INFANTRY_E3,				// Infantry type number.
+	TXT_E3,						// Translate name number for infantry type.
+	"E3",							// INI name for infantry.
+	2,								// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// Building prerequisite.
+	false,						// Is this a female type?
+	true,							// Is a leader type?
+	true,							// Has crawling animation frames?
+	false,						// Is this a civlian?
+	false,						// Always use the given name for the infantry?
+	false,						// Is this a "fraidycat" run-away type infantry?
+	false,						// Can this infantry type capture a building?
+	false,						// Theater specific graphic image?
+	-1,							// Number of shots it has (default).
+	&BazookaDos[0][0],		// Ptr to DO table (above)
+	3,								// Frame of projectile launch.
+	3,								// Frame of projectile launch while prone.
+	25,							// Strength of infantry (in damage points).
+	2,								// Sight range.
+	300,							// Cost of infantry (in credits).
+	3,								// Scenario when they first appear.
+	80,10,						// Risk/Reward of this infantry unit.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD|
+	HOUSEF_BAD,					// Who can own this infantry unit.
+	WEAPON_DRAGON,WEAPON_NONE,
+	MPH_KINDA_SLOW				// Maximum speed of infantry.
+);
+
+// Flamethrower
+
+int FlamethrowerDos [DO_COUNT][3]={
+	0,		1,	1,					// DO_STAND_READY
+	8,		1,	1,					// DO_STAND_GUARD
+	256,	1,16,					// DO_PRONE
+	16,	6,	6,					// DO_WALK
+	64,	16,16,				// DO_FIRE_WEAPON
+	192,	2,	2,					// DO_LIE_DOWN
+	208,	4,	4,					// DO_CRAWL
+	240,	2,	2,					// DO_GET_UP
+	256,	16,16,				// DO_FIRE_PRONE
+	384,	16,0,					// DO_IDLE1
+	400,	16,0,					// DO_IDLE2
+	416,	13,0,					// DO_ON_GUARD
+	420,	10,0,					// DO_FIGHT_READY
+	429,	2,	0,					// DO_PUNCH
+	431,	6,	0,					// DO_KICK
+	437,	2,	0,					// DO_PUNCH_HIT1
+	439,	4,	0,					// DO_PUNCH_HIT2
+	443,	4,	0,					// DO_PUNCH_DEATH
+	447,	2,	0,					// DO_KICK_HIT1
+	449,	4,	0,					// DO_KICK_HIT2
+	453,	5,	0,					// DO_KICK_DEATH
+	458,	5,	0,					// DO_READY_WEAPON
+	510,	8,	0,					// DO_GUN_DEATH
+	526,	8,	0,					// DO_EXPLOSION_DEATH
+	526,	8,	0,					// DO_EXPLOSION2_DEATH
+	534,	12,0,					// DO_GRENADE_DEATH
+	546,	18,0,					// DO_FIRE_DEATH
+	564,	3,	3,					// DO_GESTURE1
+	588,	3,	3,					// DO_SALUTE1
+	612,	3,	3,					// DO_GESTURE2
+	636,	3,	3,					// DO_SALUTE2
+	0,		1,	1,					// DO_PULL_GUN			// N/A
+	0,		1,	1,					//	DO_PLEAD				// N/A
+	0,		1, 1					//	DO_PLEAD_DEATH		// N/A
+};
+
+
+
+static InfantryTypeClass const E4(
+	INFANTRY_E4,				// Infantry type number.
+	TXT_E4,						// Translate name number for infantry type.
+	"E4",							// INI name for infantry.
+	1,								// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// Building prerequisite.
+	false,						// Is this a female type?
+	true,							// Is a leader type?
+	true,							// Has crawling animation frames?
+	false,						// Is this a civlian?
+	false,						// Always use the given name for the infantry?
+	false,						// Is this a "fraidycat" run-away type infantry?
+	false,						// Can this infantry type capture a building?
+	false,						// Theater specific graphic image?
+	-1,							// Number of shots it has (default).
+	&FlamethrowerDos[0][0],	// ptr to DO table (above)
+	2,								// Frame of projectile launch.
+	0,								// Frame of projectile launch while prone.
+	70,							// Strength of infantry (in damage points).
+	1,								// Sight range.
+	200,							// Cost of infantry (in credits).
+	5,								// Scenario when they first appear.
+	80,10,						// Risk/Reward of this infantry unit.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_BAD,					// Who can own this infantry unit.
+	WEAPON_FLAMETHROWER,WEAPON_NONE,
+	MPH_SLOW_ISH
+);
+
+
+// Chemwarrior
+
+int ChemwarriorDos [DO_COUNT][3]={
+	0,		1,	1,					// DO_STAND_READY
+	8,		1,	1,					// DO_STAND_GUARD
+	256,	1,16,					// DO_PRONE
+	16,	6,	6,					// DO_WALK
+	64,	16,16,				// DO_FIRE_WEAPON
+	192,	2,	2,					// DO_LIE_DOWN
+	208,	4,	4,					// DO_CRAWL
+	240,	2,	2,					// DO_GET_UP
+	256,	16,16,				// DO_FIRE_PRONE
+	384,	16,0,					// DO_IDLE1
+	400,	16,0,					// DO_IDLE2
+	416,	13,0,					// DO_ON_GUARD
+	420,	10,0,					// DO_FIGHT_READY
+	429,	2,	0,					// DO_PUNCH
+	431,	6,	0,					// DO_KICK
+	437,	2,	0,					// DO_PUNCH_HIT1
+	439,	4,	0,					// DO_PUNCH_HIT2
+	443,	4,	0,					// DO_PUNCH_DEATH
+	447,	2,	0,					// DO_KICK_HIT1
+	449,	4,	0,					// DO_KICK_HIT2
+	453,	5,	0,					// DO_KICK_DEATH
+	458,	5,	0,					// DO_READY_WEAPON
+	510,	8,	0,					// DO_GUN_DEATH
+	526,	8,	0,					// DO_EXPLOSION_DEATH
+	526,	8,	0,					// DO_EXPLOSION2_DEATH
+	534,	12,0,					// DO_GRENADE_DEATH
+	546,	18,0,					// DO_FIRE_DEATH
+	564,	3,	3,					// DO_GESTURE1
+	588,	3,	3,					// DO_SALUTE1
+	612,	3,	3,					// DO_GESTURE2
+	636,	3,	3,					// DO_SALUTE2
+	0,		1,	1,					// DO_PULL_GUN			// N/A
+	0,		1,	1,					//	DO_PLEAD				// N/A
+	0,		1, 1					//	DO_PLEAD_DEATH		// N/A
+};
+
+
+static InfantryTypeClass const E5(
+	INFANTRY_E5,				// Infantry type number.
+	TXT_E5,						// Translate name number for infantry type.
+	"E5",							// INI name for infantry.
+	7,								// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_EYE,				// Building prerequisite.
+	false,						// Is this a female type?
+	true,							// Is a leader type?
+	true,							// Has crawling animation frames?
+	false,						// Is this a civlian?
+	false,						// Always use the given name for the infantry?
+	true,							// Is this a "fraidycat" run-away type infantry?
+	false,						// Can this infantry type capture a building?
+	false,						// Theater specific graphic image?
+	-1,							// Number of shots it has (default).
+	&ChemwarriorDos[0][0],	// ptr to DO table
+	2,								// Frame of projectile launch.
+	0,								// Frame of projectile launch while prone.
+	70,							// Strength of infantry (in damage points).
+	1,								// Sight range.
+	300,							// Cost of infantry (in credits).
+	99,							// Scenario when they first appear.
+	80,10,						// Risk/Reward of this infantry unit.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+//	HOUSEF_GOOD|
+	HOUSEF_BAD,					// Who can own this infantry unit.
+	WEAPON_CHEMSPRAY,WEAPON_NONE,
+	MPH_SLOW
+);
+
+
+// Engineer
+
+int EngineerDos[DO_COUNT][3]={
+	0,		1,	1,					// DO_STAND_READY
+	8,		1,	1,					// DO_STAND_GUARD
+	82,	1,	4,					// DO_PRONE
+	16,	6,	6,					// DO_WALK
+	0,		0,	0,					// DO_FIRE_WEAPON
+	67,	2,	2,					// DO_LIE_DOWN
+	82,	4,	4,					// DO_CRAWL
+	114,	2,	2,					// DO_GET_UP
+	0,		0,	0,					// DO_FIRE_PRONE
+	130,	16,0,					// DO_IDLE1
+	0,		0,	0,					// DO_IDLE2
+	0,		0,	0,					// DO_ON_GUARD
+	0,		0,	0,					// DO_FIGHT_READY
+	0,		0,	0,					// DO_PUNCH
+	0,		0,	0,					// DO_KICK
+	0,		0,	0,					// DO_PUNCH_HIT1
+	0,		0,	0,					// DO_PUNCH_HIT2
+	0,		0,	0,					// DO_PUNCH_DEATH
+	0,		0,	0,					// DO_KICK_HIT1
+	0,		0,	0,					// DO_KICK_HIT2
+	0,		0,	0,					// DO_KICK_DEATH
+	0,		0,	0,					// DO_READY_WEAPON
+	146,	8,	0,					// DO_GUN_DEATH
+	154,	8,	0,					// DO_EXPLOSION_DEATH
+	162,	8,	0,					// DO_EXPLOSION2_DEATH
+	162,	12,0,					// DO_GRENADE_DEATH
+	182,	18,0,					// DO_FIRE_DEATH
+	200,	3,	3,					// DO_GESTURE1
+	224,	3,	3,					// DO_SALUTE1
+	200,	3,	3,					// DO_GESTURE2
+	224,	3,	3,					// DO_SALUTE2
+	0,		1,	1,					// DO_PULL_GUN			// N/A
+	0,		1,	1,					//	DO_PLEAD				// N/A
+	0,		1, 1					//	DO_PLEAD_DEATH		// N/A
+};
+
+static InfantryTypeClass const E7(
+	INFANTRY_E7,				// Infantry type number.
+	TXT_E7,						// Translate name number for infantry type.
+	"E6",							// INI name for infantry.
+	3,								// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// Building prerequisite.
+	false,						// Is this a female type?
+	false,						// Is a leader type?
+	false,						// Has crawling animation frames?
+	false,						// Is this a civlian?
+	false,						// Always use the given name for the infantry?
+	false,						// Is this a "fraidycat" run-away type infantry?
+	true,							// Can this infantry type capture a building?
+	false,						// Theater specific graphic image?
+	-1,							// Number of shots it has (default).
+	&EngineerDos[0][0],		// ptr to DO table
+	3,								// Frame of projectile launch.
+	3,								// Frame of projectile launch while prone.
+	25,							// Strength of infantry (in damage points).
+	2,								// Sight range.
+	500,							// Cost of infantry (in credits).
+	2,								// Scenario when they first appear.
+	80,75,						// Risk/Reward of this infantry unit.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_BAD|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD,				// Who can own this infantry unit.
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	MPH_SLOW						// Maximum speed of infantry.
+);
+
+// Commandos
+
+int CommandoDos[DO_COUNT][3]={
+	0,		1,	1,					// DO_STAND_READY
+	8,		1,	1,					// DO_STAND_GUARD
+	160,	1,	4,					// DO_PRONE
+	16,	6,	6,					// DO_WALK
+	64,	4,	4,					// DO_FIRE_WEAPON
+	96,	2,	2,					// DO_LIE_DOWN
+	112,	4,	4,					// DO_CRAWL
+	144,	2,	2,					// DO_GET_UP
+	160,	4,	4,					// DO_FIRE_PRONE
+	192,	16,0,					// DO_IDLE1
+	208,	16,0,					// DO_IDLE2
+	224,	13,0,					// DO_ON_GUARD
+	228,	9,	0,					// DO_FIGHT_READY
+	237,	2,	0,					// DO_PUNCH
+	239,	6,	0,					// DO_KICK
+	245,	2,	0,					// DO_PUNCH_HIT1
+	247,	4,	0,					// DO_PUNCH_HIT2
+	251,	4,	0,					// DO_PUNCH_DEATH
+	255,	2,	0,					// DO_KICK_HIT1
+	257,	4,	0,					// DO_KICK_HIT2
+	261,	5,	0,					// DO_KICK_DEATH
+	266,	5,	0,					// DO_READY_WEAPON
+	318,	8,	0,					// DO_GUN_DEATH
+	334,	8,	0,					// DO_EXPLOSION_DEATH
+	334,	8,	0,					// DO_EXPLOSION2_DEATH
+	342,	12,0,					// DO_GRENADE_DEATH
+	354,	18,0,					// DO_FIRE_DEATH
+	372,	3,	3,					// DO_GESTURE1
+	396,	3,	3,					// DO_SALUTE1
+	420,	3,	3,					// DO_GESTURE2
+	444,	3,	3,					// DO_SALUTE2
+	0,		1,	1,					// DO_PULL_GUN			// N/A
+	0,		1,	1,					//	DO_PLEAD				// N/A
+	0,		1, 1					//	DO_PLEAD_DEATH		// N/A
+
+};
+static InfantryTypeClass const Commando(
+	INFANTRY_RAMBO,			// Infantry type number.
+	TXT_RAMBO,					// Translate name number for infantry type.
+	"RMBO",						// INI name for infantry.
+	7,								// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_EYE,				// Building prerequisite.
+	false,						// Is this a female type?
+	true,							// Is a leader type?
+	true,							// Has crawling animation frames?
+	false,						// Is this a civlian?
+	false,						// Always use the given name for the infantry?
+	false,						// Is this a "fraidycat" run-away type infantry?
+	true,							// Can this infantry type capture a building?
+	false,						// Theater specific graphic image?
+	-1,							// Number of shots it has (default).
+	&CommandoDos[0][0],		// ptr to DO table
+	2,								// Frame of projectile launch.
+	2,								// Frame of projectile launch while prone.
+	80,							// Strength of infantry (in damage points).
+	5,								// Sight range.
+	1000,							// Cost of infantry (in credits).
+	98,							// Scenario when they first appear.
+	80,75,						// Risk/Reward of this infantry unit.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD|
+	HOUSEF_BAD,					// Who can own this infantry unit.
+	WEAPON_RIFLE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	MPH_SLOW_ISH			// Maximum speed of infantry.
+);
+
+// Civilians
+
+int CivilianDos1[DO_COUNT][3]={
+	0,			1,	1,				// DO_STAND_READY
+	0,			1,	1,				// DO_STAND_GUARD
+	0,			1,	1,				// DO_PRONE				// N/A
+	56, 		6,	6,				// DO_WALK
+	205,		4, 4,				// DO_FIRE_WEAPON
+	0, 		1,	1,				// DO_LIE_DOWN			// N/A
+	8, 		6,	6,				// DO_CRAWL
+	0, 		1,	1,				// DO_GET_UP			// N/A
+	205,		4,	4,				// DO_FIRE_PRONE
+	189,		10,0,				// DO_IDLE1
+	199,		6,	0,				// DO_IDLE2
+	104,		3,	0,				// DO_ON_GUARD
+	107,		7,	0,				// DO_FIGHT_READY
+	114,		2,	0,				// DO_PUNCH
+	116,		6,	0,				// DO_KICK
+	122,		2,	0,				// DO_PUNCH_HIT1
+	124,		4,	0,				// DO_PUNCH_HIT2
+	128,		4,	0,				// DO_PUNCH_DEATH
+	133,		2,	0,				// DO_KICK_HIT1
+	135,		4,	0,				// DO_KICK_HIT2
+	139,		5,	0,				// DO_KICK_DEATH
+	144,		3,	0,				// DO_READY_WEAPON
+	329,		8,	0,				// DO_GUN_DEATH
+	337,		8,	0,				// DO_EXPLOSION_DEATH
+	337,		8,	0,				// DO_EXPLOSION2_DEATH
+	345,		12,0,				// DO_GRENADE_DEATH
+	357,		18,0,				// DO_FIRE_DEATH
+	0, 		0,	0,				// DO_GESTURE1			// N/A
+	0, 		0,	0,				// DO_SALUTE1			// N/A
+	0, 		0,	0,				// DO_GESTURE2			// N/A
+	0, 		0,	0,				// DO_SALUTE2			// N/A
+	199,		6,	0,				// DO_PULL_GUN
+	237,		40,0,				//	DO_PLEAD
+	277,		6, 0				//	DO_PLEAD_DEATH
+};
+
+static InfantryTypeClass const C1(
+	INFANTRY_C1,				// Infantry type number.
+	TXT_C1,						// Translate name number for infantry type.
+	"C1",							// INI name for infantry.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// Building prerequisite.
+	false,						// Is this a female type?
+	true,							// Is a leader type?
+	false,						// Has crawling animation frames?
+	true,							// Is this a civlian?
+	true,							// Always use the given name for the infantry?
+	true,							// Is this a "fraidycat" run-away type infantry?
+	false,						// Can this infantry type capture a building?
+	false,						// Theater specific graphic image?
+	10,							// Number of shots it has (default).
+	&CivilianDos1[0][0],		// ptr to DO table
+	2,								// Frame of projectile launch.
+	0,								// Frame of projectile launch while prone.
+	25,							// Strength of infantry (in damage points).
+	0,								// Sight range.
+	10,							// Cost of infantry (in credits).
+	99,							// Scenario when they first appear.
+	0,1,							// Risk/Reward of this infantry unit.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD|
+	HOUSEF_BAD|
+	HOUSEF_NEUTRAL,				// Who can own this infantry unit.
+	WEAPON_PISTOL,WEAPON_NONE,
+	MPH_SLOW_ISH
+);
+
+
+int CivilianDos2[DO_COUNT][3]={
+	0,			1,	1,				// DO_STAND_READY
+	0,			1,	1,				// DO_STAND_GUARD
+	0,			1,	1,				// DO_PRONE				// N/A
+	56, 		6,	6,				// DO_WALK
+	205,		4, 4,				// DO_FIRE_WEAPON
+	0, 		1,	1,				// DO_LIE_DOWN			// N/A
+	8, 		6,	6,				// DO_CRAWL
+	0, 		1,	1,				// DO_GET_UP			// N/A
+	205,		4,	4,				// DO_FIRE_PRONE
+	189,		10,0,				// DO_IDLE1
+	199,		6,	0,				// DO_IDLE2
+	104,		3,	0,				// DO_ON_GUARD
+	107,		7,	0,				// DO_FIGHT_READY
+	114,		2,	0,				// DO_PUNCH
+	116,		6,	0,				// DO_KICK
+	122,		2,	0,				// DO_PUNCH_HIT1
+	124,		4,	0,				// DO_PUNCH_HIT2
+	128,		4,	0,				// DO_PUNCH_DEATH
+	133,		2,	0,				// DO_KICK_HIT1
+	135,		4,	0,				// DO_KICK_HIT2
+	139,		5,	0,				// DO_KICK_DEATH
+	144,		3,	0,				// DO_READY_WEAPON
+	329,		8,	0,				// DO_GUN_DEATH
+	337,		8,	0,				// DO_EXPLOSION_DEATH
+	337,		8,	0,				// DO_EXPLOSION2_DEATH
+	345,		12,0,				// DO_GRENADE_DEATH
+	357,		18,0,				// DO_FIRE_DEATH
+	0, 		0,	0,				// DO_GESTURE1			// N/A
+	0, 		0,	0,				// DO_SALUTE1			// N/A
+	0, 		0,	0,				// DO_GESTURE2			// N/A
+	0, 		0,	0,				// DO_SALUTE2			// N/A
+	199,		6,	0,				// DO_PULL_GUN
+	237,		40,0,				//	DO_PLEAD
+	277,		6, 0				//	DO_PLEAD_DEATH
+};
+
+static InfantryTypeClass const C2(
+	INFANTRY_C2,				// Infantry type number.
+	TXT_C2,						// Translate name number for infantry type.
+	"C2",							// INI name for infantry.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// Building prerequisite.
+	false,						// Is this a female type?
+	false,						// Is a leader type?
+	false,						// Has crawling animation frames?
+	true,							// Is this a civlian?
+	true,							// Always use the given name for the infantry?
+	true,							// Is this a "fraidycat" run-away type infantry?
+	false,						// Can this infantry type capture a building?
+	false,						// Theater specific graphic image?
+	0,								// Number of shots it has (default).
+	&CivilianDos2[0][0],		// ptr to DO table
+	2,								// Frame of projectile launch.
+	0,								// Frame of projectile launch while prone.
+	5,								// Strength of infantry (in damage points).
+	0,								// Sight range.
+	10,							// Cost of infantry (in credits).
+	99,							// Scenario when they first appear.
+	0,1,							// Risk/Reward of this infantry unit.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD|
+	HOUSEF_BAD|
+	HOUSEF_NEUTRAL,				// Who can own this infantry unit.
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	MPH_SLOW_ISH
+);
+
+
+int CivilianDos3[DO_COUNT][3]={
+	0,			1,	1,				// DO_STAND_READY
+	0,			1,	1,				// DO_STAND_GUARD
+	0,			1,	1,				// DO_PRONE				// N/A
+	56, 		6,	6,				// DO_WALK
+	205,		4, 4,				// DO_FIRE_WEAPON
+	0, 		1,	1,				// DO_LIE_DOWN			// N/A
+	8, 		6,	6,				// DO_CRAWL
+	0, 		1,	1,				// DO_GET_UP			// N/A
+	205,		4,	4,				// DO_FIRE_PRONE
+	189,		10,0,				// DO_IDLE1
+	199,		6,	0,				// DO_IDLE2
+	104,		3,	0,				// DO_ON_GUARD
+	107,		7,	0,				// DO_FIGHT_READY
+	114,		2,	0,				// DO_PUNCH
+	116,		6,	0,				// DO_KICK
+	122,		2,	0,				// DO_PUNCH_HIT1
+	124,		4,	0,				// DO_PUNCH_HIT2
+	128,		4,	0,				// DO_PUNCH_DEATH
+	133,		2,	0,				// DO_KICK_HIT1
+	135,		4,	0,				// DO_KICK_HIT2
+	139,		5,	0,				// DO_KICK_DEATH
+	144,		3,	0,				// DO_READY_WEAPON
+	329,		8,	0,				// DO_GUN_DEATH
+	337,		8,	0,				// DO_EXPLOSION_DEATH
+	337,		8,	0,				// DO_EXPLOSION2_DEATH
+	345,		12,0,				// DO_GRENADE_DEATH
+	357,		18,0,				// DO_FIRE_DEATH
+	0, 		0,	0,				// DO_GESTURE1			// N/A
+	0, 		0,	0,				// DO_SALUTE1			// N/A
+	0, 		0,	0,				// DO_GESTURE2			// N/A
+	0, 		0,	0,				// DO_SALUTE2			// N/A
+	199,		6,	0,				// DO_PULL_GUN
+	237,		40,0,				//	DO_PLEAD
+	277,		6, 0				//	DO_PLEAD_DEATH
+
+};
+
+static InfantryTypeClass const C3(
+	INFANTRY_C3,				// Infantry type number.
+	TXT_C3,						// Translate name number for infantry type.
+	"C3",							// INI name for infantry.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// Building prerequisite.
+	true,							// Is this a female type?
+	false,						// Is a leader type?
+	false,						// Has crawling animation frames?
+	true,							// Is this a civlian?
+	true,							// Always use the given name for the infantry?
+	true,							// Is this a "fraidycat" run-away type infantry?
+	false,						// Can this infantry type capture a building?
+	false,						// Theater specific graphic image?
+	0,								// Number of shots it has (default).
+	&CivilianDos3[0][0],		// ptr to DO table
+	2,								// Frame of projectile launch.
+	0,								// Frame of projectile launch while prone.
+	5,								// Strength of infantry (in damage points).
+	0,								// Sight range.
+	10,							// Cost of infantry (in credits).
+	99,							// Scenario when they first appear.
+	0,1,							// Risk/Reward of this infantry unit.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD|
+	HOUSEF_BAD|
+	HOUSEF_NEUTRAL,				// Who can own this infantry unit.
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	MPH_SLOW_ISH
+);
+
+
+int CivilianDos4[DO_COUNT][3]={
+	0,			1,	1,				// DO_STAND_READY
+	0,			1,	1,				// DO_STAND_GUARD
+	0,			1,	1,				// DO_PRONE				// N/A
+	56, 		6,	6,				// DO_WALK
+	205,		4, 4,				// DO_FIRE_WEAPON
+	0, 		1,	1,				// DO_LIE_DOWN			// N/A
+	8, 		6,	6,				// DO_CRAWL
+	0, 		1,	1,				// DO_GET_UP			// N/A
+	205,		4,	4,				// DO_FIRE_PRONE
+	189,		10,0,				// DO_IDLE1
+	199,		6,	0,				// DO_IDLE2
+	104,		3,	0,				// DO_ON_GUARD
+	107,		7,	0,				// DO_FIGHT_READY
+	114,		2,	0,				// DO_PUNCH
+	116,		6,	0,				// DO_KICK
+	122,		2,	0,				// DO_PUNCH_HIT1
+	124,		4,	0,				// DO_PUNCH_HIT2
+	128,		4,	0,				// DO_PUNCH_DEATH
+	133,		2,	0,				// DO_KICK_HIT1
+	135,		4,	0,				// DO_KICK_HIT2
+	139,		5,	0,				// DO_KICK_DEATH
+	144,		3,	0,				// DO_READY_WEAPON
+	329,		8,	0,				// DO_GUN_DEATH
+	337,		8,	0,				// DO_EXPLOSION_DEATH
+	337,		8,	0,				// DO_EXPLOSION2_DEATH
+	345,		12,0,				// DO_GRENADE_DEATH
+	357,		18,0,				// DO_FIRE_DEATH
+	0, 		0,	0,				// DO_GESTURE1			// N/A
+	0, 		0,	0,				// DO_SALUTE1			// N/A
+	0, 		0,	0,				// DO_GESTURE2			// N/A
+	0, 		0,	0,				// DO_SALUTE2			// N/A
+	199,		6,	0,				// DO_PULL_GUN
+	237,		40,0,				//	DO_PLEAD
+	277,		6, 0,				//	DO_PLEAD_DEATH
+};
+
+
+static InfantryTypeClass const C4(
+	INFANTRY_C4,				// Infantry type number.
+	TXT_C4,						// Translate name number for infantry type.
+	"C4",							// INI name for infantry.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// Building prerequisite.
+	true,							// Is this a female type?
+	false,						// Is a leader type?
+	false,						// Has crawling animation frames?
+	true,							// Is this a civlian?
+	true,							// Always use the given name for the infantry?
+	true,							// Is this a "fraidycat" run-away type infantry?
+	false,						// Can this infantry type capture a building?
+	false,						// Theater specific graphic image?
+	0,								// Number of shots it has (default).
+	&CivilianDos4[0][0],		// ptr to DO table
+	2,								// Frame of projectile launch.
+	0,								// Frame of projectile launch while prone.
+	5,								// Strength of infantry (in damage points).
+	0,								// Sight range.
+	10,							// Cost of infantry (in credits).
+	99,							// Scenario when they first appear.
+	0,1,							// Risk/Reward of this infantry unit.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD|
+	HOUSEF_BAD|
+	HOUSEF_NEUTRAL,				// Who can own this infantry unit.
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	MPH_SLOW_ISH
+);
+
+
+int CivilianDos5[DO_COUNT][3]={
+	0,			1,	1,				// DO_STAND_READY
+	0,			1,	1,				// DO_STAND_GUARD
+	0,			1,	1,				// DO_PRONE				// N/A
+	56, 		6,	6,				// DO_WALK
+	205,		4, 4,				// DO_FIRE_WEAPON
+	0, 		1,	1,				// DO_LIE_DOWN			// N/A
+	8, 		6,	6,				// DO_CRAWL
+	0, 		1,	1,				// DO_GET_UP			// N/A
+	205,		4,	4,				// DO_FIRE_PRONE
+	189,		10,0,				// DO_IDLE1
+	199,		6,	0,				// DO_IDLE2
+	104,		3,	0,				// DO_ON_GUARD
+	107,		7,	0,				// DO_FIGHT_READY
+	114,		2,	0,				// DO_PUNCH
+	116,		6,	0,				// DO_KICK
+	122,		2,	0,				// DO_PUNCH_HIT1
+	124,		4,	0,				// DO_PUNCH_HIT2
+	128,		4,	0,				// DO_PUNCH_DEATH
+	133,		2,	0,				// DO_KICK_HIT1
+	135,		4,	0,				// DO_KICK_HIT2
+	139,		5,	0,				// DO_KICK_DEATH
+	144,		3,	0,				// DO_READY_WEAPON
+	329,		8,	0,				// DO_GUN_DEATH
+	337,		8,	0,				// DO_EXPLOSION_DEATH
+	337,		8,	0,				// DO_EXPLOSION2_DEATH
+	345,		12,0,				// DO_GRENADE_DEATH
+	357,		18,0,				// DO_FIRE_DEATH
+	0, 		0,	0,				// DO_GESTURE1			// N/A
+	0, 		0,	0,				// DO_SALUTE1			// N/A
+	0, 		0,	0,				// DO_GESTURE2			// N/A
+	0, 		0,	0,				// DO_SALUTE2			// N/A
+	199,		6,	0,				// DO_PULL_GUN
+	237,		40,0,				//	DO_PLEAD
+	277,		6, 0				//	DO_PLEAD_DEATH
+};
+
+static InfantryTypeClass const C5(
+	INFANTRY_C5,				// Infantry type number.
+	TXT_C5,						// Translate name number for infantry type.
+	"C5",							// INI name for infantry.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// Building prerequisite.
+	false,						// Is this a female type?
+	false,						// Is a leader type?
+	false,						// Has crawling animation frames?
+	true,							// Is this a civlian?
+	true,							// Always use the given name for the infantry?
+	true,							// Is this a "fraidycat" run-away type infantry?
+	false,						// Can this infantry type capture a building?
+	false,						// Theater specific graphic image?
+	0,								// Number of shots it has (default).
+	&CivilianDos5[0][0],		// ptr to DO table
+	2,								// Frame of projectile launch.
+	0,								// Frame of projectile launch while prone.
+	5,								// Strength of infantry (in damage points).
+	0,								// Sight range.
+	10,							// Cost of infantry (in credits).
+	99,							// Scenario when they first appear.
+	0,1,							// Risk/Reward of this infantry unit.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD|
+	HOUSEF_BAD|
+	HOUSEF_NEUTRAL,				// Who can own this infantry unit.
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	MPH_SLOW_ISH
+);
+
+
+int CivilianDos6[DO_COUNT][3]={
+	0,			1,	1,				// DO_STAND_READY
+	0,			1,	1,				// DO_STAND_GUARD
+	0,			1,	1,				// DO_PRONE				// N/A
+	56, 		6,	6,				// DO_WALK
+	205,		4, 4,				// DO_FIRE_WEAPON
+	0, 		1,	1,				// DO_LIE_DOWN			// N/A
+	8, 		6,	6,				// DO_CRAWL
+	0, 		1,	1,				// DO_GET_UP			// N/A
+	205,		4,	4,				// DO_FIRE_PRONE
+	189,		10,0,				// DO_IDLE1
+	199,		6,	0,				// DO_IDLE2
+	104,		3,	0,				// DO_ON_GUARD
+	107,		7,	0,				// DO_FIGHT_READY
+	114,		2,	0,				// DO_PUNCH
+	116,		6,	0,				// DO_KICK
+	122,		2,	0,				// DO_PUNCH_HIT1
+	124,		4,	0,				// DO_PUNCH_HIT2
+	128,		4,	0,				// DO_PUNCH_DEATH
+	133,		2,	0,				// DO_KICK_HIT1
+	135,		4,	0,				// DO_KICK_HIT2
+	139,		5,	0,				// DO_KICK_DEATH
+	144,		3,	0,				// DO_READY_WEAPON
+	329,		8,	0,				// DO_GUN_DEATH
+	337,		8,	0,				// DO_EXPLOSION_DEATH
+	337,		8,	0,				// DO_EXPLOSION2_DEATH
+	345,		12,0,				// DO_GRENADE_DEATH
+	357,		18,0,				// DO_FIRE_DEATH
+	0, 		0,	0,				// DO_GESTURE1			// N/A
+	0, 		0,	0,				// DO_SALUTE1			// N/A
+	0, 		0,	0,				// DO_GESTURE2			// N/A
+	0, 		0,	0,				// DO_SALUTE2			// N/A
+	199,		6,	0,				// DO_PULL_GUN
+	237,		40,0,				//	DO_PLEAD
+	277,		6, 0				//	DO_PLEAD_DEATH
+};
+
+static InfantryTypeClass const C6(
+	INFANTRY_C6,				// Infantry type number.
+	TXT_C6,						// Translate name number for infantry type.
+	"C6",							// INI name for infantry.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// Building prerequisite.
+	false,						// Is this a female type?
+	false,						// Is a leader type?
+	false,						// Has crawling animation frames?
+	true,							// Is this a civlian?
+	true,							// Always use the given name for the infantry?
+	true,							// Is this a "fraidycat" run-away type infantry?
+	false,						// Can this infantry type capture a building?
+	false,						// Theater specific graphic image?
+	0,								// Number of shots it has (default).
+	&CivilianDos6[0][0],		// ptr to DO table
+	2,								// Frame of projectile launch.
+	0,								// Frame of projectile launch while prone.
+	5,								// Strength of infantry (in damage points).
+	0,								// Sight range.
+	10,							// Cost of infantry (in credits).
+	99,							// Scenario when they first appear.
+	0,1,							// Risk/Reward of this infantry unit.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD|
+	HOUSEF_BAD|
+	HOUSEF_NEUTRAL,				// Who can own this infantry unit.
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	MPH_SLOW_ISH
+);
+
+
+int CivilianDos7[DO_COUNT][3]={
+	0,			1,	1,				// DO_STAND_READY
+	0,			1,	1,				// DO_STAND_GUARD
+	0,			1,	1,				// DO_PRONE				// N/A
+	56, 		6,	6,				// DO_WALK
+	205,		4, 4,				// DO_FIRE_WEAPON
+	0, 		1,	1,				// DO_LIE_DOWN			// N/A
+	8, 		6,	6,				// DO_CRAWL
+	0, 		1,	1,				// DO_GET_UP			// N/A
+	205,		4,	4,				// DO_FIRE_PRONE
+	189,		10,0,				// DO_IDLE1
+	199,		6,	0,				// DO_IDLE2
+	104,		3,	0,				// DO_ON_GUARD
+	107,		7,	0,				// DO_FIGHT_READY
+	114,		2,	0,				// DO_PUNCH
+	116,		6,	0,				// DO_KICK
+	122,		2,	0,				// DO_PUNCH_HIT1
+	124,		4,	0,				// DO_PUNCH_HIT2
+	128,		4,	0,				// DO_PUNCH_DEATH
+	133,		2,	0,				// DO_KICK_HIT1
+	135,		4,	0,				// DO_KICK_HIT2
+	139,		5,	0,				// DO_KICK_DEATH
+	144,		3,	0,				// DO_READY_WEAPON
+	329,		8,	0,				// DO_GUN_DEATH
+	337,		8,	0,				// DO_EXPLOSION_DEATH
+	337,		8,	0,				// DO_EXPLOSION2_DEATH
+	345,		12,0,				// DO_GRENADE_DEATH
+	357,		18,0,				// DO_FIRE_DEATH
+	0, 		0,	0,				// DO_GESTURE1			// N/A
+	0, 		0,	0,				// DO_SALUTE1			// N/A
+	0, 		0,	0,				// DO_GESTURE2			// N/A
+	0, 		0,	0,				// DO_SALUTE2			// N/A
+	199,		6,	0,				// DO_PULL_GUN
+	237,		40,0,				//	DO_PLEAD
+	277,		6, 0				//	DO_PLEAD_DEATH
+};
+
+static InfantryTypeClass const C7(
+	INFANTRY_C7,				// Infantry type number.
+	TXT_C7,						// Translate name number for infantry type.
+	"C7",							// INI name for infantry.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// Building prerequisite.
+	false,						// Is this a female type?
+	true,							// Is a leader type?
+	false,						// Has crawling animation frames?
+	true,							// Is this a civlian?
+	true,							// Always use the given name for the infantry?
+	true,							// Is this a "fraidycat" run-away type infantry?
+	false,						// Can this infantry type capture a building?
+	false,						// Theater specific graphic image?
+	10,							// Number of shots it has (default).
+	&CivilianDos7[0][0],		// ptr to DO table
+	2,								// Frame of projectile launch.
+	0,								// Frame of projectile launch while prone.
+	5,								// Strength of infantry (in damage points).
+	0,								// Sight range.
+	10,							// Cost of infantry (in credits).
+	99,							// Scenario when they first appear.
+	0,1,							// Risk/Reward of this infantry unit.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD|
+	HOUSEF_BAD|
+	HOUSEF_NEUTRAL,				// Who can own this infantry unit.
+	WEAPON_PISTOL,WEAPON_NONE,
+	MPH_SLOW_ISH
+);
+
+int CivilianDos8[DO_COUNT][3]={
+	0,			1,	1,				// DO_STAND_READY
+	0,			1,	1,				// DO_STAND_GUARD
+	0,			1,	1,				// DO_PRONE				// N/A
+	56, 		6,	6,				// DO_WALK
+	205,		4, 4,				// DO_FIRE_WEAPON
+	0, 		1,	1,				// DO_LIE_DOWN			// N/A
+	8, 		6,	6,				// DO_CRAWL
+	0, 		1,	1,				// DO_GET_UP			// N/A
+	205,		4,	4,				// DO_FIRE_PRONE
+	189,		10,0,				// DO_IDLE1
+	199,		6,	0,				// DO_IDLE2
+	104,		3,	0,				// DO_ON_GUARD
+	107,		7,	0,				// DO_FIGHT_READY
+	114,		2,	0,				// DO_PUNCH
+	116,		6,	0,				// DO_KICK
+	122,		2,	0,				// DO_PUNCH_HIT1
+	124,		4,	0,				// DO_PUNCH_HIT2
+	128,		4,	0,				// DO_PUNCH_DEATH
+	133,		2,	0,				// DO_KICK_HIT1
+	135,		4,	0,				// DO_KICK_HIT2
+	139,		5,	0,				// DO_KICK_DEATH
+	144,		3,	0,				// DO_READY_WEAPON
+	329,		8,	0,				// DO_GUN_DEATH
+	337,		8,	0,				// DO_EXPLOSION_DEATH
+	337,		8,	0,				// DO_EXPLOSION2_DEATH
+	345,		12,0,				// DO_GRENADE_DEATH
+	357,		18,0,				// DO_FIRE_DEATH
+	0, 		0,	0,				// DO_GESTURE1			// N/A
+	0, 		0,	0,				// DO_SALUTE1			// N/A
+	0, 		0,	0,				// DO_GESTURE2			// N/A
+	0, 		0,	0,				// DO_SALUTE2			// N/A
+	199,		6,	0,				// DO_PULL_GUN
+	237,		40,0,				//	DO_PLEAD
+	277,		6, 0				//	DO_PLEAD_DEATH
+};
+
+static InfantryTypeClass const C8(
+	INFANTRY_C8,				// Infantry type number.
+	TXT_C8,						// Translate name number for infantry type.
+	"C8",							// INI name for infantry.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// Building prerequisite.
+	false,						// Is this a female type?
+	false,						// Is a leader type?
+	false,						// Has crawling animation frames?
+	true,							// Is this a civlian?
+	true,							// Always use the given name for the infantry?
+	true,							// Is this a "fraidycat" run-away type infantry?
+	false,						// Can this infantry type capture a building?
+	false,						// Theater specific graphic image?
+	0,								// Number of shots it has (default).
+	&CivilianDos8[0][0],		// ptr to DO table
+	2,								// Frame of projectile launch.
+	0,								// Frame of projectile launch while prone.
+	5,								// Strength of infantry (in damage points).
+	0,								// Sight range.
+	10,							// Cost of infantry (in credits).
+	99,							// Scenario when they first appear.
+	0,1,							// Risk/Reward of this infantry unit.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD|
+	HOUSEF_BAD|
+	HOUSEF_NEUTRAL,				// Who can own this infantry unit.
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	MPH_SLOW_ISH
+);
+
+
+int CivilianDos9[DO_COUNT][3]={
+	0,			1,	1,				// DO_STAND_READY
+	0,			1,	1,				// DO_STAND_GUARD
+	0,			1,	1,				// DO_PRONE				// N/A
+	56, 		6,	6,				// DO_WALK
+	205,		4, 4,				// DO_FIRE_WEAPON
+	0, 		1,	1,				// DO_LIE_DOWN			// N/A
+	8, 		6,	6,				// DO_CRAWL
+	0, 		1,	1,				// DO_GET_UP			// N/A
+	205,		4,	4,				// DO_FIRE_PRONE
+	189,		10,0,				// DO_IDLE1
+	199,		6,	0,				// DO_IDLE2
+	104,		3,	0,				// DO_ON_GUARD
+	107,		7,	0,				// DO_FIGHT_READY
+	114,		2,	0,				// DO_PUNCH
+	116,		6,	0,				// DO_KICK
+	122,		2,	0,				// DO_PUNCH_HIT1
+	124,		4,	0,				// DO_PUNCH_HIT2
+	128,		4,	0,				// DO_PUNCH_DEATH
+	133,		2,	0,				// DO_KICK_HIT1
+	135,		4,	0,				// DO_KICK_HIT2
+	139,		5,	0,				// DO_KICK_DEATH
+	144,		3,	0,				// DO_READY_WEAPON
+	329,		8,	0,				// DO_GUN_DEATH
+	337,		8,	0,				// DO_EXPLOSION_DEATH
+	337,		8,	0,				// DO_EXPLOSION2_DEATH
+	345,		12,0,				// DO_GRENADE_DEATH
+	357,		18,0,				// DO_FIRE_DEATH
+	0, 		0,	0,				// DO_GESTURE1			// N/A
+	0, 		0,	0,				// DO_SALUTE1			// N/A
+	0, 		0,	0,				// DO_GESTURE2			// N/A
+	0, 		0,	0,				// DO_SALUTE2			// N/A
+	199,		6,	0,				// DO_PULL_GUN
+	237,		40,0,				//	DO_PLEAD
+	277,		6, 0				//	DO_PLEAD_DEATH
+};
+
+static InfantryTypeClass const C9(
+	INFANTRY_C9,				// Infantry type number.
+	TXT_C9,						// Translate name number for infantry type.
+	"C9",							// INI name for infantry.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// Building prerequisite.
+	false,						// Is this a female type?
+	false,						// Is a leader type?
+	false,						// Has crawling animation frames?
+	true,							// Is this a civlian?
+	true,							// Always use the given name for the infantry?
+	true,							// Is this a "fraidycat" run-away type infantry?
+	false,						// Can this infantry type capture a building?
+	false,						// Theater specific graphic image?
+	0,								// Number of shots it has (default).
+	&CivilianDos9[0][0],		// ptr to DO table
+	2,								// Frame of projectile launch.
+	0,								// Frame of projectile launch while prone.
+	5,								// Strength of infantry (in damage points).
+	0,								// Sight range.
+	10,							// Cost of infantry (in credits).
+	99,							// Scenario when they first appear.
+	0,1,							// Risk/Reward of this infantry unit.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD|
+	HOUSEF_BAD|
+	HOUSEF_NEUTRAL,				// Who can own this infantry unit.
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	MPH_SLOW_ISH
+);
+
+
+int NikoombaDos[DO_COUNT][3]={
+	0,			1,	1,				// DO_STAND_READY
+	0,			1,	1,				// DO_STAND_GUARD
+	0,			1,	1,				// DO_PRONE				// N/A
+	56, 		6,	6,				// DO_WALK
+	205,		4, 4,				// DO_FIRE_WEAPON
+	0, 		1,	1,				// DO_LIE_DOWN			// N/A
+	8, 		6,	6,				// DO_CRAWL
+	0, 		1,	1,				// DO_GET_UP			// N/A
+	205,		4,	4,				// DO_FIRE_PRONE
+	189,		10,0,				// DO_IDLE1
+	199,		6,	0,				// DO_IDLE2
+	104,		3,	0,				// DO_ON_GUARD
+	107,		7,	0,				// DO_FIGHT_READY
+	114,		2,	0,				// DO_PUNCH
+	116,		6,	0,				// DO_KICK
+	122,		2,	0,				// DO_PUNCH_HIT1
+	124,		4,	0,				// DO_PUNCH_HIT2
+	128,		4,	0,				// DO_PUNCH_DEATH
+	133,		2,	0,				// DO_KICK_HIT1
+	135,		4,	0,				// DO_KICK_HIT2
+	139,		5,	0,				// DO_KICK_DEATH
+	144,		3,	0,				// DO_READY_WEAPON
+	329,		8,	0,				// DO_GUN_DEATH
+	337,		8,	0,				// DO_EXPLOSION_DEATH
+	337,		8,	0,				// DO_EXPLOSION2_DEATH
+	345,		12,0,				// DO_GRENADE_DEATH
+	357,		18,0,				// DO_FIRE_DEATH
+	0, 		0,	0,				// DO_GESTURE1			// N/A
+	0, 		0,	0,				// DO_SALUTE1			// N/A
+	0, 		0,	0,				// DO_GESTURE2			// N/A
+	0, 		0,	0,				// DO_SALUTE2			// N/A
+	199,		6,	0,				// DO_PULL_GUN
+	237,		40,0,				//	DO_PLEAD
+	277,		6, 0,				//	DO_PLEAD_DEATH
+
+};
+
+// Nikoomba
+static InfantryTypeClass const C10(
+	INFANTRY_C10,				// Infantry type number.
+	TXT_C10,						// Translate name number for infantry type.
+	"C10",						// INI name for infantry.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// Building prerequisite.
+	false,						// Is this a female type?
+	false,						// Is a leader type?
+	false,						// Has crawling animation frames?
+	true,							// Is this a civlian?
+	true,							// Always use the given name for the infantry?
+	true,							// Is this a "fraidycat" run-away type infantry?
+	false,						// Can this infantry type capture a building?
+	false,						// Theater specific graphic image?
+	0,								// Number of shots it has (default).
+	&NikoombaDos[0][0],		// ptr to DO table
+	2,								// Frame of projectile launch.
+	0,								// Frame of projectile launch while prone.
+	50,							// Strength of infantry (in damage points).
+	0,								// Sight range.
+	10,							// Cost of infantry (in credits).
+	99,							// Scenario when they first appear.
+	0,1,							// Risk/Reward of this infantry unit.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD|
+	HOUSEF_BAD|
+	HOUSEF_NEUTRAL,				// Who can own this infantry unit.
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	MPH_SLOW_ISH
+);
+
+int MoebiusDos[DO_COUNT][3]={
+	0,			1,	1,				// DO_STAND_READY
+	0,			1,	1,				// DO_STAND_GUARD
+	0,			1,	1,				// DO_PRONE				// N/A
+	56, 		6,	6,				// DO_WALK
+	205,		4, 4,				// DO_FIRE_WEAPON
+	0, 		1,	1,				// DO_LIE_DOWN			// N/A
+	8, 		6,	6,				// DO_CRAWL
+	0, 		1,	1,				// DO_GET_UP			// N/A
+	0,			0,	0,				// DO_FIRE_PRONE
+	104,		16,0,				// DO_IDLE1
+	120,		20,0,				// DO_IDLE2
+	0,			0,	0,				// DO_ON_GUARD
+	0,			0,	0,				// DO_FIGHT_READY
+	0,			0,	0,				// DO_PUNCH
+	0,			0,	0,				// DO_KICK
+	0,			0,	0,				// DO_PUNCH_HIT1
+	0,			0,	0,				// DO_PUNCH_HIT2
+	0,			0,	0,				// DO_PUNCH_DEATH
+	0,			0,	0,				// DO_KICK_HIT1
+	0,			0,	0,				// DO_KICK_HIT2
+	0,			0,	0,				// DO_KICK_DEATH
+	0,			0,	0,				// DO_READY_WEAPON
+	212,		8,	0,				// DO_GUN_DEATH
+	220,		8,	0,				// DO_EXPLOSION_DEATH
+	228,		12,0,				// DO_EXPLOSION2_DEATH
+	228,		12,0,				// DO_GRENADE_DEATH
+	240,		18,0,				// DO_FIRE_DEATH
+	0, 		0,	0,				// DO_GESTURE1			// N/A
+	0, 		0,	0,				// DO_SALUTE1			// N/A
+	0, 		0,	0,				// DO_GESTURE2			// N/A
+	0, 		0,	0,				// DO_SALUTE2			// N/A
+	0,			0,	0,				// DO_PULL_GUN
+	120,		31,0,				//	DO_PLEAD
+	151,		14,0				//	DO_PLEAD_DEATH
+};
+
+static InfantryTypeClass const Moebius(
+	INFANTRY_MOEBIUS,			// Infantry type number.
+	TXT_MOEBIUS,				// Translate name number for infantry type.
+	"MOEBIUS",					// INI name for infantry.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// Building prerequisite.
+	false,						// Is this a female type?
+	false,						// Is a leader type?
+	false,						// Has crawling animation frames?
+	true,							// Is this a civlian?
+	true,							// Always use the given name for the infantry?
+	true,							// Is this a "fraidycat" run-away type infantry?
+	false,						// Can this infantry type capture a building?
+	false,						// Theater specific graphic image?
+	0,								// Number of shots it has (default).
+	&MoebiusDos[0][0],		// ptr to DO table
+	0,								// Frame of projectile launch.
+	0,								// Frame of projectile launch while prone.
+	50,							// Strength of infantry (in damage points).
+	0,								// Sight range.
+	10,							// Cost of infantry (in credits).
+	99,							// Scenario when they first appear.
+	0,10,							// Risk/Reward of this infantry unit.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD|
+	HOUSEF_BAD|
+	HOUSEF_NEUTRAL,				// Who can own this infantry unit.
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	MPH_SLOW_ISH
+);
+
+int DelphiDos[DO_COUNT][3]={
+	0,			1,	1,				// DO_STAND_READY
+	0,			1,	1,				// DO_STAND_GUARD
+	0,			1,	1,				// DO_PRONE				// N/A
+	56, 		6,	6,				// DO_WALK
+	205,		4, 4,				// DO_FIRE_WEAPON
+	0, 		1,	1,				// DO_LIE_DOWN			// N/A
+	8, 		6,	6,				// DO_CRAWL
+	0, 		1,	1,				// DO_GET_UP			// N/A
+	205,		4,	4,				// DO_FIRE_PRONE
+	189,		10,0,				// DO_IDLE1
+	199,		6,	0,				// DO_IDLE2
+	104,		3,	0,				// DO_ON_GUARD
+	107,		7,	0,				// DO_FIGHT_READY
+	114,		2,	0,				// DO_PUNCH
+	116,		6,	0,				// DO_KICK
+	122,		2,	0,				// DO_PUNCH_HIT1
+	124,		4,	0,				// DO_PUNCH_HIT2
+	128,		4,	0,				// DO_PUNCH_DEATH
+	133,		2,	0,				// DO_KICK_HIT1
+	135,		4,	0,				// DO_KICK_HIT2
+	139,		5,	0,				// DO_KICK_DEATH
+	144,		3,	0,				// DO_READY_WEAPON
+	329,		8,	0,				// DO_GUN_DEATH
+	337,		8,	0,				// DO_EXPLOSION_DEATH
+	337,		8,	0,				// DO_EXPLOSION2_DEATH
+	345,		12,0,				// DO_GRENADE_DEATH
+	357,		18,0,				// DO_FIRE_DEATH
+	0, 		0,	0,				// DO_GESTURE1			// N/A
+	0, 		0,	0,				// DO_SALUTE1			// N/A
+	0, 		0,	0,				// DO_GESTURE2			// N/A
+	0, 		0,	0,				// DO_SALUTE2			// N/A
+	199,		6,	0,				// DO_PULL_GUN
+	237,		40,0,				//	DO_PLEAD
+	277,		6, 0,				//	DO_PLEAD_DEATH
+};
+
+static InfantryTypeClass const Delphi(
+	INFANTRY_DELPHI,			// Infantry type number.
+	TXT_DELPHI,					// Translate name number for infantry type.
+	"DELPHI",					// INI name for infantry.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// Building prerequisite.
+	false,						// Is this a female type?
+	false,						// Is a leader type?
+	false,						// Has crawling animation frames?
+	true,							// Is this a civlian?
+	true,							// Always use the given name for the infantry?
+	true,							// Is this a "fraidycat" run-away type infantry?
+	false,						// Can this infantry type capture a building?
+	false,						// Theater specific graphic image?
+	10,							// Number of shots it has (default).
+	&DelphiDos[0][0],			// ptr to DO table
+	2,								// Frame of projectile launch.
+	0,								// Frame of projectile launch while prone.
+	25,							// Strength of infantry (in damage points).
+	0,								// Sight range.
+	10,							// Cost of infantry (in credits).
+	99,							// Scenario when they first appear.
+	0,0,							// Risk/Reward of this infantry unit.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD|
+	HOUSEF_NEUTRAL,				// Who can own this infantry unit.
+	WEAPON_PISTOL,WEAPON_NONE,
+	MPH_SLOW_ISH
+);
+
+
+int DrChanDos[DO_COUNT][3]={
+	0,			1,	1,				// DO_STAND_READY
+	0,			1,	1,				// DO_STAND_GUARD
+	0,			1,	1,				// DO_PRONE				// N/A
+	56, 		6,	6,				// DO_WALK
+	205,		4, 4,				// DO_FIRE_WEAPON
+	0, 		1,	1,				// DO_LIE_DOWN			// N/A
+	8, 		6,	6,				// DO_CRAWL
+	0, 		1,	1,				// DO_GET_UP			// N/A
+	0,			0,	0,				// DO_FIRE_PRONE
+	104,		16,0,				// DO_IDLE1
+	120,		20,0,				// DO_IDLE2
+	0,			0,	0,				// DO_ON_GUARD
+	0,			0,	0,				// DO_FIGHT_READY
+	0,			0,	0,				// DO_PUNCH
+	0,			0,	0,				// DO_KICK
+	0,			0,	0,				// DO_PUNCH_HIT1
+	0,			0,	0,				// DO_PUNCH_HIT2
+	0,			0,	0,				// DO_PUNCH_DEATH
+	0,			0,	0,				// DO_KICK_HIT1
+	0,			0,	0,				// DO_KICK_HIT2
+	0,			0,	0,				// DO_KICK_DEATH
+	0,			0,	0,				// DO_READY_WEAPON
+	212,		8,	0,				// DO_GUN_DEATH
+	220,		8,	0,				// DO_EXPLOSION_DEATH
+	228,		12,0,				// DO_EXPLOSION2_DEATH
+	228,		12,0,				// DO_GRENADE_DEATH
+	240,		18,0,				// DO_FIRE_DEATH
+	0, 		0,	0,				// DO_GESTURE1			// N/A
+	0, 		0,	0,				// DO_SALUTE1			// N/A
+	0, 		0,	0,				// DO_GESTURE2			// N/A
+	0, 		0,	0,				// DO_SALUTE2			// N/A
+	0,			0,	0,				// DO_PULL_GUN
+	120,		31,0,				//	DO_PLEAD
+	151,		14,0				//	DO_PLEAD_DEATH
+};
+
+static InfantryTypeClass const DrChan(
+	INFANTRY_CHAN,				// Infantry type number.
+	TXT_CHAN,					// Translate name number for infantry type.
+	"CHAN",						// INI name for infantry.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// Building prerequisite.
+	false,						// Is this a female type?
+	false,						// Is a leader type?
+	false,						// Has crawling animation frames?
+	true,							// Is this a civlian?
+	true,							// Always use the given name for the infantry?
+	true,							// Is this a "fraidycat" run-away type infantry?
+	false,						// Can this infantry type capture a building?
+	false,						// Theater specific graphic image?
+	10,							// Number of shots it has (default).
+	&DrChanDos[0][0],			// ptr to DO table
+	2,								// Frame of projectile launch.
+	0,								// Frame of projectile launch while prone.
+	25,							// Strength of infantry (in damage points).
+	0,								// Sight range.
+	10,							// Cost of infantry (in credits).
+	99,							// Scenario when they first appear.
+	0,1,							// Risk/Reward of this infantry unit.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD|
+	HOUSEF_NEUTRAL,				// Who can own this infantry unit.
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	MPH_SLOW_ISH
+);
+
+
+/*
+**	This is the array of pointers to the static data associated with each
+**	infantry type.
+*/
+InfantryTypeClass const * const InfantryTypeClass::Pointers[INFANTRY_COUNT] = {
+	&E1,
+	&E2,
+	&E3,
+	&E4,
+	&E5,
+//	&E6,
+	&E7,
+	&Commando,
+	&C1,
+	&C2,
+	&C3,
+	&C4,
+	&C5,
+	&C6,
+	&C7,
+	&C8,
+	&C9,
+	&C10,
+	&Moebius,
+	&Delphi,
+	&DrChan
+};
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * InfantryTypeClass::InfantryTypeClass -- Constructor for infantry type class objects.        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will construct the infantry type objects. It is use to create the static    *
+ *    infantry types that are used to give each of the infantry objects their characteristics. *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   see below...                                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/24/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+InfantryTypeClass::InfantryTypeClass	(
+						InfantryType type, int name, char const *ininame,
+						unsigned char level, long pre,
+						bool is_female,
+						bool is_leader,
+						bool is_crawling,
+						bool is_civilian,
+						bool is_nominal,
+						bool is_fraidycat,
+						bool is_capture,
+						bool is_theater,
+						int ammo,
+						int *do_table,
+						int firelaunch, int pronelaunch,
+						unsigned short strength, int sightrange,
+						int cost, int scenario, int risk, int reward, int ownable,
+						WeaponType primary, WeaponType secondary,
+						MPHType maxspeed)
+	: TechnoTypeClass(name, ininame, level, pre,
+							is_leader, true, is_nominal, false, false, true, true, true, true, false, false,
+							is_theater, false, false, false, true, false,
+							ammo, strength, maxspeed, sightrange, cost,
+							scenario, risk, reward, ownable,
+							primary, secondary,
+							ARMOR_NONE)
+{
+	IsFemale = is_female;
+	IsCrawling = is_crawling;
+	IsCapture = is_capture;
+	IsFraidyCat = is_fraidycat;
+	IsCivilian = is_civilian;
+	Type = type;
+	FireLaunch = firelaunch;
+	ProneLaunch = pronelaunch;
+
+	/*
+	**	Set the animation sequence custom values.
+	*/
+
+	for ( int i=0 ; i<DO_COUNT ; i++ ){
+		DoControls[i].Frame = *do_table++;
+		DoControls[i].Count = *do_table++;
+		DoControls[i].Jump =  *do_table++;
+	}
+
+#ifdef cuts		//ST - 10/3/95 10:09AM
+	DoControls[DO_STAND_READY].Frame = dostandready;
+	DoControls[DO_STAND_READY].Count = dostandreadyframe;
+	DoControls[DO_STAND_READY].Jump = dostandreadyjump;
+
+	DoControls[DO_STAND_GUARD].Frame = dostandguard;
+	DoControls[DO_STAND_GUARD].Count = dostandguardframe;
+	DoControls[DO_STAND_GUARD].Jump = dostandguardjump;
+
+	DoControls[DO_PRONE].Frame = doprone;
+	DoControls[DO_PRONE].Count = doproneframe;
+	DoControls[DO_PRONE].Jump = dopronejump;
+
+	DoControls[DO_WALK].Frame = dowalk;
+	DoControls[DO_WALK].Count = dowalkframe;
+	DoControls[DO_WALK].Jump = dowalkjump;
+
+	DoControls[DO_FIRE_WEAPON].Frame = dofireweapon;
+	DoControls[DO_FIRE_WEAPON].Count = dofireweaponframe;
+	DoControls[DO_FIRE_WEAPON].Jump = dofireweaponjump;
+
+	DoControls[DO_LIE_DOWN].Frame = doliedown;
+	DoControls[DO_LIE_DOWN].Count = doliedownframe;
+	DoControls[DO_LIE_DOWN].Jump = doliedownjump;
+
+	DoControls[DO_CRAWL].Frame = docrawl;
+	DoControls[DO_CRAWL].Count = docrawlframe;
+	DoControls[DO_CRAWL].Jump = docrawljump;
+
+	DoControls[DO_GET_UP].Frame = dogetup;
+	DoControls[DO_GET_UP].Count = dogetupframe;
+	DoControls[DO_GET_UP].Jump = dogetupjump;
+
+	DoControls[DO_FIRE_PRONE].Frame = dofireprone;
+	DoControls[DO_FIRE_PRONE].Count = dofireproneframe;
+	DoControls[DO_FIRE_PRONE].Jump = dofirepronejump;
+
+	DoControls[DO_IDLE1].Frame = doidle1;
+	DoControls[DO_IDLE1].Count = doidle1frame;
+	DoControls[DO_IDLE1].Jump = doidle1jump;
+
+	DoControls[DO_IDLE2].Frame = doidle2;
+	DoControls[DO_IDLE2].Count = doidle2frame;
+	DoControls[DO_IDLE2].Jump = doidle2jump;
+
+	DoControls[DO_ON_GUARD].Frame = doonguard;
+	DoControls[DO_ON_GUARD].Count = doonguardframe;
+	DoControls[DO_ON_GUARD].Jump = doonguardjump;
+
+	DoControls[DO_FIGHT_READY].Frame = dofightready;
+	DoControls[DO_FIGHT_READY].Count = dofightreadyframe;
+	DoControls[DO_FIGHT_READY].Jump = dofightreadyjump;
+
+	DoControls[DO_PUNCH].Frame = dopunch;
+	DoControls[DO_PUNCH].Count = dopunchframe;
+	DoControls[DO_PUNCH].Jump = dopunchjump;
+
+	DoControls[DO_KICK].Frame = dokick;
+	DoControls[DO_KICK].Count = dokickframe;
+	DoControls[DO_KICK].Jump = dokickjump;
+
+	DoControls[DO_PUNCH_HIT1].Frame = dopunchhit1;
+	DoControls[DO_PUNCH_HIT1].Count = dopunchhit1frame;
+	DoControls[DO_PUNCH_HIT1].Jump = dopunchhit1jump;
+
+	DoControls[DO_PUNCH_HIT2].Frame = dopunchhit2;
+	DoControls[DO_PUNCH_HIT2].Count = dopunchhit2frame;
+	DoControls[DO_PUNCH_HIT2].Jump = dopunchhit2jump;
+
+	DoControls[DO_PUNCH_DEATH].Frame = dopunchdeath;
+	DoControls[DO_PUNCH_DEATH].Count = dopunchdeathframe;
+	DoControls[DO_PUNCH_DEATH].Jump = dopunchdeathjump;
+
+	DoControls[DO_KICK_HIT1].Frame = dokickhit1;
+	DoControls[DO_KICK_HIT1].Count = dokickhit1frame;
+	DoControls[DO_KICK_HIT1].Jump = dokickhit1jump;
+
+	DoControls[DO_KICK_HIT2].Frame = dokickhit2;
+	DoControls[DO_KICK_HIT2].Count = dokickhit2frame;
+	DoControls[DO_KICK_HIT2].Jump = dokickhit2jump;
+
+	DoControls[DO_KICK_DEATH].Frame = dokickdeath;
+	DoControls[DO_KICK_DEATH].Count = dokickdeathframe;
+	DoControls[DO_KICK_DEATH].Jump = dokickdeathjump;
+
+	DoControls[DO_READY_WEAPON].Frame = doreadyweapon;
+	DoControls[DO_READY_WEAPON].Count = doreadyweaponframe;
+	DoControls[DO_READY_WEAPON].Jump = doreadyweaponjump;
+
+	DoControls[DO_GUN_DEATH].Frame = dogundeath;
+	DoControls[DO_GUN_DEATH].Count = dogundeathframe;
+	DoControls[DO_GUN_DEATH].Jump = dogundeathjump;
+
+	DoControls[DO_EXPLOSION_DEATH].Frame = doexplosiondeath;
+	DoControls[DO_EXPLOSION_DEATH].Count = doexplosiondeathframe;
+	DoControls[DO_EXPLOSION_DEATH].Jump = doexplosiondeathjump;
+
+	DoControls[DO_EXPLOSION2_DEATH].Frame = doexplosion2death;
+	DoControls[DO_EXPLOSION2_DEATH].Count = doexplosion2deathframe;
+	DoControls[DO_EXPLOSION2_DEATH].Jump = doexplosion2deathjump;
+
+	DoControls[DO_GRENADE_DEATH].Frame = dogrenadedeath;
+	DoControls[DO_GRENADE_DEATH].Count = dogrenadedeathframe;
+	DoControls[DO_GRENADE_DEATH].Jump = dogrenadedeathjump;
+
+	DoControls[DO_FIRE_DEATH].Frame = dofiredeath;
+	DoControls[DO_FIRE_DEATH].Count = dofiredeathframe;
+	DoControls[DO_FIRE_DEATH].Jump = dofiredeathjump;
+
+	DoControls[DO_GESTURE1].Frame = dogesture1;
+	DoControls[DO_GESTURE1].Count = dogesture1frame;
+	DoControls[DO_GESTURE1].Jump = dogesture1jump;
+
+	DoControls[DO_SALUTE1].Frame = dosalute1;
+	DoControls[DO_SALUTE1].Count = dosalute1frame;
+	DoControls[DO_SALUTE1].Jump = dosalute1jump;
+
+	DoControls[DO_GESTURE2].Frame = dogesture2;
+	DoControls[DO_GESTURE2].Count = dogesture2frame;
+	DoControls[DO_GESTURE2].Jump = dogesture2jump;
+
+	DoControls[DO_SALUTE2].Frame = dosalute2;
+	DoControls[DO_SALUTE2].Count = dosalute2frame;
+	DoControls[DO_SALUTE2].Jump = dosalute2jump;
+
+	DoControls[DO_PULL_GUN].Frame = dopullgun;
+	DoControls[DO_PULL_GUN].Count = dopullgunframe;
+	DoControls[DO_PULL_GUN].Jump = dopullgunjump;
+
+	DoControls[DO_PLEAD].Frame = doplead;
+	DoControls[DO_PLEAD].Count = dopleadframe;
+	DoControls[DO_PLEAD].Jump = dopleadjump;
+
+	DoControls[DO_PLEAD_DEATH].Frame = dopleaddeath;
+	DoControls[DO_PLEAD_DEATH].Count = dopleaddeathframe;
+	DoControls[DO_PLEAD_DEATH].Jump = dopleaddeathjump;
+#endif	//cuts
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * InfantryTypeClass::Create_One_Of -- Creates an infantry object.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This creates an infantry object, but does not attempt to place it on the map. It is      *
+ *    typically used by the scenario editor when an object is needed, but the location has     *
+ *    not yet been specified for where it should appear on the map.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   house -- The owner of the infantry object.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the created infantry object. If an object could not be   *
+ *          created, then NULL is returned.                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/24/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+ObjectClass * InfantryTypeClass::Create_One_Of(HouseClass * house) const
+{
+	return(new InfantryClass(Type, house->Class->House));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * InfantryTypeClass::Create_And_Place -- Creates and places infantry object onto the map.     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used by the scenario editor to create and place an infantry object onto  *
+ *    the map at the location specified.                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   cell     -- The cell location to place the infantry object at.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          house    -- The owner of the infantry object.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the infantry object successfully created and placed at the location      *
+ *                specified?                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/24/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool InfantryTypeClass::Create_And_Place(CELL cell, HousesType house) const
+{
+	InfantryClass * i = new InfantryClass(Type, house);
+	if (i) {
+		COORDINATE coord = Map[cell].Closest_Free_Spot(Cell_Coord(cell));
+		if (coord) {
+			return(i->Unlimbo(coord, DIR_E));
+		} else {
+			delete i;
+		}
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * InfantryTypeClass::Occupy_List -- Returns with default infantry occupation list.            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will return with a cell offset occupation list for a generic infantry       *
+ *    object. This is typically just a single cell since infantry are never bigger than one    *
+ *    cell and this routine presumes the infantry is located in the center of the cell.        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   placement   -- Is this for placement legality checking only? The normal condition  *
+ *                         is for marking occupation flags.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a cell offset list for the infantry object as if it were located      *
+ *          in the center of a cell.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/24/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+short const * InfantryTypeClass::Occupy_List(bool) const
+{
+	static short const _list[] = {0, REFRESH_EOL};
+
+	return(&_list[0]);
+}
+
+
+#ifdef SCENARIO_EDITOR
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * InfantryTypeClass::Display -- Displays a generic infantry object.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used by the scenario editor to display a generic representation of the   *
+ *    infantry object for the scenario editor. It simply draws a single (nice profile) view    *
+ *    of the infantry type.                                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   x,y      -- The display coordinates to render the infantry object at.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          window   -- The window that the display coordinates are relative to.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          house    -- The house colors to use when rendering this infantry object.           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/24/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void InfantryTypeClass::Display(int x, int y, WindowNumberType window, HousesType house) const
+{
+	if (house != HOUSE_NONE) {
+
+		int shape = 0;
+		void const * ptr = Get_Cameo_Data();
+		if (!ptr) {
+			ptr = Get_Image_Data();
+			shape = 2;
+		}
+
+		CC_Draw_Shape(ptr, shape, x, y, window, SHAPE_NORMAL|SHAPE_CENTER|SHAPE_WIN_REL);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * InfantryTypeClass::Prep_For_Add -- Prepares the scenario editor for adding of infantry object.*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will prepare the scenario editor so that the infantry objects appear on     *
+ *    the object list.                                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/24/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void InfantryTypeClass::Prep_For_Add(void)
+{
+	for (InfantryType index = INFANTRY_FIRST; index < INFANTRY_COUNT; index++) {
+		Map.Add_To_List(&As_Reference(index));
+	}
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * InfantryTypeClass::From_Name -- Converts an ASCII name into an infantry type number.        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to convert the infantry ASCII name as specified into an infantry    *
+ *    type number. This is called from the INI reader routine in the process if creating the   *
+ *    infantry objects needed for the scenario.                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   name  -- The ASCII name to convert into an infantry type number.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the infantry type number that corresponds to the infantry ASCII name  *
+ *          specified. If no match could be found, then INFANTRY_NONE is returned.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/24/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+InfantryType InfantryTypeClass::From_Name(char const *name)
+{
+	if (name) {
+		for (InfantryType classid = INFANTRY_FIRST; classid < INFANTRY_COUNT; classid++) {
+			if (stricmp(Pointers[classid]->IniName, name) == 0) {
+				return(classid);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return(INFANTRY_NONE);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * InfantryTypeClass::One_Time -- Performs any one time processing for infantry system.        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will perform one time processing for the infantry type system. This is      *
+ *    generally restricted to loading of the infantry shape data.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/24/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void InfantryTypeClass::One_Time(void)
+{
+	InfantryType index;
+
+	for (index = INFANTRY_FIRST; index < INFANTRY_COUNT; index++) {
+		char fullname[_MAX_FNAME+_MAX_EXT];
+		InfantryTypeClass	const *uclass;
+		CCFileClass	file;
+
+		uclass = &As_Reference(index);
+
+		/*
+		**	Generic shape for all houses load method.
+		*/
+		_makepath(fullname, NULL, NULL, uclass->IniName, ".SHP");
+		((void const *&)uclass->ImageData) = MixFileClass::Retrieve(fullname);
+
+		/*
+		**	The small build image icon sized shapes are always generic.
+		*/
+		char buffer[_MAX_FNAME];
+		if ( Get_Resolution_Factor() ) {
+			sprintf(buffer, "%.4sICNH", uclass->IniName);
+		} else {
+			sprintf(buffer, "%.4sICON", uclass->IniName);
+		}
+		_makepath(fullname, NULL, NULL, buffer, ".SHP");
+		((void const *&)uclass->CameoData) = MixFileClass::Retrieve(fullname);
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ITC::Init -- load up terrain set dependant sidebar icons                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    theater type                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    4/25/96 0:33AM ST : Created                                                              *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+
+void InfantryTypeClass::Init(TheaterType theater)
+{
+	if ( Get_Resolution_Factor() ) {
+
+		if (theater != LastTheater){
+			InfantryType index;
+			char buffer[_MAX_FNAME];
+			char fullname[_MAX_FNAME+_MAX_EXT];
+			void const * cameo_ptr;
+
+			for (index = INFANTRY_FIRST; index < INFANTRY_COUNT; index++) {
+				InfantryTypeClass	const *uclass;
+				CCFileClass	file;
+
+				uclass = &As_Reference(index);
+
+				((void const *&)uclass->CameoData) = NULL;
+
+				sprintf(buffer, "%.4sICNH", uclass->IniName);
+				_makepath (fullname, NULL, NULL, buffer, Theaters[theater].Suffix);
+				cameo_ptr = MixFileClass::Retrieve(fullname);
+				if (cameo_ptr){
+					((void const *&)uclass->CameoData) = cameo_ptr;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * InfantryTypeClass::Who_Can_Build_Me -- Determines what can build the infantry object.       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to determine what building can produce the infantry object. This is     *
+ *    typically used to maintain the construction list sidebar.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   intheory -- If no regard is to be given to whether the construction building is    *
+ *                      currently busy, then this flag should be true. In such a case, only    *
+ *                      the existance of the building is sufficient to achieve success.        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          legal    -- Should building prerequisite legality checks be performed as well?     *
+ *                      For building placements, this is usually false. For sidebar button     *
+ *                      adding, this is usually true.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          house    -- The house of the infantry to be produced. Only construction buildings  *
+ *                      of the same house are considered.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the object (building) that can produce the infantry      *
+ *          type. If there are no available buildings then the return value is NULL.           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/29/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+BuildingClass * InfantryTypeClass::Who_Can_Build_Me(bool intheory, bool legal, HousesType house) const
+{
+	BuildingClass * anybuilding = NULL;
+
+	for (int index = 0; index < Buildings.Count(); index++) {
+		BuildingClass * building = Buildings.Ptr(index);
+
+		if (building &&
+			!building->IsInLimbo &&
+			building->House->Class->House == house &&
+			building->Mission != MISSION_DECONSTRUCTION &&
+			building->Class->ToBuild == RTTI_INFANTRYTYPE &&
+			((1L << building->ActLike) & Ownable) &&
+			(!legal || building->House->Can_Build(Type, building->ActLike)) &&
+			(intheory || !building->In_Radio_Contact())) {
+
+			anybuilding = building;
+			if (building->IsLeader) return(building);
+		}
+	}
+	return(anybuilding);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * InfantryTypeClass::Full_Name -- Fetches the full name text number.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will fetch the full name text number for this infantry type. It examines    *
+ *    the special custom name flag to determine whether the custom name or the generic name    *
+ *    is to be used.                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with text number for the name to give this infantry type object.           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/29/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int InfantryTypeClass::Full_Name(void) const
+{
+	if (Debug_Map || !IsNominal || Special.IsNamed || Type == INFANTRY_C10 || Type == INFANTRY_DELPHI || Type == INFANTRY_MOEBIUS) {
+		return(TechnoTypeClass::Full_Name());
+	}
+	return(TXT_CIVILIAN);
+}
diff --git a/INFANTRY.CPP b/INFANTRY.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..939cf9f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/INFANTRY.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,3221 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\infantry.cpv   2.19   16 Oct 1995 16:50:30   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : INFANTRY.CPP                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : August 15, 1994                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : August 15, 1995   [JLB]                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   InfantryClass::AI -- Handles the infantry non-graphic related AI processing.              *
+ *   InfantryClass::Active_Click_With -- Handles action when clicking with infantry soldier.   *
+ *   InfantryClass::As_Target -- Converts the infantry unit into a target value.               *
+ *   InfantryClass::Assign_Destination -- Gives the infantry a movement destination.           *
+ *   InfantryClass::Assign_Mission -- Make sure he's out of boxing mode first                  *
+ *   InfantryClass::Assign_Target -- Gives the infantry a combat target.                       *
+ *   InfantryClass::Can_Enter_Cell -- Determines if the infantry can enter the cell specified. *
+ *   InfantryClass::Can_Fire -- Can the infantry fire its weapon?                              *
+ *   InfantryClass::Clear_Occupy_Bit -- Clears occupy bit and given cell                       *
+ *   InfantryClass::Debug_Dump -- Displays debug information about infantry unit.              *
+ *   InfantryClass::Detach -- Removes the specified target from targeting computer.            *
+ *   InfantryClass::Do_Action -- Launches the infantry into an animation sequence.             *
+ *   InfantryClass::Draw_It -- Draws a unit object.                                            *
+ *   InfantryClass::Enter_Idle_Mode -- The infantry unit enters idle mode by this routine.     *
+ *   InfantryClass::Fire_At -- Fires projectile from infantry unit.                            *
+ *   InfantryClass::Fire_Coord -- Calculates the origin point for projectiles fired.           *
+ *   InfantryClass::Greatest_Threat -- Determines greatest threat (target) for infantry unit.  *
+ *   InfantryClass::InfantryClass -- The constructor for infantry objects.                     *
+ *   InfantryClass::Init -- Initialize the infantry object system.                             *
+ *   InfantryClass::Limbo -- Performs cleanup operations needed when limboing.                 *
+ *   InfantryClass::Look -- The infantry performs a look operation.                            *
+ *   InfantryClass::Made_A_Kill -- Marks a kill caused by this infantry soldier.               *
+ *   InfantryClass::Overlap_List -- The list of cells that the infantry overlaps, but doesn't occ*
+ *   InfantryClass::Per_Cell_Process -- Handles special operations that occur once per cell.   *
+ *   InfantryClass::Random_Animate -- Randomly animate the infantry (maybe)                    *
+ *   InfantryClass::Read_INI -- Reads units from scenario INI file.                            *
+ *   InfantryClass::Rearm_Delay -- Return Arming delay for infantry if boxing                  *
+ *   InfantryClass::Receive_Message -- Process radio messages                                  *
+ *   InfantryClass::Response_Attack -- Plays infantry audio response to attack order.          *
+ *   InfantryClass::Response_Move -- Plays infantry response to movement order.                *
+ *   InfantryClass::Response_Select -- Plays infantry audio response due to being selected.    *
+ *   InfantryClass::Scatter -- Causes the infantry to scatter to nearby cell.                  *
+ *   InfantryClass::Set_Occupy_Bit -- Sets the occupy bit cell and bit pos	                    *
+ *   InfantryClass::Set_Primary_Facing -- Change infantry primary facing -- always and instantl*
+ *   InfantryClass::Start_Driver -- Handles giving immediate destination and move orders.      *
+ *   InfantryClass::Stop_Driver -- Stops the infantry from moving any further.                 *
+ *   InfantryClass::Take_Damage -- Applies damage to the infantry unit.                        *
+ *   InfantryClass::Unlimbo -- Unlimbo infantry unit in legal sub-location.                    *
+ *   InfantryClass::What_Action -- Infantry units might be able to capture -- check.           *
+ *   InfantryClass::Write_INI -- Writes all the infantry out to an INI file.                   *
+ *   InfantryClass::operator delete -- Returns the infantry object back to the free pool       *
+ *   InfantryClass::operator new -- Allocates an infantry object from the free pool.           *
+ *   InfantryClass::~InfantryClass -- Default destructor for infantry units.                   *
+ *   InfantryClass::Full_Name -- Fetches the full name of the infantry unit.                   *
+ *   InfantryClass::Mission_Attack -- Intercept attack mission for special handling.           *
+ *   InfantryClass::Validate -- validates infantry pointer.												  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+
+
+int const InfantryClass::HumanShape[32] = {0,0,7,7,7,7,6,6,6,6,5,5,5,5,5,4,4,4,3,3,3,3,2,2,2,2,1,1,1,1,1,0};
+
+int Infantry_Kick_Damage[]  = {10,15};
+int Infantry_Punch_Damage[] = { 4, 7};
+
+/*
+** This contains the value of the Virtual Function Table Pointer
+*/
+void * InfantryClass::VTable;
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+** This is the array of constant data associated with infantry maneuvers. It
+**	specifies the frame rate as well as if the animation can be aborted.
+*/
+// interruptable, mobile, randomstart, rate
+DoStruct const InfantryClass::MasterDoControls[DO_COUNT] = {
+	{true,	false,	false,	0},	// DO_STAND_READY
+	{true,	false,	false,	0},	// DO_STAND_GUARD
+	{true,	false,	false,	0},	// DO_PRONE
+	{true,	true,		true,		2},	// DO_WALK
+	{true,	false,	false,	1},	// DO_FIRE_WEAPON
+	{false,	true,		false,	2},	// DO_LIE_DOWN
+	{true,	true,		true,		2},	// DO_CRAWL
+	{false,	false,	false,	3},	// DO_GET_UP
+	{true,	false,	false,	1},	// DO_FIRE_PRONE
+	{true,	false,	false,	2},	// DO_IDLE1
+	{true,	false,	false,	2},	// DO_IDLE2
+	{false,	false,	false,	2},	// DO_ON_GUARD
+	{true,	false,	false,	2},	// DO_FIGHT_READY
+	{false,	false,	false,	2},	// DO_PUNCH
+	{false,	false,	false,	2},	// DO_KICK
+	{false,	false,	false,	2},	// DO_PUNCH_HIT1
+	{false,	false,	false,	2},	// DO_PUNCH_HIT2
+	{false,	false,	false,	1},	// DO_PUNCH_DEATH
+	{false,	false,	false,	2},	// DO_KICK_HIT1
+	{false,	false,	false,	2},	// DO_KICK_HIT2
+	{false,	false,	false,	1},	// DO_KICK_DEATH
+	{false,	false,	false,	2},	// DO_READY_WEAPON
+	{false,	false,	false,	2},	// DO_GUN_DEATH
+	{false,	false,	false,	2},	// DO_EXPLOSION_DEATH
+	{false,	false,	false,	2},	// DO_EXPLOSION2_DEATH
+	{false,	false,	false,	2},	// DO_GRENADE_DEATH
+	{false,	false,	false,	2},	// DO_FIRE_DEATH
+	{false,	false,	false,	2},	// DO_GESTURE1
+	{false,	false,	false,	2},	// DO_SALUTE1
+	{false,	false,	false,	2},	// DO_GESTURE2
+	{false,	false,	false,	2},	// DO_SALUTE2
+	{true,	false,	false,	2},	// DO_PULL_GUN
+	{true,	false,	false,	2},	// DO_PLEAD
+	{true,	false,	false,	2},	// DO_PLEAD_DEATH
+};
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * InfantryClass::Validate -- validates infantry pointer.												  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *		1 = ok, 0 = error																								  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/09/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+int InfantryClass::Validate(void) const
+{
+	int num;
+
+	num = Infantry.ID(this);
+	if (num < 0 || num >= INFANTRY_MAX) {
+		Validate_Error("INFANTRY");
+		return (0);
+	}
+	else
+		return (1);
+}
+#else
+#define	Validate()
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * InfantryClass::Debug_Dump -- Displays debug information about infantry unit.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used by the debug version to display pertinent information about the     *
+ *    infantry unit.                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   mono  -- The monochrome screen to display the debug information to.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/01/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void InfantryClass::Debug_Dump(MonoClass *mono) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	mono->Set_Cursor(0, 0);mono->Print(
+		"ÚName:ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂMission:ÄÄÄÂTarCom:ÂNavCom:ÂRadio:ÂCoord:ÄÄÂHeadTo:ÄÂSt:Ä¿\n"
+		"³                   ³           ³       ³       ³      ³        ³        ³    ³\n"
+		"ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂNÂYÂHealth:ÄÂBody:ÂTurret:ÂSpeed:ÂPath:ÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÂCargo:ÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄ´\n"
+		"³Active........³ ³ ³        ³     ³       ³      ³            ³               ³\n"
+		"³Limbo.........³ ³ ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´\n"
+		"³Owned.........³ ³ ³Last Message:                                             ³\n"
+		"³Discovered....³ ³ ÃTimer:ÂArm:ÂTrack:ÂTiberium:ÂFlash:ÂStage:ÂTeam:ÄÄÄÄÂArch:´\n"
+		"³Selected......³ ³ ³      ³    ³      ³         ³      ³      ³         ³     ³\n"
+		"³Teathered.....³ ³ ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÙ\n"
+		"³Locked on Map.³ ³ ³                                                           \n"
+		"³Is Prone......³ ³ ³                                                           \n"
+		"³Is A Loner....³ ³ ³                                                           \n"
+		"³Deploying.....³ ³ ³                                                           \n"
+		"³Rotating......³ ³ ³                                                           \n"
+		"³Firing........³ ³ ³                                                           \n"
+		"³Driving.......³ ³ ³                                                           \n"
+		"³To Look.......³ ³ ³                                                           \n"
+		"³Recoiling.....³ ³ ³                                                           \n"
+		"³To Display....³ ³ ³                                                           \n"
+		"ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÁÄÙ                                                           \n");
+	mono->Set_Cursor(1, 1);mono->Printf("%s:%s", House->Class->IniName, Class->IniName);
+	mono->Text_Print("X", 16 + (IsProne?2:0), 10);
+	mono->Set_Cursor(33, 7);mono->Printf("%2d", Fear);
+	mono->Set_Cursor(41, 7);mono->Printf("%2d", Doing);
+	FootClass::Debug_Dump(mono);
+}
+#endif
+
+InfantryClass::InfantryClass(void) : Class(0) {};		// Default constructor does nothing.
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * InfantryClass::InfantryClass -- The constructor for infantry objects.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the constructor used when creating an infantry unit. All values are required     *
+ *    except for facing and position. If these are absent, then the infantry is created in     *
+ *    a state of limbo -- not placed upon the map.                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   see below...                                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/01/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+InfantryClass::InfantryClass(InfantryType classid, HousesType house) :
+	Class(&InfantryTypeClass::As_Reference(classid)),
+	FootClass(house)
+{
+
+	/*
+	**	For two shooters, clear out the second shot flag -- it will be set the first time
+	**	the object fires. For non two shooters, set the flag since it will never be cleared
+	**	and the second shot flag tells the system that normal rearm times apply -- this is
+	**	what is desired for non two shooters.
+	*/
+	if (Class->IsTwoShooter) {
+		IsSecondShot = false;
+	} else {
+		IsSecondShot = true;
+	}
+	Doing = DO_NOTHING;
+	Fear = 0;			// Starts completely brave.
+	IsProne = false;
+	IsStoked = false;
+	IsBoxing = false;
+	IsTechnician = false;
+	Strength = Class->MaxStrength;
+
+	/*
+	**	Civilians carry much less ammo than soldiers do.
+	*/
+	Ammo = Class->MaxAmmo;
+
+	/*
+	** Keep count of the number of units created. Dont track civilians.
+	*/
+	if (!Class->IsCivilian && GameToPlay == GAME_INTERNET){
+		House->InfantryTotals->Increment_Unit_Total((int)classid);
+	}
+
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * InfantryClass::~InfantryClass -- Default destructor for infantry units.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the default destructor for infantry type units. It will put the infantry into    *
+ *    a limbo state if it isn't already in that state and the game is still active.            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/10/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+InfantryClass::~InfantryClass(void)
+{
+	if (GameActive && Class) {
+		Limbo();
+	}
+	if (GameActive && Team) Team->Remove(this);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * InfantryClass::operator new -- Allocates an infantry object from the free pool.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This will allocate an infantry object from the infantry object free pool. If there is    *
+ *    no available slot, then NULL is returned.                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the allocated infantry object or NULL if none could be   *
+ *          allocated.                                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/01/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void * InfantryClass::operator new(size_t)
+{
+	void * ptr = Infantry.Allocate();
+	if (ptr) {
+		((InfantryClass *)ptr)->IsActive = true;
+	}
+	return(ptr);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * InfantryClass::operator delete -- Returns the infantry object back to the free pool         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used return an infantry object back to the system.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   ptr   -- Pointer to the infantry object to delete.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/08/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void InfantryClass::operator delete(void *ptr)
+{
+	if (ptr) {
+		((InfantryClass *)ptr)->IsActive = false;
+	}
+	Infantry.Free((InfantryClass *)ptr);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * InfantryClass::Take_Damage -- Applies damage to the infantry unit.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine applies the damage specified to the infantry object. It is possible that    *
+ *    this routine will DESTROY the infantry unit in the process.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   damage   -- The damage points to inflict.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          distance -- The distance from the damage center point to the object's center point.*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          warhead  -- The warhead type that is inflicting the damage.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          source   -- Who is responsible for inflicting the damage.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the infantry unit destroyed by this damage?                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   Since the infantry unit could be destroyed by this routine, be sure to check    *
+ *             for this in the code that follows the call to Take_Damage().                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/08/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   11/22/1994 JLB : Shares base damage handler for techno objects.                           *
+ *   03/31/1995 JLB : Revenge factor.                                                          *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+ResultType InfantryClass::Take_Damage(int & damage, int distance, WarheadType warhead, TechnoClass * source)
+{
+	Validate();
+	ResultType res = RESULT_NONE;
+
+	IsFiring = false;
+
+	/*
+	**	Prone infantry take only half damage, but never below one damage point.
+	*/
+	if (IsProne && damage) {
+		damage >>= 1;
+//		damage = MAX(damage, 1);
+	}
+
+
+//Mono_Printf("Infantry Take_Damage(%d, %d, %d, %p)\r", damage, distance, warhead, source);
+//Get_Key();
+
+	res = FootClass::Take_Damage(damage, distance, warhead, source);
+
+	/*
+	**	Flame thrower guys take more damage because of the exposed pilot light
+	**	on their flame gun.
+	*/
+	if (damage && res != RESULT_DESTROYED && *this == INFANTRY_E4) {
+		damage = 5;
+		ResultType newres = FootClass::Take_Damage(damage, distance, warhead, source);
+		res = MAX(res, newres);
+	}
+
+	if (res == RESULT_NONE) return(res);
+
+	if (res == RESULT_DESTROYED) {
+		Death_Announcement(source);
+		Stop_Driver();
+		Stun();
+		Mission = MISSION_NONE;
+		Assign_Mission(MISSION_GUARD);
+		Commence();
+
+		/*
+		**	Flame thrower infantry always go out with a bang.
+		*/
+		if (*this == INFANTRY_E4) {
+			new AnimClass(ANIM_NAPALM1, Coord);
+			Explosion_Damage(Coord, 80, 0, WARHEAD_FIRE);
+		}
+
+		if (*this == INFANTRY_E2) {
+			new AnimClass(ANIM_ART_EXP1, Coord);
+			Explosion_Damage(Coord, 30, 0, WARHEAD_HE);
+		}
+
+		if (*this == INFANTRY_E5) {
+			new AnimClass(ANIM_CHEM_BALL, Coord);
+			Explosion_Damage(Coord, 80, 0, WARHEAD_HE);
+		}
+
+		VocType sound;
+		VocType altsound;
+		if (*this == INFANTRY_RAMBO) {
+//			if (Sim_Random_Pick(0, 3) != 1) {
+				sound = VOC_RAMBO_YELL;
+//			} else {
+//				sound = VOC_RAMBO_OHSH;
+//			}
+			altsound = sound;
+		} else {
+			sound = Sim_Random_Pick(VOC_SCREAM1, VOC_SCREAM5);
+			altsound = VOC_YELL1;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	The type of warhead determines the animation the infantry
+		**	will perform when killed.
+		*/
+		switch (warhead) {
+			case WARHEAD_FEEDME:
+				if (source) {
+					source->Strength += 30;
+					if (source->Strength > source->Class_Of().MaxStrength) {
+						source->Strength = source->Class_Of().MaxStrength;
+					}
+				}
+				// Fall thru to WARHEAD_SA:
+
+			case WARHEAD_HEADBUTT:
+			case WARHEAD_SPORE:
+			case WARHEAD_HOLLOW_POINT:
+			case WARHEAD_SA:
+				Sound_Effect(sound, Coord);
+				Do_Action(DO_GUN_DEATH, true);
+				break;
+
+			case WARHEAD_HE:
+				Sound_Effect(sound, Coord);
+				Do_Action(DO_EXPLOSION_DEATH, true);
+				break;
+
+			case WARHEAD_AP:
+				Sound_Effect(sound, Coord);
+				Do_Action(DO_GRENADE_DEATH, true);
+				break;
+
+			case WARHEAD_PB:
+			case WARHEAD_LASER:
+			case WARHEAD_FIRE:
+				Sound_Effect(altsound, Coord);
+				Do_Action(DO_FIRE_DEATH, true);
+				break;
+
+			case WARHEAD_FIST:
+				Sound_Effect(sound, Coord);
+				Do_Action(DO_PUNCH_DEATH,true);
+				break;
+
+			case WARHEAD_FOOT:
+				Sound_Effect(sound, Coord);
+				Do_Action(DO_KICK_DEATH,true);
+				break;
+		}
+
+		return(res);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	When infantry gets hit, it gets scared.
+	*/
+	if (res != RESULT_DESTROYED) {
+		COORDINATE c4 = (source) ? source->Coord : NULL;
+		if (source) {
+			Scatter(c4);
+		}
+
+#ifdef BOXING
+		if (IsBoxing) {
+			int addval = 0;
+
+			switch (warhead) {
+				case WARHEAD_FIST:
+					if (damage == Infantry_Punch_Damage[1]) addval++;
+					Do_Action( (DoType) ( (int)DO_PUNCH_HIT1 + addval),true);
+					break;
+
+				case WARHEAD_FOOT:
+					if (damage == Infantry_Kick_Damage[1]) addval++;
+					Do_Action( (DoType) ( (int)DO_KICK_HIT1 + addval),true);
+					break;
+			}
+		} else {
+#endif
+			if (source && Fear < FEAR_SCARED) {
+				if (Class->IsFraidyCat) {
+					Fear = FEAR_PANIC;
+				} else {
+					Fear = FEAR_SCARED;
+				}
+			} else {
+				int morefear = FEAR_ANXIOUS;
+				if (Health_Ratio() > 0x0080) morefear /= 4;
+				Fear = MIN((int)Fear + morefear, FEAR_MAXIMUM);
+			}
+#ifdef BOXING
+		}
+#endif
+	}
+	return(res);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * InfantryClass::Draw_It -- Draws a unit object.                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is the one that actually draws a unit object. It displays the unit          *
+ *    according to its current state flags and centered at the location specified.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   x,y   -- The X and Y coordinate of where to draw the unit.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          window   -- The clipping window to use.                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/20/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   06/27/1994 JLB : Takes a window parameter.                                                *
+ *   08/15/1994 JLB : Converted to infantry support.                                           *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void InfantryClass::Draw_It(int x, int y, WindowNumberType window)
+{
+	Validate();
+	void const * shapefile;		// Working shape file pointer.
+	int facing = Facing_To_32(PrimaryFacing.Current());
+
+	/*
+	**	Verify the legality of the unit class.
+	*/
+	shapefile = Class->Get_Image_Data();
+	if (!shapefile) return;
+
+	y += 4;
+	x -= 2;
+
+	/*
+	**	Fetch the basic body shape pointer. This requires taking into account
+	**	the current animation stage.
+	*/
+	int	shapenum;
+	int	facenum;
+
+	shapenum = 0;
+	facenum = HumanShape[facing];
+
+	/*
+	**	Fetch the shape pointer to use for the infantry. This is controlled by what
+	**	choreograph sequence the infantry is performing, it's facing, and whether it
+	**	is prone.
+	*/
+	DoType doit = Doing;
+	if (doit == DO_NOTHING) doit = DO_STAND_READY;
+
+	shapenum = Class->DoControls[doit].Count;
+	shapenum = Fetch_Stage() % MAX(shapenum, 1);
+	if (Class->DoControls[doit].Jump) {
+		shapenum += facenum * Class->DoControls[doit].Jump;
+	}
+	shapenum += Class->DoControls[doit].Frame;
+
+#ifdef BOXING
+// BG hack to get him to face right when he's supposed to.
+	if (IsBoxing && BodyFacing<128) shapenum += 47;
+#endif
+
+	/*
+	**	Actually draw the root body of the unit.
+	*/
+	Techno_Draw_Object(shapefile, shapenum, x, y, window);
+//	CC_Draw_Shape(shapefile, shapenum, x, y, window, SHAPE_FADING|SHAPE_CENTER|SHAPE_WIN_REL|SHAPE_GHOST, House->Remap_Table(IsBlushing, true), Map.UnitShadow);
+
+	FootClass::Draw_It(x, y, window);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * InfantryClass::Per_Cell_Process -- Handles special operations that occur once per cell.     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will handle any special operations that need to be performed once each      *
+ *    cell travelled. This includes radioing a transport that is is now clear and the          *
+ *    transport is free to leave.                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/08/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   03/01/1995 JLB : Capture building options.                                                *
+ *   05/31/1995 JLB : Capture is always successful now.                                        *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void InfantryClass::Per_Cell_Process(bool center)
+{
+	Validate();
+	CellClass *cellptr = &Map[Coord_Cell(Coord)];
+
+	/*
+	**	If the infantry unit is entering a cell that contains the building it is trying to
+	**	capture, then capture it.
+	*/
+	if (center && Mission == MISSION_CAPTURE) {
+		TechnoClass * tech = cellptr->Cell_Techno();
+		if (tech && tech->As_Target() == NavCom) {
+			tech->Captured(House);
+			delete this;
+			return;
+		} else {
+//#ifdef NEVER
+			if (!Target_Legal(NavCom)) {
+				Enter_Idle_Mode();
+				if (Map[Coord_Cell(Coord)].Cell_Building()) {
+					Scatter(0, true);
+				}
+			}
+//#endif
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Infantry entering a transport vehicle will break radio contact
+	**	at attach itself to the transporter.
+	*/
+	TechnoClass * techno = Contact_With_Whom();
+	if (center && Mission == MISSION_ENTER && techno && Coord_Cell(Coord) == Coord_Cell(techno->Coord) && techno == As_Techno(NavCom)) {
+		if (Transmit_Message(RADIO_IM_IN) == RADIO_ATTACH) {
+			Limbo();
+			techno->Attach(this);
+		}
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If the infantry unit is entering a cell that contains the building it is trying to
+	**	sabotage, then sabotage it.
+	*/
+	if (center && Mission == MISSION_SABOTAGE) {
+		BuildingClass *building = cellptr->Cell_Building();
+		if (building && building->As_Target() == NavCom) {
+			int temp = Special.IsScatter;
+
+			building->IsGoingToBlow = true;
+			building->Clicked_As_Target(20);
+			building->CountDown.Set(20);
+			building->WhomToRepay = As_Target();
+			Special.IsScatter = true;
+			NavCom = TARGET_NONE;
+			Do_Uncloak();
+			Arm = Rearm_Delay(true);
+			Scatter(building->Center_Coord(), true);	// RUN AWAY!
+			Special.IsScatter = temp;
+			return;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If this unit is on a teather, then cut it at this time so that
+	**	the "parent" unit is free to proceed. Note that the parent
+	**	unit might actually be a building.
+	*/
+	if (center && IsTethered) {
+		Transmit_Message(RADIO_UNLOADED);
+		if (House->Class->House == HOUSE_GOOD) {
+			Do_Action(DO_GESTURE1);
+		} else  {
+			Do_Action(DO_GESTURE2);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Rambo types give a gung-ho comment when unloaded.
+		*/
+		if (*this == INFANTRY_RAMBO) {
+			Sound_Effect(VOC_RAMBO_ROCK, Coord);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	If the cell is now full of infantry, tell them all to scatter
+		**	in order to make room for more.
+		*/
+		if ((cellptr->Flag.Composite & 0x01F) == 0x01F) {
+			cellptr->Incoming(0, true);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	When the infantry reaches the center of the cell, it may begin a new mission.
+	*/
+	if (center) {
+		Commence();
+	}
+
+	Look(true);
+	FootClass::Per_Cell_Process(center);
+
+	/*
+	**	If over Tiberium, then this infantry unit will take damage.
+	*/
+	if (IsActive && !IsInLimbo && center && cellptr->Land_Type() == LAND_TIBERIUM && *this != INFANTRY_E5) {
+		int damage = 2;
+		Take_Damage(damage, 0, WARHEAD_FIRE);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * InfantryClass::Detach -- Removes the specified target from targeting computer.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is a support routine that removes the target specified from any targeting or        *
+ *    navigation computers. When a target is destroyed or removed from the game system,        *
+ *    the target must be removed from any tracking systems of the other units. This routine    *
+ *    handles removal for infantry units.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   target   -- The target to remove from the infantry unit's tracking systems.        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          all      -- Is the target going away for good as opposed to just cloaking/hiding?  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/08/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void InfantryClass::Detach(TARGET target, bool all)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (TarCom == target) {
+		IsFiring = false;
+	}
+	FootClass::Detach(target, all);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * InfantryClass::As_Target -- Converts the infantry unit into a target value.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This support routine is used to convert the infantry object (as a pointer) into a target *
+ *    value (which is a number).                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns the infantry unit as a target value.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/08/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TARGET InfantryClass::As_Target(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	return(Build_Target(KIND_INFANTRY, Infantry.ID(this)));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * InfantryClass::Init -- Initialize the infantry object system.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will force the infantry object system into its empty initial state. It      *
+ *    is called when the scenario needs to be cleared in preparation for a scenario load.      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/08/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void InfantryClass::Init(void)
+{
+	InfantryClass *ptr;
+
+	Infantry.Free_All();
+
+	ptr = new InfantryClass();
+	VTable = ((void **)(((char *)ptr) + sizeof(AbstractClass) - 4))[0];
+	delete ptr;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * InfantryClass::Look -- The infantry performs a look operation.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will cause the infantry unit to "look". For player owned infantry, this     *
+ *    causes the dark shroud to be pushed back.                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   incremental -- If it is known that the infantry performed a look in the last cell  *
+ *                         it was in AND it has only moved one cell, then setting this         *
+ *                         parameter to true will perform a faster "incremental" look          *
+ *                         operation.                                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   This is a relatively slow routine. Call ONLY when necessary.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/08/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void InfantryClass::Look(bool incremental)
+{
+	Validate();
+	int	sight;		// Number of cells to sight.
+
+	if (!IsInLimbo) {
+		if (IsOwnedByPlayer) {
+			sight = Class->SightRange;
+
+			if (sight) {
+				Map.Sight_From(Coord_Cell(Coord), sight, incremental);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * InfantryClass::Assign_Destination -- Gives the infantry a movement destination.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine updates the infantry's navigation computer so that the infantry will        *
+ *    travel to the destination target specified.                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   target   -- The target to have the infantry unit move to.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/08/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void InfantryClass::Assign_Destination(TARGET target)
+{
+	Validate();
+	/*
+	**	Special flag so that infantry will start heading in the right direction immediately.
+	*/
+	if (Target_Legal(target)) {
+		Stop_Driver();
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	When telling an infantry soldier to move to a location twice, then this
+	**	means that movement is more important than safety. Get up and run!
+	*/
+	if (House->IsHuman && Target_Legal(target) && NavCom == target && IsProne && !Class->IsFraidyCat) {
+		Do_Action(DO_GET_UP);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Handle entry logic here.
+	*/
+	if (Mission == MISSION_ENTER || MissionQueue == MISSION_ENTER) {
+
+		/*
+		**	If not already in radio contact (presumed with the transport), then
+		**	either try to establish contact if allowed, or just move close and
+		**	wait until radio contact can be established.
+		*/
+		if (!In_Radio_Contact()) {
+			TechnoClass * techno = As_Techno(target);
+
+			if (techno) {
+
+				/*
+				**	Determine if the transport is already in radio contact. If so, then just move
+				**	toward the transport and try to establish contact at a later time.
+				*/
+				if (techno->In_Radio_Contact()) {
+
+// TCTCTC -- call for an update from the transport to get a good rondezvous position.
+
+					ArchiveTarget = target;
+				} else {
+					if (Transmit_Message(RADIO_HELLO, techno) == RADIO_ROGER) {
+						if (Transmit_Message(RADIO_DOCKING) != RADIO_ROGER) {
+							Transmit_Message(RADIO_OVER_OUT);
+							Assign_Mission(MISSION_MOVE);
+						}
+					} else {
+						Assign_Mission(MISSION_MOVE);
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		} else {
+			Path[0] = FACING_NONE;
+		}
+	} else {
+		Path[0] = FACING_NONE;
+	}
+	FootClass::Assign_Destination(target);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * InfantryClass::Assign_Target -- Gives the infantry a combat target.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will update the infantry's targeting computer so that it will try to        *
+ *    attack the target specified. This might result in it moving to be within range and thus  *
+ *    also cause adjustment of the navigation computer.                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   target   -- The target that this infantry should attack.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/08/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   06/30/1995 JLB : Tries to capture target if possible.                                     *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void InfantryClass::Assign_Target(TARGET target)
+{
+	Validate();
+	Path[0] = FACING_NONE;
+	FootClass::Assign_Target(target);
+
+	/*
+	**	If this is an infantry that can only capture, then also assign its destination to the
+	**	target specified.
+	*/
+	if (!Target_Legal(NavCom) && Class->IsCapture && Class->Primary == WEAPON_NONE) {
+		BuildingClass const * building = As_Building(target);
+		if (building && building->Class->IsCaptureable && (GameToPlay != GAME_NORMAL || *building != STRUCT_EYE && Scenario < 13)) {
+			Assign_Destination(target);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * InfantryClass::AI -- Handles the infantry non-graphic related AI processing.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to handle the non-graphic AI processing the infantry requires.      *
+ *    Call this routine ONCE per game frame.                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/08/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void InfantryClass::AI(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	FootClass::AI();
+
+	if (IsUnloading) Mark(MARK_CHANGE);
+
+	/*
+	**	Special hack to make sure that if this infantry is in firing animation, but the
+	**	stage class isn't set, then abort the firing flag.
+	*/
+	if (IsFiring && !Fetch_Rate()) {
+		IsFiring = false;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Delete this unit if it finds itself off the edge of the map and it is in
+	**	guard or other static mission mode.
+	*/
+	if (!Team && Mission == MISSION_GUARD && !Map.In_Radar(Coord_Cell(Coord))) {
+		Stun();
+		delete this;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Act on new orders if the unit is at a good position to do so.
+	*/
+	if (!IsDriving && (Doing == DO_NOTHING || MasterDoControls[Doing].Interrupt)) {
+		Commence();
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	After a time, the infantry will gain courage.
+	*/
+	if (Fear) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Nikumba is really a coward at heart. He never becomes un-afraid.
+		*/
+		if (*this != INFANTRY_C10) {
+			Fear--;
+
+			/*
+			**	When an armed civilian becomes unafraid, he will then reload
+			**	another clip into his pistol.
+			*/
+			if (Fear == 0 && Ammo == 0 && Class->Primary != WEAPON_NONE) {
+				Ammo = Class->MaxAmmo;
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Stand up if brave and lie down if afraid.
+		*/
+		if (IsProne) {
+			if (Fear < FEAR_ANXIOUS) {
+				Do_Action(DO_GET_UP);
+			}
+		} else  {
+
+			/*
+			**	Drop to the ground if anxious. Don't drop to the ground while moving
+			**	and the special elite flag is active.
+			*/
+			if (Fear >= FEAR_ANXIOUS && ((!Target_Legal(NavCom) && !IsDriving) || !Special.IsDefenderAdvantage)) {
+				Do_Action(DO_LIE_DOWN);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	When is darkness or in doubt,
+	**		run in circles, scream, and shout.
+	*/
+	if (Class->IsFraidyCat && Fear > FEAR_ANXIOUS && !IsDriving && !Target_Legal(NavCom)) {
+		Scatter(true);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Special victory dance action.
+	*/
+	if (!Target_Legal(NavCom) && !IsProne && IsStoked && Comment.Expired()) {
+		IsStoked = false;
+		Do_Action((Random_Pick(0, 1) == 0) ? DO_GESTURE1 : DO_GESTURE2);
+		if (*this == INFANTRY_RAMBO) {
+			VocType _response[] = {
+				VOC_RAMBO_LEFTY,
+				VOC_RAMBO_LAUGH,
+				VOC_RAMBO_COMIN,
+				VOC_RAMBO_TUFF
+			};
+			Sound_Effect(_response[Sim_Random_Pick(0, (int)(sizeof(_response) / sizeof(_response[0]))-1)], Coord);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Determine if this infantry unit should fire off an
+	**	attack or not.
+	*/
+	switch (Can_Fire(TarCom, 0)) {
+		case FIRE_CLOAKED:
+			Do_Uncloak();
+			break;
+
+		case FIRE_OK:
+#ifdef BOXING
+			ObjectClass *object = As_Object(TarCom);
+
+			if (object) {
+				/* If we're engaged in hand-to-hand combat, keep boxing */
+				if (IsBoxing) {
+					IsFiring = true;
+					if (((InfantryClass *)object)->Doing == DO_FIGHT_READY) {
+						Do_Action((DoType) ((int)DO_PUNCH + (DoType)(Random_Pick(0, 1) == 1)),true);
+					}
+				} else {
+
+					if (Is_Target_Infantry(TarCom) && (Distance(TarCom)<=0x80) && (Coord_Y(Coord) == Coord_Y(object->Coord))) {
+
+						// Too close to shoot, so start hand-to-hand combat
+						if (Establish_Contact((TechnoClass *)object)) {
+							if (Transmit_Message(RADIO_PREPARE_TO_BOX) == RADIO_ROGER) {
+								IsBoxing = true;
+								Do_Action(DO_ON_GUARD,true);
+							}
+						}
+					} else {
+#endif
+
+						/*
+						**	Start firing animation.
+						*/
+						if (IsProne) {
+							Do_Action(DO_FIRE_PRONE);
+							IsFiring = true;
+						} else {
+							Do_Action(DO_FIRE_WEAPON);
+							IsFiring = true;
+						}
+#ifdef BOXING
+					}
+#endif
+
+					PrimaryFacing.Set(Direction8(Center_Coord(), As_Coord(TarCom)));
+
+					/*
+					**	If the target is in range, and the NavCom is the same, then just
+					**	stop and keep firing.
+					*/
+					if (TarCom == NavCom) {
+						NavCom = TARGET_NONE;
+						Path[0] = FACING_NONE;
+					}
+#ifdef BOXING
+				}
+			}
+#endif
+			break;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If in the middle of firing animation, then only
+	**	process that. Infantry cannot fire and move simultaneously.
+	**	At some point in the firing animation process, a projectile
+	**	will be launched. When the required animation frames have
+	**	been completed, the firing animation stops.
+	*/
+	int firestage = Class->FireLaunch;
+	if (IsProne) firestage = Class->ProneLaunch;
+
+#ifdef BOXING
+	if (IsBoxing) {
+		firestage = 1;
+		if (Doing == DO_KICK) firestage = 2;
+	}
+#endif
+
+	if (IsFiring && Fetch_Stage() == firestage) {
+		Fire_At(TarCom, 0);
+
+		if (Class->Primary == WEAPON_GRENADE) {
+			Map[::As_Cell(TarCom)].Incoming(Coord, true);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Handle the completion of the animation sequence.
+	*/
+
+	if (Doing == DO_NOTHING || Fetch_Stage() >= Class->DoControls[Doing].Count) {
+		switch (Doing) {
+			default:
+				if (IsDriving) {
+					if (IsProne) {
+						Do_Action(DO_CRAWL, true);
+					} else {
+						Do_Action(DO_WALK, true);
+					}
+				} else {
+					if (IsProne) {
+						Do_Action(DO_PRONE, true);
+					} else {
+						Do_Action(DO_STAND_READY, true);
+					}
+				}
+				break;
+
+#ifdef BOXING
+			case DO_FIGHT_READY:
+			case DO_ON_GUARD:
+			case DO_PUNCH:
+			case DO_KICK:
+			case DO_PUNCH_HIT1:
+			case DO_PUNCH_HIT2:
+			case DO_KICK_HIT1:
+			case DO_KICK_HIT2:
+				if (In_Radio_Contact()) {
+					Do_Action(DO_FIGHT_READY, true);
+				} else {
+					IsBoxing = false;
+					Do_Action(DO_READY_WEAPON);
+				}
+				break;
+#endif
+
+			/*
+			**	When death is due to hand-to-hand combat, use the gunfire death
+			**	decay animation since there is no custom animation available - yet.
+			*/
+			case DO_PUNCH_DEATH:
+			case DO_KICK_DEATH:
+				// Fall into next case.
+
+			case DO_GUN_DEATH:
+			case DO_EXPLOSION_DEATH:
+			case DO_EXPLOSION2_DEATH:
+			case DO_GRENADE_DEATH:
+			case DO_FIRE_DEATH:
+				delete this;
+				return;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Perform movement operations at this time.
+	*/
+	if (!IsFiring /*&& !IsBoxing*/) {
+		if (!IsDriving) {
+
+			/*
+			**	When in guard mode, never allow a valid navcom.
+			*/
+			if (Mission == MISSION_GUARD && MissionQueue == MISSION_NONE && Target_Legal(NavCom)) {
+				Assign_Destination(TARGET_NONE);
+//				if (IsTethered) Scatter(0, true);
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	A head to coordinate is needed. If there is no path
+			**	available, then create one.
+			*/
+			if (Target_Legal(NavCom) && Strength && Mission != MISSION_GUARD) {
+
+				/*
+				**	Determine if the next cell in the list is available
+				**	to be entered. If not, then abort the path and try
+				**	again.
+				*/
+				if (Path[0] != FACING_NONE && Can_Enter_Cell(Adjacent_Cell(Coord_Cell(Center_Coord()), Path[0])) != MOVE_OK) {
+					Path[0] = FACING_NONE;
+				}
+
+				/*
+				**	Check to see if the target is closer than expected. This occurs
+				**	when heading toward a moving object and that object is heading
+				**	toward the unit. Shorten the precalculated path to be no longer
+				**	than the distance to the target.
+				*/
+				int d = Lepton_To_Cell(Distance(NavCom));
+				if (d < CONQUER_PATH_MAX) {
+					Path[d] = FACING_NONE;
+				}
+
+				/*
+				**	Find a path to follow if one isn't already calculated.
+				*/
+				if (Path[0] == FACING_NONE) {
+
+					/*
+					**	Calculate the path from the current location to the
+					**	destination indicated by the navigation computer. If there
+					**	was a fundamental error with finding a path, then this
+					**	indicates that basic path & movement logic needs to be
+					**	aborted.
+					*/
+					if (!PathDelay.Expired()) {
+						return;
+					}
+					if (!Basic_Path()) {
+//Mono_Printf("Infantry Basic_Path is failing.\n");Get_Key();
+						if (Distance(NavCom) < 0x0280 && !IsTethered) {
+							Assign_Destination(TARGET_NONE);
+						} else {
+							if (TryTryAgain) {
+								TryTryAgain--;
+							} else {
+								if (IsNewNavCom) Sound_Effect(VOC_SCOLD);
+								IsNewNavCom = false;
+							}
+						}
+						Stop_Driver();
+						return;
+					}
+					TryTryAgain = PATH_RETRY;
+				}
+
+				/*
+				**	Determine the coordinate to head to based on the infantry's
+				**	current location and the next location in the path.
+				*/
+				COORDINATE acoord = Adjacent_Cell(Coord, Path[0]);
+				CELL acell = Coord_Cell(acoord);
+
+				if (Can_Enter_Cell(acell) != MOVE_OK) {
+
+					if ((Mission == MISSION_MOVE || Mission == MISSION_ENTER) && !IsTethered && House->IsHuman && Distance(NavCom) < 0x0200) {
+						Assign_Destination(TARGET_NONE);
+					}
+
+					/*
+					** If blocked by a moving block then just exit start of move and
+					** try again next tick.
+					*/
+					if (Can_Enter_Cell(acell) == MOVE_DESTROYABLE) {
+						if (Map[acell].Cell_Object()) {
+							if (!House->Is_Ally(Map[acell].Cell_Object())) {
+								Override_Mission(MISSION_ATTACK, Map[acell].Cell_Object()->As_Target(), TARGET_NONE);
+							}
+						} else {
+							if (Map[acell].Overlay != OVERLAY_NONE && OverlayTypeClass::As_Reference(Map[acell].Overlay).IsWall) {
+								Override_Mission(MISSION_ATTACK, ::As_Target(acell), TARGET_NONE);
+							}
+						}
+					}
+
+					Path[0] = FACING_NONE;
+					Stop_Driver();
+					if (IsNewNavCom) Sound_Effect(VOC_SCOLD);
+					IsNewNavCom = false;
+
+				} else {
+					if (Start_Driver(acoord)) {
+						PrimaryFacing.Set(Direction8(Center_Coord(), Head_To_Coord()));
+						Set_Speed(0xFF);
+						if (IsProne) {
+							Do_Action(DO_CRAWL);
+						} else {
+							Do_Action(DO_WALK);
+						}
+					}
+				}
+			}
+
+		} else {
+
+			/*
+			**	The infantry knows where it should be headed, so head there. Check
+			**	to see if the infantry is "close enough" to the desired location that
+			**	it should just consider itself to have arrived. In this case, force
+			**	the infantry to the destination location and mark this path step
+			**	as complete.
+			*/
+			Mark(MARK_UP);
+			if (Distance(Head_To_Coord()) < 0x0010) {
+
+				memcpy(&Path[0], &Path[1], sizeof(Path)-sizeof(Path[0]));
+				Path[(sizeof(Path)/sizeof(Path[0]))-1] = FACING_NONE;
+				Coord = Head_To_Coord();
+				Stop_Driver();
+				Per_Cell_Process(true);
+
+				if (!IsActive || IsInLimbo) return;
+
+				if (Coord_Cell(Coord) == As_Cell(NavCom)) {
+					NavCom = TARGET_NONE;
+					if (Mission == MISSION_MOVE) {
+						Enter_Idle_Mode();
+					}
+					//Stop_Driver();
+					Path[0] = FACING_NONE;
+				}
+			} else {
+				int	movespeed = Speed;
+
+				/*
+				**	When prone, the infantry moves at half speed or double
+				**	speed. This depends on whether the infantry actually has
+				**	prone animation stages. Civilians don't, and so they
+				**	run instead.
+				*/
+				if (IsProne) {
+					if (Class->IsFraidyCat && !Class->IsCrawling) {
+						movespeed = Speed*2;
+					} else {
+						movespeed = Speed/2;
+					}
+				}
+
+				if (IsTethered) {
+					Transmit_Message(RADIO_REDRAW);
+				}
+
+				/*
+				**	Advance the infantry as far as it should go.
+				*/
+				Coord = Coord_Move(Coord, Direction(Head_To_Coord()), Fixed_To_Cardinal(Class->MaxSpeed, movespeed));
+			}
+			Mark(MARK_DOWN);
+		}
+		IsNewNavCom = false;
+	}
+}
+
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+/***************************************************************************
+ * InfantryClass::Blocking_Object -- Determines how a object blocks an inf *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:		TechnoClass * pointer to object that is blocking unit       *
+ *					CELL			  the cell the unit is being blocked in			*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:		MoveBitType the way that the object is blocking the unit    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/08/1995 PWG : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+MoveBitType InfantryClass::Blocking_Object(TechnoClass const *techno, CELL cell) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	bool inf  = (techno->What_Am_I() == RTTI_INFANTRY);
+	bool unit = (techno->What_Am_I() == RTTI_UNIT) || inf;
+
+	CellClass const * cellptr = &Map[cell];
+
+	if (House->Is_Ally(techno)) {
+
+		/*
+		** Logic to handle a trasport type object.
+		*/
+		if (NavCom == techno->As_Target() && Contact_With_Whom() == techno) {
+			return(MOVEF_OK);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		** If the object is of type infantry, then the square is blocked only
+		** if the cell is completely full of infantry.
+		*/
+		if (inf && ((cellptr->Flag.Composite & 0x1f) != 0x1f)) {
+			return(MOVEF_OK);
+		}
+
+		if (unit) {
+
+			/*
+			** If the unit in question has a destination than we should
+			** be prepared to wait for the unit to get out of our way.
+			*/
+			if (((FootClass *)techno)->NavCom != TARGET_NONE) {
+				return(MOVEF_MOVING_BLOCK);
+			}
+			return(MOVEF_TEMP);
+		}
+	} else {
+
+		/*
+		** If its an enemy unit, things are dealt with a little differently
+		*/
+		if (unit) {
+
+
+			/*
+			**	If the object is cloaked, then consider it passable for findpath purposes,
+			**	but not so for all other cases.
+			*/
+			if (techno->Cloak == CLOAKED) {
+				if (IsFindPath) return(MOVEF_OK);
+				return(MOVEF_CLOAK);
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	If our vehicle is weapon equipped, then report that the cell occupier
+			**	needs only to be destroyed in order to make the cell passable.
+			*/
+			if (Class->Primary != WEAPON_NONE) {
+				return(MOVEF_DESTROYABLE);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return(MOVEF_NO);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * InfantryClass::Can_Enter_Cell -- Determines if the infantry can enter the cell specified.   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to examine the cell specified and determine if the infantry is      *
+ *    allowed to enter it. It is used by the path finding algorithm.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   cell  -- The cell to examine.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns the type of blockage in the cell.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/01/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+MoveType InfantryClass::Can_Enter_Cell(CELL cell, FacingType ) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	/*
+	** If we are moving into an illegal cell, then we can't do that.
+	*/
+	if ((unsigned)cell >= MAP_CELL_TOTAL) return(MOVE_NO);
+
+	/*
+	**	If moving off the edge of the map, then consider that an illegal move.
+	*/
+	if (IsLocked && !IsALoaner && !ScenarioInit && !Map.In_Radar(cell)) {
+		return(MOVE_NO);
+	}
+	CellClass * cellptr = &Map[cell];
+
+	/*
+	**	Walls are considered impassable for infantry UNLESS the wall has a hole
+	**	in it.
+	*/
+	if (cellptr->Overlay != OVERLAY_NONE) {
+		OverlayTypeClass const & otype = OverlayTypeClass::As_Reference(cellptr->Overlay);
+
+		if (otype.IsCrate && !House->IsHuman) {
+			return(MOVE_NO);
+		}
+
+		if (otype.IsWall) {
+			if ((cellptr->OverlayData / 16) != otype.DamageLevels) {
+				return(MOVE_NO);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Loop through all of the objects in the square setting a bit
+	** for how they affect movement.
+	*/
+	MoveType retval = MOVE_OK;
+	ObjectClass *obj = cellptr->Cell_Occupier();
+	while (obj) {
+
+		if (obj != this) {
+
+			/*
+			**	Special case check so that a landed aircraft that is in radio contact, will not block
+			**	a capture attempt. It is presumed that this case happens when a helicopter is landed
+			**	at a helipad.
+			*/
+			if ((Mission != MISSION_CAPTURE && Mission != MISSION_SABOTAGE) || obj->What_Am_I() != RTTI_AIRCRAFT || !((AircraftClass *)obj)->In_Radio_Contact()) {
+
+				/*
+				**	Special check to always allow entry into the building that this infantry
+				**	is trying to capture.
+				*/
+				if (obj->What_Am_I() == RTTI_BUILDING || obj->What_Am_I() == RTTI_AIRCRAFT) {
+					if ((Mission == MISSION_CAPTURE || Mission == MISSION_SABOTAGE) && (obj->As_Target() == NavCom || obj->As_Target() == TarCom)) {
+						return(MOVE_OK);
+					}
+				}
+
+				/*
+				**	Special check to always allow entry into the building that this infantry
+				**	is trying to capture.
+				*/
+				if (Mission == MISSION_ENTER && obj->As_Target() == NavCom && IsTethered) {
+					return(MOVE_OK);
+				}
+
+				/*
+				**	Allied objects block movement using different rules than for enemy
+				**	objects.
+				*/
+				if (House->Is_Ally(obj)) {
+					switch (obj->What_Am_I()) {
+
+						/*
+						**	A unit blocks as either a moving blockage or a stationary temp blockage.
+						**	This depends on whether the unit is currently moving or not.
+						*/
+						case RTTI_UNIT:
+							if (((UnitClass *)obj)->IsDriving || Target_Legal(((UnitClass *)obj)->NavCom)) {
+								if (retval < MOVE_MOVING_BLOCK) retval = MOVE_MOVING_BLOCK;
+							} else {
+								if (retval < MOVE_TEMP) retval = MOVE_TEMP;
+							}
+							break;
+
+						/*
+						**	Aircraft and buildings always block movement. If for some reason there is an
+						**	allied terrain object, that blocks movement as well.
+						*/
+						case RTTI_TERRAIN:
+						case RTTI_AIRCRAFT:
+						case RTTI_BUILDING:
+							return(MOVE_NO);
+
+						default:
+							break;
+					}
+
+				} else {
+
+					/*
+					**	Cloaked enemy objects are not considered if this is a Find_Path()
+					**	call.
+					*/
+					if (!obj->Is_Techno() || ((TechnoClass *)obj)->Cloak != CLOAKED) {
+
+						/*
+						**	Any non-allied blockage is considered impassible if the infantry
+						**	is not equipped with a weapon.
+						*/
+						if (Class->Primary == WEAPON_NONE) return(MOVE_NO);
+
+						/*
+						**	Some kinds of terrain are considered destroyable if the infantry is equipped
+						**	with the weapon that can destroy it. Otherwise, the terrain is considered
+						**	impassable.
+						*/
+						switch (obj->What_Am_I()) {
+							case RTTI_TERRAIN:
+								if (((TerrainClass *)obj)->Class->IsFlammable &&
+										BulletTypeClass::As_Reference(Weapons[Class->Primary].Fires).Warhead == WARHEAD_FIRE) {
+
+									if (retval < MOVE_DESTROYABLE) retval = MOVE_DESTROYABLE;
+								} else {
+									return(MOVE_NO);
+								}
+								break;
+
+							default:
+								if (retval < MOVE_DESTROYABLE) retval = MOVE_DESTROYABLE;
+								break;
+						}
+					} else {
+						if (retval < MOVE_CLOAK) retval = MOVE_CLOAK;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Move to next object in chain.
+		*/
+		obj = obj->Next;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If foot soldiers cannot travel on the cell -- consider it impassible.
+	*/
+	if (retval == MOVE_OK && !IsTethered && !Ground[cellptr->Land_Type()].Cost[SPEED_FOOT]) {
+		return(MOVE_NO);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** if a unit has the cell reserved then we just can't go in there.
+	*/
+	if (retval == MOVE_OK && cellptr->Flag.Occupy.Vehicle) {
+		return(MOVE_NO);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** if a block of infantry has the cell reserved then there are two
+	** possibilities...
+	*/
+	if (cellptr->InfType != HOUSE_NONE) {
+		if (House->Is_Ally(cellptr->InfType)) {
+			if ((cellptr->Flag.Composite & 0x1F) == 0x1f) {
+				if (retval < MOVE_MOVING_BLOCK) retval = MOVE_MOVING_BLOCK;
+			}
+		} else {
+			if (Class->Primary != WEAPON_NONE) {
+				if (retval < MOVE_DESTROYABLE) retval = MOVE_DESTROYABLE;
+			} else {
+				return(MOVE_NO);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If it is still ok to move the infantry, then perform the last check
+	**	to see if the cell is already full of infantry.
+	*/
+	if (retval == MOVE_OK && (cellptr->Flag.Composite & 0x1F) == 0x1F) {
+		return(MOVE_NO);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Return with the most severe reason why this cell would be impassable.
+	*/
+	return(retval);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * InfantryClass::Overlap_List -- The list of cells that the infantry overlaps, but doesn't occ*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is a rendering support routine that will return a pointer to a list of cell offsets *
+ *    that specify the cells the infantry unit is currently overlapping (graphic wise) but     *
+ *    is not considered to occupy. This list is used to update the map display.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns a pointer to an offset list for cells that the unit overlaps but doesn't   *
+ *          occupy.                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/01/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+short const * InfantryClass::Overlap_List(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	//return(Coord_Spillage_List(Coord, 24 + ((IsSelected || Doing > DO_WALK)?12:0)));
+	return(Coord_Spillage_List(Coord, 24 + ((Doing > DO_WALK || IsSelected)?12:0)));
+//	return(Coord_Spillage_List(Coord, (IsSelected ? 24 : 14))+1);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * InfantryClass::Can_Fire -- Can the infantry fire its weapon?                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Determines if the infantry unit can fire on the target. If it can't fire, then the       *
+ *    reason why is returned.                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   target   -- The target to determine if the infantry can fire upon.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns the fire error type that indicates if the infantry can fire and if it      *
+ *          can't, why not.                                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/01/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   06/27/1995 JLB : Flame thrower can fire while prone now.                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+FireErrorType InfantryClass::Can_Fire(TARGET target, int which) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	WeaponTypeClass const * weapon = (which == 0) ? &Weapons[Class->Primary] : &Weapons[Class->Secondary];
+
+#ifdef BOXING
+	/*
+	** If in hand-to-hand, and we're currently playing a got-hit animation,
+	** then we can't punch back yet.
+	*/
+	if (IsBoxing) {
+		if ( (Doing>=DO_PUNCH_HIT1 && Doing<=DO_KICK_DEATH) || (Doing == DO_ON_GUARD) ) return FIRE_BUSY;
+		if (Arm) return(FIRE_BUSY);	// don't let fire if still re-arming
+	}
+#endif
+
+	/*
+	**	Don't allow firing if the turret is not ready.
+	*/
+	if (IsFiring) return(FIRE_REARM);
+
+#ifdef OBSOLETE
+	if (weapon->Fires == BULLET_FLAME && IsProne) return(FIRE_ILLEGAL);
+#endif
+
+	/*
+	**	The target must still be legal.
+	*/
+	if (!Target_Legal(target)) {
+		return(FIRE_ILLEGAL);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If this unit cannot fire while moving, then bail.
+	*/
+	if ((IsDriving && Special.IsDefenderAdvantage) || (Doing != DO_NOTHING && !MasterDoControls[Doing].Interrupt)) {
+		return(FIRE_MOVING);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** If we're moving, but not facing the right direction, then exit.
+	*/
+	if (!Special.IsDefenderAdvantage && IsDriving) {
+		int diff = PrimaryFacing.Difference(Direction(TarCom));
+		if (ABS(diff) >= 32) {
+			return(FIRE_MOVING);
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(FootClass::Can_Fire(target, which));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * InfantryClass::Enter_Idle_Mode -- The infantry unit enters idle mode by this routine.       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine when the infantry unit as accomplished its task and needs to find       *
+ *    something to do. The default behavior is to enter some idle state such as guarding.      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   initial  -- Is this called when the unit just leaves a factory or is initially     *
+ *                      or is initially placed on the map?                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/01/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void InfantryClass::Enter_Idle_Mode(bool )
+{
+	Validate();
+	MissionType order;
+
+	if (Target_Legal(TarCom)) {
+		order = MISSION_ATTACK;
+	} else {
+		if (Target_Legal(NavCom)) {
+			order = MISSION_MOVE;
+		} else {
+			if (GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL || House->IsHuman) {
+				order = MISSION_GUARD;
+			} else {
+				order = MISSION_HUNT;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	Assign_Mission(order);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * InfantryClass::Random_Animate -- Randomly animate the infantry (maybe)                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is the random animator initiator for infantry units. This routine should    *
+ *    be called regularly. On occasion, it will cause the infantry to go into an idle          *
+ *    animation.                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/01/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   12/13/1994 JLB : Does random facing change.                                               *
+ *   07/02/1995 JLB : Nikoomba special effects.                                                *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void InfantryClass::Random_Animate(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (!IsDriving && !IsProne && (Doing == DO_STAND_GUARD || Doing == DO_STAND_READY) && !IsFiring) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Scared infantry will always follow the golden rule of civilians;
+		**		"When in darkness or in doubt, run in circles, scream, and shout!"
+		*/
+		if (Class->IsFraidyCat && !House->IsHuman && Fear > FEAR_ANXIOUS) {
+			Scatter(NULL, true);
+			return;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	If Nikoomba is not scared, then he will be doing his thing with random animations.
+		*/
+		if (*this == INFANTRY_C10) {
+			switch (Random_Pick(0, 3)) {
+				case 0:
+					Do_Action(DO_IDLE2);
+					break;
+
+				default:
+					break;
+			}
+		}
+
+		switch (Random_Picky((int)0, (int)55, (char*)NULL, (int)0)) {
+			case 10:
+				Do_Action(DO_SALUTE1);
+				break;
+
+			case 11:
+				Do_Action(DO_SALUTE2);
+				break;
+
+			case 12:
+				Do_Action(DO_GESTURE1);
+				break;
+
+			case 13:
+				Do_Action(DO_GESTURE2);
+				break;
+
+			case 4:
+			case 3:
+			case 0:
+				PrimaryFacing.Set(Facing_Dir(Random_Pick(FACING_N, FACING_NW)));
+				Mark(MARK_CHANGE);
+				break;
+
+			case 1:
+				Do_Action(DO_IDLE1);
+				PrimaryFacing.Set(Facing_Dir(Random_Pick(FACING_N, FACING_NW)));
+				if (Sim_Random_Pick(1,20) == 1 && !IsSelected && *this == INFANTRY_MOEBIUS && IsDiscoveredByPlayer) {
+					static VocType _response[] = {
+//						VOC_EXCELLENT1,
+//						VOC_EXCELLENT2,
+						VOC_EXCELLENT3,
+//						VOC_EXCELLENT4,
+//						VOC_EXCELLENT5,
+						VOC_QUIP1,
+//						VOC_QUIP2
+					};
+					Sound_Effect(_response[Sim_Random_Pick(0, (int)(sizeof(_response) / sizeof(_response[0]))-1)], Coord);
+				}
+				break;
+
+			case 2:
+				Do_Action(DO_IDLE2);
+				PrimaryFacing.Set(Facing_Dir(Random_Pick(FACING_N, FACING_NW)));
+				if (!IsSelected && IsOwnedByPlayer && *this == INFANTRY_RAMBO && Sim_Random_Pick(0, 2) == 0) {
+					Sound_Effect(VOC_RAMBO_CMON, Coord);
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			**	On occasion, civilian types will wander about.
+			*/
+			case 5:
+			case 6:
+			case 7:
+			case 8:
+			case 9:
+				if (!House->IsHuman && Class->IsFraidyCat) {
+					Scatter(NULL, true);
+				}
+				break;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * InfantryClass::Scatter -- Causes the infantry to scatter to nearby cell.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used when the infantry should scatter to a nearby cell. Scattering       *
+ *    occurs as an occasional consequence of being fired upon. It is one of the features       *
+ *    that makes infantry so "charming".                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   threat   -- The coordinate source of the threat that is causing the infantry to    *
+ *                      scatter. If the threat isn't from a particular direction, then this    *
+ *                      parameter will be NULL.                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/24/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   12/12/1994 JLB : Flame thrower infantry always scatter.                                   *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void InfantryClass::Scatter(COORDINATE threat, bool forced)
+{
+	Validate();
+
+	/*
+	**	A unit that is in the process of going somewhere will never scatter.
+	*/
+	if (IsDriving || Target_Legal(NavCom)) forced = false;
+
+	/*
+	**	If the infantry is currently engaged in legitimate combat, then don't
+	**	scatter unless forced to.
+	*/
+	if (!Class->IsFraidyCat && Target_Legal(TarCom) && !forced) return;
+
+	/*
+	**	Don't scatter if performing an action that can't be interrupted.
+	*/
+	if (Doing != DO_NOTHING && !MasterDoControls[Doing].Interrupt) return;
+
+	/*
+	**	For human players, don't scatter the infantry, if the special
+	**	flag has not been enabled that allows infantry scatter.
+	*/
+	if (!Special.IsScatter && House->IsHuman && !forced && !Team) return;
+
+	if (forced || Class->IsFraidyCat /*|| !(Random_Pick(1, 4) == 1)*/) {
+		FacingType	toface;
+		FacingType	newface;
+		CELL			newcell;
+
+		if (threat) {
+			toface = Dir_Facing(Direction8(threat, Coord));
+			toface = toface + (Random_Pick(0, 4)-2);
+		} else {
+			COORDINATE	coord = Coord & 0x00FF00FFL;
+
+			if (coord != 0x00800080L) {
+				toface = Dir_Facing((DirType)Desired_Facing8(0x0080, 0x0080, Coord_X(coord), Coord_Y(coord)));
+			} else {
+				toface = Dir_Facing(PrimaryFacing.Current());
+			}
+			toface = toface + (Random_Pick(0, 4)-2);
+		}
+
+		for (FacingType face = FACING_N; face < FACING_COUNT; face++) {
+			newface = toface + face;
+			newcell = Adjacent_Cell(Coord_Cell(Coord), newface);
+
+			if (Map.In_Radar(newcell) && Can_Enter_Cell(newcell) == MOVE_OK) {
+				Assign_Mission(MISSION_MOVE);
+				Assign_Destination(::As_Target(newcell));
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * InfantryClass::Do_Action -- Launches the infantry into an animation sequence.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This starts the infantry into a choreographed animation sequence. These sequences can    *
+ *    be as simple as standing up or lying down, but can also be complex, such as dying or     *
+ *    performing some idle animation.                                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   todo     -- The choreographed sequence to start.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          force    -- Force starting this animation even if the current animation is flagged *
+ *                      as uninterruptible. This is necessary for death animations.            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the animation started?                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/24/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool InfantryClass::Do_Action(DoType todo, bool force)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (todo != Doing && (Doing == DO_NOTHING || force || MasterDoControls[Doing].Interrupt)) {
+		Mark(MARK_CHANGE);
+		//Mark(MARK_OVERLAP_UP);
+		Doing = todo;
+		//Mark(MARK_OVERLAP_DOWN);
+		if (todo == DO_IDLE1 || todo == DO_IDLE2) {
+			Set_Rate(Options.Normalize_Delay(MasterDoControls[Doing].Rate));
+		} else {
+			Set_Rate(MasterDoControls[Doing].Rate);
+		}
+		Set_Stage(0);
+
+		/*
+		**	Kludge to make sure that if infantry is in the dying animation, it isn't still
+		**	moving as well.
+		*/
+		if (!Strength) {
+			Stop_Driver();
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Since the animation sequence might be interrupted. Set any flags
+		**	necessary so that if interrupted, the affect on the infantry is
+		**	still accomplished.
+		*/
+		switch (todo) {
+			case DO_LIE_DOWN:
+				IsProne = true;
+				break;
+
+			case DO_GET_UP:
+				IsProne = false;
+				break;
+
+			case DO_READY_WEAPON:
+				IsBoxing = false;
+				break;
+
+			case DO_ON_GUARD:
+				IsBoxing = true;
+				PrimaryFacing.Set(Direction8(Center_Coord(), As_Coord(TarCom)));
+				Path[0] = FACING_NONE;
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				break;
+		}
+
+		return(true);
+	}
+
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * InfantryClass::Stop_Driver -- Stops the infantry from moving any further.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is used to stop the infantry from animating in movement. This function will stop    *
+ *    the infantry moving and revert it to either a prone or standing.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the driving stopped?                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/24/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool InfantryClass::Stop_Driver(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (Head_To_Coord()) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Remove the "reservation" bit in the destination location.
+		*/
+		Clear_Occupy_Bit(Head_To_Coord());
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Set the occupation bit at the current location.
+	*/
+	Set_Occupy_Bit(Coord);
+
+	if (IsProne) {
+		Do_Action(DO_PRONE);
+	} else {
+		Do_Action(DO_STAND_READY);
+	}
+
+	return(FootClass::Stop_Driver());
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * InfantryClass::Start_Driver -- Handles giving immediate destination and move orders.        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to being the infantry moving toward the destination specified. The      *
+ *    destination is first checked to see if there is a free spot available. Then the infantry *
+ *    reserves that spot and begins movement toward it.                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   headto   -- The coordinate location desired for the infantry to head to.           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the infantry successfully started on its journey? Failure may be because *
+ *                the specified destination could not contain the infantry unit.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/21/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   05/14/1995 JLB : Tries to move to closest spot possible.                                  *
+ *   05/15/1995 JLB : Uses closest spot if moving onto transport.                              *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool InfantryClass::Start_Driver(COORDINATE & headto)
+{
+	Validate();
+	COORDINATE old = headto;
+
+	/*
+	**	Convert the head to coordinate to a legal sub-position location.
+	*/
+	headto = Map[Coord_Cell(headto)].Closest_Free_Spot(Coord_Move(headto, Direction(headto)+DIR_S, 0x007C));
+	if (!headto && Can_Enter_Cell(Coord_Cell(old)) == MOVE_OK) {
+		headto = Map[Coord_Cell(old)].Closest_Free_Spot(Coord_Move(old, Direction(headto)+DIR_S, 0x0080), true);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If the infantry started moving, then fixup the occupation bits.
+	*/
+	if (headto && FootClass::Start_Driver(headto)) {
+		/*
+		**	Remove the occupation bit from the infantry's current location.
+		*/
+  		Clear_Occupy_Bit(Coord);
+
+		/*
+		**	Set the occupation bit for the new headto location.
+		*/
+		Set_Occupy_Bit(headto);
+		return(true);
+	}
+
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * InfantryClass::Set_Primary_Facing -- Change infantry primary facing -- always and instantly *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine ensures that when the infantry primary facing is changes, it is changed     *
+ *    instantly and always. There is no provision for infantry facing changing slowly over     *
+ *    time as the other vehicles usually do.                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   facing   -- The desired facing for the infantry unit.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/11/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void InfantryClass::Set_Primary_Facing(DirType facing, bool )
+{
+	Validate();
+	FootClass::Set_Primary_Facing(facing, true);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * InfantryClass::Limbo -- Performs cleanup operations needed when limboing.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will clean up the infantry occupation bits (as necessary) as well as stop   *
+ *    the infantry movement process when it gets limboed.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the infantry unit limboed?                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/22/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool InfantryClass::Limbo(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (!IsInLimbo) {
+		Stop_Driver();
+
+		Clear_Occupy_Bit(Coord);
+	}
+	return(FootClass::Limbo());
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * InfantryClass::Fire_At -- Fires projectile from infantry unit.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine when the infantry unit wishes to fire a projectile. This routine        *
+ *    will launch the projectile and perform any other necessary infantry specific operations. *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   target   -- The target of the attack.                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          which    -- Which weapon to use for firing. 0=primary, 1=secondary.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with pointer to the projectile launched. If none could be launched, then   *
+ *          NULL is returned. If there is already the maximum bullet objects in play, then     *
+ *          this could happen.                                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/26/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+BulletClass * InfantryClass::Fire_At(TARGET target, int which)
+{
+	Validate();
+	BulletClass * bullet = NULL;
+	WeaponTypeClass const * weapon = (which == 0) ? &Weapons[Class->Primary] : &Weapons[Class->Secondary];
+
+	IsFiring = false;
+
+#ifdef BOXING
+	if (IsBoxing) {
+		RadioMessageType	hitaction = (Doing == DO_KICK) ? RADIO_KICK : RADIO_PUNCH;
+
+		/*
+		**	When fighting, verify that the target is legal to proceed. If there is some
+		**	error, then abort fightning mode. Otherwise, tell the target that it has
+		**	just been hit.
+		*/
+		if (In_Radio_Contact() && Target_Legal(target) && Transmit_Message(hitaction) == RADIO_ROGER) {
+			Arm = Rearm_Delay(true);
+		} else {
+
+			/*
+			** Fighting done for some reason, so pick up gun
+			*/
+			IsBoxing = false;
+			Do_Action(DO_READY_WEAPON,true);
+		}
+	} else {
+#endif
+
+		bullet = FootClass::Fire_At(target, which);
+		if (bullet) {
+
+			/*
+			**	For fraidycat infantry that run out of ammo, always go into
+			**	a maximum fear state at that time.
+			*/
+			if (Class->IsFraidyCat && !Ammo) {
+				Fear = FEAR_MAXIMUM;
+				if (Mission == MISSION_ATTACK || Mission == MISSION_HUNT) {
+					Assign_Mission(MISSION_GUARD);
+				}
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	Create the projectile. Then process any special operations that
+			**	need to be performed according to the style of projectile
+			**	created.
+			*/
+			Sound_Effect(weapon->Sound, Coord);
+		}
+
+#ifdef BOXING
+	}
+#endif
+	return(bullet);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * InfantryClass::Unlimbo -- Unlimbo infantry unit in legal sub-location.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This will attempt to unlimbo the infantry unit at the designated coordinate, but will    *
+ *    ensure that the coordinate is a legal subposition.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   coord    -- The coordinate to unimbo the infantry at.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          facing   -- The desired initial facing for the infantry unit.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          strength -- The desired initial strength for the infantry unit.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          mission  -- The desired initial mission for the infantry unit.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the infantry unlimboed successfully?                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/26/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool InfantryClass::Unlimbo(COORDINATE coord, DirType facing)
+{
+	Validate();
+	/*
+	**	Make sure that the infantry start in a legal position on the map.
+	*/
+	coord = Map[Coord_Cell(coord)].Closest_Free_Spot(coord, ScenarioInit);
+	if (coord == NULL) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	if (FootClass::Unlimbo(coord, facing)) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Ensure that the owning house knows about the
+		**	new object.
+		*/
+		House->IScan |= (1L << Class->Type);
+		House->ActiveIScan |= (1L << Class->Type);
+
+		/*
+		**	If there is no sight range, then this object isn't discovered by the player unless
+		**	it actually appears in a cell mapped by the player.
+		*/
+		if (Class->SightRange == 0) {
+			IsDiscoveredByPlayer = false;
+		}
+
+		Set_Occupy_Bit(coord);
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * InfantryClass::Greatest_Threat -- Determines greatest threat (target) for infantry unit.    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine intercepts the Greatest_Threat request and adds the appropriate target      *
+ *    types to search for. For regular infantry, this consists of all the ground types. For    *
+ *    rocket launching infantry, this also includes aircraft.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   threat   -- The basic threat control value.                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the best target for this infantry unit to attack. If no suitable      *
+ *          target could be found, then TARGET_NONE is returned.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/01/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TARGET InfantryClass::Greatest_Threat(ThreatType threat) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	/*
+	**	Engineers consider only buildings that can be captures as being a threat. All others
+	**	are ignored.
+	*/
+	if (Class->IsCapture && Class->Primary == WEAPON_NONE) {
+		threat = threat | THREAT_CAPTURE;
+	}
+
+	switch (Class->Primary) {
+		case WEAPON_NONE:
+			if (*this != INFANTRY_E7) {
+				return(TARGET_NONE);
+			}
+			// fall into next case.
+
+		/*
+		**	Dragon missile equiped soldiers are also assumed to carry a Stinger missile. As such,
+		**	they will consider aircraft a legal target.
+		*/
+		default:
+			if (BulletTypeClass::As_Reference(Weapons[Class->Primary].Fires).IsAntiAircraft) {
+				threat = threat | THREAT_AIR;
+			}
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	The sniper rifle equipped soldier doesn't go hunting for targets
+		**	unless specifically in hunt mode.
+		*/
+		case WEAPON_RIFLE:
+			if (House->IsHuman && (Mission == MISSION_GUARD || Mission == MISSION_GUARD_AREA)) {
+				return(TARGET_NONE);
+			}
+			return(TechnoClass::Greatest_Threat(threat | THREAT_INFANTRY|THREAT_BUILDINGS));
+	}
+	return(FootClass::Greatest_Threat(threat));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * InfantryClass::Response_Select -- Plays infantry audio response due to being selected.      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine handles playing an audio response as a result of the player selecting the   *
+ *    infantry unit. This occurs prior to giving it an order and may not be followed by any    *
+ *    order at all.                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/01/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   05/05/1995 JLB : Rambo response types added.                                              *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void InfantryClass::Response_Select(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	VocType response;
+	if (*this == INFANTRY_RAMBO) {
+		static VocType _response[] = {
+			VOC_RAMBO_YEA,
+			VOC_RAMBO_YES,
+			VOC_RAMBO_YO
+		};
+		response = _response[Sim_Random_Pick(0, (int)(sizeof(_response) / sizeof(_response[0]))-1)];
+	} else {
+		if (Class->IsCivilian) {
+			if (*this == INFANTRY_MOEBIUS) {
+				static VocType _response[] = {
+					VOC_YES,
+					VOC_COMMANDER,
+					VOC_HELLO,
+					VOC_HMMM
+				};
+				response = _response[Sim_Random_Pick(0, (int)(sizeof(_response) / sizeof(_response[0]))-1)];
+			} else {
+				if (Class->IsFemale) {
+					response = VOC_GIRL_YEAH;
+				} else {
+					response = VOC_GUY_YEAH;
+				}
+			}
+		} else {
+			static VocType _response[] = {
+				VOC_ACKNOWL,
+				VOC_REPORT,
+				VOC_REPORT,
+				VOC_YESSIR,
+				VOC_YESSIR,
+				VOC_READY,
+				VOC_AWAIT
+			};
+			response = _response[Sim_Random_Pick(0, (int)(sizeof(_response) / sizeof(_response[0]))-1)];
+		}
+	}
+	if (AllowVoice) {
+		Sound_Effect(response, 0, Infantry.ID(this)+1);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * InfantryClass::Response_Move -- Plays infantry response to movement order.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    When the infantry is given the order to move, this routine handles the audio repsonse    *
+ *    generated by the infantry unit.                                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/01/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   05/05/1995 JLB : Rambo response types added.                                              *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void InfantryClass::Response_Move(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	VocType response;
+	if (*this == INFANTRY_RAMBO) {
+		static VocType _response[] = {
+			VOC_RAMBO_UGOTIT,
+			VOC_RAMBO_ONIT,
+			VOC_RAMBO_NOPROB
+		};
+		response = _response[Sim_Random_Pick(0, (int)(sizeof(_response) / sizeof(_response[0]))-1)];
+	} else {
+		if (Class->IsCivilian) {
+			if (*this == INFANTRY_MOEBIUS) {
+				static VocType _response[] = {
+					VOC_OF_COURSE,
+					VOC_YESYES
+				};
+				response = _response[Sim_Random_Pick(0, (int)(sizeof(_response) / sizeof(_response[0]))-1)];
+			} else {
+				if (Class->IsFemale) {
+					response = VOC_GIRL_OKAY;
+				} else {
+					response = VOC_GUY_OKAY;
+				}
+			}
+		} else {
+			static VocType _response[] = {
+				VOC_MOVEOUT,
+				VOC_MOVEOUT,
+				VOC_MOVEOUT,
+				VOC_ROGER,
+				VOC_RIGHT_AWAY,
+				VOC_UGOTIT,
+				VOC_AFFIRM,
+				VOC_AFFIRM
+			};
+			response = _response[Sim_Random_Pick(0, (int)(sizeof(_response) / sizeof(_response[0]))-1)];
+		}
+	}
+	if (AllowVoice) {
+		Sound_Effect(response, 0, Infantry.ID(this)+1);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * InfantryClass::Response_Attack -- Plays infantry audio response to attack order.            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    When the player gives an infantry unit the order to attack, this routine handles         *
+ *    the audio response by that unit.                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/01/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   05/05/1995 JLB : Rambo response types added.                                              *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void InfantryClass::Response_Attack(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	VocType response;
+	if (*this == INFANTRY_RAMBO) {
+		static VocType _response[] = {
+			VOC_RAMBO_NOPROB,
+			VOC_RAMBO_UGOTIT,
+			VOC_RAMBO_NOPROB,
+			VOC_RAMBO_ONIT
+		};
+		response = _response[Sim_Random_Pick(0, (int)(sizeof(_response) / sizeof(_response[0]))-1)];
+	} else {
+		if (Class->IsCivilian) {
+			if (Class->IsFemale) {
+				response = VOC_GIRL_OKAY;
+			} else {
+				response = VOC_GUY_OKAY;
+			}
+		} else {
+			static VocType _response[] = {
+				VOC_RIGHT_AWAY,
+				VOC_AFFIRM,
+				VOC_AFFIRM,
+				VOC_UGOTIT,
+				VOC_NO_PROB,
+				VOC_YESSIR,
+				VOC_YESSIR,
+				VOC_YESSIR
+			};
+			response = _response[Sim_Random_Pick(0, (int)(sizeof(_response) / sizeof(_response[0]))-1)];
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (AllowVoice) {
+		Sound_Effect(response, 0, Infantry.ID(this)+1);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * InfantryClass::Fire_Coord -- Calculates the origin point for projectiles fired.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will return with the point of origin for any firing projectiles. Typically, *
+ *    this only includes the rocket launcher and the grenade thrower. The other infantry       *
+ *    have either invisible projectiles or special animations.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the coordinate where the projectile will appear as it is fired.       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/04/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+COORDINATE InfantryClass::Fire_Coord(int) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (Class->Type == INFANTRY_E4) {
+		return(Coord);	// special case for flame thrower guy
+	} else {
+		return(Coord_Add(Coord, XYP_COORD(0, -5)));
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * InfantryClass::Receive_Message -- Process radio messages                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *    If the infantry's boxing, it needs to return to a normal state when  *
+ *    his opponent moves away.  Otherwise fall thru to FootClass processing*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:   from    - Pointer to the originator of this message.           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *          message - the message to process                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *          param    -- Reference to an optional parameter that can be     *
+ *                      used to transfer more information than is          *
+ *                      possible with the simple radio message values.     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:  an appropriate response message                                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   01/19/1995 BWG : Created.                                             *
+ *   05/14/1995 JLB : Handles loading maneuver messages.                   *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+RadioMessageType InfantryClass::Receive_Message(RadioClass * from, RadioMessageType message, long & param)
+{
+	Validate();
+	int damage;
+
+	switch (message) {
+
+		case	RADIO_OVER_OUT:
+#ifdef BOXING
+			if (IsBoxing) Do_Action(DO_READY_WEAPON);
+#endif
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	Request a fisticuff fight. If this infantry is already involved in a fight,
+		**	then refuse the offer.
+		*/
+		case	RADIO_PREPARE_TO_BOX:
+#ifdef BOXING
+			if (IsBoxing) break;
+#endif
+			if (Contact_With_Whom() == from) {
+				Do_Action(DO_ON_GUARD, true);
+				Assign_Target(Contact_With_Whom()->As_Target());
+				return(RADIO_ROGER);
+			}
+			return(RADIO_NEGATIVE);
+
+		/*
+		**	Just received a kick! Take some damage.
+		*/
+		case	RADIO_KICK:
+			damage = Infantry_Kick_Damage[Random_Pick(0, (int)(sizeof(Infantry_Kick_Damage) / sizeof(Infantry_Kick_Damage[0])))];
+			if (Take_Damage(damage, 0, WARHEAD_FOOT, this) == RESULT_DESTROYED) return(RADIO_STATIC);
+			return(RADIO_ROGER);
+
+		/*
+		**	Just recieved a punch! Take some damage.
+		*/
+		case	RADIO_PUNCH:
+			damage = Infantry_Punch_Damage[Random_Pick(0, (int)(sizeof(Infantry_Punch_Damage) / sizeof(Infantry_Punch_Damage[0])))];
+			if (Take_Damage(damage, 0, WARHEAD_FIST, this) == RESULT_DESTROYED) return(RADIO_STATIC);
+			return(RADIO_ROGER);
+
+	}
+	return(FootClass::Receive_Message(from, message, param));
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * InfantryClass::Rearm_Delay -- Return Arming delay for infantry if boxing*
+ *                                                                         *
+ *    If the infantry's in a boxing mode, return an appropriate re-arming  *
+ *    delay.  Otherwise return the default return val.                     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:   second   -- bool; see TechnoClass...                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the # of game frames to delay before shooting     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   01/16/1995 BWG : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int InfantryClass::Rearm_Delay(bool second) const
+{
+	Validate();
+#ifdef BOXING
+	if (IsBoxing) {
+		return(Random_Pick(5, 50));
+	}
+#endif
+	return(FootClass::Rearm_Delay(second));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * InfantryClass::Assign_Mission -- Assign mission to infantry object.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    When a new mission is assigned, make sure he gets out of boxing mode.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   order -- The new mission to assign to the unit.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/29/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void InfantryClass::Assign_Mission(MissionType order)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (order == MISSION_SABOTAGE) {
+		Sound_Effect(VOC_RAMBO_PRESENT, Coord);
+	}
+
+	IsBoxing = false;
+	FootClass::Assign_Mission(order);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * InfantryClass::What_Action -- Infantry units might be able to capture -- check.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine checks to see if the infantry unit can capture the specified object rather  *
+ *    than merely attacking it. If this is the case, then ACTION_CAPTURE will be returned.     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   object   -- The object that the mouse is currently over.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns the action that will be performed if the mouse were clicked over the       *
+ *          object specified.                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/01/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+ActionType InfantryClass::What_Action(ObjectClass * object) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	ActionType action = FootClass::What_Action(object);
+
+	/*
+	**	First see if it's a commando, and if he's attacking a building, have him return ACTION_SABOTAGE instead
+	*/
+	if (*this == INFANTRY_RAMBO && action == ACTION_ATTACK && object->What_Am_I() == RTTI_BUILDING) {
+		return(ACTION_SABOTAGE);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	There is no self-select action available for infantry types.
+	*/
+	if (action == ACTION_SELF) {
+		action = ACTION_NONE;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Check to see if it can enter a transporter.
+	*/
+	if (
+		House->Is_Ally(object) &&
+		IsOwnedByPlayer &&
+		object->Is_Techno() &&
+		IsOwnedByPlayer &&
+		((InfantryClass *)this)->Transmit_Message(RADIO_CAN_LOAD, (TechnoClass*)object) == RADIO_ROGER) {
+//	if (object->Owner() == Owner() && object->What_Am_I() == RTTI_UNIT && ((UnitClass *)object)->Class->IsTransporter && ((UnitClass *)object)->How_Many() < 5) {
+		action = ACTION_ENTER;
+	}
+
+	if (Class->IsCapture && action == ACTION_ATTACK) {
+		if (object->Owner() != Owner() &&
+			((object->What_Am_I() == RTTI_AIRCRAFT && ((AircraftClass *)object)->Pip_Count() == 0 && *((AircraftClass *)object) == AIRCRAFT_TRANSPORT) ||
+			(object->What_Am_I() == RTTI_BUILDING &&
+				((BuildingClass *)object)->Class->IsCaptureable && (GameToPlay != GAME_NORMAL || *((BuildingClass *)object) != STRUCT_EYE || Scenario < 13) ))
+			) {
+
+			action = ACTION_CAPTURE;
+		} else {
+			if (Class->Primary == WEAPON_NONE) {
+				action = ACTION_NONE;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return(action);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * InfantryClass::Read_INI -- Reads units from scenario INI file.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to read all the starting units from the                             *
+ *    scenario control INI file. The units are created and placed on the                       *
+ *    map by this routine.                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    INI entry format:                                                                        *
+ *      Housename, Typename, Strength, Cellnum, CellSublocation, Missionname,                  *
+ *         Facingnum, Triggername                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   buffer   -- Pointer to the loaded scenario INI file.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/24/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void InfantryClass::Read_INI(char *buffer)
+{
+	InfantryClass	*infantry;			// Working infantry pointer.
+	char				*tbuffer;		// Accumulation buffer of infantry IDs.
+	HousesType		inhouse;			// Infantry house.
+	InfantryType	classid;			// Infantry class.
+	int				len;				// Length of data in buffer.
+	char				buf[128];
+
+	len = strlen(buffer) + 2;
+	tbuffer = buffer + len;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Read the entire INFANTRY INI section into HIDBUF
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	WWGetPrivateProfileString(INI_Name(), NULL, NULL, tbuffer, ShapeBufferSize-len, buffer);
+
+	while (*tbuffer != '\0') {
+
+		/*
+		**	Get an infantry entry
+		*/
+		WWGetPrivateProfileString(INI_Name(), tbuffer, NULL, buf, sizeof(buf)-1, buffer);
+
+		/*
+		**	1st token: house name.
+		*/
+		inhouse = HouseTypeClass::From_Name(strtok(buf, ",\n\r"));
+		if (inhouse != HOUSE_NONE) {
+
+			/*
+			**	2nd token: infantry type name.
+			*/
+			classid = InfantryTypeClass::From_Name(strtok(NULL, ",\n\r"));
+
+			if (classid != INFANTRY_NONE) {
+
+				infantry = new InfantryClass(classid, inhouse);
+				if (infantry) {
+
+					/*
+					**	3rd token: strength.
+					*/
+					int strength = atoi(strtok(NULL, ",\n\r"));
+
+					/*
+					**	4th token: cell #.
+					*/
+					COORDINATE coord = Cell_Coord((CELL)atoi(strtok(NULL, ",\n\r")));
+
+					/*
+					**	5th token: cell sub-location.
+					*/
+					coord = Coord_Add(coord & 0xFF00FF00L, StoppingCoordAbs[atoi(strtok(NULL, ","))]);
+
+					/*
+					**	Fetch the mission and facing.
+					*/
+					MissionType mission = MissionClass::Mission_From_Name(strtok(NULL, ",\n\r"));
+					DirType dir = (DirType)atoi(strtok(NULL,",\n\r"));
+					infantry->Trigger = TriggerClass::As_Pointer(strtok(NULL,",\n\r"));
+					if (infantry->Trigger) {
+						infantry->Trigger->AttachCount++;
+					}
+
+					if (infantry->Unlimbo(coord, dir)) {
+						infantry->Strength = Fixed_To_Cardinal(infantry->Class_Of().MaxStrength, strength);
+						if (GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL || infantry->House->IsHuman) {
+							infantry->Assign_Mission(mission);
+							infantry->Commence();
+						} else {
+							infantry->Enter_Idle_Mode();
+						}
+					} else {
+
+						/*
+						**	If the infantry could not be unlimboed, then this is a big error.
+						**	Delete the infantry.
+						*/
+						delete infantry;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		tbuffer += strlen(tbuffer)+1;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * InfantryClass::Write_INI -- Writes all the infantry out to an INI file.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine writes all of the infantry in the game out to an INI file. This is used     *
+ *    in the scenario editor when the game needs to be saved.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    INI entry format:                                                                        *
+ *      Housename, Typename, Strength, Cellnum, CellSublocation, Missionname,                  *
+ *         Facingnum, Triggername                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   buffer   -- A pointer to the loaded INI file staging area.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/28/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void InfantryClass::Write_INI(char *buffer)
+{
+	int			index;
+	char			uname[10];
+	char			buf[128];
+	char			*tbuffer;		// Accumulation buffer of infantry IDs.
+
+	/*
+	**	First, clear out all existing infantry data from the ini file.
+	*/
+	tbuffer = buffer + strlen(buffer) + 2;
+	WWGetPrivateProfileString(INI_Name(), NULL, NULL, tbuffer, ShapeBufferSize-strlen(buffer), buffer);
+	while (*tbuffer != '\0') {
+		WWWritePrivateProfileString(INI_Name(), tbuffer, NULL, buffer);
+		tbuffer += strlen(tbuffer)+1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Write the infantry data out.
+	*/
+	for (index = 0; index < Infantry.Count(); index++) {
+		InfantryClass * infantry;
+
+		infantry = Infantry.Ptr(index);
+		if (!infantry->IsInLimbo) {
+
+			sprintf(uname, "%03d", index);
+			sprintf(buf, "%s,%s,%d,%u,%d,%s,%d,%s",
+					infantry->House->Class->IniName,
+					infantry->Class->IniName,
+					infantry->Health_Ratio(),
+					Coord_Cell(infantry->Coord),
+					CellClass::Spot_Index(infantry->Coord),
+					MissionClass::Mission_Name((infantry->Mission == MISSION_NONE) ?
+						infantry->MissionQueue : infantry->Mission),
+					infantry->PrimaryFacing.Current(),
+					infantry->Trigger ? infantry->Trigger->Get_Name() : "None"
+				);
+			WWWritePrivateProfileString(INI_Name(), uname, buf, buffer);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * InfantryClass::Active_Click_With -- Handles action when clicking with infantry soldier.     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called when the player clicks over an object while this infantry soldier *
+ *    is selected. Capture attempts are prohibited if the infantry cannot capture. The         *
+ *    command might respond if told to sabotage something.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   action   -- The action that is nominally to be performed.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          object   -- The object over which the mouse was clicked.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/08/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void InfantryClass::Active_Click_With(ActionType action, ObjectClass * object)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (What_Action(object) != action) {
+		switch (action) {
+			case ACTION_SABOTAGE:
+			case ACTION_CAPTURE:
+				action = ACTION_ATTACK;
+				break;
+
+			case ACTION_ENTER:
+				action = ACTION_MOVE;
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				action = ACTION_NONE;
+				break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	FootClass::Active_Click_With(action, object);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * InfantryClass::Made_A_Kill -- Marks a kill caused by this infantry soldier.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    When the infantry soldier is responsible for a kill, this routine is called. It checks   *
+ *    to see if the soldier should make some comment or perform some action. The commando      *
+ *    infantry is most likely to respond.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns the number of kills this infantry soldier has made.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/08/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int InfantryClass::Made_A_Kill(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (*this == INFANTRY_RAMBO || Random_Pick(0, 5) < Kills) {
+		IsStoked = true;
+		Comment = TICKS_PER_SECOND*2;
+	}
+	return(FootClass::Made_A_Kill());
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * InfantryClass::Set_Occupy_Bit -- Sets the occupy bit cell and bit pos                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:      CELL      - the cell we are setting the bit in                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *               int      - the spot index we are setting the bit for                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:     none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/08/1995 PWG : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void InfantryClass::Set_Occupy_Bit(CELL cell, int spot_index)
+{
+	Validate();
+	/*
+	** Set the occupy postion for the spot that we passed in
+	*/
+	Map[cell].Flag.Composite |= (1 << spot_index);
+
+	/*
+	** Record the type of infantry that now owns the cell
+	*/
+	Map[cell].InfType = Owner();
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * InfantryClass::Clear_Occupy_Bit -- Clears occupy bit and given cell		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/08/1995 PWG : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void InfantryClass::Clear_Occupy_Bit(CELL cell, int spot_index)
+{
+	Validate();
+	/*
+	** Clear the occupy bit for the infantry in that cell
+	*/
+	Map[cell].Flag.Composite &= ~(1 << spot_index);
+
+	/*
+	** If he was the last infantry recorded in the cell then
+	** remove the infantry ownership flag.
+	*/
+	if (!(Map[cell].Flag.Composite & 0x1F)) {
+		Map[cell].InfType = HOUSE_NONE;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * InfantryClass::Full_Name -- Fetches the full name of the infantry unit.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will return with the full name (as a text number) for this infantry         *
+ *    unit. Typically, this is the normal name, but in cases of civilian type survivors from   *
+ *    a building explosion, it might be a technician instead. In such a case, the special      *
+ *    technician name number is returned instead.                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the full name to use for this infantry unit.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/30/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int InfantryClass::Full_Name(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (IsTechnician) {
+		return(TXT_TECHNICIAN);
+	}
+	return(Class->Full_Name());
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * InfantryClass::Mission_Attack -- Intercept attack mission for special handling.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine intercepts the normal attack mission and if an engineer is detected and the *
+ *    target is a building, then the engineer will be automatically assigned the capture       *
+ *    mission. In other cases, the normal attack logic will proceed.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the number of game frames to delay before calling this routine again. *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/07/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int InfantryClass::Mission_Attack(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (*this == INFANTRY_E7 && As_Building(TarCom)) {
+		Assign_Destination(TarCom);
+		Assign_Mission(MISSION_CAPTURE);
+		return(1);
+	}
+	return(FootClass::Mission_Attack());
+}
+
+
+RTTIType InfantryClass::What_Am_I(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	return(RTTI_INFANTRY);
+}
+
+ActionType InfantryClass::What_Action(CELL cell) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	return FootClass::What_Action(cell);
+}
+
+ObjectTypeClass const & InfantryClass::Class_Of(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	return(*Class);
+}
+
+bool InfantryClass::Is_Infantry(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	return(true);
+}
diff --git a/INFANTRY.H b/INFANTRY.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..072069b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/INFANTRY.H
@@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\infantry.h_v   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:48:08   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : INFANTRY.H                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : August 15, 1994                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : August 15, 1994   [JLB]                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef INFANTRY_H
+#define INFANTRY_H
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	Infantry can be afraid. These defines are for the various infantry
+**	fear levels. When infantry be come scared enough they take cover and
+**	even run away in panic.
+*/
+#define	FEAR_ANXIOUS	10			// Something makes them scared.
+#define	FEAR_SCARED		100		// Scared enough to take cover.
+#define	FEAR_PANIC		200		// Run away! Run away!
+#define	FEAR_MAXIMUM	255		// Scared to death.
+
+
+class InfantryClass : public FootClass
+{
+	public:
+		InfantryTypeClass const * const Class;
+		operator InfantryType(void) const {return Class->Type;};
+
+		/*
+		**	If the infantry is undergoing some choreographed animation sequence, then
+		**	this holds the particular sequence number. The frame of animation is kept
+		**	track of by the regular frame tracking system. When performing an animation
+		**	sequence, the infantry cannot perform anything else (even move).
+		*/
+		DoType Doing;
+
+		/*
+		**	Certain infantry will either perform some comment or say something after an
+		**	amount of time has expired subsiquent to an significant event. This is the
+		**	timer the counts down.
+		*/
+		TCountDownTimerClass Comment;
+
+		/*
+		**	If this civilian is actually a technician, then this flag will be true.
+		**	It should only be set for the civilian type infantry. Typically, the
+		**	technician appears after a building is destroyed.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsTechnician:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If the infantry just performed some feat, then it may respond with an action.
+		**	This flag will be true if an action is to be performed when the Comment timer
+		**	has expired.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsStoked:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	This flag indicates if the infantry unit is prone. Prone infantry become that way
+		**	when they are fired upon. Infantry in the prone position are less vulnerable to
+		**	combat.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsProne:1;
+
+		/*
+		** This flag is set when the infantryman is engaged in hand-to-hand
+		** combat.  By setting this flag, it'll play the put-down-the-gun
+		** sequence only once, and it'll know to pick up the gun when the
+		** fight is over.
+		*/
+		unsigned	IsBoxing:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	The fear rating of this infantry unit. The more afraid the infantry, the more
+		**	likely it is to panic and seek cover.
+		*/
+		unsigned char Fear;
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		**	Constructors, Destructors, and overloaded operators.
+		*/
+		static void * operator new(size_t size);
+		static void operator delete(void *ptr);
+		InfantryClass(void);
+		InfantryClass(InfantryType classid, HousesType house);
+		virtual ~InfantryClass(void);
+		virtual RTTIType What_Am_I(void) const;
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		**	Member function prototypes.
+		*/
+		static void Init(void);
+
+		virtual void Assign_Destination(TARGET);
+
+		/*
+		**	Query functions.
+		*/
+		virtual bool Is_Infantry(void) const;
+		virtual ObjectTypeClass const & Class_Of(void) const;
+		virtual int Full_Name(void) const;
+
+		/*
+		**	Coordinate inquiry functions. These are used for both display and
+		**	combat purposes.
+		*/
+		virtual COORDINATE Fire_Coord(int which) const;
+
+		/*
+		**	Object entry and exit from the game system.
+		*/
+		virtual bool Unlimbo(COORDINATE coord, DirType facing);
+		virtual bool Limbo(void);
+		virtual void Detach(TARGET target, bool all);
+
+		/*
+		**	Display and rendering support functionality. Supports imagery and how
+		**	object interacts with the map and thus indirectly controls rendering.
+		*/
+		virtual short const * Overlap_List(void) const;
+		virtual void Draw_It(int x, int y, WindowNumberType window);
+		virtual void Look(bool incremental=false);
+
+		/*
+		**	User I/O.
+		*/
+		virtual void Response_Select(void);
+		virtual void Response_Move(void);
+		virtual void Response_Attack(void);
+		virtual void Active_Click_With(ActionType action, ObjectClass * object);
+
+		/*
+		**	Combat related.
+		*/
+		virtual int Made_A_Kill(void);
+		virtual ActionType What_Action(ObjectClass * object) const;
+		virtual ActionType What_Action(CELL cell) const;
+		virtual void Assign_Mission(MissionType order);
+		virtual BulletClass * Fire_At(TARGET target, int which);
+		virtual ResultType Take_Damage(int & damage, int distance, WarheadType warhead, TechnoClass * source=0);
+		virtual TARGET As_Target(void) const;
+		virtual FireErrorType Can_Fire(TARGET target, int which) const;
+		virtual void Assign_Target(TARGET);
+		virtual RadioMessageType Receive_Message(RadioClass * from, RadioMessageType message, long & param);
+		virtual int Rearm_Delay(bool second) const;
+		void  Set_Occupy_Bit(COORDINATE coord) {Set_Occupy_Bit(Coord_Cell(coord), CellClass::Spot_Index(coord));};
+		void  Set_Occupy_Bit(CELL cell, int spot_index);
+		void  Clear_Occupy_Bit(COORDINATE coord) {Clear_Occupy_Bit(Coord_Cell(coord), CellClass::Spot_Index(coord));};
+		void  Clear_Occupy_Bit(CELL cell, int spot_index);
+
+		/*
+		**	Driver control support functions. These are used to control cell
+		**	occupation flags and driver instructions.
+		*/
+		virtual bool Stop_Driver(void);
+		virtual bool Start_Driver(COORDINATE & coord);
+
+		/*
+		**	AI.
+		*/
+		virtual void AI(void);
+		virtual TARGET Greatest_Threat(ThreatType threat) const;
+		virtual int Mission_Attack(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	Scenario and debug support.
+		*/
+		#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+		virtual void Debug_Dump(MonoClass *mono) const;
+		#endif
+
+		/*
+		**	File I/O.
+		*/
+		static void  Read_INI(char *buffer);
+		static void  Write_INI(char *buffer);
+		static char *INI_Name(void) {return "INFANTRY";};
+		bool  Load(FileClass & file);
+		bool  Save(FileClass & file);
+		virtual void Code_Pointers(void);
+		virtual void Decode_Pointers(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	Movement and animation.
+		*/
+		virtual bool Do_Action(DoType todo, bool force=false);
+		virtual void Random_Animate(void);
+		virtual MoveType Can_Enter_Cell(CELL , FacingType =FACING_NONE) const;
+		virtual void Per_Cell_Process(bool center);
+		virtual void Enter_Idle_Mode(bool initial=false);
+		virtual void Scatter(COORDINATE threat, bool forced =false);
+
+		/*
+		**	Dee-buggin' support.
+		*/
+		int Validate(void) const;
+
+		/*
+		**	Translation table to convert facing into infantry shape number. This special
+		**	table is needed since several facing stages are reused and flipped about the Y
+		**	axis.
+		*/
+		static int const HumanShape[32];
+
+	private:
+
+		static DoStruct const MasterDoControls[DO_COUNT];
+
+		/*
+		** This contains the value of the Virtual Function Table Pointer
+		*/
+		static void * VTable;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/INI.CPP b/INI.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..02358d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/INI.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,1664 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\ini.cpv   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:48:50   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : INI.CPP                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : September 10, 1993                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : July 30, 1995 [BRR]                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   Assign_Houses -- Assigns multiplayer houses to various players                            *
+ *   Clear_Flag_Spots -- Clears flag overlays off the map                                      *
+ *   Clip_Move -- moves in given direction from given cell; clips to map                       *
+ *   Clip_Scatter -- randomly scatters from given cell; won't fall off map                     *
+ *   Create_Units -- Creates infantry & units, for non-base multiplayer                        *
+ *   Furthest_Cell -- Finds cell furthest from a group of cells                                *
+ *   Place_Flags -- Places flags for multiplayer games                                         *
+ *   Read_Scenario_Ini -- Read specified scenario INI file.                                    *
+ *   Remove_AI_Players -- Removes the computer AI houses & their units                         *
+ *   Scan_Place_Object -- places an object >near< the given cell                               *
+ *   Set_Scenario_Name -- Creates the INI scenario name string.                                *
+ *   Sort_Cells -- sorts an array of cells by distance                                         *
+ *   Write_Scenario_Ini -- Write the scenario INI file.                                        *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+
+/************************************* Prototypes *********************************************/
+static void Assign_Houses(void);
+static void Remove_AI_Players(void);
+static void Create_Units(void);
+static void Sort_Cells(CELL *cells, int numcells, CELL *outcells);
+static int Furthest_Cell(CELL *cells, int numcells, CELL *tcells, int numtcells);
+static CELL Clip_Scatter(CELL cell, int maxdist);
+static CELL Clip_Move(CELL cell, FacingType facing, int dist);
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Set_Scenario_Name -- Creates the INI scenario name string.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used by the scenario loading and saving code. It generates the scenario  *
+ *    INI root file name for the specified scenario parameters.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *         buf         buffer to store filename in; must be long enough for root.ext           *
+ *       scenario      scenario number                                                         *
+ *       player      player type for this game (GDI, NOD, multi-player, ...)                   *
+ *       dir         directional parameter for this game (East/West)                           *
+ *       var         variation of this game (Lose, A/B/C/D, etc)                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none.                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none.                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/28/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   05/01/1995 BRR : 2-player scenarios use same names as multiplayer                         *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void Set_Scenario_Name(char *buf, int scenario, ScenarioPlayerType player, ScenarioDirType dir, ScenarioVarType var)
+{
+	char c_player;			// character representing player type
+	char c_dir;				// character representing direction type
+	char c_var;				// character representing variation type
+	ScenarioVarType i;
+	char fname[_MAX_FNAME+_MAX_EXT];
+
+	/*
+	** Set the player-type value.
+	*/
+	switch (player) {
+		case SCEN_PLAYER_GDI:
+			c_player = HouseTypeClass::As_Reference(HOUSE_GOOD).Prefix;
+//			c_player = 'G';
+			break;
+
+		case SCEN_PLAYER_NOD:
+			c_player = HouseTypeClass::As_Reference(HOUSE_BAD).Prefix;
+//			c_player = 'B';
+			break;
+
+		case SCEN_PLAYER_JP:
+			c_player = HouseTypeClass::As_Reference(HOUSE_JP).Prefix;
+//			c_player = 'J';
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	Multi player scenario.
+		*/
+		default:
+			c_player = HouseTypeClass::As_Reference(HOUSE_MULTI1).Prefix;
+//			c_player = 'M';
+			break;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Set the directional character value.
+	** If SCEN_DIR_NONE is specified, randomly pick a direction; otherwise, use 'E' or 'W'
+	*/
+	switch (dir) {
+		case SCEN_DIR_EAST:
+			c_dir = 'E';
+			break;
+
+		case SCEN_DIR_WEST:
+			c_dir = 'W';
+			break;
+
+		default:
+		case SCEN_DIR_NONE:
+			c_dir = (Random_Pick(0, 1) == 0) ? 'W' : 'E';
+			break;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Set the variation value.
+	*/
+	if (var == SCEN_VAR_NONE) {
+
+		/*
+		** Find which variations are available for this scenario
+		*/
+		for (i = SCEN_VAR_FIRST; i < SCEN_VAR_COUNT; i++) {
+			sprintf(fname, "SC%c%02d%c%c.INI", c_player, scenario, c_dir, 'A' + i);
+			if (!CCFileClass(fname).Is_Available()) {
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+
+		if (i==SCEN_VAR_FIRST) {
+			c_var = 'X';						// indicates an error
+		} else {
+			c_var = 'A' + Random_Pick(0, i-1);
+		}
+	} else {
+		switch (var) {
+			case SCEN_VAR_A:
+				c_var = 'A';
+				break;
+
+			case SCEN_VAR_B:
+				c_var = 'B';
+				break;
+
+			case SCEN_VAR_C:
+				c_var = 'C';
+				break;
+
+			case SCEN_VAR_D:
+				c_var = 'D';
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				c_var = 'L';
+				break;
+
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** generate the filename
+	*/
+	sprintf(buf, "SC%c%02d%c%c", c_player, scenario, c_dir, c_var);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Read_Scenario_Ini -- Read specified scenario INI file.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Read in the scenario INI file. This routine only sets the game                           *
+ *    globals with that data that is explicitly defined in the INI file.                       *
+ *    The remaining necessary interpolated data is generated elsewhere.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *          root      root filename for scenario file to read                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          fresh      true = should the current scenario be cleared?                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the scenario read successful?                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/07/1992 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool Read_Scenario_Ini(char *root, bool fresh)
+{
+	char *buffer;				// Scenario.ini staging buffer pointer.
+	char fname[_MAX_FNAME+_MAX_EXT];			// full INI filename
+	char buf[128];				// Working string staging buffer.
+	int rndmax;
+	int rndmin;
+	int len;
+	unsigned char val;
+
+	ScenarioInit++;
+
+	/*
+	**	Fetch working pointer to the INI staging buffer. Make sure that the buffer
+	**	is cleared out before proceeding.  (Don't use the HidPage for this, since
+	**	the HidPage may be needed for various uncompressions during the INI
+	**	parsing.)
+	*/
+	buffer = (char *)_ShapeBuffer;
+	memset(buffer, '\0', _ShapeBufferSize);
+
+	if (fresh) {
+		Clear_Scenario();
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** If we are not dealing with scenario 1, or a multi player scenario
+	** then make sure the correct disk is in the drive.
+	*/
+	if (RequiredCD != -2) {
+		if (Scenario >= 20 && Scenario <60 && GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL) {
+			RequiredCD = 2;
+		} else {
+			if (Scenario != 1) {
+				if (Scenario >=60){
+					RequiredCD = -1;
+				}else{
+					switch (ScenPlayer) {
+						case SCEN_PLAYER_GDI:
+							RequiredCD = 0;
+							break;
+						case SCEN_PLAYER_NOD:
+							RequiredCD = 1;
+							break;
+						default:
+							RequiredCD = -1;
+							break;
+					}
+				}
+			} else {
+				RequiredCD = -1;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	if (!Force_CD_Available(RequiredCD)) {
+		Prog_End();
+		exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Create scenario filename and read the file.
+	*/
+
+	sprintf(fname,"%s.INI",root);
+	CCFileClass file(fname);
+	if (!file.Is_Available()) {
+		return(false);
+	} else {
+		file.Read(buffer, _ShapeBufferSize-1);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Init the Scenario CRC value
+	*/
+	ScenarioCRC = 0;
+	len = strlen(buffer);
+	for (int i = 0; i < len; i++) {
+		val = (unsigned char)buffer[i];
+#ifndef DEMO
+		Add_CRC(&ScenarioCRC, (unsigned long)val);
+#endif
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Fetch the appropriate movie names from the INI file.
+	*/
+	WWGetPrivateProfileString("Basic", "Intro", "x", IntroMovie, sizeof(IntroMovie), buffer);
+	WWGetPrivateProfileString("Basic", "Brief", "x", BriefMovie, sizeof(BriefMovie), buffer);
+	WWGetPrivateProfileString("Basic", "Win", "x", WinMovie, sizeof(WinMovie), buffer);
+	WWGetPrivateProfileString("Basic", "Lose", "x", LoseMovie, sizeof(LoseMovie), buffer);
+	WWGetPrivateProfileString("Basic", "Action", "x", ActionMovie, sizeof(ActionMovie), buffer);
+
+	/*
+	**	For single-player scenarios, 'BuildLevel' is the scenario number.
+	**	This must be set before any buildings are created (if a factory is created,
+	**	it needs to know the BuildLevel for the sidebar.)
+	*/
+	if (GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL) {
+#ifdef NEWMENU
+		if (Scenario <= 15) {
+			BuildLevel = Scenario;
+		} else {
+			BuildLevel = WWGetPrivateProfileInt("Basic", "BuildLevel", Scenario, buffer);
+		}
+#else
+		BuildLevel = Scenario;
+#endif
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Jurassic scenarios are allowed to build the full multiplayer set
+	**	of objects.
+	*/
+	if (Special.IsJurassic && AreThingiesEnabled) {
+		BuildLevel = 98;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Fetch the transition theme for this scenario.
+	*/
+	TransitTheme = THEME_NONE;
+	WWGetPrivateProfileString("Basic", "Theme", "No Theme", buf, sizeof(buf), buffer);
+	TransitTheme = Theme.From_Name(buf);
+
+	/*
+	**	Read in the team-type data. The team types must be created before any
+	**	triggers can be created.
+	*/
+	TeamTypeClass::Read_INI(buffer);
+	Call_Back();
+
+	/*
+	**	Read in the specific information for each of the house types.  This creates
+	**	the houses of different types.
+	*/
+	HouseClass::Read_INI(buffer);
+	Call_Back();
+
+	/*
+	**	Assign PlayerPtr by reading the player's house from the INI;
+	**	Must be done before any TechnoClass objects are created.
+	*/
+//	if (GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL && (ScenPlayer == SCEN_PLAYER_GDI || ScenPlayer == SCEN_PLAYER_NOD)) {
+	if (GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL) {
+		WWGetPrivateProfileString("Basic", "Player", "GoodGuy", buf, 127, buffer);
+		CarryOverPercent = WWGetPrivateProfileInt("Basic", "CarryOverMoney", 100, buffer);
+		CarryOverPercent = Cardinal_To_Fixed(100, CarryOverPercent);
+		CarryOverCap = WWGetPrivateProfileInt("Basic", "CarryOverCap", -1, buffer);
+
+		PlayerPtr = HouseClass::As_Pointer(HouseTypeClass::From_Name(buf));
+		PlayerPtr->IsHuman = true;
+		int carryover;
+		if (CarryOverCap != -1) {
+			carryover = MIN(Fixed_To_Cardinal(CarryOverMoney, CarryOverPercent), CarryOverCap);
+		} else {
+			carryover = Fixed_To_Cardinal(CarryOverMoney, CarryOverPercent);
+		}
+		PlayerPtr->Credits += carryover;
+		PlayerPtr->InitialCredits += carryover;
+
+		if (Special.IsJurassic) {
+			PlayerPtr->ActLike = Whom;
+		}
+	} else {
+
+#ifdef OBSOLETE
+		if (GameToPlay==GAME_NORMAL && ScenPlayer==SCEN_PLAYER_JP) {
+			PlayerPtr = HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_MULTI4);
+			PlayerPtr->IsHuman = true;
+			PlayerPtr->Credits += CarryOverMoney;
+			PlayerPtr->InitialCredits += CarryOverMoney;
+			PlayerPtr->ActLike = Whom;
+		} else {
+			Assign_Houses();
+		}
+#endif
+		Assign_Houses();
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Read in the trigger data. The triggers must be created before any other
+	**	objects can be initialized.
+	*/
+	TriggerClass::Read_INI(buffer);
+	Call_Back();
+
+	/*
+	**	Read in the map control values. This includes dimensions
+	**	as well as theater information.
+	*/
+	Map.Read_INI(buffer);
+	Call_Back();
+
+	/*
+	**	Attempt to read the map's binary image file; if fails, read the
+	**	template data from the INI, for backward compatibility
+	*/
+	if (fresh) {
+		if (!Map.Read_Binary(root, &ScenarioCRC)) {
+			TemplateClass::Read_INI(buffer);
+		}
+	}
+	Call_Back();
+
+	/*
+	**	Read in and place the 3D terrain objects.
+	*/
+	TerrainClass::Read_INI(buffer);
+	Call_Back();
+
+	/*
+	**	Read in and place the units (all sides).
+	*/
+	UnitClass::Read_INI(buffer);
+	Call_Back();
+
+	/*
+	**	Read in and place the infantry units (all sides).
+	*/
+	InfantryClass::Read_INI(buffer);
+	Call_Back();
+
+	/*
+	**	Read in and place all the buildings on the map.
+	*/
+	BuildingClass::Read_INI(buffer);
+	Call_Back();
+
+	/*
+	**	Read in the AI's base information.
+	*/
+	Base.Read_INI(buffer);
+	Call_Back();
+
+	/*
+	**	Read in any normal overlay objects.
+	*/
+	OverlayClass::Read_INI(buffer);
+	Call_Back();
+
+	/*
+	**	Read in any smudge overlays.
+	*/
+	SmudgeClass::Read_INI(buffer);
+	Call_Back();
+
+	/*
+	**	Read in any briefing text.
+	*/
+	char * stage = &BriefingText[0];
+	*stage = '\0';
+	int index = 1;
+
+	/*
+	**	Build the full text of the mission objective.
+	*/
+	for (;;) {
+		char buff[16];
+
+		sprintf(buff, "%d", index++);
+		*stage = '\0';
+		WWGetPrivateProfileString("Briefing", buff, "", stage, (sizeof(BriefingText)-strlen(BriefingText))-1, buffer);
+		if (strlen(stage) == 0) break;
+		strcat(stage, " ");
+		stage += strlen(stage);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If the briefing text could not be found in the INI file, then search
+	**	the mission.ini file.
+	*/
+	if (BriefingText[0] == '\0') {
+		memset(_ShapeBuffer, '\0', _ShapeBufferSize);
+		CCFileClass("MISSION.INI").Read(_ShapeBuffer, _ShapeBufferSize);
+
+		char * buffer = (char *)Add_Long_To_Pointer(_ShapeBuffer, strlen(_ShapeBuffer));
+		char * work = &BriefingText[0];
+		int index = 1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Build the full text of the mission objective.
+		*/
+		for (;;) {
+			char buff[16];
+
+			sprintf(buff, "%d", index++);
+			*work = '\0';
+			WWGetPrivateProfileString(root, buff, "", work, (sizeof(BriefingText)-strlen(BriefingText))-1, _ShapeBuffer);
+			if (strlen(work) == 0) break;
+			strcat(work, " ");
+			work += strlen(work);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Perform a final overpass of the map. This handles smoothing of certain
+	**	types of terrain (tiberium).
+	*/
+	Map.Overpass();
+	Call_Back();
+
+	/*
+	**	Multi-player last-minute fixups:
+	**	- If computer players are disabled, remove all computer-owned houses
+	** - Otherwise, set MPlayerBlitz to 0 or 1, randomly
+	**	- If bases are disabled, create the scenario dynamically
+	**	- Remove any flag spot overlays lying around
+	**	- If capture-the-flag is enabled, assign flags to cells.
+	*/
+	if (GameToPlay != GAME_NORMAL || ScenPlayer == SCEN_PLAYER_2PLAYER ||
+		ScenPlayer == SCEN_PLAYER_MPLAYER) {
+
+		/*
+		**	If Ghosts are disabled and we're not editing, remove computer players
+		**	(Must be done after all objects are read in from the INI)
+		*/
+		if (!MPlayerGhosts && !Debug_Map) {
+			Remove_AI_Players();
+		} else {
+
+			/*
+			** If Ghosts are on, set up their houses for blitzing the humans
+			*/
+			MPlayerBlitz = IRandom (0,1);					// 1 = computer will blitz
+			if (MPlayerBlitz) {
+				if (MPlayerBases) {
+					rndmax = 14000;
+					rndmin = 10000;
+				} else {
+					rndmax = 8000;
+					rndmin = 4000;
+				}
+
+				for (i = 0; i < MPlayerMax; i++) {
+					HousesType house = (HousesType)(i + (int)HOUSE_MULTI1);
+					HouseClass *housep = HouseClass::As_Pointer (house);
+					housep->BlitzTime = IRandom (rndmin,rndmax);
+				}
+
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Units must be created for each house.  If bases are ON, this routine
+		**	will create an MCV along with the units; otherwise, it will just create
+		**	a whole bunch of units.  MPlayerUnitCount is the total # of units
+		**	to create.
+		*/
+		if (!Debug_Map) {
+			int save_init = ScenarioInit;			// turn ScenarioInit off
+			ScenarioInit = 0;
+			Create_Units();
+			ScenarioInit = save_init;				// turn ScenarioInit back on
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Place crates if MPlayerGoodies is on.
+		*/
+		if (MPlayerGoodies) {
+			for (int index = 0; index < MPlayerCount; index++) {
+				Map.Place_Random_Crate();
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Compute my starting location as the average Coord of all my stuff.
+		*/
+		Map.Compute_Start_Pos();
+	}
+
+	Call_Back();
+
+	/*
+	**	Return with flag saying that the scenario file was read.
+	*/
+	ScenarioInit--;
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Write_Scenario_Ini -- Write the scenario INI file.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      root      root filename for the scenario                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/07/1992 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   05/11/1995 JLB : Updates movie data.                                                      *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void Write_Scenario_Ini(char *root)
+{
+#ifndef CHEAT_KEYS
+	root = root;
+#else
+	char * buffer;			// Scenario.ini staging buffer pointer.
+	char fname[_MAX_FNAME+_MAX_EXT];		// full scenario name
+	HousesType house;
+	CCFileClass file;
+
+	/*
+	**	Get a working pointer to the INI staging buffer. Make sure that the buffer
+	**	starts cleared out of any data.
+	*/
+	buffer = (char *)_ShapeBuffer;
+	memset(buffer, '\0', _ShapeBufferSize);
+
+	switch (ScenPlayer) {
+		case SCEN_PLAYER_GDI:
+			house = HOUSE_GOOD;
+			break;
+
+		case SCEN_PLAYER_NOD:
+			house = HOUSE_BAD;
+			break;
+
+		case SCEN_PLAYER_JP:
+			house = HOUSE_JP;
+			break;
+
+		default:
+			house = HOUSE_MULTI1;
+			break;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Create scenario filename and clear the buffer to empty.
+	*/
+	sprintf(fname,"%s.INI",root);
+	file.Set_Name(fname);
+	if (file.Is_Available()) {
+//		file.Open(READ);
+		file.Read(buffer, _ShapeBufferSize-1);
+//		file.Close();
+	} else {
+		sprintf(buffer, "; Scenario %d control for house %s.\r\n", Scenario, HouseTypeClass::As_Reference(house).IniName);
+	}
+
+	WWWritePrivateProfileString("Basic", "Intro", IntroMovie, buffer);
+	WWWritePrivateProfileString("Basic", "Brief", BriefMovie, buffer);
+	WWWritePrivateProfileString("Basic", "Win", WinMovie, buffer);
+	WWWritePrivateProfileString("Basic", "Lose", LoseMovie, buffer);
+	WWWritePrivateProfileString("Basic", "Action", ActionMovie, buffer);
+	WWWritePrivateProfileString("Basic", "Player", PlayerPtr->Class->IniName, buffer);
+	WWWritePrivateProfileString("Basic", "Theme", Theme.Base_Name(TransitTheme), buffer);
+	WWWritePrivateProfileInt("Basic", "BuildLevel", BuildLevel, buffer);
+	WWWritePrivateProfileInt("Basic", "CarryOverMoney", Fixed_To_Cardinal(100, CarryOverPercent), buffer);
+	WWWritePrivateProfileInt("Basic", "CarryOverCap", CarryOverCap, buffer);
+
+	TeamTypeClass::Write_INI(buffer, true);
+	TriggerClass::Write_INI(buffer, true);
+	Map.Write_INI(buffer);
+	Map.Write_Binary(root);
+	HouseClass::Write_INI(buffer);
+	UnitClass::Write_INI(buffer);
+	InfantryClass::Write_INI(buffer);
+	BuildingClass::Write_INI(buffer);
+	TerrainClass::Write_INI(buffer);
+	OverlayClass::Write_INI(buffer);
+	SmudgeClass::Write_INI(buffer);
+
+	Base.Write_INI(buffer);
+
+	/*
+	**	Write the scenario data out to a file.
+	*/
+//	file.Open(WRITE);
+	file.Write(buffer, strlen(buffer));
+//	file.Close();
+
+	/*
+	**	Now update the Master INI file, containing the master list of triggers & teams
+	*/
+	memset(buffer, '\0', _ShapeBufferSize);
+
+	file.Set_Name("MASTER.INI");
+	if (file.Is_Available()) {
+//		file.Open(READ);
+		file.Read(buffer, _ShapeBufferSize-1);
+//		file.Close();
+	} else {
+		sprintf(buffer, "; Master Trigger & Team List.\r\n");
+	}
+
+	TeamTypeClass::Write_INI(buffer, false);
+	TriggerClass::Write_INI(buffer, false);
+
+//	file.Open(WRITE);
+	file.Write(buffer,strlen(buffer));
+//	file.Close();
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Assign_Houses -- Assigns multiplayer houses to various players                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/09/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   07/14/1995 JLB : Records name of player in house structure.                               *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+static void Assign_Houses(void)
+{
+	HousesType house;
+	HousesType pref_house;
+	HouseClass *housep;
+	bool house_used[MAX_PLAYERS];	// true = this house is in use
+	bool color_used[6];				// true = this color is in use
+	int i,j;
+	PlayerColorType color;
+	HousesType house2;
+	HouseClass *housep2;
+
+char wibble [256];
+sprintf (wibble, "C&C95 - In 'Assign_Houses'. Number of players:%d\n",MPlayerCount);
+CCDebugString (wibble);
+
+	/*
+	**	Init the 'used' flag for all houses & colors to 0
+	*/
+	for (i = 0; i < MAX_PLAYERS; i++) {
+		house_used[i] = false;
+	}
+	for (i = 0; i < 6; i++) {
+		color_used[i] = false;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	For each player, randomly pick a house
+	*/
+	for (i = 0; i < MPlayerCount; i++) {
+		j = Random_Pick(0, MPlayerMax-1);
+
+		/*
+		**	If this house was already selected, decrement 'i' & keep looping.
+		*/
+		if (house_used[j]) {
+			i--;
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Set the house, preferred house (GDI/NOD), color, and actual house;
+		**	get a pointer to the house instance
+		*/
+		house = (HousesType)(j + (int)HOUSE_MULTI1);
+		pref_house = MPlayerID_To_HousesType(MPlayerID[i]);
+		color = MPlayerID_To_ColorIndex(MPlayerID[i]);
+		housep = HouseClass::As_Pointer(house);
+		MPlayerHouses[i] = house;
+
+		/*
+		**	Mark this house & color as used
+		*/
+		house_used[j] = true;
+		color_used[color] = true;
+
+		/*
+		**	Set the house's IsHuman, Credits, ActLike, & RemapTable
+		*/
+		memset((char *)housep->Name, 0, MPLAYER_NAME_MAX);
+		strncpy((char *)housep->Name, MPlayerNames[i], MPLAYER_NAME_MAX-1);
+		housep->IsHuman = true;
+		housep->Init_Data(color, pref_house, MPlayerCredits);
+
+		/*
+		**	If this ID is for myself, set up PlayerPtr
+		*/
+		if (MPlayerID[i] == MPlayerLocalID) {
+			PlayerPtr = housep;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	For all houses not assigned to a player, set them up for computer use
+	*/
+	for (i = 0; i < MPlayerMax; i++) {
+		if (house_used[i] == false) {
+
+			/*
+			**	Set the house, preferred house (GDI/NOD), and color; get a pointer
+			**	to the house instance
+			*/
+			house = (HousesType)(i + (int)HOUSE_MULTI1);
+			pref_house = (HousesType)(IRandom(0, 1) + (int)HOUSE_GOOD);
+			for (;;) {
+				color = Random_Pick(REMAP_FIRST, REMAP_LAST);
+				if (color_used[color] == false) {
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+			housep = HouseClass::As_Pointer (house);
+
+			/*
+			**	Mark this house & color as used
+			*/
+			house_used[i] = true;
+			color_used[color] = true;
+
+			/*
+			**	Set the house's IsHuman, Credits, ActLike, & RemapTable
+			*/
+			housep->IsHuman = false;
+			housep->Init_Data(color, pref_house, MPlayerCredits);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Now make all computer-owned houses allies of each other.
+	*/
+	for (house = HOUSE_MULTI1; house < (HOUSE_MULTI1 + MPlayerMax); house++) {
+		housep = HouseClass::As_Pointer(house);
+		if (housep->IsHuman)
+			continue;
+
+		for (house2 = HOUSE_MULTI1; house2 < (HOUSE_MULTI1 + MPlayerMax); house2++) {
+			housep2 = HouseClass::As_Pointer (house2);
+			if (housep2->IsHuman)
+				continue;
+			housep->Make_Ally(house2);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Remove_AI_Players -- Removes the computer AI houses & their units                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/09/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+static void Remove_AI_Players(void)
+{
+	int i;
+	HousesType house;
+	HouseClass *housep;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < MAX_PLAYERS; i++) {
+		house = (HousesType)(i + (int)HOUSE_MULTI1);
+		housep = HouseClass::As_Pointer (house);
+		if (housep->IsHuman == false) {
+			housep->Clobber_All();
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Create_Units -- Creates infantry & units, for non-base multiplayer                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine uses data tables to determine which units to create for either                 *
+ * a GDI or NOD house, and how many of each.                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * It also sets each house's FlagHome & FlagLocation to the Waypoint selected                  *
+ * as that house's "home" cell.                                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *   ------------------ Unit Summary: -------------------------------                          *
+ *   UNIT_MTANK               Medium tank (M1).            GDI      7                          *
+ *   UNIT_JEEP               4x4 jeep replacement.      GDI      5                             *
+ *   UNIT_MLRS               MLRS rocket launcher.      GDI      99                            *
+ *   UNIT_APC                  APC.                        GDI      10                         *
+ *   UNIT_HTANK               Heavy tank (Mammoth).      GDI      13                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *   UNIT_LTANK               Light tank ('Bradly').      NOD      5                           *
+ *   UNIT_BUGGY               Rat patrol dune buggy type NOD      5                            *
+ *   UNIT_ARTY               Artillery unit.            NOD      10                            *
+ *   UNIT_FTANK               Flame thrower tank.         NOD      11                          *
+ *   UNIT_STANK               Stealth tank (Romulan).      NOD      13                         *
+ *   UNIT_BIKE               Nod recon motor-bike.      NOD      99                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *   ~1/3 chance of getting: {UNIT_MHQ,               Mobile Head Quarters.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *   ------------------ Infantry Summary: -------------------------------                      *
+ *   INFANTRY_E1,            Mini-gun armed.            GDI/NOD                                *
+ *   INFANTRY_E2,            Grenade thrower.            GDI                                   *
+ *   INFANTRY_E3,            Rocket launcher.            NOD                                   *
+ *   INFANTRY_E6,            Rocket launcher             GDI                                   *
+ *   INFANTRY_E4,            Flame thrower equipped.      NOD                                  *
+ *   INFANTRY_RAMBO,         Commando.                  GDI/NOD                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/09/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+static void Create_Units(void)
+{
+	enum {
+		NUM_UNIT_CATEGORIES = 8,
+		NUM_INFANTRY_CATEGORIES = 5,
+	};
+
+	static struct {
+		int MinLevel;
+		int GDICount;
+		UnitType GDIType;
+		int NODCount;
+		UnitType NODType;
+	} utable[] = {
+		{0,	1,UNIT_MTANK,	2,UNIT_LTANK},
+		{2,	1,UNIT_JEEP,	1,UNIT_BUGGY},
+		{3,	1,UNIT_MLRS,	1,UNIT_ARTY},
+		{4,	1,UNIT_APC,		2,UNIT_BUGGY},
+		{5,	1,UNIT_JEEP,	1,UNIT_BIKE},
+		{5,	2,UNIT_JEEP,	1,UNIT_FTANK},
+		{6,	1,UNIT_MSAM,	1,UNIT_MSAM},
+		{7,	1,UNIT_HTANK,	2,UNIT_STANK},
+	};
+	static int num_units[NUM_UNIT_CATEGORIES];		// # of each type of unit to create
+	int tot_units;												// total # units to create
+
+	static struct {
+		int MinLevel;
+		int GDICount;
+		InfantryType GDIType;
+		int NODCount;
+		InfantryType NODType;
+	} itable[] = {
+		{0,	1,INFANTRY_E1,	1,INFANTRY_E1},
+		{1,	1,INFANTRY_E2,	1,INFANTRY_E3},
+		{3,	1,INFANTRY_E3,	1,INFANTRY_E3},
+		{5,	1,INFANTRY_E3,	1,INFANTRY_E4},
+		{7,	1,INFANTRY_RAMBO,	1,INFANTRY_RAMBO},
+	};
+	static int num_infantry[NUM_INFANTRY_CATEGORIES];// # of each type of infantry to create
+	int tot_infantry;											// total # infantry to create
+
+	CELL waypts[26];
+	CELL sorted_waypts[26];
+	int num_waypts;
+
+	HousesType h;			// house loop counter
+	HouseClass *hptr;		// ptr to house being processed
+
+	CELL centroid;			// centroid of this house's stuff
+	int try_count;			// # times we've tried to select a centroid
+	CELL centerpt;			// centroid for a category of objects, as a CELL
+
+	int u_limit;			// last allowable index of units for this BuildLevel
+	int i_limit;			// last allowable index of infantry for this BuildLevel
+	TechnoClass *obj;		// newly-created object
+	int i,j,k;				// loop counters
+	int scaleval;			// value to scale # units or infantry
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	For the current BuildLevel, find the max allowable index into the tables
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	for (i = 0; i < NUM_UNIT_CATEGORIES; i++) {
+		if (BuildLevel >= utable[i].MinLevel)
+			u_limit = i;
+	}
+	for (i = 0; i < NUM_INFANTRY_CATEGORIES; i++) {
+		if (BuildLevel >= utable[i].MinLevel)
+			i_limit = i;
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Compute how many of each buildable category to create
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	/*........................................................................
+	Compute allowed # units
+	........................................................................*/
+	tot_units = (MPlayerUnitCount * 2) / 3;
+//	tot_units = MAX(tot_units, 1);
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Init # of each category to 0
+	........................................................................*/
+	for (i = 0; i <= u_limit; i++)
+		num_units[i] = 0;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Increment # of each category, until we've used up all units
+	........................................................................*/
+	j = 0;
+	for (i = 0; i < tot_units; i++) {
+		num_units[j]++;
+		j++;
+		if (j > u_limit)
+			j = 0;
+	}
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Compute allowed # infantry
+	........................................................................*/
+	tot_infantry = MPlayerUnitCount - tot_units;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Init # of each category to 0
+	........................................................................*/
+	for (i = 0; i <= i_limit; i++)
+		num_infantry[i] = 0;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Increment # of each category, until we've used up all infantry
+	........................................................................*/
+	j = 0;
+	for (i = 0; i < tot_infantry; i++) {
+		num_infantry[j]++;
+		j++;
+		if (j > i_limit)
+			j = 0;
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Now sort all the Waypoints on the map by distance.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	num_waypts = 0;									// counts # waypoints
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	First, copy all valid waytpoints into my 'waypts' array
+	........................................................................*/
+	for (i = 0; i < 26; i++) {
+		if (Waypoint[i] != -1) {
+			waypts[num_waypts] = Waypoint[i];
+			num_waypts++;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Now sort the 'waypts' array
+	........................................................................*/
+	Sort_Cells (waypts, num_waypts, sorted_waypts);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Loop through all houses.  Computer-controlled houses, with MPlayerBases
+	ON, are treated as though bases are OFF (since we have no base-building
+	AI logic.)
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	for (h = HOUSE_MULTI1; h < (HOUSE_MULTI1 + MPlayerMax); h++) {
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Get a pointer to this house; if there is none, go to the next house
+		.....................................................................*/
+		hptr = HouseClass::As_Pointer(h);
+		if (!hptr)
+			continue;
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Pick a random waypoint; if the chosen waypoint isn't valid, try again.
+		'centroid' will be the centroid of all this house's stuff.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		try_count = 0;
+		while (1) {
+			j = IRandom(0,MPlayerMax - 1);
+			if (sorted_waypts[j] != -1) {
+				centroid = sorted_waypts[j];
+				sorted_waypts[j] = -1;
+				break;
+			}
+			try_count++;
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			OK, we've tried enough; just pick any old cell at random, as long
+			as it's mappable.
+			..................................................................*/
+			if (try_count > 200) {
+				while (1) {
+					centroid = IRandom(0,MAP_CELL_TOTAL - 1);
+					if (Map.In_Radar(centroid))
+						break;
+				}
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		If Bases are ON, human & computer houses are treated differently
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		if (MPlayerBases) {
+			/*..................................................................
+			- For a human-controlled house:
+			  - Set 'scaleval' to 1
+			  - Create an MCV
+			  - Attach a flag to it for capture-the-flag mode
+			..................................................................*/
+			if (hptr->IsHuman) {
+				scaleval = 1;
+				obj = new UnitClass (UNIT_MCV, h);
+				if (!obj->Unlimbo(Cell_Coord(centroid),DIR_N)) {
+					if (!Scan_Place_Object(obj, centroid)) {
+						delete obj;
+						obj = NULL;
+					}
+				}
+				if (obj) {
+					hptr->FlagHome = 0;
+					hptr->FlagLocation = 0;
+					if (Special.IsCaptureTheFlag) {
+						hptr->Flag_Attach((UnitClass *)obj,true);
+					}
+				}
+			} else {
+
+				/*..................................................................
+				- For computer-controlled house:
+				  - Set 'scaleval' to 3
+				  - Create a Mobile HQ for capture-the-flag mode
+				..................................................................*/
+				scaleval = 3 / (MPlayerMax - MPlayerCount);
+				if (scaleval==0) {
+					scaleval = 1;
+				}
+
+				if (Special.IsCaptureTheFlag) {
+					obj = new UnitClass (UNIT_MHQ, h);
+					if (!obj->Unlimbo(Cell_Coord(centroid),DIR_N)) {
+						if (!Scan_Place_Object(obj, centroid)) {
+							delete obj;
+							obj = NULL;
+						}
+					}
+					hptr->FlagHome = 0;					// turn house's flag off
+					hptr->FlagLocation = 0;
+				}
+			}
+		} else {
+
+			/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+			If bases are OFF, set 'scaleval' to 1 & create a Mobile HQ for
+			capture-the-flag mode.
+			---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			scaleval = 1;
+			if (Special.IsCaptureTheFlag) {
+				obj = new UnitClass (UNIT_MHQ, h);
+				obj->Unlimbo(Cell_Coord(centroid),DIR_N);
+				hptr->FlagHome = 0;					// turn house's flag off
+				hptr->FlagLocation = 0;
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Set the house's max # units (this is used in the Mission_Timed_Hunt())
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		hptr->MaxUnit = MPlayerUnitCount * scaleval;
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Create units for this house
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		for (i = 0; i <= u_limit; i++) {
+			/*..................................................................
+			Find the center point for this category.
+			..................................................................*/
+			centerpt = Clip_Scatter(centroid,4);
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Place objects; loop through all unit in this category
+			..................................................................*/
+			for (j = 0; j < num_units[i] * scaleval; j++) {
+				/*...............................................................
+				Create a GDI unit
+				...............................................................*/
+				if (hptr->ActLike == HOUSE_GOOD) {
+					for (k = 0; k < utable[i].GDICount; k++) {
+						obj = new UnitClass (utable[i].GDIType, h);
+						if (!Scan_Place_Object(obj, centerpt)) {
+							delete obj;
+						} else {
+							if (!hptr->IsHuman) {
+								obj->Set_Mission(MISSION_TIMED_HUNT);
+							}
+						}
+					}
+				} else {
+
+					/*...............................................................
+					Create a NOD unit
+					...............................................................*/
+					for (k = 0; k < utable[i].NODCount; k++) {
+						obj = new UnitClass (utable[i].NODType, h);
+						if (!Scan_Place_Object(obj, centerpt)) {
+							delete obj;
+						} else {
+							if (!hptr->IsHuman) {
+								obj->Set_Mission(MISSION_TIMED_HUNT);
+							}
+						}
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Create infantry
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		for (i = 0; i <= i_limit; i++) {
+			/*..................................................................
+			Find the center point for this category.
+			..................................................................*/
+			centerpt = Clip_Scatter(centroid,4);
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Place objects; loop through all unit in this category
+			..................................................................*/
+			for (j = 0; j < num_infantry[i] * scaleval; j++) {
+				/*...............................................................
+				Create GDI infantry (Note: Unlimbo calls Enter_Idle_Mode(), which
+				assigns the infantry to HUNT; we must use Set_Mission() to override
+				this state.)
+				...............................................................*/
+				if (hptr->ActLike == HOUSE_GOOD) {
+					for (k = 0; k < itable[i].GDICount; k++) {
+						obj = new InfantryClass (itable[i].GDIType, h);
+						if (!Scan_Place_Object(obj, centerpt)) {
+							delete obj;
+						} else {
+							if (!hptr->IsHuman) {
+								obj->Set_Mission(MISSION_TIMED_HUNT);
+							}
+						}
+					}
+				} else {
+
+					/*...............................................................
+					Create NOD infantry
+					...............................................................*/
+					for (k = 0; k < itable[i].NODCount; k++) {
+						obj = new InfantryClass (itable[i].NODType, h);
+						if (!Scan_Place_Object(obj, centerpt)) {
+							delete obj;
+						} else {
+							if (!hptr->IsHuman) {
+								obj->Set_Mission(MISSION_TIMED_HUNT);
+							}
+						}
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Scan_Place_Object -- places an object >near< the given cell                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      obj      ptr to object to Unlimbo                                                      *
+ *      cell      center of search area                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      true = object was placed; false = it wasn't                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/09/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int Scan_Place_Object(ObjectClass *obj, CELL cell)
+{
+	int dist;				// for object placement
+	FacingType rot;		// for object placement
+	FacingType fcounter;	// for object placement
+	int tryval;
+	CELL newcell;
+	TechnoClass *techno;
+	int skipit;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	First try to unlimbo the object in the given cell.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (Map.In_Radar(cell)) {
+		techno = Map[cell].Cell_Techno();
+		if (!techno || (techno->What_Am_I()==RTTI_INFANTRY &&
+			obj->What_Am_I()==RTTI_INFANTRY)) {
+			if (obj->Unlimbo(Cell_Coord(cell),DIR_N)) {
+				return(true);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Loop through distances from the given center cell; skip the center cell.
+	For each distance, try placing the object along each rotational direction;
+	if none are available, try each direction with a random scatter value.
+	If that fails, go to the next distance.
+	This ensures that the closest coordinates are filled first.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	for (dist = 1; dist < 32; dist++) {
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Pick a random starting direction
+		.....................................................................*/
+		rot = (FacingType)IRandom (FACING_N, FACING_NW);
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Try all directions twice
+		.....................................................................*/
+		for (tryval = 0 ; tryval < 2; tryval++) {
+			/*..................................................................
+			Loop through all directions, at this distance.
+			..................................................................*/
+			for (fcounter = FACING_N; fcounter <= FACING_NW; fcounter++) {
+
+				skipit = false;
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Pick a coordinate along this directional axis
+				...............................................................*/
+				newcell = Clip_Move(cell, rot, dist);
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				If this is our second try at this distance, add a random scatter
+				to the desired cell, so our units aren't all aligned along spokes.
+				...............................................................*/
+				if (tryval > 0)
+					newcell = Clip_Scatter (newcell, 1);
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				If, by randomly scattering, we've chosen the exact center, skip
+				it & try another direction.
+				...............................................................*/
+				if (newcell==cell)
+					skipit = true;
+
+				if (!skipit) {
+					/*............................................................
+					Only attempt to Unlimbo the object if:
+					- there is no techno in the cell
+					- the techno in the cell & the object are both infantry
+					............................................................*/
+					techno = Map[newcell].Cell_Techno();
+					if (!techno || (techno->What_Am_I()==RTTI_INFANTRY &&
+						obj->What_Am_I()==RTTI_INFANTRY)) {
+						if (obj->Unlimbo(Cell_Coord(newcell),DIR_N)) {
+							return(true);
+						}
+					}
+				}
+
+				rot++;
+				if (rot > FACING_NW)
+					rot = FACING_N;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Sort_Cells -- sorts an array of cells by distance                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      cells         array to sort                                                            *
+ *      numcells      # entries in 'cells'                                                     *
+ *      outcells      array to store sorted values in                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/19/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+static void Sort_Cells(CELL *cells, int numcells, CELL *outcells)
+{
+	int i,j,k;
+	int num_sorted = 0;
+	int num_unsorted = numcells;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Pick the first cell at random
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	j = Random_Pick(0,numcells - 1);
+	outcells[0] = cells[j];
+	num_sorted++;
+
+	for (k = j; k < num_unsorted - 1; k++) {
+		cells[k] = cells[k + 1];
+	}
+	num_unsorted--;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	After the first cell, assign the other cells based on who's furthest away
+	from the chosen ones.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	for (i = 0; i < numcells; i++) {
+		j = Furthest_Cell (outcells, num_sorted, cells, num_unsorted);
+		outcells[num_sorted] = cells[j];
+		num_sorted++;
+
+		for (k = j; k < num_unsorted - 1; k++) {
+			cells[k] = cells[k + 1];
+		}
+		num_unsorted--;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Furthest_Cell -- Finds cell furthest from a group of cells                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      cells            array of cells to find furthest-cell-away-from                        *
+ *      numcells         # entries in 'cells'                                                  *
+ *      tcells         array of cells to test; one of these will be selected as being          *
+ *                     "furthest" from all the cells in 'cells'                                *
+ *      numtcells      # entries in 'tcells'                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      index of 'tcell' that's furthest away from 'cells'                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/19/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+static int Furthest_Cell(CELL *cells, int numcells, CELL *tcells, int numtcells)
+{
+	int i;
+	int j;
+	int mindist;			// minimum distance a 'tcell' is from a 'cell'
+	int maxmindist;		// the highest mindist value of all tcells
+	int maxmin_idx;		// index of the tcell with largest mindist
+	int dist;				// working distance measure
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Initialize
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	maxmindist = 0;
+	maxmin_idx = 0;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Loop through all test cells, finding the furthest one from all entries in
+	the 'cells' array
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	for (i = 0; i < numtcells; i++) {
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Find the 'cell' closest to this 'tcell'
+		.....................................................................*/
+		mindist = 0xffff;
+		for (j = 0; j < numcells; j++) {
+			dist = Distance (tcells[i],cells[j]);
+			if (dist <= mindist) {
+				mindist = dist;
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		If this tcell is further away than the others, save its distance &
+		index value
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (mindist >= maxmindist) {
+			maxmindist = mindist;
+			maxmin_idx = i;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return (maxmin_idx);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Clip_Scatter -- randomly scatters from given cell; won't fall off map                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      cell      cell to scatter from                                                         *
+ *      maxdist   max distance to scatter                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      new cell number                                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/30/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+static CELL Clip_Scatter(CELL cell, int maxdist)
+{
+	int x,y;
+	int xdist;
+	int ydist;
+	int xmin,xmax;
+	int ymin,ymax;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Get X & Y coords of given starting cell
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	x = Cell_X(cell);
+	y = Cell_Y(cell);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Compute our x & y limits
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	xmin = Map.MapCellX;
+	xmax = xmin + Map.MapCellWidth - 1;
+	ymin = Map.MapCellY;
+	ymax = ymin + Map.MapCellHeight - 1;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Adjust the x-coordinate
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	xdist = IRandom(0,maxdist);
+	if (IRandom(0,1)==0) {
+		x += xdist;
+		if (x > xmax) {
+			x = xmax;
+		}
+	} else {
+		x -= xdist;
+		if (x < xmin) {
+			x = xmin;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Adjust the y-coordinate
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	ydist = IRandom(0,maxdist);
+	if (IRandom(0,1)==0) {
+		y += ydist;
+		if (y > ymax) {
+			y = ymax;
+		}
+	} else {
+		y -= ydist;
+		if (y < ymin) {
+			y = ymin;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return (XY_Cell(x,y));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Clip_Move -- moves in given direction from given cell; clips to map                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      cell      cell to start from                                                           *
+ *      facing   direction to move                                                             *
+ *      dist      distance to move                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      new cell number                                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/30/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+static CELL Clip_Move(CELL cell, FacingType facing, int dist)
+{
+	int x,y;
+	int xmin,xmax;
+	int ymin,ymax;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Get X & Y coords of given starting cell
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	x = Cell_X(cell);
+	y = Cell_Y(cell);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Compute our x & y limits
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	xmin = Map.MapCellX;
+	xmax = xmin + Map.MapCellWidth - 1;
+	ymin = Map.MapCellY;
+	ymax = ymin + Map.MapCellHeight - 1;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Adjust the x-coordinate
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	switch (facing) {
+		case FACING_N:
+			y -= dist;
+			break;
+
+		case FACING_NE:
+			x += dist;
+			y -= dist;
+			break;
+
+		case FACING_E:
+			x += dist;
+			break;
+
+		case FACING_SE:
+			x += dist;
+			y += dist;
+			break;
+
+		case FACING_S:
+			y += dist;
+			break;
+
+		case FACING_SW:
+			x -= dist;
+			y += dist;
+			break;
+
+		case FACING_W:
+			x -= dist;
+			break;
+
+		case FACING_NW:
+			x -= dist;
+			y -= dist;
+			break;
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Clip to the map
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (x > xmax)
+		x = xmax;
+	if (x < xmin)
+		x = xmin;
+
+	if (y > ymax)
+		y = ymax;
+	if (y < ymin)
+		y = ymin;
+
+	return (XY_Cell(x,y));
+}
diff --git a/INIT.CPP b/INIT.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87ccc4a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/INIT.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,2958 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\init.cpv   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:50:16   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : INIT.CPP                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : January 20, 1992                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   Anim_Init -- Initialize the VQ animation control structure.                               *
+ *   Init_Game -- Main game initialization routine.                                            *
+ *   Load_Recording_Values -- Loads recording values from recording file                       *
+ *   Obfuscate -- Sufficiently transform parameter to thwart casual hackers.                   *
+ *   Parse_Command_Line -- Parses the command line parameters.                                 *
+ *   Parse_INI_File -- Parses CONQUER.INI for special options                                  *
+ *   Play_Intro -- plays the introduction & logo movies                                        *
+ *   Save_Recording_Values -- Saves recording values to a recording file                       *
+ *   Select_Game -- The game's main menu                                                       *
+ *   Version_Number -- Determines the version number.                                          *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+#include	"loaddlg.h"
+#include	"tcpip.h"
+#include	<conio.h>
+#include	<dos.h>
+#include  "ccdde.h"
+
+static HANDLE			hCCLibrary;
+
+/****************************************
+**	Function prototypes for this module **
+*****************************************/
+static void Play_Intro(bool for_real = false);
+
+extern "C" {
+extern long RandNumb;
+}
+
+extern int SimRandIndex;
+
+#define ATTRACT_MODE_TIMEOUT	3600		// timeout for attract mode
+#if(0)
+
+long FAR PASCAL _export Start_Game_Proc(HWND hwnd, UINT message, UINT wParam, LONG lParam)
+{
+	switch (message) {
+		case WM_CREATE:
+			break;
+
+		case WM_COMMAND:
+			EndDialog(hwnd, TRUE);
+			AllDone = TRUE;
+			break;
+
+		case WM_DESTROY:
+			EndDialog(hwnd, TRUE);
+			break;
+	}
+	return(DefWindowProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam));
+}
+#endif
+
+
+extern bool Server_Remote_Connect(void);
+extern bool Client_Remote_Connect(void);
+extern bool SpawnedFromWChat;
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Init_Game -- Main game initialization routine.                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Perform all one-time game initializations here. This includes all                        *
+ *    allocations and table setups. The intro and other one-time startup                       *
+ *    tasks are also performed here.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   argc,argv   -- Command line arguments.                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   Only call this ONCE!                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/07/1992 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool Init_Game(int , char *[])
+{
+	void const *temp_mouse_shapes;
+
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to load reslib.dll\n");
+	hCCLibrary = LoadLibrary("reslib.dll");
+
+	/*
+	**	Initialize the game object heaps.
+	*/
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to enter Units.Set_Heap\n");
+	Units.Set_Heap(UNIT_MAX);
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to enter Factories.Set_Heap\n");
+	Factories.Set_Heap(FACTORY_MAX);
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to enter Terrains.Set_Heap\n");
+	Terrains.Set_Heap(TERRAIN_MAX);
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to enter Templates.Set_Heap\n");
+	Templates.Set_Heap(TEMPLATE_MAX);
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to enter Smudges.Set_Heap\n");
+	Smudges.Set_Heap(SMUDGE_MAX);
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to enter Overlays.Set_Heap\n");
+	Overlays.Set_Heap(OVERLAY_MAX);
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to enter Infantry.Set_Heap\n");
+	Infantry.Set_Heap(INFANTRY_MAX);
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to enter Bullets.Set_Heap\n");
+	Bullets.Set_Heap(BULLET_MAX);
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to enter Buildings.Set_Heap\n");
+	Buildings.Set_Heap(BUILDING_MAX);
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to enter Anims.Set_Heap\n");
+	Anims.Set_Heap(ANIM_MAX);
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to enter Aircraft.Set_Heap\n");
+	Aircraft.Set_Heap(AIRCRAFT_MAX);
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to enter Triggers.Set_Heap\n");
+	Triggers.Set_Heap(TRIGGER_MAX);
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to enter TeamTypes.Set_Heap\n");
+	TeamTypes.Set_Heap(TEAMTYPE_MAX);
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to enter Teams.Set_Heap\n");
+	Teams.Set_Heap(TEAM_MAX);
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to enter Houses.Set_Heap\n");
+	Houses.Set_Heap(HOUSE_MAX);
+
+	/*
+	**	Initialize all the waypoints to invalid values.
+	*/
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to clear waypoints\n");
+	memset(Waypoint, 0xFF, sizeof(Waypoint));
+
+	/*
+	**	Setup the keyboard processor in preparation for the game.
+	*/
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to do various keyboard inits\n");
+#ifdef FIX_ME_LATER
+	Keyboard_Attributes_Off(TRACKEXT | PAUSEON | BREAKON | SCROLLLOCKON | CTRLSON | CTRLCON | PASSBREAKS | FILTERONLY | TASKSWITCHABLE);
+#endif //FIX_ME_LATER
+	Keyboard::Clear();
+	Kbd.Clear();
+
+	/*
+	**	This is the shape staging buffer. It must always be available, so it is
+	**	allocated here and never freed. The library sets the globals ShapeBuffer
+	**	and ShapeBufferSize to these values, so it can be accessed for other
+	**	purposes.
+	*/
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to call Set_Shape_Buffer\n");
+	Set_Shape_Buffer(new unsigned char[SHAPE_BUFFER_SIZE], SHAPE_BUFFER_SIZE);
+
+	/*
+	**	Bootstrap enough of the system so that the error dialog box can sucessfully
+	**	be displayed.
+	*/
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to register CCLOCAL.MIX\n");
+#ifdef DEMO
+	new MixFileClass("DEMOL.MIX");
+	MixFileClass::Cache("DEMOL.MIX");
+#else
+	int temp = RequiredCD;
+	RequiredCD = -2;
+	new MixFileClass("CCLOCAL.MIX");			// Cached.
+	MixFileClass::Cache("CCLOCAL.MIX");
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to register UPDATE.MIX\n");
+	new MixFileClass("UPDATE.MIX");			// Cached.
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to register UPDATEC.MIX\n");
+	new MixFileClass("UPDATEC.MIX");			// Cached.
+	MixFileClass::Cache("UPDATEC.MIX");
+#ifdef JAPANESE
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to register LANGUAGE.MIX\n");
+	new MixFileClass("LANGUAGE.MIX");
+#endif	//JAPANESE
+
+	RequiredCD = temp;
+
+#endif
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to load fonts\n");
+	Green12FontPtr = Load_Alloc_Data(CCFileClass("12GREEN.FNT"));
+	Green12GradFontPtr = Load_Alloc_Data(CCFileClass("12GRNGRD.FNT"));
+	MapFontPtr = Load_Alloc_Data(CCFileClass("8FAT.FNT"));
+	Font8Ptr = MixFileClass::Retrieve(FONT8);
+	FontPtr = (char *)Font8Ptr;
+	Set_Font(FontPtr);
+	Font3Ptr = MixFileClass::Retrieve(FONT3);
+//	Font6Ptr = MixFileClass::Retrieve(FONT6);
+   	 Font6Ptr = Load_Alloc_Data(CCFileClass("6POINT.FNT"));
+	//ScoreFontPtr = MixFileClass::Retrieve("12GRNGRD.FNT");	//GRAD12FN");	//("SCOREFNT.FNT");
+	ScoreFontPtr = Load_Alloc_Data(CCFileClass("12GRNGRD.FNT"));
+	FontLEDPtr = MixFileClass::Retrieve("LED.FNT");
+	VCRFontPtr = MixFileClass::Retrieve("VCR.FNT");
+//	GradFont6Ptr = MixFileClass::Retrieve("GRAD6FNT.FNT");
+	GradFont6Ptr = Load_Alloc_Data(CCFileClass("GRAD6FNT.FNT"));
+	BlackPalette = new(MEM_CLEAR|MEM_REAL) unsigned char[768];
+	GamePalette = new(MEM_CLEAR|MEM_REAL) unsigned char[768];
+	OriginalPalette = new(MEM_CLEAR|MEM_REAL) unsigned char[768];
+	WhitePalette = new(MEM_CLEAR|MEM_REAL) unsigned char[768];
+	memset(WhitePalette, 63, 768);
+
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to set palette\n");
+	memset(BlackPalette, 0x01, 768);
+	if (!Special.IsFromInstall) Set_Palette(BlackPalette);
+	memset(BlackPalette, 0, 768);
+	if (!Special.IsFromInstall) {
+		Set_Palette(BlackPalette);
+		CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to clear visible page\n");
+		VisiblePage.Clear();
+	}
+
+	Set_Palette(GamePalette);
+
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to set the mouse shape\n");
+	/*
+	** Since there is no mouse shape currently available we need'
+	** to set one of our own.
+	*/
+	ShowCursor (FALSE);
+	if (MouseInstalled) {
+		temp_mouse_shapes = MixFileClass::Retrieve("MOUSE.SHP");
+		if (temp_mouse_shapes) {
+			Set_Mouse_Cursor(0, 0, Extract_Shape(temp_mouse_shapes,0));
+			while (Get_Mouse_State() > 1) {
+				Show_Mouse();
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to enter wait for focus loop\n");
+	/*
+	** Process the message loop until we are in focus.
+	*/
+	do {
+		CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to call Keyboard::Check\n");
+		Keyboard::Check();
+	}while (!GameInFocus);
+	AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to load the language file\n");
+	/*
+	**	Fetch the language text from the hard drive first. If it cannot be
+	**	found on the hard drive, then look for it in the mixfile.
+	*/
+	if (RawFileClass(Language_Name("CONQUER")).Is_Available()) {
+		SystemStrings = (char const *)Load_Alloc_Data(RawFileClass(Language_Name("CONQUER")));
+	} else {
+		SystemStrings = (char const *)MixFileClass::Retrieve(Language_Name("CONQUER"));
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Default palette initialization. Uses the desert palette for convenience,
+	**	but only the non terrain specific colors matter.
+	*/
+	//Mem_Copy((void *)MixFileClass::Retrieve("TEMPERAT.PAL"), GamePalette, 768L);
+	CCFileClass palfile ("TEMPERAT.PAL");
+	palfile.Read (GamePalette, 768L);
+
+	if (!MouseInstalled) {
+		char buffer[255];
+		Set_Palette(GamePalette);
+#ifdef GERMAN
+		sprintf(buffer, "Command & Conquer kann Ihren Maustreiber nicht finden..");
+#else
+#ifdef FRENCH
+		sprintf(buffer, "Command & Conquer ne peut pas d‚tecter votre gestionnaire de souris.");
+#else
+		sprintf(buffer, "Command & Conquer is unable to detect your mouse driver.");
+#endif
+#endif
+		CCMessageBox().Process(buffer, TXT_OK);
+		Prog_End();
+		exit(1);
+	}
+
+#ifdef DEMO
+	/*
+	**	Add in any override path specified in the conquer.ini file.
+	*/
+	if (strlen(OverridePath)) {
+		CCFileClass::Set_Search_Drives(OverridePath);
+	}
+#endif
+
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to search for CD drives\n");
+	/*
+	**	Always try to look at the CD-ROM for data files.
+	*/
+	if (!CCFileClass::Is_There_Search_Drives()) {
+
+		/*
+		** If there are no search drives specified then we must be playing
+		** off cd, so read files from there.
+		*/
+		int error;
+
+		do {
+			if (!CDList.Get_Number_Of_Drives()){
+				Set_Palette(GamePalette);
+				Show_Mouse();
+				CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_CD_ERROR1, TXT_OK);
+				Prog_End();
+				exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+			}
+			CCFileClass::Set_CD_Drive( CDList.Get_First_CD_Drive() );
+
+			error = CCFileClass::Set_Search_Drives("?:\\");
+			switch(error) {
+				case 1:
+					Set_Palette(GamePalette);
+					Show_Mouse();
+					CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_CD_ERROR1, TXT_OK);
+					Prog_End();
+					exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+
+				case 2:
+					Set_Palette(GamePalette);
+					Show_Mouse();
+					if (CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_CD_DIALOG_1, TXT_OK, TXT_CANCEL) == 1) {
+						Prog_End();
+						exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+					}
+					Hide_Mouse();
+					break;
+
+				default:
+					Show_Mouse();
+					if (!Force_CD_Available(RequiredCD)) {
+						Prog_End();
+						exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+					}
+					Hide_Mouse();
+					break;
+			}
+		} while (error);
+
+#ifdef DEMO
+		RequiredCD = -2;
+#else
+		RequiredCD = -1;
+#endif
+	} else {
+
+		/*
+		** If there are search drives specified then all files are to be
+		** considered local.
+		*/
+		RequiredCD = -2;
+	}
+#ifndef DEMO
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to register addon mixfiles\n");
+	/*
+	**	Before all else, cache any additional mixfiles.
+	*/
+	struct find_t ff;		// for _dos_findfirst
+	if (!_dos_findfirst("SC*.MIX", _A_NORMAL, &ff)) {
+		char * ptr;
+		do {
+			ptr = strdup(ff.name);
+			new MixFileClass(ptr);
+			MixFileClass::Cache(ptr);
+//			free(ptr);
+		} while(!_dos_findnext(&ff));
+	}
+	if (!_dos_findfirst("SS*.MIX", _A_NORMAL, &ff)) {
+		char * ptr;
+		do {
+			ptr = strdup(ff.name);
+			new MixFileClass(ptr);
+//			free(ptr);
+		} while(!_dos_findnext(&ff));
+	}
+#endif	//DEMO
+
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to register GENERAL.MIX\n");
+	if (GeneralMix) delete GeneralMix;
+	GeneralMix = new MixFileClass("GENERAL.MIX");
+
+//	if (!_dos_findfirst("SC*.MIX", _A_NORMAL, &ff)) {
+//		do {
+//			new MixFileClass(ff.name);
+//			MixFileClass::Cache(ff.name);
+//		} while(!_dos_findnext(&ff));
+//	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Inform the file system of the various MIX files.
+	*/
+#ifdef DEMO
+	new MixFileClass("DEMO.MIX");
+	if (CCFileClass("DEMOM.MIX").Is_Available()) {
+		if (!MoviesMix) MoviesMix = new MixFileClass("DEMOM.MIX");
+		ScoresPresent = true;
+		ThemeClass::Scan();
+	}
+
+#else
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to register CONQUER.MIX\n");
+	new MixFileClass("CONQUER.MIX");			// Cached.
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to register TRANSIT.MIX\n");
+	new MixFileClass("TRANSIT.MIX");
+
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to register GENERAL.MIX\n");
+	if (!GeneralMix) GeneralMix = new MixFileClass("GENERAL.MIX");			// Never cached.
+
+//	if (CCFileClass("MOVIES.MIX").Is_Available()) {
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to register MOVIES.MIX\n");
+		if (!MoviesMix) MoviesMix = new MixFileClass("MOVIES.MIX");			// Never cached.
+//	}
+
+
+
+#if (0)
+
+	/*
+	** Extract a movie from a mixfile.
+	*/
+	char *file_ptr = (char*)Alloc (32 * 1024 * 1024, MEM_NORMAL);
+	CCFileClass whatever ("PINTLE.VQA");
+
+	int len = whatever.Size();
+
+	whatever.Open();
+
+	DWORD	actual;
+		HANDLE sfile = CreateFile("c:\\temp\\PINTLE.VQA", GENERIC_WRITE, 0,
+												NULL, CREATE_ALWAYS, FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL, NULL);
+
+	if (sfile != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE){
+		SetFilePointer (sfile, 0, NULL, FILE_END);
+
+		do{
+			whatever.Read (file_ptr, MIN (len, 1024*64));
+			WriteFile(sfile, file_ptr, MIN (len, 1024*64), &actual, NULL);
+			len -= MIN (len, 1024*64);
+		}while ( len >0 );
+
+		CloseHandle (sfile);
+	}
+
+	whatever.Close();
+
+	Free (file_ptr);
+
+#endif	//(0)
+
+
+
+	/*
+	**	Register the score mixfile.
+	*/
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to register SCORES.MIX\n");
+	ScoresPresent = false;
+//	if (CCFileClass("SCORES.MIX").Is_Available()) {
+		ScoresPresent = true;
+		if (!ScoreMix) {
+			ScoreMix = new MixFileClass("SCORES.MIX");
+			ThemeClass::Scan();
+		}
+//	}
+#endif
+
+	/*
+	**	These are sound card specific, but the install program would have
+	**	copied the coorect versions to the hard drive.
+	*/
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to register SPEECH.MIX\n");
+	if (CCFileClass("SPEECH.MIX").Is_Available()) {
+		new MixFileClass("SPEECH.MIX");			// Never cached.
+	}
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to register SOUNDS.MIX\n");
+	new MixFileClass("SOUNDS.MIX");			// Cached.
+
+	/*
+	**	Initialize the animation system.
+	*/
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to initialise the animation system\n");
+	Anim_Init();
+
+	if (SpawnedFromWChat){
+		Special.IsFromWChat = true;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Play the introduction movies.
+	*/
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to play the intro movie\n");
+	if (!Special.IsFromInstall && !Special.IsFromWChat) Play_Intro(true);
+
+	/*
+	**	Wait for a VSync; during the vertical blank, set the game palette & blit
+	**	the title screen.  We must ensure no RGB values in the game palette match
+	**	those in the WWLIB's 'CurrentPalette', or the WWLIB palette-set routine
+	**	will skip that color; the VQ player will have changed that color (behind
+	**	WWLIB's back), so it will be incorrect.
+	*/
+	memset(CurrentPalette, 0x01, 768);
+
+	if (!Special.IsFromInstall) {
+		Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+		HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+	}
+
+	Hide_Mouse();
+	Wait_Vert_Blank();
+	if (!Special.IsFromInstall) {
+		Set_Palette(Palette);
+		HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+		Show_Mouse();
+	}
+	Call_Back();
+//	Window_Dialog_Box(hCCLibrary, "DIALOG_1", MainWindow, MakeProcInstance((FARPROC)Start_Game_Proc, hInstance));
+//	if (hCCLibrary) FreeLibrary(hCCLibrary);
+
+#ifdef DEMO
+	MixFileClass::Cache("DEMO.MIX");
+	MixFileClass::Cache("SOUNDS.MIX");
+#else
+	/*
+	**	Cache the main game data. This operation can take a very long time.
+	*/
+	MixFileClass::Cache("CONQUER.MIX");
+	if (SampleType != 0 && !Debug_Quiet) {
+		MixFileClass::Cache("SOUNDS.MIX");
+		if (Special.IsJuvenile) {
+			new MixFileClass("ZOUNDS.MIX");		// Cached.
+			MixFileClass::Cache("ZOUNDS.MIX");
+		}
+	}
+	Call_Back();
+#endif
+
+//	malloc(2);
+
+	/*
+	**	Perform any special debug-only processing. This includes preparing the
+	**	monochrome screen.
+	*/
+	Mono_Clear_Screen();
+
+#ifdef ONHOLD
+	/*
+	** Check for addition options not specified on the command-line.  This must
+	** be done before the One_Time calls, but after the shape buffer is set up.
+	*/
+	Parse_INI_File();
+#endif
+
+	/*
+	**	Perform one-time game system initializations.
+	*/
+	Call_Back();
+//	malloc(3);
+	Map.One_Time();
+//	malloc(4);
+	Logic.One_Time();
+//	malloc(5);
+	Options.One_Time();
+
+//	malloc(6);
+
+	ObjectTypeClass::One_Time();
+	BuildingTypeClass::One_Time();
+	BulletTypeClass::One_Time();
+	HouseTypeClass::One_Time();
+
+	TemplateTypeClass::One_Time();
+	OverlayTypeClass::One_Time();
+	SmudgeTypeClass::One_Time();
+	TerrainTypeClass::One_Time();
+	UnitTypeClass::One_Time();
+
+	InfantryTypeClass::One_Time();
+	AnimTypeClass::One_Time();
+	AircraftTypeClass::One_Time();
+	HouseClass::One_Time();
+
+	/*
+	**	Speech holding tank buffer. Since speech does not mix, it can be placed
+	**	into a custom holding tank only as large as the largest speech file to
+	**	be played.
+	*/
+	SpeechBuffer = new char [SPEECH_BUFFER_SIZE];
+	Call_Back();
+
+	/*
+	**	WWLIB bug: MouseState is in some undefined state; show the mouse until
+	**	it really shows.
+	*/
+	Map.Set_Default_Mouse(MOUSE_NORMAL, false);
+	Show_Mouse();
+//#ifdef FIX_ME_LATER
+	while (Get_Mouse_State() > 0) Show_Mouse();
+//#endif //FIX_ME_LATER
+	Call_Back();
+
+#ifndef DEMO
+	/*
+	**	Load multiplayer scenario descriptions
+	*/
+	Read_Scenario_Descriptions();
+#endif
+
+	/*
+	**	Initialize the multiplayer score values
+	*/
+	MPlayerGamesPlayed = 0;
+	MPlayerNumScores = 0;
+	MPlayerCurGame = 0;
+	for (int i = 0; i < MAX_MULTI_NAMES; i++) {
+		MPlayerScore[i].Name[0] = '\0';
+		MPlayerScore[i].Wins = 0;
+		for (int j = 0; j < MAX_MULTI_GAMES; j++) {
+			MPlayerScore[i].Kills[j] = -1;	// -1 = this player didn't play this round
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Copy the title screen's palette into the GamePalette & OriginalPalette,
+	** because the options Load routine uses these palettes to set the brightness, etc.
+	*/
+	memcpy (GamePalette, Palette, 768);
+	memcpy (OriginalPalette, Palette, 768);
+
+	/*
+	**	Read game options, so the GameSpeed is initialized when multiplayer
+	** dialogs are invoked.  (GameSpeed must be synchronized between systems.)
+	*/
+	Options.Load_Settings();
+
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+#ifndef NOMEMCHECK
+void Uninit_Game(void)
+{
+	delete Map.ShadowPage;
+	Map.ShadowPage = NULL;
+	Map.Free_Cells();
+
+	delete [] SpeechBuffer;
+
+	CCFileClass::Clear_Search_Drives();
+	MixFileClass::Free_All();
+
+	Units.Set_Heap(0);
+	Factories.Set_Heap(0);
+	Terrains.Set_Heap(0);
+	Templates.Set_Heap(0);
+	Smudges.Set_Heap(0);
+	Overlays.Set_Heap(0);
+	Infantry.Set_Heap(0);
+	Bullets.Set_Heap(0);
+	Buildings.Set_Heap(0);
+	Anims.Set_Heap(0);
+	Aircraft.Set_Heap(0);
+	Triggers.Set_Heap(0);
+	TeamTypes.Set_Heap(0);
+	Teams.Set_Heap(0);
+	Houses.Set_Heap(0);
+
+	delete [] _ShapeBuffer;
+	Set_Shape_Buffer(NULL, 0);
+	delete [] BlackPalette;
+	delete [] GamePalette;
+	delete [] OriginalPalette;
+	delete [] WhitePalette;
+
+	WWDOS_Shutdown();
+	delete [] Palette;
+}
+#endif
+
+extern bool Do_The_Internet_Menu_Thang(void);
+extern int ShowCommand;
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Select_Game -- The game's main menu                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *		fade		if true, will fade the palette in gradually												  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/05/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+extern int Com_Fake_Scenario_Dialog(void);
+extern int Com_Show_Fake_Scenario_Dialog(void);
+extern int WChatMaxAhead;
+extern int WChatSendRate;
+void Check_From_WChat(char *wchat_name);
+
+bool Select_Game(bool fade)
+{
+	enum {
+		SEL_TIMEOUT = -1,				// main menu timeout--go into attract mode
+#ifdef NEWMENU
+		SEL_NEW_SCENARIO,				// Expansion scenario to play.
+#endif
+		SEL_START_NEW_GAME,			// start a new game
+#ifdef BONUS_MISSIONS
+		SEL_BONUS_MISSIONS,
+#endif	//BONUS_MISSIONS
+		SEL_INTERNET,
+		SEL_LOAD_MISSION,				// load a saved game
+		SEL_MULTIPLAYER_GAME,		// play modem/null-modem/network game
+		SEL_INTRO,						// replay the intro
+		SEL_EXIT,						// exit to DOS
+		SEL_FAME,						// view the hall of fame
+		SEL_NONE,						// placeholder default value
+	};
+	bool gameloaded=false;			// Has the game been loaded from the menu?
+	int selection;						// the default selection
+	bool process = true;				// false = break out of while loop
+	bool display = true;
+	CountDownTimerClass count;
+	int cd_index;
+
+	MEMORYSTATUS	mem_info;
+	mem_info.dwLength=sizeof(mem_info);
+	GlobalMemoryStatus(&mem_info);
+
+	/*
+	** Enable the DDE Server so we can get internet start game packets from WChat
+	*/
+	DDEServer.Enable();
+
+	if (Special.IsFromInstall) {
+		/*
+		** Special case for machines with 12 megs or less - just play intro, no choose side screen
+		*/
+		if (mem_info.dwTotalPhys < 12*1024*1024){
+			VisiblePage.Clear();
+			Play_Movie("INTRO2", THEME_NONE, false);
+			BreakoutAllowed = true;
+			Fade_Palette_To(BlackPalette, FADE_PALETTE_MEDIUM, Call_Back);
+			fade = true;
+			VisiblePage.Clear();
+		}else{
+			display = false;
+			Show_Mouse();
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	[Re]set any globals that need it, in preparation for a new scenario
+	*/
+	GameActive = true;
+	DoList.Init();
+	OutList.Init();
+	Frame = 0;
+	PlayerWins = false;
+	PlayerLoses = false;
+	MPlayerObiWan = false;
+	Debug_Unshroud = false;
+	Map.Set_Cursor_Shape(0);
+	Map.PendingObjectPtr = 0;
+	Map.PendingObject = 0;
+	Map.PendingHouse = HOUSE_NONE;
+
+	/*
+	** Initialize multiplayer-protocol-specific variables:
+	** If CommProtocol MULTI_E_COMP is used, you must:
+	** Init FrameSendRate to a sensible value (3 is good)
+	** Init MPlayerMaxAhead to an even multiple of FrameSendRate, and it must
+	**   be at least 2 * MPlayerMaxAhead
+	*/
+	CommProtocol = COMM_PROTOCOL_SINGLE_NO_COMP;
+	if (!Special.IsFromWChat){
+		FrameSendRate = 3;
+	}
+
+	ProcessTicks = 0;
+	ProcessFrames = 0;
+	DesiredFrameRate = 30;
+//#if(TIMING_FIX)
+	NewMaxAheadFrame1 = 0;
+	NewMaxAheadFrame2 = 0;
+//#endif
+
+	/*
+	**	Init multiplayer game scores.  Let Wins accumulate; just init the current
+	** Kills for this game.  Kills of -1 means this player didn't play this round.
+	*/
+	for (int i = 0 ; i < MAX_MULTI_GAMES; i++) {
+		MPlayerScore[i].Kills[MPlayerCurGame] = -1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Set default mouse shape
+	*/
+	Map.Set_Default_Mouse(MOUSE_NORMAL, false);
+
+	/*
+	**	If the last game we played was a multiplayer game, jump right to that
+	**	menu by pre-setting 'selection'.
+	*/
+	if (GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL) {
+		selection = SEL_NONE;
+	} else {
+		selection = SEL_MULTIPLAYER_GAME;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Main menu processing; only do this if we're not in editor mode.
+	*/
+	if (!Debug_Map) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Menu selection processing loop
+		*/
+		ScenarioInit++;
+		Theme.Queue_Song(THEME_MAP1);
+		ScenarioInit--;
+
+		/*
+		** If we're playing back a recording, load all pertinant values & skip
+		** the menu loop.  Hide the now-useless mouse pointer.
+		*/
+		if (PlaybackGame && RecordFile.Is_Available()) {
+			if (RecordFile.Open(READ)) {
+				Load_Recording_Values();
+				process = false;
+				Theme.Fade_Out();
+			} else
+				PlaybackGame = false;
+		}
+
+
+		/*
+		** Handle case where we were spawned from Wchat
+		*/
+		if (SpawnedFromWChat){
+			Special.IsFromInstall = false;	//Dont play intro if we were spawned from wchat
+			selection = SEL_INTERNET;
+			Theme.Queue_Song(THEME_NONE);
+			GameToPlay = GAME_INTERNET;
+			display = false;
+			Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+		}
+
+
+		while (process) {
+
+			/*
+			** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+			** we need to redraw.
+			*/
+			if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+				AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+				display=TRUE;
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	Redraw the title page if needed
+			*/
+			if (display) {
+				Hide_Mouse();
+
+				/*
+				**	Display the title page; fade it in if this is the first time
+				**	through the loop, and the 'fade' flag is true
+				*/
+				Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+				memcpy (GamePalette, Palette, 768);
+				HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+
+				if (fade) {
+					Fade_Palette_To(Palette, FADE_PALETTE_SLOW, Call_Back);
+					fade = false;
+				}
+
+				Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+#ifdef VIRGIN_CHEAT_KEYS
+				Fancy_Text_Print("V.%d%s", SeenBuff.Get_Width() - 1, SeenBuff.Get_Height() - 10, DKGREY, TBLACK, TPF_6POINT|TPF_FULLSHADOW|TPF_RIGHT, Version_Number(), VersionText, FOREIGN_VERSION_NUMBER);
+//				Fancy_Text_Print("V.%d%s%02d", 319, 190, DKGREY, TBLACK, TPF_6POINT|TPF_FULLSHADOW|TPF_RIGHT, Version_Number(), VersionText, FOREIGN_VERSION_NUMBER);
+#else
+
+#ifdef DEMO
+				Version_Number();
+				Fancy_Text_Print("DEMO V%s", SeenBuff.Get_Width() - 1, SeenBuff.Get_Height() - 10, DKGREY, TBLACK, TPF_6POINT|TPF_FULLSHADOW|TPF_RIGHT, VersionText);
+#else
+				Fancy_Text_Print("V.%d%s", SeenBuff.Get_Width() - 1, SeenBuff.Get_Height() - 10, DKGREY, TBLACK, TPF_6POINT|TPF_FULLSHADOW|TPF_RIGHT, Version_Number(), VersionText);
+#endif
+#endif
+				display = false;
+				Show_Mouse();
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	Display menu and fetch selection from player.
+			*/
+			if (Special.IsFromInstall && mem_info.dwTotalPhys >= 12*1024*1024){
+				selection = SEL_START_NEW_GAME;
+				Theme.Queue_Song(THEME_NONE);
+			}
+
+			/*
+			** Handle case where we were spawned from Wchat
+			*/
+			if (Special.IsFromWChat && DDEServer.Get_MPlayer_Game_Info()){
+				Check_From_WChat(NULL);
+				selection = SEL_MULTIPLAYER_GAME;
+				Theme.Queue_Song(THEME_NONE);
+				GameToPlay = GAME_INTERNET;
+			}else{
+				/*
+				** We werent spawned but we could still receive a DDE packet from wchat
+				*/
+				if (DDEServer.Get_MPlayer_Game_Info()){
+					Check_From_WChat(NULL);
+					/*
+					** Make sure top and bottom of screen are clear in 640x480 mode
+					*/
+					if (ScreenHeight == 480){
+						VisiblePage.Fill_Rect (0, 0, 639, 40, 0);
+						VisiblePage.Fill_Rect (0, 440, 639, 479, 0);
+					}
+				}
+			}
+
+			if (selection == SEL_NONE) {
+//				selection = Main_Menu(0);
+				selection = Main_Menu(ATTRACT_MODE_TIMEOUT);
+			}
+			Call_Back();
+
+			switch (selection) {
+
+#ifdef NEWMENU
+
+				case SEL_INTERNET:
+					/*
+					** Only call up the internet menu code if we dont already have connect info from WChat
+					*/
+					if (!DDEServer.Get_MPlayer_Game_Info()){
+						CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to call Internet Menu.\n");
+						if (Do_The_Internet_Menu_Thang() && DDEServer.Get_MPlayer_Game_Info()){
+							CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to call Check_From_WChat.\n");
+							Check_From_WChat(NULL);
+							selection = SEL_MULTIPLAYER_GAME;
+							display = false;
+							GameToPlay = GAME_INTERNET;
+						}else{
+							selection = SEL_NONE;
+							display = true;
+						}
+					}else{
+						CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to call Check_From_WChat.\n");
+						Check_From_WChat(NULL);
+						display = false;
+						GameToPlay = GAME_INTERNET;
+						selection = SEL_MULTIPLAYER_GAME;
+					}
+					break;
+
+
+				/*
+				**	Pick an expansion scenario.
+				*/
+				case SEL_NEW_SCENARIO:
+					CarryOverMoney = 0;
+					if (Expansion_Dialog()) {
+						Theme.Fade_Out();
+//						Theme.Queue_Song(THEME_AOI);
+						GameToPlay = GAME_NORMAL;
+						process = false;
+					} else {
+						display = true;
+						selection = SEL_NONE;
+					}
+					break;
+
+
+#ifdef BONUS_MISSIONS
+
+				/*
+				**	User selected to play a bonus scenario.
+				*/
+				case SEL_BONUS_MISSIONS:
+					CarryOverMoney = 0;
+
+					/*
+					** Ensure that CD1 or CD2 is in the drive. These missions
+					** are not on the covert CD.
+					*/
+					cd_index = Get_CD_Index(CCFileClass::Get_CD_Drive(), 1*60);
+					/*
+					** If cd_index == 2 then its a covert CD
+					*/
+					if (cd_index == 2){
+						RequiredCD = 0;
+						if (!Force_CD_Available (RequiredCD)){
+							Prog_End();
+							exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+						}
+					}
+
+					if (Bonus_Dialog()) {
+						Theme.Fade_Out();
+						GameToPlay = GAME_NORMAL;
+						process = false;
+					} else {
+						display = true;
+						selection = SEL_NONE;
+					}
+					break;
+
+
+#endif	//BONUS_MISSIONS
+
+#endif
+
+				/*
+				**	SEL_START_NEW_GAME: Play the game
+				*/
+				case SEL_START_NEW_GAME:
+					CarryOverMoney = 0;
+
+#ifdef DEMO
+					Hide_Mouse();
+					Fade_Palette_To(BlackPalette, FADE_PALETTE_MEDIUM, Call_Back);
+					Load_Title_Screen("PREPICK.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+					HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+					Fade_Palette_To(Palette, FADE_PALETTE_MEDIUM, Call_Back);
+					Clear_KeyBuffer();
+					while (!Check_Key_Num()) {
+						Call_Back();
+					}
+					Get_Key_Num();
+					Fade_Palette_To(BlackPalette, FADE_PALETTE_MEDIUM, Call_Back);
+					Show_Mouse();
+
+					Scenario = 1;
+					BuildLevel = 1;
+#else
+					Scenario = 1;
+					BuildLevel = 1;
+#endif
+					ScenPlayer = SCEN_PLAYER_GDI;
+					ScenDir = SCEN_DIR_EAST;
+					Whom = HOUSE_GOOD;
+
+#ifndef DEMO
+					Theme.Fade_Out();
+					Choose_Side();
+#endif
+
+					/*
+					** If user is playing special mode, do NOT change Whom; leave it set to
+					** GDI or NOD.  Ini.cpp will set the player's ActLike to mirror the
+					** Whom value.
+					*/
+					if (Special.IsJurassic && AreThingiesEnabled) {
+						ScenPlayer = SCEN_PLAYER_JP;
+						ScenDir = SCEN_DIR_EAST;
+					}
+
+					GameToPlay = GAME_NORMAL;
+					process = false;
+					break;
+
+				/*
+				**	Load a saved game.
+				*/
+				case SEL_LOAD_MISSION:
+					if (LoadOptionsClass(LoadOptionsClass::LOAD).Process()) {
+						//Theme.Fade_Out();
+						Theme.Queue_Song(THEME_AOI);
+						process = false;
+						gameloaded = true;
+					} else {
+						display = true;
+						selection = SEL_NONE;
+					}
+					break;
+
+				/*
+				**	SEL_MULTIPLAYER_GAME: set 'GameToPlay' to NULL-modem, modem, or
+				**	network play.
+				*/
+				case SEL_MULTIPLAYER_GAME:
+
+#ifdef DEMO
+					Hide_Mouse();
+					Set_Palette(BlackPalette);
+					Load_Title_Screen("DEMOPIC.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+					HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+					Fade_Palette_To(Palette, FADE_PALETTE_MEDIUM, Call_Back);
+					Clear_KeyBuffer();
+					while (!Check_Key()) {
+						Call_Back();
+					}
+					Get_Key();
+					Fade_Palette_To(BlackPalette, FADE_PALETTE_MEDIUM, Call_Back);
+					Show_Mouse();
+					display = true;
+					fade = true;
+					selection = SEL_NONE;
+#else
+					switch (GameToPlay) {
+
+						/*
+						**	If 'GameToPlay' isn't already set up for a multiplayer game,
+						**	we must prompt the user for which type of multiplayer game
+						**	they want.
+						*/
+						case GAME_NORMAL:
+							GameToPlay = Select_MPlayer_Game();
+							if (GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL) {		// 'Cancel'
+								display = true;
+								selection = SEL_NONE;
+							}
+							break;
+
+						case GAME_NULL_MODEM:
+						case GAME_MODEM:
+							if ( NullModem.Num_Connections() ) {
+								NullModem.Init_Send_Queue();
+
+								if ((GameToPlay == GAME_NULL_MODEM &&
+									ModemGameToPlay == MODEM_NULL_HOST) ||
+									(GameToPlay == GAME_MODEM &&
+									ModemGameToPlay == MODEM_DIALER) ) {
+
+									if ( !Com_Scenario_Dialog() ) {
+										GameToPlay = Select_Serial_Dialog();
+										if (GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL) {		// user hit Cancel
+											display = true;
+											selection = SEL_NONE;
+										}
+									}
+								} else {
+									if ( !Com_Show_Scenario_Dialog() ) {
+										GameToPlay = Select_Serial_Dialog();
+										if (GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL) {		// user hit Cancel
+											display = true;
+											selection = SEL_NONE;
+										}
+									}
+								}
+							} else {
+								GameToPlay = Select_MPlayer_Game();
+								if (GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL) {		// 'Cancel'
+									display = true;
+									selection = SEL_NONE;
+								}
+							}
+							break;
+
+
+
+#ifdef FORCE_WINSOCK
+						/*
+						** Handle being spawned from WChat. Intermnet play based on IPX code now.
+						*/
+						case GAME_INTERNET:
+							CCDebugString ("C&C95 - case GAME_INTERNET:\n");
+							if (Special.IsFromWChat){
+								//MessageBox (NULL, "About to restore focus to C&C95", "C&C95", MB_OK);
+								CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to give myself focus.\n");
+								SetForegroundWindow ( MainWindow );
+								ShowWindow ( MainWindow, ShowCommand );
+
+								CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to initialise Winsock.\n");
+								if (Winsock.Init()){
+									CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to read multiplayer settings.\n");
+									Read_MultiPlayer_Settings ();
+									Server = PlanetWestwoodIsHost;
+
+									CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to set addresses.\n");
+									Winsock.Set_Host_Address(PlanetWestwoodIPAddress);
+
+									CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to call Start_Server or Start_Client.\n");
+									if (Server){
+										ModemGameToPlay = INTERNET_HOST;
+										Winsock.Start_Server();
+									}else{
+										ModemGameToPlay = INTERNET_JOIN;
+										Winsock.Start_Client();
+									}
+
+
+//#if (0)
+									/*
+									** Flush out any pending packets from a previous game.
+									*/
+									CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to flush packet queue.\n");
+									CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Allocating scrap memory.\n");
+									char *temp_buffer = new char[1024];
+
+									CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Creating timer class instance.\n");
+									CountDownTimerClass ptimer;
+
+									CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Entering read loop.\n");
+									while (Winsock.Read(temp_buffer, 1024)){
+
+										CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Discarding a packet.\n");
+										ptimer.Set (30, true);
+										while (ptimer.Time()){};
+										CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Ready to check for more packets.\n");
+
+									}
+									CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to delete scrap memory.\n");
+									delete temp_buffer;
+//#endif	//(0)
+
+
+
+								}else{
+									CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Winsock failed to initialise.\n");
+									GameToPlay = GAME_NORMAL;
+									selection = SEL_EXIT;
+									Special.IsFromWChat = false;
+									break;
+								}
+
+								CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to call Init_Network.\n");
+								Init_Network();
+
+								if (DDEServer.Get_MPlayer_Game_Info()){
+									CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to call Read_Game_Options.\n");
+									Read_Game_Options( NULL );
+								}else{
+									Read_Game_Options( "C&CSPAWN.INI" );
+								}
+
+								if (Server){
+
+									CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to call Server_Remote_Connect.\n");
+									if (Server_Remote_Connect()){
+										CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Server_Remote_Connect returned success.\n");
+										break;
+									}else{
+										/*
+										** We failed to connect to the other player
+										 *
+										 *   SEND FAILURE PACKET TO WCHAT HERE !!!!!
+										 *
+										*/
+										Winsock.Close();
+										GameToPlay = GAME_NORMAL;
+										selection = SEL_NONE;
+										DDEServer.Delete_MPlayer_Game_Info();	// Make sure we dont go round in an infinite loop
+										//Special.IsFromWChat = false;
+										break;
+									}
+								}else{
+									CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to call Client_Remote_Connect.\n");
+									if (Client_Remote_Connect()){
+										CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Client_Remote_Connect returned success.\n");
+										break;
+									}else{
+										/*
+										** We failed to connect to the other player
+										 *
+										 *   SEND FAILURE PACKET TO WCHAT HERE !!!!!
+										 *
+										*/
+										Winsock.Close();
+										GameToPlay = GAME_NORMAL;
+										selection = SEL_NONE;
+										DDEServer.Delete_MPlayer_Game_Info();  // Make sure we dont go round in an infinite loop
+										//Special.IsFromWChat = false;
+										break;
+									}
+								}
+
+							}else{
+								GameToPlay = Select_MPlayer_Game();
+								if (GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL) {		// 'Cancel'
+									display = true;
+									selection = SEL_NONE;
+								}
+							}
+							break;
+
+#endif	//FORCE_WINSOCK
+
+					}
+
+
+					switch (GameToPlay) {
+						/*
+						**	Internet, Modem or Null-Modem
+						*/
+						case GAME_MODEM:
+						case GAME_NULL_MODEM:
+						case GAME_INTERNET:
+							Theme.Fade_Out();
+							ScenPlayer = SCEN_PLAYER_2PLAYER;
+							ScenDir = SCEN_DIR_EAST;
+							process = false;
+							Options.ScoreVolume = 0;
+							break;
+
+
+						/*
+						**	Network (IPX): start a new network game.
+						*/
+						case GAME_IPX:
+							/*
+							** Init network system & remote-connect
+							*/
+							if (Init_Network() && Remote_Connect()) {
+#if (0)
+								char seed[80];
+								sprintf (seed, "Seed: %08x\n", Seed);
+								CCDebugString (seed);
+
+								sprintf (seed, "rand: %04x\n", rand());
+								CCDebugString (seed);
+
+								sprintf (seed, "rand: %04x\n", rand());
+								CCDebugString (seed);
+
+								sprintf (seed, "rand: %04x\n", rand());
+								CCDebugString (seed);
+#endif
+								Options.ScoreVolume = 0;
+								ScenPlayer = SCEN_PLAYER_MPLAYER;
+								ScenDir = SCEN_DIR_EAST;
+								process = false;
+								Theme.Fade_Out();
+							} else {						// user hit cancel, or init failed
+								GameToPlay = GAME_NORMAL;
+								display = true;
+								selection = SEL_NONE;
+							}
+							break;
+					}
+#endif
+					break;
+
+				/*
+				**	Play a VQ
+				*/
+				case SEL_INTRO:
+					Theme.Fade_Out();
+					Theme.Stop();
+					Call_Back();
+
+					Force_CD_Available(-1);
+					Play_Intro(false);
+					Hide_Mouse();
+
+// verify existance of movie file before playing this sequence.
+					if (CCFileClass("TRAILER.VQA").Is_Available()) {
+						Fade_Palette_To(BlackPalette, FADE_PALETTE_MEDIUM, Call_Back);
+						VisiblePage.Clear();
+						if (CCFileClass("ATTRACT2.CPS").Is_Available()){
+							Load_Uncompress(CCFileClass("ATTRACT2.CPS"), SysMemPage, SysMemPage, Palette);
+							SysMemPage.Scale(SeenBuff, 0, 0, 0, 0, 320, 199, 640, 398);
+							Fade_Palette_To(Palette, FADE_PALETTE_MEDIUM, Call_Back);
+						}
+						Clear_KeyBuffer();
+						count.Set(TIMER_SECOND*3);
+						while (count.Time()) {
+							Call_Back();
+						}
+						Fade_Palette_To(BlackPalette, FADE_PALETTE_MEDIUM, Call_Back);
+
+						Play_Movie("TRAILER");	// Red Alert teaser.
+					}
+
+					if (CCFileClass("SIZZLE.VQA").Is_Available()) {
+						Fade_Palette_To(BlackPalette, FADE_PALETTE_MEDIUM, Call_Back);
+						VisiblePage.Clear();
+						if (CCFileClass("ATTRACT2.CPS").Is_Available()){
+							Load_Uncompress(CCFileClass("ATTRACT2.CPS"), SysMemPage, SysMemPage, Palette);
+							SysMemPage.Scale(SeenBuff, 0, 0, 0, 0, 320, 199, 640, 398);
+							Fade_Palette_To(Palette, FADE_PALETTE_MEDIUM, Call_Back);
+						}
+						Clear_KeyBuffer();
+						count.Set(TIMER_SECOND*3);
+						while (count.Time()) {
+							Call_Back();
+						}
+						Fade_Palette_To(BlackPalette, FADE_PALETTE_MEDIUM, Call_Back);
+
+						Play_Movie("SIZZLE");	// Red Alert teaser.
+					}
+
+					if (CCFileClass("SIZZLE2.VQA").Is_Available()) {
+						Fade_Palette_To(BlackPalette, FADE_PALETTE_MEDIUM, Call_Back);
+						VisiblePage.Clear();
+						if (CCFileClass("ATTRACT2.CPS").Is_Available()){
+							Load_Uncompress(CCFileClass("ATTRACT2.CPS"), SysMemPage, SysMemPage, Palette);
+							SysMemPage.Scale(SeenBuff, 0, 0, 0, 0, 320, 199, 640, 398);
+							Fade_Palette_To(Palette, FADE_PALETTE_MEDIUM, Call_Back);
+						}
+						Clear_KeyBuffer();
+						count.Set(TIMER_SECOND*3);
+						while (count.Time()) {
+							Call_Back();
+						}
+						Fade_Palette_To(BlackPalette, FADE_PALETTE_MEDIUM, Call_Back);
+
+						Play_Movie("SIZZLE2");	// Red Alert teaser.
+					}
+
+					Fade_Palette_To(BlackPalette, FADE_PALETTE_MEDIUM, Call_Back);
+					VisiblePage.Clear();
+					if (CCFileClass("ATTRACT2.CPS").Is_Available()){
+						Load_Uncompress(CCFileClass("ATTRACT2.CPS"), SysMemPage, SysMemPage, Palette);
+						SysMemPage.Scale(SeenBuff, 0, 0, 0, 0, 320, 199, 640, 398);
+						Fade_Palette_To(Palette, FADE_PALETTE_MEDIUM, Call_Back);
+					}
+					Clear_KeyBuffer();
+					count.Set(TIMER_SECOND*3);
+					while (count.Time()) {
+						Call_Back();
+					}
+					Fade_Palette_To(BlackPalette, FADE_PALETTE_MEDIUM, Call_Back);
+
+					Play_Movie("CC2TEASE");
+					Show_Mouse();
+
+					ScenarioInit++;
+					Theme.Play_Song (THEME_MAP1);
+					ScenarioInit--;
+					display = true;
+					fade = true;
+					selection = SEL_NONE;
+					break;
+
+				/*
+				**	Exit to DOS.
+				*/
+				case SEL_EXIT:
+#ifdef JAPANESE
+	Hide_Mouse();
+#endif
+					Theme.Fade_Out();
+					Fade_Palette_To(BlackPalette, FADE_PALETTE_SLOW, NULL);
+#ifdef JAPANESE
+	VisiblePage.Clear();
+#endif
+					return(false);
+
+				/*
+				**	Display the hall of fame.
+				*/
+				case SEL_FAME:
+					break;
+
+				case SEL_TIMEOUT:
+					if (AllowAttract && RecordFile.Is_Available()) {
+						PlaybackGame = true;
+						if (RecordFile.Open(READ)) {
+							Load_Recording_Values();
+							process = false;
+							Theme.Fade_Out();
+						} else {
+							PlaybackGame = false;
+							selection = SEL_NONE;
+						}
+					} else {
+						selection = SEL_NONE;
+					}
+					break;
+
+				default:
+					break;
+			}
+		}
+	} else {
+
+		/*
+		** For Debug_Map (editor) mode, if JP option is on, set to load that scenario
+		*/
+		Scenario = 1;
+		if (Special.IsJurassic && AreThingiesEnabled) {
+			ScenPlayer = SCEN_PLAYER_JP;
+			ScenDir = SCEN_DIR_EAST;
+		}
+	}
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to start game initialisation.\n");
+#ifdef FORCE_WINSOCK
+	if (GameToPlay == GAME_INTERNET){
+		CommProtocol = COMM_PROTOCOL_MULTI_E_COMP;
+		if (!Special.IsFromWChat){
+			FrameSendRate = 5;	//3;
+		}
+	}
+#endif	//FORCE_WINSOCK
+	/*
+	**	Don't carry stray keystrokes into game.
+	*/
+	Kbd.Clear();
+
+	/*
+	** Get a pointer to the compiler's random number seed.
+	**	the Get_EAX() must follow immediately after the srand(0) in order to save
+	**	the address of the random seed.  (Currently not used.)
+	*/
+	srand(0);
+	RandSeedPtr = (long *)Get_EAX();
+
+	/*
+	**	Initialize the random number Seed.  For multiplayer, this will have been done
+	** in the connection dialogs.  For single-player games, AND if we're not playing
+	** back a recording, init the Seed to a random value.
+	*/
+	if (GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL && !PlaybackGame) {
+		randomize();
+		Seed = rand();
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** If user has specified a desired random number seed, use it for multiplayer games
+	*/
+	if (CustomSeed != 0) {
+		Seed = CustomSeed;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Save initialization values if we're recording this game.
+	** This must be done after 'Seed' has been initialized.
+	*/
+	if (RecordGame) {
+		if (RecordFile.Open(WRITE)) {
+			Save_Recording_Values();
+		} else {
+			RecordGame = false;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Initialize the random-number generator.
+	*/
+	//Seed = 1;
+
+	srand(Seed);
+	RandNumb = Seed;
+	SimRandIndex = 0;
+#if (0)
+	DWORD	actual;
+		HANDLE sfile = CreateFile("random.txt", GENERIC_WRITE, 0,
+												NULL, CREATE_ALWAYS, FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL, NULL);
+
+	if (sfile != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE){
+		SetFilePointer (sfile, 0, NULL, FILE_END);
+
+		int minimum;
+		int maximum;
+		char whatever[80];
+		for ( int i=0 ; i<1000 ; i++){
+			minimum = rand();
+			maximum = rand();
+
+			sprintf (whatever, "%04x\n", Random_Pick(minimum, maximum));
+			WriteFile(sfile, whatever, strlen(whatever), &actual, NULL);
+		}
+		CloseHandle (sfile);
+	}
+#endif
+
+
+
+	/*
+	**	Load the scenario.  Specify variation 'A' for the editor; for the game,
+	**	don't specify a variation, to make 'Set_Scenario_Name()' pick a random one.
+	**	Skip this if we've already loaded a save-game.
+	*/
+	if (!gameloaded) {
+		if (Debug_Map) {
+			Set_Scenario_Name(ScenarioName, Scenario, ScenPlayer, ScenDir, SCEN_VAR_A);
+		} else {
+			Set_Scenario_Name(ScenarioName, Scenario, ScenPlayer, ScenDir);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		** Start_Scenario() changes the palette; so, fade out & clear the screen
+		** before calling it.
+		*/
+		Hide_Mouse();
+
+		if (selection != SEL_START_NEW_GAME) {
+			Fade_Palette_To(BlackPalette, FADE_PALETTE_MEDIUM, Call_Back);
+			HiddenPage.Clear();
+			VisiblePage.Clear();
+		}
+		Show_Mouse();
+
+		Special.IsFromInstall = 0;
+		CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Starting scenario.\n");
+		if (!Start_Scenario(ScenarioName)) {
+			return(false);
+		}
+		CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Scenario started OK.\n");
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	For multiplayer games, initialize the inter-player message system.
+	**	Do this after loading the scenario, so the map's upper-left corner is
+	**	properly set.
+	*/
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Initialising message system.\n");
+	int factor = (SeenBuff.Get_Width() == 320) ? 1 : 2;
+	Messages.Init(Map.TacPixelX, Map.TacPixelY, 6, MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH, 6*factor+1);
+
+	/*
+	**	Hide the SeenBuff; force the map to render one frame.  The caller can
+	**	then fade the palette in.
+	**	(If we loaded a game, this step will fade out the title screen.  If we
+	**	started a scenario, Start_Scenario() will have played a couple of VQ
+	**	movies, which will have cleared the screen to black already.)
+	*/
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to call Call_Back.\n");
+	Call_Back();
+
+	/*
+	** This is desperately sad isnt it?
+	*/
+	Hide_Mouse();
+	Hide_Mouse();
+	Hide_Mouse();
+	Hide_Mouse();
+	WWMouse->Erase_Mouse(&HidPage, TRUE);
+
+
+	Fade_Palette_To(BlackPalette, FADE_PALETTE_MEDIUM, Call_Back);
+	HiddenPage.Clear();
+	VisiblePage.Clear();
+	Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+	Map.Flag_To_Redraw();
+	Call_Back();
+	Map.Render();
+	//Show_Mouse();
+
+	/*
+	** Special hack initialization of 'MPlayerMaxAhead' to accommodate the
+	** compression protocol technology.
+	*/
+#ifdef FORCE_WINSOCK
+	if (CommProtocol==COMM_PROTOCOL_MULTI_E_COMP && GameToPlay!=GAME_NORMAL) {
+		if (!Special.IsFromWChat){
+			MPlayerMaxAhead = FrameSendRate * 3;	//2;
+		}else{
+			MPlayerMaxAhead = WChatMaxAhead;
+			FrameSendRate = WChatSendRate;
+		}
+	}
+#endif	//FORCE_WINSOCK
+
+	if (Debug_Map) {
+		while (Get_Mouse_State() > 1) {
+			Show_Mouse();
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Play_Intro -- plays the introduction & logo movies                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *		for_real			if true, this function plays the "real" intro; otherwise, it plays		  *
+ *							a delicious smorgasbord of visual delights, guaranteed to titillate		  *
+ *							the ocular & auditory nerve pathways.												  *
+ *							Well, it plays movies, anyway.														  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/06/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+static void Play_Intro(bool for_real)
+{
+	bool playright = !Key_Down(KN_LCTRL) || !Key_Down(KN_RCTRL);
+	static int _counter = -1;
+	static char * _names[] = {
+#ifdef DEMO
+		"LOGO",
+
+#else
+
+		"INTRO2",
+//#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+		"GDIEND1",
+		"GDIEND2",
+		"GDIFINA",
+		"GDIFINB",
+		"AIRSTRK",
+		"AKIRA",
+		"BANNER",
+		"BCANYON",
+		"BKGROUND",
+		"BOMBAWAY",
+		"BOMBFLEE",
+		"BURDET1",
+		"BURDET2",
+		"CC2TEASE",
+		"CONSYARD",
+		"DESFLEES",
+		"DESKILL",
+		"DESOLAT",
+		"DESSWEEP",
+		"FLAG",
+		"FLYY",
+		"FORESTKL",
+		"GAMEOVER",
+		"GDI1",
+		"GDI10",
+		"GDI11",
+		"GDI12",
+		"GDI13",
+		"GDI14",
+		"GDI15",
+		"GDI2",
+		"GDI3",
+		"GDI3LOSE",
+		"GDI4A",
+		"GDI4B",
+		"GDI5",
+		"GDI6",
+		"GDI7",
+		"GDI8A",
+		"GDI8B",
+		"GDI9",
+		"GDILOSE",
+		"GUNBOAT",
+		"HELLVALY",
+		"INSITES",
+		"KANEPRE",
+		"LANDING",
+		"LOGO",
+		"NAPALM",
+		"NITEJUMP",
+		"NOD1",
+		"NOD10A",
+		"NOD10B",
+		"NOD11",
+		"NOD12",
+		"NOD13",
+		"NOD1PRE",
+		"NOD2",
+		"NOD3",
+		"NOD4A",
+		"NOD4B",
+		"NOD5",
+		"NOD6",
+		"NOD7A",
+		"NOD7B",
+		"NOD8",
+		"NOD9",
+		"NODEND1",
+		"NODEND2",
+		"NODEND3",
+		"NODEND4",
+		"NODFINAL",
+		"NODFLEES",
+		"NODLOSE",
+		"NODSWEEP",
+		"NUKE",
+		"OBEL",
+		"PARATROP",
+		"PINTLE",
+		"PLANECRA",
+		"PODIUM",
+		"REFINT",
+		"RETRO",
+		"SABOTAGE",
+		"SAMDIE",
+		"SAMSITE",
+		"SEIGE",
+		"SETHPRE",
+		"SPYCRASH",
+		"STEALTH",
+		"SUNDIAL",
+		"TANKGO",
+		"TANKKILL",
+		"TBRINFO1",
+		"TBRINFO2",
+		"TBRINFO3",
+		"TIBERFX",
+		"TRTKIL_D",
+		"TURTKILL",
+		"VISOR",
+//#endif
+#endif
+		NULL
+	};
+
+	Keyboard::Clear();
+	if (for_real) {
+		Hide_Mouse();
+		Play_Movie("LOGO", THEME_NONE, false);
+		Show_Mouse();
+	} else {
+		if (!Debug_Flag) {
+			_counter = 0;
+		} else {
+			if (playright) _counter++;
+			if (_counter == -1) _counter = 0;
+		}
+		Hide_Mouse();
+		Play_Movie(_names[_counter], THEME_NONE);
+		Show_Mouse();
+		if (!_names[_counter]) {
+			_counter = -1;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Anim_Init -- Initialize the VQ animation control structure.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    VQ animations are controlled by a structure passed to the VQ player. This routine        *
+ *    initializes the structure to values required by C&C.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   Only need to call this routine once at the beginning of the game.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/20/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+extern LPDIRECTSOUND			SoundObject;
+extern	LPDIRECTSOUNDBUFFER  PrimaryBufferPtr;
+void Anim_Init(void)
+{
+	/* Configure player with INI file */
+	VQA_DefaultConfig(&AnimControl);
+//	void const * font = Load_Font(FONT8);
+//	AnimControl.EVAFont = (char *)font;
+//	AnimControl.CapFont = (char *)font;
+
+	AnimControl.DrawFlags = VQACFGF_TOPLEFT;
+	AnimControl.DrawFlags |= VQACFGF_BUFFER;
+
+	AnimControl.DrawFlags |= VQACFGF_NOSKIP;
+
+	//AnimControl.X1 =0;
+	//AnimControl.Y1 =0;
+	AnimControl.FrameRate = -1;
+	AnimControl.DrawRate = -1;
+
+	AnimControl.DrawerCallback = VQ_Call_Back;
+	AnimControl.ImageWidth = 320;
+	AnimControl.ImageHeight = 200;
+	AnimControl.Vmode = 0;
+	AnimControl.ImageBuf = (unsigned char *)SysMemPage.Get_Offset();
+	//AnimControl.VBIBit = VertBlank;
+	//AnimControl.DrawFlags |= VQACFGF_TOPLEFT;
+	AnimControl.OptionFlags |= VQAOPTF_CAPTIONS|VQAOPTF_EVA;
+
+	if (SlowPalette) {
+		AnimControl.OptionFlags |= VQAOPTF_SLOWPAL;
+	}
+
+//	AnimControl.AudioBuf = (unsigned char *)HidPage.Get_Buffer();
+//	AnimControl.AudioBufSize = 32768U;
+	//AnimControl.DigiCard = NewConfig.DigitCard;
+	//AnimControl.HMIBufSize = 8192;
+	//AnimControl.DigiHandle = Get_Digi_Handle();
+	//AnimControl.Volume = 0x00FF;
+	//AnimControl.AudioRate = 22050;
+//	if (NewConfig.Speed) AnimControl.AudioRate = 11025;
+	AnimControl.SoundObject = SoundObject;	//Get_Sound_Object();
+	AnimControl.PrimaryBufferPtr = PrimaryBufferPtr;	//Get_Primart_Buffer();
+	//if (!Debug_Quiet && Get_Digi_Handle() != -1) {
+		//AnimControl.OptionFlags |= VQAOPTF_AUDIO;
+	//}
+
+	if (MonoClass::Is_Enabled()) {
+		AnimControl.OptionFlags |= VQAOPTF_MONO;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Parse_Command_Line -- Parses the command line parameters.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine should be called before the graphic mode is initialized. It examines the    *
+ *    command line parameters and sets the appropriate globals. If there is an error, then     *
+ *    it outputs a command summary and then returns false.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   argc  -- The number of command line arguments.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          argv  -- Pointer to character string array that holds the individual arguments.    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the command line parsed successfully?                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/18/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool Parse_Command_Line(int argc, char *argv[])
+{
+	/*
+	**	Parse the command line and set globals to reflect the parameters
+	**	passed in.
+	*/
+#ifdef DEMO
+	Scenario = 3;
+#else
+	Scenario = 1;
+#endif
+	ScenPlayer = SCEN_PLAYER_GDI;
+	ScenDir = SCEN_DIR_EAST;
+	Whom = HOUSE_GOOD;
+	Special.Init();
+
+	Debug_Map = false;
+//	Debug_Play_Map = false;
+	Debug_Unshroud = false;
+
+	for (int index = 1; index < argc; index++) {
+		char * string;		// Pointer to argument.
+		long code = 0;
+
+		string = strupr(argv[index]);
+
+		/*
+		**	Print usage text only if requested.
+		*/
+		if (stricmp("/?", string) == 0 || stricmp("-?", string) == 0 || stricmp("-h", string) == 0 || stricmp("/h", string) == 0) {
+			/*
+			**	Unrecognized command line parameter... Display usage
+			**	and then exit.
+			*/
+	#ifdef GERMAN
+			puts("Command & Conquer (c) 1995,1996 Westwood Studios\r\n"
+						"Parameter:\r\n"
+//						"  -CD<Pfad> = Suchpfad f�r Daten-Dateien festlegen.\r\n"
+						"  -DESTNET  = Netzwerkkennung des Zielrechners festlegen\r\n"
+						"              (Syntax: DESTNETxx.xx.xx.xx)\r\n"
+						"  -SOCKET   = Kennung des Netzwerk-Sockets (0 - 16383)\n"
+						"  -STEALTH  = Namen im Mehrspieler-Modus verstecken (\"Boss-Modus\")\r\n"
+						"  -MESSAGES = Mitteilungen von auáerhalb des Spiels zulassen\r\n"
+	//					"  -ELITE    = Fortgeschrittene KI und Gefechtstechniken.\r\n"
+						"\r\n");
+	#else
+	#ifdef FRENCH
+			puts("Command & Conquer (c) 1995, Westwood Studios\r\n"
+						"ParamŠtres:\r\n"
+//						"  -CD<chemin d'accŠs> = Recherche des fichiers dans le\r\n"
+//						"                        r‚pertoire indiqu‚.\r\n"
+						"  -DESTNET  = Sp‚cifier le num‚ro de r‚seau du systŠme de destination\r\n"
+						"              (Syntaxe: DESTNETxx.xx.xx.xx)\r\n"
+						"  -SOCKET   = ID poste r‚seau (0 … 16383)\r\n"
+						"  -STEALTH  = Cacher les noms en mode multijoueurs (\"Mode Boss\")\r\n"
+						"  -MESSAGES = Autorise les messages ext‚rieurs … ce jeu.\r\n"
+						"\r\n");
+	#else
+			puts("Command & Conquer (c) 1995, 1996 Westwood Studios\r\n"
+						"Parameters:\r\n"
+	#ifdef NEVER
+						"  CHEAT     = Enable debug keys.\r\n"
+						"  -EDITOR    = Enable scenario editor.\r\n"
+	#endif
+//						"  -CD<path> = Set search path for data files.\r\n"
+						"  -DESTNET  = Specify Network Number of destination system\r\n"
+						"              (Syntax: DESTNETxx.xx.xx.xx)\r\n"
+						"  -SOCKET   = Network Socket ID (0 - 16383)\n"
+						"  -STEALTH  = Hide multiplayer names (\"Boss mode\")\r\n"
+						"  -MESSAGES = Allow messages from outside this game.\r\n"
+						"  -o        = Enable compatability with version 1.07.\r\n"
+#ifdef JAPANESE
+						"  -ENGLISH  = Enable English keyboard compatibility.\r\n"
+#endif
+	//					"  -ELITE    = Advanced AI and combat characteristics.\r\n"
+	#ifdef NEVER
+						"  -O[options]= Special control options;\r\n"
+						"     1 : Tiberium grows.\r\n"
+						"     2 : Tiberium grows and spreads.\r\n"
+						"     A : Aggressive player unit defense enabled.\r\n"
+						"     B : Bargraphs always displayed.\r\n"
+						"     C : Capture the flag mode.\r\n"
+						"     E : Elite defense mode disable (attacker advantage).\r\n"
+						"     D : Deploy reversal allowed for construction yard.\r\n"
+						"     F : Fleeing from direct immediate threats is enabled.\r\n"
+						"     H : Hussled recharge time.\r\n"
+						"     G : Growth for Tiberium slowed in multiplay.\r\n"
+						"     I : Inert weapons -- no damage occurs.\r\n"
+						"     J : 7th grade sound effects.\r\n"
+						"     M : Monochrome debug messages.\r\n"
+						"     N : Name the civilians and buildings.\r\n"
+						"     P : Path algorithm displayed as it works.\r\n"
+						"     Q : Quiet mode (no sound).\r\n"
+						"     R : Road pieces are not added to buildings.\r\n"
+						"     T : Three point turns for wheeled vehicles.\r\n"
+						"     U : U can target and burn trees.\r\n"
+						"     V : Show target selection by opponent.\r\n"
+						"     X : Make a recording of a multiplayer game.\r\n"
+						"     Y : Play a recording of a multiplayer game.\r\n"
+						"     Z : Disaster containment team.\r\n"
+	#endif
+						"\r\n");
+	#endif
+	#endif
+			return(false);
+		}
+
+
+		bool processed = true;
+		switch (Obfuscate(string)) {
+
+			/*
+			**	Signal that easy mode is active.
+			*/
+			case PARM_EASY:
+				Special.IsHealthBar = true;
+				Special.IsEasy = true;
+				Special.IsDifficult = false;
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			**	Signal that hard mode is active.
+			*/
+			case PARM_HARD:
+				Special.IsHealthBar = false;
+				Special.IsEasy = false;
+				Special.IsDifficult = true;
+				break;
+
+#ifdef VIRGIN_CHEAT_KEYS
+			case PARM_PLAYTEST:
+				Debug_Playtest = true;
+				break;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef PARM_CHEATERIK
+			case PARM_CHEATERIK:
+				Debug_Playtest = true;
+				Debug_Flag = true;
+				break;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef PARM_CHEATADAM
+			case PARM_CHEATADAM:
+				Debug_Playtest = true;
+				Debug_Flag = true;
+				break;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef PARM_CHEATMIKE
+			case PARM_CHEATMIKE:
+				Debug_Playtest = true;
+				Debug_Flag = true;
+				break;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef PARM_CHEATDAVID
+			case PARM_CHEATDAVID:
+				Debug_Playtest = true;
+				Debug_Flag = true;
+				break;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef PARM_CHEATPHIL
+			case PARM_CHEATPHIL:
+				Debug_Playtest = true;
+				Debug_Flag = true;
+				break;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef PARM_CHEATBILL
+			case PARM_CHEATBILL:
+				Debug_Playtest = true;
+				Debug_Flag = true;
+				break;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef PARM_CHEAT_STEVET
+
+			case PARM_CHEAT_STEVET:
+				Debug_Playtest = true;
+				Debug_Flag = true;
+				break;
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef PARM_EDITORBILL
+			case PARM_EDITORBILL:
+				Debug_Map = true;
+				Debug_Unshroud = true;
+				Debug_Flag = true;
+				break;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef PARM_EDITORERIK
+			case PARM_EDITORERIK:
+				Debug_Map = true;
+				Debug_Unshroud = true;
+				Debug_Flag = true;
+				break;
+#endif
+
+			case PARM_SPECIAL:
+				Special.IsJurassic = true;
+				AreThingiesEnabled = true;
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			** Special flag - is C&C being run from the install program?
+			*/
+			case PARM_INSTALL:
+#ifndef DEMO
+				Special.IsFromInstall = true;
+#endif
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				processed = false;
+				break;
+		}
+		if (processed) continue;
+
+
+#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+		/*
+		**	Scenario Editor Mode
+		*/
+		if (stricmp(string, "-CHECKMAP") == 0) {
+			Debug_Check_Map = true;
+			continue;
+		}
+
+#endif
+
+		/*
+		**	Older version override.
+		*/
+		if (stricmp(string, "-O") == 0 || stricmp(string, "-0") == 0) {
+			IsV107 = true;
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	File search path override.
+		*/
+		if (strstr(string, "-CD")) {
+			CCFileClass::Set_Search_Drives(&string[3]);
+			continue;
+		}
+#ifdef JAPANESE
+		/*
+		** Enable english-compatible keyboard
+		*/
+		if (!stricmp(string,"-ENGLISH")) {
+			ForceEnglish = true;
+			continue;
+		}
+#endif
+
+		/*
+		**	Specify destination connection for network play
+		*/
+		if (strstr(string, "-DESTNET")) {
+			NetNumType net;
+			NetNodeType node;
+
+			/*
+			** Scan the command-line string, pulling off each address piece
+			*/
+			int i = 0;
+			char * p = strtok(string + 8,".");
+			while (p) {
+				int x;
+
+				sscanf(p,"%x",&x);			// convert from hex string to int
+				if (i < 4) {
+					net[i] = (char)x;			// fill NetNum
+				} else {
+					node[i-4] = (char)x;		// fill NetNode
+				}
+				i++;
+				p = strtok(NULL,".");
+			}
+
+			/*
+			** If all the address components were successfully read, fill in the
+			** BridgeNet with a broadcast address to the network across the bridge.
+			*/
+			if (i >= 4) {
+				IsBridge = 1;
+				memset(node, 0xff, 6);
+				BridgeNet = IPXAddressClass(net, node);
+			}
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Specify socket ID, as an offset from 0x4000.
+		*/
+		if (strstr(string, "-SOCKET")) {
+			unsigned short socket;
+
+			socket = (unsigned short)(atoi(string + strlen("SOCKET")));
+			socket += 0x4000;
+			if (socket >= 0x4000 && socket < 0x8000) {
+				Ipx.Set_Socket (socket);
+			}
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Set the Net Stealth option
+		*/
+		if (strstr(string, "-STEALTH")) {
+			NetStealth = true;
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Set the Net Protection option
+		*/
+		if (strstr(string, "-MESSAGES")) {
+			NetProtect = false;
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Allow "attract" mode
+		*/
+		if (strstr(string, "-ATTRACT")) {
+			AllowAttract = true;
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		** Set screen to 640x480 instead of 640x400
+		*/
+		if (strstr(string,"-480")){
+			ScreenHeight = 480;
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		** Check for spawn from WChat
+		*/
+		if (strstr(string,"-WCHAT")){
+			SpawnedFromWChat = true;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		** Allow use of MMX instructions
+		*/
+		if (strstr(string,"-MMX")){
+			MMXAvailable = true;
+			continue;
+		}
+
+
+#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+		/*
+		**	Allow solo net play
+		*/
+		if (stricmp(string, "-HANSOLO") == 0) {
+			MPlayerSolo = true;
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Specify the random number seed (for debugging)
+		*/
+		if (strstr(string, "-SEED")) {
+			CustomSeed = (unsigned short)(atoi(string + strlen("SEED")));
+			continue;
+		}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+		/*
+		**	Handle the prog init differently in this case.
+		*/
+		if (strstr(string, "-V")) {
+			continue;
+		}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef FIX_ME_LATER
+		/*
+		** look for passed-in video mode to default to
+		*/
+		if (strnicmp(string, "-V", strlen("-V")) == 0) {
+			Set_Video_Mode(MCGA_MODE);	// do this to get around first_time variable...
+			Set_Original_Video_Mode(atoi(string+2));
+			continue;
+		}
+#endif //FIX_ME_LATER
+
+		/*
+		**	Special command line control parsing.
+		*/
+		if (strnicmp(string, "-X", strlen("-O")) == 0) {
+			string += strlen("-X");
+			while (*string) {
+				char code = *string++;
+				switch (toupper(code)) {
+
+#ifdef ONHOLD
+					/*
+					**	Should human generated sound effects be used?
+					*/
+					case 'J':
+						Special.IsJuvenile = true;
+						break;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef  CHEAT_KEYS
+					/*
+					**	Monochrome debug screen enable.
+					*/
+					case 'M':
+						Special.IsMonoEnabled = true;
+						break;
+
+					/*
+					**	Inert weapons -- no units take damage.
+					*/
+					case 'I':
+						Special.IsInert = true;
+						break;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+					/*
+					**	Hussled recharge timer.
+					*/
+					case 'H':
+						Special.IsSpeedBuild = true;
+						break;
+
+					/*
+					**	Turn on super-record mode, which thrashes your disk terribly,
+					** but is really really cool.  Well, sometimes it is, anyway.
+					** At least, it can be.  Once in a while.
+					** This flag tells the recording system to re-open the file for
+					** each write, so the recording survives a crash.
+					*/
+					case 'S':
+						SuperRecord = 1;
+						break;
+
+					/*
+					**	"Record" a multi-player game
+					*/
+					case 'X':
+						RecordGame = 1;
+						break;
+
+					/*
+					**	"Play Back" a multi-player game
+					*/
+					case 'Y':
+						PlaybackGame = 1;
+						break;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef ONHOLD
+					/*
+					**	Bonus scenario enable.
+					*/
+					case 'Z':
+						Special.IsJurassic = true;
+						break;
+#endif
+
+					/*
+					**	Quiet mode override control.
+					*/
+					case 'Q':
+						Debug_Quiet = true;
+						break;
+
+#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+					/*
+					**	Target selection by human opponent (network/modem play) will
+					**	be visible to the player?
+					*/
+					case 'V':
+						Special.IsVisibleTarget = true;
+						break;
+#endif
+
+					default:
+#ifdef GERMAN
+						puts("Ung�ltiger Parameter.\n");
+#else
+#ifdef FRENCH
+						puts("Commande d'option invalide.\n");
+#else
+						puts("Invalid option switch.\n");
+#endif
+#endif
+						return(false);
+				}
+
+			}
+
+			if (Special.IsMonoEnabled) {
+				MonoClass::Enable();
+			}
+			continue;
+		}
+	}
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+#ifdef ONHOLD
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Parse_INI_File -- Parses CONQUER.INI for certain options                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/18/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void Parse_INI_File(void)
+{
+	char *buffer;							// INI staging buffer pointer.
+	char buf[128];
+	static char section[40];
+	static char entry[40];
+	static char name[40];
+	int len;
+	int i;
+
+	/*
+	** These arrays store the coded version of the names Geologic, Period, & Jurassic.
+	** Decode them by subtracting 83.  For you curious types, the names look like:
+	** š¸Â¿Âº¼¶
+	** £¸Å¼Â·
+	** �ÈÅ´ÆƼ¶
+	** If these INI entries aren't found, the IsJurassic flag does nothing.
+	*/
+	static char coded_section[] = {154,184,194,191,194,186,188,182,0};
+	static char coded_entry[] = {163,184,197,188,194,183,0};
+	static char coded_name[] = {157,200,197,180,198,198,188,182,0};
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Fetch working pointer to the INI staging buffer. Make sure that the buffer
+	is cleared out before proceeding.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	buffer = (char *)_ShapeBuffer;
+	memset(buffer, '\0', _ShapeBufferSize);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Decode the desired section, entry, & name
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	strcpy (section,coded_section);
+	len = strlen(coded_section);
+	for (i = 0; i < len; i++) {
+		section[i] -= 83;
+	}
+
+	strcpy (entry,coded_entry);
+	len = strlen(coded_entry);
+	for (i = 0; i < len; i++) {
+		entry[i] -= 83;
+	}
+
+	strcpy (name,coded_name);
+	len = strlen(coded_name);
+	for (i = 0; i < len; i++) {
+		name[i] -= 83;
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Create filename and read the file.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	CCFileClass file ("CONQUER.INI");
+	if (!file.Is_Available()) {
+		return;
+	} else {
+		file.Read(buffer, _ShapeBufferSize-1);
+	}
+	file.Close();
+
+	WWGetPrivateProfileString(section, entry, "", buf, sizeof(buf), buffer);
+
+	if (!stricmp (buf,name))
+		AreThingiesEnabled = true;
+
+	memset (section, 0, sizeof(section));
+	memset (entry, 0, sizeof(entry));
+	memset (name, 0, sizeof(name));
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Version_Number -- Determines the version number.                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will determine the version number by analyzing the date and teim that the   *
+ *    program was compiled and then generating a unique version number based on it. The        *
+ *    version numbers are guaranteed to be larger for later dates.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the version number.                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/24/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int Version_Number(void)
+{
+#ifdef OBSOLETE
+	static bool initialized = false;
+	static int version;
+	static char * date = __DATE__;
+	static char * time = __TIME__;
+	static char const * months = "JANFEBMARAPRMAYJUNJULAUGSEPOCTNOVDEC";
+
+	if (!initialized) {
+		char * ptr;
+		char * tok;
+
+		/*
+		**	Fetch the month and place in the first two digit positions.
+		*/
+		strupr(date);
+		tok = strtok(date, " ");
+		ptr = strstr(months, tok);
+		if (ptr) {
+			version = (((ptr - months) / 3)+1) * 10000;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Fetch the date and place that in the next two digit positions.
+		*/
+		tok = strtok(NULL, " ");
+		if (tok) {
+			version += atoi(tok) * 100;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Fetch the time and place that in the last two digit positions.
+		*/
+		tok = strtok(time, ": ");
+		if (tok) {
+			version += atoi(tok);
+		}
+
+
+		/*
+		**	Fetch the virgin text file (if present).
+		*/
+		RawFileClass file("VERSION.TXT");
+		if (file.Is_Available()) {
+			file.Read(VersionText, sizeof(VersionText));
+			VersionText[sizeof(VersionText)-1] = '\0';
+			while (VersionText[sizeof(VersionText)-1] == '\r') {
+				VersionText[sizeof(VersionText)-1] = '\0';
+			}
+		} else {
+			VersionText[0] = '\0';
+		}
+
+		initialized = true;
+	}
+	return(version);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef WIN32
+
+#if (FRENCH)
+		sprintf(VersionText, ".02");            // Win95 french version number
+#endif	//FRENCH
+
+#if (GERMAN)
+		sprintf(VersionText, ".01");            // Win95 german version number
+#endif	//GERMAN
+
+#if (JAPANESE)
+		sprintf(VersionText, ".01");            // Win95 german version number
+#endif	//GERMAN
+
+#if !(FRENCH | GERMAN | JAPANESE)
+		sprintf(VersionText, ".07");            // Win95 USA version number
+#endif	//FRENCH | GERMAN
+
+		RawFileClass file("VERSION.TXT");
+		char version [16];
+		memset (version, 0, sizeof (version));
+		if (file.Is_Available()){
+			file.Read (version, sizeof (version));
+		}
+		strncat (VersionText, version, sizeof (VersionText) - strlen (VersionText) - 1);
+
+#if (FRENCH)
+		return (1);            						// Win95 french version number
+#endif	//FRENCH
+
+#if (GERMAN)
+		return (1);										// Win95 german version number
+#endif	//GERMAN
+
+#if (JAPANESE)
+		return (1);										// Win95 german version number
+#endif	//GERMAN
+
+#if !(FRENCH | GERMAN | JAPANESE)
+		return (1);										// Win95 USA version number
+#endif	//FRENCH | GERMAN
+
+#else
+
+
+#ifdef PATCH
+
+	#ifdef DEMO
+		sprintf(VersionText, " 1.0a");		// Demo version.
+	#else
+		strcpy(VersionText, ".34 ");
+	#endif
+	return(1);
+
+#else
+
+	#ifdef DEMO
+		sprintf(VersionText, " 1.0a");		// Demo version.
+	#else
+	//	sprintf(VersionText, ".%02dp", 13);			// Patch version.
+		sprintf(VersionText, ".%02d", 14);			// Master version.
+	#endif
+	return(1);
+#endif
+
+#endif	//WIN32
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Save_Recording_Values -- Saves recording values to a recording file     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/15/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void Save_Recording_Values(void)
+{
+	RecordFile.Write(&GameToPlay, sizeof(GameToPlay));
+	RecordFile.Write(&ModemGameToPlay, sizeof(ModemGameToPlay));
+	RecordFile.Write(&BuildLevel, sizeof(BuildLevel));
+	RecordFile.Write(MPlayerName, sizeof(MPlayerName));
+	RecordFile.Write(&MPlayerPrefColor, sizeof(MPlayerPrefColor));
+	RecordFile.Write(&MPlayerColorIdx, sizeof(MPlayerColorIdx));
+	RecordFile.Write(&MPlayerHouse, sizeof(MPlayerHouse));
+	RecordFile.Write(&MPlayerLocalID, sizeof(MPlayerLocalID));
+	RecordFile.Write(&MPlayerCount, sizeof(MPlayerCount));
+	RecordFile.Write(&MPlayerBases, sizeof(MPlayerBases));
+	RecordFile.Write(&MPlayerCredits, sizeof(MPlayerCredits));
+	RecordFile.Write(&MPlayerTiberium, sizeof(MPlayerTiberium));
+	RecordFile.Write(&MPlayerGoodies, sizeof(MPlayerGoodies));
+	RecordFile.Write(&MPlayerGhosts, sizeof(MPlayerGhosts));
+	RecordFile.Write(&MPlayerUnitCount, sizeof(MPlayerUnitCount));
+	RecordFile.Write(MPlayerID, sizeof(MPlayerID));
+	RecordFile.Write(MPlayerHouses, sizeof(MPlayerHouses));
+	RecordFile.Write(&Seed, sizeof(Seed));
+	RecordFile.Write(&Scenario, sizeof(Scenario));
+	RecordFile.Write(&ScenPlayer, sizeof(ScenPlayer));
+	RecordFile.Write(&ScenDir, sizeof(ScenDir));
+	RecordFile.Write(&Whom, sizeof(Whom));
+	RecordFile.Write(&Special, sizeof(SpecialClass));
+	RecordFile.Write(&Options, sizeof(GameOptionsClass));
+	RecordFile.Write(&FrameSendRate, sizeof(FrameSendRate));
+	RecordFile.Write(&CommProtocol, sizeof(CommProtocol));
+
+	if (SuperRecord) {
+		RecordFile.Close();
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Load_Recording_Values -- Loads recording values from recording file     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/15/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void Load_Recording_Values(void)
+{
+	Read_MultiPlayer_Settings();
+
+	RecordFile.Read(&GameToPlay, sizeof(GameToPlay));
+	RecordFile.Read(&ModemGameToPlay, sizeof(ModemGameToPlay));
+	RecordFile.Read(&BuildLevel, sizeof(BuildLevel));
+	RecordFile.Read(MPlayerName, sizeof(MPlayerName));
+	RecordFile.Read(&MPlayerPrefColor, sizeof(MPlayerPrefColor));
+	RecordFile.Read(&MPlayerColorIdx, sizeof(MPlayerColorIdx));
+	RecordFile.Read(&MPlayerHouse, sizeof(MPlayerHouse));
+	RecordFile.Read(&MPlayerLocalID, sizeof(MPlayerLocalID));
+	RecordFile.Read(&MPlayerCount, sizeof(MPlayerCount));
+	RecordFile.Read(&MPlayerBases, sizeof(MPlayerBases));
+	RecordFile.Read(&MPlayerCredits, sizeof(MPlayerCredits));
+	RecordFile.Read(&MPlayerTiberium, sizeof(MPlayerTiberium));
+	RecordFile.Read(&MPlayerGoodies, sizeof(MPlayerGoodies));
+	RecordFile.Read(&MPlayerGhosts, sizeof(MPlayerGhosts));
+	RecordFile.Read(&MPlayerUnitCount, sizeof(MPlayerUnitCount));
+	RecordFile.Read(MPlayerID, sizeof(MPlayerID));
+	RecordFile.Read(MPlayerHouses, sizeof(MPlayerHouses));
+	RecordFile.Read(&Seed, sizeof(Seed));
+	RecordFile.Read(&Scenario, sizeof(Scenario));
+	RecordFile.Read(&ScenPlayer, sizeof(ScenPlayer));
+	RecordFile.Read(&ScenDir, sizeof(ScenDir));
+	RecordFile.Read(&Whom, sizeof(Whom));
+	RecordFile.Read(&Special, sizeof(SpecialClass));
+	RecordFile.Read(&Options, sizeof(GameOptionsClass));
+	RecordFile.Read(&FrameSendRate, sizeof(FrameSendRate));
+	RecordFile.Read(&CommProtocol, sizeof(CommProtocol));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Obfuscate -- Sufficiently transform parameter to thwart casual hackers.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine borrows from CRC and PGP technology to sufficiently alter the parameter     *
+ *    in order to make it difficult to reverse engineer the key phrase. This is designed to    *
+ *    be used for hidden game options that will be released at a later time over Westwood's    *
+ *    Web page or through magazine hint articles.                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Since this is a one way transformation, it becomes much more difficult to reverse        *
+ *    engineer the pass phrase even if the resultant pass code is known. This has an added     *
+ *    benefit of making this algorithm immune to traditional cyrptographic attacks.            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    The largest strength of this transformation algorithm lies in the restriction on the     *
+ *    source vector being legal ASCII uppercase characters. This restriction alone makes even  *
+ *    a simple CRC transformation practically impossible to reverse engineer. This algorithm   *
+ *    uses far more than a simple CRC transformation to achieve added strength from advanced   *
+ *    attack methods.                                                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   string   -- Pointer to the key phrase that will be transformed into a code.        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the code that the key phrase is translated into.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   A zero length pass phrase results in a 0x00000000 result code.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+long Obfuscate(char const * string)
+{
+	char buffer[128];
+
+	if (!string) return(0);
+	memset(buffer, '\xA5', sizeof(buffer));
+
+	/*
+	**	Copy key phrase into a working buffer. This hides any transformation done
+	**	to the string.
+	*/
+	strncpy(buffer, string, sizeof(buffer));
+	buffer[sizeof(buffer)-1] = '\0';
+	int length = strlen(buffer);
+
+	/*
+	**	Only upper case letters are significant.
+	*/
+	strupr(buffer);
+
+	/*
+	**	Ensure that only visible ASCII characters compose the key phrase. This
+	**	discourages the direct forced illegal character input method of attack.
+	*/
+	for (int index = 0; index < length; index++) {
+		if (!isgraph(buffer[index])) {
+			buffer[index] = 'A' + (index%26);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Increase the strength of even short pass phrases by extending the
+	**	length to be at least a minimum number of characters. This helps prevent
+	**	a weak pass phrase from compromising the obfuscation process. This
+	**	process also forces the key phrase to be an even multiple of four.
+	**	This is necessary to support the cypher process that occurs later.
+	*/
+	if (length < 16 || (length & 0x03)) {
+		int maxlen = 16;
+		if (((length+3) & 0x00FC) > maxlen) {
+			maxlen = ((length+3) & 0x00FC);
+		}
+		for (index = length; index < maxlen; index++) {
+			buffer[index] = 'A' + ((('?' ^ buffer[index-length]) + index) % 26);
+		}
+		length = index;
+		buffer[length] = '\0';
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Transform the buffer into a number. This transformation is character
+	**	order dependant.
+	*/
+	long code = Calculate_CRC(buffer, length);
+
+	/*
+	**	Record a copy of this initial transformation to be used in a later
+	**	self referential transformation.
+	*/
+	long copy = code;
+
+	/*
+	**	Reverse the character string and combine with the previous transformation.
+	**	This doubles the workload of trying to reverse engineer the CRC calculation.
+	*/
+	strrev(buffer);
+	code ^= Calculate_CRC(buffer, length);
+
+	/*
+	**	Perform a self referential transformation. This makes a reverse engineering
+	**	by using a cause and effect attack more difficult.
+	*/
+	code = code ^ copy;
+
+	/*
+	**	Unroll and combine the code value into the pass phrase and then perform
+	**	another self referential transformation. Although this is a trivial cypher
+	**	process, it gives the sophisticated hacker false hope since the strong
+	**	cypher process occurs later.
+	*/
+	strrev(buffer);		// Restore original string order.
+	for (index = 0; index < length; index++) {
+		code ^= (unsigned char)buffer[index];
+		unsigned char temp = (unsigned char)code;
+		buffer[index] ^= temp;
+		code >>= 8;
+		code |= (((long)temp)<<24);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Introduce loss into the vector. This strengthens the key against traditional
+	**	cryptographic attack engines. Since this also weakens the key against
+	**	unconventional attacks, the loss is limited to less than 10%.
+	*/
+	for (index = 0; index < length; index++) {
+		static unsigned char _lossbits[] = {0x00,0x08,0x00,0x20,0x00,0x04,0x10,0x00};
+		static unsigned char _addbits[] = {0x10,0x00,0x00,0x80,0x40,0x00,0x00,0x04};
+
+		buffer[index] |= _addbits[index % (sizeof(_addbits)/sizeof(_addbits[0]))];
+		buffer[index] &= ~_lossbits[index % (sizeof(_lossbits)/sizeof(_lossbits[0]))];
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Perform a general cypher transformation on the vector
+	**	and use the vector itself as the cypher key. This is a variation on the
+	**	cypher process used in PGP. It is a very strong cypher process with no known
+	**	weaknesses. However, in this case, the cypher key is the vector itself and this
+	**	opens up a weakness against attacks that have access to this transformation
+	**	algorithm. The sheer workload of reversing this transformation should be enough
+	**	to discourage even the most determined hackers.
+	*/
+	for (index = 0; index < length; index += 4) {
+		short key1 = buffer[index];
+		short key2 = buffer[index+1];
+		short key3 = buffer[index+2];
+		short key4 = buffer[index+3];
+		short val1 = key1;
+		short val2 = key2;
+		short val3 = key3;
+		short val4 = key4;
+
+		val1 *= key1;
+		val2 += key2;
+		val3 += key3;
+		val4 *= key4;
+
+		short s3 = val3;
+		val3 ^= val1;
+		val3 *= key1;
+		short s2 = val2;
+		val2 ^= val4;
+		val2 += val3;
+		val2 *= key3;
+		val3 += val2;
+
+		val1 ^= val2;
+		val4 ^= val3;
+
+		val2 ^= s3;
+		val3 ^= s2;
+
+		buffer[index] = val1;
+		buffer[index+1] = val2;
+		buffer[index+2] = val3;
+		buffer[index+3] = val4;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Convert this final vector into a cypher key code to be
+	**	returned by this routine.
+	*/
+	code = Calculate_CRC(buffer, length);
+
+	/*
+	**	Return the final code value.
+	*/
+	return(code);
+}
diff --git a/INTERNET.CPP b/INTERNET.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..12e44f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/INTERNET.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,876 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/*************************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D    S T U D I O S                  **
+ *************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                   *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer - Red Alert                      *
+ *                                                                                   *
+ *                    File Name : INTERNET.CPP                                       *
+ *                                                                                   *
+ *                   Programmer : Steve Tall                                         *
+ *                                                                                   *
+ *                   Start Date : March 11th, 1996                                   *
+ *                                                                                   *
+ *                  Last Update : August 5th, 1996 [ST]                              *
+ *                                                                                   *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Overview:                                                                         *
+ *                                                                                   *
+ *  Miscellaneous junk related to H2H internet connection.                           *
+ *                                                                                   *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                             	 			*
+ *  Check_From_WChat -- Interprets start game packet from WChat           	 			*
+ *  Read_Game_Options -- Read the game setup options from the wchat packet	 			*
+ *  Is_User_WChat_Registered -- retrieve the users wchat entry from registry 			*
+ *  Spawn_WChat -- spawns or switches focus to wchat                         			*
+ *  Spawn_Registration_App -- spawns the C&C/Planet westwood registration app			*
+ *  Do_The_Internet_Menu_Thang -- Handle case where user clicks on 'Internet' button *
+ *                                                                         				*
+ *                                                                         				*
+ *                                                                         				*
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+#include "function.h"
+#include "tcpip.h"
+#include "ccdde.h"
+
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+** Internet specific globals
+*/
+char PlanetWestwoodHandle[] = {"Handle"};				//Planet WW user name
+char PlanetWestwoodPassword[] = {"Password"};       //Planet WW password
+char PlanetWestwoodIPAddress[IP_ADDRESS_MAX] = {"206.154.108.87"};	//IP of server or other player
+long PlanetWestwoodPortNumber = 1234;					//Port number to send to
+bool PlanetWestwoodIsHost = false;                  //Flag true if player has control of game options
+unsigned long PlanetWestwoodGameID;                 //Game ID
+unsigned long PlanetWestwoodStartTime;              //Time that game was started
+HWND	WChatHWND = 0;                               //Handle to Wchat window.
+bool UseVirtualSubnetServer;
+int  InternetMaxPlayers;
+int WChatMaxAhead;
+int WChatSendRate;
+
+
+int Read_Game_Options(void);
+
+extern bool SpawnedFromWChat;
+
+
+
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Check_From_WChat -- This function reads in C&CSPAWN.INI and interprets it                   *
+ *                     C&CSPAWN.INI is now sent to us by WCHAT via DDE                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Name of C&CSPAWN.INI file. If NULL then get file from DDE Server                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    6/9/96 1:44PM ST : Created                                                               *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void Check_From_WChat(char *wchat_name)
+{
+#ifndef DEMO
+
+	char	default_string[] = {"Error"};
+	char	key_string[256];
+	char *ini_file;
+	RawFileClass wchat_file;
+
+	/*
+	** Get a pointer to C&CSPAWN.INI either by reading it from disk or getting it from
+	** the DDE server.
+	*/
+	if (wchat_name){
+		ini_file = new char [8192];
+	}else{
+		ini_file = DDEServer.Get_MPlayer_Game_Info();
+#if (0)
+		/*
+		** Save it to disk as well so I can see it
+		*/
+		RawFileClass anotherfile ("FROMCHAT.TXT");
+		anotherfile.Write(ini_file, DDEServer.Get_MPlayer_Game_Info_Length());
+#endif	//(0)
+	}
+
+	if (wchat_name){
+		wchat_file.Set_Name(wchat_name);
+	}
+
+	if (!wchat_name || wchat_file.Is_Available()){
+
+		/*
+		** Read the ini file from disk if we founf it there
+		*/
+		if (wchat_name){
+			wchat_file.Read(ini_file, wchat_file.Size());
+		}
+
+		/*
+		** Get the IP address
+		*/
+		key_string[0] = 0;
+
+		WWGetPrivateProfileString("Internet",
+										"Address",
+										default_string,
+										key_string,
+										sizeof(key_string),
+										ini_file);
+
+
+		if (!strcmp (key_string, default_string)) {
+			if (wchat_name) delete ini_file;
+			return;
+		}
+		strcpy (PlanetWestwoodIPAddress, key_string);
+
+
+
+		/*
+		** Get the port number
+		*/
+		key_string[0] = 0;
+
+		WWGetPrivateProfileString("Internet",
+										"Port",
+										default_string,
+										key_string,
+										sizeof(key_string),
+										ini_file);
+
+
+		if (!strcmp (key_string, default_string)) {
+			if (wchat_name) delete ini_file;
+			return;
+		}
+
+		PlanetWestwoodPortNumber = atol(key_string);
+
+
+		/*
+		** Get host or client
+		*/
+		key_string[0] = 0;
+
+		WWGetPrivateProfileString("Internet",
+										"Host",
+										default_string,
+										key_string,
+										sizeof(key_string),
+										ini_file);
+
+
+		if (!strcmp (key_string, default_string)) {
+			if (wchat_name) delete ini_file;
+			return;
+		}
+
+		if (strchr (key_string, '1')){
+			PlanetWestwoodIsHost = true;
+		}else{
+			PlanetWestwoodIsHost = false;
+		}
+
+		UseVirtualSubnetServer = WWGetPrivateProfileInt("Internet", "UseVSS", 0, ini_file);
+
+		Special.IsFromWChat = true;
+	}
+
+	if (wchat_name) delete ini_file;
+
+#else	//DEMO
+
+	wchat_name = wchat_name;
+
+#endif	//DEMO
+
+}
+
+//EventClass Wibble;
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Read_Game_Options -- reads multiplayer game options from disk           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This routine is used for multiplayer games which read the game options	*
+ * from disk, rather than through a connection dialog.							*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		name of C&CSPAWN.INI file. Null if data should be got from DDE server*                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		1 = OK, 0 = error																		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                          \                                     *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   01/11/1996 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int Read_Game_Options(char *name)
+{
+	char *buffer;
+
+	char filename[256] = {"INVALID.123"};
+
+	if (name){
+		strcpy (filename, name);
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Create filename and read the file.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	CCFileClass file (filename);
+
+	if (name && !file.Is_Available()) {
+		return(0);
+	} else {
+		if (name){
+			buffer = new char [8192];							// INI staging buffer pointer.
+			memset(buffer, '\0', 8192);
+			file.Read(buffer, 8192-1);
+			file.Close();
+		}else{
+			buffer = DDEServer.Get_MPlayer_Game_Info();
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Get the player's name
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	WWGetPrivateProfileString("Options", "Handle", "Noname", MPlayerName,
+		sizeof(MPlayerName), buffer);
+	strcpy(MPlayerGameName, MPlayerName);
+	MPlayerColorIdx = WWGetPrivateProfileInt("Options", "Color", 0, buffer);
+	MPlayerPrefColor = MPlayerColorIdx;
+	MPlayerHouse = (HousesType)WWGetPrivateProfileInt("Options", "Side",
+		HOUSE_GOOD, buffer);
+
+	MPlayerCredits = WWGetPrivateProfileInt("Options", "Credits", 0, buffer);
+	MPlayerBases = WWGetPrivateProfileInt("Options", "Bases", 0, buffer);
+	MPlayerTiberium = WWGetPrivateProfileInt("Options", "Tiberium", 0, buffer);
+	MPlayerGoodies = WWGetPrivateProfileInt("Options", "Crates", 0, buffer);
+	MPlayerGhosts = WWGetPrivateProfileInt("Options", "AI", 0, buffer);
+	BuildLevel = WWGetPrivateProfileInt("Options", "BuildLevel", 0, buffer);
+	MPlayerUnitCount = WWGetPrivateProfileInt("Options", "UnitCount", 0, buffer);
+	Seed = WWGetPrivateProfileInt("Options", "Seed", 0, buffer);
+	Special.IsCaptureTheFlag = WWGetPrivateProfileInt("Options", "CaptureTheFlag", 0, buffer);
+	PlanetWestwoodGameID = WWGetPrivateProfileInt("Internet", "GameID", 0, buffer);
+	PlanetWestwoodStartTime = WWGetPrivateProfileInt ("Internet", "StartTime", 0, buffer);
+	WChatHWND = (HWND) WWGetPrivateProfileInt("Internet", "HWND", (int)FindWindow("OWL_Window", "Westwood Chat"), buffer);
+
+	InternetMaxPlayers = WWGetPrivateProfileInt("Internet", "MaxPlayers", 2, buffer);
+
+
+	if (MPlayerTiberium) {
+		Special.IsTGrowth = 1;
+		Special.IsTSpread = 1;
+	} else {
+		Special.IsTGrowth = 0;
+		Special.IsTSpread = 0;
+	}
+	ScenarioIdx = WWGetPrivateProfileInt("Options", "Scenario", 0, buffer);
+	Scenario = ScenarioIdx;	//MPlayerFilenum[ScenarioIdx];
+
+	Options.GameSpeed = 0;
+
+	MPlayerLocalID = Build_MPlayerID (MPlayerColorIdx, MPlayerHouse);
+
+	MPlayerMaxAhead = WChatMaxAhead = WWGetPrivateProfileInt("Timing", "MaxAhead", 9, buffer);
+	FrameSendRate = WChatSendRate = WWGetPrivateProfileInt("Timing", "SendRate", 3, buffer);
+
+	if (name) delete buffer;
+	return (1);
+
+}
+
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Get_Registry_Sub_Key -- search a registry key for a sub-key                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    handle of key to search                                                           *
+ *           text to search for                                                                *
+ *           true if old key should be closed when new key opened                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   handle to the key we found or 0                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    1/12/96 2:11PM ST : Created                                                              *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+
+extern HKEY Get_Registry_Sub_Key (HKEY base_key, char *search_key, BOOL close);
+
+
+
+void Just_Path(char *path, char *destpath)
+{
+	char *terminator = NULL;		//He'll be back.
+
+	strcpy  (destpath, path);
+	terminator = strrchr (destpath, '\\');
+	if (terminator){
+		*terminator = 0;
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Is_User_WChat_Registered -- retrieve the users wchat entry from the registry                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:  Nothing                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   TRUE if users wchat entry was found in the registry                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    1/12/96 2:13PM ST : Created                                                              *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool Is_User_WChat_Registered(char *buffer, int buffer_len)
+{
+	HKEY	key;
+	char	user_handle[256];
+	DWORD	user_handle_size = sizeof (user_handle);
+	char	user_pword[256];
+	DWORD	user_pword_size = sizeof (user_pword);
+
+
+	/*
+	** Check HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT first. Old versions of Wchat register there
+	*/
+	key = Get_Registry_Sub_Key (HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT, "Wchat", FALSE);
+
+	if (key){
+		key = Get_Registry_Sub_Key (key, "Nick1", TRUE);
+		if (key){
+
+			if (RegQueryValue(key, "Nick", user_handle, (long*)&user_handle_size) == ERROR_SUCCESS){
+
+				if (RegQueryValue(key, "Pass", user_pword, (long*)&user_pword_size) == ERROR_SUCCESS){
+
+					/*
+					** If the first char of the users name is non-numberic and there is a password
+					** then return success
+					*/
+					if ((user_handle[0] < '0' || user_handle[0] > '9') && user_pword[0]){
+						RegCloseKey( key );
+						return (TRUE);
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		RegCloseKey ( key );
+	}
+
+
+
+	/*
+	** Check HKEY_LOCAL_MACKINE/Software
+	*/
+	user_handle_size = sizeof (user_handle);
+
+	key = Get_Registry_Sub_Key (HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE, "SOFTWARE", FALSE);
+	if (!key) return (FALSE);
+
+	key = Get_Registry_Sub_Key (key, "Westwood", TRUE);
+	if (!key) return (FALSE);
+
+	key = Get_Registry_Sub_Key (key, "InetReg", TRUE);
+	if (!key) return (FALSE);
+
+	//key = Get_Registry_Sub_Key (key, "UserName", TRUE);
+	//if (!key) return (FALSE);
+
+	//key = Get_Registry_Sub_Key (key, "Nick", TRUE);
+	//if (!key) return (FALSE);
+
+	if (RegQueryValueEx(key, "UserName", NULL, NULL, (unsigned char*)user_handle, &user_handle_size) != ERROR_SUCCESS){
+		RegCloseKey(key);
+		return (FALSE);
+	}
+
+	RegCloseKey(key);
+	memcpy (buffer, user_handle, min(buffer_len, user_handle_size));
+
+	/*
+	** If the first char of the users name is non-numeric then return success
+	*/
+	if (user_handle[0] < '0' || user_handle[0] > '9'){
+		return (TRUE);
+	}else{
+		return (FALSE);
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Spawn_WChat -- spawns or switches focus to wchat                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    can launch. If set then we are allowed to launch WChat if not already running     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   True if wchat was spawned                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    6/8/96 12:33PM ST : Created                                                              *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool Poke_WChat(void);
+bool Spawn_WChat(bool can_launch)
+{
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - In Spawn_WChat.\n");
+	char packet[10] = {"Hello"};
+	HWND chat_window = NULL;
+
+	/*
+	** See if WChat is already running...
+	*/
+	if (WChatHWND && IsWindow (WChatHWND) ){
+		chat_window = WChatHWND;
+	}else{
+		chat_window = FindWindow ( "OWL_Window", "Westwood Chat" );
+	}
+
+	if (chat_window){
+	/*
+	** WChat is already running. Minimize myself then try to give it focus.
+	*/
+		Set_Palette(BlackPalette);
+		VisiblePage.Clear();
+		ShowWindow (MainWindow, SW_MINIMIZE);
+		/*
+		** Give windoze a couple of secs to sort itself out.
+		*/
+		CountDownTimerClass wibble_timer;
+		wibble_timer.Set ( 60 * 3, true);
+
+		while (wibble_timer.Time()){
+			/*
+			** Call our message loop to make sure we get all the messages that are sent to us
+			** when we minimise.
+			*/
+			Keyboard::Check();
+		}
+
+		/*
+		** Send chat a tickle message so it knows to send the game stats to the server.
+		*/
+		if (GameStatisticsPacketSent && !PlanetWestwoodIsHost) {
+			Send_Data_To_DDE_Server (packet, strlen(packet), DDEServerClass::DDE_TICKLE);
+		}
+		/*
+		** Give the focus to WChat
+		*/
+		SetForegroundWindow ( chat_window );
+		ShowWindow ( chat_window, SW_RESTORE );
+		return(true);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Fail if we aren't allowed to launch wchat and we couldnt find its window.
+	*/
+	if (!can_launch) return (false);
+
+	/*
+	** Find where WChat was installed to
+	*/
+
+	HKEY	key;
+	char	wchat_loc[256];
+	DWORD	wchat_loc_size = 256;
+
+	key = Get_Registry_Sub_Key (HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE, "SOFTWARE", FALSE);
+	if (!key) return (FALSE);
+
+	key = Get_Registry_Sub_Key (key, "Westwood", TRUE);
+	if (!key) return (FALSE);
+
+	key = Get_Registry_Sub_Key (key, "WChat", TRUE);
+	if (!key) return (FALSE);
+
+	//key = Get_Registry_Sub_Key (key, "UserName", TRUE);
+	//if (!key) return (FALSE);
+
+	//key = Get_Registry_Sub_Key (key, "Nick", TRUE);
+	//if (!key) return (FALSE);
+
+	if (RegQueryValueEx(key, "InstallPath", NULL, NULL, (unsigned char*)wchat_loc, &wchat_loc_size) != ERROR_SUCCESS){
+		RegCloseKey(key);
+		return (FALSE);
+	}
+
+	RegCloseKey(key);
+
+	PROCESS_INFORMATION process_info;
+	STARTUPINFO start_info;
+	memset ((void*)&start_info, 0, sizeof(start_info));
+	start_info.cb = sizeof(start_info);
+	char justpath [256];
+	Just_Path(wchat_loc, justpath);
+
+	/*
+	** We found WChat in the registry. Minimize myself then try to spawn it.
+	*/
+	Set_Palette(BlackPalette);
+	VisiblePage.Clear();
+	ShowWindow (MainWindow, SW_MINIMIZE);
+	/*
+	** Give windoze a couple of secs to sort itself out.
+	*/
+	CountDownTimerClass wibble_timer;
+	wibble_timer.Set ( 60 * 3, true);
+
+	while (wibble_timer.Time()){
+		/*
+		** Call our message loop to make sure we get all the messages that are sent to us
+		** when we minimise.
+		*/
+		Keyboard::Check();
+	}
+	bool success = CreateProcess (wchat_loc, NULL, NULL, NULL, false, 0, NULL, justpath, &start_info, &process_info);
+
+	if (success){
+		return (true);
+	}else{
+		ShowWindow (MainWindow, SW_RESTORE);
+		while ( Keyboard::Check() ) {};
+		return (false);
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Spawn_Registration_App -- spawns the C&C/Planet westwood registration app                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   True if app was spawned                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    6/8/96 12:33PM ST : Created                                                              *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool Spawn_Registration_App(void)
+{
+
+	/*
+	** Find where inetreg was installed to
+	*/
+
+	HKEY	key;
+	char	inetreg_loc[256];
+	DWORD	inetreg_loc_size = 256;
+
+	key = Get_Registry_Sub_Key (HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE, "SOFTWARE", FALSE);
+	if (!key) return (FALSE);
+
+	key = Get_Registry_Sub_Key (key, "Westwood", TRUE);
+	if (!key) return (FALSE);
+
+	key = Get_Registry_Sub_Key (key, "InetReg", TRUE);
+	if (!key) return (FALSE);
+
+	if (RegQueryValueEx(key, "InstallPath", NULL, NULL, (unsigned char*)inetreg_loc, &inetreg_loc_size) != ERROR_SUCCESS){
+		RegCloseKey(key);
+		return (FALSE);
+	}
+
+	RegCloseKey(key);
+
+	PROCESS_INFORMATION process_info;
+	STARTUPINFO start_info;
+	char justpath 	[256];
+	memset ((void*)&start_info, 0, sizeof(start_info));
+	start_info.cb = sizeof(start_info);
+	Just_Path(inetreg_loc, justpath);
+
+	BOOL success = CreateProcess (inetreg_loc, NULL, NULL, NULL, false, 0, NULL, justpath, &start_info, &process_info);
+	if (success){
+		//WaitForSingleObject (process_info.hProcess, 1000*10000);
+		//SetForegroundWindow ( MainWindow );
+		//ShowWindow ( MainWindow, SW_RESTORE );
+	}
+	return (success);
+
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Do_The_Internet_Menu_Thang -- Handle case where user clicks on 'Internet' button            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    6/7/96 8:30PM ST : Created                                                               *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool Do_The_Internet_Menu_Thang(void)
+{
+#ifndef DEMO
+
+	int factor			= (SeenBuff.Get_Width() == 320) ? 1 : 2;
+
+	/*
+	** Dialog & button dimensions
+	*/
+	int d_dialog_w = 120 *factor;											// dialog width
+	int d_dialog_h = 80*factor;											// dialog height
+	int d_dialog_x = ((320*factor - d_dialog_w) / 2);				// dialog x-coord
+	int d_dialog_y = ((200*factor - d_dialog_h) / 2);				// centered y-coord
+	int d_dialog_cx = d_dialog_x + (d_dialog_w / 2);		// center x-coord
+
+	int d_margin1=10;
+	int d_txt6_h=15;
+
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+	int d_cancel_w = 50*factor;
+#else
+	int d_cancel_w = 40*factor;
+#endif
+	int d_cancel_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_cancel_x = d_dialog_cx - d_cancel_w / 2;
+	int d_cancel_y = d_dialog_y + d_dialog_h - 20*factor;
+
+	char packet[10] = {"Hello"};
+
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+	int	width=160*factor;
+	int	height=80*factor;
+#else
+	int	width=120*factor;
+	int	height=80*factor;
+#endif	//GERMAN | FRENCH
+
+	Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_NONE,0,0,TBLACK,TBLACK,TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+	Format_Window_String((char*)Text_String (TXT_CONNECTING), SeenBuff.Get_Height(), width, height);
+
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+	d_dialog_w = width + 25*factor;
+	d_dialog_x = ((320*factor - d_dialog_w) / 2);				// dialog x-coord
+	d_cancel_x = d_dialog_cx - (d_cancel_w / 2);
+#endif
+
+	/*
+	** Button Enumerations
+	*/
+	enum {
+		BUTTON_CANCEL = 100,
+	};
+
+	/*
+	** Buttons
+	*/
+	//TextButtonClass *buttons;										// button list
+
+	TextButtonClass cancelbtn(BUTTON_CANCEL, TXT_CANCEL,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+//#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+//		d_cancel_x, d_cancel_y);
+//#else
+		d_cancel_x, d_cancel_y, d_cancel_w, d_cancel_h);
+//#endif
+
+	//buttons = &cancelbtn;
+
+	Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_NONE, 0, 0, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+
+	char users_name[256];
+	int  buffer_len = sizeof (users_name);
+	bool process;
+	bool display;
+	KeyNumType input;
+
+
+	if (!Special.IsFromWChat && !SpawnedFromWChat){
+		/*
+		** If the user is registered with Planet Westwood then spawn WChat.
+		*/
+		if (Is_User_WChat_Registered(users_name, buffer_len)){
+			GameStatisticsPacketSent = false;
+			if (!Spawn_WChat(true)){
+				Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+				Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+				HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+				Set_Palette(Palette);
+				CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_ERROR_UNABLE_TO_RUN_WCHAT, TXT_OK);
+				LogicPage->Clear();
+				return(false);
+			}
+		}else{
+			Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+			Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+			HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+			Set_Palette(Palette);
+			if (CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_EXPLAIN_REGISTRATION, TXT_REGISTER, TXT_CANCEL)){
+				LogicPage->Clear();
+				return(false);
+			}else{
+				LogicPage->Clear();
+				Spawn_Registration_App();
+				return(false);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**
+	** User is registered and we spawned WChat. Wait for a game start message from WChat.
+	**
+	*/
+
+	process = true;
+	display = true;
+
+	while (process){
+
+		/*
+		** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+		** we need to redraw.
+		*/
+		if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+			AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored = FALSE;
+			display = true;
+		}
+
+		if (display) {
+
+			Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+
+			Hide_Mouse();
+			/*
+			** Redraw backgound & dialog box
+			*/
+			Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+			HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+			Set_Palette(Palette);
+
+			Dialog_Box(d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w, d_dialog_h);
+
+			/*
+			** Dialog & Field labels
+			*/
+			Draw_Caption (TXT_NONE, d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w);
+
+			Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_CONNECTING, d_dialog_cx-width/2, d_dialog_y + 25*factor, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+								TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+			//cancelbtn.Zap();
+			//buttons = &cancelbtn;
+
+			/*
+			.................... Rebuild the button list ....................
+			*/
+			//buttons->Draw_All();
+			cancelbtn.Draw_Me(true);
+
+			Show_Mouse();
+			display = false;
+		}
+
+
+
+		/*
+		** See if the game start packet has arrived from wchat yet.
+		*/
+		if (DDEServer.Get_MPlayer_Game_Info()){
+			//MessageBox (NULL, "About to restore focus to C&C95", "C&C95", MB_OK);
+			//SetForegroundWindow ( MainWindow );
+			//ShowWindow ( MainWindow, SW_SHOWMAXIMIZED	);
+			return(true);
+		}
+
+		//input = buttons->Input();
+		input = cancelbtn.Input();
+
+		/*
+		---------------------------- Process input ----------------------------
+		*/
+		switch (input) {
+
+			/*
+			** Cancel. Just return to the main menu
+			*/
+			case (KN_ESC):
+			case (BUTTON_CANCEL | KN_BUTTON):
+				process = false;
+				Send_Data_To_DDE_Server (packet, strlen(packet), DDEServerClass::DDE_CONNECTION_FAILED);
+				GameStatisticsPacketSent = false;
+				Spawn_WChat(false);
+				break;
+		}
+
+	}
+
+#endif	//DEMO
+
+	return (false);
+
+
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/INTERPAL.CPP b/INTERPAL.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..712a06e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/INTERPAL.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,458 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : INTERPAL.CPP                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Steve Tall                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : December 7th 1995                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Overview:                                                                                   *
+ *  This module contains functions to allow use of old 320x200 animations on a 640x400 screen  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *  Read_Interpolation_Palette -- reads an interpolation palette table from disk               *
+ *  Write_Interpolation_Palette -- writes an interpolation palette to disk                     *
+ *  Create_Palette_Interpolation_Table -- build the palette interpolation table                *
+ *  Increase_Palette_Luminance -- increase the contrast of a palette                           *
+ *  Interpolate_2X_Scale -- Stretch a 320x200 graphic buffer into 640x400                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "function.h"
+
+BOOL	InterpolationPaletteChanged = FALSE;
+extern "C" {
+extern void __cdecl Asm_Interpolate (unsigned char* src_ptr ,
+						 						unsigned char* dest_ptr ,
+												int				lines ,
+												int				src_width ,
+												int				dest_width);
+
+extern void __cdecl Asm_Interpolate_Line_Double (unsigned char* src_ptr ,
+						 						unsigned char* dest_ptr ,
+												int				lines ,
+												int				src_width ,
+												int				dest_width);
+
+extern void __cdecl Asm_Interpolate_Line_Interpolate (unsigned char* src_ptr ,
+						 						unsigned char* dest_ptr ,
+												int				lines ,
+												int				src_width ,
+												int				dest_width);
+
+}
+
+extern "C"{
+	unsigned char PaletteInterpolationTable[SIZE_OF_PALETTE][SIZE_OF_PALETTE];
+	unsigned char *InterpolationPalette;
+}
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Read_Interpolatioin_Palette -- reads an interpolation palette table from disk               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    name of palette file                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    12/12/95 12:15PM ST : Created                                                            *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+
+void Read_Interpolation_Palette (char const *palette_file_name)
+{
+	CCFileClass palette_file(palette_file_name);
+
+	if (palette_file.Is_Available()){
+		palette_file.Open(READ);
+		palette_file.Read(&PaletteInterpolationTable[0][0],256*256);
+		palette_file.Close();
+		InterpolationPaletteChanged = FALSE;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Write_Interpolatioin_Palette -- writes an interpolation palette table to disk               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    name of palette file                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    12/12/95 12:15PM ST : Created                                                            *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+
+void Write_Interpolation_Palette (char const *palette_file_name)
+{
+	CCFileClass palette_file(palette_file_name);
+
+	if (!palette_file.Is_Available()){
+		palette_file.Open(WRITE);
+		palette_file.Write(&PaletteInterpolationTable[0][0],256*256);
+		palette_file.Close();
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * CREATE_PALETTE_INTERPOLATION_TABLE                                      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/06/1995  MG : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void Create_Palette_Interpolation_Table( void )
+{
+
+	Asm_Create_Palette_Interpolation_Table();
+
+	#if (0)
+
+	int 				i;
+	int 				j;
+	int 				p;
+	unsigned char	*first_palette_ptr;
+	unsigned char	*second_palette_ptr;
+	unsigned char	*match_pal_ptr;
+	int				first_r;
+	int				first_g;
+	int				first_b;
+	int				second_r;
+	int				second_g;
+	int				second_b;
+	int				diff_r;
+	int				diff_g;
+	int				diff_b;
+	int				dest_r;
+	int				dest_g;
+	int				dest_b;
+	int 				distance;
+	int 				closest_distance;
+	int 				index_of_closest_color;
+
+	//
+	// Create an interpolation table for the current palette.
+	//
+	first_palette_ptr = (unsigned char *) InterpolationPalette;
+	for ( i = 0; i < SIZE_OF_PALETTE; i ++ ) {
+
+		//
+		// Get the first palette entry's RGB.
+		//
+		first_r = *first_palette_ptr;
+		first_palette_ptr ++;
+		first_g = *first_palette_ptr;
+		first_palette_ptr ++;
+		first_b = *first_palette_ptr;
+		first_palette_ptr ++;
+
+		second_palette_ptr = (unsigned char *) InterpolationPalette;
+		for  ( j = 0; j < SIZE_OF_PALETTE; j ++ ) {
+			//
+			// Get the second palette entry's RGB.
+			//
+			second_r = *second_palette_ptr;
+			second_palette_ptr ++;
+			second_g = *second_palette_ptr;
+			second_palette_ptr ++;
+			second_b = *second_palette_ptr;
+			second_palette_ptr ++;
+
+			//
+			// Now calculate the RGB halfway between the first and second colors.
+			//
+			dest_r = ( first_r + second_r ) >> 1;
+			dest_g = ( first_g + second_g ) >> 1;
+			dest_b = ( first_b + second_b ) >> 1;
+
+			//
+			// Now find the color in the palette that most closely matches the interpolated color.
+			//
+			index_of_closest_color = 0;
+//			closest_distance = (256 * 256) * 3;
+			closest_distance = 500000;
+			match_pal_ptr = (unsigned char *) InterpolationPalette;
+			for ( p = 0; p < SIZE_OF_PALETTE; p ++ ) {
+				diff_r = ( ((int) (*match_pal_ptr)) - dest_r );
+				match_pal_ptr ++;
+				diff_g = ( ((int) (*match_pal_ptr)) - dest_g );
+				match_pal_ptr ++;
+				diff_b = ( ((int) (*match_pal_ptr)) - dest_b );
+				match_pal_ptr ++;
+
+				distance = ( diff_r * diff_r ) + ( diff_g * diff_g ) + ( diff_b * diff_b );
+				if ( distance < closest_distance ) {
+					closest_distance = distance;
+					index_of_closest_color = p;
+				}
+			}
+
+			PaletteInterpolationTable[ i ][ j ] = (unsigned char) index_of_closest_color;
+		}
+	}
+
+	#endif
+	InterpolationPaletteChanged = FALSE;
+	return;
+
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Increase_Palette_Luminance -- increase contrast of colours in a palette                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    ptr to palette                                                                    *
+ *           percentage increase of red                                                        *
+ *           percentage increase of green                                                      *
+ *           percentage increase of blue                                                       *
+ *           cap value for colours                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    12/12/95 12:16PM ST : Created                                                            *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+
+void Increase_Palette_Luminance (unsigned char *palette , int red_percentage , int green_percentage , int blue_percentage ,int cap)
+{
+
+	unsigned	int	red;
+	unsigned	int	green;
+	unsigned	int	blue;
+	for (int i=0 ; i<SIZE_OF_PALETTE*3 ; i+=3){
+
+		red 	= (unsigned)*(palette+i);
+		green = (unsigned)*(palette+i+1);
+		blue	= (unsigned)*(palette+i+2);
+
+		red 	+= red*red_percentage/100;
+		green	+= green*green_percentage/100;
+		blue	+= blue*blue_percentage/100;
+
+		red 	= MIN (cap,red);
+		green	= MIN (cap,green);
+		blue	= MIN (cap,blue);
+
+		*(palette+i)	=(unsigned char)red;
+		*(palette+i+1)	=(unsigned char)green;
+		*(palette+i+2)	=(unsigned char)blue;
+
+	}
+
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+int	CopyType	=0;
+
+#if( 1 )
+/***************************************************************************
+ * INTERPOLATE_2X_SCALE                                                    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/06/1995  MG : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void Interpolate_2X_Scale( GraphicBufferClass *source, GraphicViewPortClass *dest ,char const *palette_file_name)
+{
+	unsigned char	*src_ptr;
+	unsigned char	*dest_ptr;
+	unsigned char	*last_dest_ptr;
+	unsigned char	*end_of_source;
+	int	src_width;
+	int	dest_width;
+//	int	width_counter;
+	BOOL	source_locked = FALSE;
+	BOOL	dest_locked = FALSE;
+
+
+	/*
+	**If a palette table exists on disk then read it in otherwise create it
+	*/
+	if (InterpolationPaletteChanged){
+		if (palette_file_name){
+			Read_Interpolation_Palette(palette_file_name);
+		}
+		if (InterpolationPaletteChanged){
+			Create_Palette_Interpolation_Table();
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Write the palette table to disk so we dont have to create it again next time
+	*/
+	if (palette_file_name){
+		Write_Interpolation_Palette(palette_file_name);
+	}
+	if ( dest == &SeenBuff ) Hide_Mouse();
+
+	Wait_Blit();
+	/*
+	** Lock video surfaces if requred
+	*/
+	if (source->Get_IsDirectDraw()){
+		if (!source->Lock()){
+			if (dest == &SeenBuff) Show_Mouse();
+			return;
+		}
+		source_locked = TRUE;
+	}
+	if (dest->Get_IsDirectDraw()){
+		if (!dest->Lock()) {
+			if (source_locked){
+				source->Unlock();
+			}
+			if (dest == &SeenBuff) Show_Mouse();
+			return;
+		}
+		dest_locked = TRUE;
+	}
+
+
+	//
+	// Get pointers to the source and destination buffers.
+	//
+	src_ptr = (unsigned char *) source->Get_Offset();
+	dest_ptr = (unsigned char *) dest->Get_Offset();
+	end_of_source = src_ptr + ( source->Get_Width() * source->Get_Height() );
+
+	//
+	// Get width of source and dest buffers.
+	//
+	src_width = source->Get_Width();
+	dest_width = 2*(dest->Get_Width() + dest->Get_XAdd() + dest->Get_Pitch());
+	last_dest_ptr = dest_ptr;
+
+	/*
+	** Call the appropriate assembly language copy routine
+	*/
+#if (1)
+	switch (CopyType){
+		case 0:
+			Asm_Interpolate ( src_ptr , dest_ptr , source->Get_Height() , src_width , dest_width);
+			break;
+
+		case 1:
+			Asm_Interpolate_Line_Double( src_ptr , dest_ptr , source->Get_Height() , src_width , dest_width);
+			break;
+
+		case 2:
+			Asm_Interpolate_Line_Interpolate( src_ptr , dest_ptr , source->Get_Height() , src_width , dest_width);
+			break;
+	}
+#endif
+
+#if (0)
+	//
+	// Copy over the first pixel (upper left).
+	//
+	*dest_ptr = *src_ptr;
+	src_ptr ++;
+	dest_ptr ++;
+
+	//
+	// Scale copy.
+	//
+	width_counter = 0;
+	while ( src_ptr < end_of_source ) {
+
+		//
+		// Blend this pixel with the one to the left and place this new color in the dest buffer.
+		//
+		*dest_ptr = PaletteInterpolationTable[ (*src_ptr) ][ (*( src_ptr - 1 )) ];
+		dest_ptr ++;
+
+		//
+		// Now place the source pixel into the dest buffer.
+		//
+		*dest_ptr = *src_ptr;
+
+		src_ptr ++;
+		dest_ptr ++;
+
+		width_counter ++;
+		if ( width_counter == src_width ) {
+			width_counter = 0;
+			last_dest_ptr += dest_width;
+			dest_ptr = last_dest_ptr;
+		}
+	}
+
+#endif
+	if (source_locked) source->Unlock();
+	if (dest_locked) dest->Unlock();
+	if (dest == &SeenBuff) Show_Mouse();
+
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/INTRO.CPP b/INTRO.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8559343
--- /dev/null
+++ b/INTRO.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,313 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\intro.cpv   1.6   16 Oct 1995 16:50:18   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : INTRO.H                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Barry W. Green                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : May 8, 1995                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : May 8, 1995  [BWG]                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+#include 	"textblit.h"
+
+#ifndef DEMO
+
+VQAHandle *Open_Movie(char *name);
+VQAHandle *Open_Movie(char *name)
+{
+	if (!Debug_Quiet && Get_Digi_Handle() != -1) {
+		AnimControl.OptionFlags |= VQAOPTF_AUDIO;
+	} else {
+		AnimControl.OptionFlags &= ~VQAOPTF_AUDIO;
+	}
+
+	VQAHandle * vqa = VQA_Alloc();
+	if (vqa) {
+		VQA_Init(vqa, MixFileHandler);
+
+		if (VQA_Open(vqa, name, &AnimControl) != 0) {
+			VQA_Free(vqa);
+			vqa = 0;
+		}
+	}
+	return(vqa);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Choose_Side -- play the introduction movies, select house                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   5/08/1995 BWG : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void Choose_Side(void)
+{
+	//static char const _yellowpal[]={0x0,0x0,0xC9,0x0,0xBA,0x0,0x93,0x0,0x61,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0xEE,0x0};
+	//static char const _redpal[]   ={0x0,0x0,0xA8,0x0,0xD9,0x0,0xDA,0x0,0xE1,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0xD4,0x0};
+	//static char const _graypal[]  ={0x0,0x0,0x17,0x0,0x10,0x0,0x12,0x0,0x14,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x1C,0x0};
+
+	static char const _yellowpal[]={0x0,0xC9,0xBA,0x93,0x61,0xEE,0xee,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0};
+	static char const _redpal[]   ={0x0,0xa8,0xd9,0xda,0xe1,0xd4,0xDA,0x0,0xE1,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0xD4,0x0};
+	static char const _graypal[]  ={0x0,0x17,0x10,0x12,0x14,0x1c,0x12,0x1c,0x14,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x1C,0x0};
+
+
+	void *anim;
+	VQAHandle *gdibrief=0, *nodbrief=0;
+	void const *staticaud, *oldfont;
+	void const *speechg, *speechn, *speech;
+	int statichandle, speechhandle, speechplaying = 0;
+	int oldfontxspacing = FontXSpacing;
+	int setpalette = 0;
+	int	gdi_start_palette;
+
+	MEMORYSTATUS	mem_info;
+	mem_info.dwLength=sizeof(mem_info);
+	GlobalMemoryStatus(&mem_info);
+
+	TextPrintBuffer = new GraphicBufferClass(SeenBuff.Get_Width(), SeenBuff.Get_Height(), (void*)NULL);
+	TextPrintBuffer->Clear();
+	BlitList.Clear();
+	PseudoSeenBuff = new GraphicBufferClass(320,200,(void*)NULL);
+	int frame = 0, endframe = 255, selection = 0, lettersdone = 0;
+
+	Hide_Mouse();
+/* Change to the six-point font for Text_Print */
+	oldfont = Set_Font(ScoreFontPtr);
+
+	Call_Back();
+
+	staticaud = Load_Alloc_Data(CCFileClass("STRUGGLE.AUD"));
+	speechg = Load_Alloc_Data(CCFileClass("GDI_SLCT.AUD"));
+	speechn = Load_Alloc_Data(CCFileClass("NOD_SLCT.AUD"));
+
+//	staticaud = MixFileClass::Retrieve("STRUGGLE.AUD");
+//	speechg = MixFileClass::Retrieve("GDI_SLCT.AUD");
+//	speechn = MixFileClass::Retrieve("NOD_SLCT.AUD");
+
+	if (Special.IsFromInstall){
+		if (mem_info.dwTotalPhys >= 12*1024*1024){
+			VisiblePage.Clear();
+			PreserveVQAScreen = 1;
+			Play_Movie("INTRO2", THEME_NONE, false);
+		}
+		BreakoutAllowed = true;
+	}
+
+	//anim = Open_Animation("CHOOSE.WSA",NULL,0L,(WSAOpenType)(WSA_OPEN_FROM_MEM | WSA_OPEN_TO_PAGE),Palette);
+	anim = Open_Animation("CHOOSE.WSA",NULL,0L,(WSAOpenType)(WSA_OPEN_FROM_DISK | WSA_OPEN_TO_PAGE),Palette);
+	Call_Back();
+	InterpolationPaletteChanged = TRUE;
+	InterpolationPalette = Palette;
+	Read_Interpolation_Palette("SIDES.PAL");
+
+	nodbrief = Open_Movie("NOD1PRE.VQA");
+	gdi_start_palette = Load_Interpolated_Palettes("NOD1PRE.VQP");
+	Call_Back();
+	gdibrief = Open_Movie("GDI1.VQA");
+	Load_Interpolated_Palettes("GDI1.VQP" , TRUE);
+
+	WWMouse->Erase_Mouse(&HidPage, TRUE);
+	HiddenPage.Clear();
+	PseudoSeenBuff->Clear();
+	SysMemPage.Clear();
+	//if (!Special.IsFromInstall) {
+		VisiblePage.Clear();
+		Set_Palette(Palette);
+	//} else {
+		//setpalette = 1;
+	//}
+
+	statichandle = Play_Sample(staticaud,255,64);
+	CountDownTimerClass sample_timer;
+	sample_timer.Set(0x3f);
+	Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(TXT_GDI_NAME,   0, 180,_yellowpal));
+#ifdef FRENCH
+	Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(TXT_GDI_NAME2,  0, 187,_yellowpal));
+#endif
+	Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(TXT_NOD_NAME, 180, 180,_redpal));
+
+#ifdef GERMAN
+	Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(TXT_SEL_TRANS,57, 190,_graypal));
+#else
+#ifdef FRENCH
+	Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(TXT_SEL_TRANS,103, 194,_graypal));
+#else
+	Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(TXT_SEL_TRANS,103, 190,_graypal));
+#endif
+#endif
+	Keyboard::Clear();
+
+	while (Get_Mouse_State()) Show_Mouse();
+
+	while (endframe != frame || (speechplaying && Is_Sample_Playing(speech)) ) {
+		Animate_Frame(anim, SysMemPage, frame++);
+		if (setpalette) {
+			Wait_Vert_Blank();
+			Set_Palette(Palette);
+			setpalette = 0;
+		}
+		SysMemPage.Blit(*PseudoSeenBuff,0,22, 0,22, 320,156);
+
+		/*
+		** If the sample has stopped or is about to then restart it
+		*/
+		if (!Is_Sample_Playing(staticaud) || !sample_timer.Time()) {
+			Stop_Sample(statichandle);
+			statichandle = Play_Sample(staticaud,255,64);
+			sample_timer.Set(0x3f);
+		}
+		Call_Back_Delay(3);	// delay only if haven't clicked
+
+		/* keep the mouse hidden until the letters are thru printing */
+		if (!lettersdone) {
+			lettersdone = true;
+			for(int i=0; i < MAXSCOREOBJS; i++) if (ScoreObjs[i]) lettersdone = 0;
+			if (lettersdone) {
+				Show_Mouse();
+			}
+		}
+		if (frame >= Get_Animation_Frame_Count(anim)) frame = 0;
+		if (Keyboard::Check() && endframe == 255) {
+			if ((Keyboard::Get() & 0x10FF) == KN_LMOUSE) {
+				if ((_Kbd->MouseQY > 48*2) && (_Kbd->MouseQY < 150*2)) {
+					if ((_Kbd->MouseQX > 18*2) && (_Kbd->MouseQX < 148*2)) {
+
+					// Chose GDI
+						Whom = HOUSE_GOOD;
+						ScenPlayer = SCEN_PLAYER_GDI;
+						endframe = 0;
+						speechhandle = Play_Sample(speechg);
+						speechplaying = true;
+						speech = speechg;
+
+					} else if ((_Kbd->MouseQX > 160*2) && (_Kbd->MouseQX < 300*2)) {
+					// Chose Nod
+						selection = 1;
+						endframe = 14;
+						Whom = HOUSE_BAD;
+						ScenPlayer = SCEN_PLAYER_NOD;
+						speechhandle = Play_Sample(speechn);
+						speechplaying = true;
+						speech = speechn;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	Hide_Mouse();
+	Close_Animation(anim);
+
+	// erase the "choose side" text
+	PseudoSeenBuff->Fill_Rect(0,180,319,199,0);
+	SeenBuff.Fill_Rect(0,180*2, 319*2, 199*2, 0);
+	Interpolate_2X_Scale (PseudoSeenBuff , &SeenBuff ,"SIDES.PAL");
+	Keyboard::Clear();
+	SysMemPage.Clear();
+
+	/*
+	** Skip the briefings if we're in special mode.
+	*/
+	if (Special.IsJurassic && AreThingiesEnabled) {
+		if (nodbrief) {
+			VQA_Close(nodbrief);
+			VQA_Free(nodbrief);
+			nodbrief = NULL;
+		}
+		if (gdibrief) {
+			VQA_Close(gdibrief);
+			VQA_Free(gdibrief);
+			gdibrief = NULL;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/* play the scenario 1 briefing movie */
+	if (Whom == HOUSE_GOOD) {
+		if (nodbrief) {
+			VQA_Close(nodbrief);
+			VQA_Free(nodbrief);
+		}
+		if (gdibrief) {
+			PaletteCounter = gdi_start_palette;
+			VQA_Play(gdibrief, VQAMODE_RUN);
+			VQA_Close(gdibrief);
+			VQA_Free(gdibrief);
+		}
+	} else {
+		if (gdibrief) {
+			VQA_Close(gdibrief);
+			VQA_Free(gdibrief);
+		}
+		if (nodbrief) {
+			VQA_Play(nodbrief, VQAMODE_RUN);
+			VQA_Close(nodbrief);
+			VQA_Free(nodbrief);
+		}
+	}
+
+	Free_Interpolated_Palettes();
+	Set_Primary_Buffer_Format();
+/* get rid of all the animating objects */
+	for (int i = 0; i < MAXSCOREOBJS; i++) if (ScoreObjs[i]) {
+		delete ScoreObjs[i];
+		ScoreObjs[i] = 0;
+	}
+
+	if (Whom == HOUSE_GOOD) {
+		/*
+		** Make sure the screen's fully clear after the movie plays
+		*/
+		VisiblePage.Clear();
+		memset(BlackPalette, 0x01, 768);
+		Set_Palette(BlackPalette);
+		memset(BlackPalette, 0x00, 768);
+	} else {
+		PreserveVQAScreen = 1;
+	}
+	Free(staticaud);
+	Free(speechg);
+	Free(speechn);
+
+	Set_Font(oldfont);
+	FontXSpacing = oldfontxspacing;
+
+	delete PseudoSeenBuff;
+	delete TextPrintBuffer;
+	TextPrintBuffer = NULL;
+	BlitList.Clear();
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/INTRO.H b/INTRO.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..50a3a95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/INTRO.H
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               *** 
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : INTRO.H                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Barry W. Green                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : May 8, 1995                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : May 8, 1995  [BWG]                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef INTRO_H
+#define INTRO_H
+
+void Choose_Side(void);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/IOMAP.CPP b/IOMAP.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8463c11
--- /dev/null
+++ b/IOMAP.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,1051 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\iomap.cpv   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:50:34   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : IOMAP.CPP                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Bill Randolph                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : January 16, 1995                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : January 16, 1995   [BR]                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * All map-related loading/saving routines should go in this module, so it can be overlayed.   *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   CellClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                          *
+ *   CellClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                              *
+ *   CellClass::Load -- Reads from a save game file.                                           *
+ *   CellClass::Save -- Write to a save game file.                                             *
+ *   CellClass::Should_Save -- Should the cell be written to disk?                             *
+ *   DisplayClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                       *
+ *   DisplayClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                           *
+ *   GScreenClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                       *
+ *   GScreenClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                           *
+ *   HelpClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                          *
+ *   HelpClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                              *
+ *   MapClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                           *
+ *   MapClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                               *
+ *   MouseClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                         *
+ *   MouseClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                             *
+ *   MouseClass::Load -- Loads from a save game file.                                          *
+ *   MouseClass::Save -- Saves to a save game file.                                            *
+ *   PowerClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                         *
+ *   PowerClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                             *
+ *   RadarClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                         *
+ *   RadarClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                             *
+ *   ScrollClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                        *
+ *   ScrollClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                            *
+ *   SidebarClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                       *
+ *   SidebarClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                           *
+ *   SidebarClass::StripClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save           *
+ *   SidebarClass::StripClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save               *
+ *   TabClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                           *
+ *   TabClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                               *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "function.h"
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CellClass::Should_Save -- Should the cell be written to disk?                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This function will determine if the cell needs to be written to disk. Any cell that      *
+ *    contains special data should be written to disk.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Should this cell's data be written to disk?                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/19/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool CellClass::Should_Save(void) const
+{
+	return(
+			(Smudge != SMUDGE_NONE) ||
+			(TType != TEMPLATE_NONE) ||
+			(Overlay != OVERLAY_NONE) ||
+			IsMapped ||
+			IsVisible ||
+			IsTrigger ||
+			Flag.Composite ||
+			OccupierPtr ||
+			Overlapper[0] || Overlapper[1] || Overlapper[2]
+			);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CellClass::Load -- Loads from a save game file.                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   file  -- The file to read the cell's data from.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  true = success, false = failure                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/19/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool CellClass::Load(FileClass & file)
+{
+	int rc;
+	TriggerClass * trig;
+
+	/*
+	-------------------------- Load the object data --------------------------
+	*/
+	rc = Read_Object(this, sizeof(CellClass), sizeof(CellClass), file, 0);
+
+	/*
+	------------------------ Load the trigger pointer ------------------------
+	*/
+	if (rc) {
+		if (IsTrigger) {
+			if (file.Read(&trig,sizeof(trig)) != sizeof(trig))
+				return(false);
+			CellTriggers[Cell_Number()] = trig;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(rc);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CellClass::Save -- Write to a save game file.                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   file  -- The file to write the cell's data to.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  true = success, false = failure                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/19/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool CellClass::Save(FileClass & file)
+{
+	int rc;
+	TriggerClass * trig;
+
+	/*
+	-------------------------- Save the object data --------------------------
+	*/
+	rc = Write_Object(this, sizeof(CellClass), file);
+
+	/*
+	------------------------ Save the trigger pointer ------------------------
+	*/
+	if (rc) {
+		if (IsTrigger) {
+			trig = CellTriggers[Cell_Number()];
+			if (file.Write(&trig,sizeof(trig)) != sizeof(trig))
+				return(false);
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(rc);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CellClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "codes" the pointers in the class by converting them to a number               *
+ * that still represents the object pointed to, but isn't actually a pointer.  This            *
+ * allows a saved game to properly load without relying on the games data still                *
+ * being in the exact same location.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void CellClass::Code_Pointers(void)
+{
+	if (Cell_Occupier()) {
+		OccupierPtr = (ObjectClass *)OccupierPtr->As_Target();
+	}
+
+	if (Overlapper[0]) {
+		Overlapper[0] = (ObjectClass *)Overlapper[0]->As_Target();
+	}
+
+	if (Overlapper[1]) {
+		Overlapper[1] = (ObjectClass *)Overlapper[1]->As_Target();
+	}
+
+	if (Overlapper[2]) {
+		Overlapper[2] = (ObjectClass *)Overlapper[2]->As_Target();
+	}
+
+	/*
+	------------------------ Convert trigger pointer -------------------------
+	*/
+	if (IsTrigger) {
+		CellTriggers[Cell_Number()] = (TriggerClass *)CellTriggers[Cell_Number()]->As_Target();
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CellClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "decodes" the pointers coded in Code_Pointers by converting the                *
+ * code values back into object pointers.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void CellClass::Decode_Pointers(void)
+{
+	if (OccupierPtr) {
+		OccupierPtr = As_Object((TARGET)OccupierPtr);
+		Check_Ptr((void *)OccupierPtr,__FILE__,__LINE__);
+	}
+
+	if (Overlapper[0]) {
+		Overlapper[0] = As_Object((TARGET)Overlapper[0]);
+		Check_Ptr((void *)Overlapper[0],__FILE__,__LINE__);
+	}
+
+	if (Overlapper[1]) {
+		Overlapper[1] = As_Object((TARGET)Overlapper[1]);
+		Check_Ptr((void *)Overlapper[1],__FILE__,__LINE__);
+	}
+
+	if (Overlapper[2]) {
+		Overlapper[2] = As_Object((TARGET)Overlapper[2]);
+		Check_Ptr((void *)Overlapper[2],__FILE__,__LINE__);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Convert trigger pointer.
+	*/
+	if (IsTrigger) {
+		CellTriggers[Cell_Number()] = As_Trigger( (TARGET)CellTriggers[Cell_Number()] );
+		Check_Ptr((void *)CellTriggers[Cell_Number()],__FILE__,__LINE__);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MouseClass::Load -- Loads from a save game file.                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * Loading the map is very complicated.  Here are the steps:                                   *
+ * - Read the Theater for this save-game                                                       *
+ * - call Init_Theater to perform theater-specific inits                                       *
+ * - call Free_Cells to free the cell array, because loading the map object will overwrite     *
+ *   the pointer to the cell array                                                             *
+ * - read the map object from disk                                                             *
+ * - call Alloc_Cells to re-allocate the cell array                                            *
+ * - call Init_Cells to set the cells to a known state, because not every cell will be loaded  *
+ * - read the cell objects into the cell array                                                 *
+ * - After the map & all objects have been loaded & the pointers decoded, Init_IO() >MUST< be  *
+ *   called to restore the map's button list to the proper state.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   file  -- The file to read the cell's data from.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  true = success, false = failure                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/19/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool MouseClass::Load(FileClass & file)
+{
+	unsigned count;
+	CELL cell = 0;
+	int index;
+//	int rc;
+//	int i;
+//	int j;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Load Theater:  Even though this value is located in the DisplayClass,
+	it must be loaded first so initialization can be done before any other
+	map data is loaded.  If initialization isn't done first, data read from
+	disk will be over-written when initialization occurs.  This code must
+	go in the most-derived Map class.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (file.Read (&Theater,sizeof(Theater)) != sizeof(Theater))
+		return(false);
+
+	/*
+	** Remove any old theater specific uncompressed shapes
+	*/
+	if (Theater != LastTheater){
+		Reset_Theater_Shapes();
+	}
+
+	/*
+	------------------------- Init display mixfiles --------------------------
+	*/
+	Init_Theater(Theater);
+	TerrainTypeClass::Init(Theater);
+	TemplateTypeClass::Init(Theater);
+	OverlayTypeClass::Init(Theater);
+	UnitTypeClass::Init(Theater);
+	InfantryTypeClass::Init(Theater);
+	BuildingTypeClass::Init(Theater);
+	BulletTypeClass::Init(Theater);
+	AnimTypeClass::Init(Theater);
+	AircraftTypeClass::Init(Theater);
+	SmudgeTypeClass::Init(Theater);
+
+	LastTheater = Theater;
+
+	/*
+	** Free the cell array, because we're about to overwrite its pointers
+	*/
+	Free_Cells();
+
+	/*
+	** Read the entire map object in.  Only read in sizeof(MouseClass), so if we're
+	** in editor mode, none of the map editor object is read in.
+	*/
+	if (!Read_Object(this, sizeof(VectorClass<CellClass>), sizeof(MouseClass), file, VTable)) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Reallocate the cell array
+	*/
+	Alloc_Cells();
+
+	/*
+	** Init all cells to empty
+	*/
+	Init_Cells();
+
+	/*
+	--------------------------- Read # cells saved ---------------------------
+	*/
+	if (file.Read(&count, sizeof(count)) != sizeof(count)) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	------------------------------- Read cells -------------------------------
+	*/
+	for (index = 0; index < count; index++) {
+		if (file.Read(&cell, sizeof(cell)) != sizeof(cell))
+			return(false);
+
+		if (!(*this)[cell].Load(file))
+			return(false);
+	}
+
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MouseClass::Save -- Save to a save game file.                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   file  -- The file to write the cell's data to.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  true = success, false = failure                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/19/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool MouseClass::Save(FileClass & file)
+{
+	unsigned count;
+	long pos;
+
+	/*
+	-------------------------- Save Theater >first< --------------------------
+	*/
+	if (file.Write (&Theater,sizeof(Theater)) != sizeof(Theater))
+		return(false);
+
+	if (!Write_Object(this, sizeof(MouseClass), file))
+		return(false);
+
+	/*
+	---------------------- Record current file position ----------------------
+	*/
+	pos = file.Seek(0, SEEK_CUR);
+
+	/*
+	---------------------- write out placeholder bytes -----------------------
+	*/
+	if (file.Write(&count, sizeof(count)) != sizeof(count))
+		return(false);
+
+	/*
+	------------------------ Save cells that need it -------------------------
+	*/
+	count = 0;
+	for (CELL cell = 0; cell < MAP_CELL_TOTAL; cell++) {
+		if ((*this)[cell].Should_Save()) {
+			if (file.Write(&cell, sizeof(cell)) != sizeof(cell))
+				return(false);
+
+			count++;
+
+			if (!(*this)[cell].Save(file))
+				return(false);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	-------------------------- Save # cells written --------------------------
+	*/
+	file.Seek(pos, SEEK_SET);
+
+	if (file.Write(&count, sizeof(count)) != sizeof(count))
+		return(false);
+
+	file.Seek(0, SEEK_END);
+
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MouseClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "codes" the pointers in the class by converting them to a number               *
+ * that still represents the object pointed to, but isn't actually a pointer.  This            *
+ * allows a saved game to properly load without relying on the games data still                *
+ * being in the exact same location.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void MouseClass::Code_Pointers(void)
+{
+//	Control.Code_Pointers();
+
+	ScrollClass::Code_Pointers();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MouseClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "decodes" the pointers coded in Code_Pointers by converting the                *
+ * code values back into object pointers.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void MouseClass::Decode_Pointers(void)
+{
+//	Control.Decode_Pointers();
+
+	ScrollClass::Decode_Pointers();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ScrollClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "codes" the pointers in the class by converting them to a number               *
+ * that still represents the object pointed to, but isn't actually a pointer.  This            *
+ * allows a saved game to properly load without relying on the games data still                *
+ * being in the exact same location.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void ScrollClass::Code_Pointers(void)
+{
+	HelpClass::Code_Pointers();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ScrollClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "decodes" the pointers coded in Code_Pointers by converting the                *
+ * code values back into object pointers.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void ScrollClass::Decode_Pointers(void)
+{
+	HelpClass::Decode_Pointers();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HelpClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "codes" the pointers in the class by converting them to a number               *
+ * that still represents the object pointed to, but isn't actually a pointer.  This            *
+ * allows a saved game to properly load without relying on the games data still                *
+ * being in the exact same location.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void HelpClass::Code_Pointers(void)
+{
+	TabClass::Code_Pointers();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HelpClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "decodes" the pointers coded in Code_Pointers by converting the                *
+ * code values back into object pointers.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void HelpClass::Decode_Pointers(void)
+{
+	TabClass::Decode_Pointers();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TabClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "codes" the pointers in the class by converting them to a number               *
+ * that still represents the object pointed to, but isn't actually a pointer.  This            *
+ * allows a saved game to properly load without relying on the games data still                *
+ * being in the exact same location.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TabClass::Code_Pointers(void)
+{
+	SidebarClass::Code_Pointers();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TabClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "decodes" the pointers coded in Code_Pointers by converting the                *
+ * code values back into object pointers.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TabClass::Decode_Pointers(void)
+{
+	SidebarClass::Decode_Pointers();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * PowerClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "codes" the pointers in the class by converting them to a number               *
+ * that still represents the object pointed to, but isn't actually a pointer.  This            *
+ * allows a saved game to properly load without relying on the games data still                *
+ * being in the exact same location.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void PowerClass::Code_Pointers(void)
+{
+	RadarClass::Code_Pointers();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * PowerClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "decodes" the pointers coded in Code_Pointers by converting the                *
+ * code values back into object pointers.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void PowerClass::Decode_Pointers(void)
+{
+	RadarClass::Decode_Pointers();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SidebarClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "codes" the pointers in the class by converting them to a number               *
+ * that still represents the object pointed to, but isn't actually a pointer.  This            *
+ * allows a saved game to properly load without relying on the games data still                *
+ * being in the exact same location.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void SidebarClass::Code_Pointers(void)
+{
+	for (int i = 0; i < COLUMNS; i++) {
+		Column[i].Code_Pointers();
+	}
+
+	PowerClass::Code_Pointers();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SidebarClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "decodes" the pointers coded in Code_Pointers by converting the                *
+ * code values back into object pointers.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void SidebarClass::Decode_Pointers(void)
+{
+	for (int i = 0; i < COLUMNS; i++) {
+		Column[i].Decode_Pointers();
+	}
+
+	PowerClass::Decode_Pointers();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SidebarClass::StripClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "codes" the pointers in the class by converting them to a number               *
+ * that still represents the object pointed to, but isn't actually a pointer.  This            *
+ * allows a saved game to properly load without relying on the games data still                *
+ * being in the exact same location.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void SidebarClass::StripClass::Code_Pointers(void)
+{
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SidebarClass::StripClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "decodes" the pointers coded in Code_Pointers by converting the                *
+ * code values back into object pointers.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void SidebarClass::StripClass::Decode_Pointers(void)
+{
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * RadarClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "codes" the pointers in the class by converting them to a number               *
+ * that still represents the object pointed to, but isn't actually a pointer.  This            *
+ * allows a saved game to properly load without relying on the games data still                *
+ * being in the exact same location.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void RadarClass::Code_Pointers(void)
+{
+	DisplayClass::Code_Pointers();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * RadarClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "decodes" the pointers coded in Code_Pointers by converting the                *
+ * code values back into object pointers.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void RadarClass::Decode_Pointers(void)
+{
+	DisplayClass::Decode_Pointers();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DisplayClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "codes" the pointers in the class by converting them to a number               *
+ * that still represents the object pointed to, but isn't actually a pointer.  This            *
+ * allows a saved game to properly load without relying on the games data still                *
+ * being in the exact same location.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void DisplayClass::Code_Pointers(void)
+{
+	/*
+	**	Code PendingObjectPtr.
+	*/
+	if (PendingObjectPtr) {
+		PendingObjectPtr = (ObjectClass *)PendingObjectPtr->As_Target();
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Chain to parent.
+	*/
+	MapClass::Code_Pointers();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DisplayClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "decodes" the pointers coded in Code_Pointers by converting the                *
+ * code values back into object pointers.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void DisplayClass::Decode_Pointers(void)
+{
+	/*
+	**	Decode PendingObjectPtr.  We can't decode PendingObject here, because we'd
+	**	have to reference PendingObjectPtr->Class_Of(), and the object that
+	**	PendingObjectPtr is pointing to hasn't been decoded yet.  Since we can't
+	**	decode PendingObjectPtr, we can't set the placement cursor shape here
+	**	either.  These have to be done as last-minute fixups.
+	*/
+	if (PendingObjectPtr) {
+		PendingObjectPtr = As_Object((TARGET)PendingObjectPtr);
+		Check_Ptr((void *)PendingObjectPtr,__FILE__,__LINE__);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Chain to parent.
+	*/
+	MapClass::Decode_Pointers();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MapClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "codes" the pointers in the class by converting them to a number               *
+ * that still represents the object pointed to, but isn't actually a pointer.  This            *
+ * allows a saved game to properly load without relying on the games data still                *
+ * being in the exact same location.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void MapClass::Code_Pointers(void)
+{
+	CELL cell;
+
+	/*
+	------------------------- Code the cell pointers -------------------------
+	*/
+	for (cell = 0; cell < MAP_CELL_TOTAL; cell++) {
+		(*this)[cell].Code_Pointers();
+	}
+
+	GScreenClass::Code_Pointers();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MapClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "decodes" the pointers coded in Code_Pointers by converting the                *
+ * code values back into object pointers.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void MapClass::Decode_Pointers(void)
+{
+	CELL cell;
+
+	/*
+	------------------------ Decode the cell pointers ------------------------
+	*/
+	for (cell = 0; cell < MAP_CELL_TOTAL; cell++) {
+		(*this)[cell].Decode_Pointers();
+	}
+
+	GScreenClass::Decode_Pointers();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GScreenClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "codes" the pointers in the class by converting them to a number               *
+ * that still represents the object pointed to, but isn't actually a pointer.  This            *
+ * allows a saved game to properly load without relying on the games data still                *
+ * being in the exact same location.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void GScreenClass::Code_Pointers(void)
+{
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GScreenClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "decodes" the pointers coded in Code_Pointers by converting the                *
+ * code values back into object pointers.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void GScreenClass::Decode_Pointers(void)
+{
+}
diff --git a/IOOBJ.CPP b/IOOBJ.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5062600
--- /dev/null
+++ b/IOOBJ.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,2637 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\ioobj.cpv   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:51:22   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               *** 
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : IOOBJ.CPP                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Bill Randolph                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : January 16, 1995                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : January 16, 1995   [BR]                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * All object-related loading/saving routines should go in this module, so it can be overlayed.*
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   TeamTypeClass::Load -- Reads from a save game file.                                       *
+ *   TeamTypeClass::Save -- Write to a save game file.                                         *
+ *   TeamTypeClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                      *
+ *   TeamTypeClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                          *
+ *   TeamClass::Load -- Reads from a save game file.                                           *
+ *   TeamClass::Save -- Write to a save game file.                                             *
+ *   TeamClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                          *
+ *   TeamClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                              *
+ *   TriggerClass::Load -- Reads from a save game file.                                        *
+ *   TriggerClass::Save -- Write to a save game file.                                          *
+ *   TriggerClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                       *
+ *   TriggerClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                           *
+ *   AircraftClass::Load -- Reads from a save game file.                                       *
+ *   AircraftClass::Save -- Write to a save game file.                                         *
+ *   AircraftClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                      *
+ *   AircraftClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                          *
+ *   AnimClass::Load -- Reads from a save game file.                                           *
+ *   AnimClass::Save -- Write to a save game file.                                             *
+ *   AnimClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                          *
+ *   AnimClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                              *
+ *   BuildingClass::Load -- Reads from a save game file.                                       *
+ *   BuildingClass::Save -- Write to a save game file.                                         *
+ *   BuildingClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                      *
+ *   BuildingClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                          *
+ *   BulletClass::Load -- Reads from a save game file.                                         *
+ *   BulletClass::Save -- Write to a save game file.                                           *
+ *   BulletClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                        *
+ *   BulletClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                            *
+ *   InfantryClass::Load -- Reads from a save game file.                                       *
+ *   InfantryClass::Save -- Write to a save game file.                                         *
+ *   InfantryClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                      *
+ *   InfantryClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                          *
+ *   OverlayClass::Load -- Reads from a save game file.                                        *
+ *   OverlayClass::Save -- Write to a save game file.                                          *
+ *   OverlayClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                       *
+ *   OverlayClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                           *
+ *   ReinforcementClass::Load -- Reads from a save game file.                                  *
+ *   ReinforcementClass::Save -- Write to a save game file.                                    *
+ *   ReinforcementClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                 *
+ *   ReinforcementClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                     *
+ *   SmudgeClass::Load -- Reads from a save game file.                                         *
+ *   SmudgeClass::Save -- Write to a save game file.                                           *
+ *   SmudgeClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                        *
+ *   SmudgeClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                            *
+ *   TemplateClass::Load -- Reads from a save game file.                                       *
+ *   TemplateClass::Save -- Write to a save game file.                                         *
+ *   TemplateClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                      *
+ *   TemplateClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                          *
+ *   TerrainClass::Load -- Reads from a save game file.                                        *
+ *   TerrainClass::Save -- Write to a save game file.                                          *
+ *   TerrainClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                       *
+ *   TerrainClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                           *
+ *   UnitClass::Load -- Reads from a save game file.                                           *
+ *   UnitClass::Save -- Write to a save game file.                                             *
+ *   UnitClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                          *
+ *   UnitClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                              *
+ *   FactoryClass::Load -- Reads from a save game file.                                        *
+ *   FactoryClass::Save -- Write to a save game file.                                          *
+ *   FactoryClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                       *
+ *   FactoryClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                           *
+ *   LayerClass::Load -- Reads from a save game file.                                          *
+ *   LayerClass::Save -- Write to a save game file.                                            *
+ *   LayerClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                         *
+ *   LayerClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                             *
+ *   HouseClass::Load -- Reads from a save game file.                                          *
+ *   HouseClass::Save -- Write to a save game file.                                            *
+ *   HouseClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                         *
+ *   HouseClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                             *
+ *   ScoreClass::Load -- Reads from a save game file.                                          *
+ *   ScoreClass::Save -- Write to a save game file.                                            *
+ *   ScoreClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                         *
+ *   ScoreClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                             *
+ *   FlyClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                           *
+ *   FlyClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                               *
+ *   FuseClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                          *
+ *   FuseClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                              *
+ *   TarComClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                        *
+ *   TarComClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                            *
+ *   TurretClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                        *
+ *   TurretClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                            *
+ *   DriveClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                         *
+ *   DriveClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                             *
+ *   FootClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                          *
+ *   FootClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                              *
+ *   RadioClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                         *
+ *   RadioClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                             *
+ *   TechnoClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                        *
+ *   TechnoClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                            *
+ *   FlasherClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                       *
+ *   FlasherClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                           *
+ *   CargoClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                         *
+ *   CargoClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                             *
+ *   MissionClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                       *
+ *   MissionClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                           *
+ *   ObjectClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                        *
+ *   ObjectClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                            *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "function.h"
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TeamTypeClass::Load -- Loads from a save game file.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   file  -- The file to read the cell's data from.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  true = success, false = failure                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/19/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool TeamTypeClass::Load(FileClass & file)
+{
+	return(Read_Object(this, sizeof(AbstractTypeClass), sizeof(*this), file, VTable));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TeamTypeClass::Save -- Write to a save game file.                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   file  -- The file to write the cell's data to.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  true = success, false = failure                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/19/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool TeamTypeClass::Save(FileClass & file)
+{
+	return(Write_Object(this, sizeof(*this), file));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TeamTypeClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "codes" the pointers in the class by converting them to a number               *
+ * that still represents the object pointed to, but isn't actually a pointer.  This            *
+ * allows a saved game to properly load without relying on the games data still                *
+ * being in the exact same location.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TeamTypeClass::Code_Pointers(void)
+{
+	/*
+	-------------------------- Code the Class array --------------------------
+	*/
+	for (int i = 0; i < ClassCount; i++) {
+		Class[i] = (TechnoTypeClass *)TechnoType_To_Target(Class[i]);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TeamTypeClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "decodes" the pointers coded in Code_Pointers by converting the                *
+ * code values back into object pointers.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TeamTypeClass::Decode_Pointers(void)
+{
+	/*
+	------------------------- Decode the Class array -------------------------
+	*/
+	for (int i = 0; i < ClassCount; i++) {
+		Class[i] =  Target_To_TechnoType((TARGET)Class[i]);
+		Check_Ptr((void *)Class[i],__FILE__,__LINE__);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TeamClass::Load -- Loads from a save game file.                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   file  -- The file to read the cell's data from.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  true = success, false = failure                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/19/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool TeamClass::Load(FileClass & file)
+{
+	return(Read_Object(this, sizeof(AbstractClass), sizeof(*this), file, VTable));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TeamClass::Save -- Write to a save game file.                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   file  -- The file to write the cell's data to.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  true = success, false = failure                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/19/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool TeamClass::Save(FileClass & file)
+{
+	return(Write_Object(this, sizeof(*this), file));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TeamClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "codes" the pointers in the class by converting them to a number               *
+ * that still represents the object pointed to, but isn't actually a pointer.  This            *
+ * allows a saved game to properly load without relying on the games data still                *
+ * being in the exact same location.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TeamClass::Code_Pointers(void)
+{
+	TeamTypeClass const * cls;
+
+	/*
+	-------------------- Code Class & House for this team --------------------
+	*/
+	cls = Class;
+	((TeamTypeClass *&)Class) = (TeamTypeClass *)cls->As_Target();
+	((HouseClass *&)House) = (HouseClass *)House->Class->House;
+
+	/*
+	--------------------------- Code the 'Member' ----------------------------
+	*/
+	if (Member) {
+		Member = (FootClass *)Member->As_Target();
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TeamClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "decodes" the pointers coded in Code_Pointers by converting the                *
+ * code values back into object pointers.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TeamClass::Decode_Pointers(void)
+{
+	/*
+	------------------- Decode Class & House for this team -------------------
+	*/
+	((TeamTypeClass *&)Class) = As_TeamType((TARGET)Class);
+	Check_Ptr((void *)Class,__FILE__,__LINE__);
+	((HouseClass *&)House) = HouseClass::As_Pointer((HousesType)House);
+	Check_Ptr((void *)House,__FILE__,__LINE__);
+
+	/*
+	-------------------------- Decode the 'Member' ---------------------------
+	*/
+	if (Member) {
+		switch (Target_Kind((TARGET)Member)) {
+			case KIND_INFANTRY:
+				Member = As_Infantry((TARGET)Member);
+				break;
+
+			case KIND_UNIT:
+				Member = As_Unit((TARGET)Member);
+				break;
+
+			case KIND_AIRCRAFT:
+				Member = As_Aircraft((TARGET)Member);
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				Member = 0;
+				break;
+		}
+
+		Check_Ptr((void *)Member,__FILE__,__LINE__);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TriggerClass::Load -- Loads from a save game file.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   file  -- The file to read the cell's data from.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  true = success, false = failure                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/19/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool TriggerClass::Load(FileClass & file)
+{
+	int rc = Read_Object(this, sizeof(*this), sizeof(*this), file, 0);
+
+	/*
+	-------------------------- Add to HouseTriggers --------------------------
+	*/
+	if (rc) {
+		if (House != HOUSE_NONE) {
+			HouseTriggers[House].Add(this);
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(rc);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TriggerClass::Save -- Write to a save game file.                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   file  -- The file to write the cell's data to.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  true = success, false = failure                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/19/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool TriggerClass::Save(FileClass & file)
+{
+	return(Write_Object(this, sizeof(*this), file));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TriggerClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "codes" the pointers in the class by converting them to a number               *
+ * that still represents the object pointed to, but isn't actually a pointer.  This            *
+ * allows a saved game to properly load without relying on the games data still                *
+ * being in the exact same location.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TriggerClass::Code_Pointers(void)
+{
+	if (Team) {
+		Team = (TeamTypeClass *)Team->As_Target();
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TriggerClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "decodes" the pointers coded in Code_Pointers by converting the                *
+ * code values back into object pointers.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TriggerClass::Decode_Pointers(void)
+{
+	if (Team) {
+		Team = As_TeamType((TARGET)Team);
+		Check_Ptr((void *)Team,__FILE__,__LINE__);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::Load -- Loads from a save game file.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   file  -- The file to read the cell's data from.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  true = success, false = failure                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/19/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool AircraftClass::Load(FileClass & file)
+{
+	return(Read_Object(this, sizeof(AbstractClass), sizeof(*this), file, VTable));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::Save -- Write to a save game file.                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   file  -- The file to write the cell's data to.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  true = success, false = failure                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/19/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool AircraftClass::Save(FileClass & file)
+{
+	return(Write_Object(this, sizeof(*this), file));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "codes" the pointers in the class by converting them to a number               *
+ * that still represents the object pointed to, but isn't actually a pointer.  This            *
+ * allows a saved game to properly load without relying on the games data still                *
+ * being in the exact same location.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void AircraftClass::Code_Pointers(void)
+{
+	/*
+	------------------------------ Code 'Class' ------------------------------
+	*/
+	((AircraftTypeClass *&)Class) = (AircraftTypeClass *)Class->Type;
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Chain to parent -----------------------------
+	*/
+	FootClass::Code_Pointers();
+	FlyClass::Code_Pointers();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AircraftClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "decodes" the pointers coded in Code_Pointers by converting the                *
+ * code values back into object pointers.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void AircraftClass::Decode_Pointers(void)
+{
+	/*
+	----------------------------- Decode 'Class' -----------------------------
+	*/
+	((AircraftTypeClass const *&)Class) = &AircraftTypeClass::As_Reference((AircraftType)Class);
+	Check_Ptr((void *)Class,__FILE__,__LINE__);
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Chain to parent -----------------------------
+	*/
+	FootClass::Decode_Pointers();
+	FlyClass::Decode_Pointers();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AnimClass::Load -- Loads from a save game file.                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   file  -- The file to read the cell's data from.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  true = success, false = failure                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/19/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool AnimClass::Load(FileClass & file)
+{
+	return(Read_Object(this, sizeof(AbstractClass), sizeof(*this), file, VTable));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AnimClass::Save -- Write to a save game file.                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   file  -- The file to write the cell's data to.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  true = success, false = failure                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/19/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool AnimClass::Save(FileClass & file)
+{
+	return(Write_Object(this, sizeof(*this), file));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AnimClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "codes" the pointers in the class by converting them to a number               *
+ * that still represents the object pointed to, but isn't actually a pointer.  This            *
+ * allows a saved game to properly load without relying on the games data still                *
+ * being in the exact same location.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void AnimClass::Code_Pointers(void)
+{
+	/*
+	------------------------------ Code 'Class' ------------------------------
+	*/
+	((AnimTypeClass *&)Class) = (AnimTypeClass *)Class->Type;
+
+	/*
+	----------------------------- Code 'Object' ------------------------------
+	*/
+	if (Object) {
+		Object = (ObjectClass *)Object->As_Target();
+	}
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Chain to parent -----------------------------
+	*/
+	ObjectClass::Code_Pointers();
+	StageClass::Code_Pointers();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * AnimClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "decodes" the pointers coded in Code_Pointers by converting the                *
+ * code values back into object pointers.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void AnimClass::Decode_Pointers(void)
+{
+	/*
+	----------------------------- Decode 'Class' -----------------------------
+	*/
+	((AnimTypeClass const *&)Class) = &AnimTypeClass::As_Reference((AnimType)Class);
+	Check_Ptr((void *)Class,__FILE__,__LINE__);
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Decode 'Object' -----------------------------
+	*/
+	if (Object) {
+		Object = As_Object((TARGET)Object);
+		Check_Ptr((void *)Object,__FILE__,__LINE__);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Chain to parent -----------------------------
+	*/
+	ObjectClass::Decode_Pointers();
+	StageClass::Decode_Pointers();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Load -- Loads from a save game file.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   file  -- The file to read the cell's data from.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  true = success, false = failure                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/19/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool BuildingClass::Load(FileClass & file)
+{
+	return(Read_Object(this, sizeof(AbstractClass), sizeof(*this), file, VTable));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Save -- Write to a save game file.                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   file  -- The file to write the cell's data to.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  true = success, false = failure                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/19/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool BuildingClass::Save(FileClass & file)
+{
+	return(Write_Object(this, sizeof(*this), file));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "codes" the pointers in the class by converting them to a number               *
+ * that still represents the object pointed to, but isn't actually a pointer.  This            *
+ * allows a saved game to properly load without relying on the games data still                *
+ * being in the exact same location.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void BuildingClass::Code_Pointers(void)
+{
+	/*
+	------------------------------ Code 'Class' ------------------------------
+	*/
+	((BuildingTypeClass const *&)Class) = (BuildingTypeClass *)Class->Type;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Code the Factory value; there's not target conversion routine for factories, 
+	so just use its Array ID, plus 1 so it doesn't look like a NULL value when 
+	it's converted back
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (Factory) {
+		Factory = (FactoryClass *)(Factories.ID(Factory) + 1);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Chain to parent -----------------------------
+	*/
+	TechnoClass::Code_Pointers();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BuildingClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "decodes" the pointers coded in Code_Pointers by converting the                *
+ * code values back into object pointers.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void BuildingClass::Decode_Pointers(void)
+{
+	/*
+	----------------------------- Decode 'Class' -----------------------------
+	*/
+	((BuildingTypeClass const *&)Class) = &BuildingTypeClass::As_Reference((StructType)Class);
+	Check_Ptr((void *)Class,__FILE__,__LINE__);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Decode the Factory value, subtracting off the '1' we added when coding it
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (Factory) {
+		Factory = Factories.Raw_Ptr((int)Factory - 1);
+		Check_Ptr((void *)Factory,__FILE__,__LINE__);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Chain to parent -----------------------------
+	*/
+	TechnoClass::Decode_Pointers();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BulletClass::Load -- Loads from a save game file.                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   file  -- The file to read the cell's data from.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  true = success, false = failure                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/19/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool BulletClass::Load(FileClass & file)
+{
+	return(Read_Object(this, sizeof(AbstractClass), sizeof(*this), file, VTable));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BulletClass::Save -- Write to a save game file.                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   file  -- The file to write the cell's data to.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  true = success, false = failure                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/19/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool BulletClass::Save(FileClass & file)
+{
+	return(Write_Object(this, sizeof(*this), file));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BulletClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "codes" the pointers in the class by converting them to a number               *
+ * that still represents the object pointed to, but isn't actually a pointer.  This            *
+ * allows a saved game to properly load without relying on the games data still                *
+ * being in the exact same location.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void BulletClass::Code_Pointers(void)
+{
+	/*
+	------------------------------ Code 'Class' ------------------------------
+	*/
+	((BulletTypeClass *&)Class) = (BulletTypeClass *)Class->Type;
+
+	/*
+	----------------------------- Code 'Payback' -----------------------------
+	*/
+	if (Payback)
+		Payback = (TechnoClass *)Payback->As_Target();
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Chain to parent -----------------------------
+	*/
+	ObjectClass::Code_Pointers();
+	FlyClass::Code_Pointers();
+	FuseClass::Code_Pointers();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BulletClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "decodes" the pointers coded in Code_Pointers by converting the                *
+ * code values back into object pointers.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void BulletClass::Decode_Pointers(void)
+{
+	/*
+	----------------------------- Decode 'Class' -----------------------------
+	*/
+	((BulletTypeClass const *&)Class) = &BulletTypeClass::As_Reference((BulletType)Class);
+	Check_Ptr((void *)Class,__FILE__,__LINE__);
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Decode 'Payback' ----------------------------
+	*/
+	if (Payback) {
+		Payback = As_Techno((TARGET)Payback);
+		Check_Ptr((void *)Payback,__FILE__,__LINE__);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Chain to parent -----------------------------
+	*/
+	ObjectClass::Decode_Pointers();
+	FlyClass::Decode_Pointers();
+	FuseClass::Decode_Pointers();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * InfantryClass::Load -- Loads from a save game file.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   file  -- The file to read the cell's data from.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  true = success, false = failure                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/19/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool InfantryClass::Load(FileClass & file)
+{
+	return(Read_Object(this, sizeof(AbstractClass), sizeof(*this), file, VTable));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * InfantryClass::Save -- Write to a save game file.                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   file  -- The file to write the cell's data to.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  true = success, false = failure                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/19/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool InfantryClass::Save(FileClass & file)
+{
+	return(Write_Object(this, sizeof(*this), file));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * InfantryClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "codes" the pointers in the class by converting them to a number               *
+ * that still represents the object pointed to, but isn't actually a pointer.  This            *
+ * allows a saved game to properly load without relying on the games data still                *
+ * being in the exact same location.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void InfantryClass::Code_Pointers(void)
+{
+	/*
+	------------------------------ Code 'Class' ------------------------------
+	*/
+	((InfantryTypeClass *&)Class) = (InfantryTypeClass *)Class->Type;
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Chain to parent -----------------------------
+	*/
+	FootClass::Code_Pointers();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * InfantryClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "decodes" the pointers coded in Code_Pointers by converting the                *
+ * code values back into object pointers.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void InfantryClass::Decode_Pointers(void)
+{
+	/*
+	----------------------------- Decode 'Class' -----------------------------
+	*/
+	((InfantryTypeClass const *&)Class) = &InfantryTypeClass::As_Reference((InfantryType)Class);
+	Check_Ptr((void *)Class,__FILE__,__LINE__);
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Chain to parent -----------------------------
+	*/
+	FootClass::Decode_Pointers();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * OverlayClass::Load -- Loads from a save game file.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   file  -- The file to read the cell's data from.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  true = success, false = failure                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/19/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool OverlayClass::Load(FileClass & file)
+{
+	return(Read_Object(this, sizeof(AbstractClass), sizeof(*this), file, VTable));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * OverlayClass::Save -- Write to a save game file.                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   file  -- The file to write the cell's data to.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  true = success, false = failure                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/19/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool OverlayClass::Save(FileClass & file)
+{
+	return(Write_Object(this, sizeof(*this), file));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * OverlayClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "codes" the pointers in the class by converting them to a number               *
+ * that still represents the object pointed to, but isn't actually a pointer.  This            *
+ * allows a saved game to properly load without relying on the games data still                *
+ * being in the exact same location.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void OverlayClass::Code_Pointers(void)
+{
+	/*
+	------------------------------ Code 'Class' ------------------------------
+	*/
+	((OverlayTypeClass *&)Class) = (OverlayTypeClass *)Class->Type;
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Chain to parent -----------------------------
+	*/
+	ObjectClass::Code_Pointers();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * OverlayClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "decodes" the pointers coded in Code_Pointers by converting the                *
+ * code values back into object pointers.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void OverlayClass::Decode_Pointers(void)
+{
+	/*
+	----------------------------- Decode 'Class' -----------------------------
+	*/
+	((OverlayTypeClass const *&)Class) = &OverlayTypeClass::As_Reference((OverlayType)Class);
+	Check_Ptr((void *)Class,__FILE__,__LINE__);
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Chain to parent -----------------------------
+	*/
+	ObjectClass::Decode_Pointers();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SmudgeClass::Load -- Loads from a save game file.                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   file  -- The file to read the cell's data from.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  true = success, false = failure                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/19/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool SmudgeClass::Load(FileClass & file)
+{
+	return(Read_Object(this, sizeof(AbstractClass), sizeof(*this), file, VTable));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SmudgeClass::Save -- Write to a save game file.                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   file  -- The file to write the cell's data to.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  true = success, false = failure                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/19/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool SmudgeClass::Save(FileClass & file)
+{
+	return(Write_Object(this, sizeof(*this), file));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SmudgeClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "codes" the pointers in the class by converting them to a number               *
+ * that still represents the object pointed to, but isn't actually a pointer.  This            *
+ * allows a saved game to properly load without relying on the games data still                *
+ * being in the exact same location.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void SmudgeClass::Code_Pointers(void)
+{
+	/*
+	------------------------------ Code 'Class' ------------------------------
+	*/
+	((SmudgeTypeClass const *&)Class) = (SmudgeTypeClass *)Class->Type;
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Chain to parent -----------------------------
+	*/
+	ObjectClass::Code_Pointers();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SmudgeClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "decodes" the pointers coded in Code_Pointers by converting the                *
+ * code values back into object pointers.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void SmudgeClass::Decode_Pointers(void)
+{
+	/*
+	----------------------------- Decode 'Class' -----------------------------
+	*/
+	((SmudgeTypeClass const *&)Class) = &SmudgeTypeClass::As_Reference((SmudgeType)Class);
+	Check_Ptr((void *)Class,__FILE__,__LINE__);
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Chain to parent -----------------------------
+	*/
+	ObjectClass::Decode_Pointers();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TemplateClass::Load -- Loads from a save game file.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   file  -- The file to read the cell's data from.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  true = success, false = failure                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/19/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool TemplateClass::Load(FileClass & file)
+{
+	return(Read_Object(this, sizeof(AbstractClass), sizeof(*this), file, VTable));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TemplateClass::Save -- Write to a save game file.                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   file  -- The file to write the cell's data to.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  true = success, false = failure                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/19/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool TemplateClass::Save(FileClass & file)
+{
+	return(Write_Object(this, sizeof(*this), file));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TemplateClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "codes" the pointers in the class by converting them to a number               *
+ * that still represents the object pointed to, but isn't actually a pointer.  This            *
+ * allows a saved game to properly load without relying on the games data still                *
+ * being in the exact same location.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TemplateClass::Code_Pointers(void)
+{
+	/*
+	------------------------------ Code 'Class' ------------------------------
+	*/
+	((TemplateTypeClass *&)Class) = (TemplateTypeClass *)Class->Type;
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Chain to parent -----------------------------
+	*/
+	ObjectClass::Code_Pointers();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TemplateClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "decodes" the pointers coded in Code_Pointers by converting the                *
+ * code values back into object pointers.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TemplateClass::Decode_Pointers(void)
+{
+	/*
+	----------------------------- Decode 'Class' -----------------------------
+	*/
+	((TemplateTypeClass const *&)Class) = &TemplateTypeClass::As_Reference((TemplateType)Class);
+	Check_Ptr((void *)Class,__FILE__,__LINE__);
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Chain to parent -----------------------------
+	*/
+	ObjectClass::Decode_Pointers();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TerrainClass::Load -- Loads from a save game file.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   file  -- The file to read the cell's data from.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  true = success, false = failure                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/19/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool TerrainClass::Load(FileClass & file)
+{
+	return(Read_Object(this, sizeof(AbstractClass), sizeof(*this), file, VTable));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TerrainClass::Save -- Write to a save game file.                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   file  -- The file to write the cell's data to.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  true = success, false = failure                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/19/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool TerrainClass::Save(FileClass & file)
+{
+	return(Write_Object(this, sizeof(*this), file));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TerrainClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "codes" the pointers in the class by converting them to a number               *
+ * that still represents the object pointed to, but isn't actually a pointer.  This            *
+ * allows a saved game to properly load without relying on the games data still                *
+ * being in the exact same location.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TerrainClass::Code_Pointers(void)
+{
+	/*
+	------------------------------ Code 'Class' ------------------------------
+	*/
+	((TerrainTypeClass *&)Class) = (TerrainTypeClass *)Class->Type;
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Chain to parent -----------------------------
+	*/
+	ObjectClass::Code_Pointers();
+	StageClass::Code_Pointers();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TerrainClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "decodes" the pointers coded in Code_Pointers by converting the                *
+ * code values back into object pointers.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TerrainClass::Decode_Pointers(void)
+{
+	/*
+	----------------------------- Decode 'Class' -----------------------------
+	*/
+	((TerrainTypeClass const *&)Class) = &TerrainTypeClass::As_Reference((TerrainType)Class);
+	Check_Ptr((void *)Class,__FILE__,__LINE__);
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Chain to parent -----------------------------
+	*/
+	ObjectClass::Decode_Pointers();
+	StageClass::Decode_Pointers();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::Load -- Loads from a save game file.                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   file  -- The file to read the cell's data from.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  true = success, false = failure                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/19/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool UnitClass::Load(FileClass & file)
+{
+	return(Read_Object(this, sizeof(AbstractClass), sizeof(*this), file, VTable));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::Save -- Write to a save game file.                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   file  -- The file to write the cell's data to.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  true = success, false = failure                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/19/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool UnitClass::Save(FileClass & file)
+{
+	return(Write_Object(this, sizeof(*this), file));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "codes" the pointers in the class by converting them to a number               *
+ * that still represents the object pointed to, but isn't actually a pointer.  This            *
+ * allows a saved game to properly load without relying on the games data still                *
+ * being in the exact same location.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void UnitClass::Code_Pointers(void)
+{
+	TarComClass::Code_Pointers();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "decodes" the pointers coded in Code_Pointers by converting the                *
+ * code values back into object pointers.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void UnitClass::Decode_Pointers(void)
+{
+	TarComClass::Decode_Pointers();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FactoryClass::Load -- Loads from a save game file.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   file  -- The file to read the cell's data from.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  true = success, false = failure                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/19/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool FactoryClass::Load(FileClass & file)
+{
+	return(Read_Object(this, sizeof(StageClass), sizeof(*this), file, 0));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FactoryClass::Save -- Write to a save game file.                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   file  -- The file to write the cell's data to.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  true = success, false = failure                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/19/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool FactoryClass::Save(FileClass & file)
+{
+	return(Write_Object(this, sizeof(*this), file));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FactoryClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "codes" the pointers in the class by converting them to a number               *
+ * that still represents the object pointed to, but isn't actually a pointer.  This            *
+ * allows a saved game to properly load without relying on the games data still                *
+ * being in the exact same location.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void FactoryClass::Code_Pointers(void)
+{
+	if (Object) {
+		Object = (TechnoClass *)Object->As_Target();
+	}
+
+	((HouseClass *&)House) = (HouseClass *)House->Class->House;
+
+	StageClass::Code_Pointers();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FactoryClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "decodes" the pointers coded in Code_Pointers by converting the                *
+ * code values back into object pointers.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void FactoryClass::Decode_Pointers(void)
+{
+	if (Object) {
+		Object = As_Techno((TARGET)Object);
+		Check_Ptr((void *)Object,__FILE__,__LINE__);
+	}
+
+	((HouseClass *&)House) = HouseClass::As_Pointer((HousesType)House);
+	Check_Ptr((void *)House,__FILE__,__LINE__);
+
+	StageClass::Decode_Pointers();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * LayerClass::Load -- Loads from a save game file.                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   file  -- The file to read the cell's data from.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  true = success, false = failure                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/19/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool LayerClass::Load(FileClass & file)
+{
+	int count;
+	int i;
+	ObjectClass * ptr;
+
+	/*
+	---------------------- Read # elements in the layer ----------------------
+	*/
+	if (file.Read(&count,sizeof(count)) != sizeof(count)) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Clear the array -----------------------------
+	*/
+	Clear();
+
+	/*
+	----------------------- Read in all array elements -----------------------
+	*/
+	for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
+		if (file.Read(&ptr, sizeof(ObjectClass *)) != sizeof(ObjectClass *)) {
+			return(false);
+		}
+		Add(ptr);
+	}
+	
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * LayerClass::Save -- Write to a save game file.                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   file  -- The file to write the cell's data to.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  true = success, false = failure                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/19/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool LayerClass::Save(FileClass & file)
+{
+	int count;
+	int i;
+	ObjectClass * ptr;
+
+	/*
+	------------------------- Save # array elements --------------------------
+	*/
+	count = Count();
+	if (file.Write(&count, sizeof(count)) != sizeof(count))
+		return(false);
+
+	/*
+	--------------------------- Save all elements ----------------------------
+	*/
+	for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
+		ptr = (*this)[i];
+		if (file.Write(&ptr, sizeof(ObjectClass *)) != sizeof(ObjectClass *))
+			return(false);
+	}
+
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * LayerClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "codes" the pointers in the class by converting them to a number               *
+ * that still represents the object pointed to, but isn't actually a pointer.  This            *
+ * allows a saved game to properly load without relying on the games data still                *
+ * being in the exact same location.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void LayerClass::Code_Pointers(void)
+{
+	ObjectClass *obj;
+
+	for (int i = 0; i < Count(); i++) {
+		obj = (*this)[i];
+		(*this)[i] = (ObjectClass *)(obj->As_Target());
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * LayerClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "decodes" the pointers coded in Code_Pointers by converting the                *
+ * code values back into object pointers.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void LayerClass::Decode_Pointers(void)
+{
+	TARGET target;
+
+	for (int i = 0; i < Count(); i++) {
+		target = (TARGET)(*this)[i];
+		(*this)[i] = (ObjectClass *)As_Object(target);
+		Check_Ptr((*this)[i],__FILE__,__LINE__);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Load -- Loads from a save game file.                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   file  -- The file to read the cell's data from.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  true = success, false = failure                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/19/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool HouseClass::Load(FileClass & file)
+{
+	return(Read_Object(this, sizeof(*this), sizeof(*this), file, 0));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Save -- Write to a save game file.                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   file  -- The file to write the cell's data to.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  true = success, false = failure                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/19/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool HouseClass::Save(FileClass & file)
+{
+	return(Write_Object(this, sizeof(*this), file));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "codes" the pointers in the class by converting them to a number               *
+ * that still represents the object pointed to, but isn't actually a pointer.  This            *
+ * allows a saved game to properly load without relying on the games data still                *
+ * being in the exact same location.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void HouseClass::Code_Pointers(void)
+{
+	/*
+	------------------------------ Code 'Class' ------------------------------
+	*/
+	((HouseTypeClass const *&)Class) = (HouseTypeClass const *)Class->House;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * HouseClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "decodes" the pointers coded in Code_Pointers by converting the                *
+ * code values back into object pointers.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void HouseClass::Decode_Pointers(void)
+{
+	/*
+	----------------------------- Decode 'Class' -----------------------------
+	*/
+	((HouseTypeClass const *&)Class) = &HouseTypeClass::As_Reference((HousesType)Class);
+	Check_Ptr((void *)Class,__FILE__,__LINE__);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ScoreClass::Load -- Loads from a save game file.                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   file  -- The file to read the cell's data from.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  true = success, false = failure                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/19/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool ScoreClass::Load(FileClass & file)
+{
+	return(Read_Object(this, sizeof(*this), sizeof(*this), file, 0));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ScoreClass::Save -- Write to a save game file.                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   file  -- The file to write the cell's data to.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  true = success, false = failure                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/19/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool ScoreClass::Save(FileClass & file)
+{
+	return(Write_Object(this, sizeof(*this), file));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ScoreClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void ScoreClass::Code_Pointers(void)
+{
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ScoreClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void ScoreClass::Decode_Pointers(void)
+{
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FlyClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "codes" the pointers in the class by converting them to a number               *
+ * that still represents the object pointed to, but isn't actually a pointer.  This            *
+ * allows a saved game to properly load without relying on the games data still                *
+ * being in the exact same location.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void FlyClass::Code_Pointers(void)
+{
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FlyClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "decodes" the pointers coded in Code_Pointers by converting the                *
+ * code values back into object pointers.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void FlyClass::Decode_Pointers(void)
+{
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FuseClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "codes" the pointers in the class by converting them to a number               *
+ * that still represents the object pointed to, but isn't actually a pointer.  This            *
+ * allows a saved game to properly load without relying on the games data still                *
+ * being in the exact same location.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void FuseClass::Code_Pointers(void)
+{
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FuseClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "decodes" the pointers coded in Code_Pointers by converting the                *
+ * code values back into object pointers.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void FuseClass::Decode_Pointers(void)
+{
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TarComClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "codes" the pointers in the class by converting them to a number               *
+ * that still represents the object pointed to, but isn't actually a pointer.  This            *
+ * allows a saved game to properly load without relying on the games data still                *
+ * being in the exact same location.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TarComClass::Code_Pointers(void)
+{
+	TurretClass::Code_Pointers();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TarComClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "decodes" the pointers coded in Code_Pointers by converting the                *
+ * code values back into object pointers.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TarComClass::Decode_Pointers(void)
+{
+	TurretClass::Decode_Pointers();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TurretClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "codes" the pointers in the class by converting them to a number               *
+ * that still represents the object pointed to, but isn't actually a pointer.  This            *
+ * allows a saved game to properly load without relying on the games data still                *
+ * being in the exact same location.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TurretClass::Code_Pointers(void)
+{
+	DriveClass::Code_Pointers();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TurretClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "decodes" the pointers coded in Code_Pointers by converting the                *
+ * code values back into object pointers.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TurretClass::Decode_Pointers(void)
+{
+	DriveClass::Decode_Pointers();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DriveClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "codes" the pointers in the class by converting them to a number               *
+ * that still represents the object pointed to, but isn't actually a pointer.  This            *
+ * allows a saved game to properly load without relying on the games data still                *
+ * being in the exact same location.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void DriveClass::Code_Pointers(void)
+{
+	/*
+	------------------------------ Code 'Class' ------------------------------
+	*/
+	((UnitTypeClass *&)Class) = (UnitTypeClass *)Class->Type;
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Chain to parent -----------------------------
+	*/
+	FootClass::Code_Pointers();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DriveClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "decodes" the pointers coded in Code_Pointers by converting the                *
+ * code values back into object pointers.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void DriveClass::Decode_Pointers(void)
+{
+	/*
+	----------------------------- Decode 'Class' -----------------------------
+	*/
+	((UnitTypeClass const *&)Class) = &UnitTypeClass::As_Reference((UnitType)Class);
+	Check_Ptr((void *)Class,__FILE__,__LINE__);
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Chain to parent -----------------------------
+	*/
+	FootClass::Decode_Pointers();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FootClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "codes" the pointers in the class by converting them to a number               *
+ * that still represents the object pointed to, but isn't actually a pointer.  This            *
+ * allows a saved game to properly load without relying on the games data still                *
+ * being in the exact same location.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void FootClass::Code_Pointers(void)
+{
+	if (Team)
+		Team = (TeamClass *)Team->As_Target();
+
+	if (Member) {
+		Member = (FootClass *)Member->As_Target();
+	}
+
+	TechnoClass::Code_Pointers();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FootClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "decodes" the pointers coded in Code_Pointers by converting the                *
+ * code values back into object pointers.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void FootClass::Decode_Pointers(void)
+{
+	if (Team) {
+		Team = As_Team((TARGET)Team);
+		Check_Ptr((void *)Team,__FILE__,__LINE__);
+	}
+
+	if (Member) {
+		Member = (FootClass *)As_Techno((TARGET)Member);
+		Check_Ptr((void *)Member,__FILE__,__LINE__);
+	}
+
+	TechnoClass::Decode_Pointers();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * RadioClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "codes" the pointers in the class by converting them to a number               *
+ * that still represents the object pointed to, but isn't actually a pointer.  This            *
+ * allows a saved game to properly load without relying on the games data still                *
+ * being in the exact same location.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void RadioClass::Code_Pointers(void)
+{
+	/*
+	------------------------------ Code 'Radio' ------------------------------
+	*/
+	if (Radio) {
+		Radio = (RadioClass *)Radio->As_Target();
+	}
+
+	MissionClass::Code_Pointers();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * RadioClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "decodes" the pointers coded in Code_Pointers by converting the                *
+ * code values back into object pointers.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void RadioClass::Decode_Pointers(void)
+{
+	/*
+	----------------------------- Decode 'Radio' -----------------------------
+	*/
+	if (Radio) {
+		Radio = As_Techno((TARGET)Radio);
+		Check_Ptr((void *)Radio,__FILE__,__LINE__);
+	}
+
+	MissionClass::Decode_Pointers();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "codes" the pointers in the class by converting them to a number               *
+ * that still represents the object pointed to, but isn't actually a pointer.  This            *
+ * allows a saved game to properly load without relying on the games data still                *
+ * being in the exact same location.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TechnoClass::Code_Pointers(void)
+{
+	/*
+	------------------------------ Code 'House' ------------------------------
+	*/
+	((HouseClass *&)House) = (HouseClass *)(House->Class->House);
+
+	FlasherClass::Code_Pointers();
+	StageClass::Code_Pointers();
+	CargoClass::Code_Pointers();
+	DoorClass::Code_Pointers();
+
+	RadioClass::Code_Pointers();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "decodes" the pointers coded in Code_Pointers by converting the                *
+ * code values back into object pointers.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TechnoClass::Decode_Pointers(void)
+{
+	/*
+	----------------------------- Decode 'House' -----------------------------
+	*/
+	((HouseClass *&)House) = HouseClass::As_Pointer((HousesType)House);
+	Check_Ptr((void *)House,__FILE__,__LINE__);
+
+	FlasherClass::Decode_Pointers();
+	StageClass::Decode_Pointers();
+	CargoClass::Decode_Pointers();
+	DoorClass::Decode_Pointers();
+
+	RadioClass::Decode_Pointers();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FlasherClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "codes" the pointers in the class by converting them to a number               *
+ * that still represents the object pointed to, but isn't actually a pointer.  This            *
+ * allows a saved game to properly load without relying on the games data still                *
+ * being in the exact same location.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void FlasherClass::Code_Pointers(void)
+{
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * FlasherClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "decodes" the pointers coded in Code_Pointers by converting the                *
+ * code values back into object pointers.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void FlasherClass::Decode_Pointers(void)
+{
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CargoClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "codes" the pointers in the class by converting them to a number               *
+ * that still represents the object pointed to, but isn't actually a pointer.  This            *
+ * allows a saved game to properly load without relying on the games data still                *
+ * being in the exact same location.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void CargoClass::Code_Pointers(void)
+{
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Code 'CargoHold' ----------------------------
+	*/
+	if (CargoHold) {
+		CargoHold = (FootClass *)CargoHold->As_Target();
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CargoClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "decodes" the pointers coded in Code_Pointers by converting the                *
+ * code values back into object pointers.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void CargoClass::Decode_Pointers(void)
+{
+	/*
+	--------------------------- Decode 'CargoHold' ---------------------------
+	*/
+	if (CargoHold) {
+		CargoHold = (FootClass *)As_Techno((TARGET)CargoHold);
+		Check_Ptr((void *)CargoHold,__FILE__,__LINE__);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MissionClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "codes" the pointers in the class by converting them to a number               *
+ * that still represents the object pointed to, but isn't actually a pointer.  This            *
+ * allows a saved game to properly load without relying on the games data still                *
+ * being in the exact same location.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void MissionClass::Code_Pointers(void)
+{
+	ObjectClass::Code_Pointers();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MissionClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "decodes" the pointers coded in Code_Pointers by converting the                *
+ * code values back into object pointers.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void MissionClass::Decode_Pointers(void)
+{
+	ObjectClass::Decode_Pointers();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ObjectClass::Code_Pointers -- codes class's pointers for load/save                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "codes" the pointers in the class by converting them to a number               *
+ * that still represents the object pointed to, but isn't actually a pointer.  This            *
+ * allows a saved game to properly load without relying on the games data still                *
+ * being in the exact same location.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void ObjectClass::Code_Pointers(void)
+{
+	if (Next) {
+		Next = (ObjectClass *)Next->As_Target();
+	}
+
+	if (Trigger) {
+		Trigger = (TriggerClass *)Trigger->As_Target();
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ObjectClass::Decode_Pointers -- decodes pointers for load/save                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine "decodes" the pointers coded in Code_Pointers by converting the                *
+ * code values back into object pointers.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void ObjectClass::Decode_Pointers(void)
+{
+	if (Next) {
+		Next = As_Object((TARGET)Next);
+		Check_Ptr((void *)Next,__FILE__,__LINE__);
+	}
+
+	if (Trigger) {
+		Trigger = As_Trigger((TARGET)Trigger);
+		Check_Ptr((void *)Trigger,__FILE__,__LINE__);
+	}
+}
+
diff --git a/IPX.CPP b/IPX.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6ab3d2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/IPX.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,1111 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\ipx.cpv   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:49:34   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D    S T U D I O S        **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : IPX.CPP                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Barry Nance										*
+ * 										 from Client/Server LAN Programming			*
+ *											 Westwood-ized by Bill Randolph				*
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : December 14, 1994                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : December 15, 1994   [BR]                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Pitfalls:																					*
+ * - Never try to use a closed socket; always check the return code from	*
+ *   IPX_Open_Socket().																		*
+ * - Always give IPX an outstanding ECB for listening, before you send.		*
+ * - It turns out that IPX is pretty bad about saving registers, so if		*
+ *   you have any register variables in your program, they may get			*
+ *   trashed.  To circumvent this, all functions in this module save &		*
+ *   restore the registers before invoking any IPX or NETX function.			*
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ *   IPX_SPX_Installed -- checks for installation of IPX/SPX               *
+ *   IPX_Open_Socket -- opens an IPX socket for sending or receiving       *
+ *   IPX_Close_Socket -- closes an open socket                             *
+ *   IPX_Get_Connection_Number -- gets local Connection Number					*
+ *   IPX_Get_1st_Connection_Num -- gets 1st Connect Number for given user  *
+ *   IPX_Get_Internet_Address -- gets Network Number & Node Address			*
+ *   IPX_Get_User_ID -- gets user ID from Connection Number                *
+ *   IPX_Listen_For_Packet -- commands IPX to listen for a packet          *
+ *   IPX_Send_Packet -- commands IPX to send a packet                      *
+ *   IPX_Get_Local_Target -- fills in ImmediateAddress field of ECB        *
+ *   IPX_Cancel_Event -- cancels an operation in progress                  *
+ *   Let_IPX_Breath -- gives IPX some CPU time                             *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "function.h"
+#include "ipx95.h"
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPX_SPX_Installed -- checks for installation of IPX/SPX                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		0 = not installed; 1 = IPX only, 2 = IPX and SPX are installed			*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/14/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int IPX_SPX_Installed(void)
+{
+
+#ifndef NOT_FOR_WIN95
+
+	return (IPX_Initialise());
+
+#else	//NOT_FOR_WIN95
+
+	union REGS regs;
+	struct SREGS sregs;
+	RMIType rmi;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Init all registers to 0's
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	memset (&regs, 0 ,sizeof(regs));
+	segread (&sregs);
+	memset (&rmi, 0 ,sizeof(rmi));
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Fill in registers for the DPMI call, function 0x300
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	regs.w.ax = DPMI_CALL_REAL_INT;	// DPMI function to call
+	regs.w.bx = 0x002f;					// interrupt # to invoke
+	sregs.es = FP_SEG(&rmi);			// tell DPMI where the RMI is
+	regs.x.edi = FP_OFF(&rmi);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Fill in registers for the real-mode interrupt handler.
+	To test for the presence of IPX, set AH to 0x7a, AL to 0, and invoke
+	interrupt 0x2f (the "multiplex" interrupt).  If IPX is installed,
+	AL will be 0xff, and ES:DI will contain the IPX/SPX function address.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	rmi.eax = 0x00007a00;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	call DPMI
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	int386x(DPMI_INT, &regs, &regs, &sregs);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	If IPX isn't there, return 0
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if ( (rmi.eax & 0x00ff) != 0xff) {
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Test for SPX by invoking the IPX_SPX function with BX = 0x10, and AL = 0.
+	If SPX is present, AL will be 0xff.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	/*........................................................................
+	Fill in registers for the DPMI call
+	........................................................................*/
+	memset (&regs, 0 ,sizeof(regs));
+	segread (&sregs);
+	memset (&rmi, 0 ,sizeof(rmi));
+	regs.w.ax = DPMI_CALL_REAL_INT;	// DPMI function to call
+	regs.w.bx = IPX_INT;					// interrupt # to invoke
+	sregs.es = FP_SEG(&rmi);			// tell DPMI where the RMI is
+	regs.x.edi = FP_OFF(&rmi);
+	/*........................................................................
+	Fill in registers for the interrupt call
+	........................................................................*/
+	rmi.ebx = 0x00000010;
+	/*........................................................................
+	call DPMI
+	........................................................................*/
+	int386x(DPMI_INT, &regs, &regs, &sregs);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	SPX is installed; return '2'
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if ( (rmi.eax & 0x00ff) == 0xff) {
+		return(2);
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	SPX is not installed; return '1'
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	return(1);
+#endif	//NOT_FOR_WIN95
+}	/* end of IPX_SPX_Installed */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPX_Open_Socket -- opens an IPX socket for sending or receiving         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		socket		the socket number to open											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		0 = OK																					*
+ *		-1 = IPX not installed																*
+ *		0xfe = socket table is full														*
+ *		0xff = socket is already open														*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		The application must define its socket number carefully.  Use			*
+ *		values from 0x4000 to 0x8000 for custom socket numbers.  The app		*
+ *		must know its own socket number as well as the socket number of		*
+ *		a destination workstation.															*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/15/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+#ifdef NOT_FOR_WIN95
+int IPX_Open_Socket(unsigned short socket)
+{
+	union REGS regs;
+	struct SREGS sregs;
+	RMIType rmi;
+	int rc;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Open the socket:
+	DX = socket number
+	AL = 0 for short-lived socket, 0xff for long-lived socket
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	/*........................................................................
+	Fill in registers for the DPMI call
+	........................................................................*/
+	memset (&regs, 0 ,sizeof(regs));
+	segread (&sregs);
+	memset (&rmi, 0 ,sizeof(rmi));
+	regs.w.ax = DPMI_CALL_REAL_INT;	// DPMI function to call
+	regs.w.bx = IPX_INT;					// interrupt # to invoke
+	sregs.es = FP_SEG (&rmi);			// tell DPMI where the RMI is
+	regs.x.edi = FP_OFF (&rmi);
+	/*........................................................................
+	Fill in registers for the interrupt call
+	........................................................................*/
+	rmi.ebx = IPX_OPEN_SOCKET;			// function code
+	rmi.edx = socket;						// desired socket #
+	rmi.eax = 0x00ff;						// make this a long-lived socket
+	/*........................................................................
+	call DPMI
+	........................................................................*/
+	int386x (DPMI_INT, &regs, &regs, &sregs);
+
+	rc = (rmi.eax & 0xff);
+
+	return(rc);
+
+}	/* end of IPX_Open_Socket */
+
+#endif
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPX_Close_Socket -- closes an open socket                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		socket		socket number to close												*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		0 = ok, -1 = error																	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/15/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+#ifdef NOT_FOR_WIN95
+int IPX_Close_Socket(unsigned short socket)
+{
+	union REGS regs;
+	struct SREGS sregs;
+	RMIType rmi;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Close the socket:
+	DX = socket number
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	/*........................................................................
+	Fill in registers for the DPMI call
+	........................................................................*/
+	memset (&regs, 0 ,sizeof(regs));
+	segread (&sregs);
+	memset (&rmi, 0 ,sizeof(rmi));
+	regs.w.ax = DPMI_CALL_REAL_INT;	// DPMI function to call
+	regs.w.bx = IPX_INT;					// interrupt # to invoke
+	sregs.es = FP_SEG(&rmi);			// tell DPMI where the RMI is
+	regs.x.edi = FP_OFF(&rmi);
+	/*........................................................................
+	Fill in registers for the interrupt call
+	........................................................................*/
+	rmi.ebx = IPX_CLOSE_SOCKET;
+	rmi.edx = socket;
+	/*........................................................................
+	call DPMI
+	........................................................................*/
+	int386x(DPMI_INT, &regs, &regs, &sregs);
+
+	return(0);
+
+}	/* end of IPX_Close_Socket */
+#endif	//NOT_FOR_WIN95
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPX_Get_Connection_Number -- gets local Connection Number					*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This Novell call will the return the user's local "Connection Number".	*
+ * This value will be 0 if the user isn't logged into Novell, so this		*
+ * routine can be used to detect if other calls (such as Get_Local_Target)	*
+ * will be OK.																					*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		Connection Number, 0 = none														*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/15/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+#ifdef NOT_FOR_WIN95
+int IPX_Get_Connection_Number(void)
+{
+	union REGS regs;
+	struct SREGS sregs;
+	RMIType rmi;
+	int num;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Call Interrupt 0x21, with AH = 0xdc.  This tells Novell to put the local
+	connection number into AL.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	/*........................................................................
+	Fill in registers for the DPMI call
+	........................................................................*/
+	memset (&regs, 0 ,sizeof(regs));
+	segread (&sregs);
+	memset (&rmi, 0 ,sizeof(rmi));
+	regs.w.ax = DPMI_CALL_REAL_INT;	// DPMI function to call
+	regs.w.bx = 0x21;						// interrupt # to invoke
+	sregs.es = FP_SEG(&rmi);			// tell DPMI where the RMI is
+	regs.x.edi = FP_OFF(&rmi);
+	/*........................................................................
+	Fill in registers for the interrupt call
+	........................................................................*/
+	rmi.eax = 0x0000dc00;
+	/*........................................................................
+	call DPMI
+	........................................................................*/
+	int386x(DPMI_INT, &regs, &regs, &sregs);
+
+	num = rmi.eax & 0x00ff;
+
+	return(num);
+
+}	/* end of IPX_Get_Connection_Number */
+
+#endif //NOT_FOR_WIN95
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPX_Get_1st_Connection_Num -- gets 1st Connect Number for given user    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This gets the Connection Number for the given User ID.  Since a user		*
+ * may be logged in more than once, this just returns the first connection	*
+ * found and ignores the others.															*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		username		name of the user to get the Connection Number for			*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		first-found Connection Number for that user, 0 if user not logged in	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/15/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+#ifdef NOT_FOR_WIN95
+int IPX_Get_1st_Connection_Num (char *username)
+{
+	struct request_buffer {
+		unsigned short len;							// username length + 5
+		unsigned char buffer_type;					// ConnectionNum = 0x15
+		unsigned short object_type;				// set ot 0x0100
+		unsigned char name_len;						// length of username
+		char name [48];								// copy of username
+		unsigned short reserved;
+	};
+	struct reply_buffer {
+		unsigned short  len;
+		unsigned char   number_connections;		// will be 0 - 100
+		unsigned char   connection_num [100];	// array of connection numbers
+		unsigned short  reserved[2];
+	};
+	union REGS regs;
+	struct SREGS sregs;
+	RMIType rmi;
+	struct request_buffer *reqbuf;
+	struct reply_buffer *replybuf;
+	unsigned short segment;							// for DOS allocation
+	unsigned short selector;						// for DOS allocation
+	int num_conns;										// # connections returned
+	int conn_num;										// connection number
+	int rc;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Allocate DOS memory to store the buffers passed to the interrupt
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	memset (&regs, 0 ,sizeof(regs));
+	segread (&sregs);
+	regs.x.eax = DPMI_ALLOC_DOS_MEM;						// DPMI function to call
+	regs.x.ebx = (sizeof(struct request_buffer) + 	// # paragraphs to allocate
+		sizeof(struct reply_buffer) + 15) >> 4;
+	int386x (DPMI_INT, &regs, &regs, &sregs);			// allocate the memory
+	/*........................................................................
+	If the carry flag is set, DPMI is indicating an error.
+	........................................................................*/
+	if (regs.x.cflag) {
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Get pointers to allocated memory.
+	'reqbuf' is just the returned real-mode segment, multiplied by 16.
+	'replybuf' is an offset from 'reqbuf'.
+	........................................................................*/
+	segment = regs.w.ax;
+	selector = regs.w.dx;
+	reqbuf = (struct request_buffer *)(segment << 4);
+	replybuf = (struct reply_buffer *)
+		(((char *)reqbuf) + sizeof (struct request_buffer));
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Init the contents of the request & reply buffers
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	reqbuf->len = (unsigned short)(strlen(username) + 5);
+	reqbuf->buffer_type = 0x15;
+	reqbuf->object_type = 0x0100;
+	reqbuf->name_len    = (unsigned char) strlen(username);
+	strcpy(reqbuf->name, username);
+	reqbuf->reserved = reqbuf->reserved;				// prevent compiler warning
+	replybuf->len = 101;
+	replybuf->reserved[0] = replybuf->reserved[0];	// prevent compiler warning
+	replybuf->reserved[0] = replybuf->reserved[1];	// prevent compiler warning
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Invoke Int 21 with AH=0xe3, DS:SI=&request_buffer, ES:DI=&reply_buffer
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	/*........................................................................
+	Fill in registers for the DPMI call
+	........................................................................*/
+	memset (&regs, 0 ,sizeof(regs));
+	segread (&sregs);
+	memset (&rmi, 0 ,sizeof(rmi));
+	regs.w.ax = DPMI_CALL_REAL_INT;	// DPMI function to call
+	regs.w.bx = 0x21;						// interrupt # to invoke
+	sregs.es = FP_SEG(&rmi);			// tell DPMI where the RMI is
+	regs.x.edi = FP_OFF(&rmi);
+	/*........................................................................
+	Fill in registers for the interrupt call
+	........................................................................*/
+	rmi.eax = 0x0000e300;
+	rmi.ds = segment;
+	rmi.esi = 0;
+	rmi.es = segment;
+	rmi.edi = sizeof(struct request_buffer);
+	/*........................................................................
+	call DPMI
+	........................................................................*/
+	int386x(DPMI_INT, &regs, &regs, &sregs);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Stash the 1st connection number
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	rc = (rmi.eax & 0x00ff);								// if AL !=0, error
+	num_conns = replybuf->number_connections;			// # times user is logged in
+	conn_num = (int )replybuf->connection_num[0];	// 1st connection #
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Free DOS memory
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	memset (&regs, 0 ,sizeof(regs));
+	segread (&sregs);
+	regs.x.eax = DPMI_FREE_DOS_MEM;						// DPMI function to call
+	regs.x.edx = selector;									// ptr to free
+	int386x (DPMI_INT, &regs, &regs, &sregs);			// allocate the memory
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Return error if function failed, or user not logged in
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (rc != 0 || num_conns==0) {
+		return(0);
+	} else {
+		return(conn_num);
+	}
+}
+#endif	//NOT_FOR_WIN95
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPX_Get_Internet_Address -- gets Network Number & Node Address				*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * Once you've obtained a Connection Number from IPX_Get_Connection_Number	*
+ * or IPX_Get_1st_Connection_Num, use this function to translate it into	*
+ * a Network Number and Node Address; then, place those numbers in the		*
+ * IPX header for outgoing packets.														*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		connection_number		Connection Number to translate						*
+ *		network_number			ptr: will hold Network Number							*
+ *		physical_node			ptr: will hold Node Address							*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		0 = OK, -1 = error																	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		If connection_number is 0 and NETX isn't running, this routine			*
+ *		will just put garbage into the network_number and physical_node.		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/15/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+#ifdef NOT_FOR_WIN95
+int IPX_Get_Internet_Address(int connection_number,
+	unsigned char *network_number, unsigned char *physical_node)
+{
+	struct request_buffer {
+		unsigned short  len;
+		unsigned char   buffer_type;				// Internet = 0x13
+		unsigned char   connection_number;		// Conn. Number to translate
+	};
+	struct reply_buffer {
+		unsigned short  len;
+		unsigned char   network_number [4];		// filled in by IPX
+		unsigned char   physical_node  [6];		// filled in by IPX
+		unsigned short  server_socket;			// filled in by IPX, but don't use!
+	};
+	union REGS regs;
+	struct SREGS sregs;
+	RMIType rmi;
+	struct request_buffer *reqbuf;
+	struct reply_buffer *replybuf;
+	unsigned short segment;							// for DOS allocation
+	unsigned short selector;						// for DOS allocation
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Error if invalid connection is given
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (connection_number==0)
+		return(-1);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Allocate DOS memory to store the buffers passed to the interrupt
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	memset (&regs, 0 ,sizeof(regs));
+	segread (&sregs);
+	regs.x.eax = DPMI_ALLOC_DOS_MEM;						// DPMI function to call
+	regs.x.ebx = (sizeof(struct request_buffer) + 	// # paragraphs to allocate
+		sizeof(struct reply_buffer) + 15) >> 4;
+	int386x (DPMI_INT, &regs, &regs, &sregs);			// allocate the memory
+	/*........................................................................
+	If the carry flag is set, DPMI is indicating an error.
+	........................................................................*/
+	if (regs.x.cflag) {
+		return(-1);
+	}
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Get pointers to allocated memory.
+	'reqbuf' is just the returned real-mode segment, multiplied by 16.
+	'replybuf' is an offset from 'reqbuf'.
+	........................................................................*/
+	segment = regs.w.ax;
+	selector = regs.w.dx;
+	reqbuf = (struct request_buffer *)(segment << 4);
+	replybuf = (struct reply_buffer *)
+		(((char *)reqbuf) + sizeof (struct request_buffer));
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Init the contents of the request & reply buffers
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	reqbuf->len = 2;
+	reqbuf->buffer_type = 0x13;
+	reqbuf->connection_number = (unsigned char)connection_number;
+	replybuf->len = 12;
+	replybuf->network_number[0] = replybuf->network_number[0];	// suppress warning
+	replybuf->physical_node[0] = replybuf->physical_node[0];		// suppress warning
+	replybuf->server_socket = replybuf->server_socket;				// suppress warning
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Invoke Int 21 with AH=0xe3, DS:SI=&request_buffer, ES:DI=&reply_buffer
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	/*........................................................................
+	Fill in registers for the DPMI call
+	........................................................................*/
+	memset (&regs, 0 ,sizeof(regs));
+	segread (&sregs);
+	memset (&rmi, 0 ,sizeof(rmi));
+	regs.w.ax = DPMI_CALL_REAL_INT;	// DPMI function to call
+	regs.w.bx = 0x21;						// interrupt # to invoke
+	sregs.es = FP_SEG(&rmi);			// tell DPMI where the RMI is
+	regs.x.edi = FP_OFF(&rmi);
+	/*........................................................................
+	Fill in registers for the interrupt call
+	........................................................................*/
+	rmi.eax = 0x0000e300;
+	rmi.ds = segment;
+	rmi.esi = 0;
+	rmi.es = segment;
+	rmi.edi = sizeof(struct request_buffer);
+	/*........................................................................
+	call DPMI
+	........................................................................*/
+	int386x(DPMI_INT, &regs, &regs, &sregs);
+
+	memcpy(network_number, replybuf->network_number, 4);
+	memcpy(physical_node,  replybuf->physical_node,  6);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Free DOS memory
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	memset (&regs, 0 ,sizeof(regs));
+	segread (&sregs);
+	regs.x.eax = DPMI_FREE_DOS_MEM;						// DPMI function to call
+	regs.x.edx = selector;									// ptr to free
+	int386x (DPMI_INT, &regs, &regs, &sregs);			// allocate the memory
+
+	return(0);
+
+}	/* end of IPX_Get_Internet_Address */
+
+#endif	// NOT_FOR_WIN95
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPX_Get_User_ID -- gets user ID from Connection Number                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		connection_number		Connection Number to get User ID for				*
+ *		user_id					ptr to buffer to put User ID into; 					*
+ *									size must be >= 48 chars								*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		0 = OK, -1 = error																	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/15/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+#ifdef NOT_FOR_WIN95
+int IPX_Get_User_ID(int connection_number, char *user_id)
+{
+	struct request_buffer {
+		unsigned short  len;
+		unsigned char   buffer_type;			// 0x16 = UserID buffer type
+		unsigned char   connection_number;	// Connection Number to get ID for
+	};
+	struct reply_buffer {
+		unsigned short  len;
+		unsigned char   object_id[4];
+		unsigned char   object_type[2];
+		char            object_name[48];
+		char            login_time[7];
+		unsigned short  reserved;
+	};
+	union REGS      regs;
+	struct SREGS    sregs;
+	RMIType rmi;
+	struct request_buffer *reqbuf;
+	struct reply_buffer *replybuf;
+	unsigned short segment;							// for DOS allocation
+	unsigned short selector;						// for DOS allocation
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Error if invalid connection is given
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (connection_number==0)
+		return(-1);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Allocate DOS memory to store the buffers passed to the interrupt
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	memset (&regs, 0 ,sizeof(regs));
+	segread (&sregs);
+	regs.x.eax = DPMI_ALLOC_DOS_MEM;						// DPMI function to call
+	regs.x.ebx = (sizeof(struct request_buffer) + 	// # paragraphs to allocate
+		sizeof(struct reply_buffer) + 15) >> 4;
+	int386x (DPMI_INT, &regs, &regs, &sregs);			// allocate the memory
+	/*........................................................................
+	If the carry flag is set, DPMI is indicating an error.
+	........................................................................*/
+	if (regs.x.cflag) {
+		return(-1);
+	}
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Get pointers to allocated memory.
+	'reqbuf' is just the returned real-mode segment, multiplied by 16.
+	'replybuf' is an offset from 'reqbuf'.
+	........................................................................*/
+	segment = regs.w.ax;
+	selector = regs.w.dx;
+	reqbuf = (struct request_buffer *)(segment << 4);
+	replybuf = (struct reply_buffer *)
+		(((char *)reqbuf) + sizeof (struct request_buffer));
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Init the contents of the request & reply buffers
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	reqbuf->len = 2;
+	reqbuf->buffer_type = 0x16;
+	reqbuf->connection_number = (unsigned char)connection_number;
+	replybuf->len = sizeof(struct reply_buffer) - 2;
+	replybuf->object_id[0] = replybuf->object_id[0];		// suppress warnings
+	replybuf->object_type[0] = replybuf->object_type[0];	// suppress warnings
+	replybuf->login_time[0] = replybuf->login_time[0];		// suppress warnings
+	replybuf->reserved = replybuf->reserved;					// suppress warnings
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Invoke Int 21 with AH=0xe3, DS:SI=&request_buffer, ES:DI=&reply_buffer
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	/*........................................................................
+	Fill in registers for the DPMI call
+	........................................................................*/
+	memset (&regs, 0 ,sizeof(regs));
+	segread (&sregs);
+	memset (&rmi, 0 ,sizeof(rmi));
+	regs.w.ax = DPMI_CALL_REAL_INT;	// DPMI function to call
+	regs.w.bx = 0x21;						// interrupt # to invoke
+	sregs.es = FP_SEG(&rmi);			// tell DPMI where the RMI is
+	regs.x.edi = FP_OFF(&rmi);
+	/*........................................................................
+	Fill in registers for the interrupt call
+	........................................................................*/
+	rmi.eax = 0x0000e300;
+	rmi.ds = segment;
+	rmi.esi = 0;
+	rmi.es = segment;
+	rmi.edi = sizeof(struct request_buffer);
+	/*........................................................................
+	call DPMI
+	........................................................................*/
+	int386x(DPMI_INT, &regs, &regs, &sregs);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Fill in the caller's buffer with the user name
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	strncpy(user_id, replybuf->object_name, 48);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Free DOS memory
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	memset (&regs, 0 ,sizeof(regs));
+	segread (&sregs);
+	regs.x.eax = DPMI_FREE_DOS_MEM;						// DPMI function to call
+	regs.x.edx = selector;									// ptr to free
+	int386x (DPMI_INT, &regs, &regs, &sregs);			// allocate the memory
+
+	return(0);
+
+}	/* end of IPX_Get_User_ID */
+#endif	//NOT_FOR_WIN95
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPX_Listen_For_Packet -- commands IPX to listen for a packet            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * Before calling this function, you must fill in an ECB:						*
+ *		SocketNumber:				must contain the socket you've opened,			*
+ *										and are "listening" on								*
+ *		Event_Service_Routine:	optionally points to a callback routine		*
+ *		PacketCount:				set to 2, to tell IPX there are 2 areas to	*
+ *										store the incoming data in							*
+ *		Packet[0].Address:		set to the address of an IPXHeaderType			*
+ *		Packet[0].Length:			sizeof(IPXHeaderType)								*
+ *		Packet[1].Address:		address of data buffer, for the packet			*
+ *		Packet[1].Length:			size of the data buffer								*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * When the packet is received, ECBType.CompletionCode will be 0 if 			*
+ * successful.  Otherwise, some error occurred.										*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * You should initialize the ECB to 0's before filling it in.					*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		ecb_ptr		pointer to a filled-in ECB; MUST be real-mode memory		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		0 = OK, IPX error otherwise														*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		The ECB must be located in real-mode memory, as well as the values	*
+ *		pointed to in the ECB (the IPX Header, the buffer to send, etc.)		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/15/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+#ifdef NOT_FOR_WIN95
+int IPX_Listen_For_Packet(struct ECB *ecb_ptr)
+{
+	union REGS      regs;
+	struct SREGS    sregs;
+	RMIType rmi;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Call IPX with ES:SI=ecb_ptr
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	/*........................................................................
+	Fill in registers for the DPMI call
+	........................................................................*/
+	memset (&regs, 0 ,sizeof(regs));
+	segread (&sregs);
+	memset (&rmi, 0 ,sizeof(rmi));
+	regs.w.ax = DPMI_CALL_REAL_INT;	// DPMI function to call
+	regs.w.bx = IPX_INT;					// interrupt # to invoke
+	sregs.es = FP_SEG(&rmi);			// tell DPMI where the RMI is
+	regs.x.edi = FP_OFF(&rmi);
+	/*........................................................................
+	Fill in registers for the interrupt call
+	........................................................................*/
+	rmi.ebx = IPX_LISTEN_FOR_PACKET;
+	rmi.es = (short)((long)ecb_ptr >> 4);
+	rmi.esi = (long)((long)ecb_ptr & 0x000f);
+	/*........................................................................
+	call DPMI
+	........................................................................*/
+	int386x(DPMI_INT, &regs, &regs, &sregs);
+
+	return(rmi.eax & 0x00ff);
+
+}	/* end of IPX_Listen_For_Packet */
+#endif	//NOT_FOR_WIN95
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPX_Send_Packet -- commands IPX to send a packet                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * Before calling this function, you must fill in an ECB:						*
+ *		SocketNumber:				must contain the socket you've opened,			*
+ *										and are sending on									*
+ *		Event_Service_Routine:	optionally points to a callback routine		*
+ *		PacketCount:				set to 2, to tell IPX there are 2 areas the	*
+ *										outgoing data is stored in							*
+ *		Packet[0].Address:		set to the address of an IPXHeaderType			*
+ *		Packet[0].Length:			sizeof(IPXHeaderType)								*
+ *		Packet[1].Address:		address of buffer containing data to send		*
+ *		Packet[1].Length:			size of the data buffer								*
+ *		ImmediateAddress:			must be filled in with the node address of	*
+ *										the bridge that will route the message;		*
+ *										fill this in by calling IPX_Get_Local_Target	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * Also, you must fill in the IPXHeaderType with certain values:				*
+ *		PacketType:					set to 4 for IPX										*
+ *		DestNetworkNumber:		Network Number of the destination system		*
+ *		DestNetworkNode:			Node Address of the destination system			*
+ *		DestNetworkSocket:		the destination system's socket to send to;	*
+ *										this doesn't have to be the same as the		*
+ *										socket opened on the local machine.				*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * You should initialize the ECB & IPXHeader to 0's before filling them in.*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		ecb_ptr		pointer to a filled-in ECB											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.  This function doesn't return anything; the caller must check	*
+ *    its ECB.CompletionCode for: 0 = OK, IPX Error otherwise.					*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		The ECB must be located in real-mode memory, as well as the values	*
+ *		pointed to in the ECB (the IPX Header, the buffer to send, etc.)		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/15/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+#ifdef NOT_FOR_WIN95
+void IPX_Send_Packet(struct ECB *ecb_ptr)
+{
+	union REGS      regs;
+	struct SREGS    sregs;
+	RMIType rmi;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Call IPX with ES:SI=ecb_ptr
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	/*........................................................................
+	Fill in registers for the DPMI call
+	........................................................................*/
+	memset (&regs, 0 ,sizeof(regs));
+	segread (&sregs);
+	memset (&rmi, 0 ,sizeof(rmi));
+	regs.w.ax = DPMI_CALL_REAL_INT;	// DPMI function to call
+	regs.w.bx = IPX_INT;					// interrupt # to invoke
+	sregs.es = FP_SEG(&rmi);			// tell DPMI where the RMI is
+	regs.x.edi = FP_OFF(&rmi);
+	/*........................................................................
+	Fill in registers for the interrupt call
+	........................................................................*/
+	rmi.ebx = IPX_SEND_PACKET;
+	rmi.es = (short)((long)ecb_ptr >> 4);
+	rmi.esi = (long)((long)ecb_ptr & 0x000f);
+	/*........................................................................
+	call DPMI
+	........................................................................*/
+	int386x(DPMI_INT, &regs, &regs, &sregs);
+
+}	/* end of IPX_Send_Packet */
+#endif	//NOT_FOR_WIN95
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPX_Get_Local_Target -- fills in ImmediateAddress field of ECB          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * Use this function to fill in the ECB's ImmediateAddress field when		*
+ * sending a packet.  The Immediate Address is the node address of the		*
+ * bridge that must route the message.  If there is no bridge, it's 			*
+ * filled in with the destination Node Address.  In either case, it			*
+ * will contain the proper value for sending.										*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		dest_network			destination Network Number								*
+ *		dest_node				destination Node Address								*
+ *		dest_socket				destination Socket Number								*
+ *		bridge_address			field to fill in with Immediate Address			*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		0 = OK, error otherwise																*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		If the Connection Number is 0 (user not logged in), dest_network		*
+ *		and dest_node will be garbage, and this routine will probably crash.	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/15/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+#ifdef NOT_FOR_WIN95
+int IPX_Get_Local_Target(unsigned char *dest_network, unsigned char *dest_node,
+	unsigned short dest_socket, unsigned char *bridge_address)
+{
+	struct request_buffer {
+		unsigned char   network_number [4];
+		unsigned char   physical_node  [6];
+		unsigned short  socket;
+	};
+	struct reply_buffer {
+		unsigned char   local_target [6];
+	};
+	unsigned int rc;
+	union REGS regs;
+	struct SREGS sregs;
+	RMIType rmi;
+	struct request_buffer *reqbuf;
+	struct reply_buffer *replybuf;
+	unsigned short segment;							// for DOS allocation
+	unsigned short selector;						// for DOS allocation
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Allocate DOS memory to store the buffers passed to the interrupt
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	memset (&regs, 0 ,sizeof(regs));
+	segread (&sregs);
+	regs.x.eax = DPMI_ALLOC_DOS_MEM;						// DPMI function to call
+	regs.x.ebx = (sizeof(struct request_buffer) + 	// # paragraphs to allocate
+		sizeof(struct reply_buffer) + 15) >> 4;
+	int386x (DPMI_INT, &regs, &regs, &sregs);			// allocate the memory
+	/*........................................................................
+	If the carry flag is set, DPMI is indicating an error.
+	........................................................................*/
+	if (regs.x.cflag) {
+		return(-1);
+	}
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Get pointers to allocated memory.
+	'reqbuf' is just the returned real-mode segment, multiplied by 16.
+	'replybuf' is an offset from 'reqbuf'.
+	........................................................................*/
+	segment = regs.w.ax;
+	selector = regs.w.dx;
+	reqbuf = (struct request_buffer *)(segment << 4);
+	replybuf = (struct reply_buffer *)
+		(((char *)reqbuf) + sizeof (struct request_buffer));
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Init the contents of the request & reply buffers
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	memcpy(reqbuf->network_number, dest_network, 4);
+	memcpy(reqbuf->physical_node, dest_node, 6);
+	reqbuf->socket = dest_socket;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Invoke IPX with DS:SI=&request_buffer, ES:DI=&reply_buffer
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	/*........................................................................
+	Fill in registers for the DPMI call
+	........................................................................*/
+	memset (&regs, 0 ,sizeof(regs));
+	segread (&sregs);
+	memset (&rmi, 0 ,sizeof(rmi));
+	regs.w.ax = DPMI_CALL_REAL_INT;	// DPMI function to call
+	regs.w.bx = IPX_INT;					// interrupt # to invoke
+	sregs.es = FP_SEG(&rmi);			// tell DPMI where the RMI is
+	regs.x.edi = FP_OFF(&rmi);
+	/*........................................................................
+	Fill in registers for the interrupt call
+	........................................................................*/
+	rmi.ebx = IPX_GET_LOCAL_TARGET;
+	rmi.ds = segment;
+	rmi.esi = 0;
+	rmi.es = segment;
+	rmi.edi = sizeof(struct request_buffer);
+	/*........................................................................
+	call DPMI
+	........................................................................*/
+	int386x(DPMI_INT, &regs, &regs, &sregs);
+
+	rc = (rmi.eax & 0x00ff);
+	memcpy(bridge_address, replybuf->local_target, 6);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Free DOS memory
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	memset (&regs, 0 ,sizeof(regs));
+	segread (&sregs);
+	regs.x.eax = DPMI_FREE_DOS_MEM;						// DPMI function to call
+	regs.x.edx = selector;									// ptr to free
+	int386x (DPMI_INT, &regs, &regs, &sregs);			// allocate the memory
+
+	return(rc);
+
+}	/* end of IPX_Get_Local_Target */
+
+#endif	//NOT_FOR_WIN95
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPX_Cancel_Event -- cancels an operation in progress                    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		ecb_ptr		pointer to ECB event to cancel									*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		???																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		The ECB must be located in real-mode memory, as well as the values	*
+ *		pointed to in the ECB (the IPX Header, the buffer to send, etc.)		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/15/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+#ifdef NOT_FOR_WIN95
+int IPX_Cancel_Event(struct ECB *ecb_ptr)
+{
+	union REGS      regs;
+	struct SREGS    sregs;
+	RMIType rmi;
+	unsigned int rc;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Fill in registers for the DPMI call
+	........................................................................*/
+	memset (&regs, 0 ,sizeof(regs));
+	segread (&sregs);
+	memset (&rmi, 0 ,sizeof(rmi));
+	regs.w.ax = DPMI_CALL_REAL_INT;	// DPMI function to call
+	regs.w.bx = IPX_INT;					// interrupt # to invoke
+	sregs.es = FP_SEG(&rmi);			// tell DPMI where the RMI is
+	regs.x.edi = FP_OFF(&rmi);
+	/*........................................................................
+	Fill in registers for the interrupt call
+	........................................................................*/
+	rmi.ebx = IPX_CANCEL_EVENT;
+	rmi.es = (short)((long)ecb_ptr >> 4);
+	rmi.esi = (long)((long)ecb_ptr & 0x000f);
+	/*........................................................................
+	call DPMI
+	........................................................................*/
+	int386x(DPMI_INT, &regs, &regs, &sregs);
+
+	rc = (rmi.eax & 0x00ff);
+
+	return(rc);
+
+}	/* end of IPX_Cancel_Event */
+#endif	//NOT_FOR_WIN95
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Let_IPX_Breath -- gives IPX some CPU time                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * Use this function if you're polling the ECB's InUse flag, waiting			*
+ * for it to go to 0:																		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ *		while ECBType.InUse																	*
+ *			Let_IPX_Breath();																	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/15/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+#ifdef NOT_FOR_WIN95
+void Let_IPX_Breath(void)
+{
+	union REGS      regs;
+	struct SREGS    sregs;
+	RMIType rmi;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Fill in registers for the DPMI call
+	........................................................................*/
+	memset (&regs, 0 ,sizeof(regs));
+	segread (&sregs);
+	memset (&rmi, 0 ,sizeof(rmi));
+	regs.w.ax = DPMI_CALL_REAL_INT;	// DPMI function to call
+	regs.w.bx = IPX_INT;					// interrupt # to invoke
+	sregs.es = FP_SEG(&rmi);			// tell DPMI where the RMI is
+	regs.x.edi = FP_OFF(&rmi);
+	/*........................................................................
+	Fill in registers for the interrupt call
+	........................................................................*/
+	rmi.ebx = IPX_RELINQUISH_CONTROL;
+	/*........................................................................
+	call DPMI
+	........................................................................*/
+	int386x(DPMI_INT, &regs, &regs, &sregs);
+
+}	/* end of Let_IPX_Breath */
+#endif	//NOT_FOR_WIN95
diff --git a/IPX.H b/IPX.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d4e3962
--- /dev/null
+++ b/IPX.H
@@ -0,0 +1,188 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\ipx.h_v   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:46:26   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D    S T U D I O S        **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : IPX.H                                    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Barry Nance										*
+ * 										 from Client/Server LAN Programming			*
+ *											 Westwood-ized by Bill Randolph				*
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : December 14, 1994                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : December 14, 1994   [BR]                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef IPX_H
+#define IPX_H
+
+/*
+******************************** Structures *********************************
+*/
+typedef unsigned char NetNumType[4];
+typedef unsigned char NetNodeType[6];
+typedef char UserID[48];
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+This is the IPX Packet structure.  It's followed by the data itself, which
+can be up to 546 bytes long.  Annotation of 'IPX' means IPX will set this
+field; annotation of 'APP' means the application must set the field.
+NOTE: All header fields are ordered high-byte,low-byte.
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+typedef struct IPXHEADER {
+	unsigned short CheckSum;					// IPX: Not used; always 0xffff
+	unsigned short Length;						// IPX: Total size, incl header & data
+	unsigned char TransportControl;			// IPX: # bridges message crossed
+	unsigned char PacketType;					// APP: Set to 4 for IPX (5 for SPX)
+	unsigned char DestNetworkNumber[4];		// APP: destination Network Number
+	unsigned char DestNetworkNode[6];		// APP: destination Node Address
+	unsigned short DestNetworkSocket;		// APP: destination Socket Number
+	unsigned char SourceNetworkNumber[4];	// IPX: source Network Number
+	unsigned char SourceNetworkNode[6];		// IPX: source Node Address
+	unsigned short SourceNetworkSocket;		// IPX: source Socket Number
+} IPXHeaderType;
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+This is the IPX Event Control Block.  It serves as a communications area
+between IPX and the application for a single IPX operation.  You should set
+up a separate ECB for each IPX operation you perform.
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+typedef struct ECB {
+	void *Link_Address;
+	void (*Event_Service_Routine)(void);	// APP: event handler (NULL=none)
+	unsigned char InUse;								// IPX: 0 = event complete
+	unsigned char CompletionCode;					// IPX: event's return code
+	unsigned short SocketNumber;						// APP: socket to send data through
+	unsigned short ConnectionID;						// returned by Listen (???)
+	unsigned short RestOfWorkspace;
+	unsigned char DriverWorkspace[12];
+	unsigned char ImmediateAddress[6];			// returned by Get_Local_Target
+	unsigned short PacketCount;
+	struct {
+		void *Address;
+		unsigned short Length;
+	} Packet[2];
+} ECBType;
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+This structure is used for calling DPMI function 0x300, Call-Real-Mode-
+Interrupt.  It passes register values to & from the interrupt handler.
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+typedef struct {
+	long edi;
+	long esi;
+	long ebp;
+	long Reserved;
+	long ebx;
+	long edx;
+	long ecx;
+	long eax;
+	short Flags;
+	short es;
+	short ds;
+	short fs;
+	short gs;
+	short ip;
+	short cs;
+	short sp;
+	short ss;
+} RMIType;
+
+/*
+********************************** Defines **********************************
+*/
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+These defines are for the IPX functions.  The function number is specified 
+by placing it in BX when IPX is called.  There are two ways to invoke IPX: 
+use interrupt 0x7a, or use a function whose address is obtained by calling 
+interrupt 0x2f with AX=0x7a00; the function address is returned in ES:DI.  
+This is the preferred method, since other apps are known to use int 0x7a.
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#define	IPX_OPEN_SOCKET						0x0000
+#define	IPX_CLOSE_SOCKET						0x0001
+#define	IPX_GET_LOCAL_TARGET					0x0002
+#define	IPX_SEND_PACKET						0x0003
+#define	IPX_LISTEN_FOR_PACKET				0x0004
+#define	IPX_SCHEDULE_EVENT					0x0005
+#define	IPX_CANCEL_EVENT						0x0006
+#define	IPX_GET_INTERVAL_MARKER				0x0008
+#define	IPX_GET_INTERNETWORK_ADDRESS		0x0009
+#define	IPX_RELINQUISH_CONTROL				0x000A
+#define	IPX_DISCONNECT_FROM_TARGET			0x000B
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+These defines are for various IPX error codes:
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#define	IPXERR_CONNECTION_SEVERED			0x00ec
+#define	IPXERR_CONNECTION_FAILED			0x00ed
+#define	IPXERR_NO_CONNECTION					0x00ee
+#define	IPXERR_CONNECTION_TABLE_FULL		0x00ef
+#define	IPXERR_NO_CANCEL_ECB					0x00f9
+#define	IPXERR_NO_PATH							0x00fa
+#define	IPXERR_ECB_INACTIVE					0x00fc
+#define	IPXERR_INVALID_PACKET_LENGTH		0x00fd
+#define	IPXERR_SOCKET_TABLE_FULL			0x00fe
+#define	IPXERR_SOCKET_ERROR					0x00ff
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+These defines are for various interrupt vectors and DPMI functions:
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#define	IPX_INT									0x007a
+#define	DPMI_INT									0x0031
+#define	DPMI_ALLOC_DOS_MEM					0x0100
+#define	DPMI_FREE_DOS_MEM						0x0101
+#define	DPMI_CALL_REAL_INT					0x0300
+#define	DPMI_LOCK_MEM							0x0600
+#define	DPMI_UNLOCK_MEM						0x0601
+
+/*
+******************************** Prototypes *********************************
+*/
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+NOTE: All routines return 0 for a success code and one of the above IPX
+error codes if there's an error, EXCEPT:
+- IPX_SPX_Installed (0 = not installed)
+- Get_Connection_Number / Get_1st_Connection_Number (0 = no connection)
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/*
+.................................. ipx.cpp ..................................
+*/
+int IPX_SPX_Installed(void);
+int IPX_Open_Socket(unsigned short socket);
+int IPX_Close_Socket(unsigned short socket);
+int IPX_Get_Connection_Number(void);
+int IPX_Get_1st_Connection_Num (char *username);
+int IPX_Get_Internet_Address(int connection_number, 
+	unsigned char *network_number, unsigned char *physical_node);
+int IPX_Get_User_ID(int connection_number, char *user_id);
+int IPX_Listen_For_Packet(struct ECB *ecb_ptr);
+void IPX_Send_Packet(struct ECB *ecb_ptr);
+int IPX_Get_Local_Target(unsigned char *dest_network, unsigned char *dest_node,
+	unsigned short dest_socket, unsigned char *bridge_address);
+int IPX_Cancel_Event(struct ECB *ecb_ptr);
+void Let_IPX_Breath(void);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/IPX95.CPP b/IPX95.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..29678cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/IPX95.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D    S T U D I O S        **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : IPX95PP                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Steve Tall                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : January 22nd, 1996                       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : January 22nd, 1996   [ST]                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "function.h"
+#include "ipx95.h"
+
+int IPX_Open_Socket(unsigned short socket)
+{
+	return (IPX_Open_Socket95((int)socket));
+}
+
+
+int IPX_Close_Socket(unsigned short socket)
+{
+	IPX_Close_Socket95((int)socket);
+	return (0);
+}
+
+
+int IPX_Get_Connection_Number(void)
+{
+	return (IPX_Get_Connection_Number95());
+}
+
+
+
+int IPX_Broadcast_Packet(unsigned char *buf, int buflen)
+{
+	return(IPX_Broadcast_Packet95(buf, buflen));
+}
+
+extern "C"{
+	extern void __cdecl Int3(void);
+}
+
+int IPX_Get_Local_Target(unsigned char *dest_network, unsigned char *dest_node,
+	unsigned short dest_socket, unsigned char *bridge_address)
+{
+	//Int3();
+	return (IPX_Get_Local_Target95(dest_network, dest_node, dest_socket, bridge_address));
+}
+
+
diff --git a/IPX95.H b/IPX95.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4282c0b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/IPX95.H
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D    S T U D I O S        **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : IPX95PP                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Steve Tall                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : January 22nd, 1996                       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : January 22nd, 1996   [ST]                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+extern "C"{
+	extern BOOL __stdcall IPX_Initialise(void);
+	extern BOOL __stdcall IPX_Get_Outstanding_Buffer95(unsigned char *buffer);
+	extern void __stdcall IPX_Shut_Down95(void);
+	extern int  __stdcall IPX_Send_Packet95(unsigned char *, unsigned char *, int, unsigned char*, unsigned char*);
+	extern int  __stdcall IPX_Broadcast_Packet95(unsigned char *, int);
+	extern BOOL __stdcall IPX_Start_Listening95(void);
+	extern int  __stdcall IPX_Open_Socket95(int socket);
+	extern void __stdcall IPX_Close_Socket95(int socket);
+	extern int  __stdcall IPX_Get_Connection_Number95(void);
+	extern int  __stdcall IPX_Get_Local_Target95(unsigned char *, unsigned char*, unsigned short, unsigned char*);
+}
diff --git a/IPXADDR.CPP b/IPXADDR.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b52494a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/IPXADDR.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,494 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\ipxaddr.cpv   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:50:58   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D    S T U D I O S        **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : IPXADDR.CPP                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Bill Randolph                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : December 19, 1994                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : December 19, 1994   [BR]                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ *   IPXAddressClass::IPXAddressClass -- class constructor                 *
+ *   IPXAddressClass::IPXAddressClass -- class constructor form 2				*
+ *   IPXAddressClass::IPXAddressClass -- class constructor form 3				*
+ *   IPXAddressClass::Set_Address -- sets the IPX address values        	*
+ *   IPXAddressClass::Set_Address -- sets the IPX values from a header		*
+ *   IPXAddressClass::Get_Address -- retrieves the IPX address values      *
+ *   IPXAddressClass::Get_Address -- copies address into an IPX header		*
+ *   IPXAddressClass::Is_Broadcast -- tells if this is a broadcast address *
+ *   IPXAddressClass::operator== -- overloaded comparison operator         *
+ *   IPXAddressClass::operator!= -- overloaded comparison operator         *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "function.h"
+#include "tcpip.h"
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXAddressClass::IPXAddressClass -- class constructor                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This default constructor generates a broadcast address.						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		net		Network Number for this address										*
+ *		node		Node Address for this address											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/19/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+IPXAddressClass::IPXAddressClass(void)
+{
+	NetworkNumber[0] = 0xff;
+	NetworkNumber[1] = 0xff;
+	NetworkNumber[2] = 0xff;
+	NetworkNumber[3] = 0xff;
+	NodeAddress[0] = 0xff;
+	NodeAddress[1] = 0xff;
+	NodeAddress[2] = 0xff;
+	NodeAddress[3] = 0xff;
+	NodeAddress[4] = 0xff;
+	NodeAddress[5] = 0xff;
+
+}	/* end of IPXAddressClass */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXAddressClass::IPXAddressClass -- class constructor form 2				*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		net		Network Number for this address										*
+ *		node		Node Address for this address											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/19/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+IPXAddressClass::IPXAddressClass(NetNumType net, NetNodeType node)
+{
+	memcpy(NetworkNumber,net,4);
+	memcpy(NodeAddress,node,6);
+
+}	/* end of IPXAddressClass */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXAddressClass::IPXAddressClass -- class constructor form 3				*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This form of the constructor takes an IPX header as an argument.  It		*
+ * extracts the address from the Source address fields in the header.		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		header	Header from which to extract the address							*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/19/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+IPXAddressClass::IPXAddressClass(IPXHeaderType *header)
+{
+	memcpy(NetworkNumber,header->SourceNetworkNumber,4);
+	memcpy(NodeAddress,header->SourceNetworkNode,6);
+
+}	/* end of IPXAddressClass */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXAddressClass::Set_Address -- sets the IPX address values        		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		net		Network Number for this address										*
+ *		node		Node Address for this address											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/19/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void IPXAddressClass::Set_Address(NetNumType net, NetNodeType node)
+{
+	memcpy(NetworkNumber,net,4);
+	memcpy(NodeAddress,node,6);
+
+}	/* end of Set_Address */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXAddressClass::Set_Address -- sets the IPX values from a header			*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This routine extracts the source addresses from the given IPX header.	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		net		Network Number for this address										*
+ *		node		Node Address for this address											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/19/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void IPXAddressClass::Set_Address(IPXHeaderType *header)
+{
+
+#ifdef VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+	if (Winsock.Get_Connected()){
+		memset(NetworkNumber, 1 ,4);
+		memset(NodeAddress, 0, 6);
+		unsigned short target_mask = *(unsigned short*)header;
+		/*
+		** If this is a head to head game (no VSS) --
+		**  If mask is 0 then this packet was broadcast from the other player
+		**  Otherwise exclusive or with 3 to get other players mask
+		*/
+		if (!UseVirtualSubnetServer){
+			if (target_mask == 0){
+				target_mask = 1 << PlanetWestwoodIsHost;
+			}
+			target_mask ^= 3;
+		}
+
+		*(unsigned short*) &NodeAddress[0] = target_mask;
+
+	}else{
+		memcpy(NetworkNumber,header->SourceNetworkNumber,4);
+		memcpy(NodeAddress,header->SourceNetworkNode,6);
+	}
+#else	//VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+	if (header){
+		memcpy(NetworkNumber,header->SourceNetworkNumber,4);
+		memcpy(NodeAddress,header->SourceNetworkNode,6);
+	}else{
+		/*
+		** Address is meaningless when using winsock
+		*/
+		memset(NetworkNumber, 1 ,4);
+		memset(NodeAddress, 1, 6);
+	}
+#endif //VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+}	/* end of Set_Address */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXAddressClass::Get_Address -- retrieves the IPX address values        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		net		Network Number for this address										*
+ *		node		Node Address for this address											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/19/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void IPXAddressClass::Get_Address(NetNumType net, NetNodeType node)
+{
+	memcpy(net,NetworkNumber,4);
+	memcpy(node,NodeAddress,6);
+
+}	/* end of Get_Address */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXAddressClass::Get_Address -- copies address into an IPX header			*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		net		Network Number for this address										*
+ *		node		Node Address for this address											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/19/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void IPXAddressClass::Get_Address(IPXHeaderType *header)
+{
+	memcpy(header->DestNetworkNumber,NetworkNumber,4);
+	memcpy(header->DestNetworkNode,NodeAddress,6);
+
+}	/* end of Get_Address */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXAddressClass::Is_Broadcast -- tells if this is a broadcast address   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/19/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+bool IPXAddressClass::Is_Broadcast(void)
+{
+	if (	NetworkNumber[0] == 0xff &&
+			NetworkNumber[1] == 0xff &&
+			NetworkNumber[2] == 0xff &&
+			NetworkNumber[3] == 0xff &&
+			NodeAddress[0] == 0xff &&
+			NodeAddress[1] == 0xff &&
+			NodeAddress[2] == 0xff &&
+			NodeAddress[3] == 0xff &&
+			NodeAddress[4] == 0xff &&
+			NodeAddress[5] == 0xff) {
+		return(true);
+	} else {
+		return(false);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXAddressClass::operator== -- overloaded comparison operator           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * Since, if NETX isn't running, the network number on a received packet	*
+ * can be bogus (all 0's), only the node address is used for comparison 	*
+ * purposes here.																				*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		addr		address to compare to													*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		0 = not equal, 1 = equal															*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/19/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int IPXAddressClass::operator == (IPXAddressClass & addr)
+{
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	If either Network Number is all 0's (which can happen if the system is
+	not running NETX), compare only the Node Addresses.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if ( (NetworkNumber[0]==0 &&
+			NetworkNumber[1]==0 &&
+			NetworkNumber[2]==0 &&
+			NetworkNumber[3]==0) ||
+		  (addr.NetworkNumber[0]==0 &&
+			addr.NetworkNumber[1]==0 &&
+			addr.NetworkNumber[2]==0 &&
+			addr.NetworkNumber[3]==0) ) {
+
+		if (memcmp(NodeAddress,addr.NodeAddress,6)==0) {
+			return(true);
+		} else {
+			return(false);
+		}
+
+	} else {
+
+		/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Otherwise, compare both the Network Numbers and Node Addresses
+		------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		if (memcmp(NodeAddress,addr.NodeAddress,6)==0 && memcmp(NetworkNumber,addr.NetworkNumber,4)==0) {
+			return(true);
+		} else {
+			return(false);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXAddressClass::operator!= -- overloaded comparison operator           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * Since, if NETX isn't running, the network number on a received packet	*
+ * can be bogus (all 0's), only the node address is used for comparison 	*
+ * purposes here.																				*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		addr		address to compare to													*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		0 = equal, 1 = not equal															*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/19/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int IPXAddressClass::operator != (IPXAddressClass & addr)
+{
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	If either Network Number is all 0's (which can happen if the system is
+	not running NETX), compare only the Node Addresses.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if ( (NetworkNumber[0]==0 &&
+			NetworkNumber[1]==0 &&
+			NetworkNumber[2]==0 &&
+			NetworkNumber[3]==0) ||
+		  (addr.NetworkNumber[0]==0 &&
+			addr.NetworkNumber[1]==0 &&
+			addr.NetworkNumber[2]==0 &&
+			addr.NetworkNumber[3]==0) ) {
+
+		if (memcmp(NodeAddress,addr.NodeAddress,6)==0) {
+			return(false);
+		} else {
+			return(true);
+		}
+	} else {
+
+		/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Otherwise, compare both the Network Numbers and Node Addresses
+		------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		if (memcmp(NodeAddress,addr.NodeAddress,6)==0 && memcmp(NetworkNumber,addr.NetworkNumber,4)==0) {
+			return(false);
+		} else {
+			return(true);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXAddressClass::operator > -- overloaded comparison operator           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		addr		address to compare to													*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		TRUE = greater, FALSE = not														*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/19/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int IPXAddressClass::operator > (IPXAddressClass & addr)
+{
+	return(memcmp(this, &addr, 10) > 0);
+
+}	/* end of operator != */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXAddressClass::operator < -- overloaded comparison operator           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		addr		address to compare to													*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		TRUE = less, FALSE = not															*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/19/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int IPXAddressClass::operator < (IPXAddressClass & addr)
+{
+	return(memcmp(this, &addr, 10) < 0);
+
+}	/* end of operator != */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXAddressClass::operator >= -- overloaded comparison operator          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		addr		address to compare to													*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		TRUE = greater or equal, FALSE = not											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/19/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int IPXAddressClass::operator >= (IPXAddressClass & addr)
+{
+	return(memcmp(this, &addr, 10) >= 0);
+
+}	/* end of operator != */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXAddressClass::operator <= -- overloaded comparison operator          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		addr		address to compare to													*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		TRUE = less or equal, FALSE = not												*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/19/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int IPXAddressClass::operator <= (IPXAddressClass & addr)
+{
+	return(memcmp(this, &addr, 10) <= 0);
+
+}	/* end of operator != */
+
+
diff --git a/IPXADDR.H b/IPXADDR.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..28a7c13
--- /dev/null
+++ b/IPXADDR.H
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\ipxaddr.h_v   2.19   16 Oct 1995 16:44:54   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D    S T U D I O S        **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : IPXADDR.H                                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Bill Randolph                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : December 19, 1994                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : December 19, 1994   [BR]                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This class is useful for any IPX-related code.  It's just a utility		*
+ * to help manage those annoying IPX address fields.  This class lets you	*
+ * compare addresses, copy addresses to & from the IPX header, etc.			*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * The class has no virtual functions, so you can treat this class just		*
+ * like a data structure; it can be loaded & saved, and even transmitted	*
+ * across the net.																			*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef IPXADDR_H
+#define IPXADDR_H
+
+#include "ipx.h"				// for NetNumType & NetNodeType
+
+
+/*
+***************************** Class Declaration *****************************
+*/
+class IPXAddressClass
+{
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Public Interface ----------------------------
+	*/
+	public:
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Constructors:
+		.....................................................................*/
+		IPXAddressClass(void);
+		IPXAddressClass(NetNumType net, NetNodeType node);
+		IPXAddressClass(IPXHeaderType *header);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Set the address from explicit variables, or from the SOURCE values
+		in an IPX packet header.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		void Set_Address(NetNumType net, NetNodeType node);
+		void Set_Address(IPXHeaderType *header);
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Get the address values explicitly, or copy them into the DESTINATION
+		values in an IPX packet header.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		void Get_Address (NetNumType net, NetNodeType node);
+		void Get_Address(IPXHeaderType *header);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Tells if this address is a broadcast address
+		.....................................................................*/
+		bool Is_Broadcast(void);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Overloaded operators:
+		.....................................................................*/
+		int operator == (IPXAddressClass & addr);
+		int operator != (IPXAddressClass & addr);
+		int operator > (IPXAddressClass &addr);
+		int operator < (IPXAddressClass &addr);
+		int operator >= (IPXAddressClass &addr);
+		int operator <= (IPXAddressClass &addr);
+	/*
+	-------------------------- Protected Interface ---------------------------
+	*/
+	protected:
+	/*
+	--------------------------- Private Interface ----------------------------
+	*/
+	private:
+		NetNumType NetworkNumber;
+		NetNodeType NodeAddress;
+};
+
+#endif
+/**************************** end of ipxaddr.h *****************************/
diff --git a/IPXCONN.CPP b/IPXCONN.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..26b8873
--- /dev/null
+++ b/IPXCONN.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,680 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\ipxconn.cpv   1.9   16 Oct 1995 16:50:52   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D    S T U D I O S        **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : IPXCONN.CPP                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Bill Randolph                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : December 20, 1994                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : April 9, 1995 [BRR]								*
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:    			                                                   *
+ *   IPXConnClass::IPXConnClass -- class constructor           				*
+ *   IPXConnClass::~IPXConnClass -- class destructor           				*
+ *   IPXConnClass::Init -- hardware-specific initialization routine			*
+ *   IPXConnClass::Configure -- One-time initialization routine				*
+ *   IPXConnClass::Start_Listening -- commands IPX to listen               *
+ *   IPXConnClass::Stop_Listening -- commands IPX to stop  listen          *
+ *   IPXConnClass::Send -- sends a packet; invoked by SequencedConnection	*
+ *   IPXConnClass::Open_Socket -- opens communications socket    				*
+ *   IPXConnClass::Close_Socket -- closes the socket 								*
+ *   IPXConnClass::Send_To -- sends the packet to the given address			*
+ *   IPXConnClass::Broadcast -- broadcasts the given packet						*
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "function.h"
+#include "ipx95.h"
+#include "tcpip.h"
+
+/*
+********************************* Globals ***********************************
+*/
+unsigned short 	IPXConnClass::Socket;
+int			 		IPXConnClass::ConnectionNum;
+ECBType *			IPXConnClass::ListenECB;
+IPXHeaderType *	IPXConnClass::ListenHeader;
+char *				IPXConnClass::ListenBuf;
+ECBType *			IPXConnClass::SendECB;
+IPXHeaderType *	IPXConnClass::SendHeader;
+char *				IPXConnClass::SendBuf;
+long 					IPXConnClass::Handler;
+int 					IPXConnClass::Configured = 0;
+int 					IPXConnClass::SocketOpen = 0;
+int 					IPXConnClass::Listening = 0;
+int					IPXConnClass::PacketLen;
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXConnClass::IPXConnClass -- class constructor             				*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		numsend			desired # of entries for the send queue					*
+ *		numreceive		desired # of entries for the recieve queue				*
+ *		maxlen			max length of an application packet							*
+ *		magicnum			the packet "magic number" for this connection			*
+ *		address			address of destination (NULL = no address)				*
+ *		id					connection's unique numerical ID								*
+ *		name				connection's name													*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+IPXConnClass::IPXConnClass (int numsend, int numreceive, int maxlen,
+	unsigned short magicnum, IPXAddressClass *address, int id, char *name) :
+#ifdef SEQ_NET
+	SequencedConnClass (numsend, numreceive, maxlen, magicnum,
+#else
+	NonSequencedConnClass (numsend, numreceive, maxlen, magicnum,
+#endif
+		2,			// retry delta
+		-1,		// max retries
+		60)		// timeout
+{
+	NetNumType net;
+	NetNodeType node;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Save the values passed in
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (address)
+		Address = (*address);
+	ID = id;
+	strcpy (Name, name);
+
+	if (!Winsock.Get_Connected()){
+		/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+		If our Address field is an actual address (ie NULL wasn't passed to the
+		constructor), pre-compute the ImmediateAddress value for the SendECB.
+		This allows pre-computing of the ImmediateAddress for all connections
+		created after Configure() is called.
+		------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		if (!Address.Is_Broadcast() && Configured==1) {
+			Address.Get_Address(net,node);
+			/*.....................................................................
+			If the user is logged in & has a valid Novell Connection Number, get the
+			bridge address the "official" way
+			.....................................................................*/
+			if (ConnectionNum != 0) {
+				if (IPX_Get_Local_Target (net, node, Socket, ImmediateAddress)!=0)
+					memcpy(ImmediateAddress,node,6);
+			} else {
+
+				/*.....................................................................
+				Otherwise, use the destination node address as the ImmediateAddress, and
+				just hope there's no network bridge in the path.
+				.....................................................................*/
+				memcpy(ImmediateAddress,node,6);
+			}
+
+			Immed_Set = 1;
+		} else {
+			memset (ImmediateAddress, 0, 6);
+			Immed_Set = 0;
+		}
+	}
+
+}	/* end of IPXConnClass */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXConnClass::Init -- hardware-specific initialization routine				*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void IPXConnClass::Init (void)
+{
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Invoke the parent's Init routine
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#ifdef SEQ_NET
+	SequencedConnClass::Init();
+#else
+	NonSequencedConnClass::Init();
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXConnClass::Configure -- One-time initialization routine					*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This routine sets up static members that are shared by all IPX				*
+ * connections (ie those variables used by the Send/Listen/Broadcast			*
+ * routines).																					*
+ *																									*
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		socket				socket ID for sending & receiving						*
+ *		conn_num				local IPX Connection Number (0 = not logged in)		*
+ *		listen_ecb			ptr to ECBType for listening								*
+ *		send_ecb				ptr to ECBType for sending									*
+ *		listen_header		ptr to IPXHeaderType for listening						*
+ *		send_header			ptr to IPXHeaderType for sending							*
+ *		listen_buf			ptr to buffer for listening								*
+ *		send_buf				ptr to buffer for sending									*
+ *		handler_rm_ptr		REAL-MODE pointer to event service routine			*
+ *								(high word = segment, low word = offset)				*
+ *		maxpacketlen		max packet size to listen for								*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		- All pointers must be protected-mode pointers, but must point to		*
+ *		  DOS real-mode memory (except the Handler segment/offset)				*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void IPXConnClass::Configure (unsigned short socket, int conn_num,
+	ECBType *listen_ecb, ECBType *send_ecb, IPXHeaderType *listen_header,
+	IPXHeaderType *send_header, char *listen_buf, char *send_buf,
+	long handler_rm_ptr, int maxpacketlen)
+{
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Save the values passed in
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	Socket = socket;
+	ConnectionNum = conn_num;
+	ListenECB = listen_ecb;
+	SendECB = send_ecb;
+	ListenHeader = listen_header;
+	SendHeader = send_header;
+	ListenBuf = listen_buf;
+	SendBuf = send_buf;
+	Handler = handler_rm_ptr;
+	PacketLen = maxpacketlen;
+
+	Configured = 1;
+
+}	/* end of Configure */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXConnClass::Start_Listening -- commands IPX to listen                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This routine may be used to start listening in polled mode (if the 		*
+ * ECB's Event_Service_Routine is NULL), or in interrupt mode; it's			*
+ * up to the caller to fill the ECB in.  If in polled mode, Listening		*
+ * must be restarted every time a packet comes in.									*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		- The ListenECB must have been properly filled in by the IPX Manager.*
+ *		- Configure must be called before calling this routine.					*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/16/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+bool IPXConnClass::Start_Listening(void)
+{
+
+#ifndef NOT_FOR_WIN95
+
+	if (Winsock.Get_Connected()) return (true);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Open the Socket
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (!Open_Socket(Socket))
+		return(false);
+
+	if (IPX_Start_Listening95()){
+		Listening =1;
+		return (TRUE);
+	}else{
+		return (FALSE);
+	}
+
+#else
+
+	void *hdr_ptr;
+	unsigned long hdr_val;
+	void *buf_ptr;
+	unsigned long buf_val;
+	int rc;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Don't do a thing unless we've been configured, and we're not listening.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (Configured==0 || Listening==1)
+		return(false);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Open the Socket
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (!Open_Socket(Socket))
+		return(false);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Clear the ECB & header
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	memset(ListenECB, 0, sizeof(ECBType));
+	memset(ListenHeader, 0, sizeof(IPXHeaderType));
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Convert protected-mode ptrs to real-mode ptrs
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	hdr_val = (unsigned long)ListenHeader;
+	hdr_ptr = (void *)(((hdr_val & 0xffff0) << 12) | (hdr_val & 0x000f));
+
+	buf_val = (unsigned long)ListenBuf;
+	buf_ptr = (void *)(((buf_val & 0xffff0) << 12) | (buf_val & 0x000f));
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Fill in the ECB
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	ListenECB->SocketNumber = Socket;
+	ListenECB->PacketCount = 2;
+	ListenECB->Packet[0].Address = hdr_ptr;
+	ListenECB->Packet[0].Length = sizeof(IPXHeaderType);
+	ListenECB->Packet[1].Address = buf_ptr;
+	ListenECB->Packet[1].Length = (unsigned short)PacketLen;
+
+	((long &)ListenECB->Event_Service_Routine) = Handler;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Command IPX to listen
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	rc = IPX_Listen_For_Packet(ListenECB);
+	if (rc!=0) {
+		Close_Socket(Socket);
+		return(false);
+	} else {
+		Listening = 1;
+		return(true);
+	}
+
+#endif	//NOT_FOR_WIN95
+}	/* end of Start_Listening */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXConnClass::Stop_Listening -- commands IPX to stop  listen            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		- This routine MUST NOT be called if IPX is not listening already!	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/16/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+bool IPXConnClass::Stop_Listening(void)
+{
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Don't do anything unless we're already Listening.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (Listening==0)
+		return(false);
+
+#ifndef NOT_FOR_WIN95
+
+	if (Winsock.Get_Connected()){
+		Listening = 0;
+		return (true);
+	}else{
+		IPX_Shut_Down95();
+		Close_Socket(Socket);
+	}
+
+#else	//NOT_FOR_WIN95
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Shut IPX down.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	IPX_Cancel_Event(ListenECB);
+	Close_Socket(Socket);
+
+#endif	//NOT_FOR_WIN95
+
+	Listening = 0;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	All done.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	return(true);
+
+}	/* end of Stop_Listening */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXConnClass::Send -- sends a packet; invoked by SequencedConnection		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		socket		desired socket ID number											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		1 = OK, 0 = error																		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/16/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int IPXConnClass::Send(char *buf, int buflen)
+{
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Invoke our own Send_To routine, filling in our Address as the destination.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (Immed_Set) {
+		return(Send_To (buf, buflen, &Address, ImmediateAddress));
+	} else {
+		return(Send_To (buf, buflen, &Address, NULL));
+	}
+
+}	/* end of Send */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXConnClass::Open_Socket -- opens communications socket    				*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		socket		desired socket ID number											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		1 = OK, 0 = error																		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/16/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int IPXConnClass::Open_Socket(unsigned short socket)
+{
+	int rc;
+
+	if (Winsock.Get_Connected()){
+		SocketOpen = 1;
+		return (true);
+	}
+
+	SocketOpen = 0;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Try to open a listen socket.  The socket may have been left open by
+	a previously-crashed program, so ignore the state of the SocketOpen
+	flag for this call; use IPX to determine if the socket was already open.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	rc = IPX_Open_Socket(socket);
+	if (rc) {
+		/*
+		................. If already open, close & reopen it ..................
+		*/
+		if (rc==IPXERR_SOCKET_ERROR) {
+			IPX_Close_Socket(socket);
+			rc = IPX_Open_Socket(socket);
+			/*
+			.................. Still can't open: return error ..................
+			*/
+			if (rc) {
+				return(false);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	SocketOpen = 1;
+
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXConnClass::Close_Socket -- closes the socket 								*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		socket		desired socket ID number											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		Calling this routine when the sockets aren't open may crash!			*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/16/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void IPXConnClass::Close_Socket(unsigned short socket)
+{
+	if (Winsock.Get_Connected()){
+		SocketOpen = 0;
+		return;
+	}
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Never, ever, ever, under any circumstances whatsoever, close a socket
+	that isn't open.  You'll regret it forever (or until at least until you're
+	through rebooting, which, if you're on a Pentium is the same thing).
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (SocketOpen==1)
+		IPX_Close_Socket(socket);
+
+	SocketOpen = 0;
+
+}	/* end of Close_Socket */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXConnClass::Send_To -- sends the packet to the given address				*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * The "ImmediateAddress" field of the SendECB must be filled in with the	*
+ * address of a bridge, or the node address of the destination if there		*
+ * is no bridge.  The NETX call to find this address will always crash		*
+ * if NETX isn't loaded (ConnectionNum is 0), so this case is trapped &		*
+ * prevented.																					*
+ * Also, if the address of this IPX connection is known when the 				*
+ * constructor is called, and Configure has been called, Get_Local_Target 	*
+ * is called to precompute the ImmediateAddress; this case is detected & 	*
+ * if the value is already computed, it's just memcpy'd over.					*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		buf			buffer to send															*
+ *		buflen		length of buffer														*
+ *		address		Address to send to													*
+ *		immed			ImmediateAddress value, NULL if none							*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		1 = OK, 0 = error																		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/16/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+#pragma off (unreferenced)
+int IPXConnClass::Send_To(char *buf, int buflen, IPXAddressClass *address,
+	NetNodeType immed)
+{
+
+	void *hdr_ptr;
+	void *buf_ptr;
+	unsigned long hdr_val;
+	unsigned long buf_val;
+	NetNumType net;
+	NetNodeType node;
+	int rc;
+
+	unsigned short target_mask;
+
+	unsigned char	send_address[6];
+
+	if (Winsock.Get_Connected()){
+
+#ifdef VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+		if (immed){
+			memcpy(send_address, immed, 6);
+		}else{
+			address->Get_Address(net,node);
+			memcpy (send_address, node, 6);
+		}
+		/*
+		** Use first two bytes of ipx address as target mask
+		*/
+		unsigned short *maskptr = (unsigned short*)&send_address[0];
+		target_mask = *maskptr;
+
+		char *tempsend = new char [buflen + sizeof (target_mask)];
+
+		*(unsigned short*)tempsend = htons(target_mask);
+		memcpy (tempsend+2, buf, buflen);
+#if (0)
+char tempbuf[256];
+CommHeaderType *packet = (CommHeaderType *)(&tempsend[2]);
+static char pcode [4][18]={
+	"PACKET_DATA_ACK",			// this is a data packet requiring an ACK
+	"PACKET_DATA_NOACK",		// this is a data packet not requiring an ACK
+	"PACKET_ACK",					// this is an ACK for a packet
+	"PACKET_COUNT"				// for computational purposes
+};
+
+sprintf (tempbuf, "Sending unicast packet type %d, ID=%d, code=%s, length=%d\n", tempsend[sizeof(CommHeaderType)+2],
+																						packet->PacketID,
+																						pcode[packet->Code],
+																						buflen + sizeof (target_mask));
+CCDebugString (tempbuf);
+#endif	//(0)
+
+		Winsock.Write((void*)tempsend, buflen + sizeof (target_mask));
+		delete [] tempsend;
+#else	// VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+		Winsock.Write((void*)buf, buflen);
+#endif	// VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+
+		return (true);
+	}
+
+
+
+	if (immed) {
+		memcpy(send_address, immed, 6);
+		//memcpy(node, immed, 6);
+		//memset (net, 0, sizeof(net) );
+		address->Get_Address(net,node);
+	} else {
+		address->Get_Address(net,node);
+		/*.....................................................................
+		If the user is logged in & has a valid Novell Connection Number, get the
+		bridge address the "official" way
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (ConnectionNum != 0) {
+			rc = IPX_Get_Local_Target (net, node, Socket, &send_address[0]);
+			if (rc!=0) {
+				return(false);
+			}
+		} else {
+			/*.....................................................................
+			Otherwise, use the destination node address as the ImmediateAddress, and
+			just hope there's no network bridge in the path.
+			.....................................................................*/
+			memcpy(send_address,node,6);
+		}
+	}
+
+	return (IPX_Send_Packet95(&send_address[0], (unsigned char*)buf, buflen, (unsigned char*)net, (unsigned char*)node));
+
+
+}
+#pragma on (unreferenced)
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXConnClass::Broadcast -- broadcasts the given packet						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		socket		desired socket ID number											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		1 = OK, 0 = error																		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/16/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int IPXConnClass::Broadcast(char *buf, int buflen)
+{
+
+	if (Winsock.Get_Connected()){
+#ifdef VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+		char *tempsend = new char [buflen + sizeof (unsigned short)];
+		memcpy (tempsend+2, buf, buflen);
+		*tempsend = 0;
+		*(tempsend+1) = 0;
+#if (0)
+char tempbuf[256];
+CommHeaderType *packet = (CommHeaderType *)(&tempsend[2]);
+static char pcode [4][18]={
+	"PACKET_DATA_ACK",			// this is a data packet requiring an ACK
+	"PACKET_DATA_NOACK",		// this is a data packet not requiring an ACK
+	"PACKET_ACK",					// this is an ACK for a packet
+	"PACKET_COUNT"				// for computational purposes
+};
+
+sprintf (tempbuf, "Sending multicast packet type %d, ID=%d, code=%s, length=%d\n", tempsend[sizeof(CommHeaderType)+2],
+																						packet->PacketID,
+																						pcode[packet->Code],
+																						buflen + sizeof (unsigned short));
+CCDebugString (tempbuf);
+#endif	//(0)
+
+		Winsock.Write((void*)tempsend, buflen + sizeof (unsigned short));
+		delete [] tempsend;
+#else	// VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+		Winsock.Write((void*)buf, buflen);
+#endif	// VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+		return(true);
+	}else{
+		return (IPX_Broadcast_Packet95((unsigned char*)buf, buflen));
+	}
+
+}
+
diff --git a/IPXCONN.H b/IPXCONN.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..19b31ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/IPXCONN.H
@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\ipxconn.h_v   1.12   16 Oct 1995 16:45:10   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D    S T U D I O S        **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : IPXCONN.H                                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Bill Randolph                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : December 19, 1994                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : April 9, 1995   [BR]                 		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This is the Connection Class for IPX communications.  It inherits			*
+ * a Queue, PacketBuf, timeout variables from ConnectionClass.  It 			*
+ * inherits its Send_/Receive_/Get_Packet functions, and the sequenced		*
+ * ACK/Retry logic in Service_Send_Queue & Service_Recieve_Queue from		*
+ * SequencedConnClass.  It guarantees order of delivery of packets.			*
+ *																									*
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef IPXCONN_H
+#define IPXCONN_H
+
+
+/*
+********************************* Includes **********************************
+*/
+#ifdef SEQ_NET
+#include "seqconn.h"
+#else
+#include "noseqcon.h"
+#endif
+#include "ipxaddr.h"
+
+
+/*
+***************************** Class Declaration *****************************
+*/
+#ifdef SEQ_NET
+class IPXConnClass : public SequencedConnClass
+#else
+class IPXConnClass : public NonSequencedConnClass
+#endif
+{
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Public Interface ----------------------------
+	*/
+	public:
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Various useful enums:
+		.....................................................................*/
+		enum IPXConnTag {
+			CONN_NAME_MAX = 40,			// max # chars allowed for connection name
+			CONNECTION_NONE = -1,		// value of an invalid connection ID
+		};
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Constructor/destructor.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		IPXConnClass(int numsend, int numrecieve, int maxlen, 
+			unsigned short magicnum, IPXAddressClass *address, int id, char *name);
+		virtual ~IPXConnClass () {};
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Initialization.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		virtual void Init (void);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		The Configure function is for configuring all connections at once.  
+		It's static because it doesn't apply to any specific connection, but
+		all of them.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		static void Configure(unsigned short socket, 
+			int conn_num, ECBType *listen_ecb, ECBType *send_ecb, 
+			IPXHeaderType *listen_header, IPXHeaderType *send_header, 
+			char *listen_buf, char *send_buf, long handler_rm_ptr,
+			int maxpacketlen);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		These routines tell IPX to start listening for packets, and to stop
+		listening for packets.  They're static because they affect all 
+		connections at once (there's no way to turn listening on for only one
+		connection; it's all or nothing).
+		.....................................................................*/
+		static bool Start_Listening (void);
+		static bool Stop_Listening (void);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		The Destination IPX Address for this connection
+		.....................................................................*/
+		IPXAddressClass Address;
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		The "Immediate" (Bridge) address for this connection, and a flag
+		telling if the address has been precomputed.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		NetNodeType ImmediateAddress;
+		int Immed_Set;
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Each IPX Connection can have a Name & Unique numerical ID
+		.....................................................................*/
+		int ID;
+		char Name[CONN_NAME_MAX];
+
+	/*
+	-------------------------- Protected Interface ---------------------------
+	*/
+	protected:
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		This is the overloaded Send routine declared in ConnectionClass, and
+		used in SequencedConnClass.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		virtual int Send (char *buf, int buflen);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		These are the routines that access IPX.  Open_Socket & Close_Socket are
+		static because they're called by Start_Listening & Stop_Listening.
+		Send_To & Broadcast are static since they're direct interfaces to IPX,
+		and there's only one IPX instance running.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		static int Open_Socket(unsigned short socket);
+		static void Close_Socket(unsigned short socket);
+		static int Send_To(char *buf, int buflen, IPXAddressClass *address, NetNodeType immed);
+		static int Broadcast(char *buf, int buflen);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		The socket ID for this connection
+		.....................................................................*/
+		static unsigned short Socket;
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		User's local Connection # (0 = not logged in)
+		.....................................................................*/
+		static int ConnectionNum;
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		This is a static version of MaxPacketLen, which is the size of the
+		app's packets, plus our internal CommHeaderType.  It's used in the
+		Start_Listening routine.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		static int PacketLen;
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Variables for Listening (created by the IPXManagerClass, and passed
+		in via Init).  All IPX connections share these buffers.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		static ECBType *ListenECB;
+		static IPXHeaderType *ListenHeader;
+		static char *ListenBuf;
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Variables for Sending (created by the IPXManagerClass, and passed
+		in via Init).  All IPX connections share these buffers.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		static ECBType *SendECB;
+		static IPXHeaderType *SendHeader;
+		static char *SendBuf;
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		This is a REAL-MODE pointer to the event-service-routine for IPX.
+		If it's 0, IPX will operate in polled mode.  Otherwise, the high word
+		must contain the segment, and the low word must contain the offset.
+		CS will be the high word value when the routine is called.  (Requiring
+		the segment/offset to be computed by the caller gives the caller
+		control over CS.)
+		.....................................................................*/
+		static long Handler;
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		This status flag tells us if Configure() has been called or not.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		static int Configured;
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		This status flag tells us if the socket has been opened or not.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		static int SocketOpen;
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		This status flag tells us if Start_Listening() has been called or not.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		static int Listening;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/IPXGCONN.CPP b/IPXGCONN.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..39ee31d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/IPXGCONN.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,473 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\ipxgconn.cpv   1.9   16 Oct 1995 16:51:00   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D    S T U D I O S        **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : IPXGCONN.CPP                             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Bill Randolph                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : December 20, 1994                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : July 6, 1995 [BRR]                       *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:    			                                                   *
+ *   IPXGlobalConnClass::IPXGlobalConnClass -- class constructor           *
+ *   IPXGlobalConnClass::~IPXGlobalConnClass -- class destructor           *
+ *   IPXGlobalConnClass::Send_Packet -- adds a packet to the send queue		*
+ *   IPXGlobalConnClass::Receive_Packet -- adds packet to the receive queue*
+ *   IPXGlobalConnClass::Get_Packet -- gets a packet from the receive queue*
+ *   IPXGlobalConnClass::Send -- sends a packet										*
+ *   IPXGlobalConnClass::Service_Receive_Queue -- services recieve queue	*
+ *   IPXGlobalConnClass::Set_Bridge -- Sets up connection to cross a bridge*
+* - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "function.h"
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXGlobalConnClass::IPXGlobalConnClass -- class constructor             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This routine chains to the parent constructor, but it adjusts the size	*
+ * of the packet by the added bytes in the GlobalHeaderType structure.  	*
+ * This forces the parent classes to allocate the proper sized PacketBuf	*
+ * for outgoing packets, and to set MaxPacketLen to the proper value.		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		numsend			desired # of entries for the send queue					*
+ *		numreceive		desired # of entries for the recieve queue				*
+ *		maxlen			max length of an application packet							*
+ *		product_id		unique ID for this product										*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+IPXGlobalConnClass::IPXGlobalConnClass (int numsend, int numreceive, int maxlen,
+	unsigned short product_id) :
+	IPXConnClass (numsend, numreceive,
+		maxlen + sizeof(GlobalHeaderType) - sizeof(CommHeaderType),
+		GLOBAL_MAGICNUM, 		// magic number for this connection
+		NULL,						// IPX Address (none)
+		0, 						// Connection ID
+		"")						// Connection Name
+{
+	ProductID = product_id;
+	IsBridge = 0;
+
+}	/* end of IPXGlobalConnClass */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXGlobalConnClass::Send_Packet -- adds a packet to the send queue		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This routine prefixes the given buffer with a GlobalHeaderType and		*
+ * queues the resulting packet into the Send Queue.  The packet's 			*
+ * MagicNumber, Code, PacketID, destination Address and ProductID are set 	*
+ * here. 																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		buf			buffer to send															*
+ *		buflen		length of buffer														*
+ *		address		address to send the packet to (NULL = Broadcast)			*
+ *		ack_req		true = ACK is required for this packet; false = isn't		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		1 = OK, 0 = error																		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int IPXGlobalConnClass::Send_Packet (void * buf, int buflen,
+	IPXAddressClass *address, int ack_req)
+{
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Store the packet's Magic Number
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	((GlobalHeaderType *)PacketBuf)->Header.MagicNumber = MagicNum;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	If this is a ACK-required packet, sent to a specific system, mark it as
+	ACK-required; otherwise, mark as no-ACK-required.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (ack_req && address != NULL) {
+		((GlobalHeaderType *)PacketBuf)->Header.Code = PACKET_DATA_ACK;
+	} else {
+		((GlobalHeaderType *)PacketBuf)->Header.Code = PACKET_DATA_NOACK;
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Fill in the packet ID.  This will have very limited meaning; it only
+	allows us to determine if an ACK packet we receive later goes with this
+	packet; it doesn't let us detect re-sends of other systems' packets.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	((GlobalHeaderType *)PacketBuf)->Header.PacketID = Queue->Send_Total();
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Set the product ID for this packet.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	((GlobalHeaderType *)PacketBuf)->ProductID = ProductID;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Set this packet's destination address.  If no address is specified, use
+	a Broadcast address (which IPXAddressClass's default constructor creates).
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (address != NULL) {
+		((GlobalHeaderType *)PacketBuf)->Address = (*address);
+	} else {
+		((GlobalHeaderType *)PacketBuf)->Address = IPXAddressClass();
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Copy the application's data
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	memcpy(PacketBuf + sizeof(GlobalHeaderType), buf, buflen);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Queue it
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	return(Queue->Queue_Send(PacketBuf,buflen + sizeof(GlobalHeaderType)));
+
+}	/* end of Send_Packet */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXGlobalConnClass::Receive_Packet -- adds packet to the receive queue	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		buf		buffer to process (already includes GlobalHeaderType)			*
+ *		buflen	length of buffer to process											*
+ *		address	the address of the sender (the IPX Manager class must			*
+ *					extract this from the IPX Header of the received packet.)	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		1 = OK, 0 = error																		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int IPXGlobalConnClass::Receive_Packet (void * buf, int buflen,
+	IPXAddressClass *address)
+{
+	GlobalHeaderType *packet;				// ptr to this packet
+	SendQueueType *send_entry;				// ptr to send entry header
+	GlobalHeaderType *entry_data;			// ptr to queue entry data
+	int i;
+
+	/*
+	--------------------------- Check the magic # ----------------------------
+	*/
+	packet = (GlobalHeaderType *)buf;
+	if (packet->Header.MagicNumber!=MagicNum) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Process the packet based on its Code
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	switch (packet->Header.Code) {
+		/*.....................................................................
+		DATA: Save the given address in the message buffer (so Get_Message()
+		can extract it later), and queue this message.
+		Don't bother checking for a Re-Send; since this queue is receiving data
+		from multiple systems, the Total_Receive() value for this queue will
+		have nothing to do with the packet's ID.  The application must deal
+		with this by being able to handle multiple receipts of the same packet.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		case PACKET_DATA_ACK:
+		case PACKET_DATA_NOACK:
+			packet->Address = (*address);
+			Queue->Queue_Receive (buf, buflen);
+			break;
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		ACK: If this ACK is for any of my packets, mark that packet as
+		acknowledged, then throw this packet away.  Otherwise, ignore the ACK
+		(if we re-sent before we received the other system's first ACK, this
+		ACK will be a leftover)
+		.....................................................................*/
+		case PACKET_ACK:
+			for (i = 0; i < Queue->Num_Send(); i++) {
+				/*
+				..................... Get queue entry ptr .......................
+				*/
+				send_entry = Queue->Get_Send(i);
+				/*
+				............. If ptr is valid, get ptr to its data ..............
+				*/
+				entry_data = (GlobalHeaderType *)(send_entry->Buffer);
+				/*
+				.............. If ACK is for this entry, mark it ................
+				*/
+				if (packet->Header.PacketID==entry_data->Header.PacketID &&
+					entry_data->Header.Code == PACKET_DATA_ACK) {
+					send_entry->IsACK = 1;
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Default: ignore the packet
+		.....................................................................*/
+		default:
+			break;
+
+	}	/* end of switch */
+
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXGlobalConnClass::Get_Packet -- gets a packet from the receive queue	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		buf			location to store buffer											*
+ *		buflen		filled in with length of 'buf'									*
+ *		address		filled in with sender's address									*
+ *		product_id	filled in with sender's ProductID								*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		1 = OK, 0 = error																		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int IPXGlobalConnClass::Get_Packet (void * buf, int *buflen,
+	IPXAddressClass *address, unsigned short *product_id)
+{
+	ReceiveQueueType *rec_entry;					// ptr to receive entry header
+	GlobalHeaderType *packet;
+	int packetlen;										// size of received packet
+
+	/*
+	------------------------ Return if nothing to do -------------------------
+	*/
+	if (Queue->Num_Receive() == 0) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	------------------ Get ptr to the next available entry -------------------
+	*/
+	rec_entry = Queue->Get_Receive(0);
+
+	/*
+	------------------------ Read it if it's un-read -------------------------
+	*/
+	if (rec_entry!=NULL && rec_entry->IsRead==0) {
+		/*
+		........................... Mark as read ..............................
+		*/
+		rec_entry->IsRead = 1;
+
+		/*
+		.......................... Copy data packet ...........................
+		*/
+		packet = (GlobalHeaderType *)(rec_entry->Buffer);
+		packetlen = rec_entry->BufLen - sizeof(GlobalHeaderType);
+		if (packetlen > 0)
+			memcpy(buf, rec_entry->Buffer + sizeof(GlobalHeaderType), packetlen);
+		(*buflen) = packetlen;
+		(*address) = packet->Address;
+		(*product_id) = packet->ProductID;
+
+		return(true);
+	}
+
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXGlobalConnClass::Send -- sends a packet										*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This routine gets invoked by NonSequencedConn, when it's processing		*
+ * the Send & Receive Queues.  The buffer provided will already have the	*
+ * GlobalHeaderType header embedded in it.											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		buf		buffer to send																*
+ *		buflen	length of buffer															*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		1 = OK, 0 = error																		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int IPXGlobalConnClass::Send(char *buf, int buflen)
+{
+	IPXAddressClass *addr;
+	int rc;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Extract the packet's embedded IPX address
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	addr = &(((GlobalHeaderType *)buf)->Address);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	If it's a broadcast address, broadcast it
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (addr->Is_Broadcast()) {
+		return(Broadcast (buf, buflen));
+	}  else {
+		/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Otherwise, send it
+		------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		if (IsBridge && !memcmp (addr, BridgeNet, 4)) {
+			rc = Send_To (buf, buflen, &(((GlobalHeaderType *)buf)->Address),
+				BridgeNode);
+		} else {
+			rc = Send_To (buf, buflen, &(((GlobalHeaderType *)buf)->Address), NULL);
+		}
+		return (rc);
+	}
+
+}	/* end of Send */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXGlobalConnClass::Service_Receive_Queue -- services the recieve queue	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This routine is necessary because the Global Connection has to ACK		*
+ * a packet differently from other types of connections; its Send routine	*
+ * assumes that the destination address is embedded within the outgoing		*
+ * packet, so we have to create our ACK Packet using the GlobalHeaderType,	*
+ * not the CommHeaderType.																	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		1 = OK, 0 = error																		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int IPXGlobalConnClass::Service_Receive_Queue (void)
+{
+	GlobalHeaderType ackpacket;					// ACK packet to send
+	ReceiveQueueType *rec_entry;					// ptr to receive entry header
+	GlobalHeaderType *packet_hdr;					// packet header
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Get a pointer to the next received entry
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	rec_entry = Queue->Get_Receive(0);
+	if (rec_entry==NULL)
+		return(1);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	If this packet doesn't require an ACK, mark it as ACK'd.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	packet_hdr = (GlobalHeaderType *)(rec_entry->Buffer);
+	if (packet_hdr->Header.Code==PACKET_DATA_NOACK)
+		rec_entry->IsACK = 1;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	If this packet hasn't been ACK'd, send an ACK:
+	- Fill in the MagicNum & the Code
+	- Set the PacketID to the same ID that the sending system used, so the
+	  sending system knows which packet the ACK is for
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (rec_entry->IsACK==0) {
+		ackpacket.Header.MagicNumber = MagicNum;
+		ackpacket.Header.Code = PACKET_ACK;
+		ackpacket.Header.PacketID = packet_hdr->Header.PacketID;
+		ackpacket.Address = packet_hdr->Address;
+		ackpacket.ProductID = ProductID;
+
+		Send ((char *)&ackpacket, sizeof(GlobalHeaderType));
+
+		rec_entry->IsACK = 1;
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	If this packet has been read by the application, and has been ACK'd, and
+	there is another packet in the queue behind this one, it means the other
+	system got the ACK we sent for this packet; remove this packet from the
+	queue.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (rec_entry!=NULL && rec_entry->IsRead && rec_entry->IsACK &&
+		Queue->Num_Receive() > 1)
+		Queue->UnQueue_Receive(NULL,NULL,0);
+
+	return(1);
+
+}	/* end of Service_Receive_Queue */
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Set_Bridge -- Sets up connection to cross a bridge                      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This routine is designed to prevent the connection from having to			*
+ * call Get_Local_Target, except the minimum number of times, since that	*
+ * routine is buggy & goes away for long periods sometimes.						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		bridge		network number of the destination bridge						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   07/06/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void IPXGlobalConnClass::Set_Bridge(NetNumType bridge)
+{
+	if (Configured) {
+		memcpy (BridgeNet, bridge, 4);
+		memset (BridgeNode, 0xff, 6);
+
+		if (IPX_Get_Local_Target (BridgeNet, BridgeNode, Socket, BridgeNode)==0) {
+			IsBridge = 1;
+		} else {
+			IsBridge = 0;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
diff --git a/IPXGCONN.H b/IPXGCONN.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1266140
--- /dev/null
+++ b/IPXGCONN.H
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\ipxgconn.h_v   1.10   16 Oct 1995 16:47:30   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D    S T U D I O S        **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : IPXGCONN.H                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Bill Randolph                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : December 19, 1994                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : April 11, 1995   [BR]                 	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This class is a special type of IPX Connection.  It can talk to more		*
+ * than one system at a time.  It can Broadcast packets to all systems,		*
+ * or send a packet to one individual system.  The packets it sends to		*
+ * individual systems can be DATA_NOACK or DATA_ACK packets, but the			*
+ * packets broadcast have to be DATA_NOACK packets.  This class is for		*
+ * only the crudest "Who-are-you" type of network communications.  Once		*
+ * the IPX Address of another system is identified, a "real" IPX				*
+ * Connection should be created, & further communications done through it.	*
+ *																									*
+ * This means that the packet ID field no longer can be used to detect		*
+ * resends, since the receive queue may recieve a lot more packets than		*
+ * we send out.  So, re-sends cannot be detected; the application must be	*
+ * designed so that it can handle multiple copies of the same packet.		*
+ *																									*
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef IPXGLOBALCONN_H
+#define IPXGLOBALCONN_H
+
+
+#include "ipxconn.h"
+
+
+/*
+********************************** Defines **********************************
+*/
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+This is the header for Global Connection messages.  It includes the usual
+"standard" header that the other connections do; but it also includes an
+IPX address field, so the application can get the address of the sender
+of this message.  This address field must be provided in by the IXP 
+Connection Manager class, when it calls this class's Receive_Packet function.
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+typedef struct {
+	CommHeaderType Header;
+	IPXAddressClass Address;
+	unsigned short ProductID;
+} GlobalHeaderType;
+
+
+/*
+***************************** Class Declaration *****************************
+*/
+class IPXGlobalConnClass : public IPXConnClass
+{
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Public Interface ----------------------------
+	*/
+	public:
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Here are some useful enums:
+		.....................................................................*/
+		enum GlobalConnectionEnum {
+			/*..................................................................
+			This is the magic number for all Global Connections.  Having the
+			same magic number across products lets us ID different products
+			on the net.
+			..................................................................*/
+			GLOBAL_MAGICNUM = 0x1234,
+			/*..................................................................
+			These are the values used for the ProductID field in the Global
+			Message structure.  It also should be the Magic Number used for the 
+			private connections within that product.
+			This list should be continually updated & kept current.  Never ever 
+			ever use an old product ID for your product!
+			..................................................................*/
+			COMMAND_AND_CONQUER = 0xaa01,
+		};
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Constructor/destructor.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		IPXGlobalConnClass (int numsend, int numrecieve, int maxlen, 
+			unsigned short product_id);
+		virtual ~IPXGlobalConnClass () {};
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Send/Receive routines.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		virtual int Send_Packet (void * buf, int buflen, 
+			IPXAddressClass *address, int ack_req);
+		virtual int Receive_Packet (void * buf, int buflen,
+			IPXAddressClass *address);
+		virtual int Get_Packet (void * buf, int *buflen,
+			IPXAddressClass *address, unsigned short *product_id);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		This is for telling the connection it can cross a bridge.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		void Set_Bridge (NetNumType bridge);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		The Product ID for this product.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		unsigned short ProductID;
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		This describes the address of a bridge we have to cross.  This class
+		supports crossing only one bridge.  Storing the bridge's network number
+		allows us to obtain its local target address only once, then re-use it.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		NetNumType BridgeNet;
+		NetNodeType BridgeNode;
+		int IsBridge;
+
+	/*
+	-------------------------- Protected Interface ---------------------------
+	*/
+	protected:
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		This is the overloaded Send routine declared in ConnectionClass, and
+		used in SequencedConnClass.  This special version sends to the address
+		embedded within the GlobalHeaderType.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		virtual int Send (char *buf, int buflen);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		This routine is overloaded from SequencedConnClass, because the
+		Global Connection needs to ACK its packets differently from the
+		other connections.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		virtual int Service_Receive_Queue (void);
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/IPXMGR.CPP b/IPXMGR.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..93d8a4e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/IPXMGR.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,1972 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\ipxmgr.cpv   1.9   16 Oct 1995 16:48:22   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D    S T U D I O S        **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : IPXMGR.CPP                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Bill Randolph                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : December 20, 1994                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : May 4, 1995 [BRR]                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                       			*
+ *   IPXManagerClass::IPXManagerClass -- class constructor                 *
+ *   IPXManagerClass::~IPXManagerClass -- class destructor                 *
+ *   IPXManagerClass::Init -- initialization routine								*
+ *   IPXManagerClass::Is_IPX -- tells if IPX is installed or not				*
+ *   IPXManagerClass::Set_Timing -- sets timing for all connections			*
+ *   IPXManagerClass::Create_Connection -- creates a new connection        *
+ *   IPXManagerClass::Delete_Connection -- deletes a connection            *
+ *   IPXManagerClass::Num_Connections -- gets the # of connections			*
+ *   IPXManagerClass::Connection_ID -- gets the given connection's ID      *
+ *   IPXManagerClass::Connection_Name -- gets name for given connection    *
+ *   IPXManagerClass::Connection_Address -- retrieves connection's address	*
+ *   IPXManagerClass::Connection_Index -- gets given connection's index    *
+ *   IPXManagerClass::Send_Global_Message -- sends a Global Message			*
+ *   IPXManagerClass::Get_Global_Message -- polls the Global Message queue	*
+ *   IPXManagerClass::Send_Private_Message -- Sends a Private Message		*
+ *   IPXManagerClass::Get_Private_Message -- Polls Private Message queue	*
+ *   IPXManagerClass::Service -- main polling routine for IPX Connections	*
+ *   IPXManagerClass::Get_Bad_Connection -- returns bad connection ID      *
+ *   IPXManagerClass::Global_Num_Send	-- gets # entries in send queue	   *
+ *   IPXManagerClass::Global_Num_Receive -- gets # entries in recv queue   *
+ *   IPXManagerClass::Private_Num_Send -- gets # entries in send queue	   *
+ *   IPXManagerClass::Private_Num_Receive -- gets # entries in recv queue  *
+ *   IPXManagerClass::Set_Bridge -- prepares to cross a bridge             *
+ *   IPXManagerClass::Set_Socket -- sets socket ID for all connections		*
+ *   IPXManagerClass::Response_Time -- Returns largest Avg Response Time   *
+ *   IPXManagerClass::Global_Response_Time -- Returns Avg Response Time    *
+ *   IPXManagerClass::Reset_Response_Time -- Reset response time 				*
+ *   IPXManagerClass::Oldest_Send -- gets ptr to oldest send buf           *
+ *   IPXManagerClass::Mono_Debug_Print -- debug output routine					*
+ *   IPXManagerClass::Alloc_RealMode_Mem -- allocates real-mode memory		*
+ *   IPXManagerClass::Free_RealMode_Mem -- frees real-mode memory				*
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "function.h"
+#include "ipx95.h"
+#include "tcpip.h"
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXManagerClass::IPXManagerClass -- class constructor                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		glb_maxlen		Global Channel maximum packet length						*
+ *		pvt_maxlen		Private Channel maximum packet length						*
+ *		socket			socket ID to use													*
+ *		product_id		a unique numerical ID for this product						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		The socket number is byte-swapped, since IPX requires socket ID's		*
+ *		to be stored high/low.																*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+IPXManagerClass::IPXManagerClass (int glb_maxlen, int pvt_maxlen,
+	int glb_num_packets, int pvt_num_packets, unsigned short socket,
+	unsigned short product_id)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Initialize data members
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	/*........................................................................
+	IPXStatus = 1 if IPX is installed, 0 if not
+	........................................................................*/
+	if (IPX_SPX_Installed()==0) {
+		IPXStatus = 0;
+	} else {
+		IPXStatus = 1;
+	}
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Set listening state flag to off
+	........................................................................*/
+	Listening = 0;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	No memory has been alloc'd yet
+	........................................................................*/
+	RealMemAllocd = 0;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Set max packet sizes, for allocating real-mode memory
+	........................................................................*/
+	Glb_MaxPacketLen = glb_maxlen;
+	Glb_NumPackets = glb_num_packets;
+	Pvt_MaxPacketLen = pvt_maxlen;
+	Pvt_NumPackets = pvt_num_packets;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Save the app's product ID
+	........................................................................*/
+	ProductID = product_id;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Save our socket ID number
+	........................................................................*/
+	Socket = (unsigned short)( (((unsigned long)socket & 0x00ff) << 8) |
+		(((unsigned long)socket & 0xff00) >> 8));
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Get the user's IPX local connection number
+	........................................................................*/
+	if (IPXStatus) {
+		ConnectionNum = IPX_Get_Connection_Number();
+	} else {
+		ConnectionNum = 0;
+	}
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Init connection states
+	........................................................................*/
+	NumConnections = 0;
+	CurConnection = 0;
+	for (i = 0; i < CONNECT_MAX; i++)
+		Connection[i] = 0;
+	GlobalChannel = 0;
+
+	SendOverflows = 0;
+	ReceiveOverflows = 0;
+	BadConnection = IPXConnClass::CONNECTION_NONE;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Init timing parameters
+	........................................................................*/
+	RetryDelta = 2;		// 2 ticks between retries
+	MaxRetries = -1;		// disregard # retries
+	Timeout = 60;			// report bad connection after 1 second
+
+}	/* end of IPXManagerClass */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXManagerClass::~IPXManagerClass -- class destructor                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+IPXManagerClass::~IPXManagerClass()
+{
+	int i;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Stop all IPX events
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (Listening) {
+		IPXConnClass::Stop_Listening();
+		Listening = 0;
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Free all protected-mode memory
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (GlobalChannel) {
+		delete GlobalChannel;
+		GlobalChannel = 0;
+	}
+	for (i = 0; i < NumConnections; i++) {
+		delete Connection[i];
+		Connection[i] = 0;
+	}
+	NumConnections = 0;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Free all real-mode memory
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (RealMemAllocd) {
+		Free_RealMode_Mem();
+		RealMemAllocd = 0;
+	}
+
+}	/* end of ~IPXManagerClass */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXManagerClass::Init -- initialization routine									*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This routine allocates memory,
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		1 = OK, 0 = error																		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int IPXManagerClass::Init()
+{
+	int i;
+
+	if (!(GameToPlay == GAME_INTERNET)){
+		/*
+		----------------------- Error if IPX not installed -----------------------
+		*/
+		if (!IPXStatus) {
+			return(false);
+		}
+
+		/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Stop Listening
+		------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		if (Listening) {
+			IPXConnClass::Stop_Listening();
+			Listening = 0;
+		}
+
+		/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Free Real-mode memory
+		------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		if (RealMemAllocd) {
+			Free_RealMode_Mem();
+			RealMemAllocd = 0;
+		}
+	}else{
+		/*
+		** Pretend IPX is available for Internet games whether it is or not
+		*/
+		IPXStatus = 1;
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Free protected-mode memory
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (GlobalChannel) {
+		delete GlobalChannel;
+		GlobalChannel = 0;
+	}
+	for (i = 0; i < NumConnections; i++) {
+		delete Connection[i];
+		Connection[i] = 0;
+	}
+	NumConnections = 0;
+
+
+	if (!(GameToPlay == GAME_INTERNET)){
+		/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Allocate real-mode memory
+		------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		if (!Alloc_RealMode_Mem()) return(false);
+		RealMemAllocd = 1;
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Allocate the Global Channel
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	GlobalChannel = new IPXGlobalConnClass (Glb_NumPackets, Glb_NumPackets,
+		Glb_MaxPacketLen, ProductID);
+	if (!GlobalChannel)
+		return(false);
+	GlobalChannel->Init();
+	GlobalChannel->Set_Retry_Delta (RetryDelta);
+	GlobalChannel->Set_Max_Retries (MaxRetries);
+	GlobalChannel->Set_TimeOut (Timeout);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Configure the IPX Connections
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	IPXConnClass::Configure(Socket, ConnectionNum, ListenECB, SendECB,
+		FirstHeaderBuf, SendHeader, FirstDataBuf, SendBuf, Handler, PacketLen);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Start Listening
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (!(GameToPlay == GAME_INTERNET)){
+		if (!IPXConnClass::Start_Listening()) return(false);
+	}
+
+	Listening = 1;
+
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXManagerClass::Is_IPX -- tells if IPX is installed or not					*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		1 = IPX is installed; 0 = isn't													*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int IPXManagerClass::Is_IPX(void)
+{
+	return(IPXStatus);
+
+}	/* end of Is_IPX */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXManagerClass::Set_Timing -- sets timing for all connections				*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This will set the timing parameters for all existing connections, and	*
+ * all connections created from now on.  This allows an application to		*
+ * measure the Response_Time while running, and adjust timing accordingly.	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		retrydelta	value to set for retry delta 										*
+ *		maxretries	value to set for max # retries									*
+ *		timeout		value to set for connection timeout								*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   07/02/1995 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void IPXManagerClass::Set_Timing (unsigned long retrydelta,
+	unsigned long maxretries, unsigned long timeout)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	RetryDelta = retrydelta;
+	MaxRetries = maxretries;
+	Timeout = timeout;
+
+	if (GlobalChannel) {
+		GlobalChannel->Set_Retry_Delta (RetryDelta);
+		GlobalChannel->Set_Max_Retries (MaxRetries);
+		GlobalChannel->Set_TimeOut (Timeout);
+	}
+
+	for (i = 0; i < NumConnections; i++) {
+		Connection[i]->Set_Retry_Delta (RetryDelta);
+		Connection[i]->Set_Max_Retries (MaxRetries);
+		Connection[i]->Set_TimeOut (Timeout);
+	}
+
+}	/* end of Set_Timing */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXManagerClass::Create_Connection -- creates a new connection          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		id				application-specific numerical ID for this connection		*
+ *		node			ptr to IPXNodeIDType (name & address)							*
+ *		address		IPX address for this connection									*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		1 = OK, 0 = error																		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		Never create a connection with an 'id' of -1.								*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+bool IPXManagerClass::Create_Connection(int id, char *name, IPXAddressClass *address)
+{
+#if (0)
+	char temp[80];
+
+	NetNumType num;
+	NetNodeType node;
+
+	address->Get_Address (num, node);
+
+	sprintf (temp, "Address:%02x %02x %02x %02x %02x %02x\n", node[0],
+														  node[1],
+														  node[2],
+														  node[3],
+														  node[4],
+														  node[5]);
+	CCDebugString (temp);
+
+	sprintf (temp, "Network:%02x %02x %02x %02x\n", num[0],
+														  num[1],
+														  num[2],
+														  num[3]);
+	CCDebugString (temp);
+#endif	//(0)
+
+	/*
+	----------------------- Error if IPX not installed -----------------------
+	*/
+	if (!IPXStatus)
+		return(false);
+
+	/*
+	------------------------- Error if no more room --------------------------
+	*/
+	if (NumConnections==CONNECT_MAX)
+		return(false);
+
+	/*
+	------------------------- Create new connection --------------------------
+	*/
+	Connection[NumConnections] = new IPXConnClass(Pvt_NumPackets,
+		Pvt_NumPackets, Pvt_MaxPacketLen, ProductID, address, id, name);
+	if (!Connection[NumConnections])
+		return(false);
+
+	Connection[NumConnections]->Init ();
+	Connection[NumConnections]->Set_Retry_Delta (RetryDelta);
+	Connection[NumConnections]->Set_Max_Retries (MaxRetries);
+	Connection[NumConnections]->Set_TimeOut (Timeout);
+
+	NumConnections++;
+
+	return(true);
+
+}	/* end of Create_Connection */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXManagerClass::Delete_Connection -- deletes a connection              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		id		ID of connection to delete													*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		1 = OK, 0 = error																		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+bool IPXManagerClass::Delete_Connection(int id)
+{
+	int i,j;
+
+	/*
+	----------------------- Error if IPX not installed -----------------------
+	*/
+	if (!IPXStatus)
+		return(false);
+
+	/*
+	------------------- Error if no connections to delete --------------------
+	*/
+	if (NumConnections==0)
+		return(false);
+
+	/*
+	---------------------- Loop through all connections ----------------------
+	*/
+	for (i = 0; i < NumConnections; i++) {
+		/*
+		........................ If a match, delete it ........................
+		*/
+		if (Connection[i]->ID==id) {
+			delete Connection[i];
+			/*
+			................ Move array elements back one index ................
+			*/
+			for (j = i; j < NumConnections - 1; j++) {
+				Connection[j] = Connection[j+1];
+			}
+			/*
+			......................... Adjust counters ..........................
+			*/
+			NumConnections--;
+			if (CurConnection >= NumConnections)
+				CurConnection = 0;
+			return(true);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- No match; error -----------------------------
+	*/
+	return(false);
+
+}	/* end of Delete_Connection */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXManagerClass::Num_Connections -- gets the # of connections				*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		# of connections																		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   01/25/1995 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int IPXManagerClass::Num_Connections(void)
+{
+#ifdef VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+	/*
+	** If we are connected to the VSS then dont coumt that in the number of connections.
+	*/
+	if (Connection_Index (VSS_ID) == IPXConnClass::CONNECTION_NONE){
+		return(NumConnections);
+	}else{
+		return(NumConnections -1);
+	}
+#else	// VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+
+	return(NumConnections);
+
+#endif	//VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+
+}	/* end of Num_Connections */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXManagerClass::Connection_ID -- gets the given connection's ID        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		index			index of connection to retrieve									*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		ID for that connection, CONNECTION_NONE if invalid index					*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   01/25/1995 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int IPXManagerClass::Connection_ID(int index)
+{
+	if (index >= 0 && index < NumConnections) {
+		return(Connection[index]->ID);
+	} else {
+		return(IPXConnClass::CONNECTION_NONE);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXManagerClass::Connection_Name -- retrieves name for given connection *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		id		ID of connection to get name of											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		ptr to connection's name, NULL if not found									*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   01/19/1995 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+char *IPXManagerClass::Connection_Name(int id)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < NumConnections; i++) {
+		if (Connection[i]->ID==id) {
+			return(Connection[i]->Name);
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(NULL);
+
+}	/* end of Connection_Name */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXManagerClass::Connection_Address -- retrieves connection's address	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		id		ID of connection to get address for										*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		pointer to IXPAddressClass, NULL if not found								*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   01/19/1995 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+IPXAddressClass * IPXManagerClass::Connection_Address(int id)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < NumConnections; i++) {
+		if (Connection[i]->ID==id) {
+			return(&Connection[i]->Address);
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(NULL);
+
+}	/* end of Connection_Address */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXManagerClass::Connection_Index -- gets given connection's index      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		ID to retrieve index for															*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		index for this connection, CONNECTION_NONE if not found					*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   01/25/1995 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int IPXManagerClass::Connection_Index(int id)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < NumConnections; i++) {
+		if (Connection[i]->ID==id)
+			return(i);
+	}
+
+	return(IPXConnClass::CONNECTION_NONE);
+
+}	/* end of Connection_Index */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXManagerClass::Send_Global_Message -- sends a Global Message				*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		buf			buffer to send															*
+ *		buflen		length of buf															*
+ *		ack_req		1 = ACK required; 0 = no ACK required							*
+ *		address		address to send to; NULL = broadcast							*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		1 = OK, 0 = error																		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   01/25/1995 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int IPXManagerClass::Send_Global_Message(void *buf, int buflen,
+	int ack_req, IPXAddressClass *address)
+{
+	int rc;
+
+	/*
+	------------ Error if IPX not installed or not Listening -----------------
+	*/
+	if (!IPXStatus || !Listening) return(false);
+
+	rc = GlobalChannel->Send_Packet (buf, buflen, address, ack_req);
+	if (!rc)
+		SendOverflows++;
+
+	return(rc);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXManagerClass::Get_Global_Message -- polls the Global Message queue	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		buf				buffer to store received packet								*
+ *		buflen			length of data placed in 'buf'								*
+ *		address			IPX address of sender											*
+ *		product_id		product ID of sender												*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		1 = OK, 0 = error																		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   01/25/1995 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int IPXManagerClass::Get_Global_Message(void *buf, int *buflen,
+	IPXAddressClass *address, unsigned short *product_id)
+{
+	/*
+	------------ Error if IPX not installed or not Listening -----------------
+	*/
+	if (!IPXStatus || !Listening) return(false);
+
+	return(GlobalChannel->Get_Packet (buf, buflen, address, product_id));
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXManagerClass::Send_Private_Message -- Sends a Private Message			*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		buf			buffer to send															*
+ *		buflen		length of 'buf'														*
+ *		conn_id		connection ID to send to (CONNECTION_NONE = all)			*
+ *		ack_req		1 = ACK required; 0 = no ACK required							*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		1 = OK, 0 = error																		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   01/25/1995 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int IPXManagerClass::Send_Private_Message(void *buf, int buflen, int ack_req,
+	int conn_id)
+{
+	int i;						// loop counter
+	int connect_idx;			// index of channel to send to, if specified
+
+	/*
+	------------ Error if IPX not installed or not Listening -----------------
+	*/
+	if (!IPXStatus || !Listening || (NumConnections==0)) return(false);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Send the message to all connections
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (conn_id==IPXConnClass::CONNECTION_NONE) {
+
+		/*
+		** If this is an internet game and no ack is reqired then we only need to send
+		**	 the packet to the VSS and it will forward it to all the other players.
+		*/
+
+#ifdef VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+		if (ack_req || (!Winsock.Get_Connected() || !UseVirtualSubnetServer)){
+#endif	//VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+			/*.....................................................................
+			Check for room in all connections
+			.....................................................................*/
+			for (i = 0; i < NumConnections; i++) {
+#ifdef VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+				if (Connection[i]->ID != VSS_ID){
+#endif	//VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+					if (Connection[i]->Queue->Num_Send()==Connection[i]->Queue->Max_Send()) {
+						SendOverflows++;
+						return(false);
+					}
+#ifdef VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+				}
+#endif	// VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+			}
+
+			/*.....................................................................
+			Send packet to all connections
+			.....................................................................*/
+
+			for (i = 0; i < NumConnections; i++) {
+#ifdef VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+				if (Connection[i]->ID != VSS_ID){
+#endif	//VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+					Connection[i]->Send_Packet (buf, buflen, ack_req);
+#ifdef VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+				}
+#endif	//VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+			}
+
+#ifdef VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+		}else{
+			/*
+			** Send the packet to the VSS with a 0 header so it gets forwarded to all players.
+			*/
+			if (Connection[ Connection_Index(VSS_ID) ]->Queue->Num_Send() == Connection[ Connection_Index(VSS_ID) ]->Queue->Max_Send()) {
+				SendOverflows++;
+				return(false);
+			}
+			Connection[ Connection_Index(VSS_ID) ]->Send_Packet (buf, buflen, 0);
+		}
+#endif	// VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+
+		return(true);
+
+
+	} else {
+
+		/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Send the message to the specified connection
+		------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		connect_idx = Connection_Index (conn_id);
+		if (connect_idx == IPXConnClass::CONNECTION_NONE) {
+			SendOverflows++;
+			return(false);
+		}
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Check for room in the connection
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (Connection[connect_idx]->Queue->Num_Send() ==
+			Connection[connect_idx]->Queue->Max_Send()) {
+			SendOverflows++;
+			return(false);
+		}
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Send the packet to that connection
+		.....................................................................*/
+		Connection[connect_idx]->Send_Packet (buf, buflen, ack_req);
+		return(true);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXManagerClass::Get_Private_Message -- Polls the Private Message queue	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		buf			buffer to store incoming packet									*
+ *		buflen		length of data placed in 'buf'									*
+ *		conn_id		filled in with connection ID of sender							*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		1 = OK, 0 = error																		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   01/25/1995 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int IPXManagerClass::Get_Private_Message(void *buf, int *buflen, int *conn_id)
+{
+	int i;
+	int rc;
+	int c_id;
+#ifdef VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+	int vss = 0;
+#endif	// VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+
+	/*
+	------------ Error if IPX not installed or not Listening -----------------
+	*/
+	if (!IPXStatus || !Listening || (NumConnections==0)) return(false);
+
+#ifdef VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+	if (Winsock.Get_Connected()){
+		vss = (int) UseVirtualSubnetServer;
+	}
+#endif	//VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Safety check: ensure CurConnection is in range.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#ifdef VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+	if (CurConnection >= NumConnections - vss)
+#else	// VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+	if (CurConnection >= NumConnections)
+#endif	//VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+		CurConnection = 0;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Scan all connections for a received packet, starting with 'CurConnection'
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#ifdef VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+	for (i = 0; i < NumConnections - vss; i++) {
+#else	// VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+	for (i = 0; i < NumConnections; i++) {
+#endif	// VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Check this connection for a packet
+		.....................................................................*/
+		rc = Connection[CurConnection]->Get_Packet (buf, buflen);
+		c_id = Connection[CurConnection]->ID;
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Increment CurConnection to the next connection index
+		.....................................................................*/
+		CurConnection++;
+#ifdef VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+		if (CurConnection >= NumConnections - vss)
+#else	// VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+		if (CurConnection >= NumConnections)
+#endif	// VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+			CurConnection = 0;
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		If we got a packet, return the connection ID
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (rc) {
+			(*conn_id) = c_id;
+			return(true);
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXManagerClass::Service -- main polling routine for IPX Connections		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		1 = OK, 0 = error																		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   01/25/1995 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int IPXManagerClass::Service(void)
+{
+
+	int rc = 1;
+	int i;
+	CommHeaderType *packet;
+	int packetlen;
+	IPXAddressClass address;
+
+
+
+#ifndef NOT_FOR_WIN95
+
+	unsigned char temp_receive_buffer[1024];
+	int	recv_length;
+
+	if (Winsock.Get_Connected()){
+
+		while ((recv_length = Winsock.Read(temp_receive_buffer, 1024))!=0){
+
+#ifdef VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+			/*
+			** Get a pointer to the data header and swap the bit mask
+			*/
+			CurHeaderBuf = (IPXHEADER*)&temp_receive_buffer[0]; 	//NULL;
+			unsigned short *swapptr = (unsigned short*)CurHeaderBuf;
+			*swapptr = ntohs (*swapptr);
+
+			CurDataBuf = (char*)&temp_receive_buffer[2];
+
+			/*.....................................................................
+			Compute the length of the packet (byte-swap the length in the IPX hdr)
+			.....................................................................*/
+			packetlen = recv_length-2;
+#else	//VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+			CurHeaderBuf = NULL;
+			CurDataBuf = (char*)&temp_receive_buffer[0];
+
+			/*.....................................................................
+			Compute the length of the packet (byte-swap the length in the IPX hdr)
+			.....................................................................*/
+			packetlen = recv_length;
+
+#endif	//VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+
+
+			/*.....................................................................
+			Extract the sender's address from the IPX header
+			.....................................................................*/
+			address.Set_Address (CurHeaderBuf);
+
+			/*.....................................................................
+			Examine the Magic Number of the received packet to determine if this
+			packet goes into the Global Queue, or into one of the Private Queues
+			.....................................................................*/
+			packet = (CommHeaderType *)CurDataBuf;
+#if (0)
+char tempbuf[256];
+
+static char pcode [4][18]={
+	"PACKET_DATA_ACK",			// this is a data packet requiring an ACK
+ 	"PACKET_DATA_NOACK",		// this is a data packet not requiring an ACK
+	"PACKET_ACK",					// this is an ACK for a packet
+	"PACKET_COUNT"				// for computational purposes
+};
+
+sprintf (tempbuf, "Received packet type %d, ID=%d, code=%s, length=%d \n", CurDataBuf[sizeof(CommHeaderType)],
+																						packet->PacketID,
+																						pcode[packet->Code],
+																						recv_length);
+CCDebugString (tempbuf);
+#endif	//(0)
+			if (packet->MagicNumber == GlobalChannel->Magic_Num()) {
+				/*..................................................................
+				Put the packet in the Global Queue
+				..................................................................*/
+				if (!GlobalChannel->Receive_Packet (packet, packetlen, &address))
+					ReceiveOverflows++;
+			} else {
+				if (packet->MagicNumber == ProductID) {
+					/*..................................................................
+					Find the Private Queue that this packet is for
+					..................................................................*/
+					for (i = 0; i < NumConnections; i++) {
+#ifdef VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+						if (Connection[i]->Address == address && Connection[i]->ID != VSS_ID) {
+#else	//VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+						if (Connection[i]->Address == address) {
+#endif	//VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+							if (!Connection[i]->Receive_Packet (packet, packetlen))
+								ReceiveOverflows++;
+							break;
+						}
+					}
+				}
+			}
+
+		}
+	}else{
+
+		while (IPX_Get_Outstanding_Buffer95(&temp_receive_buffer[0])){
+
+			CurHeaderBuf = (IPXHEADER*)&temp_receive_buffer[0];
+			CurDataBuf = (char*)&temp_receive_buffer[sizeof(IPXHeaderType)];
+
+			/*.....................................................................
+			Compute the length of the packet (byte-swap the length in the IPX hdr)
+			.....................................................................*/
+			packetlen = ((CurHeaderBuf->Length & 0xff) << 8) |
+				(CurHeaderBuf->Length >> 8);
+			packetlen -= sizeof(IPXHeaderType);
+
+			/*.....................................................................
+			Extract the sender's address from the IPX header
+			.....................................................................*/
+			address.Set_Address (CurHeaderBuf);
+
+			/*.....................................................................
+			Examine the Magic Number of the received packet to determine if this
+			packet goes into the Global Queue, or into one of the Private Queues
+			.....................................................................*/
+			packet = (CommHeaderType *)CurDataBuf;
+
+			if (packet->MagicNumber == GlobalChannel->Magic_Num()) {
+				/*..................................................................
+				Put the packet in the Global Queue
+				..................................................................*/
+				if (!GlobalChannel->Receive_Packet (packet, packetlen, &address))
+					ReceiveOverflows++;
+			} else {
+				if (packet->MagicNumber == ProductID) {
+					/*..................................................................
+					Find the Private Queue that this packet is for
+					..................................................................*/
+					for (i = 0; i < NumConnections; i++) {
+						if (Connection[i]->Address == address) {
+							if (!Connection[i]->Receive_Packet (packet, packetlen))
+								ReceiveOverflows++;
+							break;
+						}
+					}
+				}
+			}
+
+		}
+	}
+
+	//IPX_Start_Listening95();
+
+
+#else //NOT_FOR_WIN95
+
+
+	/*
+	------------ Error if IPX not installed or not Listening -----------------
+	*/
+	if (!IPXStatus || !Listening)
+		return(false);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Loop until there are no more packets to process.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	for (;;) {
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Check the BufferFlags for the "current" buffer; if it's empty,
+		break; out of the loop.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (BufferFlags[CurIndex]==0)
+			break;
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Compute the length of the packet (byte-swap the length in the IPX hdr)
+		.....................................................................*/
+		packetlen = ((CurHeaderBuf->Length & 0xff) << 8) |
+			(CurHeaderBuf->Length >> 8);
+		packetlen -= sizeof(IPXHeaderType);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Extract the sender's address from the IPX header
+		.....................................................................*/
+		address.Set_Address (CurHeaderBuf);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Examine the Magic Number of the received packet to determine if this
+		packet goes into the Global Queue, or into one of the Private Queues
+		.....................................................................*/
+		packet = (CommHeaderType *)CurDataBuf;
+		if (packet->MagicNumber == GlobalChannel->Magic_Num()) {
+			/*..................................................................
+			Put the packet in the Global Queue
+			..................................................................*/
+			if (!GlobalChannel->Receive_Packet (packet, packetlen, &address))
+				ReceiveOverflows++;
+		} else {
+			if (packet->MagicNumber == ProductID) {
+				/*..................................................................
+				Find the Private Queue that this packet is for
+				..................................................................*/
+				for (i = 0; i < NumConnections; i++) {
+					if (Connection[i]->Address == address) {
+						if (!Connection[i]->Receive_Packet (packet, packetlen))
+							ReceiveOverflows++;
+						break;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Set the current BufferFlags to 0 (since we've cleaned out this buffer)
+		.....................................................................*/
+		BufferFlags[CurIndex] = 0;
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Go to the next packet buffer
+		.....................................................................*/
+		CurIndex++;
+		CurHeaderBuf = (IPXHeaderType *)(((char *)CurHeaderBuf) + FullPacketLen);
+		CurDataBuf = ((char *)CurDataBuf) + FullPacketLen;
+		if (CurIndex >= NumBufs) {
+			CurHeaderBuf = FirstHeaderBuf;
+			CurDataBuf = FirstDataBuf;
+			CurIndex = 0;
+		}
+
+	}
+
+#endif //NOT_FOR_WIN95
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Service all connections.  If a connection reports that it's gone "bad",
+	report an error to the caller.  If it's the Global Channel, un-queue the
+	send entry that's holding things up.  This will keep the Global Channel
+	from being clogged by one un-ACK'd outgoing packet.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (GlobalChannel) {
+		if (!GlobalChannel->Service()) {
+			GlobalChannel->Queue->UnQueue_Send (NULL, NULL, 0);
+			rc = 0;
+		}
+	}
+	for (i = 0; i < NumConnections; i++) {
+		if (!Connection[i]->Service()) {
+#ifdef VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+			if (Connection[i]->ID != VSS_ID){
+#endif	//VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+				rc = 0;
+				BadConnection = Connection[i]->ID;
+#ifdef VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+			}
+#endif	//VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (rc)
+		BadConnection = IPXConnClass::CONNECTION_NONE;
+
+	return(rc);
+
+
+}	/* end of Service */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXManagerClass::Get_Bad_Connection -- returns bad connection ID        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		ID of bad connection; CONNECTION_NONE if none.								*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/04/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int IPXManagerClass::Get_Bad_Connection(void)
+{
+	return(BadConnection);
+
+}	/* end of Get_Bad_Connection */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXManagerClass::Global_Num_Send	-- reports # entries in send queue		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		# entries in the Global Send Queue												*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   01/25/1995 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int IPXManagerClass::Global_Num_Send(void)
+{
+	/*
+	------------ Error if IPX not installed or not Listening -----------------
+	*/
+	if (!IPXStatus || !Listening)
+		return(0);
+
+	return(GlobalChannel->Queue->Num_Send());
+
+}	/* end of Global_Num_Send */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXManagerClass::Global_Num_Receive -- reports # entries in recv queue	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		# entries in the Global Receive Queue											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   01/25/1995 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int IPXManagerClass::Global_Num_Receive(void)
+{
+	/*
+	------------ Error if IPX not installed or not Listening -----------------
+	*/
+	if (!IPXStatus || !Listening)
+		return(0);
+
+	return(GlobalChannel->Queue->Num_Receive());
+
+}	/* end of Global_Num_Receive */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXManagerClass::Private_Num_Send -- reports # entries in send queue		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		# entries in the Private Send Queue												*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		1 = OK, 0 = error																		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   01/25/1995 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int IPXManagerClass::Private_Num_Send(int id)
+{
+	int i;
+	int maxnum;
+
+	/*
+	------------ Error if IPX not installed or not Listening -----------------
+	*/
+	if (!IPXStatus || !Listening || (NumConnections==0)) return(false);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	If connection ID specified, return that connection's # of packets
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (id != IPXConnClass::CONNECTION_NONE) {
+		i = Connection_Index(id);
+		if (i != IPXConnClass::CONNECTION_NONE) {
+			return(Connection[i]->Queue->Num_Send());
+		} else {
+			return(false);
+		}
+	} else {
+
+		/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Otherwise, return the max # of all connections
+		------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		maxnum = 0;
+		for (i = 0; i < NumConnections; i++) {
+			if (Connection[i]->Queue->Num_Send() > maxnum) {
+				maxnum = Connection[i]->Queue->Num_Send();
+			}
+		}
+		return(maxnum);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXManagerClass::Private_Num_Receive -- reports # entries in recv queue	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		id		ID of connection to query													*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		# entries in the Private Receive Queue											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   01/25/1995 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int IPXManagerClass::Private_Num_Receive(int id)
+{
+	int i;
+	int maxnum;
+
+	/*
+	------------ Error if IPX not installed or not Listening -----------------
+	*/
+	if (!IPXStatus || !Listening || (NumConnections==0))
+		return(0);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	If connection ID specified, return that connection's # of packets
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (id != IPXConnClass::CONNECTION_NONE) {
+		i = Connection_Index(id);
+		if (i != IPXConnClass::CONNECTION_NONE) {
+			return(Connection[i]->Queue->Num_Receive());
+		} else {
+			return(0);
+		}
+	} else {
+
+		/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Otherwise, return the max # of all connections
+		------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		maxnum = 0;
+		for (i = 0; i < NumConnections; i++) {
+			if (Connection[i]->Queue->Num_Receive() > maxnum)
+				maxnum = Connection[i]->Queue->Num_Receive();
+		}
+		return(maxnum);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXManagerClass::Set_Socket -- sets socket ID for all connections			*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		socket	new socket ID to use														*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		Do not call this function after communications have started; you		*
+ *		must call it before calling Init().												*
+ *		The socket number is byte-swapped, since IPX requires socket ID's		*
+ *		to be stored high/low.																*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   01/25/1995 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void IPXManagerClass::Set_Socket(unsigned short socket)
+{
+	Socket = (unsigned short)( (((unsigned long)socket & 0x00ff) << 8) |
+		(((unsigned long)socket & 0xff00) >> 8));
+
+}	/* end of Set_Socket */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXManagerClass::Response_Time -- Returns largest Avg Response Time     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		largest avg response time															*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/04/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+unsigned long IPXManagerClass::Response_Time(void)
+{
+	unsigned long resp;
+	unsigned long maxresp = 0;
+	int i;
+#ifdef VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+	int vss=0;
+
+	if (Winsock.Get_Connected()){
+		vss = (int) UseVirtualSubnetServer;
+	}
+
+	for (i = 0; i < NumConnections - vss; i++) {
+#else //VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+	for (i = 0; i < NumConnections; i++) {
+#endif	// VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+		resp = Connection[i]->Queue->Avg_Response_Time();
+		if (resp > maxresp)
+			maxresp = resp;
+	}
+
+	return(maxresp);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXManagerClass::Global_Response_Time -- Returns Avg Response Time      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		avg global channel response time													*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/04/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+unsigned long IPXManagerClass::Global_Response_Time(void)
+{
+	if (GlobalChannel) {
+		return (GlobalChannel->Queue->Avg_Response_Time());
+	} else {
+		return (0);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXManagerClass::Reset_Response_Time -- Reset response time					*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/04/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void IPXManagerClass::Reset_Response_Time(void)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < NumConnections; i++) {
+		Connection[i]->Queue->Reset_Response_Time();
+	}
+
+	if (GlobalChannel)
+		GlobalChannel->Queue->Reset_Response_Time();
+
+}	/* end of Reset_Response_Time */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXManagerClass::Oldest_Send -- gets ptr to oldest send buf             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		buf ptr																					*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/04/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void * IPXManagerClass::Oldest_Send(void)
+{
+	int i,j;
+	unsigned long time;
+	unsigned long mintime = 0xffffffff;
+	SendQueueType *send_entry;				// ptr to send entry header
+	CommHeaderType *packet;
+	void *buf = NULL;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < NumConnections; i++) {
+
+		send_entry = NULL;
+
+		for (j = 0; j < Connection[i]->Queue->Num_Send(); j++) {
+			send_entry = Connection[i]->Queue->Get_Send(j);
+			if (send_entry) {
+				packet = (CommHeaderType *)send_entry->Buffer;
+				if (packet->Code == ConnectionClass::PACKET_DATA_ACK && send_entry->IsACK == 0) {
+					break;
+				} else {
+					send_entry = NULL;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		if (send_entry!=NULL) {
+
+			time = send_entry->FirstTime;
+
+			if (time < mintime) {
+				mintime = time;
+				buf = send_entry->Buffer;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(buf);
+
+}	/* end of Oldest_Send */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXManagerClass::Set_Bridge -- prepares to cross a bridge               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This routine is designed to prevent the connection from having to			*
+ * call Get_Local_Target, except the minimum number of times, since that	*
+ * routine is buggy & goes away for long periods sometimes.						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		bridge		network number of the destination bridge						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   07/06/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void IPXManagerClass::Set_Bridge(NetNumType bridge)
+{
+	if (GlobalChannel) {
+		GlobalChannel->Set_Bridge(bridge);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXManagerClass::Configure_Debug -- sets up special debug values        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * Mono_Debug_Print2() can look into a packet to pull out a particular		*
+ * ID, and can print both that ID and a string corresponding to				*
+ * that ID.  This routine configures these values so it can find				*
+ * and decode the ID.  This ID is used in addition to the normal				*
+ * CommHeaderType values.																	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		index			connection index to configure (-1 = Global Channel)		*
+ *		offset		ID's byte offset into packet										*
+ *		size			size of ID, in bytes; 0 if none									*
+ *		names			ptr to array of names; use ID as an index into this		*
+ *		maxnames		max # in the names array; 0 if none.							*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		Names shouldn't be longer than 12 characters.								*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/31/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void IPXManagerClass::Configure_Debug(int index, int offset, int size,
+	char **names, int maxnames)
+{
+	if (index == -1) {
+		GlobalChannel->Queue->Configure_Debug (offset, size, names, maxnames);
+	} else {
+		if (Connection[index]) {
+			Connection[index]->Queue->Configure_Debug (offset, size, names, maxnames);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXManagerClass::Mono_Debug_Print -- debug output routine					*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		index			index of connection to display (-1 = Global Channel)		*
+ *		refresh		1 = complete screen refresh										*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		1 = OK, 0 = error																		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   01/25/1995 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void IPXManagerClass::Mono_Debug_Print(int index, int refresh)
+{
+#ifdef WWLIB32_H
+	char txt[80];
+	int i;
+
+	if (index == -1)
+		GlobalChannel->Queue->Mono_Debug_Print (refresh);
+	else if (Connection[index])
+		Connection[index]->Queue->Mono_Debug_Print (refresh);
+
+	if (refresh) {
+		Mono_Set_Cursor (20,1);
+		Mono_Printf ("IPX Queue:");
+
+		Mono_Set_Cursor (9,2);
+		Mono_Printf ("Average Response Time:");
+
+		Mono_Set_Cursor (43,1);
+		Mono_Printf ("Send Overflows:");
+
+		Mono_Set_Cursor (40,2);
+		Mono_Printf ("Receive Overflows:");
+
+	}
+
+	Mono_Set_Cursor (32,1);
+	Mono_Printf ("%d",index);
+
+	Mono_Set_Cursor (32,2);
+	if (index == -1) {
+		Mono_Printf ("%d  ", GlobalChannel->Queue->Avg_Response_Time());
+	} else {
+		Mono_Printf ("%d  ", Connection[index]->Queue->Avg_Response_Time());
+	}
+
+	Mono_Set_Cursor (59,1);
+	Mono_Printf ("%d  ", SendOverflows);
+
+	Mono_Set_Cursor (59,2);
+	Mono_Printf ("%d  ", ReceiveOverflows);
+
+	for (i = 0; i < NumBufs; i++) {
+		if (BufferFlags[i]) {
+			txt[i] = 'X';
+		} else {
+			txt[i] = '_';
+		}
+	}
+	txt[i] = 0;
+	Mono_Set_Cursor ((80-NumBufs)/2,3);
+	Mono_Printf ("%s",txt);
+
+#else
+	index = index;
+	refresh = refresh;
+#endif
+}	/* end of Mono_Debug_Print */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXManagerClass::Alloc_RealMode_Mem -- allocates real-mode memory			*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		1 = OK, 0 = error																		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int IPXManagerClass::Alloc_RealMode_Mem(void)
+{
+#ifdef NOT_FOR_WIN95
+	union REGS regs;
+	struct SREGS sregs;
+	int size;									// required size of allocation
+	unsigned char *realmode;				// start addresses of real-mode data
+	int realmodelen;							// length of real-mode data
+	unsigned long func_val;
+	char *p;										// for parsing buffer
+	int i;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Compute # of buffers we need to allocate, & the max size of each one
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	NumBufs = Glb_NumPackets + (Pvt_NumPackets * CONNECT_MAX);
+
+	PacketLen = Glb_MaxPacketLen + sizeof (GlobalHeaderType);
+	if (Pvt_MaxPacketLen + sizeof (CommHeaderType) > PacketLen)
+		PacketLen = Pvt_MaxPacketLen + sizeof (CommHeaderType);
+
+	FullPacketLen = PacketLen + sizeof(IPXHeaderType);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Compute the size of everything we'll ever need, allocate it in one big
+	chunk.  The memory is used as follows:
+	- Real-mode assembly IPX callback routine, plus its data,
+	  (which includes the ListenECB)
+	- Array of IPX Packet buffers (IPXHeader plus data buffer)
+	- SendECB: ECB for sending
+	- SendHeader: IPX Header for sending
+	- SendBuf: Packet buffer for sending
+	- BufferFlags: 1 byte for each incoming packet buffer; 1=in use, 0=free
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	realmode = (unsigned char *)Get_RM_IPX_Address();
+	realmodelen = Get_RM_IPX_Size();
+	size = realmodelen + 				// assembly routine & its data
+		(FullPacketLen * NumBufs) +	// array of packet buffers
+		sizeof(ECBType) +					// SendECB
+		FullPacketLen +					// SendHeader & SendBuf
+		NumBufs;								// BufferFlags
+	if (size > 65535)
+		return(false);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Allocate DOS memory for the ECB, IPXHeader & packet buffers:
+	AX = 0x100
+	BX = # paragraphs to allocate
+	- if Success, AX = real-mode segment, DX = selector
+	- if Failure, carry flag is set
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	memset (&regs, 0 ,sizeof(regs));
+	segread (&sregs);
+	regs.x.eax = DPMI_ALLOC_DOS_MEM;						// DPMI function to call
+	regs.x.ebx = ((size + 15) >> 4);						// # paragraphs to allocate
+	int386x (DPMI_INT, &regs, &regs, &sregs);			// allocate the memory
+	/*........................................................................
+	If the carry flag is set, DPMI is indicating an error.
+	........................................................................*/
+	if (regs.x.cflag) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Save the values of the returned segment & selector
+	........................................................................*/
+	Selector = regs.w.dx;
+	Segment = regs.w.ax;
+	RealMemSize = size;
+	RealModeData = (RealModeDataType *)(((long)Segment) << 4);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Lock the memory (since we're servicing interrupts with it)
+	AX = 0x600
+	BX:CX = starting linear address of memory to lock
+	SI:DI = size of region to lock (in bytes)
+	- If Failure, carry flag is set.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	memset (&regs, 0 ,sizeof(regs));
+	segread (&sregs);
+	regs.x.eax = DPMI_LOCK_MEM;							// DPMI function to call
+	regs.x.ebx = ((long)RealModeData & 0xffff0000) >> 16;
+	regs.x.ecx = ((long)RealModeData & 0x0000ffff);
+	regs.x.esi = ((long)RealMemSize & 0xffff0000) >> 16;
+	regs.x.edi = ((long)RealMemSize & 0x0000ffff);
+	int386x (DPMI_INT, &regs, &regs, &sregs);			// call DPMI
+	/*........................................................................
+	If the carry flag is set, DPMI is indicating an error.
+	........................................................................*/
+	if (regs.x.cflag) {
+		memset (&regs, 0 ,sizeof(regs));
+		segread (&sregs);
+		regs.x.eax = DPMI_FREE_DOS_MEM;						// DPMI function to call
+		regs.x.edx = Selector;									// ptr to free
+		int386x (DPMI_INT, &regs, &regs, &sregs);			// free the memory
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Copy the Real-mode code into our memory buffer
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	p = (char *)(((long)Segment) << 4);
+	memcpy (p,realmode,realmodelen);
+	p += realmodelen;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Compute & save the entry point for the real-mode packet handler
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	func_val = (unsigned long)RealModeData;
+	Handler = (((func_val & 0xffff0) << 12) |
+		((func_val & 0x000f) + RealModeData->FuncOffset));
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Fill in buffer pointers
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	ListenECB = &(RealModeData->ListenECB);
+
+	FirstHeaderBuf = (IPXHeaderType *)p;
+	FirstDataBuf = (((char *)FirstHeaderBuf) + sizeof(IPXHeaderType));
+	CurIndex = 0;
+	CurHeaderBuf = FirstHeaderBuf;
+	CurDataBuf = FirstDataBuf;
+	p += FullPacketLen * NumBufs;
+
+	SendECB = (ECBType *)p;
+	p += sizeof (ECBType);
+
+	SendHeader = (IPXHeaderType *)p;
+	p += sizeof (IPXHeaderType);
+
+	SendBuf = (char *)p;
+	p += PacketLen;
+
+	BufferFlags = (char *)p;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Fill in the real-mode routine's data (The ECB will be filled in when we
+	command IPX to Listen).
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	RealModeData->NumBufs = (short)NumBufs;
+	RealModeData->BufferFlags = (char *)
+		((((long)BufferFlags & 0xffff0) << 12) |
+		((long)BufferFlags & 0x0000f));
+	RealModeData->PacketSize = (short)FullPacketLen;
+	RealModeData->FirstPacketBuf = (IPXHeaderType *)
+		((((long)FirstHeaderBuf & 0xffff0) << 12) |
+		((long)FirstHeaderBuf & 0x0000f));
+	RealModeData->CurIndex = 0;
+	RealModeData->CurPacketBuf = RealModeData->FirstPacketBuf;
+	RealModeData->Semaphore = 0;
+	RealModeData->ReEntrantCount = 0;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Init state of all buffers to empty
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	for (i = 0; i < NumBufs; i++)
+		BufferFlags[i] = 0;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Check the start & end markers in the real-mode memory area
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (RealModeData->Marker1 != 0x1111 ||
+		RealModeData->Marker2 != 0x2222) {
+		Free_RealMode_Mem();
+		return(false);
+	} else {
+		return(true);
+	}
+#else	//NOT_FOR_WIN95
+
+	return (TRUE);
+
+#endif	//NOT_FOR_WIN95
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IPXManagerClass::Free_RealMode_Mem -- frees real-mode memory				*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		1 = OK, 0 = error																		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int IPXManagerClass::Free_RealMode_Mem(void)
+{
+#ifdef NOT_FOR_WIN95
+	union REGS regs;
+	struct SREGS sregs;
+	int rc = 1;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Unlock the memory
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	memset (&regs, 0 ,sizeof(regs));
+	segread (&sregs);
+	regs.x.eax = DPMI_UNLOCK_MEM;							// DPMI function to call
+	regs.x.ebx = ((long)RealModeData & 0xffff0000) >> 16;
+	regs.x.ecx = ((long)RealModeData & 0x0000ffff);
+	regs.x.esi = ((long)RealMemSize & 0xffff0000) >> 16;
+	regs.x.edi = ((long)RealMemSize & 0x0000ffff);
+	int386x (DPMI_INT, &regs, &regs, &sregs);			// call DPMI
+	/*........................................................................
+	If the carry flag is set, DPMI is indicating an error.
+	........................................................................*/
+	if (regs.x.cflag) {
+		rc = 0;
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Free DOS memory
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	memset (&regs, 0 ,sizeof(regs));
+	segread (&sregs);
+	regs.x.eax = DPMI_FREE_DOS_MEM;						// DPMI function to call
+	regs.x.edx = Selector;									// ptr to free
+	int386x (DPMI_INT, &regs, &regs, &sregs);			// free the memory
+
+	return(rc);
+
+#else	// NOT_FOR_WIN95
+
+	return (1);
+
+#endif	// NOT_FOR_WIN95
+}	/* end of Free_RealMode_Mem */
+
+
diff --git a/IPXMGR.H b/IPXMGR.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87305e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/IPXMGR.H
@@ -0,0 +1,395 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\ipxmgr.h_v   1.10   16 Oct 1995 16:47:34   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D    S T U D I O S        **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : IPXMGR.H                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Bill Randolph                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : December 19, 1994                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : April 3, 1995   [BR]                 		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This is the Connection Manager for IPX network communications.  It		*
+ * creates, manages, & orchestrates multiple IPX connections, as well as	*
+ * the "global" connection ("Global Channel"), which can talk to any 		*
+ * system on the net.																		*
+ *																									*
+ * Use the Global Channel to query systems for their names, ID's, &			*
+ * IPX addresses.  Then, create a Private Connection with each system		*
+ * that joins your game, and use the Private Channel to send game packets	*
+ * (the private channel will perform somewhat faster, & gives you better	*
+ * control than the Global Channel; it can detect retries, and the Global	*
+ * Channel can't).																			*
+ * 																								*
+ * HOW THIS CLASS WORKS:																	*
+ * This class has to set up an IPX Event Service Routine in low (DOS)		*
+ * memory.  So, it uses DPMI to allocate & lock a chunk of DOS memory;		*
+ * this memory is used for all incoming packet buffers, the outgoing			*
+ * packet buffer, and the actual code for the event handler.  The real-		*
+ * mode handler code & this class share a portion of memory that's mapped	*
+ * into a "RealModeDataType" structure.  As packets come in, the handler	*
+ * points IPX to the next available packet buffer & restarts listening;		*
+ * it sets a flag to tell this class that a packet is present at that		*
+ * buffer slot.  This class must read all the packets & determine which		*
+ * connection they go with (the Global Channel, or one of the Private		*
+ * Channels).  This parsing is done in the Service routine for this class.	*
+ * 																								*
+ * Constructor:	Just inits some variables, checks to see if IPX is there	*
+ * Destructor:		Complete shutdown; stops IPX listening, frees all memory	*
+ * Init:				Should only be called once (but can be called more); 		*
+ * 					allocates all memory, creates the Global Channel			*
+ * 					connection, starts IPX listening.  By not placing this 	*
+ * 					step in the constructor, the app can control when 			*
+ * 					listening actually starts; also, you don't get a bunch	*
+ *						of allocations just by declaring an IPXManagerClass		*
+ *						instance.  You have to call Init() for the allocations	*
+ *						to occur.																*
+ * Connection utilities: Create & manage Private Connections.  Each 			*
+ *						connection has its own IPX address, numerical ID, and		*
+ *						character name (presumably the name of the other			*
+ *						player).																	*
+ * Send/Get_Global_Message: adds a packet to the Global Connection queue,	*
+ *						or reads from the queue.  The caller should check the		*
+ *						ProductID value from returned packets to be sure it's		*
+ *						talking to the right product.										*
+ * Send/Get_Private_Message: adds a packet to a Private Connection queue,	*
+ *						or reads from the queue												*
+ * Service:			Checks the Real-Mode-Memory packet array to see if any	*
+ *						new packets have come in; if they have, it parses them	*
+ *						& distributes them to the right connection queue.  The	*
+ *						queue's Service routine handles ACK'ing or Resending		*
+ *						packets.																	*
+ *																									*
+ *	Here's a memory map of the Real-Mode memory block.  'N' is the number	*
+ * of packet buffers allocated in low memory:										*
+ *																									*
+ *						----------------------------------								*
+ *						|       Shared-memory data       |								*
+ *						|--------------------------------|								*
+ *						|  Real-mode event handler code  |								*
+ *						|--------------------------------|								*
+ *						|  IPX Header & Packet Buffer 0  |								*
+ *						|--------------------------------|								*
+ *						|  IPX Header & Packet Buffer 1  |								*
+ *						|--------------------------------|								*
+ *						|  IPX Header & Packet Buffer 2  |								*
+ *						|--------------------------------|								*
+ *						|             . . .              |								*
+ *						|--------------------------------|								*
+ *						|  IPX Header & Packet Buffer N  |								*
+ *						|--------------------------------|								*
+ *						|    Send Event Control Block    |								*
+ *						|--------------------------------|								*
+ *						|         Send IPX Header        |								*
+ *						|--------------------------------|								*
+ *						|       Send Packet Buffer       |								*
+ *						|--------------------------------|								*
+ *						|        Flags Array [N]         |								*
+ *						----------------------------------								*
+ *																									*
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef IPXMANAGER_H
+#define IPXMANAGER_H
+
+
+/*
+********************************* Includes **********************************
+*/
+#include "ipxconn.h"
+#include "ipxgconn.h"
+#include "ipxaddr.h"
+#include "connmgr.h"
+
+/*
+********************************** Defines **********************************
+*/
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+This is Virgin Interactive Entertainment's registered socket ID.
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#define	VIRGIN_SOCKET		0x8813
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+This is the maximum number of IPX connections supported.  Just change this
+value to support more.
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#define	CONNECT_MAX			6
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+These routines report the location & length of the real-mode routine, as
+it's stored in protected-mode memory.
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+extern "C" {
+	void *Get_RM_IPX_Address(void);
+	long Get_RM_IPX_Size(void);
+}
+
+/*
+***************************** Class Declaration *****************************
+*/
+class IPXManagerClass : public ConnManClass
+{
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Public Interface ----------------------------
+	*/
+	public:
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Constructor/destructor.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		IPXManagerClass (int glb_maxlen, int pvt_maxlen, int glb_num_packets,
+			int pvt_num_packets, unsigned short socket, unsigned short product_id);
+		virtual ~IPXManagerClass ();	// stop listening
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Initialization routines.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		int Init (void);
+		int Is_IPX(void);
+		virtual void Set_Timing (unsigned long retrydelta, unsigned long maxretries,
+			unsigned long timeout);
+		void Set_Bridge(NetNumType bridge);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		These routines control creation of the "Connections" (data queues) for
+		each remote system.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		bool Create_Connection(int id, char *name, IPXAddressClass *address);
+		bool Delete_Connection(int id);
+		virtual int Num_Connections(void);
+		virtual int Connection_ID(int index);
+		char *Connection_Name(int id);
+		IPXAddressClass * Connection_Address(int id);
+		virtual int Connection_Index(int id);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		This is how the application sends & receives messages.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		int Send_Global_Message (void *buf, int buflen, int ack_req = 0,
+			IPXAddressClass *address = NULL);
+		int Get_Global_Message (void *buf, int *buflen, IPXAddressClass *address,
+			unsigned short *product_id);
+
+		virtual int Send_Private_Message (void *buf, int buflen,
+			int ack_req = 1, int conn_id = CONNECTION_NONE);
+		virtual int Get_Private_Message (void *buf, int *buflen, int *conn_id);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		The main polling routine; should be called as often as possible.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		virtual int Service (void);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		This routine reports which connection has an error on it.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		int Get_Bad_Connection(void);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Queue utility routines.  The application can determine how many
+		messages are in the send/receive queues.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		virtual int Global_Num_Send(void);
+		virtual int Global_Num_Receive(void);
+		virtual int Private_Num_Send(int id = CONNECTION_NONE);
+		virtual int Private_Num_Receive(int id = CONNECTION_NONE);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		This routine changes the socket ID assigned the IPX Manager when it
+		was constructed.  Do not call this function after calling Init()!
+		The Socket ID should be known by both ends of the communications before
+		any packets are sent.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		void Set_Socket(unsigned short socket);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Routines to return the largest average queue response time, and to
+		reset the response time for all queues.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		virtual unsigned long Response_Time(void);
+		unsigned long Global_Response_Time(void);
+		virtual void Reset_Response_Time(void);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		This routine returns a pointer to the oldest non-ACK'd buffer I've sent.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		void * Oldest_Send(void);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Debug routines
+		.....................................................................*/
+		virtual void Configure_Debug(int index, int offset, int size,
+			char **names, int maxnames);
+		virtual void Mono_Debug_Print(int index, int refresh = 0);
+
+	/*
+	--------------------------- Private Interface ----------------------------
+	*/
+	private:
+		/*.....................................................................
+		These routines allocate & free the DOS Real-mode memory block.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		int Alloc_RealMode_Mem(void);
+		int Free_RealMode_Mem(void);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Misc variables
+		.....................................................................*/
+		unsigned int IPXStatus : 1;		// 0 = no IPX, 1 = IPX found
+		unsigned int Listening : 1;		// 1 = Listening is on
+		unsigned int RealMemAllocd : 1;	// 1 = Real-mode memory has been alloc'd
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Packet Sizes, used for allocating real-mode memory
+		.....................................................................*/
+		int Glb_MaxPacketLen;				// Global Channel maximum packet size
+		int Glb_NumPackets;					// # Global send/receive packets
+		int Pvt_MaxPacketLen;				// Private Channel maximum packet size
+		int Pvt_NumPackets;					// # Private send/receive packets
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		The ProductID is used in the Global Channel's packet header, and it's
+		used for the Private Channels' Magic Number.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		unsigned short ProductID;			// product ID
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		The Socket ID, and local Novell Connection Number
+		.....................................................................*/
+		unsigned short Socket;				// Our socket ID for sending/receiving
+		int ConnectionNum;					// local connection #, 0=not logged in
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Array of connection queues
+		.....................................................................*/
+		IPXConnClass * Connection[CONNECT_MAX];			// array of connection object ptrs
+		int NumConnections;						// # connection objects in use
+		IPXGlobalConnClass *GlobalChannel;	// the Global Channel
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Current queue for polling for received packets
+		.....................................................................*/
+		int CurConnection;
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Timing parameters for all connections
+		.....................................................................*/
+		unsigned long RetryDelta;
+		unsigned long MaxRetries;
+		unsigned long Timeout;
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Real-mode memory pointers and such
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		/*.....................................................................
+		This is a structure that mirrors data in real-mode memory:
+		.....................................................................*/
+		typedef struct {
+			short Marker1;							// the byte ID marker
+			ECBType ListenECB;					// the Listening ECB
+			short NumBufs;							// # of buffers we're giving to the handler
+			char *BufferFlags;					// array of buffer-avail flags
+			short PacketSize;						// size of packet including IPX header
+			IPXHeaderType *FirstPacketBuf;	// ptr to 1st packet buffer
+			short CurIndex;						// handler's current packet index
+			IPXHeaderType *CurPacketBuf;		// handler's current packet buf
+			short FuncOffset;						// contains offset of code
+			char Semaphore;						// prevents re-entrancy
+			short ReEntrantCount;				// times we've been called re-entrantly
+			short StackPtr;						// real-mode stack pointer
+			short StackSeg;						// real-mode stack segment
+			short StackPtr_int;					// internal stack pointer
+			short StackSeg_int;					// internal stack segment
+			short StackCheck;						// stack check value (0x1234)
+			short Stack[256];						// actual stack space
+			short StackSpace;						// label for top of stack
+			short Marker2;							// the byte ID marker
+		} RealModeDataType;
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		The number & size of packet buffers in low memory
+		.....................................................................*/
+		int NumBufs;								// # packet buffers allocated
+		int PacketLen;								// size of packet without IPX header
+		int FullPacketLen;						// size of packet including IPX header
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Selector & Segment of the DOS allocation;
+		Size of the allocation;
+		Ptr to the real-mode assembly data area
+		.....................................................................*/
+		unsigned short Selector;				// selector of DOS allocation pointer
+		unsigned short Segment;					// real-mode segment of DOS allocation
+		int RealMemSize;							// size of real mode memory allocated
+		RealModeDataType *RealModeData;		// assembly routine & its data
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		This is a real-mode pointer to the address of the real-mode assembly
+		entry point.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		long Handler;
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Event Control Block for listening; contained within the real-mode
+		assembly routine's data area
+		.....................................................................*/
+		ECBType *ListenECB;						// ECB for listening
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		ptr to the 1st header & data buffers in the packet buffer array
+		.....................................................................*/
+		IPXHeaderType *FirstHeaderBuf;		// array of packet headers & buffers
+		char *FirstDataBuf;						// 1st data buffer area
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Current packet index & ptrs for parsing packets
+		.....................................................................*/
+		int CurIndex;								// Current packet index, for reading
+		IPXHeaderType *CurHeaderBuf;			// Current packet ptr, for reading
+		char *CurDataBuf;							// Current actual data ptr
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		ECB, header, & buffer for sending
+		.....................................................................*/
+		ECBType *SendECB;							// ECB for sending
+		IPXHeaderType *SendHeader;				// Header for sending
+		char *SendBuf;								// buffer for sending
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Flags indicating whether a buffer contains data or not (1 = full)
+		The IPXManager must clear this flag; the real-mode routine will set it.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		char *BufferFlags;						// array of rx-buffer-avail flags
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Various Statistics
+		.....................................................................*/
+		int SendOverflows;
+		int ReceiveOverflows;
+		int BadConnection;
+};
+
+#endif
+/*************************** end of ipxmgr.h *******************************/
diff --git a/IPXPROT.ASM b/IPXPROT.ASM
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8ec1156
--- /dev/null
+++ b/IPXPROT.ASM
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+;
+;	Command & Conquer(tm)
+;	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+;
+;	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+;	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+;	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+;	(at your option) any later version.
+;
+;	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+;	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+;	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+;	GNU General Public License for more details.
+;
+;	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+;	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+;
+
+
+;!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! lock the allocation
+
+;***************************************************************************
+;**   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D    S T U D I O S        **
+;***************************************************************************
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                 Project Name : VQLIB                                    *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                    File Name : HANDLER.ASM                              *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                   Programmer : Bill Randolph                            *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                   Start Date : April 7, 1995                            *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                  Last Update : April 7, 1995   [BRR]                    *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+;* Functions:                                                              *
+;*   IPXHandler -- callback routine for IPX                                *
+;* - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - *
+;********************* Model & Processor Directives ************************
+IDEAL
+P386
+MODEL USE32 FLAT
+LOCALS ??
+
+
+;******************************** Includes *********************************
+
+
+;******************************** Defines ***********************************
+
+
+;****************************** Declarations ********************************
+global C	 Get_RM_IPX_Address:NEAR
+global C	 Get_RM_IPX_Size:NEAR
+
+;********************************* Data ************************************
+	DATASEG
+
+LABEL 	RealBinStart	BYTE
+include "obj\ipxreal.ibn"
+LABEL	RealBinEnd	BYTE
+
+;********************************* Data ************************************
+	CODESEG
+
+;***************************************************************************
+;* Get_RM_IPX_Address -- Return address of real mode code for copy.        *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* INPUT:								   *
+;*	none                                                               *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* OUTPUT:      							   *
+;*	VOID * to the address of the real mode IPX code			   *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* PROTO:								   *
+;*	VOID	*Get_RM_IPX_Address(VOID);			           *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* HISTORY:                                                                *
+;*   07/06/1994 SKB : Created.                                             *
+;*=========================================================================*
+	PROC	Get_RM_IPX_Address C Near
+
+	mov	eax, OFFSET RealBinStart
+	ret
+
+	ENDP
+
+;***************************************************************************
+;* Get_RM_IPX_Size -- return size of real mode IPX code.                   *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* INPUT:					   			   *
+;*	none                                                               *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* OUTPUT:      				   			   *
+;*	LONG size of the real mode IPX code                                *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* PROTO:					   			   *
+;*	LONG	Get_RM_IPX_Size(VOID);				   	   *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* HISTORY:                                                                *
+;*   07/06/1994 SKB : Created.                                             *
+;*=========================================================================*
+	PROC	Get_RM_IPX_Size C Near
+
+	mov	eax, OFFSET RealBinEnd - OFFSET RealBinStart
+	ret
+
+	ENDP
+
+	END
+
+;************************** End of handler.asm *****************************
diff --git a/IPXREAL.ASM b/IPXREAL.ASM
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..10bb56b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/IPXREAL.ASM
@@ -0,0 +1,319 @@
+;
+;	Command & Conquer(tm)
+;	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+;
+;	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+;	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+;	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+;	(at your option) any later version.
+;
+;	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+;	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+;	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+;	GNU General Public License for more details.
+;
+;	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+;	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+;
+
+;***************************************************************************
+;**   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D    S T U D I O S        **
+;***************************************************************************
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                 Project Name : VQLIB                                    *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                    File Name : HANDLER.ASM                              *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                   Programmer : Bill Randolph                            *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                   Start Date : April 7, 1995                            *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                  Last Update : April 7, 1995   [BRR]                    *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+;* Functions:                                                              *
+;*   IPXHandler -- callback routine for IPX                                *
+;* - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - *
+;********************* Model & Processor Directives ************************
+IDEAL
+MODEL LARGE
+P386N
+LOCALS ??
+
+
+;******************************** Includes *********************************
+
+
+;******************************** Defines ***********************************
+
+
+;****************************** Declarations ********************************
+global C	IPXHandler:FAR
+
+
+;********************************* Code ************************************
+	CODESEG
+
+
+;---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; The markers let the application verify that it's mapping this memory
+; correctly.
+;---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Marker1			DW 1111h	; placeholder to find data start
+
+;---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; This is the IPX Event Control Block:
+;---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ECB_LinkAddress		DD ?
+ECB_EventServiceRoutine	DD ?		; Event Handler ptr
+ECB_InUse		DB ?		; 0 = event is complete
+ECB_CompletionCode	DB ?		; 0 = OK, IPX error otherwise
+ECB_SocketNumber	DW ?		; socket to listen/send on
+ECB_ConnectionID	DW ?
+ECB_RestOfWorkspace	DW ?
+ECB_DriverWorkSpace	DB 12 DUP (?)
+ECB_ImmediateAddress	DB 6 DUP (?)	; bridge address
+ECB_PacketCount		DW ?		; # data areas (2)
+ECB_HeaderAddress	DD ?		; ptr to IPX header buffer
+ECB_HeaderLength	DW ?		; length of IPX header buffer
+ECB_PacketAddress	DD ? 		; ptr to packet buffer
+ECB_PacketLength	DW ?		; length of packet buffer
+
+;---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; The rest of the variables are for telling IPX which buffer to store the
+; next incoming packet in.  They must be initialized by the application.
+;---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+NumBufs		DW 0			; # buffers provided by app
+BufferFlags	DD 0			; array of in-use flags (1 = in use)
+PacketSize	DW 0			; total size of 1 buf (incl IPX hdr)
+FirstPacketBuf	DD 0			; ptr to 1st packet buffer
+CurIndex	DW 0			; current packet/flag index
+CurPacketBuf	DD 0			; ptr to current packet buf
+FuncOffset	DW StartLabel		; offset of our routine
+
+;---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; These values are for preventing re-entrancy; they're currently not used.
+;---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Semaphore	DB 0			; prevents re-entrancy
+ReEntrantCount	DW 0			; times we've been called re-entrantly
+
+;---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; Local stack space
+;---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+StackPtr	DW 0			; saved copy of stack ptr
+StackSeg	DW 0			; saved copy of stack seg
+StackPtr_int	DW 0			; our internal stack ptr
+StackSeg_int	DW 0			; our internal stack seg
+StackCheck	DW 1234h		; check for stack overflow
+		DW 256 DUP (0)		; stack storage space
+StackSpace	DW 0			; label for our stack space
+
+;---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; These bytes mark the end of the real-mode data area
+;---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Marker2		DW 2222h		; placeholder to find data end
+
+
+;***************************************************************************
+;* IPXHandler -- IPX callback routine					   *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* This routine is assembled as a stand-alone executable, then loaded      *
+;* into low DOS memory by a protected-mode application.                    *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* INPUT:                                                                  *
+;*	none.								   *
+;*									   *
+;* OUTPUT: 			                                           *
+;*	none.								   *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* WARNINGS:                                                               *
+;*	none.								   *
+;* 									   *
+;* HISTORY:                                                                *
+;*   04/07/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+;*=========================================================================*
+	label StartLabel
+	PROC	IPXHandler C FAR USES
+
+	;...................................................................
+	; Turn off interrupts; make sure memory copies go forward
+	;...................................................................
+	pushf
+	cli
+	cld
+
+	;...................................................................
+	; Set up segment registers to point DS to CS
+	;...................................................................
+	push	ds
+	push	ax
+	mov	ax,cs
+	mov	ds,ax
+
+	;...................................................................
+	; Set up our local stack; save SS & SP first.
+	;...................................................................
+	mov	[StackSeg],ss
+	mov	[StackPtr],sp
+	mov	[StackPtr_int], OFFSET StackSpace
+	mov	[StackSeg_int], SEG StackSpace
+	lss	sp, [DWORD PTR StackPtr_int]
+
+
+	;...................................................................
+	; Save all registers
+	;...................................................................
+	pushad
+	push	es
+
+	;...................................................................
+	; If we've been called re-entrantly, just exit
+	;...................................................................
+	cmp	[Semaphore],0
+	jz	??Start_Handler
+	add	[ReEntrantCount],1
+	jmp	??Exit_Handler
+
+??Start_Handler:
+	;...................................................................
+	; Set our semaphore
+	;...................................................................
+	mov	[Semaphore],1
+
+	;-------------------------------------------------------------------
+	; Set 'CurIndex' to the index of the next-available receive buffer,
+	; and 'CurPacketBuf to the next-available packet buffer
+	;-------------------------------------------------------------------
+	;...................................................................
+	; Get 'CurIndex' & increment it.  Wrap to 0 if we reach 'NumBufs'
+	; Since I'm treating 'CurPacketBuf' as a long integer (and not as
+	; a segment:offset), the entire data area can't be larger than 64K.
+	;...................................................................
+	mov	dx,[CurIndex]		; DX = CurIndex
+	mov	eax,[CurPacketBuf]	; EAX = current packet buffer addr
+	inc	dx			; DX = next index
+	add	ax,[PacketSize]		; EAX = next buffer ptr
+	cmp	dx,[NumBufs]		; see if DX is past # buffers
+	jb	??Get_Flag
+	mov	dx,0			; wrap to 1st index
+	mov	eax,[FirstPacketBuf]	; wrap to 1st packet buffer
+
+??Get_Flag:
+	;...................................................................
+	; Get the next buffer-in-use flag; if it's 0, load [CurIndex] with
+	; the value of SI (the next index).  If it's 1, skip the updating of
+	; the index, flag & buffer ptr.
+	; DX = new CurIndex
+	; EAX = new CurPacketBuf
+	;...................................................................
+	les	di,[BufferFlags]	; ES:DI = BufferFlags address
+	mov	bx,di			; BX = DI + new CurIndex
+	add	bx,dx
+
+	cmp	[BYTE PTR es:bx],0	; compare next flag to 0 (avail)
+	jne	??Set_ECB		; if not avail, skip setting new values
+
+	;...................................................................
+	; The next buffer is available; so, set this buffer's In-Use flag
+	; to 1, and move on to the next buffer.  Do not set this buffer's
+	; flag to 1 until we move on to the next buffer, to prevent the
+	; application from reading the currently-in-use packet buffer.
+	; DX = new CurIndex
+	; EAX = new CurPacketBuf
+	; ES:DI = BufferFlags address
+	;...................................................................
+	mov	bx,di			; BX = DI + old CurIndex
+	add	bx,[CurIndex]
+	mov	[BYTE PTR es:bx],1	; set old BufferFlags value to in-use
+
+	mov	[CurIndex],dx		; save new index
+	mov	[CurPacketBuf],eax	; save new packet address
+
+	;-------------------------------------------------------------------
+	; Set up the Event Control Block to tell IPX to start listening.
+	; The following entries are filled in by the app, and should be left
+	; alone:
+	; - EventServiceRoutine
+	; - SocketNumber
+	; The rest should be re-initialized.  Note that EBX is now pointing
+	; to an unavailable buffer if the next buffer was already in use;
+	; so it must be reloaded with the correct buffer address from
+	; [CurPacketBuf].
+	;-------------------------------------------------------------------
+??Set_ECB:
+	mov	[ECB_LinkAddress],0		; default
+	mov	[ECB_InUse],0			; default
+	mov	[ECB_CompletionCode],0		; default
+	mov	[ECB_ConnectionID],0		; default
+	mov	[ECB_RestOfWorkspace],0		; default
+	mov	[ECB_DriverWorkSpace],0		; default
+	mov	[ECB_ImmediateAddress],0	; default
+	mov	[ECB_PacketCount],2		; use 2 data areas
+	mov	ebx,[CurPacketBuf]		; get current buffer address
+	mov	[ECB_HeaderAddress],ebx		; set header address
+	mov	[ECB_HeaderLength],30		; size of IPX header
+	add	ebx,30				; point to past the header
+	mov	[ECB_PacketAddress],ebx		; set packet data address
+	mov	ax,[PacketSize]			; get size of one buffer
+	sub	ax,30				; remove size of IPX header
+	mov	[ECB_PacketLength],ax		; set size of packet data
+
+	;-------------------------------------------------------------------
+	; Clear the IPX header for this packet
+	;-------------------------------------------------------------------
+	les	di,[ECB_HeaderAddress]		; ES:DI = IPX Listen Header
+	mov	cx,30				; (30 bytes = size of header)
+	mov	al,0
+	rep	stosb				; clear to 0's
+
+	;-------------------------------------------------------------------
+	; Command IPX to start listening again.
+	;-------------------------------------------------------------------
+	mov	bx,4				; IPX code for Listen
+	mov	ax,ds				; ES = segment of ListenECB
+	mov	es,ax
+	mov	ax,OFFSET ECB_LinkAddress
+	mov	si,ax				; ES:SI = address of ECB
+	int	07ah				; call IPX interrupt
+
+	;...................................................................
+	; Clear our semaphore
+	;...................................................................
+	mov	[Semaphore],0
+
+??Exit_Handler:
+	;...................................................................
+	; Pop values from our local stack
+	;...................................................................
+	pop	es
+	popad
+
+	;...................................................................
+	; Check our stack-check value; if the stack has overflowed, generate
+	; a debugger break.
+	;...................................................................
+	cmp	[StackCheck],1234h
+	je	??Restore_Stack
+	int	3
+
+	;...................................................................
+	; Restore the stack to its previous value
+	;...................................................................
+??Restore_Stack:
+	lss	sp, [DWORD PTR StackPtr]
+
+	;...................................................................
+	; Pop the rest of the registers
+	;...................................................................
+	pop	ax
+	pop	ds
+
+	popf
+
+	ret
+
+ENDP		IPXHandler
+
+END
+
+;************************** End of handler.asm *****************************
diff --git a/JAP.BAT b/JAP.BAT
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0700cef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/JAP.BAT
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+@echo off
+pushd
+cd ..\run
+conquer -CDf:\projects\c&c\cdjapan\cd1;f:\projects\c&c\cdjapan\cd1\install %1 %2 %3 %4 %5
+popd
diff --git a/JSHELL.CPP b/JSHELL.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..91cdb0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/JSHELL.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,429 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\jshell.cpv   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:51:12   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               *** 
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : JSHELL.CPP                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : April 2, 1994                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : May 11, 1995 [JLB]                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   Build_Translucent_Table -- Creates a translucent control table.                           *
+ *   Translucent_Table_Size -- Determines the size of a translucent table.                     *
+ *   Conquer_Build_Translucent_Table -- Builds fading table for shadow colors only.            *
+ *   Load_Alloc_Data -- Allocates a buffer and loads the file into it.                         *
+ *   Load_Uncompress -- Loads and uncompresses data to a buffer.                               *
+ *   Fatal -- General purpose fatal error handler.                                             *
+ *   Set_Window -- Sets the window dimensions to that specified.                               * 
+ *   Small_Icon -- Create a small icon from a big one.                                         * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+#include	"wwfile.h"
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * Small_Icon -- Create a small icon from a big one.                                           * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This routine will extract the specified icon from the icon data file and convert that    * 
+ *    incon into a small (3x3) representation. Typicall use of this mini-icon is for the radar * 
+ *    map.                                                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   iconptr  -- Pointer to the icon data file.                                         * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *          iconnum  -- The embedded icon number to convert into a small image.                * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the small icon imagery. This is exactly 9 bytes long.    * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   05/11/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void * Small_Icon(void const * iconptr, int iconnum)
+{
+	static unsigned char _icon[9];
+	IControl_Type const * iptr = (IControl_Type const *)iconptr;
+	unsigned char * data;
+
+	if (iconptr) {
+		iconnum = iptr->Map[iconnum];
+		data = &iptr->Icons[iconnum*(24*24)];
+
+		for (int index = 0; index < 9; index++) {
+			int _offsets[9] = {
+				4+4*24,
+				12+4*24,
+				20+4*24,
+				4+12*24,
+				12+12*24,
+				20+12*24,
+				4+20*24,
+				12+20*24,
+				20+20*24
+			};
+			_icon[index] = data[_offsets[index]];
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(_icon);
+}	
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * Set_Window -- Sets the window dimensions to that specified.                                 * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    Use this routine to set the windows dimensions to the coordinates and dimensions         * 
+ *    specified.                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   x     -- Window X pixel position.                                                  * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *          y     -- Window Y pixel position.                                                  * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *          w     -- Window width in pixels.                                                   * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *          h     -- Window height in pixels.                                                  * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   The X and width values are truncated to an even 8 pixel boundary. This is       * 
+ *             the same as stripping off the lower 3 bits.                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   01/15/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void Set_Window(int window, int x, int y, int w, int h)
+{
+	WindowList[window][WINDOWWIDTH] = w >> 3; 
+	WindowList[window][WINDOWHEIGHT] = h;
+	WindowList[window][WINDOWX] = x >> 3;
+	WindowList[window][WINDOWY] = y;
+}	
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Fatal -- General purpose fatal error handler.                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is a very simple general purpose fatal error handler. It goes directly to text      *
+ *    mode, prints the error, and then aborts with a failure code.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   message  -- The text message to display.                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          ...      -- Any optional parameters that are used in formatting the message.       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   This routine never returns. The game exits immediately.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/17/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void Fatal(char const *message, ...)
+{
+	va_list	va;
+
+	va_start(va, message);
+	Prog_End();
+	vfprintf(stderr, message, va);
+	Mono_Printf(message);
+	exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+void File_Fatal(char const *message)
+{
+	Prog_End();
+	perror(message);
+	exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Load_Uncompress -- Loads and uncompresses data to a buffer.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the C++ counterpart to the Load_Uncompress function. It will load the file       *
+ *    specified into the graphic buffer indicated and uncompress it.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   file     -- The file to load and uncompress.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          uncomp_buff -- The graphic buffer that initial loading will use.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          dest_buff   -- The buffer that will hold the uncompressed data.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          reserved_data  -- This is an optional pointer to a buffer that will hold any       *
+ *                            reserved data the compressed file may contain. This is           *
+ *                            typically a palette.                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the size of the uncompressed data in the destination buffer.          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/17/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+long Load_Uncompress(FileClass &file, BuffType &uncomp_buff, BuffType &dest_buff, void *reserved_data)
+{
+	unsigned short	size;
+	void	*sptr = uncomp_buff.Get_Buffer();
+	void	*dptr = dest_buff.Get_Buffer();
+	int	opened = false;
+	CompHeaderType	header;
+
+	/*
+	**	The file must be opened in order to be read from. If the file 
+	**	isn't opened, then open it. Record this fact so that it can be
+	**	restored to its closed state at the end.
+	*/
+	if (!file.Is_Open()) {
+		if (!file.Open()) {
+			return(0);
+		}
+		opened = true;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Read in the size of the file (supposedly).
+	*/
+	file.Read(&size, sizeof(size));
+
+	/*
+	**	Read in the header block. This block contains the compression type
+	**	and skip data (among other things).
+	*/
+	file.Read(&header, sizeof(header));
+	size -= sizeof(header);
+
+	/*
+	**	If there are skip bytes then they must be processed. Either read
+	**	them into the buffer provided or skip past them. No check is made
+	**	to ensure that the reserved data buffer is big enough (watch out!).
+	*/
+	if (header.Skip) {
+		size -= header.Skip;
+		if (reserved_data) {
+			file.Read(reserved_data, header.Skip);
+		} else {
+			file.Seek(header.Skip, SEEK_CUR);
+		}
+		header.Skip = 0;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Determine where is the proper place to load the data. If both buffers
+	**	specified are identical, then the data should be loaded at the end of
+	**	the buffer and decompressed at the beginning.
+	*/
+	if (uncomp_buff.Get_Buffer() == dest_buff.Get_Buffer()) {
+		sptr = Add_Long_To_Pointer(sptr, uncomp_buff.Get_Size()-(size+sizeof(header)));
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Read in the bulk of the data.
+	*/
+	Mem_Copy(&header, sptr, sizeof(header));
+	file.Read(Add_Long_To_Pointer(sptr, sizeof(header)), size);
+
+	/*
+	**	Decompress the data.
+	*/
+	size = (unsigned int) Uncompress_Data(sptr, dptr);
+
+	/*
+	**	Close the file if necessary.
+	*/
+	if (opened) {
+		file.Close();
+	}
+	return((long)size);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Load_Alloc_Data -- Allocates a buffer and loads the file into it.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the C++ replacement for the Load_Alloc_Data function. It will allocate the       *
+ *    memory big enough to hold the file and then read the file into it.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   file  -- The file to read.                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          mem   -- The memory system to use for allocation.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the allocated and filled memory block.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/17/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void * Load_Alloc_Data(FileClass &file)
+{
+	void *ptr = 0;
+	long size = file.Size();
+
+	ptr = new char [size];
+	if (ptr) {
+		file.Read(ptr, size);
+	}
+	return(ptr);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Translucent_Table_Size -- Determines the size of a translucent table.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to determine how big the translucent table needs                        *
+ *    to be given the specified number of colors. This value is typically                      *
+ *    used when allocating the buffer for the translucent table.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   count -- The number of colors that are translucent.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns the size of the translucent table.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   04/02/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+long Translucent_Table_Size(int count)
+{
+	return(256L + (256L * count));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Build_Translucent_Table -- Creates a translucent control table.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    The table created by this routine is used by Draw_Shape (GHOST) to                       *
+ *    achieve a translucent affect. The original color of the shape will                       *
+ *    show through. This differs from the fading effect, since that                            *
+ *    affect only alters the background color toward a single destination                      *
+ *    color.                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   palette  -- Pointer to the control palette.                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          control  -- Pointer to array of structures that control how                        *
+ *                      the translucent table will be built.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          count    -- The number of entries in the control array.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          buffer   -- Pointer to buffer to place the translucent table.                      *
+ *                      If NULL is passed in, then the buffer will be                          *
+ *                      allocated.                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with pointer to the translucent table.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   This routine is exceedingly slow. Use sparingly.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   04/02/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void *Build_Translucent_Table(void const *palette, TLucentType const *control, int count, void *buffer)
+{
+	unsigned char	const *table;		// Remap table pointer.
+	int			index;		// Working color index.
+
+	if (count && control && palette) {
+		if (!buffer) {
+			buffer = new char [Translucent_Table_Size(count)];
+		}
+
+		if (buffer) {
+			memset(buffer, -1, 256);
+			table = (unsigned char*)Add_Long_To_Pointer((void*)buffer, 256);
+
+			/*
+			**	Build the individual remap tables for each translucent color.
+			*/
+			for (index = 0; index < count; index++) {
+				((unsigned char*)buffer)[control[index].SourceColor] = index;
+				Build_Fading_Table(palette, (void*)table, control[index].DestColor, control[index].Fading);
+				table = (unsigned char*)Add_Long_To_Pointer((void*)table, 256);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return(buffer);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Conquer_Build_Translucent_Table -- Builds fading table for shadow colors only.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will build a translucent (fading) table to remap colors into the shadow     *
+ *    color region of the palette. Shadow colors are not affected by this translucent table.   *
+ *    This means that a shape can be overlapped any number of times and the imagery will       *
+ *    remain deterministic (and constant).                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   palette  -- Pointer to the palette to base the translucent process on.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          control  -- Pointer to special control structure that specifies the                *
+ *                      target color, and percentage of fade.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          count    -- The number of colors to be remapped (entries in the control array).    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          buffer   -- Pointer to the staging buffer that will hold the translucent table     *
+ *                      data. If this parameter is NULL, then an appropriate sized table       *
+ *                      will be allocated.                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the translucent table data.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/27/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void *Conquer_Build_Translucent_Table(void const *palette, TLucentType const *control, int count, void *buffer)
+{
+	unsigned char	const *table;		// Remap table pointer.
+	int			index;		// Working color index.
+
+	if (count && control && palette) {
+		if (!buffer) {
+			buffer = new char [Translucent_Table_Size(count)];
+		}
+
+		if (buffer) {
+			memset(buffer, -1, 256);
+			table = (unsigned char*)Add_Long_To_Pointer((void*)buffer, 256);
+
+			/*
+			**	Build the individual remap tables for each translucent color.
+			*/
+			for (index = 0; index < count; index++) {
+				((unsigned char*)buffer)[control[index].SourceColor] = index;
+				Conquer_Build_Fading_Table(palette, (void*)table, control[index].DestColor, control[index].Fading);
+				table = (unsigned char*)Add_Long_To_Pointer((void*)table, 256);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return(buffer);
+}
+
+
diff --git a/JSHELL.H b/JSHELL.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..275f844
--- /dev/null
+++ b/JSHELL.H
@@ -0,0 +1,229 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\jshell.h_v   2.16   16 Oct 1995 16:45:06   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               *** 
+ *********************************************************************************************** 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                    File Name : JSHELL.H                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Start Date : 03/13/95                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                  Last Update : March 13, 1995 [JLB]                                         * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* 
+ * Functions:                                                                                  * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef JSHELL_H
+#define JSHELL_H
+
+/*
+**	Interface class to the keyboard. This insulates the game from library vagaries. Most
+**	notable being the return values are declared as "int" in the library whereas C&C
+**	expects it to be of KeyNumType.
+*/
+class Keyboard 
+{
+	public:
+		static KeyNumType Get(void) {return (KeyNumType)Get_Key_Num();};
+		static KeyNumType Check(void) {return (KeyNumType)Check_Key_Num();};
+		static KeyASCIIType To_ASCII(KeyNumType key) {return (KeyASCIIType)KN_To_KA(key);};
+		static void Clear(void) {Clear_KeyBuffer();};
+		static void Stuff(KeyNumType key) {Stuff_Key_Num(key);};
+		static int Down(KeyNumType key) {return Key_Down(key);};
+		static int Mouse_X(void) {return Get_Mouse_X();};
+		static int Mouse_Y(void) {return Get_Mouse_Y();};
+};
+
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+inline void * operator delete(void * data) 
+{
+	Free(data);
+}
+
+inline void * operator delete[] (void * data)
+{
+	Free(data);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+**	These templates allow enumeration types to have simple bitwise
+**	arithmatic performed. The operators must be instatiated for the
+**	enumerated types desired.
+*/
+template<class T> inline T operator ++(T & a)
+{
+	a = (T)((int)a + (int)1);
+	return(a);
+}
+template<class T> inline T operator ++(T & a, int)
+{
+	T aa = a;
+	a = (T)((int)a + (int)1);
+	return(aa);
+}	
+template<class T> inline T operator --(T & a)
+{
+	a = (T)((int)a - (int)1);
+	return(a);
+}
+template<class T> inline T operator --(T & a, int)
+{
+	T aa = a;
+	a = (T)((int)a - (int)1);
+	return(aa);
+}
+template<class T> inline T operator |(T t1, T t2)
+{
+	return((T)((int)t1 | (int)t2));
+}
+template<class T> inline T operator &(T t1, T t2)
+{
+	return((T)((int)t1 & (int)t2));
+}
+template<class T> inline T operator ~(T t1)
+{
+	return((T)(~(int)t1));
+}
+
+
+/*
+**	The shape flags are likely to be "or"ed together and other such bitwise
+**	manipulations. These instatiated operator templates allow this.
+*/
+inline ShapeFlags_Type operator |(ShapeFlags_Type, ShapeFlags_Type);
+inline ShapeFlags_Type operator &(ShapeFlags_Type, ShapeFlags_Type);
+inline ShapeFlags_Type operator ~(ShapeFlags_Type);
+
+
+void Set_Bit(void * array, int bit, int value);
+#pragma aux Set_Bit parm [esi] [ecx] [eax] \
+	modify [esi ebx] = 			\
+	"mov	ebx,ecx"					\
+	"shr	ebx,5"					\
+	"and	ecx,01Fh"				\
+	"btr	[esi+ebx*4],ecx"		\
+	"or	eax,eax"					\
+	"jz	ok"						\
+	"bts	[esi+ebx*4],ecx"		\
+	"ok:"
+
+int Get_Bit(void const * array, int bit);
+#pragma aux Get_Bit parm [esi] [eax] \
+	modify [esi ebx] \
+	value [eax]		= 				\
+	"mov	ebx,eax"					\
+	"shr	ebx,5"					\
+	"and	eax,01Fh"				\
+	"bt	[esi+ebx*4],eax"		\
+	"setc	al"
+
+int First_True_Bit(void const * array);
+#pragma aux First_True_Bit parm [esi] \
+	modify [esi ebx] \
+	value [eax]		= 				\
+	"mov	eax,-32"					\
+	"again:"							\
+	"add	eax,32"					\
+	"mov	ebx,[esi]"				\
+	"add	esi,4"					\
+	"bsf	ebx,ebx"					\
+	"jz	again"					\
+	"add	eax,ebx"
+
+int First_False_Bit(void const * array);
+#pragma aux First_False_Bit parm [esi] \
+	modify [esi ebx] \
+	value [eax]		= 				\
+	"mov	eax,-32"					\
+	"again:"							\
+	"add	eax,32"					\
+	"mov	ebx,[esi]"				\
+	"not	ebx"						\
+	"add	esi,4"					\
+	"bsf	ebx,ebx"					\
+	"jz	again"					\
+	"add	eax,ebx"
+
+extern int Bound(int original, int min, int max);
+#pragma aux Bound parm [eax] [ebx] [ecx] \
+	modify [eax] \
+	value [eax]		= 				\
+	"cmp	ebx,ecx"					\
+	"jl	okorder"					\
+	"xchg	ebx,ecx"					\
+	"okorder: cmp	eax,ebx"		\
+	"jg	okmin"					\
+	"mov	eax,ebx"					\
+	"okmin: cmp	eax,ecx"			\
+	"jl	okmax"					\
+	"mov	eax,ecx"					\
+	"okmax:"
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+extern unsigned Bound(unsigned original, unsigned min, unsigned max);
+#pragma aux Bound parm [eax] [ebx] [ecx] \
+	modify [eax] \
+	value [eax]		= 				\
+	"cmp	ebx,ecx"					\
+	"jb	okorder"					\
+	"xchg	ebx,ecx"					\
+	"okorder: cmp	eax,ebx"		\
+	"ja	okmin"					\
+	"mov	eax,ebx"					\
+	"okmin: cmp	eax,ecx"			\
+	"jb	okmax"					\
+	"mov	eax,ecx"					\
+	"okmax:"
+#endif
+
+
+unsigned Fixed_To_Cardinal(unsigned base, unsigned fixed);
+#pragma aux Fixed_To_Cardinal parm [eax] [edx] \
+	modify [edx] \
+	value [eax]		= 				\
+	"mul	edx"						\
+	"add	eax,080h"				\
+	"test	eax,0FF000000h"		\
+	"jz	ok"						\
+	"mov	eax,000FFFFFFh"		\
+	"ok:"								\
+	"shr	eax,8"
+
+
+unsigned Cardinal_To_Fixed(unsigned base, unsigned cardinal);
+#pragma aux Cardinal_To_Fixed parm [ebx] [eax] \
+	modify [edx] \
+	value [eax]		= 				\
+	"or	ebx,ebx"					\
+	"jz	fini"						\
+	"shl	eax,8"					\
+	"xor	edx,edx"					\
+	"div	ebx"						\
+	"fini:"
+
+#endif
diff --git a/KEYFBUFF.ASM b/KEYFBUFF.ASM
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7e73b04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/KEYFBUFF.ASM
@@ -0,0 +1,4854 @@
+;
+;	Command & Conquer(tm)
+;	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+;
+;	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+;	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+;	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+;	(at your option) any later version.
+;
+;	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+;	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+;	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+;	GNU General Public License for more details.
+;
+;	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+;	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+;
+
+;***************************************************************************
+;**   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   A S S O C I A T E S   **
+;***************************************************************************
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                    File Name : KEYFBUFF.ASM                             *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                   Programmer : David R. Dettmer                         *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                   Start Date : March 3, 1995                            *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                  Last Update :                                          *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+;* Functions:                                                              *
+;*   Buffer_Frame_To_Page -- Copies a linear buffer to a virtual viewport  *
+;* - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - *
+
+;********************** Model & Processor Directives ***********************
+IDEAL
+P386
+MODEL USE32 FLAT
+jumps
+
+;******************************** Includes *********************************
+INCLUDE "gbuffer.inc"
+include	"profile.inc"
+
+
+;******************************** Equates **********************************
+
+TRUE	equ	1			; Boolean 'true' value
+FALSE	equ	0			; Boolean 'false' value
+
+;*=========================================================================*/
+;* The following are defines used to control what functions are linked	   *
+;* in for Buffer_Frame_To_Page.						   *
+;*=========================================================================*/
+;USE_NORMAL		EQU	TRUE
+;USE_HORZ_REV 		EQU	TRUE
+;USE_VERT_REV 		EQU	TRUE
+;USE_SCALING 		EQU	TRUE
+
+
+FLAG_NORMAL		EQU	0
+FLAG_TRANS		EQU	1
+FLAG_GHOST		EQU	2
+FLAG_FADING		EQU	4
+FLAG_PREDATOR		EQU	8
+
+FLAG_MASK		EQU	0Fh
+
+
+SHAPE_NORMAL 		EQU	0000h		; Standard shape
+;SHAPE_HORZ_REV 		EQU	0001h		; Flipped horizontally
+;SHAPE_VERT_REV 		EQU	0002h		; Flipped vertically
+;SHAPE_SCALING 		EQU	0004h		; Scaled (WORD scale_x, WORD scale_y)
+;SHAPE_VIEWPORT_REL 	EQU	0010h		; Coords are window-relative
+;SHAPE_WIN_REL 		EQU	0010h		; Coordinates are window relative instead of absolute.
+SHAPE_CENTER 		EQU	0020h		; Coords are based on shape's center pt
+SHAPE_TRANS		EQU	0040h		; has transparency
+
+SHAPE_FADING 		EQU	0100h		; Fading effect (VOID * fading_table,
+						;   WORD fading_num)
+SHAPE_PREDATOR 		EQU	0200h		; Transparent warping effect
+;SHAPE_COMPACT 		EQU	0400h		; Never use this bit
+;SHAPE_PRIORITY 		EQU	0800h		; Use priority system when drawing
+SHAPE_GHOST		EQU	1000h		; Shape is drawn ghosted
+;SHAPE_SHADOW		EQU	2000h
+SHAPE_PARTIAL  		EQU	4000h
+;SHAPE_COLOR 		EQU	8000h		; Remap the shape's colors
+						;   (VOID * color_table)
+
+
+;
+;.......................... Shadow Effect ..................................
+;
+SHADOW_COL		EQU	00FFh	; magic number for shadows
+
+;......................... Priority System .................................
+;
+CLEAR_UNUSED_BITS  	EQU	0007h	; and with 0000-0111 to clear
+					;  non-walkable high bit and
+					;  scaling id bits
+NON_WALKABLE_BIT  	EQU	0080h	; and with 1000-0000 to clear all
+					;  but non-walkable bit
+;
+;......................... Predator Effect .................................
+;
+;PRED_MASK		EQU	0007h	; mask used for predator pixel puts
+PRED_MASK		EQU	000Eh	; mask used for predator pixel puts
+
+
+;---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;
+; Use a macro to make code a little cleaner.
+; The parameter varname is optional.
+; Syntax to use macro is :
+;  WANT equ expression
+;  USE func [,varname]
+; If the 'varname' is defined, a table declaration is created like:
+;	GLOBAL	TableName:DWORD
+; Then, the table entry is created:
+;  If WANT is true, the table entry is created for the given function:
+;	varname	DD	func
+;  If WANT is not TRUE, a Not_Supported entry is put in the table:
+;	varname	DD	Not_Supported
+; The resulting tables look like:
+;
+;	GLOBAL	ExampTable:DWORD
+;	ExampTable	DD	routine1
+;			DD	routine2
+;			DD	routine3
+;			...
+; Thus, each table is an array of function pointers.
+;
+;---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+MACRO USE func, varname
+ IF WANT
+  varname 	DD	func
+ ELSE
+  varname	DD	Not_Supported
+ ENDIF
+ENDM
+
+; IFNB <varname>
+;	GLOBAL	varname:DWORD
+; ENDIF
+
+;---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+DATASEG
+
+;---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; Predator effect variables
+;---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; make table for negative offset and use the used space for other variables
+
+BFPredNegTable	DW	-1, -3, -2, -5, -2, -4, -3, -1
+	; 8 words below calculated
+		DW	0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0	; index ffffff00
+		DD	0, 0, 0, 0		; index ffffff10
+BFPredOffset	DD	0, 0, 0, 0		; index ffffff20
+		DD	0, 0, 0, 0		; index ffffff30
+	; partially faded predator effect value
+BFPartialPred	DD	0, 0, 0, 0		; index ffffff40
+BFPartialCount	DD	0, 0, 0, 0		; index ffffff50
+		DD	0, 0, 0, 0		; index ffffff60
+		DD	0, 0, 0, 0		; index ffffff70
+		DD	0, 0, 0, 0		; index ffffff80
+		DD	0, 0, 0, 0		; index ffffff90
+		DD	0, 0, 0, 0		; index ffffffa0
+		DD	0, 0, 0, 0		; index ffffffb0
+		DD	0, 0, 0, 0		; index ffffffc0
+		DD	0, 0, 0, 0		; index ffffffd0
+		DD	0, 0, 0, 0		; index ffffffe0
+		DD	0, 0, 0, 0		; index fffffff0
+BFPredTable	DW	1, 3, 2, 5, 2, 3, 4, 1
+;BFPredTable	DB	1, 3, 2, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1
+
+
+
+
+
+
+		global	C BigShapeBufferStart:dword
+		global	C UseBigShapeBuffer:dword
+		global	C TheaterShapeBufferStart:dword
+		global	C IsTheaterShape:dword
+		global	C Single_Line_Trans_Entry:near
+		global	C Next_Line:near
+		global	C MMX_Done:near
+		global	C MMXAvailable:dword
+		global	EndNewShapeJumpTable:byte
+		global	NewShapeJumpTable:dword
+
+
+;**********************************************************************************
+;
+; Jump tables for new line header system
+;
+; Each line of shape data now has a header byte which describes the data on the line.
+;
+
+;
+; Header byte control bits
+;
+BLIT_TRANSPARENT	=1
+BLIT_GHOST		=2
+BLIT_FADING		=4
+BLIT_PREDATOR		=8
+BLIT_SKIP		=16
+BLIT_ALL		=BLIT_TRANSPARENT or BLIT_GHOST or BLIT_FADING or BLIT_PREDATOR or BLIT_SKIP
+
+
+		struc		ShapeHeaderType
+
+		draw_flags	dd	?
+		shape_data	dd	?
+		shape_buffer	dd	?
+
+		ends
+
+;
+; Global definitions for routines that draw a single line of a shape
+;
+		global	Short_Single_Line_Copy:near
+		global	Single_Line_Trans:near
+		global	Single_Line_Ghost:near
+		global	Single_Line_Ghost_Trans:near
+		global	Single_Line_Fading:near
+		global	Single_Line_Fading_Trans:near
+		global	Single_Line_Ghost_Fading:near
+		global	Single_Line_Ghost_Fading_Trans:near
+		global	Single_Line_Predator:near
+		global	Single_Line_Predator_Trans:near
+		global	Single_Line_Predator_Ghost:near
+		global	Single_Line_Predator_Ghost_Trans:near
+		global	Single_Line_Predator_Fading:near
+		global	Single_Line_Predator_Fading_Trans:near
+		global	Single_Line_Predator_Ghost_Fading:near
+		global	Single_Line_Predator_Ghost_Fading_Trans:near
+		global	Single_Line_Skip:near
+
+		global	Single_Line_Single_Fade:near
+		global	Single_Line_Single_Fade_Trans:near
+
+
+
+label		NewShapeJumpTable	dword
+
+;
+; Jumptable for shape line drawing with no flags set
+;
+
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+label		CriticalFadeRedirections dword
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+
+
+;
+; Jumptable for shape line drawing routines with transparent flags set
+;
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Single_Line_Trans
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Single_Line_Trans
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Single_Line_Trans
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Single_Line_Trans
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Single_Line_Trans
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Single_Line_Trans
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Single_Line_Trans
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Single_Line_Trans
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+
+
+;
+; Jumptable for shape line drawing routines with ghost flags set
+;
+
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Single_Line_Ghost
+		dd	Single_Line_Ghost
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Single_Line_Ghost
+		dd	Single_Line_Ghost
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Single_Line_Ghost
+		dd	Single_Line_Ghost
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Single_Line_Ghost
+		dd	Single_Line_Ghost
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+
+
+;
+; Jumptable for shape line drawing routines with ghost and transparent flags set
+;
+
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Single_Line_Trans
+		dd	Single_Line_Ghost
+		dd	Single_Line_Ghost_Trans
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Single_Line_Trans
+		dd	Single_Line_Ghost
+		dd	Single_Line_Ghost_Trans
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Single_Line_Trans
+		dd	Single_Line_Ghost
+		dd	Single_Line_Ghost_Trans
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Single_Line_Trans
+		dd	Single_Line_Ghost
+		dd	Single_Line_Ghost_Trans
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+
+
+
+
+
+;
+; Jumptable for shape line drawing routines with fading flag set
+;
+
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Single_Line_Single_Fade
+		dd	Single_Line_Single_Fade
+		dd	Single_Line_Fading
+		dd	Single_Line_Fading
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Single_Line_Fading
+		dd	Single_Line_Fading
+		dd	Single_Line_Fading
+		dd	Single_Line_Fading
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+
+
+;
+; Jumptable for shape line drawing routines with fading and transparent flags set
+;
+
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Single_Line_Trans
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Single_Line_Trans
+		dd	Single_Line_Single_Fade
+		dd	Single_Line_Single_Fade_Trans
+		dd	Single_Line_Fading
+		dd	Single_Line_Fading_Trans
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Single_Line_Trans
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Single_Line_Trans
+		dd	Single_Line_Fading
+		dd	Single_Line_Fading_Trans
+		dd	Single_Line_Fading
+		dd	Single_Line_Fading_Trans
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+
+
+;
+; Jumptable for shape line drawing routines with fading and ghost flags set
+;
+
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Single_Line_Ghost
+		dd	Single_Line_Ghost
+		dd	Single_Line_Single_Fade
+		dd	Single_Line_Single_Fade
+		dd	Single_Line_Ghost_Fading
+		dd	Single_Line_Ghost_Fading
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Single_Line_Ghost
+		dd	Single_Line_Ghost
+		dd	Single_Line_Fading
+		dd	Single_Line_Fading
+		dd	Single_Line_Ghost_Fading
+		dd	Single_Line_Ghost_Fading
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+
+
+
+;
+; Jumptable for shape line drawing routines with fading, transparent and ghost flags set
+;
+
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Single_Line_Trans
+		dd	Single_Line_Ghost
+		dd	Single_Line_Ghost_Trans
+		dd	Single_Line_Single_Fade
+		dd	Single_Line_Single_Fade_Trans
+		dd	Single_Line_Ghost_Fading
+		dd	Single_Line_Ghost_Fading_Trans
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Single_Line_Trans
+		dd	Single_Line_Ghost
+		dd	Single_Line_Ghost_Trans
+		dd	Single_Line_Fading
+		dd	Single_Line_Fading_Trans
+		dd	Single_Line_Ghost_Fading
+		dd	Single_Line_Ghost_Fading_Trans
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+
+
+
+
+
+
+;
+; Jumptable for shape line drawing with predator flag set
+;
+
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+
+
+;
+; Jumptable for shape line drawing routines with transparent and predator flags set
+;
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Single_Line_Trans
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Single_Line_Trans
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Single_Line_Trans
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Single_Line_Trans
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator_Trans
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator_Trans
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator_Trans
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator_Trans
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+
+
+;
+; Jumptable for shape line drawing routines with ghost and predator flags set
+;
+
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Single_Line_Ghost
+		dd	Single_Line_Ghost
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Single_Line_Ghost
+		dd	Single_Line_Ghost
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator_Ghost
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator_Ghost
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator_Ghost
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator_Ghost
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+
+
+;
+; Jumptable for shape line drawing routines with ghost and transparent and predator flags set
+;
+
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Single_Line_Trans
+		dd	Single_Line_Ghost
+		dd	Single_Line_Ghost_Trans
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Single_Line_Trans
+		dd	Single_Line_Ghost
+		dd	Single_Line_Ghost_Trans
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator_Trans
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator_Ghost
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator_Ghost_Trans
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator_Trans
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator_Ghost
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator_Ghost_Trans
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+
+
+
+
+
+;
+; Jumptable for shape line drawing routines with fading and predator flags set
+;
+
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Single_Line_Single_Fade
+		dd	Single_Line_Single_Fade
+		dd	Single_Line_Fading
+		dd	Single_Line_Fading
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator_Fading
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator_Fading
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator_Fading
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator_Fading
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+
+
+;
+; Jumptable for shape line drawing routines with fading and transparent and predator flags set
+;
+
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Single_Line_Trans
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Single_Line_Trans
+		dd	Single_Line_Single_Fade
+		dd	Single_Line_Single_Fade_Trans
+		dd	Single_Line_Fading
+		dd	Single_Line_Fading_Trans
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator_Trans
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator_Trans
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator_Fading
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator_Fading_Trans
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator_Fading
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator_Fading_Trans
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+
+
+;
+; Jumptable for shape line drawing routines with fading and ghost and predator flags set
+;
+
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Single_Line_Ghost
+		dd	Single_Line_Ghost
+		dd	Single_Line_Single_Fade
+		dd	Single_Line_Single_Fade
+		dd	Single_Line_Ghost_Fading
+		dd	Single_Line_Ghost_Fading
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator_Ghost
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator_Ghost
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator_Fading
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator_Fading
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator_Ghost_Fading
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator_Ghost_Fading
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+;
+; Jumptable for shape line drawing routines with all flags set
+;
+
+label		AllFlagsJumpTable	dword
+		dd	Short_Single_Line_Copy
+		dd	Single_Line_Trans
+		dd	Single_Line_Ghost
+		dd	Single_Line_Ghost_Trans
+		dd	Single_Line_Single_Fade
+		dd	Single_Line_Single_Fade_Trans
+		dd	Single_Line_Ghost_Fading
+		dd	Single_Line_Ghost_Fading_Trans
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator_Trans
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator_Ghost
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator_Ghost_Trans
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator_Fading
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator_Fading_Trans
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator_Ghost_Fading
+		dd	Single_Line_Predator_Ghost_Fading_Trans
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+		dd	Single_Line_Skip
+
+
+label		EndNewShapeJumpTable	byte
+
+CODESEG
+
+;---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; Code Segment Tables:
+; This code uses the USE macro to set up tables of function addresses.
+; The tables have the following format:
+; Tables defined are:
+;	BufferFrameTable
+;---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+WANT	equ 	<TRUE>
+USE	BF_Copy, BufferFrameTable
+
+WANT	equ 	<TRUE>
+USE	BF_Trans
+
+WANT	equ 	<TRUE>
+USE	BF_Ghost
+
+WANT	equ 	<TRUE>
+USE	BF_Ghost_Trans
+
+WANT	equ 	<TRUE>
+USE	BF_Fading
+
+WANT	equ 	<TRUE>
+USE	BF_Fading_Trans
+
+WANT	equ 	<TRUE>
+USE	BF_Ghost_Fading
+
+WANT	equ 	<TRUE>
+USE	BF_Ghost_Fading_Trans
+
+WANT	equ 	<TRUE>
+USE	BF_Predator
+
+WANT	equ 	<TRUE>
+USE	BF_Predator_Trans
+
+WANT	equ 	<TRUE>
+USE	BF_Predator_Ghost
+
+WANT	equ 	<TRUE>
+USE	BF_Predator_Ghost_Trans
+
+WANT	equ 	<TRUE>
+USE	BF_Predator_Fading
+
+WANT	equ 	<TRUE>
+USE	BF_Predator_Fading_Trans
+
+WANT	equ 	<TRUE>
+USE	BF_Predator_Ghost_Fading
+
+WANT	equ 	<TRUE>
+USE	BF_Predator_Ghost_Fading_Trans
+
+
+
+
+
+;---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+
+
+;*********************************************************************************************
+;* Set_Shape_Header -- create the line header bytes for a shape                              *
+;*                                                                                           *
+;* INPUT:	Shape width                                                                  *
+;*              Shape height                                                                 *
+;*              ptr to raw shape data                                                        *
+;*              ptr to shape headers                                                         *
+;*              shape flags                                                                  *
+;*              ptr to translucency table                                                    *
+;*              IsTranslucent                                                                *
+;*                                                                                           *
+;* OUTPUT:      none                                                                         *
+;*                                                                                           *
+;* Warnings:                                                                                 *
+;*                                                                                           *
+;* HISTORY:                                                                                  *
+;*   11/29/95 10:09AM ST : Created.                                                          *
+;*===========================================================================================*
+
+		proc	Setup_Shape_Header C near
+
+		ARG	pixel_width 	:DWORD		; width of rectangle to blit
+		ARG	pixel_height	:DWORD		; height of rectangle to blit
+		ARG  	src         	:DWORD		; this is a member function
+		ARG	headers	    	:DWORD
+		ARG	flags		:DWORD
+		ARG	Translucent	:DWORD
+		ARG	IsTranslucent	:DWORD
+		LOCAL	trans_count	:DWORD
+
+		pushad
+
+
+		mov	esi,[src]		;ptr to raw shape data
+		mov	edi,[headers]		;ptr to headers we are going to set up
+		mov	eax,[flags]
+		and	eax,SHAPE_TRANS or SHAPE_FADING or SHAPE_PREDATOR or SHAPE_GHOST
+		mov	[(ShapeHeaderType edi).draw_flags],eax 	;save old flags in header
+		add	edi,size ShapeHeaderType
+		mov	edx,[pixel_height]	;number of shape lines to scan
+
+??outer_loop:	mov	ecx,[pixel_width]	;number of pixels in shape line
+		xor	bl,bl			;flag the we dont know anything about this line yet
+		mov	[trans_count],0		;we havnt scanned any transparent pixels yet
+
+;
+; Scan one shape line to see what kind of data it contains
+;
+??inner_loop:	xor	eax,eax
+		mov	al,[esi]
+		inc	esi
+
+;
+; Check for transparent pixel
+;
+		test	al,al
+		jnz	??not_transp
+		test	[flags],SHAPE_TRANS
+		jz	??not_transp
+		or	bl,BLIT_TRANSPARENT	;flag that pixel is transparent
+		inc	[trans_count]		;keep count of the number of transparent pixels on the line
+		jmp	??end_lp
+
+;
+; Check for predator effect on this line
+;
+??not_transp:	test	[flags],SHAPE_PREDATOR
+		jz	??not_pred
+		or	bl,BLIT_PREDATOR
+
+;
+; Check for ghost effects
+;
+??not_pred:	test	[flags],SHAPE_GHOST
+		jz	??not_ghost
+		push	edi
+		mov	edi,[IsTranslucent]
+		cmp	[byte edi+eax],-1
+		pop	edi
+		jz	??not_ghost
+		or	bl,BLIT_GHOST
+
+;
+; Check if fading is required
+;
+??not_ghost:	test	[flags],SHAPE_FADING
+		jz	??end_lp
+		or	bl,BLIT_FADING
+
+??end_lp:       dec	ecx
+		jnz	??inner_loop
+
+
+;
+; Interpret the info we have collected and decide which routine will be
+; used to draw this line
+;
+		xor	bh,bh
+
+		test	bl,BLIT_TRANSPARENT
+		jz	??no_transparencies
+		or	bh,BLIT_TRANSPARENT
+		mov	ecx,[pixel_width]
+		cmp	ecx,[trans_count]
+		jnz	??not_all_trans
+
+; all pixels in the line were transparent so we dont need to draw it at all
+		mov	bh,BLIT_SKIP
+		jmp	??got_line_type
+
+??not_all_trans:
+??no_transparencies:
+		mov	al,bl
+		and	al,BLIT_PREDATOR
+		or	bh,al
+		mov	al,bl
+		and	al,BLIT_GHOST
+		or	bh,al
+		mov	al,bl
+		and	al,BLIT_FADING
+		or	bh,al
+
+;
+; Save the line header and do the next line
+;
+??got_line_type:mov	[edi],bh
+		inc	edi
+
+		dec	edx
+		jnz	??outer_loop
+
+
+		popad
+		ret
+
+		endp	Setup_Shape_Header
+
+
+
+
+;**************************************************************
+;
+; Macro to fetch the header of the next line and jump to the appropriate routine
+;
+		macro	next_line
+
+		add	edi , [ dest_adjust_width ]	;add in dest modulo
+		dec	edx				;line counter
+		jz	??real_out			;return
+		mov	ecx,[save_ecx]			;ecx is pixel count
+		mov	eax,[header_pointer]		;ptr to next header byte
+		mov	al,[eax]
+		inc	[header_pointer]
+		and	eax,BLIT_ALL			;Make sure we dont jump to some spurious address
+							; if the header is wrong then its better to draw with the wrong
+							; shape routine than to die
+		shl	eax,2
+		add	eax,[ShapeJumpTableAddress]	;get the address to jump to
+		jmp	[dword eax]			;do the jump
+
+		endm
+
+
+
+
+
+
+;***************************************************************************
+;* VVC::TOPAGE -- Copies a linear buffer to a virtual viewport		   *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* INPUT:	WORD	x_pixel		- x pixel on viewport to copy from *
+;*		WORD	y_pixel 	- y pixel on viewport to copy from *
+;*		WORD	pixel_width	- the width of copy region	   *
+;*		WORD	pixel_height	- the height of copy region	   *
+;*		BYTE *	src		- buffer to copy from		   *
+;*		VVPC *  dest		- virtual viewport to copy to	   *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* OUTPUT:      none                                                       *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* WARNINGS:    Coordinates and dimensions will be adjusted if they exceed *
+;*	        the boundaries.  In the event that no adjustment is 	   *
+;*	        possible this routine will abort.  If the size of the 	   *
+;*		region to copy exceeds the size passed in for the buffer   *
+;*		the routine will automatically abort.			   *
+;*									   *
+;* HISTORY:                                                                *
+;*   06/15/1994 PWG : Created.                                             *
+;*=========================================================================*
+	GLOBAL	C Buffer_Frame_To_Page:NEAR
+	PROC	Buffer_Frame_To_Page C near
+	USES	eax,ebx,ecx,edx,esi,edi
+
+	;*===================================================================
+	;* define the arguements that our function takes.
+	;*===================================================================
+	ARG	x_pixel     :DWORD		; x pixel position in source
+	ARG	y_pixel     :DWORD		; y pixel position in source
+	ARG	pixel_width :DWORD		; width of rectangle to blit
+	ARG	pixel_height:DWORD		; height of rectangle to blit
+	ARG    	src         :DWORD		; this is a member function
+	ARG	dest        :DWORD		; what are we blitting to
+
+	ARG	flags       :DWORD		; flags passed
+
+	;*===================================================================
+	; Define some locals so that we can handle things quickly
+	;*===================================================================
+	LOCAL	IsTranslucent		:DWORD	; ptr to the is_translucent table
+	LOCAL	Translucent		:DWORD	; ptr to the actual translucent table
+	LOCAL	FadingTable		:DWORD	; extracted fading table pointer
+	LOCAL	FadingNum		:DWORD	; get the number of times to fade
+
+	LOCAL	StashECX		:DWORD	; temp variable for ECX register
+
+	LOCAL	jflags			:DWORD	; flags used to goto correct buff frame routine
+	LOCAL	BufferFrameRout		:DWORD	; ptr to the buffer frame routine
+
+	LOCAL	jmp_loc			:DWORD	; calculated jump location
+	LOCAL	loop_cnt		:DWORD
+
+	LOCAL 	x1_pixel		:DWORD
+	LOCAL	y1_pixel		:DWORD
+	LOCAL	scr_x			:DWORD
+	LOCAL	scr_y			:DWORD
+	LOCAL	dest_adjust_width	:DWORD
+	LOCAL	scr_adjust_width	:DWORD
+	LOCAL	header_pointer		:DWORD
+	LOCAL	use_old_draw		:DWORD
+	LOCAL	save_ecx		:DWORD
+	LOCAL	ShapeJumpTableAddress	:DWORD
+	LOCAL	shape_buffer_start	:DWORD
+
+	prologue
+	cmp	[ src ] , 0
+	jz	??real_out
+
+	;
+	; Save the line attributes pointers and
+	; Modify the src pointer to point to the actual image
+	;
+	cmp	[UseBigShapeBuffer],0
+	jz	??do_args			;just use the old shape drawing system
+
+	mov	edi,[src]
+	mov	[header_pointer],edi
+
+	mov	eax,[BigShapeBufferStart]
+	cmp	[(ShapeHeaderType edi).shape_buffer],0
+	jz	??is_ordinary_shape
+	mov	eax,[TheaterShapeBufferStart]
+??is_ordinary_shape:
+	mov	[shape_buffer_start],eax
+
+	mov	edi,[(ShapeHeaderType edi).shape_data]
+	add	edi,[shape_buffer_start]
+	mov	[src],edi
+	mov	[use_old_draw],0
+
+
+	;====================================================================
+	; Pull off optional arguments:
+	; EDI is used as an offset from the 'flags' parameter, to point
+	; to the optional argument currently being processed.
+	;====================================================================
+??do_args:
+	mov	edi , 4	 			; optional params start past flags
+	mov	[ jflags ] , 0			; clear jump flags
+
+??check_centering:
+	;-------------------------------------------------------------------
+	; See if we need to center the frame
+	;-------------------------------------------------------------------
+	test	[ flags ] , SHAPE_CENTER	; does this need to be centered?
+	je	??check_trans			; if not the skip over this stuff
+
+	mov	eax , [ pixel_width ]
+	mov	ebx , [ pixel_height ]
+	sar	eax , 1
+	sar	ebx , 1
+	sub	[ x_pixel ] , eax
+	sub	[ y_pixel ] , ebx
+
+??check_trans:
+	test	[ flags ] , SHAPE_TRANS
+	jz	??check_ghost
+
+	or	[ jflags ] , FLAG_TRANS
+
+	;--------------------------------------------------------------------
+	; SHAPE_GHOST: DWORD is_translucent tbl
+	;--------------------------------------------------------------------
+??check_ghost:
+	test	[ flags ] , SHAPE_GHOST		; are we ghosting this shape
+	jz	??check_fading
+
+	mov	eax , [ flags + edi ]
+	or	[ jflags ] , FLAG_GHOST
+	mov	[ IsTranslucent ] , eax		; save ptr to is_trans. tbl
+	add	eax , 0100h			; add 256 for first table
+	add	edi , 4				; next argument
+	mov	[ Translucent ] , eax		; save ptr to translucent tbl
+
+
+
+??check_fading:
+	;______________________________________________________________________
+	; If this is the first time through for this shape then
+	; set up the shape header
+	;______________________________________________________________________
+	pushad
+
+	cmp	[UseBigShapeBuffer],0
+	jz	??new_shape
+
+	mov	edi,[header_pointer]
+	cmp	[(ShapeHeaderType edi).draw_flags],-1
+	jz	??setup_headers
+	mov	eax,[flags]							 ;Redo the shape headers if this shape was
+	and	eax,SHAPE_TRANS or SHAPE_FADING or SHAPE_PREDATOR or SHAPE_GHOST ;initially set up with different flags
+	cmp	eax,[(ShapeHeaderType edi).draw_flags]
+	jz	??no_header_setup
+??new_shape:
+	mov	[use_old_draw],1
+	jmp	??no_header_setup
+
+??setup_headers:
+	push	[IsTranslucent]
+	push	[Translucent]
+	push	[flags]
+	push	[header_pointer]
+	push	[src]
+	push	[pixel_height]
+	push	[pixel_width]
+	call	Setup_Shape_Header
+	add	esp,7*4
+	mov	[ShapeJumpTableAddress],offset AllFlagsJumpTable
+	jmp	??headers_set
+??no_header_setup:
+
+	xor	eax,eax
+	test	[flags],SHAPE_PREDATOR
+	jz	??not_shape_predator
+	or	al,BLIT_PREDATOR
+
+??not_shape_predator:
+	test	[flags],SHAPE_FADING
+	jz	??not_shape_fading
+	or	al,BLIT_FADING
+
+??not_shape_fading:
+
+	test	[flags],SHAPE_TRANS
+	jz	??not_shape_transparent
+	or	al,BLIT_TRANSPARENT
+
+??not_shape_transparent:
+
+	test	[flags],SHAPE_GHOST
+	jz	??not_shape_ghost
+	or	al,BLIT_GHOST
+
+??not_shape_ghost:
+
+	shl	eax,7
+	add	eax,offset NewShapeJumpTable
+	mov	[ShapeJumpTableAddress],eax
+
+
+??headers_set:
+	popad
+
+	;--------------------------------------------------------------------
+	; SHAPE_FADING: DWORD fade_table[256], DWORD fade_count
+	;--------------------------------------------------------------------
+	test	[ flags ] , SHAPE_FADING	; are we fading this shape
+	jz	??check_predator
+
+	mov	eax , [ flags + edi ]
+	mov	[ FadingTable ] , eax		; save address of fading tbl
+	mov	eax , [ flags + edi + 4 ]	; get fade num
+	or	[ jflags ] , FLAG_FADING
+	and	eax , 03fh			; no need for more than 63
+	add	edi , 8				; next argument
+	cmp	eax , 0				; check if it's 0
+	jnz	??set_fading			; if not, store fade num
+
+	and	[ flags ] , NOT SHAPE_FADING	; otherwise, don't fade
+
+??set_fading:
+	mov	[ FadingNum ] , eax
+
+	mov	ebx,[ShapeJumpTableAddress]
+	mov	[dword ebx+CriticalFadeRedirections-NewShapeJumpTable],offset Single_Line_Single_Fade
+	mov	[dword ebx+CriticalFadeRedirections-NewShapeJumpTable+4],offset Single_Line_Single_Fade_Trans
+	cmp	eax,1
+	jz	??single_fade
+	mov	[dword ebx+CriticalFadeRedirections-NewShapeJumpTable],offset Single_Line_Fading
+	mov	[dword ebx+CriticalFadeRedirections-NewShapeJumpTable+4],offset Single_Line_Fading_Trans
+
+??single_fade:
+
+	;--------------------------------------------------------------------
+	; SHAPE_PREDATOR: DWORD init_pred_lookup_offset (0-7)
+	;--------------------------------------------------------------------
+??check_predator:
+	test	[ flags ] , SHAPE_PREDATOR	; is predator effect on
+	jz	??check_partial
+
+	mov	eax , [ flags + edi ]		; pull the partial value
+	or	[ jflags ] , FLAG_PREDATOR
+	shl	eax , 1
+	cmp	eax , 0
+	jge	??check_range
+
+	neg	eax
+	mov	ebx , -1
+	and	eax , PRED_MASK			; keep entries within bounds
+	mov	bl , al
+	mov	eax , ebx			; will be ffffff00-ffffff07
+	jmp	??pred_cont
+
+??check_range:
+	and	eax , PRED_MASK			; keep entries within bounds
+
+??pred_cont:
+	add	edi , 4				; next argument
+	mov	[ BFPredOffset ] , eax
+	mov	[ BFPartialCount ] , 0		; clear the partial count
+	mov	[ BFPartialPred ] , 100h	; init partial to off
+
+??pred_neg_init:
+	mov  	esi , [ dest ]	    ; get ptr to dest
+	mov	ebx, 7 * 2
+
+??pred_loop:
+	movzx	eax , [ WORD PTR BFPredNegTable + ebx ]
+	add	eax , [ (GraphicViewPort esi) . GVPWidth ]	; add width
+	add	eax , [ (GraphicViewPort esi) . GVPXAdd ]	; add x add
+	add	eax , [ (GraphicViewPort esi) . GVPPitch ]	; extra pitch of DD surface	ST - 9/29/95 1:08PM
+	mov	[ WORD PTR BFPredNegTable + 16 + ebx ] , ax
+	dec	ebx
+	dec	ebx
+	jge	??pred_loop
+
+	;--------------------------------------------------------------------
+	; SHAPE_PARTIAL: DWORD partial_pred_value (0-255)
+	;--------------------------------------------------------------------
+??check_partial:
+	test	[ flags ] , SHAPE_PARTIAL		; is this a partial pred?
+	jz	??setupfunc
+
+	mov	eax , [ flags + edi ]		; pull the partial value
+	add	edi , 4				; next argument
+	and	eax , 0ffh			; make sure 0-255
+	mov	[ BFPartialPred ] , eax		; store it off
+
+??setupfunc:
+	mov	ebx , [ jflags ]		; load flags value
+	and	ebx , FLAG_MASK			; clip high bits
+	add	ebx , ebx			; mult by 4 to get DWORD offset
+	add	ebx , ebx
+	mov	ebx , [ BufferFrameTable + ebx ]	; get table value
+	mov	[ BufferFrameRout ] , ebx		; store it in the function pointer
+
+; Clip dest Rectangle against source Window boundaries.
+
+	mov	[ scr_x ] , 0
+	mov	[ scr_y ] , 0
+	mov  	esi , [ dest ]	    ; get ptr to dest
+	xor 	ecx , ecx
+	xor 	edx , edx
+	mov	edi , [ (GraphicViewPort esi) . GVPWidth ]  ; get width into register
+	mov	ebx , [ x_pixel ]
+	mov	eax , [ x_pixel ]
+	add	ebx , [ pixel_width ]
+	shld	ecx , eax , 1
+	mov	[ x1_pixel ] , ebx
+	inc	edi
+	shld	edx , ebx , 1
+	sub	eax , edi
+	sub	ebx , edi
+	shld	ecx , eax , 1
+	shld	edx , ebx , 1
+
+	mov	edi,[ ( GraphicViewPort esi) . GVPHeight ] ; get height into register
+	mov	ebx , [ y_pixel ]
+	mov	eax , [ y_pixel ]
+	add	ebx , [ pixel_height ]
+	shld	ecx , eax , 1
+	mov	[ y1_pixel ] , ebx
+	inc	edi
+	shld	edx , ebx , 1
+	sub	eax , edi
+	sub	ebx , edi
+	shld	ecx , eax , 1
+	shld	edx , ebx , 1
+
+	xor	cl , 5
+	xor	dl , 5
+	mov	al , cl
+	test	dl , cl
+	jnz	??real_out
+
+	or	al , dl
+	jz	??do_blit
+
+	mov	[use_old_draw],1
+	test	cl , 1000b
+	jz	??dest_left_ok
+
+	mov	eax , [ x_pixel ]
+	neg	eax
+	mov	[ x_pixel ] , 0
+	mov	[ scr_x ] , eax
+
+??dest_left_ok:
+	test	cl , 0010b
+	jz	??dest_bottom_ok
+
+	mov	eax , [ y_pixel ]
+	neg	eax
+	mov	[ y_pixel ] , 0
+	mov	[ scr_y ] , eax
+
+??dest_bottom_ok:
+	test	dl , 0100b
+	jz	??dest_right_ok
+
+	mov	eax , [ (GraphicViewPort esi) . GVPWidth ]  ; get width into register
+	mov	[ x1_pixel ] , eax
+
+??dest_right_ok:
+	test	dl , 0001b
+	jz	??do_blit
+
+	mov	eax , [ (GraphicViewPort esi) . GVPHeight ]  ; get width into register
+	mov	[ y1_pixel ] , eax
+
+??do_blit:
+	cld
+	mov	eax , [ (GraphicViewPort esi) . GVPXAdd ]
+	add	eax , [ (GraphicViewPort esi) . GVPPitch ]
+	add	eax , [ (GraphicViewPort esi) . GVPWidth ]
+	mov	edi , [ (GraphicViewPort esi) . GVPOffset ]
+
+	mov	ecx , eax
+	mul	[ y_pixel ]
+	add	edi , [ x_pixel ]
+	add	edi , eax
+
+	add	ecx , [ x_pixel ]
+	sub	ecx , [ x1_pixel ]
+	mov	[ dest_adjust_width ] , ecx
+
+	mov	esi , [ src ]
+	mov	eax , [ pixel_width ]
+	sub	eax , [ x1_pixel ]
+	add	eax , [ x_pixel ]
+	mov	[ scr_adjust_width ] , eax
+
+	mov	eax , [ scr_y ]
+	mul	[ pixel_width ]
+	add	eax , [ scr_x ]
+	add	esi , eax
+
+;
+; If the shape needs to be clipped then we cant handle it with the new header systen
+; so draw it with the old shape drawer
+;
+	cmp	[use_old_draw],0
+	jnz	??use_old_stuff
+
+	add	[header_pointer],size ShapeHeaderType
+	mov	edx,[pixel_height]
+	mov	ecx,[pixel_width]
+	mov	eax,[header_pointer]
+	mov	al,[eax]
+	mov	[save_ecx],ecx
+	inc	[header_pointer]
+	and	eax,BLIT_ALL
+	shl	eax,2
+	add	eax,[ShapeJumpTableAddress]
+	jmp	[dword eax]
+
+
+??use_old_stuff:
+	mov	edx , [ y1_pixel ]
+	mov	eax , [ x1_pixel ]
+
+	sub	edx , [ y_pixel ]
+	jle	??real_out
+
+	sub	eax , [ x_pixel ]
+	jle	??real_out
+
+	jmp	[ BufferFrameRout ]	; buffer frame to viewport routine
+
+??real_out:
+
+	cmp	[MMXAvailable],0
+	jz	??no_mmx_cleanup
+	call	MMX_Done
+
+??no_mmx_cleanup:
+	epilogue
+
+	ret
+
+
+; ********************************************************************
+; Forward bitblit only
+; the inner loop is so efficient that
+; the optimal consept no longer apply because
+; the optimal byte have to by a number greather than 9 bytes
+; ********************************************************************
+global	BF_Copy:near
+
+BF_Copy:
+	prologue
+	cmp	eax , 10
+	jl	??forward_loop_bytes
+
+??forward_loop_dword:
+	mov	ecx , edi
+	mov	ebx , eax
+	neg	ecx
+	and	ecx , 3
+	sub	ebx , ecx
+	rep	movsb
+	mov	ecx , ebx
+	shr	ecx , 2
+	rep	movsd
+	mov	ecx , ebx
+	and	ecx , 3
+	rep	movsb
+
+	add	esi , [ scr_adjust_width ]
+	add	edi , [ dest_adjust_width ]
+	dec	edx
+	jnz	??forward_loop_dword
+
+	ret
+
+??forward_loop_bytes:
+	mov	ecx , eax
+	rep	movsb
+	add	esi , [ scr_adjust_width ]
+	add	edi , [ dest_adjust_width ]
+	dec	edx					; decrement the height
+	jnz	??forward_loop_bytes
+	epilogue
+
+	ret
+
+
+;********************************************************************
+;********************************************************************
+
+		segment code page public use32 'code'	; Need stricter segment alignment
+							; for pentium optimisations
+
+
+;
+; Expand the 'next_line' macro so we can jump to it
+;
+;
+Next_Line:	next_line
+
+
+
+;*****************************************************************************
+; Draw a single line with transparent pixels
+;
+; 11/29/95 10:21AM - ST
+;
+		align	32
+
+Single_Line_Trans:
+		prologue
+
+Single_Line_Trans_Entry:
+
+??slt_mask_map_lp:				; Pentium pipeline usage
+						;Pipe	Cycles
+		mov	al,[esi]		;U	1
+		inc	esi			;Vee	1
+
+		test	al,al			;U	1
+		jz	??slt_skip		;Vee	1/5
+
+??slt_not_trans:mov	[edi],al		;u 	1
+
+		inc	edi			;vee	1
+		dec	ecx			;u	1
+
+		jnz	??slt_mask_map_lp	;vee  (maybe)	1
+
+??slt_end_line:	epilogue
+		next_line
+
+		align	32
+
+??slt_skip:	inc	edi
+		dec	ecx
+		jz	??slt_skip_end_line
+
+		mov	al,[esi]
+		inc	esi
+		test	al,al
+		jz	??slt_skip2
+		mov	[edi],al
+		inc	edi
+		dec	ecx
+		jnz	??slt_mask_map_lp
+
+		epilogue
+		next_line
+
+		align	32
+
+??slt_skip2:	inc	edi
+		dec	ecx
+		jz	??slt_end_line
+
+;
+; If we have hit two transparent pixels in a row then we go into
+; the transparent optimised bit
+;
+??slt_round_again:
+	rept	64
+		mov	al,[esi]   ;	;pipe 1
+		inc	esi	   ;1	;pipe 2
+		test	al,al	   ;	;pipe 1
+		jnz	??slt_not_trans;pipe 2 (not pairable in 1)
+				   ;2
+		inc	edi	   ;	;pipe 1
+		dec	ecx	   ;3	;pipe 2
+		jz	??slt_end_line ;4	;pipe 1 (not pairable)
+	endm			   ; best case is 4 cycles per iteration
+		jmp	??slt_round_again
+
+
+
+??slt_skip_end_line:
+		epilogue
+		next_line
+
+
+
+;*****************************************************************************
+; Draw a single line with no transparent pixels
+;
+; 11/29/95 10:21AM - ST
+;
+; We have to align the destination for cards that dont bankswitch correctly
+; when you write non-aligned data.
+;
+		align	32
+Long_Single_Line_Copy:
+		prologue
+
+ rept 3
+		test	edi,3
+		jz	??LSLC_aligned
+		movsb
+		dec	ecx
+ endm
+
+??LSLC_aligned:
+		mov	ebx,ecx
+
+		shr	ecx,2
+		rep	movsd
+		and	ebx,3
+		jz	??out
+		movsb
+		dec	bl
+		jz	??out
+		movsb
+		dec	bl
+		jz	??out
+		movsb
+??out:		epilogue
+		next_line
+
+
+
+;*****************************************************************************
+; Draw a single short line with no transparent pixels
+;
+; 11/29/95 10:21AM - ST
+;
+		align	32
+Short_Single_Line_Copy:
+		prologue
+		cmp	ecx,16
+		jge	Long_Single_Line_Copy
+		mov	ebx,ecx
+		rep	movsb
+		mov	ecx,ebx
+		epilogue
+		next_line
+
+
+;*****************************************************************************
+; Skip a line of source that is all transparent
+;
+; 11/29/95 10:21AM - ST
+;
+
+		align	32
+Single_Line_Skip:
+		prologue
+		add	esi,ecx
+		add	edi,ecx
+		epilogue
+		next_line
+
+
+
+;*****************************************************************************
+; Draw a single line with ghosting
+;
+; 11/29/95 10:21AM - ST
+;
+		align	32
+Single_Line_Ghost:
+
+		prologue
+		xor	eax,eax
+??slg_loop:	mov	al,[esi]
+		mov	ebx,[IsTranslucent]
+		inc	esi
+		mov	bh,[eax+ebx]
+		cmp	bh,-1
+		jz	??slg_store_pixel
+
+		and	ebx,0ff00h
+		mov	al,[edi]
+		add	ebx,[Translucent]
+		mov	al,[eax+ebx]
+
+??slg_store_pixel:
+		mov	[edi],al
+
+		inc	edi
+		dec	ecx
+		jnz	??slg_loop
+		epilogue
+		next_line
+
+
+
+;*****************************************************************************
+; Draw a single line with transparent pixels and ghosting
+;
+; 11/29/95 10:21AM - ST
+;
+		align	32
+Single_Line_Ghost_Trans:
+		prologue
+		xor	eax,eax
+;		cmp	ecx,3
+;		ja	??slgt4
+
+??slgt_loop:	mov	al,[esi]
+		inc	esi
+		test	al,al
+		jz	??slgt_transparent
+
+??slgt_not_transparent:
+		mov	ebx,[IsTranslucent]
+		mov	bh,[eax+ebx]
+		cmp	bh,-1
+		jz	??slgt_store_pixel
+
+		and	ebx,0ff00h
+		mov	al,[edi]
+		add	ebx,[Translucent]
+		mov	al,[eax+ebx]
+
+??slgt_store_pixel:
+		mov	[edi],al
+		inc	edi
+		dec	ecx
+		jnz	??slgt_loop
+		epilogue
+		next_line
+
+
+		align	32
+
+??slgt_transparent:
+		inc	edi		;1
+		dec	ecx		;2
+		jz	??slgt_out	;1 (not pairable)
+
+??slgt_round_again:
+	rept	64
+		mov	al,[esi]   ;	;pipe 1
+		inc	esi	   ;1	;pipe 2
+		test	al,al	   ;	;pipe 1
+		jnz	??slgt_not_transparent	;pipe 2 (not pairable in 1)
+				   ;2
+		inc	edi	   ;	;pipe 1
+		dec	ecx	   ;3	;pipe 2
+		jz	??slgt_out ;4	;pipe 1 (not pairable)
+	endm			   ; best case is 4 cycles per iteration
+		jmp	??slgt_round_again
+
+??slgt_out:	epilogue
+		next_line
+
+
+
+;
+; Optimised video memory access version
+;
+		align 	32
+
+??slgt4:        push	edx
+		mov	edx,[edi]
+
+	rept	4
+	local	slgt4_store1
+	local	slgt4_trans1
+		mov	al,[esi]
+		inc	esi
+		test	al,al
+		jz	slgt4_trans1
+
+		mov	ebx,[IsTranslucent]
+		mov	bh,[eax+ebx]
+		cmp	bh,-1
+		jz	slgt4_store1
+
+		and	ebx,0ff00h
+		mov	al,dl
+		add	ebx,[Translucent]
+		mov	al,[eax+ebx]
+
+slgt4_store1:	mov	dl,al
+
+slgt4_trans1:	ror	edx,8
+	endm
+		mov	[edi],edx
+		pop	edx
+		lea	edi,[edi+4]
+		lea	ecx,[ecx+0fffffffch]
+		cmp	ecx,3
+		ja	??slgt4
+		test	ecx,ecx
+		jnz	??slgt_loop
+
+		epilogue
+		next_line
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+;*****************************************************************************
+; Draw a single line with fading (colour remapping)
+;
+; 11/29/95 10:21AM - ST
+;
+		align	32
+
+Single_Line_Fading:
+		prologue
+		xor	eax,eax
+		mov	ebx,[FadingTable]
+		push	ebp
+		mov	ebp,[FadingNum]
+		push	ebp
+
+??slf_loop:	mov	al,[esi]
+		inc	esi
+
+		mov	ebp,[esp]
+
+??slf_fade_loop:mov	al,[ebx+eax]
+		dec	ebp
+		jnz	??slf_fade_loop
+
+		mov	[edi],al
+		inc	edi
+
+		dec	ecx
+		jnz	??slf_loop
+		add	esp,4
+		pop	ebp
+		epilogue
+		next_line
+
+
+;*****************************************************************************
+; Draw a single line with transparent pixels and fading (colour remapping)
+;
+; 11/29/95 10:21AM - ST
+;
+		align	32
+
+Single_Line_Fading_Trans:
+		prologue
+		xor	eax,eax
+		mov	ebx,[FadingTable]
+		push	ebp
+		mov	ebp,[FadingNum]
+		push	ebp
+
+??slft_loop:	mov	al,[esi]
+		inc	esi
+		test	al,al
+		jz	??slft_transparent
+
+		mov	ebp,[esp]
+
+??slft_fade_loop:
+		mov	al,[ebx+eax]
+		dec	ebp
+		jnz	??slft_fade_loop
+
+		mov	[edi],al
+??slft_transparent:
+		inc	edi
+
+		dec	ecx
+		jnz	??slft_loop
+		add	esp,4
+		pop	ebp
+		epilogue
+		next_line
+
+
+
+
+
+;*****************************************************************************
+; Draw a single line with a single fade level (colour remap)
+;
+; 11/29/95 10:21AM - ST
+;
+		align	32
+
+Single_Line_Single_Fade:
+		prologue
+		xor	eax,eax
+		mov	ebx,[FadingTable]
+
+??slsf_loop:	mov	al,[esi]
+		mov	al,[ebx+eax]
+		mov	[edi],al
+		inc	esi
+		inc	edi
+
+		dec	ecx
+		jnz	??slsf_loop
+		epilogue
+		next_line
+
+
+
+;*****************************************************************************
+; Draw a single line with transparent pixels and a single fade level (colour remap)
+;
+; 11/29/95 10:21AM - ST
+;
+		align	32
+
+Single_Line_Single_Fade_Trans:
+		prologue
+		xor	eax,eax
+		mov	ebx,[FadingTable]
+
+??slsft_loop:	mov	al,[esi]
+		inc	esi
+		test	al,al
+		jz	??slsft_transparent
+		mov	al,[ebx+eax]
+		mov	[edi],al
+		inc	edi
+		dec	ecx
+		jnz	??slsft_loop
+		epilogue
+		next_line
+
+		align	32
+
+??slsft_transparent:
+		inc	edi
+
+		dec	ecx
+		jz	??slsft_next_line
+		mov	al,[esi]
+		inc	esi
+		test	al,al
+		jz	??slsft_transparent
+		mov	al,[ebx+eax]
+		mov	[edi],al
+		inc	edi
+		dec	ecx
+		jnz	??slsft_loop
+
+??slsft_next_line:
+		epilogue
+		next_line
+
+
+
+
+
+;*****************************************************************************
+; Draw a single line with ghosting and fading (colour remapping)
+;
+; 11/29/95 10:21AM - ST
+;
+		align	32
+
+Single_Line_Ghost_Fading:
+
+		prologue
+		mov	[StashECX],ecx
+
+??SLGF_loop:	xor	eax,eax
+		mov	al,[esi]
+		mov	ebx,[IsTranslucent]
+		mov	bh,[eax+ebx]
+		cmp	bh,-1
+		jz	??slgf_do_fading
+
+		and	ebx,0ff00h
+
+		mov	al,[edi]
+		add	ebx,[Translucent]
+		mov	al,[ebx+eax]
+
+??slgf_do_fading:
+		mov	ebx,[FadingTable]
+		mov	ecx,[FadingNum]
+
+??slgf_fade_loop:
+		mov	al,[eax+ebx]
+		dec	ecx
+		jnz	??slgf_fade_loop
+
+		mov	[edi],al
+		inc	esi
+		inc	edi
+
+		dec	[StashECX]
+		jnz	??SLGF_loop
+		epilogue
+		next_line
+
+
+;*****************************************************************************
+; Draw a single line with transparent pixels, ghosting and fading
+;
+; 11/29/95 10:21AM - ST
+;
+		align	32
+
+Single_Line_Ghost_Fading_Trans:
+		prologue
+		mov	[StashECX],ecx
+		xor	eax,eax
+
+;		cmp	ecx,3
+;		ja	??slgft4
+
+??SLGFT_loop:	mov	al,[esi]
+		inc	esi
+		test	al,al
+		jz	??slgft_trans_pixel
+		mov	ebx,[IsTranslucent]
+		mov	bh,[eax+ebx]
+		cmp	bh,-1
+		jz	??slgft_do_fading
+
+		and	ebx,0ff00h
+
+		mov	al,[edi]
+		add	ebx,[Translucent]
+		mov	al,[ebx+eax]
+
+??slgft_do_fading:
+		mov	ebx,[FadingTable]
+		mov	ecx,[FadingNum]
+
+??slgft_fade_loop:
+		mov	al,[eax+ebx]
+		dec	ecx
+		jnz	??slgft_fade_loop
+
+		mov	[edi],al
+??slgft_trans_pixel:
+		inc	edi
+
+		dec	[StashECX]
+		jnz	??SLGFT_loop
+		epilogue
+		next_line
+
+
+		align	32
+
+??slgft4:	push	edx
+		mov	edx,[edi]
+
+	rept	4
+	local	slgft4_fade
+	local	slgft4_fade_lp
+	local	slgft4_trans
+		mov	al,[esi]
+		inc	esi
+		test	al,al
+		jz	slgft4_trans
+		mov	ebx,[IsTranslucent]
+		mov	bh,[eax+ebx]
+		cmp	bh,-1
+		jz	slgft4_fade
+
+		and	ebx,0ff00h
+
+		mov	al,dl
+		add	ebx,[Translucent]
+		mov	al,[ebx+eax]
+
+slgft4_fade:	mov	ebx,[FadingTable]
+		mov	ecx,[FadingNum]
+
+slgft4_fade_lp:	mov	al,[eax+ebx]
+		dec	ecx
+		jnz	slgft4_fade_lp
+
+		mov	dl,al
+
+slgft4_trans:	ror	edx,8
+	endm
+		mov	[edi],edx
+		pop	edx
+		lea	edi,[edi+4]
+		sub	[StashECX],4
+		jz	??slgft4_out
+		cmp	[StashECX],3
+		ja	??slgft4
+		jmp	??SLGFT_loop
+
+??slgft4_out:	epilogue
+		next_line
+
+
+;*****************************************************************************
+; Draw a single line with predator effect
+;
+; 11/29/95 10:21AM - ST
+;
+		align	32
+
+Single_Line_Predator:
+
+		prologue
+
+??slp_loop:	mov	al,[esi]
+
+		mov	ebx,[BFPartialCount]
+		add	ebx,[BFPartialPred]
+		or	bh,bh
+		jnz	??slp_get_pred
+
+		mov	[BFPartialCount] , ebx
+		jmp	??slp_skip_pixel
+
+??slp_get_pred:	xor	bh , bh
+		mov	eax,[BFPredOffset]
+		mov	[BFPartialCount] , ebx
+		add	[BYTE BFPredOffset],2
+		mov	eax,[DWORD BFPredTable+eax]
+		and	[BYTE BFPredOffset],PRED_MASK
+		and	eax,0ffffh
+
+		mov	al,[edi+eax]
+		mov	[edi],al
+
+??slp_skip_pixel:
+		inc	esi
+		inc	edi
+
+		dec	ecx
+		jnz	??slp_loop
+
+		epilogue
+		next_line
+
+
+
+
+;*****************************************************************************
+; Draw a single line with transparent pixels and predator effect
+;
+; 11/29/95 10:21AM - ST
+;
+		align	32
+
+Single_Line_Predator_Trans:
+
+		prologue
+
+??slpt_loop:	mov	al,[esi]
+		inc	esi
+		test	al,al
+		jz	??slpt_skip_pixel
+
+		mov	ebx,[BFPartialCount]
+		add	ebx,[BFPartialPred]
+		or	bh,bh
+		jnz	??slpt_get_pred
+
+		mov	[BFPartialCount] , ebx
+		jmp	??slpt_skip_pixel
+
+??slpt_get_pred:xor	bh , bh
+		mov	eax,[BFPredOffset]
+		mov	[BFPartialCount] , ebx
+		add	[BYTE BFPredOffset],2
+		mov	eax,[DWORD BFPredTable+eax]
+		and	[BYTE PTR BFPredOffset ] , PRED_MASK
+		and	eax,0ffffh
+
+		mov	al,[edi+eax]
+		mov	[edi],al
+
+??slpt_skip_pixel:
+		inc	edi
+
+		dec	ecx
+		jnz	??slpt_loop
+
+		epilogue
+		next_line
+
+
+;*****************************************************************************
+; Draw a single line with predator and ghosting
+;
+; 11/29/95 10:21AM - ST
+;
+		align	32
+
+Single_Line_Predator_Ghost:
+
+		prologue
+
+??slpg_loop:	mov	al,[esi]
+		mov	ebx,[BFPartialCount]
+		add	ebx,[BFPartialPred]
+		test	bh,bh
+		jnz	??slpg_get_pred		; is this a predator pixel?
+
+		mov	[BFPartialCount],ebx
+		jmp	??slpg_check_ghost
+
+??slpg_get_pred:
+		xor	bh,bh
+		mov	eax,[BFPredOffset]
+		mov	[BFPartialCount],ebx
+		add	[BYTE BFPredOffset],2
+		mov	eax,[DWORD BFPredTable+eax ]
+		and	[BYTE BFPredOffset],PRED_MASK
+		and	eax,0ffffh
+		mov	al,[edi+eax]
+
+??slpg_check_ghost:
+		mov	ebx,[IsTranslucent]
+		mov	bh,[ebx+eax]
+		cmp	bh,0ffh
+		je	??slpg_store_pixel
+
+		xor	eax,eax
+		and	ebx,0FF00h
+
+		mov	al,[edi]
+		add	ebx,[Translucent]
+
+		mov	al,[ebx+eax]
+
+??slpg_store_pixel:
+		mov	[edi],al
+		inc	esi
+		inc	edi
+
+		dec	ecx
+		jnz	??slpg_loop
+
+		epilogue
+		next_line
+
+
+
+;*****************************************************************************
+; Draw a single line with transparent pixels, predator and ghosting
+;
+; 11/29/95 10:21AM - ST
+;
+		align	32
+
+Single_Line_Predator_Ghost_Trans:
+		prologue
+
+??slpgt_loop:	mov	al,[esi]
+		inc	esi
+		test	al,al
+		jz	??slpgt_transparent
+
+		mov	ebx,[BFPartialCount]
+		add	ebx,[BFPartialPred]
+		test	bh,bh
+		jnz	??slpgt_get_pred		; is this a predator pixel?
+
+		mov	[BFPartialCount],ebx
+		jmp	??slpgt_check_ghost
+
+??slpgt_get_pred:
+		xor	bh,bh
+		mov	eax,[BFPredOffset]
+		mov	[BFPartialCount],ebx
+		add	[BYTE BFPredOffset],2
+		mov	eax,[DWORD BFPredTable+eax ]
+		and	[BYTE BFPredOffset],PRED_MASK
+		and	eax,0ffffh
+		mov	al,[edi+eax]
+
+??slpgt_check_ghost:
+		mov	ebx,[IsTranslucent]
+		mov	bh,[ebx+eax]
+		cmp	bh,0ffh
+		je	??slpgt_store_pixel
+
+		xor	eax,eax
+		and	ebx,0FF00h
+
+		mov	al,[edi]
+		add	ebx,[Translucent]
+
+		mov	al,[ebx+eax]
+
+??slpgt_store_pixel:
+		mov	[edi],al
+??slpgt_transparent:
+		inc	edi
+
+		dec	ecx
+		jnz	??slpgt_loop
+
+		pop	ecx
+		epilogue
+		next_line
+
+
+;*****************************************************************************
+; Draw a single line with predator and fading
+;
+; 11/29/95 10:21AM - ST
+;
+		align	32
+
+Single_Line_Predator_Fading:
+
+		prologue
+		mov	[StashECX],ecx
+
+??slpf_loop:	mov	al,[esi]
+		mov	ebx,[BFPartialCount]
+		inc	esi
+		add	ebx,[BFPartialPred]
+		test	bh,bh
+		jnz	??slpf_get_pred
+
+		mov	[BFPartialCount],ebx
+		jmp	??slpf_do_fading
+
+??slpf_get_pred:xor	bh,bh
+		mov	eax,[BFPredOffset]
+		mov	[BFPartialCount],ebx
+		and	[BYTE BFPredOffset],2
+		mov	eax,[DWORD BFPredTable+eax]
+		and	[BYTE BFPredOffset],PRED_MASK
+
+		and	eax,0ffffh
+		mov	al,[eax+edi]
+
+??slpf_do_fading:
+		and	eax,255
+		mov	ebx,[FadingTable]
+		mov	ecx,[FadingNum]
+
+??slpf_fade_loop:
+		mov	al,[eax+ebx]
+		dec	ecx
+		jnz	??slpf_fade_loop
+
+		mov	[edi],al
+		inc	edi
+
+		dec	[StashECX]
+		jnz	??slpf_loop
+
+		epilogue
+		next_line
+
+
+
+;*****************************************************************************
+; Draw a single line with transparent pixels, fading and predator
+;
+; 11/29/95 10:21AM - ST
+;
+		align	32
+
+Single_Line_Predator_Fading_Trans:
+		prologue
+		mov	[StashECX],ecx
+
+??slpft_loop:	mov	al,[esi]
+		inc	esi
+		test	al,al
+		jz	??slpft_transparent
+		mov	ebx,[BFPartialCount]
+		add	ebx,[BFPartialPred]
+		test	bh,bh
+		jnz	??slpft_get_pred
+
+		mov	[BFPartialCount],ebx
+		jmp	??slpft_do_fading
+
+??slpft_get_pred:
+		xor	bh,bh
+		mov	eax,[BFPredOffset]
+		mov	[BFPartialCount],ebx
+		and	[BYTE BFPredOffset],2
+		mov	eax,[DWORD BFPredTable+eax]
+		and	[BYTE BFPredOffset],PRED_MASK
+
+		and	eax,0ffffh
+		mov	al,[eax+edi]
+
+??slpft_do_fading:
+		and	eax,255
+		mov	ebx,[FadingTable]
+		mov	ecx,[FadingNum]
+
+??slpft_fade_loop:
+		mov	al,[eax+ebx]
+		dec	ecx
+		jnz	??slpft_fade_loop
+
+		mov	[edi],al
+??slpft_transparent:
+		inc	edi
+
+		dec	[StashECX]
+		jnz	??slpft_loop
+
+		epilogue
+		next_line
+
+
+
+;*****************************************************************************
+; Draw a single line with predator, ghosting and fading
+;
+; 11/29/95 10:21AM - ST
+;
+		align	32
+
+Single_Line_Predator_Ghost_Fading:
+
+		prologue
+		mov	[StashECX],ecx
+
+??slpgf_loop:	mov	al,[esi]
+		mov	ebx,[BFPartialCount]
+		inc	esi
+		add	ebx,[BFPartialPred]
+		test	bh , bh
+		jnz	??slpgf_get_pred		; is this a predator pixel?
+
+		mov	[BFPartialCount],ebx
+		jmp	??slpgf_check_ghost
+
+??slpgf_get_pred:
+		xor	bh,bh
+		mov	eax,[BFPredOffset]
+		mov	[BFPartialCount],ebx
+		add	[BYTE BFPredOffset],2
+		mov	eax,[DWORD BFPredTable+eax]
+		and	[BYTE BFPredOffset],PRED_MASK
+		and	eax,0ffffh
+
+		mov	al,[edi+eax]
+
+??slpgf_check_ghost:
+		and	eax,255
+		mov	ebx,[IsTranslucent]
+		mov	bh,[ebx+eax]
+		cmp	bh,0ffh
+		je	??slpgf_do_fading
+
+		and	ebx , 0FF00h
+
+		mov	al,[edi]
+		add	ebx,[Translucent]
+
+		mov	al,[ebx+eax]
+
+??slpgf_do_fading:
+		xor	eax,eax
+		mov	ebx,[FadingTable]
+		mov	ecx,[FadingNum]
+
+??slpgf_fade_loop:
+		mov	al,[ebx+eax]
+		dec	ecx
+		jnz	??slpgf_fade_loop
+
+??slpgf_store_pixel:
+		mov	[edi],al
+		inc	edi
+
+		dec	[StashECX]
+		jnz	??slpgf_loop
+
+		epilogue
+		next_line
+
+
+
+;*****************************************************************************
+; Draw a single line with transparent pixels, predator, ghosting and fading
+;
+; 11/29/95 10:21AM - ST
+;
+		align	32
+
+Single_Line_Predator_Ghost_Fading_Trans:
+
+		prologue
+		mov	[StashECX],ecx
+
+??slpgft_loop:	mov	al,[esi]
+		inc	esi
+		test	al,al
+		jz	??slpgft_transparent
+
+		mov	ebx,[BFPartialCount]
+		add	ebx,[BFPartialPred]
+		test	bh , bh
+		jnz	??slpgft_get_pred		; is this a predator pixel?
+
+		mov	[BFPartialCount],ebx
+		jmp	??slpgft_check_ghost
+
+??slpgft_get_pred:
+		xor	bh,bh
+		mov	eax,[BFPredOffset]
+		mov	[BFPartialCount],ebx
+		add	[BYTE BFPredOffset],2
+		mov	eax,[DWORD BFPredTable+eax]
+		and	[BYTE BFPredOffset],PRED_MASK
+		and	eax,0ffffh
+
+		mov	al,[edi+eax]
+
+??slpgft_check_ghost:
+		and	eax,255
+		mov	ebx,[IsTranslucent]
+		mov	bh,[ebx+eax]
+		cmp	bh,0ffh
+		je	??slpgft_do_fading
+
+		and	ebx , 0FF00h
+
+		mov	al,[edi]
+		add	ebx,[Translucent]
+
+		mov	al,[ebx+eax]
+
+??slpgft_do_fading:
+		xor	eax,eax
+		mov	ebx,[FadingTable]
+		mov	ecx,[FadingNum]
+
+??slpgft_fade_loop:
+		mov	al,[ebx+eax]
+		dec	ecx
+		jnz	??slpgft_fade_loop
+
+??slpgft_store_pixel:
+		mov	[edi],al
+??slpgft_transparent:
+		inc	edi
+
+		dec	[StashECX]
+		jnz	??slpgft_loop
+
+		epilogue
+		next_line
+
+
+
+
+		ends		;end of strict alignment segment
+
+	       	codeseg
+
+
+
+global	BF_Trans:near
+
+BF_Trans:
+
+	prologue
+; calc the code location to skip to 10 bytes per REPT below!!!!
+	mov	ecx , eax
+	and	ecx , 01fh
+	lea	ecx , [ ecx + ecx * 4 ]		; quick multiply by 5
+	neg	ecx
+	shr	eax , 5
+	lea	ecx , [ ??trans_reference + ecx * 2 ] ; next multiply by 2
+	mov	[ loop_cnt ] , eax
+	mov	[ jmp_loc ] , ecx
+
+??trans_loop:
+	mov	ecx , [ loop_cnt ]
+	jmp	[ jmp_loc ]
+
+; the following code should NOT be changed without changing the calculation
+; above!!!!!!
+
+??trans_line:
+
+	REPT	32
+	local	trans_pixel
+		mov	bl , [ esi ]
+		inc	esi
+		test	bl , bl
+		jz	trans_pixel
+
+		mov	[ edi ] , bl
+
+	trans_pixel:
+		inc	edi
+	ENDM
+
+??trans_reference:
+	dec	ecx
+	jge	??trans_line
+
+	add	esi , [ scr_adjust_width ]
+	add	edi , [ dest_adjust_width ]
+	dec	edx
+	jnz	??trans_loop
+	epilogue
+
+	ret
+
+;********************************************************************
+;********************************************************************
+
+global	BF_Ghost:near
+BF_Ghost:
+
+	prologue
+	mov	ebx , eax			; width
+
+	; NOTE: the below calculation assumes a group of instructions is
+	;	less than 256 bytes
+
+	; get length of the 32 groups of instructions
+
+	lea	ecx , [ ??ghost_reference - ??ghost_line ]
+
+	shr	ebx , 5				; width / 32
+	shr	ecx , 5				; length of instructions / 32
+	and	eax , 01fh			; mod of width / 32
+	mul	cl				; calc offset to start of group
+	neg	eax				; inverse of width
+	mov	[ loop_cnt ] , ebx		; save width / 32
+	lea	ecx , [ ??ghost_reference + eax ]
+	mov	eax , 0
+	mov	[ jmp_loc ] , ecx
+
+??ghost_loop:
+	mov	ecx , [ loop_cnt ]
+	jmp	[ jmp_loc ]
+
+??ghost_line:
+
+	REPT	32
+	local	store_pixel
+		mov	al , [ esi ]
+		inc	esi
+		mov	ebx , [ IsTranslucent ]		; is it a translucent color?
+		mov	bh , [ BYTE PTR ebx + eax ]
+		cmp	bh , 0ffh
+		je	store_pixel
+
+		and	ebx , 0FF00h			; clear all of ebx except bh
+							; we have the index to the translation table
+							; ((trans_colour * 256) + dest colour)
+		mov	al , [ edi ]			; mov pixel at destination to al
+		add	ebx , [ Translucent ]		; get the ptr to it!
+							; Add the (trans_color * 256) of the translation equ.
+		mov	al , [ BYTE PTR ebx + eax ]	; get new pixel in al
+
+	store_pixel:
+		mov	[ edi ] , al
+		inc	edi
+
+	ENDM
+
+??ghost_reference:
+	dec	ecx
+	jge	??ghost_line
+
+	add	esi , [ scr_adjust_width ]
+	add	edi , [ dest_adjust_width ]
+	dec	edx
+	jnz	??ghost_loop
+
+	epilogue
+	ret
+
+
+;********************************************************************
+;********************************************************************
+
+global	BF_Ghost_Trans:near
+BF_Ghost_Trans:
+
+	prologue
+	mov	ebx , eax			; width
+
+	; NOTE: the below calculation assumes a group of instructions is
+	;	less than 256 bytes
+
+	; get length of the 32 groups of instructions
+
+	lea	ecx , [ ??ghost_t_reference - ??ghost_t_line ]
+
+	shr	ebx , 5				; width / 32
+	shr	ecx , 5				; length of instructions / 32
+	and	eax , 01fh			; mod of width / 32
+	mul	cl				; calc offset to start of group
+	neg	eax				; inverse of width
+	mov	[ loop_cnt ] , ebx		; save width / 32
+	lea	ecx , [ ??ghost_t_reference + eax ]
+	mov	eax , 0
+	mov	[ jmp_loc ] , ecx
+
+??ghost_t_loop:
+	mov	ecx , [ loop_cnt ]
+	jmp	[ jmp_loc ]
+
+??ghost_t_line:
+
+	REPT	32
+	local	transp_pixel
+	local	store_pixel
+		mov	al , [ esi ]
+		inc	esi
+		test	al , al
+		jz	transp_pixel
+
+		mov	ebx , [ IsTranslucent ]		; is it a translucent color?
+		mov	bh , [ BYTE PTR ebx + eax ]
+		cmp	bh , 0ffh
+		je	store_pixel
+
+		and	ebx , 0FF00h			; clear all of ebx except bh
+							; we have the index to the translation table
+							; ((trans_colour * 256) + dest colour)
+		mov	al , [ edi ]			; mov pixel at destination to al
+		add	ebx , [ Translucent ]		; get the ptr to it!
+							; Add the (trans_color * 256) of the translation equ.
+		mov	al , [ BYTE PTR ebx + eax ]	; get new pixel in al
+
+	store_pixel:
+		mov	[ edi ] , al
+
+	transp_pixel:
+		inc	edi
+
+	ENDM
+
+??ghost_t_reference:
+	dec	ecx
+	jge	??ghost_t_line
+
+	add	esi , [ scr_adjust_width ]
+	add	edi , [ dest_adjust_width ]
+	dec	edx
+	jnz	??ghost_t_loop
+
+	epilogue
+	ret
+
+
+;********************************************************************
+;********************************************************************
+
+global	BF_Fading:near
+BF_Fading:
+
+	prologue
+	mov	ebx , eax			; width
+
+	; NOTE: the below calculation assumes a group of instructions is
+	;	less than 256 bytes
+
+	; get length of the 32 groups of instructions
+
+	lea	ecx , [ ??fading_reference - ??fading_line ]
+
+	shr	ebx , 5				; width / 32
+	shr	ecx , 5				; length of instructions / 32
+	and	eax , 01fh			; mod of width / 32
+	mul	cl				; calc offset to start of group
+	neg	eax				; inverse of width
+	mov	[ loop_cnt ] , ebx		; save width / 32
+	lea	ecx , [ ??fading_reference + eax ]
+	mov	eax , 0
+	mov	[ jmp_loc ] , ecx
+
+??fading_loop:
+	mov	ecx , [ loop_cnt ]
+	mov	[ StashECX ] , ecx		; preserve ecx for later
+	mov	ebx , [ FadingTable ]		; run color through fading table
+	jmp	[ jmp_loc ]
+
+??fading_line_begin:
+	mov	[ StashECX ] , ecx		; preserve ecx for later
+
+??fading_line:
+
+	REPT	32
+	local	fade_loop
+		mov	al , [ esi ]
+		inc	esi
+		mov	ecx , [ FadingNum ]
+
+	fade_loop:
+		mov	al, [BYTE PTR ebx + eax]
+		dec	ecx
+		jnz	fade_loop
+
+		mov	[ edi ] , al
+		inc	edi
+
+	ENDM
+
+??fading_reference:
+	mov	ecx , [ StashECX ]		; restore ecx for main draw loop
+	dec	ecx
+	jge	??fading_line_begin
+
+	add	esi , [ scr_adjust_width ]
+	add	edi , [ dest_adjust_width ]
+	dec	edx
+	jnz	??fading_loop
+
+	epilogue
+	ret
+
+
+;********************************************************************
+;********************************************************************
+
+global	BF_Fading_Trans:near
+BF_Fading_Trans:
+
+	prologue
+	mov	ebx , eax			; width
+
+	; NOTE: the below calculation assumes a group of instructions is
+	;	less than 256 bytes
+
+	; get length of the 32 groups of instructions
+
+	lea	ecx , [ ??fading_t_reference - ??fading_t_line ]
+
+	shr	ebx , 5				; width / 32
+	shr	ecx , 5				; length of instructions / 32
+	and	eax , 01fh			; mod of width / 32
+	mul	cl				; calc offset to start of group
+	neg	eax				; inverse of width
+	mov	[ loop_cnt ] , ebx		; save width / 32
+	lea	ecx , [ ??fading_t_reference + eax ]
+	mov	eax , 0
+	mov	[ jmp_loc ] , ecx
+
+??fading_t_loop:
+	mov	ecx , [ loop_cnt ]
+	mov	[ StashECX ] , ecx		; preserve ecx for later
+	mov	ebx , [ FadingTable ]		; run color through fading table
+	jmp	[ jmp_loc ]
+
+??fading_t_line_begin:
+	mov	[ StashECX ] , ecx		; preserve ecx for later
+
+??fading_t_line:
+
+	REPT	32
+	local	transp_pixel
+	local	fade_loop
+		mov	al , [ esi ]
+		inc	esi
+		test	al , al
+		jz	transp_pixel
+
+		mov	ecx , [ FadingNum ]
+
+	fade_loop:
+		mov	al, [BYTE PTR ebx + eax]
+		dec	ecx
+		jnz	fade_loop
+
+		mov	[ edi ] , al
+
+	transp_pixel:
+		inc	edi
+
+	ENDM
+
+??fading_t_reference:
+	mov	ecx , [ StashECX ]		; restore ecx for main draw loop
+	dec	ecx
+	jge	??fading_t_line_begin
+
+	add	esi , [ scr_adjust_width ]
+	add	edi , [ dest_adjust_width ]
+	dec	edx
+	jnz	??fading_t_loop
+
+	epilogue
+	ret
+
+
+;********************************************************************
+;********************************************************************
+
+global	BF_Ghost_Fading:near
+BF_Ghost_Fading:
+
+	prologue
+	mov	ebx , eax			; width
+
+	; NOTE: the below calculation assumes a group of instructions is
+	;	less than 256 bytes
+
+	; get length of the 32 groups of instructions
+
+	lea	ecx , [ ??ghost_f_reference - ??ghost_f_line ]
+
+	shr	ebx , 5				; width / 32
+	shr	ecx , 5				; length of instructions / 32
+	and	eax , 01fh			; mod of width / 32
+	mul	cl				; calc offset to start of group
+	neg	eax				; inverse of width
+	mov	[ loop_cnt ] , ebx		; save width / 32
+	lea	ecx , [ ??ghost_f_reference + eax ]
+	mov	eax , 0
+	mov	[ jmp_loc ] , ecx
+
+??ghost_f_loop:
+	mov	ecx , [ loop_cnt ]
+	mov	[ StashECX ] , ecx		; preserve ecx for later
+	jmp	[ jmp_loc ]
+
+??ghost_f_line_begin:
+	mov	[ StashECX ] , ecx		; preserve ecx for later
+
+??ghost_f_line:
+
+	REPT	32
+	local	store_pixel
+	local	do_fading
+	local	fade_loop
+		mov	al , [ esi ]
+		inc	esi
+		mov	ebx , [ IsTranslucent ]		; is it a lucent color?
+		mov	bh , [ BYTE PTR ebx + eax ]
+		cmp	bh , 0ffh
+		je	do_fading
+
+		and	ebx , 0FF00h			; clear all of ebx except bh
+							; we have the index to the lation table
+							; ((_colour * 256) + dest colour)
+		mov	al , [ edi ]			; mov pixel at destination to al
+		add	ebx , [ Translucent ]		; get the ptr to it!
+							; Add the (_color * 256) of the lation equ.
+		mov	al , [ BYTE PTR ebx + eax ]	; get new pixel in al
+; DRD		jmp	store_pixel
+
+	do_fading:
+		mov	ebx , [ FadingTable ]		; run color through fading table
+		mov	ecx , [ FadingNum ]
+
+	fade_loop:
+		mov	al, [BYTE PTR ebx + eax]
+		dec	ecx
+		jnz	fade_loop
+
+	store_pixel:
+		mov	[ edi ] , al
+		inc	edi
+
+	ENDM
+
+??ghost_f_reference:
+	mov	ecx , [ StashECX ]		; restore ecx for main draw loop
+	dec	ecx
+	jge	??ghost_f_line_begin
+
+	add	esi , [ scr_adjust_width ]
+	add	edi , [ dest_adjust_width ]
+	dec	edx
+	jnz	??ghost_f_loop
+
+	epilogue
+	ret
+
+
+;********************************************************************
+;********************************************************************
+
+global	BF_Ghost_Fading_Trans:near
+BF_Ghost_Fading_Trans:
+
+	prologue
+	mov	ebx , eax			; width
+
+	; NOTE: the below calculation assumes a group of instructions is
+	;	less than 256 bytes
+
+	; get length of the 32 groups of instructions
+
+	lea	ecx , [ ??ghost_f_t_reference - ??ghost_f_t_line ]
+
+	shr	ebx , 5				; width / 32
+	shr	ecx , 5				; length of instructions / 32
+	and	eax , 01fh			; mod of width / 32
+	mul	cl				; calc offset to start of group
+	neg	eax				; inverse of width
+	mov	[ loop_cnt ] , ebx		; save width / 32
+	lea	ecx , [ ??ghost_f_t_reference + eax ]
+	mov	eax , 0
+	mov	[ jmp_loc ] , ecx
+
+??ghost_f_t_loop:
+	mov	ecx , [ loop_cnt ]
+	mov	[ StashECX ] , ecx		; preserve ecx for later
+	jmp	[ jmp_loc ]
+
+??ghost_f_t_line_begin:
+	mov	[ StashECX ] , ecx		; preserve ecx for later
+
+??ghost_f_t_line:
+
+	REPT	32
+	local	transp_pixel
+	local	store_pixel
+	local	do_fading
+	local	fade_loop
+		mov	al , [ esi ]
+		inc	esi
+		test	al , al
+		jz	transp_pixel
+
+		mov	ebx , [ IsTranslucent ]		; is it a translucent color?
+		mov	bh , [ BYTE PTR ebx + eax ]
+		cmp	bh , 0ffh
+		je	do_fading
+
+		and	ebx , 0FF00h			; clear all of ebx except bh
+							; we have the index to the translation table
+							; ((trans_colour * 256) + dest colour)
+		mov	al , [ edi ]			; mov pixel at destination to al
+		add	ebx , [ Translucent ]		; get the ptr to it!
+							; Add the (trans_color * 256) of the translation equ.
+		mov	al , [ BYTE PTR ebx + eax ]	; get new pixel in al
+; DRD		jmp	store_pixel
+
+	do_fading:
+		mov	ebx , [ FadingTable ]		; run color through fading table
+		mov	ecx , [ FadingNum ]
+
+	fade_loop:
+		mov	al, [BYTE PTR ebx + eax]
+		dec	ecx
+		jnz	fade_loop
+
+	store_pixel:
+		mov	[ edi ] , al
+
+	transp_pixel:
+		inc	edi
+
+	ENDM
+
+??ghost_f_t_reference:
+	mov	ecx , [ StashECX ]		; restore ecx for main draw loop
+	dec	ecx
+	jge	??ghost_f_t_line_begin
+
+	add	esi , [ scr_adjust_width ]
+	add	edi , [ dest_adjust_width ]
+	dec	edx
+	jnz	??ghost_f_t_loop
+
+	epilogue
+	ret
+
+
+;********************************************************************
+;********************************************************************
+
+global	BF_Predator:near
+BF_Predator:
+
+	prologue
+	mov	ebx , eax			; width
+
+	; NOTE: the below calculation assumes a group of instructions is
+	;	less than 256 bytes
+
+	; get length of the 32 groups of instructions
+
+	lea	ecx , [ ??predator_reference - ??predator_line ]
+
+	shr	ebx , 5				; width / 32
+	shr	ecx , 5				; length of instructions / 32
+	and	eax , 01fh			; mod of width / 32
+	mul	cl				; calc offset to start of group
+	neg	eax				; inverse of width
+	mov	[ loop_cnt ] , ebx		; save width / 32
+	lea	ecx , [ ??predator_reference + eax ]
+	mov	eax , 0
+	mov	[ jmp_loc ] , ecx
+
+??predator_loop:
+	mov	ecx , [ loop_cnt ]
+	jmp	[ jmp_loc ]
+
+??predator_line:
+
+	REPT	32
+	local	get_pred
+	local	skip_pixel
+		mov	al , [ esi ]
+		inc	esi
+		mov	ebx , [ BFPartialCount ]
+		add	ebx , [ BFPartialPred ]
+		or	bh , bh
+		jnz	get_pred		; is this a predator pixel?
+
+		mov	[ BFPartialCount ] , ebx
+		jmp	skip_pixel
+
+	get_pred:
+		xor	bh , bh
+		mov	eax, [ BFPredOffset ]
+		mov	[ BFPartialCount ] , ebx
+		add	[ BYTE PTR BFPredOffset ] , 2
+		movzx	eax , [ WORD PTR BFPredTable + eax ]
+		and	[ BYTE PTR BFPredOffset ] , PRED_MASK
+						; pick up a color offset a pseudo-
+						;  random amount from the current
+		movzx	eax , [ BYTE PTR edi + eax ]	;  viewport address
+
+;		xor	bh , bh
+;		mov	eax , [ BFPredValue ]	; pick up a color offset a pseudo-
+;						;  random amount from the current
+;		mov	[ BFPartialCount ] , ebx
+;		mov	al , [ edi + eax ]	;  viewport address
+
+		mov	[ edi ] , al
+
+	skip_pixel:
+		inc	edi
+
+	ENDM
+
+??predator_reference:
+	dec	ecx
+	jge	??predator_line
+
+	add	esi , [ scr_adjust_width ]
+	add	edi , [ dest_adjust_width ]
+	dec	edx
+	jnz	??predator_loop
+
+	epilogue
+	ret
+
+
+;********************************************************************
+;********************************************************************
+
+global	BF_Predator_Trans:near
+BF_Predator_Trans:
+
+	prologue
+	mov	ebx , eax			; width
+
+	; NOTE: the below calculation assumes a group of instructions is
+	;	less than 256 bytes
+
+	; get length of the 32 groups of instructions
+
+	lea	ecx , [ ??predator_t_reference - ??predator_t_line ]
+
+	shr	ebx , 5				; width / 32
+	shr	ecx , 5				; length of instructions / 32
+	and	eax , 01fh			; mod of width / 32
+	mul	cl				; calc offset to start of group
+	neg	eax				; inverse of width
+	mov	[ loop_cnt ] , ebx		; save width / 32
+	lea	ecx , [ ??predator_t_reference + eax ]
+	mov	eax , 0
+	mov	[ jmp_loc ] , ecx
+
+??predator_t_loop:
+	mov	ecx , [ loop_cnt ]
+	jmp	[ jmp_loc ]
+
+??predator_t_line:
+
+	REPT	32
+	local	trans_pixel
+	local	get_pred
+	local	store_pixel
+		mov	al , [ esi ]
+		inc	esi
+		test	al , al
+		jz	trans_pixel
+
+		mov	ebx , [ BFPartialCount ]
+		add	ebx , [ BFPartialPred ]
+		or	bh , bh
+		jnz	get_pred		; is this a predator pixel?
+
+		mov	[ BFPartialCount ] , ebx
+		jmp	store_pixel
+
+	get_pred:
+		xor	bh , bh
+		mov	eax, [ BFPredOffset ]
+		mov	[ BFPartialCount ] , ebx
+		add	[ BYTE PTR BFPredOffset ] , 2
+		movzx	eax , [ WORD PTR BFPredTable + eax ]
+		and	[ BYTE PTR BFPredOffset ] , PRED_MASK
+						; pick up a color offset a pseudo-
+						;  random amount from the current
+		movzx	eax , [ BYTE PTR edi + eax ]	;  viewport address
+
+	store_pixel:
+		mov	[ edi ] , al
+
+	trans_pixel:
+		inc	edi
+
+	ENDM
+
+??predator_t_reference:
+	dec	ecx
+	jge	??predator_t_line
+
+	add	esi , [ scr_adjust_width ]
+	add	edi , [ dest_adjust_width ]
+	dec	edx
+	jnz	??predator_t_loop
+
+	epilogue
+	ret
+
+
+;********************************************************************
+;********************************************************************
+
+global	BF_Predator_Ghost:near
+BF_Predator_Ghost:
+
+	prologue
+	mov	ebx , eax			; width
+
+	; NOTE: the below calculation assumes a group of instructions is
+	;	less than 256 bytes
+
+	; get length of the 32 groups of instructions
+
+	lea	ecx , [ ??predator_g_reference - ??predator_g_line ]
+
+	shr	ebx , 5				; width / 32
+	shr	ecx , 5				; length of instructions / 32
+	and	eax , 01fh			; mod of width / 32
+	mul	cl				; calc offset to start of group
+	neg	eax				; inverse of width
+	mov	[ loop_cnt ] , ebx		; save width / 32
+	lea	ecx , [ ??predator_g_reference + eax ]
+	mov	eax , 0
+	mov	[ jmp_loc ] , ecx
+
+??predator_g_loop:
+	mov	ecx , [ loop_cnt ]
+	jmp	[ jmp_loc ]
+
+??predator_g_line:
+
+	REPT	32
+	local	get_pred
+	local	check_ghost
+	local	store_pixel
+		mov	al , [ esi ]
+		mov	ebx , [ BFPartialCount ]
+		inc	esi
+		add	ebx , [ BFPartialPred ]
+		or	bh , bh
+		jnz	get_pred		; is this a predator pixel?
+
+		mov	[ BFPartialCount ] , ebx
+		jmp	check_ghost
+
+	get_pred:
+		xor	bh , bh
+		mov	eax, [ BFPredOffset ]
+		mov	[ BFPartialCount ] , ebx
+		add	[ BYTE PTR BFPredOffset ] , 2
+		movzx	eax , [ WORD PTR BFPredTable + eax ]
+		and	[ BYTE PTR BFPredOffset ] , PRED_MASK
+						; pick up a color offset a pseudo-
+						;  random amount from the current
+		movzx	eax , [ BYTE PTR edi + eax ]	;  viewport address
+
+	check_ghost:
+		mov	ebx , [ IsTranslucent ]		; is it a translucent color?
+		mov	bh , [ BYTE PTR ebx + eax ]
+		cmp	bh , 0ffh
+		je	store_pixel
+
+		and	ebx , 0FF00h			; clear all of ebx except bh
+							; we have the index to the translation table
+							; ((trans_colour * 256) + dest colour)
+		mov	al , [ edi ]			; mov pixel at destination to al
+		add	ebx , [ Translucent ]		; get the ptr to it!
+							; Add the (trans_color * 256) of the translation equ.
+		mov	al , [ BYTE PTR ebx + eax ]	; get new pixel in al
+
+	store_pixel:
+		mov	[ edi ] , al
+		inc	edi
+
+	ENDM
+
+??predator_g_reference:
+	dec	ecx
+	jge	??predator_g_line
+
+	add	esi , [ scr_adjust_width ]
+	add	edi , [ dest_adjust_width ]
+	dec	edx
+	jnz	??predator_g_loop
+
+	epilogue
+	ret
+
+
+;********************************************************************
+;********************************************************************
+
+global	BF_Predator_Ghost_Trans:near
+BF_Predator_Ghost_Trans:
+
+	prologue
+	mov	ebx , eax			; width
+
+	; NOTE: the below calculation assumes a group of instructions is
+	;	less than 256 bytes
+
+	; get length of the 32 groups of instructions
+
+	lea	ecx , [ ??predator_g_t_reference - ??predator_g_t_line ]
+
+	shr	ebx , 5				; width / 32
+	shr	ecx , 5				; length of instructions / 32
+	and	eax , 01fh			; mod of width / 32
+	mul	cl				; calc offset to start of group
+	neg	eax				; inverse of width
+	mov	[ loop_cnt ] , ebx		; save width / 32
+	lea	ecx , [ ??predator_g_t_reference + eax ]
+	mov	eax , 0
+	mov	[ jmp_loc ] , ecx
+
+??predator_g_t_loop:
+	mov	ecx , [ loop_cnt ]
+	jmp	[ jmp_loc ]
+
+??predator_g_t_line:
+
+	REPT	32
+	local	trans_pixel
+	local	get_pred
+	local	check_ghost
+	local	store_pixel
+		mov	al , [ esi ]
+		inc	esi
+		test	al , al
+		jz	trans_pixel
+
+		mov	ebx , [ BFPartialCount ]
+		add	ebx , [ BFPartialPred ]
+		or	bh , bh
+		jnz	get_pred		; is this a predator pixel?
+
+		mov	[ BFPartialCount ] , ebx
+		jmp	check_ghost
+
+	get_pred:
+		xor	bh , bh
+		mov	eax, [ BFPredOffset ]
+		mov	[ BFPartialCount ] , ebx
+		add	[ BYTE PTR BFPredOffset ] , 2
+		movzx	eax , [ WORD PTR BFPredTable + eax ]
+		and	[ BYTE PTR BFPredOffset ] , PRED_MASK
+						; pick up a color offset a pseudo-
+						;  random amount from the current
+		movzx	eax , [ BYTE PTR edi + eax ]	;  viewport address
+
+	check_ghost:
+		mov	ebx , [ IsTranslucent ]		; is it a translucent color?
+		mov	bh , [ BYTE PTR ebx + eax ]
+		cmp	bh , 0ffh
+		je	store_pixel
+
+		and	ebx , 0FF00h			; clear all of ebx except bh
+							; we have the index to the translation table
+							; ((trans_colour * 256) + dest colour)
+		mov	al , [ edi ]			; mov pixel at destination to al
+		add	ebx , [ Translucent ]		; get the ptr to it!
+							; Add the (trans_color * 256) of the translation equ.
+		mov	al , [ BYTE PTR ebx + eax ]	; get new pixel in al
+
+	store_pixel:
+		mov	[ edi ] , al
+
+	trans_pixel:
+		inc	edi
+
+	ENDM
+
+??predator_g_t_reference:
+	dec	ecx
+	jge	??predator_g_t_line
+
+	add	esi , [ scr_adjust_width ]
+	add	edi , [ dest_adjust_width ]
+	dec	edx
+	jnz	??predator_g_t_loop
+
+	epilogue
+	ret
+
+
+;********************************************************************
+;********************************************************************
+
+global	BF_Predator_Fading:near
+BF_Predator_Fading:
+
+	prologue
+	mov	ebx , eax			; width
+
+	; NOTE: the below calculation assumes a group of instructions is
+	;	less than 256 bytes
+
+	; get length of the 32 groups of instructions
+
+	lea	ecx , [ ??predator_f_reference - ??predator_f_line ]
+
+	shr	ebx , 5				; width / 32
+	shr	ecx , 5				; length of instructions / 32
+	and	eax , 01fh			; mod of width / 32
+	mul	cl				; calc offset to start of group
+	neg	eax				; inverse of width
+	mov	[ loop_cnt ] , ebx		; save width / 32
+	lea	ecx , [ ??predator_f_reference + eax ]
+	mov	eax , 0
+	mov	[ jmp_loc ] , ecx
+
+??predator_f_loop:
+	mov	ecx , [ loop_cnt ]
+	mov	[ StashECX ] , ecx		; preserve ecx for later
+	jmp	[ jmp_loc ]
+
+??predator_f_line_begin:
+	mov	[ StashECX ] , ecx		; preserve ecx for later
+
+??predator_f_line:
+
+	REPT	32
+	local	get_pred
+	local	do_fading
+	local	fade_loop
+		mov	al , [ esi ]
+		mov	ebx , [ BFPartialCount ]
+		inc	esi
+		add	ebx , [ BFPartialPred ]
+		or	bh , bh
+		jnz	get_pred		; is this a predator pixel?
+
+		mov	[ BFPartialCount ] , ebx
+		jmp	do_fading
+
+	get_pred:
+		xor	bh , bh
+		mov	eax, [ BFPredOffset ]
+		mov	[ BFPartialCount ] , ebx
+		add	[ BYTE PTR BFPredOffset ] , 2
+		movzx	eax , [ WORD PTR BFPredTable + eax ]
+		and	[ BYTE PTR BFPredOffset ] , PRED_MASK
+						; pick up a color offset a pseudo-
+						;  random amount from the current
+		movzx	eax , [ BYTE PTR edi + eax ]	;  viewport address
+
+	do_fading:
+		mov	ebx , [ FadingTable ]		; run color through fading table
+		mov	ecx , [ FadingNum ]
+
+	fade_loop:
+		mov	al, [BYTE PTR ebx + eax]
+		dec	ecx
+		jnz	fade_loop
+
+		mov	[ edi ] , al
+		inc	edi
+
+	ENDM
+
+??predator_f_reference:
+	mov	ecx , [ StashECX ]		; restore ecx for main draw loop
+	dec	ecx
+	jge	??predator_f_line_begin
+
+	add	esi , [ scr_adjust_width ]
+	add	edi , [ dest_adjust_width ]
+	dec	edx
+	jnz	??predator_f_loop
+
+	epilogue
+	ret
+
+
+;********************************************************************
+;********************************************************************
+
+global	BF_Predator_Fading_Trans:near
+BF_Predator_Fading_Trans:
+
+	prologue
+	mov	ebx , eax			; width
+
+	; NOTE: the below calculation assumes a group of instructions is
+	;	less than 256 bytes
+
+	; get length of the 32 groups of instructions
+
+	lea	ecx , [ ??predator_f_t_reference - ??predator_f_t_line ]
+
+	shr	ebx , 5				; width / 32
+	shr	ecx , 5				; length of instructions / 32
+	and	eax , 01fh			; mod of width / 32
+	mul	cl				; calc offset to start of group
+	neg	eax				; inverse of width
+	mov	[ loop_cnt ] , ebx		; save width / 32
+	lea	ecx , [ ??predator_f_t_reference + eax ]
+	mov	eax , 0
+	mov	[ jmp_loc ] , ecx
+
+??predator_f_t_loop:
+	mov	ecx , [ loop_cnt ]
+	mov	[ StashECX ] , ecx		; preserve ecx for later
+	jmp	[ jmp_loc ]
+
+??predator_f_t_line_begin:
+	mov	[ StashECX ] , ecx		; preserve ecx for later
+
+??predator_f_t_line:
+
+	REPT	32
+	local	trans_pixel
+	local	get_pred
+	local	do_fading
+	local	fade_loop
+		mov	al , [ esi ]
+		inc	esi
+		test	al , al
+		jz	trans_pixel
+
+		mov	ebx , [ BFPartialCount ]
+		add	ebx , [ BFPartialPred ]
+		or	bh , bh
+		jnz	get_pred		; is this a predator pixel?
+
+		mov	[ BFPartialCount ] , ebx
+		jmp	do_fading
+
+	get_pred:
+		xor	bh , bh
+		mov	eax, [ BFPredOffset ]
+		mov	[ BFPartialCount ] , ebx
+		add	[ BYTE PTR BFPredOffset ] , 2
+		movzx	eax , [ WORD PTR BFPredTable + eax ]
+		and	[ BYTE PTR BFPredOffset ] , PRED_MASK
+						; pick up a color offset a pseudo-
+						;  random amount from the current
+		movzx	eax , [ BYTE PTR edi + eax ]	;  viewport address
+
+	do_fading:
+		mov	ebx , [ FadingTable ]		; run color through fading table
+		mov	ecx , [ FadingNum ]
+
+	fade_loop:
+		mov	al, [BYTE PTR ebx + eax]
+		dec	ecx
+		jnz	fade_loop
+
+		mov	[ edi ] , al
+
+	trans_pixel:
+		inc	edi
+
+	ENDM
+
+??predator_f_t_reference:
+	mov	ecx , [ StashECX ]		; restore ecx for main draw loop
+	dec	ecx
+	jge	??predator_f_t_line_begin
+
+	add	esi , [ scr_adjust_width ]
+	add	edi , [ dest_adjust_width ]
+	dec	edx
+	jnz	??predator_f_t_loop
+
+	epilogue
+	ret
+
+
+;********************************************************************
+;********************************************************************
+
+global	BF_Predator_Ghost_Fading:near
+BF_Predator_Ghost_Fading:
+
+	prologue
+	mov	ebx , eax			; width
+
+	; NOTE: the below calculation assumes a group of instructions is
+	;	less than 256 bytes
+
+	; get length of the 32 groups of instructions
+
+	lea	ecx , [ ??predator_g_f_reference - ??predator_g_f_line ]
+
+	shr	ebx , 5				; width / 32
+	shr	ecx , 5				; length of instructions / 32
+	and	eax , 01fh			; mod of width / 32
+	mul	cl				; calc offset to start of group
+	neg	eax				; inverse of width
+	mov	[ loop_cnt ] , ebx		; save width / 32
+	lea	ecx , [ ??predator_g_f_reference + eax ]
+	mov	eax , 0
+	mov	[ jmp_loc ] , ecx
+
+??predator_g_f_loop:
+	mov	ecx , [ loop_cnt ]
+	mov	[ StashECX ] , ecx		; preserve ecx for later
+	jmp	[ jmp_loc ]
+
+??predator_g_f_line_begin:
+	mov	[ StashECX ] , ecx		; preserve ecx for later
+
+??predator_g_f_line:
+
+	REPT	32
+	local	get_pred
+	local	check_ghost
+	local	store_pixel
+	local	do_fading
+	local	fade_loop
+		mov	al , [ esi ]
+		mov	ebx , [ BFPartialCount ]
+		inc	esi
+		add	ebx , [ BFPartialPred ]
+		or	bh , bh
+		jnz	get_pred		; is this a predator pixel?
+
+		mov	[ BFPartialCount ] , ebx
+		jmp	check_ghost
+
+	get_pred:
+		xor	bh , bh
+		mov	eax, [ BFPredOffset ]
+		mov	[ BFPartialCount ] , ebx
+		add	[ BYTE PTR BFPredOffset ] , 2
+		movzx	eax , [ WORD PTR BFPredTable + eax ]
+		and	[ BYTE PTR BFPredOffset ] , PRED_MASK
+						; pick up a color offset a pseudo-
+						;  random amount from the current
+		movzx	eax , [ BYTE PTR edi + eax ]	;  viewport address
+
+	check_ghost:
+		mov	ebx , [ IsTranslucent ]		; is it a translucent color?
+		mov	bh , [ BYTE PTR ebx + eax ]
+		cmp	bh , 0ffh
+		je	do_fading
+
+		and	ebx , 0FF00h			; clear all of ebx except bh
+							; we have the index to the translation table
+							; ((trans_colour * 256) + dest colour)
+		mov	al , [ edi ]			; mov pixel at destination to al
+		add	ebx , [ Translucent ]		; get the ptr to it!
+							; Add the (trans_color * 256) of the translation equ.
+		mov	al , [ BYTE PTR ebx + eax ]	; get new pixel in al
+; DRD		jmp	store_pixel
+
+	do_fading:
+		mov	ebx , [ FadingTable ]		; run color through fading table
+		mov	ecx , [ FadingNum ]
+
+	fade_loop:
+		mov	al, [BYTE PTR ebx + eax]
+		dec	ecx
+		jnz	fade_loop
+
+	store_pixel:
+		mov	[ edi ] , al
+		inc	edi
+
+	ENDM
+
+??predator_g_f_reference:
+	mov	ecx , [ StashECX ]		; restore ecx for main draw loop
+	dec	ecx
+	jge	??predator_g_f_line_begin
+
+	add	esi , [ scr_adjust_width ]
+	add	edi , [ dest_adjust_width ]
+	dec	edx
+	jnz	??predator_g_f_loop
+
+	epilogue
+	ret
+
+
+;********************************************************************
+;********************************************************************
+
+global	BF_Predator_Ghost_Fading_Trans:near
+BF_Predator_Ghost_Fading_Trans:
+
+	prologue
+	mov	ebx , eax			; width
+
+	; NOTE: the below calculation assumes a group of instructions is
+	;	less than 256 bytes
+
+	; get length of the 32 groups of instructions
+
+	lea	ecx , [ ??predator_g_f_t_reference - ??predator_g_f_t_line ]
+
+	shr	ebx , 5				; width / 32
+	shr	ecx , 5				; length of instructions / 32
+	and	eax , 01fh			; mod of width / 32
+	mul	cl				; calc offset to start of group
+	neg	eax				; inverse of width
+	mov	[ loop_cnt ] , ebx		; save width / 32
+	lea	ecx , [ ??predator_g_f_t_reference + eax ]
+	mov	eax , 0
+	mov	[ jmp_loc ] , ecx
+
+??predator_g_f_t_loop:
+	mov	ecx , [ loop_cnt ]
+	mov	[ StashECX ] , ecx		; preserve ecx for later
+	jmp	[ jmp_loc ]
+
+??predator_g_f_t_line_begin:
+	mov	[ StashECX ] , ecx		; preserve ecx for later
+
+??predator_g_f_t_line:
+
+	REPT	32
+	local	trans_pixel
+	local	get_pred
+	local	check_ghost
+	local	store_pixel
+	local	do_fading
+	local	fade_loop
+		mov	al , [ esi ]
+		inc	esi
+		test	al , al
+		jz	trans_pixel
+
+		mov	ebx , [ BFPartialCount ]
+		add	ebx , [ BFPartialPred ]
+		or	bh , bh
+		jnz	get_pred		; is this a predator pixel?
+
+		mov	[ BFPartialCount ] , ebx
+		jmp	check_ghost
+
+	get_pred:
+		xor	bh , bh
+		mov	eax, [ BFPredOffset ]
+		mov	[ BFPartialCount ] , ebx
+		add	[ BYTE PTR BFPredOffset ] , 2
+		movzx	eax , [ WORD PTR BFPredTable + eax ]
+		and	[ BYTE PTR BFPredOffset ] , PRED_MASK
+						; pick up a color offset a pseudo-
+						;  random amount from the current
+		movzx	eax , [ BYTE PTR edi + eax ]	;  viewport address
+
+	check_ghost:
+		mov	ebx , [ IsTranslucent ]		; is it a translucent color?
+		mov	bh , [ BYTE PTR ebx + eax ]
+		cmp	bh , 0ffh
+		je	do_fading
+
+		and	ebx , 0FF00h			; clear all of ebx except bh
+							; we have the index to the translation table
+							; ((trans_colour * 256) + dest colour)
+		mov	al , [ edi ]			; mov pixel at destination to al
+		add	ebx , [ Translucent ]		; get the ptr to it!
+							; Add the (trans_color * 256) of the translation equ.
+		mov	al , [ BYTE PTR ebx + eax ]	; get new pixel in al
+; DRD		jmp	store_pixel
+
+	do_fading:
+		mov	ebx , [ FadingTable ]		; run color through fading table
+		mov	ecx , [ FadingNum ]
+
+	fade_loop:
+		mov	al, [BYTE PTR ebx + eax]
+		dec	ecx
+		jnz	fade_loop
+
+	store_pixel:
+		mov	[ edi ] , al
+
+	trans_pixel:
+		inc	edi
+
+	ENDM
+
+??predator_g_f_t_reference:
+	mov	ecx , [ StashECX ]		; restore ecx for main draw loop
+	dec	ecx
+	jge	??predator_g_f_t_line_begin
+
+	add	esi , [ scr_adjust_width ]
+	add	edi , [ dest_adjust_width ]
+	dec	edx
+	jnz	??predator_g_f_t_loop
+
+	epilogue
+	ret
+
+
+;********************************************************************
+;********************************************************************
+
+Not_Supported:
+	ret
+
+	ENDP	Buffer_Frame_To_Page
+END
+
+;***************************************************************************
+;**   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   A S S O C I A T E S   **
+;***************************************************************************
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                 Project Name : Westwood Library                         *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                    File Name : KEYFBUFF.ASM                             *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                   Programmer : Phil W. Gorrow                           *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                   Start Date : July 16, 1992                            *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                  Last Update : October 2, 1994   [JLB]                  *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+;* Functions:                                                              *
+;*   BUFFER_FRAME_TO_LOGICPAGE --                                          *
+;*   Normal_Draw -- Function that writes a normal pixel line               *
+;* - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - *
+
+	IDEAL
+	P386
+IDEAL_MODE	EQU	1
+	INCLUDE "wwlib.i"
+
+	;-------------------------------------------------------------------
+	; Extern all the library variables that this module requires
+	;-------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+	EXTRN	C MaskPage:WORD
+	EXTRN	C BackGroundPage:WORD
+
+	;-------------------------------------------------------------------
+	; Define all the equates that this module requires
+	;-------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+WIN_X		EQU	0		; offset for the x coordinate
+WIN_Y		EQU	2		; offset for the y coordinate
+WIN_WIDTH	EQU	4		; offset for the window width
+WIN_HEIGHT	EQU	6		; offset for the window height
+BYTESPERROW	EQU	320		; number of bytes per row
+
+FLAG_NORMAL		EQU	0		; flag for normal draw
+
+FLAG_GHOST		EQU	1		; This flag enables the ghost
+FLAG_PRIORITY_TRANS	EQU	2		; flag for priority and transparent
+FLAG_TRANS		EQU	4		; flag for transparent draw
+FLAG_PRIORITY		EQU	8		; flag for priority draw
+
+						; fx on the above flags
+
+FLAG_MASK		EQU	15		; used to and of uneeded bits
+
+SHAPE_NORMAL		EQU	0000h		; Standard shape.
+;SHAPE_HORZ_REV		EQU	0001h		; Flipped horizontally.
+;SHAPE_VERT_REV		EQU	0002h		; Flipped vertically.
+;SHAPE_SCALING		EQU	0004h		; Scaled (WORD scale_x, WORD scale_y)
+
+SHAPE_WIN_REL		EQU	0010h		; Coordinates are window relative instead of absolute.
+SHAPE_CENTER		EQU	0020h		; Coordinates are based on shape's center point.
+SHAPE_TRANS		EQU	0040h		; has transparency
+
+
+;SHAPE_FADING		EQU	0100h		; Fading effect active (VOID * fading_table, WORD fading_num).
+;SHAPE_PREDATOR		EQU	0200h		; Transparent warping effect.
+;SHAPE_COMPACT		EQU	0400h		; Never use this bit.
+SHAPE_PRIORITY		EQU	0800h		; Use priority system when drawing.
+
+SHAPE_GHOST		EQU	1000h		; Transluscent table process.
+;SHAPE_SHADOW		EQU	2000h		; ????
+;SHAPE_PARTIAL 		EQU	4000h		; ????
+;SHAPE_COLOR		EQU	8000h		; Remap the shape's colors (VOID * color_table).
+
+
+; MBL MOD 12.1.92
+
+CLEAR_NON_WALK_BIT_AND_SCALE_BITS	EQU	7	; Makes it one AND per pixel in Priority_Trans display
+CLEAR_NON_WALK_BIT    	EQU	7fh	; and with 0111-1111 to clear non-walkable high bit
+CLEAR_SCALE_BITS  	EQU	87h	; and with 1000-0111 to clear scaling id bits
+NON_WALKABLE_BIT  	EQU	80h	; and with 1000-0000 to clear all but non-walkable bit
+
+; END MBL MOD
+
+
+	CODESEG
+
+	;   1 = GHOST (all odd entrys are prefixed with Ghost_)
+	;   2 = BLAAAH
+	;   4 = Trans (prfx)
+	;   8 = Prior (prfx)
+
+
+;---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; Define the table of different line draw types
+;---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+LineTable	DW	WSA_Normal_Draw			;0
+		DW	Ghost_Normal_Draw		;1
+		DW	0				;2
+		DW	0				;3
+
+		DW	Transparent_Draw		;4
+		DW	Ghost_Transparent_Draw		;5
+		DW	0				;6
+		DW	0				;7
+
+		DW	Priority_Draw			;8
+		DW	Ghost_Priority_Draw		;9
+		DW	0				;10
+		DW	0				;11
+
+		DW	Priority_Transparent_Draw	;12
+		DW	Ghost_Priority_Transparent_Draw	;13
+		DW	0				;14
+		DW	0				;15
+
+
+
+;***************************************************************************
+;* BUFFER_FRAME_TO_LOGICPAGE --                                            *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* INPUT:                                                                  *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* WARNINGS:                                                               *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* HISTORY:                                                                *
+;*   07/16/1992 PWG : Created.                                             *
+;*=========================================================================*
+	PUBLIC	C Buffer_Frame_To_LogicPage
+	PROC	C Buffer_Frame_To_LogicPage FAR USES ax bx ecx dx ds esi es edi
+
+	;-------------------------------------------------------------------
+	; Define the arguements that our program takes.
+	;-------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+	ARG	x_pixel:WORD		; x pixel position to draw at
+	ARG	y_pixel:WORD		; y pixel position to draw at
+	ARG	pixel_w:WORD		; pixel width of draw region
+	ARG	pixel_h:WORD		; pixel height of draw region
+	ARG	win:WORD		; window to clip around
+	ARG	flags:WORD		; flags that this routine will take
+	ARG	buffer:DWORD		; pointer to the buffer with data
+	ARG	args:WORD
+
+	;-------------------------------------------------------------------
+	; Define the local variables that our program uses
+	;-------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+	LOCAL	IsTranslucent:DWORD	; ptr to the is_translucent table
+	LOCAL	Translucent:DWORD	; ptr to the actual translucent table
+
+	LOCAL	win_x1:WORD		; clip window left x pixel position
+	LOCAL	win_x2:WORD		; clip window right x pixel position
+	LOCAL	win_y1:WORD		; clip window top y pixel position
+	LOCAL	win_y2:WORD		; clip window bottom y pixel position
+	LOCAL	clipleft:WORD		; number of pixels to clip on left
+	LOCAL	clipright:WORD		; number of pixels to clip on right
+	LOCAL	nextline:WORD		; offset to the next line
+	LOCAL	putmiddle:WORD 		; routine to call to put the middle
+	LOCAL	maskpage:WORD		; location of the depth masks
+	LOCAL   background:WORD		; location of the background data
+	LOCAL   jflags:WORD		; location of the background data
+
+	LOCAL	priority:BYTE		; the priority level of the back
+
+	push	fs
+
+	xor	ecx,ecx
+
+	;--------------------------------------------------------------------
+	; Check to see if we have supplied any GHOST tables.
+	;--------------------------------------------------------------------
+	push	di
+
+	mov	di,6
+	mov	[jflags],0
+
+??ghost:
+	test	[flags],SHAPE_GHOST	; are we ghosting this shape
+	jz	short ??no_ghost	; if not then skip and do more
+
+	or	[jflags],FLAG_GHOST
+
+	les	ax,[DWORD PTR buffer + di]
+
+	; get the "are we really translucent?" table
+	mov	[WORD PTR IsTranslucent],ax
+	mov	[WORD PTR IsTranslucent + 2],es
+	add	ax,0100h		; add to offset for tables
+
+	; get the "ok we are translucent!!" table
+	mov	[WORD PTR Translucent],ax
+	mov	[WORD PTR Translucent + 2],es
+
+	add	di,4
+
+??no_ghost:
+
+	pop	di
+
+	;-------------------------------------------------------------------
+	; See if we need to center the frame
+	;-------------------------------------------------------------------
+	test	[flags],SHAPE_CENTER	; does this need to be centered?
+	je	short ??no_centering	; if not the skip over this stuff
+
+	mov	ax,[pixel_w]
+	mov	bx,[pixel_h]
+	sar	ax,1
+	sar	bx,1
+	sub	[x_pixel],ax
+	sub	[y_pixel],bx
+
+??no_centering:
+	mov	ax,[flags]
+	and	ax,SHAPE_PRIORITY+SHAPE_TRANS
+	cmp	ax,SHAPE_PRIORITY+SHAPE_TRANS
+	jne	short ??test_trans
+
+	or	[jflags],FLAG_PRIORITY_TRANS
+	jmp	short ??priority
+
+	;-------------------------------------------------------------------
+	; Get the trans information if we need to get it
+	;-------------------------------------------------------------------
+??test_trans:
+	test	[flags],SHAPE_TRANS	; does this draw use transparencies?
+	je	short ??test_priority	; if not the skip over this junk
+
+	or	[jflags],FLAG_TRANS
+
+??test_priority:
+	;-------------------------------------------------------------------
+	; Get the priority information if we need to get it
+	;-------------------------------------------------------------------
+	test	[flags],SHAPE_PRIORITY	; does this draw use priorities?
+	je	short ??no_priority	; if not the skip over this junk
+
+	or	[jflags],FLAG_PRIORITY
+
+??priority:
+	mov	ax,[BackGroundPage]	; get the background page from ds
+	mov	[background],ax		;    and store it on the stack
+	mov	ax,[MaskPage]		; get the mask page from ds
+	mov	[maskpage],ax		;    and store it on the stack
+	mov	ax,[WORD PTR buffer + 4]; get the priority level from args
+	mov	[priority],al		;    and store it in a local
+
+	;-------------------------------------------------------------------
+	; Get the draw routine that we are going to draw with
+	;-------------------------------------------------------------------
+??no_priority:
+;	mov	bx,[flags]		; load in the current flags byte
+;	and	bx,FLAG_MASK		; prevent lockup on bad value
+	mov	bx,[jflags]		; load in the jump table flags
+	shl	bx,1
+	mov	ax,[WORD PTR LineTable + bx]	; get the offset of the skip table
+	mov	[putmiddle],ax		; store off the new offset
+
+	;-------------------------------------------------------------------
+	; Get a pointer to the logic page to where we will draw our buffer
+	;-------------------------------------------------------------------
+	push	[LogicPage]		; push the current logic page
+	call	FAR PTR Get_Page	; get the physical page address
+	add	sp,2			; pull the parameter from the stack
+	mov	es,dx			; store the address in the dest
+
+	;--------------------------------------------------------------------
+	; Point DI to the beginning of the window that we need to look at.
+	;   that way we can access all of the info through di.
+	;--------------------------------------------------------------------
+	mov	si,OFFSET WindowList	; get the offset of the window list
+	mov	cl,4			; shift 3 times = multiply by 16
+	mov	ax,[win]		; get the window number we are using
+	shl	ax,cl			; each window is 8 words long
+	add	si,ax			; add that into the offset of window
+
+	;--------------------------------------------------------------------
+	; Place all the clipping values on the stack so our function will
+	; be truly re-entrant and will not need to shadow these values.
+	;--------------------------------------------------------------------
+	mov	cl,3			; to convert x to pixel mult by 8
+	mov	ax,[si + WIN_X]		; get the left clip position
+	shl	ax,cl			; convert to a pixel x position
+	mov	[win_x1],ax		; store the left edge of window
+	mov	[win_x2],ax
+
+	mov	ax,[si + WIN_WIDTH]	; get the width of the window
+	shl	ax,cl			; convert to a pixel width
+	add	[win_x2],ax		; add to get the right window edge
+
+	mov	ax,[si + WIN_Y]		; get the win y coordinate to clip
+	mov	[win_y1],ax		; and save it onto the stack
+
+	add	ax,[si + WIN_HEIGHT]	; calculate the bottom win y coord
+	mov	[win_y2],ax		; and save it onto the stack
+
+	test	[flags],SHAPE_WIN_REL	; is this window relative?
+	je	short ??get_buffer	; if not the skip over
+
+	mov	ax,[win_x1]		; get left edge of window
+	add	[x_pixel],ax		; add to x pixel position
+	mov	ax,[win_y1]		; get top edge of window
+	add	[y_pixel],ax		; add to y pixel position
+
+	;--------------------------------------------------------------------
+	; Get a pointer to the source buffer so we can handle the clipping
+	;--------------------------------------------------------------------
+??get_buffer:
+	lds	si,[buffer]		; get a pointer to the buffer
+
+	;--------------------------------------------------------------------
+	; Check the top of our shape and clip any lines that are necessary
+	;--------------------------------------------------------------------
+	mov	ax,[y_pixel]		; get the y_pixel draw position
+	sub	ax,[win_y1]		; subtract out the window y top
+	jns	short ??check_bottom		;   skip if y below window top
+	add	ax,[pixel_h]		; add in the height of the region
+	jg	short ??clip_top		; if positive then clip top lines
+
+??jump_exit:
+	jmp	??exit			; otherwise completely clipped
+
+??clip_top:
+	xchg	[pixel_h],ax
+	sub	ax,[pixel_h]
+	add	[y_pixel],ax
+	mul	[pixel_w]		; convert to number of bytes to skip
+	add	si,ax			; skip past the necessary bytes
+
+	;--------------------------------------------------------------------
+	; Check the bottom of our shape and clip it if necessary
+	;--------------------------------------------------------------------
+??check_bottom:
+	mov	ax,[win_y2]		; get the bottom y of the window
+	sub	ax,[y_pixel]		; subtract of the y to draw at
+	js	??jump_exit		; if its signed then nothing to draw
+	jz	??jump_exit		; if its zero then nothing to draw
+
+	cmp	ax,[pixel_h]		; if more room to draw then height
+	jae	short ??clip_x_left		;   then go check the left clip
+	mov	[pixel_h],ax		; clip all but amount that will fit
+
+??clip_x_left:
+	mov	[clipleft],0		; clear clip on left of region
+	mov	ax,[x_pixel]		; get the pixel x of draw region
+	sub	ax,[win_x1]		; pull out the window coordinate
+	jns	short ??clip_x_right
+	neg	ax			; negate to get amnt to skip in buf
+	mov	[clipleft],ax		; store it in the left clip info
+	add	[x_pixel],ax		; move to the edge of the window
+	sub	[pixel_w],ax		; pull it out of the pixel width
+
+??clip_x_right:
+	mov	[clipright],0		; clear clip on right of region
+	mov	ax,[win_x2]		; get the window x of clip region
+	sub	ax,[x_pixel]		; subtract the draw edge of region
+	js	??jump_exit		; if its negative then get out
+	jz	??jump_exit		; if its zero then get out
+
+	cmp	ax,[pixel_w]		; is space available larger than w
+	jae	short ??draw_prep		;   if so then go get drawing
+
+
+	xchg	[pixel_w],ax		; amt to draw in pixel_w (wid in ax)
+	sub	ax,[pixel_w]		; pull out the amount to draw
+	mov	[clipright],ax		; this is the amount to clip on right
+
+??draw_prep:
+	push	si			; save off source pos in buffer
+	push	ds			;   both offset and segment
+	mov	ax,@data
+	mov	ds,ax
+	mov	bx,[y_pixel]
+	shl	bx,1			; shift left by 1 for word table look
+	lds	si,[YTable]	; get the address of the ytable
+	mov	di,[ds:si+bx]		; look up the multiplied value
+	pop	ds			; restore source pos in buffer
+	pop	si			;   both offset and segment
+
+	add	di,[x_pixel]		; add in the x pixel position
+	mov	[nextline],di		; save it off in the next line
+
+ 	;--------------------------------------------------------------------
+	; Now determine the type of the shape and process it in the proper
+	;   way.
+	;--------------------------------------------------------------------
+	mov	dx,[pixel_h]
+
+	; Check to see if the WSA is the screen width and there is no
+	; clipping. In this case, then a special single call to the
+	; line processing routine is possible.
+	mov	ax,[clipleft]
+	add	ax,[clipright]
+	jne	short ??top_of_loop
+	cmp	[pixel_w],BYTESPERROW
+	jne	short ??top_of_loop
+
+	;------------------------------------
+	; The width of the WSA is the screen width, so just process as
+	; one large WSA line.
+	mov	ax,BYTESPERROW
+	imul	dx
+	mov	cx,ax
+	call	[putmiddle]
+	jmp	short ??exit
+
+	;------------------------------------
+	; Process line by line.
+??top_of_loop:
+	add	si,[clipleft]		; skip whats necessary on left edge
+	mov	cx,[pixel_w]		; get the width we need to draw
+
+	; Copy the source to the destination as appropriate. This routine can
+	; trash AX, BX, CX, and DI. It must properly modify SI to point one byte past
+	; the end of the data.
+	call	[putmiddle]
+
+	add	si,[clipright]		; skip past the left clip
+	add	[nextline],BYTESPERROW
+	mov	di,[nextline]
+
+	dec	dx
+	jnz	??top_of_loop
+
+??exit:
+	pop	fs
+	ret
+	ENDP
+
+
+;***************************************************************************
+;* NORMAL_DRAW -- Function that writes a normal pixel line                 *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* INPUT:	cx    - number of pixels to write                          *
+;*		ds:si - buffer which holds the pixels to write		   *
+;*		es:di - place to put the pixels we are writing		   *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* OUTPUT:      ds:si - points to next pixel past last pixel read          *
+;*		es:di - points to next pixel past last pixel written	   *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* WARNINGS:    none                                                       *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* HISTORY:                                                                *
+;*   07/17/1992 PWG : Created.                                             *
+;*=========================================================================*
+
+	PROC	NOLANGUAGE WSA_Normal_Draw NEAR
+
+ IF 1
+ 	; This version is marginally faster than the later version.
+ 	mov	ax,cx
+	shr	cx,2
+	rep movsd
+	and	ax,011b
+	mov	cx,ax
+	shr	cx,1
+	rep movsw
+	adc	cx,cx
+	rep movsb
+	ret
+
+ ELSE
+
+	shr	cx,1			; convert to words (odd pix in carry)
+	rep	movsw			; write out the needed words
+	adc	cx,0			; add the carry into cx
+	rep	movsb			; write out the odd byte if any
+	ret
+ ENDIF
+
+	ENDP
+
+
+;***************************************************************************
+;* TRANSPARENT_DRAW -- Function that writes a transparent pixel line       *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* INPUT:	cx    - number of pixels to write                          *
+;*		ds:si - buffer which holds the pixels to write		   *
+;*		es:di - place to put the pixels we are writing		   *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* OUTPUT:      ds:si - points to next pixel past last pixel read          *
+;*		es:di - points to next pixel past last pixel written	   *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* WARNINGS:    none                                                       *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* HISTORY:                                                                *
+;*   07/17/1992 PWG : Created.                                             *
+;*   10/02/1994 JLB : Optimized for 250% speed improvement.                *
+;*=========================================================================*
+	PROC	NOLANGUAGE Transparent_Draw NEAR
+
+ IF 1
+	; Preserve DX since it is used as a scratch register.
+	push	dx
+
+??loop:
+	; Swap DS:SI and ES:DI back in preparation for the REP SCASB
+	; instruction.
+	xchg	di,si
+	mov	dx,es
+	mov	ax,ds
+	mov	ds,dx
+	mov	es,ax
+
+	; Remember the bytes remaining in order to calculate the position
+	; of the scan when it stops.
+	mov	bx,cx
+
+	; Scan looking for a non-zero value in the source buffer.
+	xor	al,al
+	repe scasb
+
+	; When the loop ends, if the EQ flag is set then the scanning is
+	; complete. Jump to the end of the routine in order to fixup the
+	; pointers.
+	je	short ??fini
+
+	; Advance the destination pointer by the amount necessary to match
+	; the source movement. DS:SI points to where data should be written.
+	add	si,bx
+	inc	cx		; SCASB leaves CX one too low, fix it.
+	dec	di		; SCASB leaves DI one byte too far, fix it.
+	sub	si,cx
+
+	; Scan for the duration of non-zero pixels. This yields a count which
+	; is used to copy the source data to the destination. Preserve DI.
+	mov	dx,di
+	mov	bx,cx
+	repne scasb
+	mov	di,dx
+
+	; Set BX to equal the number of bytes to copy from source to dest.
+	inc	cx		; SCASB leaves CX one too low, fix it.
+	sub	bx,cx
+
+	; Move the data from ES:DI to DS:SI for BX bytes.
+	xchg	cx,bx		; Make CX=bytes to move, BX=bytes remaining.
+
+	; Swap DS:SI and ES:DI in preparation for the REP MOV instruction.
+	xchg	di,si
+	mov	dx,es
+	mov	ax,ds
+	mov	ds,dx
+	mov	es,ax
+
+	; Move the data from source to dest. First try to move double
+	; words. Then copy the remainder bytes (if any). Putting jumps in
+	; this section doesn't result in any savings -- oh well.
+	mov	ax,cx
+	shr	cx,2
+	rep movsd
+	and	ax,0011b
+	mov	cx,ax
+	shr	cx,1
+	rep movsw
+	adc	cx,cx
+	rep movsb
+
+	; Restore CX with the remaining bytes to process.
+	mov	cx,bx
+
+	; If there are more bytes to process, then loop back.
+	or	cx,cx
+	jne	short ??loop
+
+??fini:
+	; Swap ES:DI and DS:SI back to original orientation.
+	mov	ax,ds
+	mov	bx,es
+	mov	es,ax
+	mov	ds,bx
+	xchg	di,si
+
+	; Restore DX and return.
+	pop	dx
+	ret
+
+ ELSE
+
+??loop_top:
+	lodsb
+	or	al,al
+	jz	short ??skip
+
+	mov	[es:di],al		; store the pixel to the screen
+??skip:
+	inc	di
+	loop	??loop_top
+	ret
+
+ ENDIF
+
+	ENDP
+
+
+;***************************************************************************
+;* PRIORITY_DRAW -- Function that writes a pixels if they are in front of  *
+;*		    the given plate.					   *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* INPUT:	cx    - number of pixels to write                          *
+;*		ds:si - buffer which holds the pixels to write		   *
+;*		es:di - place to put the pixels we are writing		   *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* OUTPUT:      ds:si - points to next pixel past last pixel read          *
+;*		es:di - points to next pixel past last pixel written	   *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* WARNINGS:    none                                                       *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* HISTORY:                                                                *
+;*   07/17/1992 PWG : Created.                                             *
+;*   12/01/1992 MBL : Updated to work with latest mask data encoding.      *
+;*   17/01/1993 MCC : Updated for 386, and optimized			   *
+;*=========================================================================*
+
+	PROC	NOLANGUAGE Priority_Draw NEAR
+
+	mov	fs,[background]		; get the SEG of the background page
+	mov	gs,[maskpage]		; get the SEG of the mask info
+	mov	ah,[priority]		; keep a copy of priority varible for faster cmp
+
+
+??loop_top:
+	lodsb				; get the pixel to draw on the screen
+
+					; get the mask byte for our pixel
+	mov	bl,[ds:di]
+					; get rid of non-walkable bit and
+					; get rid of scaling id bits
+	and	bl,CLEAR_NON_WALK_BIT_AND_SCALE_BITS
+
+	cmp	ah,bl			; are we more toward the front?
+	jge	short ??out_pixel	; if so then write the pixel
+
+	mov	al,[fs:di]		; get the pixel to write
+??out_pixel:
+	stosb				; write the pixel and inc the DI
+	loop	??loop_top
+	ret
+
+	ENDP
+
+
+;***************************************************************************
+;* PRIORITY_TRANSPARENT_DRAW -- Function that writes a pixels if they are  *
+;*		    in front of the given plate.  It also deals with	   *
+;*		    transparent pixels.					   *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* INPUT:	cx    - number of pixels to write                          *
+;*		ds:si - buffer which holds the pixels to write		   *
+;*		es:di - place to put the pixels we are writing		   *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* OUTPUT:      ds:si - points to next pixel past last pixel read          *
+;*		es:di - points to next pixel past last pixel written	   *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* WARNINGS:    none                                                       *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* HISTORY:                                                                *
+;*   07/17/1992 PWG : Created.                                             *
+;*   12/01/1992 MBL : Updated to work with latest mask data encoding.      *
+;*   17/01/1993 MCC : Updated for 386, and optimized			   *
+;*=========================================================================*
+
+	PROC	NOLANGUAGE Priority_Transparent_Draw NEAR
+
+	mov	fs,[background]		; get the SEG of the background page
+	mov	gs,[maskpage]		; get the SEG of the mask info
+	mov	ah,[priority]		; keep a copy of priority varible for faster cmp
+
+??loop_top:
+	lodsb				; get the pixel on the screen
+	or	al,al			; check to see if al is transparent
+	je	short ??write_back	; if it is go write background
+
+	mov	bl,[gs:di]		; get the mask byte for our pixel
+
+					; get rid of non-walkable bit and
+					; get rid of scaling id bits
+	and	bl,CLEAR_NON_WALK_BIT_AND_SCALE_BITS
+
+	cmp	ah,bl			; are we more toward the front?
+	jge	short ??out_pixel	; if so then write the pixel
+
+??write_back:
+	mov	al,[fs:di]		; get the pixel to write
+??out_pixel:
+	stosb				; write the pixel
+	loop	??loop_top
+	ret
+
+	ENDP
+
+
+;***************************************************************************
+;* GHOST_NORMAL_DRAW -- Function that writes a normal pixel line           *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* INPUT:	cx    - number of pixels to write                          *
+;*		ds:si - buffer which holds the pixels to write		   *
+;*		es:di - place to put the pixels we are writing		   *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* OUTPUT:      ds:si - points to next pixel past last pixel read          *
+;*		es:di - points to next pixel past last pixel written	   *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* WARNINGS:    none                                                       *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* HISTORY:                                                                *
+;*   05/27/1993 MCC : Created.                                             *
+;*=========================================================================*
+
+	PROC	NOLANGUAGE Ghost_Normal_Draw NEAR
+
+??loop_top:
+	lodsb
+
+;---
+	; Ok, find out if the colour is a Translucent colour
+	push	ax
+	push 	ds
+
+	lds	bx,[IsTranslucent]
+	mov	ah,al			; preserve real pixel
+	xlat				; get new al (transluecent pixel
+	xchg	ah,al			; get real pixel back into AL just in case
+	cmp	ah,255
+	je	short ??normal_pixel		; is it a translucent ?
+					; if we get passed here value in
+					; AH should be 0-15
+
+	; yes, it is a translucent colour so goto our translucent translation
+	; table and set up a ptr to the correct table
+
+	mov	al,[es:di]
+					; mov pixel at destination to al and we have
+					; the index to the translation table
+					; ((trans_colour * 256) + dest colour)
+	lds	bx,[Translucent]	; get the ptr to it!
+	add	bh,ah			; Add the (trans_color * 256) of the translation equ.
+					; XLAT only uses AL so no need to clear AH
+	xlat				; get new pixel in AL
+
+??normal_pixel:
+	pop	ds
+	pop	bx
+	mov	ah,bh
+;---
+
+	mov	[es:di],al		; store the pixel to the screen
+
+??skip:
+	inc	di
+	loop	??loop_top
+
+	ret
+
+	ENDP
+
+
+;***************************************************************************
+;* GHOST_TRANSPARENT_DRAW -- Function that writes a transparent pixel line *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* INPUT:	cx    - number of pixels to write                          *
+;*		ds:si - buffer which holds the pixels to write		   *
+;*		es:di - place to put the pixels we are writing		   *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* OUTPUT:      ds:si - points to next pixel past last pixel read          *
+;*		es:di - points to next pixel past last pixel written	   *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* WARNINGS:    none                                                       *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* HISTORY:                                                                *
+;*   05/27/1993 MCC : Created.                                             *
+;*=========================================================================*
+	PROC	NOLANGUAGE Ghost_Transparent_Draw NEAR
+
+??loop_top:
+	lodsb
+	or	al,al
+	jz	short ??skip
+
+;---
+	; Ok, find out if the colour is a Translucent colour
+	push	ax
+	push 	ds
+
+	lds	bx,[IsTranslucent]
+	mov	ah,al			; preserve real pixel
+	xlat				; get new al (transluecent pixel
+	xchg	ah,al			; get real pixel back into AL just in case
+	cmp	ah,255
+	je	short ??normal_pixel		; is it a translucent ?
+					; if we get passed here value in
+					; AH should be 0-15
+
+	; yes, it is a translucent colour so goto our translucent translation
+	; table and set up a ptr to the correct table
+
+	mov	al,[es:di]
+					; mov pixel at destination to al and we have
+					; the index to the translation table
+					; ((trans_colour * 256) + dest colour)
+	lds	bx,[Translucent]	; get the ptr to it!
+	add	bh,ah			; Add the (trans_color * 256) of the translation equ.
+					; XLAT only uses AL so no need to clear AH
+	xlat				; get new pixel in AL
+
+??normal_pixel:
+	pop	ds
+	pop	bx
+	mov	ah,bh
+;---
+
+	mov	[es:di],al		; store the pixel to the screen
+
+??skip:
+	inc	di
+	loop	??loop_top
+	ret
+
+	ENDP
+
+
+;***************************************************************************
+;* GHOST_PRIORITY_DRAW -- Function that writes a pixels if they are in fron*
+;*		    the given plate.					   *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* INPUT:	cx    - number of pixels to write                          *
+;*		ds:si - buffer which holds the pixels to write		   *
+;*		es:di - place to put the pixels we are writing		   *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* OUTPUT:      ds:si - points to next pixel past last pixel read          *
+;*		es:di - points to next pixel past last pixel written	   *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* WARNINGS:    none                                                       *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* HISTORY:                                                                *
+;*   07/17/1992 PWG : Created.                                             *
+;*   12/01/1992 MBL : Updated to work with latest mask data encoding.      *
+;*   05/27/1993 MCC : Updated to use the new Ghosting fx		   *
+;*   17/01/1993 MCC : Updated for 386, and optimized			   *
+;*=========================================================================*
+	PROC	NOLANGUAGE Ghost_Priority_Draw NEAR
+
+	mov	fs,[background]		; get the SEG of the background page
+	mov	gs,[maskpage]		; get the SEG of the mask info
+	mov	ah,[priority]		; keep a copy of priority varible for faster cmp
+
+
+??loop_top:
+	lodsb				; get the pixel to draw on the screen
+					; get the mask byte for our pixel
+	mov	bl,[ds:di]
+					; get rid of non-walkable bit and
+					; get rid of scaling id bits
+	and	bl,CLEAR_NON_WALK_BIT_AND_SCALE_BITS
+	cmp	ah,bl			; are we more toward the front?
+	jge	short ??out_pixel	; if so then write the pixel
+
+	mov	al,[fs:di]		; get the pixel to write
+??out_pixel:
+	stosb				; write the pixel and inc the DI
+	loop	??loop_top
+
+	ret
+
+	ENDP
+
+
+;***************************************************************************
+;* GHOST_PRIORITY_TRANSPARENT_DRAW -- Function that writes a pixels if they*
+;*		    in front of the given plate.  It also deals with	   *
+;*		    transparent pixels.					   *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* INPUT:	cx    - number of pixels to write                          *
+;*		ds:si - buffer which holds the pixels to write		   *
+;*		es:di - place to put the pixels we are writing		   *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* OUTPUT:      ds:si - points to next pixel past last pixel read          *
+;*		es:di - points to next pixel past last pixel written	   *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* WARNINGS:    none                                                       *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* HISTORY:                                                                *
+;*   07/17/1992 PWG : Created.                                             *
+;*   12/01/1992 MBL : Updated to work with latest mask data encoding.      *
+;*   05/27/1993 MCC : Updated to use the new Ghosting fx		   *
+;*   17/01/1993 MCC : Updated for 386, and optimized			   *
+;*=========================================================================*
+	PROC	NOLANGUAGE Ghost_Priority_Transparent_Draw NEAR
+
+	mov	fs,[background]		; get the SEG of the background page
+	mov	gs,[maskpage]		; get the SEG of the mask info
+	mov	ah,[priority]		; keep a copy of priority varible for faster cmp
+
+??loop_top:
+	lodsb				; get the pixel on the screen
+	or	al,al			; check to see if al is transparent
+	je	short ??write_back	;   if it is go write background
+	mov	bl,[gs:di]		; get the mask byte for our pixel
+					; get rid of non-walkable bit and
+					; get rid of scaling id bits
+	and	bl,CLEAR_NON_WALK_BIT_AND_SCALE_BITS
+	cmp	ah,bl			; are we more toward the front?
+	jge	short ??out_pixel	; if so then write the pixel
+??write_back:
+	mov	al,[fs:di]		; get the pixel to write
+??out_pixel:
+	stosb				; write the pixel
+	loop	??loop_top
+
+	ret
+
+	ENDP
+
+	END
diff --git a/KEYFBUFF.INC b/KEYFBUFF.INC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c503ff3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/KEYFBUFF.INC
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+;
+;	Command & Conquer(tm)
+;	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+;
+;	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+;	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+;	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+;	(at your option) any later version.
+;
+;	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+;	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+;	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+;	GNU General Public License for more details.
+;
+;	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+;	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+;
+
+;**************************************************************
+;
+; Macro to fetch the header of the next line and jump to the appropriate routine
+;
+next_line	macro
+
+		add	edi,[dest_adjust_width]		;add in dest modulo
+		dec	edx				;line counter
+		jz	real_out			;return
+		mov	ecx,[save_ecx]			;ecx is pixel count
+		mov	eax,[header_pointer]		;ptr to next header byte
+		mov	al,[eax]
+		inc	[header_pointer]
+		and	eax,BLIT_ALL			;Make sure we dont jump to some spurious address
+							; if the header is wrong then its better to draw with the wrong
+							; shape routine than to die
+		shl	eax,2
+		add	eax,[ShapeJumpTableAddress]	;get the address to jump to
+		jmp	[dword eax]			;do the jump
+
+		endm
+
diff --git a/KEYFRAME.CPP b/KEYFRAME.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9c6f266
--- /dev/null
+++ b/KEYFRAME.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,593 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\keyframe.cpv   2.14   16 Oct 1995 16:48:54   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : KEYFRAME.CPP                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : 06/25/95                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : June 25, 1995 [JLB]                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   Get_Build_Frame_Count -- Fetches the number of frames in data block.                      *
+ *   Get_Build_Frame_Width -- Fetches the width of the shape image.                            *
+ *   Get_Build_Frame_Height -- Fetches the height of the shape image.                          *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+#include "function.h"
+
+#define SUBFRAMEOFFS			7	// 3 1/2 frame offsets loaded (2 offsets/frame)
+
+
+#define	Apply_Delta(buffer, delta)		Apply_XOR_Delta((char*)(buffer), (char*)(delta))
+
+typedef struct {
+	unsigned short frames;
+	unsigned short x;
+	unsigned short y;
+	unsigned short width;
+	unsigned short height;
+	unsigned short largest_frame_size;
+	short				flags;
+} KeyFrameHeaderType;
+
+#define	INITIAL_BIG_SHAPE_BUFFER_SIZE	12000*1024
+#define	THEATER_BIG_SHAPE_BUFFER_SIZE 1000*1024
+#define	UNCOMPRESS_MAGIC_NUMBER			56789
+
+unsigned	BigShapeBufferLength = INITIAL_BIG_SHAPE_BUFFER_SIZE;
+unsigned	TheaterShapeBufferLength = THEATER_BIG_SHAPE_BUFFER_SIZE;
+extern "C"{
+	char		*BigShapeBufferStart = NULL;
+	char		*TheaterShapeBufferStart = NULL;
+	BOOL		UseBigShapeBuffer = FALSE;
+	bool		IsTheaterShape = false;
+}
+char		*BigShapeBufferPtr = NULL;
+int			TotalBigShapes=0;
+BOOL		ReallocShapeBufferFlag = FALSE;
+bool		OriginalUseBigShapeBuffer = false;
+
+char		*TheaterShapeBufferPtr = NULL;
+int			TotalTheaterShapes = 0;
+
+
+
+#define MAX_SLOTS 1500
+#define THEATER_SLOT_START 1000
+
+char	**KeyFrameSlots [MAX_SLOTS];
+int 	TotalSlotsUsed=0;
+int		TheaterSlotsUsed = THEATER_SLOT_START;
+
+
+typedef struct tShapeHeaderType{
+	unsigned draw_flags;
+	char		*shape_data;
+	int		shape_buffer;		//1 if shape is in theater buffer
+} ShapeHeaderType;
+
+static int Length;
+
+void *Get_Shape_Header_Data(void *ptr)
+{
+	if (UseBigShapeBuffer){
+
+		ShapeHeaderType *header = (ShapeHeaderType*) ptr;
+		return ((void*)  (header->shape_data + (long)(header->shape_buffer ? TheaterShapeBufferStart : BigShapeBufferStart) ) );
+
+	}else{
+		return (ptr);
+	}
+}
+
+int Get_Last_Frame_Length(void)
+{
+	return(Length);
+}
+
+
+
+void Reset_Theater_Shapes (void)
+{
+	/*
+	** Delete any previously allocated slots
+	*/
+	for (int i=THEATER_SLOT_START ; i<TheaterSlotsUsed ; i++){
+		delete [] KeyFrameSlots [i];
+	}
+
+	TheaterShapeBufferPtr = TheaterShapeBufferStart;
+	TotalTheaterShapes = 0;
+	TheaterSlotsUsed = THEATER_SLOT_START;
+}
+
+
+
+void Reallocate_Big_Shape_Buffer(void)
+{
+	if (ReallocShapeBufferFlag){
+		BigShapeBufferLength += 200 * 1024;							//Extra 2 Mb of uncompressed shape space
+		BigShapeBufferPtr -= (unsigned)BigShapeBufferStart;
+		Memory_Error = NULL;
+		BigShapeBufferStart = (char*)Resize_Alloc(BigShapeBufferStart, BigShapeBufferLength);
+		Memory_Error = &Memory_Error_Handler;
+		/*
+		** If we have run out of memory then disable the uncompressed shapes
+		** It may still be possible to continue with compressed shapes
+		*/
+		if (!BigShapeBufferStart){
+			UseBigShapeBuffer = false;
+			return;
+		}
+		BigShapeBufferPtr += (unsigned)BigShapeBufferStart;
+		ReallocShapeBufferFlag = FALSE;
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+
+void Check_Use_Compressed_Shapes (void)
+{
+	MEMORYSTATUS	mem_info;
+
+	mem_info.dwLength=sizeof(mem_info);
+	GlobalMemoryStatus(&mem_info);
+
+	UseBigShapeBuffer = (mem_info.dwTotalPhys > 16*1024*1024) ? TRUE : FALSE;
+	OriginalUseBigShapeBuffer = UseBigShapeBuffer;
+
+	// UseBigShapeBuffer = false;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Disable_Uncompressed_Shapes -- Temporarily turns off shape decompression                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    11/19/96 2:37PM ST : Created                                                             *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void Disable_Uncompressed_Shapes (void)
+{
+	UseBigShapeBuffer = false;
+}
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Enable_Uncompressed_Shapes -- Restores state of shape decompression before it was disabled  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    11/19/96 2:37PM ST : Created                                                             *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void Enable_Uncompressed_Shapes (void)
+{
+	UseBigShapeBuffer = OriginalUseBigShapeBuffer;
+}
+
+
+
+
+unsigned long Build_Frame(void const *dataptr, unsigned short framenumber, void *buffptr)
+{
+	char *ptr, *lockptr;//, *uncomp_ptr;
+	unsigned long offset[SUBFRAMEOFFS];
+	unsigned long offcurr, off16, offdiff;
+	KeyFrameHeaderType *keyfr;
+	unsigned short buffsize, currframe, subframe;
+	unsigned long length = 0;
+	char frameflags;
+	unsigned long return_value;
+	char *temp_shape_ptr;
+
+	//
+	// valid pointer??
+	//
+	Length = 0;
+	if ( !dataptr || !buffptr ) {
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	//
+	// look at header then check that frame to build is not greater
+	// than total frames
+	//
+	keyfr = (KeyFrameHeaderType *) dataptr;
+
+	if ( framenumber >= keyfr->frames ) {
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+
+	if (UseBigShapeBuffer){
+		/*
+		** If we havnt yet allocated memory for uncompressed shapes then do so now.
+		**
+		*/
+		if (!BigShapeBufferStart){
+			BigShapeBufferStart = (char*)Alloc(BigShapeBufferLength, MEM_NORMAL);
+			BigShapeBufferPtr = BigShapeBufferStart;
+			/*
+			** Allocate memory for theater specific uncompressed shapes
+			*/
+			TheaterShapeBufferStart = (char*) Alloc (TheaterShapeBufferLength, MEM_NORMAL);
+			TheaterShapeBufferPtr = TheaterShapeBufferStart;
+		}
+
+
+		/*
+		** Track memory usage in uncompressed shape buffers.
+		*/
+		static bool show_info = true;
+
+		if ((Frame & 0xff) == 0){
+
+			if (show_info){
+
+				char crap [128];
+				sprintf (crap, "C&C95 - Big shape buffer is now %d Kb.\n", BigShapeBufferLength / 1024);
+				CCDebugString (crap);
+
+				sprintf (crap, "C&C95 - %d Kb Used in big shape buffer.\n", (unsigned)((unsigned)BigShapeBufferPtr - (unsigned)BigShapeBufferStart)/1024);
+				CCDebugString (crap);
+
+				sprintf (crap, "C&C95 - %d Kb Used in theater shape buffer.\n", (unsigned)((unsigned)TheaterShapeBufferPtr - (unsigned)TheaterShapeBufferStart)/1024);
+				CCDebugString (crap);
+				show_info = false;
+			}
+
+			}else{
+			show_info = true;
+
+		}
+
+
+		/*
+		** If we are running out of memory (<128k left) for uncompressed shapes
+		** then allocate some more.
+		*/
+		if (( (unsigned)BigShapeBufferStart + BigShapeBufferLength) - (unsigned)BigShapeBufferPtr < 128*1024){
+			ReallocShapeBufferFlag = TRUE;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		** If this animation was not previously uncompressed then
+		** allocate memory to keep the pointers to the uncompressed data
+		** for these animation frames
+		*/
+		if (keyfr->x != UNCOMPRESS_MAGIC_NUMBER){
+			keyfr->x = UNCOMPRESS_MAGIC_NUMBER;
+			if (IsTheaterShape){
+				keyfr->y = TheaterSlotsUsed;
+				TheaterSlotsUsed++;
+			}else{
+				keyfr->y = TotalSlotsUsed;
+				TotalSlotsUsed++;
+			}
+			/*
+			** Allocate and clear the memory for the shape info
+			*/
+			KeyFrameSlots[keyfr->y]= new char *[keyfr->frames];
+			memset (KeyFrameSlots[keyfr->y] , 0 , keyfr->frames*4);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		** If this frame was previously uncompressed then just return
+		** a pointer to the raw data
+		*/
+		if (*(KeyFrameSlots[keyfr->y]+framenumber)){
+			if (IsTheaterShape){
+				return ((unsigned long)TheaterShapeBufferStart + (unsigned long)*(KeyFrameSlots[keyfr->y]+framenumber));
+			}else{
+				return ((unsigned long)BigShapeBufferStart + (unsigned long)*(KeyFrameSlots[keyfr->y]+framenumber));
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	// calc buff size
+	buffsize = keyfr->width * keyfr->height;
+
+	// get offset into data
+	ptr = (char *)Add_Long_To_Pointer( dataptr, (((unsigned long)framenumber << 3) + sizeof(KeyFrameHeaderType)) );
+	Mem_Copy( ptr, &offset[0], 12L );
+	frameflags = (char)(offset[0] >> 24);
+
+
+	if ( (frameflags & KF_KEYFRAME) ) {
+
+		ptr = (char *)Add_Long_To_Pointer( dataptr, (offset[0] & 0x00FFFFFFL) );
+
+		if (keyfr->flags & 1 ) {
+			ptr = (char *)Add_Long_To_Pointer( ptr, 768L );
+		}
+		length = LCW_Uncompress( ptr, buffptr, buffsize );
+	} else {	// key delta or delta
+
+		if ( (frameflags & KF_DELTA) ) {
+			currframe = (unsigned short)offset[1];
+
+			ptr = (char *)Add_Long_To_Pointer( dataptr, (((unsigned long)currframe << 3) + sizeof(KeyFrameHeaderType)) );
+			Mem_Copy( ptr, &offset[0], (long)(SUBFRAMEOFFS * sizeof(unsigned long)) );
+		}
+
+		// key frame
+		offcurr = offset[1] & 0x00FFFFFFL;
+
+		// key delta
+		offdiff = (offset[0] & 0x00FFFFFFL) - offcurr;
+
+		ptr = (char *)Add_Long_To_Pointer( dataptr, offcurr );
+
+		if (keyfr->flags & 1 ) {
+			ptr = (char *)Add_Long_To_Pointer( ptr, 768L );
+		}
+
+		off16 = (unsigned long)lockptr & 0x00003FFFL;
+
+		length = LCW_Uncompress( ptr, buffptr, buffsize );
+
+		if (length > buffsize) {
+			return(0);
+		}
+
+		if ( ((offset[2] & 0x00FFFFFFL) - offcurr) >= (0x00010000L - off16) ) {
+
+			ptr = (char *)Add_Long_To_Pointer( ptr, offdiff );
+			off16 = (unsigned long)ptr & 0x00003FFFL;
+
+			offcurr += offdiff;
+			offdiff = 0;
+		}
+
+		length = buffsize;
+		Apply_Delta(buffptr, Add_Long_To_Pointer(ptr, offdiff));
+
+		if ( (frameflags & KF_DELTA) ) {
+			// adjust to delta after the keydelta
+
+			currframe++;
+			subframe = 2;
+
+			while (currframe <= framenumber) {
+				offdiff = (offset[subframe] & 0x00FFFFFFL) - offcurr;
+
+				if ( ((offset[subframe+2] & 0x00FFFFFFL) - offcurr) >= (0x00010000L - off16) ) {
+
+					ptr = (char *)Add_Long_To_Pointer( ptr, offdiff );
+					off16 = (unsigned long)lockptr & 0x00003FFFL;
+
+					offcurr += offdiff;
+					offdiff = 0;
+				}
+
+				length = buffsize;
+				Apply_Delta(buffptr, Add_Long_To_Pointer(ptr, offdiff));
+
+				currframe++;
+				subframe += 2;
+
+				if ( subframe >= (SUBFRAMEOFFS - 1) &&
+					currframe <= framenumber ) {
+					Mem_Copy( Add_Long_To_Pointer( dataptr,
+									(((unsigned long)currframe << 3) +
+									sizeof(KeyFrameHeaderType)) ),
+						&offset[0], (long)(SUBFRAMEOFFS * sizeof(unsigned long)) );
+					subframe = 0;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (UseBigShapeBuffer){
+		/*
+		** Save the uncompressed shape data so we dont have to uncompress it
+		** again next time its drawn.
+		** We keep a space free before the raw shape data so we can add line
+		** header info before the shape is drawn for the first time
+		*/
+
+		if (IsTheaterShape){
+			/*
+			** Shape is a theater specific shape
+			*/
+			return_value = (unsigned long) TheaterShapeBufferPtr;
+			temp_shape_ptr = TheaterShapeBufferPtr + keyfr->height+sizeof(ShapeHeaderType);
+			/*
+			** align the actual shape data
+			*/
+			if (3 & (unsigned)temp_shape_ptr){
+				temp_shape_ptr = (char *) ((unsigned)(temp_shape_ptr + 3) & 0xfffffffc);
+			}
+
+			memcpy (temp_shape_ptr , buffptr , length);
+			((ShapeHeaderType *)TheaterShapeBufferPtr)->draw_flags = -1;						//Flag that headers need to be generated
+			((ShapeHeaderType *)TheaterShapeBufferPtr)->shape_data = temp_shape_ptr - (unsigned)TheaterShapeBufferStart;		//pointer to old raw shape data
+			((ShapeHeaderType *)TheaterShapeBufferPtr)->shape_buffer = 1;	//Theater buffer
+			*(KeyFrameSlots[keyfr->y]+framenumber) = TheaterShapeBufferPtr - (unsigned)TheaterShapeBufferStart;
+			TheaterShapeBufferPtr = (char*)(length + (unsigned)temp_shape_ptr);
+			/*
+			** Align the next shape
+			*/
+			if (3 & (unsigned)TheaterShapeBufferPtr){
+				TheaterShapeBufferPtr = (char *)((unsigned)(TheaterShapeBufferPtr + 3) & 0xfffffffc);
+			}
+			Length = length;
+			return (return_value);
+
+		}else{
+
+
+			return_value=(unsigned long)BigShapeBufferPtr;
+			temp_shape_ptr = BigShapeBufferPtr + keyfr->height+sizeof(ShapeHeaderType);
+			/*
+			** align the actual shape data
+			*/
+			if (3 & (unsigned)temp_shape_ptr){
+				temp_shape_ptr = (char *) ((unsigned)(temp_shape_ptr + 3) & 0xfffffffc);
+			}
+			memcpy (temp_shape_ptr , buffptr , length);
+			((ShapeHeaderType *)BigShapeBufferPtr)->draw_flags = -1;						//Flag that headers need to be generated
+			((ShapeHeaderType *)BigShapeBufferPtr)->shape_data = temp_shape_ptr - (unsigned)BigShapeBufferStart;		//pointer to old raw shape data
+			((ShapeHeaderType *)BigShapeBufferPtr)->shape_buffer = 0;	//Normal Big Shape Buffer
+			*(KeyFrameSlots[keyfr->y]+framenumber) = BigShapeBufferPtr - (unsigned)BigShapeBufferStart;
+			BigShapeBufferPtr = (char*)(length + (unsigned)temp_shape_ptr);
+			// Align the next shape
+			if (3 & (unsigned)BigShapeBufferPtr){
+				BigShapeBufferPtr = (char *)((unsigned)(BigShapeBufferPtr + 3) & 0xfffffffc);
+			}
+			Length = length;
+			return (return_value);
+		}
+
+	}else{
+		return ((unsigned long)buffptr);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Get_Build_Frame_Count -- Fetches the number of frames in data block.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to determine the number of shapes within the data block.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   dataptr  -- Pointer to the keyframe shape data block.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the number of shapes in the data block.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/25/1995 JLB : Commented.                                                               *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+unsigned short Get_Build_Frame_Count(void const *dataptr)
+{
+	if (dataptr) {
+		return(((KeyFrameHeaderType const *)dataptr)->frames);
+	}
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+unsigned short Get_Build_Frame_X(void const *dataptr)
+{
+	if (dataptr) {
+		return(((KeyFrameHeaderType const *)dataptr)->x);
+	}
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+unsigned short Get_Build_Frame_Y(void const *dataptr)
+{
+	if (dataptr) {
+		return(((KeyFrameHeaderType const *)dataptr)->y);
+	}
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Get_Build_Frame_Width -- Fetches the width of the shape image.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to fetch the width of the shapes within the keyframe shape data block.  *
+ *    All shapes within the block have the same width.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   dataptr  -- Pointer to the keyframe shape data block.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the width of the shapes in the block -- expressed in pixels.          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/25/1995 JLB : Commented                                                                *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+unsigned short Get_Build_Frame_Width(void const *dataptr)
+{
+	if (dataptr) {
+		return(((KeyFrameHeaderType const *)dataptr)->width);
+	}
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Get_Build_Frame_Height -- Fetches the height of the shape image.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to fetch the height of the shapes within the keyframe shape data block. *
+ *    All shapes within the block have the same height.                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   dataptr  -- Pointer to the keyframe shape data block.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the height of the shapes in the block -- expressed in pixels.         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/25/1995 JLB : Commented                                                                *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+unsigned short Get_Build_Frame_Height(void const *dataptr)
+{
+	if (dataptr) {
+		return(((KeyFrameHeaderType const *)dataptr)->height);
+	}
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+bool Get_Build_Frame_Palette(void const * dataptr, void * palette)
+{
+	if (dataptr && (((KeyFrameHeaderType const *)dataptr)->flags & 1)) {
+		char const * ptr = (char const *)Add_Long_To_Pointer( dataptr,
+							( (( (long)sizeof(unsigned long) << 1) *
+								((KeyFrameHeaderType *) dataptr)->frames ) +
+							16 + sizeof(KeyFrameHeaderType) ) );
+
+		memcpy(palette, ptr, 768L);
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
diff --git a/LAYER.CPP b/LAYER.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec707f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LAYER.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\layer.cpv   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:50:14   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               *** 
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : LAYER.CPP                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : May 31, 1994                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : March 10, 1995 [JLB]                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   LayerClass::Submit -- Adds an object to a layer list.                                     *
+ *   LayerClass::Sort -- Perform an incremental sort pass on the layer's objects.              *
+ *   LayerClass::Sorted_Add -- Adds object in sorted order to layer.                           * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+#include	"layer.h"
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * LayerClass::Submit -- Adds an object to a layer list.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to add an object to the layer list. If the list is full, then the   *
+ *    object is not added.                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   object   -- Pointer to the object to add.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the object added successfully?                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/31/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   05/31/1994 JLB : Allows sorted insert.                                                    *
+ *   01/02/1995 JLB : Fixed to work with EMSListOf template.                                   * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool LayerClass::Submit(ObjectClass const * object, bool sort)
+{
+	/*
+	**	Add the object to the layer. Either at the end (if "sort" is false) or at the
+	**	appropriately sorted position.
+	*/
+	if (sort) {
+		return(Sorted_Add(object));
+	}
+	return(Add((ObjectClass *)object));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * LayerClass::Sort -- Handles sorting the objects in the layer.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used if the layer objects must be sorted and sorting is to occur now.    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   Don't call this routine too often since it does take a bit of time to           *
+ *             execute. It is a single pass binary sort and thus isn't horribly slow,          *
+ *             but it does take some time.                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/17/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   03/10/1995 JLB : Uses comparison operator.                                                * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void LayerClass::Sort(void)
+{
+	for (int index = 0; index < Count()-1; index++) {
+		if (*(*this)[index+1] < *(*this)[index]) {
+			ObjectClass * temp;
+
+			temp = (*this)[index+1];
+			(*this)[index+1] = (*this)[index];
+			(*this)[index] = temp;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * DynamicVectorClass<T>::Sorted_Add -- Adds object in sorted order to vector.                 * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    Use this routine to add an object to the vector but it will be inserted in sorted        * 
+ *    order. This depends on the ">" operator being defined for the vector object.             * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   object   -- Reference to the object that will be added to the vector.              * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the object added to the vector successfully?                             * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   03/10/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int LayerClass::Sorted_Add(ObjectClass const * const object)
+{
+	if (ActiveCount >= Length()) {
+		if ((IsAllocated || !VectorMax) && GrowthStep > 0) {
+			if (!Resize(Length() + GrowthStep)) {
+
+				/*
+				**	Failure to increase the size of the vector is an error condition.
+				**	Return with the error flag.
+				*/
+				return(false);
+			}
+		} else {
+
+			/*
+			**	Increasing the size of this vector is not allowed! Bail this
+			**	routine with the error code.
+			*/
+			return(false);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	There is room for the new object now. Add it to the right sorted position.
+	*/
+	for (int index = 0; index < ActiveCount; index++) {
+		if ((*(*this)[index]) > (*object)) {
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Make room if the insertion spot is not at the end of the vector.
+	*/
+	for (int i = ActiveCount-1; i >= index; i--) {
+		(*this)[i+1] = (*this)[i];
+	}
+	(*this)[index] = (ObjectClass *)object;
+	ActiveCount++;
+	return(true);
+}	
+
+
diff --git a/LAYER.H b/LAYER.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..36094f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LAYER.H
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\layer.h_v   2.19   16 Oct 1995 16:46:22   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               *** 
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : LAYER.H                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : May 31, 1994                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : May 31, 1994   [JLB]                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef LAYER_H
+#define LAYER_H
+
+#include "vector.h"
+
+class ObjectClass;
+
+class LayerClass : public DynamicVectorClass<ObjectClass *>
+{
+	public:
+
+		//-----------------------------------------------------------------
+		void Sort(void);
+		bool Submit(ObjectClass const * object, bool sort=false);
+		int Sorted_Add(ObjectClass const * const object);
+
+
+		virtual void Init(void) {Clear();};
+		virtual void One_Time(void) {};
+
+		/*
+		**	File I/O.
+		*/
+		bool Load(FileClass & file);
+		bool Save(FileClass & file);
+		virtual void Code_Pointers(void);
+		virtual void Decode_Pointers(void);
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/LED.H b/LED.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a81abf7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LED.H
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\led.h_v   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:45:50   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+
+#ifndef LED_H
+#define LED_H
+
+class LEDClass
+{
+	public:
+		typedef enum ControlType {
+			LED_NOCHANGE,			// Do nothing (just query).
+			LED_OFF,					// Turn LED off.
+			LED_ON,					// Turn LED on.
+			LED_TOGGLE				// Toggle LED state.
+		} ControlType;
+
+	protected:
+		static int Shift_Control(ControlType control, char bit);
+
+	public:
+		static int Scroll_Lock(ControlType control=LED_TOGGLE) {return Shift_Control(control, 0x01);};
+		static int Caps_Lock(ControlType control=LED_TOGGLE) {return Shift_Control(control, 0x02);};
+		static int Num_Lock(ControlType control=LED_TOGGLE) {return Shift_Control(control, 0x04);};
+
+	private:
+		static void Send_To_Keyboard(unsigned char val);
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/LINK.CPP b/LINK.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..db57361
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LINK.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,416 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\link.cpv   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:52:18   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               *** 
+ *********************************************************************************************** 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                    File Name : LINK.CPP                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Start Date : 01/15/95                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                  Last Update : January 19, 1995 [JLB]                                       * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* 
+ * Functions:                                                                                  * 
+ *   LinkClass::LinkClass -- Default constructor for linked list object.                       * 
+ *   LinkClass::LinkClass -- Copy constructor for linked list object.                          * 
+ *   LinkClass::~LinkClass -- Default destructor for linked list object.                       * 
+ *   LinkClass::Zap -- Forces the link pointers to NULL.                                       * 
+ *   LinkClass::operator= -- Assignment operator for linked list class object.                 * 
+ *   LinkClass::Get_Next -- Fetches the next object in list.                                   * 
+ *   LinkClass::Get_Prev -- Fetches previous object in linked list.                            * 
+ *   LinkClass::Head_Of_List -- Finds the head of the list.                                    * 
+ *   LinkClass::Tail_Of_List -- Scans for the object at the end of the list.                   * 
+ *   LinkClass::Add -- This object adds itself to the given list                               *
+ *   LinkClass::Add_Head -- This gadget makes itself the head of the given list.               *
+ *   LinkClass::Add_Tail -- Add myself to the end of the given list.                           *
+ *   LinkClass::Remove -- Removes the specified object from the list.                          * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "function.h"
+#include "link.h"
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * LinkClass::LinkClass -- Default constructor for linked list object.                         * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This is the default constructor for a linked list object. It merely initializes the      * 
+ *    next and previous pointers to NULL.                                                      * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   01/15/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+LinkClass::LinkClass(void) 
+{
+	LinkClass::Zap();
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * LinkClass::LinkClass -- Copy constructor for linked list object.                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This copy constructor, unlike the assigment operator, doesn't have to deal with an       * 
+ *    already initialized and legal link object to the left of the "=". It merely puts the     * 
+ *    destination object into the same list as the source object.                              * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   link  -- Reference to the object on the right of the "=".                          * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   01/16/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+LinkClass::LinkClass(LinkClass & link)
+{
+	LinkClass::Zap();
+	Add(link);
+}	
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * LinkClass::~LinkClass -- Default destructor for linked list object.                         * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This default destructor will remove the object from any linked list it may be part of.   * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   01/15/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+LinkClass::~LinkClass(void) 
+{
+	Remove();
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * LinkClass::Zap -- Forces the link pointers to NULL.                                         * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This routine will "zap" out the link pointers. This is usually necessary when the link   * 
+ *    pointers start in an undefined state, but we KNOW that they aren't pointing to anything  * 
+ *    valid. In such a case it becomes necessary to zap them so that when the object is added  * 
+ *    to a list, it will be added corrrectly.                                                  * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   01/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void LinkClass::Zap(void)
+{
+	Next = 0;
+	Prev = 0;
+}	
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * LinkClass::operator= -- Assignment operator for linked list class object.                   * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    The assignment operator makes sure that the previous and next pointers remain valid.     * 
+ *    Because this class only consists of pointers, the assignment operator doesn't actually   * 
+ *    transfer any data from the source object. It merely makes the destination object part    * 
+ *    of the same list as the source object. In essence, this is transferring information      * 
+ *    but not the actual values.                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    If the destination object is already part of another list, it is removed from that list  * 
+ *    before being added to the source object's list. This ensures that either list remains    * 
+ *    in a valid condition.                                                                    * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   link  -- The object to the right of the "=" operator.                              * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns a reference to the rightmost object -- per standard assigment rules.       * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   01/16/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+LinkClass & LinkClass::operator=(LinkClass & link)
+{
+	Remove();
+	Add(link);
+	return(link);
+}	
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * LinkClass::Get_Next -- Fetches the next object in list.                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This routine will return with a pointer to the next object in the list. If there are     * 
+ *    no more objects, then NULL is returned.                                                  * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with pointer to next object in list or NULL if at end of list.             * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   01/15/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+LinkClass * LinkClass::Get_Next(void) const
+{
+	return(Next);
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * LinkClass::Get_Prev -- Fetches previous object in linked list.                              * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    Use this routine to get a pointer to the previous object in the linked list. If there    * 
+ *    are no previous objects (such as at the head of the list), then NULL is returned.        * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the previous object in the list or NULL if none.         * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   01/15/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+LinkClass * LinkClass::Get_Prev(void) const
+{
+	return(Prev);
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * LinkClass::Head_Of_List -- Finds the head of the list.                                      * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    Use this routine to scan for and return a reference to the object at the head of the     * 
+ *    list.                                                                                    * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a reference to the object at the head of the list.                    * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   01/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+LinkClass const & LinkClass::Head_Of_List(void) const
+{
+	LinkClass const * link = this;
+	while (link->Prev) {
+		link = link->Prev;
+		if (link == this) break;		// Safety check
+	}
+	return(*link);
+}	
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * LinkClass::Tail_Of_List -- Scans for the object at the end of the list.                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    Use this routine to scan for and return a reference to the object at the end of the      * 
+ *    list.                                                                                    * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a reference to the object at the end of the list.                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   01/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+LinkClass const & LinkClass::Tail_Of_List(void) const
+{
+	LinkClass const * link = this;
+	while (link->Next) {
+		link = link->Next;
+		if (link == this) break;		// Safety check
+	}
+	return(*link);
+}	
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * LinkClass::Add -- This object adds itself to the given list                                 *
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    Use this routine to add a link object to the list, but to be added right after the       * 
+ *    given link. This allows inserting a link in the middle of the chain. A quite necessary   * 
+ *    ability if the chain is order dependant (e.g., the gadget system).                       * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   list -- gadget object to add this one to                                           *
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the head of the list.                                    * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   01/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+LinkClass & LinkClass::Add(LinkClass & list)
+{
+	LinkClass *ptr;
+
+	/*
+	**	Save ptr to next gadget.
+	*/
+	ptr = list.Next;
+
+	/*
+	**	Link myself in after 'list'.
+	*/
+	list.Next = this;
+	Prev = &list;
+
+	/*
+	**	Link myself to next gadget, if there is one.
+	*/
+	Next = ptr;
+	if (ptr) {
+		ptr->Prev = this;
+	}
+
+	return(Head_Of_List());
+}	
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * LinkClass::Add_Head -- This gadget makes itself the head of the given list.                 *
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   list -- the list to make myself the head of                                        *
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a reference to the object at the head of the list. This should be     * 
+ *          the same object that is passed in.                                                 * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   01/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+LinkClass & LinkClass::Add_Head(LinkClass & list) 
+{
+	LinkClass *ptr;
+
+	/*
+	**	Get head of given list.
+	*/
+	ptr = &list.Head_Of_List();
+
+	/*
+	**	Link myself in front of it.
+	*/
+	ptr->Prev = this;
+	Next = ptr;
+	Prev = NULL;
+
+	return(*this);
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * LinkClass::Add_Tail -- Add myself to the end of the given list.                             *
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   list -- list to add myself to                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  the head of the list                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   The previous and next pointers for the added object MUST have been properly     * 
+ *             initialized for this routine to work correctly.                                 * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   01/15/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+LinkClass & LinkClass::Add_Tail(LinkClass & list) 
+{
+	LinkClass *ptr;
+
+	/*
+	**	Get head of given list.
+	*/
+	ptr = &list.Tail_Of_List();
+
+	/*
+	**	Link myself in front of it.
+	*/
+	ptr->Next = this;
+	Prev = ptr;
+	Next = NULL;
+
+	return(Head_Of_List());
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * LinkClass::Remove -- Removes the specified object from the list.                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This routine will remove the specified object from the list of objects. Because of the   * 
+ *    previous and next pointers, it is possible to remove an object from the list without     * 
+ *    knowing the head of the list. To do this, just call Remove() with the parameter of       * 
+ *    "this".                                                                                  * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the new head of list.                                                 * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   01/15/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+LinkClass * LinkClass::Remove(void) 
+{
+	LinkClass * head = &Head_Of_List();
+	LinkClass * tail = &Tail_Of_List();
+
+	if (Prev) {
+		Prev->Next = Next;
+	}
+	if (Next) {
+		Next->Prev = Prev;
+	}
+	Prev = 0;
+	Next = 0;
+
+	if (head==this) {
+		if (tail==this) {
+			return(0);
+		}
+		return(&tail->Head_Of_List());
+	}
+	return(head);
+}
+
+
diff --git a/LINK.H b/LINK.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8a975f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LINK.H
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\link.h_v   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:45:52   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               *** 
+ *********************************************************************************************** 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                    File Name : LINK.H                                                       * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Start Date : 01/15/95                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                  Last Update : January 15, 1995 [JLB]                                       * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* 
+ * Functions:                                                                                  * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef LINK_H
+#define LINK_H
+
+/*
+**	This implements a simple linked list. It is possible to add, remove, and traverse the
+**	list. Since this is a doubly linked list, it is possible to remove an entry from the
+**	middle of an existing list.
+*/
+class LinkClass
+{
+	public:
+		LinkClass(void);
+		virtual ~LinkClass(void);
+
+		virtual LinkClass * Get_Next(void) const;
+		virtual LinkClass * Get_Prev(void) const;
+		virtual LinkClass & Add(LinkClass & object);
+		virtual LinkClass & Add_Tail(LinkClass & object);
+		virtual LinkClass & Add_Head(LinkClass & object);
+		virtual LinkClass const & Head_Of_List(void) const;
+		virtual LinkClass & Head_Of_List(void) 
+		{
+			return (LinkClass &)(((LinkClass const *)this)->Head_Of_List());
+		};
+		virtual LinkClass const & Tail_Of_List(void) const;
+		virtual LinkClass & Tail_Of_List(void)
+		{
+			return (LinkClass &)(((LinkClass const *)this)->Tail_Of_List());
+		};
+		virtual void Zap(void);
+		virtual LinkClass * Remove(void);
+
+		LinkClass & operator=(LinkClass & link);		// Assignment operator.
+		LinkClass(LinkClass & link);						// Copy constructor.
+
+	private:
+		/*
+		**	Pointers to previous and next link objects in chain.
+		*/
+		LinkClass * Next;
+		LinkClass * Prev;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/LIST.CPP b/LIST.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..47bf758
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LIST.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,897 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\list.cpv   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:51:36   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : LIST.CPP                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : 01/15/95                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : June 25, 1995 [JLB]                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   ListClass::Add -- This object adds itself to the given list                               *
+ *   ListClass::Add_Head -- This gadget makes itself the head of the given list.               *
+ *   ListClass::Add_Item -- Adds a text item (as number) to the list box.                      *
+ *   ListClass::Add_Item -- Adds an item to the list box.                                      *
+ *   ListClass::Add_Scroll_Bar -- Adds a scroll bar to the list box.                           *
+ *   ListClass::Add_Tail -- Add myself to the end of the given list.                           *
+ *   ListClass::Bump -- Bumps the list box up/down one "page".                                 *
+ *   ListClass::Current_Index -- Fetches the current selected index.                           *
+ *   ListClass::Current_Item -- Fetches pointer to current item string.                        *
+ *   ListClass::Draw_Entry -- Draws a list box text line as indicated.                         *
+ *   ListClass::Draw_Me -- Draws the listbox.                                                  *
+ *   ListClass::Get_Item -- Fetches an arbitrary item string.                                  *
+ *   ListClass::Peer_To_Peer -- A peer gadget was touched -- make adjustments.                 *
+ *   ListClass::Remove -- Removes the specified object from the list.                          *
+ *   ListClass::Remove_Item -- Remove specified text from list box.                            *
+ *   ListClass::Remove_Scroll_Bar -- Removes the scroll bar if present                         *
+ *   ListClass::Set_Selected_Index -- Set the top of the listbox to index specified.           *
+ *   ListClass::Set_Tabs -- Sets the tab stop list to be used for text printing.               *
+ *   ListClass::Set_View_Index -- Sets the top line for the current list view.                 *
+ *   ListClass::Step -- Moves the list view one line in direction specified.                   *
+ *   ListClass::Step_Selected_Index -- Change the listbox top line in direction specified.     *
+ *   ListClass::~ListClass -- Destructor for list class objects.                               *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * ListClass::ListClass -- class constructor                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:            id               button ID                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                     x,y            upper-left corner, in pixels         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                     w,h            width, height, in pixels             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                     list            ptr to array of char strings to list*
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   flags, style   flags for mouse, style of listbox      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:           none.                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:         none.                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:          01/05/1995 MML : Created.                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+ListClass::ListClass (int id, int x, int y, int w, int h, TextPrintType flags, void const * up, void const * down) :
+	ControlClass(id, x, y, w, h, LEFTPRESS | LEFTRELEASE | KEYBOARD, false),
+	UpGadget(0, up, x+w, y),
+	DownGadget(0, down, x+w, y+h),
+	ScrollGadget(0, x+w, y, 0, h, true)
+{
+	/*
+	**	Set preliminary values for the slider related gadgets. They don't automatically
+	**	appear at this time, but there are some values that can be pre-filled in.
+	*/
+	UpGadget.X -= UpGadget.Width;
+	DownGadget.X -= DownGadget.Width;
+	DownGadget.Y -= DownGadget.Height;
+	ScrollGadget.X -= MAX(UpGadget.Width, DownGadget.Width);
+	ScrollGadget.Y = Y+UpGadget.Height;
+	ScrollGadget.Height -= UpGadget.Height + DownGadget.Height;
+	ScrollGadget.Width = MAX(UpGadget.Width, DownGadget.Width);
+
+	/*
+	**	Set the list box to a default state.
+	*/
+	TextFlags = flags;
+	IsScrollActive = false;
+	Tabs = 0;
+	SelectedIndex = 0;
+	CurrentTopIndex = 0;
+	Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_NONE, 0, 0, TBLACK, TBLACK, TextFlags);
+	LineHeight = FontHeight+FontYSpacing-1;
+	LineCount = (h-1) / LineHeight;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ListClass::~ListClass -- Destructor for list class objects.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the destructor for list objects. It handles removing anything it might have      *
+ *    allocated. This is typically the scroll bar.                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:      none                                                                            *
+ * OUTPUT:     none                                                                            *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ * HISTORY:    01/16/1995 JLB : Created.                                                       *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+ListClass::~ListClass(void)
+{
+	Remove_Scroll_Bar();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ListClass::Add_Item -- Adds an item to the list box.                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This will add the specified string to the list box. The string is added to the end       *
+ *    of the list.                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:      text  -- Pointer to the string to add to the list box.                          *
+ * OUTPUT:     none                                                                            *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ * HISTORY:    01/15/1995 JLB : Created.                                                       *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int ListClass::Add_Item(char const * text)
+{
+	if (text) {
+		List.Add(text);
+		Flag_To_Redraw();
+
+		/*
+		**	Add scroll gadget if the list gets too large to display all of the items
+		**	at the same time.
+		*/
+		if (List.Count() > LineCount) {
+			Add_Scroll_Bar();
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Tell the slider that there is one more entry in the list.
+		*/
+		if (IsScrollActive) {
+			ScrollGadget.Set_Maximum(List.Count());
+		}
+	}
+	return(List.Count() - 1);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ListClass::Add_Item -- Adds a text item (as number) to the list box.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This will add the text as specified by the text number provided, to the list box.        *
+ *    The string is added to the end of the list.                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:      text  -- The text number for the string to add to the list box.                 *
+ * OUTPUT:     none                                                                            *
+ * WARNINGS:   Once a string is added to the list box in this fashion, there is no method of   *
+ *             retrieving the text number as it relates to any particular index in the list.   *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/15/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int ListClass::Add_Item(int text)
+{
+	if (text != TXT_NONE) {
+		Add_Item(Text_String(text));
+	}
+	return(List.Count() - 1);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ListClass::Remove_Item -- Remove specified text from list box.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will remove the specified text string from the list box.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:      text  -- Pointer to the string to remove.                                       *
+ * OUTPUT:     none                                                                            *
+ * WARNINGS:   The text pointer passed into this routine MUST be the same text pointer that    *
+ *             was used to add the string to the list.                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/15/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void ListClass::Remove_Item(char const * text)
+{
+	if (text) {
+		List.Delete(text);
+
+		/*
+		**	If the list is now small enough to display completely within the list box region,
+		**	then delete the slider gadget (if they are present).
+		*/
+		if (List.Count() <= LineCount) {
+			Remove_Scroll_Bar();
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Tell the slider that there is one less entry in the list.
+		*/
+		if (IsScrollActive) {
+			ScrollGadget.Set_Maximum(List.Count());
+		}
+
+		/*
+		** If we just removed the selected entry, select the previous one
+		*/
+		if (SelectedIndex >= List.Count()) {
+			SelectedIndex--;
+			if (SelectedIndex < 0)
+				SelectedIndex = 0;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		** If we just removed the top-displayed entry, step up one item
+		*/
+		if (CurrentTopIndex >= List.Count()) {
+			CurrentTopIndex--;
+			if (CurrentTopIndex < 0)
+				CurrentTopIndex = 0;
+			if (IsScrollActive)
+				ScrollGadget.Step(1);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * ListClass::Action -- If clicked on, do this!                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:            int flags -- combination of mouse flags indicating    *
+ *                                  what action to take.                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:           bool result.                                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:         none.                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:          01/05/1995 MML : Created.                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int ListClass::Action(unsigned flags, KeyNumType & key)
+{
+	if (flags & LEFTRELEASE) {
+		key = KN_NONE;
+		flags &= (~LEFTRELEASE);
+		ControlClass::Action(flags, key);
+		return(true);
+	} else {
+
+		/*	--------------------------------------------------
+		**			Handle keyboard events here.
+		*/
+		if (flags & KEYBOARD) {
+
+			/*
+			**	Process the keyboard character. If indicated, consume this keyboard event
+			**	so that the edit gadget ID number is not returned.
+			*/
+			if (key == KN_UP) {
+				Step_Selected_Index(-1);
+				key = KN_NONE;
+			} else if (key == KN_DOWN) {
+				Step_Selected_Index(1);
+				key = KN_NONE;
+			} else {
+				flags &= ~KEYBOARD;
+			}
+
+		} else {
+
+			int index = Get_Mouse_Y() - (Y+1);
+			index = index / LineHeight;
+			SelectedIndex = CurrentTopIndex + index;
+			SelectedIndex = MIN(SelectedIndex, List.Count()-1);
+		}
+	}
+	return(ControlClass::Action(flags, key));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ListClass::Draw_Me -- Draws the listbox.                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will render the listbox.                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   forced   -- Should the listbox be redrawn even if it already thinks it doesn't     *
+ *                      need to be? This is true when something outside of the gadget system   *
+ *                      has trashed the screen.                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Was the listbox redrawn?                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/25/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int ListClass::Draw_Me(int forced)
+{
+	if (GadgetClass::Draw_Me(forced)) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Turn off the mouse.
+		*/
+		if (LogicPage == &SeenBuff) {
+			Conditional_Hide_Mouse(X, Y, X+Width, Y+Height);
+		}
+
+		Draw_Box (X, Y, Width, Height, BOXSTYLE_GREEN_BOX, true);
+
+		/*
+		**	Draw List.
+		*/
+		if (List.Count()) {
+			for (int index = 0; index < LineCount; index++)  {
+				int line = CurrentTopIndex + index;
+
+				if (List.Count() > line) {
+
+					/*
+					**	Prints the text and handles right edge clipping and tabs.
+					*/
+					Draw_Entry(line, X+1, Y+(LineHeight*index)+1, Width-2, (line == SelectedIndex));
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Turn on the mouse.
+		*/
+		if (LogicPage == &SeenBuff) {
+			Conditional_Show_Mouse();
+		}
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ListClass::Bump -- Bumps the list box up/down one "page".                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to adjust the "page" that is being viewed in the list box. The view     *
+ *    will move up or down (as specified) one page (screen full) of text strings.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   up -- Should the adjustment be up?                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/15/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void ListClass::Bump(int up)
+{
+	if (IsScrollActive) {
+		if (ScrollGadget.Step(up)) {
+			CurrentTopIndex = ScrollGadget.Get_Value();
+			Flag_To_Redraw();
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ListClass::Step -- Moves the list view one line in direction specified.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will move the current view "page" one line in the direction specified.      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   up -- Should the view be moved upward?                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/15/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void ListClass::Step(int up)
+{
+	if (IsScrollActive) {
+		if (ScrollGadget.Step(up)) {
+			CurrentTopIndex = ScrollGadget.Get_Value();
+			Flag_To_Redraw();
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ListClass::Get_Item -- Fetches an arbitrary item string.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will fetch an item string from the list box. The item fetched can be any    *
+ *    one of the ones in the list.                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   index -- The index to examine and return the text pointer from.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the text pointer to the string at the index position specified.       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/16/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+char const * ListClass::Get_Item(int index) const
+{
+	if (List.Count() == 0) return (NULL);
+
+	index = MIN(index, List.Count()-1 );
+	return(List[index]);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ListClass::Current_Item -- Fetches pointer to current item string.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will fetch a pointer to the currently selected item's text.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Return with pointer to currently selected text.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/16/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+char const * ListClass::Current_Item(void)
+{
+	return(List[SelectedIndex]);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ListClass::Current_Index -- Fetches the current selected index.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will fetch the index number for the currently selected line.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the index of the currently selected line. This ranges from zero to    *
+ *          the number of items in the list minus one.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/16/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int ListClass::Current_Index(void)
+{
+	return(SelectedIndex);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ListClass::Peer_To_Peer -- A peer gadget was touched -- make adjustments.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called when one of the peer gadgets (the scroll arrows or the slider)    *
+ *    was touched in some fashion. This routine will sort out whom and why and then make       *
+ *    any necessary adjustments to the list box.                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   flags    -- The event flags that affected the peer gadget.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          key      -- The key value at the time of the event.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          whom     -- Which gadget is being touched.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/16/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void ListClass::Peer_To_Peer(unsigned flags, KeyNumType &, ControlClass & whom)
+{
+	if (flags & LEFTRELEASE) {
+		if (&whom == &UpGadget) {
+			Step(true);
+		}
+		if (&whom == &DownGadget) {
+			Step(false);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	The slider has changed, so reflect the current list position
+	**	according to the slider setting.
+	*/
+	if (&whom == &ScrollGadget) {
+		Set_View_Index(ScrollGadget.Get_Value());
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ListClass::Set_View_Index -- Sets the top line for the current list view.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to set the line that will be at the top of the list view. This is   *
+ *    how the view can be scrolled up and down. This does not affect the currently selected    *
+ *    item.                                                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   index -- The line (index) to move to the top of the list view.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the view actually changed?                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/16/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int ListClass::Set_View_Index(int index)
+{
+	index = Bound(index, 0, List.Count() - LineCount);
+	if (index != CurrentTopIndex) {
+		CurrentTopIndex = index;
+		Flag_To_Redraw();
+		if (IsScrollActive) {
+			ScrollGadget.Set_Value(CurrentTopIndex);
+		}
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ListClass::Add_Scroll_Bar -- Adds a scroll bar to the list box.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will add a scroll bar (with matching arrows) to the list box. They are      *
+ *    added to the right edge and cause the interior of the list box to become narrower.       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the scroll bar added?                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   The list box becomes narrower when the scroll bar is added.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/16/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int ListClass::Add_Scroll_Bar(void)
+{
+	if (!IsScrollActive) {
+		IsScrollActive = true;
+
+		/*
+		**	Everything has been created successfully. Flag the list box to be
+		**	redrawn because it now must be made narrower to accomodate the new
+		**	slider gadgets.
+		*/
+		Flag_To_Redraw();
+		Width -= ScrollGadget.Width;
+
+		/*
+		**	Tell the newly created gadgets that they should inform this list box
+		**	whenever they get touched. In this way, the list box will automatically
+		**	be updated under control of the slider buttons.
+		*/
+		UpGadget.Make_Peer(*this);
+		DownGadget.Make_Peer(*this);
+		ScrollGadget.Make_Peer(*this);
+
+		/*
+		**	Add these newly created gadgets to the same gadget list that the
+		**	list box is part of.
+		*/
+		UpGadget.Add(*this);
+		DownGadget.Add(*this);
+		ScrollGadget.Add(*this);
+
+		/*
+		**	Make sure these added gadgets get redrawn at the next opportunity.
+		*/
+		UpGadget.Flag_To_Redraw();
+		DownGadget.Flag_To_Redraw();
+		ScrollGadget.Flag_To_Redraw();
+
+		/*
+		**	Inform the slider of the size of the window and the current view position.
+		*/
+		ScrollGadget.Set_Maximum(List.Count());
+		ScrollGadget.Set_Thumb_Size(LineCount);
+		ScrollGadget.Set_Value(CurrentTopIndex);
+
+		/*
+		**	Return with success flag.
+		*/
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ListClass::Remove_Scroll_Bar -- Removes the scroll bar if present                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to remove any attached scroll bar to this list box. If the scroll bar   *
+ *    is not present, then no action occurs.                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the scroll bar removed?                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/16/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int ListClass::Remove_Scroll_Bar(void)
+{
+	if (IsScrollActive) {
+		IsScrollActive = false;
+		Width += ScrollGadget.Width;
+		ScrollGadget.Remove();
+		UpGadget.Remove();
+		DownGadget.Remove();
+		Flag_To_Redraw();
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ListClass::Set_Tabs -- Sets the tab stop list to be used for text printing.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This sets the tab stop list to be used for text printing. It specifies a series of       *
+ *    pixel offsets for each tab stop. The offsets are from the starting pixel position that   *
+ *    the text begins at.                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   tabs  -- Pointer to a list of tab pixel offsets.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   Only a pointer to the tabs is recorded by the ListClass object. Make sure that  *
+ *             the list remains intact for the duration of the existence of this object.       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/16/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void ListClass::Set_Tabs(int const * tabs)
+{
+	Tabs = tabs;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ListClass::Draw_Entry -- Draws a list box text line as indicated.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called by the Draw_Me function when it desired to redraw a particular    *
+ *    text line in the list box.                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   index    -- The index of the list entry to draw. This index is based on the        *
+ *                      total list and NOT the current visible view page.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          x,y      -- Pixel coordinates for the upper left corner of the text entry.         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          width    -- The maximum width that the text may draw over. It is expected that     *
+ *                      this drawing routine entirely fills this length.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          selected -- bool; Is this a selected (highlighted) listbox entry?                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/16/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void ListClass::Draw_Entry(int index, int x, int y, int width, int selected)
+{
+	if (TextFlags & TPF_6PT_GRAD) {
+		TextPrintType flags = TextFlags;
+
+		if (selected) {
+			flags = flags | TPF_BRIGHT_COLOR;
+			LogicPage->Fill_Rect (x, y, x + width - 1, y + LineHeight - 1, CC_GREEN_SHADOW);
+		} else {
+			if (!(flags & TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL)) {
+				flags = flags | TPF_MEDIUM_COLOR;
+			}
+		}
+
+		Conquer_Clip_Text_Print(List[index], x, y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK, flags, width, Tabs);
+
+	} else {
+		Conquer_Clip_Text_Print(List[index], x, y, (selected ? BLUE : WHITE), TBLACK, TextFlags, width, Tabs);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ListClass::Add -- Adds myself to list immediately after given object                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * Adds the list box to the chain, immemdiately after the given object.  The order will be:    *
+ * - Listbox                                                                                   *
+ * - Up arrow (if active)                                                                      *
+ * - Down arrow (if active)                                                                    *
+ * - Scroll gadget (if active)                                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *                                                                                       *
+ * INPUT:   object   -- Pointer to the object to be added right after this one.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the head of the list.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+LinkClass & ListClass::Add(LinkClass & list)
+{
+	/*
+	**	Add the scroll bar gadgets if they're active.
+	*/
+	if (IsScrollActive) {
+		ScrollGadget.Add(list);
+		DownGadget.Add(list);
+		UpGadget.Add(list);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Add myself to the list, then return.
+	*/
+	return(ControlClass::Add(list));
+}	
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * ListClass::Add_Head -- Adds myself to head of the given list                                *
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   list -- list to add myself to                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a reference to the object at the head of the list. This should be     * 
+ *          the same object that is passed in.                                                 * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   01/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+LinkClass & ListClass::Add_Head(LinkClass & list) 
+{
+	/*
+	**	Add the scroll bar gadgets if they're active.
+	*/
+	if (IsScrollActive) {
+		ScrollGadget.Add_Head(list);
+		DownGadget.Add_Head(list);
+		UpGadget.Add_Head(list);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Add myself to the list, then return.
+	*/
+	return(ControlClass::Add_Head(list));
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * ListClass::Add_Tail -- Adds myself to tail of given list                                    *
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * Adds the list box to the tail of the give chain.  The order will be:                        *
+ * - Listbox                                                                                   *
+ * - Up arrow (if active)                                                                      *
+ * - Down arrow (if active)                                                                    *
+ * - Scroll gadget (if active)                                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   list -- list to add myself to                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   The previous and next pointers for the added object MUST have been properly     * 
+ *             initialized for this routine to work correctly.                                 * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   01/15/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+LinkClass & ListClass::Add_Tail(LinkClass & list) 
+{
+	/*
+	**	Add myself to the list.
+	*/
+	ControlClass::Add_Tail(list);
+
+	/*
+	**	Add the scroll bar gadgets if they're active.
+	*/
+	if (IsScrollActive) {
+		UpGadget.Add_Tail(list);
+		DownGadget.Add_Tail(list);
+		ScrollGadget.Add_Tail(list);
+	}
+
+	return(Head_Of_List());
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * ListClass::Remove -- Removes the specified object from the list.                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This routine will remove the specified object from the list of objects. Because of the   * 
+ *    previous and next pointers, it is possible to remove an object from the list without     * 
+ *    knowing the head of the list. To do this, just call Remove() with the parameter of       * 
+ *    "this".                                                                                  * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the new head of list.                                                 * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   01/15/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+GadgetClass * ListClass::Remove(void) 
+{
+	/*
+	**	Remove the scroll bar if it's active
+	*/
+	if (IsScrollActive) {
+		ScrollGadget.Remove();
+		DownGadget.Remove();
+		UpGadget.Remove();
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Remove myself & return
+	*/
+	return(ControlClass::Remove());
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * ListClass::Set_Selected_Index -- Set the top of the listbox to index specified.             * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This routine will set the top line of the listbox to the index value specified.          * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   index -- The index to set the top of the listbox to.                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   The requested index may be adjusted to fit within legal parameters.             * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   06/25/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void ListClass::Set_Selected_Index(int index)
+{ 
+   if ((unsigned)index < List.Count()) {
+		SelectedIndex = index; 
+		Flag_To_Redraw();
+		if (SelectedIndex < CurrentTopIndex) {
+			Set_View_Index(SelectedIndex);
+		}
+		if (SelectedIndex >= CurrentTopIndex+LineCount) {
+			Set_View_Index(SelectedIndex-(LineCount-1));
+		}
+   }
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * ListClass::Step_Selected_Index -- Change the listbox top line in direction specified.       * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This routine will scroll the top line of the listbox in the direction specified.         * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   step  -- The direction (and amount) to adjust the listbox. If negative value, then * 
+ *                   the top line is scrolled upward.                                          * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the original top line index number.                                   * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   06/25/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int ListClass::Step_Selected_Index(int step)
+{
+	int old = SelectedIndex;
+
+	Set_Selected_Index(old + step);
+	return(old);
+}	
diff --git a/LIST.H b/LIST.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..279fa83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LIST.H
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\list.h_v   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:46:24   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               *** 
+ *********************************************************************************************** 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                    File Name : LIST.H                                                       * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Start Date : 01/15/95                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                  Last Update : January 15, 1995 [JLB]                                       * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* 
+ * Functions:                                                                                  * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef LIST_H
+#define LIST_H
+
+#include "control.h"
+#include "shapebtn.h"
+#include "slider.h"
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * ListClass -- Like a Windows ListBox structure									*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:      int x -- x position of gadget											*
+ *					int y -- y position of gadget											*
+ *					int w -- width of gadget												*							
+ *					int h -- height of gadget												*							
+ *					UWORD flags -- see enumeration choices								*							
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:     none.																			*
+ * WARNINGS:														   						*
+ * HISTORY:    01/03/1995 MML : Created.                                   *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+class ListClass : public ControlClass
+{
+	public:
+		ListClass(int id, int x, int y, int w, int h, TextPrintType flags, void const * up, void const * down);
+		virtual ~ListClass(void);
+
+//		static ListClass * Create_One_Of(int id, int x, int y, int w, int h, TextPrintType flags, void const * up, void const * down);
+		virtual int  Add_Item(char const * text);
+		virtual int  Add_Item(int text);
+		virtual int  Add_Scroll_Bar(void);
+		virtual void Bump(int up);
+		virtual int  Count(void) {return List.Count();};
+		virtual int  Current_Index(void);
+		virtual char const * Current_Item(void);
+		virtual int  Draw_Me(int forced);
+		virtual char const * Get_Item(int index) const;
+		virtual int Step_Selected_Index(int forward);
+
+		virtual void Peer_To_Peer(unsigned flags, KeyNumType & key, ControlClass & whom);
+		virtual void Remove_Item(char const * text);
+		virtual int  Remove_Scroll_Bar(void);
+		virtual void Set_Selected_Index(int index);  
+		virtual void Set_Tabs(int const * tabs);
+		virtual int  Set_View_Index(int index);
+		virtual void Step(int up);
+
+		/*
+		** These overloaded list routines handle adding/removing the scroll bar
+		** automatically when the list box is added or removed.
+		*/
+		virtual LinkClass & Add(LinkClass & object);
+		virtual LinkClass & Add_Tail(LinkClass & object);
+		virtual LinkClass & Add_Head(LinkClass & object);
+		virtual GadgetClass * Remove(void);
+
+	protected:
+		virtual int  Action(unsigned flags, KeyNumType &key);
+		virtual void Draw_Entry(int index, int x, int y, int width, int selected);
+
+		/*
+		**	This controls what the text looks like. It uses the basic TPF_ flags that
+		**	are used to control Fancy_Text_Print().
+		*/
+		TextPrintType TextFlags;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is a series of tabstop pixel positions to use when processing any
+		**	<TAB> characters found in a list box string. The tabs are a series of
+		**	pixel offsets from the starting pixel position of the text.
+		*/
+		int const *Tabs;
+
+		/*
+		**	The actual list of text pointers is maintained by this list manager. The pointers
+		**	are stored in EMS. The text that is pointed to may also be in EMS.
+		*/
+		DynamicVectorClass<char const *> List;
+		//EMSListOf<char const *> List;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the total pixel height of a standar line of text. This is greatly 
+		**	influenced by the TextFlags value.
+		*/
+		int LineHeight;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the number of text lines that can fit within the list box.
+		*/
+		int LineCount;
+
+		/*
+		**	If the slider bar has been created, these point to the respective gadgets
+		**	that it is composed of.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsScrollActive:1;
+		ShapeButtonClass UpGadget;
+		ShapeButtonClass DownGadget;
+		SliderClass ScrollGadget;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the currently selected index. It is highlighted.
+		*/
+		int SelectedIndex;
+
+		/*
+		**	This specifies the line (index) that is at the top of the list box.
+		*/
+		int CurrentTopIndex;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/LOADDLG.CPP b/LOADDLG.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..33b3178
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LOADDLG.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,734 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\loaddlg.cpv   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:51:18   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : LOADDLG.CPP                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Maria Legg, Joe Bostic, Bill Randolph                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : March 19, 1995                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : June 25, 1995 [JLB]                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   LoadOptionsClass::Clear_List -- clears the list box & Files arrays                        *
+ *   LoadOptionsClass::Compare -- for qsort                                                    *
+ *   LoadOptionsClass::Fill_List -- fills the list box & GameNum arrays                        *
+ *   LoadOptionsClass::LoadOptionsClass -- class constructor                                   *
+ *   LoadOptionsClass::Num_From_Ext -- clears the list box & GameNum arrays                    *
+ *   LoadOptionsClass::Process -- main processing routine                                      *
+ *   LoadOptionsClass::~LoadOptionsClass -- class destructor                                   *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "function.h"
+#include <io.h>				// for unlink
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * LoadOptionsClass::LoadOptionsClass -- class constructor                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      style      style for this load/save dialog (LOAD/SAVE/DELETE)                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   02/14/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+LoadOptionsClass::LoadOptionsClass(LoadStyleType style)
+{
+	Style = style;
+	Files.Clear();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * LoadOptionsClass::~LoadOptionsClass -- class destructor                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   02/14/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+LoadOptionsClass::~LoadOptionsClass()
+{
+	for (int i = 0; i < Files.Count(); i++) {
+		delete Files[i];
+	}
+	Files.Clear();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * LoadOptionsClass::Process -- main processing routine                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      false = User cancelled, true = operation completed                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   02/14/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int LoadOptionsClass::Process(void)
+{
+	/*
+	**	Dialog & button dimensions
+	*/
+	int factor			= (SeenBuff.Get_Width() == 320) ? 1 : 2;
+	int d_dialog_w		= 250 *factor;
+	int d_dialog_h		= 156 * factor;
+	int d_dialog_x		= (SeenBuff.Get_Width() - d_dialog_w) >> 1;
+	int d_dialog_y		= (SeenBuff.Get_Height() - d_dialog_h) >> 1;
+	int d_dialog_cx	= d_dialog_x + (d_dialog_w >> 1);
+	int d_txt8_h		= 11 * factor;
+	int d_margin		= 7 * factor;
+
+	int d_list_w 		= d_dialog_w - (d_margin * 2);
+	int d_list_h 		= 104 * factor;
+	int d_list_x 		= d_dialog_x + d_margin;
+	int d_list_y 		= d_dialog_y + d_margin + d_txt8_h + d_margin;
+
+	int d_edit_w 		= d_dialog_w - (d_margin * 2);
+	int d_edit_h 		= 13 * factor;
+	int d_edit_x 		= d_dialog_x + d_margin;
+	int d_edit_y 		= d_list_y + d_list_h - (30 * factor) + d_margin + d_txt8_h;
+
+#ifdef german
+	int d_button_w 	= 50 * factor;
+#else
+	int d_button_w 	= 40 * factor;
+#endif
+	int d_button_h 	= 13 * factor;
+	int d_button_x 	= d_dialog_cx - d_button_w - d_margin;
+	int d_button_y 	= d_dialog_y + d_dialog_h - d_button_h - d_margin;
+
+#ifdef german
+	int d_cancel_w 	= 50 * factor;
+#else
+	int d_cancel_w 	= 40 * factor;
+#endif
+	int d_cancel_h 	= 13 * factor;
+	int d_cancel_x 	= d_dialog_cx + d_margin;
+	int d_cancel_y 	= d_dialog_y + d_dialog_h - d_cancel_h - d_margin;
+#if(0)
+	enum {
+		D_DIALOG_W = 250,											// dialog width
+		D_DIALOG_H = 156,											// dialog height
+		D_DIALOG_X = ((320 - D_DIALOG_W) / 2),				// centered x-coord
+		D_DIALOG_Y = ((200 - D_DIALOG_H) / 2),				// centered y-coord
+		D_DIALOG_CX = D_DIALOG_X + (D_DIALOG_W / 2),		// coord of x-center
+
+		D_TXT8_H = 11,												// ht of 8-pt text
+		D_MARGIN = 7,												// margin width/height
+
+		D_LIST_W = D_DIALOG_W - (D_MARGIN * 2),
+		D_LIST_H = 104,
+		D_LIST_X = D_DIALOG_X + D_MARGIN,
+		D_LIST_Y = D_DIALOG_Y + D_MARGIN + D_TXT8_H + D_MARGIN,
+
+		D_EDIT_W = D_DIALOG_W - (D_MARGIN * 2),
+		D_EDIT_H = 13,
+		D_EDIT_X = D_DIALOG_X + D_MARGIN,
+		D_EDIT_Y = D_LIST_Y + D_LIST_H - 30 + D_MARGIN + D_TXT8_H,
+
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+		D_BUTTON_W = 50,
+#else
+		D_BUTTON_W = 40,
+#endif
+		D_BUTTON_H = 13,
+		D_BUTTON_X = D_DIALOG_CX - D_BUTTON_W - D_MARGIN,
+		D_BUTTON_Y = D_DIALOG_Y + D_DIALOG_H - D_BUTTON_H - D_MARGIN,
+
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+		D_CANCEL_W = 50,//BG:40
+#else
+		D_CANCEL_W = 40,
+#endif
+		D_CANCEL_H = 13,
+		D_CANCEL_X = D_DIALOG_CX + D_MARGIN,
+		D_CANCEL_Y = D_DIALOG_Y + D_DIALOG_H - D_CANCEL_H - D_MARGIN,
+	};
+#endif
+	/*
+	**	Button enumerations
+	*/
+	enum {
+		BUTTON_LOAD = 100,
+		BUTTON_SAVE,
+		BUTTON_DELETE,
+		BUTTON_CANCEL,
+		BUTTON_LIST,
+		BUTTON_EDIT,
+	};
+
+	/*
+	**	Redraw values: in order from "top" to "bottom" layer of the dialog
+	*/
+	typedef enum {
+		REDRAW_NONE = 0,
+		REDRAW_BUTTONS,
+		REDRAW_BACKGROUND,
+		REDRAW_ALL = REDRAW_BACKGROUND
+	} RedrawType;
+
+	/*
+	**	Dialog variables
+	*/
+	bool cancel = false;						// true = user cancels
+	int list_ht = d_list_h;					// adjusted list box height
+
+	/*
+	**	Other Variables
+	*/
+	int btn_txt;								// text on the 'OK' button
+	int btn_id;									// ID of 'OK' button
+	int caption;								// dialog caption
+	int game_idx = 0;							// index of game to save/load/etc
+	int game_num = 0;							// file number of game to load/save/etc
+	char game_descr[40] = {0};				// save-game description
+	char fname[13];							// for generating filename to delete
+
+	void const *up_button;
+	void const *down_button;
+
+	if (InMainLoop){
+		up_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-UP.SHP");
+		down_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-DN.SHP");
+	}else{
+		up_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-UP2.SHP");
+		down_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-DN2.SHP");
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Buttons
+	*/
+	ControlClass *commands = NULL;		// the button list
+
+ 	if (Style == LOAD) {
+		btn_txt = TXT_LOAD_BUTTON;
+		btn_id = BUTTON_LOAD;
+		caption = TXT_LOAD_MISSION;
+	} else {
+		if (Style == SAVE) {
+			btn_txt = TXT_SAVE_BUTTON;
+			btn_id = BUTTON_SAVE;
+			caption = TXT_SAVE_MISSION;
+			list_ht -= 30;
+		} else {
+			btn_txt = TXT_DELETE_BUTTON;
+			btn_id = BUTTON_DELETE;
+			caption = TXT_DELETE_MISSION;
+		}
+	}
+
+	TextButtonClass button (btn_id, btn_txt, TPF_6PT_GRAD|TPF_CENTER|TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_button_x, d_button_y, d_button_w);
+
+	TextButtonClass cancelbtn (BUTTON_CANCEL, TXT_CANCEL, TPF_6PT_GRAD|TPF_CENTER|TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_cancel_x, d_cancel_y, d_cancel_w);
+
+	ListClass listbtn (BUTTON_LIST, d_list_x, d_list_y, d_list_w, list_ht,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		up_button,
+		down_button);
+
+	EditClass editbtn (BUTTON_EDIT, game_descr, 40, TPF_6PT_GRAD|TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL|TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_edit_x, d_edit_y, d_edit_w, -1, EditClass::ALPHANUMERIC);
+
+	/*
+	**	Initialize.
+	*/
+	Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+
+	Fill_List(&listbtn);
+
+	/*
+	**	Do nothing if list is empty.
+	*/
+	if ((Style == LOAD || Style == WWDELETE) && listbtn.Count()==0) {
+		Clear_List(&listbtn);
+		CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_NO_SAVES);
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Create the button list.
+	*/
+	commands = &button;
+	cancelbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	listbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	if (Style == SAVE) {
+		editbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+		editbtn.Set_Focus();
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Main Processing Loop.
+	*/
+	bool firsttime = true;
+	bool display = true;
+	bool process = true;
+	while (process) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Invoke game callback.
+		*/
+		if (GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL) {
+			Call_Back();
+		} else {
+			if (Main_Loop()) {
+				process = false;
+				cancel = true;
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+		** we need to redraw.
+		*/
+		if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+			AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+			display=TRUE;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Refresh display if needed.
+		*/
+		if (display) {
+
+			Hide_Mouse();
+			/*
+			**	Redraw the map.
+			*/
+			if (InMainLoop){
+				HiddenPage.Clear();
+				Map.Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+				Map.Render();
+			}else{
+				HiddenPage.Clear();
+				Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+				HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+			}
+
+
+			/*
+			**	Display the dialog box.
+			*/
+			if (display) {
+				Dialog_Box(d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w, d_dialog_h);
+				Draw_Caption(caption, d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w);
+
+				if (Style == SAVE) {
+					Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_MISSION_DESCRIPTION, d_dialog_cx,
+						d_edit_y - d_txt8_h, CC_GREEN, TBLACK, TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_CENTER | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+				}
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	Redraw the buttons.
+			*/
+			if (display) {
+				commands->Flag_List_To_Redraw();
+			}
+			Show_Mouse();
+			display = false;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Get user input.
+		*/
+		KeyNumType input = commands->Input();
+
+		/*
+		**	The first time through the processing loop, set the edit
+		**	gadget to have the focus if this is the save dialog. The
+		**	focus must be set here since the gadget list has changed
+		**	and this change will cause any previous focus setting to be
+		**	cleared by the input processing routine.
+		*/
+		if (firsttime && Style == SAVE) {
+			firsttime = false;
+			editbtn.Set_Focus();
+			editbtn.Flag_To_Redraw();
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	If the <RETURN> key was pressed, then default to the appropriate
+		**	action button according to the style of this dialog box.
+		*/
+		if (input == KN_RETURN) {
+			switch (Style) {
+				case SAVE:
+					input = (KeyNumType)(BUTTON_SAVE|KN_BUTTON);
+					break;
+
+				case LOAD:
+					input = (KeyNumType)(BUTTON_LOAD|KN_BUTTON);
+					break;
+
+				case WWDELETE:
+					input = (KeyNumType)(BUTTON_DELETE|KN_BUTTON);
+					break;
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Process input.
+		*/
+		switch (input) {
+			/*
+			** Load: if load fails, present a message, and stay in the dialog
+			** to allow the user to try another game
+			*/
+			case (BUTTON_LOAD | KN_BUTTON):
+				game_idx = listbtn.Current_Index();
+				game_num = Files[game_idx]->Num;
+				if (Files[game_idx]->Valid) {
+					CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_LOADING, TXT_NONE);
+					if (!Load_Game(game_num)) {
+						CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_ERROR_LOADING_GAME);
+					} else {
+						Hide_Mouse();
+						VisiblePage.Clear();
+						Set_Palette(GamePalette);
+						Show_Mouse();
+						process = false;
+					}
+				} else {
+					CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_OBSOLETE_SAVEGAME);
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			** Save: Save the game & exit the dialog
+			*/
+			case (BUTTON_SAVE | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (!strlen(game_descr)) {
+					CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_MUSTENTER_DESCRIPTION);
+					firsttime = true;
+					display = true;
+					break;
+				}
+				game_idx = listbtn.Current_Index();
+				if (Disk_Space_Available() < SAVE_GAME_DISK_SPACE && game_idx == 0) {
+//					CCMessageBox().Process("Insuficent disk space to save a game.  Please delete a previous save to free up some disk space and try again.");
+					CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_SPACE_CANT_SAVE);
+					firsttime = true;
+					display = true;
+					break;
+				}
+
+				game_num = Files[game_idx]->Num;
+				if (!Save_Game(game_num,game_descr)) {
+					CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_ERROR_SAVING_GAME);
+				} else {
+					CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_GAME_WAS_SAVED, TXT_NONE, TXT_NONE);
+				}
+				process = false;
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			** Delete: delete the file & stay in the dialog, to allow the user
+			** to delete multiple files.
+			*/
+			case (BUTTON_DELETE | KN_BUTTON):
+				game_idx = listbtn.Current_Index();
+				game_num = Files[game_idx]->Num;
+				if (CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_DELETE_FILE_QUERY,TXT_YES,TXT_NO)==0) {
+					sprintf(fname,"SAVEGAME.%03d",game_num);
+					unlink(fname);
+					Clear_List(&listbtn);
+					Fill_List(&listbtn);
+					if (listbtn.Count() == 0) {
+						process = false;
+					}
+				}
+				display = true;
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			** If the user clicks on the list, see if the there is a new current
+			** item; if so, and if we're in SAVE mode, copy the list item into
+			** the save-game description field.
+			*/
+			case (BUTTON_LIST | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (Style != SAVE) {
+					break;
+				}
+
+				if (listbtn.Count() && listbtn.Current_Index() != game_idx) {
+					game_idx = listbtn.Current_Index();
+					/*
+					** Copy the game's description, UNLESS it's the empty slot; if
+					** it is, set the edit buffer to empty.
+					*/
+					if (game_idx != 0) {
+						strcpy(game_descr,listbtn.Get_Item(game_idx));
+					} else {
+						game_descr[0] = 0;
+					}
+					editbtn.Set_Text(game_descr,40);
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			** ESC/Cancel: break
+			*/
+			case (KN_ESC):
+			case (BUTTON_CANCEL | KN_BUTTON):
+				cancel = true;
+				process = false;
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	Clear_List(&listbtn);
+
+	if (cancel) return(false);
+
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * LoadOptionsClass::Clear_List -- clears the list box & Files arrays                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This step is essential, because it frees all the strings allocated for list items.          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   02/14/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void LoadOptionsClass::Clear_List(ListClass *list)
+{
+	/*
+	** For every item in the list, free its buffer & remove it from the list.
+	*/
+	int j = list->Count();
+	for (int i = 0; i < j; i++) {
+		list->Remove_Item(list->Get_Item(0));
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Clear the array of game numbers
+	*/
+	for (i = 0; i < Files.Count(); i++) {
+		delete Files[i];
+	}
+	Files.Clear();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * LoadOptionsClass::Fill_List -- fills the list box & GameNum arrays                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   02/14/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *   06/25/1995 JLB : Shows which saved games are "(old)".                                     *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void LoadOptionsClass::Fill_List(ListClass *list)
+{
+	FileEntryClass *fdata;	// for adding entries to 'Files'
+	char descr[DESCRIP_MAX];
+	unsigned scenario;			// scenario #
+	HousesType house;				// house
+	struct find_t ff;		// for _dos_findfirst
+	int id;
+
+	/*
+	** Make sure the list is empty
+	*/
+	Clear_List(list);
+
+	/*
+	** Add the Empty Slot entry
+	*/
+	if (Style == SAVE) {
+		fdata = new FileEntryClass;
+		strcpy(fdata->Descr,Text_String(TXT_EMPTY_SLOT));
+		fdata->DateTime = 0xffffffff;	// will always be first
+		Files.Add(fdata);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Find all savegame files
+	*/
+	int rc = _dos_findfirst("SAVEGAME.*", _A_NORMAL, &ff);
+
+	while (!rc) {
+		/*
+		** Extract the game ID from the filename
+		*/
+		id = Num_From_Ext(ff.name);
+
+		/*
+		** get the game's info; if success, add it to the list
+		*/
+		bool ok = Get_Savefile_Info(id, descr, &scenario, &house);
+
+		fdata = new FileEntryClass;
+
+		fdata->Descr[0] = '\0';
+		if (!ok) strcpy(fdata->Descr, Text_String(TXT_OLD_GAME));
+		strncat(fdata->Descr, descr, (sizeof(fdata->Descr)-strlen(fdata->Descr))-1);
+		fdata->Valid = ok;
+		fdata->Scenario = scenario;
+		fdata->House = house;
+		fdata->Num = id;
+		fdata->DateTime = (((unsigned long)ff.wr_date) << 16) | (unsigned long)ff.wr_time;
+		Files.Add(fdata);
+
+		/*
+		** Find the next file
+		*/
+		rc = _dos_findnext(&ff);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** If saving a game, determine a unique file ID for the empty slot
+	*/
+	if (Style == SAVE) {
+		/*
+		** Find an un-used number to associate with the Empty Slot by looking in
+		** GameNum for each number from 0 to 'N', where 'N' is the # of entries
+		** in the list; if any number isn't found, use that number; otherwise,
+		** use 'N + 1'.
+		*/
+		for (int i = 0; i < Files.Count(); i++) {		// i = the # we're searching for
+			id = -1;											// mark as 'not found'
+			for (int j = 0; j < Files.Count(); j++) {	// loop through all game ID's
+				if (Files[j]->Num==i) {					// if found, mark as found
+					id = j;
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+			if (id == -1)	break;							// if ID not found, use this one
+		}
+
+		Files[0]->Num = i;								// set the empty slot's ID
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Now sort the list in order of Date/Time (newest first, oldest last)
+	*/
+	qsort((void *)(&Files[0]), Files.Count(), sizeof(class FileEntryClass *), LoadOptionsClass::Compare);
+
+	/*
+	** Now add every file's name to the list box
+	*/
+	for (int i = 0; i < Files.Count(); i++) {
+		list->Add_Item(Files[i]->Descr);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * LoadOptionsClass::Num_From_Ext -- clears the list box & GameNum arrays                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      fname      filename to parse                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      File number for this name.                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   02/14/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int LoadOptionsClass::Num_From_Ext(char *fname)
+{
+	char ext[_MAX_EXT];
+
+	_splitpath(fname, NULL, NULL, NULL, ext);
+	int num = atoi(ext + 1);		// skip the '.'
+	return(num);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * LoadOptionsClass::Compare -- for qsort                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      p1,p2      ptrs to elements to compare                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      0 = same, -1 = (*p1) goes BEFORE (*p2), 1 = (*p1) goes AFTER (*p2)                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   02/14/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int LoadOptionsClass::Compare(const void *p1, const void *p2)
+{
+	class FileEntryClass *fe1,*fe2;
+
+	fe1 = *((class FileEntryClass **)p1);
+	fe2 = *((class FileEntryClass **)p2);
+
+	if (fe1->DateTime > fe2->DateTime) return(-1);
+	if (fe1->DateTime < fe2->DateTime) return(1);
+	return(0);
+}
diff --git a/LOADDLG.H b/LOADDLG.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4e7caa2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LOADDLG.H
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\loaddlg.h_v   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:48:02   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        						  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ *                    File Name : LOADDLG.H 	                              						  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ *                   Programmer : Maria Legg, Joe Bostic, Bill Randolph     						  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ *                   Start Date : March 19, 1995															  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ *                  Last Update : March 19, 1995															  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef LOADDLG_H
+#define LOADDLG_H
+
+class FileEntryClass {
+	public:
+		char Descr[40];				// save-game description
+		unsigned Scenario;			// scenario #
+		HousesType House;				// house
+		int Num;							// save file number (from the extension)
+		unsigned long DateTime;		// date/time stamp of file
+		bool Valid;						// Is the scenario valid?
+};
+
+class LoadOptionsClass
+{
+	public:
+		/*
+		** This defines the style of the dialog
+		*/
+		typedef enum OperationModeEnum {
+			NONE = 0,
+			LOAD,
+			SAVE,
+			WWDELETE,
+		} LoadStyleType;
+
+		LoadOptionsClass (LoadStyleType style = LoadOptionsClass::NONE);
+		~LoadOptionsClass ();
+		int Process (void);
+
+
+	protected:
+		/*
+		** Internal routines
+		*/
+		void Clear_List (ListClass *list);		// clears the list & game # array
+		void Fill_List (ListClass *list);		// fills the list & game # array
+		int Num_From_Ext (char *fname);			// translates filename to file #
+		static int Compare(const void *p1, const void *p2); // for qsort()
+
+		/*
+		** This is the requested style of the dialog
+		*/
+		LoadStyleType Style;
+
+		/*
+		** This is an array of pointers to FileEntryClass objects.  These objects
+		** are allocated on the fly as files are found, and pointers to them are
+		** added to the vector list.  Thus, all the objects must be free'd before
+		** the vector list is cleared.  This list is used for sorting the files
+		** by date/time.
+		*/
+		DynamicVectorClass<class FileEntryClass *> Files;
+};
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/LOGIC.CPP b/LOGIC.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b846751
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LOGIC.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,275 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\logic.cpv   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:50:52   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : LOGIC.CPP                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : September 27, 1993                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : December 23, 1994 [JLB]                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   LogicClass::AI -- Handles AI logic processing for game objects.                           *
+ *   LogicClass::Debug_Dump -- Displays logic class status to the mono screen.                 *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+#include	"logic.h"
+
+static unsigned FramesPerSecond=0;
+
+#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+
+static unsigned TotalFrames;
+static unsigned FPSDivider = 1;
+static unsigned AverageFramesPerSecond;
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * LogicClass::Debug_Dump -- Displays logic class status to the mono screen.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is a debugging support routine. It displays the current state of the logic class    *
+ *    to the monochrome monitor. It assumes that it is being called once per second.           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   Call this routine only once per second.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/31/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void LogicClass::Debug_Dump(MonoClass *mono) const
+{
+	#define RECORDCOUNT	40
+	#define RECORDHEIGHT 21
+	static struct {
+		int Graphic;
+	} _record[RECORDCOUNT];
+	static int _framecounter = 0;
+
+	TotalFrames+= FramesPerSecond;
+	AverageFramesPerSecond = TotalFrames/FPSDivider++;
+
+	mono->Set_Cursor(21, 9);
+	mono->Print(
+		"ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿\r"
+		"³Units.....³   ³Frame Rate:      Avg:      Frame:        ³\r"
+		"³Infantry..³   ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´\r"
+		"³Aircraft..³   ³                                         ³\r"
+		"³Buildings.³   ³                                         ³\r"
+		"³Terrain...³   Ã                                         ´\r"
+		"³Bullets...³   ³                                         ³\r"
+		"³Anims.....³   ³                                         ³\r"
+		"³Teams.....³   Ã                                        Ä´\r"
+		"³Triggers..³   ³                                         ³\r"
+		"³Factories.³   ³                                         ³\r"
+		"³          ³   Ã                                         ´\r"
+		"³          ³   ³                                         ³\r"
+		"ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´Spare CPU TimeÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ\r");
+
+	_framecounter++;
+	mono->Set_Cursor(70, 10);mono->Printf("%ld", Frame);
+	if (ScenarioInit) {
+		mono->Set_Cursor(21, 9);mono->Printf("%d", ScenarioInit);
+	}
+
+	mono->Set_Cursor(33, 10);mono->Printf("%3d", Units.Count());
+	mono->Set_Cursor(33, 11);mono->Printf("%3d", Infantry.Count());
+	mono->Set_Cursor(33, 12);mono->Printf("%3d", Aircraft.Count());
+	mono->Set_Cursor(33, 13);mono->Printf("%3d", Buildings.Count());
+	mono->Set_Cursor(33, 14);mono->Printf("%3d", Terrains.Count());
+	mono->Set_Cursor(33, 15);mono->Printf("%3d", Bullets.Count());
+	mono->Set_Cursor(33, 16);mono->Printf("%3d", Anims.Count());
+	mono->Set_Cursor(33, 17);mono->Printf("%3d", Teams.Count());
+	mono->Set_Cursor(33, 18);mono->Printf("%3d", Triggers.Count());
+	mono->Set_Cursor(33, 19);mono->Printf("%3d", Factories.Count());
+
+	mono->Set_Cursor(48, 10);mono->Printf("%d", FramesPerSecond);
+	mono->Set_Cursor(58, 10);mono->Printf("%d", AverageFramesPerSecond);
+
+	/*
+	**	Advance to the next recorded performance record. If the record buffer
+	**	is full then throw out the oldest record.
+	*/
+	memcpy(&_record[0], &_record[1], sizeof(_record[0])*(RECORDCOUNT-1));
+
+	/*
+	**	Fill in the data for the current frame's performance record.
+	*/
+	SpareTicks = MIN((long)SpareTicks, (long)TIMER_SECOND);
+	_record[RECORDCOUNT-1].Graphic = Fixed_To_Cardinal(RECORDHEIGHT, Cardinal_To_Fixed(TIMER_SECOND, SpareTicks));
+
+	/*
+	**	Draw the bars across the performance record screen.
+	*/
+	for (int column = 0; column < RECORDCOUNT; column++) {
+		for (int row = 1; row < RECORDHEIGHT; row += 2) {
+			static char _barchar[4] = {' ', 220, 0, 219};
+			char str[2];
+			int index = 0;
+
+			index |= (_record[column].Graphic >= row) ? 0x01 : 0x00;
+			index |= (_record[column].Graphic >= row+1) ? 0x02: 0x00;
+
+			str[1] = '\0';
+			str[0] = _barchar[index];
+			mono->Text_Print(str, 37+column, 21-(row/2));
+		}
+	}
+
+	SpareTicks = 0;
+	FramesPerSecond = 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * LogicClass::AI -- Handles AI logic processing for game objects.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to perform the AI processing for all game objects. This includes    *
+ *    all houses, factories, objects, and teams.                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/29/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   12/17/1994 JLB : Must perform one complete pass rather than bailing early.                *
+ *   12/23/1994 JLB : Esures that no object gets skipped if it was deleted.                    *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void LogicClass::AI(void)
+{
+	int index;
+
+	FramesPerSecond++;
+
+	/*
+	**	Crate regeneration is handled here.
+	*/
+	if (GameToPlay != GAME_NORMAL && CrateMaker && CrateTimer.Expired()) {
+		Map.Place_Random_Crate();
+		CrateTimer = TICKS_PER_MINUTE * Random_Pick(7, 15);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Team AI is processed.
+	*/
+	for (index = 0; index < Teams.Count(); index++) {
+		Teams.Ptr(index)->AI();
+	}
+
+//	Heap_Dump_Check( "After Team AI" );
+
+	/*
+	**	AI for all sentient objects is processed.
+	*/
+	for (index = 0; index < Count(); index++) {
+		ObjectClass * obj = (*this)[index];
+
+		obj->AI();
+
+		/*
+		**	If the object was destroyed in the process of performing its AI, then
+		**	adjust the index so that no object gets skipped.
+		*/
+		if (obj != (*this)[index]) {
+//		if (!obj->IsActive) {
+			index--;
+		}
+	}
+
+//	Heap_Dump_Check( "After Object AI" );
+
+	/*
+	**	A second pass through the sentient objects is required so that the appropriate scan
+	**	bits will be set for the owner house.
+	*/
+	for (index = 0; index < Units.Count(); index++) {
+		UnitClass const * unit = Units.Ptr(index);
+		if (unit->IsLocked && (GameToPlay != GAME_NORMAL || !unit->House->IsHuman || unit->IsDiscoveredByPlayer)) {
+			unit->House->NewUScan |= (1L << unit->Class->Type);
+			if (!unit->IsInLimbo) unit->House->NewActiveUScan |= (1L << unit->Class->Type);
+		}
+	}
+	for (index = 0; index < Infantry.Count(); index++) {
+		InfantryClass const * infantry = Infantry.Ptr(index);
+		if (infantry->IsLocked && (GameToPlay != GAME_NORMAL || !infantry->House->IsHuman || infantry->IsDiscoveredByPlayer)) {
+			infantry->House->NewIScan |= (1L << infantry->Class->Type);
+			if (!infantry->IsInLimbo) infantry->House->NewActiveIScan |= (1L << infantry->Class->Type);
+		}
+	}
+	for (index = 0; index < Aircraft.Count(); index++) {
+		AircraftClass const * aircraft = Aircraft.Ptr(index);
+		if (aircraft->IsLocked && (GameToPlay != GAME_NORMAL || !aircraft->House->IsHuman || aircraft->IsDiscoveredByPlayer)) {
+			aircraft->House->NewAScan |= (1L << aircraft->Class->Type);
+			if (!aircraft->IsInLimbo) aircraft->House->NewActiveAScan |= (1L << aircraft->Class->Type);
+		}
+	}
+	for (index = 0; index < Buildings.Count(); index++) {
+		BuildingClass const * building = Buildings.Ptr(index);
+		if (building->IsLocked && (GameToPlay != GAME_NORMAL || !building->House->IsHuman || building->IsDiscoveredByPlayer)) {
+			building->House->NewBScan |= (1L << building->Class->Type);
+			if (!building->IsInLimbo) building->House->NewActiveBScan |= (1L << building->Class->Type);
+		}
+	}
+
+//	Heap_Dump_Check( "After Object AI 2" );
+
+	/*
+	**	Map related logic is performed.
+	*/
+	Map.Logic();
+
+//	Heap_Dump_Check( "After Map.Logic" );
+
+	/*
+	**	Factory processing is performed.
+	*/
+	for (index = 0; index < Factories.Count(); index++) {
+		Factories.Ptr(index)->AI();
+	}
+
+//	Heap_Dump_Check( "After Factory AI" );
+
+	/*
+	**	House processing is performed.
+	*/
+	for (HousesType house = HOUSE_FIRST; house < HOUSE_COUNT; house++) {
+		HouseClass * hptr = HouseClass::As_Pointer(house);
+		if (hptr && hptr->IsActive) {
+			hptr->AI();
+		}
+	}
+
+//	Heap_Dump_Check( "After House AI" );
+}
+
+
diff --git a/LOGIC.H b/LOGIC.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e79dbca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LOGIC.H
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\logic.h_v   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:45:52   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               *** 
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : LOGIC.H                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : May 29, 1994                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : May 29, 1994   [JLB]                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef LOGIC_H
+#define LOGIC_H
+
+#include	"layer.h"
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+**	Game logic processing is controlled by this class. The graphic and AI logic is handled
+**	separately so that on slower machines, the graphic display is least affected.
+*/
+class LogicClass : public LayerClass 
+{
+	public:
+		void AI(void);
+		#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+		void Debug_Dump(MonoClass *mono) const;
+		#endif
+};
+#endif
diff --git a/MAKEFILE b/MAKEFILE
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bef05c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/MAKEFILE
@@ -0,0 +1,950 @@
+#
+#	Command & Conquer(tm)
+#	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+#
+#	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+#	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+#	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+#	(at your option) any later version.
+#
+#	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+#	GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+#	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+#
+
+#* $Header$
+#***********************************************************************************************
+#***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+#***********************************************************************************************
+#*                                                                                             *
+#*                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+#*                                                                                             *
+#*                    File Name : MAKEFILE                                                     *
+#*                                                                                             *
+#*                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+#*                                                                                             *
+#*                   Start Date : 03/02/95                                                     *
+#*                                                                                             *
+#*                  Last Update : March 2, 1995 [JLB]                                          *
+#*                                                                                             *
+#*---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+#* - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - *
+
+.SILENT
+.OPTIMIZE
+.ERASE
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Verify user's environment
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+!ifndef %WWFLAT
+!error WWFLAT must be set to the root of the library directory.
+!else
+WWFLAT=$(%WWFLAT)
+!endif
+
+!ifndef %WATCOM
+#WATCOM=c:\projects\c&c\code\watcom
+!error WATCOM must be set to the Watcom root directory.
+!else
+WATCOM=$(%WATCOM)
+!endif
+
+!ifndef %CODEDIR
+#CODEDIR=c:\projects\code
+!error CODEDIR must be set to the root code directory.
+!else
+CODEDIR=$(%CODEDIR)
+!endif
+
+!ifndef %CDDIR
+!error CODEDIR must be set.
+#CDDIR=..\cd
+!else
+CDDIR=$(%CDDIR)
+!endif
+
+!ifndef %VQDIR
+#VQDIR=c:\VQA
+!error VQDIR must be set to the root VQ directory.
+!else
+VQDIR=$(%VQDIR)
+!endif
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Path macros: one path for each file type.
+#  These paths are used to tell make where to find/put each file type.
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+.asm:  .
+.c:    .
+.cpp:  .
+.h:    .
+.obj:  $(%WWOBJ)obj
+.lib:  $(WWFLAT)\lib
+.exe:  ..\run
+
+
+#===========================================================================
+# Compiler and assembler flags.
+#===========================================================================
+CC_CFG = /i=$(VQDIR)\include					# Includes player (VQ) directory.
+CC_CFG += /i=$(WWFLAT)\INCLUDE			# Normal library include directory.
+CC_CFG += /i=$(WATCOM)\H\nt					# Normal Watcom include directory.
+CC_CFG += /i=$(WATCOM)\H						# Normal Watcom include directory.
+CC_CFG += /i=..\gcl510\H					# Includes Greenleaf headers.
+
+VCT_CFG = /i=$(VQDIR)\include					# Includes player (VQ) directory.
+VCT_CFG += /i=$(WWFLAT)\INCLUDE			# Normal library include directory.
+VCT_CFG += /i=$(WATCOM)\H\nt					# Normal Watcom include directory.
+VCT_CFG += /i=$(WATCOM)\H						# Normal Watcom include directory.
+VCT_CFG += /i=..\gcl510\H					# Includes Greenleaf headers.
+
+#CC_CFG += /DDOS4G								# Must be defined for Greenleaf
+#CC_CFG += /DGF_WATCOM_S						# Must be defined for Greenleaf with /3s
+#CC_CFG += /d3									# Debugging information.
+#CC_CFG += /d1									# Debugging information.
+#CC_CFG += /of+									# Generate traceable stack frames.
+#CC_CFG += /DOPTION=$(%OPTION)				# Optional option define.
+#CC_CFG += /zp1									# Pack structures on byte boundary.
+#CC_CFG += /5s									# Pentium optimized stack calling conventions.
+#CC_CFG += /xs									# Exception handling enabled.
+#CC_CFG += /s									# Remove stack check calls.
+#CC_CFG += /j									# char is now signed.
+#CC_CFG += /fh=$(%WWOBJ)conquer.pch						# Use precompiled headers.
+#CC_CFG += /we									# Treat all warnings as errors.
+#CC_CFG += /w8									# Most warnings enabled.
+#CC_CFG += /ri									# char and shorts are returned as int.
+CC_CFG += /zq									# Operate quietly.
+#CC_CFG += /zm									# Each routine to be in its own segment.
+#CC_CFG += /zld									# Disable autodependency information in object file.
+
+#CC_CFG += /bm									# build target is a multi-thread environment
+#CC_CFG += /mf									# flat model
+#CC_CFG += /ze									# enable language extensions
+#CC_CFG += /zw									# create windows code
+
+#CC_CFG += /od									# *** Disable all optimizations ***
+#CC_CFG += /ol									# Loop optimizations enabled.
+#CC_CFG += /or									# Reorder instructions for best pipeline usage.
+#CC_CFG += /oe									# Inline is enabled.
+#CC_CFG += /oi									# Expand intrisic functions inline.
+#CC_CFG += /on									# Allow numerically unstable operations.
+#CC_CFG += /oo									# Compile even if low on memory (i.e. less than 64meg).
+#CC_CFG += /oa									# Relax aliasing constraints.
+
+#CC_CFG += -bt=NT /i=q:\include -j -os -zz -W3 -d1 /5 -s -fh=c:\projects\code\conquer.pch
+#CC_CFG += -bt=NT /i=q:\include -j -otexan -ol+ -zz -W3 -d1 /5 -s -fh=c:\projects\code\conquer.pch
+#CC_CFG += -bt=NT /i=q:\include -zq -j -zz -W3 -d1 /5 -s -fh=c:\projects\code\conquer.pch
+CC_CFG += -bt=NT /i=q:\include  -j -W3 -zz -d1 -otxan -ol+ /5 -s -fh=d:\projects\ccgold\code\conquer.pch
+#CC_CFG += -bt=NT /i=q:\include -j -W3 -zz -d2 -od /5 -s -fh=c:\projects\code\conquer.pch
+#CC_CFG += -bt=95 /i=q:\include -j -W3 -hc -od -d3 /4 -s
+#CC_CFG += -bt=NT /i=q:\include -j -W3 -d1 -orilt /4 -s -fh=c:\projects\code\conquer.pch -fhq
+#CC_CFG += -bt=NT /i=q:\include -j -W3 -d2 -orilt /4 -s -ep -ee -fh=c:\projects\code\conquer.pch -fhq
+
+ASM_CFG = /i$(WWFLAT)\INCLUDE				# Include directory.
+ASM_CFG += /zd									# Debugging information line numbers.
+ASM_CFG += /t									# Quiet operation.
+ASM_CFG += /m									# Allow multiple passes.
+ASM_CFG += /w+									# Enable maximum warnings.
+ASM_CFG += /jJUMPS							# Enable jump optimizations.
+ASM_CFG += /ml									# Case sensitivity on code.
+#ASM_CFG += /zi								# Full debugging information.
+
+
+VCT_CFG += -bt=NT /i=q:\include -j -W3 -zz -d2 -od /5 -s -fh=d:\projects\ccgold\code\conquer.pch
+
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Implicit rules
+# Compiler:
+# 	($< = full dependent with path)
+# Assembler:
+# 	output obj's are constructed from .obj: & the $& macro
+# 	($< = full dependent with path)
+# 	tasm's cfg file is not invoked as a response file.
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+.c.obj:#.AUTODEPEND
+	echo Compiling $<
+	*watcom\wcc $(C_CFG) -fo$(%WWOBJ)obj\$^. $<
+
+.cpp.obj: #.AUTODEPEND
+	echo Compiling $<
+!ifdef %NETWORK
+	f:\projects\c&c95\slaves\NETEXEC /v f:\projects\c&c95\slaves\$(%NETWHO)c $^&
+	if exist $(%CCNETDIR)\code\netmake.err %abort
+!else
+	*$(WATCOM)\binnt\wpp386 $(CC_CFG) -fo$(%WWOBJ)obj\$^. $(CODEDIR)\$<
+!endif
+
+.asm.obj:
+	echo Assembling $<
+!ifdef %NETWORK
+	f:\projects\c&c95\slaves\NETEXEC /v f:\projects\c&c95\slaves\$(%NETWHO)a $^&
+!else
+	tasm $(ASM_CFG) $<, $(%WWOBJ)obj\$^.
+!endif
+
+
+
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project-dependent variables
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+OBJECTS = &
+	SUPER.OBJ &
+	AADATA.OBJ &
+	WINSTUB.OBJ &
+	WINASM.OBJ &
+	ABSTRACT.OBJ &
+	ADATA.OBJ &
+	AIRCRAFT.OBJ &
+	ANIM.OBJ &
+	AUDIO.OBJ &
+	BASE.OBJ &
+	BBDATA.OBJ &
+	BDATA.OBJ &
+	BUILDING.OBJ &
+	BULLET.OBJ &
+	CARGO.OBJ &
+	CCFILE.OBJ &
+	CDATA.OBJ &
+	CDFILE.OBJ &
+	CELL.OBJ &
+	CHECKBOX.OBJ &
+	CHEKLIST.OBJ &
+	COLRLIST.OBJ &
+	COMBAT.OBJ &
+	COMBUF.OBJ &
+	CONFDLG.OBJ &
+	CONNECT.OBJ &
+	CONQUER.OBJ &
+	CONST.OBJ &
+	CONTROL.OBJ &
+	COORD.OBJ &
+	CREDITS.OBJ &
+	CREW.OBJ &
+	DEBUG.OBJ &
+	DIAL8.OBJ &
+	DIALOG.OBJ &
+	DISPLAY.OBJ &
+	DOOR.OBJ &
+	DRIVE.OBJ &
+	EDIT.OBJ &
+	EVENT.OBJ &
+	ENDING.OBJ &
+	EXPAND.OBJ &
+	FACING.OBJ &
+	FACTORY.OBJ &
+	FINDPATH.OBJ &
+	FLASHER.OBJ &
+	FLY.OBJ &
+	FOOT.OBJ &
+	FUSE.OBJ &
+	GADGET.OBJ &
+	GAMEDLG.OBJ &
+	GAUGE.OBJ &
+	GLOBALS.OBJ &
+	GOPTIONS.OBJ &
+	GSCREEN.OBJ &
+	HDATA.OBJ &
+	HEAP.OBJ &
+	HELP.OBJ &
+	HOUSE.OBJ &
+	IDATA.OBJ &
+	INFANTRY.OBJ &
+	INI.OBJ &
+	INIT.OBJ &
+	INTERNET.OBJ &
+	INTERPAL.OBJ &
+	INTRO.OBJ &
+	IOMAP.OBJ &
+	IOOBJ.OBJ &
+	IPX.OBJ &
+	IPXADDR.OBJ &
+	IPXCONN.OBJ &
+	IPXGCONN.OBJ &
+	IPXMGR.OBJ &
+	IPX95.OBJ &
+	JSHELL.OBJ &
+	KEYFBUFF.OBJ &
+	KEYFRAME.OBJ &
+	LAYER.OBJ &
+	LINK.OBJ &
+	LIST.OBJ &
+	LOADDLG.OBJ &
+	LOGIC.OBJ &
+	MAP.OBJ &
+	MAPEDDLG.OBJ &
+	MAPEDIT.OBJ &
+	MAPEDPLC.OBJ &
+	MAPEDTM.OBJ &
+	MAPSEL.OBJ &
+	MENUS.OBJ &
+	MISSION.OBJ &
+	MIXFILE.OBJ &
+	MOUSE.OBJ &
+	MPLAYER.OBJ &
+	MSGBOX.OBJ &
+	MSGLIST.OBJ &
+	NETDLG.OBJ &
+	NOSEQCON.OBJ &
+	NULLCONN.OBJ &
+	NULLDLG.OBJ &
+	NULLMGR.OBJ &
+	OBJECT.OBJ &
+	ODATA.OBJ &
+	OPTIONS.OBJ &
+	OVERLAY.OBJ &
+	POWER.OBJ &
+	PROFILE.OBJ &
+	QUEUE.OBJ &
+	RADAR.OBJ &
+	RADIO.OBJ &
+	RAND.OBJ &
+	REINF.OBJ &
+	SAVELOAD.OBJ &
+	SCENARIO.OBJ &
+	SCORE.OBJ &
+	SCROLL.OBJ &
+	SDATA.OBJ &
+	SHAPEBTN.OBJ &
+	SIDEBAR.OBJ &
+	SLIDER.OBJ &
+	SMUDGE.OBJ &
+	SOUNDDLG.OBJ &
+	SPECIAL.OBJ &
+	STARTUP.OBJ &
+	SUPPORT.OBJ &
+	TAB.OBJ &
+	TARCOM.OBJ &
+	TARGET.OBJ &
+	TCPIP.OBJ &
+	TDATA.OBJ &
+	TEAM.OBJ &
+	TEAMTYPE.OBJ &
+	TECHNO.OBJ &
+	TEMPLATE.OBJ &
+	TERRAIN.OBJ &
+	TEXTBTN.OBJ &
+	THEME.OBJ &
+	TOGGLE.OBJ &
+	TRIGGER.OBJ &
+	TURRET.OBJ &
+	TXTLABEL.OBJ &
+	TXTPRNT.OBJ &
+	UDATA.OBJ &
+	UNIT.OBJ &
+	VECTOR.OBJ &
+	VISUDLG.OBJ &
+	UTRACKER.OBJ &
+	PACKET.OBJ &
+	FIELD.OBJ &
+	STATS.OBJ &
+	CCDDE.OBJ &
+	DDE.OBJ &
+#	ALLOC.OBJ
+#	DESCDLG.OBJ &
+#	COORDA.OBJ &
+
+PROJ_LIBS =# &
+        #wwflat32.lib
+
+VQ_LIBS = &
+	vqa32wp.lib &
+	vqm32wp.lib
+
+GCL_LIBS = &
+	gclfr3s.lib
+
+
+############################################################################
+# Pre-compilation process. Move old files to backup directory and switch
+# to monochrome screen.
+.BEFORE
+!ifndef %SLAVE
+#	mode mono
+!endif
+	-if exist $(%WWOBJ)*.pch del $(%WWOBJ)*.pch
+	-if exist $(%CCNETDIR)\code\netmake.err del $(%CCNETDIR)\code\netmake.err
+	-if exist *.bak move *.bak bak
+
+# Switch back to normal screen at compilation end.
+.AFTER
+!ifndef %SLAVE
+#	mode co80
+#	ncc /50
+!endif
+
+# Switch back to normal screen if there was an error.
+.ERROR
+!ifndef %SLAVE
+#	mode co80
+#	ncc /50
+!endif
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Default target
+all:	conquer.exe
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Builds the stub replacement program.
+CWSTUB.OBJ: CWSTUB.C
+	*watcom\wcc /i=watcom\h /dQUIET /dVMM /ms /zQ -fo$(%WWOBJ)obj\$^. $<
+
+CWSTUB.EXE: CWSTUB.OBJ
+	*watcom\wlink system dos file $(%WWOBJ)obj\cwstub.obj name cwstub.exe option quiet library watcom\lib286\dos\clibs.lib, watcom\lib286\math87s.lib, watcom\lib286\dos\emu87.lib
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Build the EXE
+conquer.exe: $(OBJECTS) obj\mmx.obj conquer.lnk $(WWFLAT)\lib\win32lib.lib $(VQDIR)\lib\vqa32wp.lib $(VQDIR)\lib\vqm32wp.lib
+
+	 Echo "conquer.exe" linking phase.
+!ifdef %NETWORK
+	 echo Waiting for objects...
+	 for %index in ($(OBJECTS)) do f:\projects\c&c95\slaves\WAITFILE $(%CCNETDIR)\code\obj\%index
+	 ndos.com /c copy $(%CCNETDIR)\code\obj\*.obj $(%CCLOCALDIR)\code\obj /U
+!endif
+	 echo Linking the executable.
+	 $(WATCOM)\binnt\wlink name ..\run\$@ @conquer.lnk
+	 $(WATCOM)\binnt\WRC cc_icon ..\run\conquer.exe
+	 Echo "conquer.exe" executable completed.
+!ifdef %WWOBJ
+	 xcopy /M e:\obj\*.* c:\projects\c&c\code\obj
+!endif
+#	 watcom\wlink $(LINK_CFG) name ..\run\$@ @conquer.lnk
+
+#############################################################################
+# This creates the linker command file.
+conquer.lnk : makefile
+	%create $^@
+	%append $^@ system win95
+	%append $^@ option stack=128k
+	%append $^@ option redefsok
+	%append $^@ option quiet
+	%append $^@ option map
+#	%append $^@ option cache
+	%append $^@ option eliminate
+	%append $^@ option caseexact
+#	%append $^@ option stub=cwstub.exe
+#	%append $^@ debug all
+	%append $^@ debug all
+	for %index in ($(OBJECTS))  do %append $^@ file $(%WWOBJ)obj\%index
+	%append $^@ file $(%WWOBJ)obj\mmx.obj
+#	%append $^@ file $(%WWOBJ)obj\vector.obj
+#	for %index in ($(PROJ_LIBS)) do %append $^@ library $(WWFLAT)\lib\%index
+#	for %index in ($(VQ_LIBS)) do %append $^@ library ..\vq\lib\%index
+#	for %index in ($(GCL_LIBS)) do %append $^@ library ..\gcl510\w10\%index
+	%append $^@ library $(WWFLAT)\lib\ddraw.lib
+	%append $^@ library $(WWFLAT)\lib\dsound.lib
+	%append $^@ library $(WWFLAT)\lib\keyboard.lib
+	%append $^@ library $(WWFLAT)\lib\win32lib.lib
+	%append $^@ library $(VQDIR)\lib\vqa32wp.lib
+	%append $^@ library $(VQDIR)\lib\vqm32wp.lib
+	%append $^@ library ipx\wwipx32.lib
+
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Creates a symbol-less executable and copies it to the net cd directories
+cd: .SYMBOLIC
+	-wstrip ..\run\conquer.exe ..\run\c&c95.exe
+	-copy ..\run\c&c95.exe f:\projects\c&c95\setup\data
+
+
+##################################################################
+#
+# The MMX stuff requires MASM 6.11d so it needs its own rule
+#
+obj\mmx.obj: mmx.asm mmx.inc
+	d:\masm611\bin\ml /I. /c /Cx /Zd /Cp /Flmmx.txt /Sc /Foobj\mmx.obj mmx.asm
+
+
+
+
+#############################################################
+# Creates a bound executable in the install directory.
+bind: .SYMBOLIC
+	-copy ..\run\conquer.exe ..\run\temp.exe
+	-wstrip ..\run\temp.exe
+	-watcom\4gwbind watcom\4gwpro.exe ..\run\temp.exe ..\cd1\install\c&c.exe -f
+	-copy ..\cd1\install\c&c.exe ..\cd2\install /u /v
+	-del ..\run\temp.exe
+
+
+#############################################################
+# Update source and art to network.
+update: bind .SYMBOLIC
+!ifdef %CDDIR
+	-copy ..\cd1\*.* $(CDDIR)cd1 /v /u /s
+	-copy ..\cd2\*.* $(CDDIR)cd2 /v /u /s
+	-copy $(CDDIR)cd1\*.* f:\projects\c&c\cd\cd1 /v /u /s
+	-copy $(CDDIR)cd2\*.* f:\projects\c&c\cd\cd2 /v /u /s
+!else
+	-copy ..\cd1\*.* f:\projects\c&c\cd\cd1 /v /u /s
+	-copy ..\cd2\*.* f:\projects\c&c\cd\cd2 /v /u /s
+!endif
+	-copy watcom\dos4gw.exe f:\projects\c&c\playtest
+	-copy ..\run\conquer.exe f:\projects\c&c\playtest /u /v
+	-copy conquer.map f:\projects\c&c\playtest /u /v
+	-mkdir f:\projects\c&c\playtest\%_DATE
+	-copy ..\run\conquer.exe f:\projects\c&c\playtest\%_DATE /u /v
+	-copy conquer.map f:\projects\c&c\playtest\%_DATE /u /v
+	-copy ..\art\ingame\*.* f:\projects\c&c\art\ingame /u /v /s
+	-copy *.* f:\projects\c&c\code /v /s /u
+
+#############################################################################
+# Explicit rules to build the master zip files (used by Codewrite merge).
+BILL_R.ZIP: pkzip.dat .SYMBOLIC
+	-del f:\projects\c&c\bill_r.zip
+	-pkzip -p -u -x@pkzip.dat f:\projects\c&c\bill_r.zip *.* eng\*.*
+
+MARIA_L.ZIP: pkzip.dat .SYMBOLIC
+	-del f:\projects\c&c\maria_l.zip
+	-pkzip -p -u -x@pkzip.dat f:\projects\c&c\maria_l.zip *.* eng\*.*
+
+BARRY_G.ZIP: pkzip.dat .SYMBOLIC
+	-del f:\projects\c&c\barry_g.zip
+	-pkzip -p -u -x@pkzip.dat f:\projects\c&c\barry_g.zip *.* eng\*.*
+
+PHIL_G.ZIP: pkzip.dat .SYMBOLIC
+	-del f:\projects\c&c95\phil_g.zip
+	-pkzip -p -u -x@pkzip.dat f:\projects\c&c95\phil_g.zip *.*
+
+win32lib.ZIP: pkzip.dat .SYMBOLIC
+	-del f:\projects\c&c95\win32lib.zip
+	-pkzip -p -r f:\projects\c&c95\win32lib.zip d:\win32lib\*.*
+
+DAVID_D.ZIP: pkzip.dat .SYMBOLIC
+	-del f:\projects\c&c\david_d.zip
+	-pkzip -p -u -x@pkzip.dat f:\projects\c&c\david_d.zip *.* eng\*.*
+
+BILL_P.ZIP: pkzip.dat .SYMBOLIC
+	-del f:\projects\c&c\bill_p.zip
+	-pkzip -p -u -x@pkzip.dat f:\projects\c&c\bill_p.zip *.* eng\*.*
+
+# Special "mega-zip" process.
+JOE_B.ZIP: pkzip.dat .SYMBOLIC
+	-pkzip -rp -u -xcps\*.* -x@pkzip.dat f:\projects\c&c\joe_b.zip
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Rebuilds the master zip control file. This is used by the zip process.
+PKZIP.DAT: makefile .SYMBOLIC
+	%create $^@
+	%append $^@ *.000
+	%append $^@ *.@@@
+	%append $^@ *.bak
+	%append $^@ *.bat
+	%append $^@ *.cfg
+	%append $^@ *.dat
+	%append $^@ *.def
+	%append $^@ *.doc
+	%append $^@ *.dsw
+	%append $^@ *.err
+	%append $^@ *.ewp
+	%append $^@ *.ext
+	%append $^@ *.i
+	%append $^@ *.ide
+	%append $^@ *.lnk
+	%append $^@ *.log
+	%append $^@ *.lst
+	%append $^@ *.mac
+	%append $^@ *.map
+	%append $^@ *.mk
+	%append $^@ *.mk1
+	%append $^@ *.obj
+	%append $^@ *.out
+	%append $^@ *.pch
+	%append $^@ *.pfs
+	%append $^@ *.pif
+	%append $^@ *.pjt
+	%append $^@ *.prf
+	%append $^@ *.pro
+	%append $^@ *.ptg
+	%append $^@ *.rc
+	%append $^@ *.rep
+	%append $^@ *.rpt
+	%append $^@ *.rst
+	%append $^@ *.sym
+	%append $^@ *.tag
+	%append $^@ *.td
+	%append $^@ *.td
+	%append $^@ *.tgt
+	%append $^@ *.tmp
+	%append $^@ *.tr
+	%append $^@ *.tr
+	%append $^@ *.vec
+	%append $^@ *.wpj
+	%append $^@ *.zip
+	%append $^@ state.rst
+
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Dependency macros (makes defining dependencies easier)
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+GENERAL_H =		defines.h function.h externs.h conquer.h vector.h heap.h &
+			debug.h jshell.h compat.h
+
+TECHNO_H =		facing.h techno.h mission.h stage.h cargo.h object.h abstract.h
+
+UNIT_H =		unit.h tarcom.h turret.h drive.h foot.h radio.h $(TECHNO_H)
+
+INFANTRY_H =	infantry.h foot.h radio.h $(TECHNO_H)
+
+AIRCRAFT_H =	aircraft.h fly.h radio.h $(TECHNO_H)
+
+BUILDING_H =	building.h radio.h $(TECHNO_H)
+
+BULLET_H =		bullet.h fly.h fuse.h object.h abstract.h
+
+OBJ_H =		$(UNIT_H) $(INFANTRY_H) $(AIRCRAFT_H) $(BUILDING_H) $(BULLET_H)
+
+MAP_H =		base.h mapedit.h mouse.h scroll.h help.h tab.h power.h sidebar.h &
+			radar.h display.h map.h gscreen.h cell.h
+
+GADGET_H =		textbtn.h shapebtn.h slider.h gauge.h dial8.h edit.h &
+			toggle.h list.h cheklist.h control.h gadget.h link.h
+
+FILE_H =		ccfile.h cdfile.h mixfile.h rawfile.h wwfile.h link.h
+
+TEAM_H =		team.h teamtype.h trigger.h
+
+IPX_H =		ipx.h ipxaddr.h
+
+NET_H =		combuf.h connect.h connmgr.h ipx.h ipxaddr.h ipxconn.h ipxgconn.h &
+				ipxmgr.h noseqcon.h nullconn.h nullmgr.h
+
+MISC_H =		ftimer.h logic.h score.h theme.h event.h queue.h special.h
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Dependencies (This is not totally accurate; if you're not sure, rebuild
+# everything!)
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+aadata.obj:		aadata.cpp $(GENERAL_H) type.h
+
+winstub.obj:		winstub.cpp tcpip.h $(GENERAL_H)
+
+winasm.obj:		winasm.asm
+
+abstract.obj:	abstract.cpp $(GENERAL_H) abstract.h
+
+adata.obj:		adata.cpp $(GENERAL_H) type.h
+
+aircraft.obj:	aircraft.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(AIRCRAFT_H)
+
+anim.obj:		anim.cpp $(GENERAL_H) anim.h stage.h object.h
+
+audio.obj:		audio.cpp $(GENERAL_H) audio.h
+
+base.obj:		base.cpp $(GENERAL_H) type.h
+
+bbdata.obj:		bbdata.cpp $(GENERAL_H) type.h
+
+bdata.obj:		bdata.cpp $(GENERAL_H) type.h
+
+building.obj:	building.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(BUILDING_H)
+
+bullet.obj:		bullet.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(BULLET_H)
+
+cargo.obj:		cargo.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(TECHNO_H) cargo.h
+
+ccfile.obj:		ccfile.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(FILE_H)
+
+cdata.obj:		cdata.cpp $(GENERAL_H) type.h
+
+cdfile.obj:		cdfile.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(FILE_H)
+
+cell.obj:		cell.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MAP_H)
+
+checkbox.obj:	checkbox.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(GADGET_H)
+
+cheklist.obj:	cheklist.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(GADGET_H)
+
+colrlist.obj:	colrlist.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(GADGET_H)
+
+combat.obj:		combat.cpp $(GENERAL_H)
+
+combuf.obj:		combuf.cpp $(GENERAL_H) combuf.h
+
+confdlg.obj:	confdlg.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(GADGET_H)
+
+connect.obj:	connect.cpp $(GENERAL_H) connect.h combuf.h
+
+conquer.obj:	conquer.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MISC_H) $(OBJ_H) tcpip.h ccdde.h
+
+const.obj:		const.cpp $(GENERAL_H)
+
+control.obj:	control.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(GADGET_H)
+
+coord.obj:		coord.cpp $(GENERAL_H)
+
+coorda.obj:		coorda.asm
+
+credits.obj:	credits.cpp $(GENERAL_H) credits.h
+
+crew.obj:		crew.cpp $(GENERAL_H) crew.h
+
+debug.obj:		debug.cpp $(GENERAL_H) debug.h
+
+deldlg.obj:		deldlg.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(GADGET_H)
+
+#descdlg.obj:	descdlg.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(GADGET_H)
+
+dial8.obj:		dial8.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(GADGET_H)
+
+dialog.obj:		dialog.cpp $(GENERAL_H)
+
+display.obj:	display.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MAP_H)
+
+door.obj:		door.cpp $(GENERAL_H)
+
+drive.obj:		drive.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(TECHNO_H)
+
+edit.obj:		edit.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(GADGET_H)
+
+event.obj:		event.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MISC_H) ccdde.h
+
+ending.obj:		ending.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MISC_H)
+
+expand.obj:		expand.cpp $(GENERAL)
+
+facing.obj:		facing.cpp $(GENERAL_H) facing.h
+
+factory.obj:	factory.cpp $(GENERAL_H) factory.h
+
+findpath.obj:	findpath.cpp $(GENERAL_H)
+
+flasher.obj:	flasher.cpp $(GENERAL_H) flasher.h
+
+fly.obj:			fly.cpp $(GENERAL_H) fly.h
+
+foot.obj:		foot.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(INFANTRY_H)
+
+fuse.obj:		fuse.cpp $(GENERAL_H) fuse.h
+
+gadget.obj:		gadget.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(GADGET_H)
+
+gamedlg.obj:	gamedlg.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(GADGET_H)
+
+gauge.obj:		gauge.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(GADGET_H)
+
+globals.obj:	globals.cpp $(GENERAL_H)
+
+goptions.obj:	goptions.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(GADGET_H)
+
+gscreen.obj:	gscreen.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MAP_H)
+
+hdata.obj:		hdata.cpp $(GENERAL_H) type.h
+
+heap.obj:		heap.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MISC_H)
+
+help.obj:		help.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MAP_H)
+
+house.obj:		house.cpp $(GENERAL_H) house.h
+
+idata.obj:		idata.cpp $(GENERAL_H) type.h
+
+infantry.obj:	infantry.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(INFANTRY_H)
+
+ini.obj:			ini.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MISC_H)
+
+init.obj:		init.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MISC_H) $(OBJ_H) tcpip.h ccdde.h
+
+internet.obj:		internet.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MISC_H) tcpip.h ccdde.h
+
+interpal.obj:		interpal.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MISC_H)
+
+intro.obj:		intro.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MISC_H)
+
+iomap.obj:		iomap.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MAP_H) $(FILE_H)
+
+ioobj.obj:		ioobj.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(FILE_H) $(OBJ_H)
+
+ipx.obj:			ipx.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(IPX_H)
+
+ipxaddr.obj:	ipxaddr.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(IPX_H)
+
+ipxconn.obj:	ipxconn.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(NET_H)
+
+ipxgconn.obj:	ipxgconn.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(NET_H)
+
+ipxmgr.obj:		ipxmgr.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(NET_H)
+
+ipx95.obj:	ipx95.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(NET_H)
+
+jshell.obj:		jshell.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MISC_H)
+
+keyfbuff.obj:	keyfbuff.asm
+
+keyframe.obj:		keyframe.cpp $(GENERAL_H)
+
+layer.obj:		layer.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MISC_H)
+
+link.obj:		link.cpp $(GENERAL_H) link.h
+
+list.obj:		list.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(GADGET_H)
+
+loaddlg.obj:	loaddlg.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(GADGET_H)
+
+logic.obj:		logic.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MISC_H)
+
+map.obj:			map.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MAP_H)
+
+mapsel.obj:		mapsel.cpp $(GENERAL_H)
+
+mapeddlg.obj:	mapeddlg.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MAP_H) $(OBJ_H)
+
+mapedit.obj:	mapedit.cpp mapedsel.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MAP_H) $(OBJ_H)
+
+mapedplc.obj:	mapedplc.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MAP_H) $(OBJ_H)
+
+mapedtm.obj:	mapedtm.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MAP_H) $(OBJ_H)
+
+menus.obj:		menus.cpp $(GENERAL_H) ccdde.h
+
+mission.obj:	mission.cpp $(GENERAL_H) mission.h stage.h cargo.h object.h abstract.h
+
+mixfile.obj:	mixfile.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(FILE_H)
+
+monoc.obj:		monoc.cpp $(GENERAL_H)
+
+mouse.obj:		mouse.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MAP_H)
+
+mplayer.obj:	mplayer.cpp tcpip.h $(GENERAL_H)
+
+msgbox.obj:		msgbox.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(GADGET_H)
+
+msglist.obj:	msglist.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(GADGET_H)
+
+netdlg.obj:		netdlg.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(GADGET_H) $(NET_H)
+
+noseqcon.obj:	noseqcon.cpp $(GENERAL_H) noseqcon.h connect.h combuf.h
+
+nullconn.obj:	nullconn.cpp $(GENERAL_H) nullconn.h noseqcon.h connect.h combuf.h tcpip.h
+
+nulldlg.obj:	nulldlg.cpp $(GENERAL_H) nullmgr.h nullconn.h connmgr.h noseqcon.h connect.h combuf.h tcpip.h
+
+nullmgr.obj:    nullmgr.cpp $(GENERAL_H) nullmgr.h nullconn.h connmgr.h noseqcon.h connect.h combuf.h tcpip.h
+
+object.obj:		object.cpp $(GENERAL_H) object.h abstract.h
+
+odata.obj:		odata.cpp $(GENERAL_H) type.h
+
+options.obj:	options.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(GADGET_H)
+
+overlay.obj:	overlay.cpp $(GENERAL_H) overlay.h object.h
+
+power.obj:		power.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MAP_H)
+
+profile.obj:	profile.cpp $(GENERAL_H)
+
+queue.obj:		queue.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MISC_H) tcpip.h
+
+rand.obj:		rand.cpp $(GENERAL_H)
+
+radar.obj:		radar.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MAP_H)
+
+radio.obj:		radio.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(TECHNO_H)
+
+reinf.obj:		reinf.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MISC_H) $(TEAM_H)
+
+savedlg.obj:	savedlg.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(GADGET_H)
+
+saveload.obj:	saveload.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MISC_H)
+
+scenario.obj:	scenario.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MISC_H)
+
+score.obj:		score.cpp $(GENERAL_H)
+
+scroll.obj:		scroll.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MAP_H)
+
+sdata.obj:		sdata.cpp $(GENERAL_H) type.h
+
+shapebtn.obj:	shapebtn.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(GADGET_H)
+
+sidebar.obj:	sidebar.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MAP_H)
+
+slider.obj:		slider.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(GADGET_H)
+
+smudge.obj:		smudge.cpp $(GENERAL_H) smudge.h object.h
+
+sounddlg.obj:	sounddlg.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(GADGET_H) sounddlg.h
+
+special.obj:	special.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(GADGET_H) special.h
+
+startup.obj:	startup.cpp $(GENERAL_H) ccdde.h
+
+stuff.obj:		stuff.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MISC_H)
+
+support.obj:	support.asm
+
+super.obj:		super.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MISC_H)
+
+tab.obj:			tab.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MAP_H)
+
+tarcom.obj:		tarcom.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(UNIT_H)
+
+target.obj:		target.cpp $(GENERAL_H) target.h
+
+tcpip.obj:		tcpip.cpp $(GENERAL_H) tcpip.h
+
+tdata.obj:		tdata.cpp $(GENERAL_H) type.h
+
+team.obj:		team.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(TEAM_H)
+
+teamtype.obj:	teamtype.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(TEAM_H)
+
+techno.obj:		techno.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(TECHNO_H)
+
+template.obj:	template.cpp $(GENERAL_H) template.h object.h
+
+terrain.obj:	terrain.cpp $(GENERAL_H) terrain.h stage.h object.h
+
+textbtn.obj:	textbtn.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(GADGET_H)
+
+theme.obj:		theme.cpp $(GENERAL_H) theme.h
+
+toggle.obj:		toggle.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(GADGET_H)
+
+trigger.obj:	trigger.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(TEAM_H)
+
+turret.obj:		turret.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(UNIT_H)
+
+txtlabel.obj:	txtlabel.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(GADGET_H)
+
+txtprnt.obj:	txtprnt.asm
+
+udata.obj:		udata.cpp $(GENERAL_H) type.h
+
+unit.obj:		unit.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(UNIT_H)
+
+visudlg.obj:	visudlg.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(GADGET_H)
+
+utracker.obj:	utracker.cpp utracker.h
+
+packet.obj:	packet.cpp packet.h field.h
+
+field.obj:	field.cpp field.h
+
+stats.obj:	stats.cpp $(GENERAL_H) packet.h field.h ccdde.h
+
+ccdde.obj:	ccdde.cpp ccdde.h dde.h
+
+dde.obj:	dde.cpp dde.h
+
+
+
+vector.obj: vector.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MISC_H)
+	*$(WATCOM)\binnt\wpp386 $(VCT_CFG) -foobj\vector.obj vector.cpp
+
+
+#**************************** End of makefile ******************************
diff --git a/MAKEFILE.BAK b/MAKEFILE.BAK
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..501575d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/MAKEFILE.BAK
@@ -0,0 +1,861 @@
+#
+#	Command & Conquer(tm)
+#	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+#
+#	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+#	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+#	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+#	(at your option) any later version.
+#
+#	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+#	GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+#	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+#
+
+#* $Header$
+#*********************************************************************************************** 
+#***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               *** 
+#*********************************************************************************************** 
+#*                                                                                             * 
+#*                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            * 
+#*                                                                                             * 
+#*                    File Name : MAKEFILE                                                     * 
+#*                                                                                             * 
+#*                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                * 
+#*                                                                                             * 
+#*                   Start Date : 03/02/95                                                     * 
+#*                                                                                             * 
+#*                  Last Update : March 2, 1995 [JLB]                                          * 
+#*                                                                                             * 
+#*---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* 
+#* - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - *
+
+.SILENT
+.OPTIMIZE
+.ERASE
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Verify user's environment
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+!ifndef %WWFLAT
+WWFLAT=c:\wwflat32
+#!error WWFLAT must be set to the root of the library directory.
+!else
+WWFLAT=$(%WWFLAT)
+!endif
+
+!ifndef %WATCOM 
+WATCOM=c:\projects\c&c\code\watcom
+#!error WATCOM must be set to the Watcom root directory.
+!else
+WATCOM=$(%WATCOM)
+!endif
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Path macros: one path for each file type.
+#  These paths are used to tell make where to find/put each file type.
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+.asm:  .
+.c:    .
+.cpp:  .
+.h:    .
+#.obj:  obj
+.obj:  r:
+.lib:  $(WWFLAT)\lib
+.exe:  ..\run
+
+
+#===========================================================================
+# Flags for the different project assembly tools.
+#===========================================================================
+CC_CFG = /i=..\vq\include					# Includes player (VQ) directory.
+CC_CFG += /i=$(WWFLAT)\INCLUDE			# Normal library include directory.
+CC_CFG += /i=watcom\H						# Normal Watcom include directory.
+CC_CFG += /i=..\gcl510\H					# Includes Greenleaf headers.
+CC_CFG += /d2									# Debugging information.
+CC_CFG += /of+									# Generate tracable stack frames.
+CC_CFG += /zp1									# Pack structures on byte boundary.
+CC_CFG += /5s									# Pentium optimized stack calling conventions.
+CC_CFG += /xs									# Exception handling enabled.
+CC_CFG += /s									# Remove stack check calls.
+CC_CFG += /j									# char is now signed.
+CC_CFG += /fh=conquer.pch					# Use precompiled headers.
+CC_CFG += /we									# Treat all warnings as errors.
+CC_CFG += /w8									# Most warnings enabled.
+CC_CFG += /ri									# char and shorts are returned as int.
+CC_CFG += /zq									# Operate quietly.
+CC_CFG += /zm									# Each routine to be in its own segment.
+CC_CFG += /zld									# Disable autodependency information in object file.
+CC_CFG += /od									# *** Disable all optimizations ***
+CC_CFG += /DDOS4G								# Must be defined for Greenleaf
+CC_CFG += /DGF_WATCOM_S						# Must be defined for Greenleaf with /3s
+CC_CFG += /ol									# Loop optimizations enabled.
+CC_CFG += /or									# Reorder instructions for best pipeline usage.
+CC_CFG += /oe									# Inline is enabled.
+CC_CFG += /oi									# Expand intrisic functions inline.
+CC_CFG += /on									# Allow numerically unstable operations.
+CC_CFG += /oo									# Compile even if low on memory (i.e. less than 64meg).
+CC_CFG += /oa									# Relax aliasing constraints.
+#CC_CFG += /ot									# Speed is more important than space optimizations.
+#CC_CFG += /fi=watcom.h						# Special Watcom control file.
+
+ASM_CFG = /i$(WWFLAT)\INCLUDE			# Include directory.
+ASM_CFG += /zd									# Debugging information line numbers.
+ASM_CFG += /t									# Quiet operation.
+ASM_CFG += /m									# Allow multiple passes.
+ASM_CFG += /w+									# Enable maximum warnings.
+ASM_CFG += /jJUMPS							# Enable jump optimizations.
+ASM_CFG += /ml									# Case sensitivity on code.
+#ASM_CFG += /zi									# Full debugging information.
+
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Implicit rules
+# Compiler: 
+# 	($< = full dependent with path)
+# Assembler:
+# 	output obj's are constructed from .obj: & the $& macro
+# 	($< = full dependent with path)
+# 	tasm's cfg file is not invoked as a response file.
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+.c.obj:#.AUTODEPEND 
+	echo Compiling $<
+	*watcom\wcc $(C_CFG) -foobj\$^. $<
+
+.cpp.obj: #.AUTODEPEND 
+	echo Compiling $<
+!ifdef %NETWORK
+	f:\projects\c&c\slaves\NETEXEC /v $(%NETWHO)c $^&
+	if exist $(%CCNETDIR)\code\netmake.err %abort
+!else
+	*watcom\wpp386 $(CC_CFG) -foobj\$^. $<
+!endif
+
+.asm.obj: 
+	echo Assembling $<
+!ifdef %NETWORK
+	f:\projects\c&c\slaves\NETEXEC /v $(%NETWHO)a $^&
+!else
+	watcom\tasm32 $(ASM_CFG) $<, obj\$^.
+!endif
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Project-dependent variables
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+OBJECTS = &
+	AADATA.OBJ &
+	ABSTRACT.OBJ &
+	ADATA.OBJ &
+	AIRCRAFT.OBJ &
+	ANIM.OBJ &
+	AUDIO.OBJ &
+	BASE.OBJ &
+	BBDATA.OBJ &
+	BDATA.OBJ &
+	BUILDING.OBJ &
+	BULLET.OBJ &
+	CARGO.OBJ &
+	CCFILE.OBJ &
+	CDATA.OBJ &
+	CDFILE.OBJ &
+	CELL.OBJ &
+	CHEKLIST.OBJ &
+	COLRLIST.OBJ &
+	COMBAT.OBJ &
+	COMBUF.OBJ &
+	CONFDLG.OBJ &
+	CONNECT.OBJ &
+	CONQUER.OBJ &
+	CONST.OBJ &
+	CONTROL.OBJ &
+	COORD.OBJ &
+	COORDA.OBJ &
+	CREDITS.OBJ &
+	CREW.OBJ &
+	DEBUG.OBJ &
+	DESCDLG.OBJ &
+	DIAL8.OBJ &
+	DIALOG.OBJ &
+	DISPLAY.OBJ &
+	DPMI.OBJ &
+	DRIVE.OBJ &
+	EDIT.OBJ &
+	EVENT.OBJ &
+	FACING.OBJ &
+	FACTORY.OBJ &
+	FINDPATH.OBJ &
+	FLASHER.OBJ &
+	FLY.OBJ &
+	FOOT.OBJ &
+	FUSE.OBJ &
+	GADGET.OBJ &
+	GAMEDLG.OBJ &
+	GAUGE.OBJ &
+	GLOBALS.OBJ &
+	GOPTIONS.OBJ &
+	GSCREEN.OBJ &
+	HDATA.OBJ &
+	HEAP.OBJ &
+	HELP.OBJ &
+	HOUSE.OBJ &
+	IDATA.OBJ &
+	INFANTRY.OBJ &
+	INI.OBJ &
+	INIT.OBJ &
+	INTRO.OBJ &
+	IOMAP.OBJ &
+	IOOBJ.OBJ &
+	IPX.OBJ &
+	IPXADDR.OBJ &
+	IPXCONN.OBJ &
+	IPXGCONN.OBJ &
+	IPXMGR.OBJ &
+	IPXPROT.OBJ &
+	JSHELL.OBJ &
+	KEYFBUFF.OBJ &
+	KEYFRAME.OBJ &
+	LAYER.OBJ &
+	LINK.OBJ &
+	LIST.OBJ &
+	LOADDLG.OBJ &
+	LOGIC.OBJ &
+	MAP.OBJ &
+	MAPEDDLG.OBJ &
+	MAPEDIT.OBJ &
+	MAPEDPLC.OBJ &
+	MAPEDSEL.OBJ &
+	MAPEDTM.OBJ &
+	MAPSEL.OBJ &
+	MENUS.OBJ &
+	MISSION.OBJ &
+	MIXFILE.OBJ &
+	MONOC.OBJ &
+	MOUSE.OBJ &
+	MPLAYER.OBJ &
+	MSGBOX.OBJ &
+	MSGLIST.OBJ &
+	NETDLG.OBJ &
+	NOSEQCON.OBJ &
+	NULLCONN.OBJ &
+	NULLDLG.OBJ &
+	NULLMGR.OBJ &
+	OBJECT.OBJ &
+	ODATA.OBJ &
+	OPTIONS.OBJ &
+	OVERLAY.OBJ &
+	POWER.OBJ &
+	PROFILE.OBJ &
+	QUEUE.OBJ &
+	RADAR.OBJ &
+	RADIO.OBJ &
+	RAND.OBJ &
+	RAWFILE.OBJ &
+	REINF.OBJ &
+	SAVELOAD.OBJ &
+	SCENARIO.OBJ &
+	SCORE.OBJ &
+	SCROLL.OBJ &
+	SDATA.OBJ &
+	SHAPEBTN.OBJ &
+	SIDEBAR.OBJ &
+	SLIDER.OBJ &
+	SMUDGE.OBJ &
+	SOUNDDLG.OBJ &
+	STARTUP.OBJ &
+	SUPPORT.OBJ &
+	TAB.OBJ &
+	TARCOM.OBJ &
+	TARGET.OBJ &
+	TDATA.OBJ &
+	TEAM.OBJ &
+	TEAMTYPE.OBJ &
+	TECHNO.OBJ &
+	TEMPLATE.OBJ &
+	TERRAIN.OBJ &
+	TEXTBTN.OBJ &
+	THEME.OBJ &
+	TOGGLE.OBJ &
+	TRIGGER.OBJ &
+	TURRET.OBJ &
+	TXTLABEL.OBJ &
+	TXTPRNT.OBJ &
+	UDATA.OBJ &
+	UNIT.OBJ &
+	VECTOR.OBJ &
+	VISUDLG.OBJ
+
+PROJ_LIBS = &
+	wwflat32.lib
+
+VQ_LIBS = &
+	vqa32wp.lib &
+	vqm32wp.lib
+
+GCL_LIBS = &
+	gclfr3s.lib
+	
+
+############################################################################
+# Pre-compilation process. Move old files to backup directory and switch
+# to monochrome screen.
+.BEFORE
+	mode mono
+	-if exist *.pch del *.pch
+	-if exist $(%CCNETDIR)\code\netmake.err del $(%CCNETDIR)\code\netmake.err
+	-if exist *.bak move *.bak bak
+
+# Switch back to normal screen at compilation end.
+.AFTER
+	mode co80
+
+# Switch back to normal screen if there was an error.
+.ERROR
+	mode co80
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Default target
+all:	conquer.exe 
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Builds the stub replacement program.
+CWSTUB.OBJ: CWSTUB.C
+	*watcom\wcc /i=watcom\h /dQUIET /dVMM /ms /zQ -foobj\$^. $<
+
+CWSTUB.EXE: CWSTUB.OBJ
+	*watcom\wlink system dos file obj\cwstub.obj name cwstub.exe option quiet library watcom\lib286\dos\clibs.lib, watcom\lib286\math87s.lib, watcom\lib286\dos\emu87.lib
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Build the EXE
+conquer.exe: $(OBJECTS)  cwstub.exe conquer.lnk $(WWFLAT)\lib\wwflat32.lib
+
+	 Echo "conquer.exe" linking phase.
+!ifdef %NETWORK
+	 echo Waiting for objects...
+	 for %index in ($(OBJECTS)) do WAITFILE $(%CCNETDIR)\code\obj\%index
+#	 copy $(%CCNETDIR)\code\obj\*.obj $(%CCLOCALDIR)\code\obj /U
+	 copy $(%CCNETDIR)\code\obj\*.obj r: /U
+!endif
+	 watcom\wlink name ..\run\$@ @conquer.lnk
+	 Echo "conquer.exe" executable completed.
+!ifdef %WWOBJ
+	 xcopy /M $(WWOBJ)obj\*.obj obj
+!endif
+#	 watcom\wlink $(LINK_CFG) name ..\run\$@ @conquer.lnk
+			 
+#############################################################################
+# This creates the linker command file.
+conquer.lnk : makefile
+	%create $^@
+	%append $^@ system dos4g
+	%append $^@ debug all
+	%append $^@ option stack=8k
+	%append $^@ option redefsok
+	%append $^@ option quiet
+	%append $^@ option map
+	%append $^@ option cache
+	%append $^@ option eliminate
+	%append $^@ option caseexact
+#	%append $^@ option stub=cwstub.exe
+#	for %index in ($(OBJECTS))  do %append $^@ file obj\%index
+	for %index in ($(OBJECTS))  do %append $^@ file r:\%index
+	for %index in ($(PROJ_LIBS)) do %append $^@ library $(WWFLAT)\lib\%index
+	for %index in ($(VQ_LIBS)) do %append $^@ library ..\vq\lib\%index
+	for %index in ($(GCL_LIBS)) do %append $^@ library ..\gcl510\w10\%index
+
+bind: .SYMBOLIC
+	-copy ..\run\conquer.exe ..\run\temp.exe
+	-wstrip ..\run\temp.exe
+	-watcom\4gwbind watcom\4gwpro.exe ..\run\temp.exe ..\run\c&c.exe -f
+	-del ..\run\temp.exe
+#	-wstrip ..\run\install.exe
+#	-move ..\run\install.exe ..\run\temp.exe
+#	-watcom\4gwbind watcom\4gwpro.exe ..\run\temp.exe ..\run\install.exe -f
+#	-del ..\run\temp.exe
+
+#############################################################
+# Update source and art to network.
+update: bind .SYMBOLIC
+	-del *.pch
+	-del *.tr
+	-del *.td
+	-del *.bak
+	-del *.rst
+	-del ..\run\*.swp
+	-attrib -r f:\projects\c&c\cd\*.* /s
+	-copy ..\cd\*.* f:\projects\c&c\cd /v /u /s
+	-deltree /Y f:\projects\c&c\cd\install
+	-md f:\projects\c&c\cd\install
+	-copy ..\run\*.* f:\projects\c&c\cd\install /v /u
+	-del f:\projects\c&c\cd\install\*.cfg
+	-del f:\projects\c&c\cd\install\*.dat
+	-del f:\projects\c&c\cd\install\*.doc
+	-del f:\projects\c&c\cd\install\*.ini
+	-del f:\projects\c&c\cd\install\*.bin
+	-del f:\projects\c&c\cd\install\*.lbm
+	-del f:\projects\c&c\cd\install\*.out
+	-del f:\projects\c&c\cd\install\*.sym
+	-del f:\projects\c&c\cd\install\*.log
+	-del f:\projects\c&c\cd\install\*.txt
+	-del f:\projects\c&c\cd\install\*.bak
+	-del f:\projects\c&c\cd\install\*.rst
+	-del f:\projects\c&c\cd\install\savegame.*
+	-move f:\projects\c&c\cd\install\conquer.exe f:\projects\c&c\playtest
+	-attrib +r f:\projects\c&c\cd\*.* /s
+	-copy watcom\dos4gw.exe f:\projects\c&c\playtest
+	-deltree /Y f:\projects\c&c\art\ingame
+	-md f:\projects\c&c\art\ingame
+	-xcopy ..\art\ingame\*.* f:\projects\c&c\art\ingame /e /v /s
+	-del /Y f:\projects\c&c\code\*.*
+	-copy *.* f:\projects\c&c\code /v /s /u
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Explicit rules to build the master zip files (used by Codewrite merge).
+BILL_R.ZIP: pkzip.dat .SYMBOLIC
+	-del f:\projects\c&c\bill_r.zip
+	-pkzip -p -u -x@pkzip.dat f:\projects\c&c\bill_r.zip *.* eng\*.*
+
+MARIA_L.ZIP: pkzip.dat .SYMBOLIC
+	-del f:\projects\c&c\maria_l.zip
+	-pkzip -p -u -x@pkzip.dat f:\projects\c&c\maria_l.zip *.* eng\*.*
+
+BARRY_G.ZIP: pkzip.dat .SYMBOLIC
+	-del f:\projects\c&c\barry_g.zip
+	-pkzip -p -u -x@pkzip.dat f:\projects\c&c\barry_g.zip *.* eng\*.*
+
+PHIL_G.ZIP: pkzip.dat .SYMBOLIC
+	-del f:\projects\c&c\phil_g.zip
+	-pkzip -p -u -x@pkzip.dat f:\projects\c&c\phil_g.zip *.* eng\*.*
+
+DAVID_D.ZIP: pkzip.dat .SYMBOLIC
+	-del f:\projects\c&c\david_d.zip
+	-pkzip -p -u -x@pkzip.dat f:\projects\c&c\david_d.zip *.* eng\*.*
+
+BILL_P.ZIP: pkzip.dat .SYMBOLIC
+	-del f:\projects\c&c\bill_p.zip
+	-pkzip -p -u -x@pkzip.dat f:\projects\c&c\bill_p.zip *.* eng\*.*
+
+# Special "mega-zip" process.
+JOE_B.ZIP: pkzip.dat .SYMBOLIC
+	-pkzip -rp -u -xcps\*.* -x@pkzip.dat f:\projects\c&c\joe_b.zip
+
+
+#############################################################################
+# Rebuilds the master zip control file. This is used by the zip process.
+PKZIP.DAT: makefile .SYMBOLIC
+	%create $^@
+	%append $^@ *.000
+	%append $^@ *.@@@
+	%append $^@ *.bak
+	%append $^@ *.bat
+	%append $^@ *.cfg
+	%append $^@ *.dat
+	%append $^@ *.def
+	%append $^@ *.doc
+	%append $^@ *.dsw
+	%append $^@ *.err
+	%append $^@ *.ewp
+	%append $^@ *.ext
+	%append $^@ *.i
+	%append $^@ *.ide
+	%append $^@ *.lnk
+	%append $^@ *.log
+	%append $^@ *.lst
+	%append $^@ *.mac
+	%append $^@ *.map
+	%append $^@ *.mk
+	%append $^@ *.mk1
+	%append $^@ *.obj
+	%append $^@ *.out
+	%append $^@ *.pch
+	%append $^@ *.pfs
+	%append $^@ *.pif
+	%append $^@ *.pjt
+	%append $^@ *.prf
+	%append $^@ *.pro
+	%append $^@ *.ptg
+	%append $^@ *.rc
+	%append $^@ *.rep
+	%append $^@ *.rpt
+	%append $^@ *.rst
+	%append $^@ *.sym
+	%append $^@ *.tag
+	%append $^@ *.td
+	%append $^@ *.td
+	%append $^@ *.tgt
+	%append $^@ *.tmp
+	%append $^@ *.tr
+	%append $^@ *.tr
+	%append $^@ *.vec
+	%append $^@ *.wpj
+	%append $^@ *.zip
+	%append $^@ state.rst
+
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Dependency macros (makes defining dependencies easier)
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+GENERAL_H =		defines.h function.h externs.h conquer.h vector.h heap.h &
+			debug.h jshell.h compat.h
+
+TECHNO_H =		facing.h techno.h mission.h stage.h cargo.h object.h abstract.h
+
+UNIT_H =		unit.h tarcom.h turret.h drive.h foot.h radio.h $(TECHNO_H)
+
+INFANTRY_H =	infantry.h foot.h radio.h $(TECHNO_H)
+
+AIRCRAFT_H =	aircraft.h fly.h radio.h $(TECHNO_H)
+
+BUILDING_H =	building.h radio.h $(TECHNO_H)
+
+BULLET_H =		bullet.h fly.h fuse.h object.h abstract.h
+
+OBJ_H =		$(UNIT_H) $(INFANTRY_H) $(AIRCRAFT_H) $(BUILDING_H) $(BULLET_H)
+
+MAP_H =		base.h mapedit.h mouse.h scroll.h help.h tab.h power.h sidebar.h &
+			radar.h display.h map.h gscreen.h cell.h
+
+GADGET_H =		textbtn.h shapebtn.h slider.h gauge.h dial8.h edit.h &
+			toggle.h list.h cheklist.h control.h gadget.h link.h
+
+FILE_H =		ccfile.h cdfile.h mixfile.h rawfile.h wwfile.h link.h
+
+TEAM_H =		team.h teamtype.h trigger.h
+
+IPX_H =		ipx.h ipxaddr.h 
+
+NET_H =		combuf.h connect.h connmgr.h ipx.h ipxaddr.h ipxconn.h ipxgconn.h &
+				ipxmgr.h noseqcon.h nullconn.h nullmgr.h 
+
+MISC_H =		ftimer.h logic.h score.h theme.h event.h queue.h special.h
+
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# Dependencies (This is not totally accurate; if you're not sure, rebuild
+# everything!)
+#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+aadata.obj:		aadata.cpp $(GENERAL_H) type.h
+
+abstract.obj:	abstract.cpp $(GENERAL_H) abstract.h
+
+adata.obj:		adata.cpp $(GENERAL_H) type.h
+
+aircraft.obj:	aircraft.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(AIRCRAFT_H)
+
+anim.obj:		anim.cpp $(GENERAL_H) anim.h stage.h object.h
+
+audio.obj:		audio.cpp $(GENERAL_H) audio.h
+
+base.obj:		base.cpp $(GENERAL_H) type.h
+
+bbdata.obj:		bbdata.cpp $(GENERAL_H) type.h
+
+bdata.obj:		bdata.cpp $(GENERAL_H) type.h
+
+building.obj:	building.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(BUILDING_H)
+
+bullet.obj:		bullet.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(BULLET_H)
+
+cargo.obj:		cargo.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(TECHNO_H) cargo.h
+
+ccfile.obj:		ccfile.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(FILE_H)
+
+cdata.obj:		cdata.cpp $(GENERAL_H) type.h
+
+cdfile.obj:		cdfile.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(FILE_H)
+
+cell.obj:		cell.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MAP_H)
+
+cheklist.obj:	cheklist.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(GADGET_H)
+
+colrlist.obj:	colrlist.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(GADGET_H)
+
+combat.obj:		combat.cpp $(GENERAL_H)
+
+combuf.obj:		combuf.cpp $(GENERAL_H) combuf.h
+
+confdlg.obj:	confdlg.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(GADGET_H)
+
+connect.obj:	connect.cpp $(GENERAL_H) connect.h combuf.h
+
+conquer.obj:	conquer.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MISC_H) $(OBJ_H)
+
+const.obj:		const.cpp $(GENERAL_H)
+
+control.obj:	control.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(GADGET_H)
+
+coord.obj:		coord.cpp $(GENERAL_H)
+
+coorda.obj:		coorda.asm
+
+credits.obj:	credits.cpp $(GENERAL_H) credits.h
+
+crew.obj:		crew.cpp $(GENERAL_H) crew.h
+
+debug.obj:		debug.cpp $(GENERAL_H) debug.h
+
+deldlg.obj:		deldlg.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(GADGET_H)
+
+descdlg.obj:	descdlg.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(GADGET_H)
+
+dial8.obj:		dial8.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(GADGET_H)
+
+dialog.obj:		dialog.cpp $(GENERAL_H)
+
+display.obj:	display.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MAP_H)
+
+dpmi.obj:		dpmi.cpp $(GENERAL_H)
+
+drive.obj:		drive.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(TECHNO_H)
+
+edit.obj:		edit.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(GADGET_H)
+
+event.obj:		event.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MISC_H)
+
+facing.obj:		facing.cpp $(GENERAL_H) facing.h
+
+factory.obj:	factory.cpp $(GENERAL_H) factory.h
+
+findpath.obj:	findpath.cpp $(GENERAL_H)
+
+flasher.obj:	flasher.cpp $(GENERAL_H) flasher.h
+
+fly.obj:			fly.cpp $(GENERAL_H) fly.h
+
+foot.obj:		foot.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(INFANTRY_H)
+
+fuse.obj:		fuse.cpp $(GENERAL_H) fuse.h
+
+gadget.obj:		gadget.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(GADGET_H)
+
+gamedlg.obj:	gamedlg.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(GADGET_H)
+
+gauge.obj:		gauge.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(GADGET_H)
+
+globals.obj:	globals.cpp $(GENERAL_H)
+
+goptions.obj:	goptions.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(GADGET_H)
+
+gscreen.obj:	gscreen.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MAP_H)
+
+hdata.obj:		hdata.cpp $(GENERAL_H) type.h
+
+heap.obj:		heap.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MISC_H)
+
+help.obj:		help.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MAP_H)
+
+house.obj:		house.cpp $(GENERAL_H) house.h
+
+idata.obj:		idata.cpp $(GENERAL_H) type.h
+
+infantry.obj:	infantry.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(INFANTRY_H)
+
+ini.obj:			ini.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MISC_H)
+
+init.obj:		init.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MISC_H) $(OBJ_H)
+
+iomap.obj:		iomap.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MAP_H) $(FILE_H)
+
+ioobj.obj:		ioobj.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(FILE_H) $(OBJ_H)
+
+ipx.obj:			ipx.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(IPX_H)
+
+ipxaddr.obj:	ipxaddr.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(IPX_H)
+
+ipxconn.obj:	ipxconn.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(NET_H)
+
+ipxgconn.obj:	ipxgconn.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(NET_H)
+
+ipxmgr.obj:		ipxmgr.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(NET_H)
+
+ipxreal.ibn:
+
+jshell.obj:		jshell.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MISC_H)
+
+keyfbuff.obj:	keyfbuff.asm
+
+keyframe.obj:		keyframe.cpp $(GENERAL_H)
+
+layer.obj:		layer.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MISC_H)
+
+link.obj:		link.cpp $(GENERAL_H) link.h
+
+list.obj:		list.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(GADGET_H)
+
+loaddlg.obj:	loaddlg.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(GADGET_H)
+
+logic.obj:		logic.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MISC_H)
+
+map.obj:			map.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MAP_H)
+
+mapsel.obj:		mapsel.cpp $(GENERAL_H)
+
+mapeddlg.obj:	mapeddlg.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MAP_H) $(OBJ_H)
+
+mapedit.obj:	mapedit.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MAP_H) $(OBJ_H)
+
+mapedplc.obj:	mapedplc.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MAP_H) $(OBJ_H)
+
+mapedsel.obj:	mapedsel.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MAP_H) $(OBJ_H)
+
+mapedtm.obj:	mapedtm.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MAP_H) $(OBJ_H)
+
+menus.obj:		menus.cpp $(GENERAL_H)
+
+mission.obj:	mission.cpp $(GENERAL_H) mission.h stage.h cargo.h object.h abstract.h
+
+mixfile.obj:	mixfile.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(FILE_H)
+
+monoc.obj:		monoc.cpp $(GENERAL_H)
+
+mouse.obj:		mouse.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MAP_H)
+
+mplayer.obj:	mplayer.cpp $(GENERAL_H)
+
+msgbox.obj:		msgbox.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(GADGET_H)
+
+msglist.obj:	msglist.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(GADGET_H)
+
+netdlg.obj:		netdlg.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(GADGET_H) $(NET_H)
+
+noseqcon.obj:	noseqcon.cpp $(GENERAL_H) noseqcon.h connect.h combuf.h
+
+nullconn.obj:	nullconn.cpp $(GENERAL_H) nullconn.h noseqcon.h connect.h combuf.h
+
+nulldlg.obj:	nulldlg.cpp $(GENERAL_H) nullmgr.h nullconn.h connmgr.h noseqcon.h connect.h combuf.h
+
+nullmgr.obj:	nullmgr.cpp $(GENERAL_H) nullmgr.h nullconn.h connmgr.h noseqcon.h connect.h combuf.h
+
+object.obj:		object.cpp $(GENERAL_H) object.h abstract.h
+
+odata.obj:		odata.cpp $(GENERAL_H) type.h
+
+options.obj:	options.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(GADGET_H)
+
+overlay.obj:	overlay.cpp $(GENERAL_H) overlay.h object.h
+
+power.obj:		power.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MAP_H)
+
+profile.obj:	profile.cpp $(GENERAL_H)
+
+queue.obj:		queue.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MISC_H)
+
+rand.obj:		rand.cpp $(GENERAL_H)
+
+radar.obj:		radar.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MAP_H)
+
+radio.obj:		radio.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(TECHNO_H)
+
+rawfile.obj:	rawfile.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(FILE_H)
+
+reinf.obj:		reinf.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MISC_H)
+
+savedlg.obj:	savedlg.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(GADGET_H)
+
+saveload.obj:	saveload.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MISC_H)
+
+scenario.obj:	scenario.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MISC_H)
+
+score.obj:		score.cpp $(GENERAL_H)
+
+scroll.obj:		scroll.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MAP_H)
+
+sdata.obj:		sdata.cpp $(GENERAL_H) type.h
+
+shapebtn.obj:	shapebtn.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(GADGET_H)
+
+sidebar.obj:	sidebar.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MAP_H)
+
+slider.obj:		slider.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(GADGET_H)
+
+smudge.obj:		smudge.cpp $(GENERAL_H) smudge.h object.h
+
+sounddlg.obj:	sounddlg.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(GADGET_H) sounddlg.h
+
+startup.obj:	startup.cpp $(GENERAL_H)
+
+stuff.obj:		stuff.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MISC_H)
+
+support.obj:	support.asm
+
+tab.obj:			tab.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MAP_H)
+
+tarcom.obj:		tarcom.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(UNIT_H)
+
+target.obj:		target.cpp $(GENERAL_H) target.h
+
+tdata.obj:		tdata.cpp $(GENERAL_H) type.h
+
+team.obj:		team.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(TEAM_H)
+
+teamtype.obj:	teamtype.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(TEAM_H)
+
+techno.obj:		techno.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(TECHNO_H)
+
+template.obj:	template.cpp $(GENERAL_H) template.h object.h
+
+terrain.obj:	terrain.cpp $(GENERAL_H) terrain.h stage.h object.h
+
+textbtn.obj:	textbtn.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(GADGET_H)
+
+theme.obj:		theme.cpp $(GENERAL_H) theme.h
+
+toggle.obj:		toggle.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(GADGET_H)
+
+trigger.obj:	trigger.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(TEAM_H)
+
+turret.obj:		turret.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(UNIT_H)
+
+txtlabel.obj:	txtlabel.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(GADGET_H)
+
+txtprnt.obj:	txtprnt.asm
+
+udata.obj:		udata.cpp $(GENERAL_H) type.h
+
+unit.obj:		unit.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(UNIT_H)
+
+vector.obj:		vector.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(MISC_H)
+
+visudlg.obj:	visudlg.cpp $(GENERAL_H) $(GADGET_H)
+
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+# The IPX assembly object files are created in a special way:
+# IPXREAL is the real-mode code that gets stuffed into memory by protected-
+# mode code.  It's assembled, then converted into a big header file by
+# the 'EBN' utility.
+# IPXPROT is the protected-mode code that includes IPXREAL.IBN, and 
+# provides routines to let C++ read the code's address & size.
+#--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#obj\ipxreal.ibn: obj\ipxreal.obj
+#	%create $^*.rsp
+#	%append $^*.rsp obj\$^&.obj
+#	%append $^*.rsp obj\$^&.exe
+#	%append $^*.rsp obj\$^&.map
+#	tlink @$^*.rsp
+#   tdstrip obj\ipxreal.exe
+#   utils\ebn obj\ipxreal.exe
+
+r:\ipxreal.ibn: r:\ipxreal.obj
+	%create $^*.rsp
+	%append $^*.rsp r:\$^&.obj
+	%append $^*.rsp r:\$^&.exe
+	%append $^*.rsp r:\$^&.map
+	tlink @$^*.rsp
+   tdstrip r:\ipxreal.exe
+   utils\ebn r:\ipxreal.exe
+
+ipxreal.obj:	ipxreal.asm
+	tasm /zn /la /ml /m2 ipxreal.asm, r:\ipxreal.obj
+#	tasm /zn /la /ml /m2 ipxreal.asm, obj\ipxreal.obj
+
+#ipxprot.obj: obj\ipxreal.ibn ipxprot.asm
+ipxprot.obj: r:\ipxreal.ibn ipxprot.asm
+
+#**************************** End of makefile ******************************
diff --git a/MAP.CPP b/MAP.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8eaf100
--- /dev/null
+++ b/MAP.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,1183 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\map.cpv   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:52:22   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : MAP.CPP                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : September 10, 1993                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : August 20, 1995 [JLB]                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   MapClass::Cell_Distance -- Determines the distance between two cells.                     *
+ *   MapClass::Cell_Region -- Determines the region from a specified cell number.              *
+ *   MapClass::Cell_Threat -- Gets a houses threat value for a cell                            *
+ *   MapClass::Close_Object -- Finds a clickable close object to the specified coordinate.     *
+ *   MapClass::In_Radar -- Is specified cell in the radar map?                                 *
+ *   MapClass::Init -- clears all cells                                                        *
+ *   MapClass::Logic -- Handles map related logic functions.                                   *
+ *   MapClass::One_Time -- Performs special one time initializations for the map.              *
+ *   MapClass::Overlap_Down -- computes & marks object's overlap cells                         *
+ *   MapClass::Overlap_Up -- Computes & clears object's overlap cells                          *
+ *   MapClass::Overpass -- Performs any final cleanup to a freshly constructed map.            *
+ *   MapClass::Pick_Up -- Removes specified object from the map.                               *
+ *   MapClass::Place_Down -- Places the specified object onto the map.                         *
+ *   MapClass::Place_Random_Crate -- Places a crate at random location on map.                 *
+ *   MapClass::Read_Binary -- reads the map's binary image file                                *
+ *   MapClass::Set_Map_Dimensions -- Initialize the map.                                       *
+ *   MapClass::Sight_From -- Mark as visible the cells within a specified radius.              *
+ *   MapClass::Validate -- validates every cell on the map                                     *
+ *   MapClass::Write_Binary -- writes the map's binary image file                              *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "function.h"
+
+#define	MCW	MAP_CELL_W
+int const MapClass::RadiusOffset[] = {
+	/* 0  */	0,
+	/* 1  */	(-MCW*1)-1,(-MCW*1)+0,(-MCW*1)+1,-1,1,(MCW*1)-1,(MCW*1)+0,(MCW*1)+1,
+	/* 2  */	(-MCW*2)-1,(-MCW*2)+0,(-MCW*2)+1,(-MCW*1)-2,(-MCW*1)+2,-2,2,(MCW*1)-2,(MCW*1)+2,(MCW*2)-1,(MCW*2)+0,(MCW*2)+1,
+	/* 3  */	(-MCW*3)-1,(-MCW*3)+0,(-MCW*3)+1,(-MCW*2)-2,(-MCW*2)+2,(-MCW*1)-3,(-MCW*1)+3,-3,3,(MCW*1)-3,(MCW*1)+3,(MCW*2)-2,(MCW*2)+2,(MCW*3)-1,(MCW*3)+0,(MCW*3)+1,
+	/* 4  */	(-MCW*4)-1,(-MCW*4)+0,(-MCW*4)+1,(-MCW*3)-3,(-MCW*3)-2,(-MCW*3)+2,(-MCW*3)+3,(-MCW*2)-3,(-MCW*2)+3,(-MCW*1)-4,(-MCW*1)+4,-4,4,(MCW*1)-4,(MCW*1)+4,(MCW*2)-3,(MCW*2)+3,(MCW*3)-3,(MCW*3)-2,(MCW*3)+2,(MCW*3)+3,(MCW*4)-1,(MCW*4)+0,(MCW*4)+1,
+	/* 5  */	(-MCW*5)-1,(-MCW*5)+0,(-MCW*5)+1,(-MCW*4)-3,(-MCW*4)-2,(-MCW*4)+2,(-MCW*4)+3,(-MCW*3)-4,(-MCW*3)+4,(-MCW*2)-4,(-MCW*2)+4,(-MCW*1)-5,(-MCW*1)+5,-5,5,(MCW*1)-5,(MCW*1)+5,(MCW*2)-4,(MCW*2)+4,(MCW*3)-4,(MCW*3)+4,(MCW*4)-3,(MCW*4)-2,(MCW*4)+2,(MCW*4)+3,(MCW*5)-1,(MCW*5)+0,(MCW*5)+1,
+	/* 6  */	(-MCW*6)-1,(-MCW*6)+0,(-MCW*6)+1,(-MCW*5)-3,(-MCW*5)-2,(-MCW*5)+2,(-MCW*5)+3,(-MCW*4)-4,(-MCW*4)+4,(-MCW*3)-5,(-MCW*3)+5,(-MCW*2)-5,(-MCW*2)+5,(-MCW*1)-6,(-MCW*1)+6,-6,6,(MCW*1)-6,(MCW*1)+6,(MCW*2)-5,(MCW*2)+5,(MCW*3)-5,(MCW*3)+5,(MCW*4)-4,(MCW*4)+4,(MCW*5)-3,(MCW*5)-2,(MCW*5)+2,(MCW*5)+3,(MCW*6)-1,(MCW*6)+0,(MCW*6)+1,
+	/* 7  */	(-MCW*7)-1,(-MCW*7)+0,(-MCW*7)+1,(-MCW*6)-3,(-MCW*6)-2,(-MCW*6)+2,(-MCW*6)+3,(-MCW*5)-5,(-MCW*5)-4,(-MCW*5)+4,(-MCW*5)+5,(-MCW*4)-5,(-MCW*4)+5,(-MCW*3)-6,(-MCW*3)+6,(-MCW*2)-6,(-MCW*2)+6,(-MCW*1)-7,(-MCW*1)+7,-7,7,(MCW*1)-7,(MCW*1)+7,(MCW*2)-6,(MCW*2)+6,(MCW*3)-6,(MCW*3)+6,(MCW*4)-5,(MCW*4)+5,(MCW*5)-5,(MCW*5)-4,(MCW*5)+4,(MCW*5)+5,(MCW*6)-3,(MCW*6)-2,(MCW*6)+2,(MCW*6)+3,(MCW*7)-1,(MCW*7)+0,(MCW*7)+1,
+	/* 8  */	(-MCW*8)-1,(-MCW*8)+0,(-MCW*8)+1,(-MCW*7)-3,(-MCW*7)-2,(-MCW*7)+2,(-MCW*7)+3,(-MCW*6)-5,(-MCW*6)-4,(-MCW*6)+4,(-MCW*6)+5,(-MCW*5)-6,(-MCW*5)+6,(-MCW*4)-6,(-MCW*4)+6,(-MCW*3)-7,(-MCW*3)+7,(-MCW*2)-7,(-MCW*2)+7,(-MCW*1)-8,(-MCW*1)+8,-8,8,(MCW*1)-8,(MCW*1)+8,(MCW*2)-7,(MCW*2)+7,(MCW*3)-7,(MCW*3)+7,(MCW*4)-6,(MCW*4)+6,(MCW*5)-6,(MCW*5)+6,(MCW*6)-5,(MCW*6)-4,(MCW*6)+4,(MCW*6)+5,(MCW*7)-3,(MCW*7)-2,(MCW*7)+2,(MCW*7)+3,(MCW*8)-1,(MCW*8)+0,(MCW*8)+1,
+	/* 9  */	(-MCW*9)-1,(-MCW*9)+0,(-MCW*9)+1,(-MCW*8)-3,(-MCW*8)-2,(-MCW*8)+2,(-MCW*8)+3,(-MCW*7)-5,(-MCW*7)-4,(-MCW*7)+4,(-MCW*7)+5,(-MCW*6)-6,(-MCW*6)+6,(-MCW*5)-7,(-MCW*5)+7,(-MCW*4)-7,(-MCW*4)+7,(-MCW*3)-8,(-MCW*3)+8,(-MCW*2)-8,(-MCW*2)+8,(-MCW*1)-9,(-MCW*1)+9,-9,9,(MCW*1)-9,(MCW*1)+9,(MCW*2)-8,(MCW*2)+8,(MCW*3)-8,(MCW*3)+8,(MCW*4)-7,(MCW*4)+7,(MCW*5)-7,(MCW*5)+7,(MCW*6)-6,(MCW*6)+6,(MCW*7)-5,(MCW*7)-4,(MCW*7)+4,(MCW*7)+5,(MCW*8)-3,(MCW*8)-2,(MCW*8)+2,(MCW*8)+3,(MCW*9)-1,(MCW*9)+0,(MCW*9)+1,
+	/* 10 */	(-MCW*10)-1,(-MCW*10)+0,(-MCW*10)+1,(-MCW*9)-3,(-MCW*9)-2,(-MCW*9)+2,(-MCW*9)+3,(-MCW*8)-5,(-MCW*8)-4,(-MCW*8)+4,(-MCW*8)+5,(-MCW*7)-7,(-MCW*7)-6,(-MCW*7)+6,(-MCW*7)+7,(-MCW*6)-7,(-MCW*6)+7,(-MCW*5)-8,(-MCW*5)+8,(-MCW*4)-8,(-MCW*4)+8,(-MCW*3)-9,(-MCW*3)+9,(-MCW*2)-9,(-MCW*2)+9,(-MCW*1)-10,(-MCW*1)+10,-10,10,(MCW*1)-10,(MCW*1)+10,(MCW*2)-9,(MCW*2)+9,(MCW*3)-9,(MCW*3)+9,(MCW*4)-8,(MCW*4)+8,(MCW*5)-8,(MCW*5)+8,(MCW*6)-7,(MCW*6)+7,(MCW*7)-7,(MCW*7)-6,(MCW*7)+6,(MCW*7)+7,(MCW*8)-5,(MCW*8)-4,
+			(MCW*8)+4,(MCW*8)+5,(MCW*9)-3,(MCW*9)-2,(MCW*9)+2,(MCW*9)+3,(MCW*10)-1,(MCW*10)+0,(MCW*10)+1,
+};
+
+int const MapClass::RadiusCount[11] = {1,9,21,37,61,89,121,161,205,253,309};
+
+
+CellClass *BlubCell;
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MapClass::One_Time -- Performs special one time initializations for the map.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used by the game initialization function in order to perform any one     *
+ *    time initializations required for the map. This includes allocation of the map and       *
+ *    setting up its default dimensions.                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   This routine MUST be called once and only once.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/31/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   12/01/1994 BR : Added CellTriggers initialization                                         *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void MapClass::One_Time(void)
+{
+	GScreenClass::One_Time();
+
+	XSize = MAP_CELL_W;
+	YSize = MAP_CELL_H;
+	Size = XSize * YSize;
+
+	/*
+	**	Allocate the cell array.
+	*/
+	Alloc_Cells();
+
+	/*
+	**	Init the CellTriggers array to the required size.
+	*/
+	CellTriggers.Resize(MAP_CELL_TOTAL);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MapClass::Init_Clear -- clears the map & buffers to a known state                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/17/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void MapClass::Init_Clear(void)
+{
+	GScreenClass::Init_Clear();
+	Init_Cells();
+	TiberiumScan = 0;
+	IsForwardScan = true;
+	TiberiumGrowthCount = 0;
+	TiberiumSpreadCount = 0;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MapClass::Alloc_Cells -- allocates the cell array                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine should be called at One_Time, and after loading the Map object from a save     *
+ * game, but prior to loading the cell objects.                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/17/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void MapClass::Alloc_Cells(void)
+{
+	/*
+	**	Assume that whatever the contents of the VectorClass are is garbage
+	**	(it may have been loaded from a save-game file), so zero it out first.
+	*/
+	Vector = 0;
+	VectorMax = 0;
+	IsAllocated = 0;
+	Resize(Size);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MapClass::Free_Cells -- frees the cell array                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine is used by the Load_Game routine to free the map's cell array before loading   *
+ * the map object from disk; the array is then re-allocated & cleared before the cell objects  *
+ * are loaded.                                                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/17/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void MapClass::Free_Cells(void)
+{
+	Clear();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MapClass::Init_Cells -- Initializes the cell array to a fresh state.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine is used by Init_Clear to set the cells to a known state; it's also used by     *
+ * the Load_Game routine to init all cells before loading a set of cells from disk, so it      *
+ * needs to be called separately from the other Init_xxx() routines.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/17/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void MapClass::Init_Cells(void)
+{
+	TotalValue = 0;
+#ifdef NEVER
+	Free_Cells();
+	Alloc_Cells();
+#else
+	memset(&Map[0], 0, sizeof(CellClass) * (MAP_CELL_TOTAL/2));
+	memset(&Map[MAP_CELL_TOTAL/2], 0, sizeof(CellClass) * (MAP_CELL_TOTAL/2));
+	for (int index = 0; index < MAP_CELL_TOTAL; index++) {
+		Map[index].Overlay = OVERLAY_NONE;
+		Map[index].Smudge = SMUDGE_NONE;
+		Map[index].TType = TEMPLATE_NONE;
+		Map[index].Owner = HOUSE_NONE;
+		Map[index].InfType = HOUSE_NONE;
+	}
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MapClass::Set_Map_Dimensions -- Set map dimensions.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to set the legal limits and position of the                         *
+ *    map as it relates to the overall map array. Typically, this is                           *
+ *    called by the scenario loading code.                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   x,y   -- The X and Y coordinate of the "upper left" corner                         *
+ *                   of the map.                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          w,h   -- The width and height of the legal map.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/14/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void MapClass::Set_Map_Dimensions(int x, int y, int w, int h)
+{
+	MapCellX = x;
+	MapCellY = y;
+	MapCellWidth = w;
+	MapCellHeight = h;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MapClass::Sight_From -- Mark as visible the cells within a specified radius.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to reveal the cells around a specific location.                     *
+ *    Typically, as a unit moves or is deployed, this routine will be                          *
+ *    called. Since it deals with MANY cells, it needs to be extremely                         *
+ *    fast.                                                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   cell     -- The coordinate that the sighting originates from.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          sightrange-- The distance in cells that sighting extends.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          incremental-- Is this an incremental sighting. In other                            *
+ *                      words, has this function been called before where                      *
+ *                      the center coordinate is no more than one cell                         *
+ *                      distant from the last time?                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/19/1992 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   03/08/1994 JLB : Updated to use sight table and incremental flag.                         *
+ *   05/18/1994 JLB : Converted to member function.                                            *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void MapClass::Sight_From(CELL cell, int sightrange, bool incremental)
+{
+	int xx;				// Center cell X coordinate (bounds checking).
+	int const *ptr;	// Offset pointer.
+	int count;			// Counter for number of offsets to process.
+
+	/*
+	**	Units that are off-map cannot sight.
+	*/
+	if (!In_Radar(cell)) return;
+	if (!sightrange || sightrange > 10) return;
+
+	/*
+	**	Determine logical cell coordinate for center scan point.
+	*/
+	xx = Cell_X(cell);
+
+	/*
+	**	Incremental scans only scan the outer rings. Full scans
+	**	scan all internal cells as well.
+	*/
+	count = RadiusCount[sightrange];
+	ptr = &RadiusOffset[0];
+	if (incremental) {
+		if (sightrange > 1) {
+			ptr += RadiusCount[sightrange-2];
+			count -= RadiusCount[sightrange-2];
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Process all offsets required for the desired scan.
+	*/
+	while (count--) {
+		CELL	newcell;			// New cell with offset.
+		int	xdiff;			// New cell's X coordinate distance from center.
+
+		newcell = cell + *ptr++;
+
+		/*
+		**	Determine if the map edge has been wrapped. If so,
+		**	then don't process the cell.
+		*/
+		if ((unsigned)newcell >= MAP_CELL_TOTAL) continue;
+		xdiff = Cell_X(newcell) - xx;
+		xdiff = ABS(xdiff);
+		if (xdiff > sightrange) continue;
+		if (Distance(newcell, cell) > sightrange) continue;
+
+		/*
+		**	Map the cell. For incremental scans, then update
+		**	adjacent cells as well. For full scans, just update
+		**	the cell itself.
+		*/
+		if (!(*this)[newcell].IsMapped) {
+			Map.Map_Cell(newcell, PlayerPtr);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MapClass::Cell_Distance -- Determines the distance between two cells.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will return with the calculated "straight line"                             *
+ *    distance between the two cells specified. It uses the dragon strike                      *
+ *    method of distance calculation.                                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   cell1    -- First cell.                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          cell2    -- Second cell.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the "cell" distance between the two cells                             *
+ *          specified.                                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   04/29/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   04/30/1994 JLB : Converted to member function.                                            *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int MapClass::Cell_Distance(CELL cell1, CELL cell2)
+{
+	register int	x,y;		// Difference on X and Y axis.
+
+	x = Cell_X(cell1) - Cell_X(cell2);
+	y = Cell_Y(cell1) - Cell_Y(cell2);
+
+	if (x < 0) x = -x;
+	if (y < 0) y = -y;
+
+	if (x > y) {
+		return(x + (y>>1));
+	}
+	return(y + (x>>1));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MapClass::In_Radar -- Is specified cell in the radar map?                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This determines if the specified cell can be within the navigable                        *
+ *    bounds of the map. Technically, this means, any cell that can be                         *
+ *    scanned by radar. If a cell returns false from this function, then                       *
+ *    the player could never move to or pass over this cell.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   cell  -- The cell to examine.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Is this cell possible to be displayed on radar?                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/07/1992 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   04/30/1994 JLB : Converted to member function.                                            *
+ *   05/01/1994 JLB : Speeded up.                                                              *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool MapClass::In_Radar(CELL cell) const
+{
+	if (cell & 0xF000) return(false);
+	return((unsigned)(Cell_X(cell) - MapCellX) < (unsigned)MapCellWidth && (unsigned)(Cell_Y(cell) - MapCellY) < (unsigned)MapCellHeight);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MapClass::Place_Down -- Places the specified object onto the map.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to place an object onto the map. It updates the "occupier" of the   *
+ *    cells that this object covers. The cells are determined from the Occupy_List function    *
+ *    provided by the object. Only one cell can have an occupier and this routine is the only  *
+ *    place that sets this condition.                                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   cell     -- The cell to base object occupation around.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          object   -- The object to place onto the map.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/31/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void MapClass::Place_Down(CELL cell, ObjectClass * object)
+{
+	if (!object) return;
+
+	short const *list = object->Occupy_List();
+	while (*list != REFRESH_EOL) {
+		CELL newcell = cell + *list++;
+		if ((unsigned)newcell < MAP_CELL_TOTAL) {
+			(*this)[newcell].Occupy_Down(object);
+			(*this)[newcell].Recalc_Attributes();
+			(*this)[newcell].Redraw_Objects();
+		}
+	}
+
+	list = object->Overlap_List();
+	while (*list != REFRESH_EOL) {
+		CELL newcell = cell + *list++;
+		if ((unsigned)newcell < MAP_CELL_TOTAL) {
+			(*this)[newcell].Overlap_Down(object);
+			(*this)[newcell].Redraw_Objects();
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MapClass::Pick_Up -- Removes specified object from the map.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    The object specified is removed from the map by this routine. This will remove the       *
+ *    occupation flag for all the cells that the object covers. The cells that are covered     *
+ *    are determined from the Occupy_List function.                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   cell     -- The cell that the object is centered about.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          object   -- Pointer to the object that will be removed.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/31/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void MapClass::Pick_Up(CELL cell, ObjectClass * object)
+{
+	if (!object) return;
+
+	short const *list = object->Occupy_List();
+	while (*list != REFRESH_EOL) {
+		CELL newcell = cell + *list++;
+		if ((unsigned)newcell < MAP_CELL_TOTAL) {
+			(*this)[newcell].Occupy_Up(object);
+			(*this)[newcell].Recalc_Attributes();
+			(*this)[newcell].Redraw_Objects();
+		}
+	}
+
+	list = object->Overlap_List();
+	while (*list != REFRESH_EOL) {
+		CELL newcell = cell + *list++;
+		if ((unsigned)newcell < MAP_CELL_TOTAL) {
+			(*this)[newcell].Overlap_Up(object);
+			(*this)[newcell].Redraw_Objects();
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MapClass::Overlap_Down -- computes & marks object's overlap cells                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine is just like Place_Down, but it doesn't mark the cell's Occupier.              *
+ * This routine is used to implement MARK_OVERLAP_DOWN, which is useful for changing           *
+ * an object's render size, but not its logical size (ie when it's selected or an              *
+ * animation is attached to it).                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      cell -- The cell to base object overlap around.                                        *
+ *    object   -- The object to place onto the map.                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/12/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void MapClass::Overlap_Down(CELL cell, ObjectClass * object)
+{
+	if (!object) return;
+
+	short const *list = object->Overlap_List();
+	while (*list != REFRESH_EOL) {
+		CELL newcell = cell + *list++;
+		if ((unsigned)newcell < MAP_CELL_TOTAL) {
+			(*this)[newcell].Overlap_Down(object);
+			(*this)[newcell].Redraw_Objects();
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MapClass::Overlap_Up -- Computes & clears object's overlap cells                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine is just like Pick_Up, but it doesn't mark the cell's Occupier.                 *
+ * This routine is used to implement MARK_OVERLAP_UP, which is useful for changing             *
+ * an object's render size, but not its logical size (ie when it's selected or an              *
+ * animation is attached to it).                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      cell -- The cell to base object overlap around.                                        *
+ *    object   -- The object to place onto the map.                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/12/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void MapClass::Overlap_Up(CELL cell, ObjectClass * object)
+{
+	if (!object) return;
+
+	short const *list = object->Overlap_List();
+	while (*list != REFRESH_EOL) {
+		CELL newcell = cell + *list++;
+		if ((unsigned)newcell < MAP_CELL_TOTAL) {
+			(*this)[newcell].Overlap_Up(object);
+			(*this)[newcell].Redraw_Objects();
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MapClass::Overpass -- Performs any final cleanup to a freshly constructed map.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will clean up anything necessary with the presumption that the map has      *
+ *    been freshly created. Such things to clean up include various tiberium concentrations.   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns the total credit value of the tiberium on the map.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/19/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   02/13/1995 JLB : Returns total tiberium worth.                                            *
+ *   02/15/1995 JLB : Optimal scan.                                                            *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+long MapClass::Overpass(void)
+{
+	long value = 0;
+
+	/*
+	**	Smooth out Tiberium. Cells that are not surrounded by other tiberium
+	**	will be reduced in density.
+	*/
+	for (int y = 0; y < MapCellHeight-1; y++) {
+		for (int x = 0; x < MapCellWidth; x++) {
+			value += (*this)[(MapCellY+y) * MAP_CELL_W + (MapCellX+x)].Tiberium_Adjust(true);
+		}
+	}
+	return(value);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MapClass::Read_Binary -- reads the map's binary image file                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      root      root filename for scenario                                                   *
+ *      crc       ptr to CRC value to update                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      1 = success, 0 = failure                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/14/1994 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *   01/08/1995 JLB : Fixup any obsolete icons detected.                                       *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+#ifdef DEMO
+bool MapClass::Read_Binary(char const * root, unsigned long *)
+#else
+bool MapClass::Read_Binary(char const * root, unsigned long *crc)
+#endif
+{
+	CCFileClass file;
+	char fname[_MAX_FNAME+_MAX_EXT];
+	int i;
+	char *map;
+	void *rawmap;
+	void const * shape;
+
+	/*
+	**	Filename = INI name with BIN extension.
+	*/
+	sprintf(fname,"%s.BIN",root);
+
+	/*
+	**	Create object & open file.
+	*/
+	file.Set_Name(fname);
+	if (!file.Is_Available()) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+	file.Open(READ);
+
+	/*
+	**	Loop through all cells.
+	*/
+	CellClass * cellptr = &Map[0];
+	for (i = 0; i < MAP_CELL_TOTAL; i++) {
+		struct {
+			TemplateType TType;		// Template type.
+			unsigned char TIcon;		// Template icon number.
+		} temp;
+
+		if (file.Read(&temp, sizeof(temp)) != sizeof(temp)) break;
+		if (temp.TType == (TemplateType)255) {
+			temp.TType = TEMPLATE_NONE;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Verify that the template type actually contains the template number specified. If
+		**	an illegal icon was specified, then replace it with clear terrain.
+		*/
+		if (temp.TType != TEMPLATE_CLEAR1 && temp.TType != TEMPLATE_NONE) {
+			shape = TemplateTypeClass::As_Reference(temp.TType).Get_Image_Data();
+			if (shape) {
+				rawmap = Get_Icon_Set_Map(shape);
+				if (rawmap) {
+					map = (char*)rawmap;
+					if (map[temp.TIcon] == -1) {
+						temp.TIcon = 0;
+						temp.TType = TEMPLATE_NONE;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		cellptr->TType = temp.TType;
+		cellptr->TIcon = temp.TIcon;
+		cellptr->Recalc_Attributes();
+
+#ifndef DEMO
+		Add_CRC(crc, (unsigned long)cellptr->TType);
+		Add_CRC(crc, (unsigned long)cellptr->TIcon);
+#endif
+
+		cellptr++;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Close the file.
+	*/
+	file.Close();
+
+	return(i == MAP_CELL_TOTAL);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MapClass::Write_Binary -- writes the map's binary image file                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      root      root filename for scenario                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      1 = success, 0 = failure                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/14/1994 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool MapClass::Write_Binary(char const * root)
+{
+	CCFileClass *file;
+	char fname[_MAX_FNAME+_MAX_EXT];
+	int i;
+
+	/*
+	**	Filename = INI name with BIN extension.
+	*/
+	sprintf(fname,"%s.BIN",root);
+
+	/*
+	**	Create object & open file.
+	*/
+	file = new CCFileClass(fname);
+	file->Open(WRITE);
+
+	/*
+	**	Loop through all cells.
+	*/
+	for (i = 0; i < MAP_CELL_TOTAL; i++) {
+		/*
+		**	Save TType.
+		*/
+		if (file->Write (&(Map[i].TType), sizeof(TemplateType)) != sizeof(TemplateType)) {
+			file->Close();
+			delete file;
+			return(false);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Save TIcon.
+		*/
+		if (file->Write (&(Map[i].TIcon), sizeof(unsigned char)) != sizeof(unsigned char)) {
+			file->Close();
+			delete file;
+			return(false);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Close the file.
+	*/
+	file->Close();
+	delete file;
+
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MapClass::Logic -- Handles map related logic functions.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Manages tiberium growth and spread.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/11/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   07/09/1995 JLB : Handles two directional scan.                                            *
+ *   08/01/1995 JLB : Gives stronger weight to blossom trees.                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void MapClass::Logic(void)
+{
+	/*
+	**	Bail early if there is no allowed growth or spread of Tiberium.
+	*/
+	if (!Special.IsTGrowth && !Special.IsTSpread) return;
+
+	/*
+	**	Scan another block of the map in order to accumulate the potential
+	**	Tiberium cells that can grow or spread.
+	*/
+	int subcount = 30;
+	for (int index = TiberiumScan; index < MAP_CELL_TOTAL; index++) {
+		CELL cell = index;
+		if (!IsForwardScan) cell = (MAP_CELL_TOTAL-1) - index;
+		CellClass *ptr = &(*this)[cell];
+
+		if (Special.IsTGrowth && ptr->Land_Type() == LAND_TIBERIUM && ptr->OverlayData < 11) {
+			if (TiberiumGrowthCount < sizeof(TiberiumGrowth)/sizeof(TiberiumGrowth[0])) {
+				TiberiumGrowth[TiberiumGrowthCount++] = cell;
+			} else {
+				TiberiumGrowth[Random_Pick(0, TiberiumGrowthCount-1)] = cell;
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Heavy Tiberium growth can spread.
+		*/
+		TerrainClass * terrain = ptr->Cell_Terrain();
+		if (Special.IsTSpread &&
+			(ptr->Land_Type() == LAND_TIBERIUM && ptr->OverlayData > 6) ||
+			(terrain && terrain->Class->IsTiberiumSpawn)) {
+
+			int tries = 1;
+			if (terrain) tries = 3;
+			for (int i = 0; i < tries; i++) {
+				if (TiberiumSpreadCount < sizeof(TiberiumSpread)/sizeof(TiberiumSpread[0])) {
+					TiberiumSpread[TiberiumSpreadCount++] = cell;
+				} else {
+					TiberiumSpread[Random_Pick(0, TiberiumSpreadCount-1)] = cell;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		subcount--;
+		if (!subcount) break;
+	}
+	TiberiumScan = index;
+
+	if (TiberiumScan >= MAP_CELL_TOTAL) {
+		int tries = 1;
+		if (Special.IsTFast || GameToPlay != GAME_NORMAL) tries = 2;
+		TiberiumScan = 0;
+		IsForwardScan = (IsForwardScan == false);
+
+		/*
+		**	Growth logic.
+		*/
+		if (TiberiumGrowthCount) {
+			for (int i = 0; i < tries; i++) {
+				CELL cell = TiberiumGrowth[Random_Pick(0, TiberiumGrowthCount-1)];
+				CellClass * newcell = &(*this)[cell];
+				if (newcell->Land_Type() == LAND_TIBERIUM && newcell->OverlayData < 12-1) {
+					newcell->OverlayData++;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		TiberiumGrowthCount = 0;
+
+		/*
+		**	Spread logic.
+		*/
+		if (TiberiumSpreadCount) {
+			for (int i = 0; i < tries; i++) {
+				CELL cell = TiberiumSpread[Random_Pick(0, TiberiumSpreadCount-1)];
+
+				/*
+				**	Find a pseudo-random adjacent cell that doesn't contain any tiberium.
+				*/
+				if (Map.In_Radar(cell)) {
+					FacingType offset = Random_Pick(FACING_N, FACING_NW);
+					for (FacingType index = FACING_N; index < FACING_COUNT; index++) {
+						CellClass *newcell = &(*this)[cell].Adjacent_Cell(index+offset);
+
+						if (newcell && newcell->Cell_Object() == NULL && newcell->Land_Type() == LAND_CLEAR && newcell->Overlay == OVERLAY_NONE) {
+							bool found = false;
+
+							switch (newcell->TType) {
+								case TEMPLATE_BRIDGE1:
+								case TEMPLATE_BRIDGE2:
+								case TEMPLATE_BRIDGE3:
+								case TEMPLATE_BRIDGE4:
+									break;
+
+								default:
+									found = true;
+									new OverlayClass(Random_Pick(OVERLAY_TIBERIUM1, OVERLAY_TIBERIUM12), newcell->Cell_Number());
+									newcell->OverlayData = 1;
+									break;
+
+							}
+							if (found) break;
+						}
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		TiberiumSpreadCount = 0;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MapClass::Cell_Region -- Determines the region from a specified cell number.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to determine what region a particular cell lies in.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   cell  -- The cell number to examine.                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the region that the specified cell occupies.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/15/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int MapClass::Cell_Region(CELL cell)
+{
+	return((Cell_X(cell) / REGION_WIDTH) + 1) +	(((Cell_Y(cell) / REGION_HEIGHT) + 1) * MAP_REGION_WIDTH);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MapClass::Cell_Threat -- Gets a houses threat value for a cell          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:   CELL        cell    - the cell number to check                 *
+ *            HouseType house   - the house to check                       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   04/25/1995 PWG : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int MapClass::Cell_Threat(CELL cell, HousesType house)
+{
+	int threat = HouseClass::As_Pointer(house)->Regions[Map.Cell_Region(Map[cell].Cell_Number())].Threat_Value();
+	if (!threat && Map[cell].IsVisible) {
+		threat = 1;
+	}
+	return(threat);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MapClass::Place_Random_Crate -- Places a crate at random location on map.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will place a crate at a random location on the map. This routine will only  *
+ *    make a limited number of attempts to place and if unsuccessful, it will not place any.   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Was a crate successfully placed?                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/08/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool MapClass::Place_Random_Crate(void)
+{
+	int old = ScenarioInit;
+	ScenarioInit = 0;
+	for (int index = 0; index < 100; index++) {
+		int x = Random_Pick(0, MapCellWidth-1);
+		int y = Random_Pick(0, MapCellHeight-1);
+		CELL cell = XY_Cell(MapCellX+x, MapCellY+y);
+
+		CellClass * ptr = &(*this)[cell];
+		if (ptr->Is_Generally_Clear() && ptr->Overlay == OVERLAY_NONE) {
+			ptr->Overlay = OVERLAY_WOOD_CRATE;
+			ptr->OverlayData = 0;
+			ptr->Redraw_Objects();
+			ScenarioInit = old;
+			return(true);
+		}
+	}
+	ScenarioInit = old;
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MapClass::Validate -- validates every cell on the map                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This is a debugging routine, designed to detect memory trashers that    *
+ * alter the map.  This routine is slow, but thorough.                     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      true = map is OK, false = an error was found                       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   07/08/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int MapClass::Validate(void)
+{
+	CELL cell;
+	TemplateType ttype;
+	unsigned char ticon;
+	TemplateTypeClass const *tclass;
+	unsigned char map[13*8];
+	OverlayType overlay;
+	SmudgeType smudge;
+	ObjectClass *obj;
+	LandType land;
+	int i;
+
+BlubCell = &((*this)[797]);
+
+if (BlubCell->Overlapper[1]) {
+	obj = BlubCell->Overlapper[1];
+	if (obj) {
+		if (obj->IsInLimbo)
+		obj = obj;
+	}
+}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Check every cell on the map, even those that aren't displayed,
+	in the hopes of detecting a memory trasher.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	for (cell = 0; cell < MAP_CELL_TOTAL; cell++) {
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Validate Template & Icon data
+		.....................................................................*/
+		ttype = (*this)[cell].TType;
+		ticon = (*this)[cell].TIcon;
+		if (ttype >= TEMPLATE_COUNT && ttype != TEMPLATE_NONE)
+			return(false);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		To validate the icon value, we have to get a copy of the template's
+		"icon map"; this map will have 0xff's in spots where there is no
+		icon.  If the icon value is out of range or points to an invalide spot,
+		return an error.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (ttype != TEMPLATE_NONE) {
+			tclass = &TemplateTypeClass::As_Reference(ttype);
+			ticon = (*this)[cell].TIcon;
+			Mem_Copy(Get_Icon_Set_Map(tclass->Get_Image_Data()), map,
+				tclass->Width * tclass->Height);
+			if (ticon < 0 ||
+				ticon >= (tclass->Width * tclass->Height) ||
+				map[ticon]==0xff)
+				return (false);
+		}
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Validate Overlay
+		.....................................................................*/
+		overlay = (*this)[cell].Overlay;
+		if (overlay < OVERLAY_NONE || overlay >= OVERLAY_COUNT)
+			return(false);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Validate Smudge
+		.....................................................................*/
+		smudge = (*this)[cell].Smudge;
+		if (smudge < SMUDGE_NONE || smudge >= SMUDGE_COUNT)
+			return(false);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Validate LandType
+		.....................................................................*/
+		land = (*this)[cell].Land_Type();
+		if (land < LAND_CLEAR || land >= LAND_COUNT)
+			return(false);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Validate Occupier
+		.....................................................................*/
+		obj = (*this)[cell].Cell_Occupier();
+		if (obj) {
+			if (
+				((unsigned int)obj & 0xff000000) ||
+				((unsigned int)obj->Next & 0xff000000) ||
+				((unsigned int)obj->Trigger & 0xff000000) ||
+				obj->IsInLimbo ||
+				((unsigned int)Coord_Cell(obj->Coord) > 4095)
+				)
+				return (false);
+		}
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Validate Overlappers
+		.....................................................................*/
+		for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) {
+			obj = (*this)[cell].Overlapper[i];
+			if (obj) {
+				if (
+					((unsigned int)obj & 0xff000000) ||
+					((unsigned int)obj->Next & 0xff000000) ||
+					((unsigned int)obj->Trigger & 0xff000000) ||
+					obj->IsInLimbo ||
+					((unsigned int)Coord_Cell(obj->Coord) > 4095)
+					)
+					return (false);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	return (true);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MapClass::Close_Object -- Finds a clickable close object to the specified coordinate.       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used by the mouse input processing code to find a clickable object       *
+ *    close to coordinate specified. This is for targeting as well as selection determination. *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   coord -- The coordinate to scan for close object from.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to an object that is nearby the specified coordinate.       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   There could be a cloaked object at the location, but it won't be considered     *
+ *             if it is not owned by the player.                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/20/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+ObjectClass * MapClass::Close_Object(COORDINATE coord) const
+{
+	ObjectClass * object = 0;
+	int distance = 0;
+	CELL cell = Coord_Cell(coord);
+
+	/*
+	**	Scan through current and adjacent cells, looking for the
+	**	closest object (within reason) to the specified coordinate.
+	*/
+	static int _offsets[] = {0, -1, 1, -MAP_CELL_W, MAP_CELL_W, MAP_CELL_W-1, MAP_CELL_W+1, -(MAP_CELL_W-1), -(MAP_CELL_W+1)};
+	for (int index = 0; index < (sizeof(_offsets) / sizeof(_offsets[0])); index++) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Examine the cell for close object. Make sure that the cell actually is a
+		**	legal one.
+		*/
+		CELL newcell = cell + _offsets[index];
+		if (In_Radar(newcell)) {
+
+			/*
+			**	Search through all objects that occupy this cell and then
+			**	find the closest object. Check against any previously found object
+			**	to ensure that it is actually closer.
+			*/
+			ObjectClass * o = (*this)[newcell].Cell_Occupier();
+			while (o) {
+
+				/*
+				**	Special case check to ignore cloaked object if not owned by the player.
+				*/
+				if (!o->Is_Techno() || ((TechnoClass *)o)->IsOwnedByPlayer || ((TechnoClass *)o)->Cloak != CLOAKED) {
+					int d=-1;
+					if (o->What_Am_I() == RTTI_BUILDING) {
+						d = Distance(coord, Cell_Coord(newcell));
+						if (d > 0x00B5) d = -1;
+					} else {
+						d = Distance(coord, o->Center_Coord());
+					}
+					if (d >= 0 && (!object || d < distance)) {
+						distance = d;
+						object = o;
+					}
+				}
+				o = o->Next;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Only return the object if it is within 1/4 cell distance from the specified
+	**	coordinate.
+	*/
+	if (object && distance > 0xB5) {
+		object = 0;
+	}
+	return(object);
+}
+
diff --git a/MAP.H b/MAP.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..031abd9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/MAP.H
@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\map.h_v   2.19   16 Oct 1995 16:46:12   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : MAP.H                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : April 29, 1994                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : April 29, 1994   [JLB]                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef MAP_H
+#define MAP_H
+
+#include	"gscreen.h"
+
+#define	BIGMAP	0
+
+
+class MapClass: public GScreenClass
+{
+	public:
+
+		/*
+		** Initialization
+		*/
+		virtual void One_Time(void);						// Theater-specific inits
+		virtual void Init_Clear(void);						// Clears all to known state
+		virtual void Alloc_Cells(void);						// Allocates buffers
+		virtual void Free_Cells(void);							// Frees buffers
+		virtual void Init_Cells(void);							// Frees buffers
+
+		/*--------------------------------------------------------
+		** Main functions that deal with groupings of cells within the map or deals with the cell
+		** as it relates to the map - not what the cell contains.
+		*/
+		ObjectClass *  Close_Object(COORDINATE coord) const;
+		virtual void Detach(ObjectClass * ) {};
+		int  Cell_Region(CELL cell);
+		int  Cell_Threat(CELL cell, HousesType house);
+		int  Cell_Distance(CELL cell1, CELL cell2);
+		bool  In_Radar(CELL cell) const;
+		void  Sight_From(CELL cell, int sightrange, bool incremental=false);
+		void  Place_Down(CELL cell, ObjectClass * object);
+		void  Pick_Up(CELL cell, ObjectClass * object);
+		void  Overlap_Down(CELL cell, ObjectClass * object);
+		void  Overlap_Up(CELL cell, ObjectClass * object);
+		bool  Read_Binary(char const *root, unsigned long *crc);
+		bool  Write_Binary(char const *root);
+		bool  Place_Random_Crate(void);
+
+		long  Overpass(void);
+
+		virtual void Logic(void);
+		virtual void Set_Map_Dimensions(int x, int y, int w, int h);
+
+		/*
+		**	File I/O.
+		*/
+		virtual void Code_Pointers(void);
+		virtual void Decode_Pointers(void);
+
+		/*
+		** Debug routine
+		*/
+		int Validate(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the dimensions and position of the sub section of the global map.
+		**	It is this region that appears on the radar map and constrains normal
+		**	movement.
+		*/
+		int MapCellX;
+		int MapCellY;
+		int MapCellWidth;
+		int MapCellHeight;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the total value of all harvestable Tiberium on the map.
+		*/
+		long TotalValue;
+
+	protected:
+
+		/*
+		**	These are the size dimensions of the underlying array of cell objects.
+		**	This is the dimensions of the "map" that the tactical view is
+		**	restricted to.
+		*/
+		int	XSize;
+		int	YSize;
+		int	Size;
+
+		static int const RadiusCount[11];
+		static int const RadiusOffset[];
+
+	private:
+		friend class CellClass;
+
+		/*
+		**	Tiberium growth potiential cells are recorded here.
+		*/
+		CELL TiberiumGrowth[50];
+		int TiberiumGrowthCount;
+
+		/*
+		**	List of cells that are full enough strength that they could spread
+		**	Tiberium to adjacent cells.
+		*/
+		CELL TiberiumSpread[50];
+		int TiberiumSpreadCount;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the current cell number in the incremental map scan process.
+		*/
+		CELL TiberiumScan;
+
+		/*
+		**	If the Tiberium map scan is processing forward, then this flag
+		**	will be true. It alternates between forward and backward scanning
+		**	in order to avoid the "Tiberium Creep".
+		*/
+		unsigned IsForwardScan:1;
+
+		enum MapEnum {SCAN_AMOUNT=MAP_CELL_TOTAL};
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/MAPEDDLG.CPP b/MAPEDDLG.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e2e22f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/MAPEDDLG.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,3850 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\mapeddlg.cpv   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:49:00   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D    S T U D I O S        **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : MAPEDDLG.CPP                             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Bill Randolph                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : November 18, 1994                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : December 12, 1994   [BR]                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Map Editor dialogs & main menu options                                  *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ *   MapEditClass::New_Scenario -- creates a new scenario                  *
+ *   MapEditClass::Load_Scenario -- loads a scenario INI file              *
+ *   MapEditClass::Save_Scenario -- saves current scenario to an INI file  *
+ *   MapEditClass::Pick_Scenario -- dialog for choosing scenario           *
+ *   MapEditClass::Size_Map -- lets user set size & location of map        *
+ *   MapEditClass::Scenario_Dialog -- scenario global parameters dialog    *
+ *   MapEditClass::Handle_Triggers -- processes the trigger dialogs        *
+ *   MapEditClass::Select_Trigger -- lets user select a trigger            *
+ *   MapEditClass::Edit_Trigger -- lets user edit a [new] trigger          *
+ *   MapEditClass::Import_Triggers -- lets user import triggers            *
+ *   MapEditClass::Import_Teams -- lets user import teams                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+
+#ifdef SCENARIO_EDITOR
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MapEditClass::New_Scenario -- creates a new scenario                    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * - Prompts user for scenario data (house, scenario #); sets globals      *
+ *     PlayerPtr (for house) & Scenario (for scenario #)                   *
+ *   - Prompts user for map size                                           *
+ * - Initializes the scenario by calling Clear_Scenario(), which calls     *
+ *     everybody's Init() routine                                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      0 = new scenario created, -1 = not                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   10/21/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int MapEditClass::New_Scenario(void)
+{
+	int scen_num = Scenario;
+	ScenarioPlayerType player = ScenPlayer;
+	ScenarioDirType dir = ScenDir;
+	ScenarioVarType var = ScenVar;
+	int rc;
+	HousesType house;
+
+	/*
+	------------------------ Prompt for scenario info ------------------------
+	*/
+	rc = Pick_Scenario("New Scenario", &scen_num, &player, &dir, &var, 1);
+	if (rc != 0) {
+		return(-1);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	-------------------------- Blow away everything --------------------------
+	*/
+	Clear_Scenario();
+
+	/*
+	----------------------------- Set parameters -----------------------------
+	*/
+	Scenario = scen_num;
+	ScenPlayer = player;
+	ScenDir = dir;
+	ScenVar = var;
+	Set_Scenario_Name(ScenarioName,scen_num,player,dir,var);
+
+	/*
+	----------------------------- Create houses ------------------------------
+	*/
+	for (house = HOUSE_FIRST; house < HOUSE_COUNT; house++) {
+		new HouseClass(house);
+	}
+
+	if (ScenPlayer == SCEN_PLAYER_MPLAYER) {
+		PlayerPtr = HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_MULTI1);
+		PlayerPtr->IsHuman = true;
+		LastHouse = HOUSE_MULTI1;
+	} else {
+		if (player == SCEN_PLAYER_GDI) {
+			PlayerPtr = HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_GOOD);
+			PlayerPtr->IsHuman = true;
+			Base.House = HOUSE_BAD;
+		} else {
+			if (player == SCEN_PLAYER_NOD) {
+				PlayerPtr = HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_BAD);
+				PlayerPtr->IsHuman = true;
+				Base.House = HOUSE_GOOD;
+			} else {
+				PlayerPtr = HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_MULTI4);
+				PlayerPtr->IsHuman = true;
+				Base.House = HOUSE_MULTI4;
+			}
+		}
+		LastHouse = HOUSE_GOOD;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	-------------------------- Init the entire map ---------------------------
+	*/
+	Init_Clear();
+	Fill_In_Data();
+
+	/*
+	-------------------------- Prompt for map size ---------------------------
+	*/
+	Size_Map(-1,-1,20,20);
+
+	/*
+	------ Set the Home & Reinforcement Cells to the center of the map -------
+	*/
+	Waypoint[WAYPT_REINF] = XY_Cell(MapCellX + MapCellWidth / 2, MapCellY + MapCellHeight / 2);
+	Waypoint[WAYPT_HOME] = XY_Cell(MapCellX + MapCellWidth / 2, MapCellY + MapCellHeight / 2);
+	(*this)[Coord_Cell(TacticalCoord)].IsWaypoint = 1;
+	Flag_Cell(Coord_Cell(TacticalCoord));
+
+	ScenarioInit++;
+	Set_Tactical_Position(Cell_Coord(Waypoint[WAYPT_HOME]));
+	ScenarioInit--;
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MapEditClass::Load_Scenario -- loads a scenario INI file                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * - Prompts user for scenario data (house, scenario #); sets globals      *
+ *     PlayerPtr (for house) & Scenario (for scenario #)                   *
+ * - Loads the INI file for that scenario                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      0.                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   10/21/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int MapEditClass::Load_Scenario(void)
+{
+	int scen_num = Scenario;
+	ScenarioPlayerType player = ScenPlayer;
+	ScenarioDirType dir = ScenDir;
+	ScenarioVarType var = ScenVar;
+	int rc;
+
+	/*
+	------------------------ Prompt for scenario info ------------------------
+	*/
+	rc = Pick_Scenario("Load Scenario", &scen_num, &player, &dir, &var, 1);
+	if (rc != 0) {
+		return(-1);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	----------------------------- Set parameters -----------------------------
+	*/
+	Scenario = scen_num;
+	ScenPlayer = player;
+	ScenDir = dir;
+	ScenVar = var;
+	Set_Scenario_Name(ScenarioName,scen_num,player,dir,var);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Read_Scenario_Ini() must be able to set PlayerPtr to the right house:
+	- Reading the INI will create the house objects
+	- PlayerPtr must be set before any Techno objects are created
+	- For GDI or NOD scenarios, PlayerPtr is set by reading the INI;
+	  but for multiplayer, it's set via the MPlayerLocalID; so, here we have
+	  to set various multiplayer variables to fool the Assign_Houses() routine
+	  into working properly.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (ScenPlayer == SCEN_PLAYER_MPLAYER) {
+		MPlayerLocalID = Build_MPlayerID(2,HOUSE_GOOD);
+		MPlayerCount = 1;
+		LastHouse = HOUSE_MULTI1;
+	}
+	else if (ScenPlayer==SCEN_PLAYER_JP) {
+		PlayerPtr = HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_MULTI4);
+		PlayerPtr->IsHuman = true;
+		Base.House = HOUSE_MULTI4;
+	}
+	else {
+		LastHouse = HOUSE_GOOD;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	-------------------------- Blow away everything --------------------------
+	*/
+	Clear_Scenario();
+
+	/*
+	------------------------------ Read the INI ------------------------------
+	*/
+	if (Read_Scenario_Ini(ScenarioName) == 0) {
+		CCMessageBox().Process("Unable to read scenario!");
+		HiddenPage.Clear();
+		Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+		Render();
+	} else {
+		Fill_In_Data();
+		Set_Palette(GamePalette);
+	}
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MapEditClass::Save_Scenario -- saves current scenario to an INI file    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * - Prompts user for scenario data (house, scenario #); sets globals      *
+ *     PlayerPtr (for house) & Scenario (for scenario #)                   *
+ * - Saves the INI file for this scenario                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      0 = OK, -1 = error/cancel                                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   10/21/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int MapEditClass::Save_Scenario(void)
+{
+	int scen_num = Scenario;
+	ScenarioPlayerType player = ScenPlayer;
+	ScenarioDirType dir = ScenDir;
+	ScenarioVarType var = ScenVar;
+	int rc;
+	FILE *fp;
+	char fname[13];
+
+	/*
+	------------------------ Prompt for scenario info ------------------------
+	*/
+	rc = Pick_Scenario("Save Scenario", &scen_num, &player, &dir, &var, 0);
+	if (rc != 0) {
+		return(-1);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	------------------- Warning if scenario already exists -------------------
+	*/
+	Set_Scenario_Name(fname, scen_num, player, dir, var);
+	fp = fopen(fname,"rb");
+	if (fp) {
+		fclose(fp);
+		rc = CCMessageBox().Process("File exists. Replace?", TXT_YES, TXT_NO);
+		HiddenPage.Clear();
+		Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+		Render();
+		if (rc==1)
+			return(-1);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	----------------------------- Set parameters -----------------------------
+	*/
+	Scenario = scen_num;
+	ScenPlayer = player;
+	ScenDir = dir;
+	ScenVar = var;
+	Set_Scenario_Name(ScenarioName,scen_num,player,dir,var);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Player may have changed from GDI to NOD, so change playerptr accordingly
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (ScenPlayer == SCEN_PLAYER_GDI || ScenPlayer==SCEN_PLAYER_NOD) {
+		if (ScenPlayer==SCEN_PLAYER_GDI) {
+			PlayerPtr = HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_GOOD);
+			PlayerPtr->IsHuman = true;
+			Base.House = HOUSE_BAD;
+		} else {
+			if (ScenPlayer == SCEN_PLAYER_NOD) {
+				PlayerPtr = HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_BAD);
+				PlayerPtr->IsHuman = true;
+				Base.House = HOUSE_GOOD;
+			} else {
+				PlayerPtr = HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_MULTI4);
+				PlayerPtr->IsHuman = true;
+				Base.House = HOUSE_MULTI4;
+			}
+		}
+		LastHouse = HOUSE_GOOD;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	----------------------------- Write the INI ------------------------------
+	*/
+	Write_Scenario_Ini(ScenarioName);
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MapEditClass::Pick_Scenario -- dialog for choosing scenario             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * Prompts user for:                                                       *
+ *   - House (GDI, NOD)                                                    *
+ *   - Scenario #                                                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *           ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿                          *
+ *           ³            Caption               ³                          *
+ *           ³                                  ³                          *
+ *           ³         Scenario ___             ³                          *
+ *           ³          Version ___             ³                          *
+ *           ³                                  ³                          *
+ *           ³         [East]  [West]           ³                          *
+ *           ³                                  ³                          *
+ *           ³         [    GDI     ]           ³                          *
+ *           ³         [    NOD     ]           ³                          *
+ *           ³         [Multi-Player]           ³                          *
+ *           ³                                  ³                          *
+ *           ³         [OK]  [Cancel]           ³                          *
+ *           ³                                  ³                          *
+ *           ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      caption      string to use as a title                              *
+ *      scen_nump   output: ptr to scenario #                              *
+ *      playerp      output: ptr to player type                            *
+ *      dirp         output: ptr to direction                              *
+ *      varp         output: ptr to variation                              *
+ *      multi         1 = allow to change single/multiplayer; 0 = not      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      0 = OK, -1 = cancel                                                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   10/21/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int MapEditClass::Pick_Scenario(char const * caption, int *scen_nump,
+	ScenarioPlayerType *playerp, ScenarioDirType *dirp, ScenarioVarType *varp,
+	int multi)
+{
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog & button dimensions
+	........................................................................*/
+	enum {
+		D_DIALOG_W = 400,											// dialog width
+		D_DIALOG_H = 328,											// dialog height
+		D_DIALOG_X = ((640 - D_DIALOG_W) / 2),				// centered x-coord
+		D_DIALOG_Y = ((400 - D_DIALOG_H) / 2),				// centered y-coord
+		D_DIALOG_CX = D_DIALOG_X + (D_DIALOG_W / 2),		// coord of x-center
+
+		D_TXT8_H = 22,												// ht of 8-pt text
+		D_MARGIN = 14,												// margin width/height
+
+		D_SCEN_W = 90,												// Scenario # width
+		D_SCEN_H = 18,												// Scenario # height
+		D_SCEN_X = D_DIALOG_CX + 5,							// Scenario # x
+		D_SCEN_Y = D_DIALOG_Y + D_MARGIN + D_TXT8_H + D_MARGIN,	// Scenario # y
+
+		D_VARA_W = 26,												// Version A width
+		D_VARA_H = 18,												// Version A height
+		D_VARA_X = D_DIALOG_CX - (D_VARA_W * 5) / 2,		// Version A x
+		D_VARA_Y = D_SCEN_Y + D_SCEN_H + D_MARGIN,		// Version A y
+
+		D_VARB_W = 26,												// Version B width
+		D_VARB_H = 18,												// Version B height
+		D_VARB_X = D_VARA_X + D_VARA_W,						// Version B x
+		D_VARB_Y = D_SCEN_Y + D_SCEN_H + D_MARGIN,		// Version B y
+
+		D_VARC_W = 26,												// Version C width
+		D_VARC_H = 18,												// Version C height
+		D_VARC_X = D_VARB_X + D_VARB_W,						// Version C x
+		D_VARC_Y = D_SCEN_Y + D_SCEN_H + D_MARGIN,		// Version C y
+
+		D_VARD_W = 26,												// Version D width
+		D_VARD_H = 18,												// Version D height
+		D_VARD_X = D_VARC_X + D_VARC_W,						// Version D x
+		D_VARD_Y = D_SCEN_Y + D_SCEN_H + D_MARGIN,		// Version D y
+
+		D_VARLOSE_W = 26,											// Version Lose width
+		D_VARLOSE_H = 18,											// Version Lose height
+		D_VARLOSE_X = D_VARD_X + D_VARD_W,					// Version Lose x
+		D_VARLOSE_Y = D_SCEN_Y + D_SCEN_H + D_MARGIN,	// Version Lose y
+
+		D_EAST_W = 100,												// EAST width
+		D_EAST_H = 18,												// EAST height
+		D_EAST_X = D_DIALOG_CX - D_EAST_W - 5,				// EAST x
+		D_EAST_Y = D_VARLOSE_Y + D_VARLOSE_H + D_MARGIN,// EAST y
+
+		D_WEST_W = 100,												// WEST width
+		D_WEST_H = 18,												// WEST height
+		D_WEST_X = D_DIALOG_CX + 5,							// WEST x
+		D_WEST_Y = D_VARLOSE_Y + D_VARLOSE_H + D_MARGIN,// EAST y
+
+		D_GDI_W = 140,												// GDI width
+		D_GDI_H = 18,												// GDI height
+		D_GDI_X = D_DIALOG_CX - (D_GDI_W / 2),				// GDI x
+		D_GDI_Y = D_EAST_Y + D_EAST_H + D_MARGIN,			// GDI y
+
+		D_NOD_W = 140,												// NOD width
+		D_NOD_H = 18,												// NOD height
+		D_NOD_X = D_DIALOG_CX - (D_NOD_W / 2),				// NOD x
+		D_NOD_Y = D_GDI_Y + D_GDI_H,							// NOD y
+
+		D_NEU_W = 140,												// Neutral width
+		D_NEU_H = 18,												// Neutral height
+		D_NEU_X = D_DIALOG_CX - (D_NOD_W / 2),				// Neutral x
+		D_NEU_Y = D_NOD_Y + D_NOD_H,							// Neutral y
+
+		D_MPLAYER_W = 140,											// Multi-Player width
+		D_MPLAYER_H = 18,											// Multi-Player height
+		D_MPLAYER_X = D_DIALOG_CX - (D_MPLAYER_W / 2),	// Multi-Player x
+		D_MPLAYER_Y = D_NEU_Y + D_NEU_H,						// Multi-Player y
+
+		D_OK_W = 90,												// OK width
+		D_OK_H = 18,													// OK height
+		D_OK_X = D_DIALOG_CX - D_OK_W - 5,					// OK x
+		D_OK_Y = D_DIALOG_Y + D_DIALOG_H - D_OK_H - D_MARGIN,	// OK y
+
+		D_CANCEL_W = 90,											// Cancel width
+		D_CANCEL_H = 18,											// Cancel height
+		D_CANCEL_X = D_DIALOG_CX + 5,							// Cancel x
+		D_CANCEL_Y = D_DIALOG_Y + D_DIALOG_H - D_CANCEL_H - D_MARGIN, // Cancel y
+
+	};
+	/*........................................................................
+	Button enumerations
+	........................................................................*/
+	enum {
+		BUTTON_GDI=100,
+		BUTTON_NOD,
+		BUTTON_NEUTRAL,
+		BUTTON_MPLAYER,
+		BUTTON_EAST,
+		BUTTON_WEST,
+		BUTTON_OK,
+		BUTTON_CANCEL,
+		BUTTON_SCENARIO,
+		BUTTON_VAR_A,
+		BUTTON_VAR_B,
+		BUTTON_VAR_C,
+		BUTTON_VAR_D,
+		BUTTON_VAR_L,
+	};
+	/*........................................................................
+	Redraw values: in order from "top" to "bottom" layer of the dialog
+	........................................................................*/
+	typedef enum {
+		REDRAW_NONE = 0,
+		REDRAW_BUTTONS,
+		REDRAW_BACKGROUND,
+		REDRAW_ALL = REDRAW_BACKGROUND
+	} RedrawType;
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog variables
+	........................................................................*/
+	RedrawType display;							// requested redraw level
+	bool process;									// loop while true
+	KeyNumType input;
+	bool cancel = false;							// true = user cancels
+	/*........................................................................
+	Other Variables
+	........................................................................*/
+	char scen_buf[10]={0};						// buffer for editing scenario #
+	/*........................................................................
+	Buttons
+	........................................................................*/
+	ControlClass *commands = NULL;		// the button list
+
+	EditClass editbtn (BUTTON_SCENARIO,
+		scen_buf, 5,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_SCEN_X, D_SCEN_Y, D_SCEN_W, D_SCEN_H, EditClass::NUMERIC);
+
+	TextButtonClass varabtn (BUTTON_VAR_A, "A",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_VARA_X, D_VARA_Y, D_VARA_W, D_VARA_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass varbbtn (BUTTON_VAR_B, "B",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_VARB_X, D_VARB_Y, D_VARB_W, D_VARB_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass varcbtn (BUTTON_VAR_C, "C",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_VARC_X, D_VARC_Y, D_VARC_W, D_VARC_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass vardbtn (BUTTON_VAR_D, "D",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_VARD_X, D_VARD_Y, D_VARD_W, D_VARD_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass varlbtn (BUTTON_VAR_L, "L",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_VARLOSE_X, D_VARLOSE_Y, D_VARLOSE_W, D_VARLOSE_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass gdibtn (BUTTON_GDI, "GDI",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_GDI_X, D_GDI_Y, D_GDI_W, D_GDI_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass nodbtn (BUTTON_NOD, "NOD",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_NOD_X, D_NOD_Y, D_NOD_W, D_NOD_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass playermbtn (BUTTON_MPLAYER, "Multi Player",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_MPLAYER_X, D_MPLAYER_Y, D_MPLAYER_W, D_MPLAYER_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass eastbtn (BUTTON_EAST, "East",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_EAST_X, D_EAST_Y, D_EAST_W, D_EAST_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass westbtn (BUTTON_WEST, "West",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_WEST_X, D_WEST_Y, D_WEST_W, D_WEST_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass okbtn (BUTTON_OK, TXT_OK,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_OK_X, D_OK_Y, D_OK_W, D_OK_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass cancelbtn (BUTTON_CANCEL, TXT_CANCEL,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_CANCEL_X, D_CANCEL_Y, D_CANCEL_W, D_CANCEL_H);
+
+	/*
+	------------------------------- Initialize -------------------------------
+	*/
+	Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+
+	sprintf(scen_buf,"%d",(*scen_nump));		// init edit buffer
+	editbtn.Set_Text(scen_buf,5);
+
+	varabtn.Turn_Off();
+	varbbtn.Turn_Off();
+	varcbtn.Turn_Off();
+	vardbtn.Turn_Off();
+	varlbtn.Turn_Off();
+	switch (*varp) {
+		case SCEN_VAR_A:
+			varabtn.Turn_On();
+			break;
+
+		case SCEN_VAR_B:
+			varbbtn.Turn_On();
+			break;
+
+		case SCEN_VAR_C:
+			varcbtn.Turn_On();
+			break;
+
+		case SCEN_VAR_D:
+			vardbtn.Turn_On();
+			break;
+
+		case SCEN_VAR_LOSE:
+			varlbtn.Turn_On();
+			break;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	......................... Create the button list .........................
+	*/
+	commands = &editbtn;
+	varabtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	varbbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	varcbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	vardbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	varlbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	if (multi) {
+		gdibtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+		nodbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+		playermbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	} else {
+		if ((*playerp) == SCEN_PLAYER_MPLAYER) {
+			playermbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+		} else {
+			gdibtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+			nodbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+		}
+	}
+	eastbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	westbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	okbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	cancelbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	/*
+	......................... Init the button states .........................
+	*/
+	if ((*playerp) == SCEN_PLAYER_GDI) {
+		gdibtn.Turn_On();
+		nodbtn.Turn_Off();
+		playermbtn.Turn_Off();
+	} else {
+		if ((*playerp) == SCEN_PLAYER_NOD) {
+			gdibtn.Turn_Off();
+			nodbtn.Turn_On();
+			playermbtn.Turn_Off();
+		} else {
+			gdibtn.Turn_Off();
+			nodbtn.Turn_Off();
+			playermbtn.Turn_On();
+		}
+	}
+
+	if ((*dirp)==SCEN_DIR_EAST) {
+		eastbtn.Turn_On();
+		westbtn.Turn_Off();
+	} else {
+		eastbtn.Turn_Off();
+		westbtn.Turn_On();
+	}
+
+	/*
+	-------------------------- Main Processing Loop --------------------------
+	*/
+	display = REDRAW_ALL;
+	process = true;
+	while (process) {
+		/*
+		** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+		** we need to redraw.
+		*/
+		if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+			AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+			display=REDRAW_ALL;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................ Invoke game callback .........................
+		*/
+		Call_Back();
+
+		/*
+		...................... Refresh display if needed ......................
+		*/
+		if (display) {
+
+			/*
+			...................... Display the dialog box ......................
+			*/
+			Hide_Mouse();
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BACKGROUND) {
+				Dialog_Box(D_DIALOG_X, D_DIALOG_Y, D_DIALOG_W, D_DIALOG_H);
+				Draw_Caption(TXT_NONE, D_DIALOG_X, D_DIALOG_Y, D_DIALOG_W);
+
+				/*
+				....................... Draw the captions .......................
+				*/
+				Fancy_Text_Print(caption, D_DIALOG_CX, D_DIALOG_Y + D_MARGIN,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print("Scenario", D_DIALOG_CX - 5,
+					D_SCEN_Y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+			}
+
+			/*
+			........................ Redraw the buttons ........................
+			*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BUTTONS) {
+				commands->Draw_All();
+			}
+			Show_Mouse();
+			display = REDRAW_NONE;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................... Get user input ............................
+		*/
+		input = commands->Input();
+
+		/*
+		............................ Process input ............................
+		*/
+		switch (input) {
+			case (BUTTON_VAR_A | KN_BUTTON):
+				(*varp) = SCEN_VAR_A;
+				varabtn.Turn_On();
+				varbbtn.Turn_Off();
+				varcbtn.Turn_Off();
+				vardbtn.Turn_Off();
+				varlbtn.Turn_Off();
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_VAR_B | KN_BUTTON):
+				(*varp) = SCEN_VAR_B;
+				varabtn.Turn_Off();
+				varbbtn.Turn_On();
+				varcbtn.Turn_Off();
+				vardbtn.Turn_Off();
+				varlbtn.Turn_Off();
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_VAR_C | KN_BUTTON):
+				(*varp) = SCEN_VAR_C;
+				varabtn.Turn_Off();
+				varbbtn.Turn_Off();
+				varcbtn.Turn_On();
+				vardbtn.Turn_Off();
+				varlbtn.Turn_Off();
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_VAR_D | KN_BUTTON):
+				(*varp) = SCEN_VAR_D;
+				varabtn.Turn_Off();
+				varbbtn.Turn_Off();
+				varcbtn.Turn_Off();
+				vardbtn.Turn_On();
+				varlbtn.Turn_Off();
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_VAR_L | KN_BUTTON):
+				(*varp) = SCEN_VAR_LOSE;
+				varabtn.Turn_Off();
+				varbbtn.Turn_Off();
+				varcbtn.Turn_Off();
+				vardbtn.Turn_Off();
+				varlbtn.Turn_On();
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_EAST | KN_BUTTON):
+				(*dirp) = SCEN_DIR_EAST;
+				eastbtn.Turn_On();
+				westbtn.Turn_Off();
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_WEST | KN_BUTTON):
+				(*dirp) = SCEN_DIR_WEST;
+				eastbtn.Turn_Off();
+				westbtn.Turn_On();
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_GDI | KN_BUTTON):
+				(*playerp) = SCEN_PLAYER_GDI;
+				gdibtn.Turn_On();
+				nodbtn.Turn_Off();
+				playermbtn.Turn_Off();
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_NOD | KN_BUTTON):
+				(*playerp) = SCEN_PLAYER_NOD;
+				gdibtn.Turn_Off();
+				nodbtn.Turn_On();
+				playermbtn.Turn_Off();
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_MPLAYER | KN_BUTTON):
+				(*playerp) = SCEN_PLAYER_MPLAYER;
+				gdibtn.Turn_Off();
+				nodbtn.Turn_Off();
+				playermbtn.Turn_On();
+				break;
+
+			case (KN_RETURN):
+			case (BUTTON_OK | KN_BUTTON):
+				cancel = false;
+				process = false;
+				break;
+
+			case (KN_ESC):
+			case (BUTTON_CANCEL | KN_BUTTON):
+				cancel = true;
+				process = false;
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_SCENARIO | KN_BUTTON):
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	--------------------------- Redraw the display ---------------------------
+	*/
+	HiddenPage.Clear();
+	Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+	Render();
+
+	/*
+	------------------------- If cancel, just return -------------------------
+	*/
+	if (cancel)
+		return(-1);
+
+	/*
+	------------------------ Save selections & return ------------------------
+	*/
+	(*scen_nump) = atoi(scen_buf);
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MapEditClass::Size_Map -- lets user set size & location of map          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * Lets the user select a side of the map and expand/shrink it to the      *
+ * desired size, or move the whole map around the available map area.      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * The entire available map area is displayed, but the map is limited such *
+ * that there's always one blank cell around the map; this lets objects    *
+ * properly exit the screen, since they have a blank undisplayed cell to   *
+ * exit onto.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿               *
+ *   ³                                                     ³               *
+ *   ³  ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿   Clear Terrain            ³               *
+ *   ³  ³                     ³   Water                    ³               *
+ *   ³  ³                     ³   Tiberium                 ³               *
+ *   ³  ³                     ³   Rock/Wall/Road           ³               *
+ *   ³  ³     (Map Area)      ³   GDI Unit                 ³               *
+ *   ³  ³                     ³   NOD Unit                 ³               *
+ *   ³  ³                     ³   Neutral Unit             ³               *
+ *   ³  ³                     ³   Terrain Object           ³               *
+ *   ³  ³                     ³   Starting Cell            ³               *
+ *   ³  ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ                            ³               *
+ *   ³                                                     ³               *
+ *   ³      X            Y            Width      Height    ³               *
+ *   ³      ##           ##            ##          ##      ³               *
+ *   ³                                                     ³               *
+ *   ³                                                     ³               *
+ *   ³               [OK]            [Cancel]              ³               *
+ *   ³                                                     ³               *
+ *   ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      x,y,w,h:      initial size parameters (-1 = center the thing)      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      0 = OK, -1 = cancel                                                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   10/21/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int MapEditClass::Size_Map(int x, int y, int w, int h)
+{
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog & button dimensions
+	........................................................................*/
+	enum {
+		D_DIALOG_W = 480,											// dialog width
+		D_DIALOG_H = 280,											// dialog height
+		D_DIALOG_X = ((640 - D_DIALOG_W) / 2),				// centered x-coord
+		D_DIALOG_Y = ((400 - D_DIALOG_H) / 2),				// centered y-coord
+		D_DIALOG_CX = D_DIALOG_X + (D_DIALOG_W / 2),		// coord of x-center
+
+		D_TXT8_H = 22,												// ht of 8-pt text
+		D_MARGIN = 14,												// margin width/height
+
+		D_BORD_X1 = D_DIALOG_X + (D_DIALOG_W / 2 - MAP_CELL_W) / 2,
+		D_BORD_Y1 = D_DIALOG_Y + 10,
+		D_BORD_X2 = D_BORD_X1 + MAP_CELL_W + 1,
+		D_BORD_Y2 = D_BORD_Y1 + MAP_CELL_H + 1,
+
+		D_OK_W = 90,												// OK width
+		D_OK_H = 18,												// OK height
+		D_OK_X = D_DIALOG_CX - D_OK_W - 5,					// OK x
+		D_OK_Y = D_DIALOG_Y + D_DIALOG_H - D_OK_H - D_MARGIN,	// OK y
+
+		D_CANCEL_W = 90,											// Cancel width
+		D_CANCEL_H = 18,											// Cancel height
+		D_CANCEL_X = D_DIALOG_CX + 5,							// Cancel x
+		D_CANCEL_Y = D_DIALOG_Y + D_DIALOG_H - D_CANCEL_H - D_MARGIN, // Cancel y
+
+	};
+	/*........................................................................
+	Button enumerations:
+	........................................................................*/
+	enum {
+		BUTTON_OK=100,
+		BUTTON_CANCEL,
+	};
+	/*........................................................................
+	Redraw values: in order from "top" to "bottom" layer of the dialog
+	........................................................................*/
+	typedef enum {
+		REDRAW_NONE = 0,
+		REDRAW_MAP,				// includes map interior & coord values
+		REDRAW_BACKGROUND,	// includes box, map bord, key, coord labels, btns
+		REDRAW_ALL = REDRAW_BACKGROUND
+	} RedrawType;
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog variables:
+	........................................................................*/
+	bool process;									// Loop while true
+	RedrawType display;							// requested redraw level
+	bool cancel = false;							// true = user cancels
+	KeyNumType input;								// user input
+	int grabbed = 0;								// 1=TLeft,2=TRight,3=BRight,4=BLeft
+	int map_x1;										// map coords x1, pixel coords
+	int map_x2;										// map coords x2, pixel coords
+	int map_y1;										// map coords y1, pixel coords
+	int map_y2;										// map coords y2, pixel coords
+	int delta1, delta2;							// mouse-click proximity
+	int mx,my;										// last-saved mouse coords
+	char txt[40];
+	int txt_x,txt_y;								// for displaying text
+	unsigned index;								// for drawing map symbology
+	CELL cell;										// for drawing map symbology
+	int color;										// for drawing map symbology
+	ObjectClass * occupier;						// cell's occupier
+	/*........................................................................
+	Buttons
+	........................................................................*/
+	ControlClass *commands = NULL;
+
+	TextButtonClass okbtn (BUTTON_OK, TXT_OK,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_OK_X, D_OK_Y, D_OK_W, D_OK_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass cancelbtn (BUTTON_CANCEL, TXT_CANCEL,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_CANCEL_X, D_CANCEL_Y, D_CANCEL_W, D_CANCEL_H);
+
+	/*
+	------------------------------- Initialize -------------------------------
+	*/
+	Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Set up the actual map area relative to the map's border coords
+	........................................................................*/
+	if (x==-1) {
+		map_x1 = D_BORD_X1 + (MAP_CELL_W - w) / 2 + 1;
+	} else {
+		map_x1 = D_BORD_X1 + x + 1;
+	}
+
+	if (y==-1) {
+		map_y1 = D_BORD_Y1 + (MAP_CELL_H - h) / 2 + 1;
+	} else {
+		map_y1 = D_BORD_Y1 + y + 1;
+	}
+
+	map_x2 = map_x1 + w - 1;
+	map_y2 = map_y1 + h - 1;
+
+	/*
+	------------------------- Build the button list --------------------------
+	*/
+	commands = &okbtn;
+	cancelbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Main processing loop
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	display = REDRAW_ALL;
+	process = true;
+	while (process) {
+
+		/*
+		** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+		** we need to redraw.
+		*/
+		if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+			AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+			display=REDRAW_ALL;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		------------------------ Invoke game callback -------------------------
+		*/
+		Call_Back();
+
+		/*
+		---------------------- Refresh display if needed ----------------------
+		*/
+		if (display) {
+			Hide_Mouse();
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			Redraw the background, map border, key, and coord labels
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BACKGROUND) {
+				/*
+				.......................... Background ...........................
+				*/
+				Dialog_Box(D_DIALOG_X, D_DIALOG_Y, D_DIALOG_W, D_DIALOG_H);
+				Draw_Caption(TXT_NONE, D_DIALOG_X, D_DIALOG_Y, D_DIALOG_W);
+
+				/*
+				..................... Draw the map border .......................
+				*/
+				LogicPage->Lock();
+				LogicPage->Draw_Rect(D_BORD_X1, D_BORD_Y1, D_BORD_X2, D_BORD_Y2, CC_GREEN_SHADOW);
+				for (index = D_BORD_X1; index < D_BORD_X2;
+					index += (320/ICON_PIXEL_W)) {
+					LogicPage->Put_Pixel(index, D_BORD_Y1-1, CC_GREEN_SHADOW);
+					LogicPage->Put_Pixel(index, D_BORD_Y2+1, CC_GREEN_SHADOW);
+				}
+				for (index = D_BORD_Y1; index < D_BORD_Y2-8;
+					index += (200/ICON_PIXEL_H)) {
+					LogicPage->Put_Pixel(D_BORD_X1-1, index, CC_GREEN_SHADOW);
+					LogicPage->Put_Pixel(D_BORD_X2+1, index, CC_GREEN_SHADOW);
+				}
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Draw the map "key"
+				...............................................................*/
+				txt_x = D_DIALOG_CX;
+				txt_y = D_DIALOG_Y + 8;
+				Fancy_Text_Print("Clear Terrain", txt_x, txt_y, LTGREY, TBLACK, TPF_DROPSHADOW | TPF_6POINT);
+				txt_y += 16;
+				Fancy_Text_Print("Water", txt_x, txt_y, BLUE, TBLACK, TPF_DROPSHADOW | TPF_6POINT);
+				txt_y += 16;
+				Fancy_Text_Print("Tiberium", txt_x, txt_y, GREY, TBLACK, TPF_DROPSHADOW | TPF_6POINT);
+				txt_y += 16;
+				Fancy_Text_Print("Rock/Wall/Road", txt_x, txt_y, BROWN, TBLACK, TPF_DROPSHADOW | TPF_6POINT);
+				txt_y += 16;
+				Fancy_Text_Print("GDI Unit", txt_x, txt_y, YELLOW, TBLACK, TPF_DROPSHADOW | TPF_6POINT);
+				txt_y += 16;
+				Fancy_Text_Print("Nod Unit", txt_x, txt_y, RED, TBLACK, TPF_DROPSHADOW | TPF_6POINT);
+				txt_y += 16;
+				Fancy_Text_Print("Neutral Unit", txt_x, txt_y, PURPLE, TBLACK, TPF_DROPSHADOW | TPF_6POINT);
+				txt_y += 16;
+				Fancy_Text_Print("Terrain Object", txt_x, txt_y, DKGREEN, TBLACK, TPF_DROPSHADOW | TPF_6POINT);
+				txt_y += 16;
+				Fancy_Text_Print("Starting Cell", txt_x, txt_y, WHITE, TBLACK, TPF_DROPSHADOW | TPF_6POINT);
+				/*
+				.................. Draw the coordinate labels ...................
+				*/
+				txt_x = D_DIALOG_X + D_DIALOG_W / 8;
+				txt_y = D_DIALOG_Y + D_DIALOG_H - D_OK_H - 10 - 33;
+				Fancy_Text_Print("X", txt_x, txt_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				txt_x += (D_DIALOG_W - 20) / 4;
+				Fancy_Text_Print("Y", txt_x, txt_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				txt_x += (D_DIALOG_W - 20) / 4;
+				Fancy_Text_Print("Width", txt_x, txt_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				txt_x += (D_DIALOG_W - 20) / 4;
+				Fancy_Text_Print("Height", txt_x, txt_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				LogicPage->Unlock();
+
+				/*
+				...................... Redraw the buttons .......................
+				*/
+				commands->Flag_List_To_Redraw();
+
+			}
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			Redraw the map symbology & location
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_MAP) {
+
+				LogicPage->Lock();
+
+				/*
+				.................... Erase the map interior .....................
+				*/
+				LogicPage->Fill_Rect(D_BORD_X1 + 1, D_BORD_Y1 + 1, D_BORD_X2 - 1, D_BORD_Y2 - 1, BLACK);
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Draw Land map symbols (use color according to Ground[] array).
+				...............................................................*/
+				for (cell=0; cell < MAP_CELL_TOTAL; cell++) {
+					occupier = (*this)[cell].Cell_Occupier();
+					if (occupier == NULL) {
+						color = Ground[(*this)[cell].Land_Type()].Color;
+						LogicPage->Put_Pixel(D_BORD_X1 + Cell_X(cell) + 1, D_BORD_Y1 + Cell_Y(cell) + 1, color);
+					}
+				}
+
+				LogicPage->Unlock();
+
+				/*
+				................. Draw the actual map location ..................
+				*/
+				LogicPage->Draw_Rect(map_x1, map_y1, map_x2, map_y2, WHITE);
+				switch (grabbed) {
+					case 1:
+						LogicPage->Draw_Line(map_x1, map_y1, map_x1 + 5, map_y1, BLUE);
+						LogicPage->Draw_Line(map_x1, map_y1, map_x1, map_y1 + 5, BLUE);
+						break;
+
+					case 2:
+						LogicPage->Draw_Line(map_x2, map_y1, map_x2 - 5, map_y1, BLUE);
+						LogicPage->Draw_Line(map_x2, map_y1, map_x2, map_y1 + 5, BLUE);
+						break;
+
+					case 3:
+						LogicPage->Draw_Line(map_x2, map_y2, map_x2 - 5, map_y2, BLUE);
+						LogicPage->Draw_Line(map_x2, map_y2, map_x2, map_y2 - 5, BLUE);
+						break;
+
+					case 4:
+						LogicPage->Draw_Line(map_x1, map_y2, map_x1 + 5, map_y2, BLUE);
+						LogicPage->Draw_Line(map_x1, map_y2, map_x1, map_y2 - 5, BLUE);
+						break;
+
+					case 5:
+						LogicPage->Draw_Rect(map_x1, map_y1, map_x2, map_y2, BLUE);
+						break;
+
+					default:
+						break;
+				}
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Draw Unit map symbols (Use the radar map color according to
+				that specified in the house type class object.
+				DKGREEN = terrain object
+				...............................................................*/
+				for (cell=0; cell < MAP_CELL_TOTAL; cell++) {
+					occupier = (*this)[cell].Cell_Occupier();
+					if (occupier) {
+						color = DKGREEN;
+						if (occupier && occupier->Owner() != HOUSE_NONE) {
+							color = HouseClass::As_Pointer(occupier->Owner())->Class->Color;
+						}
+						LogicPage->Put_Pixel(D_BORD_X1 + Cell_X(cell) + 1, D_BORD_Y1 + Cell_Y(cell) + 1, color);
+					}
+				}
+
+				/*
+				...................... Draw Home location .......................
+				*/
+				LogicPage->Put_Pixel(D_BORD_X1 + Cell_X(Waypoint[WAYPT_HOME]) + 1, D_BORD_Y1 + Cell_Y(Waypoint[WAYPT_HOME]) + 1, WHITE);
+
+				/*
+				..................... Erase old coordinates .....................
+				*/
+				LogicPage->Fill_Rect( D_DIALOG_X + 7,
+					D_DIALOG_Y + D_DIALOG_H - D_OK_H - 10 - 22,
+					D_DIALOG_X + D_DIALOG_W - 7,
+					D_DIALOG_Y + D_DIALOG_H - D_OK_H - 10 - 22 + 10, BLACK);
+
+				/*
+				..................... Draw the coordinates ......................
+				*/
+				txt_x = D_DIALOG_X + D_DIALOG_W / 8;
+				txt_y = D_DIALOG_Y + D_DIALOG_H - D_OK_H - 10 - 22;
+				sprintf(txt,"%d",map_x1 - D_BORD_X1 - 1);
+				Fancy_Text_Print(txt, txt_x, txt_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				txt_x += (D_DIALOG_W - 20) / 4;
+				sprintf(txt,"%d",map_y1 - D_BORD_Y1 - 1);
+				Fancy_Text_Print(txt, txt_x, txt_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				txt_x += (D_DIALOG_W - 20) / 4;
+				sprintf(txt,"%d",map_x2 - map_x1 + 1);
+				Fancy_Text_Print(txt, txt_x, txt_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				txt_x += (D_DIALOG_W - 20) / 4;
+				sprintf(txt,"%d",map_y2 - map_y1 + 1);
+				Fancy_Text_Print(txt, txt_x, txt_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+			}
+
+			Show_Mouse();
+			display = REDRAW_NONE;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		------------------------- Process user input --------------------------
+		*/
+		input = commands->Input();
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Normal button processing: This is done when the mouse button is NOT
+		being held down ('grabbed' is 0).
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (grabbed == 0) {
+			switch (input) {
+				case (KN_RETURN):
+				case (BUTTON_OK | KN_BUTTON):
+					cancel = false;
+					process = false;
+					break;
+
+				case (KN_ESC):
+				case (BUTTON_CANCEL | KN_BUTTON):
+					cancel = true;
+					process = false;
+					break;
+
+				case KN_LMOUSE:
+					/*
+					....................... Grab top left ........................
+					*/
+					delta1 =  abs(_Kbd->MouseQX - map_x1);
+					delta2 =  abs(_Kbd->MouseQY - map_y1);
+					if (delta1 < 3 && delta2 < 3) {
+						grabbed = 1;
+						mx = _Kbd->MouseQX;
+						my = _Kbd->MouseQY;
+						display = REDRAW_MAP;
+						break;
+					}
+					/*
+					...................... Grab top right ........................
+					*/
+					delta1 =  abs(_Kbd->MouseQX - map_x2);
+					delta2 =  abs(_Kbd->MouseQY - map_y1);
+					if (delta1 < 3 && delta2 < 3) {
+						grabbed = 2;
+						mx = _Kbd->MouseQX;
+						my = _Kbd->MouseQY;
+						display = REDRAW_MAP;
+						break;
+					}
+					/*
+					..................... Grab bottom right ......................
+					*/
+					delta1 =  abs(_Kbd->MouseQX - map_x2);
+					delta2 =  abs(_Kbd->MouseQY - map_y2);
+					if (delta1 < 3 && delta2 < 3) {
+						grabbed = 3;
+						mx = _Kbd->MouseQX;
+						my = _Kbd->MouseQY;
+						display = REDRAW_MAP;
+						break;
+					}
+					/*
+					..................... Grab bottom left .......................
+					*/
+					delta1 =  abs(_Kbd->MouseQX - map_x1);
+					delta2 =  abs(_Kbd->MouseQY - map_y2);
+					if (delta1 < 3 && delta2 < 3) {
+						grabbed = 4;
+						mx = _Kbd->MouseQX;
+						my = _Kbd->MouseQY;
+						display = REDRAW_MAP;
+						break;
+					}
+					/*
+					..................... Grab the whole map .....................
+					*/
+					delta1 = abs(_Kbd->MouseQX - ((map_x1 + map_x2) / 2));
+					delta2 = abs(_Kbd->MouseQY - ((map_y1 + map_y2) / 2));
+					if (delta1 < (map_x2 - map_x1) / 4 &&
+						delta2 < (map_y2 - map_y1) / 4) {
+						grabbed = 5;
+						mx = _Kbd->MouseQX;
+						my = _Kbd->MouseQY;
+						display = REDRAW_MAP;
+					}
+					break;
+
+				default:
+					break;
+			}
+		} else {
+			/*.....................................................................
+			Mouse motion processing: This is done while the left mouse button IS
+			being held down.
+			- First, check for the button release; if detected, un-grab
+			- Then, handle mouse motion. WWLIB doesn't pass through a KN_MOUSE_MOVE
+			  value while the button is being held down, so this case must be
+			  trapped as a default.
+			.....................................................................*/
+			switch (input) {
+				case ((int)KN_LMOUSE | (int)KN_RLSE_BIT):
+					grabbed = 0;
+					display = REDRAW_MAP;
+					break;
+
+				default:
+					delta1 = Get_Mouse_X() - mx;
+					delta2 = Get_Mouse_Y() - my;
+					if (delta1==0 && delta2==0) {
+						break;
+					}
+
+					/*
+					....................... Move top left ........................
+					*/
+					if (grabbed==1) {
+						map_x1 += delta1;
+						if (map_x1 > map_x2 - 2) {
+							map_x1 = map_x2 - 2;
+						} else {
+							if (map_x1 < D_BORD_X1 + 2) {
+								map_x1 = D_BORD_X1 + 2;
+							}
+						}
+
+						map_y1 += delta2;
+						if (map_y1 > map_y2 - 2) {
+							map_y1 = map_y2 - 2;
+						} else {
+							if (map_y1 < D_BORD_Y1 + 2) {
+								map_y1 = D_BORD_Y1 + 2;
+							}
+						}
+						display = REDRAW_MAP;
+						mx = Get_Mouse_X();
+						my = Get_Mouse_Y();
+					}
+
+					/*
+					....................... Move top right .......................
+					*/
+					if (grabbed==2) {
+						map_x2 += delta1;
+						if (map_x2 < map_x1 + 2) {
+							map_x2 = map_x1 + 2;
+						} else {
+							if (map_x2 > D_BORD_X2 - 2) {
+								map_x2 = D_BORD_X2 - 2;
+							}
+						}
+
+						map_y1 += delta2;
+						if (map_y1 > map_y2 - 2) {
+							map_y1 = map_y2 - 2;
+						} else {
+							if (map_y1 < D_BORD_Y1 + 2) {
+								map_y1 = D_BORD_Y1 + 2;
+							}
+						}
+						display = REDRAW_MAP;
+						mx = Get_Mouse_X();
+						my = Get_Mouse_Y();
+					}
+
+					/*
+					..................... Move bottom right ......................
+					*/
+					if (grabbed==3) {
+						map_x2 += delta1;
+						if (map_x2 < map_x1 + 2) {
+							map_x2 = map_x1 + 2;
+						} else {
+							if (map_x2 > D_BORD_X2 - 2) {
+								map_x2 = D_BORD_X2 - 2;
+							}
+						}
+
+						map_y2 += delta2;
+						if (map_y2 < map_y1 + 2) {
+							map_y2 = map_y1 + 2;
+						} else {
+							if (map_y2 > D_BORD_Y2 - 2) {
+								map_y2 = D_BORD_Y2 - 2;
+							}
+						}
+						display = REDRAW_MAP;
+						mx = Get_Mouse_X();
+						my = Get_Mouse_Y();
+					}
+
+					/*
+					...................... Move bottom left ......................
+					*/
+					if (grabbed==4) {
+						map_x1 += delta1;
+						if (map_x1 > map_x2 - 2) {
+							map_x1 = map_x2 - 2;
+						} else {
+							if (map_x1 < D_BORD_X1 + 2) {
+								map_x1 = D_BORD_X1 + 2;
+							}
+						}
+
+						map_y2 += delta2;
+						if (map_y2 < map_y1 + 2) {
+							map_y2 = map_y1 + 2;
+						} else {
+							if (map_y2 > D_BORD_Y2 - 2) {
+								map_y2 = D_BORD_Y2 - 2;
+							}
+						}
+						display = REDRAW_MAP;
+						mx = Get_Mouse_X();
+						my = Get_Mouse_Y();
+					}
+
+					/*
+					....................... Move whole map .......................
+					*/
+					if (grabbed==5) {
+						if (map_x1 + delta1 > D_BORD_X1 + 1 && map_x2 + delta1 < D_BORD_X2 - 1) {
+							map_x1 += delta1;
+							map_x2 += delta1;
+						}
+
+						if (map_y1 + delta2 > D_BORD_Y1 + 1 && map_y2 + delta2 < D_BORD_Y2 - 1) {
+							map_y1 += delta2;
+							map_y2 += delta2;
+						}
+						display = REDRAW_MAP;
+						mx = Get_Mouse_X();
+						my = Get_Mouse_Y();
+					}
+					break;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	--------------------------- Redraw the display ---------------------------
+	*/
+	HiddenPage.Clear();
+	Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+	Render();
+
+	/*
+	------------------------- If cancel, just return -------------------------
+	*/
+	if (cancel) {
+		return(-1);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Save selections -----------------------------
+	*/
+	MapCellX = map_x1 - D_BORD_X1 - 1;
+	MapCellY = map_y1 - D_BORD_Y1 - 1;
+	MapCellWidth = map_x2 - map_x1 + 1;
+	MapCellHeight = map_y2 - map_y1 + 1;
+
+	/*
+	--------------------- Clip Home Cell to new map size ---------------------
+	*/
+	if (Cell_X(Waypoint[WAYPT_HOME]) < MapCellX) {
+		Waypoint[WAYPT_HOME] = XY_Cell(MapCellX, Cell_Y(Waypoint[WAYPT_HOME]));
+	}
+
+	if (Cell_X(Waypoint[WAYPT_HOME]) > MapCellX + MapCellWidth - 1) {
+		Waypoint[WAYPT_HOME] = XY_Cell(MapCellX + MapCellWidth - 1, Cell_Y(Waypoint[WAYPT_HOME]));
+	}
+
+	if (Cell_Y(Waypoint[WAYPT_HOME]) < MapCellY) {
+		Waypoint[WAYPT_HOME] = XY_Cell(Cell_X(Waypoint[WAYPT_HOME]), MapCellY);
+	}
+
+	if (Cell_Y(Waypoint[WAYPT_HOME]) > MapCellY + MapCellHeight - 1) {
+		Waypoint[WAYPT_HOME] = XY_Cell(Cell_X(Waypoint[WAYPT_HOME]), MapCellY + MapCellHeight - 1);
+	}
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MapEditClass::Scenario_Dialog -- scenario global parameters dialog      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * Lets the user edit the Theater, starting credits for houses, and the    *
+ * Edge for HOUSE_GOOD & HOUSE_BAD.                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿ *
+ * ³       Theater                                Credits / 1000         ³ *
+ * ³  ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿                                                  ³ *
+ * ³  ³ Temperate     ³                          GDI: _____              ³ *
+ * ³  ³ Desert        ³                          NOD: _____              ³ *
+ * ³  ³ Jungle        ³                      Neutral: _____              ³ *
+ * ³  ³               ³                                                  ³ *
+ * ³  ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ                                                  ³ *
+ * ³   Build Level:___                                                   ³ *
+ * ³                                                                     ³ *
+ * ³                         Reinforcements                              ³ *
+ * ³                                                                     ³ *
+ * ³                    GDI                NOD                           ³ *
+ * ³                                                                     ³ *
+ * ³                                                                   ³ *
+ * ³                  <-   ->            <-   ->                         ³ *
+ * ³                                                                   ³ *
+ * ³                                                                     ³ *
+ * ³                                                                     ³ *
+ * ³                       [OK]     [Cancel]                             ³ *
+ * ³                                                                     ³ *
+ * ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      0 = OK, -1 = cancel                                                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      Uses HIDBUFF.                                                      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/14/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int MapEditClass::Scenario_Dialog(void)
+{
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog & button dimensions
+	........................................................................*/
+	enum {
+		D_DIALOG_W = 544,
+		D_DIALOG_H = 320,
+		D_DIALOG_X = ((640 - D_DIALOG_W) / 2),
+		D_DIALOG_Y = ((400 - D_DIALOG_H) / 2),
+		D_DIALOG_CX = D_DIALOG_X + (D_DIALOG_W / 2),
+
+		D_TXT8_H = 22,
+		D_MARGIN = 14,
+
+		D_THEATER_W = 200,
+		D_THEATER_H = 68,
+		D_THEATER_X = D_DIALOG_X + D_MARGIN,
+		D_THEATER_Y = D_DIALOG_Y + D_MARGIN + D_TXT8_H,
+
+		D_LEVEL_W = 80,
+		D_LEVEL_H = 18,
+		D_LEVEL_X = D_THEATER_X + D_THEATER_W - D_LEVEL_W,
+		D_LEVEL_Y = D_THEATER_Y + D_THEATER_H + D_MARGIN,
+
+		D_GDICRED_W = 120,
+		D_GDICRED_H = 18,
+		D_GDICRED_X = D_DIALOG_X + D_DIALOG_W - D_MARGIN - D_GDICRED_W,
+		D_GDICRED_Y = D_DIALOG_Y + D_MARGIN + D_TXT8_H,
+
+		D_NODCRED_W = 120,
+		D_NODCRED_H = 18,
+		D_NODCRED_X = D_GDICRED_X,
+		D_NODCRED_Y = D_GDICRED_Y + D_GDICRED_H,
+
+		D_NEUTCRED_W = 120,
+		D_NEUTCRED_H = 18,
+		D_NEUTCRED_X = D_GDICRED_X,
+		D_NEUTCRED_Y = D_NODCRED_Y + D_NODCRED_H,
+
+		D_GDIN_W = 26,
+		D_GDIN_H = 18,
+		D_GDIN_X = D_DIALOG_CX - 5 - D_GDIN_W * 2,
+		D_GDIN_Y = D_LEVEL_Y + D_LEVEL_H + D_MARGIN + D_TXT8_H + D_MARGIN + D_TXT8_H,
+
+		D_GDIS_W = 26,
+		D_GDIS_H = 18,
+		D_GDIS_X = D_GDIN_X,
+		D_GDIS_Y = D_GDIN_Y + D_GDIN_H * 2,
+
+		D_GDIW_W = 26,
+		D_GDIW_H = 18,
+		D_GDIW_X = D_DIALOG_CX - 5 - D_GDIN_W * 3,
+		D_GDIW_Y = D_GDIN_Y + D_GDIN_H,
+
+		D_GDIE_W = 26,
+		D_GDIE_H = 18,
+		D_GDIE_X = D_DIALOG_CX - 5 - D_GDIN_W,
+		D_GDIE_Y = D_GDIN_Y + D_GDIN_H,
+
+		D_NODN_W = 26,
+		D_NODN_H = 18,
+		D_NODN_X = D_DIALOG_CX + 5 + D_NODN_W,
+		D_NODN_Y = D_LEVEL_Y + D_LEVEL_H + D_MARGIN + D_TXT8_H + D_MARGIN + D_TXT8_H,
+
+		D_NODS_W = 26,
+		D_NODS_H = 18,
+		D_NODS_X = D_NODN_X,
+		D_NODS_Y = D_NODN_Y + D_NODN_H * 2,
+
+		D_NODW_W = 26,
+		D_NODW_H = 18,
+		D_NODW_X = D_DIALOG_CX + 5,
+		D_NODW_Y = D_NODN_Y + D_NODN_H,
+
+		D_NODE_W = 26,
+		D_NODE_H = 18,
+		D_NODE_X = D_DIALOG_CX + 5 + D_NODN_W * 2,
+		D_NODE_Y = D_NODN_Y + D_NODN_H,
+
+		D_OK_W = 90,
+		D_OK_H = 18,
+		D_OK_X = D_DIALOG_CX - D_OK_W - 5,
+		D_OK_Y = D_DIALOG_Y + D_DIALOG_H - D_OK_H - D_MARGIN,
+
+		D_CANCEL_W = 90,
+		D_CANCEL_H = 18,
+		D_CANCEL_X = D_DIALOG_CX + 5,
+		D_CANCEL_Y = D_DIALOG_Y + D_DIALOG_H - D_CANCEL_H - D_MARGIN,
+	};
+	/*........................................................................
+	Button enumerations:
+	........................................................................*/
+	enum {
+		LIST_THEATER=100,
+		TEDIT_LEVEL,
+		TEDIT_GDICRED,
+		TEDIT_NODCRED,
+		TEDIT_NEUTCRED,
+		BUTTON_GDI_N,
+		BUTTON_GDI_E,
+		BUTTON_GDI_S,
+		BUTTON_GDI_W,
+		BUTTON_NOD_N,
+		BUTTON_NOD_E,
+		BUTTON_NOD_S,
+		BUTTON_NOD_W,
+		BUTTON_OK,
+		BUTTON_CANCEL,
+	};
+	/*........................................................................
+	Redraw values: in order from "top" to "bottom" layer of the dialog
+	........................................................................*/
+	typedef enum {
+		REDRAW_NONE = 0,
+		REDRAW_BUTTONS,		// includes map interior & coord values
+		REDRAW_BACKGROUND,	// includes box, map bord, key, coord labels, btns
+		REDRAW_ALL = REDRAW_BACKGROUND
+	} RedrawType;
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog variables:
+	........................................................................*/
+	KeyNumType input;								// input from user
+	bool process;									// loop while true
+	RedrawType display;							// true = re-draw everything
+	bool cancel = false;							// true = user cancels
+	/*
+	.......................... Scenario parameters ...........................
+	*/
+	TheaterType theater;				// DisplayClass::Theater
+	TheaterType orig_theater;		// original theater
+	long gdi_credits;					// HouseClass::As_Pointer(HouseType)->Credits
+	long nod_credits;					// HouseClass::As_Pointer(HouseType)->Credits
+	long neut_credits;				// HouseClass::As_Pointer(HouseType)->Credits
+	SourceType gdi_edge;				// HouseClass::As_Pointer(HouseType)->Edge
+	SourceType nod_edge;				// HouseClass::As_Pointer(HouseType)->Edge
+	char level_buf[10] = {0};
+	char gdicred_buf[10] = {0};
+	char nodcred_buf[10] = {0};
+	char neutcred_buf[10] = {0};
+	/*
+	....................... Theater-changing variables .......................
+	*/
+	unsigned char theater_mask;	// template/terrain mask
+	TerrainClass * terrain;	// cell's terrain pointer
+	CELL i;								// loop counter
+	/*........................................................................
+	Buttons
+	........................................................................*/
+	ControlClass *commands = NULL;				// the button list
+	ListClass theaterbtn (LIST_THEATER,
+		D_THEATER_X, D_THEATER_Y, D_THEATER_W, D_THEATER_H,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		Hires_Retrieve("BTN-UP.SHP"),
+		Hires_Retrieve("BTN-DN.SHP"));
+
+	EditClass leveledt (TEDIT_GDICRED, level_buf, 4,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_LEVEL_X, D_LEVEL_Y, D_LEVEL_W, D_LEVEL_H, EditClass::NUMERIC);
+
+	EditClass gdicred (TEDIT_GDICRED, gdicred_buf, 8,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_GDICRED_X, D_GDICRED_Y, D_GDICRED_W, D_GDICRED_H, EditClass::NUMERIC);
+
+	EditClass nodcred (TEDIT_NODCRED, nodcred_buf, 8,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_NODCRED_X, D_NODCRED_Y, D_NODCRED_W, D_NODCRED_H, EditClass::NUMERIC);
+
+	EditClass neutcred (TEDIT_NEUTCRED, neutcred_buf, 8,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_NEUTCRED_X, D_NEUTCRED_Y, D_NEUTCRED_W, D_NEUTCRED_H, EditClass::NUMERIC);
+
+	TextButtonClass gdinbtn (BUTTON_GDI_N, TXT_UP,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_GDIN_X, D_GDIN_Y, D_GDIN_W, D_GDIN_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass gdiebtn (BUTTON_GDI_E, TXT_RIGHT,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_GDIE_X, D_GDIE_Y, D_GDIE_W, D_GDIE_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass gdisbtn (BUTTON_GDI_S, TXT_DOWN,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_GDIS_X, D_GDIS_Y, D_GDIS_W, D_GDIS_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass gdiwbtn (BUTTON_GDI_W, TXT_LEFT,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_GDIW_X, D_GDIW_Y, D_GDIW_W, D_GDIW_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass nodnbtn (BUTTON_NOD_N, TXT_UP,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_NODN_X, D_NODN_Y, D_NODN_W, D_NODN_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass nodebtn (BUTTON_NOD_E, TXT_RIGHT,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_NODE_X, D_NODE_Y, D_NODE_W, D_NODE_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass nodsbtn (BUTTON_NOD_S, TXT_DOWN,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_NODS_X, D_NODS_Y, D_NODS_W, D_NODS_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass nodwbtn (BUTTON_NOD_W, TXT_LEFT,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_NODW_X, D_NODW_Y, D_NODW_W, D_NODW_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass okbtn (BUTTON_OK, TXT_OK,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_OK_X, D_OK_Y, D_OK_W, D_OK_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass cancelbtn (BUTTON_CANCEL, TXT_CANCEL,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_CANCEL_X, D_CANCEL_Y, D_CANCEL_W, D_CANCEL_H);
+
+
+	/*
+	------------------------------- Initialize -------------------------------
+	*/
+	Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+
+	/*
+	.......................... Fill in theater items .........................
+	*/
+	theaterbtn.Add_Item("Desert");
+	theaterbtn.Add_Item("Jungle");
+	theaterbtn.Add_Item("Temperate");
+	theaterbtn.Add_Item("Winter");
+
+	/*
+	............................ Init parameters .............................
+	*/
+	orig_theater = theater = Theater;
+	if (ScenPlayer != SCEN_PLAYER_MPLAYER) {
+		gdi_credits = HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_GOOD)->Credits / 1000L;
+		nod_credits = HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_BAD)->Credits / 1000L;
+		neut_credits = HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_NEUTRAL)->Credits / 1000L;
+		gdi_edge = HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_GOOD)->Edge;
+		nod_edge = HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_BAD)->Edge;
+	} else {
+		gdi_credits = 0;
+		nod_credits = 0;
+		neut_credits = 0;
+		gdi_edge = SOURCE_NONE;
+		nod_edge = SOURCE_NONE;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	............................ Create the list .............................
+	*/
+	commands = &theaterbtn;
+	leveledt.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	gdicred.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	nodcred.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	neutcred.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	gdinbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	gdiebtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	gdisbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	gdiwbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	nodnbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	nodebtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	nodsbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	nodwbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	okbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	cancelbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+
+	/*
+	...................... Init GDI Edge button states .......................
+	*/
+	if (gdi_edge==SOURCE_NORTH) gdinbtn.Turn_On();
+	if (gdi_edge==SOURCE_EAST) gdiebtn.Turn_On();
+	if (gdi_edge==SOURCE_SOUTH) gdisbtn.Turn_On();
+	if (gdi_edge==SOURCE_WEST) gdiwbtn.Turn_On();
+
+	/*
+	...................... Init NOD Edge button states .......................
+	*/
+	if (nod_edge==SOURCE_NORTH) nodnbtn.Turn_On();
+	if (nod_edge==SOURCE_EAST) nodebtn.Turn_On();
+	if (nod_edge==SOURCE_SOUTH) nodsbtn.Turn_On();
+	if (nod_edge==SOURCE_WEST) nodwbtn.Turn_On();
+
+	/*
+	.......................... Init credits buffers ..........................
+	*/
+	sprintf(level_buf,"%ld",BuildLevel);
+	leveledt.Set_Text(level_buf,4);
+
+	sprintf(gdicred_buf,"%ld",gdi_credits);
+	gdicred.Set_Text(gdicred_buf,8);
+
+	sprintf(nodcred_buf,"%ld",nod_credits);
+	nodcred.Set_Text(nodcred_buf,8);
+
+	sprintf(neutcred_buf,"%ld",neut_credits);
+	neutcred.Set_Text(neutcred_buf,8);
+
+	theaterbtn.Set_Selected_Index(orig_theater - THEATER_NONE - 1);
+
+	/*
+	-------------------------- Main Processing Loop --------------------------
+	*/
+	display = REDRAW_ALL;
+	process = true;
+	while (process) {
+
+		/*
+		** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+		** we need to redraw.
+		*/
+		if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+			AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+			display=REDRAW_ALL;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................ Invoke game callback .........................
+		*/
+		Call_Back();
+
+		/*
+		...................... Refresh display if needed ......................
+		*/
+		if (display) {
+			Hide_Mouse();
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BACKGROUND) {
+
+				/*
+				..................... Draw the background .......................
+				*/
+				Dialog_Box(D_DIALOG_X, D_DIALOG_Y, D_DIALOG_W, D_DIALOG_H);
+				Draw_Caption(TXT_NONE, D_DIALOG_X, D_DIALOG_Y, D_DIALOG_W);
+
+				/*
+				....................... Draw the labels .........................
+				*/
+				Fancy_Text_Print("Theater", D_THEATER_X + D_THEATER_W / 2,
+					D_THEATER_Y - D_TXT8_H, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print("Build Level", D_LEVEL_X, D_LEVEL_Y,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print("Credits/1000", D_GDICRED_X + D_GDICRED_W / 2,
+					D_GDICRED_Y - D_TXT8_H, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print ("GDI", D_GDICRED_X - 5, D_GDICRED_Y,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print ("NOD", D_NODCRED_X - 5, D_NODCRED_Y,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print ("Neutral", D_NEUTCRED_X - 5, D_NEUTCRED_Y,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print ("Reinforcements", D_DIALOG_CX,
+					D_LEVEL_Y + D_LEVEL_H + D_MARGIN,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print ("GDI", D_GDIN_X + D_GDIN_W / 2,
+					D_GDIN_Y - D_TXT8_H,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print ("NOD", D_NODN_X + D_NODN_W / 2,
+					D_NODN_Y - D_TXT8_H,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+			}
+			Show_Mouse();
+			display = REDRAW_NONE;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................... Get user input ............................
+		*/
+		input = commands->Input();
+
+		/*
+		............................ Process input ............................
+		*/
+		switch (input) {
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Credit edit boxes: no need for any action
+			..................................................................*/
+			case (TEDIT_GDICRED | KN_BUTTON):
+				break;
+
+			case (TEDIT_NODCRED | KN_BUTTON):
+				break;
+
+			case (TEDIT_NEUTCRED | KN_BUTTON):
+				break;
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			GDI Edge buttons: turn this one on, others off, save the edge value
+			..................................................................*/
+			case (BUTTON_GDI_N | KN_BUTTON):
+				gdi_edge = SOURCE_NORTH;
+				gdinbtn.Turn_On();
+				gdiebtn.Turn_Off();
+				gdisbtn.Turn_Off();
+				gdiwbtn.Turn_Off();
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_GDI_E | KN_BUTTON):
+				gdi_edge = SOURCE_EAST;
+				gdinbtn.Turn_Off();
+				gdiebtn.Turn_On();
+				gdisbtn.Turn_Off();
+				gdiwbtn.Turn_Off();
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_GDI_S | KN_BUTTON):
+				gdi_edge = SOURCE_SOUTH;
+				gdinbtn.Turn_Off();
+				gdiebtn.Turn_Off();
+				gdisbtn.Turn_On();
+				gdiwbtn.Turn_Off();
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_GDI_W | KN_BUTTON):
+				gdi_edge = SOURCE_WEST;
+				gdinbtn.Turn_Off();
+				gdiebtn.Turn_Off();
+				gdisbtn.Turn_Off();
+				gdiwbtn.Turn_On();
+				break;
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			NOD Edge buttons: turn this one on, others off, save the edge value
+			..................................................................*/
+			case (BUTTON_NOD_N | KN_BUTTON):
+				nod_edge = SOURCE_NORTH;
+				nodnbtn.Turn_On();
+				nodebtn.Turn_Off();
+				nodsbtn.Turn_Off();
+				nodwbtn.Turn_Off();
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_NOD_E | KN_BUTTON):
+				nod_edge = SOURCE_EAST;
+				nodnbtn.Turn_Off();
+				nodebtn.Turn_On();
+				nodsbtn.Turn_Off();
+				nodwbtn.Turn_Off();
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_NOD_S | KN_BUTTON):
+				nod_edge = SOURCE_SOUTH;
+				nodnbtn.Turn_Off();
+				nodebtn.Turn_Off();
+				nodsbtn.Turn_On();
+				nodwbtn.Turn_Off();
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_NOD_W | KN_BUTTON):
+				nod_edge = SOURCE_WEST;
+				nodnbtn.Turn_Off();
+				nodebtn.Turn_Off();
+				nodsbtn.Turn_Off();
+				nodwbtn.Turn_On();
+				break;
+
+			case (KN_RETURN):
+			case (BUTTON_OK | KN_BUTTON):
+				cancel = false;
+				process = false;
+				break;
+
+			case (KN_ESC):
+			case (BUTTON_CANCEL | KN_BUTTON):
+				cancel = true;
+				process = false;
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	----------------------------- Redraw the map -----------------------------
+	*/
+	HiddenPage.Clear();
+	Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+	Render();
+
+	/*
+	------------------------- If cancel, just return -------------------------
+	*/
+	if (cancel) {
+		return(-1);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	------------------------ Save selections & return ------------------------
+	*/
+	if (ScenPlayer != SCEN_PLAYER_MPLAYER) {
+		/*
+		.............................. Credits ................................
+		*/
+		gdi_credits = atol(gdicred_buf);
+		nod_credits = atol(nodcred_buf);
+		neut_credits = atol(neutcred_buf);
+		HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_GOOD)->Credits = gdi_credits * 1000L;
+		HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_BAD)->Credits = nod_credits * 1000L;
+		HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_NEUTRAL)->Credits = neut_credits * 1000L;
+		/*
+		............................... Edges .................................
+		*/
+		HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_GOOD)->Edge = gdi_edge;
+		HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_BAD)->Edge = nod_edge;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	........................... Sidebar build level ..........................
+	*/
+	BuildLevel = atoi(level_buf);
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Change the theater:
+	- 1st set the Theater global
+	- scan all cells to check their TType for compatibility with the new
+	  theater; if not compatible, set TType to TEMPLATE_NONE & TIcon to 0
+	- Then, re-initialize the TypeClasses for the new Theater
+	........................................................................*/
+	theater = (TheaterType)(THEATER_NONE + 1 + theaterbtn.Current_Index());
+	if (theater != orig_theater) {
+		/*
+		....................... Loop through all cells ........................
+		*/
+		for (i =0;i<MAP_CELL_TOTAL; i++) {
+			/*..................................................................
+			If this cell has a template icon & that template isn't compatible
+			with this theater, set the icon to NONE
+			..................................................................*/
+			if ((*this)[i].TType != TEMPLATE_NONE) {
+				theater_mask = TemplateTypeClass::As_Reference((*this)[i].TType).Theater;
+				if ( (theater_mask & (1 << theater))==0) {
+					(*this)[i].TType = TEMPLATE_NONE;
+					(*this)[i].TIcon = 0;
+				}
+			}
+			/*..................................................................
+			If this cell has terrain in it, and that terrain isn't compatible
+			with this theater, delete the terrain object.
+			..................................................................*/
+			terrain = (*this)[i].Cell_Terrain();
+			if (terrain) {
+				theater_mask = terrain->Class->Theater;
+				if ( (theater_mask & (1<<theater))==0) {
+					delete terrain;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Re-init the object Type Classes for this theater
+		.....................................................................*/
+		Init_Theater(theater);
+		TerrainTypeClass::Init(theater);
+		TemplateTypeClass::Init(theater);
+		OverlayTypeClass::Init(theater);
+		UnitTypeClass::Init(theater);
+		InfantryTypeClass::Init(theater);
+		BuildingTypeClass::Init(theater);
+		BulletTypeClass::Init(theater);
+		AnimTypeClass::Init(theater);
+		AircraftTypeClass::Init(theater);
+		SmudgeTypeClass::Init(theater);
+	}
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Handle_Triggers -- processes the trigger dialogs                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/29/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void MapEditClass::Handle_Triggers(void)
+{
+	int rc;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Trigger dialog processing loop:
+	- Invoke the trigger selection dialog. If a trigger's selected, break
+	  & return
+	- If user wants to edit the current trigger, do so
+	- If user wants to create new trigger, new a TriggerClass & edit it
+	- If user wants to delete trigger, delete the current trigger
+	- Keep looping until 'OK'
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	while (1) {
+		/*
+		........................... Select trigger ............................
+		*/
+		rc = Select_Trigger();
+
+		/*
+		............................. 'OK'; break .............................
+		*/
+		if (rc==0) break;
+
+		/*
+		............................... 'Edit' ................................
+		*/
+		if (rc==1 && CurTrigger) {
+			if (Edit_Trigger()==0) {
+				Changed = 1;
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		................................ 'New' ................................
+		*/
+		if (rc==2) {
+			/*
+			..................... Create a new trigger ......................
+			*/
+			CurTrigger = new TriggerClass();
+			if (CurTrigger) {
+				/*
+				................... delete it if user cancels ...................
+				*/
+				if (Edit_Trigger()==-1) {
+					delete CurTrigger;
+					CurTrigger = NULL;
+				} else {
+					Changed = 1;
+				}
+
+			} else {
+
+				/*
+				................. Unable to create; issue warning ..................
+				*/
+				CCMessageBox().Process("No more triggers available.");
+				HiddenPage.Clear();
+				Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+				Render();
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		.............................. 'Delete' ...............................
+		*/
+		if (rc==3) {
+			if (CurTrigger) {
+				CurTrigger->Remove();
+				CurTrigger = NULL;
+				Changed = 1;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Don't allow trigger placement if the trigger is house-specific; such
+	triggers cannot be "placed".
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (CurTrigger) {
+		if (!TriggerClass::Event_Need_Object(CurTrigger->Event)) {
+			CurTrigger = NULL;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MapEditClass::Select_Trigger -- lets user select a trigger              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * CurTrigger can be NULL when this function is called.                    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *    ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿           *
+ *    ³                       Triggers                         ³           *
+ *    ³    ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄ¿    ³           *
+ *    ³    ³ Name     Event     Action    House   Team  ³³    ³           *
+ *    ³    ³ Name     Event     Action    House   Team  ÃÄ´    ³           *
+ *    ³    ³ Name     Event     Action    House   Team  ³ ³    ³           *
+ *    ³    ³ Name     Event     Action    House   Team  ³ ³    ³           *
+ *    ³    ³                                            ³ ³    ³           *
+ *    ³    ³                                            ³ ³    ³           *
+ *    ³    ³                                            ÃÄ´    ³           *
+ *    ³    ³                                            ³³    ³           *
+ *    ³    ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÙ    ³           *
+ *    ³                                                        ³           *
+ *    ³      [Edit]        [New]        [Delete]      [OK]     ³           *
+ *    ³                                                        ³           *
+ *    ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      0 = OK, 1 = Edit, 2 = New, 3 = Delete                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      Uses HIDBUFF.                                                      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/29/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int MapEditClass::Select_Trigger(void)
+{
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog & button dimensions
+	........................................................................*/
+	enum {
+		D_DIALOG_W = 640,
+		D_DIALOG_H = 290,
+		D_DIALOG_X = ((640 - D_DIALOG_W) / 2),
+		D_DIALOG_Y = ((400 - D_DIALOG_H) / 2),
+		D_DIALOG_CX = D_DIALOG_X + (D_DIALOG_W / 2),
+
+		D_TXT8_H = 22,
+		D_MARGIN = 14,
+
+		D_LIST_W = 612,
+		D_LIST_H = 208,
+		D_LIST_X = D_DIALOG_X + D_MARGIN,
+		D_LIST_Y = D_DIALOG_Y + D_MARGIN + D_TXT8_H,
+
+		D_EDIT_W = 90,
+		D_EDIT_H = 18,
+		D_EDIT_X = D_DIALOG_X + (D_DIALOG_W / 8) - (D_EDIT_W / 2),
+		D_EDIT_Y = D_DIALOG_Y + D_DIALOG_H - D_MARGIN - D_EDIT_H,
+
+		D_NEW_W = 90,
+		D_NEW_H = 18,
+		D_NEW_X = D_DIALOG_X + (D_DIALOG_W / 8) * 3 - (D_NEW_W / 2),
+		D_NEW_Y = D_DIALOG_Y + D_DIALOG_H - D_MARGIN - D_NEW_H,
+
+		D_DELETE_W = 90,
+		D_DELETE_H = 18,
+		D_DELETE_X = D_DIALOG_X + (D_DIALOG_W / 8) * 5 - (D_DELETE_W / 2),
+		D_DELETE_Y = D_DIALOG_Y + D_DIALOG_H - D_MARGIN - D_DELETE_H,
+
+		D_OK_W = 90,
+		D_OK_H = 18,
+		D_OK_X = D_DIALOG_X + (D_DIALOG_W / 8) * 7 - (D_OK_W / 2),
+		D_OK_Y = D_DIALOG_Y + D_DIALOG_H - D_MARGIN - D_OK_H,
+
+	};
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Button enumerations:
+	........................................................................*/
+	enum {
+		TRIGGER_LIST=100,
+		BUTTON_EDIT,
+		BUTTON_NEW,
+		BUTTON_DELETE,
+		BUTTON_OK,
+	};
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Redraw values: in order from "top" to "bottom" layer of the dialog
+	........................................................................*/
+	typedef enum {
+		REDRAW_NONE = 0,
+		REDRAW_BUTTONS,
+		REDRAW_BACKGROUND,
+		REDRAW_ALL = REDRAW_BACKGROUND
+	} RedrawType;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog variables:
+	........................................................................*/
+	RedrawType display;							// requested redraw level
+	bool process;									// loop while true
+	char *trigtext[TRIGGER_MAX + 1];			// text for defined triggers
+	KeyNumType input;								// user input
+	bool edit_trig = false;						// true = user wants to edit
+	bool new_trig = false;						// true = user wants to new
+	bool del_trig = false;						// true = user wants to new
+	int i;											// loop counter
+	int def_idx;									// default list index
+	static int tabs[] = {70, 240, 390, 440}; 	// list box tab stops
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Buttons
+	........................................................................*/
+	ControlClass *commands = NULL;				// the button list
+
+	ListClass triggerlist (TRIGGER_LIST, D_LIST_X, D_LIST_Y, D_LIST_W, D_LIST_H,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		Hires_Retrieve("BTN-UP.SHP"),
+		Hires_Retrieve("BTN-DN.SHP"));
+
+	TextButtonClass editbtn (BUTTON_EDIT, "Edit", TPF_CENTER|TPF_6PT_GRAD|TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL|TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_EDIT_X, D_EDIT_Y, D_EDIT_W, D_EDIT_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass newbtn (BUTTON_NEW, "New", TPF_CENTER|TPF_6PT_GRAD|TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL|TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_NEW_X, D_NEW_Y, D_NEW_W, D_NEW_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass deletebtn (BUTTON_DELETE, "Delete", TPF_CENTER|TPF_6PT_GRAD|TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL|TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_DELETE_X, D_DELETE_Y, D_DELETE_W, D_DELETE_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass okbtn (BUTTON_OK, TXT_OK, TPF_CENTER|TPF_6PT_GRAD|TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL|TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_OK_X, D_OK_Y, D_OK_W, D_OK_H);
+
+	/*
+	------------------------------- Initialize -------------------------------
+	*/
+	Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+
+	/*
+	......................... Fill in trigger names ..........................
+	*/
+	def_idx = 0;
+	for (i = 0; i < Triggers.Count(); i++) {
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Generate string for this trigger
+		- Name can be up to 4 characters
+		- Event can be up to 15 characters
+		- Action can be up to 15 characters
+		- House is 3 characters
+		- Team name is up to 11 characters
+		.....................................................................*/
+		//trigtext[i] = (char *)HidPage.Get_Graphic_Buffer()->Get_Buffer() + 60 * i;
+		trigtext[i] = new char[255];
+		sprintf(trigtext[i],"%s\t%s\t%s\t",
+			Triggers.Ptr(i)->Get_Name(),
+			TriggerClass::Name_From_Event(Triggers.Ptr(i)->Event),
+			TriggerClass::Name_From_Action(Triggers.Ptr(i)->Action));
+
+		/*
+		......................... Add on the house ID .........................
+		*/
+		if (TriggerClass::Event_Need_House(Triggers.Ptr(i)->Event)) {
+			if (Triggers.Ptr(i)->House != HOUSE_NONE) {
+				strcat(trigtext[i], HouseTypeClass::As_Reference(Triggers.Ptr(i)->House).Suffix);
+			} else {
+				strcat(trigtext[i], "!!!");
+			}
+		} else {
+			strcat(trigtext[i],"   ");
+		}
+
+		/*
+		.......................... Add the team name ..........................
+		*/
+		strcat(trigtext[i],"\t");
+		if (TriggerClass::Action_Need_Team(Triggers.Ptr(i)->Action)) {
+			if (Triggers.Ptr(i)->Team) {
+				strcat(trigtext[i],Triggers.Ptr(i)->Team->IniName);
+			} else {
+				strcat(trigtext[i], "!!!");
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		................. Set def_idx if this is CurTrigger ...................
+		*/
+		if (Triggers.Ptr(i) == CurTrigger) {
+			def_idx = i;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	.......................... Fill in the list box ..........................
+	*/
+	for (i = 0; i < Triggers.Count(); i++) {
+		triggerlist.Add_Item(trigtext[i]);
+	}
+	triggerlist.Set_Selected_Index(def_idx);
+
+	/*
+	....................... Set CurTrigger if it isn't .......................
+	*/
+	if (Triggers.Count()==0) {
+		CurTrigger = NULL;
+	} else {
+		if (!CurTrigger) {
+			CurTrigger = Triggers.Ptr(def_idx);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	............................ Create the list .............................
+	*/
+	commands = &triggerlist;
+	editbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	newbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	deletebtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	okbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+
+	/*
+	------------------------ Init tab stops for list -------------------------
+	*/
+	triggerlist.Set_Tabs(tabs);
+
+	/*
+	-------------------------- Main Processing Loop --------------------------
+	*/
+	display = REDRAW_ALL;
+	process = true;
+	while (process) {
+
+		/*
+		** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+		** we need to redraw.
+		*/
+		if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+			AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+			display=REDRAW_ALL;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................ Invoke game callback .........................
+		*/
+		Call_Back();
+
+		/*
+		...................... Refresh display if needed ......................
+		*/
+		if (display) {
+
+			/*
+			...................... Display the dialog box ......................
+			*/
+			Hide_Mouse();
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BACKGROUND) {
+				Dialog_Box(D_DIALOG_X, D_DIALOG_Y, D_DIALOG_W, D_DIALOG_H);
+				Draw_Caption(TXT_NONE, D_DIALOG_X, D_DIALOG_Y, D_DIALOG_W);
+
+				/*
+				....................... Draw the captions .......................
+				*/
+				Fancy_Text_Print("Triggers", D_DIALOG_CX, D_DIALOG_Y + D_MARGIN, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_CENTER|TPF_6PT_GRAD|TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL|TPF_NOSHADOW);
+			}
+
+			/*
+			........................ Redraw the buttons ........................
+			*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BUTTONS) {
+				commands->Draw_All();
+			}
+			Show_Mouse();
+			display = REDRAW_NONE;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................... Get user input ............................
+		*/
+		input = commands->Input();
+
+		/*
+		............................ Process input ............................
+		*/
+		switch (input) {
+			case (TRIGGER_LIST | KN_BUTTON):
+				def_idx = triggerlist.Current_Index();
+				if (def_idx < Triggers.Count()) {
+					CurTrigger = Triggers.Ptr(def_idx);
+				}
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_EDIT | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (CurTrigger) {		// only allow if there's one selected
+					process = false;
+					edit_trig = true;
+				}
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_NEW | KN_BUTTON):
+				process = false;
+				new_trig = true;
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_DELETE | KN_BUTTON):
+				process = false;
+				del_trig = true;
+				break;
+
+			case (KN_RETURN):
+			case (BUTTON_OK | KN_BUTTON):
+				process = false;
+				break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	--------------------------- Redraw the display ---------------------------
+	*/
+	HiddenPage.Clear();
+	Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+	Render();
+
+	for (i = 0; i < Triggers.Count(); i++) {
+		delete [] trigtext[i];
+	}
+
+	if (edit_trig) return(1);
+	if (new_trig) return(2);
+	if (del_trig) return(3);
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MapEditClass::Edit_Trigger -- lets user edit a [new] trigger            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿ *
+ * ³                           Trigger Editor                            ³ *
+ * ³                                                                     ³ *
+ * ³             Events                              Actions             ³ *
+ * ³  ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄ¿        ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄ¿  ³ *
+ * ³  ³                        ³³        ³                         ³³  ³ *
+ * ³  ³                        ÃÄ´        ³                         ÃÄ´  ³ *
+ * ³  ³                        ³ ³        ³                         ³ ³  ³ *
+ * ³  ³                        ³ ³        ³                         ³ ³  ³ *
+ * ³  ³                        ÃÄ´        ³                         ÃÄ´  ³ *
+ * ³  ³                        ³³        ³                         ³³  ³ *
+ * ³  ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÙ        ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÙ  ³ *
+ * ³                                                                     ³ *
+ * ³           Name: _______                   [  Volatile    ]          ³ *
+ * ³                               [GDI]       [  Persistent  ]          ³ *
+ * ³ Time / Credits: _______       [NOD]       [SemiPersistent]          ³ *
+ * ³                                                                     ³ *
+ * ³          [Team] Team_Name                                           ³ *
+ * ³                                                                     ³ *
+ * ³                         [OK]        [Cancel]                        ³ *
+ * ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      0 = OK, -1 = cancel                                                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      CurTrigger must NOT be NULL when this function is called.          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/29/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int MapEditClass::Edit_Trigger(void)
+{
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog & button dimensions
+	........................................................................*/
+	enum {
+		D_DIALOG_W = 528,
+		D_DIALOG_H = 376,
+		D_DIALOG_X = ((640 - D_DIALOG_W) / 2),
+		D_DIALOG_Y = ((400 - D_DIALOG_H) / 2),
+		D_DIALOG_CX = D_DIALOG_X + (D_DIALOG_W / 2),
+
+		D_TXT8_H = 22,
+		D_MARGIN = 14,
+
+		D_EVENT_W = 240,
+		D_EVENT_H = 88,
+		D_EVENT_X = D_DIALOG_X + D_MARGIN,
+		D_EVENT_Y = D_DIALOG_Y + D_MARGIN + D_TXT8_H + D_MARGIN + D_TXT8_H,
+
+		D_ACTION_W = 240,
+		D_ACTION_H = 88,
+		D_ACTION_X = D_DIALOG_X + D_DIALOG_W - D_MARGIN - D_ACTION_W,
+		D_ACTION_Y = D_DIALOG_Y + D_MARGIN + D_TXT8_H + D_MARGIN + D_TXT8_H,
+
+		D_NAME_W = 80,
+		D_NAME_H = 18,
+		D_NAME_X = D_EVENT_X + (D_EVENT_W / 2) - 10,
+		D_NAME_Y = D_EVENT_Y + D_EVENT_H + D_MARGIN,
+
+		D_DATA_W = 80,
+		D_DATA_H = 18,
+		D_DATA_X = D_NAME_X,
+		D_DATA_Y = D_NAME_Y + D_NAME_H + D_MARGIN,
+
+		D_TEAM_W = 80,
+		D_TEAM_H = 18,
+		D_TEAM_X = D_NAME_X - D_TEAM_W - 5,
+		D_TEAM_Y = D_DATA_Y + D_DATA_H + D_MARGIN,
+
+		D_GDI_W = 90,
+		D_GDI_H = 18,
+		D_GDI_X = D_DIALOG_CX - (D_GDI_W / 2),
+		D_GDI_Y = D_NAME_Y,
+
+		D_NOD_W = 90,
+		D_NOD_H = 18,
+		D_NOD_X = D_GDI_X,
+		D_NOD_Y = D_GDI_Y + D_GDI_H,
+
+		D_NEU_W = 90,
+		D_NEU_H = 18,
+		D_NEU_X = D_NOD_X,
+		D_NEU_Y = D_NOD_Y + D_NOD_H,
+
+		D_MULTI1_W = 44,
+		D_MULTI1_H = 18,
+		D_MULTI1_X = D_GDI_X,
+		D_MULTI1_Y = D_GDI_Y,
+
+		D_MULTI2_W = 44,
+		D_MULTI2_H = 18,
+		D_MULTI2_X = D_GDI_X + D_MULTI1_W,
+		D_MULTI2_Y = D_GDI_Y,
+
+		D_MULTI3_W = 44,
+		D_MULTI3_H = 18,
+		D_MULTI3_X = D_NOD_X,
+		D_MULTI3_Y = D_NOD_Y,
+
+		D_MULTI4_W = 44,
+		D_MULTI4_H = 18,
+		D_MULTI4_X = D_NOD_X + D_MULTI1_W,
+		D_MULTI4_Y = D_NOD_Y,
+
+		D_VOLATILE_W = 100,
+		D_VOLATILE_H = 18,
+		D_VOLATILE_X = D_ACTION_X + (D_ACTION_W / 2) - (D_VOLATILE_W / 2) + 10,
+		D_VOLATILE_Y = D_NAME_Y,
+
+		D_PERSIST_W = 100,
+		D_PERSIST_H = 18,
+		D_PERSIST_X = D_ACTION_X + (D_ACTION_W / 2) - (D_PERSIST_W / 2) + 10,
+		D_PERSIST_Y = D_VOLATILE_Y + D_VOLATILE_H,
+
+		D_SEMIPERSIST_W = 100,
+		D_SEMIPERSIST_H = 18,
+		D_SEMIPERSIST_X = D_ACTION_X + (D_ACTION_W / 2) - (D_SEMIPERSIST_W / 2) + 10,
+		D_SEMIPERSIST_Y = D_PERSIST_Y + D_PERSIST_H,
+
+		D_OK_W = 90,
+		D_OK_H = 18,
+		D_OK_X = D_DIALOG_CX - 5 - D_OK_W,
+		D_OK_Y = D_DIALOG_Y + D_DIALOG_H - D_MARGIN - D_OK_H,
+
+		D_CANCEL_W = 90,
+		D_CANCEL_H = 18,
+		D_CANCEL_X = D_DIALOG_CX + 5,
+		D_CANCEL_Y = D_DIALOG_Y + D_DIALOG_H - D_MARGIN - D_CANCEL_H,
+
+	};
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Button enumerations:
+	........................................................................*/
+	enum {
+		EVENT_LIST=100,
+		ACTION_LIST,
+		NAME_EDIT,
+		DATA_EDIT,
+		BUTTON_TEAM,
+		BUTTON_GDI,
+		BUTTON_NOD,
+		BUTTON_NEUTRAL,
+		BUTTON_JP,			// placeholder
+		BUTTON_MULTI1,
+		BUTTON_MULTI2,
+		BUTTON_MULTI3,
+		BUTTON_MULTI4,
+		BUTTON_MULTI5,
+		BUTTON_MULTI6,
+		BUTTON_VOLATILE,
+		BUTTON_PERSIST,
+		BUTTON_SEMIPERSIST,
+		BUTTON_OK,
+		BUTTON_CANCEL,
+	};
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Redraw values: in order from "top" to "bottom" layer of the dialog
+	........................................................................*/
+	typedef enum {
+		REDRAW_NONE = 0,
+		REDRAW_BUTTONS,
+		REDRAW_BACKGROUND,
+		REDRAW_ALL = REDRAW_BACKGROUND
+	} RedrawType;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog variables:
+	........................................................................*/
+	RedrawType display;								// requested redraw level
+	bool process;										// loop while true
+	KeyNumType input;									// user input
+	bool cancel = false;								// true = user cancels
+	int i;												// loop counter
+	EventType event_idx;								// index for event list
+	TriggerClass::ActionType action_idx;		// index for action list
+	char namebuf[5];									// name of this trigger
+	char databuf[10];									// for credit/time-based triggers
+	HousesType house;									// house for this trigger
+	const char *eventnames[EVENT_COUNT + 1];	// names of events
+	const char *actionnames[TriggerClass::ACTION_COUNT + 1];	// names of actions
+	TriggerClass::PersistantType persistant;									// trigger's persistence level
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	These flags enable various controls for each EventType.
+	........................................................................*/
+//	static char data_enabled[EVENT_COUNT] = {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1,1,1,1,0,0};
+//	static char house_enabled[EVENT_COUNT] = {1,0,0,0,0,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1};
+//	static char team_enabled[TriggerClass::ACTION_COUNT] = {0,0,0,1,1,0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0};
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Buttons
+	........................................................................*/
+	ControlClass *commands = NULL;				// the button list
+
+	ListClass eventlist(EVENT_LIST,
+		D_EVENT_X, D_EVENT_Y, D_EVENT_W, D_EVENT_H,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		Hires_Retrieve("BTN-UP.SHP"),
+		Hires_Retrieve("BTN-DN.SHP"));
+
+	ListClass actionlist(ACTION_LIST,
+		D_ACTION_X, D_ACTION_Y, D_ACTION_W, D_ACTION_H,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		Hires_Retrieve("BTN-UP.SHP"),
+		Hires_Retrieve("BTN-DN.SHP"));
+
+	EditClass name_edt(NAME_EDIT, namebuf, 5,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_NAME_X, D_NAME_Y, D_NAME_W, D_NAME_H, EditClass::ALPHANUMERIC);
+
+	EditClass data_edt(DATA_EDIT, databuf, 8,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_DATA_X, D_DATA_Y, D_DATA_W, D_DATA_H, EditClass::ALPHANUMERIC);
+
+	TextButtonClass teambtn(BUTTON_TEAM, "Team",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_TEAM_X, D_TEAM_Y, D_TEAM_W, D_TEAM_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass gdibtn(BUTTON_GDI, "GDI",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_GDI_X, D_GDI_Y, D_GDI_W, D_GDI_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass nodbtn(BUTTON_NOD, "NOD",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_NOD_X, D_NOD_Y, D_NOD_W, D_NOD_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass neutralbtn(BUTTON_NEUTRAL, "Neutral",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_NEU_X, D_NEU_Y, D_NEU_W, D_NEU_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass multi1btn(BUTTON_MULTI1, "M1",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_MULTI1_X, D_MULTI1_Y, D_MULTI1_W, D_MULTI1_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass multi2btn(BUTTON_MULTI2, "M2",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_MULTI2_X, D_MULTI2_Y, D_MULTI2_W, D_MULTI2_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass multi3btn(BUTTON_MULTI3, "M3",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_MULTI3_X, D_MULTI3_Y, D_MULTI3_W, D_MULTI3_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass multi4btn(BUTTON_MULTI4, "M4",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_MULTI4_X, D_MULTI4_Y, D_MULTI4_W, D_MULTI4_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass volatilebtn(BUTTON_VOLATILE, "Volatile",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_VOLATILE_X, D_VOLATILE_Y, D_VOLATILE_W, D_VOLATILE_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass persistbtn(BUTTON_PERSIST, "Persistant",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_PERSIST_X, D_PERSIST_Y, D_PERSIST_W, D_PERSIST_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass semipersistbtn(BUTTON_SEMIPERSIST, "SemiPersistant",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_SEMIPERSIST_X, D_SEMIPERSIST_Y, D_SEMIPERSIST_W, D_SEMIPERSIST_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass okbtn(BUTTON_OK, TXT_OK,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_OK_X, D_OK_Y, D_OK_W, D_OK_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass cancelbtn(BUTTON_CANCEL, TXT_CANCEL,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_CANCEL_X, D_CANCEL_Y, D_CANCEL_W, D_CANCEL_H);
+
+	/*
+	------------------------------- Initialize -------------------------------
+	*/
+	Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+
+	/*
+	....................... Set default button states ........................
+	*/
+	event_idx = CurTrigger->Event;				// event list
+	if (event_idx == EVENT_NONE) event_idx = EVENT_FIRST;
+
+	action_idx = CurTrigger->Action;			// action list
+	if (action_idx == TriggerClass::ACTION_NONE) action_idx = TriggerClass::ACTION_FIRST;
+
+	strcpy(namebuf,CurTrigger->Get_Name());				// Name
+	name_edt.Set_Text(namebuf,5);
+
+	if (TriggerClass::Event_Need_Data(event_idx)) {
+		sprintf(databuf,"%ld",CurTrigger->Data);	// Credits/Time
+		data_edt.Set_Text(databuf,8);
+	}
+
+	house = CurTrigger->House;						// House
+
+	persistant = CurTrigger->IsPersistant;
+
+	volatilebtn.Turn_Off();
+	persistbtn.Turn_Off();
+	semipersistbtn.Turn_Off();
+	switch (CurTrigger->IsPersistant) {
+		case TriggerClass::VOLATILE:
+			volatilebtn.Turn_On();
+			break;
+
+		case TriggerClass::SEMIPERSISTANT:
+			semipersistbtn.Turn_On();
+			break;
+
+		case TriggerClass::PERSISTANT:
+			persistbtn.Turn_On();
+			break;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	......................... Fill in the list boxes .........................
+	*/
+	for (i = 0; i < EVENT_COUNT; i++) {
+		eventnames[i] = TriggerClass::Name_From_Event( (EventType)i);
+		eventlist.Add_Item(eventnames[i]);
+	}
+	eventlist.Set_Selected_Index(event_idx);
+
+	for (i = 0; i < TriggerClass::ACTION_COUNT; i++) {
+		actionnames[i] = TriggerClass::Name_From_Action( (TriggerClass::ActionType)i);
+		actionlist.Add_Item(actionnames[i]);
+	}
+	actionlist.Set_Selected_Index(action_idx);
+
+	/*
+	-------------------------- Main Processing Loop --------------------------
+	*/
+	display = REDRAW_ALL;
+	process = true;
+	while (process) {
+
+		/*
+		** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+		** we need to redraw.
+		*/
+		if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+			AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+			display=REDRAW_ALL;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................ Invoke game callback .........................
+		*/
+		Call_Back();
+
+		/*
+		...................... Refresh display if needed ......................
+		*/
+		if (display) {
+
+			/*
+			...................... Display the dialog box ......................
+			*/
+			Hide_Mouse();
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BACKGROUND) {
+				Dialog_Box(D_DIALOG_X, D_DIALOG_Y, D_DIALOG_W, D_DIALOG_H);
+				Draw_Caption(TXT_NONE, D_DIALOG_X, D_DIALOG_Y, D_DIALOG_W);
+
+				/*
+				....................... Draw the captions .......................
+				*/
+				Fancy_Text_Print("Trigger Editor", D_DIALOG_CX, D_DIALOG_Y + D_MARGIN,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print("Events", D_EVENT_X + D_EVENT_W / 2,
+					D_EVENT_Y - D_TXT8_H,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print("Actions", D_ACTION_X + D_ACTION_W / 2,
+					D_ACTION_Y - D_TXT8_H,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print("Name", D_NAME_X - 5, D_NAME_Y,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				if ((EventType)event_idx==EVENT_CREDITS) {	// use 'Data' for Credits
+					Fancy_Text_Print("Credits", D_DATA_X - 5, D_DATA_Y,
+						CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+						TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				} else {
+					if ((EventType)event_idx==EVENT_TIME) {	// use 'Data' for Time
+						Fancy_Text_Print("1/10 Min", D_DATA_X - 5, D_DATA_Y,
+							CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+							TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+					}
+				}
+
+				if (TriggerClass::Action_Need_Team(action_idx)) {
+					if (CurTrigger->Team) {
+						Fancy_Text_Print(CurTrigger->Team->IniName,
+							D_TEAM_X + D_TEAM_W + 5, D_TEAM_Y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+							TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+					} else {
+						Fancy_Text_Print( "!!!",
+							D_TEAM_X + D_TEAM_W + 5, D_TEAM_Y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+							TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+					}
+				}
+			}
+
+			/*
+			..................... Rebuild the button list ......................
+			*/
+			eventlist.Zap();
+			actionlist.Zap();
+			name_edt.Zap();
+			data_edt.Zap();
+			teambtn.Zap();
+			gdibtn.Zap();
+			nodbtn.Zap();
+			neutralbtn.Zap();
+			volatilebtn.Zap();
+			persistbtn.Zap();
+			semipersistbtn.Zap();
+			okbtn.Zap();
+			cancelbtn.Zap();
+
+			commands = &okbtn;
+			cancelbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+			eventlist.Add_Tail(*commands);
+			actionlist.Add_Tail(*commands);
+			name_edt.Add_Tail(*commands);
+			volatilebtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+			persistbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+			semipersistbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+			if (TriggerClass::Event_Need_Data(event_idx)) {
+				data_edt.Add_Tail(*commands);
+				sprintf(databuf,"%ld",CurTrigger->Data);
+				data_edt.Set_Text(databuf,8);
+			}
+			if (TriggerClass::Event_Need_House(event_idx)) {
+				gdibtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+				nodbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+				neutralbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+				Set_House_Buttons(house, commands, BUTTON_GDI);
+			}
+			if (TriggerClass::Action_Need_Team(action_idx)) teambtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+
+			/*
+			........................ Redraw the buttons ........................
+			*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BUTTONS) {
+				commands->Flag_List_To_Redraw();
+			}
+			Show_Mouse();
+			display = REDRAW_NONE;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................... Get user input ............................
+		*/
+		input = commands->Input();
+
+		/*
+		............................ Process input ............................
+		*/
+		switch (input) {
+			case (EVENT_LIST | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (eventlist.Current_Index() != event_idx) {
+					event_idx = EventType(eventlist.Current_Index());
+					databuf[0] = 0;
+					CurTrigger->Data = 0;
+					if (!TriggerClass::Event_Need_House(event_idx)) {
+						CurTrigger->House = HOUSE_NONE;
+					}
+					display = REDRAW_ALL;
+				}
+				break;
+
+			case (ACTION_LIST | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (actionlist.Current_Index() != action_idx) {
+					action_idx = TriggerClass::ActionType(actionlist.Current_Index());
+					display = REDRAW_ALL;
+				}
+				break;
+
+			case (NAME_EDIT | KN_BUTTON):
+				break;
+
+			case (DATA_EDIT | KN_BUTTON):
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_GDI | KN_BUTTON):
+			case (BUTTON_NOD | KN_BUTTON):
+			case (BUTTON_NEUTRAL | KN_BUTTON):
+			case (BUTTON_MULTI1 | KN_BUTTON):
+			case (BUTTON_MULTI2 | KN_BUTTON):
+			case (BUTTON_MULTI3 | KN_BUTTON):
+			case (BUTTON_MULTI4 | KN_BUTTON):
+			case (BUTTON_MULTI5 | KN_BUTTON):
+			case (BUTTON_MULTI6 | KN_BUTTON):
+				house = (HousesType)( (input & (~KN_BUTTON)) - BUTTON_GDI);
+				Set_House_Buttons(house, commands, BUTTON_GDI);
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_TEAM | KN_BUTTON):
+				Handle_Teams("Select a Team");
+				if (CurTeam) {
+					CurTrigger->Team = CurTeam;
+				}
+				HiddenPage.Clear();
+				Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+				Render();
+				display = REDRAW_ALL;
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_VOLATILE | KN_BUTTON):
+				persistant = TriggerClass::VOLATILE;
+				volatilebtn.Turn_On();
+				persistbtn.Turn_Off();
+				semipersistbtn.Turn_Off();
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_PERSIST | KN_BUTTON):
+				persistant = TriggerClass::PERSISTANT;
+				volatilebtn.Turn_Off();
+				persistbtn.Turn_On();
+				semipersistbtn.Turn_Off();
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_SEMIPERSIST | KN_BUTTON):
+				persistant = TriggerClass::SEMIPERSISTANT;
+				volatilebtn.Turn_Off();
+				persistbtn.Turn_Off();
+				semipersistbtn.Turn_On();
+				break;
+
+			case (KN_RETURN):
+			case (BUTTON_OK | KN_BUTTON):
+				process = false;
+				break;
+
+			case (KN_ESC):
+			case (BUTTON_CANCEL | KN_BUTTON):
+				cancel = true;
+				process = false;
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	------------------------------ Save values -------------------------------
+	*/
+	if (!cancel) {
+
+		/*
+		.......................... Get list indices ...........................
+		*/
+		event_idx = EventType(eventlist.Current_Index());
+		action_idx = TriggerClass::ActionType(actionlist.Current_Index());
+
+		/*
+		......................... Set Event & Action ..........................
+		*/
+		CurTrigger->Event = EventType(event_idx);
+		CurTrigger->Action = TriggerClass::ActionType(action_idx);
+
+		/*
+		.............................. Set name ...............................
+		*/
+		if (strlen(namebuf)==0) {
+			CurTrigger->Set_Name("____");
+		} else {
+			CurTrigger->Set_Name(namebuf);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		.............................. Set Data ...............................
+		*/
+		if (TriggerClass::Event_Need_Data(event_idx)) {
+			CurTrigger->Data = atol(databuf);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		.............................. Set House ..............................
+		*/
+		if (TriggerClass::Event_Need_House(event_idx)) {
+			CurTrigger->House = house;
+		} else {
+			CurTrigger->House = HOUSE_NONE;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................... Set Persistence  ..........................
+		*/
+		CurTrigger->IsPersistant = persistant;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	--------------------------- Redraw the display ---------------------------
+	*/
+	HiddenPage.Clear();
+	Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+	Render();
+
+	if (cancel) {
+		return(-1);
+	} else {
+		return(0);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MapEditClass::Import_Triggers -- lets user import triggers              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *    ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿                  *
+ *    ³                    Triggers                     ³                  *
+ *    ³    ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄ¿   ³                  *
+ *    ³    ³x Name     Event     Action    House  ³³   ³                  *
+ *    ³    ³  Name     Event     Action    House  ÃÄ´   ³                  *
+ *    ³    ³x Name     Event     Action    House  ³ ³   ³                  *
+ *    ³    ³  Name     Event     Action    House  ³ ³   ³                  *
+ *    ³    ³                                      ³ ³   ³                  *
+ *    ³    ³                                      ³ ³   ³                  *
+ *    ³    ³                                      ÃÄ´   ³                  *
+ *    ³    ³                                      ³³   ³                  *
+ *    ³    ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÙ   ³                  *
+ *    ³                                                 ³                  *
+ *    ³                [OK]     [Cancel]                ³                  *
+ *    ³                                                 ³                  *
+ *    ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      0 = OK, -1 = user cancelled                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   03/29/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int MapEditClass::Import_Triggers(void)
+{
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog & button dimensions
+	........................................................................*/
+	enum {
+		D_DIALOG_W = 480,
+		D_DIALOG_H = 290,
+		D_DIALOG_X = ((640 - D_DIALOG_W) / 2),
+		D_DIALOG_Y = ((400 - D_DIALOG_H) / 2),
+		D_DIALOG_CX = D_DIALOG_X + (D_DIALOG_W / 2),
+
+		D_TXT8_H = 22,
+		D_MARGIN = 14,
+
+		D_LIST_W = 452,
+		D_LIST_H = 208,
+		D_LIST_X = D_DIALOG_X + D_MARGIN,
+		D_LIST_Y = D_DIALOG_Y + D_MARGIN + D_TXT8_H,
+
+		D_OK_W = 90,
+		D_OK_H = 18,
+		D_OK_X = D_DIALOG_CX - D_OK_W - 5,
+		D_OK_Y = D_DIALOG_Y + D_DIALOG_H - D_MARGIN - D_OK_H,
+
+		D_CANCEL_W = 90,
+		D_CANCEL_H = 18,
+		D_CANCEL_X = D_DIALOG_CX + 5,
+		D_CANCEL_Y = D_DIALOG_Y + D_DIALOG_H - D_MARGIN - D_OK_H,
+
+	};
+	/*........................................................................
+	Button enumerations:
+	........................................................................*/
+	enum {
+		TRIGGER_LIST=100,
+		BUTTON_OK,
+		BUTTON_CANCEL,
+	};
+	/*........................................................................
+	Redraw values: in order from "top" to "bottom" layer of the dialog
+	........................................................................*/
+	typedef enum {
+		REDRAW_NONE = 0,
+		REDRAW_BUTTONS,
+		REDRAW_BACKGROUND,
+		REDRAW_ALL = REDRAW_BACKGROUND
+	} RedrawType;
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog variables:
+	........................................................................*/
+	RedrawType display;							// requested redraw level
+	bool process;									// loop while true
+	KeyNumType input;								// user input
+	bool cancel = false;
+	static int tabs[] =
+		{70, 220, 370, 420}; 					// list box tab stops
+	DynamicVectorClass<char *> trignames;	// list of INI trigger names
+	char *inibuf;									// working INI buffer
+	CCFileClass file;								// file for reading the INI file
+	char buf[128];									// for reading an INI entry
+	char *tbuffer;									// Accumulation buffer of trigger IDs.
+	int len;											// Length of data in buffer.
+	TriggerClass *trigger;						// Working trigger pointer.
+	char *item;										// for adding to list box
+	char *eventptr;
+	char *actionptr;
+	char *houseptr;
+	int i;
+	/*........................................................................
+	Buttons
+	........................................................................*/
+	ControlClass *commands = NULL;				// the button list
+
+	CheckListClass triggerlist (TRIGGER_LIST,
+		D_LIST_X, D_LIST_Y, D_LIST_W, D_LIST_H,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		Hires_Retrieve("BTN-UP.SHP"),
+		Hires_Retrieve("BTN-DN.SHP"));
+
+	TextButtonClass okbtn (BUTTON_OK, TXT_OK,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_OK_X, D_OK_Y, D_OK_W, D_OK_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass cancelbtn (BUTTON_CANCEL, TXT_CANCEL,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_CANCEL_X, D_CANCEL_Y, D_CANCEL_W, D_CANCEL_H);
+
+	Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Read the MASTER.INI file
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	/*........................................................................
+	Read the file into the staging buffer
+	........................................................................*/
+	inibuf = new char [30000];
+	memset(inibuf, '\0', 30000);
+	file.Set_Name("MASTER.INI");
+	if (!file.Is_Available()) {
+		file.Close();
+		delete [] inibuf;
+		return(-1);
+	} else {
+		file.Read(inibuf, 30000 - 1);
+	}
+	file.Close();
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Read all entry names in the Triggers section into a temp buffer
+	........................................................................*/
+	len = strlen(inibuf) + 2;
+	tbuffer = inibuf + len;
+	WWGetPrivateProfileString(TriggerClass::INI_Name(), NULL, NULL, tbuffer,
+		30000 - len, inibuf);
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	For each entry in the INI section:
+	- Get the entry
+	- Generate a string describing the trigger
+	- Add that string to the list box
+	- Add a ptr to the INI entry name to our 'trignames' list
+	........................................................................*/
+	while (*tbuffer != '\0') {
+		WWGetPrivateProfileString(TriggerClass::INI_Name(), tbuffer, NULL, buf, sizeof(buf)-1, inibuf);
+		item = new char [60];
+
+		/*
+		** Parse the INI entry
+		*/
+		eventptr = strtok(buf,",");
+		actionptr = strtok(NULL,",");
+		strtok(NULL,",");
+		houseptr = strtok(NULL,",");
+
+		/*
+		** Generate the descriptive string
+		*/
+		sprintf(item, " %s\t%s\t%s\t", tbuffer, eventptr, actionptr);
+
+		/*
+		** Add house name if needed
+		*/
+		if (TriggerClass::Event_Need_House(TriggerClass::Event_From_Name(eventptr))) {
+			HousesType house = HouseTypeClass::From_Name(houseptr);
+			if (house != HOUSE_NONE) {
+				strcat(item, HouseTypeClass::As_Reference(house).Suffix);
+			} else {
+				strcat(item, "!!!");
+			}
+		} else {
+			strcat(item,"   ");
+		}
+
+		/*
+		** Add the item to the list box
+		*/
+		triggerlist.Add_Item(item);
+
+		/*
+		** Add the name to our internal name list
+		*/
+		trignames.Add(tbuffer);
+
+		tbuffer += strlen(tbuffer)+1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	............................ Create the list .............................
+	*/
+	commands = &triggerlist;
+	okbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	cancelbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+
+	/*
+	------------------------ Init tab stops for list -------------------------
+	*/
+	triggerlist.Set_Tabs(tabs);
+
+	/*
+	-------------------------- Main Processing Loop --------------------------
+	*/
+	display = REDRAW_ALL;
+	process = true;
+	while (process) {
+
+		/*
+		** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+		** we need to redraw.
+		*/
+		if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+			AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+			display=REDRAW_ALL;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................ Invoke game callback .........................
+		*/
+		Call_Back();
+		/*
+		...................... Refresh display if needed ......................
+		*/
+		if (display) {
+			/*
+			...................... Display the dialog box ......................
+			*/
+			Hide_Mouse();
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BACKGROUND) {
+				Dialog_Box(D_DIALOG_X, D_DIALOG_Y, D_DIALOG_W, D_DIALOG_H);
+				Draw_Caption(TXT_NONE, D_DIALOG_X, D_DIALOG_Y, D_DIALOG_W);
+				/*
+				....................... Draw the captions .......................
+				*/
+				Fancy_Text_Print("Import Triggers", D_DIALOG_CX, D_DIALOG_Y + D_MARGIN,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+			}
+			/*
+			........................ Redraw the buttons ........................
+			*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BUTTONS)
+				commands->Flag_List_To_Redraw();
+			Show_Mouse();
+			display = REDRAW_NONE;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................... Get user input ............................
+		*/
+		input = commands->Input();
+
+		/*
+		............................ Process input ............................
+		*/
+		switch (input) {
+			case (TRIGGER_LIST | KN_BUTTON):
+				break;
+
+			case (KN_RETURN):
+			case (BUTTON_OK | KN_BUTTON):
+				process = false;
+				break;
+
+			case (KN_ESC):
+			case (BUTTON_CANCEL | KN_BUTTON):
+				cancel = true;
+				process = false;
+				break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	--------------------------- Redraw the display ---------------------------
+	*/
+	HiddenPage.Clear();
+	Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+	Render();
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Re-parse the INI section; if any item is checked in the list box, create
+	that trigger for this scenario.
+	........................................................................*/
+	if (!cancel) {
+		tbuffer = inibuf + len;
+		i = 0;
+		while (*tbuffer != '\0') {
+
+			/*
+			** If this item is checked on the list, create a new trigger
+			** and fill it in.
+			*/
+			if (triggerlist.Is_Checked(i)) {
+				WWGetPrivateProfileString(TriggerClass::INI_Name(), tbuffer, NULL,
+					buf, sizeof(buf)-1, inibuf);
+
+				trigger = new TriggerClass();
+				trigger->Fill_In(tbuffer, buf);
+
+				if (trigger->House != HOUSE_NONE)
+					HouseTriggers[trigger->House].Add(trigger);
+			}
+
+			tbuffer += strlen(tbuffer)+1;
+			i++;
+		}
+	}
+
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Clean up memory
+	........................................................................*/
+	trignames.Clear();
+	while (triggerlist.Count()) {
+		item = (char *)triggerlist.Get_Item(0);
+		triggerlist.Remove_Item(item);
+		delete [] item;
+	}
+	delete [] inibuf;
+
+	if (cancel) {
+		return(-1);
+	} else {
+		return(0);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MapEditClass::Import_Teams -- lets the user import teams                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *    ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿           *
+ *    ³                         Teams                          ³           *
+ *    ³    ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄ¿    ³           *
+ *    ³    ³ Name     House    Class:Count,Class:Count  ³³    ³           *
+ *    ³    ³ Name     House    Class:Count,Class:Count  ÃÄ´    ³           *
+ *    ³    ³ Name     House    Class:Count,Class:Count  ³ ³    ³           *
+ *    ³    ³ Name     House    Class:Count,Class:Count  ³ ³    ³           *
+ *    ³    ³                                            ³ ³    ³           *
+ *    ³    ³                                            ³ ³    ³           *
+ *    ³    ³                                            ÃÄ´    ³           *
+ *    ³    ³                                            ³³    ³           *
+ *    ³    ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÙ    ³           *
+ *    ³                                                        ³           *
+ *    ³                    [OK]    [Cancel]                    ³           *
+ *    ³                                                        ³           *
+ *    ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      0 = OK, -1 = user cancelled                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      Uses HIDBUFF.                                                      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/08/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int MapEditClass::Import_Teams(void)
+{
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog & button dimensions
+	........................................................................*/
+	enum {
+		D_DIALOG_W = 528,
+		D_DIALOG_H = 290,
+		D_DIALOG_X = ((640 - D_DIALOG_W) / 2),
+		D_DIALOG_Y = ((400 - D_DIALOG_H) / 2),
+		D_DIALOG_CX = D_DIALOG_X + (D_DIALOG_W / 2),
+
+		D_TXT8_H = 22,
+		D_MARGIN = 14,
+
+		D_LIST_W = 500,
+		D_LIST_H = 208,
+		D_LIST_X = D_DIALOG_X + D_MARGIN,
+		D_LIST_Y = D_DIALOG_Y + D_MARGIN + D_TXT8_H,
+
+		D_OK_W = 90,
+		D_OK_H = 18,
+		D_OK_X = D_DIALOG_CX - D_OK_W - 5,
+		D_OK_Y = D_DIALOG_Y + D_DIALOG_H - D_MARGIN - D_OK_H,
+
+		D_CANCEL_W = 90,
+		D_CANCEL_H = 18,
+		D_CANCEL_X = D_DIALOG_CX + 5,
+		D_CANCEL_Y = D_DIALOG_Y + D_DIALOG_H - D_MARGIN - D_OK_H,
+
+		TEAMTXT_LEN = 43,				// max length of a team entry
+	};
+	/*........................................................................
+	Button enumerations:
+	........................................................................*/
+	enum {
+		TEAM_LIST=100,
+		BUTTON_OK,
+		BUTTON_CANCEL,
+	};
+	/*........................................................................
+	Redraw values: in order from "top" to "bottom" layer of the dialog
+	........................................................................*/
+	typedef enum {
+		REDRAW_NONE = 0,
+		REDRAW_BUTTONS,
+		REDRAW_BACKGROUND,
+		REDRAW_ALL = REDRAW_BACKGROUND
+	} RedrawType;
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog variables:
+	........................................................................*/
+	RedrawType display;							// requested redraw level
+	bool process;									// loop while true
+	KeyNumType input;								// user input
+	bool cancel = false;
+	static int tabs[] = {120, 180}; 			// list box tab stops
+	DynamicVectorClass<char *> teamnames;	// list of INI team names
+	char *inibuf;									// working INI buffer
+	CCFileClass file;								// file for reading the INI file
+	char buf[128];									// for reading an INI entry
+	char *tbuffer;									// Accumulation buffer of team IDs.
+	int len;											// Length of data in buffer.
+	TeamTypeClass *team;							// Working team pointer.
+	char *item;										// for adding to list box
+	char *houseptr;
+	char *classptr;
+	int numclasses;
+	int i;
+	/*........................................................................
+	Buttons
+	........................................................................*/
+	ControlClass *commands = NULL;				// the button list
+
+	CheckListClass teamlist (TEAM_LIST,
+		D_LIST_X, D_LIST_Y, D_LIST_W, D_LIST_H,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		Hires_Retrieve("BTN-UP.SHP"),
+		Hires_Retrieve("BTN-DN.SHP"));
+
+	TextButtonClass okbtn (BUTTON_OK, TXT_OK,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_OK_X, D_OK_Y, D_OK_W, D_OK_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass cancelbtn (BUTTON_CANCEL, TXT_CANCEL,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_CANCEL_X, D_CANCEL_Y, D_CANCEL_W, D_CANCEL_H);
+
+	Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Read the MASTER.INI file
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	/*........................................................................
+	Read the file into the staging buffer
+	........................................................................*/
+	inibuf = new char [30000];
+	memset(inibuf, '\0', 30000);
+	file.Set_Name("MASTER.INI");
+	if (!file.Is_Available()) {
+		file.Close();
+		delete [] inibuf;
+		return(-1);
+	} else {
+		file.Read(inibuf, 30000 - 1);
+	}
+
+	file.Close();
+	/*........................................................................
+	Read all entry names in the TeamTypes section into a temp buffer
+	........................................................................*/
+	len = strlen(inibuf) + 2;
+	tbuffer = inibuf + len;
+	WWGetPrivateProfileString(TeamTypeClass::INI_Name(), NULL, NULL, tbuffer,
+		30000 - len, inibuf);
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	For each entry in the INI section:
+	- Get the entry
+	- Generate a string describing the team
+	- Add that string to the list box
+	- Add a ptr to the INI entry name to our 'teamnames' list
+	........................................................................*/
+	while (*tbuffer != '\0') {
+		WWGetPrivateProfileString(TeamTypeClass::INI_Name(), tbuffer, NULL, buf, sizeof(buf)-1, inibuf);
+		item = new char [60];
+
+		/*
+		** Parse the INI entry
+		*/
+		houseptr = strtok(buf,",");
+		for (i = 0; i < 9; i++) {
+			strtok(NULL,",");
+		}
+		numclasses = atoi(strtok(NULL,","));
+
+		/*
+		** Generate the descriptive string
+		*/
+		sprintf(item," %s\t",tbuffer);
+		HousesType house = HouseTypeClass::From_Name(houseptr);
+		if (house != HOUSE_NONE) {
+			strcat(item, HouseTypeClass::As_Reference(house).Suffix);
+		} else {
+			strcat(item, "!!!");
+		}
+		strcat(item, "\t");
+
+		classptr = strtok(NULL,",");
+		for (i = 0; i < numclasses; i++) {
+			if (strlen(item) + strlen(classptr) < 60) {
+				strcat(item,classptr);
+				classptr = strtok(NULL,",");
+			} else {
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		** Add the item to the list box
+		*/
+		teamlist.Add_Item(item);
+		/*
+		** Add the name to our internal name list
+		*/
+		teamnames.Add(tbuffer);
+
+		tbuffer += strlen(tbuffer)+1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	............................ Create the list .............................
+	*/
+	commands = &teamlist;
+	okbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	cancelbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+
+	/*
+	------------------------ Init tab stops for list -------------------------
+	*/
+	teamlist.Set_Tabs(tabs);
+
+	/*
+	-------------------------- Main Processing Loop --------------------------
+	*/
+	display = REDRAW_ALL;
+	process = true;
+	while (process) {
+
+		/*
+		** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+		** we need to redraw.
+		*/
+		if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+			AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+			display=REDRAW_ALL;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................ Invoke game callback .........................
+		*/
+		Call_Back();
+		/*
+		...................... Refresh display if needed ......................
+		*/
+		if (display) {
+			/*
+			...................... Display the dialog box ......................
+			*/
+			Hide_Mouse();
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BACKGROUND) {
+				Dialog_Box(D_DIALOG_X, D_DIALOG_Y, D_DIALOG_W, D_DIALOG_H);
+				Draw_Caption(TXT_NONE, D_DIALOG_X, D_DIALOG_Y, D_DIALOG_W);
+				/*
+				....................... Draw the captions .......................
+				*/
+				Fancy_Text_Print("Import Teams", D_DIALOG_CX, D_DIALOG_Y + D_MARGIN,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+			}
+			/*
+			........................ Redraw the buttons ........................
+			*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BUTTONS)
+				commands->Flag_List_To_Redraw();
+			Show_Mouse();
+			display = REDRAW_NONE;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................... Get user input ............................
+		*/
+		input = commands->Input();
+
+		/*
+		............................ Process input ............................
+		*/
+		switch (input) {
+			case (TEAM_LIST | KN_BUTTON):
+				break;
+
+			case (KN_RETURN):
+			case (BUTTON_OK | KN_BUTTON):
+				process = false;
+				break;
+
+			case (KN_ESC):
+			case (BUTTON_CANCEL | KN_BUTTON):
+				cancel = true;
+				process = false;
+				break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	--------------------------- Redraw the display ---------------------------
+	*/
+	HiddenPage.Clear();
+	Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+	Render();
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Re-parse the INI section; if any item is checked in the list box, create
+	that team for this scenario.
+	........................................................................*/
+	if (!cancel) {
+		tbuffer = inibuf + len;
+		i = 0;
+		while (*tbuffer != '\0') {
+			/*
+			** If this item is checked on the list, create a new team
+			** and fill it in.
+			*/
+			if (teamlist.Is_Checked(i)) {
+				WWGetPrivateProfileString(TeamTypeClass::INI_Name(), tbuffer, NULL,
+					buf, sizeof(buf)-1, inibuf);
+
+				team = new TeamTypeClass();
+				team->Fill_In(tbuffer,buf);
+			}
+
+			tbuffer += strlen(tbuffer)+1;
+			i++;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Clean up memory
+	........................................................................*/
+	teamnames.Clear();
+	while (teamlist.Count()) {
+		item = (char *)teamlist.Get_Item(0);
+		teamlist.Remove_Item(item);
+		delete [] item;
+	}
+	delete [] inibuf;
+
+	if (cancel) {
+		return(-1);
+	} else {
+		return(0);
+	}
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/MAPEDIT.CPP b/MAPEDIT.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d6c40a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/MAPEDIT.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,1924 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\mapedit.cpv   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:48:40   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D    S T U D I O S        **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : MAPEDIT.CPP                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Bill Randolph                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : October 20, 1994                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : February 2, 1995   [BR]                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ *   Map Editor overloaded routines & utility routines                     *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Map Editor modules:                                                     *
+ * (Yes, they're all one huge class.)                                      *
+ *      mapedit.cpp:   overloaded routines, utility routines               *
+ *      mapeddlg.cpp:   map editor dialogs, most of the main menu options  *
+ *      mapedplc.cpp:   object-placing routines                            *
+ *      mapedsel.cpp:   object-selection & manipulation routines           *
+ *      mapedtm.cpp:   team-editing routines                               *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ *   MapEditClass::MapEditClass -- class constructor                       *
+ *   MapEditClass::One_Time -- one-time initialization                     *
+ *   MapEditClass::Read_INI -- overloaded Read_INI function                *
+ *   MapEditClass::Clear_List -- clears the internal choosable object list *
+ *   MapEditClass::Add_To_List -- adds a TypeClass to the choosable list   *
+ *   MapEditClass::AI -- The map editor's main logic                       *
+ *   MapEditClass::Draw_It -- overloaded Redraw routine                    *
+ *   MapEditClass::Main_Menu -- main menu processor for map editor         *
+ *   MapEditClass::AI_Menu -- menu of AI options                           *
+ *   MapEditClass::Mouse_Moved -- checks for mouse motion                  *
+ *   MapEditClass::Verify_House -- sees if given house can own given obj   *
+ *   MapEditClass::Cycle_House -- finds next valid house for object type   *
+ *   MapEditClass::Trigger_Needs_Team -- tells if a trigger needs a team   *
+ *   MapEditClass::Fatal -- exits with error message                       *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+
+#ifdef SCENARIO_EDITOR
+
+/*
+****************************** Globals/Externs ******************************
+*/
+/*...........................................................................
+Array of all missions supported by the map editor
+...........................................................................*/
+MissionType MapEditClass::MapEditMissions[] = {
+	MISSION_GUARD,
+	MISSION_STICKY,
+	MISSION_HARVEST,
+	MISSION_GUARD_AREA,
+	MISSION_RETURN,
+	MISSION_AMBUSH,
+	MISSION_HUNT,
+	MISSION_SLEEP,
+};
+#define NUM_EDIT_MISSIONS (sizeof(MapEditClass::MapEditMissions) / sizeof(MapEditClass::MapEditMissions[0]))
+
+
+/*...........................................................................
+For menu processing
+...........................................................................*/
+extern int UnknownKey;					// in menus.cpp
+
+char MapEditClass::HealthBuf[20];
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MapEditClass::MapEditClass -- class constructor                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   10/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+MapEditClass::MapEditClass(void)
+{
+	/*
+	**	Init data members.
+	*/
+	ScenVar = SCEN_VAR_A;
+	ObjCount = 0;
+	LastChoice = 0;
+	LastHouse = HOUSE_GOOD;
+	GrabbedObject = 0;
+	for (int i=0; i < NUM_EDIT_CLASSES; i++) {
+		NumType[i] = 0;
+		TypeOffset[i] = 0;
+	}
+	Waypoint[WAYPT_HOME] = 0;
+	CurrentCell = 0;
+	CurTrigger = NULL;
+	Changed = 0;
+	LMouseDown = 0;
+	BaseBuilding = 0;
+	BasePercent = 100;
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MapEditClass::One_Time -- one-time initialization                       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   02/02/1995 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void MapEditClass::One_Time(void)
+{
+	MouseClass::One_Time();
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Create the pop-up controls
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	/*........................................................................
+	The map: a single large "button"
+	........................................................................*/
+	//MapArea = new ControlClass(MAP_AREA,0,8,312,192, GadgetClass::LEFTPRESS |
+		//GadgetClass::LEFTRELEASE, false);
+	MapArea = new ControlClass(MAP_AREA,0,16,624,384, GadgetClass::LEFTPRESS |
+		GadgetClass::LEFTRELEASE, false);
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	House buttons
+	........................................................................*/
+	GDIButton = new TextButtonClass (POPUP_GDI, "GDI",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		POPUP_GDI_X, POPUP_GDI_Y, POPUP_GDI_W, POPUP_GDI_H);
+
+	NODButton = new TextButtonClass (POPUP_NOD, "NOD",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		POPUP_NOD_X, POPUP_NOD_Y, POPUP_NOD_W, POPUP_NOD_H);
+
+	NeutralButton = new TextButtonClass (POPUP_NEUTRAL, "Neutral",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		POPUP_NEUTRAL_X, POPUP_NEUTRAL_Y, POPUP_NEUTRAL_W, POPUP_NEUTRAL_H);
+
+	Multi1Button = new TextButtonClass (POPUP_MULTI1, "M1",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		POPUP_MULTI1_X, POPUP_MULTI1_Y, POPUP_MULTI1_W, POPUP_MULTI1_H);
+
+	Multi2Button = new TextButtonClass (POPUP_MULTI2, "M2",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		POPUP_MULTI2_X, POPUP_MULTI2_Y, POPUP_MULTI2_W, POPUP_MULTI2_H);
+
+	Multi3Button = new TextButtonClass (POPUP_MULTI3, "M3",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		POPUP_MULTI3_X, POPUP_MULTI3_Y, POPUP_MULTI3_W, POPUP_MULTI3_H);
+
+	Multi4Button = new TextButtonClass (POPUP_MULTI4, "M4",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		POPUP_MULTI4_X, POPUP_MULTI4_Y, POPUP_MULTI4_W, POPUP_MULTI4_H);
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	The mission list box
+	........................................................................*/
+	MissionList = new ListClass (POPUP_MISSIONLIST,
+		POPUP_MISSION_X, POPUP_MISSION_Y, POPUP_MISSION_W, POPUP_MISSION_H,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		Hires_Retrieve("BTN-UP.SHP"),
+		Hires_Retrieve("BTN-DN.SHP"));
+
+	for (int i = 0; i < NUM_EDIT_MISSIONS; i++) {
+		MissionList->Add_Item (MissionClass::Mission_Name(MapEditMissions[i]));
+	}
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	The health bar
+	........................................................................*/
+	HealthGauge = new TriColorGaugeClass (POPUP_HEALTHGAUGE,
+		POPUP_HEALTH_X, POPUP_HEALTH_Y, POPUP_HEALTH_W, POPUP_HEALTH_H);
+	HealthGauge->Use_Thumb(true);
+	HealthGauge->Set_Maximum(0x100);
+	HealthGauge->Set_Red_Limit(0x3f - 1);
+	HealthGauge->Set_Yellow_Limit(0x7f - 1);
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	The health text label
+	........................................................................*/
+	HealthBuf[0] = 0;
+	HealthText = new TextLabelClass (HealthBuf,
+		POPUP_HEALTH_X + POPUP_HEALTH_W / 2,
+		POPUP_HEALTH_Y + POPUP_HEALTH_H + 1,
+		CC_GREEN, TPF_CENTER | TPF_FULLSHADOW | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL);
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	The facing dial
+	........................................................................*/
+	FacingDial = new Dial8Class (POPUP_FACINGDIAL, POPUP_FACEBOX_X,
+		POPUP_FACEBOX_Y, POPUP_FACEBOX_W, POPUP_FACEBOX_H, (DirType)0);
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	The base percent-built slider & its label
+	........................................................................*/
+	BaseGauge = new GaugeClass (POPUP_BASEPERCENT,
+		POPUP_BASE_X, POPUP_BASE_Y, POPUP_BASE_W, POPUP_BASE_H);
+	BaseLabel = new TextLabelClass ("Base:", POPUP_BASE_X - 3, POPUP_BASE_Y,
+		CC_GREEN, TPF_RIGHT | TPF_NOSHADOW | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL);
+	BaseGauge->Set_Maximum(100);
+	BaseGauge->Set_Value(BasePercent);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MapeditClass::Init_IO -- Reinitializes the radar map at scenario start.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/22/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void MapEditClass::Init_IO(void)
+{
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	For normal game mode, jump to the parent's Init routine.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (!Debug_Map) {
+
+		MouseClass::Init_IO();
+
+	} else {
+
+		/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+		For editor mode, add the map area to the button input list
+		------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		Buttons = 0;
+		Add_A_Button(*BaseGauge);
+		Add_A_Button(*BaseLabel);
+		Add_A_Button(*MapArea);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MapEditClass::Read_INI -- overloaded Read_INI function                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * Overloading this function gives the map editor a chance to initialize   *
+ * certain values every time a new INI is read.                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      buffer      INI staging area                                       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/16/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void MapEditClass::Read_INI(char *buffer)
+{
+	/*
+	------------------------ Invoke parent's Read_INI ------------------------
+	*/
+	MouseClass::Read_INI(buffer);
+
+	BasePercent = WWGetPrivateProfileInt("Basic","Percent",0,buffer);
+	BaseGauge->Set_Value(BasePercent);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MapEditClass::Write_INI -- overloaded Read_INI function                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      buffer      INI staging area                                       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/16/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void MapEditClass::Write_INI(char *buffer)
+{
+	/*
+	----------------------- Invoke parent's Write_INI ------------------------
+	*/
+	MouseClass::Write_INI(buffer);
+
+	/*
+	** Save the base's percent-built value; this must be saved into the BASIC
+	** section of the INI, since the Base section will be entirely erased
+	** by the Base's Write_INI routine.
+	*/
+	WWWritePrivateProfileInt("Basic", "Percent", BasePercent, buffer);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MapEditClass::Clear_List -- clears the internal choosable object list   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   10/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void MapEditClass::Clear_List(void)
+{
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Set # object type ptrs to 0, set NumType for each type to 0
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	ObjCount = 0;
+	for (int i = 0; i < NUM_EDIT_CLASSES; i++) {
+		NumType[i] = 0;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MapEditClass::Add_To_List -- adds a TypeClass to the choosable list     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * Use this routine to add an object to the game object selection list.    *
+ * This list is used by the Add_Object function. All items located in the  *
+ * list will appear and be chooseable by that function. Make sure to       *
+ * clear the list before adding a sequence of items to it. Clearing        *
+ * the list is accomplished by the Clear_List() function.                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      object      ptr to ObjectTypeClass to add                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      bool: was the object added to the list?  A failure could occur if  *
+ *      NULL were passed in or the list is full.                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/04/1994 JLB : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+bool MapEditClass::Add_To_List(ObjectTypeClass const *object)
+{
+	/*
+	**	Add the object if there's room.
+	*/
+	if (object && ObjCount < MAX_EDIT_OBJECTS) {
+		Objects[ObjCount++] = object;
+
+		/*
+		**	Update type counters.
+		*/
+		switch (object->What_Am_I()) {
+			case RTTI_TEMPLATETYPE:
+				NumType[0]++;
+				break;
+
+			case RTTI_OVERLAYTYPE:
+				NumType[1]++;
+				break;
+
+			case RTTI_SMUDGETYPE:
+				NumType[2]++;
+				break;
+
+			case RTTI_TERRAINTYPE:
+				NumType[3]++;
+				break;
+
+			case RTTI_UNITTYPE:
+				NumType[4]++;
+				break;
+
+			case RTTI_INFANTRYTYPE:
+				NumType[5]++;
+				break;
+
+			case RTTI_AIRCRAFTTYPE:
+				NumType[6]++;
+				break;
+
+			case RTTI_BUILDINGTYPE:
+				NumType[7]++;
+				break;
+		}
+		return(true);
+	}
+
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MapEditClass::AI -- The map editor's main logic                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This routine overloads the parent's (DisplayClass) AI function.         *
+ * It checks for any input specific to map editing, and calls the parent   *
+ * AI routine to handle scrolling and other mainstream map stuff.          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * If this detects one of its special input keys, it sets 'input' to 0     *
+ * before calling the parent AI routine; this prevents input conflict.     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * SUPPORTED INPUT:                                                        *
+ * General:                                                                *
+ *      F2/RMOUSE:            main menu                                    *
+ *      F6:                  toggles show-passable mode                    *
+ *      HOME:                  go to the Home Cell (scenario's start position)*
+ *      SHIFT-HOME:            set the Home Cell to the current TacticalCell*
+ *      ESC:                  exits to DOS                                 *
+ * Object Placement:                                                       *
+ *      INSERT:               go into placement mode                       *
+ *      ESC:                  exit placement mode                          *
+ *      LEFT/RIGHT:          prev/next placement object                    *
+ *      PGUP/PGDN:            prev/next placement category                 *
+ *      HOME:                  1st placement object (clear template)       *
+ *      h/H:                  toggle house of placement object             *
+ *      LMOUSE:               place the placement object                   *
+ *      MOUSE MOTION:         "paint" with the placement object            *
+ * Object selection:                                                       *
+ *      LMOUSE:               select & "grab" current object               *
+ *                           If no object is present where the mouse is    *
+ *                           clicked, the current object is de-selected    *
+ *                           If the same object is clicked on, it stays    *
+ *                           selected. Also displays the object-editing    *
+ *                           gadgets.                                      *
+ *      LMOUSE RLSE:         release currently-grabbed object              *
+ *      MOUSE MOTION:         if an object is grabbed, moves the object    *
+ *      SHIFT|ALT|ARROW:      moves object in that direction               *
+ *      DELETE               deletes currently-selected object             *
+ * Object-editing controls:                                                *
+ *      POPUP_GDI:            makes GDI the owner of this object           *
+ *      POPUP_NOD:            makes NOD the owner of this object           *
+ *      POPUP_MISSIONLIST:   sets that mission for this object             *
+ *      POPUP_HEALTHGAUGE:   sets that health value for this object        *
+ *      POPUP_FACINGDIAL:      sets the object's facing                    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * Changed is set when you:                                                *
+ *      - place an object                                                  *
+ *      - move a grabbed object                                            *
+ *      - delete an object                                                 *
+ *      - size the map                                                     *
+ *      - create a new scenario                                            *
+ *   Changed is cleared when you:                                          *
+ *      - Save the scenario                                                *
+ *      - Load a scenario                                                  *
+ *      - Play the scenario                                                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      input      KN_ value, 0 if none                                    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   10/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void MapEditClass::AI(KeyNumType &input, int x, int y)
+{
+	int rc;
+	MissionType mission;
+	int strength;
+	CELL cell;
+	int i;
+	int found;									// for removing a waypoint label
+	int waypt_idx;								// for labelling a waypoint
+	BaseNodeClass *node;						// for removing from an AI Base
+	HousesType house;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Trap 'F2' regardless of whether we're in game or editor mode
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (Debug_Flag) {
+		if (/*(input == KN_F2 && Session == GAME_SOLO) ||*/ input == (KN_F2 | KN_CTRL_BIT)) {
+			ScenarioInit = 0;
+
+			/*
+			** If we're in editor mode & Changed is set, prompt for saving changes
+			*/
+			if (Debug_Map && Changed) {
+				rc = CCMessageBox().Process("Save Changes?", TXT_YES, TXT_NO);
+				HiddenPage.Clear();
+				Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+				Render();
+				/*
+				........................ User wants to save ........................
+				*/
+				if (rc == 0) {
+
+					/*
+					................ If save cancelled, abort game ..................
+					*/
+					if (Save_Scenario()!=0) {
+						input = KN_NONE;
+					} else {
+						Changed = 0;
+						Go_Editor(!Debug_Map);
+					}
+				} else {
+
+					/*
+					.................... User doesn't want to save .....................
+					*/
+					Go_Editor(!Debug_Map);
+				}
+			} else {
+				/*
+				** If we're in game mode, set Changed to 0 (so if we didn't save our
+				** changes above, they won't keep coming back to haunt us with continual
+				** Save Changes? prompts!)
+				*/
+				if (!Debug_Map) {
+					Changed = 0;
+				}
+				Go_Editor(!Debug_Map);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	For normal game mode, jump to the parent's AI routine.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (!Debug_Map) {
+		MouseClass::AI(input, x, y);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	::Frame++;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Do special mouse processing if the mouse is over the map
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (Get_Mouse_X() > TacPixelX && Get_Mouse_X() <
+		TacPixelX + Lepton_To_Pixel(TacLeptonWidth) &&
+		Get_Mouse_Y() > TacPixelY && Get_Mouse_Y() <
+		TacPixelY + Lepton_To_Pixel(TacLeptonHeight)) {
+		/*.....................................................................
+		When the mouse moves over a scrolling edge, ScrollClass changes its
+		shape to the appropriate arrow or NO symbol; it's our job to change it
+		back to normal (or whatever the shape is set to by Set_Default_Mouse())
+		when it re-enters the map area.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (CurTrigger) {
+			Override_Mouse_Shape(MOUSE_CAN_MOVE);
+		} else {
+			Override_Mouse_Shape(MOUSE_NORMAL);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*.....................................................................
+	Set 'ZoneCell' to track the mouse cursor around over the map.  Do this
+	even if the map is scrolling.
+	.....................................................................*/
+	if (Get_Mouse_X() >= TacPixelX && Get_Mouse_X() <=
+		TacPixelX + Lepton_To_Pixel(TacLeptonWidth) &&
+		Get_Mouse_Y() >= TacPixelY && Get_Mouse_Y() <=
+		TacPixelY + Lepton_To_Pixel(TacLeptonHeight)) {
+
+		cell = Click_Cell_Calc(Get_Mouse_X(), Get_Mouse_Y());
+		if (cell != -1) {
+			Set_Cursor_Pos(cell);
+			if (PendingObject) {
+				Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Check for mouse motion while left button is down.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	rc = Mouse_Moved();
+	if (LMouseDown && rc) {
+		/*.....................................................................
+		"Paint" mode: place current object, and restart placement
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (PendingObject) {
+			Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+			if (Place_Object() == 0) {
+				Changed = 1;
+				Start_Placement();
+			}
+		} else {
+			/*.....................................................................
+			Move the currently-grabbed object
+			.....................................................................*/
+			if (GrabbedObject) {
+				GrabbedObject->Mark(MARK_CHANGE);
+				if (Move_Grabbed_Object() == 0) {
+					Changed = 1;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Trap special editing keys; if one is detected, set 'input' to 0 to
+	prevent a conflict with parent's AI().
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	switch (input) {
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		F2/RMOUSE = pop up main menu
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		case KN_RMOUSE:
+			/*
+			..................... Turn off placement mode ......................
+			*/
+			if (PendingObject) {
+				if (BaseBuilding) {
+					Cancel_Base_Building();
+				} else {
+					Cancel_Placement();
+				}
+			}
+
+			/*
+			................. Turn off trigger placement mode ..................
+			*/
+			if (CurTrigger) {
+				Stop_Trigger_Placement();
+			}
+
+			/*
+			.............. Unselect object & hide popup controls ...............
+			*/
+			if (CurrentObject.Count()) {
+				CurrentObject[0]->Unselect();
+				Popup_Controls();
+			}
+			Main_Menu();
+			input = KN_NONE;
+			break;
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		F6 = toggle passable/impassable display
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		case KN_F6:
+			Debug_Passable = (Debug_Passable == false);
+			HiddenPage.Clear();
+			Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+			input = KN_NONE;
+			break;
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		INSERT = go into object-placement mode
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		case KN_INSERT:
+			if (!PendingObject) {
+				/*
+				......... Unselect current object, hide popup controls ..........
+				*/
+				if (CurrentObject.Count()) {
+					CurrentObject[0]->Unselect();
+					Popup_Controls();
+				}
+				/*
+				.................... Go into placement mode .....................
+				*/
+				Start_Placement();
+			}
+			input = KN_NONE;
+			break;
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		ESC = exit placement mode, or exit to DOS
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		case KN_ESC:
+
+			/*
+			.................... Exit object placement mode ....................
+			*/
+			if (PendingObject) {
+				if (BaseBuilding) {
+					Cancel_Base_Building();
+				} else {
+					Cancel_Placement();
+				}
+				input = KN_NONE;
+				break;
+			} else {
+
+				/*
+				................... Exit trigger placement mode ....................
+				*/
+				if (CurTrigger) {
+					Stop_Trigger_Placement();
+					input = KN_NONE;
+					break;
+				} else {
+					rc = CCMessageBox().Process("Exit Scenario Editor?", TXT_YES, TXT_NO);
+					HiddenPage.Clear();
+					Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+					Render();
+
+					/*
+					.......... User doesn't want to exit; return to editor ..........
+					*/
+					if (rc==1) {
+						input = KN_NONE;
+						break;
+					}
+
+					/*
+					................. If changed, prompt for saving .................
+					*/
+					if (Changed) {
+						rc = CCMessageBox().Process("Save Changes?", TXT_YES, TXT_NO);
+						HiddenPage.Clear();
+						Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+						Render();
+
+						/*
+						..................... User wants to save .....................
+						*/
+						if (rc == 0) {
+
+							/*
+							.............. If save cancelled, abort exit ..............
+							*/
+							if (Save_Scenario()!=0) {
+								input = KN_NONE;
+								break;
+							} else {
+								Changed = 0;
+							}
+						}
+					}
+				}
+			}
+			Prog_End();
+			exit (0);
+			break;
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		LEFT = go to previous placement object
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		case KN_LEFT:
+			if (PendingObject) {
+				Place_Prev();
+			}
+			input = KN_NONE;
+			break;
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		RIGHT = go to next placement object
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		case KN_RIGHT:
+			if (PendingObject) {
+				Place_Next();
+			}
+			input = KN_NONE;
+			break;
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		PGUP = go to previous placement category
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		case KN_PGUP:
+			if (PendingObject) {
+				Place_Prev_Category();
+			}
+			input = KN_NONE;
+			break;
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		PGDN = go to next placement category
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		case KN_PGDN:
+			if (PendingObject) {
+				Place_Next_Category();
+			}
+			input = KN_NONE;
+			break;
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		HOME = jump to first placement object, or go to Home Cell
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		case KN_HOME:
+			if (PendingObject) {
+				Place_Home();
+			} else {
+
+				/*
+				....................... Set map position ........................
+				*/
+				ScenarioInit++;
+				Set_Tactical_Position(Waypoint[WAYPT_HOME]);
+				ScenarioInit--;
+
+				/*
+				...................... Force map to redraw ......................
+				*/
+				HiddenPage.Clear();
+				Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+				Render();
+			}
+			input = KN_NONE;
+			break;
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		SHIFT-HOME: set new Home Cell position
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		case ((int)KN_HOME | (int)KN_SHIFT_BIT):
+			/*
+			** Unflag the old Home Cell, if there are no other waypoints
+			** pointing to it
+			*/
+			cell = Waypoint[WAYPT_HOME];
+
+			if (cell != -1) {
+				found = 0;
+				for (i = 0; i < WAYPT_COUNT; i++) {
+					if (i != WAYPT_HOME && Waypoint[i]==cell) {
+						found = 1;
+					}
+				}
+
+				if (found==0) {
+					(*this)[cell].IsWaypoint = 0;
+					Flag_Cell(cell);
+				}
+
+			}
+
+			/*
+			** Now set the new Home cell
+			*/
+			Waypoint[WAYPT_HOME] = Coord_Cell(TacticalCoord);
+			(*this)[Coord_Cell(TacticalCoord)].IsWaypoint = 1;
+			Flag_Cell(Coord_Cell(TacticalCoord));
+			Changed = 1;
+			input = KN_NONE;
+			break;
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		SHIFT-R: set new Reinforcement Cell position.  Don't allow setting
+		the Reinf. Cell to the same as the Home Cell (for display purposes.)
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		case ((int)KN_R | (int)KN_SHIFT_BIT):
+			if (CurrentCell==0 || CurrentCell==Waypoint[WAYPT_HOME]) {
+				break;
+			}
+
+			/*
+			** Unflag the old Reinforcement Cell, if there are no other waypoints
+			** pointing to it
+			*/
+			cell = Waypoint[WAYPT_REINF];
+
+			if (cell != -1) {
+				found = 0;
+				for (i = 0; i < WAYPT_COUNT; i++) {
+					if (i != WAYPT_REINF && Waypoint[i]==cell) {
+						found = 1;
+					}
+				}
+
+				if (found==0) {
+					(*this)[cell].IsWaypoint = 0;
+					Flag_Cell(cell);
+				}
+
+			}
+			/*
+			** Now set the new Reinforcement cell
+			*/
+			Waypoint[WAYPT_REINF] = CurrentCell;
+			(*this)[CurrentCell].IsWaypoint = 1;
+			Flag_Cell(CurrentCell);
+			Changed = 1;
+			input = KN_NONE;
+			break;
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		ALT-Letter: Label a waypoint cell
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		case ((int)KN_A | (int)KN_ALT_BIT):
+		case ((int)KN_B | (int)KN_ALT_BIT):
+		case ((int)KN_C | (int)KN_ALT_BIT):
+		case ((int)KN_D | (int)KN_ALT_BIT):
+		case ((int)KN_E | (int)KN_ALT_BIT):
+		case ((int)KN_F | (int)KN_ALT_BIT):
+		case ((int)KN_G | (int)KN_ALT_BIT):
+		case ((int)KN_H | (int)KN_ALT_BIT):
+		case ((int)KN_I | (int)KN_ALT_BIT):
+		case ((int)KN_J | (int)KN_ALT_BIT):
+		case ((int)KN_K | (int)KN_ALT_BIT):
+		case ((int)KN_L | (int)KN_ALT_BIT):
+		case ((int)KN_M | (int)KN_ALT_BIT):
+		case ((int)KN_N | (int)KN_ALT_BIT):
+		case ((int)KN_O | (int)KN_ALT_BIT):
+		case ((int)KN_P | (int)KN_ALT_BIT):
+		case ((int)KN_Q | (int)KN_ALT_BIT):
+		case ((int)KN_R | (int)KN_ALT_BIT):
+		case ((int)KN_S | (int)KN_ALT_BIT):
+		case ((int)KN_T | (int)KN_ALT_BIT):
+		case ((int)KN_U | (int)KN_ALT_BIT):
+		case ((int)KN_V | (int)KN_ALT_BIT):
+		case ((int)KN_W | (int)KN_ALT_BIT):
+		case ((int)KN_X | (int)KN_ALT_BIT):
+		case ((int)KN_Y | (int)KN_ALT_BIT):
+		case ((int)KN_Z | (int)KN_ALT_BIT):
+			if (CurrentCell != 0) {
+				waypt_idx = KN_To_KA(input & 0xff) - KA_a;
+				/*...............................................................
+				Unflag cell for this waypoint if there is one
+				...............................................................*/
+				cell = Waypoint[waypt_idx];
+				if (cell != -1) {
+					if (Waypoint[WAYPT_HOME] != cell &&
+						Waypoint[WAYPT_REINF] != cell)
+						(*this)[cell].IsWaypoint = 0;
+					Flag_Cell(cell);
+				}
+				Waypoint[waypt_idx] = CurrentCell;
+				(*this)[CurrentCell].IsWaypoint = 1;
+				Changed = 1;
+				Flag_Cell(CurrentCell);
+			}
+			input = KN_NONE;
+			break;
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		ALT-1-4: Designate a cell as a capture-the-flag cell.
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		case ((int)KN_1 | (int)KN_ALT_BIT):
+		case ((int)KN_2 | (int)KN_ALT_BIT):
+		case ((int)KN_3 | (int)KN_ALT_BIT):
+		case ((int)KN_4 | (int)KN_ALT_BIT):
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			If there's a current cell, place the flag & waypoint there.
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			if (CurrentCell != 0) {
+				waypt_idx = (KN_To_KA(input & 0xff) - KA_1);
+				house = (HousesType)(HOUSE_MULTI1 + waypt_idx);
+				if (HouseClass::As_Pointer(house)) {
+					HouseClass::As_Pointer(house)->Flag_Attach(CurrentCell,true);
+				}
+			} else {
+				/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+				If there's a current object, attach the flag to it and clear the
+				waypoint.
+				------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+				if (CurrentObject[0] != 0) {
+					waypt_idx = (KN_To_KA(input & 0xff) - KA_1);
+					house = (HousesType)(HOUSE_MULTI1 + waypt_idx);
+					if (HouseClass::As_Pointer(house) && CurrentObject[0]->What_Am_I() == RTTI_UNIT) {
+						HouseClass::As_Pointer(house)->Flag_Attach((UnitClass *)CurrentObject[0], true);
+					}
+				}
+			}
+			input = KN_NONE;
+			break;
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		ALT-Space: Remove a waypoint designation
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		case ((int)KN_SPACE | (int)KN_ALT_BIT):
+			if (CurrentCell != 0) {
+				/*...............................................................
+				Loop through letter waypoints; if this cell is one of them,
+				clear that waypoint.
+				...............................................................*/
+				for (i = 0 ; i < 26; i++) {
+					if (Waypoint[i]==CurrentCell)
+						Waypoint[i] = -1;
+				}
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Loop through flag home values; if this cell is one of them, clear
+				that waypoint.
+				...............................................................*/
+				for (i = 0; i < MAX_PLAYERS; i++) {
+					house = (HousesType)(HOUSE_MULTI1 + i);
+					if (HouseClass::As_Pointer(house) &&
+						CurrentCell == HouseClass::As_Pointer(house)->FlagHome)
+					HouseClass::As_Pointer(house)->Flag_Remove(As_Target(CurrentCell),true);
+				}
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				If there are no more waypoints on this cell, clear the cell's
+				waypoint designation.
+				...............................................................*/
+				if (Waypoint[WAYPT_HOME]!=CurrentCell &&
+					Waypoint[WAYPT_REINF]!=CurrentCell)
+					(*this)[CurrentCell].IsWaypoint = 0;
+				Changed = 1;
+				Flag_Cell(CurrentCell);
+			}
+			input = KN_NONE;
+			break;
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		'H' = toggle current placement object's house
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		case KN_H:
+		case ((int)KN_H | (int)KN_SHIFT_BIT):
+			if (PendingObject) {
+				Toggle_House();
+			}
+			input = KN_NONE;
+			break;
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Left-mouse click:
+		Button DOWN:
+		- Toggle LMouseDown
+		- If we're in placement mode, try to place the current object
+		  - If success, re-enter placement mode
+		- Otherwise, try to select an object, and "grab" it if there is one
+		- If no object, then select that cell as the "current" cell
+		Button UP:
+		- Toggle LMouseDown
+		- release any grabbed object
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		case ((int)MAP_AREA | (int)KN_BUTTON):
+			/*
+			------------------------- Left Button DOWN -------------------------
+			*/
+			if (Keyboard::Down(KN_LMOUSE)) {
+				LMouseDown = 1;
+				/*
+				............... Placement mode: place an object .................
+				*/
+				if (PendingObject) {
+					if (Place_Object()==0) {
+						Changed = 1;
+						Start_Placement();
+					}
+				} else {
+					/*
+					....................... Place a trigger .........................
+					*/
+					if (CurTrigger) {
+						Place_Trigger();
+						Changed = 1;
+					}  else {
+						/*
+						................. Select an object or a cell .................
+						.................. Check for double-click ....................
+						*/
+						if (CurrentObject.Count() &&
+							( (TickCount.Time() - LastClickTime) < 15)) {
+						;	// stub
+
+						} else {
+							/*
+							................ Single-click: select object .................
+							*/
+							if (Select_Object()==0) {
+								CurrentCell = 0;
+								Grab_Object();
+							} else {
+								/*
+								................ No object: select the cell ..................
+								*/
+								CurrentCell = Click_Cell_Calc(_Kbd->MouseQX,_Kbd->MouseQY);
+								HiddenPage.Clear();
+								Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+								Render();
+							}
+						}
+					}
+				}
+				LastClickTime = TickCount.Time();
+				input = KN_NONE;
+			} else {
+
+				/*
+				-------------------------- Left Button UP --------------------------
+				*/
+				LMouseDown = 0;
+				GrabbedObject = 0;
+				input = KN_NONE;
+			}
+			break;
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		SHIFT-ALT-Arrow: move the current object
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		case (int)KN_UP | (int)KN_ALT_BIT | (int)KN_SHIFT_BIT:
+		case (int)KN_DOWN | (int)KN_ALT_BIT | (int)KN_SHIFT_BIT:
+		case (int)KN_LEFT | (int)KN_ALT_BIT | (int)KN_SHIFT_BIT:
+		case (int)KN_RIGHT | (int)KN_ALT_BIT | (int)KN_SHIFT_BIT:
+			if (CurrentObject.Count()) {
+				CurrentObject[0]->Move(KN_To_Facing(input));
+				Changed = 1;
+			}
+			input = KN_NONE;
+			break;
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		DELETE: delete currently-selected object
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		case KN_DELETE:
+			/*..................................................................
+			Delete currently-selected object's trigger, or the object
+			..................................................................*/
+			if (CurrentObject.Count()) {
+
+				/*
+				........................ Delete trigger .........................
+				*/
+				if (CurrentObject[0]->Trigger) {
+					CurrentObject[0]->Trigger = NULL;
+				} else {
+					/*
+					** If the current object is part of the AI's Base, remove it
+					** from the Base's Node list.
+					*/
+					if (CurrentObject[0]->What_Am_I()==RTTI_BUILDING &&
+						Base.Is_Node((BuildingClass *)CurrentObject[0])) {
+						node = Base.Get_Node((BuildingClass *)CurrentObject[0]);
+						Base.Nodes.Delete(*node);
+					}
+
+					/*
+					................... Delete current object ....................
+					*/
+					delete CurrentObject[0];
+
+					/*
+					.................. Hide the popup controls ...................
+					*/
+					Popup_Controls();
+				}
+
+				/*
+				........................ Force a redraw .........................
+				*/
+				HiddenPage.Clear();
+				Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+				Changed = 1;
+			} else {
+				/*
+				................. Remove trigger from current cell .................
+				*/
+				if (CurrentCell) {
+					if ((*this)[CurrentCell].IsTrigger) {
+						(*this)[CurrentCell].IsTrigger = 0;
+						CellTriggers[CurrentCell] = NULL;
+						/*
+						...................... Force a redraw ........................
+						*/
+						HiddenPage.Clear();
+						Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+						Changed = 1;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+			input = KN_NONE;
+			break;
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		TAB: select next object on the map
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		case KN_TAB:
+			Select_Next();
+			input = KN_NONE;
+			break;
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Object-Editing button: House Button
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		case (POPUP_GDI | KN_BUTTON):
+		case (POPUP_NOD | KN_BUTTON):
+		case (POPUP_NEUTRAL | KN_BUTTON):
+		case (POPUP_MULTI1 | KN_BUTTON):
+		case (POPUP_MULTI2 | KN_BUTTON):
+		case (POPUP_MULTI3 | KN_BUTTON):
+		case (POPUP_MULTI4 | KN_BUTTON):
+			/*..................................................................
+			Convert input value into a house value; assume HOUSE_GOOD is 0
+			..................................................................*/
+			house = (HousesType)( (input & (~KN_BUTTON)) - POPUP_GDI);
+			/*..................................................................
+			If that house doesn't own this object, try to transfer it
+			..................................................................*/
+			if (CurrentObject[0]->Owner()!=house) {
+				if (Change_House(house)) {
+					Changed = 1;
+				}
+			}
+			Set_House_Buttons(CurrentObject[0]->Owner(), Buttons, POPUP_GDI);
+			HiddenPage.Clear();
+			Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+			input = KN_NONE;
+			break;
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Object-Editing button: Mission
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		case (POPUP_MISSIONLIST | KN_BUTTON):
+			if (CurrentObject[0]->Is_Techno()) {
+				/*
+				........................ Set new mission ........................
+				*/
+				mission = MapEditMissions[MissionList->Current_Index()];
+				if (CurrentObject[0]->Get_Mission() != mission) {
+					((TechnoClass *)CurrentObject[0])->Set_Mission(mission);
+					Changed = 1;
+				}
+			}
+			Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+			input = KN_NONE;
+			break;
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Object-Editing button: Health
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		case (POPUP_HEALTHGAUGE | KN_BUTTON):
+			if (CurrentObject[0]->Is_Techno()) {
+				/*
+				.......... Derive strength from current gauge reading ...........
+				*/
+				strength = Fixed_To_Cardinal(
+					(unsigned)CurrentObject[0]->Class_Of().MaxStrength,
+					(unsigned)HealthGauge->Get_Value());
+
+				/*
+				........................... Clip to 1 ...........................
+				*/
+				if (strength <= 0) {
+					strength = 1;
+				}
+
+				/*
+				....................... Set new strength ........................
+				*/
+				if (strength != CurrentObject[0]->Strength) {
+					CurrentObject[0]->Strength = strength;
+					HiddenPage.Clear();
+					Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+					Changed = 1;
+				}
+
+				/*
+				....................... Update text label .......................
+				*/
+				sprintf(HealthBuf,"%d",strength);
+			}
+			input = KN_NONE;
+			break;
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Object-Editing button: Facing
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		case (POPUP_FACINGDIAL | KN_BUTTON):
+			if (CurrentObject[0]->Is_Techno()) {
+				/*
+				........................ Set new facing .........................
+				*/
+				if (FacingDial->Get_Direction() !=
+					((TechnoClass *)CurrentObject[0])->PrimaryFacing.Get()) {
+					/*
+					..................... Set body's facing ......................
+					*/
+					((TechnoClass *)CurrentObject[0])->PrimaryFacing.Set(FacingDial->Get_Direction());
+
+					/*
+					............. Set turret facing, if there is one .............
+					*/
+					if (CurrentObject[0]->What_Am_I()==RTTI_UNIT) {
+						((UnitClass *)CurrentObject[0])->SecondaryFacing.Set(FacingDial->Get_Direction());
+					}
+
+					HiddenPage.Clear();
+					Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+					Changed = 1;
+				}
+			}
+			input = KN_NONE;
+			break;
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Object-Editing button: Facing
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		case (POPUP_BASEPERCENT | KN_BUTTON):
+			if (BaseGauge->Get_Value() != BasePercent) {
+				BasePercent = BaseGauge->Get_Value();
+				Build_Base_To(BasePercent);
+				HiddenPage.Clear();
+				Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+			}
+			input = KN_NONE;
+			break;
+
+		case (KN_LMOUSE):
+			input = KN_NONE;
+			break;
+
+		default:
+			break;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	------------------------ Call parent's AI routine ------------------------
+	*/
+	MouseClass::AI(input, x, y);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MapEditClass::Draw_It -- overloaded Redraw routine                      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/17/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void MapEditClass::Draw_It(bool forced)
+{
+	char const *label;
+	char buf[40];
+	char const *tptr;
+
+	MouseClass::Draw_It(forced);
+
+	if (!Debug_Map) {
+		return;
+	}
+
+	//
+	// Erase scrags at top of screen
+	//
+	LogicPage->Fill_Rect(0, 0, 640, 16, BLACK);
+
+	/*
+	**	Display the total value of all Tiberium on the map.
+	*/
+	Fancy_Text_Print("Tiberium=%ld   ", 0, 0, CC_GREEN, BLACK,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW, TotalValue);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	If there are no object controls displayed, just invoke parent's Redraw
+	and return.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (!Buttons) {
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Otherwise, if 'display' is set, invoke the parent's Redraw to refresh
+	the HIDPAGE; then, update the buttons & text labels onto HIDPAGE;
+	then invoke the parent's Redraw to blit the HIDPAGE to SEENPAGE.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (forced) {
+
+		/*
+		....................... Update the text labels ........................
+		*/
+		if (CurrentObject.Count()) {
+			/*
+			------------------ Display the object's name & ID ------------------
+			*/
+			label = Text_String(CurrentObject[0]->Full_Name());
+			tptr = label;
+			sprintf(buf,"%s (%d)",tptr,CurrentObject[0]->As_Target());
+
+			/*
+			......................... print the label ..........................
+			*/
+			Fancy_Text_Print (buf, 320, 0, CC_TAN, TBLACK,
+				TPF_CENTER | TPF_NOSHADOW | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MapEditClass::Mouse_Moved -- checks for mouse motion                    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * Reports whether the mouse has moved or not. This varies based on the    *
+ * type of object currently selected. If there's an infantry object        *
+ *   selected, mouse motion counts even within a cell; for all other types,*
+ *   mouse motion counts only if the mouse changes cells.                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *   The reason this routine is needed is to prevent Paint-Mode from putting*
+ *   gobs of trees and such into the same cell if the mouse moves just     *
+ *   a little bit.                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/08/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+bool MapEditClass::Mouse_Moved(void)
+{
+	static int old_mx = 0;
+	static int old_my = 0;
+	static CELL old_zonecell = 0;
+	const ObjectTypeClass * objtype = NULL;
+	bool retcode = false;
+
+	/*
+	-------------------------- Return if no motion ---------------------------
+	*/
+	if (old_mx == Get_Mouse_X() && old_my == Get_Mouse_Y()) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	---------------------- Get a ptr to ObjectTypeClass ----------------------
+	*/
+	if (PendingObject) {
+		objtype = PendingObject;
+	} else {
+		if (GrabbedObject) {
+			objtype = &GrabbedObject->Class_Of();
+		} else {
+			old_mx = Get_Mouse_X();
+			old_my = Get_Mouse_Y();
+			old_zonecell = ZoneCell;
+			return(false);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	--------------------- Check for motion based on type ---------------------
+	*/
+	/*
+	............... Infantry: mouse moved if any motion at all ...............
+	*/
+	if (objtype->What_Am_I() == RTTI_INFANTRYTYPE) {
+		retcode = true;
+	} else {
+		/*
+		................ Others: mouse moved only if cell changed ................
+		*/
+		if (old_zonecell!=ZoneCell) {
+			retcode = true;
+		} else {
+			retcode = false;
+		}
+	}
+
+	old_mx = Get_Mouse_X();
+	old_my = Get_Mouse_Y();
+	old_zonecell = ZoneCell;
+	return(retcode);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MapEditClass::Main_Menu -- main menu processor for map editor           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   10/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void MapEditClass::Main_Menu(void)
+{
+	char const *_menus[MAX_MAIN_MENU_NUM + 1];
+	int selection;						// option the user picks
+	bool process;						// menu stays up while true
+	int rc;
+
+	/*
+	--------------------------- Fill in menu items ---------------------------
+	*/
+	_menus[0] = "New Scenario";
+	_menus[1] = "Load Scenario";
+	_menus[2] = "Save Scenario";
+	_menus[3] = "Size Map";
+	_menus[4] = "Add Game Object";
+	_menus[5] = "Scenario Options";
+	_menus[6] = "AI Options";
+	_menus[7] = "Play Scenario";
+	_menus[8] = NULL;
+
+	/*
+	----------------------------- Main Menu loop -----------------------------
+	*/
+	Override_Mouse_Shape(MOUSE_NORMAL);	// display default mouse cursor
+	process = true;
+	while (process) {
+
+		/*
+		................ Invoke game callback, to update music ................
+		*/
+		Call_Back();
+
+		/*
+		............................. Invoke menu .............................
+		*/
+		Hide_Mouse();		// Do_Menu assumes the mouse is already hidden
+		selection = Do_Menu(&_menus[0], true);
+		Show_Mouse();
+		if (UnknownKey==KN_ESC || UnknownKey==KN_LMOUSE || UnknownKey==KN_RMOUSE) {
+			break;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		.......................... Process selection ..........................
+		*/
+		switch (selection) {
+			/*
+			........................... New scenario ...........................
+			*/
+			case 0:
+				if (Changed) {
+					rc = CCMessageBox().Process("Save Changes?", TXT_YES, TXT_NO);
+					HiddenPage.Clear();
+					Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+					Render();
+					if (rc==0) {
+						if (Save_Scenario()!=0) {
+							break;
+						} else {
+							Changed = 0;
+						}
+					}
+				}
+				if (New_Scenario()==0) {
+					CarryOverMoney = 0;
+					Changed = 1;
+				}
+				process = false;
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			.......................... Load scenario ...........................
+			*/
+			case 1:
+				if (Changed) {
+					rc = CCMessageBox().Process("Save Changes?", TXT_YES, TXT_NO);
+					HiddenPage.Clear();
+					Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+					Render();
+					if (rc==0) {
+						if (Save_Scenario()!=0) {
+							break;
+						} else {
+							Changed = 0;
+						}
+					}
+				}
+				if (Load_Scenario()==0) {
+					CarryOverMoney = 0;
+					Changed = 0;
+				}
+				process = false;
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			.......................... Save scenario ...........................
+			*/
+			case 2:
+				if (Save_Scenario() == 0) {
+					Changed = 0;
+				}
+				process = false;
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			.......................... Edit map size ...........................
+			*/
+			case 3:
+				if (Size_Map(MapCellX, MapCellY, MapCellWidth, MapCellHeight)==0) {
+					process = false;
+					Changed = 1;
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			.......................... Add an object ...........................
+			*/
+			case 4:
+				if (Placement_Dialog() == 0) {
+					Start_Placement();
+					process = false;
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			......................... Scenario options .........................
+			*/
+			case 5:
+				if (Scenario_Dialog() == 0) {
+					Changed = 1;
+					process = false;
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			.......................... Other options ...........................
+			*/
+			case 6:
+				AI_Menu();
+				process = false;
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			...................... Test-drive this scenario ....................
+			*/
+			case 7:
+				if (Changed) {
+					rc = CCMessageBox().Process("Save Changes?", TXT_YES, TXT_NO);
+					HiddenPage.Clear();
+					Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+					Render();
+					if (rc==0) {
+						if (Save_Scenario()!=0) {
+							break;
+						} else {
+							Changed = 0;
+						}
+					}
+				}
+				Changed = 0;
+				Debug_Map = false;
+				Start_Scenario(ScenarioName);
+				return;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Restore the display:
+	- Clear HIDPAGE to erase any spurious drawing done by the menu system
+	- Invoke Flag_To_Redraw to tell DisplayClass to re-render the whole screen
+	- Invoke Redraw() to update the display
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	HiddenPage.Clear();
+	Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+	Render();
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MapEditClass::AI_Menu -- menu of AI options                             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/29/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void MapEditClass::AI_Menu(void)
+{
+	int selection;						// option the user picks
+	bool process;						// menu stays up while true
+	char const *_menus[MAX_AI_MENU_NUM + 1];
+
+	/*
+	-------------------------- Fill in menu strings --------------------------
+	*/
+	_menus[0] = "Pre-Build a Base";
+	_menus[1] = "Import Triggers";
+	_menus[2] = "Edit Triggers";
+	_menus[3] = "Import Teams";
+	_menus[4] = "Edit Teams";
+	_menus[5] = NULL;
+
+	/*
+	----------------------------- Main Menu loop -----------------------------
+	*/
+	Override_Mouse_Shape(MOUSE_NORMAL);		// display default mouse cursor
+	process = true;
+	while (process) {
+
+		/*
+		................ Invoke game callback, to update music ................
+		*/
+		Call_Back();
+
+		/*
+		............................. Invoke menu .............................
+		*/
+		Hide_Mouse();		// Do_Menu assumes the mouse is already hidden
+		selection = Do_Menu(&_menus[0], true);
+		Show_Mouse();
+		if (UnknownKey==KN_ESC || UnknownKey==KN_LMOUSE || UnknownKey==KN_RMOUSE) {
+			break;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		.......................... Process selection ..........................
+		*/
+		switch (selection) {
+			/*
+			......................... Pre-Build a Base .........................
+			*/
+			case 0:
+				Start_Base_Building();
+				process = false;
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			......................... Import Triggers ..........................
+			*/
+			case 1:
+				if (Import_Triggers()==0)
+					process = false;
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			......................... Trigger Editing ..........................
+			*/
+			case 2:
+				Handle_Triggers();
+				/*
+				................ Go into trigger placement mode .................
+				*/
+				if (CurTrigger) {
+					Start_Trigger_Placement();
+				}
+				process = false;
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			........................... Import Teams ...........................
+			*/
+			case 3:
+				if (Import_Teams()==0)
+					process = false;
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			........................... Team Editing ...........................
+			*/
+			case 4:
+				Handle_Teams("Teams");
+				process = false;
+				break;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MapEditClass::Verify_House -- is this objtype ownable by this house?    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      house         house to check                                       *
+ *      objtype      ObjectTypeClass to check                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      0 = isn't ownable, 1 = it is                                       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/16/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+bool MapEditClass::Verify_House(HousesType house, ObjectTypeClass const *objtype)
+{
+	/*
+	--------------- Verify that new house can own this object ----------------
+	*/
+	return((objtype->Get_Ownable() & (1 << house)) != 0);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MapEditClass::Cycle_House -- finds next valid house for object type     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      objtype      ObjectTypeClass ptr to get house for                  *
+ *      curhouse      current house value to start with                    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      HousesType that's valid for this object type                       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/23/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+HousesType MapEditClass::Cycle_House(HousesType curhouse,
+	ObjectTypeClass const *objtype)
+{
+	HousesType count;			// prevents an infinite loop
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Loop through all house types, starting with the one after 'curhouse';
+	return the first one that's valid
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	count = HOUSE_NONE;
+	while (1) {
+
+		/*
+		.......................... Go to next house ...........................
+		*/
+		curhouse++;
+		if (curhouse == HOUSE_COUNT) {
+			curhouse = HOUSE_FIRST;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		................ Count # iterations; don't go forever .................
+		*/
+		count++;
+		if (count == HOUSE_COUNT) {
+			curhouse = HOUSE_NONE;
+			break;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		................... Break if this is a valid house ....................
+		*/
+		if (HouseClass::As_Pointer(curhouse) && Verify_House(curhouse,objtype)) {
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(curhouse);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MapEditClass::Fatal -- exits with error message                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      code      tells which message to display; this minimizes the       *
+ *               use of character strings in the code.                     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/12/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void MapEditClass::Fatal(int txt)
+{
+	Prog_End();
+	printf("%s\n",txt);
+	exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+}
+
+
+bool MapEditClass::Scroll_Map(DirType facing, int & distance, bool really)
+{
+	if (Debug_Map) {
+		/*
+		** The popup gadgets require the entire map to be redrawn if we scroll.
+		*/
+		if (really) {
+			Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+		}
+	}
+	return(MouseClass::Scroll_Map(facing, distance, really));
+}
+
+
+void MapEditClass::Detach(ObjectClass * object)
+{
+	if (GrabbedObject == object) {
+		GrabbedObject = 0;
+	}
+}
+
+
+#endif
+
+#include	"mapedsel.cpp"
diff --git a/MAPEDIT.H b/MAPEDIT.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f69d78c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/MAPEDIT.H
@@ -0,0 +1,355 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\mapedit.h_v   2.19   16 Oct 1995 16:46:36   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               *** 
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : MAPEDIT.H                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : May 14, 1994                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : May 14, 1994   [JLB]                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ *	This class is derived from the normal display map class. It exists 		                    *
+ * only to allow editing and adding items to the map.								                    *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * House-setting functions: The editor contains several house maintenance routines:				  *
+ * Verify_House: tells if the given ObjectType can be owned by the given HousesType				  *
+ * Cycle_House: Finds the next valid house for the given ObjectType; used when a new object	  *
+ *              can't be owned by the current editor HousesType.										  *
+ * Change_House: attempts to change the owner of the currently-selected object					  *
+ * Toggle_House: cycles the HousesType of a pending placement object									  *
+ * Set_House_Buttons: sets house buttons in accordance with the given HousesType					  *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef MAPEDIT_H
+#define MAPEDIT_H
+
+/*
+********************************* Includes **********************************
+*/
+#include	"function.h"
+
+/*
+********************************** Defines **********************************
+*/
+/*...........................................................................
+This is the maximum # of ObjectTypeClasses the editor has to deal with.
+...........................................................................*/
+enum MapEdit1Enum {
+	MAX_EDIT_OBJECTS =				// max # of ObjectTypeClasses allowed
+		(int)TEMPLATE_COUNT +
+		(int)OVERLAY_COUNT +
+		(int)SMUDGE_COUNT +
+		(int)TERRAIN_COUNT +
+		(int)UNIT_COUNT +
+		(int)INFANTRY_COUNT +
+		(int)AIRCRAFT_COUNT +
+		(int)STRUCT_COUNT,
+
+	MAX_TEAM_CLASSES =				// max # ObjectTypeClasses for a team
+		(int)UNIT_COUNT +
+		(int)INFANTRY_COUNT +
+		(int)AIRCRAFT_COUNT,
+
+//	NUM_EDIT_MISSIONS = 6,			// # missions that can be assigned an object
+
+	NUM_EDIT_CLASSES = 8,			// # different classes (templates, terrain, etc)
+
+	MAX_MAIN_MENU_NUM = 8,
+	MAX_MAIN_MENU_LEN = 20,
+
+	MAX_AI_MENU_NUM = 6,
+	MAX_AI_MENU_LEN = 20,
+
+	POPUP_GDI_W = 100,
+	POPUP_GDI_H = 18,
+	POPUP_GDI_X = 20,
+	POPUP_GDI_Y = 320,
+
+	POPUP_NOD_W = 100,
+	POPUP_NOD_H = 18,
+	POPUP_NOD_X = 20,
+	POPUP_NOD_Y = 338,
+
+	POPUP_NEUTRAL_W = 100,
+	POPUP_NEUTRAL_H = 18,
+	POPUP_NEUTRAL_X = 20,
+	POPUP_NEUTRAL_Y = 356,
+
+	POPUP_MULTI1_W = 50,
+	POPUP_MULTI1_H = 18,
+	POPUP_MULTI1_X = 20,
+	POPUP_MULTI1_Y = 320,
+
+	POPUP_MULTI2_W = 50,
+	POPUP_MULTI2_H = 18,
+	POPUP_MULTI2_X = 70,
+	POPUP_MULTI2_Y = 320,
+
+	POPUP_MULTI3_W = 50,
+	POPUP_MULTI3_H = 18,
+	POPUP_MULTI3_X = 20,
+	POPUP_MULTI3_Y = 330,
+
+	POPUP_MULTI4_W = 50,
+	POPUP_MULTI4_H = 18,
+	POPUP_MULTI4_X = 70,
+	POPUP_MULTI4_Y = 338,
+
+	POPUP_MISSION_W = 160,
+	POPUP_MISSION_H = 80,
+	POPUP_MISSION_X = 140,
+	POPUP_MISSION_Y = 300,
+
+	POPUP_FACEBOX_W = 60,
+	POPUP_FACEBOX_H = 60,
+	POPUP_FACEBOX_X = 320,
+	POPUP_FACEBOX_Y = 320,
+
+	POPUP_HEALTH_W = 100,
+	POPUP_HEALTH_H = 20,
+	POPUP_HEALTH_X = 400,
+	POPUP_HEALTH_Y = 340,
+
+	POPUP_BASE_W = 100,
+	POPUP_BASE_H = 16,
+	POPUP_BASE_X = 600 - POPUP_BASE_W,
+	POPUP_BASE_Y = 0,
+};
+
+/*...........................................................................
+These are the button ID's for the pop-up object-editing gizmos.
+The house button ID's must be sequential, with a 1-to-1 correspondence to
+the HousesType values.
+...........................................................................*/
+enum MapEditButtonIDEnum{
+	POPUP_GDI=500,				// GDI house button
+	POPUP_NOD,					// NOD house button
+	POPUP_NEUTRAL,				// Neutral house button
+	POPUP_HOUSE_JP,			// not used
+	POPUP_MULTI1,				// Multiplayer 1 house button
+	POPUP_MULTI2,				// Multiplayer 2 house button
+	POPUP_MULTI3,				// Multiplayer 3 house button
+	POPUP_MULTI4,				// Multiplayer 4 house button
+	POPUP_MULTI5,				// Multiplayer 4 house button
+	POPUP_MULTI6,				// Multiplayer 4 house button
+	POPUP_MISSIONLIST,		// list box for missions
+	POPUP_HEALTHGAUGE,		// health of object
+	POPUP_FACINGDIAL,			// object's facing
+	POPUP_BASEPERCENT,		// Base's percent-built slider
+	MAP_AREA,					// map as a click-able thingy
+	BUTTON_FLAG=0x8000
+};
+
+
+/*
+******************************* Declarations ********************************
+*/
+class TeamTypeClass;
+
+/*
+***************************** Class Declaration *****************************
+*/
+class MapEditClass : public MouseClass 
+{
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Public Interface ----------------------------
+	*/
+	public:
+		/*
+		............................. mapedit.cpp .............................
+		*/
+		MapEditClass(void);
+		virtual void One_Time(void);							// One-time init
+		virtual void Init_IO(void);							// Inits button list
+		virtual void AI(KeyNumType &input, int x, int y);
+		virtual void Draw_It(bool forced = true);
+		virtual bool Scroll_Map(DirType facing, int & distance, bool really=true);
+//		virtual void Flag_To_Redraw(bool complete);
+		virtual void Read_INI(char *buffer);
+		virtual void Write_INI(char *buffer);
+		virtual void Detach(ObjectClass * object);
+		void Clear_List(void);
+		bool Add_To_List(ObjectTypeClass const *object);
+		void Main_Menu(void);
+		void AI_Menu(void);
+		bool Mouse_Moved(void);
+		bool Verify_House(HousesType house, ObjectTypeClass const * objtype);
+		HousesType Cycle_House(HousesType curhouse, ObjectTypeClass const * objtype);
+//		int Trigger_Needs_Team(TriggerClass *trigger);
+		void Fatal(int txt);
+
+		/*
+		............................ mapeddlg.cpp .............................
+		*/
+		int New_Scenario(void);
+		int Load_Scenario(void);
+		int Save_Scenario(void);
+		int Pick_Scenario(char const * caption, int *scen_nump, 
+			ScenarioPlayerType *playerp, ScenarioDirType *dirp, 
+			ScenarioVarType *varp, int multi);
+		int Size_Map(int x, int y, int w, int h);
+		int Scenario_Dialog(void);
+		void Handle_Triggers(void);
+		int Select_Trigger(void);
+		int Edit_Trigger(void);
+		int Import_Triggers(void);
+		int Import_Teams(void);
+		/*
+		............................ mapedplc.cpp .............................
+		*/
+		int Placement_Dialog(void);
+		void Start_Placement(void);
+		int Place_Object(void);
+		void Cancel_Placement(void);
+		void Place_Next(void);
+		void Place_Prev(void);
+		void Place_Next_Category(void);
+		void Place_Prev_Category(void);
+		void Place_Home(void);
+		void Toggle_House(void);
+		void Set_House_Buttons(HousesType house, GadgetClass *btnlist, int base_id);
+		void Start_Trigger_Placement(void);
+		void Stop_Trigger_Placement(void);
+		void Place_Trigger(void);
+		void Start_Base_Building(void);
+		void Cancel_Base_Building(void);
+		void Build_Base_To(int percent);
+		
+		/*
+		............................ mapedsel.cpp .............................
+		*/
+		int Select_Object(void);
+		void Select_Next(void);
+		void Popup_Controls(void);
+		void Grab_Object(void);
+		int Move_Grabbed_Object(void);
+		bool Change_House(HousesType newhouse);
+		
+		/*
+		............................. mapedtm.cpp .............................
+		*/
+		void Draw_Member(TechnoTypeClass const * ptr, int index, 
+			int quant, HousesType house, int pic_x, int pic_y);
+		void Handle_Teams(char const * caption);
+		int Select_Team(char const * caption);
+		int Edit_Team(void);
+		int Team_Members(HousesType house);
+		void Build_Mission_List(int missioncount, TeamMissionStruct *missions, 
+			char missionbuf[TeamTypeClass::MAX_TEAM_MISSIONS][20], ListClass *list);
+
+	/*
+	--------------------------- Private Interface ----------------------------
+	*/
+	private:
+		/*.....................................................................
+		This is the last-requested variation of a loaded/saved/new scenario.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		ScenarioVarType ScenVar;
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Array of all TypeClasses the user can add to the map; cleared by 
+		Clear_List(), added to by Add_To_List()
+		.....................................................................*/
+		ObjectTypeClass const * Objects[MAX_EDIT_OBJECTS];
+		int ObjCount;							// # of objects in the Objects array
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Last-selected object to place, and last-selected house of object
+		.....................................................................*/
+		int LastChoice;						// index of item user picked last
+		HousesType LastHouse;				// house of last item picked
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Variables for grabbing/moving objects
+		.....................................................................*/
+		ObjectClass * GrabbedObject;		// object "grabbed" with mouse
+		CELL GrabOffset;						// offset to grabbed obj's upper-left
+		unsigned long LastClickTime;		// time of last LMOUSE click
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Number of each type of object in Objects, so we can switch categories
+		.....................................................................*/
+		int NumType[NUM_EDIT_CLASSES];		// # of each type of class:
+														// 0 = Template
+														// 1 = Overlay
+														// 2 = Smudge
+														// 3 = Terrain
+														// 4 = Unit
+														// 5 = Infantry
+														// 6 = Aircraft
+														// 7 = Building
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		The offset of each type of object within the Objects[] array
+		.....................................................................*/
+		int TypeOffset[NUM_EDIT_CLASSES];	// offsets within Objects[]
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		The "current" trigger for point-and-click trigger setting
+		.....................................................................*/
+		TriggerClass * CurTrigger;				// current trigger
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		The "current" team type for editing & associating with a trigger
+		.....................................................................*/
+		TeamTypeClass * CurTeam;				// current team
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Bitfields for flags & such
+		.....................................................................*/
+		int Changed : 1;						// 1 = changes are unsaved
+		int LMouseDown : 1;					// 1 = left mouse is held down
+		int BaseBuilding : 1;				// 1 = we're in base-building mode
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Variables for pre-building a base
+		.....................................................................*/
+		int BasePercent;						// Percentage the base will be built
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Variables for supporting the object-editing controls at screen bottom
+		.....................................................................*/
+		TextButtonClass *GDIButton;
+		TextButtonClass *NODButton;
+		TextButtonClass *NeutralButton;
+		TextButtonClass *Multi1Button;
+		TextButtonClass *Multi2Button;
+		TextButtonClass *Multi3Button;
+		TextButtonClass *Multi4Button;
+		ListClass *MissionList;
+		TriColorGaugeClass *HealthGauge;
+		Dial8Class *FacingDial;
+		ControlClass *MapArea;
+		TextLabelClass *HealthText;
+		static char HealthBuf[20];
+		GaugeClass *BaseGauge;
+		TextLabelClass *BaseLabel;
+		static MissionType MapEditMissions[];
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/MAPEDPLC.CPP b/MAPEDPLC.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fe4687e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/MAPEDPLC.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,1999 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\mapedplc.cpv   2.16   16 Oct 1995 16:51:00   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D    S T U D I O S        **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : MAPEDPLC.CPP                             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Bill Randolph                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : November 18, 1994                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : July 4, 1995 [JLB]                       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Object-placement routines                                               *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ *   MapEditClass::Placement_Dialog -- adds an object to the scenario      *
+ *   MapEditClass::Start_Placement -- enters placement mode                *
+ *   MapEditClass::Place_Object -- attempts to place the current object    *
+ *   MapEditClass::Cancel_Placement -- cancels placement mode              *
+ *   MapEditClass::Place_Next -- while placing object, goes to next        *
+ *   MapEditClass::Place_Prev -- while placing object, goes to previous    *
+ *   MapEditClass::Place_Next_Category -- places next object category      *
+ *   MapEditClass::Place_Prev_Category -- places previous object category  *
+ *   MapEditClass::Place_Home -- homes the placement object                *
+ *   MapEditClass::Toggle_House -- toggles current placement object's house*
+ *   MapEditClass::Set_House_Buttons -- toggles house buttons for btn list *
+ *   MapEditClass::Start_Trigger_Placement -- enters trigger placement mode*
+ *   MapEditClass::Stop_Trigger_Placement -- exits trigger placement mode  *
+ *   MapEditClass::Place_Trigger -- assigns trigger to object or cell      *
+ *   MapEditClass::Start_Base_Building -- starts base-building mode        *
+ *   MapEditClass::Cancel_Base_Building -- stops base-building mode        *
+ *   MapEditClass::Build_Base_To -- builds the AI base to the given percent*
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+
+#ifdef SCENARIO_EDITOR
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MapEditClass::Placement_Dialog -- adds an object to the scenario        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This function sets LastChoice & LastHouse to the values chosen          *
+ * by the user. It's up to the caller to call Start_Placement to enter     *
+ * placement mode.                                                         *
+ *   This routine does not modify PendingObject or PendingHouse.           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *  ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿                   *
+ *  ³   [GDI]  [NOD]  [Neutral]                        ³                   *
+ *  ³                                                  ³                   *
+ *  ³   ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿              ³                   *
+ *  ³   ³                               ³ [Template]   ³                   *
+ *  ³   ³                               ³ [Overlay ]   ³                   *
+ *  ³   ³                               ³ [Smudge  ]   ³                   *
+ *  ³   ³                               ³ [Terrain ]   ³                   *
+ *  ³   ³      (Object picture)         ³ [Unit    ]   ³                   *
+ *  ³   ³                               ³ [Infantry]   ³                   *
+ *  ³   ³                               ³ [Aircraft]   ³                   *
+ *  ³   ³                               ³ [Building]   ³                   *
+ *  ³   ³                               ³              ³                   *
+ *  ³   ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ     ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿ ³                   *
+ *  ³             [<-]  [->]                  ³(Grid)³ ³                   *
+ *  ³                                         ³      ³ ³                   *
+ *  ³         [OK]        [Cancel]            ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ ³                   *
+ *  ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      0 = OK, -1 = cancel                                                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   10/21/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int MapEditClass::Placement_Dialog(void)
+{
+	HousesType house;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog & button dimensions
+	........................................................................*/
+	enum {
+		D_DIALOG_W = 480,
+		D_DIALOG_H = 360,
+		D_DIALOG_X = ((640 - D_DIALOG_W) / 2),
+		D_DIALOG_Y = ((400 - D_DIALOG_H) / 2),
+		D_DIALOG_CX = D_DIALOG_X + (D_DIALOG_W / 2),
+
+		D_TXT8_H = 22,
+		D_MARGIN = 14,
+
+		D_PICTURE_W = 304,					// must be divisible by 8!
+		D_PICTURE_H = 210,
+		D_PICTURE_X = D_DIALOG_X + 16,		// must start on a byte boundary!
+		D_PICTURE_Y = D_DIALOG_Y + D_MARGIN + D_TXT8_H + D_MARGIN,
+		D_PICTURE_CX = D_PICTURE_X + D_PICTURE_W / 2,
+
+		D_GDI_W = 90,
+		D_GDI_H = 18,
+		D_GDI_X = D_DIALOG_X + D_MARGIN,
+		D_GDI_Y = D_DIALOG_Y + D_MARGIN,
+
+		D_NOD_W = 90,
+		D_NOD_H = 18,
+		D_NOD_X = D_GDI_X + D_GDI_W,
+		D_NOD_Y = D_DIALOG_Y + D_MARGIN,
+
+		D_NEUTRAL_W = 90,
+		D_NEUTRAL_H = 18,
+		D_NEUTRAL_X = D_NOD_X + D_NOD_W,
+		D_NEUTRAL_Y = D_DIALOG_Y + D_MARGIN,
+
+		D_MULTI1_W = 44,
+		D_MULTI1_H = 18,
+		D_MULTI1_X = D_GDI_X,
+		D_MULTI1_Y = D_GDI_Y,
+
+		D_MULTI2_W = 44,
+		D_MULTI2_H = 18,
+		D_MULTI2_X = D_MULTI1_X + D_MULTI1_W,
+		D_MULTI2_Y = D_GDI_Y,
+
+		D_MULTI3_W = 44,
+		D_MULTI3_H = 18,
+		D_MULTI3_X = D_MULTI2_X + D_MULTI2_W,
+		D_MULTI3_Y = D_GDI_Y,
+
+		D_MULTI4_W = 44,
+		D_MULTI4_H = 18,
+		D_MULTI4_X = D_MULTI3_X + D_MULTI3_W,
+		D_MULTI4_Y = D_GDI_Y,
+
+		D_LEFT_W = 90,
+		D_LEFT_H = 18,
+		D_LEFT_X = D_PICTURE_CX - 5 - D_LEFT_W,
+		D_LEFT_Y = D_PICTURE_Y + D_PICTURE_H + D_MARGIN,
+
+		D_RIGHT_W = 90,
+		D_RIGHT_H = 18,
+		D_RIGHT_X = D_PICTURE_CX + 5,
+		D_RIGHT_Y = D_PICTURE_Y + D_PICTURE_H + D_MARGIN,
+
+		D_TEMPLATE_W = 140,
+		D_TEMPLATE_H = 18,
+		D_TEMPLATE_X = D_DIALOG_X + D_DIALOG_W - D_MARGIN - D_TEMPLATE_W,
+		D_TEMPLATE_Y = D_PICTURE_Y,
+
+		D_OVERLAY_W = 140,
+		D_OVERLAY_H = 18,
+		D_OVERLAY_X = D_DIALOG_X + D_DIALOG_W - D_MARGIN - D_OVERLAY_W,
+		D_OVERLAY_Y = D_TEMPLATE_Y + D_TEMPLATE_H,
+
+		D_SMUDGE_W = 140,
+		D_SMUDGE_H = 18,
+		D_SMUDGE_X = D_DIALOG_X + D_DIALOG_W - D_MARGIN - D_SMUDGE_W,
+		D_SMUDGE_Y = D_OVERLAY_Y + D_OVERLAY_H,
+
+		D_TERRAIN_W = 140,
+		D_TERRAIN_H = 18,
+		D_TERRAIN_X = D_DIALOG_X + D_DIALOG_W - D_MARGIN - D_TERRAIN_W,
+		D_TERRAIN_Y = D_SMUDGE_Y + D_SMUDGE_H,
+
+		D_UNIT_W = 140,
+		D_UNIT_H = 18,
+		D_UNIT_X = D_DIALOG_X + D_DIALOG_W - D_MARGIN - D_UNIT_W,
+		D_UNIT_Y = D_TERRAIN_Y + D_TERRAIN_H,
+
+		D_INFANTRY_W = 140,
+		D_INFANTRY_H = 18,
+		D_INFANTRY_X = D_DIALOG_X + D_DIALOG_W - D_MARGIN - D_INFANTRY_W,
+		D_INFANTRY_Y = D_UNIT_Y + D_UNIT_H,
+
+		D_AIRCRAFT_W = 140,
+		D_AIRCRAFT_H = 18,
+		D_AIRCRAFT_X = D_DIALOG_X + D_DIALOG_W - D_MARGIN - D_AIRCRAFT_W,
+		D_AIRCRAFT_Y = D_INFANTRY_Y + D_INFANTRY_H,
+
+		D_BUILDING_W = 140,
+		D_BUILDING_H = 18,
+		D_BUILDING_X = D_DIALOG_X + D_DIALOG_W - D_MARGIN - D_BUILDING_W,
+		D_BUILDING_Y = D_AIRCRAFT_Y + D_AIRCRAFT_H,
+
+		D_OK_W = 90,
+		D_OK_H = 18,
+		D_OK_X = D_PICTURE_CX - D_OK_W - 5,
+		D_OK_Y = D_DIALOG_Y + D_DIALOG_H - D_OK_H - D_MARGIN,
+
+		D_CANCEL_W = 90,
+		D_CANCEL_H = 18,
+		D_CANCEL_X = D_PICTURE_CX + 5,
+		D_CANCEL_Y = D_DIALOG_Y + D_DIALOG_H - D_CANCEL_H - D_MARGIN,
+
+	};
+	/*........................................................................
+	Grid Dimensions
+	........................................................................*/
+	enum {
+		GRIDSIZE = 10,
+		GRIDBLOCK_W = 6,
+		GRIDBLOCK_H = 6,
+		D_GRID_X = D_DIALOG_X + D_DIALOG_W - (GRIDSIZE * GRIDBLOCK_W) - D_MARGIN,
+		D_GRID_Y = D_DIALOG_Y + D_DIALOG_H - (GRIDSIZE * GRIDBLOCK_H) - D_MARGIN,
+	};
+	/*........................................................................
+	Button enumerations:
+	........................................................................*/
+	enum {
+		BUTTON_GDI=100,
+		BUTTON_NOD,
+		BUTTON_NEUTRAL,
+		BUTTON_JP,			// placeholder
+		BUTTON_MULTI1,
+		BUTTON_MULTI2,
+		BUTTON_MULTI3,
+		BUTTON_MULTI4,
+		BUTTON_NEXT,
+		BUTTON_PREV,
+		BUTTON_OK,
+		BUTTON_CANCEL,
+		BUTTON_TEMPLATE,
+		BUTTON_OVERLAY,
+		BUTTON_SMUDGE,
+		BUTTON_TERRAIN,
+		BUTTON_UNIT,
+		BUTTON_INFANTRY,
+		BUTTON_AIRCRAFT,
+		BUTTON_BUILDING,
+	};
+	/*........................................................................
+	Redraw values: in order from "top" to "bottom" layer of the dialog
+	........................................................................*/
+	typedef enum {
+		REDRAW_NONE = 0,
+		REDRAW_BUTTONS,
+		REDRAW_OBJECT,
+		REDRAW_BACKGROUND,
+		REDRAW_ALL = REDRAW_BACKGROUND
+	} RedrawType;
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog variables
+	........................................................................*/
+	RedrawType display;									// display level
+	bool process;											// loop while true
+	bool cancel = false;							// true = user cancels
+	const ObjectTypeClass * curobj;			// Working object pointer.
+	int x,y;											// for drawing the grid
+	KeyNumType input;								// user input
+	short const *occupy;							// ptr into object's OccupyList
+	int cell;										// cell index for parsing OccupyList
+	int i;
+	int typeindex;									// index of class type
+	/*........................................................................
+	Buttons
+	........................................................................*/
+	ControlClass *commands;
+
+	TextButtonClass gdibtn (BUTTON_GDI, "GDI",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_GDI_X, D_GDI_Y, D_GDI_W, D_GDI_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass nodbtn (BUTTON_NOD, "NOD",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_NOD_X, D_NOD_Y, D_NOD_W, D_NOD_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass neutbtn (BUTTON_NEUTRAL, "Neutral",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_NEUTRAL_X, D_NEUTRAL_Y, D_NEUTRAL_W, D_NEUTRAL_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass multi1btn (BUTTON_MULTI1, "M1",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_MULTI1_X, D_MULTI1_Y, D_MULTI1_W, D_MULTI1_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass multi2btn (BUTTON_MULTI2, "M2",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_MULTI2_X, D_MULTI2_Y, D_MULTI2_W, D_MULTI2_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass multi3btn (BUTTON_MULTI3, "M3",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_MULTI3_X, D_MULTI3_Y, D_MULTI3_W, D_MULTI3_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass multi4btn (BUTTON_MULTI4, "M4",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_MULTI4_X, D_MULTI4_Y, D_MULTI4_W, D_MULTI4_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass nextbtn (BUTTON_NEXT, TXT_RIGHT,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_RIGHT_X, D_RIGHT_Y, D_RIGHT_W, D_RIGHT_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass prevbtn (BUTTON_PREV, TXT_LEFT,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_LEFT_X, D_LEFT_Y, D_LEFT_W, D_LEFT_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass okbtn (BUTTON_OK, TXT_OK,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_OK_X, D_OK_Y, D_OK_W, D_OK_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass cancelbtn (BUTTON_CANCEL, TXT_CANCEL,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_CANCEL_X, D_CANCEL_Y, D_CANCEL_W, D_CANCEL_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass templatebtn (BUTTON_TEMPLATE, "Template",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_TEMPLATE_X, D_TEMPLATE_Y, D_TEMPLATE_W, D_TEMPLATE_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass overlaybtn (BUTTON_OVERLAY, "Overlay",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_OVERLAY_X, D_OVERLAY_Y, D_OVERLAY_W, D_OVERLAY_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass smudgebtn (BUTTON_SMUDGE, "Smudge",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_SMUDGE_X, D_SMUDGE_Y, D_SMUDGE_W, D_SMUDGE_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass terrainbtn (BUTTON_TERRAIN, "Terrain",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_TERRAIN_X, D_TERRAIN_Y, D_TERRAIN_W, D_TERRAIN_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass unitbtn (BUTTON_UNIT, "Unit",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_UNIT_X, D_UNIT_Y, D_UNIT_W, D_UNIT_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass infantrybtn (BUTTON_INFANTRY, "Infantry",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_INFANTRY_X, D_INFANTRY_Y, D_INFANTRY_W, D_INFANTRY_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass aircraftbtn (BUTTON_AIRCRAFT, "Aircraft",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_AIRCRAFT_X, D_AIRCRAFT_Y, D_AIRCRAFT_W, D_AIRCRAFT_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass buildingbtn (BUTTON_BUILDING, "Building",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_BUILDING_X, D_BUILDING_Y, D_BUILDING_W, D_BUILDING_H);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Initialize addable objects list; we must do this every time in case one
+	of the object pools has become exhausted; that object won't be available
+	for adding.  (Skip aircraft, since they won't be used in the editor.)
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	Clear_List();
+	TemplateTypeClass::Prep_For_Add();
+	OverlayTypeClass::Prep_For_Add();
+	SmudgeTypeClass::Prep_For_Add();
+	TerrainTypeClass::Prep_For_Add();
+	UnitTypeClass::Prep_For_Add();
+	InfantryTypeClass::Prep_For_Add();
+	BuildingTypeClass::Prep_For_Add();
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Compute offset of each class type in the Objects array
+	........................................................................*/
+	TypeOffset[0] = 0;
+	for (i=1; i<NUM_EDIT_CLASSES; i++) {
+		TypeOffset[i] = TypeOffset[i-1] + NumType[i-1];
+	}
+
+	/*
+	--------------------- Return if no objects to place ----------------------
+	*/
+	if (!ObjCount)  {
+		return(-1);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	------------------------------- Initialize -------------------------------
+	*/
+	Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+	if (LastChoice >= ObjCount) {
+		LastChoice = 0;
+	}
+	curobj = Objects[LastChoice];		// current object to choose
+
+	commands = &neutbtn;
+	if (ScenPlayer == SCEN_PLAYER_MPLAYER) {
+		multi1btn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+		multi2btn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+		multi3btn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+		multi4btn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	} else {
+		gdibtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+		nodbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	}
+	nextbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	prevbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	okbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	cancelbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	templatebtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	overlaybtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	smudgebtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	terrainbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	unitbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	infantrybtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	aircraftbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	buildingbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	If the current house isn't valid for the current object type, cycle to
+	the next house.
+	........................................................................*/
+	if (!Verify_House(LastHouse,curobj)) {
+		LastHouse = Cycle_House(LastHouse,curobj);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	..................... Set the buttons for this house .....................
+	*/
+	Set_House_Buttons(LastHouse, commands, BUTTON_GDI);
+
+	/*
+	-------------------------- Main processing loop --------------------------
+	*/
+	display = REDRAW_ALL;
+	process = true;
+	while (process) {
+
+		/*
+		** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+		** we need to redraw.
+		*/
+		if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+			AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+			display=REDRAW_ALL;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................ Invoke game callback .........................
+		*/
+		Call_Back();
+		/*
+		---------------------- Refresh display if needed ----------------------
+		*/
+		if (display > REDRAW_NONE) {
+			/*
+			---------------------- Display the dialog box ----------------------
+			*/
+			Hide_Mouse();
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BACKGROUND) {
+				Dialog_Box(D_DIALOG_X, D_DIALOG_Y, D_DIALOG_W, D_DIALOG_H);
+				Draw_Caption(TXT_NONE, D_DIALOG_X, D_DIALOG_Y, D_DIALOG_W);
+			}
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			Display the current object:
+			- save the current window dimensions
+			- adjust the window size to the actual drawable area
+			- draw the shape
+			- reset the window dimensions
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_OBJECT) {
+				WindowList[WINDOW_EDITOR][WINDOWX] = D_PICTURE_X >> 3;
+				WindowList[WINDOW_EDITOR][WINDOWY] = D_PICTURE_Y;
+				WindowList[WINDOW_EDITOR][WINDOWWIDTH] = D_PICTURE_W >> 3;
+				WindowList[WINDOW_EDITOR][WINDOWHEIGHT] = D_PICTURE_H;
+				Change_Window((int)WINDOW_EDITOR);
+				Draw_Box(D_PICTURE_X, D_PICTURE_Y, D_PICTURE_W, D_PICTURE_H,
+					BOXSTYLE_GREEN_DOWN, true);
+				curobj->Display(WinW<<2, WinH>>1, WINDOW_EDITOR, LastHouse);
+
+				/*
+				........................ Erase the grid .........................
+				*/
+				LogicPage->Fill_Rect(D_GRID_X - GRIDBLOCK_W * 2, D_GRID_Y,
+					D_GRID_X + GRIDSIZE * GRIDBLOCK_W,
+					D_GRID_Y + GRIDSIZE * GRIDBLOCK_H, BLACK);
+
+				/*
+				.............. Draw a box for every cell occupied ...............
+				*/
+				occupy = curobj->Occupy_List();
+				while ( (*occupy) != REFRESH_EOL) {
+					cell = (*occupy);
+					occupy++;
+					x = D_GRID_X + ((cell % MAP_CELL_W) * GRIDBLOCK_W);
+					y = D_GRID_Y + ((cell / MAP_CELL_W) * GRIDBLOCK_H);
+					LogicPage->Fill_Rect(x, y, x + GRIDBLOCK_W - 1, y + GRIDBLOCK_H - 1,
+						CC_BRIGHT_GREEN);
+				}
+
+				/*
+				..................... Draw the grid itself ......................
+				*/
+				for (y = 0; y <= GRIDSIZE; y++) {
+					for (x = 0; x <= GRIDSIZE; x++) {
+						LogicPage->Draw_Line(D_GRID_X + x * GRIDBLOCK_W, D_GRID_Y,
+							D_GRID_X + x * GRIDBLOCK_W,
+							D_GRID_Y + GRIDSIZE * GRIDBLOCK_H, CC_GREEN_SHADOW);
+					}
+					LogicPage->Draw_Line(D_GRID_X, D_GRID_Y + y * GRIDBLOCK_H,
+						D_GRID_X + GRIDSIZE * GRIDBLOCK_W, D_GRID_Y + y * GRIDBLOCK_H,
+						CC_GREEN_SHADOW);
+				}
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Print the object's label from the class's Full_Name().
+				Warning: Text_String returns an EMS pointer, so standard string
+				functions won't work!
+				...............................................................*/
+				Fancy_Text_Print (curobj->Full_Name(),
+					D_PICTURE_CX, D_PICTURE_Y + D_MARGIN,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+			}
+
+			/*
+			-------------------------- Redraw buttons --------------------------
+			*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BUTTONS) {
+				/*...............................................................
+				Figure out which class category we're in & highlight that button
+				This updates 'typeindex', which is used below, and it also updates
+				the category button states.
+				...............................................................*/
+				i = 0;
+				for (typeindex = 0; typeindex < NUM_EDIT_CLASSES; typeindex++) {
+					i += NumType[typeindex];
+					if (LastChoice < i) break;
+				}
+				templatebtn.Turn_Off();
+				overlaybtn.Turn_Off();
+				smudgebtn.Turn_Off();
+				terrainbtn.Turn_Off();
+				unitbtn.Turn_Off();
+				infantrybtn.Turn_Off();
+				aircraftbtn.Turn_Off();
+				buildingbtn.Turn_Off();
+				switch (typeindex + BUTTON_TEMPLATE) {
+					case BUTTON_TEMPLATE:
+						templatebtn.Turn_On();
+						break;
+
+					case BUTTON_OVERLAY:
+						overlaybtn.Turn_On();
+						break;
+
+					case BUTTON_SMUDGE:
+						smudgebtn.Turn_On();
+						break;
+
+					case BUTTON_TERRAIN:
+						terrainbtn.Turn_On();
+						break;
+
+					case BUTTON_UNIT:
+						unitbtn.Turn_On();
+						break;
+
+					case BUTTON_INFANTRY:
+						infantrybtn.Turn_On();
+						break;
+
+					case BUTTON_AIRCRAFT:
+						aircraftbtn.Turn_On();
+						break;
+
+					case BUTTON_BUILDING:
+						buildingbtn.Turn_On();
+						break;
+				}
+			}
+
+			/*
+			.......................... Redraw buttons ..........................
+			*/
+			commands->Draw_All();
+			Show_Mouse();
+			display = REDRAW_NONE;
+
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................... Get user input ............................
+		*/
+		input = commands->Input();
+
+		/*
+		------------------------- Process user input --------------------------
+		*/
+		switch (input) {
+			/*
+			---------------------------- GDI House -----------------------------
+			*/
+			case (BUTTON_GDI | KN_BUTTON):
+			case (BUTTON_NOD | KN_BUTTON):
+			case (BUTTON_NEUTRAL | KN_BUTTON):
+			case (BUTTON_MULTI1 | KN_BUTTON):
+			case (BUTTON_MULTI2 | KN_BUTTON):
+			case (BUTTON_MULTI3 | KN_BUTTON):
+			case (BUTTON_MULTI4 | KN_BUTTON):
+				house = (HousesType)( (input & (~KN_BUTTON)) - BUTTON_GDI);
+				/*
+				............... ignore if invalid for this object ...............
+				*/
+				if (!Verify_House(house,curobj)) {
+					Set_House_Buttons(LastHouse, commands, BUTTON_GDI);
+					break;
+				}
+
+				/*
+				...................... Set flags & buttons ......................
+				*/
+				LastHouse = house;
+				Set_House_Buttons(LastHouse, commands, BUTTON_GDI);
+				display = REDRAW_OBJECT;
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			--------------------------- Next in list ---------------------------
+			*/
+			case (KN_RIGHT):
+			case (BUTTON_NEXT | KN_BUTTON):
+				/*
+				..................... Increment to next obj .....................
+				*/
+				LastChoice++;
+				if (LastChoice == ObjCount) {
+					LastChoice = 0;
+				}
+				curobj = Objects[LastChoice];
+
+				/*
+				.................... Get valid house for obj ....................
+				*/
+				if (!Verify_House(LastHouse,curobj)) {
+					LastHouse = Cycle_House(LastHouse,curobj);
+					Set_House_Buttons(LastHouse, commands, BUTTON_GDI);
+				}
+
+				nextbtn.Turn_Off();
+				display = REDRAW_OBJECT;
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			------------------------- Previous in list -------------------------
+			*/
+			case (KN_LEFT):
+			case (BUTTON_PREV | KN_BUTTON):
+				/*
+				..................... Decrement to prev obj .....................
+				*/
+				LastChoice--;
+				if (LastChoice < 0) {
+					LastChoice = ObjCount-1;
+				}
+				curobj = Objects[LastChoice];
+
+				/*
+				.................... Get valid house for obj ....................
+				*/
+				if (!Verify_House(LastHouse,curobj)) {
+					LastHouse = Cycle_House(LastHouse,curobj);
+					Set_House_Buttons(LastHouse, commands, BUTTON_GDI);
+				}
+
+				prevbtn.Turn_Off();
+				display = REDRAW_OBJECT;
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			----------------------- Select a class type ------------------------
+			*/
+			case (BUTTON_TEMPLATE | KN_BUTTON):
+			case (BUTTON_OVERLAY | KN_BUTTON):
+			case (BUTTON_SMUDGE | KN_BUTTON):
+			case (BUTTON_TERRAIN | KN_BUTTON):
+			case (BUTTON_UNIT | KN_BUTTON):
+			case (BUTTON_INFANTRY | KN_BUTTON):
+			case (BUTTON_AIRCRAFT | KN_BUTTON):
+			case (BUTTON_BUILDING | KN_BUTTON):
+				/*
+				...................... Find index of class ......................
+				*/
+				typeindex = input - (BUTTON_TEMPLATE | KN_BUTTON);
+
+				/*
+				............ If no objects of that type, do nothing .............
+				*/
+				if (NumType[typeindex]==0) {
+					display = REDRAW_BUTTONS;			// force to reset button states
+					break;
+				}
+
+				/*
+				...................... Set current object .......................
+				*/
+				LastChoice = TypeOffset[typeindex];
+				curobj = Objects[LastChoice];
+
+				/*
+				.................... Get valid house for obj ....................
+				*/
+				if (!Verify_House(LastHouse,curobj)) {
+					LastHouse = Cycle_House(LastHouse,curobj);
+					Set_House_Buttons(LastHouse, commands, BUTTON_GDI);
+				}
+
+				display = REDRAW_OBJECT;
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			-------------------------- Next category ---------------------------
+			*/
+			case KN_PGDN:
+				typeindex++;
+				if (typeindex==NUM_EDIT_CLASSES) {
+					typeindex = 0;
+				}
+
+				/*
+				...................... Set current object .......................
+				*/
+				LastChoice = TypeOffset[typeindex];
+				curobj = Objects[LastChoice];
+
+				/*
+				.................... Get valid house for obj ....................
+				*/
+				if (!Verify_House(LastHouse,curobj)) {
+					LastHouse = Cycle_House(LastHouse,curobj);
+					Set_House_Buttons(LastHouse, commands, BUTTON_GDI);
+				}
+
+				display = REDRAW_OBJECT;
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			------------------------ Previous category -------------------------
+			*/
+			case KN_PGUP:
+				typeindex--;
+				if (typeindex < 0) {
+					typeindex = NUM_EDIT_CLASSES - 1;
+				}
+
+				/*
+				...................... Set current object .......................
+				*/
+				LastChoice = TypeOffset[typeindex];
+				curobj = Objects[LastChoice];
+
+				/*
+				.................... Get valid house for obj ....................
+				*/
+				if (!Verify_House(LastHouse,curobj)) {
+					LastHouse = Cycle_House(LastHouse,curobj);
+					Set_House_Buttons(LastHouse, commands, BUTTON_GDI);
+				}
+
+				display = REDRAW_OBJECT;
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			------------------------ Jump to 1st choice ------------------------
+			*/
+			case KN_HOME:
+				LastChoice = 0;
+				/*
+				...................... Set current object .......................
+				*/
+				curobj = Objects[LastChoice];
+				/*
+				.................... Get valid house for obj ....................
+				*/
+				if (!Verify_House(LastHouse,curobj)) {
+					LastHouse = Cycle_House(LastHouse,curobj);
+					Set_House_Buttons(LastHouse, commands, BUTTON_GDI);
+				}
+				display = REDRAW_OBJECT;
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			-------------------------------- OK --------------------------------
+			*/
+			case (KN_RETURN):
+			case (BUTTON_OK | KN_BUTTON):
+				cancel = false;
+				process = false;
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			------------------------------ Cancel ------------------------------
+			*/
+			case (KN_ESC):
+			case (BUTTON_CANCEL | KN_BUTTON):
+				cancel = true;
+				process = false;
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				break;
+		}
+
+	}
+
+	/*
+	--------------------------- Redraw the display ---------------------------
+	*/
+	HiddenPage.Clear();
+	Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+	Render();
+
+	if (cancel) {
+		return(-1);
+	}
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MapEditClass::Start_Placement -- enters placement mode                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/04/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void MapEditClass::Start_Placement(void)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Initialize addable objects list; we must do this every time in case one
+	of the object pools has become exhausted; that object won't be available
+	for adding.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	Clear_List();
+	TemplateTypeClass::Prep_For_Add();
+	OverlayTypeClass::Prep_For_Add();
+	SmudgeTypeClass::Prep_For_Add();
+	TerrainTypeClass::Prep_For_Add();
+	UnitTypeClass::Prep_For_Add();
+	InfantryTypeClass::Prep_For_Add();
+	//AircraftTypeClass::Prep_For_Add();
+	BuildingTypeClass::Prep_For_Add();
+	/*........................................................................
+	Compute offset of each class type in the Objects array
+	........................................................................*/
+	TypeOffset[0] = 0;
+	for (i=1; i<NUM_EDIT_CLASSES; i++) {
+		TypeOffset[i] = TypeOffset[i-1] + NumType[i-1];
+	}
+
+	/*
+	---------------------- Create the placement object -----------------------
+	*/
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Create the placement object:
+	- For normal placement mode, use the last-used index into Objects
+	  (LastChoice), and the last-used house (LastHouse).
+	- For base-building mode, force the object to be a building, and use the
+	  House specified in the Base object
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (!BaseBuilding) {
+		if (LastChoice >= ObjCount)
+			LastChoice = ObjCount - 1;
+		PendingObject = Objects[LastChoice];
+		PendingHouse = LastHouse;
+		PendingObjectPtr = PendingObject->Create_One_Of(HouseClass::As_Pointer(LastHouse));
+	} else {
+		if (LastChoice < TypeOffset[7])
+			LastChoice = TypeOffset[7];
+		if (LastChoice >= ObjCount)
+			LastChoice = ObjCount - 1;
+		PendingObject = Objects[LastChoice];
+		PendingHouse = LastHouse = Base.House;
+		PendingObjectPtr = PendingObject->Create_One_Of(HouseClass::As_Pointer(LastHouse));
+	}
+
+
+	/*
+	------------------- Error if no more objects available -------------------
+	*/
+	if (!PendingObjectPtr) {
+		CCMessageBox().Process("No more objects of this type available.");
+		HiddenPage.Clear();
+		Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+		Render();
+		PendingObject = NULL;
+		if (BaseBuilding)
+			Cancel_Base_Building();
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	------------------------ Set the placement cursor ------------------------
+	*/
+	Set_Cursor_Pos();
+	Set_Cursor_Shape(PendingObject->Occupy_List());
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MapEditClass::Place_Object -- attempts to place the current object      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * Placement of "real" objects is simply checked via their Unlimbo routine.*
+ * Placement of templates is more complex:                                 *
+ * - for every cell in the template's OccupyList, check for objects        *
+ *     already in that cell by looking at the cell's OccupyList &          *
+ *     OverlapList                                                         *
+ * - "lift" all the objects in the cell by Mark'ing them                   *
+ * - temporarily place the template in that cell                           *
+ * - try to Unlimbo all the objects that were in the cell. If any          *
+ *     objects fail to Unlimbo onto that template, the template cannot     *
+ *     be placed here                                                      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * It is assumed that the object being placed is a "new" object; the       *
+ * object's strength & mission are not set during Unlimbo.                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      0 = OK, -1 = unable to place                                       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/04/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int MapEditClass::Place_Object(void)
+{
+	CELL template_cell;						// cell being checked for template
+	COORDINATE obj_coord;							// coord of occupier object
+	int okflag;									// OK to place a template?
+	short const *occupy;						// ptr into template's OccupyList
+	ObjectClass *occupier;					// occupying object
+	TemplateType save_ttype;				// for saving cell's TType
+	unsigned char save_ticon;				// for saving cell's TIcon
+	BaseNodeClass node;						// for adding to an AI Base
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Placing a template:
+	- first lift up any objects in the cell
+	- place the template, and try to replace the objects; if they won't go
+	  back, the template can't go there
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	//ScenarioInit++;
+	if (PendingObject->What_Am_I() == RTTI_TEMPLATETYPE) {
+
+		/*
+		.......... Loop through all cells this template will occupy ...........
+		*/
+		okflag = true;
+		occupy = PendingObject->Occupy_List();
+		while ((*occupy) != REFRESH_EOL) {
+
+			/*
+			................. Check this cell for an occupier ..................
+			*/
+			template_cell = (ZoneCell+ZoneOffset) + (*occupy);
+			if ((*this)[template_cell].Cell_Occupier()) {
+				occupier = (*this)[template_cell].Cell_Occupier();
+
+				/*
+				.................. Save object's coordinates ....................
+				*/
+				obj_coord = occupier->Coord;
+
+				/*
+				................... Place the object in limbo ...................
+				*/
+				occupier->Mark(MARK_UP);
+
+				/*
+				................ Set the cell's template values .................
+				*/
+				save_ttype = (*this)[template_cell].TType;
+				save_ticon = (*this)[template_cell].TIcon;
+				(*this)[template_cell].TType =
+					((TemplateTypeClass *)PendingObject)->Type;
+				(*this)[template_cell].TIcon = Cell_X(*occupy) + Cell_Y(*occupy) *
+					((TemplateTypeClass *)PendingObject)->Width;
+				(*this)[template_cell].Recalc_Attributes();
+				/*
+				................ Try to put the object back down ................
+				*/
+				if (occupier->Can_Enter_Cell(Coord_Cell(obj_coord)) != MOVE_OK) {
+					okflag = false;
+				}
+
+				/*
+				.............. Put everything back the way it was ...............
+				*/
+				(*this)[template_cell].TType = save_ttype;
+				(*this)[template_cell].TIcon = save_ticon;
+				(*this)[template_cell].Recalc_Attributes();
+
+				/*
+				.......... Major error if can't replace the object now ..........
+				*/
+				occupier->Mark(MARK_DOWN);
+			}
+			occupy++;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		......... If it's still OK after ALL THAT, place the template .........
+		*/
+		if (okflag) {
+			if (PendingObjectPtr->Unlimbo(Cell_Coord(ZoneCell + ZoneOffset))) {
+				/*...............................................................
+				Loop through all cells occupied by this template, and clear the
+				smudge & overlay.
+				...............................................................*/
+				occupy = PendingObject->Occupy_List();
+				while ((*occupy) != REFRESH_EOL) {
+					/*
+					............... Get cell for this occupy item ................
+					*/
+					template_cell = (ZoneCell+ZoneOffset) + (*occupy);
+
+					/*
+					................... Clear smudge & overlay ...................
+					*/
+					(*this)[template_cell].Overlay = OVERLAY_NONE;
+					(*this)[template_cell].OverlayData = 0;
+					(*this)[template_cell].Smudge = SMUDGE_NONE;
+
+					/*
+					............ make adjacent cells recalc attrib's .............
+					*/
+					(*this)[template_cell].Recalc_Attributes();
+					(*this)[template_cell].Wall_Update();
+					(*this)[template_cell].Concrete_Calc();
+
+					occupy++;
+				}
+
+				/*
+				......................... Set flags etc .........................
+				*/
+				PendingObjectPtr = 0;
+				PendingObject = 0;
+				PendingHouse = HOUSE_NONE;
+				Set_Cursor_Shape(0);
+				//ScenarioInit--;
+				TotalValue = Overpass();
+				Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+				return(0);
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	Failure to deploy results in a returned failure code.
+			*/
+			//ScenarioInit--;
+			return(-1);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................ Not OK; return error .........................
+		*/
+		//ScenarioInit--;
+		return(-1);
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Placing infantry: Infantry can go into cell sub-positions, so find the
+	sub-position closest to the mouse & put him there
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (PendingObject->What_Am_I() == RTTI_INFANTRYTYPE) {
+		/*
+		....................... Find cell sub-position ........................
+		*/
+		if (Is_Spot_Free(Pixel_To_Coord(Get_Mouse_X(),Get_Mouse_Y()))) {
+			obj_coord = Closest_Free_Spot(Pixel_To_Coord(Get_Mouse_X(),
+				Get_Mouse_Y()));
+		} else {
+			obj_coord = NULL;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		................ No free spots; don't place the object ................
+		*/
+		if (obj_coord == NULL) {
+			//ScenarioInit--;
+			return(-1);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		......................... Unlimbo the object ..........................
+		*/
+		if (PendingObjectPtr->Unlimbo(obj_coord)) {
+			((InfantryClass *)PendingObjectPtr)->Set_Occupy_Bit(obj_coord);
+//			Map[Coord_Cell(obj_coord)].Flag.Composite |=
+//				(1 << CellClass::Spot_Index(obj_coord));
+			PendingObjectPtr = 0;
+			PendingObject = 0;
+			PendingHouse = HOUSE_NONE;
+			Set_Cursor_Shape(0);
+			//ScenarioInit--;
+			return(0);
+		}
+
+		//ScenarioInit--;
+		return(-1);
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Placing an object
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (PendingObjectPtr->Unlimbo(Cell_Coord(ZoneCell + ZoneOffset))) {
+
+		/*
+		** Update the Tiberium computation if we're placing an overlay
+		*/
+		if (PendingObject->What_Am_I() == RTTI_OVERLAYTYPE &&
+			((OverlayTypeClass *)PendingObject)->IsTiberium) {
+
+			TotalValue = Overpass();
+			Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		** If we're building a base, add this building to the base's Node list.
+		*/
+		if (BaseBuilding && PendingObject->What_Am_I() == RTTI_BUILDINGTYPE) {
+			node.Type = ((BuildingTypeClass *)PendingObject)->Type;
+			node.Coord = PendingObjectPtr->Coord;
+			Base.Nodes.Add(node);
+		}
+
+		PendingObjectPtr = 0;
+		PendingObject = 0;
+		PendingHouse = HOUSE_NONE;
+		Set_Cursor_Shape(0);
+		//ScenarioInit--;
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	return(-1);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MapEditClass::Cancel_Placement -- cancels placement mode                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/04/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void MapEditClass::Cancel_Placement(void)
+{
+	/*
+	---------------------- Delete the placement object -----------------------
+	*/
+	delete PendingObjectPtr;
+	PendingObject = 0;
+	PendingObjectPtr = 0;
+	PendingHouse = HOUSE_NONE;
+
+	/*
+	-------------------------- Restore cursor shape --------------------------
+	*/
+	Set_Cursor_Shape(0);
+
+	/*
+	----------------- Redraw the map to erase old leftovers ------------------
+	*/
+	HiddenPage.Clear();
+	Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+	Render();
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MapEditClass::Place_Next -- while placing object, goes to next          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * - Deletes the current 'PendingObjectPtr'                                *
+ * - Increments LastChoice                                                 *
+ * - Tries to create a new 'PendingObjectPtr'; if fails, keeps             *
+ *   incrementing until it gets it                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/03/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void MapEditClass::Place_Next(void)
+{
+	delete PendingObjectPtr;
+	PendingObjectPtr = NULL;
+	PendingObject = NULL;
+
+	/*
+	------------------ Loop until we create a valid object -------------------
+	*/
+	while (!PendingObjectPtr) {
+		/*
+		................. Go to next object in Objects list ...................
+		*/
+		LastChoice++;
+		if (LastChoice == ObjCount) {
+			/*
+			** If we're in normal placement mode, wrap to the 1st object;
+			** if we're in base-building mode, wrap to the 1st building
+			*/
+			if (!BaseBuilding) {
+				LastChoice = 0;
+			} else {
+				LastChoice = TypeOffset[7];
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		................... Get house for this object type ....................
+		*/
+		if (!Verify_House(LastHouse,Objects[LastChoice])) {
+			/*
+			** If we're in normal placement mode, change the current
+			** placement house to the one that can own this object.
+			** If we're building a base, skip ahead to the next object if the
+			** base's house can't own this one.
+			*/
+			if (!BaseBuilding) {
+				LastHouse = Cycle_House(LastHouse,Objects[LastChoice]);
+			} else {
+				continue;
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		....................... Create placement object .......................
+		*/
+		PendingObject = Objects[LastChoice];
+		PendingHouse = LastHouse;
+		PendingObjectPtr = PendingObject->Create_One_Of(HouseClass::As_Pointer(PendingHouse));
+		if (!PendingObjectPtr) {
+			PendingObject = NULL;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	------------------------ Set the new cursor shape ------------------------
+	*/
+	Set_Cursor_Pos();
+	Set_Cursor_Shape(0);
+	Set_Cursor_Shape(PendingObject->Occupy_List());
+
+	/*
+	----------------- Redraw the map to erase old leftovers ------------------
+	*/
+	HiddenPage.Clear();
+	Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+	Render();
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MapEditClass::Place_Prev -- while placing object, goes to previous      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * - Deletes the current 'PendingObjectPtr'                                *
+ * - Decrements LastChoice                                                 *
+ * - Tries to create a new 'PendingObjectPtr'; if fails, keeps             *
+ *   decrementing until it gets it                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/03/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void MapEditClass::Place_Prev(void)
+{
+	delete PendingObjectPtr;
+	PendingObjectPtr = NULL;
+	PendingObject = NULL;
+
+	/*
+	------------------ Loop until we create a valid object -------------------
+	*/
+	while (!PendingObjectPtr) {
+
+		/*
+		................. Go to prev object in Objects list ..................
+		*/
+		LastChoice--;
+		/*
+		** If we're in normal placement mode, wrap at the 1st object.
+		** If we're building a base, wrap at the 1st building.
+		*/
+		if (!BaseBuilding) {
+			if (LastChoice < 0)
+				LastChoice = ObjCount - 1;
+		} else {
+			if (LastChoice < TypeOffset[7])
+				LastChoice = ObjCount - 1;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		................... Get house for this object type ....................
+		*/
+		if (!Verify_House(LastHouse,Objects[LastChoice])) {
+			/*
+			** If we're in normal placement mode, change the current
+			** placement house to the one that can own this object.
+			** If we're building a base, skip ahead to the next object if the
+			** base's house can't own this one.
+			*/
+			if (!BaseBuilding) {
+				LastHouse = Cycle_House(LastHouse,Objects[LastChoice]);
+			} else {
+				continue;
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		....................... Create placement object .......................
+		*/
+		PendingObject = Objects[LastChoice];
+		PendingHouse = LastHouse;
+		PendingObjectPtr = PendingObject->Create_One_Of(HouseClass::As_Pointer(PendingHouse));
+		if (!PendingObjectPtr) {
+			PendingObject = NULL;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	------------------------ Set the new cursor shape ------------------------
+	*/
+	Set_Cursor_Pos();
+	Set_Cursor_Shape(0);
+	Set_Cursor_Shape(PendingObject->Occupy_List());
+
+	/*
+	----------------- Redraw the map to erase old leftovers ------------------
+	*/
+	HiddenPage.Clear();
+	Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+	Render();
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MapEditClass::Place_Next_Category -- places next category of object     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/03/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void MapEditClass::Place_Next_Category(void)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	/*
+	** Don't allow this command if we're building a base; the only valid
+	** category for base-building is buildings.
+	*/
+	if (BaseBuilding) {
+		return;
+	}
+
+	delete PendingObjectPtr;
+	PendingObjectPtr = NULL;
+	PendingObject = NULL;
+
+	/*
+	------------------ Go to next category in Objects list -------------------
+	*/
+	i = LastChoice;
+	while (Objects[i]->What_Am_I() == Objects[LastChoice]->What_Am_I()) {
+		i++;
+		if (i == ObjCount) {
+			i = 0;
+		}
+	}
+	LastChoice = i;
+
+	/*
+	------------------ Loop until we create a valid object -------------------
+	*/
+	while (!PendingObjectPtr) {
+
+		/*
+		................... Get house for this object type ....................
+		*/
+		if (!Verify_House(LastHouse,Objects[LastChoice])) {
+			LastHouse = Cycle_House(LastHouse,Objects[LastChoice]);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		....................... Create placement object .......................
+		*/
+		PendingObject = Objects[LastChoice];
+		PendingHouse = LastHouse;
+		PendingObjectPtr = PendingObject->Create_One_Of(HouseClass::As_Pointer(PendingHouse));
+
+		/*
+		.................. If this one failed, try the next ...................
+		*/
+		if (!PendingObjectPtr) {
+			PendingObject = NULL;
+			LastChoice++;
+			if (LastChoice == ObjCount) {
+				LastChoice = 0;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	------------------------ Set the new cursor shape ------------------------
+	*/
+	Set_Cursor_Pos();
+	Set_Cursor_Shape(0);
+	Set_Cursor_Shape(PendingObject->Occupy_List());
+
+	/*
+	----------------- Redraw the map to erase old leftovers ------------------
+	*/
+	HiddenPage.Clear();
+	Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+	Render();
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MapEditClass::Place_Prev_Category -- places previous category of object *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/03/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void MapEditClass::Place_Prev_Category(void)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	/*
+	** Don't allow this command if we're building a base; the only valid
+	** category for base-building is buildings.
+	*/
+	if (BaseBuilding) {
+		return;
+	}
+
+	delete PendingObjectPtr;
+	PendingObjectPtr = NULL;
+	PendingObject = NULL;
+
+	/*
+	------------------ Go to prev category in Objects list -------------------
+	*/
+	i = LastChoice;
+	/*
+	..................... Scan for the previous category .....................
+	*/
+	while (Objects[i]->What_Am_I() == Objects[LastChoice]->What_Am_I()) {
+		i--;
+		if (i < 0) {
+			i = ObjCount - 1;
+		}
+	}
+	/*
+	.................... Scan for start of this category .....................
+	*/
+	LastChoice = i;
+	while (Objects[i]->What_Am_I() == Objects[LastChoice]->What_Am_I()) {
+		LastChoice = i;
+		i--;
+		if (i < 0) {
+			i = ObjCount - 1;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	------------------ Loop until we create a valid object -------------------
+	*/
+	while (!PendingObjectPtr) {
+		/*
+		................... Get house for this object type ....................
+		*/
+		if (!Verify_House(LastHouse,Objects[LastChoice])) {
+			LastHouse = Cycle_House(LastHouse,Objects[LastChoice]);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		....................... Create placement object .......................
+		*/
+		PendingObject = Objects[LastChoice];
+		PendingHouse = LastHouse;
+		PendingObjectPtr = PendingObject->Create_One_Of(HouseClass::As_Pointer(PendingHouse));
+
+		/*
+		.................. If this one failed, try the next ...................
+		*/
+		if (!PendingObjectPtr) {
+			PendingObject = NULL;
+			LastChoice--;
+			if (LastChoice < 0) {
+				LastChoice = ObjCount - 1;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	------------------------ Set the new cursor shape ------------------------
+	*/
+	Set_Cursor_Pos();
+	Set_Cursor_Shape(0);
+	Set_Cursor_Shape(PendingObject->Occupy_List());
+
+	/*
+	----------------- Redraw the map to erase old leftovers ------------------
+	*/
+	HiddenPage.Clear();
+	Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+	Render();
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MapEditClass::Place_Home -- homes the placement object                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/03/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void MapEditClass::Place_Home(void)
+{
+	delete PendingObjectPtr;
+	PendingObjectPtr = NULL;
+	PendingObject = NULL;
+
+	/*
+	** Don't allow this command if we're building a base; the only valid
+	** category for base-building is buildings.
+	*/
+	if (BaseBuilding) {
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	------------------ Loop until we create a valid object -------------------
+	*/
+	LastChoice = 0;
+	while (!PendingObjectPtr) {
+		/*
+		................... Get house for this object type ....................
+		*/
+		if (!Verify_House(LastHouse,Objects[LastChoice])) {
+			LastHouse = Cycle_House(LastHouse,Objects[LastChoice]);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		....................... Create placement object .......................
+		*/
+		PendingObject = Objects[LastChoice];
+		PendingHouse = LastHouse;
+		PendingObjectPtr = PendingObject->Create_One_Of(HouseClass::As_Pointer(PendingHouse));
+
+		/*
+		.................. If this one failed, try the next ...................
+		*/
+		if (!PendingObjectPtr) {
+			PendingObject = NULL;
+			LastChoice++;
+			if (LastChoice == ObjCount) {
+				LastChoice = 0;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	------------------------ Set the new cursor shape ------------------------
+	*/
+	Set_Cursor_Pos();
+	Set_Cursor_Shape(0);
+	Set_Cursor_Shape(PendingObject->Occupy_List());
+
+	/*
+	----------------- Redraw the map to erase old leftovers ------------------
+	*/
+	HiddenPage.Clear();
+	Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+	Render();
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MapEditClass::Toggle_House -- toggles current placement object's house  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/04/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void MapEditClass::Toggle_House(void)
+{
+	TechnoClass *tp;
+
+	/*
+	** Don't allow this command if we're building a base; the only valid
+	** house for base-building is the one assigned to the base.
+	*/
+	if (BaseBuilding) {
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Only techno objects can be owned by a house; return if not a techno
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (!PendingObjectPtr->Is_Techno()) {
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Select the house that will own this object
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	LastHouse = Cycle_House(PendingObjectPtr->Owner(), PendingObject);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Change the house
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	tp = (TechnoClass *)PendingObjectPtr;
+	tp->House = HouseClass::As_Pointer(LastHouse);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Set house variables to new house
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	PendingHouse = LastHouse;
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MapEditClass::Set_House_Buttons -- toggles house buttons for btn list   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * Looks in the given button list for the given GDI, NOD & Neutral button  *
+ * id's. Sets the On/Off state of the buttons based on the given house,    *
+ * only if that button is found in the list.                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      house            house to set buttons to                           *
+ *      btnlist         ptr to button list to search                       *
+ *      base_id         button ID for GDI; assumes other id's are sequential*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/23/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void MapEditClass::Set_House_Buttons(HousesType house, GadgetClass *btnlist, int base_id)
+{
+	HousesType h;
+	int id;
+	TextButtonClass *btn;
+
+	/*
+	**	Loop through all houses, searching the button list for each one.
+	*/
+	for (h = HOUSE_FIRST; h < HOUSE_COUNT; h++) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Compute the desired button ID; get a pointer to the button
+		*/
+		id = (int)h + base_id;
+		btn = (TextButtonClass *)btnlist->Extract_Gadget(id);
+		if (btn) {
+
+			/*
+			**	If this house value is the desired one, turn the button on;
+			**	otherwise, turn it off.
+			*/
+			if (h == house) {
+				btn->Turn_On();
+			} else {
+				btn->Turn_Off();
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MapEditClass::Start_Trigger_Placement -- enters trigger placement mode  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/01/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void MapEditClass::Start_Trigger_Placement(void)
+{
+	Set_Default_Mouse(MOUSE_CAN_MOVE);
+	Override_Mouse_Shape(MOUSE_CAN_MOVE);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MapEditClass::Stop_Trigger_Placement -- exits trigger placement mode    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/01/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void MapEditClass::Stop_Trigger_Placement(void)
+{
+	CurTrigger = NULL;
+	Set_Default_Mouse(MOUSE_NORMAL);
+	Override_Mouse_Shape(MOUSE_NORMAL);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MapEditClass::Place_Trigger -- assigns trigger to object or cell        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/01/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void MapEditClass::Place_Trigger(void)
+{
+	ObjectClass * object=NULL;		// Generic object clicked on.
+	int x,y;
+	CELL cell;									// Cell that was selected.
+
+	/*
+	-------------------- See if an object was clicked on ---------------------
+	*/
+	x = _Kbd->MouseQX;
+	y = _Kbd->MouseQY;
+
+	/*
+	............................ Get cell for x,y ............................
+	*/
+	cell = Click_Cell_Calc(x, y);
+
+	/*
+	............... Convert x,y to offset from cell upper-left ...............
+	*/
+	x = (x-TacPixelX) % ICON_PIXEL_W;
+	y = (y-TacPixelY) % ICON_PIXEL_H;
+
+	/*
+	......................... Get object at that x,y .........................
+	*/
+	object = Cell_Object(cell, x, y);
+
+	/*
+	---------------------- Assign trigger to an object -----------------------
+	*/
+	if (object && TriggerClass::Event_Need_Object(CurTrigger->Event)) {
+		object->Trigger = CurTrigger;
+	} else {
+
+		/*
+		------------------------ Assign trigger to a cell ------------------------
+		*/
+		if (CurTrigger->Event <= EVENT_OBJECTFIRST) {
+			Map[cell].IsTrigger = 1;
+			CellTriggers[cell] = CurTrigger;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	-------------------------- Force map to redraw ---------------------------
+	*/
+	HiddenPage.Clear();
+	Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MapEditClass::Start_Base_Building -- starts base-building mode          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/01/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void MapEditClass::Start_Base_Building(void)
+{
+	/*
+	** Fully build the base so the user can edit it
+	*/
+	Build_Base_To(100);
+
+	/*
+	** Start placement mode
+	*/
+	BaseBuilding = 1;
+	Start_Placement();
+
+	/*
+	** Force map to redraw
+	*/
+	HiddenPage.Clear();
+	Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MapEditClass::Cancel_Base_Building -- stops base-building mode          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/01/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void MapEditClass::Cancel_Base_Building(void)
+{
+	/*
+	** Build the base to the proper amount
+	*/
+	Build_Base_To(BasePercent);
+
+	/*
+	** Cancel placement mode
+	*/
+	Cancel_Placement();
+	BaseBuilding = 0;
+
+	/*
+	** Force map to redraw
+	*/
+	HiddenPage.Clear();
+	Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MapEditClass::Build_Base_To -- builds the AI base to the given percent  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      percent      percentage to build base to                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/01/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void MapEditClass::Build_Base_To(int percent)
+{
+	int i;
+	int num_buildings;
+	BuildingTypeClass const *objtype;
+	BuildingClass *obj;
+
+	//ScenarioInit++;
+
+	/*
+	** Completely dismantle the base, so we start at a known point
+	*/
+	for (i = 0; i < Base.Nodes.Count(); i++) {
+		if (Base.Is_Built(i)) {
+			obj = Base.Get_Building(i);
+			delete obj;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Compute number of buildings to build
+	*/
+	num_buildings = (Base.Nodes.Count() * percent) / 100;
+
+	/*
+	** Build the base to the desired amount
+	*/
+	for (i = 0; i < num_buildings; i++) {
+		/*
+		** Get a ptr to the type of building to build, create one, and unlimbo it.
+		*/
+		objtype = &BuildingTypeClass::As_Reference(Base.Nodes[i].Type);
+		obj = (BuildingClass *)objtype->Create_One_Of(HouseClass::As_Pointer(Base.House));
+		/*
+		** If unlimbo fails, error out
+		*/
+		if (!obj->Unlimbo(Base.Nodes[i].Coord)) {
+			delete obj;
+			CCMessageBox().Process("Unable to build base!");
+			return;
+		}
+	}
+
+	//ScenarioInit--;
+}
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/MAPEDSEL.CPP b/MAPEDSEL.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e850b4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/MAPEDSEL.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,607 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\mapedsel.cpv   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:49:58   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D    S T U D I O S        **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : MAPEDSEL.CPP                             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Bill Randolph                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : November 18, 1994                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : February 2, 1995   [BR]                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Object-selection & manipulation routines                                *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ *   MapEditClass::Select_Object -- selects an object for processing       *
+ *   MapEditClass::Select_Next -- selects next object on the map           *
+ *   MapEditClass::Popup_Controls -- shows/hides the pop-up object controls*
+ *   MapEditClass::Grab_Object -- grabs the current object                 *
+ *   MapEditClass::Move_Grabbed_Object -- moves the grabbed object         *
+ *   MapEditClass::Change_House -- changes CurrentObject's house           *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+
+#ifdef SCENARIO_EDITOR
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Select_Object -- selects an object for processing                       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *   none.                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *   0 = object selected, -1 = none                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *   none.                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/04/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int MapEditClass::Select_Object(void)
+{
+	ObjectClass	*object=NULL;		// Generic object clicked on.
+	int			x,y;
+	CELL			cell;					// Cell that was selected.
+	int			rc=0;
+
+	/*
+	-------------------- See if an object was clicked on ---------------------
+	*/
+	x = _Kbd->MouseQX;
+	y = _Kbd->MouseQY;
+
+	/*
+	............................ Get cell for x,y ............................
+	*/
+	cell = Click_Cell_Calc(x, y);
+
+	/*
+	............... Convert x,y to offset from cell upper-left ...............
+	*/
+	x = (x-TacPixelX) % ICON_PIXEL_W;
+	y = (y-TacPixelY) % ICON_PIXEL_H;
+
+	/*
+	......................... Get object at that x,y .........................
+	*/
+	object = Cell_Object(cell, x, y);
+
+	/*
+	----------------- If no object, unselect the current one -----------------
+	*/
+	if (!object) {
+		if (CurrentObject.Count()) {
+			/*
+			................... Unselect all current objects ...................
+			*/
+			Unselect_All();
+
+			/*
+			..................... Turn off object controls .....................
+			*/
+			Popup_Controls();
+		}
+		rc = -1;
+	} else {
+
+		/*
+		------------------ Select object only if it's different ------------------
+		*/
+		if (!CurrentObject.Count() || (CurrentObject.Count() && object != CurrentObject[0])) {
+			/*
+			..................... Unselect all current objects ....................
+			*/
+			Unselect_All();
+			object->Select();
+
+			/*
+			................... Set mouse shape back to normal ....................
+			*/
+			Set_Default_Mouse(MOUSE_NORMAL);
+			Override_Mouse_Shape(MOUSE_NORMAL);
+
+			/*
+			....................... Show the popup controls .......................
+			*/
+			Popup_Controls();
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	-------------------------- Force map to redraw ---------------------------
+	*/
+	HiddenPage.Clear();
+	Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+
+	return(rc);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MapEditClass::Select_Next -- selects next object on the map             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *   none.                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *   none                                                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *   none.                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/22/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void MapEditClass::Select_Next(void)
+{
+	ObjectClass * obj;
+	CELL obj_cell;
+	int smap_w;						// screen map width in icons
+	int smap_h;						// screen map height in icons
+	int cell_x;						// cell-x of next object
+	int cell_y;						// cell-y of next object
+	int tcell_x;					// cell-x of TacticalCell
+	int tcell_y;					// cell-y of TacticalCell
+
+	/*
+	----------------------- Get next object on the map -----------------------
+	*/
+	obj = Map.Next_Object(CurrentObject[0]);
+
+	if (obj) {
+		/*
+		............... Unselect current object if there is one ...............
+		*/
+		Unselect_All();
+
+	 	/*
+		......................... Select this object ..........................
+		*/
+		obj->Select();
+	}
+
+	/*
+	--------------------- Restore mouse shape to normal ----------------------
+	*/
+	Set_Default_Mouse(MOUSE_NORMAL);
+	Override_Mouse_Shape(MOUSE_NORMAL);
+
+	/*
+	-------------------------- Show pop-up controls --------------------------
+	*/
+	Popup_Controls();
+
+	/*
+	---------------- Make sure object is shown on the screen -----------------
+	*/
+	/*
+	..................... compute screen map dimensions ......................
+	*/
+	smap_w = Lepton_To_Cell(TacLeptonWidth);
+	smap_h = Lepton_To_Cell(TacLeptonHeight);
+
+	/*
+	...................... compute x,y of object's cell ......................
+	*/
+	obj_cell = Coord_Cell(CurrentObject[0]->Coord);
+	cell_x = Cell_X(obj_cell);
+	cell_y = Cell_Y(obj_cell);
+	tcell_x = Coord_XCell(TacticalCoord);
+	tcell_y = Coord_YCell(TacticalCoord);
+
+	/*
+	................... If object is off-screen, move map ....................
+	*/
+	if (cell_x < tcell_x) {
+		tcell_x = cell_x;
+	} else {
+		if (cell_x >= tcell_x + smap_w) {
+			tcell_x = cell_x - smap_w + 1;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (cell_y < tcell_y) {
+		tcell_y = cell_y;
+	} else {
+		if (cell_y >= tcell_y + smap_h) {
+			tcell_y = cell_y - smap_h + 1;
+		}
+	}
+
+	ScenarioInit++;
+	Set_Tactical_Position(XY_Coord(Cell_To_Lepton(tcell_x), Cell_To_Lepton(tcell_y)));
+	ScenarioInit--;
+
+	/*
+	-------------------------- Force map to redraw ---------------------------
+	*/
+	HiddenPage.Clear();
+	Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MapEditClass::Popup_Controls -- shows/hides the pop-up object controls  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * Call this routine whenever the CurrentObject changes. The routine will  *
+ * selectively enable or disable the popup controls based on whether       *
+ * CurrentObject is NULL, or if it's a Techno object, or what type of      *
+ * Techno object it is.                                                    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/22/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void MapEditClass::Popup_Controls(void)
+{
+	const TechnoTypeClass * objtype = NULL;
+	HousesType owner;							// object's current owner
+	int mission_index;						// object's current mission
+	int strength;								// object's 0-255 strength value
+	int i;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Remove all buttons from GScreen's button list (so none of them provide
+	input any more); then, destroy the list by Zapping each button.  Then,
+	we'll have to add at least the MapArea button back to the Input button
+	list before we return, plus any other buttons to process input for.  We
+	always must add MapArea LAST in the list, so it doesn't intercept the
+	other buttons' input.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	Remove_A_Button(*GDIButton);
+	Remove_A_Button(*NODButton);
+	Remove_A_Button(*NeutralButton);
+	Remove_A_Button(*Multi1Button);
+	Remove_A_Button(*Multi2Button);
+	Remove_A_Button(*Multi3Button);
+	Remove_A_Button(*Multi4Button);
+	Remove_A_Button(*MissionList);
+	Remove_A_Button(*HealthGauge);
+	Remove_A_Button(*HealthText);
+	Remove_A_Button(*FacingDial);
+	Remove_A_Button(*BaseGauge);
+	Remove_A_Button(*BaseLabel);
+	Remove_A_Button(*MapArea);
+
+	/*
+	------------------ If no current object, hide the list -------------------
+	*/
+	if (!CurrentObject.Count()) {
+		Add_A_Button(*BaseGauge);
+		Add_A_Button(*BaseLabel);
+		Add_A_Button(*MapArea);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	--------------- If not Techno, no need for editing buttons ---------------
+	*/
+	if (!CurrentObject[0]->Is_Techno()) {
+		Add_A_Button(*BaseGauge);
+		Add_A_Button(*BaseLabel);
+		Add_A_Button(*MapArea);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	objtype = (TechnoTypeClass const *)&CurrentObject[0]->Class_Of();
+
+	/*
+	---------------------- Get object's current values -----------------------
+	*/
+	owner = CurrentObject[0]->Owner();
+	mission_index = 0;
+	for (i = 0; i < NUM_EDIT_MISSIONS; i++) {
+		if (CurrentObject[0]->Get_Mission() == MapEditMissions[i]) {
+			mission_index = i;
+		}
+	}
+	strength = CurrentObject[0]->Health_Ratio();
+
+
+	/*
+	----------------------------- House buttons ------------------------------
+	*/
+	if (ScenPlayer == SCEN_PLAYER_MPLAYER) {
+		if (Verify_House(HOUSE_NEUTRAL, &CurrentObject[0]->Class_Of())) {
+			Add_A_Button(*NeutralButton);
+		}
+		if (Verify_House(HOUSE_MULTI1, &CurrentObject[0]->Class_Of())) {
+			Add_A_Button(*Multi1Button);
+		}
+		if (Verify_House(HOUSE_MULTI2, &CurrentObject[0]->Class_Of())) {
+			Add_A_Button(*Multi2Button);
+		}
+		if (Verify_House(HOUSE_MULTI3, &CurrentObject[0]->Class_Of())) {
+			Add_A_Button(*Multi3Button);
+		}
+		if (Verify_House(HOUSE_MULTI4, &CurrentObject[0]->Class_Of())) {
+			Add_A_Button(*Multi4Button);
+		}
+	} else {
+		if (Verify_House(HOUSE_NEUTRAL, &CurrentObject[0]->Class_Of())) {
+			Add_A_Button(*NeutralButton);
+		}
+		if (Verify_House(HOUSE_BAD, &CurrentObject[0]->Class_Of())) {
+			Add_A_Button(*NODButton);
+		}
+		if (Verify_House(HOUSE_GOOD, &CurrentObject[0]->Class_Of())) {
+			Add_A_Button(*GDIButton);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	........................ Set house button states .........................
+	*/
+	if (Buttons) {
+		Set_House_Buttons(owner, Buttons, POPUP_GDI);
+	}
+
+	switch (objtype->What_Am_I()) {
+		case RTTI_UNITTYPE:
+		case RTTI_INFANTRYTYPE:
+		case RTTI_AIRCRAFTTYPE:
+			MissionList->Set_Selected_Index(mission_index);
+			HealthGauge->Set_Value(strength);
+			sprintf(HealthBuf, "%d", CurrentObject[0]->Strength);
+			FacingDial->Set_Direction(((TechnoClass *)CurrentObject[0])->PrimaryFacing);
+
+			/*
+			**	Make the list.
+			*/
+			Add_A_Button(*MissionList);
+			Add_A_Button(*HealthGauge);
+			Add_A_Button(*HealthText);
+			Add_A_Button(*FacingDial);
+			break;
+
+		case RTTI_BUILDINGTYPE:
+			HealthGauge->Set_Value(strength);
+			sprintf(HealthBuf, "%d", CurrentObject[0]->Strength);
+			Add_A_Button(*HealthGauge);
+			Add_A_Button(*HealthText);
+
+			if (objtype->IsTurretEquipped) {
+				FacingDial->Set_Direction(((TechnoClass *) CurrentObject[0])->PrimaryFacing);
+				Add_A_Button(*FacingDial);
+			}
+			break;
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Add the map area last, so it's "underneath" the other buttons, and won't
+	intercept input for those buttons.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	Add_A_Button(*BaseGauge);
+	Add_A_Button(*BaseLabel);
+	Add_A_Button(*MapArea);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MapEditClass::Grab_Object -- grabs the current object                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/07/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void MapEditClass::Grab_Object(void)
+{
+	CELL cell;
+
+	if (CurrentObject.Count()) {
+		GrabbedObject = CurrentObject[0];
+
+		/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Find out which cell 'ZoneCell' is in relation to the object's current cell
+		------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		cell = Coord_Cell(GrabbedObject->Coord);
+		GrabOffset = cell - ZoneCell;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MapEditClass::Move_Grabbed_Object -- moves the grabbed object           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      0 = object moved, -1 = it didn't                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/07/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int MapEditClass::Move_Grabbed_Object(void)
+{
+	COORDINATE new_coord = 0;
+	int retval = -1;
+
+	/*
+	--------------------------- Lift up the object ---------------------------
+	*/
+	GrabbedObject->Mark(MARK_UP);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	If infantry, use a free spot in this cell
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (GrabbedObject->Is_Infantry()) {
+
+		if (Is_Spot_Free(Pixel_To_Coord(Get_Mouse_X(), Get_Mouse_Y()))) {
+			new_coord = Closest_Free_Spot(Pixel_To_Coord(Get_Mouse_X(),
+				Get_Mouse_Y()));
+			/*..................................................................
+			Clear the occupied bit in this infantry's cell.
+			..................................................................*/
+			((InfantryClass *)GrabbedObject)->Clear_Occupy_Bit(GrabbedObject->Coord);
+//			Map[Coord_Cell(GrabbedObject->Coord)].Flag.Composite &=
+//				~(1 << CellClass::Spot_Index(GrabbedObject->Coord));
+		} else {
+			new_coord = NULL;
+		}
+
+	} else {
+
+		/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Non-infantry: use cell's center coordinate
+		------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		new_coord = Cell_Coord(ZoneCell + GrabOffset);
+
+		if (GrabbedObject->What_Am_I() == RTTI_BUILDING ||
+			GrabbedObject->What_Am_I() == RTTI_TERRAIN) {
+
+			new_coord &= 0xFF00FF00L;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		................ Try to place object at new coordinate ................
+		*/
+		if (GrabbedObject->Can_Enter_Cell(Coord_Cell(new_coord)) != MOVE_OK) {
+			new_coord = NULL;
+		}
+	}
+	if (new_coord != NULL) {
+		/*
+		** If this object is part of the AI's Base list, change the coordinate
+		** in the Base's Node list.
+		*/
+		if (GrabbedObject->What_Am_I()==RTTI_BUILDING &&
+			Base.Get_Node((BuildingClass *)GrabbedObject))
+				Base.Get_Node((BuildingClass *)GrabbedObject)->Coord = new_coord;
+
+		GrabbedObject->Coord = new_coord;
+		retval = 0;
+	}
+	GrabbedObject->Mark(MARK_DOWN);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	For infantry, set the bit in its new cell marking that spot as occupied.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (GrabbedObject->Is_Infantry()) {
+		((InfantryClass *)GrabbedObject)->Set_Occupy_Bit(new_coord);
+//		Map[Coord_Cell(new_coord)].Flag.Composite |=
+//			(1 << CellClass::Spot_Index(new_coord));
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Re-select the object, and reset the mouse pointer
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	Set_Default_Mouse(MOUSE_NORMAL);
+	Override_Mouse_Shape(MOUSE_NORMAL);
+
+	Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+
+	return(retval);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MapEditClass::Change_House -- changes CurrentObject's house             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      newhouse      house to change to                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      1 = house was changed, 0 = it wasn't                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/17/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+bool MapEditClass::Change_House(HousesType newhouse)
+{
+	TechnoClass *tp;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Return if no current object
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (!CurrentObject.Count()) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Only techno objects can be owned by a house; return if not a techno
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (!CurrentObject[0]->Is_Techno()) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	You can't change the house if the object is part of the AI's Base.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (CurrentObject[0]->What_Am_I()==RTTI_BUILDING && Base.Is_Node((BuildingClass *)CurrentObject[0])) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Verify that the target house exists
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (HouseClass::As_Pointer(newhouse)==NULL) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Verify that this is a valid owner
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (!Verify_House(newhouse, &CurrentObject[0]->Class_Of())) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Change the house
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	tp = (TechnoClass *)CurrentObject[0];
+	tp->House = HouseClass::As_Pointer(newhouse);
+
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/MAPEDTM.CPP b/MAPEDTM.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5edc2dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/MAPEDTM.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,2077 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\mapedtm.cpv   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:52:16   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D    S T U D I O S        **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : MAPEDTM.CPP                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Bill Randolph                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : December 7, 1994                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : April 9, 1996 [BRR]                      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ *   MapEditClass::Handle_Teams -- main team-dialog-handling function      *
+ *   MapEditClass::Select_Team -- user selects a team from a list          *
+ *   MapEditClass::Edit_Team -- user edits a team's options                *
+ *   MapEditClass::Team_Members -- user picks makeup of a team             *
+ *   MapEditClass::Build_Mission_list -- fills in mission list box         *
+ *   MapEditClass::Draw_Member -- Draws a member of the team dialog box.   *
+ *   MapEditClass::Team_Members -- Team members dialog                     * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "function.h"
+
+#ifdef SCENARIO_EDITOR
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MapEditClass::Handle_Teams -- main team-dialog-handling function        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/08/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void MapEditClass::Handle_Teams(char const * caption)
+{
+	int rc;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Team dialog processing loop:
+	- Invoke the team selection dialog. If a team's selected, break
+	  & return
+	- If user wants to edit the current team, do so
+	- If user wants to create new team, new a TeamTypeClass & edit it
+	- If user wants to delete team, delete the current team
+	- Keep looping until 'OK'
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	for (;;) {
+
+		/*
+		............................. Select team .............................
+		*/
+		rc = Select_Team(caption);
+
+		/*
+		............................. 'OK'; break .............................
+		*/
+		if (rc == 0) {
+			break;
+		} else {
+
+			/*
+			............................... 'Edit' ................................
+			*/
+			if (rc == 1 && CurTeam) {
+				if (Edit_Team()==0) {
+					Changed = 1;
+				}
+			} else {
+
+				/*
+				................................ 'New' ................................
+				*/
+				if (rc == 2) {
+					/*
+					........................ Create a new team .........................
+					*/
+					CurTeam = new TeamTypeClass();
+					if (CurTeam) {
+						/*
+						................... delete it if user cancels ...................
+						*/
+						if (Edit_Team()==-1) {
+							delete CurTeam;
+							CurTeam = NULL;
+						} else {
+							Changed = 1;
+						}
+					} else {
+
+						/*
+						................. Unable to create; issue warning ..................
+						*/
+						CCMessageBox().Process("No more teams available.");
+						HiddenPage.Clear();
+						Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+						Render();
+					}
+				} else {
+
+					/*
+					.............................. 'Delete' ...............................
+					*/
+					if (rc==3) {
+						if (CurTeam) {
+							CurTeam->Remove();
+							CurTeam = NULL;
+						}
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MapEditClass::Select_Team -- user selects a team from a list            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *    ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿           *
+ *    ³                         Teams                          ³           *
+ *    ³    ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄ¿    ³           *
+ *    ³    ³ Name     House    Class:Count,Class:Count  ³³    ³           *
+ *    ³    ³ Name     House    Class:Count,Class:Count  ÃÄ´    ³           *
+ *    ³    ³ Name     House    Class:Count,Class:Count  ³ ³    ³           *
+ *    ³    ³ Name     House    Class:Count,Class:Count  ³ ³    ³           *
+ *    ³    ³                                            ³ ³    ³           *
+ *    ³    ³                                            ³ ³    ³           *
+ *    ³    ³                                            ÃÄ´    ³           *
+ *    ³    ³                                            ³³    ³           *
+ *    ³    ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÙ    ³           *
+ *    ³                                                        ³           *
+ *    ³      [Edit]        [New]        [Delete]      [OK]     ³           *
+ *    ³                                                        ³           *
+ *    ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      0 = OK, 1 = Edit, 2 = New, 3 = Delete                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      Uses HIDBUFF.                                                      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/08/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int MapEditClass::Select_Team(char const * caption)
+{
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog & button dimensions
+	........................................................................*/
+	enum {
+		D_DIALOG_W = 528,											// dialog width
+		D_DIALOG_H = 290,											// dialog height
+		D_DIALOG_X = ((640 - D_DIALOG_W) / 2),				// centered x-coord
+		D_DIALOG_Y = ((400 - D_DIALOG_H) / 2),				// centered y-coord
+		D_DIALOG_CX = D_DIALOG_X + (D_DIALOG_W / 2),		// coord of x-center
+
+		D_TXT8_H = 22,												// ht of 8-pt text
+		D_MARGIN = 14,												// margin width/height
+
+		D_LIST_W = 500,
+		D_LIST_H = 208,
+		D_LIST_X = D_DIALOG_X + D_MARGIN,
+		D_LIST_Y = D_DIALOG_Y + D_MARGIN + D_TXT8_H,
+
+		D_EDIT_W = 90,
+		D_EDIT_H = 18,
+		D_EDIT_X = D_DIALOG_X + (D_DIALOG_W / 8) - (D_EDIT_W / 2),
+		D_EDIT_Y = D_DIALOG_Y + D_DIALOG_H - D_MARGIN - D_EDIT_H,
+
+		D_NEW_W = 90,
+		D_NEW_H = 18,
+		D_NEW_X = D_DIALOG_X + (D_DIALOG_W / 8) * 3 - (D_NEW_W / 2),
+		D_NEW_Y = D_DIALOG_Y + D_DIALOG_H - D_MARGIN - D_NEW_H,
+
+		D_DELETE_W = 90,
+		D_DELETE_H = 18,
+		D_DELETE_X = D_DIALOG_X + (D_DIALOG_W / 8) * 5 - (D_DELETE_W / 2),
+		D_DELETE_Y = D_DIALOG_Y + D_DIALOG_H - D_MARGIN - D_DELETE_H,
+
+		D_OK_W = 90,
+		D_OK_H = 18,
+		D_OK_X = D_DIALOG_X + (D_DIALOG_W / 8) * 7 - (D_OK_W / 2),
+		D_OK_Y = D_DIALOG_Y + D_DIALOG_H - D_MARGIN - D_OK_H,
+
+		TEAMTXT_LEN = 43,				// max length of a team entry
+	};
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Button enumerations:
+	........................................................................*/
+	enum {
+		TEAM_LIST=100,
+		BUTTON_EDIT,
+		BUTTON_NEW,
+		BUTTON_DELETE,
+		BUTTON_OK,
+	};
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Redraw values: in order from "top" to "bottom" layer of the dialog
+	........................................................................*/
+	typedef enum {
+		REDRAW_NONE = 0,
+		REDRAW_BUTTONS,
+		REDRAW_BACKGROUND,
+		REDRAW_ALL = REDRAW_BACKGROUND
+	} RedrawType;
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog variables
+	........................................................................*/
+	RedrawType display;							// requested redraw level
+	bool process;									// loop while true
+	char *teamtext[TEAMTYPE_MAX + 1];		// text for defined teams
+	KeyNumType input;								// user input
+	bool edit_team = false;						// true = user wants to edit
+	bool new_team = false;						// true = user wants to new
+	bool del_team = false;						// true = user wants to new
+	int i;											// loop counters
+	int j;
+	int def_idx;									// default list index
+	static int tabs[] = {120, 180};				// list box tab stops
+	char txt[10];
+//	int housetxt;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Buttons
+	........................................................................*/
+	GadgetClass *commands = NULL;				// the button list
+
+	ListClass teamlist (TEAM_LIST,
+		D_LIST_X, D_LIST_Y, D_LIST_W, D_LIST_H,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		Hires_Retrieve("BTN-UP.SHP"),
+		Hires_Retrieve("BTN-DN.SHP"));
+
+	TextButtonClass editbtn (BUTTON_EDIT, "Edit",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_EDIT_X, D_EDIT_Y, D_EDIT_W, D_EDIT_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass newbtn (BUTTON_NEW, "New",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_NEW_X, D_NEW_Y, D_NEW_W, D_NEW_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass deletebtn (BUTTON_DELETE, "Delete",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_DELETE_X, D_DELETE_Y, D_DELETE_W, D_DELETE_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass okbtn (BUTTON_OK, TXT_OK,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_OK_X, D_OK_Y, D_OK_W, D_OK_H);
+
+	/*
+	------------------------------- Initialize -------------------------------
+	*/
+	Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+
+	/*
+	........................... Fill in team names ...........................
+	*/
+	def_idx = 0;
+	for (i = 0; i < TeamTypes.Count(); i++) {
+		/*
+		................... Generate string for this team .....................
+		*/
+		//teamtext[i] = (char *)HidPage.Get_Graphic_Buffer()->Get_Buffer() + TEAMTXT_LEN * i;
+		teamtext[i] = new char[255];
+
+		/*
+		........................ Fill in name & house .........................
+		*/
+		strcpy(teamtext[i],TeamTypes.Ptr(i)->IniName);
+		strcat(teamtext[i],"\t");
+		strcat(teamtext[i], HouseTypeClass::As_Reference(TeamTypes.Ptr(i)->House).Suffix);
+		strcat(teamtext[i],"\t");
+
+		/*
+		................ Fill in class & count for all classes ................
+		*/
+		for (j = 0; j < TeamTypes.Ptr(i)->ClassCount; j++) {
+			sprintf (txt,"%s:%d", TeamTypes.Ptr(i)->Class[j]->IniName, TeamTypes.Ptr(i)->DesiredNum[j]);
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Add entry if there's room; break otherwise
+			(+ 3 for the ", " and the NULL; +3 again for the "..." for the next
+			entry)
+			..................................................................*/
+			if (strlen(txt) + strlen(teamtext[i]) + 6 < TEAMTXT_LEN) {
+				if (j > 0) {
+					strcat(teamtext[i],", ");
+				}
+				strcat(teamtext[i],txt);
+			} else {
+				strcat(teamtext[i], "...");
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		.................. Set def_idx if this is CurTeam .....................
+		*/
+		if (TeamTypes.Ptr(i)==CurTeam) {
+			def_idx = i;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................... Add to list box ...........................
+		*/
+		teamlist.Add_Item(teamtext[i]);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	....................... Set CurTeam if it isn't ..........................
+	*/
+	if (TeamTypes.Count()==0) {
+		CurTeam = NULL;
+	} else {
+		if (!CurTeam) {
+			CurTeam = TeamTypes.Ptr(def_idx);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	............................ Create the list .............................
+	*/
+	commands = &teamlist;
+	editbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	newbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	deletebtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	okbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+
+	/*
+	------------------------ Init tab stops for list -------------------------
+	*/
+	teamlist.Set_Tabs(tabs);
+
+	/*
+	-------------------------- Main Processing Loop --------------------------
+	*/
+	display = REDRAW_ALL;
+	process = true;
+	while (process) {
+		/*
+		** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+		** we need to redraw.
+		*/
+		if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+			AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+			display=REDRAW_ALL;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................ Invoke game callback .........................
+		*/
+		Call_Back();
+
+		/*
+		...................... Refresh display if needed ......................
+		*/
+		if (display) {
+
+			/*
+			...................... Display the dialog box ......................
+			*/
+			Hide_Mouse();
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BACKGROUND) {
+				Dialog_Box(D_DIALOG_X, D_DIALOG_Y, D_DIALOG_W, D_DIALOG_H);
+				Draw_Caption(TXT_NONE, D_DIALOG_X, D_DIALOG_Y, D_DIALOG_W);
+
+				/*
+				....................... Draw the captions .......................
+				*/
+				Fancy_Text_Print(caption, D_DIALOG_CX, D_DIALOG_Y + D_MARGIN,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+			}
+			/*
+			........................ Redraw the buttons ........................
+			*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BUTTONS) {
+				commands->Draw_All();
+			}
+			Show_Mouse();
+			display = REDRAW_NONE;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................... Get user input ............................
+		*/
+		input = commands->Input();
+
+		/*
+		............................ Process input ............................
+		*/
+		switch (input) {
+			case (TEAM_LIST | KN_BUTTON):
+				def_idx = teamlist.Current_Index();
+				if (def_idx < TeamTypes.Count())
+					CurTeam = TeamTypes.Ptr(def_idx);
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_EDIT | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (CurTeam) {		// only allow if there's one selected
+					process = false;
+					edit_team = true;
+				}
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_NEW | KN_BUTTON):
+				process = false;
+				new_team = true;
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_DELETE | KN_BUTTON):
+				process = false;
+				del_team = true;
+				break;
+
+			case (KN_RETURN):
+			case (BUTTON_OK | KN_BUTTON):
+				process = false;
+				break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	--------------------------- Redraw the display ---------------------------
+	*/
+	HiddenPage.Clear();
+	Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+	Render();
+
+	for (i = 0; i < TeamTypes.Count(); i++) {
+		delete [] teamtext[i];
+	}
+	if (edit_team) return(1);
+	if (new_team) return(2);
+	if (del_team) return(3);
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MapEditClass::Edit_Team -- user edits a team's options                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *  ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿      *
+ *  ³                         Team Editor                           ³      *
+ *  ³                                                               ³      *
+ *  ³            Name ______               [Roundabout]             ³      *
+ *  ³        Priority ______  [   GDI   ]  [Learning  ]             ³      *
+ *  ³         Max Num ______  [   NOD   ]  [Suicide   ]             ³      *
+ *  ³        Init Num ______               [Autocreate]             ³      *
+ *  ³            Fear ______               [Mercenary ]             ³      *
+ *  ³                                      [Prebuild  ]             ³      *
+ *  ³                                      [Reinforce ]             ³      *
+ *  ³                                                               ³      *
+ *  ³  ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄ¿             ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄ¿  ³      *
+ *  ³  ³                   ³^³             ³                   ³^³  ³      *
+ *  ³  ³                   ÃÄ´  [Add >>]   ³                   ÃÄ´  ³      *
+ *  ³  ³                   ³ ³  [Insert]   ³                   ³ ³  ³      *
+ *  ³  ³                   ³ ³  [Delete]   ³                   ³ ³  ³      *
+ *  ³  ³                   ÃÄ´    ____     ³                   ÃÄ´  ³      *
+ *  ³  ³                   ³v³             ³                   ³v³  ³      *
+ *  ³  ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÙ             ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÙ  ³      *
+ *  ³                                                               ³      *
+ *  ³        [Members]          [Cancel]           [OK]             ³      *
+ *  ³                                                               ³      *
+ *  ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      0 = OK, -1 = cancel                                                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      CurTeam must NOT be NULL when this function is called.             *
+ *      This routine invokes the Members dialog, which uses HIDBUFF.       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/08/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int MapEditClass::Edit_Team(void)
+{
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog & button dimensions
+	........................................................................*/
+	enum {
+		D_DIALOG_W = 516,
+		D_DIALOG_H = 376,
+		D_DIALOG_X = ((640 - D_DIALOG_W) / 2),
+		D_DIALOG_Y = ((400 - D_DIALOG_H) / 2),
+		D_DIALOG_CX = D_DIALOG_X + (D_DIALOG_W / 2),
+
+		D_TXT8_H = 22,
+		D_MARGIN = 14,
+
+		D_NAME_W = 120,
+		D_NAME_H = 18,
+		D_NAME_X = D_DIALOG_X + D_MARGIN + 100,
+		D_NAME_Y = D_DIALOG_Y + D_MARGIN + D_TXT8_H,
+
+		D_PRIORITY_W = 120,
+		D_PRIORITY_H = 18,
+		D_PRIORITY_X = D_DIALOG_X + D_MARGIN + 100,
+		D_PRIORITY_Y = D_NAME_Y + D_NAME_H,
+
+		D_MAXNUM_W = 120,
+		D_MAXNUM_H = 18,
+		D_MAXNUM_X = D_DIALOG_X + D_MARGIN + 100,
+		D_MAXNUM_Y = D_PRIORITY_Y + D_PRIORITY_H,
+
+		D_INITNUM_W = 120,
+		D_INITNUM_H = 18,
+		D_INITNUM_X = D_DIALOG_X + D_MARGIN + 100,
+		D_INITNUM_Y = D_MAXNUM_Y + D_MAXNUM_H,
+
+		D_FEAR_W = 120,
+		D_FEAR_H = 18,
+		D_FEAR_X = D_DIALOG_X + D_MARGIN + 100,
+		D_FEAR_Y = D_INITNUM_Y + D_INITNUM_H,
+
+		D_GDI_W = 100,
+		D_GDI_H = 18,
+		D_GDI_X = D_NAME_X + D_NAME_W + D_MARGIN,
+		D_GDI_Y = D_NAME_Y + D_NAME_H + D_NAME_H / 2,
+
+		D_NOD_W = 100,
+		D_NOD_H = 18,
+		D_NOD_X = D_NAME_X + D_NAME_W + D_MARGIN,
+		D_NOD_Y = D_GDI_Y + D_GDI_H,
+
+		D_NEU_W = 100,
+		D_NEU_H = 18,
+		D_NEU_X = D_NAME_X + D_NAME_W + D_MARGIN,
+		D_NEU_Y = D_NOD_Y + D_NOD_H,
+
+		D_MULTI1_W = 50,
+		D_MULTI1_H = 18,
+		D_MULTI1_X = D_GDI_X,
+		D_MULTI1_Y = D_GDI_Y,
+
+		D_MULTI2_W = 50,
+		D_MULTI2_H = 18,
+		D_MULTI2_X = D_GDI_X + D_MULTI2_W,
+		D_MULTI2_Y = D_GDI_Y,
+
+		D_MULTI3_W = 50,
+		D_MULTI3_H = 18,
+		D_MULTI3_X = D_NOD_X,
+		D_MULTI3_Y = D_NOD_Y,
+
+		D_MULTI4_W = 50,
+		D_MULTI4_H = 18,
+		D_MULTI4_X = D_NOD_X + D_MULTI4_W,
+		D_MULTI4_Y = D_NOD_Y,
+
+		D_ROUNDABOUT_W = 130,
+		D_ROUNDABOUT_H = 18,
+		D_ROUNDABOUT_X = D_DIALOG_X + D_DIALOG_W - D_MARGIN - D_ROUNDABOUT_W,
+		D_ROUNDABOUT_Y = D_DIALOG_Y + D_MARGIN + D_TXT8_H - 10,
+
+		D_LEARNING_W = D_ROUNDABOUT_W,
+		D_LEARNING_H = 18,
+		D_LEARNING_X = D_ROUNDABOUT_X,
+		D_LEARNING_Y = D_ROUNDABOUT_Y + D_ROUNDABOUT_H,
+
+		D_SUICIDE_W = D_ROUNDABOUT_W,
+		D_SUICIDE_H = 18,
+		D_SUICIDE_X = D_ROUNDABOUT_X,
+		D_SUICIDE_Y = D_LEARNING_Y + D_LEARNING_H,
+
+		D_AUTOCREATE_W = D_ROUNDABOUT_W,
+		D_AUTOCREATE_H = 18,
+		D_AUTOCREATE_X = D_ROUNDABOUT_X,
+		D_AUTOCREATE_Y = D_SUICIDE_Y + D_SUICIDE_H,
+
+		D_MERCENARY_W = D_ROUNDABOUT_W,
+		D_MERCENARY_H = 18,
+		D_MERCENARY_X = D_ROUNDABOUT_X,
+		D_MERCENARY_Y = D_AUTOCREATE_Y + D_AUTOCREATE_H,
+
+		D_PREBUILT_W = D_ROUNDABOUT_W,
+		D_PREBUILT_H = 18,
+		D_PREBUILT_X = D_ROUNDABOUT_X,
+		D_PREBUILT_Y = D_MERCENARY_Y + D_MERCENARY_H,
+
+		D_REINFORCE_W = D_ROUNDABOUT_W,
+		D_REINFORCE_H = 18,
+		D_REINFORCE_X = D_ROUNDABOUT_X,
+		D_REINFORCE_Y = D_PREBUILT_Y + D_PREBUILT_H,
+
+		D_MISSION1_W = 180,
+		D_MISSION1_H = 128,
+		D_MISSION1_X = D_DIALOG_X + D_MARGIN,
+		D_MISSION1_Y = D_REINFORCE_Y + D_REINFORCE_H + D_MARGIN,
+
+		D_MISSION2_W = 180,
+		D_MISSION2_H = 128,
+		D_MISSION2_X = D_DIALOG_X + D_DIALOG_W - D_MARGIN - D_MISSION2_W,
+		D_MISSION2_Y = D_MISSION1_Y,
+
+		D_ADD_W = 100,
+		D_ADD_H = 18,
+		D_ADD_X = D_MISSION1_X + D_MISSION1_W + D_MARGIN,
+		D_ADD_Y = D_MISSION1_Y + D_ADD_H,
+
+		D_INSERT_W = 100,
+		D_INSERT_H = 18,
+		D_INSERT_X = D_MISSION1_X + D_MISSION1_W + D_MARGIN,
+		D_INSERT_Y = D_ADD_Y + D_ADD_H,
+
+		D_DEL_W = 100,
+		D_DEL_H = 18,
+		D_DEL_X = D_MISSION1_X + D_MISSION1_W + D_MARGIN,
+		D_DEL_Y = D_INSERT_Y + D_INSERT_H,
+
+		D_ARG_W = 100,
+		D_ARG_H = 18,
+		D_ARG_X = D_MISSION1_X + D_MISSION1_W + D_MARGIN,
+		D_ARG_Y = D_DEL_Y + D_DEL_H,
+
+		D_MEMBERS_W = 100,
+		D_MEMBERS_H = 18,
+		D_MEMBERS_X = D_DIALOG_X + (D_DIALOG_W / 6) - D_MEMBERS_W / 2,
+		D_MEMBERS_Y = D_DIALOG_Y + D_DIALOG_H - D_MARGIN - D_MEMBERS_H,
+
+		D_CANCEL_W = 100,
+		D_CANCEL_H = 18,
+		D_CANCEL_X = D_DIALOG_X + (D_DIALOG_W / 6) * 3 - D_CANCEL_W / 2,
+		D_CANCEL_Y = D_DIALOG_Y + D_DIALOG_H - D_MARGIN - D_CANCEL_H,
+
+		D_OK_W = 100,
+		D_OK_H = 18,
+		D_OK_X = D_DIALOG_X + (D_DIALOG_W / 6) * 5 - D_OK_W / 2,
+		D_OK_Y = D_DIALOG_Y + D_DIALOG_H - D_MARGIN - D_OK_H,
+	};
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Button enumerations:
+	........................................................................*/
+	enum {
+		BUTTON_NAME=100,
+		BUTTON_RECRUIT,
+		BUTTON_MAXNUM,
+		BUTTON_INITNUM,
+		BUTTON_FEAR,
+		BUTTON_GDI,
+		BUTTON_NOD,
+		BUTTON_NEU,
+		BUTTON_JP,			// placeholder
+		BUTTON_MULTI1,
+		BUTTON_MULTI2,
+		BUTTON_MULTI3,
+		BUTTON_MULTI4,
+		BUTTON_MULTI5,
+		BUTTON_MULTI6,
+		BUTTON_ROUNDABOUT,
+		BUTTON_LEARNING,
+		BUTTON_SUICIDE,
+		BUTTON_AUTO,
+		BUTTON_MERCENARY,
+		BUTTON_PREBUILT,
+		BUTTON_REINFORCE,
+		BUTTON_MISSION1,
+		BUTTON_MISSION2,
+		BUTTON_ADD,
+		BUTTON_INSERT,
+		BUTTON_DEL,
+		BUTTON_ARG,
+		BUTTON_MEMBERS,
+		BUTTON_OK,
+		BUTTON_CANCEL,
+	};
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Redraw values: in order from "top" to "bottom" layer of the dialog
+	........................................................................*/
+	typedef enum {
+		REDRAW_NONE = 0,
+		REDRAW_BUTTONS,
+		REDRAW_BACKGROUND,
+		REDRAW_ALL = REDRAW_BACKGROUND
+	} RedrawType;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog variables:
+	........................................................................*/
+	RedrawType display;							// requested redraw level
+	bool process;									// loop while true
+	KeyNumType input;
+	bool cancel = false;							// true = user cancels
+	char name_buf[12];
+	char recr_buf[4];
+	char maxnum_buf[4];
+	char initnum_buf[4];
+	char fear_buf[4];
+	HousesType house;
+	int roundabout;
+	int learning;
+	int suicide;
+	int autocreate;
+	int mercenary;
+	int prebuilt;
+	int reinforce;
+	int missioncount;
+	TeamMissionStruct missions[TeamTypeClass::MAX_TEAM_MISSIONS];
+	char missionbuf[TeamTypeClass::MAX_TEAM_MISSIONS][20];
+	int curmission;					// currently-selected mission index
+
+	char arg_buf[4] = {0};
+	static int tabs[] = {130, 180};		// list box tab stops
+	int i,j;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Buttons:
+	........................................................................*/
+	ControlClass *commands;
+	EditClass name_edt (BUTTON_NAME,
+		name_buf, 8,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_NAME_X, D_NAME_Y, D_NAME_W, D_NAME_H, EditClass::ALPHANUMERIC);
+
+	EditClass recr_edt (BUTTON_RECRUIT,
+		recr_buf, 3,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_PRIORITY_X, D_PRIORITY_Y, D_PRIORITY_W, D_PRIORITY_H, EditClass::NUMERIC);
+
+	EditClass maxnum_edt (BUTTON_MAXNUM,
+		maxnum_buf, 3,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_MAXNUM_X, D_MAXNUM_Y, D_MAXNUM_W, D_MAXNUM_H, EditClass::NUMERIC);
+
+	EditClass initnum_edt (BUTTON_INITNUM,
+		initnum_buf, 3,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_INITNUM_X, D_INITNUM_Y, D_INITNUM_W, D_INITNUM_H, EditClass::NUMERIC);
+
+	EditClass fear_edt (BUTTON_FEAR,
+		fear_buf, 3,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_FEAR_X, D_FEAR_Y, D_FEAR_W, D_FEAR_H, EditClass::NUMERIC);
+
+	TextButtonClass gdibtn (BUTTON_GDI, "GDI",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_GDI_X, D_GDI_Y, D_GDI_W, D_GDI_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass nodbtn (BUTTON_NOD, "NOD",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_NOD_X, D_NOD_Y, D_NOD_W, D_NOD_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass neubtn (BUTTON_NEU, "NEUTRAL",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_NEU_X, D_NEU_Y, D_NEU_W, D_NEU_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass multi1btn (BUTTON_MULTI1, "M1",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_MULTI1_X, D_MULTI1_Y, D_MULTI1_W, D_MULTI1_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass multi2btn (BUTTON_MULTI2, "M2",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_MULTI2_X, D_MULTI2_Y, D_MULTI2_W, D_MULTI2_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass multi3btn (BUTTON_MULTI3, "M3",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_MULTI3_X, D_MULTI3_Y, D_MULTI3_W, D_MULTI3_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass multi4btn (BUTTON_MULTI4, "M4",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_MULTI4_X, D_MULTI4_Y, D_MULTI4_W, D_MULTI4_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass roundbtn (BUTTON_ROUNDABOUT, "Roundabout",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_ROUNDABOUT_X, D_ROUNDABOUT_Y, D_ROUNDABOUT_W, D_ROUNDABOUT_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass learnbtn (BUTTON_LEARNING, "Learning",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_LEARNING_X, D_LEARNING_Y, D_LEARNING_W, D_LEARNING_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass suicidebtn (BUTTON_SUICIDE, "Suicide",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_SUICIDE_X, D_SUICIDE_Y, D_SUICIDE_W, D_SUICIDE_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass autocreatebtn (BUTTON_AUTO, "Autocreate",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_AUTOCREATE_X, D_AUTOCREATE_Y, D_AUTOCREATE_W, D_AUTOCREATE_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass mercbtn (BUTTON_MERCENARY, "Mercenary",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_MERCENARY_X, D_MERCENARY_Y, D_MERCENARY_W, D_MERCENARY_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass prebuiltbtn (BUTTON_PREBUILT, "Prebuild",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_PREBUILT_X, D_PREBUILT_Y, D_PREBUILT_W, D_PREBUILT_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass reinforcebtn (BUTTON_REINFORCE, "Reinforce",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_REINFORCE_X, D_REINFORCE_Y, D_REINFORCE_W, D_REINFORCE_H);
+
+	ListClass missionlist1 (BUTTON_MISSION1,
+		D_MISSION1_X, D_MISSION1_Y, D_MISSION1_W, D_MISSION1_H,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		Hires_Retrieve("BTN-UP.SHP"),
+		Hires_Retrieve("BTN-DN.SHP"));
+
+	ListClass missionlist2 (BUTTON_MISSION2,
+		D_MISSION2_X, D_MISSION2_Y, D_MISSION2_W, D_MISSION2_H,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		Hires_Retrieve("BTN-UP.SHP"),
+		Hires_Retrieve("BTN-DN.SHP"));
+
+	TextButtonClass addbtn (BUTTON_ADD, "Add >>",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_ADD_X, D_ADD_Y, D_ADD_W, D_ADD_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass insertbtn (BUTTON_INSERT, "Insert",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_INSERT_X, D_INSERT_Y, D_INSERT_W, D_INSERT_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass delbtn (BUTTON_DEL, "Delete",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_DEL_X, D_DEL_Y, D_DEL_W, D_DEL_H);
+
+	EditClass arg_edt (BUTTON_ARG, arg_buf, 4,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_ARG_X, D_ARG_Y, D_ARG_W, D_ARG_H, EditClass::ALPHANUMERIC);
+
+	TextButtonClass membersbtn (BUTTON_MEMBERS, "Members",
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_MEMBERS_X, D_MEMBERS_Y, D_MEMBERS_W, D_MEMBERS_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass okbtn (BUTTON_OK, TXT_OK,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_OK_X, D_OK_Y, D_OK_W, D_OK_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass cancelbtn (BUTTON_CANCEL, TXT_CANCEL,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_CANCEL_X, D_CANCEL_Y, D_CANCEL_W, D_CANCEL_H);
+
+	/*
+	------------------------------- Initialize -------------------------------
+	*/
+	Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+
+	/*
+	........................... Copy team's state ............................
+	*/
+	strcpy(name_buf,CurTeam->IniName);
+	sprintf(recr_buf,"%d",CurTeam->RecruitPriority);
+	sprintf(maxnum_buf,"%d",CurTeam->MaxAllowed);
+	sprintf(initnum_buf,"%d",CurTeam->InitNum);
+	sprintf(fear_buf,"%d",CurTeam->Fear);
+	roundabout = CurTeam->IsRoundAbout;
+	learning = CurTeam->IsLearning;
+	suicide = CurTeam->IsSuicide;
+	house = CurTeam->House;
+	autocreate = CurTeam->IsAutocreate;
+	mercenary = CurTeam->IsMercenary;
+	prebuilt = CurTeam->IsPrebuilt;
+	reinforce = CurTeam->IsReinforcable;
+
+	/*
+	......................... Fill in mission lists ..........................
+	*/
+	for (i = 0; i < TMISSION_COUNT; i++) {
+		missionlist1.Add_Item(TeamTypeClass::Name_From_Mission((TeamMissionType)i));
+	}
+
+	missioncount = CurTeam->MissionCount;
+	for (i = 0; i < missioncount; i++) {
+		missions[i] = CurTeam->MissionList[i];
+	}
+	Build_Mission_List(missioncount, missions, missionbuf, &missionlist2);
+
+	curmission = 0;
+	if (missioncount) {
+		if (missions[curmission].Mission == TMISSION_MOVE || missions[curmission].Mission == TMISSION_UNLOAD) {
+			sprintf(arg_buf,"%c",missions[curmission].Argument + 'A');
+		} else {
+			sprintf(arg_buf,"%d",missions[curmission].Argument);
+		}
+	}
+	missionlist2.Set_Tabs(tabs);
+
+	/*
+	......................... Init the button states .........................
+	*/
+	name_edt.Set_Text(name_buf,8);
+	recr_edt.Set_Text(recr_buf,3);
+	maxnum_edt.Set_Text(maxnum_buf,3);
+	initnum_edt.Set_Text(initnum_buf,3);
+	fear_edt.Set_Text(fear_buf,3);
+	arg_edt.Set_Text(arg_buf,3);
+
+	if (roundabout) {
+		roundbtn.Turn_On();
+	}
+	if (learning) {
+		learnbtn.Turn_On();
+	}
+	if (suicide) {
+		suicidebtn.Turn_On();
+	}
+	if (autocreate) {
+		autocreatebtn.Turn_On();
+	}
+	if (mercenary) {
+		mercbtn.Turn_On();
+	}
+	if (reinforce) {
+		reinforcebtn.Turn_On();
+	}
+	if (prebuilt) {
+		prebuiltbtn.Turn_On();
+	}
+
+	/*
+	............................ Create the list .............................
+	*/
+	commands = &okbtn;
+	cancelbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	membersbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+
+	name_edt.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	recr_edt.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	maxnum_edt.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	initnum_edt.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	fear_edt.Add_Tail(*commands);
+
+	gdibtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	nodbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	neubtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+
+	roundbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	learnbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	suicidebtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	autocreatebtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	mercbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	prebuiltbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	reinforcebtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+
+	missionlist1.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	missionlist2.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	addbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	insertbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	delbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	arg_edt.Add_Tail(*commands);
+
+	Set_House_Buttons (house, commands, BUTTON_GDI);
+
+	/*
+	-------------------------- Main Processing Loop --------------------------
+	*/
+	display = REDRAW_ALL;
+	process = true;
+	while (process) {
+		/*
+		** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+		** we need to redraw.
+		*/
+		if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+			AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+			display=REDRAW_ALL;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................ Invoke game callback .........................
+		*/
+		Call_Back();
+
+		/*
+		...................... Refresh display if needed ......................
+		*/
+		if (display) {
+
+			/*
+			...................... Display the dialog box ......................
+			*/
+			Hide_Mouse();
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BACKGROUND) {
+				Dialog_Box(D_DIALOG_X, D_DIALOG_Y, D_DIALOG_W, D_DIALOG_H);
+
+				Draw_Caption(TXT_NONE, D_DIALOG_X, D_DIALOG_Y, D_DIALOG_W);
+				/*
+				....................... Draw the captions .......................
+				*/
+				Fancy_Text_Print("Team Edit", D_DIALOG_CX, D_DIALOG_Y + D_MARGIN,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print("Name", D_NAME_X - 5, D_NAME_Y,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print("Priority", D_PRIORITY_X - 5, D_PRIORITY_Y,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print("Max Num", D_MAXNUM_X - 5, D_MAXNUM_Y,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print("Init Num", D_INITNUM_X - 5, D_INITNUM_Y,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print("Fear", D_FEAR_X - 5, D_FEAR_Y,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+			}
+			/*
+			........................ Redraw the buttons ........................
+			*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BUTTONS) {
+				commands->Draw_All();
+			}
+			Show_Mouse();
+			display = REDRAW_NONE;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................... Get user input ............................
+		*/
+		input = commands->Input();
+
+		/*
+		............................ Process input ............................
+		*/
+		switch (input) {
+			case (BUTTON_NAME | KN_BUTTON):
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_RECRUIT | KN_BUTTON):
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_MAXNUM | KN_BUTTON):
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_INITNUM | KN_BUTTON):
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_FEAR | KN_BUTTON):
+				break;
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Toggle RoundAbout
+			..................................................................*/
+			case (BUTTON_ROUNDABOUT | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (roundabout) {
+					roundabout = 0;
+					roundbtn.Turn_Off();
+				} else {
+					roundabout = 1;
+					roundbtn.Turn_On();
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Toggle Learning
+			..................................................................*/
+			case (BUTTON_LEARNING | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (learning) {
+					learning = 0;
+					learnbtn.Turn_Off();
+				} else {
+					learning = 1;
+					learnbtn.Turn_On();
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Toggle Suicide
+			..................................................................*/
+			case (BUTTON_SUICIDE | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (suicide) {
+					suicide = 0;
+					suicidebtn.Turn_Off();
+				} else {
+					suicide = 1;
+					suicidebtn.Turn_On();
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Toggle Spy
+			..................................................................*/
+			case (BUTTON_AUTO | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (autocreate) {
+					autocreate = 0;
+					autocreatebtn.Turn_Off();
+				} else {
+					autocreate = 1;
+					autocreatebtn.Turn_On();
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Toggle Mercenary
+			..................................................................*/
+			case (BUTTON_MERCENARY | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (mercenary) {
+					mercenary = 0;
+					mercbtn.Turn_Off();
+				} else {
+					mercenary = 1;
+					mercbtn.Turn_On();
+				}
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_PREBUILT | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (prebuilt) {
+					prebuilt = 0;
+					prebuiltbtn.Turn_Off();
+				} else {
+					prebuilt = 1;
+					prebuiltbtn.Turn_On();
+				}
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_REINFORCE | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (reinforce) {
+					reinforce = 0;
+					reinforcebtn.Turn_Off();
+				} else {
+					reinforce = 1;
+					reinforcebtn.Turn_On();
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Select a Mission on the left-hand mission list
+			..................................................................*/
+			case (BUTTON_MISSION1 | KN_BUTTON):
+				break;
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Select a Mission on the right-hand mission list; update the Argument
+			field to reflect the current value
+			..................................................................*/
+			case (BUTTON_MISSION2 | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (missionlist2.Count() > 0 &&
+					missionlist2.Current_Index() != curmission) {
+					curmission = missionlist2.Current_Index();
+					if (missions[curmission].Mission==TMISSION_MOVE || missions[curmission].Mission == TMISSION_UNLOAD) {
+						sprintf(arg_buf,"%c",missions[curmission].Argument + 'A');
+					} else {
+						sprintf(arg_buf,"%d",missions[curmission].Argument);
+					}
+					arg_edt.Set_Text(arg_buf,3);
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Copy mission from left list box to right list box
+			..................................................................*/
+			case (BUTTON_ADD | KN_BUTTON):
+			case (BUTTON_INSERT | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (missioncount < TeamTypeClass::MAX_TEAM_MISSIONS) {
+					/*
+					** Set 'i' to the position we're going to add into; this will
+					** be just AFTER the current item if we're adding, and it will
+					** be the current item if we're inserting.
+					*/
+					if (input == (BUTTON_ADD | KN_BUTTON)) {
+						i = missionlist2.Current_Index() + 1;
+						if (i < 0) {
+							i = 0;
+						}
+						if (i > missioncount) {
+							i = missioncount;
+						}
+					} else {
+						i = missionlist2.Current_Index();
+						if (i < 0) {
+							i = 0;
+						}
+						if (i >= missioncount && missioncount > 0) {
+							i = missioncount - 1;
+						}
+					}
+
+					/*
+					** Move all other missions forward in the array
+					*/
+					for (j = missioncount; j > i; j--) {
+						missions[j] = missions[j - 1];
+					}
+
+					/*
+					** Set the Mission value based on 1st list box's index
+					*/
+					missions[i].Mission = (TeamMissionType)(TMISSION_FIRST + missionlist1.Current_Index());
+
+					/*
+					** Set the missions argument field
+					*/
+					if (missions[i].Mission == TMISSION_MOVE || missions[i].Mission == TMISSION_UNLOAD) {
+						missions[i].Argument = toupper(arg_buf[0]) - 'A';
+					} else {
+						missions[i].Argument = atoi(arg_buf);
+					}
+					missioncount++;
+
+					/*
+					** Rebuild the list box from scratch
+					*/
+					Build_Mission_List(missioncount, missions, missionbuf, &missionlist2);
+
+					/*
+					** Update the list's current item index
+					*/
+					missionlist2.Set_Selected_Index(i);
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Delete mission from right-hand list box
+			..................................................................*/
+			case (BUTTON_DEL | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (missioncount > 0) {
+					i = missionlist2.Current_Index();
+					if (i < 0 || i >= missioncount) {
+						break;
+					}
+
+					/*
+					** Move all missions back in the array
+					*/
+					for (j = i; j < missioncount - 1; j++) {
+						missions[j] = missions[j + 1];
+					}
+					missioncount--;
+
+					/*
+					** Rebuild the list box from scratch
+					*/
+					Build_Mission_List(missioncount, missions, missionbuf, &missionlist2);
+
+					/*
+					** Update the list's current item index
+					*/
+					if (i >= missioncount) {
+						i--;
+						if (i < 0) {
+							i = 0;
+						}
+						missionlist2.Set_Selected_Index(i);
+					}
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Set house
+			..................................................................*/
+			case (BUTTON_GDI | KN_BUTTON):
+			case (BUTTON_NOD | KN_BUTTON):
+			case (BUTTON_NEU | KN_BUTTON):
+			case (BUTTON_MULTI1 | KN_BUTTON):
+			case (BUTTON_MULTI2 | KN_BUTTON):
+			case (BUTTON_MULTI3 | KN_BUTTON):
+			case (BUTTON_MULTI4 | KN_BUTTON):
+				house = (HousesType)( (input & (~KN_BUTTON)) - BUTTON_GDI);
+				Set_House_Buttons(house, commands, BUTTON_GDI);
+				break;
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Invoke the members dialog
+			..................................................................*/
+			case (BUTTON_MEMBERS | KN_BUTTON):
+				/*
+				.................... Take editor focus away .....................
+				*/
+				membersbtn.Turn_Off();
+
+				/*
+				....................... Invoke the dialog .......................
+				*/
+				Team_Members(house);
+
+				/*
+				............................ Redraw .............................
+				*/
+				display = REDRAW_ALL;
+				break;
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			OK: return
+			..................................................................*/
+			case (BUTTON_OK | KN_BUTTON):
+				cancel = false;
+				process = false;
+				break;
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Cancel: return
+			..................................................................*/
+			case (BUTTON_CANCEL | KN_BUTTON):
+				cancel = true;
+				process = false;
+				break;
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Pass all other events to the currently-active text editor
+			..................................................................*/
+			default:
+				break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	--------------------------- Redraw the display ---------------------------
+	*/
+	HiddenPage.Clear();
+	Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+	Render();
+
+	/*
+	------------------------- If cancel, just return -------------------------
+	*/
+	if (cancel) {
+		return(-1);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	------------------------ Save selections & return ------------------------
+	*/
+	CurTeam->Set_Name(name_buf);
+	CurTeam->RecruitPriority = atoi(recr_buf);
+	CurTeam->MaxAllowed = atoi(maxnum_buf);
+	CurTeam->InitNum = atoi(initnum_buf);
+	CurTeam->IsRoundAbout = roundabout;
+	CurTeam->IsLearning = learning;
+	CurTeam->IsSuicide = suicide;
+	CurTeam->IsAutocreate = autocreate;
+	CurTeam->IsPrebuilt = prebuilt;
+	CurTeam->IsReinforcable = reinforce;
+	CurTeam->IsMercenary = mercenary;
+	CurTeam->House = house;
+	CurTeam->MissionCount = missioncount;
+	for (i = 0 ; i < missioncount; i++) {
+		CurTeam->MissionList[i] = missions[i];
+	}
+
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MapEditClass::Team_Members -- user picks makeup of a team               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * Team members are rendered in a 24 x 24 area; the Window coordinates     *
+ * have to be set to this area when the object's 'Display()' routine is    *
+ * called. Thus, the dialog's window coords have to be divisible by        *
+ * 24. The height of the dialog is computed based on how many objects      *
+ * there are in it.                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * 10 pixels are left between rows of objects, so the # of that type of    *
+ * object can be displayed underneath the object.                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *  ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿                    *
+ *  ³                 Team Members                    ³                    *
+ *  ³                                                 ³                    *
+ *  ³  ÚÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÂÄÄÄ¿  ³                    *
+ *  ³  ³   ³   ³   ³   ³   ³   ³   ³   ³   ³   ³   ³  ³                    *
+ *  ³  ÃÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÅÄÄÄ´  ³                    *
+ *  ³  ³   ³   ³   ³   ³   ³   ³   ³   ³   ³   ³   ³  ³                    *
+ *  ³  ÃÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÅÄÄÄ´  ³                    *
+ *  ³  ³   ³   ³   ³   ³   ³   ³   ³   ³   ³   ³   ³  ³                    *
+ *  ³  ÃÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÅÄÄÄ´  ³                    *
+ *  ³  ³   ³   ³   ³   ³   ³   ³   ³   ³   ³   ³   ³  ³                    *
+ *  ³  ÃÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÅÄÄÄ´  ³                    *
+ *  ³  ³   ³   ³   ³   ³   ³   ³   ³   ³   ³   ³   ³  ³                    *
+ *  ³  ÃÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÅÄÄÄ´  ³                    *
+ *  ³  ³   ³   ³   ³   ³   ³   ³   ³   ³   ³   ³   ³  ³                    *
+ *  ³  ÀÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÙ  ³                    *
+ *  ³               [OK]      [Cancel]                ³                    *
+ *  ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ                    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      house      house to display objects for                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      0 = OK, -1 = cancel                                                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      CurTeam must NOT be NULL when this function is called.             *
+ *      This routine uses HIDBUFF for data storage.                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/07/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+#define TEENSY_WEENSY
+/*
+**	Dialog & button dimensions
+*/
+enum {
+	D_DIALOG_W = 608,
+	D_DIALOG_X = ((640 - D_DIALOG_W) / 2),
+	D_DIALOG_CX = D_DIALOG_X + (D_DIALOG_W / 2),
+
+	D_TXT6_H = 14,
+	D_MARGIN = 14,
+
+#ifdef TEENSY_WEENSY
+	//D_PICTURE_W = 32,
+	//D_PICTURE_H = 24,
+	D_PICTURE_W = 64,				// 9 pictures / row, 16 pixel margin on each side
+	D_PICTURE_H = 48,
+#else
+	//D_PICTURE_W = 32,
+	//D_PICTURE_H = 30,
+	D_PICTURE_W = 64,
+	D_PICTURE_H = 60,
+#endif
+	D_ROW_H = (D_PICTURE_H + 6),
+
+	D_OK_W = 100,
+	D_OK_H = 18,
+	D_OK_X = D_DIALOG_CX - 10 - D_OK_W,
+	D_OK_Y = 0,
+
+	D_CANCEL_W = 100,
+	D_CANCEL_H = 18,
+	D_CANCEL_X = D_DIALOG_CX + 10,
+	D_CANCEL_Y = 0,
+
+};
+
+/*************************************************************************** 
+ * MapEditClass::Team_Members -- Team members dialog                       * 
+ *                                                                         * 
+ * INPUT:                                                                  * 
+ *		house			house to show members for											*
+ *                                                                         * 
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 * 
+ *		0 = OK, -1 = cancel																	*
+ *                                                                         * 
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               * 
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                * 
+ *   04/09/1996 BRR : Created.                                             * 
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int MapEditClass::Team_Members(HousesType house)
+{
+	/*
+	**	Button enumerations:
+	*/
+	enum {
+		BUTTON_OK = 100,
+		BUTTON_CANCEL,
+	};
+
+	/*
+	**	Redraw values: in order from "top" to "bottom" layer of the dialog
+	**	(highest enum is the lowest layer). Each section of the map checks
+	**	the requested redraw level to see if it's supposed to draw; if it's
+	**	>= its level, it redraws.
+	*/
+	typedef enum {
+		REDRAW_NONE = 0,
+		REDRAW_BUTTONS,
+		REDRAW_BACKGROUND,
+		REDRAW_ALL = REDRAW_BACKGROUND
+	} RedrawType;
+	RedrawType display;							// requested redraw level
+	bool process;									// loop while true
+
+	/*
+	............................ Dialog variables ............................
+	*/
+	KeyNumType input;								// user input
+	bool cancel = false;							// true = user cancels
+
+	/*
+	......................... Team display variables .........................
+	*/
+	const TechnoTypeClass **teamclass;		// array of team classes
+	int *teamcount;								// array of class counts
+	int numcols;									// # units displayed horizontally
+	int numrows;									// # units displayed vertically
+//	int col;											// horizontal picture index
+//	int row;											// vertical picture index
+//	int x,y;
+
+	/*
+	**	Dialog dimensions.
+	*/
+	int dlg_y;
+	int dlg_h;										// dialog height
+	int dlg_picture_top;							// coord of top of pictures
+	int msg_y;										// y-coord for object names
+
+	/*
+	**	Values for parsing the classes.
+	*/
+	InfantryType i_id;
+	AircraftType a_id;
+	UnitType u_id;
+	int curclass = -1;			// current index into 'teamclass'; can be invalid!
+										// (is based on current mouse position)
+	int numclasses;				// current # classes in the team (limited to <=5)
+	int maxclasses;				// max # classes available
+	int i,j;
+
+	/*
+	**	Values for timing when mouse held down.
+	*/
+	int lheld = 0;
+	int rheld = 0;
+	long tdelay[3] = {5, 20, 0};
+	int tindex = 0;
+	long heldtime;
+
+	/*
+	**	Buttons.
+	*/
+	ControlClass *commands;
+
+	TextButtonClass okbtn (BUTTON_OK, TXT_OK,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_OK_X, D_OK_Y, D_OK_W, D_OK_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass cancelbtn (BUTTON_CANCEL, TXT_CANCEL,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_CANCEL_X, D_CANCEL_Y, D_CANCEL_W, D_CANCEL_H);
+
+	/*
+	**	Set up the team data arrays (ObjectTypeClass pointers & count)
+	*/
+	teamclass = (const TechnoTypeClass **)(new TechnoTypeClass *[MAX_TEAM_CLASSES]);
+	teamcount = new int[MAX_TEAM_CLASSES];
+
+	/*
+	**	Fill in the ObjectTypeClass array with all available object type ptrs,
+	**	checking to be sure this house can own the object
+	*/
+	i = 0;
+	for (i_id = INFANTRY_FIRST; i_id < INFANTRY_COUNT; i_id++) {
+		if (Verify_House(house,&InfantryTypeClass::As_Reference(i_id))) {
+			teamclass[i] = &InfantryTypeClass::As_Reference(i_id);
+			i++;
+		}
+	}
+
+	for (a_id = AIRCRAFT_FIRST; a_id < AIRCRAFT_COUNT; a_id++) {
+		if (Verify_House(house,&AircraftTypeClass::As_Reference(a_id))) {
+			teamclass[i] = &AircraftTypeClass::As_Reference(a_id);
+			i++;
+		}
+	}
+
+	for (u_id = UNIT_FIRST; u_id < UNIT_COUNT; u_id++) {
+		if (Verify_House(house,&UnitTypeClass::As_Reference(u_id))) {
+			teamclass[i] = &UnitTypeClass::As_Reference(u_id);
+			i++;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Save max # classes.
+	*/
+	maxclasses = i;
+
+	/*
+	**	Fill in the 'count' array with data from the current team:
+	**	- For every class in the current team, find that class type in the
+	**	  'teamclass' array & set its count value
+	*/
+	for (j = 0; j < maxclasses; j++) {
+		teamcount[j] = 0;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Loop through all classes in the team.
+	*/
+	for (i = 0; i < CurTeam->ClassCount; i++) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Find this class in our array.
+		*/
+		for (j = 0; j < maxclasses; j++) {
+
+			/*
+			**	Set the count; detect a match between the team's class & the
+			**	'teamclass' array entry by comparing the actual pointers; typeid
+			**	won't work because E1 & E2 are the same type class.
+			*/
+			if (CurTeam->Class[i] == teamclass[j]) {
+				teamcount[j] = CurTeam->DesiredNum[i];
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	numclasses = CurTeam->ClassCount;
+
+	/*
+	**	Set up the dialog dimensions based on number of classes we have to draw
+	**
+	**	Compute picture rows & cols.
+	*/
+	numcols = (D_DIALOG_W - 16) / D_PICTURE_W;
+	numrows = (maxclasses + numcols - 1) / numcols;
+
+	//
+	//	Dialog's height = top margin + label + picture rows + 
+	// margin + label + margin + btn
+	//
+	dlg_h = (D_MARGIN + D_TXT6_H + D_MARGIN + (numrows * D_ROW_H) + 
+		D_MARGIN + D_TXT6_H + D_MARGIN + D_OK_H + D_MARGIN);
+	if (dlg_h > 400) {
+		dlg_h = 400;
+	}
+	dlg_y = (400 - dlg_h) / 2;
+	dlg_picture_top = dlg_y + D_MARGIN + D_TXT6_H + D_MARGIN;
+	msg_y = dlg_y + D_MARGIN + D_TXT6_H + D_MARGIN + (numrows * D_ROW_H) + D_MARGIN;
+
+	okbtn.Y = dlg_y + dlg_h - D_MARGIN - D_OK_H;
+	cancelbtn.Y = dlg_y + dlg_h - D_MARGIN - D_CANCEL_H;
+
+	/*
+	**	Draw to SeenBuff.
+	*/
+	Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+
+	/*
+	**	Make sure 'house' is valid.
+	*/
+	if (house!=HOUSE_GOOD && house!=HOUSE_BAD && house != HOUSE_MULTI1 &&
+		house != HOUSE_MULTI2 && house != HOUSE_MULTI3 && house != HOUSE_MULTI4 ) {
+		if (ScenPlayer == SCEN_PLAYER_MPLAYER) {
+			house = HOUSE_MULTI1;
+		} else {
+			house = HOUSE_GOOD;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Create the list.
+	*/
+	commands = &okbtn;
+	cancelbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+
+	/*
+	**	Main Processing Loop.
+	*/
+	display = REDRAW_ALL;
+	process = true;
+	while (process) {
+
+		/*
+		** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+		** we need to redraw.
+		*/
+		if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+			AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+			display=REDRAW_ALL;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Invoke game callback.
+		*/
+		Call_Back();
+
+		/*
+		**	Refresh display if needed.
+		*/
+		if (display) {
+
+			/*
+			**	Display the dialog box.
+			*/
+			Hide_Mouse();
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BACKGROUND) {
+
+				/*
+				**	Display the constant background of this dialog.
+				*/
+				Dialog_Box(D_DIALOG_X, dlg_y, D_DIALOG_W, dlg_h);
+				Draw_Caption(TXT_NONE, D_DIALOG_X, dlg_y, D_DIALOG_W);
+				Fancy_Text_Print("Team Members", D_DIALOG_CX, dlg_y + D_MARGIN, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_CENTER|TPF_6PT_GRAD|TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL|TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				//
+				//	Draw the objects.
+				//
+				for (i = 0; i < maxclasses; i++) {
+					//
+					//	Display the object along with any count value for it.
+					//
+					Draw_Member(teamclass[i], i, teamcount[i], house, 
+						D_DIALOG_X + 16, dlg_picture_top);
+				}
+
+				if ((unsigned)curclass < maxclasses) {
+					Fancy_Text_Print(teamclass[curclass]->Full_Name(),
+						D_DIALOG_X + D_DIALOG_W / 2, msg_y, CC_TAN, TBLACK,
+						TPF_CENTER|TPF_6PT_GRAD|TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL|TPF_NOSHADOW);
+				}
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	Redraw the buttons.
+			*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BUTTONS) {
+				commands->Draw_All();
+			}
+			Show_Mouse();
+			display = REDRAW_NONE;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Get user input.
+		*/
+		input = commands->Input();
+
+		/*
+		**	Process input.
+		*/
+		switch (input) {
+
+			/*
+			**	Mouse buttons set or clear 'held' values
+			*/
+			case (KN_LMOUSE):
+				if (curclass >= 0 && curclass < maxclasses) {
+					lheld = 1;
+					tindex = 2;
+					heldtime = 0;
+				}
+				break;
+
+			case (KN_RMOUSE):
+				if (curclass >= 0 && curclass < maxclasses) {
+					rheld = 1;
+					tindex = 2;
+					heldtime = 0;
+				}
+				break;
+
+			case ((int)KN_LMOUSE | (int)KN_RLSE_BIT):
+				lheld = 0;
+				break;
+
+			case ((int)KN_RMOUSE | (int)KN_RLSE_BIT):
+				rheld = 0;
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			**	OK: save values & return.
+			*/
+			case (BUTTON_OK | KN_BUTTON):
+				process = false;
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			**	Cancel: abort & return.
+			*/
+			case (BUTTON_CANCEL | KN_BUTTON):
+				cancel = true;
+				process = false;
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				/*
+				**	Compute new 'curclass' based on mouse position.
+				*/
+				i = (Get_Mouse_X() - 16 - D_DIALOG_X) / D_PICTURE_W +
+					((Get_Mouse_Y() - dlg_picture_top) / D_ROW_H) * numcols;
+
+				/*
+				**	If it's changed, update class label.
+				*/
+				if (i != curclass) {
+
+					curclass = i;
+
+					/*
+					**	Clear out the previously printed name of the item.
+					*/
+					Hide_Mouse();
+					LogicPage->Fill_Rect(D_DIALOG_X + 8, msg_y, D_DIALOG_X + D_DIALOG_W - 9, msg_y + D_TXT6_H, BLACK);
+
+					if ((unsigned)curclass < maxclasses) {
+						Fancy_Text_Print(teamclass[curclass]->Full_Name(),
+							D_DIALOG_X + D_DIALOG_W / 2, msg_y,
+							CC_GREEN, TBLACK, 
+							TPF_CENTER|TPF_6PT_GRAD|TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL|TPF_NOSHADOW);
+					}
+
+					/*
+					**	Force buttons to not be held.
+					*/
+					lheld = 0;
+					rheld = 0;
+					Show_Mouse();
+				}
+				break;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Check for a 'held' mouse button; if it's down, and the correct
+		**	amount of time has gone by, increment/decrement the count for the
+		**	current class.
+		*/
+		if (lheld) {
+
+			/*
+			**	The first time in, TickCount - heldtime will be larger than
+			**	tdelay[2], so we increment the count immediately; then, we decrement
+			**	tindex to go to the next time delay, which is longer; then, decr.
+			**	again to go to the 1st time delay which is the shortest.
+			*/
+			if (TickCount.Time() - heldtime > tdelay[tindex]) {
+				heldtime = TickCount.Time();
+				if (tindex) {
+					tindex--;
+				}
+
+				/*
+				**	Detect addition of a new class.
+				*/
+				if (teamcount[curclass]==0) {
+
+					/*
+					**	Don't allow more classes than we can handle.
+					*/
+					if (numclasses == TeamTypeClass::MAX_TEAM_CLASSCOUNT) {
+						continue;
+					}
+					numclasses++;
+				}
+				teamcount[curclass]++;
+
+				/*
+				**	Update number label.
+				*/
+				Draw_Member(teamclass[curclass], curclass, teamcount[curclass], 
+					house, D_DIALOG_X + 16, dlg_picture_top);
+
+			}
+
+		} else {
+
+			if (rheld) {
+
+				/*
+				**	The first time in, TickCount - heldtime will be larger than
+				**	tdelay[2], so we increment the count immediately; then, we decrement
+				**	tindex to go to the next time delay, which is longer; then, decr.
+				**	again to go to the 1st time delay which is the shortest.
+				*/
+				if (TickCount.Time() - heldtime > tdelay[tindex]) {
+					if (tindex) {
+						tindex--;
+					}
+					heldtime = TickCount.Time();
+
+					if (teamcount[curclass] > 0) {
+						teamcount[curclass]--;
+
+						/*
+						**	Detect removal of a class.
+						*/
+						if (teamcount[curclass] == 0) {
+							numclasses--;
+						}
+					}
+
+					/*
+					**	Update number label.
+					*/
+					Draw_Member(teamclass[curclass], curclass, teamcount[curclass], 
+						house, D_DIALOG_X + 16, dlg_picture_top);
+
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Copy data into team.
+	*/
+	if (!cancel) {
+		CurTeam->ClassCount = numclasses;
+		i = 0;		// current team class index
+		for (j = 0; j < maxclasses; j++) {
+			if (teamcount[j] > 0) {
+				CurTeam->DesiredNum[i] = teamcount[j];
+				CurTeam->Class[i] = teamclass[j];
+				i++;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Redraw the display.
+	*/
+	HiddenPage.Clear();
+	Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+	Render();
+
+	delete [] teamclass;
+	delete [] teamcount;
+
+	if (cancel) return(-1);
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MapEditClass::Draw_Member -- Draws a member of the team dialog box.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will display the cameo image of the potential team member. In the corner,   *
+ *    it will show the current quantity of this member for the current team being edited.      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   ptr   -- Pointer to the member object type.                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          index -- The index into the team dialog box array of selectable objects. This is   *
+ *                   used to determine the correct X and Y offsets to draw.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          quant -- The quantity number to display in the corner of the image.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          house -- The owner of this object.                                                 *
+ *				pic_x, pic_y -- x,y coords of upper-left corner to start drawing at
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/02/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void MapEditClass::Draw_Member(TechnoTypeClass const * ptr, int index, 
+	int quant, HousesType house, int pic_x, int pic_y)
+{
+	int numcols = (D_DIALOG_W - 32) / D_PICTURE_W;
+	int col = index % numcols;
+	int row = index / numcols;
+	int x = pic_x + col * D_PICTURE_W;
+	int y = pic_y + row * D_ROW_H;
+
+	WindowList[WINDOW_EDITOR][WINDOWX] = 0;
+	WindowList[WINDOW_EDITOR][WINDOWY] = 0;
+	WindowList[WINDOW_EDITOR][WINDOWWIDTH] = 640 / 8;
+	WindowList[WINDOW_EDITOR][WINDOWHEIGHT] = 400;
+	Change_Window((int)WINDOW_EDITOR);
+
+	Hide_Mouse();
+	Draw_Box(x, y, D_PICTURE_W, D_PICTURE_H, BOXSTYLE_GREEN_DOWN, true);
+
+	ptr->Display(x + D_PICTURE_W / 2, y + D_PICTURE_H / 2, WINDOW_EDITOR, house);
+
+	if (quant > 0) {
+		Fancy_Text_Print("%d", x + 1, y + D_PICTURE_H - 16, 
+			CC_GREEN, TBLACK, 
+			TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_DROPSHADOW, quant);
+	}
+
+	Show_Mouse();
+
+#if 0
+	int numcols = (D_DIALOG_W - 16) / D_PICTURE_W;
+	int col = index % numcols;
+	int row = index / numcols;
+	int dlg_y = 0;
+	int x = D_DIALOG_X + 8 + col * D_PICTURE_W;
+	int y = dlg_y + 8 + 13 + row * D_ROW_H;
+
+	/*
+	**	Change the window to this box.
+	*/
+	WindowList[WINDOW_EDITOR][WINDOWX] = x >> 3;
+	WindowList[WINDOW_EDITOR][WINDOWY] = y;
+	WindowList[WINDOW_EDITOR][WINDOWWIDTH] = D_PICTURE_W >> 3;
+	WindowList[WINDOW_EDITOR][WINDOWHEIGHT] = D_PICTURE_H;
+	Change_Window((int)WINDOW_EDITOR);
+
+	Hide_Mouse();
+	Draw_Box(x, y, D_PICTURE_W, D_PICTURE_H, BOXSTYLE_GREEN_DOWN, true);
+	ptr->Display(WinW<<2, WinH>>1, WINDOW_EDITOR, house);
+	if (quant > 0) {
+		Fancy_Text_Print("%d", x+1, y+D_PICTURE_H-8, CC_GREEN, TBLACK, TPF_6PT_GRAD|TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL|TPF_DROPSHADOW, quant);
+	}
+	Show_Mouse();
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MapEditClass::Build_Mission_list -- fills in mission list box           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      missioncount      # of missions to add to the list                 *
+ *      missions            array of TeamMissionStruct's                   *
+ *      missionbuf         character arrays to store strings in            *
+ *      list               list box to add strings to                      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      0 = OK, -1 = cancel                                                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/07/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void MapEditClass::Build_Mission_List(int missioncount, TeamMissionStruct *missions,
+	char missionbuf[TeamTypeClass::MAX_TEAM_MISSIONS][20], ListClass *list)
+{
+	/*
+	** Start with an empty list
+	*/
+	while (list->Count()) {
+		list->Remove_Item(list->Get_Item(0));
+	}
+
+	for (int i = 0; i < missioncount; i++) {
+		/*
+		** generate the string for a MOVE mission; the argument is the
+		** letter-designation of the cell to move to.
+		*/
+		if (missions[i].Mission == TMISSION_MOVE || missions[i].Mission == TMISSION_UNLOAD) {
+			sprintf(missionbuf[i],"%s\t%c",
+				TeamTypeClass::Name_From_Mission(missions[i].Mission),
+				missions[i].Argument + 'A');
+		} else {
+
+			/*
+			** All other missions take a numeric argument.
+			*/
+			sprintf(missionbuf[i],"%s\t%d",
+				TeamTypeClass::Name_From_Mission(missions[i].Mission),
+				missions[i].Argument);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		** Add the string to the list box
+		*/
+		list->Add_Item(missionbuf[i]);
+	}
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/MAPSEL.CPP b/MAPSEL.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9967606
--- /dev/null
+++ b/MAPSEL.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,1276 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\mapsel.cpv   1.8   16 Oct 1995 16:49:48   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : MAPSEL.CPP                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Barry W. Green                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : April 17, 1995                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : April 27, 1995   [BWG]                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   Bit_It_In -- Pixel fade graphic copy.                                                     *
+ *   Map_Selection -- Starts the whole process of selecting next map to go to                  *
+ *   Print_Statistics -- Prints statistics on country selected                                 *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+#include	"textblit.h"
+
+#ifndef DEMO
+
+void Map_Selection(void);
+void Fading_Byte_Blit(int srcx, int srcy, int destx, int desty, int w, int h, GraphicBufferClass *src, GraphicBufferClass *dest);
+void Print_Statistics(int country, int xpos, int ypos);
+void Cycle_Call_Back_Delay(int time, unsigned char *pal);
+int LowMedHiStr(int percentage);
+extern int ControlQ;
+
+unsigned char CountryRemap[256];
+#ifdef OBSOLETE
+unsigned char const High16Remap[256]={
+ 0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF,
+ 0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF,
+ 0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF,
+ 0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF,
+ 0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF,
+ 0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF,
+ 0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF,
+ 0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF,
+ 0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF,
+ 0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF,
+ 0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF,
+ 0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF,
+ 0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF,
+ 0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF,
+ 0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF,
+ 0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF
+};
+#endif
+
+#define SDE	SCEN_DIR_EAST
+#define SDW	SCEN_DIR_WEST
+#define SDN SCEN_DIR_NONE
+#define SVA SCEN_VAR_A
+#define SVB SCEN_VAR_B
+#define SVC SCEN_VAR_C
+#define SVN SCEN_VAR_NONE
+struct countrylist {
+	int Choices[2];	// # of map choices this time - 0 = no map selection screen
+	int Start[2];
+	int ContAnim[2];
+	int CountryColor[2][3];
+	int CountryShape[2][3];	// shape in COUNTRYE.SHP
+	ScenarioDirType CountryDir[2][3];
+	ScenarioVarType CountryVariant[2][3];
+} const CountryArray[27] = {
+// GDI SCENARIO CHOICES
+/*  0 */	{0},	  /*E  W*/ /* cont */	/* East colors */ /* West color*/	/* E frame   W frame */
+/*  1 */	{{1,1}, { 0, 0}, {  3,  3},{{0x95,   0,   0},{0x95,   0,   0}}, {{17, 0, 0},{17, 0, 0}}, {{SDE,SDN,SDN},{SDN,SDN,SDN}},{{SVA,SVN,SVN},{SVN,SVN,SVN}}},
+/*  2 */	{{1,1}, {16,16}, { 19, 19},{{0x80,   0,   0},{0x80,   0,   0}}, {{ 0, 0, 0},{ 0, 0, 0}}, {{SDE,SDN,SDN},{SDN,SDN,SDN}},{{SVA,SVN,SVN},{SVN,SVN,SVN}}},
+/*  3 */	{{3,3}, {32,32}, { 35, 35},{{0x81,0x82,0x83},{0x81,0x82,0x83}}, {{ 3, 3, 1},{ 3, 3, 1}}, {{SDW,SDW,SDE},{SDN,SDN,SDN}},{{SVA,SVB,SVA},{SVN,SVN,SVN}}},
+/*  4 */	{{2,2}, {48,64}, { 51, 67},{{0x84,0x85,   0},{0x86,0x87,   0}}, {{ 4, 4, 0},{ 2, 2, 0}}, {{SDE,SDE,SDN},{SDW,SDW,SDN}},{{SVA,SVA,SVN},{SVA,SVB,SVN}}},
+/*  5 */	{{2,2}, {99,99}, {102,102},{{0x88,0x89,   0},{0x88,0x89,   0}}, {{ 7, 7, 0},{ 7, 7, 0}}, {{SDE,SDE,SDN},{SDE,SDE,SDN}},{{SVA,SVA,SVN},{SVA,SVA,SVN}}},
+/*  6 */	{{2,2}, {80,83}, { 86, 86},{{0x88,0x89,   0},{0x88,0x89,   0}}, {{ 7, 7, 0},{ 7, 7, 0}}, {{SDE,SDE,SDN},{SDE,SDE,SDN}},{{SVA,SVA,SVN},{SVA,SVA,SVN}}},
+/*  7 */	{{2,2}, {115,0}, {118,  0},{{0x8B,0x8A,   0},{0x8B,0x8A,   0}}, {{ 6, 8, 0},{ 6, 8, 0}}, {{SDE,SDE,SDN},{SDN,SDN,SDN}},{{SVA,SVB,SVN},{SVN,SVN,SVN}}},
+/*  8 */	{{1,1}, {131,0}, {134,  0},{{0x8C,   0,   0},{0x8C,   0,   0}}, {{ 9, 0, 0},{ 9, 0, 0}}, {{SDE,SDN,SDN},{SDN,SDN,SDN}},{{SVA,SVN,SVN},{SVN,SVN,SVN}}},
+/*  9 */	{{2,1}, {147,0}, {150,  0},{{0x8D,0x8E,   0},{   0,   0,   0}}, {{10,13, 0},{ 0, 0, 0}}, {{SDE,SDE,SDN},{SDN,SDN,SDN}},{{SVA,SVB,SVN},{SVN,SVN,SVN}}},
+/* 10 */	{{1,1}, {163,0}, {166,  0},{{0x8F,   0,   0},{   0,   0,   0}}, {{16, 0, 0},{ 0, 0, 0}}, {{SDE,SDN,SDN},{SDN,SDN,SDN}},{{SVA,SVN,SVN},{SVN,SVN,SVN}}},
+/* 11 */	{{2,1}, {179,0}, {182,  0},{{0x90,0x91,   0},{   0,   0,   0}}, {{14,15, 0},{ 0, 0, 0}}, {{SDE,SDE,SDN},{SDN,SDN,SDN}},{{SVA,SVB,SVN},{SVN,SVN,SVN}}},
+/* 12 */	{{2,1}, {195,0}, {198,  0},{{0x92,0x93,   0},{   0,   0,   0}}, {{12,12, 0},{ 0, 0, 0}}, {{SDE,SDE,SDN},{SDN,SDN,SDN}},{{SVA,SVB,SVN},{SVN,SVN,SVN}}},
+/* 13 */	{{1,1}, {211,0}, {214,  0},{{0x93,   0,   0},{   0,   0,   0}}, {{12, 0, 0},{ 0, 0, 0}}, {{SDE,SDN,SDN},{SDN,SDN,SDN}},{{SVA,SVN,SVN},{SVN,SVN,SVN}}},
+/* 14 */	{{3,1}, {  0,0}, {  3,  0},{{0x81,0x82,0x83},{   0,   0,   0}}, {{ 0, 0, 0},{ 0, 0, 0}}, {{SDE,SDE,SDE},{SDN,SDN,SDN}},{{SVA,SVB,SVC},{SVN,SVN,SVN}}},
+
+// NOD SCENARIO CHOICES
+//	  		choices   E/W start continue   East colors    West colors  E shape    W shape	  direction								variant
+/*  1 */	{ {2,1}, {  0,0},   {  3,  0},{{0x80,0x81,0x00},{0,0,0}}, {{ 4, 4, 0},{0,0,0}}, {{SDE,SDE,SDN},{SDN,SDN,SDN}},{{SVA,SVB,SVN},{SVN,SVN,SVN}} },
+/*  2 */	{ {2,1}, { 16,0},   { 19,  0},{{0x82,0x83,0x00},{0,0,0}}, {{ 6, 6, 0},{0,0,0}}, {{SDE,SDE,SDN},{SDN,SDN,SDN}},{{SVA,SVB,SVN},{SVN,SVN,SVN}} },
+/*  3 */	{ {2,1}, { 32,0},   { 35,  0},{{0x84,0x85,0x00},{0,0,0}}, {{ 5, 5, 0},{0,0,0}}, {{SDE,SDE,SDN},{SDN,SDN,SDN}},{{SVA,SVB,SVN},{SVN,SVN,SVN}} },
+/*  4 */	{ {1,1}, { 48,0},   { 51,  0},{{0x86,0x00,0x00},{0,0,0}}, {{ 0, 0, 0},{0,0,0}}, {{SDE,SDN,SDN},{SDN,SDN,SDN}},{{SVA,SVN,SVN},{SVN,SVN,SVN}} },
+/*  5 */	{ {3,1}, { 64,0},   { 67,  0},{{0x87,0x88,0x89},{0,0,0}}, {{ 1, 2, 3},{0,0,0}}, {{SDE,SDE,SDE},{SDN,SDN,SDN}},{{SVA,SVB,SVC},{SVN,SVN,SVN}} },
+/*  6 */	{ {3,1}, { 80,0},   { 83,  0},{{0x8A,0x8B,0x8C},{0,0,0}}, {{ 9, 7, 8},{0,0,0}}, {{SDE,SDE,SDE},{SDN,SDN,SDN}},{{SVA,SVB,SVC},{SVN,SVN,SVN}} },
+/*  7 */	{ {2,1}, { 96,0},   { 99,  0},{{0x8D,0x8E,0x00},{0,0,0}}, {{10,10, 0},{0,0,0}}, {{SDE,SDE,SDN},{SDN,SDN,SDN}},{{SVA,SVB,SVN},{SVN,SVN,SVN}} },
+/*  8 */	{ {1,1}, {112,0},   {115,  0},{{0xA0,0x00,0x00},{0,0,0}}, {{ 4, 4, 0},{0,0,0}}, {{SDE,SDN,SDN},{SDN,SDN,SDN}},{{SVA,SVN,SVN},{SVN,SVN,SVN}} },
+/*  9 */	{ {2,1}, {128,0},   {131,  0},{{0x8F,0x90,0x00},{0,0,0}}, {{11,15, 0},{0,0,0}}, {{SDE,SDE,SDN},{SDN,SDN,SDN}},{{SVA,SVB,SVN},{SVN,SVN,SVN}} },
+/* 10 */	{ {2,1}, {144,0},   {147,  0},{{0x91,0x92,0x00},{0,0,0}}, {{12,16, 0},{0,0,0}}, {{SDE,SDE,SDN},{SDN,SDN,SDN}},{{SVA,SVB,SVN},{SVN,SVN,SVN}} },
+/* 11 */	{ {1,1}, {160,0},   {163,  0},{{0x93,0x00,0x00},{0,0,0}}, {{13, 0, 0},{0,0,0}}, {{SDE,SDN,SDN},{SDN,SDN,SDN}},{{SVA,SVN,SVN},{SVN,SVN,SVN}} },
+/* 12 */	{ {3,1}, {  0,0},   {  3,  0},{{0x81,0x82,0x83},{0,0,0}}, {{14, 0, 0},{0,0,0}}, {{SDE,SDE,SDE},{SDN,SDN,SDN}},{{SVA,SVB,SVC},{SVN,SVN,SVN}} }
+};
+
+struct gdistats {
+	int nameindex;
+	int pop;
+	int area;
+	int capital;
+	int govt;
+	int gdp;
+	int conflict;
+	int  military;
+} const GDIStats[]={
+// Name   Pop        Area  	  Capital	Government     GDP	    Conflict   Military
+	{ 0,TXT_MAP_P01, TXT_MAP_A00,TXT_MAP_C00, 0,       TXT_MAP_GDP00, TXT_MAP_PC00,	0},
+	{ 1,TXT_MAP_P02, TXT_MAP_A01,TXT_MAP_C01, 1,			TXT_MAP_GDP01, TXT_MAP_PC01,	3},
+	{ 1,TXT_MAP_P02, TXT_MAP_A01,TXT_MAP_C01, 1,			TXT_MAP_GDP01, TXT_MAP_PC02,	3},
+	{ 2,TXT_MAP_P03, TXT_MAP_A02,TXT_MAP_C02, 0,       TXT_MAP_GDP00, TXT_MAP_PC03,	1},
+	{ 3,TXT_MAP_P04, TXT_MAP_A03,TXT_MAP_C03, 3,			TXT_MAP_GDP02, TXT_MAP_PC04,	1},
+	{ 3,TXT_MAP_P04, TXT_MAP_A03,TXT_MAP_C03, 3,			TXT_MAP_GDP02, TXT_MAP_PC04,	1},
+	{ 4,TXT_MAP_P05, TXT_MAP_A04,TXT_MAP_C04, 2,			TXT_MAP_GDP03, TXT_MAP_PC05,	5},
+	{ 4,TXT_MAP_P05, TXT_MAP_A04,TXT_MAP_C04, 2,			TXT_MAP_GDP03, TXT_MAP_PC06,	5},
+	{ 5,TXT_MAP_P06, TXT_MAP_A05,TXT_MAP_C05, 0,			TXT_MAP_GDP04, TXT_MAP_PC07,	2},
+	{ 5,TXT_MAP_P06, TXT_MAP_A05,TXT_MAP_C05, 0,			TXT_MAP_GDP04, TXT_MAP_PC07,	2},
+	{ 6,TXT_MAP_P07, TXT_MAP_A06,TXT_MAP_C06, 0,			TXT_MAP_GDP00, TXT_MAP_PC08,	0},
+	{ 7,TXT_MAP_P08, TXT_MAP_A07,TXT_MAP_C07, 4,			TXT_MAP_GDP05, TXT_MAP_PC00,	2},
+	{ 8,TXT_MAP_P09, TXT_MAP_A08,TXT_MAP_C08, 4,			TXT_MAP_GDP06, TXT_MAP_PC10,	2},
+	{ 9,TXT_MAP_P10, TXT_MAP_A09,TXT_MAP_C09, 0,			TXT_MAP_GDP07, TXT_MAP_PC11,	1},
+	{10,TXT_MAP_P11, TXT_MAP_A10,TXT_MAP_C10, 0,			TXT_MAP_GDP08, TXT_MAP_PC12,	2},
+	{11,TXT_MAP_P12, TXT_MAP_A11,TXT_MAP_C11, 5,			TXT_MAP_GDP09, TXT_MAP_PC13,	3},
+	{12,TXT_MAP_P13, TXT_MAP_A12,TXT_MAP_C12, 6,			TXT_MAP_GDP10, TXT_MAP_PC14,	2},
+	{13,TXT_MAP_P14, TXT_MAP_A13,TXT_MAP_C13, 0,			TXT_MAP_GDP11, TXT_MAP_PC15,	2},
+	{14,TXT_MAP_P15, TXT_MAP_A14,TXT_MAP_C14, 0,			TXT_MAP_GDP12, TXT_MAP_PC16,	3},
+	{14,TXT_MAP_P15, TXT_MAP_A14,TXT_MAP_C14, 0,			TXT_MAP_GDP12, TXT_MAP_PC17,	3},
+	{15,TXT_MAP_P16, TXT_MAP_A15,TXT_MAP_C15, 7,			TXT_MAP_GDP13, TXT_MAP_PC18,	4},
+// Hack in a slot for Estonia
+	{34,TXT_MAP_P17, TXT_MAP_A16,TXT_MAP_C16, 0,			TXT_MAP_GDP00, TXT_MAP_PC19,	0}
+};
+
+struct nodstats {
+	int nameindex;
+	int pop;
+	int expendable;
+	int capital;
+	int govt;
+	int corruptible;
+	int worth;
+	int conflict;
+	int military;
+	int probability;
+} const NodStats[]={
+// Name   Pop     Expendable   Capital	Government Corruptible   Worth	    Conflict   Military  Probability
+	{16, TXT_MAP_P18,  38,     TXT_MAP_C17,   8,     86,        TXT_MAP_GDP14, TXT_MAP_PC20, 0,       23},
+	{17, TXT_MAP_P19,	 75,		TXT_MAP_C18,   0,		 18,			TXT_MAP_GDP15, TXT_MAP_PC21, 1,			82},
+	{17, TXT_MAP_P19,	 75,		TXT_MAP_C18,   0,		 18,			TXT_MAP_GDP15, TXT_MAP_PC22, 1,			82},
+	{18, TXT_MAP_P20,	 50,		TXT_MAP_C19,   9,		 52,			TXT_MAP_GDP16, TXT_MAP_PC23, 0,			72},
+	{18, TXT_MAP_P20,	 50,		TXT_MAP_C19,   9,		 52,			TXT_MAP_GDP16, TXT_MAP_PC24, 0,			72},
+	{19, TXT_MAP_P21,	 80,		TXT_MAP_C20,   0,		 85,			TXT_MAP_GDP17, TXT_MAP_PC25, 2,			35},
+	{19, TXT_MAP_P21,	 80,		TXT_MAP_C20,   0,		 85,			TXT_MAP_GDP17, TXT_MAP_PC26, 2,			35},
+	{20, TXT_MAP_P22,	 50,		TXT_MAP_C21,  10,		 48,			TXT_MAP_GDP17, TXT_MAP_PC27, 2,			24},
+	{21, TXT_MAP_P23,	 33,		TXT_MAP_C22,   0,		 28,			TXT_MAP_GDP18, TXT_MAP_PC28, 3,			67},
+	{22, TXT_MAP_P24,	 75,		TXT_MAP_C23,   6,		 17,			TXT_MAP_GDP19, TXT_MAP_PC29, 2,			80},
+	{23, TXT_MAP_P25,	 60,		TXT_MAP_C24,   7,		 93,			TXT_MAP_GDP20, TXT_MAP_PC30, 3,			50},
+	{24, TXT_MAP_P26,	  5,		TXT_MAP_C25,   0,		 84,			TXT_MAP_GDP21, TXT_MAP_PC31, 2,			22},
+	{25, TXT_MAP_P27,	 55,		TXT_MAP_C26,   0,		 48,			TXT_MAP_GDP22, TXT_MAP_PC32, 3,			62},
+	{26, TXT_MAP_P28,	 65,		TXT_MAP_C27,   0,		 41,			TXT_MAP_GDP23, TXT_MAP_PC33, 2,			49},
+	{27, TXT_MAP_P29,	 72,		TXT_MAP_C28,   0,		 74,			TXT_MAP_GDP24, TXT_MAP_PC34, 3,			54},
+	{27, TXT_MAP_P29,	 72,		TXT_MAP_C28,   0,		 74,			TXT_MAP_GDP24, TXT_MAP_PC35, 3,			54},
+	{17, TXT_MAP_P30,	 45,		TXT_MAP_C29,   6,		  3,			TXT_MAP_GDP15, TXT_MAP_PC36, 3,		  100},
+	{28, TXT_MAP_P31,	 45,		TXT_MAP_C30,   0,		 63,			TXT_MAP_GDP25, TXT_MAP_PC37, 2,			66},
+	{29, TXT_MAP_P32,	 55,		TXT_MAP_C31,   0,		 27,			TXT_MAP_GDP26, TXT_MAP_PC38, 2,			68},
+	{30, TXT_MAP_P33,	  5,		TXT_MAP_C32,   0,		 65,			TXT_MAP_GDP27, TXT_MAP_PC39, 4,			74},
+	{31, TXT_MAP_P34,	 65,		TXT_MAP_C33,   0,		 52,			TXT_MAP_GDP19, TXT_MAP_PC40, 2,			84},
+	{32, TXT_MAP_P35,	  2,		TXT_MAP_C34,  11,		 12,			TXT_MAP_GDP28, TXT_MAP_PC41, 2,			92},
+	{33, TXT_MAP_P36,	 10,		TXT_MAP_C35,   0,		  8,			TXT_MAP_GDP29, TXT_MAP_PC42, 1,		  100}
+};
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Map_Selection -- Starts the whole process of selecting next map to go to                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   04/17/1995 BWG : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void Map_Selection(void)
+{
+	void *anim, *progress, *oldfont, *greyearth, *greyearth2;
+	unsigned char localpalette[768];
+	int scenario, lastscenario;
+	int house = PlayerPtr->Class->House;
+	int attackxcoord = 0;
+
+	static int const _countryx[]={195,217,115,167,
+											244, 97,130,142,
+											171,170,139,158,
+											180,207,177,213,
+											201,198,
+											/* Nod countries */
+											 69, 82,105,119,
+											184,149,187,130,
+											153,124,162,144,
+											145,164,166,200,
+											201};
+	static int const _countryy[]={ 35, 57, 82, 75,
+											 93,111,108, 91,
+											100,111,120,136,
+											136,117,158,143,
+											167,21,
+											/* Nod countries */
+											 45, 80, 75, 76,
+											 31, 64, 69, 89,
+											 88,106,115,139,
+											168,164,183,123,
+											154};
+	//static char const _greenpal[]={0,1,0x42,3,0x43,5,0x44,7,0x44,9,10,1,12,13,0x41,15};
+	static char const _greenpal[]={0,0x41,0x42,0x43,0x44,0x44,0x44,0x44,0x44,0x44,0x44,0x44,0x44,0x44,0x44,0x44};
+	static char const _othergreenpal[]={0,0x21,0x22,0x23,0x24,0x25,0x26,0x26,0x26,0x26,0x26,0x26,0x26,0x26,0x26,0x26};
+	static char const _regpal[]={0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15};
+	GraphicBufferClass backpage(20*6,8);
+
+	unsigned char *grey2palette    = new unsigned char[768];
+	unsigned char *progresspalette = new unsigned char[768];
+
+
+	Keyboard::Clear();
+	oldfont = Set_Font(ScoreFontPtr);
+	Set_Font_Palette(_regpal);
+	Set_Palette(BlackPalette);
+
+	scenario = Scenario + ((house == HOUSE_GOOD) ? 0 : 14);
+	if (house == HOUSE_GOOD) {
+		lastscenario = (Scenario == 14);
+		if (Scenario == 15) return;
+	} else {
+		lastscenario = (Scenario == 12);
+		if (Scenario == 13) return;
+	}
+
+	// Check if they're even entitled to map selection this time
+	if (CountryArray[scenario].Choices[ScenDir]==0) return;
+
+	Theme.Queue_Song(THEME_MAP1);
+	PseudoSeenBuff = new GraphicBufferClass(320,200,(void*)NULL);
+
+	/*
+	** Extra graphic buffer to draw text into
+	*/
+	TextPrintBuffer = new GraphicBufferClass(SeenBuff.Get_Width(), SeenBuff.Get_Height(), (void*)NULL);
+	TextPrintBuffer->Clear();
+	BlitList.Clear();
+
+	/*
+	** Now start the process where we fade the gray earth in.
+	*/
+	greyearth  = Open_Animation("GREYERTH.WSA", NULL, 0, (WSAOpenType)(WSA_OPEN_FROM_MEM | WSA_OPEN_TO_PAGE), localpalette);
+	greyearth2 = Open_Animation("E-BWTOCL.WSA", NULL, 0, (WSAOpenType)(WSA_OPEN_FROM_MEM | WSA_OPEN_TO_PAGE), grey2palette);
+
+	/*
+	** Load the spinning-globe anim
+	*/
+	if (house == HOUSE_GOOD) {
+		//anim     = Open_Animation("EARTH_E.WSA", NULL,0,(WSAOpenType)(WSA_OPEN_FROM_MEM | WSA_OPEN_TO_PAGE),Palette);
+		anim     = Open_Animation("HEARTH_E.WSA", NULL,0,(WSAOpenType)(WSA_OPEN_FROM_MEM | WSA_OPEN_TO_PAGE),Palette);
+		//progress = Open_Animation(lastscenario ? "BOSNIA.WSA" : "EUROPE.WSA",NULL,0,(WSAOpenType)(WSA_OPEN_FROM_MEM | WSA_OPEN_TO_PAGE),progresspalette);
+		progress = Open_Animation(lastscenario ? "HBOSNIA.WSA" : "EUROPE.WSA",NULL,0,(WSAOpenType)(WSA_OPEN_FROM_MEM | WSA_OPEN_TO_PAGE),progresspalette);
+	} else {
+		//anim     = Open_Animation("EARTH_A.WSA", NULL,0,(WSAOpenType)(WSA_OPEN_FROM_MEM | WSA_OPEN_TO_PAGE),Palette);
+		anim     = Open_Animation("HEARTH_A.WSA", NULL,0,(WSAOpenType)(WSA_OPEN_FROM_MEM | WSA_OPEN_TO_PAGE),Palette);
+		//progress = Open_Animation(lastscenario ? "S_AFRICA.WSA" : "AFRICA.WSA",NULL,0,(WSAOpenType)(WSA_OPEN_FROM_MEM | WSA_OPEN_TO_PAGE),progresspalette);
+		progress = Open_Animation(lastscenario ? "HSAFRICA.WSA" : "AFRICA.WSA",NULL,0,(WSAOpenType)(WSA_OPEN_FROM_MEM | WSA_OPEN_TO_PAGE),progresspalette);
+	}
+
+	void const * appear1 = MixFileClass::Retrieve("APPEAR1.AUD");
+	void const * sfx4 = MixFileClass::Retrieve("SFX4.AUD");
+	void const * text2 = MixFileClass::Retrieve("TEXT2.AUD");
+	void const * target1 = MixFileClass::Retrieve("TARGET1.AUD");
+	void const * target2 = MixFileClass::Retrieve("TARGET2.AUD");
+//	void const * target3 = MixFileClass::Retrieve("TARGET3.AUD");
+	void const * newtarg1  = MixFileClass::Retrieve("NEWTARG1.AUD");
+	void const * beepy2  = MixFileClass::Retrieve("BEEPY2.AUD");
+	void const * beepy3  = MixFileClass::Retrieve("BEEPY3.AUD");
+	void const * beepy6  = MixFileClass::Retrieve("BEEPY6.AUD");
+	void const * world2  = MixFileClass::Retrieve("WORLD2.AUD");
+	void const * country1 = MixFileClass::Retrieve("COUNTRY1.AUD");
+	void const * scold1 = MixFileClass::Retrieve("SCOLD1.AUD");
+
+	SysMemPage.Clear();
+	PseudoSeenBuff->Clear();
+	WWMouse->Erase_Mouse(&HidPage, TRUE);
+	HiddenPage.Clear();
+	InterpolationPaletteChanged = TRUE;
+	InterpolationPalette = Palette;
+	Increase_Palette_Luminance(InterpolationPalette , 30,30,30,63);
+	Read_Interpolation_Palette("MAP1.PAL");
+//	SeenBuff.Blit(HidPage);
+	Animate_Frame(greyearth, SysMemPage, 0);
+
+	Bit_It_In_Scale(0, 0, 320, 200, &SysMemPage, PseudoSeenBuff , &SeenBuff);
+	PseudoSeenBuff->Put_Pixel(237,92,TBLACK);
+	PseudoSeenBuff->Put_Pixel(237,93,TBLACK);
+	Interpolate_2X_Scale(PseudoSeenBuff, &SeenBuff,"MAP1.PAL");
+
+	InterpolationPaletteChanged = TRUE;
+	InterpolationPalette = localpalette;
+	Increase_Palette_Luminance(InterpolationPalette , 30,30,30,63);
+	Read_Interpolation_Palette("MAP_LOCL.PAL");
+	Play_Sample(appear1, 255, Options.Normalize_Sound(110));
+	Fade_Palette_To(localpalette, FADE_PALETTE_MEDIUM, Call_Back);
+	for (int i = 1; i < Get_Animation_Frame_Count(greyearth); i++) {
+		Call_Back_Delay(4);
+		Animate_Frame(greyearth, *PseudoSeenBuff, i);
+	}
+	Close_Animation(greyearth);
+	Write_Interpolation_Palette("MAP_LOCL.PAL");
+
+	Call_Back_Delay(4);
+	SysMemPage.Clear();
+	Animate_Frame(greyearth2, SysMemPage, 0);
+	InterpolationPaletteChanged = TRUE;
+	InterpolationPalette = grey2palette;
+	Increase_Palette_Luminance(InterpolationPalette , 30,30,30,63);
+	Read_Interpolation_Palette("MAP_GRY2.PAL");
+	Wait_Vert_Blank();
+	Set_Palette(grey2palette);
+	SysMemPage.Blit(*PseudoSeenBuff);
+	Call_Back_Delay(4);
+	for (i = 1; i < Get_Animation_Frame_Count(greyearth2); i++) {
+		Animate_Frame(greyearth2,*PseudoSeenBuff,i);
+		Call_Back_Delay(4);
+	}
+	Close_Animation(greyearth2);
+	Write_Interpolation_Palette("MAP_GRY2.PAL");
+
+	/*
+	** Copy the first frame up to the seenpage (while screen is black)
+	*/
+	SysMemPage.Clear();
+	Animate_Frame(anim, SysMemPage, 1);//, 0,0, (WSAType)0,0,0);
+	SysMemPage.Blit(*PseudoSeenBuff);
+	Interpolate_2X_Scale(PseudoSeenBuff, &SeenBuff ,NULL);
+
+	Stop_Speaking();
+
+	while (CountDownTimer.Time() || Is_Speaking()) {
+		Call_Back();
+//		if (Keyboard::Check()) CountDownTimer.Set(0);
+	}
+
+//	Keyboard::Clear();
+
+	/*
+	** now make the grid appear
+	*/
+	SysMemPage.Blit(*PseudoSeenBuff);
+	Interpolate_2X_Scale(PseudoSeenBuff, &SeenBuff, NULL);
+	Play_Sample(sfx4, 255, Options.Normalize_Sound(130));
+	Play_Sample(text2, 255, Options.Normalize_Sound(90));
+
+
+	int frame = 1;
+
+	while (frame < Get_Animation_Frame_Count(anim)) {
+		if (frame == 16 || frame == 33 || frame == 44 || frame == 70 || frame == 73) Play_Sample(text2, 255, Options.Normalize_Sound(90));
+		if (frame == 21 || frame == 27) Play_Sample(target1, 255, Options.Normalize_Sound(90));
+		if (frame == 45 || frame == 47 || frame == 49) Play_Sample(beepy6, 255, Options.Normalize_Sound(90));
+		if (frame == 51) Play_Sample(world2, 255, Options.Normalize_Sound(90));
+		if (frame == 70 || frame == 72) Play_Sample(beepy2, 255, Options.Normalize_Sound(90));
+		if (frame == 74) Play_Sample(target2, 255, Options.Normalize_Sound(110));
+
+		switch (frame){
+			case 1:
+				Alloc_Object(new MultiStagePrintClass(Text_String (TXT_READING_IMAGE_DATA), 0,10,_othergreenpal));
+				break;
+
+			case 16:
+				TextPrintBuffer->Fill_Rect (0, 2*10, 2*String_Pixel_Width (Text_String (TXT_READING_IMAGE_DATA)), 2*(10 + 12), BLACK);
+				break;
+
+			case 17:
+				TextPrintBuffer->Fill_Rect (0, 2*10, 2*String_Pixel_Width (Text_String (TXT_READING_IMAGE_DATA)), 2*(10 + 12), TBLACK);
+				Alloc_Object(new MultiStagePrintClass("ANALYZING", 0,10,_othergreenpal));
+				break;
+
+			case 33:
+				TextPrintBuffer->Fill_Rect (0, 2*10, 2*String_Pixel_Width (Text_String (TXT_ANALYZING)), 2*(10 + 12), BLACK);
+				break;
+
+			case 34:
+				TextPrintBuffer->Fill_Rect (0, 2*10, 2*String_Pixel_Width (Text_String (TXT_ANALYZING)), 2*(10 + 12), TBLACK);
+				Alloc_Object(new MultiStagePrintClass(Text_String (TXT_ENHANCING_IMAGE_DATA), 0,10,_othergreenpal));
+				break;
+
+			case 44:
+				TextPrintBuffer->Fill_Rect (0, 2*10, 2*String_Pixel_Width (Text_String (TXT_ENHANCING_IMAGE_DATA)), 2*(10 + 12), BLACK);
+				break;
+
+			case 45:
+				TextPrintBuffer->Fill_Rect (0, 2*10, 2*String_Pixel_Width (Text_String (TXT_ENHANCING_IMAGE_DATA)), 2*(10 + 12), TBLACK);
+				Alloc_Object(new MultiStagePrintClass(Text_String(TXT_ISOLATING_OPERATIONAL_THEATER), 0,10,_othergreenpal));
+				break;
+
+			case 70:
+				TextPrintBuffer->Fill_Rect (0, 2*10, 2*String_Pixel_Width (Text_String(TXT_ISOLATING_OPERATIONAL_THEATER)), 2*(10 + 12), BLACK);
+				break;
+
+			case 71:
+				TextPrintBuffer->Fill_Rect (0, 2*10, 2*String_Pixel_Width (Text_String(TXT_ISOLATING_OPERATIONAL_THEATER)), 2*(10 + 12), TBLACK);
+				Alloc_Object(new MultiStagePrintClass(Text_String (TXT_ESTABLISHING_TRADITIONAL_BOUNDARIES), 0,10,_othergreenpal));
+				break;
+
+			case 74:
+				Alloc_Object(new MultiStagePrintClass(Text_String (TXT_FOR_VISUAL_REFERENCE), 0,22,_othergreenpal));
+				break;
+		}
+
+
+		Animate_Frame(anim, *PseudoSeenBuff, frame++);
+		Call_Back_Delay(/*Keyboard::Check() ? 0 :*/ 3);
+	}
+
+	TextPrintBuffer->Fill_Rect (0, 2*10, 2*String_Pixel_Width (Text_String (TXT_ESTABLISHING_TRADITIONAL_BOUNDARIES)), 2*(10 + 24), BLACK);
+	Call_Back_Delay (1);
+	TextPrintBuffer->Fill_Rect (0, 2*10, 2*String_Pixel_Width (Text_String (TXT_ESTABLISHING_TRADITIONAL_BOUNDARIES)), 2*(10 + 24), TBLACK);
+	Call_Back_Delay (1);
+
+	Close_Animation(anim);
+
+	Keyboard::Clear();
+	BlitList.Clear();
+
+	/*
+	** Freeze on the map of Europe or Africa
+	*/
+
+	SysMemPage.Clear();
+	Animate_Frame(progress,SysMemPage,0);
+	SysMemPage.Blit(*PseudoSeenBuff);
+	InterpolationPaletteChanged = TRUE;
+	InterpolationPalette = progresspalette;
+	Increase_Palette_Luminance(InterpolationPalette , 30,30,30,63);
+	Read_Interpolation_Palette("MAP_PROG.PAL");
+
+	GraphicBufferClass *europe = new GraphicBufferClass(SysMemPage.Get_Width(),SysMemPage.Get_Height(),(GBC_Enum)0);
+	SysMemPage.Blit(*europe);
+
+	/*
+	** Now show territories as they existed last scenario
+	*/
+	int startframe = CountryArray[scenario].Start[ScenDir];
+	if (startframe) {
+		Animate_Frame(progress,SysMemPage,startframe);
+		SysMemPage.Blit(*PseudoSeenBuff);
+	}
+	Set_Palette(progresspalette);
+	Call_Back_Delay(45);
+	//Write_Interpolation_Palette("MAP_PROG.PAL");
+
+	/*
+	** Now dissolve in first advance of territories
+	*/
+	int xcoord = (house == HOUSE_GOOD ? 0 : 204);
+	SysMemPage.Blit(backpage, xcoord,1, 0,0, 20*6,8);
+	Play_Sample(text2, 255, Options.Normalize_Sound(90));
+	if (house == HOUSE_GOOD) {
+		Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(TXT_MAP_GDI,0,2,_greenpal));
+	} else {
+		Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(TXT_MAP_NOD,xcoord,2,_greenpal));
+	}
+	Call_Back_Delay(60);
+
+	Play_Sample(country1, 255, Options.Normalize_Sound(90));
+	Animate_Frame(progress,SysMemPage,startframe+1);
+	Bit_It_In_Scale(0, 0, 320, 200, &SysMemPage, PseudoSeenBuff,&SeenBuff,1,1);
+	backpage.Blit(SysMemPage, 0,0, xcoord,1, 20*6,8);
+	Call_Back_Delay(85);
+
+	/*
+	** Now dissolve in second advance of territories
+	*/
+#ifdef FRENCH
+	PseudoSeenBuff->Fill_Rect(xcoord,0,xcoord + 6*16 + 10,8,BLACK);
+	TextPrintBuffer->Fill_Rect(xcoord*2,0,2*(xcoord + 6*16 + 10),2*8,BLACK);
+#else
+	PseudoSeenBuff->Fill_Rect(xcoord,0,xcoord + 6*16,8,BLACK);
+	TextPrintBuffer->Fill_Rect(2*xcoord,0,2*(xcoord + 6*16),2*8,BLACK);
+#endif
+	Interpolate_2X_Scale(PseudoSeenBuff, &SeenBuff,NULL);
+	SysMemPage.Blit(backpage, xcoord,1, 0,0, 20*6,8);
+	if (!lastscenario) {
+		Play_Sample(text2, 255, Options.Normalize_Sound(90));
+		if (house == HOUSE_GOOD) {
+			Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(TXT_MAP_NOD,0,12,_greenpal));
+		} else {
+			Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(TXT_MAP_GDI,xcoord,12,_greenpal));
+		}
+		Call_Back_Delay(65);
+	}
+
+	Play_Sample(country1, 255, Options.Normalize_Sound(90));
+	Animate_Frame(progress,SysMemPage,startframe+2);
+	Bit_It_In_Scale(0, 0, 320, 200, &SysMemPage, PseudoSeenBuff , &SeenBuff,1,1);
+	backpage.Blit(SysMemPage, 0,0, xcoord,11, 20*6,8);
+	if (!lastscenario) Call_Back_Delay(85);
+//	Set_Font(oldfont);
+#ifdef FRENCH
+	PseudoSeenBuff->Fill_Rect(xcoord,12,xcoord+6*16+10,20,BLACK);
+	TextPrintBuffer->Fill_Rect(2*xcoord,2*12,2*(xcoord+6*16+10),2*20,BLACK);
+#else
+	PseudoSeenBuff->Fill_Rect(xcoord,12,xcoord+6*16,20,BLACK);
+	TextPrintBuffer->Fill_Rect(2*xcoord,2*12,2*(xcoord+6*16),2*20,BLACK);
+#endif
+	Interpolate_2X_Scale(PseudoSeenBuff, &SeenBuff,NULL);
+
+	startframe = CountryArray[scenario].ContAnim[ScenDir];
+
+	/*
+	** Now print the text over the page
+	*/
+	Play_Sample(text2, 255, Options.Normalize_Sound(90));
+	Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(TXT_MAP_LOCATE,0,160,_greenpal));
+	Call_Back_Delay(20);
+	Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(TXT_MAP_NEXT_MISSION,     0,170,_greenpal));
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+	Call_Back_Delay(20);
+	Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(TXT_MAP_NEXT_MISS2,       0,180,_greenpal));
+#endif
+	Call_Back_Delay(50);
+
+	/*
+	** If we're on the last scenario, erase that text before doing the crosshairs
+	*/
+	if (lastscenario) {
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+		SysMemPage.Fill_Rect(0,160, 20*6,186, TBLACK);
+		PseudoSeenBuff->Fill_Rect(0,160, 20*6,186, TBLACK);
+		TextPrintBuffer->Fill_Rect(0,2*160, 2*20*6,2*186, BLACK);
+		SeenBuff.Fill_Rect(0,2*160, 2*20*6,2*186, TBLACK);
+		HidPage.Fill_Rect(0,2*160, 2*20*6,2*186, TBLACK);
+#else
+		SysMemPage.Fill_Rect(0,160, 20*6,176, TBLACK);
+		PseudoSeenBuff->Fill_Rect(0,160, 20*6,176, TBLACK);
+		TextPrintBuffer->Fill_Rect(0,2*160, 2*20*6,2*176, BLACK);
+		SeenBuff.Fill_Rect(0,2*160, 2*20*6,2*176, TBLACK);
+		HidPage.Fill_Rect(0,2*160, 2*20*6,2*176, TBLACK);
+#endif
+		BlitList.Clear();
+		Bit_It_In_Scale(0, 0, 320, 200, &SysMemPage, PseudoSeenBuff , &SeenBuff);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Fix up the palette that seems different for the last scenario
+	*/
+	if (lastscenario){
+		InterpolationPaletteChanged = TRUE;
+		InterpolationPalette = CurrentPalette;
+		if (house == HOUSE_GOOD){
+			Read_Interpolation_Palette("LASTSCNG.PAL");
+			Interpolate_2X_Scale(PseudoSeenBuff, &SeenBuff, "LASTSCNG.PAL");
+		}else{
+			Read_Interpolation_Palette("LASTSCNB.PAL");
+			Interpolate_2X_Scale(PseudoSeenBuff, &SeenBuff, "LASTSCNB.PAL");
+		}
+	}
+
+
+	int q = 0;
+	for (frame = 0; frame < ((lastscenario) ? Get_Animation_Frame_Count(progress)-4 : 13); frame++) {
+		if (!frame) Play_Sample(beepy3, 255, Options.Normalize_Sound(90));
+		if (frame == 2) Play_Sample(beepy3, 255, Options.Normalize_Sound(90));
+		if (frame == 6) Play_Sample(newtarg1, 255, Options.Normalize_Sound(90));
+
+
+		if (lastscenario){
+			switch ( frame ){
+
+				case 23:
+					if (house == HOUSE_GOOD){
+						Alloc_Object(new MultiStagePrintClass (Text_String (TXT_ENHANCING_IMAGE), 0, 10, _othergreenpal));
+					}else{
+#if (FRENCH)
+						Alloc_Object(new MultiStagePrintClass (Text_String (TXT_ENHANCING_IMAGE), 180, 10, _othergreenpal));
+#else
+						Alloc_Object(new MultiStagePrintClass (Text_String (TXT_ENHANCING_IMAGE), 210, 10, _othergreenpal));
+#endif	//(FRENCH)
+					}
+
+
+				case 35:
+					if (house == HOUSE_GOOD){
+						TextPrintBuffer->Fill_Rect (0, 2*10, 2*String_Pixel_Width (Text_String (TXT_ENHANCING_IMAGE)), 2*(10 + 12), BLACK);
+					}else{
+#if (FRENCH)
+						TextPrintBuffer->Fill_Rect (2*180, 2*10, 2*(180+String_Pixel_Width (Text_String (TXT_ENHANCING_IMAGE))), 2*(10 + 12), BLACK);
+#else
+						TextPrintBuffer->Fill_Rect (2*210, 2*10, 2*(210+String_Pixel_Width (Text_String (TXT_ENHANCING_IMAGE))), 2*(10 + 12), BLACK);
+#endif	//(FRENCH)
+					}
+					break;
+
+				case 36:
+					if (house == HOUSE_GOOD){
+						TextPrintBuffer->Fill_Rect (0, 2*10, 2*String_Pixel_Width (Text_String (TXT_ENHANCING_IMAGE)), 2*(10 + 12), TBLACK);
+					}else{
+#if (FRENCH)
+						TextPrintBuffer->Fill_Rect (2*180, 2*10, 2*(180+String_Pixel_Width (Text_String (TXT_ENHANCING_IMAGE))), 2*(10 + 12), TBLACK);
+#else
+						TextPrintBuffer->Fill_Rect (2*210, 2*10, 2*(210+String_Pixel_Width (Text_String (TXT_ENHANCING_IMAGE))), 2*(10 + 12), TBLACK);
+#endif	//(FRENCH)
+					}
+					break;
+			}
+		}
+
+		Animate_Frame(progress,*PseudoSeenBuff,startframe + frame);
+		Call_Back_Delay(6);
+		/* Cause it to cycle on the flashing on the country for a little while */
+		if (!lastscenario && frame == 4 && q < 4) {
+			frame = 2;
+			q++;
+		}
+	}
+
+	int selection = 0, color = 0;
+	// erase the "Locating Coordinates" message...
+	Play_Sample(beepy6, 255, Options.Normalize_Sound(90));
+	if (!lastscenario) {
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+		SysMemPage.Fill_Rect( 0,160, 20*6,186, TBLACK);
+		PseudoSeenBuff->Fill_Rect(0,160, 20*6,186, TBLACK);
+		TextPrintBuffer->Fill_Rect(0,2*160, 2*20*6,2*186, BLACK);
+#else
+		SysMemPage.Fill_Rect( 0,160, 20*6,176, TBLACK);
+		PseudoSeenBuff->Fill_Rect(0,160, 20*6,176, TBLACK);
+		TextPrintBuffer->Fill_Rect(0,2*160, 2*20*6,2*176, BLACK);
+#endif
+	}
+	Interpolate_2X_Scale(PseudoSeenBuff, &SeenBuff, NULL);
+
+	/*
+	** Now the crosshairs are over the target countries - loop until a
+	** selection is made?
+	*/
+	int done = 0;
+	int framecounter = 0;
+
+	if (house == HOUSE_GOOD) {
+		Load_Uncompress(CCFileClass(lastscenario ? "CLICK_EB.CPS" : "CLICK_E.CPS"), SysMemPage, SysMemPage);
+	} else {
+		Load_Uncompress(CCFileClass(lastscenario ? "CLICK_SA.CPS" : "CLICK_A.CPS"), SysMemPage, SysMemPage);
+		if (lastscenario) attackxcoord = 200;
+	}
+
+//	Set_Font(ScoreFontPtr);
+	Play_Sample(text2, 255, Options.Normalize_Sound(90));
+	Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(TXT_MAP_SELECT,attackxcoord,160,_greenpal));
+	Cycle_Call_Back_Delay(16,progresspalette);
+	Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(TXT_MAP_TO_ATTACK,attackxcoord,170,_greenpal));
+	Cycle_Call_Back_Delay(24,progresspalette);
+	while (Get_Mouse_State() > 0) Show_Mouse();
+
+	Keyboard::Clear();
+	while (!done) {
+		Cycle_Call_Back_Delay(1,progresspalette);
+
+		// Check for the mouse button
+		if (Keyboard::Check()) {
+			if ((Keyboard::Get() & 0x10FF) == KN_LMOUSE) {
+				for (selection = 0; selection < CountryArray[scenario].Choices[ScenDir]; selection++) {
+					color = SysMemPage.Get_Pixel(Get_Mouse_X()/2,Get_Mouse_Y()/2);
+
+					/*
+					** Special hack for Egypt the second time through
+					*/
+					if (CountryArray[scenario].CountryColor[ScenDir][selection] == 0xA0) {
+						if ((color == 0x80) || (color == 0x81)) color = 0xA0;
+					}
+
+					if (CountryArray[scenario].CountryColor[ScenDir][selection] == color) {
+						Play_Sample(world2, 255, Options.Normalize_Sound(90));
+						done = 1;
+						break;
+					} else {
+						Play_Sample(scold1, 255, Options.Normalize_Sound(90));
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	ScenVar = CountryArray[scenario].CountryVariant[ScenDir][selection];
+	ScenDir = CountryArray[scenario].CountryDir[ScenDir][selection];
+
+	if (!lastscenario) {
+		Close_Animation(progress);
+
+		/*
+		** Now it's time to highlight the country we're going to.
+		*/
+		void const * countryshape = MixFileClass::Retrieve(house == HOUSE_GOOD ? "COUNTRYE.SHP" : "COUNTRYA.SHP");
+
+		Hide_Mouse();
+		// erase "Select country to attack"
+		PseudoSeenBuff->Fill_Rect(attackxcoord,160, attackxcoord+(17*6),178,BLACK);
+		TextPrintBuffer->Fill_Rect(2*attackxcoord,2*160, 2*(attackxcoord+(17*6)),2*178,BLACK);
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+		PseudoSeenBuff->Fill_Rect(attackxcoord+(17*6),160, attackxcoord+(21*6),178,BLACK);
+		TextPrintBuffer->Fill_Rect(2*attackxcoord+(17*6*2),2*160, 2*(attackxcoord+(21*6)),2*178,BLACK);
+#endif	//GERMAN
+		Interpolate_2X_Scale(PseudoSeenBuff, &SeenBuff ,NULL);
+
+		/*
+		** Draw the country's shape in non-fading colors
+		*/
+		Set_Logic_Page(SysMemPage);
+		europe->Blit(SysMemPage);
+
+		int shape = CountryArray[scenario].CountryShape[ScenDir][selection];
+		int xyindex = shape + (house == HOUSE_GOOD ? 0 : 18);
+		CC_Draw_Shape(countryshape, shape,
+					 _countryx[xyindex],_countryy[xyindex],
+					 WINDOW_MAIN, SHAPE_WIN_REL | SHAPE_CENTER, 0,0);
+		SysMemPage.Blit(*PseudoSeenBuff);
+		Interpolate_2X_Scale(PseudoSeenBuff, &SeenBuff ,NULL);
+
+		/*
+		** Now clear the palette of all but the country's colors, and fade
+		** the palette down
+		*/
+		CCFileClass("DARK_E.PAL").Read(localpalette, 768);
+//		Load_Data("DARK_E.PAL", localpalette, 768);
+		InterpolationPaletteChanged = TRUE;
+		InterpolationPalette = localpalette;
+		Increase_Palette_Luminance(localpalette , 30,30,30,63);
+		Read_Interpolation_Palette("MAP_LOC2.PAL");
+		Interpolate_2X_Scale(PseudoSeenBuff , &SeenBuff , "MAP_LOC2.PAL");
+		Fade_Palette_To(localpalette, FADE_PALETTE_MEDIUM, Call_Back);
+
+		countryshape = 0;
+
+		Print_Statistics(color & 0x7F, _countryx[xyindex], _countryy[xyindex]);
+	} else {
+		CCFileClass(house == HOUSE_GOOD ? "DARK_B.PAL" : "DARK_SA.PAL").Read(localpalette, 768);
+		InterpolationPaletteChanged = TRUE;
+		InterpolationPalette = localpalette;
+		Increase_Palette_Luminance(localpalette , 30,30,30,63);
+		Read_Interpolation_Palette("MAP_LOC3.PAL");
+		Interpolate_2X_Scale(PseudoSeenBuff , &SeenBuff , "MAP_LOC3.PAL");
+		Set_Palette(localpalette);
+//		Load_Data(house == HOUSE_GOOD ? "DARK_B.PAL" : "DARK_SA.PAL", localpalette, 768);
+
+		Hide_Mouse();
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+		PseudoSeenBuff->Fill_Rect(attackxcoord, 160, 319, 178, BLACK);	// erase "Select country to attack"
+		TextPrintBuffer->Fill_Rect(2*attackxcoord, 2*160, 639, 2*178, BLACK);	// erase "Select country to attack"
+#else
+		PseudoSeenBuff->Fill_Rect(attackxcoord, 160, attackxcoord + (17*6), 199, BLACK);	// erase "Select country to attack"
+		TextPrintBuffer->Fill_Rect(2*attackxcoord, 2*160, 2*(attackxcoord + (17*6)), 2*199, BLACK);	// erase "Select country to attack"
+#endif
+		Interpolate_2X_Scale(PseudoSeenBuff, &SeenBuff, NULL);
+		Animate_Frame(progress, *PseudoSeenBuff, Get_Animation_Frame_Count(progress)-1);
+		Set_Palette(localpalette);
+		Close_Animation(progress);
+		PseudoSeenBuff->Blit(SysMemPage);
+		Print_Statistics(20, 160, house == HOUSE_GOOD ? 0 : 160);
+	}
+
+	Theme.Queue_Song(THEME_NONE);
+	Fade_Palette_To(BlackPalette, FADE_PALETTE_MEDIUM, NULL);
+	delete europe;
+	delete progresspalette;
+	delete grey2palette;
+	delete TextPrintBuffer;
+	TextPrintBuffer = NULL;
+	BlitList.Clear();
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Print_Statistics -- Prints statistics on country selected               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:   shape = country #, x & y = country's on-screen coords          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   04/27/1995 BWG : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void Print_Statistics(int country, int xpos, int ypos)
+{
+	int index,newx;
+	void *oldfont;
+	static int const _gdistatnames[]={
+		TXT_MAP_GDISTAT0,
+		TXT_MAP_GDISTAT1,
+		TXT_MAP_GDISTAT2,
+		TXT_MAP_GDISTAT3,
+		TXT_MAP_GDISTAT4,
+		TXT_MAP_GDISTAT5,
+		TXT_MAP_GDISTAT6
+		};
+	static int const _nodstatnames[]={
+		TXT_MAP_GDISTAT0,
+		TXT_MAP_NODSTAT0,
+		TXT_MAP_GDISTAT2,
+		TXT_MAP_GDISTAT3,
+		TXT_MAP_NODSTAT1,
+		TXT_MAP_NODSTAT2,
+		TXT_MAP_GDISTAT5,
+		TXT_MAP_NODSTAT3,
+		TXT_MAP_NODSTAT4
+	};
+	static int const _countryname[]={
+		TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME0,
+		TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME1,
+		TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME2,
+		TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME3,
+		TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME4,
+		TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME5,
+		TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME6,
+		TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME7,
+		TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME8,
+		TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME9,
+		TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME10,
+		TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME11,
+		TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME12,
+		TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME13,
+		TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME14,
+		TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME15,
+		TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME16,
+		TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME17,
+		TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME18,
+		TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME19,
+		TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME20,
+		TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME21,
+		TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME22,
+		TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME23,
+		TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME24,
+		TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME25,
+		TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME26,
+		TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME27,
+		TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME28,
+		TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME29,
+		TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME30,
+		TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME31,
+		TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME32,
+		TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME33,
+		TXT_MAP_COUNTRYNAME34
+	};
+
+	static int const _govtnames[]={
+		TXT_MAP_GOVT0,
+		TXT_MAP_GOVT1,
+		TXT_MAP_GOVT2,
+		TXT_MAP_GOVT3,
+		TXT_MAP_GOVT4,
+		TXT_MAP_GOVT5,
+		TXT_MAP_GOVT6,
+		TXT_MAP_GOVT7,
+		TXT_MAP_GOVT8,
+		TXT_MAP_GOVT9,
+		TXT_MAP_GOVT10,
+		TXT_MAP_GOVT11
+	};
+	static int const _armynames[]={
+		TXT_MAP_ARMY0,
+		TXT_MAP_ARMY1,
+		TXT_MAP_ARMY2,
+		TXT_MAP_ARMY3,
+		TXT_MAP_ARMY4,
+		TXT_MAP_ARMY5
+	};
+	static int const _military[]={
+		TXT_MAP_MILITARY0,
+		TXT_MAP_MILITARY1,
+		TXT_MAP_MILITARY2,
+		TXT_MAP_MILITARY3,
+		TXT_MAP_MILITARY4
+	};
+
+	static char const _greenpal[]={0,0x41,0x42,0x43,0x44,0x44,0x44,0x44,0x44,0x44,0x44,0x44,0x44,0x44,0x44,0x44};
+	//static char const _greenpal[]={0,1,0x42,3,0x43,5,0x44,7,0x44,9,10,1,12,13,0x41,15};
+	static char _deststr[16];
+
+/* Change to the six-point font for Text_Print */
+	oldfont = Set_Font(ScoreFontPtr);
+
+#ifdef GERMAN
+	xpos = 8;
+#else
+	xpos = (xpos > 128) ? 8 : 136;
+#endif
+	ypos = (ypos > 100) ? 8 : 104-6;
+	if (PlayerPtr->Class->House == HOUSE_GOOD) {
+		Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(_countryname[GDIStats[country].nameindex],xpos,ypos,_greenpal));
+		Call_Back_Delay(strlen(Text_String(_countryname[GDIStats[country].nameindex]))*3);
+		ypos += 16;
+		for (index = 0; index < 7; index ++) {
+			Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(_gdistatnames[index],xpos,ypos,_greenpal));
+			Call_Back_Delay(strlen(Text_String(_gdistatnames[index]+3)));
+			newx = xpos + 6*strlen(Text_String(_gdistatnames[index]));
+			switch (index) {
+				case 0:
+					Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(GDIStats[country].pop,newx,ypos,_greenpal));
+					break;
+				case 1:
+					Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(GDIStats[country].area,newx,ypos,_greenpal));
+					break;
+				case 2:
+					Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(GDIStats[country].capital,newx,ypos,_greenpal));
+					break;
+				case 3:
+					Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(_govtnames[GDIStats[country].govt],newx,ypos,_greenpal));
+					break;
+				case 4:
+					Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(GDIStats[country].gdp,newx,ypos,_greenpal));
+					break;
+				case 5:
+					Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(GDIStats[country].conflict,newx,ypos,_greenpal));
+					break;
+				case 6:
+					Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(_armynames[GDIStats[country].military],newx,ypos,_greenpal));
+					break;
+			}
+			ypos += 8;
+		}
+	} else {	// Nod statistics
+		if (country > 30) {
+			country = 15;	// hack for 2nd time in Egypt
+		} else {
+			if (country >=15) country++;	// hack to account for Egypt
+		}
+		country++;
+
+		Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(_countryname[NodStats[country].nameindex],xpos,ypos,_greenpal));
+		Call_Back_Delay(strlen(Text_String(_countryname[NodStats[country].nameindex]))*3);
+		ypos += 16;
+		for (index = 0; index < 9; index ++) {
+			Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(_nodstatnames[index],xpos,ypos,_greenpal));
+			Call_Back_Delay(strlen(Text_String(_nodstatnames[index]+3)));
+			newx = xpos + 6*strlen(Text_String(_nodstatnames[index]));
+			switch (index) {
+				case 0:
+					Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(NodStats[country].pop,newx,ypos,_greenpal));
+					break;
+				case 1:
+					sprintf(_deststr,"%d%%",NodStats[country].expendable);
+					Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(_deststr,newx,ypos,_greenpal));
+					break;
+				case 2:
+					Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(NodStats[country].capital,newx,ypos,_greenpal));
+					break;
+				case 3:
+					Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(_govtnames[NodStats[country].govt],newx,ypos,_greenpal));
+					break;
+				case 4:
+#ifdef FIX_ME_LATER
+					sprintf(_deststr,"%s %d%%",LowMedHiStr(NodStats[country].corruptible),NodStats[country].corruptible);
+#endif	//FIX_ME_LATER
+					sprintf(_deststr,"%d%%",NodStats[country].corruptible);
+					Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(_deststr,newx,ypos,_greenpal));
+					break;
+				case 5:
+					Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(NodStats[country].worth,newx,ypos,_greenpal));
+					break;
+				case 6:
+					Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(NodStats[country].conflict,newx,ypos,_greenpal));
+					break;
+				case 7:
+					Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(_military[NodStats[country].military],newx,ypos,_greenpal));
+					break;
+				case 8:
+					sprintf(_deststr,"%d%%",NodStats[country].probability);
+					Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(_deststr,newx,ypos,_greenpal));
+					break;
+			}
+			ypos += 8;
+		}
+	}
+
+#ifdef FRENCH
+	Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(TXT_MAP_CLICK2,94,193-6,_greenpal));
+#else
+	Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(TXT_MAP_CLICK2,160-(17*3),193-6,_greenpal));
+#endif
+
+	int done = 0;
+	while (!done) {
+		done = 1;
+		for (int x = 0; x < MAXSCOREOBJS; x++) if (ScoreObjs[x]) {
+			done = 0;
+			Call_Back_Delay(1);
+		}
+	}
+	Keyboard::Clear();
+	while (Keyboard::Check()){
+		Keyboard::Clear();
+	}
+	while (!Keyboard::Check() && !ControlQ) {
+		Call_Back_Delay(1);
+	}
+	Keyboard::Clear();
+	Set_Font(oldfont);
+}
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+/***************************************************************************
+ * FADING_BYTE_BLIT -- 'Pixelized' incremental byte blit.                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *    This routine will perform the same function as Byte_Blit, but will   *
+ *    do so in an incremental (one piece at a time) method.  This is       *
+ *    usefull for graphic 'fades' from one display to another.             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:   srcx  - Source page X byte position of upper left corner.      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *          srcy  - Source page Y pixel position of upper left corner.     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *          destx - Dest page X byte position of upper left corner.        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *          desty - Dest page Y pixel position of upper left corner.       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *          w     - Width of the blit in bytes.                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *          h     - Height of the blit in pixels.                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *          src   - PageType of the source page.                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *          dest  - Page type of the destination.                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   This routine, although functionally equivalent to the       *
+ *             normal Byte_Blit, is very slow.  Only use this when         *
+ *             the 'fading' graphic effect is desired.  This means the     *
+ *             destination page should probably be the SEENPAGE.           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   07/17/1991 JLB : Created from Bit_It_In() (LJC code).                 *
+ *   04/17/1995 BWG : Adapted to the C++ system.									*
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void Fading_Byte_Blit(int srcx, int srcy, int destx, int desty, int w, int h, GraphicBufferClass *src, GraphicBufferClass *dest)
+{
+	unsigned int	xindex,			// Working array index var.
+						yindex;			// Working y index var.
+	unsigned int	x,y;				// Extraction position indexes.
+	unsigned int	tempy;			// Temporary working Y index var.
+	int	_xindex[40];	// X position array.
+	int	_yindex[200];	// Y position array.
+
+	// Anticipate two pixel rows per blit.
+	h >>= 1;
+
+	// This routine is byte-aligned
+	srcx  >>=3;
+	destx >>=3;
+	w		>>=3;
+
+	for (xindex = 0; xindex < w; xindex++) _xindex[xindex] = xindex;		/* init the index array */
+	for (yindex = 0; yindex < h; yindex++) _yindex[yindex] = yindex;		/* init the index array */
+
+	/*
+	**	Shuffle the X indexes around a bit.  This gives it
+	**	that 'random' feel while remaining precise.
+	*/
+	for (xindex = 0; xindex < w; xindex++) {
+		int	temp;
+
+	 	x = IRandom(0,w-1);
+		temp = _xindex[x];
+		_xindex[x] = _xindex[xindex];
+		_xindex[xindex] = temp;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Shuffle the Y indexes around a bit for the same reason that
+	**	the x indexes were shuffled.
+	*/
+	for (yindex = 0; yindex < h; yindex++) {
+		int	temp;
+
+	 	y = IRandom(0,h-1);
+		temp = _yindex[y];
+		_yindex[y] = _yindex[yindex];
+		_yindex[yindex] = temp;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Sweep through the indexes and 'construct' the destination display
+	**	from a series of miniature Byte_Blits.
+	*/
+	for (yindex = 0; yindex < h; yindex++) {
+		tempy = yindex;
+		Call_Back();
+		for (xindex = 0; xindex < w; xindex++) {
+			x = _xindex[xindex];
+			y = _yindex[tempy];
+			tempy++;
+			if (tempy >= h) tempy = 0;
+			src->Blit(*dest, (srcx+x)<<3, srcy+(y<<1), (destx+x)<<3, desty+(y<<1), 1<<3, 2);
+		}
+	}
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+
+void Cycle_Call_Back_Delay(int time, unsigned char *pal)
+{
+	static int _counter;
+	unsigned char r,g,b;
+	int i;
+
+	while (time--) {
+		_counter = (++_counter & 3);
+
+		if (!(_counter & 3) ) {
+			r = pal[249*3+0];
+			g = pal[249*3+1];
+			b = pal[249*3+2];
+
+			for (i = 249; i < 254; i++) {
+				pal[i*3+0] = pal[(i+1)*3+0];
+				pal[i*3+1] = pal[(i+1)*3+1];
+				pal[i*3+2] = pal[(i+1)*3+2];
+			}
+			pal[254*3+0] = r;
+			pal[254*3+1] = g;
+			pal[254*3+2] = b;
+
+			Set_Palette(pal);
+		}
+		Call_Back_Delay(1);
+	}
+}
+
+int LowMedHiStr(int percentage)
+{
+	if (percentage < 30) return(TXT_MAP_LMH0);
+	if (percentage < 70) return(TXT_MAP_LMH1);
+	return(TXT_MAP_LMH2);
+}
+
+
+
+#endif		//DEMO
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Bit_It_In -- Pixel fade graphic copy.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *    Copies a block of graphic memory using a 'random' pixel algorithm.   *
+ *    Typcial use would be to 'fade' some graphic display into another.    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:   x,y   - Pixel position of upper left corner of block.          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *          w,y   - Pixel width and height of block to pixel blit.         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *          src   - Page number of the source page.                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *          dest  - Page number of the destination page.                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *    		delay - # of frames to wait after each line fades in           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:     none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   This function uses PIXEL coordinates for the X and width    *
+ *             parameters.  This is unlike the Byte_Blit() routine that    *
+ *             it most closely resembles.                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   04/16/1991 JLB : Created.                                             *
+ *   04/17/1995 BWG : Adapted to C++ library.                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+
+void Bit_It_In_Scale(int x, int y, int w, int h, GraphicBufferClass *src, GraphicBufferClass *dest, GraphicViewPortClass * /*seen*/ , int delay, int dagger)
+{
+	short int	 *xindex,*yindex;
+	int			 n;
+	unsigned int i,j,k,m,j1;
+	short			 ScaleBuffer[320+200];
+
+	xindex = (short int *) ScaleBuffer;
+	yindex = xindex + 320;
+
+	for (i=0; i<w; i++) xindex[i]=i;		/* init the index array */
+	for (i=0; i<h; i++) yindex[i]=i;		/* init the index array */
+	for (i=0; i<w; i++) {						/* shuffle the indexes */
+	 	k=IRandom(0,w-1);
+		m=i;
+		n=xindex[k];
+		xindex[k]=xindex[m];
+		xindex[m]=n;
+	}
+	for (i=0; i<h; i++) {						/* shuffle the indexes */
+	 	k=IRandom(0,h-1);
+		m=i;
+		n=yindex[k];
+		yindex[k]=yindex[m];
+		yindex[m]=n;
+	}
+
+	for (j=0; j<h; j++) {
+		j1=j;
+// execute delay every other line
+		if (j & 1) {
+			i = delay;
+			do {
+				Call_Back_Delay(i ? 1 : 0);
+			} while(i--);
+		} else {
+			Call_Back();
+		}
+
+		if (src->Lock() && dest->Lock()){
+			for (i=0; i<w; i++) {
+				k=x+xindex[i];
+				m=y+yindex[j1];
+				j1++;
+				if (j1>=h) j1=0;
+
+				Buffer_Put_Pixel (dest,k,m,Buffer_Get_Pixel(src,k,m));
+				//n=src->Get_Pixel(k,m);
+				//dest->Put_Pixel(k,m,n);
+			}
+			if (dagger) for (int q=j; q>=0; q--) {
+				Buffer_Put_Pixel(dest,160-(j-q),q,Buffer_Get_Pixel(src,160-(j-q),q));
+				Buffer_Put_Pixel(dest,160+(j-q),q,Buffer_Get_Pixel(src,160+(j-q),q));
+				//dest->Put_Pixel(160-(j-q),q,src->Get_Pixel(160-(j-q),q));
+				//dest->Put_Pixel(160+(j-q),q,src->Get_Pixel(160+(j-q),q));
+			}
+		}
+		src->Unlock();
+		dest->Unlock();
+		//if (seen){
+			//Interpolate_2X_Scale(dest , seen ,NULL);
+		//}
+	}
+}
+
+void Bit_It_In(int x, int y, int w, int h, GraphicBufferClass *src, GraphicBufferClass *dest, int delay, int dagger)
+{
+	Bit_It_In_Scale (x, y, w, h,  src, dest, NULL , delay,  dagger);
+}
+
diff --git a/MEMCHECK.H b/MEMCHECK.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..788d1ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/MEMCHECK.H
@@ -0,0 +1,2605 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+
+/* #*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#
+
+                    MemCheck 3.0 Professional for DOS
+
+            Copyright (c) 1990-1994, StratosWare Corporation.  
+                           All rights reserved.
+
+                             1-800-WE-DEBUG
+
+        Note to Developers:
+        --------------------
+        This file should be #included AFTER any other #includes in
+        each source file which is to be memory checked, and BEFORE
+        any code that performs any operations on allocated pointers.
+        If it isn't, MemCheck will not pick up source file and line
+        information for intercepted functions. 
+
+        The MCCONFIG.EXE utility distributed with MemCheck 3.0
+        will do this safely and quickly for you.
+
+        Most specifically, this header file MUST NOT come before
+        any prototypes of routines that MemCheck intercepts, like
+        malloc(), free(), strcpy(), and so on.
+
+        The Final Cut:
+        ---------------
+        To ENTIRELY remove MemCheck from your code, just #define
+        the constant "NOMEMCHECK", or equivalently, "NOMC".
+        
+        This header file will then automatically 'evaporate' all 
+        MemCheck 3.0 calls.  This is MUCH PREFERABLE to placing 
+        #if-#endif's around the header file's inclusion, as in
+
+                    #ifdef DEBUG        // DON'T DO THIS!
+                    #include <memcheck.h>
+                    #endif
+
+        Using the "#ifdef DEBUG" as above doesn't allow the
+        MemCheck header file to evaporate the MemCheck 3.0 API
+        calls you may have placed in your code, like mc_startcheck()
+        and mc_endcheck().  You would then have to surround
+        each MemCheck API call with additional #if-#endif's.
+
+    Modification History
+
+    WHO     WHEN        WHAT
+    KWB     07/28/93    Gussy for beta
+    KWB     09/11/93    Add new placement overload, NEW() C++ stuff
+    KWB     11/08/93    Final QA/QC for initial release
+    KWB     12/02/93    LINT -save added
+    KWB     02/19/94    Fixed function inlining holes, added macros
+                        for underscore func variants under MSC 7+
+    KWB     07/08/94    Added defines for BC extender (_CC_POWERPACK_)
+    KWB     07/09/94    Added special case for STACKTOP, END under PowerPack
+    KWB     08/04/94    Added cdecl modifier to stklen, atopsp etc. decls
+    KWB     08/11/94    Associated _CC32_ with _PROTECTED_ in ccdefs section;
+                        Changed method of determining compiler model,
+                        e.g. _CC_MSC6_ from if == to if >=
+                        Associated DOSX286 with _PROTECTED_ for Phar Lap
+                        Added MC_SET_EXCEPTF, mc_set/get_exceptf()
+    KWB     08/17/94    Added new[] support filtering (_CPP_ANSI20_)
+    KWB     08/18/94    Changed _MCFARCALL to _MCFARGLUE 
+    KWB     09/13/94    Added erf_printf as alias for erf_stdout
+    KWB     09/14/94    Added endf_summary
+    KWB     09/21/94    Added MCCRITF and mc_set_critf() & related
+    KWB     10/10/94    Added #if !defined(setmem) etc. for BC DPMI32
+    KWB     10/11/94    Added _CC_BORLANDx_ comp def, 'x' = major ver
+
+*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*# */
+
+
+/* Avoid multiple inclusions */
+#ifndef _MEMCHECK_H_
+#define _MEMCHECK_H_
+
+/* Prevent inclusion in Windows(tm) compilations */
+#if defined(_Windows) || defined(WINDOWS) || defined(_WINDOWS)
+#   if !defined (__DPMI16__) && !defined (__DPMI32__) && !defined (DOSX286)
+#       error DOS version of MemCheck header file #included!
+#   endif
+#endif
+
+/* Shorthand equivalence, V2.0 backwards compatibility... */
+#if defined (NOMC) || defined (NOMEMCHK)
+#   define NOMEMCHECK
+#endif
+
+/*  C++ new interception -- see note later and
+    read the MemCheck 3.0 User's Manual, section
+    "Integration With C++."  Uncommenting the next line
+    and following simple instructions allows seamless
+    transmission of the exact file and line location
+    of new's in your source code.
+*/
+/*  #define NEW_OVERLOADED  */
+
+
+/* *** Backwards compatibility with V2.0 *** */
+
+#define mc_isactive         mc_is_active    /* standardize naming... */
+#define mc_getmode          mc_get_mode
+#define mc_errorstatus      mc_error_flags
+#define mc_verify_memory    mc_check_buffers
+
+#define MC_USEDISK          MC_USING_DISK
+#define MC_USEMEM           MC_USING_MEMORY
+
+
+/* *** Backwards compatibility with V2.1 *** */
+
+#define MCLINENO            MCSL            /* "MemCheck Source Line" */
+#define MFUNC               ERF             /* error reporting function */
+
+#define mc_set_msgfunc      mc_set_erf      /* "Message funcs" are now    */
+#define mc_get_msgfunc      mc_get_erf      /* universally referred to as */
+#define mc_error_status     mc_error_flags  /* "error reporting functions"*/
+
+/*  Maintain source code compatibility with version 2.1.
+    Buffer registration is simplified to
+    just calling "mc_register", regardless of model.  
+    Same with buffer checking, e.g. "mc_check_far" 
+    and "mc_check_near" are rolled into "mc_check". 
+*/
+#define mc_register_near(p,s)   mc_register((void _MCFAR *)(p),s)
+#define mc_register_far(p,s)    mc_register((void _MCFAR *)(p),s)
+#define mc_unregister_near(p)   mc_unregister((void _MCFAR *)(p))
+#define mc_unregister_far(p)    mc_unregister((void _MCFAR *)(p))
+#define mc_check_near(p)        mc_check((void _MCFAR *)(p))
+#define mc_check_far(p)         mc_check((void _MCFAR *)(p))
+
+/*  Error Number Definitions
+    Returned by mc_endcheck() and mc_error_flags().
+    In MemCheck 3.0, there's now a global error number much
+    like the "errno" variable in standard C.   
+*/
+#define MCE_NO_ERROR            0       /* it's debugging time & all well */
+#define MCE_NULL_SOURCE         1       /* null source ptr on copy */
+#define MCE_NULL_DEST           2       /* null dest ptr on copy */
+#define MCE_UNDERWRITE          3       /* allocated buf underwritten (front) */
+#define MCE_OVERWRITE           4       /* allocated buf overwritten (end) */
+#define MCE_LEAK                5       /* forgot to free alloc'd memory */
+#define MCE_LEAKAGE             MCE_LEAK
+#define MCE_UNFREED_MEMORY      MCE_LEAK
+#define MCE_NULL_PTR_ASSIGN     6       /* assigned data through null ptr */
+#define MCE_BAD_STACK_PTR       7       /* bad stack pointer */
+#define MCE_STACK_OVERWRITE     8       /* copy trashes stack frame */
+#define MCE_INTERNAL            9       /* internal error msg */
+#define MCE_OVERLAPPING_COPY    10      /* source overlaps dest on copy */
+#define MCE_INVALID_PTR         11      /* bad ptr on free, realloc */
+#define MCE_DEST_OVERWRITE      12      /* copy too big for dest buffer */
+#define MCE_OUT_OF_MEMORY       13      /* out of memory */
+#define MCE_OOM                 MCE_OUT_OF_MEMORY   
+#define MCE_GPF_PTR             14      /* ptr caused GPF */
+
+
+/*  MemCheck Error Flags 
+
+    The MemCheck error flag is just an unsigned long 
+    (specifically, a MCEFLAGS typedef) with "sticky" bits 
+    corresponding to the above MCE_... error numbers.  
+    You can use the error flags macro MC_EFLAG(e) to 
+    test the global MC_Errno double flag word.
+*/
+/* Returns a long word with the e-th bit set */
+#define MC_EFLAG(e) ( (e) ? ((MCEFLAGS)1 << (e-1)) : (MCEFLAGS)0)
+
+#define EFLAG_NULL_PTR          MC_EFLAG(MCE_NULL_DEST)
+#define EFLAG_BAD_PTR           MC_EFLAG(MCE_UNALLOCED_PTR)
+#define EFLAG_FRONT_MAGIC       MC_EFLAG(MCE_UNDERWRITE)
+#define EFLAG_BACK_MAGIC        MC_EFLAG(MCE_OVERWRITE)
+#define EFLAG_PTRS_NOT_FREED    MC_EFLAG(MCE_LEAK)
+#define EFLAG_TRACK_FILE        0   /*obsolete in 3.0+*/
+#define EFLAG_NULL_ASSIGN       MCE_FLAG(MCE_NULL_PTR_ASSIGN)
+
+/* *** End Compatibility Section *** */
+
+
+/* *** MemCheck Compiler Constant Definitions *** */
+
+/* 
+    Compiler            Defines
+    --------            -------
+    Microsoft           _CC_MSC_, _CC_MSC_COMPATIBLE_
+        V8.x            _CC_MSC8_
+        V7.x            _CC_MSC7_
+        V6.x            _CC_MSC6_
+        V5.x            _CC_MSC5_
+    Borland*            _CC_BORLAND_, _CC_BCC_
+        V3.x            _CC_BORLAND3_
+        V4.x            _CC_BORLAND4_
+        PowerPack/16    _CC_POWERPACK_, _CC_POWERPACK16_
+        PowerPack/32    _CC_POWERPACK_, _CC_POWERPACK32_, _CC32_
+    WATCOM              _CC_WATCOM_, _CC_MSC_COMPATIBLE_
+        WAT/386         _CC_WATCOM32_, _CC32_
+
+    * Borland has no good way of determining compiler
+      version.  __BORLANDC__ returns some truly funky
+      hex constant that "will increase in future versions."
+
+    Define              Meaning
+    ------              --------
+    _CC32_ *            32-bit compile
+    _PROTECTED_         16- or 32-bit protected mode compile
+    LCODE               Defined if large code model
+    LDATA               Defined if large data model
+    STACKTOP            Highest stack address (top)
+    STACKEND            Lowest stack address 
+    STACKLEN            Stack length (top - end)
+    _CPP_ANSI20_        Compiler supports C++ 2.0, e.g. new[]
+
+    * If _CC32_ is defined, _PROTECTED_ is also defined
+*/
+        
+
+#ifndef _CCDEFS_H_
+#define _CCDEFS_H_
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*  NOTE: Microsoft C 5.x users have to "#define _MSC_VER 500"
+    at the top of this file.
+*/
+#if defined(_MSC_VER)
+/*
+     _MSC_VER            Microsoft C version; currently defined as 700.
+     M_I86   _M_I86      Member of the I86 processor family.
+     M_I86mM _M_I86mM    Memory model type:
+                         <m>= T            Tiny
+                              S            Small (default)
+                              C            Compact model
+                              M            Medium model
+                              L            Large model
+                              H            Huge model
+                         Identifiers defined by /AT, /AS, /AC, /AM,
+                         /AL, and /AH, respectively.
+     _MSDOS              MS-DOS operating system.
+     _QC                 Microsoft QuickC Compiler.
+     _WINDLL             Windows protected-mode dynamic-link library
+                         is selected with /GD.
+     _WINDOWS            Windows protected-mode is selected with /GA,
+                         /Gn, /GW, /Mq, or /GD.
+*/
+#   define _CC_MSC_
+#   define _CC_MSC_COMPATIBLE_
+
+#   if (_MSC_VER >= 800)
+#       define _CC_MSC8_
+#   elif (_MSC_VER >= 700)
+#       define _CC_MSC7_
+#   elif (_MSC_VER >= 600)
+#       define _CC_MSC6_
+#   elif (_MSC_VER >= 500)  /* see note above */
+#       define _CC_MSC5_
+#   else
+#       error MemCheck.h: unrecognized version of Microsoft compiler!
+#   endif
+
+#elif defined(__BORLANDC__)
+#   define _CC_BORLAND_ /* Borland product */
+#   define _CC_BCC_     /* Borland C compiler */
+
+    /* Major compiler rev */
+#   if (__BORLANDC__ >= 0x0450)
+#       define _CC_BORLAND4_
+#   elif (__BORLANDC__ >= 0x400)
+#       define _CC_BORLAND3_
+#   else
+        /* not needed */
+#   endif
+
+    /* Borland 4.0 PowerPack BCC.EXE defines (-WX):
+            __DPMI16__ _Windows
+
+       With -WXD, -WXDE:
+            __DLL__ __DPMI16__ _Windows
+
+       Borland 4.0 PowerPack BCC21.EXE defines (-WX):
+            __CONSOLE__ __DPMI32__ __FLAT__ __WIN32__ _Windows
+
+       With -WXD:
+            __DLL__ __CONSOLE__ __DPMI32__ __FLAT__ __WIN32__ _Windows
+    */
+#   if defined(__DPMI16__)
+#       define _CC_POWERPACK_
+#       define _CC_POWERPACK16_
+#       define _PROTECTED_
+#   endif
+#   if defined(__DPMI32__)
+#       define _CC_POWERPACK_
+#       define _CC_POWERPACK32_
+#       define _CC32_       /* flat model */
+#   endif
+
+/* Turbo C++ */
+#elif defined(MCTCP)    /* homebrew */
+#   define _CC_BORLAND_ /* Borland product */
+#   define _CC_TCP_     /* Turbo C++ */
+
+#elif defined(__TURBOC__)
+/*
+        __TURBOC__      Gives the current Turbo C version
+                        number, a hexadecimal number.  Version
+                        1.0 id 0x1000; version 1.2 is 0x0102, etc.
+        __TINY__, __SMALL__, __MEDIUM__, 
+        __COMPACT__, __LARGE__, __HUGE__
+                        Model defintions 
+        __MSDOS__       Signals that we're not yet in the
+                        twenty-first century
+*/
+#   define _CC_BORLAND_ /* Borland C product */
+#   define _CC_TCC_     /* Turbo C/C++ compiler */
+
+
+#elif defined(_INTELC32_)
+/*
+        _INTELC32_      has the value 1.
+        _ARCHITECTURE_  is 386 if the nomod486 pragma is ineffect,
+                        486 otherwise.
+*/
+#   define _CC_INTEL_       /* Intel Code Builder */
+#   define _CC_MSC_COMPATIBLE_
+#   define _CC32_           /* flat model */
+
+#elif defined(__WATCOMC__) 
+/*  
+        __WATCOMC__     Used to determine if the WATCOM C
+                        or C/386 compiler is compiling
+        __386__         identifies the target machine as an
+                        Intel 80386 under the WATCOM C/386 compiler
+        MSDOS           Signals that we're not yet in the
+                        twenty-first century
+        __FLAT__, __SMALL__, __MEDIUM__, 
+        __COMPACT__, __LARGE__  
+                        Model defintions (flat is default)
+                        Also id's MSC-compatible model defines
+
+        8.5 and later:
+        __WINDOWS__     Identifies 16-bit Windows ("zw" or "zW" opts)
+        __WINDOWS_386__ 32-bit Microsoft Windows "zW" opt 
+        __NETWARE_386__ Novell Netware 386, defined by the 
+                        Novell/Watcom C 
+        __OS2__         IBM OS/2-hosted version of Watcom 
+*/
+#   define _CC_WATCOM_      /* Watcom C product */
+#   define _CC_MSC_COMPATIBLE_
+#   ifdef __386__
+#       define _CC32_       /* flat model */
+#       define _CC_WATCOM32_
+#   endif
+
+
+#elif defined(__STDC__)     /* Standard ANSI C */
+#   define _CC_ANSI_
+#   define _CC32_           /* no segmentation via far/near */
+#   define far
+#   define near
+#   define huge
+#   define cdecl
+
+/* Avoids parameter mismatches from _far, etc. */
+#   define _far
+#   define _near
+#   define _huge
+#   define _cdecl
+
+#else       /* UNSUPPORTED / UNRECOGNIZED COMPILER */
+
+#error MemCheck 3.0: unrecognized compiler
+/*
+    If you're using Microsoft C5.1, you must
+    define the constant _MSC_VER, e.g.
+
+    #define _MSC_VER    500
+
+    Place this statement at the top of this
+    header file or in your project header file
+    BEFORE the MemCheck header file is included.
+
+    Microsoft C 5.0 is NOT supported (it's non-ANSI).
+*/
+    
+#endif  /* compiler constant definitions */
+
+/* END of _CC..._ name setups; ripple & alias */
+
+/* Sheer utility & avoidance of !_CC32_ */
+#ifndef _CC32_
+#   define _CC16_   
+#endif
+
+/* 32-bit compilers are always protected mode */
+#ifdef _CC32_
+#ifndef _PROTECTED_
+#   define _PROTECTED_
+#endif
+#endif  /* CC32 */
+
+/* Phar Lap support */
+#ifdef DOSX286
+#ifndef _PROTECTED_
+#   define _PROTECTED_
+#endif
+#endif  /* DOSX286 */
+
+/* C++ 2.0 compliance: _CPP_ANSI20_ */
+#if defined(_CC_BORLAND_)
+    /* Only BC++ 4.x and later, but Borland has
+       seriously mangled version info (__BORLANDC__) */
+#   if defined (__BCPLUSPLUS__)
+#       if (__BCPLUSPLUS__ > 0x0310)    /* after 3.1 */
+#           define _CPP_ANSI20_
+#       endif
+#   elif defined(_CC_POWERPACK_)
+#           define _CPP_ANSI20_
+#   endif
+#elif defined (_CC_MSC_)
+    /* Current release through 8.x doesn't support new[] */
+#elif defined (_CC_WATCOM_)
+#   if (__WATCOMC__ >= 1000)    /* 10.x */
+#           define _CPP_ANSI20_
+#   endif
+#endif
+
+
+/*******************************************************************/
+/*******************************************************************/
+
+/*  *** Code and Data Size Constants *** 
+    LCODE not used by this header file.
+    LDATA *is* used, however.
+
+    May be commented out if these constants are already defined.
+*/
+
+/*  #ifndef LCODE   */
+#if defined(M_I86MM) || defined(M_I86LM) || defined(M_I86HM)
+#   define LCODE    1
+#elif defined(__MEDIUM__) || defined(__LARGE__) || defined(__HUGE__)
+#   define LCODE    1
+#endif
+/*  #endif  */
+
+#if defined(__COMPACT__) || defined(__LARGE__) || defined(__HUGE__)
+#   define LDATA    1
+#elif defined(M_I86CM) || defined(M_I86LM) || defined(M_I86HM)
+#   define LDATA    1
+#endif
+
+/* Macro "aliases" */
+
+#ifndef _LCODE
+#   ifdef LCODE
+#       define _LCODE   LCODE
+#   endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _LDATA
+#   ifdef LDATA
+#       define _LDATA   LDATA
+#   endif
+#endif
+
+/*******************************************************************/
+/*******************************************************************/
+
+/* *** Physical Stack Address *** */
+
+#if defined(_CC_BORLAND_)   /* -------------------------- */
+
+    /*
+    BORLAND RTL Notes:
+    ;----------------------------------------------------------------------
+    ; In large data models, the stack is in its own segment.  The stack
+    ; starts at SS:__stklen and grows down to SS:0.
+    ;
+    ; In small data models, the stack is in the DGROUP, and grows down
+    ; to meet the heap.  The end of the heap is marked by ___brklvl.
+    (KWB: Note that the brklvl is adjusted upwards until it meets
+    _stklen...)
+    ;----------------------------------------------------------------------
+    */
+
+#   define STACKSLOP    256
+    extern unsigned cdecl _stklen;
+
+#   if defined(_CC_POWERPACK_)
+#       define  STACKTOP    (mc_stacktop())
+#       define  STACKEND    (mc_stackend())
+#   else /* not P-Pack */
+#   ifdef LDATA
+            /*  Compact, Large, Huge Models ...
+
+                The stack starts at SS:_stklen and
+                grows downward to SS:0
+            */
+#           define  STACKTOP    ((unsigned) _stklen)
+#           define  STACKEND    ((unsigned) 0 + STACKSLOP)
+
+#   else
+        /*  Small, Medium Models ...
+
+            The stack starts at SS:0xFFFE and grows
+            downwards _stklen bytes.
+        */
+#       define  STACKTOP    ((unsigned) 0xFFFE)
+#       define  STACKEND    (STACKTOP - _stklen + STACKSLOP)
+#   endif
+#   endif   /* not PowerPack */
+
+#elif defined (_CC_MSC_)  /* ------------------------------- */
+
+    extern char cdecl end;              /* end of stack */
+    extern unsigned cdecl _atopsp;      /* top of stack */
+
+#   define  STACKTOP    _atopsp
+#   define  STACKSLOP   256
+
+#   ifdef LDATA
+        /* If in far data, stack could be in its own
+            seg. tho not usually. see /FARSTACK */
+#       define  STACKEND    ((unsigned) ((unsigned long)&end) + STACKSLOP)
+#   else
+        /*  If near data, must be in DS; use near ptr */
+#       define  STACKEND    ((unsigned)&end + STACKSLOP)
+#   endif
+
+#elif defined (_CC_WATCOM_)  /* ------------------------------- */
+
+    extern unsigned _STACKLOW;      /* end of stack */
+    extern unsigned _STACKTOP;      /* top of stack */
+
+#   define  STACKTOP    (_STACKTOP)
+#   define  STACKSLOP   256
+
+#   ifdef LDATA
+#       define  STACKEND    ((unsigned) (_STACKLOW + STACKSLOP))
+#   else
+#       define  STACKEND    ((unsigned) (_STACKLOW + STACKSLOP))
+#   endif
+
+#else                   /* Unknown compiler ---------------- */
+
+#error Unknown compiler at __FILE__(__LINE__)
+
+#endif      /* defining stack top, end */
+
+/*******************************************************************/
+/*******************************************************************/
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif  /* _ccdefs already #included */
+
+/* End CCDEFS */
+
+
+#if !defined (NULL)     /* pull in stdio.h if not already */
+#   include <stdio.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Backup... sometimes NULL defined in other headers */
+#if !defined (_IOFBF)   /* pull in stdio.h if not already */
+#   include <stdio.h>
+#endif
+
+
+/* *** MemCheck Constants *** */
+
+/*  Standard from MemCheck 3.0 onwards.
+    Access major version and revision
+    via mc_version() and mc_revision() macros.
+*/
+#define _MC_VERSION     0x0300      /* welcome 3.0 the powerful */
+
+#define mc_version()    ((int)((_MC_VERSION & 0xFF00) >> 8))
+#define mc_revision()   ((int)(_MC_VERSION & 0x00FF))
+
+#if defined (_CC32_)    /* 32-bit Intel target */
+#define PRT_FP  "0x%p"
+#else
+#define PRT_FP  "%Fp"
+#endif
+
+/* *** MCID Macro *** */
+
+/*  Allows later flexibility in assigning mapping...
+    Also makes MCIDs formulaic 
+*/
+#define _MCID(f)    (MCID)(__paste(MCID_,f))
+
+/*
+    MemCheck Function ID's (MCID's)
+
+    These are the indices used to retrieve information
+    about specific runtime library calls.
+*/
+/* --- MEMCHECK INTERNAL FUNCTIONS --- */
+
+#define _MCID_FIRST_INTERNAL    0       /* index of first internal func */
+
+#define MCID_mc_startcheck      0
+#define MCID_mc_endcheck        1
+#define MCID_mc_check_buffers   2
+#define MCID_mc_check           3
+#define MCID_mc_register        4
+#define MCID_mc_unregister      5
+#define MCID_mc_set_alignsize   6
+#define MCID_mc_set_checkbytes  7
+#define MCID_mc_nullcheck       8
+#define MCID_mc_breakpoint      9
+#define MCID_mc_debug           10
+#define MCID_mc_set_location    11
+#define MCID_mc_stack_trace     12
+#define MCID_mc_report          13
+
+#define _MCID_LAST_INTERNAL         14  /* Set = to last internal ID */
+
+
+/* ***************   STANDARD C ROUTINES     ******************* */
+
+#define _MCID_FIRST_ANSI        (_MCID_LAST_INTERNAL+1)
+
+#define MCID_calloc             (_MCID_FIRST_ANSI + 0)
+#define MCID_free               (_MCID_FIRST_ANSI + 1)
+#define MCID_malloc             (_MCID_FIRST_ANSI + 2)
+#define MCID_memcpy             (_MCID_FIRST_ANSI + 3)
+#define MCID_memmove            (_MCID_FIRST_ANSI + 4)
+#define MCID_memset             (_MCID_FIRST_ANSI + 5)
+#define MCID_realloc            (_MCID_FIRST_ANSI + 6)
+#define MCID_sprintf            (_MCID_FIRST_ANSI + 7)
+#define MCID_strcat             (_MCID_FIRST_ANSI + 8)
+#define MCID_strcpy             (_MCID_FIRST_ANSI + 9)
+#define MCID_strncat            (_MCID_FIRST_ANSI + 10)
+#define MCID_strncpy            (_MCID_FIRST_ANSI + 11)
+#define MCID_vsprintf           (_MCID_FIRST_ANSI + 12)
+
+#define _MCID_LAST_ANSI     MCID_vsprintf       /* define to last ANSI */
+
+
+/* ***************   MICROSOFT C     ******************* */
+
+#if defined(_CC_MSC_COMPATIBLE_)
+
+#define _MCID_FIRST_MSC     (_MCID_LAST_ANSI + 1)
+
+#   define MCID__expand         (_MCID_FIRST_MSC + 0)
+#   define MCID__ffree          (_MCID_FIRST_MSC + 1)
+#   define MCID__fcalloc        (_MCID_FIRST_MSC + 2)
+#   define MCID__fmalloc        (_MCID_FIRST_MSC + 3)
+#   define MCID__fmsize         (_MCID_FIRST_MSC + 4)
+#   define MCID__frealloc       (_MCID_FIRST_MSC + 5)
+#   define MCID__fexpand        (_MCID_FIRST_MSC + 6)
+#   define MCID__msize          (_MCID_FIRST_MSC + 7)
+
+#   define MCID__fmemmove       (_MCID_FIRST_MSC + 8)
+#   define MCID__fmemcpy        (_MCID_FIRST_MSC + 9)
+#   define MCID__fmemset        (_MCID_FIRST_MSC + 10)
+#   define MCID__fmemccpy       (_MCID_FIRST_MSC + 11)
+#   define MCID__fstrcat        (_MCID_FIRST_MSC + 12)
+#   define MCID__fstrncat       (_MCID_FIRST_MSC + 13)
+#   define MCID__fstrcpy        (_MCID_FIRST_MSC + 14)
+#   define MCID__fstrncpy       (_MCID_FIRST_MSC + 15)
+#   define MCID__fstrdup        (_MCID_FIRST_MSC + 16)
+#   define MCID__fstrset        (_MCID_FIRST_MSC + 17)
+#   define MCID__fstrnset       (_MCID_FIRST_MSC + 18)
+
+#   define MCID__nfree          (_MCID_FIRST_MSC + 19)
+#   define MCID__nmalloc        (_MCID_FIRST_MSC + 20)
+#   define MCID__ncalloc        (_MCID_FIRST_MSC + 21)
+#   define MCID__nrealloc       (_MCID_FIRST_MSC + 22)
+#   define MCID__nexpand        (_MCID_FIRST_MSC + 23)
+#   define MCID__nmsize         (_MCID_FIRST_MSC + 24)
+#   define MCID__nstrdup        (_MCID_FIRST_MSC + 25)
+
+#   define MCID__dos_setvect    (_MCID_FIRST_MSC + 26)
+#   define MCID__getdcwd        (_MCID_FIRST_MSC + 27)
+
+/*  Here starts the Great ANSI Divide.
+    MSC6 and earlier have no underscores;
+    MSC7 and later *have* underscores to emphasize
+        departure from ANSI...
+*/
+#if defined(_CC_MSC_) && !defined (MSC6)    /* not MSC6-compatible */
+
+#   define MCID__getcwd         (_MCID_FIRST_MSC + 28)
+#   define MCID__cgets          (_MCID_FIRST_MSC + 29)
+#   define MCID__halloc         (_MCID_FIRST_MSC + 30)
+#   define MCID__hfree          (_MCID_FIRST_MSC + 31)
+#   define MCID__memccpy        (_MCID_FIRST_MSC + 32)
+#   define MCID__strdup         (_MCID_FIRST_MSC + 33)
+#   define MCID__strnset        (_MCID_FIRST_MSC + 34)
+#   define MCID__strset         (_MCID_FIRST_MSC + 35)
+#   define MCID__swab           (_MCID_FIRST_MSC + 36)
+#   define MCID__tempnam        (_MCID_FIRST_MSC + 37)
+
+#else   /*** MSC6 and before; WATCOM ***/
+
+/* No leading underscores */
+
+#   define MCID_getcwd          (_MCID_FIRST_MSC + 28)
+#   define MCID_cgets           (_MCID_FIRST_MSC + 29)
+#   define MCID_halloc          (_MCID_FIRST_MSC + 30)
+#   define MCID_hfree           (_MCID_FIRST_MSC + 31)
+#   define MCID_memccpy         (_MCID_FIRST_MSC + 32)
+#   define MCID_strdup          (_MCID_FIRST_MSC + 33)
+#   define MCID_strnset         (_MCID_FIRST_MSC + 34)
+#   define MCID_strset          (_MCID_FIRST_MSC + 35)
+#   define MCID_swab            (_MCID_FIRST_MSC + 36)
+#   define MCID_tempnam         (_MCID_FIRST_MSC + 37)
+
+#endif  /* MSC6 ANSI calls */
+
+#   define MCID_new             (_MCID_FIRST_MSC + 38)
+#   define MCID_delete          (_MCID_FIRST_MSC + 39)
+#   define MCID__fullpath       (_MCID_FIRST_MSC + 40)
+
+#endif  /* Microsoft C-compatible calls */
+
+
+/* ***************   BORLAND C     ******************* */
+
+#if defined (_CC_BORLAND_)
+
+#define _MCID_FIRST_BC      (_MCID_LAST_ANSI + 1)
+
+#   define MCID__fmemmove       (_MCID_FIRST_BC + 0)
+#   define MCID__fmemcpy        (_MCID_FIRST_BC + 1)
+#   define MCID__fmemset        (_MCID_FIRST_BC + 2)
+#   define MCID__fmemccpy       (_MCID_FIRST_BC + 3)
+#   define MCID__fstrcat        (_MCID_FIRST_BC + 4)
+#   define MCID__fstrncat       (_MCID_FIRST_BC + 5)
+#   define MCID__fstrcpy        (_MCID_FIRST_BC + 6)
+#   define MCID__fstrncpy       (_MCID_FIRST_BC + 7)
+#   define MCID__fstrdup        (_MCID_FIRST_BC + 8)
+#   define MCID__fstrset        (_MCID_FIRST_BC + 9)
+#   define MCID__fstrnset       (_MCID_FIRST_BC + 10)
+
+#   define MCID__dos_setvect    (_MCID_FIRST_BC + 11)
+#   define MCID__getdcwd        (_MCID_FIRST_BC + 12)
+
+#   define MCID_getcwd          (_MCID_FIRST_BC + 13)
+#   define MCID_cgets           (_MCID_FIRST_BC + 14)
+#   define MCID_memccpy         (_MCID_FIRST_BC + 15)
+#   define MCID_strdup          (_MCID_FIRST_BC + 16)
+#   define MCID_strnset         (_MCID_FIRST_BC + 17)
+#   define MCID_strset          (_MCID_FIRST_BC + 18)
+#   define MCID_swab            (_MCID_FIRST_BC + 19)
+#   define MCID_tempnam         (_MCID_FIRST_BC + 20)
+
+#   define MCID_farmalloc       (_MCID_FIRST_BC + 21)
+#   define MCID_farrealloc      (_MCID_FIRST_BC + 22)
+#   define MCID_farfree         (_MCID_FIRST_BC + 23)
+#   define MCID_farcalloc       (_MCID_FIRST_BC + 24)
+#   define MCID_movmem          (_MCID_FIRST_BC + 25)
+#   define MCID_setmem          (_MCID_FIRST_BC + 26)
+#   define MCID_setvect         (_MCID_FIRST_BC + 27)
+#   define MCID_stpcpy          (_MCID_FIRST_BC + 28)
+#   define MCID__fmovmem        (_MCID_FIRST_BC + 29)
+#   define MCID__fsetmem        (_MCID_FIRST_BC + 30)
+#   define MCID_new             (_MCID_FIRST_BC + 31)
+#   define MCID_delete          (_MCID_FIRST_BC + 32)
+#   define MCID__fullpath       (_MCID_FIRST_BC + 33)
+
+#endif
+
+
+/* 
+    'TOUCH' macro so high warning levels don't generate
+    'unreferenced variable' warnings, especially when
+    making Production libraries... All MemCheck code
+    compiles without a whymper.
+*/
+#if defined (_CC_WATCOM_)
+#   define TOUCH(var)   var = var
+#elif defined (_CC_BORLAND4_)
+#   define TOUCH(var)   var = var
+#else
+#   define TOUCH(var)   if (var)
+#endif
+
+
+/* Default log name used by stock erf_logfile() and variants... */
+#define MEMCHECK_LOG    "MEMCHECK.LOG"
+
+#define MAX_MEMORY  1000    /* 1000K is more than ever possible */
+
+/* User-Modifiable Defaults */
+
+#define D_CheckByteCt   sizeof(int)     /* word size is default */
+#define D_AlignSize     sizeof(int)     /* align returned memory ptrs */
+
+/*  Number of bytes to copy from null segment (to determine null
+    pointer assignments) 
+*/
+#define D_NULLCHECK_BYTES_FAR       16      /* at 0000:0000 (far NULL) */
+#define D_NULLCHECK_BYTES_NEAR      16      /* at   DS:0000 (near NULL) */
+#define MAX_NULLCHECK_BYTES_FAR     1024    /* extent of irupt vect tbl */
+#define MAX_NULLCHECK_BYTES_NEAR    66      /* reserved in DS */
+
+/* Unroll the double-negative */
+/*
+    Debugging code specific to MemCheck can be 
+    conditionally compiled by placing it within
+    #if-#endif sections:  (NOTE that this is NOT
+    required when just using API functions)
+
+        #ifdef MEMCHECK
+
+        void _MCCALLBACK trackf_special (int op, MEMRECP memrecp)
+        {
+           (... your custom callback code ...)
+        }
+
+        #endif
+
+    instead of the more arcane
+
+        #ifndef NOMEMCHECK
+        :
+        #endif
+
+    (Both approaches work equally well, however...)
+*/
+#ifndef NOMEMCHECK      /* MemCheck active */
+#define MEMCHECK    
+#endif
+
+
+/* *** Calling Conventions *** */
+
+#if !defined (_CC_ANSI_)
+#define     _MCAPI          pascal      /* MemCheck API functions   */
+#define     _FASTAPI        pascal      /* speed-critical functions */
+#define     _MCCDECL        cdecl       /* MemCheck varargs API     */
+#define     _MCCALLBACK     cdecl       /* callback functions       */
+#define     _MCVAR          cdecl       /* MemCheck global variable */
+#else
+#define     _MCAPI          /* MemCheck API functions   */
+#define     _FASTAPI        /* speed-critical functions */
+#define     _MCCDECL        /* MemCheck varargs API     */
+#define     _MCCALLBACK     /* callback functions       */
+#define     _MCVAR          /* MemCheck global variable */
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(_CC_WATCOM_)
+#   define  _RTL            _MCCDECL    /* RTL calling conv */
+#else
+#   define  _RTL                        /* RTL calling conv */
+
+/*  WATCOM C++ does not currently (2/17/94)
+    accept "cdecl" as a modifier on variables...  
+*/
+#   undef _MCVAR
+#   define _MCVAR
+#endif  /* _CC_WATCOM_ */
+
+/*   32-bit compiler-independent stuff */
+#if !defined(_CC32_) 
+#define _MCFAR      far
+#define _MCFARCALL  far
+#define _MCNEAR     near
+#define _MCNEARCALL near
+#define _MCHUGE     huge
+#else
+#define _MCFAR  
+#define _MCFARCALL
+#define _MCNEAR
+#define _MCNEARCALL
+#define _MCHUGE 
+#endif  /* _CC32_ */
+
+/*
+    MSC declares the following routines as "far"... 
+    So does Borland.  WATCOM does not; define glue.
+
+        _fstrset        _fstrnset       _fstrcpy 
+        _fstrncpy       _fstrcat        _fstrncat
+        _fmemset        _fmemmove       _fmemccpy
+*/
+#if !defined(_CC_WATCOM_)
+#   define _MCFARGLUE   far
+#else
+#   define _MCFARGLUE   
+#endif
+
+
+/*  Microsoft C7 and later will not have
+    have a malloc_mc, only _fmalloc_mc; likewise
+    with free_mc.
+    The RTLMALLOC and RTLFREE macros are used
+    to refer to a generically present back-end malloc
+    and free.
+*/
+#if defined (_CC_MSC_)
+#   if defined (LDATA)
+#       define RTLMALLOC    RTL(_fmalloc)
+#       define RTLFREE      RTL(_ffree)
+#   else
+#       define RTLMALLOC    RTL(_nmalloc)
+#       define RTLFREE      RTL(_nfree)
+#   endif
+#else   /* non-MSC */
+#   define RTLMALLOC    RTL(malloc)
+#   define RTLFREE      RTL(free)
+#endif
+
+
+/*  WATCOM defines its atexit funcs as a "register",
+    which causes a param type mismatch.  
+    _ATEXITFUNC calling convention smooths this out.
+*/
+#if defined (_CC_WATCOM_)
+#   define _ATEXITFUNC  
+#else
+#   define _ATEXITFUNC      _MCCDECL
+#endif
+
+
+/*  MemCheck Tracking Mode 
+    
+    Returned by mc_get_mode().
+    Indicates whether information on each allocation
+    is being stored in memory or on disk.
+*/
+#define MC_USING_MEMORY     1
+#define MC_USING_DISK       2
+
+
+/* Min, max orders for each node in the B-tree */
+
+#define BT_ORDER_MIN        5
+#define BT_ORDER_MAX        255     /* maximum tree order */
+#define BT_ORDER_DEFAULT    19      /* default tree order */
+
+/*
+    Returned by mc_get_speed().
+    Pass as params to mc_set_speed().
+*/
+#define MC_RUN_NORMAL       1
+#define MC_RUN_FAST         2
+
+/*  For mc_report():
+    "Flags" field of the MEMREC structure
+    is set to REPORT_START or REPORT_END
+    to indicate begin and end of report.
+
+    NOTE: If REPORT_START or REPORT_END conflicts
+        with defines in your project, just comment
+        them out and use the MC_... variants instead.
+*/
+#define REPORT_START        (MRFLAGS)0xFE
+#define REPORT_END          (MRFLAGS)0xFD
+
+#define MC_REPORT_START     (MRFLAGS)0xFE   /* alternates in case of conflict */
+#define MC_REPORT_END       (MRFLAGS)0xFD
+
+
+/*
+    Maximum number of breakpoints that
+    can be set via mc_breakpoint().
+*/
+#define MC_MAX_BREAKS       50
+
+
+/*  "Optype" parameter on Tracking function callback. */
+#define TRACKF_ADD      1       /* record being added to tree */
+#define TRACKF_DEL      2       /* record being deleted from tree */
+
+/*  Used for the mcflags field of MEMREC to indicate
+    whether file & line are exact or approximate
+*/
+#define MRFLAG_EXACT_LOC        ( (MRFLAGS) 0x01)
+
+/*
+    Set if the values for a MEMREC are already converted
+    to "user" values.
+*/
+#define MRFLAG_USER_SPECS       ( (MRFLAGS) 0x02)
+#define MRFLAG_NO_CHECKBYTES    ( (MRFLAGS) 0x04)
+
+/* Alternate name */
+#define mc_message      mc_debug 
+
+/*
+    Parameter to mc_check_transfer() that
+    specifies that the given data transfer function cannot
+    have overlapping source & destination.
+    (MCID's are unsigned bytes.)
+*/
+#define MCF_NO_OVERLAP      ((unsigned)0x8000)
+#define NO_OVERLAP(mcid)    ((mcid) | MCF_NO_OVERLAP)
+
+/*  Parameter to mc_check_transfer indicating that
+    the found memory record is not needed */
+#define NO_MEMREC           ((MEMRECP)NULL) 
+#define NOMEMREC            NO_MEMREC
+
+/*  Parameter to mc_check_transfer indicating that
+    there is no source pointer operand associated
+    with the data transfer being checked: e.g. memset.  */
+#define NO_SOURCE           ((void _MCFAR *)0xFFFFFFFA)
+
+
+/* *** TYPEDEFS *** */
+
+typedef char *          MCSF;       /* MemCheck source file */
+typedef unsigned int    MCSL;       /* MemCheck source line */
+typedef unsigned char   MCID;       /* MemCheck function ID */
+
+typedef unsigned long   MCEFLAGS;   /* MemCheck error flags */
+typedef void _MCFAR *   MCPTR;      /* type of ptr stored in tree */
+typedef unsigned char   MRFLAGS;    /* flags in MEMRECORD */
+typedef unsigned long   MCFLAGS;    /* MemCheck settings flags */
+
+/* MemCheck Rocket allocator prototypes */
+typedef void _MCFAR * (_MCFAR *ROCKETALLOCF)    (size_t);
+typedef void          (_MCFAR *ROCKETFREEF)     (void _MCFAR *);
+
+#pragma pack(1)
+/* 
+    Memory Tracking Structure (MEMREC)
+
+    This is the data structure for buffers being
+    tracked by MemCheck.
+*/
+typedef struct MemRecord 
+    {
+        MCPTR           ptr;            /* heap/registered ptr */
+        MCID            mcid;           /* MemCheck function ID */
+        MRFLAGS         flags;          /* internal MC flags */
+        unsigned long   allocno;        /* cardinality of allocation */
+        unsigned long   size;           /* size of block */
+        MCSF            file;           /* source file */
+        MCSL            line;           /* source line */
+
+    } MEMREC, _MCFAR *MEMRECP;
+
+
+/* *** SETTINGS *** */
+/* These are values that describe the life of a MemCheck run. */
+
+typedef struct MCSETTINGS { 
+    /*
+        Bit Flag                What
+        --- ---------------     -----------------------------------
+        0   MCF_ACTIVE          MemCheck active or off
+        1   MCF_FAST_MODE       Fast mode or normal
+        2   MCF_PROTECTED_MODE  Protected mode or real
+        3   MCF_FAR_NULL_CHECK  Check for far NULL ptr assigns *
+        4   MCF_NEAR_NULL_CHECK Check for far NULL ptr assigns *
+        5   MCF_STANDARD_STACK  Standard stack frame *
+        6   MCF_AUTOINIT        Start up automatically *
+        7   MCF_CLEAR_ON_FREE   Clear buffers when freed 
+        8   MCF_DISK_ROCKET     Use DiskRocket options
+        9   MCF_IDX_IN_MEMORY   Use memory only for Rocket indexes *
+                                (only if DiskRocket linked)
+        10  MCF_SOURCE_ONLY     Intercept in source code only 
+
+        11 - 31 Reserved
+    */
+    MCFLAGS         Flags;              /* Main settings flags */
+
+    unsigned short  MaxMem;             /* Max mem for tree usage, in K */
+    unsigned short  NearNullBytes;      /* bytes to check in near null */
+    unsigned short  FarNullBytes;       /*  "    "    "    " far   "   */
+    unsigned char   CheckByteCt;        /* check byte count */
+    unsigned char   AlignSize;          /* alignment boundary size */
+    char            TrackingDir[36];    /* Rocket stores temp files here */
+
+    } MCSETTINGS, *MCSETTINGSP;
+
+
+/* Random 32-bit .CFG file sentinel */
+#define MC_CFG_FILE_SENTINEL        ( (unsigned long) 0x10F23BC4 )
+
+typedef struct MCCfgInfo {
+
+    unsigned long   sentinel;           /* always MC_CFG_FILE_SENTINEL */
+    MCSETTINGS      MemCheckSettings;   /* saved by user */
+
+    } MCCFGINFO, *MCCFGINFOP;
+
+
+#ifndef _CC32_
+
+/* 16-bit exception stack */
+typedef struct {
+
+    unsigned    xRetIP;
+    unsigned    xRetCS;
+    unsigned    xErr;
+    unsigned    xIP;
+    unsigned    xCS;
+    unsigned    xFlags;
+    unsigned    xSP;
+    unsigned    xSS;
+
+    } MCEXCEPTINFO;
+
+#else
+
+/* 32-bit exception stack */
+typedef struct {
+
+    unsigned long   xRetEIP;
+    unsigned short  xRsvd1;
+    unsigned short  xRetCS;
+    unsigned long   xErr;
+    unsigned long   xEIP;
+    unsigned short  xRsvd2;
+    unsigned short  xCS;
+    unsigned long   xFlags;
+    unsigned long   xESP;
+    unsigned short  xRsvd3;
+    unsigned short  xSS;
+
+    } MCEXCEPTINFO;
+
+#endif  /* _CC32_ */
+
+/* Values for MCCRITSECT.action */
+#define MCCS_ENTER_SECTION  0
+#define MCCS_LEAVE_SECTION  1
+
+#define MCCS_ACTION(pMCCS)  (pMCCS->nAction)
+#define MCCS_ENTER(pMCCS)   ((*(pMCCS->pLocked))++) /* inc flag */
+#define MCCS_LEAVE(pMCCS)   ((*(pMCCS->pLocked))--) /* dec flag */
+
+/* 
+    Critical section object - ptr to this passed to crit sect callback 
+    WARNING:  access these fields ONLY via the MCCS_...() macros.
+        To do otherwise subjects you to changes in implementation
+        of the underlying coordination of critical section locking.
+*/
+typedef struct {
+    int             nAction;    /* MCCS_ENTER/LEAVE_SECTION */
+    int *           pLocked;    /* # times entered          */
+    unsigned long   ulRsvd;     /* internal use             */
+    } MCCRITSECT;
+
+#pragma pack()
+
+
+#define MC_FEXIT    ( (MCID) 0xFF )
+
+
+/* Error Reporting Function typedef */
+#ifndef _ERF_DEFINED
+#define _ERF_DEFINED
+typedef void (_MCCALLBACK *ERF) (char *);
+#endif
+
+
+/* *** Callback Functions *** */
+
+/* Interception callback (on every interception) */
+typedef void (_MCCALLBACK * GLOBALF) (void);
+
+/* Called whenever nodes added to or deleted from MC database */
+typedef void (_MCCALLBACK *TRACKF) (int, MEMRECP);
+
+/* User-definable check function to add to transfer checking */
+typedef void (_MCCALLBACK * CHECKF) (
+                int ,           /* 0 or MCE_... error val for this xfer op */
+                void _MCFAR *,  /* user ptr dest */
+                long            /* bytes to copy to dest */
+            );
+
+/* Funcs called at startup or shutdown */
+typedef void (_MCCALLBACK *STARTF) (void);
+typedef void (_MCCALLBACK *ENDF)   (void);
+
+/* Report function type passed to mc_report() */
+typedef void (_MCCALLBACK *REPORTF) (MEMRECP);
+
+/* Additional heap pointer verification (troubleshoot only) */
+typedef int (_MCCALLBACK *VERIFYF) (void _MCFAR *);
+
+typedef void (*MCVOIDFP) (void);
+
+/* Exception handler */
+typedef void (_MCCALLBACK _MCFAR *MCEXCEPTF) (void);
+
+/* Multitasking enter/exit critical section callback.
+   Specify as param to mc_set_critf() at beginning of program;
+   callback function will be called with MCCS_ENTER_SECTION
+   on entry to MemCheck, or MCCS_LEAVE_SECTION on exit.
+
+   NOT TO BE CONFUSED WITH A MEMCHECK "GLOBAL" FUNCTION.
+   Global functions (GLOBALF's) are used to perform any
+   actions on the interception of a runtime function;
+   CRITF's must be used ONLY to serialize access to MemCheck.
+*/
+typedef void (_MCCALLBACK * MCCRITF) (MCCRITSECT *);
+
+
+/*  Stack Frame Handler 
+
+    You can define your own function to 
+    record, analyze, or inspect each stack frame
+    when mc_stack_trace() is called.
+
+    You *cannot* modify ANY of the values passed
+    in, as the "const" typing indicates.  If you need to
+    modify a value, make a copy.  See the MemCheck 3.0
+    documentation for more details on stack frame handlers.
+*/
+
+typedef void (_MCFAR _MCCDECL *_SSFRAMEHANDLER ) (
+            short    const ,        /* AX: near/far/error flag   */
+            unsigned short const ,  /* CX: near (default) rtn CS */
+            unsigned short const ,  /* ES: far rtn CS            */
+            unsigned const ,        /* DI: rtn offset from stack */
+            short const             /* DX: frame count           */
+    );
+
+/*  Values for "flag" constant parameter to a
+    stack frame handler. 
+*/
+#define TRACE_BAD_FRAME     0x00        /* couldn't recognize frame     */
+#define TRACE_FAR_CALL      0x01        /* frame represents a far call  */
+#define TRACE_NEAR_CALL     0x02        /*   "        "     " near  "   */
+#define TRACE_BAD_CHAIN     0x03        /* frame BP chewed up           */
+#define TRACE_BEGIN         0x80        /* signals begin walk           */
+#define TRACE_END           0x81        /* signals end of walk          */
+
+
+/* MC Settings Structure, "flags" member: */
+#define MCF_ACTIVE          (MCFLAGS)(0x01)
+#define MCF_FAST_MODE       (MCFLAGS)(0x02)
+#define MCF_PROTECTED_MODE  (MCFLAGS)(0x04)
+#define MCF_FAR_NULL_CHECK  (MCFLAGS)(0x08)
+#define MCF_NEAR_NULL_CHECK (MCFLAGS)(0x10)
+#define MCF_STANDARD_STACK  (MCFLAGS)(0x20)
+#define MCF_AUTOINIT        (MCFLAGS)(0x40)
+#define MCF_CLEAR_ON_FREE   (MCFLAGS)(0x80)
+#define MCF_DISK_ROCKET     (MCFLAGS)(0x100)
+#define MCF_IDX_IN_MEMORY   (MCFLAGS)(0x200)
+#define MCF_SOURCE_ONLY     (MCFLAGS)(0x400)
+
+
+/* *** Conditional Compilation *** */
+
+/* --------------------------------------------------------------
+    If MEMCHECK is not being `compiled out' (via definition
+    of the constant NOMEMCHECK), include this section...
+-------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+#if !defined(MEMCHECK)
+
+/* Include Section for `MemCheck Not Active' */
+
+/*  *****************************
+     MemCheck Not Active Section
+    *****************************
+
+    This section completely removes or
+    "evaporates" all MemCheck function references
+    from your projects when you compile with
+    NOMEMCHECK #defined.
+
+    There's no need to remove any MemCheck
+    headers or statements from your code
+    to produce a full production version
+    of your application.
+
+                    o
+                   ooo
+                 ooooooo
+                ooooooooo
+               ooooooooooo
+                   ooo
+                   ooo
+                   ooo
+                   ooo
+                                    */
+
+#ifndef MEMCHECK_MODULE
+
+/*  Evaporate all MemCheck 3.0 API
+    statements to do nothing, safely... */
+
+#   define  mc_alloc_count()                0L
+#   define  mc_blocks_allocated()           0L
+#   define  mc_blocks_freed()               0L
+#   define  mc_breakpoint(fi)               0
+#   define  mc_bytes_allocated()            0L
+#   define  mc_bytes_freed()                0L
+#   define  mc_check(p)                     0
+#   define  mc_check_buffers()              0
+#   define  mc_cur_file()                   "No file"
+#   define  mc_cur_line()                   0
+#   define  mc_debug(s)
+#   define  mc_debugf(_args)
+#   define  mc_debug_on()
+#   define  mc_debug_off()
+#   define  mc_endcheck()                   (MCEFLAGS)0
+#   define  mc_errno()                      MCE_NO_ERROR
+#   define  mc_error_flags()                (MCEFLAGS)0
+#   define  mc_error_text(e)                "MemCheck not active"
+#   define  mc_except_text(e)               "MemCheck not active"
+#   define  mc_file()                       "No file"
+#   define  mc_find_buffer(p,mr)            0
+#   define  mc_func()                       (MCID)0
+#   define  mc_func_name(mcid)              ("")
+#   define  mc_get_erf()                    (ERF)NULL
+#   define  mc_get_mode()                   0
+#   define  mc_get_speed()                  0
+#   define  mc_in_source()                  0
+#   define  mc_is_active()                  0
+#   define  mc_line()                       0
+#   define  mc_load_debugger()
+#   define  mc_location_text()              "MemCheck not active"
+#   define  mc_memory_leaked()              0L
+#   define  mc_memrec()                     (MEMRECP)NULL
+#   define  mc_memrec_text()                "MemCheck not active"
+#   define  mc_msg_continued()              0
+#   define  mc_nullcheck()                  0
+#   define  mc_null_snapshot() 
+#   define  mc_register(p,s)    
+#   define  mc_report(_f)
+#   define  mc_set_alignsize(_s)
+#   define  mc_set_breakfile(_f)
+#   define  mc_set_checkbytes(_cb)
+#   define  mc_set_checkf(_f)               (CHECKF)NULL
+#   define  mc_set_critf(_f)                
+#   define  mc_set_endf(erf)                (ENDF)NULL
+#   define  mc_set_erf(erf)                 (ERF)NULL
+#   define  mc_set_globalf(_f)              (GLOBALF)NULL
+#   define  mc_set_globalexitf(_f)          (GLOBALF)NULL
+#   define  mc_set_speed(_s)
+#   define  mc_set_location()
+#   define  mc_set_trackf(_f)               (TRACKF)NULL
+#   define  mc_set_tracefile(_f)
+#   define  mc_set_tree_order(_q)
+#   define  mc_set_track_dir(_dir)          
+#   define  mc_source_ptr()                 (MCPTR)NULL
+#   define  mc_stack_trace(_memo)           0
+#   define  mc_startcheck(_erf)
+#   define  mc_unregister(p)                
+#   define  mc_set_exceptf(f)   
+#   define  mc_get_exceptf()                ((MCEXCEPTF)NULL)
+
+/* *** Stock error reporting functions *** */
+#   define  erf_default(_msg)
+#   define  erf_standard(_msg)
+#   define  erf_logfile(_msg)
+#   define  erf_log_only(_msg)
+#   define  erf_trace(_msg)
+
+/* Internal Helpers */
+#   define  _direct_output(_s)              
+#   define  _mcsl(_f,_l)
+#   define  _mcsl_delete(_f,_l)
+#   define  _mcsl_new(_f,_l)
+#   define  _mcslx(_f,_l,_s)
+#   define  _mc_set_delflag()
+#   define  _mc_set_location(_f,_l)         
+#   define  _mc_set_newflag()
+
+/* Link-time compileouts */
+#   define  MC_SET_AUTOINIT(_toggle)
+#   define  MC_SET_CHECK_FREQ(_freq)    
+#   define  MC_SET_CHECKF(_f)   
+#   define  MC_SET_CRITF(_f)    
+#   define  MC_SET_ENDF(_f) 
+#   define  MC_SET_ENV_VAR(_envvarname)
+#   define  MC_SET_ERF(_f)  
+#   define  MC_SET_GLOBALF(_f)  
+#   define  MC_SET_GLOBALEXITF(_f)  
+#   define  MC_SET_LOGFILE(_logfilename)    
+#   define  MC_SET_PANIC_BUFFERS(_q)
+#   define  MC_SET_SSFH(_f) 
+#   define  MC_SET_STARTF(_f)   
+#   define  MC_SET_TRACKF(_f)   
+#   define  MC_SET_VERIFYF(_f)  
+
+/* Back-end direct */
+#define RTL(_f)     _f
+
+/* *** C++ *** */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+
+#define NEW(_object)        new _object
+#define DELETE(_object)     delete _object
+#define DELETE_ARR(_arr)    delete[] _arr
+
+#define cpp_malloc(_s)      malloc(_s)
+#define cpp_calloc(_n,_s)   calloc(_n,_s)
+#define cpp_free(_p)        free(_p)
+
+/* Borland C++ */
+#define cpp_farmalloc(_s)   farmalloc(_s)
+#define cpp_farfree(_fp)    farfree(_fp)
+
+/* Microsoft C++-compatibles */
+#define cpp__fmalloc(_s)    _fmalloc(_s)
+#define cpp__ffree(_fp)     _ffree(_fp)
+
+#endif  /* C++ */
+
+#endif  /* not MEMCHECK_MODULE */
+
+
+/* #*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*# */
+
+#else   /* MEMCHECK is defined */
+
+/* #*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*#*# */
+
+#pragma message ("MemCheck V3.0")
+
+/*
+    *************************
+     MemCheck Active Section
+    *************************
+
+    The rest of this header file deals with
+    MemCheck's being compiled into an application.
+
+                                                   */
+
+/* Specify that vars and funcs are straight C.. */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/* *** ANSI Location Defines *** */
+
+#define _MC_NO_FILE ((MCSF) 0)      /* just in case... */
+#define _MC_NO_LINE ((MCSL) 0)
+
+
+/*  Allow for the possibility of _MCSF_ being
+    defined to reference a single, static module
+    filename.  This prevents a multiplicity of 
+    static filenames getting added to the DGROUP, e.g.
+
+        static char *_thisfile = __FILE__;
+        #define _MCSF_  ((MCSF)thisfile)
+        #include <memcheck.h>
+
+    This is only needed under MSC pre-VC++.
+    Borland has "-d" Merge duplicate strings.
+    VC++ has "/Gf" Elim duplicate strings.
+*/
+#if !defined (_MCSF_)
+#   ifdef __FILE__
+#      define _MCSF_        (MCSF)__FILE__
+#   else
+#      define _MCSF_        _MC_NO_FILE
+#   endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __LINE__
+#   define _MCSL_       (MCSL)__LINE__
+#else
+#   define _MCSL_       _MC_NO_LINE
+#endif
+
+
+/* *** Standard ANSI C Includes *** 
+
+    For va_list function call args 
+    Inclusion of this header won't change
+    the behavior of host code.
+*/
+#if !defined (va_start)     /* avoid multiple inclusion... */
+#   include <stdarg.h>
+#endif
+
+
+/* *** Compiler-specific includes *** */
+
+/*lint -save -e537 Repeated include files (if necessary) */
+#if defined(_CC_MSC_COMPATIBLE_)
+
+#   if !defined (_INC_MALLOC)   /* C7.x and later optimization */
+#       include <malloc.h>
+#   endif
+
+#   if !defined (_INC_STRING)   /* C7.x and later optimization */
+#       include <string.h>
+#   endif   
+
+#elif defined(_CC_BORLAND_)
+
+#   if !defined (__ALLOC_H)
+#       include <alloc.h>           
+#   endif
+
+/* String functions must be proto'd before pragmas */
+#   if !defined (__STRING_H)
+#       include <string.h>
+#   endif
+
+#endif  /* Compiler-specific includes */
+/*lint -restore */
+
+#if defined (_CC_POWERPACK32_)
+extern void cdecl mcinitfp_startcheck (void);
+extern void cdecl mcexitfp_endcheck (void);
+#pragma startup mcinitfp_startcheck     16
+#pragma exit    mcexitfp_endcheck       16
+#endif
+
+/***************************************/
+/* *** MemCheck 3.0 API Prototypes *** */
+/***************************************/
+
+/* Internal helper macro - proto shorthand */
+#define _LOCP   MCSF,MCSL
+
+extern  unsigned long _MCAPI mc_alloc_count (void);
+extern  unsigned long _MCAPI mc_blocks_allocated (void);
+extern  unsigned long _MCAPI mc_blocks_freed     (void);
+extern  unsigned long _MCAPI mc_bytes_allocated  (void);
+extern  unsigned long _MCAPI mc_bytes_freed      (void);
+extern  int         _MCAPI mc_check (void _MCFAR *);
+extern  int         _MCAPI mc_check_buffers (void);
+extern  MCSF        _MCAPI mc_cur_file (void);
+extern  MCSL        _MCAPI mc_cur_line (void);
+extern  void        _MCCDECL mc_debugv (const char *, ...);
+extern  void        _MCAPI mc_debug (const char *);
+extern  MCEFLAGS    _MCAPI mc_endcheck (void);
+extern  MCEFLAGS    _MCAPI mc_error_flags (void);
+extern  char *      _MCAPI mc_error_text (int);
+extern  int         _MCAPI mc_errno (void);
+extern  char *      _MCAPI mc_except_text (unsigned);
+extern  MCSF        _MCAPI mc_file (void);
+extern  int         _MCAPI mc_find_buffer(void _MCFAR *realptr,MEMRECP memrecp);
+extern  MCID        _MCAPI mc_func (void);
+extern  char *      _MCAPI mc_func_name(MCID);
+extern  ERF         _MCAPI mc_get_erf (void);
+extern  MCEXCEPTF   _MCAPI mc_get_exceptf (void);
+extern  int         _MCAPI mc_get_mode (void);
+extern  int         _MCAPI mc_get_speed (void);
+extern  char *      _MCAPI mc_get_tracefile (void);
+extern  int         _MCAPI mc_in_source (void);
+extern  int         _MCAPI mc_is_active (void);
+extern  MCSL        _MCAPI mc_line (void);
+extern  char *      _MCAPI mc_location_text (void);
+#define  mc_load_debugger()     _asm int 3
+extern  unsigned long _MCAPI mc_memory_leaked (void);
+extern  char *      _MCAPI mc_memrec_text (MEMRECP);
+extern  MEMRECP     _MCAPI mc_memrec (void);
+extern  int         _MCAPI mc_msg_continued (void);
+extern  int         _MCAPI mc_nullcheck (void);
+extern  void        _MCAPI mc_null_snapshot (void);
+extern  void        _MCAPI mc_register (void _MCFAR *, unsigned long);
+extern  void        _MCAPI mc_report (REPORTF);
+extern  void        _MCAPI mc_set_alignsize (unsigned int);
+extern  void        _MCAPI mc_set_breakfile (char *);
+extern  void        _MCAPI mc_set_checkbytes (unsigned int);
+extern  CHECKF      _MCAPI mc_set_checkf (CHECKF);
+extern  void        _MCAPI mc_set_critf (MCCRITF);
+extern  ENDF        _MCAPI mc_set_endf (ENDF);
+extern  ERF         _MCAPI mc_set_erf (ERF);
+extern  MCEXCEPTF   _MCAPI mc_set_exceptf (MCEXCEPTF);
+extern  GLOBALF     _MCAPI mc_set_globalf (GLOBALF);
+extern  GLOBALF     _MCAPI mc_set_globalexitf (GLOBALF);
+#define mc_set_location() _mc_set_location(_MCSF_,_MCSL_)
+extern  MCPTR       _MCAPI mc_source_ptr (void);
+extern  void        _MCAPI mc_set_speed (int);
+extern  void        _MCAPI mc_set_tracefile (char *);
+extern  void        _MCAPI mc_set_track_dir (char *);
+extern  TRACKF      _MCAPI mc_set_trackf (TRACKF);
+extern  void        _MCAPI mc_set_tree_order (int);
+extern  int         _MCAPI mc_stack_trace (char *);
+extern  void        _MCAPI mc_startcheck (_LOCP, ERF);
+extern  void        _ATEXITFUNC mc_endcheck_at_exit (void);
+extern  void        _MCAPI mc_unregister (void _MCFAR *);
+
+/* Debugging versions of the MemCheck library only */
+extern  void _MCAPI mc_debug_on  (void);
+extern  void _MCAPI mc_debug_off (void);
+extern  int _MCCALLBACK mc_search_heap (void _MCFAR *);
+
+/* *** INTERNAL API HELPERS *** */
+extern void _MCAPI   _mc_set_location (_LOCP);
+extern void _FASTAPI _mcsl  (MCSF,MCSL);            /* location run-ahead */
+extern void _FASTAPI _mcslx (MCSF,MCSL,size_t);     /* location run-ahead */
+extern void _FASTAPI _mcsl_new (MCSF,MCSL);         /* location run-ahead */
+extern void _FASTAPI _mcsl_delete (MCSF,MCSL);      /* location run-ahead */
+extern void _FASTAPI _mc_set_newflag (void);        /* new's a'comin'     */
+extern void _FASTAPI _mc_set_delflag (void);        /* delete's a'comin'  */
+
+/* Misc - uses INT 9 to output directly to screen */
+#if !defined (_CC_WATCOM32_)
+extern void _MCCDECL _MCFAR _direct_output (char _MCFAR *);
+#else
+#define _direct_output(s)   printf ("%s\n", s)  /* ALERT */
+#endif
+
+/*
+    mc_breakpoint() is now a MemCheck Tracking function (TRACKF).
+    Tracking functions get called every time
+    MemCheck adds or deletes from its database.
+*/
+#define mc_breakpoint(_f)   \
+            mc_set_trackf( (mc_set_breakfile (_f), trackf_breakpoint) )
+#define mc_breakpoint_trace(_f) \
+            mc_set_trackf( (mc_set_tracefile (_f), trackf_breakpoint_trace) )
+
+
+/* *** Advanced-user API extenders *** */
+
+/*  extern  int     _MCAPI mc_find_buffer(void _MCFAR *, MEMRECP);  */
+extern  int     _MCAPI mc_check_transfer(
+                            void _MCFAR *,
+                            void _MCFAR *,
+                            unsigned long,
+                            unsigned,
+                            unsigned,
+                            MEMRECP);
+
+/*  mc_get_settings
+
+    Write your own "get settings" routine
+    to override the one shipped with MemCheck.
+    You can hard-wire any settings you like, e.g.
+    always ON for versions of your app shipped to 
+    testers/QA stations, etc.
+*/
+extern void _MCCALLBACK mc_get_settings (MCSETTINGS *);
+
+
+/* ***  Callbacks / Functionality Extenders *** 
+
+    Function Type           Called...
+    --------------          ------------------------------
+    Error reporting         To handle each MemCheck error message 
+    Global Interception     On each MemCheck interception
+    Checking                On every data transfer check
+    Tracking                On every allocation/deallocation
+    Start                   On mc_startcheck or AutoInit
+    End                     At mc_endcheck or MemCheck shutdown
+
+    Refer to your MemCheck 3.0 manual for further details.
+
+    *** STOCK FUNCTIONS *** 
+    These functions are available in the MemCheck
+    libraries as "ready-made" for your programming 
+    pleasure in the categories above.
+*/
+
+/* *** Stock error reporting functions *** */
+
+extern  void    _MCCALLBACK erf_default     (char *);
+extern  void    _MCCALLBACK erf_standard    (char *);
+extern  void    _MCCALLBACK erf_logfile     (char *);
+extern  void    _MCCALLBACK erf_log_only    (char *);
+extern  void    _MCCALLBACK erf_trace       (char *);
+extern  void    _MCCALLBACK erf_trace_all   (char *);
+extern  void    _MCCALLBACK erf_trace_obj   (char *);
+extern  void    _MCCALLBACK erf_stdout      (char *);
+extern  void    _MCCALLBACK erf_stderr      (char *);
+extern  void    _MCCALLBACK erf_find_leaks  (char *);
+
+#define erf_printf  erf_stdout      /* alias*/
+
+/* *** Stock Tracking Functions *** */
+
+extern  void    _MCCALLBACK trackf_default          (int, MEMRECP);
+extern  void    _MCCALLBACK trackf_all              (int, MEMRECP);
+extern  void    _MCCALLBACK trackf_all_2            (int, MEMRECP);
+extern  void    _MCCALLBACK trackf_breakpoint       (int, MEMRECP);
+extern  void    _MCCALLBACK trackf_breakpoint_trace (int, MEMRECP);
+extern  void    _MCCALLBACK trackf_big_alloc        (int, MEMRECP);
+
+/* *** Stock End Functions *** */
+
+extern  void    _MCCALLBACK endf_default    (void); /* does nothing */
+extern  void    _MCCALLBACK endf_info       (void); /* write run info to log */
+extern  void    _MCCALLBACK endf_alert      (void); /* warn if run errs */
+extern  void    _MCCALLBACK endf_summary    (void); /* warn if run errs */
+
+/* *** Stock Start functions *** */
+
+extern  void    _MCCALLBACK startf_default  (void); /* does nothing */
+extern  void    _MCCALLBACK startf_info     (void); /* write options to log */
+
+/* *** Stock Check Functions *** */
+
+extern  void    _MCCALLBACK checkf_default (int,void _MCFAR *,long);
+extern  void    _MCCALLBACK checkf_dataseg (
+    int,            /* 0 or MCE_... error val for this xfer op */
+    void _MCFAR *,  /* user ptr dest */
+    long            /* bytes to copy to dest */
+    );
+extern  void    _MCCALLBACK checkf_verify_heap (int,void _MCFAR *,long);
+                            
+/* *** Stock Global Interception Functions *** */
+
+extern  void        _MCCALLBACK globalf_default       (void); /* does nothing */
+extern  void        _MCCALLBACK globalf_supercheck    (void);
+extern  void        _MCCALLBACK globalf_check_buffers (void);
+extern  void        _MCCALLBACK globalf_heapcheck     (void);
+
+/* *** Stock Report Functions *** */
+extern  void        _MCCALLBACK reportf_default (MEMRECP);
+
+/* *** Stock Exception Handlers *** */
+extern void         _MCCALLBACK _MCFAR exceptf_default (void);
+
+/* *** Stock Stack Frame Handlers *** */
+extern void _MCFAR _MCCDECL ssfh_info (
+    short const, unsigned short const, unsigned short const, unsigned const, short const);
+
+extern void _MCFAR _MCCDECL ssfh_fast (
+    short const, unsigned short const, unsigned short const, unsigned const, short const);
+                /*  int         const   _flag,      */
+
+extern void _MCFAR _MCCDECL ssfh_standard (
+    short const, unsigned short const, unsigned short const, unsigned const, short const);
+
+extern void _MCFAR _MCCDECL ssfh_debug (
+    short const, unsigned short const, unsigned short const, unsigned const, short const);
+
+/* */
+extern unsigned int _MCAPI mc_stacktop (void);  /* high address */
+extern unsigned int _MCAPI mc_stackend (void);  /* low  address */
+
+
+/*  Function external variables.
+
+    These are used effectively with MemCheck 3.0's AutoInit
+    setting.  Under AutoInit, MemCheck fires itself up automatically
+    on its first interception.  Under these circumstances,
+    there's no chance to have changed any defaults (like the
+    ERF or error reporting function).  These variables provide
+    a link-level method of setting these functions:
+
+        #include <memcheck.h>
+        :
+        // Sets custom erf at link-time
+        MC_SET_ERF (erf_custom_startup);
+        :
+*/
+/* *** GLOBALS *** */
+
+extern  ERF         _MCVAR MC_ERF;          /* error reporting func ptr     */
+extern  CHECKF      _MCVAR MC_CheckF;       /* transfer check func          */
+extern  MCCRITF     _MCVAR MC_CritF;        /* crit section enter/exit */
+extern  GLOBALF     _MCVAR MC_GlobalF;      /* global interception callback */
+extern  GLOBALF     _MCVAR MC_GlobalExitF;  /* called on exit interception */
+extern  TRACKF      _MCVAR MC_TrackF;       /* alloc/dealloc callback       */
+extern  STARTF      _MCVAR MC_StartF;       /* startup callback             */
+extern  ENDF        _MCVAR MC_EndF;         /* shutdown callback            */
+
+extern  VERIFYF     _MCVAR MC_VerifyF;      /* troubleshooting              */
+
+extern  char *      _MCVAR MC_LogFile;      /* log file name used           */
+extern  char        _MCVAR MC_UserAutoInit;
+extern  int         _MCVAR MC_CheckFreq;    /* for globalf_supercheck() et al */
+extern  char *      _MCVAR MC_EnvVar;       /* Env var to detect 'active'   */
+extern  unsigned short _MCVAR MC_DataSeg;   /* DS value                     */
+
+extern  int         _MCVAR MC_MaxTraceDepth;
+extern  char *      _MCVAR MCST_Desc;       /* trace descrip to mc_..trc()  */
+
+extern  MCSETTINGS  _MCVAR MC_DefaultSettings;  /* default settings         */
+extern  MCSETTINGS  _MCVAR MC_Settings;         /* real settings--
+                                                   USE WITH CARE!!!         */
+
+extern  MCVOIDFP    _MCVAR MC_PMMap1;       /* p-mode func in map seg 1     */
+
+/* Protected mode exception handling */
+extern  unsigned char   _MCVAR MC_ExceptList[]; /* exceptions to handle */
+extern  MCEXCEPTINFO    _MCVAR MC_ExceptInfo;   /* in exception */
+extern  MCEXCEPTF       _MCVAR MC_ExceptF;      /* installed hdler */
+
+/* Rocket Guidance Systems */
+extern ROCKETALLOCF _MCVAR  MC_RocketAllocF;
+extern ROCKETFREEF  _MCVAR  MC_RocketFreeF;
+extern unsigned char _MCVAR MC_PanicBufCount;   /* anti-tree failure        */
+
+/*  This char is used to fill freed buffers
+    if the "ClearOnFree" option in effect.
+    Default buffer clear char is 0.
+*/
+extern unsigned char _MCVAR MC_FreedBufferFillChar;
+
+/*  Link-time defaults.
+
+    These macros are "covers" to insulate you, the developer,
+    from the underlying implementation, as well as to provide
+    such bennies as compiling clean out of your code when
+    NOMEMCHECK or NOMC is defined.  
+    
+    Use instead of accessing vars directly!
+
+    To use, place the following in ONE MODULE e.g. your main module
+    (any *one* module will work fine) after the MemCheck 
+    header file has been included:
+
+        #include <memcheck.h>
+        MC_SET_...(params);
+
+    For example, to change the default log file that MemCheck
+    uses at runtime to C:\MYDEV\MYPROG.LOG:
+
+        #include <memcheck.h>
+        MC_SET_LOGFILE ("C:\\MYDEV\\MPROG.LOG");
+
+    Most of these macros have runtime function equivalents,
+    such as mc_set_erf() for MC_SET_ERF(), etc.  Notable
+    exceptions to this are the following values that
+    must generally have link-time initializations:
+
+        MC_SET_LOGFILE()
+        MC_SET_AUTOINIT()
+        MC_SET_STARTF()
+*/
+#define MC_SET_AUTOINIT(_toggle)        \
+            char _MCVAR MC_UserAutoInit = (_toggle);
+#define MC_SET_CHECKF(_f)   \
+            CHECKF  _MCVAR MC_CheckF    = (_f)
+#define MC_SET_CHECK_FREQ(_freq)        \
+            int _MCVAR MC_CheckFreq     = (_freq)
+#define MC_SET_CRITF(_f)    \
+            MCCRITF _MCVAR MC_CritF     = (_f)
+#define MC_SET_ENDF(_f)     \
+            ENDF    _MCVAR MC_EndF      = (_f)
+#define MC_SET_ENV_VAR(_envvarname)     \
+            char *  _MCVAR MC_EnvVar    = (_envvarname)
+#define MC_SET_ERF(_f)      \
+            ERF     _MCVAR MC_ERF       = (_f)
+#define MC_SET_EXCEPTF(_f)      \
+            MCEXCEPTF   _MCVAR MC_ExceptF = (_f)
+#define MC_SET_GLOBALF(_f)  \
+            GLOBALF _MCVAR MC_GlobalF   = (_f)
+#define MC_SET_GLOBALEXITF(_f)  \
+            GLOBALF _MCVAR MC_GlobalExitF = (_f)
+#define MC_SET_LOGFILE(_f)      \
+            char *  _MCVAR MC_LogFile   = (_f)
+#define MC_SET_PANIC_BUFFERS(_q)        \
+            unsigned char _MCVAR MC_PanicBufCount = (_q)
+#define MC_SET_SSFH(_f)     \
+            _SSFRAMEHANDLER _MCVAR near MC_SFrameHandler = (_f)
+#define MC_SET_STARTF(_f)       \
+            STARTF  _MCVAR MC_StartF    = (_f)
+#define MC_SET_TRACKF(_f)   \
+            TRACKF  _MCVAR MC_TrackF    = (_f)
+#define MC_SET_VERIFYF(_f)  \
+            VERIFYF _MCVAR MC_VerifyF   = (_f)
+
+/*  Use the MC_BEGIN_EXCEPTLIST, MC_HANDLE_EXCEPTION,
+    and MC_END_EXCEPTLIST macros to change the exceptions 
+    MemCheck handles in protected mode by default.
+
+    Usage (exactly as typed):
+            #include <memcheck.h>
+            :
+            MC_BEGIN_EXCEPTLIST
+                MC_HANDLE_EXCEPTION (0x0)
+                MC_HANDLE_EXCEPTION (0xD)
+            MC_END_EXCEPTLIST
+
+    NOTE:
+    To turn off MemCheck's exception handling completely, use 
+
+            MC_SET_EXCEPTF(NULL);
+
+    instead of trying to define an empty EXCEPTLIST...
+*/
+#define MC_BEGIN_EXCEPTLIST     \
+            unsigned char _MCVAR MC_ExceptList[] = {
+#define MC_HANDLE_EXCEPTION(e)  \
+                (unsigned char)(e),
+#define MC_END_EXCEPTLIST       \
+                (unsigned char)0xFF };      /* 0xFF MUST end list */
+
+/* ------------- End MemCheck 3.0 Library Calls --------------- */
+
+/*  Formulaic rogue varargs interceptions;
+    most host-code-compatible method...
+    "Are you experienced?"
+
+    "It is better to be mugged than
+     to live in fear." - Anon.
+*/
+#define _VA_DEF(f,r,p)          \
+        typedef r (_RTL *p_##f) p;  \
+        extern p_##f _MCAPI _loc_##f (_LOCP);
+
+/* Declare sprintf helper function */
+_VA_DEF(sprintf,int,(char *, const char *, ...))
+
+                               /* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
+    *************************
+          Back-End RTL
+    *************************
+*/
+
+/* *** Back-end functions *** */
+
+/*  Macro to access true back-end RTL.
+    Used internally by the MemCheck API functions. 
+*/
+#define __paste(x,y)    x ## y
+#define RTL(func)       __paste(func,_mc)
+
+/*  Macro to encapsulate the declaration of
+    the renamed (zapped) back-end rtl 
+*/
+#define _RTLDECL(f,rctype,params) \
+        extern rctype _RTL RTL(f) params
+
+
+/*  For the conversion that MSC underwent
+    from C 6 to 7, where non-ANSI calls
+    have underbars 
+*/
+#if defined (_CC_MSC_) && !defined (MSC6) 
+#if (_MSC_VER >= 700)
+#   define _C7A
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _C7A
+#define C7ANSI(func)    _##func
+#else
+#define C7ANSI(func)    func
+#endif
+
+#undef _C7A
+
+
+/* ---------------------------------------------- */
+/* These are the renamed ("zapped") RTL functions */
+/* ---------------------------------------------- */
+
+/* *** ANSI *** */
+
+_RTLDECL(malloc,    void *,     (size_t));
+_RTLDECL(calloc,    void *,     (size_t, size_t));
+_RTLDECL(realloc,   void *,     (void *, size_t));
+_RTLDECL(free,      void,       (void *));
+_RTLDECL(memcpy,    void *,     (void *,const void *,size_t));
+_RTLDECL(memmove,   void *,     (void *,const void *,size_t));
+_RTLDECL(memset,    void *,     (void *,int,size_t));
+_RTLDECL(strcpy,    char *,     (char *,const char *));
+_RTLDECL(strncpy,   char *,     (char *,const char *,size_t));
+_RTLDECL(strcat,    char *,     (char *,const char *));
+_RTLDECL(strncat,   char *,     (char *,const char *,size_t));
+_RTLDECL(vsprintf,  int,        (char *,const char *,va_list));
+_RTLDECL(sprintf,   int,        (char *,const char *,...));
+
+#if !defined (_CC_ANSI_)
+/* *** MSC *** */
+
+/* WATCOM doesn't support these... */
+#if !defined(_CC32_)
+_RTLDECL(_fmalloc,  void far *, (size_t));
+_RTLDECL(_fcalloc,  void far *, (size_t, size_t));
+_RTLDECL(_ffree,    void,       (void far *));
+_RTLDECL(_fmsize,   size_t,     (void far *));
+#endif
+
+_RTLDECL(_nmalloc,  void _MCNEAR *,(size_t));
+_RTLDECL(_nfree,    void,       (void _MCNEAR *));
+
+/* *** Borland *** */
+
+#if !defined(_CC_POWERPACK32_)  
+_RTLDECL(farmalloc, void _MCFAR *,  (unsigned long));
+_RTLDECL(farcalloc, void _MCFAR *,  (unsigned long, unsigned long));
+_RTLDECL(farfree,   void,           (void _MCFAR *));
+
+/* *** General Porpoise *** */
+
+_RTLDECL(_fmemset,  void far * _MCFARGLUE,  (void far *,int,size_t));
+_RTLDECL(_fmemcpy,  void far * _MCFARGLUE,  (void far *,const void far *,size_t ));
+_RTLDECL(_fstrcpy,  char far * _MCFARGLUE,  (char far *,const void far *));
+#endif  /* not _CC_POWERPACK32_ */
+
+#endif  /* not STDC/ANSI */
+
+/***************************************************************** 
+ * --------   Function Call Interception Definitions   --------- * 
+ *****************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef MEMCHECK_MODULE
+
+/*
+    This section targets user's code only
+*/
+
+/* Func interceptors... */
+#define     _INTERCEPT(_f)      (_mcsl(_MCSF_,_MCSL_),_f)
+#define     _VA_INTERCEPT(_f)   (*_loc_##_f(_MCSF_,_MCSL_))
+#define     _SETLOC(_f)         (mc_set_location(),_f)
+
+/* NOTE near _mcsl with #if (_MCC_NEAR_INTERCEPT == 0) */
+
+/*
+    MC_NO_TRANSFER_SIZE is used to eliminate errors or warnings
+    like "sizeof returns 0" or "Not allowed type in sizeof <expr>".
+    These occur for unsized variables declared like
+
+        extern unsigned char gHelpString[];     
+
+    The optimal solution is to "size" the extern, e.g.
+
+        extern unsigned char gHelpString[80];   
+
+    but where this may not be practical, MC_NO_TRANSFER_SIZE may
+    be defined on a module-by-module OR project-wide basis.
+*/
+#ifdef MC_NO_XFER_SIZE      /* beta compat */
+#   define  MC_NO_TRANSFER_SIZE
+#endif
+#ifdef NO_TRANSFER_SIZE     /* alternate */
+#   define  MC_NO_TRANSFER_SIZE
+#endif
+
+#if defined (MC_NO_TRANSFER_SIZE)
+#   define  _INTERCEPTX(_f,_d)  _INTERCEPT(_f)
+#else   /* standard; transmit sizeof dest */
+#   define  _INTERCEPTX(_f,_d)  (_mcslx(_MCSF_,_MCSL_,sizeof(_d)),_f)
+#endif
+
+
+/*  Intrinsic Function Disabling
+
+    It's important to disable function inlining for
+    all intercepted functions.
+*/
+
+#if defined(_CC_MSC_)
+
+/*  Intrinsics (== in-line functions) not permissible
+    since they're implemented as macros...
+*/
+#pragma function(strcat)
+#pragma function(strcpy)
+#pragma function(memcpy)
+#pragma function(memset)
+
+#pragma function(strset)
+
+#if defined(_MSC_VER)
+#if (_MSC_VER >= 700)
+#pragma function(_fmemcpy)
+#pragma function(_fmemset)
+#pragma function(_fstrcat)
+#pragma function(_fstrcpy)
+#pragma function(_fstrset)
+#pragma function(_strset)
+#endif
+#endif /* defined _MSC_VER */
+
+#elif defined(_CC_BORLAND_)
+
+/* Turbo C not like pragmae */
+#if !defined (_CC_TCC_)
+
+/*  Eliminate duplicate strings.
+    This can save a bit of space in large
+    programs particularly, since each call to 
+    MemCheck references an otherwise separate
+    copy of the current filename. 
+*/
+#pragma option -d
+
+/*  Intrinsics (== in-line functions) not permissible
+    since they're implemented as macros, for one...
+*/
+#pragma intrinsic -strcat
+#pragma intrinsic -strncat
+#pragma intrinsic -strcpy
+#pragma intrinsic -strncpy
+#pragma intrinsic -stpcpy
+#pragma intrinsic -strset
+#pragma intrinsic -strnset
+#pragma intrinsic -memcpy
+#pragma intrinsic -memset
+
+#endif  /* not Turbo C */
+
+/* end Borland compiler intrinsics */
+
+#elif defined (_CC_WATCOM_)
+
+/*  NOTE:  unfortunately, WATCOM C/C++ compilers
+    force inlining of the strcpy() function regardless
+    of whether you want it inlined or not, all the time.
+    So this pragma, while it should ensure that
+    strcpy() is a function call, does not...  :{
+
+    So we take other measures below: see _mcwatcom_strcpy()
+*/
+#pragma function(strcpy)
+
+#pragma function(strcat)
+#pragma function(memcpy)
+#pragma function(memset)
+
+#pragma function(_fmemcpy)
+#pragma function(_fmemset)
+#pragma function(_fstrcat)
+#pragma function(_fstrcpy)
+
+#endif
+
+/* End disable function inlining */
+
+
+/*lint -save -e652 Define of symbol declared previously */
+#if defined (MC_NO_INTERCEPT)
+#define NO_INTERCEPT
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (NO_INTERCEPT)
+
+/* *** ANSI Standard C *** */
+
+#define calloc(n,_sz)       _INTERCEPT(calloc(n,_sz))
+#define malloc(_sz)         _INTERCEPT(malloc(_sz))
+#define realloc(p,s)        _INTERCEPT(realloc(p,s))
+#define free(p)             _INTERCEPT(free(p))
+
+#define memcpy(d,s,n)       _INTERCEPTX(memcpy(d,s,n),d)
+#define memmove(d,s,n)      _INTERCEPTX(memmove(d,s,n),d)
+#define memset(p,c,n)       _INTERCEPTX(memset(p,c,n),p)
+#define strcat(s1,s2)       _INTERCEPTX(strcat(s1,s2),s1)
+#if defined(_CC_WATCOM_)    
+    /* WATCOM forces inlining of strcpy()... see note above */
+#   define strcpy(d,s)      _INTERCEPTX(_mcwatcom_strcpy(d,s),d)
+    extern char * _RTL _mcwatcom_strcpy (char *, const char *);
+#else
+#   define strcpy(d,s)      _INTERCEPTX(strcpy(d,s),d)
+#endif
+#define strncat(s1,s2,n)    _INTERCEPTX(strncat(s1,s2,n),s1)
+#define strncpy(d,s,n)      _INTERCEPTX(strncpy(d,s,n),d)
+#define vsprintf(s,f,a)     _INTERCEPTX(vsprintf(s,f,a),s)
+
+/*  #define sprintf             _VA_INTERCEPT(sprintf)  */
+#ifndef _lint
+#define sprintf             _INTERCEPT(sprintf)
+#endif  
+
+#if defined(_CC_MSC_COMPATIBLE_)    /* *** Microsoft C *** */
+
+#define _expand(_p,_s)      _INTERCEPT(_expand(_p,_s))
+#define _fcalloc(n,_sz)     _INTERCEPT(_fcalloc(n,_sz))
+#define _fexpand(_p,_s)     _INTERCEPT(_fexpand(_p,_s))
+#define _ffree(p)           _INTERCEPT(_ffree(p))
+#define _fmalloc(_sz)       _INTERCEPT(_fmalloc(_sz))
+#define _frealloc(p,s)      _INTERCEPT(_frealloc(p,s))
+#define _fmsize(p)          _INTERCEPT(_fmsize(p))
+#define _msize(p)           _INTERCEPT(_msize(p))
+#define _nfree(p)           _INTERCEPT(_nfree(p))
+#define _nmalloc(_sz)       _INTERCEPT(_nmalloc(_sz))
+#define _nrealloc(p,s)      _INTERCEPT(_nrealloc(p,s))
+#define _ncalloc(n,_sz)     _INTERCEPT(_ncalloc(n,_sz))
+#define _nexpand(_p,_s)     _INTERCEPT(_nexpand(_p,_s))
+#define _nmsize(p)          _INTERCEPT(_nmsize(p))
+#define _nstrdup(s)         _INTERCEPT(_nstrdup(s))
+/*  #define halloc(n,_sz)       _INTERCEPT(halloc(n,_sz))   */
+/*  #define _halloc(n,_sz)      _INTERCEPT(halloc(n,_sz))   */
+/*  #define hfree(p)            _INTERCEPT(hfree(p))    */
+/*  #define _hfree(p)           _INTERCEPT(hfree(p))    */
+
+#define cgets(s)            _INTERCEPTX(cgets(s),s)
+#define _cgets(s)           _INTERCEPTX(_cgets(s),s)
+#define memccpy(d,s,c,n)    _INTERCEPTX(memccpy(d,s,c,n),d)
+#define _memccpy(d,s,c,n)   _INTERCEPTX(_memccpy(d,s,c,n),d)
+#define strdup(s)           _INTERCEPT(strdup(s))
+#define _strdup(s)          _INTERCEPT(_strdup(s))
+#define _strnset(s,c,n)     _INTERCEPTX(_strnset(s,c,n),s)
+#define strnset(s,c,n)      _INTERCEPTX(strnset(s,c,n),s)
+#define strset(s,c)         _INTERCEPTX(strset(s,c),s)
+#define _strset(s,c)        _INTERCEPTX(_strset(s,c),s)
+#define swab(s,d,n)         _INTERCEPTX(swab(s,d,n),d)
+#define _swab(s,d,n)        _INTERCEPTX(_swab(s,d,n),d)
+#define tempnam(d,pfx)      _INTERCEPT(tempnam(d,pfx))
+#define _tempnam(d,pfx)     _INTERCEPT(_tempnam(d,pfx))
+
+#define _fmemcpy(d,s,n)     _INTERCEPTX(_fmemcpy(d,s,n),d)
+#define _fmemmove(d,s,n)    _INTERCEPTX(_fmemmove(d,s,n),d)
+#define _fmemset(d,c,n)     _INTERCEPTX(_fmemset(d,c,n),d)
+#define _fmemccpy(d,s,c,n)  _INTERCEPTX(_fmemccpy(d,s,c,n),d)
+#define _fstrcat(s1,s2)     _INTERCEPTX(_fstrcat(s1,s2),s1)
+#define _fstrcpy(d,s)       _INTERCEPTX(_fstrcpy(d,s),d)
+#define _fstrncat(s1,s2,n)  _INTERCEPTX(_fstrncat(s1,s2,n),s1)
+#define _fstrncpy(d,s,n)    _INTERCEPTX(_fstrncpy(d,s,n),d)
+#define _fstrdup(s)         _INTERCEPT(_fstrdup(s))
+#define _fstrnset(d,c,n)    _INTERCEPTX(_fstrnset(d,c,n),d)
+#define _fstrset(d,c)       _INTERCEPTX(_fstrset(d,c),d)
+
+#define getcwd(d,n)         _INTERCEPTX(getcwd(d,n),d)
+#define _getcwd(d,n)        _INTERCEPTX(getcwd(d,n),d)
+#define _getdcwd(r,d,n)     _INTERCEPTX(_getdcwd(r,d,n),d)
+#define _dos_setvect(_i,_h) _INTERCEPT(_dos_setvect(_i,_h))
+#define _fullpath(b,p,n)    _INTERCEPTX(_fullpath(b,p,n),b)
+
+/* ----- END Microsoft C/C++ interceptions ----- */
+
+#elif defined (_CC_BORLAND_)    /* *** Borland C/C++ *** */
+
+#ifndef _CC_POWERPACK32_
+#define farfree(p)          _INTERCEPT(farfree(p))
+#define farmalloc(s)        _INTERCEPT(farmalloc(s))
+#define farcalloc(n,s)      _INTERCEPT(farcalloc(n,s))
+#define farrealloc(p,s)     _INTERCEPT(farrealloc(p,s))
+#endif  /* not _CC_POWERPACK32_ */
+
+#define cgets(s)            _INTERCEPTX(cgets(s),s)
+#define memccpy(d,s,c,n)    _INTERCEPTX(memccpy(d,s,c,n),d)
+#if !defined(movmem)
+#define movmem(s,d,l)       _INTERCEPTX(movmem(s,d,l),d)
+#endif
+#if !defined(setmem)
+#define setmem(d,c,v)       _INTERCEPTX(setmem(d,c,v),d)
+#endif
+#define setvect(i,v)        _INTERCEPT(setvect(i,v))
+#define stpcpy(d,s)         _INTERCEPTX(stpcpy(d,s),d)
+#define _stpcpy(d,s)        _INTERCEPTX(_stpcpy(d,s),d)
+#define strdup(s)           _INTERCEPT(strdup(s))
+#define strnset(s,c,n)      _INTERCEPTX(strnset(s,c,n),s)
+#define strset(s,c)         _INTERCEPTX(strset(s,c),s)
+#define swab(s,d,n)         _INTERCEPTX(swab(s,d,n),d)
+#define tempnam(d,pfx)      _INTERCEPT(tempnam(d,pfx))
+
+#define getcwd(d,n)         _INTERCEPTX(getcwd(d,n),d)
+#define _getdcwd(r,d,n)     _INTERCEPTX(_getdcwd(r,d,n),d)
+#define _dos_setvect(_i,_h) _INTERCEPT(_dos_setvect(_i,_h))
+
+#ifndef _CC_POWERPACK32_
+#define _fmemcpy(d,s,n)     _INTERCEPTX(_fmemcpy(d,s,n),d)
+#define _fmemmove(d,s,n)    _INTERCEPTX(_fmemmove(d,s,n),d)
+#define _fmemset(d,c,n)     _INTERCEPTX(_fmemset(d,c,n),d)
+#define _fmemccpy(d,s,c,n)  _INTERCEPTX(_fmemccpy(d,s,c,n),d)
+#define _fmovmem(s,d,l)     _INTERCEPTX(_fmovmem(s,d,l),s)
+#define _fsetmem(d,c,v)     _INTERCEPTX(_fsetmem(d,c,v),d)
+#define _fstrcat(s1,s2)     _INTERCEPTX(_fstrcat(s1,s2),s1)
+#define _fstrcpy(d,s)       _INTERCEPTX(_fstrcpy(d,s),d)
+#define _fstrncat(s1,s2,n)  _INTERCEPTX(_fstrncat(s1,s2,n),s1)
+#define _fstrncpy(d,s,n)    _INTERCEPTX(_fstrncpy(d,s,n),d)
+#define _fstrdup(s)         _INTERCEPT(_fstrdup(s))
+#define _fstrnset(d,c,n)    _INTERCEPTX(_fstrnset(d,c,n),d)
+#define _fstrset(d,c)       _INTERCEPTX(_fstrset(d,c),d)
+#endif  /* not _CC_POWERPACK32_ */
+
+/*
+#define freemem(g)          _INTERCEPT(freemem(g))
+#define vsscanf(d,f,a)      _INTERCEPTX(vsscanf(d,f,a),d)
+*/
+
+/* ----- END Borland C/C++ interceptions ----- */
+
+#else
+
+#error Unknown compiler in MemCheck.h
+
+#endif  /* Compiler-specific Function Mapping Section */
+
+/*  Location Transmitters
+
+    You can add any non-intercepted functions to
+    this bunch... Just updates MemCheck's file and line
+    information via mc_set_location(), which is thousands
+    of times faster than anything that does I/O.
+    The only time this section could be a problem is
+    if the header file is included before any other header
+    files which prototype these routines.
+
+    Borland's TD (Turbo Debugger) also has problems here (see note).
+*/
+#ifndef _lint   /* LINT not like */
+
+/*  Borland's Turbo Debugger gets confoosed and executes
+    a `Run' instead of a `Step' when _SETLOC macro is used...
+*/
+#if !defined (_CC_BORLAND_)
+#if 1   /* Change this to '0' to omit this section */
+
+#define printf              _SETLOC(printf)
+
+#define fopen               _SETLOC(fopen)
+#define fprintf             _SETLOC(fprintf)
+#define fread               _SETLOC(fread)
+#define fwrite              _SETLOC(fwrite)
+#define fclose              _SETLOC(fclose)
+
+#define system              _SETLOC(system)
+#define exec                _SETLOC(exec)
+#define spawnl              _SETLOC(spawnl)
+#define spawnlp             _SETLOC(spawnlp)
+#define spawnle             _SETLOC(spawnle)
+#define spawnlpe            _SETLOC(spawnlpe)
+#define spawnv              _SETLOC(spawnv)
+#define spawnvp             _SETLOC(spawnvp)
+#define spawnve             _SETLOC(spawnve)
+#define spawnvpe            _SETLOC(spawnvpe)
+
+#endif  /* end location transmission section */
+#endif  /* not Borland C++ */
+#endif  /* not def _lint */
+
+
+/* ****  THIRD-PARTY MAPPINGS  **** */
+
+/*  Vermont Views V3.xx
+
+    The following code will transmit the exact file
+    and line of any mem_get() and mem_free() calls to
+    MemCheck, so that it can report on the location where
+    these functions are called, instead of the location of
+    the calloc() or free().
+
+    If you've used MCCONFIG to configure the Vermont Views source 
+    code, you *must* either NOT include the MemCheck header file 
+    in the MEM_GET.C and MEM_FREE.C modules, or, if you do, then
+    #define NO_INTERCEPT beforehand, e.g.
+
+         Module MEM_GET.C ... 
+        :
+        #define NO_INTERCEPT
+        #include <memcheck.h>
+        :
+
+    MCCONFIG may be used to configure even the shrouded
+    Vermont Views source code.
+
+    See also: TechNote "Using MemCheck 3.0 Professional
+        With Vermont Views", available on the StratosWare
+        BBS (313) 996-2993 as VIEWS.TXT, or by fax.
+*/
+#if defined (VV_SYS)    /* should do the trick */
+#   define mem_get(s)   _INTERCEPT(mem_get(s))
+#   define mem_free(p)  _INTERCEPT(mem_free(p))
+#endif
+
+
+/* ****  APPLICATION-SPECIFIC MAPPINGS  **** */
+
+/*
+    If your application uses allocation "cover" routines,
+    MemCheck will by default report errors and leaks by
+    the file and line of the malloc or free within the
+    cover module.  To get MemCheck to report by file and
+    line where the cover function is actually called, follow
+    the instructtions in MemCheck TechNote "Transmitting File
+    and Line to MemCheck 3.0 Professional Through Cover Functions."
+
+    This is where you can place the cover function macros.
+*/
+
+
+/* end APPLICATION-SPECIFIC MAPPINGS */
+
+#endif  /* not NO_INTERCEPT */
+
+/* Calls that xmit source file, line number if called in source */
+/* *** MemCheck API file & line transmittal *** */
+#define mc_startcheck(erf)      mc_startcheck(_MCSF_,_MCSL_,erf)
+#define mc_stack_trace(_memo)   _INTERCEPT(mc_stack_trace(_memo))
+#define mc_debug(s)             _INTERCEPT(mc_debug(s))
+#define mc_debugf(arglist)      mc_debugv arglist
+#define mc_debugv               _mcsl(_MCSF_,_MCSL_),mc_debugv
+#define mc_endcheck()           _INTERCEPT(mc_endcheck())
+#define mc_check_buffers()      _INTERCEPT(mc_check_buffers())
+#define mc_check(p)             _INTERCEPT(mc_check(p))
+#define mc_register(p,s)        _INTERCEPT(mc_register(p,s))
+#define mc_unregister(p)        _INTERCEPT(mc_unregister(p))
+#define mc_nullcheck()          _INTERCEPT(mc_nullcheck())
+#define mc_report(f)            _INTERCEPT(mc_report(f))
+
+/*lint -restore  652 Define of symbol declared prev */
+
+#endif  /* not MEMCHECK_MODULE, function interceptions */
+
+
+/* End "C" call wrapper */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+
+
+/*  C++ MemCheck Class
+
+    This class can be used as an alternative to
+    AutoInit, or to placing the mc_startcheck() and
+    mc_endcheck() calls in your main() program.
+    Just declaring an object of class 'MemCheck'
+    will start MemCheck up;  usually you will place
+    this 'above' any other global or statically declared
+    C++ objects in your main module.
+
+    Here are some examples of starting MemCheck up
+    via object mechanics:
+
+        MemCheck On;
+        MemCheck Active;
+        MemCheck Rules;
+
+    Use your imagination!  Note that if AutoInit is ON,
+    any calls to mc_startcheck() and mc_endcheck() are
+    ignored.
+*/
+#if !defined (NO_INTERCEPT) /* must not have this def'd */
+
+/* This class def causes a warning under MSC if not used */
+#if !defined (_CC_MSC_)
+
+class MemCheck {
+public:
+    MemCheck ()  { mc_startcheck (NULL); }
+    ~MemCheck () { mc_endcheck ();       }
+};
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* NO_INTERCEPT */
+
+
+/* *** For use in new and delete modules only *** */
+/*
+    Replace 'mallocs' with 'cpp_mallocs', etc.
+    In new and delete modules, NO_INTERCEPT should be #defined, e.g.
+
+        #define NO_INTERCEPT
+        #include <memcheck.h>
+        :
+        void * operator new ( size_t size )
+        {
+            if (!size)  size = 1;
+            return (cpp_malloc (size));
+        }
+        etc.
+*/
+#define cpp_malloc(_s)      (_mc_set_newflag(),     malloc(_s))
+#define cpp_calloc(_n,_s)   (_mc_set_newflag(),     calloc(_n,_s))
+#define cpp_free(_p)        (_mc_set_delflag(),     free(_p))
+
+/* Borland C++ */
+#define cpp_farmalloc(_s)   (_mc_set_newflag(),     farmalloc(_s))
+#define cpp_farfree(_fp)    (_mc_set_delflag(),     farfree(_fp))
+
+/* Microsoft C++-compatibles */
+#define cpp__fmalloc(_s)    (_mc_set_newflag(),     _fmalloc(_s))
+#define cpp__ffree(_fp)     (_mc_set_delflag(),     _ffree(_fp))
+
+
+/* C++ */
+#if !defined (NO_INTERCEPT)
+#if !defined (NO_CPP)
+
+/*
+    This method is off by default, because it
+    requires definition of a new operator like:
+
+      void * new (size_t size, char *file, int lineno);
+
+    Such a new operator is included in your SOURCE\CPP
+    directory. To have this method used for all modules,
+    #define NEW_OVERLOADED at the top of this header file
+    or in your project #include file, BEFORE the MemCheck
+    header file is #included.
+
+    The substitutions for the new operator
+    may not work in all situations.  To disable
+    MemCheck's interception of new on a module-by-
+    module basis by undefining NEW_OVERLOADED.
+*/
+#if defined (NEW_OVERLOADED)
+
+/*  Method 1: Placement Operators
+
+    Use placement operators to trap file and line location transparently
+    on calls to new.  
+    
+    Thanks for this tip to Dan Saks,
+    C and C++ writer, author, teacher, and columnist--buy his books.
+    He came through when no one else had a clue!
+
+    Please consult your manual, MemCheck technotes, 
+    or StratosWare Technical Support (1-800-WE-DEBUG)
+    for details on how to configure your project for
+    use with an overloaded new placement operator.
+*/
+
+/* Declare overloaded new with placement operators */
+void *operator new (size_t _sz, char *file, int lineno);
+#if defined (_CPP_ANSI20_)
+/*  Array version; only under supporting compilers 
+    COMMENT LINE OUT if it causes a compile error.
+*/
+void *operator new[] (size_t _sz, char *file, int lineno);
+#endif
+
+#if !defined (_CC_MSC_)
+#define new     new((char *)__FILE__,(int)__LINE__)
+#else
+#define new     new(__FILE__,__LINE__)
+#endif
+
+/*  NOTE:
+    This placement operator interception syntax has been
+    known to cause syntax errors (in VC++ 1.0) for no apparent reason
+    on statements like
+
+            Domain *d = new Domain ();
+
+    Workaround is to change line (sorry!) to equivalent
+
+            Domain *d = new Domain;
+*/
+
+/* Backwards compatibility with the V2.1 C++ macros */
+#ifndef NEW
+#define NEW(_object)         new _object
+#endif
+#ifdef DELETE
+#define DELETE(_object)      delete _object
+#endif
+#define DELETE_ARR(_arr)     delete[] _arr
+
+#else   /* !NEW_OVERLOADED - end of Placement Operator intercept */
+
+/*  New and Delete Interception, Method 2: NEW() and DELETE()
+
+    The NEW() and DELETE() macros may be used to transmit file
+    and line of new and delete.   These macros, which require
+    modification of source code, i.e. "NEW(object)" for "new object",
+    should probably be used only if the above overloaded new does
+    not work for your code base.
+    
+    Please consult your manual, MemCheck technotes, 
+    or StratosWare Technical Support (1-800-WE-DEBUG)
+    for details on how to configure your project for
+    use with NEW() and DELETE().
+
+    If calling, please have your MemCheck serial number handy.
+*/
+#ifndef NEW
+#define NEW(_object)        (_mcsl_new(_MCSF_,_MCSL_),    new _object)
+#endif
+#ifndef DELETE  /* WINNT.H under BC DPMI32 defines DELETE */
+#define DELETE(_object)     (_mcsl_delete(_MCSF_,_MCSL_), delete _object)
+#endif
+#define DELETE_ARR(_arr)    (_mcsl_delete(_MCSF_,_MCSL_), delete[] _arr)
+
+#endif  /* !NEW_OVERLOADED */
+
+#define delete  _mcsl_delete(_MCSF_,_MCSL_), delete
+
+
+/* *** FAILURES *** */
+
+/*  These macros failed in the purpose of
+    intercepting new transparently in some
+    situation or other.
+*/
+
+/* Failed on " * new expr " (TV)  */
+/*  #define new (mc_set_location(),0) ? NULL : new  */
+
+/* Failed on " x = new Object " (TV) */
+/*  #define new ((mc_set_location(),0) ? NULL : new)    */
+/*  #define new new (mc_set_location(),0) ? NULL :  */
+
+#endif  /* !NO_CPP */
+#endif  /* NO_INTERCEPT */
+#endif  /* cplusplus */
+/******** End C++ ************/
+
+
+#endif      /* End of Section for MEMCHECK Defined */
+
+/* -------------------------------------------------------------------------- */
+
+#endif  /* _MEMCHECK_H_ */
+
+
+/********************************
+ * End of MemCheck 3.0 Header *
+ ********************************/
+
diff --git a/MENUS.CPP b/MENUS.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..873e5c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/MENUS.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,932 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\menus.cpv   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:50:48   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : MENUS.CPP                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Phil W. Gorrow                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : September 10, 1993                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : May 17, 1995 [BRR]                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   Main_Menu -- Menu processing                                                              *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "function.h"
+#include "ccdde.h"
+
+/*****************************
+**	Function prototypes
+******************************/
+
+#ifdef SCENARIO_EDITOR
+
+PRIVATE int Coordinates_In_Region(int x,int y,int inx1,int iny1,int inx2,int iny2);
+PRIVATE int Select_To_Entry(int select, unsigned long bitfield, int index);
+PRIVATE void Flash_Line(char const *text,int xpix,int ypix,unsigned nfgc,unsigned hfgc,unsigned bgc);
+
+int UnknownKey;
+
+PRIVATE int MenuUpdate=1;
+PRIVATE int MenuSkip;
+
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/*	SELECT_TO_ENTRY:																			*/
+/*																									*/
+/*		This routine converts a selection to the correct string entry. It	   */
+/*	does this by search through a long bitfield starting at position index	*/
+/*	until it finds the correct conversion to entries.								*/
+/*																									*/
+/*	INPUTS:	int selection from menu, long the bit field to search, int 	   */
+/*				the starting index within the bit field.								*/
+/*	RETURNS:	int the index into the table of entries								*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+PRIVATE int Select_To_Entry(int select, unsigned long bitfield, int index)
+{
+	int placement;
+
+	if (bitfield==0xFFFFFFFFL) 							/* if all bits are set	*/
+		return(select);										/*		then it as is		*/
+
+	placement=0;												/* current pos zero		*/
+	while (select) {											/* while still ones		*/
+		if (bitfield & (1L<<(placement+index)))			/* if this flagged then	*/
+			select--;											/* decrement counter		*/
+		placement++;											/* and we moved a place	*/
+	}
+	while (!(bitfield & (1L<<(placement+index)))) {
+		placement++;
+	}
+
+	return(placement);										/* return the position	*/
+}
+
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/*	FLASH_LINE:																					*/
+/*																									*/
+/*		This routine will flash the line at the desired location for the		*/
+/*	menu routine. It is way cool awesome!												*/
+/*																									*/
+/*	INPUTS:	char *text, int x position on line, int y position, char		   */
+/*				normal foreground color, char hilight foreground color, char 	*/
+/*				background color																*/
+/*	RETURNS:	none																				*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+PRIVATE void Flash_Line(char const *text,int xpix,int ypix,unsigned nfgc,unsigned hfgc,unsigned bgc)
+{
+	int loop;
+
+	for (loop=0;loop<3;loop++) {
+		Hide_Mouse();
+		Fancy_Text_Print(text,xpix,ypix,hfgc,bgc, TPF_8POINT|TPF_DROPSHADOW);
+		Delay(2);
+		Fancy_Text_Print(text,xpix,ypix,nfgc,bgc, TPF_8POINT|TPF_DROPSHADOW);
+		Show_Mouse();
+		Delay(2);
+	}
+}
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/*	COORDINATES_IN_REGION:																	*/
+/*																									*/
+/*		Test to see if a given pair of coordinates are within the given 		*/
+/*	rectangular region.																		*/
+/*																									*/
+/*	INPUTS:	int x to be tested, int y to be tested, int left x pos,			*/
+/*				int top y pos, int right x pos, int bottom y pos					*/
+/*	RETURNS:	none																				*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+PRIVATE int Coordinates_In_Region(int x,int y,int inx1,int iny1,int inx2,int iny2)
+{
+	return((x>=inx1)&&(x<=inx2)&&(y>=iny1)&&(y<=iny2));
+}
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/*	FIND_MENU_ITEMS:																			*/
+/*																									*/
+/*		This routine finds the real total items in a menu when certain items	*/
+/*	may be disabled by bit fields and the like. This is done by looping		*/
+/*	through the fields, starting at the position passed in index and 			*/
+/*	counting the number of bits that are set.											*/
+/*																									*/
+/*	INPUTS:	int the maximum number of items possible on the menu, long 		*/
+/*				the bit field of enabled and disabled items, char the index		*/
+/*				point to start at within the list.										*/
+/*	RETURNS:	int the total number of items in the menu							*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+ int Find_Menu_Items(int maxitems, unsigned long field, char index)
+ {
+	int loop,ctr;
+
+	if (field==0xFFFFFFFFL) 										/* if all bits are set	*/
+		return(maxitems);										/* then maxitems set		*/
+
+	for (loop=ctr=0;loop<maxitems;loop++) {			/* loop through items	*/
+		if (field & (1L<<(loop+index))) {				/* if the bit is set		*/
+			ctr++;												/*		count the item		*/
+		}
+	}
+	return(ctr);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/*	SETUP_EOB_MONITOR_MENU:																	*/
+/*																									*/
+/*		This routine sets up the eye of the beholder monitor menu.				*/
+/*																									*/
+/*	INPUTS:	int the menu we are using, char *[] the array of text which		*/
+/*				makes up the menu commands, long the info field, int the			*/
+/*				index into the field, int the number of lines to skip.			*/
+/*	RETURNS:	none																				*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+void Setup_Menu(int menu,char const *text[], unsigned long field, int index, int skip)
+{
+	int *menuptr,lp;
+	int menuy,menux,idx,item,num,drawy;
+
+	menuptr=&MenuList[menu][0];							/* get pointer to menu	*/
+	menuy=WinY+menuptr[MENUY];								/* get the absolute 		*/
+	menux=(WinX+menuptr[MENUX])<<3;						/*		coords of menu		*/
+	item=Select_To_Entry(menuptr[MSELECTED],field,index);
+	num=menuptr[ITEMSHIGH];
+
+	Fancy_Text_Print(0, 0, 0, TBLACK, TBLACK, TPF_8POINT|TPF_DROPSHADOW);
+ 	Hide_Mouse();
+	for (lp=0;lp<num;lp++) {
+		idx=Select_To_Entry(lp,field,index);
+		drawy=menuy+(lp*FontHeight)+(lp*skip);
+		Fancy_Text_Print(text[idx], menux, drawy, menuptr[((idx==item) && (MenuUpdate )) ? HILITE : NORMCOL], TBLACK, TPF_8POINT|TPF_DROPSHADOW);
+//		if ((idx==item) && (MenuUpdate ))
+//			Text_Print(text[idx],menux,drawy,menuptr[HILITE],TBLACK);
+	}
+	MenuSkip=skip;
+	Show_Mouse();
+	Keyboard::Clear();
+}
+
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/*	CHECK_MENU:																					*/
+/*																									*/
+/*																									*/
+/*																									*/
+/*	INPUTS:																						*/
+/*	RETURNS:																						*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+int Check_Menu(int menu,char const *text[],char *,long field,int index)
+{
+	int maxitem,select,key,menuy,menux;
+	int mx1,mx2,my1,my2,tempy;
+	int drawy,menuskip,halfskip;
+	int normcol,litcol,item,newitem,idx;
+	int *menuptr;
+
+	//selection++;												/* get rid of warning	*/
+
+	menuptr = &MenuList[menu][0];							/* get pointer to menu	*/
+	maxitem = menuptr[ITEMSHIGH]-1;							/* find max items			*/
+	newitem = item = menuptr[MSELECTED]%(maxitem+1);	/* find selected 			*/
+	select = -1;													/* no selection made		*/
+	menuskip = FontHeight+MenuSkip;							/* calc new font height	*/
+	halfskip = MenuSkip>>1;									/* adjustment for menus	*/
+
+	menuy = WinY+menuptr[MENUY];								/* get the absolute 		*/
+	menux = (WinX+menuptr[MENUX])<<3;						/*		coords of menu		*/
+	normcol = menuptr[NORMCOL];
+	litcol = menuptr[HILITE];
+
+	/*
+	**	Fetch a pending keystroke from the buffer if there is a keystroke
+	**	present. If no keystroke is pending then simple mouse tracking will
+	**	be done.
+	*/
+	key = 0;
+	UnknownKey = 0;
+	if (Keyboard::Check()) {
+		key = (Keyboard::Get()&0x18FF);			/* mask off all but release bit	*/
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	if we are using the mouse and it is installed, then find the mouse
+	**	coordinates of the menu and if we are not somewhere on the menu get
+	**	the heck outta here. If we are somewhere on the menu, then figure
+	**	out the new selected item, and continue forward.
+	*/
+	mx1=(WinX<<3)+(menuptr[MENUX]*FontWidth);		/* get menu coords		*/
+	my1=(WinY)+(menuptr[MENUY])-halfskip;			/*		from the menu		*/
+	mx2=mx1+(menuptr[ITEMWIDTH]*FontWidth)-1;		/*		structure as		*/
+	my2=my1+(menuptr[ITEMSHIGH]*menuskip)-1;		/*		necessary			*/
+
+		tempy=Get_Mouse_Y();
+		if (Coordinates_In_Region(Get_Mouse_X(),tempy,mx1,my1,mx2,my2)&& MenuUpdate) {
+			newitem=(tempy-my1)/menuskip;
+		}
+
+	switch (key) {
+
+		case KN_UP:												/* if the key moves up	*/
+			newitem--;											/* 	new item up one	*/
+			if (newitem<0) 									/* if invalid new item	*/
+				newitem=maxitem;								/* put at list bottom	*/
+			break;
+		case KN_DOWN:											/* if key moves down		*/
+			newitem++;											/*		new item down one	*/
+			if (newitem>maxitem) 							/* if new item past 		*/
+				newitem=0;										/*		list end, clear	*/
+			break;
+		case KN_HOME:											/* if top of list key 	*/
+		case KN_PGUP:											/*		is selected then	*/
+			newitem=0;											/*		new item = top		*/
+			break;
+		case KN_END:											/* if bottom of list is	*/
+		case KN_PGDN:											/*		selected then		*/
+			newitem=maxitem;									/*		new item = bottom	*/
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	Handle mouse button press. Set selection and then fall into the
+		**	normal menu item select logic.
+		*/
+		case KN_RMOUSE:
+		case KN_LMOUSE:
+			if (Coordinates_In_Region(_Kbd->MouseQX,_Kbd->MouseQY,mx1,my1,mx2,my2)) {
+				newitem = (_Kbd->MouseQY - my1) / menuskip;
+			} else {
+				UnknownKey = key;			//	Pass the unprocessed button click back.
+				break;
+			}
+
+		/*
+		**	Normal menu item select logic. Will flash line and exit with menu
+		**	selection number.
+		*/
+		case KN_RETURN:										/* if a selection is 	*/
+		case KN_SPACE:											/*		made with key		*/
+		case KN_CENTER:
+			select=newitem;									/*		flag it made.		*/
+			break;
+
+		case 0:
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	When no key was pressed or an unknown key was pressed, set the
+		**	global record of the key and exit normally.
+		**	EXCEPTION:	If the key matches the first letter of any of the
+		**					menu entries, then presume it as a selection of
+		**					that entry.
+		*/
+		default:
+			for (idx = 0; idx < menuptr[ITEMSHIGH]; idx++) {
+				if (toupper(*(text[Select_To_Entry(idx,field,index)])) == toupper(Keyboard::To_ASCII((KeyNumType)(key&0x0FF)))) {
+					newitem = select = idx;
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+			UnknownKey = key;
+			break;
+	}
+
+	if (newitem!=item) {
+		Hide_Mouse();
+		idx=Select_To_Entry(item,field,index);
+		drawy=menuy+(item*menuskip);
+		Fancy_Text_Print(text[idx],menux,drawy,normcol,TBLACK, TPF_8POINT|TPF_DROPSHADOW);
+		idx=Select_To_Entry(newitem,field,index);
+		drawy=menuy+(newitem*menuskip);
+		Fancy_Text_Print(text[idx],menux,drawy,litcol,TBLACK, TPF_8POINT|TPF_DROPSHADOW);
+		Show_Mouse();												/* resurrect the mouse	*/
+	}
+
+	if (select!=-1) {
+		idx=Select_To_Entry(select,field,index);
+		Hide_Mouse();												/* get rid of the mouse	*/
+		drawy=menuy+(newitem*menuskip);
+		Flash_Line(text[idx], menux, drawy, normcol, litcol, TBLACK);
+		Show_Mouse();
+		select=idx;
+	}
+
+	menuptr[MSELECTED]=newitem;							/* update menu select	*/
+
+	return(select);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Do_Menu -- Generic menu processor.                                      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *    This helper function displays a menu of specified entries and waits  *
+ *    for the player to make a selection. If a selection is made, then     *
+ *    a whole number (starting at 0) is returned matching the entry        *
+ *    selected. If ESC is pressed, then -1 is returned.                    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:   strings  -- A pointer to an array of pointers to text strings. *
+ *                      Each entry in the list will be a menu entry that   *
+ *                      can be selected.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *          blue     -- Should the special blue color be used to display   *
+ *                      the menu?                                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the cardinal number of the selected menu entry.   *
+ *          If ESC was pressed, then -1 is returned.                       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/16/1994 JLB : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int Do_Menu(char const **strings, bool blue)
+{
+	int	count;		// Number of entries in this menu.
+	int	length;		// The width of the menu (in pixels).
+	char	const **ptr;		// Working menu text pointer.
+	int	selection;	// Selection from user.
+
+	if (!strings) return(-1);
+	Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+	Keyboard::Clear();
+
+	/*
+	**	Determine the number of entries in this string.
+	*/
+	ptr = strings;
+	count = 0;
+	while (*ptr++) {
+		count++;
+	}
+	MenuList[0][ITEMSHIGH] = count;
+
+	/*
+	**	Determine the width of the menu by finding the length of the
+	**	longest menu entry.
+	*/
+	Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_NONE, 0, 0, 0, 0, TPF_8POINT|TPF_DROPSHADOW);
+	length = 0;
+	ptr = strings;
+	while (*ptr) {
+		length = MAX(length, (int)String_Pixel_Width(*ptr));
+		ptr++;
+	}
+	length += 7;
+	MenuList[0][ITEMWIDTH] = length >> 3;
+
+	/*
+	**	Adjust the window values to match the size of the
+	**	specified menu.
+	*/
+	WindowList[WINDOW_MENU][WINDOWWIDTH] = MenuList[0][ITEMWIDTH] + 2;
+	WindowList[WINDOW_MENU][WINDOWX] = 19 - (length >> 4);
+	WindowList[WINDOW_MENU][WINDOWY] = 174 - (unsigned)(MenuList[0][ITEMSHIGH] * (FontHeight+FontYSpacing));
+	WindowList[WINDOW_MENU][WINDOWHEIGHT] = MenuList[0][ITEMSHIGH] * FontHeight + 5 /*11*/;
+
+	/*
+	**	Display the menu.
+	*/
+	Change_Window((int)WINDOW_MENU);
+	Show_Mouse();
+	Window_Box(WINDOW_MENU, blue ? BOXSTYLE_BLUE_UP : BOXSTYLE_RAISED);
+	Setup_Menu(0, strings, 0xFFFFL, 0, 0);
+
+	Keyboard::Clear();
+	selection = -1;
+	UnknownKey = 0;
+	while (selection == -1) {
+		Call_Back();
+		selection = Check_Menu(0, strings, NULL, 0xFFL, 0);
+		if (UnknownKey != 0 || UnknownKey == KN_ESC || UnknownKey==KN_LMOUSE || UnknownKey==KN_RMOUSE) break;
+	}
+	Keyboard::Clear();
+	Hide_Mouse();
+
+	HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+	Change_Window((int)WINDOW_MAIN);
+	Map.Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+	return(selection);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Main_Menu -- Menu processing                                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		index of item selected, -1 if time out											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/17/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int Main_Menu(unsigned long timeout)
+{
+	enum {
+		D_DIALOG_W = 152*2,
+		D_DIALOG_H = 136*2,
+		D_DIALOG_X = 85*2,
+		D_DIALOG_Y = 0,
+		D_DIALOG_CX = D_DIALOG_X + (D_DIALOG_W / 2),
+
+		D_START_W = 125*2,
+		D_START_H = 9*2,
+		D_START_X = 98*2,
+		D_START_Y = 35*2,
+
+#ifdef BONUS_MISSIONS
+		D_BONUS_W = 125*2,
+		D_BONUS_H = 9*2,
+		D_BONUS_X = 98*2,
+		D_BONUS_Y = 0,
+#endif	//BONUS_MISSIONS
+
+		D_INTERNET_W = 125*2,
+		D_INTERNET_H = 9*2,
+		D_INTERNET_X = 98*2,
+		D_INTERNET_Y = 36*2,
+
+		D_LOAD_W = 125*2,
+		D_LOAD_H = 9*2,
+		D_LOAD_X = 98*2,
+		D_LOAD_Y = 53*2,
+
+		D_MULTI_W = 125*2,
+		D_MULTI_H = 9*2,
+		D_MULTI_X = 98*2,
+		D_MULTI_Y = 71*2,
+
+		D_INTRO_W = 125*2,
+		D_INTRO_H = 9*2,
+		D_INTRO_X = 98*2,
+		D_INTRO_Y = 89*2,
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+		D_EXIT_W = 83*2,
+#else
+		D_EXIT_W = 63*2,
+#endif
+		D_EXIT_H = 9*2,
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+		D_EXIT_X = 118*2,
+#else
+		D_EXIT_X = 128*2,
+#endif
+		D_EXIT_Y = 111*2,
+
+	};
+
+#ifdef NEWMENU
+	int starty = 25*2;
+#endif
+
+	enum {
+#ifdef NEWMENU
+		BUTTON_EXPAND=100*2,
+		BUTTON_START,
+#ifdef BONUS_MISSIONS
+		BUTTON_BONUS,
+#endif	//BONUS_MISSIONS
+		BUTTON_INTERNET,
+#else
+		BUTTON_START=100*2,
+#endif
+		BUTTON_LOAD,
+		BUTTON_MULTI,
+		BUTTON_INTRO,
+		BUTTON_EXIT,
+	};
+
+#ifdef NEWMENU
+	bool expansions = Expansion_Present();
+#endif
+	KeyNumType input;								// input from user
+	int retval;										// return value
+	int curbutton;
+#ifdef NEWMENU
+#ifdef BONUS_MISSIONS
+	TextButtonClass *buttons[8];
+#else
+	TextButtonClass *buttons[7];
+#endif	//BONUS_MISSIONS
+#else
+	TextButtonClass *buttons[5];
+#endif
+	unsigned long starttime;
+
+	ControlClass *commands = NULL;				// the button list
+
+#ifdef NEWMENU
+#ifdef BONUS_MISSIONS
+	int ystep = 13*2;
+#else
+	int ystep = 15*2;
+#endif	//BONUS_MISSIONS
+
+	if (expansions) ystep -= 2*2;
+	TextButtonClass expandbtn (BUTTON_EXPAND, TXT_NEW_MISSIONS,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_START_X, starty, D_START_W, D_START_H);
+	if (expansions) starty += ystep;
+
+	TextButtonClass startbtn (BUTTON_START, TXT_START_NEW_GAME,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_START_X, starty, D_START_W, D_START_H);
+	starty += ystep;
+
+#ifdef BONUS_MISSIONS
+	TextButtonClass bonusbtn (BUTTON_BONUS, TXT_BONUS_MISSIONS,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_BONUS_X, starty, D_BONUS_W, D_BONUS_H);
+	starty += ystep;
+#endif	//BONUS_MISSIONS
+
+	TextButtonClass internetbutton(BUTTON_INTERNET, TXT_INTERNET,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_INTERNET_X, starty, D_INTERNET_W, D_INTERNET_H);
+	starty += ystep;
+
+	TextButtonClass loadbtn (BUTTON_LOAD, TXT_LOAD_MISSION,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_LOAD_X, starty, D_LOAD_W, D_LOAD_H);
+	starty += ystep;
+#else
+
+	TextButtonClass startbtn (BUTTON_START, TXT_START_NEW_GAME,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_START_X, D_START_Y, D_START_W, D_START_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass loadbtn (BUTTON_LOAD, TXT_LOAD_MISSION,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_LOAD_X, D_LOAD_Y, D_LOAD_W, D_LOAD_H);
+
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef DEMO
+	TextButtonClass multibtn (BUTTON_MULTI, TXT_ORDER_INFO,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_MULTI_X, D_MULTI_Y, D_MULTI_W, D_MULTI_H);
+#else
+
+#ifdef NEWMENU
+	TextButtonClass multibtn (BUTTON_MULTI, TXT_MULTIPLAYER_GAME,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_MULTI_X, starty, D_MULTI_W, D_MULTI_H);
+	starty += ystep;
+
+	//TextButtonClass internetbutton(BUTTON_INTERNET, TXT_INTERNET,
+	//	TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+	//	D_INTERNET_X, starty, D_INTERNET_W, D_INTERNET_H);
+	//starty += ystep;
+#else
+	TextButtonClass multibtn (BUTTON_MULTI, TXT_MULTIPLAYER_GAME,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_MULTI_X, D_MULTI_Y, D_MULTI_W, D_MULTI_H);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef NEWMENU
+#ifdef DEMO
+	TextButtonClass introbtn (BUTTON_INTRO, TXT_JUST_INTRO,
+#else	//DEMO
+	TextButtonClass introbtn (BUTTON_INTRO, TXT_INTRO,
+#endif	//DEMO
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_INTRO_X, starty, D_INTRO_W, D_INTRO_H);
+	starty += ystep;
+
+	TextButtonClass exitbtn (BUTTON_EXIT, TXT_EXIT_GAME,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+		//D_EXIT_X, starty);
+		D_EXIT_X, starty, D_EXIT_W, D_EXIT_H);
+#else
+		D_EXIT_X, starty, D_EXIT_W, D_EXIT_H);
+#endif
+	starty += ystep;
+
+#else
+
+#ifdef DEMO
+	TextButtonClass introbtn (BUTTON_INTRO, TXT_JUST_INTRO,
+#else	//DEMO
+	TextButtonClass introbtn (BUTTON_INTRO, TXT_INTRO,
+#endif	//DEMO
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		D_INTRO_X, D_INTRO_Y, D_INTRO_W, D_INTRO_H);
+
+	TextButtonClass exitbtn (BUTTON_EXIT, TXT_EXIT_GAME,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+		//D_EXIT_X, D_EXIT_Y);
+		D_EXIT_X, D_EXIT_Y, D_EXIT_W, D_EXIT_H);
+#else
+		D_EXIT_X, D_EXIT_Y, D_EXIT_W, D_EXIT_H);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+	/*
+	**	Initialize
+	*/
+	Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+	Keyboard::Clear();
+	starttime = TickCount.Time();
+
+	/*
+	**	Create the list
+	*/
+	commands = &startbtn;
+#ifdef NEWMENU
+	if (expansions) {
+		expandbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	}
+#endif
+#ifdef BONUS_MISSIONS
+	bonusbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+#endif	//BONUS_MISSIONS
+
+
+#ifndef DEMO
+	internetbutton.Add_Tail(*commands);
+#endif	//DEMO
+	loadbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	multibtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	introbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	exitbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+
+	/*
+	**	Fill array of button ptrs
+	*/
+#ifdef NEWMENU
+	if (expansions) {
+		curbutton = 0;
+	} else {
+		curbutton = 1;
+	}
+	int butt = 0;
+
+	buttons[butt++] = &expandbtn;
+	buttons[butt++] = &startbtn;
+#ifdef BONUS_MISSIONS
+	buttons[butt++] = &bonusbtn;
+#endif	//BONUS_MISSIONS
+	buttons[butt++] = &internetbutton;
+	buttons[butt++] = &loadbtn;
+	buttons[butt++] = &multibtn;
+	buttons[butt++] = &introbtn;
+	buttons[butt++] = &exitbtn;
+#else
+	curbutton = 0;
+	buttons[0] = &startbtn;
+	buttons[1] = &loadbtn;
+	buttons[2] = &multibtn;
+	buttons[3] = &introbtn;
+	buttons[4] = &exitbtn;
+#endif
+	buttons[curbutton]->Turn_On();
+
+	Keyboard::Clear();
+
+	Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_NONE, 0, 0, CC_GREEN, TBLACK, TPF_CENTER|TPF_6PT_GRAD|TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL|TPF_NOSHADOW);
+	while (Get_Mouse_State() > 0) Show_Mouse();
+
+	/*
+	**	Main Processing Loop.
+	*/
+	bool display = true;
+	bool process = true;
+	while (process) {
+
+		/*
+		** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+		** we need to redraw.
+		*/
+		if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+			AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+			display=TRUE;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	If timeout expires, bail
+		*/
+		if (timeout && TickCount.Time() - starttime > timeout) {
+			retval = -1;
+			process = false;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Invoke game callback.
+		*/
+		Call_Back();
+
+		/*
+		**	Refresh display if needed.
+		*/
+		if (display) {
+
+			/*
+			**	Load the background picture.
+			*/
+			Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+			HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+
+			/*
+			**	Display the title and text overlay for the menu.
+			*/
+			Set_Logic_Page(HidPage);
+			Dialog_Box(D_DIALOG_X, D_DIALOG_Y, D_DIALOG_W, D_DIALOG_H);
+			Draw_Caption (TXT_NONE, D_DIALOG_X, D_DIALOG_Y, D_DIALOG_W);
+#ifdef VIRGIN_CHEAT_KEYS
+#ifdef DEMO
+			Version_Number();
+			Fancy_Text_Print("Demo%s", D_DIALOG_X+D_DIALOG_W-5*2, D_DIALOG_Y+D_DIALOG_H-10*2, DKGREY, TBLACK, TPF_6POINT|TPF_FULLSHADOW|TPF_RIGHT, VersionText);
+#else
+			Fancy_Text_Print("V.%d%s", D_DIALOG_X+D_DIALOG_W-5*2, D_DIALOG_Y+D_DIALOG_H-10*2, DKGREY, TBLACK, TPF_6POINT|TPF_FULLSHADOW|TPF_RIGHT, Version_Number(), VersionText, FOREIGN_VERSION_NUMBER);
+#endif
+//			Fancy_Text_Print("V.%d%s%02d", D_DIALOG_X+D_DIALOG_W-5, D_DIALOG_Y+D_DIALOG_H-10, DKGREY, TBLACK, TPF_6POINT|TPF_FULLSHADOW|TPF_RIGHT, Version_Number(), VersionText, FOREIGN_VERSION_NUMBER);
+#else
+#ifdef DEMO
+			Version_Number();
+			Fancy_Text_Print("Demo%s", D_DIALOG_X+D_DIALOG_W-5*2, D_DIALOG_Y+D_DIALOG_H-10*2, DKGREY, TBLACK, TPF_6POINT|TPF_FULLSHADOW|TPF_RIGHT, VersionText);
+#else
+			Fancy_Text_Print("V.%d%s", D_DIALOG_X+D_DIALOG_W-5*2, D_DIALOG_Y+D_DIALOG_H-10*2, DKGREY, TBLACK, TPF_6POINT|TPF_FULLSHADOW|TPF_RIGHT, Version_Number(), VersionText);
+#endif
+#endif
+
+			/*
+			**	Copy the menu to the visible page.
+			*/
+			Hide_Mouse();
+			HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+			Show_Mouse();
+
+			Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+			startbtn.Draw_All();
+			if (ScreenWidth==320){
+				ModeX_Blit (SeenBuff.Get_Graphic_Buffer());
+			}
+			display = false;
+		}
+
+#ifndef DEMO
+		/*
+		** Check to see if WChat has told us to start playing an internet game
+		*/
+		if (DDEServer.Get_MPlayer_Game_Info()){
+			retval = BUTTON_INTERNET - BUTTON_EXPAND;
+			process = false;
+		}
+#endif	//DEMO
+
+		/*
+		**	Get and process player input.
+		*/
+		input = commands->Input();
+		switch (input) {
+#ifdef NEWMENU
+			case (BUTTON_EXPAND | KN_BUTTON):
+				retval = (input & 0x7FFF) - BUTTON_EXPAND;
+				process = false;
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_INTERNET | KN_BUTTON):
+				retval = (input & 0x7FFF) - BUTTON_EXPAND;
+				process = false;
+				break;
+
+#else
+#define	BUTTON_EXPAND	BUTTON_START
+#endif
+
+			case (BUTTON_START | KN_BUTTON):
+				retval = (input & 0x7FFF) - BUTTON_EXPAND;
+				process = false;
+				break;
+
+#ifdef BONUS_MISSIONS
+			case (BUTTON_BONUS | KN_BUTTON):
+				retval = (input & 0x7FFF) - BUTTON_EXPAND;
+				process = false;
+				break;
+#endif	//BONUS_MISSIONS
+
+			case (BUTTON_LOAD | KN_BUTTON):
+				retval = (input & 0x7FFF) - BUTTON_EXPAND;
+#ifdef DEMO
+				retval += 1;
+#endif	//DEMO
+				process = false;
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_MULTI | KN_BUTTON):
+				retval = (input & 0x7FFF) - BUTTON_EXPAND;
+#ifdef DEMO
+				retval += 1;
+#endif	//DEMO
+				process = false;
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_INTRO | KN_BUTTON):
+				retval = (input & 0x7FFF) - BUTTON_EXPAND;
+#ifdef DEMO
+				retval += 1;
+#endif	//DEMO
+				process = false;
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_EXIT | KN_BUTTON):
+				retval = (input & 0x7FFF) - BUTTON_EXPAND;
+#ifdef DEMO
+				retval += 1;
+#endif	//DEMO
+				process = false;
+				break;
+
+			case KN_UP:
+				buttons[curbutton]->Turn_Off();
+				buttons[curbutton]->Flag_To_Redraw();
+				curbutton--;
+#ifdef NEWMENU
+				if (expansions) {
+					if (curbutton < 0) {
+						curbutton = 6;
+					}
+				} else {
+					if (curbutton < 1) {
+						curbutton = 6;
+					}
+				}
+#else
+				if (curbutton < 0) {
+					curbutton = 4;
+				}
+#endif
+				buttons[curbutton]->Turn_On();
+				buttons[curbutton]->Flag_To_Redraw();
+				break;
+
+			case KN_DOWN:
+				buttons[curbutton]->Turn_Off();
+				buttons[curbutton]->Flag_To_Redraw();
+				curbutton++;
+#ifdef NEWMENU
+				if (curbutton > 6) {
+					if (expansions) {
+						curbutton = 0;
+					} else {
+						curbutton = 1;
+					}
+				}
+#else
+				if (curbutton > 4) {
+					curbutton = 0;
+				}
+#endif
+				buttons[curbutton]->Turn_On();
+				buttons[curbutton]->Flag_To_Redraw();
+				break;
+
+			case KN_RETURN:
+				buttons[curbutton]->IsPressed = true;
+				buttons[curbutton]->Draw_Me(true);
+				retval = curbutton;
+				process = false;
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				break;
+		}
+	}
+	return(retval);
+}
diff --git a/MESSAGE.H b/MESSAGE.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..25d1a4d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/MESSAGE.H
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#define MESSAGE_NONE             	0  	// 
+#define MESSAGE_BUILD_WINDTRAP   	1  	// You must build a Windtrap
+#define MESSAGE_STRUCT_CONCRETE  	2  	// Concrete: Use concrete to
+#define MESSAGE_STRUCT_PALACE    	3  	// Palace: This is your
+#define MESSAGE_STRUCT_LIGHT     	4  	// Light Factory: The Light
+#define MESSAGE_STRUCT_HEAVY     	5  	// Heavy Factory: The Heavy
+#define MESSAGE_STRUCT_HITECH    	6  	// Hi-Tech Factory: The
+#define MESSAGE_STRUCT_IX        	7  	// House IX: The IX Research
+#define MESSAGE_STRUCT_WOR       	8  	// WOR: Wor is used to train
+#define MESSAGE_STRUCT_CONST     	9  	// Construction Facility: All
+#define MESSAGE_STRUCT_WINDTRAP  	10 	// Windtrap: The windtrap
+#define MESSAGE_STRUCT_BARRACKS  	11 	// Barracks: The Barracks is
+#define MESSAGE_STRUCT_STARPORT  	12 	// Startport: The Starport is
+#define MESSAGE_STRUCT_REFINERY  	13 	// Spice Refinery: The
+#define MESSAGE_STRUCT_REPAIR    	14 	// Repair Facility: The Repair
+#define MESSAGE_STRUCT_WALL      	15 	// Wall: The wall is used for
+#define MESSAGE_STRUCT_TURRET    	16 	// Gun Turret: The cannon
+#define MESSAGE_STRUCT_RTURRET   	17 	// Rocket Turret: The
+#define MESSAGE_STRUCT_SILO      	18 	// Spice Silo: The Spice silo
+#define MESSAGE_STRUCT_OUTPOST   	19 	// Outpost: The Outpost
+#define MESSAGE_NEED_CONCRETE    	20 	// There isn't enough open
+#define MESSAGE_SAND             	21 	// Sand: This is sand terrain.
+#define MESSAGE_DUNE             	22 	// Sand Dunes: These are an
+#define MESSAGE_ROCK             	23 	// Rock: This is rock terrain.
+#define MESSAGE_MOUNT            	24 	// Mountain: Mountains on
+#define MESSAGE_SPICE            	25 	// Spice Field: This is the
+#define MESSAGE_ADJACENT         	26 	// Structures must be placed
+#define MESSAGE_SEARCH4SPICE     	27 	// Search for spice fields to
+#define MESSAGE_SANDWORM         	28 	// Warning: Sandworms
diff --git a/MESSAGE.TXT b/MESSAGE.TXT
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5fc1bb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/MESSAGE.TXT
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+# MESSAGE_NONE
+You must build a Windtrap to provide power to your base.  Without power, your structures will decay.
+# MESSAGE_BUILD_WINDTRAP
+Concrete: Use concrete to make a sturdy foundation for your structures.
+# MESSAGE_STRUCT_CONCRETE
+Palace: This is your Palace.
+# MESSAGE_STRUCT_PALACE
+Light Factory: The Light Factory produces light attack vehicles.
+# MESSAGE_STRUCT_LIGHT
+Heavy Factory: The Heavy Factory produces tracked vehicles.
+# MESSAGE_STRUCT_HEAVY
+Hi-Tech Factory: The Hi-Tech Factory produces flying vehicles.
+# MESSAGE_STRUCT_HITECH
+House IX: The IX Research Facility advances your House's technology.
+# MESSAGE_STRUCT_IX
+WOR: Wor is used to train your Heavy infantry.
+# MESSAGE_STRUCT_WOR
+Construction Facility: All structures are built by the construction facility.
+# MESSAGE_STRUCT_CONST
+Windtrap: The windtrap supplies power to your base.  Without power your structures will decay.
+# MESSAGE_STRUCT_WINDTRAP
+Barracks: The Barracks is used to train your Light infantry.
+# MESSAGE_STRUCT_BARRACKS
+Startport: The Starport is used to order and receive shipments from C.H.O.A.M.
+# MESSAGE_STRUCT_STARPORT
+Spice Refinery: The Refinery converts spice into credits.
+# MESSAGE_STRUCT_REFINERY
+Repair Facility: The Repair Facility is used to repair your vehicles.
+# MESSAGE_STRUCT_REPAIR
+Wall: The wall is used for passive defense.
+# MESSAGE_STRUCT_WALL
+Gun Turret: The cannon turret is used for short range active defense.
+# MESSAGE_STRUCT_TURRET
+Rocket Turret: The rocket/cannon turret is used for both short and medium range active defense.
+# MESSAGE_STRUCT_RTURRET
+Spice Silo: The Spice silo is used to store refined spice.
+# MESSAGE_STRUCT_SILO
+Outpost: The Outpost provides radar and aids control of distant vehicles.
+# MESSAGE_STRUCT_OUTPOST
+There isn't enough open concrete to place this structure.  You may proceed, but without enough concrete the building will need repairs.
+# MESSAGE_NEED_CONCRETE
+Sand: This is sand terrain.  Plenty of this stuff on Arrakis, to be sure.
+# MESSAGE_SAND
+Sand Dunes: These are an ubiquitous feature of Arrakian landscape.
+# MESSAGE_DUNE
+Rock: This is rock terrain.  This valuable terrain is the only place structures can be built.
+# MESSAGE_ROCK
+Mountain: Mountains on Arrakis are rare (and an inconvenience).
+# MESSAGE_MOUNT
+Spice Field: This is the Spice, Melange.  It is the most precious substance in the universe.
+# MESSAGE_SPICE
+Structures must be placed on clear rock or concrete and adjacent to another friendly structure.
+# MESSAGE_ADJACENT
+Search for spice fields to harvest.
+# MESSAGE_SEARCH4SPICE
+Warning: Sandworms (Shai-Hulud) roam Dune devouring anything on the sand.
+# MESSAGE_SANDWORM
diff --git a/MISSION.CPP b/MISSION.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5b1ec6f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/MISSION.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,477 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\mission.cpv   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:49:12   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               *** 
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : MISSION.CPP                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : April 23, 1994                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : June 25, 1995 [JLB]                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   MissionClass::AI -- Processes order script.                                               *
+ *   MissionClass::Assign_Mission -- Give an order to a unit.                                  *
+ *   MissionClass::Commence -- Start script with new order.                                    *
+ *   MissionClass::Debug_Dump -- Dumps status values to mono screen.                           *
+ *   MissionClass::Get_Mission -- Fetches the mission that this object is acting under.        * 
+ *   MissionClass::MissionClass -- Default constructor for the mission object type.            * 
+ *   MissionClass::Mission_From_Name -- Fetch order pointer from its name.                     *
+ *   MissionClass::Mission_Name -- Converts a mission number into an ASCII string.             * 
+ *   MissionClass::Overide_Mission -- temporarily overides the units mission                   *
+ *   MissionClass::Restore_Mission -- Restores overidden mission                               *
+ *   MissionClass::Set_Mission -- Sets the mission to the specified value.                     * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * MissionClass::MissionClass -- Default constructor for the mission object type.              * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This is the default constructor for the mission class object. It sets the mission        * 
+ *    handler into a default -- do nothing -- state.                                           * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   01/23/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+MissionClass::MissionClass(void) 
+{
+	Status = 0;
+	Timer = 0;
+	Mission = MISSION_NONE;
+	SuspendedMission = MISSION_NONE;
+	MissionQueue = MISSION_NONE;
+}
+
+
+int MissionClass::Mission_Sleep(void) {return TICKS_PER_SECOND*30;};
+int MissionClass::Mission_Ambush(void) {return TICKS_PER_SECOND*30;};
+int MissionClass::Mission_Attack(void) {return TICKS_PER_SECOND*30;};
+int MissionClass::Mission_Capture(void) {return TICKS_PER_SECOND*30;};
+int MissionClass::Mission_Guard(void) {return TICKS_PER_SECOND*30;};
+int MissionClass::Mission_Guard_Area(void) {return TICKS_PER_SECOND*30;};
+int MissionClass::Mission_Harvest(void) {return TICKS_PER_SECOND*30;};
+int MissionClass::Mission_Hunt(void) {return TICKS_PER_SECOND*30;};
+int MissionClass::Mission_Timed_Hunt(void) {return TICKS_PER_SECOND*30;};
+int MissionClass::Mission_Move(void) {return TICKS_PER_SECOND*30;};
+int MissionClass::Mission_Retreat(void) {return TICKS_PER_SECOND*30;};
+int MissionClass::Mission_Return(void) {return TICKS_PER_SECOND*30;};
+int MissionClass::Mission_Stop(void) {return TICKS_PER_SECOND*30;};
+int MissionClass::Mission_Unload(void) {return TICKS_PER_SECOND*30;};
+int MissionClass::Mission_Enter(void) {return TICKS_PER_SECOND*30;};
+int MissionClass::Mission_Construction(void) {return TICKS_PER_SECOND*30;};
+int MissionClass::Mission_Deconstruction(void) {return TICKS_PER_SECOND*30;};
+int MissionClass::Mission_Repair(void) {return TICKS_PER_SECOND*30;};
+int MissionClass::Mission_Missile(void) {return TICKS_PER_SECOND*30;};
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * MissionClass::Set_Mission -- Sets the mission to the specified value.                       * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    Use this routine to set the current mission for this object. This routine will blast     * 
+ *    over the current mission, bypassing the queue method. Call it when the mission needs     * 
+ *    to be changed immediately.                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   mission  -- The mission to set to.                                                 * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   01/23/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void MissionClass::Set_Mission(MissionType mission)
+{
+	Mission = mission; 
+	MissionQueue = MISSION_NONE;
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * MissionClass::Get_Mission -- Fetches the mission that this object is acting under.          * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    Use this routine to fetch the mission that this object is CURRENTLY acting under. The    * 
+ *    mission queue may be filled with a immanent mission change, but this routine does not    * 
+ *    consider that. It only returns the CURRENT mission.                                      * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the mission that this unit is currently following.                    * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   01/23/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+MissionType MissionClass::Get_Mission(void) const
+{
+	return(Mission == MISSION_NONE ? MissionQueue : Mission);
+}
+
+
+#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MissionClass::Debug_Dump -- Dumps status values to mono screen.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is a debugging function that dumps this class' status to the monochrome screen      *
+ *    for review.                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/28/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void MissionClass::Debug_Dump(MonoClass *mono) const
+{
+	mono->Set_Cursor(21, 1);mono->Printf("%5.5s[%4.4s]", MissionClass::Mission_Name(Mission), MissionClass::Mission_Name(MissionQueue));
+//	mono->Text_Print(MissionClass::Mission_Name(Mission), 21, 1);
+	mono->Set_Cursor(20, 7);mono->Printf("%2d", (long)Timer);
+	mono->Set_Cursor(74, 1);mono->Printf("%2d", Status);
+
+	ObjectClass::Debug_Dump(mono);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MissionClass::AI -- Processes order script.                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will process the order script for as much time as                           *
+ *    possible or until a script delay is detected. This routine should                        *
+ *    be called for every unit once per game loop (if possible).                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   04/23/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   06/25/1995 JLB : Added new missions.                                                      * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void MissionClass::AI(void)
+{
+	ObjectClass::AI();
+
+	/*
+	**	This is the script AI equivalent processing.
+	*/
+	if (Timer.Expired() && Strength > 0) {
+		switch (Mission) {
+			default:
+			case MISSION_STICKY:
+			case MISSION_SLEEP:
+				Timer = Mission_Sleep();
+				break;
+
+			case MISSION_GUARD:
+				Timer = Mission_Guard();
+				break;
+
+			case MISSION_ENTER:
+				Timer = Mission_Enter();
+				break;
+
+			case MISSION_CONSTRUCTION:
+				Timer = Mission_Construction();
+				break;
+
+			case MISSION_DECONSTRUCTION:
+				Timer = Mission_Deconstruction();
+				break;
+
+			case MISSION_CAPTURE:
+			case MISSION_SABOTAGE:
+				Timer = Mission_Capture();
+				break;
+
+			case MISSION_MOVE:
+				Timer = Mission_Move();
+				break;
+
+			case MISSION_ATTACK:
+				Timer = Mission_Attack();
+				break;
+			
+			case MISSION_RETREAT:
+				Timer = Mission_Retreat();
+				break;
+			
+			case MISSION_HARVEST:
+				Timer = Mission_Harvest();
+				break;
+			
+			case MISSION_GUARD_AREA:
+				Timer = Mission_Guard_Area();
+				break;
+			
+			case MISSION_RETURN:
+				Timer = Mission_Return();
+				break;
+
+			case MISSION_STOP:
+				Timer = Mission_Stop();
+				break;
+			
+			case MISSION_AMBUSH:
+				Timer = Mission_Ambush();
+				break;
+			
+			case MISSION_HUNT:
+			case MISSION_RESCUE:
+				Timer = Mission_Hunt();
+				break;
+
+			case MISSION_TIMED_HUNT:
+				Timer = Mission_Timed_Hunt();
+				break;
+
+			case MISSION_UNLOAD:
+				Timer = Mission_Unload();
+				break;
+
+			case MISSION_REPAIR:
+				Timer = Mission_Repair();
+				break;
+
+			case MISSION_MISSILE:
+				Timer = Mission_Missile();
+				break;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MissionClass::Commence -- Start script with new order.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will start script processing according to any queued                        *
+ *    order it may have. If there is no queued order, then this routine                        *
+ *    does nothing. Call this routine whenever the unit is in a good                           *
+ *    position to change its order (such as when it is stopped).                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Did the mission actually change?                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   04/23/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   07/14/1994 JLB : Simplified.                                                              *
+ *   06/17/1995 JLB : Returns success flag.                                                    * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool MissionClass::Commence(void)
+{
+	if (MissionQueue != MISSION_NONE) {
+		Mission = MissionQueue;
+		MissionQueue = MISSION_NONE;
+
+		/*
+		**	Force immediate state machine processing at the first state machine state value.
+		*/
+		Timer = 0;
+		Status = 0;
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MissionClass::Assign_Mission -- Give an order to a unit.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This assigns an order to a unit. It does NOT do the AI, but merely                       *
+ *    flags the unit for normal AI processing. At that time the computer                       *
+ *    will determine the unit's course of action.                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   order -- Mission to give the unit.                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/04/1991 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   04/15/1994 JLB : Converted to member function.                                            *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void MissionClass::Assign_Mission(MissionType order)
+{
+	if (order == MISSION_NONE || Mission == order) return;
+
+//	Status = 0;
+	MissionQueue = order;
+}
+
+  
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MissionClass::Mission_From_Name -- Fetch order pointer from its name.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to convert an ASCII order name into the actual                      *
+ *    order number it represents. Typically, this is used when processing                      *
+ *    a scenario INI file.                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   name  -- The ASCII order name to process.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the actual order number that the ASCII name                           *
+ *          represents.                                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/07/1992 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   04/22/1994 JLB : Converted to static member function.                                     *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+MissionType MissionClass::Mission_From_Name(char const *name)
+{
+	MissionType	order;
+
+	if (name) {
+		for (order = MISSION_FIRST; order < MISSION_COUNT; order++) {
+			if (stricmp(Missions[order], name) == 0) {
+				return(order);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return(MISSION_NONE);
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * MissionClass::Mission_Name -- Converts a mission number into an ASCII string.               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    Use this routine to convert a mission number into the ASCII string that represents       * 
+ *    it. Typical use of this is when generating an INI file.                                  * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   mission  -- The mission number to convert.                                         * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the ASCII string that represents the mission type.       * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   01/23/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+char const * MissionClass::Mission_Name(MissionType mission)
+{
+	return(mission == MISSION_NONE ? "None" : Missions[mission]);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MissionClass::Override_Mission -- temporarily overides the units mission                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:      MissionType mission - the mission we want to overide                            *
+ *               TARGET      tarcom  - the new target we want to overide                       *
+ *               TARGET      navcom  - the new navigation point to overide                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:      none                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   If a mission is already overidden, the current mission is                       *
+ *               just re-assigned.                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   04/28/1995 PWG : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void MissionClass::Override_Mission(MissionType mission, TARGET, TARGET)
+{
+	if (MissionQueue != MISSION_NONE) {
+		SuspendedMission = MissionQueue;
+	} else {
+		SuspendedMission = Mission;
+	}
+
+	Assign_Mission(mission);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MissionClass::Restore_Mission -- Restores overidden mission                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:      none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:     none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   04/28/1995 PWG : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool MissionClass::Restore_Mission(void)
+{
+	if (SuspendedMission != MISSION_NONE) {
+		Assign_Mission(SuspendedMission);
+	 	SuspendedMission= MISSION_NONE;
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+**	Unit order names. These names correspond to the player selectable orders
+**	a unit can have. The system initiated orders have no use for the ASCII name
+**	associated, but they are listed here for completeness sake.
+*/
+char const * MissionClass::Missions[MISSION_COUNT] = {
+	"Sleep",
+	"Attack",
+	"Move",
+	"Retreat",
+	"Guard",
+	"Sticky",
+	"Enter",
+	"Capture",
+	"Harvest",
+	"Area Guard",
+	"Return",
+	"Stop",
+	"Ambush",
+	"Hunt",
+	"Timed Hunt",
+	"Unload",
+	"Sabotage",
+	"Construction",
+	"Selling",
+	"Repair",
+	"Rescue",
+	"Missile",
+};
diff --git a/MISSION.H b/MISSION.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d19919d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/MISSION.H
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\mission.h_v   2.16   16 Oct 1995 16:45:46   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               *** 
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : MISSION.H                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : April 23, 1994                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : April 23, 1994   [JLB]                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef MISSION_H
+#define MISSION_H
+
+#include "object.h"
+#include	"monoc.h"
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**	This handles order assignment and tracking. The order is used to guide
+**	overall AI processing.
+*/
+class MissionClass : public ObjectClass
+{
+	public:
+
+		/* 
+		**	This the tactical strategy to use. It is used by the unit script. This
+		**	is a general guide for unit AI processing.
+		*/
+		MissionType Mission;
+		MissionType SuspendedMission;
+
+		/*	
+		**	The order queue is used for orders that should take effect when the vehicle
+		**	has reached the center point of a cell. The queued order number is +1 when stored here
+		**	so that 0 will indicated there is no queued order.
+		*/
+		MissionType MissionQueue;
+
+		char Status;
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		**	Constructors, Destructors, and overloaded operators.
+		*/
+		MissionClass(void);
+		virtual ~MissionClass(void) {};
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		**	Member function prototypes.
+		*/
+		#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+		void  Debug_Dump(MonoClass *mono) const;
+		#endif
+
+		virtual MissionType Get_Mission(void) const;
+		virtual void  Assign_Mission(MissionType mission);
+		virtual bool Commence(void);
+		virtual void AI(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	Support functions.
+		*/
+		virtual int Mission_Sleep(void);
+		virtual int Mission_Ambush(void);
+		virtual int Mission_Attack(void);
+		virtual int Mission_Capture(void);
+		virtual int Mission_Guard(void);
+		virtual int Mission_Guard_Area(void);
+		virtual int Mission_Harvest(void);
+		virtual int Mission_Hunt(void);
+		virtual int Mission_Timed_Hunt(void);
+		virtual int Mission_Move(void);
+		virtual int Mission_Retreat(void);
+		virtual int Mission_Return(void);
+		virtual int Mission_Stop(void);
+		virtual int Mission_Unload(void);
+		virtual int Mission_Enter(void);
+		virtual int Mission_Construction(void);
+		virtual int Mission_Deconstruction(void);
+		virtual int Mission_Repair(void);
+		virtual int Mission_Missile(void);
+		virtual void  Set_Mission(MissionType mission);
+
+		static char const *  Mission_Name(MissionType order);
+		static MissionType  Mission_From_Name(char const *name);
+		virtual void  Override_Mission(MissionType mission, TARGET, TARGET);
+		virtual bool Restore_Mission(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	File I/O.
+		*/
+		virtual void Code_Pointers(void);
+		virtual void Decode_Pointers(void);
+
+	private:
+
+		/*
+		**	This the thread processing timer. When this value counts down to zero, then
+		**	more script processing may occur.
+		*/
+		TCountDownTimerClass Timer;
+
+		/*
+		**	These are the order names as ASCII strings.
+		*/
+		static char const * Missions[MISSION_COUNT];
+};
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/MIXFILE.CPP b/MIXFILE.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5954d05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/MIXFILE.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,516 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\mixfile.cpv   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:48:46   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               *** 
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : MIXFILE.CPP                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : August 8, 1994                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : January 23, 1995 [JLB]                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   MixFileClass::Cache -- Caches the named mixfile into RAM.                                 *
+ *   MixFileClass::Cache -- Loads this particular mixfile's data into RAM.                     *
+ *   MixFileClass::Finder -- Finds the mixfile object that matches the name specified.         *
+ *   MixFileClass::Free -- Frees the allocated raw data block (not the index block).           *
+ *   MixFileClass::MixFileClass -- Constructor for mixfile object.                             *
+ *   MixFileClass::Offset -- Determines if the file is in a mixfile and where its sublocation is.*
+ *   MixFileClass::Offset -- Searches in mixfile for matching file and returns offset if found.*
+ *   MixFileClass::Retrieve -- Retrieves a pointer to the specified data file.                 *
+ *   MixFileClass::~MixFileClass -- Destructor for the mixfile object.                         *
+ *   MixFileClass::Offset -- Determines the offset of the requested file from the mixfile system.*
+ *   MixFileClass::Free -- Uncaches a cached mixfile.                                          * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+#include	"function.h"
+#include	<direct.h>
+#include	<fcntl.h>
+#include	<io.h>
+#include	<dos.h>
+#include	<errno.h>
+#include	<share.h>
+#include	"mixfile.h"
+
+
+template<class T> int Compare(T const *obj1, T const *obj2) {
+	if (*obj1 < *obj2) return(-1);
+	if (*obj1 > *obj2) return(1);
+	return(0);
+};
+
+
+/*
+**	This is the pointer to the first mixfile in the list of mixfiles registered
+**	with the mixfile system.
+*/
+MixFileClass * MixFileClass::First = 0;
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * MixFileClass::Free -- Uncaches a cached mixfile.                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    Use this routine to uncache a mixfile that has been cached.                              * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   filename -- Pointer to the filename of the mixfile that is to be uncached.         * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the mixfile found and freed?                                             * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   01/23/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool MixFileClass::Free(char const *filename)
+{
+	MixFileClass * ptr = Finder(filename);
+
+	if (ptr) {
+		ptr->Free();
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+#ifndef NOMEMCHECK
+void MixFileClass::Free_All(void)
+{
+	while (First) {
+		delete First;
+	}
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MixFileClass::~MixFileClass -- Destructor for the mixfile object.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This destructor will free all memory allocated by this mixfile and will remove it from   *
+ *    the system. A mixfile removed in this fashion must be created anew in order to be        *
+ *    subsequent used.                                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/08/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   01/06/1995 JLB : Puts mixfile header table into EMS.                                      * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+MixFileClass::~MixFileClass(void)
+{
+
+	/*
+	**	Deallocate any allocated memory.
+	*/
+	if (Filename) {
+		free((char *)Filename);
+	}
+	if (Data) {
+		delete [] Data;
+	}
+	if (Buffer) {
+		delete [] Buffer;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Unlink this mixfile object from the chain.
+	*/
+	if (this == First) {
+		First = (MixFileClass *)Get_Next();
+	} else {
+		Remove();
+	}
+	Zap();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MixFileClass::MixFileClass -- Constructor for mixfile object.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the constructor for the mixfile object. It takes a filename and a memory         *
+ *    handler object and registers the mixfile object with the system. The index block is      *
+ *    allocated and loaded from disk by this routine.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   filename -- Pointer to the filename of the mixfile object.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/08/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+MixFileClass::MixFileClass(char const *filename)
+{
+	CCFileClass file;		// Working file object.
+
+	/*
+	**	Load in the control block. It always remains resident.
+	*/
+	Data = 0;
+	Count = 0;
+	Buffer = 0;
+	file.Set_Name(filename);
+	Filename = strdup(file.File_Name());
+
+	if (!Force_CD_Available(RequiredCD)) {
+		Prog_End();
+		exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+	}
+
+	if (file.Is_Available(true)) {
+		FileHeader fileheader;
+
+		file.Open();
+		file.Read(&fileheader, sizeof(fileheader));
+		Count = fileheader.count;
+		DataSize = fileheader.size;
+
+		/*
+		**	Load up the offset control array. This could be located in
+		**	EMS if possible.
+		*/
+		Buffer = new SubBlock [Count];
+		if (Buffer) {
+			file.Read(Buffer, Count * sizeof(SubBlock));
+		}
+		file.Close();
+	} else {
+//		delete this;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Raw data block starts uncached.
+	*/
+	Data = 0;
+
+	/*
+	**	Attach to list of mixfiles.
+	*/
+	Zap();
+	if (!First) {
+		First = this;
+	} else {
+		Add_Tail(*First);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MixFileClass::Retrieve -- Retrieves a pointer to the specified data file.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will return with a pointer to the specified data file if the file resides   *
+ *    in memory. Otherwise, this routine returns NULL. Use this routine to access a resident   *
+ *    file directly rather than going through the process of pseudo disk access. This will     *
+ *    save both time and RAM.                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   filename -- Pointer to the filename of the data file to retrieve a pointer to.     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the data file's data. If the file is not in RAM, then    *
+ *          NULL is returned.                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/23/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void const * MixFileClass::Retrieve(char const *filename) {
+	void *ptr = 0;
+	Offset(filename, &ptr);
+//	if (!ptr) {
+//		errno = ENOENT;
+//		File_Fatal(filename);
+//	}
+	return(ptr); 
+};
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MixFileClass::Finder -- Finds the mixfile object that matches the name specified.           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will scan through all registered mixfiles and return with a pointer to      *
+ *    the matching mixfile. If no mixfile could be found that matches the name specified,      *
+ *    then NULL is returned.                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   filename -- Pointer to the filename to search for.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the matching mixfile -- if found.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/08/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+MixFileClass * MixFileClass::Finder(char const *filename)
+{
+	MixFileClass * ptr;
+
+	ptr = First;
+	while (ptr) {
+		if (stricmp(&ptr->Filename[strlen(ptr->Filename)-strlen(filename)], filename) == 0) {
+			return(ptr);
+		}
+		ptr = (MixFileClass *)ptr->Get_Next();
+	}
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MixFileClass::Cache -- Caches the named mixfile into RAM.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will cache the mixfile, specified by name, into RAM.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   filename -- The name of the mixfile that should be cached.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the cache successful?                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   This routine could go to disk for a very long time.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/08/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool MixFileClass::Cache(char const *filename)
+{
+	MixFileClass * mixer = Finder(filename);
+
+	if (mixer) {
+		return(mixer->Cache());
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MixFileClass::Cache -- Loads this particular mixfile's data into RAM.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This load the mixfile data into ram for this mixfile object. This is the counterpart     *
+ *    to the Free() function.                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the file load successful?  It could fail if there wasn't enough room     *
+ *                to allocate the raw data block.                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   This routine goes to disk for a potentially very long time.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/08/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool MixFileClass::Cache(void)
+{
+	if (Data) return(true);
+
+	Data = new char [DataSize];
+	if (Data) {
+		CCFileClass file(Filename);
+
+		file.Open();
+		file.Seek(sizeof(SubBlock) * Count + sizeof(FileHeader));
+		long actual = file.Read(Data, DataSize);
+		if (actual != DataSize) {
+#ifdef GERMAN
+			Fatal("Korrupte .MIX-Datei \"%s\". Beim Versuch, %ld zu lesen, nur %ld gefunden.", Filename, DataSize, actual);
+#else
+#ifdef FRENCH
+			Fatal("Fichier .MIX corrumpu \"%s\". Essai de lecture de %ld, mais %ld obtenu.", Filename, DataSize, actual);
+#else
+			Fatal("Corrupt .MIX file \"%s\". Tried to read %ld, but got %ld.", Filename, DataSize, actual);
+#endif
+#endif
+		}
+		file.Close();
+		return(true);
+	}
+#ifdef GERMAN
+	Fatal("Kann Datei \"%s\" nicht laden.", Filename);
+#else
+#ifdef FRENCH
+	Fatal("Impossible de charger \"%s\".", Filename);
+#else
+	Fatal("Unable to load \"%s\".", Filename);
+#endif
+#endif
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MixFileClass::Free -- Frees the allocated raw data block (not the index block).             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will free the (presumably large) raw data block, but leave the index        *
+ *    block intact. By using this in conjunction with the Cache() function, one can maintain   *
+ *    tight control of memory usage. If the index block is desired to be freed, then the       *
+ *    mixfile object must be deleted.                                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/08/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void MixFileClass::Free(void)
+{
+	if (Data) {
+		delete [] Data;
+		Data = 0;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MixFileClass::Offset -- Determines if the file is in a mixfile and where its sublocation is.*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will scan through all registers mixfiles in an attempt to locate the file   *
+ *    in question. Whether the file is located in RAM or on disk does not restrict this        *
+ *    search operation.                                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   filename    -- The filename of the file to search within the mixfile system.       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          realptr     -- Pointer to pointer that will be filled with the RAM pointer to      *
+ *                         the file if it happens to be in RAM. NULL if otherwise.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          mixfile     -- Pointer to the mixfile object that contains the file in question.   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          offset      -- The offset to the start of the data of the file. If the file is     *
+ *                         on disk then this is the offset from the start of the file, if      *
+ *                         it is located in RAM, then it is the offset from the start of the   *
+ *                         raw data block.                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          size        -- Pointer to where the size of the file will be stored.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the file found in one of the mixfiles?  The value stored in "realptr"    *
+ *                will be NULL if it is on disk, otherwise it is in RAM.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/08/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+//int _USERENTRY Compare(MixFileClass::SubBlock const *, MixFileClass::SubBlock const *);
+
+// int _USERENTRY compfunc(void const *ptr1, void const *ptr2) 
+int compfunc(void const *ptr1, void const *ptr2) 
+{
+//	long diff = *(long const *)ptr1 - *(long const *)ptr2;
+//	return FP_SEG(diff);
+
+	if (*(long const *)ptr1 < *(long const *)ptr2) return(-1);
+	if (*(long const *)ptr1 > *(long const *)ptr2) return(1);
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MixFileClass::Offset -- Determines the offset of the requested file from the mixfile system.*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will take the falename specified and search through the mixfile system      *
+ *    looking for it. If the file was found, then the mixfile it was found int, the offset     *
+ *    from the start of the mixfile, and the size of the embedded file will be returned.       *
+ *    Using this method it is possible for the CCFileClass system to process it as a normal    *
+ *    file.                                                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   filename    -- The filename to search for.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          realptr     -- Stores a pointer to the start of the file in memory here. If the    *
+ *                         file is not in memory, then NULL is stored here.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          mixfile     -- The pointer to the corresponding mixfile is placed here. If no      *
+ *                         mixfile was found that contains the file, then NULL is stored here. *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          offset      -- The starting offset from the beginning of the parent mixfile is     *
+ *                         stored here.                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          size        -- The size of the embedded file is stored here.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the file found? The file may or may not be resident, but it does exist   *
+ *                and can be opened.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/17/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool MixFileClass::Offset(char const *filename, void ** realptr, MixFileClass ** mixfile, long * offset, long * size)
+{
+	MixFileClass * ptr;
+
+	if (!filename) return(false);
+
+	/*
+	**	Create the key block that will be used to binary search for the file.
+	*/
+	long crc = Calculate_CRC(strupr((char *)filename), strlen(filename));
+	SubBlock key;
+	key.CRC = crc;
+
+	/*
+	**	Sweep through all registered mixfiles, trying to find the file in question.
+	*/
+	ptr = First;
+	while (ptr) {
+		SubBlock * block;
+
+		/*
+		**	Binary search for the file in this mixfile. If it is found, then extract the
+		**	appropriate information and store it in the locations provided and then return.
+		*/
+		block = (SubBlock *)bsearch(&key, ptr->Buffer, ptr->Count, sizeof(SubBlock), compfunc);
+		if (block) {
+			if (mixfile) *mixfile = ptr;
+			if (size) *size = block->Size;
+			if (realptr) *realptr = 0;
+			if (offset) *offset = block->Offset;
+			if (realptr && ptr->Data) {
+				*realptr = Add_Long_To_Pointer(ptr->Data, block->Offset);
+			}
+			if (!ptr->Data && offset) {
+				*offset += sizeof(SubBlock) * ptr->Count + sizeof(FileHeader);
+			}
+			return(true);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Advance to next mixfile.
+		*/
+		ptr = (MixFileClass *)ptr->Get_Next();
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	All the mixfiles have been examined but no match was found. Return with the non success flag.
+	*/
+	return(false);
+}
+
diff --git a/MIXFILE.H b/MIXFILE.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..148314b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/MIXFILE.H
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\mixfile.h_v   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:47:22   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               *** 
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : MIXFILE.H                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : October 18, 1994                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : October 18, 1994   [JLB]                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef MIXFILE_H
+#define MIXFILE_H
+
+#include	<wwlib32.h>
+#include	"link.h"
+
+class MixFileClass : public LinkClass 
+{
+	public:
+		char const *Filename;			// Filename of mixfile.
+
+		MixFileClass(char const *filename);
+		~MixFileClass(void);
+
+		static bool Free(char const *filename);
+		static void Free_All(void);
+		void Free(void);
+		bool Cache(void);
+		static bool Cache(char const *filename);
+		static bool Offset(char const *filename, void ** realptr = 0, MixFileClass ** mixfile = 0, long * offset = 0, long * size = 0);
+		static void const * Retrieve(char const *filename);
+
+		struct SubBlock {
+			long CRC;				// CRC code for embedded file.
+			long Offset;			// Offset from start of data section.
+			long Size;				// Size of data subfile.
+
+			int operator < (SubBlock & two) const {return (CRC < two.CRC);};
+			int operator > (SubBlock & two) const {return (CRC > two.CRC);};
+			int operator == (SubBlock & two) const {return (CRC == two.CRC);};
+		};
+
+	private:
+		static MixFileClass * Finder(char const *filename);
+		long Offset(long crc, long *size = 0);
+
+		typedef struct {
+			short	count;
+			long	size;
+		} FileHeader;
+
+		int Count;							// Number of sub-blocks.
+		long DataSize;						// Size of raw data.
+		SubBlock * Buffer;				// Array of sub blocks (could be in EMS).
+		void *Data;							// Pointer to raw data.
+
+		static MixFileClass * First;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/MMX.ASM b/MMX.ASM
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d4fa7ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/MMX.ASM
@@ -0,0 +1,325 @@
+;
+;	Command & Conquer(tm)
+;	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+;
+;	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+;	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+;	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+;	(at your option) any later version.
+;
+;	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+;	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+;	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+;	GNU General Public License for more details.
+;
+;	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+;	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+;
+
+;***************************************************************************
+;**   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S  I N C  **
+;***************************************************************************
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                    File Name : MMX.ASM                                  *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                   Programmer : Steve Tall                               *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                   Start Date : May 19th, 1996                           *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                  Last Update : May 19th 1996 [ST]                       *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+;* Functions:                                                              *
+;* - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - *
+
+
+		include	<mmx.inc>
+
+
+		.model	flat
+		.586
+
+
+		externdef	C Detect_MMX_Availability:near
+		externdef	C Single_Line_Trans_Entry:near
+		externdef	C Next_Line:near
+		externdef	C Init_MMX:near
+		externdef	C MMX_Done:near
+
+		externdef	EndNewShapeJumpTable:byte
+		externdef	NewShapeJumpTable:dword
+		externdef	Single_Line_Trans:near
+		externdef	MMX_Single_Line_Trans:near
+
+
+		.code
+
+externdef	C CPUType:byte
+
+
+
+;*********************************************************************************************
+;* Detect_MMX_Availability -- Detect the presence of MMX technology.                         *
+;*                                                                                           *
+;*                                                                                           *
+;* INPUT:	Nothing                                                                      *
+;*                                                                                           *
+;* OUTPUT:      True if MMX technology is available.                                         *
+;*                                                                                           *
+;* Warnings:                                                                                 *
+;*                                                                                           *
+;* Note: Based in part on CPUID32.ASM by Intel                                               *
+;*                                                                                           *
+;* HISTORY:                                                                                  *
+;*   05/19/96 ST : Created.                                                                  *
+;*===========================================================================================*
+
+Detect_MMX_Availability proc C
+
+		local	idflag:byte
+		local	cputype:byte
+
+;assume processor is at least 386
+;
+;check whether AC bit in eflags can be toggled.
+;If not then processor is 386
+
+		mov	[idflag],0
+
+		pushfd			;get Eflags in EAX
+		pop	eax
+		mov	ecx,eax		;save eflags
+		xor	eax,40000h	;toggle AC bit in eflags
+		push	eax		;new eflags on stack
+		popfd			;move new value into eflags
+		pushfd			;get new eflags back into eax
+		pop	eax
+		xor	eax,ecx		;if AC bit not toggled then CPU=386
+		mov	[cputype],3
+		jz	@@end_get_cpu	;cpu is 386
+
+		push	ecx
+		popfd			;restore AC bit in eflags
+
+
+;processor is at least 486
+;
+;Check for ability to set/clear ID flag in EFLAGS
+;ID flag indicates ability of processor to execute the CPUID instruction.
+;486 not guaranteed to have CPUID inst?
+;
+		mov	[cputype],4
+		mov	eax,ecx		;original EFLAGS
+		xor	eax,200000h	;toggle ID bit
+		push	eax
+		popfd
+		pushfd
+		pop	eax
+		xor	eax,ecx		;check if still toggled
+		jz	@@end_get_cpu
+
+
+;       Execute CPUID instruction to determine vendor, family,
+;       model and stepping.
+;
+
+		mov	[idflag],1	;flag ID is available
+
+		xor	eax,eax
+		cpuid
+
+		mov	dword ptr [VendorID],ebx
+		mov	dword ptr [VendorID+4],edx
+		mov	dword ptr [VendorID+8],ecx
+		mov	dword ptr [VendorID+12]," "
+
+		cmp	eax,1		;check if 1 is valid
+		jl	@@end_get_cpu	;inp for cpuid inst.
+
+		xor	eax,eax
+		inc	eax
+
+		cpuid		;get stepping, model and family
+
+		and     ax,0f00H
+		shr     ax,08H
+
+		mov	[cputype],al
+
+@@end_get_cpu:	mov	al,[cputype]
+		mov	[CPUType],al
+
+
+;
+; We have the CPU type in al now.
+; If we arent on at least a pentium then we can assume there is no MMX
+;
+		cmp	al,5
+		jl	@@no_mmx
+
+		mov	eax,1
+		cpuid
+		test	edx,00800000h
+		jz	@@no_mmx
+
+;
+; MMX detected - return true
+;
+		mov	eax,1
+		ret
+
+
+@@no_mmx:	xor	eax,eax
+		ret
+
+
+Detect_MMX_Availability endp
+
+
+
+;*********************************************************************************************
+;* Init_MMX -- Do any special inits required for MMX support                                 *
+;*                                                                                           *
+;*                                                                                           *
+;* INPUT:	Nothing                                                                      *
+;*                                                                                           *
+;* OUTPUT:      None                                                                         *
+;*                                                                                           *
+;* Warnings:                                                                                 *
+;*                                                                                           *
+;* HISTORY:                                                                                  *
+;*   05/19/96 ST : Created.                                                                  *
+;*===========================================================================================*
+
+Init_MMX	proc C
+
+		mov	edi,offset NewShapeJumpTable
+		mov	ecx,offset EndNewShapeJumpTable
+		sub	ecx,edi
+		shr	ecx,2
+		mov	eax,offset Single_Line_Trans
+		mov	ebx,offset MMX_Single_Line_Trans
+		cld
+
+
+@@patch_loop:   repnz	scasd
+		jnz	@@done
+		mov	[edi-4],ebx
+		test	ecx,ecx
+		jnz	@@patch_loop
+
+@@done:		ret
+
+Init_MMX	endp
+
+
+
+
+
+
+;*********************************************************************************************
+;* MMX_Done -- Restores floating point capability after MMX usage                            *
+;*                                                                                           *
+;*                                                                                           *
+;* INPUT:	Nothing                                                                      *
+;*                                                                                           *
+;* OUTPUT:      None                                                                         *
+;*                                                                                           *
+;* Warnings:                                                                                 *
+;*                                                                                           *
+;* HISTORY:                                                                                  *
+;*   05/19/96 ST : Created.                                                                  *
+;*===========================================================================================*
+
+MMX_Done	proc C
+
+		emms
+		ret
+
+MMX_Done	endp
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+		code segment page public use32 'code'	; Need stricter segment alignment
+							; for pentium optimisations
+
+
+;*********************************************************************************************
+;* MMX_Single_Line_Trans -- draw a single line of transparent pixels using MMX technology    *
+;*                                                                                           *
+;*                                                                                           *
+;* INPUT:	Esi - ptr to source data                                                     *
+;*              Edi - ptr to destination data                                                *
+;*              Ecx - width to draw in bytes                                                 *
+;*                                                                                           *
+;* OUTPUT:      None                                                                         *
+;*                                                                                           *
+;* Warnings:                                                                                 *
+;*                                                                                           *
+;* HISTORY:                                                                                  *
+;*   05/19/96 ST : Created.                                                                  *
+;*===========================================================================================*
+
+		align	16
+
+MMX_Single_Line_Trans proc near
+
+;
+; If we are doing less than 8 bytes then dont use MMX
+;
+		cmp	ecx,8
+		jge	@@mmx_loop
+		push	offset Single_Line_Trans_Entry
+		ret
+
+;
+; Use MMX instructions to mask 8 bytes at once
+;
+; Creates a bitmask based on the source bytes equality with zero and then uses this to mask
+; out the source bytes in the destination data. The advatage that MMX gives us is that there is
+; no 'test for zero then jump' required to mask.
+;
+		align	64		;MMX instructions like 64 byte alignment!
+
+@@mmx_loop:
+		movq	mm0,[esi]	; move 8 bytes of source into mm0
+		pxor	mm1,mm1		; zero out mm1
+		pcmpeqb mm1,mm0		; compare mm0 with 0. Bits get set in mm1
+		lea	esi,[esi+8]     ; adjust the source data pointer
+		pand	mm1,[edi]	; and in the destination data to throw away the bytes which arent zero in the source
+		sub	ecx,8		; adjust the byte counter
+		por	mm1,mm0         ; or in the source with the destination data
+		movq	[edi],mm1       ; write back the destination data
+		lea	edi,[edi+8]	; adjust the destination pointer
+
+		cmp	ecx,8
+		jg	@@mmx_loop
+
+;
+; Jump to the approprite code for drawing the end of this line or going to the next one
+;
+		push	offset Next_Line
+		jcxz   	@@next_line
+		push	offset Single_Line_Trans_Entry
+@@next_line:	ret
+
+
+MMX_Single_Line_Trans endp
+
+
+code ends
+
+		.data
+
+CPUType		db	0
+VendorID	db	"Not available",0,0,0,0,0,0
+
+
+end
+
diff --git a/MONOC.CPP b/MONOC.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..533f984
--- /dev/null
+++ b/MONOC.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,807 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\monoc.cpv   2.13   16 Oct 1995 16:50:36   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : MONO.CPP                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : July 2, 1994                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : October 17, 1994   [JLB]                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   MonoClass::Clear -- Clears the monochrome screen object.                                  *
+ *   MonoClass::Draw_Box -- Draws a box using the IBM linedraw characters.                     *
+ *   MonoClass::MonoClass -- The default constructor for monochrome screen object.             *
+ *   MonoClass::operator = -- Handles making one mono object have the same imagery as another. *
+ *   MonoClass::Print -- Prints the text string at the current cursor coordinates.             *
+ *   MonoClass::Printf -- Prints a formatted string to the monochrome screen.                  *
+ *   MonoClass::Scroll -- Scroll the monochrome screen up by the specified lines.              *
+ *   MonoClass::Set_Cursor -- Sets the monochrome cursor to the coordinates specified.         *
+ *   MonoClass::Text_Print -- Prints text to the monochrome object at coordinates indicated.   *
+ *   MonoClass::View -- Brings the mono object to the main display.                            *
+ *   MonoClass::~MonoClass -- The default destructor for a monochrome screen object.           *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+//#pragma inline
+#include	"function.h"
+#include	"monoc.h"
+
+#include	<stdlib.h>
+#include	<stdio.h>
+#include	<dos.h>
+#include	<mem.h>
+#include	<stdarg.h>
+#include	<string.h>
+
+
+//extern void output(short port, short data);
+//#pragma aux output parm [dx] [ax] =		\
+//		"out	dx,al"		\
+//		"inc	dx"			\
+//		"mov	al,ah"		\
+//		"out	dx,al"
+
+
+
+int MonoClass::Enabled = 0;
+MonoClass * MonoClass::PageUsage[MonoClass::MAX_MONO_PAGES] = {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0};
+//DOSSegmentClass MonoClass::MonoSegment(MonoClass::SEGMENT);
+void * MonoClass::MonoSegment = (void*)0x000b0000;
+
+/*
+**	These are the IBM linedraw characters.
+*/
+MonoClass::BoxDataType const MonoClass::CharData[MonoClass::COUNT] = {
+	{0xDA,0xC4,0xBF,0xB3,0xD9,0xC4,0xC0,0xB3},	// Single line
+	{0xD5,0xCD,0xB8,0xB3,0xBE,0xCD,0xD4,0xB3},	// Double horz.
+	{0xD6,0xC4,0xB7,0xBA,0xBD,0xC4,0xD3,0xBA},	// Double vert.
+	{0xC9,0xCD,0xBB,0xBA,0xBC,0xCD,0xC8,0xBA}		// Double horz and vert.
+};
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MonoClass::MonoClass -- The default constructor for monochrome screen object.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the constructor for monochrome screen objects. It handles allocating a free      *
+ *    monochrome page. If there are no more pages available, then this is a big error. The     *
+ *    page allocated may not be the visible one. Call the View function in order to bring      *
+ *    it to the displayed page.                                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/17/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+MonoClass::MonoClass(void)
+{
+	int	index;
+
+	Attrib = DEFAULT_ATTRIBUTE;		// Normal text color.
+	X = Y = 0;
+	for (index = 0; index < MAX_MONO_PAGES; index++) {
+		if (!PageUsage[index]) {
+			PageUsage[index] = this;
+			Page = (char)index;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	if (index == MAX_MONO_PAGES) {
+		// Major error message should pop up here!
+		delete this;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MonoClass::~MonoClass -- The default destructor for a monochrome screen object.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the default destructor for a monochrome screen object.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/17/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+MonoClass::~MonoClass(void)
+{
+	PageUsage[Page] = 0;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MonoClass::Draw_Box -- Draws a box using the IBM linedraw characters.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to draw a box to the monochrome screen. The IBM line draw characters    *
+ *    are used to give the it a fancy appearance. There are several line draw modes supported. *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   x,y      -- The coordinates of the upper left corner of the box.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          w,y      -- The width and height (respectively) to make the box.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          attrib   -- The text attribute to use when drawing the box outline characters.     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          thick    -- The thickness style to use. Examine the BoxStyleType enum for          *
+ *                      elaboration on the supported styles.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   The interior of the box is NOT cleared by this routine. It is advised that this *
+ *             area be cleared before the box is drawn.                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/17/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void MonoClass::Draw_Box(int x, int y, int w, int h, char attrib, BoxStyleType thick)
+{
+	CellType	cell;
+	char	oldattrib = Attrib;
+
+	if (!Enabled || !w || !h) return;
+
+	cell.Attribute = attrib;
+
+	/*
+	**	Draw the horizontal lines.
+	*/
+	for (int xpos = 0; xpos < w-2; xpos++) {
+		cell.Character = CharData[thick].TopEdge;
+		Store_Cell(cell, x+xpos+1, y);
+//		MonoSegment.Copy_Word_To(*(short*)&cell, Offset(x+xpos+1, y));
+		cell.Character = CharData[thick].BottomEdge;
+		Store_Cell(cell, x+xpos+1, y+h-1);
+//		MonoSegment.Copy_Word_To(*(short*)&cell, Offset(x+xpos+1, y+h-1));
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Draw the vertical lines.
+	*/
+	for (int ypos = 0; ypos < h-2; ypos++) {
+		cell.Character = CharData[thick].LeftEdge;
+		Store_Cell(cell, x, y+ypos+1);
+//		MonoSegment.Copy_Word_To(*(short*)&cell, Offset(x, y+ypos+1));
+		cell.Character = CharData[thick].RightEdge;
+		Store_Cell(cell, x+w-1, y+ypos+1);
+//		MonoSegment.Copy_Word_To(*(short*)&cell, Offset(x+w-1, y+ypos+1));
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Draw the four corners.
+	*/
+	if (w > 1 && h > 1) {
+		cell.Character = CharData[thick].UpperLeft;
+		Store_Cell(cell, x, y);
+//		MonoSegment.Copy_Word_To(*(short*)&cell, Offset(x, y));
+		cell.Character = CharData[thick].UpperRight;
+		Store_Cell(cell, x+w-1, y);
+//		MonoSegment.Copy_Word_To(*(short*)&cell, Offset(x+w-1, y));
+		cell.Character = CharData[thick].BottomRight;
+		Store_Cell(cell, x+w-1, y+h-1);
+//		MonoSegment.Copy_Word_To(*(short*)&cell, Offset(x+w-1, y+h-1));
+		cell.Character = CharData[thick].BottomLeft;
+		Store_Cell(cell, x, y+h-1);
+//		MonoSegment.Copy_Word_To(*(short*)&cell, Offset(x, y+h-1));
+	}
+
+	Attrib = oldattrib;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MonoClass::Set_Cursor -- Sets the monochrome cursor to the coordinates specified.           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to set the monochrome's cursor position to the coordinates specified.   *
+ *    This is the normal way of controlling where the next Print or Printf will output the     *
+ *    text to.                                                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   x,y   -- The coordinate to position the monochrome cursor. 0,0 is the upper left   *
+ *                   corner.                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/17/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void MonoClass::Set_Cursor(int x, int y)
+{
+	#ifdef FIX_ME_LATER
+	int	pos = (y*COLUMNS)+x;
+
+	if (!Enabled) return;
+
+	X = (char)(x%COLUMNS);
+	Y = (char)(y%LINES);
+
+	if (Page == 0) {
+		_DX = CONTROL_PORT;
+		_AX = (short)(0x0E|(pos&0xFF00));
+		asm {
+			out	dx,al
+			inc	dx
+			mov	al,ah
+			out	dx,al
+		}
+
+		_DX = CONTROL_PORT;
+		_AX = (short)(0x0F|(pos<<8));
+		asm {
+			out	dx,al
+			inc	dx
+			mov	al,ah
+			out	dx,al
+		}
+
+//		outportb(CONTROL_PORT,0x0E|(pos&0xFF00));
+//		outportb(CONTROL_PORT,0x0F|(pos<<8));
+	}
+
+	#endif //FIX_ME_LATER
+
+x=y;
+y=x;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MonoClass::Clear -- Clears the monochrome screen object.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will fill the monochrome screen object with spaces. It is clearing the      *
+ *    screen of data, making it free for output. The cursor is positioned at the upper left    *
+ *    corner of the screen by this routine.                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/17/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void MonoClass::Clear(void)
+{
+	CellType	cell;
+//	int	offset;
+
+	if (!Enabled) return;
+
+	Set_Cursor(0, 0);
+
+	cell.Attribute = Attrib;
+	cell.Character = ' ';
+
+//	offset = Offset(0, 0);
+	for (int y = 0; y < LINES; y++) {
+		for (int x = 0; x < COLUMNS; x++) {
+			Store_Cell(cell, x, y);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MonoClass::Scroll -- Scroll the monochrome screen up by the specified lines.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to scroll the monochrome screen up by the number of lines specified.    *
+ *    This routine is typically called by the printing functions so that the monochrome screen *
+ *    behaves in the expected manner -- printing at the bottom of the screen scrolls it up     *
+ *    to make room for new text.                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   lines -- The number of lines to scroll the monochrome screen.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/17/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void MonoClass::Scroll(int lines)
+{
+	CellType	cell;
+
+	if (!Enabled || lines <= 0) return;
+
+	memmove( (void*)((long)MonoSegment + Offset(0, 0)),
+				(void*)((long)MonoSegment + Offset(0, lines)),
+				(LINES-lines)*COLUMNS*sizeof(CellType));
+
+//	DOSSegmentClass::Copy(MonoSegment, Offset(0, lines), MonoSegment, Offset(0, 0), (LINES-lines)*COLUMNS*sizeof(CellType));
+
+	Y--;
+	cell.Attribute = Attrib;
+	cell.Character = ' ';
+
+	for (int l = LINES-lines; l < LINES; l++) {
+		for (int index = 0; index < COLUMNS; index++) {
+			Store_Cell(cell, index, l);
+//			MonoSegment.Copy_Word_To(*(short*)&cell, Offset(index, l));
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MonoClass::Printf -- Prints a formatted string to the monochrome screen.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to output a formatted string, using the standard formatting options,    *
+ *    to the monochrome screen object's current cursor position.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   text  -- Pointer to the text to print.                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          ...   -- Any optional parameters to supply in formatting the text.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   The total formatted text length must not exceed 255 characters.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/17/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void MonoClass::Printf(char const *text, ...)
+{
+	va_list	va;
+	/*
+	**	The buffer object is placed at the end of the local variable list
+	**	so that if the sprintf happens to spill past the end, it isn't likely
+	**	to trash anything (important). The buffer is then manually truncated
+	**	to maximum allowed size before being printed.
+	*/
+	char buffer[256];
+
+	if (!Enabled) return;
+
+	va_start(va, text);
+	vsprintf(buffer, text, va);
+	buffer[sizeof(buffer)-1] = '\0';
+
+	Print(buffer);
+	va_end(va);
+}
+
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+void MonoClass::Printf(int text, ...)
+{
+	va_list	va;
+	/*
+	**	The buffer object is placed at the end of the local variable list
+	**	so that if the sprintf happens to spill past the end, it isn't likely
+	**	to trash anything (important). The buffer is then manually truncated
+	**	to maximum allowed size before being printed.
+	*/
+	char buffer[256];
+
+	if (!Enabled) return;
+
+	va_start(va, text);
+	vsprintf(buffer, Text_String(text), va);
+	buffer[sizeof(buffer)-1] = '\0';
+
+	Print(buffer);
+	va_end(va);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MonoClass::Print -- Prints the text string at the current cursor coordinates.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to output the specified text string at the monochrome object's current  *
+ *    text coordinate position.                                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   ptr   -- Pointer to the string to print.                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/17/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void MonoClass::Print(char const *ptr)
+{
+//	int optr;
+	char startcol = X;
+	char const * text;
+	CellType	cell;
+
+	if (!ptr || !Enabled) return;
+
+	text = ptr;
+	cell.Attribute = Attrib;
+//	optr = Offset(X, Y);
+	while (*text) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Sometimes the character string is used for cursor control instead
+		**	of plain text output. Check for this case.
+		*/
+		switch (*text) {
+
+			/*
+			**	The "return" code behaves as it did in the old C library
+			**	mono system. That is, it returns the cursor position to
+			**	the next line but at the starting column of the print.
+			*/
+			case '\r':
+				X = startcol;
+				Y++;
+				Scroll(Y-(LINES-1));
+//				optr = Offset(X, Y);
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			**	The "newline" code behaves like the console newline character.
+			**	That is, it moves the cursor down one line and at the first
+			**	column.
+			*/
+			case '\n':
+				X = 0;
+				Y++;
+				Scroll(Y-(LINES-1));
+//				optr = Offset(X, Y);
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			**	All other characters are output directly and the cursor moves
+			**	rightward to match. If the cursor wraps past the right
+			**	edge is it moved to the next now down at left margin. If the
+			**	cursor goes off the bottom of the display, the display is scrolled
+			**	upward a line.
+			*/
+			default:
+				cell.Character = *text;
+				Store_Cell(cell, X, Y);
+//				MonoSegment.Copy_Word_To(*(short*)&cell, optr);
+//				optr += sizeof(CellType);
+
+				X++;
+				if (X >= COLUMNS) {
+					X = 0;
+					Y++;
+
+					if (Y > (LINES-1)) {
+						Scroll(Y-(LINES-1));
+//						optr = Offset(X, Y);
+					}
+				}
+				break;
+
+		}
+		text++;
+	}
+
+	Set_Cursor(X, Y);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MonoClass::Text_Print -- Prints text to the monochrome object at coordinates indicated.     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to output text to the monochrome object at the X and Y coordinates      *
+ *    specified.                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   text  -- Pointer to the text string to display.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          x,y   -- The X and Y character coordinates to start the printing at.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          attrib-- Optional parameter that specifies what text attribute code to use.        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/17/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void MonoClass::Text_Print(char const *text, int x, int y, char attrib)
+{
+	char	oldx = X;
+	char	oldy = Y;
+	char	oldattrib = Attrib;
+
+	X = (char)x;
+	Y = (char)y;
+	Attrib = attrib;
+	Print(text);
+	Attrib = oldattrib;
+	Set_Cursor(oldx, oldy);
+}
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+void MonoClass::Text_Print(int text, int x, int y, char attrib)
+{
+	char	oldx = X;
+	char	oldy = Y;
+	char	oldattrib = Attrib;
+
+	if (text != TXT_NONE) {
+		X = (char)x;
+		Y = (char)y;
+		Attrib = attrib;
+		Print(Text_String(text));
+		Attrib = oldattrib;
+		Set_Cursor(oldx, oldy);
+	}
+}
+
+void MonoClass::Print(int text)
+{
+	Print(Text_String(text));
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MonoClass::operator = -- Handles making one mono object have the same imagery as another.   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    The assignment operator will handle copying the imagery from one monochrome object to    *
+ *    another. Use this routine in to make two monochrome class objects visually identical.    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   src   -- A reference to the source (right side) monochrome object.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/17/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+MonoClass & MonoClass::operator = (MonoClass const & src)
+{
+	memcpy((void*)((long)MonoSegment + src.Offset(0, 0)), (void*)((long)MonoSegment + Offset(0, 0)), SIZE_OF_PAGE);
+//	DOSSegmentClass::Copy(MonoSegment, src.Offset(0, 0), MonoSegment, Offset(0,0), SIZE_OF_PAGE);
+	Set_Cursor(src.X, src.Y);
+	return(*this);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MonoClass::View -- Brings the mono object to the main display.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to display the mono object on the monochrome screen. It is possible     *
+ *    that the mono object exists on some background screen memory. Calling this routine will  *
+ *    perform the necessary memory swapping to bring the data to the front. The mono object    *
+ *    that was currently being viewed is not destroyed by this function. It is merely moved    *
+ *    off to some background page. It can be treated normally, except that is just isn't       *
+ *    visible.                                                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/17/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void MonoClass::View(void)
+{
+	MonoClass *displace;		// The page that is being displaced.
+
+	if (Get_Current() == this) return;
+
+	/*
+	**	If the visible page is already assigned to a real monochrome page
+	**	object, then it must be swapped with the new one.
+	*/
+	displace = Get_Current();
+	if (displace) {
+		char temp[SIZE_OF_PAGE];
+
+		memcpy(&temp[0], MonoSegment, SIZE_OF_PAGE);
+		memcpy(MonoSegment, (void*)((long)MonoSegment + Offset(0, 0)), SIZE_OF_PAGE);
+		memcpy((void*)((long)MonoSegment + Offset(0, 0)), &temp[0], SIZE_OF_PAGE);
+
+//		DOSSegmentClass::Swap(MonoSegment, Offset(0, 0), MonoSegment, 0, SIZE_OF_PAGE);
+		displace->Page = Page;
+
+	} else {
+
+		/*
+		**	Just copy the new page over since the display page is not assigned
+		**	to a real monochrome page object.
+		*/
+		memcpy(MonoSegment, (void*)((long)MonoSegment + Offset(0, 0)), SIZE_OF_PAGE);
+//		DOSSegmentClass::Copy(MonoSegment, Offset(0, 0), MonoSegment, 0, SIZE_OF_PAGE);
+	}
+	PageUsage[Page] = displace;
+	PageUsage[0] = this;
+	Page = 0;
+
+	Set_Cursor(X, Y);
+}
+
+
+
+/************************************************************************************
+**	This is the set of C wrapper functions that access the MonoClass support routines.
+**	Since the C interface doesn't have the ability to write to non-visible pages, it
+**	will just blast the output to whichever mono page is currently visible. If there is
+**	no mono class object that is visible, then one will be created -- BUT NOT FREED.
+**	Typically, this is ok, since the C interface will create only one MonoClass object
+**	and the system supports up to 8.
+*/
+void Mono_Set_Cursor(int x, int y)
+{
+	if (MonoClass::Is_Enabled()) {
+		MonoClass *mono = MonoClass::Get_Current();
+		if (!mono) {
+			mono = new MonoClass();
+			mono->View();
+		}
+		mono->Set_Cursor(x, y);
+	}
+}
+
+int Mono_Printf(char const *string, ...)
+{
+	va_list	va;
+	char buffer[256];
+
+	buffer[0] = '\0';
+	if (MonoClass::Is_Enabled()) {
+		MonoClass *mono = MonoClass::Get_Current();
+		if (!mono) {
+			mono = new MonoClass();
+			mono->View();
+		}
+
+		va_start(va, string);
+		vsprintf(buffer, string, va);
+
+		mono->Print(buffer);
+
+		va_end(va);
+	}
+	return((short)strlen(buffer));
+}
+
+
+void Mono_Clear_Screen(void)
+{
+	if (MonoClass::Is_Enabled()) {
+		MonoClass *mono = MonoClass::Get_Current();
+		if (!mono) {
+			mono = new MonoClass();
+			mono->View();
+		}
+		mono->Clear();
+	}
+}
+
+void Mono_Text_Print(void const *text, int x, int y, int attrib)
+{
+	if (MonoClass::Is_Enabled()) {
+		MonoClass *mono = MonoClass::Get_Current();
+		if (!mono) {
+			mono = new MonoClass();
+			mono->View();
+		}
+		mono->Text_Print((const char*)text, x, y, (char)attrib);
+	}
+}
+
+void Mono_Draw_Rect(int x, int y, int w, int h, int attrib, int thick)
+{
+	if (MonoClass::Is_Enabled()) {
+		MonoClass *mono = MonoClass::Get_Current();
+		if (!mono) {
+			mono = new MonoClass();
+			mono->View();
+		}
+		mono->Draw_Box(x, y, w, h, (char)attrib, (MonoClass::BoxStyleType)thick);
+	}
+}
+
+void Mono_Print(void const *text)
+{
+	if (MonoClass::Is_Enabled()) {
+		MonoClass *mono = MonoClass::Get_Current();
+		if (!mono) {
+			mono = new MonoClass();
+			mono->View();
+		}
+		mono->Print((const char*)text);
+	}
+}
+
+int Mono_X(void)
+{
+	if (MonoClass::Is_Enabled()) {
+		MonoClass *mono = MonoClass::Get_Current();
+		if (!mono) {
+			mono = new MonoClass();
+			mono->View();
+		}
+		return(short)mono->Get_X();
+	}
+	return(0);
+}
+
+int Mono_Y(void)
+{
+	if (MonoClass::Is_Enabled()) {
+		MonoClass *mono = MonoClass::Get_Current();
+		if (!mono) {
+			mono = new MonoClass();
+			mono->View();
+		}
+		return(short)mono->Get_X();
+	}
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+void Mono_Put_Char(char , int )
+{
+}
+
+void Mono_Scroll(int )
+{
+}
+
+void Mono_View_Page(int )
+{
+}
+
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+int Mono_Printf(int string, ...)
+{
+	va_list	va;
+	char buffer[256];
+
+	buffer[0] = '\0';
+	if (MonoClass::Is_Enabled()) {
+		MonoClass *mono = MonoClass::Get_Current();
+		if (!mono) {
+			mono = new MonoClass();
+			mono->View();
+		}
+
+		va_start(va, string);
+		vsprintf(buffer, Text_String(string), va);
+
+		mono->Print(buffer);
+
+		va_end(va);
+	}
+	return((short)strlen(buffer));
+}
+#endif
+
diff --git a/MONOC.H b/MONOC.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d5601c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/MONOC.H
@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\monoc.h_v   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:45:28   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : MONO.H                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : July 2, 1994                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : July 2, 1994   [JLB]                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef MONOC_H
+#define MONOC_H
+
+//#include	"dpmi.h"
+//#include	"function.h"
+
+class MonoClass {
+		/*
+		**	This is a private structure that is used to control which characters
+		**	are used when a box is drawn. Line drawing on the monochrome screen is
+		**	really made up of characters. This specifies which characters to use.
+		*/
+		typedef struct {
+			char	UpperLeft;
+			char	TopEdge;
+			char	UpperRight;
+			char	RightEdge;
+			char	BottomRight;
+			char	BottomEdge;
+			char	BottomLeft;
+			char	LeftEdge;
+		} BoxDataType;
+
+		/*
+		**	Each cell is constructed of the actual character that is displayed and the
+		**	attribute to use. This character pair is located at every position on the
+		**	display (80 x 25). Since this cell pair can be represented by a "short"
+		**	integer, certain speed optimizations are taken in the monochrome drawing
+		**	code.
+		*/
+		typedef struct {
+			char Character;			// Character to display.
+			char Attribute;			// Attribute.
+		} CellType;
+
+		/*
+		**	These private constants are used in the various monochrome operations.
+		*/
+		enum MonoClassPortEnums {
+			CONTROL_PORT=0x03B4,			// CRTC control register.
+			DATA_PORT=0x03B5,				// CRTC data register.
+			COLUMNS=80,						// Number of columns.
+			LINES=25,						// Number of lines.
+			SIZE_OF_PAGE=LINES*COLUMNS*sizeof(CellType),	// Entire page size.
+			DEFAULT_ATTRIBUTE=0x02		// Normal white on black color attribute.
+		};
+
+	public:
+		enum MonoClassPageEnums {
+			MAX_MONO_PAGES=16,	// Maximum RAM pages on mono card.
+			SEGMENT=0xB000  		// Monochrome screen segment.
+		};
+
+		/*
+		**	These are the various box styles that may be used.
+		*/
+		typedef enum BoxStyleType {
+			SINGLE,				// Single thickness.
+			DOUBLE_HORZ,		// Double thick on the horizontal axis.
+			DOUBLE_VERT,		// Double thick on the vertical axis.
+			DOUBLE,				// Double thickness.
+
+			COUNT
+		} BoxStyleType;
+
+		MonoClass(void);
+		~MonoClass(void);
+
+		static void Enable(void) {Enabled = 1;};
+		static void Disable(void) {Enabled = 0;};
+		static int Is_Enabled(void) {return Enabled;};
+		static MonoClass * Get_Current(void) {return PageUsage[0];};
+
+		void Draw_Box(int x, int y, int w, int h, char attrib=DEFAULT_ATTRIBUTE, BoxStyleType thick=SINGLE);
+		void Set_Default_Attribute(char attrib) {Attrib = attrib;};
+		void Clear(void);
+		void Set_Cursor(int x, int y);
+		void Print(char const *text);
+		void Print(int text);
+		void Printf(char const *text, ...);
+		void Printf(int text, ...);
+		void Text_Print(char const *text, int x, int y, char attrib=DEFAULT_ATTRIBUTE);
+		void Text_Print(int text, int x, int y, char attrib=DEFAULT_ATTRIBUTE);
+		void View(void);
+		int Get_X(void) const {return X;};
+		int Get_Y(void) const {return Y;};
+
+		/*
+		**	Handles deep copies for the mono class objects. This performs what is essentially
+		**	a screen copy.
+		*/
+		MonoClass & operator = (MonoClass const & );
+
+		/*
+		**	This merely makes a duplicate of the mono object into a newly created mono
+		**	object.
+		*/
+		MonoClass (MonoClass const &);
+
+	private:
+		char	X;					// Cursor X position.
+		char	Y;					// Cursor Y position.
+		char	Attrib;			// Normal attribute to use if none specified.
+		char	Page;				// The current page to write to.
+
+		/*
+		**	Helper functions to help with display operations.
+		*/
+		int Offset(int x=0, int y=0) const {return (SIZE_OF_PAGE*Page) + sizeof(CellType)*(x + (y*COLUMNS));};
+		void Scroll(int lines);
+		void Store_Cell(CellType &cell, int x, int y) {
+			*(CellType *)((long)MonoSegment + Offset(x, y)) = cell;
+		};
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the segment/selector of the monochrome screen.
+		*/
+//		static DOSSegmentClass MonoSegment;
+		static void * MonoSegment;
+
+		/*
+		** This the the arrays of characters used for drawing boxes.
+		*/
+		static BoxDataType const CharData[4];
+
+		/*
+		**	This array contains pointers to the monochrome objects that are assigned
+		**	to each of the monochrome pages. As the monochrome pages are made visible,
+		**	they can be shuffled around between the actual locations. The first entry
+		**	in this table is the one that is visible.
+		*/
+		static MonoClass * PageUsage[MAX_MONO_PAGES];
+
+		/*
+		**	If this is true, then monochrome output is allowed. It defaults to false
+		**	so that monochrome output must be explicitly enabled.
+		*/
+		static int Enabled;
+};
+
+//extern int cdecl Mono_Printf(int string, ...);
+
+
+void Mono_Set_Cursor(int x, int y);
+int Mono_Printf(char const *string, ...);
+void Mono_Clear_Screen(void);
+void Mono_Text_Print(void const *text, int x, int y, int attrib);
+void Mono_Draw_Rect(int x, int y, int w, int h, int attrib, int thick);
+void Mono_Print(void const *text);
+int Mono_X(void);
+int Mono_Y(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/MOUSE.CPP b/MOUSE.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..99687ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/MOUSE.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,360 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\mouse.cpv   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:49:56   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : MOUSE.CPP                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : 12/15/94                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : June 30, 1995 [JLB]                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   MouseClass::AI -- Process player input as it relates to the mouse                         *
+ *   MouseClass::Override_Mouse_Shape -- Alters the shape of the mouse.                        *
+ *   MouseClass::Init_Clear -- Sets the mouse system to a known state                          *
+ *   MouseClass::MouseClass -- Default constructor for the mouse handler class.                *
+ *   MouseClass::One_Time -- Performs the one time initialization of the mouse system.         *
+ *   MouseClass::Set_Default_Mouse -- Sets the mouse to match the shape specified.             *
+ *   MouseClass::Revert_Mouse_Shape -- Reverts the mouse shape to the non overridden shape.    *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+
+
+/*
+**	This points to the loaded mouse shapes.
+*/
+void const * MouseClass::MouseShapes;
+
+/*
+**	This is the timer that controls the mouse animation. It is always at a fixed
+**	rate so it uses the constant system timer.
+*/
+CountDownTimerClass MouseClass::Timer;
+
+/*
+** This contains the value of the Virtual Function Table Pointer
+*/
+void * MouseClass::VTable;
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MouseClass::Set_Default_Mouse -- Sets the mouse to match the shape specified.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to inform the display system as to which mouse shape is desired.    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   mouse -- The mouse shape number to set the mouse to.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/19/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void MouseClass::Set_Default_Mouse(MouseType mouse, bool size)
+{
+	NormalMouseShape = mouse;
+	Override_Mouse_Shape(mouse, size);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MouseClass::Revert_Mouse_Shape -- Reverts the mouse shape to the non overridden shape.      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to cancel the effects of Override_Mouse_Shape(). It will revert the     *
+ *    mouse back to the original shape.                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/27/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void MouseClass::Revert_Mouse_Shape(void)
+{
+	Override_Mouse_Shape(NormalMouseShape, false);
+}
+
+
+void MouseClass::Mouse_Small(bool wwsmall)
+{
+	MouseStruct const * control = &MouseControl[CurrentMouseShape];
+
+	if (IsSmall == wwsmall) {
+		return;
+	}
+
+	IsSmall	= wwsmall;
+
+	if (wwsmall) {
+		if (control->SmallFrame != -1) {
+			Set_Mouse_Cursor(control->X, control->Y, Extract_Shape(MouseShapes, control->SmallFrame + Frame/4));
+		} else {
+			Set_Mouse_Cursor(MouseControl[MOUSE_NORMAL].X, MouseControl[MOUSE_NORMAL].Y, Extract_Shape(MouseShapes, MOUSE_NORMAL));
+		}
+	} else {
+		Set_Mouse_Cursor(control->X, control->Y, Extract_Shape(MouseShapes, control->StartFrame + Frame/4));
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MouseClass::Override_Mouse_Shape -- Alters the shape of the mouse.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to alter the shape of the mouse as needed.                          *
+ *    Typical mouse shape change occurs when scrolling the map or                              *
+ *    selecting targets.                                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   mouse -- The mouse shape number to use.                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the mouse shape changed?                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   This is not intended to be used as a means to hide the                          *
+ *             mouse. Nor will it work correctly if the mouse shape                            *
+ *             file hasn't been loaded.                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/10/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   06/03/1994 JLB : Made into member function.                                               *
+ *   12/24/1994 JLB : Added small control parameter.                                           *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool MouseClass::Override_Mouse_Shape(MouseType mouse, bool wwsmall)
+{
+	MouseStruct const * control = &MouseControl[mouse];
+	static bool startup = false;
+	int baseshp;
+
+	/*
+	**	Only certain mouse shapes have a small counterpart. If the requested mouse
+	**	shape is not one of these, then force the small size override flag to false.
+	*/
+	if (control->SmallFrame == -1) {
+		wwsmall = false;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If the mouse shape is going to change, then inform the mouse driver of the
+	**	change.
+	*/
+	if (!startup || (MouseShapes && ((mouse != CurrentMouseShape) || (wwsmall != IsSmall)))) {
+		startup = true;
+
+		Timer.Set(control->FrameRate);
+		Frame = 0;
+
+#ifdef OBSOLETE
+		Control.Set_Stage(0);
+		int rate = Options.Normalize_Delay(control->FrameRate);
+		Control.Set_Rate(MAX(rate, 1));
+#endif
+		baseshp = (wwsmall) ? control->SmallFrame : control->StartFrame;
+
+		Set_Mouse_Cursor(control->X, control->Y, Extract_Shape(MouseShapes, baseshp + Frame/4));
+		CurrentMouseShape = mouse;
+		IsSmall = wwsmall;
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MouseClass::AI -- Process player input as it relates to the mouse                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will is to be called once per game tick and is passed the player keyboard   *
+ *    or mouse input code. It processes this code and updates the mouse shape as appropriate.  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   input -- The player input code as returned from Keyboard::Get().                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          x,y   -- The mouse coordinate values to use.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/24/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   12/31/1994 JLB : Uses mouse coordinate parameters.                                        *
+ *   03/27/1995 JLB : New animation control.                                                   *
+ *   05/28/1995 JLB : Moderates animation so is more steady regardless of speed.               *
+ *   06/30/1995 JLB : Uses constant timer system.                                              *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void MouseClass::AI(KeyNumType &input, int x, int y)
+{
+//	bool doit = false;
+	void *mouse_shape_ptr;
+	MouseStruct const * control = &MouseControl[CurrentMouseShape];
+
+	if (control->FrameRate && Timer.Time() == 0) {
+
+		Frame++;
+		Frame %= control->FrameCount;
+		Timer.Set(control->FrameRate);
+
+#ifdef OBSOLETE
+		Control.Set_Stage(Control.Fetch_Stage() % control->FrameCount);
+#endif
+
+		if (!IsSmall || control->SmallFrame != -1) {
+			int baseframe = (IsSmall) ? control->SmallFrame : control->StartFrame;
+			mouse_shape_ptr = Extract_Shape(MouseShapes, baseframe + Frame);
+			if (mouse_shape_ptr){
+				Set_Mouse_Cursor(control->X, control->Y, mouse_shape_ptr);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	ScrollClass::AI(input, x, y);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MouseClass::MouseClass -- Default constructor for the mouse handler class.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the default constructor for the mouse handling class. It merely sets up the      *
+ *    mouse system to its default state.                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/24/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+MouseClass::MouseClass(void)
+{
+	CurrentMouseShape = MOUSE_NORMAL;
+	NormalMouseShape = MOUSE_NORMAL;
+	Timer.Start();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MouseClass::One_Time -- Performs the one time initialization of the mouse system.           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to load the mouse data file and perform any other necessary one time    *
+ *    preparations for the game.                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   Only call this routine ONCE.                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/24/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void MouseClass::One_Time(void)
+{
+	ScrollClass::One_Time();
+
+	/*
+	**	Override the mouse shape file with the one in the current directory, but only if there
+	**	is an override file available.
+	*/
+	RawFileClass file("MOUSE.SHP");
+	if (file.Is_Available()) {
+		MouseShapes = Load_Alloc_Data(file);
+	} else {
+		MouseShapes = MixFileClass::Retrieve("MOUSE.SHP");
+	}
+
+	VTable = ((void **)(((char *)this) + sizeof(VectorClass<CellClass>) - 4))[0];
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MouseClass::Init_Clear -- Sets the mouse system to a known state                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will reset the mouse handling system. Typically, this routine is called     *
+ *    when preparing for the beginning of a new scenario.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   theater  -- The theater that the scenario will take place.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/24/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void MouseClass::Init_Clear(void)
+{
+	ScrollClass::Init_Clear();
+	IsSmall = false;
+	NormalMouseShape = MOUSE_NORMAL;
+}
+
+
+/*
+**	This array of structures is used to control the mouse animation
+**	sequences.
+*/
+MouseClass::MouseStruct MouseClass::MouseControl[MOUSE_COUNT] = {
+	{0, 	1,		0,		86,	 0,	0},	//	MOUSE_NORMAL
+	{1, 	1,		0,		-1,	15,	0},	//	MOUSE_N
+	{2, 	1,		0,		-1,	29,	0},	//	MOUSE_NE
+	{3, 	1,		0,		-1,	29,	12},	//	MOUSE_E
+	{4,	1,		0,		-1,	29,	23},	//	MOUSE_SE
+	{5,	1,		0,		-1,	15,	23},	//	MOUSE_S
+	{6,	1,		0,		-1,	0, 	23},	//	MOUSE_SW
+	{7,	1,		0,		-1,	0, 	13},	//	MOUSE_W
+	{8,	1,		0,		-1,	0, 	0},	//	MOUSE_NW
+
+	{130, 1,		0,		-1,	15,	0},	//	MOUSE_NO_N
+	{131, 1,		0,		-1,	29,	0},	//	MOUSE_NO_NE
+	{132, 1,		0,		-1,	29,	12},	//	MOUSE_NO_E
+	{133,	1,		0,		-1,	29,	23},	//	MOUSE_NO_SE
+	{134,	1,		0,		-1,	15,	23},	//	MOUSE_NO_S
+	{135,	1,		0,		-1,	0, 	23},	//	MOUSE_NO_SW
+	{136,	1,		0,		-1,	0, 	13},	//	MOUSE_NO_W
+	{137,	1,		0,		-1,	0, 	0},	//	MOUSE_NO_NW
+
+	{11,	1,		0,		27,	15,	12},	//	MOUSE_NO_MOVE
+	{10,	1,		0,		26,	15,	12},	//	MOUSE_CAN_MOVE
+	{119,	3,		4,		148,	15,	12},	//	MOUSE_ENTER
+	{53,	9,		4,		-1,	15,	12},	//	MOUSE_DEPLOY
+	{12,	6,		4,		-1,	15,	12},	//	MOUSE_CAN_SELECT
+	{18,	8,		4,		140,	15,	12},	//	MOUSE_CAN_ATTACK
+	{62,	24,	2,		-1,	15,	12},	//	MOUSE_SELL_BACK
+	{154,	24,	2,		-1,	15,	12},	//	MOUSE_SELL_UNIT
+	{29,	24,	2,		-1,	15,	12},	//	MOUSE_REPAIR
+	{126,	1,		0,		-1,	15,	12},	//	MOUSE_NO_REPAIR
+	{125,	1,		0,		-1,	15,	12},	//	MOUSE_NO_SELL_BACK
+	{87,	1,		0,		151,	0, 	0},	//	MOUSE_RADAR_CURSOR
+	{103,	16,	2,		-1,	15,	12},	//	MOUSE_ION_CANNON
+	{96,	7,		4,		-1,	15,	12},	//	MOUSE_NUCLEAR_BOMB
+	{88,	8,		2,		-1,	15,	12},	//	MOUSE_AIR_STRIKE
+	{122,	3,		4,		127,	15,	12},	//	MOUSE_DEMOLITIONS
+	{153,	1,		0,		152,	15,	12},	//	MOUSE_AREA_GUARD
+};
diff --git a/MOUSE.H b/MOUSE.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aa7f3f1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/MOUSE.H
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\mouse.h_v   2.16   16 Oct 1995 16:45:06   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : MOUSE.H                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : 12/15/94                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : December 15, 1994 [JLB]                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef MOUSE_H
+#define MOUSE_H
+
+#include	"stage.h"
+#include	"scroll.h"
+
+class MouseClass: public ScrollClass
+{
+	public:
+		MouseClass(void);
+
+		/*
+		** Initialization
+		*/
+		virtual void One_Time(void);							// One-time inits
+		virtual void Init_Clear(void);						// Clears all to known state
+
+		virtual void AI(KeyNumType &input, int x, int y);
+		virtual bool Override_Mouse_Shape(MouseType mouse, bool wwsmall=false);
+		virtual void Revert_Mouse_Shape(void);
+		virtual MouseType Get_Mouse_Shape(void) const {return NormalMouseShape;};
+		virtual void Mouse_Small(bool wwsmall);
+
+		/*
+		**	File I/O.
+		*/
+		virtual bool Load(FileClass & file);
+		virtual bool Save(FileClass & file);
+		virtual void Code_Pointers(void);
+		virtual void Decode_Pointers(void);
+
+		virtual void Set_Default_Mouse(MouseType mouse, bool wwsmall = false);
+
+		/*
+		**	This allows the tactical map input gadget access to change the
+		**	mouse shapes.
+		*/
+		friend class TacticalClass;
+
+	private:
+
+		/*
+		**	This type is used to control the frames and rates of the mouse
+		**	pointer. Some mouse pointers are actually looping animations.
+		*/
+		typedef struct MouseStruct
+		{
+			int StartFrame;			// Starting frame number.
+			int FrameCount;			// Number of animation frames.
+			int FrameRate;				// Frame delay between changing frames.
+			int SmallFrame;			// Start frame number for small version (if any).
+			int X,Y;						// Hotspot X and Y offset.
+		} MouseStruct;
+
+		/*
+		**	The control frames and rates for the various mouse pointers are stored
+		**	in this static array.
+		*/
+		static MouseStruct MouseControl[MOUSE_COUNT];
+
+		/*
+		**	If the small representation of the mouse is active, then this flag is true.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsSmall:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	This points to the loaded mouse shapes.
+		*/
+		static void const * MouseShapes;
+
+		/*
+		**	The mouse shape is controlled by these variables. These
+		**	hold the current mouse shape (so resetting won't be needlessly performed) and
+		**	the normal default mouse shape (when arrow shapes are needed).
+		*/
+		MouseType CurrentMouseShape;
+		MouseType NormalMouseShape;
+
+		/*
+		**	For animating mouse shapes, this controls the frame and animation rate.
+		*/
+		static CountDownTimerClass Timer;
+		int Frame;
+//		StageClass Control;
+
+		/*
+		** This contains the value of the Virtual Function Table Pointer
+		*/
+		static void * VTable;
+};
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/MPLAYER.CPP b/MPLAYER.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b05c557
--- /dev/null
+++ b/MPLAYER.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,1408 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\mplayer.cpv   1.9   16 Oct 1995 16:51:08   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : MPLAYER.CPP                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Bill Randolph                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : April 14, 1995                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : July 5, 1995 [BRR]                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   Select_MPlayer_Game -- prompts user for NULL-Modem, Modem, or Network game                *
+ *   Read_MultiPlayer_Settings -- reads multi-player settings from conquer.ini                 *
+ *   Write_MultiPlayer_Settings -- writes multi-player settings to conquer.ini                 *
+ *   Read_Scenario_Descriptions -- reads multi-player scenario #'s # descriptions              *
+ *   Free_Scenario_Descriptions -- frees memory for the scenario descriptions                  *
+ *   Computer_Message -- "sends" a message from the computer                                   *
+ *   Garble_Message -- "garbles" a message                                                     *
+ *   Surrender_Dialog -- Prompts user for surrendering                                         *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "function.h"
+#include "tcpip.h"
+
+static void Garble_Message(char *buf);
+
+int Choose_Internet_Game(void);
+int Get_Internet_Host_Or_Join(void);
+int Get_IP_Address(void);
+void Show_Internet_Connection_Progress(void);
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Select_MPlayer_Game -- prompts user for NULL-Modem, Modem, or Network game                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      GAME_NORMAL, GAME_MODEM, etc.                                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   02/14/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+GameType Select_MPlayer_Game (void)
+{
+
+	int factor			= (SeenBuff.Get_Width() == 320) ? 1 : 2;
+	bool	ipx_avail = FALSE;
+	int number_of_buttons;
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog & button dimensions
+	........................................................................*/
+	int	d_dialog_w = 190*factor;
+	int	d_dialog_h = 26*4*factor;
+	int 	d_dialog_x = ((320*factor - d_dialog_w) / 2);
+//	d_dialog_y = ((200 - d_dialog_h) / 2),
+	int	d_dialog_y = ((136*factor - d_dialog_h) / 2);
+	int	d_dialog_cx = d_dialog_x + (d_dialog_w / 2);
+
+	int	d_txt6_h = 11 * factor;
+	int	d_margin = 7 *factor;
+
+	int	d_modemserial_w = 80*factor;
+	int	d_modemserial_h = 9*factor;
+	int 	d_modemserial_x = d_dialog_cx - d_modemserial_w / 2;
+	int	d_modemserial_y = d_dialog_y + d_margin + d_txt6_h + d_margin;
+#if (0)
+	int	d_internet_w = 80*factor;
+	int	d_internet_h = 9*factor;
+	int	d_internet_x = d_dialog_cx - d_internet_w / 2;
+	int	d_internet_y = d_modemserial_y + d_modemserial_h + 2*factor;
+#endif	//(0)
+	int 	d_ipx_w = 80*factor;
+	int	d_ipx_h = 9*factor;
+	int	d_ipx_x = d_dialog_cx - d_ipx_w / 2;
+	int 	d_ipx_y = d_modemserial_y + d_modemserial_h + 2*factor;
+//	int 	d_ipx_y = d_internet_y + d_internet_h + 2*factor;
+
+	int	d_cancel_w = 60*factor;
+	int 	d_cancel_h = 9*factor;
+	int	d_cancel_x = d_dialog_cx - d_cancel_w / 2;
+	int	d_cancel_y = d_ipx_y + d_ipx_h + d_margin;
+
+	CountDownTimerClass delay;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Button enumerations:
+	........................................................................*/
+	enum {
+		BUTTON_MODEMSERIAL = 100,
+#if	(0)
+		BUTTON_INTERNET,
+#endif	//(0)
+		BUTTON_IPX,
+		BUTTON_CANCEL,
+
+		NUM_OF_BUTTONS = 3,
+	};
+	number_of_buttons = NUM_OF_BUTTONS;
+	/*........................................................................
+	Redraw values: in order from "top" to "bottom" layer of the dialog
+	........................................................................*/
+	typedef enum {
+		REDRAW_NONE = 0,
+		REDRAW_BUTTONS,		// includes map interior & coord values
+		REDRAW_BACKGROUND,	// includes box, map bord, key, coord labels, btns
+		REDRAW_ALL = REDRAW_BACKGROUND
+	} RedrawType;
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog variables:
+	........................................................................*/
+	KeyNumType input;								// input from user
+	bool process;									// loop while true
+	RedrawType display;							// true = re-draw everything
+	GameType retval;								// return value
+	int selection;
+	bool pressed;
+	int curbutton;
+	TextButtonClass *buttons[NUM_OF_BUTTONS];
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Buttons
+	........................................................................*/
+	ControlClass *commands = NULL;				// the button list
+
+	//
+	// If neither IPX or winsock are active then do only the modem serial dialog
+	//
+	if (Ipx.Is_IPX){
+		ipx_avail = TRUE;
+	}
+
+
+	TextButtonClass modemserialbtn (BUTTON_MODEMSERIAL, TXT_MODEM_SERIAL,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_modemserial_x, d_modemserial_y, d_modemserial_w, d_modemserial_h);
+#if (0)
+	TextButtonClass internetbtn (BUTTON_INTERNET, TXT_INTERNET,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_internet_x, d_internet_y, d_internet_w, d_internet_h);
+#endif	//(0)
+	TextButtonClass ipxbtn (BUTTON_IPX, TXT_NETWORK,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_ipx_x, d_ipx_y, d_ipx_w, d_ipx_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass cancelbtn (BUTTON_CANCEL, TXT_CANCEL,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_cancel_x, d_cancel_y, d_cancel_w, d_cancel_h);
+
+	/*
+	------------------------------- Initialize -------------------------------
+	*/
+	Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+
+	/*
+	............................ Create the list .............................
+	*/
+	commands = &modemserialbtn;
+#if (0)
+	internetbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+#endif	//(0)
+	if (ipx_avail){
+		ipxbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	}
+	cancelbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+
+	/*
+	......................... Fill array of button ptrs ......................
+	*/
+	curbutton = 0;
+	buttons[0] = &modemserialbtn;
+#if (0)
+	buttons[1] = &internetbtn;
+#endif	//(0)
+	if (ipx_avail){
+		buttons[1] = &ipxbtn;
+		buttons[2] = &cancelbtn;
+	}else{
+		buttons[1] = &cancelbtn;
+		number_of_buttons--;
+	}
+
+	buttons[curbutton]->Turn_On();
+
+	Keyboard::Clear();
+
+	Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_NONE, 0, 0, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+	/*
+	-------------------------- Main Processing Loop --------------------------
+	*/
+	display = REDRAW_ALL;
+	process = true;
+	pressed = false;
+	while (process) {
+		/*
+		** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+		** we need to redraw.
+		*/
+		if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+			AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+			display=REDRAW_ALL;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................ Invoke game callback .........................
+		*/
+		Call_Back();
+		/*
+		...................... Refresh display if needed ......................
+		*/
+		if (display) {
+			Hide_Mouse();
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BACKGROUND) {
+				/*
+				..................... Refresh the backdrop ......................
+				*/
+				Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+				HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+				/*
+				..................... Draw the background .......................
+				*/
+				Dialog_Box(d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w, d_dialog_h);
+				Draw_Caption (TXT_SELECT_MPLAYER_GAME, d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w);
+			}
+			/*
+			.......................... Redraw buttons ..........................
+			*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BUTTONS) {
+				commands->Flag_List_To_Redraw();
+			}
+			Show_Mouse();
+			display = REDRAW_NONE;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................... Get user input ............................
+		*/
+		input = commands->Input();
+
+		/*
+		............................ Process input ............................
+		*/
+		switch (input) {
+			case (BUTTON_MODEMSERIAL | KN_BUTTON):
+				selection = BUTTON_MODEMSERIAL;
+				pressed = true;
+				break;
+
+#if	(0)
+			case (BUTTON_INTERNET | KN_BUTTON):
+				selection = BUTTON_INTERNET;
+				pressed = true;
+				break;
+#endif	//(0)
+
+			case (BUTTON_IPX | KN_BUTTON):
+				selection = BUTTON_IPX;
+				pressed = true;
+				break;
+
+			case (KN_ESC):
+			case (BUTTON_CANCEL | KN_BUTTON):
+				selection = BUTTON_CANCEL;
+				pressed = true;
+				break;
+
+			case KN_UP:
+				buttons[curbutton]->Turn_Off();
+				buttons[curbutton]->Flag_To_Redraw();
+				curbutton--;
+				if (curbutton < 0)
+					curbutton = (number_of_buttons - 1);
+				buttons[curbutton]->Turn_On();
+				buttons[curbutton]->Flag_To_Redraw();
+				break;
+
+			case KN_DOWN:
+				buttons[curbutton]->Turn_Off();
+				buttons[curbutton]->Flag_To_Redraw();
+				curbutton++;
+				if (curbutton > (number_of_buttons - 1) )
+					curbutton = 0;
+				buttons[curbutton]->Turn_On();
+				buttons[curbutton]->Flag_To_Redraw();
+				break;
+
+			case KN_RETURN:
+				selection = curbutton + BUTTON_MODEMSERIAL;
+				if (!ipx_avail) selection--;
+				pressed = true;
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				break;
+		}
+
+		if (pressed) {
+			//
+			// to make sure the selection is correct in case they used the mouse
+			//
+			buttons[curbutton]->Turn_Off();
+			buttons[curbutton]->Flag_To_Redraw();
+			curbutton = selection - BUTTON_MODEMSERIAL;
+			buttons[curbutton]->Turn_On();
+//			buttons[curbutton]->Flag_To_Redraw();
+			buttons[curbutton]->IsPressed = true;
+			buttons[curbutton]->Draw_Me(true);
+
+			switch (selection) {
+				case (BUTTON_MODEMSERIAL):
+
+					//
+					// Pop up the modem/serial/com port dialog
+					//
+					retval = Select_Serial_Dialog();
+
+					if (retval != GAME_NORMAL) {
+						process = false;
+					} else {
+						buttons[curbutton]->IsPressed = false;
+						display = REDRAW_ALL;
+					}
+					break;
+
+#if	(0)
+				case (BUTTON_INTERNET):
+//#define ONLY_FOR_E3
+#ifdef ONLY_FOR_E3
+					Call_Back();
+					Show_Internet_Connection_Progress();		//changed to do nothing
+					Hide_Mouse();
+					Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+					HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+					Show_Mouse();
+					Call_Back();
+					CCMessageBox().Process("Error! - Unable to ping KANE.WESTWOOD.COM");
+
+					buttons[curbutton]->IsPressed = false;
+					display = REDRAW_ALL;
+
+
+#endif	//ONLY_FOR_E3
+
+
+#ifdef FORCE_WINSOCK
+					if (Winsock.Init()){
+						Read_MultiPlayer_Settings ();
+						int result = Choose_Internet_Game();
+
+						if (!result){
+							Winsock.Close();
+							buttons[curbutton]->IsPressed = false;
+							display = REDRAW_ALL;
+							break;
+						}
+
+						result = Get_Internet_Host_Or_Join();
+						if (result == 1){
+							Winsock.Close();
+							buttons[curbutton]->IsPressed = false;
+							display = REDRAW_ALL;
+							break;
+						}
+						Server = !result;
+
+						if (Server){
+#if (0)
+							ModemGameToPlay = INTERNET_HOST;
+							Winsock.Start_Server();
+#else
+							result = Get_IP_Address();
+							if (!result){
+								Winsock.Close();
+								buttons[curbutton]->IsPressed = false;
+								display = REDRAW_ALL;
+								break;
+							}
+							Winsock.Set_Host_Address(PlanetWestwoodIPAddress);
+							Winsock.Start_Server();
+#endif
+
+						}else{
+							ModemGameToPlay = INTERNET_JOIN;
+							result = Get_IP_Address();
+							if (!result){
+								Winsock.Close();
+								buttons[curbutton]->IsPressed = false;
+								display = REDRAW_ALL;
+								break;
+							}
+							Winsock.Set_Host_Address(PlanetWestwoodIPAddress);
+							Winsock.Start_Client();
+						}
+
+						//CountDownTimerClass connect_timeout;
+						//connect_timeout.Set(15*60);
+
+						////Show_Internet_Connection_Progress();
+
+						if (!Winsock.Get_Connected()){
+							Winsock.Close();
+							return(GAME_NORMAL);
+						}
+
+						SerialSettingsType *settings;
+						settings = &SerialDefaults;
+						Init_Null_Modem(settings);
+						if (Server){
+							if (Com_Scenario_Dialog()){
+								return (GAME_INTERNET);
+							}else{
+								Winsock.Close();
+								return (GAME_NORMAL);
+							}
+						}else{
+							if (Com_Show_Scenario_Dialog()){
+								return (GAME_INTERNET);
+							}else{
+								Winsock.Close();
+								return (GAME_NORMAL);
+							}
+						}
+					}
+#endif //FORCE_WINSOCK
+					break;
+
+#endif	//(0)
+
+				case (BUTTON_IPX):
+					retval = GAME_IPX;
+					process = false;
+					break;
+
+				case (BUTTON_CANCEL):
+					retval = GAME_NORMAL;
+					process = false;
+					break;
+			}
+
+			pressed = false;
+		}
+	}
+	return(retval);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Read_MultiPlayer_Settings -- reads multi-player settings from conquer.ini                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   02/14/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void Read_MultiPlayer_Settings (void)
+{
+	char *buffer;							// INI staging buffer pointer.
+	char *tbuffer;							// Accumulation buffer of trigger IDs.
+	int len;									// Length of data in buffer.
+	char *tokenptr;						// ptr to token
+	PhoneEntryClass *phone;				// a phone book entry
+	char *entry;							// a phone book entry
+	char buf[128];							// buffer for parsing INI entry
+	int i;
+	CELL cell;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Fetch working pointer to the INI staging buffer. Make sure that the buffer
+	is cleared out before proceeding.  (Don't use the HidPage for this, since
+	the HidPage may be needed for various uncompressions during the INI
+	parsing.)
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	buffer = (char *)_ShapeBuffer;
+	memset(buffer, '\0', _ShapeBufferSize);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Clear the initstring entries
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	for (i = 0; i < InitStrings.Count(); i++) {
+		delete[] InitStrings[i];
+	}
+	InitStrings.Clear();
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Clear the dialing entries
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	for (i = 0; i < PhoneBook.Count(); i++) {
+		delete PhoneBook[i];
+	}
+	PhoneBook.Clear();
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Create filename and read the file.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	CCFileClass file ("CONQUER.INI");
+	if (!file.Is_Available()) {
+		return;
+	} else {
+		file.Read(buffer, _ShapeBufferSize-1);
+	}
+	file.Close();
+
+	if (!Special.IsFromWChat){
+		/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Get the player's last-used Handle
+		------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		WWGetPrivateProfileString("MultiPlayer", "Handle", "Noname", MPlayerName,
+			sizeof(MPlayerName), buffer);
+
+		/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Get the player's last-used Color
+		------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		MPlayerPrefColor = WWGetPrivateProfileInt("MultiPlayer", "Color", 0, buffer);
+		MPlayerHouse = (HousesType)WWGetPrivateProfileInt("MultiPlayer", "Side",
+			HOUSE_GOOD, buffer);
+		CurPhoneIdx = WWGetPrivateProfileInt("MultiPlayer", "PhoneIndex", -1, buffer);
+	}else{
+		CurPhoneIdx = -1;
+	}
+
+#if 1
+	TrapCheckHeap = WWGetPrivateProfileInt( "MultiPlayer", "CheckHeap", 0, buffer);
+#endif
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Read in default serial settings
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	WWGetPrivateProfileString ("SerialDefaults", "ModemName", "NoName", SerialDefaults.ModemName, MODEM_NAME_MAX, buffer);
+	if (!strcmp ( SerialDefaults.ModemName, "NoName")) {
+		SerialDefaults.ModemName[0] = 0;
+	}
+	WWGetPrivateProfileString ("SerialDefaults", "Port", "0", buf, 5, buffer);
+	sscanf (buf, "%x", &SerialDefaults.Port);
+	SerialDefaults.IRQ = WWGetPrivateProfileInt("SerialDefaults", "IRQ", -1, buffer);
+	SerialDefaults.Baud = WWGetPrivateProfileInt("SerialDefaults", "Baud", -1, buffer);
+	SerialDefaults.Init = WWGetPrivateProfileInt("SerialDefaults", "Init", 0, buffer);
+	SerialDefaults.Compression = WWGetPrivateProfileInt ("SerialDefaults", "Compression", 0, buffer);
+	SerialDefaults.ErrorCorrection = WWGetPrivateProfileInt ("SerialDefaults", "ErrorCorrection", 0, buffer);
+	SerialDefaults.HardwareFlowControl = WWGetPrivateProfileInt ("SerialDefaults", "HardwareFlowControl", 1, buffer);
+	WWGetPrivateProfileString ("SerialDefaults", "DialMethod", "T",
+		buf, 2, buffer);
+
+
+	// find dial method
+
+	for (i = 0; i < DIAL_METHODS; i++) {
+		if ( !strcmpi( buf, DialMethodCheck[ i ]) ) {
+			SerialDefaults.DialMethod = (DialMethodType)i;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	// if method not found set to touch tone
+
+	if (i == DIAL_METHODS) {
+		SerialDefaults.DialMethod = DIAL_TOUCH_TONE;
+	}
+
+	SerialDefaults.InitStringIndex =
+											WWGetPrivateProfileInt("SerialDefaults",
+												"InitStringIndex", 0, buffer);
+
+	SerialDefaults.CallWaitStringIndex =
+											WWGetPrivateProfileInt("SerialDefaults",
+												"CallWaitStringIndex", CALL_WAIT_CUSTOM,
+												buffer);
+
+	WWGetPrivateProfileString ("SerialDefaults", "CallWaitString", "",
+		SerialDefaults.CallWaitString, CWAITSTRBUF_MAX, buffer);
+
+	if (SerialDefaults.IRQ == 0 ||
+		SerialDefaults.Baud == 0) {
+
+		SerialDefaults.Port = 0;
+		SerialDefaults.IRQ = -1;
+		SerialDefaults.Baud = -1;
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Set 'tbuffer' to point past the actual INI data
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	len = strlen(buffer) + 2;
+	tbuffer = buffer + len;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Read all Base-Scenario names into 'tbuffer'
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	WWGetPrivateProfileString("InitStrings", NULL, NULL, tbuffer,
+		ShapeBufferSize-len, buffer);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Read in & store each entry
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	while (*tbuffer != '\0') {
+		entry = new char[ INITSTRBUF_MAX ];
+
+		entry[0] = 0;
+
+		WWGetPrivateProfileString("InitStrings", tbuffer, NULL, entry,
+			INITSTRBUF_MAX, buffer);
+
+		strupr( entry );
+
+		InitStrings.Add( entry );
+
+		tbuffer += strlen(tbuffer) + 1;
+	}
+
+	// if no entries then have at least one
+
+	if ( tbuffer == (buffer + len) ) {
+		entry = new char[ INITSTRBUF_MAX ];
+		strcpy( entry, "ATZ" );
+		InitStrings.Add( entry );
+		SerialDefaults.InitStringIndex = 0;
+	} else {
+		len = strlen(buffer) + 2;
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Repeat the process for the phonebook
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	tbuffer = buffer + len;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Read in all phone book listings.
+	Format: Name=PhoneNum,Port,IRQ,Baud,InitString
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Read the entry names in
+	........................................................................*/
+	WWGetPrivateProfileString("PhoneBook", NULL, NULL, tbuffer,
+		ShapeBufferSize-len, buffer);
+
+	while (*tbuffer != '\0') {
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Create a new phone book entry
+		.....................................................................*/
+		phone = new PhoneEntryClass();
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Read the entire entry in
+		.....................................................................*/
+		WWGetPrivateProfileString("PhoneBook", tbuffer, NULL, buf, 128, buffer);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Extract name, phone # & serial port settings
+		.....................................................................*/
+		tokenptr = strtok( buf, "|" );
+		if (tokenptr) {
+			strcpy( phone->Name, tokenptr );
+			strupr( phone->Name );
+		} else {
+			phone->Name[0] = 0;
+		}
+
+		tokenptr = strtok( NULL, "|" );
+		if (tokenptr) {
+			strcpy( phone->Number, tokenptr );
+			strupr( phone->Number );
+		} else {
+			phone->Number[0] = 0;
+		}
+
+		tokenptr = strtok( NULL, "|" );
+		if (tokenptr) {
+			sscanf( tokenptr, "%x", &phone->Settings.Port );
+		} else {
+			phone->Settings.Port = 0;
+		}
+
+		tokenptr = strtok( NULL, "|" );
+		if (tokenptr) {
+			phone->Settings.IRQ = atoi( tokenptr );
+		} else {
+			phone->Settings.IRQ = -1;
+		}
+
+		tokenptr = strtok( NULL, "|" );
+		if (tokenptr) {
+			phone->Settings.Baud = atoi( tokenptr );
+		} else {
+			phone->Settings.Baud = -1;
+		}
+
+		tokenptr = strtok( NULL, "|" );
+		if (tokenptr) {
+			phone->Settings.Compression = atoi( tokenptr );
+		} else {
+			phone->Settings.Compression = 0;
+		}
+
+		tokenptr = strtok( NULL, "|" );
+		if (tokenptr) {
+			phone->Settings.ErrorCorrection = atoi( tokenptr );
+		} else {
+			phone->Settings.ErrorCorrection = 0;
+		}
+
+		tokenptr = strtok( NULL, "|" );
+		if (tokenptr) {
+			phone->Settings.HardwareFlowControl = atoi( tokenptr );
+		} else {
+			phone->Settings.HardwareFlowControl = 1;
+		}
+
+
+		tokenptr = strtok( NULL, "|" );
+		if (tokenptr) {
+			strcpy( buf, tokenptr );
+
+			// find dial method
+
+			for (i = 0; i < DIAL_METHODS; i++) {
+				if ( !strcmpi( buf, DialMethodCheck[ i ]) ) {
+					phone->Settings.DialMethod = (DialMethodType)i;
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+
+			// if method not found set to touch tone
+
+			if (i == DIAL_METHODS) {
+				phone->Settings.DialMethod = DIAL_TOUCH_TONE;
+			}
+		} else {
+			phone->Settings.DialMethod = DIAL_TOUCH_TONE;
+		}
+
+		tokenptr = strtok( NULL, "|" );
+		if (tokenptr) {
+			phone->Settings.InitStringIndex = atoi( tokenptr );
+		} else {
+			phone->Settings.InitStringIndex = 0;
+		}
+
+		tokenptr = strtok( NULL, "|" );
+		if (tokenptr) {
+			phone->Settings.CallWaitStringIndex = atoi( tokenptr );
+		} else {
+			phone->Settings.CallWaitStringIndex = CALL_WAIT_CUSTOM;
+		}
+
+		tokenptr = strtok( NULL, "|" );
+		if (tokenptr) {
+			strcpy (phone->Settings.CallWaitString, tokenptr);
+		} else {
+			phone->Settings.CallWaitString[0] = 0;
+		}
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Add it to our list
+		.....................................................................*/
+		PhoneBook.Add(phone);
+
+		tbuffer += strlen(tbuffer) + 1;
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Read special recording playback values, to help find sync bugs
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (PlaybackGame) {
+		TrapFrame = WWGetPrivateProfileInt ("SyncBug","Frame",0x7fffffff, buffer);
+
+		TrapObjType = (RTTIType)WWGetPrivateProfileInt ("SyncBug","Type",RTTI_NONE, buffer);
+		WWGetPrivateProfileString ("SyncBug","Type","NONE",buf,80,buffer);
+		if (!stricmp(buf,"AIRCRAFT"))
+			TrapObjType = RTTI_AIRCRAFT;
+		else if (!stricmp(buf,"ANIM"))
+			TrapObjType = RTTI_ANIM;
+		else if (!stricmp(buf,"BUILDING"))
+			TrapObjType = RTTI_BUILDING;
+		else if (!stricmp(buf,"BULLET"))
+			TrapObjType = RTTI_BULLET;
+		else if (!stricmp(buf,"INFANTRY"))
+			TrapObjType = RTTI_INFANTRY;
+		else if (!stricmp(buf,"UNIT"))
+			TrapObjType = RTTI_UNIT;
+		else {
+			TrapObjType = RTTI_NONE;
+		}
+
+		WWGetPrivateProfileString ("SyncBug","Coord","0",buf,80,buffer);
+		sscanf(buf,"%x",&TrapCoord);
+
+		WWGetPrivateProfileString ("SyncBug","this","0",buf,80,buffer);
+		sscanf(buf,"%x",&TrapThis);
+
+		WWGetPrivateProfileString ("SyncBug","Cell","0",buf,80,buffer);
+		cell = atoi(buf);
+		if (cell) {
+			TrapCell = &(Map[cell]);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Write_MultiPlayer_Settings -- writes multi-player settings to conquer.ini                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   02/14/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void Write_MultiPlayer_Settings (void)
+{
+	char * buffer;			// INI staging buffer pointer.
+	CCFileClass file;
+	int i;
+	char entrytext[4];
+	char buf[128];							// buffer for parsing INI entry
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Get a working pointer to the INI staging buffer. Make sure that the buffer
+	starts cleared out of any data.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	buffer = (char *)_ShapeBuffer;
+	memset(buffer, '\0', _ShapeBufferSize);
+
+	file.Set_Name("CONQUER.INI");
+	if (file.Is_Available()) {
+		file.Open(READ);
+		file.Read(buffer, _ShapeBufferSize-1);
+		file.Close();
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Save the player's last-used Handle & Color
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	WWWritePrivateProfileInt("MultiPlayer", "PhoneIndex", CurPhoneIdx, buffer);
+	WWWritePrivateProfileInt ("MultiPlayer", "Color", MPlayerPrefColor, buffer);
+	WWWritePrivateProfileInt ("MultiPlayer", "Side", MPlayerHouse, buffer);
+	WWWritePrivateProfileString("MultiPlayer", "Handle", MPlayerName, buffer);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Clear all existing SerialDefault entries.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	WWWritePrivateProfileString ("SerialDefaults", NULL, NULL, buffer);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Save default serial settings in opposite order you want to see them
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	WWWritePrivateProfileString("SerialDefaults", "CallWaitString",
+		SerialDefaults.CallWaitString, buffer);
+	WWWritePrivateProfileInt ("SerialDefaults", "CallWaitStringIndex", SerialDefaults.CallWaitStringIndex, buffer);
+	WWWritePrivateProfileInt ("SerialDefaults", "InitStringIndex", SerialDefaults.InitStringIndex, buffer);
+	WWWritePrivateProfileInt ("SerialDefaults", "Init", SerialDefaults.Init, buffer);
+	WWWritePrivateProfileString("SerialDefaults", "DialMethod",
+		DialMethodCheck[ SerialDefaults.DialMethod ], buffer);
+	WWWritePrivateProfileInt ("SerialDefaults", "Baud", SerialDefaults.Baud, buffer);
+	WWWritePrivateProfileInt ("SerialDefaults", "IRQ", SerialDefaults.IRQ, buffer);
+	sprintf(buf, "%x", SerialDefaults.Port);
+	WWWritePrivateProfileString("SerialDefaults", "Port", buf, buffer);
+	WWWritePrivateProfileString("SerialDefaults", "ModemName", SerialDefaults.ModemName, buffer);
+	WWWritePrivateProfileInt ("SerialDefaults", "Compression", SerialDefaults.Compression , buffer);
+	WWWritePrivateProfileInt ("SerialDefaults", "ErrorCorrection", SerialDefaults.ErrorCorrection, buffer);
+	WWWritePrivateProfileInt ("SerialDefaults", "HardwareFlowControl", SerialDefaults.HardwareFlowControl, buffer);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Clear all existing InitString entries.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	WWWritePrivateProfileString ("InitStrings", NULL, NULL, buffer);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Save all InitString entries.  In descending order so they come out in
+	ascending order.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	for (i = (InitStrings.Count() - 1); i >= 0; i--) {
+		sprintf( buf, "%03d", i);
+		WWWritePrivateProfileString ("InitStrings", buf, InitStrings[i], buffer);
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Clear all existing Phone Book entries.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	WWWritePrivateProfileString ("PhoneBook", NULL, NULL, buffer);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Save all Phone Book entries.
+	Format: Entry=Name,PhoneNum,Port,IRQ,Baud,InitString
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	for (i = (PhoneBook.Count() - 1); i >= 0; i--) {
+		sprintf(buf,"%s|%s|%x|%d|%d|%d|%d|%d|%s|%d|%d|%s",
+			PhoneBook[i]->Name,
+			PhoneBook[i]->Number,
+			PhoneBook[i]->Settings.Port,
+			PhoneBook[i]->Settings.IRQ,
+			PhoneBook[i]->Settings.Baud,
+			PhoneBook[i]->Settings.Compression,
+			PhoneBook[i]->Settings.ErrorCorrection,
+			PhoneBook[i]->Settings.HardwareFlowControl,
+			DialMethodCheck[ PhoneBook[i]->Settings.DialMethod ],
+			PhoneBook[i]->Settings.InitStringIndex,
+			PhoneBook[i]->Settings.CallWaitStringIndex,
+			PhoneBook[i]->Settings.CallWaitString);
+		sprintf( entrytext, "%03d", i );
+		WWWritePrivateProfileString ("PhoneBook", entrytext, buf, buffer);
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Write the INI data out to a file.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	file.Open(WRITE);
+	file.Write(buffer,strlen(buffer));
+	file.Close();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Read_Scenario_Descriptions -- reads multi-player scenario #'s # descriptions                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   02/14/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void Read_Scenario_Descriptions (void)
+{
+	char *buffer;							// INI staging buffer pointer.
+	CCFileClass file;
+	int i;
+	char fname[20];
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Clear the scenario description lists
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	MPlayerScenarios.Clear();
+	MPlayerFilenum.Clear();
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Loop through all possible scenario numbers; if a file is available, add
+	its number to the FileNum list.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	for (i = 0; i < 100; i++) {
+		Set_Scenario_Name(ScenarioName, i, SCEN_PLAYER_MPLAYER,
+			SCEN_DIR_EAST, SCEN_VAR_A);
+		sprintf(fname,"%s.INI",ScenarioName);
+		file.Set_Name (fname);
+
+		if (file.Is_Available()) {
+			MPlayerFilenum.Add(i);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Now, for every file in the FileNum list, read in the INI file, and extract
+	its description.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	for (i = 0; i < MPlayerFilenum.Count(); i++) {
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Fetch working pointer to the INI staging buffer. Make sure that the
+		buffer is cleared out before proceeding.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		buffer = (char *)_ShapeBuffer;
+		memset(buffer, '\0', _ShapeBufferSize);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Create filename and read the file.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		Set_Scenario_Name(ScenarioName, MPlayerFilenum[i], SCEN_PLAYER_MPLAYER,
+			SCEN_DIR_EAST, SCEN_VAR_A);
+		sprintf(fname,"%s.INI",ScenarioName);
+		file.Set_Name (fname);
+		file.Read(buffer, _ShapeBufferSize-1);
+		file.Close();
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Extract description & add it to the list.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		WWGetPrivateProfileString("Basic", "Name", "Nulls-Ville",
+			MPlayerDescriptions[i], 40, buffer);
+		MPlayerScenarios.Add(MPlayerDescriptions[i]);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Free_Scenario_Descriptions -- frees memory for the scenario descriptions                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/05/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void Free_Scenario_Descriptions(void)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Clear the scenario descriptions & filenames
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	MPlayerScenarios.Clear();
+	MPlayerFilenum.Clear();
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Clear the initstring entries
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	for (i = 0; i < InitStrings.Count(); i++) {
+		delete InitStrings[i];
+	}
+	InitStrings.Clear();
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Clear the dialing entries
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	for (i = 0; i < PhoneBook.Count(); i++) {
+		delete PhoneBook[i];
+	}
+	PhoneBook.Clear();
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Computer_Message -- "sends" a message from the computer                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/06/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void Computer_Message(void)
+{
+	int color;
+	char txt[160];
+	HousesType house;
+	HouseClass *ptr;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Find the computer house that the message will be from
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	for (house = HOUSE_MULTI1; house < (HOUSE_MULTI1 + MPlayerMax); house++) {
+		ptr = HouseClass::As_Pointer(house);
+
+		if (!ptr || ptr->IsHuman || ptr->IsDefeated) {
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Decode this house's color
+		.....................................................................*/
+		color = MPlayerTColors[ptr->RemapColor];
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		We now have a 1/4 chance of echoing one of the human players' messages
+		back.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (IRandom(0,3) == 2) {
+			/*..................................................................
+			Now we have a 1/3 chance of garbling the human message.
+			..................................................................*/
+			if (IRandom(0,2) == 1) {
+				Garble_Message(LastMessage);
+			}
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Only add the message if there is one to add.
+			..................................................................*/
+			if (strlen(LastMessage)) {
+				sprintf(txt,"%s %s",Text_String(TXT_FROM_COMPUTER),LastMessage);
+				Messages.Add_Message(txt, color,
+					TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_FULLSHADOW, 600, 0, 0);
+			}
+		} else {
+			sprintf(txt,"%s %s",Text_String(TXT_FROM_COMPUTER),
+				Text_String(TXT_COMP_MSG1 + IRandom(0,12)));
+			Messages.Add_Message(txt, color,
+				TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_FULLSHADOW, 600, 0, 0);
+		}
+
+		return;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Garble_Message -- "garbles" a message                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      buf      buffer to garble; stores output message                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/06/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static void Garble_Message(char *buf)
+{
+	char txt[80];
+	char punct[20];		// for punctuation
+	char *p;					// working ptr
+	int numwords;			// # words in the phrase
+	char *words[40];		// ptrs to various words in the phrase
+	int i,j;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Pull off any trailing punctuation
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	p = buf + strlen(buf) - 1;
+	while (1) {
+		if (p < buf)
+			break;
+		if (p[0]=='!' || p[0]=='.' || p[0]=='?') {
+			p--;
+		} else {
+			p++;
+			break;
+		}
+		if (strlen(p) >= (sizeof(punct) - 1) ) {
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	strcpy (punct, p);
+	p[0] = 0;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < 40; i++) {
+		words[i] = NULL;
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Copy the original buffer
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	strcpy(txt,buf);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Split it up into words
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	p = strtok (txt, " ");
+	numwords = 0;
+	while (p) {
+		words[numwords] = p;
+		numwords++;
+		p = strtok (NULL, " ");
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Now randomly put the words back.  Don't use the real random-number
+	generator, since different machines will have different LastMessage's,
+	and will go out of sync.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	buf[0] = 0;
+	for (i = 0; i < numwords; i++) {
+		j = Sim_IRandom(0,numwords);
+		if (words[j] == NULL) {		// this word has been used already
+			i--;
+			continue;
+		}
+		strcat(buf,words[j]);
+		words[j] = NULL;
+		if (i < numwords-1)
+			strcat(buf," ");
+	}
+	strcat(buf,punct);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Surrender_Dialog -- Prompts user for surrendering                       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      0 = user cancels, 1 = user wants to surrender.                     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   07/05/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int Surrender_Dialog(void)
+{
+	int factor			= (SeenBuff.Get_Width() == 320) ? 1 : 2;
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog & button dimensions
+	........................................................................*/
+	int d_dialog_w = 170*factor;											// dialog width
+	int d_dialog_h = 53*factor;											// dialog height
+	int d_dialog_x = ((320*factor - d_dialog_w) / 2);				// centered x-coord
+	int d_dialog_y = ((200*factor - d_dialog_h) / 2);				// centered y-coord
+	int d_dialog_cx = d_dialog_x + (d_dialog_w / 2);		// coord of x-center
+
+	int d_txt6_h = 6*factor+1;												// ht of 6-pt text
+	int d_margin = 5*factor;												// margin width/height
+	int d_topmargin = 20*factor;											// top margin
+
+	int d_ok_w = 45*factor;												// ok width
+	int d_ok_h = 9*factor;													// ok height
+	int d_ok_x = d_dialog_cx - d_ok_w - 5*factor;					// ok x
+	int d_ok_y = d_dialog_y + d_dialog_h - d_ok_h - d_margin;	// ok y
+
+	int d_cancel_w = 45*factor;											// cancel width
+	int d_cancel_h = 9*factor;											// cancel height
+	int d_cancel_x = d_dialog_cx + 5*factor;							// cancel x
+	int d_cancel_y = d_dialog_y + d_dialog_h - d_cancel_h - d_margin; // cancel y
+
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Button enumerations
+	........................................................................*/
+	enum {
+		BUTTON_OK = 100,
+		BUTTON_CANCEL,
+	};
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Redraw values: in order from "top" to "bottom" layer of the dialog
+	........................................................................*/
+	typedef enum {
+		REDRAW_NONE = 0,
+		REDRAW_BUTTONS,
+		REDRAW_BACKGROUND,
+		REDRAW_ALL = REDRAW_BACKGROUND
+	} RedrawType;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog variables
+	........................................................................*/
+	RedrawType display;							// requested redraw level
+	bool process;									// loop while true
+	KeyNumType input;
+	int retcode;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Buttons
+	........................................................................*/
+	ControlClass *commands = NULL;		// the button list
+
+	TextButtonClass okbtn (BUTTON_OK, TXT_OK,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_ok_x, d_ok_y, d_ok_w, d_ok_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass cancelbtn (BUTTON_CANCEL, TXT_CANCEL,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_cancel_x, d_cancel_y, d_cancel_w, d_cancel_h);
+
+	/*
+	------------------------------- Initialize -------------------------------
+	*/
+	Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+
+	/*
+	......................... Create the button list .........................
+	*/
+	commands = &okbtn;
+	cancelbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+
+	/*
+	-------------------------- Main Processing Loop --------------------------
+	*/
+	display = REDRAW_ALL;
+	process = true;
+	while (process) {
+
+		/*
+		** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+		** we need to redraw.
+		*/
+		if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+			AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+			display=REDRAW_ALL;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................ Invoke game callback .........................
+		*/
+		if (Main_Loop()) {
+			retcode = 0;
+			process = false;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		...................... Refresh display if needed ......................
+		*/
+		if (display) {
+
+			/*
+			...................... Display the dialog box ......................
+			*/
+			Hide_Mouse();
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BACKGROUND) {
+				Dialog_Box(d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w, d_dialog_h);
+				Draw_Caption(TXT_NONE, d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w);
+
+				/*
+				....................... Draw the captions .......................
+				*/
+				Fancy_Text_Print(Text_String(TXT_SURRENDER),
+					d_dialog_cx, d_dialog_y + d_topmargin,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+			}
+
+			/*
+			........................ Redraw the buttons ........................
+			*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BUTTONS) {
+				commands->Flag_List_To_Redraw();
+			}
+			Show_Mouse();
+			display = REDRAW_NONE;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................... Get user input ............................
+		*/
+		input = commands->Input();
+
+		/*
+		............................ Process input ............................
+		*/
+		switch (input) {
+			case (KN_RETURN):
+			case (BUTTON_OK | KN_BUTTON):
+				retcode = 1;
+				process = false;
+				break;
+
+			case (KN_ESC):
+			case (BUTTON_CANCEL | KN_BUTTON):
+				retcode = 0;
+				process = false;
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	--------------------------- Redraw the display ---------------------------
+	*/
+	HiddenPage.Clear();
+	Map.Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+	Map.Render();
+
+	return (retcode);
+}
diff --git a/MSGBOX.CPP b/MSGBOX.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e29dc49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/MSGBOX.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,482 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\msgbox.cpv   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:50:48   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : OPTIONS.CPP                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : June 8, 1994                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : August 24, 1995 [JLB]                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   CCMessageBox::Process -- Handles all the options graphic interface.                         *
+ *   CCMessageBox::Process -- Displays message box.                                              *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+#include	"msgbox.h"
+#include "gadget.h"
+
+#ifdef JAPANESE
+CCMessageBox::CCMessageBox(int caption, bool pict) : Caption(caption), IsPicture(pict)
+{
+}
+#endif
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CCMessageBox::Process -- pops up a message with yes/no, etc                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This function displays a dialog box with a one-line message, and                            *
+ * up to two buttons. The 2nd button is optional. The buttons default                          *
+ * to "OK" and nothing, respectively. The hotkeys for the buttons are                          *
+ * RETURN and ESCAPE.                                                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      msg         message to display                                                         *
+ *      b1txt         text for 1st button                                                      *
+ *      b2txt         text for 2nd button; NULL = no 2nd button                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      # of button selected (0 = 1st)                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      'msg' text must be <= 38 chars                                                         *
+ *      'b1txt' and 'b2txt' must each be <= 18 chars                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/08/1994 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *   05/18/1995 JLB : Uses new font and dialog style.                                          *
+ *   08/24/1995 JLB : Handles three buttons.                                                   *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+#define	BUTTON_1		1
+#define	BUTTON_2		2
+#define	BUTTON_3		3
+#define	BUTTON_FLAG	0x8000
+int CCMessageBox::Process(const char *msg, const char *b1txt, const char *b2txt, const char *b3txt, bool preserve)
+{
+#define BUFFSIZE (511)
+//#define BUFFSIZE (255)
+	char buffer[BUFFSIZE];
+	bool retval;
+	bool process;								// loop while true
+	KeyNumType input;							// user input
+	int selection;
+	bool pressed;
+	int curbutton;
+	TextButtonClass *buttons[3];
+	void *back;
+	BOOL display;									// display level
+	int  realval[5];
+
+	GraphicBufferClass seen_buff_save(VisiblePage.Get_Width(),VisiblePage.Get_Height(),(void*)NULL);
+
+	int factor = (SeenBuff.Get_Width() == 320) ? 1 : 2;
+
+	if (b1txt && *b1txt == '\0') b1txt = 0;
+	if (b2txt && *b2txt == '\0') b2txt = 0;
+	if (b3txt && *b3txt == '\0') b3txt = 0;
+
+	/*
+	**	Examine the optional button parameters. Fetch the width and starting
+	**	characters for each.
+	*/
+	Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_NONE, 0, 0, TBLACK, TBLACK, TPF_6PT_GRAD|TPF_NOSHADOW);
+	char b1char, b2char, b3char;	// 1st char of each string
+	int bwidth, bheight;				// button width and height
+	int numbuttons = 0;
+	if (b1txt) {
+		b1char = toupper(b1txt[0]);
+
+		/*
+		**	Build the button list.
+		*/
+		bheight = FontHeight + FontYSpacing + (2*factor);
+		bwidth = MAX((String_Pixel_Width(b1txt) + (8 *factor)), 30 * factor);
+
+		if (b2txt) {
+			numbuttons = 2;
+			b2char = toupper(b2txt[0]);
+			bwidth = MAX((String_Pixel_Width( b2txt ) + (8*factor)), bwidth);
+
+			if (b3txt) {
+				numbuttons = 3;
+				b3char = toupper(b3txt[0]);
+			}
+
+		} else {
+			numbuttons = 1;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Determine the dimensions of the text to be used for the dialog box.
+	**	These dimensions will control how the dialog box looks.
+	*/
+	buffer[BUFFSIZE-1] = 0;
+	strncpy(buffer, msg, BUFFSIZE-2);
+	int width;
+	int height;
+
+#ifdef JAPANESE
+	if(IsPicture) {
+		width = 90;
+		height = 140 - 60;
+	} else
+#endif
+	Format_Window_String(buffer, 255 * factor, width, height);
+
+//BG #ifdef JAPANESE
+//BG 	if(!IsPicture) {
+//BG #else
+	width = MAX(width, 50 * factor);
+	width += 40 * factor;
+//BG #endif
+//BG #ifdef JAPANESE
+//BG 	}
+//BG #endif
+	height += (numbuttons == 0) ? (30 * factor) : (60 * factor);
+
+	int x = (SeenBuff.Get_Width() - width) / 2;
+	int y = (SeenBuff.Get_Height() - height) / 2;
+
+	/*
+	**	Other inits.
+	*/
+	Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+	VisiblePage.Blit(seen_buff_save);
+
+	/*
+	**	Initialize the button structures. All are initialized, even though one (or none) may
+	**	actually be added to the button list.
+	*/
+	TextButtonClass button1(BUTTON_1, b1txt, TPF_6PT_GRAD|TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL|TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		x + ((numbuttons == 1) ? ((width - bwidth) >> 1) : (10*factor)), y + height - (bheight + (5*factor)), bwidth);
+
+	TextButtonClass button2(BUTTON_2, b2txt, TPF_6PT_GRAD|TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL|TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		x + width - (bwidth + (10*factor)), y + height - (bheight + (5*factor)), bwidth);
+
+	TextButtonClass button3(BUTTON_3, b3txt, TPF_6PT_GRAD|TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL|TPF_NOSHADOW, 0, y + height - (bheight + (5*factor)));
+	button3.X = x + ((width - button3.Width) >> 1);
+
+	TextButtonClass * buttonlist = 0;
+	curbutton = 0;
+
+	/*
+	**	Add and inialize the buttons to the button list.
+	*/
+	if (numbuttons) {
+		buttonlist = &button1;
+		buttons[0] = &button1;
+		realval[0] = BUTTON_1;
+		if (numbuttons > 2) {
+			button3.Add(*buttonlist);
+			buttons[1] = &button3;
+			realval[1] = BUTTON_3;
+			button2.Add(*buttonlist);
+			buttons[2] = &button2;
+			realval[2] = BUTTON_2;
+			buttons[curbutton]->Turn_On();
+		} else if (numbuttons == 2) {
+			button2.Add(*buttonlist);
+			buttons[1] = &button2;
+			realval[1] = BUTTON_2;
+			buttons[curbutton]->Turn_On();
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Draw the dialog.
+	*/
+	Hide_Mouse();
+	if (preserve) {
+		back = new char[width * height];
+		SeenBuff.To_Buffer(x, y, width, height, back, width * height);
+	}
+	//display = TRUE;
+#ifdef JAPANESE
+	if(IsPicture) {
+		Load_Uncompress(CCFileClass(msg), SysMemPage, SysMemPage);
+		SysMemPage.Blit(SeenBuff, 160, 100);
+	} else {
+#endif
+	Dialog_Box(x, y, width, height);
+	Draw_Caption(Caption, x, y, width);
+
+	/*
+	**	Draw the caption.
+	*/
+	Fancy_Text_Print(buffer, x + (20*factor), y + (25*factor), CC_GREEN, TBLACK, TPF_6PT_GRAD|TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL|TPF_NOSHADOW);
+#ifdef JAPANESE
+	}
+#endif
+	/*
+	**	Redraw the buttons.
+	*/
+	if (buttonlist) {
+		buttonlist->Draw_All();
+	}
+	Show_Mouse();
+
+	/*
+	**	Main Processing Loop.
+	*/
+	if (buttonlist) {
+		process = true;
+		pressed = false;
+		while (process) {
+
+			/*
+			** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+			** we need to redraw.
+			*/
+			if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+				AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+				seen_buff_save.Blit(VisiblePage);
+				display = TRUE;
+			}
+
+			if (display){
+				display = FALSE;
+
+				Hide_Mouse();
+
+#ifdef JAPANESE
+				if(IsPicture) {
+					Load_Uncompress(CCFileClass(msg), SysMemPage, SysMemPage);
+					SysMemPage.Blit(SeenBuff, 160, 100);
+				} else {
+#endif
+					Dialog_Box(x, y, width, height);
+					Draw_Caption(Caption, x, y, width);
+
+					/*
+					**	Draw the caption.
+					*/
+					Fancy_Text_Print(buffer, x + (20 * factor), y + (25 * factor), CC_GREEN, TBLACK, TPF_6PT_GRAD|TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL|TPF_NOSHADOW);
+#ifdef JAPANESE
+				}
+#endif
+				/*
+				**	Redraw the buttons.
+				*/
+				if (buttonlist) {
+					buttonlist->Draw_All();
+				}
+				Show_Mouse();
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	Invoke game callback.
+			*/
+			Call_Back();
+
+			/*
+			**	Fetch and process input.
+			*/
+			input = buttonlist->Input();
+			switch (input) {
+				case (BUTTON_1|BUTTON_FLAG):
+					selection = realval[0];
+					pressed = true;
+					break;
+
+				case (KN_ESC):
+					if (numbuttons > 2) {
+						selection = realval[1];
+						pressed = true;
+					} else {
+						selection = realval[2];
+						pressed = true;
+					}
+					break;
+
+
+				case (BUTTON_2|BUTTON_FLAG):
+					selection = realval[1];
+					pressed = true;
+					break;
+
+				case (BUTTON_3|BUTTON_FLAG):
+					selection = realval[2];
+					pressed = true;
+					break;
+
+				case (KN_LEFT):
+					if (numbuttons > 1) {
+						buttons[curbutton]->Turn_Off();
+						buttons[curbutton]->Flag_To_Redraw();
+
+						curbutton--;
+						if (curbutton < 0) {
+							curbutton = numbuttons - 1;
+						}
+
+						buttons[curbutton]->Turn_On();
+						buttons[curbutton]->Flag_To_Redraw();
+					}
+					break;
+
+				case (KN_RIGHT):
+					if (numbuttons > 1) {
+						buttons[curbutton]->Turn_Off();
+						buttons[curbutton]->Flag_To_Redraw();
+
+						curbutton++;
+						if (curbutton > (numbuttons - 1) ) {
+							curbutton = 0;
+						}
+
+						buttons[curbutton]->Turn_On();
+						buttons[curbutton]->Flag_To_Redraw();
+					}
+					break;
+
+				case (KN_RETURN):
+					selection = curbutton + BUTTON_1;
+					pressed = true;
+					break;
+
+				/*
+				**	Check 'input' to see if it's the 1st char of button text
+				*/
+				default:
+#ifdef NEVER
+					if (b1char == toupper(Keyboard::To_ASCII((KeyNumType)(input & 0xFF)))) {
+						selection = BUTTON_1;
+						pressed = true;
+					} else if (b2txt!=NULL &&
+						b2char == toupper(Keyboard::To_ASCII((KeyNumType)(input & 0xFF)))) {
+						selection = BUTTON_2;
+						pressed = true;
+					}
+#endif
+					break;
+			}
+
+			if (pressed) {
+				switch (selection) {
+					case (BUTTON_1):
+						retval = 0;
+						process = false;
+						break;
+
+					case (BUTTON_2):
+						retval = 1;
+						process = false;
+						break;
+
+					case BUTTON_3:
+						retval = 2;
+						process = false;
+						break;
+				}
+
+				pressed = false;
+			}
+		}
+
+	} else {
+
+		/*
+		**	Delay for a brief moment so that the dialog box will be visible long
+		**	enough to read the text.
+		*/
+		CountDownTimerClass timer(BT_SYSTEM, 0);
+		timer.Start();
+		timer.Set(TICKS_PER_SECOND*4);
+		while (timer.Time() > 0) {
+			Call_Back();
+		}
+		Keyboard::Clear();
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Restore the screen if necessary.
+	*/
+	if (preserve) {
+		Hide_Mouse();
+		if (SeenBuff.Lock()){
+			Buffer_To_Page(x, y, width, height, back, &SeenBuff);
+		}
+		SeenBuff.Unlock();
+		delete[] back;
+		back = NULL;
+		Show_Mouse();
+	}
+	return(retval);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CCMessageBox::Process -- this one takes integer text arguments                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      msg         message to display                                                         *
+ *      b1txt         text for 1st button                                                      *
+ *      b2txt         text for 2nd button; NULL = no 2nd button                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      # of button selected (0 = 1st)                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      'msg' text must be <= 38 chars                                                         *
+ *      'b1txt' and 'b2txt' must each be <= 18 chars                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/12/1994 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *   06/18/1995 JLB : Simplified.                                                              *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int CCMessageBox::Process(int msg, int b1txt, int b2txt, int b3txt, bool preserve)
+{
+	return(Process(Text_String(msg), b1txt, b2txt, b3txt, preserve));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CCMessageBox::Process -- Displays message box.                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will display a message box and wait for player input. It varies from the    *
+ *    other message box functions only in the type of parameters it takes.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   msg   -- Pointer to text string for the message itself.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          b1txt -- Text number for the "ok" button.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          b2txt -- Text number for the "cancel" button.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the button selected. "true" if "OK" was pressed, and "false" if       *
+ *          "CANCEL" was pressed.                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/18/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int CCMessageBox::Process(char const *msg, int b1txt, int b2txt, int b3txt, bool preserve)
+{
+	return(Process(msg, Text_String(b1txt), Text_String(b2txt), Text_String(b3txt), preserve));
+}
diff --git a/MSGBOX.H b/MSGBOX.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c4e8e09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/MSGBOX.H
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\msgbox.h_v   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:47:50   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : OPTIONS.H                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : June 8, 1994                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : June 8, 1994   [JLB]                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef MSGBOX_H
+#define MSGBOX_H
+
+#include	"jshell.h"
+
+class CCMessageBox
+{
+		int Caption;
+#ifdef JAPANESE
+		bool IsPicture;
+#endif
+	public:
+#ifdef JAPANESE
+		CCMessageBox(int caption=TXT_NONE, bool pict=false);
+#else
+		CCMessageBox(int caption=TXT_NONE) {Caption = caption;};
+#endif
+		int Process(const char *msg, const char *b1txt, const char *b2txt=NULL, const char *b3txt=NULL, bool preserve=false);
+		int Process(int msg, int b1txt=TXT_OK, int b2txt=TXT_NONE, int b3txt=TXT_NONE, bool preserve=false);
+		int Process(char const *msg, int b1txt=TXT_OK, int b2txt=TXT_NONE, int b3txt=TXT_NONE, bool preserve=false);
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/MSGLIST.CPP b/MSGLIST.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ebb4ba4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/MSGLIST.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,808 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\msglist.cpv   1.4   16 Oct 1995 16:48:20   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : MSGLIST.CPP                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Bill R. Randolph                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : 05/22/95                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : June 26, 1995 [BRR]                      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ *   MessageListClass::Add_Edit -- Adds editable string to message list    *
+ *   MessageListClass::Add_Message -- displays the given message           *
+ *   MessageListClass::Draw -- Draws the messages                          *
+ *   MessageListClass::Get_Edit_Buf -- gets edit buffer                    *
+ *   MessageListClass::Init -- Inits message system, sets options          *
+ *   MessageListClass::Input -- Handles input for sending messages         *
+ *   MessageListClass::Manage -- Manages multiplayer messages              *
+ *   MessageListClass::MessageListClass -- constructor                     *
+ *   MessageListClass::~MessageListClass -- destructor                     *
+ *   MessageListClass::Num_Messages -- returns # messages in the list      *
+ *   MessageListClass::Set_Width -- sets allowable width of messages       *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "function.h"
+
+
+char MessageListClass::MessageBuffers[MAX_NUM_MESSAGES][MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH + 30];
+char MessageListClass::BufferAvail[MAX_NUM_MESSAGES];
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MessageListClass::MessageListClass -- constructor                       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      x,y         coord of upper-left of top message                     *
+ *      max_msg      max messages allowed, including edit message          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/21/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+MessageListClass::MessageListClass(void)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	MessageList = 0;
+	MessageX = 0;
+	MessageY = 0;
+	MaxMessages = 0;
+	MaxChars = 0;
+	Height = 0;
+	EditLabel = 0;
+	EditBuf = 0;
+	EditCurPos = 0;
+	EditInitPos = 0;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < MAX_NUM_MESSAGES; i++) {
+		BufferAvail[i] = 1;
+	}
+
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MessageListClass::~MessageListClass -- destructor                       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      x,y         coord of upper-left of top message                     *
+ *      max_msg      max messages allowed, including edit message          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/21/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+MessageListClass::~MessageListClass()
+{
+	Init(0,0,0,0,0);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MessageListClass::Init -- Inits message system, sets options            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      x,y         coord of upper-left of top message                     *
+ *      max_msg      max messages allowed, including edit message          *
+ *      maxchars      max # characters allowed per message                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/21/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void MessageListClass::Init(int x, int y, int max_msg, int maxchars, int height)
+{
+	TextLabelClass *txtlabel;
+	int i;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Remove every entry in the list
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	txtlabel = MessageList;
+	while (txtlabel) {
+		MessageList = (TextLabelClass *)txtlabel->Remove();
+		delete txtlabel;
+		txtlabel = MessageList;
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Mark all buffers as available
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	for (i = 0; i < MAX_NUM_MESSAGES; i++) {
+		BufferAvail[i] = 1;
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Init variables
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	MessageList = 0;
+	MessageX = x;
+	MessageY = y;
+
+	MaxMessages = max_msg;
+	if (MaxMessages > MAX_NUM_MESSAGES)
+		MaxMessages = MAX_NUM_MESSAGES;
+
+	MaxChars = maxchars;
+	if (MaxChars > MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH)
+		MaxChars = MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH;
+
+	Height = height;
+	EditLabel = 0;
+	EditBuf = 0;
+	EditCurPos = 0;
+	EditInitPos = 0;
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MessageListClass::Add_Message -- displays the given message             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      txt         text to display                                        *
+ *      color         color to draw text in                                *
+ *      style         style to use                                         *
+ *      timeout      # of ticks the thing is supposed to last (-1 = forever)*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      ptr to new TextLabelClass object.                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ * The TextLabelClass's text buffer is free'd when the class is free'd,    *
+ * so never pass it a static buffer.                                       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/05/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+TextLabelClass * MessageListClass::Add_Message(char *txt, int color,
+	TextPrintType style, int timeout, unsigned short magic_number, unsigned short crc)
+{
+	int num_msg;
+	TextLabelClass *txtlabel;
+	int x,y;
+	GadgetClass *gadg;
+	int i,j;
+	int found;
+	int	position;
+	char	*raw_string;
+	char	*current_string;
+	char	*s1,*s2;
+	bool	same;
+#if (0)
+#if (GERMAN)
+			static int from_adjust = -1;
+#else
+#if (FRENCH)
+			static int from_adjust = -2;
+#else
+			static int from_adjust = 0;
+#endif
+#endif
+#endif	//(0)
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Prevent a duplicate message.  (The IPXManager Global Channel cannot detect
+	a resend of a packet, so sometimes two identical messages appear in a row.)
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (MessageList) {
+		txtlabel = MessageList;
+		while (txtlabel) {
+			/*
+			** Dont check for duplicates in multi-segment strings
+			*/
+			if (!txtlabel->Segments){
+				if (!strcmp (txtlabel->Text,txt) && txtlabel->Color == color &&
+					txtlabel->Style == style) {
+					return(txtlabel);
+				}
+			}
+			txtlabel = (TextLabelClass *)txtlabel->Get_Next();
+		}
+	}
+
+
+	/*
+	** If the magic number is a valid message tail then see if we
+	** can add this message to the tail of an existing message (crc's must also match)
+	*/
+	if (magic_number > MESSAGE_HEAD_MAGIC_NUMBER &&
+	    magic_number < MESSAGE_HEAD_MAGIC_NUMBER+MAX_MESSAGE_SEGMENTS){
+
+		position = magic_number - MESSAGE_HEAD_MAGIC_NUMBER;
+		txtlabel = MessageList;
+
+		while (txtlabel) {
+			if (txtlabel->Color == color && txtlabel->Style == style && txtlabel->CRC == crc) {
+
+				same = true;
+
+				s1 = strchr(txtlabel->Text, ':');
+				s2 = strchr(txt, ':');
+
+				if (s1 && s2){
+					*s1 = 0;
+					*s2 = 0;
+
+					same = !strcmp (txtlabel->Text, txt);
+
+					*s1 = ':';
+					*s2 = ':';
+				}
+
+				if (same){
+
+					/*
+					** If this message segment hasnt already come through then add it to the existing text
+					*/
+					if (! (txtlabel->Segments & (1 << position)) ) {
+						/*
+						** Search for the ':' to find the actual message after the players name
+						*/
+						raw_string = s2;
+						current_string = s1;
+						if (raw_string++ && current_string++){
+							memcpy (current_string + (position*(COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-5))/*+from_adjust*/, raw_string, COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-4);
+							/*
+							** Flag this string segment as complete
+							*/
+							txtlabel->Segments |= 1<<position;
+							return(txtlabel);
+						}
+					}else{
+						/*
+						** This segment has already come through for this string so discard it.
+						*/
+						return (txtlabel);
+					}
+				}
+			}
+			txtlabel = (TextLabelClass *)txtlabel->Get_Next();
+		}
+	}
+
+
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Count the # of messages; if MaxMessages is going to be exceeded, remove
+	the top-most message.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	num_msg = 0;
+	if (MessageList) {
+		gadg = MessageList;
+		while (gadg) {
+			num_msg++;
+			gadg = gadg->Get_Next();
+		}
+	}
+	/*........................................................................
+	Remove the top-most message, but don't remove the edit message.
+	........................................................................*/
+	if ( (MaxMessages > 0) && ((num_msg + 1) > MaxMessages)) {
+		txtlabel = MessageList;
+		/*.....................................................................
+		If the top label is the edit label, go to the next one; if there is
+		no next one, just return.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (txtlabel == EditLabel)
+			txtlabel = (TextLabelClass *)txtlabel->Get_Next();
+		if (txtlabel==NULL)
+			return(NULL);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Remove this message from the list; mark its buffer as being available.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		MessageList = (TextLabelClass *)txtlabel->Remove();
+		for (i = 0; i < MAX_NUM_MESSAGES; i++) {
+			if (txtlabel->Text == MessageBuffers[i])
+				BufferAvail[i] = 1;
+		}
+		delete txtlabel;
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Recompute everyone's y-coordinate
+		.....................................................................*/
+		y = MessageY;
+		if (MessageList) {
+			gadg = MessageList;
+			while (gadg) {
+				gadg->Y = y;
+				gadg = gadg->Get_Next();
+				y += Height;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Figure out the message's y-coordinate; put it below the other messages
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	x = MessageX;
+	y = MessageY;
+	if (MessageList) {
+		gadg = MessageList;
+		while (gadg) {
+			gadg = gadg->Get_Next();
+			y += Height;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Create the message
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	txtlabel = new TextLabelClass (txt, x, y, color, style);
+	if (timeout==-1) {
+		txtlabel->UserData = 0;
+	} else {
+		txtlabel->UserData = TickCount.Time() + timeout;
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Find a buffer to store our message in; if there are none, don't add the
+	message.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	found = 0;
+	txtlabel->Segments = 0;
+	txtlabel->CRC = crc;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < MAX_NUM_MESSAGES; i++) {
+		if (BufferAvail[i]) {
+			BufferAvail[i] = 0;
+			memset (MessageBuffers[i],0,MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH + 30);
+			strcpy (MessageBuffers[i],txt);
+
+			/*
+			** If this is a segment from a larger message then put it in the right place
+			** in the buffer and clear out the rest with spaces
+			*/
+			if (magic_number >= MESSAGE_HEAD_MAGIC_NUMBER &&
+			    magic_number < MESSAGE_HEAD_MAGIC_NUMBER+MAX_MESSAGE_SEGMENTS){
+				raw_string = strchr(txt, ':');
+				char *dest_str = strchr(MessageBuffers[i], ':');
+				if (dest_str){
+					dest_str++;
+				}else{
+					dest_str = MessageBuffers[i];
+				}
+
+				if (raw_string++){
+					for (j=0 ; j<3 ; j++){
+						if (! ((magic_number - j) == MESSAGE_HEAD_MAGIC_NUMBER)){
+							memset (dest_str + j*(COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-4)/*+from_adjust*/, 32, COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-4);
+						}else{
+							strcpy(dest_str + j*(COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-4)/*+from_adjust*/, raw_string);
+						}
+					}
+				*(dest_str +((COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-4)*MAX_MESSAGE_SEGMENTS-1)) = 0;
+
+				}
+				position = magic_number - MESSAGE_HEAD_MAGIC_NUMBER;
+				txtlabel->Segments = 1<<position;
+			}
+
+			txtlabel->Text = MessageBuffers[i];
+			found = 1;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	if (!found) {
+		delete txtlabel;
+		return (NULL);
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Attach the message to our list
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (MessageList) {
+		txtlabel->Add_Tail (*MessageList);
+	} else {
+		MessageList = txtlabel;
+	}
+
+	return(txtlabel);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MessageListClass::Add_Edit -- Adds editable string to message list      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      color         color of edit message                                *
+ *      style         style of edit message                                *
+ *      to            string: who to send to                               *
+ *      width			width of editbox in pixels                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      ptr to new TextLabelClass                                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/22/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+TextLabelClass * MessageListClass::Add_Edit(int color, TextPrintType style,
+	char *to, int width)
+{
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Do nothing if we're already in "edit" mode
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (EditLabel)
+		return(NULL);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Initialize the buffer positions; add a new label to the label list.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	EditCurPos = EditInitPos = strlen(to);
+	EditLabel = Add_Message (to, color, style, -1, 0, 0);
+	Width = width;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Save our edit buffer pointer.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (EditLabel)
+		EditBuf = EditLabel->Text;
+	else
+		EditBuf = NULL;
+
+	return(EditLabel);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MessageListClass::Get_Edit_Buf -- gets edit buffer                      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      ptr to edit buffer, minus the "To:" header                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/21/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+char * MessageListClass::Get_Edit_Buf(void)
+{
+	if (!EditBuf)
+		return(NULL);
+
+	return(EditBuf + EditInitPos);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MessageListClass::Manage -- Manages multiplayer messages                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * If this routine returns TRUE, the caller should update the display.     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      0 = no change has occurred, 1 = changed                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/05/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int MessageListClass::Manage (void)
+{
+	TextLabelClass *txtlabel;
+	TextLabelClass *next;
+	int changed = 0;
+	int y;
+	GadgetClass *gadg;
+	int i;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Loop through all messages
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	txtlabel = MessageList;
+	while (txtlabel) {
+		/*.....................................................................
+		If this message's time is up, remove it from the list
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (txtlabel->UserData != 0 && TickCount.Time() > txtlabel->UserData) {
+			/*..................................................................
+			If we're about to delete the edit message, clear our edit message
+			values.
+			..................................................................*/
+			if (txtlabel == EditLabel) {
+				EditLabel = 0;
+				EditBuf = 0;
+			}
+			/*..................................................................
+			Save the next ptr in the list; remove this entry
+			..................................................................*/
+			next = (TextLabelClass *)txtlabel->Get_Next();
+			MessageList = (TextLabelClass *)txtlabel->Remove();
+			for (i = 0; i < MAX_NUM_MESSAGES; i++) {
+				if (txtlabel->Text == MessageBuffers[i])
+					BufferAvail[i] = 1;
+			}
+			delete txtlabel;
+			changed = 1;
+			txtlabel = next;
+		} else {
+			txtlabel = (TextLabelClass *)txtlabel->Get_Next();
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	If a changed has been made, recompute the y-coord of all messages
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (changed) {
+
+		y = MessageY;
+		if (MessageList) {
+			gadg = MessageList;
+			while (gadg) {
+				gadg->Y = y;
+				gadg = gadg->Get_Next();
+				y += Height;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(changed);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MessageListClass::Input -- Handles input for sending messages           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      input         key value to process                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      1 = caller should redraw the message list (no need to complete     *
+ *        refresh, though)                                                 *
+ *      2 = caller should completely refresh the display.                  *
+ *      3 = caller should send the edit message.                           *
+ *      (sets 'input' to 0 if it processes it.)                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/05/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int MessageListClass::Input(KeyNumType &input)
+{
+	KeyASCIIType ascii;
+	int retcode = 0;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Do nothing if nothing to do.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (input == KN_NONE)
+		return(0);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Leave mouse events alone.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if ( (input & (~KN_RLSE_BIT))==KN_LMOUSE ||
+		(input & (~KN_RLSE_BIT))==KN_RMOUSE)
+		return(0);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	If we're in 'edit mode', handle keys
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (EditLabel) {
+		ascii = (KeyASCIIType)(Keyboard::To_ASCII(input) & 0x00ff);
+
+		/*
+		** Allow numeric keypad presses to map to ascii numbers
+		*/
+		if ((input & WWKEY_VK_BIT) && ascii >='0' && ascii <= '9') {
+
+			input = (KeyNumType)(input & ~WWKEY_VK_BIT);
+
+		} else {
+			/*
+			** Filter out all special keys except return, escape and backspace
+			*/
+			if ((!(input & WWKEY_VK_BIT) && !(input & KN_BUTTON)
+					&& ascii >= ' ' && ascii <= 127)
+				|| (input & 0xff)== (KN_RETURN & 0xff)
+				|| (input & 0xff)== (KN_BACKSPACE & 0xff)
+				|| (input & 0xff)== (KN_ESC & 0xff) ) {
+
+				//ascii = (KeyASCIIType)(Keyboard->To_ASCII(input));
+			} else {
+				input = KN_NONE;
+				return (0);
+			}
+		}
+
+
+		switch (ascii) {
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			ESC = abort message
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case KA_ESC & 0xff:
+				EditLabel->UserData = 1;		// force it to be removed
+				input = KN_NONE;
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			RETURN = send the message
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case KA_RETURN & 0xff:
+				EditLabel->UserData = 1;		// force it to be removed
+				retcode = 3;
+				input = KN_NONE;
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			BACKSPACE = remove a character
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case KA_BACKSPACE & 0xff:
+				if (EditCurPos > EditInitPos) {
+					EditCurPos--;
+					EditBuf[EditCurPos] = 0;
+					retcode = 2;
+				}
+				input = KN_NONE;
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			default: add a character.  Reserve the last buffer position for null.
+			(EditCurPos - EditInitPos) is the buffer index # of the next
+			character, after the "To:" prefix.
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			default:
+				if ( (EditCurPos - EditInitPos) < (MaxChars - 1) ) {
+					if (!(input & WWKEY_VK_BIT) && ascii >= ' ' && ascii <= 127) {
+						EditBuf[EditCurPos] = ascii;
+						EditCurPos++;
+						retcode = 1;
+
+						/*
+						** Verify that the additional character would not overrun the on screen edit box.
+						*/
+						Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_NONE, 0, 0, EditLabel->Color, TBLACK, EditLabel->Style);
+						int width = String_Pixel_Width(EditBuf);
+						if (width >= Width){
+							EditBuf[EditCurPos--] = 0;
+							retcode = 0;
+						}
+
+					}
+				}
+				input = KN_NONE;
+				break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(retcode);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MessageListClass::Draw -- draws messages                                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      none                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/22/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void MessageListClass::Draw(void)
+{
+	if (MessageList) {
+		Hide_Mouse();
+		MessageList->Draw_All();
+		Show_Mouse();
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MessageListClass::Num_Messages -- returns # messages in the list        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      # of messages                                                      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/26/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int MessageListClass::Num_Messages(void)
+{
+	GadgetClass *gadg;
+	int num;
+
+	num = 0;
+
+	if (MessageList) {
+		gadg = MessageList;
+		while (gadg) {
+			num++;
+			gadg = gadg->Get_Next();
+		}
+	}
+
+	return (num);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * MessageListClass::Set_Width -- sets allowable width of messages         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      width      pixel width                                             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/26/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void MessageListClass::Set_Width(int width)
+{
+	GadgetClass *gadg;
+
+	if (MessageList) {
+		gadg = MessageList;
+		while (gadg) {
+			((TextLabelClass *)gadg)->PixWidth = width;
+			gadg = gadg->Get_Next();
+		}
+	}
+}
+
diff --git a/MSGLIST.H b/MSGLIST.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6755765
--- /dev/null
+++ b/MSGLIST.H
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : MSGLIST.H                                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Bill R. Randolph                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : 05/22/95                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : May 22, 1995 [BRR]                       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * How the messages work:																	*
+ * - MPlayerMessageList is a gadget list of all current messages				*
+ * - MPlayerMessageX & Y are the upper left corner of the 1st message		*
+ * - MPlayerMaxMessages is the max # of messages allowed, including			*
+ *   the editable message; 0 = no limit.												*
+ * - EditLabel points to the textmessage gadget for the current editable	*
+ *   field.  EditBuf points to the char buffer being edited.  EditInitPos	*
+ *   & EditCurPos define buffer index positions.									*
+ * - EditSendAddress is the IPX Address to send the message to when RETURN	*
+ *   is pressed.																				*
+ *																									*
+ * The UserData field in the TextLabelClass tells what the timeout for		*
+ * each message is (0 = none).															*
+ * When a message's timeout expires, it's deleted.  When a new message		*
+ * is added, the top message is deleted if MPlayerMaxMessages is exceeded.	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * The Edit-able message is never deleted until ESC or RETURN is pressed.	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef MSGLIST_H
+#define MSGLIST_H
+
+/*
+**	Class declaration
+*/
+class MessageListClass {
+	public:
+		/*
+		**	Constructor/Destructor
+		*/
+		MessageListClass (void);
+		~MessageListClass ();
+
+		/*
+		**	Initialization
+		*/
+		void Init (int x, int y, int max_msg, int maxchars, int height);
+		TextLabelClass * Add_Message (char *txt, int color, TextPrintType style, int timeout,
+												unsigned short magic_number, unsigned short crc);
+
+		/*
+		**	Message-editing routines
+		*/
+		TextLabelClass * Add_Edit (int color, TextPrintType style, char *to, int width);
+		char * Get_Edit_Buf (void);
+
+		/*
+		**	Maintenance routines
+		*/
+		int Manage (void);
+		int Input (KeyNumType &input);
+		void Draw(void);
+		int Num_Messages(void);
+		void Set_Width(int width);
+
+	private:
+		TextLabelClass * MessageList;				// list of messages
+		int MessageX;									// x-coord of upper-left
+		int MessageY;									// y-coord of upper-left
+		int MaxMessages;								// max messages allowed
+		int MaxChars;									// max allowed chars per message
+		int Height;										// height in pixels
+		TextLabelClass *EditLabel;					// ptr to current edit label
+		char *EditBuf;									// ptr to current edit buffer
+		int EditCurPos;								// current edit position
+		int EditInitPos;								// initial edit position
+		int Width;										// Maximum width in pixels of editable string
+
+		/*
+		** Static buffers provided for messages.  They must be long enough for
+		** both the message, and for the "To" prefix on edited messages, or
+		** the "From:" prefix on received messages.
+		*/
+		static char MessageBuffers[MAX_NUM_MESSAGES][MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH + 30];
+		static char BufferAvail[MAX_NUM_MESSAGES];
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/NETDLG.CPP b/NETDLG.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d0122c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/NETDLG.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,5431 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\netdlg.cpv   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:52:26   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        						  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ *                    File Name : NETDLG.CPP                               						  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ *                   Programmer : Bill Randolph                            						  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ *                   Start Date : January 23, 1995                         						  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ *                  Last Update : July 8, 1995 [BRR]                       						  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * These routines establish & maintain peer-to-peer connections between this system				  *
+ * and all others in the game.  Each system finds out the IPX address of the others,			  *
+ * and forms a direct connection (IPXConnectionClass) to that system.  Systems are				  *
+ * found out via broadcast queries.  Every system broadcasts its queries, and every				  *
+ * system replies to queries it receives.  At the point when the game owner signals				  *
+ * 'OK', every system must know about all the other systems in the game.							  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * How Bridges are handled:																						  *
+ * Currently, bridges are handled by specifying the destination IPX address of the				  *
+ * "server" (game owner's system) on the command-line.  This address is used to					  *
+ * derive a broadcast address to that destination network, and this system's queries			  *
+ * are broadcast over its network & the server's network; replies to the queries come			  *
+ * with each system's IPX address attached, so once we have the address, we can form			  *
+ * a connection with any system on the bridged net.														  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * The flaw in this plan is that we can only cross one bridge.  If there are 3 nets				  *
+ * bridged (A, B, & C), and the server is on net B, and we're on net A, our broadcasts			  *
+ * will reach nets A & B, but not C.  The way to circumvent this (if it becomes a problem)	  *
+ * would be to have the server tell us what other systems are in its game, not each				  *
+ * individual player's system.  Thus, each system would find out about all the other systems	  *
+ * by interacting with the game's owner system (this would be more involved than what			  *
+ * I'm doing here).																									  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * Here's a list of all the different packets sent over the Global Channel:						  *
+ *																															  *
+ *	NET_QUERY_GAME																										  *
+ *							(no other data)																			  *
+ *	NET_ANSWER_GAME																									  *
+ *							Name:					game owner's name													  *
+ *							GameInfo:			game's version & open state									  *
+ *	NET_QUERY_PLAYER																									  *
+ *							Name:					name of game we want players to respond for				  *
+ *	NET_ANSWER_PLAYER																									  *
+ *							Name:					player's name														  *
+ *							PlayerInfo:			info about player													  *
+ *	NET_QUERY_JOIN																										  *
+ *							Name:					name of player wanting to join								  *
+ *							PlayerInfo:			player's requested house & color								  *
+ *	NET_CONFIRM_JOIN																									  *
+ *							PlayerInfo:			approves player's house & color								  *
+ *	NET_REJECT_JOIN																									  *
+ *							(no other data)																			  *
+ *	NET_GAME_OPTIONS																									  *
+ *							ScenarioInfo:		info about scenario												  *
+ *	NET_SIGN_OFF																										  *
+ *							Name:					name of player signing off										  *
+ *	NET_PING																												  *
+ *							(no other data)																			  *
+ *	NET_GO																												  *
+ *							Delay:            value of one-way response time, in frames               *
+ * 																														  *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              						  *
+ *   Clear_Game_List -- Clears the game-name listbox & 'Games' Vector        						  *
+ *   Clear_Player_List -- Clears the player-name listbox & Vector     		   					  *
+ *   Destroy_Connection -- destroys the given connection													  *
+ *   Get_Join_Responses -- sends queries for the Join Dialog											  *
+ *   Get_NewGame_Responses -- processes packets for New Game dialog                            *
+ *   Init_Network -- initializes network stuff                             						  *
+ *   Net_Join_Dialog -- lets user join an existing game, or start a new one						  *
+ *   Net_New_Dialog -- lets user start a new game															  *
+ *   Process_Global_Packet -- responds to remote queries                   						  *
+ *   Remote_Connect -- handles connecting this user to others              						  *
+ *   Request_To_Join -- Sends a JOIN request packet to game owner           	 					  *
+ *   Send_Join_Queries -- sends queries for the Join Dialog												  *
+ *   Shutdown_Network -- shuts down network stuff                          						  *
+ *   Compute_Name_CRC -- computes CRC from char string                                         *
+ *   Net_Reconnect_Dialog -- Draws/updates the network reconnect dialog                        *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "function.h"
+#include <time.h>
+#include "tcpip.h"
+#include "ccdde.h"
+#define SHOW_MONO		0
+
+
+#ifndef DEMO
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+The possible states of the join-game dialog
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+typedef enum {
+	JOIN_REJECTED = -1,		// we've been rejected
+	JOIN_NOTHING,				// we're not trying to join a game
+	JOIN_WAIT_CONFIRM,		// we're asking to join, & waiting for confirmation
+	JOIN_CONFIRMED,			// we've been confirmed
+	JOIN_GAME_START,			// the game we've joined is starting
+} JoinStateType;
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+The possible return codes from Get_Join_Responses()
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+typedef enum {
+	EV_NONE,							// nothing happened
+	EV_STATE_CHANGE,				// Join dialog is in a new state
+	EV_NEW_GAME,					// a new game was detected
+	EV_NEW_PLAYER,					// a new player was detected
+	EV_PLAYER_SIGNOFF,			// a player has signed off
+	EV_GAME_SIGNOFF,				// a gamed owner has signed off
+	EV_GAME_OPTIONS,				// a game options packet was received
+	EV_MESSAGE,						// a message was received
+} JoinEventType;
+
+
+/*
+******************************** Prototypes *********************************
+*/
+static int Net_Join_Dialog(void);
+static void Clear_Game_List (ListClass *gamelist);
+static void Clear_Player_List (ListClass *playerlist);
+static int Request_To_Join (char *playername, int join_index, ListClass *playerlist,
+	HousesType house, int color);
+static void Send_Join_Queries(int curgame, int gamenow, int playernow);
+static JoinEventType Get_Join_Responses(JoinStateType *joinstate, ListClass *gamelist,
+	ColorListClass *playerlist, int join_index);
+static int Net_New_Dialog(void);
+static JoinEventType Get_NewGame_Responses(ColorListClass *playerlist);
+static int Net_Fake_New_Dialog(void);
+static int Net_Fake_Join_Dialog(void);
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Init_Network -- initializes network stuff                               						  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  						  *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 						  *
+ *		true = Initialization OK, false = error																  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               						  *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                						  *
+ *   02/14/1995 BR : Created.                                              						  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool Init_Network (void)
+{
+	NetNumType net;
+	NetNodeType node;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	This call allocates all necessary queue buffers, allocates Real-mode
+	memory, and commands IPX to start listening on the Global Channel.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (!Ipx.Init())
+		return(false);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Allocate our "meta-packet" buffer
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (!MetaPacket) {
+		MetaPacket = new char [sizeof (EventClass) * MAX_EVENTS];
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Set up the IPX manager to cross a bridge
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (!(GameToPlay == GAME_INTERNET)){
+		if (IsBridge) {
+			BridgeNet.Get_Address(net,node);
+			Ipx.Set_Bridge(net);
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(true);
+
+}	/* end of Init_Network */
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Shutdown_Network -- shuts down network stuff                            						  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  						  *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 						  *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               						  *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                						  *
+ *   02/14/1995 BR : Created.                                              						  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void Shutdown_Network (void)
+{
+
+//
+// Note: The thought behind this section of code was that if the program
+// terminates early, without an EventClass::EXIT event, it still needs to
+// tell the other systems that it's gone, so it would send a SIGN_OFF packet.
+// BUT, this causes a sync bug if the systems are running slow and this system
+// is running ahead of the others; it will send the NET_SIGN_OFF >>before<<
+// the other system execute their EventClass::EXIT event, and the other systems
+// will kill the connection at some random Frame # & turn my stuff over to
+// the computer possibly at different times.
+// BRR, 10/29/96
+//
+#if (0)
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Broadcast a sign-off packet, by sending the packet over the Global Channel,
+	telling the IPX Manager that no ACK is required, and specifying a NULL
+	destination address.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	memset (&GPacket, 0, sizeof(GlobalPacketType));
+
+	GPacket.Command = NET_SIGN_OFF;
+	strcpy (GPacket.Name, MPlayerName);
+
+	Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof (GlobalPacketType), 0, NULL);
+	Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof (GlobalPacketType), 0, NULL);
+
+	if (IsBridge && !Winsock.Get_Connected()) {
+		Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 0, &BridgeNet);
+		Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 0, &BridgeNet);
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Wait for the packets to finish going out (or the Global Channel times out)
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	for (;;) {
+		if (Ipx.Global_Num_Send()==0) {
+			break;
+		}
+		Ipx.Service();
+	}
+
+#endif	//(0)
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Delete our "meta-packet"
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	delete [] MetaPacket;
+	MetaPacket = 0;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	If I was in a game, I'm not now, so clear the game name
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	MPlayerGameName[0] = 0;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Process_Global_Packet -- responds to remote queries                     						  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * The only commands from other systems this routine responds to are NET_QUERY_GAME				  *
+ * and NET_QUERY_PLAYER.  The other commands are too context-specific to be able					  *
+ * to handle here, such as joining the game or signing off; but this routine handles			  *
+ * the majority of the program's needs.																		  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  						  *
+ *		packet		ptr to packet to process																	  *
+ *		address		source address of sender																	  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 						  *
+ *		true = packet was processed, false = wasn't															  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               						  *
+ *		MPlayerName & MPlayerGameName must have been filled in before this function				  *
+ *		can be called.																									  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                						  *
+ *   02/15/1995 BR : Created.                                              						  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool Process_Global_Packet(GlobalPacketType *packet, IPXAddressClass *address)
+{
+	GlobalPacketType mypacket;
+
+	/*
+	---------------- Another system asking what game this is -----------------
+	*/
+	if (packet->Command==NET_QUERY_GAME && NetStealth==0) {
+		/*.....................................................................
+		If the game is closed, let every player respond, and let the sender of
+		the query sort it all out.  This way, if the game's host exits the game,
+		the game still shows up on other players' dialogs.
+		If the game is open, only the game owner may respond.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (strlen(MPlayerName) > 0 && strlen(MPlayerGameName) > 0 &&
+			((!NetOpen) || (NetOpen && !strcmp(MPlayerName,MPlayerGameName)))) {
+			memset (packet, 0, sizeof(GlobalPacketType));
+
+			mypacket.Command = NET_ANSWER_GAME;
+			strcpy(mypacket.Name, MPlayerGameName);
+#ifdef PATCH
+			if (IsV107) {
+				mypacket.GameInfo.Version = 1;
+			} else {
+				mypacket.GameInfo.Version = 2;
+			}
+#else
+			mypacket.GameInfo.Version = Version_Number();
+#endif
+			mypacket.GameInfo.IsOpen = NetOpen;
+
+			Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&mypacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 1,
+				address);
+		}
+		return(true);
+	} else {
+
+		/*
+		----------------- Another system asking what player I am -----------------
+		*/
+		if (packet->Command==NET_QUERY_PLAYER &&
+			!strcmp (packet->Name, MPlayerGameName) &&
+				(strlen(MPlayerGameName) > 0) && NetStealth==0) {
+			memset (packet, 0, sizeof(GlobalPacketType));
+
+			mypacket.Command = NET_ANSWER_PLAYER;
+			strcpy(mypacket.Name, MPlayerName);
+			mypacket.PlayerInfo.House = MPlayerHouse;
+			mypacket.PlayerInfo.Color = MPlayerColorIdx;
+			mypacket.PlayerInfo.NameCRC = Compute_Name_CRC(MPlayerGameName);
+
+			Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&mypacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 1, address);
+			return(true);
+		}
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Destroy_Connection -- destroys the given connection													  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * Call this routine when a connection goes bad, or another player signs off.						  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  						  *
+ *		id			connection ID to destroy																		  *
+ *		error		0 = user signed off; 1 = connection error; otherwise, no error is shown.		  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 						  *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               						  *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                						  *
+ *   04/22/1995 BR : Created.                                              						  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void Destroy_Connection(int id, int error)
+{
+	int i,j;
+	HousesType house;
+	HouseClass *housep;
+	char txt[80];
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Create a message to display to the user
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	txt[0] = '\0';
+	if (error==1) {
+		sprintf(txt,Text_String(TXT_CONNECTION_LOST),Ipx.Connection_Name(id));
+	} else if (error==0) {
+		sprintf(txt,Text_String(TXT_LEFT_GAME),Ipx.Connection_Name(id));
+	}
+
+	if (strlen(txt)) {
+		Messages.Add_Message (txt,
+			MPlayerTColors[MPlayerID_To_ColorIndex((unsigned char)id)],
+			TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_FULLSHADOW, 600, 0, 0);
+		Map.Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Delete the IPX connection, shift the MPlayerID's & MPlayerHouses' back one.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	Ipx.Delete_Connection(id);
+
+	for (i = 0; i < MPlayerCount; i++) {
+		if (MPlayerID[i] == (unsigned char)id) {
+			/*..................................................................
+			Turn the player's house over to the computer's AI
+			..................................................................*/
+			house = MPlayerHouses[i];
+			housep = HouseClass::As_Pointer (house);
+			housep->IsHuman = false;
+			housep->IsStarted = true;
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Move arrays back by one
+			..................................................................*/
+			for (j = i; j < MPlayerCount - 1; j++) {
+				MPlayerID[j] = MPlayerID[j + 1];
+				MPlayerHouses[j] = MPlayerHouses[j + 1];
+				strcpy (MPlayerNames[j], MPlayerNames[j+1]);
+				TheirProcessTime[j] = TheirProcessTime[j+1];
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	MPlayerCount--;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	If we're the last player left, tell the user.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (MPlayerCount == 1) {
+		sprintf(txt,"%s",Text_String(TXT_JUST_YOU_AND_ME));
+		Messages.Add_Message (txt,
+			MPlayerTColors[MPlayerID_To_ColorIndex((unsigned char)id)],
+			TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_FULLSHADOW, 600, 0, 0);
+		Map.Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+	}
+
+}	/* end of Destroy_Connection */
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Remote_Connect -- handles connecting this user to others                						  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  						  *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 						  *
+ *		true = connections established; false = not															  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               						  *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                						  *
+ *   02/14/1995 BR : Created.                                              						  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool Remote_Connect(void)
+{
+	int rc;
+	int stealth;				// original state of NetStealth flag
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Init network timing parameters; these values should work for both a "real"
+	network, and a simulated modem network (ie Kali)
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	Ipx.Set_Timing (	30, 		// retry 2 times per second
+							-1, 		// ignore max retries
+							600);		// give up after 10 seconds
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Save the original value of the NetStealth flag, so we can turn stealth
+	off for now (during this portion of the dialogs, we must show ourselves)
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	stealth = NetStealth;
+	NetStealth = 0;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Init my game name to 0-length, since I haven't joined any game yet.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	MPlayerGameName[0] = 0;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	The game is now "open" for joining.  Close it as soon as we exit this
+	routine.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	NetOpen = 1;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Read the default values from the INI file
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	Read_MultiPlayer_Settings ();
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Keep looping until something useful happens.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	while (1) {
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Pop up the network Join/New dialog
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		rc = Net_Join_Dialog();
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		-1 = user selected Cancel
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		if (rc==-1) {
+			NetStealth = stealth;
+			NetOpen = 0;
+			return(false);
+		} else {
+
+			/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+			0 = user has joined an existing game; save values & return
+			---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			if (rc==0) {
+				Write_MultiPlayer_Settings ();
+				NetStealth = stealth;
+				NetOpen = 0;
+
+				return(true);
+			} else {
+
+				/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+				1 = user requests New Network Game
+				---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+				if (rc==1) {
+					/*..................................................................
+					Pop up the New Network Game dialog; if user selects OK, return
+					'true'; otherwise, return to the Join Dialog.
+					..................................................................*/
+					if (Net_New_Dialog()) {
+						Write_MultiPlayer_Settings ();
+						NetOpen = 0;
+						NetStealth = stealth;
+						NetOpen = 0;
+
+						return(true);
+					} else {
+						continue;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Remote_Connect -- handles connecting this host to the server in an internet game 			    *
+ *                                                                         						    *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  						    *
+ *		none.																												 *
+ *                                                                         						    *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 						    *
+ *		true = connections established; false = not															 *
+ *                                                                         						    *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               						    *
+ *		none.																												 *
+ *                                                                         						    *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                						    *
+ *   02/14/1995 BR : Created.                                              						    *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool Server_Remote_Connect(void)
+{
+	int stealth;				// original state of NetStealth flag
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Init network timing parameters; these values should work for both a "real"
+	network, and a simulated modem network (ie Kali)
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	Ipx.Set_Timing (	30, 		// retry 2 times per second
+							-1, 		// ignore max retries
+							600);		// give up after 10 seconds
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Save the original value of the NetStealth flag, so we can turn stealth
+	off for now (during this portion of the dialogs, we must show ourselves)
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	stealth = NetStealth;
+	NetStealth = 0;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	The game is now "open" for joining.  Close it as soon as we exit this
+	routine.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	NetOpen = 1;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Read the default values from the INI file
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	Read_MultiPlayer_Settings ();
+
+	if (!Net_Fake_New_Dialog()){
+		Write_MultiPlayer_Settings ();
+		return (false);
+	}
+
+	NetOpen = 0;
+	NetStealth = stealth;
+	Write_MultiPlayer_Settings ();
+	return (true);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Client_Remote_Connect -- handles connecting this client to the server in an internet game   *
+ *                                                                         						    *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  						    *
+ *		none.																												 *
+ *                                                                         						    *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 						    *
+ *		true = connections established; false = not															 *
+ *                                                                         						    *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               						    *
+ *		none.																												 *
+ *                                                                         						    *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                						    *
+ *   02/14/1995 ST : Created.                                              						    *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool Client_Remote_Connect(void)
+{
+	int rc;
+	int stealth;				// original state of NetStealth flag
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Init network timing parameters; these values should work for both a "real"
+	network, and a simulated modem network (ie Kali)
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	Ipx.Set_Timing (	30, 		// retry 2 times per second
+							-1, 		// ignore max retries
+							600);		// give up after 10 seconds
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Save the original value of the NetStealth flag, so we can turn stealth
+	off for now (during this portion of the dialogs, we must show ourselves)
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	stealth = NetStealth;
+	NetStealth = 0;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	The game is now "open" for joining.  Close it as soon as we exit this
+	routine.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	NetOpen = 1;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Read the default values from the INI file
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	Read_MultiPlayer_Settings ();
+
+	/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Pop up the network Join/New dialog
+	---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	rc = Net_Fake_Join_Dialog();
+	Write_MultiPlayer_Settings ();
+
+	NetStealth = stealth;
+	NetOpen = 0;
+
+	if (rc == -1) {
+		return(false);
+	} else {
+		return(true);
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Net_Join_Dialog -- lets user join an existing game or start a new one							  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * This dialog displays an edit field for the player's name, and a list of all non-stealth-	  *
+ * mode games.  Clicking once on a game name displays a list of who's in that game.  Clicking  *
+ * "New" takes the user to the Net_New dialog, where he waits for other users to join his		  *
+ * game.  All other input is done through this dialog.													  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * The dialog has several "states":																				  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * 1) Initially, it waits for the user to fill in his/her name and then to select Join or New; *
+ *    if New is selected, this dialog is exited.															  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ *	2) If Join is selected, the Join & New buttons are removed, but the Cancel button remains.  *
+ *	   The join request is transmitted to the game's owner, and the message "Waiting for		  *
+ *		Confirmation" is displayed, until a confirmation or denial is received from the game's	  *
+ *		owner.  The user may click Cancel at this point to cancel the join request.				  *
+ *		(Once Join is selected, the name editing field is disabled, and becomes a display-only	  *
+ *		field.  If cancel is selected, it reappears as an edit field.) The user can still click  *
+ *		around & see who's in which games.																		  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ *	3) If the join request is denied, the dialog re-initializes to its pre-join state; the		  *
+ *		Join & New buttons reappear, & the Name field is available again.								  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * 4) If join confirmation is obtained, the message just changes to "Confirmed.  Waiting for	  *
+ *		Entry Signal." or some such nonsense.  The user can still click around & see who's		  *
+ *		in which games.																								  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * Any game running in Stealth mode won't show up on this dialog.										  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ *    ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿                     					  *
+ *    ³                 Network Games                     ³                     					  *
+ *    ³                                                   ³                     					  *
+ *    ³              Your Name: ____________              ³                     					  *
+ *    ³                  House: [GDI] [NOD]               ³                     					  *
+ *    ³          Desired Color: [ ][ ][ ][ ]              ³                     					  *
+ *    ³                                                   ³                     					  *
+ *    ³            Games                 Players          ³                     					  *
+ *    ³ ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄ¿ ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄ¿ ³                     					  *
+ *    ³ ³(Bill's Game         )³³ ³ Peter Parker GDI ³³ ³                     					  *
+ *    ³ ³ Peter Parker's Game  ÃÄ´ ³ Mary Jane    GDI ÃÄ´ ³                     					  *
+ *    ³ ³(Magnum PI's Game    )³ ³ ³ JJ Jameson   NOD ³ ³ ³                     					  *
+ *    ³ ³                      ÃÄ´ ³                  ÃÄ´ ³                     					  *
+ *    ³ ³                      ³³ ³                  ³³ ³                     					  *
+ *    ³ ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÙ ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÙ ³                     					  *
+ *    ³           Scenario: Big Long Description          ³                     					  *
+ *    ³                Starting Credits: xxxx             ³                     					  *
+ *    ³          Count: ---          Level: ---           ³                     					  *
+ *    ³          Bases: ON          Crates: ON            ³                          					  *
+ *    ³       Tiberium: ON      AI Players: ON            ³                           					  *
+ *    ³                                                   ³                     					  *
+ *    ³            [Join]  [Cancel]    [New]              ³                     					  *
+ *    ³  ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿  ³                     					  *
+ *    ³  ³                                             ³  ³                     					  *
+ *    ³  ³                                             ³  ³                     					  *
+ *    ³  ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ  ³                     					  *
+ *    ³                  [Send Message]                   ³                     					  *
+ *    ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ                     					  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  						  *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 						  *
+ *		-1 = cancel, 0 = OK, 1 = New net game requested														  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               						  *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                						  *
+ *   02/14/1995 BR : Created.                                              						  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+static int Net_Join_Dialog(void)
+{
+	int factor			= (SeenBuff.Get_Width() == 320) ? 1 : 2;
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog & button dimensions
+	........................................................................*/
+/* ###Change collision detected! C:\PROJECTS\CODE\NETDLG.CPP... */
+	int d_dialog_w = 287 *factor;											// dialog width
+	int d_dialog_h = 198*factor;											// dialog height
+	int d_dialog_x = ((320*factor - d_dialog_w) / 2);				// dialog x-coord
+	int d_dialog_y = ((200*factor - d_dialog_h) / 2);				// centered y-coord
+	int d_dialog_cx = d_dialog_x + (d_dialog_w / 2);		// center x-coord
+
+	int d_txt6_h = 6*factor+1;												// ht of 6-pt text
+	int d_margin1 = 5*factor;												// large margin
+	int d_margin2 = 2*factor;												// small margin
+
+	int d_name_w = 70*factor;
+	int d_name_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_name_x = d_dialog_cx - 10*factor;
+	int d_name_y = d_dialog_y + d_margin1 + d_txt6_h + d_txt6_h;
+
+	int d_gdi_w = 30*factor;
+	int d_gdi_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_gdi_x = d_dialog_cx - 10*factor;
+	int d_gdi_y = d_name_y + d_name_h + d_margin2;
+
+	int d_nod_w = 30*factor;
+	int d_nod_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_nod_x = d_gdi_x + d_gdi_w;
+	int d_nod_y = d_name_y + d_name_h + d_margin2;
+
+	int d_color_w = 10*factor;
+	int d_color_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_color_y = d_nod_y + d_nod_h + d_margin2;
+
+	int d_gamelist_w = 160*factor;
+	int d_gamelist_h = 27*factor;
+	int d_gamelist_x = d_dialog_x + d_margin1;
+	int d_gamelist_y = d_color_y + d_color_h + d_margin1 + d_txt6_h;
+
+	int d_playerlist_w = 106*factor;
+	int d_playerlist_h = 27*factor;
+	int d_playerlist_x = d_dialog_x + d_dialog_w - d_margin1 - d_playerlist_w;
+	int d_playerlist_y = d_color_y + d_color_h + d_margin1 + d_txt6_h;
+
+	int d_msg1_y = d_gamelist_y + d_gamelist_h + d_margin1;
+	int d_msg2_y = d_msg1_y + d_txt6_h;
+	int d_msg3_y = d_msg2_y + d_txt6_h;
+	int d_msg4_y = d_msg3_y + d_txt6_h;
+	int d_msg5_y = d_msg4_y + d_txt6_h;
+
+	int d_join_w = 40*factor;
+	int d_join_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_join_x = d_dialog_x + (d_dialog_w / 6) - (d_join_w / 2);
+	int d_join_y = d_msg5_y + d_txt6_h + d_margin1;
+
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+	int d_cancel_w = 50*factor;
+#else
+	int d_cancel_w = 40*factor;
+#endif
+	int d_cancel_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_cancel_x = d_dialog_cx - d_cancel_w / 2;
+	int d_cancel_y = d_msg5_y + d_txt6_h + d_margin1;
+
+	int d_new_w = 40*factor;
+	int d_new_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_new_x = d_dialog_x + ((d_dialog_w * 5) / 6) - (d_new_w / 2);
+	int d_new_y = d_msg5_y + d_txt6_h + d_margin1;
+
+	int d_message_w = d_dialog_w - (d_margin1 * 2);
+	int d_message_h = 34*factor;
+	int d_message_x = d_dialog_x + d_margin1;
+	int d_message_y = d_cancel_y + d_cancel_h + d_margin1;
+
+	int d_send_w = 80*factor;
+	int d_send_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_send_x = d_dialog_cx - (d_send_w / 2);
+	int d_send_y = d_message_y + d_message_h + d_margin2;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Button Enumerations
+	........................................................................*/
+	enum {
+		BUTTON_NAME = 100,
+		BUTTON_GDI,
+		BUTTON_NOD,
+		BUTTON_GAMELIST,
+		BUTTON_PLAYERLIST,
+		BUTTON_JOIN,
+		BUTTON_CANCEL,
+		BUTTON_NEW,
+		BUTTON_SEND,
+	};
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Redraw values: in order from "top" to "bottom" layer of the dialog
+	........................................................................*/
+	typedef enum {
+		REDRAW_NONE = 0,
+		REDRAW_MESSAGE,
+		REDRAW_COLORS,
+		REDRAW_BUTTONS,
+		REDRAW_BACKGROUND,
+		REDRAW_ALL = REDRAW_BACKGROUND
+	} RedrawType;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog variables
+	........................................................................*/
+	RedrawType display = REDRAW_ALL;		// redraw level
+	bool process = true;						// process while true
+	KeyNumType input;
+	int cbox_x[] = {	d_gdi_x,
+							d_gdi_x + d_color_w,
+							d_gdi_x + (d_color_w * 2),
+							d_gdi_x + (d_color_w * 3),
+							d_gdi_x + (d_color_w * 4),
+							d_gdi_x + (d_color_w * 5)};
+
+	JoinStateType joinstate = JOIN_NOTHING;	// current "state" of this dialog
+	char namebuf[MPLAYER_NAME_MAX] = {0};		// buffer for player's name
+	int tabs[] = {77*factor};						// tabs for player list box
+	int game_index = -1;						// index of currently-selected game
+	int join_index = -1;						// index of game we're joining
+	int rc = 0;									// -1 = user cancelled, 1 = New
+	JoinEventType event;						// event from incoming packet
+	int i,j;										// loop counter
+	char txt[80];
+	char const *p;
+	int parms_received;						// 1 = game options received
+	int found;
+
+	unsigned char tmp_id[MAX_PLAYERS];	// temp storage for sorting player ID's
+	int min_index;								// for sorting player ID's
+	unsigned char min_id;					// for sorting player ID's
+	unsigned char id;							// connection ID
+	char * item;
+	unsigned long starttime;
+
+	NodeNameType *who;
+
+	int					message_length;
+	int					sent_so_far;
+	unsigned short		magic_number;
+	unsigned short		crc;
+
+	void const *up_button;
+	void const *down_button;
+
+	if (InMainLoop){
+		up_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-UP.SHP");
+		down_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-DN.SHP");
+	}else{
+		up_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-UP2.SHP");
+		down_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-DN2.SHP");
+	}
+
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Buttons
+	........................................................................*/
+	GadgetClass *commands;										// button list
+
+	EditClass name_edt (BUTTON_NAME,
+		namebuf, MPLAYER_NAME_MAX, TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_name_x, d_name_y, d_name_w, d_name_h, EditClass::ALPHANUMERIC);
+
+	TextButtonClass gdibtn(BUTTON_GDI, TXT_G_D_I,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_gdi_x, d_gdi_y, d_gdi_w, d_gdi_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass nodbtn(BUTTON_NOD, TXT_N_O_D,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_nod_x, d_nod_y, d_nod_w, d_nod_h);
+
+	ListClass gamelist(BUTTON_GAMELIST,
+		d_gamelist_x, d_gamelist_y, d_gamelist_w, d_gamelist_h,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		up_button,
+		down_button);
+
+	ColorListClass playerlist(BUTTON_PLAYERLIST,
+		d_playerlist_x, d_playerlist_y, d_playerlist_w, d_playerlist_h,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		up_button,
+		down_button);
+
+	TextButtonClass joinbtn(BUTTON_JOIN, TXT_JOIN,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+#ifdef FRENCH
+		d_join_x, d_join_y);
+#else
+		d_join_x, d_join_y, d_join_w, d_join_h);
+#endif
+
+	TextButtonClass cancelbtn(BUTTON_CANCEL, TXT_CANCEL,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+//#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+//		d_cancel_x, d_cancel_y);
+//#else
+		d_cancel_x, d_cancel_y, d_cancel_w, d_cancel_h);
+//#endif
+
+	TextButtonClass newbtn(BUTTON_NEW, TXT_NEW,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_new_x, d_new_y, d_new_w, d_new_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass sendbtn(BUTTON_SEND, TXT_SEND_MESSAGE,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+//#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+//		d_send_x, d_send_y);
+//#else
+		d_send_x, d_send_y, d_send_w, d_send_h);
+//#endif
+
+	playerlist.Set_Tabs(tabs);
+
+	/*
+	----------------------------- Various Inits ------------------------------
+	*/
+	MPlayerColorIdx = MPlayerPrefColor;			// init my preferred color
+	strcpy (namebuf, MPlayerName);				// set my name
+	name_edt.Set_Text(namebuf,MPLAYER_NAME_MAX);
+	name_edt.Set_Color (MPlayerTColors[MPlayerColorIdx]);
+
+	playerlist.Set_Selected_Style(ColorListClass::SELECT_NONE);
+
+	if (MPlayerHouse==HOUSE_GOOD) {
+		gdibtn.Turn_On();
+	} else {
+		nodbtn.Turn_On();
+	}
+
+	Fancy_Text_Print("", 0, 0, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+	Messages.Init (d_message_x + 2, d_message_y + 2, 4,
+		MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH, d_txt6_h);
+
+	/*
+	--------------------------- Send network query ---------------------------
+	*/
+	Send_Join_Queries (game_index, 1, 0);
+
+	Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+	HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+	Set_Palette(Palette);
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Init Mono Output ----------------------------
+	*/
+	#if(SHOW_MONO)
+	Ipx.Configure_Debug(-1, sizeof (GlobalHeaderType),
+		sizeof(NetCommandType), GlobalPacketNames, 11);
+	Ipx.Mono_Debug_Print(-1,1);
+	#endif
+	while (Get_Mouse_State() > 0) Show_Mouse();
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Processing loop -----------------------------
+	*/
+	while (process) {
+
+		/*
+		** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+		** we need to redraw.
+		*/
+		if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+			AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+			display=REDRAW_ALL;
+		}
+
+		#if(SHOW_MONO)
+		Ipx.Mono_Debug_Print(-1,0);
+		#endif
+		/*
+		...................... Refresh display if needed ......................
+		*/
+		if (display) {
+			Hide_Mouse();
+			/*
+			.................. Redraw backgound & dialog box ...................
+			*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BACKGROUND) {
+				Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+				HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+				Set_Palette(Palette);
+
+				Dialog_Box(d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w, d_dialog_h);
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Dialog & Field labels
+				...............................................................*/
+				Draw_Caption (TXT_JOIN_NETWORK_GAME, d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_YOUR_NAME,
+					d_name_x - 5, d_name_y + 1, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_SIDE_COLON,
+					d_gdi_x - 5, d_gdi_y + 1, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_COLOR_COLON,
+					cbox_x[0] - 5, d_color_y + 1, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_GAMES,
+					d_gamelist_x + (d_gamelist_w / 2), d_gamelist_y - d_txt6_h,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_PLAYERS,
+					d_playerlist_x + (d_playerlist_w / 2), d_playerlist_y - d_txt6_h,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Join-state-specific labels:
+				...............................................................*/
+				if (joinstate > JOIN_NOTHING) {
+					Fancy_Text_Print(namebuf, d_name_x, d_name_y + 1, CC_GREEN,
+						TBLACK, TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+					if (MPlayerHouse==HOUSE_GOOD) {
+						Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_G_D_I, d_gdi_x, d_gdi_y + 1, CC_GREEN,
+							TBLACK, TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+					} else {
+						Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_N_O_D, d_gdi_x, d_gdi_y + 1, CC_GREEN,
+							TBLACK, TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+					}
+				}
+
+				/*
+				.................... Rebuild the button list ....................
+				*/
+				cancelbtn.Zap();
+				gamelist.Zap();
+				playerlist.Zap();
+				gdibtn.Zap();
+				nodbtn.Zap();
+				name_edt.Zap();
+				joinbtn.Zap();
+				newbtn.Zap();
+				sendbtn.Zap();
+
+				commands = &cancelbtn;
+				gamelist.Add_Tail(*commands);
+				playerlist.Add_Tail(*commands);
+				/*...............................................................
+				Only add the name edit field, the House, Join & New buttons if
+				we're doing nothing, or we've just been rejected.
+				...............................................................*/
+				if (joinstate <= JOIN_NOTHING) {
+					gdibtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+					nodbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+					name_edt.Add_Tail(*commands);
+					joinbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+					newbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+				}
+				if (joinstate == JOIN_CONFIRMED)
+					sendbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+			}
+			/*
+			.......................... Redraw buttons ..........................
+			*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BUTTONS) {
+				commands->Draw_All();
+			}
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Draw the color boxes
+			..................................................................*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_COLORS) {
+				for (i = 0; i < MAX_MPLAYER_COLORS; i++) {
+					LogicPage->Fill_Rect (cbox_x[i] + 1, d_color_y + 1,
+						cbox_x[i] + 1 + d_color_w - 2, d_color_y + 1 + d_color_h - 2,
+						MPlayerGColors[i]);
+
+					if (i == MPlayerColorIdx) {
+						Draw_Box(cbox_x[i], d_color_y, d_color_w, d_color_h,
+							BOXSTYLE_GREEN_DOWN, false);
+					} else {
+						Draw_Box(cbox_x[i], d_color_y, d_color_w, d_color_h,
+							BOXSTYLE_GREEN_RAISED, false);
+					}
+				}
+			}
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Draw the message:
+			- Erase an old message first
+			- If we're in a game, print the game options (if they've been
+			  received)
+			- If we've been rejected from a game, print that message
+			..................................................................*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_MESSAGE) {
+				Draw_Box(d_message_x, d_message_y, d_message_w, d_message_h,
+					BOXSTYLE_GREEN_BORDER, true);
+				Messages.Draw();
+
+				LogicPage->Fill_Rect( d_dialog_x + 2,
+					d_msg1_y,
+					d_dialog_x + d_dialog_w - 4,
+					d_msg5_y + d_txt6_h,
+					BLACK);
+
+				if (joinstate==JOIN_CONFIRMED && parms_received) {
+					/*............................................................
+					Scenario title
+					............................................................*/
+					p = Text_String(TXT_SCENARIO_COLON);
+					if (ScenarioIdx != -1) {
+						sprintf(txt,"%s %s",p, MPlayerScenarios[ScenarioIdx]);
+
+						Fancy_Text_Print (txt, d_dialog_cx,
+							d_msg1_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+							TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW | TPF_CENTER);
+					} else {
+						sprintf(txt,"%s %s",p,Text_String(TXT_NOT_FOUND));
+
+						Fancy_Text_Print (txt, d_dialog_cx,
+							d_msg1_y, CC_NOD_COLOR, TBLACK,
+							TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW | TPF_CENTER);
+					}
+
+					/*............................................................
+					# of credits
+					............................................................*/
+					p = Text_String(TXT_START_CREDITS_COLON);
+					sprintf(txt, "%s %d", p, MPlayerCredits);
+					Fancy_Text_Print (txt, d_dialog_cx,
+						d_msg2_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+						TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW | TPF_CENTER);
+
+					/*............................................................
+					Count & Level values
+					............................................................*/
+					p = Text_String(TXT_COUNT);
+					sprintf(txt,"%s %d",p,MPlayerUnitCount);
+					Fancy_Text_Print (txt,
+						d_dialog_x + (d_dialog_w / 4) - String_Pixel_Width(p),
+						d_msg3_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+						TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+					p = Text_String(TXT_LEVEL);
+					if (BuildLevel <= MPLAYER_BUILD_LEVEL_MAX) {
+						sprintf(txt, "%s %d", p, BuildLevel);
+					} else {
+						sprintf(txt, "%s **", p);
+					}
+					Fancy_Text_Print (txt,
+						d_dialog_x + d_dialog_w - (d_dialog_w / 4) - String_Pixel_Width(p),
+						d_msg3_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+						TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+					/*............................................................
+					Bases
+					............................................................*/
+					p = Text_String(TXT_BASES_COLON);
+					if (MPlayerBases) {
+						sprintf(txt,"%s %s",p,Text_String(TXT_ON));
+					} else {
+						sprintf(txt,"%s %s",p,Text_String(TXT_OFF));
+					}
+					Fancy_Text_Print (txt,
+						d_dialog_x + (d_dialog_w / 4) - String_Pixel_Width(p),
+						d_msg4_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+						TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+					/*............................................................
+					Tiberium
+					............................................................*/
+					p = Text_String(TXT_TIBERIUM_COLON);
+					if (MPlayerTiberium) {
+						sprintf(txt,"%s %s",p,Text_String(TXT_ON));
+					} else {
+						sprintf(txt,"%s %s",p,Text_String(TXT_OFF));
+					}
+
+					Fancy_Text_Print (txt,
+						d_dialog_x + (d_dialog_w / 4) - String_Pixel_Width(p),
+						d_msg5_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+						TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+					/*............................................................
+					Goody boxes
+					............................................................*/
+					p = Text_String(TXT_CRATES_COLON);
+					if (MPlayerGoodies) {
+						sprintf(txt,"%s %s",p,Text_String(TXT_ON));
+					} else {
+						sprintf(txt,"%s %s",p,Text_String(TXT_OFF));
+					}
+
+					Fancy_Text_Print (txt,
+						d_dialog_x + d_dialog_w - (d_dialog_w / 4) - String_Pixel_Width(p),
+						d_msg4_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+						TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+					/*............................................................
+					Computer AI players
+					............................................................*/
+					if (Special.IsCaptureTheFlag) {
+						p = Text_String(TXT_CAPTURE_THE_FLAG_COLON);
+						sprintf(txt,"%s %s",p,Text_String(TXT_ON));
+					} else {
+						p = Text_String(TXT_AI_PLAYERS_COLON);
+						if (MPlayerGhosts) {
+							sprintf(txt,"%s %s",p,Text_String(TXT_ON));
+						} else {
+							sprintf(txt,"%s %s",p,Text_String(TXT_OFF));
+						}
+					}
+					Fancy_Text_Print (txt,
+						d_dialog_x + d_dialog_w - (d_dialog_w / 4) - String_Pixel_Width(p),
+						d_msg5_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+						TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				} else {
+
+					/*...............................................................
+					Rejection notice
+					...............................................................*/
+					if (joinstate==JOIN_REJECTED) {
+						Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_REQUEST_DENIED,
+							d_dialog_cx, d_msg3_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+							TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+					}
+				}
+			}
+
+			Show_Mouse();
+			display = REDRAW_NONE;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................... Get user input ............................
+		*/
+		input = commands->Input();
+
+		/*
+		---------------------------- Process input ----------------------------
+		*/
+		switch (input) {
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			User clicks on a color button:
+			- If we've joined a game, don't allow a new color selection
+			- otherwise, select that color
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case KN_LMOUSE:
+				if (joinstate > JOIN_NOTHING)
+					break;
+				if (_Kbd->MouseQX > cbox_x[0] &&
+					_Kbd->MouseQX < (cbox_x[MAX_MPLAYER_COLORS - 1] + d_color_w) &&
+					_Kbd->MouseQY > d_color_y &&
+					_Kbd->MouseQY < (d_color_y + d_color_h)) {
+						MPlayerPrefColor = (_Kbd->MouseQX - cbox_x[0]) / d_color_w;
+						MPlayerColorIdx = MPlayerPrefColor;
+
+						name_edt.Set_Color (MPlayerTColors[MPlayerColorIdx]);
+						name_edt.Flag_To_Redraw();
+
+						display = REDRAW_COLORS;
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			User clicks on the game list:
+			- If we've joined a game, don't allow the selected item to change;
+			otherwise:
+			- Clear the player list
+			- Send an immediate player query
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_GAMELIST | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (joinstate==JOIN_CONFIRMED) {
+					gamelist.Set_Selected_Index(game_index);
+				} else {
+					if (gamelist.Current_Index() != game_index) {
+						Clear_Player_List (&playerlist);
+						game_index = gamelist.Current_Index();
+						Send_Join_Queries (game_index, 0, 1);
+					}
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			House Buttons: set the player's desired House
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_GDI | KN_BUTTON):
+				MPlayerHouse = HOUSE_GOOD;
+				gdibtn.Turn_On();
+				nodbtn.Turn_Off();
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_NOD | KN_BUTTON):
+				MPlayerHouse = HOUSE_BAD;
+				gdibtn.Turn_Off();
+				nodbtn.Turn_On();
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			JOIN: send a join request packet & switch to waiting-for-confirmation
+			mode.  (Request_To_Join fills in MPlayerName with my namebuf.)
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_JOIN | KN_BUTTON):
+				name_edt.Clear_Focus();
+				name_edt.Flag_To_Redraw();
+
+				join_index = gamelist.Current_Index();
+				parms_received = 0;
+				if (Request_To_Join (namebuf, join_index, &playerlist, MPlayerHouse,
+					MPlayerColorIdx)) {
+					joinstate = JOIN_WAIT_CONFIRM;
+				} else {
+					display = REDRAW_ALL;
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			CANCEL: send a SIGN_OFF
+			- If we're part of a game, stay in this dialog; otherwise, exit
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (KN_ESC):
+				if (Messages.Get_Edit_Buf() != NULL) {
+					Messages.Input(input);
+					display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+					break;
+				}
+			case (BUTTON_CANCEL | KN_BUTTON):
+				memset (&GPacket, 0, sizeof(GlobalPacketType));
+
+				GPacket.Command = NET_SIGN_OFF;
+				strcpy(GPacket.Name,MPlayerName);
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				If we're joined to a game, make extra sure the other players in
+				that game know I'm exiting; send my SIGN_OFF as an ack-required
+				packet.  Do not send this packet to myself (index 0).
+				...............................................................*/
+				if (joinstate == JOIN_CONFIRMED) {
+					//
+					// Remove myself from the player list box
+					//
+					if (playerlist.Count()) { 	// added: BRR 6/14/96
+						item = (char *)(playerlist.Get_Item(0));
+						playerlist.Remove_Item(item);
+						delete [] item;
+						playerlist.Flag_To_Redraw();
+					}
+
+					//
+					// Remove myself from the Players list
+					//
+					if (Players.Count()) {		// added: BRR 6/14/96
+						who = Players[0];
+						Players.Delete(0);
+						delete who;
+					}
+
+					for (i = 0; i < Players.Count(); i++) {
+						Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 1,
+							&(Players[i]->Address));
+						Ipx.Service();
+					}
+				}
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Now broadcast my SIGN_OFF so other players looking at this game
+				know I'm leaving.
+				...............................................................*/
+				Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof (GlobalPacketType),
+					0, NULL);
+				Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof (GlobalPacketType),
+					0, NULL);
+
+				if (IsBridge) {
+					Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 0,
+						&BridgeNet);
+					Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 0,
+						&BridgeNet);
+				}
+
+				while (Ipx.Global_Num_Send() > 0 && Ipx.Service() != 0) ;
+
+				if (joinstate != JOIN_CONFIRMED) {
+					process = false;
+					rc = -1;
+				} else {
+					MPlayerGameName[0] = 0;
+					joinstate = JOIN_NOTHING;
+					display = REDRAW_ALL;
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			NEW: bail out with return code 1
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_NEW | KN_BUTTON):
+				/*
+				.................. Force user to enter a name ...................
+				*/
+				if (strlen(namebuf)==0) {
+					CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_NAME_ERROR);
+					display = REDRAW_ALL;
+					break;
+				}
+				/*
+				..................... Ensure name is unique .....................
+				*/
+				found = 0;
+				for (i = 0; i < Games.Count(); i++) {
+					if (!stricmp(Games[i]->Name, namebuf)) {
+						found = 1;
+						CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_GAMENAME_MUSTBE_UNIQUE);
+						display = REDRAW_ALL;
+						break;
+					}
+				}
+				if (found)
+					break;
+				/*
+				.................... Save player & game name ....................
+				*/
+				strcpy(MPlayerName,namebuf);
+				strcpy(MPlayerGameName,namebuf);
+
+				name_edt.Clear_Focus();
+				name_edt.Flag_To_Redraw();
+
+				rc = 1;
+				process = false;
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			Default: manage the inter-player messages
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			default:
+				/*...............................................................
+				F4/SEND/'M' = edit a message
+				...............................................................*/
+				if (Messages.Get_Edit_Buf()==NULL) {
+					if ( (input == KN_M && joinstate==JOIN_CONFIRMED) ||
+						input==(BUTTON_SEND | KN_BUTTON) || input == KN_F4) {
+						memset (txt, 0, 80);
+
+						strcpy(txt,Text_String(TXT_TO_ALL));	// "To All:"
+
+						Messages.Add_Edit (MPlayerTColors[MPlayerColorIdx],
+							TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_FULLSHADOW, txt, d_message_w-70*factor);
+
+						if (joinstate <= JOIN_NOTHING) {
+							name_edt.Clear_Focus();
+							name_edt.Flag_To_Redraw();
+						}
+
+						display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+
+						break;
+					}
+				} else
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				If we're already editing a message and the user clicks on
+				'Send', translate our input to a Return so Messages.Input() will
+				work properly.
+				...............................................................*/
+				if (input==(BUTTON_SEND | KN_BUTTON)) {
+					input = KN_RETURN;
+				}
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Manage the message system (get rid of old messages)
+				...............................................................*/
+				if (Messages.Manage()) {
+					display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+				}
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Service keyboard input for any message being edited.
+				...............................................................*/
+				i = Messages.Input(input);
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				If 'Input' returned 1, it means refresh the message display.
+				...............................................................*/
+				if (i==1) {
+					Messages.Draw();
+				} else {
+
+					/*...............................................................
+					If 'Input' returned 2, it means redraw the message display.
+					...............................................................*/
+					if (i==2) {
+						display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+					} else {
+
+						/*...............................................................
+						If 'input' returned 3, it means send the current message.
+						...............................................................*/
+						if (i==3) {
+							long actual_message_size;
+							char *the_string;
+
+							sent_so_far = 0;
+ 							magic_number = MESSAGE_HEAD_MAGIC_NUMBER;
+							message_length = strlen(Messages.Get_Edit_Buf());
+							crc = (unsigned short)
+									(Calculate_CRC(Messages.Get_Edit_Buf(),message_length) &0xffff);
+
+							while ( sent_so_far < message_length ){
+								GPacket.Command = NET_MESSAGE;
+								strcpy (GPacket.Name, namebuf);
+								memcpy (GPacket.Message.Buf, Messages.Get_Edit_Buf()+sent_so_far, COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-5);
+
+								/*
+								** Steve I's stuff for splitting message on word boundries
+								*/
+								actual_message_size = COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH - 5;
+
+								/* Start at the end of the message and find a space with 10 chars. */
+								the_string = GPacket.Message.Buf;
+								while ( (COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH -5) -actual_message_size < 10 &&
+									the_string[actual_message_size] != ' '){
+									--actual_message_size;
+								}
+								if ( the_string[actual_message_size] == ' ' ){
+
+									/* Now delete the extra characters after the space (they musnt print) */
+									for ( int i=0 ; i< (COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-5) - actual_message_size; i++ ){
+										the_string[i + actual_message_size] = 0xff;
+									}
+								}else{
+									actual_message_size = COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH - 5;
+								}
+
+
+								*(GPacket.Message.Buf + COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-5) = 0;
+								*((unsigned short*)(GPacket.Message.Buf + COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-4)) = magic_number;
+								*((unsigned short*)(GPacket.Message.Buf + COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-2)) = crc;
+								GPacket.Message.ID = Build_MPlayerID (MPlayerColorIdx, MPlayerHouse);
+								GPacket.Message.NameCRC = Compute_Name_CRC(MPlayerGameName);
+
+								/*..................................................................
+								Send the message to every player in our player list.  The local
+								system will also receive this message, since it's in the Player list.
+								..................................................................*/
+								if (joinstate == JOIN_CONFIRMED) {
+									for (i = 1; i < Players.Count(); i++) {
+										Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket,
+											sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 1, &(Players[i]->Address));
+										Ipx.Service();
+									}
+
+									sprintf(txt,Text_String (TXT_FROM), MPlayerName, GPacket.Message.Buf);
+									Messages.Add_Message (txt,
+										MPlayerTColors[MPlayerColorIdx],
+										TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_FULLSHADOW, 600, magic_number, crc);
+								}
+								else {
+									for (i = 0; i < Players.Count(); i++) {
+										Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket,
+											sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 1, &(Players[i]->Address));
+										Ipx.Service();
+									}
+								}
+								magic_number++;
+								sent_so_far += actual_message_size;	//COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-5;
+							}
+						}
+					}
+				}
+				break;
+		}
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Resend our query packets
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		Send_Join_Queries(game_index, 0, 0);
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Process incoming packets
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		event = Get_Join_Responses(&joinstate, &gamelist, &playerlist,
+			join_index);
+		/*.....................................................................
+		If we've changed state, redraw everything; if we're starting the game,
+		break out of the loop.  If we've just joined, send out a player query
+		so I'll get added to the list instantly.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (event == EV_STATE_CHANGE) {
+			display = REDRAW_ALL;
+			if (joinstate==JOIN_GAME_START) {
+				rc = 0;
+				process = false;
+			} else {
+
+				/*..................................................................
+				If we're newly-confirmed, immediately send out a player query
+				..................................................................*/
+				if (joinstate==JOIN_CONFIRMED) {
+
+					Clear_Player_List(&playerlist);
+
+					item = new char [MPLAYER_NAME_MAX + 4];
+					if (MPlayerHouse==HOUSE_GOOD) {
+						sprintf(item,"%s\t%s",MPlayerName,Text_String(TXT_G_D_I));
+					} else {
+						sprintf(item,"%s\t%s",MPlayerName,Text_String(TXT_N_O_D));
+					}
+					playerlist.Add_Item (item, MPlayerTColors[MPlayerColorIdx]);
+
+					who = new NodeNameType;
+					strcpy(who->Name, MPlayerName);
+					who->Address = IPXAddressClass();
+					who->Player.House = MPlayerHouse;
+					who->Player.Color = MPlayerColorIdx;
+					Players.Add (who);
+
+					Send_Join_Queries (game_index, 0, 1);
+				} else {
+
+					/*..................................................................
+					If we've been rejected, clear any messages we may have been typing.
+					..................................................................*/
+					if (joinstate==JOIN_REJECTED) {
+
+						//
+						// Remove myself from the player list box
+						//
+						if (playerlist.Count()) { 	// added: BRR 6/14/96
+							item = (char *)(playerlist.Get_Item(0));
+							if (item){
+								playerlist.Remove_Item(item);
+								delete [] item;
+								playerlist.Flag_To_Redraw();
+							}
+						}
+
+						//
+						// Remove myself from the Players list
+						//
+						if (Players.Count()){
+							who = Players[0];
+							Players.Delete(0);
+							delete who;
+						}
+
+						Messages.Init (d_message_x + 2, d_message_y + 2, 4,
+							MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH, d_txt6_h);
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		} else
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		If a new game is detected, and it's the first game on our list,
+		automatically send out a player query for that game.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (event == EV_NEW_GAME && gamelist.Count()==1) {
+			gamelist.Set_Selected_Index(0);
+			game_index = gamelist.Current_Index();
+			Send_Join_Queries (game_index, 0, 1);
+		} else
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		If the game options have changed, print them.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (event == EV_GAME_OPTIONS) {
+			parms_received = 1;
+			display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+		} else
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Draw an incoming message
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (event == EV_MESSAGE) {
+			display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+		} else
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		A game before the one I've selected is gone, so we have a new index now.
+		'game_index' must be kept set to the currently-selected list item, so
+		we send out queries for the currently-selected game.  It's therefore
+		imperative that we detect any changes to the game list.
+		If we're joined in a game, we must decrement our game_index to keep
+		it aligned with the game we're joined to.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (event == EV_GAME_SIGNOFF) {
+			if (joinstate==JOIN_CONFIRMED) {
+				game_index--;
+				join_index--;
+				gamelist.Set_Selected_Index(join_index);
+			} else {
+				gamelist.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				Clear_Player_List(&playerlist);
+				game_index = gamelist.Current_Index();
+				Send_Join_Queries (game_index, 0, 1);
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Service the Ipx connections
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		Ipx.Service();
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Clean out the Game List; if an old entry is found:
+		- Remove it
+		- Clear the player list
+		- Send queries for the new selected game, if there is one
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		for (i = 0; i < Games.Count(); i++) {
+			if (TickCount.Time() - Games[i]->Game.LastTime > 400) {
+				Games.Delete(Games[i]);
+				item = (char *)(gamelist.Get_Item (i));
+				gamelist.Remove_Item (item);
+				delete [] item;
+				if (i <= game_index) {
+					gamelist.Flag_To_Redraw();
+					Clear_Player_List(&playerlist);
+					game_index = gamelist.Current_Index();
+					Send_Join_Queries (game_index, 0, 1);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Service the sounds & score; GameActive must be false at this point,
+		so Call_Back() doesn't intercept global messages from me!
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		Call_Back();
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Establish connections with all other players.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (rc == 0) {
+		/*.....................................................................
+		If the other guys are playing a scenario I don't have (sniff), I can't
+		play.  Try to bail gracefully.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (ScenarioIdx==-1) {
+			CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_UNABLE_PLAY_WAAUGH);
+
+			//
+			// Remove myself from the player list box
+			//
+			if (playerlist.Count()) { 	// added: BRR 6/14/96
+				item = (char *)(playerlist.Get_Item(0));
+				playerlist.Remove_Item(item);
+				delete [] item;
+				playerlist.Flag_To_Redraw();
+			}
+
+			//
+			// Remove myself from the Players list
+			//
+			if (Players.Count()) {		// added: BRR 6/14/96
+				who = Players[0];
+				Players.Delete(0);
+				delete who;
+			}
+
+			memset (&GPacket, 0, sizeof(GlobalPacketType));
+
+			GPacket.Command = NET_SIGN_OFF;
+			strcpy (GPacket.Name, MPlayerName);
+
+			for (i = 0; i < Players.Count(); i++) {
+				Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 1,
+					&(Players[i]->Address));
+				Ipx.Service();
+			}
+
+			Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof (GlobalPacketType),
+				0, NULL);
+			Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof (GlobalPacketType),
+				0, NULL);
+
+			if (IsBridge) {
+				Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 0,
+					&BridgeNet);
+				Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 0,
+					&BridgeNet);
+			}
+
+			while (Ipx.Global_Num_Send() > 0 && Ipx.Service() != 0) ;
+
+			rc = -1;
+
+		} else {
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Set the number of players in this game, and my ID
+			..................................................................*/
+			MPlayerCount = Players.Count();
+			MPlayerLocalID = Build_MPlayerID (MPlayerColorIdx, MPlayerHouse);
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Get the scenario number
+			..................................................................*/
+			Scenario = MPlayerFilenum[ScenarioIdx];
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Form connections with all other players.  Form the IPX Connection ID
+			from the player's Color and House.  This will let us extract any
+			player's color & house at any time.  Fill in 'tmp_id' while we're
+			doing this.
+			..................................................................*/
+			for (i = 0; i < Players.Count(); i++) {
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Only create the connection if it's not myself!
+				...............................................................*/
+				if (strcmp (MPlayerName, Players[i]->Name)) {
+					id = Build_MPlayerID(Players[i]->Player.Color,
+						Players[i]->Player.House);
+
+					tmp_id[i] = id;
+
+					Ipx.Create_Connection((int)id, Players[i]->Name, &(Players[i]->Address) );
+				} else {
+					tmp_id[i] = MPlayerLocalID;
+				}
+			}
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Store every player's ID in the MPlayerID[] array.  This array will
+			determine the order of event execution, so the ID's must be stored
+			in the same order on all systems.
+			..................................................................*/
+			for (i = 0; i < MPlayerCount; i++) {
+				min_index = 0;
+				min_id = 0xff;
+				for (j = 0; j < MPlayerCount; j++) {
+					if (tmp_id[j] < min_id) {
+						min_id = tmp_id[j];
+						min_index = j;
+					}
+				}
+				MPlayerID[i] = tmp_id[min_index];
+				tmp_id[min_index] = 0xff;
+			}
+			/*..................................................................
+			Fill in the array of player names, including my own.
+			..................................................................*/
+			for (i = 0; i < MPlayerCount; i++) {
+				if (MPlayerID[i] == MPlayerLocalID) {
+					strcpy (MPlayerNames[i], MPlayerName);
+				} else {
+					strcpy (MPlayerNames[i], Ipx.Connection_Name(MPlayerID[i]));
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Wait a while, polling the IPX service routines, to give our ACK
+		a chance to get to the other system.  If he doesn't get our ACK, he'll
+		be waiting the whole time we load MIX files.
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		i = MAX(Ipx.Global_Response_Time() * 2, 60);
+		starttime = TickCount.Time();
+		while (TickCount.Time() - starttime < i) {
+			Ipx.Service();
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Init network timing values, using previous response times as a measure
+	of what our retry delta & timeout should be.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	Ipx.Set_Timing (Ipx.Global_Response_Time() + 2, -1,
+		Ipx.Global_Response_Time() * 4);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Clear all lists
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	Clear_Game_List(&gamelist);
+	Clear_Player_List(&playerlist);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Restore screen
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	Hide_Mouse();
+	Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+	HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+	Show_Mouse();
+
+	return(rc);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Clear_Game_List -- Clears the game-name listbox & 'Games' Vector        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * Assumes each entry in 'Games' & the list box have been allocated		   *
+ * separately.																				   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		gamelist		ptr to list box													   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none																					   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none																					   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static void Clear_Game_List (ListClass *gamelist)
+{
+	char * item;
+	int i;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Clear the list box
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	while (gamelist->Count()) {
+		item = (char *)(gamelist->Get_Item (0));
+		gamelist->Remove_Item(item);
+		delete [] item;
+	}
+	gamelist->Flag_To_Redraw();
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Clear the 'Games' Vector
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	for (i = 0; i < Games.Count(); i++)
+		delete Games[i];
+
+	Games.Clear();
+
+}	/* end of Clear_Game_List */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Clear_Player_List -- Clears the player-name listbox & Vector     		   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * Assumes each entry in 'Players' & the list box have been allocated		*
+ * separately.																				   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		playerlist		ptr to list box												   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none																					   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none																					   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static void Clear_Player_List (ListClass *playerlist)
+{
+	char * item;
+	int i;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Clear the list box
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	while (playerlist->Count()) {
+		item = (char *)(playerlist->Get_Item(0));
+		playerlist->Remove_Item(item);
+		delete [] item;
+	}
+	playerlist->Flag_To_Redraw();
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Clear the 'Players' Vector
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	for (i = 0; i < Players.Count(); i++)
+		delete Players[i];
+
+	Players.Clear();
+
+}	/* end of Clear_Player_List */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Request_To_Join -- Sends a JOIN request packet to game owner            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * Regardless of the return code, the Join Dialog will need to be redrawn	*
+ * after calling this routine.															*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		playername		player's name														*
+ *		join_index		index of game we're joining									*
+ *		playerlist		listbox containing other players' names					*
+ *		house				requested house													*
+ *		color				requested color													*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		1 = Packet sent, 0 = wasn't														*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static int Request_To_Join (char *playername, int join_index, ListClass *playerlist,
+	HousesType house, int color)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	playerlist = playerlist;	// shaddup, Mr stupid compiler!
+
+	/*
+	--------------------------- Validate join_index --------------------------
+	*/
+	if ( (Games.Count()==0) || join_index > Games.Count() || join_index < 0) {
+		CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_NOTHING_TO_JOIN);
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	----------------------- Force user to enter a name -----------------------
+	*/
+	if (strlen(playername)==0) {
+		CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_NAME_ERROR);
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	------------------------- The game must be open --------------------------
+	*/
+	if (!Games[join_index]->Game.IsOpen) {
+		CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_GAME_IS_CLOSED);
+		return (false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	------------------------ Make sure name is unique ------------------------
+	*/
+	for (i = 0; i < Players.Count(); i++) {
+		if (!stricmp(playername, Players[i]->Name)) {
+			CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_NAME_MUSTBE_UNIQUE);
+			return(false);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	----------------------------- Check version #'s --------------------------
+	*/
+	int v;
+#ifdef PATCH
+	if (IsV107) {
+		v = 1;
+	} else {
+		v = 2;
+	}
+#else
+	v = Version_Number();
+#endif
+	if (Games[join_index]->Game.Version > v) {
+		CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_YOURGAME_OUTDATED);
+		return(false);
+	} else {
+		if (Games[join_index]->Game.Version < v) {
+			CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_DESTGAME_OUTDATED);
+			return(false);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	----------------------------- Save game name -----------------------------
+	*/
+	strcpy (MPlayerName,playername);
+
+	/*
+	----------------------- Send packet to game's owner ----------------------
+	*/
+	memset (&GPacket, 0, sizeof(GlobalPacketType));
+
+	GPacket.Command = NET_QUERY_JOIN;
+	strcpy (GPacket.Name, MPlayerName);
+	GPacket.PlayerInfo.House = house;
+	GPacket.PlayerInfo.Color = color;
+
+	Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 1,
+		&(Games[join_index]->Address));
+
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Send_Join_Queries -- sends queries for the Join Dialog												  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * This routine [re]sends the queries related to the Join Dialog:										  *
+ * - NET_QUERY_GAME																									  *
+ * - NET_QUERY_PLAYER for the game currently selected (if there is one)								  *
+ *																															  *
+ * The queries are "staggered" in time so they aren't all sent at once; otherwise, we'd		  *
+ * be inundated with reply packets & we'd miss some (even though the replies will require		  *
+ * ACK's).																												  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  						  *
+ *		curgame		index of currently-selected game; -1 = none											  *
+ *		gamenow		if 1, will immediately send the game query											  *
+ *		playernow	if 1, will immediately send the player query for currently-selected game	  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 						  *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               						  *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                						  *
+ *   02/14/1995 BR : Created.                                              						  *
+ *   04/15/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+static void Send_Join_Queries(int curgame, int gamenow, int playernow)
+{
+	static int lasttime1 = 0;		// time since last Game query sent out
+	static int lasttime2 = 0;		// time since last Player query sent out
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Send the game-name query if the time has expired, or we're told to do
+	it right now
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if ( (TickCount.Time() - lasttime1 > 120) || gamenow) {
+		lasttime1 = TickCount.Time();
+
+		memset (&GPacket, 0, sizeof(GlobalPacketType));
+
+		GPacket.Command = NET_QUERY_GAME;
+
+		Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 0, NULL);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		If the user specified a remote server address, broadcast over that
+		network, too.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (IsBridge)
+			Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 0,
+				&BridgeNet);
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Send the player query for the game currently clicked on, if the time has
+	expired and there is a currently-selected game, or we're told to do it
+	right now
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if ( (curgame != -1) && curgame < Games.Count() &&
+		((TickCount.Time() - lasttime2 > 35) || playernow) ) {
+		lasttime2 = TickCount.Time();
+
+		memset (&GPacket, 0, sizeof(GlobalPacketType));
+
+		GPacket.Command = NET_QUERY_PLAYER;
+		strcpy (GPacket.Name, Games[curgame]->Name);
+
+		Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 0, NULL);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		If the user specified a remote server address, broadcast over that
+		network, too.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (IsBridge)
+			Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 0,
+				&BridgeNet);
+	}
+
+}	/* end of Send_Join_Queries */
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Get_Join_Responses -- sends queries for the Join Dialog												  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * This routine polls the Global Channel to see if there are any incoming packets;				  *
+ * if so, it processes them.  This routine can change the state of the Join Dialog, or			  *
+ * the contents of the list boxes, based on what the packet is.										  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * The list boxes are passed in as pointers; they can't be made globals, because they			  *
+ * can't be constructed, because they require shape pointers to the arrow buttons, and			  *
+ * the mix files won't have been initialized when the global variables' constructors are		  *
+ * called.																												  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * This routine sets the globals 																				  *
+ *		MPlayerHouse			(from NET_CONFIRM_JOIN)															  *
+ *		MPlayerColorIdx		(from NET_CONFIRM_JOIN)															  *
+ *		MPlayerBases			(from NET_GAME_OPTIONS)															  *
+ *		MPlayerTiberium		(from NET_GAME_OPTIONS)															  *
+ *		MPlayerGoodies			(from NET_GAME_OPTIONS)															  *
+ *		MPlayerGhosts			(from NET_GAME_OPTIONS)															  *
+ *		ScenarioIdx				(from NET_GAME_OPTIONS; -1 = scenario not found)						  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  						  *
+ *		joinstate		current state of Join Dialog															  *
+ *		gamelist			list box containing game names														  *
+ *		playerlist		list box containing player names for the currently-selected game			  *
+ *		join_index		index of the game we've joined or are asking to join							  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 						  *
+ *		Event that occurred																							  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               						  *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                						  *
+ *   02/14/1995 BR : Created.                                              						  *
+ *   04/15/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+static JoinEventType Get_Join_Responses(JoinStateType *joinstate, ListClass *gamelist,
+	ColorListClass *playerlist, int join_index)
+{
+	int rc;
+	char * item;						// general-purpose string
+	NodeNameType *who;				// node to add to Games or Players
+	int i;
+	int found;
+	JoinEventType retcode = EV_NONE;
+	char txt[80];
+	int color;
+	unsigned short magic_number;
+	unsigned short	crc;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	If there is no incoming packet, just return
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	rc = Ipx.Get_Global_Message (&GPacket, &GPacketlen, &GAddress, &GProductID);
+	if (!rc || GProductID != IPXGlobalConnClass::COMMAND_AND_CONQUER)
+		return(EV_NONE);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	If we're joined in a game, handle the packet in a standard way; otherwise,
+	don't answer standard queries.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if ( (*joinstate)==JOIN_CONFIRMED &&
+		Process_Global_Packet(&GPacket,&GAddress)!=0)
+		return(EV_NONE);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	NET_ANSWER_GAME:  Another system is answering our GAME query, so add that
+	system to our list box if it's new.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (GPacket.Command==NET_ANSWER_GAME) {
+		/*.....................................................................
+		See if this name is unique
+		.....................................................................*/
+		retcode = EV_NONE;
+		found = 0;
+		for (i = 0; i < Games.Count(); i++) {
+			if (!strcmp(Games[i]->Name, GPacket.Name)) {
+				found = 1;
+				/*...............................................................
+				If name was found, update the node's time stamp & IsOpen flag.
+				...............................................................*/
+				Games[i]->Game.LastTime = TickCount.Time();
+				if (Games[i]->Game.IsOpen != GPacket.GameInfo.IsOpen) {
+					item = (char *)gamelist->Get_Item(i);
+					if (GPacket.GameInfo.IsOpen) {
+						sprintf(item,Text_String(TXT_THATGUYS_GAME),GPacket.Name);
+					} else {
+						sprintf(item,Text_String(TXT_THATGUYS_GAME_BRACKET),GPacket.Name);
+					}
+					Games[i]->Game.IsOpen = GPacket.GameInfo.IsOpen;
+					gamelist->Flag_To_Redraw();
+					/*............................................................
+					If this game has gone from closed to open, copy the responder's
+					address into our Game slot, since the guy responding to this
+					must be game owner.
+					............................................................*/
+					if (Games[i]->Game.IsOpen)
+						Games[i]->Address = GAddress;
+				}
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+		/*.....................................................................
+		name not found (or addresses are different); add it to 'Games'
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (found==0) {
+			/*..................................................................
+			Create a new node structure, fill it in, add it to 'Games'
+			..................................................................*/
+			who = new NodeNameType;
+			strcpy(who->Name, GPacket.Name);
+			who->Address = GAddress;
+			who->Game.Version = GPacket.GameInfo.Version;
+			who->Game.IsOpen = GPacket.GameInfo.IsOpen;
+			who->Game.LastTime = TickCount.Time();
+			Games.Add (who);
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Create a string for "xxx's Game", leaving room for brackets around
+			the string if it's a closed game
+			..................................................................*/
+			item = new char [MPLAYER_NAME_MAX + 9];
+			if (GPacket.GameInfo.IsOpen) {
+				sprintf(item,Text_String(TXT_THATGUYS_GAME),GPacket.Name);
+			} else {
+				sprintf(item,Text_String(TXT_THATGUYS_GAME_BRACKET),GPacket.Name);
+			}
+			gamelist->Add_Item(item);
+
+			retcode = EV_NEW_GAME;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	NET_ANSWER_PLAYER: Another system is answering our PLAYER query, so add it
+	to our player list box & the Player Vector if it's new
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	else if (GPacket.Command==NET_ANSWER_PLAYER) {
+		/*.....................................................................
+		See if this name is unique
+		.....................................................................*/
+		retcode = EV_NONE;
+		found = 0;
+		for (i = 0; i < Players.Count(); i++) {
+			/*..................................................................
+			If the address is already present, re-copy their name, color &
+			house into the existing entry, in case they've changed it without
+			our knowledge; set the 'found' flag so we won't create a new entry.
+			..................................................................*/
+			if (Players[i]->Address==GAddress) {
+				strcpy(Players[i]->Name, GPacket.Name);
+				Players[i]->Player.House = GPacket.PlayerInfo.House;
+				Players[i]->Player.Color = GPacket.PlayerInfo.Color;
+				playerlist->Colors[i] = MPlayerTColors[GPacket.PlayerInfo.Color];
+				found = 1;
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Don't add this player if he's not part of the game that's selected.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		i = gamelist->Current_Index();
+		if (Games.Count() && GPacket.PlayerInfo.NameCRC != Compute_Name_CRC(Games[i]->Name))
+			found = 1;
+
+		/*
+		** Dont add this player if its really me! (hack, hack)
+		*/
+		if (!strcmp(GPacket.Name, MPlayerName)){
+			found = 1;
+		}
+
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		name not found (or address didn't match); add to player list box & Vector
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (found==0) {
+			/*..................................................................
+			Create & add a node to the Vector
+			..................................................................*/
+			who = new NodeNameType;
+			strcpy(who->Name, GPacket.Name);
+			who->Address = GAddress;
+			who->Player.House = GPacket.PlayerInfo.House;
+			who->Player.Color = GPacket.PlayerInfo.Color;
+			Players.Add (who);
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Create & add a string to the list box
+			..................................................................*/
+			item = new char [MPLAYER_NAME_MAX + 4];
+			if (GPacket.PlayerInfo.House==HOUSE_GOOD) {
+				sprintf(item,"%s\t%s",GPacket.Name,Text_String(TXT_G_D_I));
+			} else {
+				sprintf(item,"%s\t%s",GPacket.Name,Text_String(TXT_N_O_D));
+			}
+			playerlist->Add_Item(item, MPlayerTColors[who->Player.Color]);
+
+			retcode = EV_NEW_PLAYER;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	NET_CONFIRM_JOIN: The game owner has confirmed our JOIN query; mark us as
+	being confirmed, and start answering queries from other systems
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	else if (GPacket.Command==NET_CONFIRM_JOIN) {
+		if ( (*joinstate) != JOIN_CONFIRMED) {
+			strcpy (MPlayerGameName, GPacket.Name);
+			MPlayerHouse = GPacket.PlayerInfo.House;
+			MPlayerColorIdx = GPacket.PlayerInfo.Color;
+
+			(*joinstate) = JOIN_CONFIRMED;
+			retcode = EV_STATE_CHANGE;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	NET_REJECT_JOIN: The game owner has turned down our JOIN query; restore
+	the dialog state to its first pop-up state.  Broadcast a sign-off to
+	tell all other systems that I'm no longer a part of any game; this way,
+	I'll be properly removed from their dialogs.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	else if (GPacket.Command==NET_REJECT_JOIN) {
+		if ( (*joinstate) != JOIN_REJECTED) {
+			memset (&GPacket, 0, sizeof(GlobalPacketType));
+
+			GPacket.Command = NET_SIGN_OFF;
+			strcpy (GPacket.Name,MPlayerName);
+
+			Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof (GlobalPacketType), 0, NULL);
+			Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof (GlobalPacketType), 0, NULL);
+
+			if (IsBridge) {
+				Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 0,
+					&BridgeNet);
+				Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 0,
+					&BridgeNet);
+			}
+
+			while (Ipx.Global_Num_Send() > 0 && Ipx.Service() != 0) ;
+
+			MPlayerGameName[0] = 0;
+
+			(*joinstate) = JOIN_REJECTED;
+			retcode = EV_STATE_CHANGE;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	NET_GAME_OPTIONS: The game owner has changed the game options & is sending
+	us the new values.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	else if (GPacket.Command==NET_GAME_OPTIONS) {
+		if ( (*joinstate)==JOIN_CONFIRMED) {
+			MPlayerCredits = GPacket.ScenarioInfo.Credits;
+			MPlayerBases = GPacket.ScenarioInfo.IsBases;
+			MPlayerTiberium = GPacket.ScenarioInfo.IsTiberium;
+			MPlayerGoodies = GPacket.ScenarioInfo.IsGoodies;
+			MPlayerGhosts = GPacket.ScenarioInfo.IsGhosties;
+			BuildLevel = GPacket.ScenarioInfo.BuildLevel;
+			MPlayerUnitCount = GPacket.ScenarioInfo.UnitCount;
+			Seed = GPacket.ScenarioInfo.Seed;
+			Special = GPacket.ScenarioInfo.Special;
+			Options.GameSpeed = GPacket.ScenarioInfo.GameSpeed;
+
+			if (MPlayerTiberium) {
+				Special.IsTGrowth = 1;
+				Special.IsTSpread = 1;
+			} else {
+				Special.IsTGrowth = 0;
+				Special.IsTSpread = 0;
+			}
+
+			if (Winsock.Get_Connected()){
+				ScenarioIdx = GPacket.ScenarioInfo.Scenario;
+			}else{
+
+				ScenarioIdx = -1;
+				for (i = 0; i < MPlayerFilenum.Count(); i++) {
+					if (GPacket.ScenarioInfo.Scenario == MPlayerFilenum[i])
+						ScenarioIdx = i;
+				}
+			}
+
+			retcode = EV_GAME_OPTIONS;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	NET_SIGN_OFF: Another system is signing off: search for that system in
+	both the game list & player list, & remove it if found
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	else if (GPacket.Command==NET_SIGN_OFF) {
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Remove this name from the list of games
+		.....................................................................*/
+		for (i = 0; i < Games.Count(); i++) {
+			if (!strcmp(Games[i]->Name, GPacket.Name) &&
+				Games[i]->Address==GAddress) {
+				/*...............................................................
+				If the system signing off is the currently-selected list
+				item, clear the player list since that game is no longer
+				forming.
+				...............................................................*/
+				if (i==gamelist->Current_Index()) {
+					Clear_Player_List (playerlist);
+				}
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				If the system signing off was the owner of our game, mark
+				ourselves as rejected
+				...............................................................*/
+				if ( (*joinstate) > JOIN_NOTHING && i==join_index) {
+					(*joinstate) = JOIN_REJECTED;
+					retcode = EV_STATE_CHANGE;
+				}
+
+				/*
+				....................... Set my return code ......................
+				*/
+				if (retcode == EV_NONE) {
+					if (i <= gamelist->Current_Index()) {
+						retcode = EV_GAME_SIGNOFF;
+					} else {
+						retcode = EV_PLAYER_SIGNOFF;
+					}
+				}
+
+				/*
+				................. Remove game name from game list ...............
+				*/
+				Games.Delete(Games[i]);
+				item = (char *)(gamelist->Get_Item (i));
+				gamelist->Remove_Item (item);
+				delete [] item;
+				gamelist->Flag_To_Redraw();
+
+			}
+		}
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Remove this name from the list of players
+		.....................................................................*/
+		for (i = 0; i < Players.Count(); i++) {
+			/*
+			..................... Name found; remove it .....................
+			*/
+			if (Players[i]->Address==GAddress) {
+				item = (char *)(playerlist->Get_Item(i));
+				playerlist->Remove_Item(item);
+				delete [] item;
+				Players.Delete(Players[i]);
+				playerlist->Flag_To_Redraw();
+
+				if (retcode == EV_NONE)
+					retcode = EV_PLAYER_SIGNOFF;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	NET_GO: The game's owner is signalling us to start playing.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	else if (GPacket.Command==NET_GO) {
+		if ( (*joinstate)==JOIN_CONFIRMED) {
+			MPlayerMaxAhead = GPacket.ResponseTime.OneWay;
+			(*joinstate) = JOIN_GAME_START;
+			retcode = EV_STATE_CHANGE;
+CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Received the 'GO' packet\n");
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	NET_MESSAGE: Someone is sending us a message
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	else if (GPacket.Command==NET_MESSAGE) {
+		sprintf(txt,Text_String (TXT_FROM), GPacket.Name, GPacket.Message.Buf);
+		magic_number = *((unsigned short*)(GPacket.Message.Buf + COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-4));
+		crc = *((unsigned short*)(GPacket.Message.Buf + COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-2));
+		color = MPlayerID_To_ColorIndex(GPacket.Message.ID);
+		Messages.Add_Message (txt, MPlayerTColors[color],
+			TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_FULLSHADOW, 1200, magic_number, crc);
+		retcode = EV_MESSAGE;
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	NET_PING: Someone is pinging me to get a response time measure (will only
+	happen after I've joined a game).  Do nothing; the IPX Manager will handle
+	sending an ACK, and updating the response time measurements.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	else if (GPacket.Command==NET_PING) {
+		retcode = EV_NONE;
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Default case: nothing happened.  (This case will be hit every time I
+	receive my own NET_QUERY_GAME or NET_QUERY_PLAYER packets.)
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	else {
+		retcode = EV_NONE;
+	}
+
+	return(retcode);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Net_New_Dialog -- lets user start a new game																  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * This dialog shows a list of who's requesting to join this game, and lets						  *
+ * the game initiator selectively approve each user.														  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ *    ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿                       						  *
+ *    ³              New Network Game              ³                       						  *
+ *    ³                                            ³                       						  *
+ *    ³     Players               Scenario         ³   													  *
+ *    ³ ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄ¿   ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄ¿ ³ 														  *
+ *    ³ ³ Boffo       ³³   ³ Hell's Kitchen   ³³ ³ 														  *
+ *    ³ ³ Bozo        ÃÄ´   ³ Heaven's Gate    ÃÄ´ ³														  *
+ *    ³ ³ Bonzo       ³ ³   ³      ...         ³ ³ ³														  *
+ *    ³ ³             ÃÄ´   ³                  ÃÄ´ ³ 														  *
+ *    ³ ³             ³³   ³                  ³³ ³ 														  *
+ *    ³ ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÙ   ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÙ ³ 														  *
+ *    ³     [Reject]             Count:--- ##      ³														  *
+ *    ³                          Level:--- ##      ³                       						  *
+ *    ³                                            ³                       						  *
+ *    ³               Credits: _____               ³                             				  *
+ *    ³       [  Bases   ]   [   Crates   ]        ³                          					  *
+ *    ³       [ Tiberium ]   [ AI Players ]        ³                           					  *
+ *    ³                                            ³                       						  *
+ *    ³              [OK]    [Cancel]              ³                       						  *
+ *    ³  ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿   ³                       						  *
+ *    ³  ³                                     ³   ³                       						  *
+ *    ³  ³                                     ³   ³                       						  *
+ *    ³  ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ   ³                       						  *
+ *    ³               [Send Message]               ³                       						  *
+ *    ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ                       						  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  						  *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 						  *
+ *		true = success, false = cancel																			  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               						  *
+ *		MPlayerName & MPlayerGameName must contain this player's name.									  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                						  *
+ *   02/14/1995 BR : Created.                                              						  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+static int Net_New_Dialog(void)
+{
+/* ###Change collision detected! C:\PROJECTS\CODE\NETDLG.CPP... */
+	int factor			= (SeenBuff.Get_Width() == 320) ? 1 : 2;
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog & button dimensions
+	........................................................................*/
+		//D_DIALOG_W = 281;											// dialog width
+	int d_dialog_w = 287*factor;											// dialog width
+	int d_dialog_h = 177*factor;											// dialog height
+	int d_dialog_x = ((320*factor - d_dialog_w) / 2);				// dialog x-coord
+	int d_dialog_y = ((200*factor - d_dialog_h) / 2);				// centered y-coord
+	int d_dialog_cx = d_dialog_x + (d_dialog_w / 2);		// center x-coord
+
+	int d_txt6_h = 6*factor+1;												// ht of 6-pt text
+	int d_margin1 = 5*factor;												// margin width/height
+	int d_margin2 = 2*factor;												// margin width/height
+
+	//d_playerlist_w = 100;
+	int d_playerlist_w = 106*factor;
+	int d_playerlist_h = 27*factor;
+	int d_playerlist_x = d_dialog_x + d_margin1;
+	int d_playerlist_y = d_dialog_y + d_margin1 + (d_txt6_h * 3);
+
+	int d_scenariolist_w = 162*factor;
+	int d_scenariolist_h = 27*factor;
+	int d_scenariolist_x = d_dialog_x + d_dialog_w - d_margin1 - d_scenariolist_w;
+	int d_scenariolist_y = d_dialog_y + d_margin1 + (d_txt6_h * 3);
+
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+	int d_reject_w = 55*factor;
+#else
+	int d_reject_w = 45*factor;
+#endif
+	int d_reject_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_reject_x = d_playerlist_x + (d_playerlist_w / 2) - (d_reject_w / 2);
+	int d_reject_y = d_playerlist_y + d_playerlist_h + d_margin2;
+
+	int d_count_w = 25*factor;
+	int d_count_h = d_txt6_h;
+	int d_count_x = d_scenariolist_x + (d_scenariolist_w / 2);
+	int d_count_y = d_scenariolist_y + d_scenariolist_h + d_margin2;
+
+	int d_level_w = 25*factor;
+	int d_level_h = d_txt6_h;
+	int d_level_x = d_scenariolist_x + (d_scenariolist_w / 2);
+	int d_level_y = d_count_y + d_count_h;
+
+	int d_credits_w = ((CREDITSBUF_MAX - 1) * 7*factor) + 4*factor;
+	//int d_credits_w = ((CREDITSBUF_MAX - 1) * 6*factor) + 3*factor;
+	int d_credits_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_credits_x = d_dialog_cx + 2*factor;
+	int d_credits_y = d_level_y + d_level_h + d_margin1;
+
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+	int d_bases_w = 120*factor;//bga:100;
+#else
+	int d_bases_w = 100*factor;
+#endif
+	int d_bases_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_bases_x = d_dialog_cx - d_bases_w - d_margin2;
+	int d_bases_y = d_credits_y + d_credits_h + d_margin2;
+
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+	int d_tiberium_w = 120*factor;
+#else
+	int d_tiberium_w = 100*factor;
+#endif
+	int d_tiberium_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_tiberium_x = d_dialog_cx - d_bases_w - d_margin2;
+	int d_tiberium_y = d_bases_y + d_bases_h + d_margin2;
+
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+	int d_goodies_w = 120*factor;
+#else
+	int d_goodies_w = 100*factor;
+#endif
+	int d_goodies_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_goodies_x = d_dialog_cx + d_margin2;
+	int d_goodies_y = d_credits_y + d_credits_h + d_margin2;
+
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+	int d_ghosts_w = 120*factor;
+#else
+	int d_ghosts_w = 100*factor;
+#endif
+	int d_ghosts_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_ghosts_x = d_dialog_cx + d_margin2;
+	int d_ghosts_y = d_goodies_y + d_goodies_h + d_margin2;
+
+	int d_ok_w = 45*factor;
+	int d_ok_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_ok_x = d_dialog_cx - d_margin2 - (d_bases_w / 2) - (d_ok_w / 2);
+	int d_ok_y = d_ghosts_y + d_ghosts_h + d_margin1;
+
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+	int d_cancel_w = 50*factor;
+#else
+	int d_cancel_w = 45*factor;
+#endif
+	int d_cancel_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_cancel_x = d_dialog_cx + d_margin2 + (d_goodies_w / 2) - (d_cancel_w / 2);
+	int d_cancel_y = d_ghosts_y + d_ghosts_h + d_margin1;
+
+	int d_message_w = d_dialog_w - (d_margin1 * 2);
+	int d_message_h = 34*factor;
+	int d_message_x = d_dialog_x + d_margin1;
+	int d_message_y = d_cancel_y + d_cancel_h + d_margin1;
+
+	int d_send_w = 80*factor;
+	int d_send_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_send_x = d_dialog_cx - (d_send_w / 2);
+	int d_send_y = d_message_y + d_message_h + d_margin2;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Button Enumerations
+	........................................................................*/
+	enum {
+		BUTTON_PLAYERLIST = 100,
+		BUTTON_SCENARIOLIST,
+		BUTTON_REJECT,
+		BUTTON_COUNT,
+		BUTTON_LEVEL,
+		BUTTON_CREDITS,
+		BUTTON_BASES,
+		BUTTON_TIBERIUM,
+		BUTTON_GOODIES,
+		BUTTON_GHOSTS,
+		BUTTON_OK,
+		BUTTON_CANCEL,
+		BUTTON_SEND,
+	};
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Redraw values: in order from "top" to "bottom" layer of the dialog
+	........................................................................*/
+	typedef enum {
+		REDRAW_NONE = 0,
+		REDRAW_UNIT_COUNT,
+		REDRAW_MESSAGE,
+		REDRAW_BUTTONS,
+		REDRAW_BACKGROUND,
+		REDRAW_ALL = REDRAW_BACKGROUND
+	} RedrawType;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog variables
+	........................................................................*/
+	RedrawType display = REDRAW_ALL;		// redraw level
+	bool process = true;						// process while true
+	KeyNumType input;
+
+	char credbuf[CREDITSBUF_MAX];			// for credit edit box
+	int old_cred;								// old value in credits buffer
+	int transmit;								// 1 = re-transmit new game options
+
+	long ok_timer = 0;						// for timing OK button
+	int index;									// index for rejecting a player
+	int rc;
+	int i,j;
+	char *item;
+	int tabs[] = {77*factor};						// tabs for player list box
+
+	long ping_timer = 0;						// for sending Ping packets
+
+	unsigned char tmp_id[MAX_PLAYERS];	// temp storage for sorting player ID's
+	int min_index;								// for sorting player ID's
+	unsigned char min_id;					// for sorting player ID's
+	unsigned char id;							// connection ID
+	char txt[80];
+	JoinEventType whahoppa;					// event generated by received packets
+	static int first_time = 1;				// 1 = 1st time this dialog is run
+
+	int					message_length;
+	int					sent_so_far;
+	unsigned short		magic_number;
+	unsigned short		crc;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Buttons
+	........................................................................*/
+	GadgetClass *commands;										// button list
+
+	void const *up_button;
+	void const *down_button;
+
+	if (InMainLoop){
+		up_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-UP.SHP");
+		down_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-DN.SHP");
+	}else{
+		up_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-UP2.SHP");
+		down_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-DN2.SHP");
+	}
+
+
+	ColorListClass playerlist(BUTTON_PLAYERLIST,
+		d_playerlist_x, d_playerlist_y, d_playerlist_w, d_playerlist_h,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		up_button,
+		down_button);
+
+	ListClass scenariolist(BUTTON_SCENARIOLIST,
+		d_scenariolist_x, d_scenariolist_y, d_scenariolist_w, d_scenariolist_h,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		up_button,
+		down_button);
+
+	EditClass credit_edt (BUTTON_CREDITS,
+		credbuf, CREDITSBUF_MAX,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_credits_x, d_credits_y, d_credits_w, d_credits_h, EditClass::ALPHANUMERIC);
+
+	TextButtonClass rejectbtn(BUTTON_REJECT, TXT_REJECT,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+//#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+//		d_reject_x, d_reject_y);
+//#else
+		d_reject_x, d_reject_y, d_reject_w, d_reject_h);
+//#endif
+
+	GaugeClass countgauge (BUTTON_COUNT,
+		d_count_x, d_count_y, d_count_w, d_count_h);
+
+	GaugeClass levelgauge (BUTTON_LEVEL,
+		d_level_x, d_level_y, d_level_w, d_level_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass basesbtn(BUTTON_BASES, TXT_BASES_OFF,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_bases_x, d_bases_y, d_bases_w, d_bases_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass tiberiumbtn(BUTTON_TIBERIUM, TXT_TIBERIUM_OFF,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_tiberium_x, d_tiberium_y, d_tiberium_w, d_tiberium_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass goodiesbtn(BUTTON_GOODIES, TXT_CRATES_OFF,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_goodies_x, d_goodies_y, d_goodies_w, d_goodies_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass ghostsbtn(BUTTON_GHOSTS, TXT_AI_PLAYERS_OFF,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_ghosts_x, d_ghosts_y, d_ghosts_w, d_ghosts_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass okbtn(BUTTON_OK, TXT_OK,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_ok_x, d_ok_y, d_ok_w, d_ok_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass cancelbtn(BUTTON_CANCEL, TXT_CANCEL,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+//#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+//		d_cancel_x, d_cancel_y);
+//#else
+		d_cancel_x, d_cancel_y, d_cancel_w, d_cancel_h);
+//#endif
+
+	TextButtonClass sendbtn(BUTTON_SEND, TXT_SEND_MESSAGE,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+//#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+//		d_send_x, d_send_y);
+//#else
+		d_send_x, d_send_y, d_send_w, d_send_h);
+//#endif
+
+	/*
+	------------------------- Build the button list --------------------------
+	*/
+	commands = &playerlist;
+	scenariolist.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	credit_edt.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	rejectbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	countgauge.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	levelgauge.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	basesbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	tiberiumbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	goodiesbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	ghostsbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	okbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	cancelbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	sendbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+
+	playerlist.Set_Tabs(tabs);
+
+	/*
+	----------------------------- Various Inits ------------------------------
+	*/
+	/*........................................................................
+	Init dialog values, only the first time through
+	........................................................................*/
+	if (first_time) {
+		MPlayerCredits = 3000;						// init credits & credit buffer
+		MPlayerBases = 1;								// init scenario parameters
+		MPlayerTiberium = 0;
+		MPlayerGoodies = 0;
+		MPlayerGhosts = 0;
+		Special.IsCaptureTheFlag = 0;
+		MPlayerUnitCount = (MPlayerCountMax[MPlayerBases] + MPlayerCountMin[MPlayerBases]) / 2;
+		first_time = 0;
+	}
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Init button states
+	........................................................................*/
+	if (MPlayerBases) {
+		basesbtn.Turn_On();
+		basesbtn.Set_Text(TXT_BASES_ON);
+	}
+	if (MPlayerTiberium) {
+		tiberiumbtn.Turn_On();
+		tiberiumbtn.Set_Text(TXT_TIBERIUM_ON);
+	}
+	if (MPlayerGoodies) {
+		goodiesbtn.Turn_On();
+		goodiesbtn.Set_Text(TXT_CRATES_ON);
+	}
+	if (MPlayerGhosts) {
+		ghostsbtn.Turn_On();
+		ghostsbtn.Set_Text(TXT_AI_PLAYERS_ON);
+	}
+	if (Special.IsCaptureTheFlag) {
+		MPlayerGhosts = 0;
+		ghostsbtn.Turn_On();
+		ghostsbtn.Set_Text(TXT_CAPTURE_THE_FLAG);
+	}
+
+	sprintf(credbuf, "%d", MPlayerCredits);
+	credit_edt.Set_Text(credbuf, CREDITSBUF_MAX);
+	old_cred = MPlayerCredits;
+
+	levelgauge.Set_Maximum(MPLAYER_BUILD_LEVEL_MAX - 1);
+	levelgauge.Set_Value(BuildLevel - 1);
+
+	countgauge.Set_Maximum(MPlayerCountMax[MPlayerBases] - MPlayerCountMin[MPlayerBases]);
+	countgauge.Set_Value(MPlayerUnitCount - MPlayerCountMin[MPlayerBases]);
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Init other scenario parameters
+	........................................................................*/
+	Special.IsTGrowth = MPlayerTiberium;
+	Special.IsTSpread = MPlayerTiberium;
+	transmit = 0;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Init scenario description list box
+	........................................................................*/
+	for (i = 0; i < MPlayerScenarios.Count(); i++) {
+		scenariolist.Add_Item (strupr(MPlayerScenarios[i]));
+	}
+	ScenarioIdx = 0;								// 1st scenario is selected
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Init player color-used flags
+	........................................................................*/
+	for (i = 0; i < MAX_MPLAYER_COLORS; i++) {
+		ColorUsed[i] = 0;							// init all colors to available
+	}
+	ColorUsed[MPlayerColorIdx] = 1;			// set my color to used
+	playerlist.Set_Selected_Style(ColorListClass::SELECT_BAR, CC_GREEN_SHADOW);
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Init random-number generator, & create a seed to be used for all random
+	numbers from here on out
+	........................................................................*/
+	randomize();
+	Seed = rand();
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Init the message display system
+	........................................................................*/
+	Messages.Init (d_message_x + 2*factor, d_message_y + 2*factor, 4, MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH,
+		d_txt6_h);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Add myself to the list.  Note that since I'm not in the Players Vector,
+	the Vector & listbox are now 1 out of sync.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	item = new char [MPLAYER_NAME_MAX + 4];
+	if (MPlayerHouse==HOUSE_GOOD) {
+		sprintf(item,"%s\t%s",MPlayerName,Text_String(TXT_G_D_I));
+	} else {
+		sprintf(item,"%s\t%s",MPlayerName,Text_String(TXT_N_O_D));
+	}
+	playerlist.Add_Item(item, MPlayerTColors[MPlayerColorIdx]);
+
+	Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+	HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+	Set_Palette(Palette);
+	while (Get_Mouse_State() > 0) Show_Mouse();
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Processing loop -----------------------------
+	*/
+	while (process) {
+
+		/*
+		** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+		** we need to redraw.
+		*/
+		if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+			AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+			display=REDRAW_ALL;
+		}
+
+		#if(SHOW_MONO)
+		Ipx.Mono_Debug_Print(-1,0);
+		#endif
+		/*
+		...................... Refresh display if needed ......................
+		*/
+		if (display == REDRAW_UNIT_COUNT){
+			/*
+			** Wipe the background behind the unit count then reprint it
+			*/
+			LogicPage->Fill_Rect(d_count_x + d_count_w + 2*factor,
+										d_count_y,
+										d_count_x + d_count_w + 2*factor + 20,
+										d_count_y + 12,
+										0 );
+			sprintf(txt,"%d",MPlayerUnitCount);
+			Fancy_Text_Print (txt, d_count_x + d_count_w + 2*factor, d_count_y,
+									CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+									TPF_NOSHADOW | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL);
+			display = REDRAW_NONE;
+		}
+
+
+		if (display) {
+			Hide_Mouse();
+			/*
+			.................. Redraw backgound & dialog box ...................
+			*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BACKGROUND) {
+
+				/*
+				** Reload and draw the title page
+				*/
+				Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+				HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+				Set_Palette(Palette);
+
+				Dialog_Box(d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w, d_dialog_h);
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Dialog & Field labels
+				...............................................................*/
+				Draw_Caption (TXT_NETGAME_SETUP, d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_PLAYERS,
+					d_playerlist_x + (d_playerlist_w / 2), d_playerlist_y - d_txt6_h,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_NOSHADOW | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_CENTER);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_SCENARIOS,
+					d_scenariolist_x + (d_scenariolist_w / 2),
+					d_scenariolist_y - d_txt6_h,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_NOSHADOW | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_CENTER);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print (TXT_COUNT, d_count_x - 2*factor, d_count_y,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_NOSHADOW | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_RIGHT);
+
+				sprintf(txt,"%d",MPlayerUnitCount);
+				Fancy_Text_Print (txt, d_count_x + d_count_w + 2*factor, d_count_y,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_NOSHADOW | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print (TXT_LEVEL, d_level_x - 2*factor, d_level_y,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_NOSHADOW | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_RIGHT);
+
+				if (BuildLevel <= MPLAYER_BUILD_LEVEL_MAX) {
+					sprintf(txt,"%d",BuildLevel);
+				} else {
+					sprintf(txt, "**");
+				}
+				Fancy_Text_Print (txt, d_level_x + d_level_w + 2*factor, d_level_y,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_NOSHADOW | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print (TXT_START_CREDITS_COLON, d_credits_x - 5*factor,
+					d_credits_y + 1*factor, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_NOSHADOW | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_RIGHT);
+
+			}
+
+			/*
+			.......................... Redraw buttons ..........................
+			*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BUTTONS) {
+				commands->Draw_All();
+			}
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Draw the messages:
+			- Erase an old message first
+			- If we're in a game, print the game options (if they've been
+			  received)
+			- If we've been rejected from a game, print that message
+			..................................................................*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_MESSAGE) {
+				Draw_Box(d_message_x, d_message_y, d_message_w, d_message_h,
+					BOXSTYLE_GREEN_BORDER, true);
+				Messages.Draw();
+			}
+
+			Show_Mouse();
+			display = REDRAW_NONE;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................... Get user input ............................
+		*/
+		input = commands->Input();
+
+		/*
+		---------------------------- Process input ----------------------------
+		*/
+		switch (input) {
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			New Scenario selected.
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_SCENARIOLIST | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (scenariolist.Current_Index() != ScenarioIdx) {
+					ScenarioIdx = scenariolist.Current_Index();
+					MPlayerCredits = atoi(credbuf);
+					transmit = 1;
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			Reject the currently-selected player (don't allow rejecting myself,
+			who will be the first entry in the list)
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_REJECT | KN_BUTTON):
+				index = playerlist.Current_Index();
+				if (index == 0) {
+					CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_CANT_REJECT_SELF, TXT_OOPS);
+					display = REDRAW_ALL;
+					break;
+				} else {
+					if (index < 0 || index >= playerlist.Count()) {
+						CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_SELECT_PLAYER_REJECT,TXT_OOPS);
+						display = REDRAW_ALL;
+						break;
+					}
+				}
+				memset (&GPacket, 0, sizeof(GlobalPacketType));
+
+				GPacket.Command = NET_REJECT_JOIN;
+
+				Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof (GlobalPacketType), 1,
+					&(Players[index - 1]->Address));
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			User adjusts max # units
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_COUNT | KN_BUTTON):
+				MPlayerUnitCount = countgauge.Get_Value() + MPlayerCountMin[MPlayerBases];
+
+				Hide_Mouse();
+				LogicPage->Fill_Rect (d_count_x + d_count_w + 2*factor, d_count_y,
+					d_count_x + d_count_w + 14*factor, d_count_y + 6*factor, BLACK);
+
+				sprintf(txt,"%d",MPlayerUnitCount);
+				Fancy_Text_Print (txt, d_count_x + d_count_w + 2*factor, d_count_y,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_NOSHADOW | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL);
+				Show_Mouse();
+
+				transmit = 1;
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			User adjusts build level
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_LEVEL | KN_BUTTON):
+				BuildLevel = levelgauge.Get_Value() + 1;
+				if (BuildLevel > MPLAYER_BUILD_LEVEL_MAX)	// if it's pegged, max it out
+					BuildLevel = MPLAYER_BUILD_LEVEL_MAX;
+
+				Hide_Mouse();
+				LogicPage->Fill_Rect (d_level_x + d_level_w + 2*factor, d_level_y,
+					d_level_x + d_level_w + 14*factor, d_level_y + 6*factor, BLACK);
+
+				if (BuildLevel <= MPLAYER_BUILD_LEVEL_MAX) {
+					sprintf(txt,"%d",BuildLevel);
+				} else {
+					sprintf(txt, "**");
+				}
+				Fancy_Text_Print (txt, d_level_x + d_level_w + 2*factor, d_level_y,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_NOSHADOW | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL);
+				Show_Mouse();
+
+				transmit = 1;
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			User edits the credits value; retransmit new game options
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_CREDITS | KN_BUTTON):
+				MPlayerCredits = atoi(credbuf);
+				transmit = 1;
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			Toggle bases:
+			- Clear scenario list & rebuild it with new names
+			- toggle bases button, change its text
+			- adjust the MPlayerUnitCount to reflect the new allowed range,
+			  using the current gauge setting
+			- Change the unit count gauge limit & value
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_BASES | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (MPlayerBases) {
+					MPlayerBases = 0;
+					basesbtn.Turn_Off();
+					basesbtn.Set_Text(TXT_BASES_OFF);
+					MPlayerUnitCount = Fixed_To_Cardinal (MPlayerCountMax[0]-MPlayerCountMin[0],
+						Cardinal_To_Fixed(MPlayerCountMax[1]-MPlayerCountMin[1],
+						MPlayerUnitCount-MPlayerCountMin[1])) + MPlayerCountMin[0];
+				} else {
+					MPlayerBases = 1;
+					basesbtn.Turn_On();
+					basesbtn.Set_Text(TXT_BASES_ON);
+					MPlayerUnitCount = Fixed_To_Cardinal (MPlayerCountMax[1]-MPlayerCountMin[1],
+						Cardinal_To_Fixed(MPlayerCountMax[0]-MPlayerCountMin[0],
+						MPlayerUnitCount-MPlayerCountMin[0])) + MPlayerCountMin[1];
+				}
+				MPlayerCredits = atoi(credbuf);
+				countgauge.Set_Maximum(MPlayerCountMax[MPlayerBases] - MPlayerCountMin[MPlayerBases]);
+				countgauge.Set_Value(MPlayerUnitCount - MPlayerCountMin[MPlayerBases]);
+				transmit = 1;
+				countgauge.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				display = REDRAW_UNIT_COUNT;
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			Toggle tiberium
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_TIBERIUM | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (MPlayerTiberium) {
+					MPlayerTiberium = 0;
+					Special.IsTGrowth = 0;
+					Special.IsTSpread = 0;
+					tiberiumbtn.Turn_Off();
+					tiberiumbtn.Set_Text(TXT_TIBERIUM_OFF);
+				} else {
+					MPlayerTiberium = 1;
+					Special.IsTGrowth = 1;
+					Special.IsTSpread = 1;
+					tiberiumbtn.Turn_On();
+					tiberiumbtn.Set_Text(TXT_TIBERIUM_ON);
+				}
+				MPlayerCredits = atoi(credbuf);
+				transmit = 1;
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			Toggle goodies
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_GOODIES | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (MPlayerGoodies) {
+					MPlayerGoodies = 0;
+					goodiesbtn.Turn_Off();
+					goodiesbtn.Set_Text(TXT_CRATES_OFF);
+				} else {
+					MPlayerGoodies = 1;
+					goodiesbtn.Turn_On();
+					goodiesbtn.Set_Text(TXT_CRATES_ON);
+				}
+				MPlayerCredits = atoi(credbuf);
+				transmit = 1;
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			Toggle ghosts/capture-the-flag
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_GHOSTS | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (!MPlayerGhosts && !Special.IsCaptureTheFlag) {	// ghosts OFF => ghosts ON
+					MPlayerGhosts = 1;
+					Special.IsCaptureTheFlag = 0;
+					ghostsbtn.Turn_On();
+					ghostsbtn.Set_Text(TXT_AI_PLAYERS_ON);
+				} else {
+					if (MPlayerGhosts) {					// ghosts ON => capture-flag
+						MPlayerGhosts = 0;
+						Special.IsCaptureTheFlag = 1;
+						ghostsbtn.Turn_On();
+						ghostsbtn.Set_Text(TXT_CAPTURE_THE_FLAG);
+					} else {
+						if (Special.IsCaptureTheFlag) {		// capture-flag => AI OFF
+							MPlayerGhosts = 0;
+							Special.IsCaptureTheFlag = 0;
+							ghostsbtn.Turn_Off();
+							ghostsbtn.Set_Text(TXT_AI_PLAYERS_OFF);
+						}
+					}
+				}
+
+				MPlayerCredits = atoi(credbuf);
+				transmit = 1;
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			OK: exit loop with TRUE status
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_OK | KN_BUTTON):
+				/*...............................................................
+				If a new player has joined in the last second, don't allow
+				an OK; force a wait longer than 1 second (to give all players
+				a chance to know about this new guy)
+				...............................................................*/
+				i = MAX(Ipx.Global_Response_Time() * 2, 60);
+				while (TickCount.Time() - ok_timer < i)
+					Ipx.Service();
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				If there are at least 2 players, go ahead & play; error otherwise
+				...............................................................*/
+				if (MPlayerSolo || Players.Count() > 0) {
+					rc = TRUE;
+					process = FALSE;
+				} else {
+					CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_ONLY_ONE,TXT_OOPS,NULL);
+					display = REDRAW_ALL;
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			CANCEL: send a SIGN_OFF, bail out with error code
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (KN_ESC):
+				if (Messages.Get_Edit_Buf() != NULL) {
+					Messages.Input(input);
+					if (display < REDRAW_MESSAGE) display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+					break;
+				}
+			case (BUTTON_CANCEL | KN_BUTTON):
+				memset (&GPacket, 0, sizeof(GlobalPacketType));
+
+				GPacket.Command = NET_SIGN_OFF;
+				strcpy (GPacket.Name, MPlayerName);
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Broadcast my sign-off over my network
+				...............................................................*/
+				Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof (GlobalPacketType),
+					0, NULL);
+				Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof (GlobalPacketType),
+					0, NULL);
+				while (Ipx.Global_Num_Send() > 0 && Ipx.Service() != 0) ;
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Broadcast my sign-off over a bridged network if there is one
+				...............................................................*/
+				if (IsBridge) {
+					Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 0,
+						&BridgeNet);
+					Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 0,
+						&BridgeNet);
+				}
+				while (Ipx.Global_Num_Send() > 0 && Ipx.Service() != 0) ;
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				And now, just be absolutely sure, send my sign-off to each
+				player in my game.  (If there's a bridge between us, the other
+				player will have specified my address, so he can cross the
+				bridge; but I may not have specified a bridge address, so the
+				only way I have of crossing the bridge is to send a packet
+				directly to him.)
+				...............................................................*/
+				for (i = 0; i < Players.Count(); i++) {
+					Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 1,
+						&(Players[i]->Address));
+					Ipx.Service();
+				}
+				while (Ipx.Global_Num_Send() > 0 && Ipx.Service() != 0) ;
+				MPlayerGameName[0] = 0;
+				process = false;
+				rc = false;
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			Default: manage the inter-player messages
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			default:
+				/*...............................................................
+				F4/SEND/'M' = send a message
+				...............................................................*/
+				if (Messages.Get_Edit_Buf()==NULL) {
+					if (input == KN_M || input==(BUTTON_SEND | KN_BUTTON) ||
+						input == KN_F4) {
+						memset (txt, 0, 80);
+
+						strcpy(txt,Text_String(TXT_TO_ALL));	// "To All:"
+
+						Messages.Add_Edit (MPlayerTColors[MPlayerColorIdx],
+							TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_FULLSHADOW, txt, d_message_w-70*factor);
+
+						credit_edt.Clear_Focus();
+						credit_edt.Flag_To_Redraw();
+						if (display < REDRAW_MESSAGE) display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+
+						break;
+					}
+				} else {
+
+					/*...............................................................
+					If we're already editing a message and the user clicks on
+					'Send', translate our input to a Return so Messages.Input() will
+					work properly.
+					...............................................................*/
+					if (input==(BUTTON_SEND | KN_BUTTON)) {
+						input = KN_RETURN;
+					}
+				}
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Manage the message system (get rid of old messages)
+				...............................................................*/
+				if (Messages.Manage()) {
+					if (display < REDRAW_MESSAGE) display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+				}
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Re-draw the messages & service keyboard input for any message
+				being edited.
+				...............................................................*/
+				i = Messages.Input(input);
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				If 'Input' returned 1, it means refresh the message display.
+				...............................................................*/
+				if (i==1) {
+					Messages.Draw();
+				}
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				If 'Input' returned 2, it means redraw the message display.
+				...............................................................*/
+				else if (i==2) {
+					if (display < REDRAW_MESSAGE) display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+				}
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				If 'input' returned 3, it means send the current message.
+				...............................................................*/
+				else if (i==3) {
+					long actual_message_size;
+					char *the_string;
+
+					sent_so_far = 0;
+ 					magic_number = MESSAGE_HEAD_MAGIC_NUMBER;
+					message_length = strlen(Messages.Get_Edit_Buf());
+					crc = (unsigned short)
+							(Calculate_CRC(Messages.Get_Edit_Buf(), message_length) &0xffff);
+					while ( sent_so_far < message_length ){
+						memset (&GPacket, 0, sizeof(GlobalPacketType));
+						GPacket.Command = NET_MESSAGE;
+						strcpy (GPacket.Name, MPlayerName);
+						memcpy (GPacket.Message.Buf, Messages.Get_Edit_Buf()+sent_so_far, COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-5);
+
+						/*
+						** Steve I's stuff for splitting message on word boundries
+						*/
+						actual_message_size = COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH - 5;
+
+						/* Start at the end of the message and find a space with 10 chars. */
+						the_string = GPacket.Message.Buf;
+						while ( (COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH -5) -actual_message_size < 10 &&
+							the_string[actual_message_size] != ' '){
+							--actual_message_size;
+						}
+						if ( the_string[actual_message_size] == ' ' ){
+
+							/* Now delete the extra characters after the space (they musnt print) */
+							for ( int i=0 ; i< (COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-5) - actual_message_size; i++ ){
+								the_string[i + actual_message_size] = 0xff;
+							}
+						}else{
+							actual_message_size = COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH - 5;
+						}
+
+						*(GPacket.Message.Buf + COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-5) = 0;
+						*((unsigned short*)(GPacket.Message.Buf + COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-4)) = magic_number;
+						*((unsigned short*)(GPacket.Message.Buf + COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-2)) = crc;
+						GPacket.Message.ID = Build_MPlayerID (MPlayerColorIdx, MPlayerHouse);
+						GPacket.Message.NameCRC = Compute_Name_CRC(MPlayerGameName);
+
+						/*..................................................................
+						Send the message to every player in our player list.
+						..................................................................*/
+						for (i = 0; i < Players.Count(); i++) {
+							Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 1,
+								&(Players[i]->Address));
+							Ipx.Service();
+						}
+						/*..................................................................
+						Add the message to our own list, since we're not in the player list
+						on this dialog.
+						..................................................................*/
+						sprintf(txt,Text_String (TXT_FROM), MPlayerName, GPacket.Message.Buf);
+						Messages.Add_Message (txt, MPlayerTColors[MPlayerColorIdx],
+							TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_FULLSHADOW, 1200, magic_number, crc);
+
+						magic_number++;
+						sent_so_far += actual_message_size;	//COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-5;
+
+					}
+					if (display < REDRAW_MESSAGE) display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+				}
+		}
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Detect editing of the credits buffer, transmit new values to players
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		if (atoi(credbuf) != old_cred) {
+			old_cred = Bound(atoi(credbuf), 0, 9999);
+			MPlayerCredits = old_cred;
+			transmit = 1;
+			sprintf(credbuf, "%d", MPlayerCredits);
+			credit_edt.Set_Text(credbuf, CREDITSBUF_MAX);
+		}
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Process incoming packets
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		whahoppa = Get_NewGame_Responses(&playerlist);
+		if (whahoppa == EV_NEW_PLAYER) {
+			ok_timer = TickCount.Time();
+			transmit = 1;
+		} else {
+			if (whahoppa == EV_MESSAGE) {
+				if (display < REDRAW_MESSAGE) display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		If our Transmit flag is set, we need to send out a game option packet
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		if (transmit) {
+			for (i = 0; i < Players.Count(); i++) {
+				memset (&GPacket, 0, sizeof(GlobalPacketType));
+
+				GPacket.Command = NET_GAME_OPTIONS;
+				GPacket.ScenarioInfo.Scenario = MPlayerFilenum[ScenarioIdx];
+				GPacket.ScenarioInfo.Credits = MPlayerCredits;
+				GPacket.ScenarioInfo.IsBases = MPlayerBases;
+				GPacket.ScenarioInfo.IsTiberium = MPlayerTiberium;
+				GPacket.ScenarioInfo.IsGoodies = MPlayerGoodies;
+				GPacket.ScenarioInfo.IsGhosties = MPlayerGhosts;
+				GPacket.ScenarioInfo.BuildLevel = BuildLevel;
+				GPacket.ScenarioInfo.UnitCount = MPlayerUnitCount;
+				GPacket.ScenarioInfo.Seed = Seed;
+				GPacket.ScenarioInfo.Special = Special;
+				GPacket.ScenarioInfo.GameSpeed = Options.GameSpeed;
+
+				Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof (GlobalPacketType),
+					1, &(Players[i]->Address) );
+			}
+			transmit = 0;
+		}
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Ping every player in my game, to force the Global Channel to measure
+		the connection response time.
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		if (TickCount.Time() - ping_timer > 15) {
+			memset (&GPacket, 0, sizeof(GlobalPacketType));
+			GPacket.Command = NET_PING;
+			for (i = 0; i < Players.Count(); i++) {
+				Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof (GlobalPacketType),
+					1, &(Players[i]->Address) );
+			}
+			ping_timer = TickCount.Time();
+		}
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Service the Ipx connections
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		Ipx.Service();
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Service the sounds & score; GameActive must be false at this point,
+		so Call_Back() doesn't intercept global messages from me!
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		Call_Back();
+
+	}	/* end of while */
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Establish connections with all other players.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (rc) {
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Set the number of players in this game, and my ID
+		.....................................................................*/
+		MPlayerCount = Players.Count() + 1;
+		MPlayerLocalID = Build_MPlayerID (MPlayerColorIdx, MPlayerHouse);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Get the scenario filename
+		.....................................................................*/
+		Scenario = MPlayerFilenum[ScenarioIdx];
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Compute frame delay value for packet transmissions:
+		- Divide global channel's response time by 8 (2 to convert to 1-way
+		  value, 4 more to convert from ticks to frames)
+		.....................................................................*/
+		MPlayerMaxAhead = MAX( (Ipx.Global_Response_Time() / 8), 2);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Send all players the NET_GO packet.  Wait until all ACK's have been
+		received.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		memset (&GPacket, 0, sizeof(GlobalPacketType));
+		GPacket.Command = NET_GO;
+		GPacket.ResponseTime.OneWay = MPlayerMaxAhead;
+		for (i = 0; i < Players.Count(); i++) {
+			Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof (GlobalPacketType),
+				1, &(Players[i]->Address) );
+			/*..................................................................
+			Wait for all the ACK's to come in.
+			..................................................................*/
+			while (Ipx.Global_Num_Send() > 0)
+				Ipx.Service();
+		}
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Form connections with all other players.  Form the IPX Connection ID
+		from the player's Color (high byte) and House (low byte).  This
+		will let us extract any player's color & house at any time.
+		Fill in 'tmp_id' while we're doing this.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		for (i = 0; i < Players.Count(); i++) {
+			id = Build_MPlayerID (Players[i]->Player.Color,
+				Players[i]->Player.House);
+
+			tmp_id[i] = id;
+
+			Ipx.Create_Connection(id, Players[i]->Name, &(Players[i]->Address) );
+		}
+		tmp_id[i] = MPlayerLocalID;
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Store every player's ID in the MPlayerID[] array.  This array will
+		determine the order of event execution, so the ID's must be stored
+		in the same order on all systems.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		for (i = 0; i < MPlayerCount; i++) {
+			min_index = 0;
+			min_id = 0xff;
+			for (j = 0; j < MPlayerCount; j++) {
+				if (tmp_id[j] < min_id) {
+					min_id = tmp_id[j];
+					min_index = j;
+				}
+			}
+			MPlayerID[i] = tmp_id[min_index];
+			tmp_id[min_index] = 0xff;
+		}
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Fill in the array of player names, including my own.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		for (i = 0; i < MPlayerCount; i++) {
+			if (MPlayerID[i] == MPlayerLocalID) {
+				strcpy (MPlayerNames[i], MPlayerName);
+			} else {
+				strcpy (MPlayerNames[i], Ipx.Connection_Name(MPlayerID[i]));
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Init network timing values, using previous response times as a measure
+	of what our retry delta & timeout should be.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	Ipx.Set_Timing (Ipx.Global_Response_Time() + 2, -1,
+		Ipx.Global_Response_Time() * 4);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Clear all lists
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	while (scenariolist.Count()) {
+		scenariolist.Remove_Item(scenariolist.Get_Item(0));
+	}
+	Clear_Player_List(&playerlist);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Restore screen
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	Hide_Mouse();
+	Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+	HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+	Show_Mouse();
+
+	return(rc);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Get_NewGame_Responses -- processes packets for New Game dialog          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This routine can modify the contents of the given list box, as well		*
+ * as the contents of the Players Vector global.									*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		playerlist		list of players in this game									*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		EV_NONE = nothing happened															*
+ *		EV_NEW_PLAYER = a new player has joined; false otherwise					*
+ *		EV_MESSAGE = a message was received												*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   04/18/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static JoinEventType Get_NewGame_Responses(ColorListClass *playerlist)
+{
+	int rc;
+	char * item;						// general-purpose string
+	NodeNameType *who;				// node to add to Players Vector
+	int i;
+	int found;
+	JoinEventType retval = EV_NONE;
+	int resend;
+	char txt[80];
+	int color;
+	unsigned short magic_number;
+	unsigned short crc;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	If there is no incoming packet, just return
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	rc = Ipx.Get_Global_Message (&GPacket, &GPacketlen, &GAddress, &GProductID);
+	if (!rc || GProductID != IPXGlobalConnClass::COMMAND_AND_CONQUER) {
+		return(EV_NONE);
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Try to handle the packet in a standard way
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (Process_Global_Packet(&GPacket,&GAddress) != 0) {
+		return(EV_NONE);
+	} else
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	NET_QUERY_JOIN:
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (GPacket.Command==NET_QUERY_JOIN) {
+		/*.....................................................................
+		See if this name is unique:
+		- If the name matches, but the address is different, reject this player
+		- If the name & address match, this packet must be a re-send of a
+		  prevous request; in this case, do nothing.  The other player must have
+		  received my CONFIRM_JOIN packet (since it was sent with an ACK
+		  required), so we can ignore this resend.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		found = 0;
+		resend = 0;
+		for (i = 0; i < Players.Count(); i++) {
+			if (!strcmp(Players[i]->Name,GPacket.Name)) {
+				if (Players[i]->Address != GAddress) {
+					found = 1;
+				}
+				else {
+					resend = 1;
+				}
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+		if (!strcmp (MPlayerName, GPacket.Name)) {
+			found = 1;
+		}
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Reject if name is a duplicate, or if there are too many players:
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (found || (Players.Count() >= (MPlayerMax - 1) && !resend) ) {
+			memset (&GPacket, 0, sizeof(GlobalPacketType));
+
+			GPacket.Command = NET_REJECT_JOIN;
+
+			Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof (GlobalPacketType),
+				1, &GAddress);
+		}
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		If this packet is NOT a resend, accept the player.  Grant him the
+		requested color if possible.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		else if (!resend) {
+			/*..................................................................
+			Add node to the Vector list
+			..................................................................*/
+			who = new NodeNameType;
+			strcpy(who->Name, GPacket.Name);
+			who->Address = GAddress;
+			who->Player.House = GPacket.PlayerInfo.House;
+			Players.Add (who);
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Set player's color; if requested color isn't used, give it to him;
+			otherwise, give him the 1st available color.  Mark the color we
+			give him as used.
+			..................................................................*/
+			if (ColorUsed[GPacket.PlayerInfo.Color] == 0) {
+				who->Player.Color = GPacket.PlayerInfo.Color;
+			} else {
+				for (i = 0; i < MAX_MPLAYER_COLORS; i++) {
+					if (ColorUsed[i]==0) {
+						who->Player.Color = i;
+						break;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+			ColorUsed[who->Player.Color] = 1;
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Add player name to the list box
+			..................................................................*/
+			item = new char [MPLAYER_NAME_MAX + 4];
+			if (GPacket.PlayerInfo.House==HOUSE_GOOD) {
+				sprintf(item,"%s\t%s",GPacket.Name,Text_String(TXT_G_D_I));
+			} else {
+				sprintf(item,"%s\t%s",GPacket.Name,Text_String(TXT_N_O_D));
+			}
+			playerlist->Add_Item (item, MPlayerTColors[who->Player.Color]);
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Send a confirmation packet
+			..................................................................*/
+			memset (&GPacket, 0, sizeof(GlobalPacketType));
+
+			GPacket.Command = NET_CONFIRM_JOIN;
+			strcpy(GPacket.Name,MPlayerName);
+			GPacket.PlayerInfo.House = who->Player.House;
+			GPacket.PlayerInfo.Color = who->Player.Color;
+
+			Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof (GlobalPacketType),
+				1, &GAddress);
+
+			retval = EV_NEW_PLAYER;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	NET_SIGN_OFF: Another system is signing off: search for that system in
+	the player list, & remove it if found
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	else if (GPacket.Command==NET_SIGN_OFF) {
+		for (i = 0; i < Players.Count(); i++) {
+			/*
+			....................... Name found; remove it ......................
+			*/
+			if (!strcmp (Players[i]->Name, GPacket.Name) &&
+				Players[i]->Address==GAddress) {
+				/*...............................................................
+				Remove from the list box
+				...............................................................*/
+				item = (char *)(playerlist->Get_Item(i + 1));
+				playerlist->Remove_Item(item);
+				playerlist->Flag_To_Redraw();
+				delete [] item;
+				/*...............................................................
+				Mark his color as available
+				...............................................................*/
+				ColorUsed[Players[i]->Player.Color] = 0;
+				/*...............................................................
+				Delete from the Vector list
+				...............................................................*/
+				Players.Delete(Players[i]);
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	NET_MESSAGE: Someone is sending us a message
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	else if (GPacket.Command==NET_MESSAGE) {
+		sprintf(txt,Text_String (TXT_FROM), GPacket.Name, GPacket.Message.Buf);
+		magic_number = *((unsigned short*)(GPacket.Message.Buf + COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-4));
+		crc = *((unsigned short*)(GPacket.Message.Buf + COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-2));
+		color = MPlayerID_To_ColorIndex(GPacket.Message.ID);
+		Messages.Add_Message (txt, MPlayerTColors[color],
+			TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_FULLSHADOW, 1200, magic_number, crc);
+		retval = EV_MESSAGE;
+	}
+
+	return(retval);
+}
+
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Compute_Name_CRC -- computes CRC from char string                       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		name		string to create CRC for												*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		CRC																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/29/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+unsigned long Compute_Name_CRC(char *name)
+{
+	char buf[80];
+	unsigned long crc = 0L;
+	int i;
+
+	strcpy (buf, name);
+	strupr (buf);
+
+	for (i = 0; i < strlen(buf); i++) {
+		Add_CRC (&crc, (unsigned long)buf[i]);
+	}
+
+	return (crc);
+}
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Net_Reconnect_Dialog -- Draws/updates the network reconnect dialog      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		reconn			1 = reconnect, 0 = waiting for first-time connection	*
+ *		fresh				1 = draw from scratch, 0 = only update time counter	*
+ *		oldest_index	IPX connection index of oldest connection 				*
+ *							(only used for reconnection)									*
+ *		timeval			value to print in the countdown field						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   07/08/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void Net_Reconnect_Dialog(int reconn, int fresh, int oldest_index,
+	unsigned long timeval)
+{
+	static int x,y,w,h;
+	int id;
+	char buf1[40] = {0};
+	char buf2[40] = {0};
+	char const *buf3 = "";
+
+	int factor = (SeenBuff.Get_Width() == 320) ? 1 : 2;
+
+	int d_txt6_h = 6*factor+1;
+	int d_margin = 5*factor;
+
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Draw the dialog from scratch
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (fresh) {
+		Fancy_Text_Print ("", 0, 0, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+			TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+		if (reconn) {
+			id = Ipx.Connection_ID(oldest_index);
+			sprintf(buf1,Text_String(TXT_RECONNECTING_TO),
+				Ipx.Connection_Name(id));
+		} else {
+			sprintf(buf1,Text_String(TXT_WAITING_FOR_CONNECTIONS));
+		}
+		sprintf(buf2,Text_String(TXT_TIME_ALLOWED), timeval + 1);
+		buf3 = Text_String(TXT_PRESS_ESC);
+
+		w = MAX(String_Pixel_Width(buf1),String_Pixel_Width(buf2));
+		w = MAX(String_Pixel_Width(buf3), w);
+		w += (d_margin * 4);
+		h = (d_txt6_h * 3) + (d_margin * 6);
+		x = 160*factor - (w / 2);
+		y = 100*factor - (h / 2);
+
+		Hide_Mouse();
+		Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+		Dialog_Box(x, y, w, h);
+
+		Fancy_Text_Print (buf1, 160*factor, y + (d_margin * 2), CC_GREEN, BLACK,
+			TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+		Fancy_Text_Print (buf2, 160*factor, y + (d_margin * 2) + d_txt6_h + d_margin,
+			CC_GREEN, BLACK,
+			TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+		Fancy_Text_Print (buf3, 160*factor, y + (d_margin * 2) + (d_txt6_h + d_margin) * 2,
+			CC_GREEN, BLACK,
+			TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+		Show_Mouse();
+
+	} else {
+
+		/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Just update the timeout value on the dialog
+		------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		Hide_Mouse();
+		Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+
+		sprintf(buf2,Text_String(TXT_TIME_ALLOWED), timeval + 1);
+		int pixwidth = String_Pixel_Width (buf2);
+		LogicPage->Fill_Rect (160*factor - (pixwidth/2) - 12, y+(d_margin*2) + d_txt6_h + d_margin,
+									160*factor + (pixwidth/2) + 12, y+(d_margin*2) + d_txt6_h*2 + d_margin,
+									TBLACK);
+		Fancy_Text_Print (buf2, 160*factor, y + (d_margin * 2) + d_txt6_h + d_margin,
+			CC_GREEN, BLACK,
+			TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+		Show_Mouse();
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Wait_For_Focus -- Wait for game to be in focus before proceeding                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    1/6/97 3:23PM ST : Created                                                               *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void Wait_For_Focus (void)
+{
+	CountDownTimerClass focus_timer;
+	focus_timer.Set(5*60);
+	ShowWindow ( MainWindow, SW_SHOWMAXIMIZED );
+
+	/*
+	** Process the message loop until we are in focus.
+	*/
+	if (!GameInFocus){
+		CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Waiting for game to come into focus.");
+		do {
+			CCDebugString (".");
+			Keyboard::Check();
+			if (!focus_timer.Time()){
+				CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Calling SetForgroundWindow.\n");
+				SetForegroundWindow ( MainWindow );
+				CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Calling ShowWindow.\n");
+				ShowWindow ( MainWindow, SW_SHOWMAXIMIZED );
+				focus_timer.Set(5*60);
+			}
+
+		}while (!GameInFocus);
+		CCDebugString ("\n");
+		AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+extern bool Spawn_WChat(bool can_launch);
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Net_Fake_New_Dialog -- Just like Net_New_Dialog but without the Dialog. For internet play   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *  This 'dialog' does all the non-dialog game set up stuff that is done in the normal         *
+ * network game set up dialog. The only visible button is 'cancel'                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   true if successfully connected                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    5/24/96 10:34AM ST : Created                                                             *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+static int Net_Fake_New_Dialog(void)
+{
+	int factor			= (SeenBuff.Get_Width() == 320) ? 1 : 2;
+
+	int d_dialog_w = 120*factor;											// dialog width
+	int d_dialog_h = 80*factor;											// dialog height
+	int d_dialog_x = ((320*factor - d_dialog_w) / 2);				// dialog x-coord
+	int d_dialog_y = ((200*factor - d_dialog_h) / 2);				// centered y-coord
+	int d_dialog_cx = d_dialog_x + (d_dialog_w / 2);		// center x-coord
+
+	//d_playerlist_w = 100;
+	int d_playerlist_w = 106*factor;
+	int d_playerlist_h = 27*factor;
+	//int d_playerlist_x = 10 * factor;	//off screen
+	int d_playerlist_x = 500*factor;	//10 * factor;	//off screen
+	int d_playerlist_y = d_dialog_y + 20;
+
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+	int d_cancel_w = 50*factor;
+#else
+	int d_cancel_w = 45*factor;
+#endif
+	int d_cancel_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_cancel_x = d_dialog_cx - (d_cancel_w / 2);
+	int d_cancel_y = d_dialog_y + d_dialog_h - 20*factor;
+
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+	int	width=160*factor;
+	int	height=80*factor;
+#else
+	int	width=120*factor;
+	int	height=80*factor;
+#endif	//GERMAN | FRENCH
+
+	bool	player_joined = false;
+	CountDownTimerClass join_timer;
+
+	Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_NONE,0,0,TBLACK,TBLACK,TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+	Format_Window_String((char*)Text_String(TXT_CONNECTING), SeenBuff.Get_Height(), width, height);
+
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+	d_dialog_w = width + 25*factor;
+	d_dialog_x = ((320*factor - d_dialog_w) / 2);				// dialog x-coord
+	d_cancel_x = d_dialog_cx - (d_cancel_w / 2);
+#endif
+
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Button Enumerations
+	........................................................................*/
+	enum {
+		BUTTON_CANCEL = 100,
+		BUTTON_PLAYERLIST,
+	};
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Redraw values: in order from "top" to "bottom" layer of the dialog
+	........................................................................*/
+	typedef enum {
+		REDRAW_NONE = 0,
+		REDRAW_MESSAGE,
+		REDRAW_BUTTONS,
+		REDRAW_BACKGROUND,
+		REDRAW_ALL = REDRAW_BACKGROUND
+	} RedrawType;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog variables
+	........................................................................*/
+	RedrawType display = REDRAW_ALL;		// redraw level
+	bool process = true;						// process while true
+	KeyNumType input;
+
+	char credbuf[CREDITSBUF_MAX];			// for credit edit box
+	int old_cred;								// old value in credits buffer
+	int transmit;								// 1 = re-transmit new game options
+
+	long ok_timer = 0;						// for timing OK button
+	int rc;
+	int i,j;
+	char *item;
+	int tabs[] = {77*factor};				// tabs for player list box
+
+	long ping_timer = 0;						// for sending Ping packets
+
+	unsigned char tmp_id[MAX_PLAYERS];	// temp storage for sorting player ID's
+	int min_index;								// for sorting player ID's
+	unsigned char min_id;					// for sorting player ID's
+	unsigned char id;							// connection ID
+	JoinEventType whahoppa;					// event generated by received packets
+
+	void const *up_button;
+	void const *down_button;
+
+	if (InMainLoop){
+		up_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-UP.SHP");
+		down_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-DN.SHP");
+	}else{
+		up_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-UP2.SHP");
+		down_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-DN2.SHP");
+	}
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Buttons
+	........................................................................*/
+	GadgetClass *commands;										// button list
+
+	ColorListClass playerlist(BUTTON_PLAYERLIST,
+		d_playerlist_x, d_playerlist_y, d_playerlist_w, d_playerlist_h,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		up_button,
+		down_button);
+
+	TextButtonClass cancelbtn(BUTTON_CANCEL, TXT_CANCEL,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+//#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+//		d_cancel_x, d_cancel_y);
+//#else
+		d_cancel_x, d_cancel_y, d_cancel_w, d_cancel_h);
+//#endif
+
+
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - In new game dialog - initialising lists.\n");
+	/*
+	------------------------- Build the button list --------------------------
+	*/
+	commands = &playerlist;
+	cancelbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+
+	playerlist.Set_Tabs(tabs);
+
+	/*
+	----------------------------- Various Inits ------------------------------
+	*/
+
+	sprintf(credbuf, "%d", MPlayerCredits);
+	old_cred = MPlayerCredits;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Init other scenario parameters
+	........................................................................*/
+	Special.IsTGrowth = MPlayerTiberium;
+	Special.IsTSpread = MPlayerTiberium;
+	transmit = 0;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Init player color-used flags
+	........................................................................*/
+	for (i = 0; i < MAX_MPLAYER_COLORS; i++) {
+		ColorUsed[i] = 0;							// init all colors to available
+	}
+	ColorUsed[MPlayerColorIdx] = 1;			// set my color to used
+	playerlist.Set_Selected_Style(ColorListClass::SELECT_BAR, CC_GREEN_SHADOW);
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Init random-number generator, & create a seed to be used for all random
+	numbers from here on out
+	........................................................................*/
+	randomize();
+	Seed = rand();
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Add myself to the list.  Note that since I'm not in the Players Vector,
+	the Vector & listbox are now 1 out of sync.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	item = new char [MPLAYER_NAME_MAX + 4];
+	if (MPlayerHouse==HOUSE_GOOD) {
+		sprintf(item,"%s\t%s",MPlayerName,Text_String(TXT_G_D_I));
+	} else {
+		sprintf(item,"%s\t%s",MPlayerName,Text_String(TXT_N_O_D));
+	}
+	playerlist.Add_Item(item, MPlayerTColors[MPlayerColorIdx]);
+
+	Wait_For_Focus();
+
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to uncompress title page.\n");
+	Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+	HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to set the palette.\n");
+	Set_Palette(Palette);
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Palette was set OK.\n");
+
+	if (LogicPage != &SeenBuff && LogicPage!= &HidPage){
+		CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Logic page invalid");
+		Set_Logic_Page (SeenBuff);
+	}
+
+	char a_buffer [128];
+	sprintf (a_buffer, "Number of players:%d", Players.Count());
+	CCDebugString (a_buffer);
+
+
+#ifdef VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+	/*
+	** Send a bogus packet to wake up the VSS
+	*/
+	memset (&GPacket, 0, sizeof(GlobalPacketType));
+
+	GPacket.Command = (NetCommandType)50;		//Invalid command
+	strcpy (GPacket.Name, MPlayerName);
+	Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof (GlobalPacketType), 0, NULL);
+#endif	//VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+
+
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to reveal mouse\n");
+	while (Get_Mouse_State() > 0) Show_Mouse();
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Processing loop -----------------------------
+	*/
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Entering join dialogue loop\n");
+	while (process) {
+
+		/*
+		** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+		** we need to redraw.
+		*/
+		if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+			AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+			display=REDRAW_ALL;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		...................... Refresh display if needed ......................
+		*/
+		if (display) {
+			Hide_Mouse();
+			/*
+			.................. Redraw backgound & dialog box ...................
+			*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BACKGROUND) {
+
+				Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+				HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+				Set_Palette(Palette);
+
+				Dialog_Box(d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w, d_dialog_h);
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Dialog & Field labels
+				...............................................................*/
+				Draw_Caption (TXT_NONE, d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_CONNECTING, d_dialog_cx-width/2, d_dialog_y + 25*factor, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+									TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+			}
+
+			/*
+			.......................... Redraw buttons ..........................
+			*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BUTTONS) {
+				commands->Draw_All();
+			}
+
+			Show_Mouse();
+			display = REDRAW_NONE;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................... Get user input ............................
+		*/
+		input = commands->Input();
+
+		/*
+		---------------------------- Process input ----------------------------
+		*/
+		switch (input) {
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			CANCEL: send a SIGN_OFF, bail out with error code
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (KN_ESC):
+			case (BUTTON_CANCEL | KN_BUTTON):
+				memset (&GPacket, 0, sizeof(GlobalPacketType));
+
+				GPacket.Command = NET_SIGN_OFF;
+				strcpy (GPacket.Name, MPlayerName);
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Broadcast my sign-off over my network
+				...............................................................*/
+				Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof (GlobalPacketType),
+					0, NULL);
+				Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof (GlobalPacketType),
+					0, NULL);
+				while (Ipx.Global_Num_Send() > 0 && Ipx.Service() != 0) ;
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Broadcast my sign-off over a bridged network if there is one
+				...............................................................*/
+				while (Ipx.Global_Num_Send() > 0 && Ipx.Service() != 0) ;
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				And now, just be absolutely sure, send my sign-off to each
+				player in my game.  (If there's a bridge between us, the other
+				player will have specified my address, so he can cross the
+				bridge; but I may not have specified a bridge address, so the
+				only way I have of crossing the bridge is to send a packet
+				directly to him.)
+				...............................................................*/
+				for (i = 0; i < Players.Count(); i++) {
+					Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 1,
+						&(Players[i]->Address));
+					Ipx.Service();
+				}
+				while (Ipx.Global_Num_Send() > 0 && Ipx.Service() != 0) ;
+				MPlayerGameName[0] = 0;
+				process = false;
+				rc = false;
+				Send_Data_To_DDE_Server ("Hello", strlen("Hello"), DDEServerClass::DDE_CONNECTION_FAILED);
+				GameStatisticsPacketSent = false;
+				Spawn_WChat(false);
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			default: exit loop with TRUE status
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			default:
+#ifdef VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+				if (Players.Count() == InternetMaxPlayers-1){
+
+
+#else //VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+				if (Players.Count() > 0){
+#endif	// VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+
+//char ddkks[128];
+//sprintf (ddkks, "C&C95 - Players.Count() = %d\n", Players.Count());
+//CCDebugString (ddkks);
+
+					/*
+					** Wait for several secs after receiving request to join before sending
+					** start game packet
+					*/
+					if (!player_joined){
+						player_joined = true;
+						join_timer.Set (3*60, true);
+						break;
+					}else{
+						if (join_timer.Time()) break;
+					}
+
+CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Join timer expired\n");
+
+					/*...............................................................
+					If a new player has joined in the last second, don't allow
+					an OK; force a wait longer than 2 seconds (to give all players
+					a chance to know about this new guy)
+					...............................................................*/
+					i = MAX(Ipx.Global_Response_Time() * 2, 120);
+					while (TickCount.Time() - ok_timer < i)
+						Ipx.Service();
+
+					/*...............................................................
+					If there are at least 2 players, go ahead & play; error otherwise
+					...............................................................*/
+					if (MPlayerSolo || Players.Count() > 0) {
+						rc = TRUE;
+						process = FALSE;
+					} else {
+						CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_ONLY_ONE,TXT_OOPS,NULL);
+						display = REDRAW_ALL;
+					}
+				}
+				break;
+		}
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Process incoming packets
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		whahoppa = Get_NewGame_Responses(&playerlist);
+		if (whahoppa == EV_NEW_PLAYER) {
+			ok_timer = TickCount.Time();
+			transmit = 1;
+		} else {
+			if (whahoppa == EV_MESSAGE) {
+				display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		If our Transmit flag is set, we need to send out a game option packet
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		if (transmit) {
+			for (i = 0; i < Players.Count(); i++) {
+				memset (&GPacket, 0, sizeof(GlobalPacketType));
+
+				GPacket.Command = NET_GAME_OPTIONS;
+				GPacket.ScenarioInfo.Scenario = ScenarioIdx;	//MPlayerFilenum[ScenarioIdx];
+				GPacket.ScenarioInfo.Credits = MPlayerCredits;
+				GPacket.ScenarioInfo.IsBases = MPlayerBases;
+				GPacket.ScenarioInfo.IsTiberium = MPlayerTiberium;
+				GPacket.ScenarioInfo.IsGoodies = MPlayerGoodies;
+				GPacket.ScenarioInfo.IsGhosties = MPlayerGhosts;
+				GPacket.ScenarioInfo.BuildLevel = BuildLevel;
+				GPacket.ScenarioInfo.UnitCount = MPlayerUnitCount;
+				GPacket.ScenarioInfo.Seed = Seed;
+				GPacket.ScenarioInfo.Special = Special;
+				GPacket.ScenarioInfo.GameSpeed = Options.GameSpeed;
+
+				Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof (GlobalPacketType),
+					1, &(Players[i]->Address) );
+			}
+			transmit = 0;
+		}
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Ping every player in my game, to force the Global Channel to measure
+		the connection response time.
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		if (TickCount.Time() - ping_timer > 15) {
+			memset (&GPacket, 0, sizeof(GlobalPacketType));
+			GPacket.Command = NET_PING;
+			for (i = 0; i < Players.Count(); i++) {
+				Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof (GlobalPacketType),
+					1, &(Players[i]->Address) );
+			}
+			ping_timer = TickCount.Time();
+		}
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Service the Ipx connections
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		Ipx.Service();
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Service the sounds & score; GameActive must be false at this point,
+		so Call_Back() doesn't intercept global messages from me!
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		Call_Back();
+
+	}	/* end of while */
+
+CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Exited process loop\n");
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Establish connections with all other players.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (rc) {
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Set the number of players in this game, and my ID
+		.....................................................................*/
+		MPlayerCount = Players.Count() + 1;
+		MPlayerLocalID = Build_MPlayerID (MPlayerColorIdx, MPlayerHouse);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Get the scenario filename
+		.....................................................................*/
+		Scenario = ScenarioIdx;	//PlayerFilenum[ScenarioIdx]; We are passed actual number now from wchat not index from
+		//Scenario = MPlayerFilenum[ScenarioIdx];
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Compute frame delay value for packet transmissions:
+		- Divide global channel's response time by 8 (2 to convert to 1-way
+		  value, 4 more to convert from ticks to frames)
+		.....................................................................*/
+		MPlayerMaxAhead = MAX( (Ipx.Global_Response_Time() / 8), 2);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Send all players the NET_GO packet.  Wait until all ACK's have been
+		received.
+		.....................................................................*/
+CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Sending the 'GO' packet\n");
+		memset (&GPacket, 0, sizeof(GlobalPacketType));
+		GPacket.Command = NET_GO;
+		GPacket.ResponseTime.OneWay = MPlayerMaxAhead;
+		for (i = 0; i < Players.Count(); i++) {
+char flopbuf [128];
+sprintf (flopbuf, "Sending 'GO' packet to address %d\n", *((unsigned short*)&(Players[i]->Address)));
+CCDebugString (flopbuf);
+
+
+			Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof (GlobalPacketType),
+				1, &(Players[i]->Address) );
+			/*..................................................................
+			Wait for all the ACK's to come in.
+			..................................................................*/
+			while (Ipx.Global_Num_Send() > 0)
+				Ipx.Service();
+		}
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Form connections with all other players.  Form the IPX Connection ID
+		from the player's Color (high byte) and House (low byte).  This
+		will let us extract any player's color & house at any time.
+		Fill in 'tmp_id' while we're doing this.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		for (i = 0; i < Players.Count(); i++) {
+			id = Build_MPlayerID (Players[i]->Player.Color,
+				Players[i]->Player.House);
+
+			tmp_id[i] = id;
+
+			Ipx.Create_Connection(id, Players[i]->Name, &(Players[i]->Address) );
+		}
+
+#ifdef VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Creating connection to the VSS\n");
+		/*
+		** Create an additional connection to the VSS
+		*/
+		if (UseVirtualSubnetServer){
+			IPXAddressClass vss_global_address;
+			NetNodeType vss_node;
+			NetNumType	vss_net;
+			memset (vss_net, 1, sizeof (vss_net));
+			memset (vss_node, 0, sizeof (vss_node));
+			vss_global_address.Set_Address(vss_net, vss_node);
+			Ipx.Create_Connection( VSS_ID, "VSS", &vss_global_address);
+		}
+#endif	//VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+		tmp_id[i] = MPlayerLocalID;
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Store every player's ID in the MPlayerID[] array.  This array will
+		determine the order of event execution, so the ID's must be stored
+		in the same order on all systems.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		for (i = 0; i < MPlayerCount; i++) {
+			min_index = 0;
+			min_id = 0xff;
+			for (j = 0; j < MPlayerCount; j++) {
+				if (tmp_id[j] < min_id) {
+					min_id = tmp_id[j];
+					min_index = j;
+				}
+			}
+			MPlayerID[i] = tmp_id[min_index];
+			tmp_id[min_index] = 0xff;
+		}
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Fill in the array of player names, including my own.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		for (i = 0; i < MPlayerCount; i++) {
+			if (MPlayerID[i] == MPlayerLocalID) {
+				strcpy (MPlayerNames[i], MPlayerName);
+			} else {
+				strcpy (MPlayerNames[i], Ipx.Connection_Name(MPlayerID[i]));
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Init network timing values, using previous response times as a measure
+	of what our retry delta & timeout should be.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	Ipx.Set_Timing (Ipx.Global_Response_Time() + 2, -1,
+		Ipx.Global_Response_Time() * 4);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Clear all lists
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	Clear_Player_List(&playerlist);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Restore screen
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	Hide_Mouse();
+	Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+	HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+	Show_Mouse();
+
+	if (rc){
+		Wait_For_Focus();
+	}
+
+	return(rc);
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Net_Fake_Join_Dialog -- Like Net_Join_Dialog but with no dialogs. For Internet Play.        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *  This 'dialog' does all the non-dialog game set up stuff that is done in the normal         *
+ * network game set up dialog. The only visible button is 'cancel'                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   0 = good, -1 = bad                                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    5/24/96 11:07AM ST : Created                                                             *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+
+static int Net_Fake_Join_Dialog(void)
+{
+	int factor			= (SeenBuff.Get_Width() == 320) ? 1 : 2;
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog & button dimensions
+	........................................................................*/
+/* ###Change collision detected! C:\PROJECTS\CODE\NETDLG.CPP... */
+	int d_dialog_w = 120 *factor;											// dialog width
+	int d_dialog_h = 80*factor;											// dialog height
+	int d_dialog_x = ((320*factor - d_dialog_w) / 2);				// dialog x-coord
+	int d_dialog_y = ((200*factor - d_dialog_h) / 2);				// centered y-coord
+	int d_dialog_cx = d_dialog_x + (d_dialog_w / 2);		// center x-coord
+
+	int d_margin1=10;
+	int d_txt6_h=15;
+
+	int d_gamelist_w = 160*factor;
+	int d_gamelist_h = 27*factor;
+	int d_gamelist_x = 500*factor;  //230*factor;	//Off screen
+	//int d_gamelist_x = 230*factor;	//Off screen
+	int d_gamelist_y = d_dialog_y + 20;
+
+	int d_playerlist_w = 106*factor;
+	int d_playerlist_h = 27*factor;
+	//int d_playerlist_x = 10 * factor;	//Off screen
+	int d_playerlist_x = 500*factor;	//10 * factor;	//Off screen
+	int d_playerlist_y = d_gamelist_y + 20;
+
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+	int d_cancel_w = 50*factor;
+#else
+	int d_cancel_w = 45*factor;
+#endif
+	int d_cancel_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_cancel_x = d_dialog_cx - d_cancel_w / 2;
+	int d_cancel_y = d_dialog_y + d_dialog_h - 20*factor;
+
+	bool ready_to_go = false;
+
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+	int	width=160*factor;
+	int	height=80*factor;
+#else
+	int	width=120*factor;
+	int	height=80*factor;
+#endif	//GERMAN | FRENCH
+
+	Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_NONE,0,0,TBLACK,TBLACK,TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+	Format_Window_String((char*)Text_String(TXT_CONNECTING), SeenBuff.Get_Height(), width, height);
+
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+	d_dialog_w = width + 25*factor;
+	d_dialog_x = ((320*factor - d_dialog_w) / 2);				// dialog x-coord
+	d_cancel_x = d_dialog_cx - (d_cancel_w / 2);
+#endif
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Button Enumerations
+	........................................................................*/
+	enum {
+		BUTTON_CANCEL = 100,
+		BUTTON_GAMELIST,
+		BUTTON_PLAYERLIST,
+	};
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Redraw values: in order from "top" to "bottom" layer of the dialog
+	........................................................................*/
+	typedef enum {
+		REDRAW_NONE = 0,
+		REDRAW_MESSAGE,
+		REDRAW_COLORS,
+		REDRAW_BUTTONS,
+		REDRAW_BACKGROUND,
+		REDRAW_ALL = REDRAW_BACKGROUND
+	} RedrawType;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog variables
+	........................................................................*/
+	RedrawType display = REDRAW_ALL;		// redraw level
+	bool process = true;						// process while true
+	KeyNumType input;
+
+	JoinStateType joinstate = JOIN_NOTHING;	// current "state" of this dialog
+	char namebuf[MPLAYER_NAME_MAX] = {0};		// buffer for player's name
+	int game_index = -1;						// index of currently-selected game
+	int join_index = -1;						// index of game we're joining
+	int rc = 0;									// -1 = user cancelled, 1 = New
+	JoinEventType event;						// event from incoming packet
+	int i,j;										// loop counter
+	int parms_received;						// 1 = game options received
+
+	unsigned char tmp_id[MAX_PLAYERS];	// temp storage for sorting player ID's
+	int min_index;								// for sorting player ID's
+	unsigned char min_id;					// for sorting player ID's
+	unsigned char id;							// connection ID
+	char * item;
+	unsigned long starttime;
+
+	NodeNameType *who;
+
+	void const *up_button;
+	void const *down_button;
+
+	if (InMainLoop){
+		up_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-UP.SHP");
+		down_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-DN.SHP");
+	}else{
+		up_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-UP2.SHP");
+		down_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-DN2.SHP");
+	}
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Buttons
+	........................................................................*/
+	GadgetClass *commands;										// button list
+
+	ColorListClass playerlist(BUTTON_PLAYERLIST,
+		d_playerlist_x, d_playerlist_y, d_playerlist_w, d_playerlist_h,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		up_button,
+		down_button);
+
+	ListClass gamelist(BUTTON_GAMELIST,
+		d_gamelist_x, d_gamelist_y, d_gamelist_w, d_gamelist_h,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		up_button,
+		down_button);
+
+	TextButtonClass cancelbtn(BUTTON_CANCEL, TXT_CANCEL,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+//#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+//		d_cancel_x, d_cancel_y);
+//#else
+		d_cancel_x, d_cancel_y, d_cancel_w, d_cancel_h);
+//#endif
+
+	/*
+	----------------------------- Various Inits ------------------------------
+	*/
+	//MPlayerColorIdx = MPlayerPrefColor;			// init my preferred color
+
+	playerlist.Set_Selected_Style(ColorListClass::SELECT_NONE);
+
+	Fancy_Text_Print("", 0, 0, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+	/*
+	--------------------------- Send network query ---------------------------
+	*/
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to call Send_Join_Queries.\n");
+	Send_Join_Queries (game_index, 1, 0);
+
+	Wait_For_Focus();
+
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to uncompress title page.\n");
+	Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+	HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to set the palette.\n");
+	Set_Palette(Palette);
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Palette was set OK.\n");
+
+	if (LogicPage != &SeenBuff && LogicPage!= &HidPage){
+		CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Logic page invalid\n");
+		Set_Logic_Page (SeenBuff);
+	}
+
+
+	char a_buffer [128];
+	sprintf (a_buffer, "C&C95 - Number of players:%d\n", Players.Count());
+	CCDebugString (a_buffer);
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Init Mono Output ----------------------------
+	*/
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to reveal mouse\n");
+	while (Get_Mouse_State() > 0) Show_Mouse();
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Processing loop -----------------------------
+	*/
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Entering join dialogue loop\n");
+	while (process) {
+
+		/*
+		** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+		** we need to redraw.
+		*/
+		if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+			AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+			display=REDRAW_ALL;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		...................... Refresh display if needed ......................
+		*/
+		if (display) {
+			Hide_Mouse();
+			/*
+			.................. Redraw backgound & dialog box ...................
+			*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BACKGROUND) {
+				Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+				HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+				Set_Palette(Palette);
+
+				Dialog_Box(d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w, d_dialog_h);
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Dialog & Field labels
+				...............................................................*/
+				Draw_Caption (TXT_NONE, d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_CONNECTING, d_dialog_cx-width/2, d_dialog_y + 25*factor, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+									TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				/*
+				.................... Rebuild the button list ....................
+				*/
+				cancelbtn.Zap();
+				gamelist.Zap();
+				playerlist.Zap();
+
+				commands = &cancelbtn;
+				gamelist.Add_Tail(*commands);
+				playerlist.Add_Tail(*commands);
+			}
+			/*
+			.......................... Redraw buttons ..........................
+			*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BUTTONS) {
+				commands->Draw_All();
+			}
+
+			Show_Mouse();
+			display = REDRAW_NONE;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................... Get user input ............................
+		*/
+		input = commands->Input();
+
+		/*
+		---------------------------- Process input ----------------------------
+		*/
+		switch (input) {
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			CANCEL: send a SIGN_OFF
+			- If we're part of a game, stay in this dialog; otherwise, exit
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (KN_ESC):
+			case (BUTTON_CANCEL | KN_BUTTON):
+				memset (&GPacket, 0, sizeof(GlobalPacketType));
+
+				GPacket.Command = NET_SIGN_OFF;
+				strcpy(GPacket.Name,MPlayerName);
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				If we're joined to a game, make extra sure the other players in
+				that game know I'm exiting; send my SIGN_OFF as an ack-required
+				packet.  Do not send this packet to myself (index 0).
+				...............................................................*/
+				if (joinstate == JOIN_CONFIRMED) {
+					//
+					// Remove myself from the player list box
+					//
+					item = (char *)(playerlist.Get_Item(0));
+					playerlist.Remove_Item(item);
+					delete [] item;
+					playerlist.Flag_To_Redraw();
+
+					//
+					// Remove myself from the Players list
+					//
+					who = Players[0];
+					Players.Delete(0);
+					delete who;
+
+					for (i = 0; i < Players.Count(); i++) {
+						Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 1,
+							&(Players[i]->Address));
+						Ipx.Service();
+					}
+				}
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Now broadcast my SIGN_OFF so other players looking at this game
+				know I'm leaving.
+				...............................................................*/
+				Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof (GlobalPacketType),
+					0, NULL);
+				Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof (GlobalPacketType),
+					0, NULL);
+
+				if (IsBridge) {
+					Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 0,
+						&BridgeNet);
+					Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 0,
+						&BridgeNet);
+				}
+
+				while (Ipx.Global_Num_Send() > 0 && Ipx.Service() != 0) ;
+
+				Send_Data_To_DDE_Server ("Hello", strlen("Hello"), DDEServerClass::DDE_CONNECTION_FAILED);
+				GameStatisticsPacketSent = false;
+				Spawn_WChat(false);
+				process = false;
+				rc = -1;
+#if (0)
+				if (joinstate != JOIN_CONFIRMED) {
+					process = false;
+					rc = -1;
+				} else {
+					MPlayerGameName[0] = 0;
+					joinstate = JOIN_NOTHING;
+					display = REDRAW_ALL;
+				}
+#endif	//(0)
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			JOIN: send a join request packet & switch to waiting-for-confirmation
+			mode.  (Request_To_Join fills in MPlayerName with my namebuf.)
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			default:
+				if (joinstate == JOIN_NOTHING && Games.Count()!=0){
+					gamelist.Set_Selected_Index(0);
+					join_index = gamelist.Current_Index();
+					parms_received = 0;
+					if (Request_To_Join (MPlayerName, join_index, &playerlist, MPlayerHouse,
+						MPlayerColorIdx)) {
+						joinstate = JOIN_WAIT_CONFIRM;
+					} else {
+						display = REDRAW_ALL;
+					}
+				}
+				break;
+
+		}
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Resend our query packets
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		Send_Join_Queries(game_index, 0, 0);
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Process incoming packets
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		event = Get_Join_Responses(&joinstate, &gamelist, &playerlist,
+			join_index);
+		/*.....................................................................
+		If we've changed state, redraw everything; if we're starting the game,
+		break out of the loop.  If we've just joined, send out a player query
+		so I'll get added to the list instantly.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (event == EV_STATE_CHANGE) {
+			display = REDRAW_ALL;
+			if (joinstate==JOIN_GAME_START) {
+CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Received 'GO' packet\n");
+
+				ready_to_go = true;
+			} else {
+
+				/*..................................................................
+				If we're newly-confirmed, immediately send out a player query
+				..................................................................*/
+				if (joinstate==JOIN_CONFIRMED) {
+
+					Clear_Player_List(&playerlist);
+
+					item = new char [MPLAYER_NAME_MAX + 4];
+					if (MPlayerHouse==HOUSE_GOOD) {
+						sprintf(item,"%s\t%s",MPlayerName,Text_String(TXT_G_D_I));
+					} else {
+						sprintf(item,"%s\t%s",MPlayerName,Text_String(TXT_N_O_D));
+					}
+					playerlist.Add_Item (item, MPlayerTColors[MPlayerColorIdx]);
+
+					who = new NodeNameType;
+					strcpy(who->Name, MPlayerName);
+					who->Address = IPXAddressClass();
+					who->Player.House = MPlayerHouse;
+					who->Player.Color = MPlayerColorIdx;
+					Players.Add (who);
+
+					Send_Join_Queries (game_index, 0, 1);
+				} else {
+
+					/*..................................................................
+					If we've been rejected, clear any messages we may have been typing.
+					..................................................................*/
+					if (joinstate==JOIN_REJECTED) {
+
+						//
+						// Remove myself from the player list box
+						//
+						item = (char *)(playerlist.Get_Item(0));
+						if (item){
+							playerlist.Remove_Item(item);
+							delete [] item;
+							playerlist.Flag_To_Redraw();
+						}
+
+						//
+						// Remove myself from the Players list
+						//
+						if (Players.Count()){
+							who = Players[0];
+							Players.Delete(0);
+							delete who;
+						}
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		} else
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		If a new game is detected, and it's the first game on our list,
+		automatically send out a player query for that game.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (event == EV_NEW_GAME && gamelist.Count()==1) {
+			gamelist.Set_Selected_Index(0);
+			game_index = gamelist.Current_Index();
+			Send_Join_Queries (game_index, 0, 1);
+		} else
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		If the game options have changed, print them.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (event == EV_GAME_OPTIONS) {
+			parms_received = 1;
+			display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+		} else
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Draw an incoming message
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (event == EV_MESSAGE) {
+			display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+		} else
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		A game before the one I've selected is gone, so we have a new index now.
+		'game_index' must be kept set to the currently-selected list item, so
+		we send out queries for the currently-selected game.  It's therefore
+		imperative that we detect any changes to the game list.
+		If we're joined in a game, we must decrement our game_index to keep
+		it aligned with the game we're joined to.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (event == EV_GAME_SIGNOFF) {
+			if (joinstate==JOIN_CONFIRMED) {
+				game_index--;
+				join_index--;
+				gamelist.Set_Selected_Index(join_index);
+			} else {
+				gamelist.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				Clear_Player_List(&playerlist);
+				game_index = gamelist.Current_Index();
+				Send_Join_Queries (game_index, 0, 1);
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Service the Ipx connections
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		Ipx.Service();
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Clean out the Game List; if an old entry is found:
+		- Remove it
+		- Clear the player list
+		- Send queries for the new selected game, if there is one
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		for (i = 0; i < Games.Count(); i++) {
+			if (TickCount.Time() - Games[i]->Game.LastTime > 400) {
+				Games.Delete(Games[i]);
+				item = (char *)(gamelist.Get_Item (i));
+				gamelist.Remove_Item (item);
+				delete [] item;
+				if (i <= game_index) {
+					gamelist.Flag_To_Redraw();
+					Clear_Player_List(&playerlist);
+					game_index = gamelist.Current_Index();
+					Send_Join_Queries (game_index, 0, 1);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		** If we were flagged to start the game and we recognise both players then quit the loop
+		*/
+
+//char ddkks[128];
+//sprintf (ddkks, "C&C95 - Players.Count() = %d\n", Players.Count());
+//CCDebugString (ddkks);
+		if (ready_to_go){	// && Players.Count() == InternetMaxPlayers){
+			rc = 0;
+			process = false;
+		}
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Service the sounds & score; GameActive must be false at this point,
+		so Call_Back() doesn't intercept global messages from me!
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		Call_Back();
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Establish connections with all other players.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (rc == 0) {
+		/*.....................................................................
+		If the other guys are playing a scenario I don't have (sniff), I can't
+		play.  Try to bail gracefully.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (ScenarioIdx==-1) {
+			CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_UNABLE_PLAY_WAAUGH);
+
+			//
+			// Remove myself from the player list box
+			//
+			item = (char *)(playerlist.Get_Item(0));
+			playerlist.Remove_Item(item);
+			delete [] item;
+			playerlist.Flag_To_Redraw();
+
+			//
+			// Remove myself from the Players list
+			//
+			who = Players[0];
+			Players.Delete(0);
+			delete who;
+
+			memset (&GPacket, 0, sizeof(GlobalPacketType));
+
+			GPacket.Command = NET_SIGN_OFF;
+			strcpy (GPacket.Name, MPlayerName);
+
+			for (i = 0; i < Players.Count(); i++) {
+				Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 1,
+					&(Players[i]->Address));
+				Ipx.Service();
+			}
+
+			Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof (GlobalPacketType),
+				0, NULL);
+			Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof (GlobalPacketType),
+				0, NULL);
+
+			if (IsBridge) {
+				Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 0,
+					&BridgeNet);
+				Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 0,
+					&BridgeNet);
+			}
+
+			while (Ipx.Global_Num_Send() > 0 && Ipx.Service() != 0) ;
+
+			rc = -1;
+
+		} else {
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Set the number of players in this game, and my ID
+			..................................................................*/
+			MPlayerCount = Players.Count();
+			MPlayerLocalID = Build_MPlayerID (MPlayerColorIdx, MPlayerHouse);
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Get the scenario number
+			..................................................................*/
+			Scenario = ScenarioIdx;	//PlayerFilenum[ScenarioIdx]; We are passed actual number now from wchat not index from
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Form connections with all other players.  Form the IPX Connection ID
+			from the player's Color and House.  This will let us extract any
+			player's color & house at any time.  Fill in 'tmp_id' while we're
+			doing this.
+			..................................................................*/
+			for (i = 0; i < Players.Count(); i++) {
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Only create the connection if it's not myself!
+				...............................................................*/
+				if (strcmp (MPlayerName, Players[i]->Name)) {
+					id = Build_MPlayerID(Players[i]->Player.Color,
+						Players[i]->Player.House);
+
+					tmp_id[i] = id;
+
+					Ipx.Create_Connection((int)id, Players[i]->Name, &(Players[i]->Address) );
+				} else {
+					tmp_id[i] = MPlayerLocalID;
+				}
+			}
+
+#ifdef VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+			/*
+			** Create an additional connection to the VSS
+			*/
+			if (UseVirtualSubnetServer){
+				IPXAddressClass vss_global_address;
+				NetNodeType vss_node;
+				NetNumType	vss_net;
+				memset (vss_net, 1, sizeof (vss_net));
+				memset (vss_node, 0, sizeof (vss_node));
+				vss_global_address.Set_Address(vss_net, vss_node);
+				Ipx.Create_Connection( VSS_ID, "VSS", &vss_global_address);
+			}
+#endif	//VIRTUAL_SUBNET_SERVER
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Store every player's ID in the MPlayerID[] array.  This array will
+			determine the order of event execution, so the ID's must be stored
+			in the same order on all systems.
+			..................................................................*/
+			for (i = 0; i < MPlayerCount; i++) {
+				min_index = 0;
+				min_id = 0xff;
+				for (j = 0; j < MPlayerCount; j++) {
+					if (tmp_id[j] < min_id) {
+						min_id = tmp_id[j];
+						min_index = j;
+					}
+				}
+				MPlayerID[i] = tmp_id[min_index];
+				tmp_id[min_index] = 0xff;
+			}
+			/*..................................................................
+			Fill in the array of player names, including my own.
+			..................................................................*/
+			for (i = 0; i < MPlayerCount; i++) {
+				if (MPlayerID[i] == MPlayerLocalID) {
+					strcpy (MPlayerNames[i], MPlayerName);
+				} else {
+					strcpy (MPlayerNames[i], Ipx.Connection_Name(MPlayerID[i]));
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Wait a while, polling the IPX service routines, to give our ACK
+		a chance to get to the other system.  If he doesn't get our ACK, he'll
+		be waiting the whole time we load MIX files.
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		i = MAX(Ipx.Global_Response_Time() * 2, 120);
+		starttime = TickCount.Time();
+		while (TickCount.Time() - starttime < i) {
+			Ipx.Service();
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Init network timing values, using previous response times as a measure
+	of what our retry delta & timeout should be.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	Ipx.Set_Timing (Ipx.Global_Response_Time() + 2, -1,
+		Ipx.Global_Response_Time() * 4);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Clear all lists
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	Clear_Game_List(&gamelist);
+	Clear_Player_List(&playerlist);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Restore screen
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	Hide_Mouse();
+	Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+	HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+	Show_Mouse();
+
+	if (rc != -1){
+		Wait_For_Focus();
+	}
+
+	return(rc);
+}
+
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/NETDLG.CPP.BAK b/NETDLG.CPP.BAK
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9201b4f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/NETDLG.CPP.BAK
@@ -0,0 +1,5295 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\netdlg.cpv   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:52:26   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        						  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ *                    File Name : NETDLG.CPP                               						  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ *                   Programmer : Bill Randolph                            						  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ *                   Start Date : January 23, 1995                         						  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ *                  Last Update : July 8, 1995 [BRR]                       						  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * These routines establish & maintain peer-to-peer connections between this system				  *
+ * and all others in the game.  Each system finds out the IPX address of the others,			  *
+ * and forms a direct connection (IPXConnectionClass) to that system.  Systems are				  *
+ * found out via broadcast queries.  Every system broadcasts its queries, and every				  *
+ * system replies to queries it receives.  At the point when the game owner signals				  *
+ * 'OK', every system must know about all the other systems in the game.							  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * How Bridges are handled:																						  *
+ * Currently, bridges are handled by specifying the destination IPX address of the				  *
+ * "server" (game owner's system) on the command-line.  This address is used to					  *
+ * derive a broadcast address to that destination network, and this system's queries			  *
+ * are broadcast over its network & the server's network; replies to the queries come			  *
+ * with each system's IPX address attached, so once we have the address, we can form			  *
+ * a connection with any system on the bridged net.														  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * The flaw in this plan is that we can only cross one bridge.  If there are 3 nets				  *
+ * bridged (A, B, & C), and the server is on net B, and we're on net A, our broadcasts			  *
+ * will reach nets A & B, but not C.  The way to circumvent this (if it becomes a problem)	  *
+ * would be to have the server tell us what other systems are in its game, not each				  *
+ * individual player's system.  Thus, each system would find out about all the other systems	  *
+ * by interacting with the game's owner system (this would be more involved than what			  *
+ * I'm doing here).																									  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * Here's a list of all the different packets sent over the Global Channel:						  *
+ *																															  *
+ *	NET_QUERY_GAME																										  *
+ *							(no other data)																			  *
+ *	NET_ANSWER_GAME																									  *
+ *							Name:					game owner's name													  *
+ *							GameInfo:			game's version & open state									  *
+ *	NET_QUERY_PLAYER																									  *
+ *							Name:					name of game we want players to respond for				  *
+ *	NET_ANSWER_PLAYER																									  *
+ *							Name:					player's name														  *
+ *							PlayerInfo:			info about player													  *
+ *	NET_QUERY_JOIN																										  *
+ *							Name:					name of player wanting to join								  *
+ *							PlayerInfo:			player's requested house & color								  *
+ *	NET_CONFIRM_JOIN																									  *
+ *							PlayerInfo:			approves player's house & color								  *
+ *	NET_REJECT_JOIN																									  *
+ *							(no other data)																			  *
+ *	NET_GAME_OPTIONS																									  *
+ *							ScenarioInfo:		info about scenario												  *
+ *	NET_SIGN_OFF																										  *
+ *							Name:					name of player signing off										  *
+ *	NET_PING																												  *
+ *							(no other data)																			  *
+ *	NET_GO																												  *
+ *							Delay:            value of one-way response time, in frames               *
+ * 																														  *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              						  *
+ *   Clear_Game_List -- Clears the game-name listbox & 'Games' Vector        						  *
+ *   Clear_Player_List -- Clears the player-name listbox & Vector     		   					  *
+ *   Destroy_Connection -- destroys the given connection													  *
+ *   Get_Join_Responses -- sends queries for the Join Dialog											  *
+ *   Get_NewGame_Responses -- processes packets for New Game dialog                            *
+ *   Init_Network -- initializes network stuff                             						  *
+ *   Net_Join_Dialog -- lets user join an existing game, or start a new one						  *
+ *   Net_New_Dialog -- lets user start a new game															  *
+ *   Process_Global_Packet -- responds to remote queries                   						  *
+ *   Remote_Connect -- handles connecting this user to others              						  *
+ *   Request_To_Join -- Sends a JOIN request packet to game owner           	 					  *
+ *   Send_Join_Queries -- sends queries for the Join Dialog												  *
+ *   Shutdown_Network -- shuts down network stuff                          						  *
+ *   Compute_Name_CRC -- computes CRC from char string                                         *
+ *   Net_Reconnect_Dialog -- Draws/updates the network reconnect dialog                        *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "function.h"
+#include <time.h>
+#include "tcpip.h"
+
+#define SHOW_MONO		0
+
+
+#ifndef DEMO
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+The possible states of the join-game dialog
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+typedef enum {
+	JOIN_REJECTED = -1,		// we've been rejected
+	JOIN_NOTHING,				// we're not trying to join a game
+	JOIN_WAIT_CONFIRM,		// we're asking to join, & waiting for confirmation
+	JOIN_CONFIRMED,			// we've been confirmed
+	JOIN_GAME_START,			// the game we've joined is starting
+} JoinStateType;
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+The possible return codes from Get_Join_Responses()
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+typedef enum {
+	EV_NONE,							// nothing happened
+	EV_STATE_CHANGE,				// Join dialog is in a new state
+	EV_NEW_GAME,					// a new game was detected
+	EV_NEW_PLAYER,					// a new player was detected
+	EV_PLAYER_SIGNOFF,			// a player has signed off
+	EV_GAME_SIGNOFF,				// a gamed owner has signed off
+	EV_GAME_OPTIONS,				// a game options packet was received
+	EV_MESSAGE,						// a message was received
+} JoinEventType;
+
+
+/*
+******************************** Prototypes *********************************
+*/
+static int Net_Join_Dialog(void);
+static void Clear_Game_List (ListClass *gamelist);
+static void Clear_Player_List (ListClass *playerlist);
+static int Request_To_Join (char *playername, int join_index, ListClass *playerlist,
+	HousesType house, int color);
+static void Send_Join_Queries(int curgame, int gamenow, int playernow);
+static JoinEventType Get_Join_Responses(JoinStateType *joinstate, ListClass *gamelist,
+	ColorListClass *playerlist, int join_index);
+static int Net_New_Dialog(void);
+static JoinEventType Get_NewGame_Responses(ColorListClass *playerlist);
+static int Net_Fake_New_Dialog(void);
+static int Net_Fake_Join_Dialog(void);
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Init_Network -- initializes network stuff                               						  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  						  *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 						  *
+ *		true = Initialization OK, false = error																  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               						  *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                						  *
+ *   02/14/1995 BR : Created.                                              						  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool Init_Network (void)
+{
+	NetNumType net;
+	NetNodeType node;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	This call allocates all necessary queue buffers, allocates Real-mode
+	memory, and commands IPX to start listening on the Global Channel.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (!Ipx.Init())
+		return(false);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Allocate our "meta-packet" buffer
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (!MetaPacket) {
+		MetaPacket = new char [sizeof (EventClass) * MAX_EVENTS];
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Set up the IPX manager to cross a bridge
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (!(GameToPlay == GAME_INTERNET)){
+		if (IsBridge) {
+			BridgeNet.Get_Address(net,node);
+			Ipx.Set_Bridge(net);
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(true);
+
+}	/* end of Init_Network */
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Shutdown_Network -- shuts down network stuff                            						  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  						  *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 						  *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               						  *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                						  *
+ *   02/14/1995 BR : Created.                                              						  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void Shutdown_Network (void)
+{
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Broadcast a sign-off packet, by sending the packet over the Global Channel,
+	telling the IPX Manager that no ACK is required, and specifying a NULL
+	destination address.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	memset (&GPacket, 0, sizeof(GlobalPacketType));
+
+	GPacket.Command = NET_SIGN_OFF;
+	strcpy (GPacket.Name, MPlayerName);
+
+	Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof (GlobalPacketType), 0, NULL);
+	Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof (GlobalPacketType), 0, NULL);
+
+	if (IsBridge && !Winsock.Get_Connected()) {
+		Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 0, &BridgeNet);
+		Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 0, &BridgeNet);
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Wait for the packets to finish going out (or the Global Channel times out)
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	for (;;) {
+		if (Ipx.Global_Num_Send()==0) {
+			break;
+		}
+		Ipx.Service();
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Delete our "meta-packet"
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	delete [] MetaPacket;
+	MetaPacket = 0;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	If I was in a game, I'm not now, so clear the game name
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	MPlayerGameName[0] = 0;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Process_Global_Packet -- responds to remote queries                     						  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * The only commands from other systems this routine responds to are NET_QUERY_GAME				  *
+ * and NET_QUERY_PLAYER.  The other commands are too context-specific to be able					  *
+ * to handle here, such as joining the game or signing off; but this routine handles			  *
+ * the majority of the program's needs.																		  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  						  *
+ *		packet		ptr to packet to process																	  *
+ *		address		source address of sender																	  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 						  *
+ *		true = packet was processed, false = wasn't															  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               						  *
+ *		MPlayerName & MPlayerGameName must have been filled in before this function				  *
+ *		can be called.																									  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                						  *
+ *   02/15/1995 BR : Created.                                              						  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool Process_Global_Packet(GlobalPacketType *packet, IPXAddressClass *address)
+{
+	GlobalPacketType mypacket;
+
+	/*
+	---------------- Another system asking what game this is -----------------
+	*/
+	if (packet->Command==NET_QUERY_GAME && NetStealth==0) {
+		/*.....................................................................
+		If the game is closed, let every player respond, and let the sender of
+		the query sort it all out.  This way, if the game's host exits the game,
+		the game still shows up on other players' dialogs.
+		If the game is open, only the game owner may respond.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (strlen(MPlayerName) > 0 && strlen(MPlayerGameName) > 0 &&
+			((!NetOpen) || (NetOpen && !strcmp(MPlayerName,MPlayerGameName)))) {
+			memset (packet, 0, sizeof(GlobalPacketType));
+
+			mypacket.Command = NET_ANSWER_GAME;
+			strcpy(mypacket.Name, MPlayerGameName);
+#ifdef PATCH
+			if (IsV107) {
+				mypacket.GameInfo.Version = 1;
+			} else {
+				mypacket.GameInfo.Version = 2;
+			}
+#else
+			mypacket.GameInfo.Version = Version_Number();
+#endif
+			mypacket.GameInfo.IsOpen = NetOpen;
+
+			Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&mypacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 1,
+				address);
+		}
+		return(true);
+	} else {
+
+		/*
+		----------------- Another system asking what player I am -----------------
+		*/
+		if (packet->Command==NET_QUERY_PLAYER &&
+			!strcmp (packet->Name, MPlayerGameName) &&
+				(strlen(MPlayerGameName) > 0) && NetStealth==0) {
+			memset (packet, 0, sizeof(GlobalPacketType));
+
+			mypacket.Command = NET_ANSWER_PLAYER;
+			strcpy(mypacket.Name, MPlayerName);
+			mypacket.PlayerInfo.House = MPlayerHouse;
+			mypacket.PlayerInfo.Color = MPlayerColorIdx;
+			mypacket.PlayerInfo.NameCRC = Compute_Name_CRC(MPlayerGameName);
+
+			Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&mypacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 1, address);
+			return(true);
+		}
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Destroy_Connection -- destroys the given connection													  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * Call this routine when a connection goes bad, or another player signs off.						  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  						  *
+ *		id			connection ID to destroy																		  *
+ *		error		0 = user signed off; 1 = connection error; otherwise, no error is shown.		  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 						  *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               						  *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                						  *
+ *   04/22/1995 BR : Created.                                              						  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void Destroy_Connection(int id, int error)
+{
+	int i,j;
+	HousesType house;
+	HouseClass *housep;
+	char txt[80];
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Create a message to display to the user
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	txt[0] = '\0';
+	if (error==1) {
+		sprintf(txt,Text_String(TXT_CONNECTION_LOST),Ipx.Connection_Name(id));
+	} else if (error==0) {
+		sprintf(txt,Text_String(TXT_LEFT_GAME),Ipx.Connection_Name(id));
+	}
+
+	if (strlen(txt)) {
+		Messages.Add_Message (txt,
+			MPlayerTColors[MPlayerID_To_ColorIndex((unsigned char)id)],
+			TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_FULLSHADOW, 600, 0, 0);
+		Map.Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Delete the IPX connection, shift the MPlayerID's & MPlayerHouses' back one.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	Ipx.Delete_Connection(id);
+
+	for (i = 0; i < MPlayerCount; i++) {
+		if (MPlayerID[i] == (unsigned char)id) {
+			/*..................................................................
+			Turn the player's house over to the computer's AI
+			..................................................................*/
+			house = MPlayerHouses[i];
+			housep = HouseClass::As_Pointer (house);
+			housep->IsHuman = false;
+			housep->IsStarted = true;
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Move arrays back by one
+			..................................................................*/
+			for (j = i; j < MPlayerCount - 1; j++) {
+				MPlayerID[j] = MPlayerID[j + 1];
+				MPlayerHouses[j] = MPlayerHouses[j + 1];
+				strcpy (MPlayerNames[j], MPlayerNames[j+1]);
+				TheirProcessTime[j] = TheirProcessTime[j+1];
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	MPlayerCount--;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	If we're the last player left, tell the user.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (MPlayerCount == 1) {
+		sprintf(txt,"%s",Text_String(TXT_JUST_YOU_AND_ME));
+		Messages.Add_Message (txt,
+			MPlayerTColors[MPlayerID_To_ColorIndex((unsigned char)id)],
+			TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_FULLSHADOW, 600, 0, 0);
+		Map.Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+	}
+
+}	/* end of Destroy_Connection */
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Remote_Connect -- handles connecting this user to others                						  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  						  *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 						  *
+ *		true = connections established; false = not															  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               						  *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                						  *
+ *   02/14/1995 BR : Created.                                              						  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool Remote_Connect(void)
+{
+	int rc;
+	int stealth;				// original state of NetStealth flag
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Init network timing parameters; these values should work for both a "real"
+	network, and a simulated modem network (ie Kali)
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	Ipx.Set_Timing (	30, 		// retry 2 times per second
+							-1, 		// ignore max retries
+							600);		// give up after 10 seconds
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Save the original value of the NetStealth flag, so we can turn stealth
+	off for now (during this portion of the dialogs, we must show ourselves)
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	stealth = NetStealth;
+	NetStealth = 0;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Init my game name to 0-length, since I haven't joined any game yet.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	MPlayerGameName[0] = 0;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	The game is now "open" for joining.  Close it as soon as we exit this
+	routine.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	NetOpen = 1;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Read the default values from the INI file
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	Read_MultiPlayer_Settings ();
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Keep looping until something useful happens.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	while (1) {
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Pop up the network Join/New dialog
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		rc = Net_Join_Dialog();
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		-1 = user selected Cancel
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		if (rc==-1) {
+			NetStealth = stealth;
+			NetOpen = 0;
+			return(false);
+		} else {
+
+			/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+			0 = user has joined an existing game; save values & return
+			---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			if (rc==0) {
+				Write_MultiPlayer_Settings ();
+				NetStealth = stealth;
+				NetOpen = 0;
+
+				return(true);
+			} else {
+
+				/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+				1 = user requests New Network Game
+				---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+				if (rc==1) {
+					/*..................................................................
+					Pop up the New Network Game dialog; if user selects OK, return
+					'true'; otherwise, return to the Join Dialog.
+					..................................................................*/
+					if (Net_New_Dialog()) {
+						Write_MultiPlayer_Settings ();
+						NetOpen = 0;
+						NetStealth = stealth;
+						NetOpen = 0;
+
+						return(true);
+					} else {
+						continue;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Remote_Connect -- handles connecting this host to the server in an internet game 			    *
+ *                                                                         						    *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  						    *
+ *		none.																												 *
+ *                                                                         						    *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 						    *
+ *		true = connections established; false = not															 *
+ *                                                                         						    *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               						    *
+ *		none.																												 *
+ *                                                                         						    *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                						    *
+ *   02/14/1995 BR : Created.                                              						    *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool Server_Remote_Connect(void)
+{
+	int stealth;				// original state of NetStealth flag
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Init network timing parameters; these values should work for both a "real"
+	network, and a simulated modem network (ie Kali)
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	Ipx.Set_Timing (	30, 		// retry 2 times per second
+							-1, 		// ignore max retries
+							600);		// give up after 10 seconds
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Save the original value of the NetStealth flag, so we can turn stealth
+	off for now (during this portion of the dialogs, we must show ourselves)
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	stealth = NetStealth;
+	NetStealth = 0;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	The game is now "open" for joining.  Close it as soon as we exit this
+	routine.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	NetOpen = 1;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Read the default values from the INI file
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	Read_MultiPlayer_Settings ();
+
+	if (!Net_Fake_New_Dialog()){
+		Write_MultiPlayer_Settings ();
+		return (false);
+	}
+
+	NetOpen = 0;
+	NetStealth = stealth;
+	Write_MultiPlayer_Settings ();
+	return (true);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Client_Remote_Connect -- handles connecting this client to the server in an internet game   *
+ *                                                                         						    *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  						    *
+ *		none.																												 *
+ *                                                                         						    *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 						    *
+ *		true = connections established; false = not															 *
+ *                                                                         						    *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               						    *
+ *		none.																												 *
+ *                                                                         						    *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                						    *
+ *   02/14/1995 ST : Created.                                              						    *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool Client_Remote_Connect(void)
+{
+	int rc;
+	int stealth;				// original state of NetStealth flag
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Init network timing parameters; these values should work for both a "real"
+	network, and a simulated modem network (ie Kali)
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	Ipx.Set_Timing (	30, 		// retry 2 times per second
+							-1, 		// ignore max retries
+							600);		// give up after 10 seconds
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Save the original value of the NetStealth flag, so we can turn stealth
+	off for now (during this portion of the dialogs, we must show ourselves)
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	stealth = NetStealth;
+	NetStealth = 0;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	The game is now "open" for joining.  Close it as soon as we exit this
+	routine.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	NetOpen = 1;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Read the default values from the INI file
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	Read_MultiPlayer_Settings ();
+
+	/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Pop up the network Join/New dialog
+	---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	rc = Net_Fake_Join_Dialog();
+	Write_MultiPlayer_Settings ();
+
+	NetStealth = stealth;
+	NetOpen = 0;
+
+	if (rc == -1) {
+		return(false);
+	} else {
+		return(true);
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Net_Join_Dialog -- lets user join an existing game or start a new one							  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * This dialog displays an edit field for the player's name, and a list of all non-stealth-	  *
+ * mode games.  Clicking once on a game name displays a list of who's in that game.  Clicking  *
+ * "New" takes the user to the Net_New dialog, where he waits for other users to join his		  *
+ * game.  All other input is done through this dialog.													  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * The dialog has several "states":																				  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * 1) Initially, it waits for the user to fill in his/her name and then to select Join or New; *
+ *    if New is selected, this dialog is exited.															  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ *	2) If Join is selected, the Join & New buttons are removed, but the Cancel button remains.  *
+ *	   The join request is transmitted to the game's owner, and the message "Waiting for		  *
+ *		Confirmation" is displayed, until a confirmation or denial is received from the game's	  *
+ *		owner.  The user may click Cancel at this point to cancel the join request.				  *
+ *		(Once Join is selected, the name editing field is disabled, and becomes a display-only	  *
+ *		field.  If cancel is selected, it reappears as an edit field.) The user can still click  *
+ *		around & see who's in which games.																		  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ *	3) If the join request is denied, the dialog re-initializes to its pre-join state; the		  *
+ *		Join & New buttons reappear, & the Name field is available again.								  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * 4) If join confirmation is obtained, the message just changes to "Confirmed.  Waiting for	  *
+ *		Entry Signal." or some such nonsense.  The user can still click around & see who's		  *
+ *		in which games.																								  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * Any game running in Stealth mode won't show up on this dialog.										  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ *    ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿                     					  *
+ *    ³                 Network Games                     ³                     					  *
+ *    ³                                                   ³                     					  *
+ *    ³              Your Name: ____________              ³                     					  *
+ *    ³                  House: [GDI] [NOD]               ³                     					  *
+ *    ³          Desired Color: [ ][ ][ ][ ]              ³                     					  *
+ *    ³                                                   ³                     					  *
+ *    ³            Games                 Players          ³                     					  *
+ *    ³ ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄ¿ ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄ¿ ³                     					  *
+ *    ³ ³(Bill's Game         )³³ ³ Peter Parker GDI ³³ ³                     					  *
+ *    ³ ³ Peter Parker's Game  ÃÄ´ ³ Mary Jane    GDI ÃÄ´ ³                     					  *
+ *    ³ ³(Magnum PI's Game    )³ ³ ³ JJ Jameson   NOD ³ ³ ³                     					  *
+ *    ³ ³                      ÃÄ´ ³                  ÃÄ´ ³                     					  *
+ *    ³ ³                      ³³ ³                  ³³ ³                     					  *
+ *    ³ ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÙ ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÙ ³                     					  *
+ *    ³           Scenario: Big Long Description          ³                     					  *
+ *    ³                Starting Credits: xxxx             ³                     					  *
+ *    ³          Count: ---          Level: ---           ³                     					  *
+ *    ³          Bases: ON          Crates: ON            ³                          					  *
+ *    ³       Tiberium: ON      AI Players: ON            ³                           					  *
+ *    ³                                                   ³                     					  *
+ *    ³            [Join]  [Cancel]    [New]              ³                     					  *
+ *    ³  ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿  ³                     					  *
+ *    ³  ³                                             ³  ³                     					  *
+ *    ³  ³                                             ³  ³                     					  *
+ *    ³  ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ  ³                     					  *
+ *    ³                  [Send Message]                   ³                     					  *
+ *    ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ                     					  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  						  *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 						  *
+ *		-1 = cancel, 0 = OK, 1 = New net game requested														  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               						  *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                						  *
+ *   02/14/1995 BR : Created.                                              						  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+static int Net_Join_Dialog(void)
+{
+	int factor			= (SeenBuff.Get_Width() == 320) ? 1 : 2;
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog & button dimensions
+	........................................................................*/
+/* ###Change collision detected! C:\PROJECTS\CODE\NETDLG.CPP... */
+	int d_dialog_w = 287 *factor;											// dialog width
+	int d_dialog_h = 198*factor;											// dialog height
+	int d_dialog_x = ((320*factor - d_dialog_w) / 2);				// dialog x-coord
+	int d_dialog_y = ((200*factor - d_dialog_h) / 2);				// centered y-coord
+	int d_dialog_cx = d_dialog_x + (d_dialog_w / 2);		// center x-coord
+
+	int d_txt6_h = 6*factor+1;												// ht of 6-pt text
+	int d_margin1 = 5*factor;												// large margin
+	int d_margin2 = 2*factor;												// small margin
+
+	int d_name_w = 70*factor;
+	int d_name_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_name_x = d_dialog_cx - 10*factor;
+	int d_name_y = d_dialog_y + d_margin1 + d_txt6_h + d_txt6_h;
+
+	int d_gdi_w = 30*factor;
+	int d_gdi_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_gdi_x = d_dialog_cx - 10*factor;
+	int d_gdi_y = d_name_y + d_name_h + d_margin2;
+
+	int d_nod_w = 30*factor;
+	int d_nod_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_nod_x = d_gdi_x + d_gdi_w;
+	int d_nod_y = d_name_y + d_name_h + d_margin2;
+
+	int d_color_w = 10*factor;
+	int d_color_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_color_y = d_nod_y + d_nod_h + d_margin2;
+
+	int d_gamelist_w = 160*factor;
+	int d_gamelist_h = 27*factor;
+	int d_gamelist_x = d_dialog_x + d_margin1;
+	int d_gamelist_y = d_color_y + d_color_h + d_margin1 + d_txt6_h;
+
+	int d_playerlist_w = 106*factor;
+	int d_playerlist_h = 27*factor;
+	int d_playerlist_x = d_dialog_x + d_dialog_w - d_margin1 - d_playerlist_w;
+	int d_playerlist_y = d_color_y + d_color_h + d_margin1 + d_txt6_h;
+
+	int d_msg1_y = d_gamelist_y + d_gamelist_h + d_margin1;
+	int d_msg2_y = d_msg1_y + d_txt6_h;
+	int d_msg3_y = d_msg2_y + d_txt6_h;
+	int d_msg4_y = d_msg3_y + d_txt6_h;
+	int d_msg5_y = d_msg4_y + d_txt6_h;
+
+	int d_join_w = 40*factor;
+	int d_join_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_join_x = d_dialog_x + (d_dialog_w / 6) - (d_join_w / 2);
+	int d_join_y = d_msg5_y + d_txt6_h + d_margin1;
+
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+	int d_cancel_w = 50*factor;
+#else
+	int d_cancel_w = 40*factor;
+#endif
+	int d_cancel_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_cancel_x = d_dialog_cx - d_cancel_w / 2;
+	int d_cancel_y = d_msg5_y + d_txt6_h + d_margin1;
+
+	int d_new_w = 40*factor;
+	int d_new_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_new_x = d_dialog_x + ((d_dialog_w * 5) / 6) - (d_new_w / 2);
+	int d_new_y = d_msg5_y + d_txt6_h + d_margin1;
+
+	int d_message_w = d_dialog_w - (d_margin1 * 2);
+	int d_message_h = 34*factor;
+	int d_message_x = d_dialog_x + d_margin1;
+	int d_message_y = d_cancel_y + d_cancel_h + d_margin1;
+
+	int d_send_w = 80*factor;
+	int d_send_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_send_x = d_dialog_cx - (d_send_w / 2);
+	int d_send_y = d_message_y + d_message_h + d_margin2;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Button Enumerations
+	........................................................................*/
+	enum {
+		BUTTON_NAME = 100,
+		BUTTON_GDI,
+		BUTTON_NOD,
+		BUTTON_GAMELIST,
+		BUTTON_PLAYERLIST,
+		BUTTON_JOIN,
+		BUTTON_CANCEL,
+		BUTTON_NEW,
+		BUTTON_SEND,
+	};
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Redraw values: in order from "top" to "bottom" layer of the dialog
+	........................................................................*/
+	typedef enum {
+		REDRAW_NONE = 0,
+		REDRAW_MESSAGE,
+		REDRAW_COLORS,
+		REDRAW_BUTTONS,
+		REDRAW_BACKGROUND,
+		REDRAW_ALL = REDRAW_BACKGROUND
+	} RedrawType;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog variables
+	........................................................................*/
+	RedrawType display = REDRAW_ALL;		// redraw level
+	bool process = true;						// process while true
+	KeyNumType input;
+	int cbox_x[] = {	d_gdi_x,
+							d_gdi_x + d_color_w,
+							d_gdi_x + (d_color_w * 2),
+							d_gdi_x + (d_color_w * 3),
+							d_gdi_x + (d_color_w * 4),
+							d_gdi_x + (d_color_w * 5)};
+
+	JoinStateType joinstate = JOIN_NOTHING;	// current "state" of this dialog
+	char namebuf[MPLAYER_NAME_MAX] = {0};		// buffer for player's name
+	int tabs[] = {77*factor};						// tabs for player list box
+	int game_index = -1;						// index of currently-selected game
+	int join_index = -1;						// index of game we're joining
+	int rc = 0;									// -1 = user cancelled, 1 = New
+	JoinEventType event;						// event from incoming packet
+	int i,j;										// loop counter
+	char txt[80];
+	char const *p;
+	int parms_received;						// 1 = game options received
+	int found;
+
+	unsigned char tmp_id[MAX_PLAYERS];	// temp storage for sorting player ID's
+	int min_index;								// for sorting player ID's
+	unsigned char min_id;					// for sorting player ID's
+	unsigned char id;							// connection ID
+	char * item;
+	unsigned long starttime;
+
+	NodeNameType *who;
+
+	int					message_length;
+	int					sent_so_far;
+	unsigned short		magic_number;
+	unsigned short		crc;
+
+	void const *up_button;
+	void const *down_button;
+
+	if (InMainLoop){
+		up_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-UP.SHP");
+		down_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-DN.SHP");
+	}else{
+		up_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-UP2.SHP");
+		down_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-DN2.SHP");
+	}
+
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Buttons
+	........................................................................*/
+	GadgetClass *commands;										// button list
+
+	EditClass name_edt (BUTTON_NAME,
+		namebuf, MPLAYER_NAME_MAX, TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_name_x, d_name_y, d_name_w, d_name_h, EditClass::ALPHANUMERIC);
+
+	TextButtonClass gdibtn(BUTTON_GDI, TXT_G_D_I,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_gdi_x, d_gdi_y, d_gdi_w, d_gdi_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass nodbtn(BUTTON_NOD, TXT_N_O_D,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_nod_x, d_nod_y, d_nod_w, d_nod_h);
+
+	ListClass gamelist(BUTTON_GAMELIST,
+		d_gamelist_x, d_gamelist_y, d_gamelist_w, d_gamelist_h,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		up_button,
+		down_button);
+
+	ColorListClass playerlist(BUTTON_PLAYERLIST,
+		d_playerlist_x, d_playerlist_y, d_playerlist_w, d_playerlist_h,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		up_button,
+		down_button);
+
+	TextButtonClass joinbtn(BUTTON_JOIN, TXT_JOIN,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+#ifdef FRENCH
+		d_join_x, d_join_y);
+#else
+		d_join_x, d_join_y, d_join_w, d_join_h);
+#endif
+
+	TextButtonClass cancelbtn(BUTTON_CANCEL, TXT_CANCEL,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+		d_cancel_x, d_cancel_y);
+#else
+		d_cancel_x, d_cancel_y, d_cancel_w, d_cancel_h);
+#endif
+
+	TextButtonClass newbtn(BUTTON_NEW, TXT_NEW,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_new_x, d_new_y, d_new_w, d_new_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass sendbtn(BUTTON_SEND, TXT_SEND_MESSAGE,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+		d_send_x, d_send_y);
+#else
+		d_send_x, d_send_y, d_send_w, d_send_h);
+#endif
+
+	playerlist.Set_Tabs(tabs);
+
+	/*
+	----------------------------- Various Inits ------------------------------
+	*/
+	MPlayerColorIdx = MPlayerPrefColor;			// init my preferred color
+	strcpy (namebuf, MPlayerName);				// set my name
+	name_edt.Set_Text(namebuf,MPLAYER_NAME_MAX);
+	name_edt.Set_Color (MPlayerTColors[MPlayerColorIdx]);
+
+	playerlist.Set_Selected_Style(ColorListClass::SELECT_NONE);
+
+	if (MPlayerHouse==HOUSE_GOOD) {
+		gdibtn.Turn_On();
+	} else {
+		nodbtn.Turn_On();
+	}
+
+	Fancy_Text_Print("", 0, 0, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+	Messages.Init (d_message_x + 2, d_message_y + 2, 4,
+		MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH, d_txt6_h);
+
+	/*
+	--------------------------- Send network query ---------------------------
+	*/
+	Send_Join_Queries (game_index, 1, 0);
+
+	Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+	HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+	Set_Palette(Palette);
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Init Mono Output ----------------------------
+	*/
+	#if(SHOW_MONO)
+	Ipx.Configure_Debug(-1, sizeof (GlobalHeaderType),
+		sizeof(NetCommandType), GlobalPacketNames, 11);
+	Ipx.Mono_Debug_Print(-1,1);
+	#endif
+	while (Get_Mouse_State() > 0) Show_Mouse();
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Processing loop -----------------------------
+	*/
+	while (process) {
+
+		/*
+		** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+		** we need to redraw.
+		*/
+		if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+			AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+			display=REDRAW_ALL;
+		}
+
+		#if(SHOW_MONO)
+		Ipx.Mono_Debug_Print(-1,0);
+		#endif
+		/*
+		...................... Refresh display if needed ......................
+		*/
+		if (display) {
+			Hide_Mouse();
+			/*
+			.................. Redraw backgound & dialog box ...................
+			*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BACKGROUND) {
+				Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+				HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+				Set_Palette(Palette);
+
+				Dialog_Box(d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w, d_dialog_h);
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Dialog & Field labels
+				...............................................................*/
+				Draw_Caption (TXT_JOIN_NETWORK_GAME, d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_YOUR_NAME,
+					d_name_x - 5, d_name_y + 1, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_SIDE_COLON,
+					d_gdi_x - 5, d_gdi_y + 1, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_COLOR_COLON,
+					cbox_x[0] - 5, d_color_y + 1, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_GAMES,
+					d_gamelist_x + (d_gamelist_w / 2), d_gamelist_y - d_txt6_h,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_PLAYERS,
+					d_playerlist_x + (d_playerlist_w / 2), d_playerlist_y - d_txt6_h,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Join-state-specific labels:
+				...............................................................*/
+				if (joinstate > JOIN_NOTHING) {
+					Fancy_Text_Print(namebuf, d_name_x, d_name_y + 1, CC_GREEN,
+						TBLACK, TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+					if (MPlayerHouse==HOUSE_GOOD) {
+						Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_G_D_I, d_gdi_x, d_gdi_y + 1, CC_GREEN,
+							TBLACK, TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+					} else {
+						Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_N_O_D, d_gdi_x, d_gdi_y + 1, CC_GREEN,
+							TBLACK, TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+					}
+				}
+
+				/*
+				.................... Rebuild the button list ....................
+				*/
+				cancelbtn.Zap();
+				gamelist.Zap();
+				playerlist.Zap();
+				gdibtn.Zap();
+				nodbtn.Zap();
+				name_edt.Zap();
+				joinbtn.Zap();
+				newbtn.Zap();
+				sendbtn.Zap();
+
+				commands = &cancelbtn;
+				gamelist.Add_Tail(*commands);
+				playerlist.Add_Tail(*commands);
+				/*...............................................................
+				Only add the name edit field, the House, Join & New buttons if
+				we're doing nothing, or we've just been rejected.
+				...............................................................*/
+				if (joinstate <= JOIN_NOTHING) {
+					gdibtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+					nodbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+					name_edt.Add_Tail(*commands);
+					joinbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+					newbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+				}
+				if (joinstate == JOIN_CONFIRMED)
+					sendbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+			}
+			/*
+			.......................... Redraw buttons ..........................
+			*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BUTTONS) {
+				commands->Draw_All();
+			}
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Draw the color boxes
+			..................................................................*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_COLORS) {
+				for (i = 0; i < MAX_MPLAYER_COLORS; i++) {
+					LogicPage->Fill_Rect (cbox_x[i] + 1, d_color_y + 1,
+						cbox_x[i] + 1 + d_color_w - 2, d_color_y + 1 + d_color_h - 2,
+						MPlayerGColors[i]);
+
+					if (i == MPlayerColorIdx) {
+						Draw_Box(cbox_x[i], d_color_y, d_color_w, d_color_h,
+							BOXSTYLE_GREEN_DOWN, false);
+					} else {
+						Draw_Box(cbox_x[i], d_color_y, d_color_w, d_color_h,
+							BOXSTYLE_GREEN_RAISED, false);
+					}
+				}
+			}
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Draw the message:
+			- Erase an old message first
+			- If we're in a game, print the game options (if they've been
+			  received)
+			- If we've been rejected from a game, print that message
+			..................................................................*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_MESSAGE) {
+				Draw_Box(d_message_x, d_message_y, d_message_w, d_message_h,
+					BOXSTYLE_GREEN_BORDER, true);
+				Messages.Draw();
+
+				LogicPage->Fill_Rect( d_dialog_x + 2,
+					d_msg1_y,
+					d_dialog_x + d_dialog_w - 4,
+					d_msg5_y + d_txt6_h,
+					BLACK);
+
+				if (joinstate==JOIN_CONFIRMED && parms_received) {
+					/*............................................................
+					Scenario title
+					............................................................*/
+					p = Text_String(TXT_SCENARIO_COLON);
+					if (ScenarioIdx != -1) {
+						sprintf(txt,"%s %s",p, MPlayerScenarios[ScenarioIdx]);
+
+						Fancy_Text_Print (txt, d_dialog_cx,
+							d_msg1_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+							TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW | TPF_CENTER);
+					} else {
+						sprintf(txt,"%s %s",p,Text_String(TXT_NOT_FOUND));
+
+						Fancy_Text_Print (txt, d_dialog_cx,
+							d_msg1_y, CC_NOD_COLOR, TBLACK,
+							TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW | TPF_CENTER);
+					}
+
+					/*............................................................
+					# of credits
+					............................................................*/
+					p = Text_String(TXT_START_CREDITS_COLON);
+					sprintf(txt, "%s %d", p, MPlayerCredits);
+					Fancy_Text_Print (txt, d_dialog_cx,
+						d_msg2_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+						TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW | TPF_CENTER);
+
+					/*............................................................
+					Count & Level values
+					............................................................*/
+					p = Text_String(TXT_COUNT);
+					sprintf(txt,"%s %d",p,MPlayerUnitCount);
+					Fancy_Text_Print (txt,
+						d_dialog_x + (d_dialog_w / 4) - String_Pixel_Width(p),
+						d_msg3_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+						TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+					p = Text_String(TXT_LEVEL);
+					if (BuildLevel <= MPLAYER_BUILD_LEVEL_MAX) {
+						sprintf(txt, "%s %d", p, BuildLevel);
+					} else {
+						sprintf(txt, "%s **", p);
+					}
+					Fancy_Text_Print (txt,
+						d_dialog_x + d_dialog_w - (d_dialog_w / 4) - String_Pixel_Width(p),
+						d_msg3_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+						TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+					/*............................................................
+					Bases
+					............................................................*/
+					p = Text_String(TXT_BASES_COLON);
+					if (MPlayerBases) {
+						sprintf(txt,"%s %s",p,Text_String(TXT_ON));
+					} else {
+						sprintf(txt,"%s %s",p,Text_String(TXT_OFF));
+					}
+					Fancy_Text_Print (txt,
+						d_dialog_x + (d_dialog_w / 4) - String_Pixel_Width(p),
+						d_msg4_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+						TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+					/*............................................................
+					Tiberium
+					............................................................*/
+					p = Text_String(TXT_TIBERIUM_COLON);
+					if (MPlayerTiberium) {
+						sprintf(txt,"%s %s",p,Text_String(TXT_ON));
+					} else {
+						sprintf(txt,"%s %s",p,Text_String(TXT_OFF));
+					}
+
+					Fancy_Text_Print (txt,
+						d_dialog_x + (d_dialog_w / 4) - String_Pixel_Width(p),
+						d_msg5_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+						TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+					/*............................................................
+					Goody boxes
+					............................................................*/
+					p = Text_String(TXT_CRATES_COLON);
+					if (MPlayerGoodies) {
+						sprintf(txt,"%s %s",p,Text_String(TXT_ON));
+					} else {
+						sprintf(txt,"%s %s",p,Text_String(TXT_OFF));
+					}
+
+					Fancy_Text_Print (txt,
+						d_dialog_x + d_dialog_w - (d_dialog_w / 4) - String_Pixel_Width(p),
+						d_msg4_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+						TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+					/*............................................................
+					Computer AI players
+					............................................................*/
+					if (Special.IsCaptureTheFlag) {
+						p = Text_String(TXT_CAPTURE_THE_FLAG_COLON);
+						sprintf(txt,"%s %s",p,Text_String(TXT_ON));
+					} else {
+						p = Text_String(TXT_AI_PLAYERS_COLON);
+						if (MPlayerGhosts) {
+							sprintf(txt,"%s %s",p,Text_String(TXT_ON));
+						} else {
+							sprintf(txt,"%s %s",p,Text_String(TXT_OFF));
+						}
+					}
+					Fancy_Text_Print (txt,
+						d_dialog_x + d_dialog_w - (d_dialog_w / 4) - String_Pixel_Width(p),
+						d_msg5_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+						TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				} else {
+
+					/*...............................................................
+					Rejection notice
+					...............................................................*/
+					if (joinstate==JOIN_REJECTED) {
+						Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_REQUEST_DENIED,
+							d_dialog_cx, d_msg3_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+							TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+					}
+				}
+			}
+
+			Show_Mouse();
+			display = REDRAW_NONE;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................... Get user input ............................
+		*/
+		input = commands->Input();
+
+		/*
+		---------------------------- Process input ----------------------------
+		*/
+		switch (input) {
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			User clicks on a color button:
+			- If we've joined a game, don't allow a new color selection
+			- otherwise, select that color
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case KN_LMOUSE:
+				if (joinstate > JOIN_NOTHING)
+					break;
+				if (_Kbd->MouseQX > cbox_x[0] &&
+					_Kbd->MouseQX < (cbox_x[MAX_MPLAYER_COLORS - 1] + d_color_w) &&
+					_Kbd->MouseQY > d_color_y &&
+					_Kbd->MouseQY < (d_color_y + d_color_h)) {
+						MPlayerPrefColor = (_Kbd->MouseQX - cbox_x[0]) / d_color_w;
+						MPlayerColorIdx = MPlayerPrefColor;
+
+						name_edt.Set_Color (MPlayerTColors[MPlayerColorIdx]);
+						name_edt.Flag_To_Redraw();
+
+						display = REDRAW_COLORS;
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			User clicks on the game list:
+			- If we've joined a game, don't allow the selected item to change;
+			otherwise:
+			- Clear the player list
+			- Send an immediate player query
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_GAMELIST | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (joinstate==JOIN_CONFIRMED) {
+					gamelist.Set_Selected_Index(game_index);
+				} else {
+					if (gamelist.Current_Index() != game_index) {
+						Clear_Player_List (&playerlist);
+						game_index = gamelist.Current_Index();
+						Send_Join_Queries (game_index, 0, 1);
+					}
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			House Buttons: set the player's desired House
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_GDI | KN_BUTTON):
+				MPlayerHouse = HOUSE_GOOD;
+				gdibtn.Turn_On();
+				nodbtn.Turn_Off();
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_NOD | KN_BUTTON):
+				MPlayerHouse = HOUSE_BAD;
+				gdibtn.Turn_Off();
+				nodbtn.Turn_On();
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			JOIN: send a join request packet & switch to waiting-for-confirmation
+			mode.  (Request_To_Join fills in MPlayerName with my namebuf.)
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_JOIN | KN_BUTTON):
+				name_edt.Clear_Focus();
+				name_edt.Flag_To_Redraw();
+
+				join_index = gamelist.Current_Index();
+				parms_received = 0;
+				if (Request_To_Join (namebuf, join_index, &playerlist, MPlayerHouse,
+					MPlayerColorIdx)) {
+					joinstate = JOIN_WAIT_CONFIRM;
+				} else {
+					display = REDRAW_ALL;
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			CANCEL: send a SIGN_OFF
+			- If we're part of a game, stay in this dialog; otherwise, exit
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (KN_ESC):
+				if (Messages.Get_Edit_Buf() != NULL) {
+					Messages.Input(input);
+					display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+					break;
+				}
+			case (BUTTON_CANCEL | KN_BUTTON):
+				memset (&GPacket, 0, sizeof(GlobalPacketType));
+
+				GPacket.Command = NET_SIGN_OFF;
+				strcpy(GPacket.Name,MPlayerName);
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				If we're joined to a game, make extra sure the other players in
+				that game know I'm exiting; send my SIGN_OFF as an ack-required
+				packet.  Do not send this packet to myself (index 0).
+				...............................................................*/
+				if (joinstate == JOIN_CONFIRMED) {
+					//
+					// Remove myself from the player list box
+					//
+					if (playerlist.Count()) { 	// added: BRR 6/14/96
+						item = (char *)(playerlist.Get_Item(0));
+						playerlist.Remove_Item(item);
+						delete [] item;
+						playerlist.Flag_To_Redraw();
+					}
+
+					//
+					// Remove myself from the Players list
+					//
+					if (Players.Count()) {		// added: BRR 6/14/96
+						who = Players[0];
+						Players.Delete(0);
+						delete who;
+					}
+
+					for (i = 0; i < Players.Count(); i++) {
+						Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 1,
+							&(Players[i]->Address));
+						Ipx.Service();
+					}
+				}
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Now broadcast my SIGN_OFF so other players looking at this game
+				know I'm leaving.
+				...............................................................*/
+				Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof (GlobalPacketType),
+					0, NULL);
+				Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof (GlobalPacketType),
+					0, NULL);
+
+				if (IsBridge) {
+					Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 0,
+						&BridgeNet);
+					Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 0,
+						&BridgeNet);
+				}
+
+				while (Ipx.Global_Num_Send() > 0 && Ipx.Service() != 0) ;
+
+				if (joinstate != JOIN_CONFIRMED) {
+					process = false;
+					rc = -1;
+				} else {
+					MPlayerGameName[0] = 0;
+					joinstate = JOIN_NOTHING;
+					display = REDRAW_ALL;
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			NEW: bail out with return code 1
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_NEW | KN_BUTTON):
+				/*
+				.................. Force user to enter a name ...................
+				*/
+				if (strlen(namebuf)==0) {
+					CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_NAME_ERROR);
+					display = REDRAW_ALL;
+					break;
+				}
+				/*
+				..................... Ensure name is unique .....................
+				*/
+				found = 0;
+				for (i = 0; i < Games.Count(); i++) {
+					if (!stricmp(Games[i]->Name, namebuf)) {
+						found = 1;
+						CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_GAMENAME_MUSTBE_UNIQUE);
+						display = REDRAW_ALL;
+						break;
+					}
+				}
+				if (found)
+					break;
+				/*
+				.................... Save player & game name ....................
+				*/
+				strcpy(MPlayerName,namebuf);
+				strcpy(MPlayerGameName,namebuf);
+
+				name_edt.Clear_Focus();
+				name_edt.Flag_To_Redraw();
+
+				rc = 1;
+				process = false;
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			Default: manage the inter-player messages
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			default:
+				/*...............................................................
+				F4/SEND/'M' = edit a message
+				...............................................................*/
+				if (Messages.Get_Edit_Buf()==NULL) {
+					if ( (input == KN_M && joinstate==JOIN_CONFIRMED) ||
+						input==(BUTTON_SEND | KN_BUTTON) || input == KN_F4) {
+						memset (txt, 0, 80);
+
+						strcpy(txt,Text_String(TXT_TO_ALL));	// "To All:"
+
+						Messages.Add_Edit (MPlayerTColors[MPlayerColorIdx],
+							TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_FULLSHADOW, txt, d_message_w-70*factor);
+
+						if (joinstate <= JOIN_NOTHING) {
+							name_edt.Clear_Focus();
+							name_edt.Flag_To_Redraw();
+						}
+
+						display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+
+						break;
+					}
+				} else
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				If we're already editing a message and the user clicks on
+				'Send', translate our input to a Return so Messages.Input() will
+				work properly.
+				...............................................................*/
+				if (input==(BUTTON_SEND | KN_BUTTON)) {
+					input = KN_RETURN;
+				}
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Manage the message system (get rid of old messages)
+				...............................................................*/
+				if (Messages.Manage()) {
+					display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+				}
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Service keyboard input for any message being edited.
+				...............................................................*/
+				i = Messages.Input(input);
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				If 'Input' returned 1, it means refresh the message display.
+				...............................................................*/
+				if (i==1) {
+					Messages.Draw();
+				} else {
+
+					/*...............................................................
+					If 'Input' returned 2, it means redraw the message display.
+					...............................................................*/
+					if (i==2) {
+						display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+					} else {
+
+						/*...............................................................
+						If 'input' returned 3, it means send the current message.
+						...............................................................*/
+						if (i==3) {
+							sent_so_far = 0;
+ 							magic_number = MESSAGE_HEAD_MAGIC_NUMBER;
+							message_length = strlen(Messages.Get_Edit_Buf());
+							crc = (unsigned short)
+									(Calculate_CRC(Messages.Get_Edit_Buf(),message_length) &0xffff);
+
+							while ( sent_so_far < message_length ){
+								GPacket.Command = NET_MESSAGE;
+								strcpy (GPacket.Name, namebuf);
+								memcpy (GPacket.Message.Buf, Messages.Get_Edit_Buf()+sent_so_far, COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-5);
+								*(GPacket.Message.Buf + COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-5) = 0;
+								*((unsigned short*)(GPacket.Message.Buf + COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-4)) = magic_number;
+								*((unsigned short*)(GPacket.Message.Buf + COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-2)) = crc;
+								GPacket.Message.ID = Build_MPlayerID (MPlayerColorIdx, MPlayerHouse);
+								GPacket.Message.NameCRC = Compute_Name_CRC(MPlayerGameName);
+
+								/*..................................................................
+								Send the message to every player in our player list.  The local
+								system will also receive this message, since it's in the Player list.
+								..................................................................*/
+								if (joinstate == JOIN_CONFIRMED) {
+									for (i = 1; i < Players.Count(); i++) {
+										Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket,
+											sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 1, &(Players[i]->Address));
+										Ipx.Service();
+									}
+
+									sprintf(txt,Text_String (TXT_FROM), MPlayerName, GPacket.Message.Buf);
+									Messages.Add_Message (txt,
+										MPlayerTColors[MPlayerColorIdx],
+										TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_FULLSHADOW, 600, magic_number, crc);
+								}
+								else {
+									for (i = 0; i < Players.Count(); i++) {
+										Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket,
+											sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 1, &(Players[i]->Address));
+										Ipx.Service();
+									}
+								}
+								magic_number++;
+								sent_so_far += COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-5;
+							}
+						}
+					}
+				}
+				break;
+		}
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Resend our query packets
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		Send_Join_Queries(game_index, 0, 0);
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Process incoming packets
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		event = Get_Join_Responses(&joinstate, &gamelist, &playerlist,
+			join_index);
+		/*.....................................................................
+		If we've changed state, redraw everything; if we're starting the game,
+		break out of the loop.  If we've just joined, send out a player query
+		so I'll get added to the list instantly.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (event == EV_STATE_CHANGE) {
+			display = REDRAW_ALL;
+			if (joinstate==JOIN_GAME_START) {
+				rc = 0;
+				process = false;
+			} else {
+
+				/*..................................................................
+				If we're newly-confirmed, immediately send out a player query
+				..................................................................*/
+				if (joinstate==JOIN_CONFIRMED) {
+
+					Clear_Player_List(&playerlist);
+
+					item = new char [MPLAYER_NAME_MAX + 4];
+					if (MPlayerHouse==HOUSE_GOOD) {
+						sprintf(item,"%s\t%s",MPlayerName,Text_String(TXT_G_D_I));
+					} else {
+						sprintf(item,"%s\t%s",MPlayerName,Text_String(TXT_N_O_D));
+					}
+					playerlist.Add_Item (item, MPlayerTColors[MPlayerColorIdx]);
+
+					who = new NodeNameType;
+					strcpy(who->Name, MPlayerName);
+					who->Address = IPXAddressClass();
+					who->Player.House = MPlayerHouse;
+					who->Player.Color = MPlayerColorIdx;
+					Players.Add (who);
+
+					Send_Join_Queries (game_index, 0, 1);
+				} else {
+
+					/*..................................................................
+					If we've been rejected, clear any messages we may have been typing.
+					..................................................................*/
+					if (joinstate==JOIN_REJECTED) {
+
+						//
+						// Remove myself from the player list box
+						//
+						if (playerlist.Count()) { 	// added: BRR 6/14/96
+							item = (char *)(playerlist.Get_Item(0));
+							if (item){
+								playerlist.Remove_Item(item);
+								delete [] item;
+								playerlist.Flag_To_Redraw();
+							}
+						}
+
+						//
+						// Remove myself from the Players list
+						//
+						if (Players.Count()){
+							who = Players[0];
+							Players.Delete(0);
+							delete who;
+						}
+
+						Messages.Init (d_message_x + 2, d_message_y + 2, 4,
+							MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH, d_txt6_h);
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		} else
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		If a new game is detected, and it's the first game on our list,
+		automatically send out a player query for that game.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (event == EV_NEW_GAME && gamelist.Count()==1) {
+			gamelist.Set_Selected_Index(0);
+			game_index = gamelist.Current_Index();
+			Send_Join_Queries (game_index, 0, 1);
+		} else
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		If the game options have changed, print them.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (event == EV_GAME_OPTIONS) {
+			parms_received = 1;
+			display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+		} else
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Draw an incoming message
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (event == EV_MESSAGE) {
+			display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+		} else
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		A game before the one I've selected is gone, so we have a new index now.
+		'game_index' must be kept set to the currently-selected list item, so
+		we send out queries for the currently-selected game.  It's therefore
+		imperative that we detect any changes to the game list.
+		If we're joined in a game, we must decrement our game_index to keep
+		it aligned with the game we're joined to.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (event == EV_GAME_SIGNOFF) {
+			if (joinstate==JOIN_CONFIRMED) {
+				game_index--;
+				join_index--;
+				gamelist.Set_Selected_Index(join_index);
+			} else {
+				gamelist.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				Clear_Player_List(&playerlist);
+				game_index = gamelist.Current_Index();
+				Send_Join_Queries (game_index, 0, 1);
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Service the Ipx connections
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		Ipx.Service();
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Clean out the Game List; if an old entry is found:
+		- Remove it
+		- Clear the player list
+		- Send queries for the new selected game, if there is one
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		for (i = 0; i < Games.Count(); i++) {
+			if (TickCount.Time() - Games[i]->Game.LastTime > 400) {
+				Games.Delete(Games[i]);
+				item = (char *)(gamelist.Get_Item (i));
+				gamelist.Remove_Item (item);
+				delete [] item;
+				if (i <= game_index) {
+					gamelist.Flag_To_Redraw();
+					Clear_Player_List(&playerlist);
+					game_index = gamelist.Current_Index();
+					Send_Join_Queries (game_index, 0, 1);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Service the sounds & score; GameActive must be false at this point,
+		so Call_Back() doesn't intercept global messages from me!
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		Call_Back();
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Establish connections with all other players.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (rc == 0) {
+		/*.....................................................................
+		If the other guys are playing a scenario I don't have (sniff), I can't
+		play.  Try to bail gracefully.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (ScenarioIdx==-1) {
+			CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_UNABLE_PLAY_WAAUGH);
+
+			//
+			// Remove myself from the player list box
+			//
+			if (playerlist.Count()) { 	// added: BRR 6/14/96
+				item = (char *)(playerlist.Get_Item(0));
+				playerlist.Remove_Item(item);
+				delete [] item;
+				playerlist.Flag_To_Redraw();
+			}
+
+			//
+			// Remove myself from the Players list
+			//
+			if (Players.Count()) {		// added: BRR 6/14/96
+				who = Players[0];
+				Players.Delete(0);
+				delete who;
+			}
+
+			memset (&GPacket, 0, sizeof(GlobalPacketType));
+
+			GPacket.Command = NET_SIGN_OFF;
+			strcpy (GPacket.Name, MPlayerName);
+
+			for (i = 0; i < Players.Count(); i++) {
+				Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 1,
+					&(Players[i]->Address));
+				Ipx.Service();
+			}
+
+			Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof (GlobalPacketType),
+				0, NULL);
+			Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof (GlobalPacketType),
+				0, NULL);
+
+			if (IsBridge) {
+				Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 0,
+					&BridgeNet);
+				Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 0,
+					&BridgeNet);
+			}
+
+			while (Ipx.Global_Num_Send() > 0 && Ipx.Service() != 0) ;
+
+			rc = -1;
+
+		} else {
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Set the number of players in this game, and my ID
+			..................................................................*/
+			MPlayerCount = Players.Count();
+			MPlayerLocalID = Build_MPlayerID (MPlayerColorIdx, MPlayerHouse);
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Get the scenario number
+			..................................................................*/
+			Scenario = MPlayerFilenum[ScenarioIdx];
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Form connections with all other players.  Form the IPX Connection ID
+			from the player's Color and House.  This will let us extract any
+			player's color & house at any time.  Fill in 'tmp_id' while we're
+			doing this.
+			..................................................................*/
+			for (i = 0; i < Players.Count(); i++) {
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Only create the connection if it's not myself!
+				...............................................................*/
+				if (strcmp (MPlayerName, Players[i]->Name)) {
+					id = Build_MPlayerID(Players[i]->Player.Color,
+						Players[i]->Player.House);
+
+					tmp_id[i] = id;
+
+					Ipx.Create_Connection((int)id, Players[i]->Name, &(Players[i]->Address) );
+				} else {
+					tmp_id[i] = MPlayerLocalID;
+				}
+			}
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Store every player's ID in the MPlayerID[] array.  This array will
+			determine the order of event execution, so the ID's must be stored
+			in the same order on all systems.
+			..................................................................*/
+			for (i = 0; i < MPlayerCount; i++) {
+				min_index = 0;
+				min_id = 0xff;
+				for (j = 0; j < MPlayerCount; j++) {
+					if (tmp_id[j] < min_id) {
+						min_id = tmp_id[j];
+						min_index = j;
+					}
+				}
+				MPlayerID[i] = tmp_id[min_index];
+				tmp_id[min_index] = 0xff;
+			}
+			/*..................................................................
+			Fill in the array of player names, including my own.
+			..................................................................*/
+			for (i = 0; i < MPlayerCount; i++) {
+				if (MPlayerID[i] == MPlayerLocalID) {
+					strcpy (MPlayerNames[i], MPlayerName);
+				} else {
+					strcpy (MPlayerNames[i], Ipx.Connection_Name(MPlayerID[i]));
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Wait a while, polling the IPX service routines, to give our ACK
+		a chance to get to the other system.  If he doesn't get our ACK, he'll
+		be waiting the whole time we load MIX files.
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		i = MAX(Ipx.Global_Response_Time() * 2, 60);
+		starttime = TickCount.Time();
+		while (TickCount.Time() - starttime < i) {
+			Ipx.Service();
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Init network timing values, using previous response times as a measure
+	of what our retry delta & timeout should be.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	Ipx.Set_Timing (Ipx.Global_Response_Time() + 2, -1,
+		Ipx.Global_Response_Time() * 4);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Clear all lists
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	Clear_Game_List(&gamelist);
+	Clear_Player_List(&playerlist);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Restore screen
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	Hide_Mouse();
+	Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+	HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+	Show_Mouse();
+
+	return(rc);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Clear_Game_List -- Clears the game-name listbox & 'Games' Vector        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * Assumes each entry in 'Games' & the list box have been allocated		   *
+ * separately.																				   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		gamelist		ptr to list box													   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none																					   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none																					   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static void Clear_Game_List (ListClass *gamelist)
+{
+	char * item;
+	int i;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Clear the list box
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	while (gamelist->Count()) {
+		item = (char *)(gamelist->Get_Item (0));
+		gamelist->Remove_Item(item);
+		delete [] item;
+	}
+	gamelist->Flag_To_Redraw();
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Clear the 'Games' Vector
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	for (i = 0; i < Games.Count(); i++)
+		delete Games[i];
+
+	Games.Clear();
+
+}	/* end of Clear_Game_List */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Clear_Player_List -- Clears the player-name listbox & Vector     		   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * Assumes each entry in 'Players' & the list box have been allocated		*
+ * separately.																				   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		playerlist		ptr to list box												   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none																					   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none																					   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static void Clear_Player_List (ListClass *playerlist)
+{
+	char * item;
+	int i;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Clear the list box
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	while (playerlist->Count()) {
+		item = (char *)(playerlist->Get_Item(0));
+		playerlist->Remove_Item(item);
+		delete [] item;
+	}
+	playerlist->Flag_To_Redraw();
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Clear the 'Players' Vector
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	for (i = 0; i < Players.Count(); i++)
+		delete Players[i];
+
+	Players.Clear();
+
+}	/* end of Clear_Player_List */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Request_To_Join -- Sends a JOIN request packet to game owner            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * Regardless of the return code, the Join Dialog will need to be redrawn	*
+ * after calling this routine.															*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		playername		player's name														*
+ *		join_index		index of game we're joining									*
+ *		playerlist		listbox containing other players' names					*
+ *		house				requested house													*
+ *		color				requested color													*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		1 = Packet sent, 0 = wasn't														*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static int Request_To_Join (char *playername, int join_index, ListClass *playerlist,
+	HousesType house, int color)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	playerlist = playerlist;	// shaddup, Mr stupid compiler!
+
+	/*
+	--------------------------- Validate join_index --------------------------
+	*/
+	if ( (Games.Count()==0) || join_index > Games.Count() || join_index < 0) {
+		CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_NOTHING_TO_JOIN);
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	----------------------- Force user to enter a name -----------------------
+	*/
+	if (strlen(playername)==0) {
+		CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_NAME_ERROR);
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	------------------------- The game must be open --------------------------
+	*/
+	if (!Games[join_index]->Game.IsOpen) {
+		CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_GAME_IS_CLOSED);
+		return (false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	------------------------ Make sure name is unique ------------------------
+	*/
+	for (i = 0; i < Players.Count(); i++) {
+		if (!stricmp(playername, Players[i]->Name)) {
+			CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_NAME_MUSTBE_UNIQUE);
+			return(false);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	----------------------------- Check version #'s --------------------------
+	*/
+	int v;
+#ifdef PATCH
+	if (IsV107) {
+		v = 1;
+	} else {
+		v = 2;
+	}
+#else
+	v = Version_Number();
+#endif
+	if (Games[join_index]->Game.Version > v) {
+		CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_YOURGAME_OUTDATED);
+		return(false);
+	} else {
+		if (Games[join_index]->Game.Version < v) {
+			CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_DESTGAME_OUTDATED);
+			return(false);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	----------------------------- Save game name -----------------------------
+	*/
+	strcpy (MPlayerName,playername);
+
+	/*
+	----------------------- Send packet to game's owner ----------------------
+	*/
+	memset (&GPacket, 0, sizeof(GlobalPacketType));
+
+	GPacket.Command = NET_QUERY_JOIN;
+	strcpy (GPacket.Name, MPlayerName);
+	GPacket.PlayerInfo.House = house;
+	GPacket.PlayerInfo.Color = color;
+
+	Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 1,
+		&(Games[join_index]->Address));
+
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Send_Join_Queries -- sends queries for the Join Dialog												  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * This routine [re]sends the queries related to the Join Dialog:										  *
+ * - NET_QUERY_GAME																									  *
+ * - NET_QUERY_PLAYER for the game currently selected (if there is one)								  *
+ *																															  *
+ * The queries are "staggered" in time so they aren't all sent at once; otherwise, we'd		  *
+ * be inundated with reply packets & we'd miss some (even though the replies will require		  *
+ * ACK's).																												  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  						  *
+ *		curgame		index of currently-selected game; -1 = none											  *
+ *		gamenow		if 1, will immediately send the game query											  *
+ *		playernow	if 1, will immediately send the player query for currently-selected game	  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 						  *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               						  *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                						  *
+ *   02/14/1995 BR : Created.                                              						  *
+ *   04/15/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+static void Send_Join_Queries(int curgame, int gamenow, int playernow)
+{
+	static int lasttime1 = 0;		// time since last Game query sent out
+	static int lasttime2 = 0;		// time since last Player query sent out
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Send the game-name query if the time has expired, or we're told to do
+	it right now
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if ( (TickCount.Time() - lasttime1 > 120) || gamenow) {
+		lasttime1 = TickCount.Time();
+
+		memset (&GPacket, 0, sizeof(GlobalPacketType));
+
+		GPacket.Command = NET_QUERY_GAME;
+
+		Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 0, NULL);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		If the user specified a remote server address, broadcast over that
+		network, too.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (IsBridge)
+			Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 0,
+				&BridgeNet);
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Send the player query for the game currently clicked on, if the time has
+	expired and there is a currently-selected game, or we're told to do it
+	right now
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if ( (curgame != -1) && curgame < Games.Count() &&
+		((TickCount.Time() - lasttime2 > 35) || playernow) ) {
+		lasttime2 = TickCount.Time();
+
+		memset (&GPacket, 0, sizeof(GlobalPacketType));
+
+		GPacket.Command = NET_QUERY_PLAYER;
+		strcpy (GPacket.Name, Games[curgame]->Name);
+
+		Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 0, NULL);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		If the user specified a remote server address, broadcast over that
+		network, too.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (IsBridge)
+			Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 0,
+				&BridgeNet);
+	}
+
+}	/* end of Send_Join_Queries */
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Get_Join_Responses -- sends queries for the Join Dialog												  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * This routine polls the Global Channel to see if there are any incoming packets;				  *
+ * if so, it processes them.  This routine can change the state of the Join Dialog, or			  *
+ * the contents of the list boxes, based on what the packet is.										  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * The list boxes are passed in as pointers; they can't be made globals, because they			  *
+ * can't be constructed, because they require shape pointers to the arrow buttons, and			  *
+ * the mix files won't have been initialized when the global variables' constructors are		  *
+ * called.																												  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * This routine sets the globals 																				  *
+ *		MPlayerHouse			(from NET_CONFIRM_JOIN)															  *
+ *		MPlayerColorIdx		(from NET_CONFIRM_JOIN)															  *
+ *		MPlayerBases			(from NET_GAME_OPTIONS)															  *
+ *		MPlayerTiberium		(from NET_GAME_OPTIONS)															  *
+ *		MPlayerGoodies			(from NET_GAME_OPTIONS)															  *
+ *		MPlayerGhosts			(from NET_GAME_OPTIONS)															  *
+ *		ScenarioIdx				(from NET_GAME_OPTIONS; -1 = scenario not found)						  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  						  *
+ *		joinstate		current state of Join Dialog															  *
+ *		gamelist			list box containing game names														  *
+ *		playerlist		list box containing player names for the currently-selected game			  *
+ *		join_index		index of the game we've joined or are asking to join							  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 						  *
+ *		Event that occurred																							  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               						  *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                						  *
+ *   02/14/1995 BR : Created.                                              						  *
+ *   04/15/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+static JoinEventType Get_Join_Responses(JoinStateType *joinstate, ListClass *gamelist,
+	ColorListClass *playerlist, int join_index)
+{
+	int rc;
+	char * item;						// general-purpose string
+	NodeNameType *who;				// node to add to Games or Players
+	int i;
+	int found;
+	JoinEventType retcode = EV_NONE;
+	char txt[80];
+	int color;
+	unsigned short magic_number;
+	unsigned short	crc;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	If there is no incoming packet, just return
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	rc = Ipx.Get_Global_Message (&GPacket, &GPacketlen, &GAddress, &GProductID);
+	if (!rc || GProductID != IPXGlobalConnClass::COMMAND_AND_CONQUER)
+		return(EV_NONE);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	If we're joined in a game, handle the packet in a standard way; otherwise,
+	don't answer standard queries.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if ( (*joinstate)==JOIN_CONFIRMED &&
+		Process_Global_Packet(&GPacket,&GAddress)!=0)
+		return(EV_NONE);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	NET_ANSWER_GAME:  Another system is answering our GAME query, so add that
+	system to our list box if it's new.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (GPacket.Command==NET_ANSWER_GAME) {
+		/*.....................................................................
+		See if this name is unique
+		.....................................................................*/
+		retcode = EV_NONE;
+		found = 0;
+		for (i = 0; i < Games.Count(); i++) {
+			if (!strcmp(Games[i]->Name, GPacket.Name)) {
+				found = 1;
+				/*...............................................................
+				If name was found, update the node's time stamp & IsOpen flag.
+				...............................................................*/
+				Games[i]->Game.LastTime = TickCount.Time();
+				if (Games[i]->Game.IsOpen != GPacket.GameInfo.IsOpen) {
+					item = (char *)gamelist->Get_Item(i);
+					if (GPacket.GameInfo.IsOpen) {
+						sprintf(item,Text_String(TXT_THATGUYS_GAME),GPacket.Name);
+					} else {
+						sprintf(item,Text_String(TXT_THATGUYS_GAME_BRACKET),GPacket.Name);
+					}
+					Games[i]->Game.IsOpen = GPacket.GameInfo.IsOpen;
+					gamelist->Flag_To_Redraw();
+					/*............................................................
+					If this game has gone from closed to open, copy the responder's
+					address into our Game slot, since the guy responding to this
+					must be game owner.
+					............................................................*/
+					if (Games[i]->Game.IsOpen)
+						Games[i]->Address = GAddress;
+				}
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+		/*.....................................................................
+		name not found (or addresses are different); add it to 'Games'
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (found==0) {
+			/*..................................................................
+			Create a new node structure, fill it in, add it to 'Games'
+			..................................................................*/
+			who = new NodeNameType;
+			strcpy(who->Name, GPacket.Name);
+			who->Address = GAddress;
+			who->Game.Version = GPacket.GameInfo.Version;
+			who->Game.IsOpen = GPacket.GameInfo.IsOpen;
+			who->Game.LastTime = TickCount.Time();
+			Games.Add (who);
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Create a string for "xxx's Game", leaving room for brackets around
+			the string if it's a closed game
+			..................................................................*/
+			item = new char [MPLAYER_NAME_MAX + 9];
+			if (GPacket.GameInfo.IsOpen) {
+				sprintf(item,Text_String(TXT_THATGUYS_GAME),GPacket.Name);
+			} else {
+				sprintf(item,Text_String(TXT_THATGUYS_GAME_BRACKET),GPacket.Name);
+			}
+			gamelist->Add_Item(item);
+
+			retcode = EV_NEW_GAME;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	NET_ANSWER_PLAYER: Another system is answering our PLAYER query, so add it
+	to our player list box & the Player Vector if it's new
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	else if (GPacket.Command==NET_ANSWER_PLAYER) {
+		/*.....................................................................
+		See if this name is unique
+		.....................................................................*/
+		retcode = EV_NONE;
+		found = 0;
+		for (i = 0; i < Players.Count(); i++) {
+			/*..................................................................
+			If the address is already present, re-copy their name, color &
+			house into the existing entry, in case they've changed it without
+			our knowledge; set the 'found' flag so we won't create a new entry.
+			..................................................................*/
+			if (Players[i]->Address==GAddress) {
+				strcpy(Players[i]->Name, GPacket.Name);
+				Players[i]->Player.House = GPacket.PlayerInfo.House;
+				Players[i]->Player.Color = GPacket.PlayerInfo.Color;
+				playerlist->Colors[i] = MPlayerTColors[GPacket.PlayerInfo.Color];
+				found = 1;
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Don't add this player if he's not part of the game that's selected.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		i = gamelist->Current_Index();
+		if (Games.Count() && GPacket.PlayerInfo.NameCRC != Compute_Name_CRC(Games[i]->Name))
+			found = 1;
+
+		/*
+		** Dont add this player if its really me! (hack, hack)
+		*/
+		if (!strcmp(GPacket.Name, MPlayerName)){
+			found = 1;
+		}
+
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		name not found (or address didn't match); add to player list box & Vector
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (found==0) {
+			/*..................................................................
+			Create & add a node to the Vector
+			..................................................................*/
+			who = new NodeNameType;
+			strcpy(who->Name, GPacket.Name);
+			who->Address = GAddress;
+			who->Player.House = GPacket.PlayerInfo.House;
+			who->Player.Color = GPacket.PlayerInfo.Color;
+			Players.Add (who);
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Create & add a string to the list box
+			..................................................................*/
+			item = new char [MPLAYER_NAME_MAX + 4];
+			if (GPacket.PlayerInfo.House==HOUSE_GOOD) {
+				sprintf(item,"%s\t%s",GPacket.Name,Text_String(TXT_G_D_I));
+			} else {
+				sprintf(item,"%s\t%s",GPacket.Name,Text_String(TXT_N_O_D));
+			}
+			playerlist->Add_Item(item, MPlayerTColors[who->Player.Color]);
+
+			retcode = EV_NEW_PLAYER;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	NET_CONFIRM_JOIN: The game owner has confirmed our JOIN query; mark us as
+	being confirmed, and start answering queries from other systems
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	else if (GPacket.Command==NET_CONFIRM_JOIN) {
+		if ( (*joinstate) != JOIN_CONFIRMED) {
+			strcpy (MPlayerGameName, GPacket.Name);
+			MPlayerHouse = GPacket.PlayerInfo.House;
+			MPlayerColorIdx = GPacket.PlayerInfo.Color;
+
+			(*joinstate) = JOIN_CONFIRMED;
+			retcode = EV_STATE_CHANGE;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	NET_REJECT_JOIN: The game owner has turned down our JOIN query; restore
+	the dialog state to its first pop-up state.  Broadcast a sign-off to
+	tell all other systems that I'm no longer a part of any game; this way,
+	I'll be properly removed from their dialogs.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	else if (GPacket.Command==NET_REJECT_JOIN) {
+		if ( (*joinstate) != JOIN_REJECTED) {
+			memset (&GPacket, 0, sizeof(GlobalPacketType));
+
+			GPacket.Command = NET_SIGN_OFF;
+			strcpy (GPacket.Name,MPlayerName);
+
+			Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof (GlobalPacketType), 0, NULL);
+			Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof (GlobalPacketType), 0, NULL);
+
+			if (IsBridge) {
+				Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 0,
+					&BridgeNet);
+				Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 0,
+					&BridgeNet);
+			}
+
+			while (Ipx.Global_Num_Send() > 0 && Ipx.Service() != 0) ;
+
+			MPlayerGameName[0] = 0;
+
+			(*joinstate) = JOIN_REJECTED;
+			retcode = EV_STATE_CHANGE;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	NET_GAME_OPTIONS: The game owner has changed the game options & is sending
+	us the new values.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	else if (GPacket.Command==NET_GAME_OPTIONS) {
+		if ( (*joinstate)==JOIN_CONFIRMED) {
+			MPlayerCredits = GPacket.ScenarioInfo.Credits;
+			MPlayerBases = GPacket.ScenarioInfo.IsBases;
+			MPlayerTiberium = GPacket.ScenarioInfo.IsTiberium;
+			MPlayerGoodies = GPacket.ScenarioInfo.IsGoodies;
+			MPlayerGhosts = GPacket.ScenarioInfo.IsGhosties;
+			BuildLevel = GPacket.ScenarioInfo.BuildLevel;
+			MPlayerUnitCount = GPacket.ScenarioInfo.UnitCount;
+			Seed = GPacket.ScenarioInfo.Seed;
+			Special = GPacket.ScenarioInfo.Special;
+			Options.GameSpeed = GPacket.ScenarioInfo.GameSpeed;
+
+			if (MPlayerTiberium) {
+				Special.IsTGrowth = 1;
+				Special.IsTSpread = 1;
+			} else {
+				Special.IsTGrowth = 0;
+				Special.IsTSpread = 0;
+			}
+
+			if (Winsock.Get_Connected()){
+				ScenarioIdx = GPacket.ScenarioInfo.Scenario;
+			}else{
+
+				ScenarioIdx = -1;
+				for (i = 0; i < MPlayerFilenum.Count(); i++) {
+					if (GPacket.ScenarioInfo.Scenario == MPlayerFilenum[i])
+						ScenarioIdx = i;
+				}
+			}
+
+			retcode = EV_GAME_OPTIONS;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	NET_SIGN_OFF: Another system is signing off: search for that system in
+	both the game list & player list, & remove it if found
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	else if (GPacket.Command==NET_SIGN_OFF) {
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Remove this name from the list of games
+		.....................................................................*/
+		for (i = 0; i < Games.Count(); i++) {
+			if (!strcmp(Games[i]->Name, GPacket.Name) &&
+				Games[i]->Address==GAddress) {
+				/*...............................................................
+				If the system signing off is the currently-selected list
+				item, clear the player list since that game is no longer
+				forming.
+				...............................................................*/
+				if (i==gamelist->Current_Index()) {
+					Clear_Player_List (playerlist);
+				}
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				If the system signing off was the owner of our game, mark
+				ourselves as rejected
+				...............................................................*/
+				if ( (*joinstate) > JOIN_NOTHING && i==join_index) {
+					(*joinstate) = JOIN_REJECTED;
+					retcode = EV_STATE_CHANGE;
+				}
+
+				/*
+				....................... Set my return code ......................
+				*/
+				if (retcode == EV_NONE) {
+					if (i <= gamelist->Current_Index()) {
+						retcode = EV_GAME_SIGNOFF;
+					} else {
+						retcode = EV_PLAYER_SIGNOFF;
+					}
+				}
+
+				/*
+				................. Remove game name from game list ...............
+				*/
+				Games.Delete(Games[i]);
+				item = (char *)(gamelist->Get_Item (i));
+				gamelist->Remove_Item (item);
+				delete [] item;
+				gamelist->Flag_To_Redraw();
+
+			}
+		}
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Remove this name from the list of players
+		.....................................................................*/
+		for (i = 0; i < Players.Count(); i++) {
+			/*
+			..................... Name found; remove it .....................
+			*/
+			if (Players[i]->Address==GAddress) {
+				item = (char *)(playerlist->Get_Item(i));
+				playerlist->Remove_Item(item);
+				delete [] item;
+				Players.Delete(Players[i]);
+				playerlist->Flag_To_Redraw();
+
+				if (retcode == EV_NONE)
+					retcode = EV_PLAYER_SIGNOFF;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	NET_GO: The game's owner is signalling us to start playing.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	else if (GPacket.Command==NET_GO) {
+		if ( (*joinstate)==JOIN_CONFIRMED) {
+			MPlayerMaxAhead = GPacket.ResponseTime.OneWay;
+			(*joinstate) = JOIN_GAME_START;
+			retcode = EV_STATE_CHANGE;
+CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Received the 'GO' packet\n");
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	NET_MESSAGE: Someone is sending us a message
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	else if (GPacket.Command==NET_MESSAGE) {
+		sprintf(txt,Text_String (TXT_FROM), GPacket.Name, GPacket.Message.Buf);
+		magic_number = *((unsigned short*)(GPacket.Message.Buf + COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-4));
+		crc = *((unsigned short*)(GPacket.Message.Buf + COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-2));
+		color = MPlayerID_To_ColorIndex(GPacket.Message.ID);
+		Messages.Add_Message (txt, MPlayerTColors[color],
+			TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_FULLSHADOW, 1200, magic_number, crc);
+		retcode = EV_MESSAGE;
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	NET_PING: Someone is pinging me to get a response time measure (will only
+	happen after I've joined a game).  Do nothing; the IPX Manager will handle
+	sending an ACK, and updating the response time measurements.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	else if (GPacket.Command==NET_PING) {
+		retcode = EV_NONE;
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Default case: nothing happened.  (This case will be hit every time I
+	receive my own NET_QUERY_GAME or NET_QUERY_PLAYER packets.)
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	else {
+		retcode = EV_NONE;
+	}
+
+	return(retcode);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Net_New_Dialog -- lets user start a new game																  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * This dialog shows a list of who's requesting to join this game, and lets						  *
+ * the game initiator selectively approve each user.														  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ *    ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿                       						  *
+ *    ³              New Network Game              ³                       						  *
+ *    ³                                            ³                       						  *
+ *    ³     Players               Scenario         ³   													  *
+ *    ³ ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄ¿   ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄ¿ ³ 														  *
+ *    ³ ³ Boffo       ³³   ³ Hell's Kitchen   ³³ ³ 														  *
+ *    ³ ³ Bozo        ÃÄ´   ³ Heaven's Gate    ÃÄ´ ³														  *
+ *    ³ ³ Bonzo       ³ ³   ³      ...         ³ ³ ³														  *
+ *    ³ ³             ÃÄ´   ³                  ÃÄ´ ³ 														  *
+ *    ³ ³             ³³   ³                  ³³ ³ 														  *
+ *    ³ ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÙ   ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÙ ³ 														  *
+ *    ³     [Reject]             Count:--- ##      ³														  *
+ *    ³                          Level:--- ##      ³                       						  *
+ *    ³                                            ³                       						  *
+ *    ³               Credits: _____               ³                             				  *
+ *    ³       [  Bases   ]   [   Crates   ]        ³                          					  *
+ *    ³       [ Tiberium ]   [ AI Players ]        ³                           					  *
+ *    ³                                            ³                       						  *
+ *    ³              [OK]    [Cancel]              ³                       						  *
+ *    ³  ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿   ³                       						  *
+ *    ³  ³                                     ³   ³                       						  *
+ *    ³  ³                                     ³   ³                       						  *
+ *    ³  ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ   ³                       						  *
+ *    ³               [Send Message]               ³                       						  *
+ *    ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ                       						  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  						  *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 						  *
+ *		true = success, false = cancel																			  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               						  *
+ *		MPlayerName & MPlayerGameName must contain this player's name.									  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                						  *
+ *   02/14/1995 BR : Created.                                              						  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+static int Net_New_Dialog(void)
+{
+/* ###Change collision detected! C:\PROJECTS\CODE\NETDLG.CPP... */
+	int factor			= (SeenBuff.Get_Width() == 320) ? 1 : 2;
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog & button dimensions
+	........................................................................*/
+		//D_DIALOG_W = 281;											// dialog width
+	int d_dialog_w = 287*factor;											// dialog width
+	int d_dialog_h = 177*factor;											// dialog height
+	int d_dialog_x = ((320*factor - d_dialog_w) / 2);				// dialog x-coord
+	int d_dialog_y = ((200*factor - d_dialog_h) / 2);				// centered y-coord
+	int d_dialog_cx = d_dialog_x + (d_dialog_w / 2);		// center x-coord
+
+	int d_txt6_h = 6*factor+1;												// ht of 6-pt text
+	int d_margin1 = 5*factor;												// margin width/height
+	int d_margin2 = 2*factor;												// margin width/height
+
+	//d_playerlist_w = 100;
+	int d_playerlist_w = 106*factor;
+	int d_playerlist_h = 27*factor;
+	int d_playerlist_x = d_dialog_x + d_margin1;
+	int d_playerlist_y = d_dialog_y + d_margin1 + (d_txt6_h * 3);
+
+	int d_scenariolist_w = 162*factor;
+	int d_scenariolist_h = 27*factor;
+	int d_scenariolist_x = d_dialog_x + d_dialog_w - d_margin1 - d_scenariolist_w;
+	int d_scenariolist_y = d_dialog_y + d_margin1 + (d_txt6_h * 3);
+
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+	int d_reject_w = 55*factor;
+#else
+	int d_reject_w = 45*factor;
+#endif
+	int d_reject_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_reject_x = d_playerlist_x + (d_playerlist_w / 2) - (d_reject_w / 2);
+	int d_reject_y = d_playerlist_y + d_playerlist_h + d_margin2;
+
+	int d_count_w = 25*factor;
+	int d_count_h = d_txt6_h;
+	int d_count_x = d_scenariolist_x + (d_scenariolist_w / 2);
+	int d_count_y = d_scenariolist_y + d_scenariolist_h + d_margin2;
+
+	int d_level_w = 25*factor;
+	int d_level_h = d_txt6_h;
+	int d_level_x = d_scenariolist_x + (d_scenariolist_w / 2);
+	int d_level_y = d_count_y + d_count_h;
+
+	int d_credits_w = ((CREDITSBUF_MAX - 1) * 7*factor) + 4*factor;
+	//int d_credits_w = ((CREDITSBUF_MAX - 1) * 6*factor) + 3*factor;
+	int d_credits_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_credits_x = d_dialog_cx + 2*factor;
+	int d_credits_y = d_level_y + d_level_h + d_margin1;
+
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+	int d_bases_w = 120*factor;//bga:100;
+#else
+	int d_bases_w = 100*factor;
+#endif
+	int d_bases_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_bases_x = d_dialog_cx - d_bases_w - d_margin2;
+	int d_bases_y = d_credits_y + d_credits_h + d_margin2;
+
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+	int d_tiberium_w = 120*factor;
+#else
+	int d_tiberium_w = 100*factor;
+#endif
+	int d_tiberium_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_tiberium_x = d_dialog_cx - d_bases_w - d_margin2;
+	int d_tiberium_y = d_bases_y + d_bases_h + d_margin2;
+
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+	int d_goodies_w = 120*factor;
+#else
+	int d_goodies_w = 100*factor;
+#endif
+	int d_goodies_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_goodies_x = d_dialog_cx + d_margin2;
+	int d_goodies_y = d_credits_y + d_credits_h + d_margin2;
+
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+	int d_ghosts_w = 120*factor;
+#else
+	int d_ghosts_w = 100*factor;
+#endif
+	int d_ghosts_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_ghosts_x = d_dialog_cx + d_margin2;
+	int d_ghosts_y = d_goodies_y + d_goodies_h + d_margin2;
+
+	int d_ok_w = 45*factor;
+	int d_ok_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_ok_x = d_dialog_cx - d_margin2 - (d_bases_w / 2) - (d_ok_w / 2);
+	int d_ok_y = d_ghosts_y + d_ghosts_h + d_margin1;
+
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+	int d_cancel_w = 50*factor;
+#else
+	int d_cancel_w = 45*factor;
+#endif
+	int d_cancel_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_cancel_x = d_dialog_cx + d_margin2 + (d_goodies_w / 2) - (d_cancel_w / 2);
+	int d_cancel_y = d_ghosts_y + d_ghosts_h + d_margin1;
+
+	int d_message_w = d_dialog_w - (d_margin1 * 2);
+	int d_message_h = 34*factor;
+	int d_message_x = d_dialog_x + d_margin1;
+	int d_message_y = d_cancel_y + d_cancel_h + d_margin1;
+
+	int d_send_w = 80*factor;
+	int d_send_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_send_x = d_dialog_cx - (d_send_w / 2);
+	int d_send_y = d_message_y + d_message_h + d_margin2;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Button Enumerations
+	........................................................................*/
+	enum {
+		BUTTON_PLAYERLIST = 100,
+		BUTTON_SCENARIOLIST,
+		BUTTON_REJECT,
+		BUTTON_COUNT,
+		BUTTON_LEVEL,
+		BUTTON_CREDITS,
+		BUTTON_BASES,
+		BUTTON_TIBERIUM,
+		BUTTON_GOODIES,
+		BUTTON_GHOSTS,
+		BUTTON_OK,
+		BUTTON_CANCEL,
+		BUTTON_SEND,
+	};
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Redraw values: in order from "top" to "bottom" layer of the dialog
+	........................................................................*/
+	typedef enum {
+		REDRAW_NONE = 0,
+		REDRAW_UNIT_COUNT,
+		REDRAW_MESSAGE,
+		REDRAW_BUTTONS,
+		REDRAW_BACKGROUND,
+		REDRAW_ALL = REDRAW_BACKGROUND
+	} RedrawType;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog variables
+	........................................................................*/
+	RedrawType display = REDRAW_ALL;		// redraw level
+	bool process = true;						// process while true
+	KeyNumType input;
+
+	char credbuf[CREDITSBUF_MAX];			// for credit edit box
+	int old_cred;								// old value in credits buffer
+	int transmit;								// 1 = re-transmit new game options
+
+	long ok_timer = 0;						// for timing OK button
+	int index;									// index for rejecting a player
+	int rc;
+	int i,j;
+	char *item;
+	int tabs[] = {77*factor};						// tabs for player list box
+
+	long ping_timer = 0;						// for sending Ping packets
+
+	unsigned char tmp_id[MAX_PLAYERS];	// temp storage for sorting player ID's
+	int min_index;								// for sorting player ID's
+	unsigned char min_id;					// for sorting player ID's
+	unsigned char id;							// connection ID
+	char txt[80];
+	JoinEventType whahoppa;					// event generated by received packets
+	static int first_time = 1;				// 1 = 1st time this dialog is run
+
+	int					message_length;
+	int					sent_so_far;
+	unsigned short		magic_number;
+	unsigned short		crc;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Buttons
+	........................................................................*/
+	GadgetClass *commands;										// button list
+
+	void const *up_button;
+	void const *down_button;
+
+	if (InMainLoop){
+		up_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-UP.SHP");
+		down_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-DN.SHP");
+	}else{
+		up_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-UP2.SHP");
+		down_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-DN2.SHP");
+	}
+
+
+	ColorListClass playerlist(BUTTON_PLAYERLIST,
+		d_playerlist_x, d_playerlist_y, d_playerlist_w, d_playerlist_h,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		up_button,
+		down_button);
+
+	ListClass scenariolist(BUTTON_SCENARIOLIST,
+		d_scenariolist_x, d_scenariolist_y, d_scenariolist_w, d_scenariolist_h,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		up_button,
+		down_button);
+
+	EditClass credit_edt (BUTTON_CREDITS,
+		credbuf, CREDITSBUF_MAX,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_credits_x, d_credits_y, d_credits_w, d_credits_h, EditClass::ALPHANUMERIC);
+
+	TextButtonClass rejectbtn(BUTTON_REJECT, TXT_REJECT,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+		d_reject_x, d_reject_y);
+#else
+		d_reject_x, d_reject_y, d_reject_w, d_reject_h);
+#endif
+
+	GaugeClass countgauge (BUTTON_COUNT,
+		d_count_x, d_count_y, d_count_w, d_count_h);
+
+	GaugeClass levelgauge (BUTTON_LEVEL,
+		d_level_x, d_level_y, d_level_w, d_level_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass basesbtn(BUTTON_BASES, TXT_BASES_OFF,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_bases_x, d_bases_y, d_bases_w, d_bases_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass tiberiumbtn(BUTTON_TIBERIUM, TXT_TIBERIUM_OFF,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_tiberium_x, d_tiberium_y, d_tiberium_w, d_tiberium_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass goodiesbtn(BUTTON_GOODIES, TXT_CRATES_OFF,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_goodies_x, d_goodies_y, d_goodies_w, d_goodies_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass ghostsbtn(BUTTON_GHOSTS, TXT_AI_PLAYERS_OFF,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_ghosts_x, d_ghosts_y, d_ghosts_w, d_ghosts_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass okbtn(BUTTON_OK, TXT_OK,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_ok_x, d_ok_y, d_ok_w, d_ok_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass cancelbtn(BUTTON_CANCEL, TXT_CANCEL,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+		d_cancel_x, d_cancel_y);
+#else
+		d_cancel_x, d_cancel_y, d_cancel_w, d_cancel_h);
+#endif
+
+	TextButtonClass sendbtn(BUTTON_SEND, TXT_SEND_MESSAGE,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+		d_send_x, d_send_y);
+#else
+		d_send_x, d_send_y, d_send_w, d_send_h);
+#endif
+
+	/*
+	------------------------- Build the button list --------------------------
+	*/
+	commands = &playerlist;
+	scenariolist.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	credit_edt.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	rejectbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	countgauge.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	levelgauge.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	basesbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	tiberiumbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	goodiesbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	ghostsbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	okbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	cancelbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	sendbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+
+	playerlist.Set_Tabs(tabs);
+
+	/*
+	----------------------------- Various Inits ------------------------------
+	*/
+	/*........................................................................
+	Init dialog values, only the first time through
+	........................................................................*/
+	if (first_time) {
+		MPlayerCredits = 3000;						// init credits & credit buffer
+		MPlayerBases = 1;								// init scenario parameters
+		MPlayerTiberium = 0;
+		MPlayerGoodies = 0;
+		MPlayerGhosts = 0;
+		Special.IsCaptureTheFlag = 0;
+		MPlayerUnitCount = (MPlayerCountMax[MPlayerBases] + MPlayerCountMin[MPlayerBases]) / 2;
+		first_time = 0;
+	}
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Init button states
+	........................................................................*/
+	if (MPlayerBases) {
+		basesbtn.Turn_On();
+		basesbtn.Set_Text(TXT_BASES_ON);
+	}
+	if (MPlayerTiberium) {
+		tiberiumbtn.Turn_On();
+		tiberiumbtn.Set_Text(TXT_TIBERIUM_ON);
+	}
+	if (MPlayerGoodies) {
+		goodiesbtn.Turn_On();
+		goodiesbtn.Set_Text(TXT_CRATES_ON);
+	}
+	if (MPlayerGhosts) {
+		ghostsbtn.Turn_On();
+		ghostsbtn.Set_Text(TXT_AI_PLAYERS_ON);
+	}
+	if (Special.IsCaptureTheFlag) {
+		MPlayerGhosts = 0;
+		ghostsbtn.Turn_On();
+		ghostsbtn.Set_Text(TXT_CAPTURE_THE_FLAG);
+	}
+
+	sprintf(credbuf, "%d", MPlayerCredits);
+	credit_edt.Set_Text(credbuf, CREDITSBUF_MAX);
+	old_cred = MPlayerCredits;
+
+	levelgauge.Set_Maximum(MPLAYER_BUILD_LEVEL_MAX - 1);
+	levelgauge.Set_Value(BuildLevel - 1);
+
+	countgauge.Set_Maximum(MPlayerCountMax[MPlayerBases] - MPlayerCountMin[MPlayerBases]);
+	countgauge.Set_Value(MPlayerUnitCount - MPlayerCountMin[MPlayerBases]);
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Init other scenario parameters
+	........................................................................*/
+	Special.IsTGrowth = MPlayerTiberium;
+	Special.IsTSpread = MPlayerTiberium;
+	transmit = 0;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Init scenario description list box
+	........................................................................*/
+	for (i = 0; i < MPlayerScenarios.Count(); i++) {
+		scenariolist.Add_Item (strupr(MPlayerScenarios[i]));
+	}
+	ScenarioIdx = 0;								// 1st scenario is selected
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Init player color-used flags
+	........................................................................*/
+	for (i = 0; i < MAX_MPLAYER_COLORS; i++) {
+		ColorUsed[i] = 0;							// init all colors to available
+	}
+	ColorUsed[MPlayerColorIdx] = 1;			// set my color to used
+	playerlist.Set_Selected_Style(ColorListClass::SELECT_BAR, CC_GREEN_SHADOW);
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Init random-number generator, & create a seed to be used for all random
+	numbers from here on out
+	........................................................................*/
+	randomize();
+	Seed = rand();
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Init the message display system
+	........................................................................*/
+	Messages.Init (d_message_x + 2*factor, d_message_y + 2*factor, 4, MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH,
+		d_txt6_h);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Add myself to the list.  Note that since I'm not in the Players Vector,
+	the Vector & listbox are now 1 out of sync.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	item = new char [MPLAYER_NAME_MAX + 4];
+	if (MPlayerHouse==HOUSE_GOOD) {
+		sprintf(item,"%s\t%s",MPlayerName,Text_String(TXT_G_D_I));
+	} else {
+		sprintf(item,"%s\t%s",MPlayerName,Text_String(TXT_N_O_D));
+	}
+	playerlist.Add_Item(item, MPlayerTColors[MPlayerColorIdx]);
+
+	Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+	HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+	Set_Palette(Palette);
+	while (Get_Mouse_State() > 0) Show_Mouse();
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Processing loop -----------------------------
+	*/
+	while (process) {
+
+		/*
+		** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+		** we need to redraw.
+		*/
+		if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+			AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+			display=REDRAW_ALL;
+		}
+
+		#if(SHOW_MONO)
+		Ipx.Mono_Debug_Print(-1,0);
+		#endif
+		/*
+		...................... Refresh display if needed ......................
+		*/
+		if (display == REDRAW_UNIT_COUNT){
+			/*
+			** Wipe the background behind the unit count then reprint it
+			*/
+			LogicPage->Fill_Rect(d_count_x + d_count_w + 2*factor,
+										d_count_y,
+										d_count_x + d_count_w + 2*factor + 20,
+										d_count_y + 12,
+										0 );
+			sprintf(txt,"%d",MPlayerUnitCount);
+			Fancy_Text_Print (txt, d_count_x + d_count_w + 2*factor, d_count_y,
+									CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+									TPF_NOSHADOW | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL);
+			display = REDRAW_NONE;
+		}
+
+
+		if (display) {
+			Hide_Mouse();
+			/*
+			.................. Redraw backgound & dialog box ...................
+			*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BACKGROUND) {
+
+				/*
+				** Reload and draw the title page
+				*/
+				Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+				HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+				Set_Palette(Palette);
+
+				Dialog_Box(d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w, d_dialog_h);
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Dialog & Field labels
+				...............................................................*/
+				Draw_Caption (TXT_NETGAME_SETUP, d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_PLAYERS,
+					d_playerlist_x + (d_playerlist_w / 2), d_playerlist_y - d_txt6_h,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_NOSHADOW | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_CENTER);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_SCENARIOS,
+					d_scenariolist_x + (d_scenariolist_w / 2),
+					d_scenariolist_y - d_txt6_h,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_NOSHADOW | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_CENTER);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print (TXT_COUNT, d_count_x - 2*factor, d_count_y,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_NOSHADOW | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_RIGHT);
+
+				sprintf(txt,"%d",MPlayerUnitCount);
+				Fancy_Text_Print (txt, d_count_x + d_count_w + 2*factor, d_count_y,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_NOSHADOW | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print (TXT_LEVEL, d_level_x - 2*factor, d_level_y,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_NOSHADOW | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_RIGHT);
+
+				if (BuildLevel <= MPLAYER_BUILD_LEVEL_MAX) {
+					sprintf(txt,"%d",BuildLevel);
+				} else {
+					sprintf(txt, "**");
+				}
+				Fancy_Text_Print (txt, d_level_x + d_level_w + 2*factor, d_level_y,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_NOSHADOW | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print (TXT_START_CREDITS_COLON, d_credits_x - 5*factor,
+					d_credits_y + 1*factor, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_NOSHADOW | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_RIGHT);
+
+			}
+
+			/*
+			.......................... Redraw buttons ..........................
+			*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BUTTONS) {
+				commands->Draw_All();
+			}
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Draw the messages:
+			- Erase an old message first
+			- If we're in a game, print the game options (if they've been
+			  received)
+			- If we've been rejected from a game, print that message
+			..................................................................*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_MESSAGE) {
+				Draw_Box(d_message_x, d_message_y, d_message_w, d_message_h,
+					BOXSTYLE_GREEN_BORDER, true);
+				Messages.Draw();
+			}
+
+			Show_Mouse();
+			display = REDRAW_NONE;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................... Get user input ............................
+		*/
+		input = commands->Input();
+
+		/*
+		---------------------------- Process input ----------------------------
+		*/
+		switch (input) {
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			New Scenario selected.
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_SCENARIOLIST | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (scenariolist.Current_Index() != ScenarioIdx) {
+					ScenarioIdx = scenariolist.Current_Index();
+					MPlayerCredits = atoi(credbuf);
+					transmit = 1;
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			Reject the currently-selected player (don't allow rejecting myself,
+			who will be the first entry in the list)
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_REJECT | KN_BUTTON):
+				index = playerlist.Current_Index();
+				if (index == 0) {
+					CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_CANT_REJECT_SELF, TXT_OOPS);
+					display = REDRAW_ALL;
+					break;
+				} else {
+					if (index < 0 || index >= playerlist.Count()) {
+						CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_SELECT_PLAYER_REJECT,TXT_OOPS);
+						display = REDRAW_ALL;
+						break;
+					}
+				}
+				memset (&GPacket, 0, sizeof(GlobalPacketType));
+
+				GPacket.Command = NET_REJECT_JOIN;
+
+				Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof (GlobalPacketType), 1,
+					&(Players[index - 1]->Address));
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			User adjusts max # units
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_COUNT | KN_BUTTON):
+				MPlayerUnitCount = countgauge.Get_Value() + MPlayerCountMin[MPlayerBases];
+
+				Hide_Mouse();
+				LogicPage->Fill_Rect (d_count_x + d_count_w + 2*factor, d_count_y,
+					d_count_x + d_count_w + 14*factor, d_count_y + 6*factor, BLACK);
+
+				sprintf(txt,"%d",MPlayerUnitCount);
+				Fancy_Text_Print (txt, d_count_x + d_count_w + 2*factor, d_count_y,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_NOSHADOW | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL);
+				Show_Mouse();
+
+				transmit = 1;
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			User adjusts build level
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_LEVEL | KN_BUTTON):
+				BuildLevel = levelgauge.Get_Value() + 1;
+				if (BuildLevel > MPLAYER_BUILD_LEVEL_MAX)	// if it's pegged, max it out
+					BuildLevel = MPLAYER_BUILD_LEVEL_MAX;
+
+				Hide_Mouse();
+				LogicPage->Fill_Rect (d_level_x + d_level_w + 2*factor, d_level_y,
+					d_level_x + d_level_w + 14*factor, d_level_y + 6*factor, BLACK);
+
+				if (BuildLevel <= MPLAYER_BUILD_LEVEL_MAX) {
+					sprintf(txt,"%d",BuildLevel);
+				} else {
+					sprintf(txt, "**");
+				}
+				Fancy_Text_Print (txt, d_level_x + d_level_w + 2*factor, d_level_y,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_NOSHADOW | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL);
+				Show_Mouse();
+
+				transmit = 1;
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			User edits the credits value; retransmit new game options
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_CREDITS | KN_BUTTON):
+				MPlayerCredits = atoi(credbuf);
+				transmit = 1;
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			Toggle bases:
+			- Clear scenario list & rebuild it with new names
+			- toggle bases button, change its text
+			- adjust the MPlayerUnitCount to reflect the new allowed range,
+			  using the current gauge setting
+			- Change the unit count gauge limit & value
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_BASES | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (MPlayerBases) {
+					MPlayerBases = 0;
+					basesbtn.Turn_Off();
+					basesbtn.Set_Text(TXT_BASES_OFF);
+					MPlayerUnitCount = Fixed_To_Cardinal (MPlayerCountMax[0]-MPlayerCountMin[0],
+						Cardinal_To_Fixed(MPlayerCountMax[1]-MPlayerCountMin[1],
+						MPlayerUnitCount-MPlayerCountMin[1])) + MPlayerCountMin[0];
+				} else {
+					MPlayerBases = 1;
+					basesbtn.Turn_On();
+					basesbtn.Set_Text(TXT_BASES_ON);
+					MPlayerUnitCount = Fixed_To_Cardinal (MPlayerCountMax[1]-MPlayerCountMin[1],
+						Cardinal_To_Fixed(MPlayerCountMax[0]-MPlayerCountMin[0],
+						MPlayerUnitCount-MPlayerCountMin[0])) + MPlayerCountMin[1];
+				}
+				MPlayerCredits = atoi(credbuf);
+				countgauge.Set_Maximum(MPlayerCountMax[MPlayerBases] - MPlayerCountMin[MPlayerBases]);
+				countgauge.Set_Value(MPlayerUnitCount - MPlayerCountMin[MPlayerBases]);
+				transmit = 1;
+				countgauge.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				display = REDRAW_UNIT_COUNT;
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			Toggle tiberium
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_TIBERIUM | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (MPlayerTiberium) {
+					MPlayerTiberium = 0;
+					Special.IsTGrowth = 0;
+					Special.IsTSpread = 0;
+					tiberiumbtn.Turn_Off();
+					tiberiumbtn.Set_Text(TXT_TIBERIUM_OFF);
+				} else {
+					MPlayerTiberium = 1;
+					Special.IsTGrowth = 1;
+					Special.IsTSpread = 1;
+					tiberiumbtn.Turn_On();
+					tiberiumbtn.Set_Text(TXT_TIBERIUM_ON);
+				}
+				MPlayerCredits = atoi(credbuf);
+				transmit = 1;
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			Toggle goodies
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_GOODIES | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (MPlayerGoodies) {
+					MPlayerGoodies = 0;
+					goodiesbtn.Turn_Off();
+					goodiesbtn.Set_Text(TXT_CRATES_OFF);
+				} else {
+					MPlayerGoodies = 1;
+					goodiesbtn.Turn_On();
+					goodiesbtn.Set_Text(TXT_CRATES_ON);
+				}
+				MPlayerCredits = atoi(credbuf);
+				transmit = 1;
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			Toggle ghosts/capture-the-flag
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_GHOSTS | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (!MPlayerGhosts && !Special.IsCaptureTheFlag) {	// ghosts OFF => ghosts ON
+					MPlayerGhosts = 1;
+					Special.IsCaptureTheFlag = 0;
+					ghostsbtn.Turn_On();
+					ghostsbtn.Set_Text(TXT_AI_PLAYERS_ON);
+				} else {
+					if (MPlayerGhosts) {					// ghosts ON => capture-flag
+						MPlayerGhosts = 0;
+						Special.IsCaptureTheFlag = 1;
+						ghostsbtn.Turn_On();
+						ghostsbtn.Set_Text(TXT_CAPTURE_THE_FLAG);
+					} else {
+						if (Special.IsCaptureTheFlag) {		// capture-flag => AI OFF
+							MPlayerGhosts = 0;
+							Special.IsCaptureTheFlag = 0;
+							ghostsbtn.Turn_Off();
+							ghostsbtn.Set_Text(TXT_AI_PLAYERS_OFF);
+						}
+					}
+				}
+
+				MPlayerCredits = atoi(credbuf);
+				transmit = 1;
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			OK: exit loop with TRUE status
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_OK | KN_BUTTON):
+				/*...............................................................
+				If a new player has joined in the last second, don't allow
+				an OK; force a wait longer than 1 second (to give all players
+				a chance to know about this new guy)
+				...............................................................*/
+				i = MAX(Ipx.Global_Response_Time() * 2, 60);
+				while (TickCount.Time() - ok_timer < i)
+					Ipx.Service();
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				If there are at least 2 players, go ahead & play; error otherwise
+				...............................................................*/
+				if (MPlayerSolo || Players.Count() > 0) {
+					rc = TRUE;
+					process = FALSE;
+				} else {
+					CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_ONLY_ONE,TXT_OOPS,NULL);
+					display = REDRAW_ALL;
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			CANCEL: send a SIGN_OFF, bail out with error code
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (KN_ESC):
+				if (Messages.Get_Edit_Buf() != NULL) {
+					Messages.Input(input);
+					display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+					break;
+				}
+			case (BUTTON_CANCEL | KN_BUTTON):
+				memset (&GPacket, 0, sizeof(GlobalPacketType));
+
+				GPacket.Command = NET_SIGN_OFF;
+				strcpy (GPacket.Name, MPlayerName);
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Broadcast my sign-off over my network
+				...............................................................*/
+				Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof (GlobalPacketType),
+					0, NULL);
+				Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof (GlobalPacketType),
+					0, NULL);
+				while (Ipx.Global_Num_Send() > 0 && Ipx.Service() != 0) ;
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Broadcast my sign-off over a bridged network if there is one
+				...............................................................*/
+				if (IsBridge) {
+					Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 0,
+						&BridgeNet);
+					Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 0,
+						&BridgeNet);
+				}
+				while (Ipx.Global_Num_Send() > 0 && Ipx.Service() != 0) ;
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				And now, just be absolutely sure, send my sign-off to each
+				player in my game.  (If there's a bridge between us, the other
+				player will have specified my address, so he can cross the
+				bridge; but I may not have specified a bridge address, so the
+				only way I have of crossing the bridge is to send a packet
+				directly to him.)
+				...............................................................*/
+				for (i = 0; i < Players.Count(); i++) {
+					Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 1,
+						&(Players[i]->Address));
+					Ipx.Service();
+				}
+				while (Ipx.Global_Num_Send() > 0 && Ipx.Service() != 0) ;
+				MPlayerGameName[0] = 0;
+				process = false;
+				rc = false;
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			Default: manage the inter-player messages
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			default:
+				/*...............................................................
+				F4/SEND/'M' = send a message
+				...............................................................*/
+				if (Messages.Get_Edit_Buf()==NULL) {
+					if (input == KN_M || input==(BUTTON_SEND | KN_BUTTON) ||
+						input == KN_F4) {
+						memset (txt, 0, 80);
+
+						strcpy(txt,Text_String(TXT_TO_ALL));	// "To All:"
+
+						Messages.Add_Edit (MPlayerTColors[MPlayerColorIdx],
+							TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_FULLSHADOW, txt, d_message_w-70*factor);
+
+						credit_edt.Clear_Focus();
+						credit_edt.Flag_To_Redraw();
+						display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+
+						break;
+					}
+				} else {
+
+					/*...............................................................
+					If we're already editing a message and the user clicks on
+					'Send', translate our input to a Return so Messages.Input() will
+					work properly.
+					...............................................................*/
+					if (input==(BUTTON_SEND | KN_BUTTON)) {
+						input = KN_RETURN;
+					}
+				}
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Manage the message system (get rid of old messages)
+				...............................................................*/
+				if (Messages.Manage()) {
+					display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+				}
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Re-draw the messages & service keyboard input for any message
+				being edited.
+				...............................................................*/
+				i = Messages.Input(input);
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				If 'Input' returned 1, it means refresh the message display.
+				...............................................................*/
+				if (i==1) {
+					Messages.Draw();
+				}
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				If 'Input' returned 2, it means redraw the message display.
+				...............................................................*/
+				else if (i==2) {
+					display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+				}
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				If 'input' returned 3, it means send the current message.
+				...............................................................*/
+				else if (i==3) {
+
+					sent_so_far = 0;
+ 					magic_number = MESSAGE_HEAD_MAGIC_NUMBER;
+					message_length = strlen(Messages.Get_Edit_Buf());
+					crc = (unsigned short)
+							(Calculate_CRC(Messages.Get_Edit_Buf(), message_length) &0xffff);
+					while ( sent_so_far < message_length ){
+						memset (&GPacket, 0, sizeof(GlobalPacketType));
+						GPacket.Command = NET_MESSAGE;
+						strcpy (GPacket.Name, MPlayerName);
+						memcpy (GPacket.Message.Buf, Messages.Get_Edit_Buf()+sent_so_far, COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-5);
+						*(GPacket.Message.Buf + COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-5) = 0;
+						*((unsigned short*)(GPacket.Message.Buf + COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-4)) = magic_number;
+						*((unsigned short*)(GPacket.Message.Buf + COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-2)) = crc;
+						GPacket.Message.ID = Build_MPlayerID (MPlayerColorIdx, MPlayerHouse);
+						GPacket.Message.NameCRC = Compute_Name_CRC(MPlayerGameName);
+
+						/*..................................................................
+						Send the message to every player in our player list.
+						..................................................................*/
+						for (i = 0; i < Players.Count(); i++) {
+							Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 1,
+								&(Players[i]->Address));
+							Ipx.Service();
+						}
+						/*..................................................................
+						Add the message to our own list, since we're not in the player list
+						on this dialog.
+						..................................................................*/
+						sprintf(txt,Text_String (TXT_FROM), MPlayerName, GPacket.Message.Buf);
+						Messages.Add_Message (txt, MPlayerTColors[MPlayerColorIdx],
+							TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_FULLSHADOW, 1200, magic_number, crc);
+
+						magic_number++;
+						sent_so_far += COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-5;
+
+					}
+					display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+				}
+		}
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Detect editing of the credits buffer, transmit new values to players
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		if (atoi(credbuf) != old_cred) {
+			old_cred = Bound(atoi(credbuf), 0, 9999);
+			MPlayerCredits = old_cred;
+			transmit = 1;
+			sprintf(credbuf, "%d", MPlayerCredits);
+			credit_edt.Set_Text(credbuf, CREDITSBUF_MAX);
+		}
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Process incoming packets
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		whahoppa = Get_NewGame_Responses(&playerlist);
+		if (whahoppa == EV_NEW_PLAYER) {
+			ok_timer = TickCount.Time();
+			transmit = 1;
+		} else {
+			if (whahoppa == EV_MESSAGE) {
+				display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		If our Transmit flag is set, we need to send out a game option packet
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		if (transmit) {
+			for (i = 0; i < Players.Count(); i++) {
+				memset (&GPacket, 0, sizeof(GlobalPacketType));
+
+				GPacket.Command = NET_GAME_OPTIONS;
+				GPacket.ScenarioInfo.Scenario = MPlayerFilenum[ScenarioIdx];
+				GPacket.ScenarioInfo.Credits = MPlayerCredits;
+				GPacket.ScenarioInfo.IsBases = MPlayerBases;
+				GPacket.ScenarioInfo.IsTiberium = MPlayerTiberium;
+				GPacket.ScenarioInfo.IsGoodies = MPlayerGoodies;
+				GPacket.ScenarioInfo.IsGhosties = MPlayerGhosts;
+				GPacket.ScenarioInfo.BuildLevel = BuildLevel;
+				GPacket.ScenarioInfo.UnitCount = MPlayerUnitCount;
+				GPacket.ScenarioInfo.Seed = Seed;
+				GPacket.ScenarioInfo.Special = Special;
+				GPacket.ScenarioInfo.GameSpeed = Options.GameSpeed;
+
+				Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof (GlobalPacketType),
+					1, &(Players[i]->Address) );
+			}
+			transmit = 0;
+		}
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Ping every player in my game, to force the Global Channel to measure
+		the connection response time.
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		if (TickCount.Time() - ping_timer > 15) {
+			memset (&GPacket, 0, sizeof(GlobalPacketType));
+			GPacket.Command = NET_PING;
+			for (i = 0; i < Players.Count(); i++) {
+				Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof (GlobalPacketType),
+					1, &(Players[i]->Address) );
+			}
+			ping_timer = TickCount.Time();
+		}
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Service the Ipx connections
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		Ipx.Service();
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Service the sounds & score; GameActive must be false at this point,
+		so Call_Back() doesn't intercept global messages from me!
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		Call_Back();
+
+	}	/* end of while */
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Establish connections with all other players.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (rc) {
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Set the number of players in this game, and my ID
+		.....................................................................*/
+		MPlayerCount = Players.Count() + 1;
+		MPlayerLocalID = Build_MPlayerID (MPlayerColorIdx, MPlayerHouse);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Get the scenario filename
+		.....................................................................*/
+		Scenario = MPlayerFilenum[ScenarioIdx];
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Compute frame delay value for packet transmissions:
+		- Divide global channel's response time by 8 (2 to convert to 1-way
+		  value, 4 more to convert from ticks to frames)
+		.....................................................................*/
+		MPlayerMaxAhead = MAX( (Ipx.Global_Response_Time() / 8), 2);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Send all players the NET_GO packet.  Wait until all ACK's have been
+		received.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		memset (&GPacket, 0, sizeof(GlobalPacketType));
+		GPacket.Command = NET_GO;
+		GPacket.ResponseTime.OneWay = MPlayerMaxAhead;
+		for (i = 0; i < Players.Count(); i++) {
+			Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof (GlobalPacketType),
+				1, &(Players[i]->Address) );
+			/*..................................................................
+			Wait for all the ACK's to come in.
+			..................................................................*/
+			while (Ipx.Global_Num_Send() > 0)
+				Ipx.Service();
+		}
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Form connections with all other players.  Form the IPX Connection ID
+		from the player's Color (high byte) and House (low byte).  This
+		will let us extract any player's color & house at any time.
+		Fill in 'tmp_id' while we're doing this.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		for (i = 0; i < Players.Count(); i++) {
+			id = Build_MPlayerID (Players[i]->Player.Color,
+				Players[i]->Player.House);
+
+			tmp_id[i] = id;
+
+			Ipx.Create_Connection(id, Players[i]->Name, &(Players[i]->Address) );
+		}
+		tmp_id[i] = MPlayerLocalID;
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Store every player's ID in the MPlayerID[] array.  This array will
+		determine the order of event execution, so the ID's must be stored
+		in the same order on all systems.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		for (i = 0; i < MPlayerCount; i++) {
+			min_index = 0;
+			min_id = 0xff;
+			for (j = 0; j < MPlayerCount; j++) {
+				if (tmp_id[j] < min_id) {
+					min_id = tmp_id[j];
+					min_index = j;
+				}
+			}
+			MPlayerID[i] = tmp_id[min_index];
+			tmp_id[min_index] = 0xff;
+		}
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Fill in the array of player names, including my own.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		for (i = 0; i < MPlayerCount; i++) {
+			if (MPlayerID[i] == MPlayerLocalID) {
+				strcpy (MPlayerNames[i], MPlayerName);
+			} else {
+				strcpy (MPlayerNames[i], Ipx.Connection_Name(MPlayerID[i]));
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Init network timing values, using previous response times as a measure
+	of what our retry delta & timeout should be.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	Ipx.Set_Timing (Ipx.Global_Response_Time() + 2, -1,
+		Ipx.Global_Response_Time() * 4);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Clear all lists
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	while (scenariolist.Count()) {
+		scenariolist.Remove_Item(scenariolist.Get_Item(0));
+	}
+	Clear_Player_List(&playerlist);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Restore screen
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	Hide_Mouse();
+	Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+	HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+	Show_Mouse();
+
+	return(rc);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Get_NewGame_Responses -- processes packets for New Game dialog          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This routine can modify the contents of the given list box, as well		*
+ * as the contents of the Players Vector global.									*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		playerlist		list of players in this game									*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		EV_NONE = nothing happened															*
+ *		EV_NEW_PLAYER = a new player has joined; false otherwise					*
+ *		EV_MESSAGE = a message was received												*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   04/18/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static JoinEventType Get_NewGame_Responses(ColorListClass *playerlist)
+{
+	int rc;
+	char * item;						// general-purpose string
+	NodeNameType *who;				// node to add to Players Vector
+	int i;
+	int found;
+	JoinEventType retval = EV_NONE;
+	int resend;
+	char txt[80];
+	int color;
+	unsigned short magic_number;
+	unsigned short crc;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	If there is no incoming packet, just return
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	rc = Ipx.Get_Global_Message (&GPacket, &GPacketlen, &GAddress, &GProductID);
+	if (!rc || GProductID != IPXGlobalConnClass::COMMAND_AND_CONQUER) {
+		return(EV_NONE);
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Try to handle the packet in a standard way
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (Process_Global_Packet(&GPacket,&GAddress) != 0) {
+		return(EV_NONE);
+	} else
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	NET_QUERY_JOIN:
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (GPacket.Command==NET_QUERY_JOIN) {
+		/*.....................................................................
+		See if this name is unique:
+		- If the name matches, but the address is different, reject this player
+		- If the name & address match, this packet must be a re-send of a
+		  prevous request; in this case, do nothing.  The other player must have
+		  received my CONFIRM_JOIN packet (since it was sent with an ACK
+		  required), so we can ignore this resend.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		found = 0;
+		resend = 0;
+		for (i = 0; i < Players.Count(); i++) {
+			if (!strcmp(Players[i]->Name,GPacket.Name)) {
+				if (Players[i]->Address != GAddress) {
+					found = 1;
+				}
+				else {
+					resend = 1;
+				}
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+		if (!strcmp (MPlayerName, GPacket.Name)) {
+			found = 1;
+		}
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Reject if name is a duplicate, or if there are too many players:
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (found || (Players.Count() >= (MPlayerMax - 1) && !resend) ) {
+			memset (&GPacket, 0, sizeof(GlobalPacketType));
+
+			GPacket.Command = NET_REJECT_JOIN;
+
+			Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof (GlobalPacketType),
+				1, &GAddress);
+		}
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		If this packet is NOT a resend, accept the player.  Grant him the
+		requested color if possible.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		else if (!resend) {
+			/*..................................................................
+			Add node to the Vector list
+			..................................................................*/
+			who = new NodeNameType;
+			strcpy(who->Name, GPacket.Name);
+			who->Address = GAddress;
+			who->Player.House = GPacket.PlayerInfo.House;
+			Players.Add (who);
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Set player's color; if requested color isn't used, give it to him;
+			otherwise, give him the 1st available color.  Mark the color we
+			give him as used.
+			..................................................................*/
+			if (ColorUsed[GPacket.PlayerInfo.Color] == 0) {
+				who->Player.Color = GPacket.PlayerInfo.Color;
+			} else {
+				for (i = 0; i < MAX_MPLAYER_COLORS; i++) {
+					if (ColorUsed[i]==0) {
+						who->Player.Color = i;
+						break;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+			ColorUsed[who->Player.Color] = 1;
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Add player name to the list box
+			..................................................................*/
+			item = new char [MPLAYER_NAME_MAX + 4];
+			if (GPacket.PlayerInfo.House==HOUSE_GOOD) {
+				sprintf(item,"%s\t%s",GPacket.Name,Text_String(TXT_G_D_I));
+			} else {
+				sprintf(item,"%s\t%s",GPacket.Name,Text_String(TXT_N_O_D));
+			}
+			playerlist->Add_Item (item, MPlayerTColors[who->Player.Color]);
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Send a confirmation packet
+			..................................................................*/
+			memset (&GPacket, 0, sizeof(GlobalPacketType));
+
+			GPacket.Command = NET_CONFIRM_JOIN;
+			strcpy(GPacket.Name,MPlayerName);
+			GPacket.PlayerInfo.House = who->Player.House;
+			GPacket.PlayerInfo.Color = who->Player.Color;
+
+			Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof (GlobalPacketType),
+				1, &GAddress);
+
+			retval = EV_NEW_PLAYER;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	NET_SIGN_OFF: Another system is signing off: search for that system in
+	the player list, & remove it if found
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	else if (GPacket.Command==NET_SIGN_OFF) {
+		for (i = 0; i < Players.Count(); i++) {
+			/*
+			....................... Name found; remove it ......................
+			*/
+			if (!strcmp (Players[i]->Name, GPacket.Name) &&
+				Players[i]->Address==GAddress) {
+				/*...............................................................
+				Remove from the list box
+				...............................................................*/
+				item = (char *)(playerlist->Get_Item(i + 1));
+				playerlist->Remove_Item(item);
+				playerlist->Flag_To_Redraw();
+				delete [] item;
+				/*...............................................................
+				Mark his color as available
+				...............................................................*/
+				ColorUsed[Players[i]->Player.Color] = 0;
+				/*...............................................................
+				Delete from the Vector list
+				...............................................................*/
+				Players.Delete(Players[i]);
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	NET_MESSAGE: Someone is sending us a message
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	else if (GPacket.Command==NET_MESSAGE) {
+		sprintf(txt,Text_String (TXT_FROM), GPacket.Name, GPacket.Message.Buf);
+		magic_number = *((unsigned short*)(GPacket.Message.Buf + COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-4));
+		crc = *((unsigned short*)(GPacket.Message.Buf + COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-2));
+		color = MPlayerID_To_ColorIndex(GPacket.Message.ID);
+		Messages.Add_Message (txt, MPlayerTColors[color],
+			TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_FULLSHADOW, 1200, magic_number, crc);
+		retval = EV_MESSAGE;
+	}
+
+	return(retval);
+}
+
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Compute_Name_CRC -- computes CRC from char string                       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		name		string to create CRC for												*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		CRC																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/29/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+unsigned long Compute_Name_CRC(char *name)
+{
+	char buf[80];
+	unsigned long crc = 0L;
+	int i;
+
+	strcpy (buf, name);
+	strupr (buf);
+
+	for (i = 0; i < strlen(buf); i++) {
+		Add_CRC (&crc, (unsigned long)buf[i]);
+	}
+
+	return (crc);
+}
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Net_Reconnect_Dialog -- Draws/updates the network reconnect dialog      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		reconn			1 = reconnect, 0 = waiting for first-time connection	*
+ *		fresh				1 = draw from scratch, 0 = only update time counter	*
+ *		oldest_index	IPX connection index of oldest connection 				*
+ *							(only used for reconnection)									*
+ *		timeval			value to print in the countdown field						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   07/08/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void Net_Reconnect_Dialog(int reconn, int fresh, int oldest_index,
+	unsigned long timeval)
+{
+	static int x,y,w,h;
+	int id;
+	char buf1[40] = {0};
+	char buf2[40] = {0};
+	char const *buf3 = "";
+
+	int factor = (SeenBuff.Get_Width() == 320) ? 1 : 2;
+
+	int d_txt6_h = 6*factor+1;
+	int d_margin = 5*factor;
+
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Draw the dialog from scratch
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (fresh) {
+		Fancy_Text_Print ("", 0, 0, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+			TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+		if (reconn) {
+			id = Ipx.Connection_ID(oldest_index);
+			sprintf(buf1,Text_String(TXT_RECONNECTING_TO),
+				Ipx.Connection_Name(id));
+		} else {
+			sprintf(buf1,Text_String(TXT_WAITING_FOR_CONNECTIONS));
+		}
+		sprintf(buf2,Text_String(TXT_TIME_ALLOWED), timeval + 1);
+		buf3 = Text_String(TXT_PRESS_ESC);
+
+		w = MAX(String_Pixel_Width(buf1),String_Pixel_Width(buf2));
+		w = MAX(String_Pixel_Width(buf3), w);
+		w += (d_margin * 2);
+		h = (d_txt6_h * 3) + (d_margin * 6);
+		x = 160*factor - (w / 2);
+		y = 100*factor - (h / 2);
+
+		Hide_Mouse();
+		Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+		Dialog_Box(x, y, w, h);
+
+		Fancy_Text_Print (buf1, 160*factor, y + (d_margin * 2), CC_GREEN, BLACK,
+			TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+		Fancy_Text_Print (buf2, 160*factor, y + (d_margin * 2) + d_txt6_h + d_margin,
+			CC_GREEN, BLACK,
+			TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+		Fancy_Text_Print (buf3, 160*factor, y + (d_margin * 2) + (d_txt6_h + d_margin) * 2,
+			CC_GREEN, BLACK,
+			TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+		Show_Mouse();
+
+	} else {
+
+		/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Just update the timeout value on the dialog
+		------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		Hide_Mouse();
+		Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+
+		sprintf(buf2,Text_String(TXT_TIME_ALLOWED), timeval + 1);
+		Fancy_Text_Print (buf2, 160*factor, y + (d_margin * 2) + d_txt6_h + d_margin,
+			CC_GREEN, BLACK,
+			TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+		Show_Mouse();
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Net_Fake_New_Dialog -- Just like Net_New_Dialog but without the Dialog. For internet play   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *  This 'dialog' does all the non-dialog game set up stuff that is done in the normal         *
+ * network game set up dialog. The only visible button is 'cancel'                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   true if successfully connected                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    5/24/96 10:34AM ST : Created                                                             *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+static int Net_Fake_New_Dialog(void)
+{
+	int factor			= (SeenBuff.Get_Width() == 320) ? 1 : 2;
+
+	int d_dialog_w = 120*factor;											// dialog width
+	int d_dialog_h = 80*factor;											// dialog height
+	int d_dialog_x = ((320*factor - d_dialog_w) / 2);				// dialog x-coord
+	int d_dialog_y = ((200*factor - d_dialog_h) / 2);				// centered y-coord
+	int d_dialog_cx = d_dialog_x + (d_dialog_w / 2);		// center x-coord
+
+	//d_playerlist_w = 100;
+	int d_playerlist_w = 106*factor;
+	int d_playerlist_h = 27*factor;
+	int d_playerlist_x = 10 * factor;	//off screen
+	//int d_playerlist_x = 500*factor;	//10 * factor;	//off screen
+	int d_playerlist_y = d_dialog_y + 20;
+
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+	int d_cancel_w = 50*factor;
+#else
+	int d_cancel_w = 45*factor;
+#endif
+	int d_cancel_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_cancel_x = d_dialog_cx - (d_cancel_w / 2);
+	int d_cancel_y = d_dialog_y + d_dialog_h - 20*factor;
+
+	char 	text_buffer[64];
+	int	width;
+	int	height;
+
+	bool	player_joined = false;
+	CountDownTimerClass join_timer;
+
+	strcpy(text_buffer, "Connecting....");
+	Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_NONE,0,0,TBLACK,TBLACK,TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+	Format_Window_String(text_buffer, SeenBuff.Get_Height(), width, height);
+
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Button Enumerations
+	........................................................................*/
+	enum {
+		BUTTON_CANCEL = 100,
+		BUTTON_PLAYERLIST,
+	};
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Redraw values: in order from "top" to "bottom" layer of the dialog
+	........................................................................*/
+	typedef enum {
+		REDRAW_NONE = 0,
+		REDRAW_MESSAGE,
+		REDRAW_BUTTONS,
+		REDRAW_BACKGROUND,
+		REDRAW_ALL = REDRAW_BACKGROUND
+	} RedrawType;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog variables
+	........................................................................*/
+	RedrawType display = REDRAW_ALL;		// redraw level
+	bool process = true;						// process while true
+	KeyNumType input;
+
+	char credbuf[CREDITSBUF_MAX];			// for credit edit box
+	int old_cred;								// old value in credits buffer
+	int transmit;								// 1 = re-transmit new game options
+
+	long ok_timer = 0;						// for timing OK button
+	int rc;
+	int i,j;
+	char *item;
+	int tabs[] = {77*factor};				// tabs for player list box
+
+	long ping_timer = 0;						// for sending Ping packets
+
+	unsigned char tmp_id[MAX_PLAYERS];	// temp storage for sorting player ID's
+	int min_index;								// for sorting player ID's
+	unsigned char min_id;					// for sorting player ID's
+	unsigned char id;							// connection ID
+	JoinEventType whahoppa;					// event generated by received packets
+
+	void const *up_button;
+	void const *down_button;
+
+	if (InMainLoop){
+		up_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-UP.SHP");
+		down_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-DN.SHP");
+	}else{
+		up_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-UP2.SHP");
+		down_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-DN2.SHP");
+	}
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Buttons
+	........................................................................*/
+	GadgetClass *commands;										// button list
+
+	ColorListClass playerlist(BUTTON_PLAYERLIST,
+		d_playerlist_x, d_playerlist_y, d_playerlist_w, d_playerlist_h,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		up_button,
+		down_button);
+
+	TextButtonClass cancelbtn(BUTTON_CANCEL, TXT_CANCEL,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+		d_cancel_x, d_cancel_y);
+#else
+		d_cancel_x, d_cancel_y, d_cancel_w, d_cancel_h);
+#endif
+
+
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - In new game dialog - initialising lists.\n");
+	/*
+	------------------------- Build the button list --------------------------
+	*/
+	commands = &playerlist;
+	cancelbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+
+	playerlist.Set_Tabs(tabs);
+
+	/*
+	----------------------------- Various Inits ------------------------------
+	*/
+
+	sprintf(credbuf, "%d", MPlayerCredits);
+	old_cred = MPlayerCredits;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Init other scenario parameters
+	........................................................................*/
+	Special.IsTGrowth = MPlayerTiberium;
+	Special.IsTSpread = MPlayerTiberium;
+	transmit = 0;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Init player color-used flags
+	........................................................................*/
+	for (i = 0; i < MAX_MPLAYER_COLORS; i++) {
+		ColorUsed[i] = 0;							// init all colors to available
+	}
+	ColorUsed[MPlayerColorIdx] = 1;			// set my color to used
+	playerlist.Set_Selected_Style(ColorListClass::SELECT_BAR, CC_GREEN_SHADOW);
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Init random-number generator, & create a seed to be used for all random
+	numbers from here on out
+	........................................................................*/
+	randomize();
+	Seed = rand();
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Add myself to the list.  Note that since I'm not in the Players Vector,
+	the Vector & listbox are now 1 out of sync.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	item = new char [MPLAYER_NAME_MAX + 4];
+	if (MPlayerHouse==HOUSE_GOOD) {
+		sprintf(item,"%s\t%s",MPlayerName,Text_String(TXT_G_D_I));
+	} else {
+		sprintf(item,"%s\t%s",MPlayerName,Text_String(TXT_N_O_D));
+	}
+	playerlist.Add_Item(item, MPlayerTColors[MPlayerColorIdx]);
+
+	/*
+	** Process the message loop until we are in focus.
+	*/
+	if (!GameInFocus){
+		CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Waiting for game to come into focus.");
+		do {
+			OutputDebugString (".");
+			Keyboard::Check();
+		}while (!GameInFocus);
+		CCDebugString ("\n");
+		AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+	}
+
+
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to uncompress title page.\n");
+	Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+	HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to set the palette.\n");
+	Set_Palette(Palette);
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Palette was set OK.\n");
+
+	if (LogicPage != &SeenBuff && LogicPage!= &HidPage){
+		CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Logic page invalid");
+		Set_Logic_Page (SeenBuff);
+	}
+
+	char a_buffer [128];
+	sprintf (a_buffer, "Number of players:%d", Players.Count());
+	CCDebugString (a_buffer);
+
+
+	/*
+	** Send a bogus packet to wake up the VSS
+	*/
+	memset (&GPacket, 0, sizeof(GlobalPacketType));
+
+	GPacket.Command = (NetCommandType)50;		//Invalid command
+	strcpy (GPacket.Name, MPlayerName);
+	Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof (GlobalPacketType), 0, NULL);
+
+
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to reveal mouse\n");
+	while (Get_Mouse_State() > 0) Show_Mouse();
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Processing loop -----------------------------
+	*/
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Entering join dialogue loop\n");
+	while (process) {
+
+		/*
+		** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+		** we need to redraw.
+		*/
+		if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+			AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+			display=REDRAW_ALL;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		...................... Refresh display if needed ......................
+		*/
+		if (display) {
+			Hide_Mouse();
+			/*
+			.................. Redraw backgound & dialog box ...................
+			*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BACKGROUND) {
+
+				Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+				HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+				Set_Palette(Palette);
+
+				Dialog_Box(d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w, d_dialog_h);
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Dialog & Field labels
+				...............................................................*/
+				Draw_Caption (TXT_NONE, d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print(text_buffer, d_dialog_cx-width/2, d_dialog_y + 25*factor, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+									TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+			}
+
+			/*
+			.......................... Redraw buttons ..........................
+			*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BUTTONS) {
+				commands->Draw_All();
+			}
+
+			Show_Mouse();
+			display = REDRAW_NONE;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................... Get user input ............................
+		*/
+		input = commands->Input();
+
+		/*
+		---------------------------- Process input ----------------------------
+		*/
+		switch (input) {
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			CANCEL: send a SIGN_OFF, bail out with error code
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (KN_ESC):
+			case (BUTTON_CANCEL | KN_BUTTON):
+				memset (&GPacket, 0, sizeof(GlobalPacketType));
+
+				GPacket.Command = NET_SIGN_OFF;
+				strcpy (GPacket.Name, MPlayerName);
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Broadcast my sign-off over my network
+				...............................................................*/
+				Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof (GlobalPacketType),
+					0, NULL);
+				Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof (GlobalPacketType),
+					0, NULL);
+				while (Ipx.Global_Num_Send() > 0 && Ipx.Service() != 0) ;
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Broadcast my sign-off over a bridged network if there is one
+				...............................................................*/
+				while (Ipx.Global_Num_Send() > 0 && Ipx.Service() != 0) ;
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				And now, just be absolutely sure, send my sign-off to each
+				player in my game.  (If there's a bridge between us, the other
+				player will have specified my address, so he can cross the
+				bridge; but I may not have specified a bridge address, so the
+				only way I have of crossing the bridge is to send a packet
+				directly to him.)
+				...............................................................*/
+				for (i = 0; i < Players.Count(); i++) {
+					Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 1,
+						&(Players[i]->Address));
+					Ipx.Service();
+				}
+				while (Ipx.Global_Num_Send() > 0 && Ipx.Service() != 0) ;
+				MPlayerGameName[0] = 0;
+				process = false;
+				rc = false;
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			default: exit loop with TRUE status
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			default:
+char ddkks[128];
+				if (Players.Count() == InternetMaxPlayers-1){
+
+sprintf (ddkks, "C&C95 - Players.Count() = %d\n", Players.Count());
+CCDebugString (ddkks);
+
+
+					/*
+					** Wait for several secs after receiving request to join before sending
+					** start game packet
+					*/
+					if (!player_joined){
+						player_joined = true;
+						join_timer.Set (3*60, true);
+						break;
+					}else{
+						if (join_timer.Time()) break;
+					}
+
+CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Join timer expired\n");
+
+					/*...............................................................
+					If a new player has joined in the last second, don't allow
+					an OK; force a wait longer than 2 seconds (to give all players
+					a chance to know about this new guy)
+					...............................................................*/
+					i = MAX(Ipx.Global_Response_Time() * 2, 120);
+					while (TickCount.Time() - ok_timer < i)
+						Ipx.Service();
+
+					/*...............................................................
+					If there are at least 2 players, go ahead & play; error otherwise
+					...............................................................*/
+					if (MPlayerSolo || Players.Count() > 0) {
+						rc = TRUE;
+						process = FALSE;
+					} else {
+						CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_ONLY_ONE,TXT_OOPS,NULL);
+						display = REDRAW_ALL;
+					}
+				}
+				break;
+		}
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Process incoming packets
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		whahoppa = Get_NewGame_Responses(&playerlist);
+		if (whahoppa == EV_NEW_PLAYER) {
+			ok_timer = TickCount.Time();
+			transmit = 1;
+		} else {
+			if (whahoppa == EV_MESSAGE) {
+				display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		If our Transmit flag is set, we need to send out a game option packet
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		if (transmit) {
+			for (i = 0; i < Players.Count(); i++) {
+				memset (&GPacket, 0, sizeof(GlobalPacketType));
+
+				GPacket.Command = NET_GAME_OPTIONS;
+				GPacket.ScenarioInfo.Scenario = ScenarioIdx;	//MPlayerFilenum[ScenarioIdx];
+				GPacket.ScenarioInfo.Credits = MPlayerCredits;
+				GPacket.ScenarioInfo.IsBases = MPlayerBases;
+				GPacket.ScenarioInfo.IsTiberium = MPlayerTiberium;
+				GPacket.ScenarioInfo.IsGoodies = MPlayerGoodies;
+				GPacket.ScenarioInfo.IsGhosties = MPlayerGhosts;
+				GPacket.ScenarioInfo.BuildLevel = BuildLevel;
+				GPacket.ScenarioInfo.UnitCount = MPlayerUnitCount;
+				GPacket.ScenarioInfo.Seed = Seed;
+				GPacket.ScenarioInfo.Special = Special;
+				GPacket.ScenarioInfo.GameSpeed = Options.GameSpeed;
+
+				Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof (GlobalPacketType),
+					1, &(Players[i]->Address) );
+			}
+			transmit = 0;
+		}
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Ping every player in my game, to force the Global Channel to measure
+		the connection response time.
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		if (TickCount.Time() - ping_timer > 15) {
+			memset (&GPacket, 0, sizeof(GlobalPacketType));
+			GPacket.Command = NET_PING;
+			for (i = 0; i < Players.Count(); i++) {
+				Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof (GlobalPacketType),
+					1, &(Players[i]->Address) );
+			}
+			ping_timer = TickCount.Time();
+		}
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Service the Ipx connections
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		Ipx.Service();
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Service the sounds & score; GameActive must be false at this point,
+		so Call_Back() doesn't intercept global messages from me!
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		Call_Back();
+
+	}	/* end of while */
+
+CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Exited process loop\n");
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Establish connections with all other players.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (rc) {
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Set the number of players in this game, and my ID
+		.....................................................................*/
+		MPlayerCount = Players.Count() + 1;
+		MPlayerLocalID = Build_MPlayerID (MPlayerColorIdx, MPlayerHouse);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Get the scenario filename
+		.....................................................................*/
+		Scenario = ScenarioIdx;	//PlayerFilenum[ScenarioIdx]; We are passed actual number now from wchat not index from
+		//Scenario = MPlayerFilenum[ScenarioIdx];
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Compute frame delay value for packet transmissions:
+		- Divide global channel's response time by 8 (2 to convert to 1-way
+		  value, 4 more to convert from ticks to frames)
+		.....................................................................*/
+		MPlayerMaxAhead = MAX( (Ipx.Global_Response_Time() / 8), 2);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Send all players the NET_GO packet.  Wait until all ACK's have been
+		received.
+		.....................................................................*/
+CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Sending the 'GO' packet\n");
+		memset (&GPacket, 0, sizeof(GlobalPacketType));
+		GPacket.Command = NET_GO;
+		GPacket.ResponseTime.OneWay = MPlayerMaxAhead;
+		for (i = 0; i < Players.Count(); i++) {
+char flopbuf [128];
+sprintf (flopbuf, "Sending 'GO' packet to address %d\n", *((unsigned short*)&(Players[i]->Address)));
+CCDebugString (flopbuf);
+
+
+			Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof (GlobalPacketType),
+				1, &(Players[i]->Address) );
+			/*..................................................................
+			Wait for all the ACK's to come in.
+			..................................................................*/
+			while (Ipx.Global_Num_Send() > 0)
+				Ipx.Service();
+		}
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Form connections with all other players.  Form the IPX Connection ID
+		from the player's Color (high byte) and House (low byte).  This
+		will let us extract any player's color & house at any time.
+		Fill in 'tmp_id' while we're doing this.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		for (i = 0; i < Players.Count(); i++) {
+			id = Build_MPlayerID (Players[i]->Player.Color,
+				Players[i]->Player.House);
+
+			tmp_id[i] = id;
+
+			Ipx.Create_Connection(id, Players[i]->Name, &(Players[i]->Address) );
+		}
+
+CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Creating connection to the VSS\n");
+		/*
+		** Create an additional connection to the VSS
+		*/
+		if (UseVirtualSubnetServer){
+			IPXAddressClass vss_global_address;
+			NetNodeType vss_node;
+			NetNumType	vss_net;
+			memset (vss_net, 1, sizeof (vss_net));
+			memset (vss_node, 0, sizeof (vss_node));
+			vss_global_address.Set_Address(vss_net, vss_node);
+			Ipx.Create_Connection( VSS_ID, "VSS", &vss_global_address);
+		}
+
+		tmp_id[i] = MPlayerLocalID;
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Store every player's ID in the MPlayerID[] array.  This array will
+		determine the order of event execution, so the ID's must be stored
+		in the same order on all systems.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		for (i = 0; i < MPlayerCount; i++) {
+			min_index = 0;
+			min_id = 0xff;
+			for (j = 0; j < MPlayerCount; j++) {
+				if (tmp_id[j] < min_id) {
+					min_id = tmp_id[j];
+					min_index = j;
+				}
+			}
+			MPlayerID[i] = tmp_id[min_index];
+			tmp_id[min_index] = 0xff;
+		}
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Fill in the array of player names, including my own.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		for (i = 0; i < MPlayerCount; i++) {
+			if (MPlayerID[i] == MPlayerLocalID) {
+				strcpy (MPlayerNames[i], MPlayerName);
+			} else {
+				strcpy (MPlayerNames[i], Ipx.Connection_Name(MPlayerID[i]));
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Init network timing values, using previous response times as a measure
+	of what our retry delta & timeout should be.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	Ipx.Set_Timing (Ipx.Global_Response_Time() + 2, -1,
+		Ipx.Global_Response_Time() * 4);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Clear all lists
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	Clear_Player_List(&playerlist);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Restore screen
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	Hide_Mouse();
+	Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+	HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+	Show_Mouse();
+
+	return(rc);
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Net_Fake_Join_Dialog -- Like Net_Join_Dialog but with no dialogs. For Internet Play.        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *  This 'dialog' does all the non-dialog game set up stuff that is done in the normal         *
+ * network game set up dialog. The only visible button is 'cancel'                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   0 = good, -1 = bad                                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    5/24/96 11:07AM ST : Created                                                             *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+
+static int Net_Fake_Join_Dialog(void)
+{
+	int factor			= (SeenBuff.Get_Width() == 320) ? 1 : 2;
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog & button dimensions
+	........................................................................*/
+/* ###Change collision detected! C:\PROJECTS\CODE\NETDLG.CPP... */
+	int d_dialog_w = 120 *factor;											// dialog width
+	int d_dialog_h = 80*factor;											// dialog height
+	int d_dialog_x = ((320*factor - d_dialog_w) / 2);				// dialog x-coord
+	int d_dialog_y = ((200*factor - d_dialog_h) / 2);				// centered y-coord
+	int d_dialog_cx = d_dialog_x + (d_dialog_w / 2);		// center x-coord
+
+	int d_margin1=10;
+	int d_txt6_h=15;
+
+	int d_gamelist_w = 160*factor;
+	int d_gamelist_h = 27*factor;
+	//int d_gamelist_x = 500*factor;  //230*factor;	//Off screen
+	int d_gamelist_x = 230*factor;	//Off screen
+	int d_gamelist_y = d_dialog_y + 20;
+
+	int d_playerlist_w = 106*factor;
+	int d_playerlist_h = 27*factor;
+	int d_playerlist_x = 10 * factor;	//Off screen
+	//int d_playerlist_x = 500*factor;	//10 * factor;	//Off screen
+	int d_playerlist_y = d_gamelist_y + 20;
+
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+	int d_cancel_w = 50*factor;
+#else
+	int d_cancel_w = 40*factor;
+#endif
+	int d_cancel_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_cancel_x = d_dialog_cx - d_cancel_w / 2;
+	int d_cancel_y = d_dialog_y + d_dialog_h - 20*factor;
+
+	bool ready_to_go = false;
+
+	char 	text_buffer[64];
+	int	width;
+	int	height;
+	strcpy(text_buffer, "Connecting....");
+	Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_NONE,0,0,TBLACK,TBLACK,TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+	Format_Window_String(text_buffer, SeenBuff.Get_Height(), width, height);
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Button Enumerations
+	........................................................................*/
+	enum {
+		BUTTON_CANCEL = 100,
+		BUTTON_GAMELIST,
+		BUTTON_PLAYERLIST,
+	};
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Redraw values: in order from "top" to "bottom" layer of the dialog
+	........................................................................*/
+	typedef enum {
+		REDRAW_NONE = 0,
+		REDRAW_MESSAGE,
+		REDRAW_COLORS,
+		REDRAW_BUTTONS,
+		REDRAW_BACKGROUND,
+		REDRAW_ALL = REDRAW_BACKGROUND
+	} RedrawType;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog variables
+	........................................................................*/
+	RedrawType display = REDRAW_ALL;		// redraw level
+	bool process = true;						// process while true
+	KeyNumType input;
+
+	JoinStateType joinstate = JOIN_NOTHING;	// current "state" of this dialog
+	char namebuf[MPLAYER_NAME_MAX] = {0};		// buffer for player's name
+	int game_index = -1;						// index of currently-selected game
+	int join_index = -1;						// index of game we're joining
+	int rc = 0;									// -1 = user cancelled, 1 = New
+	JoinEventType event;						// event from incoming packet
+	int i,j;										// loop counter
+	int parms_received;						// 1 = game options received
+
+	unsigned char tmp_id[MAX_PLAYERS];	// temp storage for sorting player ID's
+	int min_index;								// for sorting player ID's
+	unsigned char min_id;					// for sorting player ID's
+	unsigned char id;							// connection ID
+	char * item;
+	unsigned long starttime;
+
+	NodeNameType *who;
+
+	void const *up_button;
+	void const *down_button;
+
+	if (InMainLoop){
+		up_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-UP.SHP");
+		down_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-DN.SHP");
+	}else{
+		up_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-UP2.SHP");
+		down_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-DN2.SHP");
+	}
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Buttons
+	........................................................................*/
+	GadgetClass *commands;										// button list
+
+	ColorListClass playerlist(BUTTON_PLAYERLIST,
+		d_playerlist_x, d_playerlist_y, d_playerlist_w, d_playerlist_h,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		up_button,
+		down_button);
+
+	ListClass gamelist(BUTTON_GAMELIST,
+		d_gamelist_x, d_gamelist_y, d_gamelist_w, d_gamelist_h,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		up_button,
+		down_button);
+
+	TextButtonClass cancelbtn(BUTTON_CANCEL, TXT_CANCEL,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+		d_cancel_x, d_cancel_y);
+#else
+		d_cancel_x, d_cancel_y, d_cancel_w, d_cancel_h);
+#endif
+
+	/*
+	----------------------------- Various Inits ------------------------------
+	*/
+	//MPlayerColorIdx = MPlayerPrefColor;			// init my preferred color
+
+	playerlist.Set_Selected_Style(ColorListClass::SELECT_NONE);
+
+	Fancy_Text_Print("", 0, 0, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+	/*
+	--------------------------- Send network query ---------------------------
+	*/
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to call Send_Join_Queries.\n");
+	Send_Join_Queries (game_index, 1, 0);
+
+	/*
+	** Process the message loop until we are in focus.
+	*/
+	if (!GameInFocus){
+		CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Waiting for game to come into focus.");
+		do {
+			CCDebugString (".");
+			Keyboard::Check();
+		}while (!GameInFocus);
+		CCDebugString ("\n");
+		AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+	}
+
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to uncompress title page.\n");
+	Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+	HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to set the palette.\n");
+	Set_Palette(Palette);
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Palette was set OK.\n");
+
+	if (LogicPage != &SeenBuff && LogicPage!= &HidPage){
+		CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Logic page invalid\n");
+		Set_Logic_Page (SeenBuff);
+	}
+
+
+	char a_buffer [128];
+	sprintf (a_buffer, "C&C95 - Number of players:%d\n", Players.Count());
+	CCDebugString (a_buffer);
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Init Mono Output ----------------------------
+	*/
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to reveal mouse\n");
+	while (Get_Mouse_State() > 0) Show_Mouse();
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Processing loop -----------------------------
+	*/
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Entering join dialogue loop\n");
+	while (process) {
+
+		/*
+		** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+		** we need to redraw.
+		*/
+		if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+			AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+			display=REDRAW_ALL;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		...................... Refresh display if needed ......................
+		*/
+		if (display) {
+			Hide_Mouse();
+			/*
+			.................. Redraw backgound & dialog box ...................
+			*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BACKGROUND) {
+				Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+				HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+				Set_Palette(Palette);
+
+				Dialog_Box(d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w, d_dialog_h);
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Dialog & Field labels
+				...............................................................*/
+				Draw_Caption (TXT_NONE, d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print(text_buffer, d_dialog_cx-width/2, d_dialog_y + 25*factor, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+									TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				/*
+				.................... Rebuild the button list ....................
+				*/
+				cancelbtn.Zap();
+				gamelist.Zap();
+				playerlist.Zap();
+
+				commands = &cancelbtn;
+				gamelist.Add_Tail(*commands);
+				playerlist.Add_Tail(*commands);
+			}
+			/*
+			.......................... Redraw buttons ..........................
+			*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BUTTONS) {
+				commands->Draw_All();
+			}
+
+			Show_Mouse();
+			display = REDRAW_NONE;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................... Get user input ............................
+		*/
+		input = commands->Input();
+
+		/*
+		---------------------------- Process input ----------------------------
+		*/
+		switch (input) {
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			CANCEL: send a SIGN_OFF
+			- If we're part of a game, stay in this dialog; otherwise, exit
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (KN_ESC):
+			case (BUTTON_CANCEL | KN_BUTTON):
+				memset (&GPacket, 0, sizeof(GlobalPacketType));
+
+				GPacket.Command = NET_SIGN_OFF;
+				strcpy(GPacket.Name,MPlayerName);
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				If we're joined to a game, make extra sure the other players in
+				that game know I'm exiting; send my SIGN_OFF as an ack-required
+				packet.  Do not send this packet to myself (index 0).
+				...............................................................*/
+				if (joinstate == JOIN_CONFIRMED) {
+					//
+					// Remove myself from the player list box
+					//
+					item = (char *)(playerlist.Get_Item(0));
+					playerlist.Remove_Item(item);
+					delete [] item;
+					playerlist.Flag_To_Redraw();
+
+					//
+					// Remove myself from the Players list
+					//
+					who = Players[0];
+					Players.Delete(0);
+					delete who;
+
+					for (i = 0; i < Players.Count(); i++) {
+						Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 1,
+							&(Players[i]->Address));
+						Ipx.Service();
+					}
+				}
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Now broadcast my SIGN_OFF so other players looking at this game
+				know I'm leaving.
+				...............................................................*/
+				Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof (GlobalPacketType),
+					0, NULL);
+				Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof (GlobalPacketType),
+					0, NULL);
+
+				if (IsBridge) {
+					Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 0,
+						&BridgeNet);
+					Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 0,
+						&BridgeNet);
+				}
+
+				while (Ipx.Global_Num_Send() > 0 && Ipx.Service() != 0) ;
+
+				if (joinstate != JOIN_CONFIRMED) {
+					process = false;
+					rc = -1;
+				} else {
+					MPlayerGameName[0] = 0;
+					joinstate = JOIN_NOTHING;
+					display = REDRAW_ALL;
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			JOIN: send a join request packet & switch to waiting-for-confirmation
+			mode.  (Request_To_Join fills in MPlayerName with my namebuf.)
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			default:
+				if (joinstate == JOIN_NOTHING && Games.Count()!=0){
+					gamelist.Set_Selected_Index(0);
+					join_index = gamelist.Current_Index();
+					parms_received = 0;
+					if (Request_To_Join (MPlayerName, join_index, &playerlist, MPlayerHouse,
+						MPlayerColorIdx)) {
+						joinstate = JOIN_WAIT_CONFIRM;
+					} else {
+						display = REDRAW_ALL;
+					}
+				}
+				break;
+
+		}
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Resend our query packets
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		Send_Join_Queries(game_index, 0, 0);
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Process incoming packets
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		event = Get_Join_Responses(&joinstate, &gamelist, &playerlist,
+			join_index);
+		/*.....................................................................
+		If we've changed state, redraw everything; if we're starting the game,
+		break out of the loop.  If we've just joined, send out a player query
+		so I'll get added to the list instantly.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (event == EV_STATE_CHANGE) {
+			display = REDRAW_ALL;
+			if (joinstate==JOIN_GAME_START) {
+CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Received 'GO' packet\n");
+
+				ready_to_go = true;
+			} else {
+
+				/*..................................................................
+				If we're newly-confirmed, immediately send out a player query
+				..................................................................*/
+				if (joinstate==JOIN_CONFIRMED) {
+
+					Clear_Player_List(&playerlist);
+
+					item = new char [MPLAYER_NAME_MAX + 4];
+					if (MPlayerHouse==HOUSE_GOOD) {
+						sprintf(item,"%s\t%s",MPlayerName,Text_String(TXT_G_D_I));
+					} else {
+						sprintf(item,"%s\t%s",MPlayerName,Text_String(TXT_N_O_D));
+					}
+					playerlist.Add_Item (item, MPlayerTColors[MPlayerColorIdx]);
+
+					who = new NodeNameType;
+					strcpy(who->Name, MPlayerName);
+					who->Address = IPXAddressClass();
+					who->Player.House = MPlayerHouse;
+					who->Player.Color = MPlayerColorIdx;
+					Players.Add (who);
+
+					Send_Join_Queries (game_index, 0, 1);
+				} else {
+
+					/*..................................................................
+					If we've been rejected, clear any messages we may have been typing.
+					..................................................................*/
+					if (joinstate==JOIN_REJECTED) {
+
+						//
+						// Remove myself from the player list box
+						//
+						item = (char *)(playerlist.Get_Item(0));
+						if (item){
+							playerlist.Remove_Item(item);
+							delete [] item;
+							playerlist.Flag_To_Redraw();
+						}
+
+						//
+						// Remove myself from the Players list
+						//
+						if (Players.Count()){
+							who = Players[0];
+							Players.Delete(0);
+							delete who;
+						}
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		} else
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		If a new game is detected, and it's the first game on our list,
+		automatically send out a player query for that game.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (event == EV_NEW_GAME && gamelist.Count()==1) {
+			gamelist.Set_Selected_Index(0);
+			game_index = gamelist.Current_Index();
+			Send_Join_Queries (game_index, 0, 1);
+		} else
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		If the game options have changed, print them.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (event == EV_GAME_OPTIONS) {
+			parms_received = 1;
+			display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+		} else
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Draw an incoming message
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (event == EV_MESSAGE) {
+			display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+		} else
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		A game before the one I've selected is gone, so we have a new index now.
+		'game_index' must be kept set to the currently-selected list item, so
+		we send out queries for the currently-selected game.  It's therefore
+		imperative that we detect any changes to the game list.
+		If we're joined in a game, we must decrement our game_index to keep
+		it aligned with the game we're joined to.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (event == EV_GAME_SIGNOFF) {
+			if (joinstate==JOIN_CONFIRMED) {
+				game_index--;
+				join_index--;
+				gamelist.Set_Selected_Index(join_index);
+			} else {
+				gamelist.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				Clear_Player_List(&playerlist);
+				game_index = gamelist.Current_Index();
+				Send_Join_Queries (game_index, 0, 1);
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Service the Ipx connections
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		Ipx.Service();
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Clean out the Game List; if an old entry is found:
+		- Remove it
+		- Clear the player list
+		- Send queries for the new selected game, if there is one
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		for (i = 0; i < Games.Count(); i++) {
+			if (TickCount.Time() - Games[i]->Game.LastTime > 400) {
+				Games.Delete(Games[i]);
+				item = (char *)(gamelist.Get_Item (i));
+				gamelist.Remove_Item (item);
+				delete [] item;
+				if (i <= game_index) {
+					gamelist.Flag_To_Redraw();
+					Clear_Player_List(&playerlist);
+					game_index = gamelist.Current_Index();
+					Send_Join_Queries (game_index, 0, 1);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		** If we were flagged to start the game and we recognise both players then quit the loop
+		*/
+
+char ddkks[128];
+sprintf (ddkks, "C&C95 - Players.Count() = %d\n", Players.Count());
+CCDebugString (ddkks);
+		if (ready_to_go){	// && Players.Count() == InternetMaxPlayers){
+			rc = 0;
+			process = false;
+		}
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Service the sounds & score; GameActive must be false at this point,
+		so Call_Back() doesn't intercept global messages from me!
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		Call_Back();
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Establish connections with all other players.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (rc == 0) {
+		/*.....................................................................
+		If the other guys are playing a scenario I don't have (sniff), I can't
+		play.  Try to bail gracefully.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (ScenarioIdx==-1) {
+			CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_UNABLE_PLAY_WAAUGH);
+
+			//
+			// Remove myself from the player list box
+			//
+			item = (char *)(playerlist.Get_Item(0));
+			playerlist.Remove_Item(item);
+			delete [] item;
+			playerlist.Flag_To_Redraw();
+
+			//
+			// Remove myself from the Players list
+			//
+			who = Players[0];
+			Players.Delete(0);
+			delete who;
+
+			memset (&GPacket, 0, sizeof(GlobalPacketType));
+
+			GPacket.Command = NET_SIGN_OFF;
+			strcpy (GPacket.Name, MPlayerName);
+
+			for (i = 0; i < Players.Count(); i++) {
+				Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 1,
+					&(Players[i]->Address));
+				Ipx.Service();
+			}
+
+			Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof (GlobalPacketType),
+				0, NULL);
+			Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof (GlobalPacketType),
+				0, NULL);
+
+			if (IsBridge) {
+				Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 0,
+					&BridgeNet);
+				Ipx.Send_Global_Message (&GPacket, sizeof(GlobalPacketType), 0,
+					&BridgeNet);
+			}
+
+			while (Ipx.Global_Num_Send() > 0 && Ipx.Service() != 0) ;
+
+			rc = -1;
+
+		} else {
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Set the number of players in this game, and my ID
+			..................................................................*/
+			MPlayerCount = Players.Count();
+			MPlayerLocalID = Build_MPlayerID (MPlayerColorIdx, MPlayerHouse);
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Get the scenario number
+			..................................................................*/
+			Scenario = ScenarioIdx;	//PlayerFilenum[ScenarioIdx]; We are passed actual number now from wchat not index from
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Form connections with all other players.  Form the IPX Connection ID
+			from the player's Color and House.  This will let us extract any
+			player's color & house at any time.  Fill in 'tmp_id' while we're
+			doing this.
+			..................................................................*/
+			for (i = 0; i < Players.Count(); i++) {
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Only create the connection if it's not myself!
+				...............................................................*/
+				if (strcmp (MPlayerName, Players[i]->Name)) {
+					id = Build_MPlayerID(Players[i]->Player.Color,
+						Players[i]->Player.House);
+
+					tmp_id[i] = id;
+
+					Ipx.Create_Connection((int)id, Players[i]->Name, &(Players[i]->Address) );
+				} else {
+					tmp_id[i] = MPlayerLocalID;
+				}
+			}
+
+			/*
+			** Create an additional connection to the VSS
+			*/
+			if (UseVirtualSubnetServer){
+				IPXAddressClass vss_global_address;
+				NetNodeType vss_node;
+				NetNumType	vss_net;
+				memset (vss_net, 1, sizeof (vss_net));
+				memset (vss_node, 0, sizeof (vss_node));
+				vss_global_address.Set_Address(vss_net, vss_node);
+				Ipx.Create_Connection( VSS_ID, "VSS", &vss_global_address);
+			}
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Store every player's ID in the MPlayerID[] array.  This array will
+			determine the order of event execution, so the ID's must be stored
+			in the same order on all systems.
+			..................................................................*/
+			for (i = 0; i < MPlayerCount; i++) {
+				min_index = 0;
+				min_id = 0xff;
+				for (j = 0; j < MPlayerCount; j++) {
+					if (tmp_id[j] < min_id) {
+						min_id = tmp_id[j];
+						min_index = j;
+					}
+				}
+				MPlayerID[i] = tmp_id[min_index];
+				tmp_id[min_index] = 0xff;
+			}
+			/*..................................................................
+			Fill in the array of player names, including my own.
+			..................................................................*/
+			for (i = 0; i < MPlayerCount; i++) {
+				if (MPlayerID[i] == MPlayerLocalID) {
+					strcpy (MPlayerNames[i], MPlayerName);
+				} else {
+					strcpy (MPlayerNames[i], Ipx.Connection_Name(MPlayerID[i]));
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Wait a while, polling the IPX service routines, to give our ACK
+		a chance to get to the other system.  If he doesn't get our ACK, he'll
+		be waiting the whole time we load MIX files.
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		i = MAX(Ipx.Global_Response_Time() * 2, 120);
+		starttime = TickCount.Time();
+		while (TickCount.Time() - starttime < i) {
+			Ipx.Service();
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Init network timing values, using previous response times as a measure
+	of what our retry delta & timeout should be.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	Ipx.Set_Timing (Ipx.Global_Response_Time() + 2, -1,
+		Ipx.Global_Response_Time() * 4);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Clear all lists
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	Clear_Game_List(&gamelist);
+	Clear_Player_List(&playerlist);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Restore screen
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	Hide_Mouse();
+	Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+	HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+	Show_Mouse();
+
+	return(rc);
+}
+
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/NOD.BAT b/NOD.BAT
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e8c6d9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/NOD.BAT
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+@echo off
+pushd
+cd ..\run
+conquer -CD..\cd2\aud1;..\cd2;..\cd2\install %1 %2 %3 %4 %5
+popd
diff --git a/NOSEQCON.CPP b/NOSEQCON.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8da01b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/NOSEQCON.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,690 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\noseqcon.cpv   1.9   16 Oct 1995 16:49:38   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D    S T U D I O S        **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : SEQCONN.CPP                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Bill Randolph                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : December 20, 1994                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : April 9, 1995 [BRR]								*
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:    			                                                   *
+ *   NonSequencedConnClass::NonSequencedConnClass -- class constructor     *
+ *   NonSequencedConnClass::~NonSequencedConnClass -- class destructor     *
+ *   NonSequencedConnClass::Init -- Initializes connection queue to empty	*
+ *   NonSequencedConnClass::Send_Packet -- adds a packet to the send queue	*
+ *   NonSequencedConnClass::Receive_Packet -- adds packet to receive queue	*
+ *   NonSequencedConnClass::Get_Packet -- gets a packet from receive queue	*
+ *   NonSequencedConnClass::Service_Send_Queue -- services the send queue	*
+ *   NonSequencedConnClass::Service_Receive_Queue -- services recieve queue*
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "function.h"
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * NonSequencedConnClass::NonSequencedConnClass -- class constructor       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		numsend			desired # of entries for the send queue					*
+ *		numreceive		desired # of entries for the recieve queue				*
+ *		maxlen			max length of an application packet							*
+ *		magicnum			the packet "magic number" for this connection			*
+ *		retry_delta		the time to wait between sends								*
+ *		max_retries		the max # of retries allowed for a packet					*
+ *							(-1 means retry forever, based on this parameter)		*
+ *		timeout			the max amount of time before we give up on a packet	*
+ *							(-1 means retry forever, based on this parameter)		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+NonSequencedConnClass::NonSequencedConnClass (int numsend, int numreceive,
+	int maxlen, unsigned short magicnum, unsigned long retry_delta,
+	unsigned long max_retries, unsigned long timeout) :
+	ConnectionClass (maxlen, magicnum, retry_delta, max_retries, timeout)
+{
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Allocate the packet Queue.  This will store incoming packets (which will
+	be placed there by the Connection Manager), and outgoing packets (which
+	are placed there by this class when it "sends" a packet).
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	Queue = new CommBufferClass (numsend, numreceive, MaxPacketLen);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * NonSequencedConnClass::~NonSequencedConnClass -- class destructor       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+NonSequencedConnClass::~NonSequencedConnClass ()
+{
+	delete Queue;
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * NonSequencedConnClass::Init -- Initializes connection queue to empty		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void NonSequencedConnClass::Init (void)
+{
+	NumRecNoAck = 0;
+	NumRecAck = 0;
+	NumSendNoAck = 0;
+	NumSendAck = 0;
+
+	LastSeqID = 0xffffffff;
+	LastReadID = 0xffffffff;
+
+	Queue->Init();
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * NonSequencedConnClass::Send_Packet -- adds a packet to the send queue	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This routine prefixes the given buffer with a CommHeaderType and			*
+ * queues the resulting packet into the Send Queue.  (It's actually the		*
+ * Service() routine that handles the hardware-dependent Send of the data).*
+ * The packet's MagicNumber, Code, and PacketID are set here.					*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		buf			buffer to send															*
+ *		buflen		length of buffer														*
+ *		ack_req		true = ACK is required for this packet; false = isn't		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		1 = packet was queue'd OK, 0 = wasn't											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.						 																*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int NonSequencedConnClass::Send_Packet (void * buf, int buflen, int ack_req)
+{
+	/*........................................................................
+	Set the magic # for the packet
+	........................................................................*/
+	((CommHeaderType *)PacketBuf)->MagicNumber = MagicNum;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Set the packet Code: DATA_ACK if it requires an ACK, NOACK if it doesn't
+	Set the packet ID to the appropriate counter value.
+	........................................................................*/
+	if (ack_req) {
+		((CommHeaderType *)PacketBuf)->Code = PACKET_DATA_ACK;
+		((CommHeaderType *)PacketBuf)->PacketID = NumSendAck;
+	} else {
+		((CommHeaderType *)PacketBuf)->Code = PACKET_DATA_NOACK;
+		((CommHeaderType *)PacketBuf)->PacketID = NumSendNoAck;
+	}
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Now build the packet
+	........................................................................*/
+	memcpy(PacketBuf + sizeof(CommHeaderType), buf, buflen);
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Add it to the queue.
+	........................................................................*/
+	if (Queue->Queue_Send(PacketBuf,buflen + sizeof(CommHeaderType))) {
+		if (ack_req) {
+// Smart_Printf( "Packet ack Queued ID %d \n", ((CommHeaderType *)PacketBuf)->PacketID );
+			NumSendAck++;
+		} else {
+// Smart_Printf( "Packet noack Queued ID %d \n", ((CommHeaderType *)PacketBuf)->PacketID );
+			NumSendNoAck++;
+		}
+		return(true);
+	} else {
+// Smart_Printf( "Packet not Queued ID %d \n", ((CommHeaderType *)PacketBuf)->PacketID );
+		return(false);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * NonSequencedConnClass::Receive_Packet -- adds packet to the receive queue	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		buf		buffer to process (already includes CommHeaderType)			*
+ *		buflen	length of buffer to process											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		1 = packet was processed OK, 0 = error											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int NonSequencedConnClass::Receive_Packet (void * buf, int buflen)
+{
+	CommHeaderType *packet;								// ptr to packet header
+	SendQueueType *send_entry;							// ptr to send entry header
+	ReceiveQueueType *rec_entry;						// ptr to recv entry header
+	CommHeaderType *entry_data;						// ptr to queue entry data
+	CommHeaderType ackpacket;							// ACK packet to send
+	int i;
+	int save_packet = 1;									// 0 = this is a resend
+	int found;
+
+	/*
+	--------------------------- Check the magic # ----------------------------
+	*/
+	packet = (CommHeaderType *)buf;
+	if (packet->MagicNumber != MagicNum) {
+// Smart_Printf( "Bad Magic Number\n" );
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Handle an incoming ACK
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (packet->Code == PACKET_ACK) {
+
+		for (i = 0; i < Queue->Num_Send(); i++) {
+			/*
+			....................... Get queue entry ptr ........................
+			*/
+			send_entry = Queue->Get_Send(i);
+			/*
+			............... If ptr is valid, get ptr to its data ...............
+			*/
+			if (send_entry != NULL) {
+				entry_data = (CommHeaderType *)send_entry->Buffer;
+				/*
+				.............. If ACK is for this entry, mark it ................
+				*/
+				if (packet->PacketID==entry_data->PacketID &&
+					entry_data->Code == PACKET_DATA_ACK) {
+// Smart_Printf( "Received ACK for %d \n", packet->PacketID );
+					send_entry->IsACK = 1;
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+//{
+//		if (i == Queue->Num_Send() ) {
+// Smart_Printf( "Received bad ACK for %d \n", packet->PacketID );
+//		}
+//}
+
+		return(true);
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Handle an incoming PACKET_DATA_NOACK packet
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	else if (packet->Code == PACKET_DATA_NOACK) {
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		If there's only one slot left, don't tie up the queue with this packet
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		if (Queue->Max_Receive() - Queue->Num_Receive() <= 1) {
+// Smart_Printf( "Only one slot left don't tie up with DATA NOACK packet %d \n", packet->PacketID );
+				return(false);
+		}
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Error if we can't queue the packet
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		if (!Queue->Queue_Receive (buf, buflen)) {
+// Smart_Printf( "Can't Queue the packet %d \n", packet->PacketID );
+			return(false);
+		}
+
+// Smart_Printf( "Queued DATA NOACK for %d \n", packet->PacketID );
+		NumRecNoAck++;
+
+		return(true);
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Handle an incoming PACKET_DATA_ACK packet
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	else if (packet->Code == PACKET_DATA_ACK) {
+// Smart_Printf( "Looking at ID %d, LastSeqID=%d \n", packet->PacketID, LastSeqID );
+		/*....................................................................
+		If this is a packet requires an ACK, and it's ID is older than our
+		"oldest" ID, we know it's a resend; send an ACK, but don't queue it
+		....................................................................*/
+		if (packet->PacketID <= LastSeqID && LastSeqID != 0xffffffff) {
+// Smart_Printf( "Older than oldest\n" );
+			save_packet = 0;
+		}
+		/*....................................................................
+		Otherwise, scan the queue for this entry; if it's found, it's a
+		resend, so don't save it.
+		....................................................................*/
+		else {
+			save_packet = 1;
+			for (i = 0; i < Queue->Num_Receive(); i++) {
+				rec_entry = Queue->Get_Receive(i);
+				if (rec_entry) {
+					entry_data = (CommHeaderType *)rec_entry->Buffer;
+					/*...........................................................
+					Packet is found; it's a resend
+					...........................................................*/
+					if (entry_data->Code == PACKET_DATA_ACK &&
+						entry_data->PacketID == packet->PacketID) {
+// Smart_Printf( "It's a resend\n" );
+						save_packet = 0;
+						break;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}	/* end of scan for resend */
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Queue the packet & update our LastSeqID value.
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		if (save_packet) {
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			If there's only one slot left, make sure we only put a packet in it if
+			this packet will let us increment our LastSeqID; otherwise, we'll get
+			stuck, forever unable to increment LastSeqID.
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			if (Queue->Max_Receive() - Queue->Num_Receive() <= 1) {
+				if (packet->PacketID != (LastSeqID + 1) ) {
+// Smart_Printf( "One slot left not what we looking for max=%d,num=%d \n",
+//	Queue->Max_Receive(), Queue->Num_Receive() );
+					return(0);
+				}
+			}
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			If we can't queue the packet, return; don't send an ACK.
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			if (!Queue->Queue_Receive (buf, buflen)) {
+// Smart_Printf( "unable to queue packet\n" );
+				return(0);
+			}
+
+			NumRecAck++;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			Update our LastSeqID value if we can.  Anything less than LastSeqID
+			we'll know is a resend.
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			if (packet->PacketID == (LastSeqID + 1)) {
+				LastSeqID = packet->PacketID;
+				/*............................................................
+				Now that we have a new 'LastSeqID', search our Queue to see if
+				the next ID is there; if so, keep checking for the next one;
+				break only when the next one isn't found.  This forces
+				LastSeqID to be the largest possible value.
+				............................................................*/
+				do {
+					found = 0;
+					for (i = 0; i < Queue->Num_Receive(); i++) {
+
+						rec_entry = Queue->Get_Receive(i);
+
+						if (rec_entry) {
+							entry_data = (CommHeaderType *)rec_entry->Buffer;
+
+							/*......................................................
+							Entry is found
+							......................................................*/
+							if (entry_data->Code == PACKET_DATA_ACK &&
+								entry_data->PacketID == (LastSeqID + 1)) {
+
+								LastSeqID = entry_data->PacketID;
+								found = 1;
+								break;
+							}
+						}
+					}
+				} while (found);
+			}
+		}	/* end of save packet */
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Send an ACK, regardless of whether this was a resend or not.
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		ackpacket.MagicNumber = Magic_Num();
+		ackpacket.Code = PACKET_ACK;
+		ackpacket.PacketID = packet->PacketID;
+// Smart_Printf( "Sending ACK for %d \n", packet->PacketID );
+		Send ((char *)&ackpacket, sizeof(CommHeaderType));
+
+		return(true);
+
+	} else {
+// Smart_Printf( "invalid packet type %d \n", packet->Code );
+	}
+
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * NonSequencedConnClass::Get_Packet -- gets a packet from receive queue	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		buf		location to store buffer												*
+ *		buflen	filled in with length of 'buf'										*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		1 = packet was read, 0 = wasn't													*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int NonSequencedConnClass::Get_Packet (void * buf, int *buflen)
+{
+	ReceiveQueueType *rec_entry;					// ptr to receive entry header
+	int packetlen;										// size of received packet
+	CommHeaderType *entry_data;
+	int i;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Ensure that we read the packets in order.  LastReadID is the ID of the
+	last PACKET_DATA_ACK packet we read.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	for (i = 0; i < Queue->Num_Receive(); i++) {
+
+		rec_entry = Queue->Get_Receive(i);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Only read this entry if it hasn't been yet
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (rec_entry && rec_entry->IsRead==0) {
+
+			entry_data = (CommHeaderType *)rec_entry->Buffer;
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			If this is a DATA_ACK packet, its ID must be one greater than
+			the last one we read.
+			..................................................................*/
+			if ( (entry_data->Code == PACKET_DATA_ACK) &&
+				(entry_data->PacketID == (LastReadID + 1))) {
+
+				LastReadID = entry_data->PacketID;
+				rec_entry->IsRead = 1;
+
+				packetlen = rec_entry->BufLen - sizeof(CommHeaderType);
+				if (packetlen > 0) {
+					memcpy(buf, rec_entry->Buffer + sizeof(CommHeaderType), packetlen);
+				}
+				(*buflen) = packetlen;
+				return(true);
+			}
+			/*..................................................................
+			If this is a DATA_NOACK packet, who cares what the ID is?
+			..................................................................*/
+			else if (entry_data->Code == PACKET_DATA_NOACK) {
+
+				rec_entry->IsRead = 1;
+
+				packetlen = rec_entry->BufLen - sizeof(CommHeaderType);
+				if (packetlen > 0) {
+					memcpy(buf, rec_entry->Buffer + sizeof(CommHeaderType), packetlen);
+				}
+				(*buflen) = packetlen;
+				return(true);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * NonSequencedConnClass::Service_Send_Queue -- services the send queue		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		1 = OK, 0 = error																		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int NonSequencedConnClass::Service_Send_Queue (void)
+{
+	int i;
+	int num_entries;
+	SendQueueType *send_entry;						// ptr to send queue entry
+	CommHeaderType *packet_hdr;					// packet header
+	unsigned long curtime;							// current time
+	int bad_conn = 0;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Remove any ACK'd packets from the queue
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	for (i = 0; i < Queue->Num_Send(); i++) {
+		/*
+		------------------------- Get this queue entry ------------------------
+		*/
+		send_entry = Queue->Get_Send(i);
+		/*
+		---------------- If ACK has been received, unqueue it -----------------
+		*/
+		if (send_entry->IsACK) {
+			/*
+			................ Update this queue's response time .................
+			*/
+			packet_hdr = (CommHeaderType *)send_entry->Buffer;
+			if (packet_hdr->Code == PACKET_DATA_ACK) {
+				Queue->Add_Delay(Time() - send_entry->FirstTime);
+			}
+			/*
+			....................... unqueue the packet .........................
+			*/
+			Queue->UnQueue_Send(NULL,NULL,i);
+			i--;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Loop through all entries in the Send queue.  [Re]Send any entries that
+	need it.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	num_entries = Queue->Num_Send();
+
+	for (i = 0; i < num_entries; i++) {
+		send_entry = Queue->Get_Send(i);
+
+		if (send_entry->IsACK) {
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Only send the message if time has elapsed.  (The message's Time
+		fields are init'd to 0 when a message is queue'd or unqueue'd, so the
+		first time through, the delta time will appear large.)
+		.....................................................................*/
+		curtime = Time();
+		if (curtime - send_entry->LastTime > RetryDelta) {
+			/*
+			......................... Send the message .........................
+			*/
+#if(0)
+{
+			packet_hdr = (CommHeaderType *)send_entry->Buffer;
+			if (send_entry->SendCount) {
+				if (packet_hdr->Code == PACKET_DATA_NOACK) {
+// Smart_Printf( "Resending DATA NOACK for %d \n", packet_hdr->PacketID );
+				} else {
+					if (packet_hdr->Code == PACKET_DATA_ACK) {
+// Smart_Printf( "Resending DATA ACK for %d \n", packet_hdr->PacketID );
+					}
+				}
+			} else {
+				if (packet_hdr->Code == PACKET_DATA_NOACK) {
+// Smart_Printf( "Sending DATA NOACK for %d \n", packet_hdr->PacketID );
+				} else {
+					if (packet_hdr->Code == PACKET_DATA_ACK) {
+// Smart_Printf( "Sending DATA ACK for %d \n", packet_hdr->PacketID );
+					}
+				}
+			}
+}
+#endif
+			Send (send_entry->Buffer, send_entry->BufLen);
+
+			/*
+			....................... Fill in Time fields ........................
+			*/
+			send_entry->LastTime = curtime;
+			if (send_entry->SendCount==0) {
+				send_entry->FirstTime = curtime;
+				/*...............................................................
+				If this is the 1st time we're sending this packet, and it doesn't
+				require an ACK, mark it as ACK'd; then, the next time through,
+				it will just be removed from the queue.
+				...............................................................*/
+				packet_hdr = (CommHeaderType *)send_entry->Buffer;
+				if (packet_hdr->Code == PACKET_DATA_NOACK) {
+					send_entry->IsACK = 1;
+				}
+			}
+			/*
+			......................... Update SendCount .........................
+			*/
+			send_entry->SendCount++;
+			/*..................................................................
+			Perform error detection, based on either MaxRetries or Timeout
+			..................................................................*/
+			if (MaxRetries != -1 && send_entry->SendCount > MaxRetries) {
+// Smart_Printf( "Max Retries!!! %d !!! \n", MaxRetries );
+				bad_conn = 1;
+			}
+
+			if (Timeout != -1 &&
+				(send_entry->LastTime - send_entry->FirstTime) > Timeout) {
+// Smart_Printf( "Timed out!!! Time %d, Timeout %d, buflen %d !!! \n",
+//	(send_entry->LastTime - send_entry->FirstTime), Timeout,
+//	send_entry->BufLen );
+				bad_conn = 1;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	If the connection is going bad, return an error
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (bad_conn) {
+// Smart_Printf( "Connection going bad!!! \n" );
+		return(false);
+	} else {
+		return(true);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * NonSequencedConnClass::Service_Receive_Queue -- services recieve queue	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		1 = OK, 0 = error																		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int NonSequencedConnClass::Service_Receive_Queue (void)
+{
+	ReceiveQueueType *rec_entry;					// ptr to receive entry header
+	CommHeaderType *packet_hdr;					// packet header
+	int i;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Remove all dead packets.
+	PACKET_DATA_NOACK: if it's been read, throw it away.
+	PACKET_DATA_ACK: if it's been read, and its ID is older than LastSeqID,
+	throw it away.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	for (i = 0; i < Queue->Num_Receive(); i++) {
+		rec_entry = Queue->Get_Receive(i);
+
+		if (rec_entry->IsRead) {
+			packet_hdr = (CommHeaderType *)(rec_entry->Buffer);
+
+			if (packet_hdr->Code == PACKET_DATA_NOACK) {
+				Queue->UnQueue_Receive(NULL,NULL,i);
+				i--;
+			} else {
+				if (packet_hdr->PacketID < LastSeqID) {
+					Queue->UnQueue_Receive(NULL,NULL,i);
+					i--;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
diff --git a/NOSEQCON.H b/NOSEQCON.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9be0fe6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/NOSEQCON.H
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\noseqcon.h_v   1.12   16 Oct 1995 16:46:22   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D    S T U D I O S        **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : NOSEQCON.H                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Bill Randolph                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : December 19, 1994                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : April 9, 1995   [BR]                 		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This class provides a "Non-Sequenced" ACK/Retry approach to packet		*
+ * transmission.  It sends out as many packets as are in the queue, whose	*
+ * resend delta times have expired; and it ACK's any packets its received	*
+ * who haven't been ACK'd yet.  Thus, order of delivery is NOT guaranteed;	*
+ * however, the performance is better than the Sequenced approach.			*
+ *																									*
+ *	A derived class must provide:															*
+ * - Init: Initialization of any hardware-specific values.						*
+ * - Send: a hardware-dependent send routine.										*
+ *																									*
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef NONSEQCONN_H
+#define NONSEQCONN_H
+
+
+/*
+********************************* Includes **********************************
+*/
+#include "connect.h"
+#include "combuf.h"
+
+
+/*
+***************************** Class Declaration *****************************
+*/
+class NonSequencedConnClass : public ConnectionClass
+{
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Public Interface ----------------------------
+	*/
+	public:
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Constructor/destructor.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		NonSequencedConnClass (int numsend, int numrecieve, int maxlen, 
+			unsigned short magicnum, unsigned long retry_delta,
+			unsigned long max_retries, unsigned long timeout);
+		virtual ~NonSequencedConnClass ();
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Initialization.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		virtual void Init (void);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Send/Receive routines.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		virtual int Send_Packet (void * buf, int buflen, int ack_req);
+		virtual int Receive_Packet (void * buf, int buflen);
+		virtual int Get_Packet (void * buf, int *buflen);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		The packet "queue"; this non-sequenced version isn't really much of
+		a queue, but more of a repository.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		CommBufferClass *Queue;
+
+	/*
+	-------------------------- Protected Interface ---------------------------
+	*/
+	protected:
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Routines to service the Send & Receive queues.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		virtual int Service_Send_Queue (void);
+		virtual int Service_Receive_Queue (void);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Running totals of # of packets we send & receive which require an ACK, 
+		and those that don't.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		unsigned long NumRecNoAck;
+		unsigned long NumRecAck;
+		unsigned long NumSendNoAck;
+		unsigned long NumSendAck;
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		This is the ID of the last consecutively-received packet; anything older 
+		than this, we know is a resend.  Anything newer than this MUST be lying 
+		around in the Queue for us to detect it as a resend.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		unsigned long LastSeqID;
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		This is the ID of the PACKET_DATA_ACK packet we read last; it ensures
+		that the application reads that type of packet in order.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		unsigned long LastReadID;
+};
+
+#endif
+
+
diff --git a/NULLCONN.CPP b/NULLCONN.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bd75959
--- /dev/null
+++ b/NULLCONN.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,265 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\nullconn.cpv   1.10   16 Oct 1995 16:51:36   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D    S T U D I O S        **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : NULLCONN.CPP                             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Bill Randolph                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : April 5, 1995		                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : April 20, 1995   [DRD]                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:    			                                                   *
+ *   NullModemConnClass::NullModemConnClass -- class constructor           *
+ *   NullModemConnClass::~NullModemConnClass -- class destructor           *
+ *   NullModemConnClass::Init -- hardware-dependent initialization			*
+ *   NullModemConnClass::Send -- hardware-dependent packet sending			*
+ *   NullModemConnClass::Compute_CRC -- computes CRC for given buffer		*
+ *   NullModemConnClass::Packet_Overhead_Size -- number of extra bytes     *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "function.h"
+#include "wincomm.h"
+#include "tcpip.h"
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * NullModemConnClass::NullModemConnClass -- class constructor             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		numsend			desired # send queue entries									*
+ *		numreceive		desired # send receive entries								*
+ *		maxlen			max length of application's packets							*
+ *		magicnum			application-defined magic # for the packets				*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+NullModemConnClass::NullModemConnClass (int numsend, int numreceive,
+	int maxlen, unsigned short magicnum) :
+	NonSequencedConnClass (numsend, numreceive, maxlen, magicnum,
+		60, 			// Retry Delta Time
+		-1, 			// Max Retries (-1 means ignore this timeout parameter)
+		1200)			// Timeout: 20 seconds
+{
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Pre-set the port value to NULL, so Send won't send until we've been Init'd
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	PortHandle = NULL;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Allocate the Send Buffer; the parent constructor has set MaxPacketLen,
+	so we can use it in our computation.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+//	SendBuf = new char [MaxPacketLen + sizeof(int) * 3];
+	SendBuf = new char [ Actual_Max_Packet() ];
+
+}	/* end of NullModemConnClass */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * NullModemConnClass::~NullModemConnClass -- class destructor             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+NullModemConnClass::~NullModemConnClass ()
+{
+	delete [] SendBuf;
+
+}	/* end of ~NullModemConnClass */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * NullModemConnClass::Init -- hardware-dependent initialization				*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		port		GreenLeaf port handle													*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void NullModemConnClass::Init (HANDLE port_handle)
+{
+	NonSequencedConnClass::Init();
+	PortHandle = port_handle;
+
+}	/* end of Init */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * NullModemConnClass::Send -- hardware-dependent packet sending				*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		port		GreenLeaf port handle													*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		1 = OK, 0 = error																		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int NullModemConnClass::Send (char *buf, int buflen)
+{
+	//int status;
+	int *ibuf;
+	SerialHeaderType *header;
+	unsigned long sendlen;
+
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Error if we haven't been properly initialized
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if ( PortHandle == NULL )
+		return(false);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Package the data into the Send Buffer
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	header = (SerialHeaderType *) SendBuf;
+	header->MagicNumber	= PACKET_SERIAL_START;
+	header->Length			= (short) buflen;
+	header->MagicNumber2	= PACKET_SERIAL_VERIFY;
+
+	sendlen = sizeof( SerialHeaderType );
+	memcpy (SendBuf + sendlen, buf, buflen);
+	sendlen += buflen;
+	ibuf = (int *)(SendBuf + sendlen);
+	*ibuf = Compute_CRC( buf, buflen );
+	sendlen += sizeof( int );
+
+	*(SendBuf + sendlen) = '\r';
+	sendlen += 1;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Send the data
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	//status =
+#ifdef FORCE_WINSOCK
+	if (Winsock.Get_Connected() || GameToPlay == GAME_INTERNET){
+		Winsock.Write(SendBuf, (int)sendlen);
+	}else{
+		SerialPort->Write_To_Serial_Port((unsigned char *)SendBuf, (int)sendlen );
+	}
+#else
+	SerialPort->Write_To_Serial_Port((unsigned char *)SendBuf, (int)sendlen );
+#endif	//WINSOCK
+
+	//if ( status == ASSUCCESS ) {
+		return(true);
+	//} else {
+// Smart_Printf( "Write Buffer status %d, Port->status %d, sendlen %d \n", status, Port->status, sendlen );
+	//	return(false);
+	//}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * NullModemConnClass::Compute_CRC -- computes CRC for given buffer			*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		buf		buffer to compute CRC for												*
+ *		buflen	length of buffer in bytes												*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int NullModemConnClass::Compute_CRC (char *buf, int buflen)
+{
+	unsigned int sum, hibit;
+
+	sum = 0;
+	for (int i = 0; i < buflen; i++) {
+		if ( sum & 0x80000000 ) {		// check hi bit to rotate into low bit
+			hibit = 1;
+		} else {
+			hibit = 0;
+		}
+
+		sum <<= 1;
+		sum += (hibit + (unsigned char)buf[i]);
+	}
+
+	return((int)sum);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * NullModemConnClass::Packet_Overhead_Size -- number of extra bytes       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		number of bytes used for communications only.								*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   04/20/1995 DRD : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int NullModemConnClass::Packet_Overhead_Size ( void )
+{
+	//
+	// short for Null Modem Magic Number
+	// short for Null Modem length of packet
+	// int for Null Modem CRC check
+	// CommHeaderType for Queued packets
+	//
+
+	return( (PACKET_SERIAL_OVERHEAD_SIZE + sizeof(CommHeaderType)) );
+
+}	/* end of Packet_Overhead_Size */
+
diff --git a/NULLCONN.H b/NULLCONN.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5e342f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/NULLCONN.H
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\nullconn.h_v   1.12   16 Oct 1995 16:45:54   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D    S T U D I O S        **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : NULLCONN.H                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Bill Randolph                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : December 19, 1994                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : April 3, 1995   [BR]                 		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This is the Connection Class for a NULL-Modem connection.  It inherits	*
+ * a Queue, PacketBuf, timeout variables from ConnectionClass.  It 			*
+ * inherits its Send_/Receive_/Get_Packet functions, and the non-sequenced	*
+ * ACK/Retry logic in Service_Send_Queue & Service_Recieve_Queue from		*
+ * NonSequencedConnClass.																	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef NULLCONN_H
+#define NULLCONN_H
+
+
+/*
+********************************* Includes **********************************
+*/
+#include "noseqcon.h"
+#include "commlib.h"
+
+/*
+********************************** Defines **********************************
+*/
+#define	PACKET_SERIAL_START				0xDABD
+#define	PACKET_SERIAL_VERIFY				0xDEAF
+
+#define	PACKET_SERIAL_OVERHEAD_SIZE	(sizeof( SerialHeaderType ) + sizeof( SerialCRCType ))
+
+typedef struct {
+	unsigned short MagicNumber;
+	unsigned short Length;
+	unsigned short MagicNumber2;
+} SerialHeaderType;
+
+typedef struct {
+	int SerialCRC;
+} SerialCRCType;
+
+
+/*
+***************************** Class Declaration *****************************
+*/
+class NullModemConnClass : public NonSequencedConnClass
+{
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Public Interface ----------------------------
+	*/
+	public:
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Constructor/destructor.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		NullModemConnClass (int numsend, int numrecieve, int maxlen,
+			unsigned short magicnum);
+		virtual ~NullModemConnClass ();
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Initialization.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		void Init (HANDLE port_handle);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Utility routines.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		unsigned long Actual_Max_Packet (void) { return (MaxPacketLen + (sizeof(SerialHeaderType)) + sizeof(int) + sizeof (char)); }
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		This routine computes a CRC value for the given buffer.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		static int Compute_CRC(char *buf, int buflen);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		This routine returns the number of bytes extra added the packet
+		for communication.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		static int Packet_Overhead_Size( void );
+
+	/*
+	--------------------------- Private Interface ----------------------------
+	*/
+	protected:
+		/*.....................................................................
+		This routine actually performs a hardware-dependent data send.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		int Send (char *buf, int buflen);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		This is the PORT value used by the GreenLeaf calls.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		HANDLE PortHandle;
+		PORT *Port;
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		This buffer is a staging area for data sent out; it includes the
+		packet sent by the parent class (which includes the application's
+		packet, plus the CommHeaderType header), plus:
+		- 2-byte buffer start ID
+		- 2-byte length
+		- 4-byte CRC value (at the end of the buffer)
+		This is the actual packet that gets sent across the serial line.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		char *SendBuf;
+};
+
+#endif
+
+/************************** end of nullconn.h ******************************/
+
diff --git a/NULLDLG.CPP b/NULLDLG.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..637b4b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/NULLDLG.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,8178 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\nulldlg.cpv   1.9   16 Oct 1995 16:52:12   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D    S T U D I O S        **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : NULLDLG.CPP                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Bill R. Randolph                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : 04/29/95                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : April 29, 1995 [BRR]                     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ *   Init_Null_Modem -- Initializes Null Modem communications              *
+ *   Shutdown_Modem -- Shuts down modem/null-modem communications          *
+ *   Test_Null_Modem -- Null-Modem test routine                            *
+ *   Reconnect_Null_Modem -- allows user to reconnect								*
+ *   Destroy_Null_Connection -- destroys the given connection					*
+ *   Select_Serial_Dialog -- Serial Communications menu dialog             *
+ *   Com_Settings_Dialog -- Lets user select serial port settings          *
+ *   Com_Scenario_Dialog -- Serial game scenario selection dialog				*
+ *   Phone_Dialog -- Lets user edit phone directory & dial                 *
+ *   Build_InitString_Listbox -- [re]builds the initstring entry listbox   *
+ *   Init_String_Compare -- for qsort													*
+ *   Build_Phone_Listbox -- [re]builds the phone entry listbox             *
+ *   Phone_Compare -- for qsort															*
+ *   Edit_Phone_Dialog -- lets user edit a phone book entry                *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+#include "function.h"
+#include "wincomm.h"
+#include "modemreg.h"
+#include "tcpip.h"
+
+ModemRegistryEntryClass *ModemRegistry = NULL;		//Ptr to modem registry data
+
+//
+// how much time (ticks) to go by before thinking other system
+// is not responding.
+//
+#define PACKET_SENDING_TIMEOUT	1800
+#define PACKET_CANCEL_TIMEOUT		900
+
+//
+// how much time (ticks) to go by before sending another packet
+// of game options or serial connect.
+//
+#define PACKET_RETRANS_TIME	30
+#define PACKET_REDRAW_TIME		60
+
+
+static int Reconnect_Null_Modem( void );
+static int Com_Settings_Dialog( SerialSettingsType *settings );
+static int Phone_Dialog (void);
+static void Build_Init_String_Listbox (ListClass *list, EditClass *edit, char *buf, int *index);
+static int Init_String_Compare (const void *p1, const void *p2);
+static void Build_Phone_Listbox (ListClass *list, EditClass *edit, char *buf);
+static int Phone_Compare (const void *p1, const void *p2);
+static int Edit_Phone_Dialog (PhoneEntryClass *phone);
+static bool Dial_Modem( SerialSettingsType *settings, bool reconnect );
+static bool Answer_Modem( SerialSettingsType *settings, bool reconnect );
+static void Modem_Echo( char c );
+
+void Smart_Printf( char *format, ... );
+void Hex_Dump_Data( char *buffer, int length );
+void itoh( int i, char *s);
+
+
+static SerialPacketType SendPacket;
+static SerialPacketType ReceivePacket;
+char TheirName[MPLAYER_NAME_MAX];
+unsigned char TheirColor;
+HousesType TheirHouse;
+unsigned char TheirID;
+static char DialString[ CWAITSTRBUF_MAX + PhoneEntryClass::PHONE_MAX_NUM - 1 ];
+static SerialSettingsType *DialSettings;
+
+#define SHOW_MONO	0
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Init_Null_Modem -- Initializes Null Modem communications                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		true = OK, false = error															*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   04/29/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int Init_Null_Modem( SerialSettingsType *settings )
+{
+
+	if ( NullModem.Init( settings->Port, settings->IRQ,
+								settings->ModemName,
+								settings->Baud, 0,  8, 1,
+								settings->HardwareFlowControl ) ) {
+
+
+		return(true);
+	} else {
+		return(false);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Shutdown_Modem -- Shuts down modem/null-modem communications            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   04/29/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void Shutdown_Modem( void )
+{
+	if (!PlaybackGame) {
+		if (GameToPlay == GAME_MODEM) {
+			NullModem.Hangup_Modem();
+		}
+	}
+
+	//
+	// close port
+	//
+	NullModem.Shutdown();
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Modem_Signoff -- sends EXIT event										         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   08/03/1995 DRD : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void Modem_Signoff( void )
+{
+	unsigned long starttime;
+	EventClass event;
+
+	if (!PlaybackGame) {
+		/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Send a sign-off packet
+		------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		event.Type = EventClass::EXIT;
+		NullModem.Send_Message (&event,sizeof(EventClass),0);
+		NullModem.Send_Message (&event,sizeof(EventClass),0);
+
+		starttime = TickCount.Time();
+		while( (TickCount.Time() - starttime) < 30) {
+			NullModem.Service();
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Test_Null_Modem -- Null-Modem test routine                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		0 = failure to connect; 1 = I'm the game owner, 2 = I'm not				*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   04/29/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int Test_Null_Modem( void )
+{
+	int factor			= (SeenBuff.Get_Width() == 320) ? 1 : 2;
+	/*........................................................................
+	Button Enumerations
+	........................................................................*/
+	enum {
+		BUTTON_CANCEL = 100,
+	};
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog variables
+	........................................................................*/
+	bool process = true;						// process while true
+	KeyNumType input;
+
+	int retval;
+	unsigned long starttime;
+	int packetlen;
+
+	int x,y,width,height;					// dialog dimensions
+	char buffer[80*3];
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Buttons
+	........................................................................*/
+	GadgetClass *commands;										// button list
+
+	/*
+	**	Determine the dimensions of the text to be used for the dialog box.
+	**	These dimensions will control how the dialog box looks.
+	*/
+	strcpy( buffer, Text_String( TXT_WAITING_CONNECT ) );
+	Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_NONE,0,0,TBLACK,TBLACK,TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+	Format_Window_String(buffer, 200*factor, width, height);
+
+	width = MAX(width, 50*factor);
+	width += 40*factor;
+	height += 60*factor;
+
+	x = (320*factor - width) / 2;
+	y = (200*factor - height) / 2;
+
+	TextButtonClass cancelbtn(BUTTON_CANCEL, TXT_CANCEL,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		x + ((width - (String_Pixel_Width( Text_String( TXT_CANCEL ) ) + 8 *factor)) >> 1),
+		y + height - (FontHeight + FontYSpacing + 2*factor) - 5*factor);
+
+	/*
+	------------------------------- Initialize -------------------------------
+	*/
+	Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+	process = true;
+
+	/*
+	............................ Create the list .............................
+	*/
+	commands = &cancelbtn;
+
+	commands->Flag_List_To_Redraw();
+
+	/*
+	............................ Draw the dialog .............................
+	*/
+	Hide_Mouse();
+	Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+	HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+
+	Dialog_Box(x, y, width, height);
+	Draw_Caption(TXT_NONE, x, y, width);
+
+	Fancy_Text_Print(buffer, x + 20*factor, y + 25*factor, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+	commands->Draw_All();
+	while (Get_Mouse_State() > 0) Show_Mouse();
+
+	/*
+	** This is supposed to be a direct connection so hang up any modem on this port
+	** just to annoy British Telecom
+	*/
+	/*
+	** Go into break mode
+	*/
+	SetCommBreak(SerialPort->Get_Port_Handle());
+
+	/*
+	** Send hangup command
+	*/
+	SerialPort->Write_To_Serial_Port ((unsigned char*)"ATH\r", strlen("ATH\r"));
+	CountDownTimerClass time;
+	time.Set(2*60);
+	while (time.Time()){}
+
+	/*
+	** Back out of break mode
+	*/
+	ClearCommBreak(SerialPort->Get_Port_Handle());
+
+	/*
+	** Drop DTR as well - just in case the modem still hasnt got the message
+	*/
+	EscapeCommFunction(SerialPort->Get_Port_Handle(), CLRDTR);
+
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Check for a packet.  If we detect one, the other system has already been
+	started.  Wait 1/2 sec for him to receive my ACK, then exit with success.
+	Note: The initial time must be a little longer than the resend delay.
+		Just in case we just missed the packet.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	starttime = TickCount.Time();
+	while ( TickCount.Time() - starttime < 80) {
+		NullModem.Service();
+		if ( NullModem.Get_Message( &ReceivePacket, &packetlen ) > 0) {
+			if (ReceivePacket.Command == SERIAL_CONNECT) {
+ //Smart_Printf( "Received SERIAL_CONNECT %d, ID %d \n", ReceivePacket.Seed, ReceivePacket.ID );
+				starttime = TickCount.Time();
+				while (TickCount.Time() - starttime < 30)
+					NullModem.Service();
+				process = false;
+				retval = 2;
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Send a packet across.  As long as Num_Send() is non-zero, the other system
+	hasn't received it yet.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (process) {
+		memset (&SendPacket, 0, sizeof(SerialPacketType));
+		SendPacket.Command = SERIAL_CONNECT;
+		//
+		// put time from start of game for determining the host in case of tie.
+		//
+		SendPacket.Seed = TickCount.Time();
+		SendPacket.ID = (int) buffer;		// address of buffer for more uniqueness.
+
+ //Smart_Printf( "Sending SERIAL_CONNECT %d, ID %d \n", SendPacket.Seed, SendPacket.ID );
+		NullModem.Send_Message (&SendPacket, sizeof(SendPacket), 1);
+
+		starttime = TickCount.Time();
+		while (TickCount.Time() - starttime < 80) {
+			NullModem.Service();
+			if (NullModem.Get_Message (&ReceivePacket, &packetlen) > 0) {
+				if (ReceivePacket.Command == SERIAL_CONNECT) {
+ //Smart_Printf( "Received2 SERIAL_CONNECT %d, ID %d \n", ReceivePacket.Seed, ReceivePacket.ID );
+					starttime = TickCount.Time();
+					while (TickCount.Time() - starttime < 30)
+						NullModem.Service();
+
+					//
+					// whoever has the highest time is the host
+					//
+					if (ReceivePacket.Seed > SendPacket.Seed) {
+						process = false;
+						retval = 2;
+					} else {
+						if (ReceivePacket.Seed == SendPacket.Seed) {
+							if (ReceivePacket.ID > SendPacket.ID) {
+								process = false;
+								retval = 2;
+							} else
+							//
+							// if they are equal then it's a loopback cable or a modem
+							//
+							if (ReceivePacket.ID == SendPacket.ID) {
+								process = false;
+								retval = 3;
+							}
+						}
+					}
+
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	starttime = TickCount.Time();
+
+	/*
+	-------------------------- Main Processing Loop --------------------------
+	*/
+	while (process) {
+
+		/*
+		** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+		** we need to redraw.
+		*/
+		if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+			AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+			commands->Draw_All();
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................ Invoke game callback .........................
+		*/
+		Call_Back();
+
+		/*
+		........................... Get user input ............................
+		*/
+		input = commands->Input();
+
+		/*
+		............................ Process input ............................
+		*/
+		switch (input) {
+			case (KN_ESC):
+			case (BUTTON_CANCEL | KN_BUTTON):
+ //Smart_Printf( "Canceled waiting for SERIAL_CONNECT\n" );
+				retval = 0;
+				process = false;
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				break;
+		}
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Service the connection.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		NullModem.Service();
+		if (NullModem.Num_Send() == 0) {
+ //Smart_Printf( "No more messages to send.\n" );
+			if (NullModem.Get_Message (&ReceivePacket, &packetlen) > 0) {
+				if (ReceivePacket.Command == SERIAL_CONNECT) {
+ //Smart_Printf( "Received3 SERIAL_CONNECT %d, ID %d \n", ReceivePacket.Seed, ReceivePacket.ID );
+					starttime = TickCount.Time();
+					while (TickCount.Time() - starttime < 30)
+						NullModem.Service();
+
+					//
+					// whoever has the highest time is the host
+					//
+					if (ReceivePacket.Seed > SendPacket.Seed) {
+						process = false;
+						retval = 2;
+					} else {
+
+						if (ReceivePacket.Seed == SendPacket.Seed) {
+							if (ReceivePacket.ID > SendPacket.ID) {
+								process = false;
+								retval = 2;
+							} else {
+
+								//
+								// if they are equal then it's a loopback cable or a modem
+								//
+								if (ReceivePacket.ID == SendPacket.ID) {
+									process = false;
+									retval = 3;
+								}
+							}
+						}
+					}
+
+				} else {
+					retval = 0;
+					process = false;
+				}
+			} else {
+				retval = 1;
+				process = false;
+			}
+		}
+
+		if (TickCount.Time() - starttime > 3600) {		// only wait 1 minute
+			retval = 0;
+			process = false;
+		}
+	}	/* end of while */
+
+	return( retval );
+
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Reconnect_Modem -- allows user to reconnect										*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		0 = failure to connect; 1 = connect OK											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   04/29/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int Reconnect_Modem( void )
+{
+	int status;
+	int modemstatus;
+
+
+	switch (ModemGameToPlay) {
+		case (MODEM_NULL_HOST):
+		case (MODEM_NULL_JOIN):
+			status = Reconnect_Null_Modem();
+			break;
+
+		case (MODEM_DIALER):
+			modemstatus = NullModem.Get_Modem_Status();
+			if ( (modemstatus & CD_SET) ) {
+ //Smart_Printf( "Dial Modem connection error!  Attempting reconnect....\n" );
+				status = Reconnect_Null_Modem();
+			} else {
+				status = Dial_Modem( DialSettings, true );
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case (MODEM_ANSWERER):
+			modemstatus = NullModem.Get_Modem_Status();
+			if ( (modemstatus & CD_SET) ) {
+ //Smart_Printf( "Answer Modem connection error!  Attempting reconnect....\n" );
+				status = Reconnect_Null_Modem();
+			} else {
+				status = Answer_Modem( DialSettings, true );
+			}
+			break;
+	}
+
+	return( status );
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Reconnect_Null_Modem -- allows user to reconnect								*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		0 = failure to connect; 1 = connect OK											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   04/29/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static int Reconnect_Null_Modem( void )
+{
+	/*........................................................................
+	Button Enumerations
+	........................................................................*/
+	enum {
+		BUTTON_CANCEL = 100,
+	};
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog variables
+	........................................................................*/
+	bool process = true;						// process while true
+	KeyNumType input;
+
+	int retval;
+	unsigned long starttime;
+	unsigned long lastmsgtime;
+	int packetlen;
+
+	int x,y,width,height;					// dialog dimensions
+	char buffer[80*3];
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Buttons
+	........................................................................*/
+	GadgetClass *commands;										// button list
+
+
+	/*
+	**	Determine the dimensions of the text to be used for the dialog box.
+	**	These dimensions will control how the dialog box looks.
+	*/
+	strcpy( buffer, Text_String( TXT_NULL_CONNERR_CHECK_CABLES ) );
+	Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_NONE,0,0,TBLACK,TBLACK,TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+	Format_Window_String(buffer, 200, width, height);
+
+	width = MAX(width, 50);
+	width += 40;
+	height += 60;
+
+	x = (320 - width) / 2;
+	y = (200 - height) / 2;
+
+	TextButtonClass cancelbtn(BUTTON_CANCEL, TXT_CANCEL,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		x + ((width - (String_Pixel_Width( Text_String( TXT_CANCEL ) ) + 8)) >> 1),
+		y + height - (FontHeight + FontYSpacing + 2) - 5);
+
+	/*
+	------------------------------- Initialize -------------------------------
+	*/
+	Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+	process = true;
+
+	/*
+	............................ Create the list .............................
+	*/
+	commands = &cancelbtn;
+
+	commands->Flag_List_To_Redraw();
+
+	/*
+	............................ Draw the dialog .............................
+	*/
+	Hide_Mouse();
+
+	Dialog_Box(x, y, width, height);
+	Draw_Caption(TXT_NONE, x, y, width);
+
+	Fancy_Text_Print(buffer, x + 20, y + 25, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+	commands->Draw_All();
+	Show_Mouse();
+
+	/*
+	-------------------------- Main Processing Loop --------------------------
+	*/
+	starttime = lastmsgtime = TickCount.Time();
+	while (process) {
+
+		/*
+		** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+		** we need to redraw.
+		*/
+		if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+			AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+			commands->Draw_All();
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................ Invoke game callback .........................
+		*/
+		Call_Back();
+
+		/*
+		........................... Get user input ............................
+		*/
+		input = commands->Input();
+
+		/*
+		............................ Process input ............................
+		*/
+		switch (input) {
+			case (KN_ESC):
+			case (BUTTON_CANCEL | KN_BUTTON):
+				retval = false;
+				process = false;
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				break;
+		}
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Service the connection.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		NullModem.Service();
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Resend our message if it's time
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (TickCount.Time() - starttime > PACKET_RETRANS_TIME) {
+			starttime = TickCount.Time();
+			SendPacket.Command = SERIAL_CONNECT;
+			SendPacket.ID = MPlayerLocalID;
+ //Smart_Printf( "Sending a SERIAL_CONNECT packet !!!!!!!!\n" );
+			NullModem.Send_Message (&SendPacket, sizeof(SendPacket), 0);
+		}
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Check for an incoming message
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (NullModem.Get_Message (&ReceivePacket, &packetlen) > 0) {
+
+			lastmsgtime = TickCount.Time();
+
+			if (ReceivePacket.Command == SERIAL_CONNECT) {
+ //Smart_Printf( "Received a SERIAL_CONNECT packet !!!!!!!!\n" );
+
+				// are we getting our own packets back??
+
+				if (ReceivePacket.ID == MPlayerLocalID) {
+					CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_SYSTEM_NOT_RESPONDING);
+					retval = false;
+					process = false;
+					break;
+				}
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				OK, we got our message; now we have to make certain the other
+				guy gets his, so send him one with an ACK required.
+				...............................................................*/
+				SendPacket.Command = SERIAL_CONNECT;
+				SendPacket.ID = MPlayerLocalID;
+				NullModem.Send_Message (&SendPacket, sizeof(SendPacket), 1);
+				starttime = TickCount.Time();
+				while (TickCount.Time() - starttime < 60)
+					NullModem.Service();
+				retval = true;
+				process = false;
+			}
+		}
+
+		//
+		// timeout if we do not get any packets
+		//
+		if (TickCount.Time() - lastmsgtime > PACKET_CANCEL_TIMEOUT) {
+			retval = false;
+			process = false;
+		}
+
+	}	/* end of while */
+
+	return( retval );
+
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Destroy_Null_Connection -- destroys the given connection												  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * Call this routine when a connection goes bad, or another player signs off.						  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  						  *
+ *		id			connection ID to destroy																		  *
+ *		error		0 = user signed off; 1 = connection error													  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 						  *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               						  *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                						  *
+ *   07/31/1995 DRD : Created.                                              						  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void Destroy_Null_Connection(int id, int error)
+{
+	int i,j,idx;
+	HousesType house;
+	HouseClass *housep;
+	char txt[80];
+
+
+	if ( MPlayerCount == 1 ) {
+		return;
+	}
+
+	// find index for id
+
+	idx = -1;
+	for (i = 0; i < MPlayerCount; i++) {
+		if (MPlayerID[i] == (unsigned char)id) {
+			idx = i;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (idx == -1) {
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Create a message to display to the user
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	txt[0] = '\0';
+	if (error == 1) {
+		sprintf(txt,Text_String(TXT_CONNECTION_LOST), MPlayerNames[idx] );
+	}
+	else if (error == 0) {
+		sprintf(txt,Text_String(TXT_LEFT_GAME), MPlayerNames[idx] );
+	}
+	else if (error == -1) {
+		NullModem.Delete_Connection();
+	}
+
+	if (strlen(txt)) {
+		Messages.Add_Message (txt,
+			MPlayerTColors[MPlayerID_To_ColorIndex((unsigned char)id)],
+			TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_FULLSHADOW, 600, 0, 0);
+		Map.Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+	}
+
+	for (i = 0; i < MPlayerCount; i++) {
+		if (MPlayerID[i] == (unsigned char)id) {
+			/*..................................................................
+			Turn the player's house over to the computer's AI
+			..................................................................*/
+			house = MPlayerHouses[i];
+			housep = HouseClass::As_Pointer (house);
+			housep->IsHuman = false;
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Move arrays back by one
+			..................................................................*/
+			for (j = i; j < MPlayerCount - 1; j++) {
+				MPlayerID[j] = MPlayerID[j + 1];
+				MPlayerHouses[j] = MPlayerHouses[j + 1];
+				strcpy (MPlayerNames[j], MPlayerNames[j+1]);
+				TheirProcessTime[j] = TheirProcessTime[j+1];
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	MPlayerCount--;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	If we're the last player left, tell the user.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (MPlayerCount == 1) {
+		sprintf(txt,"%s",Text_String(TXT_JUST_YOU_AND_ME));
+		Messages.Add_Message (txt,
+			MPlayerTColors[MPlayerID_To_ColorIndex((unsigned char)id)],
+			TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_FULLSHADOW, 600, 0, 0);
+		Map.Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+	}
+
+}	/* end of Destroy_Null_Connection */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Select_Serial_Dialog -- Serial Communications menu dialog               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		GAME_MODEM				user wants to play a modem game						*
+ *		GAME_NULL_MODEM		user wants to play a null-modem game				*
+ *		GAME_NORMAL				user hit Cancel											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   04/29/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+GameType Select_Serial_Dialog( void )
+{
+	int rc;
+//	int value, i;
+	int com = -1, baud = -1;
+	int error = 0;
+
+	int factor			= (SeenBuff.Get_Width() == 320) ? 1 : 2;
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog & button dimensions
+	........................................................................*/
+	int	d_dialog_w = 160 *factor;											// dialog width
+	int	d_dialog_h = 94 *factor;											// dialog height
+	int	d_dialog_x = ((320*factor - d_dialog_w) / 2);				// dialog x-coord
+//		D_DIALOG_Y = ((200 - D_DIALOG_H) / 2),				// dialog y-coord
+	int	d_dialog_y = ((136*factor - d_dialog_h) / 2);				// dialog y-coord
+	int	d_dialog_cx = d_dialog_x + (d_dialog_w / 2);		// center x-coord
+
+	int	d_txt6_h = 11*factor;												// ht of 6-pt text
+	int	d_margin = 7;												// margin width/height
+
+	int	d_dial_w = 90 *factor;
+	int	d_dial_h = 9 *factor;
+	int	d_dial_x = d_dialog_cx - d_dial_w / 2;
+	int	d_dial_y = d_dialog_y + d_margin + d_txt6_h + d_margin;
+
+	int	d_answer_w = 90 *factor;
+	int	d_answer_h = 9 *factor;
+	int	d_answer_x = d_dialog_cx - d_answer_w / 2;
+	int	d_answer_y = d_dial_y + d_dial_h + 2;
+
+	int	d_nullmodem_w = 90 *factor;
+	int	d_nullmodem_h = 9 *factor;
+	int	d_nullmodem_x = d_dialog_cx - d_nullmodem_w / 2;
+	int	d_nullmodem_y = d_answer_y + d_answer_h + 2;
+
+	int	d_settings_w = 90 *factor;
+	int	d_settings_h = 9 *factor;
+	int	d_settings_x = d_dialog_cx - d_settings_w / 2;
+	int	d_settings_y = d_nullmodem_y + d_nullmodem_h + 2;
+
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+	int	d_cancel_w = 50 *factor;
+#else
+	int	d_cancel_w = 40 *factor;
+#endif
+	int	d_cancel_h = 9 *factor;
+	int	d_cancel_x = d_dialog_cx - d_cancel_w / 2;
+	int	d_cancel_y = d_settings_y + d_settings_h + d_margin;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Button Enumerations
+	........................................................................*/
+	enum {
+		BUTTON_DIAL = 100,
+		BUTTON_ANSWER,
+		BUTTON_NULLMODEM,
+		BUTTON_SETTINGS,
+		BUTTON_CANCEL,
+
+		NUM_OF_BUTTONS = 5,
+	};
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Redraw values: in order from "top" to "bottom" layer of the dialog
+	........................................................................*/
+	typedef enum {
+		REDRAW_NONE = 0,
+		REDRAW_BUTTONS,
+		REDRAW_BACKGROUND,
+		REDRAW_ALL = REDRAW_BACKGROUND
+	} RedrawType;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog variables
+	........................................................................*/
+	RedrawType display = REDRAW_ALL;		// redraw level
+	bool process = true;						// process while true
+	KeyNumType input;
+	char namebuf[MPLAYER_NAME_MAX] = {0};		// buffer for player's name
+	int tabs[] = {77 * factor};					// tabs for player list box
+	GameType retval;									// return value
+
+	int selection;
+	bool pressed;
+	int curbutton;
+	TextButtonClass *buttons[NUM_OF_BUTTONS];
+
+	SerialSettingsType *settings;
+	bool selectsettings = false;
+
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Buttons
+	........................................................................*/
+	GadgetClass *commands;										// button list
+
+	TextButtonClass dialbtn(BUTTON_DIAL, TXT_DIAL_MODEM,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_dial_x, d_dial_y, d_dial_w, d_dial_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass answerbtn(BUTTON_ANSWER, TXT_ANSWER_MODEM,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_answer_x, d_answer_y, d_answer_w, d_answer_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass nullmodembtn(BUTTON_NULLMODEM, TXT_NULL_MODEM,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_nullmodem_x, d_nullmodem_y, d_nullmodem_w, d_nullmodem_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass settingsbtn(BUTTON_SETTINGS, TXT_SETTINGS,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_settings_x, d_settings_y, d_settings_w, d_settings_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass cancelbtn(BUTTON_CANCEL, TXT_CANCEL,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+//#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+//		d_cancel_x, d_cancel_y);
+//#else
+		d_cancel_x, d_cancel_y, d_cancel_w, d_cancel_h);
+//#endif
+
+	/*
+	------------------------------- Initialize -------------------------------
+	*/
+	Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Read the CC.INI file to extract default serial settings, scenario numbers
+	& descriptions, and the phone list.
+	........................................................................*/
+	Read_MultiPlayer_Settings ();
+
+	if (SerialDefaults.Port == 0 ||
+		SerialDefaults.IRQ == -1 ||
+		SerialDefaults.Baud == -1) {
+		selectsettings = true;
+	} else {
+		if ( NullModem.Detect_Port( &SerialDefaults ) != PORT_VALID ) {
+			selectsettings = true;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	............................ Create the list .............................
+	*/
+	commands = &dialbtn;
+	answerbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	nullmodembtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	settingsbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	cancelbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+
+	/*
+	......................... Fill array of button ptrs ......................
+	*/
+	curbutton = 0;
+	buttons[0] = &dialbtn;
+	buttons[1] = &answerbtn;
+	buttons[2] = &nullmodembtn;
+	buttons[3] = &settingsbtn;
+	buttons[4] = &cancelbtn;
+	buttons[curbutton]->Turn_On();
+
+	Keyboard::Clear();
+
+	Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_NONE, 0, 0, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+Debug_Smart_Print = true;
+
+	MPlayerLocalID = 0xff;		// set to invalid value
+
+	/*
+	-------------------------- Main Processing Loop --------------------------
+	*/
+	display = REDRAW_ALL;
+	process = true;
+	pressed = false;
+	while (process) {
+
+		/*
+		** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+		** we need to redraw.
+		*/
+		if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+			AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+			display=REDRAW_ALL;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................ Invoke game callback .........................
+		*/
+		Call_Back();
+
+		/*
+		...................... Refresh display if needed ......................
+		*/
+		if (display) {
+			Hide_Mouse();
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BACKGROUND) {
+				/*
+				..................... Refresh the backdrop ......................
+				*/
+				Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+				HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+				/*
+				..................... Draw the background .......................
+				*/
+				Dialog_Box(d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w, d_dialog_h);
+
+				/*
+				..................... Redraw the buttons .......................
+				*/
+				commands->Draw_All();
+				/*
+				....................... Draw the labels .........................
+				*/
+				Draw_Caption (TXT_SELECT_SERIAL_GAME, d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w);
+			}
+			Show_Mouse();
+			display = REDRAW_NONE;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................... Get user input ............................
+		*/
+		input = commands->Input();
+
+		/*
+		............................ Process input ............................
+		*/
+		switch (input) {
+			case (BUTTON_DIAL | KN_BUTTON):
+				selection = BUTTON_DIAL;
+				pressed = true;
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_ANSWER | KN_BUTTON):
+				selection = BUTTON_ANSWER;
+				pressed = true;
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_NULLMODEM | KN_BUTTON):
+				selection = BUTTON_NULLMODEM;
+				pressed = true;
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_SETTINGS | KN_BUTTON):
+				selection = BUTTON_SETTINGS;
+				pressed = true;
+				break;
+
+			case (KN_ESC):
+			case (BUTTON_CANCEL | KN_BUTTON):
+				selection = BUTTON_CANCEL;
+				pressed = true;
+				break;
+
+			case (KN_UP):
+				buttons[curbutton]->Turn_Off();
+				buttons[curbutton]->Flag_To_Redraw();
+				curbutton--;
+				if (curbutton < 0)
+					curbutton = (NUM_OF_BUTTONS - 1);
+				buttons[curbutton]->Turn_On();
+				buttons[curbutton]->Flag_To_Redraw();
+				break;
+
+			case (KN_DOWN):
+				buttons[curbutton]->Turn_Off();
+				buttons[curbutton]->Flag_To_Redraw();
+				curbutton++;
+				if (curbutton > (NUM_OF_BUTTONS - 1) )
+					curbutton = 0;
+				buttons[curbutton]->Turn_On();
+				buttons[curbutton]->Flag_To_Redraw();
+				break;
+
+			case (KN_RETURN):
+				selection = curbutton + BUTTON_DIAL;
+				pressed = true;
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				break;
+		}
+
+		if (pressed) {
+			//
+			// to make sure the selection is correct in case they used the mouse
+			//
+			buttons[curbutton]->Turn_Off();
+			buttons[curbutton]->Flag_To_Redraw();
+			curbutton = selection - BUTTON_DIAL;
+			buttons[curbutton]->Turn_On();
+			buttons[curbutton]->IsPressed = true;
+			buttons[curbutton]->Draw_Me(true);
+
+			switch (selection) {
+				case (BUTTON_DIAL):
+
+					if (selectsettings) {
+						CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_SELECT_SETTINGS);
+					}
+
+					/*
+					** Remote-connect
+					*/
+					else if ( Phone_Dialog() ) {
+						if (PhoneBook[CurPhoneIdx]->Settings.Port == 0) {
+							settings = &SerialDefaults;
+						} else {
+							settings = &(PhoneBook[CurPhoneIdx]->Settings);
+						}
+
+						if (SerialPort){
+							delete SerialPort;
+						}
+						SerialPort = new WinModemClass;
+
+						if ( Init_Null_Modem( settings ) ) {
+
+							if (settings->CallWaitStringIndex == CALL_WAIT_CUSTOM) {
+								strcpy( DialString, settings->CallWaitString );
+							} else {
+								strcpy( DialString,
+									CallWaitStrings[ settings->CallWaitStringIndex ] );
+							}
+							strcat( DialString, PhoneBook[ CurPhoneIdx ]->Number );
+
+							if ( Dial_Modem( settings, false ) ) {
+								ModemGameToPlay = MODEM_DIALER;
+								if ( Com_Scenario_Dialog() ) {
+									retval = GAME_MODEM;
+									process = false;
+								}
+							}
+
+							if (process) {		// restore to default
+								NullModem.Change_IRQ_Priority( 0 );
+							}
+						} else {
+							CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_SELECT_SETTINGS);
+						}
+					}
+
+					if (process) {
+						buttons[curbutton]->IsPressed = false;
+						buttons[curbutton]->Flag_To_Redraw();
+  					}
+
+					display = REDRAW_ALL;
+					break;
+
+				case (BUTTON_ANSWER):
+
+					if (selectsettings) {
+						CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_SELECT_SETTINGS);
+					} else {
+						/*
+						** Remote-connect
+						*/
+						settings = &SerialDefaults;
+
+						if (SerialPort){
+							delete SerialPort;
+						}
+						SerialPort = new WinModemClass;
+
+						if ( Init_Null_Modem( settings ) ) {
+							if ( Answer_Modem( settings, false ) ) {
+								ModemGameToPlay = MODEM_ANSWERER;
+								if ( Com_Show_Scenario_Dialog() ) {
+									retval = GAME_MODEM;
+									process = false;
+								}
+							}
+
+							if (process) {		// restore to default
+								NullModem.Change_IRQ_Priority( 0 );
+							}
+						} else {
+							CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_SELECT_SETTINGS);
+						}
+					}
+
+					if (process) {
+						buttons[curbutton]->IsPressed = false;
+						buttons[curbutton]->Flag_To_Redraw();
+					}
+
+					display = REDRAW_ALL;
+					break;
+
+				case (BUTTON_NULLMODEM):
+
+					if (selectsettings) {
+						CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_SELECT_SETTINGS);
+					} else {
+						/*
+						** Otherwise, remote-connect; save values if we're recording
+						*/
+
+						if (SerialPort){
+							delete SerialPort;
+						}
+						SerialPort = new WinNullModemClass;
+
+						if ( Init_Null_Modem( &SerialDefaults ) ) {
+							rc = Test_Null_Modem();
+							switch (rc) {
+								case (1):
+									ModemGameToPlay = MODEM_NULL_HOST;
+									if ( Com_Scenario_Dialog() ) {
+										retval = GAME_NULL_MODEM;
+										process = false;
+									}
+									break;
+
+								case (2):
+									ModemGameToPlay = MODEM_NULL_JOIN;
+									if ( Com_Show_Scenario_Dialog() ) {
+										retval = GAME_NULL_MODEM;
+										process = false;
+									}
+									break;
+
+								case (3):
+									CCMessageBox().Process( TXT_MODEM_OR_LOOPBACK );
+									break;
+							}
+
+							if (process) {		// restore to default
+								NullModem.Change_IRQ_Priority( 0 );
+							}
+						} else {
+							CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_SELECT_SETTINGS);
+						}
+					}
+
+					if (process) {
+						buttons[curbutton]->IsPressed = false;
+						buttons[curbutton]->Flag_To_Redraw();
+					}
+
+					display = REDRAW_ALL;
+					break;
+
+				case (BUTTON_SETTINGS):
+					if ( Com_Settings_Dialog( &SerialDefaults ) ) {
+						Write_MultiPlayer_Settings ();
+
+						selectsettings = true;
+
+						if (SerialDefaults.Port != 0 &&
+							SerialDefaults.IRQ != -1 &&
+							SerialDefaults.Baud != -1) {
+							if ( NullModem.Detect_Port( &SerialDefaults ) == PORT_VALID) {
+								selectsettings = false;
+							}
+						}
+					}
+
+					buttons[curbutton]->IsPressed = false;
+					buttons[curbutton]->Flag_To_Redraw();
+					display = REDRAW_ALL;
+					break;
+
+				case (BUTTON_CANCEL):
+					retval = GAME_NORMAL;
+					process = false;
+					break;
+			}
+
+			pressed = false;
+		}
+	}	/* end of while */
+
+#if 0
+	if (retval == GAME_NORMAL) {
+		Debug_Smart_Print = false;
+	}
+#endif
+
+Debug_Smart_Print = false;
+
+	return( retval );
+}
+
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Advanced_Modem_Settings -- Allows to user to set additional modem settings                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    current settings                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   modified settings                                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    12/16/96 2:29PM ST : Created                                                             *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+Advanced_Modem_Settings (SerialSettingsType *settings)
+{
+
+	int factor			= (SeenBuff.Get_Width() == 320) ? 1 : 2;
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog & button dimensions
+	........................................................................*/
+	int d_dialog_w = 340;													// dialog width
+	int d_dialog_h = 170;													// dialog height
+	int d_dialog_x = 320 - d_dialog_w/2;								// dialog x-coord
+	int d_dialog_y = 200 - d_dialog_h/ 2;								// dialog y-coord
+
+
+	int d_compression_w = 50;
+	int d_compression_h = 18;
+	int d_compression_x = d_dialog_x + d_dialog_w/2 +40;
+	int d_compression_y = d_dialog_y + 30;
+
+	int d_errorcorrection_w = 50;
+	int d_errorcorrection_h = 18;
+	int d_errorcorrection_x = d_dialog_x + d_dialog_w/2 +40;
+	int d_errorcorrection_y = d_dialog_y + 52;
+
+	int d_hardwareflowcontrol_w = 50;
+	int d_hardwareflowcontrol_h = 18;
+	int d_hardwareflowcontrol_x = d_dialog_x + d_dialog_w/2 +40;
+	int d_hardwareflowcontrol_y = d_dialog_y + 74;
+
+	int d_default_w = 100;
+	int d_default_h = 18;
+	int d_default_x = d_dialog_x + d_dialog_w / 2 - d_default_w / 2;
+	int d_default_y = d_dialog_y + 110;
+
+	int d_ok_w = 100;
+	int d_ok_h = 18;
+	int d_ok_x = d_dialog_x + d_dialog_w/2 - d_ok_w / 2;
+	int d_ok_y = d_dialog_y + d_dialog_h - 24;
+
+	enum {
+		BUTTON_COMPRESSION = 100,
+		BUTTON_ERROR_CORRECTION,
+		BUTTON_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL,
+		BUTTON_DEFAULT,
+		BUTTON_OK,
+	};
+
+	typedef enum {
+		REDRAW_NONE = 0,
+		REDRAW_BUTTONS,
+		REDRAW_BACKGROUND,
+		REDRAW_ALL = REDRAW_BACKGROUND,
+	} RedrawType;
+
+	/*
+	** Yes/No strings
+	*/
+	char compress_text [16];
+	char correction_text [16];
+	char flowcontrol_text[16];
+
+
+	/*
+	** Initialise the button text
+	*/
+	strcpy (compress_text, settings->Compression ? Text_String (TXT_ON) : Text_String (TXT_OFF) );
+	strcpy (correction_text, settings->ErrorCorrection ?
+												Text_String (TXT_ON) : Text_String (TXT_OFF) );
+	strcpy (flowcontrol_text, settings->HardwareFlowControl ?
+												Text_String (TXT_ON) : Text_String (TXT_OFF) );
+
+
+	/*
+	** Create the buttons
+	*/
+	TextButtonClass compressionbutton(BUTTON_COMPRESSION, compress_text,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_compression_x, d_compression_y, d_compression_w, d_compression_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass errorcorrectionbutton(BUTTON_ERROR_CORRECTION, correction_text,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_errorcorrection_x, d_errorcorrection_y, d_errorcorrection_w, d_errorcorrection_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass hardwareflowcontrolbutton(BUTTON_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL, flowcontrol_text,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_hardwareflowcontrol_x, d_hardwareflowcontrol_y, d_hardwareflowcontrol_w, d_hardwareflowcontrol_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass defaultbutton(BUTTON_DEFAULT, TXT_DEFAULT,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_default_x, d_default_y, d_default_w, d_default_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass okbutton(BUTTON_OK, TXT_OK,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_ok_x, d_ok_y, d_ok_w, d_ok_h);
+
+
+	/*
+	** Misc. variables.
+	*/
+	RedrawType display = REDRAW_ALL;		// redraw level
+	BOOL process = true;						// process while true
+	KeyNumType input;
+	GadgetClass *commands;					// button list
+
+
+	commands = &okbutton;
+	defaultbutton.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	compressionbutton.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	errorcorrectionbutton.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	hardwareflowcontrolbutton.Add_Tail(*commands);
+
+
+	/*
+	** Main process loop
+	*/
+	while (process) {
+
+		/*
+		** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+		** we need to redraw.
+		*/
+		if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+			AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+			display=REDRAW_ALL;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................ Invoke game callback .........................
+		*/
+		Call_Back();
+
+		/*
+		...................... Refresh display if needed ......................
+		*/
+		if (display) {
+			Hide_Mouse();
+			/*
+			.................. Redraw backgound & dialog box ...................
+			*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BACKGROUND) {
+				Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+				HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+				Set_Palette(Palette);
+
+				Dialog_Box(d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w, d_dialog_h);
+
+				// init font variables
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_NONE, 0, 0, TBLACK, TBLACK,
+					TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Dialog & Field labels
+				...............................................................*/
+				Draw_Caption (TXT_MODEM_INITIALISATION, d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print( TXT_DATA_COMPRESSION,
+					d_compression_x - 26, d_compression_y + 2,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print( TXT_ERROR_CORRECTION,
+					d_errorcorrection_x - 26, d_errorcorrection_y +2,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print( TXT_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL,
+					d_hardwareflowcontrol_x -26, d_hardwareflowcontrol_y +2,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+			}
+
+			/*
+			.......................... Redraw buttons ..........................
+			*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BUTTONS) {
+				compressionbutton.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				errorcorrectionbutton.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				hardwareflowcontrolbutton.Flag_To_Redraw();
+			}
+
+			Show_Mouse();
+			display = REDRAW_NONE;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................... Get user input ............................
+		*/
+		input = commands->Input();
+
+		/*
+		---------------------------- Process input ----------------------------
+		*/
+		switch (input) {
+			case (BUTTON_COMPRESSION | KN_BUTTON):
+				settings->Compression = settings->Compression ^ 1;
+				strcpy (compress_text, settings->Compression ?
+										Text_String (TXT_ON) : Text_String (TXT_OFF) );
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_ERROR_CORRECTION | KN_BUTTON):
+				settings->ErrorCorrection = settings->ErrorCorrection ^ 1;
+				strcpy (correction_text, settings->ErrorCorrection ?
+										Text_String (TXT_ON) : Text_String (TXT_OFF) );
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL | KN_BUTTON):
+				settings->HardwareFlowControl = settings->HardwareFlowControl ^ 1;
+				strcpy (flowcontrol_text, settings->HardwareFlowControl ?
+										Text_String (TXT_ON) : Text_String (TXT_OFF) );
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_DEFAULT | KN_BUTTON):
+				settings->Compression = false;
+				settings->ErrorCorrection = false;
+				settings->HardwareFlowControl = true;
+
+				strcpy (compress_text, settings->Compression ?
+										Text_String (TXT_ON) : Text_String (TXT_OFF) );
+
+				strcpy (correction_text, settings->ErrorCorrection ?
+										Text_String (TXT_ON) : Text_String (TXT_OFF) );
+
+				strcpy (flowcontrol_text, settings->HardwareFlowControl ?
+										Text_String (TXT_ON) : Text_String (TXT_OFF) );
+
+				if (display < REDRAW_BUTTONS)	display = REDRAW_BUTTONS;
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_OK | KN_BUTTON):
+				process = false;
+				break;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Com_Settings_Dialog -- Lets user select serial port settings            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *  ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿               *
+ *  ³                    Settings                          ³               *
+ *  ³                                                      ³               *
+ *  ³     Port:____       IRQ:__        Baud:______        ³               *
+ *  ³  ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿  ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿  ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿      ³               *
+ *  ³  ³            ³  ³            ³  ³            ³      ³               *
+ *  ³  ³            ³  ³            ³  ³            ³      ³               *
+ *  ³  ³            ³  ³            ³  ³            ³      ³               *
+ *  ³  ³            ³  ³            ³  ³            ³      ³               *
+ *  ³  ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ  ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ  ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ      ³               *
+ *  ³                                                      ³               *
+ *  ³   Initialization:        [Add]   [Delete]            ³               *
+ *  ³    _____________________________                     ³               *
+ *  ³   ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿     ³               *
+ *  ³   ³                                            ³     ³               *
+ *  ³   ³                                            ³     ³               *
+ *  ³   ³                                            ³     ³               *
+ *  ³   ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ     ³               *
+ *  ³                                                      ³               *
+ *  ³   Call Waiting:                                      ³               *
+ *  ³    _______________                                   ³               *
+ *  ³   ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿          [Tone Dialing]        ³               *
+ *  ³   ³                 ³                                ³               *
+ *  ³   ³                 ³          [Pulse Dialing]       ³               *
+ *  ³   ³                 ³                                ³               *
+ *  ³   ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ                                ³               *
+ *  ³                                                      ³               *
+ *  ³                   [OK]   [Cancel]                    ³               *
+ *  ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		settings		ptr to SerialSettingsType structure								*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		true = OK, false = Cancel															*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   04/29/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static int Com_Settings_Dialog( SerialSettingsType *settings )
+{
+/* ###Change collision detected! C:\PROJECTS\CODE\NULLDLG.CPP... */
+	int factor			= (SeenBuff.Get_Width() == 320) ? 1 : 2;
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog & button dimensions
+	........................................................................*/
+	int d_dialog_w = 301 *factor;											// dialog width
+	int d_dialog_h = 200 *factor;											// dialog height
+	int d_dialog_x = ((320 *factor - d_dialog_w) / 2);				// dialog x-coord
+	int d_dialog_y = ((200 *factor - d_dialog_h) / 2);				// dialog y-coord
+	int d_dialog_cx = d_dialog_x + (d_dialog_w / 2);		// center x-coord
+
+	int d_txt6_h = 6 *factor +1;												// ht of 6-pt text
+	int d_margin = 5 *factor;												// margin width/height
+
+#ifdef EDIT_IRQ
+	int d_portlist_w = 80 *factor;
+	int d_portlist_h = 35 *factor;
+	int d_portlist_x = d_dialog_x + (d_dialog_w / 6) - (d_portlist_w / 2);
+	int d_portlist_y = d_dialog_y + ((d_margin + d_txt6_h) * 2) + d_margin + 10 *factor;
+
+	int d_port_w = ((PORTBUF_MAX - 1) * 6 *factor) + 4 *factor;
+	int d_port_h = 9 *factor;
+	int d_port_x = d_portlist_x + 31 *factor;
+	int d_port_y = d_portlist_y - d_margin - d_txt6_h;
+
+
+	int d_irqlist_w = 80 *factor;
+	int d_irqlist_h = 35 *factor;
+	int d_irqlist_x = d_dialog_x + (d_dialog_w / 2) - (d_irqlist_w / 2);
+	int d_irqlist_y = d_portlist_y;
+
+	int d_irq_w = ((IRQBUF_MAX - 1) * 6 *factor) + 3 *factor;
+	int d_irq_h = 9 *factor;
+	int d_irq_x = d_irqlist_x + 25 *factor;
+	int d_irq_y = d_irqlist_y - d_margin - d_txt6_h;
+
+	int d_baudlist_w = 80 *factor;
+	int d_baudlist_h = 35 *factor;
+	int d_baudlist_x = d_dialog_x + ((d_dialog_w * 5) / 6) - (d_baudlist_w / 2);
+	int d_baudlist_y = d_portlist_y;
+
+	int d_baud_w = ((BAUDBUF_MAX - 1) * 6 *factor) + 3 *factor;
+	int d_baud_h = 9 *factor;
+	int d_baud_x = d_baudlist_x + 31 *factor;
+	int d_baud_y = d_baudlist_y - d_margin - d_txt6_h;
+
+#endif	//EDIT_IRQ
+	int d_initstrlist_w = ((INITSTRBUF_MAX - 1) * 6 *factor) + 8 + 3 *factor;
+	int d_initstrlist_h = 21 *factor;
+	int d_initstrlist_x = d_dialog_cx - (d_initstrlist_w / 2);
+	int d_initstrlist_y = d_dialog_y + ((d_margin + d_txt6_h) * 2) + d_margin + 10 *factor +
+								35*factor +
+								((d_margin + d_txt6_h) * 2) + d_margin + 4 *factor;
+
+	int d_initstr_w = ((INITSTRBUF_MAX - 1) * 6 *factor) + 3 *factor;
+	int d_initstr_h = 9 *factor;
+	int d_initstr_x = d_initstrlist_x;
+	int d_initstr_y = d_initstrlist_y - d_margin - d_txt6_h;
+
+#ifndef EDIT_IRQ
+	int d_portlist_w = 80 *factor + 80;
+	int d_portlist_h = 35 *factor;
+	int d_portlist_x = d_initstrlist_x;
+	int d_portlist_y = d_dialog_y + ((d_margin + d_txt6_h) * 2) + d_margin + 10 *factor;
+
+	int d_port_w = d_portlist_w;
+	int d_port_h = 9 *factor;
+	int d_port_x = d_portlist_x;	// + 31 *factor;
+	int d_port_y = d_portlist_y - d_margin - d_txt6_h;
+
+	int d_baudlist_w = 80 *factor;
+	int d_baudlist_h = 35 *factor;
+	int d_baudlist_x = d_dialog_x + ((d_dialog_w * 5) / 6) - (d_baudlist_w / 2);
+ 		 d_baudlist_x -= 32;
+	//int d_baudlist_x = d_portlist_x + d_portlist_w + 20 * factor;
+	int d_baudlist_y = d_portlist_y;
+
+	int d_baud_w = ((BAUDBUF_MAX - 1) * 6 *factor) + 3 *factor;
+	int d_baud_h = 9 *factor;
+	int d_baud_x = d_baudlist_x + 31 *factor;
+	int d_baud_y = d_baudlist_y - d_margin - d_txt6_h;
+
+	int d_inittype_w = 30*factor;
+	int d_inittype_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_inittype_x = d_dialog_x + ((d_dialog_w * 5) / 6) - (d_inittype_w / 2);
+	int d_inittype_y = d_baud_y + 20*factor;
+
+#endif	//EDIT_IRQ
+
+	int d_add_w = 45 *factor;
+	int d_add_h = 9 *factor;
+#ifdef FRENCH
+	int d_add_x = (d_dialog_cx - (d_add_w / 2))+34*factor;
+#else
+	int d_add_x = d_dialog_cx - (d_add_w / 2);
+#endif
+	int d_add_y = d_initstr_y - d_add_h - 3*factor;
+
+	int d_delete_w = 45 *factor;
+	int d_delete_h = 9 *factor;
+
+#ifdef FRENCH
+	int d_delete_x = 14*factor + d_dialog_x + ((d_dialog_w * 3) / 4) - (d_delete_w / 2);
+#else
+	int d_delete_x = d_dialog_x + ((d_dialog_w * 3) / 4) - (d_delete_w / 2);
+#endif
+	int d_delete_y = d_initstr_y - d_add_h - 3 *factor;
+
+	int d_cwaitstrlist_w = (((CWAITSTRBUF_MAX - 1) + 9) * 6 *factor) + 3 *factor;
+	int d_cwaitstrlist_h = 27 *factor;
+	int d_cwaitstrlist_x = d_initstrlist_x;
+	int d_cwaitstrlist_y = d_initstrlist_y + d_initstrlist_h + ((d_margin + d_txt6_h) * 2) + 2 *factor;
+
+	int d_cwaitstr_w = ((CWAITSTRBUF_MAX - 1) * 6 *factor) + 3 *factor;
+	int d_cwaitstr_h = 9 *factor;
+	int d_cwaitstr_x = d_cwaitstrlist_x;
+	int d_cwaitstr_y = d_cwaitstrlist_y - d_margin - d_txt6_h;
+
+	int d_tone_w = 80 *factor;
+	int d_tone_h = 9 *factor;
+	int d_tone_x = d_dialog_x + ((d_dialog_w * 3) / 4) - (d_tone_w / 2);
+	int d_tone_y = d_cwaitstrlist_y;
+
+	int d_pulse_w = 80 *factor;
+	int d_pulse_h = 9 *factor;
+	int d_pulse_x = d_dialog_x + ((d_dialog_w * 3) / 4) - (d_pulse_w / 2);
+	int d_pulse_y = d_tone_y + d_tone_h + d_margin;
+
+	int d_save_w = 40 *factor;
+	int d_save_h = 9 *factor;
+	int d_save_x = d_dialog_x + (d_dialog_w / 5) - (d_save_w / 2);
+	int d_save_y = d_dialog_y + d_dialog_h - d_save_h - d_margin - 2 *factor;
+
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+	int d_cancel_w = 50 *factor;
+#else
+	int d_cancel_w = 40 *factor;
+#endif
+	int d_cancel_h = 9 *factor;
+	int d_cancel_x = d_dialog_x + ((d_dialog_w * 4) / 5) - (d_cancel_w / 2);
+	int d_cancel_y = d_dialog_y + d_dialog_h - d_cancel_h - d_margin - 2 *factor;
+
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+	int d_advanced_w = 50*factor;
+#else
+	int d_advanced_w = 40*factor;
+#endif
+	int d_advanced_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_advanced_x = d_dialog_x + ((d_dialog_w) / 2) - (d_advanced_w / 2);
+	int d_advanced_y = d_dialog_y + d_dialog_h - d_advanced_h - d_margin - 2 *factor;
+
+
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Button Enumerations
+	........................................................................*/
+	enum {
+		BUTTON_PORT = 100,
+		BUTTON_PORTLIST,
+		BUTTON_IRQ,
+		BUTTON_IRQLIST,
+		BUTTON_BAUD,
+		BUTTON_BAUDLIST,
+		BUTTON_INITSTR,
+		BUTTON_INITSTRLIST,
+		BUTTON_ADD,
+		BUTTON_DELETE,
+		BUTTON_CWAITSTR,
+		BUTTON_CWAITSTRLIST,
+		BUTTON_TONE,
+		BUTTON_PULSE,
+		BUTTON_SAVE,
+		BUTTON_ADVANCED,
+		BUTTON_INITTYPE,
+		BUTTON_CANCEL,
+	};
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Redraw values: in order from "top" to "bottom" layer of the dialog
+	........................................................................*/
+	typedef enum {
+		REDRAW_NONE = 0,
+		REDRAW_BUTTONS,
+		REDRAW_BACKGROUND,
+		REDRAW_ALL = REDRAW_BACKGROUND
+	} RedrawType;
+
+	static char *portname[4] = {
+		"COM1 - 3F8",
+		"COM2 - 2F8",
+		"COM3 - 3E8",
+		"COM4 - 2E8"
+	};
+
+	static char custom_port[10 + MODEM_NAME_MAX] = {"CUSTOM - ????"};
+
+#ifdef EDIT_IRQ
+	static char *irqname[5] = {
+		"2 / 9",
+		"3 - [COM2 & 4]",
+		"4 - [COM1 & 3]",
+		"5",
+		"CUSTOM - ??"
+	};
+
+	static int _irqidx[4] = {
+		2,
+		1,
+		2,
+		1
+	};
+#endif	// EDIT_IRQ
+
+	static char modemnames[10][MODEM_NAME_MAX];
+
+	static char *baudname[5] = {
+		"14400",
+		"19200",
+		"28800",
+		"38400",
+		"57600",
+	};
+
+	static char *init_types[2] = {
+		"Normal",
+		"Full",
+	};
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog variables
+	........................................................................*/
+	RedrawType display = REDRAW_ALL;		// redraw level
+	BOOL process = true;						// process while true
+	KeyNumType input;
+	char * item;								// general-purpose string
+	char * temp;								// general-purpose string
+
+	char portbuf[ PORTBUF_MAX ] = {0};	// buffer for port
+#ifdef EDIT_IRQ
+	char irqbuf[ IRQBUF_MAX ] = {0};		// buffer for irq
+#endif	//EDIT_IRQ
+	char baudbuf[ BAUDBUF_MAX ] = {0};	// buffer for baud
+	char initstrbuf[ INITSTRBUF_MAX ] = {0};		// buffer for init string
+	char cwaitstrbuf[ CWAITSTRBUF_MAX ] = {0};	// buffer for call waiting string
+
+	int port_index = 1;	// index of currently-selected port (default = com2)
+	int port_custom_index = 4;	//index of custom entry in port list
+#ifdef EDIT_IRQ
+	int irq_index = 1;	// index of currently-selected irq (default = 3)
+#endif	//EDIT_IRQ
+	int baud_index = 1;	// index of currently-selected baud (default = 19200)
+	int initstr_index = 0;	// index of currently-selected modem init (default = "ATZ")
+	int cwaitstr_index = CALL_WAIT_CUSTOM;	// index of currently-selected call waiting (default = "")
+	int rc = 0;									// -1 = user cancelled, 1 = New
+	int i;										// loop counter
+	int pos;
+	int len;
+	int firsttime = 1;
+	SerialSettingsType tempsettings;
+	DetectPortType dpstatus;
+	char	init_text[32];
+
+	void const *up_button;
+	void const *down_button;
+
+	if (InMainLoop){
+		up_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-UP.SHP");
+		down_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-DN.SHP");
+	}else{
+		up_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-UP2.SHP");
+		down_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-DN2.SHP");
+	}
+
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Buttons
+	........................................................................*/
+	GadgetClass *commands;										// button list
+
+	EditClass port_edt (BUTTON_PORT,
+		portbuf, PORTBUF_MAX,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_port_x, d_port_y, d_port_w, d_port_h, EditClass::ALPHANUMERIC);
+
+	ListClass portlist(BUTTON_PORTLIST,
+		d_portlist_x, d_portlist_y, d_portlist_w, d_portlist_h,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		up_button,
+		down_button);
+
+#ifdef EDIT_IRQ
+	EditClass irq_edt (BUTTON_IRQ,
+		irqbuf, IRQBUF_MAX,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_irq_x, d_irq_y, d_irq_w, d_irq_h, EditClass::NUMERIC);
+
+	ListClass irqlist(BUTTON_IRQLIST,
+		d_irqlist_x, d_irqlist_y, d_irqlist_w, d_irqlist_h,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		up_button,
+		down_button);
+#endif	//EDIT_IRQ
+
+	EditClass baud_edt (BUTTON_BAUD,
+		baudbuf, BAUDBUF_MAX,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_baud_x, d_baud_y, d_baud_w, d_baud_h, EditClass::NUMERIC);
+
+	ListClass baudlist(BUTTON_BAUDLIST,
+		d_baudlist_x, d_baudlist_y, d_baudlist_w, d_baudlist_h,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		up_button,
+		down_button);
+
+	EditClass initstr_edt (BUTTON_INITSTR,
+		initstrbuf, INITSTRBUF_MAX,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_initstr_x, d_initstr_y, d_initstr_w, d_initstr_h, EditClass::ALPHANUMERIC);
+
+	ListClass initstrlist(BUTTON_INITSTRLIST,
+		d_initstrlist_x, d_initstrlist_y, d_initstrlist_w, d_initstrlist_h,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		up_button,
+		down_button);
+
+	TextButtonClass addbtn(BUTTON_ADD, TXT_ADD,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+//#ifdef FRENCH
+//		d_add_x, d_add_y);
+//#else
+		d_add_x, d_add_y, d_add_w, d_add_h);
+//#endif
+
+	TextButtonClass deletebtn(BUTTON_DELETE, TXT_DELETE_BUTTON,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+//#ifdef FRENCH
+//		d_delete_x, d_delete_y);
+//#else
+		d_delete_x, d_delete_y, d_delete_w, d_delete_h);
+//#endif
+
+	EditClass cwaitstr_edt (BUTTON_CWAITSTR,
+		cwaitstrbuf, CWAITSTRBUF_MAX,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_cwaitstr_x, d_cwaitstr_y, d_cwaitstr_w, d_cwaitstr_h, EditClass::ALPHANUMERIC);
+
+	ListClass cwaitstrlist(BUTTON_CWAITSTRLIST,
+		d_cwaitstrlist_x, d_cwaitstrlist_y, d_cwaitstrlist_w, d_cwaitstrlist_h,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		up_button,
+		down_button);
+
+	TextButtonClass tonebtn(BUTTON_TONE, TXT_TONE_BUTTON,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_tone_x, d_tone_y, d_tone_w, d_tone_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass pulsebtn(BUTTON_PULSE, TXT_PULSE_BUTTON,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_pulse_x, d_pulse_y, d_pulse_w, d_pulse_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass savebtn(BUTTON_SAVE, TXT_SAVE_BUTTON,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+//#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+//		d_save_x, d_save_y);
+//#else
+		d_save_x, d_save_y, d_save_w, d_save_h);
+//#endif
+
+	TextButtonClass cancelbtn(BUTTON_CANCEL, TXT_CANCEL,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+//#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+//		d_cancel_x, d_cancel_y);
+//#else
+		d_cancel_x, d_cancel_y, d_cancel_w, d_cancel_h);
+//#endif
+#if (0)
+	TextButtonClass inittypebutton(BUTTON_INITTYPE, init_text,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_inittype_x, d_inittype_y, d_inittype_w, d_inittype_h);
+#endif	//(0)
+
+	TextButtonClass advancedbutton(BUTTON_ADVANCED, TXT_ADVANCED,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_advanced_x, d_advanced_y, d_advanced_w, d_advanced_h);
+
+	/*
+	----------------------------- Various Inits ------------------------------
+	*/
+	memcpy( &tempsettings, settings, sizeof(SerialSettingsType) );
+
+	strcpy (init_text, init_types[tempsettings.Init]);
+
+	if (tempsettings.Port == 0) {
+		tempsettings.Port = 0x2f8;
+	}
+
+	if (tempsettings.IRQ == -1) {
+		tempsettings.IRQ = 3;
+	}
+
+	if (tempsettings.Baud == -1) {
+		tempsettings.Baud = 19200;
+	}
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Set the current indices
+	........................................................................*/
+
+#ifdef EDIT_IRQ
+	switch ( tempsettings.IRQ ) {
+		case ( 2 ):
+			irq_index = 0;
+			strcpy (irqbuf, "2");
+			break;
+
+		case ( 3 ):
+			irq_index = 1;
+			strcpy (irqbuf, "3");
+			break;
+
+		case ( 4 ):
+			irq_index = 2;
+			strcpy (irqbuf, "4");
+			break;
+
+		case ( 5 ):
+			irq_index = 3;
+			strcpy (irqbuf, "5");
+			break;
+
+		default:
+			irq_index = 4;
+			sprintf (irqbuf, "%d", tempsettings.IRQ);
+			temp = strchr( irqname[4], '-' );
+			if ( temp ) {
+				pos = (int)(temp - irqname[4]) + 2;
+				len = strlen( irqbuf );
+				strncpy( irqname[4] + pos, irqbuf, len );
+				*(irqname[4] + pos + len) = 0;
+			}
+			break;
+	}
+#endif	//EDIT_IRQ
+
+	if (tempsettings.Baud == 14400) {
+		baud_index = 0;
+	} else {
+		if (tempsettings.Baud == 19200) {
+			baud_index = 1;
+		} else {
+			if (tempsettings.Baud == 28800) {
+				baud_index = 2;
+			} else {
+				if (tempsettings.Baud == 38400) {
+					baud_index = 3;
+				} else {
+					baud_index = 4;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	sprintf (baudbuf, "%d", tempsettings.Baud);
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Set up the port list box & edit box
+	........................................................................*/
+	for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
+		portlist.Add_Item( portname[ i ] );
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Loop through the first 10 possible modem entries in the registry. Frankly, its just
+	** tough luck if the user has more than 10 modems attached!
+	*/
+	if (ModemRegistry) {
+		delete ModemRegistry;
+	}
+	int modems_found = 0;
+	for (i=0 ; i<10 ; i++) {
+		ModemRegistry = new ModemRegistryEntryClass (i);
+		if (ModemRegistry->Get_Modem_Name()) {
+			strncpy (modemnames[modems_found], ModemRegistry->Get_Modem_Name(), MODEM_NAME_MAX);
+			portlist.Add_Item( modemnames [modems_found++] );
+			port_custom_index ++;
+		}
+		delete ModemRegistry;
+	}
+	ModemRegistry = NULL;
+
+	portlist.Add_Item ( custom_port );
+
+
+	/*
+	** Work out the current port index
+	*/
+	port_index = -1;
+
+	if (tempsettings.ModemName[0]) {
+		for ( i=0 ; i<port_custom_index ; i++) {
+			if (!stricmp (portlist.Get_Item(i), tempsettings.ModemName)) {
+				port_index = i;
+				strcpy (portbuf, tempsettings.ModemName);
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+		/*
+		** The modem name specified wasnt in the registry so add it as a custom entry
+		*/
+		if (port_index == -1) {
+			temp = strchr( custom_port, '-' );
+			if ( temp ) {
+				pos = (int)(temp - custom_port) + 2;
+				len = strlen( tempsettings.ModemName );
+				strncpy( custom_port + pos, tempsettings.ModemName, len );
+				*(custom_port + pos + len) = 0;
+				strcpy (portbuf, tempsettings.ModemName);
+				port_index = port_custom_index;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (port_index == -1) {
+		switch ( tempsettings.Port ) {
+			case ( 0x3f8 ):
+				port_index = 0;
+				strcpy (portbuf, "COM1");
+				break;
+
+			case ( 0x2f8 ):
+				port_index = 1;
+				strcpy (portbuf, "COM2");
+				break;
+
+			case ( 0x3e8 ):
+				port_index = 2;
+				strcpy (portbuf, "COM3");
+				break;
+
+			case ( 0x2e8 ):
+				port_index = 3;
+				strcpy (portbuf, "COM4");
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				port_index = port_custom_index;
+				sprintf (portbuf, "%x", tempsettings.Port);
+				temp = strchr( custom_port, '-' );
+				if ( temp ) {
+					pos = (int)(temp - custom_port) + 2;
+					len = strlen( portbuf );
+					strncpy( custom_port + pos, portbuf, len );
+					*(custom_port + pos + len) = 0;
+				}
+				break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	portlist.Set_Selected_Index( port_index );
+
+	/*
+	** Set up the port edit box
+	*/
+	port_edt.Set_Text( portbuf, PORTBUF_MAX );
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Set up the IRQ list box & edit box
+	........................................................................*/
+#ifdef EDIT_IRQ
+	for (i = 0; i < 5; i++) {
+		irqlist.Add_Item( irqname[ i ] );
+	}
+
+	irqlist.Set_Selected_Index( irq_index );
+	irq_edt.Set_Text( irqbuf, IRQBUF_MAX );
+#endif	//EDIT_IRQ
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Set up the baud rate list box & edit box
+	........................................................................*/
+	for (i = 0; i < 5; i++) {
+		baudlist.Add_Item( baudname[ i ] );
+	}
+
+	baudlist.Set_Selected_Index( baud_index );
+	baud_edt.Set_Text( baudbuf, BAUDBUF_MAX );
+
+	initstr_index = tempsettings.InitStringIndex;
+	Build_Init_String_Listbox(&initstrlist, &initstr_edt, initstrbuf, &initstr_index);
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Set up the cwait rate list box & edit box
+	........................................................................*/
+
+	cwaitstr_index = tempsettings.CallWaitStringIndex;
+	for (i = 0; i < CALL_WAIT_STRINGS_NUM; i++) {
+		if ( i == CALL_WAIT_CUSTOM ) {
+			item = CallWaitStrings[ i ];
+			temp = strchr( item, '-' );
+			if ( temp ) {
+				pos = (int)(temp - item) + 2;
+				len = strlen( tempsettings.CallWaitString );
+				strncpy( item + pos, tempsettings.CallWaitString, len );
+				*(item + pos + len) = 0;
+				if (i == cwaitstr_index) {
+					strncpy( cwaitstrbuf, item + pos, CWAITSTRBUF_MAX );
+				}
+			}
+		} else {
+			if (i == cwaitstr_index) {
+				strncpy( cwaitstrbuf, CallWaitStrings[ i ], CWAITSTRBUF_MAX );
+			}
+		}
+		cwaitstrlist.Add_Item( CallWaitStrings[ i ] );
+	}
+
+	cwaitstrlist.Set_Selected_Index( cwaitstr_index );
+	cwaitstr_edt.Set_Text( cwaitstrbuf, CWAITSTRBUF_MAX );
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Build the button list
+	........................................................................*/
+	commands = &cancelbtn;
+	port_edt.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	portlist.Add_Tail(*commands);
+#ifdef EDIT_IRQ
+	irq_edt.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	irqlist.Add_Tail(*commands);
+#endif	// EDIT_IRQ
+	baud_edt.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	baudlist.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	//inittypebutton.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	initstr_edt.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	initstrlist.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	addbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	deletebtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	cwaitstr_edt.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	cwaitstrlist.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	tonebtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	pulsebtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	savebtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	advancedbutton.Add_Tail(*commands);
+
+
+	if (tempsettings.DialMethod == DIAL_TOUCH_TONE) {
+		tonebtn.Turn_On();
+	} else {
+		pulsebtn.Turn_On();
+	}
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Processing loop -----------------------------
+	*/
+	while (process) {
+
+		/*
+		** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+		** we need to redraw.
+		*/
+		if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+			AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+			display=REDRAW_ALL;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................ Invoke game callback .........................
+		*/
+		Call_Back();
+
+		/*
+		** Dont allow editing of non-custom ports to fix the problem of the cursor appearing
+		** outside the edit box.
+		*/
+		if (port_index == port_custom_index) {
+			port_edt.Set_Read_Only(false);
+		}else{
+			port_edt.Set_Read_Only(true);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		...................... Refresh display if needed ......................
+		*/
+		if (display) {
+			Hide_Mouse();
+			/*
+			.................. Redraw backgound & dialog box ...................
+			*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BACKGROUND) {
+				Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+				HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+				Set_Palette(Palette);
+
+				Dialog_Box(d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w, d_dialog_h);
+
+				// init font variables
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_NONE, 0, 0, TBLACK, TBLACK,
+					TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Dialog & Field labels
+				...............................................................*/
+				Draw_Caption (TXT_SETTINGS, d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print( TXT_PORT_COLON,
+					d_port_x - 3, d_port_y + 1 *factor,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+#ifdef EDIT_IRQ
+				Fancy_Text_Print( TXT_IRQ_COLON,
+					d_irq_x - 3, d_irq_y + 1 *factor,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+#endif	//EDIT_IRQ
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print( TXT_BAUD_COLON,
+					d_baud_x - 3, d_baud_y + 1 *factor,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print( TXT_INIT_STRING,
+					d_initstr_x, d_initstr_y - d_txt6_h - 3 *factor,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print( TXT_CWAIT_STRING,
+					d_cwaitstr_x, d_cwaitstr_y - d_txt6_h - 3 *factor,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+#if (0)
+				Fancy_Text_Print ( "Modem Init",
+					d_inittype_x, d_inittype_y - d_txt6_h - d_margin,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+#endif	//(0)
+			}
+
+			/*
+			.......................... Redraw buttons ..........................
+			*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BUTTONS) {
+				cancelbtn.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				port_edt.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				portlist.Flag_To_Redraw();
+#ifdef EDIT_IRQ
+				irq_edt.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				irqlist.Flag_To_Redraw();
+#endif	// EDIT_IRQ
+				baud_edt.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				baudlist.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				//inittypebutton.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				advancedbutton.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				initstr_edt.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				initstrlist.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				addbtn.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				deletebtn.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				cwaitstr_edt.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				cwaitstrlist.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				tonebtn.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				pulsebtn.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				savebtn.Flag_To_Redraw();
+			}
+
+			Show_Mouse();
+			display = REDRAW_NONE;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................... Get user input ............................
+		*/
+		input = commands->Input();
+
+		if ( firsttime ) {
+			port_edt.Set_Focus();
+			port_edt.Flag_To_Redraw();
+			input = commands->Input();
+			firsttime = 0;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		---------------------------- Process input ----------------------------
+		*/
+		switch (input) {
+#if (0)
+			case (BUTTON_INITTYPE | KN_BUTTON):
+				tempsettings.Init = !tempsettings.Init;
+				strcpy (init_text, init_types[tempsettings.Init]);
+				inittypebutton.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				break;
+
+
+#endif	//(0)
+
+			case (BUTTON_ADVANCED | KN_BUTTON):
+				Advanced_Modem_Settings (&tempsettings);
+				display = REDRAW_ALL;
+				break;
+
+
+			case (BUTTON_PORT | KN_BUTTON):
+				item = (char *)portlist.Current_Item();
+				if (port_index < 4) {
+					temp = strchr( item, ' ' );
+					if ( !temp ) {
+						strncpy( portbuf, item, PORTBUF_MAX );
+					} else {
+						pos = (int)(temp - item);
+						strncpy( portbuf, item, pos );
+						portbuf[pos] = 0;
+					}
+					port_edt.Set_Text( portbuf, PORTBUF_MAX );
+					port_edt.Flag_To_Redraw();
+#ifdef EDIT_IRQ
+					irq_edt.Set_Focus();
+					irq_edt.Flag_To_Redraw();
+#endif	//EDIT_IRQ
+				} else {
+					strupr( portbuf );
+					if ( stricmp(portbuf, "3F8") == 0 ) {
+						port_index = 0;
+						portlist.Set_Selected_Index( port_index );
+						strcpy (portbuf, "COM1");
+						display = REDRAW_BUTTONS;
+					}
+					else if ( stricmp(portbuf, "2F8") == 0 ) {
+						port_index = 1;
+						portlist.Set_Selected_Index( port_index );
+						strcpy (portbuf, "COM2");
+						display = REDRAW_BUTTONS;
+					}
+					else if ( stricmp(portbuf, "3E8") == 0 ) {
+						port_index = 2;
+						portlist.Set_Selected_Index( port_index );
+						strcpy (portbuf, "COM3");
+						display = REDRAW_BUTTONS;
+					}
+					else if ( stricmp(portbuf, "2E8") == 0 ) {
+						port_index = 3;
+						portlist.Set_Selected_Index( port_index );
+						strcpy (portbuf, "COM4");
+						display = REDRAW_BUTTONS;
+					}
+					else if ( strncmp(portbuf, "COM", 3) == 0 ) {
+						display = REDRAW_BUTTONS;
+
+						switch ( (portbuf[3] - '0') ) {
+							case 1:
+								port_index = 0;
+								break;
+
+							case 2:
+								port_index = 1;
+								break;
+
+							case 3:
+								port_index = 2;
+								break;
+
+							case 4:
+								port_index = 3;
+								break;
+
+							default:
+								if (portbuf[3] <= '9' && portbuf[3] >'0') {
+									portbuf[4] = 0;
+									port_index = port_custom_index;
+									temp = strchr( item, '-' );
+									if ( temp ) {
+										pos = (int)(temp - item) + 2;
+										len = strlen( portbuf );
+										strncpy( item + pos, portbuf, len );
+										*(item + pos + len) = 0;
+										display = REDRAW_BUTTONS;
+									}
+									break;
+								}
+								CCMessageBox().Process( TXT_INVALID_PORT_ADDRESS );
+								port_edt.Set_Focus();
+								display = REDRAW_ALL;
+								break;
+						}
+
+						portlist.Set_Selected_Index( port_index );
+					} else {
+						temp = strchr( item, '-' );
+						if ( temp ) {
+							pos = (int)(temp - item) + 2;
+							len = strlen( portbuf );
+							strncpy( item + pos, portbuf, len );
+							*(item + pos + len) = 0;
+							display = REDRAW_BUTTONS;
+						}
+					}
+
+#ifdef EDIT_IRQ
+					if (display == REDRAW_BUTTONS) {
+						irq_edt.Set_Focus();
+						irq_edt.Flag_To_Redraw();
+					}
+#endif	//EDIT_IRQ
+				}
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_PORTLIST | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (portlist.Current_Index() != port_index) {
+					port_index = portlist.Current_Index();
+					item = (char *)portlist.Current_Item();
+					if (port_index < 4) {
+						temp = strchr( item, ' ' );
+						if ( !temp ) {
+							strncpy( portbuf, item, PORTBUF_MAX );
+						} else {
+							pos = (int)(temp - item);
+							strncpy( portbuf, item, pos );
+							portbuf[pos] = 0;
+						}
+						port_edt.Clear_Focus();
+
+						// auto select the irq for port
+
+#ifdef EDIT_IRQ
+						irq_index = _irqidx[ port_index ];
+						irqlist.Set_Selected_Index( irq_index );
+						item = (char *)irqlist.Current_Item();
+						temp = strchr( item, ' ' );
+						if ( !temp ) {
+							strncpy( irqbuf, item, 2 );
+						} else {
+							pos = (int)(temp - item);
+							strncpy( irqbuf, item, pos );
+							irqbuf[pos] = 0;
+						}
+						irq_edt.Clear_Focus();
+#endif	//EDIT_IRQ
+					} else {
+						if (port_index == port_custom_index) {
+							/*
+							** This is the custom entry
+							*/
+							temp = strchr( item, '-' );
+							if ( temp ) {
+								pos = (int)(temp - item) + 2;
+								if ( *(item + pos) == '?' ) {
+									portbuf[0] = 0;
+								} else {
+									strncpy( portbuf, item + pos, PORTBUF_MAX );
+								}
+							}
+							port_edt.Set_Focus();
+						}else{
+							/*
+							** Must be a modem name entry so just copy iy
+							*/
+							strncpy (portbuf, item, PORTBUF_MAX);
+						}
+
+					}
+					port_edt.Set_Text( portbuf, PORTBUF_MAX );
+					display = REDRAW_BUTTONS;
+				} else {
+					if (port_index < port_custom_index) {
+						port_edt.Clear_Focus();
+					} else {
+						port_edt.Set_Focus();
+					}
+					display = REDRAW_BUTTONS;
+				}
+				break;
+
+#ifdef EDIT_IRQ
+			case (BUTTON_IRQ | KN_BUTTON):
+				item = (char *)irqlist.Current_Item();
+				if (irq_index < 4) {
+					temp = strchr( item, ' ' );
+					if ( !temp ) {
+						strncpy( irqbuf, item, IRQBUF_MAX );
+					} else {
+						pos = (int)(temp - item);
+						strncpy( irqbuf, item, pos );
+						irqbuf[pos] = 0;
+					}
+					irq_edt.Set_Text( irqbuf, IRQBUF_MAX );
+					irq_edt.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				} else {
+					temp = strchr( item, '-' );
+					if ( temp ) {
+						pos = (int)(temp - item) + 2;
+						len = strlen( irqbuf );
+						strncpy( item + pos, irqbuf, len );
+						*(item + pos + len) = 0;
+						display = REDRAW_BUTTONS;
+					}
+				}
+				baud_edt.Set_Focus();
+				baud_edt.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_IRQLIST | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (irqlist.Current_Index() != irq_index) {
+					irq_index = irqlist.Current_Index();
+					item = (char *)irqlist.Current_Item();
+					if (irq_index < 4) {
+						temp = strchr( item, ' ' );
+						if ( !temp ) {
+							strncpy( irqbuf, item, IRQBUF_MAX );
+						} else {
+							pos = (int)(temp - item);
+							strncpy( irqbuf, item, pos );
+							irqbuf[pos] = 0;
+						}
+						irq_edt.Clear_Focus();
+					} else {
+						temp = strchr( item, '-' );
+						if ( temp ) {
+							pos = (int)(temp - item) + 2;
+							if ( *(item + pos) == '?' ) {
+								irqbuf[0] = 0;
+							} else {
+								strncpy( irqbuf, item + pos, IRQBUF_MAX );
+							}
+						}
+						irq_edt.Set_Focus();
+					}
+					irq_edt.Set_Text( irqbuf, IRQBUF_MAX );
+				} else {
+					if (irq_index < 4) {
+						irq_edt.Clear_Focus();
+					} else {
+						irq_edt.Set_Focus();
+					}
+				}
+				display = REDRAW_BUTTONS;
+				break;
+#endif	//EDIT_IRQ
+
+			case (BUTTON_BAUD | KN_BUTTON):
+				item = (char *)baudlist.Current_Item();
+				strncpy( baudbuf, item, BAUDBUF_MAX );
+				baud_edt.Set_Text( baudbuf, BAUDBUF_MAX );
+				initstr_edt.Set_Focus();
+				initstr_edt.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				display = REDRAW_BUTTONS;
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_BAUDLIST | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (baudlist.Current_Index() != baud_index) {
+					baud_index = baudlist.Current_Index();
+					item = (char *)baudlist.Current_Item();
+					strncpy( baudbuf, item, BAUDBUF_MAX );
+					baud_edt.Set_Text( baudbuf, BAUDBUF_MAX );
+					baud_edt.Clear_Focus();
+					display = REDRAW_BUTTONS;
+				}
+				break;
+
+#if 0
+			case (BUTTON_INITSTR | KN_BUTTON):
+				strupr( initstrbuf );
+				strncpy( InitStrings[ initstr_index ], initstrbuf, INITSTRBUF_MAX );
+				Build_Init_String_Listbox(&initstrlist, &initstr_edt, initstrbuf,
+					&initstr_index);
+				cwaitstr_edt.Set_Focus();
+				cwaitstr_edt.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				display = REDRAW_BUTTONS;
+				break;
+#endif
+
+			case (BUTTON_INITSTRLIST | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (initstrlist.Current_Index() != initstr_index) {
+					initstr_index = initstrlist.Current_Index();
+					item = (char *)initstrlist.Current_Item();
+					strncpy( initstrbuf, item, INITSTRBUF_MAX );
+					initstr_edt.Set_Text( initstrbuf, INITSTRBUF_MAX );
+				}
+				initstr_edt.Set_Focus();
+				initstr_edt.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				display = REDRAW_BUTTONS;
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			Add a new InitString entry
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_ADD | KN_BUTTON):
+
+				item = new char[ INITSTRBUF_MAX ];
+				memset (item, 0, INITSTRBUF_MAX);
+
+				strupr ( initstrbuf );
+				strncpy ( item, initstrbuf, INITSTRBUF_MAX-1 );
+
+				InitStrings.Add ( item );
+				Build_Init_String_Listbox (&initstrlist, &initstr_edt, initstrbuf,
+					&initstr_index);
+				/*............................................................
+				Set the current listbox index to the newly-added item.
+				............................................................*/
+				for (i = 0; i < InitStrings.Count(); i++) {
+					if (item == InitStrings[i]) {
+						initstr_index = i;
+						strcpy( initstrbuf, InitStrings[ initstr_index ] );
+						initstr_edt.Set_Text( initstrbuf, INITSTRBUF_MAX );
+						initstrlist.Set_Selected_Index( initstr_index );
+					}
+				}
+				initstr_edt.Set_Focus();
+				initstr_edt.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				display = REDRAW_BUTTONS;
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			Delete the current InitString entry
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_DELETE | KN_BUTTON):
+
+				if ( InitStrings.Count() && initstr_index != -1) {
+					InitStrings.Delete( initstr_index );
+					Build_Init_String_Listbox(&initstrlist, &initstr_edt, initstrbuf,
+						&initstr_index);
+				}
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_CWAITSTR | KN_BUTTON):
+				item = (char *)cwaitstrlist.Current_Item();
+				if (cwaitstr_index < 3) {
+				} else {
+					temp = strchr( item, '-' );
+					if ( temp ) {
+						pos = (int)(temp - item) + 2;
+						len = strlen( cwaitstrbuf );
+						strncpy( item + pos, cwaitstrbuf, len );
+						*(item + pos + len) = 0;
+						display = REDRAW_BUTTONS;
+					}
+				}
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_CWAITSTRLIST | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (cwaitstrlist.Current_Index() != cwaitstr_index) {
+					cwaitstr_index = cwaitstrlist.Current_Index();
+					item = (char *)cwaitstrlist.Current_Item();
+					if (cwaitstr_index < 3) {
+						strncpy( cwaitstrbuf, item, CWAITSTRBUF_MAX );
+						cwaitstr_edt.Clear_Focus();
+					} else {
+						temp = strchr( item, '-' );
+						if ( temp ) {
+							pos = (int)(temp - item) + 2;
+							strncpy( cwaitstrbuf, item + pos, CWAITSTRBUF_MAX );
+						}
+						cwaitstr_edt.Set_Focus();
+					}
+					cwaitstr_edt.Set_Text( cwaitstrbuf, CWAITSTRBUF_MAX );
+				} else {
+					if (cwaitstr_index < 3) {
+						cwaitstr_edt.Clear_Focus();
+					} else {
+						cwaitstr_edt.Set_Focus();
+					}
+				}
+				display = REDRAW_BUTTONS;
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_TONE | KN_BUTTON):
+				tempsettings.DialMethod = DIAL_TOUCH_TONE;
+				tonebtn.Turn_On();
+				pulsebtn.Turn_Off();
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_PULSE | KN_BUTTON):
+				tempsettings.DialMethod = DIAL_PULSE;
+				tonebtn.Turn_Off();
+				pulsebtn.Turn_On();
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			SAVE: save the com settings
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (KN_RETURN):
+			case (BUTTON_SAVE | KN_BUTTON):
+				switch (port_index) {
+					case ( 0 ):
+						tempsettings.Port = 0x3f8;
+						tempsettings.ModemName[0] = 0;
+						break;
+
+					case ( 1 ):
+						tempsettings.Port = 0x2f8;
+						tempsettings.ModemName[0] = 0;
+						break;
+
+					case ( 2 ):
+						tempsettings.Port = 0x3e8;
+						tempsettings.ModemName[0] = 0;
+						break;
+
+					case ( 3 ):
+						tempsettings.Port = 0x2e8;
+						tempsettings.ModemName[0] = 0;
+						break;
+
+					default:
+						if (port_index == port_custom_index) {
+							strncpy ( tempsettings.ModemName, portbuf, MODEM_NAME_MAX );
+							tempsettings.Port = 1;
+						} else {
+							/*
+							** Must be a modem name index
+							*/
+							strcpy (tempsettings.ModemName, portlist.Current_Item());
+							tempsettings.Port = 1;
+						}
+						break;
+				}
+
+#ifdef EDIT_IRQ
+				switch (irq_index) {
+					case ( 0 ):
+						tempsettings.IRQ = 2;
+						break;
+
+					case ( 1 ):
+						tempsettings.IRQ = 3;
+						break;
+
+					case ( 2 ):
+						tempsettings.IRQ = 4;
+						break;
+
+					case ( 3 ):
+						tempsettings.IRQ = 5;
+						break;
+
+					default:
+						sscanf( irqbuf, "%d", &tempsettings.IRQ );
+						break;
+				}
+#endif	//EDIT_IRQ
+
+				sscanf( baudbuf, "%d", &tempsettings.Baud );
+
+				tempsettings.InitStringIndex = initstr_index;
+				tempsettings.CallWaitStringIndex = cwaitstr_index;
+
+				item = CallWaitStrings[ CALL_WAIT_CUSTOM ];
+				temp = strchr( item, '-' );
+				if ( temp ) {
+					pos = (int)(temp - item) + 2;
+					strncpy( cwaitstrbuf, item + pos, CWAITSTRBUF_MAX );
+				} else {
+					cwaitstrbuf[ 0 ] = 0;
+				}
+
+				strncpy( tempsettings.CallWaitString, cwaitstrbuf, CWAITSTRBUF_MAX );
+
+				dpstatus = NullModem.Detect_Port( &tempsettings );
+
+				if (dpstatus == PORT_VALID) {
+					process = false;
+					rc = true;
+				}
+				else if (dpstatus == PORT_INVALID) {
+					CCMessageBox().Process( TXT_INVALID_SETTINGS );
+					firsttime = 1;
+					display = REDRAW_ALL;
+				}
+				else if (dpstatus == PORT_IRQ_INUSE) {
+					CCMessageBox().Process( TXT_IRQ_ALREADY_IN_USE );
+					firsttime = 1;
+					display = REDRAW_ALL;
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			CANCEL: send a SIGN_OFF, bail out with error code
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (KN_ESC):
+			case (BUTTON_CANCEL | KN_BUTTON):
+				process = false;
+				rc = false;
+				break;
+		}
+
+	}	/* end of while */
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Restore screen
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	Hide_Mouse();
+	Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+	HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+	Show_Mouse();
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Save values into the Settings structure
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (rc) {
+		memcpy( settings, &tempsettings, sizeof(SerialSettingsType) );
+	}
+
+	return(rc);
+
+}	/* end of Com_Settings_Dialog */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Build_Init_String_Listbox -- [re]builds the initstring listbox          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This routine rebuilds the initstring list box from scratch; it also		*
+ * updates the contents of the initstring edit field.								*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		list		ptr to list box															*
+ *		edit		ptr to edit box															*
+ *		buf		ptr to buffer for initstring											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/08/1995 DRD : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static void Build_Init_String_Listbox (ListClass *list, EditClass *edit, char *buf, int *index)
+{
+	int i, curidx;
+	char *item;
+
+
+	curidx = *index;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Clear the list
+	........................................................................*/
+	while (list->Count()) {
+		item = (char *)(list->Get_Item(0));
+		list->Remove_Item(item);
+		delete [] item;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Now sort the init string list by name then number
+	*/
+	qsort ((void *)(&InitStrings[0]), InitStrings.Count(), sizeof(char *), Init_String_Compare);
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Build the list
+	........................................................................*/
+	for (i = 0; i < InitStrings.Count(); i++) {
+		item = new char[ INITSTRBUF_MAX ];
+		strcpy( item, InitStrings[i] );
+		list->Add_Item(item);
+	}
+	list->Flag_To_Redraw();
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Init the current phone book index
+	........................................................................*/
+	if (list->Count() == 0 || curidx < -1) {
+		curidx = -1;
+	} else {
+		if (curidx >= list->Count() ) {
+			curidx = 0;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Fill in initstring edit buffer
+	........................................................................*/
+	if (curidx > -1) {
+		strcpy (buf, InitStrings[ curidx ]);
+		edit->Set_Text (buf, INITSTRBUF_MAX );
+		list->Set_Selected_Index( curidx );
+	}
+
+	*index = curidx;
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Init_String_Compare -- for qsort														*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		p1,p2		ptrs to elements to compare											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		0 = same, -1 = (*p1) goes BEFORE (*p2), 1 = (*p1) goes AFTER (*p2)	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/08/1995 DRD : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static int Init_String_Compare (const void *p1, const void *p2)
+{
+	return( strcmp( *((char **)p1), *((char **)p2) ) );
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Com_Scenario_Dialog -- Serial game scenario selection dialog										  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ *    ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿                      	  *
+ *    ³                        Serial Game                         ³                       	  *
+ *    ³                                                            ³                      	  *
+ *    ³     Your Name: __________          House: [GDI] [NOD]      ³                    	 	  *
+ *    ³       Credits: ______      Desired Color: [ ][ ][ ][ ]     ³ 	   						  *
+ *    ³      Opponent: Name                                        ³                    	 	  *
+ *    ³                                                            ³                    	 	  *
+ *    ³                         Scenario                           ³   								  *
+ *    ³                  ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄ¿                    ³ 								  *
+ *    ³                  ³ Hell's Kitchen   ³³                    ³ 								  *
+ *    ³                  ³ Heaven's Gate    ÃÄ´                    ³									  *
+ *    ³                  ³      ...         ³ ³                    ³									  *
+ *    ³                  ³                  ÃÄ´                    ³ 								  *
+ *    ³                  ³                  ³³                    ³ 								  *
+ *    ³                  ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÙ                    ³ 								  *
+ *    ³                 [  Bases   ] [ Crates     ]                ³                           *
+ *    ³                 [ Tiberium ] [ AI Players ]                ³           					  *
+ *    ³                                                            ³                   	 	  *
+ *    ³                      [OK]    [Cancel]                      ³                    	 	  *
+ *    ³   ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿   ³                   	 	  *
+ *    ³   ³                                                    ³   ³                   	 	  *
+ *    ³   ³                                                    ³   ³                   	 	  *
+ *    ³   ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ   ³                   	 	  *
+ *    ³                       [Send Message]                       ³                   	 	  *
+ *    ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ                      	  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  						  *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 						  *
+ *		true = success, false = cancel																			  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               						  *
+ *		MPlayerName & MPlayerGameName must contain this player's name.									  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                						  *
+ *   02/14/1995 BR : Created.                                              						  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+#define TXT_HOST_INTERNET_GAME 4567+1
+#define TXT_JOIN_INTERNET_GAME 4567+2
+int Com_Scenario_Dialog(void)
+{
+	int factor			= (SeenBuff.Get_Width() == 320) ? 1 : 2;
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog & button dimensions
+	........................................................................*/
+	int d_dialog_w = 290*factor;											// dialog width
+	int d_dialog_h = 190*factor;											// dialog height
+	int d_dialog_x = ((320*factor - d_dialog_w) / 2);				// dialog x-coord
+	int d_dialog_y = ((200*factor - d_dialog_h) / 2);				// dialog y-coord
+	int d_dialog_cx = d_dialog_x + (d_dialog_w / 2);		// center x-coord
+
+	int d_txt6_h = 6*factor+1;												// ht of 6-pt text
+	int d_margin1 = 5*factor;												// margin width/height
+	int d_margin2 = 2*factor;												// margin width/height
+
+	int d_name_w = 70*factor;
+	int d_name_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_name_x = d_dialog_x + 108*factor;
+	int d_name_y = d_dialog_y + d_margin1 + d_txt6_h + d_txt6_h + d_margin1;
+
+	int d_credits_w = ((CREDITSBUF_MAX - 1) * 6*factor) + 3*factor;
+	int d_credits_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_credits_x = d_name_x;
+	int d_credits_y = d_name_y + d_name_h + d_margin2;
+
+	int d_gdi_w = 30*factor;
+	int d_gdi_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_gdi_x = d_dialog_cx + (d_dialog_w / 4);
+	int d_gdi_y = d_dialog_y + d_margin1 + d_txt6_h + d_txt6_h + d_margin1;
+
+	int d_nod_w = 30*factor;
+	int d_nod_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_nod_x = d_gdi_x + d_gdi_w + (d_margin1 / 2);
+	int d_nod_y = d_gdi_y;
+
+	int d_color_w = 10*factor;
+	int d_color_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_color_y = d_gdi_y + d_gdi_h + d_margin2;
+
+	int d_opponent_x = d_name_x;
+	int d_opponent_y = d_color_y + d_color_h + d_margin2;
+
+	int d_scenariolist_w = 182*factor;
+	int d_scenariolist_h = 27*factor;
+	int d_scenariolist_x = d_dialog_cx - (d_scenariolist_w / 2);
+	int d_scenariolist_y = d_opponent_y + d_txt6_h + 3*factor + d_txt6_h;
+
+	// d_count_x is calculated below after other enums
+	int d_count_w = 25*factor;
+	int d_count_h = 7*factor;
+	int d_count_y = d_scenariolist_y + d_scenariolist_h + d_margin2;
+
+	// d_level_x is calculated below after other enums
+	int d_level_w = 25*factor;
+	int d_level_h = 7*factor;
+	int d_level_y = d_count_y;
+
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+	int d_bases_w = 120*factor;//BGA:100;
+#else
+	int d_bases_w = 110*factor;
+#endif
+	int d_bases_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_bases_x = d_dialog_cx - d_bases_w - d_margin2;
+	int d_bases_y = d_count_y + d_count_h + d_margin2;
+
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+	int d_goodies_w = 120*factor;
+#else
+	int d_goodies_w = 110*factor;
+#endif
+	int d_goodies_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_goodies_x = d_dialog_cx + d_margin2;
+	int d_goodies_y = d_bases_y;
+
+	int d_count_x = d_dialog_cx - d_count_w - ((2 * 6*factor) + 3*factor)
+					- ((d_bases_w - ((13 * 6*factor) + 3*factor + d_count_w)) / 2) - d_margin2;
+
+	int d_level_x = d_dialog_cx + (11 * 6*factor)
+					+ ((d_goodies_w - ((13 * 6*factor) + 3*factor + d_level_w)) / 2) + d_margin2;
+
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+	int d_tiberium_w = 120*factor;
+#else
+	int d_tiberium_w = 110*factor;
+#endif
+	int d_tiberium_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_tiberium_x = d_dialog_cx - d_bases_w - d_margin2;
+	int d_tiberium_y = d_bases_y + d_bases_h + d_margin2;
+
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+	int d_ghosts_w = 120*factor;
+#else
+	int d_ghosts_w = 110*factor;
+#endif
+	int d_ghosts_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_ghosts_x = d_dialog_cx + d_margin2;
+	int d_ghosts_y = d_tiberium_y;
+
+	int d_ok_w = 45*factor;
+	int d_ok_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_ok_x = d_tiberium_x + (d_tiberium_w / 2) - (d_ok_w / 2);
+	int d_ok_y = d_tiberium_y + d_tiberium_h + d_margin1;
+
+	int d_cancel_w = 45*factor;
+	int d_cancel_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_cancel_x = d_ghosts_x + (d_ghosts_w / 2) - (d_cancel_w / 2);
+	int d_cancel_y = d_tiberium_y + d_tiberium_h + d_margin1;
+
+	int d_message_w = d_dialog_w - (d_margin1 * 2);
+	int d_message_h = 34*factor;
+	int d_message_x = d_dialog_x + d_margin1;
+	int d_message_y = d_cancel_y + d_cancel_h + d_margin1;
+
+	int d_send_w = 80*factor;
+	int d_send_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_send_x = d_dialog_cx - (d_send_w / 2);
+	int d_send_y = d_message_y + d_message_h + d_margin2;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Button Enumerations
+	........................................................................*/
+	enum {
+		BUTTON_NAME = 100,
+		BUTTON_GDI,
+		BUTTON_NOD,
+		BUTTON_CREDITS,
+		BUTTON_SCENARIOLIST,
+		BUTTON_COUNT,
+		BUTTON_LEVEL,
+		BUTTON_BASES,
+		BUTTON_TIBERIUM,
+		BUTTON_GOODIES,
+		BUTTON_GHOSTS,
+		BUTTON_OK,
+		BUTTON_CANCEL,
+		BUTTON_SEND,
+	};
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Redraw values: in order from "top" to "bottom" layer of the dialog
+	........................................................................*/
+	typedef enum {
+		REDRAW_NONE = 0,
+		REDRAW_MESSAGE,
+		REDRAW_COLORS,
+		REDRAW_BUTTONS,
+		REDRAW_BACKGROUND,
+		REDRAW_ALL = REDRAW_BACKGROUND
+	} RedrawType;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog variables
+	........................................................................*/
+	RedrawType display = REDRAW_ALL;		// redraw level
+	bool process = true;						// process while true
+	KeyNumType input;
+
+	char namebuf[MPLAYER_NAME_MAX] = {0};		// buffer for player's name
+	char credbuf[CREDITSBUF_MAX];					// for credit edit box
+	int old_cred;								// old value in credits buffer
+	int transmit;								// 1 = re-transmit new game options
+	int cbox_x[] = {	d_gdi_x,
+							d_gdi_x + d_color_w,
+							d_gdi_x + (d_color_w * 2),
+							d_gdi_x + (d_color_w * 3),
+							d_gdi_x + (d_color_w * 4),
+							d_gdi_x + (d_color_w * 5)};
+	int parms_received = 0;					// 1 = game options received
+	int changed = 0;							// 1 = user has changed an option
+
+	int rc;
+	int recsignedoff = false;
+	int i;
+	int version;
+	char txt[80];
+	unsigned long starttime;
+	unsigned long timingtime;
+	unsigned long lastmsgtime;
+	unsigned long lastredrawtime;
+	unsigned long transmittime = 0;
+	unsigned long theirresponsetime;
+	int packetlen;
+	static int first_time = 1;
+	bool oppscorescreen = false;
+	bool gameoptions = false;
+	EventClass *event;					// event ptr
+	unsigned long msg_timeout = 1200;	// init to 20 seconds
+
+	int					message_length;
+	int					sent_so_far;
+	unsigned short		magic_number;
+	unsigned short		crc;
+	bool					ready_to_go = false;
+	CountDownTimerClass ready_time;
+
+	void const *up_button;
+	void const *down_button;
+
+	if (InMainLoop){
+		up_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-UP.SHP");
+		down_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-DN.SHP");
+	}else{
+		up_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-UP2.SHP");
+		down_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-DN2.SHP");
+	}
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Buttons
+	........................................................................*/
+	GadgetClass *commands;										// button list
+
+	EditClass name_edt (BUTTON_NAME,
+		namebuf, MPLAYER_NAME_MAX,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_name_x, d_name_y, d_name_w, d_name_h, EditClass::ALPHANUMERIC);
+
+	TextButtonClass gdibtn(BUTTON_GDI, TXT_G_D_I,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_gdi_x, d_gdi_y, d_gdi_w, d_gdi_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass nodbtn(BUTTON_NOD, TXT_N_O_D,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_nod_x, d_nod_y, d_nod_w, d_nod_h);
+
+	EditClass credit_edt (BUTTON_CREDITS,
+		credbuf, CREDITSBUF_MAX,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_credits_x, d_credits_y, d_credits_w, d_credits_h, EditClass::ALPHANUMERIC);
+
+	ListClass scenariolist(BUTTON_SCENARIOLIST,
+		d_scenariolist_x, d_scenariolist_y, d_scenariolist_w, d_scenariolist_h,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		up_button,
+		down_button);
+
+	GaugeClass countgauge (BUTTON_COUNT,
+		d_count_x, d_count_y, d_count_w, d_count_h);
+
+	GaugeClass levelgauge (BUTTON_LEVEL,
+		d_level_x, d_level_y, d_level_w, d_level_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass basesbtn(BUTTON_BASES, TXT_BASES_OFF,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_bases_x, d_bases_y, d_bases_w, d_bases_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass tiberiumbtn(BUTTON_TIBERIUM, TXT_TIBERIUM_OFF,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_tiberium_x, d_tiberium_y, d_tiberium_w, d_tiberium_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass goodiesbtn(BUTTON_GOODIES, TXT_CRATES_OFF,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_goodies_x, d_goodies_y, d_goodies_w, d_goodies_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass ghostsbtn(BUTTON_GHOSTS, TXT_AI_PLAYERS_OFF,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_ghosts_x, d_ghosts_y, d_ghosts_w, d_ghosts_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass okbtn(BUTTON_OK, TXT_OK,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_ok_x, d_ok_y, d_ok_w, d_ok_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass cancelbtn(BUTTON_CANCEL, TXT_CANCEL,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+//#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+//		d_cancel_x, d_cancel_y);
+//#else
+		d_cancel_x, d_cancel_y, d_cancel_w, d_cancel_h);
+//#endif
+
+	TextButtonClass sendbtn(BUTTON_SEND, TXT_SEND_MESSAGE,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+//#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+//		d_send_x, d_send_y);
+//#else
+		d_send_x, d_send_y, d_send_w, d_send_h);
+//#endif
+
+	/*
+	------------------------- Build the button list --------------------------
+	*/
+	commands = &name_edt;
+	gdibtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	nodbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	credit_edt.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	scenariolist.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	countgauge.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	levelgauge.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	basesbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	tiberiumbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	goodiesbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	ghostsbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	okbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	cancelbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	sendbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+
+	/*
+	----------------------------- Various Inits ------------------------------
+	*/
+	/*........................................................................
+	Init player name & house
+	........................................................................*/
+	MPlayerColorIdx = MPlayerPrefColor;			// init my preferred color
+	strcpy (namebuf, MPlayerName);				// set my name
+	name_edt.Set_Text(namebuf,MPLAYER_NAME_MAX);
+	name_edt.Set_Color(MPlayerTColors[MPlayerColorIdx]);
+
+	if (MPlayerHouse==HOUSE_GOOD) {
+		gdibtn.Turn_On();
+	} else {
+		nodbtn.Turn_On();
+	}
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Init scenario values, only the first time through
+	........................................................................*/
+	if (first_time) {
+		MPlayerCredits = 3000;						// init credits & credit buffer
+		MPlayerBases = 1;								// init scenario parameters
+		MPlayerTiberium = 0;
+		MPlayerGoodies = 0;
+		MPlayerGhosts = 0;
+		Special.IsCaptureTheFlag = 0;
+		MPlayerUnitCount = (MPlayerCountMax[MPlayerBases] + MPlayerCountMin[MPlayerBases]) / 2;
+		first_time = 0;
+	}
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Init button states
+	........................................................................*/
+	if (MPlayerBases) {
+		basesbtn.Turn_On();
+		basesbtn.Set_Text(TXT_BASES_ON);
+	}
+	if (MPlayerTiberium) {
+		tiberiumbtn.Turn_On();
+		tiberiumbtn.Set_Text(TXT_TIBERIUM_ON);
+	}
+	if (MPlayerGoodies) {
+		goodiesbtn.Turn_On();
+		goodiesbtn.Set_Text(TXT_CRATES_ON);
+	}
+	if (MPlayerGhosts) {
+		ghostsbtn.Turn_On();
+		ghostsbtn.Set_Text(TXT_AI_PLAYERS_ON);
+	}
+	if (Special.IsCaptureTheFlag) {
+		MPlayerGhosts = 0;
+		ghostsbtn.Turn_On();
+		ghostsbtn.Set_Text(TXT_CAPTURE_THE_FLAG);
+	}
+
+	sprintf(credbuf, "%d", MPlayerCredits);
+	credit_edt.Set_Text(credbuf, CREDITSBUF_MAX);
+	old_cred = MPlayerCredits;
+
+	levelgauge.Set_Maximum(MPLAYER_BUILD_LEVEL_MAX - 1);
+	levelgauge.Set_Value(BuildLevel - 1);
+
+	countgauge.Set_Maximum(MPlayerCountMax[MPlayerBases] - MPlayerCountMin[MPlayerBases]);
+	countgauge.Set_Value(MPlayerUnitCount - MPlayerCountMin[MPlayerBases]);
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Init other scenario parameters
+	........................................................................*/
+	Special.IsTGrowth = MPlayerTiberium;
+	Special.IsTSpread = MPlayerTiberium;
+	transmit = 1;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Init scenario description list box
+	........................................................................*/
+	for (i = 0; i < MPlayerScenarios.Count(); i++) {
+		scenariolist.Add_Item (strupr(MPlayerScenarios[i]));
+	}
+	ScenarioIdx = 0;								// 1st scenario is selected
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Init random-number generator, & create a seed to be used for all random
+	numbers from here on out
+	........................................................................*/
+	randomize();
+	Seed = rand();
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Init the message display system
+	........................................................................*/
+	Messages.Init (d_message_x + 2*factor, d_message_y + 2*factor, 4, MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH, d_txt6_h);
+
+	Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+	HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+	Set_Palette(Palette);
+
+	extern char ModemRXString[];
+
+	if (strlen(ModemRXString) > 36)
+		ModemRXString[36] = 0;
+
+	if (strlen(ModemRXString) > 0)
+		Messages.Add_Message (ModemRXString, CC_TAN,
+			TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_FULLSHADOW, 1200, 0, 0);
+
+	ModemRXString[0] = '\0';
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Init Mono Output ----------------------------
+	*/
+	#if(SHOW_MONO)
+	NullModem.Configure_Debug(sizeof (CommHeaderType),sizeof (SerialCommandType),
+		SerialPacketNames, 106);
+	NullModem.Mono_Debug_Print(1);
+	#endif
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Processing loop -----------------------------
+	*/
+	NullModem.Reset_Response_Time();		// clear response time
+	theirresponsetime = 10000;				// initialize to an invalid value
+	timingtime = lastmsgtime = lastredrawtime = TickCount.Time();
+	while (Get_Mouse_State() > 0) Show_Mouse();
+
+
+	while (process) {
+
+		/*
+		** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+		** we need to redraw.
+		*/
+		if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+			AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+			display=REDRAW_ALL;
+		}
+
+		#if(SHOW_MONO)
+		NullModem.Mono_Debug_Print(0);
+		#endif
+
+		/*
+		........................ Invoke game callback .........................
+		*/
+		Call_Back();
+
+		/*
+		...................... Refresh display if needed ......................
+		*/
+		if (display) {
+			Hide_Mouse();
+			/*
+			.................. Redraw backgound & dialog box ...................
+			*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BACKGROUND) {
+				Dialog_Box(d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w, d_dialog_h);
+
+				// init font variables
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_NONE, 0, 0, TBLACK, TBLACK,
+					TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Dialog & Field labels
+				...............................................................*/
+#ifdef FORCE_WINSOCK
+				if (Winsock.Get_Connected()){
+					Draw_Caption (TXT_HOST_INTERNET_GAME, d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w);
+				}else{
+					Draw_Caption (TXT_HOST_SERIAL_GAME, d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w);
+				}
+#else
+				Draw_Caption (TXT_HOST_SERIAL_GAME, d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w);
+#endif	//FORCE_WINSOCK
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_YOUR_NAME,
+					d_name_x - 5*factor, d_name_y + 1*factor,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_SIDE_COLON,
+					d_gdi_x - 5*factor, d_gdi_y + 1*factor,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print (TXT_START_CREDITS_COLON, d_credits_x - 5*factor, d_credits_y + 1*factor,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_COLOR_COLON,
+					cbox_x[0] - 5*factor, d_color_y + 1*factor,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_SCENARIOS,
+					d_scenariolist_x + (d_scenariolist_w / 2),
+					d_scenariolist_y - d_txt6_h,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print (TXT_COUNT, d_count_x - 3*factor, d_count_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_NOSHADOW | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_RIGHT);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print (TXT_LEVEL, d_level_x - 3*factor, d_level_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_NOSHADOW | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_RIGHT);
+			}
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Draw the color boxes
+			..................................................................*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_COLORS) {
+				for (i = 0; i < MAX_MPLAYER_COLORS; i++) {
+					LogicPage->Fill_Rect (cbox_x[i] + 1*factor, d_color_y + 1*factor,
+						cbox_x[i] + 1*factor + d_color_w - 2*factor, d_color_y + 1*factor + d_color_h - 2*factor,
+						MPlayerGColors[i]);
+
+					if (i == MPlayerColorIdx) {
+						Draw_Box(cbox_x[i], d_color_y, d_color_w, d_color_h,
+							BOXSTYLE_GREEN_DOWN, false);
+					} else {
+						Draw_Box(cbox_x[i], d_color_y, d_color_w, d_color_h,
+							BOXSTYLE_GREEN_RAISED, false);
+					}
+				}
+			}
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Draw the message:
+			- Erase an old message first
+			..................................................................*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_MESSAGE) {
+				Draw_Box(d_message_x, d_message_y, d_message_w, d_message_h,
+					BOXSTYLE_GREEN_BORDER, true);
+				Messages.Draw();
+
+				LogicPage->Fill_Rect (d_dialog_x + 2*factor,
+					d_opponent_y,
+					d_dialog_x + d_dialog_w - 4*factor,
+					d_opponent_y + d_txt6_h,
+					BLACK);
+
+				if (parms_received) {
+					if (oppscorescreen) {
+						sprintf(txt,"%s",Text_String(TXT_WAITING_FOR_OPPONENT));
+
+						int txtwidth = String_Pixel_Width( txt );
+
+						Fancy_Text_Print (txt, d_dialog_cx - (txtwidth / 2),
+							d_opponent_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+							TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+					} else {
+						Fancy_Text_Print (TXT_OPPONENT_COLON, d_opponent_x - 3*factor,
+							d_opponent_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+							TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+						if (TheirHouse == HOUSE_GOOD) {
+							sprintf(txt,"%s %s",TheirName,Text_String(TXT_G_D_I));
+						} else {
+							sprintf(txt,"%s %s",TheirName,Text_String(TXT_N_O_D));
+						}
+
+						Fancy_Text_Print (txt, d_opponent_x,
+							d_opponent_y, MPlayerTColors[TheirColor], TBLACK,
+							TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+					}
+				}
+
+				sprintf( txt, "%d ", MPlayerUnitCount );
+				Fancy_Text_Print (txt, d_count_x + d_count_w + 3*factor,
+					d_count_y, CC_GREEN, BLACK,
+					TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				if (BuildLevel <= MPLAYER_BUILD_LEVEL_MAX) {
+					sprintf(txt, "%d ", BuildLevel);
+				} else {
+					sprintf(txt, "**");
+				}
+				Fancy_Text_Print (txt, d_level_x + d_level_w + 3*factor,
+					d_level_y, CC_GREEN, BLACK,
+					TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+			}
+
+			/*
+			.......................... Redraw buttons ..........................
+			*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BUTTONS) {
+				commands->Flag_List_To_Redraw();
+			}
+
+			Show_Mouse();
+			display = REDRAW_NONE;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................... Get user input ............................
+		*/
+		input = commands->Input();
+
+		/*
+		---------------------------- Process input ----------------------------
+		*/
+		switch (input) {
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			User clicks on a color button
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case KN_LMOUSE:
+				if (_Kbd->MouseQX > cbox_x[0] &&
+					_Kbd->MouseQX < (cbox_x[MAX_MPLAYER_COLORS - 1] + d_color_w) &&
+					_Kbd->MouseQY > d_color_y &&
+					_Kbd->MouseQY < (d_color_y + d_color_h)) {
+						if (!ready_to_go){
+							MPlayerPrefColor = (_Kbd->MouseQX - cbox_x[0]) / d_color_w;
+							MPlayerColorIdx = MPlayerPrefColor;
+							display = REDRAW_COLORS;
+
+							name_edt.Set_Color (MPlayerTColors[MPlayerColorIdx]);
+							name_edt.Flag_To_Redraw();
+							MPlayerCredits = atoi(credbuf);
+							strcpy (MPlayerName, namebuf);
+							transmit = 1;
+							changed = 1;
+						}
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			User edits the name field; retransmit new game options
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_NAME | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (!ready_to_go){
+					credit_edt.Clear_Focus();
+					credit_edt.Flag_To_Redraw();
+					MPlayerCredits = atoi(credbuf);
+					strcpy (MPlayerName, namebuf);
+					transmit = 1;
+					changed = 1;
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			House Buttons: set the player's desired House
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_GDI | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (!ready_to_go){
+					MPlayerHouse = HOUSE_GOOD;
+					gdibtn.Turn_On();
+					nodbtn.Turn_Off();
+					MPlayerCredits = atoi(credbuf);
+					strcpy (MPlayerName, namebuf);
+					transmit = 1;
+				}
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_NOD | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (!ready_to_go){
+					MPlayerHouse = HOUSE_BAD;
+					gdibtn.Turn_Off();
+					nodbtn.Turn_On();
+					MPlayerCredits = atoi(credbuf);
+					strcpy (MPlayerName, namebuf);
+					transmit = 1;
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			User edits the credits value; retransmit new game options
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_CREDITS | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (!ready_to_go){
+					name_edt.Clear_Focus();
+					name_edt.Flag_To_Redraw();
+					MPlayerCredits = atoi(credbuf);
+					strcpy (MPlayerName, namebuf);
+					transmit = 1;
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			New Scenario selected.
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_SCENARIOLIST | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (scenariolist.Current_Index() != ScenarioIdx && !ready_to_go) {
+					ScenarioIdx = scenariolist.Current_Index();
+					MPlayerCredits = atoi(credbuf);
+					strcpy (MPlayerName, namebuf);
+					transmit = 1;
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			User adjusts max # units
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_COUNT | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (!ready_to_go){
+					MPlayerUnitCount = countgauge.Get_Value() + MPlayerCountMin[MPlayerBases];
+					if (display < REDRAW_MESSAGE) display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+					transmit = 1;
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			User adjusts build level
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_LEVEL | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (!ready_to_go){
+					BuildLevel = levelgauge.Get_Value() + 1;
+					if (BuildLevel > MPLAYER_BUILD_LEVEL_MAX)	// if it's pegged, max it out
+						BuildLevel = MPLAYER_BUILD_LEVEL_MAX;
+					if (display < REDRAW_MESSAGE) display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+					transmit = 1;
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			Toggle bases
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_BASES | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (!ready_to_go){
+					if (MPlayerBases) {
+						MPlayerBases = 0;
+						basesbtn.Turn_Off();
+						basesbtn.Set_Text(TXT_BASES_OFF);
+						MPlayerUnitCount = Fixed_To_Cardinal (MPlayerCountMax[0]-MPlayerCountMin[0],
+							Cardinal_To_Fixed(MPlayerCountMax[1]-MPlayerCountMin[1],
+							MPlayerUnitCount-MPlayerCountMin[1])) + MPlayerCountMin[0];
+					} else {
+						MPlayerBases = 1;
+						basesbtn.Turn_On();
+						basesbtn.Set_Text(TXT_BASES_ON);
+						MPlayerUnitCount = Fixed_To_Cardinal (MPlayerCountMax[1]-MPlayerCountMin[1],
+							Cardinal_To_Fixed(MPlayerCountMax[0]-MPlayerCountMin[0],
+							MPlayerUnitCount-MPlayerCountMin[0])) + MPlayerCountMin[1];
+					}
+					MPlayerCredits = atoi(credbuf);
+					countgauge.Set_Maximum(MPlayerCountMax[MPlayerBases] - MPlayerCountMin[MPlayerBases]);
+					countgauge.Set_Value(MPlayerUnitCount - MPlayerCountMin[MPlayerBases]);
+					strcpy (MPlayerName, namebuf);
+					transmit = 1;
+					display = REDRAW_ALL;
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			Toggle tiberium
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_TIBERIUM | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (!ready_to_go){
+					if (MPlayerTiberium) {
+						MPlayerTiberium = 0;
+						Special.IsTGrowth = 0;
+						Special.IsTSpread = 0;
+						tiberiumbtn.Turn_Off();
+						tiberiumbtn.Set_Text(TXT_TIBERIUM_OFF);
+					} else {
+						MPlayerTiberium = 1;
+						Special.IsTGrowth = 1;
+						Special.IsTSpread = 1;
+						tiberiumbtn.Turn_On();
+						tiberiumbtn.Set_Text(TXT_TIBERIUM_ON);
+					}
+					MPlayerCredits = atoi(credbuf);
+					strcpy (MPlayerName, namebuf);
+					transmit = 1;
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			Toggle goodies
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_GOODIES | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (!ready_to_go){
+					if (MPlayerGoodies) {
+						MPlayerGoodies = 0;
+						goodiesbtn.Turn_Off();
+						goodiesbtn.Set_Text(TXT_CRATES_OFF);
+					} else {
+						MPlayerGoodies = 1;
+						goodiesbtn.Turn_On();
+						goodiesbtn.Set_Text(TXT_CRATES_ON);
+					}
+					MPlayerCredits = atoi(credbuf);
+					strcpy (MPlayerName, namebuf);
+					transmit = 1;
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			Toggle ghosts
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_GHOSTS | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (!ready_to_go){
+					if (!MPlayerGhosts && !Special.IsCaptureTheFlag) {	// ghosts OFF => ghosts ON
+						MPlayerGhosts = 1;
+						Special.IsCaptureTheFlag = 0;
+						ghostsbtn.Turn_On();
+						ghostsbtn.Set_Text(TXT_AI_PLAYERS_ON);
+					}
+					else if (MPlayerGhosts) {					// ghosts ON => capture-flag
+						MPlayerGhosts = 0;
+						Special.IsCaptureTheFlag = 1;
+						ghostsbtn.Turn_On();
+						ghostsbtn.Set_Text(TXT_CAPTURE_THE_FLAG);
+					}
+					else if (Special.IsCaptureTheFlag) {		// capture-flag => AI OFF
+						MPlayerGhosts = 0;
+						Special.IsCaptureTheFlag = 0;
+						ghostsbtn.Turn_Off();
+						ghostsbtn.Set_Text(TXT_AI_PLAYERS_OFF);
+					}
+					MPlayerCredits = atoi(credbuf);
+					strcpy (MPlayerName, namebuf);
+					transmit = 1;
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			OK: exit loop with true status
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_OK | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (!ready_to_go){
+					//
+					// make sure we got a game options packet from the other player
+					//
+					if (gameoptions) {
+						//rc = true;
+						//process = false;
+
+						// force transmitting of game options packet one last time
+
+
+
+						SendPacket.Command = SERIAL_READY_TO_GO;
+						SendPacket.ID = ModemGameToPlay;
+						NullModem.Send_Message (&SendPacket, sizeof(SendPacket), 1);
+
+						starttime = TickCount.Time();
+
+						while ( ( NullModem.Num_Send()
+							&& ((TickCount.Time() - starttime) < PACKET_SENDING_TIMEOUT) )){
+							#if(SHOW_MONO)
+							NullModem.Mono_Debug_Print(0);
+							#endif
+
+							NullModem.Service();
+							Keyboard::Check();		//Make sure the message loop gets called
+						}
+
+						ready_to_go = true;
+						ready_time.Set(120, true);
+
+						transmit = 1;
+						transmittime = 0;
+
+					} else {
+						CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_ONLY_ONE,TXT_OOPS,NULL);
+						display = REDRAW_ALL;
+					}
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			CANCEL: send a SIGN_OFF, bail out with error code
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (KN_ESC):
+				if (!ready_to_go){
+					if (Messages.Get_Edit_Buf() != NULL) {
+						Messages.Input(input);
+						if (display < REDRAW_MESSAGE) display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+						break;
+					}
+				}
+			case (BUTTON_CANCEL | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (!ready_to_go){
+					process = false;
+					rc = false;
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			Default: manage the inter-player messages
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			default:
+				if (ready_to_go) break;
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				F4/SEND/'M' = send a message
+				...............................................................*/
+				if (Messages.Get_Edit_Buf()==NULL) {
+					if (input == KN_M || input==(BUTTON_SEND | KN_BUTTON) ||
+						input == KN_F4) {
+						memset (txt, 0, 80);
+
+						strcpy(txt,Text_String(TXT_MESSAGE));	// "Message:"
+
+						Messages.Add_Edit (MPlayerTColors[MPlayerColorIdx],
+							TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_FULLSHADOW, txt, d_message_w-70*factor);
+						if (display < REDRAW_MESSAGE) display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+
+						credit_edt.Clear_Focus();
+						credit_edt.Flag_To_Redraw();
+						name_edt.Clear_Focus();
+						name_edt.Flag_To_Redraw();
+
+						break;
+					}
+				} else {
+					if ( input == (BUTTON_SEND | KN_BUTTON) ) {
+						input = KN_RETURN;
+					}
+				}
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Manage the message system (get rid of old messages)
+				...............................................................*/
+				if (Messages.Manage()) {
+					if (display < REDRAW_MESSAGE) display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+				}
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Service keyboard input for any message being edited.
+				...............................................................*/
+				i = Messages.Input(input);
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				If 'Input' returned 1, it means refresh the message display.
+				...............................................................*/
+				if (i==1) {
+					Messages.Draw();
+				}
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				If 'Input' returned 2, it means redraw the message display.
+				...............................................................*/
+				else if (i==2) {
+					if (display < REDRAW_MESSAGE) display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+				}
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				If 'input' returned 3, it means send the current message.
+				...............................................................*/
+				else if (i==3) {
+					long actual_message_size;
+					char *the_string;
+
+					sent_so_far = 0;
+					magic_number = MESSAGE_HEAD_MAGIC_NUMBER;
+					message_length = strlen(Messages.Get_Edit_Buf());
+					crc = (unsigned short)
+							(Calculate_CRC(Messages.Get_Edit_Buf(), message_length) &0xffff);
+
+					while (sent_so_far < message_length){
+
+						SendPacket.Command = SERIAL_MESSAGE;
+						strcpy (SendPacket.Name, MPlayerName);
+						SendPacket.ID = Build_MPlayerID(MPlayerColorIdx, MPlayerHouse);
+						memcpy (SendPacket.Message, Messages.Get_Edit_Buf()+sent_so_far, COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-5);
+
+						/*
+						** Steve I's stuff for splitting message on word boundries
+						*/
+						actual_message_size = COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH - 5;
+
+						/* Start at the end of the message and find a space with 10 chars. */
+						the_string = SendPacket.Message;
+						while ( (COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH -5) -actual_message_size < 10 &&
+							the_string[actual_message_size] != ' '){
+							--actual_message_size;
+						}
+						if ( the_string[actual_message_size] == ' ' ){
+
+							/* Now delete the extra characters after the space (they musnt print) */
+							for ( int i=0 ; i< (COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-5) - actual_message_size; i++ ){
+								the_string[i + actual_message_size] = 0xff;
+							}
+						}else{
+							actual_message_size = COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH - 5;
+						}
+
+						*(SendPacket.Message + COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-5) = 0;
+						*((unsigned short*)(SendPacket.Message + COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-4)) = magic_number;
+						*((unsigned short*)(SendPacket.Message + COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-2)) = crc;
+
+						/*..................................................................
+						Send the message
+						..................................................................*/
+						NullModem.Send_Message (&SendPacket, sizeof(SendPacket), 1);
+						NullModem.Service();
+
+						/*..................................................................
+						Add the message to our own screen
+						..................................................................*/
+						sprintf(txt, Text_String (TXT_FROM), MPlayerName, SendPacket.Message);
+						Messages.Add_Message (txt, MPlayerTColors[MPlayerColorIdx],
+							TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_FULLSHADOW, 1200, magic_number, crc);
+
+						magic_number++;
+						sent_so_far += actual_message_size;	//COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-5;
+					}
+
+					if (display < REDRAW_MESSAGE) display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+				}	/* end of send message */
+
+		}	/* end of input processing */
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Detect editing of the credits buffer, transmit new values to players
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		if (atoi(credbuf) != old_cred) {
+			old_cred = Bound(atoi(credbuf), 0, 9999);
+			MPlayerCredits = old_cred;
+			transmit = 1;
+			sprintf(credbuf, "%d", MPlayerCredits);
+			credit_edt.Set_Text(credbuf, CREDITSBUF_MAX);
+		}
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Detect editing of the name buffer, transmit new values to players
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		if (strcmp (namebuf, MPlayerName)) {
+			strcpy (MPlayerName, namebuf);
+			transmit = 1;
+			changed = 1;
+		}
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		If our Transmit flag is set, we need to send out a game option packet.
+		This message requires an ACK.  The first time through the loop, transmit
+		should be set, so we send out our default options; we'll then send
+		any changes we make to the defaults.
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		if (transmit && (TickCount.Time() - transmittime) > PACKET_RETRANS_TIME) {
+			SendPacket.Command = SERIAL_GAME_OPTIONS;
+			strcpy (SendPacket.Name, MPlayerName);
+#ifdef PATCH
+			if (IsV107) {
+				SendPacket.Version = 1;
+			} else {
+				SendPacket.Version = 2;
+			}
+#else
+			SendPacket.Version = Version_Number();
+#endif
+			SendPacket.House = MPlayerHouse;
+			SendPacket.Color = MPlayerColorIdx;
+
+			SendPacket.Scenario = MPlayerFilenum[ScenarioIdx];
+
+			SendPacket.Credits = MPlayerCredits;
+			SendPacket.IsBases = MPlayerBases;
+			SendPacket.IsTiberium = MPlayerTiberium;
+			SendPacket.IsGoodies = MPlayerGoodies;
+			SendPacket.IsGhosties = MPlayerGhosts;
+			SendPacket.BuildLevel = BuildLevel;
+			SendPacket.UnitCount = MPlayerUnitCount;
+			SendPacket.Seed = Seed;
+			SendPacket.Special = Special;
+			SendPacket.GameSpeed = Options.GameSpeed;
+			SendPacket.ID = ModemGameToPlay;
+
+			NullModem.Send_Message (&SendPacket, sizeof(SendPacket), 1);
+
+			transmittime = TickCount.Time();
+			transmit = 0;
+
+			starttime = TickCount.Time();
+			while ( ( NullModem.Num_Send()
+				&& ((TickCount.Time() - starttime) < PACKET_SENDING_TIMEOUT) )){
+				#if(SHOW_MONO)
+				NullModem.Mono_Debug_Print(0);
+				#endif
+
+				NullModem.Service();
+				Keyboard::Check();		//Make sure the message loop gets called
+			}
+		}
+
+		//
+		// send a timing packet if enough time has gone by.
+		//
+		if ( (TickCount.Time() - timingtime) > PACKET_TIMING_TIMEOUT) {
+			SendPacket.Command = SERIAL_TIMING;
+			SendPacket.ResponseTime = NullModem.Response_Time();
+			SendPacket.ID = ModemGameToPlay;
+
+			NullModem.Send_Message (&SendPacket, sizeof(SendPacket), 0);
+			timingtime = TickCount.Time();
+		}
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Check for an incoming message
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		while (NullModem.Get_Message (&ReceivePacket, &packetlen) > 0) {
+// Smart_Printf( "received packet of length %d\n", packetlen );
+
+			lastmsgtime = TickCount.Time();
+			msg_timeout = 600;		// reset timeout value to 10 seconds
+											// (only the 1st time through is 20 seconds)
+
+			// are we getting our own packets back??
+
+			if (ReceivePacket.Command >= SERIAL_CONNECT &&
+				ReceivePacket.Command < SERIAL_LAST_COMMAND &&
+				ReceivePacket.Command != SERIAL_MESSAGE &&
+				ReceivePacket.ID == ModemGameToPlay) {
+
+				CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_SYSTEM_NOT_RESPONDING);
+
+				// to skip the other system not responding msg
+				lastmsgtime = TickCount.Time();
+
+				process = false;
+				rc = false;
+
+				// say we did receive sign off to keep from sending one
+				recsignedoff = true;
+				break;
+			}
+
+			event = (EventClass *)&ReceivePacket;
+			if (event->Type <= EventClass::FRAMEINFO) {
+				if ( (TickCount.Time() - lastredrawtime) > PACKET_REDRAW_TIME) {
+					lastredrawtime = TickCount.Time();
+					oppscorescreen = true;
+
+if (display != REDRAW_ALL) {
+	display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+}
+
+//					display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+					parms_received = 1;
+				}
+			} else {
+				switch ( ReceivePacket.Command ) {
+					/*..................................................................
+					Sign-off: Give the other machine time to receive my ACK, display a
+					message, and exit.
+					..................................................................*/
+					case (SERIAL_SIGN_OFF):
+// Smart_Printf( "received sign off\n" );
+						starttime = TickCount.Time();
+						while (TickCount.Time() - starttime < 60)
+							NullModem.Service();
+						CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_USER_SIGNED_OFF);
+
+						// to skip the other system not responding msg
+						lastmsgtime = TickCount.Time();
+
+						process = false;
+						rc = false;
+						recsignedoff = true;
+						break;
+
+					/*..................................................................
+					Game Options:  Store the other machine's name, color & house;
+					If they've picked the same color as myself, re-transmit my settings
+					to force him to choose a different color.  (Com_Show_Scenario_Dialog
+					is responsible for ensuring the colors are different.)
+					..................................................................*/
+					case (SERIAL_GAME_OPTIONS):
+// Smart_Printf( "received game options\n" );
+						oppscorescreen = false;
+						gameoptions = true;
+						strcpy (TheirName, ReceivePacket.Name);
+						TheirColor = ReceivePacket.Color;
+						TheirHouse = ReceivePacket.House;
+						transmit = 1;
+
+						parms_received = 1;
+if (display != REDRAW_ALL) {
+	display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+}
+//						display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+
+						/*...............................................................
+						Check the version number of the other system.
+						...............................................................*/
+#ifdef PATCH
+						if (IsV107) {
+							version = 1;
+						} else {
+							version = 2;
+						}
+#else
+						version = Version_Number();
+#endif
+						if (ReceivePacket.Version > version) {
+							CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_YOURGAME_OUTDATED);
+
+							// to skip the other system not responding msg
+							lastmsgtime = TickCount.Time();
+
+							process = false;
+							rc = false;
+						} else {
+							if (ReceivePacket.Version < version) {
+								CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_DESTGAME_OUTDATED);
+
+								// to skip the other system not responding msg
+								lastmsgtime = TickCount.Time();
+
+								process = false;
+								rc = false;
+							}
+						}
+						break;
+
+					/*..................................................................
+					Incoming message: add to our list
+					..................................................................*/
+					case (SERIAL_MESSAGE):
+// Smart_Printf( "received serial message\n" );
+						oppscorescreen = false;
+						sprintf(txt, Text_String (TXT_FROM), ReceivePacket.Name,
+							ReceivePacket.Message);
+						magic_number = *((unsigned short*)(ReceivePacket.Message + COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-4));
+						crc = *((unsigned short*)(ReceivePacket.Message + COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-2));
+						Messages.Add_Message (txt,
+							MPlayerTColors[MPlayerID_To_ColorIndex(ReceivePacket.ID)],
+							TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_FULLSHADOW, 1200, magic_number, crc);
+if (display != REDRAW_ALL) {
+	display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+}
+//						display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+						break;
+
+					//
+					// get their response time
+					//
+					case (SERIAL_TIMING):
+// Smart_Printf( "received timing\n" );
+						oppscorescreen = false;
+						theirresponsetime = ReceivePacket.ResponseTime;
+
+						if ( !gameoptions ) {
+
+							// retransmit of game options packet again
+							transmit = 1;
+						}
+						break;
+
+					//
+					// print msg waiting for opponent
+					//
+					case (SERIAL_SCORE_SCREEN):
+// Smart_Printf( "received score screen\n" );
+						oppscorescreen = true;
+if (display != REDRAW_ALL) {
+	display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+}
+//						display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+						parms_received = 1;
+						break;
+
+					default:
+// Smart_Printf( "received unknown command %X\n", ReceivePacket.Command );
+						break;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		// if we haven't received a msg for 10 seconds exit
+
+		if ( (TickCount.Time() - lastmsgtime) > msg_timeout) {
+			CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_SYSTEM_NOT_RESPONDING);
+			process = false;
+			rc = false;
+
+			// say we did receive sign off to keep from sending one
+			recsignedoff = true;
+		}
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Service the connection
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		NullModem.Service();
+
+		/*
+		** If user has clicked 'GO' and the timeout has elapsed then quit the loop
+		*/
+		if ( ready_to_go && ready_time.Time() == 0 ){
+			rc = 1;
+			process = false;
+		}
+
+	}	/* end of while */
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Sort player ID's, so we can execute commands in the same order on both
+	machines.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (rc) {
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Set the number of players in this game, and my ID
+		.....................................................................*/
+		MPlayerCount = 2;
+		MPlayerLocalID = Build_MPlayerID (MPlayerColorIdx, MPlayerHouse);
+
+		TheirID = Build_MPlayerID (TheirColor,TheirHouse);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Store every player's ID in the MPlayerID[] array.  This array will
+		determine the order of event execution, so the ID's must be stored
+		in the same order on all systems.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (TheirID < MPlayerLocalID) {
+			MPlayerID[0] = TheirID;
+			MPlayerID[1] = MPlayerLocalID;
+			strcpy (MPlayerNames[0], TheirName);
+			strcpy (MPlayerNames[1], MPlayerName);
+		} else {
+			MPlayerID[0] = MPlayerLocalID;
+			MPlayerID[1] = TheirID;
+			strcpy (MPlayerNames[0], MPlayerName);
+			strcpy (MPlayerNames[1], TheirName);
+		}
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Get the scenario filename
+		.....................................................................*/
+		Scenario = MPlayerFilenum[ScenarioIdx];
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Send all players the GO packet.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		SendPacket.Command = SERIAL_GO;
+		SendPacket.ResponseTime = NullModem.Response_Time();
+		if ( theirresponsetime == 10000 ) {
+//			Mono_Clear_Screen();
+//			Smart_Printf( "Did not receive their response time!!!!!!!\n" );
+//			Get_Key();
+		} else {
+			if (SendPacket.ResponseTime < theirresponsetime) {
+				SendPacket.ResponseTime = theirresponsetime;
+			}
+		}
+
+		//
+		// calculated one way delay for a packet and overall delay to execute
+		// a packet
+		//
+		MPlayerMaxAhead = MAX( (SendPacket.ResponseTime / 8), 2);
+char flip[128];
+sprintf (flip, "C&C95 - MaxAhead set to %d frames\n", MPlayerMaxAhead);
+CCDebugString (flip);
+
+		SendPacket.ID = ModemGameToPlay;
+
+		NullModem.Send_Message (&SendPacket, sizeof(SendPacket), 1);
+
+		starttime = TickCount.Time();
+		while ( ( NullModem.Num_Send()
+			&& ((TickCount.Time() - starttime) < PACKET_SENDING_TIMEOUT) )){
+			#if(SHOW_MONO)
+			NullModem.Mono_Debug_Print(0);
+			#endif
+
+			NullModem.Service();
+			Keyboard::Check();		//Make sure the message loop gets called
+		}
+
+		// clear queue to keep from doing any resends
+		NullModem.Init_Send_Queue();
+
+	} else {
+		if ( !recsignedoff ) {
+			/*.....................................................................
+			Broadcast my sign-off over my network
+			.....................................................................*/
+			SendPacket.Command = SERIAL_SIGN_OFF;
+			SendPacket.Color = MPlayerLocalID;		// use Color for ID
+			SendPacket.ID = ModemGameToPlay;
+			NullModem.Send_Message (&SendPacket, sizeof(SendPacket), 1);
+
+			starttime = TickCount.Time();
+			while ( (NullModem.Num_Send()
+				&& ((TickCount.Time() - starttime) < PACKET_CANCEL_TIMEOUT) )){
+				#if(SHOW_MONO)
+				NullModem.Mono_Debug_Print(0);
+				#endif
+
+				if ( NullModem.Get_Message( &ReceivePacket, &packetlen ) > 0) {
+
+					// are we getting our own packets back??
+
+					if (ReceivePacket.Command == SERIAL_SIGN_OFF
+						&& ReceivePacket.ID == ModemGameToPlay) {
+
+						// exit while
+						break;
+					}
+				}
+
+				NullModem.Service();
+			}
+		}
+
+		Shutdown_Modem();
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Clear all lists
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	while (scenariolist.Count()) {
+		scenariolist.Remove_Item(scenariolist.Get_Item(0));
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Restore screen
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	Hide_Mouse();
+	Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+	HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+	Show_Mouse();
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Save any changes made to our options
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (changed) {
+		Write_MultiPlayer_Settings ();
+	}
+
+	return(rc);
+
+}	/* end of Com_Scenario_Dialog */
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Com_Show_Scenario_Dialog -- Serial game scenario selection dialog									  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ *    ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿                      	  *
+ *    ³                        Serial Game                         ³                       	  *
+ *    ³                                                            ³                      	  *
+ *    ³                   Your Name: __________                    ³     							  *
+ *    ³                       House: [GDI] [NOD]                   ³									  *
+ *    ³               Desired Color: [ ][ ][ ][ ]                  ³ 	   						  *
+ *    ³                                                            ³                    	 	  *
+ *    ³                     Opponent: Name                         ³                    	 	  *
+ *    ³                     Scenario: Description                  ³   								  *
+ *    ³                      Credits: xxxx                         ³   								  *
+ *    ³                        Bases: ON                           ³                   	 	  *
+ *    ³                       Crates: ON                           ³                   	 	  *
+ *    ³                     Tiberium: ON                           ³                   	 	  *
+ *    ³                       Ghosts: ON                           ³                   	 	  *
+ *    ³                                                            ³                   	 	  *
+ *    ³                         [Cancel]                           ³                    	 	  *
+ *    ³                                                            ³                   	 	  *
+ *    ³   ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿   ³                   	 	  *
+ *    ³   ³                                                    ³   ³                   	 	  *
+ *    ³   ³                                                    ³   ³                   	 	  *
+ *    ³   ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ   ³                   	 	  *
+ *    ³                       [Send Message]                       ³                   	 	  *
+ *    ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ                      	  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  						  *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 						  *
+ *		true = success, false = cancel																			  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               						  *
+ *		MPlayerName & MPlayerGameName must contain this player's name.									  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                						  *
+ *   02/14/1995 BR : Created.                                              						  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int Com_Show_Scenario_Dialog(void)
+{
+	int factor			= (SeenBuff.Get_Width() == 320) ? 1 : 2;
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog & button dimensions
+	........................................................................*/
+	int d_dialog_w = 306*factor;											// dialog width
+	int d_dialog_h = 187*factor;											// dialog height
+	int d_dialog_x = ((320*factor - d_dialog_w) / 2);				// dialog x-coord
+	int d_dialog_y = ((200*factor - d_dialog_h) / 2);				// dialog y-coord
+	int d_dialog_cx = d_dialog_x + (d_dialog_w / 2);		// center x-coord
+
+	int d_txt6_h = 6*factor+1;												// ht of 6-pt text
+	int d_margin1 = 5*factor;												// margin width/height
+	int d_margin2 = 2*factor;												// margin width/height
+
+	int d_name_w = 70*factor;
+	int d_name_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_name_x = d_dialog_cx;
+	int d_name_y = d_dialog_y + d_margin1 + d_txt6_h + d_txt6_h;
+
+	int d_gdi_w = 30*factor;
+	int d_gdi_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_gdi_x = d_dialog_cx;
+	int d_gdi_y = d_name_y + d_name_h + d_margin2;
+
+	int d_nod_w = 30*factor;
+	int d_nod_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_nod_x = d_gdi_x + d_gdi_w + d_margin2;
+	int d_nod_y = d_gdi_y;
+
+	int d_color_w = 10*factor;
+	int d_color_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_color_y = d_gdi_y + d_gdi_h + d_margin2;
+
+	int d_opponent_y = d_color_y + d_color_h + d_margin1;
+	int d_scenario_y = d_opponent_y + d_txt6_h;
+	int d_credits_y = d_scenario_y + d_txt6_h;
+	int d_count_y = d_credits_y + d_txt6_h;
+	int d_level_y = d_count_y + d_txt6_h;
+	int d_bases_y = d_level_y + d_txt6_h;
+	int d_goodies_y = d_bases_y + d_txt6_h;
+	int d_tiberium_y = d_goodies_y + d_txt6_h;
+	int d_ghosts_y = d_tiberium_y + d_txt6_h;
+
+	int d_cancel_w = 45*factor;
+	int d_cancel_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_cancel_x = d_dialog_cx - (d_cancel_w / 2);
+	int d_cancel_y = d_ghosts_y + d_txt6_h + d_margin1;
+
+	int d_message_w = d_dialog_w - (d_margin1 * 2);
+	int d_message_h = 34*factor;
+	int d_message_x = d_dialog_x + d_margin1;
+	int d_message_y = d_cancel_y + d_cancel_h + d_margin1;
+
+	int d_send_w = 80*factor;
+	int d_send_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_send_x = d_dialog_cx - (d_send_w / 2);
+	int d_send_y = d_message_y + d_message_h + d_margin2;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Button Enumerations
+	........................................................................*/
+	enum {
+		BUTTON_NAME = 100,
+		BUTTON_GDI,
+		BUTTON_NOD,
+		BUTTON_CANCEL,
+		BUTTON_SEND,
+	};
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Redraw values: in order from "top" to "bottom" layer of the dialog
+	........................................................................*/
+	typedef enum {
+		REDRAW_NONE = 0,
+		REDRAW_MESSAGE,
+		REDRAW_COLORS,
+		REDRAW_BUTTONS,
+		REDRAW_BACKGROUND,
+		REDRAW_ALL = REDRAW_BACKGROUND
+	} RedrawType;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog variables
+	........................................................................*/
+	RedrawType display = REDRAW_ALL;		// redraw level
+	BOOL process = true;						// process while true
+	KeyNumType input;
+
+	char namebuf[MPLAYER_NAME_MAX] = {0};		// buffer for player's name
+	int transmit;										// 1 = re-transmit new game options
+	int first;											// 1 = no packets received yet
+	int cbox_x[] = {	d_dialog_cx,
+							d_dialog_cx + d_color_w,
+							d_dialog_cx + (d_color_w * 2),
+							d_dialog_cx + (d_color_w * 3),
+							d_dialog_cx + (d_color_w * 4),
+							d_dialog_cx + (d_color_w * 5)};
+	int parms_received = 0;							// 1 = game options received
+	int changed = 0;							// 1 = user has changed an option
+
+	int rc;
+	int recsignedoff = 0;
+	int i;
+	int version;
+	char txt[80];
+	unsigned long starttime;
+	unsigned long timingtime;
+	unsigned long lastmsgtime;
+	unsigned long lastredrawtime;
+	unsigned long transmittime = 0;
+	int packetlen;
+	bool oppscorescreen = false;
+	bool gameoptions = false;
+	EventClass *event;					// event ptr
+	unsigned long msg_timeout = 1200;	// init to 20 seconds
+
+	int					message_length;
+	int					sent_so_far;
+	unsigned short		magic_number;
+	unsigned short		crc;
+	bool					ready_to_go = false;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Buttons
+	........................................................................*/
+	GadgetClass *commands;										// button list
+
+	EditClass name_edt (BUTTON_NAME,
+		namebuf, MPLAYER_NAME_MAX,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_name_x, d_name_y, d_name_w, d_name_h, EditClass::ALPHANUMERIC);
+
+	TextButtonClass gdibtn(BUTTON_GDI, TXT_G_D_I,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_gdi_x, d_gdi_y, d_gdi_w, d_gdi_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass nodbtn(BUTTON_NOD, TXT_N_O_D,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_nod_x, d_nod_y, d_nod_w, d_nod_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass cancelbtn(BUTTON_CANCEL, TXT_CANCEL,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+//#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+//		d_cancel_x, d_cancel_y);
+//#else
+		d_cancel_x, d_cancel_y, d_cancel_w, d_cancel_h);
+//#endif
+
+	TextButtonClass sendbtn(BUTTON_SEND, TXT_SEND_MESSAGE,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+//#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+//		d_send_x, d_send_y);
+//#else
+		d_send_x, d_send_y, d_send_w, d_send_h);
+//#endif
+
+	/*
+	------------------------- Build the button list --------------------------
+	*/
+	commands = &name_edt;
+	gdibtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	nodbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	cancelbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	sendbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+
+	/*
+	----------------------------- Various Inits ------------------------------
+	*/
+	/*........................................................................
+	Init player name & house
+	........................................................................*/
+	MPlayerColorIdx = MPlayerPrefColor;			// init my preferred color
+	strcpy (namebuf, MPlayerName);				// set my name
+	name_edt.Set_Text(namebuf,MPLAYER_NAME_MAX);
+	name_edt.Set_Color(MPlayerTColors[MPlayerColorIdx]);
+
+	if (MPlayerHouse==HOUSE_GOOD) {
+		gdibtn.Turn_On();
+	} else {
+		nodbtn.Turn_On();
+	}
+
+	Fancy_Text_Print("", 0, 0, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+	transmit = 1;
+	first = 1;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Init the message display system
+	........................................................................*/
+	Messages.Init (d_message_x + 2*factor, d_message_y + 2*factor, 4, MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH, d_txt6_h);
+
+	Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+	HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+	Set_Palette(Palette);
+
+	extern char ModemRXString[];
+
+	if (strlen(ModemRXString) > 36)
+		ModemRXString[36] = 0;
+
+	if (strlen(ModemRXString) > 0)
+		Messages.Add_Message (ModemRXString, CC_TAN,
+			TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_FULLSHADOW, 1200, 0, 0);
+
+	ModemRXString[0] = '\0';
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Init Mono Output ----------------------------
+	*/
+	#if(SHOW_MONO)
+	NullModem.Configure_Debug(sizeof (CommHeaderType),sizeof (SerialCommandType),
+		SerialPacketNames, 106);
+	NullModem.Mono_Debug_Print(1);
+	#endif
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Processing loop -----------------------------
+	*/
+	NullModem.Reset_Response_Time();		// clear response time
+	timingtime = lastmsgtime = lastredrawtime = TickCount.Time();
+	while (Get_Mouse_State() > 0) Show_Mouse();
+
+	while (process) {
+
+		/*
+		** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+		** we need to redraw.
+		*/
+		if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+			AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+			display=REDRAW_ALL;
+		}
+
+		#if(SHOW_MONO)
+		NullModem.Mono_Debug_Print(0);
+		#endif
+
+		/*
+		........................ Invoke game callback .........................
+		*/
+		Call_Back();
+
+		/*
+		...................... Refresh display if needed ......................
+		*/
+		if (display) {
+			Hide_Mouse();
+			/*
+			.................. Redraw backgound & dialog box ...................
+			*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BACKGROUND) {
+				Dialog_Box(d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w, d_dialog_h);
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Dialog & Field labels
+				...............................................................*/
+#ifdef FORCE_WINSOCK
+				if (Winsock.Get_Connected()){
+					Draw_Caption (TXT_JOIN_INTERNET_GAME, d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w);
+				}else{
+					Draw_Caption (TXT_JOIN_SERIAL_GAME, d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w);
+				}
+#else
+				Draw_Caption (TXT_JOIN_SERIAL_GAME, d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w);
+#endif	//FORCE_WINSOCK
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_YOUR_NAME,
+					d_name_x - 5*factor, d_name_y + 1*factor,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_SIDE_COLON,
+					d_gdi_x - 5*factor, d_gdi_y + 1*factor,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_COLOR_COLON,
+					cbox_x[0] - 5*factor, d_color_y + 1*factor,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+			}
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Draw the color boxes
+			..................................................................*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_COLORS) {
+				for (i = 0; i < MAX_MPLAYER_COLORS; i++) {
+					LogicPage->Fill_Rect (cbox_x[i] + 1*factor, d_color_y + 1*factor,
+						cbox_x[i] + 1*factor + d_color_w - 2*factor, d_color_y + 1*factor + d_color_h - 2*factor,
+						MPlayerGColors[i]);
+
+					if (i == MPlayerColorIdx) {
+						Draw_Box(cbox_x[i], d_color_y, d_color_w, d_color_h,
+							BOXSTYLE_GREEN_DOWN, false);
+					} else {
+						Draw_Box(cbox_x[i], d_color_y, d_color_w, d_color_h,
+							BOXSTYLE_GREEN_RAISED, false);
+					}
+				}
+			}
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Draw the message:
+			- Erase an old message first
+			..................................................................*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_MESSAGE) {
+				Draw_Box(d_message_x, d_message_y, d_message_w, d_message_h,
+					BOXSTYLE_GREEN_BORDER, true);
+				Messages.Draw();
+
+				LogicPage->Fill_Rect( d_dialog_x + 2*factor,
+					d_opponent_y,
+					d_dialog_x + d_dialog_w - 4*factor,
+					d_ghosts_y + d_txt6_h,
+					BLACK);
+
+				if (parms_received) {
+					if (oppscorescreen) {
+						sprintf(txt,"%s",Text_String(TXT_WAITING_FOR_OPPONENT));
+
+						int txtwidth = String_Pixel_Width( txt );
+
+						Fancy_Text_Print (txt, d_dialog_cx - (txtwidth / 2),
+							d_opponent_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+							TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+					} else {
+						/*............................................................
+						Opponent's name
+						............................................................*/
+						Fancy_Text_Print (TXT_OPPONENT_COLON, d_dialog_cx - 3*factor,
+							d_opponent_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+							TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+						if (TheirHouse == HOUSE_GOOD) {
+							sprintf(txt,"%s %s",TheirName,Text_String(TXT_G_D_I));
+						} else {
+							sprintf(txt,"%s %s",TheirName,Text_String(TXT_N_O_D));
+						}
+
+						Fancy_Text_Print (txt, d_dialog_cx,
+							d_opponent_y, MPlayerTColors[TheirColor], TBLACK,
+							TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+						/*............................................................
+						Scenario description
+						............................................................*/
+						Fancy_Text_Print (TXT_SCENARIO_COLON, d_dialog_cx - 3*factor,
+							d_scenario_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+							TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+						if (ScenarioIdx != -1) {
+							sprintf(txt,"%s",	MPlayerScenarios[ScenarioIdx]);
+
+							Fancy_Text_Print (txt, d_dialog_cx,
+								d_scenario_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+								TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+						} else {
+							strcpy(txt,Text_String(TXT_NOT_FOUND));
+
+							Fancy_Text_Print (txt, d_dialog_cx,
+								d_scenario_y, RED, TBLACK,
+								TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+						}
+
+						/*............................................................
+						Credits
+						............................................................*/
+						Fancy_Text_Print (TXT_START_CREDITS_COLON, d_dialog_cx - 3*factor,
+							d_credits_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+							TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+						sprintf(txt,"%d",MPlayerCredits);
+						Fancy_Text_Print (txt, d_dialog_cx,
+							d_credits_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+							TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+						/*............................................................
+						Count
+						............................................................*/
+
+						Fancy_Text_Print (TXT_COUNT, d_dialog_cx - 3*factor,
+							d_count_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+							TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+						sprintf( txt, "%d ", MPlayerUnitCount );
+						Fancy_Text_Print (txt, d_dialog_cx,
+							d_count_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+							TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+						/*............................................................
+						Level
+						............................................................*/
+
+						Fancy_Text_Print (TXT_LEVEL, d_dialog_cx - 3*factor,
+							d_level_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+							TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+						if (BuildLevel <= MPLAYER_BUILD_LEVEL_MAX) {
+							sprintf(txt, "%d ", BuildLevel);
+						} else {
+							sprintf(txt, "**");
+						}
+						Fancy_Text_Print (txt, d_dialog_cx,
+							d_level_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+							TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+						/*............................................................
+						Bases status
+						............................................................*/
+						Fancy_Text_Print (TXT_BASES_COLON, d_dialog_cx - 3*factor,
+							d_bases_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+							TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+						if (MPlayerBases) {
+							strcpy(txt,Text_String(TXT_ON));
+						} else {
+							strcpy(txt,Text_String(TXT_OFF));
+						}
+						Fancy_Text_Print (txt, d_dialog_cx,
+							d_bases_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+							TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+						/*............................................................
+						Tiberium status
+						............................................................*/
+						Fancy_Text_Print (TXT_TIBERIUM_COLON, d_dialog_cx - 3*factor,
+							d_tiberium_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+							TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+						if (MPlayerTiberium) {
+							strcpy(txt,Text_String(TXT_ON));
+						} else {
+							strcpy(txt,Text_String(TXT_OFF));
+						}
+						Fancy_Text_Print (txt, d_dialog_cx,
+							d_tiberium_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+							TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+						/*............................................................
+						Goodies status
+						............................................................*/
+						Fancy_Text_Print (TXT_CRATES_COLON, d_dialog_cx - 3*factor,
+							d_goodies_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+							TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+						if (MPlayerGoodies) {
+							strcpy(txt,Text_String(TXT_ON));
+						} else {
+							strcpy(txt,Text_String(TXT_OFF));
+						}
+						Fancy_Text_Print (txt, d_dialog_cx,
+							d_goodies_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+							TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+						/*............................................................
+						Capture the flag or AI player ON/OFF
+						............................................................*/
+						if ( Special.IsCaptureTheFlag ) {
+							strcpy( txt, Text_String( TXT_CAPTURE_THE_FLAG ) );
+							strcat( txt, ":" );
+							Fancy_Text_Print (txt, d_dialog_cx - 3*factor,
+								d_ghosts_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+								TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+							strcpy(txt,Text_String(TXT_ON));
+							Fancy_Text_Print (txt, d_dialog_cx,
+								d_ghosts_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+								TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+						} else {
+							/*............................................................
+							Ghost player status
+							............................................................*/
+							Fancy_Text_Print (TXT_AI_PLAYERS_COLON, d_dialog_cx - 3*factor,
+								d_ghosts_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+								TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+							if (MPlayerGhosts) {
+								strcpy(txt,Text_String(TXT_ON));
+							} else {
+								strcpy(txt,Text_String(TXT_OFF));
+							}
+							Fancy_Text_Print (txt, d_dialog_cx,
+								d_ghosts_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+								TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+						}
+					}
+				}
+			}
+
+			/*
+			.......................... Redraw buttons ..........................
+			*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BUTTONS) {
+				commands->Flag_List_To_Redraw();
+			}
+			Show_Mouse();
+			display = REDRAW_NONE;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................... Get user input ............................
+		*/
+		input = commands->Input();
+
+		/*
+		---------------------------- Process input ----------------------------
+		*/
+		switch (input) {
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			User clicks on a color button
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case KN_LMOUSE:
+				if (_Kbd->MouseQX > cbox_x[0] &&
+					_Kbd->MouseQX < (cbox_x[MAX_MPLAYER_COLORS - 1] + d_color_w) &&
+					_Kbd->MouseQY > d_color_y &&
+					_Kbd->MouseQY < (d_color_y + d_color_h)) {
+						if (!ready_to_go){
+							/*.........................................................
+							Compute my preferred color as the one I clicked on.
+							.........................................................*/
+							MPlayerPrefColor = (_Kbd->MouseQX - cbox_x[0]) / d_color_w;
+							changed = 1;
+							/*.........................................................
+							If 'TheirColor' is set to the other player's color, make
+							sure we can't pick that color.
+							.........................................................*/
+							if (parms_received) {
+								if (MPlayerPrefColor == TheirColor)
+									break;
+							}
+							MPlayerColorIdx = MPlayerPrefColor;
+
+							name_edt.Set_Color(MPlayerTColors[MPlayerColorIdx]);
+							name_edt.Flag_To_Redraw();
+							display = REDRAW_COLORS;
+							strcpy (MPlayerName, namebuf);
+							transmit = 1;
+						}
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			House Buttons: set the player's desired House
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_GDI | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (!ready_to_go){
+					MPlayerHouse = HOUSE_GOOD;
+					gdibtn.Turn_On();
+					nodbtn.Turn_Off();
+					strcpy (MPlayerName, namebuf);
+					transmit = 1;
+				}
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_NOD | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (!ready_to_go){
+					MPlayerHouse = HOUSE_BAD;
+					gdibtn.Turn_Off();
+					nodbtn.Turn_On();
+					strcpy (MPlayerName, namebuf);
+					transmit = 1;
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			User edits the name value; retransmit
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_NAME | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (!ready_to_go){
+					strcpy (MPlayerName, namebuf);
+					transmit = 1;
+					changed = 1;
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			CANCEL: send a SIGN_OFF, bail out with error code
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (KN_ESC):
+				if (!ready_to_go){
+					if (Messages.Get_Edit_Buf() != NULL) {
+						Messages.Input(input);
+						display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+						break;
+					}
+				}
+			case (BUTTON_CANCEL | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (!ready_to_go){
+					process = false;
+					rc = false;
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			Default: manage the inter-player messages
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			default:
+				if (!ready_to_go){
+
+					/*...............................................................
+					F4/SEND/'M' = send a message
+					...............................................................*/
+					if (Messages.Get_Edit_Buf()==NULL) {
+						if (input == KN_M || input==(BUTTON_SEND | KN_BUTTON) ||
+							input == KN_F4) {
+							memset (txt, 0, 80);
+
+							strcpy(txt,Text_String(TXT_MESSAGE));	// "Message:"
+
+							Messages.Add_Edit (MPlayerTColors[MPlayerColorIdx],
+								TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_FULLSHADOW, txt, d_message_w-70*factor);
+							display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+
+							name_edt.Clear_Focus();
+							name_edt.Flag_To_Redraw();
+
+							break;
+						}
+					} else {
+						if ( input == (BUTTON_SEND | KN_BUTTON) ) {
+							input = KN_RETURN;
+						}
+					}
+
+					/*...............................................................
+					Manage the message system (get rid of old messages)
+					...............................................................*/
+					if (Messages.Manage()) {
+						display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+					}
+
+					/*...............................................................
+					Re-draw the messages & service keyboard input for any message
+					being edited.
+					...............................................................*/
+					i = Messages.Input(input);
+
+					/*...............................................................
+					If 'Input' returned 1, it means refresh the message display.
+					...............................................................*/
+					if (i==1) {
+						Messages.Draw();
+					} else {
+
+						/*...............................................................
+						If 'Input' returned 2, it means redraw the message display.
+						...............................................................*/
+						if (i==2) {
+							display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+						} else {
+
+							/*...............................................................
+							If 'input' returned 3, it means send the current message.
+							...............................................................*/
+							if (i==3) {
+								long actual_message_size;
+								char *the_string;
+
+								sent_so_far = 0;
+								magic_number = MESSAGE_HEAD_MAGIC_NUMBER;
+								message_length = strlen(Messages.Get_Edit_Buf());
+								crc = (unsigned short)
+										(Calculate_CRC(Messages.Get_Edit_Buf(), message_length) &0xffff);
+
+								while (sent_so_far < message_length){
+									SendPacket.Command = SERIAL_MESSAGE;
+									strcpy (SendPacket.Name, MPlayerName);
+									SendPacket.ID = Build_MPlayerID(MPlayerColorIdx, MPlayerHouse);
+									memcpy (SendPacket.Message, Messages.Get_Edit_Buf()+sent_so_far, COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-5);
+
+									/*
+									** Steve I's stuff for splitting message on word boundries
+									*/
+									actual_message_size = COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH - 5;
+
+									/* Start at the end of the message and find a space with 10 chars. */
+									the_string = GPacket.Message.Buf;
+									while ( (COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH -5) -actual_message_size < 10 &&
+										the_string[actual_message_size] != ' '){
+										--actual_message_size;
+									}
+									if ( the_string[actual_message_size] == ' ' ){
+
+										/* Now delete the extra characters after the space (they musnt print) */
+										for ( int i=0 ; i< (COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-5) - actual_message_size; i++ ){
+											the_string[i + actual_message_size] = 0xff;
+										}
+									}else{
+										actual_message_size = COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH - 5;
+									}
+
+									*(SendPacket.Message + COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-5) = 0;
+									*((unsigned short*)(SendPacket.Message + COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-4)) = magic_number;
+									*((unsigned short*)(SendPacket.Message + COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-2)) = crc;
+
+									/*..................................................................
+									Send the message
+									..................................................................*/
+									NullModem.Send_Message (&SendPacket, sizeof(SendPacket), 1);
+									NullModem.Service();
+
+									/*..................................................................
+									Add the message to our own screen
+									..................................................................*/
+									sprintf(txt, Text_String (TXT_FROM), MPlayerName, SendPacket.Message);
+									Messages.Add_Message (txt, MPlayerTColors[MPlayerColorIdx],
+										TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_FULLSHADOW, 1200, magic_number, crc);
+
+									magic_number++;
+									sent_so_far += actual_message_size;	//COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-5;
+								}
+								display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+							}
+						}
+					}
+				}
+				break;
+		}
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Detect editing of the name buffer, transmit new values to players
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		if (strcmp (namebuf, MPlayerName)) {
+			strcpy (MPlayerName, namebuf);
+			transmit = 1;
+			changed = 1;
+		}
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		If our Transmit flag is set, we need to send out a game option packet
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		if (transmit && (TickCount.Time() - transmittime) > PACKET_RETRANS_TIME) {
+			SendPacket.Command = SERIAL_GAME_OPTIONS;
+			strcpy (SendPacket.Name, MPlayerName);
+#ifdef PATCH
+			if (IsV107) {
+				SendPacket.Version = 1;
+			} else {
+				SendPacket.Version = 2;
+			}
+#else
+			SendPacket.Version = Version_Number();
+#endif
+			SendPacket.House = MPlayerHouse;
+			SendPacket.Color = MPlayerColorIdx;
+			SendPacket.ID = ModemGameToPlay;
+
+			NullModem.Send_Message (&SendPacket, sizeof(SendPacket), 1);
+
+			transmittime = TickCount.Time();
+			transmit = 0;
+		}
+
+		//
+		// send a timing packet if enough time has gone by.
+		//
+		if ( (TickCount.Time() - timingtime) > PACKET_TIMING_TIMEOUT) {
+			SendPacket.Command = SERIAL_TIMING;
+			SendPacket.ResponseTime = NullModem.Response_Time();
+			SendPacket.ID = ModemGameToPlay;
+
+			NullModem.Send_Message (&SendPacket, sizeof(SendPacket), 0);
+			timingtime = TickCount.Time();
+		}
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Check for an incoming message
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		if (NullModem.Get_Message (&ReceivePacket, &packetlen) > 0) {
+// Smart_Printf( "received packet of length %d\n", packetlen );
+
+			lastmsgtime = TickCount.Time();
+
+			msg_timeout = 600;
+
+			// are we getting our own packets back??
+
+			if (ReceivePacket.Command >= SERIAL_CONNECT &&
+				ReceivePacket.Command < SERIAL_LAST_COMMAND &&
+				ReceivePacket.Command != SERIAL_MESSAGE &&
+				ReceivePacket.ID == ModemGameToPlay) {
+
+				CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_SYSTEM_NOT_RESPONDING);
+
+				// to skip the other system not responding msg
+				lastmsgtime = TickCount.Time();
+
+				process = false;
+				rc = false;
+
+				// say we did receive sign off to keep from sending one
+				recsignedoff = true;
+				break;
+			}
+
+			event = (EventClass *)&ReceivePacket;
+			if (event->Type <= EventClass::FRAMEINFO) {
+				if ( (TickCount.Time() - lastredrawtime) > PACKET_REDRAW_TIME) {
+					lastredrawtime = TickCount.Time();
+					oppscorescreen = true;
+					display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+					parms_received = 1;
+				}
+			} else {
+				switch ( ReceivePacket.Command ) {
+
+					/*
+					** Once the host is ready to go, we can no longer change game options.
+					*/
+					case SERIAL_READY_TO_GO:
+						ready_to_go = true;
+						break;
+
+					/*..................................................................
+					Other system signs off:  Give it time to receive my ACK, then show
+					a message.
+					..................................................................*/
+					case (SERIAL_SIGN_OFF):
+						starttime = TickCount.Time();
+						while ( (TickCount.Time() - starttime) < 60)
+							NullModem.Service();
+						CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_USER_SIGNED_OFF);
+
+						// to skip the other system not responding msg
+						lastmsgtime = TickCount.Time();
+
+						process = false;
+						rc = false;
+						recsignedoff = true;
+						break;
+
+					/*..................................................................
+					Game Options: Store all options; check my color & game version.
+					..................................................................*/
+					case (SERIAL_GAME_OPTIONS):
+						oppscorescreen = false;
+						gameoptions = true;
+						display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+						parms_received = 1;
+
+						strcpy (TheirName, ReceivePacket.Name);
+						TheirColor = ReceivePacket.Color;
+						TheirHouse = ReceivePacket.House;
+
+						/*...............................................................
+						Make sure I don't have the same color as the other guy.
+						...............................................................*/
+						if (MPlayerColorIdx == TheirColor) {
+
+							// force transmitting of game options packet
+
+							transmit = 1;
+							transmittime = 0;
+
+							MPlayerColorIdx = TheirColor + 1;
+							if (MPlayerColorIdx >= 6)
+								MPlayerColorIdx = 0;
+							name_edt.Set_Color(MPlayerTColors[MPlayerColorIdx]);
+							name_edt.Flag_To_Redraw();
+							display = REDRAW_COLORS;
+						}
+
+						/*...............................................................
+						Save scenario settings.
+						...............................................................*/
+						MPlayerCredits = ReceivePacket.Credits;
+						MPlayerBases = ReceivePacket.IsBases;
+						MPlayerTiberium = ReceivePacket.IsTiberium;
+						MPlayerGoodies = ReceivePacket.IsGoodies;
+						MPlayerGhosts = ReceivePacket.IsGhosties;
+						BuildLevel = ReceivePacket.BuildLevel;
+						MPlayerUnitCount = ReceivePacket.UnitCount;
+						Seed = ReceivePacket.Seed;
+						Special = ReceivePacket.Special;
+						Options.GameSpeed = ReceivePacket.GameSpeed;
+
+						if (MPlayerTiberium) {
+							Special.IsTGrowth = 1;
+							Special.IsTSpread = 1;
+						} else {
+							Special.IsTGrowth = 0;
+							Special.IsTSpread = 0;
+						}
+
+						/*...............................................................
+						Find the index of the scenario number; if it's not found, leave
+						it at -1.
+						...............................................................*/
+						ScenarioIdx = -1;
+						for (i = 0; i < MPlayerFilenum.Count(); i++) {
+							if (ReceivePacket.Scenario == MPlayerFilenum[i])
+								ScenarioIdx = i;
+						}
+
+						/*...............................................................
+						Check our version numbers; if they're incompatible, sign off.
+						...............................................................*/
+#ifdef PATCH
+						if (IsV107) {
+							version = 1;
+						} else {
+							version = 2;
+						}
+#else
+						version = Version_Number();
+#endif
+						if (ReceivePacket.Version > version) {
+							CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_YOURGAME_OUTDATED);
+
+							// to skip the other system not responding msg
+							lastmsgtime = TickCount.Time();
+
+							process = false;
+							rc = false;
+						} else {
+							if (ReceivePacket.Version < version) {
+								CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_DESTGAME_OUTDATED);
+
+								// to skip the other system not responding msg
+								lastmsgtime = TickCount.Time();
+
+								process = false;
+								rc = false;
+							}
+						}
+
+						/*...............................................................
+						If this is the first game-options packet we've received, transmit
+						our options to him.
+						...............................................................*/
+						if (first) {
+							first = 0;
+
+							// force transmitting of game options packet
+
+							transmit = 1;
+							transmittime = 0;
+						}
+						break;
+
+					/*..................................................................
+					GO: Exit this routine with a success code.
+					..................................................................*/
+					case (SERIAL_GO):
+						//
+						// calculated one way delay for a packet and overall delay
+						// to execute a packet
+						//
+						MPlayerMaxAhead = MAX( (ReceivePacket.ResponseTime / 8), 2);
+char flip[128];
+sprintf (flip, "C&C95 - MaxAhead set to %d frames\n", MPlayerMaxAhead);
+CCDebugString (flip);
+
+						process = false;
+						rc = true;
+						break;
+
+					/*..................................................................
+					Incoming message: add to our list
+					..................................................................*/
+					case (SERIAL_MESSAGE):
+						oppscorescreen = false;
+						sprintf(txt, Text_String (TXT_FROM), ReceivePacket.Name,
+							ReceivePacket.Message);
+						magic_number = *((unsigned short*)(ReceivePacket.Message + COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-4));
+						crc = *((unsigned short*)(ReceivePacket.Message + COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-2));
+						Messages.Add_Message (txt,	MPlayerTColors[MPlayerID_To_ColorIndex(ReceivePacket.ID)],
+							TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_FULLSHADOW, 1200, magic_number, crc);
+						display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+						break;
+
+					//
+					// throw away timing packet
+					//
+					case (SERIAL_TIMING):
+						oppscorescreen = false;
+						break;
+
+					//
+					// print msg waiting for opponent
+					//
+					case (SERIAL_SCORE_SCREEN):
+// Smart_Printf( "received score screen\n" );
+						oppscorescreen = true;
+						display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+						parms_received = 1;
+						break;
+
+					default:
+						break;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		// if we haven't received a msg for 10 seconds exit
+
+		//if ( ((TickCount.Time() - lastmsgtime) > msg_timeout) ||
+		//(Winsock.Get_Connected() && Winsock.Get_Connection_Status == TcpipManagerClass::CONNECTION_LOST)) {
+
+		if ( (TickCount.Time() - lastmsgtime) > msg_timeout) {
+			CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_SYSTEM_NOT_RESPONDING);
+			process = false;
+			rc = false;
+
+			// say we did receive sign off to keep from sending one
+			recsignedoff = true;
+		}
+
+
+
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Service the connection
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		NullModem.Service();
+
+	}	/* end of while */
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Sort player ID's, so we can execute commands in the same order on both
+	machines.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (rc) {
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Set the number of players in this game, and my ID
+		.....................................................................*/
+		MPlayerCount = 2;
+		MPlayerLocalID = Build_MPlayerID (MPlayerColorIdx, MPlayerHouse);
+
+		TheirID = Build_MPlayerID (TheirColor,TheirHouse);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Store every player's ID in the MPlayerID[] array.  This array will
+		determine the order of event execution, so the ID's must be stored
+		in the same order on all systems.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (TheirID < MPlayerLocalID) {
+			MPlayerID[0] = TheirID;
+			MPlayerID[1] = MPlayerLocalID;
+			strcpy (MPlayerNames[0], TheirName);
+			strcpy (MPlayerNames[1], MPlayerName);
+		} else {
+			MPlayerID[0] = MPlayerLocalID;
+			MPlayerID[1] = TheirID;
+			strcpy (MPlayerNames[0], MPlayerName);
+			strcpy (MPlayerNames[1], TheirName);
+		}
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Get the scenario filename
+		.....................................................................*/
+		Scenario = MPlayerFilenum[ScenarioIdx];
+
+		starttime = TickCount.Time();
+		while ( ( NullModem.Num_Send()
+			&& ((TickCount.Time() - starttime) < PACKET_SENDING_TIMEOUT) )){
+			#if(SHOW_MONO)
+			NullModem.Mono_Debug_Print(0);
+			#endif
+
+			NullModem.Service();
+			Keyboard::Check();		//Make sure the message loop gets called
+		}
+
+		// clear queue to keep from doing any resends
+		NullModem.Init_Send_Queue();
+
+	} else {
+		if ( !recsignedoff ) {
+			/*.....................................................................
+			Broadcast my sign-off over my network
+			.....................................................................*/
+			SendPacket.Command = SERIAL_SIGN_OFF;
+			SendPacket.Color = MPlayerLocalID;		// use Color for ID
+			SendPacket.ID = ModemGameToPlay;
+			NullModem.Send_Message (&SendPacket, sizeof(SendPacket), 1);
+
+			starttime = TickCount.Time();
+			while ( (NullModem.Num_Send()
+				&& ((TickCount.Time() - starttime) < PACKET_CANCEL_TIMEOUT) )){
+				#if(SHOW_MONO)
+				NullModem.Mono_Debug_Print(0);
+				#endif
+
+				if ( NullModem.Get_Message( &ReceivePacket, &packetlen ) > 0) {
+
+					// are we getting our own packets back??
+
+					if (ReceivePacket.Command == SERIAL_SIGN_OFF
+						&& ReceivePacket.ID == ModemGameToPlay) {
+
+						// exit while
+						break;
+					}
+				}
+
+				NullModem.Service();
+			}
+		}
+
+		Shutdown_Modem();
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Restore screen
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	Hide_Mouse();
+	Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+	HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+	Show_Mouse();
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Save any changes made to our options
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (changed) {
+		Write_MultiPlayer_Settings ();
+	}
+
+	return(rc);
+
+}	/* end of Com_Show_Scenario_Dialog */
+
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Phone_Dialog -- Lets user edit phone directory & dial                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		true = dial the current phone book entry, false = cancel.				*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		Serial options must have been read from CC.INI.								*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   04/29/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static int Phone_Dialog (void)
+{
+	int factor			= (SeenBuff.Get_Width() == 320) ? 1 : 2;
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog & button dimensions
+	........................................................................*/
+		int d_dialog_w = 280 *factor;											// dialog width
+		int d_dialog_h = 150 *factor;											// dialog height
+		int d_dialog_x = ((320 *factor - d_dialog_w) / 2);				// dialog x-coord
+		int d_dialog_y = ((200 *factor- d_dialog_h) / 2);				// dialog y-coord
+		int d_dialog_cx = d_dialog_x + (d_dialog_w / 2);		// center x-coord
+
+		int d_txt6_h = 11 *factor;												// ht of 6-pt text
+		int d_margin = 7 *factor;												// margin width/height
+
+		int d_phonelist_w = 268 *factor;
+		int d_phonelist_h = 87 *factor;
+		int d_phonelist_x = d_dialog_cx - (d_phonelist_w / 2);
+		int d_phonelist_y = d_dialog_y + d_margin + d_txt6_h + 11*factor;
+
+		int d_add_w = 45*factor;
+		int d_add_h = 9*factor;
+		int d_add_x = d_dialog_cx - (d_add_w / 2) - d_margin - d_add_w;
+		int d_add_y = d_phonelist_y + d_phonelist_h + d_margin;
+
+		int d_edit_w = 45*factor;
+		int d_edit_h = 9*factor;
+		int d_edit_x = d_dialog_cx - (d_edit_w / 2);
+		int d_edit_y = d_phonelist_y + d_phonelist_h + d_margin;
+
+		int d_delete_w = 45*factor;
+		int d_delete_h = 9*factor;
+		int d_delete_x = d_dialog_cx + (d_delete_w / 2) + d_margin;
+		int d_delete_y = d_phonelist_y + d_phonelist_h + d_margin;
+
+		int d_numedit_w = ( (PhoneEntryClass::PHONE_MAX_NUM - 1) * 6*factor) + 3*factor;
+		int d_numedit_h = 9*factor;
+		int d_numedit_x = d_dialog_cx - (d_numedit_w / 2);
+		int d_numedit_y = d_add_y + d_add_h + d_margin;
+
+		int d_dial_w = 45*factor;
+		int d_dial_h = 9*factor;
+		int d_dial_x = d_dialog_cx - (d_numedit_w / 2) - d_margin - d_dial_w;
+		int d_dial_y = d_add_y + d_add_h + d_margin;
+
+		int d_cancel_w = 45*factor;
+		int d_cancel_h = 9*factor;
+		int d_cancel_x = d_dialog_cx + (d_numedit_w / 2) + d_margin;
+		int d_cancel_y = d_add_y + d_add_h + d_margin;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Button Enumerations
+	........................................................................*/
+	enum {
+		BUTTON_PHONELIST = 100,
+		BUTTON_ADD,
+		BUTTON_EDIT,
+		BUTTON_DELETE,
+		BUTTON_DIAL,
+		BUTTON_CANCEL,
+		BUTTON_NUMEDIT,
+	};
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Redraw values: in order from "top" to "bottom" layer of the dialog
+	........................................................................*/
+	typedef enum {
+		REDRAW_NONE = 0,
+		REDRAW_BUTTONS,
+		REDRAW_BACKGROUND,
+		REDRAW_ALL = REDRAW_BACKGROUND
+	} RedrawType;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog variables
+	........................................................................*/
+	RedrawType display = REDRAW_ALL;		// redraw level
+	BOOL process = true;						// process while true
+	KeyNumType input;
+
+	char phone_num[ PhoneEntryClass::PHONE_MAX_NUM ] = { 0 }; // buffer for editing phone #
+	int rc;
+	int i;
+	int tabs[] = {123*factor, 207*factor};				// tabs for list box
+	char *item;									// for removing items from list box
+	PhoneEntryClass *p_entry;				// for creating / editing phonebook entries
+	int changed = 0;							// 1 = save changes to INI file
+	int firsttime = 0;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Buttons
+	........................................................................*/
+	GadgetClass *commands;										// button list
+
+	void const *up_button;
+	void const *down_button;
+
+	if (InMainLoop){
+		up_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-UP.SHP");
+		down_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-DN.SHP");
+	}else{
+		up_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-UP2.SHP");
+		down_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-DN2.SHP");
+	}
+
+
+	ListClass phonelist(BUTTON_PHONELIST,
+		d_phonelist_x, d_phonelist_y, d_phonelist_w, d_phonelist_h,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		up_button,
+		down_button);
+
+	TextButtonClass addbtn(BUTTON_ADD, TXT_ADD,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+//#ifdef FRENCH
+//		d_add_x-4, d_add_y);
+//#else
+		d_add_x, d_add_y, d_add_w, d_add_h);
+//#endif
+
+	TextButtonClass editbtn(BUTTON_EDIT, TXT_EDIT,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_edit_x, d_edit_y, d_edit_w, d_edit_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass deletebtn(BUTTON_DELETE, TXT_DELETE_BUTTON,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+//#ifdef FRENCH
+//		d_delete_x, d_delete_y);
+//#else
+		d_delete_x, d_delete_y, d_delete_w, d_delete_h);
+//#endif
+
+	TextButtonClass dialbtn(BUTTON_DIAL, TXT_DIAL,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+/* ###Change collision detected! C:\PROJECTS\CODE\NULLDLG.CPP... */
+		d_dial_x, d_dial_y, d_dial_w, d_dial_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass cancelbtn(BUTTON_CANCEL, TXT_CANCEL,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+//#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+//		d_cancel_x, d_cancel_y);
+//#else
+		d_cancel_x, d_cancel_y, d_cancel_w, d_cancel_h);
+//#endif
+
+	EditClass numedit (BUTTON_NUMEDIT,
+		phone_num, PhoneEntryClass::PHONE_MAX_NUM,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_numedit_x, d_numedit_y, d_numedit_w, d_numedit_h, EditClass::ALPHANUMERIC);
+
+	/*
+	------------------------- Build the button list --------------------------
+	*/
+	commands = &phonelist;
+	addbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	editbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	deletebtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	dialbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	cancelbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	numedit.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	dialbtn.Turn_On();
+
+	/*
+	----------------------------- Various Inits ------------------------------
+	*/
+	/*........................................................................
+	Fill in the phone directory list box
+	........................................................................*/
+	phonelist.Set_Tabs(tabs);
+	Build_Phone_Listbox(&phonelist, &numedit, phone_num);
+
+	if (CurPhoneIdx == -1) {
+		firsttime = 1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Processing loop -----------------------------
+	*/
+	while (process) {
+
+		/*
+		** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+		** we need to redraw.
+		*/
+		if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+			AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+			display=REDRAW_ALL;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................ Invoke game callback .........................
+		*/
+		Call_Back();
+
+		/*
+		...................... Refresh display if needed ......................
+		*/
+		if (display) {
+			Hide_Mouse();
+			/*
+			.................. Redraw backgound & dialog box ...................
+			*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BACKGROUND) {
+				Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+				HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+				Set_Palette(Palette);
+
+				Dialog_Box(d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w, d_dialog_h);
+
+				// init font variables
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_NONE, 0, 0, TBLACK, TBLACK,
+					TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Dialog & Field labels
+				...............................................................*/
+				Draw_Caption (TXT_PHONE_LIST, d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w);
+			}
+			/*
+			.......................... Redraw buttons ..........................
+			*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BUTTONS) {
+				phonelist.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				addbtn.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				editbtn.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				deletebtn.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				dialbtn.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				cancelbtn.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				numedit.Flag_To_Redraw();
+			}
+			Show_Mouse();
+			display = REDRAW_NONE;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................... Get user input ............................
+		*/
+		input = commands->Input();
+
+		if ( firsttime ) {
+			numedit.Set_Focus();
+			numedit.Flag_To_Redraw();
+			input = commands->Input();
+			firsttime = 0;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		---------------------------- Process input ----------------------------
+		*/
+		switch (input) {
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			New phone listing selected.
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_PHONELIST | KN_BUTTON):
+				/*...............................................................
+				Detect a change in the selected item; update CurPhoneIdx, and
+				the edit box buffer.
+				...............................................................*/
+				if (phonelist.Current_Index() != CurPhoneIdx) {
+					CurPhoneIdx = phonelist.Current_Index();
+					strcpy (phone_num, PhoneBook[CurPhoneIdx]->Number);
+					numedit.Set_Text (phone_num, PhoneEntryClass::PHONE_MAX_NUM );
+					changed = 1;
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			Add a new entry
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_ADD | KN_BUTTON):
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Allocate a new phone book entry
+				...............................................................*/
+				p_entry = new PhoneEntryClass();
+				p_entry->Name[0] = 0;
+				p_entry->Number[0] = 0;
+				p_entry->Settings.Port = 0;
+				p_entry->Settings.IRQ = -1;
+				p_entry->Settings.Baud = -1;
+				p_entry->Settings.DialMethod = DIAL_TOUCH_TONE;
+				p_entry->Settings.InitStringIndex = 0;
+				p_entry->Settings.CallWaitStringIndex = CALL_WAIT_CUSTOM;
+				p_entry->Settings.CallWaitString[0] = 0;
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Invoke the entry editor; if user clicks Save, add the new entry
+				to the list, and rebuild the list box.
+				...............................................................*/
+				if ( Edit_Phone_Dialog( p_entry ) ) {
+					PhoneBook.Add (p_entry);
+					Build_Phone_Listbox( &phonelist, &numedit, phone_num );
+					/*............................................................
+					Set the current listbox index to the newly-added item.
+					............................................................*/
+					for (i = 0; i < PhoneBook.Count(); i++) {
+						if (p_entry == PhoneBook[i]) {
+							CurPhoneIdx = i;
+							strcpy (phone_num, PhoneBook[CurPhoneIdx]->Number);
+							numedit.Set_Text (phone_num, PhoneEntryClass::PHONE_MAX_NUM );
+							phonelist.Set_Selected_Index( CurPhoneIdx );
+						}
+					}
+					changed = 1;
+				} else {
+
+					/*...............................................................
+					If the user clicked Cancel, delete the entry & keep looping.
+					...............................................................*/
+					delete p_entry;
+				}
+				display = REDRAW_ALL;
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			Edit the current entry
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_EDIT | KN_BUTTON):
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Do nothing if no entry is selected.
+				...............................................................*/
+				if (CurPhoneIdx==-1)
+					break;
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Allocate a new entry & copy the currently-selected entry into it
+				...............................................................*/
+				p_entry = new PhoneEntryClass();
+				(*p_entry) = (*PhoneBook[CurPhoneIdx]);
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Pass the new entry to the entry editor; if the user selects OK,
+				copy the data back into our phone book.  Rebuild the list so
+				the changes show up in the list box.
+				...............................................................*/
+				if ( Edit_Phone_Dialog( p_entry ) ) {
+					(*PhoneBook[CurPhoneIdx]) = (*p_entry);
+					Build_Phone_Listbox(&phonelist, &numedit, phone_num);
+					/*............................................................
+					Set the current listbox index to the newly-added item.
+					............................................................*/
+					for (i = 0; i < PhoneBook.Count(); i++) {
+						if (PhoneBook[CurPhoneIdx] == PhoneBook[i]) {
+							CurPhoneIdx = i;
+							strcpy (phone_num, PhoneBook[CurPhoneIdx]->Number);
+							numedit.Set_Text (phone_num, PhoneEntryClass::PHONE_MAX_NUM );
+							phonelist.Set_Selected_Index( CurPhoneIdx );
+						}
+					}
+					changed = 1;
+				}
+				delete p_entry;
+				display = REDRAW_ALL;
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			Delete the current entry
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_DELETE | KN_BUTTON):
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Do nothing if no entry is selected.
+				...............................................................*/
+				if (CurPhoneIdx == -1)
+					break;
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Delete the current item & rebuild the phone listbox
+				...............................................................*/
+				PhoneBook.Delete (CurPhoneIdx);
+				Build_Phone_Listbox(&phonelist, &numedit, phone_num);
+
+				if (CurPhoneIdx == -1) {
+					*phone_num = 0;
+					numedit.Set_Text (phone_num, PhoneEntryClass::PHONE_MAX_NUM );
+				}
+				changed = 1;
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			Dial the current number
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (KN_RETURN):
+				dialbtn.IsPressed = true;
+				dialbtn.Draw_Me(true);
+				// fall thru
+
+			case (BUTTON_DIAL | KN_BUTTON):
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				If no item is selected, just dial the number in the phone #
+				edit box:
+				- Create a new phone entry
+				- Copy the phone number into it
+				- Set settings to defaults
+				...............................................................*/
+				if (CurPhoneIdx == -1 ||
+					strcmp( PhoneBook[CurPhoneIdx]->Number, phone_num) ) {
+
+					if ( strlen(phone_num) == 0) {	// do not dial
+						dialbtn.IsPressed = false;
+						dialbtn.Flag_To_Redraw();
+						break;
+					}
+
+					p_entry = new PhoneEntryClass();
+					strcpy( p_entry->Name, "NONAME" );
+					strcpy( p_entry->Number, phone_num);
+					p_entry->Settings.Port = 0;
+					p_entry->Settings.IRQ = -1;
+					p_entry->Settings.Baud = -1;
+					p_entry->Settings.DialMethod = DIAL_TOUCH_TONE;
+					p_entry->Settings.InitStringIndex = 0;
+					p_entry->Settings.CallWaitStringIndex = CALL_WAIT_CUSTOM;
+					p_entry->Settings.CallWaitString[0] = 0;
+
+					PhoneBook.Add (p_entry);
+					Build_Phone_Listbox(&phonelist, &numedit, phone_num);
+					/*............................................................
+					Set the current listbox index to the newly-added item.
+					............................................................*/
+					for (i = 0; i < PhoneBook.Count(); i++) {
+						if (p_entry == PhoneBook[i]) {
+							CurPhoneIdx = i;
+						}
+					}
+					changed = 1;
+				}
+
+				process = false;
+				rc = true;
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			CANCEL: bail out
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (KN_ESC):
+			case (BUTTON_CANCEL | KN_BUTTON):
+				process = false;
+				rc = false;
+				break;
+		}
+
+	}	/* end of while */
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Save any changes we've made to the phone list or settings
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (changed) {
+		Write_MultiPlayer_Settings ();
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Clear the list box
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	while (phonelist.Count()) {
+		item = (char *)phonelist.Get_Item(0);
+		phonelist.Remove_Item(item);
+		delete [] item;
+	}
+
+	return(rc);
+
+}	/* end of Phone_Dialog */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Build_Phone_Listbox -- [re]builds the phone entry listbox               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This routine rebuilds the phone list box from scratch; it also updates	*
+ * the contents of the phone # edit field.											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		list		ptr to list box															*
+ *		edit		ptr to edit box															*
+ *		buf		ptr to buffer for phone #												*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   04/29/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static void Build_Phone_Listbox (ListClass *list, EditClass *edit, char *buf)
+{
+	int i;
+	char *item;
+	char phonename[21];
+	char phonenum[15];
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Clear the list
+	........................................................................*/
+	while (list->Count()) {
+		item = (char *)(list->Get_Item(0));
+		list->Remove_Item(item);
+		delete [] item;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Now sort the phone list by name then number
+	*/
+	qsort ((void *)(&PhoneBook[0]), PhoneBook.Count(), sizeof(class PhoneEntryClass *), Phone_Compare);
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Build the list
+	........................................................................*/
+	for (i = 0; i < PhoneBook.Count(); i++) {
+		item = new char[80];
+		if ( !(strlen( PhoneBook[i]->Name )) ) {
+			strcpy( phonename, " " );
+		} else {
+			strncpy( phonename, PhoneBook[i]->Name, 20 );
+			phonename[21] = 0;
+		}
+
+		if ( !(strlen( PhoneBook[i]->Number )) ) {
+			strcpy( phonenum, " " );
+		} else {
+			if ( strlen( PhoneBook[i]->Number ) < 14) {
+				strcpy( phonenum, PhoneBook[i]->Number );
+			} else {
+				strncpy( phonenum, PhoneBook[i]->Number, 12 );
+				phonenum[12] = 0;
+				strcat( phonenum, "..." );
+			}
+		}
+
+		if (PhoneBook[i]->Settings.Baud != -1) {
+			sprintf(item,"%s\t%s\t%d", phonename, phonenum,
+				PhoneBook[i]->Settings.Baud);
+		} else {
+			sprintf(item,"%s\t%s\t[%s]", phonename, phonenum,
+				Text_String(TXT_DEFAULT));
+		}
+		list->Add_Item(item);
+	}
+	list->Flag_To_Redraw();
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Init the current phone book index
+	........................................................................*/
+	if (list->Count() == 0 || CurPhoneIdx < -1) {
+		CurPhoneIdx = -1;
+	} else {
+		if (CurPhoneIdx >= list->Count() ) {
+			CurPhoneIdx = 0;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Fill in phone number edit buffer
+	........................................................................*/
+	if (CurPhoneIdx > -1) {
+		strcpy (buf, PhoneBook[CurPhoneIdx]->Number);
+		edit->Set_Text (buf, PhoneEntryClass::PHONE_MAX_NUM );
+		list->Set_Selected_Index( CurPhoneIdx );
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Phone_Compare -- for qsort																*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		p1,p2		ptrs to elements to compare											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		0 = same, -1 = (*p1) goes BEFORE (*p2), 1 = (*p1) goes AFTER (*p2)	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   02/14/1995 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static int Phone_Compare (const void *p1, const void *p2)
+{
+	class PhoneEntryClass *pe1,*pe2;
+	int result;
+
+	pe1 = *((class PhoneEntryClass **)p1);
+	pe2 = *((class PhoneEntryClass **)p2);
+
+	result = strcmp( pe1->Name, pe2->Name );
+
+	// if strings are equal then check the phone number
+
+	if ( !result ) {
+		result = strcmp( pe1->Number, pe2->Number );
+	}
+
+	return(result);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Edit_Phone_Dialog -- lets user edit a phone book entry                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		phone		entry to edit																*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		true = OK, false = cancel															*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   04/29/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static int Edit_Phone_Dialog (PhoneEntryClass *phone)
+{
+	int factor			= (SeenBuff.Get_Width() == 320) ? 1 : 2;
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog & button dimensions
+	........................................................................*/
+	int d_dialog_w = 230 *factor;											// dialog width
+	int d_dialog_h = 105*factor;											// dialog height
+	int d_dialog_x = ((320*factor - d_dialog_w) / 2);				// dialog x-coord
+//		D_DIALOG_Y = ((200 - D_DIALOG_H) / 2);				// dialog y-coord
+	int d_dialog_y = ((136*factor - d_dialog_h) / 2);				// dialog y-coord
+	int d_dialog_cx = d_dialog_x + (d_dialog_w / 2);		// center x-coord
+
+	int d_txt6_h = 11 *factor;												// ht of 6-pt text
+	int d_margin = 7 *factor;												// margin width/height
+
+	int d_name_w = ( (PhoneEntryClass::PHONE_MAX_NAME - 1) * 6) + 3 *factor;
+	int d_name_h = 9 *factor;
+	int d_name_x = d_dialog_x + (((d_dialog_w - d_name_w) * 3) / 4) - 5 *factor;
+	int d_name_y = d_dialog_y + 25 *factor;
+
+	int d_number_w = ( (PhoneEntryClass::PHONE_MAX_NUM - 1) * 6) + 3 *factor;
+	int d_number_h = 9 *factor;
+	int d_number_x = d_dialog_x + (((d_dialog_w - d_number_w) * 3) / 4) - 5 *factor;
+	int d_number_y = d_name_y + d_name_h + d_margin;
+
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+	int d_default_w = 130 *factor;
+#else
+	int d_default_w = 104 *factor;
+#endif
+	int d_default_h = 9 *factor;
+	int d_default_x = d_dialog_cx - (d_default_w / 2);
+	int d_default_y = d_number_y + d_number_h + d_margin;
+
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+	int d_custom_w = 130 *factor;
+#else
+	int d_custom_w = 100 *factor;
+#endif
+	int d_custom_h = 9 *factor;
+	int d_custom_x = d_dialog_cx - (d_default_w / 2);
+	int d_custom_y = d_default_y + d_default_h + d_margin;
+
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+	int d_save_w = 55 *factor;
+#else
+	int d_save_w = 45 *factor;
+#endif
+	int d_save_h = 9 *factor;
+	int d_save_x = d_dialog_cx - d_margin - d_save_w;
+	int d_save_y = d_dialog_y + d_dialog_h - d_margin - d_save_h;
+
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+	int d_cancel_w = 55 *factor;
+#else
+	int d_cancel_w = 45 *factor;
+#endif
+	int d_cancel_h = 9 *factor;
+	int d_cancel_x = d_dialog_cx + d_margin;
+	int d_cancel_y = d_dialog_y + d_dialog_h - d_margin - d_cancel_h;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Button Enumerations
+	........................................................................*/
+	enum {
+		BUTTON_NAME = 100,
+		BUTTON_NUMBER,
+		BUTTON_DEFAULT,
+		BUTTON_CUSTOM,
+		BUTTON_SAVE,
+		BUTTON_CANCEL,
+	};
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Redraw values: in order from "top" to "bottom" layer of the dialog
+	........................................................................*/
+	typedef enum {
+		REDRAW_NONE = 0,
+		REDRAW_BUTTONS,
+		REDRAW_BACKGROUND,
+		REDRAW_ALL = REDRAW_BACKGROUND
+	} RedrawType;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog variables
+	........................................................................*/
+	RedrawType display = REDRAW_ALL;		// redraw level
+	BOOL process = true;						// process while true
+	KeyNumType input;
+
+	char namebuf[PhoneEntryClass::PHONE_MAX_NAME] = { 0 };	// buffer for editing name
+	char numbuf[PhoneEntryClass::PHONE_MAX_NUM] = { 0 };		// buffer for editing phone #
+	int rc;
+	SerialSettingsType settings;
+	int custom = 0;
+	int firsttime = 1;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Buttons
+	........................................................................*/
+	GadgetClass *commands;										// button list
+
+	EditClass nameedit (BUTTON_NAME,
+		namebuf, PhoneEntryClass::PHONE_MAX_NAME,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_name_x, d_name_y, d_name_w, d_name_h, EditClass::ALPHANUMERIC);
+
+	EditClass numedit (BUTTON_NUMBER,
+		numbuf, PhoneEntryClass::PHONE_MAX_NUM,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_number_x, d_number_y, d_number_w, d_number_h, EditClass::ALPHANUMERIC);
+
+	TextButtonClass defaultbtn(BUTTON_DEFAULT, TXT_DEFAULT_SETTINGS,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_default_x, d_default_y, d_default_w, d_default_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass custombtn(BUTTON_CUSTOM, TXT_CUSTOM_SETTINGS,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_custom_x, d_custom_y, d_custom_w, d_custom_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass savebtn(BUTTON_SAVE, TXT_SAVE_BUTTON,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_save_x, d_save_y, d_save_w, d_save_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass cancelbtn(BUTTON_CANCEL, TXT_CANCEL,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_cancel_x, d_cancel_y, d_cancel_w, d_cancel_h);
+
+	/*
+	------------------------- Build the button list --------------------------
+	*/
+	commands = &nameedit;
+	numedit.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	defaultbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	custombtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	savebtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	cancelbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+
+	/*
+	----------------------------- Various Inits ------------------------------
+	*/
+	/*........................................................................
+	Init the settings; if the phone entry is set to use defaults, init our
+	settings to sensible values (in case we invoke the setting editor);
+	otherwise, copy the entry's settings.
+	........................................................................*/
+	if (phone->Settings.Port == 0 || phone->Settings.IRQ == -1 ||
+		phone->Settings.Baud == -1) {
+		settings = SerialDefaults;
+		defaultbtn.Turn_On();
+		custom = false;
+	} else {
+		settings = phone->Settings;
+		custombtn.Turn_On();
+		custom = true;
+	}
+
+	strcpy (namebuf, phone->Name);
+	nameedit.Set_Text (namebuf, PhoneEntryClass::PHONE_MAX_NAME);
+
+	strcpy (numbuf, phone->Number);
+	numedit.Set_Text (numbuf, PhoneEntryClass::PHONE_MAX_NUM);
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Processing loop -----------------------------
+	*/
+	while (process) {
+
+		/*
+		** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+		** we need to redraw.
+		*/
+		if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+			AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+			display=REDRAW_ALL;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................ Invoke game callback .........................
+		*/
+		Call_Back();
+
+		/*
+		...................... Refresh display if needed ......................
+		*/
+		if (display) {
+			Hide_Mouse();
+			/*
+			.................. Redraw backgound & dialog box ...................
+			*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BACKGROUND) {
+				Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+				HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+				Set_Palette(Palette);
+
+				Dialog_Box(d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w, d_dialog_h);
+
+				// init font variables
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_NONE, 0, 0, TBLACK, TBLACK,
+					TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Dialog & Field labels
+				...............................................................*/
+				Draw_Caption (TXT_PHONE_LISTING, d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print (TXT_NAME_COLON,
+					d_name_x - 5, d_name_y + 1,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print (TXT_NUMBER_COLON,
+					d_number_x - 5, d_number_y + 1,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+			}
+			/*
+			.......................... Redraw buttons ..........................
+			*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BUTTONS) {
+				commands->Flag_List_To_Redraw();
+			}
+			Show_Mouse();
+			display = REDRAW_NONE;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................... Get user input ............................
+		*/
+		input = commands->Input();
+
+		if ( firsttime ) {
+			nameedit.Set_Focus();
+			nameedit.Flag_To_Redraw();
+			input = commands->Input();
+			firsttime = 0;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		---------------------------- Process input ----------------------------
+		*/
+		switch (input) {
+			case (BUTTON_NAME | KN_BUTTON):
+				numedit.Set_Focus();
+				numedit.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				break;
+
+//			case (BUTTON_NUMBER | KN_BUTTON):
+//				nameedit.Clear_Focus();
+//				nameedit.Flag_To_Redraw();
+//				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			Use Default Serial Settings
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_DEFAULT | KN_BUTTON):
+				custombtn.Turn_Off();
+				defaultbtn.Turn_On();
+				custom = 0;
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			Use Custom Serial Settings
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_CUSTOM | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (Com_Settings_Dialog (&settings)) {
+					custombtn.Turn_On();
+					defaultbtn.Turn_Off();
+				}
+				custom = 1;
+				display = REDRAW_ALL;
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			CANCEL: bail out
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (KN_ESC):
+			case (BUTTON_CANCEL | KN_BUTTON):
+				process = false;
+				rc = false;
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			Save: save changes
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (KN_RETURN):
+			case (BUTTON_SAVE | KN_BUTTON):
+				process = false;
+				rc = true;
+				break;
+		}
+
+	}	/* end of while */
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	If 'Save', save all current settings
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (rc) {
+		strcpy( phone->Name, strupr( namebuf ) );
+
+		// if nothing was entered then make if NONAME
+
+		if ( !(phone->Name[0]) ) {
+			strcpy( phone->Name, "NONAME" );
+		}
+
+		strcpy( phone->Number, strupr( numbuf ) );
+
+		if (custom) {
+			phone->Settings = settings;
+		} else {
+			phone->Settings.Port = 0;
+			phone->Settings.IRQ = -1;
+			phone->Settings.Baud = -1;
+			phone->Settings.DialMethod = DIAL_TOUCH_TONE;
+			phone->Settings.InitStringIndex = 0;
+			phone->Settings.CallWaitStringIndex = CALL_WAIT_CUSTOM;
+			phone->Settings.CallWaitString[0] = 0;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(rc);
+
+
+}	/* end of Edit_Phone_Dialog */
+
+
+static bool Dial_Modem( SerialSettingsType *settings, bool reconnect )
+{
+	bool connected = false;
+	DialStatusType dialstatus;
+	int modemstatus;
+
+	/*
+	**	Turn modem servicing off in the callback routine.
+	*/
+	ModemService = false;
+
+	// save for later to reconnect
+
+	DialSettings = settings;
+
+	modemstatus = NullModem.Get_Modem_Status();
+	if (reconnect) {
+		if ( (modemstatus & CD_SET) ) {
+			connected = true;
+			ModemService = true;
+			return( connected );
+		}
+	} else {
+		if ( (modemstatus & CD_SET) ) {
+			NullModem.Hangup_Modem();
+			ModemService = false;
+		}
+	}
+
+	NullModem.Setup_Modem_Echo( Modem_Echo );
+
+	modemstatus = NullModem.Detect_Modem( settings, reconnect );
+	if ( !modemstatus ) {
+		NullModem.Remove_Modem_Echo();
+		NullModem.Print_EchoBuf();
+		NullModem.Reset_EchoBuf();
+
+		/*
+		** If our first attempt to detect the modem failed, and we're at
+		** 14400 or 28800, bump up to the next baud rate & try again.
+		*/
+		switch (settings->Baud) {
+
+			case 14400:
+				settings->Baud = 19200;
+				Shutdown_Modem();
+				Init_Null_Modem(settings);
+				NullModem.Setup_Modem_Echo( Modem_Echo );
+				modemstatus = NullModem.Detect_Modem( settings, reconnect );
+				if ( !modemstatus ) {
+					NullModem.Remove_Modem_Echo();
+					NullModem.Print_EchoBuf();
+					NullModem.Reset_EchoBuf();
+					CCMessageBox().Process( TXT_UNABLE_FIND_MODEM );
+					ModemService = true;
+					return( connected );
+				}
+				break;
+
+			case 28800:
+				settings->Baud = 38400;
+				Shutdown_Modem();
+				Init_Null_Modem(settings);
+				NullModem.Setup_Modem_Echo( Modem_Echo );
+				modemstatus = NullModem.Detect_Modem( settings, reconnect );
+				if ( !modemstatus ) {
+					NullModem.Remove_Modem_Echo();
+					NullModem.Print_EchoBuf();
+					NullModem.Reset_EchoBuf();
+					CCMessageBox().Process( TXT_UNABLE_FIND_MODEM );
+					ModemService = true;
+					return( connected );
+				}
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				CCMessageBox().Process( TXT_UNABLE_FIND_MODEM );
+				ModemService = true;
+				return( connected );
+
+		}
+	}
+	else if ( modemstatus == -1 ) {
+		NullModem.Remove_Modem_Echo();
+		NullModem.Print_EchoBuf();
+		NullModem.Reset_EchoBuf();
+		CCMessageBox().Process( TXT_ERROR_IN_INITSTRING );
+		ModemService = true;
+		return( connected );
+	}
+
+
+	/*
+	** Completely disable audio. This is required for MWave devices
+	*/
+	ThemeType old_theme = THEME_NONE;
+	if (SoundOn){
+		old_theme = Theme.What_Is_Playing();
+		Theme.Stop();
+		CountDownTimerClass wait;
+		Call_Back();
+		wait.Set (60,true);
+		while ( wait.Time() ) {
+			Call_Back();
+		}
+		Sound_End();
+		Call_Back();
+		wait.Set (60,true);
+		while ( wait.Time() ) {
+			Call_Back();
+		}
+		SoundOn = 0;
+	}
+
+	dialstatus = NullModem.Dial_Modem( DialString, settings->DialMethod, reconnect );
+
+	if (reconnect) {
+		/*
+		--------------------------- Redraw the display ---------------------------
+		*/
+		HiddenPage.Clear();
+		Map.Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+		Map.Render();
+	}
+
+	switch ( dialstatus ) {
+		case DIAL_CONNECTED:
+			connected = true;
+			break;
+
+		case DIAL_NO_CARRIER:
+			CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_NO_CARRIER);
+			connected = false;
+			break;
+
+		case DIAL_BUSY:
+			CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_LINE_BUSY);
+			connected = false;
+			break;
+
+		case DIAL_ERROR:
+			CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_NUMBER_INVALID);
+			connected = false;
+			break;
+
+		case DIAL_NO_DIAL_TONE:
+			CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_NO_DIAL_TONE);
+			connected = false;
+			break;
+
+		case DIAL_CANCELED:
+			NullModem.Hangup_Modem();
+			ModemService = false;
+			CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_DIALING_CANCELED);
+			connected = false;
+			break;
+	}
+
+	NullModem.Remove_Modem_Echo();
+	NullModem.Print_EchoBuf();
+	NullModem.Reset_EchoBuf();
+
+	/*
+	** Restore audio capability
+	*/
+	SoundOn = Audio_Init ( MainWindow , 16 , false , 11025*2 , 0 );
+	if (SoundOn){
+		Theme.Play_Song (old_theme);
+	}
+
+	ModemService = true;
+	return( connected );
+
+}	/* end of Dial_Modem */
+
+
+static bool Answer_Modem( SerialSettingsType *settings, bool reconnect )
+{
+	bool connected = false;
+	DialStatusType dialstatus;
+	int modemstatus;
+
+/* ###Change collision detected! C:\PROJECTS\CODE\NULLDLG.CPP... */
+	/*
+	**	Turn modem servicing off in the callback routine.
+	*/
+	ModemService = false;
+
+	// save for later to reconnect
+
+	DialSettings = settings;
+
+	modemstatus = NullModem.Get_Modem_Status();
+	if (reconnect) {
+		if ( (modemstatus & CD_SET) ) {
+			connected = true;
+			ModemService = true;
+			return( connected );
+		}
+	} else {
+		if ( (modemstatus & CD_SET) ) {
+			NullModem.Hangup_Modem();
+			ModemService = false;
+		}
+	}
+
+	NullModem.Setup_Modem_Echo( Modem_Echo );
+
+	modemstatus = NullModem.Detect_Modem( settings, reconnect );
+	if ( !modemstatus ) {
+		NullModem.Remove_Modem_Echo();
+		NullModem.Print_EchoBuf();
+		NullModem.Reset_EchoBuf();
+
+		/*
+		** If our first attempt to detect the modem failed, and we're at
+		** 14400 or 28800, bump up to the next baud rate & try again.
+		*/
+		switch (settings->Baud) {
+
+			case 14400:
+				settings->Baud = 19200;
+				Shutdown_Modem();
+				Init_Null_Modem(settings);
+				NullModem.Setup_Modem_Echo( Modem_Echo );
+				modemstatus = NullModem.Detect_Modem( settings, reconnect );
+				if ( !modemstatus ) {
+					NullModem.Remove_Modem_Echo();
+					NullModem.Print_EchoBuf();
+					NullModem.Reset_EchoBuf();
+					CCMessageBox().Process( TXT_UNABLE_FIND_MODEM );
+					ModemService = true;
+					return( connected );
+				}
+				break;
+
+			case 28800:
+				settings->Baud = 38400;
+				Shutdown_Modem();
+				Init_Null_Modem(settings);
+				NullModem.Setup_Modem_Echo( Modem_Echo );
+				modemstatus = NullModem.Detect_Modem( settings, reconnect );
+				if ( !modemstatus ) {
+					NullModem.Remove_Modem_Echo();
+					NullModem.Print_EchoBuf();
+					NullModem.Reset_EchoBuf();
+					CCMessageBox().Process( TXT_UNABLE_FIND_MODEM );
+					ModemService = true;
+					return( connected );
+				}
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				CCMessageBox().Process( TXT_UNABLE_FIND_MODEM );
+				ModemService = true;
+				return( connected );
+		}
+
+	}
+	else if ( modemstatus == -1 ) {
+		NullModem.Remove_Modem_Echo();
+		NullModem.Print_EchoBuf();
+		NullModem.Reset_EchoBuf();
+		CCMessageBox().Process( TXT_ERROR_IN_INITSTRING );
+		ModemService = true;
+		return( connected );
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Completely disable audio. This is required for MWave devices
+	*/
+	ThemeType old_theme = THEME_NONE;
+	if (SoundOn){
+		old_theme = Theme.What_Is_Playing();
+		Theme.Stop();
+		CountDownTimerClass wait;
+		Call_Back();
+		wait.Set (60,true);
+		while ( wait.Time() ) {
+			Call_Back();
+		}
+		Sound_End();
+		Call_Back();
+		wait.Set (60,true);
+		while ( wait.Time() ) {
+			Call_Back();
+		}
+		SoundOn = 0;
+	}
+
+	dialstatus = NullModem.Answer_Modem( reconnect );
+
+	switch ( dialstatus ) {
+		case DIAL_CONNECTED:
+			connected = true;
+			break;
+
+		case DIAL_NO_CARRIER:
+			CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_NO_CARRIER);
+			connected = false;
+			break;
+
+		case DIAL_BUSY:
+			CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_LINE_BUSY);
+			connected = false;
+			break;
+
+		case DIAL_ERROR:
+			CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_NUMBER_INVALID);
+			connected = false;
+			break;
+
+		case DIAL_NO_DIAL_TONE:
+			CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_NO_DIAL_TONE);
+			connected = false;
+			break;
+
+		case DIAL_CANCELED:
+			CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_ANSWERING_CANCELED);
+			connected = false;
+			break;
+	}
+
+	NullModem.Remove_Modem_Echo();
+	NullModem.Print_EchoBuf();
+	NullModem.Reset_EchoBuf();
+
+	/*
+	** Restore audio capability
+	*/
+	SoundOn = Audio_Init ( MainWindow , 16 , false , 11025*2 , 0 );
+	if (SoundOn){
+		Theme.Play_Song (old_theme);
+	}
+
+	ModemService = true;
+	return( connected );
+
+}	/* end of Answer_Modem */
+
+
+static void Modem_Echo( char c )
+{
+	if (NullModem.EchoCount < (NullModem.EchoSize - 1) ) {
+		*(NullModem.EchoBuf + NullModem.EchoCount) = c;
+		*(NullModem.EchoBuf + NullModem.EchoCount + 1) = 0;
+		NullModem.EchoCount++;
+	} else {
+		//Smart_Printf( "Echo buffer full!!!\n" );
+	}
+
+}	/* end of Modem_Echo */
+
+
+void Smart_Printf( char *format, ... )
+{
+	va_list arglist;
+	char buf[501];
+
+
+	va_start(arglist,format);
+	vsprintf(buf,format,arglist);
+	va_end(arglist);
+
+	if (Debug_Smart_Print) {
+		if (Special.IsMonoEnabled) {
+//			Mono_Set_Cursor(0,0);
+			Mono_Printf("%s",buf);
+		} else {
+//			Mono_Printf("%s",buf);
+			printf("%s",buf);
+		}
+	} else {
+		if (Debug_Heap_Dump) {
+			printf("%s",buf);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+void Hex_Dump_Data( char *buffer, int length )
+{
+	int i;
+	int offset = 0;
+	char buff[10];
+	char ptr[16];
+	char c;
+
+
+	while (length >= 16) {
+		memcpy( ptr, (buffer + offset), 16);
+
+		Smart_Printf("%05lX  ", offset);
+
+		for (i = 0; i < 16; i++) {
+
+			c = ptr[i];
+			itoh(c, buff);
+
+			if (!(i & 0x3) && i) {
+				Smart_Printf("³ ");
+			}
+
+			Smart_Printf("%s ", buff);
+		}
+
+		Smart_Printf("  ");
+
+		for (i = 0; i < 16; i++) {
+			c = ptr[i];
+
+			if (c && ((c < 7) || (c > 11)) && (c != 13)) {
+				Smart_Printf("%c", c);
+			} else {
+				Smart_Printf(".");
+			}
+		}
+
+		Smart_Printf("\n");
+
+		offset += 16;
+		length -= 16;
+	}
+
+	if (length) {
+		memcpy( ptr, (buffer + offset), 16);
+
+		Smart_Printf("%05lX  ", offset);
+
+		for (i = 0; i < 16; i++) {
+			if (i < length) {
+				c = ptr[i];
+				itoh(c, buff);
+				if (!(i & 0x3) && i) {
+					Smart_Printf("³ ");
+				}
+				Smart_Printf("%s ", buff);
+			} else {
+				if (!(i & 0x3) && i) {
+					Smart_Printf("  ");
+				}
+				Smart_Printf("   ");
+			}
+		}
+
+		Smart_Printf("  ");
+
+		for (i = 0; i < length; i++) {
+
+			c = ptr[i];
+
+			if (c && ((c < 7) || (c > 11)) && (c != 13)) {
+				Smart_Printf("%c", c);
+			} else {
+				Smart_Printf(".");
+			}
+		}
+
+		Smart_Printf("\n");
+	}
+
+}	/* end of Hex_Dump_Data */
+
+
+void itoh( int i, char *s)
+{
+
+	int nibble, loop;
+
+//	*s++ = '0';
+//	*s++ = 'x';
+
+	if (i == 0) {
+		*s++ = '0';
+		*s++ = '0';
+	} else {
+		for (loop = 1; loop >= 0; loop--) {
+			nibble = (i >> (loop << 2)) & 0x000F;
+
+			/* decimal range */
+			if (nibble < 10) {
+				*s++ = '0' + nibble;
+			} else {
+				*s++ = 'A' + (nibble - 10);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	*s = 0;							/* null terminate it */
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+#if (0)
+
+int Com_Fake_Scenario_Dialog(void)
+{
+	bool display = true;		// redraw level
+	bool process = true;						// process while true
+
+	char namebuf[MPLAYER_NAME_MAX] = {0};		// buffer for player's name
+	int transmit;								// 1 = re-transmit new game options
+	int parms_received = 1;					// 1 = game options received
+	int changed = 0;							// 1 = user has changed an option
+
+	int rc;
+	int recsignedoff = false;
+	int version;
+	unsigned long starttime;
+	unsigned long timingtime;
+	unsigned long lastmsgtime;
+	unsigned long lastredrawtime;
+	unsigned long transmittime = 0;
+	unsigned long theirresponsetime;
+	int packetlen;
+	bool oppscorescreen = false;
+	bool gameoptions = false;
+	EventClass *event;					// event ptr
+	unsigned long msg_timeout = 60*60;	// init to 60 seconds
+
+	int 	factor 		= (SeenBuff.Get_Width() == 320) ? 1 : 2;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Button Enumerations
+	........................................................................*/
+	enum {
+		BUTTON_CANCEL = 100,
+	};
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog variables
+	........................................................................*/
+	TextButtonClass * buttons = 0;
+
+	KeyNumType input;
+
+	int x,y;
+	int width=0;
+	int height=0;
+	char text_buffer[80*3];
+
+	const char *current_status_string = Text_String(TXT_WINSOCK_CONNECTING);
+	strcpy(text_buffer, current_status_string);
+
+	Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_NONE,0,0,TBLACK,TBLACK,TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+	Format_Window_String(text_buffer, SeenBuff.Get_Height(), width, height);
+
+	width = MAX(width, 50*factor);
+	width += 40*factor;
+	height += 60*factor;
+
+	x = (SeenBuff.Get_Width() - width) / 2;
+	y = (SeenBuff.Get_Height() - height) / 2;
+
+	TextButtonClass cancelbtn(BUTTON_CANCEL, TXT_CANCEL,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		x + ((width - (String_Pixel_Width( Text_String( TXT_CANCEL ) ) + 8*factor)) >> 1),
+		y + height - (FontHeight + FontYSpacing + 2*factor) - 5*factor);
+
+	Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+	buttons = &cancelbtn;
+
+	buttons->Flag_List_To_Redraw();
+	process = true;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Init other scenario parameters
+	........................................................................*/
+	Special.IsTGrowth = MPlayerTiberium;
+	Special.IsTSpread = MPlayerTiberium;
+	transmit = 1;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Init random-number generator, & create a seed to be used for all random
+	numbers from here on out
+	........................................................................*/
+	randomize();
+	//Seed = rand();
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Processing loop -----------------------------
+	*/
+	NullModem.Reset_Response_Time();		// clear response time
+	theirresponsetime = 10000;				// initialize to an invalid value
+	timingtime = lastmsgtime = lastredrawtime = TickCount.Time();
+
+
+	while (process) {
+
+		/*
+		** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+		** we need to redraw.
+		*/
+		if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+			AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+			display=true;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................ Invoke game callback .........................
+		*/
+		Call_Back();
+
+		/*
+		...................... Refresh display if needed ......................
+		*/
+		if (display) {
+			Hide_Mouse();
+			Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+			HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+			Set_Palette(Palette);
+			/*
+			..................... Draw the background .......................
+			*/
+			Dialog_Box(x, y, width, height);
+			/*
+			....................... Draw the labels .........................
+			*/
+			Draw_Caption(TXT_NONE, x, y, width);
+
+			Fancy_Text_Print(text_buffer, x + 20*factor, y + 25*factor, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+				TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+			buttons->Draw_All();
+			Show_Mouse();
+			display = false;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		............................ Process input ............................
+		*/
+		input = buttons->Input();
+		switch (input) {
+			case (KN_ESC):
+			case (BUTTON_CANCEL | KN_BUTTON):
+				process = false;
+				rc = false;
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				break;
+		}
+
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		If our Transmit flag is set, we need to send out a game option packet.
+		This message requires an ACK.  The first time through the loop, transmit
+		should be set, so we send out our default options; we'll then send
+		any changes we make to the defaults.
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		if (transmit && (TickCount.Time() - transmittime) > PACKET_RETRANS_TIME) {
+			SendPacket.Command = SERIAL_GAME_OPTIONS;
+			strcpy (SendPacket.Name, MPlayerName);
+#ifdef PATCH
+			if (IsV107) {
+				SendPacket.Version = 1;
+			} else {
+				SendPacket.Version = 2;
+			}
+#else
+			SendPacket.Version = Version_Number();
+#endif
+			SendPacket.House = MPlayerHouse;
+			SendPacket.Color = MPlayerColorIdx;
+
+			SendPacket.Scenario = MPlayerFilenum[ScenarioIdx];
+
+			SendPacket.Credits = MPlayerCredits;
+			SendPacket.IsBases = MPlayerBases;
+			SendPacket.IsTiberium = MPlayerTiberium;
+			SendPacket.IsGoodies = MPlayerGoodies;
+			SendPacket.IsGhosties = MPlayerGhosts;
+			SendPacket.BuildLevel = BuildLevel;
+			SendPacket.UnitCount = MPlayerUnitCount;
+			SendPacket.Seed = Seed;
+			SendPacket.Special = Special;
+			SendPacket.GameSpeed = Options.GameSpeed;
+			SendPacket.ID = ModemGameToPlay;
+
+			NullModem.Send_Message (&SendPacket, sizeof(SendPacket), 1);
+
+			transmittime = TickCount.Time();
+			transmit = 0;
+		}
+
+		//
+		// send a timing packet if enough time has gone by.
+		//
+		if ( (TickCount.Time() - timingtime) > PACKET_TIMING_TIMEOUT) {
+			SendPacket.Command = SERIAL_TIMING;
+			SendPacket.ResponseTime = NullModem.Response_Time();
+			SendPacket.ID = ModemGameToPlay;
+
+			NullModem.Send_Message (&SendPacket, sizeof(SendPacket), 0);
+			timingtime = TickCount.Time();
+		}
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Check for an incoming message
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		if (NullModem.Get_Message (&ReceivePacket, &packetlen) > 0) {
+
+			lastmsgtime = TickCount.Time();
+			msg_timeout = 600;		// reset timeout value to 10 seconds
+											// (only the 1st time through is 20 seconds)
+
+
+			if (ReceivePacket.Command >= SERIAL_CONNECT &&
+				ReceivePacket.Command < SERIAL_LAST_COMMAND &&
+				ReceivePacket.Command != SERIAL_MESSAGE &&
+				ReceivePacket.ID == ModemGameToPlay) {
+
+				CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_SYSTEM_NOT_RESPONDING);
+
+				// to skip the other system not responding msg
+				lastmsgtime = TickCount.Time();
+
+				process = false;
+				rc = false;
+
+				// say we did receive sign off to keep from sending one
+				recsignedoff = true;
+				break;
+			}
+
+			event = (EventClass *)&ReceivePacket;
+			if (event->Type <= EventClass::FRAMEINFO) {
+				if ( (TickCount.Time() - lastredrawtime) > PACKET_REDRAW_TIME) {
+					lastredrawtime = TickCount.Time();
+					oppscorescreen = true;
+					parms_received = 1;
+				}
+			} else {
+				switch ( ReceivePacket.Command ) {
+					/*..................................................................
+					Sign-off: Give the other machine time to receive my ACK, display a
+					message, and exit.
+					..................................................................*/
+					case (SERIAL_SIGN_OFF):
+						starttime = TickCount.Time();
+						while (TickCount.Time() - starttime < 60)
+							NullModem.Service();
+						CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_USER_SIGNED_OFF);
+
+						// to skip the other system not responding msg
+						lastmsgtime = TickCount.Time();
+
+						process = false;
+						rc = false;
+						recsignedoff = true;
+						break;
+
+					/*..................................................................
+					Game Options:  Store the other machine's name, color & house;
+					If they've picked the same color as myself, re-transmit my settings
+					to force him to choose a different color.  (Com_Show_Scenario_Dialog
+					is responsible for ensuring the colors are different.)
+					..................................................................*/
+					case (SERIAL_GAME_OPTIONS):
+						oppscorescreen = false;
+						gameoptions = true;
+						strcpy (TheirName, ReceivePacket.Name);
+						TheirColor = ReceivePacket.Color;
+						TheirHouse = ReceivePacket.House;
+						transmit = 1;
+
+						parms_received = 1;
+
+						/*...............................................................
+						Check the version number of the other system.
+						...............................................................*/
+#ifdef PATCH
+						if (IsV107) {
+							version = 1;
+						} else {
+							version = 2;
+						}
+#else
+						version = Version_Number();
+#endif
+						if (ReceivePacket.Version > version) {
+							CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_YOURGAME_OUTDATED);
+
+							// to skip the other system not responding msg
+							lastmsgtime = TickCount.Time();
+
+							process = false;
+							rc = false;
+						} else {
+							if (ReceivePacket.Version < version) {
+								CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_DESTGAME_OUTDATED);
+
+								// to skip the other system not responding msg
+								lastmsgtime = TickCount.Time();
+
+								process = false;
+								rc = false;
+							}
+						}
+						break;
+
+					/*..................................................................
+					Incoming message: add to our list
+					..................................................................*/
+
+					//
+					// get their response time
+					//
+					case (SERIAL_TIMING):
+						oppscorescreen = false;
+						theirresponsetime = ReceivePacket.ResponseTime;
+
+						if ( !gameoptions ) {
+							transmit = 1;
+						}else{
+							process = false;
+							rc = true;
+						}
+						break;
+
+					//
+					// print msg waiting for opponent
+					//
+					case (SERIAL_SCORE_SCREEN):
+						oppscorescreen = true;
+						parms_received = 1;
+						break;
+
+					default:
+						break;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		// if we haven't received a msg for 10 seconds exit
+
+		if ( (TickCount.Time() - lastmsgtime) > msg_timeout) {
+			CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_SYSTEM_NOT_RESPONDING);
+			process = false;
+			rc = false;
+
+			// say we did receive sign off to keep from sending one
+			recsignedoff = true;
+		}
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Service the connection
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		NullModem.Service();
+
+	}	/* end of while */
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Sort player ID's, so we can execute commands in the same order on both
+	machines.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (rc) {
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Set the number of players in this game, and my ID
+		.....................................................................*/
+		MPlayerCount = 2;
+		MPlayerLocalID = Build_MPlayerID (MPlayerColorIdx, MPlayerHouse);
+
+		TheirID = Build_MPlayerID (TheirColor,TheirHouse);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Store every player's ID in the MPlayerID[] array.  This array will
+		determine the order of event execution, so the ID's must be stored
+		in the same order on all systems.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (TheirID < MPlayerLocalID) {
+			MPlayerID[0] = TheirID;
+			MPlayerID[1] = MPlayerLocalID;
+			strcpy (MPlayerNames[0], TheirName);
+			strcpy (MPlayerNames[1], MPlayerName);
+		} else {
+			MPlayerID[0] = MPlayerLocalID;
+			MPlayerID[1] = TheirID;
+			strcpy (MPlayerNames[0], MPlayerName);
+			strcpy (MPlayerNames[1], TheirName);
+		}
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Get the scenario filename
+		.....................................................................*/
+		Scenario = MPlayerFilenum[ScenarioIdx];
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Send all players the GO packet.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		SendPacket.Command = SERIAL_GO;
+		SendPacket.ResponseTime = NullModem.Response_Time();
+		if ( theirresponsetime == 10000 ) {
+//			Mono_Clear_Screen();
+//			Smart_Printf( "Did not receive their response time!!!!!!!\n" );
+//			Get_Key();
+		} else {
+			if (SendPacket.ResponseTime < theirresponsetime) {
+				SendPacket.ResponseTime = theirresponsetime;
+			}
+		}
+
+		//
+		// calculated one way delay for a packet and overall delay to execute
+		// a packet
+		//
+		////////MPlayerMaxAhead = MAX( (SendPacket.ResponseTime / 8), 2);
+		SendPacket.ID = ModemGameToPlay;
+
+		NullModem.Send_Message (&SendPacket, sizeof(SendPacket), 1);
+
+		starttime = TickCount.Time();
+		while ( ( NullModem.Num_Send()
+			&& ((TickCount.Time() - starttime) < PACKET_SENDING_TIMEOUT) )
+			|| ((TickCount.Time() - starttime) < 60) ) {
+			#if(SHOW_MONO)
+			NullModem.Mono_Debug_Print(0);
+			#endif
+
+			NullModem.Service();
+			Keyboard::Check();		//Make sure the message loop gets called
+		}
+
+		// clear queue to keep from doing any resends
+		NullModem.Init_Send_Queue();
+
+	} else {
+		if ( !recsignedoff ) {
+			/*.....................................................................
+			Broadcast my sign-off over my network
+			.....................................................................*/
+			SendPacket.Command = SERIAL_SIGN_OFF;
+			SendPacket.Color = MPlayerLocalID;		// use Color for ID
+			SendPacket.ID = ModemGameToPlay;
+			NullModem.Send_Message (&SendPacket, sizeof(SendPacket), 1);
+
+			starttime = TickCount.Time();
+			while ( (NullModem.Num_Send()
+				&& ((TickCount.Time() - starttime) < PACKET_CANCEL_TIMEOUT) )
+				|| ((TickCount.Time() - starttime) < 60) ) {
+				#if(SHOW_MONO)
+				NullModem.Mono_Debug_Print(0);
+				#endif
+
+				if ( NullModem.Get_Message( &ReceivePacket, &packetlen ) > 0) {
+
+					// are we getting our own packets back??
+
+					if (ReceivePacket.Command == SERIAL_SIGN_OFF
+						&& ReceivePacket.ID == ModemGameToPlay) {
+
+						// exit while
+						break;
+					}
+				}
+
+				NullModem.Service();
+			}
+		}
+
+		Shutdown_Modem();
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Restore screen
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	Hide_Mouse();
+	Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+	HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+	Show_Mouse();
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Save any changes made to our options
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (changed) {
+		Write_MultiPlayer_Settings ();
+	}
+
+	return(rc);
+
+}	/* end of Com_Scenario_Dialog */
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+int Com_Show_Fake_Scenario_Dialog(void)
+{
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog variables
+	........................................................................*/
+	bool display = true;		// redraw level
+	BOOL process = true;						// process while true
+
+	char namebuf[MPLAYER_NAME_MAX] = {0};		// buffer for player's name
+	int transmit;										// 1 = re-transmit new game options
+	int first;											// 1 = no packets received yet
+	int parms_received = 0;							// 1 = game options received
+	int changed = 0;							// 1 = user has changed an option
+
+	int rc;
+	int recsignedoff = 0;
+	int i;
+	int version;
+	unsigned long starttime;
+	unsigned long timingtime;
+	unsigned long lastmsgtime;
+	unsigned long lastredrawtime;
+	unsigned long transmittime = 0;
+	int packetlen;
+	bool oppscorescreen = false;
+	bool gameoptions = false;
+	EventClass *event;					// event ptr
+	unsigned long msg_timeout = 60*60;	// init to 60 seconds
+
+
+	int 	factor 		= (SeenBuff.Get_Width() == 320) ? 1 : 2;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Button Enumerations
+	........................................................................*/
+	enum {
+		BUTTON_CANCEL = 100,
+	};
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog variables
+	........................................................................*/
+	TextButtonClass * buttons = 0;
+
+	KeyNumType input;
+
+	int x,y;
+	int width=0;
+	int height=0;
+	char text_buffer[80*3];
+
+	const char *current_status_string = Text_String(TXT_WINSOCK_CONNECTING);
+	strcpy(text_buffer, current_status_string);
+
+	Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_NONE,0,0,TBLACK,TBLACK,TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+	Format_Window_String(text_buffer, SeenBuff.Get_Height(), width, height);
+
+	width = MAX(width, 50*factor);
+	width += 40*factor;
+	height += 60*factor;
+
+	x = (SeenBuff.Get_Width() - width) / 2;
+	y = (SeenBuff.Get_Height() - height) / 2;
+
+	TextButtonClass cancelbtn(BUTTON_CANCEL, TXT_CANCEL,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		x + ((width - (String_Pixel_Width( Text_String( TXT_CANCEL ) ) + 8*factor)) >> 1),
+		y + height - (FontHeight + FontYSpacing + 2*factor) - 5*factor);
+
+	Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+	buttons = &cancelbtn;
+
+	buttons->Flag_List_To_Redraw();
+
+
+	transmit = 1;
+	first = 1;
+
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Processing loop -----------------------------
+	*/
+	NullModem.Reset_Response_Time();		// clear response time
+	timingtime = lastmsgtime = lastredrawtime = TickCount.Time();
+
+	while (process) {
+
+		/*
+		** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+		** we need to redraw.
+		*/
+		if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+			AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+			display=true;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................ Invoke game callback .........................
+		*/
+		Call_Back();
+
+		/*
+		...................... Refresh display if needed ......................
+		*/
+		if (display) {
+			Hide_Mouse();
+			/*
+			.................. Redraw backgound & dialog box ...................
+			*/
+			Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+			HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+			Set_Palette(Palette);
+			/*
+			..................... Draw the background .......................
+			*/
+			Dialog_Box(x, y, width, height);
+			/*
+			....................... Draw the labels .........................
+			*/
+			Draw_Caption(TXT_NONE, x, y, width);
+
+			Fancy_Text_Print(text_buffer, x + 20*factor, y + 25*factor, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+				TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+			buttons->Draw_All();
+			Show_Mouse();
+			display = false;
+		}
+
+
+		/*
+		............................ Process input ............................
+		*/
+		input = buttons->Input();
+		switch (input) {
+			case (KN_ESC):
+			case (BUTTON_CANCEL | KN_BUTTON):
+				process = false;
+				rc = false;
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				break;
+		}
+
+
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		If our Transmit flag is set, we need to send out a game option packet
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		if (transmit && (TickCount.Time() - transmittime) > PACKET_RETRANS_TIME) {
+			SendPacket.Command = SERIAL_GAME_OPTIONS;
+			strcpy (SendPacket.Name, MPlayerName);
+#ifdef PATCH
+			if (IsV107) {
+				SendPacket.Version = 1;
+			} else {
+				SendPacket.Version = 2;
+			}
+#else
+			SendPacket.Version = Version_Number();
+#endif
+			SendPacket.House = MPlayerHouse;
+			SendPacket.Color = MPlayerColorIdx;
+			SendPacket.ID = ModemGameToPlay;
+
+			NullModem.Send_Message (&SendPacket, sizeof(SendPacket), 1);
+
+			transmittime = TickCount.Time();
+			transmit = 0;
+		}
+
+		//
+		// send a timing packet if enough time has gone by.
+		//
+		if ( (TickCount.Time() - timingtime) > PACKET_TIMING_TIMEOUT) {
+			SendPacket.Command = SERIAL_TIMING;
+			SendPacket.ResponseTime = NullModem.Response_Time();
+			SendPacket.ID = ModemGameToPlay;
+
+			NullModem.Send_Message (&SendPacket, sizeof(SendPacket), 0);
+			timingtime = TickCount.Time();
+		}
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Check for an incoming message
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		if (NullModem.Get_Message (&ReceivePacket, &packetlen) > 0) {
+
+			lastmsgtime = TickCount.Time();
+
+			msg_timeout = 600;
+
+			// are we getting our own packets back??
+
+			if (ReceivePacket.Command >= SERIAL_CONNECT &&
+				ReceivePacket.Command < SERIAL_LAST_COMMAND &&
+				ReceivePacket.Command != SERIAL_MESSAGE &&
+				ReceivePacket.ID == ModemGameToPlay) {
+
+				CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_SYSTEM_NOT_RESPONDING);
+
+				// to skip the other system not responding msg
+				lastmsgtime = TickCount.Time();
+
+				process = false;
+				rc = false;
+
+				// say we did receive sign off to keep from sending one
+				recsignedoff = true;
+				break;
+			}
+
+			event = (EventClass *)&ReceivePacket;
+			if (event->Type <= EventClass::FRAMEINFO) {
+				if ( (TickCount.Time() - lastredrawtime) > PACKET_REDRAW_TIME) {
+					lastredrawtime = TickCount.Time();
+					oppscorescreen = true;
+					display = false;
+					parms_received = 1;
+				}
+			} else {
+				switch ( ReceivePacket.Command ) {
+					/*..................................................................
+					Other system signs off:  Give it time to receive my ACK, then show
+					a message.
+					..................................................................*/
+					case (SERIAL_SIGN_OFF):
+						starttime = TickCount.Time();
+						while ( (TickCount.Time() - starttime) < 60)
+							NullModem.Service();
+						CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_USER_SIGNED_OFF);
+
+						// to skip the other system not responding msg
+						lastmsgtime = TickCount.Time();
+
+						process = false;
+						rc = false;
+						recsignedoff = true;
+						break;
+
+					/*..................................................................
+					Game Options: Store all options; check my color & game version.
+					..................................................................*/
+					case (SERIAL_GAME_OPTIONS):
+						oppscorescreen = false;
+						gameoptions = true;
+						display = false;
+						parms_received = 1;
+
+						strcpy (TheirName, ReceivePacket.Name);
+						TheirColor = ReceivePacket.Color;
+						TheirHouse = ReceivePacket.House;
+
+						/*...............................................................
+						Save scenario settings.
+						...............................................................*/
+						MPlayerCredits = ReceivePacket.Credits;
+						MPlayerBases = ReceivePacket.IsBases;
+						MPlayerTiberium = ReceivePacket.IsTiberium;
+						MPlayerGoodies = ReceivePacket.IsGoodies;
+						MPlayerGhosts = ReceivePacket.IsGhosties;
+						BuildLevel = ReceivePacket.BuildLevel;
+						MPlayerUnitCount = ReceivePacket.UnitCount;
+						Seed = ReceivePacket.Seed;
+						Special = ReceivePacket.Special;
+						Options.GameSpeed = ReceivePacket.GameSpeed;
+
+						if (MPlayerTiberium) {
+							Special.IsTGrowth = 1;
+							Special.IsTSpread = 1;
+						} else {
+							Special.IsTGrowth = 0;
+							Special.IsTSpread = 0;
+						}
+
+						/*...............................................................
+						Find the index of the scenario number; if it's not found, leave
+						it at -1.
+						...............................................................*/
+						ScenarioIdx = -1;
+						for (i = 0; i < MPlayerFilenum.Count(); i++) {
+							if (ReceivePacket.Scenario == MPlayerFilenum[i])
+								ScenarioIdx = i;
+						}
+
+						/*...............................................................
+						Check our version numbers; if they're incompatible, sign off.
+						...............................................................*/
+#ifdef PATCH
+						if (IsV107) {
+							version = 1;
+						} else {
+							version = 2;
+						}
+#else
+						version = Version_Number();
+#endif
+						if (ReceivePacket.Version > version) {
+							CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_YOURGAME_OUTDATED);
+
+							// to skip the other system not responding msg
+							lastmsgtime = TickCount.Time();
+
+							process = false;
+							rc = false;
+						} else {
+							if (ReceivePacket.Version < version) {
+								CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_DESTGAME_OUTDATED);
+
+								// to skip the other system not responding msg
+								lastmsgtime = TickCount.Time();
+
+								process = false;
+								rc = false;
+							}
+						}
+
+						/*...............................................................
+						If this is the first game-options packet we've received, transmit
+						our options to him.
+						...............................................................*/
+						if (first) {
+							first = 0;
+
+							// force transmitting of game options packet
+
+							transmit = 1;
+							transmittime = 0;
+						}
+						break;
+
+					/*..................................................................
+					GO: Exit this routine with a success code.
+					..................................................................*/
+					case (SERIAL_GO):
+
+						//
+						// calculated one way delay for a packet and overall delay
+						// to execute a packet
+						//
+						////////MPlayerMaxAhead = MAX( (ReceivePacket.ResponseTime / 8), 2);
+
+						process = false;
+						rc = true;
+						break;
+
+					//
+					// throw away timing packet
+					//
+					case (SERIAL_TIMING):
+						oppscorescreen = false;
+						break;
+
+					//
+					// print msg waiting for opponent
+					//
+					case (SERIAL_SCORE_SCREEN):
+// Smart_Printf( "received score screen\n" );
+						oppscorescreen = true;
+						display = false;
+						parms_received = 1;
+						break;
+
+					default:
+						break;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		// if we haven't received a msg for 10 seconds exit
+
+		if ( (TickCount.Time() - lastmsgtime) > msg_timeout) {
+			CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_SYSTEM_NOT_RESPONDING);
+			process = false;
+			rc = false;
+
+			// say we did receive sign off to keep from sending one
+			recsignedoff = true;
+		}
+
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Service the connection
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		NullModem.Service();
+
+	}	/* end of while */
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Sort player ID's, so we can execute commands in the same order on both
+	machines.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (rc) {
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Set the number of players in this game, and my ID
+		.....................................................................*/
+		MPlayerCount = 2;
+		MPlayerLocalID = Build_MPlayerID (MPlayerColorIdx, MPlayerHouse);
+
+		TheirID = Build_MPlayerID (TheirColor,TheirHouse);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Store every player's ID in the MPlayerID[] array.  This array will
+		determine the order of event execution, so the ID's must be stored
+		in the same order on all systems.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (TheirID < MPlayerLocalID) {
+			MPlayerID[0] = TheirID;
+			MPlayerID[1] = MPlayerLocalID;
+			strcpy (MPlayerNames[0], TheirName);
+			strcpy (MPlayerNames[1], MPlayerName);
+		} else {
+			MPlayerID[0] = MPlayerLocalID;
+			MPlayerID[1] = TheirID;
+			strcpy (MPlayerNames[0], MPlayerName);
+			strcpy (MPlayerNames[1], TheirName);
+		}
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Get the scenario filename
+		.....................................................................*/
+		Scenario = MPlayerFilenum[ScenarioIdx];
+
+		starttime = TickCount.Time();
+		while ( ( NullModem.Num_Send()
+			&& ((TickCount.Time() - starttime) < PACKET_SENDING_TIMEOUT) )
+			|| ((TickCount.Time() - starttime) < 60) ) {
+			#if(SHOW_MONO)
+			NullModem.Mono_Debug_Print(0);
+			#endif
+
+			NullModem.Service();
+			Keyboard::Check();		//Make sure the message loop gets called
+		}
+
+		// clear queue to keep from doing any resends
+		NullModem.Init_Send_Queue();
+
+	} else {
+		if ( !recsignedoff ) {
+			/*.....................................................................
+			Broadcast my sign-off over my network
+			.....................................................................*/
+			SendPacket.Command = SERIAL_SIGN_OFF;
+			SendPacket.Color = MPlayerLocalID;		// use Color for ID
+			SendPacket.ID = ModemGameToPlay;
+			NullModem.Send_Message (&SendPacket, sizeof(SendPacket), 1);
+
+			starttime = TickCount.Time();
+			while ( (NullModem.Num_Send()
+				&& ((TickCount.Time() - starttime) < PACKET_CANCEL_TIMEOUT) )
+				|| ((TickCount.Time() - starttime) < 60) ) {
+				#if(SHOW_MONO)
+				NullModem.Mono_Debug_Print(0);
+				#endif
+
+				if ( NullModem.Get_Message( &ReceivePacket, &packetlen ) > 0) {
+
+					// are we getting our own packets back??
+
+					if (ReceivePacket.Command == SERIAL_SIGN_OFF
+						&& ReceivePacket.ID == ModemGameToPlay) {
+
+						// exit while
+						break;
+					}
+				}
+
+				NullModem.Service();
+			}
+		}
+
+		Shutdown_Modem();
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Save any changes made to our options
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (changed) {
+		Write_MultiPlayer_Settings ();
+	}
+
+	return(rc);
+
+}	/* end of Com_Show_Scenario_Dialog */
+
+
+#endif	//(0)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/NULLDLG.CPP.BAK b/NULLDLG.CPP.BAK
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e2aff58
--- /dev/null
+++ b/NULLDLG.CPP.BAK
@@ -0,0 +1,7580 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\nulldlg.cpv   1.9   16 Oct 1995 16:52:12   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D    S T U D I O S        **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : NULLDLG.CPP                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Bill R. Randolph                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : 04/29/95                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : April 29, 1995 [BRR]                     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ *   Init_Null_Modem -- Initializes Null Modem communications              *
+ *   Shutdown_Modem -- Shuts down modem/null-modem communications          *
+ *   Test_Null_Modem -- Null-Modem test routine                            *
+ *   Reconnect_Null_Modem -- allows user to reconnect								*
+ *   Destroy_Null_Connection -- destroys the given connection					*
+ *   Select_Serial_Dialog -- Serial Communications menu dialog             *
+ *   Com_Settings_Dialog -- Lets user select serial port settings          *
+ *   Com_Scenario_Dialog -- Serial game scenario selection dialog				*
+ *   Phone_Dialog -- Lets user edit phone directory & dial                 *
+ *   Build_InitString_Listbox -- [re]builds the initstring entry listbox   *
+ *   Init_String_Compare -- for qsort													*
+ *   Build_Phone_Listbox -- [re]builds the phone entry listbox             *
+ *   Phone_Compare -- for qsort															*
+ *   Edit_Phone_Dialog -- lets user edit a phone book entry                *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+#include "function.h"
+#include "wincomm.h"
+#include "tcpip.h"
+
+//
+// how much time (ticks) to go by before thinking other system
+// is not responding.
+//
+#define PACKET_SENDING_TIMEOUT	1800
+#define PACKET_CANCEL_TIMEOUT		900
+
+//
+// how much time (ticks) to go by before sending another packet
+// of game options or serial connect.
+//
+#define PACKET_RETRANS_TIME	30
+#define PACKET_REDRAW_TIME		60
+
+
+static int Reconnect_Null_Modem( void );
+static int Com_Settings_Dialog( SerialSettingsType *settings );
+static int Phone_Dialog (void);
+static void Build_Init_String_Listbox (ListClass *list, EditClass *edit, char *buf, int *index);
+static int Init_String_Compare (const void *p1, const void *p2);
+static void Build_Phone_Listbox (ListClass *list, EditClass *edit, char *buf);
+static int Phone_Compare (const void *p1, const void *p2);
+static int Edit_Phone_Dialog (PhoneEntryClass *phone);
+static bool Dial_Modem( SerialSettingsType *settings, bool reconnect );
+static bool Answer_Modem( SerialSettingsType *settings, bool reconnect );
+static void Modem_Echo( char c );
+
+void Smart_Printf( char *format, ... );
+void Hex_Dump_Data( char *buffer, int length );
+void itoh( int i, char *s);
+
+
+static SerialPacketType SendPacket;
+static SerialPacketType ReceivePacket;
+char TheirName[MPLAYER_NAME_MAX];
+unsigned char TheirColor;
+HousesType TheirHouse;
+unsigned char TheirID;
+static char DialString[ CWAITSTRBUF_MAX + PhoneEntryClass::PHONE_MAX_NUM - 1 ];
+static SerialSettingsType *DialSettings;
+
+#define SHOW_MONO	0
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Init_Null_Modem -- Initializes Null Modem communications                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		true = OK, false = error															*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   04/29/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int Init_Null_Modem( SerialSettingsType *settings )
+{
+
+	if ( NullModem.Init( settings->Port, settings->IRQ,
+								settings->Baud, 0,  8, 1 ) ) {
+//								settings->Baud, 'N',  8, 1 ) ) {
+
+//		NullModem.Change_IRQ_Priority( settings->IRQ );
+
+		return(true);
+	} else {
+		return(false);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Shutdown_Modem -- Shuts down modem/null-modem communications            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   04/29/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void Shutdown_Modem( void )
+{
+	if (!PlaybackGame) {
+		if (GameToPlay == GAME_MODEM) {
+			NullModem.Hangup_Modem();
+		}
+	}
+
+	//NullModem.Change_IRQ_Priority( 0 );		// reset priority of interrupts
+
+	//
+	// close port
+	//
+	NullModem.Shutdown();
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Modem_Signoff -- sends EXIT event										         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   08/03/1995 DRD : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void Modem_Signoff( void )
+{
+	unsigned long starttime;
+	EventClass event;
+
+	if (!PlaybackGame) {
+		/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Send a sign-off packet
+		------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		event.Type = EventClass::EXIT;
+		NullModem.Send_Message (&event,sizeof(EventClass),0);
+		NullModem.Send_Message (&event,sizeof(EventClass),0);
+
+		starttime = TickCount.Time();
+		while( (TickCount.Time() - starttime) > 30) {
+			NullModem.Service();
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Test_Null_Modem -- Null-Modem test routine                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		0 = failure to connect; 1 = I'm the game owner, 2 = I'm not				*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   04/29/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int Test_Null_Modem( void )
+{
+	int factor			= (SeenBuff.Get_Width() == 320) ? 1 : 2;
+	/*........................................................................
+	Button Enumerations
+	........................................................................*/
+	enum {
+		BUTTON_CANCEL = 100,
+	};
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog variables
+	........................................................................*/
+	bool process = true;						// process while true
+	KeyNumType input;
+
+	int retval;
+	unsigned long starttime;
+	int packetlen;
+
+	int x,y,width,height;					// dialog dimensions
+	char buffer[80*3];
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Buttons
+	........................................................................*/
+	GadgetClass *commands;										// button list
+
+	/*
+	**	Determine the dimensions of the text to be used for the dialog box.
+	**	These dimensions will control how the dialog box looks.
+	*/
+	strcpy( buffer, Text_String( TXT_WAITING_CONNECT ) );
+	Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_NONE,0,0,TBLACK,TBLACK,TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+	Format_Window_String(buffer, 200*factor, width, height);
+
+	width = MAX(width, 50*factor);
+	width += 40*factor;
+	height += 60*factor;
+
+	x = (320*factor - width) / 2;
+	y = (200*factor - height) / 2;
+
+	TextButtonClass cancelbtn(BUTTON_CANCEL, TXT_CANCEL,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		x + ((width - (String_Pixel_Width( Text_String( TXT_CANCEL ) ) + 8 *factor)) >> 1),
+		y + height - (FontHeight + FontYSpacing + 2*factor) - 5*factor);
+
+	/*
+	------------------------------- Initialize -------------------------------
+	*/
+	Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+	process = true;
+
+	/*
+	............................ Create the list .............................
+	*/
+	commands = &cancelbtn;
+
+	commands->Flag_List_To_Redraw();
+
+	/*
+	............................ Draw the dialog .............................
+	*/
+	Hide_Mouse();
+	Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+	HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+
+	Dialog_Box(x, y, width, height);
+	Draw_Caption(TXT_NONE, x, y, width);
+
+	Fancy_Text_Print(buffer, x + 20*factor, y + 25*factor, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+	commands->Draw_All();
+	while (Get_Mouse_State() > 0) Show_Mouse();
+
+	/*
+	** This is supposed to be a direct connection so hang up any modem on this port
+	** just to annoy British Telecom
+	*/
+	/*
+	** Go into break mode
+	*/
+	SetCommBreak(SerialPort->Get_Port_Handle());
+
+	/*
+	** Send hangup command
+	*/
+	SerialPort->Write_To_Serial_Port ((unsigned char*)"ATH\r", strlen("ATH\r"));
+	CountDownTimerClass time;
+	time.Set(2*60);
+	while (time.Time()){}
+
+	/*
+	** Back out of break mode
+	*/
+	ClearCommBreak(SerialPort->Get_Port_Handle());
+
+	/*
+	** Drop DTR as well - just in case the modem still hasnt got the message
+	*/
+	EscapeCommFunction(SerialPort->Get_Port_Handle(), CLRDTR);
+
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Check for a packet.  If we detect one, the other system has already been
+	started.  Wait 1/2 sec for him to receive my ACK, then exit with success.
+	Note: The initial time must be a little longer than the resend delay.
+		Just in case we just missed the packet.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	starttime = TickCount.Time();
+	while ( TickCount.Time() - starttime < 80) {
+		NullModem.Service();
+		if ( NullModem.Get_Message( &ReceivePacket, &packetlen ) > 0) {
+			if (ReceivePacket.Command == SERIAL_CONNECT) {
+ //Smart_Printf( "Received SERIAL_CONNECT %d, ID %d \n", ReceivePacket.Seed, ReceivePacket.ID );
+				starttime = TickCount.Time();
+				while (TickCount.Time() - starttime < 30)
+					NullModem.Service();
+				process = false;
+				retval = 2;
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Send a packet across.  As long as Num_Send() is non-zero, the other system
+	hasn't received it yet.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (process) {
+		memset (&SendPacket, 0, sizeof(SerialPacketType));
+		SendPacket.Command = SERIAL_CONNECT;
+		//
+		// put time from start of game for determining the host in case of tie.
+		//
+		SendPacket.Seed = TickCount.Time();
+		SendPacket.ID = (int) buffer;		// address of buffer for more uniqueness.
+
+ //Smart_Printf( "Sending SERIAL_CONNECT %d, ID %d \n", SendPacket.Seed, SendPacket.ID );
+		NullModem.Send_Message (&SendPacket, sizeof(SendPacket), 1);
+
+		starttime = TickCount.Time();
+		while (TickCount.Time() - starttime < 80) {
+			NullModem.Service();
+			if (NullModem.Get_Message (&ReceivePacket, &packetlen) > 0) {
+				if (ReceivePacket.Command == SERIAL_CONNECT) {
+ //Smart_Printf( "Received2 SERIAL_CONNECT %d, ID %d \n", ReceivePacket.Seed, ReceivePacket.ID );
+					starttime = TickCount.Time();
+					while (TickCount.Time() - starttime < 30)
+						NullModem.Service();
+
+					//
+					// whoever has the highest time is the host
+					//
+					if (ReceivePacket.Seed > SendPacket.Seed) {
+						process = false;
+						retval = 2;
+					} else {
+						if (ReceivePacket.Seed == SendPacket.Seed) {
+							if (ReceivePacket.ID > SendPacket.ID) {
+								process = false;
+								retval = 2;
+							} else
+							//
+							// if they are equal then it's a loopback cable or a modem
+							//
+							if (ReceivePacket.ID == SendPacket.ID) {
+								process = false;
+								retval = 3;
+							}
+						}
+					}
+
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	starttime = TickCount.Time();
+
+	/*
+	-------------------------- Main Processing Loop --------------------------
+	*/
+	while (process) {
+
+		/*
+		** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+		** we need to redraw.
+		*/
+		if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+			AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+			commands->Draw_All();
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................ Invoke game callback .........................
+		*/
+		Call_Back();
+
+		/*
+		........................... Get user input ............................
+		*/
+		input = commands->Input();
+
+		/*
+		............................ Process input ............................
+		*/
+		switch (input) {
+			case (KN_ESC):
+			case (BUTTON_CANCEL | KN_BUTTON):
+ //Smart_Printf( "Canceled waiting for SERIAL_CONNECT\n" );
+				retval = 0;
+				process = false;
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				break;
+		}
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Service the connection.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		NullModem.Service();
+		if (NullModem.Num_Send() == 0) {
+ //Smart_Printf( "No more messages to send.\n" );
+			if (NullModem.Get_Message (&ReceivePacket, &packetlen) > 0) {
+				if (ReceivePacket.Command == SERIAL_CONNECT) {
+ //Smart_Printf( "Received3 SERIAL_CONNECT %d, ID %d \n", ReceivePacket.Seed, ReceivePacket.ID );
+					starttime = TickCount.Time();
+					while (TickCount.Time() - starttime < 30)
+						NullModem.Service();
+
+					//
+					// whoever has the highest time is the host
+					//
+					if (ReceivePacket.Seed > SendPacket.Seed) {
+						process = false;
+						retval = 2;
+					} else {
+
+						if (ReceivePacket.Seed == SendPacket.Seed) {
+							if (ReceivePacket.ID > SendPacket.ID) {
+								process = false;
+								retval = 2;
+							} else {
+
+								//
+								// if they are equal then it's a loopback cable or a modem
+								//
+								if (ReceivePacket.ID == SendPacket.ID) {
+									process = false;
+									retval = 3;
+								}
+							}
+						}
+					}
+
+				} else {
+					retval = 0;
+					process = false;
+				}
+			} else {
+				retval = 1;
+				process = false;
+			}
+		}
+
+		if (TickCount.Time() - starttime > 3600) {		// only wait 1 minute
+			retval = 0;
+			process = false;
+		}
+	}	/* end of while */
+
+	return( retval );
+
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Reconnect_Modem -- allows user to reconnect										*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		0 = failure to connect; 1 = connect OK											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   04/29/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int Reconnect_Modem( void )
+{
+	int status;
+	int modemstatus;
+
+
+	switch (ModemGameToPlay) {
+		case (MODEM_NULL_HOST):
+		case (MODEM_NULL_JOIN):
+			status = Reconnect_Null_Modem();
+			break;
+
+		case (MODEM_DIALER):
+			modemstatus = NullModem.Get_Modem_Status();
+			if ( (modemstatus & CD_SET) ) {
+ //Smart_Printf( "Dial Modem connection error!  Attempting reconnect....\n" );
+				status = Reconnect_Null_Modem();
+			} else {
+				status = Dial_Modem( DialSettings, true );
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case (MODEM_ANSWERER):
+			modemstatus = NullModem.Get_Modem_Status();
+			if ( (modemstatus & CD_SET) ) {
+ //Smart_Printf( "Answer Modem connection error!  Attempting reconnect....\n" );
+				status = Reconnect_Null_Modem();
+			} else {
+				status = Answer_Modem( DialSettings, true );
+			}
+			break;
+	}
+
+	return( status );
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Reconnect_Null_Modem -- allows user to reconnect								*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		0 = failure to connect; 1 = connect OK											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   04/29/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static int Reconnect_Null_Modem( void )
+{
+	/*........................................................................
+	Button Enumerations
+	........................................................................*/
+	enum {
+		BUTTON_CANCEL = 100,
+	};
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog variables
+	........................................................................*/
+	bool process = true;						// process while true
+	KeyNumType input;
+
+	int retval;
+	unsigned long starttime;
+	unsigned long lastmsgtime;
+	int packetlen;
+
+	int x,y,width,height;					// dialog dimensions
+	char buffer[80*3];
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Buttons
+	........................................................................*/
+	GadgetClass *commands;										// button list
+
+
+	/*
+	**	Determine the dimensions of the text to be used for the dialog box.
+	**	These dimensions will control how the dialog box looks.
+	*/
+	strcpy( buffer, Text_String( TXT_NULL_CONNERR_CHECK_CABLES ) );
+	Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_NONE,0,0,TBLACK,TBLACK,TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+	Format_Window_String(buffer, 200, width, height);
+
+	width = MAX(width, 50);
+	width += 40;
+	height += 60;
+
+	x = (320 - width) / 2;
+	y = (200 - height) / 2;
+
+	TextButtonClass cancelbtn(BUTTON_CANCEL, TXT_CANCEL,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		x + ((width - (String_Pixel_Width( Text_String( TXT_CANCEL ) ) + 8)) >> 1),
+		y + height - (FontHeight + FontYSpacing + 2) - 5);
+
+	/*
+	------------------------------- Initialize -------------------------------
+	*/
+	Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+	process = true;
+
+	/*
+	............................ Create the list .............................
+	*/
+	commands = &cancelbtn;
+
+	commands->Flag_List_To_Redraw();
+
+	/*
+	............................ Draw the dialog .............................
+	*/
+	Hide_Mouse();
+
+	Dialog_Box(x, y, width, height);
+	Draw_Caption(TXT_NONE, x, y, width);
+
+	Fancy_Text_Print(buffer, x + 20, y + 25, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+	commands->Draw_All();
+	Show_Mouse();
+
+	/*
+	-------------------------- Main Processing Loop --------------------------
+	*/
+	starttime = lastmsgtime = TickCount.Time();
+	while (process) {
+
+		/*
+		** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+		** we need to redraw.
+		*/
+		if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+			AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+			commands->Draw_All();
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................ Invoke game callback .........................
+		*/
+		Call_Back();
+
+		/*
+		........................... Get user input ............................
+		*/
+		input = commands->Input();
+
+		/*
+		............................ Process input ............................
+		*/
+		switch (input) {
+			case (KN_ESC):
+			case (BUTTON_CANCEL | KN_BUTTON):
+				retval = false;
+				process = false;
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				break;
+		}
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Service the connection.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		NullModem.Service();
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Resend our message if it's time
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (TickCount.Time() - starttime > PACKET_RETRANS_TIME) {
+			starttime = TickCount.Time();
+			SendPacket.Command = SERIAL_CONNECT;
+			SendPacket.ID = MPlayerLocalID;
+ //Smart_Printf( "Sending a SERIAL_CONNECT packet !!!!!!!!\n" );
+			NullModem.Send_Message (&SendPacket, sizeof(SendPacket), 0);
+		}
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Check for an incoming message
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (NullModem.Get_Message (&ReceivePacket, &packetlen) > 0) {
+
+			lastmsgtime = TickCount.Time();
+
+			if (ReceivePacket.Command == SERIAL_CONNECT) {
+ //Smart_Printf( "Received a SERIAL_CONNECT packet !!!!!!!!\n" );
+
+				// are we getting our own packets back??
+
+				if (ReceivePacket.ID == MPlayerLocalID) {
+					CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_SYSTEM_NOT_RESPONDING);
+					retval = false;
+					process = false;
+					break;
+				}
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				OK, we got our message; now we have to make certain the other
+				guy gets his, so send him one with an ACK required.
+				...............................................................*/
+				SendPacket.Command = SERIAL_CONNECT;
+				SendPacket.ID = MPlayerLocalID;
+				NullModem.Send_Message (&SendPacket, sizeof(SendPacket), 1);
+				starttime = TickCount.Time();
+				while (TickCount.Time() - starttime < 60)
+					NullModem.Service();
+				retval = true;
+				process = false;
+			}
+		}
+
+		//
+		// timeout if we do not get any packets
+		//
+		if (TickCount.Time() - lastmsgtime > PACKET_CANCEL_TIMEOUT) {
+			retval = false;
+			process = false;
+		}
+
+	}	/* end of while */
+
+	return( retval );
+
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Destroy_Null_Connection -- destroys the given connection												  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * Call this routine when a connection goes bad, or another player signs off.						  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  						  *
+ *		id			connection ID to destroy																		  *
+ *		error		0 = user signed off; 1 = connection error													  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 						  *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               						  *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                						  *
+ *   07/31/1995 DRD : Created.                                              						  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void Destroy_Null_Connection(int id, int error)
+{
+	int i,j,idx;
+	HousesType house;
+	HouseClass *housep;
+	char txt[80];
+
+
+	if ( MPlayerCount == 1 ) {
+		return;
+	}
+
+	// find index for id
+
+	idx = -1;
+	for (i = 0; i < MPlayerCount; i++) {
+		if (MPlayerID[i] == (unsigned char)id) {
+			idx = i;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (idx == -1) {
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Create a message to display to the user
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	txt[0] = '\0';
+	if (error == 1) {
+		sprintf(txt,Text_String(TXT_CONNECTION_LOST), MPlayerNames[idx] );
+	}
+	else if (error == 0) {
+		sprintf(txt,Text_String(TXT_LEFT_GAME), MPlayerNames[idx] );
+	}
+	else if (error == -1) {
+		NullModem.Delete_Connection();
+	}
+
+	if (strlen(txt)) {
+		Messages.Add_Message (txt,
+			MPlayerTColors[MPlayerID_To_ColorIndex((unsigned char)id)],
+			TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_FULLSHADOW, 600, 0, 0);
+		Map.Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+	}
+
+	for (i = 0; i < MPlayerCount; i++) {
+		if (MPlayerID[i] == (unsigned char)id) {
+			/*..................................................................
+			Turn the player's house over to the computer's AI
+			..................................................................*/
+			house = MPlayerHouses[i];
+			housep = HouseClass::As_Pointer (house);
+			housep->IsHuman = false;
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Move arrays back by one
+			..................................................................*/
+			for (j = i; j < MPlayerCount - 1; j++) {
+				MPlayerID[j] = MPlayerID[j + 1];
+				MPlayerHouses[j] = MPlayerHouses[j + 1];
+				strcpy (MPlayerNames[j], MPlayerNames[j+1]);
+				TheirProcessTime[j] = TheirProcessTime[j+1];
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	MPlayerCount--;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	If we're the last player left, tell the user.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (MPlayerCount == 1) {
+		sprintf(txt,"%s",Text_String(TXT_JUST_YOU_AND_ME));
+		Messages.Add_Message (txt,
+			MPlayerTColors[MPlayerID_To_ColorIndex((unsigned char)id)],
+			TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_FULLSHADOW, 600, 0, 0);
+		Map.Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+	}
+
+}	/* end of Destroy_Null_Connection */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Select_Serial_Dialog -- Serial Communications menu dialog               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		GAME_MODEM				user wants to play a modem game						*
+ *		GAME_NULL_MODEM		user wants to play a null-modem game				*
+ *		GAME_NORMAL				user hit Cancel											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   04/29/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+GameType Select_Serial_Dialog( void )
+{
+	int rc;
+//	int value, i;
+	int com = -1, baud = -1;
+	int error = 0;
+
+	int factor			= (SeenBuff.Get_Width() == 320) ? 1 : 2;
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog & button dimensions
+	........................................................................*/
+	int	d_dialog_w = 160 *factor;											// dialog width
+	int	d_dialog_h = 94 *factor;											// dialog height
+	int	d_dialog_x = ((320*factor - d_dialog_w) / 2);				// dialog x-coord
+//		D_DIALOG_Y = ((200 - D_DIALOG_H) / 2),				// dialog y-coord
+	int	d_dialog_y = ((136*factor - d_dialog_h) / 2);				// dialog y-coord
+	int	d_dialog_cx = d_dialog_x + (d_dialog_w / 2);		// center x-coord
+
+	int	d_txt6_h = 11*factor;												// ht of 6-pt text
+	int	d_margin = 7;												// margin width/height
+
+	int	d_dial_w = 90 *factor;
+	int	d_dial_h = 9 *factor;
+	int	d_dial_x = d_dialog_cx - d_dial_w / 2;
+	int	d_dial_y = d_dialog_y + d_margin + d_txt6_h + d_margin;
+
+	int	d_answer_w = 90 *factor;
+	int	d_answer_h = 9 *factor;
+	int	d_answer_x = d_dialog_cx - d_answer_w / 2;
+	int	d_answer_y = d_dial_y + d_dial_h + 2;
+
+	int	d_nullmodem_w = 90 *factor;
+	int	d_nullmodem_h = 9 *factor;
+	int	d_nullmodem_x = d_dialog_cx - d_nullmodem_w / 2;
+	int	d_nullmodem_y = d_answer_y + d_answer_h + 2;
+
+	int	d_settings_w = 90 *factor;
+	int	d_settings_h = 9 *factor;
+	int	d_settings_x = d_dialog_cx - d_settings_w / 2;
+	int	d_settings_y = d_nullmodem_y + d_nullmodem_h + 2;
+
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+	int	d_cancel_w = 50 *factor;
+#else
+	int	d_cancel_w = 40 *factor;
+#endif
+	int	d_cancel_h = 9 *factor;
+	int	d_cancel_x = d_dialog_cx - d_cancel_w / 2;
+	int	d_cancel_y = d_settings_y + d_settings_h + d_margin;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Button Enumerations
+	........................................................................*/
+	enum {
+		BUTTON_DIAL = 100,
+		BUTTON_ANSWER,
+		BUTTON_NULLMODEM,
+		BUTTON_SETTINGS,
+		BUTTON_CANCEL,
+
+		NUM_OF_BUTTONS = 5,
+	};
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Redraw values: in order from "top" to "bottom" layer of the dialog
+	........................................................................*/
+	typedef enum {
+		REDRAW_NONE = 0,
+		REDRAW_BUTTONS,
+		REDRAW_BACKGROUND,
+		REDRAW_ALL = REDRAW_BACKGROUND
+	} RedrawType;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog variables
+	........................................................................*/
+	RedrawType display = REDRAW_ALL;		// redraw level
+	bool process = true;						// process while true
+	KeyNumType input;
+	char namebuf[MPLAYER_NAME_MAX] = {0};		// buffer for player's name
+	int tabs[] = {77};						// tabs for player list box
+	GameType retval;							// return value
+
+	int selection;
+	bool pressed;
+	int curbutton;
+	TextButtonClass *buttons[NUM_OF_BUTTONS];
+
+	SerialSettingsType *settings;
+	bool selectsettings = false;
+
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Buttons
+	........................................................................*/
+	GadgetClass *commands;										// button list
+
+	TextButtonClass dialbtn(BUTTON_DIAL, TXT_DIAL_MODEM,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_dial_x, d_dial_y, d_dial_w, d_dial_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass answerbtn(BUTTON_ANSWER, TXT_ANSWER_MODEM,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_answer_x, d_answer_y, d_answer_w, d_answer_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass nullmodembtn(BUTTON_NULLMODEM, TXT_NULL_MODEM,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_nullmodem_x, d_nullmodem_y, d_nullmodem_w, d_nullmodem_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass settingsbtn(BUTTON_SETTINGS, TXT_SETTINGS,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_settings_x, d_settings_y, d_settings_w, d_settings_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass cancelbtn(BUTTON_CANCEL, TXT_CANCEL,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+		d_cancel_x, d_cancel_y);
+#else
+		d_cancel_x, d_cancel_y, d_cancel_w, d_cancel_h);
+#endif
+
+	/*
+	------------------------------- Initialize -------------------------------
+	*/
+	Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Read the CC.INI file to extract default serial settings, scenario numbers
+	& descriptions, and the phone list.
+	........................................................................*/
+	Read_MultiPlayer_Settings ();
+
+	if (SerialDefaults.Port == 0 ||
+		SerialDefaults.IRQ == -1 ||
+		SerialDefaults.Baud == -1) {
+		selectsettings = true;
+	} else {
+		if ( NullModem.Detect_Port( &SerialDefaults ) != PORT_VALID ) {
+			selectsettings = true;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	............................ Create the list .............................
+	*/
+	commands = &dialbtn;
+	answerbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	nullmodembtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	settingsbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	cancelbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+
+	/*
+	......................... Fill array of button ptrs ......................
+	*/
+	curbutton = 0;
+	buttons[0] = &dialbtn;
+	buttons[1] = &answerbtn;
+	buttons[2] = &nullmodembtn;
+	buttons[3] = &settingsbtn;
+	buttons[4] = &cancelbtn;
+	buttons[curbutton]->Turn_On();
+
+	Keyboard::Clear();
+
+	Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_NONE, 0, 0, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+Debug_Smart_Print = true;
+
+	MPlayerLocalID = 0xff;		// set to invalid value
+
+	/*
+	-------------------------- Main Processing Loop --------------------------
+	*/
+	display = REDRAW_ALL;
+	process = true;
+	pressed = false;
+	while (process) {
+
+		/*
+		** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+		** we need to redraw.
+		*/
+		if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+			AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+			display=REDRAW_ALL;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................ Invoke game callback .........................
+		*/
+		Call_Back();
+
+		/*
+		...................... Refresh display if needed ......................
+		*/
+		if (display) {
+			Hide_Mouse();
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BACKGROUND) {
+				/*
+				..................... Refresh the backdrop ......................
+				*/
+				Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+				HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+				/*
+				..................... Draw the background .......................
+				*/
+				Dialog_Box(d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w, d_dialog_h);
+
+				/*
+				..................... Redraw the buttons .......................
+				*/
+				commands->Draw_All();
+				/*
+				....................... Draw the labels .........................
+				*/
+				Draw_Caption (TXT_SELECT_SERIAL_GAME, d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w);
+			}
+			Show_Mouse();
+			display = REDRAW_NONE;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................... Get user input ............................
+		*/
+		input = commands->Input();
+
+		/*
+		............................ Process input ............................
+		*/
+		switch (input) {
+			case (BUTTON_DIAL | KN_BUTTON):
+				selection = BUTTON_DIAL;
+				pressed = true;
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_ANSWER | KN_BUTTON):
+				selection = BUTTON_ANSWER;
+				pressed = true;
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_NULLMODEM | KN_BUTTON):
+				selection = BUTTON_NULLMODEM;
+				pressed = true;
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_SETTINGS | KN_BUTTON):
+				selection = BUTTON_SETTINGS;
+				pressed = true;
+				break;
+
+			case (KN_ESC):
+			case (BUTTON_CANCEL | KN_BUTTON):
+				selection = BUTTON_CANCEL;
+				pressed = true;
+				break;
+
+			case (KN_UP):
+				buttons[curbutton]->Turn_Off();
+				buttons[curbutton]->Flag_To_Redraw();
+				curbutton--;
+				if (curbutton < 0)
+					curbutton = (NUM_OF_BUTTONS - 1);
+				buttons[curbutton]->Turn_On();
+				buttons[curbutton]->Flag_To_Redraw();
+				break;
+
+			case (KN_DOWN):
+				buttons[curbutton]->Turn_Off();
+				buttons[curbutton]->Flag_To_Redraw();
+				curbutton++;
+				if (curbutton > (NUM_OF_BUTTONS - 1) )
+					curbutton = 0;
+				buttons[curbutton]->Turn_On();
+				buttons[curbutton]->Flag_To_Redraw();
+				break;
+
+			case (KN_RETURN):
+				selection = curbutton + BUTTON_DIAL;
+				pressed = true;
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				break;
+		}
+
+		if (pressed) {
+			//
+			// to make sure the selection is correct in case they used the mouse
+			//
+			buttons[curbutton]->Turn_Off();
+			buttons[curbutton]->Flag_To_Redraw();
+			curbutton = selection - BUTTON_DIAL;
+			buttons[curbutton]->Turn_On();
+			buttons[curbutton]->IsPressed = true;
+			buttons[curbutton]->Draw_Me(true);
+
+			switch (selection) {
+				case (BUTTON_DIAL):
+
+					if (selectsettings) {
+						CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_SELECT_SETTINGS);
+					}
+
+					/*
+					** Remote-connect
+					*/
+					else if ( Phone_Dialog() ) {
+						if (PhoneBook[CurPhoneIdx]->Settings.Port == 0) {
+							settings = &SerialDefaults;
+						} else {
+							settings = &(PhoneBook[CurPhoneIdx]->Settings);
+						}
+
+						if (SerialPort){
+							delete SerialPort;
+						}
+						SerialPort = new WinModemClass;
+
+						if ( Init_Null_Modem( settings ) ) {
+
+							if (settings->CallWaitStringIndex == CALL_WAIT_CUSTOM) {
+								strcpy( DialString, settings->CallWaitString );
+							} else {
+								strcpy( DialString,
+									CallWaitStrings[ settings->CallWaitStringIndex ] );
+							}
+							strcat( DialString, PhoneBook[ CurPhoneIdx ]->Number );
+
+							if ( Dial_Modem( settings, false ) ) {
+								ModemGameToPlay = MODEM_DIALER;
+								if ( Com_Scenario_Dialog() ) {
+									retval = GAME_MODEM;
+									process = false;
+								}
+							}
+
+							if (process) {		// restore to default
+								NullModem.Change_IRQ_Priority( 0 );
+							}
+						} else {
+							CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_SELECT_SETTINGS);
+						}
+					}
+
+					if (process) {
+						buttons[curbutton]->IsPressed = false;
+						buttons[curbutton]->Flag_To_Redraw();
+  					}
+
+					display = REDRAW_ALL;
+					break;
+
+				case (BUTTON_ANSWER):
+
+					if (selectsettings) {
+						CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_SELECT_SETTINGS);
+					} else {
+						/*
+						** Remote-connect
+						*/
+						settings = &SerialDefaults;
+
+						if (SerialPort){
+							delete SerialPort;
+						}
+						SerialPort = new WinModemClass;
+
+						if ( Init_Null_Modem( settings ) ) {
+							if ( Answer_Modem( settings, false ) ) {
+								ModemGameToPlay = MODEM_ANSWERER;
+								if ( Com_Show_Scenario_Dialog() ) {
+									retval = GAME_MODEM;
+									process = false;
+								}
+							}
+
+							if (process) {		// restore to default
+								NullModem.Change_IRQ_Priority( 0 );
+							}
+						} else {
+							CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_SELECT_SETTINGS);
+						}
+					}
+
+					if (process) {
+						buttons[curbutton]->IsPressed = false;
+						buttons[curbutton]->Flag_To_Redraw();
+					}
+
+					display = REDRAW_ALL;
+					break;
+
+				case (BUTTON_NULLMODEM):
+
+					if (selectsettings) {
+						CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_SELECT_SETTINGS);
+					} else {
+						/*
+						** Otherwise, remote-connect; save values if we're recording
+						*/
+
+						if (SerialPort){
+							delete SerialPort;
+						}
+						SerialPort = new WinNullModemClass;
+
+						if ( Init_Null_Modem( &SerialDefaults ) ) {
+							rc = Test_Null_Modem();
+							switch (rc) {
+								case (1):
+									ModemGameToPlay = MODEM_NULL_HOST;
+									if ( Com_Scenario_Dialog() ) {
+										retval = GAME_NULL_MODEM;
+										process = false;
+									}
+									break;
+
+								case (2):
+									ModemGameToPlay = MODEM_NULL_JOIN;
+									if ( Com_Show_Scenario_Dialog() ) {
+										retval = GAME_NULL_MODEM;
+										process = false;
+									}
+									break;
+
+								case (3):
+									CCMessageBox().Process( TXT_MODEM_OR_LOOPBACK );
+									break;
+							}
+
+							if (process) {		// restore to default
+								NullModem.Change_IRQ_Priority( 0 );
+							}
+						} else {
+							CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_SELECT_SETTINGS);
+						}
+					}
+
+					if (process) {
+						buttons[curbutton]->IsPressed = false;
+						buttons[curbutton]->Flag_To_Redraw();
+					}
+
+					display = REDRAW_ALL;
+					break;
+
+				case (BUTTON_SETTINGS):
+					if ( Com_Settings_Dialog( &SerialDefaults ) ) {
+						Write_MultiPlayer_Settings ();
+
+						selectsettings = true;
+
+						if (SerialDefaults.Port != 0 &&
+							SerialDefaults.IRQ != -1 &&
+							SerialDefaults.Baud != -1) {
+							if ( NullModem.Detect_Port( &SerialDefaults ) == PORT_VALID) {
+								selectsettings = false;
+							}
+						}
+					}
+
+					buttons[curbutton]->IsPressed = false;
+					buttons[curbutton]->Flag_To_Redraw();
+					display = REDRAW_ALL;
+					break;
+
+				case (BUTTON_CANCEL):
+					retval = GAME_NORMAL;
+					process = false;
+					break;
+			}
+
+			pressed = false;
+		}
+	}	/* end of while */
+
+#if 0
+	if (retval == GAME_NORMAL) {
+		Debug_Smart_Print = false;
+	}
+#endif
+
+Debug_Smart_Print = false;
+
+	return( retval );
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Com_Settings_Dialog -- Lets user select serial port settings            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *  ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿               *
+ *  ³                    Settings                          ³               *
+ *  ³                                                      ³               *
+ *  ³     Port:____       IRQ:__        Baud:______        ³               *
+ *  ³  ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿  ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿  ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿      ³               *
+ *  ³  ³            ³  ³            ³  ³            ³      ³               *
+ *  ³  ³            ³  ³            ³  ³            ³      ³               *
+ *  ³  ³            ³  ³            ³  ³            ³      ³               *
+ *  ³  ³            ³  ³            ³  ³            ³      ³               *
+ *  ³  ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ  ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ  ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ      ³               *
+ *  ³                                                      ³               *
+ *  ³   Initialization:        [Add]   [Delete]            ³               *
+ *  ³    _____________________________                     ³               *
+ *  ³   ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿     ³               *
+ *  ³   ³                                            ³     ³               *
+ *  ³   ³                                            ³     ³               *
+ *  ³   ³                                            ³     ³               *
+ *  ³   ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ     ³               *
+ *  ³                                                      ³               *
+ *  ³   Call Waiting:                                      ³               *
+ *  ³    _______________                                   ³               *
+ *  ³   ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿          [Tone Dialing]        ³               *
+ *  ³   ³                 ³                                ³               *
+ *  ³   ³                 ³          [Pulse Dialing]       ³               *
+ *  ³   ³                 ³                                ³               *
+ *  ³   ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ                                ³               *
+ *  ³                                                      ³               *
+ *  ³                   [OK]   [Cancel]                    ³               *
+ *  ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		settings		ptr to SerialSettingsType structure								*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		true = OK, false = Cancel															*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   04/29/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static int Com_Settings_Dialog( SerialSettingsType *settings )
+{
+/* ###Change collision detected! C:\PROJECTS\CODE\NULLDLG.CPP... */
+	int factor			= (SeenBuff.Get_Width() == 320) ? 1 : 2;
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog & button dimensions
+	........................................................................*/
+	int d_dialog_w = 301 *factor;											// dialog width
+	int d_dialog_h = 200 *factor;											// dialog height
+	int d_dialog_x = ((320 *factor - d_dialog_w) / 2);				// dialog x-coord
+	int d_dialog_y = ((200 *factor - d_dialog_h) / 2);				// dialog y-coord
+	int d_dialog_cx = d_dialog_x + (d_dialog_w / 2);		// center x-coord
+
+	int d_txt6_h = 6 *factor +1;												// ht of 6-pt text
+	int d_margin = 5 *factor;												// margin width/height
+
+#ifdef EDIT_IRQ
+	int d_portlist_w = 80 *factor;
+	int d_portlist_h = 35 *factor;
+	int d_portlist_x = d_dialog_x + (d_dialog_w / 6) - (d_portlist_w / 2);
+	int d_portlist_y = d_dialog_y + ((d_margin + d_txt6_h) * 2) + d_margin + 10 *factor;
+
+	int d_port_w = ((PORTBUF_MAX - 1) * 6 *factor) + 4 *factor;
+	int d_port_h = 9 *factor;
+	int d_port_x = d_portlist_x + 31 *factor;
+	int d_port_y = d_portlist_y - d_margin - d_txt6_h;
+
+
+	int d_irqlist_w = 80 *factor;
+	int d_irqlist_h = 35 *factor;
+	int d_irqlist_x = d_dialog_x + (d_dialog_w / 2) - (d_irqlist_w / 2);
+	int d_irqlist_y = d_portlist_y;
+
+	int d_irq_w = ((IRQBUF_MAX - 1) * 6 *factor) + 3 *factor;
+	int d_irq_h = 9 *factor;
+	int d_irq_x = d_irqlist_x + 25 *factor;
+	int d_irq_y = d_irqlist_y - d_margin - d_txt6_h;
+
+	int d_baudlist_w = 80 *factor;
+	int d_baudlist_h = 35 *factor;
+	int d_baudlist_x = d_dialog_x + ((d_dialog_w * 5) / 6) - (d_baudlist_w / 2);
+	int d_baudlist_y = d_portlist_y;
+
+	int d_baud_w = ((BAUDBUF_MAX - 1) * 6 *factor) + 3 *factor;
+	int d_baud_h = 9 *factor;
+	int d_baud_x = d_baudlist_x + 31 *factor;
+	int d_baud_y = d_baudlist_y - d_margin - d_txt6_h;
+
+#endif	//EDIT_IRQ
+	int d_initstrlist_w = ((INITSTRBUF_MAX - 1) * 6 *factor) + 8 + 3 *factor;
+	int d_initstrlist_h = 21 *factor;
+	int d_initstrlist_x = d_dialog_cx - (d_initstrlist_w / 2);
+	int d_initstrlist_y = d_dialog_y + ((d_margin + d_txt6_h) * 2) + d_margin + 10 *factor +
+								35*factor +
+								((d_margin + d_txt6_h) * 2) + d_margin + 4 *factor;
+
+	int d_initstr_w = ((INITSTRBUF_MAX - 1) * 6 *factor) + 3 *factor;
+	int d_initstr_h = 9 *factor;
+	int d_initstr_x = d_initstrlist_x;
+	int d_initstr_y = d_initstrlist_y - d_margin - d_txt6_h;
+
+#ifndef EDIT_IRQ
+	int d_portlist_w = 80 *factor;
+	int d_portlist_h = 35 *factor;
+	int d_portlist_x = d_initstrlist_x;
+	int d_portlist_y = d_dialog_y + ((d_margin + d_txt6_h) * 2) + d_margin + 10 *factor;
+
+	int d_port_w = ((PORTBUF_MAX - 1) * 6 *factor) + 4 *factor;
+	int d_port_h = 9 *factor;
+	int d_port_x = d_portlist_x + 31 *factor;
+	int d_port_y = d_portlist_y - d_margin - d_txt6_h;
+
+	int d_baudlist_w = 80 *factor;
+	int d_baudlist_h = 35 *factor;
+	int d_baudlist_x = d_portlist_x + d_portlist_w + 20 * factor;
+	int d_baudlist_y = d_portlist_y;
+
+	int d_baud_w = ((BAUDBUF_MAX - 1) * 6 *factor) + 3 *factor;
+	int d_baud_h = 9 *factor;
+	int d_baud_x = d_baudlist_x + 31 *factor;
+	int d_baud_y = d_baudlist_y - d_margin - d_txt6_h;
+
+	int d_inittype_w = 30*factor;
+	int d_inittype_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_inittype_x = d_dialog_x + ((d_dialog_w * 5) / 6) - (d_inittype_w / 2);
+	int d_inittype_y = d_baud_y + 20*factor;
+
+#endif	//EDIT_IRQ
+
+	int d_add_w = 45 *factor;
+	int d_add_h = 9 *factor;
+#ifdef FRENCH
+	int d_add_x = (d_dialog_cx - (d_add_w / 2))+34*factor;
+#else
+	int d_add_x = d_dialog_cx - (d_add_w / 2);
+#endif
+	int d_add_y = d_initstr_y - d_add_h - 3*factor;
+
+	int d_delete_w = 45 *factor;
+	int d_delete_h = 9 *factor;
+
+#ifdef FRENCH
+	int d_delete_x = 14*factor + d_dialog_x + ((d_dialog_w * 3) / 4) - (d_delete_w / 2);
+#else
+	int d_delete_x = d_dialog_x + ((d_dialog_w * 3) / 4) - (d_delete_w / 2);
+#endif
+	int d_delete_y = d_initstr_y - d_add_h - 3 *factor;
+
+	int d_cwaitstrlist_w = (((CWAITSTRBUF_MAX - 1) + 9) * 6 *factor) + 3 *factor;
+	int d_cwaitstrlist_h = 27 *factor;
+	int d_cwaitstrlist_x = d_initstrlist_x;
+	int d_cwaitstrlist_y = d_initstrlist_y + d_initstrlist_h + ((d_margin + d_txt6_h) * 2) + 2 *factor;
+
+	int d_cwaitstr_w = ((CWAITSTRBUF_MAX - 1) * 6 *factor) + 3 *factor;
+	int d_cwaitstr_h = 9 *factor;
+	int d_cwaitstr_x = d_cwaitstrlist_x;
+	int d_cwaitstr_y = d_cwaitstrlist_y - d_margin - d_txt6_h;
+
+	int d_tone_w = 80 *factor;
+	int d_tone_h = 9 *factor;
+	int d_tone_x = d_dialog_x + ((d_dialog_w * 3) / 4) - (d_tone_w / 2);
+	int d_tone_y = d_cwaitstrlist_y;
+
+	int d_pulse_w = 80 *factor;
+	int d_pulse_h = 9 *factor;
+	int d_pulse_x = d_dialog_x + ((d_dialog_w * 3) / 4) - (d_pulse_w / 2);
+	int d_pulse_y = d_tone_y + d_tone_h + d_margin;
+
+	int d_save_w = 40 *factor;
+	int d_save_h = 9 *factor;
+	int d_save_x = d_dialog_x + (d_dialog_w / 3) - (d_save_w / 2);
+	int d_save_y = d_dialog_y + d_dialog_h - d_save_h - d_margin - 2 *factor;
+
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+	int d_cancel_w = 50 *factor;
+#else
+	int d_cancel_w = 40 *factor;
+#endif
+	int d_cancel_h = 9 *factor;
+	int d_cancel_x = d_dialog_x + ((d_dialog_w * 2) / 3) - (d_cancel_w / 2);
+	int d_cancel_y = d_dialog_y + d_dialog_h - d_cancel_h - d_margin - 2 *factor;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Button Enumerations
+	........................................................................*/
+	enum {
+		BUTTON_PORT = 100,
+		BUTTON_PORTLIST,
+		BUTTON_IRQ,
+		BUTTON_IRQLIST,
+		BUTTON_BAUD,
+		BUTTON_BAUDLIST,
+		BUTTON_INITSTR,
+		BUTTON_INITSTRLIST,
+		BUTTON_ADD,
+		BUTTON_DELETE,
+		BUTTON_CWAITSTR,
+		BUTTON_CWAITSTRLIST,
+		BUTTON_TONE,
+		BUTTON_PULSE,
+		BUTTON_SAVE,
+		BUTTON_INITTYPE,
+		BUTTON_CANCEL,
+	};
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Redraw values: in order from "top" to "bottom" layer of the dialog
+	........................................................................*/
+	typedef enum {
+		REDRAW_NONE = 0,
+		REDRAW_BUTTONS,
+		REDRAW_BACKGROUND,
+		REDRAW_ALL = REDRAW_BACKGROUND
+	} RedrawType;
+
+	static char *portname[5] = {
+		"COM1 - 3F8",
+		"COM2 - 2F8",
+		"COM3 - 3E8",
+		"COM4 - 2E8",
+		"CUSTOM - ????"
+	};
+
+#ifdef EDIT_IRQ
+	static char *irqname[5] = {
+		"2 / 9",
+		"3 - [COM2 & 4]",
+		"4 - [COM1 & 3]",
+		"5",
+		"CUSTOM - ??"
+	};
+
+	static int _irqidx[4] = {
+		2,
+		1,
+		2,
+		1
+	};
+#endif	// EDIT_IRQ
+
+	static char *baudname[5] = {
+		"14400",
+		"19200",
+		"28800",
+		"38400",
+		"57600",
+	};
+
+	static char *init_types[2] = {
+		"Normal",
+		"Full",
+	};
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog variables
+	........................................................................*/
+	RedrawType display = REDRAW_ALL;		// redraw level
+	BOOL process = true;						// process while true
+	KeyNumType input;
+	char * item;								// general-purpose string
+	char * temp;								// general-purpose string
+
+	char portbuf[ PORTBUF_MAX ] = {0};	// buffer for port
+#ifdef EDIT_IRQ
+	char irqbuf[ IRQBUF_MAX ] = {0};		// buffer for irq
+#endif	//EDIT_IRQ
+	char baudbuf[ BAUDBUF_MAX ] = {0};	// buffer for baud
+	char initstrbuf[ INITSTRBUF_MAX ] = {0};		// buffer for init string
+	char cwaitstrbuf[ CWAITSTRBUF_MAX ] = {0};	// buffer for call waiting string
+
+	int port_index = 1;	// index of currently-selected port (default = com2)
+#ifdef EDIT_IRQ
+	int irq_index = 1;	// index of currently-selected irq (default = 3)
+#endif	//EDIT_IRQ
+	int baud_index = 1;	// index of currently-selected baud (default = 19200)
+	int initstr_index = 0;	// index of currently-selected modem init (default = "ATZ")
+	int cwaitstr_index = CALL_WAIT_CUSTOM;	// index of currently-selected call waiting (default = "")
+	int rc = 0;									// -1 = user cancelled, 1 = New
+	int i;										// loop counter
+	int pos;
+	int len;
+	int firsttime = 1;
+	SerialSettingsType tempsettings;
+	DetectPortType dpstatus;
+	char	init_text[32];
+
+	void const *up_button;
+	void const *down_button;
+
+	if (InMainLoop){
+		up_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-UP.SHP");
+		down_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-DN.SHP");
+	}else{
+		up_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-UP2.SHP");
+		down_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-DN2.SHP");
+	}
+
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Buttons
+	........................................................................*/
+	GadgetClass *commands;										// button list
+
+	EditClass port_edt (BUTTON_PORT,
+		portbuf, PORTBUF_MAX,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_port_x, d_port_y, d_port_w, d_port_h, EditClass::ALPHANUMERIC);
+
+	ListClass portlist(BUTTON_PORTLIST,
+		d_portlist_x, d_portlist_y, d_portlist_w, d_portlist_h,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		up_button,
+		down_button);
+
+#ifdef EDIT_IRQ
+	EditClass irq_edt (BUTTON_IRQ,
+		irqbuf, IRQBUF_MAX,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_irq_x, d_irq_y, d_irq_w, d_irq_h, EditClass::NUMERIC);
+
+	ListClass irqlist(BUTTON_IRQLIST,
+		d_irqlist_x, d_irqlist_y, d_irqlist_w, d_irqlist_h,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		up_button,
+		down_button);
+#endif	//EDIT_IRQ
+
+	EditClass baud_edt (BUTTON_BAUD,
+		baudbuf, BAUDBUF_MAX,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_baud_x, d_baud_y, d_baud_w, d_baud_h, EditClass::NUMERIC);
+
+	ListClass baudlist(BUTTON_BAUDLIST,
+		d_baudlist_x, d_baudlist_y, d_baudlist_w, d_baudlist_h,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		up_button,
+		down_button);
+
+	EditClass initstr_edt (BUTTON_INITSTR,
+		initstrbuf, INITSTRBUF_MAX,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_initstr_x, d_initstr_y, d_initstr_w, d_initstr_h, EditClass::ALPHANUMERIC);
+
+	ListClass initstrlist(BUTTON_INITSTRLIST,
+		d_initstrlist_x, d_initstrlist_y, d_initstrlist_w, d_initstrlist_h,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		up_button,
+		down_button);
+
+	TextButtonClass addbtn(BUTTON_ADD, TXT_ADD,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+#ifdef FRENCH
+		d_add_x, d_add_y);
+#else
+		d_add_x, d_add_y, d_add_w, d_add_h);
+#endif
+
+	TextButtonClass deletebtn(BUTTON_DELETE, TXT_DELETE_BUTTON,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+#ifdef FRENCH
+		d_delete_x, d_delete_y);
+#else
+		d_delete_x, d_delete_y, d_delete_w, d_delete_h);
+#endif
+
+	EditClass cwaitstr_edt (BUTTON_CWAITSTR,
+		cwaitstrbuf, CWAITSTRBUF_MAX,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_cwaitstr_x, d_cwaitstr_y, d_cwaitstr_w, d_cwaitstr_h, EditClass::ALPHANUMERIC);
+
+	ListClass cwaitstrlist(BUTTON_CWAITSTRLIST,
+		d_cwaitstrlist_x, d_cwaitstrlist_y, d_cwaitstrlist_w, d_cwaitstrlist_h,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		up_button,
+		down_button);
+
+	TextButtonClass tonebtn(BUTTON_TONE, TXT_TONE_BUTTON,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_tone_x, d_tone_y, d_tone_w, d_tone_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass pulsebtn(BUTTON_PULSE, TXT_PULSE_BUTTON,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_pulse_x, d_pulse_y, d_pulse_w, d_pulse_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass savebtn(BUTTON_SAVE, TXT_SAVE_BUTTON,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+		d_save_x, d_save_y);
+#else
+		d_save_x, d_save_y, d_save_w, d_save_h);
+#endif
+
+	TextButtonClass cancelbtn(BUTTON_CANCEL, TXT_CANCEL,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+		d_cancel_x, d_cancel_y);
+#else
+		d_cancel_x, d_cancel_y, d_cancel_w, d_cancel_h);
+#endif
+#if (0)
+	TextButtonClass inittypebutton(BUTTON_INITTYPE, init_text,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_inittype_x, d_inittype_y, d_inittype_w, d_inittype_h);
+#endif	//(0)
+
+	/*
+	----------------------------- Various Inits ------------------------------
+	*/
+	memcpy( &tempsettings, settings, sizeof(SerialSettingsType) );
+
+	strcpy (init_text, init_types[tempsettings.Init]);
+
+	if (tempsettings.Port == 0) {
+		tempsettings.Port = 0x2f8;
+	}
+
+	if (tempsettings.IRQ == -1) {
+		tempsettings.IRQ = 3;
+	}
+
+	if (tempsettings.Baud == -1) {
+		tempsettings.Baud = 19200;
+	}
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Set the current indices
+	........................................................................*/
+	switch ( tempsettings.Port ) {
+		case ( 0x3f8 ):
+			port_index = 0;
+			strcpy (portbuf, "COM1");
+			break;
+
+		case ( 0x2f8 ):
+			port_index = 1;
+			strcpy (portbuf, "COM2");
+			break;
+
+		case ( 0x3e8 ):
+			port_index = 2;
+			strcpy (portbuf, "COM3");
+			break;
+
+		case ( 0x2e8 ):
+			port_index = 3;
+			strcpy (portbuf, "COM4");
+			break;
+
+		default:
+			port_index = 4;
+			sprintf (portbuf, "%x", tempsettings.Port);
+			temp = strchr( portname[4], '-' );
+			if ( temp ) {
+				pos = (int)(temp - portname[4]) + 2;
+				len = strlen( portbuf );
+				strncpy( portname[4] + pos, portbuf, len );
+				*(portname[4] + pos + len) = 0;
+			}
+			break;
+	}
+
+#ifdef EDIT_IRQ
+	switch ( tempsettings.IRQ ) {
+		case ( 2 ):
+			irq_index = 0;
+			strcpy (irqbuf, "2");
+			break;
+
+		case ( 3 ):
+			irq_index = 1;
+			strcpy (irqbuf, "3");
+			break;
+
+		case ( 4 ):
+			irq_index = 2;
+			strcpy (irqbuf, "4");
+			break;
+
+		case ( 5 ):
+			irq_index = 3;
+			strcpy (irqbuf, "5");
+			break;
+
+		default:
+			irq_index = 4;
+			sprintf (irqbuf, "%d", tempsettings.IRQ);
+			temp = strchr( irqname[4], '-' );
+			if ( temp ) {
+				pos = (int)(temp - irqname[4]) + 2;
+				len = strlen( irqbuf );
+				strncpy( irqname[4] + pos, irqbuf, len );
+				*(irqname[4] + pos + len) = 0;
+			}
+			break;
+	}
+#endif	//EDIT_IRQ
+
+	if (tempsettings.Baud == 14400) {
+		baud_index = 0;
+	} else {
+		if (tempsettings.Baud == 19200) {
+			baud_index = 1;
+		} else {
+			if (tempsettings.Baud == 28800) {
+				baud_index = 2;
+			} else {
+				if (tempsettings.Baud == 38400) {
+					baud_index = 3;
+				} else {
+					baud_index = 4;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	sprintf (baudbuf, "%d", tempsettings.Baud);
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Set up the port list box & edit box
+	........................................................................*/
+	for (i = 0; i < 5; i++) {
+		portlist.Add_Item( portname[ i ] );
+	}
+
+	portlist.Set_Selected_Index( port_index );
+	port_edt.Set_Text( portbuf, PORTBUF_MAX );
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Set up the IRQ list box & edit box
+	........................................................................*/
+#ifdef EDIT_IRQ
+	for (i = 0; i < 5; i++) {
+		irqlist.Add_Item( irqname[ i ] );
+	}
+
+	irqlist.Set_Selected_Index( irq_index );
+	irq_edt.Set_Text( irqbuf, IRQBUF_MAX );
+#endif	//EDIT_IRQ
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Set up the baud rate list box & edit box
+	........................................................................*/
+	for (i = 0; i < 5; i++) {
+		baudlist.Add_Item( baudname[ i ] );
+	}
+
+	baudlist.Set_Selected_Index( baud_index );
+	baud_edt.Set_Text( baudbuf, BAUDBUF_MAX );
+
+	initstr_index = tempsettings.InitStringIndex;
+	Build_Init_String_Listbox(&initstrlist, &initstr_edt, initstrbuf, &initstr_index);
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Set up the cwait rate list box & edit box
+	........................................................................*/
+
+	cwaitstr_index = tempsettings.CallWaitStringIndex;
+	for (i = 0; i < CALL_WAIT_STRINGS_NUM; i++) {
+		if ( i == CALL_WAIT_CUSTOM ) {
+			item = CallWaitStrings[ i ];
+			temp = strchr( item, '-' );
+			if ( temp ) {
+				pos = (int)(temp - item) + 2;
+				len = strlen( tempsettings.CallWaitString );
+				strncpy( item + pos, tempsettings.CallWaitString, len );
+				*(item + pos + len) = 0;
+				if (i == cwaitstr_index) {
+					strncpy( cwaitstrbuf, item + pos, CWAITSTRBUF_MAX );
+				}
+			}
+		} else {
+			if (i == cwaitstr_index) {
+				strncpy( cwaitstrbuf, CallWaitStrings[ i ], CWAITSTRBUF_MAX );
+			}
+		}
+		cwaitstrlist.Add_Item( CallWaitStrings[ i ] );
+	}
+
+	cwaitstrlist.Set_Selected_Index( cwaitstr_index );
+	cwaitstr_edt.Set_Text( cwaitstrbuf, CWAITSTRBUF_MAX );
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Build the button list
+	........................................................................*/
+	commands = &cancelbtn;
+	port_edt.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	portlist.Add_Tail(*commands);
+#ifdef EDIT_IRQ
+	irq_edt.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	irqlist.Add_Tail(*commands);
+#endif	// EDIT_IRQ
+	baud_edt.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	baudlist.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	//inittypebutton.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	initstr_edt.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	initstrlist.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	addbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	deletebtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	cwaitstr_edt.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	cwaitstrlist.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	tonebtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	pulsebtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	savebtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+
+	if (tempsettings.DialMethod == DIAL_TOUCH_TONE) {
+		tonebtn.Turn_On();
+	} else {
+		pulsebtn.Turn_On();
+	}
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Processing loop -----------------------------
+	*/
+	while (process) {
+
+		/*
+		** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+		** we need to redraw.
+		*/
+		if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+			AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+			display=REDRAW_ALL;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................ Invoke game callback .........................
+		*/
+		Call_Back();
+
+		/*
+		...................... Refresh display if needed ......................
+		*/
+		if (display) {
+			Hide_Mouse();
+			/*
+			.................. Redraw backgound & dialog box ...................
+			*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BACKGROUND) {
+				Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+				HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+				Set_Palette(Palette);
+
+				Dialog_Box(d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w, d_dialog_h);
+
+				// init font variables
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_NONE, 0, 0, TBLACK, TBLACK,
+					TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Dialog & Field labels
+				...............................................................*/
+				Draw_Caption (TXT_SETTINGS, d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print( TXT_PORT_COLON,
+					d_port_x - 3, d_port_y + 1 *factor,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+#ifdef EDIT_IRQ
+				Fancy_Text_Print( TXT_IRQ_COLON,
+					d_irq_x - 3, d_irq_y + 1 *factor,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+#endif	//EDIT_IRQ
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print( TXT_BAUD_COLON,
+					d_baud_x - 3, d_baud_y + 1 *factor,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print( TXT_INIT_STRING,
+					d_initstr_x, d_initstr_y - d_txt6_h - 3 *factor,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print( TXT_CWAIT_STRING,
+					d_cwaitstr_x, d_cwaitstr_y - d_txt6_h - 3 *factor,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+#if (0)
+				Fancy_Text_Print ( "Modem Init",
+					d_inittype_x, d_inittype_y - d_txt6_h - d_margin,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+#endif	//(0)
+			}
+
+			/*
+			.......................... Redraw buttons ..........................
+			*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BUTTONS) {
+				cancelbtn.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				port_edt.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				portlist.Flag_To_Redraw();
+#ifdef EDIT_IRQ
+				irq_edt.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				irqlist.Flag_To_Redraw();
+#endif	// EDIT_IRQ
+				baud_edt.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				baudlist.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				//inittypebutton.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				initstr_edt.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				initstrlist.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				addbtn.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				deletebtn.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				cwaitstr_edt.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				cwaitstrlist.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				tonebtn.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				pulsebtn.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				savebtn.Flag_To_Redraw();
+			}
+
+			Show_Mouse();
+			display = REDRAW_NONE;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................... Get user input ............................
+		*/
+		input = commands->Input();
+
+		if ( firsttime ) {
+			port_edt.Set_Focus();
+			port_edt.Flag_To_Redraw();
+			input = commands->Input();
+			firsttime = 0;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		---------------------------- Process input ----------------------------
+		*/
+		switch (input) {
+#if (0)
+			case (BUTTON_INITTYPE | KN_BUTTON):
+				tempsettings.Init = !tempsettings.Init;
+				strcpy (init_text, init_types[tempsettings.Init]);
+				inittypebutton.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				break;
+#endif	//(0)
+			case (BUTTON_PORT | KN_BUTTON):
+				item = (char *)portlist.Current_Item();
+				if (port_index < 4) {
+					temp = strchr( item, ' ' );
+					if ( !temp ) {
+						strncpy( portbuf, item, PORTBUF_MAX );
+					} else {
+						pos = (int)(temp - item);
+						strncpy( portbuf, item, pos );
+						portbuf[pos] = 0;
+					}
+					port_edt.Set_Text( portbuf, PORTBUF_MAX );
+					port_edt.Flag_To_Redraw();
+#ifdef EDIT_IRQ
+					irq_edt.Set_Focus();
+					irq_edt.Flag_To_Redraw();
+#endif	//EDIT_IRQ
+				} else {
+					strupr( portbuf );
+					if ( stricmp(portbuf, "3F8") == 0 ) {
+						port_index = 0;
+						portlist.Set_Selected_Index( port_index );
+						strcpy (portbuf, "COM1");
+						display = REDRAW_BUTTONS;
+					}
+					else if ( stricmp(portbuf, "2F8") == 0 ) {
+						port_index = 1;
+						portlist.Set_Selected_Index( port_index );
+						strcpy (portbuf, "COM2");
+						display = REDRAW_BUTTONS;
+					}
+					else if ( stricmp(portbuf, "3E8") == 0 ) {
+						port_index = 2;
+						portlist.Set_Selected_Index( port_index );
+						strcpy (portbuf, "COM3");
+						display = REDRAW_BUTTONS;
+					}
+					else if ( stricmp(portbuf, "2E8") == 0 ) {
+						port_index = 3;
+						portlist.Set_Selected_Index( port_index );
+						strcpy (portbuf, "COM4");
+						display = REDRAW_BUTTONS;
+					}
+					else if ( strncmp(portbuf, "COM", 3) == 0 ) {
+						display = REDRAW_BUTTONS;
+
+						switch ( (portbuf[3] - '0') ) {
+							case 1:
+								port_index = 0;
+								break;
+
+							case 2:
+								port_index = 1;
+								break;
+
+							case 3:
+								port_index = 2;
+								break;
+
+							case 4:
+								port_index = 3;
+								break;
+
+							default:
+								CCMessageBox().Process( TXT_INVALID_PORT_ADDRESS );
+								port_edt.Set_Focus();
+								display = REDRAW_ALL;
+								break;
+						}
+
+						portlist.Set_Selected_Index( port_index );
+					} else {
+						temp = strchr( item, '-' );
+						if ( temp ) {
+							pos = (int)(temp - item) + 2;
+							len = strlen( portbuf );
+							strncpy( item + pos, portbuf, len );
+							*(item + pos + len) = 0;
+							display = REDRAW_BUTTONS;
+						}
+					}
+
+#ifdef EDIT_IRQ
+					if (display == REDRAW_BUTTONS) {
+						irq_edt.Set_Focus();
+						irq_edt.Flag_To_Redraw();
+					}
+#endif	//EDIT_IRQ
+				}
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_PORTLIST | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (portlist.Current_Index() != port_index) {
+					port_index = portlist.Current_Index();
+					item = (char *)portlist.Current_Item();
+					if (port_index < 4) {
+						temp = strchr( item, ' ' );
+						if ( !temp ) {
+							strncpy( portbuf, item, PORTBUF_MAX );
+						} else {
+							pos = (int)(temp - item);
+							strncpy( portbuf, item, pos );
+							portbuf[pos] = 0;
+						}
+						port_edt.Clear_Focus();
+
+						// auto select the irq for port
+
+#ifdef EDIT_IRQ
+						irq_index = _irqidx[ port_index ];
+						irqlist.Set_Selected_Index( irq_index );
+						item = (char *)irqlist.Current_Item();
+						temp = strchr( item, ' ' );
+						if ( !temp ) {
+							strncpy( irqbuf, item, 2 );
+						} else {
+							pos = (int)(temp - item);
+							strncpy( irqbuf, item, pos );
+							irqbuf[pos] = 0;
+						}
+						irq_edt.Clear_Focus();
+#endif	//EDIT_IRQ
+					} else {
+						temp = strchr( item, '-' );
+						if ( temp ) {
+							pos = (int)(temp - item) + 2;
+							if ( *(item + pos) == '?' ) {
+								portbuf[0] = 0;
+							} else {
+								strncpy( portbuf, item + pos, PORTBUF_MAX );
+							}
+						}
+						port_edt.Set_Focus();
+					}
+					port_edt.Set_Text( portbuf, PORTBUF_MAX );
+					display = REDRAW_BUTTONS;
+				} else {
+					if (port_index < 4) {
+						port_edt.Clear_Focus();
+					} else {
+						port_edt.Set_Focus();
+					}
+					display = REDRAW_BUTTONS;
+				}
+				break;
+
+#ifdef EDIT_IRQ
+			case (BUTTON_IRQ | KN_BUTTON):
+				item = (char *)irqlist.Current_Item();
+				if (irq_index < 4) {
+					temp = strchr( item, ' ' );
+					if ( !temp ) {
+						strncpy( irqbuf, item, IRQBUF_MAX );
+					} else {
+						pos = (int)(temp - item);
+						strncpy( irqbuf, item, pos );
+						irqbuf[pos] = 0;
+					}
+					irq_edt.Set_Text( irqbuf, IRQBUF_MAX );
+					irq_edt.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				} else {
+					temp = strchr( item, '-' );
+					if ( temp ) {
+						pos = (int)(temp - item) + 2;
+						len = strlen( irqbuf );
+						strncpy( item + pos, irqbuf, len );
+						*(item + pos + len) = 0;
+						display = REDRAW_BUTTONS;
+					}
+				}
+				baud_edt.Set_Focus();
+				baud_edt.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_IRQLIST | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (irqlist.Current_Index() != irq_index) {
+					irq_index = irqlist.Current_Index();
+					item = (char *)irqlist.Current_Item();
+					if (irq_index < 4) {
+						temp = strchr( item, ' ' );
+						if ( !temp ) {
+							strncpy( irqbuf, item, IRQBUF_MAX );
+						} else {
+							pos = (int)(temp - item);
+							strncpy( irqbuf, item, pos );
+							irqbuf[pos] = 0;
+						}
+						irq_edt.Clear_Focus();
+					} else {
+						temp = strchr( item, '-' );
+						if ( temp ) {
+							pos = (int)(temp - item) + 2;
+							if ( *(item + pos) == '?' ) {
+								irqbuf[0] = 0;
+							} else {
+								strncpy( irqbuf, item + pos, IRQBUF_MAX );
+							}
+						}
+						irq_edt.Set_Focus();
+					}
+					irq_edt.Set_Text( irqbuf, IRQBUF_MAX );
+				} else {
+					if (irq_index < 4) {
+						irq_edt.Clear_Focus();
+					} else {
+						irq_edt.Set_Focus();
+					}
+				}
+				display = REDRAW_BUTTONS;
+				break;
+#endif	//EDIT_IRQ
+
+			case (BUTTON_BAUD | KN_BUTTON):
+				item = (char *)baudlist.Current_Item();
+				strncpy( baudbuf, item, BAUDBUF_MAX );
+				baud_edt.Set_Text( baudbuf, BAUDBUF_MAX );
+				initstr_edt.Set_Focus();
+				initstr_edt.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				display = REDRAW_BUTTONS;
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_BAUDLIST | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (baudlist.Current_Index() != baud_index) {
+					baud_index = baudlist.Current_Index();
+					item = (char *)baudlist.Current_Item();
+					strncpy( baudbuf, item, BAUDBUF_MAX );
+					baud_edt.Set_Text( baudbuf, BAUDBUF_MAX );
+					baud_edt.Clear_Focus();
+					display = REDRAW_BUTTONS;
+				}
+				break;
+
+#if 0
+			case (BUTTON_INITSTR | KN_BUTTON):
+				strupr( initstrbuf );
+				strncpy( InitStrings[ initstr_index ], initstrbuf, INITSTRBUF_MAX );
+				Build_Init_String_Listbox(&initstrlist, &initstr_edt, initstrbuf,
+					&initstr_index);
+				cwaitstr_edt.Set_Focus();
+				cwaitstr_edt.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				display = REDRAW_BUTTONS;
+				break;
+#endif
+
+			case (BUTTON_INITSTRLIST | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (initstrlist.Current_Index() != initstr_index) {
+					initstr_index = initstrlist.Current_Index();
+					item = (char *)initstrlist.Current_Item();
+					strncpy( initstrbuf, item, INITSTRBUF_MAX );
+					initstr_edt.Set_Text( initstrbuf, INITSTRBUF_MAX );
+				}
+				initstr_edt.Set_Focus();
+				initstr_edt.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				display = REDRAW_BUTTONS;
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			Add a new InitString entry
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_ADD | KN_BUTTON):
+
+				item = new char[ INITSTRBUF_MAX ];
+				memset (item, 0, INITSTRBUF_MAX);
+
+				strupr ( initstrbuf );
+				strncpy ( item, initstrbuf, INITSTRBUF_MAX-1 );
+
+				InitStrings.Add ( item );
+				Build_Init_String_Listbox (&initstrlist, &initstr_edt, initstrbuf,
+					&initstr_index);
+				/*............................................................
+				Set the current listbox index to the newly-added item.
+				............................................................*/
+				for (i = 0; i < InitStrings.Count(); i++) {
+					if (item == InitStrings[i]) {
+						initstr_index = i;
+						strcpy( initstrbuf, InitStrings[ initstr_index ] );
+						initstr_edt.Set_Text( initstrbuf, INITSTRBUF_MAX );
+						initstrlist.Set_Selected_Index( initstr_index );
+					}
+				}
+				initstr_edt.Set_Focus();
+				initstr_edt.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				display = REDRAW_BUTTONS;
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			Delete the current InitString entry
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_DELETE | KN_BUTTON):
+
+				if ( InitStrings.Count() && initstr_index != -1) {
+					InitStrings.Delete( initstr_index );
+					Build_Init_String_Listbox(&initstrlist, &initstr_edt, initstrbuf,
+						&initstr_index);
+				}
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_CWAITSTR | KN_BUTTON):
+				item = (char *)cwaitstrlist.Current_Item();
+				if (cwaitstr_index < 3) {
+				} else {
+					temp = strchr( item, '-' );
+					if ( temp ) {
+						pos = (int)(temp - item) + 2;
+						len = strlen( cwaitstrbuf );
+						strncpy( item + pos, cwaitstrbuf, len );
+						*(item + pos + len) = 0;
+						display = REDRAW_BUTTONS;
+					}
+				}
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_CWAITSTRLIST | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (cwaitstrlist.Current_Index() != cwaitstr_index) {
+					cwaitstr_index = cwaitstrlist.Current_Index();
+					item = (char *)cwaitstrlist.Current_Item();
+					if (cwaitstr_index < 3) {
+						strncpy( cwaitstrbuf, item, CWAITSTRBUF_MAX );
+						cwaitstr_edt.Clear_Focus();
+					} else {
+						temp = strchr( item, '-' );
+						if ( temp ) {
+							pos = (int)(temp - item) + 2;
+							strncpy( cwaitstrbuf, item + pos, CWAITSTRBUF_MAX );
+						}
+						cwaitstr_edt.Set_Focus();
+					}
+					cwaitstr_edt.Set_Text( cwaitstrbuf, CWAITSTRBUF_MAX );
+				} else {
+					if (cwaitstr_index < 3) {
+						cwaitstr_edt.Clear_Focus();
+					} else {
+						cwaitstr_edt.Set_Focus();
+					}
+				}
+				display = REDRAW_BUTTONS;
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_TONE | KN_BUTTON):
+				tempsettings.DialMethod = DIAL_TOUCH_TONE;
+				tonebtn.Turn_On();
+				pulsebtn.Turn_Off();
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_PULSE | KN_BUTTON):
+				tempsettings.DialMethod = DIAL_PULSE;
+				tonebtn.Turn_Off();
+				pulsebtn.Turn_On();
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			SAVE: save the com settings
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (KN_RETURN):
+			case (BUTTON_SAVE | KN_BUTTON):
+				switch (port_index) {
+					case ( 0 ):
+						tempsettings.Port = 0x3f8;
+						break;
+
+					case ( 1 ):
+						tempsettings.Port = 0x2f8;
+						break;
+
+					case ( 2 ):
+						tempsettings.Port = 0x3e8;
+						break;
+
+					case ( 3 ):
+						tempsettings.Port = 0x2e8;
+						break;
+
+					default:
+						sscanf( portbuf, "%x", &tempsettings.Port );
+						break;
+				}
+
+#ifdef EDIT_IRQ
+				switch (irq_index) {
+					case ( 0 ):
+						tempsettings.IRQ = 2;
+						break;
+
+					case ( 1 ):
+						tempsettings.IRQ = 3;
+						break;
+
+					case ( 2 ):
+						tempsettings.IRQ = 4;
+						break;
+
+					case ( 3 ):
+						tempsettings.IRQ = 5;
+						break;
+
+					default:
+						sscanf( irqbuf, "%d", &tempsettings.IRQ );
+						break;
+				}
+#endif	//EDIT_IRQ
+
+				sscanf( baudbuf, "%d", &tempsettings.Baud );
+
+				tempsettings.InitStringIndex = initstr_index;
+				tempsettings.CallWaitStringIndex = cwaitstr_index;
+
+				item = CallWaitStrings[ CALL_WAIT_CUSTOM ];
+				temp = strchr( item, '-' );
+				if ( temp ) {
+					pos = (int)(temp - item) + 2;
+					strncpy( cwaitstrbuf, item + pos, CWAITSTRBUF_MAX );
+				} else {
+					cwaitstrbuf[ 0 ] = 0;
+				}
+
+				strncpy( tempsettings.CallWaitString, cwaitstrbuf, CWAITSTRBUF_MAX );
+
+				dpstatus = NullModem.Detect_Port( &tempsettings );
+
+				if (dpstatus == PORT_VALID) {
+					process = false;
+					rc = true;
+				}
+				else if (dpstatus == PORT_INVALID) {
+					CCMessageBox().Process( TXT_INVALID_SETTINGS );
+					firsttime = 1;
+					display = REDRAW_ALL;
+				}
+				else if (dpstatus == PORT_IRQ_INUSE) {
+					CCMessageBox().Process( TXT_IRQ_ALREADY_IN_USE );
+					firsttime = 1;
+					display = REDRAW_ALL;
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			CANCEL: send a SIGN_OFF, bail out with error code
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (KN_ESC):
+			case (BUTTON_CANCEL | KN_BUTTON):
+				process = false;
+				rc = false;
+				break;
+		}
+
+	}	/* end of while */
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Restore screen
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	Hide_Mouse();
+	Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+	HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+	Show_Mouse();
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Save values into the Settings structure
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (rc) {
+		memcpy( settings, &tempsettings, sizeof(SerialSettingsType) );
+	}
+
+	return(rc);
+
+}	/* end of Com_Settings_Dialog */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Build_Init_String_Listbox -- [re]builds the initstring listbox          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This routine rebuilds the initstring list box from scratch; it also		*
+ * updates the contents of the initstring edit field.								*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		list		ptr to list box															*
+ *		edit		ptr to edit box															*
+ *		buf		ptr to buffer for initstring											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/08/1995 DRD : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static void Build_Init_String_Listbox (ListClass *list, EditClass *edit, char *buf, int *index)
+{
+	int i, curidx;
+	char *item;
+
+
+	curidx = *index;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Clear the list
+	........................................................................*/
+	while (list->Count()) {
+		item = (char *)(list->Get_Item(0));
+		list->Remove_Item(item);
+		delete [] item;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Now sort the init string list by name then number
+	*/
+	qsort ((void *)(&InitStrings[0]), InitStrings.Count(), sizeof(char *), Init_String_Compare);
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Build the list
+	........................................................................*/
+	for (i = 0; i < InitStrings.Count(); i++) {
+		item = new char[ INITSTRBUF_MAX ];
+		strcpy( item, InitStrings[i] );
+		list->Add_Item(item);
+	}
+	list->Flag_To_Redraw();
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Init the current phone book index
+	........................................................................*/
+	if (list->Count() == 0 || curidx < -1) {
+		curidx = -1;
+	} else {
+		if (curidx >= list->Count() ) {
+			curidx = 0;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Fill in initstring edit buffer
+	........................................................................*/
+	if (curidx > -1) {
+		strcpy (buf, InitStrings[ curidx ]);
+		edit->Set_Text (buf, INITSTRBUF_MAX );
+		list->Set_Selected_Index( curidx );
+	}
+
+	*index = curidx;
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Init_String_Compare -- for qsort														*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		p1,p2		ptrs to elements to compare											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		0 = same, -1 = (*p1) goes BEFORE (*p2), 1 = (*p1) goes AFTER (*p2)	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/08/1995 DRD : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static int Init_String_Compare (const void *p1, const void *p2)
+{
+	return( strcmp( *((char **)p1), *((char **)p2) ) );
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Com_Scenario_Dialog -- Serial game scenario selection dialog										  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ *    ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿                      	  *
+ *    ³                        Serial Game                         ³                       	  *
+ *    ³                                                            ³                      	  *
+ *    ³     Your Name: __________          House: [GDI] [NOD]      ³                    	 	  *
+ *    ³       Credits: ______      Desired Color: [ ][ ][ ][ ]     ³ 	   						  *
+ *    ³      Opponent: Name                                        ³                    	 	  *
+ *    ³                                                            ³                    	 	  *
+ *    ³                         Scenario                           ³   								  *
+ *    ³                  ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄ¿                    ³ 								  *
+ *    ³                  ³ Hell's Kitchen   ³³                    ³ 								  *
+ *    ³                  ³ Heaven's Gate    ÃÄ´                    ³									  *
+ *    ³                  ³      ...         ³ ³                    ³									  *
+ *    ³                  ³                  ÃÄ´                    ³ 								  *
+ *    ³                  ³                  ³³                    ³ 								  *
+ *    ³                  ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÙ                    ³ 								  *
+ *    ³                 [  Bases   ] [ Crates     ]                ³                           *
+ *    ³                 [ Tiberium ] [ AI Players ]                ³           					  *
+ *    ³                                                            ³                   	 	  *
+ *    ³                      [OK]    [Cancel]                      ³                    	 	  *
+ *    ³   ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿   ³                   	 	  *
+ *    ³   ³                                                    ³   ³                   	 	  *
+ *    ³   ³                                                    ³   ³                   	 	  *
+ *    ³   ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ   ³                   	 	  *
+ *    ³                       [Send Message]                       ³                   	 	  *
+ *    ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ                      	  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  						  *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 						  *
+ *		true = success, false = cancel																			  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               						  *
+ *		MPlayerName & MPlayerGameName must contain this player's name.									  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                						  *
+ *   02/14/1995 BR : Created.                                              						  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+#define TXT_HOST_INTERNET_GAME 4567+1
+#define TXT_JOIN_INTERNET_GAME 4567+2
+int Com_Scenario_Dialog(void)
+{
+	int factor			= (SeenBuff.Get_Width() == 320) ? 1 : 2;
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog & button dimensions
+	........................................................................*/
+	int d_dialog_w = 290*factor;											// dialog width
+	int d_dialog_h = 190*factor;											// dialog height
+	int d_dialog_x = ((320*factor - d_dialog_w) / 2);				// dialog x-coord
+	int d_dialog_y = ((200*factor - d_dialog_h) / 2);				// dialog y-coord
+	int d_dialog_cx = d_dialog_x + (d_dialog_w / 2);		// center x-coord
+
+	int d_txt6_h = 6*factor+1;												// ht of 6-pt text
+	int d_margin1 = 5*factor;												// margin width/height
+	int d_margin2 = 2*factor;												// margin width/height
+
+	int d_name_w = 70*factor;
+	int d_name_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_name_x = d_dialog_x + 108*factor;
+	int d_name_y = d_dialog_y + d_margin1 + d_txt6_h + d_txt6_h + d_margin1;
+
+	int d_credits_w = ((CREDITSBUF_MAX - 1) * 6*factor) + 3*factor;
+	int d_credits_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_credits_x = d_name_x;
+	int d_credits_y = d_name_y + d_name_h + d_margin2;
+
+	int d_gdi_w = 30*factor;
+	int d_gdi_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_gdi_x = d_dialog_cx + (d_dialog_w / 4);
+	int d_gdi_y = d_dialog_y + d_margin1 + d_txt6_h + d_txt6_h + d_margin1;
+
+	int d_nod_w = 30*factor;
+	int d_nod_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_nod_x = d_gdi_x + d_gdi_w + (d_margin1 / 2);
+	int d_nod_y = d_gdi_y;
+
+	int d_color_w = 10*factor;
+	int d_color_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_color_y = d_gdi_y + d_gdi_h + d_margin2;
+
+	int d_opponent_x = d_name_x;
+	int d_opponent_y = d_color_y + d_color_h + d_margin2;
+
+	int d_scenariolist_w = 182*factor;
+	int d_scenariolist_h = 27*factor;
+	int d_scenariolist_x = d_dialog_cx - (d_scenariolist_w / 2);
+	int d_scenariolist_y = d_opponent_y + d_txt6_h + 3*factor + d_txt6_h;
+
+	// d_count_x is calculated below after other enums
+	int d_count_w = 25*factor;
+	int d_count_h = 7*factor;
+	int d_count_y = d_scenariolist_y + d_scenariolist_h + d_margin2;
+
+	// d_level_x is calculated below after other enums
+	int d_level_w = 25*factor;
+	int d_level_h = 7*factor;
+	int d_level_y = d_count_y;
+
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+	int d_bases_w = 120*factor;//BGA:100;
+#else
+	int d_bases_w = 110*factor;
+#endif
+	int d_bases_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_bases_x = d_dialog_cx - d_bases_w - d_margin2;
+	int d_bases_y = d_count_y + d_count_h + d_margin2;
+
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+	int d_goodies_w = 120*factor;
+#else
+	int d_goodies_w = 110*factor;
+#endif
+	int d_goodies_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_goodies_x = d_dialog_cx + d_margin2;
+	int d_goodies_y = d_bases_y;
+
+	int d_count_x = d_dialog_cx - d_count_w - ((2 * 6*factor) + 3*factor)
+					- ((d_bases_w - ((13 * 6*factor) + 3*factor + d_count_w)) / 2) - d_margin2;
+
+	int d_level_x = d_dialog_cx + (11 * 6*factor)
+					+ ((d_goodies_w - ((13 * 6*factor) + 3*factor + d_level_w)) / 2) + d_margin2;
+
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+	int d_tiberium_w = 120*factor;
+#else
+	int d_tiberium_w = 110*factor;
+#endif
+	int d_tiberium_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_tiberium_x = d_dialog_cx - d_bases_w - d_margin2;
+	int d_tiberium_y = d_bases_y + d_bases_h + d_margin2;
+
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+	int d_ghosts_w = 120*factor;
+#else
+	int d_ghosts_w = 110*factor;
+#endif
+	int d_ghosts_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_ghosts_x = d_dialog_cx + d_margin2;
+	int d_ghosts_y = d_tiberium_y;
+
+	int d_ok_w = 45*factor;
+	int d_ok_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_ok_x = d_tiberium_x + (d_tiberium_w / 2) - (d_ok_w / 2);
+	int d_ok_y = d_tiberium_y + d_tiberium_h + d_margin1;
+
+	int d_cancel_w = 45*factor;
+	int d_cancel_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_cancel_x = d_ghosts_x + (d_ghosts_w / 2) - (d_cancel_w / 2);
+	int d_cancel_y = d_tiberium_y + d_tiberium_h + d_margin1;
+
+	int d_message_w = d_dialog_w - (d_margin1 * 2);
+	int d_message_h = 34*factor;
+	int d_message_x = d_dialog_x + d_margin1;
+	int d_message_y = d_cancel_y + d_cancel_h + d_margin1;
+
+	int d_send_w = 80*factor;
+	int d_send_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_send_x = d_dialog_cx - (d_send_w / 2);
+	int d_send_y = d_message_y + d_message_h + d_margin2;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Button Enumerations
+	........................................................................*/
+	enum {
+		BUTTON_NAME = 100,
+		BUTTON_GDI,
+		BUTTON_NOD,
+		BUTTON_CREDITS,
+		BUTTON_SCENARIOLIST,
+		BUTTON_COUNT,
+		BUTTON_LEVEL,
+		BUTTON_BASES,
+		BUTTON_TIBERIUM,
+		BUTTON_GOODIES,
+		BUTTON_GHOSTS,
+		BUTTON_OK,
+		BUTTON_CANCEL,
+		BUTTON_SEND,
+	};
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Redraw values: in order from "top" to "bottom" layer of the dialog
+	........................................................................*/
+	typedef enum {
+		REDRAW_NONE = 0,
+		REDRAW_MESSAGE,
+		REDRAW_COLORS,
+		REDRAW_BUTTONS,
+		REDRAW_BACKGROUND,
+		REDRAW_ALL = REDRAW_BACKGROUND
+	} RedrawType;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog variables
+	........................................................................*/
+	RedrawType display = REDRAW_ALL;		// redraw level
+	bool process = true;						// process while true
+	KeyNumType input;
+
+	char namebuf[MPLAYER_NAME_MAX] = {0};		// buffer for player's name
+	char credbuf[CREDITSBUF_MAX];					// for credit edit box
+	int old_cred;								// old value in credits buffer
+	int transmit;								// 1 = re-transmit new game options
+	int cbox_x[] = {	d_gdi_x,
+							d_gdi_x + d_color_w,
+							d_gdi_x + (d_color_w * 2),
+							d_gdi_x + (d_color_w * 3),
+							d_gdi_x + (d_color_w * 4),
+							d_gdi_x + (d_color_w * 5)};
+	int parms_received = 0;					// 1 = game options received
+	int changed = 0;							// 1 = user has changed an option
+
+	int rc;
+	int recsignedoff = false;
+	int i;
+	int version;
+	char txt[80];
+	unsigned long starttime;
+	unsigned long timingtime;
+	unsigned long lastmsgtime;
+	unsigned long lastredrawtime;
+	unsigned long transmittime = 0;
+	unsigned long theirresponsetime;
+	int packetlen;
+	static int first_time = 1;
+	bool oppscorescreen = false;
+	bool gameoptions = false;
+	EventClass *event;					// event ptr
+	unsigned long msg_timeout = 1200;	// init to 20 seconds
+
+	int					message_length;
+	int					sent_so_far;
+	unsigned short		magic_number;
+	unsigned short		crc;
+
+	void const *up_button;
+	void const *down_button;
+
+	if (InMainLoop){
+		up_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-UP.SHP");
+		down_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-DN.SHP");
+	}else{
+		up_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-UP2.SHP");
+		down_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-DN2.SHP");
+	}
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Buttons
+	........................................................................*/
+	GadgetClass *commands;										// button list
+
+	EditClass name_edt (BUTTON_NAME,
+		namebuf, MPLAYER_NAME_MAX,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_name_x, d_name_y, d_name_w, d_name_h, EditClass::ALPHANUMERIC);
+
+	TextButtonClass gdibtn(BUTTON_GDI, TXT_G_D_I,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_gdi_x, d_gdi_y, d_gdi_w, d_gdi_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass nodbtn(BUTTON_NOD, TXT_N_O_D,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_nod_x, d_nod_y, d_nod_w, d_nod_h);
+
+	EditClass credit_edt (BUTTON_CREDITS,
+		credbuf, CREDITSBUF_MAX,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_credits_x, d_credits_y, d_credits_w, d_credits_h, EditClass::ALPHANUMERIC);
+
+	ListClass scenariolist(BUTTON_SCENARIOLIST,
+		d_scenariolist_x, d_scenariolist_y, d_scenariolist_w, d_scenariolist_h,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		up_button,
+		down_button);
+
+	GaugeClass countgauge (BUTTON_COUNT,
+		d_count_x, d_count_y, d_count_w, d_count_h);
+
+	GaugeClass levelgauge (BUTTON_LEVEL,
+		d_level_x, d_level_y, d_level_w, d_level_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass basesbtn(BUTTON_BASES, TXT_BASES_OFF,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_bases_x, d_bases_y, d_bases_w, d_bases_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass tiberiumbtn(BUTTON_TIBERIUM, TXT_TIBERIUM_OFF,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_tiberium_x, d_tiberium_y, d_tiberium_w, d_tiberium_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass goodiesbtn(BUTTON_GOODIES, TXT_CRATES_OFF,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_goodies_x, d_goodies_y, d_goodies_w, d_goodies_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass ghostsbtn(BUTTON_GHOSTS, TXT_AI_PLAYERS_OFF,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_ghosts_x, d_ghosts_y, d_ghosts_w, d_ghosts_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass okbtn(BUTTON_OK, TXT_OK,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_ok_x, d_ok_y, d_ok_w, d_ok_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass cancelbtn(BUTTON_CANCEL, TXT_CANCEL,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+		d_cancel_x, d_cancel_y);
+#else
+		d_cancel_x, d_cancel_y, d_cancel_w, d_cancel_h);
+#endif
+
+	TextButtonClass sendbtn(BUTTON_SEND, TXT_SEND_MESSAGE,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+		d_send_x, d_send_y);
+#else
+		d_send_x, d_send_y, d_send_w, d_send_h);
+#endif
+
+	/*
+	------------------------- Build the button list --------------------------
+	*/
+	commands = &name_edt;
+	gdibtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	nodbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	credit_edt.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	scenariolist.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	countgauge.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	levelgauge.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	basesbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	tiberiumbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	goodiesbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	ghostsbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	okbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	cancelbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	sendbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+
+	/*
+	----------------------------- Various Inits ------------------------------
+	*/
+	/*........................................................................
+	Init player name & house
+	........................................................................*/
+	MPlayerColorIdx = MPlayerPrefColor;			// init my preferred color
+	strcpy (namebuf, MPlayerName);				// set my name
+	name_edt.Set_Text(namebuf,MPLAYER_NAME_MAX);
+	name_edt.Set_Color(MPlayerTColors[MPlayerColorIdx]);
+
+	if (MPlayerHouse==HOUSE_GOOD) {
+		gdibtn.Turn_On();
+	} else {
+		nodbtn.Turn_On();
+	}
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Init scenario values, only the first time through
+	........................................................................*/
+	if (first_time) {
+		MPlayerCredits = 3000;						// init credits & credit buffer
+		MPlayerBases = 1;								// init scenario parameters
+		MPlayerTiberium = 0;
+		MPlayerGoodies = 0;
+		MPlayerGhosts = 0;
+		Special.IsCaptureTheFlag = 0;
+		MPlayerUnitCount = (MPlayerCountMax[MPlayerBases] + MPlayerCountMin[MPlayerBases]) / 2;
+		first_time = 0;
+	}
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Init button states
+	........................................................................*/
+	if (MPlayerBases) {
+		basesbtn.Turn_On();
+		basesbtn.Set_Text(TXT_BASES_ON);
+	}
+	if (MPlayerTiberium) {
+		tiberiumbtn.Turn_On();
+		tiberiumbtn.Set_Text(TXT_TIBERIUM_ON);
+	}
+	if (MPlayerGoodies) {
+		goodiesbtn.Turn_On();
+		goodiesbtn.Set_Text(TXT_CRATES_ON);
+	}
+	if (MPlayerGhosts) {
+		ghostsbtn.Turn_On();
+		ghostsbtn.Set_Text(TXT_AI_PLAYERS_ON);
+	}
+	if (Special.IsCaptureTheFlag) {
+		MPlayerGhosts = 0;
+		ghostsbtn.Turn_On();
+		ghostsbtn.Set_Text(TXT_CAPTURE_THE_FLAG);
+	}
+
+	sprintf(credbuf, "%d", MPlayerCredits);
+	credit_edt.Set_Text(credbuf, CREDITSBUF_MAX);
+	old_cred = MPlayerCredits;
+
+	levelgauge.Set_Maximum(MPLAYER_BUILD_LEVEL_MAX - 1);
+	levelgauge.Set_Value(BuildLevel - 1);
+
+	countgauge.Set_Maximum(MPlayerCountMax[MPlayerBases] - MPlayerCountMin[MPlayerBases]);
+	countgauge.Set_Value(MPlayerUnitCount - MPlayerCountMin[MPlayerBases]);
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Init other scenario parameters
+	........................................................................*/
+	Special.IsTGrowth = MPlayerTiberium;
+	Special.IsTSpread = MPlayerTiberium;
+	transmit = 1;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Init scenario description list box
+	........................................................................*/
+	for (i = 0; i < MPlayerScenarios.Count(); i++) {
+		scenariolist.Add_Item (strupr(MPlayerScenarios[i]));
+	}
+	ScenarioIdx = 0;								// 1st scenario is selected
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Init random-number generator, & create a seed to be used for all random
+	numbers from here on out
+	........................................................................*/
+	randomize();
+	Seed = rand();
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Init the message display system
+	........................................................................*/
+	Messages.Init (d_message_x + 2*factor, d_message_y + 2*factor, 4, MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH, d_txt6_h);
+
+	Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+	HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+	Set_Palette(Palette);
+
+	extern char ModemRXString[];
+
+	if (strlen(ModemRXString) > 36)
+		ModemRXString[36] = 0;
+
+	if (strlen(ModemRXString) > 0)
+		Messages.Add_Message (ModemRXString, CC_TAN,
+			TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_FULLSHADOW, 1200, 0, 0);
+
+	ModemRXString[0] = '\0';
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Init Mono Output ----------------------------
+	*/
+	#if(SHOW_MONO)
+	NullModem.Configure_Debug(sizeof (CommHeaderType),sizeof (SerialCommandType),
+		SerialPacketNames, 106);
+	NullModem.Mono_Debug_Print(1);
+	#endif
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Processing loop -----------------------------
+	*/
+	NullModem.Reset_Response_Time();		// clear response time
+	theirresponsetime = 10000;				// initialize to an invalid value
+	timingtime = lastmsgtime = lastredrawtime = TickCount.Time();
+	while (Get_Mouse_State() > 0) Show_Mouse();
+
+
+	while (process) {
+
+		/*
+		** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+		** we need to redraw.
+		*/
+		if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+			AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+			display=REDRAW_ALL;
+		}
+
+		#if(SHOW_MONO)
+		NullModem.Mono_Debug_Print(0);
+		#endif
+
+		/*
+		........................ Invoke game callback .........................
+		*/
+		Call_Back();
+
+		/*
+		...................... Refresh display if needed ......................
+		*/
+		if (display) {
+			Hide_Mouse();
+			/*
+			.................. Redraw backgound & dialog box ...................
+			*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BACKGROUND) {
+				Dialog_Box(d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w, d_dialog_h);
+
+				// init font variables
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_NONE, 0, 0, TBLACK, TBLACK,
+					TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Dialog & Field labels
+				...............................................................*/
+#ifdef FORCE_WINSOCK
+				if (Winsock.Get_Connected()){
+					Draw_Caption (TXT_HOST_INTERNET_GAME, d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w);
+				}else{
+					Draw_Caption (TXT_HOST_SERIAL_GAME, d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w);
+				}
+#else
+				Draw_Caption (TXT_HOST_SERIAL_GAME, d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w);
+#endif	//FORCE_WINSOCK
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_YOUR_NAME,
+					d_name_x - 5*factor, d_name_y + 1*factor,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_SIDE_COLON,
+					d_gdi_x - 5*factor, d_gdi_y + 1*factor,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print (TXT_START_CREDITS_COLON, d_credits_x - 5*factor, d_credits_y + 1*factor,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_COLOR_COLON,
+					cbox_x[0] - 5*factor, d_color_y + 1*factor,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_SCENARIOS,
+					d_scenariolist_x + (d_scenariolist_w / 2),
+					d_scenariolist_y - d_txt6_h,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print (TXT_COUNT, d_count_x - 3*factor, d_count_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_NOSHADOW | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_RIGHT);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print (TXT_LEVEL, d_level_x - 3*factor, d_level_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_NOSHADOW | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_RIGHT);
+			}
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Draw the color boxes
+			..................................................................*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_COLORS) {
+				for (i = 0; i < MAX_MPLAYER_COLORS; i++) {
+					LogicPage->Fill_Rect (cbox_x[i] + 1*factor, d_color_y + 1*factor,
+						cbox_x[i] + 1*factor + d_color_w - 2*factor, d_color_y + 1*factor + d_color_h - 2*factor,
+						MPlayerGColors[i]);
+
+					if (i == MPlayerColorIdx) {
+						Draw_Box(cbox_x[i], d_color_y, d_color_w, d_color_h,
+							BOXSTYLE_GREEN_DOWN, false);
+					} else {
+						Draw_Box(cbox_x[i], d_color_y, d_color_w, d_color_h,
+							BOXSTYLE_GREEN_RAISED, false);
+					}
+				}
+			}
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Draw the message:
+			- Erase an old message first
+			..................................................................*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_MESSAGE) {
+				Draw_Box(d_message_x, d_message_y, d_message_w, d_message_h,
+					BOXSTYLE_GREEN_BORDER, true);
+				Messages.Draw();
+
+				LogicPage->Fill_Rect (d_dialog_x + 2*factor,
+					d_opponent_y,
+					d_dialog_x + d_dialog_w - 4*factor,
+					d_opponent_y + d_txt6_h,
+					BLACK);
+
+				if (parms_received) {
+					if (oppscorescreen) {
+						sprintf(txt,"%s",Text_String(TXT_WAITING_FOR_OPPONENT));
+
+						int txtwidth = String_Pixel_Width( txt );
+
+						Fancy_Text_Print (txt, d_dialog_cx - (txtwidth / 2),
+							d_opponent_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+							TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+					} else {
+						Fancy_Text_Print (TXT_OPPONENT_COLON, d_opponent_x - 3*factor,
+							d_opponent_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+							TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+						if (TheirHouse == HOUSE_GOOD) {
+							sprintf(txt,"%s %s",TheirName,Text_String(TXT_G_D_I));
+						} else {
+							sprintf(txt,"%s %s",TheirName,Text_String(TXT_N_O_D));
+						}
+
+						Fancy_Text_Print (txt, d_opponent_x,
+							d_opponent_y, MPlayerTColors[TheirColor], TBLACK,
+							TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+					}
+				}
+
+				sprintf( txt, "%d ", MPlayerUnitCount );
+				Fancy_Text_Print (txt, d_count_x + d_count_w + 3*factor,
+					d_count_y, CC_GREEN, BLACK,
+					TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				if (BuildLevel <= MPLAYER_BUILD_LEVEL_MAX) {
+					sprintf(txt, "%d ", BuildLevel);
+				} else {
+					sprintf(txt, "**");
+				}
+				Fancy_Text_Print (txt, d_level_x + d_level_w + 3*factor,
+					d_level_y, CC_GREEN, BLACK,
+					TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+			}
+
+			/*
+			.......................... Redraw buttons ..........................
+			*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BUTTONS) {
+				commands->Flag_List_To_Redraw();
+			}
+
+			Show_Mouse();
+			display = REDRAW_NONE;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................... Get user input ............................
+		*/
+		input = commands->Input();
+
+		/*
+		---------------------------- Process input ----------------------------
+		*/
+		switch (input) {
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			User clicks on a color button
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case KN_LMOUSE:
+				if (_Kbd->MouseQX > cbox_x[0] &&
+					_Kbd->MouseQX < (cbox_x[MAX_MPLAYER_COLORS - 1] + d_color_w) &&
+					_Kbd->MouseQY > d_color_y &&
+					_Kbd->MouseQY < (d_color_y + d_color_h)) {
+						MPlayerPrefColor = (_Kbd->MouseQX - cbox_x[0]) / d_color_w;
+						MPlayerColorIdx = MPlayerPrefColor;
+						display = REDRAW_COLORS;
+
+						name_edt.Set_Color (MPlayerTColors[MPlayerColorIdx]);
+						name_edt.Flag_To_Redraw();
+						MPlayerCredits = atoi(credbuf);
+						strcpy (MPlayerName, namebuf);
+						transmit = 1;
+						changed = 1;
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			User edits the name field; retransmit new game options
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_NAME | KN_BUTTON):
+				credit_edt.Clear_Focus();
+				credit_edt.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				MPlayerCredits = atoi(credbuf);
+				strcpy (MPlayerName, namebuf);
+				transmit = 1;
+				changed = 1;
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			House Buttons: set the player's desired House
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_GDI | KN_BUTTON):
+				MPlayerHouse = HOUSE_GOOD;
+				gdibtn.Turn_On();
+				nodbtn.Turn_Off();
+				MPlayerCredits = atoi(credbuf);
+				strcpy (MPlayerName, namebuf);
+				transmit = 1;
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_NOD | KN_BUTTON):
+				MPlayerHouse = HOUSE_BAD;
+				gdibtn.Turn_Off();
+				nodbtn.Turn_On();
+				MPlayerCredits = atoi(credbuf);
+				strcpy (MPlayerName, namebuf);
+				transmit = 1;
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			User edits the credits value; retransmit new game options
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_CREDITS | KN_BUTTON):
+				name_edt.Clear_Focus();
+				name_edt.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				MPlayerCredits = atoi(credbuf);
+				strcpy (MPlayerName, namebuf);
+				transmit = 1;
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			New Scenario selected.
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_SCENARIOLIST | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (scenariolist.Current_Index() != ScenarioIdx) {
+					ScenarioIdx = scenariolist.Current_Index();
+					MPlayerCredits = atoi(credbuf);
+					strcpy (MPlayerName, namebuf);
+					transmit = 1;
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			User adjusts max # units
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_COUNT | KN_BUTTON):
+				MPlayerUnitCount = countgauge.Get_Value() + MPlayerCountMin[MPlayerBases];
+				display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+				transmit = 1;
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			User adjusts build level
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_LEVEL | KN_BUTTON):
+				BuildLevel = levelgauge.Get_Value() + 1;
+				if (BuildLevel > MPLAYER_BUILD_LEVEL_MAX)	// if it's pegged, max it out
+					BuildLevel = MPLAYER_BUILD_LEVEL_MAX;
+				display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+				transmit = 1;
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			Toggle bases
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_BASES | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (MPlayerBases) {
+					MPlayerBases = 0;
+					basesbtn.Turn_Off();
+					basesbtn.Set_Text(TXT_BASES_OFF);
+					MPlayerUnitCount = Fixed_To_Cardinal (MPlayerCountMax[0]-MPlayerCountMin[0],
+						Cardinal_To_Fixed(MPlayerCountMax[1]-MPlayerCountMin[1],
+						MPlayerUnitCount-MPlayerCountMin[1])) + MPlayerCountMin[0];
+				} else {
+					MPlayerBases = 1;
+					basesbtn.Turn_On();
+					basesbtn.Set_Text(TXT_BASES_ON);
+					MPlayerUnitCount = Fixed_To_Cardinal (MPlayerCountMax[1]-MPlayerCountMin[1],
+						Cardinal_To_Fixed(MPlayerCountMax[0]-MPlayerCountMin[0],
+						MPlayerUnitCount-MPlayerCountMin[0])) + MPlayerCountMin[1];
+				}
+				MPlayerCredits = atoi(credbuf);
+				countgauge.Set_Maximum(MPlayerCountMax[MPlayerBases] - MPlayerCountMin[MPlayerBases]);
+				countgauge.Set_Value(MPlayerUnitCount - MPlayerCountMin[MPlayerBases]);
+				strcpy (MPlayerName, namebuf);
+				transmit = 1;
+				display = REDRAW_ALL;
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			Toggle tiberium
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_TIBERIUM | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (MPlayerTiberium) {
+					MPlayerTiberium = 0;
+					Special.IsTGrowth = 0;
+					Special.IsTSpread = 0;
+					tiberiumbtn.Turn_Off();
+					tiberiumbtn.Set_Text(TXT_TIBERIUM_OFF);
+				} else {
+					MPlayerTiberium = 1;
+					Special.IsTGrowth = 1;
+					Special.IsTSpread = 1;
+					tiberiumbtn.Turn_On();
+					tiberiumbtn.Set_Text(TXT_TIBERIUM_ON);
+				}
+				MPlayerCredits = atoi(credbuf);
+				strcpy (MPlayerName, namebuf);
+				transmit = 1;
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			Toggle goodies
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_GOODIES | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (MPlayerGoodies) {
+					MPlayerGoodies = 0;
+					goodiesbtn.Turn_Off();
+					goodiesbtn.Set_Text(TXT_CRATES_OFF);
+				} else {
+					MPlayerGoodies = 1;
+					goodiesbtn.Turn_On();
+					goodiesbtn.Set_Text(TXT_CRATES_ON);
+				}
+				MPlayerCredits = atoi(credbuf);
+				strcpy (MPlayerName, namebuf);
+				transmit = 1;
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			Toggle ghosts
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_GHOSTS | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (!MPlayerGhosts && !Special.IsCaptureTheFlag) {	// ghosts OFF => ghosts ON
+					MPlayerGhosts = 1;
+					Special.IsCaptureTheFlag = 0;
+					ghostsbtn.Turn_On();
+					ghostsbtn.Set_Text(TXT_AI_PLAYERS_ON);
+				}
+				else if (MPlayerGhosts) {					// ghosts ON => capture-flag
+					MPlayerGhosts = 0;
+					Special.IsCaptureTheFlag = 1;
+					ghostsbtn.Turn_On();
+					ghostsbtn.Set_Text(TXT_CAPTURE_THE_FLAG);
+				}
+				else if (Special.IsCaptureTheFlag) {		// capture-flag => AI OFF
+					MPlayerGhosts = 0;
+					Special.IsCaptureTheFlag = 0;
+					ghostsbtn.Turn_Off();
+					ghostsbtn.Set_Text(TXT_AI_PLAYERS_OFF);
+				}
+				MPlayerCredits = atoi(credbuf);
+				strcpy (MPlayerName, namebuf);
+				transmit = 1;
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			OK: exit loop with true status
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_OK | KN_BUTTON):
+				//
+				// make sure we got a game options packet from the other player
+				//
+				if (gameoptions) {
+					rc = true;
+					process = false;
+
+					// force transmitting of game options packet one last time
+
+					transmit = 1;
+					transmittime = 0;
+				} else {
+					CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_ONLY_ONE,TXT_OOPS,NULL);
+					display = REDRAW_ALL;
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			CANCEL: send a SIGN_OFF, bail out with error code
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (KN_ESC):
+				if (Messages.Get_Edit_Buf() != NULL) {
+					Messages.Input(input);
+					display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+					break;
+				}
+			case (BUTTON_CANCEL | KN_BUTTON):
+				process = false;
+				rc = false;
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			Default: manage the inter-player messages
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			default:
+				/*...............................................................
+				F4/SEND/'M' = send a message
+				...............................................................*/
+				if (Messages.Get_Edit_Buf()==NULL) {
+					if (input == KN_M || input==(BUTTON_SEND | KN_BUTTON) ||
+						input == KN_F4) {
+						memset (txt, 0, 80);
+
+						strcpy(txt,Text_String(TXT_MESSAGE));	// "Message:"
+
+						Messages.Add_Edit (MPlayerTColors[MPlayerColorIdx],
+							TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_FULLSHADOW, txt, d_message_w-70*factor);
+						display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+
+						credit_edt.Clear_Focus();
+						credit_edt.Flag_To_Redraw();
+						name_edt.Clear_Focus();
+						name_edt.Flag_To_Redraw();
+
+						break;
+					}
+				} else {
+					if ( input == (BUTTON_SEND | KN_BUTTON) ) {
+						input = KN_RETURN;
+					}
+				}
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Manage the message system (get rid of old messages)
+				...............................................................*/
+				if (Messages.Manage()) {
+					display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+				}
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Service keyboard input for any message being edited.
+				...............................................................*/
+				i = Messages.Input(input);
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				If 'Input' returned 1, it means refresh the message display.
+				...............................................................*/
+				if (i==1) {
+					Messages.Draw();
+				}
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				If 'Input' returned 2, it means redraw the message display.
+				...............................................................*/
+				else if (i==2) {
+					display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+				}
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				If 'input' returned 3, it means send the current message.
+				...............................................................*/
+				else if (i==3) {
+
+					sent_so_far = 0;
+					magic_number = MESSAGE_HEAD_MAGIC_NUMBER;
+					message_length = strlen(Messages.Get_Edit_Buf());
+					crc = (unsigned short)
+							(Calculate_CRC(Messages.Get_Edit_Buf(), message_length) &0xffff);
+
+					while (sent_so_far < message_length){
+
+						SendPacket.Command = SERIAL_MESSAGE;
+						strcpy (SendPacket.Name, MPlayerName);
+						SendPacket.ID = Build_MPlayerID(MPlayerColorIdx, MPlayerHouse);
+						memcpy (SendPacket.Message, Messages.Get_Edit_Buf()+sent_so_far, COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-5);
+						*(SendPacket.Message + COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-5) = 0;
+						*((unsigned short*)(SendPacket.Message + COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-4)) = magic_number;
+						*((unsigned short*)(SendPacket.Message + COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-2)) = crc;
+
+						/*..................................................................
+						Send the message
+						..................................................................*/
+						NullModem.Send_Message (&SendPacket, sizeof(SendPacket), 1);
+						NullModem.Service();
+
+						/*..................................................................
+						Add the message to our own screen
+						..................................................................*/
+						sprintf(txt, Text_String (TXT_FROM), MPlayerName, SendPacket.Message);
+						Messages.Add_Message (txt, MPlayerTColors[MPlayerColorIdx],
+							TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_FULLSHADOW, 1200, magic_number, crc);
+
+						magic_number++;
+						sent_so_far += COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-5;
+					}
+
+					display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+				}	/* end of send message */
+
+		}	/* end of input processing */
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Detect editing of the credits buffer, transmit new values to players
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		if (atoi(credbuf) != old_cred) {
+			old_cred = Bound(atoi(credbuf), 0, 9999);
+			MPlayerCredits = old_cred;
+			transmit = 1;
+			sprintf(credbuf, "%d", MPlayerCredits);
+			credit_edt.Set_Text(credbuf, CREDITSBUF_MAX);
+		}
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Detect editing of the name buffer, transmit new values to players
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		if (strcmp (namebuf, MPlayerName)) {
+			strcpy (MPlayerName, namebuf);
+			transmit = 1;
+			changed = 1;
+		}
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		If our Transmit flag is set, we need to send out a game option packet.
+		This message requires an ACK.  The first time through the loop, transmit
+		should be set, so we send out our default options; we'll then send
+		any changes we make to the defaults.
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		if (transmit && (TickCount.Time() - transmittime) > PACKET_RETRANS_TIME) {
+			SendPacket.Command = SERIAL_GAME_OPTIONS;
+			strcpy (SendPacket.Name, MPlayerName);
+#ifdef PATCH
+			if (IsV107) {
+				SendPacket.Version = 1;
+			} else {
+				SendPacket.Version = 2;
+			}
+#else
+			SendPacket.Version = Version_Number();
+#endif
+			SendPacket.House = MPlayerHouse;
+			SendPacket.Color = MPlayerColorIdx;
+
+			SendPacket.Scenario = MPlayerFilenum[ScenarioIdx];
+
+			SendPacket.Credits = MPlayerCredits;
+			SendPacket.IsBases = MPlayerBases;
+			SendPacket.IsTiberium = MPlayerTiberium;
+			SendPacket.IsGoodies = MPlayerGoodies;
+			SendPacket.IsGhosties = MPlayerGhosts;
+			SendPacket.BuildLevel = BuildLevel;
+			SendPacket.UnitCount = MPlayerUnitCount;
+			SendPacket.Seed = Seed;
+			SendPacket.Special = Special;
+			SendPacket.GameSpeed = Options.GameSpeed;
+			SendPacket.ID = ModemGameToPlay;
+
+			NullModem.Send_Message (&SendPacket, sizeof(SendPacket), 1);
+
+			transmittime = TickCount.Time();
+			transmit = 0;
+		}
+
+		//
+		// send a timing packet if enough time has gone by.
+		//
+		if ( (TickCount.Time() - timingtime) > PACKET_TIMING_TIMEOUT) {
+			SendPacket.Command = SERIAL_TIMING;
+			SendPacket.ResponseTime = NullModem.Response_Time();
+			SendPacket.ID = ModemGameToPlay;
+
+			NullModem.Send_Message (&SendPacket, sizeof(SendPacket), 0);
+			timingtime = TickCount.Time();
+		}
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Check for an incoming message
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		if (NullModem.Get_Message (&ReceivePacket, &packetlen) > 0) {
+// Smart_Printf( "received packet of length %d\n", packetlen );
+
+			lastmsgtime = TickCount.Time();
+			msg_timeout = 600;		// reset timeout value to 10 seconds
+											// (only the 1st time through is 20 seconds)
+
+			// are we getting our own packets back??
+
+			if (ReceivePacket.Command >= SERIAL_CONNECT &&
+				ReceivePacket.Command < SERIAL_LAST_COMMAND &&
+				ReceivePacket.Command != SERIAL_MESSAGE &&
+				ReceivePacket.ID == ModemGameToPlay) {
+
+				CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_SYSTEM_NOT_RESPONDING);
+
+				// to skip the other system not responding msg
+				lastmsgtime = TickCount.Time();
+
+				process = false;
+				rc = false;
+
+				// say we did receive sign off to keep from sending one
+				recsignedoff = true;
+				break;
+			}
+
+			event = (EventClass *)&ReceivePacket;
+			if (event->Type <= EventClass::FRAMEINFO) {
+				if ( (TickCount.Time() - lastredrawtime) > PACKET_REDRAW_TIME) {
+					lastredrawtime = TickCount.Time();
+					oppscorescreen = true;
+
+if (display != REDRAW_ALL) {
+	display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+}
+
+//					display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+					parms_received = 1;
+				}
+			} else {
+				switch ( ReceivePacket.Command ) {
+					/*..................................................................
+					Sign-off: Give the other machine time to receive my ACK, display a
+					message, and exit.
+					..................................................................*/
+					case (SERIAL_SIGN_OFF):
+// Smart_Printf( "received sign off\n" );
+						starttime = TickCount.Time();
+						while (TickCount.Time() - starttime < 60)
+							NullModem.Service();
+						CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_USER_SIGNED_OFF);
+
+						// to skip the other system not responding msg
+						lastmsgtime = TickCount.Time();
+
+						process = false;
+						rc = false;
+						recsignedoff = true;
+						break;
+
+					/*..................................................................
+					Game Options:  Store the other machine's name, color & house;
+					If they've picked the same color as myself, re-transmit my settings
+					to force him to choose a different color.  (Com_Show_Scenario_Dialog
+					is responsible for ensuring the colors are different.)
+					..................................................................*/
+					case (SERIAL_GAME_OPTIONS):
+// Smart_Printf( "received game options\n" );
+						oppscorescreen = false;
+						gameoptions = true;
+						strcpy (TheirName, ReceivePacket.Name);
+						TheirColor = ReceivePacket.Color;
+						TheirHouse = ReceivePacket.House;
+						transmit = 1;
+
+						parms_received = 1;
+if (display != REDRAW_ALL) {
+	display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+}
+//						display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+
+						/*...............................................................
+						Check the version number of the other system.
+						...............................................................*/
+#ifdef PATCH
+						if (IsV107) {
+							version = 1;
+						} else {
+							version = 2;
+						}
+#else
+						version = Version_Number();
+#endif
+						if (ReceivePacket.Version > version) {
+							CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_YOURGAME_OUTDATED);
+
+							// to skip the other system not responding msg
+							lastmsgtime = TickCount.Time();
+
+							process = false;
+							rc = false;
+						} else {
+							if (ReceivePacket.Version < version) {
+								CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_DESTGAME_OUTDATED);
+
+								// to skip the other system not responding msg
+								lastmsgtime = TickCount.Time();
+
+								process = false;
+								rc = false;
+							}
+						}
+						break;
+
+					/*..................................................................
+					Incoming message: add to our list
+					..................................................................*/
+					case (SERIAL_MESSAGE):
+// Smart_Printf( "received serial message\n" );
+						oppscorescreen = false;
+						sprintf(txt, Text_String (TXT_FROM), ReceivePacket.Name,
+							ReceivePacket.Message);
+						magic_number = *((unsigned short*)(ReceivePacket.Message + COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-4));
+						crc = *((unsigned short*)(ReceivePacket.Message + COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-2));
+						Messages.Add_Message (txt,
+							MPlayerTColors[MPlayerID_To_ColorIndex(ReceivePacket.ID)],
+							TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_FULLSHADOW, 1200, magic_number, crc);
+if (display != REDRAW_ALL) {
+	display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+}
+//						display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+						break;
+
+					//
+					// get their response time
+					//
+					case (SERIAL_TIMING):
+// Smart_Printf( "received timing\n" );
+						oppscorescreen = false;
+						theirresponsetime = ReceivePacket.ResponseTime;
+
+						if ( !gameoptions ) {
+
+							// retransmit of game options packet again
+							transmit = 1;
+						}
+						break;
+
+					//
+					// print msg waiting for opponent
+					//
+					case (SERIAL_SCORE_SCREEN):
+// Smart_Printf( "received score screen\n" );
+						oppscorescreen = true;
+if (display != REDRAW_ALL) {
+	display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+}
+//						display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+						parms_received = 1;
+						break;
+
+					default:
+// Smart_Printf( "received unknown command %X\n", ReceivePacket.Command );
+						break;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		// if we haven't received a msg for 10 seconds exit
+
+		if ( (TickCount.Time() - lastmsgtime) > msg_timeout) {
+			CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_SYSTEM_NOT_RESPONDING);
+			process = false;
+			rc = false;
+
+			// say we did receive sign off to keep from sending one
+			recsignedoff = true;
+		}
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Service the connection
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		NullModem.Service();
+
+	}	/* end of while */
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Sort player ID's, so we can execute commands in the same order on both
+	machines.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (rc) {
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Set the number of players in this game, and my ID
+		.....................................................................*/
+		MPlayerCount = 2;
+		MPlayerLocalID = Build_MPlayerID (MPlayerColorIdx, MPlayerHouse);
+
+		TheirID = Build_MPlayerID (TheirColor,TheirHouse);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Store every player's ID in the MPlayerID[] array.  This array will
+		determine the order of event execution, so the ID's must be stored
+		in the same order on all systems.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (TheirID < MPlayerLocalID) {
+			MPlayerID[0] = TheirID;
+			MPlayerID[1] = MPlayerLocalID;
+			strcpy (MPlayerNames[0], TheirName);
+			strcpy (MPlayerNames[1], MPlayerName);
+		} else {
+			MPlayerID[0] = MPlayerLocalID;
+			MPlayerID[1] = TheirID;
+			strcpy (MPlayerNames[0], MPlayerName);
+			strcpy (MPlayerNames[1], TheirName);
+		}
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Get the scenario filename
+		.....................................................................*/
+		Scenario = MPlayerFilenum[ScenarioIdx];
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Send all players the GO packet.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		SendPacket.Command = SERIAL_GO;
+		SendPacket.ResponseTime = NullModem.Response_Time();
+		if ( theirresponsetime == 10000 ) {
+//			Mono_Clear_Screen();
+//			Smart_Printf( "Did not receive their response time!!!!!!!\n" );
+//			Get_Key();
+		} else {
+			if (SendPacket.ResponseTime < theirresponsetime) {
+				SendPacket.ResponseTime = theirresponsetime;
+			}
+		}
+
+		//
+		// calculated one way delay for a packet and overall delay to execute
+		// a packet
+		//
+		MPlayerMaxAhead = MAX( (SendPacket.ResponseTime / 8), 2);
+		SendPacket.ID = ModemGameToPlay;
+
+		NullModem.Send_Message (&SendPacket, sizeof(SendPacket), 1);
+
+		starttime = TickCount.Time();
+		while ( ( NullModem.Num_Send()
+			&& ((TickCount.Time() - starttime) < PACKET_SENDING_TIMEOUT) )
+			|| ((TickCount.Time() - starttime) < 60) ) {
+			#if(SHOW_MONO)
+			NullModem.Mono_Debug_Print(0);
+			#endif
+
+			NullModem.Service();
+			Keyboard::Check();		//Make sure the message loop gets called
+		}
+
+		// clear queue to keep from doing any resends
+		NullModem.Init_Send_Queue();
+
+	} else {
+		if ( !recsignedoff ) {
+			/*.....................................................................
+			Broadcast my sign-off over my network
+			.....................................................................*/
+			SendPacket.Command = SERIAL_SIGN_OFF;
+			SendPacket.Color = MPlayerLocalID;		// use Color for ID
+			SendPacket.ID = ModemGameToPlay;
+			NullModem.Send_Message (&SendPacket, sizeof(SendPacket), 1);
+
+			starttime = TickCount.Time();
+			while ( (NullModem.Num_Send()
+				&& ((TickCount.Time() - starttime) < PACKET_CANCEL_TIMEOUT) )
+				|| ((TickCount.Time() - starttime) < 60) ) {
+				#if(SHOW_MONO)
+				NullModem.Mono_Debug_Print(0);
+				#endif
+
+				if ( NullModem.Get_Message( &ReceivePacket, &packetlen ) > 0) {
+
+					// are we getting our own packets back??
+
+					if (ReceivePacket.Command == SERIAL_SIGN_OFF
+						&& ReceivePacket.ID == ModemGameToPlay) {
+
+						// exit while
+						break;
+					}
+				}
+
+				NullModem.Service();
+			}
+		}
+
+		Shutdown_Modem();
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Clear all lists
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	while (scenariolist.Count()) {
+		scenariolist.Remove_Item(scenariolist.Get_Item(0));
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Restore screen
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	Hide_Mouse();
+	Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+	HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+	Show_Mouse();
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Save any changes made to our options
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (changed) {
+		Write_MultiPlayer_Settings ();
+	}
+
+	return(rc);
+
+}	/* end of Com_Scenario_Dialog */
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Com_Show_Scenario_Dialog -- Serial game scenario selection dialog									  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ *    ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿                      	  *
+ *    ³                        Serial Game                         ³                       	  *
+ *    ³                                                            ³                      	  *
+ *    ³                   Your Name: __________                    ³     							  *
+ *    ³                       House: [GDI] [NOD]                   ³									  *
+ *    ³               Desired Color: [ ][ ][ ][ ]                  ³ 	   						  *
+ *    ³                                                            ³                    	 	  *
+ *    ³                     Opponent: Name                         ³                    	 	  *
+ *    ³                     Scenario: Description                  ³   								  *
+ *    ³                      Credits: xxxx                         ³   								  *
+ *    ³                        Bases: ON                           ³                   	 	  *
+ *    ³                       Crates: ON                           ³                   	 	  *
+ *    ³                     Tiberium: ON                           ³                   	 	  *
+ *    ³                       Ghosts: ON                           ³                   	 	  *
+ *    ³                                                            ³                   	 	  *
+ *    ³                         [Cancel]                           ³                    	 	  *
+ *    ³                                                            ³                   	 	  *
+ *    ³   ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿   ³                   	 	  *
+ *    ³   ³                                                    ³   ³                   	 	  *
+ *    ³   ³                                                    ³   ³                   	 	  *
+ *    ³   ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ   ³                   	 	  *
+ *    ³                       [Send Message]                       ³                   	 	  *
+ *    ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÙ                      	  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  						  *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 						  *
+ *		true = success, false = cancel																			  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               						  *
+ *		MPlayerName & MPlayerGameName must contain this player's name.									  *
+ *                                                                         						  *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                						  *
+ *   02/14/1995 BR : Created.                                              						  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int Com_Show_Scenario_Dialog(void)
+{
+	int factor			= (SeenBuff.Get_Width() == 320) ? 1 : 2;
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog & button dimensions
+	........................................................................*/
+	int d_dialog_w = 306*factor;											// dialog width
+	int d_dialog_h = 187*factor;											// dialog height
+	int d_dialog_x = ((320*factor - d_dialog_w) / 2);				// dialog x-coord
+	int d_dialog_y = ((200*factor - d_dialog_h) / 2);				// dialog y-coord
+	int d_dialog_cx = d_dialog_x + (d_dialog_w / 2);		// center x-coord
+
+	int d_txt6_h = 6*factor+1;												// ht of 6-pt text
+	int d_margin1 = 5*factor;												// margin width/height
+	int d_margin2 = 2*factor;												// margin width/height
+
+	int d_name_w = 70*factor;
+	int d_name_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_name_x = d_dialog_cx;
+	int d_name_y = d_dialog_y + d_margin1 + d_txt6_h + d_txt6_h;
+
+	int d_gdi_w = 30*factor;
+	int d_gdi_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_gdi_x = d_dialog_cx;
+	int d_gdi_y = d_name_y + d_name_h + d_margin2;
+
+	int d_nod_w = 30*factor;
+	int d_nod_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_nod_x = d_gdi_x + d_gdi_w + d_margin2;
+	int d_nod_y = d_gdi_y;
+
+	int d_color_w = 10*factor;
+	int d_color_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_color_y = d_gdi_y + d_gdi_h + d_margin2;
+
+	int d_opponent_y = d_color_y + d_color_h + d_margin1;
+	int d_scenario_y = d_opponent_y + d_txt6_h;
+	int d_credits_y = d_scenario_y + d_txt6_h;
+	int d_count_y = d_credits_y + d_txt6_h;
+	int d_level_y = d_count_y + d_txt6_h;
+	int d_bases_y = d_level_y + d_txt6_h;
+	int d_goodies_y = d_bases_y + d_txt6_h;
+	int d_tiberium_y = d_goodies_y + d_txt6_h;
+	int d_ghosts_y = d_tiberium_y + d_txt6_h;
+
+	int d_cancel_w = 45*factor;
+	int d_cancel_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_cancel_x = d_dialog_cx - (d_cancel_w / 2);
+	int d_cancel_y = d_ghosts_y + d_txt6_h + d_margin1;
+
+	int d_message_w = d_dialog_w - (d_margin1 * 2);
+	int d_message_h = 34*factor;
+	int d_message_x = d_dialog_x + d_margin1;
+	int d_message_y = d_cancel_y + d_cancel_h + d_margin1;
+
+	int d_send_w = 80*factor;
+	int d_send_h = 9*factor;
+	int d_send_x = d_dialog_cx - (d_send_w / 2);
+	int d_send_y = d_message_y + d_message_h + d_margin2;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Button Enumerations
+	........................................................................*/
+	enum {
+		BUTTON_NAME = 100,
+		BUTTON_GDI,
+		BUTTON_NOD,
+		BUTTON_CANCEL,
+		BUTTON_SEND,
+	};
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Redraw values: in order from "top" to "bottom" layer of the dialog
+	........................................................................*/
+	typedef enum {
+		REDRAW_NONE = 0,
+		REDRAW_MESSAGE,
+		REDRAW_COLORS,
+		REDRAW_BUTTONS,
+		REDRAW_BACKGROUND,
+		REDRAW_ALL = REDRAW_BACKGROUND
+	} RedrawType;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog variables
+	........................................................................*/
+	RedrawType display = REDRAW_ALL;		// redraw level
+	BOOL process = true;						// process while true
+	KeyNumType input;
+
+	char namebuf[MPLAYER_NAME_MAX] = {0};		// buffer for player's name
+	int transmit;										// 1 = re-transmit new game options
+	int first;											// 1 = no packets received yet
+	int cbox_x[] = {	d_dialog_cx,
+							d_dialog_cx + d_color_w,
+							d_dialog_cx + (d_color_w * 2),
+							d_dialog_cx + (d_color_w * 3),
+							d_dialog_cx + (d_color_w * 4),
+							d_dialog_cx + (d_color_w * 5)};
+	int parms_received = 0;							// 1 = game options received
+	int changed = 0;							// 1 = user has changed an option
+
+	int rc;
+	int recsignedoff = 0;
+	int i;
+	int version;
+	char txt[80];
+	unsigned long starttime;
+	unsigned long timingtime;
+	unsigned long lastmsgtime;
+	unsigned long lastredrawtime;
+	unsigned long transmittime = 0;
+	int packetlen;
+	bool oppscorescreen = false;
+	bool gameoptions = false;
+	EventClass *event;					// event ptr
+	unsigned long msg_timeout = 1200;	// init to 20 seconds
+
+	int					message_length;
+	int					sent_so_far;
+	unsigned short		magic_number;
+	unsigned short		crc;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Buttons
+	........................................................................*/
+	GadgetClass *commands;										// button list
+
+	EditClass name_edt (BUTTON_NAME,
+		namebuf, MPLAYER_NAME_MAX,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_name_x, d_name_y, d_name_w, d_name_h, EditClass::ALPHANUMERIC);
+
+	TextButtonClass gdibtn(BUTTON_GDI, TXT_G_D_I,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_gdi_x, d_gdi_y, d_gdi_w, d_gdi_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass nodbtn(BUTTON_NOD, TXT_N_O_D,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_nod_x, d_nod_y, d_nod_w, d_nod_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass cancelbtn(BUTTON_CANCEL, TXT_CANCEL,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+		d_cancel_x, d_cancel_y);
+#else
+		d_cancel_x, d_cancel_y, d_cancel_w, d_cancel_h);
+#endif
+
+	TextButtonClass sendbtn(BUTTON_SEND, TXT_SEND_MESSAGE,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+		d_send_x, d_send_y);
+#else
+		d_send_x, d_send_y, d_send_w, d_send_h);
+#endif
+
+	/*
+	------------------------- Build the button list --------------------------
+	*/
+	commands = &name_edt;
+	gdibtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	nodbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	cancelbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	sendbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+
+	/*
+	----------------------------- Various Inits ------------------------------
+	*/
+	/*........................................................................
+	Init player name & house
+	........................................................................*/
+	MPlayerColorIdx = MPlayerPrefColor;			// init my preferred color
+	strcpy (namebuf, MPlayerName);				// set my name
+	name_edt.Set_Text(namebuf,MPLAYER_NAME_MAX);
+	name_edt.Set_Color(MPlayerTColors[MPlayerColorIdx]);
+
+	if (MPlayerHouse==HOUSE_GOOD) {
+		gdibtn.Turn_On();
+	} else {
+		nodbtn.Turn_On();
+	}
+
+	Fancy_Text_Print("", 0, 0, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+	transmit = 1;
+	first = 1;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Init the message display system
+	........................................................................*/
+	Messages.Init (d_message_x + 2*factor, d_message_y + 2*factor, 4, MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH, d_txt6_h);
+
+	Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+	HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+	Set_Palette(Palette);
+
+	extern char ModemRXString[];
+
+	if (strlen(ModemRXString) > 36)
+		ModemRXString[36] = 0;
+
+	if (strlen(ModemRXString) > 0)
+		Messages.Add_Message (ModemRXString, CC_TAN,
+			TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_FULLSHADOW, 1200, 0, 0);
+
+	ModemRXString[0] = '\0';
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Init Mono Output ----------------------------
+	*/
+	#if(SHOW_MONO)
+	NullModem.Configure_Debug(sizeof (CommHeaderType),sizeof (SerialCommandType),
+		SerialPacketNames, 106);
+	NullModem.Mono_Debug_Print(1);
+	#endif
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Processing loop -----------------------------
+	*/
+	NullModem.Reset_Response_Time();		// clear response time
+	timingtime = lastmsgtime = lastredrawtime = TickCount.Time();
+	while (Get_Mouse_State() > 0) Show_Mouse();
+
+	while (process) {
+
+		/*
+		** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+		** we need to redraw.
+		*/
+		if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+			AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+			display=REDRAW_ALL;
+		}
+
+		#if(SHOW_MONO)
+		NullModem.Mono_Debug_Print(0);
+		#endif
+
+		/*
+		........................ Invoke game callback .........................
+		*/
+		Call_Back();
+
+		/*
+		...................... Refresh display if needed ......................
+		*/
+		if (display) {
+			Hide_Mouse();
+			/*
+			.................. Redraw backgound & dialog box ...................
+			*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BACKGROUND) {
+				Dialog_Box(d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w, d_dialog_h);
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Dialog & Field labels
+				...............................................................*/
+#ifdef FORCE_WINSOCK
+				if (Winsock.Get_Connected()){
+					Draw_Caption (TXT_JOIN_INTERNET_GAME, d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w);
+				}else{
+					Draw_Caption (TXT_JOIN_SERIAL_GAME, d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w);
+				}
+#else
+				Draw_Caption (TXT_JOIN_SERIAL_GAME, d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w);
+#endif	//FORCE_WINSOCK
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_YOUR_NAME,
+					d_name_x - 5*factor, d_name_y + 1*factor,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_SIDE_COLON,
+					d_gdi_x - 5*factor, d_gdi_y + 1*factor,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_COLOR_COLON,
+					cbox_x[0] - 5*factor, d_color_y + 1*factor,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+			}
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Draw the color boxes
+			..................................................................*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_COLORS) {
+				for (i = 0; i < MAX_MPLAYER_COLORS; i++) {
+					LogicPage->Fill_Rect (cbox_x[i] + 1*factor, d_color_y + 1*factor,
+						cbox_x[i] + 1*factor + d_color_w - 2*factor, d_color_y + 1*factor + d_color_h - 2*factor,
+						MPlayerGColors[i]);
+
+					if (i == MPlayerColorIdx) {
+						Draw_Box(cbox_x[i], d_color_y, d_color_w, d_color_h,
+							BOXSTYLE_GREEN_DOWN, false);
+					} else {
+						Draw_Box(cbox_x[i], d_color_y, d_color_w, d_color_h,
+							BOXSTYLE_GREEN_RAISED, false);
+					}
+				}
+			}
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Draw the message:
+			- Erase an old message first
+			..................................................................*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_MESSAGE) {
+				Draw_Box(d_message_x, d_message_y, d_message_w, d_message_h,
+					BOXSTYLE_GREEN_BORDER, true);
+				Messages.Draw();
+
+				LogicPage->Fill_Rect( d_dialog_x + 2*factor,
+					d_opponent_y,
+					d_dialog_x + d_dialog_w - 4*factor,
+					d_ghosts_y + d_txt6_h,
+					BLACK);
+
+				if (parms_received) {
+					if (oppscorescreen) {
+						sprintf(txt,"%s",Text_String(TXT_WAITING_FOR_OPPONENT));
+
+						int txtwidth = String_Pixel_Width( txt );
+
+						Fancy_Text_Print (txt, d_dialog_cx - (txtwidth / 2),
+							d_opponent_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+							TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+					} else {
+						/*............................................................
+						Opponent's name
+						............................................................*/
+						Fancy_Text_Print (TXT_OPPONENT_COLON, d_dialog_cx - 3*factor,
+							d_opponent_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+							TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+						if (TheirHouse == HOUSE_GOOD) {
+							sprintf(txt,"%s %s",TheirName,Text_String(TXT_G_D_I));
+						} else {
+							sprintf(txt,"%s %s",TheirName,Text_String(TXT_N_O_D));
+						}
+
+						Fancy_Text_Print (txt, d_dialog_cx,
+							d_opponent_y, MPlayerTColors[TheirColor], TBLACK,
+							TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+						/*............................................................
+						Scenario description
+						............................................................*/
+						Fancy_Text_Print (TXT_SCENARIO_COLON, d_dialog_cx - 3*factor,
+							d_scenario_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+							TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+						if (ScenarioIdx != -1) {
+							sprintf(txt,"%s",	MPlayerScenarios[ScenarioIdx]);
+
+							Fancy_Text_Print (txt, d_dialog_cx,
+								d_scenario_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+								TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+						} else {
+							strcpy(txt,Text_String(TXT_NOT_FOUND));
+
+							Fancy_Text_Print (txt, d_dialog_cx,
+								d_scenario_y, RED, TBLACK,
+								TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+						}
+
+						/*............................................................
+						Credits
+						............................................................*/
+						Fancy_Text_Print (TXT_START_CREDITS_COLON, d_dialog_cx - 3*factor,
+							d_credits_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+							TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+						sprintf(txt,"%d",MPlayerCredits);
+						Fancy_Text_Print (txt, d_dialog_cx,
+							d_credits_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+							TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+						/*............................................................
+						Count
+						............................................................*/
+
+						Fancy_Text_Print (TXT_COUNT, d_dialog_cx - 3*factor,
+							d_count_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+							TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+						sprintf( txt, "%d ", MPlayerUnitCount );
+						Fancy_Text_Print (txt, d_dialog_cx,
+							d_count_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+							TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+						/*............................................................
+						Level
+						............................................................*/
+
+						Fancy_Text_Print (TXT_LEVEL, d_dialog_cx - 3*factor,
+							d_level_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+							TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+						if (BuildLevel <= MPLAYER_BUILD_LEVEL_MAX) {
+							sprintf(txt, "%d ", BuildLevel);
+						} else {
+							sprintf(txt, "**");
+						}
+						Fancy_Text_Print (txt, d_dialog_cx,
+							d_level_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+							TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+						/*............................................................
+						Bases status
+						............................................................*/
+						Fancy_Text_Print (TXT_BASES_COLON, d_dialog_cx - 3*factor,
+							d_bases_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+							TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+						if (MPlayerBases) {
+							strcpy(txt,Text_String(TXT_ON));
+						} else {
+							strcpy(txt,Text_String(TXT_OFF));
+						}
+						Fancy_Text_Print (txt, d_dialog_cx,
+							d_bases_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+							TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+						/*............................................................
+						Tiberium status
+						............................................................*/
+						Fancy_Text_Print (TXT_TIBERIUM_COLON, d_dialog_cx - 3*factor,
+							d_tiberium_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+							TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+						if (MPlayerTiberium) {
+							strcpy(txt,Text_String(TXT_ON));
+						} else {
+							strcpy(txt,Text_String(TXT_OFF));
+						}
+						Fancy_Text_Print (txt, d_dialog_cx,
+							d_tiberium_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+							TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+						/*............................................................
+						Goodies status
+						............................................................*/
+						Fancy_Text_Print (TXT_CRATES_COLON, d_dialog_cx - 3*factor,
+							d_goodies_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+							TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+						if (MPlayerGoodies) {
+							strcpy(txt,Text_String(TXT_ON));
+						} else {
+							strcpy(txt,Text_String(TXT_OFF));
+						}
+						Fancy_Text_Print (txt, d_dialog_cx,
+							d_goodies_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+							TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+						/*............................................................
+						Capture the flag or AI player ON/OFF
+						............................................................*/
+						if ( Special.IsCaptureTheFlag ) {
+							strcpy( txt, Text_String( TXT_CAPTURE_THE_FLAG ) );
+							strcat( txt, ":" );
+							Fancy_Text_Print (txt, d_dialog_cx - 3*factor,
+								d_ghosts_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+								TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+							strcpy(txt,Text_String(TXT_ON));
+							Fancy_Text_Print (txt, d_dialog_cx,
+								d_ghosts_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+								TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+						} else {
+							/*............................................................
+							Ghost player status
+							............................................................*/
+							Fancy_Text_Print (TXT_AI_PLAYERS_COLON, d_dialog_cx - 3*factor,
+								d_ghosts_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+								TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+							if (MPlayerGhosts) {
+								strcpy(txt,Text_String(TXT_ON));
+							} else {
+								strcpy(txt,Text_String(TXT_OFF));
+							}
+							Fancy_Text_Print (txt, d_dialog_cx,
+								d_ghosts_y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+								TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+						}
+					}
+				}
+			}
+
+			/*
+			.......................... Redraw buttons ..........................
+			*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BUTTONS) {
+				commands->Flag_List_To_Redraw();
+			}
+			Show_Mouse();
+			display = REDRAW_NONE;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................... Get user input ............................
+		*/
+		input = commands->Input();
+
+		/*
+		---------------------------- Process input ----------------------------
+		*/
+		switch (input) {
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			User clicks on a color button
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case KN_LMOUSE:
+				if (_Kbd->MouseQX > cbox_x[0] &&
+					_Kbd->MouseQX < (cbox_x[MAX_MPLAYER_COLORS - 1] + d_color_w) &&
+					_Kbd->MouseQY > d_color_y &&
+					_Kbd->MouseQY < (d_color_y + d_color_h)) {
+						/*.........................................................
+						Compute my preferred color as the one I clicked on.
+						.........................................................*/
+						MPlayerPrefColor = (_Kbd->MouseQX - cbox_x[0]) / d_color_w;
+						changed = 1;
+						/*.........................................................
+						If 'TheirColor' is set to the other player's color, make
+						sure we can't pick that color.
+						.........................................................*/
+						if (parms_received) {
+							if (MPlayerPrefColor == TheirColor)
+								break;
+						}
+						MPlayerColorIdx = MPlayerPrefColor;
+
+						name_edt.Set_Color(MPlayerTColors[MPlayerColorIdx]);
+						name_edt.Flag_To_Redraw();
+						display = REDRAW_COLORS;
+						strcpy (MPlayerName, namebuf);
+						transmit = 1;
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			House Buttons: set the player's desired House
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_GDI | KN_BUTTON):
+				MPlayerHouse = HOUSE_GOOD;
+				gdibtn.Turn_On();
+				nodbtn.Turn_Off();
+				strcpy (MPlayerName, namebuf);
+				transmit = 1;
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_NOD | KN_BUTTON):
+				MPlayerHouse = HOUSE_BAD;
+				gdibtn.Turn_Off();
+				nodbtn.Turn_On();
+				strcpy (MPlayerName, namebuf);
+				transmit = 1;
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			User edits the name value; retransmit
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_NAME | KN_BUTTON):
+				strcpy (MPlayerName, namebuf);
+				transmit = 1;
+				changed = 1;
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			CANCEL: send a SIGN_OFF, bail out with error code
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (KN_ESC):
+				if (Messages.Get_Edit_Buf() != NULL) {
+					Messages.Input(input);
+					display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+					break;
+				}
+			case (BUTTON_CANCEL | KN_BUTTON):
+				process = false;
+				rc = false;
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			Default: manage the inter-player messages
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			default:
+				/*...............................................................
+				F4/SEND/'M' = send a message
+				...............................................................*/
+				if (Messages.Get_Edit_Buf()==NULL) {
+					if (input == KN_M || input==(BUTTON_SEND | KN_BUTTON) ||
+						input == KN_F4) {
+						memset (txt, 0, 80);
+
+						strcpy(txt,Text_String(TXT_MESSAGE));	// "Message:"
+
+						Messages.Add_Edit (MPlayerTColors[MPlayerColorIdx],
+							TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_FULLSHADOW, txt, d_message_w-70*factor);
+						display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+
+						name_edt.Clear_Focus();
+						name_edt.Flag_To_Redraw();
+
+						break;
+					}
+				} else {
+					if ( input == (BUTTON_SEND | KN_BUTTON) ) {
+						input = KN_RETURN;
+					}
+				}
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Manage the message system (get rid of old messages)
+				...............................................................*/
+				if (Messages.Manage()) {
+					display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+				}
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Re-draw the messages & service keyboard input for any message
+				being edited.
+				...............................................................*/
+				i = Messages.Input(input);
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				If 'Input' returned 1, it means refresh the message display.
+				...............................................................*/
+				if (i==1) {
+					Messages.Draw();
+				} else {
+
+					/*...............................................................
+					If 'Input' returned 2, it means redraw the message display.
+					...............................................................*/
+					if (i==2) {
+						display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+					} else {
+
+						/*...............................................................
+						If 'input' returned 3, it means send the current message.
+						...............................................................*/
+						if (i==3) {
+
+							sent_so_far = 0;
+							magic_number = MESSAGE_HEAD_MAGIC_NUMBER;
+							message_length = strlen(Messages.Get_Edit_Buf());
+							crc = (unsigned short)
+									(Calculate_CRC(Messages.Get_Edit_Buf(), message_length) &0xffff);
+
+							while (sent_so_far < message_length){
+								SendPacket.Command = SERIAL_MESSAGE;
+								strcpy (SendPacket.Name, MPlayerName);
+								SendPacket.ID = Build_MPlayerID(MPlayerColorIdx, MPlayerHouse);
+								memcpy (SendPacket.Message, Messages.Get_Edit_Buf()+sent_so_far, COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-5);
+								*(SendPacket.Message + COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-5) = 0;
+								*((unsigned short*)(SendPacket.Message + COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-4)) = magic_number;
+								*((unsigned short*)(SendPacket.Message + COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-2)) = crc;
+
+								/*..................................................................
+								Send the message
+								..................................................................*/
+								NullModem.Send_Message (&SendPacket, sizeof(SendPacket), 1);
+								NullModem.Service();
+
+								/*..................................................................
+								Add the message to our own screen
+								..................................................................*/
+								sprintf(txt, Text_String (TXT_FROM), MPlayerName, SendPacket.Message);
+								Messages.Add_Message (txt, MPlayerTColors[MPlayerColorIdx],
+									TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_FULLSHADOW, 1200, magic_number, crc);
+
+								magic_number++;
+								sent_so_far += COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-5;
+							}
+							display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+						}
+					}
+				}
+				break;
+		}
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Detect editing of the name buffer, transmit new values to players
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		if (strcmp (namebuf, MPlayerName)) {
+			strcpy (MPlayerName, namebuf);
+			transmit = 1;
+			changed = 1;
+		}
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		If our Transmit flag is set, we need to send out a game option packet
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		if (transmit && (TickCount.Time() - transmittime) > PACKET_RETRANS_TIME) {
+			SendPacket.Command = SERIAL_GAME_OPTIONS;
+			strcpy (SendPacket.Name, MPlayerName);
+#ifdef PATCH
+			if (IsV107) {
+				SendPacket.Version = 1;
+			} else {
+				SendPacket.Version = 2;
+			}
+#else
+			SendPacket.Version = Version_Number();
+#endif
+			SendPacket.House = MPlayerHouse;
+			SendPacket.Color = MPlayerColorIdx;
+			SendPacket.ID = ModemGameToPlay;
+
+			NullModem.Send_Message (&SendPacket, sizeof(SendPacket), 1);
+
+			transmittime = TickCount.Time();
+			transmit = 0;
+		}
+
+		//
+		// send a timing packet if enough time has gone by.
+		//
+		if ( (TickCount.Time() - timingtime) > PACKET_TIMING_TIMEOUT) {
+			SendPacket.Command = SERIAL_TIMING;
+			SendPacket.ResponseTime = NullModem.Response_Time();
+			SendPacket.ID = ModemGameToPlay;
+
+			NullModem.Send_Message (&SendPacket, sizeof(SendPacket), 0);
+			timingtime = TickCount.Time();
+		}
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Check for an incoming message
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		if (NullModem.Get_Message (&ReceivePacket, &packetlen) > 0) {
+// Smart_Printf( "received packet of length %d\n", packetlen );
+
+			lastmsgtime = TickCount.Time();
+
+			msg_timeout = 600;
+
+			// are we getting our own packets back??
+
+			if (ReceivePacket.Command >= SERIAL_CONNECT &&
+				ReceivePacket.Command < SERIAL_LAST_COMMAND &&
+				ReceivePacket.Command != SERIAL_MESSAGE &&
+				ReceivePacket.ID == ModemGameToPlay) {
+
+				CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_SYSTEM_NOT_RESPONDING);
+
+				// to skip the other system not responding msg
+				lastmsgtime = TickCount.Time();
+
+				process = false;
+				rc = false;
+
+				// say we did receive sign off to keep from sending one
+				recsignedoff = true;
+				break;
+			}
+
+			event = (EventClass *)&ReceivePacket;
+			if (event->Type <= EventClass::FRAMEINFO) {
+				if ( (TickCount.Time() - lastredrawtime) > PACKET_REDRAW_TIME) {
+					lastredrawtime = TickCount.Time();
+					oppscorescreen = true;
+					display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+					parms_received = 1;
+				}
+			} else {
+				switch ( ReceivePacket.Command ) {
+					/*..................................................................
+					Other system signs off:  Give it time to receive my ACK, then show
+					a message.
+					..................................................................*/
+					case (SERIAL_SIGN_OFF):
+						starttime = TickCount.Time();
+						while ( (TickCount.Time() - starttime) < 60)
+							NullModem.Service();
+						CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_USER_SIGNED_OFF);
+
+						// to skip the other system not responding msg
+						lastmsgtime = TickCount.Time();
+
+						process = false;
+						rc = false;
+						recsignedoff = true;
+						break;
+
+					/*..................................................................
+					Game Options: Store all options; check my color & game version.
+					..................................................................*/
+					case (SERIAL_GAME_OPTIONS):
+						oppscorescreen = false;
+						gameoptions = true;
+						display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+						parms_received = 1;
+
+						strcpy (TheirName, ReceivePacket.Name);
+						TheirColor = ReceivePacket.Color;
+						TheirHouse = ReceivePacket.House;
+
+						/*...............................................................
+						Make sure I don't have the same color as the other guy.
+						...............................................................*/
+						if (MPlayerColorIdx == TheirColor) {
+
+							// force transmitting of game options packet
+
+							transmit = 1;
+							transmittime = 0;
+
+							MPlayerColorIdx = TheirColor + 1;
+							if (MPlayerColorIdx >= 6)
+								MPlayerColorIdx = 0;
+							name_edt.Set_Color(MPlayerTColors[MPlayerColorIdx]);
+							name_edt.Flag_To_Redraw();
+							display = REDRAW_COLORS;
+						}
+
+						/*...............................................................
+						Save scenario settings.
+						...............................................................*/
+						MPlayerCredits = ReceivePacket.Credits;
+						MPlayerBases = ReceivePacket.IsBases;
+						MPlayerTiberium = ReceivePacket.IsTiberium;
+						MPlayerGoodies = ReceivePacket.IsGoodies;
+						MPlayerGhosts = ReceivePacket.IsGhosties;
+						BuildLevel = ReceivePacket.BuildLevel;
+						MPlayerUnitCount = ReceivePacket.UnitCount;
+						Seed = ReceivePacket.Seed;
+						Special = ReceivePacket.Special;
+						Options.GameSpeed = ReceivePacket.GameSpeed;
+
+						if (MPlayerTiberium) {
+							Special.IsTGrowth = 1;
+							Special.IsTSpread = 1;
+						} else {
+							Special.IsTGrowth = 0;
+							Special.IsTSpread = 0;
+						}
+
+						/*...............................................................
+						Find the index of the scenario number; if it's not found, leave
+						it at -1.
+						...............................................................*/
+						ScenarioIdx = -1;
+						for (i = 0; i < MPlayerFilenum.Count(); i++) {
+							if (ReceivePacket.Scenario == MPlayerFilenum[i])
+								ScenarioIdx = i;
+						}
+
+						/*...............................................................
+						Check our version numbers; if they're incompatible, sign off.
+						...............................................................*/
+#ifdef PATCH
+						if (IsV107) {
+							version = 1;
+						} else {
+							version = 2;
+						}
+#else
+						version = Version_Number();
+#endif
+						if (ReceivePacket.Version > version) {
+							CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_YOURGAME_OUTDATED);
+
+							// to skip the other system not responding msg
+							lastmsgtime = TickCount.Time();
+
+							process = false;
+							rc = false;
+						} else {
+							if (ReceivePacket.Version < version) {
+								CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_DESTGAME_OUTDATED);
+
+								// to skip the other system not responding msg
+								lastmsgtime = TickCount.Time();
+
+								process = false;
+								rc = false;
+							}
+						}
+
+						/*...............................................................
+						If this is the first game-options packet we've received, transmit
+						our options to him.
+						...............................................................*/
+						if (first) {
+							first = 0;
+
+							// force transmitting of game options packet
+
+							transmit = 1;
+							transmittime = 0;
+						}
+						break;
+
+					/*..................................................................
+					GO: Exit this routine with a success code.
+					..................................................................*/
+					case (SERIAL_GO):
+
+						//
+						// calculated one way delay for a packet and overall delay
+						// to execute a packet
+						//
+						MPlayerMaxAhead = MAX( (ReceivePacket.ResponseTime / 8), 2);
+
+						process = false;
+						rc = true;
+						break;
+
+					/*..................................................................
+					Incoming message: add to our list
+					..................................................................*/
+					case (SERIAL_MESSAGE):
+						oppscorescreen = false;
+						sprintf(txt, Text_String (TXT_FROM), ReceivePacket.Name,
+							ReceivePacket.Message);
+						magic_number = *((unsigned short*)(ReceivePacket.Message + COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-4));
+						crc = *((unsigned short*)(ReceivePacket.Message + COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-2));
+						Messages.Add_Message (txt,	MPlayerTColors[MPlayerID_To_ColorIndex(ReceivePacket.ID)],
+							TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_FULLSHADOW, 1200, magic_number, crc);
+						display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+						break;
+
+					//
+					// throw away timing packet
+					//
+					case (SERIAL_TIMING):
+						oppscorescreen = false;
+						break;
+
+					//
+					// print msg waiting for opponent
+					//
+					case (SERIAL_SCORE_SCREEN):
+// Smart_Printf( "received score screen\n" );
+						oppscorescreen = true;
+						display = REDRAW_MESSAGE;
+						parms_received = 1;
+						break;
+
+					default:
+						break;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		// if we haven't received a msg for 10 seconds exit
+
+		//if ( ((TickCount.Time() - lastmsgtime) > msg_timeout) ||
+		//(Winsock.Get_Connected() && Winsock.Get_Connection_Status == TcpipManagerClass::CONNECTION_LOST)) {
+
+		if ( (TickCount.Time() - lastmsgtime) > msg_timeout) {
+			CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_SYSTEM_NOT_RESPONDING);
+			process = false;
+			rc = false;
+
+			// say we did receive sign off to keep from sending one
+			recsignedoff = true;
+		}
+
+
+
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Service the connection
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		NullModem.Service();
+
+	}	/* end of while */
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Sort player ID's, so we can execute commands in the same order on both
+	machines.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (rc) {
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Set the number of players in this game, and my ID
+		.....................................................................*/
+		MPlayerCount = 2;
+		MPlayerLocalID = Build_MPlayerID (MPlayerColorIdx, MPlayerHouse);
+
+		TheirID = Build_MPlayerID (TheirColor,TheirHouse);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Store every player's ID in the MPlayerID[] array.  This array will
+		determine the order of event execution, so the ID's must be stored
+		in the same order on all systems.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (TheirID < MPlayerLocalID) {
+			MPlayerID[0] = TheirID;
+			MPlayerID[1] = MPlayerLocalID;
+			strcpy (MPlayerNames[0], TheirName);
+			strcpy (MPlayerNames[1], MPlayerName);
+		} else {
+			MPlayerID[0] = MPlayerLocalID;
+			MPlayerID[1] = TheirID;
+			strcpy (MPlayerNames[0], MPlayerName);
+			strcpy (MPlayerNames[1], TheirName);
+		}
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Get the scenario filename
+		.....................................................................*/
+		Scenario = MPlayerFilenum[ScenarioIdx];
+
+		starttime = TickCount.Time();
+		while ( ( NullModem.Num_Send()
+			&& ((TickCount.Time() - starttime) < PACKET_SENDING_TIMEOUT) )
+			|| ((TickCount.Time() - starttime) < 60) ) {
+			#if(SHOW_MONO)
+			NullModem.Mono_Debug_Print(0);
+			#endif
+
+			NullModem.Service();
+			Keyboard::Check();		//Make sure the message loop gets called
+		}
+
+		// clear queue to keep from doing any resends
+		NullModem.Init_Send_Queue();
+
+	} else {
+		if ( !recsignedoff ) {
+			/*.....................................................................
+			Broadcast my sign-off over my network
+			.....................................................................*/
+			SendPacket.Command = SERIAL_SIGN_OFF;
+			SendPacket.Color = MPlayerLocalID;		// use Color for ID
+			SendPacket.ID = ModemGameToPlay;
+			NullModem.Send_Message (&SendPacket, sizeof(SendPacket), 1);
+
+			starttime = TickCount.Time();
+			while ( (NullModem.Num_Send()
+				&& ((TickCount.Time() - starttime) < PACKET_CANCEL_TIMEOUT) )
+				|| ((TickCount.Time() - starttime) < 60) ) {
+				#if(SHOW_MONO)
+				NullModem.Mono_Debug_Print(0);
+				#endif
+
+				if ( NullModem.Get_Message( &ReceivePacket, &packetlen ) > 0) {
+
+					// are we getting our own packets back??
+
+					if (ReceivePacket.Command == SERIAL_SIGN_OFF
+						&& ReceivePacket.ID == ModemGameToPlay) {
+
+						// exit while
+						break;
+					}
+				}
+
+				NullModem.Service();
+			}
+		}
+
+		Shutdown_Modem();
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Restore screen
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	Hide_Mouse();
+	Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+	HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+	Show_Mouse();
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Save any changes made to our options
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (changed) {
+		Write_MultiPlayer_Settings ();
+	}
+
+	return(rc);
+
+}	/* end of Com_Show_Scenario_Dialog */
+
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Phone_Dialog -- Lets user edit phone directory & dial                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		true = dial the current phone book entry, false = cancel.				*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		Serial options must have been read from CC.INI.								*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   04/29/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static int Phone_Dialog (void)
+{
+	int factor			= (SeenBuff.Get_Width() == 320) ? 1 : 2;
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog & button dimensions
+	........................................................................*/
+		int d_dialog_w = 280 *factor;											// dialog width
+		int d_dialog_h = 150 *factor;											// dialog height
+		int d_dialog_x = ((320 *factor - d_dialog_w) / 2);				// dialog x-coord
+		int d_dialog_y = ((200 *factor- d_dialog_h) / 2);				// dialog y-coord
+		int d_dialog_cx = d_dialog_x + (d_dialog_w / 2);		// center x-coord
+
+		int d_txt6_h = 11 *factor;												// ht of 6-pt text
+		int d_margin = 7 *factor;												// margin width/height
+
+		int d_phonelist_w = 268 *factor;
+		int d_phonelist_h = 87 *factor;
+		int d_phonelist_x = d_dialog_cx - (d_phonelist_w / 2);
+		int d_phonelist_y = d_dialog_y + d_margin + d_txt6_h + 11*factor;
+
+		int d_add_w = 45*factor;
+		int d_add_h = 9*factor;
+		int d_add_x = d_dialog_cx - (d_add_w / 2) - d_margin - d_add_w;
+		int d_add_y = d_phonelist_y + d_phonelist_h + d_margin;
+
+		int d_edit_w = 45*factor;
+		int d_edit_h = 9*factor;
+		int d_edit_x = d_dialog_cx - (d_edit_w / 2);
+		int d_edit_y = d_phonelist_y + d_phonelist_h + d_margin;
+
+		int d_delete_w = 45*factor;
+		int d_delete_h = 9*factor;
+		int d_delete_x = d_dialog_cx + (d_delete_w / 2) + d_margin;
+		int d_delete_y = d_phonelist_y + d_phonelist_h + d_margin;
+
+		int d_numedit_w = ( (PhoneEntryClass::PHONE_MAX_NUM - 1) * 6*factor) + 3*factor;
+		int d_numedit_h = 9*factor;
+		int d_numedit_x = d_dialog_cx - (d_numedit_w / 2);
+		int d_numedit_y = d_add_y + d_add_h + d_margin;
+
+		int d_dial_w = 45*factor;
+		int d_dial_h = 9*factor;
+		int d_dial_x = d_dialog_cx - (d_numedit_w / 2) - d_margin - d_dial_w;
+		int d_dial_y = d_add_y + d_add_h + d_margin;
+
+		int d_cancel_w = 45*factor;
+		int d_cancel_h = 9*factor;
+		int d_cancel_x = d_dialog_cx + (d_numedit_w / 2) + d_margin;
+		int d_cancel_y = d_add_y + d_add_h + d_margin;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Button Enumerations
+	........................................................................*/
+	enum {
+		BUTTON_PHONELIST = 100,
+		BUTTON_ADD,
+		BUTTON_EDIT,
+		BUTTON_DELETE,
+		BUTTON_DIAL,
+		BUTTON_CANCEL,
+		BUTTON_NUMEDIT,
+	};
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Redraw values: in order from "top" to "bottom" layer of the dialog
+	........................................................................*/
+	typedef enum {
+		REDRAW_NONE = 0,
+		REDRAW_BUTTONS,
+		REDRAW_BACKGROUND,
+		REDRAW_ALL = REDRAW_BACKGROUND
+	} RedrawType;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog variables
+	........................................................................*/
+	RedrawType display = REDRAW_ALL;		// redraw level
+	BOOL process = true;						// process while true
+	KeyNumType input;
+
+	char phone_num[ PhoneEntryClass::PHONE_MAX_NUM ] = { 0 }; // buffer for editing phone #
+	int rc;
+	int i;
+	int tabs[] = {123*factor, 207*factor};				// tabs for list box
+	char *item;									// for removing items from list box
+	PhoneEntryClass *p_entry;				// for creating / editing phonebook entries
+	int changed = 0;							// 1 = save changes to INI file
+	int firsttime = 0;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Buttons
+	........................................................................*/
+	GadgetClass *commands;										// button list
+
+	void const *up_button;
+	void const *down_button;
+
+	if (InMainLoop){
+		up_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-UP.SHP");
+		down_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-DN.SHP");
+	}else{
+		up_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-UP2.SHP");
+		down_button = Hires_Retrieve("BTN-DN2.SHP");
+	}
+
+
+	ListClass phonelist(BUTTON_PHONELIST,
+		d_phonelist_x, d_phonelist_y, d_phonelist_w, d_phonelist_h,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		up_button,
+		down_button);
+
+	TextButtonClass addbtn(BUTTON_ADD, TXT_ADD,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+#ifdef FRENCH
+		d_add_x-4, d_add_y);
+#else
+		d_add_x, d_add_y, d_add_w, d_add_h);
+#endif
+
+	TextButtonClass editbtn(BUTTON_EDIT, TXT_EDIT,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_edit_x, d_edit_y, d_edit_w, d_edit_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass deletebtn(BUTTON_DELETE, TXT_DELETE_BUTTON,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+#ifdef FRENCH
+		d_delete_x, d_delete_y);
+#else
+		d_delete_x, d_delete_y, d_delete_w, d_delete_h);
+#endif
+
+	TextButtonClass dialbtn(BUTTON_DIAL, TXT_DIAL,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+/* ###Change collision detected! C:\PROJECTS\CODE\NULLDLG.CPP... */
+		d_dial_x, d_dial_y, d_dial_w, d_dial_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass cancelbtn(BUTTON_CANCEL, TXT_CANCEL,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+		d_cancel_x, d_cancel_y);
+#else
+		d_cancel_x, d_cancel_y, d_cancel_w, d_cancel_h);
+#endif
+
+	EditClass numedit (BUTTON_NUMEDIT,
+		phone_num, PhoneEntryClass::PHONE_MAX_NUM,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_numedit_x, d_numedit_y, d_numedit_w, d_numedit_h, EditClass::ALPHANUMERIC);
+
+	/*
+	------------------------- Build the button list --------------------------
+	*/
+	commands = &phonelist;
+	addbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	editbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	deletebtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	dialbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	cancelbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	numedit.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	dialbtn.Turn_On();
+
+	/*
+	----------------------------- Various Inits ------------------------------
+	*/
+	/*........................................................................
+	Fill in the phone directory list box
+	........................................................................*/
+	phonelist.Set_Tabs(tabs);
+	Build_Phone_Listbox(&phonelist, &numedit, phone_num);
+
+	if (CurPhoneIdx == -1) {
+		firsttime = 1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Processing loop -----------------------------
+	*/
+	while (process) {
+
+		/*
+		** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+		** we need to redraw.
+		*/
+		if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+			AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+			display=REDRAW_ALL;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................ Invoke game callback .........................
+		*/
+		Call_Back();
+
+		/*
+		...................... Refresh display if needed ......................
+		*/
+		if (display) {
+			Hide_Mouse();
+			/*
+			.................. Redraw backgound & dialog box ...................
+			*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BACKGROUND) {
+				Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+				HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+				Set_Palette(Palette);
+
+				Dialog_Box(d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w, d_dialog_h);
+
+				// init font variables
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_NONE, 0, 0, TBLACK, TBLACK,
+					TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Dialog & Field labels
+				...............................................................*/
+				Draw_Caption (TXT_PHONE_LIST, d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w);
+			}
+			/*
+			.......................... Redraw buttons ..........................
+			*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BUTTONS) {
+				phonelist.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				addbtn.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				editbtn.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				deletebtn.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				dialbtn.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				cancelbtn.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				numedit.Flag_To_Redraw();
+			}
+			Show_Mouse();
+			display = REDRAW_NONE;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................... Get user input ............................
+		*/
+		input = commands->Input();
+
+		if ( firsttime ) {
+			numedit.Set_Focus();
+			numedit.Flag_To_Redraw();
+			input = commands->Input();
+			firsttime = 0;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		---------------------------- Process input ----------------------------
+		*/
+		switch (input) {
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			New phone listing selected.
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_PHONELIST | KN_BUTTON):
+				/*...............................................................
+				Detect a change in the selected item; update CurPhoneIdx, and
+				the edit box buffer.
+				...............................................................*/
+				if (phonelist.Current_Index() != CurPhoneIdx) {
+					CurPhoneIdx = phonelist.Current_Index();
+					strcpy (phone_num, PhoneBook[CurPhoneIdx]->Number);
+					numedit.Set_Text (phone_num, PhoneEntryClass::PHONE_MAX_NUM );
+					changed = 1;
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			Add a new entry
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_ADD | KN_BUTTON):
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Allocate a new phone book entry
+				...............................................................*/
+				p_entry = new PhoneEntryClass();
+				p_entry->Name[0] = 0;
+				p_entry->Number[0] = 0;
+				p_entry->Settings.Port = 0;
+				p_entry->Settings.IRQ = -1;
+				p_entry->Settings.Baud = -1;
+				p_entry->Settings.DialMethod = DIAL_TOUCH_TONE;
+				p_entry->Settings.InitStringIndex = 0;
+				p_entry->Settings.CallWaitStringIndex = CALL_WAIT_CUSTOM;
+				p_entry->Settings.CallWaitString[0] = 0;
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Invoke the entry editor; if user clicks Save, add the new entry
+				to the list, and rebuild the list box.
+				...............................................................*/
+				if ( Edit_Phone_Dialog( p_entry ) ) {
+					PhoneBook.Add (p_entry);
+					Build_Phone_Listbox( &phonelist, &numedit, phone_num );
+					/*............................................................
+					Set the current listbox index to the newly-added item.
+					............................................................*/
+					for (i = 0; i < PhoneBook.Count(); i++) {
+						if (p_entry == PhoneBook[i]) {
+							CurPhoneIdx = i;
+							strcpy (phone_num, PhoneBook[CurPhoneIdx]->Number);
+							numedit.Set_Text (phone_num, PhoneEntryClass::PHONE_MAX_NUM );
+							phonelist.Set_Selected_Index( CurPhoneIdx );
+						}
+					}
+					changed = 1;
+				} else {
+
+					/*...............................................................
+					If the user clicked Cancel, delete the entry & keep looping.
+					...............................................................*/
+					delete p_entry;
+				}
+				display = REDRAW_ALL;
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			Edit the current entry
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_EDIT | KN_BUTTON):
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Do nothing if no entry is selected.
+				...............................................................*/
+				if (CurPhoneIdx==-1)
+					break;
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Allocate a new entry & copy the currently-selected entry into it
+				...............................................................*/
+				p_entry = new PhoneEntryClass();
+				(*p_entry) = (*PhoneBook[CurPhoneIdx]);
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Pass the new entry to the entry editor; if the user selects OK,
+				copy the data back into our phone book.  Rebuild the list so
+				the changes show up in the list box.
+				...............................................................*/
+				if ( Edit_Phone_Dialog( p_entry ) ) {
+					(*PhoneBook[CurPhoneIdx]) = (*p_entry);
+					Build_Phone_Listbox(&phonelist, &numedit, phone_num);
+					/*............................................................
+					Set the current listbox index to the newly-added item.
+					............................................................*/
+					for (i = 0; i < PhoneBook.Count(); i++) {
+						if (PhoneBook[CurPhoneIdx] == PhoneBook[i]) {
+							CurPhoneIdx = i;
+							strcpy (phone_num, PhoneBook[CurPhoneIdx]->Number);
+							numedit.Set_Text (phone_num, PhoneEntryClass::PHONE_MAX_NUM );
+							phonelist.Set_Selected_Index( CurPhoneIdx );
+						}
+					}
+					changed = 1;
+				}
+				delete p_entry;
+				display = REDRAW_ALL;
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			Delete the current entry
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_DELETE | KN_BUTTON):
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Do nothing if no entry is selected.
+				...............................................................*/
+				if (CurPhoneIdx == -1)
+					break;
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Delete the current item & rebuild the phone listbox
+				...............................................................*/
+				PhoneBook.Delete (CurPhoneIdx);
+				Build_Phone_Listbox(&phonelist, &numedit, phone_num);
+
+				if (CurPhoneIdx == -1) {
+					*phone_num = 0;
+					numedit.Set_Text (phone_num, PhoneEntryClass::PHONE_MAX_NUM );
+				}
+				changed = 1;
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			Dial the current number
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (KN_RETURN):
+				dialbtn.IsPressed = true;
+				dialbtn.Draw_Me(true);
+				// fall thru
+
+			case (BUTTON_DIAL | KN_BUTTON):
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				If no item is selected, just dial the number in the phone #
+				edit box:
+				- Create a new phone entry
+				- Copy the phone number into it
+				- Set settings to defaults
+				...............................................................*/
+				if (CurPhoneIdx == -1 ||
+					strcmp( PhoneBook[CurPhoneIdx]->Number, phone_num) ) {
+
+					if ( strlen(phone_num) == 0) {	// do not dial
+						dialbtn.IsPressed = false;
+						dialbtn.Flag_To_Redraw();
+						break;
+					}
+
+					p_entry = new PhoneEntryClass();
+					strcpy( p_entry->Name, "NONAME" );
+					strcpy( p_entry->Number, phone_num);
+					p_entry->Settings.Port = 0;
+					p_entry->Settings.IRQ = -1;
+					p_entry->Settings.Baud = -1;
+					p_entry->Settings.DialMethod = DIAL_TOUCH_TONE;
+					p_entry->Settings.InitStringIndex = 0;
+					p_entry->Settings.CallWaitStringIndex = CALL_WAIT_CUSTOM;
+					p_entry->Settings.CallWaitString[0] = 0;
+
+					PhoneBook.Add (p_entry);
+					Build_Phone_Listbox(&phonelist, &numedit, phone_num);
+					/*............................................................
+					Set the current listbox index to the newly-added item.
+					............................................................*/
+					for (i = 0; i < PhoneBook.Count(); i++) {
+						if (p_entry == PhoneBook[i]) {
+							CurPhoneIdx = i;
+						}
+					}
+					changed = 1;
+				}
+
+				process = false;
+				rc = true;
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			CANCEL: bail out
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (KN_ESC):
+			case (BUTTON_CANCEL | KN_BUTTON):
+				process = false;
+				rc = false;
+				break;
+		}
+
+	}	/* end of while */
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Save any changes we've made to the phone list or settings
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (changed) {
+		Write_MultiPlayer_Settings ();
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Clear the list box
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	while (phonelist.Count()) {
+		item = (char *)phonelist.Get_Item(0);
+		phonelist.Remove_Item(item);
+		delete [] item;
+	}
+
+	return(rc);
+
+}	/* end of Phone_Dialog */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Build_Phone_Listbox -- [re]builds the phone entry listbox               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This routine rebuilds the phone list box from scratch; it also updates	*
+ * the contents of the phone # edit field.											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		list		ptr to list box															*
+ *		edit		ptr to edit box															*
+ *		buf		ptr to buffer for phone #												*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   04/29/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static void Build_Phone_Listbox (ListClass *list, EditClass *edit, char *buf)
+{
+	int i;
+	char *item;
+	char phonename[21];
+	char phonenum[15];
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Clear the list
+	........................................................................*/
+	while (list->Count()) {
+		item = (char *)(list->Get_Item(0));
+		list->Remove_Item(item);
+		delete [] item;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Now sort the phone list by name then number
+	*/
+	qsort ((void *)(&PhoneBook[0]), PhoneBook.Count(), sizeof(class PhoneEntryClass *), Phone_Compare);
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Build the list
+	........................................................................*/
+	for (i = 0; i < PhoneBook.Count(); i++) {
+		item = new char[80];
+		if ( !(strlen( PhoneBook[i]->Name )) ) {
+			strcpy( phonename, " " );
+		} else {
+			strncpy( phonename, PhoneBook[i]->Name, 20 );
+			phonename[21] = 0;
+		}
+
+		if ( !(strlen( PhoneBook[i]->Number )) ) {
+			strcpy( phonenum, " " );
+		} else {
+			if ( strlen( PhoneBook[i]->Number ) < 14) {
+				strcpy( phonenum, PhoneBook[i]->Number );
+			} else {
+				strncpy( phonenum, PhoneBook[i]->Number, 12 );
+				phonenum[12] = 0;
+				strcat( phonenum, "..." );
+			}
+		}
+
+		if (PhoneBook[i]->Settings.Baud != -1) {
+			sprintf(item,"%s\t%s\t%d", phonename, phonenum,
+				PhoneBook[i]->Settings.Baud);
+		} else {
+			sprintf(item,"%s\t%s\t[%s]", phonename, phonenum,
+				Text_String(TXT_DEFAULT));
+		}
+		list->Add_Item(item);
+	}
+	list->Flag_To_Redraw();
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Init the current phone book index
+	........................................................................*/
+	if (list->Count() == 0 || CurPhoneIdx < -1) {
+		CurPhoneIdx = -1;
+	} else {
+		if (CurPhoneIdx >= list->Count() ) {
+			CurPhoneIdx = 0;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Fill in phone number edit buffer
+	........................................................................*/
+	if (CurPhoneIdx > -1) {
+		strcpy (buf, PhoneBook[CurPhoneIdx]->Number);
+		edit->Set_Text (buf, PhoneEntryClass::PHONE_MAX_NUM );
+		list->Set_Selected_Index( CurPhoneIdx );
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Phone_Compare -- for qsort																*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		p1,p2		ptrs to elements to compare											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		0 = same, -1 = (*p1) goes BEFORE (*p2), 1 = (*p1) goes AFTER (*p2)	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   02/14/1995 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static int Phone_Compare (const void *p1, const void *p2)
+{
+	class PhoneEntryClass *pe1,*pe2;
+	int result;
+
+	pe1 = *((class PhoneEntryClass **)p1);
+	pe2 = *((class PhoneEntryClass **)p2);
+
+	result = strcmp( pe1->Name, pe2->Name );
+
+	// if strings are equal then check the phone number
+
+	if ( !result ) {
+		result = strcmp( pe1->Number, pe2->Number );
+	}
+
+	return(result);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Edit_Phone_Dialog -- lets user edit a phone book entry                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		phone		entry to edit																*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		true = OK, false = cancel															*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   04/29/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static int Edit_Phone_Dialog (PhoneEntryClass *phone)
+{
+	int factor			= (SeenBuff.Get_Width() == 320) ? 1 : 2;
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog & button dimensions
+	........................................................................*/
+	int d_dialog_w = 230 *factor;											// dialog width
+	int d_dialog_h = 105*factor;											// dialog height
+	int d_dialog_x = ((320*factor - d_dialog_w) / 2);				// dialog x-coord
+//		D_DIALOG_Y = ((200 - D_DIALOG_H) / 2);				// dialog y-coord
+	int d_dialog_y = ((136*factor - d_dialog_h) / 2);				// dialog y-coord
+	int d_dialog_cx = d_dialog_x + (d_dialog_w / 2);		// center x-coord
+
+	int d_txt6_h = 11 *factor;												// ht of 6-pt text
+	int d_margin = 7 *factor;												// margin width/height
+
+	int d_name_w = ( (PhoneEntryClass::PHONE_MAX_NAME - 1) * 6) + 3 *factor;
+	int d_name_h = 9 *factor;
+	int d_name_x = d_dialog_x + (((d_dialog_w - d_name_w) * 3) / 4) - 5 *factor;
+	int d_name_y = d_dialog_y + 25 *factor;
+
+	int d_number_w = ( (PhoneEntryClass::PHONE_MAX_NUM - 1) * 6) + 3 *factor;
+	int d_number_h = 9 *factor;
+	int d_number_x = d_dialog_x + (((d_dialog_w - d_number_w) * 3) / 4) - 5 *factor;
+	int d_number_y = d_name_y + d_name_h + d_margin;
+
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+	int d_default_w = 130 *factor;
+#else
+	int d_default_w = 104 *factor;
+#endif
+	int d_default_h = 9 *factor;
+	int d_default_x = d_dialog_cx - (d_default_w / 2);
+	int d_default_y = d_number_y + d_number_h + d_margin;
+
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+	int d_custom_w = 130 *factor;
+#else
+	int d_custom_w = 100 *factor;
+#endif
+	int d_custom_h = 9 *factor;
+	int d_custom_x = d_dialog_cx - (d_default_w / 2);
+	int d_custom_y = d_default_y + d_default_h + d_margin;
+
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+	int d_save_w = 55 *factor;
+#else
+	int d_save_w = 45 *factor;
+#endif
+	int d_save_h = 9 *factor;
+	int d_save_x = d_dialog_cx - d_margin - d_save_w;
+	int d_save_y = d_dialog_y + d_dialog_h - d_margin - d_save_h;
+
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+	int d_cancel_w = 55 *factor;
+#else
+	int d_cancel_w = 45 *factor;
+#endif
+	int d_cancel_h = 9 *factor;
+	int d_cancel_x = d_dialog_cx + d_margin;
+	int d_cancel_y = d_dialog_y + d_dialog_h - d_margin - d_cancel_h;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Button Enumerations
+	........................................................................*/
+	enum {
+		BUTTON_NAME = 100,
+		BUTTON_NUMBER,
+		BUTTON_DEFAULT,
+		BUTTON_CUSTOM,
+		BUTTON_SAVE,
+		BUTTON_CANCEL,
+	};
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Redraw values: in order from "top" to "bottom" layer of the dialog
+	........................................................................*/
+	typedef enum {
+		REDRAW_NONE = 0,
+		REDRAW_BUTTONS,
+		REDRAW_BACKGROUND,
+		REDRAW_ALL = REDRAW_BACKGROUND
+	} RedrawType;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog variables
+	........................................................................*/
+	RedrawType display = REDRAW_ALL;		// redraw level
+	BOOL process = true;						// process while true
+	KeyNumType input;
+
+	char namebuf[PhoneEntryClass::PHONE_MAX_NAME] = { 0 };	// buffer for editing name
+	char numbuf[PhoneEntryClass::PHONE_MAX_NUM] = { 0 };		// buffer for editing phone #
+	int rc;
+	SerialSettingsType settings;
+	int custom = 0;
+	int firsttime = 1;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Buttons
+	........................................................................*/
+	GadgetClass *commands;										// button list
+
+	EditClass nameedit (BUTTON_NAME,
+		namebuf, PhoneEntryClass::PHONE_MAX_NAME,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_name_x, d_name_y, d_name_w, d_name_h, EditClass::ALPHANUMERIC);
+
+	EditClass numedit (BUTTON_NUMBER,
+		numbuf, PhoneEntryClass::PHONE_MAX_NUM,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_number_x, d_number_y, d_number_w, d_number_h, EditClass::ALPHANUMERIC);
+
+	TextButtonClass defaultbtn(BUTTON_DEFAULT, TXT_DEFAULT_SETTINGS,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_default_x, d_default_y, d_default_w, d_default_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass custombtn(BUTTON_CUSTOM, TXT_CUSTOM_SETTINGS,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_custom_x, d_custom_y, d_custom_w, d_custom_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass savebtn(BUTTON_SAVE, TXT_SAVE_BUTTON,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_save_x, d_save_y, d_save_w, d_save_h);
+
+	TextButtonClass cancelbtn(BUTTON_CANCEL, TXT_CANCEL,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		d_cancel_x, d_cancel_y, d_cancel_w, d_cancel_h);
+
+	/*
+	------------------------- Build the button list --------------------------
+	*/
+	commands = &nameedit;
+	numedit.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	defaultbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	custombtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	savebtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+	cancelbtn.Add_Tail(*commands);
+
+	/*
+	----------------------------- Various Inits ------------------------------
+	*/
+	/*........................................................................
+	Init the settings; if the phone entry is set to use defaults, init our
+	settings to sensible values (in case we invoke the setting editor);
+	otherwise, copy the entry's settings.
+	........................................................................*/
+	if (phone->Settings.Port == 0 || phone->Settings.IRQ == -1 ||
+		phone->Settings.Baud == -1) {
+		settings = SerialDefaults;
+		defaultbtn.Turn_On();
+		custom = false;
+	} else {
+		settings = phone->Settings;
+		custombtn.Turn_On();
+		custom = true;
+	}
+
+	strcpy (namebuf, phone->Name);
+	nameedit.Set_Text (namebuf, PhoneEntryClass::PHONE_MAX_NAME);
+
+	strcpy (numbuf, phone->Number);
+	numedit.Set_Text (numbuf, PhoneEntryClass::PHONE_MAX_NUM);
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Processing loop -----------------------------
+	*/
+	while (process) {
+
+		/*
+		** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+		** we need to redraw.
+		*/
+		if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+			AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+			display=REDRAW_ALL;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................ Invoke game callback .........................
+		*/
+		Call_Back();
+
+		/*
+		...................... Refresh display if needed ......................
+		*/
+		if (display) {
+			Hide_Mouse();
+			/*
+			.................. Redraw backgound & dialog box ...................
+			*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BACKGROUND) {
+				Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+				HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+				Set_Palette(Palette);
+
+				Dialog_Box(d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w, d_dialog_h);
+
+				// init font variables
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_NONE, 0, 0, TBLACK, TBLACK,
+					TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				/*...............................................................
+				Dialog & Field labels
+				...............................................................*/
+				Draw_Caption (TXT_PHONE_LISTING, d_dialog_x, d_dialog_y, d_dialog_w);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print (TXT_NAME_COLON,
+					d_name_x - 5, d_name_y + 1,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print (TXT_NUMBER_COLON,
+					d_number_x - 5, d_number_y + 1,
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+			}
+			/*
+			.......................... Redraw buttons ..........................
+			*/
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BUTTONS) {
+				commands->Flag_List_To_Redraw();
+			}
+			Show_Mouse();
+			display = REDRAW_NONE;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................... Get user input ............................
+		*/
+		input = commands->Input();
+
+		if ( firsttime ) {
+			nameedit.Set_Focus();
+			nameedit.Flag_To_Redraw();
+			input = commands->Input();
+			firsttime = 0;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		---------------------------- Process input ----------------------------
+		*/
+		switch (input) {
+			case (BUTTON_NAME | KN_BUTTON):
+				numedit.Set_Focus();
+				numedit.Flag_To_Redraw();
+				break;
+
+//			case (BUTTON_NUMBER | KN_BUTTON):
+//				nameedit.Clear_Focus();
+//				nameedit.Flag_To_Redraw();
+//				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			Use Default Serial Settings
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_DEFAULT | KN_BUTTON):
+				custombtn.Turn_Off();
+				defaultbtn.Turn_On();
+				custom = 0;
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			Use Custom Serial Settings
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (BUTTON_CUSTOM | KN_BUTTON):
+				if (Com_Settings_Dialog (&settings)) {
+					custombtn.Turn_On();
+					defaultbtn.Turn_Off();
+				}
+				custom = 1;
+				display = REDRAW_ALL;
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			CANCEL: bail out
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (KN_ESC):
+			case (BUTTON_CANCEL | KN_BUTTON):
+				process = false;
+				rc = false;
+				break;
+
+			/*------------------------------------------------------------------
+			Save: save changes
+			------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+			case (KN_RETURN):
+			case (BUTTON_SAVE | KN_BUTTON):
+				process = false;
+				rc = true;
+				break;
+		}
+
+	}	/* end of while */
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	If 'Save', save all current settings
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (rc) {
+		strcpy( phone->Name, strupr( namebuf ) );
+
+		// if nothing was entered then make if NONAME
+
+		if ( !(phone->Name[0]) ) {
+			strcpy( phone->Name, "NONAME" );
+		}
+
+		strcpy( phone->Number, strupr( numbuf ) );
+
+		if (custom) {
+			phone->Settings = settings;
+		} else {
+			phone->Settings.Port = 0;
+			phone->Settings.IRQ = -1;
+			phone->Settings.Baud = -1;
+			phone->Settings.DialMethod = DIAL_TOUCH_TONE;
+			phone->Settings.InitStringIndex = 0;
+			phone->Settings.CallWaitStringIndex = CALL_WAIT_CUSTOM;
+			phone->Settings.CallWaitString[0] = 0;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(rc);
+
+
+}	/* end of Edit_Phone_Dialog */
+
+
+static bool Dial_Modem( SerialSettingsType *settings, bool reconnect )
+{
+	bool connected = false;
+	DialStatusType dialstatus;
+	int modemstatus;
+
+	/*
+	**	Turn modem servicing off in the callback routine.
+	*/
+	ModemService = false;
+
+	// save for later to reconnect
+
+	DialSettings = settings;
+
+	modemstatus = NullModem.Get_Modem_Status();
+	if (reconnect) {
+		if ( (modemstatus & CD_SET) ) {
+			connected = true;
+			ModemService = true;
+			return( connected );
+		}
+	} else {
+		if ( (modemstatus & CD_SET) ) {
+			NullModem.Hangup_Modem();
+			ModemService = false;
+		}
+	}
+
+	NullModem.Setup_Modem_Echo( Modem_Echo );
+
+	modemstatus = NullModem.Detect_Modem( settings, reconnect );
+	if ( !modemstatus ) {
+		NullModem.Remove_Modem_Echo();
+		NullModem.Print_EchoBuf();
+		NullModem.Reset_EchoBuf();
+#if (0)
+		/*
+		** If our first attempt to detect the modem failed, and we're at
+		** 14400 or 28800, bump up to the next baud rate & try again.
+		*/
+		switch (settings->Baud) {
+			case 9600:
+			case 19200:
+			case 38400:
+				//CCMessageBox().Process( TXT_UNABLE_FIND_MODEM );
+				ModemService = true;
+				return( connected );
+
+			case 14400:
+				settings->Baud = 19200;
+				Shutdown_Modem();
+				Init_Null_Modem(settings);
+				NullModem.Setup_Modem_Echo( Modem_Echo );
+				modemstatus = NullModem.Detect_Modem( settings, reconnect );
+				if ( !modemstatus ) {
+					NullModem.Remove_Modem_Echo();
+					NullModem.Print_EchoBuf();
+					NullModem.Reset_EchoBuf();
+					//CCMessageBox().Process( TXT_UNABLE_FIND_MODEM );
+					ModemService = true;
+					return( connected );
+				}
+				break;
+
+			case 28800:
+				settings->Baud = 38400;
+				Shutdown_Modem();
+				Init_Null_Modem(settings);
+				NullModem.Setup_Modem_Echo( Modem_Echo );
+				modemstatus = NullModem.Detect_Modem( settings, reconnect );
+				if ( !modemstatus ) {
+					NullModem.Remove_Modem_Echo();
+					NullModem.Print_EchoBuf();
+					NullModem.Reset_EchoBuf();
+					//CCMessageBox().Process( TXT_UNABLE_FIND_MODEM );
+					ModemService = true;
+					return( connected );
+				}
+				break;
+		}
+#else	//(0)
+		ModemService = true;
+		return( connected );
+
+#endif	//(0)
+	}
+	else if ( modemstatus == -1 ) {
+		NullModem.Remove_Modem_Echo();
+		NullModem.Print_EchoBuf();
+		NullModem.Reset_EchoBuf();
+		CCMessageBox().Process( TXT_ERROR_IN_INITSTRING );
+//		CCMessageBox().Process( "Error in the InitString." );
+		ModemService = true;
+		return( connected );
+	}
+
+	dialstatus = NullModem.Dial_Modem( DialString, settings->DialMethod, reconnect );
+
+	if (reconnect) {
+		/*
+		--------------------------- Redraw the display ---------------------------
+		*/
+		HiddenPage.Clear();
+		Map.Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+		Map.Render();
+	}
+
+	switch ( dialstatus ) {
+		case DIAL_CONNECTED:
+			connected = true;
+			break;
+
+		case DIAL_NO_CARRIER:
+			CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_NO_CARRIER);
+			connected = false;
+			break;
+
+		case DIAL_BUSY:
+			CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_LINE_BUSY);
+			connected = false;
+			break;
+
+		case DIAL_ERROR:
+			CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_NUMBER_INVALID);
+			connected = false;
+			break;
+
+		case DIAL_CANCELED:
+			NullModem.Hangup_Modem();
+			ModemService = false;
+			CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_DIALING_CANCELED);
+			connected = false;
+			break;
+	}
+
+	NullModem.Remove_Modem_Echo();
+	NullModem.Print_EchoBuf();
+	NullModem.Reset_EchoBuf();
+
+	ModemService = true;
+	return( connected );
+
+}	/* end of Dial_Modem */
+
+
+static bool Answer_Modem( SerialSettingsType *settings, bool reconnect )
+{
+	bool connected = false;
+	DialStatusType dialstatus;
+	int modemstatus;
+
+/* ###Change collision detected! C:\PROJECTS\CODE\NULLDLG.CPP... */
+	/*
+	**	Turn modem servicing off in the callback routine.
+	*/
+	ModemService = false;
+
+	// save for later to reconnect
+
+	DialSettings = settings;
+
+	modemstatus = NullModem.Get_Modem_Status();
+	if (reconnect) {
+		if ( (modemstatus & CD_SET) ) {
+			connected = true;
+			ModemService = true;
+			return( connected );
+		}
+	} else {
+		if ( (modemstatus & CD_SET) ) {
+			NullModem.Hangup_Modem();
+			ModemService = false;
+		}
+	}
+
+	NullModem.Setup_Modem_Echo( Modem_Echo );
+
+	modemstatus = NullModem.Detect_Modem( settings, reconnect );
+	if ( !modemstatus ) {
+		NullModem.Remove_Modem_Echo();
+		NullModem.Print_EchoBuf();
+		NullModem.Reset_EchoBuf();
+
+#if (0)
+		/*
+		** If our first attempt to detect the modem failed, and we're at
+		** 14400 or 28800, bump up to the next baud rate & try again.
+		*/
+		switch (settings->Baud) {
+			case 9600:
+			case 19200:
+			case 38400:
+				//CCMessageBox().Process( TXT_UNABLE_FIND_MODEM );
+				ModemService = true;
+				return( connected );
+
+			case 14400:
+				settings->Baud = 19200;
+				Shutdown_Modem();
+				Init_Null_Modem(settings);
+				NullModem.Setup_Modem_Echo( Modem_Echo );
+				modemstatus = NullModem.Detect_Modem( settings, reconnect );
+				if ( !modemstatus ) {
+					NullModem.Remove_Modem_Echo();
+					NullModem.Print_EchoBuf();
+					NullModem.Reset_EchoBuf();
+					//CCMessageBox().Process( TXT_UNABLE_FIND_MODEM );
+					ModemService = true;
+					return( connected );
+				}
+				break;
+
+			case 28800:
+				settings->Baud = 38400;
+				Shutdown_Modem();
+				Init_Null_Modem(settings);
+				NullModem.Setup_Modem_Echo( Modem_Echo );
+				modemstatus = NullModem.Detect_Modem( settings, reconnect );
+				if ( !modemstatus ) {
+					NullModem.Remove_Modem_Echo();
+					NullModem.Print_EchoBuf();
+					NullModem.Reset_EchoBuf();
+					//CCMessageBox().Process( TXT_UNABLE_FIND_MODEM );
+					ModemService = true;
+					return( connected );
+				}
+				break;
+		}
+#else	//(0)
+
+		ModemService = true;
+		return( connected );
+#endif	//(0)
+
+	}
+	else if ( modemstatus == -1 ) {
+		NullModem.Remove_Modem_Echo();
+		NullModem.Print_EchoBuf();
+		NullModem.Reset_EchoBuf();
+		CCMessageBox().Process( TXT_ERROR_IN_INITSTRING );
+		ModemService = true;
+		return( connected );
+	}
+
+	dialstatus = NullModem.Answer_Modem( reconnect );
+
+	switch ( dialstatus ) {
+		case DIAL_CONNECTED:
+			connected = true;
+			break;
+
+		case DIAL_NO_CARRIER:
+			CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_NO_CARRIER);
+			connected = false;
+			break;
+
+//		case DIAL_BUSY:
+//			CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_LINE_BUSY);
+//			connected = false;
+//			break;
+
+		case DIAL_ERROR:
+			// Error occurred but not neccessarily an invalid number
+			//CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_NUMBER_INVALID);
+			connected = false;
+			break;
+
+		case DIAL_CANCELED:
+			CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_ANSWERING_CANCELED);
+			connected = false;
+			break;
+	}
+
+	NullModem.Remove_Modem_Echo();
+	NullModem.Print_EchoBuf();
+	NullModem.Reset_EchoBuf();
+
+	ModemService = true;
+	return( connected );
+
+}	/* end of Answer_Modem */
+
+
+static void Modem_Echo( char c )
+{
+	if (NullModem.EchoCount < (NullModem.EchoSize - 1) ) {
+		*(NullModem.EchoBuf + NullModem.EchoCount) = c;
+		*(NullModem.EchoBuf + NullModem.EchoCount + 1) = 0;
+		NullModem.EchoCount++;
+	} else {
+		//Smart_Printf( "Echo buffer full!!!\n" );
+	}
+
+}	/* end of Modem_Echo */
+
+
+void Smart_Printf( char *format, ... )
+{
+	va_list arglist;
+	char buf[501];
+
+
+	va_start(arglist,format);
+	vsprintf(buf,format,arglist);
+	va_end(arglist);
+
+	if (Debug_Smart_Print) {
+		if (Special.IsMonoEnabled) {
+//			Mono_Set_Cursor(0,0);
+			Mono_Printf("%s",buf);
+		} else {
+//			Mono_Printf("%s",buf);
+			printf("%s",buf);
+		}
+	} else {
+		if (Debug_Heap_Dump) {
+			printf("%s",buf);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+void Hex_Dump_Data( char *buffer, int length )
+{
+	int i;
+	int offset = 0;
+	char buff[10];
+	char ptr[16];
+	char c;
+
+
+	while (length >= 16) {
+		memcpy( ptr, (buffer + offset), 16);
+
+		Smart_Printf("%05lX  ", offset);
+
+		for (i = 0; i < 16; i++) {
+
+			c = ptr[i];
+			itoh(c, buff);
+
+			if (!(i & 0x3) && i) {
+				Smart_Printf("?");
+			}
+
+			Smart_Printf("%s ", buff);
+		}
+
+		Smart_Printf("  ");
+
+		for (i = 0; i < 16; i++) {
+			c = ptr[i];
+
+			if (c && ((c < 7) || (c > 11)) && (c != 13)) {
+				Smart_Printf("%c", c);
+			} else {
+				Smart_Printf(".");
+			}
+		}
+
+		Smart_Printf("\n");
+
+		offset += 16;
+		length -= 16;
+	}
+
+	if (length) {
+		memcpy( ptr, (buffer + offset), 16);
+
+		Smart_Printf("%05lX  ", offset);
+
+		for (i = 0; i < 16; i++) {
+			if (i < length) {
+				c = ptr[i];
+				itoh(c, buff);
+				if (!(i & 0x3) && i) {
+					Smart_Printf("?");
+				}
+				Smart_Printf("%s ", buff);
+			} else {
+				if (!(i & 0x3) && i) {
+					Smart_Printf("  ");
+				}
+				Smart_Printf("   ");
+			}
+		}
+
+		Smart_Printf("  ");
+
+		for (i = 0; i < length; i++) {
+
+			c = ptr[i];
+
+			if (c && ((c < 7) || (c > 11)) && (c != 13)) {
+				Smart_Printf("%c", c);
+			} else {
+				Smart_Printf(".");
+			}
+		}
+
+		Smart_Printf("\n");
+	}
+
+}	/* end of Hex_Dump_Data */
+
+
+void itoh( int i, char *s)
+{
+
+	int nibble, loop;
+
+//	*s++ = '0';
+//	*s++ = 'x';
+
+	if (i == 0) {
+		*s++ = '0';
+		*s++ = '0';
+	} else {
+		for (loop = 1; loop >= 0; loop--) {
+			nibble = (i >> (loop << 2)) & 0x000F;
+
+			/* decimal range */
+			if (nibble < 10) {
+				*s++ = '0' + nibble;
+			} else {
+				*s++ = 'A' + (nibble - 10);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	*s = 0;							/* null terminate it */
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+#if (0)
+
+int Com_Fake_Scenario_Dialog(void)
+{
+	bool display = true;		// redraw level
+	bool process = true;						// process while true
+
+	char namebuf[MPLAYER_NAME_MAX] = {0};		// buffer for player's name
+	int transmit;								// 1 = re-transmit new game options
+	int parms_received = 1;					// 1 = game options received
+	int changed = 0;							// 1 = user has changed an option
+
+	int rc;
+	int recsignedoff = false;
+	int version;
+	unsigned long starttime;
+	unsigned long timingtime;
+	unsigned long lastmsgtime;
+	unsigned long lastredrawtime;
+	unsigned long transmittime = 0;
+	unsigned long theirresponsetime;
+	int packetlen;
+	bool oppscorescreen = false;
+	bool gameoptions = false;
+	EventClass *event;					// event ptr
+	unsigned long msg_timeout = 60*60;	// init to 60 seconds
+
+	int 	factor 		= (SeenBuff.Get_Width() == 320) ? 1 : 2;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Button Enumerations
+	........................................................................*/
+	enum {
+		BUTTON_CANCEL = 100,
+	};
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog variables
+	........................................................................*/
+	TextButtonClass * buttons = 0;
+
+	KeyNumType input;
+
+	int x,y;
+	int width=0;
+	int height=0;
+	char text_buffer[80*3];
+
+	const char *current_status_string = Text_String(TXT_WINSOCK_CONNECTING);
+	strcpy(text_buffer, current_status_string);
+
+	Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_NONE,0,0,TBLACK,TBLACK,TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+	Format_Window_String(text_buffer, SeenBuff.Get_Height(), width, height);
+
+	width = MAX(width, 50*factor);
+	width += 40*factor;
+	height += 60*factor;
+
+	x = (SeenBuff.Get_Width() - width) / 2;
+	y = (SeenBuff.Get_Height() - height) / 2;
+
+	TextButtonClass cancelbtn(BUTTON_CANCEL, TXT_CANCEL,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		x + ((width - (String_Pixel_Width( Text_String( TXT_CANCEL ) ) + 8*factor)) >> 1),
+		y + height - (FontHeight + FontYSpacing + 2*factor) - 5*factor);
+
+	Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+	buttons = &cancelbtn;
+
+	buttons->Flag_List_To_Redraw();
+	process = true;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Init other scenario parameters
+	........................................................................*/
+	Special.IsTGrowth = MPlayerTiberium;
+	Special.IsTSpread = MPlayerTiberium;
+	transmit = 1;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Init random-number generator, & create a seed to be used for all random
+	numbers from here on out
+	........................................................................*/
+	randomize();
+	//Seed = rand();
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Processing loop -----------------------------
+	*/
+	NullModem.Reset_Response_Time();		// clear response time
+	theirresponsetime = 10000;				// initialize to an invalid value
+	timingtime = lastmsgtime = lastredrawtime = TickCount.Time();
+
+
+	while (process) {
+
+		/*
+		** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+		** we need to redraw.
+		*/
+		if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+			AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+			display=true;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................ Invoke game callback .........................
+		*/
+		Call_Back();
+
+		/*
+		...................... Refresh display if needed ......................
+		*/
+		if (display) {
+			Hide_Mouse();
+			Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+			HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+			Set_Palette(Palette);
+			/*
+			..................... Draw the background .......................
+			*/
+			Dialog_Box(x, y, width, height);
+			/*
+			....................... Draw the labels .........................
+			*/
+			Draw_Caption(TXT_NONE, x, y, width);
+
+			Fancy_Text_Print(text_buffer, x + 20*factor, y + 25*factor, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+				TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+			buttons->Draw_All();
+			Show_Mouse();
+			display = false;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		............................ Process input ............................
+		*/
+		input = buttons->Input();
+		switch (input) {
+			case (KN_ESC):
+			case (BUTTON_CANCEL | KN_BUTTON):
+				process = false;
+				rc = false;
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				break;
+		}
+
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		If our Transmit flag is set, we need to send out a game option packet.
+		This message requires an ACK.  The first time through the loop, transmit
+		should be set, so we send out our default options; we'll then send
+		any changes we make to the defaults.
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		if (transmit && (TickCount.Time() - transmittime) > PACKET_RETRANS_TIME) {
+			SendPacket.Command = SERIAL_GAME_OPTIONS;
+			strcpy (SendPacket.Name, MPlayerName);
+#ifdef PATCH
+			if (IsV107) {
+				SendPacket.Version = 1;
+			} else {
+				SendPacket.Version = 2;
+			}
+#else
+			SendPacket.Version = Version_Number();
+#endif
+			SendPacket.House = MPlayerHouse;
+			SendPacket.Color = MPlayerColorIdx;
+
+			SendPacket.Scenario = MPlayerFilenum[ScenarioIdx];
+
+			SendPacket.Credits = MPlayerCredits;
+			SendPacket.IsBases = MPlayerBases;
+			SendPacket.IsTiberium = MPlayerTiberium;
+			SendPacket.IsGoodies = MPlayerGoodies;
+			SendPacket.IsGhosties = MPlayerGhosts;
+			SendPacket.BuildLevel = BuildLevel;
+			SendPacket.UnitCount = MPlayerUnitCount;
+			SendPacket.Seed = Seed;
+			SendPacket.Special = Special;
+			SendPacket.GameSpeed = Options.GameSpeed;
+			SendPacket.ID = ModemGameToPlay;
+
+			NullModem.Send_Message (&SendPacket, sizeof(SendPacket), 1);
+
+			transmittime = TickCount.Time();
+			transmit = 0;
+		}
+
+		//
+		// send a timing packet if enough time has gone by.
+		//
+		if ( (TickCount.Time() - timingtime) > PACKET_TIMING_TIMEOUT) {
+			SendPacket.Command = SERIAL_TIMING;
+			SendPacket.ResponseTime = NullModem.Response_Time();
+			SendPacket.ID = ModemGameToPlay;
+
+			NullModem.Send_Message (&SendPacket, sizeof(SendPacket), 0);
+			timingtime = TickCount.Time();
+		}
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Check for an incoming message
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		if (NullModem.Get_Message (&ReceivePacket, &packetlen) > 0) {
+
+			lastmsgtime = TickCount.Time();
+			msg_timeout = 600;		// reset timeout value to 10 seconds
+											// (only the 1st time through is 20 seconds)
+
+
+			if (ReceivePacket.Command >= SERIAL_CONNECT &&
+				ReceivePacket.Command < SERIAL_LAST_COMMAND &&
+				ReceivePacket.Command != SERIAL_MESSAGE &&
+				ReceivePacket.ID == ModemGameToPlay) {
+
+				CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_SYSTEM_NOT_RESPONDING);
+
+				// to skip the other system not responding msg
+				lastmsgtime = TickCount.Time();
+
+				process = false;
+				rc = false;
+
+				// say we did receive sign off to keep from sending one
+				recsignedoff = true;
+				break;
+			}
+
+			event = (EventClass *)&ReceivePacket;
+			if (event->Type <= EventClass::FRAMEINFO) {
+				if ( (TickCount.Time() - lastredrawtime) > PACKET_REDRAW_TIME) {
+					lastredrawtime = TickCount.Time();
+					oppscorescreen = true;
+					parms_received = 1;
+				}
+			} else {
+				switch ( ReceivePacket.Command ) {
+					/*..................................................................
+					Sign-off: Give the other machine time to receive my ACK, display a
+					message, and exit.
+					..................................................................*/
+					case (SERIAL_SIGN_OFF):
+						starttime = TickCount.Time();
+						while (TickCount.Time() - starttime < 60)
+							NullModem.Service();
+						CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_USER_SIGNED_OFF);
+
+						// to skip the other system not responding msg
+						lastmsgtime = TickCount.Time();
+
+						process = false;
+						rc = false;
+						recsignedoff = true;
+						break;
+
+					/*..................................................................
+					Game Options:  Store the other machine's name, color & house;
+					If they've picked the same color as myself, re-transmit my settings
+					to force him to choose a different color.  (Com_Show_Scenario_Dialog
+					is responsible for ensuring the colors are different.)
+					..................................................................*/
+					case (SERIAL_GAME_OPTIONS):
+						oppscorescreen = false;
+						gameoptions = true;
+						strcpy (TheirName, ReceivePacket.Name);
+						TheirColor = ReceivePacket.Color;
+						TheirHouse = ReceivePacket.House;
+						transmit = 1;
+
+						parms_received = 1;
+
+						/*...............................................................
+						Check the version number of the other system.
+						...............................................................*/
+#ifdef PATCH
+						if (IsV107) {
+							version = 1;
+						} else {
+							version = 2;
+						}
+#else
+						version = Version_Number();
+#endif
+						if (ReceivePacket.Version > version) {
+							CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_YOURGAME_OUTDATED);
+
+							// to skip the other system not responding msg
+							lastmsgtime = TickCount.Time();
+
+							process = false;
+							rc = false;
+						} else {
+							if (ReceivePacket.Version < version) {
+								CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_DESTGAME_OUTDATED);
+
+								// to skip the other system not responding msg
+								lastmsgtime = TickCount.Time();
+
+								process = false;
+								rc = false;
+							}
+						}
+						break;
+
+					/*..................................................................
+					Incoming message: add to our list
+					..................................................................*/
+
+					//
+					// get their response time
+					//
+					case (SERIAL_TIMING):
+						oppscorescreen = false;
+						theirresponsetime = ReceivePacket.ResponseTime;
+
+						if ( !gameoptions ) {
+							transmit = 1;
+						}else{
+							process = false;
+							rc = true;
+						}
+						break;
+
+					//
+					// print msg waiting for opponent
+					//
+					case (SERIAL_SCORE_SCREEN):
+						oppscorescreen = true;
+						parms_received = 1;
+						break;
+
+					default:
+						break;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		// if we haven't received a msg for 10 seconds exit
+
+		if ( (TickCount.Time() - lastmsgtime) > msg_timeout) {
+			CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_SYSTEM_NOT_RESPONDING);
+			process = false;
+			rc = false;
+
+			// say we did receive sign off to keep from sending one
+			recsignedoff = true;
+		}
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Service the connection
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		NullModem.Service();
+
+	}	/* end of while */
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Sort player ID's, so we can execute commands in the same order on both
+	machines.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (rc) {
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Set the number of players in this game, and my ID
+		.....................................................................*/
+		MPlayerCount = 2;
+		MPlayerLocalID = Build_MPlayerID (MPlayerColorIdx, MPlayerHouse);
+
+		TheirID = Build_MPlayerID (TheirColor,TheirHouse);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Store every player's ID in the MPlayerID[] array.  This array will
+		determine the order of event execution, so the ID's must be stored
+		in the same order on all systems.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (TheirID < MPlayerLocalID) {
+			MPlayerID[0] = TheirID;
+			MPlayerID[1] = MPlayerLocalID;
+			strcpy (MPlayerNames[0], TheirName);
+			strcpy (MPlayerNames[1], MPlayerName);
+		} else {
+			MPlayerID[0] = MPlayerLocalID;
+			MPlayerID[1] = TheirID;
+			strcpy (MPlayerNames[0], MPlayerName);
+			strcpy (MPlayerNames[1], TheirName);
+		}
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Get the scenario filename
+		.....................................................................*/
+		Scenario = MPlayerFilenum[ScenarioIdx];
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Send all players the GO packet.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		SendPacket.Command = SERIAL_GO;
+		SendPacket.ResponseTime = NullModem.Response_Time();
+		if ( theirresponsetime == 10000 ) {
+//			Mono_Clear_Screen();
+//			Smart_Printf( "Did not receive their response time!!!!!!!\n" );
+//			Get_Key();
+		} else {
+			if (SendPacket.ResponseTime < theirresponsetime) {
+				SendPacket.ResponseTime = theirresponsetime;
+			}
+		}
+
+		//
+		// calculated one way delay for a packet and overall delay to execute
+		// a packet
+		//
+		////////MPlayerMaxAhead = MAX( (SendPacket.ResponseTime / 8), 2);
+		SendPacket.ID = ModemGameToPlay;
+
+		NullModem.Send_Message (&SendPacket, sizeof(SendPacket), 1);
+
+		starttime = TickCount.Time();
+		while ( ( NullModem.Num_Send()
+			&& ((TickCount.Time() - starttime) < PACKET_SENDING_TIMEOUT) )
+			|| ((TickCount.Time() - starttime) < 60) ) {
+			#if(SHOW_MONO)
+			NullModem.Mono_Debug_Print(0);
+			#endif
+
+			NullModem.Service();
+			Keyboard::Check();		//Make sure the message loop gets called
+		}
+
+		// clear queue to keep from doing any resends
+		NullModem.Init_Send_Queue();
+
+	} else {
+		if ( !recsignedoff ) {
+			/*.....................................................................
+			Broadcast my sign-off over my network
+			.....................................................................*/
+			SendPacket.Command = SERIAL_SIGN_OFF;
+			SendPacket.Color = MPlayerLocalID;		// use Color for ID
+			SendPacket.ID = ModemGameToPlay;
+			NullModem.Send_Message (&SendPacket, sizeof(SendPacket), 1);
+
+			starttime = TickCount.Time();
+			while ( (NullModem.Num_Send()
+				&& ((TickCount.Time() - starttime) < PACKET_CANCEL_TIMEOUT) )
+				|| ((TickCount.Time() - starttime) < 60) ) {
+				#if(SHOW_MONO)
+				NullModem.Mono_Debug_Print(0);
+				#endif
+
+				if ( NullModem.Get_Message( &ReceivePacket, &packetlen ) > 0) {
+
+					// are we getting our own packets back??
+
+					if (ReceivePacket.Command == SERIAL_SIGN_OFF
+						&& ReceivePacket.ID == ModemGameToPlay) {
+
+						// exit while
+						break;
+					}
+				}
+
+				NullModem.Service();
+			}
+		}
+
+		Shutdown_Modem();
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Restore screen
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	Hide_Mouse();
+	Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+	HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+	Show_Mouse();
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Save any changes made to our options
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (changed) {
+		Write_MultiPlayer_Settings ();
+	}
+
+	return(rc);
+
+}	/* end of Com_Scenario_Dialog */
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+int Com_Show_Fake_Scenario_Dialog(void)
+{
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog variables
+	........................................................................*/
+	bool display = true;		// redraw level
+	BOOL process = true;						// process while true
+
+	char namebuf[MPLAYER_NAME_MAX] = {0};		// buffer for player's name
+	int transmit;										// 1 = re-transmit new game options
+	int first;											// 1 = no packets received yet
+	int parms_received = 0;							// 1 = game options received
+	int changed = 0;							// 1 = user has changed an option
+
+	int rc;
+	int recsignedoff = 0;
+	int i;
+	int version;
+	unsigned long starttime;
+	unsigned long timingtime;
+	unsigned long lastmsgtime;
+	unsigned long lastredrawtime;
+	unsigned long transmittime = 0;
+	int packetlen;
+	bool oppscorescreen = false;
+	bool gameoptions = false;
+	EventClass *event;					// event ptr
+	unsigned long msg_timeout = 60*60;	// init to 60 seconds
+
+
+	int 	factor 		= (SeenBuff.Get_Width() == 320) ? 1 : 2;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Button Enumerations
+	........................................................................*/
+	enum {
+		BUTTON_CANCEL = 100,
+	};
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog variables
+	........................................................................*/
+	TextButtonClass * buttons = 0;
+
+	KeyNumType input;
+
+	int x,y;
+	int width=0;
+	int height=0;
+	char text_buffer[80*3];
+
+	const char *current_status_string = Text_String(TXT_WINSOCK_CONNECTING);
+	strcpy(text_buffer, current_status_string);
+
+	Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_NONE,0,0,TBLACK,TBLACK,TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+	Format_Window_String(text_buffer, SeenBuff.Get_Height(), width, height);
+
+	width = MAX(width, 50*factor);
+	width += 40*factor;
+	height += 60*factor;
+
+	x = (SeenBuff.Get_Width() - width) / 2;
+	y = (SeenBuff.Get_Height() - height) / 2;
+
+	TextButtonClass cancelbtn(BUTTON_CANCEL, TXT_CANCEL,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		x + ((width - (String_Pixel_Width( Text_String( TXT_CANCEL ) ) + 8*factor)) >> 1),
+		y + height - (FontHeight + FontYSpacing + 2*factor) - 5*factor);
+
+	Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+	buttons = &cancelbtn;
+
+	buttons->Flag_List_To_Redraw();
+
+
+	transmit = 1;
+	first = 1;
+
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Processing loop -----------------------------
+	*/
+	NullModem.Reset_Response_Time();		// clear response time
+	timingtime = lastmsgtime = lastredrawtime = TickCount.Time();
+
+	while (process) {
+
+		/*
+		** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+		** we need to redraw.
+		*/
+		if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+			AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+			display=true;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		........................ Invoke game callback .........................
+		*/
+		Call_Back();
+
+		/*
+		...................... Refresh display if needed ......................
+		*/
+		if (display) {
+			Hide_Mouse();
+			/*
+			.................. Redraw backgound & dialog box ...................
+			*/
+			Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+			HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+			Set_Palette(Palette);
+			/*
+			..................... Draw the background .......................
+			*/
+			Dialog_Box(x, y, width, height);
+			/*
+			....................... Draw the labels .........................
+			*/
+			Draw_Caption(TXT_NONE, x, y, width);
+
+			Fancy_Text_Print(text_buffer, x + 20*factor, y + 25*factor, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+				TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+			buttons->Draw_All();
+			Show_Mouse();
+			display = false;
+		}
+
+
+		/*
+		............................ Process input ............................
+		*/
+		input = buttons->Input();
+		switch (input) {
+			case (KN_ESC):
+			case (BUTTON_CANCEL | KN_BUTTON):
+				process = false;
+				rc = false;
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				break;
+		}
+
+
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		If our Transmit flag is set, we need to send out a game option packet
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		if (transmit && (TickCount.Time() - transmittime) > PACKET_RETRANS_TIME) {
+			SendPacket.Command = SERIAL_GAME_OPTIONS;
+			strcpy (SendPacket.Name, MPlayerName);
+#ifdef PATCH
+			if (IsV107) {
+				SendPacket.Version = 1;
+			} else {
+				SendPacket.Version = 2;
+			}
+#else
+			SendPacket.Version = Version_Number();
+#endif
+			SendPacket.House = MPlayerHouse;
+			SendPacket.Color = MPlayerColorIdx;
+			SendPacket.ID = ModemGameToPlay;
+
+			NullModem.Send_Message (&SendPacket, sizeof(SendPacket), 1);
+
+			transmittime = TickCount.Time();
+			transmit = 0;
+		}
+
+		//
+		// send a timing packet if enough time has gone by.
+		//
+		if ( (TickCount.Time() - timingtime) > PACKET_TIMING_TIMEOUT) {
+			SendPacket.Command = SERIAL_TIMING;
+			SendPacket.ResponseTime = NullModem.Response_Time();
+			SendPacket.ID = ModemGameToPlay;
+
+			NullModem.Send_Message (&SendPacket, sizeof(SendPacket), 0);
+			timingtime = TickCount.Time();
+		}
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Check for an incoming message
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		if (NullModem.Get_Message (&ReceivePacket, &packetlen) > 0) {
+
+			lastmsgtime = TickCount.Time();
+
+			msg_timeout = 600;
+
+			// are we getting our own packets back??
+
+			if (ReceivePacket.Command >= SERIAL_CONNECT &&
+				ReceivePacket.Command < SERIAL_LAST_COMMAND &&
+				ReceivePacket.Command != SERIAL_MESSAGE &&
+				ReceivePacket.ID == ModemGameToPlay) {
+
+				CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_SYSTEM_NOT_RESPONDING);
+
+				// to skip the other system not responding msg
+				lastmsgtime = TickCount.Time();
+
+				process = false;
+				rc = false;
+
+				// say we did receive sign off to keep from sending one
+				recsignedoff = true;
+				break;
+			}
+
+			event = (EventClass *)&ReceivePacket;
+			if (event->Type <= EventClass::FRAMEINFO) {
+				if ( (TickCount.Time() - lastredrawtime) > PACKET_REDRAW_TIME) {
+					lastredrawtime = TickCount.Time();
+					oppscorescreen = true;
+					display = false;
+					parms_received = 1;
+				}
+			} else {
+				switch ( ReceivePacket.Command ) {
+					/*..................................................................
+					Other system signs off:  Give it time to receive my ACK, then show
+					a message.
+					..................................................................*/
+					case (SERIAL_SIGN_OFF):
+						starttime = TickCount.Time();
+						while ( (TickCount.Time() - starttime) < 60)
+							NullModem.Service();
+						CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_USER_SIGNED_OFF);
+
+						// to skip the other system not responding msg
+						lastmsgtime = TickCount.Time();
+
+						process = false;
+						rc = false;
+						recsignedoff = true;
+						break;
+
+					/*..................................................................
+					Game Options: Store all options; check my color & game version.
+					..................................................................*/
+					case (SERIAL_GAME_OPTIONS):
+						oppscorescreen = false;
+						gameoptions = true;
+						display = false;
+						parms_received = 1;
+
+						strcpy (TheirName, ReceivePacket.Name);
+						TheirColor = ReceivePacket.Color;
+						TheirHouse = ReceivePacket.House;
+
+						/*...............................................................
+						Save scenario settings.
+						...............................................................*/
+						MPlayerCredits = ReceivePacket.Credits;
+						MPlayerBases = ReceivePacket.IsBases;
+						MPlayerTiberium = ReceivePacket.IsTiberium;
+						MPlayerGoodies = ReceivePacket.IsGoodies;
+						MPlayerGhosts = ReceivePacket.IsGhosties;
+						BuildLevel = ReceivePacket.BuildLevel;
+						MPlayerUnitCount = ReceivePacket.UnitCount;
+						Seed = ReceivePacket.Seed;
+						Special = ReceivePacket.Special;
+						Options.GameSpeed = ReceivePacket.GameSpeed;
+
+						if (MPlayerTiberium) {
+							Special.IsTGrowth = 1;
+							Special.IsTSpread = 1;
+						} else {
+							Special.IsTGrowth = 0;
+							Special.IsTSpread = 0;
+						}
+
+						/*...............................................................
+						Find the index of the scenario number; if it's not found, leave
+						it at -1.
+						...............................................................*/
+						ScenarioIdx = -1;
+						for (i = 0; i < MPlayerFilenum.Count(); i++) {
+							if (ReceivePacket.Scenario == MPlayerFilenum[i])
+								ScenarioIdx = i;
+						}
+
+						/*...............................................................
+						Check our version numbers; if they're incompatible, sign off.
+						...............................................................*/
+#ifdef PATCH
+						if (IsV107) {
+							version = 1;
+						} else {
+							version = 2;
+						}
+#else
+						version = Version_Number();
+#endif
+						if (ReceivePacket.Version > version) {
+							CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_YOURGAME_OUTDATED);
+
+							// to skip the other system not responding msg
+							lastmsgtime = TickCount.Time();
+
+							process = false;
+							rc = false;
+						} else {
+							if (ReceivePacket.Version < version) {
+								CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_DESTGAME_OUTDATED);
+
+								// to skip the other system not responding msg
+								lastmsgtime = TickCount.Time();
+
+								process = false;
+								rc = false;
+							}
+						}
+
+						/*...............................................................
+						If this is the first game-options packet we've received, transmit
+						our options to him.
+						...............................................................*/
+						if (first) {
+							first = 0;
+
+							// force transmitting of game options packet
+
+							transmit = 1;
+							transmittime = 0;
+						}
+						break;
+
+					/*..................................................................
+					GO: Exit this routine with a success code.
+					..................................................................*/
+					case (SERIAL_GO):
+
+						//
+						// calculated one way delay for a packet and overall delay
+						// to execute a packet
+						//
+						////////MPlayerMaxAhead = MAX( (ReceivePacket.ResponseTime / 8), 2);
+
+						process = false;
+						rc = true;
+						break;
+
+					//
+					// throw away timing packet
+					//
+					case (SERIAL_TIMING):
+						oppscorescreen = false;
+						break;
+
+					//
+					// print msg waiting for opponent
+					//
+					case (SERIAL_SCORE_SCREEN):
+// Smart_Printf( "received score screen\n" );
+						oppscorescreen = true;
+						display = false;
+						parms_received = 1;
+						break;
+
+					default:
+						break;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		// if we haven't received a msg for 10 seconds exit
+
+		if ( (TickCount.Time() - lastmsgtime) > msg_timeout) {
+			CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_SYSTEM_NOT_RESPONDING);
+			process = false;
+			rc = false;
+
+			// say we did receive sign off to keep from sending one
+			recsignedoff = true;
+		}
+
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Service the connection
+		---------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		NullModem.Service();
+
+	}	/* end of while */
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Sort player ID's, so we can execute commands in the same order on both
+	machines.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (rc) {
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Set the number of players in this game, and my ID
+		.....................................................................*/
+		MPlayerCount = 2;
+		MPlayerLocalID = Build_MPlayerID (MPlayerColorIdx, MPlayerHouse);
+
+		TheirID = Build_MPlayerID (TheirColor,TheirHouse);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Store every player's ID in the MPlayerID[] array.  This array will
+		determine the order of event execution, so the ID's must be stored
+		in the same order on all systems.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		if (TheirID < MPlayerLocalID) {
+			MPlayerID[0] = TheirID;
+			MPlayerID[1] = MPlayerLocalID;
+			strcpy (MPlayerNames[0], TheirName);
+			strcpy (MPlayerNames[1], MPlayerName);
+		} else {
+			MPlayerID[0] = MPlayerLocalID;
+			MPlayerID[1] = TheirID;
+			strcpy (MPlayerNames[0], MPlayerName);
+			strcpy (MPlayerNames[1], TheirName);
+		}
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Get the scenario filename
+		.....................................................................*/
+		Scenario = MPlayerFilenum[ScenarioIdx];
+
+		starttime = TickCount.Time();
+		while ( ( NullModem.Num_Send()
+			&& ((TickCount.Time() - starttime) < PACKET_SENDING_TIMEOUT) )
+			|| ((TickCount.Time() - starttime) < 60) ) {
+			#if(SHOW_MONO)
+			NullModem.Mono_Debug_Print(0);
+			#endif
+
+			NullModem.Service();
+			Keyboard::Check();		//Make sure the message loop gets called
+		}
+
+		// clear queue to keep from doing any resends
+		NullModem.Init_Send_Queue();
+
+	} else {
+		if ( !recsignedoff ) {
+			/*.....................................................................
+			Broadcast my sign-off over my network
+			.....................................................................*/
+			SendPacket.Command = SERIAL_SIGN_OFF;
+			SendPacket.Color = MPlayerLocalID;		// use Color for ID
+			SendPacket.ID = ModemGameToPlay;
+			NullModem.Send_Message (&SendPacket, sizeof(SendPacket), 1);
+
+			starttime = TickCount.Time();
+			while ( (NullModem.Num_Send()
+				&& ((TickCount.Time() - starttime) < PACKET_CANCEL_TIMEOUT) )
+				|| ((TickCount.Time() - starttime) < 60) ) {
+				#if(SHOW_MONO)
+				NullModem.Mono_Debug_Print(0);
+				#endif
+
+				if ( NullModem.Get_Message( &ReceivePacket, &packetlen ) > 0) {
+
+					// are we getting our own packets back??
+
+					if (ReceivePacket.Command == SERIAL_SIGN_OFF
+						&& ReceivePacket.ID == ModemGameToPlay) {
+
+						// exit while
+						break;
+					}
+				}
+
+				NullModem.Service();
+			}
+		}
+
+		Shutdown_Modem();
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Save any changes made to our options
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (changed) {
+		Write_MultiPlayer_Settings ();
+	}
+
+	return(rc);
+
+}	/* end of Com_Show_Scenario_Dialog */
+
+
+#endif	//(0)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/NULLMGR.CPP b/NULLMGR.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec9b137
--- /dev/null
+++ b/NULLMGR.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,2350 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\nullmgr.cpv   1.10   16 Oct 1995 16:51:52   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D    S T U D I O S        **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : NULLMGR.CPP                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Bill Randolph                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : April 5, 1995       	 						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : May 1, 1995 [BRR]                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:    			                                                   *
+ *   NullModemClass::NullModemClass -- class constructor                   *
+ *   NullModemClass::~NullModemClass -- class destructor                   *
+ *   NullModemClass::Init -- initialization											*
+ *   NullModemClass::Send_Message -- sends a message								*
+ *   NullModemClass::Get_Message -- polls the Queue for a message				*
+ *   NullModemClass::Service -- main polling routine								*
+ *   NullModemClass::Num_Send -- Returns # of unACK'd send entries			*
+ *   NullModemClass::Num_Receive -- Returns # entries in the receive queue *
+ *   NullModemClass::Response_Time -- Returns Queue's avg response time    *
+ *   NullModemClass::Reset_Response_Time -- Resets response time computatio*
+ *   NullModemClass::Oldest_Send -- Returns ptr to oldest unACK'd send buf *
+ *   NullModemClass::Detect_Modem -- Detects and initializes the modem     *
+ *   NullModemClass::Dial_Modem -- dials a number passed                   *
+ *   NullModemClass::Answer_Modem -- waits for call and answers            *
+ *   NullModemClass::Hangup_Modem -- hangs up the modem                    *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "function.h"
+#include "wincomm.h"
+#include "modemreg.h"
+#include "i86.h"
+#include "tcpip.h"
+
+
+extern ModemRegistryEntryClass *ModemRegistry;
+
+// the following line was taken from Greenleaf's <ibmkeys.h> <asciidef.h>
+// because of other define conflicts
+
+#define ESC		         27
+#define NOKEY           0xffff
+#define INIT_COMMAND_RETRIES	2
+
+// this time is in milliseconds
+
+#define DEFAULT_TIMEOUT			2000
+
+//
+// the following is for a fix around a greenleaf bug
+// where they do not check for the value of abortkey
+// to determine whether or not they call the abort modem function.
+//
+extern "C" {
+	extern void (*_AbortModemFunctionPtr)(int);
+}
+
+static void (*NullModemClass::OrigAbortModemFunc)(int);
+
+static KeyNumType NullModemClass::Input;
+static GadgetClass *NullModemClass::Commands;		// button list
+
+/*
+** Ugly hack: this string stores the string received from the modem
+*/
+char ModemRXString[80];
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * NullModemClass::NullModemClass -- class constructor                     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		numsend			# desired entries for the send queue						*
+ *		numreceive		# desired entries for the receive queue					*
+ *		maxlen			application's max packet length								*
+ *		magicnum			application-specific magic # (so we don't 				*
+ *							accidentally end up talking to another one of our own	*
+ *							products using the same protocol)							*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+NullModemClass::NullModemClass (int numsend, int numreceive, int maxlen,
+	unsigned short magicnum) : ConnManClass()
+{
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Init Port to NULL; we haven't opened Greenleaf yet.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	PortHandle = NULL;
+	Connection = NULL;
+
+	NumSend = numsend;
+	NumReceive = numreceive;
+	MaxLen = maxlen;
+	MagicNum = magicnum;
+
+	RXBuf = 0;
+	BuildBuf = 0;
+
+	EchoSize = 500;
+	EchoBuf = 0;
+
+	OldIRQPri = -1;
+
+	ModemVerboseOn = false;					// default true
+	ModemEchoOn = false;						// default true
+	ModemWaitCarrier = 50000;				// default 50 * 1000ms = 50 secs
+	ModemCarrierDetect = 600;				// default 6  * 100ms  = .6 secs
+	ModemCarrierLoss = 1400;				// default 14 * 100ms  = 1.4 secs
+	ModemHangupDelay = 20000;				// default 20 * 1000ms = 20 secs
+	ModemGuardTime = 1000;					// default 50 * 20ms   = 1 sec
+	ModemEscapeCode = '+';					// default ASCII 43
+
+	SendOverflows = 0;
+	ReceiveOverflows = 0;
+	CRCErrors = 0;
+
+	NumConnections = 0;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Init timing parameters
+	........................................................................*/
+	RetryDelta = 60;		// 60 ticks between retries
+	MaxRetries = -1;		// disregard # retries
+	Timeout = 1200;		// report bad connection after 20 seconds
+
+}	/* end of NullModemClass */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * NullModemClass::~NullModemClass -- class destructor                     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+NullModemClass::~NullModemClass ()
+{
+	Delete_Connection();
+}	/* end of ~NullModemClass */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * NullModemClass::Init -- initialization												*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		port				address  															*
+ *		irq				2-15     															*
+ *		baud				300, 1200, 9600, etc												*
+ *		parity			'O' (odd), 'E' (even), 'N' (none), 'S' (space),			*
+ *							'M' (mark)															*
+ *		wordlength		5, 6, 7, or 8														*
+ *		stopbits			1 or 2																*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		1 = OK, 0 = error																		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+//int NullModemClass::Init (int port, int irq, int baud, char parity, int wordlen, int stopbits)
+#pragma off (unreferenced)
+int NullModemClass::Init (int port, int ,char *dev_name, int baud, char parity, int wordlen, int stopbits, int flowcontrol)
+{
+	int com;
+	//int irqnum;
+	//int address;
+	//int status;
+
+
+	if (PortHandle) {
+		CloseHandle(PortHandle);
+		PortHandle = NULL;
+	}
+
+	if (!Connection){
+		/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Init our Connection
+		------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		Connection = new NullModemConnClass (NumSend, NumReceive, MaxLen,
+			MagicNum);
+
+		Connection->Set_Retry_Delta (RetryDelta);
+		Connection->Set_Max_Retries (MaxRetries);
+		Connection->Set_TimeOut (Timeout);
+
+		/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Allocate our packet parsing buffer; make it the same # of packets as the
+		# of receive queue entries the application has requested.  Use the
+		"Actual" maximum packet size, given from the connection; this allows for
+		both headers that get added to the packet.
+		------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+		RXSize = Connection->Actual_Max_Packet() * NumReceive;
+		RXBuf = new char [RXSize];
+
+		BuildBuf = new char [MaxLen];
+
+		EchoBuf = new char [ EchoSize ];
+	}
+
+	RXCount = 0;
+	EchoCount = 0;
+
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	This call allocates all necessary queue buffers
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	switch (port) {
+		case 0x3f8:
+			com = COM1;
+			break;
+
+		case 0x2f8:
+			com = COM2;
+			break;
+
+		case 0x3e8:
+			com = COM3;
+			break;
+
+		case 0x2e8:
+			com = COM4;
+			break;
+
+		default:
+			com = COM5;
+			break;
+	}
+
+	int	i;
+
+	/*
+	** Create a new modem class for our com port
+	*/
+	if (!SerialPort) {
+		SerialPort = new WinModemClass;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Shift up the baud rate to sensible values
+	*/
+//	if (baud == 14400) baud = 19200;
+//	if (baud == 28800) baud = 38400;
+
+	static char com_ids[9][5]={
+		"COM1",
+		"COM2",
+		"COM3",
+		"COM4",
+		"COM5",
+		"COM6",
+		"COM7",
+		"COM8",
+		"COM9"
+	};
+
+	char *device;
+
+	switch ( port ) {
+
+		case 0x3f8:
+			device = com_ids[0];
+			break;
+
+		case 0x2f8:
+			device = com_ids[1];
+			break;
+
+		case 0x3e8:
+			device = com_ids[2];
+			break;
+
+		case 0x2e8:
+			device = com_ids[3];
+			break;
+
+		case 1:
+			/*
+			** 1 is a special value. It means use the device name not the port address.
+			*/
+			device = dev_name;
+
+			/*
+			** If we can match a registry entry with the device name then use that, otherwise use
+			** the device name directly to open the port with.
+			*/
+			if (ModemRegistry){
+				delete ModemRegistry;
+				ModemRegistry = NULL;
+			}
+			for ( i=0 ; i<10 ; i++ ){
+				ModemRegistry = new ModemRegistryEntryClass (i);
+				if (ModemRegistry->Get_Modem_Name()){
+					if (!strcmp (dev_name, ModemRegistry->Get_Modem_Name() )){
+						device = ModemRegistry->Get_Modem_Device_Name();
+						break;
+					}
+				}
+				delete ModemRegistry;
+				ModemRegistry = NULL;
+			}
+			break;
+
+		default:
+			device = NULL;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Open the com port
+	*/
+	PortHandle = SerialPort->Serial_Port_Open (device, baud, parity, wordlen, stopbits, flowcontrol);
+	if (PortHandle == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) {
+		Shutdown();
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Init the Connection
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	Connection->Init(PortHandle);
+
+	NumConnections = 1;
+
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * NMC::Num_Connections -- returns NumConnections member                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   NumConnections                                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    8/2/96 11:44AM ST : Documented / Win32 support                                           *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int NullModemClass::Num_Connections( void )
+{
+	return(NumConnections);
+}
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * NMC::Delete_Connection -- removes the connection                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   true                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    8/2/96 11:44AM ST : Documented / Win32 support                                           *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int NullModemClass::Delete_Connection( void )
+{
+	if (Connection) {
+		delete Connection;
+		Connection = NULL;
+	}
+
+	if (RXBuf) {
+		delete [] RXBuf;
+		RXBuf = NULL;
+	}
+
+	if (BuildBuf) {
+		delete [] BuildBuf;
+		BuildBuf = NULL;
+	}
+
+	if (EchoBuf) {
+		delete [] EchoBuf;
+		EchoBuf = NULL;
+	}
+
+	NumConnections = 0;
+
+	return( true );
+}	/* end of Delete_Connection */
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * NMC::Init_Send_Queue -- Initialises the connections send queue                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   true                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    8/2/96 11:46AM ST : Documented / Win32 support                                           *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int NullModemClass::Init_Send_Queue( void )
+{
+
+	/*---------------------------------------------------------------
+	Init the send queue
+	-----------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if ( Connection ) {
+		Connection->Queue->Init_Send_Queue();
+	}
+
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+//DetectPortType NullModemClass::Detect_Port( SerialSettingsType *settings )
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * NMC::Detect_Port -- Checks that the specified com port exists                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    ptr to SerialSettingsType                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   true if port is valid                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    8/2/96 11:47AM ST : Documented / Win32 support                                           *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+DetectPortType NullModemClass::Detect_Port( SerialSettingsType *settings)
+{
+
+	static char com_ids[9][5]={
+		"COM1",
+		"COM2",
+		"COM3",
+		"COM4",
+		"COM5",
+		"COM6",
+		"COM7",
+		"COM8",
+		"COM9"
+	};
+
+	int	i;
+
+	/*
+	** Create a new modem class for our com port
+	*/
+	if (!SerialPort) {
+		SerialPort = new WinModemClass;
+	}else{
+		SerialPort->Serial_Port_Close();
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Shift up the baud rate to sensible values
+	*/
+	int baud = settings->Baud;
+//	if (baud == 14400) baud = 19200;
+//	if (baud == 28800) baud = 38400;
+
+
+	/*
+	** Translate the port address into a usable device name
+	*/
+	char *device;
+
+	switch ( settings->Port ) {
+
+		case 0x3f8:
+			device = com_ids[0];
+			break;
+
+		case 0x2f8:
+			device = com_ids[1];
+			break;
+
+		case 0x3e8:
+			device = com_ids[2];
+			break;
+
+		case 0x2e8:
+			device = com_ids[3];
+			break;
+
+		case 1:
+			/*
+			** 1 is a special value. It means use the device name not the port address.
+			*/
+			device = settings->ModemName;
+
+			/*
+			** If we can match a registry entry with the device name then use that, otherwise use
+			** the device name directly to open the port with.
+			*/
+			if (ModemRegistry){
+				delete ModemRegistry;
+				ModemRegistry = NULL;
+			}
+			for ( i=0 ; i<10 ; i++){
+				ModemRegistry = new ModemRegistryEntryClass (i);
+				if (ModemRegistry->Get_Modem_Name()){
+					if (!strcmp (device, ModemRegistry->Get_Modem_Name() )){
+						/*
+						** Got a match. Break out leaving the registry info intact.
+						*/
+						device = ModemRegistry->Get_Modem_Device_Name();
+						break;
+					}
+				}
+				delete ModemRegistry;
+				ModemRegistry = NULL;
+			}
+			break;
+
+		default:
+			return (PORT_INVALID);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Open the com port
+	*/
+	HANDLE porthandle = SerialPort->Serial_Port_Open (device, baud, 0, 8, 1, settings->HardwareFlowControl);
+
+	if (porthandle == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE){
+		return (PORT_INVALID);
+	}
+
+	SerialPort->Serial_Port_Close();
+	return (PORT_VALID);
+
+}
+
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * NullModemClass::ShutDown -- Closes serial port and removes the connection                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    8/2/96 11:43AM ST : Documented / Win32 support                                           *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void NullModemClass::Shutdown ( void )
+{
+	if (PortHandle && SerialPort) {
+		SerialPort->Serial_Port_Close();
+		delete SerialPort;
+		SerialPort = NULL;
+		PortHandle = NULL;
+		Delete_Connection();
+	}
+
+#ifdef FORCE_WINSOCK
+	if (Winsock.Get_Connected()){
+		Delete_Connection();
+	}
+#endif
+
+}	/* end of Shutdown */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * NullModemClass::Set_Timing -- sets timing for all connections				*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This will set the timing parameters.  This allows an application to		*
+ * measure the Response_Time while running, and adjust timing accordingly.	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		retrydelta	value to set for retry delta 										*
+ *		maxretries	value to set for max # retries									*
+ *		timeout		value to set for connection timeout								*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   08/07/1995 DRD : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void NullModemClass::Set_Timing (unsigned long retrydelta,
+	unsigned long maxretries, unsigned long timeout)
+{
+	RetryDelta = retrydelta;
+	MaxRetries = maxretries;
+	Timeout = timeout;
+
+	Connection->Set_Retry_Delta (RetryDelta);
+	Connection->Set_Max_Retries (MaxRetries);
+	Connection->Set_TimeOut (Timeout);
+
+}	/* end of Set_Timing */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * NullModemClass::Send_Message -- sends a message									*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * For clarity's sake, here's what happens to the buffer passed in:			*
+ * - It gets passed to the Connection's Send_Packet() routine					*
+ * - The CommHeaderType header gets tacked onto it									*
+ * - The resulting buffer gets added to the Connection's Send Queue			*
+ * - When Service() determines that it needs to send the data, it				*
+ *   copies the entire packet (CommHeaderType and all) into its local 		*
+ *   SendBuf, adds the packet start ID, length, and CRC, then sends it out.*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * The ack_req argument will almost always be '1' (the default).  The only	*
+ * reason to use 0 is if you don't know whether the other system is			*
+ * ready or not, so you have to periodically send out a query packet,		*
+ * and wait for a response.  (Using the connection's built-in retry			*
+ * system would just blast out useless data if the other system isn't		*
+ * even there.)																				*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		buf			buffer to send															*
+ *		buflen		length of buffer														*
+ *		ack_req		1 = ACK is required; 0 = not										*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		1 = OK; 0 = error																		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int NullModemClass::Send_Message (void *buf, int buflen, int ack_req)
+{
+	int rc;
+
+	if (NumConnections == 0) {
+		return( false );
+	}
+
+	rc = Connection->Send_Packet(buf,buflen,ack_req);
+	if (!rc)
+		SendOverflows++;
+
+	return(rc);
+
+}	/* end of Send_Message */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * NullModemClass::Get_Message -- polls the Queue for a message				*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		buf			buffer to store message in											*
+ *		buflen		ptr filled in with length of message							*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		1 = message was received; 0 = wasn't											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int NullModemClass::Get_Message (void *buf, int *buflen)
+{
+	if (NumConnections == 0) {
+		return( false );
+	}
+	return( Connection->Get_Packet( buf, buflen ) );
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * NullModemClass::Service -- main polling routine									*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		1 = OK, 0 = connection has gone bad												*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int NullModemClass::Service (void)
+{
+	int pos;				// current position in RXBuf
+	int i;				// loop counter
+	//int status;
+	unsigned short length;
+	SerialHeaderType *header;	// decoded packet start, length
+	SerialCRCType *crc;			// decoded packet CRC
+	char moredata = 0;
+
+	if (NumConnections == 0) {
+		return( false );
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	First, copy all the bytes we can from the Greenleaf RX buffer to our
+	own buffer.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	RXCount += SerialPort->Read_From_Serial_Port((unsigned char*)(RXBuf + RXCount), int(RXSize - RXCount) );
+
+//	if (RXCount){
+//char port[128];
+//sprintf (port, "C&C95 - RXCount = %d bytes.\n", RXCount);
+//CCDebugString (port);
+//	}
+
+BOOL enabled = FALSE;
+
+#if (0)
+if (SerialPort->FramingErrors ||
+	SerialPort->IOErrors ||
+	SerialPort->InBufferOverflows ||
+	SerialPort->BufferOverruns ||
+	SerialPort->InBufferOverflows ||
+	SerialPort->OutBufferOverflows){
+
+
+if (!MonoClass::Is_Enabled()) {
+MonoClass::Enable();
+enabled = TRUE;
+}
+Special.IsMonoEnabled = TRUE;
+Debug_Smart_Print = TRUE;
+Mono_Set_Cursor(0,0);
+Smart_Printf( "            In Queue: %5d  \n", SerialPort->InQueue);
+Smart_Printf( "           Out Queue: %5d  \n", SerialPort->OutQueue);
+Smart_Printf( "      Framing errors: %5d  \n", SerialPort->FramingErrors);
+Smart_Printf( "           IO errors: %5d  \n", SerialPort->IOErrors);
+Smart_Printf( "       Parity Errors: %5d  \n", SerialPort->InBufferOverflows);
+Smart_Printf( "     Buffer overruns: %5d  \n", SerialPort->BufferOverruns);
+Smart_Printf( " In buffer overflows: %5d  \n", SerialPort->InBufferOverflows);
+Smart_Printf( "Out buffer overflows: %5d  \n", SerialPort->OutBufferOverflows);
+
+MonoClass::Disable();
+Debug_Smart_Print = FALSE;
+}
+#endif	//(0)
+
+	// minimum packet size
+
+	if ( RXCount < (PACKET_SERIAL_OVERHEAD_SIZE + 1) ) {
+		return( Connection->Service() );
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Now scan the buffer for the start of a packet.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	pos = -1;
+	for (i = 0; i <= RXCount - sizeof( short ); i++) {
+		if ( *((unsigned short *)(RXBuf + i)) == PACKET_SERIAL_START ) {
+			pos = i;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	No start code was found; throw away all bytes except the last few, and
+	return.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (pos==-1) {
+// Smart_Printf( "No magic number found \n" );
+		/*.....................................................................
+		move the remaining, un-checked bytes to the start of the buffer
+		.....................................................................*/
+		memmove (RXBuf, RXBuf + i, sizeof( short ) - 1);
+		RXCount = sizeof( short ) - 1;
+		return( Connection->Service() );
+	}
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Check to see if there are enough bytes for the header to be decoded
+	........................................................................*/
+	if ( (RXCount - pos) < sizeof( SerialHeaderType ) ) {
+		memmove (RXBuf, RXBuf + pos, RXCount - pos);
+		RXCount -= pos;
+		return(Connection->Service());
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	A start code was found; check the packet's length & CRC
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	header = (SerialHeaderType *)(RXBuf + pos);
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	If we lost a byte in the length, we may end up waiting a very long time
+	for the buffer to get to the right length; check the verify value to
+	make sure this didn't happen.
+	........................................................................*/
+	if ( header->MagicNumber2 != PACKET_SERIAL_VERIFY ) {
+// Smart_Printf( "Verify failed\n");
+//		Hex_Dump_Data( (RXBuf + pos), PACKET_SERIAL_OVERHEAD_SIZE );
+
+		pos += sizeof ( short );		// throw away the bogus start code
+		memmove (RXBuf, RXBuf + pos, RXCount - pos);
+		RXCount -= pos;
+		return(Connection->Service());
+	}
+
+	length = header->Length;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Special case: if the length comes out too long for us to process:
+	- Assume the packet is bad
+	- Throw away the bogus packet-start code
+	- Return;  we'll search for another packet-start code next time.
+	........................................................................*/
+	if (length > MaxLen) {
+#if (CONN_DEBUG)
+		printf( "length too lonnng\n" );
+#endif
+// Smart_Printf( "length too lonnng %d, max %d \n", length, MaxLen );
+
+		pos += sizeof ( short );		// throw away the bogus start code
+		memmove (RXBuf, RXBuf + pos, RXCount - pos);
+		RXCount -= pos;
+		return(Connection->Service());
+	}
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	If the entire packet isn't stored in our buffer, copy the remaining bytes
+	to the front of the buffer & return.
+	........................................................................*/
+	if ( (pos + length + PACKET_SERIAL_OVERHEAD_SIZE) > RXCount) {
+
+		if ( moredata ) {
+// Smart_Printf( "waiting for more data %d, pos = %d \n", ((length + PACKET_SERIAL_OVERHEAD_SIZE) - (RXCount - pos)), pos );
+		}
+
+		if (pos) {
+			memmove (RXBuf, RXBuf + pos, RXCount - pos);
+			RXCount -= pos;
+		}
+		return(Connection->Service());
+	}
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Now grab the CRC value in the packet, & compare it to the CRC value
+	computed from the actual data.  If they don't match, throw away the bogus
+	start-code, move the rest to the front of the buffer, & return.
+	We'll continue parsing this data when we're called next time.
+	........................................................................*/
+	crc = (SerialCRCType *)(RXBuf + pos + sizeof( SerialHeaderType ) + length);
+	if (NullModemConnClass::Compute_CRC(RXBuf + pos +
+		sizeof( SerialHeaderType ), length) != crc->SerialCRC) {
+
+		CRCErrors++;
+
+#if (CONN_DEBUG)
+		printf( "CRC check failed\n" );
+#endif
+// Smart_Printf( "CRC check failed for packet of length %d \n", length );
+
+//		if (length < 100) {
+//			Hex_Dump_Data( (RXBuf + pos), (PACKET_SERIAL_OVERHEAD_SIZE + length) );
+//		}
+
+		pos += sizeof ( short );		// throw away the bogus start code
+		memmove (RXBuf, RXBuf + pos, RXCount - pos);
+		RXCount -= pos;
+		return(Connection->Service());
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Give the new packet to the Connection to process.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (!Connection->Receive_Packet(RXBuf + pos + sizeof( SerialHeaderType ), length)) {
+		ReceiveOverflows++;
+// Smart_Printf( "Received overflows %d \n", ReceiveOverflows );
+	}
+
+#if (0)
+	Hex_Dump_Data( (RXBuf + pos), (PACKET_SERIAL_OVERHEAD_SIZE + length) );
+#endif
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Move all data past this packet to the front of the buffer.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	pos += (PACKET_SERIAL_OVERHEAD_SIZE + length);
+	memmove (RXBuf, RXBuf + pos, RXCount - pos);
+	RXCount -= pos;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Now, service the connection's Queue's; this will handle ACK & Retries.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	return(Connection->Service());
+
+}	/* end of Service */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * NullModemClass::Num_Send -- Returns # of unACK'd send entries				*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/01/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int NullModemClass::Num_Send(void)
+{
+	if (Connection)
+		return( Connection->Queue->Num_Send() );
+	else
+		return (0);
+
+}	/* end of Num_Send */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * NullModemClass::Num_Receive -- Returns # entries in the receive queue   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/01/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int NullModemClass::Num_Receive(void)
+{
+	if (Connection)
+		return( Connection->Queue->Num_Receive() );
+	else
+		return (0);
+
+}	/* end of Num_Receive */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * NullModemClass::Response_Time -- Returns Queue's avg response time      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/01/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+unsigned long NullModemClass::Response_Time(void)
+{
+	if (Connection)
+		return( Connection->Queue->Avg_Response_Time() );
+	else
+		return (0);
+
+}	/* end of Response_Time */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * NullModemClass::Reset_Response_Time -- Resets response time computation *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/01/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void NullModemClass::Reset_Response_Time(void)
+{
+	if (Connection)
+		Connection->Queue->Reset_Response_Time();
+
+}	/* end of Reset_Response_Time */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Oldest_Send -- Returns ptr to oldest unACK'd send buffer                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/01/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void * NullModemClass::Oldest_Send(void)
+{
+	int i;
+	SendQueueType *send_entry;				// ptr to send entry header
+	CommHeaderType *packet;
+	void *buf = NULL;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < Connection->Queue->Num_Send(); i++) {
+		send_entry = Connection->Queue->Get_Send(i);
+		if (send_entry) {
+			packet = (CommHeaderType *)send_entry->Buffer;
+			if (packet->Code == ConnectionClass::PACKET_DATA_ACK && send_entry->IsACK == 0) {
+				buf = send_entry->Buffer;
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(buf);
+
+}	/* end of Oldest_Send */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * NullModemClass::Configure_Debug -- sets up special debug values         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * Mono_Debug_Print2() can look into a packet to pull out a particular		*
+ * ID, and can print both that ID and a string corresponding to				*
+ * that ID.  This routine configures these values so it can find				*
+ * and decode the ID.  This ID is used in addition to the normal				*
+ * CommHeaderType values.																	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		index			connection index to configure (-1 = Global Channel)		*
+ *		offset		ID's byte offset into packet										*
+ *		size			size of ID, in bytes; 0 if none									*
+ *		names			ptr to array of names; use ID as an index into this		*
+ *		maxnames		max # in the names array; 0 if none.							*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		Names shouldn't be longer than 12 characters.								*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/31/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void NullModemClass::Configure_Debug(int , int offset, int size,
+	char **names, int maxnames)
+{
+	if (Connection)
+		Connection->Queue->Configure_Debug (offset, size, names, maxnames);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Mono_Debug_Print -- Debug output routine                                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		refresh		1 = clear screen & completely refresh							*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/02/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void NullModemClass::Mono_Debug_Print(int, int refresh)
+{
+	if (!Connection)
+		return;
+
+	Connection->Queue->Mono_Debug_Print (refresh);
+
+	if (refresh) {
+		Mono_Set_Cursor (31,1);
+		Mono_Printf ("Serial Port Queues");
+
+		Mono_Set_Cursor (9,2);
+		Mono_Printf ("Average Response Time:");
+
+		Mono_Set_Cursor (20,3);
+		Mono_Printf ("CRC Errors:");
+
+		Mono_Set_Cursor (43,2);
+		Mono_Printf ("Send Overflows:");
+
+		Mono_Set_Cursor (40,3);
+		Mono_Printf ("Receive Overflows:");
+	}
+
+	Mono_Set_Cursor (32,2);
+	Mono_Printf ("%d  ", Connection->Queue->Avg_Response_Time());
+
+	Mono_Set_Cursor (32,3);
+	Mono_Printf ("%d  ", CRCErrors);
+
+	Mono_Set_Cursor (59,2);
+	Mono_Printf ("%d  ", SendOverflows);
+
+	Mono_Set_Cursor (59,3);
+	Mono_Printf ("%d  ", ReceiveOverflows);
+
+	Mono_Set_Cursor (2,5);
+	Mono_Printf ("%d  ", Num_Send());
+
+	Mono_Set_Cursor (41,5);
+	Mono_Printf ("%d  ", Num_Receive());
+
+}	/* end of Mono_Debug_Print */
+
+
+void Timer_Test (int line, char *file)
+{
+
+	char abuffer [128];
+
+	sprintf (abuffer, "Testing timer at line %d in file %s", line, file);
+	CCDebugString (abuffer);
+
+	CountDownTimerClass timer;
+
+	timer.Set (1);
+
+	while (timer.Time()){
+		CCDebugString (".");
+	}
+
+	CCDebugString ("OK\n");
+}
+
+
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * NullModemClass::Detect_Modem -- Detects and initializes the modem       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		settings		ptr to SerialSettings structure     							*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		-1				init string invalid													*
+ *		0				no modem found															*
+ *		1				modem found			  													*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/02/1995 DRD : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int NullModemClass::Detect_Modem( SerialSettingsType *settings, bool reconnect )
+{
+	/*........................................................................
+	Button Enumerations
+	........................................................................*/
+//	enum {
+//		BUTTON_CANCEL = 100,
+//	};
+
+	int status;
+//	int modemstatus;
+	int value;
+	int error_count = 0;
+
+	int x,y,width,height;					// dialog dimensions
+	char buffer[80*3];
+
+	int	factor = SeenBuff.Get_Width()/320;
+
+
+
+//Timer_Test(__LINE__, __FILE__);
+
+
+	/*
+	**	Determine the dimensions of the text to be used for the dialog box.
+	**	These dimensions will control how the dialog box looks.
+	*/
+	strcpy( buffer, Text_String( TXT_INITIALIZING_MODEM ) );
+
+	Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_NONE,0,0,TBLACK,TBLACK,TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+	Format_Window_String(buffer, SeenBuff.Get_Height(), width, height);
+
+	width = MAX(width, 50*factor);
+	width += 40*factor;
+	height += 60*factor;
+
+	x = (SeenBuff.Get_Width() - width) / 2;
+	y = (SeenBuff.Get_Height() - height) / 2;
+
+	/*
+	------------------------------- Initialize -------------------------------
+	*/
+	Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+
+	/*
+	............................ Draw the dialog .............................
+	*/
+	Hide_Mouse();
+	if ( !reconnect ) {
+		Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+		HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+	}
+
+	Dialog_Box(x, y, width, height);
+	Draw_Caption(TXT_NONE, x, y, width);
+
+	Fancy_Text_Print(buffer, x + 20*factor, y + 25*factor, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+	Show_Mouse();
+
+	HMWaitForOK( 0, NULL );
+
+
+
+
+	/*
+	** OK, lets not mess about any more. Just turn on echo, verbose, and result codes
+	** before we even begin. At least this way when we get an error later on we have already
+	** removed all the steps we use to try and recover.
+	** The timeouts need to be quite small in case the modem is turned off.
+	*/
+
+	/*
+	** Turn on result codes.
+	*/
+	Send_Modem_Command ( "ATQ0", '\r', buffer, 81, DEFAULT_TIMEOUT / 2, 2);
+
+	/*
+	** Make result codes verbose.
+	*/
+	Send_Modem_Command ( "ATV1", '\r', buffer, 81, DEFAULT_TIMEOUT / 2, 2);
+
+	/*
+	** Turn on echo.
+	*/
+	Send_Modem_Command ( "ATE1", '\r', buffer, 81, DEFAULT_TIMEOUT / 2, 2);
+
+	ModemVerboseOn = true;
+	ModemEchoOn = true;
+
+
+
+	/*
+	** Try sending a plain old AT command to the modem. Now that we have theoretically
+	** turned on verbose result codes we should get an 'OK' back.
+	**
+	*/
+	status = Send_Modem_Command( "AT", '\r', buffer, 81, DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, 2 );
+
+	if (status < ASSUCCESS) {
+		/*
+		** No 'OK' came back so return failure. We cant print an error message here because
+		** the calling function may want to upshift the baud rate (eg from 14400 to 19200) and
+		** try again.
+		*/
+		return (false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Send the user supplied modem init string
+	*/
+	if (settings->InitStringIndex == -1) {
+		status = Send_Modem_Command( "", '\r', buffer, 81, 300, 1 );
+	} else {
+		/*
+		** Split up the init string into seperate strings if it contains one or more '|' characters.
+		** This character acts as a carriage return/pause.
+		*/
+		char *istr = new char [2 + strlen( InitStrings [settings->InitStringIndex] )];
+		char *tokenptr;
+		strcpy (istr, InitStrings [settings->InitStringIndex] );
+
+		/*
+		** Tokenise the string and send it in chunks
+		*/
+		tokenptr = strtok ( istr, "|" );
+		while ( tokenptr ) {
+
+			status = Send_Modem_Command( tokenptr, '\r', buffer, 81, DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, 1 );
+			/*
+			** Handle error case.
+			*/
+			if (status < ASSUCCESS) {
+				if (CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_ERROR_NO_INIT, TXT_IGNORE, TXT_CANCEL)) {
+					delete istr;
+					return( false );
+				}
+				error_count++;
+				break;
+			}
+
+			tokenptr = strtok ( NULL, "|");
+
+		}
+	}
+	/*
+	** Use the settings from the registry to further initialise the modem
+	*/
+	if (settings->Port == 1 && ModemRegistry) {
+		/*
+		** Send the init strings from the registry if available
+		*/
+		char send_string[256] = {"AT"};
+
+		if (settings->HardwareFlowControl){
+			/*
+			** Send the init string for hardware flow control
+			*/
+			if (ModemRegistry->Get_Modem_Hardware_Flow_Control()) {
+				strcpy (&send_string[2], ModemRegistry->Get_Modem_Hardware_Flow_Control());
+				status = Send_Modem_Command (send_string, '\r', buffer, 81, DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, 1);
+				if (status != MODEM_CMD_OK && status != MODEM_CMD_0) {
+					if (CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_NO_FLOW_CONTROL_RESPONSE, TXT_IGNORE, TXT_CANCEL)) return (false);
+				}
+			}
+		}else{
+			/*
+			** Send the init string for no flow control
+			*/
+			if (ModemRegistry->Get_Modem_No_Flow_Control()) {
+				strcpy (&send_string[2], ModemRegistry->Get_Modem_No_Flow_Control());
+				status = Send_Modem_Command (send_string, '\r', buffer, 81, DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, 1);
+				if (status != MODEM_CMD_OK && status != MODEM_CMD_0) {
+					if (CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_NO_FLOW_CONTROL_RESPONSE, TXT_IGNORE, TXT_CANCEL)) return (false);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+
+		/*
+		** Send the string for data compresseion
+		*/
+		if (settings->Compression){
+
+			if (ModemRegistry->Get_Modem_Compression_Enable()) {
+				strcpy (&send_string[2], ModemRegistry->Get_Modem_Compression_Enable());
+				Send_Modem_Command (send_string, '\r', buffer, 81, DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, 1);
+				if (status != MODEM_CMD_OK && status != MODEM_CMD_0) {
+					if (CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_NO_COMPRESSION_RESPONSE, TXT_IGNORE, TXT_CANCEL)) return (false);
+				}
+			}
+		}else{
+
+			if (ModemRegistry->Get_Modem_Compression_Disable()) {
+				strcpy (&send_string[2], ModemRegistry->Get_Modem_Compression_Disable());
+				Send_Modem_Command (send_string, '\r', buffer, 81, DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, 1);
+				if (status != MODEM_CMD_OK && status != MODEM_CMD_0) {
+					if (CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_NO_COMPRESSION_RESPONSE, TXT_IGNORE, TXT_CANCEL)) return (false);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+
+		/*
+		** Send the string for error correction
+		*/
+		if (settings->ErrorCorrection){
+
+			if (ModemRegistry->Get_Modem_Error_Correction_Enable()) {
+				strcpy (&send_string[2], ModemRegistry->Get_Modem_Error_Correction_Enable());
+				Send_Modem_Command (send_string, '\r', buffer, 81, DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, 1);
+				if (status != MODEM_CMD_OK && status != MODEM_CMD_0) {
+					if (CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_NO_ERROR_CORRECTION_RESPONSE, TXT_IGNORE, TXT_CANCEL)) return (false);
+				}
+			}
+		}else{
+			if (ModemRegistry->Get_Modem_Error_Correction_Disable()) {
+				strcpy (&send_string[2], ModemRegistry->Get_Modem_Error_Correction_Disable());
+				Send_Modem_Command (send_string, '\r', buffer, 81, DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, 1);
+				if (status != MODEM_CMD_OK && status != MODEM_CMD_0) {
+					if (CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_NO_ERROR_CORRECTION_RESPONSE, TXT_IGNORE, TXT_CANCEL)) return (false);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+
+	}
+	/*
+	** We require that auto-answer be disabled so turn it off now.
+	*/
+	status = Send_Modem_Command( "ATS0=0", '\r', buffer, 81, DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, INIT_COMMAND_RETRIES );
+	if (status != MODEM_CMD_OK) {
+		if (CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_ERROR_NO_DISABLE, TXT_IGNORE, TXT_CANCEL)) return( false );
+		error_count++;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** If we had an unreasonable number of ignored errors then return failure
+	*/
+	if (error_count >= 3) {
+		CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_ERROR_TOO_MANY, TXT_OK);
+		return (false);
+	}
+
+	return( true );
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * NullModemClass::Dial_Modem -- dials a number passed                     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		settings		ptr to SerialSettings structure     							*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		status		DialStatus																*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/02/1995 DRD : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+DialStatusType NullModemClass::Dial_Modem( char *string, DialMethodType method, bool reconnect )
+{
+
+//Timer_Test(__LINE__, __FILE__);
+
+
+	int factor = SeenBuff.Get_Width()/320;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Button Enumerations
+	........................................................................*/
+	enum {
+		BUTTON_CANCEL = 100,
+	};
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog variables
+	........................................................................*/
+	bool process = true;						// process while true
+
+	//int status;
+	int delay;
+	DialStatusType dialstatus;
+
+	int x,y,width,height;					// dialog dimensions
+	char buffer[80*3];
+
+	Input = 0;
+
+
+//Timer_Test(__LINE__, __FILE__);
+
+
+	/*
+	**	Determine the dimensions of the text to be used for the dialog box.
+	**	These dimensions will control how the dialog box looks.
+	*/
+	if (reconnect) {
+		strcpy( buffer, Text_String( TXT_MODEM_CONNERR_REDIALING ) );
+	} else {
+		strcpy( buffer, Text_String( TXT_DIALING ) );
+	}
+
+
+//Timer_Test(__LINE__, __FILE__);
+
+	Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_NONE,0,0,TBLACK,TBLACK,TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+	Format_Window_String(buffer, SeenBuff.Get_Height(), width, height);
+
+	int text_width = width;
+	width = MAX(width, 50*factor);
+	width += 40*factor;
+	height += 60*factor;
+
+	x = (SeenBuff.Get_Width() - width) / 2;
+	y = (SeenBuff.Get_Height() - height) / 2;
+
+	TextButtonClass cancelbtn(BUTTON_CANCEL, TXT_CANCEL,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		x + ((width - (String_Pixel_Width( Text_String( TXT_CANCEL ) ) + 8*factor)) >> 1),
+		y + height - (FontHeight + FontYSpacing + 2*factor) - 5*factor);
+
+
+//Timer_Test(__LINE__, __FILE__);
+
+
+	/*
+	------------------------------- Initialize -------------------------------
+	*/
+	Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+
+	/*
+	............................ Create the list .............................
+	*/
+	Commands = &cancelbtn;
+
+
+//Timer_Test(__LINE__, __FILE__);
+
+	Commands->Flag_List_To_Redraw();
+
+
+//Timer_Test(__LINE__, __FILE__);
+
+
+	/*
+	............................ Draw the dialog .............................
+	*/
+	Hide_Mouse();
+	if ( !reconnect ) {
+		Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+		HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+	}
+
+
+//Timer_Test(__LINE__, __FILE__);
+
+
+
+	Dialog_Box(x, y, width, height);
+	Draw_Caption(TXT_NONE, x, y, width);
+
+
+//Timer_Test(__LINE__, __FILE__);
+
+
+	Fancy_Text_Print(buffer, SeenBuff.Get_Width()/2 - text_width/2, y + 25*factor, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+
+//Timer_Test(__LINE__, __FILE__);
+
+
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to draw buttons.\n");
+	Commands->Draw_All();
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to show mouse.\n");
+	Show_Mouse();
+
+
+//Timer_Test(__LINE__, __FILE__);
+
+	// start waiting
+
+	//CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to delay for 2 seconds.\n");
+	//Delay(120);
+	//HMSetDialingMethod( Port, (int)method );
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to set modem dial type.\n");
+	SerialPort->Set_Modem_Dial_Type((WinCommDialMethodType) method);
+
+
+//Timer_Test(__LINE__, __FILE__);
+
+	//Clear out any old modem result codes
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to call 'Get_Modem_Result'.\n");
+	SerialPort->Get_Modem_Result(60, buffer, 81);
+	//status = HMDial( Port, string );
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to call 'SerialPort->Dial_Modem'.\n");
+	SerialPort->Dial_Modem(string);
+
+
+//Timer_Test(__LINE__, __FILE__);
+
+
+	//
+	// Sets up the ability to abort modem commands when any input is in the
+	// Keyboard buffer.  This also calls the game CallBack().
+	//
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to call 'Setup_Abort_Modem'.\n");
+	Setup_Abort_Modem();
+
+
+//Timer_Test(__LINE__, __FILE__);
+
+	/*
+	-------------------------- Main Processing Loop --------------------------
+	*/
+	process = true;
+	delay = ModemWaitCarrier;
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to enter main process loop.\n");
+	while (process) {
+
+
+//Timer_Test(__LINE__, __FILE__);
+
+
+		/*
+		** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+		** we need to redraw.
+		*/
+		if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+			CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to restore video surfaces.\n");
+			AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+			Commands->Draw_All();
+		}
+
+//Timer_Test(__LINE__, __FILE__);
+
+
+		//delay = HMInputLine( Port, delay, buffer, 81 );
+		CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to call 'Get_Modem_Result 2'.\n");
+
+
+//Timer_Test(__LINE__, __FILE__);
+
+
+		char abuffer [128];
+		sprintf (abuffer, "C&C95 - ModemWaitCarrier delay = %d\n", delay);
+		CCDebugString (abuffer);
+		delay = SerialPort->Get_Modem_Result(delay, buffer, 81);
+
+
+		/*
+		............................ Process input ............................
+		*/
+		CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to check for keyboard input.\n");
+		if (!Input) Input = Commands->Input();
+
+
+		switch (Input) {
+			case (KN_ESC):
+			case (BUTTON_CANCEL | KN_BUTTON):
+				dialstatus = DIAL_CANCELED;
+				process = false;
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				break;
+		}
+
+		if (process) {
+			if ( strncmp( buffer, "CON", 3 ) == 0 ) {
+				memset (ModemRXString, 0, 80);
+				strncpy (ModemRXString, buffer, 79);
+				dialstatus = DIAL_CONNECTED;
+				process = false;
+			}
+			else if ( strncmp( buffer, "BUSY", 4 ) == 0 ) {
+				dialstatus = DIAL_BUSY;
+				process = false;
+			}
+			else if ( strncmp( buffer, "NO C", 4 ) == 0 ) {
+				dialstatus = DIAL_NO_CARRIER;
+				process = false;
+			}
+			else if ( strncmp( buffer, "NO D", 4 ) == 0 ) {
+				dialstatus = DIAL_NO_DIAL_TONE;
+				process = false;
+			}
+			else if ( strncmp( buffer, "ERRO", 4 ) == 0 ) {
+				dialstatus = DIAL_ERROR;
+				process = false;
+			}
+		}
+
+		if (delay <= 0) {
+			if (delay < 0) {
+			}
+			process = false;
+		}
+	}
+
+	Remove_Abort_Modem();
+
+	return( dialstatus );
+
+}	/* end of Dial_Modem */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * NullModemClass::Answer_Modem -- waits for call and answers              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		reconnect	whether this is to reconnect		     							*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		status		DialStatus																*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/02/1995 DRD : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+DialStatusType NullModemClass::Answer_Modem( bool reconnect )
+{
+	int factor 		= (SeenBuff.Get_Width() == 320) ? 1 : 2;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Button Enumerations
+	........................................................................*/
+	enum {
+		BUTTON_CANCEL = 100,
+	};
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Redraw values: in order from "top" to "bottom" layer of the dialog
+	........................................................................*/
+	typedef enum {
+		REDRAW_NONE = 0,
+		REDRAW_BUTTONS,
+		REDRAW_BACKGROUND,
+		REDRAW_ALL = REDRAW_BACKGROUND
+	} RedrawType;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Dialog variables
+	........................................................................*/
+	RedrawType display = REDRAW_ALL;		// redraw level
+	bool process = true;						// process while true
+
+	//int status;
+	int delay;
+	DialStatusType dialstatus;
+	bool ring = false;
+
+	int x,y,width,height;					// dialog dimensions
+	char text_buffer[80*3];
+	char comm_buffer[80*3];
+
+	int text_width;
+
+	/*
+	**	Determine the dimensions of the text to be used for the dialog box.
+	**	These dimensions will control how the dialog box looks.
+	*/
+	if (reconnect) {
+		strcpy( text_buffer, Text_String( TXT_MODEM_CONNERR_WAITING ) );
+	} else {
+		strcpy( text_buffer, Text_String( TXT_WAITING_FOR_CALL ) );
+	}
+
+	Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_NONE,0,0,TBLACK,TBLACK,TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+	Format_Window_String(text_buffer, SeenBuff.Get_Height(), width, height);
+
+	text_width = width;
+	width = MAX(width, 50*factor);
+	width += 40*factor;
+	height += 60*factor;
+
+	x = (SeenBuff.Get_Width() - width) / 2;
+	y = (SeenBuff.Get_Height() - height) / 2;
+
+	TextButtonClass cancelbtn(BUTTON_CANCEL, TXT_CANCEL,
+		TPF_CENTER | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+		x + ((width - (String_Pixel_Width( Text_String( TXT_CANCEL ) ) + 8*factor)) >> 1),
+		y + height - (FontHeight + FontYSpacing + 2*factor) - 5*factor);
+
+	/*
+	------------------------------- Initialize -------------------------------
+	*/
+	Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+
+	//Load_Picture("TITLE.CPS", HidPage, HidPage, Palette, BM_DEFAULT);
+
+	Input = 0;
+
+	/*
+	............................ Create the list .............................
+	*/
+	Commands = &cancelbtn;
+
+	Commands->Flag_List_To_Redraw();
+
+	// start waiting
+
+
+//	HMWaitForOK( 1000, NULL );
+//	status = HMSendString( Port, "ATS0=1" );
+
+
+	//
+	// Sets up the ability to abort modem commands when any input is in the
+	// Keyboard buffer.  This also calls the game CallBack() and Input().
+	//
+	Setup_Abort_Modem();
+
+	/*
+	-------------------------- Main Processing Loop --------------------------
+	*/
+	process = true;
+	delay = 60000;
+	while (process) {
+
+		/*
+		** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+		** we need to redraw.
+		*/
+		if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+			AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+			display=REDRAW_ALL;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		...................... Refresh display if needed ......................
+		*/
+		if (display) {
+			Hide_Mouse();
+			if (display >= REDRAW_BACKGROUND) {
+				/*
+				..................... Refresh the backdrop ......................
+				*/
+				if ( !reconnect ) {
+					Load_Title_Screen("HTITLE.PCX", &HidPage, Palette);
+					HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+				}
+				/*
+				..................... Draw the background .......................
+				*/
+				Dialog_Box(x, y, width, height);
+				/*
+				....................... Draw the labels .........................
+				*/
+				Draw_Caption(TXT_NONE, x, y, width);
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print(text_buffer, SeenBuff.Get_Width()/2 - text_width/2, y + 25*factor, CC_GREEN, TBLACK,
+					TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+				Commands->Draw_All();
+			}
+			Show_Mouse();
+			display = REDRAW_NONE;
+		}
+
+		//delay = HMInputLine( Port, delay, buffer, 81 );
+		delay = SerialPort->Get_Modem_Result(delay, comm_buffer, 81);
+
+		/*
+		............................ Process input ............................
+		*/
+		if (!Input) Input = Commands->Input();
+		switch (Input) {
+			case (KN_ESC):
+			case (BUTTON_CANCEL | KN_BUTTON):
+//				Sound_Effect(VOC_BUTTON,255);
+				dialstatus = DIAL_CANCELED;
+				process = false;
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				break;
+		}
+
+		if (process) {
+			if ( strncmp( comm_buffer, "RING", 4 ) == 0 ) {
+
+				strcpy( text_buffer, Text_String( TXT_ANSWERING ) );
+
+				Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_NONE,0,0,TBLACK,TBLACK,TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+				Format_Window_String(text_buffer, SeenBuff.Get_Height(), width, height);
+
+				text_width = width;
+				width = MAX(width, 50*factor);
+				width += 40*factor;
+				height += 60*factor;
+
+				x = (SeenBuff.Get_Width() - width) / 2;
+				y = (SeenBuff.Get_Height() - height) / 2;
+
+				//PortKillTime( Port, 100 );
+
+				//HMWaitForOK( 0, NULL );
+				//status = HMAnswer( Port );
+				SerialPort->Write_To_Serial_Port ((unsigned char*)"ATA\r", strlen("ATA\r"));
+
+				ring = true;
+				delay = ModemWaitCarrier;
+				display = REDRAW_ALL;
+			}
+			else if ( strncmp( comm_buffer, "CON", 3 ) == 0 ) {
+				memset (ModemRXString, 0, 80);
+				strncpy (ModemRXString, comm_buffer, 79);
+				dialstatus = DIAL_CONNECTED;
+				process = false;
+			}
+			else if ( strncmp( comm_buffer, "BUSY", 4 ) == 0 ) {
+				dialstatus = DIAL_BUSY;
+				process = false;
+			}
+			else if ( strncmp( comm_buffer, "NO C", 4 ) == 0 ) {
+				dialstatus = DIAL_NO_CARRIER;
+				process = false;
+			}
+			else if ( strncmp( comm_buffer, "NO D", 4 ) == 0 ) {
+				dialstatus = DIAL_NO_DIAL_TONE;
+				process = false;
+			}
+			else if ( strncmp( comm_buffer, "ERRO", 4 ) == 0 ) {
+				dialstatus = DIAL_ERROR;
+				CCMessageBox().Process ("Error - Modem returned error status.", TXT_OK);
+				process = false;
+			}
+		}
+
+		if (delay <= 0) {
+			if (ring) {
+				if (SerialPort->Get_Modem_Status() & CD_SET){
+					sprintf(ModemRXString, "%s", "Connected");
+					dialstatus = DIAL_CONNECTED;
+				}else{
+					dialstatus = DIAL_ERROR;
+					CCMessageBox().Process ("Error - TIme out waiting for connect.", TXT_OK);
+				}
+				process = false;
+			} else {
+				delay = 60000;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	Remove_Abort_Modem();
+
+	return( dialstatus );
+
+}	/* end of Answer_Modem */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * NullModemClass::Hangup_Modem -- hangs up the modem                      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none																					  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		status		successful or not													  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																					  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/02/1995 DRD : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+bool NullModemClass::Hangup_Modem( void )
+{
+	int status;
+	int delay;
+	char buffer[81];
+	char escape[4];
+
+	/*
+	**	Turn modem servicing off in the callback routine.
+	*/
+	ModemService = false;
+
+
+	status = Send_Modem_Command( "AT", '\r', buffer, 81, DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, 1 );
+
+	if (status == MODEM_CMD_OK) {
+		ModemService = true;
+		return( true );
+	}
+
+	SerialPort->Set_Serial_DTR(FALSE);
+	Delay(3200/60);
+	SerialPort->Set_Serial_DTR(TRUE);
+
+	//SetDtr( Port, 0 );
+	//PortKillTime( Port, 3200 );
+	//SetDtr( Port, 1 );
+
+	status = Send_Modem_Command( "AT", '\r', buffer, 81, DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, 1 );
+
+	if (status == MODEM_CMD_OK) {
+		ModemService = true;
+		return( true );
+	}
+
+	delay = ModemGuardTime;
+	while ( delay > 0 ) {
+		//delay = HMInputLine( Port, delay, buffer, 81 );
+		delay = SerialPort->Get_Modem_Result(delay, buffer, 81);
+
+	}
+
+	escape[0] = ModemEscapeCode;
+	escape[1] = ModemEscapeCode;
+	escape[2] = ModemEscapeCode;
+	escape[3] = 0;
+
+	//status = HMSendStringNoWait( Port, escape, -1 );
+	SerialPort->Write_To_Serial_Port((unsigned char*)escape, 3);
+
+	delay = ModemGuardTime;
+	while ( delay > 0 ) {
+		delay = SerialPort->Get_Modem_Result(delay, buffer, 81);
+		//delay = HMInputLine( Port, delay, buffer, 81 );
+
+		if ( strncmp( buffer, "OK", 2 ) == 0 ) {
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	status = Send_Modem_Command( "ATH", '\r', buffer, 81, ModemHangupDelay, 1 );
+
+	if (status == MODEM_CMD_OK) {
+	} else {
+		ModemService = true;
+		return( false );
+	}
+
+	status = Send_Modem_Command( "ATZ", '\r', buffer, 81, DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, 1 );
+
+	if (status == MODEM_CMD_OK) {
+	} else {
+		ModemService = true;
+		return( false );
+	}
+
+	ModemService = true;
+	return( true );
+
+}	/* end of Hangup_Modem */
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * NMC::Setup_Modem_Echo -- Sets the echo callback function pointer                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Ptr to callback function                                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    8/2/96 12:48PM ST : Documented and added WIn32 support                                   *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void NullModemClass::Setup_Modem_Echo( void ( *func )( char c) )
+{
+	SerialPort->Set_Echo_Function(func);
+	//HMSetUpEchoRoutine( func );
+
+}	/* end of Setup_Modem_Echo */
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * NMC::Remove_Modem_Echo -- Set the echo function callback pointer to null                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    8/2/96 12:50PM ST : Documented / Win32 support added                                     *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void NullModemClass::Remove_Modem_Echo( void )
+{
+	SerialPort->Set_Echo_Function(NULL);
+	//HMSetUpEchoRoutine( NULL );
+
+}	/* end of Remove_Modem_Echo */
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * NMC::Print_EchoBuf -- Print out the contents of the echo buffer                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    8/2/96 12:51PM ST : Documented                                                           *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void NullModemClass::Print_EchoBuf( void )
+{
+	for (int i = 0; i < strlen(NullModem.EchoBuf); i++) {
+		if (NullModem.EchoBuf[i] == '\r') {
+			NullModem.EchoBuf[i] = 1;
+		} else {
+			if (NullModem.EchoBuf[i] == '\n') {
+				NullModem.EchoBuf[i] = 2;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * NMC::Reset_EchoBuf -- Empties the echo buffer                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    8/2/96 12:51PM ST : Documented                                                           *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void NullModemClass::Reset_EchoBuf( void )
+{
+	*EchoBuf = 0;
+	EchoCount = 0;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * NMC::Abort_Modem -- Checks for user input so that modem operations can be aborted           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   ASUSERABORT if abort key pressed. ASSUCESS otherwise.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    8/2/96 12:52PM ST : Documented                                                           *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int NullModemClass::Abort_Modem(void)
+//int NullModemClass::Abort_Modem( PORT * )
+{
+	/*........................................................................
+	Button Enumerations
+	........................................................................*/
+	enum {
+		BUTTON_CANCEL = 100,
+	};
+
+	/*
+	........................ Invoke game callback .........................
+	*/
+	Call_Back();
+
+	/*
+	........................... Get user input ............................
+	*/
+	Input = Commands->Input();
+
+	switch ( Input ) {
+		case (KN_ESC):
+		case (BUTTON_CANCEL | KN_BUTTON):
+			return( ASUSERABORT );
+	}
+
+	return( ASSUCCESS );
+
+}	/* end of Abort_Modem */
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * NMC::Setup_Abort_Modem -- sets the modem abort function pointer                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    8/2/96 2:59PM ST : Documented / Win32 support added                                      *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void NullModemClass::Setup_Abort_Modem( void )
+{
+	SerialPort->Set_Abort_Function((int(*)(void))Abort_Modem);
+}	/* end of Setup_Abort_Modem */
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * NMC::Remove_Abort_Modem -- Removes the modem abort function pointer                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    8/2/96 3:01PM ST : Documented / Win32 support added                                      *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void NullModemClass::Remove_Abort_Modem( void )
+{
+	SerialPort->Set_Abort_Function(NULL);
+}	/* end of Remove_Abort_Modem */
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * NMC::Change_IRQ_Priority -- Increases the priority of the serial interrupt                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Interrupt request number                                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   ASSUCCESS if changed                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: The Win32 version of this function does nothing.                                  *
+ *           Priorities are controlled by windoze                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    8/2/96 3:03PM ST : Documented / Win32 support added                                      *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int NullModemClass::Change_IRQ_Priority( int )
+{
+	return (ASSUCCESS);
+}	/* end of Change_IRQ_Priority */
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * NMC::Get_Modem_Status -- returns status of modem control bits                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Modem status                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    8/2/96 3:06PM ST : Documented / Win32 support added                                      *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int NullModemClass::Get_Modem_Status( void )
+{
+	int modemstatus;
+	int status;
+	char buffer[81];
+
+	//modemstatus = GetModemStatus( Port );
+	modemstatus = SerialPort->Get_Modem_Status();
+
+	status = Send_Modem_Command( "AT", '\r', buffer, 81, DEFAULT_TIMEOUT, 1 );
+
+	if (status == MODEM_CMD_OK) {
+		modemstatus &= (~CD_SET);
+	}
+
+	return( modemstatus );
+
+}	/* end of Get_Modem_Status */
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * NMC::Send_Modem_Command -- Sends an 'AT' command to the modem and gets the response         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    command to send to modem. e.g. 'ATZ'                                              *
+ *           terminator byte for command string                                                *
+ *           buffer to put modem response into                                                 *
+ *           length of above buffer                                                            *
+ *           delay to wait for response                                                        *
+ *           number of times to retry when modem doesnt respond                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   input delay less the time it took the modem to respond                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    8/2/96 3:09PM ST : Documented / Win32 support added                                      *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int NullModemClass::Send_Modem_Command( char *command, char terminator, char *buffer, int buflen, int delay, int retries )
+{
+	return (SerialPort->Send_Command_To_Modem(command, terminator, buffer, buflen, delay, retries));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * NMC::Verify_And_Convert_To_Int -- converts a text string of numbers to an int               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    ptr to buffer                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   value of text number in buffer                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    8/2/96 3:13PM ST : Documented                                                            *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int NullModemClass::Verify_And_Convert_To_Int( char *buffer )
+{
+	int value = 0;
+	int len = strlen(buffer);
+
+
+	for (int i = 0; i < len; i++) {
+		if ( !isdigit( *(buffer + i) ) ) {
+			value = -1;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (value == 0) {
+		value = atoi( buffer );
+	}
+
+	return( value );
+
+}	/* end of Verify_And_Convert_To_Int */
+
+/*************************** end of nullmgr.cpp ****************************/
diff --git a/NULLMGR.H b/NULLMGR.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8e3c8a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/NULLMGR.H
@@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\nullmgr.h_v   1.14   16 Oct 1995 16:45:26   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D    S T U D I O S        **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : CONNECT.H                                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Bill Randolph                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : December 19, 1994                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : April 3, 1995   [BR]                 		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This is the Connection Manager for a NULL-Modem connection.					*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef NULLMODEM_H
+#define NULLMODEM_H
+
+
+/*
+********************************* Includes **********************************
+*/
+#include "nullconn.h"
+#include "connmgr.h"
+#include "commlib.h"
+
+/*
+***************************** Class Declaration *****************************
+*/
+class NullModemClass : public ConnManClass
+{
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Public Interface ----------------------------
+	*/
+	public:
+		enum SendModemEnum {
+			MODEM_CMD_TIMEOUT = 0,
+			MODEM_CMD_OK,
+			MODEM_CMD_0,
+			MODEM_CMD_ERROR
+		};
+
+		char *BuildBuf;
+		int MaxLen;
+
+		char *EchoBuf;
+		int EchoSize;
+		int EchoCount;
+
+		int OldIRQPri;
+
+		bool ModemVerboseOn;
+		bool ModemEchoOn;
+		int ModemWaitCarrier;
+		int ModemCarrierDetect;
+		int ModemCarrierLoss;
+		int ModemHangupDelay;
+		int ModemGuardTime;
+		char ModemEscapeCode;
+
+		static void (*OrigAbortModemFunc)(int);
+		static KeyNumType Input;
+		static GadgetClass *Commands;							// button list
+
+		/*
+		**	Constructor/destructor.
+		*/
+		NullModemClass (int numsend, int numreceive, int maxlen, unsigned short magicnum);
+		virtual ~NullModemClass ();
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the main initialization routine.
+		*/
+		int Init( int port, int irq, char *dev_name, int baud, char parity, int wordlength, int stopbits, int flowcontrol );
+		int Delete_Connection( void );
+		virtual int Num_Connections(void);
+		virtual int Connection_ID(int ) {return (0);}
+		virtual int Connection_Index(int ) {return (0);}
+		int Init_Send_Queue( void );
+		void Shutdown( void );
+
+		virtual void Set_Timing (unsigned long retrydelta,
+			unsigned long maxretries, unsigned long timeout);
+
+		/*
+		**	This is how the application sends & receives messages.
+		*/
+		int Send_Message (void *buf, int buflen, int ack_req = 1);
+		int Get_Message (void *buf, int *buflen);
+
+		/*
+		** These are for compatibility
+		*/
+		virtual int Send_Private_Message (void *buf, int buflen,
+			int ack_req = 1, int = CONNECTION_NONE)
+			{return (Send_Message(buf,buflen,ack_req));}
+		virtual int Get_Private_Message (void *buf, int *buflen, int *)
+			{return (Get_Message(buf,buflen));}
+
+		/*
+		**	The main polling routine; should be called as often as possible.
+		*/
+		virtual int Service (void);
+
+		/*
+		**	Queue utility routines.  The application can determine how many
+		**	messages are in the send/receive queues, and the queue's average
+		**	response time (in clock ticks).
+		*/
+		int Num_Send(void);
+		int Num_Receive(void);
+		virtual unsigned long Response_Time(void);
+		virtual void Reset_Response_Time(void);
+		void * Oldest_Send(void);
+		virtual void Configure_Debug(int index, int offset, int size,
+			char **names, int maxnames);
+		virtual void Mono_Debug_Print(int index, int refresh = 0);
+
+		/*
+		** These are for compatibility
+		*/
+		virtual int Global_Num_Send(void) {return (Num_Send());}
+		virtual int Global_Num_Receive(void) {return (Num_Receive());}
+		virtual int Private_Num_Send(int = CONNECTION_NONE)
+			{return (Num_Send());}
+		virtual int Private_Num_Receive(int = CONNECTION_NONE)
+			{return (Num_Receive());}
+
+		DetectPortType Detect_Port( SerialSettingsType *settings );
+		int Detect_Modem( SerialSettingsType *settings, bool reconnect = false );
+		DialStatusType Dial_Modem(char *string, DialMethodType method, bool reconnect = false);
+		DialStatusType Answer_Modem(bool reconnect = false);
+		bool Hangup_Modem(void);
+		void Setup_Modem_Echo(void (*func)(char c));
+		void Remove_Modem_Echo(void);
+		void Print_EchoBuf(void);
+		void Reset_EchoBuf(void);
+		//static int Abort_Modem(PORT *);
+		static int Abort_Modem(void);
+		void Setup_Abort_Modem(void);
+		void Remove_Abort_Modem(void);
+
+		int Change_IRQ_Priority(int irq);
+		int Get_Modem_Status(void);
+		int Send_Modem_Command( char *command, char terminator, char *buffer, int buflen, int delay, int retries );
+		int Verify_And_Convert_To_Int( char *buffer );
+
+	/*
+	**	Private Interface.
+	*/
+	private:
+
+		/*
+		**	This is a pointer to the NULL-Modem Connection object.
+		*/
+		NullModemConnClass *Connection;
+		int NumConnections;						// # connection objects in use
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the Greenleaf port handle.
+		*/
+		PORT *Port;
+		HANDLE	PortHandle;
+
+		int NumSend;
+		int NumReceive;
+		unsigned short MagicNum;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the staging buffer for parsing incoming packets.
+		**	RXSize is the allocated size of the RX buffer.
+		**	RXCount is the # of characters we currently have in our buffer.
+		*/
+		char *RXBuf;
+		int RXSize;
+		int RXCount;
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Timing parameters for all connections
+		.....................................................................*/
+		unsigned long RetryDelta;
+		unsigned long MaxRetries;
+		unsigned long Timeout;
+
+		/*
+		**	Various Statistics
+		*/
+		int SendOverflows;
+		int ReceiveOverflows;
+		int CRCErrors;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/OBJECT.CPP b/OBJECT.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f26cfb9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/OBJECT.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,1507 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\object.cpv   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:49:22   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : OBJECT.CPP                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : April 29, 1994                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : August 13, 1995 [JLB]                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   ObjectClass::Debug_Dump -- Displays status of the object class to the mono monitor.       *
+ *   ObjectClass::Detach_All -- Removes the object from all tracking systems.                  *
+ *   ObjectClass::Detach_This_From_All -- Detatches this object from all others.               *
+ *   ObjectClass::Fire_Out -- Informs object that attached animation has finished.             *
+ *   ObjectClass::Get_Mission -- Fetches the current mission of this object.                   *
+ *   ObjectClass::Init -- Initializes the basic object system.                                 *
+ *   ObjectClass::Limbo -- Brings the object into a state of limbo.                            *
+ *   ObjectClass::Mark -- Handles basic marking logic.                                         *
+ *   ObjectClass::Mark_For_Redraw -- Marks object and system for redraw.                       *
+ *   ObjectClass::Move -- Moves (by force) the object in the desired direction.                *
+ *   ObjectClass::ObjectClass -- Default constructor for objects.                              *
+ *   ObjectClass::Passive_Click_With -- Right mouse button click process.                      *
+ *   ObjectClass::Receive_Message -- Processes an incoming radio message.                      *
+ *   ObjectClass::Render -- Displays the object onto the map.                                  *
+ *   ObjectClass::Repair -- Handles object repair control.                                     *
+ *   ObjectClass::Revealed -- Reveals this object to the house specified.                      *
+ *   ObjectClass::Select -- Try to make this object the "selected" object.                     *
+ *   ObjectClass::Sell_Back -- Sells the object -- if possible.                                *
+ *   ObjectClass::Take_Damage -- Applies damage to the object.                                 *
+ *   ObjectClass::Unlimbo -- Brings the object into the game system.                           *
+ *   ObjectClass::Unselect -- This will un-select the object if it was selected.               *
+ *   ObjectClass::Value -- Fetches the target value of this object.                            *
+ *   ObjectClass::What_Action -- Deteremines what action to perform on specified object.       *
+ *   ObjectClass::What_Am_I -- RTTI query of this object type.                                 *
+ *   ObjectTypeClass::Cost_Of -- Returns the cost to buy this unit.                            *
+ *   ObjectTypeClass::Dimensions -- Gets the dimensions of the object in pixels.               *
+ *   ObjectTypeClass::Get_Cameo_Data -- Fetches pointer to cameo data for this object type.    *
+ *   ObjectTypeClass::Max_Pips -- Fetches the maximum pips allowed for this object.            *
+ *   ObjectTypeClass::ObjectTypeClass -- Normal constructor for object type class objects.     *
+ *   ObjectTypeClass::Occupy_List -- Returns with simple occupation list for object.           *
+ *   ObjectTypeClass::One_Time -- Handles one time processing for object types.                *
+ *   ObjectTypeClass::Overlap_List -- Returns a pointer to a simple overlap list.              *
+ *   ObjectTypeClass::Time_To_Build -- Fetches the time to construct this object.              *
+ *   ObjectTypeClass::Who_Can_Build_Me -- Finds the factory building that can build this object*
+ *   ObjectClass::What_Action -- Returns with the action to perform for this object.           *
+ *   ObjectClass::In_Which_Layer -- Fetches what layer this object is located in.              *
+ *   ObjectClass::Is_Techno -- Checks to see if this object is a techno type.                  *
+ *   ObjectClass::Get_Ownable -- Fetches the house owner legality options for this object.     *
+ *   ObjectClass::Can_Repair -- Queries whether this object can be repaired.                   *
+ *   ObjectClass::Can_Demolish -- Queries whether this object can be sold back.                *
+ *   ObjectClass::Can_Player_Fire -- Can the player give this object an attack mission?        *
+ *   ObjectClass::Can_Player_Move -- Can the player give this object a movement mission?       *
+ *   ObjectClass::Target_Coord -- Fetches the coordinate if this object is a target.           *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "function.h"
+
+
+/*
+**	Selected objects have a special marking box around them. This is the shapes that are
+**	used for this purpose.
+*/
+void const * ObjectTypeClass::SelectShapes = 0;
+
+void const * ObjectTypeClass::PipShapes = 0;
+
+
+bool ObjectClass::Is_Infantry(void) const
+{
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ObjectTypeClass::ObjectTypeClass -- Normal constructor for object type class objects.       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the base constructor that is used when constructing the object type classes.     *
+ *    Every tangible game piece type calls this constructor for the ObjectTypeClass. This      *
+ *    class holds static information that is common to objects in general.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   see below...                                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/23/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+ObjectTypeClass::ObjectTypeClass(
+						bool is_sentient,
+						bool is_flammable,
+						bool is_crushable,
+						bool is_stealthy,
+						bool is_selectable,
+						bool is_legal_target,
+						bool is_insignificant,
+						bool is_immune,
+						int name,
+						char const *ini,
+						ArmorType armor,
+						unsigned short strength) :
+	AbstractTypeClass(name, ini)
+{
+	IsSentient = is_sentient;
+	IsFlammable = is_flammable;
+	IsCrushable = is_crushable;
+	IsStealthy = is_stealthy;
+	IsSelectable = is_selectable;
+	IsLegalTarget = is_legal_target;
+	IsInsignificant = is_insignificant;
+	IsImmune = is_immune;
+	Armor = armor;
+	MaxStrength = strength;
+	ImageData = NULL;
+	//RadarIcon = NULL;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ObjectTypeClass::Max_Pips -- Fetches the maximum pips allowed for this object.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will return the maximum number of pips that can be displayed for this       *
+ *    object. When dealing with generic objects, this value is always zero.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the number of pip boxes (empty or otherwise) to display.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int ObjectTypeClass::Max_Pips(void) const
+{
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ObjectTypeClass::Dimensions -- Gets the dimensions of the object in pixels.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will fetch the dimensions of this object expressed as pixels width and      *
+ *    pixels height. This information can be used to intelligently update the clipping         *
+ *    rectangles.                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   width    -- Reference to the width variable that will be filled in.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          height   -- Reference to the height variable that will be filled in.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void ObjectTypeClass::Dimensions(int &width, int &height) const
+{
+	width = 10;
+	height = 10;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ObjectTypeClass::Cost_Of -- Returns the cost to buy this unit.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will return the cost to purchase this unit. This routine is expected to be  *
+ *    overridden by the objects that can actually be purchased. All other object types can     *
+ *    simply return zero since this value won't be used.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns the cost of the object.                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int ObjectTypeClass::Cost_Of(void) const
+{
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ObjectTypeClass::Time_To_Build -- Fetches the time to construct this object.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will fetch the time in takes to construct this object. Objects that can     *
+ *    be constructed will override this routine in order to return a useful value.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the time units (arbitrary) that it takes to construct this object.    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int ObjectTypeClass::Time_To_Build(HousesType ) const
+{
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ObjectTypeClass::Who_Can_Build_Me -- Finds the factory building that can build this object. *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will search for a factory building that can build this object type.         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   <NA> this routine is just here to be overridden by other classes.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the building that can construct the object specified.    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+BuildingClass * ObjectTypeClass::Who_Can_Build_Me(bool, bool, HousesType) const
+{
+	return(NULL);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ObjectTypeClass::Get_Cameo_Data -- Fetches pointer to cameo data for this object type.      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will return with the cameo data pointer for this object type. It is         *
+ *    expected that objects that can appear on the sidebar will override this routine in order *
+ *    to provide proper cameo data pointer.                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the cameo shape data.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void const * ObjectTypeClass::Get_Cameo_Data(void) const
+{
+	return(NULL);
+}
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ObjectClass::ObjectClass -- Default constructor for objects.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the default constructor for objects. It is called as an inherent part of the     *
+ *    construction process for all the normal game objects instantiated. It serves merely to   *
+ *    initialize the object values to a common (default) state.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   Objects always start in a state of limbo. They must be Unlimbo()ed before they  *
+ *             can be used.                                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/24/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+ObjectClass::ObjectClass(void)
+{
+	Coord = 0xFFFFFFFFL;				// Some bogus illegal value.
+	Next = 0;							// Not part of any object list.
+	Trigger = 0;						// No associated trigger.
+	IsToDamage = false;
+	IsToDisplay = false;				// Redraw is presumed unnecessary.
+	IsInLimbo = true;					// Always presumed to start in limbo state.
+	IsSelected = false;				// Limboed units cannot be selected.
+	IsDown = false;					// Limboed units cannot be on the map.
+	IsAnimAttached = false;			// Anim is not attached.
+	Strength = 255;					// nominal strength value
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ObjectClass::What_Am_I -- RTTI query of this object type.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will never be called, but is here for completeness. Every object that       *
+ *    is derived from object class must overload this function and return their own proper     *
+ *    object RTTI value.                                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the RTTI value that coresponds to the object's type.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+RTTIType ObjectClass::What_Am_I(void) const
+{
+	return(RTTI_OBJECT);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ObjectClass::What_Action -- Deteremines what action to perform on specified object.         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will return that action that this object could perform if the mouse were    *
+ *    clicked over the object specified.                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   object   -- Pointer to the object to check this object against when determining    *
+ *                      the action to perform.                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  It returns that action that will be performed if the mouse were clicked over the   *
+ *          object. Since non-derived objects cannot do anything, and cannot even be           *
+ *          instantiated, this routine will always return ACTION_NONE.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+ActionType ObjectClass::What_Action(ObjectClass *) const
+{
+	return(ACTION_NONE);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ObjectClass::What_Action -- Returns with the action to perform for this object.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called when information on a potential action if the mouse were clicked  *
+ *    on the cell specified. This routine merely serves as a virtual placeholder so that       *
+ *    object types that can actually perform some action will override this routine to provide *
+ *    true functionality.                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   cell  -- The cell that the mouse is over and might be clicked on.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the action that this object would try to perform if the mouse were    *
+ *          clicked. Since objects at this level have no ability to do anything, this routine  *
+ *          will always returns ACTION_NONE unless it is overridden.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/13/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+ActionType ObjectClass::What_Action(CELL) const
+{
+	return(ACTION_NONE);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ObjectClass::In_Which_Layer -- Fetches what layer this object is located in.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    The default layer for object location is the LAYER_GROUND. Aircraft will override this   *
+ *    routine and make adjustments as necessary according to the aircraft's altitude.          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the layer that this object is located in.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/13/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+LayerType ObjectClass::In_Which_Layer(void) const
+{
+	return(LAYER_GROUND);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ObjectClass::Is_Techno -- Checks to see if this object is a techno type.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Most active objects in the game are of the techno type. This routine will return true    *
+ *    if called on an object that is derived from TechnoClass. The RTTI interface is           *
+ *    insufficient for this purpose -- hence the existence of this routine.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Is this object derived from the TechnoClass object? This is true for units,        *
+ *          infantry, aircraft, and buildings.                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/13/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool ObjectClass::Is_Techno(void) const
+{
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ObjectClass::Get_Ownable -- Fetches the house owner legality options for this object.       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will return the ownable bits for this object. Objects at this level can't   *
+ *    really be owned by anyone, but return the full spectrum of legality just to be safe.     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the ownable flags (as a combined bitfield) for this object.           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/13/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+unsigned char ObjectClass::Get_Ownable(void) const
+{
+	return(0xff);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ObjectClass::Can_Repair -- Queries whether this object can be repaired.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Most objects cannot be repaired. This routine defaults to returning "false", but is      *
+ *    overridden by derived functions defined by object types that can support repair.         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Can this object be repaired?                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/13/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool ObjectClass::Can_Repair(void) const
+{
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ObjectClass::Can_Demolish -- Queries whether this object can be sold back.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to determine if this object can be sold. Most objects cannot be     *
+ *    but for those objects that can, this routine will be overridden as necessary.            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Can this object be sold back? Typically, the answer is no.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/13/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool ObjectClass::Can_Demolish(void) const
+{
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ObjectClass::Can_Player_Fire -- Can the player give this object an attack mission?          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to determine if attacking is an option under player control with    *
+ *    respect to this unit. This routine will be overridden as necessary for those objects     *
+ *    that have the ability to attack.                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Can this object be given an attack order by the player?                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/13/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool ObjectClass::Can_Player_Fire(void) const
+{
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ObjectClass::Can_Player_Move -- Can the player give this object a movement mission?         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to determine if the player has the ability to command this object   *
+ *    with a movement mission. This routine will be overridden as necessary to support this    *
+ *    ability.                                                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Can this object be given a movement mission by the player?                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/13/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool ObjectClass::Can_Player_Move(void) const
+{
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ObjectClass::Target_Coord -- Fetches the coordinate if this object is a target.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    When the coordinate to use when firing at this object is needed, this routine will       *
+ *    provide it. Normal objects just use the center of the object for this, but there are     *
+ *    some more sophisticated objects that are not fired upon the center.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the coordinate to fire at if this object is a target.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/13/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+COORDINATE ObjectClass::Target_Coord(void) const
+{
+	return(Center_Coord());
+}
+
+COORDINATE ObjectClass::Center_Coord(void) const {return Coord;};
+COORDINATE ObjectClass::Render_Coord(void) const {return(Center_Coord());}
+COORDINATE ObjectClass::Docking_Coord(void) const {return(Center_Coord());}
+COORDINATE ObjectClass::Sort_Y(void) const {return Coord;};
+COORDINATE ObjectClass::Fire_Coord(int ) const {return Coord;};
+void ObjectClass::Record_The_Kill(TechnoClass * ) {};
+void ObjectClass::Do_Shimmer(void) {};
+int ObjectClass::Exit_Object(TechnoClass *) {return 0;};
+void ObjectClass::Hidden(void) {};
+void ObjectClass::Look(bool ) {};
+void ObjectClass::Active_Click_With(ActionType , ObjectClass *) {};
+void ObjectClass::Active_Click_With(ActionType , CELL ) {};
+void ObjectClass::Clicked_As_Target(int) {};
+bool ObjectClass::In_Range(COORDINATE , int) const {return false;};
+int ObjectClass::Weapon_Range(int) const {return 0x0000;};
+TARGET ObjectClass::As_Target(void) const {return TARGET_NONE;};
+void ObjectClass::Scatter(COORDINATE , bool) {};
+bool ObjectClass::Catch_Fire(void) {return false;};
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ObjectClass::Fire_Out -- Informs object that attached animation has finished.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called if there is an attached animation on this object and that         *
+ *    animation has finished. Typically, this is necessary for when trees are on fire.         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/24/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void ObjectClass::Fire_Out(void)
+{
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ObjectClass::Value -- Fetches the target value of this object.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will return the target value of this object. The higher the number, the     *
+ *    better the object will be as a target. This routine is called when searching for         *
+ *    targets. Generic objects have no target potential, and this routine returns zero to      *
+ *    reflect that. Other object types will override this routine to return the appropriate    *
+ *    target value.                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the value of this object as a target. Higher values mean better       *
+ *          target.                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/24/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int ObjectClass::Value(void) const
+{
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ObjectClass::Get_Mission -- Fetches the current mission of this object.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Generic objects don't have a mission, so this routine will just return MISSION_NONE.     *
+ *    However, techno objects do have a mission and this routine is overloaded to handle       *
+ *    those objects in order to return the correct mission value.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the current mission being followed by this object.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/24/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+MissionType ObjectClass::Get_Mission(void) const
+{
+	return(MISSION_NONE);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ObjectClass::Repair -- Handles object repair control.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will control object repair mode. At the object level, no repair is          *
+ *    possible, so it is expected that any object that can repair will override this function  *
+ *    as necessary.                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   control  -- The repair control parameter.                                          *
+ *                      0  = turn repair off                                                   *
+ *                      1  = turn repair on                                                    *
+ *                      -1 = toggle repair state                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/24/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void ObjectClass::Repair(int )
+{
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ObjectClass::Sell_Back -- Sells the object -- if possible.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called to sell back the object. Override this routine for the more       *
+ *    sophisticated objects that can actually be sold back. Normal objects can't be sold and   *
+ *    this routine does nothing as a consequence.                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   control  -- How to control the sell state of this object.                          *
+ *                      0  = stop selling.                                                     *
+ *                      1  = start selling.                                                    *
+ *                      -1 = toggle selling state.                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void ObjectClass::Sell_Back(int )
+{
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ObjectClass::Move -- Moves (by force) the object in the desired direction.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will instantly move the object one cell in the specified direction. It      *
+ *    moves the object by force. This is typically ONLY used by the scenario editor            *
+ *    process.                                                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   facing   -- The direction to move the object.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   Naturally, this can cause illegal placement situations -- use with caution.     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/19/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void ObjectClass::Move(FacingType facing)
+{
+	COORDINATE	coord;
+
+	Mark(MARK_UP);
+	coord = Adjacent_Cell(Coord, facing);
+	if (Can_Enter_Cell(Coord_Cell(coord)) == MOVE_OK) {
+		Coord = coord;
+	}
+	Mark(MARK_DOWN);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ObjectClass::Unselect -- This will un-select the object if it was selected.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine brings a currently selected object into an unselected state. This is        *
+ *    needed when another object becomes selected as well as if the object is destroyed.       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/19/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void ObjectClass::Unselect(void)
+{
+	if (IsSelected) {
+		CurrentObject.Delete(this);
+
+		if (In_Which_Layer()==LAYER_GROUND){
+			Mark(MARK_OVERLAP_UP);
+		}
+
+		IsSelected = false;
+
+		if (In_Which_Layer()==LAYER_GROUND){
+			Mark(MARK_OVERLAP_DOWN);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ObjectClass::Select -- Try to make this object the "selected" object.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to make this object into the one that is "selected". A selected     *
+ *    object usually displays a floating bar graph and is available to be given orders from    *
+ *    the player's I/O.                                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/19/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   06/12/1995 JLB : Cannot select a loaner object.                                           *
+ *   07/23/1995 JLB : Adds to head or tail depending on leader type flag.                      *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool ObjectClass::Select(void)
+{
+	if (!Debug_Map && (IsSelected || !Class_Of().IsSelectable)) return(false);
+
+	if (Can_Player_Move() && Is_Techno() && ((TechnoClass *)this)->IsALoaner) return(false);
+
+	/*
+	**	Don't allow selection of object when in building placement mode.
+	*/
+	if (Map.PendingObject) return(false);
+
+	/*
+	**	If selecting an object of a different house than the player's, make sure that
+	**	the entire selection list is cleared.
+	*/
+	if (CurrentObject.Count() > 0) {
+		if (Owner() != CurrentObject[0]->Owner() || CurrentObject[0]->Owner() != PlayerPtr->Class->House) {
+			Unselect_All();
+		}
+	}
+	if (((TechnoTypeClass const &)Class_Of()).IsLeader) {
+		CurrentObject.Add_Head(this);
+	} else {
+		CurrentObject.Add(this);
+	}
+
+	if (In_Which_Layer()==LAYER_GROUND){
+		Mark(MARK_OVERLAP_UP);
+	}
+
+	IsSelected = true;
+
+	if (In_Which_Layer()==LAYER_GROUND){
+		Mark(MARK_OVERLAP_DOWN);
+	}
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ObjectClass::Render -- Displays the object onto the map.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will determine the location of the object and if it is roughly on the       *
+ *    visible screen, it will display it. Not displaying objects that are not on the screen    *
+ *    will save valuable time.                                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   bool; Should the render be forced regardless of whether the object is flagged to   *
+ *                be redrawn?                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the draw code called for this object?                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/19/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool ObjectClass::Render(bool forced)
+{
+	int	x,y;
+	COORDINATE	coord = Render_Coord();
+	CELL	cell = Coord_Cell(coord);
+
+	if (Debug_Map || Debug_Unshroud || ((forced || IsToDisplay) && IsDown && !IsInLimbo)) {
+		IsToDisplay = false;
+
+		/*
+		**	Draw the path as lines on the map if so directed and the object is one that
+		**	contains a path.
+		*/
+		if (Special.IsShowPath && IsSelected) {
+			switch (What_Am_I()) {
+				case RTTI_INFANTRY:
+				case RTTI_UNIT:
+					FootClass * foot = (FootClass *)this;
+					CELL cell;
+					int oldx, oldy;
+
+					if (foot->Head_To_Coord() && foot->Path[0] != FACING_NONE) {
+						cell = Adjacent_Cell(Coord_Cell(foot->Head_To_Coord()), (FacingType)((foot->Path[0] + FACING_S) & FACING_NW));
+						Map.Coord_To_Pixel(Cell_Coord(cell), oldx, oldy);
+						for (int index = 0; index < PATH_MAX; index++) {
+							if (foot->Path[index] == FACING_NONE) break;
+							cell = Adjacent_Cell(cell, foot->Path[index]);
+							if (Map.Coord_To_Pixel(Cell_Coord(cell), x, y)) {
+								LogicPage->Draw_Line(oldx, 8+oldy, x, 8+y, BLACK);
+							}
+							oldx = x;
+							oldy = y;
+						}
+					}
+					break;
+			}
+		}
+
+		if (Map.Coord_To_Pixel(coord, x, y)) {
+
+			/*
+			**	Draw the object itself
+			*/
+			Draw_It(x, y, WINDOW_TACTICAL);
+
+#ifdef SCENARIO_EDITOR
+			/*
+			**	Draw the trigger attached to the object. Draw_It is window-
+			**	relative, so add the window's x-coord to 'x'.
+			*/
+			if (Debug_Map && Trigger) {
+				Fancy_Text_Print(Trigger->Get_Name(), x + (WinX<<3), y, PINK, TBLACK, TPF_CENTER | TPF_NOSHADOW | TPF_6POINT);
+			}
+#endif
+
+			return(true);
+		}
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ObjectClass::Debug_Dump -- Displays status of the object class to the mono monitor.         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to display the current status of the object class to the mono       *
+ *    monitor.                                                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/02/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void ObjectClass::Debug_Dump(MonoClass *mono) const
+{
+	mono->Text_Print("X", 16 + (IsToDisplay?2:0), 18);
+	mono->Text_Print("X", 16 + (IsActive?2:0), 3);
+	mono->Text_Print("X", 16 + (IsInLimbo?2:0), 4);
+	mono->Text_Print("X", 16 + (IsSelected?2:0), 7);
+	mono->Set_Cursor(56, 1);
+	mono->Printf("%08lX", Coord);
+	mono->Set_Cursor(14, 1);mono->Printf("[%04X]", As_Target());
+	mono->Set_Cursor(20, 3);mono->Printf("%2d[%d]", Strength, Class_Of().MaxStrength);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ObjectTypeClass::Occupy_List -- Returns with simple occupation list for object.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine returns a pointer to a simple occupation list for this object. Since at     *
+ *    this tier of the object class chain, the exact shape of the object is indeterminate,     *
+ *    this function merely returns a single cell occupation list. This actually works for      *
+ *    most vehicles.                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns a pointer to a simple occupation list.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/28/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+short const * ObjectTypeClass::Occupy_List(bool) const
+{
+	static short const _list[] = {0, REFRESH_EOL};
+	return(_list);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ObjectTypeClass::Overlap_List -- Returns a pointer to a simple overlap list.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This function returns a pointer to an overlap list for the object. An overlap list is    *
+ *    the offsets from the object's cell to get the cells the imagery overlaps, but is object  *
+ *    is not considered to occupy. Since at this stage, the overlap information is not         *
+ *    available, this function merely returns a pointer to an empty list.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns a pointer to the generic overlap list.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/28/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+short const * ObjectTypeClass::Overlap_List(void) const
+{
+	static short const _list[] = {REFRESH_EOL};
+	return(_list);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ObjectTypeClass::One_Time -- Handles one time processing for object types.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to handle the once per game processing required for object types.   *
+ *    This consists of loading any data and initializing any data tables the game requires.    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   This routine goes to disk.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/01/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void ObjectTypeClass::One_Time(void)
+{
+	SelectShapes = MixFileClass::Retrieve("SELECT.SHP");
+#if (FRENCH)
+	PipShapes = Hires_Retrieve("PIPS_F.SHP");
+#else
+#if (GERMAN)
+	PipShapes = Hires_Retrieve("PIPS_G.SHP");
+#else
+	PipShapes = Hires_Retrieve("PIPS.SHP");
+#endif
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ObjectClass::Mark_For_Redraw -- Marks object and system for redraw.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will mark the object and inform the display system                          *
+ *    that appropriate rendering is needed. Whenever it is determined                          *
+ *    that an object needs to be redrawn, call this routine.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:      none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:     none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   This is a subordinate function to the function Mark(). If an object needs to    *
+ *             be redrawn it is probably better to call the function Mark(MARK_CHANGE) rather  *
+ *             than this function. This function does not inform the map system that           *
+ *             overlapping objects are to be redrawn and thus unless you are really sure that  *
+ *             this routine should be called, don't.                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/08/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   12/23/1994 JLB : Flags map and flags unit only.                                           *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void ObjectClass::Mark_For_Redraw(void)
+{
+	if (!IsToDisplay) {
+		IsToDisplay = true;
+
+		/*
+		**	This tells the map rendering logic to "go through the motions" and call the
+		**	rendering function. In the rendering function, it will sort out what gets
+		**	rendered and what doesn't.
+		*/
+		Map.Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ObjectClass::Limbo -- Brings the object into a state of limbo.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    An object brought into a state of limbo by this routine can be safely deleted. This      *
+ *    routine will remove the object from all game lists and tracking systems. It is called    *
+ *    prior to deleting the object or placing the object "on ice".                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the object successfully placed in limbo?                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/24/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool ObjectClass::Limbo(void)
+{
+	if (GameActive && !IsInLimbo) {
+
+		Unselect();
+		Detach_All();
+		Mark(MARK_UP);
+
+		/*
+		**	Remove the object from the appropriate display list.
+		*/
+		Map.Remove(this, In_Which_Layer());
+
+		/*
+		**	Remove the object from the logic processing list.
+		*/
+		if (Class_Of().IsSentient) {
+			Logic.Delete(this);
+		}
+
+		Hidden();
+		IsInLimbo = true;
+		IsToDisplay = false;
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ObjectClass::Unlimbo -- Brings the object into the game system.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will place the object into the game tracking and display systems. It is     *
+ *    called as a consequence of creating the object. Every game object must be unlimboed at   *
+ *    some point.                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   coord -- The coordinate to place the object into the game system.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          dir (optional) -- initial facing direction for this object                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the game object successfully unlimboed?                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/24/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   12/23/1994 JLB : Sets object strength.                                                    *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool ObjectClass::Unlimbo(COORDINATE coord, DirType )
+{
+	if (GameActive && IsInLimbo && !IsDown) {
+		if (ScenarioInit || Can_Enter_Cell(Coord_Cell(coord), FACING_NONE) == MOVE_OK) {
+			IsInLimbo = false;
+			IsToDisplay = false;
+			Coord = Class_Of().Coord_Fixup(coord);
+
+			if (Mark(MARK_DOWN)) {
+				if (IsActive) {
+
+					/*
+					**	Add the object to the appropriate map layer. This layer is used
+					**	for rendering purposes.
+					*/
+					if (In_Which_Layer() != LAYER_NONE) {
+						Map.Submit(this, In_Which_Layer());
+					}
+
+					if (Class_Of().IsSentient) {
+						Logic.Submit(this);
+					}
+				}
+				return(true);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ObjectClass::Detach_All -- Removes the object from all tracking systems.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will take the object and see that it is removed from all miscellaneous      *
+ *    tracking systems in the game. This operation is vital when deleting an object. It is     *
+ *    necessary so that when the object is removed from the game, existing game objects won't  *
+ *    be referencing a now invalid game object. This typically affects the targeting           *
+ *    and navigation computers of other game objects.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/24/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void ObjectClass::Detach_All(bool all)
+{
+	/*
+	**	Unselect this object if it was selected.
+	*/
+	if (all || Owner() != PlayerPtr->Class->House) {
+		Unselect();
+	}
+
+	Map.Detach(this);
+
+	/*
+	**	Remove from targeting computers.
+	*/
+	Detach_This_From_All(As_Target(), all);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ObjectClass::Detach_This_From_All -- Detatches this object from all others.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine sweeps through all game objects and makes sure that it is no longer         *
+ *    referenced by them. Typically, this is called in preparation for the object's death      *
+ *    or limbo state.                                                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   target   -- This object expressed as a target number.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/08/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void ObjectClass::Detach_This_From_All(TARGET target, bool all)
+{
+	int index;
+	if (Target_Legal(target)) {
+
+		for (index = 0; index < Houses.Count(); index++) {
+			Houses.Ptr(index)->Detach(target, all);
+		}
+		for (index = 0; index < Teams.Count(); index++) {
+			Teams.Ptr(index)->Detach(target, all);
+		}
+		for (index = 0; index < Units.Count(); index++) {
+			Units.Ptr(index)->Detach(target, all);
+		}
+		for (index = 0; index < Infantry.Count(); index++) {
+			Infantry.Ptr(index)->Detach(target, all);
+		}
+		for (index = 0; index < Aircraft.Count(); index++) {
+			Aircraft.Ptr(index)->Detach(target, all);
+		}
+		for (index = 0; index < Buildings.Count(); index++) {
+			Buildings.Ptr(index)->Detach(target, all);
+		}
+		for (index = 0; index < Bullets.Count(); index++) {
+			Bullets.Ptr(index)->Detach(target, all);
+		}
+		for (index = 0; index < Anims.Count(); index++) {
+			Anims.Ptr(index)->Detach(target, all);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ObjectClass::Receive_Message -- Processes an incoming radio message.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Any radio message received that applies to objects in general are handled by this        *
+ *    routine. Typically, this is the "redraw" message, which occurs when another object is    *
+ *    loading or unloading and thus overlapping.                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   message  -- The message received.                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the appropriate radio response. If the message was recognized, then   *
+ *          RADIO_ROGER is returned, otherwise, just RADIO_STATIC is returned.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/24/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+RadioMessageType ObjectClass::Receive_Message(RadioClass *, RadioMessageType message, long & )
+{
+	switch (message) {
+
+		/*
+		**	This message serves as a rendering convenience. It lets the system
+		**	know that there might be a visual conflict and the unit in radio
+		**	contact should be redrawn. This typically occurs when a vehicle
+		**	is being unloaded from a hover lander.
+		*/
+		case RADIO_REDRAW:
+			Mark(MARK_CHANGE);
+			return(RADIO_ROGER);
+
+		default:
+			break;
+	}
+	return(RADIO_STATIC);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ObjectClass::Take_Damage -- Applies damage to the object.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine applies damage to the object according to the damage parameters. It handles *
+ *    reducing the strength of the object and also returns the result of that damage. The      *
+ *    result value can be examined to determine if the object was destroyed, greatly damaged,  *
+ *    or other results.                                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   damage   -- Reference to the damage number to apply. This number will be adjusted  *
+ *                      according to defensive armor and distance. Examine this value after    *
+ *                      the call to determine the actual amount of damage applied.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          distance -- The distance (in leptons) from the center of the damage causing        *
+ *                      explosion to the object itself.                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          warhead  -- The warhead type that is causing the damage.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns the ResultType that indicates what the affect of the damage was.           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/29/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   12/27/1994 JLB : Trigger event processing for attacked or destroyed.                      *
+ *   01/01/1995 JLB : Reduces damage greatly depending on range.                               *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+ResultType ObjectClass::Take_Damage(int & damage, int distance, WarheadType warhead, TechnoClass * source)
+{
+	ResultType result = RESULT_NONE;
+	int oldstrength = Strength;
+
+	if (oldstrength && damage && !Class_Of().IsImmune) {
+		int maxstrength = Class_Of().MaxStrength;
+
+		/*
+		**	Modify damage based on the warhead type and the armor of the object. This results
+		**	in a reduced damage value, but never below 1 damage point.
+		*/
+		damage = Modify_Damage(damage, warhead, Class_Of().Armor, distance);
+		if (!damage) return(RESULT_NONE);
+
+		/*
+		**	At this point, we KNOW that at least light damage has occurred.
+		*/
+		result = RESULT_LIGHT;
+
+		/*
+		**	A non-fatal blow has occurred. Check to see if the object transitioned to below
+		**	half strength or if it is now down to one hit point.
+		*/
+		if (oldstrength > damage) {
+
+			if (oldstrength >= (maxstrength >> 1) && (oldstrength-damage) < (maxstrength >> 1)) {
+				result = RESULT_HALF;
+			}
+		} else {
+
+			/*
+			**	When an object is damaged to destruction, it will instead stop at one
+			**	damage point. This will prolong the damage state as well as
+			**	give greater satisfaction when it is finally destroyed.
+			*/
+			damage = oldstrength;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Apply the damage to the object.
+		*/
+		Strength = oldstrength - damage;
+
+		/*
+		**	Check to see if the object is majorly damaged or destroyed.
+		*/
+		switch (Strength) {
+			case 0:
+				Record_The_Kill(source);
+				result = RESULT_DESTROYED;
+				Detach_All();
+				break;
+
+			case 1:
+				result = RESULT_MAJOR;
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				break;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Handle any trigger event associated with this object.
+		*/
+		if (source && Trigger && result != RESULT_DESTROYED) {
+			Trigger->Spring(EVENT_ATTACKED, this);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	If any damage was assessed and this object is selected, then flag
+		**	the object to be redrawn so that the health bar will be updated.
+		*/
+		if (result != RESULT_NONE && IsSelected) {
+			Mark(MARK_CHANGE);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Return with the result of the damage taken.
+	*/
+	return(result);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ObjectClass::Mark -- Handles basic marking logic.                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine handles the base logic for marking an object up or down on the map. It      *
+ *    manages the IsDown flag as well as flagging the object to be redrawn if necessary.       *
+ *    Whenever an object is to be marked, it should call this base class function first. If    *
+ *    this function returns true, then the higher level function should proceed with its own   *
+ *    logic.                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   mark  -- The marking method to use for this object. It can be either MARK_DOWN,    *
+ *                   MARK_UP, or MARK_CHANGE.                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the object marked successfully?                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/23/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool ObjectClass::Mark(MarkType mark)
+{
+	TechnoClass *tech;
+	CELL			cell;
+	int			threat;
+	HousesType	house;
+
+	if (!IsInLimbo && IsActive) {
+
+		/*
+		**	A mark for change is always successful UNLESS the object
+		**	is not placed down or has already been flagged as changed
+		**	this game frame.
+		*/
+		if (mark == MARK_CHANGE) {
+			if (IsToDisplay) return(false);
+			if (IsDown == true) {
+				Mark_For_Redraw();
+				return(true);
+			}
+			return(false);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		** Handle adding or removing the object in the cells' overlap lists
+		*/
+		if (mark == MARK_OVERLAP_UP) {
+			if (IsDown == true) {
+				Map.Overlap_Up(Coord_Cell(Coord),this);
+				Mark_For_Redraw();
+				return(true);
+			}
+		}
+		if (mark == MARK_OVERLAP_DOWN) {
+			if (IsDown == true) {
+				Map.Overlap_Down(Coord_Cell(Coord),this);
+				Mark_For_Redraw();
+				return(true);
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		** It is important to know whether the object is a techno class
+		** or not to see if we have to adjust the regional threat ratings
+		*/
+		if (Is_Techno()) {
+			tech 	 = (TechnoClass *)this;
+			threat = tech->Risk();
+			house  = tech->Owner();
+			cell   = Coord_Cell(Coord);
+		} else
+			tech = NULL;
+
+		/*
+		**	Marking down is only successful if the object isn't already
+		**	placed down.
+		*/
+		if (mark == MARK_DOWN && !IsDown) {
+			if (tech && GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL) {
+				Map[cell].Adjust_Threat(house, threat);
+			}
+			IsDown = true;
+			Mark_For_Redraw();
+			return(true);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Lifting up is only successful if the object isn't already
+		**	lifted up from the map.
+		*/
+		if (mark == MARK_UP && IsDown) {
+			if (tech && GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL) {
+				Map[cell].Adjust_Threat(house, -threat);
+			}
+			IsDown = false;
+			return(true);
+		}
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ObjectClass::Init -- Initializes the basic object system.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine should be called when the basic object system needs to be initialized. This *
+ *    occurs when the scenario is about to be loaded.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/23/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void ObjectClass::Init(void)
+{
+	CurrentObject.Clear();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ObjectClass::Revealed -- Reveals this object to the house specified.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called when this object gets revealed to the house specified.            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   house -- Pointer to the house that this object is being revealed to.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Was this object revealed for the first time to this house? Generic objects always  *
+ *          return true unless an invalid house pointer was specified.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool ObjectClass::Revealed(HouseClass * house)
+{
+	return(house != NULL);
+}
+
+// These can't be made inline (for various reasons).
+short const * ObjectClass::Occupy_List(bool placement) const {return(Class_Of().Occupy_List(placement));};
+short const * ObjectClass::Overlap_List(void) const {return(Class_Of().Overlap_List());};
+BuildingClass * ObjectClass::Who_Can_Build_Me(bool intheory, bool legal) const {return(Class_Of().Who_Can_Build_Me(intheory, legal, Owner()));};
+unsigned ObjectClass::Health_Ratio(void) const {return(Cardinal_To_Fixed(Class_Of().MaxStrength, Strength));};
+int ObjectClass::Full_Name(void) const {return Class_Of().Full_Name();};
+
diff --git a/OBJECT.H b/OBJECT.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2d35cb7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/OBJECT.H
@@ -0,0 +1,245 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\object.h_v   2.15   16 Oct 1995 16:46:16   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : OBJECT.H                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : April 29, 1994                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : April 29, 1994   [JLB]                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef OBJECT_H
+#define OBJECT_H
+
+#include	"abstract.h"
+
+class ObjectClass;
+class TechnoClass;
+class ObjectTypeClass;
+class HouseClass;
+class TriggerClass;
+class BuildingClass;
+class RadioClass;
+
+//extern "C" {
+//unsigned Cardinal_To_Fixed(unsigned base, unsigned cardinal);
+//}
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	Every game object (that can exist on the map) is ultimately derived from this object
+**	class. It holds the common information between all objects. This is primarily the
+**	object unique ID number and its location in the world. All common operations between
+**	game objects are represented by virtual functions in this class.
+*/
+class ObjectClass : public AbstractClass
+{
+	public:
+		/*
+		**	The object can be in one of two states -- placed down on the map, or not. If the
+		**	object is placed down on the map, then this flag will be true.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsDown:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is a support flag that is only used while building a list of objects to
+		**	be damaged by a proximity affect (explosion). When this flag is set, this object
+		**	will not be added to the list of units to damage. When damage is applied to the
+		**	object, this flag is cleared again. This process ensures that an object is never
+		**	subject to "double jeapordy".
+		*/
+		unsigned IsToDamage:1;
+
+//	private:
+		/*
+		**	Is this object flagged to be displayed during the next rendering process?  This
+		**	flag could be set by many different circumstances. It is automatically cleared
+		**	when the object is rerendered.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsToDisplay:1;
+
+
+	public:
+		/*
+		**	An object in the game may be valid yet held in a state of "limbo". Units are in such
+		**	a state if they are being transported or are otherwise "inside" another unit. They can
+		**	also be in limbo if they have been created but are being held until the proper time
+		**	for delivery.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsInLimbo:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	When an object is "selected" it is given a floating bar graph or other graphic imagery
+		**	to display this fact. When the player performs I/O, the actions may have a direct
+		**	bearing on the actions of the currently selected object. For quick checking purposes,
+		**	if this object is the one that is "selected", this flag will be true.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsSelected:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If an animation is attached to this object, then this flag will be true.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsAnimAttached:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Several objects could exist in the same cell list. This is a pointer to the
+		**	next object in the cell list. The objects in this list are not in any
+		**	significant order.
+		*/
+		ObjectClass * Next;
+
+		/*
+		** Every object can be assigned a trigger; the same trigger can be assigned
+		** to multiple objects.
+		*/
+		TriggerClass * Trigger;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the current strength of this object.
+		*/
+		short Strength;
+
+		/*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+		**	Constructor & destructors.
+		*/
+		ObjectClass(void);
+		virtual ~ObjectClass(void) {};
+		virtual RTTIType What_Am_I(void) const;
+		int operator < (ObjectClass const & object) const {return Sort_Y() < object.Sort_Y();};
+		int operator > (ObjectClass const & object) const {return Sort_Y() > object.Sort_Y();};
+
+		/*
+		**	Object selection control.
+		*/
+		static void Init(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	Query functions.
+		*/
+		virtual ActionType What_Action(ObjectClass *) const;
+		virtual ActionType What_Action(CELL) const;
+		virtual LayerType In_Which_Layer(void) const;
+		virtual bool Is_Infantry(void) const;
+		virtual bool Is_Techno(void) const;
+		virtual unsigned char Get_Ownable(void) const;
+		virtual ObjectTypeClass const & Class_Of(void) const = 0;
+		virtual int Full_Name(void) const;
+		virtual bool Can_Repair(void) const;
+		virtual bool Can_Demolish(void) const;
+		virtual bool Can_Player_Fire(void) const;
+		virtual bool Can_Player_Move(void) const;
+
+		/*
+		**	Coordinate inquiry functions. These are used for both display and
+		**	combat purposes.
+		*/
+		virtual COORDINATE Docking_Coord(void) const;
+		virtual COORDINATE Target_Coord(void) const;
+		virtual COORDINATE Center_Coord(void) const;
+		virtual COORDINATE Render_Coord(void) const;
+		virtual COORDINATE Sort_Y(void) const;
+		virtual COORDINATE Fire_Coord(int ) const;
+
+		/*
+		**	Object entry and exit from the game system.
+		*/
+		virtual bool Limbo(void);
+		virtual bool Unlimbo(COORDINATE , DirType facing = DIR_N);
+		virtual void Detach(TARGET, bool) {};
+		virtual void Detach_All(bool all=true);
+		static void Detach_This_From_All(TARGET target, bool all=true);
+		virtual void Record_The_Kill(TechnoClass * );
+
+		/*
+		**	Display and rendering support functionality. Supports imagery and how
+		**	object interacts with the map and thus indirectly controls rendering.
+		*/
+		virtual void Do_Shimmer(void);
+		virtual int Exit_Object(TechnoClass *);
+		virtual bool Render(bool forced);
+		virtual short const * Occupy_List(bool placement=false) const;
+		virtual short const * Overlap_List(void) const;
+		virtual unsigned Health_Ratio(void) const;
+		virtual void Draw_It(int x, int y, WindowNumberType ) = 0;
+		virtual void Hidden(void);
+		virtual void Look(bool =false);
+		virtual bool Mark(MarkType);
+
+	private:
+		virtual void Mark_For_Redraw(void);
+
+	public:
+
+		/*
+		**	User I/O.
+		*/
+		virtual void Active_Click_With(ActionType , ObjectClass *);
+		virtual void Active_Click_With(ActionType , CELL );
+		virtual void Clicked_As_Target(int = 7);
+		virtual bool Select(void);
+		virtual void Unselect(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	Combat related.
+		*/
+		virtual bool In_Range(COORDINATE , int=0) const;
+		virtual int Weapon_Range(int =0) const;
+		virtual ResultType Take_Damage(int & damage, int distance, WarheadType warhead, TechnoClass * source=0);
+		virtual TARGET As_Target(void) const;
+		virtual void Scatter(COORDINATE , bool=false);
+		virtual bool Catch_Fire(void);
+		virtual void Fire_Out(void);
+		virtual int Value(void) const;
+		virtual MissionType Get_Mission(void) const;
+
+		/*
+		**	AI.
+		*/
+		virtual BuildingClass * Who_Can_Build_Me(bool intheory, bool legal) const;
+		virtual RadioMessageType Receive_Message(RadioClass * from, RadioMessageType message, long & param);
+		virtual bool Revealed(HouseClass * house);
+		virtual void Repair(int );
+		virtual void Sell_Back(int );
+
+		/*
+		**	File I/O.
+		*/
+		virtual void Code_Pointers(void);
+		virtual void Decode_Pointers(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	Scenario and debug support.
+		*/
+		#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+		virtual void Debug_Dump(MonoClass *mono) const;
+		#endif
+		virtual void Move(FacingType);
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/ODATA.CPP b/ODATA.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1d34cc4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/ODATA.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,925 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\odata.cpv   2.16   16 Oct 1995 16:50:36   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : ODATA.CPP                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : May 16, 1994                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : April 19, 1995   [PWG]                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   OverlayTypeClass::Display -- Displays a generic representation of overlay.                *
+ *   OverlayTypeClass::From_Name -- Determine overlay from ASCII name.                         *
+ *   OverlayTypeClass::Init -- Loads graphic data for overlays.                                *
+ *   OverlayTypeClass::Occupy_List -- Determines occupation list.                              *
+ *   OverlayTypeClass::Prep_For_Add -- Prepares to add overlay to scenario.                    *
+ *   OverlayTypeClass::Create_And_Place -- Creates and places a overlay object on the map.     *
+ *   OverlayTypeClass::Create_One_Of -- Creates an object of this overlay type.                *
+ *   OverlayTypeClass::OverlayTypeClass -- Constructor for overlay type objects.               *
+ *   OverlayTypeClass::Draw_It -- Draws the overlay image at location specified.               *
+ *   OverlayTypeClass::One_Time -- Loads all the necessary general overlay shape data.         *
+ *   OverlayTypeClass::Init -- Initialize the overlay graphic data per theater.                *
+ *   OverlayTypeClass::Radar_Icon -- Gets a pointer to the radar icons                         *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+#include	"type.h"
+
+
+static OverlayTypeClass const Road(
+	OVERLAY_ROAD,				// Overlay type number.
+	"ROAD",						// INI name of overlay.
+	TXT_CONCRETE,				// Full name of overlay.
+	LAND_ROAD,					// What kind of ground is it?
+	0,								// If this is a wall, how many damage levels?
+	0,								// If this is a wall, how many damage points can it take per level?
+	true,							// Visible on the radar map?
+	false,						// Is it a wooden overlay (affected by fire)?
+	false,						// Targetable as a destroyable overlay?
+	false,						// Crushable by tracked vehicle?
+	false,						// Is this harvestable Tiberium?
+	false,						// Stops low level bullets in flight?
+	false,						// Theater specific art?
+	false,						// Is this a wall type?
+	false							// Is this a crate?
+);
+static OverlayTypeClass const Concrete(
+	OVERLAY_CONCRETE,			// Overlay type number.
+	"CONC",						// INI name of overlay.
+	TXT_CONCRETE,				// Full name of overlay.
+	LAND_ROAD,					// What kind of ground is it?
+	0,								// If this is a wall, how many damage levels?
+	0,								// If this is a wall, how many damage points can it take per level?
+	true,							// Visible on the radar map?
+	false,						// Is it a wooden overlay (affected by fire)?
+	false,						// Targetable as a destroyable overlay?
+	false,						// Crushable by tracked vehicle?
+	false,						// Is this harvestable Tiberium?
+	false,						// Stops low level bullets in flight?
+	false,						// Theater specific art?
+	false,						// Is this a wall type?
+	false							// Is this a crate?
+);
+static OverlayTypeClass const Sandbag(
+	OVERLAY_SANDBAG_WALL,	// Overlay type number.
+	"SBAG",						// INI name of overlay.
+	TXT_SANDBAG_WALL,			// Full name of overlay.
+	LAND_WALL,					// What kind of ground is it?
+	1,								// If this is a wall, how many damage levels?
+	20,							// If this is a wall, how many damage points can it take per level?
+	true,							// Visible on the radar map?
+	false,						// Is it a wooden overlay (affected by fire)?
+	true,							// Targetable as a destroyable overlay?
+	false,						// Crushable by tracked vehicle?
+	false,						// Is this harvestable Tiberium?
+	false,						// Stops low level bullets in flight?
+	false,						// Theater specific art?
+	true,							// Is this a wall type?
+	false							// Is this a crate?
+);
+static OverlayTypeClass const Cyclone(
+	OVERLAY_CYCLONE_WALL,	// Overlay type number.
+	"CYCL",						// INI name of overlay.
+	TXT_CYCLONE_WALL,			// Full name of overlay.
+	LAND_WALL,					// What kind of ground is it?
+	2,								// If this is a wall, how many damage levels?
+	10,							// If this is a wall, how many damage points can it take per level?
+	true,							// Visible on the radar map?
+	false,						// Is it a wooden overlay (affected by fire)?
+	true,							// Targetable as a destroyable overlay?
+	true,							// Crushable by tracked vehicle?
+	false,						// Is this harvestable Tiberium?
+	false,						// Stops low level bullets in flight?
+	false,						// Theater specific art?
+	true,							// Is this a wall type?
+	false							// Is this a crate?
+);
+static OverlayTypeClass const Brick(
+	OVERLAY_BRICK_WALL,		// Overlay type number.
+	"BRIK",						// INI name of overlay.
+	TXT_BRICK_WALL,			// Full name of overlay.
+	LAND_WALL,					// What kind of ground is it?
+	3,								// If this is a wall, how many damage levels?
+	70,							// If this is a wall, how many damage points can it take per level?
+	true,							// Visible on the radar map?
+	false,						// Is it a wooden overlay (affected by fire)?
+	true,							// Targetable as a destroyable overlay?
+	false,						// Crushable by tracked vehicle?
+	false,						// Is this harvestable Tiberium?
+	true,							// Stops low level bullets in flight?
+	false,						// Theater specific art?
+	true,							// Is this a wall type?
+	false							// Is this a crate?
+);
+static OverlayTypeClass const Barbwire(
+	OVERLAY_BARBWIRE_WALL,	// Overlay type number.
+	"BARB",						// INI name of overlay.
+	TXT_BARBWIRE_WALL,		// Full name of overlay.
+	LAND_WALL,					// What kind of ground is it?
+	1,								// If this is a wall, how many damage levels?
+	2,								// If this is a wall, how many damage points can it take per level?
+	true,							// Visible on the radar map?
+	false,						// Is it a wooden overlay (affected by fire)?
+	true,							// Targetable as a destroyable overlay?
+	true,							// Crushable by tracked vehicle?
+	false,						// Is this harvestable Tiberium?
+	false,						// Stops low level bullets in flight?
+	false,						// Theater specific art?
+	true,							// Is this a wall type?
+	false							// Is this a crate?
+);
+static OverlayTypeClass const Wood(
+	OVERLAY_WOOD_WALL,		// Overlay type number.
+	"WOOD",						// INI name of overlay.
+	TXT_WOOD_WALL,				// Full name of overlay.
+	LAND_WALL,					// What kind of ground is it?
+	1,								// If this is a wall, how many damage levels?
+	2,								// If this is a wall, how many damage points can it take per level?
+	true,							// Visible on the radar map?
+	true,							// Is it a wooden overlay (affected by fire)?
+	true,							// Targetable as a destroyable overlay?
+	true,							// Crushable by tracked vehicle?
+	false,						// Is this harvestable Tiberium?
+	false,						// Stops low level bullets in flight?
+	false,						// Theater specific art?
+	true,							// Is this a wall type?
+	false							// Is this a crate?
+);
+static OverlayTypeClass const Tiberium1(
+	OVERLAY_TIBERIUM1,		// Overlay type number.
+	"TI1",						// INI name of overlay.
+	TXT_TIBERIUM,				// Full name of overlay.
+	LAND_TIBERIUM,				// What kind of ground is it?
+	0,								// If this is a wall, how many damage levels?
+	0,								// If this is a wall, how many damage points can it take per level?
+	true,							// Visible on the radar map?
+	false,						// Is it a wooden overlay (affected by fire)?
+	false,						// Targetable as a destroyable overlay?
+	false,						// Crushable by tracked vehicle?
+	true,							// Is this harvestable Tiberium?
+	false,						// Stops low level bullets in flight?
+	true,							// Theater specific art?
+	false,						// Is this a wall type?
+	false							// Is this a crate?
+);
+static OverlayTypeClass const Tiberium2(
+	OVERLAY_TIBERIUM2,		// Overlay type number.
+	"TI2",						// INI name of overlay.
+	TXT_TIBERIUM,				// Full name of overlay.
+	LAND_TIBERIUM,				// What kind of ground is it?
+	0,								// If this is a wall, how many damage levels?
+	0,								// If this is a wall, how many damage points can it take per level?
+	true,							// Visible on the radar map?
+	false,						// Is it a wooden overlay (affected by fire)?
+	false,						// Targetable as a destroyable overlay?
+	false,						// Crushable by tracked vehicle?
+	true,							// Is this harvestable Tiberium?
+	false,						// Stops low level bullets in flight?
+	true,							// Theater specific art?
+	false,						// Is this a wall type?
+	false							// Is this a crate?
+);
+static OverlayTypeClass const Tiberium3(
+	OVERLAY_TIBERIUM3,		// Overlay type number.
+	"TI3",						// INI name of overlay.
+	TXT_TIBERIUM,				// Full name of overlay.
+	LAND_TIBERIUM,				// What kind of ground is it?
+	0,								// If this is a wall, how many damage levels?
+	0,								// If this is a wall, how many damage points can it take per level?
+	true,							// Visible on the radar map?
+	false,						// Is it a wooden overlay (affected by fire)?
+	false,						// Targetable as a destroyable overlay?
+	false,						// Crushable by tracked vehicle?
+	true,							// Is this harvestable Tiberium?
+	false,						// Stops low level bullets in flight?
+	true,							// Theater specific art?
+	false,						// Is this a wall type?
+	false							// Is this a crate?
+);
+static OverlayTypeClass const Tiberium4(
+	OVERLAY_TIBERIUM4,		// Overlay type number.
+	"TI4",						// INI name of overlay.
+	TXT_TIBERIUM,				// Full name of overlay.
+	LAND_TIBERIUM,				// What kind of ground is it?
+	0,								// If this is a wall, how many damage levels?
+	0,								// If this is a wall, how many damage points can it take per level?
+	true,							// Visible on the radar map?
+	false,						// Is it a wooden overlay (affected by fire)?
+	false,						// Targetable as a destroyable overlay?
+	false,						// Crushable by tracked vehicle?
+	true,							// Is this harvestable Tiberium?
+	false,						// Stops low level bullets in flight?
+	true,							// Theater specific art?
+	false,						// Is this a wall type?
+	false							// Is this a crate?
+);
+static OverlayTypeClass const Tiberium5(
+	OVERLAY_TIBERIUM5,		// Overlay type number.
+	"TI5",						// INI name of overlay.
+	TXT_TIBERIUM,				// Full name of overlay.
+	LAND_TIBERIUM,				// What kind of ground is it?
+	0,								// If this is a wall, how many damage levels?
+	0,								// If this is a wall, how many damage points can it take per level?
+	true,							// Visible on the radar map?
+	false,						// Is it a wooden overlay (affected by fire)?
+	false,						// Targetable as a destroyable overlay?
+	false,						// Crushable by tracked vehicle?
+	true,							// Is this harvestable Tiberium?
+	false,						// Stops low level bullets in flight?
+	true,							// Theater specific art?
+	false,						// Is this a wall type?
+	false							// Is this a crate?
+);
+static OverlayTypeClass const Tiberium6(
+	OVERLAY_TIBERIUM6,		// Overlay type number.
+	"TI6",						// INI name of overlay.
+	TXT_TIBERIUM,				// Full name of overlay.
+	LAND_TIBERIUM,				// What kind of ground is it?
+	0,								// If this is a wall, how many damage levels?
+	0,								// If this is a wall, how many damage points can it take per level?
+	true,							// Visible on the radar map?
+	false,						// Is it a wooden overlay (affected by fire)?
+	false,						// Targetable as a destroyable overlay?
+	false,						// Crushable by tracked vehicle?
+	true,							// Is this harvestable Tiberium?
+	false,						// Stops low level bullets in flight?
+	true,							// Theater specific art?
+	false,						// Is this a wall type?
+	false							// Is this a crate?
+);
+static OverlayTypeClass const Tiberium7(
+	OVERLAY_TIBERIUM7,		// Overlay type number.
+	"TI7",						// INI name of overlay.
+	TXT_TIBERIUM,				// Full name of overlay.
+	LAND_TIBERIUM,				// What kind of ground is it?
+	0,								// If this is a wall, how many damage levels?
+	0,								// If this is a wall, how many damage points can it take per level?
+	true,							// Visible on the radar map?
+	false,						// Is it a wooden overlay (affected by fire)?
+	false,						// Targetable as a destroyable overlay?
+	false,						// Crushable by tracked vehicle?
+	true,							// Is this harvestable Tiberium?
+	false,						// Stops low level bullets in flight?
+	true,							// Theater specific art?
+	false,						// Is this a wall type?
+	false							// Is this a crate?
+);
+static OverlayTypeClass const Tiberium8(
+	OVERLAY_TIBERIUM8,		// Overlay type number.
+	"TI8",						// INI name of overlay.
+	TXT_TIBERIUM,				// Full name of overlay.
+	LAND_TIBERIUM,				// What kind of ground is it?
+	0,								// If this is a wall, how many damage levels?
+	0,								// If this is a wall, how many damage points can it take per level?
+	true,							// Visible on the radar map?
+	false,						// Is it a wooden overlay (affected by fire)?
+	false,						// Targetable as a destroyable overlay?
+	false,						// Crushable by tracked vehicle?
+	true,							// Is this harvestable Tiberium?
+	false,						// Stops low level bullets in flight?
+	true,							// Theater specific art?
+	false,						// Is this a wall type?
+	false							// Is this a crate?
+);
+static OverlayTypeClass const Tiberium9(
+	OVERLAY_TIBERIUM9,		// Overlay type number.
+	"TI9",						// INI name of overlay.
+	TXT_TIBERIUM,				// Full name of overlay.
+	LAND_TIBERIUM,				// What kind of ground is it?
+	0,								// If this is a wall, how many damage levels?
+	0,								// If this is a wall, how many damage points can it take per level?
+	true,							// Visible on the radar map?
+	false,						// Is it a wooden overlay (affected by fire)?
+	false,						// Targetable as a destroyable overlay?
+	false,						// Crushable by tracked vehicle?
+	true,							// Is this harvestable Tiberium?
+	false,						// Stops low level bullets in flight?
+	true,							// Theater specific art?
+	false,						// Is this a wall type?
+	false							// Is this a crate?
+);
+static OverlayTypeClass const Tiberium10(
+	OVERLAY_TIBERIUM10,		// Overlay type number.
+	"TI10",						// INI name of overlay.
+	TXT_TIBERIUM,				// Full name of overlay.
+	LAND_TIBERIUM,				// What kind of ground is it?
+	0,								// If this is a wall, how many damage levels?
+	0,								// If this is a wall, how many damage points can it take per level?
+	true,							// Visible on the radar map?
+	false,						// Is it a wooden overlay (affected by fire)?
+	false,						// Targetable as a destroyable overlay?
+	false,						// Crushable by tracked vehicle?
+	true,							// Is this harvestable Tiberium?
+	false,						// Stops low level bullets in flight?
+	true,							// Theater specific art?
+	false,						// Is this a wall type?
+	false							// Is this a crate?
+);
+static OverlayTypeClass const Tiberium11(
+	OVERLAY_TIBERIUM11,		// Overlay type number.
+	"TI11",						// INI name of overlay.
+	TXT_TIBERIUM,				// Full name of overlay.
+	LAND_TIBERIUM,				// What kind of ground is it?
+	0,								// If this is a wall, how many damage levels?
+	0,								// If this is a wall, how many damage points can it take per level?
+	true,							// Visible on the radar map?
+	false,						// Is it a wooden overlay (affected by fire)?
+	false,						// Targetable as a destroyable overlay?
+	false,						// Crushable by tracked vehicle?
+	true,							// Is this harvestable Tiberium?
+	false,						// Stops low level bullets in flight?
+	true,							// Theater specific art?
+	false,						// Is this a wall type?
+	false							// Is this a crate?
+);
+static OverlayTypeClass const Tiberium12(
+	OVERLAY_TIBERIUM12,		// Overlay type number.
+	"TI12",						// INI name of overlay.
+	TXT_TIBERIUM,				// Full name of overlay.
+	LAND_TIBERIUM,				// What kind of ground is it?
+	0,								// If this is a wall, how many damage levels?
+	0,								// If this is a wall, how many damage points can it take per level?
+	true,							// Visible on the radar map?
+	false,						// Is it a wooden overlay (affected by fire)?
+	false,						// Targetable as a destroyable overlay?
+	false,						// Crushable by tracked vehicle?
+	true,							// Is this harvestable Tiberium?
+	false,						// Stops low level bullets in flight?
+	true,							// Theater specific art?
+	false,						// Is this a wall type?
+	false							// Is this a crate?
+);
+static OverlayTypeClass const Squish(
+	OVERLAY_SQUISH,			// Overlay type number.
+	"SQUISH",					// INI name of overlay.
+	TXT_SQUISH,					// Full name of overlay.
+	LAND_CLEAR,					// What kind of ground is it?
+	0,								// If this is a wall, how many damage levels?
+	0,								// If this is a wall, how many damage points can it take per level?
+	false,						// Visible on the radar map?
+	false,						// Is it a wooden overlay (affected by fire)?
+	false,						// Targetable as a destroyable overlay?
+	false,						// Crushable by tracked vehicle?
+	false,						// Is this harvestable Tiberium?
+	false,						// Stops low level bullets in flight?
+	false,						// Theater specific art?
+	false,						// Is this a wall type?
+	false							// Is this a crate?
+);
+
+static OverlayTypeClass const V12(
+	OVERLAY_V12,				// Overlay type number.
+	"V12",						// INI name of overlay.
+	TXT_CIV12,					// Full name of overlay.
+	LAND_ROCK,					// What kind of ground is it?
+	0,								// If this is a wall, how many damage levels?
+	0,								// If this is a wall, how many damage points can it take per level?
+	false,						// Visible on the radar map?
+	false,						// Is it a wooden overlay (affected by fire)?
+	false,						// Targetable as a destroyable overlay?
+	true,							// Crushable by tracked vehicle?
+	false,						// Is this harvestable Tiberium?
+	false,						// Stops low level bullets in flight?
+	true,							// Theater specific art?
+	false,						// Is this a wall type?
+	false							// Is this a crate?
+);
+static OverlayTypeClass const V13(
+	OVERLAY_V13,				// Overlay type number.
+	"V13",						// INI name of overlay.
+	TXT_CIV13,					// Full name of overlay.
+	LAND_ROCK,					// What kind of ground is it?
+	0,								// If this is a wall, how many damage levels?
+	0,								// If this is a wall, how many damage points can it take per level?
+	false,						// Visible on the radar map?
+	false,						// Is it a wooden overlay (affected by fire)?
+	false,						// Targetable as a destroyable overlay?
+	true,							// Crushable by tracked vehicle?
+	false,						// Is this harvestable Tiberium?
+	false,						// Stops low level bullets in flight?
+	true,							// Theater specific art?
+	false,						// Is this a wall type?
+	false							// Is this a crate?
+);
+static OverlayTypeClass const V14(
+	OVERLAY_V14,				// Overlay type number.
+	"V14",						// INI name of overlay.
+	TXT_CIV14,					// Full name of overlay.
+	LAND_ROCK,					// What kind of ground is it?
+	0,								// If this is a wall, how many damage levels?
+	0,								// If this is a wall, how many damage points can it take per level?
+	false,						// Visible on the radar map?
+	false,						// Is it a wooden overlay (affected by fire)?
+	false,						// Targetable as a destroyable overlay?
+	true,							// Crushable by tracked vehicle?
+	false,						// Is this harvestable Tiberium?
+	false,						// Stops low level bullets in flight?
+	true,							// Theater specific art?
+	false,						// Is this a wall type?
+	false							// Is this a crate?
+);
+static OverlayTypeClass const V15(
+	OVERLAY_V15,				// Overlay type number.
+	"V15",						// INI name of overlay.
+	TXT_CIV15,					// Full name of overlay.
+	LAND_ROCK,					// What kind of ground is it?
+	0,								// If this is a wall, how many damage levels?
+	0,								// If this is a wall, how many damage points can it take per level?
+	false,						// Visible on the radar map?
+	false,						// Is it a wooden overlay (affected by fire)?
+	false,						// Targetable as a destroyable overlay?
+	true,							// Crushable by tracked vehicle?
+	false,						// Is this harvestable Tiberium?
+	false,						// Stops low level bullets in flight?
+	true,							// Theater specific art?
+	false,						// Is this a wall type?
+	false							// Is this a crate?
+);
+static OverlayTypeClass const V16(
+	OVERLAY_V16,				// Overlay type number.
+	"V16",						// INI name of overlay.
+	TXT_CIV16,					// Full name of overlay.
+	LAND_ROCK,					// What kind of ground is it?
+	0,								// If this is a wall, how many damage levels?
+	0,								// If this is a wall, how many damage points can it take per level?
+	false,						// Visible on the radar map?
+	false,						// Is it a wooden overlay (affected by fire)?
+	false,						// Targetable as a destroyable overlay?
+	true,							// Crushable by tracked vehicle?
+	false,						// Is this harvestable Tiberium?
+	false,						// Stops low level bullets in flight?
+	true,							// Theater specific art?
+	false,						// Is this a wall type?
+	false							// Is this a crate?
+);
+static OverlayTypeClass const V17(
+	OVERLAY_V17,				// Overlay type number.
+	"V17",						// INI name of overlay.
+	TXT_CIV17,					// Full name of overlay.
+	LAND_ROCK,					// What kind of ground is it?
+	0,								// If this is a wall, how many damage levels?
+	0,								// If this is a wall, how many damage points can it take per level?
+	false,						// Visible on the radar map?
+	false,						// Is it a wooden overlay (affected by fire)?
+	false,						// Targetable as a destroyable overlay?
+	true,							// Crushable by tracked vehicle?
+	false,						// Is this harvestable Tiberium?
+	false,						// Stops low level bullets in flight?
+	true,							// Theater specific art?
+	false,						// Is this a wall type?
+	false							// Is this a crate?
+);
+static OverlayTypeClass const V18(
+	OVERLAY_V18,				// Overlay type number.
+	"V18",						// INI name of overlay.
+	TXT_CIV18,					// Full name of overlay.
+	LAND_ROCK,					// What kind of ground is it?
+	0,								// If this is a wall, how many damage levels?
+	0,								// If this is a wall, how many damage points can it take per level?
+	false,						// Visible on the radar map?
+	false,						// Is it a wooden overlay (affected by fire)?
+	false,						// Targetable as a destroyable overlay?
+	true,							// Crushable by tracked vehicle?
+	false,						// Is this harvestable Tiberium?
+	false,						// Stops low level bullets in flight?
+	true,							// Theater specific art?
+	false,						// Is this a wall type?
+	false							// Is this a crate?
+);
+static OverlayTypeClass const FlagSpot(
+	OVERLAY_FLAG_SPOT,		// Overlay type number.
+	"FPLS",						// INI name of overlay.
+	TXT_FLAG_SPOT,				// Full name of overlay.
+	LAND_CLEAR,					// What kind of ground is it?
+	0,								// If this is a wall, how many damage levels?
+	0,								// If this is a wall, how many damage points can it take per level?
+	true,							// Visible on the radar map?
+	false,						// Is it a wooden overlay (affected by fire)?
+	false,						// Targetable as a destroyable overlay?
+	false,						// Crushable by tracked vehicle?
+	false,						// Is this harvestable Tiberium?
+	false,						// Stops low level bullets in flight?
+	false,						// Theater specific art?
+	false,						// Is this a wall type?
+	false							// Is this a crate?
+);
+static OverlayTypeClass const WoodCrate(
+	OVERLAY_WOOD_CRATE,		// Overlay type number.
+	"WCRATE",					// INI name of overlay.
+	TXT_WOOD_CRATE,			// Full name of overlay.
+	LAND_CLEAR,					// What kind of ground is it?
+	0,								// If this is a wall, how many damage levels?
+	0,								// If this is a wall, how many damage points can it take per level?
+	false,						// Visible on the radar map?
+	false,						// Is it a wooden overlay (affected by fire)?
+	false,						// Targetable as a destroyable overlay?
+	false,						// Crushable by tracked vehicle?
+	false,						// Is this harvestable Tiberium?
+	false,						// Stops low level bullets in flight?
+	false,						// Theater specific art?
+	false,						// Is this a wall type?
+	true							// Is this a crate?
+);
+static OverlayTypeClass const SteelCrate(
+	OVERLAY_STEEL_CRATE,		// Overlay type number.
+	"SCRATE",					// INI name of overlay.
+	TXT_STEEL_CRATE,			// Full name of overlay.
+	LAND_CLEAR,					// What kind of ground is it?
+	0,								// If this is a wall, how many damage levels?
+	0,								// If this is a wall, how many damage points can it take per level?
+	false,						// Visible on the radar map?
+	false,						// Is it a wooden overlay (affected by fire)?
+	false,						// Targetable as a destroyable overlay?
+	false,						// Crushable by tracked vehicle?
+	false,						// Is this harvestable Tiberium?
+	false,						// Stops low level bullets in flight?
+	false,						// Theater specific art?
+	false,						// Is this a wall type?
+	true							// Is this a crate?
+);
+
+
+OverlayTypeClass const * const OverlayTypeClass::Pointers[OVERLAY_COUNT] = {
+	&Concrete,					//	OVERLAY_CONCRETE
+	&Sandbag,					//	OVERLAY_SANDBAG_WALL
+	&Cyclone,					//	OVERLAY_CYCLONE_WALL
+	&Brick,						//	OVERLAY_BRICK_WALL
+	&Barbwire,					//	OVERLAY_BARBWIRE_WALL
+	&Wood,						//	OVERLAY_WOOD_WALL
+	&Tiberium1,					//	OVERLAY_TIBERIUM1
+	&Tiberium2,					//	OVERLAY_TIBERIUM2
+	&Tiberium3,					//	OVERLAY_TIBERIUM3
+	&Tiberium4,					//	OVERLAY_TIBERIUM4
+	&Tiberium5,					//	OVERLAY_TIBERIUM5
+	&Tiberium6,					//	OVERLAY_TIBERIUM6
+	&Tiberium7,					//	OVERLAY_TIBERIUM7
+	&Tiberium8,					//	OVERLAY_TIBERIUM8
+	&Tiberium9,					//	OVERLAY_TIBERIUM9
+	&Tiberium10,				//	OVERLAY_TIBERIUM10
+	&Tiberium11,				//	OVERLAY_TIBERIUM11
+	&Tiberium12,				//	OVERLAY_TIBERIUM12
+	&Road,						// OVERLAY_ROAD
+	&Squish,						// OVERLAY_SQUISH
+	&V12,							//	OVERLAY_V12
+	&V13,							//	OVERLAY_V13
+	&V14,							//	OVERLAY_V14
+	&V15,							//	OVERLAY_V15
+	&V16,							//	OVERLAY_V16
+	&V17,							//	OVERLAY_V17
+	&V18,							//	OVERLAY_V18
+	&FlagSpot,					//	OVERLAY_FLAG_SPOT
+	&WoodCrate,					// OVERLAY_WOOD_CRATE
+	&SteelCrate,				// OVERLAY_STEEL_CRATE
+};
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * OverlayTypeClass::OverlayTypeClass -- Constructor for overlay type objects.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the constructor for the overlay types.                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   see below...                                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/29/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+OverlayTypeClass::OverlayTypeClass(
+	OverlayType iconset,
+	char const *ininame,
+	int fullname,
+	LandType ground,
+	int  damagelevels,
+	int  damagepoints,
+	bool isradarvisible,
+	bool iswooden,
+	bool istarget,
+	bool iscrushable,
+	bool istiberium,
+	bool high,
+	bool theater,
+	bool walltype,
+	bool iscrate) :
+		ObjectTypeClass(false,
+							false,
+							iscrushable,
+							true,
+							false,
+							istarget,
+							true,
+							false,
+							fullname,
+							ininame,
+							ARMOR_NONE,
+							0)
+{
+	IsRadarVisible = isradarvisible;
+	IsCrate = iscrate;
+	IsWooden = iswooden;
+	IsHigh = high;
+	IsTheater = theater;
+	IsTiberium = istiberium;
+	Type = iconset;
+	Land = ground;
+	IsWall = walltype;
+	DamageLevels = damagelevels;
+	DamagePoints = damagepoints;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * OverlayTypeClass::One_Time -- Loads all the necessary general overlay shape data.           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine should be called once when the game first starts. It will establish         *
+ *    pointers to the graphic data of the overlay objects.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/12/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void OverlayTypeClass::One_Time(void)
+{
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * OverlayTypeClass::From_Name -- Determine overlay from ASCII name.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to determine the overlay number given only                          *
+ *    an ASCII representation. The scenario loader uses this routine                           *
+ *    to construct the map from the INI control file.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   name  -- Pointer to the ASCII name of the overlay.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the overlay number. If the name had no match,                         *
+ *          then returns with OVERLAY_NONE.                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/23/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+OverlayType OverlayTypeClass::From_Name(char const *name)
+{
+	if (name) {
+		for (OverlayType index = OVERLAY_FIRST; index < OVERLAY_COUNT; index++) {
+			if (stricmp(As_Reference(index).IniName, name) == 0) {
+				return(index);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return(OVERLAY_NONE);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * OverlayTypeClass::Occupy_List -- Determines occupation list.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to examine the overlay map and build an                             *
+ *    occupation list. This list is used to render a overlay cursor as                         *
+ *    well as placement of icon numbers.                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   placement   -- Is this for placement legality checking only? The normal condition  *
+ *                         is for marking occupation flags.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the overlay occupation list.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   The return pointer is valid only until the next time that                       *
+ *             this routine is called.                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/23/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+short const * OverlayTypeClass::Occupy_List(bool) const
+{
+	static short _simple[] = {0, REFRESH_EOL};
+
+	return(_simple);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * OverlayTypeClass::Radar_Icon -- Gets a pointer to the radar icons       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   04/19/1995 PWG : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+unsigned char * OverlayTypeClass::Radar_Icon(int data) const
+{
+	unsigned char *icon = (unsigned char *)Get_Radar_Data();		// Get pointer to radar icons
+	icon 					 += (data * 9) + 2;			// move icon ptr to correct icon
+	return(icon);											// Return the correct icon
+}
+
+
+#ifdef SCENARIO_EDITOR
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * OverlayTypeClass::Display -- Displays a generic representation of overlay.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to display a generic view of the overlay                            *
+ *    object. This is necessary for selection in the scenario editor.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   x,y   -- The coordinates to center the display about.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          window-- The window to base the coordinates upon.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/23/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void OverlayTypeClass::Display(int x, int y, WindowNumberType window, HousesType ) const
+{
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Draw the shape ------------------------------
+	*/
+	if (Get_Image_Data()) {
+		int frame = 0;
+
+		if (IsTiberium) {
+			frame = 7;
+		}
+
+		CC_Draw_Shape(Get_Image_Data(), frame, x, y, window, SHAPE_NORMAL|SHAPE_CENTER|SHAPE_WIN_REL);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * OverlayTypeClass::Prep_For_Add -- Prepares to add overlay to scenario.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine prepares a list of overlay objects so that the                              *
+ *    scenario editor can use this list to display a dialog box. The                           *
+ *    selection of a overlay object will allow its placement upon the                          *
+ *    map.                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/06/1994 JLB : Created                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void OverlayTypeClass::Prep_For_Add(void)
+{
+	for (OverlayType index = OVERLAY_FIRST; index < OVERLAY_COUNT; index++) {
+		OverlayTypeClass const & overlay = As_Reference(index);
+		if (overlay.Get_Image_Data() && !overlay.IsWall && (!overlay.IsTiberium || index == OVERLAY_TIBERIUM1)) {
+			Map.Add_To_List(&overlay);
+		}
+	}
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * OverlayTypeClass::Create_And_Place -- Creates and places a overlay object on the map.       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This support routine is used by the scenario editor to add a overlay object to the map   *
+ *    and to the game.                                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   cell  -- The cell to place the overlay object.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the overlay object placed successfully?                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/28/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool OverlayTypeClass::Create_And_Place(CELL cell, HousesType ) const
+{
+	if (new OverlayClass(Type, cell)) {
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * OverlayTypeClass::Create_One_Of -- Creates an object of this overlay type.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will create an object of this type. For certain overlay objects, such       *
+ *    as walls, it is actually created as a building. The "building" wall is converted into    *
+ *    a overlay at the moment of placing down on the map.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the appropriate object for this overlay type.            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/18/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+ObjectClass * OverlayTypeClass::Create_One_Of(HouseClass *) const
+{
+	return(new OverlayClass(Type, -1));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * OverlayTypeClass::Draw_It -- Draws the overlay image at location specified.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will draw the overlay shape at the coordinates specified. It is presumed    *
+ *    that all the underlying layers have already been rendered by the time this routine is    *
+ *    called.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   x, y  -- Coordinate (upper left) of cell where overlay image is to be drawn.       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          data  -- Cell specific data that controls the imagery of the overlay.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/12/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void OverlayTypeClass::Draw_It(int x, int y, int data) const
+{
+	CC_Draw_Shape(Get_Image_Data(), data, Map.TacPixelX+x+(CELL_PIXEL_W>>1), Map.TacPixelY+y+(CELL_PIXEL_H>>1), WINDOW_MAIN, SHAPE_CENTER|SHAPE_WIN_REL|SHAPE_GHOST, NULL, Map.UnitShadow);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * OverlayTypeClass::Init -- Initialize the overlay graphic data per theater.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will update the overlay graphic data according to the theater specified.    *
+ *    It is typically called when the scenario is first loaded (theater change).               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   theater  -- The theater to load specific data for.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/01/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *    4/25/1996 ST : Modified to load theater specific sidebar icons if available              *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void OverlayTypeClass::Init(TheaterType theater)
+{
+	if (theater != LastTheater){
+		for (OverlayType index = OVERLAY_FIRST; index < OVERLAY_COUNT; index++) {
+			OverlayTypeClass const & overlay = As_Reference(index);
+			char fullname[_MAX_FNAME+_MAX_EXT];	// Fully constructed iconset name.
+
+			if (overlay.IsTheater) {
+				_makepath(fullname, NULL, NULL, overlay.IniName, Theaters[theater].Suffix);
+			} else {
+				_makepath(fullname, NULL, NULL, overlay.IniName, ".SHP");
+			}
+			((void const *&)overlay.ImageData) = MixFileClass::Retrieve(fullname);
+
+			IsTheaterShape = overlay.IsTheater;
+			if (overlay.RadarIcon) delete[] (char *)overlay.RadarIcon;
+			((void const *&)overlay.RadarIcon) = Get_Radar_Icon(overlay.Get_Image_Data(), 0, -1, 3);
+			IsTheaterShape = false;
+		}
+	}
+}
diff --git a/OPTIONS.CPP b/OPTIONS.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7e59193
--- /dev/null
+++ b/OPTIONS.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,797 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\options.cpv   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:51:28   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : OPTIONS.CPP                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : June 8, 1994                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : June 30, 1995 [JLB]                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   OptionsClass::Adjust_Palette -- Adjusts the palette according to the settings specified.  *
+ *   OptionsClass::Get_Brightness -- Fetches the current brightness setting.                   *
+ *   OptionsClass::Get_Color -- Fetches the current color setting.                             *
+ *   OptionsClass::Get_Contrast -- Gets the current contrast setting.                          *
+ *   OptionsClass::Get_Game_Speed -- Fetches the current game speed setting.                   *
+ *   OptionsClass::Get_Scroll_Rate -- Fetches the current scroll rate setting.                 *
+ *   OptionsClass::Get_Tint -- Fetches the current tint setting.                               *
+ *   OptionsClass::Load_Settings -- reads options settings from the INI file                   *
+ *   OptionsClass::Normalize_Delay -- Normalizes delay factor to keep rate constant.           *
+ *   OptionsClass::One_Time -- This performs any one time initialization for the options class.*
+ *   OptionsClass::OptionsClass -- The default constructor for the options class.              *
+ *   OptionsClass::Process -- Handles all the options graphic interface.                       *
+ *   OptionsClass::Save_Settings -- writes options settings to the INI file                    *
+ *   OptionsClass::Set -- Sets options based on current settings                               *
+ *   OptionsClass::Set_Brightness -- Sets the brightness level to that specified.              *
+ *   OptionsClass::Set_Color -- Sets the color to the value specified.                         *
+ *   OptionsClass::Set_Contrast -- Sets the contrast to the value specified.                   *
+ *   OptionsClass::Set_Game_Speed -- Sets the game speed as specified.                         *
+ *   OptionsClass::Set_Repeat -- Controls the score repeat option.                             *
+ *   OptionsClass::Set_Score_Volume -- Sets the global score volume to that specified.         *
+ *   OptionsClass::Set_Scroll_Rate -- Sets the scroll rate as specified.                       *
+ *   OptionsClass::Set_Shuffle -- Controls the play shuffle setting.                           *
+ *   OptionsClass::Set_Sound_Volume -- Sets the sound effects volume level.                    *
+ *   OptionsClass::Set_Tint -- Sets the tint setting.                                          *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+#include	"options.h"
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * OptionsClass::OptionsClass -- The default constructor for the options class.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the constructor for the options class. It handles setting up all the globals     *
+ *    necessary for the options. This includes setting them to their default state.            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/21/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+OptionsClass::OptionsClass(void)
+{
+	GameSpeed = TIMER_SECOND / TICKS_PER_SECOND;
+	ScrollRate = TIMER_SECOND / TICKS_PER_SECOND;
+	Volume = 0xE0;
+	ScoreVolume = 0x90;
+	Contrast = 0x80;
+	Color = 0x80;
+	Contrast = 0x80;
+	Tint = 0x80;
+	Brightness = 0x80;
+	AutoScroll = true;
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+	IsDeathAnnounce = true;
+#else
+	IsDeathAnnounce = false;
+#endif
+	IsScoreRepeat = false;
+	IsScoreShuffle = false;
+	IsFreeScroll = false;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * OptionsClass::One_Time -- This performs any one time initialization for the options class.  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine should be called only once and it will perform any inializations for the    *
+ *    options class that is needed. This may include things like file loading and memory       *
+ *    allocation.                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   Only call this routine once.                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/21/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void OptionsClass::One_Time(void)
+{
+	Set_Score_Vol(ScoreVolume);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * OptionsClass::Process -- Handles all the options graphic interface.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is the main control for the visual representation of the options            *
+ *    screen. It handles the visual overlay and the player input.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/21/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void OptionsClass::Process(void)
+{
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * OptionsClass::Set_Shuffle -- Controls the play shuffle setting.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will control the score shuffle flag. The setting to use is provided as      *
+ *    a parameter. When shuffling is on, the score play order is scrambled.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   on -- Should the shuffle option be activated?                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void OptionsClass::Set_Shuffle(int on)
+{
+	IsScoreShuffle = on;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * OptionsClass::Set_Repeat -- Controls the score repeat option.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to control whether scores repeat or not. The setting to use for     *
+ *    the repeat flag is provided as a parameter.                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   on -- Should the scores repeat?                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void OptionsClass::Set_Repeat(int on)
+{
+	IsScoreRepeat = on;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * OptionsClass::Set_Score_Volume -- Sets the global score volume to that specified.           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will set the global score volume to the value specified. The value ranges   *
+ *    from zero to 255.                                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   volume   -- The new volume setting to use for scores.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void OptionsClass::Set_Score_Volume(int volume)
+{
+	volume = Bound(volume, 0, 255);
+	ScoreVolume = volume;
+	Set_Score_Vol(ScoreVolume);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * OptionsClass::Set_Sound_Volume -- Sets the sound effects volume level.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will set the sound effect volume level as indicated. It can generate a      *
+ *    sound effect for feedback purposes if desired. The volume setting can range from zero    *
+ *    to 255. The value of 255 is the loudest.                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   volume   -- The volume setting to use for the new value. 0 to 255.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          feedback -- Should a feedback sound effect be generated?                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void OptionsClass::Set_Sound_Volume(int volume, int feedback)
+{
+	volume = Bound(volume, 0, 255);
+	Volume = volume;
+	if (feedback) {
+		Sound_Effect(VOC_BLEEPY3, NULL);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * OptionsClass::Set_Brightness -- Sets the brightness level to that specified.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will set the current brightness level to the value specified. This value    *
+ *    can range from zero to 255, with 128 being the normal (default) brightness level.        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   brightness  -- The brightness level to set as current.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void OptionsClass::Set_Brightness(int brightness)
+{
+	Brightness = 0x40 + Fixed_To_Cardinal(0x80, brightness);
+		Adjust_Palette(OriginalPalette, GamePalette, Brightness, Color, Tint, Contrast);
+	if (InMainLoop){
+		Set_Palette(GamePalette);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * OptionsClass::Get_Brightness -- Fetches the current brightness setting.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will fetch the current setting for the brightness level. The value ranges   *
+ *    from zero to 255, with 128 being the normal (default) value.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the current brightness setting.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int OptionsClass::Get_Brightness(void) const
+{
+	return(Cardinal_To_Fixed(0x80, Brightness-0x40));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * OptionsClass::Set_Color -- Sets the color to the value specified.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will set the color value to that specified. The value specified can range   *
+ *    from zero to 255. The value of 128 is the normal default color setting.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   color -- The new color value to set as current.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void OptionsClass::Set_Color(int color)
+{
+	Color = color;
+	Adjust_Palette(OriginalPalette, GamePalette, Brightness, Color, Tint, Contrast);
+	if (InMainLoop){
+		Set_Palette(GamePalette);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * OptionsClass::Get_Color -- Fetches the current color setting.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will fetch the current color setting. This value ranges from zero to        *
+ *    255.                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the current color setting. The value of 128 is the normal (default)   *
+ *          color setting.                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int OptionsClass::Get_Color(void) const
+{
+	return(Color);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * OptionsClass::Set_Contrast -- Sets the contrast to the value specified.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will set the constrast to the setting specified. This setting ranges from   *
+ *    zero to 255. The value o 128 is the normal default value.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   contrast -- The constrast setting to make as the current setting.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void OptionsClass::Set_Contrast(int contrast)
+{
+	Contrast = 0x40 + Fixed_To_Cardinal(0x80, contrast);
+	Adjust_Palette(OriginalPalette, GamePalette, Brightness, Color, Tint, Contrast);
+	if (InMainLoop){
+		Set_Palette(GamePalette);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * OptionsClass::Get_Contrast -- Gets the current contrast setting.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will get the current contrast setting. The value returned is in the range   *
+ *    of zero to 255.                                                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns the current contrast setting. A setting of 128 is the normal default value.*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int OptionsClass::Get_Contrast(void) const
+{
+	return(Cardinal_To_Fixed(0x80, Contrast-0x40));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * OptionsClass::Set_Tint -- Sets the tint setting.                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will change the current tint setting according to the value specified.      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   tint  -- The desired tint setting. This value ranges from zero to 255.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   The value of 128 is the default (normal) tint setting.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void OptionsClass::Set_Tint(int tint)
+{
+	Tint = tint;
+	Adjust_Palette(OriginalPalette, GamePalette, Brightness, Color, Tint, Contrast);
+	if (InMainLoop){
+		Set_Palette(GamePalette);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * OptionsClass::Get_Tint -- Fetches the current tint setting.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This fetches the current tint setting. The value is returned as a number between         *
+ *    zero and 255. This has been adjusted for the valid range allowed.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the current tint setting. Normal tint setting is 128.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int OptionsClass::Get_Tint(void) const
+{
+	return(Tint);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * OptionsClass::Adjust_Palette -- Adjusts the palette according to the settings specified.    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to adjust the palette according to the settings provided. It is     *
+ *    used by the options class to monkey with the palette.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   oldpal      -- Pointer to the original (unmodified) palette.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          newpal      -- The new palette to create according to the settings provided.       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          brightness  -- The brightness level (0..255).                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          color       -- The color level (0..255).                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          tint        -- The tint (hue) level (0..255).                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          contrast    -- The contrast level (0..255).                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/21/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void OptionsClass::Adjust_Palette(void *oldpal, void *newpal, unsigned char brightness, unsigned char color, unsigned char tint, unsigned char contrast) const
+{
+	int	index;
+	unsigned	h,s,v;
+	unsigned	r,g,b;
+
+	if (!oldpal || !newpal) return;
+
+	/*
+	**	Adjust for palette.
+	*/
+	for (index = 0; index < 256; index++) {
+		if (/*index == LTGREEN ||*/ index == 255) {
+			memcpy(&((char*)newpal)[index*3], &((char*)oldpal)[index*3], 3);
+		} else {
+			r = ((char*)oldpal)[(index*3)+0];
+			g = ((char*)oldpal)[(index*3)+1];
+			b = ((char*)oldpal)[(index*3)+2];
+			Convert_RGB_To_HSV(r, g, b, &h, &s, &v);
+
+			/*
+			**	Adjust contrast by moving the value toward the center according to the
+			**	percentage indicated.
+			*/
+			int temp;
+
+			temp = (v * brightness) / 0x80;		// Brightness
+			temp = Bound(temp, 0, 0xFF);
+			v = temp;
+			temp = (((((int)v) - 0x80) * contrast) / 0x80) + 0x80;	// Contrast
+			temp = Bound(temp, 0, 0xFF);
+			v = temp;
+			temp = (s * color) / 0x80;				// Color
+			temp = Bound(temp, 0, 0xFF);
+			s = temp;
+			temp = (h * tint) / 0x80;				// Tint
+			temp = Bound(temp, 0, 0xFF);
+			h = temp;
+			Convert_HSV_To_RGB(h, s, v, &r, &g, &b);
+			((char*)newpal)[(index*3)+0] = r;
+			((char*)newpal)[(index*3)+1] = g;
+			((char*)newpal)[(index*3)+2] = b;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * OptionsClass::Load_Settings -- reads options settings from the INI file                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   02/14/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void OptionsClass::Load_Settings (void)
+{
+	char *buffer;							// INI staging buffer pointer.
+
+	/*
+	**	Fetch working pointer to the INI staging buffer. Make sure that the buffer
+	**	is cleared out before proceeding.  (Don't use the HidPage for this, since
+	**	the HidPage may be needed for various uncompressions during the INI
+	**	parsing.)
+	*/
+	buffer = (char *)_ShapeBuffer;
+	memset(buffer, '\0', _ShapeBufferSize);
+
+	/*
+	**	Create filename and read the file.
+	*/
+	CCFileClass file ("CONQUER.INI");
+	if (!file.Is_Available()) {
+		return;
+	} else {
+		file.Read(buffer, _ShapeBufferSize-1);
+	}
+	file.Close();
+
+	/*
+	**	Read in the Options values
+	*/
+	GameSpeed = WWGetPrivateProfileInt("Options", "GameSpeed", 4, buffer);
+	ScrollRate = WWGetPrivateProfileInt("Options", "ScrollRate", 4, buffer);
+	Set_Brightness(WWGetPrivateProfileInt("Options", "Brightness", 0x80, buffer));
+	Set_Sound_Volume(WWGetPrivateProfileInt("Options", "Volume", 0xA0, buffer),false);
+	Set_Score_Volume(WWGetPrivateProfileInt("Options", "ScoreVolume", 0xFF, buffer));
+	Set_Contrast(WWGetPrivateProfileInt("Options", "Contrast", 0x80, buffer));
+	Set_Color(WWGetPrivateProfileInt("Options", "Color", 0x80, buffer));
+	Set_Tint(WWGetPrivateProfileInt("Options", "Tint", 0x80, buffer));
+	AutoScroll = WWGetPrivateProfileInt("Options", "AutoScroll", 1, buffer);
+	Set_Repeat(WWGetPrivateProfileInt("Options", "IsScoreRepeat", 0, buffer));
+	Set_Shuffle(WWGetPrivateProfileInt("Options", "IsScoreShuffle", 0, buffer));
+	IsDeathAnnounce = WWGetPrivateProfileInt("Options", "DeathAnnounce", 0, buffer);
+	IsFreeScroll = WWGetPrivateProfileInt("Options", "FreeScrolling", 0, buffer);
+	SlowPalette = WWGetPrivateProfileInt("Options", "SlowPalette", 1, buffer);
+
+	char workbuf[128];
+
+	/*
+	**	Check for and possible enable true object names.
+	*/
+	WWGetPrivateProfileString("Options", "TrueNames", "", workbuf, sizeof(workbuf), buffer);
+	if (Obfuscate(workbuf) == PARM_TRUENAME) {
+		Special.IsNamed = true;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Enable 6 player games if special flag is detected.
+	*/
+	WWGetPrivateProfileString("Options", "Players", "", workbuf, sizeof(workbuf), buffer);
+	if (Obfuscate(workbuf) == PARM_6PLAYER) {
+		MPlayerMax = 6;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Enable three point turning logic as indicated.
+	*/
+	WWGetPrivateProfileString("Options", "Rotation", "", workbuf, sizeof(workbuf), buffer);
+	if (Obfuscate(workbuf) == PARM_3POINT) {
+		Special.IsThreePoint = true;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Allow purchase of the helipad separately from the helicopter.
+	*/
+	WWGetPrivateProfileString("Options", "Helipad", "", workbuf, sizeof(workbuf), buffer);
+	if (Obfuscate(workbuf) == PARM_HELIPAD) {
+		Special.IsSeparate = true;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Allow the MCV to undeploy rather than sell.
+	*/
+	WWGetPrivateProfileString("Options", "MCV", "", workbuf, sizeof(workbuf), buffer);
+	if (Obfuscate(workbuf) == PARM_MCV) {
+		Special.IsMCVDeploy = true;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Allow disabling of building bibs so that tigher building packing can occur.
+	*/
+	WWGetPrivateProfileString("Options", "Bibs", "", workbuf, sizeof(workbuf), buffer);
+	if (Obfuscate(workbuf) == PARM_BIB) {
+		Special.IsRoad = true;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Allow targeting of trees without having to hold down the shift key.
+	*/
+	WWGetPrivateProfileString("Options", "TreeTarget", "", workbuf, sizeof(workbuf), buffer);
+	if (Obfuscate(workbuf) == PARM_TREETARGET) {
+		Special.IsTreeTarget = true;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Allow infantry to fire while moving. Attacker gets advantage with this flag.
+	*/
+	WWGetPrivateProfileString("Options", "Combat", "", workbuf, sizeof(workbuf), buffer);
+	if (Obfuscate(workbuf) == PARM_COMBAT) {
+		Special.IsDefenderAdvantage = false;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Allow custom scores.
+	*/
+	WWGetPrivateProfileString("Options", "Scores", "", workbuf, sizeof(workbuf), buffer);
+	if (Obfuscate(workbuf) == PARM_SCORE) {
+		Special.IsVariation = true;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Smarter self defense logic. Tanks will try to run over adjacent infantry. Buildings
+	**	will automatically return fire if they are fired upon. Infantry will run from an
+	**	incoming explosive (grenade or napalm) or damage that can't be directly addressed.
+	*/
+	WWGetPrivateProfileString("Options", "CombatIQ", "", workbuf, sizeof(workbuf), buffer);
+	if (Obfuscate(workbuf) == PARM_IQ) {
+		Special.IsSmartDefense = true;
+		Special.IsScatter = true;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Enable the infantry squish marks when run over by a vehicle.
+	*/
+	WWGetPrivateProfileString("Options", "Overrun", "", workbuf, sizeof(workbuf), buffer);
+	if (Obfuscate(workbuf) == PARM_SQUISH) {
+		Special.IsGross = true;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Enable the human generated sound effects.
+	*/
+	WWGetPrivateProfileString("Options", "Sounds", "", workbuf, sizeof(workbuf), buffer);
+	if (Obfuscate(workbuf) == PARM_HUMAN) {
+		Special.IsJuvenile = true;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Scrolling is disabled over the tabs with this option.
+	*/
+	WWGetPrivateProfileString("Options", "Scrolling", "", workbuf, sizeof(workbuf), buffer);
+	if (Obfuscate(workbuf) == PARM_SCROLLING) {
+		Special.IsScrollMod = true;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * OptionsClass::Save_Settings -- writes options settings to the INI file                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   02/14/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void OptionsClass::Save_Settings (void)
+{
+	char * buffer;			// INI staging buffer pointer.
+	CCFileClass file;
+
+	/*
+	**	Get a working pointer to the INI staging buffer. Make sure that the buffer
+	**	starts cleared out of any data.
+	*/
+	buffer = (char *)_ShapeBuffer;
+	memset(buffer, '\0', _ShapeBufferSize);
+
+	file.Set_Name("CONQUER.INI");
+	if (file.Is_Available()) {
+		file.Read(buffer, _ShapeBufferSize-1);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Save Options settings
+	*/
+	WWWritePrivateProfileInt("Options", "GameSpeed", GameSpeed, buffer);
+	WWWritePrivateProfileInt("Options", "ScrollRate", ScrollRate, buffer);
+	WWWritePrivateProfileInt("Options", "Brightness", Brightness, buffer);
+	WWWritePrivateProfileInt("Options", "Volume", Volume, buffer);
+	WWWritePrivateProfileInt("Options", "ScoreVolume", ScoreVolume, buffer);
+	WWWritePrivateProfileInt("Options", "Contrast", Contrast, buffer);
+	WWWritePrivateProfileInt("Options", "Color", Color, buffer);
+	WWWritePrivateProfileInt("Options", "Tint", Tint, buffer);
+	WWWritePrivateProfileInt("Options", "AutoScroll", AutoScroll, buffer);
+	WWWritePrivateProfileInt("Options", "IsScoreRepeat", IsScoreRepeat, buffer);
+	WWWritePrivateProfileInt("Options", "IsScoreShuffle", IsScoreShuffle, buffer);
+	WWWritePrivateProfileInt("Options", "DeathAnnounce", IsDeathAnnounce, buffer);
+	WWWritePrivateProfileInt("Options", "FreeScrolling", IsFreeScroll, buffer);
+
+	/*
+	**	Write the INI data out to a file.
+	*/
+	file.Write(buffer,strlen(buffer));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * OptionsClass::Set -- Sets options based on current settings                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * Use this routine to adjust the palette or sound settings after a fresh scenario load.       *
+ * It assumes the values needed are already loaded into OptionsClass.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/24/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void OptionsClass::Set(void)
+{
+	Set_Brightness(Brightness);
+	Set_Contrast(Contrast);
+	Set_Color(Color);
+	Set_Tint(Tint);
+	Set_Sound_Volume(Volume,false);
+	Set_Score_Volume(ScoreVolume);
+	Set_Repeat(IsScoreRepeat);
+	Set_Shuffle(IsScoreShuffle);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * OptionsClass::Normalize_Delay -- Normalizes delay factor to keep rate constant.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to adjust delay factors that MUST be synchronized on all machines   *
+ *    but should maintain a speed as close to constant as possible. Building animations are    *
+ *    a good example of this.                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   delay -- The normal delay factor.                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the delay to use that has been modified so that a reasonably constant *
+ *          rate will result.                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   This calculation is crude due to the coarse resolution that a 1/15 second timer *
+ *             allows.                                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *             Use of this routine ASSUMES that the GameSpeed is synchronized on all machines. *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/18/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   06/30/1995 JLB : Handles low values in a more consistent manner.                          *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int OptionsClass::Normalize_Delay(int delay) const
+{
+	static int _adjust[][8] = {
+		{2,2,1,1,1,1,1,1},
+		{3,3,3,2,2,2,1,1},
+		{5,4,4,3,3,2,2,1},
+		{7,6,5,4,4,4,3,2}
+	};
+	if (delay) {
+		if (delay < 5) {
+			delay = _adjust[delay-1][GameSpeed];
+		} else {
+			delay = ((delay * 8) / (GameSpeed+1));
+		}
+	}
+	return(delay);
+}
+
+
+
+void OptionsClass::Fixup_Palette(void) const
+{
+	Adjust_Palette(OriginalPalette, GamePalette, Brightness, Color, Tint, Contrast);
+}
+
+
+int OptionsClass::Normalize_Sound(int volume) const
+{
+	return(Fixed_To_Cardinal(volume, Volume));
+}
diff --git a/OPTIONS.H b/OPTIONS.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b363965
--- /dev/null
+++ b/OPTIONS.H
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\options.h_v   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:46:20   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               *** 
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : OPTIONS.H                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : June 8, 1994                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : June 8, 1994   [JLB]                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef OPTIONS_H
+#define OPTIONS_H
+
+class OptionsClass {
+	public:
+		enum {
+			MAX_SCROLL_SETTING=7,
+			MAX_SPEED_SETTING=7
+		};
+
+		OptionsClass(void);
+
+		void One_Time(void);
+		void Process(void);
+
+		void Fixup_Palette(void) const;
+		void Set_Shuffle(int on);
+		void Set_Repeat(int on);
+		void Set_Score_Volume(int volume);
+		void Set_Sound_Volume(int volume, int feedback);
+		void Set_Brightness(int brightness);
+		int Get_Brightness(void) const;
+		void Set_Color(int color);
+		int Get_Color(void) const;
+		void Set_Contrast(int contrast);
+		int Get_Contrast(void) const;
+		void Set_Tint(int tint);
+		int Get_Tint(void) const;
+		int Normalize_Delay(int delay) const;
+		int Normalize_Sound(int volume) const;
+
+		/*
+		** File I/O routines
+		*/
+		void Load_Settings(void);
+		void Save_Settings(void);
+
+		void Set(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	This is actually the delay between game frames expressed as 1/60 of
+		**	a second. The default value is 4 (1/15 second).
+		*/
+		unsigned int GameSpeed;
+
+		int ScrollRate;	// Distance to scroll.
+		unsigned char Brightness;
+		unsigned char Volume;		// Volume for sound effects.
+		unsigned char ScoreVolume;	// Volume for scores.
+		unsigned char Contrast;		// Value
+		unsigned char Color;			// Saturation
+		unsigned char Tint;			// Hue
+		unsigned AutoScroll:1;		// Does map autoscroll?
+		unsigned IsScoreRepeat:1;	// Score should repeat?
+		unsigned IsScoreShuffle:1;	// Score list should shuffle?
+		unsigned IsDeathAnnounce:1;// Announce enemy deaths?
+		unsigned IsFreeScroll:1;	// Allow free direction scrolling?
+
+	protected:
+
+		void Adjust_Palette(void *oldpal, void *newpal, unsigned char brightness, unsigned char color, unsigned char tint, unsigned char contrast) const;
+
+	private:
+};
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/OPTIONS.LNT b/OPTIONS.LNT
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..46e6057
--- /dev/null
+++ b/OPTIONS.LNT
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+// Please note -- this is a representative set of error suppression
+//                options.  Please adjust to suit your own policies
+//                See PC-lint for C/C++ manual (chapter LIVING WITH LINT)
+//                for further details.
+
+-e502 -e713 -e737 -eau  // don't report on signed/unsigned mismatches
+-e734                   // allow sub-integer loss of information
+-e701 -e703             // shifting int left is OK
+-e537                   // don't care about repeated include file
+-e641                   // converting enum to int is ok
+-e1042                  // operator ++/-- don't need class parameters
+-e963 -e763             // redundant declarations are ok
+-e1712                  // no default constructor defined is ok
+-e1704                  // private constructors are ok
+-e534                   // ignoring return value is ok
+-e732                   // going from signed to unsigned parameter is ok
+-e1411                  // functions hiding base functions is ok
+-e788                   // switch with default doesn't need all values specified
+-e655 -e656             // compatable enum bit and arithmetic operations are ok
+-e1542                  // members possibly not initialized isn't a valid warning
+-e522                   // calling 'new' without assignment isn't always an error
+
+
+-e1401 // uninitialized by constructor warning disabled.
+
+
diff --git a/OVERLAY.CPP b/OVERLAY.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5d5dc30
--- /dev/null
+++ b/OVERLAY.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,429 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\overlay.cpv   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:50:44   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : OVERLAY.CPP                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : May 17, 1994                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : July 24, 1995 [JLB]                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   OverlayClass::Read_INI -- Reads the overlay data from an INI file.                        *
+ *   OverlayClass::Write_INI -- Writes the overlay data to an INI file.                        *
+ *   OverlayClass::delete -- Returns a overlay object to the pool.                             *
+ *   OverlayClass::Init -- Resets the overlay object system.                                   *
+ *   OverlayClass::new -- Allocates a overlay object from pool                                 *
+ *   OverlayClass::OverlayClass -- Overlay object constructor.                                 *
+ *   OverlayClass::Mark -- Marks the overlay down on the map.                                  *
+ *   OverlayClass::Validate -- validates overlay															  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+#include	"overlay.h"
+
+/*
+** This contains the value of the Virtual Function Table Pointer
+*/
+void * OverlayClass::VTable;
+
+HousesType OverlayClass::ToOwn = HOUSE_NONE;
+
+OverlayClass::OverlayClass(void) : Class(0) {ToOwn = HOUSE_NONE;};
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * OverlayClass::Validate -- validates overlay																  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *		1 = ok, 0 = error																								  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/09/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+int OverlayClass::Validate(void) const
+{
+	int num;
+
+	num = Overlays.ID(this);
+	if (num < 0 || num >= OVERLAY_MAX) {
+		Validate_Error("OVERLAY");
+		return (0);
+	}
+	else
+		return (1);
+}
+#else
+#define	Validate()
+#endif
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * OverlayClass::Init -- Resets the overlay object system.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine resets the overlay object system. It is called                              *
+ *    prior to loading a new scenario.                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/24/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void OverlayClass::Init(void)
+{
+	OverlayClass *ptr;
+
+	Overlays.Free_All();
+
+	ptr = new OverlayClass();
+	VTable = ((void **)(((char *)ptr) + sizeof(AbstractClass) - 4))[0];
+	delete ptr;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * OverlayClass::new -- Allocates a overlay object from pool                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to allocate a overlay object from the                               *
+ *    overlay object pool.                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   size  -- The size of a overlay object (not used).                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to an available overlay object.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/17/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void * OverlayClass::operator new(size_t )
+{
+	void * ptr = Overlays.Allocate();
+	if (ptr) {
+		((OverlayClass *)ptr)->IsActive = true;
+	}
+	return(ptr);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * OverlayClass::delete -- Returns a overlay object to the pool.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will return a overlay object to the overlay object                          *
+ *    pool. A overlay so returned is available for allocation again.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   ptr   -- Pointer to the object to be returned.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/17/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void OverlayClass::operator delete(void *ptr)
+{
+	if (ptr) {
+		((OverlayClass *)ptr)->IsActive = false;
+	}
+	Overlays.Free((OverlayClass *)ptr);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * OverlayClass::OverlayClass -- Overlay object constructor.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the constructor for a overlay object.                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   type  -- The overlay object this is to become.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          pos   -- The position on the map to place the object.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/17/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+OverlayClass::OverlayClass(OverlayType type, CELL pos, HousesType house) :
+	Class(&OverlayTypeClass::As_Reference(type))
+{
+	if (pos != -1) {
+		ToOwn = house;
+		Unlimbo(Cell_Coord(pos));
+		ToOwn = HOUSE_NONE;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * OverlayClass::Mark -- Marks the overlay down on the map.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will place the overlay onto the map. The overlay object is deleted by this  *
+ *    operation. The map is updated to reflect the presence of the overlay.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   mark  -- The type of marking to perform. Only MARK_DOWN is supported.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the overlay successfully marked? Failure occurs if it is not being       *
+ *                marked down.                                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/24/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   12/23/1994 JLB : Checks low level legality before proceeding.                             *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool OverlayClass::Mark(MarkType mark)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (ObjectClass::Mark(mark)) {
+		if (mark == MARK_DOWN) {
+			CELL	cell = Coord_Cell(Coord);
+			CellClass * cellptr = &Map[cell];
+
+			/*
+			**	Road placement occurs in two steps. First the foundation is placed, but only
+			**	on buildable terrain. Second, the road is completed, but only if the foundation
+			**	was previously placed.
+			*/
+			if (*this == OVERLAY_ROAD) {
+				if ((cellptr->Overlay == OVERLAY_ROAD && cellptr->OverlayData == 0) ||
+					(cellptr->Overlay == OVERLAY_NONE && cellptr->Is_Generally_Clear())) {
+
+					if (cellptr->Overlay == OVERLAY_ROAD) {
+						cellptr->OverlayData = 1;
+					} else {
+						cellptr->OverlayData = 0;
+					}
+					cellptr->Overlay = Class->Type;
+					cellptr->Redraw_Objects();
+				}
+			} else {
+
+				/*
+				**	Walls have special logic when they are marked down.
+				*/
+				if (Class->IsWall) {
+					if (cellptr->Is_Generally_Clear() && cellptr->Overlay != OVERLAY_FLAG_SPOT) {
+						cellptr->Overlay = Class->Type;
+						cellptr->OverlayData = 0;
+						cellptr->Redraw_Objects();
+						cellptr->Wall_Update();
+
+						/*
+						**	Flag ownership of the cell if the 'global' ownership flag indicates that this
+						**	is necessary for the overlay.
+						*/
+						if (ToOwn != HOUSE_NONE) {
+							cellptr->Owner = ToOwn;
+						}
+
+					} else {
+						delete this;
+						return(false);
+					}
+				} else {
+					if ((cellptr->Overlay == OVERLAY_NONE || cellptr->Overlay == OVERLAY_SQUISH) && !cellptr->Cell_Terrain() && Ground[cellptr->Land_Type()].Build) {
+
+						/*
+						**	Increment the global crate counter. This is used to regulate
+						**	the crate generation.
+						*/
+						if (Class->IsCrate) CrateCount++;
+
+						/*
+						**	Don't show the squish unless the gross flag is active.
+						*/
+						if (!Special.IsGross && Class->Type != OVERLAY_SQUISH) {
+							cellptr->Overlay = Class->Type;
+							cellptr->OverlayData = 0;
+						}
+						cellptr->Redraw_Objects();
+						if (Class->Land == LAND_TIBERIUM) {
+							cellptr->OverlayData = 1;
+							cellptr->Tiberium_Adjust();
+						} else {
+							if (*this == OVERLAY_CONCRETE) {
+								CELL	newcell;
+
+								/*
+								**	Smudges go away when concrete is laid down.
+								*/
+								cellptr->Smudge = SMUDGE_NONE;
+								cellptr->SmudgeData = 0;
+								cellptr->Concrete_Calc();
+
+								/*
+								**	Possibly add concrete to adjacent cells depending on whether this
+								**	concrete is in an odd or even row.
+								*/
+								if (Cell_X(cell) & 0x01) {
+									newcell = Adjacent_Cell((CELL)(cellptr->Cell_Number()), FACING_W);
+								} else {
+									newcell = Adjacent_Cell((CELL)(cellptr->Cell_Number()), FACING_E);
+								}
+								if (Map[newcell].Overlay != OVERLAY_CONCRETE) {
+									Class->Create_And_Place(newcell);
+								}
+
+								/*
+								**	The display attributes must be recalculated for all adjacent
+								**	cells since their shape can be altered by the presence of
+								**	concrete at this location.
+								*/
+								static FacingType _face[4] = {FACING_N, FACING_E, FACING_S, FACING_W};
+
+								for (int index = 0; index < (sizeof(_face)/sizeof(_face[0])); index++) {
+									cellptr->Adjacent_Cell(_face[index]).Concrete_Calc();
+								}
+							}
+						}
+					}
+				}
+
+				/*
+				**	*****  Is this really needed?
+				*/
+				cellptr->Recalc_Attributes();
+			}
+			delete this;
+			return(true);
+		}
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * OverlayClass::Read_INI -- Reads the overlay data from an INI file.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to load a scenario's overlay data. The overlay objects are read     *
+ *    from the INI file and then created on the map.                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   buffer   -- Pointer to the INI file staging buffer.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/01/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   07/24/1995 JLB : Specifically forbid manual crates in multiplayer scenarios.              *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void OverlayClass::Read_INI(char *buffer)
+{
+	char	*tbuffer;
+	int	len;				// Length of data in buffer.
+	char	buf[128];
+
+	len = strlen(buffer) + 2;
+	tbuffer = buffer + len;
+
+	WWGetPrivateProfileString(INI_Name(), NULL, NULL, tbuffer, ShapeBufferSize-len, buffer);
+	while (*tbuffer != '\0') {
+		CELL			cell;
+		OverlayType	classid;
+
+		cell = atoi(tbuffer);
+		WWGetPrivateProfileString(INI_Name(), tbuffer, NULL, buf, sizeof(buf)-1, buffer);
+		classid = OverlayTypeClass::From_Name(strtok(buf, ",\n\r"));
+
+		/*
+		**	Don't allow placement of crates in the multiplayer scenarios.
+		*/
+		if (classid != OVERLAY_NONE && (GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL || !OverlayTypeClass::As_Reference(classid).IsCrate)) {
+
+			/*
+			**	Don't allow placement of overlays on the top or bottom rows of
+			**	the map.
+			*/
+			if (cell >= MAP_CELL_W && cell <= MAP_CELL_TOTAL - MAP_CELL_W) {
+				new OverlayClass(classid, cell);
+			}
+		}
+		tbuffer += strlen(tbuffer)+1;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * OverlayClass::Write_INI -- Writes the overlay data to an INI file.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is used to output the overlay data to a scenario INI file. Typically, this is       *
+ *    only used by the scenario editor.                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   buffer   -- Pointer to the INI file staging buffer.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/01/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void OverlayClass::Write_INI(char *buffer)
+{
+	int	index;
+	char	uname[10];
+	char	buf[128];
+	char	*tbuffer;		// Accumulation buffer of unit IDs.
+
+	/*
+	**	First, clear out all existing unit data from the ini file.
+	*/
+	tbuffer = buffer + strlen(buffer) + 2;
+	WWGetPrivateProfileString(INI_Name(), NULL, NULL, tbuffer, ShapeBufferSize-strlen(buffer), buffer);
+	while (*tbuffer != '\0') {
+		WWWritePrivateProfileString(INI_Name(), tbuffer, NULL, buffer);
+		tbuffer += strlen(tbuffer)+1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Write the unit data out.
+	*/
+	for (index = 0; index < MAP_CELL_TOTAL; index++) {
+		CellClass	* cellptr = &Map[index];
+
+		if (cellptr->Overlay != OVERLAY_NONE) {
+			sprintf(uname, "%03d", index);
+			sprintf(buf, "%s", OverlayTypeClass::As_Reference(cellptr->Overlay).IniName);
+			WWWritePrivateProfileString(INI_Name(), uname, buf, buffer);
+		}
+	}
+}
diff --git a/OVERLAY.H b/OVERLAY.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..657b536
--- /dev/null
+++ b/OVERLAY.H
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\overlay.h_v   2.16   16 Oct 1995 16:44:50   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               *** 
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : OVERLAY.H                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : May 17, 1994                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : May 17, 1994   [JLB]                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef OVERLAY_H
+#define OVERLAY_H
+
+#include	"object.h"
+#include	"type.h"
+
+/******************************************************************************
+**	This class controls the overlay object. Overlay objects function congruously
+**	to carpet on a floor. They have no depth, but merely control the icon to be rendered
+**	as the cell's bottom most layer.
+*/
+class OverlayClass : public ObjectClass
+{
+	public:
+		/*-------------------------------------------------------------------
+		**	Constructors and destructors.
+		*/
+		static void * operator new(size_t size);
+		static void operator delete(void *ptr);
+		OverlayClass(void);
+		OverlayClass(OverlayType type, CELL pos=-1, HousesType = HOUSE_NONE);
+		virtual ~OverlayClass(void) {if (GameActive) OverlayClass::Limbo();};
+		operator OverlayType(void) const {return Class->Type;};
+		virtual RTTIType What_Am_I(void) const {return RTTI_OVERLAY;};
+
+		static void Init(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	File I/O.
+		*/
+		static void Read_INI(char *);
+		static void Write_INI(char *);
+		static char *INI_Name(void) {return "OVERLAY";};
+		bool Load(FileClass & file);
+		bool Save(FileClass & file);
+		virtual void Code_Pointers(void);
+		virtual void Decode_Pointers(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	Virtual support functionality.
+		*/
+		virtual bool Mark(MarkType);
+		virtual ObjectTypeClass const & Class_Of(void) const {return *Class;};
+		virtual void Draw_It(int , int , WindowNumberType ) {};
+
+		/*
+		**	Dee-buggin' support.
+		*/
+		int Validate(void) const;
+
+	private:
+		/*
+		**	This is used to control the marking process of the overlay. If this is
+		**	set to a valid house number, then the cell that the overlay is marked down
+		**	upon will be flagged as being owned by the specified house.
+		*/
+		static HousesType ToOwn;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is a pointer to the overlay object's class.
+		*/
+		OverlayTypeClass const * const Class;
+
+		/*
+		** This contains the value of the Virtual Function Table Pointer
+		*/
+		static void * VTable;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/PACKET.CPP b/PACKET.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..001e85d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/PACKET.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,463 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Westwood Auto Registration App           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : PACKET.CPP                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Philip W. Gorrow                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : 04/22/96                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : April 24, 1996 [PWG]                     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ *   *PacketClass::Find_Field -- Finds a field if it exists in the packets *
+ *   Get_Field -- Find specified name and returns data                     *
+ *   PacketClass::~PacketClass -- destroys a packet class be freeing list  *
+ *   PacketClass::Add_Field -- Adds a FieldClass entry to head of packet li*
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <mem.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+enum {false=0,true=1};
+typedef int bool;
+
+#include "packet.h"
+
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ * PACKETCLASS::~PACKETCLASS -- destroys a packet class be freeing list   *
+ *                                                                        *
+ * INPUT:		none                                                       *
+ *                                                                        *
+ * OUTPUT:     none																		  *
+ *                                                                        *
+ * HISTORY:                                                               *
+ *   04/24/1996 PWG : Created.                                            *
+ *========================================================================*/
+PacketClass::~PacketClass(void)
+{
+	FieldClass *current;
+	FieldClass *next;
+	//
+	// Loop through the entire field list and delete each entry.
+	//
+	for (current = Head; current; current = next) {
+		next = current->Next;
+		delete current;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ * PACKETCLASS::ADD_FIELD -- Adds a FieldClass entry to head of packet li *
+ *                                                                        *
+ * INPUT:		FieldClass * - a properly constructed field class entry.	  *
+ *                                                                        *
+ * OUTPUT:     none                                                       *
+ *                                                                        *
+ * HISTORY:                                                               *
+ *   04/24/1996 PWG : Created.                                            *
+ *========================================================================*/
+void PacketClass::Add_Field(FieldClass *field)
+{
+	field->Next = Head;
+	Head = field;
+}
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ * PACKETCLASS::PACKETCLASS -- Creates a Packet object from a COMMS packe *
+ *                                                                        *
+ * INPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                        *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                *
+ *                                                                        *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                              *
+ *                                                                        *
+ * HISTORY:                                                               *
+ *   04/22/1996 PWG : Created.                                            *
+ *========================================================================*/
+PacketClass::PacketClass(char *curbuf)
+{
+	int remaining_size;
+	//
+	// Pull the size and packet ID out of the linear packet stream.
+	//
+	Size = *(unsigned short *)curbuf;
+	curbuf += sizeof (unsigned short);
+	Size = ntohs(Size);
+	ID	  = *(short *)curbuf;
+	curbuf += sizeof (short);
+	ID   = ntohs(ID);
+	Head = NULL;
+
+	//
+	// Calculate the remaining size so that we can loop through the
+	//   packets and extract them.
+	//
+	remaining_size = Size - 4;
+
+	//
+	// Loop through the linear packet until we run out of room and
+	// create a field for each.
+	//
+	while (remaining_size > 0) {
+		FieldClass *field = new FieldClass;
+
+		//
+		// Copy the adjusted header into the buffer and then advance the buffer
+		//
+		memcpy(field, curbuf, FIELD_HEADER_SIZE);
+		curbuf += FIELD_HEADER_SIZE;
+		remaining_size   -= FIELD_HEADER_SIZE;
+
+		//
+		// Copy the data into the buffer
+		//
+		int size			= ntohs(field->Size);
+		field->Data		= new char[size];
+		memcpy(field->Data, curbuf, size);
+		curbuf			+= size;
+		remaining_size	-= size;
+		//
+		// Make sure we allow for the pad bytes.
+		//
+		int pad = (4 - (ntohs(field->Size) & 3)) & 3;
+		curbuf += pad;
+		remaining_size   -= pad;
+
+		//
+		// Convert the field back to the host format
+		//
+		field->Net_To_Host();
+
+		//
+		// Finally add the field to the field list in the packet
+		// structure.
+		//
+		Add_Field(field);
+	}
+}
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ * CREATE_COMMS_PACKET -- Walks field list creating a packet              *
+ *                                                                        *
+ * INPUT:		short - the id of the packet so the server can identify it *
+ *					unsigned short & - the size of the packet returned here    *
+ *                                                                        *
+ * OUTPUT:     void * pointer to the linear packet data                   *
+ *                                                                        *
+ * WARNINGS: 	This routine allocates memory that the user is responsible *
+ *  				for freeing.															  *
+ *                                                                        *
+ * HISTORY:                                                               *
+ *   04/22/1996 PWG : Created.                                            *
+ *========================================================================*/
+char *PacketClass::Create_Comms_Packet(int &size)
+{
+	FieldClass *current;
+
+	//
+	// Size starts at four because that is the size of the packet header.
+	//
+	size = 4;
+
+	//
+	// Take a quick spin through and calculate the size of the packet we
+	//   are building.
+	//
+	for (current = Head; current; current=current->Next) {
+		size += (unsigned short)FIELD_HEADER_SIZE;			// add in packet header size
+		size += current->Size;				// add in data size
+		size += (4 - (size & 3)) & 3; 	// add in pad value to dword align next packet
+	}
+
+	//
+	// Now that we know the size allocate a buffer big enough to hold the
+	// packet.
+	//
+	char *retval = new char[size];
+	char *curbuf = retval;
+
+	//
+	// write the size into the packet header
+	//
+	*(unsigned short *)curbuf = (unsigned short)htons((unsigned short)size);
+	curbuf += sizeof (unsigned short);
+	*(short *)curbuf = htons(ID);
+	curbuf += sizeof (short);
+
+	//
+	// Ok now that the actual header information has been written we need to write out
+	// field information.
+	//
+	for (current = Head; current; current = current->Next) {
+		//
+		// Temporarily convert the packet to net format (this saves alot of
+		//   effort, and seems safe...)
+		//
+		current->Host_To_Net();
+
+		//
+		// Copy the adjusted header into the buffer and then advance the buffer
+		//
+		memcpy(curbuf, current, FIELD_HEADER_SIZE);
+		curbuf += FIELD_HEADER_SIZE;
+
+		//
+		// Copy the data into the buffer and then advance the buffer
+		//
+		memcpy(curbuf, current->Data, ntohs(current->Size));
+		curbuf += ntohs(current->Size);
+
+		//
+		// Finally take care of any pad bytes by setting them to 0
+		//
+		int pad = (4 - (ntohs(current->Size) & 3)) & 3;
+
+		//
+		//	If there is any pad left over, make sure you memset it
+		// to zeros, so it looks like a pad.
+		//
+		if (pad) {
+			memset(curbuf, 0, pad);
+			curbuf += pad;
+		}
+
+		current->Net_To_Host();
+	}
+	return(retval);
+}
+
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ * PACKETCLASS::FIND_FIELD -- Finds a field if it exists in the packets   *
+ *                                                                        *
+ * INPUT:		char *  - the id of the field we are looking for.			  *
+ *                                                                        *
+ * OUTPUT:     FieldClass * pointer to the field class                    *
+ *                                                                        *
+ * HISTORY:                                                               *
+ *   04/23/1996 PWG : Created.                                            *
+ *========================================================================*/
+FieldClass *PacketClass::Find_Field(char *id)
+{
+	for (FieldClass *current = Head; current; current = current->Next) {
+		if ( strncmp(id, current->ID, 4) == 0)
+			return current;
+	}
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ * GET_FIELD -- Find specified name and returns data                      *
+ *                                                                        *
+ * INPUT:		char *   - the id of the field that holds the data.		  *
+ *					char &   - the reference to store the data into				  *
+ *                                                                        *
+ * OUTPUT:		true if the field was found, false if it was not.			  *
+ *                                                                        *
+ * WARNINGS:	The data reference is not changed if the field is not		  *
+ *					found.																	  *
+ *                                                                        *
+ * HISTORY:                                                               *
+ *   04/23/1996 PWG : Created.                                            *
+ *========================================================================*/
+bool PacketClass::Get_Field(char *id, char &data)
+{
+	FieldClass *field = Find_Field(id);
+	if (field) {
+		data = *((char *)field->Data);
+	}
+	return((field) ? true : false);
+}
+
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ * GET_FIELD -- Find specified name and returns data                      *
+ *                                                                        *
+ * INPUT:		char *   - the id of the field that holds the data.		  *
+ *					unsigned char &   - the reference to store the data into	  *
+ *                                                                        *
+ * OUTPUT:		true if the field was found, false if it was not.			  *
+ *                                                                        *
+ * WARNINGS:	The data reference is not changed if the field is not		  *
+ *					found.																	  *
+ *                                                                        *
+ * HISTORY:                                                               *
+ *   04/23/1996 PWG : Created.                                            *
+ *========================================================================*/
+bool PacketClass::Get_Field(char *id, unsigned char &data)
+{
+	FieldClass *field = Find_Field(id);
+	if (field) {
+		data = *((unsigned char *)field->Data);
+	}
+	return((field) ? true : false);
+}
+
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ * GET_FIELD -- Find specified name and returns data                      *
+ *                                                                        *
+ * INPUT:		char *   - the id of the field that holds the data.		  *
+ *					short &   - the reference to store the data into	        *
+ *                                                                        *
+ * OUTPUT:		true if the field was found, false if it was not.			  *
+ *                                                                        *
+ * WARNINGS:	The data reference is not changed if the field is not		  *
+ *					found.																	  *
+ *                                                                        *
+ * HISTORY:                                                               *
+ *   04/23/1996 PWG : Created.                                            *
+ *========================================================================*/
+bool PacketClass::Get_Field(char *id, short &data)
+{
+	FieldClass *field = Find_Field(id);
+	if (field) {
+		data = *((short *)field->Data);
+	}
+	return((field) ? true : false);
+}
+
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ * GET_FIELD -- Find specified name and returns data                      *
+ *                                                                        *
+ * INPUT:		char *   - the id of the field that holds the data.		  *
+ *					unsigned short &   - the reference to store the data into  *
+ *                                                                        *
+ * OUTPUT:		true if the field was found, false if it was not.			  *
+ *                                                                        *
+ * WARNINGS:	The data reference is not changed if the field is not		  *
+ *					found.																	  *
+ *                                                                        *
+ * HISTORY:                                                               *
+ *   04/23/1996 PWG : Created.                                            *
+ *========================================================================*/
+bool PacketClass::Get_Field(char *id, unsigned short &data)
+{
+	FieldClass *field = Find_Field(id);
+	if (field) {
+		data = *((unsigned short *)field->Data);
+	}
+	return((field) ? true : false);
+}
+
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ * GET_FIELD -- Find specified name and returns data                      *
+ *                                                                        *
+ * INPUT:		char *   - the id of the field that holds the data.		  *
+ *					long &   - the reference to store the data into  			  *
+ *                                                                        *
+ * OUTPUT:		true if the field was found, false if it was not.			  *
+ *                                                                        *
+ * WARNINGS:	The data reference is not changed if the field is not		  *
+ *					found.																	  *
+ *                                                                        *
+ * HISTORY:                                                               *
+ *   04/23/1996 PWG : Created.                                            *
+ *========================================================================*/
+bool PacketClass::Get_Field(char *id, long &data)
+{
+	FieldClass *field = Find_Field(id);
+	if (field) {
+		data = *((long *)field->Data);
+	}
+	return((field) ? true : false);
+}
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ * GET_FIELD -- Find specified name and returns data as a string          *
+ *                                                                        *
+ * INPUT:		char *   - the id of the field that holds the data.		  *
+ *					char *   - the string to store the data into					  *
+ *                                                                        *
+ * OUTPUT:		true if the field was found, false if it was not.			  *
+ *                                                                        *
+ * WARNINGS:	The string is not changed if the field is not found.  It   *
+ *					is assumed that the string variabled specified by the      *
+ *					pointer is large enough to hold the data.						  *
+ *                                                                        *
+ * HISTORY:                                                               *
+ *   04/23/1996 PWG : Created.                                            *
+ *========================================================================*/
+bool PacketClass::Get_Field(char *id, char *data)
+{
+	FieldClass *field = Find_Field(id);
+	if (field) {
+		strcpy(data, (char *)field->Data);
+	}
+	return((field) ? true : false);
+}
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ * GET_FIELD -- Find specified name and returns data                      *
+ *                                                                        *
+ * INPUT:		char *   - the id of the field that holds the data.		  *
+ *					unsigned long &   - the reference to store the data into   *
+ *                                                                        *
+ * OUTPUT:		true if the field was found, false if it was not.			  *
+ *                                                                        *
+ * WARNINGS:	The data reference is not changed if the field is not		  *
+ *					found.																	  *
+ *                                                                        *
+ * HISTORY:                                                               *
+ *   04/23/1996 PWG : Created.                                            *
+ *========================================================================*/
+bool PacketClass::Get_Field(char *id, unsigned long &data)
+{
+	FieldClass *field = Find_Field(id);
+	if (field) {
+		data = *((unsigned long *)field->Data);
+	}
+	return((field) ? true : false);
+}
+
+
+/**************************************************************************
+ * GET_FIELD -- Find specified name and returns data                      *
+ *                                                                        *
+ * INPUT:		char *   - the id of the field that holds the data.		    *
+ *				void * - the reference to store the data into                *
+ *           int    - the length of the buffer passed in                  *
+ *                                                                        *
+ * OUTPUT:		true if the field was found, false if it was not.			 *
+ *                                                                        *
+ * WARNINGS:	The data reference is not changed if the field is not		    *
+ *					found.																	 *
+ *                                                                        *
+ * HISTORY:                                                               *
+ *   6/4/96 4:46PM ST : Created                                           *
+ *========================================================================*/
+bool PacketClass::Get_Field(char *id, void *data, int &length)
+{
+	FieldClass *field = Find_Field(id);
+	if (field) {
+		memcpy (data, field->Data, min(field->Size, length));
+		length = (int) field->Size;
+	}
+	return((field) ? true : false);
+}
diff --git a/PACKET.H b/PACKET.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..83870de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/PACKET.H
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Westwood Auto Registration App           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : PACKET.H                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Philip W. Gorrow                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : 04/19/96                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : April 19, 1996 [PWG]                     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This header defines the functions for the PacketClass.  The packet      *
+ * class is used to create a linked list of field entries which can be     *
+ * converted to a linear packet in a COMMS API compatible format.          *
+ *																									*
+ * Packets can be created empty and then have fields added to them or can  *
+ * be created from an existing linear packet.  										*
+ *																									*
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+#ifndef __PACKET_H
+#define __PACKET_H
+
+
+#include "field.h"
+
+class PacketClass {
+	public:
+		PacketClass(short id = 0)
+		{
+			Size 			= 0;
+			ID				= id;
+			Head			= 0;
+		}
+		PacketClass(char *cur_buf);
+		~PacketClass(void);
+
+		//
+		// This function allows us to add a field to the start of the list.  As the field is just
+		//   a big linked list it makes no difference which end we add a member to.
+		//
+		void Add_Field(FieldClass *field);
+
+		//
+		// These conveniance functions allow us to add a field directly to the list without
+		// having to worry about newing one first.
+		//
+		void Add_Field(char *field, char data) {Add_Field(new FieldClass(field, data));};
+		void Add_Field(char *field, unsigned char data) {Add_Field(new FieldClass(field, data));};
+		void Add_Field(char *field, short data) {Add_Field(new FieldClass(field, data));};
+		void Add_Field(char *field, unsigned short data) {Add_Field(new FieldClass(field, data));};
+		void Add_Field(char *field, long data) {Add_Field(new FieldClass(field, data));};
+		void Add_Field(char *field, unsigned long data) {Add_Field(new FieldClass(field, data));};
+		void Add_Field(char *field, char *data) {Add_Field(new FieldClass(field, data));};
+		void Add_Field(char *field, void *data, int length) {Add_Field(new FieldClass(field, data, length));};
+
+		//
+		// These functions search for a field of a given name in the list and
+		// return the data via a reference value.
+		//
+		FieldClass *Find_Field(char *id);
+		bool Get_Field(char *id, char &data);
+		bool Get_Field(char *id, unsigned char &data);
+		bool Get_Field(char *id, short &data);
+		bool Get_Field(char *id, unsigned short &data);
+		bool Get_Field(char *id, long &data);
+		bool Get_Field(char *id, unsigned long &data);
+		bool Get_Field(char *id, char *data);
+		bool Get_Field(char *id, void *data, int &length);
+
+		char *Create_Comms_Packet(int &size);
+
+	private:
+		unsigned short 	Size;
+		short 				ID;
+		FieldClass			*Head;
+		FieldClass			*Current;
+};
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/PAGFAULT.ASM b/PAGFAULT.ASM
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..444c434
--- /dev/null
+++ b/PAGFAULT.ASM
@@ -0,0 +1,225 @@
+;
+;	Command & Conquer(tm)
+;	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+;
+;	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+;	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+;	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+;	(at your option) any later version.
+;
+;	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+;	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+;	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+;	GNU General Public License for more details.
+;
+;	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+;	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+;
+
+;***************************************************************************
+;**   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   A S S O C I A T E S   **
+;***************************************************************************
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                 Project Name : Library                                  *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                    File Name : PAGFAULT.ASM                             *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                   Programmer : Julio R Jerez 	                   *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                   	   Date : April 25,1995                            *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+;* Functions:                                                              *
+;
+; Here are prototypes for the routines defined within this module:
+; VOID Install_Page_Fault_Handle (void) ;
+;
+; ----------------------------------------------------------------
+
+IDEAL				; the product runs in ideal mode
+P386				; use 386 real mode instructions
+MODEL USE32 FLAT
+LOCALS ??			; ?? is the symbol for a local
+WARN				; generate all warnings we can
+JUMPS				; optimize jumps if possible
+
+;---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; Make some general equates for easy compatability
+;---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+DPMI_INTR	 EQU	31h
+PAGE_FAULT	 equ	0eh
+DIVIDE_ERROR	 equ	00h
+RESET_VIDEO_MODE  equ	-1
+
+global C	 Install_Page_Fault_Handle : NEAR
+global C	 Set_Video_Mode	     : NEAR
+global C	 Remove_Mouse		     : NEAR
+global C	 Remove_Keyboard_Interrupt : NEAR
+global C	 Remove_Timer_Interrupt    : NEAR
+
+DATASEG
+	Old_Page_Fault_handle DF ?
+	Page_Fault_SS 	DD	?
+	Page_Fault_ESP	DD	?
+
+	Old_Div_Error_handle DF	?
+	Div_Error_SS 	DD	?
+	Div_Error_ESP	DD	?
+
+
+CODESEG
+;***************************************************************************
+;* INSTALL_PAGE_FAULT_HANDLE -- Installs new page fault and div Error	   *
+;* 				handles.				   *
+;*	This function will install a new page fault handle and Div Error   *
+;*	so in the event that we have a program crash these handles will	   *
+;*	remove all interrupts and then will chain to the default Exception *
+;*	Handle							   	   *
+;*									   *
+;* INPUT:	none							   *
+;*									   *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* OUTPUT:      none                                                       *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* PROTO:	VOID Install_Page_Fault_Handle( void);  		   *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* HISTORY:  04/25/96 Created                                              *
+;*=========================================================================*
+	PROC	Install_Page_Fault_Handle C NEAR
+	USES	eax,ebx,ecx,edx,esi,edi
+
+	; Install_Page_Fault_Handle
+	mov	eax,0202h 	; get address of exception handle
+	mov	bl,PAGE_FAULT
+	int	DPMI_INTR
+	jc	??exit		; not action is taken
+
+	; save addrees of default handle
+	mov	[dword ptr Old_Page_Fault_handle],edx
+	mov	[word ptr  Old_Page_Fault_handle+4],cx
+
+	; redirect default handle to a new Page Fault Handle
+	mov eax,0203h
+	mov bl,PAGE_FAULT
+	mov cx,cs
+	lea edx,[Page_Fault_Handle]
+	int DPMI_INTR
+
+
+	; Install_Divide_Error_Handle
+	mov	eax,0202h 	; get address of exception handle
+	mov	bl,DIVIDE_ERROR
+	int	DPMI_INTR
+	jc	??exit		; not action is taken
+
+	; save addrees of default fault handle
+	mov	[dword ptr Old_Div_Error_handle],edx
+	mov	[word ptr  Old_Div_Error_handle+4],cx
+
+	; redirect default handle to a new Divede Handle
+	mov eax,0203h
+	mov bl,DIVIDE_ERROR
+	mov cx,cs
+	lea edx,[Divide_Error_Handle]
+	int DPMI_INTR
+
+  ??exit:
+
+
+	ret
+	ENDP	Install_Page_Fault_Handle
+
+
+;***************************************************************************
+;* PAGE_FAULT_HANDLE --  This           		   		   *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* HISTORY:  04/25/96 Created                                              *
+;*=========================================================================*
+PROC	Page_Fault_Handle far
+
+	; preserve used  registers
+	push	eax
+	push	ebx
+	; save Page Fault satck frame
+	mov	ax,ss
+	mov	[Page_Fault_SS],eax
+	mov	[Page_Fault_ESP],esp
+
+	; retrieve application original stack frame
+	mov eax , [ esp + ( 6 + 2 ) * 4 ]
+	mov ebx , [ esp + ( 7 + 2 ) * 4 ]
+	mov ss , bx
+	mov esp , eax
+
+	; set video mode to standard text mode
+	push	RESET_VIDEO_MODE
+	call 	Set_Video_Mode
+	pop	eax
+	call 	Remove_Mouse
+	call 	Remove_Keyboard_Interrupt
+	call	Remove_Timer_Interrupt
+
+	; restore Page Fault stack frame
+	mov	eax,[Page_Fault_SS]
+	mov 	ss , ax
+	mov	esp, [Page_Fault_ESP]
+
+	; restore used registers and chain to default Page Fault Handle
+	pop	ebx
+	pop	eax
+	jmp	[fword Old_Page_Fault_handle]
+
+	ENDP	Page_Fault_Handle
+
+
+
+;***************************************************************************
+;* Divide_Error --  							   *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* HISTORY:  04/25/96 Created                                              *
+;*=========================================================================*
+PROC	Divide_Error_Handle far
+
+	; preserve used  registers
+	push	eax
+	push	ebx
+	; save Page Fault satck frame
+	mov	ax,ss
+	mov	[Div_Error_SS],eax
+	mov	[Div_Error_ESP],esp
+
+	; retrieve application original stack frame
+	mov eax , [ esp + ( 6 + 2 ) * 4 ]
+	mov ebx , [ esp + ( 7 + 2 ) * 4 ]
+	mov ss , bx
+	mov esp , eax
+
+	; set video mode to standard text mode
+	push	RESET_VIDEO_MODE
+	call 	Set_Video_Mode
+	pop	eax
+	call 	Remove_Mouse
+	call 	Remove_Keyboard_Interrupt
+	call	Remove_Timer_Interrupt
+
+	; restore Fault stack frame
+	mov	eax,[Div_Error_SS]
+	mov 	ss , ax
+	mov	esp, [Div_Error_ESP]
+
+	; restore used registers and chain to default Page Fault Handle
+	pop	ebx
+	pop	eax
+	jmp	[fword Old_Div_Error_handle]
+
+	ENDP	Divide_Error_Handle
+
+
+;***************************************************************************
+;* End of File.								   *
+;***************************************************************************
+END
diff --git a/PHONE.H b/PHONE.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c5cf5ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/PHONE.H
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\phone.h_v   1.9   16 Oct 1995 16:47:58   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/*************************************************************************** 
+ *                                                                         * 
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        * 
+ *                                                                         * 
+ *                    File Name : PHONE.H                                  * 
+ *                                                                         * 
+ *                   Programmer : Bill R. Randolph                         * 
+ *                                                                         * 
+ *                   Start Date : 04/28/95                                 * 
+ *                                                                         * 
+ *                  Last Update : April 28, 1995 [BRR]                     * 
+ *                                                                         * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef PHONE_H
+#define PHONE_H
+
+/*
+***************************** Class Declaration *****************************
+*/
+class PhoneEntryClass
+{
+	public:
+		enum PhoneEntryEnum {
+			PHONE_MAX_NAME = 21,
+			PHONE_MAX_NUM = 21
+		};
+
+		PhoneEntryClass(void) {};
+		~PhoneEntryClass() {};
+
+		operator == (PhoneEntryClass &obj) 
+			{ return (memcmp (Name,obj.Name,strlen(Name))==0);}
+		operator != (PhoneEntryClass &obj)
+			{ return (memcmp (Name,obj.Name,strlen(Name))!=0);}
+		operator > (PhoneEntryClass &obj)
+			{ return (memcmp(Name, obj.Name, strlen(Name)) > 0);}
+		operator < (PhoneEntryClass &obj)
+			{ return (memcmp(Name, obj.Name, strlen(Name)) < 0);}
+		operator >= (PhoneEntryClass &obj)
+			{ return (memcmp(Name, obj.Name, strlen(Name)) >= 0);}
+		operator <= (PhoneEntryClass &obj)
+			{ return (memcmp(Name, obj.Name, strlen(Name)) <= 0);}
+
+		SerialSettingsType Settings;
+		char Name[ PHONE_MAX_NAME ];		// destination person's name
+		char Number[ PHONE_MAX_NUM ];		// phone #
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/POWER.CPP b/POWER.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b19570
--- /dev/null
+++ b/POWER.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,462 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\power.cpv   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:52:10   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : POWER.CPP                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : 12/15/94                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : August 7, 1995 [JLB]                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   PowerClass::AI -- Process the power bar logic.                                            *
+ *   PowerClass::Draw_It -- Renders the power bar graphic.                                     *
+ *   PowerClass::Init_Clear -- Clears all the power bar variables.                             *
+ *   PowerClass::One_Time -- One time processing for the power bar.                            *
+ *   PowerClass::PowerButtonClass::Action -- Handles the mouse over the power bar area.        *
+ *   PowerClass::PowerClass -- Default constructor for the power bar class.                    *
+ *   PowerClass::Refresh_Cells -- Intercepts the redraw logic to see if sidebar to redraw too. *
+ *   Power_Height -- Given a value figure where it falls on bar                                *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+
+
+/*
+**	Points to the shape to use for the "desired" power level indicator.
+*/
+void const * PowerClass::PowerShape;
+void const * PowerClass::PowerBarShape;
+
+PowerClass::PowerButtonClass PowerClass::PowerButton;
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * PowerClass::PowerClass -- Default constructor for the power bar class.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the default constructor for the power bar class. It doesn't really do anything.  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/20/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+PowerClass::PowerClass(void)
+{
+	IsToRedraw	= false;
+	RecordedDrain = -1;
+	RecordedPower = -1;
+	DesiredDrainHeight = 0;
+	DesiredPowerHeight = 0;
+	DrainHeight = 0;
+	PowerHeight = 0;
+	PowerBounce = 0;
+	DrainBounce = 0;
+	DrainDir = 0;
+	PowerDir = 0;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * PowerClass::Init_Clear -- Clears all the power bar variables.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called in preparation for the start of a scenario. The power bar is      *
+ *    initialized into the null state by this routine. As soon as the scenario starts, the     *
+ *    power bar will rise to reflect the actual power output and drain.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/07/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void PowerClass::Init_Clear(void)
+{
+	RadarClass::Init_Clear();
+	RecordedDrain = -1;
+	RecordedPower = -1;
+	DesiredDrainHeight = 0;
+	DesiredPowerHeight = 0;
+	DrainHeight = 0;
+	PowerHeight = 0;
+	PowerBounce = 0;
+	DrainBounce = 0;
+	DrainDir = 0;
+	PowerDir = 0;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * PowerClass::One_Time -- One time processing for the power bar.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine is for code that truly only needs to be done once per game run.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/26/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void PowerClass::One_Time(void)
+{
+	RadarClass::One_Time();
+
+	int factor = Get_Resolution_Factor();
+	PowX 			= SeenBuff.Get_Width() - Map.RadWidth;
+	PowY 			= Map.RadY+Map.RadHeight + (13 << factor);
+	PowWidth 	= 8 << factor;
+	PowHeight 	= SeenBuff.Get_Height() - PowY;
+	PowLineSpace = 5 << factor;
+	PowLineWidth = PowWidth - 4;
+
+	PowerButton.X = PowX;
+	PowerButton.Y = PowY;
+	PowerButton.Width = PowWidth-1;
+	PowerButton.Height = PowHeight;
+
+	PowerShape = MixFileClass::Retrieve((factor)? "HPOWER.SHP" :"POWER.SHP");
+	PowerBarShape = Hires_Retrieve("PWRBAR.SHP");
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * PowerClass::Draw_It -- Renders the power bar graphic.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will draw the power bar graphic to the LogicPage.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   complete -- Should the power bar be redrawn even if it isn't specifically flagged  *
+ *                      to do so?                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/20/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   12/27/1994 JLB : Changes power bar color depending on amount of power.                    *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void PowerClass::Draw_It(bool complete)
+{
+	static int _modtable[]={
+		0, -1, 0, 1, 0, -1, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 1 ,0
+	};
+	int power_color;
+
+	if (complete || IsToRedraw) {
+//		PowX = TacPixelX + TacWidth*ICON_PIXEL_W;	// X position of upper left corner of power bar.
+
+		if (LogicPage->Lock()){
+
+			if (Map.IsSidebarActive) {
+				IsToRedraw = false;
+
+				/*
+				** 1st get the height of the filled section of the power bar
+				*/
+				int bottom       = PowY + PowHeight - 1;
+				int power_height  = (PowerHeight == DesiredPowerHeight) ? PowerHeight + (_modtable[PowerBounce] * PowerDir) : PowerHeight;
+				int drain_height  = (DrainHeight == DesiredDrainHeight) ? DrainHeight + (_modtable[DrainBounce] * DrainDir) : DrainHeight;
+				power_height = Bound(power_height, 0, PowHeight - 2);
+				drain_height = Bound(drain_height, 0, PowHeight - 2);
+
+				/*
+				** Create a clip region to draw the unfilled section of the bar
+				*/
+				WindowList[WINDOW_CUSTOM][WINDOWX] = 0;
+				WindowList[WINDOW_CUSTOM][WINDOWY] = 0;
+				WindowList[WINDOW_CUSTOM][WINDOWWIDTH] = SeenBuff.Get_Width();
+				WindowList[WINDOW_CUSTOM][WINDOWHEIGHT] = bottom-power_height;
+
+				/*
+				** Draw the unfilled section
+				*/
+				CC_Draw_Shape(PowerBarShape, 0, PowX, PowY, WINDOW_CUSTOM, SHAPE_WIN_REL);
+				CC_Draw_Shape(PowerBarShape, 1 ,PowX, PowY+100, WINDOW_CUSTOM, SHAPE_WIN_REL);
+
+
+				/*
+				** Set up the clip region for the filled section
+				*/
+				WindowList[WINDOW_CUSTOM][WINDOWY] = bottom-power_height;
+				WindowList[WINDOW_CUSTOM][WINDOWHEIGHT] = SeenBuff.Get_Height() - WindowList[WINDOW_CUSTOM][WINDOWY];
+
+				/*
+				** What color is the filled section?
+				*/
+				if (power_height) {
+					power_color = 0;	//green
+
+					if (PlayerPtr->Drain > PlayerPtr->Power) {
+						power_color = 2;
+					}
+					if (PlayerPtr->Drain > (PlayerPtr->Power * 2)) {
+						power_color = 4;
+					}
+
+					/*
+					** Draw the filled section
+					*/
+					CC_Draw_Shape(PowerBarShape, 2+power_color,
+															PowX,
+															PowY - WindowList[WINDOW_CUSTOM][WINDOWY],
+															WINDOW_CUSTOM,
+															SHAPE_WIN_REL);
+
+					CC_Draw_Shape(PowerBarShape, 3+power_color,
+															PowX,
+															PowY - WindowList[WINDOW_CUSTOM][WINDOWY] + 100,
+															WINDOW_CUSTOM,
+															SHAPE_WIN_REL);
+				}
+
+				/*
+				**	Draw the power drain threshold marker.
+				*/
+				CC_Draw_Shape(PowerShape, 0, PowX, bottom - drain_height + 1, WINDOW_MAIN, SHAPE_NORMAL);
+
+			}
+			LogicPage->Unlock();
+		}
+	}
+	RadarClass::Draw_It(complete);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * PowerClass::AI -- Process the power bar logic.                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to process the power bar logic. This consists of animation effects.     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   input -- The player input value to be consumed or ignored as appropriate.          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          x,y   -- Mouse coordinate parameters to use.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/20/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   12/31/1994 JLB : Uses mouse coordinate parameters.                                        *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void PowerClass::AI(KeyNumType &input, int x, int y)
+{
+//	if (!IsActive) {
+//		IsActive = true;
+//		IsToRedraw = true;
+//		Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+//	}
+
+	if (Map.IsSidebarActive /*IsActive*/) {
+		int olddrain = DrainHeight;
+		int oldpower  = PowerHeight;
+
+
+		/*
+		** If the recorded power value has changed we need to adjust for
+		** it.
+		*/
+		if (PlayerPtr->Power != RecordedPower) {
+			DesiredPowerHeight = Power_Height(PlayerPtr->Power);
+			RecordedPower		 = PlayerPtr->Power;
+			PowerBounce			 = 12;
+			if (PowerHeight > DesiredPowerHeight) {
+				PowerDir = -1;
+			} else if (PowerHeight < DesiredPowerHeight) {
+				PowerDir = 1;
+			} else {
+				PowerBounce = 0;
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		** If the recorded drain value has changed we need to adjust for
+		** it.
+		*/
+		if (PlayerPtr->Drain != RecordedDrain) {
+			DesiredDrainHeight = Power_Height(PlayerPtr->Drain);
+			RecordedDrain		 = PlayerPtr->Drain;
+			DrainBounce			 = 12;
+			if (DrainHeight > DesiredDrainHeight) {
+				DrainDir = -1;
+			} else if (DrainHeight < DesiredDrainHeight) {
+				DrainDir = 1;
+			} else {
+				DrainBounce = 0;
+			}
+		}
+
+		if (DrainBounce && DrainHeight == DesiredDrainHeight) {
+			IsToRedraw = true;
+			Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+			DrainBounce--;
+		} else {
+			/*
+			** If we need to move the drain height then do so.
+			*/
+			if (DrainHeight != DesiredDrainHeight) {
+				DrainHeight += DrainDir;
+			}
+		}
+
+		if (PowerBounce && PowerHeight == DesiredPowerHeight) {
+			IsToRedraw = true;
+			Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+			PowerBounce--;
+		} else {
+			/*
+			** If we need to move the power height then do so.
+			*/
+			if (PowerHeight != DesiredPowerHeight) {
+				PowerHeight += PowerDir;
+			}
+		}
+
+		if (olddrain != DrainHeight || oldpower != PowerHeight) {
+			IsToRedraw = true;
+			Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+		}
+	}
+	RadarClass::AI(input, x, y);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * PowerClass::Refresh_Cells -- Intercepts the redraw logic to see if sidebar to redraw too.   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will examine a refresh list request and determine if the sidebar would be   *
+ *    affect. If so, it will flag the sidebar to be redrawn.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   cell  -- The cell that the offset list is base on.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          list  -- The list of cell offset used to flag for redraw. If the special sidebar   *
+ *                   affecting cell magic offset number is detected, the sidebar is flagged    *
+ *                   for redraw and the magic offset is removed.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/01/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void PowerClass::Refresh_Cells(CELL cell, short const *list)
+{
+	if (*list == REFRESH_SIDEBAR) {
+		IsToRedraw = true;
+		Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+	}
+	RadarClass::Refresh_Cells(cell, list);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * PowHeight -- Given a value figure where it falls on bar              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:		int value - the value we are testing                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:     int the height of the point that this value is on graph     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/14/1995 PWG : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int PowerClass::Power_Height(int value)
+{
+	int num		= value/ POWER_STEP_LEVEL;	// figure out the initial num of DRAIN_VALUE's
+	int retval	= 0;									// currently there is no power
+
+	/*
+	** Loop through the diffrent hundreds figuring out the fractional piece
+	** of each.
+	*/
+	for (int lp = 0; lp < num; lp ++)  {
+		retval  = retval + (((PowHeight - 2) - retval) / POWER_STEP_FACTOR);
+		value  -= POWER_STEP_LEVEL;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Adjust the retval to factor in the remainder
+	*/
+	if (value) {
+		retval = retval + (((((PowHeight - 2) - retval) / POWER_STEP_FACTOR) * value) / POWER_STEP_LEVEL);
+	}
+
+	retval = Bound(retval, 0, PowHeight -2);
+	return(retval);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * PowerClass::PowerButtonClass::Action -- Handles the mouse over the power bar area.          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine handles input on the power bar area. Since no input is used for the power   *
+ *    bar, this routine just pops up appropriate help text for the power bar.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   flags    -- The event flags that triggered this action call.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          key      -- The key code (if any) associated with the trigger event.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Should further button processing be stopped?                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/07/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int PowerClass::PowerButtonClass::Action(unsigned flags, KeyNumType & key)
+{
+	if (!Map.IsSidebarActive) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Force any help label to disappear when the mouse is held over the
+	**	radar map.
+	*/
+	Map.Override_Mouse_Shape(MOUSE_NORMAL);
+	if (PlayerPtr->Power_Fraction() < 0x0100 && PlayerPtr->Power > 0) {
+		Map.Help_Text(TXT_POWER_OUTPUT_LOW, -1, -1, CC_GREEN);
+	} else {
+		Map.Help_Text(TXT_POWER_OUTPUT, -1, -1, CC_GREEN);
+	}
+	GadgetClass::Action(flags, key);
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
diff --git a/POWER.H b/POWER.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fcdf49f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/POWER.H
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\power.h_v   2.16   16 Oct 1995 16:48:06   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : POWER.H                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : 12/15/94                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : December 15, 1994 [JLB]                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef POWER_H
+#define POWER_H
+
+#include	"radar.h"
+
+class PowerClass : public RadarClass
+{
+	public:
+		int PowX;
+		int PowY;
+		int PowWidth;
+		int PowHeight;
+		int PowLineSpace;
+		int PowLineWidth;
+
+
+		PowerClass();
+
+		/*
+		** Initialization
+		*/
+		virtual void One_Time(void);							// One-time inits
+
+		virtual void Init_Clear(void);						// Clears all to known state
+		virtual void Draw_It(bool complete=false);
+		virtual void AI(KeyNumType &input, int x, int y);
+		virtual void Refresh_Cells(CELL cell, short const *list);
+//		virtual void Must_Redraw_Sidebar(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	File I/O.
+		*/
+		virtual void Code_Pointers(void);
+		virtual void Decode_Pointers(void);
+
+		unsigned IsToRedraw:1;
+
+	protected:
+		/*
+		**	This gadget is used to capture mouse input on the power bar.
+		*/
+		class PowerButtonClass : public GadgetClass {
+			public:
+				PowerButtonClass(void) : GadgetClass(0,0,0,0,LEFTPRESS|LEFTRELEASE|LEFTHELD|LEFTUP|RIGHTPRESS,true) {};
+
+			protected:
+				virtual int Action(unsigned flags, KeyNumType & key);
+			friend class PowerClass;
+		};
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the "button" that tracks all input to the tactical map.
+		** It must be available to derived classes, for Save/Load purposes.
+		*/
+		static PowerButtonClass PowerButton;
+
+		enum PowerEnums {
+			POWER_STEP_LEVEL=100,
+			POWER_STEP_FACTOR=6,
+		};
+
+	private:
+		int  Power_Height(int value);
+
+		unsigned IsActive:1;
+
+		int RecordedDrain;
+		int RecordedPower;
+		int DesiredDrainHeight;
+		int DesiredPowerHeight;
+		int DrainHeight;
+		int PowerHeight;
+		int DrainBounce;
+		int PowerBounce;
+		short PowerDir;
+		short DrainDir;
+
+		/*
+		**	Points to the shape to use for the "desired" power level indicator.
+		*/
+		static void const * PowerShape;
+
+		/*
+		** Points to the shapes to be used for drawing the power bar
+		*/
+		static void const * PowerBarShape;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/PROFILE.CPP b/PROFILE.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4a4c069
--- /dev/null
+++ b/PROFILE.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,656 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\profile.cpv   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:51:14   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : PROFILE.CPP                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : September 10, 1993                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : September 10, 1993   [JLB]                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   WWGetPrivateProfileInt -- Fetches integer value from INI.                                   *
+ *   WWWritePrivateProfileInt -- Write a profile int to the profile data block.                  *
+ *   WWGetPrivateProfileString -- Fetch string from INI.                                         *
+ *   WWWritePrivateProfileString -- Write a string to the profile data block.                    *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Read_Private_Config_Struct -- Fetches override integer value.           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   08/05/1992 JLB : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+bool Read_Private_Config_Struct (char *profile, NewConfigType *config)
+{
+	config->DigitCard 	= WWGetPrivateProfileHex ("Sound", "Card", 			 profile);
+	config->IRQ 			= WWGetPrivateProfileInt ("Sound", "IRQ", 			 0,profile);
+	config->DMA 			= WWGetPrivateProfileInt ("Sound", "DMA", 			 0,profile);
+	config->Port 			= WWGetPrivateProfileHex ("Sound", "Port", 			 profile);
+	config->BitsPerSample= WWGetPrivateProfileInt ("Sound", "BitsPerSample",0,profile);
+	config->Channels 		= WWGetPrivateProfileInt ("Sound", "Channels",		 0,profile);
+	config->Reverse      = WWGetPrivateProfileInt ("Sound", "Reverse", 		 0,profile);
+	config->Speed        = WWGetPrivateProfileInt ("Sound", "Speed", 		 0,profile);
+	WWGetPrivateProfileString ("Language", "Language", NULL, config->Language, 3, profile);
+
+	return((config->DigitCard == 0) && (config->IRQ == 0) && (config->DMA == 0));
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Get_Private_Profile_Hex -- Fetches override integer value.              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   08/05/1992 JLB : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+unsigned WWGetPrivateProfileHex (char const *section, char const *entry, char *profile)
+{
+	char	buffer[MAX_ENTRY_SIZE];					// Integer staging buffer.
+	unsigned card;
+
+	memset (buffer, '0', MAX_ENTRY_SIZE);		// MAX_ENTRY_SIZE = 15
+	buffer[MAX_ENTRY_SIZE] = '\0';
+
+	WWGetPrivateProfileString(section, entry, "0", buffer, MAX_ENTRY_SIZE, profile);
+
+	if (strlen (buffer) > 0) {
+		sscanf (buffer, "%x", &card);
+	} else {
+		card = 0;
+	}
+
+	return(card);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * WWGetPrivateProfileInt -- Fetches integer value.                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      section      section to read from                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *      entry         name of entry to read                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *      def         default value, if entry isn't found                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *      profile      buffer containing INI data                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      integer requested                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/05/1992 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int WWGetPrivateProfileInt(char const *section, char const *entry, int def, char *profile)
+{
+	char	buffer[16];			// Integer staging buffer.
+
+	/*
+	**	Store the default in the buffer.
+	*/
+	sprintf(buffer, "%d", def);
+
+	/*
+	**	Get the buffer; use itself as the default.
+	*/
+	WWGetPrivateProfileString(section, entry, buffer, buffer, 15, profile);
+
+	/*
+	**	Convert to int & return.
+	*/
+	return(atoi(buffer));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * WWWritePrivateProfileInt -- Write a profile int to the profile data block.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      section      section name to write to                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *      entry         name of entry to write; if NULL, the entire section is deleted           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *      value         value to write                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *      profile      INI buffer                                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      true = success, false = failure                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/07/1992 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool WWWritePrivateProfileInt(char const *section, char const *entry, int value, char *profile)
+{
+	char	buffer[250];			// Working section buffer.
+
+	/*
+	**	Just return if nothing to do.
+	*/
+	if (!profile || !section) {
+		return(true);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Generate string to save.
+	*/
+	sprintf(buffer, "%d", value);
+
+	/*
+	**	Save the string.
+	*/
+	return(WWWritePrivateProfileString(section, entry, buffer, profile));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * WWGetPrivateProfileString -- Fetch game override string.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      section      section name to read from                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *      entry         name of entry to read; if NULL, all entry names are returned             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *      def         default string to use if not found; can be NULL                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *      retbuffer   buffer to store result in                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *      retlen      max length of return buffer                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *      profile      INI buffer                                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      ptr to entry found in INI buf; NULL if not found                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      On the PC, the "\n" (10) is translated to "\r\n" (13,10) when it's written             *
+ *      to disk. This routine must take this into consideration, by searching                  *
+ *      for \n when scanning backward, and for \r when scanning forward.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/05/1992 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+char * WWGetPrivateProfileString(char const *section, char const *entry, char const *def, char *retbuffer, int retlen, char *profile)
+{
+	char	* workptr,		// Working pointer into profile block.
+			* altworkptr;	// Alternate work pointer.
+	char	sec[50];			// Working section buffer.
+	char	*retval;			// Start of section or entry pointer.
+	char	* next;			// Pointer to start of next section (or EOF).
+	char	c,c2;				// Working character values.
+	int	len;				// Working substring length value.
+	int	entrylen;		// Byte length of specified entry.
+	char *orig_retbuf;	// original retbuffer ptr
+
+	/*
+	**	Fill in the default value just in case the entry could not be found.
+	*/
+	if (retbuffer) {
+		if (def) {
+			strncpy(retbuffer, def, retlen);
+		}
+		retbuffer[retlen-1] = '\0';
+		orig_retbuf = retbuffer;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Make sure a profile string was passed in
+	*/
+	if (!profile || !section) {
+		return(retbuffer);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Build section string to match file image.
+	*/
+	sprintf(sec, "[%s]", section);	// sec = section name including []'s
+	strupr(sec);
+	len = strlen(sec);					// len = section name length, incl []'s
+
+	/*
+	**	Scan for a matching section
+	*/
+	retval = profile;
+	workptr = profile;
+	for (;;) {
+
+		/*
+		**	'workptr' = start of next section
+		*/
+		workptr = strchr(workptr, '[');
+
+		/*
+		**	If the end has been reached without finding the desired section
+		**	then abort with a failure flag.
+		*/
+		if (!workptr) {
+			return(NULL);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	'c' = character just before the '['
+		*/
+		if (workptr==profile) {
+			c = '\n';
+		} else {
+			c = *(workptr-1);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	If this is the section name & the character before is a newline,
+		**	process this section
+		*/
+		if (memicmp(workptr, sec, len) == 0 && (c == '\n')) {
+
+			/*
+			**	Skip work pointer to start of first valid entry.
+			*/
+			workptr += len;
+			while (isspace(*workptr)) {
+				workptr++;
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	If the section name is empty, we will have stepped onto the start
+			**	of the next section name; inserting new entries here will leave
+			**	a blank line between this section's name & 1st entry. So, check
+			**	for 2 newlines in a row & step backward.
+			*/
+			if (workptr - profile > 4) {
+				if ( *(workptr-1)=='\n' && *(workptr-3)=='\n')
+					workptr -= 2;
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	'next = end of section or end of file.
+			*/
+			next = strchr(workptr, '[');
+			for (;;) {
+				if (next) {
+
+					c = *(next-1);
+
+					/*
+					**	If character before '[' is newline, this is the start of the
+					**	next section
+					*/
+					if (c == '\n') {
+						if (*(next-1)=='\n' && *(next-3)=='\n') {
+							next -= 2;
+						}
+						break;
+					}
+
+					/*
+					**	This bracket was in the section; keep looking
+					*/
+					next = strchr(next+1, '[');
+				} else {
+
+					/*
+					**	No bracket found; set 'next' to the end of the file
+					*/
+					next = workptr + strlen(workptr)-1;
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	If a specific entry was specified then return with the associated
+			**	string.
+			*/
+			if (entry) {
+				retval = workptr;
+				entrylen = strlen(entry);
+
+				for (;;) {
+					/*
+					** Search for the 1st character of the entry
+					*/
+					workptr = strchr(workptr, *entry);
+
+					/*
+					**	If the end of the file has been reached or we have spilled
+					**	into the next section, then abort
+					*/
+					if (!workptr || workptr >= next) {
+						return(NULL);
+					}
+
+					/*
+					**	'c' = character before possible entry; must be a newline
+					**	'c2' = character after possible entry; must be '=' or space
+					*/
+					c = *(workptr-1);
+					c2 = *(workptr+entrylen);
+
+					/*
+					**	Entry found; extract it
+					*/
+					if (memicmp(workptr, entry, entrylen) == 0 && (c == '\n') &&
+						(c2 == '=' || isspace(c2))) {
+						retval = workptr;
+						workptr += entrylen;							// skip entry name
+						workptr = strchr(workptr, '=');			// find '='
+
+						/*
+						** 'altworkptr' = next newline; \r is used here since we're
+						** scanning forward!
+						*/
+						if (workptr) {
+							altworkptr = strchr(workptr, '\r');	// find next newline
+						}
+
+						/*
+						**	Return if there was no '=', or if the newline is before
+						**	the next '='
+						*/
+						if (workptr == NULL || altworkptr < workptr) {
+							return(retval);
+						}
+
+						/*
+						**	Skip any white space after the '=' and before the first
+						**	valid character of the parameter.
+						*/
+						workptr++;										// Skip the '='.
+						while (isspace(*workptr)) {
+
+							/*
+							**	Just return if there's no entry past the '='.
+							*/
+							if (workptr >= altworkptr)
+								return(retval);
+
+							workptr++;									// Skip the whitespace
+						}
+
+						/*
+						**	Copy the entry into the return buffer.
+						*/
+						len = (int)(altworkptr - workptr);
+						if (len > retlen-1) {
+							len = retlen-1;
+						}
+
+						if (retbuffer) {
+							memcpy(retbuffer, workptr, len);
+							*(retbuffer + len) = '\0';		// Insert trailing null.
+							strtrim(retbuffer);
+						}
+						return(retval);
+					}
+
+					/*
+					**	Entry was not found; go to the next one
+					*/
+					workptr++;
+				}
+			} else {
+
+				/*
+				**	No entry was specified, so build a list of all entries.
+				**	'workptr' is at 1st entry after section name
+				**	'next' is next bracket, or end of file
+				*/
+				retval = workptr;
+
+				if (retbuffer) {
+
+					/*
+					**	Keep accumulating the identifier strings in the retbuffer.
+					*/
+					while (workptr && workptr < next) {
+						altworkptr = strchr(workptr, '=');		// find '='
+
+						if (altworkptr && altworkptr < next) {
+							int	length;								// Length of ID string.
+
+							length = (int)(altworkptr - workptr);
+
+							/*
+							**	Make sure we don't write past the end of the retbuffer;
+							**	add '3' for the 3 NULL's at the end
+							*/
+							if (retbuffer - orig_retbuf + length + 3 < retlen) {
+								memcpy(retbuffer, workptr, length);	// copy entry name
+								*(retbuffer+length) = '\0';			// NULL-terminate it
+								strtrim(retbuffer);						// trim spaces
+								retbuffer += strlen(retbuffer)+1;	// next pos in dest buf
+							} else {
+								break;
+							}
+
+							/*
+							**	Advance the work pointer to the start of the next line
+							**	by skipping the end of line character.
+							*/
+							workptr = strchr(altworkptr, '\n');
+							if (!workptr) {
+								break;
+							}
+							workptr++;
+						} else {
+
+							/*
+							**	If no '=', break out of loop
+							*/
+							break;
+						}
+					}
+
+					/*
+					**	Final trailing terminator. Make double sure the double
+					**	trailing null is added.
+					*/
+					*retbuffer++ = '\0';
+					*retbuffer++ = '\0';
+				}
+				break;
+			}
+		} else {
+
+			/*
+			**	Section name not found; go to the next bracket & try again
+			**	Advance past '[' and keep scanning.
+			*/
+			workptr++;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(retval);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * WWWritePrivateProfileString -- Write a string to the profile data block.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      section      section name to write to                                                  *
+ *      entry         name of entry to write; if NULL, the section is deleted                  *
+ *      string      string to write; if NULL, the entry is deleted                             *
+ *      profile      INI buffer                                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      true = success, false = failure                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      This function has to translate newlines into \r\n sequences.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/07/1992 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool WWWritePrivateProfileString(char const *section, char const *entry, char const *string, char *profile)
+{
+	char	buffer[250];			// Working section buffer
+	char	*offset;
+	char *next;						// ptr to next section
+	char	c;							// Working character value
+
+	/*
+	**	Just return if nothing to do.
+	*/
+	if (!profile || !section) {
+		return(true);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Try to find the section. WWGetPrivateProfileString with NULL entry name
+	**	will return all entry names in the given buffer, truncated to the given
+	**	buffer length. 'offset' will point to 1st entry in the section, NULL if
+	**	section not found.
+	*/
+	offset = WWGetPrivateProfileString(section, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, profile);
+
+	/*
+	**	If the section could not be found, then add it to the end. Don't add
+	**	anything if a removal of an entry is requested (it is obviously already
+	**	non-existent). Make sure two newlines precede the section name.
+	*/
+	if (!offset && entry) {
+		sprintf(buffer, "\r\n[%s]\r\n", section);
+		strcat(profile, buffer);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If the section is there and 'entry' is NULL, remove the entire section
+	*/
+	if (offset && !entry) {
+
+		/*
+		**	'next = end of section or end of file.
+		*/
+		next = strchr(offset, '[');
+		for (;;) {
+			if (next) {
+				c = *(next-1);
+
+				/*
+				**	If character before '[' is newline, this is the start of the
+				**	next section
+				*/
+				if (c == '\n') {
+					if ( *(next-1)=='\n' && *(next-3)=='\n') {
+						next -= 2;
+					}
+					break;
+				}
+
+				/*
+				**	This bracket was in the section; keep looking
+				*/
+				next = strchr(next+1, '[');
+			} else {
+
+				/*
+				**	No bracket found; set 'next' to the end of the file
+				*/
+				next = offset + strlen(offset);
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Remove the section
+		*/
+		strcpy(offset,next);
+
+		return(true);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Find the matching entry within the desired section. A NULL return buffer
+	**	with 0 length will just return the offset of the found entry, NULL if
+	**	entry not found.
+	*/
+	offset = WWGetPrivateProfileString(section, entry, NULL, NULL, 0, profile);
+
+	/*
+	**	Remove any existing entry
+	*/
+	if (offset) {
+		int	eol;			// Working EOL offset.
+
+		/*
+		**	Get # characters up to newline; \n is used since we're after the end
+		**	of this line
+		*/
+		eol = strcspn(offset, "\n");
+
+		/*
+		**	Erase the entry by strcpy'ing the entire INI file over this entry
+		*/
+		if (eol) {
+			strcpy(offset, offset + eol + 1);
+		}
+	} else {
+
+		/*
+		**	Entry doesn't exist, so point 'offset' to the 1st entry position in
+		**	the section.
+		*/
+		offset = WWGetPrivateProfileString(section, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, profile);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Add the desired entry.
+	*/
+	if (entry && string) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Generate entry string.
+		*/
+		sprintf(buffer, "%s=%s\r\n", entry, string);
+
+		/*
+		**	Make room for new entry.
+		*/
+		memmove(offset+strlen(buffer), offset, strlen(offset)+1);
+
+		/*
+		**	Copy the entry into the INI buffer.
+		*/
+		memcpy(offset, buffer, strlen(buffer));
+	}
+
+	return(true);
+}
diff --git a/QUEUE.CPP b/QUEUE.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f3d318d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/QUEUE.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,4204 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c0\vcs\code\queue.cpv   2.24   11 Oct 1995 13:47:40   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : QUEUE.CPP                                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Bill R. Randolph                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : 11/28/95                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : November 28, 1995 [BRR]                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions for Queueing Events:                                          *
+ *   Queue_Mission -- Queue a mega mission event.                          *
+ *   Queue_Options -- Queue the options event.                             *
+ *   Queue_Exit -- Add the exit game event to the queue.                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * Functions for processing Queued Events:											*
+ *   Queue_AI -- Process all queued events.                                *
+ *   Queue_AI_Normal -- Process all queued events.                         *
+ *   Queue_AI_Multiplayer -- Process all queued events.                    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * Main Multiplayer Queue Logic:															*
+ *   Wait_For_Players -- Waits for other systems to come on-line           *
+ *   Generate_Timing_Event -- computes & queues a RESPONSE_TIME event      *
+ *   Process_Send_Period -- timing for sending packets every 'n' frames    *
+ *   Send_Packets -- sends out events from the OutList                     *
+ *   Send_FrameSync -- Sends a FRAMESYNC packet                            *
+ *   Process_Receive_Packet -- processes an incoming packet                *
+ *   Process_Serial_Packet -- Handles an incoming serial packet            *
+ *   Can_Advance -- determines if it's OK to advance to the next frame     *
+ *   Process_Reconnect_Dialog -- processes the reconnection dialog         *
+ *   Handle_Timeout -- attempts to reconnect; if fails, bails.             *
+ *   Stop_Game -- stops the game															*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * Packet Compression / Decompression:													*
+ *   Build_Send_Packet -- Builds a big packet from a bunch of little ones.	*
+ *   Add_Uncompressed_Events -- adds uncompressed events to a packet       *
+ *   Add_Compressed_Events -- adds compressed events to a packet        	*
+ *   Breakup_Receive_Packet -- Splits a big packet into little ones.			*
+ *   Extract_Uncompressed_Events -- extracts events from a packet				*
+ *   Extract_Compressed_Events -- extracts events from a packet            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * DoList Management:																		*
+ *   Execute_DoList -- Executes commands from the DoList                   *
+ *   Clean_DoList -- Cleans out old events from the DoList                 *
+ *   Queue_Record -- Records the DoList to disk                            *
+ *   Queue_Playback -- plays back queue entries from a record file         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * Debugging:																					*
+ *   Compute_Game_CRC -- Computes a CRC value of the entire game.				*
+ *   Add_CRC -- Adds a value to a CRC                                      *
+ *   Print_CRCs -- Prints a data file for finding Sync Bugs						*
+ *   Init_Queue_Mono -- inits mono display                                 *
+ *   Update_Queue_Mono -- updates mono display                             *
+ *   Print_Framesync_Values -- displays frame-sync variables               *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+#include	"function.h"
+#include 	"tcpip.h"
+
+/********************************** Defines *********************************/
+#define SHOW_MONO	1
+
+int tmp_flag = 0;
+
+/********************************** Globals *********************************/
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//	GameCRC is the current computed CRC value for this frame.
+//	CRC[] is a record of our last 32 game CRC's.
+// ColorNames is for debug output in Print_CRCs
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#ifndef DEMO
+static unsigned long GameCRC;
+static unsigned long CRC[32] =
+	{0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
+	 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
+	 0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
+	 0,0};
+
+static char *ColorNames[6] = {
+	"Yellow",
+	"Red",
+	"BlueGreen",
+	"Orange",
+	"Green",
+	"Blue",
+};
+#endif	//DEMO
+
+//...........................................................................
+// Mono debugging variables:
+// NetMonoMode: 0 = show connection output, 1 = flowcount output
+// NewMonoMode: set by anything that toggles NetMonoMode; re-inits screen
+// IsMono: used for taking control of Mono screen away from the engine
+//...........................................................................
+#ifndef DEMO
+int NetMonoMode = 1;
+int NewMonoMode = 1;
+static int IsMono = 0;
+#endif	//DEMO
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Several routines return various codes; here's an enum for all of them.
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+typedef enum RetcodeEnum {
+	RC_NORMAL,						// no news is good news
+	RC_PLAYER_READY,				// a new player has been heard from
+	RC_SCENARIO_MISMATCH,		// scenario mismatch
+	RC_DOLIST_FULL,				// DoList is full
+	RC_SERIAL_PROCESSED,			// modem: SERIAL packet was processed
+	RC_PLAYER_LEFT,				// modem: other player left the game
+	RC_HUNG_UP,						// modem has hung up
+	RC_NOT_RESPONDING,			// other player not responding (timeout/hung up)
+	RC_CANCEL,						// user cancelled
+} RetcodeType;
+
+
+/********************************* Prototypes *******************************/
+//...........................................................................
+// Main multiplayer queue logic
+//...........................................................................
+static void Queue_AI_Normal(void);
+#ifndef DEMO
+static void Queue_AI_Multiplayer(void);
+static RetcodeType Wait_For_Players(int first_time, ConnManClass *net,
+	int resend_delta, int dialog_time, int timeout, char *multi_packet_buf,
+	int my_sent, long *their_frame,  unsigned short *their_sent,
+	unsigned short *their_recv);
+static void Generate_Timing_Event(ConnManClass *net, int my_sent);
+static void Generate_Real_Timing_Event(ConnManClass *net, int my_sent);
+static void Generate_Process_Time_Event(ConnManClass *net);
+static int Process_Send_Period(ConnManClass *net);
+static int Send_Packets(ConnManClass *net, char *multi_packet_buf,
+	int multi_packet_max, int max_ahead, int my_sent);
+static void Send_FrameSync(ConnManClass *net, int cmd_count);
+static RetcodeType Process_Receive_Packet(ConnManClass *net,
+	char *multi_packet_buf, int id, int packetlen, long *their_frame,
+	unsigned short *their_sent, unsigned short *their_recv);
+static RetcodeType Process_Serial_Packet(char *multi_packet_buf,
+	int first_time);
+static int Can_Advance(ConnManClass *net, int max_ahead, long *their_frame,
+	unsigned short *their_sent, unsigned short *their_recv);
+static int Process_Reconnect_Dialog(CountDownTimerClass *timeout_timer,
+	long *their_frame, int num_conn, int reconn, int fresh);
+static int Handle_Timeout(ConnManClass *net, long *their_frame,
+	unsigned short *their_sent, unsigned short *their_recv);
+static void Stop_Game(void);
+#endif	//DEMO
+
+//...........................................................................
+// Packet compression/decompression:
+//...........................................................................
+#ifndef DEMO
+static int Build_Send_Packet(void *buf, int bufsize, int frame_delay,
+	int num_cmds, int cap);
+static int Breakup_Receive_Packet(void *buf, int bufsize );
+#endif	//DEMO
+int Add_Uncompressed_Events(void *buf, int bufsize, int frame_delay, int size,
+	int cap);
+int Add_Compressed_Events(void *buf, int bufsize, int frame_delay, int size,
+	int cap);
+int Extract_Uncompressed_Events(void *buf, int bufsize);
+int Extract_Compressed_Events(void *buf, int bufsize);
+
+//...........................................................................
+// DoList management:
+//...........................................................................
+static int Execute_DoList(int max_houses, HousesType base_house,
+	ConnManClass *net, TCountDownTimerClass *skip_crc,
+	long *their_frame, unsigned short *their_sent, unsigned short *their_recv);
+static void Clean_DoList(ConnManClass *net);
+#ifndef DEMO
+static void Queue_Record(void);
+static void Queue_Playback(void);
+#endif	//DEMO
+
+//...........................................................................
+// Debugging:
+//...........................................................................
+#ifndef DEMO
+static void Compute_Game_CRC(void);
+static void Init_Queue_Mono(ConnManClass *net);
+static void Update_Queue_Mono(ConnManClass *net, int flow_index);
+static void Print_Framesync_Values(long curframe, unsigned long max_ahead,
+	int num_connections, unsigned short *their_recv,
+	unsigned short *their_sent, unsigned short my_sent);
+#endif	//DEMO
+void Add_CRC(unsigned long *crc, unsigned long val);
+void Print_CRCs(EventClass *);
+
+extern void Keyboard_Process(KeyNumType &input);
+void Dump_Packet_Too_Late_Stuff(EventClass *event);
+
+extern void Register_Game_End_Time(void);
+extern void Send_Statistics_Packet(void);
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Queue_Mission -- Queue a mega mission event.                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This routine is called when the player causes a change to a game unit. 	*
+ * The event that initiates the change is queued to as a result of a call 	*
+ * to this routine.                 													*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		whom		Whom this mission request applies to (a friendly unit).     *
+ *    mission	The mission to assign to this object.                       *
+ *    target	The target of this mission (if any).                        *
+ *    dest		The movement destination for this mission (if any).         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		Was the mission request queued successfully?                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.                                                                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   09/21/1995 JLB : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+bool Queue_Mission(TARGET whom, MissionType mission, TARGET target,
+	TARGET destination)
+{
+	if (! OutList.Add(EventClass(whom, mission, target, destination))) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+	else {
+		return(true);
+	}
+
+}	/* end of Queue_Mission */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Queue_Options -- Queue the options event.                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		Was the options screen event queued successfully?                    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   09/21/1995 JLB : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+bool Queue_Options(void)
+{
+	if (! OutList.Add(EventClass(EventClass::OPTIONS))) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+	else {
+		return(true);
+	}
+
+}		/* end of Queue_Options */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Queue_Exit -- Add the exit game event to the queue.                     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		Was the exit event queued successfully?                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   09/21/1995 JLB : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+bool Queue_Exit(void)
+{
+	if (! OutList.Add(EventClass(EventClass::EXIT))) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+	else {
+		return(true);
+	}
+
+}		/* end of Queue_Exit */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Queue_AI -- Process all queued events.                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   09/21/1995 JLB : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void Queue_AI(void)
+{
+#ifdef DEMO
+	Queue_AI_Normal();
+#else	//DEMO
+
+	if (PlaybackGame) {
+		Queue_Playback();
+	}
+
+	else {
+
+		switch (GameToPlay) {
+
+			case GAME_NORMAL:
+				Queue_AI_Normal();
+				break;
+
+			case GAME_MODEM:
+			case GAME_NULL_MODEM:
+			case GAME_IPX:
+			case GAME_INTERNET:
+				Queue_AI_Multiplayer();
+				break;
+		}
+	}
+#endif	//DEMO
+
+}	/* end of Queue_AI */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Queue_AI_Normal -- Process all queued events.                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This is the "normal" version of the queue management routine.  It does 	*
+ * the following:		  																		*
+ * - Transfers items in the OutList to the DoList									*
+ * - Executes any commands in the DoList that are supposed to be done on 	*
+ *   this frame #			  																	*
+ * - Cleans out the DoList																	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   09/21/1995 JLB : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static void Queue_AI_Normal(void)
+{
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	Move events from the OutList (events generated by this player) into the
+	//	DoList (the list of events to execute).
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	while (OutList.Count) {
+		OutList.First().IsExecuted = false;
+		if (!DoList.Add(OutList.First())) {
+			;
+		}
+		OutList.Next();
+	}
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	// Save the DoList to disk, if we're in "Record" mode
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#ifndef DEMO
+	if (RecordGame) {
+		Queue_Record();
+	}
+#endif	//DEMO
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	// Execute the DoList
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	if (!Execute_DoList(1,PlayerPtr->Class->House, NULL, NULL, NULL,
+		NULL, NULL)) {
+		GameActive = 0;
+		return;
+	}
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	Clean out the DoList
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Clean_DoList(NULL);
+
+}	/* end of Queue_AI_Normal */
+
+#ifndef DEMO
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Queue_AI_Multiplayer -- Process all queued events.                      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This is the network version of the queue management routine.  It does 	*
+ * the following:																				*
+ * - If this is the 1st frame, waits for other systems to signal ready		*
+ * - Generates a timing event, to allow the connection time to be dynamic	*
+ * - Handles timing related to sending packets every 'n' frames				*
+ * - Sends outgoing events																	*
+ * - Frame-syncs to the other systems (see below)									*
+ * - Executes & cleans out the DoList													*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * The Frame-Sync'ing logic is the heart & soul of network play.  It works	*
+ * by ensuring that any system won't out-run the other system by more than	*
+ * 'MaxAhead' frames; this in turn ensures that a packet's 						*
+ * execution frame # won't have been passed by the time that packet is 		*
+ * received by all systems.																*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * To achieve this, the system must keep track of all other system's 		*
+ * current frame #'s; these are stored in an array called 'their_frame[]'. *
+ * However, because current frame #'s are sent in FRAMEINFO packets, which *
+ * don't require an ACK, and command packets are sent in packets requiring *
+ * an ACK, it's possible for a command packet to get lost, and the next 	*
+ * frame's FRAMEINFO packet to not get lost; the other system may then 		*
+ * advance past the frame # the command is to execute on!  So, to prevent 	*
+ * this, all FRAMEINFO packets include a CommandCount field.  This value 	*
+ * tells the other system how many events it should have received by this 	*
+ * time.  This system can therefore keep track of how many commands it's	*
+ * actually received, and compare it to the CommandCount field, to see if 	*
+ * it's missed an event packet.  The # of events we've received from each 	*
+ * system is stored in 'their_recv[]', and the # events they say they've 	*
+ * sent is stored in 'their_sent[]'.													*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * Thus, two conditions must be met in order to advance to the next frame:	*
+ * - Our current frame # must be <= their_frame + MaxAhead						*
+ * - their_recv[i] must be >= their_sent[i]											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * 'their_frame[] is updated by Process_Receive_Packet()							*
+ * 'their_recv[] is updated by Process_Receive_Packet()							*
+ * 'their_sent[] is updated by Process_Receive_Packet()							*
+ * 'my_sent' is updated by this routine.												*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * The only routines allowed to pop up dialogs are:								*
+ * 	Wait_For_Players() (only pops up the reconnect dialog)					*
+ * 	Execute_DoList() (tells if out of sync, or packet recv'd too late)	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * Sign-off's are detected by:															*
+ * - Timing out while waiting for a packet											*
+ * - Detecting that the other player is now at the score screen or 			*
+ *   connection dialog (serial)															*
+ * - If we see an EventClass::EXIT event on the private channel				*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * The current communications protocol, COMM_PROTOCOL_MULTI_E_COMP, has 	*
+ * the following properites:																*
+ * - It compresses packets, so that the minimum number of bytes are 			*
+ *   transmitted.  Packets are compressed by extracting all info common to *
+ *   the events into the packet header, and then sending only the bytes 	*
+ *   relevant to each type of event.  For instance, if 100 infantry guys 	*
+ *   are told to move to the same location, the command itself & the 		*
+ *   location will be included in the 1st movement command only; after 		*
+ *   that, there will be a rep count then 99 infantry TARGET numbers, 		*
+ *   identifying all the infantry told to move.										*
+ * - The protocol also only sends packets out every 'n' frames.  This cuts *
+ *   the data rate dramatically.  It means that 'MaxAhead' must be 			*
+ *   divisible by 'n'; also, the minimum value for 'MaxAhead' is 				*
+ *   'n * 2', to give both sides some "breathing" room in case a FRAMEINFO	*
+ *   packet gets missed.																	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * Note:  For synchronization-waiting loops (like waiting to hear from all *
+ * other players, waiting to advance to the next frame, etc), use 			*
+ * Net.Num_Connections() rather than NumPlayers; this reflects the 			*
+ * actual # of connections, and can be "faked" into playing even when 		*
+ * there aren't any other players actually there.  A typical example of 	*
+ * this is playing back a recorded game.  For command-execution loops, use *
+ * NumPlayers.  This ensures all commands get executed, even if 				*
+ * there isn't a human generating those commands.									*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * The modem works a little differently from the network in this respect:	*
+ * - The connection has to stay "alive" even if the other player exits to 	*
+ *   the join dialog.  This prevents each system from timing out & hanging *
+ *   the modem up.  Thus, packets are sent back & forth & just thrown away,*
+ *   but each system knows the other is still there.  Messages may be sent	*
+ *   between systems, though. 															*
+ * - Destroy_Null_Connection doesn't hang up the modem, so 						*
+ *   Num_Connections() still reports a value of 1 even though the other 	*
+ *   player has left.																		*
+ * - Any waits on Num_Connections() must also check for 							*
+ *   NumPlayers > 1, to keep from waiting forever if the other 				*
+ *   guy has left																				*
+ * - Packets sent to a player who's left require no ACK							*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/21/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static void Queue_AI_Multiplayer(void)
+{
+	//........................................................................
+	// Enums:
+	//........................................................................
+	enum {
+		MIXFILE_RESEND_DELTA = 120,	// ticks b/w resends
+		MIXFILE_TIMEOUT = 3600,			// timeout waiting for mixfiles
+		FRAMESYNC_DLG_TIME = (3*60),	// time until displaying reconnect dialog
+		FRAMESYNC_TIMEOUT = (25*60),	// timeout waiting for frame sync packet
+	};
+
+	int timeout_factor = (GameToPlay == GAME_INTERNET) ? 6 : 1;
+
+	//........................................................................
+	// Variables for sending, receiving & parsing packets:
+	//........................................................................
+	ConnManClass *net;					// ptr to access all multiplayer functions
+	EventClass packet;					// for sending single frame-sync's
+	char *multi_packet_buf;				// buffer for sending/receiving
+	int multi_packet_max;				// max length of multi_packet_buf
+
+	//........................................................................
+	// Frame-sync'ing variables.  Values in these arrays are stored in the
+	// order in which the connections are created.
+	// (ie net->Connection_Index(id))
+	//........................................................................
+	static long
+		their_frame[MAX_PLAYERS - 1];	// other players' frame #'s
+	static unsigned short
+		their_sent[MAX_PLAYERS - 1];	// # cmds other player claims to have sent
+	static unsigned short
+		their_recv[MAX_PLAYERS - 1];	// # cmds actually received from others
+	static unsigned short
+		my_sent;								// # cmds I've sent out
+
+	//........................................................................
+	// Other misc variables
+	//........................................................................
+	int i;
+	RetcodeType rc;
+	int reconnect_dlg = 0;				// 1 = the reconnect dialog is displayed
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	Initialize the packet buffer pointer & its max size
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	if (GameToPlay == GAME_MODEM
+		|| GameToPlay == GAME_NULL_MODEM){
+		multi_packet_buf = NullModem.BuildBuf;
+		multi_packet_max = NullModem.MaxLen - sizeof (CommHeaderType);
+		net = &NullModem;
+	}
+	else if (GameToPlay == GAME_IPX || GameToPlay == GAME_INTERNET) {
+		multi_packet_buf = MetaPacket;
+		multi_packet_max = MetaSize;
+		net = &Ipx;
+	}
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	Debug stuff
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Init_Queue_Mono(net);
+	Update_Queue_Mono (net, 0);
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	If we've just started a game, or loaded a multiplayer game, we must
+	// wait for all other systems to signal ready.
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	if (Frame==0) {
+		//.....................................................................
+		//	Initialize static locals
+		//.....................................................................
+		for (i = 0; i < MAX_PLAYERS - 1; i++) {
+			their_frame[i] = -1;
+			their_sent[i] = 0;
+			their_recv[i] = 0;
+			TheirProcessTime[i] = -1;
+		}
+		my_sent = 0;
+		for (i = 0; i < 32; i++) {
+			CRC[i] = 0;
+		}
+
+		//.....................................................................
+		// Send our initial FRAMESYNC packet
+		//.....................................................................
+		Send_FrameSync(net, my_sent);
+
+		//.....................................................................
+		// Wait for the other guys
+		//.....................................................................
+		rc = Wait_For_Players (1, net, MIXFILE_RESEND_DELTA, FRAMESYNC_DLG_TIME*timeout_factor,
+			MIXFILE_TIMEOUT, multi_packet_buf, my_sent, their_frame,
+			their_sent, their_recv);
+
+		if (rc != RC_NORMAL) {
+			if (rc == RC_NOT_RESPONDING) {
+				CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_SYSTEM_NOT_RESPONDING);
+			}
+			else if (rc == RC_SCENARIO_MISMATCH) {
+				CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_SCENARIOS_DO_NOT_MATCH);
+			}
+			else if (rc == RC_DOLIST_FULL) {
+				CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_QUEUE_FULL);
+			}
+			Stop_Game();
+			return;
+		}
+
+		//.....................................................................
+		//	Re-initialize frame numbers (in case somebody signed off while I was
+		//	waiting for MIX files to load; we would have fallen through, but
+		//	their frame # would still be -1).
+		//.....................................................................
+		for (i = 0; i < MAX_PLAYERS - 1; i++)
+			their_frame[i] = 0;
+
+		//.....................................................................
+		//	Reset the network response time computation, now that we're both
+		// sending data again  (loading MIX files will have introduced
+		// deceptively large values).
+		//.....................................................................
+		net->Reset_Response_Time();
+
+		//.....................................................................
+		// Initialize the frame timers
+		//.....................................................................
+		if (CommProtocol == COMM_PROTOCOL_MULTI_E_COMP) {
+			Process_Send_Period(net);
+		}
+
+	} 	// end of Frame 0 wait
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	// Adjust connection timing parameters every 128 frames.
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	else if ( (Frame & 0x007f) == 0) {
+		//
+		// If we're using the new spiffy protocol, do proper timing handling.
+		// If we're the net "master", compute our desired frame rate & new
+		// 'MaxAhead' value.
+		//
+		if (CommProtocol == COMM_PROTOCOL_MULTI_E_COMP) {
+
+			//
+			// All systems will transmit their required process time.
+			//
+			Generate_Process_Time_Event(net);
+
+			//
+			// The game "host" will transmit timing adjustment events.
+			//
+			if (MPlayerLocalID == MPlayerID[0]) {
+				Generate_Real_Timing_Event(net, my_sent);
+			}
+		} else {
+			//
+			// For the older protocols, do the old broken timing handling.
+			//
+			Generate_Timing_Event(net, my_sent);
+		}
+	}
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	Compute the Game's CRC
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Compute_Game_CRC();
+	CRC[Frame & 0x001f] = GameCRC;
+	//unsigned long save_crc = GameCRC;
+	//Print_CRCs((EventClass *)NULL);
+	//GameCRC = save_crc;
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	// Only process every 'FrameSendRate' frames
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	if (CommProtocol == COMM_PROTOCOL_MULTI_E_COMP) {
+		if (!Process_Send_Period(net)) {
+			if (IsMono) {
+				MonoClass::Disable();
+			}
+			return;
+		}
+	}
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	// Send our data packet(s); update my command-sent counter
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	my_sent += Send_Packets(net, multi_packet_buf, multi_packet_max,
+		MPlayerMaxAhead, my_sent);
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	If this is our first time through, we're done.
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	if (Frame==0) {
+		if (IsMono) {
+			MonoClass::Disable();
+		}
+		return;
+	}
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	Frame-sync'ing: wait until it's OK to advance to the next frame.
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	rc = Wait_For_Players (0, net,
+		(MPlayerMaxAhead << 3),
+		MAX ( net->Response_Time() * 3, FRAMESYNC_DLG_TIME*timeout_factor ),
+		FRAMESYNC_TIMEOUT * (timeout_factor*2),
+		multi_packet_buf, my_sent, their_frame,
+		their_sent, their_recv);
+
+	if (rc != RC_NORMAL) {
+		if (rc == RC_NOT_RESPONDING) {
+			CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_SYSTEM_NOT_RESPONDING);
+		}
+		else if (rc == RC_SCENARIO_MISMATCH) {
+			CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_SCENARIOS_DO_NOT_MATCH);
+		}
+		else if (rc == RC_DOLIST_FULL) {
+			CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_QUEUE_FULL);
+		}
+		Stop_Game();
+		return;
+	}
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	Save the DoList to disk, if we're in "Record" mode
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	if (RecordGame) {
+		Queue_Record();
+	}
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	// Execute the DoList; if an error occurs, bail out.
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	if (!Execute_DoList(MPlayerMax, HOUSE_MULTI1, net, NULL,
+		their_frame, their_sent, their_recv)) {
+		Stop_Game();
+		return;
+	}
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	Clean out the DoList
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Clean_DoList(net);
+
+	if (IsMono) {
+		MonoClass::Disable();
+	}
+
+}	// end of Queue_AI_Multiplayer
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Wait_For_Players -- Waits for other systems to come on-line             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This routine performs the most critical logic in multiplayer; that of	*
+ * synchronizing my frame number with those of the other systems.				*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		first_time				1 = 1st time this routine is called					*
+ *		net						ptr to connection manager								*
+ *		resend_delta			time (ticks) between FRAMESYNC resends				*
+ *		dialog_time				time (ticks) until pop up a reconnect dialog		*
+ *		timeout					time (ticks) until we give up the ghost			*
+ *		multi_packet_buf		buffer to store packets in								*
+ *		my_sent					# commands I've sent so far							*
+ *		their_frame				array of their frame #'s								*
+ *		their_sent				array of their CommandCount values					*
+ *		their_recv				array of # cmds I've received from them			*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		RC_NORMAL				OK to advance to the next frame						*
+ *		RC_CANCEL				user hit 'Cancel' at the timeout countdown dlg	*
+ *		RC_NOT_RESPONDING		other player(s) not responding						*
+ *		RC_SCENARIO_MISMATCH	scenario's don't match (first_time only)			*
+ *		RC_DOLIST_FULL			DoList was full											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/21/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static RetcodeType Wait_For_Players(int first_time, ConnManClass *net,
+	int resend_delta, int dialog_time, int timeout, char *multi_packet_buf,
+	int my_sent, long *their_frame, unsigned short *their_sent,
+	unsigned short *their_recv)
+{
+	//........................................................................
+	// Variables for sending, receiving & parsing packets:
+	//........................................................................
+	EventClass *event;					// event ptr for parsing incoming packets
+	int packetlen;							// size of meta-packet sent, & received
+	int id;									// id of other player
+	int messages_this_loop;				// to limit # messages processed each loop
+
+	//........................................................................
+	// Variables used only if 'first_time':
+	//........................................................................
+	int num_ready;							// # players signalling ready
+
+	//........................................................................
+	// Timing variables
+	//........................................................................
+	CountDownTimerClass retry_timer;		// time between FRAMESYNC packet resends
+	CountDownTimerClass dialog_timer;	// time to pop up a dialog
+	CountDownTimerClass timeout_timer;	// general-purpose timeout
+
+	//........................................................................
+	// Dialog variables
+	//........................................................................
+	int reconnect_dlg = 0;				// 1 = the reconnect dialog is displayed
+
+	//........................................................................
+	// Other misc variables
+	//........................................................................
+	KeyNumType input;						// for user input
+	int x,y;									// for map input
+	RetcodeType rc;
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	// Wait to hear from all other players
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	num_ready = 0;
+	retry_timer.Set (resend_delta, true);	// time to retry
+	dialog_timer.Set (dialog_time, true);	// time to show dlg
+	timeout_timer.Set (timeout, true);		// time to bail out
+
+	while (1) {
+
+		Update_Queue_Mono (net, 2);
+
+		//---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		//	Resend a frame-sync packet if longer than one propogation delay goes
+		// by; this prevents a "deadlock".  If he's waiting for me to advance,
+		// but has missed my last few FRAMEINFO packets, I may be waiting for
+		// him to advance.  Resending a FRAMESYNC ensures he knows what frame
+		// number I'm on.
+		//---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		if (!retry_timer.Time()) {
+			retry_timer.Set (resend_delta, true);		// time to retry
+			Update_Queue_Mono (net, 3);
+			Send_FrameSync(net, my_sent);
+		}
+
+		//---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		//	Service the connections
+		//---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		net->Service();
+
+		//---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		//	Pop up a reconnect dialog if enough time goes by
+		//---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		if (!dialog_timer.Time() && SpecialDialog==SDLG_NONE) {
+			if (Process_Reconnect_Dialog(&timeout_timer, their_frame,
+				net->Num_Connections(), (first_time==0), (reconnect_dlg==0))) {
+				return (RC_CANCEL);
+			}
+			reconnect_dlg = 1;
+		}
+
+		//---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		//	Exit if too much time goes by (the other system has crashed or
+		// bailed)
+		//---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		if (!timeout_timer.Time()) {
+			//..................................................................
+			// For the first-time run, just give up; something's wrong.
+			//..................................................................
+			if (first_time) {
+				return (RC_NOT_RESPONDING);
+			}
+			//..................................................................
+			// Otherwise, we're in the middle of a game; so, the modem &
+			// network must deal with a timeout differently.
+			//..................................................................
+			else {
+				Update_Queue_Mono (net, 4);
+
+				if (Handle_Timeout(net, their_frame, their_sent, their_recv)) {
+					Map.Flag_To_Redraw(true);	// erase modem reconnect dialog
+					Map.Render();
+					retry_timer.Set (resend_delta, true);
+					dialog_timer.Set (dialog_time, true);
+					timeout_timer.Set (timeout, true);
+				}
+				else {
+					return (RC_NOT_RESPONDING);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		//---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		//	Check for an incoming message.  We must still process commands
+		// even if 'first_time' is set, in case the other system got my 1st
+		// FRAMESYNC, but I didn't get his; he'll be at the next frame, and
+		// may be sending commands.
+		// We have to limit the number of incoming messages we handle; it's
+		// possible to go into an infinite loop processing modem messages.
+		//---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		messages_this_loop = 0;
+		while ( (messages_this_loop++ < 5) &&
+			net->Get_Private_Message (multi_packet_buf, &packetlen, &id) ) {
+			Update_Queue_Mono (net, 5);
+
+			/*..................................................................
+			Get an event ptr to the incoming message
+			..................................................................*/
+			event = (EventClass *)multi_packet_buf;
+
+			//------------------------------------------------------------------
+			// Special processing for a modem game: process SERIAL packets
+			//------------------------------------------------------------------
+			if (GameToPlay == GAME_MODEM
+				|| GameToPlay == GAME_NULL_MODEM){
+				//|| GameToPlay == GAME_INTERNET) {
+				rc = Process_Serial_Packet(multi_packet_buf, first_time);
+				//...............................................................
+				// SERIAL packet received & processed
+				//...............................................................
+				if (rc == RC_SERIAL_PROCESSED) {
+					net->Service();
+					retry_timer.Set (resend_delta, true);
+					dialog_timer.Set (dialog_time, true);
+					timeout_timer.Set (timeout, true);
+					continue;
+				}
+				//...............................................................
+				// other player has left the game
+				//...............................................................
+				else if (rc == RC_PLAYER_LEFT) {
+					if (first_time) {
+						num_ready++;
+					}
+					break;
+				}
+				//...............................................................
+				// Connection was lost
+				//...............................................................
+				else if (rc == RC_HUNG_UP) {
+					return (RC_NOT_RESPONDING);
+				}
+				//...............................................................
+				// If it was any other type of serial packet, break
+				//...............................................................
+				else if (rc != RC_NORMAL) {
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+
+			//------------------------------------------------------------------
+			//	Process the incoming packet
+			//------------------------------------------------------------------
+			rc = Process_Receive_Packet(net, multi_packet_buf, id, packetlen,
+				their_frame, their_sent, their_recv);
+			//..................................................................
+			// New player heard from
+			//..................................................................
+			if (rc == RC_PLAYER_READY) {
+				num_ready++;
+			}
+			//..................................................................
+			// Scenario's don't match
+			//..................................................................
+			else if (rc == RC_SCENARIO_MISMATCH) {
+				return (RC_SCENARIO_MISMATCH);
+			}
+			//..................................................................
+			// DoList was full
+			//..................................................................
+			else if (rc == RC_DOLIST_FULL) {
+				return (RC_DOLIST_FULL);
+			}
+
+			//..................................................................
+			//	Service the connection, to clean out the receive queues
+			//..................................................................
+			net->Service();
+		}
+
+		//---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		// Debug output
+		//---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Print_Framesync_Values(Frame, MPlayerMaxAhead, net->Num_Connections(),
+			their_recv, their_sent, my_sent);
+
+		//---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		//	Attempt to advance to the next frame.
+		//---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		//.....................................................................
+		// For the first-time run, just check to see if we've heard from
+		// everyone.
+		//.....................................................................
+		if (first_time) {
+			if (num_ready >= net->Num_Connections()) 	break;
+		}
+		//.....................................................................
+		// For in-game processing, we have to check their_sent, their_recv,
+		// their_frame, etc.
+		//.....................................................................
+		else {
+			if (Can_Advance(net, MPlayerMaxAhead, their_frame, their_sent,
+				their_recv)) {
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+
+		//---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		//	Service game stuff.  Servicing the map's input, and rendering the
+		//	map, allows the map to scroll even though we're hung up waiting for
+		//	packets.  Don't do this if 'first_time' is set, since users could be
+		// waiting a very long time for all systems to load the scenario, and
+		// it gets frustrating being able to scroll around without doing
+		// anything.
+		//---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		Call_Back();
+		if (!first_time && SpecialDialog == SDLG_NONE && reconnect_dlg==0) {
+			WWMouse->Erase_Mouse(&HidPage, TRUE);
+			Map.Input(input, x, y);
+			if (input)
+				Keyboard_Process(input);
+			Map.Render();
+		}
+
+	}	/* end of while */
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	If the reconnect dialog was shown, force the map to redraw.
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	if (reconnect_dlg) {
+		Map.Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+		Map.Render();
+	}
+
+	return (RC_NORMAL);
+
+}	// end of Wait_For_Players
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Generate_Timing_Event -- computes & queues a RESPONSE_TIME event        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This routine adjusts the connection timing on the local system; it also	*
+ * optionally generates a RESPONSE_TIME event, to tell all systems to		*
+ * dynamically adjust the current MaxAhead value.  This allows both the		*
+ * MaxAhead & the connection retry logic to have dynamic timing, to adjust	*
+ * to varying line conditions.															*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		net			ptr to connection manager											*
+ *		my_sent		# commands I've sent out so far									*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/21/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static void Generate_Timing_Event(ConnManClass *net, int my_sent)
+{
+	unsigned long resp_time;			// connection response time, in ticks
+	EventClass ev;
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	// Measure the current connection response time.  This time will be in
+	// 60ths of a second, and represents full round-trip time of a packet.
+	// To convert to one-way packet time, divide by 2; to convert to game
+	// frames, divide again by 4, assuming a game rate of 15 fps.
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	resp_time = net->Response_Time();
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	Adjust my connection retry timing; only do this if I've sent out more
+	//	than 5 commands, so I know I have a measure of the response time.
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	if (my_sent > 5) {
+
+		net->Set_Timing (resp_time + 10, -1, (resp_time * 4)+15);
+
+		//.....................................................................
+		// If I'm the network "master", I'm also responsible for updating the
+		// MaxAhead value on all systems, so do that here too.
+		//.....................................................................
+		if (MPlayerLocalID == MPlayerID[0]) {
+			ev.Type = EventClass::RESPONSE_TIME;
+			//..................................................................
+			// For multi-frame compressed events, the MaxAhead must be an even
+			// multiple of the FrameSendRate.
+			//..................................................................
+			if (CommProtocol == COMM_PROTOCOL_MULTI_E_COMP) {
+				ev.Data.FrameInfo.Delay = MAX( ((((resp_time / 8) +
+					(FrameSendRate - 1)) / FrameSendRate) *
+					FrameSendRate), (FrameSendRate * 2) );
+char flip[128];
+sprintf (flip, "C&C95 - Generating timing packet - MaxAhead = %d frames\n", ev.Data.FrameInfo.Delay);
+CCDebugString (flip);
+
+			}
+			//..................................................................
+			// For sending packets every frame, just use the 1-way connection
+			// response time.
+			//..................................................................
+			else {
+				if (GameToPlay == GAME_MODEM
+					|| GameToPlay == GAME_NULL_MODEM){
+					//|| GameToPlay == GAME_INTERNET) {
+					ev.Data.FrameInfo.Delay = MAX( (resp_time / 8),
+						 MODEM_MIN_MAX_AHEAD );
+				}
+				else if (GameToPlay == GAME_IPX || GameToPlay == GAME_INTERNET) {
+					ev.Data.FrameInfo.Delay = MAX( (resp_time / 8),
+						 NETWORK_MIN_MAX_AHEAD );
+				}
+			}
+			OutList.Add(ev);
+		}
+	}
+
+}	// end of Generate_Timing_Event
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Generate_Real_Timing_Event -- Generates a TIMING event                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		net			ptr to connection manager											*
+ *		my_sent		# commands I've sent out so far									*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   07/02/1996 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static void Generate_Real_Timing_Event(ConnManClass *net, int my_sent)
+{
+	unsigned long resp_time;			// connection response time, in ticks
+	EventClass ev;
+	int highest_ticks;
+	int i;
+	int specified_frame_rate;
+	int maxahead;
+
+	//
+	// If we haven't sent out at least 5 guaranteed-delivery packets, don't
+	// bother trying to measure our connection response time; just return.
+	//
+	if (my_sent < 5) {
+		return;
+	}
+
+	//
+	// Find the highest processing time we have stored
+	//
+	highest_ticks = 0;
+	for (i = 0; i < MPlayerCount; i++) {
+		//
+		// If we haven't heard from all systems yet, bail out.
+		//
+		if (TheirProcessTime[i] == -1) {
+			return;
+		}
+		if (TheirProcessTime[i] > highest_ticks) {
+			highest_ticks = TheirProcessTime[i];
+		}
+	}
+
+	//
+	// Compute our "desired" frame rate as the lower of:
+	// - What the user has dialed into the options screen
+	// - What we're really able to run at
+	//
+	if (highest_ticks == 0) {
+		DesiredFrameRate = 60;
+	} else {
+		DesiredFrameRate = 60 / highest_ticks;
+	}
+
+	if (Options.GameSpeed == 0) {
+		specified_frame_rate = 60;
+	} else {
+		specified_frame_rate = 60 / Options.GameSpeed;
+	}
+
+	DesiredFrameRate = MIN (DesiredFrameRate, specified_frame_rate);
+
+	//
+	// Measure the current connection response time.  This time will be in
+	// 60ths of a second, and represents full round-trip time of a packet.
+	// To convert to one-way packet time, divide by 2; to convert to game
+	// frames, ....uh....
+	//
+	resp_time = net->Response_Time();
+
+	//
+	// Compute our new 'MaxAhead' value, based upon the response time of our
+	// connection and our desired frame rate.
+	// 'MaxAhead' in frames is:
+	//
+	// (resp_time / 2 ticks) * (1 sec/60 ticks) * (n Frames / sec)
+	//
+	// resp_time is divided by 2 because, as reported, it represents a round-
+	// trip, and we only want to use a one-way trip.
+	//
+	maxahead = (resp_time * DesiredFrameRate) / (2 * 60);
+
+	//
+	// Now, we have to round 'maxahead' so it's an even multiple of our
+	// send rate.  It also must be at least thrice the FrameSendRate.
+	// (Isn't "thrice" a cool word?)
+	//
+	maxahead = ((maxahead + FrameSendRate - 1) / FrameSendRate) * FrameSendRate;
+	maxahead = MAX (maxahead, FrameSendRate * 3);
+
+	ev.Type = EventClass::TIMING;
+	ev.Data.Timing.DesiredFrameRate = DesiredFrameRate;
+	ev.Data.Timing.MaxAhead = maxahead;
+
+	OutList.Add(ev);
+
+	//
+	//	Adjust my connection retry timing.  These values set the retry timeout
+	// to just over one round-trip time, the 'maxretries' to -1, and the
+	// connection timeout to allow for about 4 retries.
+	//
+	net->Set_Timing (resp_time + 10, -1, (resp_time * 4)+15);
+
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Generate_Process_Time_Event -- Generates a PROCESS_TIME event           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		net			ptr to connection manager											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   07/02/1996 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static void Generate_Process_Time_Event(ConnManClass *net)
+{
+	EventClass ev;
+	int avgticks;
+	unsigned long resp_time;			// connection response time, in ticks
+
+	//
+	// Measure the current connection response time.  This time will be in
+	// 60ths of a second, and represents full round-trip time of a packet.
+	// To convert to one-way packet time, divide by 2; to convert to game
+	// frames, ....uh....
+	//
+	resp_time = net->Response_Time();
+
+	//
+	//	Adjust my connection retry timing.  These values set the retry timeout
+	// to just over one round-trip time, the 'maxretries' to -1, and the
+	// connection timeout to allow for about 4 retries.
+	//
+	net->Set_Timing (resp_time + 10, -1, (resp_time * 4)+15);
+
+	if (IsMono) {
+		MonoClass::Enable();
+		Mono_Set_Cursor(0,23);
+		Mono_Printf("Processing Ticks:%03d Frames:%03d\n", ProcessTicks,ProcessFrames);
+		MonoClass::Disable();
+	}
+
+	avgticks = ProcessTicks / ProcessFrames;
+
+	ev.Type = EventClass::PROCESS_TIME;
+	ev.Data.ProcessTime.AverageTicks = avgticks;
+char flip[128];
+sprintf (flip, "C&C95 - Sending PROCESS_TIME packet of %04x ticks\n", ev.Data.ProcessTime.AverageTicks);
+CCDebugString (flip);
+
+	OutList.Add(ev);
+
+	ProcessTicks = 0;
+	ProcessFrames = 0;
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Process_Send_Period -- timing for sending packets every 'n' frames      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This function is for a CommProtocol of COMM_PROTOCOL_MULTI_E_COMP only.	*
+ * It determines if it's time to send a packet or not.							*
+ *																									*
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		net		ptr to connection manager												*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		1 = it's time to send a packet; 0 = don't send a packet this frame.	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/21/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static int Process_Send_Period(ConnManClass *net)
+{
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	// If the current frame # is not an even multiple of 'FrameSendRate', then
+	// it's not time to send a packet; just return.
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	if (Frame != (((Frame + (FrameSendRate - 1)) /
+		FrameSendRate) * FrameSendRate) ) {
+
+		net->Service();
+
+		if (IsMono) {
+			MonoClass::Disable();
+		}
+
+		return (0);
+	}
+
+	return (1);
+
+}	// end of Process_Send_Period
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Send_Packets -- sends out events from the OutList                       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This routine computes how many events can be sent this frame, and then	*
+ * builds the "meta-packet" & sends it.												*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * The 'cap' value is the max # of events we can send.  Ideally, it should	*
+ * be based upon the bandwidth of our connection.  Currently, it's just		*
+ * hardcoded to prevent the modem from having to resend "too much" data,	*
+ * which is about 200 bytes per frame.													*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		net						ptr to connection manager								*
+ *		multi_packet_buf		buffer to store packets in								*
+ *		multi_packet_max		max size of multi_packet_buf							*
+ *		max_ahead				current game MaxAhead value							*
+ *		my_sent					# commands I've sent this game						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		# events sent, NOT including the FRAMEINFO event							*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/21/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static int Send_Packets(ConnManClass *net, char *multi_packet_buf,
+	int multi_packet_max, int max_ahead, int my_sent)
+{
+	int cap;				// max # events to send, NOT including FRAMEINFO event
+	int do_once;		// true: only go through packet loop once
+	int ack_req;		// 0 = no ack required on outgoing packet
+	int packetlen;		// size of meta-packet sent
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	Determine how many events it's OK to send this frame.
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//........................................................................
+	// If we have 4 or more packets queue'd for sending, don't add any more
+	// this frame.
+	//........................................................................
+	if (net->Private_Num_Send() >= 4) {
+		cap = 0;
+		do_once = 1;
+	}
+	//........................................................................
+	// If there are 2 or more packets queued, the entire packet we send must
+	// fit within a single ComQueue buffer, so limit # events to 5.
+	// (The Modem connection manager has a max buffer size of 200 bytes, which
+	// is large enough for 6 uncompressed events, which leaves room for 5
+	// events plus a FRAMEINFO.)
+	//........................................................................
+	else if (net->Private_Num_Send() >= 2) {
+		cap = 5;
+		do_once = 1;
+
+	}
+	//........................................................................
+	// Otherwise, just send all events in the OutList
+	//........................................................................
+	else {
+		cap = OutList.Count;
+		do_once = 0;
+	}
+	//........................................................................
+	// Make sure we aren't sending more events than are in the OutList
+	//........................................................................
+	if (cap > OutList.Count) {
+		cap = OutList.Count;
+	}
+
+	//........................................................................
+	// Make sure we don't send so many events that our DoList fills up
+	//........................................................................
+	if (cap > (MAX_EVENTS * 8) - DoList.Count) {
+		cap = (MAX_EVENTS * 8) - DoList.Count;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** No cap for internet game
+	**
+	** Or for serial games for that matter ST - 5/31/96 4:00PM
+	*/
+	if (GameToPlay == GAME_INTERNET || GameToPlay == GAME_MODEM || GameToPlay == GAME_NULL_MODEM){
+		cap = OutList.Count;
+		do_once = 0;
+	}
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	Build our meta-packet & transmit it.
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	while (1) {
+
+		Update_Queue_Mono (net, 1);
+
+		//.....................................................................
+		//	If there are no commands this frame, we'll just be sending a FRAMEINFO
+		//	packet; no ack is required.  For the modem's sake, check
+		// MPlayerCount; no ACK is needed if we're just sending to someone
+		// who's left the game.
+		//.....................................................................
+		if (cap == 0 || OutList.Count == 0 || MPlayerCount == 1) {
+			ack_req = 0;
+		}
+		else {
+			ack_req = 1;
+		}
+
+		//.....................................................................
+		//	Build & send out our message
+		//.....................................................................
+		packetlen = Build_Send_Packet (multi_packet_buf, multi_packet_max,
+			max_ahead, my_sent, cap);
+		net->Send_Private_Message (multi_packet_buf, packetlen, ack_req);
+
+		//.....................................................................
+		//	Call Service() to actually send the packet
+		//.....................................................................
+		net->Service();
+
+		//.....................................................................
+		//	Stop if there's no more data to send, or if our send queue is
+		// filling up.
+		//.....................................................................
+		if (OutList.Count == 0 || do_once) {
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return (cap);
+
+}	// end of Send_Packets
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Send_FrameSync -- Sends a FRAMESYNC packet                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This routine is used to periodically remind the other systems that 		*
+ * we're still here, and to tell them what frame # we're on, in case			*
+ * they've missed my FRAMEINFO packets.												*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		net				ptr to connection manager										*
+ *		cmd_count		# commands I've sent so far									*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/21/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static void Send_FrameSync(ConnManClass *net, int cmd_count)
+{
+	EventClass packet;
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	Build a frame-sync event to send.  FRAMESYNC packets contain a
+	// scenario-based CRC rather than a game-state-based CRC, to let the
+	// games compare scenario CRC's on startup.
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	memset (&packet, 0, sizeof(EventClass));
+	packet.Type = EventClass::FRAMESYNC;
+	if (CommProtocol == COMM_PROTOCOL_MULTI_E_COMP) {
+		packet.Frame = ((Frame + MPlayerMaxAhead + (FrameSendRate - 1)) /
+			 FrameSendRate) * FrameSendRate;
+	}
+	else {
+		packet.Frame = Frame + MPlayerMaxAhead;
+	}
+	packet.ID = Houses.ID(PlayerPtr);
+	packet.MPlayerID = MPlayerLocalID;
+	packet.Data.FrameInfo.CRC = ScenarioCRC;
+	packet.Data.FrameInfo.CommandCount = cmd_count;
+	packet.Data.FrameInfo.Delay = MPlayerMaxAhead;
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	// Send the event.  For modem, this just sends to the other player;
+	// for network, it sends to everyone we're connected to.
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	net->Send_Private_Message (&packet, (offsetof(EventClass, Data) +
+		size_of(EventClass, Data.FrameInfo)), 0 );
+
+	return;
+
+}	// end of Send_FrameSync
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Process_Receive_Packet -- processes an incoming packet                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This routine receives a packet from another system, adds it to our		*
+ * execution queue (the DoList), and updates my arrays of their frame #,	*
+ * their commands-sent, and their commands-received.								*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		net					ptr to connection manager									*
+ *		multi_packet_buf	buffer containing packet(s) to parse					*
+ *		id						id of sender													*
+ *		their_frame			array containing frame #'s of other players			*
+ *		their_sent			array containing command count of other players		*
+ *		their_recv			array containing # recv'd cmds from other players	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		RC_NORMAL:					nothing unusual happened, although 				*
+ * 									their_sent or their_recv may have been 		*
+ *										altered													*
+ *		RC_PLAYER_READY:			player has been heard from for the 1st time; *
+ * 									this presumes that his original 					*
+ * 									'their_frame[]' value was -1 when this 		*
+ * 									routine was called									*
+ *		RC_SCENARIO_MISMATCH:	FRAMEINFO scenario CRC doesn't match; 			*
+ * 									normally only applies after loading a new 	*
+ * 									scenario or save-game								*
+ *		RC_DOLIST_FULL:			fatal error; unable to add events to DoList	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/21/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static RetcodeType Process_Receive_Packet(ConnManClass *net,
+	char *multi_packet_buf, int id, int packetlen, long *their_frame,
+	unsigned short *their_sent, unsigned short *their_recv)
+{
+	EventClass *event;
+	int index;
+	RetcodeType retcode = RC_NORMAL;
+	int i;
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	Get an event ptr to the incoming message
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	event = (EventClass *)multi_packet_buf;
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	Get the index of the sender
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	index = net->Connection_Index(id);
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	Compute the other player's frame # (at the time this packet was sent)
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	if (their_frame[index] <
+		(int)(event->Frame - event->Data.FrameInfo.Delay)) {
+
+		//.....................................................................
+		// If the original frame # for this player is -1, it means we've heard
+		// from this player for the 1st time; return the appropriate value.
+		//.....................................................................
+		if (their_frame[index]==-1) {
+			retcode = RC_PLAYER_READY;
+		}
+
+		their_frame[index] = event->Frame - event->Data.FrameInfo.Delay;
+	}
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	Extract the other player's CommandCount.  This count will include
+	//	the commands in this packet, if there are any.
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	if (event->Data.FrameInfo.CommandCount > their_sent[index]) {
+		their_sent[index] = event->Data.FrameInfo.CommandCount;
+	}
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	If this packet was not a FRAMESYNC packet:
+	//	- Add the events in it to our DoList
+	//	- Increment our commands-received counter by the number of non-
+	//	  FRAMEINFO packets received
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	if (event->Type != EventClass::FRAMESYNC) {
+		//.....................................................................
+		// Break up the packet into its component events.  A returned packet
+		// count of -1 indicates a fatal queue-full error.
+		//.....................................................................
+		i = Breakup_Receive_Packet( multi_packet_buf, packetlen);
+		if (i==-1) {
+			return (RC_DOLIST_FULL);
+		}
+		//.....................................................................
+		// Compute the actual # commands in the packet by subtracting off the
+		// FRAMEINFO event
+		//.....................................................................
+		if ( (event->Type==EventClass::FRAMEINFO) && (i > 0)) {
+			i--;
+		}
+
+		their_recv[index] += i;
+	}
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	If the event was a FRAMESYNC packet, there will be no commands to add,
+	//	but we must check the ScenarioCRC value.
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	else if (event->Data.FrameInfo.CRC != ScenarioCRC) {
+		return (RC_SCENARIO_MISMATCH);
+	}
+
+	return (retcode);
+
+}	// end of Process_Receive_Packet
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Process_Serial_Packet -- Handles an incoming serial packet              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This routine is needed because the modem classes don't support a 			*
+ * "global channel" like the network classes do, but that functionality is	*
+ * still needed for modem communications.  Specifically, the modem dialogs	*
+ * transmit their own special packets back & forth, and messages are sent	*
+ * using a special packet type.  Thus, we have to call this routine when	*
+ * we receive a modem packet, to allow it to process messages & dialog		*
+ * packets.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		multi_packet_buf		packet buffer to process								*
+ *		first_time				1 = this is the 1st game frame						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		RC_NORMAL:				this wasn't a SERIAL-type packet						*
+ *		RC_SERIAL_PROCESSED:	this was a SERIAL-type packet, and was 			*
+ * 								processed; the other player is still connected,	*
+ * 								even if he's not in the game.							*
+ *		RC_PLAYER_LEFT:		other player has left the game						*
+ *		RC_HUNG_UP:				we're getting our own packets back; thus, the 	*
+ * 								modem is mirroring our packets, which means the *
+ * 								modem hung up!												*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/21/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static RetcodeType Process_Serial_Packet(char *multi_packet_buf,
+	int first_time)
+{
+	SerialPacketType 	*serial_packet;		// for parsing serial packets
+	int 					player_gone;
+	EventClass 			*event;
+	char 					txt[MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH+80];
+	unsigned short		magic_number;
+	unsigned short		crc;
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	Determine if this packet means that the other player has left the game
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	serial_packet = (SerialPacketType *)multi_packet_buf;
+	player_gone = 0;
+	//........................................................................
+	// On Frame 0, only a SIGN_OFF means the other player left; the other
+	// packet types may be left over from a previous session.
+	//........................................................................
+	if (first_time) {
+		if (serial_packet->Command == SERIAL_SIGN_OFF) {
+			player_gone = 1;
+		}
+	}
+	//........................................................................
+	// On subsequent frames, any of SIGN_OFF, TIMING, or SCORE_SCREEN means
+	// the other player is gone.
+	//........................................................................
+	else {
+		if (serial_packet->Command == SERIAL_SIGN_OFF ||
+			serial_packet->Command == SERIAL_TIMING ||
+			serial_packet->Command == SERIAL_SCORE_SCREEN ) {
+			player_gone = 1;
+		}
+	}
+	if (player_gone) {
+		Destroy_Null_Connection(serial_packet->Color, 0);
+		return (RC_PLAYER_LEFT);
+	}
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	// Process an incoming message
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	if (serial_packet->Command == SERIAL_MESSAGE) {
+		sprintf(txt, Text_String(TXT_FROM), serial_packet->Name,
+			serial_packet->Message);
+
+		magic_number = *((unsigned short*)(serial_packet->Message + COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-4));
+		crc = *((unsigned short*)(serial_packet->Message + COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH-2));
+
+		Messages.Add_Message (txt,
+			MPlayerTColors[MPlayerID_To_ColorIndex(serial_packet->ID)],
+			TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_FULLSHADOW, 600, magic_number, crc);
+
+		//.....................................................................
+		//	Save this message in our last-message buffer
+		//.....................................................................
+		if (strlen (serial_packet->Message)) {
+			strcpy (LastMessage, serial_packet->Message);
+		}
+
+		//.....................................................................
+		//	Tell the map to do a partial update (just to force the
+		// messages to redraw).
+		//.....................................................................
+		Map.Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+		return (RC_SERIAL_PROCESSED);
+	}
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	// Any other SERIAL-type packet means the other player is still there;
+	// throw them away, but let the caller know the connection is OK.
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	if ( (serial_packet->Command >= SERIAL_CONNECT &&
+		serial_packet->Command < SERIAL_LAST_COMMAND) ||
+		MPlayerCount == 1) {
+		return (RC_SERIAL_PROCESSED);
+	}
+
+	//........................................................................
+	//	are we getting our own packets back??
+	//........................................................................
+	event = (EventClass *)multi_packet_buf;
+	if (event->ID == Houses.ID(PlayerPtr)) {
+		return (RC_HUNG_UP);
+	}
+
+	return (RC_NORMAL);
+
+}	// end of Process_Serial_Packet
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Can_Advance -- determines if it's OK to advance to the next frame       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This routine uses the current values stored in their_frame[], 				*
+ * their_send[], and their_recv[] to see if it's OK to advance to the next	*
+ * game frame.  We must not advance if:												*
+ * - If our frame # would be too far ahead of the slowest player (the 		*
+ *   lowest their_frame[] value).  "Too far" means 								*
+ *   (Frame > their_frame + MaxAhead).													*
+ * - our current command count doesn't match the sent command count of one	*
+ *   other player (meaning that we've missed a command packet from that 	*
+ *   player, and thus the frame # we're receiving from him may be due to a	*
+ *   FRAMEINFO packet sent later than the command, so we shouldn't use 		*
+ *   this frame # to see if we should advance; we should wait until we 		*
+ *   have all the commands before we advance.										*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * Of course, this routine assumes the values in their_frame[] etc are		*
+ * kept current by the caller.															*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		net				ptr to connection manager										*
+ *		max_ahead		max frames ahead													*
+ *		their_frame		array of their frame #'s										*
+ *		their_sent		array of their sent command count							*
+ *		their_recv		array of their # received commands							*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		1 = OK to advance; 0 = not OK														*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/21/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static int Can_Advance(ConnManClass *net, int max_ahead, long *their_frame,
+	unsigned short *their_sent, unsigned short *their_recv)
+{
+	long their_oldest_frame;			// other players' oldest frame #
+	int count_ok;							// true = my cmd count matches theirs
+	int i;
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	// Special case for modem: if the other player has left, go ahead and
+	// advance to the next frame; don't wait on him.
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	if (MPlayerCount == 1) {
+		return (1);
+	}
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	Find the oldest frame # in 'their_frame'
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	their_oldest_frame = Frame + 1000;
+	for (i = 0; i < net->Num_Connections(); i++) {
+		if (their_frame[i] < their_oldest_frame)
+			their_oldest_frame = their_frame[i];
+	}
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	I can advance to the next frame IF:
+	//	1) I'm less than a one-way propogation delay ahead of the other
+	//    players' frame numbers, AND
+	//	2) their_recv[i] >= their_sent[i] (ie I've received all the commands
+	//	   the other players have sent so far).
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	count_ok = 1;
+	for (i = 0; i < net->Num_Connections(); i++) {
+		if (their_recv[i] < their_sent[i]) {
+			count_ok = 0;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	if (count_ok && (Frame < (their_oldest_frame + max_ahead))) {
+		return (1);
+	}
+
+	return (0);
+
+}	// end of Can_Advance
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Process_Reconnect_Dialog -- processes the reconnection dialog           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This routine [re]draws the reconnection dialog; if 'reconn' is set,		*
+ * it tells the user who we're trying to reconnect to; otherwise, is just	*
+ * says something generic like "Waiting for connections".						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		timeout_timer	ptr to count down timer, showing time remaining			*
+ *		their_frame		array of other players' frame #'s							*
+ *		num_conn			# connections in 'their_frame'								*
+ *		reconn			1 = reconnect, 0 = waiting for first-time connection	*
+ *		fresh				1 = draw from scratch, 0 = only update time counter	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		1 = user wants to cancel, 0 = not												*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/21/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static int Process_Reconnect_Dialog(CountDownTimerClass *timeout_timer,
+	long *their_frame, int num_conn, int reconn, int fresh)
+{
+	static int displayed_time = 0;	// time value currently displayed
+	int new_time;
+	int oldest_index;						// index of person requiring a reconnect
+	int i,j;
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	// Convert the timer to seconds
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	new_time = timeout_timer->Time() / 60;
+
+	//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	// If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+	// we need to redraw the whole dialog.
+	//--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+		AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+		fresh = true;
+	}
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	// If the timer has changed, or 'fresh' is set, redraw the dialog
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	if (fresh || (new_time != displayed_time)) {
+		//.....................................................................
+		// Find the index of the person we're trying to reconnect to
+		//.....................................................................
+		if (reconn) {
+			j = 0x7fffffff;
+			oldest_index = 0;
+			for (i = 0; i < num_conn; i++) {
+				if (their_frame[i] < j) {
+					j = their_frame[i];
+					oldest_index = i;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		Net_Reconnect_Dialog(reconn, fresh, oldest_index, new_time);
+	}
+	displayed_time = new_time;
+
+	//........................................................................
+	//	If user hits ESC, bail out
+	//........................................................................
+	if (Check_Key()) {
+		if (Get_Key_Num()==KN_ESC) {
+			return (1);
+		}
+	}
+
+	return (0);
+
+}	// end of Process_Reconnect_Dialog
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Handle_Timeout -- handles a timeout in the wait-for-players loop			*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This routine "gracefully" handles a timeout in the frame-sync loop.		*
+ * The timeout must be handled differently by a modem game or network 		*
+ * game.																							*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * The modem game must detect if the other player is still connected			*
+ * physically, even if he's not playing the game any more; if so, this		*
+ * routine returns an OK status.  If the other player isn't even 				*
+ * physically connected, an error is returned.										*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * The network game must find the connection that's causing the timeout,	*
+ * and destroy it.  The game continues, even if there are no more human		*
+ * players left.																				*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		net					ptr to connection manager									*
+ *		their_frame			array containing frame #'s of other players			*
+ *		their_sent			array containing command count of other players		*
+ *		their_recv			array containing # recv'd cmds from other players	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		1 = it's OK; reset timeout timers & keep processing						*
+ *		0 = game over, man																	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/21/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static int Handle_Timeout(ConnManClass *net, long *their_frame,
+	unsigned short *their_sent, unsigned short *their_recv)
+{
+	int oldest_index;						// index of person requiring a reconnect
+	int i,j;
+	int id;
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	// For modem, attempt to reconnect; if that fails, save the game & bail.
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	if (GameToPlay == GAME_MODEM || GameToPlay == GAME_NULL_MODEM) {
+		if ( net->Num_Connections() ) {
+			if (!Reconnect_Modem()) {
+				return (0);
+			}
+			else {
+				return (1);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	For network, destroy the oldest connection
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	else if (GameToPlay == GAME_IPX || GameToPlay == GAME_INTERNET) {
+		j = 0x7fffffff;
+		oldest_index = 0;
+		for (i = 0; i < net->Num_Connections(); i++) {
+			if (their_frame[i] < j) {
+				j = their_frame[i];
+				oldest_index = i;
+			}
+		}
+
+		id = net->Connection_ID(oldest_index);
+
+		/*
+		** Send the game statistics packet now if the game is effectivly over
+		*/
+		if (MPlayerCount == 2 &&
+				GameToPlay == GAME_INTERNET &&
+				!GameStatisticsPacketSent){
+			Register_Game_End_Time();
+			ConnectionLost = true;
+			Send_Statistics_Packet();
+		}
+
+		if (id != ConnManClass::CONNECTION_NONE) {
+			for (i = oldest_index; i < net->Num_Connections() - 1; i++) {
+				their_frame[i] = their_frame[i+1];
+				their_sent[i] = their_sent[i+1];
+				their_recv[i] = their_recv[i+1];
+			}
+			CCDebugString ("C&C95 = Destroying connection due to time out\n");
+			Destroy_Connection(id,1);
+		}
+	}
+
+	return (1);
+
+}	// end of Handle_Timeout
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Stop_Game -- stops the game															*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This routine clears any global flags that need it, in preparation for	*
+ * halting the game prematurely.															*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/22/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static void Stop_Game(void)
+{
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - In Stop_Game.\n");
+	GameActive = 0;
+	if (IsMono) {
+		MonoClass::Disable();
+	}
+
+	if (GameToPlay == GAME_INTERNET){
+		ConnectionLost = true;
+		CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to send statistics packet.\n");
+		Register_Game_End_Time();
+		Send_Statistics_Packet();
+		CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Returned from sending stats packet.\n");
+	}
+
+	return;
+
+}	// end of Stop_Game
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Build_Send_Packet -- Builds a big packet from a bunch of little ones.	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This routine takes events from the OutList, and puts them into a 			*
+ * "meta-packet", which is transmitted to all systems we're connected to.	*
+ * Also, these events are added to our own DoList.									*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * Every Meta-Packet we send uses a FRAMEINFO packet as a header; this 		*
+ * tells the other systems what frame we're on, as well as serving as a 	*
+ * standard packet header.																	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		buf				buffer to store packet in										*
+ *		bufsize			max size of buffer												*
+ *		frame_delay		desired frame delay to attach to all outgoing packets	*
+ *		num_cmds			value to use for the CommandCount field					*
+ *		cap				max # events to send												*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		new size of packet																	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ * 'num_cmds' should be the total of of commands, including all those sent *
+ * this frame!																					*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/21/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static int Build_Send_Packet(void *buf, int bufsize, int frame_delay,
+	int num_cmds, int cap)
+{
+	int size = 0;
+	EventClass *finfo;
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	// All events start with a FRAMEINFO event; fill this part in.
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//........................................................................
+	// Set the event type
+	//........................................................................
+	finfo = (EventClass *)buf;
+	finfo->Type = EventClass::FRAMEINFO;
+	//........................................................................
+	// Set the frame to execute this event on; this is protocol-specific
+	//........................................................................
+	if (CommProtocol == COMM_PROTOCOL_MULTI_E_COMP) {
+		finfo->Frame = ((Frame + frame_delay + (FrameSendRate - 1)) /
+			 FrameSendRate) * FrameSendRate;
+	}
+	else {
+		finfo->Frame = Frame + frame_delay;
+	}
+	//........................................................................
+	// Fill in the rest of the event
+	//........................................................................
+	finfo->ID = Houses.ID(PlayerPtr);
+	finfo->MPlayerID = MPlayerLocalID;
+	finfo->Data.FrameInfo.CRC = GameCRC;
+	finfo->Data.FrameInfo.CommandCount = num_cmds;
+	finfo->Data.FrameInfo.Delay = frame_delay;
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	// Initialize the # of bytes processed; this is protocol-specific
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	if (CommProtocol==COMM_PROTOCOL_SINGLE_NO_COMP) {
+		size += sizeof(EventClass);
+	}
+	else {
+		size += (offsetof(EventClass, Data) +
+			size_of(EventClass, Data.FrameInfo));
+	}
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	Transfer all events from the OutList into the DoList, building our
+	//	packet while we go.
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	switch (CommProtocol) {
+		//.....................................................................
+		// COMM_PROTOCOL_SINGLE_NO_COMP:
+		// We'll send at least a FRAMEINFO every single frame, no compression
+		//.....................................................................
+		case (COMM_PROTOCOL_SINGLE_NO_COMP):
+			size = Add_Uncompressed_Events(buf, bufsize, frame_delay, size, cap);
+			break;
+
+		//.....................................................................
+		// COMM_PROTOCOL_SINGLE_E_COMP:
+		//   Compress a group of packets into our send buffer; send out
+		//   compressed packets every frame.
+		// COMM_PROTOCOL_MULTI_E_COMP:
+		//   Compress a group of packets into our send buffer; send out
+		//   compressed packets every 'n' frames.
+		//.....................................................................
+		case (COMM_PROTOCOL_SINGLE_E_COMP):
+		case (COMM_PROTOCOL_MULTI_E_COMP):
+			size = Add_Compressed_Events(buf, bufsize, frame_delay, size, cap);
+			break;
+
+		//.....................................................................
+		// Default: We have no idea what to do, so do nothing.
+		//.....................................................................
+		default:
+			size = 0;
+			break;
+	}
+
+	return( size );
+
+}	/* end of Build_Send_Packet */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Add_Uncompressed_Events -- adds uncompressed events to a packet         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		buf				buffer to store packet in										*
+ *		bufsize			max size of buffer												*
+ *		frame_delay		desired frame delay to attach to all outgoing packets	*
+ *		size				current packet size												*
+ *		cap				max # events to process											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		new size value																			*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		This routine MUST check to be sure it doesn't overflow the buffer.	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/21/1995 DRD : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static int Add_Uncompressed_Events(void *buf, int bufsize, int frame_delay,
+	int size, int cap)
+{
+	int num = 0;			// # of events processed
+	int ev_size;			// size of event we're adding
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	// Loop until there are no more events, or we've processed our max # of
+	// events, or the buffer is full.
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	while (OutList.Count && (num < cap)) {
+		ev_size = sizeof(EventClass);
+		//.....................................................................
+		// Will the next event exceed the size of the buffer?  If so, break.
+		//.....................................................................
+		if ( (size + ev_size) > bufsize ) {
+			return (size);
+		}
+
+		//.....................................................................
+		// Set the event's frame delay
+		//.....................................................................
+		OutList.First().Frame = Frame + frame_delay;
+
+		//.....................................................................
+		// Set the event's ID
+		//.....................................................................
+		OutList.First().ID = Houses.ID(PlayerPtr);
+		OutList.First().MPlayerID = MPlayerLocalID;
+
+		//.....................................................................
+		// Transfer the event in OutList to DoList, un-queue the OutList
+		// event.  If the DoList is full, stop transferring immediately.
+		//.....................................................................
+		OutList.First().IsExecuted = 0;
+		if (!DoList.Add(OutList.First())) {
+			return (size);
+		}
+
+		//.....................................................................
+		// Add event to the send packet
+		//.....................................................................
+		memcpy ( ((char *)buf) + size, &OutList.First(), sizeof(EventClass) );
+		size += sizeof(EventClass);
+
+		//.....................................................................
+		// Increment our event counter; delete the last event from the queue
+		//.....................................................................
+		num++;
+		OutList.Next();
+	}
+
+	return (size);
+
+}	// end of Add_Uncompressed_Events
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Add_Compressed_Events -- adds an compressed events to a packet          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		buf				buffer to store packet in										*
+ *		bufsize			max size of buffer												*
+ *		frame_delay		desired frame delay to attach to all outgoing packets	*
+ *		size				reference to current packet size								*
+ *		cap				max # events to process											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		new size value																			*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		This routine MUST check to be sure it doesn't overflow the buffer.	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/21/1995 DRD : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static int Add_Compressed_Events(void *buf, int bufsize, int frame_delay,
+	int size, int cap)
+{
+	int num = 0;							// # of events processed
+	EventClass::EventType eventtype;	// type of event being compressed
+	EventClass prevevent;				// last event processed
+	int datasize;							// size of element plucked from event union
+	int storedsize;						// actual # bytes stored from event
+	unsigned char *unitsptr = NULL;	// ptr to buffer pos to store mega. rep count
+	unsigned char numunits = 0;		// megamission rep count value
+	bool missiondup = false;			// flag: is this event a megamission repeat?
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	// clear previous event
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	memset (&prevevent, 0, sizeof(EventClass));
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	// Loop until there are no more events, we've processed our max # of
+	// events, or the buffer is full.
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	while (OutList.Count && (num < cap)) {
+		eventtype = OutList.First().Type;
+		datasize = EventClass::EventLength[ eventtype ];
+		//.....................................................................
+		// For a variable-sized event, pull the size from the event; otherwise,
+		// the size will be the data element size plus the event type value.
+		//.....................................................................
+		storedsize = datasize + sizeof (EventClass::EventType);
+
+		//.....................................................................
+		// MegaMission compression:  MegaMissions are stored as:
+		//   EventType
+		//   Rep Count
+		//   MegaMission structure (event # 1 only)
+		//   Whom #2
+		//   Whom #3
+		//   Whom #4
+		//   ...
+		//   Whom #n
+		//.....................................................................
+		if (prevevent.Type == EventClass::MEGAMISSION) {
+			//..................................................................
+			// If previous & current events are both MegaMissions:
+			//..................................................................
+			if (eventtype == EventClass::MEGAMISSION) {
+				//...............................................................
+				// If the Mission, Target, & Destination are the same, compress
+				// the events into one:
+				// - Change datasize to the size of the 'Whom' field only
+				// - set total # bytes to store to the size of the 'Whom' only
+				// - increment the MegaMission rep count
+				// - set the MegaMission rep flag
+				//...............................................................
+				if (OutList.First().Data.MegaMission.Mission ==
+					prevevent.Data.MegaMission.Mission &&
+					OutList.First().Data.MegaMission.Target ==
+						prevevent.Data.MegaMission.Target &&
+					OutList.First().Data.MegaMission.Destination ==
+						prevevent.Data.MegaMission.Destination) {
+
+					datasize = sizeof(prevevent.Data.MegaMission.Whom);
+					storedsize = datasize;
+					numunits++;
+					missiondup = true;
+				}
+				//...............................................................
+				// Data doesn't match; start a new run of MegaMissions:
+				// - Store previous MegaMission rep count
+				// - Init 'unitsptr' to buffer pos after next EventType
+				// - set total # bytes to store to 'datasize' + sizeof(EventType) +
+				//   sizeof (numunits)
+				// - init the MegaMission rep count to 1
+				// - clear the MegaMission rep flag
+				//...............................................................
+				else {
+					*unitsptr = numunits;
+					unitsptr = ((unsigned char *)buf) + size +
+						sizeof(EventClass::EventType);
+					storedsize += sizeof(numunits);
+					numunits = 1;
+					missiondup = false;
+				}
+			}
+			//..................................................................
+			// Previous event was a MegaMission, but this one isn't: end the
+			// run of MegaMissions:
+			// - Store previous MegaMission rep count
+			// - Clear variables
+			//..................................................................
+			else {
+				*unitsptr = numunits;		// save # events in our run
+				unitsptr = NULL;				// init other values
+				numunits = 0;
+				missiondup = false;
+			}
+		}
+
+		//.....................................................................
+		// The previous event is not a MEGAMISSION but the current event is:
+		// Set up a new run of MegaMissions:
+		// - Init 'unitsptr' to buffer pos after next EventType
+		// - set total # bytes to store to 'datasize' + sizeof(EventType) +
+		//   sizeof (numunits)
+		// - init the MegaMission rep count to 1
+		// - clear the MegaMission rep flag
+		//.....................................................................
+		else if (eventtype == EventClass::MEGAMISSION) {
+			unitsptr = ((unsigned char *)buf) + size +
+				sizeof(EventClass::EventType);
+			storedsize += sizeof(numunits);
+			numunits = 1;
+			missiondup = false;
+		}
+
+		//.....................................................................
+		// Will the next event exceed the size of the buffer?  If so,
+		// stop compressing.
+		//.....................................................................
+		if ( (size + storedsize) > bufsize )
+			break;
+
+		//.....................................................................
+		// Set the event's frame delay (this is protocol-dependent)
+		//.....................................................................
+		if (CommProtocol == COMM_PROTOCOL_MULTI_E_COMP) {
+			OutList.First().Frame = ((Frame + frame_delay +
+				(FrameSendRate - 1)) / FrameSendRate) *
+				FrameSendRate;
+		}
+		else {
+			OutList.First().Frame = Frame + frame_delay;
+		}
+
+		//.....................................................................
+		// Set the event's ID
+		//.....................................................................
+		OutList.First().ID = Houses.ID(PlayerPtr);
+		OutList.First().MPlayerID = MPlayerLocalID;
+
+		//.....................................................................
+		// Transfer the event in OutList to DoList, un-queue the OutList event.
+		// If the DoList is full, stop transferring immediately.
+		//.....................................................................
+		OutList.First().IsExecuted = 0;
+		if ( !DoList.Add( OutList.First() ) ) {
+			break;
+		}
+
+		//---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		// Compress the event into the send packet buffer
+		//---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		switch ( eventtype ) {
+			//..................................................................
+			// RESPONSE_TIME: just use the Delay field of the FrameInfo union
+			//..................................................................
+			case (EventClass::RESPONSE_TIME):
+
+				*(EventClass::EventType *)( ((char *)buf) + size) = eventtype;
+
+				memcpy ( ((char *)buf) + size + sizeof(EventClass::EventType),
+					&OutList.First().Data.FrameInfo.Delay, datasize );
+
+				size += (datasize + sizeof(EventClass::EventType));
+				break;
+
+			//..................................................................
+			// MEGAMISSION:
+			//..................................................................
+			case (EventClass::MEGAMISSION):
+				//...............................................................
+				// Repeated mission in a run:
+				//   - Update the rep count (in case we break out)
+				//   - Copy the Whom field only
+				//...............................................................
+				if (missiondup) {
+					*unitsptr = numunits;
+
+					memcpy ( ((char *)buf) + size,
+						&OutList.First().Data.MegaMission.Whom, datasize );
+
+					size += datasize;
+				}
+				//...............................................................
+				// 1st mission in a run:
+				//   - Init the rep count (in case we break out)
+				//   - Set the EventType
+				//   - Copy the MegaMission structure, leaving room for 'numunits'
+				//...............................................................
+				else {
+					*unitsptr = numunits;
+
+					*(EventClass::EventType *)( ((char *)buf) + size) = eventtype;
+
+					memcpy ( ((char *)buf) + size +
+						sizeof(EventClass::EventType) + sizeof(numunits),
+						&OutList.First().Data.MegaMission, datasize );
+
+					size += (datasize + sizeof(EventClass::EventType) + sizeof(numunits));
+				}
+				break;
+
+			//..................................................................
+			// Default case: Just copy over the data field from the union
+			//..................................................................
+			default:
+				*(EventClass::EventType *)( ((char *)buf) + size) = eventtype;
+
+				memcpy ( ((char *)buf) + size + sizeof(EventClass::EventType),
+					&OutList.First().Data, datasize );
+
+				size += (datasize + sizeof(EventClass::EventType));
+
+				break;
+		}
+
+		//---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		// update # events processed
+		//---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		num++;
+
+		//---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		// Update 'prevevent'
+		//---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		memcpy ( &prevevent, &OutList.First(), sizeof(EventClass) );
+
+		//---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		// Go to the next event to process
+		//---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		OutList.Next();
+	}
+
+	return (size);
+
+}	// end of Add_Compressed_Events
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Breakup_Receive_Packet -- Splits a big packet into little ones.			*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		buf			buffer to break up													*
+ *		bufsize		length of buffer														*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		# events added to queue, -1 if fatal error (queue is full)				*
+ *    (return value includes any FRAMEINFO packets encountered; 				*
+ *		FRAMESYNC's are ignored)		  													*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/21/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static int Breakup_Receive_Packet(void *buf, int bufsize )
+{
+	int count = 0;
+
+	/*
+	** is there enough leftover for another record
+	*/
+	switch (CommProtocol) {
+		case (COMM_PROTOCOL_SINGLE_NO_COMP):
+			count = Extract_Uncompressed_Events(buf, bufsize);
+			break;
+
+		default:
+			count = Extract_Compressed_Events(buf, bufsize);
+			break;
+	}
+
+	return (count);
+
+}	/* end of Breakup_Receive_Packet */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Extract_Uncompressed_Events -- extracts events from a packet            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		buf			buffer containing events to extract								*
+ *		bufsize		length of 'buf'														*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		# events extracted																	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/21/1995 DRD : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static int Extract_Uncompressed_Events(void *buf, int bufsize)
+{
+	int count = 0;
+	int pos = 0;
+	int leftover = bufsize;
+	EventClass *event;
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	// Loop until there are no more events in the packet
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	while (leftover >= sizeof(EventClass) ) {
+		event = (EventClass *)(((char *)buf) + pos);
+
+		//.....................................................................
+		// add event to the DoList, only if it's not a FRAMESYNC
+		// (but FRAMEINFO's do get added.)
+		//.....................................................................
+		if (event->Type != EventClass::FRAMESYNC) {
+			event->IsExecuted = 0;
+
+			if (!DoList.Add( *event )) {
+				return (-1);
+			}
+
+			//..................................................................
+			// Keep count of how many events we add to the queue
+			//..................................................................
+			count++;
+		}
+
+		//.....................................................................
+		// Point to the next position in the buffer; decrement our 'leftover'
+		//.....................................................................
+		pos += sizeof(EventClass);
+		leftover -= sizeof(EventClass);
+	}
+
+	return (count);
+
+}	// end of Extract_Uncompressed_Events
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Extract_Compressed_Events -- extracts events from a packet   				*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		buf			buffer containing events to extract								*
+ *		bufsize		length of 'buf'														*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		# events extracted																	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/21/1995 DRD : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static int Extract_Compressed_Events(void *buf, int bufsize)
+{
+	int pos = 0;						// current buffer parsing position
+	int leftover = bufsize;			// # bytes left to process
+	EventClass *event;				// event ptr for parsing buffer
+	int count = 0;						// # events processed
+	int datasize = 0;					// size of data to copy
+	EventClass eventdata;			// stores Frame, ID, etc
+	unsigned char numunits = 0;	// # units stored in compressed MegaMissions
+//int lasteventtype=0;
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	// Clear work event structure
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	memset (&eventdata, 0, sizeof(EventClass));
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	// Assume the first event is a FRAMEINFO event
+	// Init 'datasize' to the amount of data to copy, minus the EventType value
+	// For the 1st packet only, this will include all info before the Data
+	// union, plus the size of the FrameInfo structure, minus the EventType size.
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	datasize = (offsetof(EventClass, Data) +
+		size_of(EventClass, Data.FrameInfo)) - sizeof(EventClass::EventType);
+	event = (EventClass *)(((char *)buf) + pos);
+
+	while (leftover >= (datasize + sizeof(EventClass::EventType)) ) {
+		//.....................................................................
+		// add event to the DoList, only if it's not a FRAMESYNC
+		// (but FRAMEINFO's do get added.)
+		//.....................................................................
+		if (event->Type != EventClass::FRAMESYNC) {
+			//..................................................................
+			// initialize the common data from the FRAMEINFO event
+			// keeping IsExecuted 0
+			//..................................................................
+			if (event->Type == EventClass::FRAMEINFO) {
+				eventdata.Frame = event->Frame;
+				eventdata.ID = event->ID;
+				eventdata.MPlayerID = event->MPlayerID;
+
+				//...............................................................
+				// Adjust position past the common data
+				//...............................................................
+				pos += (offsetof(EventClass, Data) -
+						 sizeof(EventClass::EventType));
+				leftover -= (offsetof(EventClass, Data) -
+								sizeof(EventClass::EventType));
+			}
+			//..................................................................
+			// if MEGAMISSION event get the number of units (events to generate)
+			//..................................................................
+			else if (event->Type == EventClass::MEGAMISSION) {
+				numunits = *(((unsigned char *)buf) + pos + sizeof(eventdata.Type));
+				pos += sizeof(numunits);
+				leftover -= sizeof(numunits);
+			}
+
+			//..................................................................
+			// clear the union data portion of the event
+			//..................................................................
+			memset (&eventdata.Data, 0, sizeof(eventdata.Data));
+			eventdata.Type = event->Type;
+			datasize = EventClass::EventLength[ eventdata.Type ];
+
+			switch (eventdata.Type) {
+				case (EventClass::RESPONSE_TIME):
+					memcpy ( &eventdata.Data.FrameInfo.Delay,
+						((char *)buf) + pos + sizeof(EventClass::EventType),
+						datasize );
+					break;
+
+				case (EventClass::MEGAMISSION):
+					memcpy ( &eventdata.Data.MegaMission,
+						((char *)buf) + pos + sizeof(EventClass::EventType),
+						datasize );
+
+					if (numunits > 1) {
+						pos += (datasize + sizeof(EventClass::EventType));
+						leftover -= (datasize + sizeof(EventClass::EventType));
+						datasize = sizeof(eventdata.Data.MegaMission.Whom);
+
+						while (numunits) {
+							if ( !DoList.Add( eventdata ) ) {
+								return (-1);
+							}
+
+							//......................................................
+							// Keep count of how many events we add to the queue
+							//......................................................
+							count++;
+							numunits--;
+							memcpy ( &eventdata.Data.MegaMission.Whom,
+								((char *)buf) + pos, datasize );
+
+							//......................................................
+							// if one unit left fall thru to normal code
+							//......................................................
+							if (numunits == 1) {
+								datasize -= sizeof(EventClass::EventType);
+								break;
+							}
+							else {
+								pos += datasize;
+								leftover -= datasize;
+							}
+						}
+					}
+					break;
+
+				default:
+					memcpy ( &eventdata.Data,
+						((char *)buf) + pos + sizeof(EventClass::EventType),
+						datasize );
+					break;
+			}
+
+char flip[128];
+sprintf (flip, "C&C95 - Adding event type %d to queue\n", eventdata.Type);
+CCDebugString (flip);
+
+//if (lasteventtype == 11){
+//	break;
+//}
+
+//lasteventtype = (int) eventdata.Type;
+
+
+			if ( !DoList.Add( eventdata ) ) {
+				return (-1);
+			}
+
+			//..................................................................
+			// Keep count of how many events we add to the queue
+			//..................................................................
+			count++;
+
+			pos += (datasize + sizeof(EventClass::EventType));
+			leftover -= (datasize + sizeof(EventClass::EventType));
+
+			if (leftover) {
+				event = (EventClass *)(((char *)buf) + pos);
+				datasize = EventClass::EventLength[ event->Type ];
+				if (event->Type == EventClass::MEGAMISSION) {
+					datasize += sizeof(numunits);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		//.....................................................................
+		// FRAMESYNC event: This >should< be the only event in the buffer,
+		// and it will be uncompressed.
+		//.....................................................................
+		else {
+			pos += (datasize + sizeof(EventClass::EventType));
+			leftover -= (datasize + sizeof(EventClass::EventType));
+			event = (EventClass *)(((char *)buf) + pos);
+
+			//..................................................................
+			// size of FRAMESYNC event - EventType size
+			//..................................................................
+			datasize = (offsetof(EventClass, Data) +
+							size_of(EventClass, Data.FrameInfo)) -
+							sizeof(EventClass::EventType);
+		}
+	}
+
+	return (count);
+
+}	// end of Extract_Compressed_Events
+
+#endif	//DEMO
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Execute_DoList -- Executes commands from the DoList                     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This routine executes any events in the DoList that need to be executed	*
+ * on the current game frame.  The events must be executed in a special		*
+ * order, so that all systems execute all events in exactly the same			*
+ * order.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This routine also handles checking the Game CRC sent by other systems	*
+ * against my own, to be sure we're still in sync.									*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		max_houses	# houses to execute commands for									*
+ *		base_house	HousesType to start with											*
+ *		net			ptr to connection manager; NULL if none						*
+ *		skip_crc		a frame-based countdown timer; if it's non-zero, the		*
+ *						CRC check will be skipped.  Ignored if NULL.					*
+ *		their_frame	array of their frame #'s											*
+ *		their_sent	array of # commands they've sent									*
+ *		their_recv	array of # commands I've received from them					*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * (their_xxx are ignored if 'net' is NULL.)											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		1 = OK, 0 = some error occurred (CRC error, packet rcv'd too late.)	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/21/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static int Execute_DoList(int , HousesType ,
+	ConnManClass *net, TCountDownTimerClass *,
+	long *their_frame, unsigned short *their_sent, unsigned short *their_recv)
+{
+	int i,j,k,wibble;
+	int index;
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	// For a single-player game, just execute all events in the queue.
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	if (GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL) {
+		for (i = 0; i < DoList.Count; i++) {
+			if (Frame >= DoList[i].Frame && !DoList[i].IsExecuted) {
+				DoList[i].Execute();				// execute it
+				DoList[i].IsExecuted = true;	// mark as having been executed
+			}
+		}
+		return (1);
+	}
+
+//#if(TIMING_FIX)
+	//
+	// If MPlayerMaxAhead is recomputed such that it increases, the systems
+	// may try to free-run to the new MaxAhead value.  If so, they may miss
+	// an event that was generated after the TIMING event was created, but
+	// before it executed; this event will be scheduled with the older,
+	// shorter MaxAhead value.  If a system doesn't receive this event, it
+	// may execute past the frame it's scheduled to execute on, creating
+	// a Packet-Recieved-Too-Late error.  To prevent this, find any events
+	// that are scheduled to execute during this "period of vulnerability",
+	// and re-schedule for the end of that period.
+	//
+	if (CommProtocol == COMM_PROTOCOL_MULTI_E_COMP) {
+		for (j = 0; j < DoList.Count; j++) {
+			if (DoList[j].Type != EventClass::FRAMEINFO &&
+				DoList[j].Frame > NewMaxAheadFrame1 &&
+				DoList[j].Frame < NewMaxAheadFrame2) {
+				DoList[j].Frame = NewMaxAheadFrame2;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+//#endif
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	Execute the DoList.  Events must be executed in the same order on all
+	//	systems; so, execute them in the order of the MPlayerID array.  This
+	//	array is stored in the same order on all systems.
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	for (i = 0; i < MPlayerCount; i++) {
+
+		HousesType house;
+		HouseClass *housep;
+
+		house = MPlayerHouses [i];
+		housep= HouseClass::As_Pointer (house);
+
+		//.....................................................................
+		// If for some reason this house doesn't exist, skip it.
+		// Also, if this house has exited the game, skip it.  (The user can
+		// generate events after he exits, because the exit event is scheduled
+		// at least FrameSendRate*3 frames ahead.  If one system gets these
+		// packets & another system doesn't, they'll go out of sync because
+		// they aren't checking the CommandCount for that house, since that
+		// house isn't connected any more.)
+		//.....................................................................
+		if (!housep){
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		if (!housep->IsHuman){
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		//.....................................................................
+		//	Loop through all events
+		//.....................................................................
+		for (j = 0; j < DoList.Count; j++) {
+
+#ifndef DEMO
+			if (net)
+				Update_Queue_Mono (net, 6);
+#endif	//DEMO
+
+			//..................................................................
+			//	If this event was from the currently-executing player ID, and it's
+			//	time to execute it, execute it.
+			//..................................................................
+			if (DoList[j].MPlayerID == MPlayerID[i] && Frame >= DoList[j].Frame &&
+				!DoList[j].IsExecuted) {
+
+				//...............................................................
+				//	Error if it's too late to execute this packet!
+				//...............................................................
+				if (Frame > DoList[j].Frame && DoList[j].Type !=
+					EventClass::FRAMEINFO) {
+#ifndef DEMO
+					Dump_Packet_Too_Late_Stuff(&DoList[j]);
+#endif	//DEMO
+					CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_PACKET_TOO_LATE);
+					return (0);
+				}
+
+				//...............................................................
+				//	Only execute EXIT & OPTIONS commands if they're from myself.
+				//...............................................................
+				if (DoList[j].Type==EventClass::EXIT ||
+						DoList[j].Type==EventClass::OPTIONS) {
+
+
+					if (DoList[j].Type==EventClass::EXIT){
+CCDebugString ("C&C95 -  Received EXIT packet\n");
+
+						/*
+						** Flag that this house lost because it quit. ST - 6/5/96 0:29AM
+						*/
+						for (wibble = 0; wibble < MPlayerCount; wibble++) {
+							if (MPlayerID[wibble] == DoList[j].MPlayerID) {
+								house = MPlayerHouses[wibble];
+								housep = HouseClass::As_Pointer (house);
+								housep->IGaveUp = true;
+								break;
+							}
+						}
+
+						/*
+						** Send the game statistics packet now since the game is effectivly over
+						*/
+						if (MPlayerCount == 2 &&
+								GameToPlay == GAME_INTERNET &&
+								!GameStatisticsPacketSent){
+							Register_Game_End_Time();
+							Send_Statistics_Packet();
+						}
+					}
+
+
+
+					if (DoList[j].ID == Houses.ID(PlayerPtr)) {
+						DoList[j].Execute();
+					}
+
+					//............................................................
+					//	If this EXIT event isn't from myself, destroy the connection
+					//	for that player.  The HousesType for this event is the
+					// connection ID.
+					//............................................................
+					else if (DoList[j].Type==EventClass::EXIT) {
+						if (GameToPlay == GAME_MODEM
+							|| GameToPlay == GAME_NULL_MODEM){
+							//|| GameToPlay == GAME_INTERNET) {
+							Destroy_Null_Connection( DoList[j].MPlayerID, 0 );
+						}
+
+						else if ((GameToPlay == GAME_IPX || GameToPlay == GAME_INTERNET) && net) {
+							index = net->Connection_Index (DoList[j].MPlayerID);
+							if (index != -1) {
+								for (k = index; k < net->Num_Connections() - 1; k++) {
+									their_frame[k] = their_frame[k+1];
+									their_sent[k] = their_sent[k+1];
+									their_recv[k] = their_recv[k+1];
+								}
+								CCDebugString ("C&C95 = Destroying connection due to exit event\n");
+#ifndef DEMO
+								Destroy_Connection(DoList[j].MPlayerID,0);
+#endif	//DEMO
+							}
+						}
+					}
+				}
+
+				//...............................................................
+				//	For a FRAMEINFO event, check the CRC value.
+				// This could be an old FRAMEINFO packet that was floating around
+				// for awhile and just arrived; if so, its Frame value will be
+				// old.  Ignore these packets.  (This created bogus sync bugs on
+				// the Internet, when packets that were 35 frames old arrived.)
+				//...............................................................
+#ifndef DEMO
+				else if (DoList[j].Type == EventClass::FRAMEINFO) {
+					if (DoList[j].Frame == Frame &&
+						DoList[j].Data.FrameInfo.Delay < 32) {
+						index = ((DoList[j].Frame - DoList[j].Data.FrameInfo.Delay) &
+							0x001f);
+						if (CRC[index] != DoList[j].Data.FrameInfo.CRC) {
+							Print_CRCs(&DoList[j]);
+							if (CCMessageBox().Process (TXT_OUT_OF_SYNC,
+								TXT_CONTINUE, TXT_STOP) == 0) {
+								if (GameToPlay == GAME_MODEM ||
+									GameToPlay == GAME_NULL_MODEM){
+									Destroy_Null_Connection( DoList[j].MPlayerID, -1 );
+									Shutdown_Modem();
+									GameToPlay = GAME_NORMAL;
+								}
+								else if ((GameToPlay == GAME_IPX || GameToPlay == GAME_INTERNET) && net) {
+									CCDebugString ("C&C95 = Destroying connections due to bad frame info packet\n");
+									while (net->Num_Connections()) {
+										Destroy_Connection (net->Connection_ID(0), -1);
+									}
+								}
+								Map.Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+							}
+							else {
+								return (0);
+							}
+							return (1);
+						}
+					}
+				}
+#endif	//DEMO
+				//...............................................................
+				//	Execute other commands
+				//...............................................................
+				else {
+					DoList[j].Execute();
+				}
+
+				//...............................................................
+				//	Mark this event as executed.
+				//...............................................................
+				DoList[j].IsExecuted = 1;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	return (1);
+
+}	// end of Execute_DoList
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Clean_DoList -- Cleans out old events from the DoList                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * Currently, an event can only be removed from the DoList if it's at the	*
+ * head of the list; and event can't be removed from the middle.  So,		*
+ * this routine loops as long as the next event in the DoList has been		*
+ * executed, it's removed.																	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		net		ptr to connection manager; ignored if NULL						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/21/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static void Clean_DoList(ConnManClass *net)
+{
+	while (DoList.Count) {
+
+#ifndef DEMO
+		if (net)
+			Update_Queue_Mono (net, 7);
+#else
+		net = net;
+#endif	//DEMO
+
+		//.....................................................................
+		//	Discard events that have been executed, OR it's too late to execute.
+		//	(This happens if another player exits the game; he'll leave FRAMEINFO
+		//	events lying around in my queue.  They won't have been "executed",
+		//	because his IPX connection was destroyed.)
+		//.....................................................................
+		if ( (DoList.First().IsExecuted) || (Frame > DoList.First().Frame) ) {
+			DoList.Next();
+		}
+		else {
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+}	// end of Clean_DoList
+
+#ifndef DEMO
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Queue_Record -- Records the DoList to disk                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This routine just saves any events in the DoList to disk; we can later	*
+ * "play back" the recording just be pulling events from disk rather than	*
+ * from the network!																			*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   08/14/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static void Queue_Record(void)
+{
+	int i,j;
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	Compute # of events to save this frame
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	j = 0;
+	for (i = 0; i < DoList.Count; i++) {
+		if (Frame == DoList[i].Frame && !DoList[i].IsExecuted) {
+			j++;
+		}
+	}
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	Save the # of events, then all events.
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	RecordFile.Write (&j,sizeof(j));
+	for (i = 0; i < DoList.Count; i++) {
+		if (Frame == DoList[i].Frame && !DoList[i].IsExecuted) {
+			RecordFile.Write (&DoList[i],sizeof (EventClass));
+			j--;
+		}
+	}
+
+}	/* end of Queue_Record */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Queue_Playback -- plays back queue entries from a record file           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This routine reads events from disk, putting them into the DoList;		*
+ * it then executes the DoList just like the network version does.  The		*
+ * result is that the game "plays back" like a recording.						*
+ *																									*
+ * This routine detects mouse motion and stops playback, so it can work		*
+ * like an "attract" mode, showing a demo of the game itself.					*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/15/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static void Queue_Playback(void)
+{
+	int numevents;
+	EventClass event;
+	int i;
+	int ok;
+  	static int mx,my;
+	int max_houses;
+	HousesType base_house;
+	int key;
+	int testframe;
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	If the user hits ESC, stop the playback
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	if (Check_Key_Num()) {
+		key = Get_Key();
+		//
+		// If the user hit ESC, end the recording.  If this is an Attract-mode
+		// recording, end it no matter what the user does (any key or mouse).
+		//
+		if (key == KA_ESC || AllowAttract) {
+			GameActive = 0;
+			return;
+		}
+	}
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	// If we're in "Attact" mode, and the user moves the mouse, stop the
+	// playback.
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	if (AllowAttract && Frame > 0 &&
+		(mx != Get_Mouse_X() || my != Get_Mouse_Y())) {
+		GameActive = 0;
+		return;
+	}
+	mx = Get_Mouse_X();
+	my = Get_Mouse_Y();
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	Compute the Game's CRC
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Compute_Game_CRC();
+	CRC[Frame & 0x001f] = GameCRC;
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	Don't read anything the first time through (since the Queue_AI_Network
+	//	routine didn't write anything the first time through); do this after the
+	//	CRC is computed, since we'll still need a CRC for Frame 0.
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	if (Frame==0 && GameToPlay!=GAME_NORMAL) {
+		return;
+	}
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	// Only process every 'FrameSendRate' frames
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	testframe = ((Frame + (FrameSendRate - 1)) / FrameSendRate) * FrameSendRate;
+
+	if (GameToPlay != GAME_NORMAL &&
+		CommProtocol == COMM_PROTOCOL_MULTI_E_COMP) {
+		if (Frame != testframe) {
+			return;
+		}
+	}
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	Read the DoList from disk
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	ok = 1;
+	if (RecordFile.Read (&numevents, sizeof(numevents)) ==
+		sizeof(numevents)) {
+		for (i = 0; i < numevents; i++) {
+			if (RecordFile.Read (&event, sizeof(EventClass)) ==
+				sizeof(EventClass)) {
+				event.IsExecuted = 0;
+				DoList.Add (event);
+			}
+			else {
+				ok = 0;
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	else {
+		ok = 0;
+	}
+
+	if (!ok) {
+		GameActive = 0;
+		return;
+	}
+
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	// Execute the DoList; if an error occurs, bail out.
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	if (GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL) {
+		max_houses = 1;
+		base_house = PlayerPtr->Class->House;
+	}
+	else {
+		max_houses = MPlayerMax;
+		base_house = HOUSE_MULTI1;
+	}
+	if (!Execute_DoList(max_houses, base_house, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL)) {
+		GameActive = 0;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	Clean out the DoList
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Clean_DoList(NULL);
+
+}	/* end of Queue_Playback */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Compute_Game_CRC -- Computes a CRC value of the entire game.				*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/09/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static void Compute_Game_CRC(void)
+{
+	int i;
+	InfantryClass *infp;
+	UnitClass *unitp;
+	BuildingClass *bldgp;
+	//ObjectClass *objp;
+
+	GameCRC = 0;
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	Infantry
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	for (i = 0; i < Infantry.Count(); i++) {
+		infp = (InfantryClass *)Infantry.Active_Ptr(i);
+		Add_CRC (&GameCRC, (int)infp->Coord + (int)infp->PrimaryFacing);
+	}
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	Units
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	for (i = 0; i < Units.Count(); i++) {
+		unitp = (UnitClass *)Units.Active_Ptr(i);
+		Add_CRC (&GameCRC, (int)unitp->Coord + (int)unitp->PrimaryFacing +
+			(int)unitp->SecondaryFacing);
+	}
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	Buildings
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	for (i = 0; i < Buildings.Count(); i++) {
+		bldgp = (BuildingClass *)Buildings.Active_Ptr(i);
+		Add_CRC (&GameCRC, (int)bldgp->Coord + (int)bldgp->PrimaryFacing);
+	}
+
+#if(0)
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	Map Layers
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	for (i = 0; i < LAYER_COUNT; i++) {
+		for (j = 0; j < Map.Layer[i].Count(); j++) {
+			objp = Map.Layer[i][j];
+			Add_CRC (&GameCRC, (int)objp->Coord + (int)objp->What_Am_I());
+		}
+	}
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	Logic Layers
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	for (i = 0; i < Logic.Count(); i++) {
+		objp = Logic[i];
+		Add_CRC (&GameCRC, (int)objp->Coord + (int)objp->What_Am_I());
+	}
+#endif
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	A random #
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Add_CRC(&GameCRC, rand());
+
+}	/* end of Compute_Game_CRC */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Add_CRC -- Adds a value to a CRC                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		crc		ptr to crc																	*
+ *		val		value to add																*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/09/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void Add_CRC(unsigned long *crc, unsigned long val)
+{
+	int hibit;
+
+	if ( (*crc) & 0x80000000) {
+		hibit = 1;
+	}
+	else {
+		hibit = 0;
+	}
+
+	(*crc) <<= 1;
+	(*crc) += val;
+	(*crc) += hibit;
+
+}	/* end of Add_CRC */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Print_CRCs -- Prints a data file for finding Sync Bugs						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/09/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void Print_CRCs(EventClass *ev)
+{
+	ev=ev;
+
+	int i;	//,j;
+	InfantryClass *infp;
+	UnitClass *unitp;
+	BuildingClass *bldgp;
+	//ObjectClass *objp;
+	FILE *fp;
+	int rnd;
+	HouseClass *housep;
+	//HousesType house;
+	int color;
+
+	Mono_Clear_Screen();
+	Mono_Set_Cursor (0,0);
+
+	char filename[80];
+	sprintf (filename, "CRC%02d.TXT", Frame & 0x1f);
+
+	fp = fopen(filename, "wt");	//"OUT.TXT","wt");
+	if (fp==NULL) {
+		return;
+	}
+
+	for (i = 0; i < 32; i++) {
+		fprintf(fp,"CRC[%d]=%x\n",i,CRC[i]);
+	}
+
+
+	housep = HouseClass::As_Pointer (HOUSE_MULTI1);
+	if (housep) {
+		color = housep->RemapColor;
+		fprintf(fp,"Multi1: IsHuman:%d  Color:%s\n",housep->IsHuman,
+			ColorNames[color]);
+	}
+
+	housep = HouseClass::As_Pointer (HOUSE_MULTI2);
+	if (housep) {
+		color = housep->RemapColor;
+		fprintf(fp,"Multi2: IsHuman:%d  Color:%s\n",housep->IsHuman,
+			ColorNames[color]);
+	}
+
+	housep = HouseClass::As_Pointer (HOUSE_MULTI3);
+	if (housep) {
+		color = housep->RemapColor;
+		fprintf(fp,"Multi3: IsHuman:%d  Color:%s\n",housep->IsHuman,
+			ColorNames[color]);
+	}
+
+	housep = HouseClass::As_Pointer (HOUSE_MULTI4);
+	if (housep) {
+		color = housep->RemapColor;
+		fprintf(fp,"Multi4: IsHuman:%d  Color:%s\n",housep->IsHuman,
+			ColorNames[color]);
+	}
+
+	housep = HouseClass::As_Pointer (HOUSE_MULTI5);
+	if (housep) {
+		color = housep->RemapColor;
+		fprintf(fp,"Multi5: IsHuman:%d  Color:%s\n",housep->IsHuman,
+			ColorNames[color]);
+	}
+
+	housep = HouseClass::As_Pointer (HOUSE_MULTI6);
+	if (housep) {
+		color = housep->RemapColor;
+		fprintf(fp,"Multi6: IsHuman:%d  Color:%s\n",housep->IsHuman,
+			ColorNames[color]);
+	}
+
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	Multi1 Infantry
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	if (HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_MULTI1)) {
+		GameCRC = 0;
+		fprintf(fp,"-------------------- MULTI1 INFANTRY -------------------\n");
+		for (i = 0; i < Infantry.Count(); i++) {
+			infp = (InfantryClass *)Infantry.Active_Ptr(i);
+			if (infp->Owner()==HOUSE_MULTI1) {
+				Add_CRC (&GameCRC, (int)infp->Coord + (int)infp->PrimaryFacing);
+				fprintf(fp,"COORD:%x   Facing:%d   Mission:%d   Type:%d\n",
+					infp->Coord,(int)infp->PrimaryFacing,infp->Get_Mission(),
+					infp->Class->Type);
+			}
+		}
+		Mono_Printf("Multi1 Infantry:%d\n",GameCRC);
+	}
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	Multi2 Infantry
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	if (HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_MULTI2)) {
+		GameCRC = 0;
+		fprintf(fp,"-------------------- MULTI2 INFANTRY -------------------\n");
+		for (i = 0; i < Infantry.Count(); i++) {
+			infp = (InfantryClass *)Infantry.Active_Ptr(i);
+			if (infp->Owner()==HOUSE_MULTI2) {
+				Add_CRC (&GameCRC, (int)infp->Coord + (int)infp->PrimaryFacing);
+				fprintf(fp,"COORD:%x   Facing:%d   Mission:%d   Type:%d\n",
+					infp->Coord,(int)infp->PrimaryFacing,infp->Get_Mission(),
+					infp->Class->Type);
+			}
+		}
+		Mono_Printf("Multi2 Infantry:%d\n",GameCRC);
+	}
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	Multi3 Infantry
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	if (HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_MULTI3)) {
+		GameCRC = 0;
+		fprintf(fp,"-------------------- MULTI3 INFANTRY -------------------\n");
+		for (i = 0; i < Infantry.Count(); i++) {
+			infp = (InfantryClass *)Infantry.Active_Ptr(i);
+			if (infp->Owner()==HOUSE_MULTI3) {
+				Add_CRC (&GameCRC, (int)infp->Coord + (int)infp->PrimaryFacing);
+				fprintf(fp,"COORD:%x   Facing:%d   Mission:%d   Type:%d\n",
+					infp->Coord,(int)infp->PrimaryFacing,infp->Get_Mission(),
+					infp->Class->Type);
+			}
+		}
+		Mono_Printf("Multi3 Infantry:%d\n",GameCRC);
+	}
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	Multi4 Infantry
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	if (HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_MULTI4)) {
+		GameCRC = 0;
+		fprintf(fp,"-------------------- MULTI4 INFANTRY -------------------\n");
+		for (i = 0; i < Infantry.Count(); i++) {
+			infp = (InfantryClass *)Infantry.Active_Ptr(i);
+			if (infp->Owner()==HOUSE_MULTI4) {
+				Add_CRC (&GameCRC, (int)infp->Coord + (int)infp->PrimaryFacing);
+				fprintf(fp,"COORD:%x   Facing:%d   Mission:%d   Type:%d\n",
+					infp->Coord,(int)infp->PrimaryFacing,infp->Get_Mission(),
+					infp->Class->Type);
+			}
+		}
+		Mono_Printf("Multi4 Infantry:%d\n",GameCRC);
+	}
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	Multi5 Infantry
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	if (HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_MULTI5)) {
+		GameCRC = 0;
+		fprintf(fp,"-------------------- MULTI5 INFANTRY -------------------\n");
+		for (i = 0; i < Infantry.Count(); i++) {
+			infp = (InfantryClass *)Infantry.Active_Ptr(i);
+			if (infp->Owner()==HOUSE_MULTI5) {
+				Add_CRC (&GameCRC, (int)infp->Coord + (int)infp->PrimaryFacing);
+				fprintf(fp,"COORD:%x   Facing:%d   Mission:%d   Type:%d\n",
+					infp->Coord,(int)infp->PrimaryFacing,infp->Get_Mission(),
+					infp->Class->Type);
+			}
+		}
+		Mono_Printf("Multi5 Infantry:%d\n",GameCRC);
+	}
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	Multi6 Infantry
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	if (HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_MULTI6)) {
+		GameCRC = 0;
+		fprintf(fp,"-------------------- MULTI6 INFANTRY -------------------\n");
+		for (i = 0; i < Infantry.Count(); i++) {
+			infp = (InfantryClass *)Infantry.Active_Ptr(i);
+			if (infp->Owner()==HOUSE_MULTI6) {
+				Add_CRC (&GameCRC, (int)infp->Coord + (int)infp->PrimaryFacing);
+				fprintf(fp,"COORD:%x   Facing:%d   Mission:%d   Type:%d\n",
+					infp->Coord,(int)infp->PrimaryFacing,infp->Get_Mission(),
+					infp->Class->Type);
+			}
+		}
+		Mono_Printf("Multi6 Infantry:%d\n",GameCRC);
+	}
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	Multi1 Units
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	if (HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_MULTI1)) {
+		GameCRC = 0;
+		fprintf(fp,"-------------------- MULTI1 UNITS -------------------\n");
+		for (i = 0; i < Units.Count(); i++) {
+			unitp = (UnitClass *)Units.Active_Ptr(i);
+			if (unitp->Owner()==HOUSE_MULTI1) {
+				Add_CRC (&GameCRC, (int)unitp->Coord + (int)unitp->PrimaryFacing);
+				fprintf(fp,
+					"COORD:%x   Facing:%d   Facing2:%d   Mission:%d   Type:%d\n",
+					unitp->Coord,(int)unitp->PrimaryFacing,
+					(int)unitp->SecondaryFacing,unitp->Get_Mission(),
+					unitp->Class->Type);
+			}
+		}
+		Mono_Printf("Multi1 Units:%d\n",GameCRC);
+	}
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	Multi2 Units
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	if (HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_MULTI2)) {
+		GameCRC = 0;
+		fprintf(fp,"-------------------- MULTI2 UNITS -------------------\n");
+		for (i = 0; i < Units.Count(); i++) {
+			unitp = (UnitClass *)Units.Active_Ptr(i);
+			if (unitp->Owner()==HOUSE_MULTI2) {
+				Add_CRC (&GameCRC, (int)unitp->Coord + (int)unitp->PrimaryFacing);
+				fprintf(fp,
+					"COORD:%x   Facing:%d   Facing2:%d   Mission:%d   Type:%d\n",
+					unitp->Coord,(int)unitp->PrimaryFacing,
+					(int)unitp->SecondaryFacing,unitp->Get_Mission(),
+					unitp->Class->Type);
+			}
+		}
+		Mono_Printf("Multi2 Units:%d\n",GameCRC);
+	}
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	Multi3 Units
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	if (HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_MULTI3)) {
+		GameCRC = 0;
+		fprintf(fp,"-------------------- MULTI3 UNITS -------------------\n");
+		for (i = 0; i < Units.Count(); i++) {
+			unitp = (UnitClass *)Units.Active_Ptr(i);
+			if (unitp->Owner()==HOUSE_MULTI3) {
+				Add_CRC (&GameCRC, (int)unitp->Coord + (int)unitp->PrimaryFacing);
+				fprintf(fp,
+					"COORD:%x   Facing:%d   Facing2:%d   Mission:%d   Type:%d\n",
+					unitp->Coord,(int)unitp->PrimaryFacing,
+					(int)unitp->SecondaryFacing,unitp->Get_Mission(),
+					unitp->Class->Type);
+			}
+		}
+		Mono_Printf("Multi3 Units:%d\n",GameCRC);
+	}
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	Multi4 Units
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	if (HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_MULTI4)) {
+		GameCRC = 0;
+		fprintf(fp,"-------------------- MULTI4 UNITS -------------------\n");
+		for (i = 0; i < Units.Count(); i++) {
+			unitp = (UnitClass *)Units.Active_Ptr(i);
+			if (unitp->Owner()==HOUSE_MULTI4) {
+				Add_CRC (&GameCRC, (int)unitp->Coord + (int)unitp->PrimaryFacing);
+				fprintf(fp,
+					"COORD:%x   Facing:%d   Facing2:%d   Mission:%d   Type:%d\n",
+					unitp->Coord,(int)unitp->PrimaryFacing,
+					(int)unitp->SecondaryFacing,unitp->Get_Mission(),
+					unitp->Class->Type);
+			}
+		}
+		Mono_Printf("Multi4 Units:%d\n",GameCRC);
+	}
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	Multi5 Units
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	if (HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_MULTI5)) {
+		GameCRC = 0;
+		fprintf(fp,"-------------------- MULTI5 UNITS -------------------\n");
+		for (i = 0; i < Units.Count(); i++) {
+			unitp = (UnitClass *)Units.Active_Ptr(i);
+			if (unitp->Owner()==HOUSE_MULTI5) {
+				Add_CRC (&GameCRC, (int)unitp->Coord + (int)unitp->PrimaryFacing);
+				fprintf(fp,
+					"COORD:%x   Facing:%d   Facing2:%d   Mission:%d   Type:%d\n",
+					unitp->Coord,(int)unitp->PrimaryFacing,
+					(int)unitp->SecondaryFacing,unitp->Get_Mission(),
+					unitp->Class->Type);
+			}
+		}
+		Mono_Printf("Multi5 Units:%d\n",GameCRC);
+	}
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	Multi6 Units
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	if (HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_MULTI6)) {
+		GameCRC = 0;
+		fprintf(fp,"-------------------- MULTI6 UNITS -------------------\n");
+		for (i = 0; i < Units.Count(); i++) {
+			unitp = (UnitClass *)Units.Active_Ptr(i);
+			if (unitp->Owner()==HOUSE_MULTI6) {
+				Add_CRC (&GameCRC, (int)unitp->Coord + (int)unitp->PrimaryFacing);
+				fprintf(fp,
+					"COORD:%x   Facing:%d   Facing2:%d   Mission:%d   Type:%d\n",
+					unitp->Coord,(int)unitp->PrimaryFacing,
+					(int)unitp->SecondaryFacing,unitp->Get_Mission(),
+					unitp->Class->Type);
+			}
+		}
+		Mono_Printf("Multi6 Units:%d\n",GameCRC);
+	}
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	Multi1 Buildings
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	if (HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_MULTI1)) {
+		GameCRC = 0;
+		fprintf(fp,"-------------------- MULTI1 BUILDINGS -------------------\n");
+		for (i = 0; i < Buildings.Count(); i++) {
+			bldgp = (BuildingClass *)Buildings.Active_Ptr(i);
+			if (bldgp->Owner()==HOUSE_MULTI1) {
+				Add_CRC (&GameCRC, (int)bldgp->Coord + (int)bldgp->PrimaryFacing);
+				fprintf(fp,"COORD:%x   Facing:%d   Mission:%d   Type:%d\n",
+					bldgp->Coord,(int)bldgp->PrimaryFacing,bldgp->Get_Mission(),
+					bldgp->Class->Type);
+			}
+		}
+		Mono_Printf("Multi1 Buildings:%d\n",GameCRC);
+	}
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	Multi2 Buildings
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	if (HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_MULTI2)) {
+		GameCRC = 0;
+		fprintf(fp,"-------------------- MULTI2 BUILDINGS -------------------\n");
+		for (i = 0; i < Buildings.Count(); i++) {
+			bldgp = (BuildingClass *)Buildings.Active_Ptr(i);
+			if (bldgp->Owner()==HOUSE_MULTI2) {
+				Add_CRC (&GameCRC, (int)bldgp->Coord + (int)bldgp->PrimaryFacing);
+				fprintf(fp,"COORD:%x   Facing:%d   Mission:%d   Type:%d\n",
+					bldgp->Coord,(int)bldgp->PrimaryFacing,bldgp->Get_Mission(),
+					bldgp->Class->Type);
+			}
+		}
+		Mono_Printf("Multi2 Buildings:%d\n",GameCRC);
+	}
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	Multi3 Buildings
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	if (HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_MULTI3)) {
+		GameCRC = 0;
+		fprintf(fp,"-------------------- MULTI3 BUILDINGS -------------------\n");
+		for (i = 0; i < Buildings.Count(); i++) {
+			bldgp = (BuildingClass *)Buildings.Active_Ptr(i);
+			if (bldgp->Owner()==HOUSE_MULTI3) {
+				Add_CRC (&GameCRC, (int)bldgp->Coord + (int)bldgp->PrimaryFacing);
+				fprintf(fp,"COORD:%x   Facing:%d   Mission:%d   Type:%d\n",
+					bldgp->Coord,(int)bldgp->PrimaryFacing,bldgp->Get_Mission(),
+					bldgp->Class->Type);
+			}
+		}
+		Mono_Printf("Multi3 Buildings:%d\n",GameCRC);
+	}
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	Multi4 Buildings
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	if (HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_MULTI4)) {
+		GameCRC = 0;
+		fprintf(fp,"-------------------- MULTI4 BUILDINGS -------------------\n");
+		for (i = 0; i < Buildings.Count(); i++) {
+			bldgp = (BuildingClass *)Buildings.Active_Ptr(i);
+			if (bldgp->Owner()==HOUSE_MULTI4) {
+				Add_CRC (&GameCRC, (int)bldgp->Coord + (int)bldgp->PrimaryFacing);
+				fprintf(fp,"COORD:%x   Facing:%d   Mission:%d   Type:%d\n",
+					bldgp->Coord,(int)bldgp->PrimaryFacing,bldgp->Get_Mission(),
+					bldgp->Class->Type);
+			}
+		}
+		Mono_Printf("Multi4 Buildings:%d\n",GameCRC);
+	}
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	Multi5 Buildings
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	if (HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_MULTI5)) {
+		GameCRC = 0;
+		fprintf(fp,"-------------------- MULTI5 BUILDINGS -------------------\n");
+		for (i = 0; i < Buildings.Count(); i++) {
+			bldgp = (BuildingClass *)Buildings.Active_Ptr(i);
+			if (bldgp->Owner()==HOUSE_MULTI5) {
+				Add_CRC (&GameCRC, (int)bldgp->Coord + (int)bldgp->PrimaryFacing);
+				fprintf(fp,"COORD:%x   Facing:%d   Mission:%d   Type:%d\n",
+					bldgp->Coord,(int)bldgp->PrimaryFacing,bldgp->Get_Mission(),
+					bldgp->Class->Type);
+			}
+		}
+		Mono_Printf("Multi5 Buildings:%d\n",GameCRC);
+	}
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	Multi6 Buildings
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	if (HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_MULTI6)) {
+		GameCRC = 0;
+		fprintf(fp,"-------------------- MULTI6 BUILDINGS -------------------\n");
+		for (i = 0; i < Buildings.Count(); i++) {
+			bldgp = (BuildingClass *)Buildings.Active_Ptr(i);
+			if (bldgp->Owner()==HOUSE_MULTI6) {
+				Add_CRC (&GameCRC, (int)bldgp->Coord + (int)bldgp->PrimaryFacing);
+				fprintf(fp,"COORD:%x   Facing:%d   Mission:%d   Type:%d\n",
+					bldgp->Coord,(int)bldgp->PrimaryFacing,bldgp->Get_Mission(),
+					bldgp->Class->Type);
+			}
+		}
+		Mono_Printf("Multi6 Buildings:%d\n",GameCRC);
+	}
+#if (0)
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	Map Layers
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	GameCRC = 0;
+	for (i = 0; i < LAYER_COUNT; i++) {
+		fprintf(fp,">>>> MAP LAYER %d <<<<\n",i);
+		for (j = 0; j < Map.Layer[i].Count(); j++) {
+			objp = Map.Layer[i][j];
+			Add_CRC (&GameCRC, (int)objp->Coord + (int)objp->What_Am_I());
+			fprintf(fp,"Object %d: %x ",j,objp->Coord);
+
+			if (objp->What_Am_I() == RTTI_AIRCRAFT)
+				fprintf(fp,"Aircraft  (Type:%d) ",
+					(AircraftType)(*((AircraftClass *)objp)));
+			else if (objp->What_Am_I() == RTTI_ANIM)
+				fprintf(fp,"Anim      (Type:%d) ",
+					(AnimType)(*((AnimClass *)objp)));
+			else if (objp->What_Am_I() == RTTI_BUILDING)
+				fprintf(fp,"Building  (Type:%d) ",
+					(StructType)(*((BuildingClass *)objp)));
+			else if (objp->What_Am_I() == RTTI_BULLET)
+				fprintf(fp,"Bullet    (Type:%d) ",
+					(BulletType)(*((BulletClass *)objp)));
+			else if (objp->What_Am_I() == RTTI_INFANTRY)
+				fprintf(fp,"Infantry  (Type:%d) ",
+					(InfantryType)(*((InfantryClass *)objp)));
+			else if (objp->What_Am_I() == RTTI_OVERLAY)
+				fprintf(fp,"Overlay   (Type:%d) ",
+					(OverlayType)(*((OverlayClass *)objp)));
+			else if (objp->What_Am_I() == RTTI_SMUDGE)
+				fprintf(fp,"Smudge    (Type:%d) ",
+					(SmudgeType)(*((SmudgeClass *)objp)));
+			else if (objp->What_Am_I() == RTTI_TEMPLATE)
+				fprintf(fp,"Template  (Type:%d) ",
+					(TemplateType)(*((TemplateClass *)objp)));
+			else if (objp->What_Am_I() == RTTI_TERRAIN)
+				fprintf(fp,"Terrain   (Type:%d) ",
+					(TerrainType)(*((TerrainClass *)objp)));
+			else if (objp->What_Am_I() == RTTI_UNIT)
+				fprintf(fp,"Unit      (Type:%d) ",
+					(UnitType)(*((UnitClass *)objp)));
+
+			house = objp->Owner();
+			if (house!=HOUSE_NONE) {
+				housep = HouseClass::As_Pointer (house);
+				fprintf(fp,"Owner: %s\n",housep->Class->IniName);
+			}
+			else {
+				fprintf(fp,"Owner: NONE\n");
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	Mono_Printf("Map Layers:%d\n",GameCRC);
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	Logic Layers
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	GameCRC = 0;
+	fprintf(fp,">>>> LOGIC LAYER <<<<\n");
+	for (i = 0; i < Logic.Count(); i++) {
+		objp = Logic[i];
+		Add_CRC (&GameCRC, (int)objp->Coord + (int)objp->What_Am_I());
+		fprintf(fp,"Object %d: %x ",i,objp->Coord);
+
+		if (objp->What_Am_I() == RTTI_AIRCRAFT)
+			fprintf(fp,"Aircraft  (Type:%d) ",
+				(AircraftType)(*((AircraftClass *)objp)));
+		else if (objp->What_Am_I() == RTTI_ANIM)
+			fprintf(fp,"Anim      (Type:%d) ",
+				(AnimType)(*((AnimClass *)objp)));
+		else if (objp->What_Am_I() == RTTI_BUILDING)
+			fprintf(fp,"Building  (Type:%d) ",
+				(StructType)(*((BuildingClass *)objp)));
+		else if (objp->What_Am_I() == RTTI_BULLET)
+			fprintf(fp,"Bullet    (Type:%d) ",
+				(BulletType)(*((BulletClass *)objp)));
+		else if (objp->What_Am_I() == RTTI_INFANTRY)
+			fprintf(fp,"Infantry  (Type:%d) ",
+				(InfantryType)(*((InfantryClass *)objp)));
+		else if (objp->What_Am_I() == RTTI_OVERLAY)
+			fprintf(fp,"Overlay   (Type:%d) ",
+				(OverlayType)(*((OverlayClass *)objp)));
+		else if (objp->What_Am_I() == RTTI_SMUDGE)
+			fprintf(fp,"Smudge    (Type:%d) ",
+				(SmudgeType)(*((SmudgeClass *)objp)));
+		else if (objp->What_Am_I() == RTTI_TEMPLATE)
+			fprintf(fp,"Template  (Type:%d) ",
+				(TemplateType)(*((TemplateClass *)objp)));
+		else if (objp->What_Am_I() == RTTI_TERRAIN)
+			fprintf(fp,"Terrain   (Type:%d) ",
+				(TerrainType)(*((TerrainClass *)objp)));
+		else if (objp->What_Am_I() == RTTI_UNIT)
+			fprintf(fp,"Unit      (Type:%d) ",
+				(UnitType)(*((UnitClass *)objp)));
+
+		house = objp->Owner();
+		if (house!=HOUSE_NONE) {
+			housep = HouseClass::As_Pointer (house);
+			fprintf(fp,"Owner: %s\n",housep->Class->IniName);
+		}
+		else {
+			fprintf(fp,"Owner: NONE\n");
+		}
+	}
+	Mono_Printf("Logic:%d\n",GameCRC);
+#endif
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	//	Random # generator, frame #
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	rnd = rand();
+
+	Mono_Printf("Random Number:%d\n",rnd);
+	fprintf(fp,"\nRandom Number:%d\n",rnd);
+
+	Mono_Printf("My Frame:%d\n",Frame);
+	fprintf(fp,"My Frame:%d\n",Frame);
+#if (0)
+	fprintf(fp,"-------------- Offending event: ----------------\n");
+	fprintf(fp,"Type:         %d\n",ev->Type);
+	fprintf(fp,"Frame:        %d\n",ev->Frame);
+	fprintf(fp,"MPlayerID:    %04x\n",ev->MPlayerID);
+	if (ev->Type == EventClass::FRAMEINFO) {
+		fprintf(fp,"CRC:          %x\n",ev->Data.FrameInfo.CRC);
+		fprintf(fp,"CommandCount: %x\n",ev->Data.FrameInfo.CommandCount);
+		fprintf(fp,"Delay:        %x\n",ev->Data.FrameInfo.Delay);
+	}
+#endif
+	fclose(fp);
+
+}	/* end of Print_CRCs */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Init_Queue_Mono -- inits mono display                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This routine steals control of the mono screen away from the rest of		*
+ * the engine, by setting the global IsMono; if IsMono is set, the other	*
+ * routines in this module turn off the Mono display when they're done		*
+ * with it, so the rest of the engine won't over-write what we're writing.	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		net		ptr to connection manager												*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/21/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static void Init_Queue_Mono(ConnManClass *net)
+{
+#if(SHOW_MONO)
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	// Set 'IsMono' so we can steal the mono screen from the engine
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	if (Frame==0 && MonoClass::Is_Enabled()) {
+		IsMono = true;
+	}
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	// Enable mono output for our stuff; we must Disable it before we return
+	// control to the engine.
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	if (IsMono)
+		MonoClass::Enable();
+
+	if (net->Num_Connections() > 0) {
+		//.....................................................................
+		//	Network mono debugging screen
+		//.....................................................................
+		if (NetMonoMode==0) {
+			if (Frame==0 || NewMonoMode) {
+				net->Configure_Debug (0, sizeof (CommHeaderType),
+					sizeof(EventClass::EventType), EventClass::EventNames, 0);
+				net->Mono_Debug_Print (0,1);
+				NewMonoMode = 0;
+			}
+			else {
+				net->Mono_Debug_Print (0,0);
+			}
+		}
+		//.....................................................................
+		//	Flow control debugging output
+		//.....................................................................
+		else {
+			if (NewMonoMode) {
+				Mono_Clear_Screen();
+				Mono_Printf("                         Queue AI:\n");	// flowcount[0]
+				Mono_Printf("                Build Packet Loop:\n");	// flowcount[1]
+				Mono_Printf("                       Frame Sync:\n");	// flowcount[2]
+				Mono_Printf("                Frame Sync Resend:\n");	// flowcount[3]
+				Mono_Printf("               Frame Sync Timeout:\n");	// flowcount[4]
+				Mono_Printf("           Frame Sync New Message:\n");	// flowcount[5]
+				Mono_Printf("                 DoList Execution:\n");	// flowcount[6]
+				Mono_Printf("                  DoList Cleaning:\n");	// flowcount[7]
+				Mono_Printf("\n");
+				Mono_Printf("                            Frame:\n");
+				Mono_Printf("                  MPlayerMaxAhead:\n");
+				Mono_Printf("                       their_recv:\n");
+				Mono_Printf("                       their_sent:\n");
+				Mono_Printf("                          my_sent:\n");
+				Mono_Printf("                 DesiredFrameRate:\n");
+				NewMonoMode = 0;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+#else
+	net = net;
+#endif
+}	// end of Init_Queue_Mono
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Update_Queue_Mono -- updates mono display                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		net				ptr to connection manager										*
+ *		flow_index		index # for flow-count updates								*
+ *							-1: display															*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/21/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static void Update_Queue_Mono(ConnManClass *net, int flow_index)
+{
+#if(SHOW_MONO)
+	static int flowcount[20] = {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0};
+
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	// If 'NetMonoMode' is 1, display flowcount info
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	if (NetMonoMode==1) {
+		if (flow_index >= 0 && flow_index < 20) {
+			Mono_Set_Cursor(35,flow_index);
+			flowcount[flow_index]++;
+			Mono_Printf("%d",flowcount[flow_index]);
+		}
+	}
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	// Otherwise, display the connection debug screen
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	else {
+		net->Mono_Debug_Print (0,0);
+	}
+
+#else
+	flow_index = flow_index;
+	net = net;
+#endif
+
+}	// end of Update_Queue_Mono
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Print_Framesync_Values -- displays frame-sync variables                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		curframe					current game Frame #										*
+ *		max_ahead				max-ahead value											*
+ *		num_connections		# connections												*
+ *		their_recv				# commands I've received from my connections		*
+ *		their_sent				# commands each connection claims to have sent	*
+ *		my_sent					# commands I've sent										*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/21/1995 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static void Print_Framesync_Values(long curframe, unsigned long max_ahead,
+	int num_connections, unsigned short *their_recv,
+	unsigned short *their_sent, unsigned short my_sent)
+{
+#if(SHOW_MONO)
+	int i;
+
+	if (NetMonoMode==1) {
+		Mono_Set_Cursor(35,9);
+		Mono_Printf("%d",curframe);
+
+		Mono_Set_Cursor(35,10);
+		Mono_Printf("%d",max_ahead);
+
+		for (i = 0; i < num_connections; i++) {
+			Mono_Set_Cursor(35 + i*5,11);
+			Mono_Printf("%4d",(int)their_recv[i]);
+		}
+
+		for (i = 0; i < num_connections; i++) {
+			Mono_Set_Cursor(35 + i*5,12);
+			Mono_Printf("%4d",(int)their_sent[i]);
+		}
+
+		Mono_Set_Cursor(35,13);
+		Mono_Printf("%4d",(int)my_sent);
+
+		Mono_Set_Cursor(35,14);
+		Mono_Printf("%2d",(int)DesiredFrameRate);
+	}
+#else
+	curframe = curframe;
+	max_ahead = max_ahead;
+	num_connections = num_connections;
+	their_recv = their_recv;
+	their_sent = their_sent;
+	my_sent = my_sent;
+#endif
+}	// end of Print_Framesync_Values
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Dump_Packet_Too_Late_Stuff -- Dumps a debug file to disk                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		event		ptr to event to print													*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/28/1996 BRR : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void Dump_Packet_Too_Late_Stuff(EventClass *event)
+{
+	FILE *fp;
+	int i;
+
+	fp = fopen("toolate.txt", "wt");
+	if (!fp) {
+		return;
+	}
+	fprintf(fp,"--------- Event data: -------------------\n");
+	fprintf(fp,"Type:       %s\n",EventClass::EventNames[event->Type]);
+	fprintf(fp,"Frame:      %d\n",event->Frame);
+	fprintf(fp,"ID:         %d\n",event->ID);
+	fprintf(fp,"MPlayerID:  %04x\n",event->MPlayerID);
+
+	for (i = 0; i < MPlayerCount; i++) {
+		if (event->MPlayerID == MPlayerID[i]) {
+			fprintf(fp,"Player's Name: %s",MPlayerNames[i]);
+		}
+	}
+
+	fprintf(fp,"----------- My data: ------------------\n");
+	fprintf(fp,"Frame:%d\n",Frame);
+	fprintf(fp,"MaxAhead:%d\n",MPlayerMaxAhead);
+
+	fclose(fp);
+}
+
+#endif	//DEMO
+
+/*************************** end of queue.cpp ******************************/
diff --git a/QUEUE.H b/QUEUE.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7d6f615
--- /dev/null
+++ b/QUEUE.H
@@ -0,0 +1,275 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\queue.h_v   2.16   16 Oct 1995 16:45:50   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               *** 
+ *********************************************************************************************** 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                    File Name : QUEUE.H                                                      * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Start Date : 12/08/94                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                  Last Update : December 9, 1994 [JLB]                                       * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* 
+ * Functions:                                                                                  * 
+ *   QueueClass<T,size>::Add -- Add object to queue.                                           * 
+ *   QueueClass<T,size>::First -- Fetches reference to first object in list.                   * 
+ *   QueueClass<T,size>::Init -- Initializes queue to empty state.                             * 
+ *   QueueClass<T,size>::Next -- Throws out the head of the line.                              * 
+ *   QueueClass<T,size>::operator[] -- Fetches reference to sub object in queue.               * 
+ *   QueueClass<T,size>::QueueClass -- Default constructor for QueueClass objects.             * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef QUEUE_H
+#define QUEUE_H
+
+#include	"mission.h"
+#include	"target.h"
+#include	"defines.h"
+
+#pragma warn -inl
+
+/*
+**	This class implements a classic FIFO queue (also known as - standing in line). Objects 
+**	are added to the end (tail) of the line. Objects are removed from the start (first) of 
+**	the line. A keyboard buffer is a good example of a common computer use of a queue. There
+**	is no provision for "taking cuts" or leaving the line once an object has been added.
+**
+**	The implementation uses a circular list of objects. This allows adding and deleting of
+**	elements without any maintenance moves of remaining objects that would otherwise be
+**	necessary in a simple array storage method. A side effect of this means that accessing the
+**	internal array directly is not allowed. Supporting functions are provided for this purpose.
+**
+**	WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
+**	The size parameter MUST be an exact power of two (2, 4, 8, 16, etc.) otherwise the internal
+**	indexing algorithm will fail.
+*/
+template<class T, int size> 
+class QueueClass
+{
+	public:
+		/*
+		**	This is the count of the number of objects in the queue. If this count is zero,
+		**	then the operator[], First(), and Next() functions are undefined. Check this
+		**	value BEFORE calling these functions.
+		*/
+		const int Count;
+
+		//-------------- Functions --------------------
+		QueueClass(void);						// Default constructor.
+
+		/*
+		**	The bracket subscript operator functions similarly to the way a normal subscript
+		**	operator works except that entry [0] matches the first-in-line and entry
+		**	[Count-1] matches the last-in-line. This is ensured regardless of the actual position
+		**	of the object in the circular internal list.
+		*/
+		T & operator[](int);
+
+		/*
+		**	This function will return a reference to the "head of the line" object.
+		*/
+		T & First(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	This function clears the list of objects.
+		*/
+		void Init(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	This function discards the head-of-the-line object and advances all the remaining
+		**	objects up by one. Mnemonic: Imagine a broadway audition and the director yells
+		**	"NEXT!"
+		*/
+		int Next(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	This will add an object to the tail of the line. If there is no more room to add
+		**	the object, then false will be returned.
+		*/
+		int Add(T const &);
+
+	private:
+		int Head;								// Index of element in list the longest.
+		int Tail;								// Index where next new addition will go.
+
+		T Array[size];							// Raw array of objects.
+};
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * QueueClass<T,size>::QueueClass -- Default constructor for QueueClass objects.               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This default constructor for QueueClass objects initializes the queue to an empty        * 
+ *    state.                                                                                   * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   12/09/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+template<class T, int size> 
+inline QueueClass<T,size>::QueueClass(void) : Count(0)
+{
+	Init();
+}	
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * QueueClass<T,size>::Init -- Initializes queue to empty state.                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This function resets the queue to an empty state.                                        * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   12/09/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+template<class T, int size> 
+inline void QueueClass<T,size>::Init(void)
+{
+	((int &)Count) = 0;
+	Head = 0;
+	Tail = 0;
+}	
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * QueueClass<T,size>::Add -- Add object to queue.                                             * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This function is used to add an object to the tail of the line. If the queue cannot      * 
+ *    accept any more entries, then the object won't be added and false will be returned.      * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   object   -- The object that is to be added to the queue.                           * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the object added successfully?                                           * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   If the queue is full, then the object won't be added. Be sure to check for this.* 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   12/09/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+template<class T, int size>
+inline int QueueClass<T,size>::Add(T const &q)
+{
+	if (Count < size) {
+		Array[Tail] = q;
+		Tail = (Tail + 1) & (size-1);
+		((int &)Count) = Count + 1;
+		return(true);
+	}
+ Mono_Printf( "Queue Add failed Count %d size %d tail %d head %d \n",
+	Count, size, Tail, Head );
+	return (false);
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * QueueClass<T,size>::Next -- Throws out the head of the line.                                * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This routine is used to discard the object at the head of the line. All remaining        * 
+ *    objects "move up" one. No actual movement occurs, merely the index is adjusted, but      * 
+ *    the affect is that the next oldest object in the queue will now be returned with the     * 
+ *    next call to the First() function.                                                       * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns the number of object remaining in the queue.                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   12/09/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+template<class T, int size>
+inline int QueueClass<T,size>::Next(void)
+{
+	if (Count) {
+		Head = (Head + 1) & (size-1);
+		((int &)Count) = Count - 1;
+	}
+	return (Count);
+}	
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * QueueClass<T,size>::operator[] -- Fetches reference to sub object in queue.                 * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    Use this routine to examine individual objects within the queue. The oldest object in    * 
+ *    the queue is referenced by an index value of zero. The newest object in the queue is     * 
+ *    referenced by a value of Count-1. If there are no objects in the queue, then this        * 
+ *    operator is undefined. Although this operator allows examination of the queue, there is  * 
+ *    no corresponding ability to insert or delete objects from the middle of the queue.       * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   index -- The index into the queue of objects. Valid values range from zero to      * 
+ *                   Count-1. All other values return an undefined reference!                  * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a reference to the object indicated by the index.                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   Check to make sure that Count is not zero before using this operator. Failure   * 
+ *             to do so will return a reference to an undefined object.                        * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   12/09/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+template<class T, int size>
+inline T & QueueClass<T,size>::operator[](int index)
+{
+	return Array[(Head + index) & (size-1)];
+}	
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * QueueClass<T,size>::First -- Fetches reference to first object in list.                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This routine is used to fetch the first object in the list (head of the line). This      * 
+ *    object is the oldest in the list. Typical use of this function is to get and process     * 
+ *    the first object so that it may be discarded with the Next() function in order to bring  * 
+ *    subsequent objects to the first position.                                                * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a reference to the oldest object in the queue.                        * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   If there are no objects in the queue, then this function returns an undefined   * 
+ *             reference. Be sure to check Count against zero before calling this function.    * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   12/09/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+template<class T, int size>
+inline T & QueueClass<T,size>::First(void)
+{
+	return Array[Head];
+}	
+
+#endif
diff --git a/RADAR.CPP b/RADAR.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0e20ac7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/RADAR.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,1960 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\radar.cpv   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:49:28   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : RADAR.CPP                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : 12/15/94                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : November 17, 1995 [PWG]                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   Get_Multi_Color -- Get the multi color offset number                                      *
+ *   RadarClass::AI -- Processes radar input (non-tactical).                                   *
+ *   RadarClass::Cell_On_Radar -- Determines if a cell is currently visible on radar.          *
+ *   RadarClass::Click_Cell_Calc -- Determines what cell the pixel coordinate is over.         *
+ *   RadarClass::Click_In_Radar -- Check to see if a click is in radar map                     *
+ *   RadarClass::Click_In_Radar -- Converts a radar click into cell X and Y coordinate.        *
+ *   RadarClass::Draw_It -- Displays the radar map of the terrain.                             *
+ *   RadarClass::Draw_Names -- draws players' names on the radar map                           *
+ *   RadarClass::Init_Clear -- Sets the radar map to a known state                             *
+ *   RadarClass::Map_Cell -- Updates radar map when a cell becomes mapped.                     *
+ *   RadarClass::One_Time -- Handles one time processing for the radar map.                    *
+ *   RadarClass::Player_Names -- toggles the Player-Names mode of the radar map                *
+ *   RadarClass::Plot_Radar_Pixel -- Updates the radar map with a terrain pixel.               *
+ *   RadarClass::RadarClass -- Default constructor for RadarClass object.                      *
+ *   RadarClass::Radar_Activate -- Controls radar activation.                                  *
+ *   RadarClass::Radar_Anim -- Renders current frame of radar animation                        *
+ *   RadarClass::Radar_Cursor -- Adjust the position of the radar map cursor.                  *
+ *   RadarClass::Radar_Pixel -- Mark a cell to be rerendered on the radar map.                 *
+ *   RadarClass::Radar_Position -- Returns with the current position of the radar map.         *
+ *   RadarClass::Refresh_Cells -- Intercepts refresh request and updates radar if needed       *
+ *   RadarClass::Render_Infantry -- Displays objects on the radar map.                         *
+ *   RadarClass::Render_Overlay -- Renders an icon for given overlay                           *
+ *   RadarClass::Render_Terrain -- Render the terrain over the given cell                      *
+ *   RadarClass::Set_Map_Dimensions -- Sets the tactical map dimensions.                       *
+ *   RadarClass::Set_Radar_Position -- Sets the radar map coordinates.                         *
+ *   RadarClass::Set_Radar_Position -- Sets the radar position to center around specified cell.*
+ *   RadarClass::Set_Tactical_Position -- Called when setting the tactical display position.   *
+ *   RadarClass::Set_Tactical_Position -- Called when setting the tactical display position.   *
+ *   RadarClass::TacticalClass::Action -- I/O function for the radar map.                      *
+ *   RadarClass::Zoom_Mode(void) -- Handles toggling zoom on the map                           *
+ *   RadarClass::Set_Tactical_Position -- Sets the map's tactical position and adjusts radar to*
+ *   RadarClass::Coord_To_Radar_Pixel -- Converts a coordinate to a radar pixel position       *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+//void const * RadarClass::CoverShape;
+RadarClass::TacticalClass RadarClass::RadarButton;
+
+void const * RadarClass::RadarAnim = NULL;
+
+static bool FullRedraw = false;
+
+#define _MAX_NAME 13
+
+static GraphicBufferClass _IconStage(3,3);
+static GraphicBufferClass _TileStage(24,24);
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * RadarClass::RadarClass -- Default constructor for RadarClass object.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This default constructor merely sets the radar specific values to default settings. The  *
+ *    radar must be deliberately activated in order for it to be displayed.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/16/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+RadarClass::RadarClass(void)
+{
+	IsZoomed          = true;
+	IsRadarActive		= false;
+	IsToRedraw			= false;
+	RadarCursorRedraw = false;
+	PixelPtr				= 0;
+	SpecialRadarFrame = 0;
+	IsPlayerNames		= false;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * RadarClass::One_Time -- Handles one time processing for the radar map.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine handles any one time processing required in order for the radar map to      *
+ *    function. This actually only requires an allocation of the radar staging buffer. This    *
+ *    buffer is needed for those cases where the radar area of the page is being destroyed     *
+ *    and it needs to be destroyed.                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   Be sure to call this routine only ONCE.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/22/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void RadarClass::One_Time(void)
+{
+	int factor = Get_Resolution_Factor();
+	RadWidth		= 80 << factor;
+	RadHeight 	= 70 << factor;
+	RadX 			= SeenBuff.Get_Width() - RadWidth;
+	RadY 			= Map.Get_Tab_Height() - (1 << factor);
+	RadPWidth 	= 64 << factor;
+	RadPHeight 	= 64 << factor;
+	if ( factor ) {
+		RadOffX 		= 16;
+		RadOffY 		= 7;
+		RadIWidth 	= 128;
+		RadIHeight	= 128;
+	} else {
+		RadOffX 		= 4 << factor;
+		RadOffY 		= 1 << factor;
+		RadIWidth 	= 72 << factor;
+		RadIHeight	= 69 << factor;
+	}
+
+	DisplayClass::One_Time();
+	RadarButton.X			= RadX+RadOffX;
+	RadarButton.Y 			= RadY+RadOffY;
+	RadarButton.Width 	= RadIWidth;
+	RadarButton.Height 	= RadIHeight;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * RadarClass::Init_Clear -- Sets the radar map to a known state.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to initialize the radar map at the start of the scenario. It        *
+ *    sets the radar map position and starts it in the disabled state.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   theater  -- The theater that the scenario is starting (unused by this routine).    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/22/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void RadarClass::Init_Clear(void)
+{
+	DisplayClass::Init_Clear();
+	IsRadarActive			= false;
+	IsToRedraw 				= true;
+	RadarCursorRedraw    = true;
+	IsRadarActivating 	= false;
+	IsRadarDeactivating 	= false;
+	DoesRadarExist 		= false;
+	PixelPtr 				= 0;
+	IsPlayerNames		= false;
+
+	/*
+	** If we have a valid map lets make sure that we set it correctly
+	*/
+	if (MapCellWidth || MapCellHeight) {
+		IsZoomed = false;
+		Zoom_Mode(Coord_Cell(Map.TacticalCoord));
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * RadarClass::Radar_Activate -- Controls radar activation.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to turn the radar map on or off.                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   control  -- What to do with the radar map:                                         *
+ *                      0 = Turn radar off.                                                    *
+ *                      1 = Turn radar on.                                                     *
+ *                      2 = Remove Radar Gadgets                                               *
+ *                      3 = Add Radar Gadgets                                                  *
+ *                      4 = Remove radar.                                                      *
+ *                      -1= Toggle radar on or off.                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the radar map already on?                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/11/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool RadarClass::Radar_Activate(int control)
+{
+	bool old = IsRadarActive;
+
+	switch (control) {
+
+		/*
+		** Toggle the state of the radar map on or off.
+		*/
+		case -1:
+			{
+				int temp = (IsRadarActive == false);
+				if (temp) {
+					Radar_Activate(1);
+				} else {
+					Radar_Activate(0);
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		** Turn the radar map off properly.
+		*/
+		case 0:
+			if (Map.IsSidebarActive) {
+				if (IsRadarActive && !IsRadarDeactivating) {
+					Sound_Effect(VOC_RADAR_OFF);
+					IsRadarDeactivating = true;
+					IsRadarActive = false;
+					if (IsRadarActivating == true) {
+						IsRadarActivating = false;
+					} else {
+						RadarAnimFrame = RADAR_ACTIVATED_FRAME;
+					}
+				}
+			} else {
+				Radar_Activate(2);
+			}
+			return(old);
+
+		case 1:
+			if (Map.IsSidebarActive) {
+				if (!IsRadarActivating && !IsRadarActive) {
+					Sound_Effect(VOC_RADAR_ON);
+					IsRadarActivating = true;
+					if (IsRadarDeactivating == true) {
+						IsRadarDeactivating = false;
+					} else {
+						if (DoesRadarExist) {
+							RadarAnimFrame = MAX_RADAR_FRAMES;
+						} else {
+							RadarAnimFrame = 0;
+						}
+					}
+				}
+			} else {
+				Radar_Activate(3);
+			}
+			return(old);
+
+		case 2:
+			if (GameToPlay==GAME_NORMAL) {
+				Map.Zoom.Disable();
+			}
+			IsRadarActive = false;
+			IsRadarActivating = false;
+			IsRadarDeactivating = false;
+			break;
+
+		case 3:
+			if (GameToPlay==GAME_NORMAL) {
+				Map.Zoom.Enable();
+			}
+			IsRadarActive = true;
+			IsRadarActivating = false;
+			IsRadarDeactivating = false;
+			break;
+
+		case 4:
+			IsRadarActive			= false;
+			IsRadarActivating		= false;
+			IsRadarDeactivating	= false;
+			DoesRadarExist 		= false;
+			Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+			IsToRedraw = true;
+			break;
+	}
+
+	if (IsRadarActive != old) {
+		IsToRedraw = true;
+		Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+	}
+	FullRedraw = IsRadarActive;
+	return(old);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * RadarClass::Draw_It -- Displays the radar map of the terrain.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is used to display the radar map that appears in the lower                          *
+ *    right corner. The main changes to this map are the vehicles and                          *
+ *    structure pixels.                                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:      none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:     none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   04/24/1991 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   05/08/1994 JLB : Converted to member function.                                            *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void RadarClass::Draw_It(bool forced)
+{
+	DisplayClass::Draw_It(forced);
+//	if (!In_Debugger)	while (!HidPage.Lock()) {}
+
+	/*
+	**	Don't perform any rendering if none is requested.
+	*/
+	if (!forced && !IsToRedraw && !FullRedraw) return;
+
+	static HousesType _house = HOUSE_NONE;
+	if (PlayerPtr->ActLike != _house) {
+		char name[_MAX_NAME + _MAX_EXT];
+
+		if (Special.IsJurassic && AreThingiesEnabled) {
+			strcpy(name, "RADAR.JP");
+		} else {
+			_makepath(name, NULL, NULL, "RADAR", HouseTypeClass::As_Reference(PlayerPtr->ActLike).Suffix);
+		}
+		RadarAnim = Hires_Retrieve(name);
+		_house = PlayerPtr->ActLike;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** If in player name mode, just draw player names
+	*/
+	if (IsPlayerNames) {
+		Draw_Names();
+		IsToRedraw = false;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (IsRadarActivating || IsRadarDeactivating) {
+		Radar_Anim();
+		IsToRedraw = false;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	if (Map.IsSidebarActive) {
+		if (IsRadarActive) {
+
+			//HidPage.Lock();
+// ST 8/13/96 2:24PM
+//forced = true;
+			/*
+			**	If only a few of the radar pixels need to be redrawn, then find and redraw
+			**	only these.
+			*/
+			if (!forced && IsToRedraw && !FullRedraw) {
+				IsToRedraw = false;
+
+				if (PixelPtr) {
+
+					/*
+					**	Render all pixels in the "to redraw" stack.
+					*/
+					for (int index = 0; index < PixelPtr; index++) {
+						CELL cell = PixelStack[index];
+					  	if (Cell_On_Radar(cell)) {
+							(*this)[cell].IsPlot = false;
+							Plot_Radar_Pixel(cell);
+							RadarCursorRedraw |= (*this)[cell].IsRadarCursor;
+						}
+					}
+
+
+					/*
+					**	Refill the stack if there is pending pixels yet to be plotted.
+					**	This should only process in sections for speed reasons
+					*/
+
+					if (PixelPtr == PIXELSTACK) {
+						PixelPtr = 0;
+
+						for (int y = 0; y < MapCellHeight; y++) {
+							for (int x = 0; x < MapCellWidth; x++) {
+								CELL cell = XY_Cell(MapCellX + x, MapCellY + y);
+							  	if (Cell_On_Radar(cell)) {
+
+									if ((*this)[cell].IsPlot) {
+										PixelStack[PixelPtr++] = cell;
+										IsToRedraw = true;
+										if	(PixelPtr == PIXELSTACK) break;
+									}
+								}
+							}
+							if	(PixelPtr == PIXELSTACK) break;
+						}
+					} else {
+						PixelPtr = 0;
+					}
+				}
+
+				Radar_Cursor(RadarCursorRedraw);
+
+			} else {
+				GraphicViewPortClass *oldpage	= Set_Logic_Page(HidPage);
+//				if (LogicPage->Lock()) {
+					CC_Draw_Shape(RadarAnim, RADAR_ACTIVATED_FRAME, RadX, RadY+1, WINDOW_MAIN, SHAPE_NORMAL);
+					if (BaseX || BaseY) {
+						LogicPage->Fill_Rect(	RadX + RadOffX,
+														RadY + RadOffY,
+														RadX + RadOffX + RadIWidth - 1,
+														RadY + RadOffY + RadIHeight - 1,
+														DKGREY);
+					} else {
+						LogicPage->Fill_Rect(	RadX + RadOffX,
+														RadY + RadOffY,
+														RadX + RadOffX + RadIWidth - 1,
+														RadY + RadOffY + RadIHeight - 1,
+														BLACK);
+					}
+
+					/*
+					** Draw the entire radar map.
+					*/
+					for (int index = 0; index < MAP_CELL_TOTAL; index++) {
+						Plot_Radar_Pixel(index);
+					}
+					Radar_Cursor(true);
+					FullRedraw = false;
+					IsToRedraw = false;
+					LogicPage->Unlock();
+					if (oldpage == &SeenBuff) {
+						Hide_Mouse();
+						LogicPage->Blit(SeenBuff, RadX, RadY, RadX, RadY, RadWidth, RadHeight);
+						Show_Mouse();
+					}
+
+//					Set_Logic_Page(oldpage);
+
+//				}
+
+			}
+
+		} else {
+
+			/*
+			**	If the radar is not active, then only draw the cover plate if forced to do so.
+			*/
+//			if (forced) {
+				int val = (DoesRadarExist) ?  MAX_RADAR_FRAMES : 0;
+				CC_Draw_Shape(RadarAnim, val, RadX, RadY + 1, WINDOW_MAIN, SHAPE_NORMAL);
+				FullRedraw = false;
+				IsToRedraw = false;
+//			}
+		}
+
+		//HidPage.Unlock();
+//		Map.Activator.Draw_Me(true);
+	}
+}
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * RadarClass::Render_Terrain -- Render the terrain over the given cell    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   04/12/1995 PWG : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void RadarClass::Render_Terrain(CELL cell, int x, int y, int size)
+{
+	TerrainClass	*list[4];
+	int				listidx = 0;
+	int				lp,lp2;
+
+
+	ObjectClass *obj = Map[cell].Cell_Occupier();
+
+	/*
+	** If the cell is occupied by a terrain type, add it to the sortable
+	** list.
+	*/
+	if (obj && obj->What_Am_I() == RTTI_TERRAIN)
+		list[listidx++] = (TerrainClass *)obj;
+
+	/*
+	** Now loop through all the occupiers and add them to the list if they
+	** are terrain type.
+	*/
+	for (lp = 0; lp < 3; lp ++) {
+		obj = Map[cell].Overlapper[lp];
+		if (obj && obj->What_Am_I() == RTTI_TERRAIN)
+			list[listidx++] = (TerrainClass *)obj;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** If there are no entrys in our list then just get out.
+	*/
+	if (!listidx) return;
+
+	/*
+	**	If there is terrain in this cell then draw a dark pixel to
+	** represent it.
+	*/
+	if (size == 1) {
+		LogicPage->Put_Pixel(x, y, 60);
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Sort the list by its sort Y value so that we can render in the proper
+	** order.
+	*/
+	for (lp = 0; lp < listidx - 1; lp ++) {
+		for (lp2 = lp + 1; lp2 < listidx; lp2++) {
+			if (list[lp]->Sort_Y() > list[lp2]->Sort_Y()) {
+				TerrainClass *terrain = list[lp];
+				list[lp] = list[lp2];
+				list[lp2] = terrain;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** loop through the list and take care of rendering the correct icon.
+	*/
+	for (lp = 0; lp < listidx; lp ++) {
+		unsigned char *icon = list[lp]->Radar_Icon(cell);
+		if (!icon) continue;
+
+		Buffer_To_Page(0, 0, 3, 3, icon, _IconStage);
+		_IconStage.Scale(*LogicPage, 0, 0, x, y, 3, 3, ZoomFactor, ZoomFactor, TRUE, (char *)&FadingBrighten[0]);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * RadarClass::Render_Infantry -- Displays objects on the radar map.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will display an object imagery at the location specified according to the   *
+ *    condition of the specified cell.                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   cell  -- The cell to use as reference when drawing the radar pixel.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          x,y   -- The pixel coordinate to render the radar "pixel" at.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          size  -- The size of the "pixel". When zoomed in, this value will be "3".          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/17/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void RadarClass::Render_Infantry(CELL cell, int x, int y, int size)
+{
+	ObjectClass 	*obj;
+	int 				xoff,yoff;
+
+	obj = (ObjectClass *)Map[cell].Cell_Occupier();
+	while (obj) {
+		if (obj->Is_Techno() && (((TechnoClass *)obj)->Cloak != CLOAKED || ((TechnoClass *)obj)->House->Is_Ally(PlayerPtr))) {
+			switch (obj->What_Am_I()) {
+				case RTTI_INFANTRY:
+					{
+						//int divisor = 255 / ZoomFactor;
+						int divisor = 86;
+						if ( ZoomFactor >= 3 ) {
+							xoff = Coord_XLepton(obj->Coord) / divisor;
+							yoff = Coord_YLepton(obj->Coord) / divisor;
+							if ( ZoomFactor >= 6 ) {
+								xoff<<=1;
+								yoff<<=1;
+							}
+						} else {
+							xoff = 0;
+							yoff = 0;
+						}
+						LogicPage->Put_Pixel(x+xoff, y+yoff, ((InfantryClass *)obj)->House->Class->BrightColor);
+					}
+					break;
+
+				case RTTI_UNIT:
+				case RTTI_AIRCRAFT:
+					// PWG: Slowdown?
+					//if (LogicPage->Lock()){
+						Fat_Put_Pixel(x, y, ((UnitClass *)obj)->House->Class->BrightColor, size, *LogicPage);
+						//LogicPage->Unlock();
+					//}
+					break;
+			}
+		}
+		obj = obj->Next;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * RadarClass::Render_Overlay -- Renders an icon for given overlay         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   04/18/1995 PWG : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void RadarClass::Render_Overlay(CELL cell, int x, int y, int size)
+{
+	OverlayType overlay = (*this)[cell].Overlay;
+ 	if (overlay != OVERLAY_NONE) {
+		OverlayTypeClass const * otype = &OverlayTypeClass::As_Reference(overlay);
+
+		if (otype->IsRadarVisible) {
+			unsigned char *icon = otype->Radar_Icon((*this)[cell].OverlayData);
+			if (!icon) return;
+			Buffer_To_Page(0, 0, 3, 3, icon, _IconStage);
+			if (otype->IsTiberium) {
+				_IconStage.Scale(*LogicPage, 0, 0, x, y, 3, 3, size, size, TRUE, (char *)&FadingGreen[0]);
+			} else {
+				_IconStage.Scale(*LogicPage, 0, 0, x, y, 3, 3, size, size, TRUE, (char *)&FadingBrighten[0]);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * RadarClass::Zoom_Mode -- Handles toggling zoom on the map               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:      none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:  	none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/29/1995 PWG : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void RadarClass::Zoom_Mode(CELL cell)
+{
+	int map_c_width;
+	int map_c_height;
+	/*
+	** Set all of the initial zoom mode variables to the correct
+	** setting.
+	*/
+	IsZoomed				= !IsZoomed;
+	BaseX					= 0;
+	BaseY					= 0;
+
+	/*
+	** Figure out exactly what size we need to zoom the map to.
+	*/
+	if ( !IsZoomed ) {
+		int xfactor			= RadIWidth / MapCellWidth;
+		int yfactor			= RadIHeight / MapCellHeight;
+		ZoomFactor			= MIN(xfactor,yfactor);
+		map_c_width			= MapCellWidth;
+		map_c_height      = MapCellHeight;
+	} else {
+		ZoomFactor			= 6;
+		map_c_width			= RadIWidth / ZoomFactor;
+		map_c_height		= RadIHeight / ZoomFactor;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Make sure we do not show more cell then are on the map.
+	*/
+	map_c_width			= MIN(map_c_width, 62);
+	map_c_height		= MIN(map_c_height, 62);
+
+	/*
+	** Find the amount of remainder because this will let us calculate
+	** how to center the thing.
+	*/
+	int rem_x 			= RadIWidth - (map_c_width * ZoomFactor);
+	int rem_y 			= RadIHeight - (map_c_height * ZoomFactor);
+
+	/*
+	** Finally mark the map so it shows just as much as it is supposed
+	** to.
+	*/
+	BaseX					= rem_x / 2;
+	BaseY					= rem_y / 2;
+	RadarCellWidth 	= map_c_width;
+	RadarCellHeight 	= map_c_height;
+	RadarWidth			= RadIWidth - rem_x;
+	RadarHeight			= RadIWidth - rem_y;
+
+	/*
+	** Set the radar position to the current cell.
+	*/
+	Set_Radar_Position(cell);
+
+	/*
+	** When zoom mode changes then we need to redraw the radar
+	** area.
+	*/
+	IsToRedraw = true;
+
+	/*
+	** Notify the map that we need to redraw a portion
+	*/
+	Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+
+	/*
+	** Since we have made a vast change we must redraw everything
+	*/
+	FullRedraw = true;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * RadarClass::Plot_Radar_Pixel -- Updates the radar map with a terrain pixel.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This will update the radar map with a pixel. It is used to display                       *
+ *    vehicle positions on the radar map.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   unit  -- Pointer to unit to render at the given position. If                       *
+ *                   NULL is passed in, then the underlying terrain is                         *
+ *                   displayed instead.                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          pos   -- Position on the map to update.                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:     none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   This routine does NOT hide the mouse. It is up to you to                        *
+ *             do so.                                                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/04/1991 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   06/21/1991 JLB : Large blips for units & buildings.                                       *
+ *   02/14/1994 JLB : Revamped.                                                                *
+ *   04/17/1995 PWG : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   04/18/1995 PWG : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void RadarClass::Plot_Radar_Pixel(CELL cell)
+{
+	if (cell == -1) cell = 1;
+
+	int	x,y;					// Coordinate of cell location.
+
+	/*
+	**	Perform any clipping on the cell coordinate.
+	*/
+	if (!IsRadarActive || (unsigned)cell > MAP_CELL_TOTAL) return;
+
+	if (!In_Radar(cell) || !Cell_On_Radar(cell)) {
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** If we are zoomed in then calculate the pixel based off of the portion
+	** of the map the radar is viewing.
+	*/
+	x = Cell_X(cell) - RadarX;
+	y = Cell_Y(cell) - RadarY;
+
+	if (LogicPage->Lock()) {
+		CellClass * cellptr = &(*this)[cell];
+ 		x = RadX + RadOffX + BaseX + (x * ZoomFactor);
+ 		y = RadY + RadOffY + BaseY + (y * ZoomFactor);
+
+ 		/*
+ 		**	Determine what (if any) vehicle or unit should be rendered in this blip.
+ 		*/
+		int color=TBLACK;		// Color of the pixel to plot.
+ 		if ((*this)[cell].IsVisible || Debug_Unshroud) {
+ 			color = cellptr->Cell_Color(true);
+ 		} else  {
+ 			color = BLACK;
+ 		}
+
+// ST 8/13/96 2:24PM
+//if (cellptr->IsRadarCursor){
+//	color = WHITE;
+//}
+
+ 		/*
+ 		**	If no color override occurs for this cell, then render the underlying
+ 		**	terrain.
+ 		*/
+		if (color == TBLACK) {
+			if (ZoomFactor > 1) {
+				void const *ptr;
+				long offset;
+				int icon;
+
+				if (cellptr->TType != TEMPLATE_NONE) {
+					ptr = TemplateTypeClass::As_Reference(cellptr->TType).Get_Image_Data();
+					icon = cellptr->TIcon;
+				} else {
+					ptr = TemplateTypeClass::As_Reference(TEMPLATE_CLEAR1).Get_Image_Data();
+					icon = cellptr->Clear_Icon();
+				}
+
+				/*
+				**	Convert the logical icon number into the actual icon number.
+				*/
+				Mem_Copy(Add_Long_To_Pointer((void *)ptr, 28), &offset, sizeof(offset));
+				Mem_Copy(Add_Long_To_Pointer((void *)ptr, offset+icon), &icon, sizeof(char));
+				icon &= 0x00FF;
+
+				Mem_Copy(Add_Long_To_Pointer((void *)ptr, 12), &offset, sizeof(offset));
+				ptr = Add_Long_To_Pointer((void *)ptr, offset + icon*(24*24));
+
+				unsigned char * data = (unsigned char *)ptr;
+				Buffer_To_Page(0, 0, 24, 24, data, _TileStage);
+				_TileStage.Scale(*LogicPage, 0, 0, x, y, 24, 24, ZoomFactor, ZoomFactor, TRUE);
+
+			} else {
+				if (LogicPage->Lock()){
+					Fat_Put_Pixel(x, y, cellptr->Cell_Color(false), ZoomFactor, *LogicPage);
+					LogicPage->Unlock();
+				}
+			}
+		} else {
+			if (LogicPage->Lock()){
+				Fat_Put_Pixel(x, y, color, ZoomFactor, *LogicPage);
+				LogicPage->Unlock();
+			}
+		}
+		if (color != BLACK) {
+			Render_Overlay(cell, x, y, ZoomFactor);
+		 	Render_Terrain(cell, x, y, ZoomFactor);
+			Render_Infantry(cell, x, y, ZoomFactor);
+		}
+		LogicPage->Unlock();
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * RadarClass::Radar_Pixel -- Mark a cell to be rerendered on the radar map.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to inform the system that a pixel needs to be                       *
+ *    rerendered on the radar map. The pixel(s) will be rendered the                           *
+ *    next time the map is refreshed.                                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   cell  -- The map cell to be rerendered.                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/12/1992 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   05/08/1994 JLB : Converted to member function.                                            *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void RadarClass::Radar_Pixel(CELL cell)
+{
+	if (IsRadarActive && Map.IsSidebarActive && Cell_On_Radar(cell)) {
+		IsToRedraw 						= true;
+		(*this)[cell].IsPlot 		= true;
+		if (PixelPtr < PIXELSTACK) {
+			PixelStack[PixelPtr++] 	= cell;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * RadarClass::Click_In_Radar -- Converts a radar click into cell X and Y coordinate.          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will examine the X and Y coordinate and convert them into the X and Y       *
+ *    cell coordinate value that cooresponds to the location.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   x,y   -- The X and Y moouse coordinate already normalized to the radar upper left  *
+ *                   corner.                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with success rating in addition, the X and Y values will now hold the      *
+ *          cell coordinates of the cell the pixel offsets indicated.                          *
+ *             Result 1 = click was in radar region                                            *
+ *             Result 0 = click was outside radar region completly                             *
+ *             Result-1 = click in radar area but not on clickable reagion of radar.           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/30/1995 PWG : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   07/16/1995 JLB : Recognizes when sidebar is closed now.                                   *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int RadarClass::Click_In_Radar(int &ptr_x, int &ptr_y, bool change)
+{
+	int x	= ptr_x;
+	int y	= ptr_y;
+
+	/*
+	** If radar is not active the click could have been on a radar point
+	*/
+	if (!IsRadarActive || !Map.IsSidebarActive) return(0);
+
+	x -= (RadX + RadOffX);
+	y -= (RadY + RadOffY);
+	if ((unsigned)x < RadIWidth && (unsigned)y < RadIHeight) {
+		x -= BaseX;
+		y -= BaseY;
+
+		if ((unsigned)x < RadarWidth && (unsigned)y < RadarHeight) {
+			x = RadarX + (x / ZoomFactor);
+			y = RadarY + (y / ZoomFactor);
+			if (change) {
+				ptr_x = x;
+				ptr_y = y;
+			}
+			return(1);
+		}
+		return(-1);
+	}
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * RadarClass::Click_Cell_Calc -- Determines what cell the pixel coordinate is over.           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will examine the pixel coordinate provided and determine what cell it       *
+ *    represents. If the radar map is not active or the coordinates are not positioned over    *
+ *    the radar map, then it will fall into the base class corresponding routine.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   x,y   -- The pixel coordinate to convert into a cell number.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the cell number that the coordinate is over or -1 if not over any     *
+ *          cell.                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/22/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+CELL RadarClass::Click_Cell_Calc(int x, int y)
+{
+	int result = Click_In_Radar(x, y, true);
+	switch (result) {
+		case 1:
+			return(XY_Cell(x, y));
+
+		case -1:
+			return(-1);
+	}
+	return(DisplayClass::Click_Cell_Calc(x, y));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * RadarClass::Map_Cell -- Updates radar map when a cell becomes mapped.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will update the radar map if a cell becomes mapped.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   cell  -- The cell that is being mapped.                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          house -- The house that is doing the mapping.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the cell mapped (for the first time) by this routine?                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/22/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool RadarClass::Map_Cell(CELL cell, HouseClass * house)
+{
+	if (DisplayClass::Map_Cell(cell, house)) {
+		Radar_Pixel(cell);
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+void RadarClass::Cursor_Cell(CELL cell, int value)
+{
+	int	temp			= (*this)[cell].IsRadarCursor;
+
+	/*
+	** If this cell is not on the radar don't botther doing anything.
+	*/
+	if (In_Radar(cell) && temp != value) {
+		/*
+		**	Record the new state of this cell.
+		*/
+		(*this)[cell].IsRadarCursor	= value;
+
+		/*
+		**	If we are erasing then erase the cell.
+		*/
+////// ST 8/13/96 2:23PM
+		if (value == FALSE) 	{
+			Plot_Radar_Pixel(cell);
+//////
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+void RadarClass::Mark_Radar(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, int value, int barlen)
+{
+	int x, y;
+	/*
+	** First step is to convert pixel coordinates back to a CellX and CellY.
+	*/
+	x1 = RadarX + (x1 / ZoomFactor);
+	y1 = RadarY + (y1 / ZoomFactor);
+	x2 = RadarX + (x2 / ZoomFactor);
+	y2 = RadarY + (y2 / ZoomFactor);
+
+	/*
+	** Now we need to convert the Pixel length to a cell length.
+	*/
+	barlen = (barlen / ZoomFactor)+1;
+
+	/*
+	** Now lets loop through and mark the map with the proper value.
+	*/
+	for (int lp = 0; lp <= barlen; lp++) {
+		/*
+		** Do Horizontal action to upper and lower left corners.
+		*/
+		x = x1 + lp;
+		Cursor_Cell(XY_Cell(x,y1), value);
+		Cursor_Cell(XY_Cell(x,y2), value);
+		/*
+		** Do Horizontal Action to upper and lower right corners
+		*/
+		x = x2 - lp;
+		Cursor_Cell(XY_Cell(x,y1), value);
+		Cursor_Cell(XY_Cell(x,y2), value);
+		/*
+		** Do Vertical Action to left and right upper corners
+		*/
+		y = y1 + lp;
+		Cursor_Cell(XY_Cell(x1,y), value);
+		Cursor_Cell(XY_Cell(x2,y), value);
+
+		/*
+		** Do Vertical action to left and right lower corners.
+		*/
+		y = y2 - lp;
+		Cursor_Cell(XY_Cell(x1,y), value);
+		Cursor_Cell(XY_Cell(x2,y), value);
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * RadarClass::Cell_XY_To_Radar_Pixel-- Adjust the position of the radar map cursor.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will adjust the location (and visibility) of the radar                      *
+ *    map cursor. It handles all restoration, drawing, and flashing.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   pos   - Cell position for the cursor. If the value is -1 then                      *
+ *                  the cursor will be hidden. If the value is equal to                        *
+ *                  the last value passed in then cursor flashing will                         *
+ *                  be maintained.                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:     none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/22/1991 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   11/17/1995 PWG : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void RadarClass::Cell_XY_To_Radar_Pixel(int cellx, int celly, int &x, int &y)
+{
+	x     = (cellx - RadarX) * ZoomFactor;
+	y     = (celly - RadarY) * ZoomFactor;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * RadarClass::Radar_Cursor -- Adjust the position of the radar map cursor.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will adjust the location (and visibility) of the radar                      *
+ *    map cursor. It handles all restoration, drawing, and flashing.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   pos   - Cell position for the cursor. If the value is -1 then                      *
+ *                  the cursor will be hidden. If the value is equal to                        *
+ *                  the last value passed in then cursor flashing will                         *
+ *                  be maintained.                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:     none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/22/1991 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   11/17/1995 PWG : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+#pragma argsused
+void RadarClass::Radar_Cursor(int forced)
+{
+	static 					_last_pos = -1;
+	static 					_last_frame = -1;
+	GraphicViewPortClass 	*oldpage;
+	int						x1, y1, x2, y2;
+	/*
+	** figure out these function calls as we will need to call them multiple times.
+	*/
+	int	tac_cell    = Coord_Cell(TacticalCoord);
+	int	tac_cell_x	= Cell_X(tac_cell);
+	int	tac_cell_y	= Cell_Y(tac_cell);
+	int	barlen      = 6;
+	/*
+	** If the current tactical cell is invalid or we haven't moved and we are not forced to redraw then
+	** just skip the redraw process.
+	*/
+	if (tac_cell != -1 && _last_pos == tac_cell && _last_frame == SpecialRadarFrame && !forced) return;
+
+	if ( _last_pos != -1 ) {
+		/*
+		** The first thing we need to do is take care of erasing the last radar cell position.  We do this
+		** by converting to pixel coordinates, then adjusting for the pixel coords for the current frame and
+		** finally taking care of calling the erase procedure which will convert the pixel coordinates back
+		** to the cells that need to be redraw.
+		**/
+		int last_cell_x	= Cell_X(_last_pos);
+		int last_cell_y	= Cell_Y(_last_pos);
+
+		Cell_XY_To_Radar_Pixel(last_cell_x, last_cell_y, x1, y1);
+		Cell_XY_To_Radar_Pixel(last_cell_x + Lepton_To_Cell(TacLeptonWidth), last_cell_y + Lepton_To_Cell(TacLeptonHeight), x2, y2);
+		x2--;
+		y2--;
+
+		/*
+		** Adjust the current coordinates based on the last animation frame.
+		*/
+		x1-= _last_frame;
+		y1-= _last_frame;
+		x2+= _last_frame;
+		y2+= _last_frame;
+		/*
+		** Finally mark the map (actually remove the marks that indicate the radar cursor was there
+		*/
+		Mark_Radar(x1, y1, x2, y2, FALSE, barlen);
+	}
+
+
+	/*
+	** find the upper left and lower right corners of the radar cursor.  Remember to adjust x2 and y2 back
+	** by one pixel as they will not be pointing to the right value otherwise.  They point one cell ahead
+	** of where they should.
+	*/
+	Cell_XY_To_Radar_Pixel(tac_cell_x, tac_cell_y, x1, y1);
+	Cell_XY_To_Radar_Pixel(tac_cell_x + Lepton_To_Cell(TacLeptonWidth), tac_cell_y + Lepton_To_Cell(TacLeptonHeight), x2, y2);
+	x2--;
+	y2--;
+
+	/*
+	** Adjust the coordinates based on the current frame of radar animation.
+	*/
+	x1-= SpecialRadarFrame;
+	y1-= SpecialRadarFrame;
+	x2+= SpecialRadarFrame;
+	y2+= SpecialRadarFrame;
+
+	Mark_Radar(x1, y1, x2, y2, TRUE, barlen);
+
+	/*
+	** setup a graphic view port class so we can write all the pixels relative
+	** to 0,0 rather than relative to full screen coordinates.
+	*/
+	oldpage = Set_Logic_Page(HidPage);
+	GraphicViewPortClass draw_window(LogicPage->Get_Graphic_Buffer(),
+												RadX + RadOffX + BaseX + LogicPage->Get_XPos(),
+												RadY + RadOffY + BaseY + LogicPage->Get_YPos(),
+												RadarWidth,
+												RadarHeight);
+
+	draw_window.Draw_Line(x1, 	y1,	x1 + barlen,	y1, 	LTGREEN);
+	draw_window.Draw_Line(x1,	y1,	x1,	y1 + barlen,	LTGREEN);
+
+	// Draw upper right hand corner
+	draw_window.Draw_Line(x2 - barlen,	y1,	x2,	y1, 	LTGREEN);
+	draw_window.Draw_Line(x2, 	y1, 	x2, 	y1 + barlen,	LTGREEN);
+
+	// Draw lower left hand corner
+	draw_window.Draw_Line(x1,	y2 - barlen,	x1,	y2,	LTGREEN);
+	draw_window.Draw_Line(x1,	y2,	x1 + barlen,	y2, 	LTGREEN);
+
+	// Draw lower right hand corner
+	draw_window.Draw_Line(x2,	y2 - barlen,	x2, 	y2, 	LTGREEN);
+	draw_window.Draw_Line(x2 - barlen, 	y2,	x2,	y2, 	LTGREEN);
+#if(0)
+	draw_window.Draw_Rect(x1, y1, x2, y2, WHITE);
+#endif
+
+#if(FALSE)
+	if (oldpage == &SeenBuff) {
+		Hide_Mouse();
+	   HidPage.Blit(	SeenBuff,
+							(int)(RadX + RadOffX + BaseX),
+							(int)(RadY + RadOffY + BaseY),
+							(int)(RadX + RadOffX + BaseX),
+							(int)(RadY + RadOffY + BaseY),
+							(int)draw_window.Get_Width(),
+							(int)draw_window.Get_Height(),
+						 	(BOOL)FALSE);
+
+		Show_Mouse();
+	}
+#endif
+	Set_Logic_Page(oldpage);
+	_last_pos = tac_cell;
+	_last_frame = SpecialRadarFrame;
+	RadarCursorRedraw = FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * RadarClass::Radar_Anim -- Renders current frame of radar animation      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   04/19/1995 PWG : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void RadarClass::Radar_Anim(void)
+{
+	/*
+	** Do nothing if we're in player-name mode
+	*/
+	if (IsPlayerNames)
+		return;
+
+	if (!Map.IsSidebarActive) return;
+
+	GraphicViewPortClass *oldpage= Set_Logic_Page(HidPage);
+	GraphicViewPortClass draw_window(LogicPage->Get_Graphic_Buffer(),
+												RadX + RadOffX + LogicPage->Get_XPos(),
+												RadY + RadOffY + LogicPage->Get_YPos(),
+												RadIWidth,
+												RadIHeight);
+
+	Draw_Box(RadX+RadOffX-1, RadY+RadOffY-1, RadIWidth+2, RadIHeight+2, BOXSTYLE_RAISED, true);
+	draw_window.Clear();
+	CC_Draw_Shape(RadarAnim, RadarAnimFrame, RadX, RadY+1, WINDOW_MAIN, SHAPE_NORMAL);
+
+	Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+	Set_Logic_Page(oldpage);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * RadarClass::AI -- Processes radar input (non-tactical).                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine intercepts any player input that concerns the radar map, but not those      *
+ *    areas that represent the tactical map. These are handled by the tactical map AI          *
+ *    processor. Primarily, this routine handles the little buttons that border the radar      *
+ *    map.                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   input -- The player input code.                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          x,y   -- Mouse coordinate parameters to use.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/23/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   12/26/1994 JLB : Moves tactical map with click or drag.                                   *
+ *   12/31/1994 JLB : Uses mouse coordinate parameters.                                        *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void RadarClass::AI(KeyNumType & input, int x, int y)
+{
+	/*
+	** Check to see if we need to animate the radar cursor
+	*/
+	if (IsRadarActive && Map.IsSidebarActive && SpecialRadarFrame) {
+		SpecialRadarFrame--;
+		RadarCursorRedraw = TRUE;
+		IsToRedraw = TRUE;
+		Flag_To_Redraw(FALSE);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Check goes here to see if there is enough power to run the radar
+	*/
+	if (IsRadarActivating) {
+		if (!DoesRadarExist) {
+			RadarAnimFrame++;
+			if (RadarAnimFrame < RADAR_ACTIVATED_FRAME) {
+				IsToRedraw = true;
+				Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+			} else {
+				DoesRadarExist = true;
+				Radar_Activate(3);
+			}
+		} else {
+			RadarAnimFrame--;
+			if (RadarAnimFrame > RADAR_ACTIVATED_FRAME) {
+				IsToRedraw = true;
+				Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+			} else {
+				Radar_Activate(3);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	if (IsRadarDeactivating) {
+		RadarAnimFrame++;
+		if (RadarAnimFrame == MAX_RADAR_FRAMES) {
+			IsRadarDeactivating = false;
+		} else {
+			IsToRedraw = true;
+			Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+		}
+	}
+
+	DisplayClass::AI(input, x, y);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * RadarClass::TacticalClass::Action -- I/O function for the radar map.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the main action function for handling player I/O on the radar map. It processes  *
+ *    mouse clicks as well as mouse moves.                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   flags -- The event flags that trigger this function call.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          key   -- Reference the keyboard event that applies to the trigger event.           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Should further processing of the input list be aborted?                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/08/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int RadarClass::TacticalClass::Action(unsigned flags, KeyNumType & key)
+{
+	CELL			cell;							// cell num click happened over
+	int			x,y;							// Sub cell pixel coordinates.
+	int			cellx,celly;				// Sub cell pixel coordinates.
+	bool			shadow;						// is the cell in shadow or not
+	ObjectClass *object = 0;				// what object is in the cell
+	ActionType 	action = ACTION_NONE;	// Action possible with currently selected object.
+
+	/*
+	**	Force any help label to disappear when the mouse is held over the
+	**	radar map.
+	*/
+	if (Map.IsSidebarActive) {
+		Map.Help_Text(TXT_NONE);
+	}
+
+	if (!Map.IsRadarActive) {
+		if (Map.IsSidebarActive) {
+			Map.Override_Mouse_Shape(MOUSE_NORMAL, true);
+		}
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Disable processing if the player names are up
+	*/
+	if (Map.Is_Player_Names()) {
+		GadgetClass::Action(0, key);
+		return(true);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Set some working variables that depend on the mouse position. For the press
+	**	or release event, special mouse queuing storage variables are used. Other
+	**	events must use the current mouse position globals.
+	*/
+	if (flags & (LEFTPRESS|LEFTRELEASE|RIGHTPRESS|RIGHTRELEASE)) {
+		x = _Kbd->MouseQX;
+		y = _Kbd->MouseQY;
+	} else {
+		x = Get_Mouse_X();
+		y = Get_Mouse_Y();
+	}
+
+	int result = Map.RadarClass::Click_In_Radar(x, y, false);
+
+	if (result == 1) {
+		cell = Map.RadarClass::Click_Cell_Calc(x, y);
+		if (cell != -1) {
+			shadow	= (!Map[cell].IsVisible && !Debug_Unshroud);
+			cellx	   = 12;
+			celly	   = 12;
+
+			/*
+			**	Determine the object that the mouse is currently over.
+			*/
+			if (!shadow) {
+				object = Map.Cell_Object(cell, cellx, celly);
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	If there is a currently selected object, then the action to perform if
+			**	the left mouse button were clicked must be determined.
+			*/
+			if (CurrentObject.Count()) {
+				if (object) {
+					action = CurrentObject[0]->What_Action(object);
+				} else {
+					action = CurrentObject[0]->What_Action(cell);
+				}
+
+				/*
+				** If this is not a valid radar map action then we are not going to do
+				** anything.
+				*/
+				switch (action) {
+					case ACTION_MOVE:
+					case ACTION_NOMOVE:
+					case ACTION_ATTACK:
+					case ACTION_ENTER:
+					case ACTION_CAPTURE:
+					case ACTION_SABOTAGE:
+						break;
+
+					default:
+						action = ACTION_NONE;
+						object = NULL;
+						break;
+				}
+
+				/*
+				** On the radar map the only reason we would want the normal cursor to
+				** appear is if we were over one of our own selected units.  Otherwise
+				** we can't move there.
+				**/
+				if (action == ACTION_NONE) {
+					if (object && object->IsSelected) {
+						object = NULL;
+					} else {
+						action = ACTION_NOMOVE;
+					}
+				}
+
+				/*
+				**	A right mouse button press toggles the zoom mode.
+				*/
+				if (flags & RIGHTPRESS) {
+					Map.Mouse_Right_Press();
+				}
+
+				/*
+				**	When the mouse buttons aren't pressed, only the mouse cursor shape is processed.
+				**	The shape changes depending on what object the mouse is currently over and what
+				**	object is currently selected.
+				*/
+				if (flags & LEFTUP) {
+					Map.Mouse_Left_Up(shadow, object, action, true);
+				}
+
+				/*
+				**	Normal actions occur when the mouse button is released. The press event is
+				**	intercepted and possible rubber-band mode is flagged.
+				*/
+				if (flags & LEFTPRESS) {
+					Map.Mouse_Left_Release(cell, cellx, celly, object, action, true);
+				}
+
+			} else {
+
+				Map.Set_Default_Mouse(MOUSE_RADAR_CURSOR, !Map.IsZoomed);
+
+				if (flags & LEFTPRESS) {
+
+					cell = Map.RadarClass::Click_Cell_Calc(x, y);
+					if (cell != -1) {
+						int cellx = Cell_X(cell);
+						int celly = Cell_Y(cell);
+						cellx -= Lepton_To_Cell(Map.TacLeptonWidth) / 2;
+						cellx = MAX(cellx, Map.MapCellX);
+						celly -= Lepton_To_Cell(Map.TacLeptonHeight) / 2;
+						celly = MAX(celly, Map.MapCellY);
+						cell = XY_Cell(cellx, celly);
+						shadow = (!Map[cell].IsVisible && !Debug_Unshroud);
+						Map.Set_Tactical_Position(Cell_Coord(cell));
+						cell = Coord_Cell(Map.DesiredTacticalCoord);
+						Map.DisplayClass::IsToRedraw = true;
+						//Map.Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+						Map.Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+						Map.SpecialRadarFrame = 4;
+					}
+				}
+
+				/*
+				**	A right mouse button press toggles the zoom mode.
+				*/
+				if (flags & RIGHTPRESS) {
+					Map.Zoom_Mode(cell);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	if (result == -1) {
+		Map.Override_Mouse_Shape(MOUSE_NORMAL, true);
+	}
+	GadgetClass::Action(0, key);
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * RadarClass::Refresh_Cells -- Intercepts refresh request and updates radar if needed         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine intercepts the refresh cells request and if it detects that the sidebar     *
+ *    should be rerendered, it flags the radar map to redraw during the next draw operation.   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   cell  -- The origin cell that the refresh cell offset list is based upon.          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          list  -- Pointer to the list of offsets from the origin cell that specifies the    *
+ *                   cells to be flagged for redraw. If the list starts with the special       *
+ *                   code to refresh the sidebar, then this routine recognizes it and flags    *
+ *                   the radar map to be redrawn accordingly.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/01/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void RadarClass::Refresh_Cells(CELL cell, short const *list)
+{
+	if (*list == REFRESH_SIDEBAR) {
+		IsToRedraw = true;
+		Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+	}
+	DisplayClass::Refresh_Cells(cell, list);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * RadarClass::Set_Radar_Position -- Sets the radar position to center around specified cell.  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will try to center the radar map around the cell position specified.        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   cell  -- The cell to try and position the radar map around.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/08/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void RadarClass::Set_Radar_Position(CELL cell)
+{
+	int oldx, oldy;
+	int newx, newy;
+	int newcell;
+
+	if (ZoomFactor != 1) {
+#if(FALSE)
+		oldx = (Cell_X(cell) - MapCellX) - (RadarCellWidth / 2);
+		oldy = (Cell_Y(cell) - MapCellY) - (RadarCellHeight / 2);
+#else
+		oldx = (Cell_X(cell) - MapCellX);
+		oldy = (Cell_Y(cell) - MapCellY);
+#endif
+	} else {
+		oldx = 0;
+		oldy = 0;
+	}
+
+	Confine_Rect(&oldx, &oldy, RadarCellWidth, RadarCellHeight, MapCellWidth, MapCellHeight);
+
+	newx 		= oldx + MapCellX;
+	newy 		= oldy + MapCellY;
+	newcell	= XY_Cell(newx, newy);
+
+	if (RadarCell != newcell) {
+	   int forced = FALSE;
+		int xmod = newx;
+		int ymod = newy;
+
+		int radx = (Cell_X(RadarCell)) - xmod;
+		int rady = (Cell_Y(RadarCell)) - ymod;
+
+		RadarX 		= newx;
+		RadarY 		= newy;
+		RadarCell 	= newcell;
+
+		if (Map.IsSidebarActive&& Map.IsRadarActive) {
+			int radw = RadarCellWidth-ABS(radx);			// Replicable width.
+			int radh = RadarCellHeight-ABS(rady);		// Replicable height.
+
+			if (radw < 1) forced = true;
+			if (radh < 1) forced = true;
+
+			if (!forced && (radw != RadarWidth || radh != RadarHeight)) {
+				/*
+				** Blit the section that is actually overlapping.
+				*/
+				if (OverlappedVideoBlits || !HidPage.Get_IsDirectDraw()){
+			  		HidPage.Blit(HidPage,
+								(((radx < 0) ? -radx : 0) * ZoomFactor) + RadX + RadOffX + BaseX,
+								(((rady < 0) ? -rady : 0) * ZoomFactor) + RadY + RadOffY + BaseY,
+								(((radx < 0) ? 0 : radx) * ZoomFactor) + RadX+ RadOffX + BaseX,
+								(((rady < 0) ? 0 : rady) * ZoomFactor) + RadY + RadOffY + BaseY,
+								radw * ZoomFactor,
+								radh * ZoomFactor);
+				}else{
+					/*
+					** System does not support overlapped blitting of video surfaces.
+					** Blit it in 2 stages using an intermediate buffer.
+					*/
+					GraphicBufferClass temp_surface;
+					temp_surface.Init((RadarWidth + 16) & 0xfffffff0,
+											(RadarHeight + 16) & 0xfffffff0,
+											NULL, 0, (GBC_Enum) GBC_VIDEOMEM);
+
+					HidPage.Blit(temp_surface, (((radx < 0) ? -radx : 0) * ZoomFactor) + RadX + RadOffX + BaseX,
+														(((rady < 0) ? -rady : 0) * ZoomFactor) + RadY + RadOffY + BaseY,
+														0,
+														0,
+														RadarWidth,
+														RadarHeight);
+
+					temp_surface.Blit (HidPage,0,
+														0,
+														(((radx < 0) ? 0 : radx) * ZoomFactor) + RadX + RadOffX + BaseX,
+														(((rady < 0) ? 0 : rady) * ZoomFactor) + RadY + RadOffY + BaseY,
+														radw * ZoomFactor,
+														radh * ZoomFactor);
+				}
+
+				/*
+				** Now we need to flag the section of the map that is going to redraw.
+				*/
+				if ( radx != 0 ) {
+					int min;
+					int max;
+					if ( radx < 0 ) {  								// this mean regen the right edge
+						min = radw;
+						max = radw+ABS(radx);
+					} else {												//	this mean regen the left edge
+						min = 0;
+						max = radx;
+					}
+					for (int x = min; x < max; x++ ) {
+						for (int y = 0; y < RadarCellHeight; y++ ) {
+							Radar_Pixel(XY_Cell(newx + x, newy + y));
+						}
+					}
+				}
+				if ( newy != 0 ) {
+					int min;
+					int max;
+					if ( rady < 0 ) {  								// this mean regen the bottom edge
+						min = radh;
+						max = radh+ABS(rady);
+					} else {												// this mean regen the top edge
+						min = 0;
+						max = rady;
+					}
+					for (int y = min; y < max; y++ ) {
+						for ( int x = 0; x < RadarCellWidth; x++ ) {
+							Radar_Pixel(XY_Cell(newx + x, newy + y));
+						}
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		RadarCursorRedraw = IsRadarActive;
+		IsToRedraw 	= IsRadarActive;
+		Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+		if (ZoomFactor > 4) {
+			FullRedraw = forced;
+		}
+	} else {
+		RadarCursorRedraw = IsRadarActive;
+		IsToRedraw 	= IsRadarActive;
+		Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * RadarClass::Radar_Position -- Returns with the current position of the radar map.           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This returns the cell number of the upper left corner of the radar map.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the radar map upper left corner cell position.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/08/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+CELL RadarClass::Radar_Position(void)
+{
+	return(RadarCell);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * RadarClass::Set_Map_Dimensions -- Sets the tactical map dimensions.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called when the tactical map changes its dimensions. This occurs when    *
+ *    the tactical map moves and when the sidebar pops on or off.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   x,y   -- The cell coordinate of the upper left corner of the tactical map.         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          w,y   -- The cell width and height of the tactical map.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/08/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void RadarClass::Set_Map_Dimensions(int x, int y, int w, int h)
+{
+	Set_Radar_Position(XY_Cell(x, y));
+	DisplayClass::Set_Map_Dimensions(x, y, w, h);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * RadarClass::Set_Tactical_Position -- Sets the map's tactical position and adjusts radar to  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called when the tactical map is to change position. The radar map might  *
+ *    be adjusted as well by this routine.                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   coord -- The new coordinate to use for the upper left corner of the tactical       *
+ *                   map.                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/17/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void RadarClass::Set_Tactical_Position(COORDINATE coord)
+{
+	DisplayClass::Set_Tactical_Position(coord);
+	Set_Radar_Position(Coord_Cell(DesiredTacticalCoord));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * RadarClass::Cell_On_Radar -- Determines if a cell is currently visible on radar.            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will examine the specified cell number and return whether it is visible     *
+ *    on the radar map. This depends on the radar map position.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   cell  -- The cell number to check.                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Is the specified cell visible on the radar map currently?                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/03/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool RadarClass::Cell_On_Radar(CELL cell)
+{
+	if ((unsigned)cell > MAP_CELL_TOTAL)
+		return(false);
+
+	int x = Cell_X(cell) - RadarX;
+	int y = Cell_Y(cell) - RadarY;
+	return (!((unsigned)x >= RadarCellWidth || (unsigned)y >= RadarCellHeight));
+
+//	if (!IsZoomed) {
+//		return(true);
+//	}
+//	return(!(((Cell_X(cell) - RadarX) > RadarCellWidth) || ((Cell_Y(cell) - RadarY) > RadarCellHeight)));
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * RadarClass::Player_Names -- toggles the Player-Names mode of the radar map                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      on         true = turn on; false = turn off                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/07/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void RadarClass::Player_Names(bool on)
+{
+	IsPlayerNames = on;
+	IsToRedraw = true;
+	if (on) {
+		Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+//		Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+	} else {
+		Flag_To_Redraw(true);		// force drawing of the plate
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Draw_Names -- draws players' names on the radar map                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/07/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void RadarClass::Draw_Names(void)
+{
+	int c_idx;
+	HousesType house;
+	HouseClass *ptr;
+	int y;
+	char txt[40];
+	unsigned char id;
+	int i;
+	HousesType h;
+	int kills;
+	int color;
+	TextPrintType style;
+	int factor			= (SeenBuff.Get_Width() == 320) ? 1 : 2;
+
+	/*
+	** Do nothing if the sidebar isn't there
+	*/
+	if (!Map.IsSidebarActive) {
+		return;
+	}
+
+	CC_Draw_Shape(RadarAnim, RADAR_ACTIVATED_FRAME, RadX, RadY+1, WINDOW_MAIN, SHAPE_NORMAL);
+	LogicPage->Fill_Rect(	RadX + RadOffX,
+									RadY + RadOffY,
+									RadX + RadOffX + RadIWidth - 1,
+									RadY + RadOffY + RadIHeight - 1,
+									BLACK);
+
+	y = RadY + RadOffY;
+
+	Fancy_Text_Print (TXT_NAME_COLON, RadX + RadOffX, y, LTGREY, TBLACK,
+		TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+
+	Fancy_Text_Print (TXT_KILLS_COLON, RadX + RadOffX + RadIWidth - 2, y,
+		LTGREY, TBLACK, TPF_RIGHT | TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_NOSHADOW | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL);
+
+	y += 6*factor+1;
+
+	LogicPage->Draw_Line(RadX + RadOffX, y,
+		RadX + RadOffX + RadIWidth - 1, y, LTGREY);
+
+	y += 2*factor;
+
+	for (house = HOUSE_MULTI1; house < (HOUSE_MULTI1 + MPlayerMax); house++) {
+		ptr = HouseClass::As_Pointer(house);
+
+		if (!ptr)
+			continue;
+
+		/*
+		**	Decode this house's color
+		*/
+		c_idx = ptr->RemapColor;
+
+		if (ptr->IsDefeated) {
+			color = GREY;
+			style = TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_NOSHADOW | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL;
+		} else {
+			color = MPlayerTColors[c_idx];
+			style = TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL | TPF_NOSHADOW;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Initialize our message
+		*/
+		txt[0] = 0;
+
+		/*
+		**	If the house is non-human, generate the message
+		*/
+		if (!ptr->IsHuman) {
+			sprintf(txt,"%s", Text_String(TXT_COMPUTER));
+		} else {
+
+			/*
+			**	For a human house:
+			**	- Compute the multiplayer ID for this house
+			**	- find the name for this player
+			*/
+			id = Build_MPlayerID (c_idx,ptr->ActLike);
+			for (i = 0; i < MPlayerCount; i++) {
+				if (id == MPlayerID[i]) {
+					sprintf(txt,"%s",MPlayerNames[i]);
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Print the player name, and the # of kills
+		*/
+		if (strlen(txt)) {
+			if (strlen(txt) > 9) {
+				txt[9] = '.';
+				txt[10] = '\0';
+			}
+			Fancy_Text_Print (txt, RadX + RadOffX, y, color, BLACK, style);
+
+			kills = 0;
+			for (h = HOUSE_FIRST; h < HOUSE_COUNT; h++) {
+				kills += ptr->UnitsKilled[h];
+				kills += ptr->BuildingsKilled[h];
+			}
+			sprintf(txt, "%2d", kills);
+			Fancy_Text_Print (txt, RadX + RadOffX + RadIWidth - 2, y,
+				color, BLACK, style | TPF_RIGHT);
+
+			y += 6*factor+1;
+
+		}
+	}
+}
diff --git a/RADAR.H b/RADAR.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed0cc02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/RADAR.H
@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\radar.h_v   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:48:04   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : RADAR.H                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : 12/15/94                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : December 15, 1994 [JLB]                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef RADAR_H
+#define RADAR_H
+
+#include	"display.h"
+
+class RadarClass: public DisplayClass
+{
+	public:
+		int	RadX;
+		int	RadOffX;
+		int	RadY;
+		int	RadOffY;
+		int	RadWidth;
+		int   RadHeight;
+		int	RadIWidth;
+		int	RadIHeight;
+		int	RadPWidth;
+		int	RadPHeight;
+
+		RadarClass(void);
+
+		/*
+		** Initialization
+		*/
+		virtual void One_Time(void);							// One-time inits
+		virtual void Init_Clear(void);						// Clears all to known state
+
+		virtual bool Map_Cell(CELL cell, HouseClass * house);
+		virtual CELL Click_Cell_Calc(int x, int y);
+		virtual void AI(KeyNumType &input, int x, int y);
+		virtual void Draw_It(bool complete=false);
+		virtual void Refresh_Cells(CELL cell, short const *list);
+		virtual void Set_Map_Dimensions(int x, int y, int w, int h);
+//		virtual void Set_Tactical_Position(int x, int y, int leptonx=0, int leptony=0);
+//		virtual void Set_Tactical_Position(CELL cell);
+		virtual void Set_Tactical_Position(COORDINATE coord);
+		void	Zoom_Mode(CELL cell);
+		int Click_In_Radar(int &x, int &y, bool change=false);
+		void Cell_XY_To_Radar_Pixel(int cellx, int celly, int &x, int &y);
+
+		void Set_Radar_Position(CELL cell);
+		CELL Radar_Position(void);
+		bool Radar_Activate(int control);
+		void Plot_Radar_Pixel(CELL cell);
+		void Radar_Pixel(CELL cell);
+		void Coord_To_Radar_Pixel(COORDINATE coord, int &x, int &y);
+		void Cursor_Cell(CELL cell, int value);
+		void RadarClass::Mark_Radar(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, int value, int barlen);
+		void Radar_Cursor(int forced = false);
+		void Render_Terrain(CELL cell, int x, int y, int size);
+		bool Cell_On_Radar(CELL cell);
+		void Render_Infantry(CELL cell, int x, int y, int size);
+		void Render_Overlay(CELL cell, int x, int y, int size);
+		void Radar_Anim(void);
+		bool Is_Radar_Active(void) {return IsRadarActive;};
+		bool Is_Radar_Existing(void) {return(DoesRadarExist);};
+
+		/*
+		**	File I/O.
+		*/
+		virtual void Code_Pointers(void);
+		virtual void Decode_Pointers(void);
+
+		/*
+		** Toggles player names on & off
+		*/
+		void Player_Names(bool on);
+		int Is_Player_Names(void) {return IsPlayerNames;}
+		void Draw_Names(void);
+		int Is_Zoomed(void) {return IsZoomed;}
+
+	protected:
+
+		/*
+		**	Radar map constant values.
+		*/
+		enum RadarClassEnums {
+			RADAR_ACTIVATED_FRAME=22,
+			MAX_RADAR_FRAMES = 41
+		};
+
+		/*
+		**	If the radar map must be completely redrawn, then this flag will be true.
+		**	Typical causes of this would be when the radar first appears, or when the
+		**	screen has been damaged.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsToRedraw:1;
+		unsigned RadarCursorRedraw:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If the radar map is visible then this flag is true.
+		*/
+		unsigned DoesRadarExist:1;
+		unsigned IsRadarActive:1;
+		unsigned IsRadarActivating:1;
+		unsigned IsRadarDeactivating:1;
+
+		/*
+		** Special radar frame is set when a new location is selected on the
+		** radar map.  It counts down through the special radar cursors until
+		** either the radar cursor becomes normal or the radar cursor is moved
+		** again.
+		*/
+		unsigned SpecialRadarFrame:3;
+		unsigned RadarAnimFrame:6;
+
+		static void const * RadarAnim;
+
+		/*
+		**	This gadget class is used for capturing input to the tactical map. All mouse input
+		**	will be routed through this gadget.
+		*/
+		class TacticalClass : public GadgetClass {
+			public:
+				TacticalClass(void) : GadgetClass(0,0,0,0,LEFTPRESS|LEFTRELEASE|LEFTHELD|LEFTUP|RIGHTPRESS,true) {};
+
+			protected:
+				virtual int Action(unsigned flags, KeyNumType & key);
+			friend class RadarClass;
+		};
+		friend class TacticalClass;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the "button" that tracks all input to the tactical map.
+		** It must be available to derived classes, for Save/Load purposes.
+		*/
+		static TacticalClass RadarButton;
+
+	private:
+
+		/*
+		**	The current radar position as the upper left corner cell for the
+		**	radar map display. The width and height is controlled by the
+		**	actual dimensions of the radar map display box (in pixels).
+		*/
+		unsigned RadarX;
+		unsigned RadarY;
+		unsigned RadarCell;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the origin (pixel offsets) for the upper left corner
+		**	of the radar map within the full radar map area of the screen.
+		**	This is biased so that the radar map, when smaller than full
+		**	size will appear centered.
+		*/
+		unsigned BaseX;
+		unsigned BaseY;
+
+		unsigned RadarWidth;
+		unsigned RadarCellWidth;
+		unsigned RadarHeight;
+		unsigned RadarCellHeight;
+
+		/*
+		**	If the radar map is in zoom mode, then this value will be true.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsZoomed:1;
+
+		/*
+		** This flag is true if the radar map is in its special show-the-player
+		** names mode.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsPlayerNames:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the list of radar pixels that need to be updated. Only a partial
+		**	list is maintained for maximum speed.
+		*/
+		unsigned PixelPtr;
+		int ZoomFactor;
+		enum PixelStackEnums {PIXELSTACK=200};
+		CELL PixelStack[PIXELSTACK];
+};
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/RADIO.CPP b/RADIO.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8aa7abc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/RADIO.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,252 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\radio.cpv   2.19   16 Oct 1995 16:50:12   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               *** 
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : RADIO.CPP                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : September 10, 1993                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : June 25, 1995 [JLB]                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   RadioClass::Debug_Dump -- Displays the current status of the radio to the mono monitor.   *
+ *   RadioClass::Receive_Message -- Handles receipt of a radio message.                        *
+ *   RadioClass::Transmit_Message -- Transmit message from one object to another.              * 
+ *   RadioClass::Limbo -- When limboing a unit will always break radio contact.                * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+
+
+/*
+**	These are the text representations of the radio messages that can be transmitted.
+*/
+char const * RadioClass::Messages[RADIO_COUNT] = {
+	"hisssss",
+	"Roger.",
+	"Come in.",
+	"Over and out.",
+	"Requesting transport.",
+	"Attach to transport.",
+	"I've got a delivery for you.",
+	"I'm performing load/unload maneuver. Be careful.",
+	"I'm clear.",
+	"You are clear to unload. Driving away now.",
+	"Am unable to comply.",
+	"I'm starting construction now... act busy.",
+	"I've finished construction. You are free.",
+	"We bumped, redraw yourself please.",
+	"I'm trying to load up now.",
+	"May I become a passenger?",
+	"Are you ready to receive shipment?",
+	"Are you trying to become a passenger?",
+	"Move to location X.",
+	"Do you need to move?",
+	"All right already. Now what?",
+	"I'm a passenger now.",
+	"Backup into refinery now.",
+	"Run away!",
+	"Tether established.",
+	"Tether broken.",
+	"Repair one step.",
+	"Are you prepared to fight?",
+	"Attack this target please.",
+	"Reload one step.",
+	"Take this kick! You... You...",
+	"Take this punch! You... You...",
+	"Fancy a little fisticuffs, eh?"
+};
+
+
+#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * RadioClass::Debug_Dump -- Displays the current status of the radio to the mono monitor.     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This displays the radio connection value to the monochrome monitor.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/02/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void RadioClass::Debug_Dump(MonoClass *mono) const
+{
+	mono->Set_Cursor(34, 5);mono->Printf(Messages[LastMessage]);
+	if (Radio) {
+		mono->Set_Cursor(50, 1);mono->Printf("%04X", Radio->As_Target());
+	}
+	MissionClass::Debug_Dump(mono);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * RadioClass::Receive_Message -- Handles receipt of a radio message.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the base version of what should happen when a radio message is received. It      *
+ *    turns the radio off when the "OVER_OUT" message is received. All other messages are      *
+ *    merely acknowledged with a "ROGER".                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   from     -- The object that is initiating this radio message (always valid).        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          message  -- The radio message received.                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          param    -- Reference to optional value that might be used to return more          *
+ *                      information than can be conveyed in the simple radio response          *
+ *                      messages.                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the response radio message.                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/28/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   09/24/1994 JLB : Streamlined to be only a communications carrier.                         *
+ *   05/22/1995 JLB : Recognized who is sending the message                                    * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+RadioMessageType RadioClass::Receive_Message(RadioClass * from, RadioMessageType message, long & param)
+{
+	/*
+	**	Keep a record of the last message received by this radio.
+	*/
+	LastMessage = message;
+
+	/*
+	**	When this message is received, it means that the other object
+	**	has already turned its radio off. Turn this radio off as well.
+	**	This only applies if the message is coming from the object that
+	**	has an established conversation with this object.
+	*/
+	if (from == Radio && message == RADIO_OVER_OUT) {
+		MissionClass::Receive_Message(from, message, param);
+		Radio_Off();
+		return(RADIO_ROGER);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	The "hello" message is an attempt to establish contact. If this radio
+	**	is already in an established conversation with another object, then 
+	**	return with "negative". If all is well, return with "roger".
+	*/
+	if (message == RADIO_HELLO && Strength) {
+		if (Radio == from || !Radio) {
+			Radio = from;
+			return(RADIO_ROGER);
+		}
+		return(RADIO_NEGATIVE);
+	}
+
+	return(MissionClass::Receive_Message(from, message, param));
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * RadioClass::Transmit_Message -- Transmit message from one object to another.                * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This routine is used to transmit a radio message from this object to another. Most       * 
+ *    inter object coordination is handled through this mechanism.                             * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   to       -- Pointer to the object that will receive the radio message.             * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *          message  -- The message itself (see RadioType).                                    * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *          param    -- Optional reference to parameter that might be used to pass or          * 
+ *                      receive additional information.                                        * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the response radio message from the receiving object.                 * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   05/22/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+RadioMessageType RadioClass::Transmit_Message(RadioMessageType message, long & param, RadioClass * to)
+{
+	if (!to) {
+		to = Contact_With_Whom();
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If there is no target for the radio message, then always return static.
+	*/
+	if (!to) return(RADIO_STATIC);
+
+	/*
+	**	Handle some special case processing that occurs when certain messages
+	**	are transmitted.
+	*/
+	if (to == Radio && message == RADIO_OVER_OUT) {
+		Radio = 0;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If this object is not in radio contact but the message
+	**	indicates that radio contact should be established, then
+	**	try to do so. If the other party agrees then contact
+	**	is established.
+	*/
+	if (/*!Radio &&*/ message == RADIO_HELLO) {
+		Transmit_Message(RADIO_OVER_OUT);
+		if (to->Receive_Message(this, message, param) == RADIO_ROGER) {
+			Radio = to;
+			return(RADIO_ROGER);
+		}
+		return(RADIO_NEGATIVE);
+	}
+
+	return(to->Receive_Message(this, message, param));
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * RadioClass::Limbo -- When limboing a unit will always break radio contact.                  * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This routine will break radio contact as the object is entering limbo state.             * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  Was the object successfully limboed?                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   06/25/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool RadioClass::Limbo(void)
+{
+	if (!IsInLimbo) {
+		Transmit_Message(RADIO_OVER_OUT);
+	}
+	return(MissionClass::Limbo());
+}
+
+
+RadioMessageType RadioClass::Transmit_Message(RadioMessageType message, RadioClass * to) {return(Transmit_Message(message, LParam, to));};
diff --git a/RADIO.H b/RADIO.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cf6023f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/RADIO.H
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\radio.h_v   2.15   16 Oct 1995 16:45:32   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               *** 
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : RADIO.H                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : April 23, 1994                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : April 23, 1994   [JLB]                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef RADIO_H
+#define RADIO_H
+
+//#include "object.h"
+#include	"mission.h"
+//#include	"flasher.h"
+
+class ObjectClass;
+class TechnoClass;
+
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**	Radio contact is controlled by this class. It handles the mundane chore
+**	of keeping the radio contact alive as well as broadcasting messages
+**	to the receiving radio. Radio contact is primarily used when one object
+**	is in "command" of another.
+*/
+class RadioClass : public MissionClass {
+	private:
+
+		/*
+		**	This is a record of the last message received by this receiver.
+		*/
+		RadioMessageType LastMessage;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the object that radio communication has been established
+		**	with. Although is is only a one-way reference, it is required that
+		**	the receiving radio is also tuned to the object that contains this
+		**	radio set.
+		*/
+		RadioClass * Radio;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is a text representation of all the possible radio messages. This
+		**	text is used for monochrome debug printing.
+		*/
+		static char const * Messages[RADIO_COUNT];
+
+	public:
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		**	Constructors, Destructors, and overloaded operators.
+		*/
+		RadioClass(void) {Radio = 0;LastMessage = RADIO_STATIC;};
+		virtual ~RadioClass(void) {};
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		**	Member function prototypes.
+		*/
+		bool In_Radio_Contact(void) const {return (Radio != 0);};
+		void Radio_Off(void) {Radio = 0;};
+		TechnoClass * Contact_With_Whom(void) const {return (TechnoClass*)Radio;};
+
+		// Inherited from base class(es).
+		virtual RadioMessageType Receive_Message(RadioClass * from, RadioMessageType message, long & param);
+		virtual RadioMessageType Transmit_Message(RadioMessageType message, long & param=LParam, RadioClass * to=NULL);
+		virtual RadioMessageType Transmit_Message(RadioMessageType message, RadioClass * to);
+		#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+		virtual void Debug_Dump(MonoClass *mono) const;
+		#endif
+		virtual bool Limbo(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	File I/O.
+		*/
+		virtual void Code_Pointers(void);
+		virtual void Decode_Pointers(void);
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/RAND.CPP b/RAND.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ffb0e87
--- /dev/null
+++ b/RAND.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\rand.cpv   1.6   16 Oct 1995 16:51:10   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/*************************************************************************** 
+ *                                                                         * 
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        * 
+ *                                                                         * 
+ *                    File Name : RAND.CPP                                 * 
+ *                                                                         * 
+ *                   Programmer : Bill R. Randolph                         * 
+ *                                                                         * 
+ *                   Start Date : 04/25/95                                 * 
+ *                                                                         * 
+ *                  Last Update : June 17, 1995 [JLB]                      * 
+ *                                                                         * 
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------* 
+ * Functions:                                                              * 
+ *   Sim_Random -- Returns 0 - 255                                         * 
+ *   Sim_IRandom -- Returns minval to maxval, inclusive                    *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "function.h"
+
+int SimRandIndex = 0;
+
+/*************************************************************************** 
+ * Sim_Random -- Returns 0 - 255                                           * 
+ *                                                                         * 
+ * INPUT:                                                                  * 
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         * 
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 * 
+ *      0 - 255, at random                                                 *
+ *                                                                         * 
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               * 
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                * 
+ *   04/25/1995 BRR : Created.                                             * 
+ *   06/17/1995 JLB : Takes advantage of character math wrap.              * 
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int Sim_Random(void)
+{
+	static unsigned char _randvals[] = {
+		0x47, 0xce, 0xc6, 0x6e, 0xd7, 0x9f, 0x98, 0x29, 0x92, 0x0c, 0x74, 0xa2, 
+		0x65, 0x20, 0x4b, 0x4f, 0x1e, 0xed, 0x3a, 0xdf, 0xa5, 0x7d, 0xb5, 0xc8,
+		0x86, 0x01, 0x81, 0xca, 0xf1, 0x17, 0xd6, 0x23, 0xe1, 0xbd, 0x0e, 0xe4, 
+		0x62, 0xfa, 0xd9, 0x5c, 0x68, 0xf5, 0x7f, 0xdc, 0xe7, 0xb9, 0xc4, 0xb3,
+		0x7a, 0xd8, 0x06, 0x3e, 0xeb, 0x09, 0x1a, 0x31, 0x3f, 0x46, 0x28, 0x12, 
+		0xf0, 0x10, 0x84, 0x76, 0x3b, 0xc5, 0x53, 0x18, 0x14, 0x73, 0x7e, 0x59,
+		0x48, 0x93, 0xaa, 0x1d, 0x5d, 0x79, 0x24, 0x61, 0x1b, 0xfd, 0x2b, 0xa8, 
+		0xc2, 0xdb, 0xe8, 0x2a, 0xb0, 0x25, 0x95, 0xab, 0x96, 0x83, 0xfc, 0x5f,
+		0x9c, 0x32, 0x78, 0x9a, 0x9e, 0xe2, 0x8e, 0x35, 0x4c, 0x41, 0xa1, 0x69, 
+		0x5a, 0xfe, 0xa7, 0xa4, 0xf6, 0x6d, 0xc1, 0x58, 0x0a, 0xcf, 0xea, 0xc3,
+		0xba, 0x85, 0x99, 0x8d, 0x36, 0xb6, 0xdd, 0xd3, 0x04, 0xe6, 0x45, 0x0d,
+		0x60, 0xae, 0xa3, 0x22, 0x4d, 0xe9, 0xc9, 0x9b, 0xb7, 0x0f, 0x02, 0x42,
+		0xf9, 0x0b, 0x8f, 0x43, 0x44, 0x87, 0x70, 0xbe, 0xe3, 0xf8, 0xee, 0xa9, 
+		0xbc, 0xc0, 0x67, 0x33, 0x16, 0x37, 0x57, 0xad, 0x5e, 0x9d, 0x64, 0x40,
+		0x54, 0x05, 0x2c, 0xe0, 0xb2, 0x97, 0x08, 0xaf, 0x75, 0x8a, 0x5b, 0xfb,
+		0x4e, 0xbf, 0x91, 0xf3, 0xcb, 0x7c, 0x63, 0xef, 0x89, 0x52, 0x6c, 0x2f,
+		0x21, 0x4a, 0xf7, 0xcd, 0x2e, 0xf4, 0xc7, 0x6f, 0x19, 0xb1, 0x66, 0xcc,
+		0x90, 0x8c, 0x50, 0x51, 0x26, 0x7b, 0xda, 0x49, 0x80, 0x30, 0x55, 0x1f, 
+		0xd2, 0xb4, 0xd1, 0xd5, 0x6b, 0xf2, 0x72, 0xbb, 0x13, 0x3d, 0xff, 0x15,
+		0x38, 0xe5, 0xd4, 0xde, 0x2d, 0x27, 0x94, 0xa0, 0xd0, 0x39, 0x82, 0x8b,
+		0x03, 0xac, 0x3c, 0x34, 0x77, 0xb8, 0xec, 0x00, 0x07, 0x1c, 0x88, 0xa6,
+		0x56, 0x11, 0x71, 0x6a,
+	};
+
+	((unsigned char&)SimRandIndex)++;
+//	SimRandIndex &= 0xff;
+	return(_randvals[SimRandIndex]);
+}
+
+
+/*************************************************************************** 
+ * Sim_IRandom -- returns minval to maxval, inclusive                      *
+ *                                                                         * 
+ * INPUT:                                                                  * 
+ *      minval,maxval      range limits                                    *
+ *                                                                         * 
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 * 
+ *      random value                                                       *
+ *                                                                         * 
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               * 
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                * 
+ *   04/25/1995 BRR : Created.                                             * 
+ *   06/17/1995 JLB : Uses fixed point math helper routine.                * 
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int Sim_IRandom(int minval, int maxval)
+{
+	return(Fixed_To_Cardinal((maxval-minval), Sim_Random()) + minval);
+}
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+This routine can be used to create the _RandVals[] table.  It will be 
+different every time it's run.
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#if 0
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include <conio.h>
+
+void main(void);
+
+void main(void)
+{
+	int i;
+	FILE *fp;
+	int r;
+	char is_used[256];
+	char rand_val[256];
+
+	srand ( time ( NULL ) ) ;
+
+	for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) {
+		is_used[i] = 0;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Store the digits 0 to 255 in a random order within the 'rand_val' array
+	** This ensures our random number sequence represents every value.
+	*/
+	for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) {
+		if (kbhit()!=0) {
+			printf("ABORTED!\n");
+			break;
+		}
+		r = (rand() * 256) / RAND_MAX;		// r is the index into array
+		if (is_used[r]==0) {
+			is_used[r] = 1;
+			rand_val[r] = i;
+		} else {
+			i--;
+		}
+	}
+
+	fp = fopen("rand.cpp","wt");
+	if (fp==NULL) {
+		printf("File error\n");
+		exit(0);
+	}
+
+	fprintf(fp, "unsigned char _RandVals[] = {\n");
+	for (i = 0; i < 256; i++) {
+		fprintf(fp,"0x%02x,\n",rand_val[i]);
+	}
+	fprintf(fp,"};\n");
+	fclose(fp);
+
+}
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/RAWFILE.CPP b/RAWFILE.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..61551d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/RAWFILE.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,1089 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\rawfile.cpv   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:50:54   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Westwood Library                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : RAWFILE.CPP                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : August 8, 1994                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : October 18, 1994   [JLB]                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   RawFileClass::Close -- Perform a closure of the file.                                     *
+ *   RawFileClass::Create -- Creates an empty file.                                            *
+ *   RawFileClass::Delete -- Deletes the file object from the disk.                            *
+ *   RawFileClass::Error -- Handles displaying a file error message.                           *
+ *   RawFileClass::Is_Available -- Checks to see if the specified file is available to open.   *
+ *   RawFileClass::Open -- Assigns name and opens file in one operation.                       *
+ *   RawFileClass::Open -- Opens the file object with the rights specified.                    *
+ *   RawFileClass::RawFileClass -- Simple constructor for a file object.                       *
+ *   RawFileClass::Read -- Reads the specified number of bytes into a memory buffer.           *
+ *   RawFileClass::Seek -- Reposition the file pointer as indicated.                           *
+ *   RawFileClass::Set_Name -- Manually sets the name for a file object.                       *
+ *   RawFileClass::Size -- Determines size of file (in bytes).                                 *
+ *   RawFileClass::Write -- Writes the specified data to the buffer specified.                 *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+#include	"function.h"
+#include	<stdlib.h>
+#include	<stdio.h>
+#include	<string.h>
+#include	<direct.h>
+#include	<fcntl.h>
+#include	<io.h>
+#include	<dos.h>
+#include	<share.h>
+
+#include "wwlib32.h"
+#include	"compat.h"
+#include	"rawfile.h"
+
+extern GraphicBufferClass	SeenBuff;
+extern GraphicBufferClass	HidPage;
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * RawFileClass::Error -- Handles displaying a file error message.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Display an error message as indicated. If it is allowed to retry, then pressing a key    *
+ *    will return from this function. Otherwise, it will exit the program with "exit()".       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   error    -- The error number (same as the DOSERR.H error numbers).                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          canretry -- Can this routine exit normally so that retrying can occur? If this is  *
+ *                      false, then the program WILL exit in this routine.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          filename -- Optional filename to report with this error. If no filename is         *
+ *                      supplied, then no filename is listed in the error message.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none, but this routine might not return at all if the "canretry" parameter is      *
+ *          false or the player pressed ESC.                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   This routine may not return at all. It handles being in text mode as well as    *
+ *             if in a graphic mode.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/17/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void RawFileClass::Error(int error, int canretry, char const * filename)
+{
+	char	message[256];				// Staging buffer for error message string.
+
+	/*
+	**	Build the complete text of the error message. This text is used in either the graphic
+	**	mode or the text mode version.
+	*/
+#ifdef GERMAN
+	strcpy(message, "DATEIFEHLER");
+#else
+#ifdef FRENCH
+	strcpy(message, "ERREUR DE FICHIER");
+#else
+	strcpy(message, "FILE ERROR");
+#endif
+#endif
+	if (filename) {
+		strcat(message, "(");
+		strcat(message, filename);
+		strcat(message, ")");
+	}
+	strcat(message, ": ");
+//BG: Borland only	strcat(message, _sys_errlist[error]);
+	strcat(message, strerror(error) );
+	strcat(message, ". ");
+
+	/*
+	**	If it can't properly handle displaying the error message in the
+	**	current graphic mode, then this forces the error to become non
+	**	recoverable. Go into text mode and proceed.
+	*/
+	if (!FontPtr && GraphicMode != TXT_MODE) {
+		Set_Video_Mode(RESET_MODE);
+		canretry = false;
+		GraphicMode = TXT_MODE;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Add the text explaining the valid actions to take.
+	*/
+	if (canretry) {
+		if (GraphicMode == TXT_MODE) strcat(message, "\n");
+#ifdef GERMAN
+		strcat(message, " Beliebige Taste dr�cken f�r erneuten Versuch.");
+		if (GraphicMode == TXT_MODE) strcat(message, "\n");
+		strcat(message, " <ESC> dr�cken, um das Programm zu verlassen.");
+#else
+#ifdef FRENCH
+		strcat(message, " Appuyez sur une touche pour recommencer.");
+		if (GraphicMode == TXT_MODE) strcat(message, "\n");
+		strcat(message, " Appuyez sur Echap pour quitter le programme.");
+#else
+		strcat(message, " Press any key to retry.");
+		if (GraphicMode == TXT_MODE) strcat(message, "\n");
+		strcat(message, " Press <ESC> to exit program.");
+#endif
+#endif
+		if (GraphicMode == TXT_MODE) strcat(message, "\n");
+	} else {
+		if (GraphicMode == TXT_MODE) strcat(message, "\n");
+#ifdef GERMAN
+		strcat(message, " Beliebige Taste dr�cken, um das Programm zu verlassen.");
+#else
+#ifdef FRENCH
+		strcat(message, " Appuyez sur une touche pour quitter le programme.");
+#else
+		strcat(message, " Press any key to exit program.");
+#endif
+#endif
+		if (GraphicMode == TXT_MODE) strcat(message, "\n");
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	In text mode, the error handler is very simple. It just prints the error message
+	**	to the screen and waits for a response.
+	*/
+	if (GraphicMode == TXT_MODE) {
+		int	input;
+
+		/*
+		**	Display the error message and wait for a response.
+		*/
+		printf(message);
+		Keyboard::Clear();
+		input = Keyboard::Get();
+
+		/*
+		**	Check for input. If the ESC key was pressed or if retrying is not allowed,
+		**	then exit the program. Otherwise, return from this routine for a retry
+		**	attempt.
+		*/
+		if (input == KN_ESC || !canretry) {
+			Prog_End();
+			exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+		}
+
+	} else {
+
+		/*
+		**	The graphic mode version of the error handler will display a simple message
+		**	box on the screen. If the palette is black at this point, then the error will
+		**	be invisible. For more thorough and pleasing results, you should replace this
+		**	virtual function with one of your own, that is more aware of the environment
+		**	in which is exists.
+		*/
+		void			*background;		// Pointer to background saving buffer.
+		GraphicBufferClass * 	oldpage;				// Copy of old logic page.
+		int			oldwindow;			// Copy of old window number.
+		void const	*oldfont;			// Copy of old font pointer.
+		int			oldspacing;			// Old font X spacing.
+
+		/*
+		**	Setup display in preparation for printing the error message.
+		*/
+		oldpage = Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+		oldwindow = Change_Window(ErrorWindow);
+		oldfont = Set_Font(FontPtr);
+		oldspacing = FontXSpacing; FontXSpacing = 0;
+		Hide_Mouse();
+
+		/*
+		**	Try to allocate a storage buffer for the background to the
+		**	error window.
+		*/
+		background = new char [Size_Of_Region(WinW<<3, WinH)];
+
+		/*
+		**	If there is memory for the background storage, then save the
+		**	screen image area to that buffer.
+		*/
+		if (background) {
+			SeenBuff.To_Buffer(WinX<<3, WinY, WinW<<3, WinH, background, Size_Of_Region(WinW<<3, WinH));
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Draw a rudimentary box.
+		*/
+		New_Window();
+		LogicPage->Draw_Rect(WinX<<3, WinY, (WinX+WinW)<<3, WinY+WinH, WinC);
+
+		/*
+		** shrinks window down one byte in all directions.
+		*/
+		WindowList[Window][WINDOWX] += 1;
+		WindowList[Window][WINDOWY] += 1<<3;
+		WindowList[Window][WINDOWWIDTH] -= 1<<1;
+		WindowList[Window][WINDOWHEIGHT] -= 1<<4;
+		Change_Window(Window);
+		WinCx = WinCy = 0;
+
+		Window_Print(message);
+		Keyboard::Clear();
+
+		/*
+		**	Check for input. If the ESC key was pressed or if retrying is not allowed,
+		**	then exit the program. Otherwise, return from this routine for a retry
+		**	attempt.
+		*/
+		int input = Keyboard::Get();
+		if (input == KN_ESC || !canretry) {
+			Prog_End();
+			exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Restore the window back to its original size.
+		*/
+		WindowList[Window][WINDOWX] -= 1;
+		WindowList[Window][WINDOWY] -= 1<<3;
+		WindowList[Window][WINDOWWIDTH] += 1<<1;
+		WindowList[Window][WINDOWHEIGHT] += 1<<4;
+		Change_Window(Window);
+		WinCx = WinCy = 0;
+
+		/*
+		**	If the background was saved off, then restore it.
+		*/
+		if (background) {
+			Buffer_To_Page(WinX<<3, WinY, WinW<<3, WinH, background, SeenBuff);
+			delete [] background;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Restore the system global settings to original values.
+		*/
+		Show_Mouse();
+		Change_Window(oldwindow);
+		Set_Font(oldfont);
+		Set_Logic_Page(oldpage);
+		FontXSpacing = oldspacing;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * RawFileClass::RawFileClass -- Simple constructor for a file object.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This constructor is called when a file object is created with a supplied filename, but   *
+ *    not opened at the same time. In this case, an assumption is made that the supplied       *
+ *    filename is a constant string. A duplicate of the filename string is not created since   *
+ *    it would be wasteful in that case.                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   filename -- The filename to assign to this file object.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/17/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+RawFileClass::RawFileClass(char const *filename) : 
+	Handle(-1), 
+	Filename(filename), 
+	Allocated(false)
+{
+}
+
+
+RawFileClass::~RawFileClass(void) 
+{
+	if (Allocated && Filename) {
+		free((char *)Filename); 
+	}
+	Allocated = false; 
+	Filename = 0;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * RawFileClass::Set_Name -- Manually sets the name for a file object.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will set the name for the file object to the name specified. This name is   *
+ *    duplicated in free store. This allows the supplied name to be a temporarily constructed  *
+ *    text string. Setting the name in this fashion doesn't affect the closed or opened state  *
+ *    of the file.                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   filename -- The filename to assign to this file object.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the allocated copy of this filename. This pointer is     *
+ *          guaranteed to remain valid for the duration of this file object or until the name  *
+ *          is changed -- whichever is sooner.                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   Because of the allocation this routine must perform, memory could become        *
+ *             fragmented.                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/17/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+char const * RawFileClass::Set_Name(char const *filename)
+{
+	if (Filename && Allocated) {
+		free((char*)Filename);
+		Filename = 0;
+		Allocated = false;
+	}
+
+	if (!filename) return(NULL);
+
+	Filename = strdup(filename);
+	if (!Filename) {
+		Error(ENOMEM, false, filename);
+	}
+	Allocated = true;
+	return(Filename);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * RawFileClass::Open -- Assigns name and opens file in one operation.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will assign the specified filename to the file object and open it at the    *
+ *    same time. If the file object was already open, then it will be closed first. If the     *
+ *    file object was previously assigned a filename, then it will be replaced with the new    *
+ *    name. Typically, this routine is used when an anonymous file object has been crated and  *
+ *    now it needs to be assigned a name and opened.                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   filename -- The filename to assign to this file object.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          rights   -- The open file access rights to use.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the file opened? The return value of this is moot, since the open file   *
+ *          is designed to never return unless it succeeded.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/17/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int RawFileClass::Open(char const *filename, int rights)
+{
+	Set_Name(filename);
+	return(Open(rights));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * RawFileClass::Open -- Opens the file object with the rights specified.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to open the specified file object with the access rights indicated. *
+ *    This only works if the file has already been assigned a filename. It is guaranteed, by   *
+ *    the error handler, that this routine will always return with success.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   rights   -- The file access rights to use when opening this file. This is a        *
+ *                      combination of READ and/or WRITE bit flags.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the file opened successfully? This will always return true by reason of  *
+ *          the error handler.                                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/17/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int RawFileClass::Open(int rights)
+{
+	Close();
+
+	/*
+	**	Verify that there is a filename associated with this file object. If not, then this is a
+	**	big error condition.
+	*/
+	if (!Filename) {
+		Error(ENOENT, false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Record the access rights used for this open call. These rights will be used if the
+	**	file object is duplicated.
+	*/
+	Rights = rights;
+
+	/*
+	**	Repetatively try to open the file. Abort if a fatal error condition occurs.
+	*/
+	for (;;) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Try to open the file according to the access rights specified.
+		*/
+		Hard_Error_Occured = 0;
+		switch (rights) {
+
+			/*
+			**	If the access rights are not recognized, then report this as
+			**	an invalid access code.
+			*/
+			default:
+				errno = EINVAL;
+				break;
+
+			case READ:
+				_dos_open(Filename, O_RDONLY|SH_DENYNO, &Handle);
+				break;
+
+			case WRITE:
+				_dos_creat(Filename, 0, &Handle);
+				break;
+
+			case READ|WRITE:
+				_dos_open(Filename, O_RDWR|O_CREAT|SH_DENYWR, &Handle);
+				break;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	If the handle indicates the file is not open, then this is an error condition.
+		**	For the case of the file cannot be found, then allow a retry. All other cases
+		**	are fatal.
+		*/
+		if (Handle < 0) {
+
+			/*
+			**	If this flag is set, then some hard error occurred. Just assume that the error
+			**	is probably a removed CD-ROM and allow a retry.
+			*/
+			if (Hard_Error_Occured) {
+				Error(Hard_Error_Occured, true, Filename);
+			} else {
+				if (errno == ENOENT) {
+					Error(ENOENT, true, Filename);
+				} else {
+					Error(errno, false, Filename);
+				}
+			}
+			continue;
+		}
+		break;
+	}
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * RawFileClass::Is_Available -- Checks to see if the specified file is available to open.     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will examine the disk system to see if the specified file can be opened     *
+ *    or not. Use this routine before opening a file in order to make sure that is available   *
+ *    or to perform other necessary actions.                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   force -- Should this routine keep retrying until the file becomes available? If    *
+ *                   in this case it doesn't become available, then the program will abort.    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Is the file available to be opened?                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   Depending on the parameter passed in, this routine may never return.            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/18/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int RawFileClass::Is_Available(int forced)
+{
+	int	file;		// Working file handle.
+	int	open_failed;
+
+	/*
+	**	If the file is already open, then is must have already passed the availability check.
+	**	Return true in this case.
+	*/
+	if (Is_Open()) {
+		return(true);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If this is a forced check, then go through the normal open channels, since those
+	**	channels ensure that the file must exist.
+	*/
+	if (forced) {
+		RawFileClass::Open(READ);
+		RawFileClass::Close();
+		return(true);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Perform a raw open of the file. If this open fails for ANY REASON, including a missing
+	**	CD-ROM, this routine will return a failure condition. In all but the missing file
+	**	condition, go through the normal error recover channels.
+	*/
+	for (;;) {
+
+		Hard_Error_Occured = 0;
+		open_failed = _dos_open(Filename, O_RDONLY|SH_DENYNO, &file);
+
+		/*
+		**	If DOS reports that everything is just fine except that the file is not present,
+		**	then return with this fact. Any other case will fall through to the error handler
+		**	routine.
+		*/
+		if (open_failed && errno == ENOENT) {
+			return(false);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		** If we got an access error it could be because there is no cd in
+		** the drive.  Call the error handler but allow a continue if it
+		** returns.
+		*/
+		if (open_failed && errno == EACCES) {
+//			Error(errno, true, Filename);
+//			continue;
+			return(false);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	If the file could not be found, then return with this information. If a more
+		**	serious error occurred, then display the error message and abort.
+		*/
+		if (Hard_Error_Occured) {
+			return(false);
+//			Error(Hard_Error_Occured, true, Filename);
+//			continue;
+		} else {
+			if (open_failed) {
+				/*
+				**	An unhandled error condition is fatal. Display the error message and then
+				**	abort.
+				*/
+//				Error(errno, false, Filename);
+				return(false);
+			}
+		}
+		break;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Since the file could be opened, then close it and return that the file exists.
+	*/
+	if (_dos_close(file)) {
+		Error(errno, false, Filename);
+	}
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * RawFileClass::Close -- Perform a closure of the file.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Close the file object. In the rare case of an error, handle it as appropriate.           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   Some rare error conditions may cause this routine to abort the program.         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/18/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void RawFileClass::Close(void)
+{
+
+	/*
+	**	If the file is open, then close it. If the file is already closed, then just return. This
+	**	isn't considered an error condition.
+	*/
+	if (Is_Open()) {
+
+		for (;;) {
+			/*
+			**	Close the file. If there was an error in the close operation -- abort.
+			*/
+			Hard_Error_Occured = 0;
+			if (_dos_close(Handle)) {
+
+				/*
+				**	By definition, this error can only be a bad file handle. This a fatal condition
+				**	of course, so abort with an error message.
+				*/
+				Error(errno, false, Filename);
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	In the condition (if it is even possible) of a hard error occurring, then
+			**	assume it is the case of missing media. Display an error message and try
+			**	again if indicated.
+			*/
+			if (Hard_Error_Occured) {
+				Error(Hard_Error_Occured, true, Filename);
+				continue;
+			}
+			break;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	At this point the file must have been closed. Mark the file as empty and return.
+		*/
+		Handle = -1;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * RawFileClass::Read -- Reads the specified number of bytes into a memory buffer.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will read the specified number of bytes and place the data into the buffer  *
+ *    indicated. It is legal to call this routine with a request for more bytes than are in    *
+ *    the file. This condition can result in fewer bytes being read than requested. Determine  *
+ *    this by examining the return value.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   buffer   -- Pointer to the buffer to read data into. If NULL is passed, no read    *
+ *                      is performed.                                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          size     -- The number of bytes to read. If NULL is passed, then no read is        *
+ *                      performed.                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the number of bytes read into the buffer. If this number is less      *
+ *          than requested, it indicates that the file has been exhausted.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/18/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+long RawFileClass::Read(void *buffer, long size)
+{
+	long	bytesread = 0;			// Running count of the number of bytes read into the buffer.
+	int	opened = false;		// Was the file opened by this routine?
+	int	readresult;
+
+	/*
+	**	If the file isn't opened, open it. This serves as a convenience
+	**	for the programmer.
+	*/
+	if (!Is_Open()) {
+
+		/*
+		**	The error check here is moot. Open will never return unless it succeeded.
+		*/
+		if (!Open(READ)) {
+			return(0);
+		}
+		opened = true;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Read the file in convenient chunk sizes. When the actual number
+	**	of bytes read does not match the desired, then assume that the file
+	**	is exhausted and bail. This loop was adjusted to take into
+	**	consideration the fact that "read" returns a SIGNED value whereas
+	**	it takes an UNSIGNED value as the byte count.
+	*/
+	while (size) {
+		unsigned	desired;		// Bytes desired to be read this pass.
+		unsigned actual;		// Actual number of bytes read.
+
+		/*
+		**	Break the read request into chunks no bigger than the low level DOS read
+		**	can handle.
+		*/
+		desired = size;
+
+		Hard_Error_Occured = 0;
+		readresult = _dos_read(Handle, buffer, desired, &actual);
+
+		/*
+		**	If a hard error occurred, then assume that it is the case of the CD-ROM or
+		**	floppy media having been removed. Display the error and retry as directed.
+		*/
+		if (Hard_Error_Occured) {
+			Error(Hard_Error_Occured, true, Filename);
+			continue;			// Not technically needed, but to be consistent...
+		} else {
+
+			/*
+			**	If negative one is returned from the read operation, then this indicates
+			**	either a bad file number or invalid access. These are fatal conditions, so
+			**	display the error and then abort.
+			*/
+			if (readresult != 0) {
+				Error(errno, false, Filename);
+			} else {
+
+				/*
+				**	No error occurred during the read. Adjust the pointers and size counters and
+				**	loop again if more data is needed to be read.
+				*/
+				buffer = Add_Long_To_Pointer(buffer, actual);
+				bytesread += actual;
+				size -= actual;
+				if (actual != desired) break;		// No more data?
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Close the file if it was opened by this routine and return
+	**	the actual number of bytes read into the buffer.
+	*/
+	if (opened) Close();
+	return(bytesread);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * RawFileClass::Write -- Writes the specified data to the buffer specified.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will write the data specified to the file.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   buffer   -- The buffer that holds the data to write.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          size     -- The number of bytes to write to the file.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the number of bytes written to the file. This routine catches the     *
+ *          case of a disk full condition, so this routine will always return with the number  *
+ *          matching the size request.                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   A fatal file condition could cause this routine to never return.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/18/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+long RawFileClass::Write(void const *buffer, long size)
+{
+	long	bytesread = 0;
+	int	opened = false;		// Was the file manually opened?
+	int	writeresult;
+
+	/*
+	**	Check to open status of the file. If the file is open, then merely write to
+	**	it. Otherwise, open the file for writing and then close the file when the
+	**	output is finished.
+	*/
+	if (!Is_Open()) {
+		if (!Open(WRITE)) {
+			return(0);
+		}
+		opened = true;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Write the data to the file in chunks no bigger than what the low level DOS write
+	**	can handle.
+	*/
+	while (size) {
+		unsigned	desired;		// Bytes desired to be write this pass.
+		unsigned actual;		// Actual number of bytes written.
+
+		Hard_Error_Occured = 0;
+//		desired = (unsigned)MIN(size, Transfer_Block_Size());
+		desired = size;
+		writeresult = _dos_write(Handle, buffer, desired, &actual);
+
+		/*
+		**	If a hard error occurred, then assume it is the case of the media being
+		**	removed. Print the error message an retry as directed.
+		*/
+		if (Hard_Error_Occured) {
+			Error(Hard_Error_Occured, true, Filename);
+			continue;			// Not technically needed, but to be consistent...
+		} else {
+
+			/*
+			**	If negative one is returned by the DOS read, then this indicates a bad file
+			**	handle or invalid access. Either condition is fatal -- display error condition
+			**	and abort.
+			*/
+			if (writeresult != 0) {
+				Error(errno, false, Filename);
+			} else {
+
+				/*
+				**	A successful write occurred. Update pointers and byte counter as appropriate.
+				*/
+				buffer = Add_Long_To_Pointer((void *)buffer, actual);
+				bytesread += actual;
+				size -= actual;
+
+				/*
+				**	If the actual bytes written is less than requested, assume this is a case of
+				**	the disk being full. Consider this a fatal error condition.
+				*/
+				if (actual != desired) {
+					Error(ENOSPC, false, Filename);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If this routine had to open the file, then close it before returning.
+	*/
+	if (opened) {
+		Close();
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Return with the number of bytes written. This will always be the number of bytes
+	**	requested, since the case of the disk being full is caught by this routine.
+	*/
+	return(bytesread);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * RawFileClass::Seek -- Reposition the file pointer as indicated.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to move the filepointer to the position indicated. It can move either   *
+ *    relative to current position or absolute from the beginning or ending of the file. This  *
+ *    routine will only return if it successfully performed the seek.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   pos   -- The position to seek to. This is interpreted as relative to the position  *
+ *                   indicated by the "dir" parameter.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          dir   -- The relative position to relate the seek to. This can be either SEEK_SET  *
+ *                   for the beginning of the file, SEEK_CUR for the current position, or      *
+ *                   SEEK_END for the end of the file.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  This routine returns the position that the seek ended up at.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   If there was a file error, then this routine might never return.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/18/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+long RawFileClass::Seek(long pos, int dir)
+{
+	/*
+	**	If the file isn't opened, then this is a fatal error condition.
+	*/
+	if (!Is_Open()) {
+		Error(EBADF, false, Filename);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Keep trying to seek until a non-retry condition occurs.
+	*/
+	for (;;) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Perform the low level seek on the file.
+		*/
+		Hard_Error_Occured = 0;
+		pos = lseek(Handle, pos, dir);
+
+		/*
+		**	If a hard error occurred, then assume that it is the case of removed media. Display
+		**	error message and retry.
+		*/
+		if (Hard_Error_Occured) {
+			Error(Hard_Error_Occured, true, Filename);
+			continue;
+		} else {
+
+			/*
+			**	A negative one indicates a fatal error with the seek operation. Display error
+			**	condition and then abort.
+			*/
+			if (pos == -1) {
+				Error(errno, false, Filename);
+			}
+		}
+		break;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Return with the new position of the file. This will range between zero and the number of
+	**	bytes the file contains.
+	*/
+	return(pos);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * RawFileClass::Size -- Determines size of file (in bytes).                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to determine the size of the file. The file must exist or this is an    *
+ *    error condition.                                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the number of bytes in the file.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   This routine handles error conditions and will not return unless the file       *
+ *             exists and can successfully be queried for file length.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/18/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+long RawFileClass::Size(void)
+{
+	long	size = 0;
+
+	/*
+	**	If the file is open, then proceed normally.
+	*/
+	if (Is_Open()) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Repetitively try to determine the file size until a fatal error condition or success
+		**	is achieved.
+		*/
+		for (;;) {
+			Hard_Error_Occured = 0;
+			size = filelength(Handle);
+
+			/*
+			**	If a hard error occurred, then assume it is the case of removed media. Display an
+			**	error condition and allow retry.
+			*/
+			if (Hard_Error_Occured) {
+				Error(Hard_Error_Occured, true, Filename);
+				continue;
+			} else {
+				if (size == -1) {
+					Error(errno, false, Filename);
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+		}
+	} else {
+
+		/*
+		**	If the file wasn't open, then open the file and call this routine again. Count on
+		**	the fact that the open function must succeed.
+		*/
+		if (Open()) {
+			size = Size();
+
+			/*
+			**	Since we needed to open the file we must remember to close the file when the
+			**	size has been determined.
+			*/
+			Close();
+		}
+	}
+	return(size);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * RawFileClass::Create -- Creates an empty file.                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will create an empty file from the file object. The file object's filename  *
+ *    must already have been assigned before this routine will function.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the file successfully created? This routine will always return true.     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   A fatal error condition could occur with this routine. Especially if the disk   *
+ *             is full or a read-only media was selected.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/18/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int RawFileClass::Create(void)
+{
+	Close();
+	if (Open(WRITE)) {
+		Close();
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * RawFileClass::Delete -- Deletes the file object from the disk.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will delete the file object from the disk. If the file object doesn't       *
+ *    exist, then this routine will return as if it had succeeded (since the effect is the     *
+ *    same).                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the file deleted? If the file was already missing, the this value will   *
+ *                be false.                                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/18/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int RawFileClass::Delete(void)
+{
+	/*
+	**	If the file was open, then it must be closed first.
+	*/
+	Close();
+
+	/*
+	**	If there is no filename associated with this object, then this indicates a fatal error
+	**	condition. Report this and abort.
+	*/
+	if (!Filename) {
+		Error(ENOENT, false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Repetitively try to delete the file if possible. Either return with success, or
+	**	abort the program with an error.
+	*/
+	for (;;) {
+
+		/*
+		**	If the file is already missing, then return with this fact. No action is necessary.
+		**	This can occur as this section loops if the file exists on a floppy and the floppy
+		**	was removed, the file deleted on another machine, and then the floppy was
+		**	reinserted. Admittedly, this is a rare case, but is handled here.
+		*/
+		if (!Is_Available()) {
+			return(false);
+		}
+
+		Hard_Error_Occured = 0;
+		if (remove(Filename) == -1) {
+
+			/*
+			**	If a hard error occurred, then assume that the media has been removed. Display
+			**	error message and retry as directed.
+			*/
+			if (Hard_Error_Occured) {
+				Error(Hard_Error_Occured, true, Filename);
+				continue;
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	If at this point, DOS says the file doesn't exist, then just exit with this
+			**	fact. It should have been caught earlier, but in any case, this is a legal
+			**	condition.
+			*/
+			if (errno == ENOENT) break;
+
+			/*
+			**	The only way it can reach this point is if DOS indicates that access is denied
+			**	on the file. This occurs when trying to delete a file on a read-only media such
+			**	as a CD-ROM. Report this as a fatal error and then abort.
+			*/
+			Error(errno, false, Filename);
+		}
+		break;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	DOS reports that the file was successfully deleted. Return with this fact.
+	*/
+	return(true);
+}
diff --git a/RAWFILE.H b/RAWFILE.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..46476e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/RAWFILE.H
@@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\rawfile.h_v   2.16   16 Oct 1995 16:45:46   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Westwood Library                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : RAWFILE.H                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : August 8, 1994                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : October 18, 1994   [JLB]                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   RawFileClass::File_Name -- Returns with the filename associate with the file object.      *
+ *   RawFileClass::RawFileClass -- Default constructor for a file object.                      *
+ *   RawFileClass::Is_Open -- Checks to see if the file is open or not.                        *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef RAWFILE_H
+#define RAWFILE_H
+
+#include	<wwlib32.h>
+#include	<limits.h>
+#include	<errno.h>
+#include	<wwfile.h>
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+	/*
+	**	This is a duplicate of the error numbers. The error handler for the RawFileClass handles
+	**	these errors. If the error routine is overridden and additional errors are defined, then
+	**	use numbers starting with 100. Note that these errors here are listed in numerical order.
+	**	These errors are defined in the standard header file "ERRNO.H".
+	*/
+	EZERO,				// Non-error.
+	EINVFNC,				// Invalid function number.
+	ENOFILE,				// File not found.
+	ENOENT=ENOFILE,	// No such file or directory.
+	ENOPATH,				// Path not found.
+	EMFILE,				// Too many open files.
+	EACCES,				// Permission denied.
+	EBADF,				// Bad file number.
+	ECONTR,				// Memory blocks destroyed.
+	ENOMEM,				// Not enough core memory.
+	EINVMEM,				// Invalid memory block address.
+	EINVENV,				// Invalid environment.
+	EINVFMT,				// Invalid format.
+	EINVACC,				// Invalid access code.
+	EINVDAT,				// Invalid data.
+	EFAULT,				// Unknown error.
+	EINVDRV,				// Invalid drive specified.
+	ENODEV=EINVDRV,	// No such device.
+	ECURDIR,				// Attempt to remove CurDir.
+	ENOTSAM,				// Not same device.
+	ENMFILE,				// No more files.
+	EINVAL,				// Invalid argument.
+	E2BIG,				// Argument list too long.
+	ENOEXEC,				// exec format error.
+	EXDEV,				// Cross-device link.
+	ENFILE,				// Too many open files.
+	ECHILD,				// No child process.
+	ENOTTY,				// not used
+	ETXTBSY,				// not used
+	EFBIG,				// not used
+	ENOSPC,				// No space left on device.
+	ESPIPE,				// Illegal seek.
+	EROFS,				// Read-only file system.
+	EMLINK,				// not used
+	EPIPE,				// Broken pipe.
+	EDOM,					// Math argument.
+	ERANGE,				// Result too large.
+	EEXIST,				// File already exists.
+	EDEADLOCK,			// Locking violation.
+	EPERM,				// Operation not permitted.
+	ESRCH,				// not used
+	EINTR,				// Interrupted function call.
+	EIO,					// Input/output error.
+	ENXIO,				// No such device or address.
+	EAGAIN,				// Resource temporarily unavailable.
+	ENOTBLK,				// not used
+	EBUSY,				// Resource busy.
+	ENOTDIR,				// not used
+	EISDIR,				// not used
+	EUCLEAN,				// not used
+#endif
+
+/*
+**	This is the definition of the raw file class. It is derived from the abstract base FileClass
+**	and handles the interface to the low level DOS routines. This is the first class in the
+**	chain of derived file classes that actually performs a useful function. With this class,
+**	I/O is possible. More sophisticated features, such as packed files, CD-ROM support,
+**	file caching, and XMS/EMS memory support, are handled by derived classes.
+**
+**	Of particular importance is the need to override the error routine if more sophisticated
+**	error handling is required. This is more than likely if greater functionality is derived
+**	from this base class.
+*/
+class RawFileClass : public FileClass
+{
+	public:
+
+		/*
+		**	This is a record of the access rights used to open the file. These rights are
+		**	used if the file object is duplicated.
+		*/
+		int Rights;
+
+		RawFileClass(char const *filename);
+		RawFileClass(void);
+		RawFileClass(RawFileClass const & f);
+		RawFileClass & operator = (RawFileClass const & f);
+		virtual ~RawFileClass(void);
+
+		virtual char const * File_Name(void) const;
+		virtual char const * Set_Name(char const *filename);
+		virtual int Create(void);
+		virtual int Delete(void);
+		virtual int Is_Available(int forced=false);
+		virtual int Is_Open(void) const;
+		virtual int Open(char const *filename, int rights=READ);
+		virtual int Open(int rights=READ);
+		virtual long Read(void *buffer, long size);
+		virtual long Seek(long pos, int dir=SEEK_CUR);
+		virtual long Size(void);
+		virtual long Write(void const *buffer, long size);
+		virtual void Close(void);
+		virtual void Error(int error, int canretry = false, char const * filename=NULL);
+
+	protected:
+
+		/*
+		**	This function returns the largest size a low level DOS read or write may
+		**	perform. Larger file transfers are performed in chunks of this size or less.
+		*/
+		long Transfer_Block_Size(void) {return (long)((unsigned)UINT_MAX)-16L;};
+
+	private:
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the low level DOS handle. A -1 indicates an empty condition.
+		*/
+		int Handle;
+
+		/*
+		**	This points to the filename as a NULL terminated string. It may point to either a
+		**	constant or an allocated string as indicated by the "Allocated" flag.
+		*/
+		char const * Filename;
+
+		/*
+		**	Filenames that were assigned as part of the construction process
+		**	are not allocated. It is assumed that the filename string is a
+		**	constant in that case and thus making duplication unnecessary.
+		**	This value will be non-zero if the filename has be allocated
+		**	(using strdup()).
+		*/
+		unsigned Allocated:1;
+};
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * RawFileClass::File_Name -- Returns with the filename associate with the file object.        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to determine what filename is associated with this file object. If no   *
+ *    filename has yet been assigned, then this routing will return NULL.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the file name associated with this file object or NULL   *
+ *          if one doesn't exist.                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+;*   10/18/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+inline char const * RawFileClass::File_Name(void) const
+{
+	return(Filename);
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * RawFileClass::RawFileClass -- Default constructor for a file object.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This constructs a null file object. A null file object has no file handle or filename    *
+ *    associated with it. In order to use a file object created in this fashion it must be     *
+ *    assigned a name and then opened.                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+;*   10/18/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+inline RawFileClass::RawFileClass(void) : Handle(-1), Filename(0), Allocated(false)
+{
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * RawFileClass::Is_Open -- Checks to see if the file is open or not.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to determine if the file is open. It returns true if it is.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Is the file open?                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+;*   10/18/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+inline int RawFileClass::Is_Open(void) const
+{
+	return (Handle >= 0);
+}
+
+#endif
diff --git a/REAL.H b/REAL.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..23411bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/REAL.H
@@ -0,0 +1,934 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\function.h_v   2.21   16 Oct 1995 16:46:44   JOE_BOSTIC  $*/
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : FUNCTION.H                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : May 27, 1994                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : May 27, 1994   [JLB]                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef FUNCTION_H
+#define FUNCTION_H
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+Map (screen) class heirarchy.
+
+ MapeditClass (most derived class) -- scenario editor
+        ³
+   MouseClass -- handles mouse animation and display control
+        ³
+  ScrollClass -- map scroll handler
+        ³
+    HelpClass -- pop-up help text handler
+        ³
+     TabClass -- file folder tab screen mode control dispatcher
+        ³
+ SidebarClass -- displays and controls construction list sidebar
+        ³
+   PowerClass -- display power production/consumption bargraph
+        ³
+   RadarClass -- displays and controls radar map
+        ³
+ DisplayClass -- general tactical map display handler
+        ³
+     MapClass -- general tactical map data handler
+        ³
+ GScreenClass (pure virtual base class) -- generic screen control
+
+                          AbstractClass
+                                  ³
+                                  ³
+                                  ³
+                                  ³
+                            ObjectClass
+                                  ³
+       ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿
+   AnimClass  ³  TemplateClass    ³        ÃÄ FuseClass     ³    TerrainClass
+              ³                   ³        ÃÄ FlyClass      ³
+              ³                   ³  BulletClass            ³
+       OverlayClass        MissionClass               SmudgeClass
+                                  ³
+                             RadioClass
+                                  ³
+                                  ÃÄ CrewClass
+                                  ÃÄ FlasherClass
+                                  ÃÄ StageClass
+                                  ÃÄ CargoClass
+                            TechnoClass
+                                  ³
+         ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿
+     FootClass                                         BuildingClass
+         ³
+         ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿
+    DriveClass  InfantryClass         ÃÄ FlyClass
+         ³                      AircraftClass
+   TurretClass
+         ³
+   TarComClass
+         ³
+     UnitClass
+
+
+                            AbstractTypeClass
+                                    ³
+                              ObjectTypeClass
+                                    ³
+             ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÅÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿
+             ³                      ³            ³                 ³
+       TechnoTypeClass              ³            ³                 ³
+             ³                BulletTypeClass    ³                 ³
+             ³                           TemplateTypeClass         ³
+    ÚÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿             TerrainTypeClass
+    ³              ³           ³              ³
+UnitTypeClass      ³   BuildingTypeClass      ³
+                   ³                  InfantryTypeClass
+           AircraftTypeClass
+#endif
+
+/*
+**	The "bool" integral type was defined by the C++ comittee in
+**	November of '94. Until the compiler supports this, use the following
+**	definition.
+*/
+enum {false=0,true=1};
+typedef int bool;
+
+
+
+#define _WIN32
+#define WIN32	//_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#include <windows.h>
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	If the following define is enabled, then the memory checking code
+**	will be disabled.
+*/
+#define NOMEMCHECK
+
+#include	"watcom.h"
+#define FILE_H
+#define WWMEM_H
+#include "compat.h"
+#include <wwlib32.h>
+#include	"jshell.h"
+
+#ifdef
+#undef
+#endif
+#ifdef _pascal
+#undef	_pascal
+#endif
+#ifdef pascal
+#undef	pascal
+#endif
+
+#define pascal
+#define _pascal
+#define
+
+
+
+
+// Should be part of WWLIB.H. This is used in JSHELL.CPP.
+typedef struct {
+	unsigned char	SourceColor;
+	unsigned char	DestColor;
+	unsigned char	Fading;
+	unsigned char	reserved;
+} TLucentType;
+
+
+// Don't complain if these headers aren't referenced.
+#include	<string.h>
+#include	<stdlib.h>
+#include	<stdio.h>
+#include	<stddef.h>
+#include	<mem.h>
+#include	<dos.h>
+#include	<direct.h>
+#include	<stdarg.h>
+#include	<ctype.h>
+#include	<assert.h>
+#include	<process.h>
+#include	<new.h>
+
+/*
+**	VQ player specific includes.
+*/
+#include <vqa32\vqaplay.h>
+#include <vqa32\vqafile.h>
+
+extern bool GameActive;
+extern long LParam;
+
+#include	"vector.h"
+#include	"heap.h"
+#include	"ccfile.h"
+#include	"monoc.h"
+#include	"conquer.h"
+//#include	"debug.h"
+#include "special.h"
+#include	"defines.h"
+
+
+/*
+**	Greenleaf specific includes.
+*/
+#include <modem.h>
+#include <fast.h>
+
+
+extern long Frame;
+inline CELL Coord_XCell(COORDINATE coord) {return (CELL)(*(((unsigned char*)&coord)+1));}
+inline CELL Coord_YCell(COORDINATE coord) {return (CELL)(*(((unsigned char*)&coord)+3));}
+//inline CELL Coord_Cell(COORD coord){return (CELL)(((*(((unsigned short *)&coord)+1) & 0xFF00) >> 2) | *(((unsigned char *)&coord)+1));}
+CELL Coord_Cell(COORDINATE coord);
+#pragma aux Coord_Cell parm [eax] \
+	modify [ebx] \
+	value [ax]		= 				\
+	"mov	ebx,eax"					\
+	"shr	eax,010h"				\
+	"xor	al,al"					\
+	"shr	eax,2"					\
+	"or	al,bh"
+
+
+#include	"facing.h"
+#include	"ftimer.h"
+#include	"theme.h"
+#include	"link.h"
+#include	"gadget.h"
+#include	"control.h"
+#include	"toggle.h"
+#include	"checkbox.h"
+#include	"shapebtn.h"
+#include	"textbtn.h"
+#include	"slider.h"
+#include "list.h"
+#include "cheklist.h"
+#include "colrlist.h"
+#include	"edit.h"
+#include	"gauge.h"
+#include	"msgbox.h"
+#include	"dial8.h"
+#include	"txtlabel.h"
+#include	"super.h"
+#include	"house.h"
+#include	"gscreen.h"
+#include	"map.h"
+#include	"display.h"
+#include	"radar.h"
+#include	"power.h"
+#include	"sidebar.h"
+#include	"tab.h"
+#include	"help.h"
+#include	"mouse.h"
+//#include	"mapedit.h"
+#include	"help.h"
+#include	"target.h"
+#include	"theme.h"
+#include	"team.h"				// Team objects.
+#include	"teamtype.h"		// Team type objects.
+#include	"trigger.h"			// Trigger event objects.
+#include	"mapedit.h"			// ???
+#include	"abstract.h"
+#include "object.h"
+#include "mission.h"
+#include	"door.h"
+#include	"bullet.h"			// Bullet objects.
+#include	"terrain.h"			// Terrain objects.
+#include	"anim.h"				// Animation objects.
+#include	"template.h"		// Icon template objects.
+#include	"overlay.h"			// Overlay objects.
+#include	"smudge.h"			// Stains on the terrain objects.
+#include	"aircraft.h"		// Aircraft objects.
+#include	"unit.h"				// Ground unit objects.
+#include	"infantry.h"		// Infantry objects.
+#include	"credits.h"			// Credit counter class.
+#include	"score.h"			// Scoring system class.
+#include	"factory.h"			// Production manager class.
+#include "intro.h"
+#include "ending.h"
+#include	"logic.h"
+#include	"queue.h"
+#include	"event.h"
+#include "base.h"				// defines the AI's pre-built base
+#include "ipxmgr.h"
+#include	"combuf.h"
+#include	"connect.h"
+#include	"connmgr.h"
+#include	"noseqcon.h"
+#include "msglist.h"
+#include	"nullconn.h"
+#include	"nullmgr.h"
+#include "phone.h"
+#include "loaddlg.h"
+#include	"ipxaddr.h"
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**	This is a "node", used for the lists of available games & players.  The
+**	'Game' structure is used for games; the 'Player' structure for players.
+*/
+typedef struct NodeNameTag {
+	char Name[MPLAYER_NAME_MAX];
+	IPXAddressClass Address;
+	union {
+		struct {
+			int Version;
+			unsigned char IsOpen;
+			unsigned long LastTime;
+		} Game;
+		struct {
+			HousesType House;
+			unsigned char Color;
+		} Player;
+	};
+} NodeNameType;
+
+
+#include	"externs.h"
+
+
+extern int Get_CD_Drive(void);
+extern void Fatal(char const *message, ...);
+
+
+/*
+**	ANIM.CPP
+*/
+void Shorten_Attached_Anims(ObjectClass * obj);
+
+/*
+**	AUDIO.CPP
+*/
+int Sound_Effect(VocType voc, VolType volume, int variation=1, signed short panvalue=0);
+void Speak(VoxType voice);
+void Speak_AI(void);
+void Stop_Speaking(void);
+void Sound_Effect(VocType voc, COORDINATE coord=NULL, int variation=1);
+bool Is_Speaking(void);
+
+/*
+**	COMBAT.CPP
+*/
+int Modify_Damage(int damage, WarheadType warhead, ArmorType armor, int distance);
+void Explosion_Damage(COORDINATE coord, unsigned strength, TechnoClass * source, WarheadType warhead);
+
+/*
+**	CONQUER.CPP
+*/
+void Center_About_Objects(void);
+bool Force_CD_Available(int cd);
+void Handle_View(int view, int action=0);
+void Handle_Team(int team, int action=0);
+TechnoTypeClass const * Fetch_Techno_Type(RTTIType type, int id);
+char const * Fading_Table_Name(char const * base, TheaterType theater);
+void Unselect_All(void);
+void Play_Movie(char const * name, ThemeType theme=THEME_NONE, bool clrscrn=true);
+bool Main_Loop();
+TheaterType Theater_From_Name(char const *name);
+//DirType Rotation_Calc(DirType current, DirType desired, int rate);
+void Main_Game(int argc, char *argv[]);
+long VQ_Call_Back(unsigned char * buffer=NULL, long frame=0);
+void Call_Back(void);
+char const *Language_Name(char const *basename);
+SourceType Source_From_Name(char const *name);
+char const *Name_From_Source(SourceType source);
+FacingType KN_To_Facing(int input);
+void const *Get_Radar_Icon(void const *shapefile, int shapenum, int frames, int zoomfactor);
+void CC_Draw_Shape(void const * shapefile, int shapenum, int x, int y, WindowNumberType window, ShapeFlags_Type flags, void const * fadingdata=0, void const * ghostdata=0);
+void Go_Editor(bool flag);
+long MixFileHandler(VQAHandle *vqa, long action, void *buffer, long nbytes);
+
+char *CC_Get_Shape_Filename(void const *shapeptr );
+void CC_Add_Shape_To_Global(void const *shapeptr, char *filename, char code );
+
+void Bubba_Print(char *format,...);
+
+void Heap_Dump_Check( char *string );
+void Dump_Heap_Pointers( void );
+unsigned long Disk_Space_Available(void);
+
+void Validate_Error(char *name);
+void const * Hires_Retrieve(char *name);
+int Get_Resolution_Factor(void);
+
+
+/*
+** INTERPAL.CPP
+*/
+#define SIZE_OF_PALETTE 256
+extern	"C" unsigned char *InterpolationPalette;
+extern	BOOL	InterpolationPaletteChanged;
+extern	void 	Interpolate_2X_Scale( GraphicBufferClass *source, GraphicBufferClass *dest ,char const *palette_file_name);
+void Read_Interpolation_Palette (char const *palette_file_name);
+void Write_Interpolation_Palette (char const *palette_file_name);
+void Increase_Palette_Luminance(unsigned char *InterpolationPalette ,	int RedPercentage ,int GreenPercentage ,int BluePercentage ,int cap);
+extern "C"{
+	extern unsigned char PaletteInterpolationTable[SIZE_OF_PALETTE][SIZE_OF_PALETTE];
+	extern unsigned char *InterpolationPalette;
+	void __cdecl Asm_Create_Palette_Interpolation_Table(void);
+}
+
+
+/*
+**	COORD.CPP
+*/
+void  Move_Point(short &x, short &y, register DirType dir, unsigned short distance);
+COORDINATE  Adjacent_Cell(COORDINATE coord, FacingType dir);
+COORDINATE  Coord_Move(COORDINATE start, DirType facing, unsigned short distance);
+COORDINATE  Coord_Scatter(COORDINATE coord, unsigned distance, bool lock=false);
+DirType  Direction(CELL cell1, CELL cell2);
+DirType  Direction(COORDINATE coord1, COORDINATE coord2);
+DirType  Direction256(COORDINATE coord1, COORDINATE coord2);
+DirType  Direction8(COORDINATE coord1, COORDINATE coord2);
+int  Distance(CELL coord1, CELL coord2);
+int  Distance(COORDINATE coord1, COORDINATE coord2);
+short const *  Coord_Spillage_List(COORDINATE coord, int maxsize);
+//void Move_Point(unsigned short &x, unsigned short &y, DirType dir, unsigned short distance);
+
+/*
+**	COORDA.CPP
+*/
+//extern "C" {
+//unsigned Cardinal_To_Fixed(unsigned base, unsigned cardinal);
+//unsigned Fixed_To_Cardinal(unsigned base, unsigned fixed);
+//}
+
+/*
+**	DEBUG.CPP
+*/
+void Log_Event(char const *text, ...);
+void Debug_Key(unsigned input);
+void Self_Regulate(void);
+
+/*
+**	DIALOG.CPP
+*/
+int Format_Window_String(char * string, int maxlinelen, int & width, int & height);
+extern void Dialog_Box(int x, int y, int w, int h);
+void Conquer_Clip_Text_Print(char const *, unsigned x, unsigned y, unsigned fore, unsigned back=(unsigned)TBLACK, TextPrintType flag=TPF_8POINT|TPF_DROPSHADOW, unsigned width=-1, int const * tabs=0);
+void Draw_Box(int x, int y, int w, int h, BoxStyleEnum up, bool filled);
+int __cdecl Dialog_Message(char *errormsg, ...);
+void Window_Box(WindowNumberType window, BoxStyleEnum style);
+void Fancy_Text_Print(char const *text, unsigned x, unsigned y, unsigned fore, unsigned back, TextPrintType flag, ...);
+void Fancy_Text_Print(int text, unsigned x, unsigned y, unsigned fore, unsigned back, TextPrintType flag, ...);
+void Simple_Text_Print(char const *text, unsigned x, unsigned y, unsigned fore, unsigned back, TextPrintType flag);
+
+/*
+**	DISPLAY.CPP
+*/
+
+/*
+**	ENDING.CPP
+*/
+void GDI_Ending(void);
+void Nod_Ending(void);
+
+/*
+**	EXPAND.CPP
+*/
+bool Expansion_Present(void);
+bool Expansion_Dialog(void);
+
+/*
+**	FINDPATH.CPP
+*/
+//PathType * Find_Path(CELL source, CELL dest, FacingType *final_moves, int maxlen, int (*callback)(CELL, FacingType), int threshhold);
+int Optimize_Moves(PathType *path, int (*callback)(CELL, FacingType), int threshhold);
+
+/*
+**	GOPTIONS.CPP
+*/
+void Draw_Caption(int text, int x, int y, int w);
+
+/*
+**	INI.CPP
+*/
+void Set_Scenario_Name(char *buf, int scenario, ScenarioPlayerType player, ScenarioDirType dir = SCEN_DIR_NONE, ScenarioVarType var = SCEN_VAR_NONE);
+void Write_Scenario_Ini(char *root);
+bool Read_Scenario_Ini(char *root, bool fresh=true);
+int Scan_Place_Object(ObjectClass *obj, CELL cell);
+
+/*
+**	INIT.CPP
+*/
+void Uninit_Game(void);
+long Obfuscate(char const * string);
+void Anim_Init(void);
+bool Init_Game(int argc, char *argv[]);
+bool Select_Game(bool fade = false);
+bool Parse_Command_Line(int argc, char *argv[]);
+void Parse_INI_File(void);
+int Version_Number(void);
+void Save_Recording_Values(void);
+void Load_Recording_Values(void);
+
+/*
+** JSHELL.CPP
+*/
+void * Small_Icon(void const * iconptr, int iconnum);
+void Set_Window(int window, int x, int y, int w, int h);
+void * Load_Alloc_Data(FileClass &file);
+long Load_Uncompress(FileClass &file, BuffType &uncomp_buff, BuffType &dest_buff, void *reserved_data);
+long Translucent_Table_Size(int count);
+void *Build_Translucent_Table(void const *palette, TLucentType const *control, int count, void *buffer);
+void *Conquer_Build_Translucent_Table(void const *palette, TLucentType const *control, int count, void *buffer);
+
+/*
+**	KEYFBUFF.ASM
+*/
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+long __cdecl Buffer_Frame_To_Page(int x, int y, int w, int h, void *Buffer, GraphicViewPortClass &view, int flags, ...);
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+**	KEYFRAME.CPP
+*/
+int Get_Last_Frame_Length(void);
+unsigned long Build_Frame(void const *dataptr, unsigned short framenumber, void *buffptr);
+unsigned short Get_Build_Frame_Count(void const *dataptr);
+unsigned short Get_Build_Frame_X(void const *dataptr);
+unsigned short Get_Build_Frame_Y(void const *dataptr);
+unsigned short Get_Build_Frame_Width(void const *dataptr);
+unsigned short Get_Build_Frame_Height(void const *dataptr);
+bool Get_Build_Frame_Palette(void const *dataptr, void *palette);
+
+/*
+**	MAP.CPP
+*/
+int Terrain_Cost(CELL cell, FacingType facing);
+int Coord_Spillage_Number(COORDINATE coord, int maxsize);
+
+/*
+**	MENUS.CPP
+*/
+void Setup_Menu(int menu, char const *text[], unsigned long field, int index, int skip);
+int Check_Menu(int menu, char const *text[], char *selection, long field, int index);
+int Do_Menu(char const **strings, bool blue);
+extern int UnknownKey;
+int Main_Menu(unsigned long timeout);
+
+/*
+** MPLAYER.CPP
+*/
+GameType Select_MPlayer_Game (void);
+void Read_MultiPlayer_Settings (void);
+void Write_MultiPlayer_Settings (void);
+void Read_Scenario_Descriptions (void);
+void Free_Scenario_Descriptions(void);
+void Computer_Message(void);
+int Surrender_Dialog(void);
+
+/*
+** NETDLG.CPP
+*/
+bool Init_Network (void);
+void Shutdown_Network (void);
+bool Remote_Connect (void);
+void Destroy_Connection(int id, int error);
+bool Process_Global_Packet(GlobalPacketType *packet, IPXAddressClass *address);
+unsigned long Compute_Name_CRC(char *name);
+void Net_Reconnect_Dialog(int reconn, int fresh, int oldest_index, unsigned long timeval);
+
+/*
+** NULLDLG.CPP
+*/
+int Init_Null_Modem( SerialSettingsType *settings );
+void Shutdown_Modem( void );
+void Modem_Signoff( void );
+int Test_Null_Modem( void );
+int Reconnect_Modem( void );
+void Destroy_Null_Connection(int id, int error);
+GameType Select_Serial_Dialog( void );
+int Com_Scenario_Dialog(void);
+int Com_Show_Scenario_Dialog(void);
+
+void Smart_Printf( char *format, ... );
+void Hex_Dump_Data( char *buffer, int length );
+void itoh( int i, char *s);
+
+/*
+**	PROFILE.CPP
+*/
+int WWGetPrivateProfileInt(char const *section, char const *entry, int def, char *profile);
+bool WWWritePrivateProfileInt(char const *section, char const *entry, int value, char *profile);
+bool WWWritePrivateProfileString(char const *section, char const *entry, char const *string, char *profile);
+char * WWGetPrivateProfileString(char const *section, char const *entry, char const *def, char *retbuffer, int retlen, char *profile);
+unsigned WWGetPrivateProfileHex (char const *section, char const *entry, char *profile);
+
+/*
+** QUEUE.CPP
+*/
+bool Queue_Target(TARGET whom, TARGET target);
+bool Queue_Destination(TARGET whom, TARGET target);
+bool Queue_Mission(TARGET whom, MissionType mission);
+bool Queue_Mission(TARGET whom, MissionType mission, TARGET target, TARGET destination);
+bool Queue_Options(void);
+bool Queue_Exit(void);
+void Queue_AI(void);
+void Add_CRC(unsigned long *crc, unsigned long val);
+
+/*
+**	RAND.CPP
+*/
+int Sim_IRandom(int minval, int maxval);
+int Sim_Random(void);
+
+/*
+**	REINF.CPP
+*/
+bool Do_Reinforcements(TeamTypeClass *team);
+bool Create_Special_Reinforcement(HouseClass * house, TechnoTypeClass const * type, TechnoTypeClass const * another, TeamMissionType mission = TMISSION_NONE, int argument =0);
+int Create_Air_Reinforcement(HouseClass *house, AircraftType air, int number, MissionType mission, TARGET tarcom, TARGET navcom);
+
+/*
+**	SAVELOAD.CPP
+*/
+bool Load_Misc_Values(FileClass &file);
+bool Save_Misc_Values(FileClass &file);
+bool Get_Savefile_Info(int id, char *buf, unsigned *scenp, HousesType *housep);
+bool Load_Game(int id);
+bool Read_Object (void *ptr, int base_size, int class_size, FileClass & file, void * vtable);
+bool Save_Game(int id,char *descr);
+bool Write_Object (void *ptr, int class_size, FileClass & file);
+TARGET TechnoType_To_Target(TechnoTypeClass const * ptr);
+TechnoTypeClass const * Target_To_TechnoType(TARGET target);
+void * Get_VTable(void *ptr, int base_size);
+void Code_All_Pointers(void);
+void Decode_All_Pointers(void);
+void Dump(void);
+void Set_VTable(void *ptr, int base_size, void *vtable);
+
+/*
+** SCENARIO.CPP
+*/
+bool End_Game(void);
+bool Read_Scenario(char *root);
+bool Start_Scenario(char *root, bool briefing=true);
+HousesType Select_House(void);
+void Clear_Scenario(void);
+void Do_Briefing(char const * text);
+void Do_Lose(void);
+void Do_Win(void);
+void Do_Restart(void);
+void Fill_In_Data(void);
+bool Restate_Mission(char const * name, int button1, int button2);
+
+/*
+**	SCORE.CPP
+*/
+void Map_Selection(void);
+void Bit_It_In_Scale(int x, int y, int w, int h, GraphicBufferClass *src, GraphicBufferClass *dest, GraphicBufferClass *seen , int delay=0, int dagger=0);
+void Bit_It_In(int x, int y, int w, int h, GraphicBufferClass *src, GraphicBufferClass *dest, int delay=0, int dagger=0);
+void Call_Back_Delay(int time);
+int Alloc_Object(ScoreAnimClass *obj);
+extern GraphicBufferClass *PseudoSeenBuff;
+
+void Window_Dialog_Box(HANDLE  hinst, LPCTSTR  lpszTemplate, HWND  hwndOwner, DLGPROC  dlgprc);
+
+/*
+**	SPECIAL.CPP
+*/
+void Special_Dialog(void);
+
+/*
+**	SUPPORT.ASM
+*/
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+void __cdecl Remove_From_List(void **list, int *index, void * ptr);
+void * __cdecl Conquer_Build_Fading_Table(void const *palette, void *dest, int color, int frac);
+void __cdecl Fat_Put_Pixel(int x, int y, int color, int size, GraphicViewPortClass &);
+void __cdecl strtrim(char *buffer);
+long __cdecl Get_EAX( void );
+#ifdef	__cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+**	TARCOM.CPP
+*/
+
+/*
+** TARGET.CPP
+*/
+COORDINATE  As_Movement_Coord(TARGET target);
+AircraftClass *  As_Aircraft(TARGET target);
+AnimClass *  As_Animation(TARGET target);
+BuildingClass *  As_Building(TARGET target);
+BulletClass *  As_Bullet(TARGET target);
+CELL  As_Cell(TARGET target);
+COORDINATE  As_Coord(TARGET target);
+InfantryClass *  As_Infantry(TARGET target);
+TeamClass *  As_Team(TARGET target);
+TeamTypeClass *  As_TeamType(TARGET target);
+TechnoClass *  As_Techno(TARGET target);
+//TerrainClass * As_Terrain(TARGET target);
+TriggerClass *  As_Trigger(TARGET target);
+UnitClass *  As_Unit(TARGET target);
+inline bool  Target_Legal(TARGET target) {return(target != TARGET_NONE);};
+ObjectClass *  As_Object(TARGET target);
+
+/*
+** ULOGIC.CPP
+*/
+int Terrain_Cost(CELL cell, FacingType facing);
+
+/*
+**	Inline miscellaneous functions.
+*/
+#define	XYP_COORD(x,y)	(((x)*ICON_LEPTON_W)/CELL_PIXEL_W + ((((y)*ICON_LEPTON_H)/CELL_PIXEL_H)<<16))
+inline FacingType Dir_Facing(DirType facing) {return (FacingType)(((unsigned char)(facing+0x10)&0xFF)>>5);}
+inline DirType Facing_Dir(FacingType facing) {return (DirType)((int)facing << 5);}
+inline int Cell_To_Lepton(int cell) {return cell<<8;}
+inline int Lepton_To_Cell(int lepton) {return ((unsigned)(lepton + 0x0080))>>8;}
+inline CELL XY_Cell(int x, int y) {return ((CELL)(((y)<<6)|(x)));}
+inline COORDINATE XY_Coord(int x, int y) {return ((COORDINATE)MAKE_LONG(y, x));}
+inline int Coord_X(COORDINATE coord) {return (short)(LOW_WORD(coord));}
+inline int Coord_Y(COORDINATE coord) {return (short)(HIGH_WORD(coord));}
+inline int Cell_X(CELL cell) {return (int)(((unsigned)cell) & 0x3F);}
+inline int Cell_Y(CELL cell) {return (int)(((unsigned)cell) >> 6);}
+inline int Dir_Diff(DirType dir1, DirType dir2) {return (int)(*((signed char*)&dir2) - *((signed char*)&dir1));}
+inline CELL Coord_XLepton(COORDINATE coord) {return (CELL)(*((unsigned char*)&coord));}
+inline CELL Coord_YLepton(COORDINATE coord) {return (CELL)(*(((unsigned char*)&coord)+2));}
+//inline COORD CellXY_Coord(unsigned x, unsigned y) {return (COORD)(MAKE_LONG(y<<8, x<<8));}
+inline COORDINATE Coord_Add(COORDINATE coord1, COORDINATE coord2) {return (COORDINATE)MAKE_LONG((*((short*)(&coord1)+1) + *((short*)(&coord2)+1)), (*((short*)(&coord1)) + *((short*)(&coord2))));}
+inline COORDINATE Coord_Sub(COORDINATE coord1, COORDINATE coord2) {return (COORDINATE)MAKE_LONG((*((short*)(&coord1)+1) - *((short*)(&coord2)+1)), (*((short*)(&coord1)) - *((short*)(&coord2))));}
+inline COORDINATE Coord_Snap(COORDINATE coord) {return (COORDINATE)MAKE_LONG((((*(((unsigned short *)&coord)+1))&0xFF00)|0x80), (((*((unsigned short *)&coord))&0xFF00)|0x80));}
+inline COORDINATE Coord_Mid(COORDINATE coord1, COORDINATE coord2) {return (COORDINATE)MAKE_LONG((*((unsigned short *)(&coord1)+1) + *((unsigned short *)(&coord2)+1))>>1, (*((unsigned short *)(&coord1)) + *((unsigned short *)(&coord2)))>>1);}
+inline COORDINATE Cell_Coord(CELL cell) {return (COORDINATE) MAKE_LONG( (((cell & 0x0FC0)<<2)|0x80), ((((cell & 0x003F)<<1)+1)<<7) );}
+inline COORDINATE XYPixel_Coord(int x, int y) {return ((COORDINATE)MAKE_LONG((int)(((long)y*(long)ICON_LEPTON_H)/(long)ICON_PIXEL_H)/*+LEPTON_OFFSET_Y*/, (int)(((long)x*(long)ICON_LEPTON_W)/(long)ICON_PIXEL_W)/*+LEPTON_OFFSET_X*/));}
+//inline int Facing_To_16(int facing) {return Facing16[facing];}
+inline int Facing_To_32(DirType facing) {return Facing32[facing];}
+inline DirType Direction256(COORDINATE coord1, COORDINATE coord2) {return ((DirType)Desired_Facing256(Coord_X(coord1), Coord_Y(coord1), Coord_X(coord2), Coord_Y(coord2)));}
+inline DirType Direction(COORDINATE coord1, COORDINATE coord2) {return ((DirType)Desired_Facing256(Coord_X(coord1), Coord_Y(coord1), Coord_X(coord2), Coord_Y(coord2)));}
+inline DirType Direction8(COORDINATE coord1, COORDINATE coord2) {return ((DirType)Desired_Facing8(Coord_X(coord1), Coord_Y(coord1), Coord_X(coord2), Coord_Y(coord2)));}
+//inline int Direction16(COORDINATE coord1, COORD coord2) {return (Desired_Facing16(Coord_X(coord1), Coord_Y(coord1), Coord_X(coord2), Coord_Y(coord2)));}
+inline DirType Direction(CELL cell1, CELL cell2) {return (DirType)(Desired_Facing8(Cell_X(cell1), Cell_Y(cell1), Cell_X(cell2), Cell_Y(cell2)));}
+inline COORDINATE Adjacent_Cell(COORDINATE coord, FacingType dir) {return (Coord_Snap(Coord_Add(AdjacentCoord[dir & 0x07], coord)));}
+inline COORDINATE Adjacent_Cell(COORDINATE coord, DirType dir) {return Adjacent_Cell(coord, Dir_Facing(dir));}
+inline CELL Adjacent_Cell(CELL cell, FacingType dir) {return (CELL)(cell + AdjacentCell[dir]);}
+inline CELL Adjacent_Cell(CELL cell, DirType dir) {return (CELL)(cell + AdjacentCell[Dir_Facing(dir)]);}
+inline int Lepton_To_Pixel(int lepton) {return ((lepton * ICON_PIXEL_W) + (ICON_LEPTON_W / 2)) / ICON_LEPTON_W;}
+inline int Pixel_To_Lepton(int pixel) {return ((pixel * ICON_LEPTON_W) + (ICON_PIXEL_W / 2)) / ICON_PIXEL_W;}
+//inline FacingType Facing_To_8(DirType facing) {return (FacingType)(((unsigned char)(facing|0x10))>>5);}
+inline COORDINATE XYP_Coord(int x,int y) {return XY_Coord(Pixel_To_Lepton(x), Pixel_To_Lepton(y));};
+inline char const * Text_String(int string) {return(Extract_String(SystemStrings, string));};
+
+
+template<class T> inline T Random_Pick(T a, T b)
+{
+	return (T)IRandom((int)a, (int)b);
+};
+
+template<class T> inline T Sim_Random_Pick(T a, T b)
+{
+	return (T)Sim_IRandom((int)a, (int)b);
+};
+
+
+#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+#define Check_Ptr(ptr,file,line)  \
+{ \
+	if (!ptr) { \
+		Mono_Clear_Screen(); \
+		Mono_Printf("NULL Pointer, Module:%s, line:%d!\n",file,line); \
+		Prog_End(); \
+		exit(EXIT_SUCCESS); \
+	} \
+}
+#else
+#define	Check_Ptr(ptr,file,line)
+#endif
+
+/*
+** These routines are for coding & decoding multiplayer ID's
+*/
+inline PlayerColorType MPlayerID_To_ColorIndex(unsigned short id) {return (PlayerColorType)(id >> 4);}
+inline HousesType MPlayerID_To_HousesType(unsigned short id) {return ((HousesType)(id & 0x000f)); }
+inline unsigned short Build_MPlayerID(int c_idx, HousesType htype) { return ((c_idx << 4) | htype); }
+
+
+
+
+//
+//  True if we are the currently in focus windows app
+//
+extern bool GameInFocus;
+
+extern	int	ScreenWidth;
+extern	int	ScreenHeight;
+extern "C" void ModeX_Blit (GraphicBufferClass *source);
+extern	void Colour_Debug (int call_number);
+
+
+extern	unsigned char 	*InterpolatedPalettes[50];
+extern BOOL				PalettesRead;
+extern unsigned			PaletteCounter;
+
+extern "C"{
+	extern unsigned char PaletteInterpolationTable[SIZE_OF_PALETTE][SIZE_OF_PALETTE];
+	extern unsigned char *InterpolationPalette;
+}
+
+extern void Free_Interpolated_Palettes(void);
+extern int Load_Interpolated_Palettes(char const *filename, BOOL add=FALSE);
+
+
+#define	CELL_BLIT_ONLY	1
+#define	CELL_DRAW_ONLY	2
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Distance -- Determines the lepton distance between two coordinates.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to determine the distance between two coordinates. It uses the      *
+ *    Dragon Strike method of distance determination and thus it is very fast.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   coord1   -- First coordinate.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          coord2   -- Second coordinate.                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns the lepton distance between the two coordinates.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/27/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int Distance_Coord(COORDINATE coord1, COORDINATE coord2);
+#pragma aux Distance_Coord parm [eax] [ebx] \
+	modify [edx ebx] \
+	value [eax]		= 				\
+	"mov	dx,ax"			\
+	"sub	dx,bx"			\
+	"jg	okx"				\
+	"neg	dx"				\
+	"okx:"					\
+	"shr	eax,16"			\
+	"shr	ebx,16"			\
+	"sub	ax,bx"			\
+	"jg	oky"				\
+	"neg	ax"				\
+	"oky:"					\
+	"cmp	ax,dx"			\
+	"jg	ok"				\
+	"xchg	ax,dx"			\
+	"ok:"						\
+	"shr	dx,1"				\
+	"add	ax,dx"
+
+inline int Distance(COORDINATE coord1, COORDINATE coord2)
+{
+#ifdef NEVER
+	int	diff1, diff2;
+
+	diff1 = Coord_Y(coord1) - Coord_Y(coord2);
+	if (diff1 < 0) diff1 = -diff1;
+	diff2 = Coord_X(coord1) - Coord_X(coord2);
+	if (diff2 < 0) diff2 = -diff2;
+	if (diff1 > diff2) {
+		return(diff1 + (diff2>>1));
+	}
+	return(diff2 + (diff1>>1));
+#else
+	return(Distance_Coord(coord1, coord2));
+#endif
+}
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Distance -- Determines the cell distance between two cells.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to determine the distance between the two cells specified. The distance *
+ *    is returned in cells.                                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   cell1, cell2   -- The two cells to determine the distance between.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the distance between the two cells in units of cell size.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/23/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+inline int Distance(CELL coord1, CELL coord2)
+{
+	int	diff1, diff2;
+
+	diff1 = Cell_Y(coord1) - Cell_Y(coord2);
+	if (diff1 < 0) diff1 = -diff1;
+	diff2 = Cell_X(coord1) - Cell_X(coord2);
+	if (diff2 < 0) diff2 = -diff2;
+	if (diff1 > diff2) {
+		return(diff1 + (diff2>>1));
+	}
+	return(diff2 + (diff1>>1));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CellClass::Cell_Number -- Returns the cell ID number for this cell object.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Call this routine if you wish to determine what the cell number ID is for the currrent   *
+ *    cell object. This ID number is the index number into the cell array.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the cell number for this cell object.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+inline CELL CellClass::Cell_Number(void) const
+{
+	return(Map.ID(this));
+}
+
+#ifndef NOMEMCHECK
+#define NO_INTERCEPT
+#include	"memcheck.h"
+#endif
+
+
+void WWDOS_Shutdown(void);
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/REGION.H b/REGION.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dee57d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/REGION.H
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\region.h_v   2.13   16 Oct 1995 16:45:10   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               *** 
+ *********************************************************************************************** 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                    File Name : REGION.H                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Start Date : 03/09/95                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                  Last Update : March 9, 1995 [JLB]                                          * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* 
+ * Functions:                                                                                  * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef REGION_H
+#define REGION_H
+
+
+class RegionClass {
+	public:
+		RegionClass(void) {Threat = 0;};
+		~RegionClass(void) {};
+		int operator != (RegionClass const & region) {return memcmp(this, &region, sizeof(RegionClass));};
+		int operator == (RegionClass const & region) {return !memcmp(this, &region, sizeof(RegionClass));};
+		int operator > (RegionClass const & region) {return memcmp(this, &region, sizeof(RegionClass)) > 0;};
+		int operator < (RegionClass const & region) {return memcmp(this, &region, sizeof(RegionClass)) < 0;};
+
+		void Reset_Threat(void) {Threat = 0;};
+		void Adjust_Threat(int threat, int neg) {if (neg) Threat -= threat; else Threat+= threat;};
+		int Threat_Value(void) const {return Threat;};
+
+	protected:
+		long  Threat;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/REG_ICON.ICO b/REG_ICON.ICO
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..32ce0b9
Binary files /dev/null and b/REG_ICON.ICO differ
diff --git a/REG_ICON.RC b/REG_ICON.RC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e8543d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/REG_ICON.RC
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+/****************************************************************************
+
+
+REG_ICON.RC
+
+produced by Borland Resource Workshop
+
+
+*****************************************************************************/
+
+#include "reg_icon.rh"
+
+
+
+ICON_1 ICON "conquer.ico"
+
diff --git a/REG_ICON.RH b/REG_ICON.RH
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..206d6bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/REG_ICON.RH
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+#define ICON_1	1
diff --git a/REINF.CPP b/REINF.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea227e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/REINF.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,663 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\reinf.cpv   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:48:58   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               *** 
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : REINF.CPP                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : May 24, 1994                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : July 4, 1995 [JLB]                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   Create_Air_Reinforcement -- Creates air strike reinforcement                              * 
+ *   Create_Special_Reinforcement -- Ad hoc reinforcement handler.                             * 
+ *   Do_Reinforcements -- Create and place a reinforcement team.                               * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * Do_Reinforcements -- Create and place a reinforcement team.                                 * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This routine is called when a reinforcement team must be created and placed on the map.  * 
+ *    It will create all members of the team and place them at the location determined from    * 
+ *    the team composition. The reinforcement team should follow team orders until overriden   * 
+ *    by AI or player intervention.                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   teamtype -- Pointer to the team type to create as a reinforcement.                 * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  Was the reinforcement successfully created and placed?                             * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   05/08/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *   05/18/1995 JLB : Returns success or failure condition.                                    * 
+ *   06/19/1995 JLB : Announces reinforcements.                                                * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool Do_Reinforcements(TeamTypeClass *teamtype)
+{
+	/*
+	**	preform some preliminary checks for validity.
+	*/
+	if (!teamtype || !teamtype->ClassCount) return(false);
+
+	/*
+	**	Create the controlling team. All the objects are grouped
+	**	under this team control. If there are no missions for this team
+	**	then don't actually create the team -- it won't serve a purpose.
+	*/
+	TeamClass * team = NULL;
+	if (teamtype->MissionCount) {
+		team = new TeamClass(teamtype, HouseClass::As_Pointer(teamtype->House));
+		if (!team) return(false);
+		team->Force_Active();
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Determine if this team contains its own transport. In such a case, the
+	**	transport is used as a loaner. This is only true, if there is other
+	**	objects to be transport. Without such cargo objects, then the transport
+	**	is presumed to be the reinforcement itself and thus should not be a
+	**	loaner.
+	*/
+	bool okvoice = true;						// Presume ok to announce reinforcement?
+	bool airtransport = false;				// Transport can fly in?
+	bool watertransport = false;			// Transport needs a beach to land at?
+	bool onlytransport = true;				// Just transport is in reinforcement?
+	bool hastransport = false;				// Group comes with transport?
+	for (int index=0; index < teamtype->ClassCount; index++) {
+		if (teamtype->Class[index]->IsTransporter || teamtype->Class[index]->What_Am_I() == RTTI_AIRCRAFTTYPE) {
+			hastransport = true;
+			if (teamtype->Class[index]->What_Am_I() == RTTI_AIRCRAFTTYPE) {
+				airtransport = true;
+			} else {
+				watertransport = (((UnitTypeClass const *)teamtype->Class[index])->Type == UNIT_HOVER);
+			}
+		} else {
+			onlytransport = false;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Now determine how the reinforcement should be delivered. This is largely determined
+	**	by whether there is a transport with the reinforcements.
+	*/
+	SourceType source = SOURCE_NONE;
+	if (airtransport) {
+		source = SOURCE_AIR;
+	} else {
+
+		if (watertransport) {
+			source = SOURCE_BEACH;
+		} else {
+			
+			/*
+			**	Special case for the gunboat. It always arrives according to the shipping source.
+			*/
+			if (teamtype->Class[0]->What_Am_I() == RTTI_UNITTYPE && ((UnitTypeClass const *)teamtype->Class[0])->Type == UNIT_GUNBOAT) {
+				source = SOURCE_SHIPPING;
+			} else {
+				source = HouseClass::As_Pointer(teamtype->House)->Edge;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If we can't determine where the reinforcement should come from, then delete it
+	**	and return a failure condition.
+	*/
+	if (source == SOURCE_NONE) {
+		if (team) delete team;
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Now that the official source for the reinforcement has been determined, the 
+	**	objects themselves must be created.
+	*/
+	TechnoClass * transport = NULL;
+	TechnoClass * object = NULL;
+	for (index = 0; index < teamtype->ClassCount; index++) {
+		TechnoTypeClass const * tclass = teamtype->Class[index];
+
+		for (int sub = 0; sub < teamtype->DesiredNum[index]; sub++) {
+			ScenarioInit++;
+			FootClass * temp = (FootClass *)tclass->Create_One_Of(HouseClass::As_Pointer(teamtype->House));
+			ScenarioInit--;
+
+			if (temp) {
+
+				/*
+				**	Add the object to the team. This is true even for the transports. The one
+				**	exception is for the hover lander which never becomes part of the team.
+				*/
+				if (team && (temp->What_Am_I() != RTTI_UNIT || *((UnitClass*)temp) != UNIT_HOVER)) {
+					ScenarioInit++;
+					team->Add(temp);
+					ScenarioInit--;
+				}
+
+				/*
+				**	Build the list of transporters and passengers.
+				*/
+				if (tclass->IsTransporter && (!airtransport || tclass->What_Am_I() == RTTI_AIRCRAFTTYPE)) {
+
+					/*
+					**	Transports are considered loaners if they are transporting 
+					**	something. They are presumed to only serve as a delivery
+					**	agent.
+					*/
+					if (!onlytransport && temp->What_Am_I() != RTTI_UNIT) {
+						temp->IsALoaner = true;
+					}
+
+					/*
+					**	Link to the list of transports.
+					*/
+					temp->Next = transport;
+					transport = temp;
+				} else {
+
+					/*
+					**	A-10s are always considered loaners since the player should
+					**	never be allowed to control them.
+					*/
+					if (temp->What_Am_I() == RTTI_AIRCRAFT && *((AircraftClass *)temp) == AIRCRAFT_A10) {
+						temp->IsALoaner = true;
+					}
+
+					/*
+					**	Link to the list of normal objects.
+					*/
+					temp->Next = object;
+					object = temp;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Bail on this reinforcement if no reinforcements could be created.
+	**	This is probably because the object maximum was reached.
+	*/
+	if (!object && !transport) {
+		if (team) delete team;
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Now it is time to place the objects on the map. If there is a transport, then the
+	**	transported objects must be placed inside the transport at this time as well.
+	*/
+	if (transport) {
+		if (object) {
+
+			/*
+			**	For cargo planes that carry reinforcements, don't announce arrival
+			**	when the transport is created. The announcement will occur when the
+			**	transport unloads.
+			*/
+			if (transport->What_Am_I() == RTTI_AIRCRAFT && *((AircraftClass *)transport) == AIRCRAFT_CARGO) {
+				okvoice = false;
+			}
+
+			transport->Attach((FootClass *)object);
+		}
+		object = transport;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Pick the location where the reinforcements appear and then place
+	**	them there.
+	*/
+	bool placed = false;
+	CELL cell;
+	FacingType eface;
+	switch (source) {
+
+		case SOURCE_SHIPPING:
+			cell = Map.Calculated_Cell(source, teamtype->House);
+			object->IsALoaner = true;
+			if (object->Unlimbo(Cell_Coord(cell), DIR_W)) {
+				object->Assign_Mission(MISSION_GUARD);
+				object->Assign_Destination(::As_Target(XY_Cell(Map.MapCellX-1, Cell_Y(Coord_Cell(object->Coord)) )));
+			} else {
+				if (team) delete team;
+				delete object;
+				return(false);
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case SOURCE_NORTH:
+		case SOURCE_SOUTH:
+		case SOURCE_EAST:
+		case SOURCE_WEST: {
+			eface = (FacingType)(source << 1);	// Facing to enter map.
+
+			if (airtransport) ScenarioInit++;
+			cell = Map.Calculated_Cell(source, teamtype->House);
+			if (airtransport) ScenarioInit--;
+			CELL newcell = cell;
+
+			FootClass * o = (FootClass *)object->Next;
+			object->Next = 0;
+			bool ok = true;
+			while (newcell > 0 && object) {
+				DirType desiredfacing = Facing_Dir(eface);
+				if (object->What_Am_I() == RTTI_AIRCRAFT) {
+					desiredfacing = Random_Pick(DIR_N, DIR_MAX);
+				}
+
+				if (ok && object->Unlimbo(Cell_Coord(newcell), desiredfacing)) {
+
+					/*
+					**	If this object is part of a team, then the mission for this
+					**	object will be guard. The team handler will assign the proper 
+					**	mission that it should follow.
+					*/
+					if (object->What_Am_I() == RTTI_AIRCRAFT) {
+						ok = false;
+					} else {
+						if (team) {
+							object->Assign_Mission(MISSION_GUARD);
+						} else {
+							object->Assign_Mission(MISSION_MOVE);
+							object->Assign_Destination(Adjacent_Cell(newcell, eface));
+						}
+						object->Commence();
+					}
+
+				} else {
+					ok = true;
+					
+					/*
+					**	Could not unlimbo at location specified so find an adjacent location that it can
+					**	be unlimboed at. If this fails, then abort the whole placement process.
+					*/
+					for (FacingType adj = FACING_N; adj < FACING_COUNT; adj++) {
+						CELL trycell = Adjacent_Cell(newcell, adj);
+						if (!Map.In_Radar(trycell) && object->Can_Enter_Cell(trycell, adj) == MOVE_OK) {
+							newcell = trycell;
+							break;
+						}
+					}
+					if (adj < FACING_COUNT) continue;
+					newcell = -1;
+				}
+
+				object = o;
+				if (object) {
+					o = (FootClass *)object->Next;
+					object->Next = 0;
+				}
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	If there are still objects that could not be placed, then delete them.
+			*/
+			if (o) {
+				while (o) {
+					FootClass * old = o;
+					o = (FootClass *)o->Next;
+					old->Next = 0;
+
+					delete old;
+				}
+
+			}
+		}
+		break;
+
+		/*
+		**	Bring out the aircraft as separate "groups" of one.
+		*/
+		case SOURCE_AIR: {
+			AircraftClass * thisone = (AircraftClass *)object;
+			while (thisone) {
+				AircraftClass * next = (AircraftClass *)thisone->Next;
+
+				/*
+				**	Find a suitable map entry location. Cargo planes will try to find a cell that
+				**	exactly lines up with the airfield they will unload at.
+				*/
+				CELL newcell;
+				ScenarioInit++;
+				newcell = Map.Calculated_Cell(HouseClass::As_Pointer(teamtype->House)->Edge, teamtype->House);
+				ScenarioInit--;
+				if (*thisone == AIRCRAFT_CARGO) {
+					BuildingClass const * building = thisone->Find_Docking_Bay(STRUCT_AIRSTRIP, false);
+					if (building) {
+						newcell = XY_Cell(Map.MapCellX+Map.MapCellWidth, Coord_YCell(building->Docking_Coord()+2));
+					} 
+				}
+				thisone->Next = 0;
+
+				ScenarioInit++;
+				placed = thisone->Unlimbo(Cell_Coord(newcell), DIR_W);
+				ScenarioInit--;
+				if (placed) {
+					if (!team) {
+						if (thisone->Class->IsFixedWing) {
+							thisone->Assign_Mission(MISSION_HUNT);
+						} else {
+							if (thisone->Class->IsTransporter && thisone->Is_Something_Attached()) {
+								thisone->Assign_Mission(MISSION_UNLOAD);
+							} else {
+								thisone->Assign_Mission(MISSION_MOVE);
+							}
+							thisone->Assign_Destination(::As_Target(Map.Calculated_Cell(source, teamtype->House)));
+						}
+						thisone->Commence();
+					}
+				} else {
+					delete thisone;
+				}
+
+				thisone = next;
+			}
+			if (!placed && team) delete team;
+
+
+			/*
+			**	Fixes bug that can happen if the reinforcement cannot be created.
+			**	This prevent "phantom" teams and team types from being left around.
+			*/
+			if (GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL && !placed) return(false);
+
+		}
+		break;
+
+		case SOURCE_OCEAN:
+		case SOURCE_BEACH:
+			cell = Map.Calculated_Cell(SOURCE_BEACH, teamtype->House);
+			if (cell) {
+				CELL edge = XY_Cell(Cell_X(cell), Map.MapCellY+Map.MapCellHeight);
+
+				placed = object->Unlimbo(Cell_Coord(edge), DIR_N);
+				if (placed) {
+					if (!team) {
+						object->IsLocked = false;
+						object->Assign_Mission(MISSION_UNLOAD);
+						object->Commence();
+						object->Assign_Destination(::As_Target(cell));
+					}
+				} else {
+					if (team) delete team;
+					delete object;
+					return(false);
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+
+		default:
+			break;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Announce when the reinforcements have arrived.
+	*/
+	if (okvoice && teamtype->House == PlayerPtr->Class->House) {
+		Speak(VOX_REINFORCEMENTS);
+	}
+
+	return(true);
+}			
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * Create_Special_Reinforcement -- Ad hoc reinforcement handler.                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    Use this routine to bring on a reinforcement that hasn't been anticipated by the trigger * 
+ *    system. An example of this would be replacement harvesters or airfield ordered units.    * 
+ *    The appropriate transport is created (if necessary) and a mission is assigned such that  * 
+ *    the object will legally bring itself onto the playing field.                             * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   house    -- The owner of this reinforcement.                                       * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *          type     -- The object to bring on.                                                * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *          another  -- This is reserved for the transport class in those cases where the      * 
+ *                      transport MUST be forced to a specific type.                           * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *          mission  -- The mission to assign this reinforcement team.                         * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *          argument -- Optional team mission argument (usually a waypoint).                   * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  Was the special reinforcement created without error?                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   This routine will fail if a team type cannot be created.                        * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   07/04/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool Create_Special_Reinforcement(HouseClass * house, TechnoTypeClass const * type, TechnoTypeClass const * another, TeamMissionType mission, int argument)
+{
+	if (house && type) {
+		TeamTypeClass * team = new TeamTypeClass();
+
+		if (team) {
+
+			/*
+			**	If a ground based reinforcement is desired, but the edge of the map that the
+			**	reinforcement will arrive at is completely covered with water, then add
+			**	a hover lander for transport.
+			*/
+			if (!another && (type->What_Am_I() == RTTI_UNITTYPE || type->What_Am_I() == RTTI_INFANTRYTYPE)) {
+
+				/*
+				**	Hover lander reinforcements can only arrive from the south. Yes, this is an
+				**	arbitrary limitation, but that's the way it is (for now).
+				*/
+				if (house->Edge == SOURCE_SOUTH) {
+					bool found = false;
+					for (int index = Map.MapCellX; index < Map.MapCellX+Map.MapCellWidth-1; index++) {
+						CELL cell = XY_Cell(index, Map.MapCellY+Map.MapCellHeight);
+						if (Map[cell].Is_Generally_Clear() && Map[cell-MAP_CELL_W].Is_Generally_Clear()) {
+							found = true;
+							break;
+						}
+					}
+
+					/*
+					**	No land route was found for the reinforcement to drive itself onto the
+					**	map. Assign it a hover lander. This presumes that if the south edge is
+					**	non drivable, it will have water there instead. Risky, but is not a 
+					**	problem with the current C&C maps.
+					*/
+					if (!found) {
+						mission = TMISSION_NONE;
+						another = &UnitTypeClass::As_Reference(UNIT_HOVER);
+					}
+				}
+
+				if (!another) {
+					mission = TMISSION_MOVECELL;
+					argument = Map.Calculated_Cell(SOURCE_AIR, house->Class->House);
+				}
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	If there is no overridden mission assign to this special reinforcement, then
+			**	we must assign something. If not, the reinforcement will just sit at the edge
+			**	of the map.
+			*/
+			if (!another && mission == TMISSION_NONE) {
+				mission = TMISSION_MOVECELL;
+				argument = Map.Calculated_Cell(SOURCE_AIR, house->Class->House);
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	Fill in the team characteristics.
+			*/
+			strcpy((char *)&team->IniName[0], "TEMP");
+			team->IsReinforcable = false;
+			team->IsTransient = true;
+			team->ClassCount = 1;
+			team->Class[0] = type;
+			team->DesiredNum[0] = 1;
+			team->MissionCount = 1;
+			if (mission == TMISSION_NONE) {
+				if (another && (another->What_Am_I() != RTTI_UNITTYPE || ((UnitTypeClass const *)another)->Type != UNIT_HOVER)) {
+					team->MissionList[0].Mission	= TMISSION_UNLOAD;
+					team->MissionList[0].Argument = WAYPT_REINF;
+				}
+			} else {
+				team->MissionList[0].Mission	= mission;
+				team->MissionList[0].Argument = argument;
+			}
+			team->House = house->Class->House;
+			if (another) {
+				team->ClassCount++;
+				team->Class[1] = another;
+				team->DesiredNum[1] = 1;
+			}
+
+			bool ok = Do_Reinforcements(team);
+			if (!ok && GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL) {
+				delete team;
+			}
+			return(ok);
+		}
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * Create_Air_Reinforcement -- Creates air strike reinforcement                                * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This routine is used to launch an airstrike. It will create the necessary aircraft and   * 
+ *    assign them to attack the target specified. This routine bypasses the normal             * 
+ *    reinforcement logic since it doesn't need the sophistication of unloading and following  * 
+ *    team mission lists.                                                                      * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   house    -- The purpetrator of this air strike.                                    * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *          air      -- The type of aircraft to make up this airstrike.                        * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *          number   -- The number of aircraft in this airstrike.                              * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *          mission  -- The mission to assign the aircraft.                                    * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *          tarcom   -- The target to assign these aircraft.                                   * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *          navcom   -- The navigation target to assign (if necessary).                        * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns the number of aircraft created for this airstrike.                         * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   07/04/1995 JLB : Commented.                                                               * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int Create_Air_Reinforcement(HouseClass *house, AircraftType air, int number, MissionType mission, TARGET tarcom, TARGET navcom)
+{
+	/*
+	** Get a pointer to the class of the object that we are going to create.
+	*/
+	TechnoTypeClass const * type = (TechnoTypeClass *)&AircraftTypeClass::As_Reference(air);
+
+	/*
+	** Loop through the number of objects we are supposed to create and
+	** 	create and place them on the map.
+	*/
+	for (int sub = 0; sub < number; sub++) {
+
+		/*
+		** Create one of the required objects.  If this fails we could have
+		** a real problem.
+		*/
+		ScenarioInit++;
+		TechnoClass * obj = (TechnoClass *)type->Create_One_Of(house);
+		ScenarioInit--;
+		if (!obj) return(sub);
+
+		/*
+		** Flying objects always have the IsALoaner bit set.
+		*/
+		obj->IsALoaner = true;
+
+		/* 
+		** Find a cell for the object to come in on.  This is stolen from the
+		** the code that handles a SOURCE_AIR in the normal logic.
+		*/
+		SourceType source = house->Edge;
+		switch (source) {
+			case SOURCE_NORTH:
+			case SOURCE_EAST:
+			case SOURCE_SOUTH:
+			case SOURCE_WEST:
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				source = SOURCE_NORTH;
+				break;
+		}
+		CELL newcell = Map.Calculated_Cell(source, house->Class->House);
+
+		/* 
+		** Try and place the object onto the map.
+		*/
+		ScenarioInit++;
+		int placed = obj->Unlimbo(Cell_Coord(newcell), DIR_N);
+		ScenarioInit--;
+		if (placed) {
+
+			/*
+			** If we suceeded in placing the obj onto the map then
+			** now we need to give it a mission and destination.
+			*/
+			obj->Assign_Mission(mission);
+
+			/*
+			** If a navcom was specified then set it.
+			*/
+			if (navcom != TARGET_NONE) {
+				obj->Assign_Destination(navcom);
+			}
+
+			/*
+			** If a tarcom was specified then set it.
+			*/
+			if (tarcom != TARGET_NONE) {
+				obj->Assign_Target(tarcom);
+			}
+
+			/*
+			** Start the object into action.
+			*/
+			obj->Commence();
+		} else {
+			delete obj;
+			sub--;
+			return(sub);
+		}
+	}
+	return(sub);
+}
diff --git a/RULES.MAK b/RULES.MAK
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b9d753a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/RULES.MAK
@@ -0,0 +1,423 @@
+#
+#	Command & Conquer(tm)
+#	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+#
+#	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+#	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+#	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+#	(at your option) any later version.
+#
+#	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+#	GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+#	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+#
+
+# Size of the program shape buffer (passed to MAKESHPS.EXE)
+SHAPEBUFFSIZE = 20000
+
+# Assign the paths
+#
+!if$d(DAVID)
+ROOTDIR	= f:\projects\c&c\\
+MAPDIR	= f:\projects\c&c\\
+ROOTCODEDIR	= f:\projects\c&c\code\david
+ROOTCDDIR	= f:\projects\c&c\cddavid\\
+ROOTCDSDIR	= f:\projects\c&c\cddavid\\
+ABSROOT = ..\\
+WAVDIR  = f:\projects\c&c\audio\ingame\\
+#WAVDIR  = r:\\
+LANGDIR =
+INGAMEDIR =ingame
+VQADIR  = f:\projects\c&c\art\\
+!else
+!if$d(BARRY)
+ROOTDIR	= f:\projects\c&c\\
+MAPDIR	= c:\projects\c&c\\
+ROOTCODEDIR	= f:\projects\c&c\code\barry
+ROOTCDDIR	= s:\\
+ROOTCDSDIR	= s:\\
+ABSROOT = ..\\
+#WAVDIR  = f:\projects\c&c\audio\ingame\\
+WAVDIR  = r:\\
+LANGDIR=\german
+INGAMEDIR=german
+VQADIR  = f:\projects\c&c\art\\
+!else
+ROOTDIR	= ..\\
+MAPDIR	= ..\\
+ROOTCODEDIR	= .\\
+#ROOTCDDIR	= f:\projects\c&c95\cd\\
+#ROOTCDSDIR	= f:\projects\c&c95\cd\\
+#ROOTCDDIR       = f:\projects\c&c95\cd\japanese\\
+#ROOTCDSDIR      = f:\projects\c&c95\cd\japanese\\
+#ROOTCDSDIR	= v:\projects\c&c95\cdjapan\\
+ROOTCDDIR      = ..\cd\\
+ROOTCDSDIR     = ..\\
+!if$d(SLAVE)
+ABSROOT = $(SLAVE)
+WAVDIR  = $(SLAVE)
+VQADIR  = $(SLAVE)
+!else
+ABSROOT = ..\\
+WAVDIR  = ..\audio\ingame\\	#..\\
+VQADIR  = f:\projects\c&c\art\\
+VQADIR  = f:\projects\c&c95\art\\
+#VQADIR  = d:\\
+!endif
+LANGDIR = \\japan\\
+#LANGDIR =
+INGAMEDIR =ingame
+!endif
+!endif
+
+.path.a6  = $(ABSROOT)code\cps\\			# Game formatted audio data
+.path.a60 = $(ABSROOT)code\cps\\			# Game formatted audio data
+.path.a61 = $(ABSROOT)code\cps\\			# Game formatted audio data
+.path.a62 = $(ABSROOT)code\cps\\			# Game formatted audio data
+.path.a63 = $(ABSROOT)code\cps\\			# Game formatted audio data
+.path.a64 = $(ABSROOT)code\cps\\			# Game formatted audio data
+.path.a6a = $(ABSROOT)code\cps\\			# Game formatted audio data
+.path.a6j = $(ABSROOT)code\cps\\			# Game formatted audio data
+.path.a8  = $(ABSROOT)code\cps\\			# Game formatted audio data
+.path.a80 = $(ABSROOT)code\cps\\			# Game formatted audio data
+.path.a81 = $(ABSROOT)code\cps\\			# Game formatted audio data
+.path.a82 = $(ABSROOT)code\cps\\			# Game formatted audio data
+.path.a83 = $(ABSROOT)code\cps\\			# Game formatted audio data
+.path.a84 = $(ABSROOT)code\cps\\			# Game formatted audio data
+.path.a8a = $(ABSROOT)code\cps\\			# Game formatted audio data
+.path.a8j = $(ABSROOT)code\cps\\			# Game formatted audio data
+.path.anm = $(ROOTDIR)art\$(INGAMEDIR)\\		# Raw animation file
+.path.ash = .\\								# Autogenerated assembly header file
+.path.asm = .\\								# Raw assembly file
+.path.aud = $(ABSROOT)code\cps\\			# Game formatted audio data
+.path.bin = $(MAPDIR)maps\\				# Scenario map data files.
+.path.c   = .\\								# Raw C file
+.path.dmo = $(ROOTCDSDIR)DEMO\\			# CD for Demo Version
+.path.dm2 = $(ROOTCDSDIR)DEMO2\\		# CD for Demo Version
+.path.exp = $(ROOTCDSDIR)COVERT\\		# CD #1 expansion missions
+.path.cpp = .\\								# Raw C++ file
+.path.cps = $(ROOTCODEDIR)cps\\			# Compressed art
+.path.dat = $(ROOTCODEDIR)cps\\			# Generic data
+.path.des = $(ROOTCODEDIR)cps\\			# Desert icons
+.path.dip = $(ROOTCODEDIR)cps\\			# Generic compressed text (obsolete)
+.path.eng = $(ROOTCODEDIR)cps\\			# English compressed text
+.path.exe = $(ROOTDIR)run\\				# Executable (relative path from OBJ directory)
+.path.fin = $(ROOTDIR)art\$(INGAMEDIR)\fin\\	# Finale source animation
+.path.fnt = $(ROOTCODEDIR)cps\\			# Font (compressed)
+.path.foc = $(ROOTDIR)audio\french\\	# French digitized voices
+.path.fre = $(ROOTCODEDIR)cps\\			# French compressed text
+.path.gdi = $(ROOTCODEDIR)cps\\			# Good guy compressed files
+.path.ger = $(ROOTCODEDIR)cps\\			# German compressed text
+.path.goc = $(ROOTDIR)audio\german\\	# German digitized voices
+.path.h   = .\\								# C header file
+.path.i   = .\\								# Assembly header
+.path.icn = $(ROOTCODEDIR)cps\\			# Icon file (compressed)
+.path.ini = $(MAPDIR)maps\\				# INI control files
+.path.jp  = $(ROOTCODEDIR)cps\\			# Dinosaur compressed files
+.path.jun = $(ROOTCODEDIR)cps\\			# Jungle icons
+.path.juv = $(ABSROOT)code\cps\\			# Juvenile sound effects.
+.path.lbm = $(ROOTDIR)art\$(INGAMEDIR)\\		# Source art (uncompressed)
+.path.mak = .\\								# Shape making control file
+.path.map = $(ROOTCODEDIR)cps\\			# Icon map data file
+.path.mid = $(ROOTDIR)audio\mid\\		# Midi file
+.path.cd1 = $(ROOTCDSDIR)CD1\\				# CD #1 (GDI)
+.path.cd2 = $(ROOTCDSDIR)CD2\\				# CD #2 (NOD)
+.path.mix = $(ROOTCDDIR)					# Mix-file location.
+.path.mrf = $(ROOTCODEDIR)cps\\			# Palette morph data files
+.path.nod = $(ROOTCODEDIR)cps\\			# Bad guy compressed files
+.path.o   = obj\\								# Overlay object file
+.path.obj = obj\\								# Object file
+.path.out = .\\								# Temporary parser file.
+.path.pak = $(ROOTDIR)run\\				# Packed file
+.path.pal = $(ROOTCODEDIR)cps\\			# Palette file (processed)
+.path.shp = $(ROOTCODEDIR)cps\\			# Shape file (processed)
+.path.sym = .\\								# Precompiled header symbol file.
+.path.tbl = $(ROOTCODEDIR)cps\\	      # Remap table file.
+.path.tem = $(ROOTCODEDIR)cps\\			# Temperate icons
+.path.txt = $(ROOTDIR)eng\\				# Default location for text files.
+.path.v00 = $(ABSROOT)code\cps\\			# Infantry response.
+.path.v01 = $(ABSROOT)code\cps\\			# Infantry response.
+.path.v02 = $(ABSROOT)code\cps\\			# Infantry response.
+.path.v03 = $(ABSROOT)code\cps\\			# Infantry response.
+.path.v04 = $(ABSROOT)code\cps\\			# Infantry response.
+.path.v16 = $(ABSROOT)code\cps\\			# Game formatted audio data
+.path.v8  = $(ABSROOT)code\cps\\			# Game formatted audio data
+.path.vqa = $(VQADIR)movies$(LANGDIR)\\			# VQA movie files location.
+.path.vqp = $(ABSROOT)code\cps\\			# VQA Movie Interpolated palette files
+.path.wav = $(WAVDIR)						# Digitized sample file (generic)
+.path.win = $(ROOTCODEDIR)cps\\			# Winter icons
+.path.wsa = $(ROOTCODEDIR)cps\\			# Processed animation file
+.path.wv  = $(ROOTDIR)audio\wv\\			# Digitized sample file (generic)
+.path.xmi = $(ROOTDIR)audio\xmi\\		# MT-32 midi scores
+.path.pcx = $(ROOTCODEDIR)cps\\			#.pcx files
+
+
+##########################################################################
+# Rules
+
+#
+# Rule for converting anim files.
+#
+.anm.wsa:
+	utils\animate $*.anm $(.path.anm)$&.lbm $(.path.wsa)$&.wsa -l -f -p
+
+#
+# Rule for converting art files.
+#
+.lbm.cps:
+	utils\wwcomp $*.lbm $(.path.cps)$&.cps -ex -i
+
+#
+# Rule for converting outtake first frame art files.
+#
+{$(.path.lbm)outtake}.lbm.cps:
+	utils\wwcomp $*.lbm $(.path.cps)$&.cps -ex
+
+{$(.path.anm)outtake}.anm.wsa:
+	utils\animate $*.anm $(.path.anm)outtake\$&.lbm $(.path.wsa)$&.wsa -l -f -p
+
+{$(.path.anm)score}.anm.wsa:
+	utils\animate $*.anm $(.path.wsa)$&.wsa -p
+
+{$(.path.anm)score\\$(LANGDIR)\\}.anm.wsa:
+	utils\animate $*.anm $(.path.wsa)$&.wsa -p
+
+#########################################################
+# Rule for creating palette files.
+#
+{$(.path.lbm)palettes}.lbm.pal:
+	utils\wwcomp $*.lbm -ppal
+	copy $&.pal $(.path.pal)$&.pal
+	del $&.pal
+
+{$(.path.lbm)score}.lbm.pal:
+	utils\wwcomp $*.lbm -ppal
+	copy $&.pal $(.path.pal)$&.pal
+	del $&.pal
+
+#########################################################
+# Rule for creating vehicles.
+{$(.path.anm)units}.anm.shp:
+	utils\keyframe $*.anm $(.path.shp)$&.shp -l
+
+#########################################################
+# Rule for creating buildings.
+{$(.path.anm)building}.anm.shp:
+	utils\keyframe $*.anm $(.path.shp)$&.shp -l
+
+#########################################################
+# Rule for creating misc shape animations.
+{$(.path.anm)anim}.anm.shp:
+	utils\keyframe $*.anm $(.path.shp)$&.shp -l
+
+#########################################################
+# Rule for converting font files.
+{$(.path.lbm)fonts}.lbm.fnt:
+	echo Creating font file "$&.fnt".
+	utils\fontmake $*.lbm -o$(.path.fnt)$&.fnt
+
+#########################################################
+# Rules for creating overlay files.
+{$(.path.lbm)overlay}.lbm.cps:
+	utils\wwcomp $*.lbm $(.path.cps)$&.cps
+
+{$(.path.anm)overlay}.anm.shp:
+	utils\keyframe $*.anm $(.path.shp)$&.shp -l
+
+#########################################################
+# Rules for creating temperate files.
+{$(.path.lbm)temperat\\$(LANGDIR)\\}.lbm.tem:
+	utils\iconmap -r -w3 -o$(.path.tem)$&.tem $*.lbm
+
+{$(.path.anm)temperat\\$(LANGDIR)\\}.anm.tem:
+	utils\keyframe $*.anm $(.path.tem)$&.tem -l
+
+#########################################################
+# Rules for creating winter files.
+{$(.path.lbm)winter\\$(LANGDIR)\\}.lbm.win:
+	utils\iconmap -r -w3 -o$(.path.win)$&.win $*.lbm
+
+{$(.path.anm)winter\\$(LANGDIR)\\}.anm.win:
+	utils\keyframe $*.anm $(.path.win)$&.win -l
+
+#########################################################
+# Rules for creating desert files.
+{$(.path.lbm)desert\\$(LANGDIR)\\}.lbm.des:
+	utils\iconmap -r -w3 -o$(.path.des)$&.des $*.lbm
+
+{$(.path.anm)desert\\$(LANGDIR)\\}.anm.des:
+	utils\keyframe $*.anm $(.path.des)$&.des -l
+
+#########################################################
+# Rules for creating jungle files.
+{$(.path.lbm)jungle}.lbm.jun:
+	utils\iconmap -r -w3 -o$(.path.jun)$&.jun $*.lbm
+
+{$(.path.anm)jungle}.anm.jun:
+	utils\keyframe $*.anm $(.path.jun)$&.jun -l
+
+
+#########################################################
+# Generic icon file creation.
+.lbm.icn:
+	utils\iconmap -r -w3 -o$(.path.icn)$&.icn $*.lbm
+
+
+#########################################################
+# Text files.
+{eng}.txt.eng:
+	utils\textmake $*.txt $(.path.eng)$&.eng $&.h
+
+{ger}.txt.ger:
+	utils\textmake $*.txt $(.path.ger)$&.ger $&.h
+
+{fre}.txt.fre:
+	utils\textmake $*.txt $(.path.fre)$&.fre $&.h
+
+#########################################################
+# Score/mapsel files.
+{$(.path.anm)score}.anm.shp:
+	utils\keyframe $*.anm $(.path.shp)$&.shp -l
+
+{$(.path.lbm)score}.lbm.cps:
+	utils\wwcomp $*.lbm $(.path.cps)$&.cps -ex -i
+
+
+#########################################################
+# Generic shape files.
+#.lbm.shp:
+#	utils\makeshps -q $*.lbm $&.mak $(.path.cps)$&.shp $(SHAPEBUFFSIZE)
+
+{$(.path.anm)generic}.anm.shp:
+	utils\keyframe $*.anm $(.path.shp)$&.shp -l
+
+.c.lob:
+	utils\LINT -ml -si2 -sl4 +v $(WWLIB)WWLIB.LNT $*.c >$&.err
+
+# Generic shape file creation.
+{$(.path.anm)}.anm.shp:
+	utils\keyframe $*.anm $(.path.shp)$&.shp -l
+
+{$(.path.lbm)units}.lbm.cps:
+	utils\wwcomp $*.lbm $(.path.cps)$&.cps -ex -i
+
+
+##########################################################
+# Hi-res shape files
+#
+{$(.path.anm)hires}.anm.shp:
+	utils\keyframe $*.anm $(.path.shp)$&.shp -l
+# Hi-res font files
+{$(.path.lbm)hires}.lbm.fnt:
+	echo Creating font file "$&.fnt".
+	utils\fontmake $*.lbm -o$(.path.fnt)$&.fnt
+
+
+###################################
+# NOD data file creation rules.
+{$(.path.anm)nod}.anm.nod:
+	utils\keyframe $*.anm $(.path.nod)$&.nod -l
+
+{$(.path.lbm)nod}.lbm.nod:
+	utils\wwcomp $*.lbm $(.path.nod)$&.nod -ex -i
+
+###################################
+# GDI data file creation rules.
+{$(.path.anm)gdi}.anm.gdi:
+	utils\keyframe $*.anm $(.path.gdi)$&.gdi -l
+
+{$(.path.lbm)gdi}.lbm.gdi:
+	utils\wwcomp $*.lbm $(.path.gdi)$&.gdi -ex -i
+
+###################################
+# Dino data file creation rules.
+{$(.path.anm)jp}.anm.jp:
+	utils\keyframe $*.anm $(.path.jp)$&.jp -l
+
+{$(.path.lbm)jp}.lbm.jp:
+	utils\wwcomp $*.lbm $(.path.jp)$&.jp -ex -i
+
+#######################################
+# Rules to convert 8 bit audio files.
+{$(.path.wav)audio8\scores\mono}.wav.a8:
+	utils\audiomak $(.path.wav)audio8\scores\mono\$&.wav $(.path.aud)$&.a8
+
+{$(.path.wav)audio8\scores\mono\olf}.wav.v8:
+	utils\audiomak $(.path.wav)audio8\scores\mono\old\$&.wav $(.path.aud)$&.v8
+
+{$(.path.wav)audio8\speech}.wav.a8:
+	utils\audiomak $(.path.wav)audio8\speech\$&.wav $(.path.aud)$&.a8
+
+{$(.path.wav)audio8\sfx\juvenile}.wav.a8j:
+	utils\audiomak $(.path.wav)audio8\sfx\juvenile\$&.wav $(.path.juv)$&.a8j
+
+{$(.path.wav)audio8\sfx\adult}.wav.a8a:
+	utils\audiomak $(.path.wav)audio8\sfx\adult\$&.wav $(.path.aud)$&.a8a
+
+{$(.path.wav)audio8\sfx\generic}.wav.a8:
+	utils\audiomak $(.path.wav)audio8\sfx\generic\$&.wav $(.path.aud)$&.a8
+
+{$(.path.wav)audio8\sfx\b&b}.wav.a8:
+	utils\audiomak $(.path.wav)audio8\sfx\b&b\$&.wav $(.path.aud)$&.a8
+
+{$(.path.wav)audio8\sfx\v00}.wav.a80:
+	utils\audiomak $(.path.wav)audio8\sfx\v00\$&.wav $(.path.aud)$&.a80
+
+{$(.path.wav)audio8\sfx\v01}.wav.a81:
+	utils\audiomak $(.path.wav)audio8\sfx\v01\$&.wav $(.path.aud)$&.a81
+
+{$(.path.wav)audio8\sfx\v02}.wav.a82:
+	utils\audiomak $(.path.wav)audio8\sfx\v02\$&.wav $(.path.aud)$&.a82
+
+{$(.path.wav)audio8\sfx\v03}.wav.a83:
+	utils\audiomak $(.path.wav)audio8\sfx\v03\$&.wav $(.path.aud)$&.a83
+
+{$(.path.wav)audio8\sfx\v04}.wav.a84:
+	utils\audiomak $(.path.wav)audio8\sfx\v04\$&.wav $(.path.aud)$&.a84
+
+
+#######################################
+# Rules to convert 16 bit audio files.
+{$(.path.wav)audio16\sfx\mobius$(LANGDIR)}.wav.a6:
+	utils\audiomak $(.path.wav)audio16\sfx\mobius$(LANGDIR)\$&.wav $(.path.aud)$&.a6
+
+{$(.path.wav)audio16\scores\mono}.wav.a6:
+	utils\audiomak $(.path.wav)audio16\scores\mono\$&.wav $(.path.aud)$&.a6
+
+{$(.path.wav)audio16\scores\mono\old}.wav.v16:
+	utils\audiomak $(.path.wav)audio16\scores\mono\old\$&.wav $(.path.aud)$&.v16
+
+{$(.path.wav)audio16\speech$(LANGDIR)}.wav.a6:
+	utils\audiomak $(.path.wav)audio16\speech$(LANGDIR)\$&.wav $(.path.aud)$&.a6
+
+{$(.path.wav)audio16\sfx\juvenile}.wav.a6j:
+	utils\audiomak $(.path.wav)audio16\sfx\juvenile\$&.wav $(.path.juv)$&.a6j
+
+{$(.path.wav)audio16\sfx\adult$(LANGDIR)}.wav.a6a:
+	utils\audiomak $(.path.wav)audio16\sfx\adult$(LANGDIR)\$&.wav $(.path.aud)$&.a6a
+
+{$(.path.wav)audio16\sfx\generic$(LANGDIR)}.wav.a6:
+	utils\audiomak $(.path.wav)audio16\sfx\generic$(LANGDIR)\$&.wav $(.path.aud)$&.a6
+
+{$(.path.wav)audio16\sfx\b&b$(LANGDIR)}.wav.a6:
+	utils\audiomak $(.path.wav)audio16\sfx\b&b$(LANGDIR)\$&.wav $(.path.aud)$&.a6
+
+{$(.path.wav)audio16\sfx\v00$(LANGDIR)}.wav.a60:
+	utils\audiomak $(.path.wav)audio16\sfx\v00$(LANGDIR)\$&.wav $(.path.aud)$&.a60
+
+{$(.path.wav)audio16\sfx\v01$(LANGDIR)}.wav.a61:
+	utils\audiomak $(.path.wav)audio16\sfx\v01$(LANGDIR)\$&.wav $(.path.aud)$&.a61
+
+{$(.path.wav)audio16\sfx\v02$(LANGDIR)}.wav.a62:
+	utils\audiomak $(.path.wav)audio16\sfx\v02$(LANGDIR)\$&.wav $(.path.aud)$&.a62
+
+{$(.path.wav)audio16\sfx\v03$(LANGDIR)}.wav.a63:
+	utils\audiomak $(.path.wav)audio16\sfx\v03$(LANGDIR)\$&.wav $(.path.aud)$&.a63
+
+{$(.path.wav)audio16\sfx\v04}.wav.a64:
+	utils\audiomak $(.path.wav)audio16\sfx\v04\$&.wav $(.path.aud)$&.a64
+
diff --git a/SAVEDLG.H b/SAVEDLG.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7e7adac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/SAVEDLG.H
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\savedlg.h_v   2.14   16 Oct 1995 16:45:12   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               *** 
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : SAVEDLG.H                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Maria del Mar McCready Legg, Joe L. Bostic                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : Jan 8, 1995                                                  * 
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : Jan 18, 1995   [MML]                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef SAVEDLG_H
+#define SAVEDLG_H
+
+#include "gadget.h"
+
+class SaveOptionsClass 
+{
+	private:
+
+		enum SaveOptionsClassEnums {
+			BUTTON_CANCEL=200,
+			BUTTON_SAVE,
+			OPTION_WIDTH=216,
+			OPTION_HEIGHT=122,
+			OPTION_X=((320 - OPTION_WIDTH) / 2) & ~7,
+			OPTION_Y=(200 - OPTION_HEIGHT) / 2,
+			NUMBER_OF_BUTTONS=2,
+			CAPTION_Y_POS=5,
+			BORDER1_LEN=49,
+			BUTTON_CANCEL_X=90,
+			BUTTON_CANCEL_Y=103,
+			LISTBOX_X=40,
+			LISTBOX_Y=24,
+			LISTBOX_W=136,
+			LISTBOX_H=72
+		};
+
+	public:
+		SaveOptionsClass (void) { };
+		void Process (void);
+};
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/SAVELOAD.CPP b/SAVELOAD.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d9cc57d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/SAVELOAD.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,1392 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\saveload.cpv   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:48:44   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : SAVELOAD.CPP                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : August 23, 1994                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : June 24, 1995 [JLB]                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   Code_All_Pointers -- Code all pointers.                                                   *
+ *   Decode_All_Pointers -- Decodes all pointers.                                              *
+ *   Get_Savefile_Info -- gets description, scenario #, house                                  *
+ *   Load_Game -- loads a saved game                                                           *
+ *   Load_Misc_Values -- Loads miscellaneous variables.                                        *
+ *   Load_Misc_Values -- loads miscellaneous variables                                         *
+ *   Read_Object -- reads an object from disk, in a safe way                                   *
+ *   Save_Game -- saves a game to disk                                                         *
+ *   Save_Misc_Values -- saves miscellaneous variables                                         *
+ *   Target_To_TechnoType -- converts TARGET to TechnoTypeClass                                *
+ *   TechnoType_To_Target -- converts TechnoTypeClass to TARGET                                *
+ *   Write_Object -- reads an object from disk, in a safe way                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+
+/*
+********************************** Defines **********************************
+*/
+#define	SAVEGAME_VERSION		(DESCRIP_MAX +						\
+										0x01000003 + ( 					\
+										sizeof(AircraftClass) + 		\
+										sizeof(AircraftTypeClass) + 	\
+										sizeof(AnimClass) + 				\
+										sizeof(AnimTypeClass) + 		\
+										sizeof(BuildingClass) + 		\
+										sizeof(BuildingTypeClass) + 	\
+										sizeof(BulletClass) + 			\
+										sizeof(BulletTypeClass) + 		\
+										sizeof(HouseClass) + 			\
+										sizeof(HouseTypeClass) + 		\
+										sizeof(InfantryClass) + 		\
+										sizeof(InfantryTypeClass) + 	\
+										sizeof(OverlayClass) + 			\
+										sizeof(OverlayTypeClass) + 	\
+										sizeof(SmudgeClass) + 			\
+										sizeof(SmudgeTypeClass) + 		\
+										sizeof(TeamClass) + 				\
+										sizeof(TeamTypeClass) + 		\
+										sizeof(TemplateClass) + 		\
+										sizeof(TemplateTypeClass) + 	\
+										sizeof(TerrainClass) + 			\
+										sizeof(TerrainTypeClass) + 	\
+										sizeof(UnitClass) + 				\
+										sizeof(UnitTypeClass) + 		\
+										sizeof(MouseClass) + 			\
+										sizeof(CellClass) + 				\
+										sizeof(FactoryClass) + 			\
+										sizeof(BaseClass) + 				\
+										sizeof(LayerClass) +				\
+										sizeof(BriefingText) + \
+										sizeof(Waypoint)))
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Save_Game -- saves a game to disk                                       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * Saving the Map:                                                         *
+ *     DisplayClass::Save() invokes CellClass's Write() for every cell     *
+ *     that needs to be saved.  A cell needs to be saved if it contains    *
+ *     any special data at all, such as a TIcon, or an Occupier.           *
+ *   The cell saves its own CellTrigger pointer, converted to a TARGET.    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * Saving game objects:                                                    *
+ *   - Any object stored in an ArrayOf class needs to be saved.  The ArrayOf*
+ *     Save() routine invokes each object's Write() routine, if that       *
+ *     object's IsActive is set.                                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * Saving the layers:                                                      *
+ *   The Map's Layers (Ground, Air, etc) of things that are on the map,    *
+ *     and the Logic's Layer of things to process both need to be saved.   *
+ *     LayerClass::Save() writes the entire layer array to disk            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * Saving the houses:                                                      *
+ *   Each house needs to be saved, to record its Credits, Power, etc.      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * Saving miscellaneous data:                                              *
+ *   There are a lot of miscellaneous variables to save, such as the       *
+ *     map's dimensions, the player's house, etc.                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      id      numerical ID, for the file extension                       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      true = OK, false = error                                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/28/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+bool Save_Game(int id,char *descr)
+{
+	RawFileClass file;
+	char name[_MAX_FNAME+_MAX_EXT];
+	int i;
+	unsigned long version;
+	unsigned scenario;
+	HousesType house;
+	char descr_buf[DESCRIP_MAX];
+
+	scenario = Scenario;								// get current scenario #
+	house = PlayerPtr->Class->House;				// get current house
+
+	/*
+	**	Generate the filename to save
+	*/
+	sprintf(name, "SAVEGAME.%03d", id);
+
+	/*
+	**	Code everybody's pointers
+	*/
+	Code_All_Pointers();
+
+	/*
+	**	Open the file
+	*/
+	if (!file.Open(name, WRITE)) {
+		Decode_All_Pointers();
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Save the description, scenario #, and house
+	**	(scenario # & house are saved separately from the actual Scenario &
+	**	PlayerPtr globals for convenience; we can quickly find out which
+	**	house & scenario this save-game file is for by reading these values.
+	**	Also, PlayerPtr is stored in a coded form in Save_Misc_Values(),
+	**	which may or may not be a HousesType number; so, saving 'house'
+	**	here ensures we can always pull out the house for this file.)
+	*/
+	sprintf(descr_buf, "%s\r\n",descr);			// put CR-LF after text
+	descr_buf[strlen(descr_buf) + 1] = 26;		// put CTRL-Z after NULL
+
+	if (file.Write(descr_buf, DESCRIP_MAX) != DESCRIP_MAX) {
+		file.Close();
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	if (file.Write(&scenario, sizeof(scenario)) != sizeof(scenario)) {
+		file.Close();
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	if (file.Write(&house, sizeof(house)) != sizeof(house)) {
+		file.Close();
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Save the save-game version, for loading verification
+	*/
+	version = SAVEGAME_VERSION;
+
+	if (file.Write(&version, sizeof(version)) != sizeof(version)) {
+		file.Close();
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	Call_Back();
+	/*
+	**	Save the map.  The map must be saved first, since it saves the Theater.
+	*/
+	Map.Save(file);
+
+	Call_Back();
+	/*
+	**	Save all game objects.  This code saves every object that's stored in a
+	**	TFixedIHeap class.
+	*/
+	if (!Houses.Save(file)			||
+		!TeamTypes.Save(file)		||
+		!Teams.Save(file)				||
+		!Triggers.Save(file)			||
+		!Aircraft.Save(file)			||
+		!Anims.Save(file)				||
+		!Buildings.Save(file)		||
+		!Bullets.Save(file)			||
+		!Infantry.Save(file)			||
+		!Overlays.Save(file)			||
+		!Smudges.Save(file)			||
+		!Templates.Save(file)		||
+		!Terrains.Save(file)			||
+		!Units.Save(file)				||
+		!Factories.Save(file)) {
+		file.Close();
+
+		Decode_All_Pointers();
+
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	Call_Back();
+	/*
+	**	Save the Logic & Map layers
+	*/
+	if (!Logic.Save(file)) {
+		file.Close();
+		Decode_All_Pointers();
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	for (i = 0; i < LAYER_COUNT; i++) {
+		if (!Map.Layer[i].Save(file)) {
+			file.Close();
+			Decode_All_Pointers();
+			return(false);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Save the Score
+	*/
+	if (!Score.Save(file)) {
+		file.Close();
+		Decode_All_Pointers();
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Save the AI Base
+	*/
+	if (!Base.Save(file)) {
+		file.Close();
+		Decode_All_Pointers();
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Save miscellaneous variables.
+	*/
+	if (!Save_Misc_Values(file)) {
+		file.Close();
+		Decode_All_Pointers();
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	Call_Back();
+	/*
+	**	Close the file; we're done
+	*/
+	file.Close();
+	Decode_All_Pointers();
+
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Load_Game -- loads a saved game                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This routine loads the data in the same way it was saved out.           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * Loading the Map:                                                        *
+ *   - DisplayClass::Load() invokes CellClass's Load() for every cell      *
+ *     that was saved.                                                     *
+ * - The cell loads its own CellTrigger pointer.                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * Loading game objects:                                                   *
+ * - IHeap's Load() routine loads the # of objects stored, and loads       *
+ *   each object.                                                          *
+ * - Triggers: Add themselves to the HouseTriggers if they're associated   *
+ *   with a house                                                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * Loading the layers:                                                     *
+ *     LayerClass::Load() reads the entire layer array to disk             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * Loading the houses:                                                     *
+ *   Each house is loaded in its entirety.                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * Loading miscellaneous data:                                             *
+ *   There are a lot of miscellaneous variables to load, such as the       *
+ *     map's dimensions, the player's house, etc.                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      id         numerical ID, for the file extension                    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      true = OK, false = error                                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      If this routine returns false, the entire game will be in an       *
+ *      unknown state, so the scenario will have to be re-initialized.     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/28/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+bool Load_Game(int id)
+{
+	RawFileClass file;
+	char name[_MAX_FNAME+_MAX_EXT];
+	int i;
+	unsigned long version;
+	unsigned scenario;
+	HousesType house;
+	char descr_buf[DESCRIP_MAX];
+
+	/*
+	**	Generate the filename to load
+	*/
+	sprintf(name, "SAVEGAME.%03d", id);
+
+	/*
+	**	Open the file
+	*/
+	if (!file.Open(name, READ)) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Read & discard the save-game's header info
+	*/
+	if (file.Read(descr_buf, DESCRIP_MAX) != DESCRIP_MAX) {
+		file.Close();
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	if (file.Read(&scenario, sizeof(scenario)) != sizeof(scenario)) {
+		file.Close();
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	if (file.Read(&house, sizeof(house)) != sizeof(house)) {
+		file.Close();
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	Call_Back();
+	/*
+	**	Clear the scenario so we start fresh; this calls the Init_Clear() routine
+	**	for the Map, and all object arrays.  It has the following important
+	**	effects:
+	**	- Every cell is cleared to 0's, via MapClass::Init_Clear()
+	**	- All heap elements' are cleared
+	**	- The Houses are Initialized, which also clears their HouseTriggers
+	**	  array
+	**	- The map's Layers & Logic Layer are cleared to empty
+	**	- The list of currently-selected objects is cleared
+	*/
+	Clear_Scenario();
+
+	/*
+	**	Read in & verify the save-game ID code
+	*/
+	if (file.Read(&version,sizeof(version)) != sizeof(version)) {
+		file.Close();
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	if (version != SAVEGAME_VERSION) {
+		file.Close();
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	Call_Back();
+	/*
+	**	Set the required CD to be in the drive according to the scenario
+	**	loaded.
+	*/
+	if (RequiredCD != -2) {
+		if (scenario >= 20 && scenario <60 && GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL) {
+			RequiredCD = 2;
+		} else {
+			if (scenario >= 60){
+				/*
+				** This is a gateway bonus scenario
+				*/
+				RequiredCD = -1;
+			}else{
+				if (house == HOUSE_GOOD) {
+					RequiredCD = 0;
+				} else {
+					RequiredCD = 1;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	if(!Force_CD_Available(RequiredCD)) {
+		Prog_End();
+		exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+	}
+
+	Call_Back();
+
+	/*
+	**	Load the map.  The map comes first, since it loads the Theater & init's
+	**	mixfiles.  The map calls all the type-class's Init routines, telling them
+	**	what the Theater is; this must be done before any objects are created, so
+	**	they'll be properly created.
+	*/
+	Map.Load(file);
+
+	Call_Back();
+	/*
+	**	Load the object data.
+	*/
+	if (!Houses.Load(file)			||
+		!TeamTypes.Load(file)		||
+		!Teams.Load(file)				||
+		!Triggers.Load(file)			||
+		!Aircraft.Load(file)			||
+		!Anims.Load(file)				||
+		!Buildings.Load(file)		||
+		!Bullets.Load(file)			||
+		!Infantry.Load(file)			||
+		!Overlays.Load(file)			||
+		!Smudges.Load(file)			||
+		!Templates.Load(file)		||
+		!Terrains.Load(file)			||
+		!Units.Load(file)				||
+		!Factories.Load(file)) {
+		file.Close();
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	Call_Back();
+	/*
+	**	Load the Logic & Map Layers
+	*/
+	if (!Logic.Load(file)) {
+		file.Close();
+		return(false);
+	}
+	for (i = 0; i < LAYER_COUNT; i++) {
+		if (!Map.Layer[i].Load(file)) {
+			file.Close();
+			return(false);
+		}
+	}
+
+	Call_Back();
+	/*
+	**	Load the Score
+	*/
+	if (!Score.Load(file)) {
+		file.Close();
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Load the AI Base
+	*/
+	if (!Base.Load(file)) {
+		file.Close();
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Load miscellaneous variables, including the map size & the Theater
+	*/
+	if (!Load_Misc_Values(file)) {
+		file.Close();
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	file.Close();
+	Decode_All_Pointers();
+	Map.Init_IO();
+	Map.Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+
+	ScenarioInit = 0;
+
+#ifdef DEMO
+	if (Scenario != 10 && Scenario != 1 && Scenario != 6) {
+		Clear_Scenario();
+		return(false);
+	}
+#endif
+
+	Call_Back();
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Save_Misc_Values -- saves miscellaneous variables                       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      file      file to use for writing                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      true = success, false = failure                                    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/29/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+bool Save_Misc_Values(FileClass &file)
+{
+	int i;
+	int count;								// # ptrs in 'CurrentObject'
+	ObjectClass * ptr;					// for saving 'CurrentObject' ptrs
+
+	/*
+	**	Player's House.
+	*/
+	if (file.Write(&PlayerPtr, sizeof(PlayerPtr)) != sizeof(PlayerPtr)) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Save this scenario number.
+	*/
+	if (file.Write(&Scenario, sizeof(Scenario)) != sizeof(Scenario)) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Save frame #.
+	*/
+	if (file.Write(&Frame, sizeof(Frame)) != sizeof(Frame)) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Save VQ Movie names.
+	*/
+	if (file.Write(WinMovie, sizeof(WinMovie)) != sizeof(WinMovie)) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	if (file.Write(LoseMovie, sizeof(LoseMovie)) != sizeof(LoseMovie)) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Save currently-selected objects list.
+	**	Save the # of ptrs in the list.
+	*/
+	count = CurrentObject.Count();
+	if (file.Write(&count, sizeof(count)) != sizeof(count)) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Save the pointers.
+	*/
+	for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
+		ptr = CurrentObject[i];
+		if (file.Write(&ptr, sizeof(ptr)) != sizeof(ptr)) {
+			return(false);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Save the list of waypoints.
+	*/
+	if (file.Write(Waypoint, sizeof(Waypoint)) != sizeof(Waypoint)) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	file.Write(&ScenDir, sizeof(ScenDir));
+	file.Write(&ScenVar, sizeof(ScenVar));
+	file.Write(&CarryOverMoney, sizeof(CarryOverMoney));
+	file.Write(&CarryOverPercent, sizeof(CarryOverPercent));
+	file.Write(&BuildLevel, sizeof(BuildLevel));
+	file.Write(BriefMovie, sizeof(BriefMovie));
+	file.Write(Views, sizeof(Views));
+	file.Write(&EndCountDown, sizeof(EndCountDown));
+	file.Write(BriefingText, sizeof(BriefingText));
+
+	// This is new...
+	file.Write(ActionMovie, sizeof(ActionMovie));
+
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Load_Misc_Values -- Loads miscellaneous variables.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   file  -- The file to load the misc values from.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Was the misc load process successful?                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/24/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool Load_Misc_Values(FileClass &file)
+{
+	int i;
+	int count;								// # ptrs in 'CurrentObject'
+	ObjectClass * ptr;					// for loading 'CurrentObject' ptrs
+
+	/*
+	**	Player's House.
+	*/
+	if (file.Read(&PlayerPtr, sizeof(PlayerPtr)) != sizeof(PlayerPtr)) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Read this scenario number.
+	*/
+	if (file.Read(&Scenario,sizeof(Scenario)) != sizeof(Scenario)) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Load frame #.
+	*/
+	if (file.Read(&Frame, sizeof(Frame)) != sizeof(Frame)) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Load VQ Movie names.
+	*/
+	if (file.Read(WinMovie, sizeof(WinMovie)) != sizeof(WinMovie)) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	if (file.Read(LoseMovie, sizeof(LoseMovie)) != sizeof(LoseMovie)) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Load currently-selected objects list.
+	**	Load the # of ptrs in the list.
+	*/
+	if (file.Read(&count, sizeof(count)) != sizeof(count)) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Load the pointers.
+	*/
+	for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
+		if (file.Read(&ptr, sizeof(ptr)) != sizeof(ptr)) {
+			return(false);
+		}
+		CurrentObject.Add(ptr);	// add to the list
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Save the list of waypoints.
+	*/
+	if (file.Read(Waypoint, sizeof(Waypoint)) != sizeof(Waypoint)) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	file.Read(&ScenDir, sizeof(ScenDir));
+	file.Read(&ScenVar, sizeof(ScenVar));
+	file.Read(&CarryOverMoney, sizeof(CarryOverMoney));
+	file.Read(&CarryOverPercent, sizeof(CarryOverPercent));
+	file.Read(&BuildLevel, sizeof(BuildLevel));
+	file.Read(BriefMovie, sizeof(BriefMovie));
+	file.Read(Views, sizeof(Views));
+	file.Read(&EndCountDown, sizeof(EndCountDown));
+	file.Read(BriefingText, sizeof(BriefingText));
+
+	if (file.Seek(0, SEEK_CUR) < file.Size()) {
+		file.Read(ActionMovie, sizeof(ActionMovie));
+	}
+
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Code_All_Pointers -- Code all pointers.                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/24/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void Code_All_Pointers(void)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	/*
+	**	The Map.
+	*/
+	Map.Code_Pointers();
+
+	/*
+	**	The ArrayOf's.
+	*/
+	TeamTypes.Code_Pointers();
+	Teams.Code_Pointers();
+	Triggers.Code_Pointers();
+	Aircraft.Code_Pointers();
+	Anims.Code_Pointers();
+	Buildings.Code_Pointers();
+	Bullets.Code_Pointers();
+	Infantry.Code_Pointers();
+	Overlays.Code_Pointers();
+	Smudges.Code_Pointers();
+	Templates.Code_Pointers();
+	Terrains.Code_Pointers();
+	Units.Code_Pointers();
+	Factories.Code_Pointers();
+
+	/*
+	**	The Layers.
+	*/
+	Logic.Code_Pointers();
+	for (i = 0; i < LAYER_COUNT; i++) {
+		Map.Layer[i].Code_Pointers();
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	The Score.
+	*/
+	Score.Code_Pointers();
+
+	/*
+	**	The Base.
+	*/
+	Base.Code_Pointers();
+
+	/*
+	**	PlayerPtr.
+	*/
+	PlayerPtr = (HouseClass *)(PlayerPtr->Class->House);
+
+	/*
+	**	Currently-selected objects.
+	*/
+	for (i = 0; i < CurrentObject.Count(); i++) {
+		CurrentObject[i] = (ObjectClass *)CurrentObject[i]->As_Target();
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Houses must be coded last, because the Class->House member of the HouseClass
+	** is used to code HouseClass pointers for all other objects, and if Class is
+	** coded, it will point to a meaningless value.
+	*/
+	Houses.Code_Pointers();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Decode_All_Pointers -- Decodes all pointers.                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/24/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void Decode_All_Pointers(void)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	/*
+	**	The Map.
+	*/
+	Map.Decode_Pointers();
+
+	/*
+	** Decode houses first, so we can properly decode all other objects'
+	** House pointers
+	*/
+	Houses.Decode_Pointers();
+
+	/*
+	**	The ArrayOf's.
+	*/
+	TeamTypes.Decode_Pointers();
+	Teams.Decode_Pointers();
+	Triggers.Decode_Pointers();
+	Aircraft.Decode_Pointers();
+	Anims.Decode_Pointers();
+	Buildings.Decode_Pointers();
+	Bullets.Decode_Pointers();
+	Infantry.Decode_Pointers();
+	Overlays.Decode_Pointers();
+	Smudges.Decode_Pointers();
+	Templates.Decode_Pointers();
+	Terrains.Decode_Pointers();
+	Units.Decode_Pointers();
+	Factories.Decode_Pointers();
+
+	/*
+	**	The Layers.
+	*/
+	Logic.Decode_Pointers();
+	for (i = 0; i < LAYER_COUNT; i++) {
+		Map.Layer[i].Decode_Pointers();
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	The Score.
+	*/
+	Score.Decode_Pointers();
+
+	/*
+	**	The Base.
+	*/
+	Base.Decode_Pointers();
+
+	/*
+	**	PlayerPtr.
+	*/
+	PlayerPtr = HouseClass::As_Pointer((HousesType)PlayerPtr);
+	Whom = PlayerPtr->Class->House;
+	switch (PlayerPtr->Class->House) {
+		case HOUSE_GOOD:
+			ScenPlayer = SCEN_PLAYER_GDI;
+			break;
+
+		case HOUSE_BAD:
+			ScenPlayer = SCEN_PLAYER_NOD;
+			break;
+
+		case HOUSE_JP:
+			ScenPlayer = SCEN_PLAYER_JP;
+			break;
+	}
+	Check_Ptr(PlayerPtr,__FILE__,__LINE__);
+
+	Set_Scenario_Name(ScenarioName, Scenario, ScenPlayer, ScenDir, ScenVar);
+
+	/*
+	**	Currently-selected objects.
+	*/
+	for (i = 0; i < CurrentObject.Count(); i++) {
+		CurrentObject[i] = As_Object((TARGET)CurrentObject[i]);
+		Check_Ptr(CurrentObject[i],__FILE__,__LINE__);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Last-Minute Fixups; to resolve these pointers properly requires all other
+	**	pointers to be loaded & decoded.
+	*/
+	if (Map.PendingObjectPtr) {
+		Map.PendingObject = &Map.PendingObjectPtr->Class_Of();
+		Check_Ptr((void *)Map.PendingObject, __FILE__, __LINE__);
+		Map.Set_Cursor_Shape(Map.PendingObject->Occupy_List(true));
+	} else {
+		Map.PendingObject = 0;
+		Map.Set_Cursor_Shape(0);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Read_Object -- reads an object from disk                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine reads in an object and fills in the virtual function table pointer.            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      ptr            pointer to object to read                                               *
+ *      base_size      size of object's absolute base class                                    *
+ *      class_size      size of the class itself                                               *
+ *      file            file to use for I/O                                                    *
+ *      vtable         virtual function table pointer value, NULL if none                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      true = OK, false = error                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      This routine ASSUMES the program modules are compiled with:                            *
+ *      -Vb-      Always make the virtual function table ptr 2 bytes long                      *
+ *      -Vt      Put the virtual function table after the 1st class's data                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *      ALSO, the class used to compute 'base_size' must come first in a multiple-inheritence  *
+ *      hierarchy.  AND, if your class multiply-inherits from other classes, only ONE of those *
+ *      classes can contain virtual functions!  If you include virtual functions in the other  *
+ *      classes, the compiler will generate multiple virtual function tables, and this load/save *
+ *      technique will fail.                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *      Each class hierarchy is stored in memory as a chain: first the data for the base-est   *
+ *      class, then the virtual function table pointer for this hierarchy, then the data for   *
+ *      all derived classes.  If any of these derived classes multiply-inherit, the base class *
+ *      for the multiple inheritance is stored as a separate chain following this chain.  The  *
+ *      new chain will contain its own virtual function table pointer, if the multiply-        *
+ *      inherited hierarchy contains any virtual functions.  Thus, the declaration             *
+ *         class A                                                                             *
+ *         class B: public A                                                                   *
+ *         class C: public B, X                                                                *
+ *      is stored as:                                                                          *
+ *         A data                                                                              *
+ *         A's Virtual Table Pointer                                                           *
+ *         B data                                                                              *
+ *         X data                                                                              *
+ *         [X's Virtual Table Pointer]                                                         *
+ *         C data                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *      and                                                                                    *
+ *         class A                                                                             *
+ *         class B: public A                                                                   *
+ *         class C: public X, B                                                                *
+ *      is stored in memory as:                                                                *
+ *         X data                                                                              *
+ *         [X's Virtual Table Pointer]                                                         *
+ *         A data                                                                              *
+ *         A's Virtual Table Pointer                                                           *
+ *         B data                                                                              *
+ *         C data                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/10/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool Read_Object(void *ptr, int base_size, int class_size, FileClass & file, void * vtable)
+{
+	int size;					// object size in bytes
+
+	/*
+	**	Read size of this chunk.
+	*/
+	if (file.Read(&size,sizeof(size)) != sizeof(size)) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Error if incorrect size.
+	*/
+	if (size != class_size) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Read object data.
+	*/
+	if (file.Read(ptr, class_size) != (class_size)) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Fill in VTable.
+	*/
+	if (vtable) {
+		((void **)(((char *)ptr) + base_size - 4))[0] = vtable;
+	}
+
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Write_Object -- reads an object from disk, in a safe way                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine writes an object in 2 pieces, skipping the embedded                            *
+ * virtual function table pointer.                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      ptr            pointer to object to write                                              *
+ *      class_size      size of the class itself                                               *
+ *      file            file to use for I/O                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      true = OK, false = error                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      This routine ASSUMES the program modules are compiled with:                            *
+ *      -Vb-      Always make the virtual function table ptr 2 bytes long                      *
+ *      -Vt      Put the virtual function table after the 1st class's data                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Also see warnings for Read_Object().                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/10/1995 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool Write_Object(void *ptr, int class_size, FileClass & file)
+{
+	/*
+	**	Save size of this chunk.
+	*/
+	if (file.Write(&class_size,sizeof(class_size)) != sizeof(class_size)) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Save object data.
+	*/
+	if (file.Write(ptr, class_size) != (class_size)) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Get_Savefile_Info -- gets description, scenario #, house                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      id         numerical ID, for the file extension                    *
+ *      buf      buffer to store description in                            *
+ *      scenp      ptr to variable to hold scenario                        *
+ *      housep   ptr to variable to hold house                             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      true = OK, false = error (save-game file invalid)                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   01/12/1995 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+bool Get_Savefile_Info(int id, char *buf, unsigned *scenp, HousesType *housep)
+{
+	RawFileClass file;
+	char name[_MAX_FNAME+_MAX_EXT];
+	unsigned long version;
+	char descr_buf[DESCRIP_MAX];
+
+	/*
+	**	Generate the filename to load
+	*/
+	sprintf(name, "SAVEGAME.%03d", id);
+
+	/*
+	**	If the file opens OK, read the file
+	*/
+	if (file.Open(name, READ)) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Read in the description, scenario #, and the house
+		*/
+		if (file.Read(descr_buf, DESCRIP_MAX) != DESCRIP_MAX) {
+			file.Close();
+			return(false);
+		}
+
+		descr_buf[strlen(descr_buf) - 2] = '\0';	// trim off CR/LF
+		strcpy(buf, descr_buf);
+
+		if (file.Read(scenp, sizeof(unsigned)) != sizeof(unsigned)) {
+			file.Close();
+			return(false);
+		}
+
+		if (file.Read(housep, sizeof(HousesType)) != sizeof(HousesType)) {
+			file.Close();
+			return(false);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Read & verify the save-game version #
+		*/
+		if (file.Read(&version,sizeof(version)) != sizeof(version)) {
+			file.Close();
+			return(false);
+		}
+
+		if (version!=SAVEGAME_VERSION) {
+			file.Close();
+			return(false);
+		}
+
+		file.Close();
+
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * TechnoType_To_Target -- converts TechnoTypeClass to TARGET              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      ptr      pointer to convert                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      target value                                                       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      Be certain that you only use the returned target value by passing  *
+ *      it to Target_To_TechnoType; do NOT call As_Techno, or you'll get   *
+ *      a totally invalid pointer.                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   01/12/1995 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+TARGET TechnoType_To_Target(TechnoTypeClass const * ptr)
+{
+	TARGET target;
+
+	switch (ptr->What_Am_I()) {
+		case RTTI_INFANTRYTYPE:
+			target = Build_Target(KIND_INFANTRY, ((InfantryTypeClass const *)ptr)->Type);
+			break;
+
+		case RTTI_UNITTYPE:
+			target = Build_Target(KIND_UNIT, ((UnitTypeClass const *)ptr)->Type);
+			break;
+
+		case RTTI_AIRCRAFTTYPE:
+			target = Build_Target(KIND_AIRCRAFT, ((AircraftTypeClass const *)ptr)->Type);
+			break;
+
+		case RTTI_BUILDINGTYPE:
+			target = Build_Target(KIND_BUILDING, ((BuildingTypeClass const *)ptr)->Type);
+			break;
+
+		default:
+			target = 0;
+			break;
+	}
+
+	return(target);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Target_To_TechnoType -- converts TARGET to TechnoTypeClass              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      target      TARGET value to convert                                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      pointer to the TechnoTypeClass for this target value               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      The TARGET value MUST have been generated with TechnoType_To_Target;*
+ *      If you give this routine a target generated by an As_Target()      *
+ *      routine, it will return a bogus pointer.                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   01/12/1995 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+TechnoTypeClass const * Target_To_TechnoType(TARGET target)
+{
+	switch (Target_Kind(target)) {
+		case KIND_INFANTRY:
+			return(&InfantryTypeClass::As_Reference((InfantryType)Target_Value(target)));
+
+		case KIND_UNIT:
+			return(&UnitTypeClass::As_Reference((UnitType)Target_Value(target)));
+
+		case KIND_AIRCRAFT:
+			return(&AircraftTypeClass::As_Reference((AircraftType)Target_Value(target)));
+
+		case KIND_BUILDING:
+			return(&BuildingTypeClass::As_Reference((StructType)Target_Value(target)));
+	}
+	return(NULL);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Get_VTable -- gets the VTable pointer for the given object              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      ptr      pointer to check                                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      none                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   01/12/1995 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void * Get_VTable(void *ptr, int base_size)
+{
+	return(((void **)(((char *)ptr) + base_size - 4))[0]);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Set_VTable -- sets the VTable pointer for the given object              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      ptr         pointer to check                                       *
+ *      base_size   size of base class                                     *
+ *      vtable      value of VTable to plug in                             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      none                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   01/12/1995 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void Set_VTable(void *ptr, int base_size, void *vtable)
+{
+	((void **)(((char *)ptr) + base_size - 4))[0] = vtable;
+}
+
+
+#if 0
+/****************************************************************************
+Dump routine: prints everything about everything related to the Save/Load
+process (OK, not exactly everything, but lots of stuff)
+****************************************************************************/
+void Dump(void)
+{
+	int i,j;
+	FILE *fp;
+	char *layername[] = {
+		"Ground",
+		"Air",
+		"Top"
+	};
+
+	/*
+	------------------------------- Open file --------------------------------
+	*/
+	fp = fopen("dump.txt","wt");
+
+	/*
+	------------------------------ Logic Layer -------------------------------
+	*/
+	fprintf(fp,"--------------------- Logic Layer ---------------------\n");
+	fprintf(fp,"Count: %d\n",Logic.Count());
+	for (j = 0; j < Logic.Count(); j++) {
+		fprintf(fp, "Entry %d: %x \n",j,Logic[j]);
+	}
+	fprintf(fp,"\n");
+
+	/*
+	------------------------------- Map Layers -------------------------------
+	*/
+	for (i = 0; i < LAYER_COUNT; i++) {
+		fprintf(fp,"----------------- Map Layer %s ---------------------\n",
+			layername[i]);
+		fprintf(fp,"Count: %d\n",Map.Layer[i].Count());
+		for (j = 0; j < Map.Layer[i].Count(); j++) {
+			fprintf(fp, "Entry %d: %x \n",j,Map.Layer[i][j]);
+		}
+	}
+	fprintf(fp,"\n");
+
+	fprintf(fp,"------------------ TeamTypes --------------------------\n");
+	fprintf(fp,"ActiveCount: %d\n",TeamTypes.ActiveCount);
+	for (i = 0; i < TEAMTYPE_MAX; i++) {
+		fprintf(fp,"Entry %d: Active:%d Name:%s\n",i,TeamTypes[i].IsActive,
+			TeamTypes[i].Get_Name());
+	}
+	fprintf(fp,"\n");
+
+	fprintf(fp,"------------------ Teams --------------------------\n");
+	fprintf(fp,"ActiveCount: %d\n",Teams.ActiveCount);
+	for (i = 0; i < TEAM_MAX; i++) {
+		fprintf(fp,"Entry %d: Active:%d Name:%s\n",i,Teams[i].IsActive,
+			Teams[i].Class->Get_Name());
+	}
+	fprintf(fp,"\n");
+
+	fprintf(fp,"------------------ Triggers --------------------------\n");
+	fprintf(fp,"ActiveCount: %d\n",Triggers.ActiveCount);
+	for (i = 0; i < TRIGGER_MAX; i++) {
+		fprintf(fp,"Entry %d: Active:%d Name:%s\n",i,Triggers[i].IsActive,
+			Triggers[i].Get_Name());
+	}
+	fprintf(fp,"\n");
+
+	fprintf(fp,"------------------ Aircraft --------------------------\n");
+	fprintf(fp,"ActiveCount: %d\n",Aircraft.ActiveCount);
+	for (i = 0; i < AIRCRAFT_MAX; i++) {
+		fprintf(fp,"Entry %d: Active:%d \n",i,Aircraft[i].IsActive);
+	}
+	fprintf(fp,"\n");
+
+	fprintf(fp,"------------------ Anims --------------------------\n");
+	fprintf(fp,"ActiveCount: %d\n",Anims.ActiveCount);
+	for (i = 0; i < ANIM_MAX; i++) {
+		fprintf(fp,"Entry %d: Active:%d \n",i,Anims[i].IsActive);
+	}
+	fprintf(fp,"\n");
+
+	fprintf(fp,"------------------ Buildings --------------------------\n");
+	fprintf(fp,"ActiveCount: %d\n",Buildings.ActiveCount);
+	for (i = 0; i < BUILDING_MAX; i++) {
+		fprintf(fp,"Entry %d: Active:%d \n",i,Buildings[i].IsActive);
+	}
+	fprintf(fp,"\n");
+
+	fprintf(fp,"------------------ Bullets --------------------------\n");
+	fprintf(fp,"ActiveCount: %d\n",Bullets.ActiveCount);
+	for (i = 0; i < BULLET_MAX; i++) {
+		fprintf(fp,"Entry %d: Active:%d \n",i,Bullets[i].IsActive);
+	}
+	fprintf(fp,"\n");
+
+	fprintf(fp,"------------------ Infantry --------------------------\n");
+	fprintf(fp,"ActiveCount: %d\n",Infantry.ActiveCount);
+	for (i = 0; i < INFANTRY_MAX; i++) {
+		fprintf(fp,"Entry %d: Active:%d \n",i,Infantry[i].IsActive);
+	}
+	fprintf(fp,"\n");
+
+	fprintf(fp,"------------------ Overlays --------------------------\n");
+	fprintf(fp,"ActiveCount: %d\n",Overlays.ActiveCount);
+	for (i = 0; i < OVERLAY_MAX; i++) {
+		fprintf(fp,"Entry %d: Active:%d \n",i,Overlays[i].IsActive);
+	}
+	fprintf(fp,"\n");
+
+	fprintf(fp,"------------------ Reinforcements --------------------------\n");
+	fprintf(fp,"ActiveCount: %d\n",Reinforcements.ActiveCount);
+	for (i = 0; i < REINFORCEMENT_MAX; i++) {
+		fprintf(fp,"Entry %d: Active:%d \n",i,Reinforcements[i].IsActive);
+	}
+	fprintf(fp,"\n");
+
+	fprintf(fp,"------------------ Smudges --------------------------\n");
+	fprintf(fp,"ActiveCount: %d\n",Smudges.ActiveCount);
+	for (i = 0; i < SMUDGE_MAX; i++) {
+		fprintf(fp,"Entry %d: Active:%d \n",i,Smudges[i].IsActive);
+	}
+	fprintf(fp,"\n");
+
+	fprintf(fp,"------------------ Templates --------------------------\n");
+	fprintf(fp,"ActiveCount: %d\n",Templates.ActiveCount);
+	for (i = 0; i < TEMPLATE_MAX; i++) {
+		fprintf(fp,"Entry %d: Active:%d \n",i,Templates[i].IsActive);
+	}
+	fprintf(fp,"\n");
+
+	fprintf(fp,"------------------ Terrains --------------------------\n");
+	fprintf(fp,"ActiveCount: %d\n",Terrains.ActiveCount);
+	for (i = 0; i < TERRAIN_MAX; i++) {
+		fprintf(fp,"Entry %d: Active:%d \n",i,Terrains[i].IsActive);
+	}
+	fprintf(fp,"\n");
+
+	fprintf(fp,"------------------ Units --------------------------\n");
+	fprintf(fp,"ActiveCount: %d\n",Units.ActiveCount);
+	for (i = 0; i < UNIT_MAX; i++) {
+		fprintf(fp,"Entry %d: Active:%d \n",i,Units[i].IsActive);
+	}
+	fprintf(fp,"\n");
+
+	fprintf(fp,"------------------ Factories --------------------------\n");
+	fprintf(fp,"ActiveCount: %d\n",Factories.ActiveCount);
+	for (i = 0; i < FACTORY_MAX; i++) {
+		fprintf(fp,"Entry %d: Active:%d \n",i,Factories[i].IsActive);
+	}
+	fprintf(fp,"\n");
+
+	fclose(fp);
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Flush the cache -----------------------------
+	*/
+	fp = fopen("dummy.bin","wt");
+	for (i = 0; i < 100; i++) {
+		fprintf(fp,"xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx\n");
+	}
+	fclose(fp);
+}
+#endif
+
diff --git a/SCENARIO.CPP b/SCENARIO.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2588895
--- /dev/null
+++ b/SCENARIO.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,727 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\scenario.cpv   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:52:08   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : SCENARIO.CPP                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : September 10, 1993                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : August 24, 1995 [JLB]                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This module handles the scenario reading and writing. Scenario related                      *
+ * code that is executed between scenario play can also be here.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   Clear_Scenario -- Clears all data in preparation for scenario load.                       *
+ *   Do_Lose -- Display losing comments.                                                       *
+ *   Do_Restart -- Handle the restart mission process.                                         *
+ *   Do_Win -- Display winning congratulations.                                                *
+ *   Fill_In_Data -- Recreate all data that is not loaded with scenario.                       *
+ *   Read_Scenario -- Reads a scenario from disk.                                              *
+ *   Restate_Mission -- Handles restating the mission objective.                               *
+ *   Start_Scenario -- Starts the scenario.                                                    *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+extern int PreserveVQAScreen;
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Start_Scenario -- Starts the scenario.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will start the scenario. In addition to loading the scenario data, it will  *
+ *    play the briefing and action movies.                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   root     -- Pointer to the filename root for this scenario (e.g., "SCG01EA").      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          briefing -- Should the briefing be played? Normally this is true except when the   *
+ *                      scenario is restarting.                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Was the scenario started without error?                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/04/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool Start_Scenario(char *root, bool briefing)
+{
+
+	if (!Read_Scenario(root)) {
+		CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Failed to read scenario.\n");
+		return(false);
+	}
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Scenario read OK.\n");
+
+#ifdef DEMO
+
+	if (briefing) {
+		Play_Movie(BriefMovie);
+		Play_Movie(ActionMovie, TransitTheme);
+	}
+	Theme.Queue_Song(THEME_AOI);
+
+#else
+
+	/*
+	** Install some hacks around the movie playing to account for the choose-
+	** sides introduction.  We don't want an intro movie on scenario 1, and
+	** we don't want a briefing movie on GDI scenario 1.
+	*/
+	if (Scenario < 20 && (!Special.IsJurassic || !AreThingiesEnabled)) {
+		if (Scenario != 1 || Whom == HOUSE_GOOD) {
+			Play_Movie(IntroMovie);
+		}
+
+		if ((Scenario > 1 || Whom == HOUSE_BAD) && briefing) {
+			PreserveVQAScreen = (Scenario == 1);
+			Play_Movie(BriefMovie);
+		}
+		Play_Movie(ActionMovie, TransitTheme);
+		if (TransitTheme == THEME_NONE) {
+			Theme.Queue_Song(THEME_AOI);
+		}
+	} else {
+		Play_Movie(BriefMovie);
+		Play_Movie(ActionMovie, TransitTheme);
+
+#ifdef NEWMENU
+
+		char buffer[25];
+		sprintf(buffer, "%s.VQA", BriefMovie);
+		CCFileClass file(buffer);
+
+		if (GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL && !file.Is_Available()) {
+			VisiblePage.Clear();
+			Set_Palette(GamePalette);
+//			Show_Mouse();
+			/*
+			** Show the mission briefing. Pretend we are inside the main loop so the palette
+			** will be correct on the textured buttons.
+			*/
+			bool oldinmain = InMainLoop;
+			InMainLoop = true;
+			Restate_Mission(ScenarioName, TXT_OK, TXT_NONE);
+			InMainLoop = oldinmain;
+//			Hide_Mouse();
+			if (TransitTheme == THEME_NONE) {
+				Theme.Queue_Song(THEME_AOI);
+			}
+		}
+
+#endif
+	}
+#endif
+
+	/*
+	** Set the options values, since the palette has been initialized by Read_Scenario
+	*/
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to call Options.Set.\n");
+	Options.Set();
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to return from Start_Scenario.\n");
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Read_Scenario -- Reads a scenario from disk.                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This will read a scenario from disk. Use this to begin a scenario.                       *
+ *    It doesn't perform any rendering, it merely sets up the system                           *
+ *    with the proper data. Setting of the right game state will start                         *
+ *    the scenario running.                                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   root     -- Scenario root filename                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:     none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   You must clear out the system variables before calling                          *
+ *             this function. Use the Clear_Scenario() function.                               *
+ *               It is assumed that Scenario is set to the current scenario number.            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/22/1991     : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   02/03/1992 JLB : Uses house identification.                                               *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool Read_Scenario(char *root)
+{
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - In Read_Scenario.\n");
+	Clear_Scenario();
+	ScenarioInit++;
+	if (Read_Scenario_Ini(root)) {
+
+		Fill_In_Data();
+
+
+		/*
+		**	SPECIAL CASE:
+		**	Clear out the tutor flags for scenarios one and two. This is designed
+		**	so that tutorial message will reappear in scenario two.
+		*/
+		if (Scenario < 5) {
+			TutorFlags[0] = 0L;
+			TutorFlags[1] = 0L;
+		}
+
+	} else {
+
+		Fade_Palette_To(GamePalette, FADE_PALETTE_FAST, Call_Back);
+		Show_Mouse();
+		CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_UNABLE_READ_SCENARIO);
+		Hide_Mouse();
+		return(false);
+	}
+	ScenarioInit--;
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Leaving Read_Scenario.\n");
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Fill_In_Data -- Recreate all data that is not loaded with scenario.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called after the INI file for the scenario has been processed. It will   *
+ *    infer the game state from the scenario INI data.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/07/1992 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void Fill_In_Data(void)
+{
+	/*
+	**	The basic scenario data load does not contain the full set of
+	**	game data. We now must fill in the missing pieces.
+	*/
+	ScenarioInit++;
+
+	for (int index = 0; index < Buildings.Count(); index++) {
+		Buildings.Ptr(index)->Update_Buildables();
+	}
+
+	Map.Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+
+	/*
+	**	Bring up the score display on the radar map when starting a multiplayer
+	**	game.
+	*/
+	if (GameToPlay != GAME_NORMAL) {
+		Map.Player_Names(1);
+	}
+
+	ScenarioInit--;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Clear_Scenario -- Clears all data in preparation for scenario load.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will clear out all data specific to a scenario in                           *
+ *    preparation for a subsequent scenario data load. This will free                          *
+ *    all units, animations, and icon maps.                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/22/1991     : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   03/21/1992 JLB : Changed buffer allocations, so changes memset code.                      *
+ *   07/13/1995 JLB : End count down moved here.                                               *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void Clear_Scenario(void)
+{
+	EndCountDown = TICKS_PER_SECOND * 30;
+	CrateCount = 0;
+	CrateTimer = 0;
+	CrateMaker = false;
+
+	/*
+	** Call everyone's Init routine, except the Map's; for the Map, only call
+	** MapClass::Init, which clears the Cell array.  The Display::Init requires
+	** a Theater argument, and the theater is not known at this point; also, it
+	** would reload MixFiles, which isn't desired.  Display::Read_INI calls its
+	** own Init, which will Init the entire Map hierarchy.
+	*/
+	Map.Init_Clear();
+	Score.Init();
+	Logic.Init();
+
+	HouseClass::Init();
+	ObjectClass::Init();
+	TeamTypeClass::Init();
+	TeamClass::Init();
+	TriggerClass::Init();
+	AircraftClass::Init();
+	AnimClass::Init();
+	BuildingClass::Init();
+	BulletClass::Init();
+	InfantryClass::Init();
+	OverlayClass::Init();
+	SmudgeClass::Init();
+	TemplateClass::Init();
+	TerrainClass::Init();
+	UnitClass::Init();
+
+	FactoryClass::Init();
+
+	Base.Init();
+
+	CurrentObject.Clear();
+
+	Invalidate_Cached_Icons();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Do_Win -- Display winning congratulations.                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/05/1992 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   01/01/1995 JLB : Carries money forward into next scenario.                                *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void Do_Win(void)
+{
+	Map.Set_Default_Mouse(MOUSE_NORMAL);
+	Hide_Mouse();
+
+	/*
+	** If this is a multiplayer game, clear the game's name so we won't respond
+	** to game queries any more (in Call_Back)
+	*/
+	if (GameToPlay != GAME_NORMAL) {
+		MPlayerGameName[0] = 0;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Determine a cosmetic center point for the text.
+	*/
+	int x = Map.TacPixelX + (Lepton_To_Pixel(Map.TacLeptonWidth)/2);
+	int y = Map.TacPixelY + (Lepton_To_Pixel(Map.TacLeptonHeight)/2) -32;
+
+	/*
+	**	Announce win to player.
+	*/
+	Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+#if !(GERMAN | FRENCH)
+	Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_MISSION, x, y, WHITE, TBLACK, TPF_CENTER|TPF_VCR);
+#endif
+	Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_SCENARIO_WON, x, y+30, WHITE, TBLACK, TPF_CENTER|TPF_VCR);
+	CountDownTimer.Set(TIMER_SECOND * 3);
+	Stop_Speaking();
+	Speak(VOX_ACCOMPLISHED);
+	while (CountDownTimer.Time() || Is_Speaking()) {
+		Call_Back();
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Stop here if this is a multiplayer game.
+	*/
+	if (GameToPlay != GAME_NORMAL) {
+		if (!PlaybackGame) {
+			MPlayerGamesPlayed++;
+			Multi_Score_Presentation();
+			MPlayerCurGame++;
+			if (MPlayerCurGame >= MAX_MULTI_GAMES) {
+				MPlayerCurGame = MAX_MULTI_GAMES - 1;
+			}
+		}
+		GameActive = 0;
+		Show_Mouse();
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Play the winning movie and then start the next scenario.
+	*/
+	if (RequiredCD != -2) {
+		if (Scenario >= 20 && Scenario <60 && GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL) {
+			RequiredCD = 2;
+		} else {
+			if (Scenario >=60){
+				RequiredCD = -1;
+			}else{
+				if (PlayerPtr->Class->House == HOUSE_GOOD) {
+					RequiredCD = 0;
+				} else {
+					RequiredCD = 1;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+#ifndef DEMO
+	Play_Movie(WinMovie);
+#endif
+
+	Keyboard::Clear();
+
+	/*
+	**	Do the ending screens only if not playing back a recorded game.
+	*/
+	if (!PlaybackGame) {
+
+#ifdef DEMO
+
+		switch (Scenario) {
+			case 1:
+				Score.Presentation();
+				Scenario = 10;
+				break;
+
+			case 10:
+				Score.Presentation();
+				Scenario = 6;
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				Score.Presentation();
+				GDI_Ending();
+				GameActive = false;
+				Show_Mouse();
+				return;
+//				Prog_End();
+//				exit(0);
+//				break;
+		}
+
+#else
+
+#ifdef NEWMENU
+		if (Scenario >= 20) {
+			Keyboard::Clear();
+			Score.Presentation();
+			GameActive = false;
+			Show_Mouse();
+			return;
+		}
+#endif
+
+		if (PlayerPtr->Class->House == HOUSE_BAD && Scenario == 13) {
+			Nod_Ending();
+			//Prog_End();
+			//exit(0);
+			SeenBuff.Clear();
+			Show_Mouse();
+			GameActive = false;
+			return;
+		}
+		if (PlayerPtr->Class->House == HOUSE_GOOD && Scenario == 15) {
+			GDI_Ending();
+			//Prog_End();
+			//exit(0);
+			SeenBuff.Clear();
+			Show_Mouse();
+			GameActive = false;
+			return;
+		}
+
+		if ( (Special.IsJurassic && AreThingiesEnabled) && Scenario == 5) {
+			Prog_End();
+			exit(0);
+		}
+
+		if (!Special.IsJurassic || !AreThingiesEnabled) {
+			Keyboard::Clear();
+			InterpolationPaletteChanged = TRUE;
+			InterpolationPalette = Palette;
+			Score.Presentation();
+
+			/*
+			**	Skip scenario #7 if the airfield was blown up.
+			*/
+			if (Scenario == 6 && PlayerPtr->Class->House == HOUSE_GOOD && SabotagedType == STRUCT_AIRSTRIP) {
+				Scenario++;
+			}
+
+			Map_Selection();
+		}
+		Scenario++;
+#endif
+		Keyboard::Clear();
+	}
+
+	CarryOverMoney = PlayerPtr->Credits;
+
+	int pieces = PlayerPtr->NukePieces;
+
+	/*
+	** Generate a new scenario filename
+	*/
+	Set_Scenario_Name(ScenarioName, Scenario, ScenPlayer, ScenDir, ScenVar);
+	Start_Scenario(ScenarioName);
+
+	PlayerPtr->NukePieces = pieces;
+
+	/*
+	**	Destroy the building that was sabotaged in the previous scenario. This only
+	**	applies to GDI mission #7.
+	*/
+	if (SabotagedType != STRUCT_NONE && Scenario == 7 && PlayerPtr->Class->House == HOUSE_GOOD) {
+		for (int index = 0; index < Buildings.Count(); index++) {
+			BuildingClass * building = Buildings.Ptr(index);
+
+			if (building && !building->IsInLimbo && building->House != PlayerPtr && building->Class->Type == SabotagedType) {
+				building->Limbo();
+				delete building;
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Remove the building from the prebuild list.
+		*/
+		for (index = 0; index < Base.Nodes.Count(); index++) {
+			BaseNodeClass * node = Base.Get_Node(index);
+
+			if (node && node->Type == SabotagedType) {
+				Base.Nodes.Delete(index);
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	SabotagedType = STRUCT_NONE;
+
+	Map.Render();
+	Fade_Palette_To(GamePalette, FADE_PALETTE_FAST, Call_Back);
+	Show_Mouse();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Do_Lose -- Display losing comments.                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/05/1992 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void Do_Lose(void)
+{
+	Map.Set_Default_Mouse(MOUSE_NORMAL);
+	Hide_Mouse();
+
+	/*
+	** If this is a multiplayer game, clear the game's name so we won't respond
+	** to game queries any more (in Call_Back)
+	*/
+	if (GameToPlay != GAME_NORMAL) {
+		MPlayerGameName[0] = 0;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Determine a cosmetic center point for the text.
+	*/
+	int x = Map.TacPixelX + (Lepton_To_Pixel(Map.TacLeptonWidth)/2);
+	int y = Map.TacPixelY + (Lepton_To_Pixel(Map.TacLeptonHeight)/2) -32;
+
+	/*
+	**	Announce win to player.
+	*/
+	Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+	Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_MISSION, x, y, WHITE, TBLACK, TPF_CENTER|TPF_VCR);
+	Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_SCENARIO_LOST, x, y+30, WHITE, TBLACK, TPF_CENTER|TPF_VCR);
+	CountDownTimer.Set(TIMER_SECOND * 3);
+	Stop_Speaking();
+	Speak(VOX_FAIL);
+	while (CountDownTimer.Time() || Is_Speaking()) {
+		Call_Back();
+	}
+
+#ifdef OBSOLETE
+	if (Debug_Play_Map) {
+		Go_Editor(true);
+		Show_Mouse();
+		return;
+	}
+#endif
+
+	/*
+	** Stop here if this is a multiplayer game.
+	*/
+	if (GameToPlay != GAME_NORMAL) {
+		if (!PlaybackGame) {
+			MPlayerGamesPlayed++;
+			Multi_Score_Presentation();
+			MPlayerCurGame++;
+			if (MPlayerCurGame >= MAX_MULTI_GAMES) {
+				MPlayerCurGame = MAX_MULTI_GAMES - 1;
+			}
+		}
+		GameActive = 0;
+		Show_Mouse();
+		return;
+	}
+
+	Play_Movie(LoseMovie);
+
+	/*
+	** Start same scenario again
+	*/
+	Set_Palette(GamePalette);
+	Show_Mouse();
+	if (!PlaybackGame && !CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_TO_REPLAY, TXT_YES, TXT_NO)) {
+		Hide_Mouse();
+		Keyboard::Clear();
+		Start_Scenario(ScenarioName, false);
+		Map.Render();
+	} else {
+		Hide_Mouse();
+		GameActive = 0;
+	}
+
+	Fade_Palette_To(GamePalette, FADE_PALETTE_FAST, Call_Back);
+	Show_Mouse();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Do_Restart -- Handle the restart mission process.                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called in the main game loop when the mission must be restarted. This    *
+ *    routine will throw away the current game and reload the appropriate mission. The         *
+ *    game will "resume" at the start of the mission.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/24/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void Do_Restart(void)
+{
+	bool hidden = Get_Mouse_State();
+
+	if (hidden) Show_Mouse();
+	CCMessageBox().Process(TXT_RESTARTING, TXT_NONE);
+	Map.Set_Default_Mouse(MOUSE_NORMAL);
+	Keyboard::Clear();
+	Start_Scenario(ScenarioName, false);
+	if (hidden) Hide_Mouse();
+	Keyboard::Clear();
+	Map.Render();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Restate_Mission -- Handles restating the mission objective.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will display the mission objective (as text). It will also give the         *
+ *    option to redisplay the mission briefing video.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   name  -- The scenario name. This is the unique identifier for the scenario         *
+ *                   briefing text as it appears in the "MISSION.INI" file.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns the response from the dialog. This will either be 1 if the video was       *
+ *          requested, or 0 if the return to game options button was selected.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/23/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   08/06/1995 JLB : Uses preloaded briefing text.                                            *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool Restate_Mission(char const * name, int button1, int button2)
+{
+	if (name) {
+#ifdef JAPANESE
+		char fname[14];
+		strcpy(fname, name);
+		strcat(fname,".CPS");
+
+		if(CCFileClass(fname).Is_Available()) {
+			CCMessageBox box(TXT_NONE, true);
+			return(box.Process(fname, button1, button2));
+		}
+#else
+		/*
+		**	Make sure that if there is no briefing movie, that the briefing text is
+		**	the only option available.
+		*/
+		bool brief = true;
+#ifdef NEWMENU
+		char buffer[25];
+		char buffer1[25];
+		sprintf(buffer, "%s.VQA", BriefMovie);
+		sprintf(buffer1, "%s.VQA", ActionMovie);
+		CCFileClass file1(buffer);
+		CCFileClass file2(buffer1);
+		if (!file1.Is_Available() && !file2.Is_Available()) {
+			button1 = TXT_OK;
+			button2 = TXT_NONE;
+			brief = false;
+		}
+#endif
+
+		/*
+		**	If mission object text was found, then display it.
+		*/
+		if (strlen(BriefingText)) {
+			static char _buff[512];
+
+			strcpy(_buff, BriefingText);
+//			strcpy(_ShapeBuffer, BriefingText);
+
+			bool hidden = Get_Mouse_State();
+			if (hidden) Show_Mouse();
+
+			if (CCMessageBox(TXT_OBJECTIVE).Process(_buff, button1, button2)) {
+				if (hidden) Hide_Mouse();
+				return(true);
+			}
+			if (hidden) Hide_Mouse();
+			if (!brief) return(true);
+			return(false);
+		}
+#endif
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
diff --git a/SCORE.CPP b/SCORE.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e10c2e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/SCORE.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,2316 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\score.cpv   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:49:54   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : SCORE.CPP                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : April 19, 1994                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : May 3, 1995   [BWG]                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   Call_Back_Delay -- Combines Call_Back() and Delay() functions                             *
+ *   Draw_Bar_Graphs -- Draw "Casualties" bar graphs                                           *
+ *   Draw_InfantryMan -- Draw one guy in score screen, update animation                        *
+ *   Draw_Infantrymen -- Draw all the guys on the score screen                                 *
+ *   New_Infantry_Anim -- Start up a new animation for one of the infantrymen                  *
+ *   ScoreClass::Count_Up_Print -- Prints a number (up to its max) into a string, cleanly      *
+ *   ScoreClass::Delay -- Pauses waiting for keypress.                                         *
+ *   ScoreClass::DO_GDI_GRAPH -- Show # of people or buildings killed on GDI score screen      *
+ *   ScoreClass::Presentation -- Main routine to display score screen.                         *
+ *   ScoreClass::Print_Graph_Title -- Prints title on score screen.                            *
+ *   ScoreClass::Print_Minutes -- Print out hours/minutes up to max                            *
+ *   ScoreClass::Pulse_Bar_Graph -- Pulses the bargraph color.                                 *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+#include  "textblit.h"
+#define SCORETEXT_X		184
+#define SCORETEXT_Y		8
+#define CASUALTY_Y		88
+#define BUILDING_X		256
+#define BUILDING_Y		128
+#define BARGRAPH_X		266
+#define MAX_BAR_X			318		// max possible is 319 because of bar's right shadow
+#define SIZEGBAR			119
+#define HALLFAME_X		19
+#define HALLFAME_Y		120
+
+#define	MULTISCOREX		30
+
+#define TEDIT_FAME				1
+#define NUMINFANTRYMEN			15
+#define NUMFAMENAMES				7
+#define MAX_FAMENAME_LENGTH	12
+
+struct InfantryAnim {
+	int xpos;
+	int ypos;
+	void const *shapefile;
+	void const *remap;
+	int anim;
+	int stage;
+	char delay;
+	InfantryTypeClass const *Class;
+} InfantryMan[NUMINFANTRYMEN];
+void Draw_InfantryMen(void);
+void Draw_InfantryMan(int index);
+void New_Infantry_Anim(int index, int anim);
+void Draw_Bar_Graphs(int i, int gkilled, int nkilled, int ckilled);
+void Animate_Cursor(int pos, int ypos);
+void Animate_Score_Objs(void);
+void Cycle_Wait_Click(void);
+int  ScorePass;
+
+void const * Beepy6;
+int ControlQ;	// cheat key to skip past score/mapsel screens
+bool StillUpdating;
+
+GraphicBufferClass *PseudoSeenBuff;
+GraphicBufferClass *TextPrintBuffer;
+
+#ifdef WRITE_LBM
+PUBLIC bool CCWrite_LBM_File(CCFileClass &lbmhandle, BufferClass& buff, short bitplanes, unsigned char *palette);
+#endif
+
+unsigned char RemapCiv[256]={
+	0x00,0x01,0x02,0x03,0x04,0x05,0x06,0x07,0x08,0x09,0x0A,0x0B,0x0C,0x0D,0x0E,0x0F,
+	0x10,0x11,0x12,0x13,0x14,0x15,0x16,0xD0,0x18,0x19,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0x1E,0xD5,
+	0x20,0x21,0x22,0x23,0x24,0x25,0x26,0x27,0x28,0x29,0x2A,0x2B,0x2C,0x2D,0x2E,0x2F,
+	0x30,0x31,0x32,0x33,0x34,0x35,0x36,0x37,0x38,0x39,0x3A,0x3B,0x3C,0x3D,0x3E,0x3F,
+	0x40,0x41,0x42,0x43,0x44,0x45,0x46,0x47,0x48,0x49,0x4A,0x4B,0x4C,0x4D,0x4E,0x4F,
+	0x50,0x51,0x52,0x53,0x54,0x55,0x56,0x57,0x58,0x59,0x5A,0x5B,0x5C,0x5D,0x5E,0x5F,
+	0x60,0x61,0x62,0x63,0x64,0x65,0x66,0x67,0x68,0x69,0x6A,0x6B,0x6C,0x6D,0x6E,0x6F,
+	0x70,0x71,0x72,0x73,0x74,0x75,0x76,0x77,0x78,0x79,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0x7E,0xDA,
+	0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,
+	0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F,
+	0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,
+	0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF,
+	0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,
+	0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF,
+	0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,
+	0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF};
+
+unsigned char const ScoreRemapGrey[256] = {
+	  0,  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15,	// 0..15
+	 16, 17, 18, 19, 20,176, 22,208, 24, 25,209,210,211,212, 30,213,	// 16..31
+	 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47,	// 32..47
+	 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63,	// 48..63
+	 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79,	// 64..79
+	 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95,	// 80..95
+	 96, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,106,107,108,109,110,111,	// 96..111
+	112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,214,215,216,217,149,218,	// 112..127
+	128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,108,140,141,142,143,	// 128..143
+	144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,158,159,	// 144..159
+	160,161,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,	// 160..175
+	192,193,194,195,196,197,198,199,200,201,202,203,204,205,206,207,	// 176..191
+	192,193,194,195,196,197,198,199,200,201,202,203,204,205,206,207,	// 192..207
+	208,209,210,211,212,213,214,219,220,221,222,219,220,221,222,223,	// 208..223
+	224,225,226,227,228,229,230,231,232,233,234,235,236,237,238,239,	// 224..239
+	240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,250,251,252,253,254,255	// 240..255
+};
+
+unsigned char const ScoreRemapYellow[256] = {
+	  0,  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15,	// 0..15
+	 16, 17, 18, 19, 20,176, 22,208, 24, 25,209,210,211,212, 30,213,	// 16..31
+	 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47,	// 32..47
+	 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63,	// 48..63
+	 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79,	// 64..79
+	 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95,	// 80..95
+	 96, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,106,107,108,109,110,111,	// 96..111
+	112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,214,215,216,217,149,218,	// 112..127
+	128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,108,140,141,142,143,	// 128..143
+	144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,158,159,	// 144..159
+	160,161,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,	// 160..175
+	176,177,178,179,180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191,	// 176..191
+	192,193,194,195,196,197,198,199,200,201,202,203,204,205,206,207,	// 192..207
+	208,209,210,211,212,213,214,219,220,221,222,219,220,221,222,223,	// 208..223
+	224,225,226,227,228,229,230,231,232,233,234,235,236,237,238,239,	// 224..239
+	240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,250,251,252,253,254,255	// 240..255
+};
+
+unsigned char const ScoreRemapBldg[256]={
+	0x00,0x01,0x02,0x03,0x04,0x05,0x06,0x07,0x08,0x09,0x0A,0x0B,0x0C,0x0D,0x0E,0x0F,
+	0x10,0x11,0x12,0x13,0x14,0x15,0x16,0x17,0x18,0x19,0x1A,0x1B,0x1C,0x1D,0x1E,0x1F,
+	0x20,0x21,0x22,0x23,0x24,0x25,0x26,0x27,0x28,0x29,0x2A,0x2B,0x2C,0x2D,0x2E,0x2F,
+	0x30,0x31,0x32,0x33,0x34,0x35,0x36,0x37,0x38,0x39,0x3A,0x3B,0x3C,0x3D,0x3E,0x3F,
+	0x40,0x41,0x42,0x43,0x44,0x45,0x46,0x47,0x48,0x49,0x4A,0x4B,0x4C,0x4D,0x4E,0x4F,
+	0x50,0x51,0x52,0x53,0x54,0x55,0x56,0x57,0x58,0x59,0x5A,0x5B,0x5C,0x5D,0x5E,0x5F,
+	0x60,0x61,0x62,0x63,0x64,0x65,0x66,0x67,0x68,0x69,0x6A,0x6B,0x6C,0x6D,0x6E,0x6F,
+	0x70,0x71,0xCE,0xC5,0x49,0x48,0x47,0x77,0x78,0x79,0x7A,0x7B,0x7C,0x7D,0x7E,0x7F,
+	0x80,0x81,0xB8,0x83,0x7C,0x7A,0x76,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,
+	0x74,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0xB5,0x97,0x98,0xCF,0x4B,0x7F,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F,
+	0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0x83,0x79,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0x43,0x99,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,
+	0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF,
+	0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,
+	0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xBB,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF,
+	0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,
+	0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF
+};
+unsigned char const ScoreRemapFBall[256]={
+	0x00,0x01,0x02,0x03,0x04,0x05,0x06,0x07,0x08,0x09,0x0A,0x0B,0x0C,0x0D,0x0E,0x0F,
+	0xB0,0xE5,0x82,0xE4,0xE3,0xE2,0xB1,0xD0,0xE1,0xE0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xDF,0xD5,
+	0x20,0x21,0x22,0x23,0x24,0x25,0x26,0x27,0x28,0x29,0xE6,0xE7,0xA0,0xE8,0x2E,0x2F,
+	0x30,0x31,0x32,0x33,0x34,0x35,0x36,0x37,0x38,0x39,0x3A,0x3B,0x3C,0x3D,0x3E,0x3F,
+	0x40,0x41,0x42,0x43,0x44,0x45,0x46,0x47,0x48,0x49,0x4A,0x4B,0x4C,0x4D,0x4E,0x4F,
+	0x50,0x51,0x52,0x53,0x54,0x55,0x56,0x57,0x58,0x59,0x5A,0x5B,0x5C,0x5D,0x5E,0x5F,
+	0x60,0x61,0x62,0x63,0x64,0x65,0x66,0x67,0x68,0x69,0x6A,0x6B,0x6C,0x6D,0x6E,0x6F,
+	0x70,0x71,0x72,0x73,0x74,0x75,0x76,0x77,0x78,0x79,0x7A,0x7B,0x7C,0x7D,0x7E,0x7F,
+	0x80,0x81,0x82,0x83,0x84,0x85,0x86,0x87,0x88,0x89,0x8A,0x8B,0x8C,0x8D,0x8E,0x8F,
+	0x90,0x91,0x92,0x93,0x94,0x95,0x96,0x97,0x98,0x99,0x9A,0x9B,0x9C,0x9D,0x9E,0x9F,
+	0xA0,0xA1,0xA2,0xA3,0xA4,0xA5,0xA6,0xA7,0xA8,0xA9,0xAA,0xAB,0xAC,0xAD,0xAE,0xAF,
+	0xB0,0xB1,0xB2,0xB3,0xB4,0xB5,0xB6,0xB7,0xB8,0xB9,0xBA,0xBB,0xBC,0xBD,0xBE,0xBF,
+	0xC0,0xC1,0xC2,0xC3,0xC4,0xC5,0xC6,0xC7,0xC8,0xC9,0xCA,0xCB,0xCC,0xCD,0xCE,0xCF,
+	0xD0,0xD1,0xD2,0xD3,0xD4,0xD5,0xD6,0xD7,0xD8,0xD9,0xDA,0xDB,0xDC,0xDD,0xDE,0xDF,
+	0xE0,0xE1,0xE2,0xE3,0xE4,0xE5,0xE6,0xE7,0xE8,0xE9,0xEA,0xEB,0xEC,0xED,0xEE,0xEF,
+	0xF0,0xF1,0xF2,0xF3,0xF4,0xF5,0xF6,0xF7,0xF8,0xF9,0xFA,0xFB,0xFC,0xFD,0xFE,0xFF
+};
+
+TextBlitClass BlitList;
+
+
+char *ScreenNames[2]={"S-GDIIN2.WSA","SCRSCN1.WSA"};
+
+//extern short StreamLowImpact;
+
+struct Fame {
+	char	name[MAX_FAMENAME_LENGTH];
+	int	score;
+	int	level;
+};
+
+ScoreAnimClass *ScoreObjs[MAXSCOREOBJS];
+
+
+ScoreAnimClass::ScoreAnimClass(int x, int y, void const * data)
+{
+	BlitList.Add (x*2, y*2, x*2, y*2, 2* String_Pixel_Width ( (char*)data ) , 16);
+	XPos = x;
+	YPos = y;
+	Timer.Set(0);
+	Timer.Start();
+	DataPtr = data;
+}
+
+
+ScoreTimeClass::ScoreTimeClass(int xpos, int ypos, void const * data, int max, int timer) :
+	ScoreAnimClass(xpos, ypos, data)
+{
+	Stage = 0;
+	MaxStage = max;
+	TimerReset = timer;
+}
+
+void ScoreTimeClass::Update(void)
+{
+	GraphicViewPortClass *oldpage;
+	if (!Timer.Time()) {
+		Timer.Set(TimerReset);
+		if (++Stage >= MaxStage) Stage = 0;
+		oldpage = LogicPage;
+		Set_Logic_Page(PseudoSeenBuff);
+		CC_Draw_Shape(DataPtr, Stage, XPos, YPos, WINDOW_MAIN, SHAPE_WIN_REL, 0, 0);
+		Set_Logic_Page(oldpage);
+	}
+}
+
+ScoreCredsClass::ScoreCredsClass(int xpos, int ypos, void const * data, int max, int timer) :
+	ScoreAnimClass(xpos, ypos, data)
+{
+	Stage = 0;
+	MaxStage = max;
+	TimerReset = timer;
+	Clock1 = MixFileClass::Retrieve("CLOCK1.AUD");
+	CashTurn = MixFileClass::Retrieve("CASHTURN.AUD");
+}
+
+
+void ScoreCredsClass::Update(void)
+{
+	GraphicViewPortClass *oldpage;
+	if (!Timer.Time()) {
+		Timer.Set(TimerReset);
+		if (++Stage >= MaxStage) Stage = 0;
+		oldpage = LogicPage;
+		Set_Logic_Page(PseudoSeenBuff);
+		if (Stage <22) {
+			Play_Sample(Clock1, 255, Options.Normalize_Sound(70));
+		} else {
+			if (Stage==24) {
+				Play_Sample(CashTurn, 255, Options.Normalize_Sound(70));
+			}
+		}
+		CC_Draw_Shape(DataPtr,Stage, XPos, YPos, WINDOW_MAIN,SHAPE_WIN_REL, 0, 0);
+		Set_Logic_Page(oldpage);
+	}
+}
+
+
+ScorePrintClass::ScorePrintClass(int string, int xpos, int ypos, void const * palette, int background) :
+	ScoreAnimClass(xpos, ypos, Text_String(string))
+{
+	Background = background;
+	PrimaryPalette = palette;
+	Stage = 0;
+}
+
+
+ScorePrintClass::ScorePrintClass(void const * string, int xpos, int ypos, void const * palette, int background) :
+	ScoreAnimClass(xpos, ypos, string)
+{
+	Background = background;
+	PrimaryPalette = palette;
+	Stage = 0;
+}
+
+
+void ScorePrintClass::Update(void)
+{
+	static char localstr[2]={0,0};
+	static char _whitepal[]={0x0F,0x0F,0x0F,0x0F,0x0F,0x0F,0x0F,0x0F,0x0F,0x0F,0x0F,0x0F,0x0F,0x0F,0x0F,0x0F};
+
+	if (Stage && (((char *)DataPtr)[Stage-1]==0) ) {
+		for (int i = 0; i < MAXSCOREOBJS; i++) {
+			if (ScoreObjs[i] == this) {
+				ScoreObjs[i] = 0;
+			}
+		}
+		BlitList.Add (XPos*2, YPos*2, XPos*2, YPos*2,(Stage*6)+14, 8*2);
+		delete this;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	StillUpdating = true;
+
+	if (!Timer.Time()) {
+		Timer.Set(1);
+
+		int pos = XPos+(Stage*6);
+		if (Stage) {
+
+			localstr[0]=((char *)DataPtr)[Stage-1];
+
+			/*
+			** Clear out the white letter overlay
+			*/
+			static char const _blackpal[]={BLACK,BLACK,BLACK,BLACK,BLACK,BLACK,BLACK,BLACK,BLACK,BLACK,BLACK,BLACK,BLACK,BLACK,BLACK,BLACK};
+			Set_Font_Palette(_blackpal);
+			TextPrintBuffer->Print(localstr, 2*(pos-6),2*(YPos-1),   TBLACK, TBLACK);
+			TextPrintBuffer->Print(localstr, 2*(pos-6),2*(YPos+1),   TBLACK, TBLACK);
+			TextPrintBuffer->Print(localstr, 2*(pos-6+1),2*(YPos),   TBLACK, TBLACK);
+
+			Set_Font_Palette(PrimaryPalette);
+			TextPrintBuffer->Print(localstr, 2*(pos-6),2*YPos,   TBLACK, TBLACK);
+		}
+		if (((char *)DataPtr)[Stage]) {
+			localstr[0]=((char *)DataPtr)[Stage];
+			Set_Font_Palette(_whitepal);
+			TextPrintBuffer->Print(localstr, pos*2,  2*(YPos-1), TBLACK, TBLACK);
+			TextPrintBuffer->Print(localstr, pos*2,  2*(YPos+1), TBLACK, TBLACK);
+			TextPrintBuffer->Print(localstr, (pos+1)*2,2*YPos  , TBLACK, TBLACK);
+		}
+		Stage++;
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+MultiStagePrintClass::MultiStagePrintClass(int string, int xpos, int ypos, void const * palette, int background) :
+	ScoreAnimClass(xpos, ypos, Text_String(string))
+{
+	Background = background;
+	PrimaryPalette = palette;
+	Stage = 0;
+}
+
+
+MultiStagePrintClass::MultiStagePrintClass(void const * string, int xpos, int ypos, void const * palette, int background) :
+	ScoreAnimClass(xpos, ypos, string)
+{
+	Background = background;
+	PrimaryPalette = palette;
+	Stage = 0;
+}
+
+
+void MultiStagePrintClass::Update(void)
+{
+	static char localstr[2]={0,0};
+	static char _whitepal[]={0x0F,0x0F,0x0F,0x0F,0x0F,0x0F,0x0F,0x0F,0x0F,0x0F,0x0F,0x0F,0x0F,0x0F,0x0F,0x0F};
+
+	if (Stage && (((char *)DataPtr)[Stage-1]==0) ) {
+		for (int i = 0; i < MAXSCOREOBJS; i++) {
+			if (ScoreObjs[i] == this) {
+				ScoreObjs[i] = 0;
+			}
+		}
+		BlitList.Add (XPos*2, YPos*2, XPos*2, YPos*2,(Stage*6)+14, 8*2);
+		delete this;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	StillUpdating = true;
+
+	if (!Timer.Time()) {
+		Timer.Set(1);
+
+		/*
+		** Do 10 stages at once
+		*/
+		for (int wibble = 0 ; wibble < 10 ; wibble ++){
+
+			int pos = XPos+(Stage*6);
+			if (Stage) {
+
+				localstr[0]=((char *)DataPtr)[Stage-1];
+
+				/*
+				** Clear out the white letter overlay
+				*/
+				static char const _blackpal[]={BLACK,BLACK,BLACK,BLACK,BLACK,BLACK,BLACK,BLACK,BLACK,BLACK,BLACK,BLACK,BLACK,BLACK,BLACK,BLACK};
+				Set_Font_Palette(_blackpal);
+				TextPrintBuffer->Print(localstr, 2*(pos-6),2*(YPos-1),   TBLACK, TBLACK);
+				TextPrintBuffer->Print(localstr, 2*(pos-6),2*(YPos+1),   TBLACK, TBLACK);
+				TextPrintBuffer->Print(localstr, 2*(pos-6+1),2*(YPos),   TBLACK, TBLACK);
+
+				Set_Font_Palette(PrimaryPalette);
+				TextPrintBuffer->Print(localstr, 2*(pos-6),2*YPos,   TBLACK, TBLACK);
+			}
+			if (((char *)DataPtr)[Stage]) {
+				localstr[0]=((char *)DataPtr)[Stage];
+				Set_Font_Palette(_whitepal);
+				TextPrintBuffer->Print(localstr, pos*2,  2*(YPos-1), TBLACK, TBLACK);
+				TextPrintBuffer->Print(localstr, pos*2,  2*(YPos+1), TBLACK, TBLACK);
+				TextPrintBuffer->Print(localstr, (pos+1)*2,2*YPos  , TBLACK, TBLACK);
+			}
+			Stage++;
+
+			if ( ( (char *) DataPtr) [Stage-1] == 0 ) break;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ScoreScaleClass::ScoreScaleClass(void const * string, int xpos, int ypos, char const palette[]) :
+	ScoreAnimClass(xpos, ypos, string)
+{
+	Palette = &palette[0];
+	Stage = 5;
+}
+
+
+void ScoreScaleClass::Update(void)
+{
+	static int _destx[]={0,80,107,134,180,228};
+	static int _destw[]={6,20, 30, 40, 60, 80};
+
+	/*
+	** Restore the background for the scaled-up letter
+	*/
+	if (!Timer.Time()) {
+		Timer.Set(1);
+		if (Stage != 5) {
+			TextPrintBuffer->Blit(HidPage, _destx[Stage+1]*2, YPos*2, _destx[Stage+1]*2, YPos*2, _destw[Stage+1]*2, _destw[Stage+1]*2);
+			//SysMemPage.Blit(*PseudoSeenBuff, _destx[Stage+1], YPos, _destx[Stage+1], YPos, _destw[Stage+1], _destw[Stage+1]);
+		}
+		if (Stage) {
+			Set_Font_Palette(Palette);
+			TextPrintBuffer->Fill_Rect(0,0, 7*2,7*2, TBLACK);
+			TextPrintBuffer->Print((char *)DataPtr, 0,0,   TBLACK, TBLACK);
+			TextPrintBuffer->Scale(HidPage, 0,0, _destx[Stage]*2, YPos*2, 5*2,5*2, _destw[Stage]*2, _destw[Stage]*2, true);
+
+			//SysMemPage.Fill_Rect(0,0, 7,7, TBLACK);
+			//SysMemPage.Print((char *)DataPtr, 0,0,   TBLACK, TBLACK);
+			//SysMemPage.Scale(*PseudoSeenBuff, 0,0, _destx[Stage], YPos, 5,5, _destw[Stage], _destw[Stage], true);
+			Stage--;
+		} else {
+			Set_Font_Palette(Palette);
+			for (int i = 0; i < MAXSCOREOBJS; i++) {
+				if (ScoreObjs[i]==this) ScoreObjs[i] = 0;
+			}
+			TextPrintBuffer->Print((char *)DataPtr, XPos*2,YPos*2,   TBLACK, TBLACK);
+			//TextPrintBuffer->Blit(HidPage, XPos*2, YPos*2, XPos*2, YPos*2,2*6,2*6);
+			//BlitList.Add (XPos, YPos, XPos, YPos, 6,6);
+
+			//SysMemPage.Print((char *)DataPtr, XPos,YPos,   TBLACK, TBLACK);
+			//SysMemPage.Blit(*PseudoSeenBuff, XPos,YPos, XPos, YPos, 6,6);
+			delete this;
+			return;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+int Alloc_Object(ScoreAnimClass *obj)
+{
+	int i,ret;
+
+	for (i = ret = 0; i < MAXSCOREOBJS; i++) {
+		if (!ScoreObjs[i]) {
+			ScoreObjs[i] = obj;
+			ret = i;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	return(ret);
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+TextBlitClass::TextBlitClass (void)
+{
+	Clear();
+}
+
+
+
+void TextBlitClass::Add (int x, int y, int dx, int dy, int w, int h)
+{
+	if ( Count < MAX_ENTRIES ){
+
+		BlitListo [Count].SourceX	= x;
+		BlitListo [Count].SourceY	= y;
+		BlitListo [Count].DestX 	= dx;
+		BlitListo [Count].DestY 	= dy;
+		BlitListo [Count].Width		= w;
+		BlitListo [Count].Height	= h;
+
+		Count++;
+	}
+}
+
+
+void TextBlitClass::Clear(void)
+{
+	Count = 0;
+}
+
+
+
+
+void TextBlitClass::Update(void)
+{
+	if (TextPrintBuffer){
+
+		if (HidPage.Lock()){
+
+			for (int i=0 ; i<Count ; i++){
+
+				TextPrintBuffer->Blit (HidPage, BlitListo[i].SourceX,
+													BlitListo[i].SourceY,
+													BlitListo[i].DestX,
+													BlitListo[i].DestY,
+													BlitListo[i].Width,
+													BlitListo[i].Height,
+													true);
+			}
+
+			HidPage.Unlock();
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+void Disable_Uncompressed_Shapes (void);
+void Enable_Uncompressed_Shapes (void);
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ScoreClass::Presentation -- Main routine to display score screen.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the main routine that displays the score screen graphics.                        *
+ *    It gets called at the end of each scenario and is used to present                        *
+ *    the results and a rating of the player's battle.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/02/1994     : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void ScoreClass::Presentation(void)
+{
+	//static char const _redpal[]={0x20,0x21,0x22,0x23,0x24,0x25,0x26,0x27,0x28,0x29,0x2A,0x2B,0x2C,0x2D,0x21,0x2F};
+	static char const _redpal[]={0x20,0x22,0x24,0x26,0x28,0x28,0x28,0x28,0x28,0x29,0x2A,0x2B,0x2C,0x2D,0x21,0x2F};
+	static char const _greenpal[]={0x10,0x12,0x14,0x16,0x18,0x18,0x18,0x18,0x18,0x19,0x1A,0x1B,0x1C,0x1D,0x10,0x1F};
+	static char const _bluepal[]={0x60,0x62,0x64,0x66,0x68,0x68,0x68,0x68,0x68,0x69,0x6A,0x6B,0x6C,0x6D,0x61,0x6F};
+	//static char const _bluepal[]={0x60,0x61,0x62,0x63,0x64,0x65,0x66,0x67,0x68,0x69,0x6A,0x6B,0x6C,0x6D,0x61,0x6F};
+	static char const _yellowpal[]={0x0,0x0,0xEC,0x0,0xEB,0x0,0xEA,0x0,0xE9,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0xED,0x0};
+	static int const _casuax[2]={144,146};
+	static int const _casuay[2]={ 78, 90};
+	static int const _gditxx[2]={150,224};
+	static int const _gditxy[2]={ 90, 90};
+	static int const _nodtxx[2]={150,224};
+	static int const _nodtxy[2]={102,102};
+//	static int _bargrx[2]={297,SCORETEXT_X+64};
+//	static int _bargry[2]={ 90,CASUALTY_Y + 2};
+	static int const _bldggy[2]={138,128};
+	static int const _bldgny[2]={150,140};
+
+//	int gdikilled, nodkilled, civkilled, max, i, k, shapenum;
+	int i;
+	int max;
+	void const * yellowptr;
+	void const * redptr;
+	CCFileClass file(FAME_FILE_NAME);
+	struct Fame hallfame[NUMFAMENAMES];
+	void *anim, *oldfont;
+	int oldfontxspacing = FontXSpacing;
+	int house = PlayerPtr->Class->House;		// 0 or 1
+	char inter_pal[15];
+
+	/*
+	** Choose an appropriate palette file for the interpolation
+	*/
+	if (house == HOUSE_GOOD){
+		sprintf(inter_pal,"SCORPAL1.PAL");
+	}else{
+		sprintf(inter_pal,"SNODPAL1.PAL");
+	}
+
+
+	if (Special.IsJurassic && AreThingiesEnabled) return;
+
+	PseudoSeenBuff = new GraphicBufferClass(320,200,(void*)NULL);
+	TextPrintBuffer = new GraphicBufferClass(SeenBuff.Get_Width(), SeenBuff.Get_Height(), (void*)NULL);
+	TextPrintBuffer->Clear();
+	BlitList.Clear();
+	Disable_Uncompressed_Shapes ();
+
+	ControlQ = 0;
+	FontXSpacing = 0;
+	Map.Override_Mouse_Shape(MOUSE_NORMAL);
+	Theme.Queue_Song(THEME_WIN1);
+
+	VisiblePage.Clear();
+	PseudoSeenBuff->Clear();
+	SysMemPage.Clear();
+	WWMouse->Erase_Mouse(&HidPage, TRUE);
+	HiddenPage.Clear();
+	Set_Palette(BlackPalette);
+
+	Set_Logic_Page(SysMemPage);
+
+	void const * country4 = MixFileClass::Retrieve("COUNTRY4.AUD");
+	void const * sfx4 = MixFileClass::Retrieve("SFX4.AUD");
+	Beepy6 = MixFileClass::Retrieve("BEEPY6.AUD");
+
+	/*
+	** Load the background for the score screen
+	*/
+	anim = Open_Animation(ScreenNames[house],NULL,0L,(WSAOpenType)(WSA_OPEN_FROM_MEM | WSA_OPEN_TO_PAGE),Palette);
+
+	unsigned minutes = (unsigned)((ElapsedTime / (long)TIMER_MINUTE))+1;
+
+	/*
+	**	Determine leadership rating.
+	*/
+	unsigned leadership = 0;
+	for (int index = 0; index < Logic.Count(); index++) {
+		ObjectClass * object = Logic[index];
+		if (object->Owner() == house) {
+			leadership++;
+		}
+	}
+
+	HouseClass *houses[3];
+	for (index = 0; index < 3; index++) {
+		houses[index] =(HouseClass::As_Pointer((HousesType)(HOUSE_GOOD+index)));
+	}
+
+	GKilled  = (HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_GOOD))->UnitsLost;
+	NKilled  = (HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_BAD))->UnitsLost;
+	CKilled  = (HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_NEUTRAL))->UnitsLost;
+	GBKilled = (HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_GOOD))->BuildingsLost;
+	NBKilled = (HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_BAD))->BuildingsLost;
+	CBKilled = (HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_NEUTRAL))->BuildingsLost;
+
+	/*
+	** New  - ST 6/12/96 2:40PM
+	*/
+	GHarvested = (HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_GOOD))->HarvestedCredits;
+	NHarvested = (HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_BAD))->HarvestedCredits;
+
+	if (!leadership) leadership++;
+	leadership = Cardinal_To_Fixed(GKilled+GBKilled+leadership, leadership);
+	leadership = Fixed_To_Cardinal(100, leadership);
+	if (leadership > 100) leadership = 100;
+
+	/*
+	**	Determine efficiency rating.
+	*/
+	int gharv = GHarvested;
+	int init = PlayerPtr->InitialCredits;
+	int cred = PlayerPtr->Available_Money();
+
+	unsigned efficiency = Cardinal_To_Fixed( (house == HOUSE_GOOD ? GHarvested : NHarvested) + (unsigned)PlayerPtr->InitialCredits+1, (unsigned)PlayerPtr->Available_Money()+1);
+	if (!efficiency) efficiency++;
+	efficiency = Fixed_To_Cardinal(100, efficiency);
+
+	if (efficiency > 100) efficiency = 100;
+	/*
+	** Calculate total score
+	*/
+	long total = ((leadership * 40) + (4600) + (efficiency * 14))/100;
+	if (!total) total++;
+	total *= (BuildLevel+1);
+
+// Load up the shapes for the Nod score screen
+	if (house == HOUSE_GOOD) {
+		yellowptr = MixFileClass::Retrieve("BAR3YLW.SHP");
+		redptr = MixFileClass::Retrieve("BAR3RED.SHP");
+	}
+
+/* Change to the six-point font for Text_Print */
+	oldfont = Set_Font(ScoreFontPtr);
+	Call_Back();
+
+/* --- Now display the background animation --- */
+	Hide_Mouse();
+	Animate_Frame(anim, SysMemPage, 1);
+	SysMemPage.Blit(*PseudoSeenBuff);
+	Increase_Palette_Luminance (Palette , 30,30,30,63);
+	InterpolationPalette = Palette;
+	InterpolationPaletteChanged = TRUE;
+	Read_Interpolation_Palette(inter_pal);
+	Interpolate_2X_Scale( PseudoSeenBuff , &SeenBuff , inter_pal);
+	Fade_Palette_To(Palette, FADE_PALETTE_FAST, Call_Back);
+
+	Play_Sample(country4, 255, Options.Normalize_Sound(90));
+
+	int frame = 1;
+	StreamLowImpact = true;
+	while (frame < Get_Animation_Frame_Count(anim)) {
+		Animate_Frame(anim, *PseudoSeenBuff, frame++);
+		////////////////Interpolate_2X_Scale( PseudoSeenBuff , &SeenBuff , NULL);
+		Call_Back_Delay(2);
+	}
+	StreamLowImpact = false;
+	Call_Back();
+	Close_Animation(anim);
+
+	/*
+	** Background's up, so now load various shapes and animations
+	*/
+	void const * timeshape = MixFileClass::Retrieve("TIME.SHP");
+	ScoreObjs[0] = new ScoreTimeClass(233, 2, timeshape, 30, 4);
+
+	void const * hiscore1shape = MixFileClass::Retrieve("HISCORE1.SHP");
+	void const * hiscore2shape = MixFileClass::Retrieve("HISCORE2.SHP");
+	ScoreObjs[1] = new ScoreTimeClass(4, 97, hiscore1shape, 10, 4);
+	ScoreObjs[2] = new ScoreTimeClass(8, 172, hiscore2shape, 10, 4);
+
+	/* Now display the stuff */
+	PseudoSeenBuff->Blit(SysMemPage);
+
+
+	if (house == HOUSE_BAD) {
+
+		/*
+		** load the logo
+		*/
+		void const * logoptr = MixFileClass::Retrieve("LOGOS.SHP");
+		CC_Draw_Shape(logoptr, 1, 0, 0, WINDOW_MAIN, SHAPE_WIN_REL, 0, 0);
+
+		Bit_It_In_Scale(0,0, 128,104-16, &SysMemPage, PseudoSeenBuff, &SeenBuff , 1);
+	}
+
+	Set_Logic_Page(PseudoSeenBuff);
+
+#ifdef FRENCH
+	Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(TXT_SCORE_TIME, 200,  3,_greenpal));
+#else
+	Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(TXT_SCORE_TIME, 206,  3,_greenpal));
+#endif
+	Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(TXT_SCORE_LEAD, 182, 26,_greenpal));
+	Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(TXT_SCORE_EFFI, 182, 38,_greenpal));
+	Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(TXT_SCORE_TOTA, 182, 50,_greenpal));
+	Play_Sample(sfx4, 255, Options.Normalize_Sound(120));
+	Call_Back_Delay(13);
+
+	max = MAX((long)leadership, (long)efficiency);
+	int scorecounter = 0;
+	Keyboard::Clear();
+
+	BlitList.Add (264*2, 26*2, 264*2, 26*2, 4*12 , 12);
+	BlitList.Add (264*2, 38*2, 264*2, 38*2, 4*12 , 12);
+	BlitList.Add (264*2, 50*2, 264*2, 50*2, 4*12 , 12);
+	BlitList.Add (275*2, 9*2, 275*2, 9*2, 64, 12 );	//Minutes
+	for (i = 0; i <= 160; i++) {
+		Set_Font_Palette(_greenpal);
+		Count_Up_Print("%3d%%", i,    leadership,         264, 26);
+		if (i>=30) Count_Up_Print("%3d%%", i-30,    efficiency,         264, 38);
+		if (i>=60) {
+			Count_Up_Print("%3d",scorecounter, total,         264, 50);
+			scorecounter += total/100;
+		}
+		Print_Minutes(minutes);
+		Call_Back_Delay(1);
+		Play_Sample(Beepy6, 255, Options.Normalize_Sound(60));
+		if (Check_Key() && i < (max-5) ) {
+			i=158;
+			Keyboard::Clear();
+		}
+	}
+	Count_Up_Print("%3d", total, total, 264, 50);
+
+	Call_Back_Delay(60);
+
+	if (house == HOUSE_BAD) Show_Credits(house, _greenpal);
+
+	Call_Back_Delay(60);
+
+	/*
+	** Show stats on # of units killed
+	*/
+	Set_Logic_Page(*PseudoSeenBuff);
+	Play_Sample(sfx4, 255, Options.Normalize_Sound(90));
+	Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(TXT_SCORE_CASU, _casuax[house], _casuay[house],_redpal));
+	Call_Back_Delay(9);
+	if (house == HOUSE_BAD) {
+		Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(TXT_SCORE_NEUT, 200, 114,_redpal));
+		Call_Back_Delay(4);
+	}
+
+	Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(TXT_SCORE_GDI, _gditxx[house], _gditxy[house],_redpal));
+	Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(TXT_SCORE_NOD, _nodtxx[house], _nodtxy[house],_redpal));
+	Call_Back_Delay(6);
+
+	Set_Font_Palette(_redpal);
+	if (house == HOUSE_BAD) {
+		Do_Nod_Casualties_Graph();
+	} else {
+		Do_GDI_Graph(yellowptr, redptr, GKilled + CKilled, NKilled, 88);
+	}
+
+	Set_Logic_Page(*PseudoSeenBuff);
+
+	/*
+	** Print out stats on buildings destroyed
+	*/
+	Play_Sample(sfx4, 255, Options.Normalize_Sound(90));
+	if (house == HOUSE_GOOD) {
+		Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(TXT_SCORE_BUIL, 144, 126,_greenpal));
+		Call_Back_Delay(9);
+	} else {
+		Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(TXT_SCORE_BUIL1, 146, 128,_greenpal));
+		Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(TXT_SCORE_BUIL2, 146, 136,_greenpal));
+		Call_Back_Delay(9);
+		Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(TXT_SCORE_NEUT, 200, 152,_greenpal));
+		Call_Back_Delay(4);
+	}
+	Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(TXT_SCORE_GDI, _gditxx[house], _bldggy[house],_greenpal));
+	Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(TXT_SCORE_NOD, _gditxx[house], _bldgny[house],_greenpal));
+	Call_Back_Delay(7);
+
+	if (house==HOUSE_BAD) {
+		Call_Back_Delay(6);
+		Set_Font_Palette(_greenpal);
+		Do_Nod_Buildings_Graph();
+	} else {
+		Do_GDI_Graph(yellowptr, redptr, GBKilled + CBKilled, NBKilled, 136);
+	}
+
+	// Wait for text printing to complete
+	while (StillUpdating){
+		Call_Back_Delay(1);
+	}
+
+	if (Keyboard::Check()) Keyboard::Clear();
+
+	if (house == HOUSE_GOOD) Show_Credits(house, _greenpal);
+
+	/*
+	** Hall of fame display and processing
+	*/
+	Play_Sample(sfx4, 255, Options.Normalize_Sound(90));
+	Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(TXT_SCORE_TOP, 28, 110,_bluepal));
+	Call_Back_Delay(9);
+
+	/*
+	** First check for the existence of the file, and if there isn't one,
+	** make a new one filled with blanks.
+	*/
+	if (!file.Is_Available()) {
+
+		// hall of fame doesn't exist, so blank it out & write it
+		file.Open(WRITE);
+
+		for (i = 0; i < NUMFAMENAMES; i++) {
+			hallfame[i].name[0] =
+			hallfame[i].score   =
+			hallfame[i].level   = 0;
+			file.Write(&hallfame[i], sizeof(struct Fame));
+		}
+
+		file.Close();
+	}
+
+	file.Open(READ);
+	for (i = 0; i < NUMFAMENAMES; i++) {
+		file.Read(&hallfame[i], sizeof(struct Fame));
+	}
+	file.Close();
+
+	/*
+	** If the player's score is good enough to bump someone off the list,
+	** remove their data, move everyone down a notch, and set index = where
+	** their info goes
+	*/
+	if(hallfame[NUMFAMENAMES-1].score >= total)
+								hallfame[NUMFAMENAMES-1].score = 0;
+	for (index = 0; index < NUMFAMENAMES; index++) {
+		if (total > hallfame[index].score) {
+			if (index < (NUMFAMENAMES-1)) for (i = (NUMFAMENAMES-1); i > index; i--) hallfame[i] = hallfame[i-1];
+			hallfame[index].score = total;
+			hallfame[index].level = Scenario;
+//			hallfame[index].level = BuildLevel;
+			//hallfame[index].name[0] = 0;	// blank out the name
+			memset (hallfame[index].name, ' ', sizeof (hallfame[index].name) -1);
+			hallfame[index].name[sizeof (hallfame[index].name)-1] = 0;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Now display the hall of fame
+	*/
+	Set_Logic_Page(*PseudoSeenBuff);
+	for (i = 0; i < NUMFAMENAMES; i++) {
+		Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(hallfame[i].name, HALLFAME_X, HALLFAME_Y + (i*8), _bluepal));
+		if (hallfame[i].score) {
+			char *str = (char *)(SysMemPage.Get_Buffer()) + i*32;
+			sprintf(str,"%d", hallfame[i].score);
+			Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(str, HALLFAME_X+(6*15), HALLFAME_Y + (i*8), _bluepal, BLACK));
+			if (hallfame[i].level < 20) {
+				sprintf(str+16,"%d", hallfame[i].level);
+			} else {
+				strcpy(str+16, "**");
+			}
+			Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(str+16, HALLFAME_X+(6*12), HALLFAME_Y + (i*8), _bluepal, BLACK));
+			Call_Back_Delay(13);
+		}
+	}
+
+	// Wait for text printing to complete
+	while (StillUpdating){
+		Call_Back_Delay(1);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** If the player's on the hall of fame, have him enter his name now
+	*/
+	Keyboard::Clear();
+	if (index < NUMFAMENAMES) {
+		Input_Name(hallfame[index].name, HALLFAME_X, HALLFAME_Y + (index*8), _bluepal);
+
+		file.Open(WRITE);
+		for (i = 0; i < NUMFAMENAMES; i++) {
+			file.Write(&hallfame[i], sizeof(struct Fame));
+		}
+		file.Close();
+	} else {
+#ifdef FRENCH
+		Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(TXT_MAP_CLICK2, 145, 190, _yellowpal));
+#else
+		Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(TXT_MAP_CLICK2, 149, 190, _yellowpal));
+#endif
+		Cycle_Wait_Click();
+	}
+
+#ifdef WRITE_LBM
+	file.Open("e:scorscrn.lbm",WRITE);
+	SeenBuff.Blit(SysMemPage,0,0, 0,0, 320,200);
+	CCWrite_LBM_File(file, SysMemPage, 8, Palette);
+	file.Close();
+#endif
+
+	Keyboard::Clear();
+
+/* get rid of all the animating objects */
+	for (i = 0; i < MAXSCOREOBJS; i++) if (ScoreObjs[i]) {
+		delete ScoreObjs[i];
+		ScoreObjs[i] = 0;
+	}
+	Fade_Palette_To(BlackPalette, FADE_PALETTE_FAST, NULL);
+	VisiblePage.Clear();
+
+	Show_Mouse();
+//	Map_Selection();
+
+	Theme.Queue_Song(THEME_NONE);
+
+	Fade_Palette_To(BlackPalette, FADE_PALETTE_FAST, NULL);
+	VisiblePage.Clear();
+	Set_Palette(GamePalette);
+
+	Set_Font(oldfont);
+	FontXSpacing = oldfontxspacing;
+	ControlQ = 0;
+
+	Set_Logic_Page (SeenBuff);
+
+	delete PseudoSeenBuff;
+	delete TextPrintBuffer;
+	TextPrintBuffer = NULL;
+	BlitList.Clear();
+	Enable_Uncompressed_Shapes();
+}
+
+
+void Cycle_Wait_Click(void)
+{
+	int counter;
+	int minclicks = 20;
+	unsigned long timingtime = TickCount.Time();
+	SerialPacketType sendpacket;
+	SerialPacketType receivepacket;
+	int packetlen;
+
+
+	Keyboard::Clear();
+	while (minclicks || (!Check_Key() && !ControlQ) ) {
+
+		if (GameToPlay == GAME_NULL_MODEM ||
+			GameToPlay == GAME_MODEM){
+			//GameToPlay == GAME_INTERNET) {
+
+			//
+			// send a timing packet if enough time has gone by.
+			//
+			if ( (TickCount.Time() - timingtime) > PACKET_TIMING_TIMEOUT) {
+				sendpacket.Command = SERIAL_SCORE_SCREEN;
+				sendpacket.ResponseTime = NullModem.Response_Time();
+				sendpacket.ID = ModemGameToPlay;
+
+				NullModem.Send_Message (&sendpacket, sizeof(sendpacket), 0);
+				timingtime = TickCount.Time();
+			}
+
+			if (NullModem.Get_Message (&receivepacket, &packetlen) > 0) {
+				// throw packet away
+				packetlen = packetlen;
+			}
+
+			NullModem.Service();
+		}
+
+		Call_Back_Delay(1);
+		if (minclicks) {
+			minclicks--;
+			Keyboard::Clear();
+		}
+
+		counter = ((++counter) & 7);
+
+		if (!counter) {
+			unsigned char r,g,b;
+
+			r = Palette[233*3+0];
+			g = Palette[233*3+1];
+			b = Palette[233*3+2];
+
+			for (int i = 233; i < 237; i++) {
+				Palette[i*3+0] = Palette[(i+1)*3+0];
+				Palette[i*3+1] = Palette[(i+1)*3+1];
+				Palette[i*3+2] = Palette[(i+1)*3+2];
+			}
+			Palette[237*3+0] = r;
+			Palette[237*3+1] = g;
+			Palette[237*3+2] = b;
+
+			Set_Palette(Palette);
+		}
+	}
+	Keyboard::Clear();
+}
+
+void ScoreClass::Do_Nod_Buildings_Graph(void)
+{
+	int shapenum;
+	InfantryTypeClass const *ramboclass;
+
+	void const * factptr   = MixFileClass::Retrieve("FACT.SHP");
+	void const * rmboptr   = MixFileClass::Retrieve("RMBO.SHP");
+	void const * fball1ptr = MixFileClass::Retrieve("FBALL1.SHP");
+	ramboclass = &InfantryTypeClass::As_Reference(INFANTRY_E5);
+
+	/*
+	** Print the # of buildings on the hidpage so we only need to do it once
+	*/
+	PseudoSeenBuff->Blit(SysMemPage);
+	Set_Logic_Page(SysMemPage);
+	Call_Back_Delay(30);
+	BlitList.Add (2* (BUILDING_X + 8), 2* (BUILDING_Y), 2* (BUILDING_X+8), 2* (BUILDING_Y), 5*12 , 12);
+	BlitList.Add (2* (BUILDING_X + 8), 2* (BUILDING_Y + 12), 2* (BUILDING_X+8), 2* (BUILDING_Y + 12), 5*12 , 12);
+	BlitList.Add (2* (BUILDING_X + 8), 2* (BUILDING_Y + 24), 2* (BUILDING_X+8), 2* (BUILDING_Y + 24), 5*12 , 12);
+
+	TextPrintBuffer->Print( 0, (BUILDING_X + 8)*2, BUILDING_Y*2,      TBLACK, TBLACK);
+	TextPrintBuffer->Print( 0, (BUILDING_X + 8)*2, (BUILDING_Y + 12)*2, TBLACK, TBLACK);
+	TextPrintBuffer->Print( 0, (BUILDING_X + 8)*2, (BUILDING_Y + 24)*2, TBLACK, TBLACK);
+
+	/*
+	** Here's the animation/draw loop for blowing up the factory
+	*/
+	for (int i=0; i<98; i++) {
+		SysMemPage.Blit(SysMemPage, BUILDING_X, BUILDING_Y, 0, 0, 320-BUILDING_X,48);
+		shapenum = 0;	// no damage
+		if (i >= 60) {
+			shapenum = Extract_Shape_Count(factptr) - 2;	// some damage
+			if (i == 60) {
+				Shake_Screen(6);
+				Sound_Effect(VOC_CRUMBLE, VOL_FULL, 0);
+			}
+			if (i > 65) {
+				shapenum = Extract_Shape_Count(factptr) - 1;	// mega damage
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		** Draw the building before Rambo
+		*/
+		if (i < 68) {
+			CC_Draw_Shape(factptr,shapenum, 0, 0, WINDOW_MAIN,
+					  SHAPE_FADING|SHAPE_WIN_REL, ScoreRemapBldg,Map.UnitShadow);
+
+		}
+
+		/*
+		** Now draw some fires, if appropriate
+		*/
+		if (i >= 61) {
+			int firecount = Extract_Shape_Count(fball1ptr);
+			int shapeindex = (i-61)>>1;
+			if (shapeindex < firecount) {
+				CC_Draw_Shape(fball1ptr, shapeindex, 10, 10, WINDOW_MAIN,
+					  SHAPE_FADING|SHAPE_CENTER|SHAPE_WIN_REL,//|SHAPE_GHOST,
+					  ScoreRemapFBall,0);
+			}
+			if (i > 64) {
+				shapeindex = (i-64)>>1;
+				if (shapeindex < firecount) {
+					CC_Draw_Shape(fball1ptr, shapeindex, 50, 30, WINDOW_MAIN,
+						  SHAPE_FADING|SHAPE_CENTER|SHAPE_WIN_REL,//|SHAPE_GHOST,
+						  ScoreRemapFBall,0);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		/*
+		** Draw the Rambo character running away from the building
+		*/
+		CC_Draw_Shape(rmboptr, (ramboclass->DoControls[DO_WALK].Frame + ramboclass->DoControls[DO_WALK].Jump*6) + ((i>>1)%ramboclass->DoControls[DO_WALK].Count),
+						  i+32, 40, WINDOW_MAIN,
+						  SHAPE_FADING|SHAPE_CENTER|SHAPE_WIN_REL,//|SHAPE_GHOST,
+						  ScoreRemapYellow,Map.UnitShadow);
+		SysMemPage.Blit(*PseudoSeenBuff, 0, 0, BUILDING_X, BUILDING_Y, 320-BUILDING_X,48);
+
+		/*
+		** Extra font related stuff. ST - 7/29/96 2:22PM
+		*/
+		Interpolate_2X_Scale(PseudoSeenBuff , &HidPage ,NULL);
+		BlitList.Update();
+		WWMouse->Draw_Mouse(&HidPage);
+		HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+		WWMouse->Erase_Mouse(&HidPage, TRUE);
+		//Interpolate_2X_Scale( PseudoSeenBuff , &SeenBuff , NULL);
+
+		if (!Check_Key()) Call_Back_Delay(1);
+	}
+
+	i = MAX(GBKilled, NBKilled);
+	i = MAX(i, CBKilled);
+
+	for (int q = 0; q <= i; q++) {
+		Count_Up_Print( "%d", q, GBKilled,BUILDING_X + 8,BUILDING_Y     );
+		Count_Up_Print( "%d", q, NBKilled,BUILDING_X + 8,BUILDING_Y + 12);
+		Count_Up_Print( "%d", q, CBKilled,BUILDING_X + 8,BUILDING_Y + 24);
+		if (!Check_Key()) {
+			Play_Sample(Beepy6, 255, Options.Normalize_Sound(110));
+			Call_Back_Delay(1);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * DO_GDI_GRAPH -- Show # of people or buildings killed on GDI score screen*
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:   yellowptr, redptr = pointers to shape file for graphs          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/03/1995 BWG : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+
+void ScoreClass::Do_GDI_Graph(void const * yellowptr, void const * redptr, int gkilled, int nkilled, int ypos)
+{
+	int i, max;
+	int gdikilled = gkilled, nodkilled=nkilled;
+
+	max = MAX(gdikilled, nodkilled);
+	if (!max) max=1;
+
+	gdikilled = (gdikilled * SIZEGBAR) / max;
+	nodkilled = (nodkilled * SIZEGBAR) / max;
+	if (max < 20) {
+		gdikilled = gkilled * 5;
+		nodkilled = nkilled * 5;
+	}
+
+	max = MAX(gdikilled, nodkilled);
+	if (!max) max=1;
+
+	// Draw the white-flash shape on the hidpage
+	Set_Logic_Page(SysMemPage);
+	SysMemPage.Fill_Rect(0,0, 124,9, TBLACK);
+	CC_Draw_Shape(redptr, 120, 0,0, WINDOW_MAIN,SHAPE_WIN_REL, 0, 0);
+	Set_Logic_Page(PseudoSeenBuff);
+
+	BlitList.Add (2* 297, 2* (ypos+2), 2* 297, 2* (ypos+2), 5*12 , 12);
+
+	for (i = 1; i <= gdikilled; i++) {
+		if (i != gdikilled) {
+			CC_Draw_Shape(yellowptr,i, 172, ypos, WINDOW_MAIN,SHAPE_WIN_REL, 0, 0);
+		} else {
+			SysMemPage.Blit(*PseudoSeenBuff,0,0, 172, ypos, 3+gdikilled,9);
+		}
+
+		Count_Up_Print("%d", (i*gkilled) / max, gkilled, 297, ypos+2);
+		if (!Check_Key()) {
+			Play_Sample(Beepy6, 255, Options.Normalize_Sound(110));
+			Call_Back_Delay(2);
+		}
+	}
+	CC_Draw_Shape(yellowptr,gdikilled, 172,ypos   , WINDOW_MAIN,SHAPE_WIN_REL, 0, 0);
+	Count_Up_Print("%d", gkilled, gkilled, 297, ypos+ 2);
+	if (!Check_Key()) Call_Back_Delay(40);
+
+	BlitList.Add (2* 297, 2* (ypos+14), 2* 297, 2* (ypos+14), 5*12 , 12);
+	for (i = 1; i <= nodkilled; i++) {
+		if (i != nodkilled) {
+			CC_Draw_Shape(redptr, i, 172, ypos+12, WINDOW_MAIN,SHAPE_WIN_REL, 0, 0);
+		} else {
+			SysMemPage.Blit(*PseudoSeenBuff,0,0, 172,ypos+12, 3+nodkilled,9);
+		}
+
+		Count_Up_Print("%d", (i*nkilled) / max, nkilled, 297, ypos+14);
+		if (!Check_Key()) {
+			Play_Sample(Beepy6, 255, Options.Normalize_Sound(110));
+			Call_Back_Delay(2);
+		}
+	}
+
+//	if (Keyboard::Check()) Keyboard::Clear();
+
+	/*
+	** Make sure accurate count is printed at end
+	*/
+	CC_Draw_Shape(   redptr,nodkilled, 172,ypos+12, WINDOW_MAIN,SHAPE_WIN_REL, 0, 0);
+	Count_Up_Print("%d", nkilled, nkilled, 297, ypos+14);
+	if (!Check_Key()) Call_Back_Delay(40);
+}
+
+
+void ScoreClass::Do_Nod_Casualties_Graph(void)
+{
+	int i, gdikilled, nodkilled, civkilled, max;
+
+	void const * e1ptr = MixFileClass::Retrieve("E1.SHP");
+	void const * c1ptr = MixFileClass::Retrieve("C1.SHP");
+
+	gdikilled = GKilled;
+	nodkilled = NKilled;
+	civkilled = CKilled;
+	max = MAX(gdikilled, nodkilled);
+	max = MAX(max, civkilled);
+
+	if (!max) max=1;
+	if ((gdikilled > (MAX_BAR_X - BARGRAPH_X)) || (nodkilled > (MAX_BAR_X - BARGRAPH_X)) || (civkilled > (MAX_BAR_X - BARGRAPH_X))) {
+		gdikilled = (gdikilled * (MAX_BAR_X - BARGRAPH_X)) / max;
+		nodkilled = (nodkilled * (MAX_BAR_X - BARGRAPH_X)) / max;
+		civkilled = (civkilled * (MAX_BAR_X - BARGRAPH_X)) / max;
+	}
+
+	max = MAX(gdikilled, nodkilled);
+	max = MAX(max, civkilled);
+	if (!max) max=1;
+
+	/*
+	** Initialize a bunch of objects for the infantrymen who pose for the bar
+	** graphs of casualties.
+	*/
+	int q = NUMINFANTRYMEN/3;
+	int r = q*2;
+	for (i = 0; i < NUMINFANTRYMEN/3; i++) {
+		InfantryMan[i+0].xpos =
+		InfantryMan[i+q].xpos =
+		InfantryMan[i+r].xpos =  (i*10) + 7;
+		InfantryMan[i+0].ypos = 11;
+		InfantryMan[i+q].ypos = 21;
+		InfantryMan[i+r].ypos = 31;
+		InfantryMan[i+0].shapefile =
+		InfantryMan[i+q].shapefile = e1ptr;
+		InfantryMan[i+r].shapefile = c1ptr;
+		InfantryMan[i+0].remap = ScoreRemapYellow;
+		InfantryMan[i+q].remap = ScoreRemapGrey;
+		InfantryMan[i+r].remap = RemapCiv;
+		InfantryMan[i+0].anim  =
+		InfantryMan[i+q].anim  =
+		InfantryMan[i+r].anim  = 0;
+		InfantryMan[i+0].stage =
+		InfantryMan[i+q].stage =
+		InfantryMan[i+r].stage = 0;
+		InfantryMan[i+0].delay =
+		InfantryMan[i+q].delay =
+		InfantryMan[i+r].delay = Random() & 0x1F;
+		InfantryMan[i+0].Class =
+		InfantryMan[i+q].Class = &InfantryTypeClass::As_Reference(INFANTRY_E1);
+		InfantryMan[i+r].Class = &InfantryTypeClass::As_Reference(INFANTRY_C1);
+
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Draw the infantrymen and pause briefly before running the graph
+	*/
+	Draw_InfantryMen();
+	SysMemPage.Blit(*PseudoSeenBuff, 0, 0, BARGRAPH_X, CASUALTY_Y, 320-BARGRAPH_X, 34);
+	//Interpolate_2X_Scale( PseudoSeenBuff , &SeenBuff, NULL);
+	/*
+	** Extra font related stuff. ST - 7/29/96 2:22PM
+	*/
+	Interpolate_2X_Scale(PseudoSeenBuff , &HidPage ,NULL);
+	BlitList.Update();
+	WWMouse->Draw_Mouse(&HidPage);
+	HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+	WWMouse->Erase_Mouse(&HidPage, TRUE);
+
+	Call_Back_Delay(40);
+
+	BlitList.Add (2* (SCORETEXT_X + 64), 2* (CASUALTY_Y + 2), 2* (SCORETEXT_X + 64), 2* (CASUALTY_Y + 2), 5*12 , 12);
+	BlitList.Add (2* (SCORETEXT_X + 64), 2* (CASUALTY_Y + 14), 2* (SCORETEXT_X + 64), 2* (CASUALTY_Y + 14), 5*12 , 12);
+	BlitList.Add (2* (SCORETEXT_X + 64), 2* (CASUALTY_Y + 26), 2* (SCORETEXT_X + 64), 2* (CASUALTY_Y + 26), 5*12 , 12);
+
+	for (i = 1; i <= max; i++) {
+		// Draw & update infantrymen 3 times for every tick on the graph (i)
+		for (int q = 0; q < 3; q++) {
+			Draw_InfantryMen();
+			Draw_Bar_Graphs(i, gdikilled, nodkilled, civkilled);
+			SysMemPage.Blit(*PseudoSeenBuff, 0, 0, BARGRAPH_X, CASUALTY_Y, 320-BARGRAPH_X, 34);
+
+			Count_Up_Print("%d", (i*GKilled) / max, GKilled, SCORETEXT_X+64, CASUALTY_Y +  2);
+			Count_Up_Print("%d", (i*NKilled) / max, NKilled, SCORETEXT_X+64, CASUALTY_Y + 14);
+			Count_Up_Print("%d", (i*CKilled) / max, CKilled, SCORETEXT_X+64, CASUALTY_Y + 26);
+			if (!Check_Key()) Call_Back_Delay(3);
+		}
+		Play_Sample(Beepy6, 255, Options.Normalize_Sound(110));
+	}
+	if (Check_Key()) Keyboard::Clear();
+
+	/*
+	** Make sure accurate count is printed at end
+	*/
+	Count_Up_Print("%d", GKilled, GKilled, SCORETEXT_X+64, CASUALTY_Y +  2);
+	Count_Up_Print("%d", NKilled, NKilled, SCORETEXT_X+64, CASUALTY_Y + 14);
+	Count_Up_Print("%d", CKilled, CKilled, SCORETEXT_X+64, CASUALTY_Y + 26);
+
+	/*
+	** Finish up death animations, if there are any active
+	*/
+	int k = 1;
+	while (k) {
+		for (i=k=0; i<NUMINFANTRYMEN; i++) if (InfantryMan[i].anim >= DO_GUN_DEATH) k=1;
+		if (k) Draw_InfantryMen();
+		Draw_Bar_Graphs(max, gdikilled, nodkilled, civkilled);
+		SysMemPage.Blit(*PseudoSeenBuff, 0, 0, BARGRAPH_X, CASUALTY_Y, 320-BARGRAPH_X, 34);
+		Call_Back_Delay(1);
+	}
+}
+
+
+void ScoreClass::Show_Credits(int house, char const pal[])
+{
+	static int _credsx[2]={276,276};
+	static int _credsy[2]={173,58};
+	static int _credpx[2]={228,236};
+#ifdef GERMAN
+	static int _credpy[2]={181, 74};
+	static int _credtx[2]={162,162};
+	static int _credty[2]={173, 62};
+#else
+	static int _credpy[2]={189-12, 74};
+	static int _credtx[2]={182,182};
+	static int _credty[2]={179-12, 62};
+#endif
+
+	int credobj,i;
+	int min,add;
+
+	void const * credshape = MixFileClass::Retrieve("CREDS.SHP");
+
+	Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(TXT_SCORE_ENDCRED, _credtx[house], _credty[house],pal));
+	Call_Back_Delay(15);
+
+	credobj = Alloc_Object(new ScoreCredsClass(_credsx[house], _credsy[house], credshape, 32, 2));
+	min = PlayerPtr->Available_Money() / 100;
+
+	/*
+	** Print out total credits left at end of scenario
+	*/
+	i = -50;
+
+	BlitList.Add (2* (_credpx[house]), 2* (_credpy[house]), 2* (_credpx[house]), 2* (_credpy[house]), 5*12 , 12);
+
+	do {
+		add = 5;
+		if ((PlayerPtr->Available_Money() - i) > 100 ) add += 15;
+		if ((PlayerPtr->Available_Money() - i) > 1000) add += 30;
+		if (add < min) add = min;
+		i += add;
+
+		if (i < 0) i=0;
+
+		Set_Font_Palette(pal);
+		Count_Up_Print("%d", i, PlayerPtr->Available_Money(), _credpx[house], _credpy[house]);
+		Call_Back_Delay(2);
+		if (Check_Key()) {
+			i=PlayerPtr->Available_Money() - 5;
+			Keyboard::Clear();
+		}
+	} while (i < PlayerPtr->Available_Money()) ;
+
+	// Make sure the credits object doesn't freeze on the white stage
+	while (((ScoreTimeClass *)ScoreObjs[credobj])->Stage >= 20 && !ControlQ) {
+		Call_Back_Delay(1);
+	}
+	delete ScoreObjs[credobj];
+	ScoreObjs[credobj] = 0;
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * SCORECLASS::PRINT_MINUTES -- Print out hours/minutes up to max          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *    Same as count-up-print, but for the time                             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:   current minute count and maximum                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   04/13/1995 BWG : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void ScoreClass::Print_Minutes(int minutes)
+{
+	char str[20];
+	if (minutes >= 60) {
+		if ((minutes/60) > 9) minutes = (9*60 + 59);
+		sprintf(str,Text_String(TXT_SCORE_TIMEFORMAT1), (minutes / 60),(minutes % 60));
+	} else {
+		sprintf(str,Text_String(TXT_SCORE_TIMEFORMAT2), minutes);
+	}
+	TextPrintBuffer->Print(str, 275*2, 9*2, TBLACK, TBLACK);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ScoreClass::Count_Up_Print -- Prints a number (up to its max) into a string, cleanly.       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine prints out a number (like 70) or its maximum number, into a string,   onto  *
+ *    the screen, on a clean section of the screen, and blits it forward to the seenpage so you*
+ *    can print without flashing and can print over something (to count up %'s).               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   str = string to print into                                                         *
+ *            percent = # to print                                                             *
+ *            max = # to print if percent > max                                                *
+ *            xpos = x pixel coord                                                             *
+ *            ypos = y pixel coord                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   04/07/1995 BWG : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void ScoreClass::Count_Up_Print(char *str, int percent, int max, int xpos, int ypos)
+{
+	char destbuf[64];
+	int width;
+
+	sprintf(destbuf, str, percent <= max ? percent : max);
+	width = strlen(destbuf) * 7;
+
+
+
+
+//	HidPage.Blit(HidPage, xpos, ypos, 0, 0, width, 8);
+//	Set_Logic_Page(HidPage);
+//	LogicPage->Print(	destbuf, 0, 0, WHITE, TBLACK);
+//	HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff, 0, 0, xpos, ypos, width, 8);
+
+	TextPrintBuffer->Fill_Rect (xpos*2, ypos*2, (xpos + width)*2, (ypos+7)*2, BLACK);
+	TextPrintBuffer->Print (destbuf, xpos*2, ypos*2, WHITE, TBLACK);
+
+
+	//TextPrintBuffer->Blit(*TextPrintBuffer, xpos*2, ypos*2, 0, 0, width*2, 8*2);
+	//TextPrintBuffer->Print(destbuf, 0, 0, WHITE, TBLACK);
+	//TextPrintBuffer->Blit(SeenBuff, 0, 0, xpos*2, ypos*2, width*2, 8*2);
+
+//	PseudoSeenBuff->Print(	destbuf, xpos, ypos, TBLACK, BLACK);
+//	Interpolate_2X_Scale( PseudoSeenBuff , &SeenBuff , NULL);
+
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ScoreClass::Input_Name -- Gets the name from the keyboard                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *      This routine handles keyboard input, and does a nifty zooming letter effect too.       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   str = string to put user's typing into                                             *
+ *            xpos = x pixel coord                                                             *
+ *            ypos = y pixel coord                                                             *
+ *            pal  = text remapping palette to print using                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/15/1995 BWG : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void ScoreClass::Input_Name(char str[], int xpos, int ypos, char const pal[])
+{
+	int key, ascii, index=0;
+
+	void const * keystrok = MixFileClass::Retrieve("KEYSTROK.AUD");
+
+	/*
+	** Ready the hidpage so it can restore background under zoomed letters
+	*/
+	PseudoSeenBuff->Blit(SysMemPage);
+
+	do {
+		Call_Back();
+		Animate_Score_Objs();
+		Animate_Cursor(index, ypos);
+		/*
+		** Extra font related stuff. ST - 7/29/96 2:22PM
+		*/
+		Interpolate_2X_Scale (PseudoSeenBuff , &HidPage ,NULL);
+		BlitList.Update();
+		HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+
+		if (Check_Key()) {						//if (Keyboard::Check()) {
+			key = Get_Key();						//key = Keyboard::Get();
+
+			if (index == MAX_FAMENAME_LENGTH-2) {
+				while (Check_Key()) {
+					Get_Key();
+				}
+			}
+
+			/*
+			** If they hit 'backspace' when they're on the last letter,
+			** turn it into a space instead.
+			*/
+			if ((key == KA_BACKSPACE) && (index == MAX_FAMENAME_LENGTH-2) ) {
+				if (str[index] && str[index]!=32) key = 32;
+			}
+			if (key == KA_BACKSPACE) {							//if (key == KN_BACKSPACE) {
+				if (index) {
+					str[--index] = 0;
+
+					int xposindex6 = xpos+(index*6);
+
+					PseudoSeenBuff->Fill_Rect(xposindex6,ypos,xposindex6+6,ypos+6,TBLACK);
+					SysMemPage.Fill_Rect(xposindex6,ypos,xposindex6+6,ypos+6,TBLACK);
+					TextPrintBuffer->Fill_Rect(xposindex6*2,ypos*2,(xposindex6+6)*2,(ypos+6)*2, BLACK);
+				}
+
+			} else if (key!=KA_RETURN) {				//else if (key != KN_RETURN && key!=KN_KEYPAD_RETURN) {
+				ascii = key;					//ascii = KN_To_KA(key);
+				if (ascii >= 'a' && ascii <= 'z') ascii -= ('a' - 'A');
+//if (ascii >='A' && ascii<='Z' || ascii == ' ') {
+if ( (ascii >= '!' && ascii <= KA_TILDA) || ascii == ' ') {
+					PseudoSeenBuff->Fill_Rect(xpos + (index*6), ypos, xpos + (index*6)+6, ypos+5, TBLACK);
+					 SysMemPage.Fill_Rect(xpos + (index*6), ypos, xpos + (index*6)+6, ypos+5, TBLACK);
+					TextPrintBuffer->Fill_Rect(2*(xpos + (index*6)), ypos*2, 2*(xpos + (index*6)+6), 2*(ypos+6), BLACK);
+					str[index] = ascii;
+					str[index+1] = 0;
+
+					int objindex;
+					Play_Sample(keystrok, 255, Options.Normalize_Sound(255));
+					objindex = Alloc_Object(new ScoreScaleClass(str+index,xpos+(index*6), ypos, pal));
+					while (ScoreObjs[objindex]) Call_Back_Delay(1);
+
+					if (index < (MAX_FAMENAME_LENGTH-2) ) index++;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	} while(key!=KA_RETURN);							//	} while(key != KN_RETURN && key!=KN_KEYPAD_RETURN);
+}
+
+
+void Animate_Cursor(int pos, int ypos)
+{
+	static int _lastpos, _state;
+	static CountDownTimerClass _timer;
+
+	ypos += 7;	// move cursor to bottom of letter
+
+	// If they moved the cursor, erase old one and force state=0, to make green draw right away
+	if (pos != _lastpos) {
+		PseudoSeenBuff->Draw_Line(HALLFAME_X + (_lastpos*6),ypos, HALLFAME_X + (_lastpos*6) + 5, ypos, TBLACK);
+		TextPrintBuffer->Fill_Rect(2*(HALLFAME_X + (_lastpos*6)),2*ypos, 2*(HALLFAME_X + (_lastpos*6) + 5), 2*ypos+1, BLACK);
+		_lastpos = pos;
+		_state = 0;
+	}
+
+	PseudoSeenBuff->Draw_Line(HALLFAME_X + (pos*6),ypos, HALLFAME_X + (pos*6)+5, ypos, _state ? LTBLUE : TBLACK);
+	TextPrintBuffer->Fill_Rect(2*(HALLFAME_X + (pos*6)),2*ypos, 2*(HALLFAME_X + (pos*6)+5), 2*ypos+1, _state ? LTBLUE : BLACK);
+
+	/*
+	** Toggle the color of the cursor, green or black, if it's time to do so.
+	*/
+	if (!_timer.Time()) {
+		_state ^= 1;
+		_timer.Set(5);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Draw_InfantryMen -- Draw all the guys on the score screen               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   04/13/1995 BWG : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void Draw_InfantryMen()
+{
+	int k;
+
+// Only draw the infantrymen if we're playing Nod... GDI wouldn't execute
+//	people like that.
+
+	/*
+	** First restore the background
+	*/
+	SysMemPage.Blit(SysMemPage, BARGRAPH_X, CASUALTY_Y, 0, 0, 320-BARGRAPH_X, 34);
+	Set_Logic_Page(SysMemPage);
+
+	/*
+	** Then draw all the infantrymen on the clean SysMemPage
+	*/
+	for (k = 0; k < NUMINFANTRYMEN; k++) Draw_InfantryMan(k);
+	/*
+	** They'll all be blitted over to the seenpage after the graphs are drawn
+	*/
+}
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Draw_InfantryMan -- Draw one guy in score screen, update animation      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *    This routine draws one of the infantrymen in the "Casualties" area   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   04/13/1995 BWG : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void Draw_InfantryMan(int index)
+{
+	int stage;
+
+	/* If the infantryman's dead, just abort this function */
+	if (InfantryMan[index].anim == -1) return;
+
+	stage = InfantryMan[index].stage + InfantryMan[index].Class->DoControls[InfantryMan[index].anim].Frame;
+
+	CC_Draw_Shape(InfantryMan[index].shapefile,
+					  stage,
+					  InfantryMan[index].xpos,
+					  InfantryMan[index].ypos,
+					  WINDOW_MAIN,
+					  SHAPE_FADING|SHAPE_CENTER|SHAPE_WIN_REL,//|SHAPE_GHOST,
+					  InfantryMan[index].remap,
+					  Map.UnitShadow);
+	/*
+	** see if it's time to run a new anim
+	*/
+	if (--InfantryMan[index].delay < 0) {
+		InfantryMan[index].delay = 3;
+		if (++InfantryMan[index].stage >= InfantryMan[index].Class->DoControls[InfantryMan[index].anim].Count) {
+
+			/*
+			** was he playing a death anim? If so, and it's done, erase him
+			*/
+			if (InfantryMan[index].anim >= DO_GUN_DEATH) {
+				InfantryMan[index].anim = -1;
+			} else {
+				New_Infantry_Anim(index, DO_STAND_READY);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * New_Infantry_Anim -- Start up a new animation for one of the infantrymen*
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:   index: which of the 30 infantrymen to affect                   *
+ *          anim:  which animation sequence to start him into              *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   04/13/1995 BWG : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void New_Infantry_Anim(int index, int anim)
+{
+	InfantryMan[index].anim = anim;
+	InfantryMan[index].stage = 0;
+	if (anim >= DO_GUN_DEATH) {
+		InfantryMan[index].delay = 1;	// start right away
+	} else {
+		InfantryMan[index].delay = Random() & 15;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Draw_Bar_Graphs -- Draw "Casualties" bar graphs                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:   i = current count of how far to draw graph                     *
+ *          gkilled = # of GDI forces killed (adjusted to fit in space)    *
+ *          nkilled = # of Nod forces killed (adjusted to fit in space)    *
+ *          ckilled = # of civilians killed (adjusted to fit in space)     *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   04/13/1995 BWG : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void Draw_Bar_Graphs(int i, int gkilled, int nkilled, int ckilled)
+{
+	if (gkilled) {
+		LogicPage->Fill_Rect(0,   0+4, 0+MIN(i,gkilled),   0+5, LTCYAN);
+		LogicPage->Draw_Line(0+1, 0+6, 0+MIN(i,gkilled)+1, 0+6, TBLACK);
+		LogicPage->Draw_Line(0+MIN(i,gkilled)+1,0+5, 0+MIN(i,gkilled)+1, 0+5, TBLACK);
+		if (i <= gkilled) {
+			int anim = InfantryMan[i/11].anim;
+			if (anim!=-1 && anim < DO_GUN_DEATH) {
+				if (i/11) {
+					New_Infantry_Anim(i/11,DO_GUN_DEATH + (Random() & 3));
+				} else {
+					New_Infantry_Anim(i/11,DO_GUN_DEATH);
+				}
+//				Sound_Effect(Random_Pick(VOC_SCREAM1, VOC_SCREAM5));
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	if (nkilled) {
+		LogicPage->Fill_Rect(0,   0+16, 0+MIN(i,nkilled),   0+17, RED);
+		LogicPage->Draw_Line(0+1, 0+18, 0+MIN(i,nkilled)+1, 0+18, TBLACK);
+		LogicPage->Draw_Line(0+MIN(i,nkilled)+1, 0+17, 0+MIN(i,nkilled)+1, 0+17, TBLACK);
+		if (i <= nkilled) {
+			int anim = InfantryMan[(NUMINFANTRYMEN/3)+(i/11)].anim;
+			if (anim!=-1 && anim < DO_GUN_DEATH) {
+				if (i/11) {
+					New_Infantry_Anim((NUMINFANTRYMEN/3)+(i/11),DO_GUN_DEATH + (Random() & 3));
+				} else {
+					New_Infantry_Anim((NUMINFANTRYMEN/3)+(i/11),DO_GUN_DEATH);
+				}
+//				Sound_Effect(Random_Pick(VOC_SCREAM1, VOC_SCREAM5));
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (ckilled) {
+		LogicPage->Fill_Rect(0,   0+28, 0+MIN(i,ckilled),   0+29, RED);
+		LogicPage->Draw_Line(0+1, 0+30, 0+MIN(i,ckilled)+1, 0+30, TBLACK);
+		LogicPage->Draw_Line(0+MIN(i,ckilled)+1, 0+29, 0+MIN(i,ckilled)+1, 0+29, TBLACK);
+		if (i <= ckilled) {
+			int anim = InfantryMan[((NUMINFANTRYMEN*2)/3)+(i/11)].anim;
+			if (anim!=-1 && anim < DO_GUN_DEATH) {
+				if (i/11) {
+					New_Infantry_Anim(((NUMINFANTRYMEN*2)/3)+(i/11),DO_GUN_DEATH + (Random() & 3));
+				} else {
+					New_Infantry_Anim(((NUMINFANTRYMEN*2)/3)+(i/11),DO_GUN_DEATH);
+				}
+//				Sound_Effect(Random_Pick(VOC_SCREAM1, VOC_SCREAM5));
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Call_Back_Delay -- Combines Call_Back() and Delay() functions           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *    This is just to cut down on code size and typing a little.           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   04/13/1995 BWG : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void Call_Back_Delay(int time)
+{
+	CountDownTimerClass cd;
+
+	if (!ControlQ) {
+		if (Keyboard::Down(KN_LCTRL) && Keyboard::Down(KN_Q)) {
+			ControlQ = 1;
+			Keyboard::Clear();
+		}
+	}
+	if (ControlQ) time=0;
+
+	cd.Set(time);
+	StreamLowImpact = true;
+	do {
+		Call_Back();
+		//Animate_Score_Objs();
+		//Interpolate_2X_Scale(PseudoSeenBuff , &SeenBuff ,NULL);
+
+		//if (Get_Mouse_State()){
+		//	Interpolate_2X_Scale(PseudoSeenBuff , &SeenBuff ,NULL);
+			//BlitList.Update();
+		//}else{
+			Animate_Score_Objs();
+			Interpolate_2X_Scale(PseudoSeenBuff , &HidPage ,NULL);
+			BlitList.Update();
+			WWMouse->Draw_Mouse(&HidPage);
+			HidPage.Blit(SeenBuff);
+			WWMouse->Erase_Mouse(&HidPage, TRUE);
+		//}
+	} while(cd.Time());
+	StreamLowImpact = false;
+}
+
+
+void Animate_Score_Objs()
+{
+	StillUpdating = false;
+	for (int i = 0; i < MAXSCOREOBJS; i++) {
+		if (ScoreObjs[i]) {
+			ScoreObjs[i]->Update();
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+char *Int_Print(int a)
+{
+	static char str[10];
+
+	sprintf(str,"%d",a);
+	return str;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Multi_Score_Presentation -- Multiplayer routine to display score screen.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/11/1995  BWG: Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void Multi_Score_Presentation(void)
+{
+	static char const _cycleyellowpal[]={0x0,0xec,0xEb,0xea,0xE9,0xe9,0xE9,0x0,0xE9,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0xED,0x0};
+
+	static char const _greenpal[]= {0x0,0x12,0x14,0x16,0x18,0x18,0x18,0x0,0x18,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x10,0x0};
+	static char const _redpal[]=   {0x0,0x22,0x24,0x26,0x28,0x28,0x28,0x0,0x28,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x20,0x0};
+	static char const _graypal[]=  {0x0,0xca,0xCb,0xcc,0xCd,0xcd,0xCd,0x0,0xCD,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0xC8,0x0};
+	static char const _orangepal[]={0x0,0xd1,0xD2,0xd3,0xD4,0xd4,0xD4,0x0,0xD4,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0xD0,0x0};
+	static char const _bluepal[]=  {0x0,0x2,0x0a,0xb,0x0b,0xb,0x0B,0x0,0x0B,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x09,0x0};
+	static char const _yellowpal[]={0x0,0x5,0xee,0xf1,0xf2,0xf2,0xF2,0xf2,0xF2,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x7D,0x0};
+
+	//static char const _greenpal[]= {0x0,0x0,0x12,0x0,0x14,0x0,0x16,0x0,0x18,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x10,0x0};
+	//static char const _redpal[]=   {0x0,0x0,0x22,0x0,0x24,0x0,0x26,0x0,0x28,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x20,0x0};
+	//static char const _graypal[]=  {0x0,0x0,0xCA,0x0,0xCB,0x0,0xCC,0x0,0xCD,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0xC8,0x0};
+	//static char const _orangepal[]={0x0,0x0,0xD1,0x0,0xD2,0x0,0xD3,0x0,0xD4,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0xD0,0x0};
+	//static char const _bluepal[]=  {0x0,0x0,0x02,0x0,0x0A,0x0,0x0B,0x0,0x0B,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x09,0x0};
+	//static char const _yellowpal[]={0x0,0x0,0x05,0x0,0xEE,0x0,0xF1,0x0,0xF2,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x0,0x7D,0x0};
+
+	static char const *_colors[]={_yellowpal,_redpal,_bluepal,_orangepal,_greenpal,_graypal};
+
+	int i,k;
+	void *oldfont, *anim;
+	int oldfontxspacing = FontXSpacing;
+	char const *pal;
+
+
+	FontXSpacing = 0;
+	Map.Override_Mouse_Shape(MOUSE_NORMAL);
+	Theme.Queue_Song(THEME_WIN1);
+
+	PseudoSeenBuff = new GraphicBufferClass(320,200,(void*)NULL);
+	TextPrintBuffer = new GraphicBufferClass(SeenBuff.Get_Width(), SeenBuff.Get_Height() ,(void*)NULL);
+	BlitList.Clear();
+
+   	SysMemPage.Clear();
+	PseudoSeenBuff->Clear();
+	HiddenPage.Clear();
+	TextPrintBuffer->Clear();
+
+	Set_Palette(BlackPalette);
+
+	anim = Open_Animation("MLTIPLYR.WSA",NULL,0L,(WSAOpenType)(WSA_OPEN_FROM_MEM | WSA_OPEN_TO_PAGE),Palette);
+	Hide_Mouse();
+
+	/*
+	** Display the background animation
+	*/
+	VisiblePage.Clear();
+	InterpolationPaletteChanged = TRUE;
+	InterpolationPalette = Palette;
+	Increase_Palette_Luminance (Palette , 30,30,30,63);
+	Animate_Frame(anim, *PseudoSeenBuff, 1);
+	Interpolate_2X_Scale( PseudoSeenBuff , &SeenBuff , "MULTSCOR.PAL");
+	Fade_Palette_To(Palette, FADE_PALETTE_FAST, Call_Back);
+
+	int frame = 1;
+	while (frame < Get_Animation_Frame_Count(anim)) {
+		Animate_Frame(anim, *PseudoSeenBuff, frame++);
+		Call_Back_Delay(2);
+	}
+	Close_Animation(anim);
+
+	/* Change to the six-point font for Text_Print */
+	oldfont = Set_Font(ScoreFontPtr);
+	Call_Back();
+
+	Set_Logic_Page(*PseudoSeenBuff);
+
+	/*
+	** Move all the scores over a notch if there's more games than can be
+	** shown (which is known by MPlayerCurGame == MAX_MULTI_GAMES-1);
+	*/
+	if (MPlayerCurGame == MAX_MULTI_GAMES-1) {
+		for(i = 0; i < MAX_MULTI_NAMES; i++) {
+			for(k = 0; k < MAX_MULTI_GAMES-1; k++) {
+				MPlayerScore[i].Kills[k] = MPlayerScore[i].Kills[k+1];
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	int y = 41;
+	for(i = 0; i < MAX_MULTI_NAMES; i++) {
+		if (strlen(MPlayerScore[i].Name)) {
+			pal = _colors[MPlayerScore[i].Color];
+
+			Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(MPlayerScore[i].Name, 15,  y,pal));
+			Call_Back_Delay(20);
+
+			Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(Int_Print(MPlayerScore[i].Wins), 118, y, pal));
+			Call_Back_Delay(6);
+
+			for(k = 0; k <= MIN(MPlayerCurGame, MAX_MULTI_GAMES-2); k++) {
+				if (MPlayerScore[i].Kills[k] >= 0) {
+					Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(Int_Print(MPlayerScore[i].Kills[k]), 225+(24*k), y, pal));
+					Call_Back_Delay(6);
+				}
+			}
+			y += 12;
+		}
+	}
+
+#if (FRENCH)
+	Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(TXT_MAP_CLICK2, 90 /*(320-strlen(Text_String(TXT_MAP_CLICK2)))/2*/, 185, _cycleyellowpal));
+#else
+	Alloc_Object(new ScorePrintClass(TXT_MAP_CLICK2, 109 /*(320-strlen(Text_String(TXT_MAP_CLICK2)))/2*/, 185, _cycleyellowpal));
+#endif
+	Cycle_Wait_Click();
+
+/* get rid of all the animating objects */
+	for (i = 0; i < MAXSCOREOBJS; i++) if (ScoreObjs[i]) {
+		delete ScoreObjs[i];
+		ScoreObjs[i] = 0;
+	}
+
+	Theme.Queue_Song(THEME_NONE);
+
+	Fade_Palette_To(BlackPalette, FADE_PALETTE_FAST, NULL);
+	VisiblePage.Clear();
+	Set_Palette(GamePalette);
+
+	Set_Logic_Page (SeenBuff);
+
+	delete PseudoSeenBuff;
+	delete TextPrintBuffer;
+	BlitList.Clear();
+
+	Set_Font(oldfont);
+	FontXSpacing = oldfontxspacing;
+	ControlQ = 0;
+	Show_Mouse();
+}
+
+#ifdef WRITE_LBM
+	// A BitMapHeader is stored in a BMHD chunk.  This structure MUST be an even size
+typedef struct {
+    unsigned short w, h;							// raster width & height in pixels
+    unsigned short x, y;							// position for this image
+    unsigned char planes;							// # source bitplanes
+    unsigned char masking;						// masking technique
+    unsigned char compression;					// compression algoithm
+    unsigned char pad1;							// UNUSED.  For consistency, put 0 here.
+    unsigned short transcolor;					// transparent "color number"
+    unsigned char xaspect, yaspect;			// aspect ratio, a rational number x/y
+    unsigned short pagewidth, pageheight;		// source "page" size in pixels
+} BitMapHeaderType;
+
+// All values in LocalHeader are always the same except planes.  This is set in Write_BMHD
+// the WORD values must be in low-high order for compatibility.
+
+static BitMapHeaderType LocalHeader = {
+	0x4001, 0xc800, 0, 0, 0, 0,		// width, height, x, y, planes, mask
+	1,   0, 0xFF00, 5, 6, 				// compress, pad1, transcolor, xasptect, yaspect
+	0x4001,	0xC800 };					// pagewidth, pageheight
+
+#define BM_HEADER_SIZE		(((sizeof(BitMapHeaderType) + 1) & 0xFFFE) + 8L)
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following static functions are in this file:                       */
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+static long CCWrite_BMHD(CCFileClass &lbmhandle, short bitplanes);
+static long CCWrite_CMAP(CCFileClass &lbmhandle, unsigned char * palette, short bitplanes);
+static long CCWrite_BODY(CCFileClass &lbmhandle, BufferClass& buff, short bitplanes);
+static long CCWrite_Row(CCFileClass &lbmhandle, unsigned char *buffer);
+
+
+/*= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =*/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * CCWrite_LBM_File -- Writes out a file in LBM format                     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:  short lbmhandle -- lbm file handle already opened by caller     *
+ *         BufferClass buff -- buff where MCGA picture is                  *
+ *         short bitplane -- number of bitplanes to convert to             *
+ *         char *palette -- pointer to palette for buff                    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT: Returns bool -- successfull or not                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/18/1991  SB : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+bool CCWrite_LBM_File(CCFileClass &lbmhandle, BufferClass& buff, short bitplanes, unsigned char *palette)
+{
+	long filesize;
+
+
+	lbmhandle.Seek(0L, SEEK_SET);						// goto beginning of file
+
+	lbmhandle.Write("FORM????ILBM", 12L);			// First 12 bytes of all .lbm files
+																		// size is unkown so write ????
+	filesize = 12L; 												// 4 bytes for "ILBM"
+
+	filesize += CCWrite_BMHD(lbmhandle, bitplanes);		// write out BMHD (fixed size)
+	filesize += CCWrite_CMAP(lbmhandle, palette, bitplanes);	// write out CMAP
+
+		// Write out the body, or compressed picture image.  This size will depend
+		// on the compression, but the value passed back is what the compressor
+		// assumed was written to file
+
+	filesize += CCWrite_BODY(lbmhandle, buff, bitplanes);
+
+		// Verify that we were able to write out the file without running out of space
+	if (lbmhandle.Seek(0L, SEEK_END) != filesize) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	lbmhandle.Seek(4L, SEEK_SET);						// goto beginning of file
+	filesize = Reverse_LONG(filesize - 8L);				// - 8 because of "FORM" + short (size)
+	lbmhandle.Write( (char *) &filesize, 4L);		// patch in filesize
+
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * CCWrite_BMHD -- writes out the bit map header (LocalHeader)             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:  short lbmhandle -- file handle for lbm file                     *
+ *         short pitplanes -- number of bitplanes to write out             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT: LONG number of bytes hopefully written out to .LBM file         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/19/1991  SB : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static long CCWrite_BMHD(CCFileClass &lbmhandle, short bitplanes)
+{
+	long size;
+
+	lbmhandle.Write("BMHD", 4L);					// write out chunk title
+	size = Reverse_LONG(sizeof(LocalHeader));			// write out size of LocalHeader chunk
+	lbmhandle.Write((char *) &size, 4L);
+
+	LocalHeader.planes	= bitplanes;					// only nonconstant value in LocalHeader
+
+		// Make sure size is even. Return 8 = "BMHD" + size of the bitmap header structure
+
+	return(lbmhandle.Write((char *) &LocalHeader,
+	                 (sizeof(LocalHeader) + 1) & 0xFFFE) + 8L);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * CCWrite_CMAP -- Writes out CMAP (palette) information                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:  short lbmhandle -- file handle of lbm file                      *
+ *         char * palette -- pointer to paletter information               *
+ *         short bitplanes -- used to figure out size of palette           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT: long number of bytes that should have been written out to .LBM. *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/19/1991  SB : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static long CCWrite_CMAP(CCFileClass &lbmhandle, unsigned char * palette, short bitplanes)
+{
+	short color, r, g, b, colors;
+	long size;
+	unsigned char *pal_ptr;
+	char rgb[3];
+
+
+	lbmhandle.Write("CMAP", 4L);						// write out palette info
+	colors = 1 << bitplanes;									// colors = 2 to the bitplanes
+	size = Reverse_LONG(colors * 3L);						// size = colors * 3 guns
+
+ 	lbmhandle.Write((char *) &size, 4L);
+
+	for (pal_ptr = palette, color = 0; color < colors; color++) { // for each color
+
+		if ((r = *pal_ptr++) != 0) {			// DPaint changes allows 0 - 100 for gun values
+			r = (r << 2) | 0x03;					// this must be converted to 0 - 256 for LBM
+		}												// so LBM_val = (DP_val * 4) | 3 if DP_val != 0
+		if ((g = *pal_ptr++) != 0) {
+			g = (g << 2) | 0x03;
+		}
+		if ((b = *pal_ptr++) != 0) {
+			b = (b << 2) | 0x03;
+		}
+		rgb[0] = r;									// assign gun values to an array to write out
+		rgb[1] = g;
+		rgb[2] = b;
+
+		lbmhandle.Write(rgb, 3L);
+	}
+														// size = colors * 3
+	return(((colors << 1) + colors) + 8L);	// total size of CMAP 8 = "CMAP" + short (size)
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * CCWrite_Body -- writes out compressed data in an LBM file               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT: short lbmhandle -- file handle of lbm file                       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT: long - number of byte written                                   *
+ *  	                                                                     *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/19/1991  SB : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static long CCWrite_BODY(CCFileClass &lbmhandle, BufferClass& buff, short bitplanes)
+{
+	long bodysize = 0;
+	long actualsize;
+	long size;
+	short planebit;
+	short line, plane;
+	unsigned char buffer[40];
+	unsigned char *buffptr;
+
+	lbmhandle.Write("BODY????", 8L);		// BODY chunk ID, ???? reserved for chuncksize
+
+	buffptr = (unsigned char *) buff.Get_Buffer();						// point to beginning of buff
+
+	for (line = 0; line < 200; line++) {
+		planebit = 1;											// start with bit 1 set
+
+		for (plane = 0; plane < bitplanes; plane++) {
+			Pack_2_Plane(buffer, buffptr, planebit);	// convert to planar
+			bodysize += CCWrite_Row(lbmhandle, buffer); // write to to the BODY in the LBM
+
+			planebit <<= 1;									// set next bit
+		}
+
+		buffptr += 320;										// row size is 320
+	}
+
+	actualsize = bodysize + (bodysize&0x01);
+
+	if (actualsize != bodysize) {
+		lbmhandle.Write(buffer, 1);		// Padd the block.
+	}
+
+	lbmhandle.Seek( -(actualsize + 4L), SEEK_CUR);		// Patch in chunksize
+	size = Reverse_LONG(bodysize);
+	lbmhandle.Write( (char *) &size ,4L);
+
+	return(actualsize + 8L);		// total size of BODY,  "BODY????" = 8 bytes
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * CCWrite_Row -- compresses and writes a row plane to .lbm file           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:  short lbmhandle -- lbm file handle                              *
+ *         unsigned char *buffer -- pointer to buffer to be written out    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT: long size of chunk that should have been written out            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/19/1991  SB : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+static long CCWrite_Row(CCFileClass &lbmhandle, unsigned char *buffer)
+{
+	short i;
+	short chunksize = 0;
+	short dataLength = 40;	  					// 320 rows / 8 ( 1 plane per row)
+	unsigned char repCode, current, curr_plus_2;
+	unsigned char *buffptr;
+
+	while (dataLength) {
+
+  		// If at least 2 more bytes and they are equal, then replicate
+
+		if ((dataLength >= 2) && (buffer[0] == buffer[1])) {
+			buffptr = buffer;
+			for (i = 0; (i <= 128) &&  (i < (dataLength - 1)); i++) {
+				if (*buffptr != buffptr[1]) {
+					break;
+				}
+				buffptr++;
+			}
+			i++;
+			repCode = -i + 1;
+			lbmhandle.Write(&repCode, 1L);			// Write count as -count+1
+			lbmhandle.Write(buffer,   1L);			// Write byte to replicate
+			buffer += i;
+			dataLength -= i;
+			chunksize  += 2;
+
+		} else { // Copy literally till 3 byte run or two 2 byte runs found
+
+			for (i = 0; (i <= 128) && (i < dataLength); i++) {
+				current     = buffer[i];
+				curr_plus_2 = buffer[i + 2];
+
+				if (i == dataLength - 1)
+					continue;
+				if (current != buffer[i + 1])
+					continue;
+				if (i == dataLength - 2)
+					continue;
+				if (current == curr_plus_2)
+					break;
+				if (i == dataLength - 3)
+					continue;
+				if (curr_plus_2 == buffer[i + 3])
+					 break;
+			}
+			repCode = i - 1;
+			lbmhandle.Write(&repCode, 1L);			// Write count as count-1
+			lbmhandle.Write(buffer, (long) i);		// Write 'count' bytes
+			buffer += i;
+			dataLength -= i;
+			chunksize += i + 1;
+		}
+	}  // end while
+
+	return(chunksize);
+}
+#endif
+
diff --git a/SCORE.H b/SCORE.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dfeba99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/SCORE.H
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\score.h_v   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:46:18   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : SCORE.H                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : April 19, 1994                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : April 19, 1994   [JLB]                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef SCORE_H
+#define SCORE_H
+
+#include	"unit.h"
+#include	"building.h"
+
+class ScoreClass {
+	public:
+		int Score;
+		int NKilled;
+		int GKilled;
+		int CKilled;
+		int NBKilled;
+		int GBKilled;
+		int CBKilled;
+		int NHarvested;
+		int GHarvested;
+		int CHarvested;
+		unsigned long ElapsedTime;
+
+		void Init(void) {memset(this, 0, sizeof(ScoreClass));};
+		void Presentation(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	File I/O.
+		*/
+		bool Load(FileClass & file);
+		bool Save(FileClass & file);
+		void Code_Pointers(void);
+		void Decode_Pointers(void);
+
+	protected:
+
+	private:
+		unsigned char *ChangingGun;
+
+		void ScoreDelay(int ticks);
+		void Pulse_Bar_Graph(void);
+		void Print_Graph_Title(int,int);
+		void Print_Minutes(int minutes);
+		void Count_Up_Print(char *str, int percent, int max, int xpos, int ypos);
+		void Show_Credits(int house, char const pal[]);
+		void Do_GDI_Graph(void const * yellowptr, void const * redptr, int gdikilled, int nodkilled, int ypos);
+		void Do_Nod_Casualties_Graph(void);
+		void Do_Nod_Buildings_Graph(void);
+		void Input_Name(char str[], int xpos, int ypos, char const pal[]);
+};
+
+class ScoreAnimClass {
+	public:
+		ScoreAnimClass(int x, int y, void const * data);
+		int XPos;
+		int YPos;
+		CountDownTimerClass Timer;
+		void const * DataPtr;
+		virtual void Update(void) {} ;
+		virtual ~ScoreAnimClass(void) {} ;
+};
+
+class ScoreCredsClass : public ScoreAnimClass {
+	public:
+		int Stage;
+		int MaxStage;
+		int TimerReset;
+		void const * CashTurn;
+		void const * Clock1;
+
+		virtual void Update(void);
+		ScoreCredsClass(int xpos, int ypos, void const * data, int max, int timer);
+		virtual ~ScoreCredsClass(void) {};
+};
+
+class ScoreTimeClass : public ScoreAnimClass {
+	public:
+		int Stage;
+		int MaxStage;
+		int TimerReset;
+		virtual void Update(void);
+		ScoreTimeClass(int xpos, int ypos, void const * data, int max, int timer);
+		virtual ~ScoreTimeClass(void) {};
+};
+
+class ScorePrintClass : public ScoreAnimClass {
+	public:
+		int Background;
+		int Stage;
+		void const * PrimaryPalette;
+		virtual void Update(void);
+		ScorePrintClass(void const * string, int xpos, int ypos, void const * palette, int background=TBLACK);
+		ScorePrintClass( int  string, int xpos, int ypos, void const * palette, int background=TBLACK);
+		virtual ~ScorePrintClass(void) {};
+};
+
+
+class MultiStagePrintClass : public ScoreAnimClass {
+	public:
+		int Background;
+		int Stage;
+		void const * PrimaryPalette;
+		virtual void Update(void);
+		MultiStagePrintClass(void const * string, int xpos, int ypos, void const * palette, int background=TBLACK);
+		MultiStagePrintClass( int  string, int xpos, int ypos, void const * palette, int background=TBLACK);
+		virtual ~MultiStagePrintClass(void) {};
+};
+
+
+class ScoreScaleClass : public ScoreAnimClass {
+	public:
+		int Stage;
+		char const * Palette;
+		virtual void Update(void);
+		ScoreScaleClass(void const * data, int xpos, int ypos, char const pal[]);
+		virtual ~ScoreScaleClass(void) {};
+
+};
+
+#define MAXSCOREOBJS		8
+extern ScoreAnimClass *ScoreObjs[MAXSCOREOBJS];
+
+void Multi_Score_Presentation(void);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/SCREEN.H b/SCREEN.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c948cbb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/SCREEN.H
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\screen.h_v   2.15   16 Oct 1995 16:47:38   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               *** 
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : SCREEN.H                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : June 2, 1994                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : June 2, 1994   [JLB]                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef SCREEN_H
+#define SCREEN_H
+
+
+class ScreenClass
+{
+		/*
+		**	The mouse shape is controlled by these variables. These
+		**	hold the current mouse shape (so resetting won't be needlessly performed) and
+		**	the normal default mouse shape (when arrow shapes are needed).
+		*/
+		MouseShapeType CurrentMouseShape;
+		MouseShapeType NormalMouseShape;
+
+	public:
+
+		ScreenClass(void) {
+			CurrentMouseShape = SHP_NONE;
+			NormalMouseShape = SHP_MOUSE;
+		};
+		
+
+		Init(void);
+		Set_Default_Mouse(MouseShapeType mouse);
+		Force_Mouse_Shape(MouseShapeType mouse);
+
+		unsigned char *GamePalette;
+		unsigned char *BlackPalette;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/SCROLL.CPP b/SCROLL.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6fd0347
--- /dev/null
+++ b/SCROLL.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,256 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\scroll.cpv   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:49:08   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : SCROLL.CPP                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : 01/08/95                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : August 25, 1995 [JLB]                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   ScrollClass::AI -- Handles scroll AI processing.                                          *
+ *   ScrollClass::ScrollClass -- Constructor for the scroll class object.                      *
+ *   ScrollClass::Set_Autoscroll -- Turns autoscrolling on or off.                             *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+
+
+#define	SCROLL_DELAY	1
+
+CountDownTimerClass ScrollClass::Counter;
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ScrollClass::ScrollClass -- Constructor for the scroll class object.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the constructor for the scroll class object.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/10/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+ScrollClass::ScrollClass(void)
+{
+	IsAutoScroll = true;
+	Counter.Set(SCROLL_DELAY);
+	Inertia = 0;
+	Counter.Start();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ScrollClass::AI -- Handles scroll AI processing.                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called every game frame for purposes of input processing.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   input    -- Reference to the keyboard/mouse event that just occurred.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          x,y      -- The mouse coordinates.                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/10/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   08/10/1995 JLB : Revamped for free smooth scrolling.                                      *
+ *   08/25/1995 JLB : Handles new scrolling option.                                            *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+#define	EVA_WIDTH		80
+void ScrollClass::AI(KeyNumType &input, int x, int y)
+{
+	static DirType direction;
+	bool				player_scrolled=false;
+
+	/*
+	**	If rubber band mode is in progress, then don't allow scrolling of the tactical map.
+	*/
+	if (!IsRubberBand /*&& !IsTentative*/) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Special check to not scroll within the special no-scroll regions.
+		*/
+		bool noscroll = false;
+		if (Special.IsScrollMod && y == 0 && ((x > 3 && x < EVA_WIDTH) || (x > SeenBuff.Get_Width()-EVA_WIDTH && x < SeenBuff.Get_Width()-3))) {
+			noscroll = true;
+		}
+
+		if (!noscroll) {
+
+			/*
+			**	Verify that the mouse is over a scroll region.
+			*/
+			if (Inertia || y == 0 || x == 0 || x == (SeenBuff.Get_Width()-1) || y == (SeenBuff.Get_Height()-1)) {
+
+				if (y == 0 || x == 0 || x == (SeenBuff.Get_Width()-1) || y == (SeenBuff.Get_Height()-1)) {
+
+					player_scrolled=true;
+					/*
+					**	Adjust the mouse coordinates to emphasise the
+					**	cardinal directions over the diagonals.
+					*/
+					int altx = x;
+					if (altx < 50) altx -= (50-altx)*2;
+					altx = MAX(altx, 0);
+					if (altx > (SeenBuff.Get_Width()-50)) altx += (altx-(SeenBuff.Get_Width()-50))*2;
+					altx = MIN(altx, SeenBuff.Get_Width());
+					if (altx > 50 && altx < (SeenBuff.Get_Width()-50)) {
+						altx += ((SeenBuff.Get_Width()/2)-altx)/2;
+					}
+
+					int alty = y;
+					if (alty < 50) alty -= (50-alty);
+					alty = MAX(alty, 0);
+					if (alty > (SeenBuff.Get_Height()-50)) alty += ((alty-(SeenBuff.Get_Height()-50)));
+					alty = MIN(alty, SeenBuff.Get_Height());
+
+					direction = (DirType)Desired_Facing256((SeenBuff.Get_Width())/2, (SeenBuff.Get_Height())/2, altx, alty);
+				}
+				int control = Dir_Facing(direction);
+
+				/*
+				**	The mouse is over a scroll region so set the mouse shape accordingly if the map
+				**	can be scrolled in the direction indicated.
+				*/
+				static int _rate[9] = {
+					0x01C0,
+					0x0180,
+					0x0140,
+					0x0100,
+					0x00C0,
+					0x0080,
+					0x0040,
+					0x0020,
+					0x0010
+				};
+
+				int rate = 8-Inertia;
+
+				if (rate<Options.ScrollRate+1){
+					rate = Options.ScrollRate+1;
+					Inertia = 8-rate;
+				}
+
+				/*
+				**	Increase the scroll rate if the mouse button is held down.
+				*/
+	//			if (Keyboard::Down(KN_LMOUSE)) {
+	//				rate = Bound(rate-3, 0, 4);
+	//			}
+				if (Keyboard::Down(KN_RMOUSE)) {
+					rate = Bound(rate+1, 4, (int)(sizeof(_rate)/sizeof(_rate[0]))-1);
+				}
+
+				/*
+				**	If options indicate that scrolling should be forced to
+				**	one of the 8 facings, then adjust the direction value
+				**	accordingly.
+				*/
+				if (!Options.IsFreeScroll) {
+					direction = Facing_Dir(Dir_Facing(direction));
+				}
+
+				int distance = _rate[rate]/2;
+
+				if (!Scroll_Map(direction, distance, false)) {
+					Override_Mouse_Shape((MouseType)(MOUSE_NO_N+control), false);
+				} else {
+					Override_Mouse_Shape((MouseType)(MOUSE_N+control), false);
+
+					/*
+					**	If the mouse button is pressed or auto scrolling is active, then scroll
+					**	the map if the delay counter indicates.
+					*/
+					if (Keyboard::Down(KN_LMOUSE) || IsAutoScroll) {
+						distance = _rate[rate];
+						Scroll_Map(direction, distance, true);
+
+						if (Counter.Time()==0 && player_scrolled) {
+							Counter.Set(SCROLL_DELAY);
+							Inertia++;
+						}
+					}
+				}
+			}
+			if (!player_scrolled){
+				if (Counter.Time()==0) {
+					Inertia--;
+					if (Inertia<0) Inertia++;
+					Counter.Set(SCROLL_DELAY);
+				}
+			}
+
+		}
+	}
+
+	HelpClass::AI(input, x, y);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ScrollClass::Set_Autoscroll -- Turns autoscrolling on or off.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine controls the autoscrolling setting. Autoscroll, when active, will cause the *
+ *    map to scroll if the mouse is held over the scroll region. This is regardless of whether *
+ *    any mouse button is held down or not.                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   control  -- Should the autoscroll be turned on?                                    *
+ *                      0  = turn off                                                          *
+ *                      1  = turn on                                                           *
+ *                      -1 = toggle currrent setting                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the old setting of the autoscroll flag.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/10/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool ScrollClass::Set_Autoscroll(int control)
+{
+	bool old = IsAutoScroll;
+
+	switch (control) {
+		case -1:
+			IsAutoScroll = !IsAutoScroll;
+			break;
+
+		default:
+			IsAutoScroll = control;
+			break;
+	}
+	return(old);
+}
+
+
diff --git a/SCROLL.H b/SCROLL.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..51ce58d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/SCROLL.H
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\scroll.h_v   2.16   16 Oct 1995 16:46:12   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : SCROLL.H                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : 11/18/94                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : November 18, 1994 [JLB]                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef SCROLL_H
+#define SCROLL_H
+
+#include	"help.h"
+
+
+class ScrollClass: public HelpClass
+{
+		/*
+		**	If map scrolling is automatic, then this flag is true. Automatic scrolling will
+		**	cause the map to scroll if the mouse is in the scroll region, regardless of
+		**	whether or not the mouse button is held down.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsAutoScroll:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Scroll speed is regulated by this count down timer. When this value reaches zero,
+		**	scroll the map in the direction required and reset this timer.
+		*/
+		static CountDownTimerClass Counter;
+
+		/*
+		**	These are the delays used (as countdown timers) to regulate the scroll rate
+		**	of the map. These times are based on game ticks.
+		*/
+//		enum ScrollClassEnums {
+//			INITIAL_DELAY=8,				// Delay before scrolling can start at all.
+//			SEQUENCE_DELAY=4				// Delay between scroll steps.
+//		};
+
+		int	Inertia;
+
+
+	public:
+		ScrollClass(void);
+
+		bool Set_Autoscroll(int control);
+
+		virtual void AI(KeyNumType &input, int x, int y);
+		virtual void Init_IO(void) {Counter.Set(0);HelpClass::Init_IO();};
+
+		/*
+		**	File I/O.
+		*/
+		virtual void Code_Pointers(void);
+		virtual void Decode_Pointers(void);
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/SDATA.CPP b/SDATA.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c6c38c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/SDATA.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,473 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\sdata.cpv   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:52:10   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : SDATA.CPP                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : August 9, 1994                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : August 12, 1994   [JLB]                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   SmudgeTypeClass::Draw_It -- Renders the smudge image at the coordinate specified.         *
+ *   SmudgeTypeClass::Create_One_Of -- Creates a smudge object of this type.                   *
+ *   SmudgeTypeClass::Create_And_Place -- Creates and places on map, a smudge object.          *
+ *   SmudgeTypeClass::Prep_For_Add -- Prepares the scenario editor for adding a smudge object. *
+ *   SmudgeTypeClass::Init -- Performs theater specific initializations.                       *
+ *   SmudgeTypeClass::Display -- Draws a generic version of this smudge type.                  *
+ *   SmudgetypeClass::Occupy_List -- Determines occupation list for smudge object.             *
+ *   SmudgeTypeClass::From_Name -- Converts an ASCII name into a smudge type.                  *
+ *   SmudgeTypeClass::SmudgeTypeClass -- Constructor for smudge type objects.                  *
+ *   SmudgeTypeClass::One_Time -- Performs one-time initialization                             *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+#include	"type.h"
+
+
+static SmudgeTypeClass const Crater1 (
+
+	SMUDGE_CRATER1,
+	"CR1",
+	TXT_CRATER,
+	1,1,							// Width and height of smudge (in icons).
+	false,						// Is this a building bib?
+	true							// Is this a crater smudge?
+);
+static SmudgeTypeClass const Crater2 (
+	SMUDGE_CRATER2,
+	"CR2",
+	TXT_CRATER,
+	1,1,							// Width and height of smudge (in icons).
+	false,						// Is this a building bib?
+	true							// Is this a crater smudge?
+);
+static SmudgeTypeClass const Crater3 (
+	SMUDGE_CRATER3,
+	"CR3",
+	TXT_CRATER,
+	1,1,							// Width and height of smudge (in icons).
+	false,						// Is this a building bib?
+	true							// Is this a crater smudge?
+);
+static SmudgeTypeClass const Crater4 (
+	SMUDGE_CRATER4,
+	"CR4",
+	TXT_CRATER,
+	1,1,							// Width and height of smudge (in icons).
+	false,						// Is this a building bib?
+	true							// Is this a crater smudge?
+);
+static SmudgeTypeClass const Crater5 (
+	SMUDGE_CRATER5,
+	"CR5",
+	TXT_CRATER,
+	1,1,							// Width and height of smudge (in icons).
+	false,						// Is this a building bib?
+	true							// Is this a crater smudge?
+);
+static SmudgeTypeClass const Crater6 (
+	SMUDGE_CRATER6,
+	"CR6",
+	TXT_CRATER,
+	1,1,							// Width and height of smudge (in icons).
+	false,						// Is this a building bib?
+	true							// Is this a crater smudge?
+);
+static SmudgeTypeClass const Scorch1 (
+	SMUDGE_SCORCH1,
+	"SC1",
+	TXT_SCORCH,
+	1,1,							// Width and height of smudge (in icons).
+	false,						// Is this a building bib?
+	false							// Is this a crater smudge?
+);
+static SmudgeTypeClass const Scorch2 (
+	SMUDGE_SCORCH2,
+	"SC2",
+	TXT_SCORCH,
+	1,1,							// Width and height of smudge (in icons).
+	false,						// Is this a building bib?
+	false							// Is this a crater smudge?
+);
+static SmudgeTypeClass const Scorch3 (
+	SMUDGE_SCORCH3,
+	"SC3",
+	TXT_SCORCH,
+	1,1,							// Width and height of smudge (in icons).
+	false,						// Is this a building bib?
+	false							// Is this a crater smudge?
+);
+static SmudgeTypeClass const Scorch4 (
+	SMUDGE_SCORCH4,
+	"SC4",
+	TXT_SCORCH,
+	1,1,							// Width and height of smudge (in icons).
+	false,						// Is this a building bib?
+	false							// Is this a crater smudge?
+);
+static SmudgeTypeClass const Scorch5 (
+	SMUDGE_SCORCH5,
+	"SC5",
+	TXT_SCORCH,
+	1,1,							// Width and height of smudge (in icons).
+	false,						// Is this a building bib?
+	false							// Is this a crater smudge?
+);
+static SmudgeTypeClass const Scorch6 (
+	SMUDGE_SCORCH6,
+	"SC6",
+	TXT_SCORCH,
+	1,1,							// Width and height of smudge (in icons).
+	false,						// Is this a building bib?
+	false							// Is this a crater smudge?
+);
+
+static SmudgeTypeClass const Bibx1 (
+	SMUDGE_BIB1,
+	"BIB1",
+	TXT_BIB,
+	4,2,							// Width and height of smudge (in icons).
+	true,							// Is this a building bib?
+	false							// Is this a crater smudge?
+);
+static SmudgeTypeClass const Bibx2 (
+	SMUDGE_BIB2,
+	"BIB2",
+	TXT_BIB,
+	3,2,							// Width and height of smudge (in icons).
+	true,							// Is this a building bib?
+	false							// Is this a crater smudge?
+);
+
+/*
+** The watcom code optimiser screws up the last constructor call. Making it 'volatile' reduces the
+** level of optimisation enough for the problem not to manifest.
+*/
+volatile SmudgeTypeClass const Bibx3 (
+	SMUDGE_BIB3,
+	"BIB3",
+	TXT_BIB,
+	2,2,							// Width and height of smudge (in icons).
+	true,							// Is this a building bib?
+	false							// Is this a crater smudge?
+);
+
+/*
+**	Working array to the smudge control objects types. This routine is
+**	used for quick conversion from a SmudgeType number into an actual
+**	smudge type object pointer.
+*/
+SmudgeTypeClass const * const SmudgeTypeClass::Pointers[SMUDGE_COUNT] = {
+	&Crater1,			// SMUDGE_CRATER1
+	&Crater2,			// SMUDGE_CRATER2
+	&Crater3,			// SMUDGE_CRATER3
+	&Crater4,			// SMUDGE_CRATER4
+	&Crater5,			// SMUDGE_CRATER5
+	&Crater6,			// SMUDGE_CRATER6
+	&Scorch1,			// SMUDGE_SCORCH1
+	&Scorch2,			// SMUDGE_SCORCH2
+	&Scorch3,			// SMUDGE_SCORCH3
+	&Scorch4,			// SMUDGE_SCORCH4
+	&Scorch5,			// SMUDGE_SCORCH5
+	&Scorch6,			// SMUDGE_SCORCH6
+	&Bibx1,				// SMUDGE_BIB1
+	&Bibx2,				//	SMUDGE_BIB2
+	(SmudgeTypeClass const * const)&Bibx3				// SMUDGE_BIB3
+};
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SmudgeTypeClass::SmudgeTypeClass -- Constructor for smudge type objects.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This constructor is used to create the smudge type objects. These type objects contain   *
+ *    static information about the various smudge types supported in the game.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   see below...                                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/12/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+SmudgeTypeClass::SmudgeTypeClass(SmudgeType smudge, char const *ininame, int fullname, int width, int height, bool isbib, bool iscrater) :
+	ObjectTypeClass(false, false, false, true, false, false, true, true, fullname, ininame, ARMOR_NONE, 0)
+{
+	IsBib = isbib;
+	Width = width;
+	Height = height;
+	IsCrater = iscrater;
+	Type = smudge;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SmudgeTypeClass::From_Name -- Converts an ASCII name into a smudge type.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This converts an ASCII name into a smudge type number. This is typically necessary       *
+ *    when processing scenario INI files and not used otherwise.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   name  -- Pointer to the name to convert.                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the SmudgeType number that matches the name supplied. If no match     *
+ *          was found, then SMUDGE_NONE is returned.                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/12/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+SmudgeType SmudgeTypeClass::From_Name(char const *name)
+{
+	if (name) {
+		for (SmudgeType index = SMUDGE_FIRST; index < SMUDGE_COUNT; index++) {
+			if (stricmp(As_Reference(index).IniName, name) == 0) {
+				return(index);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return(SMUDGE_NONE);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SmudgetypeClass::Occupy_List -- Determines occupation list for smudge object.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Smudges are always only one icon in dimension, so this routine always returns a cell     *
+ *    occupation offset list of the center cell.                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   placement   -- Is this for placement legality checking only? The normal condition  *
+ *                         is for marking occupation flags.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns occupation list specifying all the cells that the overlay occupies. This   *
+ *          is just the center cell.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/12/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+short const * SmudgeTypeClass::Occupy_List(bool) const
+{
+	static short _occupy[4*4];
+	short * ptr = &_occupy[0];
+
+	for (int x = 0; x < Width; x++) {
+		for (int y = 0; y < Height; y++) {
+			*ptr++ = x + (y*MAP_CELL_W);
+		}
+	}
+	*ptr = REFRESH_EOL;
+	return(_occupy);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SmudgeTypeClass::Init -- Performs theater specific initializations.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Smudge object imagery varies between theaters. This routine will load the appropriate    *
+ *    imagery for the theater specified.                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   theater  -- The theater to prepare for.                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/12/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void SmudgeTypeClass::Init(TheaterType theater)
+{
+	if (theater != LastTheater){
+		for (SmudgeType index = SMUDGE_FIRST; index < SMUDGE_COUNT; index++) {
+			SmudgeTypeClass const & smudge = As_Reference(index);
+			char fullname[_MAX_FNAME+_MAX_EXT];	// Fully constructed smudge data set name.
+
+			_makepath(fullname, NULL, NULL, smudge.IniName, Theaters[theater].Suffix);
+			((void const *&)smudge.ImageData) = MixFileClass::Retrieve(fullname);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+#ifdef SCENARIO_EDITOR
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SmudgeTypeClass::Display -- Draws a generic version of this smudge type.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    The scenario object editor will call this routine to display a typical imagery of this   *
+ *    smudge object for graphical identification purposes.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   x,y   -- Coordinate to render the smudge at.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          window-- The window to base the coordinate rendering upon.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/12/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void SmudgeTypeClass::Display(int x, int y, WindowNumberType window, HousesType ) const
+{
+	void const *ptr = Get_Image_Data();
+
+	x += WindowList[window][WINDOWX] << 3;
+	y += WindowList[window][WINDOWY];
+
+	if (ptr) {
+		for (int w = 0; w < Width; w++) {
+			for (int h = 0; h < Height; h++) {
+				CC_Draw_Shape(ptr, 0, x + w*ICON_PIXEL_W, y + h*ICON_PIXEL_H, WINDOW_TACTICAL, SHAPE_WIN_REL);
+				//LogicPage->Draw_Stamp(ptr, w + (h*Width), x + w*ICON_PIXEL_W, y + h*ICON_PIXEL_H, NULL, WINDOW_TACTICAL);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SmudgeTypeClass::Prep_For_Add -- Prepares the scenario editor for adding a smudge object.   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine adds smudge objects to the list of objects that the scenario editor can     *
+ *    place upon the ground. It is only called from the scenario editor.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/12/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void SmudgeTypeClass::Prep_For_Add(void)
+{
+	for (SmudgeType index = SMUDGE_FIRST; index < SMUDGE_COUNT; index++) {
+		if (As_Reference(index).Get_Image_Data()) {
+			Map.Add_To_List(&As_Reference(index));
+		}
+	}
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SmudgeTypeClass::Create_And_Place -- Creates and places on map, a smudge object.            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will, in one motion, create a smudge object and place it upon the map.      *
+ *    Since placing a smudge on the map will destroy the object, this routine will leave the   *
+ *    smudge object count unchanged. Typically, this routine is used by the scenario editor    *
+ *    for creating smudges and placing them on the map.                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   cell  -- The cell to place the smudge object.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the placement successful?                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/12/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool SmudgeTypeClass::Create_And_Place(CELL cell, HousesType ) const
+{
+	if (new SmudgeClass(Type, Cell_Coord(cell))) {
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SmudgeTypeClass::Create_One_Of -- Creates a smudge object of this type.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will create a smudge object of the appropriate type. Smudge objects are     *
+ *    transitory in nature. They exist only from the point of creation until they are given    *
+ *    a spot on the map to reside. At that time the map data is updated and the smudge         *
+ *    object is destroyed.                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to a created smudge object. If none could be created, then  *
+ *          NULL is returned.                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/12/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+ObjectClass * SmudgeTypeClass::Create_One_Of(HouseClass *) const
+{
+	return(new SmudgeClass(Type, -1));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SmudgeTypeClass::Draw_It -- Renders the smudge image at the coordinate specified.           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will draw the smudge overlay image at the coordinate (upper left)           *
+ *    specified. The underlying terrain icon is presumed to have already been rendered.        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   x,y   -- Coordinate of the upper left corner of icon to render the smudge object.  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/12/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void SmudgeTypeClass::Draw_It(int x, int y, int data) const
+{
+	void const * ptr = Get_Image_Data();
+	if (ptr) {
+		IsTheaterShape = true;		// Smudges are theater specific
+		CC_Draw_Shape(ptr, data, x, y, WINDOW_TACTICAL, SHAPE_WIN_REL);
+		IsTheaterShape = false;
+//		LogicPage->Draw_Stamp(ptr, data, x, y, NULL, WINDOW_TACTICAL);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SmudgeTypeClass::One_Time -- Performs one-time initialization                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/12/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void SmudgeTypeClass::One_Time(void)
+{
+}
+
diff --git a/SEQCONN.CPP b/SEQCONN.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9526802
--- /dev/null
+++ b/SEQCONN.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,561 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\seqconn.cpv   1.9   16 Oct 1995 16:51:30   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D    S T U D I O S        **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : SEQCONN.CPP                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Bill Randolph                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : December 20, 1994                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : April 9, 1995 [BRR]								*
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:    			                                                   *
+ *   SequencedConnClass::SequencedConnClass -- class constructor           *
+ *   SequencedConnClass::~SequencedConnClass -- class destructor           *
+ *   SequencedConnClass::Init -- Initializes connection queue to empty		*
+ *   SequencedConnClass::Send_Packet -- adds a packet to the send queue		*
+ *   SequencedConnClass::Receive_Packet -- adds packet to receive queue		*
+ *   SequencedConnClass::Get_Packet -- gets a packet from receive queue		*
+ *   SequencedConnClass::Service_Send_Queue -- services the send queue		*
+ *   SequencedConnClass::Service_Receive_Queue -- services recieve queue	*
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "function.h"
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * SequencedConnClass::SequencedConnClass -- class constructor             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		numsend			desired # of entries for the send queue					*
+ *		numreceive		desired # of entries for the recieve queue				*
+ *		maxlen			max length of an application packet							*
+ *		magicnum			the packet "magic number" for this connection			*
+ *		retry_delta		the time to wait between sends								*
+ *		max_retries		the max # of retries allowed for a packet					*
+ *							(-1 means retry forever, based on this parameter)		*
+ *		timeout			the max amount of time before we give up on a packet	*
+ *							(-1 means retry forever, based on this parameter)		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+SequencedConnClass::SequencedConnClass (int numsend, int numreceive, 
+	int maxlen, unsigned short magicnum, unsigned long retry_delta,
+	unsigned long max_retries, unsigned long timeout) :
+	ConnectionClass (maxlen, magicnum, retry_delta, max_retries, timeout)
+{
+	NumRecNoAck = 0;
+	NumRecAck = 0;
+	NumSendNoAck = 0;
+	NumSendAck = 0;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Allocate the packet Queue.  This will store incoming packets (which will
+	be placed there by the Connection Manager), and outgoing packets (which
+	are placed there by this class when it "sends" a packet).
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	Queue = new CommQueueClass (numsend, numreceive, MaxPacketLen);
+
+}	/* end of SequencedConnClass */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * SequencedConnClass::~SequencedConnClass -- class destructor             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+SequencedConnClass::~SequencedConnClass ()
+{
+	delete Queue;
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * SequencedConnClass::Init -- Initializes connection queue to empty			*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void SequencedConnClass::Init (void)
+{
+	Queue->Init();
+
+}	/* end of Init */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * SequencedConnClass::Send_Packet -- adds a packet to the send queue		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This routine prefixes the given buffer with a CommHeaderType and			*
+ * queues the resulting packet into the Send Queue.  (It's actually the		*
+ * Service() routine that handles the hardware-dependent Send of the data).*
+ * The packet's MagicNumber, Code, and PacketID are set here.					*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		buf			buffer to send															*
+ *		buflen		length of buffer														*
+ *		ack_req		true = ACK is required for this packet; false = isn't		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		1 = packet was queue'd OK, 0 = wasn't											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int SequencedConnClass::Send_Packet (void * buf, int buflen, int ack_req)
+{
+	/*........................................................................
+	Set the magic # for the packet
+	........................................................................*/
+	((CommHeaderType *)PacketBuf)->MagicNumber = MagicNum;
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Set the packet Code: DATA_ACK if it requires an ACK, NOACK if it doesn't
+	Set the packet ID to the appropriate counter value.
+	........................................................................*/
+	if (ack_req) {
+		((CommHeaderType *)PacketBuf)->Code = PACKET_DATA_ACK;
+		((CommHeaderType *)PacketBuf)->PacketID = NumSendAck;
+	} else {
+		((CommHeaderType *)PacketBuf)->Code = PACKET_DATA_NOACK;
+		((CommHeaderType *)PacketBuf)->PacketID = NumSendNoAck;
+	}
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Now build the packet
+	........................................................................*/
+	memcpy(PacketBuf + sizeof(CommHeaderType), buf, buflen);
+
+	/*........................................................................
+	Add it to the queue.
+	........................................................................*/
+	if (Queue->Queue_Send(PacketBuf,buflen + sizeof(CommHeaderType))) {
+		if (ack_req) {
+			NumSendAck++;
+		} else {
+			NumSendNoAck++;
+		}
+		return(true);
+
+	} else {
+		return(false);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * SequencedConnClass::Receive_Packet -- adds packet to the receive queue	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		buf		buffer to process (already includes CommHeaderType)			*
+ *		buflen	length of buffer to process											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		1 = packet was processed OK, 0 = error											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int SequencedConnClass::Receive_Packet (void * buf, int buflen)
+{
+	CommHeaderType *packet;					// ptr to this packet
+	SendQueueType *send_entry;				// ptr to send entry header
+	ReceiveQueueType *rec_entry;			// ptr to receive entry header
+	CommHeaderType *entry_data;			// ptr to queue entry data
+	int save_packet = 1;						// 0 = this is a resend, or 
+													//  out-of-order packet
+
+	/*
+	--------------------------- Check the magic # ----------------------------
+	*/
+	packet = (CommHeaderType *)buf;
+	if (packet->MagicNumber!=MagicNum)
+		return(false);
+	
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Process the packet based on its Code
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	switch (packet->Code) {
+		/*.....................................................................
+		DATA: If this is a No-Ack packet, always save it.  Otherwise, only
+		save it if it's received in the proper sequence.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		case PACKET_DATA_ACK:
+		case PACKET_DATA_NOACK:
+			if (packet->Code == PACKET_DATA_NOACK) {
+#ifdef DEBUG_SEQ
+printf("PACKET_DATA_NOACK received (%d)\n",packet->PacketID);
+#endif
+				save_packet = 1;
+			} else {
+#ifdef DEBUG_SEQ
+printf("PACKET_DATA_ACK received (%d)\n",packet->PacketID);
+#endif
+				if ((packet->PacketID == NumRecAck)) {
+					save_packet = 1;
+				} else {
+					save_packet = 0;
+					/*...............................................................
+					If this is a resend of our next-available received message, it 
+					means the other app didn't get our ACK, so mark it as 
+					non-acknowledged to tell Service_Receive_Queue to send an ACK.
+					...............................................................*/
+					rec_entry = Queue->Next_Receive();
+					if (rec_entry) {
+						entry_data = (CommHeaderType *)rec_entry->Buffer;
+						if (entry_data->PacketID==packet->PacketID &&
+							entry_data->Code == PACKET_DATA_ACK) {
+							rec_entry->IsACK = 0;
+#ifdef DEBUG_SEQ
+printf("(Resend)\n");
+#endif
+						}
+					}
+				}
+			}
+
+			/*
+			...................... queue this packet ........................
+			*/
+			if (save_packet) {
+				if (!Queue->Queue_Receive(buf, buflen)) {
+					return(false);
+				}
+				if (packet->Code == PACKET_DATA_ACK) {
+					NumRecAck++;
+				} else {
+					NumRecNoAck++;
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		ACK: If this ACK is for the latest-sent packet, mark that packet as 
+		acknowledged, then throw this packet away.  Otherwise, ignore the ACK 
+		(if we re-sent before we received the other system's first ACK, this 
+		ACK will be a leftover)
+		.....................................................................*/
+		case PACKET_ACK:
+#ifdef DEBUG_SEQ
+printf("ACK received (%d)\n",packet->PacketID);
+#endif
+			/*
+			....................... Get queue entry ptr ........................
+			*/
+			send_entry = Queue->Next_Send();
+			/*
+			............... If ptr is valid, get ptr to its data ...............
+			*/
+			if (send_entry!=NULL) {
+				entry_data = (CommHeaderType *)send_entry->Buffer;
+
+				/*
+				.............. If ACK is for this entry, mark it ................
+				*/
+				if (packet->PacketID==entry_data->PacketID && 
+					entry_data->Code == PACKET_DATA_ACK) {
+					send_entry->IsACK = 1;
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+		
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Default: ignore the packet
+		.....................................................................*/
+		default:
+			break;
+
+	}	/* end of switch */
+
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * SequencedConnClass::Get_Packet -- gets a packet from the receive queue	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		buf		location to store buffer												*
+ *		buflen	filled in with length of 'buf'										*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		1 = packet was read, 0 = wasn't													*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int SequencedConnClass::Get_Packet (void * buf, int *buflen)
+{
+	ReceiveQueueType *rec_entry;					// ptr to receive entry header
+	int packetlen;										// size of received packet
+
+	/*
+	------------------ Get ptr to the next available entry -------------------
+	*/
+	rec_entry = Queue->Next_Receive();
+
+	/*
+	------------------------ Read it if it's un-read -------------------------
+	*/
+	if (rec_entry!=NULL && rec_entry->IsRead==0) {
+		/*
+		........................... Mark as read ..............................
+		*/
+		rec_entry->IsRead = 1;
+
+		/*
+		.......................... Copy data packet ...........................
+		*/
+		packetlen = rec_entry->BufLen - sizeof(CommHeaderType);
+		if (packetlen > 0) {
+			memcpy(buf, rec_entry->Buffer + sizeof(CommHeaderType), packetlen);
+		}
+		(*buflen) = packetlen;
+		return(true);
+	}
+
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * SequencedConnClass::Service_Send_Queue -- services the send queue			*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		1 = OK, 0 = error																		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int SequencedConnClass::Service_Send_Queue (void)
+{
+	SendQueueType *send_entry;						// ptr to send queue entry
+	CommHeaderType *packet_hdr;					// packet header
+	unsigned long curtime;							// current time
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	- If the next packet is ACK'd remove it from the queue
+	- If the next packet isn't ACK'd, [re-]send it
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	/*
+	......................... Get ptr to data to send ........................
+	*/
+	send_entry = Queue->Next_Send();
+	if (send_entry==NULL)
+		return(true);
+
+	/*
+	------------------ If ACK has been received, unqueue it ------------------
+	*/
+	if (send_entry->IsACK) {
+
+		/*
+		.................. Update this queue's response time ..................
+		*/
+		packet_hdr = (CommHeaderType *)send_entry->Buffer;
+		if (packet_hdr->Code == PACKET_DATA_ACK) {
+			Queue->Add_Delay(Time() - send_entry->FirstTime);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		......................... unqueue the packet ..........................
+		*/
+#ifdef DEBUG_SEQ
+printf(">>>Unqueueing Receive packet #%d<<<\n",packet_hdr->PacketID);
+#endif
+		Queue->UnQueue_Send(NULL,NULL);
+	} else {
+
+		/*
+		----------------- ACK not received yet, [re-]send packet -----------------
+		*/
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Only send the message if time has elapsed.  (The message's Time
+		fields are init'd to 0 when a message is queue'd or unqueue'd, so the
+		first time through, the delta time will appear large.)
+		.....................................................................*/
+		curtime = Time();
+		if (curtime - send_entry->LastTime > RetryDelta) {
+			/*
+			......................... Send the message .........................
+			*/
+			Send (send_entry->Buffer, send_entry->BufLen);
+			/*
+			....................... Fill in Time fields ........................
+			*/
+			send_entry->LastTime = curtime;
+			if (send_entry->SendCount==0) {
+				send_entry->FirstTime = curtime;
+				/*...............................................................
+				If this is the 1st time we're sending this packet, and it doesn't
+				require an ACK, mark it as ACK'd; then, the next time through,
+				it will just be removed from the queue.
+				...............................................................*/
+				packet_hdr = (CommHeaderType *)send_entry->Buffer;
+				if (packet_hdr->Code == PACKET_DATA_NOACK)
+					send_entry->IsACK = 1;
+			}
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_SEQ
+packet_hdr = (CommHeaderType *)send_entry->Buffer;
+if (packet_hdr->Code == PACKET_DATA_NOACK) {
+	printf("Sending PACKET_DATA_NOACK (%d)\n",packet_hdr->PacketID);
+} else {
+	printf("Sending PACKET_DATA_ACK (%d)\n",packet_hdr->PacketID);
+}
+#endif
+			/*
+			......................... Update SendCount .........................
+			*/
+			send_entry->SendCount++;
+			/*..................................................................
+			Perform error detection, based on either MaxRetries or Timeout
+			..................................................................*/
+			if (MaxRetries != -1 && send_entry->SendCount > MaxRetries)
+				return(false);
+			if (Timeout != -1 && send_entry->LastTime - 
+				send_entry->FirstTime > Timeout)
+				return(false);
+
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * SequencedConnClass::Service_Receive_Queue -- services the recieve queue	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		1 = OK, 0 = error																		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/20/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int SequencedConnClass::Service_Receive_Queue (void)
+{
+	CommHeaderType ackpacket;						// ACK packet to send
+	ReceiveQueueType *rec_entry;					// ptr to receive entry header
+	CommHeaderType *packet_hdr;					// packet header
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Get a pointer to the next received entry
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	rec_entry = Queue->Next_Receive();
+	if (rec_entry==NULL)
+		return(true);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	If this packet doesn't require an ACK, mark it as ACK'd.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	packet_hdr = (CommHeaderType *)(rec_entry->Buffer);
+	if (packet_hdr->Code==PACKET_DATA_NOACK)
+		rec_entry->IsACK = 1;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	If this packet hasn't been ACK'd, send an ACK:
+	- Fill in the MagicNum & the Code
+	- Set the PacketID to the same ID that the sending system used, so the
+	  sending system knows which packet the ACK is for
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (rec_entry->IsACK==0) {
+#ifdef DEBUG_SEQ
+printf("Sending ACK (%d)\n",packet_hdr->PacketID);
+#endif
+		ackpacket.MagicNumber = MagicNum;
+		ackpacket.Code = PACKET_ACK;
+		ackpacket.PacketID = packet_hdr->PacketID;
+
+		Send((char *)&ackpacket, sizeof(CommHeaderType));
+
+		rec_entry->IsACK = 1;
+	}
+			
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	If this packet has been read by the application, and has been ACK'd, and
+	there is another packet in the queue behind this one, it means the other
+	system got the ACK we sent for this packet; remove this packet from the
+	queue.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (rec_entry!=NULL && rec_entry->IsRead && rec_entry->IsACK &&
+		Queue->Num_Receive() > 1) {
+#ifdef DEBUG_SEQ
+printf(">>>Unqueueing Send packet #%d<<<\n",packet_hdr->PacketID);
+#endif
+		Queue->UnQueue_Receive(NULL,NULL);
+	}
+
+	return(true);
+}
+
diff --git a/SEQCONN.H b/SEQCONN.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0883933
--- /dev/null
+++ b/SEQCONN.H
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\seqconn.h_v   1.12   16 Oct 1995 16:47:58   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D    S T U D I O S        **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : SEQCONN.H                                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Bill Randolph                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : December 19, 1994                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : April 9, 1995   [BR]                 		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This class provides a "Sequenced" ACK/Retry approach to packet				*
+ * transmission.  It waits until the last packet has been ACK'd before		*
+ * sending another packet.  Thus, it guarantees order of delivery of			*
+ * packets, but its performance will be slower than the Non-Sequenced		*
+ * approach.																					*
+ *																									*
+ *	A derived class must provide:															*
+ * - Init: Initialization of any hardware-specific values.						*
+ * - Send: a hardware-dependent send routine.										*
+ *																									*
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef SEQCONN_H
+#define SEQCONN_H
+
+#include "connect.h"
+#include "comqueue.h"
+
+
+/*
+***************************** Class Declaration *****************************
+*/
+class SequencedConnClass : public ConnectionClass
+{
+	/*
+	---------------------------- Public Interface ----------------------------
+	*/
+	public:
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Constructor/destructor.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		SequencedConnClass (int numsend, int numrecieve, int maxlen, 
+			unsigned short magicnum, unsigned long retry_delta,
+			unsigned long max_retries, unsigned long timeout);
+		virtual ~SequencedConnClass ();
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Initialization.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		virtual void Init (void);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Send/Receive routines.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		virtual int Send_Packet (void * buf, int buflen, int ack_req);
+		virtual int Receive_Packet (void * buf, int buflen);
+		virtual int Get_Packet (void * buf, int *buflen);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		The packet queue.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		CommQueueClass *Queue;
+
+	/*
+	-------------------------- Protected Interface ---------------------------
+	*/
+	protected:
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Routines to service the Send & Receive queues.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		virtual int Service_Send_Queue (void);
+		virtual int Service_Receive_Queue (void);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Running totals of # of packets we send & receive which require an ACK, 
+		and those that don't.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		unsigned long NumRecNoAck;
+		unsigned long NumRecAck;
+		unsigned long NumSendNoAck;
+		unsigned long NumSendAck;
+
+};
+
+#endif
+/*************************** end of seqconn.h ******************************/
diff --git a/SESSION.H b/SESSION.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f4b27c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/SESSION.H
@@ -0,0 +1,553 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : SESSION.H                                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Bill R. Randolph                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : 11/30/95                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : November 30, 1995 [BRR]                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * The purpose of this class is to contain those variables & routines		*
+ * specifically related to a multiplayer game.										*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+#ifndef SESSION_H
+#define SESSION_H
+
+#include "ipxaddr.h"
+#include "msglist.h"
+#include "connect.h"
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Forward declarations
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+class AircraftClass;
+class AnimClass;
+class BuildingClass;
+class BulletClass;
+class InfantryClass;
+class UnitClass;
+class PhoneEntryClass;
+class CellClass;
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Defines
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//...........................................................................
+// Various limiting values
+//...........................................................................
+#define	MAX_PLAYERS						6		// max # of players we can have
+#define	MPLAYER_BUILD_LEVEL_MAX		7		// max build level in multiplay
+#define	MAX_MPLAYER_COLORS			6		// max # of colors
+
+//...........................................................................
+// Max sizes of packets we want to send
+// The IPX packet's size is IPX's max size (546), rounded down to accommodate
+// the max number of events possible.
+//...........................................................................
+#define	MAX_IPX_PACKET_SIZE			(((546 - sizeof(CommHeaderType)) / \
+												sizeof(EventClass) ) * sizeof(EventClass))
+#define	MAX_SERIAL_PACKET_SIZE		200
+
+//...........................................................................
+// Max length of player names fields; attempt to use the constant for the
+// HouseClass, if it's been defined; otherwise, define it myself.
+//...........................................................................
+#ifdef HOUSE_NAME_MAX
+#define	MPLAYER_NAME_MAX				HOUSE_NAME_MAX
+#else
+#define	MPLAYER_NAME_MAX				12		// max length of a player's name
+#endif
+
+//...........................................................................
+// Values to control the multiplayer score screen
+//...........................................................................
+#define	MAX_MULTI_NAMES	8		// max # names (rows) on the score screen
+#define	MAX_MULTI_GAMES	4		// max # games (columns) on the score screen
+
+//...........................................................................
+// Min value for MaxAhead, for both net & modem; only applies for
+// COMM_PROTOCOL_MULTI_E_COMP.
+//...........................................................................
+#define MODEM_MIN_MAX_AHEAD			5
+#define NETWORK_MIN_MAX_AHEAD			2
+
+//...........................................................................
+// Send period (in frames) for COMM_PROTOCOL_MULTI_E_COMP and above
+//...........................................................................
+#define DEFAULT_FRAME_SEND_RATE		3
+
+//...........................................................................
+// Modem-specific constants
+//...........................................................................
+#define	PORTBUF_MAX						5		// dialog field sizes
+#define	IRQBUF_MAX						3
+#define	BAUDBUF_MAX						7
+#define	INITSTRBUF_MAX					41
+#define	CWAITSTRBUF_MAX				16
+#define	CREDITSBUF_MAX					5
+#define	PACKET_TIMING_TIMEOUT		40		// ticks b/w sending a timing packet
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Enums
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//...........................................................................
+// Types of games; used to tell which protocol we're using
+//...........................................................................
+typedef enum GameEnum {
+	GAME_NORMAL,									// not multiplayer
+	GAME_MODEM,										// modem game
+	GAME_NULL_MODEM,								// NULL-modem
+	GAME_IPX,										// IPX Network game
+	GAME_INTERNET									// Winsock game
+} GameType;
+
+//...........................................................................
+// Various Modem-specific enums
+//...........................................................................
+typedef enum DetectPortType {
+	PORT_VALID = 0,
+	PORT_INVALID,
+	PORT_IRQ_INUSE
+} DetectPortType;
+
+typedef enum DialStatusType {
+	DIAL_CONNECTED			= 0,
+	DIAL_NO_CARRIER,
+	DIAL_BUSY,
+	DIAL_ERROR,
+	DIAL_CANCELED
+} DialStatusType;
+
+typedef enum DialMethodType {
+	DIAL_TOUCH_TONE = 0,
+	DIAL_PULSE,
+	DIAL_METHODS
+} DialMethodType;
+
+typedef enum CallWaitStringType {
+	CALL_WAIT_TONE_1 = 0,
+	CALL_WAIT_TONE_2,
+	CALL_WAIT_PULSE,
+	CALL_WAIT_CUSTOM,
+	CALL_WAIT_STRINGS_NUM
+} CallWaitStringType;
+
+typedef enum ModemGameType {
+	MODEM_NULL_HOST = 0,
+	MODEM_NULL_JOIN,
+	MODEM_DIALER,
+	MODEM_ANSWERER,
+	INTERNET_HOST = MODEM_NULL_HOST,
+	INTERNET_JOIN = MODEM_NULL_JOIN
+} ModemGameType;
+
+//...........................................................................
+// Commands sent over the serial Global Channel
+//...........................................................................
+typedef enum SerialCommandType {
+	SERIAL_CONNECT			= 100,	// Are you there?  Hello?  McFly?
+	SERIAL_GAME_OPTIONS	= 101,	// Hey, dudes, here's some new game options
+	SERIAL_SIGN_OFF		= 102,	// Bogus, dudes, my boss is coming; I'm outta here!
+	SERIAL_GO				= 103,	// OK, dudes, jump into the game loop!
+	SERIAL_MESSAGE			= 104,	// Here's a message
+	SERIAL_TIMING			= 105,	// timimg packet
+	SERIAL_SCORE_SCREEN	= 106,	// player at score screen
+	SERIAL_LOADGAME		= 107,	// Start the game, loading a saved game first
+	SERIAL_LAST_COMMAND				// last command
+} SerialCommandType;
+
+//...........................................................................
+// Commands sent over the network Global Channel
+//...........................................................................
+typedef enum NetCommandType {
+	NET_QUERY_GAME,			// Hey, what games are out there?
+	NET_ANSWER_GAME,			// Yo, Here's my game's name!
+	NET_QUERY_PLAYER,			// Hey, what players are in this game?
+	NET_ANSWER_PLAYER,		// Yo, I'm in that game!
+	NET_CHAT_ANNOUNCE,		// I'm at the chat screen
+	NET_CHAT_REQUEST,			// Respond with a CHAT_ANNOUNCE, please.
+	NET_QUERY_JOIN,			// Hey guys, can I play too?
+	NET_CONFIRM_JOIN,			// Well, OK, if you really want to.
+	NET_REJECT_JOIN,			// No, you can't join; sorry, dude.
+	NET_GAME_OPTIONS,			// Hey, dudes, here's some new game options
+	NET_SIGN_OFF,				// Bogus, dudes, my boss is coming; I'm outta here!
+	NET_GO,						// OK, jump into the game loop!
+	NET_MESSAGE,				// Here's a message
+	NET_PING,					// I'm pinging you to take a time measurement
+	NET_LOADGAME,				// start a game by loading a saved game
+} NetCommandType;
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Structures
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//...........................................................................
+// An entry on the score screen is defined by this structure
+//...........................................................................
+typedef struct {
+	char Name[MPLAYER_NAME_MAX];
+	int Wins;
+	int Kills[MAX_MULTI_GAMES];
+	int Color;
+} MPlayerScoreType;
+
+//...........................................................................
+// Settings for the serial port
+//...........................................................................
+typedef struct {
+	int Port;
+	int IRQ;
+	int Baud;
+	DialMethodType DialMethod;
+	int InitStringIndex;
+	int CallWaitStringIndex;
+	char CallWaitString[ CWAITSTRBUF_MAX ];
+} SerialSettingsType;
+
+//...........................................................................
+//	This is a "node", used for the lists of available games & players.  The
+//	'Game' structure is used for games; the 'Player' structure for players.
+//...........................................................................
+typedef struct NodeNameTag {
+	char Name[MPLAYER_NAME_MAX];		// player or game name
+		IPXAddressClass Address;
+	union {
+		struct {
+			unsigned char IsOpen;		// is the game open?
+			unsigned long LastTime;		// last time we heard from this guy
+		} Game;
+		struct {
+			HousesType House;				// "ActLike" House of this player
+			unsigned char Color;			// Color of this player
+			HousesType ID;					// Actual House of this player
+		} Player;
+		struct {
+			unsigned long LastTime;		// last time we heard from this guy
+			unsigned char LastChance;	// we're about to remove him from the list
+			unsigned char Color;			// chat player's color
+		} Chat;
+	};
+} NodeNameType;
+
+//...........................................................................
+// Packet sent over the serial Global Channel
+//...........................................................................
+typedef struct {
+	SerialCommandType Command;					// One of the enum's defined above
+	char Name[MPLAYER_NAME_MAX];				// Player or Game Name
+	unsigned long MinVersion;					// min version this game supports
+	unsigned long MaxVersion;					// max version this game supports
+	HousesType House;								// player's House
+	unsigned char Color;							// player's color or SIGNOFF ID
+	unsigned char Scenario;						// Scenario #
+	unsigned int Credits;						// player's credits
+	unsigned int IsBases		: 1;				// 1 = bases are allowed
+	unsigned int IsTiberium	: 1;				// 1 = tiberium is allowed
+	unsigned int IsGoodies	: 1;				// 1 = goodies are allowed
+	unsigned int IsGhosties	: 1;				// 1 = ghosts are allowed
+	unsigned char BuildLevel;					// buildable level
+	unsigned char UnitCount;					// max # units
+	int Seed;										// random number seed
+	SpecialClass Special;						// command-line options
+	unsigned int GameSpeed;						// Game Speed
+	unsigned long ResponseTime;				// packet response time
+	char Message[COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH];	// inter-player message
+	unsigned char ID;								// unique ID of sender of message
+} SerialPacketType;
+
+//...........................................................................
+// Packet sent over the network Global Channel
+//...........................................................................
+typedef struct {
+	NetCommandType Command;						// One of the enum's defined above
+	char Name[MPLAYER_NAME_MAX];				// Player or Game Name
+	union {
+		struct {
+			unsigned int IsOpen		: 1;		// 1 = game is open for joining
+		} GameInfo;
+		struct {
+			HousesType House;						// player's House
+			unsigned int Color;					// player's color
+			unsigned long NameCRC;				// CRC of player's game's name
+			unsigned long MinVersion;			// game's min supported version
+			unsigned long MaxVersion;			// game's max supported version
+		} PlayerInfo;
+		struct {
+			unsigned char Scenario;				// Scenario #
+			unsigned int Credits;				// player's credits
+			unsigned int IsBases		: 1;		// 1 = bases are allowed
+			unsigned int IsTiberium	: 1;		// 1 = tiberium is allowed
+			unsigned int IsGoodies	: 1;		// 1 = goodies are allowed
+			unsigned int IsGhosties	: 1;		// 1 = ghosts are allowed
+			unsigned char BuildLevel;			// buildable level
+			unsigned char UnitCount;			// max # units
+			int Seed;								// random number seed
+			SpecialClass Special;				// command-line options
+			unsigned int GameSpeed;				// Game Speed
+			unsigned long Version;				// version # common to all players
+		} ScenarioInfo;
+		struct {
+			char Buf[COMPAT_MESSAGE_LENGTH];	// inter-user message
+			unsigned char Color;					// color of sender of message
+			unsigned long NameCRC;				// CRC of sender's Game Name
+		} Message;
+		struct {
+			int OneWay;								// one-way response time
+		} ResponseTime;
+		struct {
+			int Why;									// why were we rejected from the game?
+		} Reject;
+		struct {
+			unsigned long ID;						// unique ID for this chat node
+			unsigned char Color;					// my color
+		} Chat;
+	};
+} GlobalPacketType;
+
+//...........................................................................
+// For finding sync bugs; filled in by the engine when certain conditions
+// are met; the pointers allow examination of objects in the debugger.
+//...........................................................................
+typedef struct {
+	union {
+		AircraftClass *Aircraft;
+		AnimClass *Anim;
+		BuildingClass *Building;
+		BulletClass *Bullet;
+		InfantryClass *Infantry;
+		UnitClass *Unit;
+		void *All;
+	} Ptr;
+} TrapObjectType;
+
+typedef struct {
+	int ScenarioIndex;
+	int Bases;
+	int Credits;
+	int Tiberium;
+	int Goodies;
+	int Ghosts;
+	int UnitCount;
+} GameOptionsType;
+
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Class Definition
+//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+class SessionClass
+{
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	// Public interface
+	//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	public:
+		//.....................................................................
+		// Constructor/Destructor
+		//.....................................................................
+		SessionClass(void);
+		~SessionClass(void);
+
+		//.....................................................................
+		// Initialization
+		//.....................................................................
+		void One_Time(void);
+		void Init(void);
+
+		//.....................................................................
+		// Reads/writes to the INI file
+		//.....................................................................
+		void Read_MultiPlayer_Settings (void);
+		void Write_MultiPlayer_Settings (void);
+		void Read_Scenario_Descriptions (void);
+		void Free_Scenario_Descriptions(void);
+
+		//.....................................................................
+		// Utility functions
+		//.....................................................................
+		int Create_Connections(void);
+		bool Am_I_Master(void);
+		unsigned long Compute_Unique_ID(void);
+
+		//.....................................................................
+		// File I/O
+		//.....................................................................
+		int Save(FileClass &file);
+		int Load(FileClass &file);
+
+		//.....................................................................
+		// Debugging / Sync Bugs
+		//.....................................................................
+		void Trap_Object(void);
+
+		//---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		// Public Data
+		//---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		//.....................................................................
+		// The type of session being played
+		//.....................................................................
+		GameType Type;
+
+		//.....................................................................
+		// The current communications protocol
+		//.....................................................................
+		CommProtocolType CommProtocol;
+
+		//.....................................................................
+		// Game options
+		//.....................................................................
+		GameOptionsType Options;
+
+		//.....................................................................
+		// Unique workstation ID, for detecting my own packets
+		//.....................................................................
+		unsigned long UniqueID;
+
+		//.....................................................................
+		// Player's local options
+		//.....................................................................
+		char Handle[MPLAYER_NAME_MAX];		// player name
+		int PrefColor;								// preferred color index
+		int ColorIdx;								// actual color index
+		HousesType House;							// GDI / NOD
+		int Blitz;									// 1 = AI blitzes
+		int ObiWan;									// 1 = player can see all
+		int Solo;									// 1 = player can play alone
+
+		//.....................................................................
+		// Max allowable # of players & actual # of (human) players
+		//.....................................................................
+		int MaxPlayers;
+		int NumPlayers;
+
+		//.....................................................................
+		// Frame-sync'ing timing variables
+		// 'MaxAhead' is the number of frames ahead of this one to execute
+		// a given packet.  It's set by the RESPONSE_TIME event.
+		// 'FrameSendRate' is the # frames between data packets
+		// 'FrameRateDelay' is the time ticks to wait between frames, for
+		// smoothing.
+		//.....................................................................
+		unsigned long MaxAhead;
+		unsigned long FrameSendRate;
+		unsigned long FrameRateDelay;
+
+		//.....................................................................
+		// This flag is set when we've loaded a multiplayer game.
+		//.....................................................................
+		int LoadGame;
+
+		//.....................................................................
+		// This flag is set when the modem game saves the game due to a lost
+		// connection.
+		//.....................................................................
+		int EmergencySave;
+
+		//.....................................................................
+		// List of scenarios & their file numbers
+		//.....................................................................
+		DynamicVectorClass <char *> Scenarios;
+		DynamicVectorClass <int> Filenum;
+
+		//.....................................................................
+		// This is the multiplayer messaging system
+		//.....................................................................
+		MessageListClass Messages;
+		IPXAddressClass MessageAddress;
+		char LastMessage[MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH];
+		int WWChat		: 1;	// 1 = go into special WW Chat mode
+
+		//.....................................................................
+		// This is the multiplayer scorekeeping system
+		//.....................................................................
+		MPlayerScoreType Score[MAX_MULTI_NAMES];
+		int GamesPlayed;		// # games played this run
+		int NumScores;			// # active entries in MPlayerScore
+		int Winner;				// index of winner of last game
+		int CurGame;			// index of current game being played
+
+		//.....................................................................
+		// Static arrays
+		//.....................................................................
+		static int GColors[];
+		static int TColors[];
+		static char Descriptions[100][40];
+		static int CountMin[2];
+		static int CountMax[2];
+		static char * GlobalPacketNames[];
+		static char * SerialPacketNames[];
+
+		//.....................................................................
+		// For Recording & Playing back a file
+		//.....................................................................
+		CCFileClass RecordFile;
+		int Record				: 1;
+		int Play				 	: 1;
+		int Attract			 	: 1;
+
+		//.....................................................................
+		// IPX-specific variables
+		//.....................................................................
+		int IsBridge;								// 1 = we're crossing a bridge
+		IPXAddressClass BridgeNet;				// address of bridge
+		bool NetStealth;							// makes us invisible
+		bool NetProtect;							// keeps others from messaging us
+		bool NetOpen;								// 1 = game is open for joining
+		char GameName[MPLAYER_NAME_MAX];		// game's name
+		GlobalPacketType GPacket;				// global packet
+		int GPacketlen;							// global packet length
+		IPXAddressClass GAddress;				// address of sender
+		unsigned short GProductID;				// product ID of sender
+		char MetaPacket[MAX_IPX_PACKET_SIZE]; // packet building buffer
+		int MetaSize;								// size of MetaPacket
+		DynamicVectorClass <NodeNameType *> Games;	// list of games
+		DynamicVectorClass <NodeNameType *> Players;	// list of players
+		DynamicVectorClass <NodeNameType *> Chat;		// list of chat nodes
+
+		//.....................................................................
+		// Modem-specific variables
+		//.....................................................................
+		bool ModemService		: 1;				// 1 = service modem in Call_Back
+		int CurPhoneIdx;							// phone listing index
+		SerialSettingsType SerialDefaults;	// default serial settings
+		ModemGameType ModemType;				// caller or answerer?
+
+		DynamicVectorClass<PhoneEntryClass *> PhoneBook;
+		DynamicVectorClass <char *> InitStrings;
+		static char * DialMethodCheck[ DIAL_METHODS ];
+		static char * CallWaitStrings[ CALL_WAIT_STRINGS_NUM ];
+
+		//.....................................................................
+		// For finding Sync Bugs
+		//.....................................................................
+		long TrapFrame;
+		RTTIType TrapObjType;
+		TrapObjectType TrapObject;
+		COORD TrapCoord;
+		void * TrapThis;
+		CellClass * TrapCell;
+		int TrapCheckHeap;
+
+};
+
+#endif		// SESSION_H
+
+/*************************** end of session.h ******************************/
diff --git a/SHAPEBTN.CPP b/SHAPEBTN.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a2e2264
--- /dev/null
+++ b/SHAPEBTN.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\shapebtn.cpv   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:52:00   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : SHAPEBTN.CPP                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : 01/15/95                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : January 15, 1995 [JLB]                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   ShapeButtonClass::ShapeButtonClass -- Constructor for a shape type button.                *
+ *   ShapeButtonClass::Draw_Me -- Renders the shape button's imagery.                          *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+#include "shapebtn.h"
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ShapeButtonClass::ShapeButtonClass -- Default Constructor for a shape type button.          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   You must call Set_Shape() before using a button constructed with this function, *
+ *             and you must set X & Y, and ID.                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/15/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+ShapeButtonClass::ShapeButtonClass(void) :
+	ToggleClass(0, 0, 0, 0, 0)
+{
+	ReflectButtonState = false;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ShapeButtonClass::ShapeButtonClass -- Constructor for a shape type button.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the normal constructor for a shape type button. Shape buttons are ones that      *
+ *    have their imagery controlled by a shape file. The various states of the button are      *
+ *    given a visual form as one of these shapes. Button dimensions are controlled by the      *
+ *    first shape.                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   id    -- The button ID.                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          shape -- Pointer to the shape file that controls the button's display.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          x,y   -- The pixel coordinate of the upper left corner of the button.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   The width and height of the shape is controlled by the first shape in the       *
+ *             shape file provided. This means that all the shapes in the shape file must be   *
+ *             the same size.                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/15/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+ShapeButtonClass::ShapeButtonClass(unsigned id, void const * shape, int x, int y) :
+	ToggleClass(id, x, y, 0, 0)
+{
+	Width = 0;
+	Height = 0;
+	ReflectButtonState = false;
+	Set_Shape(shape);
+}
+
+
+void ShapeButtonClass::Set_Shape(void const * data)
+{
+	ShapeData = data;
+	if (ShapeData) {
+		Width = Get_Build_Frame_Width(ShapeData);
+		Height = Get_Build_Frame_Height(ShapeData);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ShapeButtonClass::Draw_Me -- Renders the shape button's imagery.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This function is called when the button detects that it must be redrawn. The actual      *
+ *    shape to use is controled by the button's state and the shape file provided when then    *
+ *    button was constructed.                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   forced   -- Should the button be redrawn regardless of the redraw flag?            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the shape redrawn?                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/15/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int ShapeButtonClass::Draw_Me(int forced)
+{
+	if (ControlClass::Draw_Me(forced) && ShapeData) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Hide the mouse.
+		*/
+		if (LogicPage == &SeenBuff) {
+			Conditional_Hide_Mouse(X, Y, X+Width-1, Y+Height-1);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Draw the body & set text color.
+		*/
+		int shapenum = 0;
+		if (IsDisabled) {
+			shapenum = DISABLED_SHAPE;
+		} else {
+
+			if (!ReflectButtonState){
+				if (IsPressed) {
+					shapenum = DOWN_SHAPE;
+				} else {
+					shapenum = UP_SHAPE;
+				}
+			}else{
+				shapenum = IsOn;
+			}
+		}
+		CC_Draw_Shape(ShapeData, shapenum, X, Y, WINDOW_MAIN, SHAPE_NORMAL);
+
+		/*
+		**	Display the mouse.
+		*/
+		if (LogicPage == &SeenBuff) {
+			Conditional_Show_Mouse();
+		}
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+
diff --git a/SHAPEBTN.H b/SHAPEBTN.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e44c8e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/SHAPEBTN.H
@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\shapebtn.h_v   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:46:30   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : SHAPEBTN.H                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : 01/15/95                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : January 15, 1995 [JLB]                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef SHAPEBTN_H
+#define SHAPEBTN_H
+
+#include	"toggle.h"
+
+class ShapeButtonClass : public ToggleClass
+{
+	public:
+		ShapeButtonClass(void);
+		ShapeButtonClass(unsigned id, void const * shapes, int x, int y);
+		virtual int Draw_Me(int forced=false);
+		virtual void Set_Shape(void const * data);
+
+		enum ShapeButtonClassEnums {
+			UP_SHAPE,				// Shape to use when button is "up".
+			DOWN_SHAPE,				// Shape to use when button is "down".
+			DISABLED_SHAPE,		// Shape to use when button is disabled.
+		};
+
+		unsigned ReflectButtonState:1;
+
+	protected:
+
+		/*
+		**	This points to the shape data file. This file contains the appropriate shapes
+		**	for this button in the offsets specified above.
+		*/
+		void const * ShapeData;
+};
+#endif
diff --git a/SIDEBAR.CPP b/SIDEBAR.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e6a7490
--- /dev/null
+++ b/SIDEBAR.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,2535 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\sidebar.cpv   2.13   02 Aug 1995 17:03:22   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : SIDEBAR.CPP                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : October 20, 1994                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : January 25, 1996   []                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   SidebarClass::Abandon_Production -- Stops production of the object specified.             *
+ *   SidebarClass::Activate -- Controls the sidebar activation.                                *
+ *   SidebarClass::Activate_Demolish -- Controls the demolish button on the sidebar.           *
+ *   SidebarClass::Activate_Repair -- Controls the repair button on the sidebar.               *
+ *   SidebarClass::Activate_Upgrade -- Controls the upgrade button on the sidebar.             *
+ *   SidebarClass::Add -- Adds a game object to the sidebar list.                              *
+ *   SidebarClass::AI -- Handles player clicking on sidebar area.                              *
+ *   SidebarClass::Draw_It -- Renders the sidebar display.                                     *
+ *   SidebarClass::Factory_Link -- Links a factory to a sidebar strip.                         *
+ *   SidebarClass::Init_Clear -- Sets sidebar to a known (and deactivated) state               *
+ *   SidebarClass::Init_IO -- Adds buttons to the button list                                  *
+ *   SidebarClass::Init_Theater -- Performs theater-specific initialization                    *
+ *   SidebarClass::One_Time -- Handles the one time game initializations.                      *
+ *   SidebarClass::One_Time -- Handles the one time game initializations.                      *
+ *   SidebarClass::Recalc -- Examines the sidebar data and updates it as necessary.            *
+ *   SidebarClass::Refresh_Cells -- Intercepts the refresh, looking for sidebar controls.      *
+ *   SidebarClass::SBGadgetClass::Action -- Special function that controls the mouse over the s*
+ *   SidebarClass::Scroll -- Handles scrolling the sidebar object strip.                       *
+ *   SidebarClass::Set_Current -- Sets a specified object that controls the sidebar display.   *
+ *   SidebarClass::SidebarClass -- Default constructor for the sidebar.                        *
+ *   SidebarClass::StripClass::Abandon_Produ -- Abandons production associated with sidebar.   *
+ *   SidebarClass::StripClass::Activate -- Adds the strip buttons to the input system.         *
+ *   SidebarClass::StripClass::Add -- Add an object to the side strip.                         *
+ *   SidebarClass::StripClass::AI -- Input and AI processing for the side strip.               *
+ *   SidebarClass::StripClass::Deactivate -- Removes the side strip buttons from the input syst*
+ *   SidebarClass::StripClass::Draw_It -- Render the sidebar display.                          *
+ *   SidebarClass::StripClass::Factory_Link -- Links a factory to a sidebar button.            *
+ *   SidebarClass::StripClass::Flag_To_Redra -- Flags the sidebar strip to be redrawn.         *
+ *   SidebarClass::StripClass::Get_Special_Cameo -- Fetches the special event cameo shape.     *
+ *   SidebarClass::StripClass::Init_Clear -- Sets sidebar to a known (and deactivated) state   *
+ *   SidebarClass::StripClass::Init_IO -- Adds buttons to the button list                      *
+ *   SidebarClass::StripClass::Init_Theater -- Performs theater-specific initialization        *
+ *   SidebarClass::StripClass::One_Time -- Performs one time actions necessary for the side str*
+ *   SidebarClass::StripClass::Recalc -- Revalidates the current sidebar list of objects.      *
+ *   SidebarClass::StripClass::Scroll -- Causes the side strip to scroll.                      *
+ *   SidebarClass::StripClass::SelectClass:: -- Action function when buildable cameo is selecte*
+ *   SidebarClass::StripClass::SelectClass:: -- Assigns special values to a buildable select bu*
+ *   SidebarClass::StripClass::SelectClass::SelectClass -- Default constructor.                *
+ *   SidebarClass::StripClass::StripClass -- Default constructor for the side strip class.     *
+ *   SidebarClass::Which_Column -- Determines which column a given type should appear.         *
+ *   sortfunc -- Utility routine that handles 'qsort' the strip buttons.                       *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+
+/*
+**	Define "_RETRIEVE" if the palette morphing tables are part of the loaded data. If this
+**	is undefined, then the files will be created.
+*/
+#define	_RETRIEVE
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	This holds the translucent table for use with the construction clock
+**	animation.
+*/
+char SidebarClass::StripClass::ClockTranslucentTable[(1+1)*256];
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	This points to the main sidebar shapes. These include the upgrade and
+**	repair buttons.
+*/
+TheaterType SidebarClass::StripClass::LastTheater = THEATER_NONE;
+
+typedef enum ButtonNumberType {
+	BUTTON_RADAR = 100,
+	BUTTON_REPAIR,
+	BUTTON_DEMOLISH,
+	BUTTON_UPGRADE,
+	BUTTON_SELECT,
+	BUTTON_ZOOM
+} ButtonNumberType;
+
+/*
+** Sidebar buttons
+*/
+SidebarClass::SBGadgetClass SidebarClass::Background;
+ShapeButtonClass SidebarClass::Repair;
+ShapeButtonClass SidebarClass::Upgrade;
+ShapeButtonClass SidebarClass::Zoom;
+ShapeButtonClass SidebarClass::StripClass::UpButton[COLUMNS];
+ShapeButtonClass SidebarClass::StripClass::DownButton[COLUMNS];
+SidebarClass::StripClass::SelectClass
+SidebarClass::StripClass::SelectButton[COLUMNS][MAX_VISIBLE];
+
+/*
+** Shape data pointers
+*/
+void const * SidebarClass::StripClass::LogoShapes;
+void const * SidebarClass::StripClass::ClockShapes;
+void const * SidebarClass::StripClass::SpecialShapes[3];
+
+void const * SidebarClass::SidebarShape1;
+void const * SidebarClass::SidebarShape2;
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SidebarClass::SidebarClass -- Default constructor for the sidebar.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Constructor for the sidebar handler. It basically sets up the sidebar to the empty       *
+ *    condition.                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/17/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+SidebarClass::SidebarClass(void)
+{
+	IsSidebarActive = false;
+	IsRepairActive = false;
+	IsUpgradeActive = false;
+	IsDemolishActive = false;
+	IsToRedraw = true;
+
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SidebarClass::One_Time -- Handles the one time game initializations.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to load the graphic data that is needed by the sidebar display. It  *
+ *    should only be called ONCE.                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   Only call this routine once when the game first starts.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/28/94   JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void SidebarClass::One_Time(void)
+{
+	PowerClass::One_Time();
+	/*
+	** Set up the pixel offsets and widths and heights used to render the
+	** sidebar.  They are now variables because we need to change them for
+	** variable resolutions.
+	*/
+	int factor			= (SeenBuff.Get_Width() == 320) ? 1 : 2;
+	SideBarWidth		= SIDEBARWIDTH * factor;
+	SideX 				= SeenBuff.Get_Width() - SideBarWidth;
+	SideY 				= Map.RadY + Map.RadHeight + 1;
+	SideWidth 			= SeenBuff.Get_Width() - SideX;
+	SideHeight			= SeenBuff.Get_Height() - SideY;
+	MaxVisible			= 4;
+	ButtonHeight		= 9 * factor;
+	TopHeight			= ButtonHeight + (4 * factor);
+
+	Background.X		= SideX+8 * factor;
+	Background.Y		= SideY,
+	Background.Width	= SideWidth-1;
+	Background.Height = SideHeight-1;
+	/*
+	**	This sets up the clipping window. This window is used by the shape drawing
+	**	code so that as the sidebar buildable buttons scroll, they get properly
+	**	clipped at the top and bottom edges.
+	*/
+	WindowList[WINDOW_SIDEBAR][WINDOWX]			= (SideX+PowWidth) >> 3;
+	WindowList[WINDOW_SIDEBAR][WINDOWY]			= SideY + 1 + TopHeight;
+	WindowList[WINDOW_SIDEBAR][WINDOWWIDTH]	= SideWidth>>3;
+	WindowList[WINDOW_SIDEBAR][WINDOWHEIGHT]	= (MaxVisible * (StripClass::OBJECT_HEIGHT * factor)) - 1;
+
+	/*
+	**	Set up the coordinates for the sidebar strips. These coordinates are for
+	**	the upper left corner.
+	*/
+	int width = (SideWidth - PowWidth) - (((StripClass::STRIP_WIDTH ) * factor) << 1);
+	int spacing = width / 3;
+
+	Column[0].X = SideX + PowWidth + spacing;
+	Column[0].Y = SideY + TopHeight + 1;
+	Column[1].X = Column[0].X + (StripClass::STRIP_WIDTH * factor) + spacing -1;
+	Column[1].Y = SideY + TopHeight + 1;
+
+	Column[0].One_Time(0);
+	Column[1].One_Time(1);
+
+	SidebarShape1 = Hires_Retrieve("SIDE1.SHP");
+	SidebarShape2 = Hires_Retrieve("SIDE2.SHP");
+
+
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SidebarClass::Init_Clear -- Sets sidebar to a known (and deactivated) state                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/24/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void SidebarClass::Init_Clear(void)
+{
+	PowerClass::Init_Clear();
+
+	IsToRedraw = true;
+	IsRepairActive = false;
+	IsUpgradeActive = false;
+	IsDemolishActive = false;
+
+	Column[0].Init_Clear();
+	Column[1].Init_Clear();
+
+	Activate(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SidebarClass::Init_IO -- Adds buttons to the button list                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/24/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void SidebarClass::Init_IO(void)
+{
+	void *oldfont;
+	int oldx;
+	PowerClass::Init_IO();
+
+	/*
+	** Add the sidebar's buttons only if we're not in editor mode.
+	*/
+	int buttonspacing = (SideBarWidth - (ButtonOneWidth + ButtonTwoWidth + ButtonThreeWidth)) / 4;
+
+
+	if (!Debug_Map) {
+		/*
+		** Set the button widths based on the string that goes in them.
+		*/
+		oldfont = Set_Font(Font6Ptr);
+		oldx    = FontXSpacing;
+		FontXSpacing = -1;
+		Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_NONE, 0, 0, TBLACK, TBLACK, TPF_6POINT | TPF_NOSHADOW);
+
+		int maxwidth = String_Pixel_Width(Text_String(TXT_REPAIR_BUTTON)) + 8;
+		maxwidth = MAX(maxwidth, String_Pixel_Width(Text_String(TXT_BUTTON_SELL)) + 8);
+		maxwidth = MAX(maxwidth, String_Pixel_Width(Text_String(TXT_MAP)) + 8);
+		Repair.Width = maxwidth;
+		Upgrade.Width = maxwidth;
+		Zoom.Width = maxwidth;
+//		Repair.Width = String_Pixel_Width(Text_String(TXT_REPAIR_BUTTON)) + 8;
+//		Upgrade.Width = String_Pixel_Width(Text_String(TXT_BUTTON_SELL)) + 8;
+//		Zoom.Width = String_Pixel_Width(Text_String(TXT_MAP)) + 8;
+		/*
+		** find the spacing between buttons by getting remaining width
+		** and dividing it between the buttons.
+		*/
+		int buttonspacing = (SideBarWidth - (Repair.Width + Upgrade.Width + Zoom.Width)) / 4;
+
+		Repair.IsSticky = true;
+		Repair.ID = BUTTON_REPAIR;
+		Repair.X = 484;
+		Repair.Y = 160;
+		Repair.IsPressed = false;
+		Repair.IsToggleType = true;
+		Repair.ReflectButtonState = true;
+#if (FRENCH)
+		Repair.Set_Shape(Hires_Retrieve("REPAIRF.SHP"));
+#else
+#if (GERMAN)
+		Repair.Set_Shape(Hires_Retrieve("REPAIRG.SHP"));
+#else
+		Repair.Set_Shape(Hires_Retrieve("REPAIR.SHP"));
+#endif
+#endif
+
+		Upgrade.IsSticky = true;
+		Upgrade.ID = BUTTON_UPGRADE;
+		Upgrade.X = 480+57;
+		Upgrade.Y = 160;
+		Upgrade.IsPressed = false;
+		Upgrade.IsToggleType = true;
+		Upgrade.ReflectButtonState = true;
+#if (FRENCH)
+		Upgrade.Set_Shape(Hires_Retrieve("SELLF.SHP"));
+#else
+#if (GERMAN)
+		Upgrade.Set_Shape(Hires_Retrieve("SELLG.SHP"));
+#else
+		Upgrade.Set_Shape(Hires_Retrieve("SELL.SHP"));
+#endif
+#endif
+
+		Zoom.IsSticky = true;
+		Zoom.ID = BUTTON_ZOOM;
+		Zoom.X = 480 + 110;
+		Zoom.Y = 160;
+		Zoom.IsPressed = false;
+#if (FRENCH)
+		Zoom.Set_Shape(Hires_Retrieve("MAPF.SHP"));
+#else
+#if (GERMAN)
+		Zoom.Set_Shape(Hires_Retrieve("MAPG.SHP"));
+#else
+		Zoom.Set_Shape(Hires_Retrieve("MAP.SHP"));
+#endif
+#endif
+
+		if (IsRadarActive || GameToPlay!=GAME_NORMAL) {
+			Zoom.Enable();
+		} else {
+			Zoom.Disable();
+		}
+
+		Set_Font(oldfont);
+		FontXSpacing = oldx;
+		FontXSpacing = -1;
+
+
+		Column[0].Init_IO(0);
+		Column[1].Init_IO(1);
+
+		/*
+		** If a game was loaded & the sidebar was enabled, pop it up now
+		*/
+		if (IsSidebarActive) {
+			IsSidebarActive = false;
+			Activate(1);
+//			Background.Zap();
+//			Add_A_Button(Background);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SidebarClass::Init_Theater -- Performs theater-specific initialization                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   theater  -- The theater that is being initialized. Sometimes this has an effect on *
+ *                      the data that is loaded.                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/24/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void SidebarClass::Init_Theater(TheaterType theater)
+{
+	PowerClass::Init_Theater(theater);
+
+	Column[0].Init_Theater(theater);
+	Column[1].Init_Theater(theater);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SidebarClass::Which_Column -- Determines which column a given type should appear.           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this function to resolve what column the specified object type should be placed      *
+ *    into.                                                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   otype -- Pointer to the object type class of the object in question.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the column number that the object should be placed in.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/01/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int SidebarClass::Which_Column(RTTIType type)
+{
+	if (type == RTTI_BUILDINGTYPE || type == RTTI_BUILDING) {
+		return(0);
+	}
+	return(1);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SidebarClass::Factory_Link -- Links a factory to a sidebar strip.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will link the specified factory to the sidebar strip. A factory must be     *
+ *    linked to the sidebar so that as the factory production progresses, the sidebar will     *
+ *    show the production progress.                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   factory  -- The factory number to attach.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          type     -- The object type number.                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          id       -- The object sub-type number.                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Was the factory successfully attached to the sidebar strip?                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool SidebarClass::Factory_Link(int factory, RTTIType type, int id)
+{
+	return(Column[Which_Column(type)].Factory_Link(factory, type, id));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SidebarClass::Refresh_Cells -- Intercepts the refresh, looking for sidebar controls.        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine intercepts the Refresh_Cells call in order to see if the sidebar needs      *
+ *    to be refreshed as well. If the special code to refresh the sidebar was found, it        *
+ *    flags the sidebar to be redrawn and then removes the code from the list.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   cell  -- The cell to base the refresh list on.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          list  -- Pointer to the cell offset list that elaborates all the cells that        *
+ *                   need to be flagged for redraw.                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void SidebarClass::Refresh_Cells(CELL cell, short const *list)
+{
+	if (*list == REFRESH_SIDEBAR) {
+		IsToRedraw = true;
+		Column[0].IsToRedraw = true;
+		Column[1].IsToRedraw = true;
+		Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+	}
+	PowerClass::Refresh_Cells(cell, list);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SidebarClass::Activate_Repair -- Controls the repair button on the sidebar.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to turn the repair sidebar button on and off. Typically, the button     *
+ *    is enabled when the currently selected structure is friendly and damaged.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   control  -- The controls how the button is to be activated or deactivated;         *
+ *                      0  -- Turn button off.                                                 *
+ *                      1  -- Turn button on.                                                  *
+ *                      -1 -- Toggle button state.                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the button previously activated?                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/24/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool SidebarClass::Activate_Repair(int control)
+{
+	bool old = IsRepairActive;
+
+	if (control == -1) {
+		control = IsRepairActive ? 0 : 1;
+	}
+	switch (control) {
+		case 1:
+			IsRepairActive = true;
+			break;
+
+		default:
+		case 0:
+			IsRepairActive = false;
+			break;
+	}
+	if (old != IsRepairActive) {
+		Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+		IsToRedraw = true;
+
+		if (!IsRepairActive) {
+			Help_Text(TXT_NONE);
+			Set_Default_Mouse(MOUSE_NORMAL, false);
+		}
+	}
+	return(old);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SidebarClass::Activate_Upgrade -- Controls the upgrade button on the sidebar.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to turn the upgrade sidebar button on and off. Typically, the button    *
+ *    is enabled when the currently selected structure can be upgraded and disabled otherwise. *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   control  -- The controls how the button is to be activated or deactivated;         *
+ *                      0  -- Turn button off.                                                 *
+ *                      1  -- Turn button on.                                                  *
+ *                      -1 -- Toggle button state.                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the button previously activated?                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/24/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool SidebarClass::Activate_Upgrade(int control)
+{
+	bool old = IsUpgradeActive;
+	if (control == -1) {
+		control = IsUpgradeActive ? 0 : 1;
+	}
+	switch (control) {
+		case 1:
+			IsUpgradeActive = true;
+			break;
+
+		default:
+		case 0:
+			IsUpgradeActive = false;
+			break;
+	}
+	if (old != IsUpgradeActive) {
+		Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+		IsToRedraw = true;
+		if (!IsUpgradeActive) {
+			Set_Default_Mouse(MOUSE_NORMAL, false);
+		}
+	}
+	return(old);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SidebarClass::Activate_Demolish -- Controls the demolish button on the sidebar.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to turn the demolish/dismantle sidebar button on and off. Typically,    *
+ *    the button is enabled when a friendly building is selected and disabled otherwise.       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   control  -- The controls how the button is to be activated or deactivated;         *
+ *                      0  -- Turn button off.                                                 *
+ *                      1  -- Turn button on.                                                  *
+ *                      -1 -- Toggle button state.                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the button previously activated?                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/24/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool SidebarClass::Activate_Demolish(int control)
+{
+	bool old = IsDemolishActive;
+
+	if (control == -1) {
+		control = IsDemolishActive ? 0 : 1;
+	}
+	switch (control) {
+		case 1:
+			IsDemolishActive = true;
+			break;
+
+		default:
+		case 0:
+			IsDemolishActive = false;
+			break;
+	}
+	if (old != IsDemolishActive) {
+		Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+		IsToRedraw = true;
+		if (!IsDemolishActive) {
+			Set_Default_Mouse(MOUSE_NORMAL, false);
+		}
+	}
+	return(old);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SidebarClass::Add -- Adds a game object to the sidebar list.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to add a game object to the sidebar. Call this routine when a       *
+ *    factory type building is created. It handles the case of adding an item that has already *
+ *    been added -- it just ignores it.                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   object   -- Pointer to the object that is being added.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the object added to the sidebar?                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/17/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool SidebarClass::Add(RTTIType type, int id)
+{
+	int column;
+
+	/*
+	** Add the sidebar only if we're not in editor mode.
+	*/
+	if (!Debug_Map) {
+		column = Which_Column(type);
+
+		if (Column[column].Add(type, id)) {
+			Activate(1);
+			IsToRedraw = true;
+			Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+			return(true);
+		}
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SidebarClass::Scroll -- Handles scrolling the sidebar object strip.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to scroll the sidebar strip of objects. The strip appears whenever  *
+ *    a building is selected that can produce units. If the number of units to produce is      *
+ *    greater than what the sidebar can hold, this routine is used to scroll the other object  *
+ *    into view so they can be selected.                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   up -- Should the scroll be upwards? Upward scrolling reveals object that are       *
+ *                later in the list of objects.                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Did scrolling occur?                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/28/94   JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool SidebarClass::Scroll(bool up, int column)
+{
+	if (Column[column].Scroll(up)) {
+		IsToRedraw = true;
+		Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SidebarClass::Draw_It -- Renders the sidebar display.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine performs the actual drawing of the sidebar display.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the sidebar imagery changed at all?                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/28/94   JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   12/31/1994 JLB : Split rendering off into the sidebar strip class.                        *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void SidebarClass::Draw_It(bool complete)
+{
+	PowerClass::Draw_It(complete);
+
+	if (IsSidebarActive && (IsToRedraw || complete) && !Debug_Map) {
+		IsToRedraw = false;
+
+		if (LogicPage->Lock()){
+			/*
+			**	Draw the outline box around the sidebar buttons.
+			*/
+			//CC_Draw_Shape(SidebarShape1, (int)complete, SideX, 158, WINDOW_MAIN, SHAPE_WIN_REL);
+			//CC_Draw_Shape(SidebarShape2, (int)complete, SideX, 158+118, WINDOW_MAIN, SHAPE_WIN_REL);
+			LogicPage->Draw_Line(SideX, 157, SeenBuff.Get_Width()-1, 157, 0);
+			CC_Draw_Shape(SidebarShape1, 0, SideX, 158, WINDOW_MAIN, SHAPE_WIN_REL);
+			CC_Draw_Shape(SidebarShape2, 0, SideX, 158+118, WINDOW_MAIN, SHAPE_WIN_REL);
+
+	#if (0)
+			if ( complete ) {
+				LogicPage->Fill_Rect(SideX+Map.PowWidth, SideY, SideX+SideWidth-1, SideY+SideHeight-1, LTGREY);
+			}
+			LogicPage->Fill_Rect(SideX, SideY, SideX+SideWidth-1, SideY+TopHeight-1, LTGREY);
+			Draw_Box(SideX+Map.PowWidth, SideY+TopHeight, SideWidth-Map.PowWidth, SideHeight-TopHeight, BOXSTYLE_RAISED, false);
+	#endif	//(0)
+			//Repair.Draw_Me(true);
+			//Upgrade.Draw_Me(true);
+			//Zoom.Draw_Me(true);
+	//	} else {
+	//		if (IsToRedraw || complete) {
+	//			LogicPage->Fill_Rect(TacPixelX + Lepton_To_Pixel(TacLeptonWidth), SIDE_Y, 319, SIDE_Y+TOP_HEIGHT, BLACK);
+	//		}
+
+			LogicPage->Unlock();
+		}
+
+	}
+	/*
+	**	Draw the side strip elements by calling their respective draw functions.
+	*/
+	if (IsSidebarActive){
+		Column[0].Draw_It(complete);
+		Column[1].Draw_It(complete);
+		Repair.Draw_Me(true);
+		Upgrade.Draw_Me(true);
+		Zoom.Draw_Me(true);
+	}
+
+	IsToRedraw = false;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SidebarClass::AI -- Handles player clicking on sidebar area.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine handles the processing necessary when the player clicks on the sidebar.     *
+ *    Typically, this is selection of the item to build.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   input -- Reference to the keyboard input value.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          x,y   -- Mouse coordinates at time of input.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the click handled?                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/28/94   JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   11/11/1994 JLB : Processes input directly.                                                *
+ *   12/26/1994 JLB : Uses factory manager class for construction handling.                    *
+ *   12/31/1994 JLB : Simplified to use the sidebar strip class handlers.                      *
+ *   12/31/1994 JLB : Uses mouse coordinate parameters.                                        *
+ *   06/27/1995 JLB : <TAB> key toggles sidebar.                                               *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void SidebarClass::AI(KeyNumType & input, int x, int y)
+{
+	bool redraw = false;
+
+	/*
+	**	Toggle the sidebar in and out with the <TAB> key.
+	*/
+	if (input == KN_TAB) {
+		Activate(-1);
+	}
+
+	if (!Debug_Map) {
+		Column[0].AI(input, x, y);
+		Column[1].AI(input, x, y);
+	}
+
+	if (IsSidebarActive && !Debug_Map) {
+
+		if (input == KN_DOWN) {
+			redraw |= Column[0].Scroll(false);
+			redraw |= Column[1].Scroll(false);
+			input = KN_NONE;
+		}
+		if (input == KN_UP) {
+			redraw |= Column[0].Scroll(true);
+			redraw |= Column[1].Scroll(true);
+			input = KN_NONE;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (IsSidebarActive) {
+
+		/*
+		**	If there are any buildings in the payer's inventory, then allow the repair
+		**	option.
+		*/
+		if (PlayerPtr->BScan) {
+			Activate_Repair(true);
+		} else {
+			Activate_Repair(false);
+		}
+
+		if (input == (BUTTON_REPAIR|KN_BUTTON)) {
+			Repair_Mode_Control(-1);
+		}
+
+		if (input == (BUTTON_ZOOM|KN_BUTTON)) {
+			/*
+			** If radar is active, cycle as follows:
+			** Zoomed => not zoomed
+			** not zoomed => player status (multiplayer only)
+			** player status => zoomed
+			*/
+			if (IsRadarActive) {
+				if (Is_Zoomed() || GameToPlay==GAME_NORMAL) {
+					Zoom_Mode(Coord_Cell(TacticalCoord));
+				} else {
+					if (!Is_Player_Names()) {
+						Player_Names(1);
+					} else {
+						Player_Names(0);
+						Zoom_Mode(Coord_Cell(TacticalCoord));
+					}
+				}
+			} else {
+				if (GameToPlay!=GAME_NORMAL) {
+					Player_Names(Is_Player_Names()==0);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		if (input == (BUTTON_UPGRADE|KN_BUTTON)) {
+			Sell_Mode_Control(-1);
+		}
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+//		int index = -1;
+		if (index != -1) {
+			/*
+			**	Display help text if the mouse is over a sidebar button.
+			*/
+			switch (index) {
+				default:
+				case 2:
+					Map.Help_Text(TXT_UPGRADE, -1, -1, PlayerPtr->Class->Color);
+					break;
+
+				case 1:
+					Map.Help_Text(PlayerPtr->Class->House == HOUSE_GOOD ? TXT_SELL : TXT_DEMOLISH, x, y, PlayerPtr->Class->Color);
+					break;
+
+				case 0:
+					Map.Help_Text(TXT_REPAIR, x, y, PlayerPtr->Class->Color);
+					break;
+			}
+		}
+#endif
+
+		if (redraw) {
+			//IsToRedraw = true;
+			Column[0].Flag_To_Redraw();
+			Column[1].Flag_To_Redraw();
+
+			Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+		}
+	}
+
+	if ((!IsRepairMode) && Repair.IsOn){
+		Repair.Turn_Off();
+	}
+
+	if ((!IsSellMode) && Upgrade.IsOn){
+		Upgrade.Turn_Off();
+	}
+
+	PowerClass::AI(input, x, y);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SidebarClass::Recalc -- Examines the sidebar data and updates it as necessary.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Occasionally a factory gets destroyed. This routine must be called in such a case        *
+ *    because it might be possible that sidebar object need to be removed. This routine will   *
+ *    examine all existing objects in the sidebar class and if no possible factory can         *
+ *    produce it, then it will be removed.                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   This routine is exhaustive and thus time consuming. Only call it when really    *
+ *             necessary. Such as when a factory is destroyed rather than when a non-factory   *
+ *             is destroyed.                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/30/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void SidebarClass::Recalc(void)
+{
+	bool redraw = false;
+
+	redraw |= Column[0].Recalc();
+	redraw |= Column[1].Recalc();
+
+	if (redraw) {
+		IsToRedraw = true;
+		Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SidebarClass::Activate -- Controls the sidebar activation.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to turn the sidebar on or off. This routine handles updating the        *
+ *    necessary flags.                                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   control  -- Tells what to do with the sidebar according to the following:          *
+ *                         0 = Turn sidebar off.                                               *
+ *                         1 = Turn sidebar on.                                                *
+ *                         -1= Toggle sidebar on or off.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the sidebar already on?                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/09/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool SidebarClass::Activate(int control)
+{
+	bool old = IsSidebarActive;
+
+		int sidex 		= SeenBuff.Get_Width() - SideBarWidth;
+		int sidey 		= Map.RadY + Map.RadHeight;
+		int topheight	= 13;
+		int sidewidth  = SeenBuff.Get_Width() - sidex;
+		int sideheight = SeenBuff.Get_Height() - sidey;
+
+	if (PlaybackGame)
+		return (old);
+
+	/*
+	**	Determine the new state of the sidebar.
+	*/
+	switch (control) {
+		case -1:
+			IsSidebarActive = IsSidebarActive == false;
+			break;
+
+		case 1:
+			IsSidebarActive = true;
+			break;
+
+		default:
+		case 0:
+			IsSidebarActive = false;
+			break;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Only if there is a change in the state of the sidebar will anything
+	**	be done to change it.
+	*/
+	if (IsSidebarActive != old) {
+
+		/*
+		**	If the sidebar is activated but was on the right side of the screen, then
+		**	activate it on the left side of the screen.
+		*/
+		if (IsSidebarActive /*&& X*/) {
+			Set_View_Dimensions(0, Map.Get_Tab_Height(), SeenBuff.Get_Width() - sidewidth);
+			IsToRedraw = true;
+			Help_Text(TXT_NONE);
+			Repair.Zap();
+			Add_A_Button(Repair);
+			Upgrade.Zap();
+			Add_A_Button(Upgrade);
+			Zoom.Zap();
+			Add_A_Button(Zoom);
+			Column[0].Activate();
+			Column[1].Activate();
+			Background.Zap();
+			Add_A_Button(Background);
+			Map.RadarButton.Zap();
+			Add_A_Button(Map.RadarButton);
+			Map.PowerButton.Zap();
+			Add_A_Button(Map.PowerButton);
+		} else  {
+			Help_Text(TXT_NONE);
+			Set_View_Dimensions(0, Map.Get_Tab_Height());
+			Remove_A_Button(Repair);
+			Remove_A_Button(Upgrade);
+			Remove_A_Button(Zoom);
+			Remove_A_Button(Background);
+			Column[0].Deactivate();
+			Column[1].Deactivate();
+			Remove_A_Button(Map.RadarButton);
+			Remove_A_Button(Map.PowerButton);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Since the sidebar status has changed, update the map so that the graphics
+		**	will be rendered correctly.
+		*/
+		Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+	}
+
+	return(old);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SidebarClass::StripClass::StripClass -- Default constructor for the side strip class.       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This constructor is used to reset the side strip to default empty state.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/31/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+SidebarClass::StripClass::StripClass(void)
+{
+	IsScrollingDown = false;
+	IsScrolling = false;
+	IsBuilding = false;	TopIndex = 0;
+	Slid = 0;
+	BuildableCount = 0;
+	for (int index = 0; index < MAX_BUILDABLES; index++) {
+		Buildables[index].BuildableID = 0;
+		Buildables[index].BuildableType = RTTI_NONE;
+		Buildables[index].Factory = -1;
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SidebarClass::StripClass::One_Time -- Performs one time actions necessary for the side stri *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Call this routine ONCE at the beginning of the game. It handles retrieving pointers to   *
+ *    the shape files it needs for rendering.                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/31/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void SidebarClass::StripClass::One_Time(int )
+{
+	static char *_file[3] = {
+		"ION",
+		"ATOM",
+		"BOMB"
+	};
+	int factor = Get_Resolution_Factor();
+
+	ObjectWidth				= OBJECT_WIDTH << factor;
+	ObjectHeight			= OBJECT_HEIGHT << factor;
+	StripWidth 				= STRIP_WIDTH << factor;
+	LeftEdgeOffset			= (StripWidth - ObjectWidth) >> 1;
+	ButtonSpacingOffset	= (StripWidth - ((BUTTON_WIDTH << factor) << 1)) / 3;
+
+	LogoShapes = Hires_Retrieve("STRIP.SHP");
+	ClockShapes = Hires_Retrieve("CLOCK.SHP");
+
+	char	fullname[_MAX_FNAME+_MAX_EXT];
+	char buffer[_MAX_FNAME];
+
+	for (int lp = 0; lp < 3; lp++) {
+		if ( Get_Resolution_Factor() ) {
+			sprintf(buffer, "%sICNH", _file[lp]);
+		} else {
+			sprintf(buffer, "%sICON", _file[lp]);
+		}
+		_makepath(fullname, NULL, NULL, buffer, ".SHP");
+		SpecialShapes[lp] = MixFileClass::Retrieve(fullname);
+	}
+
+
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SidebarClass::StripClass::Get_Special_Cameo -- Fetches the special event cameo shape.       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will return with a pointer to the cameo data for the special objects that   *
+ *    can appear on the sidebar (e.g., nuclear bomb).                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   type  -- The special type to fetch the cameo imagery for.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the cameo imagery for the specified special object.      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/19/1995 JLB : commented                                                                *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void const * SidebarClass::StripClass::Get_Special_Cameo(int type)
+{
+	return(SpecialShapes[type]);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SidebarClass::StripClass::Init_Clear -- Sets sidebar to a known (and deactivated) state     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/24/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void SidebarClass::StripClass::Init_Clear(void)
+{
+	IsScrollingDown = false;
+	IsScrolling = false;
+	IsBuilding = false;
+	Flasher = -1;
+	TopIndex = 0;
+	Slid = 0;
+	BuildableCount = 0;
+
+	/*
+	** Since we're resetting the strips, clear out all the buildables & factory pointers.
+	*/
+	for (int index = 0; index < MAX_BUILDABLES; index++) {
+		Buildables[index].BuildableID = 0;
+		Buildables[index].BuildableType = RTTI_NONE;
+		Buildables[index].Factory = -1;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SidebarClass::StripClass::Init_IO -- Initializes the strip's buttons								  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine doesn't actually add any buttons to the list;
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/24/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void SidebarClass::StripClass::Init_IO(int id)
+{
+	ID = id;
+
+	UpButton[ID].IsSticky = true;
+	UpButton[ID].ID = BUTTON_UP+id;
+	UpButton[ID].X = X+ButtonSpacingOffset+1;
+	UpButton[ID].Y = Y+MAX_VISIBLE*ObjectHeight-1;
+
+	UpButton[ID].Set_Shape(Hires_Retrieve("STRIPUP.SHP"));
+
+	DownButton[ID].IsSticky = true;
+	DownButton[ID].ID = BUTTON_DOWN+id;
+	DownButton[ID].X = UpButton[ID].X + UpButton[ID].Width + ButtonSpacingOffset-2;
+	DownButton[ID].Y = Y+MAX_VISIBLE*ObjectHeight-1;
+
+	DownButton[ID].Set_Shape(Hires_Retrieve("STRIPDN.SHP"));
+
+	for (int index = 0; index < MAX_VISIBLE; index++) {
+		SelectClass & g = SelectButton[ID][index];
+		g.ID = BUTTON_SELECT;
+		g.X = X;
+		g.Y = Y + (ObjectHeight*index);
+		g.Width = ObjectWidth;
+		g.Height = ObjectHeight;
+		g.Set_Owner(*this, index);
+	}
+
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SidebarClass::StripClass::Init_Theater -- Performs theater-specific initialization          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   theater                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/24/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void SidebarClass::StripClass::Init_Theater(TheaterType theater)
+{
+	//if (theater != LastTheater) {
+
+
+		static char *_file[3] = {
+			"ION",
+			"ATOM",
+			"BOMB"
+		};
+		int factor = Get_Resolution_Factor();
+		char	fullname[_MAX_FNAME+_MAX_EXT];
+		char buffer[_MAX_FNAME];
+		void const * cameo_ptr;
+
+		for (int lp = 0; lp < 3; lp++) {
+			if ( Get_Resolution_Factor() ) {
+				sprintf(buffer, "%sICNH", _file[lp]);
+			} else {
+				sprintf(buffer, "%sICON", _file[lp]);
+			}
+			_makepath(fullname, NULL, NULL, buffer, Theaters[theater].Suffix);
+			cameo_ptr = MixFileClass::Retrieve(fullname);
+			if (cameo_ptr){
+				SpecialShapes[lp] = cameo_ptr;
+			}
+		}
+
+
+#ifndef _RETRIEVE
+		static TLucentType const ClockCols[1] = {
+//			{LTGREEN, BLACK, 0, 0},
+			{GREEN, LTGREY, 180, 0}
+		};
+
+		/*
+		**	Make sure that remapping doesn't occur on the colors that cycle.
+		*/
+		Mem_Copy(GamePalette, OriginalPalette, 768);
+		memset(&GamePalette[CYCLE_COLOR_START*3], 0x3f, CYCLE_COLOR_COUNT*3);
+
+		/*
+		**	Create the translucent table used for the sidebar.
+		*/
+		Build_Translucent_Table(GamePalette, &ClockCols[0], 1, (void*)ClockTranslucentTable);
+		CCFileClass(Fading_Table_Name("CLOCK", theater)).Write(ClockTranslucentTable, sizeof(ClockTranslucentTable));
+		Mem_Copy(OriginalPalette, GamePalette, 768);
+#else
+		CCFileClass(Fading_Table_Name("CLOCK", theater)).Read(ClockTranslucentTable, sizeof(ClockTranslucentTable));
+#endif
+	 	LastTheater = theater;
+	//}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SidebarClass::StripClass::Activate -- Adds the strip buttons to the input system.           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will add the side strip buttons to the map's input system. This routine     *
+ *    should be called once when the sidebar activates.                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   Never call this routine a second time without first calling Deactivate().       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void SidebarClass::StripClass::Activate(void)
+{
+	UpButton[ID].Zap();
+	Map.Add_A_Button(UpButton[ID]);
+
+	DownButton[ID].Zap();
+	Map.Add_A_Button(DownButton[ID]);
+
+	for (int index = 0; index < MAX_VISIBLE; index++) {
+		SelectButton[ID][index].Zap();
+		Map.Add_A_Button(SelectButton[ID][index]);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SidebarClass::StripClass::Deactivate -- Removes the side strip buttons from the input syste *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Call this routine to remove all the buttons on the side strip from the map's input       *
+ *    system.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   Never call this routine unless the Activate() function was prevously called.    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void SidebarClass::StripClass::Deactivate(void)
+{
+	Map.Remove_A_Button(UpButton[ID]);
+	Map.Remove_A_Button(DownButton[ID]);
+	for (int index = 0; index < MAX_VISIBLE; index++) {
+		Map.Remove_A_Button(SelectButton[ID][index]);
+	}
+}
+
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * sortfunc -- Utility routine that handles 'qsort' the strip buttons.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called by qsort() in order to sort the sidebar buttons. This sorting     *
+ *    forces the sidebar buttons to always occur in the order that they can be built in,       *
+ *    rather than the order that they were added to the sidebar list.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   ptr1  -- Pointer to the first sidebar class object.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          ptr2  -- Pointer to the second sidebar class object.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns <0 if the first object can be produced before the second. It returns       *
+ *          >0 if the reverse is true. It returns exactly 0 if the production scneario for     *
+ *          both objects is the same.                                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/18/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+static int sortfunc(void const * ptr1, void const * ptr2)
+{
+	SidebarClass::StripClass::BuildType * b1 = (SidebarClass::StripClass::BuildType *)ptr1;
+	SidebarClass::StripClass::BuildType * b2 = (SidebarClass::StripClass::BuildType *)ptr2;
+
+	TechnoTypeClass const * p1 = Fetch_Techno_Type(b1->BuildableType, b1->BuildableID);
+	TechnoTypeClass const * p2 = Fetch_Techno_Type(b2->BuildableType, b2->BuildableID);
+
+	int i1 = 0;
+	int i2 = 0;
+
+	if (p1) i1 = p1->What_Am_I()*2;
+	if (p2) i2 = p2->What_Am_I()*2;
+
+	/*
+	**	Walls should be sorted after the regular buildings.
+	*/
+	if (p1 && p1->What_Am_I() == RTTI_BUILDINGTYPE && ((BuildingTypeClass * const)p1)->IsWall) {
+		i1++;
+	}
+	if (p2 && p2->What_Am_I() == RTTI_BUILDINGTYPE && ((BuildingTypeClass * const)p2)->IsWall) {
+		i2++;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If the object types are identical, then sort by scenario available.
+	*/
+	if (i1 == i2) {
+
+		/*
+		**	In the case of walls (can tell if there is an odd value), then sort
+		**	by cost.
+		*/
+		if (i1 & 0x01) {
+			i1 = p1->Cost;
+			i2 = p2->Cost;
+		} else {
+			i1 = p1->Scenario;
+			i2 = p2->Scenario;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(i1 - i2);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SidebarClass::StripClass::Add -- Add an object to the side strip.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to add a buildable object to the side strip.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   object   -- Pointer to the object type that can be built and is to be added to     *
+ *                      the side strip.                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the object successfully added to the side strip? Failure could be the    *
+ *                result of running out of room in the side strip array or the object might    *
+ *                already be in the list.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none.                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/31/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool SidebarClass::StripClass::Add(RTTIType type, int id)
+{
+	if (BuildableCount <= MAX_BUILDABLES) {
+		for (int index = 0; index < BuildableCount; index++) {
+			if (Buildables[index].BuildableType == type && Buildables[index].BuildableID == id) {
+				return(false);
+			}
+		}
+		if (!ScenarioInit && type != RTTI_SPECIAL) {
+			Speak(VOX_NEW_CONSTRUCT);
+		}
+		Buildables[BuildableCount].BuildableType = type;
+		Buildables[BuildableCount].BuildableID = id;
+		BuildableCount++;
+		IsToRedraw = true;
+#ifdef OBSOLETE
+		if (GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL) {
+			qsort(&Buildables[0], BuildableCount, sizeof(Buildables[0]), sortfunc);
+		}
+#endif
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SidebarClass::StripClass::Scroll -- Causes the side strip to scroll.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to flag the side strip to scroll. The direction scrolled is controlled  *
+ *    by the parameter. Scrolling is merely initiated by this routine. Subsequent calls to     *
+ *    the AI function and the Draw_It function are required to properly give the appearence    *
+ *    of scrolling.                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   bool; Should the side strip scroll UP? If it is to scroll down then pass false.    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the side strip started to scroll in the desired direction?               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/31/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   07/29/1995 JLB : Simplified scrolling logic.                                              *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool SidebarClass::StripClass::Scroll(bool up)
+{
+	if (up) {
+		Scroller--;
+	} else {
+		Scroller++;
+	}
+#ifdef NEVER
+	if (BuildableCount <= MAX_VISIBLE) return(false);
+
+	/*
+	**	Top of list is moving toward lower ordered entries in the object list. It looks like
+	**	the "window" to the object list is moving up even though the actual object images are
+	**	scrolling downward.
+	*/
+	if (up) {
+		if (!TopIndex) return(false);
+
+		TopIndex--;
+		Slid = 0;
+	} else {
+		if (TopIndex+MAX_VISIBLE >= BuildableCount) return(false);
+
+		Slid = ObjectHeight;
+	}
+	IsScrollingDown = !up;
+	IsScrolling = true;
+#endif
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SidebarClass::StripClass::Flag_To_Redra -- Flags the sidebar strip to be redrawn.           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This utility routine is called when something changes on the sidebar and it must be      *
+ *    reflected the next time drawing is performed.                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/18/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void SidebarClass::StripClass::Flag_To_Redraw(void)
+{
+	IsToRedraw = true;
+	//Map.SidebarClass::IsToRedraw = true;
+	Map.Flag_To_Redraw(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SidebarClass::StripClass::AI -- Input and AI processing for the side strip.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    The side strip AI processing is performed by this function. This function not only       *
+ *    checks for player input, but also handles any graphic logic updating necessary as a      *
+ *    result of flashing or construction animation.                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   input -- The player input code.                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          x,y   -- Mouse coordinate to use.                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Did the AI detect that it will need a rendering change? If this routine      *
+ *                returns true, then the Draw_It function should be called at the              *
+ *                earliest opportunity.                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/31/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   12/31/1994 JLB : Uses mouse coordinate parameters.                                        *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool SidebarClass::StripClass::AI(KeyNumType & input, int , int )
+{
+	bool redraw = false;
+
+	/*
+	**	If this is scroll button for this side strip, then scroll the strip as
+	**	indicated.
+	*/
+	if (input == (UpButton[ID].ID|KN_BUTTON)) {	// && !IsScrolling
+		UpButton[ID].IsPressed = false;
+		Scroll(true);
+	}
+	if (input == (DownButton[ID].ID|KN_BUTTON)) {	// && !IsScrolling
+		DownButton[ID].IsPressed = false;
+		Scroll(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Reflect the scroll desired direction/value into the scroll
+	**	logic handler. This might result in up or down scrolling.
+	*/
+	if (!IsScrolling && Scroller) {
+		if (BuildableCount <= MAX_VISIBLE) {
+			Scroller = 0;
+		} else {
+
+			/*
+			**	Top of list is moving toward lower ordered entries in the object list. It looks like
+			**	the "window" to the object list is moving up even though the actual object images are
+			**	scrolling downward.
+			*/
+			if (Scroller < 0) {
+				if (!TopIndex) {
+					Scroller = 0;
+				} else {
+					Scroller++;
+					IsScrollingDown = false;
+					IsScrolling = true;
+					TopIndex--;
+					Slid = 0;
+				}
+
+			} else {
+				if (TopIndex+MAX_VISIBLE >= BuildableCount) {
+					Scroller = 0;
+				} else {
+					Scroller--;
+					Slid = ObjectHeight;
+					IsScrollingDown = true;
+					IsScrolling = true;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Scroll logic is handled here.
+	*/
+	if (IsScrolling) {
+		if (IsScrollingDown) {
+			Slid -= SCROLL_RATE;
+			if (Slid <= 0) {
+				IsScrolling = false;
+				Slid = 0;
+				TopIndex++;
+			}
+		} else {
+			Slid += SCROLL_RATE;
+			if (Slid >= ObjectHeight) {
+				IsScrolling = false;
+				Slid = 0;
+			}
+		}
+		redraw = true;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Handle any flashing logic. Flashing occurs when the player selects an object
+	**	and provides the visual feedback of a recognized and legal selection.
+	*/
+	if (Flasher != -1) {
+		if (Graphic_Logic()) {
+			redraw = true;
+			if (Fetch_Stage() >= 7) {
+				Set_Rate(0);
+				Set_Stage(0);
+				Flasher = -1;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Handle any building clock animation logic.
+	*/
+	if (IsBuilding) {
+		for (int index = 0; index < BuildableCount; index++) {
+			int factoryid = Buildables[index].Factory;
+
+			if (factoryid != -1) {
+				FactoryClass * factory = Factories.Raw_Ptr(factoryid);
+
+				if (factory && factory->Has_Changed()) {
+					redraw = true;
+					if (factory->Has_Completed()) {
+
+						/*
+						**	Construction has been completed. Announce this fact to the player and
+						**	try to get the object to automatically leave the factory. Buildings are
+						**	the main exception to the ability to leave the factory under their own
+						**	power.
+						*/
+						TechnoClass * pending = factory->Get_Object();
+						if (pending) {
+							switch (pending->What_Am_I()) {
+								case RTTI_UNIT:
+								case RTTI_AIRCRAFT:
+									OutList.Add(EventClass(EventClass::PLACE, pending->What_Am_I(), -1));
+									// Fall into next case.
+
+								case RTTI_BUILDING:
+									Speak(VOX_CONSTRUCTION);
+									break;
+
+								case RTTI_INFANTRY:
+									OutList.Add(EventClass(EventClass::PLACE, pending->What_Am_I(), -1));
+									Speak(VOX_UNIT_READY);
+									break;
+							}
+						}
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If any of the logic determined that this side strip needs to be redrawn, then
+	**	set the redraw flag for this side strip.
+	*/
+	if (redraw) {
+		Flag_To_Redraw();
+	}
+	return(redraw);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SidebarClass::StripClass::Draw_It -- Render the sidebar display.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to render the sidebar display. It checks to see if it needs to be       *
+ *    redrawn and only redraw if necessary. If the "complete" parameter is true, then it       *
+ *    will force redraw the entire strip.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   complete -- Should the redraw be forced? A force redraw will ignore the redraw     *
+ *                      flag.                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/31/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   08/06/1995 JLB : Handles multi factory tracking in same strip.                            *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void SidebarClass::StripClass::Draw_It(bool complete)
+{
+	if (IsToRedraw || complete) {
+		IsToRedraw = false;
+
+		/*
+		**	Fills the background to the side strip. We shouldnt need to do this if the strip
+		** has a full complement of icons.	ST - 10/7/96 6:03PM
+		*/
+		if (BuildableCount < MAX_VISIBLE){
+			CC_Draw_Shape(LogoShapes, ID,	X+3,	Y-1,	WINDOW_MAIN, SHAPE_WIN_REL|SHAPE_NORMAL,	0);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Redraw the scroll buttons.
+		*/
+		UpButton[ID].Draw_Me(true);
+		DownButton[ID].Draw_Me(true);
+
+		/*
+		**	Loop through all the buildable objects that are visible in the strip and render
+		**	them. Their Y offset may be adjusted if the strip is in the process of scrolling.
+		*/
+		for (int i = 0; i < MAX_VISIBLE + (IsScrolling ? 1 : 0); i++) {
+			bool production;
+			bool completed;
+			int  stage;
+			bool darken = false;
+			void const * shapefile = 0;
+			int shapenum = 0;
+			void const * remapper = 0;
+			FactoryClass * factory = 0;
+			int index = i+TopIndex;
+			int x = X;
+			int y = Y + i*ObjectHeight;
+			y--;
+
+			/*
+			**	If the strip is scrolling, then the offset is adjusted accordingly.
+			*/
+			if (IsScrolling) {
+				y -= ObjectHeight - Slid;
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	Fetch the shape number for the object type located at this current working
+			**	slot. This shape pointer is used to draw the underlying graphic there.
+			*/
+			if ((unsigned)index < BuildableCount) {
+				ObjectTypeClass const * obj = NULL;
+				int spc  = 0;
+
+				if (Buildables[index].BuildableType != RTTI_SPECIAL) {
+
+					obj = Fetch_Techno_Type(Buildables[index].BuildableType, Buildables[index].BuildableID);
+					if (obj) {
+						bool isbusy = false;
+						switch (Buildables[index].BuildableType) {
+							case RTTI_INFANTRYTYPE:
+								isbusy = (PlayerPtr->InfantryFactory != -1);
+								break;
+
+							case RTTI_BUILDINGTYPE:
+								isbusy = (PlayerPtr->BuildingFactory != -1);
+								if (!BuildingTypeClass::As_Reference((StructType)Buildables[index].BuildableID).IsWall) {
+									remapper = PlayerPtr->Remap_Table(false, false);
+								}
+								break;
+
+							case RTTI_UNITTYPE:
+								isbusy = (PlayerPtr->UnitFactory != -1);
+								switch (Buildables[index].BuildableID) {
+									case UNIT_MCV:
+									case UNIT_HARVESTER:
+										remapper = PlayerPtr->Remap_Table(false, false);
+										break;
+
+									default:
+										remapper = PlayerPtr->Remap_Table(false, true);
+										break;
+								}
+								break;
+
+							case RTTI_AIRCRAFTTYPE:
+								isbusy = (PlayerPtr->AircraftFactory != -1);
+								remapper = PlayerPtr->Remap_Table(false, true);
+								break;
+						}
+						shapefile = obj->Get_Cameo_Data();
+						shapenum  = 0;
+						if (Buildables[index].Factory != -1) {
+							factory 		= Factories.Raw_Ptr(Buildables[index].Factory);
+							production	= true;
+							completed	= factory->Has_Completed();
+							stage			= factory->Completion();
+							darken		= false;
+						} else {
+							production  = false;
+//							darken      = IsBuilding;
+
+							/*
+							**	Darken the imagery if a factory of a matching type is
+							**	already busy.
+							*/
+							darken = isbusy;
+						}
+					}
+
+				} else  {
+
+					spc = Buildables[index].BuildableID;
+					shapefile = Get_Special_Cameo(spc - 1);
+					shapenum = 0;
+
+					switch (spc) {
+						case SPC_ION_CANNON:
+							production = true;
+							completed = PlayerPtr->IonCannon.Is_Ready();
+							stage = PlayerPtr->IonCannon.Anim_Stage();
+							darken = false;
+							break;
+
+						case SPC_AIR_STRIKE:
+							production = true;
+							completed = PlayerPtr->AirStrike.Is_Ready();
+							stage = PlayerPtr->AirStrike.Anim_Stage();
+							darken = false;
+							break;
+
+						case SPC_NUCLEAR_BOMB:
+							production = true;
+							completed = PlayerPtr->NukeStrike.Is_Ready();
+							stage = PlayerPtr->NukeStrike.Anim_Stage();
+							darken = false;
+							break;
+					}
+				}
+
+				if (obj || spc) {
+					/*
+					** If this item is flashing then take care of it.
+					**
+					*/
+					if (Flasher == index && (Fetch_Stage() & 0x01)) {
+						remapper = Map.FadingLight;
+					}
+
+				} else {
+					shapefile	= LogoShapes;
+					shapenum		= SB_BLANK;
+				}
+			} else {
+				shapefile	= LogoShapes;
+				shapenum		= SB_BLANK;
+				production	= false;
+			}
+
+			remapper = 0;
+
+			/*
+			**	Now that the shape of the object at the current working slot has been found,
+			**	draw it and any graphic overlays as necessary.
+			**
+			** Dont draw blank shapes over the new 640x400 sidebar art - ST 5/1/96 6:01PM
+			*/
+			if (shapenum != SB_BLANK || shapefile != LogoShapes){
+				IsTheaterShape = true;	// This shape is theater specific
+				CC_Draw_Shape(shapefile, shapenum,
+					x-(WindowList[WINDOW_SIDEBAR][WINDOWX]*8)+LeftEdgeOffset,
+					y-WindowList[WINDOW_SIDEBAR][WINDOWY],
+					WINDOW_SIDEBAR,
+					SHAPE_NORMAL|SHAPE_WIN_REL| (remapper ? SHAPE_FADING : SHAPE_NORMAL),
+					remapper);
+				IsTheaterShape = false;
+
+
+				/*
+				**	Darken this object because it cannot be produced or is otherwise
+				**	unavailable.
+				*/
+				if (darken) {
+					CC_Draw_Shape(ClockShapes, 0,
+							x-(WindowList[WINDOW_SIDEBAR][WINDOWX]*8)+LeftEdgeOffset,
+							y-WindowList[WINDOW_SIDEBAR][WINDOWY],
+							WINDOW_SIDEBAR,
+							SHAPE_NORMAL|SHAPE_WIN_REL|SHAPE_GHOST,
+							NULL, ClockTranslucentTable);
+				}
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	Draw the overlapping clock shape if this is object is being constructed.
+			**	If the object is completed, then display "Ready" with no clock shape.
+			*/
+			if (production) {
+				if (completed) {
+
+					/*
+					**	Display text showing that the object is ready to place.
+					*/
+					CC_Draw_Shape(ObjectTypeClass::PipShapes, PIP_READY,
+					(x-(WindowList[WINDOW_SIDEBAR][WINDOWX]*8))+LeftEdgeOffset+(ObjectWidth >> 1),
+					(y-WindowList[WINDOW_SIDEBAR][WINDOWY])+ObjectHeight-Get_Build_Frame_Height(ObjectTypeClass::PipShapes) -8,
+					WINDOW_SIDEBAR, SHAPE_CENTER);
+//					Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_READY, x+TEXT_X_OFFSET, y+TEXT_Y_OFFSET, TEXT_COLOR, TBLACK, TPF_6POINT|TPF_CENTER|TPF_NOSHADOW);
+				} else {
+					CC_Draw_Shape(ClockShapes, stage+1,
+							x-(WindowList[WINDOW_SIDEBAR][WINDOWX]*8)+LeftEdgeOffset,
+							y-WindowList[WINDOW_SIDEBAR][WINDOWY],
+							WINDOW_SIDEBAR,
+							SHAPE_NORMAL|SHAPE_WIN_REL|SHAPE_GHOST,
+							NULL, ClockTranslucentTable);
+					/*
+					**	Display text showing that the construction is temporarily on hold.
+					*/
+					if (factory && !factory->Is_Building()) {
+						CC_Draw_Shape(ObjectTypeClass::PipShapes, PIP_HOLDING,
+						(x-(WindowList[WINDOW_SIDEBAR][WINDOWX]*8))+LeftEdgeOffset+(ObjectWidth >> 1),
+						(y-WindowList[WINDOW_SIDEBAR][WINDOWY])+ObjectHeight-Get_Build_Frame_Height(ObjectTypeClass::PipShapes) - 8,  // Moved up now that icons have names on them
+						WINDOW_SIDEBAR, SHAPE_CENTER);
+//						Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_HOLDING, x+TEXT_X_OFFSET, y+TEXT_Y_OFFSET, TEXT_COLOR, TBLACK, TPF_6POINT|TPF_CENTER|TPF_NOSHADOW);
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SidebarClass::StripClass::Recalc -- Revalidates the current sidebar list of objects.        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will revalidate all the buildable objects in the sidebar. This routine      *
+ *    comes in handy when a factory has been destroyed, and the sidebar needs to reflect any   *
+ *    change that this requires. It checks every object to see if there is a factory available *
+ *    that could produce it. If none can be found, then the object is removed from the         *
+ *    sidebar.                                                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; The sidebar has changed as a result of this call?                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   06/26/1995 JLB : Doesn't collapse sidebar when buildables removed.                        *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool SidebarClass::StripClass::Recalc(void)
+{
+	int ok;
+
+	if (Debug_Map || !BuildableCount) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Sweep through all objects listed in the sidebar. If any of those object can
+	**	not be created -- even in theory -- then they must be removed form the sidebar and
+	**	any current production must be abandoned.
+	*/
+	bool redraw = false;
+	for (int index = 0; index < BuildableCount; index++) {
+		TechnoTypeClass const * tech = Fetch_Techno_Type(Buildables[index].BuildableType, Buildables[index].BuildableID);
+		if (tech) {
+			ok = tech->Who_Can_Build_Me(true, false, PlayerPtr->Class->House) != NULL;
+		} else {
+			switch (Buildables[index].BuildableID) {
+				case SPC_ION_CANNON:
+					ok = PlayerPtr->IonCannon.Is_Present();
+					break;
+
+				case SPC_NUCLEAR_BOMB:
+					ok = PlayerPtr->NukeStrike.Is_Present();
+					break;
+
+				case SPC_AIR_STRIKE:
+					ok = PlayerPtr->AirStrike.Is_Present();
+					break;
+
+				default:
+					ok = false;
+					break;
+			}
+
+#ifdef OBSOLETE
+		} else {
+			switch (Buildables[index].BuildableID) {
+				case SPC_ION_CANNON:
+					ok = (PlayerPtr->BScan & STRUCTF_EYE) != 0 || PlayerPtr->IonOneTimeFlag;
+					if (!ok) {
+						PlayerPtr->Remove_Ion_Cannon();
+					}
+					break;
+
+				case SPC_NUCLEAR_BOMB:
+					ok  = (PlayerPtr->BScan & STRUCTF_TEMPLE) != 0 && PlayerPtr->Has_Nuke_Device();
+					ok  = ok || PlayerPtr->NukeOneTimeFlag;
+					if (!ok) {
+						PlayerPtr->Remove_Nuke_Bomb();
+					}
+					break;
+
+				case SPC_AIR_STRIKE:
+//					ok = (PlayerPtr->BScan & STRUCTF_SAM) == 0;
+//					ok = !PlayerPtr->Does_Enemy_Building_Exist(STRUCT_SAM);
+					ok = (PlayerPtr->AirPresent /*&& !PlayerPtr->Does_Enemy_Building_Exist(STRUCT_SAM)*/) || PlayerPtr->AirOneTimeFlag;
+					if (!ok) {
+						PlayerPtr->Remove_Air_Strike();
+					}
+					break;
+
+				default:
+					ok = false;
+					break;
+			}
+#endif
+		}
+
+		if (!ok) {
+
+			/*
+			**	If there was something in production, then abandon it before deleting the
+			**	factory manager.
+			*/
+			//if (Buildables[index].Factory != -1) {
+				//FactoryClass * factory = Factories.Raw_Ptr(Buildables[index].Factory);
+				//factory->Abandon();
+				//delete factory;
+				//Buildables[index].Factory = -1;
+			//}
+//			Buildables[index].Factory = -1;
+
+			/*
+			**	Removes this entry from the list.
+			*/
+			if (BuildableCount > 1 && index < BuildableCount-1) {
+				memcpy(&Buildables[index], &Buildables[index+1], sizeof(Buildables[0])*((BuildableCount-index)-1));
+			}
+			TopIndex = 0;
+			IsToRedraw = true;
+			redraw = true;
+			BuildableCount--;
+			index--;
+		}
+	}
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+	/*
+	**	If there are no more buildable objects to display, make the sidebar go away.
+	*/
+	if (!BuildableCount) {
+		Map.SidebarClass::Activate(0);
+	}
+#endif
+	return(redraw);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SidebarClass::StripClass::SelectClass::SelectClass -- Default constructor.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the default constructor for the button that controls the buildable cameos on     *
+ *    the sidebar strip.                                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   The coordinates are set to zero by this routine. They must be set to the        *
+ *             correct values before this button will function.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+SidebarClass::StripClass::SelectClass::SelectClass(void) :
+	ControlClass(0, 0, 0, 0, 0, LEFTPRESS|RIGHTPRESS|LEFTUP)
+{
+	int factor = Get_Resolution_Factor();
+
+	Strip = 0;
+	Index = 0;
+	Width = StripClass::OBJECT_WIDTH << factor;
+	Height = StripClass::OBJECT_HEIGHT << factor;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SidebarClass::StripClass::SelectClass:: -- Assigns special values to a buildable select but *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to set custom buildable vars for this particular select button. It      *
+ *    uses this information to properly know what buildable object to start or stop production *
+ *    on.                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   strip    -- Reference to the strip that owns this buildable button.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          index    -- The index (0 .. MAX_VISIBLE-1) of this button. This is used to let     *
+ *                      the owning strip know what index this button refers to.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void SidebarClass::StripClass::SelectClass::Set_Owner(StripClass & strip, int index)
+{
+	int factor = Get_Resolution_Factor();
+	Strip = &strip;
+	Index = index;
+	X = strip.X;
+	Y = strip.Y + (index * (StripClass::OBJECT_HEIGHT << factor));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SidebarClass::StripClass::SelectClass:: -- Action function when buildable cameo is selected *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This function is called when the buildable icon (cameo) is clicked on. It handles        *
+ *    starting and stopping production as indicated.                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   flags -- The input event that triggered the call.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          key   -- The keyboard value at the time of the input.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with whether the input list should be scanned further.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int SidebarClass::StripClass::SelectClass::Action(unsigned flags, KeyNumType & key)
+{
+	int index = Strip->TopIndex + Index;
+	RTTIType otype = Strip->Buildables[index].BuildableType;
+	int oid = Strip->Buildables[index].BuildableID;
+	int fnumber = Strip->Buildables[index].Factory;
+
+	FactoryClass * factory = NULL;
+	ObjectTypeClass const * choice = NULL;
+	int spc = 0;
+
+	/*
+	**	Determine the factory number that would apply to objects of the type
+	**	the mouse is currently addressing. This doesn't mean that the factory number
+	**	fetched is actually producing the indicated object, merely that that particular
+	**	kind of factory is specified by the "genfactory" value. This can be used to see
+	**	if the factory type is currently busy or not.
+	*/
+	int genfactory = -1;
+	switch (otype) {
+		case RTTI_INFANTRYTYPE:
+			genfactory = PlayerPtr->InfantryFactory;
+			break;
+
+		case RTTI_UNITTYPE:
+			genfactory = PlayerPtr->UnitFactory;
+			break;
+
+		case RTTI_AIRCRAFTTYPE:
+			genfactory = PlayerPtr->AircraftFactory;
+			break;
+
+		case RTTI_BUILDINGTYPE:
+			genfactory = PlayerPtr->BuildingFactory;
+			break;
+
+		default:
+			genfactory = -1;
+			break;
+	}
+
+	Map.Override_Mouse_Shape(MOUSE_NORMAL);
+
+	if (index < Strip->BuildableCount) {
+		if (otype != RTTI_SPECIAL) {
+			choice  = Fetch_Techno_Type(otype, oid);
+		} else {
+			spc = oid;
+		}
+
+		if (fnumber != -1) {
+			factory = Factories.Raw_Ptr(fnumber);
+		}
+
+  	} else {
+  		Map.Help_Text(TXT_NONE);
+  	}
+
+	if (spc) {
+		/*
+		**	Display the help text if the mouse is over the button.
+		*/
+		if (flags & LEFTUP) {
+			switch (spc) {
+				case SPC_ION_CANNON:
+					Map.Help_Text(TXT_ION_CANNON, X, Y, CC_GREEN, true);
+					break;
+
+				case SPC_NUCLEAR_BOMB:
+					Map.Help_Text(TXT_NUKE_STRIKE, X, Y, CC_GREEN, true);
+					break;
+
+				case SPC_AIR_STRIKE:
+					Map.Help_Text(TXT_AIR_STRIKE, X, Y, CC_GREEN, true);
+					break;
+			}
+			flags &= ~LEFTUP;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	A right mouse button signals "cancel".  If we are in targetting
+		** mode then we don't want to be any more.
+		*/
+		if (flags & RIGHTPRESS) {
+			Map.IsTargettingMode = false;
+		}
+		/*
+		**	A left mouse press signal "activate".  If our weapon type is
+		** available then we should activate it.
+		*/
+		if (flags & LEFTPRESS) {
+			switch (spc) {
+				case SPC_ION_CANNON:
+					if (PlayerPtr->IonCannon.Is_Ready()) {
+						Map.IsTargettingMode = spc;
+						Unselect_All();
+						Speak(VOX_SELECT_TARGET);
+					} else {
+						PlayerPtr->IonCannon.Impatient_Click();
+					}
+					break;
+
+				case SPC_AIR_STRIKE:
+					if (PlayerPtr->AirStrike.Is_Ready()) {
+						Map.IsTargettingMode = spc;
+						Unselect_All();
+						Speak(VOX_SELECT_TARGET);
+					} else {
+						PlayerPtr->AirStrike.Impatient_Click();
+					}
+					break;
+
+				case SPC_NUCLEAR_BOMB:
+					if (PlayerPtr->NukeStrike.Is_Ready()) {
+						Map.IsTargettingMode = spc;
+						Unselect_All();
+						Speak(VOX_SELECT_TARGET);
+					} else {
+						PlayerPtr->NukeStrike.Impatient_Click();
+					}
+					break;
+			}
+		}
+
+	} else {
+
+		if (choice) {
+
+			/*
+			**	Display the help text if the mouse is over the button.
+			*/
+			if (flags & LEFTUP) {
+				Map.Help_Text(choice->Full_Name(), X, Y, CC_GREEN, true, choice->Cost_Of());
+				flags &= ~LEFTUP;
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	A right mouse button signals "cancel".
+			*/
+			if (flags & RIGHTPRESS) {
+
+				/*
+				**	If production is in progress, put it on hold. If production is already
+				**	on hold, then abandon it. Money will be refunded, the factory
+				**	manager deleted, and the object under construction is returned to
+				**	the free pool.
+				*/
+				if (factory) {
+
+					/*
+					**	Cancels placement mode if the sidebar factory is abandoned or
+					**	suspended.
+					*/
+					if (Map.PendingObjectPtr && Map.PendingObjectPtr->Is_Techno()) {
+						Map.PendingObjectPtr = 0;
+						Map.PendingObject = 0;
+						Map.PendingHouse = HOUSE_NONE;
+						Map.Set_Cursor_Shape(0);
+					}
+
+					if (!factory->Is_Building()) {
+						Speak(VOX_CANCELED);
+						OutList.Add(EventClass(EventClass::ABANDON, otype, oid));
+					} else {
+						Speak(VOX_SUSPENDED);
+						OutList.Add(EventClass(EventClass::SUSPEND, otype, oid));
+					}
+				}
+			}
+
+			if (flags & LEFTPRESS) {
+
+				/*
+				**	If there is already a factory attached to this strip but the player didn't click
+				**	on the icon that has the attached factory, then say that the factory is busy and
+				**	ignore the click.
+				*/
+				if (fnumber == -1 && genfactory != -1) {
+					Speak(VOX_NO_FACTORY);
+					ControlClass::Action(flags, key);
+					return(true);
+				}
+
+				if (factory) {
+
+					/*
+					**	If this object is currently being built, then give a scold sound and text and then
+					**	bail.
+					*/
+					if (factory->Is_Building()) {
+						Speak(VOX_NO_FACTORY);
+					} else {
+
+						/*
+						**	If production has completed, then attempt to have the object exit
+						**	the factory or go into placement mode.
+						*/
+						if (factory->Has_Completed()) {
+
+							TechnoClass * pending = factory->Get_Object();
+							if (!pending && factory->Get_Special_Item()) {
+								Map.IsTargettingMode = true;
+							} else {
+								BuildingClass * builder = pending->Who_Can_Build_Me(false, false);
+								if (!builder) {
+									OutList.Add(EventClass(EventClass::ABANDON, otype, oid));
+									Speak(VOX_NO_FACTORY);
+								} else {
+
+									/*
+									**	If the completed object is a building, then change the
+									**	game state into building placement mode. This fact is
+									**	not transmitted to any linked computers until the moment
+									**	the building is actually placed down.
+									*/
+									if (pending->What_Am_I() == RTTI_BUILDING) {
+								 		PlayerPtr->Manual_Place(builder, (BuildingClass *)pending);
+									} else {
+
+										/*
+										**	For objects that can leave the factory under their own
+										**	power, queue this event and process through normal house
+										**	production channels.
+										*/
+										OutList.Add(EventClass(EventClass::PLACE, otype, -1));
+									}
+								}
+							}
+						} else {
+
+							/*
+							**	The factory must have been in a suspended state. Resume construction
+							**	normally.
+							*/
+							Speak(VOX_BUILDING);
+							OutList.Add(EventClass(EventClass::PRODUCE, Strip->Buildables[index].BuildableType, Strip->Buildables[index].BuildableID));
+						}
+					}
+
+				} else {
+
+					/*
+					**	If this side strip is already busy with production, then ignore the
+					**	input and announce this fact.
+					*/
+//					if (Strip->IsBuilding) {
+//						Speak(VOX_NO_FACTORY);
+//					} else {
+						Speak(VOX_BUILDING);
+						OutList.Add(EventClass(EventClass::PRODUCE, Strip->Buildables[index].BuildableType, Strip->Buildables[index].BuildableID));
+//					}
+				}
+			}
+		} else {
+			flags = 0;
+		}
+	}
+
+	ControlClass::Action(flags, key);
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SidebarClass::SBGadgetClass::Action -- Special function that controls the mouse over the si *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called whenever the mouse is over the sidebar. It makes sure that the    *
+ *    mouse is always the normal shape while over the sidebar.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   flags -- The event flags that resuled in this routine being called.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          key   -- Reference the keyboard code that may be present.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns that no further keyboard processing is necessary.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/28/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int SidebarClass::SBGadgetClass::Action(unsigned , KeyNumType & )
+{
+	Map.Help_Text(TXT_NONE);
+	Map.Override_Mouse_Shape(MOUSE_NORMAL, false);
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SidebarClass::StripClass::Factory_Link -- Links a factory to a sidebar button.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will link the specified factory to this sidebar strip. The exact button to  *
+ *    link to is determined from the object type and id specified. A linked button is one that *
+ *    will show appropriate construction animation (clock shape) that matches the state of     *
+ *    the factory.                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   factory  -- The factory number to link to the sidebar.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          type     -- The object type that this factory refers to.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          id       -- The object sub-type that this factory refers to.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Was the factory successfully attached? Failure would indicate that there is no     *
+ *          object of the specified type and sub-type in the sidebar list.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/18/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool SidebarClass::StripClass::Factory_Link(int factory, RTTIType type, int id)
+{
+	for (int index = 0; index < BuildableCount; index++) {
+		if (Buildables[index].BuildableType == type && Buildables[index].BuildableID == id) {
+			Buildables[index].Factory = factory;
+			IsBuilding = true;
+
+			/*
+			** Flag that all the icons on this strip need to be redrawn
+			*/
+			Flag_To_Redraw();
+			return(true);
+		}
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SidebarClass::Abandon_Production -- Stops production of the object specified.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to abandon production of the object specified. The factory will     *
+ *    be completely disabled by this call.                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   type     -- The object type that is to be abandoned. The sub-type is not needed    *
+ *                      since it is presumed there can be only one type in production at any   *
+ *                      one time.                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          factory  -- The factory number that is doing the production.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Was the factory successfully abandoned?                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/18/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool SidebarClass::Abandon_Production(RTTIType type, int factory)
+{
+	return(Column[Which_Column(type)].Abandon_Production(factory));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SidebarClass::StripClass::Abandon_Produ -- Abandons production associated with sidebar.     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Production of the object associated with this sidebar is abandoned when this routine is  *
+ *    called.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   factory  -- The factory index that is to be suspended.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Was the production abandonment successful?                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/18/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   08/06/1995 JLB : More intelligent abandon logic for multiple factories.                   *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool SidebarClass::StripClass::Abandon_Production(int factory)
+{
+	bool noprod = true;
+	bool abandon = false;
+	for (int index = 0; index < BuildableCount; index++) {
+		if (Buildables[index].Factory == factory) {
+			Factories.Raw_Ptr(factory)->Abandon();
+			Buildables[index].Factory = -1;
+			abandon = true;
+		} else {
+			if (Buildables[index].Factory != -1) {
+				noprod = false;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If there was a change to the strip, then flag the strip to be redrawn.
+	*/
+	if (abandon) {
+		Flag_To_Redraw();
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If there is no production whatsoever on this strip, then flag it so.
+	*/
+	if (noprod) {
+		IsBuilding = false;
+	}
+	return(abandon);
+}
+
+
diff --git a/SIDEBAR.H b/SIDEBAR.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cb7ccd9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/SIDEBAR.H
@@ -0,0 +1,397 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\sidebar.h_v   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:45:24   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : SIDEBAR.H                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : October 20, 1994                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : October 20, 1994   [JLB]                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef SIDEBAR_H
+#define SIDEBAR_H
+
+#include	"function.h"
+#include	"power.h"
+#include	"factory.h"
+
+class SidebarClass: public PowerClass
+{
+	public:
+		/*
+		**	These constants are used to control the sidebar rendering. They are instantiated
+		**	as enumerations since C++ cannot use "const" in this context.
+		*/
+		int	SideX;							// x position for side bar
+		int	SideY;							// y position for side bar
+		int	SideBarWidth;					// width of the sidebar
+		int	SideWidth;						// width of the sidebar
+		int	SideHeight;						// height of the sidebar
+		int	TopHeight;						// height of top of sidebar
+		int	MaxVisible;						// max production icons visible
+		int	ButtonOneWidth;				// Button width.
+		int	ButtonTwoWidth;				// Button width.
+		int	ButtonThreeWidth;				// Button width.
+		int   ButtonHeight;					// Button width.
+
+		enum SideBarClassEnums {
+			BUTTON_ACTIVATOR=100,			// Button ID for the activator.
+			SIDEBARWIDTH = 80,
+#if 0
+			SIDE_X=RADAR_X,					// The X position of sidebar upper left corner.
+			SIDE_Y=RADAR_Y+RADAR_HEIGHT,	// The Y position of sidebar upper left corner.
+			SIDE_WIDTH=320-SIDE_X,			// Width of the entire sidebar (in pixels).
+			SIDE_HEIGHT=200-SIDE_Y,			// Height of the entire sidebar (in pixels).
+			TOP_HEIGHT=13,						// Height of top section (with repair/sell buttons).
+			COLUMN_ONE_X=SIDE_X+8,			// Sidestrip upper left coordinates...
+			COLUMN_ONE_Y=SIDE_Y+TOP_HEIGHT,
+			COLUMN_TWO_X=COLUMN_ONE_X+((SIDE_WIDTH-16)/2)+3,
+			COLUMN_TWO_Y=SIDE_Y+TOP_HEIGHT,
+#if (GERMAN | FRENCH)
+//BGA: changes to all buttons
+			BUTTON_ONE_WIDTH=20,				// Button width.
+			BUTTON_TWO_WIDTH=27,				// Button width.
+			BUTTON_THREE_WIDTH=26,			// Button width.
+			BUTTON_HEIGHT=9,					// Button height.
+			BUTTON_ONE_X=SIDE_X+2,			// Left button X coordinate.
+			BUTTON_ONE_Y=SIDE_Y+2,			// Left button Y coordinate.
+			BUTTON_TWO_X=SIDE_X+24,			// Right button X coordinate.
+			BUTTON_TWO_Y=SIDE_Y+2,			// Right button Y coordinate.
+			BUTTON_THREE_X=SIDE_X+53,			// Right button X coordinate.
+			BUTTON_THREE_Y=SIDE_Y+2,			// Right button Y coordinate.
+#else
+			BUTTON_ONE_WIDTH=32,				// Button width.
+			BUTTON_TWO_WIDTH=20,				// Button width.
+			BUTTON_THREE_WIDTH=20,			// Button width.
+			BUTTON_HEIGHT=9,					// Button height.
+			BUTTON_ONE_X=SIDE_X+2,			// Left button X coordinate.
+			BUTTON_ONE_Y=SIDE_Y+2,			// Left button Y coordinate.
+			BUTTON_TWO_X=SIDE_X+36,			// Right button X coordinate.
+			BUTTON_TWO_Y=SIDE_Y+2,			// Right button Y coordinate.
+			BUTTON_THREE_X=SIDE_X+58,			// Right button X coordinate.
+			BUTTON_THREE_Y=SIDE_Y+2,			// Right button Y coordinate.
+#endif
+			BUTTON_ONE_WIDTH=32,				// Button width.
+			BUTTON_TWO_WIDTH=20,				// Button width.
+			BUTTON_THREE_WIDTH=20,			// Button width.
+			BUTTON_HEIGHT=9,					// Button height.
+#endif
+			COLUMNS=2,							// Number of side strips on sidebar.
+		};
+
+		SidebarClass(void);
+
+		/*
+		** Initialization
+		*/
+		virtual void One_Time(void);							// One-time inits
+		virtual void Init_Clear(void);						// Clears all to known state
+		virtual void Init_IO(void);							// Inits button list
+		virtual void Init_Theater(TheaterType theater);	// Theater-specific inits
+
+		virtual void AI(KeyNumType & input, int x, int y);
+		virtual void Draw_It(bool complete);
+		virtual void Refresh_Cells(CELL cell, short const *list);
+
+		bool  Abandon_Production(RTTIType type, int factory);
+		bool  Activate(int control);
+		bool  Add(RTTIType type, int ID);
+		bool  Sidebar_Click(KeyNumType & input, int x, int y);
+		void  Recalc(void);
+		bool  Factory_Link(int factory, RTTIType type, int id);
+
+		/*
+		**	File I/O.
+		*/
+		virtual void Code_Pointers(void);
+		virtual void Decode_Pointers(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	Each side strip is managed by this class. It handles all strip specific
+		**	actions.
+		*/
+		class StripClass : public StageClass
+		{
+			class SelectClass : public ControlClass
+			{
+				public:
+					SelectClass(void);
+
+					void Set_Owner(StripClass & strip, int index);
+					StripClass * Strip;
+					int Index;
+
+				protected:
+					virtual int Action(unsigned flags, KeyNumType & key);
+			};
+
+			public:
+				int ObjectWidth;
+				int ObjectHeight;
+				int StripWidth;
+				int LeftEdgeOffset;
+				int ButtonSpacingOffset;
+
+
+				StripClass(void);
+				bool  Add(RTTIType type, int ID);
+				bool  Abandon_Production(int factory);
+				bool  Scroll(bool up);
+				bool  AI(KeyNumType & input, int x, int y);
+				void  Draw_It(bool complete);
+				void  One_Time(int id);
+				void  Init_Clear(void);
+				void  Init_IO(int id);
+				void  Init_Theater(TheaterType theater);
+				bool  Recalc(void);
+				void  Activate(void);
+				void  Deactivate(void);
+				void  Flag_To_Redraw(void);
+				bool  Factory_Link(int factory, RTTIType type, int id);
+				void const * Get_Special_Cameo(int type);
+
+				/*
+				**	File I/O.
+				*/
+				bool  Load(FileClass & file);
+				bool  Save(FileClass & file);
+				void  Code_Pointers(void);
+				void  Decode_Pointers(void);
+
+				/*
+				**	Working numbers used when rendering and processing the side strip.
+				*/
+				enum SideBarGeneralEnums {
+					BUTTON_UP=200,
+					BUTTON_DOWN=210,
+					BUTTON_SELECT=220,
+					MAX_BUILDABLES=30,			// Maximum number of object types in sidebar.
+					OBJECT_HEIGHT=24,				// Pixel height of each buildable object.
+					OBJECT_WIDTH=32,				// Pixel width of each buildable object.
+					STRIP_WIDTH=35,				// Width of strip (not counting border lines).
+					MAX_VISIBLE=4,					// Number of object slots visible at any one time.
+					SCROLL_RATE=8,					// The pixel jump while scrolling (larger is faster).
+					BUTTON_SPACING_OFFSET = 4, // spacing info for buttons
+					UP_X_OFFSET=2,					// Scroll up arrow coordinates.
+					UP_Y_OFFSET=MAX_VISIBLE*OBJECT_HEIGHT+1,
+					DOWN_X_OFFSET=18,				// Scroll down arrow coordinates.
+					DOWN_Y_OFFSET=MAX_VISIBLE*OBJECT_HEIGHT+1,
+					BUTTON_WIDTH=16,				// Width of the mini-scroll button.
+					BUTTON_HEIGHT=12,				// Height of the mini-scroll button.
+					//LEFT_EDGE_OFFSET=2,			// Offset from left edge for building shapes.
+					TEXT_X_OFFSET=18,				// X offset to print "ready" text.
+					TEXT_Y_OFFSET=15,				// Y offset to print "ready" text.
+					TEXT_COLOR=255,				// Color to use for the "Ready" text.
+					//BUTTON_SPACING_OFFSET = 4, // spacing info for buttons
+					//LEFT_EDGE_OFFSET=0,			// Offset from left edge for building shapes.
+					//BUTTON_SPACING_OFFSET = 0, // spacing info for buttons
+
+				};
+
+				/*
+				**	This is the coordinate of the upper left corner that this side strip
+				**	uses for rendering.
+				*/
+				int X,Y;
+
+				/*
+				**	This is a unique identifier for the sidebar strip. Using this identifier,
+				**	it is possible to differentiate the button messages that arrive from the
+				**	common input button list.  It >MUST< be equal to the strip's index into
+				** the Column[] array, because the strip uses it to access the stripclass
+				** buttons.
+				*/
+				int ID;
+
+				/*
+				**	Shape numbers for the shapes in the STRIP.SHP file.
+				*/
+				enum SideBarStipShapeEnums {
+					SB_BLANK,			// The blank rectangle to use if there are no objects present.
+					SB_FRAME
+				};
+
+				/*
+				**	If this particular side strip needs to be redrawn, then this flag
+				**	will be true.
+				*/
+				unsigned IsToRedraw:1;
+
+				/*
+				**	If construction is in progress (no other objects in this strip can
+				**	be started), then this flag will be true. It will be cleared when
+				**	the strip is free to start production again.
+				*/
+				unsigned IsBuilding:1;
+
+				/*
+				**	This controls the sidebar slide direction. If this is true, then the sidebar
+				**	will scroll downward -- revealing previous objects.
+				*/
+				unsigned IsScrollingDown:1;
+
+				/*
+				**	If the sidebar is scrolling, then this flag is true. Otherwise it is false.
+				*/
+				unsigned IsScrolling:1;
+
+				/*
+				**	This is the object (sidebar slot) that is flashing. Only one slot can be flashing
+				**	at any one instant. This is usually the result of a click on the slot and construction
+				**	has commenced.
+				*/
+				int Flasher;
+
+				/*
+				**	As the sidebar scrolls up and down, this variable holds the index for the topmost
+				**	visible sidebar slot.
+				*/
+				int TopIndex;
+
+				/*
+				**	This is the queued scroll direction and amount. The sidebar
+				**	will scroll the number of slots indicated by this value. This
+				**	value is set according to the scroll buttons.
+				*/
+				int Scroller;
+
+				/*
+				**	The sidebar has smooth scrolling. This is the number of pixels the sidebar
+				**	has slide down. Thus, if this value were 5, then there would be 5 pixels of
+				**	the TopIndex-1 sidebar object visible. When the Slid value reaches 24, then
+				**	the value resets to zero and the TopIndex is decremented. For sliding in the
+				**	opposite direction, change the IsScrollingDown flag.
+				*/
+				int Slid;
+
+				/*
+				**	This is the count of the number of sidebar slots that are active.
+				*/
+				int BuildableCount;
+
+				/*
+				**	This is the array of buildable object types. This array is sorted in the order
+				**	that it is to be displayed. This array keeps track of which objects are building
+				**	and ready to be placed. The very nature of this method precludes simultaneous
+				**	construction of the same object type.
+				*/
+				typedef struct BuildType {
+					int BuildableID;
+					RTTIType BuildableType;
+					int Factory;								// Production manager.
+				} BuildType;
+				BuildType Buildables[MAX_BUILDABLES];
+
+				/*
+				**	Pointer to the shape data for small versions of the logos. These are used as
+				**	placeholder pieces on the side bar.
+				*/
+				static void const * LogoShapes;
+
+				/*
+				**	This points to the animation sequence of frames used to mark the passage of time
+				**	as an object is undergoing construction.
+				*/
+				static void const * ClockShapes;
+
+				/*
+				** This points to the animation sequence which deals with special
+				** shapes which handle non-production based icons.
+				*/
+				static void const * SpecialShapes[3];
+
+				/*
+				**	This is the last theater that the special palette remap table was loaded
+				**	for. If the current theater differs from this recorded value, then the
+				**	remap tables are reloaded.
+				*/
+				static TheaterType LastTheater;
+
+				static ShapeButtonClass UpButton[COLUMNS];
+				static ShapeButtonClass DownButton[COLUMNS];
+				static SelectClass SelectButton[COLUMNS][MAX_VISIBLE];
+
+				/*
+				**	This points to the shapes that are used for the clock overlay. This displays
+				**	progress of construction.
+				*/
+				static char ClockTranslucentTable[(1+1)*256];
+
+		} Column[COLUMNS];
+
+
+		/*
+		**	If the sidebar is active then this flag is true.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsSidebarActive:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	This flag tells the rendering system that the sidebar needs to be redrawn.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsToRedraw:1;
+
+		class SBGadgetClass: public GadgetClass {
+			public:
+//				SBGadgetClass(void) : GadgetClass(SIDE_X+8, SIDE_Y, SIDE_WIDTH-1, SIDE_HEIGHT-1, LEFTUP) {};
+				SBGadgetClass(void) : GadgetClass(0,0,0,0,LEFTUP) {};
+
+			protected:
+				virtual int Action(unsigned flags, KeyNumType & key);
+		};
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the button that is used to collapse and expand the sidebar.
+		** These buttons must be available to derived classes, for Save/Load.
+		*/
+		static ShapeButtonClass Repair;
+		static ShapeButtonClass Upgrade;
+		static ShapeButtonClass Zoom;
+		static SBGadgetClass Background;
+
+		/*
+		**	Pointer to the shape data for the sidebar
+		*/
+		static void const * SidebarShape1;
+		static void const * SidebarShape2;
+
+
+	private:
+		bool  Activate_Repair(int control);
+		bool  Activate_Upgrade(int control);
+		bool  Activate_Demolish(int control);
+		bool  Scroll(bool up, int column);
+		int  Which_Column(RTTIType type);
+
+		unsigned IsRepairActive:1;
+		unsigned IsUpgradeActive:1;
+		unsigned IsDemolishActive:1;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/SLIDER.CPP b/SLIDER.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d6c68db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/SLIDER.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,408 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\slider.cpv   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:51:54   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               *** 
+ *********************************************************************************************** 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                    File Name : SLIDER.CPP                                                   * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                * 
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : 01/15/95                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                  Last Update : January 16, 1995 [JLB]                                       * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* 
+ * Functions:                                                                                  * 
+ *   SliderClass::Action -- Handles input processing for the slider.                           * 
+ *   SliderClass::Bump -- Bumps the slider one "thumb size" up or down.                        * 
+ *   SliderClass::Recalc_Thumb -- Recalculates the thumb pixel size and starting offset.       * 
+ *   SliderClass::Set_Maximum -- Sets the maximum value for this slider.                       * 
+ *   SliderClass::Set_Thumb_Size -- Sets the size fo the thumb in "slider units".              * 
+ *   SliderClass::Set_Value -- Sets the current thumb position for the slider.                 * 
+ *   SliderClass::SliderClass -- Normal constructor for a slider (with thumb) gadget.          * 
+ *   SliderClass::Step -- Steps the slider one value up or down.                               * 
+ *   SliderClass::Draw_Thumb -- Draws the "thumb" for this slider.                             *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+#include "slider.h"
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SliderClass::SliderClass -- Normal constructor for a slider (with thumb) gadget.            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the normal constructor for the slider gadget.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   id    -- The ID number to assign to this gadget.                                   *
+ *          x,y   -- The pixel coordinate of the upper left corner for this gadget.            *
+ *          w,h   -- The width and height of the slider gadget. The slider automatically       *
+ *                   adapts for horizontal or vertical operation depending on which of these   *
+ *                   dimensions is greater.                                                    *
+ * OUTPUT:     none                                                                            *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ * HISTORY:    01/15/1995 JLB : Created.                                                       *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+SliderClass::SliderClass(unsigned id, int x, int y, int w, int h, int belong_to_list)
+	: GaugeClass(id, x, y, w, h)
+{
+	BelongToList = belong_to_list ? true : false;
+
+	PlusGadget = 0;
+	MinusGadget = 0;
+	if (!BelongToList) {
+		PlusGadget  = new ShapeButtonClass(id, MixFileClass::Retrieve("BTN-PLUS.SHP"), X+Width+2, Y);
+		MinusGadget = new ShapeButtonClass(id, MixFileClass::Retrieve("BTN-MINS.SHP"), X-6, Y);
+
+		if (PlusGadget) {
+			PlusGadget->Make_Peer(*this);
+			PlusGadget->Add(*this);
+			PlusGadget->Flag_To_Redraw();
+		}
+		if (MinusGadget) {
+			MinusGadget->Make_Peer(*this);
+			MinusGadget->Add(*this);
+			MinusGadget->Flag_To_Redraw();
+		}
+	}
+	Set_Thumb_Size(1);
+	Recalc_Thumb();
+
+	/*
+	** Gauges have at least 2 colors, but sliders should only have one.
+	*/
+	IsColorized = 0;
+}
+
+
+virtual SliderClass::~SliderClass(void)
+{
+	if (PlusGadget) {
+		delete PlusGadget;
+		PlusGadget = 0;
+	}
+	if (MinusGadget) {
+		delete MinusGadget;
+		MinusGadget = 0;
+	}
+}	
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SliderClass::Set_Maximum -- Sets the maximum value for this slider.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This sets the maximum value that the slider can be set at. The maximum value controls    * 
+ *    the size of the thumb and the resolution of the thumb's movement.                        * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   value -- The value to set for the slider's maximum.                                * 
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the maximum value changed? A false indicates a set to the value it       * 
+ *                is currently set to already.                                                 *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ * HISTORY:    01/15/1995 JLB : Created.                                                       * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int SliderClass::Set_Maximum(int value)
+{
+	if (GaugeClass::Set_Maximum(value)) {
+		Recalc_Thumb();
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * SliderClass::Set_Thumb_Size -- Sets the size fo the thumb in "slider units".                * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This routine will set the size of the thumb as it relates to the maximum value the       * 
+ *    slider can achieve. This serves to display a proportionally sized thumb as well as       * 
+ *    control how the slider "bumps" up or down.                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   value -- The new value of the thumb. It should never be larger than the slider     * 
+ *                   maximum.                                                                  * 
+ * OUTPUT:     none                                                                            * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ * HISTORY:    01/15/1995 JLB : Created.                                                       * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void SliderClass::Set_Thumb_Size(int value)
+{
+	Thumb = MIN(value, MaxValue);
+	Thumb = MAX(Thumb, 1);
+	Flag_To_Redraw();
+	Recalc_Thumb();
+}	
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * SliderClass::Set_Value -- Sets the current thumb position for the slider.                   * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This routine will set the thumb position for the slider.                                 * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   value -- The position to set the slider. This position is relative to the maximum  * 
+ *                   value for the slider.                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the slider thumb position changed at all?                                * 
+ * WARNINGS:  none                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:   01/15/1995 JLB : Created.                                                        * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int SliderClass::Set_Value(int value) 
+{
+	value = MIN(value, MaxValue-Thumb);
+
+	if (GaugeClass::Set_Value(value)) {
+		Recalc_Thumb();
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * SliderClass::Recalc_Thumb -- Recalculates the thumb pixel size and starting offset.         *
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This takes the current thumb logical size and starting value and calculates the pixel    * 
+ *    size and starting offset accordingly. This function should be called whenever one of     * 
+ *    these elements has changed.                                                              * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:      none                                                                            * 
+ * OUTPUT:     none                                                                            * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ * HISTORY:    01/15/1995 JLB : Created.                                                       * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void SliderClass::Recalc_Thumb(void)
+{
+	int length = IsHorizontal ? Width : Height;
+	int size   = Fixed_To_Cardinal(length, Cardinal_To_Fixed(MaxValue, Thumb));
+	ThumbSize  = MAX(size, 4);
+	int start  = Fixed_To_Cardinal(length, Cardinal_To_Fixed(MaxValue, CurValue));
+	ThumbStart = MIN(start, length-ThumbSize);
+}	
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * SliderClass::Action -- Handles input processing for the slider.                             * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This routine is called when a qualifying input event has occured. This routine will      * 
+ *    process that event and make any adjustments to the slider as necessary.                  * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   flags -- Flag bits that tell the input event that caused this function to          * 
+ *                   be called.                                                                *
+ *          key   -- Reference to the key that caused the input event.                         * 
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the event consumed and further processing of the gadget list should be   * 
+ *                aborted?                                                                     * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ * HISTORY:    01/15/1995 JLB : Created.                                                       * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int SliderClass::Action(unsigned flags, KeyNumType &key)
+{
+	/*
+	**	Handle the mouse click in a special way. If the click was not on the thumb, then 
+	**	jump the thumb position one "step" in the appropriate direction. Otherwise, let normal
+	**	processing take place -- the slider then "sticks" and the thumb moves according to
+	**	mouse position.
+	*/
+	if (flags & LEFTPRESS) {
+		int mouse;		// Mouse pixel position.
+		int edge;		// Edge of slider.
+
+		if (IsHorizontal) {
+			mouse = Get_Mouse_X();
+			edge = X;
+		} else {
+			mouse = Get_Mouse_Y();
+			edge = Y;
+		}
+		edge += 1;
+
+		/*
+		** Clicking outside the thumb: invoke parent's Action to process flags etc,
+		** but turn off the event & return true so processing stops at this button.
+		*/
+		if (mouse < edge+ThumbStart) {
+			Bump(true);
+			GaugeClass::Action(0, key);
+			key = KN_NONE;
+			return(true);
+		} else {
+			if (mouse > edge+ThumbStart+ThumbSize) {
+				Bump(false);
+				GaugeClass::Action(0, key);
+				key = KN_NONE;
+				return(true);
+			} else {
+				GaugeClass::Action(flags, key);
+				key = KN_NONE;
+				return(true);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**  CHANGE GAUGECLASS::ACTION -- REMOVE (LEFTRELEASE) FROM IF STMT
+	*/
+	return(GaugeClass::Action(flags, key));
+}	
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * SliderClass::Bump -- Bumps the slider one "thumb size" up or down.                          * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This support function will bump the slider one "step" or the size of the thumb up or     * 
+ *    down as specified. It is typically called when the slider is clicked outside of the      * 
+ *    thumb region but still inside of the slider.                                             * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   up -- Should the bump be to increase the current position?                         * 
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the slider changed at all? A false indicates that the slider is already  * 
+ *                at one end or the other.                                                     * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ * HISTORY:    01/15/1995 JLB : Created.                                                       * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int SliderClass::Bump(int up)
+{
+	if (up) {
+		return(Set_Value(CurValue - Thumb));
+	}
+	return(Set_Value(CurValue + Thumb));
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * SliderClass::Step -- Steps the slider one value up or down.                                 * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This routine will move the slider thumb one step in the direction specified.             * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   up -- Should the step be up (i.e., forward)?                                       * 
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the slider changed at all? A false indicates that the slider is already  * 
+ *                at one end or the other.                                                     * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ * HISTORY:    01/15/1995 JLB : Created.                                                       * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int SliderClass::Step(int up)
+{
+	if (up) {
+		return(Set_Value(CurValue - 1));
+	}
+	return(Set_Value(CurValue + 1));
+}	
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * SliderClass::Draw_Thumb -- Draws the "thumb" for this slider.                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This will draw the thumb graphic for this slider. Sometimes the thumb requires special   * 
+ *    drawing, thus the need for this function separate from the normal Draw_Me function.      * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               * 
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ * WARNINGS:   The mouse is guaranteed to be hidden when this routine is called.               * 
+ * HISTORY:    01/16/1995 JLB : Created.                                                       * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void SliderClass::Draw_Thumb(void)
+{
+	if (IsHorizontal) {
+		Draw_Box(X+ThumbStart, Y, ThumbSize, Height, BOXSTYLE_GREEN_RAISED, true);
+	} else {
+		Draw_Box(X, Y+ThumbStart, Width, ThumbSize, BOXSTYLE_GREEN_RAISED, true);
+	}
+}	
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * SliderClass::Draw_Me -- Draws the body of the gauge.                                        * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This routine will draw the body of the gauge if necessary.                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   forced   -- Should the gauge be redrawn regardless of the current redraw flag?     * 
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the gauge redrawn?                                                       * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ * HISTORY:    01/16/1995 JLB : Created.                                                       * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int SliderClass::Draw_Me(int forced)
+{
+	if (BelongToList) {
+		if (ControlClass::Draw_Me(forced)) {
+
+			/*
+			===================== Hide the mouse =====================
+			*/
+			if (LogicPage == &SeenBuff) {
+				Conditional_Hide_Mouse(X, Y, X+Width, Y+Height);
+			}
+
+			/*
+			=========== Draw the body & set text color ===============
+			*/
+			Draw_Box (X, Y, Width, Height, BOXSTYLE_GREEN_DOWN, true);
+//			if (IsHorizontal) {
+//				LogicPage->Fill_Rect(X, Y+1, X+Width-1, Y+Height-2, 141);
+//				LogicPage->Draw_Line(X, Y, X+Width-1, Y,  140);  // top
+//				LogicPage->Draw_Line(X, Y+Height, X+Width, Y+Height, 159); // bottom
+//			} else {
+//				LogicPage->Fill_Rect(X+1, Y, X+Width-2, Y+Height-1, 141);
+//				LogicPage->Draw_Line(X, Y, X, Y+Height, 140);  // left
+//				LogicPage->Draw_Line(X+Width-1,  Y, X+Width-1, Y+Height, 159);	// right
+//			}
+			Draw_Thumb();
+
+			/*
+			=================== Display the mouse ===================
+			*/
+			if (LogicPage == &SeenBuff) {
+				Conditional_Show_Mouse();
+			}
+			return(true);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If it does not belong to a listbox...
+	*/
+	return(GaugeClass::Draw_Me(forced));
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * SliderClass::Peer_To_Peer -- A peer gadget was touched -- make adjustments.                 * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This routine is called when one of the peer gadgets (the scroll arrows or the slider)    * 
+ *    was touched in some fashion. This routine will sort out whom and why and then make       * 
+ *    any necessary adjustments to the list box.                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   flags    -- The event flags that affected the peer gadget.                         * 
+ *          key      -- The key value at the time of the event.                                * 
+ *          whom     -- Which gadget is being touched.                                         * 
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ * HISTORY:    01/16/1995 JLB : Created.                                                       * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void SliderClass::Peer_To_Peer(unsigned flags, KeyNumType & , ControlClass & whom)
+{
+	if (flags & LEFTRELEASE) {
+		if (&whom == PlusGadget) {
+			Step(false);
+		}
+		if (&whom == MinusGadget) {
+			Step(true);
+		}
+	}
+}	
+
+
diff --git a/SLIDER.H b/SLIDER.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a9f995
--- /dev/null
+++ b/SLIDER.H
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\slider.h_v   2.16   16 Oct 1995 16:45:38   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               *** 
+ *********************************************************************************************** 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                    File Name : SLIDER.H                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Start Date : 01/15/95                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                  Last Update : January 15, 1995 [JLB]                                       * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* 
+ * Functions:                                                                                  * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef SLIDER_H
+#define SLIDER_H
+
+#include "gauge.h"
+#include "shapebtn.h"
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * SliderClass -- Like a Windows ListBox structure									*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:      int id-- id of gadget													*
+ *					int x -- x position of gadget											*
+ *					int y -- y position of gadget											*
+ *					int w -- width of gadget												*							
+ *					int h -- height of gadget												*							
+ *					int belong_to_list -- does this slider go with a listclass? *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:     none.																			*
+ * WARNINGS:														   						*
+ * HISTORY:    01/03/1995 MML : Created.                                   *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+class SliderClass : public GaugeClass
+{
+	public:
+		SliderClass(unsigned id, int x, int y, int w, int h, int belong_to_list=false);
+		virtual ~SliderClass(void);
+//		static SliderClass * Create_One_Of(unsigned id, int x, int y, int w, int h, int belong_to_list=false);
+
+		virtual void Set_Thumb_Size(int value);
+		virtual int  Set_Maximum(int value);
+		virtual int  Set_Value(int);
+		virtual int  Bump(int up);
+		virtual int  Step(int up);
+		virtual int  Draw_Me(int forced);
+		virtual void Peer_To_Peer(unsigned flags, KeyNumType & key, ControlClass & whom);
+
+		virtual int Thumb_Pixels(void) { return (ThumbSize);}
+
+	protected:
+
+		/*
+		**	If the slider bar has been created, these point to the respective gadgets
+		**	that it is composed of.
+		*/
+		ShapeButtonClass * PlusGadget;
+		ShapeButtonClass * MinusGadget;
+
+		/*
+		**	If I belong to a listbox, I have to draw myself differently...
+		**/
+		unsigned BelongToList:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the logical size of the thumb. This value is used when drawing 
+		**	the thumb imagery. It is also the amount that is bumped when the 
+		**	Bump() function is called.  (This value is in application units.)
+		*/
+		int Thumb;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the current thumb pixel size and starting offset from beginning
+		**	of slider region.  (These values are in pixels.)
+		*/
+		int ThumbSize;
+		int ThumbStart;			// x or y position for the thumb
+
+		virtual int  Action(unsigned flags, KeyNumType &key);
+		virtual void Draw_Thumb(void);
+
+	private:
+		void Recalc_Thumb(void);
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/SMUDGE.CPP b/SMUDGE.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e3f1110
--- /dev/null
+++ b/SMUDGE.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,406 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\smudge.cpv   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:52:06   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : SMUDGE.CPP                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : August 9, 1994                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : July 24, 1995 [JLB]                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   SmudgeClass::Init -- Initialize the smudge tracking system.                               *
+ *   SmudgeClass::SmudgeClass -- Constructor for smudge objects.                               *
+ *   SmudgeClass::operator delete -- Deletes the smudge from the tracking system.              *
+ *   SmudgeClass::operator new -- Creator of smudge objects.                                   *
+ *   SmudgeClass::Mark -- Marks a smudge down on the map.                                      *
+ *   SmudgeClass::Read_INI -- Reads smudge data from an INI file.                              *
+ *   SmudgeClass::Write_INI -- Writes the smudge data to an INI file.                          *
+ *   SmudgeClass::Disown -- Disowns (removes) a building bib piece.                            *
+ *   SmudgeClass::Validate -- validates smudge pointer													  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+#include	"smudge.h"
+
+
+/*
+** This contains the value of the Virtual Function Table Pointer
+*/
+void * SmudgeClass::VTable;
+
+HousesType SmudgeClass::ToOwn = HOUSE_NONE;
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SmudgeClass::Validate -- validates smudge pointer														  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *		1 = ok, 0 = error																								  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/09/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+int SmudgeClass::Validate(void) const
+{
+	int num;
+
+	num = Smudges.ID(this);
+	if (num < 0 || num >= SMUDGE_MAX) {
+		Validate_Error("SMUDGE");
+		return (0);
+	}
+	else
+		return (1);
+}
+#else
+#define	Validate()
+#endif
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SmudgeClass::operator new -- Creator of smudge objects.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will allocate a smudge object from the smudge tracking pool.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to a newly allocated smudge object. If one couldn't be      *
+ *          found, then NULL is returned.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/01/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void * SmudgeClass::operator new(size_t )
+{
+	void * ptr = Smudges.Allocate();
+	if (ptr) {
+		((SmudgeClass *)ptr)->IsActive = true;
+	}
+	return(ptr);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SmudgeClass::operator delete -- Deletes the smudge from the tracking system.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to remove the smudge from the tracking system.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   ptr   -- Pointer to the smudge to delete.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/01/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void SmudgeClass::operator delete(void *ptr)
+{
+	if (ptr) {
+		((SmudgeClass *)ptr)->IsActive = false;
+	}
+	Smudges.Free((SmudgeClass *)ptr);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SmudgeClass::SmudgeClass -- Constructor for smudge objects.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the typical constructor for smudge objects. If the position to place the         *
+ *    smudge is not given, then the smudge will be initialized in a limbo state. If the        *
+ *    smudge is placed on the map, then this operation causes the smudge object itself to be   *
+ *    deleted and special map values updated to reflect the presence of a smudge.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   type  -- The type of smudge to construct.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          pos   -- The position to place the smudge. If -1, then the smudge is initialized   *
+ *                   into a limbo state.                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/01/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+SmudgeClass::SmudgeClass(SmudgeType type, COORDINATE pos, HousesType house) :
+	Class(&SmudgeTypeClass::As_Reference(type))
+{
+	if (pos != -1) {
+		ToOwn = house;
+		if (!Unlimbo(pos)) {
+			delete this;
+		}
+		ToOwn = HOUSE_NONE;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SmudgeClass::Init -- Initialize the smudge tracking system.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used during the scenario clearing process to initialize the smudge       *
+ *    object tracking system to a null state.                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/01/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void SmudgeClass::Init(void)
+{
+	SmudgeClass *ptr;
+
+	Smudges.Free_All();
+
+	ptr = new SmudgeClass();
+	VTable = ((void **)(((char *)ptr) + sizeof(AbstractClass) - 4))[0];
+	delete ptr;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SmudgeClass::Mark -- Marks a smudge down on the map.                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will place the smudge on the map. If the map cell allows.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   mark  -- The type of marking to perform. Only MARK_DOWN is supported.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the smudge marked successfully? Failure occurs if the smudge isn't       *
+ *                marked DOWN.                                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   The smudge object is DELETED by this routine.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/22/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   12/23/1994 JLB : Checks low level legality before proceeding.                             *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool SmudgeClass::Mark(MarkType mark)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (ObjectClass::Mark(mark)) {
+		if (mark == MARK_DOWN) {
+			CELL origin = Coord_Cell(Coord);
+
+			for (int w = 0; w < Class->Width; w++) {
+				for (int h = 0; h < Class->Height; h++) {
+					CELL newcell = origin + w + (h*MAP_CELL_W);
+					if (Map.In_Radar(newcell)) {
+						CellClass * cell = &Map[newcell];
+
+						if (Class->IsBib) {
+							cell->Smudge = Class->Type;
+							cell->SmudgeData = w + (h*Class->Width);
+							cell->Owner = ToOwn;
+						} else {
+							if (cell->Is_Generally_Clear()) {
+								if (Class->IsCrater && cell->Smudge != SMUDGE_NONE && SmudgeTypeClass::As_Reference(cell->Smudge).IsCrater) {
+									cell->SmudgeData++;
+									cell->SmudgeData = (int)MIN((int)cell->SmudgeData, (int)4);
+								}
+
+								if (cell->Smudge == SMUDGE_NONE) {
+
+									/*
+									**	Special selection of a crater that starts as close to the
+									**	specified coordinate as possible.
+									*/
+									if (Class->IsCrater) {
+										cell->Smudge = (SmudgeType)(SMUDGE_CRATER1 + CellClass::Spot_Index(Coord));
+									} else {
+										cell->Smudge = Class->Type;
+									}
+									cell->SmudgeData = 0;
+								}
+							}
+						}
+
+						/*
+						**	Flag everything that might be overlapping this cell to redraw itself.
+						*/
+						cell->Redraw_Objects();
+					}
+				}
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	Whether it was successful in placing, or not, delete the smudge object. It isn't
+			**	needed once the map has been updated with the proper smudge data.
+			*/
+			delete this;
+			return(true);
+		}
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SmudgeClass::Read_INI -- Reads smudge data from an INI file.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used by the scenario loader to read the smudge data in an INI file and   *
+ *    create the appropriate smudge objects on the map.                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   buffer   -- Pointer to the INI file staging buffer.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/01/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   07/24/1995 JLB : Sets the smudge data value as well.                                      *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void SmudgeClass::Read_INI(char *buffer)
+{
+	char	buf[128];	// Working string staging buffer.
+
+	int len = strlen(buffer) + 2;
+	char * tbuffer = buffer + len;
+
+	WWGetPrivateProfileString(INI_Name(), NULL, NULL, tbuffer, ShapeBufferSize-len, buffer);
+	while (*tbuffer != '\0') {
+		SmudgeType	smudge;		// Smudge type.
+
+		WWGetPrivateProfileString(INI_Name(), tbuffer, NULL, buf, sizeof(buf)-1, buffer);
+		smudge = SmudgeTypeClass::From_Name(strtok(buf, ","));
+		if (smudge != SMUDGE_NONE) {
+			char * ptr = strtok(NULL, ",");
+			if (ptr) {
+				int data = 0;
+				CELL cell = atoi(ptr);
+				ptr = strtok(NULL, ",");
+				if (ptr) data = atoi(ptr);
+				new SmudgeClass(smudge, Cell_Coord(cell));
+				if (Map[cell].Smudge == smudge && data) {
+					Map[cell].SmudgeData = data;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		tbuffer += strlen(tbuffer)+1;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SmudgeClass::Write_INI -- Writes the smudge data to an INI file.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used by the scenario editor to write the smudge data to an INI file.     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   buffer   -- Pointer to the INI file staging buffer.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/01/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   07/24/1995 JLB : Records the smudge data as well.                                         *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void SmudgeClass::Write_INI(char *buffer)
+{
+	char	uname[10];
+	char	buf[127];
+	char	*tbuffer;		// Accumulation buffer of unit IDs.
+
+	/*
+	**	First, clear out all existing template data from the ini file.
+	*/
+	tbuffer = buffer + strlen(buffer) + 2;
+	WWGetPrivateProfileString(INI_Name(), NULL, NULL, tbuffer, ShapeBufferSize-strlen(buffer), buffer);
+	while (*tbuffer != '\0') {
+		WWWritePrivateProfileString(INI_Name(), tbuffer, NULL, buffer);
+		tbuffer += strlen(tbuffer)+1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Find all templates and write them to the file.
+	*/
+	for (CELL index = 0; index < MAP_CELL_TOTAL; index++) {
+		CellClass * ptr;
+
+		ptr = &Map[index];
+		if (ptr->Smudge != SMUDGE_NONE) {
+			SmudgeTypeClass const * stype = &SmudgeTypeClass::As_Reference(ptr->Smudge);
+			if (!stype->IsBib) {
+				sprintf(uname, "%03d", index);
+				sprintf(buf, "%s,%d,%d", stype->IniName, index, ptr->SmudgeData);
+				WWWritePrivateProfileString(INI_Name(), uname, buf, buffer);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * SmudgeClass::Disown -- Disowns (removes) a building bib piece.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used when a building is removed from the game. If there was any bib      *
+ *    attached, this routine will be called to disown the cells and remove the bib artwork.    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   cell  -- The origin cell for this bib removal.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   This is actually working on a temporary bib object. It is created for the sole  *
+ *             purpose of calling this routine. It will be deleted immediately afterward.      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/04/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void SmudgeClass::Disown(CELL cell)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (Class->IsBib) {
+		for (int w = 0; w < Class->Width; w++) {
+			for (int h = 0; h < Class->Height; h++) {
+				CellClass & cellptr = Map[cell + w + (h*MAP_CELL_W)];
+
+				if (cellptr.Overlay == OVERLAY_NONE || !OverlayTypeClass::As_Reference(cellptr.Overlay).IsWall) {
+					cellptr.Smudge = SMUDGE_NONE;
+					cellptr.SmudgeData = 0;
+					cellptr.Owner = HOUSE_NONE;
+					cellptr.Redraw_Objects();
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
diff --git a/SMUDGE.H b/SMUDGE.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b87358
--- /dev/null
+++ b/SMUDGE.H
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\smudge.h_v   2.16   16 Oct 1995 16:47:32   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : SMUDGE.H                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : August 9, 1994                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : August 9, 1994   [JLB]                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef SMUDGE_H
+#define SMUDGE_H
+
+#include	"object.h"
+#include	"type.h"
+
+/******************************************************************************
+**	This is the transitory form for smudges. They exist as independent objects
+**	only in the transition stage from creation to placement upon the map. Once
+**	they are placed on the map, they merely become 'smudges' in the cell data. This
+**	object is then destroyed.
+*/
+class SmudgeClass : public ObjectClass
+{
+	public:
+		/*-------------------------------------------------------------------
+		**	Constructors and destructors.
+		*/
+		static void * operator new(size_t size);
+		static void operator delete(void *ptr);
+		SmudgeClass(SmudgeType type, COORDINATE pos=-1, HousesType house = HOUSE_NONE);
+		SmudgeClass(void) : Class(0) {};
+		operator SmudgeType(void) const {return Class->Type;};
+		virtual ~SmudgeClass(void) {if (GameActive) SmudgeClass::Limbo();};
+		virtual RTTIType What_Am_I(void) const {return RTTI_SMUDGE;};
+
+		static void Init(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	File I/O.
+		*/
+		static void Read_INI(char *);
+		static void Write_INI(char *);
+		static char *INI_Name(void) {return "SMUDGE";};
+		bool Load(FileClass & file);
+		bool Save(FileClass & file);
+		virtual void Code_Pointers(void);
+		virtual void Decode_Pointers(void);
+
+		virtual ObjectTypeClass const & Class_Of(void) const {return *Class;};
+		virtual bool Mark(MarkType);
+		virtual void Draw_It(int , int , WindowNumberType ) {};
+
+		void Disown(CELL cell);
+
+		/*
+		**	Dee-buggin' support.
+		*/
+		int Validate(void) const;
+
+	private:
+
+		static HousesType ToOwn;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is a pointer to the template object's class.
+		*/
+		SmudgeTypeClass const * const Class;
+
+		/*
+		** This contains the value of the Virtual Function Table Pointer
+		*/
+		static void * VTable;
+};
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/SOUNDDLG.CPP b/SOUNDDLG.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a4e74d7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/SOUNDDLG.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,434 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\sounddlg.cpv   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:51:32   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : SOUNDDLG.CPP                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Maria del Mar McCready-Legg, Joe L. Bostic                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : Jan 8, 1995                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : Jan 18, 1995   [MML]                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   SoundControlsClass::Process -- Handles all the options graphic interface.                 *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+#include	"sounddlg.h"
+
+class MusicListClass : public ListClass
+{
+	public:
+		MusicListClass(int id, int x, int y, int w, int h) :
+			ListClass(id, x, y, w, h, TPF_6PT_GRAD|TPF_NOSHADOW, Hires_Retrieve("BTN-UP.SHP"), Hires_Retrieve("BTN-DN.SHP"))
+		{};
+		virtual ~MusicListClass(void) {};
+
+	protected:
+		virtual void Draw_Entry(int index, int x, int y, int width, int selected);
+};
+int SoundControlsClass::Init(void)
+{
+	int factor 		= (SeenBuff.Get_Width() == 320) ? 1 : 2;
+	Option_Width	=292 * factor;
+	Option_Height	=146 * factor;
+
+	Option_X			=((SeenBuff.Get_Width() - Option_Width) / 2);
+	Option_Y			=(SeenBuff.Get_Height() - Option_Height) / 2;
+
+	Listbox_X		=1 * factor;
+	Listbox_Y		=54 * factor;
+	Listbox_W		=290 * factor;
+	Listbox_H		=73 * factor;
+
+	Button_Width	=85 * factor;
+	Button_X			=Option_Width-(Button_Width + (7 * factor));
+	Button_Y			=130 * factor;
+
+	Stop_X			=5 * factor;
+	Stop_Y			=129 * factor;
+
+	Play_X			=23 * factor;
+	Play_Y			=129 * factor;
+
+	OnOff_Width		=25 * factor;
+	#ifdef GERMAN
+		Shuffle_X	=79 * factor;
+	#else
+		Shuffle_X	=91 * factor;
+	#endif
+
+	Shuffle_Y		=130 * factor;
+
+	Repeat_X			=166 * factor;
+	Repeat_Y			=130 * factor;
+
+	MSlider_X		=147 * factor;
+	MSlider_Y		=28 * factor;
+	MSlider_W		=108 * factor;
+	MSlider_Height	=5 * factor;
+
+	FXSlider_X		=147 * factor;
+	FXSlider_Y		=40 * factor;
+	FXSlider_W		=108 * factor;
+	FXSlider_Height=5 * factor;
+	return(factor);
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * OptionsClass::Process -- Handles all the options graphic interface.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is the main control for the visual representation of the options            *
+ *    screen. It handles the visual overlay and the player input.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:      none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:     none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:    12/31/1994 MML : Created.                                                       *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void SoundControlsClass::Process(void)
+{
+//	ThemeType theme;
+
+	int factor 		= (SeenBuff.Get_Width() == 320) ? 1 : 2;
+
+	Init();
+	/*
+	**	List box that holds the score text strings.
+	*/
+	MusicListClass listbox(0, Option_X+Listbox_X, Option_Y+Listbox_Y, Listbox_W, Listbox_H);
+
+	/*
+	**	Return to options menu button.
+	*/
+	TextButtonClass returnto(BUTTON_OPTIONS, TXT_OPTIONS_MENU, TPF_6PT_GRAD|TPF_NOSHADOW,
+#ifdef FRENCH
+			Option_X+Button_X-8*2, Option_Y+Button_Y, Button_Width+11*2);
+#else
+			Option_X+Button_X, Option_Y+Button_Y, Button_Width);
+#endif
+
+	/*
+	**	Stop playing button.
+	*/
+	char filename[30];
+	if (factor == 1)
+		strcpy(filename,"BTN-ST.SHP");
+	else
+		strcpy(filename,"BTN-STH.SHP");
+	ShapeButtonClass stopbtn(BUTTON_STOP, MixFileClass::Retrieve(filename),
+			Option_X+Stop_X, Option_Y+Stop_Y);
+
+	/*
+	**	Start playing button.
+	*/
+	if (factor == 1)
+		strcpy(filename,"BTN-PL.SHP");
+	else
+		strcpy(filename,"BTN-PLH.SHP");
+
+	ShapeButtonClass playbtn(BUTTON_PLAY, MixFileClass::Retrieve(filename),
+			Option_X+Play_X, Option_Y+Play_Y);
+
+	/*
+	**	Shuffle control.
+	*/
+	TextButtonClass shufflebtn(BUTTON_SHUFFLE, TXT_OFF, TPF_6PT_GRAD|TPF_NOSHADOW,
+			Option_X+Shuffle_X, Option_Y+Shuffle_Y, OnOff_Width);
+
+	/*
+	**	Repeat control.
+	*/
+	TextButtonClass repeatbtn(BUTTON_REPEAT, TXT_OFF, TPF_6PT_GRAD|TPF_NOSHADOW, Option_X+Repeat_X, Option_Y+Repeat_Y, OnOff_Width);
+
+	/*
+	**	Music volume slider.
+	*/
+	SliderClass music(SLIDER_MUSIC, Option_X+MSlider_X, Option_Y+MSlider_Y, MSlider_W, MSlider_Height);
+
+	/*
+	**	Sound volume slider.
+	*/
+	SliderClass sound(SLIDER_SOUND, Option_X+FXSlider_X, Option_Y+FXSlider_Y, FXSlider_W, FXSlider_Height);
+
+	/*
+	**	Causes left mouse clicks inside the dialog area, but not on any
+	**	particular button, to be ignored.
+	*/
+	GadgetClass area(Option_X, Option_Y, Option_Width, Option_Height, GadgetClass::LEFTPRESS);
+
+	/*
+	**	Causes right clicks anywhere or left clicks outside of the dialog
+	**	box area to be the same a clicking the return to game options button.
+	*/
+	ControlClass ctrl(BUTTON_OPTIONS, 0, 0, SeenBuff.Get_Width(), SeenBuff.Get_Height(), GadgetClass::RIGHTPRESS|GadgetClass::LEFTPRESS);
+
+	/*
+	**	The repeat and shuffle buttons are of the toggle type. They toggle
+	**	between saying "on" and "off".
+	*/
+	shufflebtn.IsToggleType = true;
+	if (Options.IsScoreShuffle) {
+		shufflebtn.Turn_On();
+	} else {
+		shufflebtn.Turn_Off();
+	}
+	shufflebtn.Set_Text(shufflebtn.IsOn ? TXT_ON : TXT_OFF);
+
+	repeatbtn.IsToggleType = true;
+	if (Options.IsScoreRepeat) {
+		repeatbtn.Turn_On();
+	} else {
+		repeatbtn.Turn_Off();
+	}
+	repeatbtn.Set_Text(repeatbtn.IsOn ? TXT_ON : TXT_OFF);
+
+	/*
+	**	Set the initial values of the sliders.
+	*/
+	music.Set_Maximum(255);
+	music.Set_Thumb_Size(16);
+	music.Set_Value(Options.ScoreVolume);
+	sound.Set_Maximum(255);
+	sound.Set_Thumb_Size(16);
+	sound.Set_Value(Options.Volume);
+
+	/*
+	**	Set up the window.  Window x-coords are in bytes not pixels.
+	*/
+	Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+
+	/*
+	**	Create Buttons.
+	*/
+	GadgetClass * optionsbtn = &returnto;
+	listbox.Add_Tail(*optionsbtn);
+	stopbtn.Add_Tail(*optionsbtn);
+	playbtn.Add_Tail(*optionsbtn);
+	shufflebtn.Add_Tail(*optionsbtn);
+	repeatbtn.Add_Tail(*optionsbtn);
+	music.Add_Tail(*optionsbtn);
+	sound.Add_Tail(*optionsbtn);
+	area.Add_Tail(*optionsbtn);
+	ctrl.Add_Tail(*optionsbtn);
+
+	/*
+	**	Add all the themes to the list box. The list box entries are constructed
+	**	and then stored into allocated EMS memory blocks.
+	*/
+	for (ThemeType index = THEME_FIRST; index < Theme.Max_Themes(); index++) {
+		if (Theme.Is_Allowed(index)) {
+			char buffer[100];
+			int length = Theme.Track_Length(index);
+			char const * fullname = Theme.Full_Name(index);
+
+			void * ptr = new char [sizeof(buffer)];
+			if (ptr) {
+				sprintf((char *)ptr, "%cTrack %d\t%d:%02d\t%s", index, listbox.Count()+1, length / 60, length % 60, fullname);
+				listbox.Add_Item((char const *)ptr);
+			}
+
+			if (Theme.What_Is_Playing() == index) {
+				listbox.Set_Selected_Index(listbox.Count()-1);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	static int _tabs[] = {
+		55*factor, 72*factor, 90*factor
+	};
+	listbox.Set_Tabs(_tabs);
+
+	/*
+	**	Main Processing Loop.
+	*/
+	bool display = true;
+	bool process = true;
+
+	while (process) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Invoke game callback.
+		*/
+		if (GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL) {
+			Call_Back();
+		} else {
+			if (Main_Loop()) {
+				process = false;
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+		** we need to redraw.
+		*/
+		if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+			AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+			display=TRUE;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Refresh display if needed.
+		*/
+		if (display) {
+
+			Hide_Mouse();
+
+			/*
+			**	Draw the background.
+			*/
+			Dialog_Box(Option_X, Option_Y, Option_Width, Option_Height);
+
+			Draw_Caption(TXT_SOUND_CONTROLS, Option_X, Option_Y, Option_Width);
+
+			/*
+			** Draw the Music, Speech & Sound titles.
+			*/
+			Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_MUSIC_VOLUME, Option_X+MSlider_X-5, Option_Y+MSlider_Y-2, CC_GREEN, TBLACK, TPF_6PT_GRAD|TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL|TPF_NOSHADOW|TPF_RIGHT);
+			Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_SOUND_VOLUME, Option_X+FXSlider_X-5, Option_Y+FXSlider_Y-2, CC_GREEN, TBLACK, TPF_6PT_GRAD|TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL|TPF_NOSHADOW|TPF_RIGHT);
+
+			Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_SHUFFLE, Option_X+Shuffle_X-5, Option_Y+Shuffle_Y+1, CC_GREEN, TBLACK, TPF_6PT_GRAD|TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL|TPF_NOSHADOW|TPF_RIGHT);
+			Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_REPEAT, Option_X+Repeat_X-5, Option_Y+Repeat_Y+1, CC_GREEN, TBLACK, TPF_6PT_GRAD|TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL|TPF_NOSHADOW|TPF_RIGHT);
+
+			optionsbtn->Draw_All();
+			Show_Mouse();
+			display = false;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Get user input.
+		*/
+		KeyNumType input = optionsbtn->Input();
+
+		/*
+		**	Process Input.
+		*/
+		switch (input) {
+
+			case KN_ESC:
+			case BUTTON_OPTIONS|KN_BUTTON:
+				process = false;
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			**	Control music volume.
+			*/
+			case SLIDER_MUSIC|KN_BUTTON:
+				Options.Set_Score_Volume(music.Get_Value());
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			**	Control sound volume.
+			*/
+			case SLIDER_SOUND|KN_BUTTON:
+				Options.Set_Sound_Volume(sound.Get_Value(), true);
+				break;
+
+			case BUTTON_LISTBOX|KN_BUTTON:
+//				Mono_Printf ("%d %s Listbox was pressed.\r",__LINE__, __FILE__);
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			**	Stop all themes from playing.
+			*/
+			case BUTTON_STOP|KN_BUTTON:
+				Theme.Queue_Song(THEME_NONE);
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			**	Start the currently selected theme to play.
+			*/
+			case KN_SPACE:
+			case BUTTON_PLAY|KN_BUTTON:
+				if (listbox.Count()) {
+					Theme.Queue_Song( (ThemeType)*((unsigned char *)listbox.Current_Item()) );
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			**	Toggle the shuffle button.
+			*/
+			case BUTTON_SHUFFLE|KN_BUTTON:
+				shufflebtn.Set_Text(shufflebtn.IsOn ? TXT_ON : TXT_OFF);
+				Options.Set_Shuffle(shufflebtn.IsOn);
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			**	Toggle the repeat button.
+			*/
+			case BUTTON_REPEAT|KN_BUTTON:
+				repeatbtn.Set_Text(repeatbtn.IsOn ? TXT_ON : TXT_OFF);
+				Options.Set_Repeat(repeatbtn.IsOn);
+				break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If the score volume was turned all the way down, then actually
+	**	stop the scores from being played.
+	*/
+	if (!Options.ScoreVolume) {
+		Theme.Stop();
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Save them settings - you know it makes sense
+	*/
+	Options.Save_Settings();			// save new value
+
+	/*
+	**	Free the items from the list box.
+	*/
+	while (listbox.Count()) {
+		char const * ptr = listbox.Get_Item(0);
+		listbox.Remove_Item(ptr);
+		delete [] (void*)ptr;
+	}
+}
+
+
+void MusicListClass::Draw_Entry(int index, int x, int y, int width, int selected)
+{
+	if (TextFlags & TPF_6PT_GRAD) {
+		TextPrintType flags = TextFlags;
+
+		if (selected) {
+			flags = flags | TPF_BRIGHT_COLOR;
+			LogicPage->Fill_Rect (x, y, x + width - 1, y + LineHeight - 1, CC_GREEN_SHADOW);
+		} else {
+			if (!(flags & TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL)) {
+				flags = flags | TPF_MEDIUM_COLOR;
+			}
+		}
+
+		Conquer_Clip_Text_Print((char *)Add_Long_To_Pointer(List[index], 1), x, y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK, flags, width, Tabs);
+
+	} else {
+		Conquer_Clip_Text_Print((char *)Add_Long_To_Pointer(List[index], 1), x, y, (selected ? BLUE : WHITE), TBLACK, TextFlags, width, Tabs);
+	}
+}
diff --git a/SOUNDDLG.H b/SOUNDDLG.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a8757c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/SOUNDDLG.H
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\sounddlg.h_v   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:46:48   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               *** 
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : OPTIONS.H                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : June 8, 1994                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : June 8, 1994   [JLB]                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef SOUNDDLG_H
+#define SOUNDDLG_H
+
+#include "gadget.h"
+
+class SoundControlsClass
+{
+	enum SoundControlsClassEnums {
+#ifdef FRENCH
+		OPTION_WIDTH=308,
+#else
+		OPTION_WIDTH=292,
+#endif
+		OPTION_HEIGHT=146,
+		
+		OPTION_X=((320 - OPTION_WIDTH) / 2),
+		OPTION_Y=(200 - OPTION_HEIGHT) / 2,
+		
+		LISTBOX_X=1,
+		LISTBOX_Y=54,
+		LISTBOX_W=290,
+		LISTBOX_H=72,
+
+		BUTTON_WIDTH=85,
+		BUTTON_X=OPTION_WIDTH-(BUTTON_WIDTH+7),	 				// Options button x pos
+		BUTTON_Y=130, 					// Options button y pos
+
+		STOP_X=5,						// Stop button X.
+		STOP_Y=129,						//	Stop button Y.
+
+		PLAY_X=23,		
+		PLAY_Y=129,		
+
+		ONOFF_WIDTH=25,
+#ifdef GERMAN
+		SHUFFLE_X=79,//BGA:91,
+#else
+#ifdef FRENCH
+		SHUFFLE_X=99,
+#else
+		SHUFFLE_X=91,
+#endif
+#endif
+		SHUFFLE_Y=130,
+
+#ifdef FRENCH
+		REPEAT_X=174,
+#else
+		REPEAT_X=166,
+#endif
+		REPEAT_Y=130,
+
+		MSLIDER_X=147,
+		MSLIDER_Y=28,
+		MSLIDER_W=108,
+		MSLIDER_HEIGHT=5,
+
+		FXSLIDER_X=147,
+		FXSLIDER_Y=40,
+		FXSLIDER_W=108,
+		FXSLIDER_HEIGHT=5,
+
+		BUTTON_STOP = 605,
+		BUTTON_PLAY,
+		BUTTON_SHUFFLE,
+		BUTTON_REPEAT,
+		BUTTON_OPTIONS,
+		SLIDER_MUSIC,
+//		SLIDER_SPEECH,
+		SLIDER_SOUND,
+		BUTTON_LISTBOX,
+	};
+
+	public:
+		SoundControlsClass(void) {}
+		void Process(void);
+		int  Init(void);
+
+	private:
+
+		int	Option_Width;
+		int	Option_Height;
+		
+		int	Option_X;
+		int	Option_Y;
+		
+		int	Listbox_X;
+		int	Listbox_Y;
+		int	Listbox_W;
+		int	Listbox_H;
+
+		int	Button_Width;
+		int	Button_X;
+		int	Button_Y;
+
+		int	Stop_X;
+		int	Stop_Y;
+
+		int	Play_X;
+		int	Play_Y;
+
+		int	OnOff_Width;
+
+		int	Shuffle_X;
+		int	Shuffle_Y;
+
+		int	Repeat_X;
+		int	Repeat_Y;
+
+		int	MSlider_X;
+		int	MSlider_Y;
+		int	MSlider_W;
+		int	MSlider_Height;
+
+		int	FXSlider_X;
+		int	FXSlider_Y;
+		int	FXSlider_W;
+		int	FXSlider_Height;
+
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/SPECIAL.CPP b/SPECIAL.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1be90b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/SPECIAL.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,274 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\special.cpv   1.4   16 Oct 1995 16:50:06   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : SPECIAL.CPP                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : 05/27/95                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : May 27, 1995 [JLB]                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+
+#define	OPTION_WIDTH	236
+#define	OPTION_HEIGHT	162
+#define	OPTION_X			((320 - OPTION_WIDTH) / 2)
+#define	OPTION_Y			(200 - OPTION_HEIGHT) / 2
+
+void Special_Dialog(void)
+{
+	SpecialClass oldspecial = Special;
+	GadgetClass * buttons = NULL;
+	static struct {
+		int Description;
+		int Setting;
+		CheckBoxClass * Button;
+	} _options[] = {
+//		{TXT_DEFENDER_ADVANTAGE, 0, 0},
+		{TXT_SEPARATE_HELIPAD, 0, 0},
+		{TXT_VISIBLE_TARGET, 0, 0},
+		{TXT_TREE_TARGET, 0, 0},
+		{TXT_MCV_DEPLOY, 0, 0},
+		{TXT_SMART_DEFENCE, 0, 0},
+		{TXT_THREE_POINT, 0, 0},
+//		{TXT_TIBERIUM_GROWTH, 0, 0},
+//		{TXT_TIBERIUM_SPREAD, 0, 0},
+		{TXT_TIBERIUM_FAST, 0, 0},
+		{TXT_ROAD_PIECES, 0, 0},
+		{TXT_SCATTER, 0, 0},
+		{TXT_SHOW_NAMES, 0, 0},
+	};
+
+	TextButtonClass ok(200, TXT_OK, TPF_6PT_GRAD|TPF_NOSHADOW, OPTION_X+5, OPTION_Y+OPTION_HEIGHT-15);
+	TextButtonClass cancel(201, TXT_CANCEL, TPF_6PT_GRAD|TPF_NOSHADOW, OPTION_X+OPTION_WIDTH-50, OPTION_Y+OPTION_HEIGHT-15);
+	buttons = &ok;
+	cancel.Add(*buttons);
+
+	for (int index = 0; index < sizeof(_options)/sizeof(_options[0]); index++) {
+		_options[index].Button = new CheckBoxClass(100+index, OPTION_X+7, OPTION_Y+20+(index*10));
+		if (_options[index].Button) {
+			_options[index].Button->Add(*buttons);
+
+			bool value = false;
+			switch (_options[index].Description) {
+				case TXT_SEPARATE_HELIPAD:
+					value = Special.IsSeparate;
+					break;
+
+				case TXT_SHOW_NAMES:
+					value = Special.IsNamed;
+					break;
+
+				case TXT_DEFENDER_ADVANTAGE:
+					value = Special.IsDefenderAdvantage;
+					break;
+
+				case TXT_VISIBLE_TARGET:
+					value = Special.IsVisibleTarget;
+					break;
+
+				case TXT_TREE_TARGET:
+					value = Special.IsTreeTarget;
+					break;
+
+				case TXT_MCV_DEPLOY:
+					value = Special.IsMCVDeploy;
+					break;
+
+				case TXT_SMART_DEFENCE:
+					value = Special.IsSmartDefense;
+					break;
+
+				case TXT_THREE_POINT:
+					value = Special.IsThreePoint;
+					break;
+
+				case TXT_TIBERIUM_GROWTH:
+					value = Special.IsTGrowth;
+					break;
+
+				case TXT_TIBERIUM_SPREAD:
+					value = Special.IsTSpread;
+					break;
+
+				case TXT_TIBERIUM_FAST:
+					value = Special.IsTFast;
+					break;
+
+				case TXT_ROAD_PIECES:
+					value = Special.IsRoad;
+					break;
+
+				case TXT_SCATTER:
+					value = Special.IsScatter;
+					break;
+			}
+
+			_options[index].Setting = value;
+			if (value) {
+				_options[index].Button->Turn_On();
+			} else {
+				_options[index].Button->Turn_Off();
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	Map.Override_Mouse_Shape(MOUSE_NORMAL);
+	Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+	bool recalc = true;
+	bool display = true;
+	bool process = true;
+	while (process) {
+
+		/*
+		** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+		** we need to redraw.
+		*/
+		if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+			AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+			display=TRUE;
+		}
+
+		if (GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL) {
+			Call_Back();
+		} else {
+			if (Main_Loop()) {
+				process = false;
+			}
+		}
+
+		if (display) {
+			display = false;
+
+			Hide_Mouse();
+			Dialog_Box(OPTION_X, OPTION_Y, OPTION_WIDTH, OPTION_HEIGHT);
+			Draw_Caption(TXT_SPECIAL_OPTIONS, OPTION_X, OPTION_Y, OPTION_WIDTH);
+
+			for (index = 0; index < sizeof(_options)/sizeof(_options[0]); index++) {
+				Fancy_Text_Print(_options[index].Description, _options[index].Button->X+10, _options[index].Button->Y, CC_GREEN, TBLACK, TPF_6PT_GRAD|TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL|TPF_NOSHADOW);
+			}
+			buttons->Draw_All();
+			Show_Mouse();
+		}
+
+		KeyNumType input = buttons->Input();
+		switch (input) {
+			case KN_ESC:
+			case 200|KN_BUTTON:
+				process = false;
+				for (index = 0; index < sizeof(_options)/sizeof(_options[0]); index++) {
+					switch (_options[index].Description) {
+						case TXT_SEPARATE_HELIPAD:
+							oldspecial.IsSeparate = _options[index].Setting;
+							break;
+
+						case TXT_SHOW_NAMES:
+							oldspecial.IsNamed = _options[index].Setting;
+							break;
+
+						case TXT_DEFENDER_ADVANTAGE:
+							oldspecial.IsDefenderAdvantage = _options[index].Setting;
+							break;
+
+						case TXT_VISIBLE_TARGET:
+							oldspecial.IsVisibleTarget = _options[index].Setting;
+							break;
+
+						case TXT_TREE_TARGET:
+							oldspecial.IsTreeTarget = _options[index].Setting;
+							break;
+
+						case TXT_MCV_DEPLOY:
+							oldspecial.IsMCVDeploy = _options[index].Setting;
+							break;
+
+						case TXT_SMART_DEFENCE:
+							oldspecial.IsSmartDefense = _options[index].Setting;
+							break;
+
+						case TXT_THREE_POINT:
+							oldspecial.IsThreePoint = _options[index].Setting;
+							break;
+
+						case TXT_TIBERIUM_GROWTH:
+							oldspecial.IsTGrowth = _options[index].Setting;
+							break;
+
+						case TXT_TIBERIUM_SPREAD:
+							oldspecial.IsTSpread = _options[index].Setting;
+							break;
+
+						case TXT_TIBERIUM_FAST:
+							oldspecial.IsTFast = _options[index].Setting;
+							break;
+
+						case TXT_ROAD_PIECES:
+							oldspecial.IsRoad = _options[index].Setting;
+							break;
+
+						case TXT_SCATTER:
+							oldspecial.IsScatter = _options[index].Setting;
+							break;
+					}
+				}
+				OutList.Add(EventClass(oldspecial));
+				break;
+
+			case 201|KN_BUTTON:
+				process = false;
+				break;
+
+			case KN_NONE:
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				index = (input & ~KN_BUTTON) - 100;
+				if ((unsigned)index < sizeof(_options)/sizeof(_options[0])) {
+					_options[index].Setting = (_options[index].Setting == false);
+					if (_options[index].Setting) {
+						_options[index].Button->Turn_On();
+					} else {
+						_options[index].Button->Turn_Off();
+					}
+				}
+				break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	Map.Revert_Mouse_Shape();
+	HiddenPage.Clear();
+	Map.Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+	Map.Render();
+}
+
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/SPECIAL.H b/SPECIAL.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aaa7576
--- /dev/null
+++ b/SPECIAL.H
@@ -0,0 +1,241 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\special.h_v   2.15   16 Oct 1995 16:47:36   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : SPECIAL.H                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : 02/27/95                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : February 27, 1995 [JLB]                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef SPECIAL_H
+#define SPECIAL_H
+
+class SpecialClass
+{
+	public:
+		void Init(void) {
+			IsScrollMod = false;
+			IsGross = false;
+			IsHealthBar = true;
+			IsEasy = false;
+			IsDifficult = false;
+			IsSpeedBuild = false;
+			IsDefenderAdvantage = true;
+			IsVisibleTarget = false;
+			IsVariation = false;
+			IsJurassic = false;
+			IsJuvenile = false;
+			IsSmartDefense = false;
+			IsTreeTarget = false;
+			IsMCVDeploy = false;
+			IsMonoEnabled = false;
+			IsInert = false;
+			IsShowPath = false;
+			IsBarOn = false;
+			IsThreePoint = false;
+			IsTGrowth = true;
+			IsTSpread = true;
+			IsTFast = true;
+			IsRoad = false;
+			IsScatter = false;
+			IsCaptureTheFlag = false;
+			IsNamed = false;
+			IsFromInstall = false;
+			IsSeparate = false;
+			IsFromWChat = false;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Show the health bar on the enemy units?
+		*/
+		unsigned IsHealthBar:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Is the game flagged for easy mode?
+		*/
+		unsigned IsEasy:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Is the game flagged for difficult?
+		*/
+		unsigned IsDifficult:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Controls the speedy build option -- used for testing.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsSpeedBuild:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If the player can build the helipad separate from the helipad and
+		**	helicopter combo, then this flag will be true.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsSeparate:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If the defender has the advantage then this will be true. This flag
+		**	allows the defender to have a better advantage in combat than the
+		**	attacker. Moving units will not be able to dish out or take as much
+		**	damage when this flag is true.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsDefenderAdvantage:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If civilian structures are to have a name, then this flag will be
+		**	set to true. The default case is to just use generic names for
+		**	civilians.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsNamed:1;
+
+		/*
+		** If from install, then play the special installation movie and
+		** skip asking them what type of game they want to play.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsFromInstall:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If capture the flag mode is on, this flag will be true. With this
+		**	flag enabled, then the flag is initially placed at the start of
+		**	the scenario.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsCaptureTheFlag:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Is target selecting by other human opponents visible to the player?
+		*/
+		unsigned IsVisibleTarget:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If human generated sound effects are to be used, then this
+		**	flag will be true.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsJuvenile:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If friendly units should return fire when fired upon, set this
+		**	flag to true. The default is only for the enemy units to do this.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsSmartDefense:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If targeting of trees is allowed, then this flag will be true.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsTreeTarget:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If this flag is true, then the construction yard can undeploy back into an MCV.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsMCVDeploy:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If the monochrome debugging output is enabled, then this flag will be true.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsMonoEnabled:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	This flags controls whether weapons are inert. An inert weapon doesn't do any
+		**	damage. Effectively, if this is true, then the units never die.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsInert:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	When this flag is true, the computer findpath algorithm reveals the route being
+		**	examined. This is used to trace findpath bugs.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsShowPath:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	All units will display their health bargraph if this is true.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsBarOn:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If wheeled vehicles should do a 3-point turn when rotating in place, then
+		**	this flag is true.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsThreePoint:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If Tiberium is allowed to grow, then this flag will be true.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsTGrowth:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If Tiberium is allowed to spread, then this flag will be true.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsTSpread:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	This controls whether Tiberium grows&spreads quickly or not.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsTFast:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	This flag controls whether the road additional pieces are added to
+		**	the bottom of buildings. If true, then the roads are NOT added.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsRoad:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Controls whether units (especially infantry) will scatter when there
+		**	is an immediate threat. This gives infantry a "mind of their own" when
+		**	it comes to self preservation. If set to false, then units will not
+		**	scatter.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsScatter:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Special bonus scenario enabled.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsJurassic:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Are score variations allowed?
+		*/
+		unsigned IsVariation:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If the gross human splatter marks should be present.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsGross:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Disables scrolling over the "options" and "sidebar" tabs.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsScrollMod:1;
+
+		/*
+		** Flag that we were spawned from WChat.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsFromWChat:1;
+};
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/STAGE.H b/STAGE.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..650f982
--- /dev/null
+++ b/STAGE.H
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\stage.h_v   2.15   16 Oct 1995 16:45:16   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               *** 
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : STAGE.H                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : June 17, 1994                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : June 17, 1994   [JLB]                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef STAGE_H
+#define STAGE_H
+
+class StageClass {
+
+		/*
+		**	This handles the animation stage of the object. This includes smoke, walking,
+		**	flapping, and rocket flames.
+		*/
+		unsigned short Stage;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the countdown timer for stage animation. When this counts down
+		**	to zero, then the stage increments by one and the time cycle starts 
+		**	over again.
+		*/
+		unsigned char StageTimer;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the value to assign the StageTimer whenever it needs to be reset. Thus,
+		**	this value is the control of how fast the stage value increments.
+		*/
+		unsigned char Rate;
+
+	public:
+		StageClass(void) {
+			StageTimer = 0;
+			Stage = 0;
+			Rate = 0;
+		};
+
+		int Fetch_Stage(void) const {return Stage;};
+		int Fetch_Rate(void) const {return Rate;};
+		void Set_Stage(int stage) {Stage = stage;};
+		void Set_Rate(unsigned char rate) {Rate = StageTimer = rate;};
+		void AI(void) {};
+		bool Graphic_Logic(void) {
+			if (Rate) {
+				StageTimer--;
+				if (!StageTimer) {
+					Stage++;
+					StageTimer = Rate;
+					return true;
+				}
+			}
+			return false;
+		};
+		#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+		void Debug_Dump(MonoClass *mono) const {
+			mono->Set_Cursor(56, 7);
+			mono->Printf("%3d[%d]", Stage, Rate);
+		};
+		#endif
+
+		/*
+		**	File I/O.
+		*/
+		void Code_Pointers(void) { return; }
+		void Decode_Pointers(void) { return; }
+};
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/STARTUP.CPP b/STARTUP.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..70a7f21
--- /dev/null
+++ b/STARTUP.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,793 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\startup.cpv   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:48:12   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : STARTUP.CPP                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : October 3, 1994                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : August 27, 1995 [JLB]                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   Delete_Swap_Files -- Deletes previously existing swap files.                              *
+ *   Prog_End -- Cleans up library systems in prep for game exit.                              *
+ *   main -- Initial startup routine (preps library systems).                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+#include	<conio.h>
+#include	<io.h>
+#include  "ccdde.h"
+
+bool Read_Private_Config_Struct(char *profile, NewConfigType *config);
+void Delete_Swap_Files(void);
+void Print_Error_End_Exit(char *string);
+void Print_Error_Exit(char *string);
+WinTimerClass *WinTimer;
+extern void Create_Main_Window ( HANDLE instance , int command_show , int width , int height);
+
+extern bool ReadyToQuit;
+void Read_Setup_Options(RawFileClass *config_file);
+
+bool VideoBackBufferAllowed = true;
+void Check_From_WChat(char *wchat_name);
+bool SpawnedFromWChat = false;
+
+extern "C"{
+	bool __cdecl Detect_MMX_Availability(void);
+	void __cdecl Init_MMX(void);
+}
+
+
+
+#if (0)
+char				WibbleBuffer[1024*1024];
+
+void CD_Test(void)
+{
+	HANDLE		handle;
+	DWORD			size;
+
+	handle= CreateFile("e:\\scores.mix", GENERIC_READ, FILE_SHARE_READ,
+												NULL, OPEN_EXISTING, FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL, NULL);
+
+	if (handle== INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE){
+		return;
+	}
+
+	unsigned bytes_read;
+
+	do{
+		bytes_read = ReadFile (handle , WibbleBuffer , 1024*1024, &size, NULL);
+
+	}while(size == 1024*1024);
+
+
+	CloseHandle (handle);
+}
+#endif	//(0)
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * main -- Initial startup routine (preps library systems).                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the routine that is first called when the program starts up. It basically        *
+ *    handles the command line parsing and setting up library systems.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   argc  -- Number of command line arguments.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          argv  -- Pointer to array of comman line argument strings.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with execution failure code (if any).                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/20/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+
+HINSTANCE	ProgramInstance;
+extern BOOL CC95AlreadyRunning;
+void Move_Point(short &x, short &y, register DirType dir, unsigned short distance);
+
+void Check_Use_Compressed_Shapes (void);
+
+int PASCAL WinMain ( HINSTANCE instance , HINSTANCE , char * command_line , int command_show )
+{
+// Heap_Dump_Check( "first thing in main" );
+//	malloc(1);
+
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Starting up.\n");
+
+
+	//WindowsTimer = new WinTimerClass(60,FALSE);
+	//CD_Test();
+
+
+
+	/*
+	** These values return 0x47 if code is working correctly
+	*/
+//	int temp = Desired_Facing256 (1070, 5419, 1408, 5504);
+
+
+
+	/*
+	** If we are already running then switch to the existing process and exit
+	*/
+	SpawnedFromWChat = false;
+
+	if (CC95AlreadyRunning) {	//Set in the DDEServer constructor
+		//MessageBox (NULL, "Error - attempt to restart C&C95 when already running.", "Command & Conquer", MB_ICONEXCLAMATION|MB_OK);
+
+		HWND ccwindow;
+    	ccwindow = FindWindow ("Command & Conquer", "Command & Conquer");
+    	if (ccwindow){
+    		SetForegroundWindow ( ccwindow );
+    		ShowWindow ( ccwindow, SW_RESTORE );
+    	}
+
+		return (EXIT_SUCCESS);
+	}
+
+
+	DDSCAPS	surface_capabilities;
+
+	if (Ram_Free(MEM_NORMAL) < 5000000) {
+#ifdef GERMAN
+		printf("Zuwenig Hauptspeicher verf�gbar.\n");
+#else
+#ifdef FRENCH
+		printf("M‚moire vive (RAM) insuffisante.\n");
+#else
+		printf("Insufficient RAM available.\n");
+#endif
+#endif
+		return(EXIT_FAILURE);
+	}
+
+
+	//void *test_buffer = Alloc(20,MEM_NORMAL);
+
+	//memset ((char*)test_buffer, 0, 21);
+
+	//Free(test_buffer);
+
+
+	int		argc;				//Command line argument count
+	unsigned	command_scan;
+	char		command_char;
+	char *	argv[20];		//Pointers to command line arguments
+	char		path_to_exe[280];
+
+	ProgramInstance = instance;
+
+	/*
+	** Get the full path to the .EXE
+	*/
+	GetModuleFileName (instance, &path_to_exe[0], 280);
+
+	/*
+	** First argument is supposed to be a pointer to the .EXE that is running
+	**
+	*/
+	argc=1;							//Set argument count to 1
+	argv[0]=&path_to_exe[0];	//Set 1st command line argument to point to full path
+
+	/*
+	** Get pointers to command line arguments just like if we were in DOS
+	**
+	** The command line we get is cr/zero? terminated.
+	**
+	*/
+
+	command_scan=0;
+
+	do {
+		/*
+		** Scan for non-space character on command line
+		*/
+		do {
+			command_char = *( command_line+command_scan++ );
+		} while ( command_char==' ' );
+
+		if ( command_char!=0 && command_char != 13 ){
+			argv[argc++]=command_line+command_scan-1;
+
+			/*
+			** Scan for space character on command line
+			*/
+			do {
+				command_char = *( command_line+command_scan++ );
+			} while ( command_char!=' ' && command_char != 0 && command_char!=13 );
+		*( command_line+command_scan-1 ) = 0;
+		}
+
+	} while ( command_char != 0 && command_char != 13 && argc<20 );
+
+
+
+	/*
+	**	Remember the current working directory and drive.
+	*/
+	unsigned olddrive;
+	char oldpath[PATH_MAX];
+	getcwd(oldpath, sizeof(oldpath));
+	_dos_getdrive(&olddrive);
+
+
+	/*
+	**	Change directory to the where the executable is located. Handle the
+	**	case where there is no path attached to argv[0].
+	*/
+	char drive[_MAX_DRIVE];
+	char path[_MAX_PATH];
+	unsigned drivecount;
+	_splitpath(argv[0], drive, path, NULL, NULL);
+	if (!drive[0]) {
+		drive[0] = ('A' + olddrive)-1;
+	}
+	if (!path[0]) {
+		strcpy(path, ".");
+	}
+	_dos_setdrive(toupper((drive[0])-'A')+1, &drivecount);
+	if (path[strlen(path)-1] == '\\') {
+		path[strlen(path)-1] = '\0';
+	}
+	chdir(path);
+
+#ifdef JAPANESE
+	ForceEnglish = false;
+#endif
+	if (Parse_Command_Line(argc, argv)) {
+
+
+		WindowsTimer = new WinTimerClass(60,FALSE);
+
+		int time_test = WindowsTimer->Get_System_Tick_Count();
+		Sleep (1000);
+		if (WindowsTimer->Get_System_Tick_Count() == time_test){
+#ifdef FRENCH
+			MessageBox(0, "Error - L'horloge systŠme n'a pas pu s'initialiser en raison de l'instabilit‚ du sytŠme. Vous devez red‚marrer Windows.",  "Command & Conquer" , MB_OK|MB_ICONSTOP);
+#else
+#ifdef	GERMAN
+			MessageBox(0, "Fehler - das Timer-System konnte aufgrund einer Instabilit„t des Systems nicht initialisiert werden. Bitte starten Sie Windows neu.", "Command & Conquer", MB_OK|MB_ICONSTOP);
+#else
+			MessageBox(0, "Error - Timer system failed to start due to system instability. You need to restart Windows.", "Command & Conquer", MB_OK|MB_ICONSTOP);
+#endif	//GERMAN
+#endif	//FRENCH
+			return(EXIT_FAILURE);
+		}
+
+		RawFileClass cfile("CONQUER.INI");
+
+#ifdef JAPANESE
+	//////////////////////////////////////if(!ForceEnglish) KBLanguage = 1;
+#endif
+
+
+		/*
+		** Check for existance of MMX support on the processor
+		*/
+		if (Detect_MMX_Availability()){
+			//MessageBox(NULL, "MMX extensions detected - enabling MMX support.", "Command & Conquer",MB_ICONEXCLAMATION|MB_OK);
+			MMXAvailable = true;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		** If there is loads of memory then use uncompressed shapes
+		*/
+		Check_Use_Compressed_Shapes();
+
+		/*
+		** If there is not enough disk space free, dont allow the product to run.
+		*/
+		if (Disk_Space_Available() < INIT_FREE_DISK_SPACE) {
+#ifdef GERMAN
+			char	disk_space_message [512];
+			sprintf (disk_space_message, "Nicht genug Festplattenplatz f�r Command & Conquer.\nSie brauchen %d MByte freien Platz auf der Festplatte.", (INIT_FREE_DISK_SPACE) / (1024 * 1024));
+			MessageBox(NULL, disk_space_message, "Command & Conquer", MB_ICONEXCLAMATION|MB_OK);
+			if ( WindowsTimer )
+				delete WindowsTimer;
+			return (EXIT_FAILURE);
+#endif
+#ifdef FRENCH
+			char	disk_space_message [512];
+			sprintf (disk_space_message, "Espace disque insuffisant pour lancer Command & Conquer.\nVous devez disposer de %d Mo d'espace disponsible sur disque dur.", (INIT_FREE_DISK_SPACE) / (1024 * 1024));
+			MessageBox(NULL, disk_space_message, "Command & Conquer", MB_ICONEXCLAMATION|MB_OK);
+			if ( WindowsTimer )
+				delete WindowsTimer;
+			return (EXIT_FAILURE);
+#endif
+#if !(FRENCH | GERMAN)
+			int reply = MessageBox(NULL, "Warning - you are critically low on free disk space for virtual memory and save games. Do you want to play C&C anyway?", "Command & Conquer", MB_ICONQUESTION|MB_YESNO);
+			if (reply == IDNO){
+
+				if ( WindowsTimer )
+					delete WindowsTimer;
+				return (EXIT_FAILURE);
+			}
+
+#endif
+		}
+
+		CDFileClass::Set_CD_Drive (CDList.Get_First_CD_Drive());
+
+		if (cfile.Is_Available()) {
+
+#ifndef NOMEMCHECK
+			char * cdata = (char *)Load_Alloc_Data(cfile);
+			Read_Private_Config_Struct(cdata, &NewConfig);
+			delete [] cdata;
+#else
+			Read_Private_Config_Struct((char *)Load_Alloc_Data(cfile), &NewConfig);
+#endif
+			Read_Setup_Options( &cfile );
+
+			CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Creating main window.\n");
+
+			Create_Main_Window( instance , command_show , ScreenWidth , ScreenHeight );
+
+			CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Initialising audio.\n");
+
+			SoundOn = Audio_Init ( MainWindow , 16 , false , 11025*2 , 0 );
+
+			Palette = new(MEM_CLEAR) unsigned char[768];
+
+			BOOL video_success = FALSE;
+			CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Setting video mode.\n");
+			/*
+			** Set 640x400 video mode. If its not available then try for 640x480
+			*/
+			if (ScreenHeight == 400){
+				if (Set_Video_Mode (MainWindow, ScreenWidth, ScreenHeight, 8)){
+					video_success = TRUE;
+				}else{
+					if (Set_Video_Mode (MainWindow, ScreenWidth, 480, 8)){
+						video_success = TRUE;
+						ScreenHeight = 480;
+					}
+				}
+			}else{
+				if (Set_Video_Mode (MainWindow, ScreenWidth, ScreenHeight, 8)){
+					video_success = TRUE;
+				}
+			}
+
+			if (!video_success){
+				CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Failed to set video mode.\n");
+				MessageBox(MainWindow, Text_String(TXT_UNABLE_TO_SET_VIDEO_MODE), "Command & Conquer", MB_ICONEXCLAMATION|MB_OK);
+				if (WindowsTimer) delete WindowsTimer;
+				if (Palette) delete [] Palette;
+				return (EXIT_FAILURE);
+			}
+
+			CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Initialising video surfaces.\n");
+
+			if (ScreenWidth==320){
+				VisiblePage.Init( ScreenWidth , ScreenHeight , NULL , 0 , (GBC_Enum)0);
+				ModeXBuff.Init( ScreenWidth , ScreenHeight , NULL , 0 , (GBC_Enum)(GBC_VISIBLE | GBC_VIDEOMEM));
+			} else {
+				VisiblePage.Init( ScreenWidth , ScreenHeight , NULL , 0 , (GBC_Enum)(GBC_VISIBLE | GBC_VIDEOMEM));
+
+				/*
+				** Check that we really got a video memory page. Failure is fatal.
+				*/
+				memset (&surface_capabilities, 0, sizeof(surface_capabilities));
+				VisiblePage.Get_DD_Surface()->GetCaps(&surface_capabilities);
+				if (surface_capabilities.dwCaps & DDSCAPS_SYSTEMMEMORY){
+					/*
+					** Aaaarrgghh!
+					*/
+					CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Unable to allocate primary surface.\n");
+					MessageBox(MainWindow, Text_String(TXT_UNABLE_TO_ALLOCATE_PRIMARY_VIDEO_BUFFER), "Command & Conquer", MB_ICONEXCLAMATION|MB_OK);
+					if (WindowsTimer) delete WindowsTimer;
+					if (Palette) delete [] Palette;
+					return (EXIT_FAILURE);
+				}
+
+				/*
+				** If we have enough left then put the hidpage in video memory unless...
+				**
+				** If there is no blitter then we will get better performance with a system
+				** memory hidpage
+				**
+				** Use a system memory page if the user has specified it via the ccsetup program.
+				*/
+				CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Allocating back buffer ");
+				long video_memory = Get_Free_Video_Memory();
+				unsigned video_capabilities = Get_Video_Hardware_Capabilities();
+				if (video_memory < ScreenWidth*ScreenHeight ||
+						(! (video_capabilities & VIDEO_BLITTER)) ||
+						(video_capabilities & VIDEO_NO_HARDWARE_ASSIST) ||
+						!VideoBackBufferAllowed){
+					CCDebugString ("in system memory.\n");
+					HiddenPage.Init (ScreenWidth , ScreenHeight , NULL , 0 , (GBC_Enum)0);
+				} else {
+					//HiddenPage.Init (ScreenWidth , ScreenHeight , NULL , 0 , (GBC_Enum)0);
+					CCDebugString ("in video memory.\n");
+					HiddenPage.Init (ScreenWidth , ScreenHeight , NULL , 0 , (GBC_Enum)GBC_VIDEOMEM);
+
+					/*
+					** Make sure we really got a video memory hid page. If we didnt then things
+					** will run very slowly.
+					*/
+					memset (&surface_capabilities, 0, sizeof(surface_capabilities));
+					HiddenPage.Get_DD_Surface()->GetCaps(&surface_capabilities);
+					if (surface_capabilities.dwCaps & DDSCAPS_SYSTEMMEMORY){
+						/*
+						** Oh dear, big trub. This must be an IBM Aptiva or something similarly cruddy.
+						** We must redo the Hidden Page as system memory.
+						*/
+						AllSurfaces.Remove_DD_Surface(HiddenPage.Get_DD_Surface());  // Remove the old surface from the AllSurfaces list
+						HiddenPage.Get_DD_Surface()->Release();
+						HiddenPage.Init (ScreenWidth , ScreenHeight , NULL , 0 , (GBC_Enum)0);
+					}else{
+						VisiblePage.Attach_DD_Surface(&HiddenPage);
+					}
+				}
+			}
+
+			ScreenHeight = 400;
+
+			if (VisiblePage.Get_Height() == 480){
+				SeenBuff.Attach(&VisiblePage,0, 40, 640, 400);
+				HidPage.Attach(&HiddenPage, 0, 40, 640, 400);
+			}else{
+				SeenBuff.Attach(&VisiblePage,0, 0, 640, 400);
+				HidPage.Attach(&HiddenPage, 0, 0, 640, 400);
+			}
+			CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Adjusting variables for resolution.\n");
+			Options.Adjust_Variables_For_Resolution();
+
+			CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Setting palette.\n");
+			/////////Set_Palette(Palette);
+
+			WindowList[0][WINDOWWIDTH] 	= SeenBuff.Get_Width() >> 3;
+			WindowList[0][WINDOWHEIGHT]	= SeenBuff.Get_Height();
+
+			/*
+			** Install the memory error handler
+			*/
+			Memory_Error = &Memory_Error_Handler;
+
+			/*
+			** Initialise MMX support if its available
+			*/
+			CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Entering MMX detection.\n");
+			if (MMXAvailable){
+				Init_MMX();
+			}
+
+			CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Creating mouse class.\n");
+			WWMouse = new WWMouseClass(&SeenBuff, 32, 32);
+//			MouseInstalled = Install_Mouse(32,24,320,200);
+			MouseInstalled = TRUE;
+
+			/*
+			** See if we should run the intro
+			*/
+			CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Reading CONQUER.INI.\n");
+			char *buffer = (char*)Alloc(64000 , MEM_NORMAL);		//(char *)HidPage.Get_Buffer();
+			cfile.Read(buffer, cfile.Size());
+			buffer[cfile.Size()] = '\0';
+
+			/*
+			**	Check for forced intro movie run disabling. If the conquer
+			**	configuration file says "no", then don't run the intro.
+			*/
+			char tempbuff[5];
+			WWGetPrivateProfileString("Intro", "PlayIntro", "Yes", tempbuff, 4, buffer);
+			if ((stricmp(tempbuff, "No") == 0) || SpawnedFromWChat) {
+				Special.IsFromInstall = false;
+			}else{
+				Special.IsFromInstall = true;
+			}
+			SlowPalette = WWGetPrivateProfileInt("Options", "SlowPalette", 1, buffer);
+
+#ifdef DEMO
+			/*
+			**	Check for override directory path for CD searches.
+			*/
+			WWGetPrivateProfileString("CD", "Path", ".", OverridePath, sizeof(OverridePath), buffer);
+#endif
+
+			/*
+			** Regardless of whether we should run it or not, here we're
+			** gonna change it to say "no" in the future.
+			*/
+			WWWritePrivateProfileString("Intro", "PlayIntro", "No", buffer);
+			cfile.Write(buffer, strlen(buffer));
+
+			Free(buffer);
+
+			CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Checking availability of C&CSPAWN.INI packet from WChat.\n");
+			if (DDEServer.Get_MPlayer_Game_Info()){
+				CCDebugString ("C&C95 - C&CSPAWN.INI packet available.\n");
+				Check_From_WChat(NULL);
+			}else{
+				CCDebugString ("C&C95 - C&CSPAWN.INI packet not arrived yet.\n");
+				//Check_From_WChat("C&CSPAWN.INI");
+				//if (Special.IsFromWChat){
+				//	DDEServer.Disable();
+				//}
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	If the intro is being run for the first time, then don't
+			**	allow breaking out of it with the <ESC> key.
+			*/
+			if (Special.IsFromInstall) {
+				BreakoutAllowed = false;
+			}
+
+			Memory_Error_Exit = Print_Error_End_Exit;
+
+			CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Entering main game.\n");
+			Main_Game(argc, argv);
+
+			VisiblePage.Clear();
+			HiddenPage.Clear();
+//			Set_Video_Mode(RESET_MODE);
+
+			Memory_Error_Exit = Print_Error_Exit;
+
+			CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to exit.\n");
+			ReadyToQuit = 1;
+
+			PostMessage(MainWindow, WM_DESTROY, 0, 0);
+			do
+			{
+				Keyboard::Check();
+			}while (ReadyToQuit == 1);
+
+			CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Returned from final message loop.\n");
+			//Prog_End();
+			//Invalidate_Cached_Icons();
+			//VisiblePage.Un_Init();
+			//HiddenPage.Un_Init();
+			//AllSurfaces.Release();
+			//Reset_Video_Mode();
+			//Stop_Profiler();
+			return (EXIT_SUCCESS);
+
+		} else {
+#ifdef GERMAN
+			puts("Bitte erst das SETUP-Programm starten.\n");
+#else
+#ifdef FRENCH
+			puts("Lancez d'abord le programme de configuration SETUP.\n");
+#else
+			puts("Run SETUP program first.");
+			puts("\n");
+#endif
+			Kbd.Get();
+#endif
+		}
+
+//		Remove_Keyboard_Interrupt();
+		if (WindowsTimer){
+		 	delete WindowsTimer;
+		 	WindowsTimer = NULL;
+		}
+
+		if (Palette){
+			delete [] Palette;
+			Palette = NULL;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Restore the current drive and directory.
+	*/
+#ifdef NOT_FOR_WIN95
+	_dos_setdrive(olddrive, &drivecount);
+	chdir(oldpath);
+#endif	//NOT_FOR_WIN95
+
+	return(EXIT_SUCCESS);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Prog_End -- Cleans up library systems in prep for game exit.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine should be called before the game terminates. It handles cleaning up         *
+ *    library systems so that a graceful return to the host operating system is achieved.      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/20/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void __cdecl Prog_End(void)
+{
+#ifndef DEMO
+	if (GameToPlay == GAME_MODEM || GameToPlay == GAME_NULL_MODEM) {
+		NullModem.Change_IRQ_Priority(0);
+	}
+#endif
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to call Sound_End.\n");
+	Sound_End();
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Returned from Sound_End.\n");
+	if (WWMouse){
+		CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Deleting mouse object.\n");
+		delete WWMouse;
+		WWMouse = NULL;
+	}
+	if (WindowsTimer){
+		CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Deleting windows timer.\n");
+		 delete WindowsTimer;
+		 WindowsTimer = NULL;
+	}
+
+	if (Palette){
+		CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Deleting palette object.\n");
+		delete [] Palette;
+		Palette = NULL;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Delete_Swap_Files -- Deletes previously existing swap files.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will scan through the current directory and delete any swap files it may    *
+ *    find. This is used to clear out any left over swap files from previous runs (crashes)    *
+ *    of the game. This routine presumes that it cannot delete the swap file that is created   *
+ *    by the current run of the game.                                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/27/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void Delete_Swap_Files(void)
+{
+	struct find_t ff;		// for _dos_findfirst
+
+	if (!_dos_findfirst("*.SWP", _A_NORMAL, &ff)) {
+		do {
+			unlink(ff.name);
+		} while(!_dos_findnext(&ff));
+	}
+}
+
+
+void Print_Error_End_Exit(char *string)
+{
+	printf( "%s\n", string );
+	Get_Key();
+	Prog_End();
+	printf( "%s\n", string );
+	exit(1);
+}
+
+
+void Print_Error_Exit(char *string)
+{
+	printf( "%s\n", string );
+	exit(1);
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Read_Setup_Options -- Read stuff in from the INI file that we need to know sooner           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    6/7/96 4:09PM ST : Created                                                               *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void Read_Setup_Options( RawFileClass *config_file )
+{
+	char *buffer = new char [config_file->Size()];
+
+	if (config_file->Is_Available()){
+
+		config_file->Read (buffer, config_file->Size());
+
+		VideoBackBufferAllowed = WWGetPrivateProfileInt ("Options", "VideoBackBuffer", 1, buffer);
+		AllowHardwareBlitFills = WWGetPrivateProfileInt ("Options", "HardwareFills", 1, buffer);
+		ScreenHeight = WWGetPrivateProfileInt ("Options", "Resolution", 0, buffer) ? 480 : 400;
+		IsV107 = WWGetPrivateProfileInt ("Options", "Compatibility", 0, buffer);
+
+		/*
+		** See if an alternative socket number has been specified
+		*/
+		int socket = WWGetPrivateProfileInt ("Options", "Socket", 0, buffer);
+		if (socket >0 ){
+			socket += 0x4000;
+			if (socket >= 0x4000 && socket < 0x8000) {
+				Ipx.Set_Socket (socket);
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		** See if a destination network has been specified
+		*/
+		char netbuf [512];
+		memset (netbuf, 0, sizeof (netbuf) );
+		char *netptr = WWGetPrivateProfileString ("Options", "DestNet", NULL, netbuf, sizeof (netbuf), buffer);
+
+		if (netptr && strlen (netbuf)){
+			NetNumType net;
+			NetNodeType node;
+
+			/*
+			** Scan the string, pulling off each address piece
+			*/
+			int i = 0;
+			char * p = strtok(netbuf,".");
+			int x;
+			while (p) {
+				sscanf(p,"%x",&x);			// convert from hex string to int
+				if (i < 4) {
+					net[i] = (char)x;			// fill NetNum
+				} else {
+					node[i-4] = (char)x;		// fill NetNode
+				}
+				i++;
+				p = strtok(NULL,".");
+			}
+
+			/*
+			** If all the address components were successfully read, fill in the
+			** BridgeNet with a broadcast address to the network across the bridge.
+			*/
+			if (i >= 4) {
+				IsBridge = 1;
+				memset(node, 0xff, 6);
+				BridgeNet = IPXAddressClass(net, node);
+			}
+		}
+
+	}
+
+	delete [] buffer;
+}
diff --git a/STATS.CPP b/STATS.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5d95cb8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/STATS.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,676 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : WINSTUB.CPP                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Steve Tall                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : 05/29/1996                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : May 29th 1996 [ST]                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Overview:                                                                                   *
+ *  Internet game statistics to collect and upload to the server                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+#include "tcpip.h"
+#include "packet.h"
+#include "ccdde.h"
+
+#define FIELD_PACKET_TYPE					"TYPE"
+#define FIELD_GAME_ID							"IDNO"
+#define FIELD_START_CREDITS					"CRED"
+#define FIELD_BASES							"BASE"
+#define FIELD_TIBERIUM						"TIBR"
+#define FIELD_CRATES							"CRAT"
+#define FIELD_AI_PLAYERS						"AIPL"
+#define FIELD_CAPTURE_THE_FLAG				"FLAG"
+#define FIELD_START_UNIT_COUNT				"UNIT"
+#define FIELD_TECH_LEVEL						"TECH"
+#define FIELD_SCENARIO						"SCEN"
+#define FIELD_COMPLETION						"CMPL"
+#define FIELD_START_TIME						"TIME"
+#define FIELD_GAME_DURATION					"DURA"
+#define FIELD_FRAME_RATE						"AFPS"
+#define FIELD_SPEED_SETTING					"SPED"
+#define FIELD_GAME_VERSION					"VERS"
+#define FIELD_GAME_BUILD_DATE				"DATE"
+#define FIELD_COVERT_PRESENT				"COVT"
+#define FIELD_CPU_TYPE						"PROC"
+#define FIELD_MEMORY							"MEMO"
+#define FIELD_VIDEO_MEMORY					"VIDM"
+#define FIELD_PLAYER1_HANDLE				"NAM1"
+#define FIELD_PLAYER2_HANDLE				"NAM2"
+#define FIELD_PLAYER1_TEAM					"SID1"
+#define FIELD_PLAYER2_TEAM					"SID2"
+#define FIELD_PLAYER1_COLOR					"COL1"
+#define FIELD_PLAYER2_COLOR					"COL2"
+#define FIELD_PLAYER1_CREDITS				"CRD1"
+#define FIELD_PLAYER2_CREDITS				"CRD2"
+
+#define FIELD_PLAYER1_UNITS_LEFT			"UNL1"
+#define FIELD_PLAYER2_UNITS_LEFT			"UNL2"
+#define FIELD_PLAYER1_INFANTRY_LEFT		"INL1"
+#define FIELD_PLAYER2_INFANTRY_LEFT		"INL2"
+#define FIELD_PLAYER1_PLANES_LEFT			"PLL1"
+#define FIELD_PLAYER2_PLANES_LEFT			"PLL2"
+#define FIELD_PLAYER1_BUILDINGS_LEFT		"BLL1"
+#define FIELD_PLAYER2_BUILDINGS_LEFT		"BLL2"
+
+#define FIELD_PLAYER1_UNITS_BOUGHT		"UNB1"
+#define FIELD_PLAYER2_UNITS_BOUGHT		"UNB2"
+#define FIELD_PLAYER1_INFANTRY_BOUGHT	"INB1"
+#define FIELD_PLAYER2_INFANTRY_BOUGHT	"INB2"
+#define FIELD_PLAYER1_PLANES_BOUGHT		"PLB1"
+#define FIELD_PLAYER2_PLANES_BOUGHT		"PLB2"
+#define FIELD_PLAYER1_BUILDINGS_BOUGHT	"BLB1"
+#define FIELD_PLAYER2_BUILDINGS_BOUGHT	"BLB2"
+
+#define FIELD_PLAYER1_UNITS_KILLED		"UNK1"
+#define FIELD_PLAYER2_UNITS_KILLED		"UNK2"
+#define FIELD_PLAYER1_INFANTRY_KILLED	"INK1"
+#define FIELD_PLAYER2_INFANTRY_KILLED	"INK2"
+#define FIELD_PLAYER1_PLANES_KILLED		"PLK1"
+#define FIELD_PLAYER2_PLANES_KILLED		"PLK2"
+#define FIELD_PLAYER1_BUILDINGS_KILLED	"BLK1"
+#define FIELD_PLAYER2_BUILDINGS_KILLED	"BLK2"
+
+#define FIELD_PLAYER1_BUILDINGS_CAPTURED "BLC1"
+#define FIELD_PLAYER2_BUILDINGS_CAPTURED "BLC2"
+
+#define FIELD_PLAYER1_CRATES_FOUND		"CRA1"
+#define FIELD_PLAYER2_CRATES_FOUND		"CRA2"
+#define FIELD_PLAYER1_HARVESTED			"HRV1"
+#define FIELD_PLAYER2_HARVESTED			"HRV2"
+
+
+#define	PACKET_TYPE_HOST_GAME_INFO		(unsigned char) 50
+#define	PACKET_TYPE_GUEST_GAME_INFO	(unsigned char) 51
+
+enum {
+	COMPLETION_CONNECTION_LOST,
+	COMPLETION_PLAYER_1_WON,
+	COMPLETION_PLAYER_1_WON_BY_RESIGNATION,
+	COMPLETION_PLAYER_1_WON_BY_DISCONNECTION,
+	COMPLETION_PLAYER_2_WON,
+	COMPLETION_PLAYER_2_WON_BY_RESIGNATION,
+	COMPLETION_PLAYER_2_WON_BY_DISCONNECTION
+};
+
+
+extern unsigned long 	PlanetWestwoodGameID;
+extern HINSTANCE		ProgramInstance;
+extern unsigned long 	PlanetWestwoodStartTime;
+
+extern "C" char	CPUType;
+
+
+bool			GameTimerInUse = false;
+TimerClass	GameTimer;
+long			GameEndTime;
+void			*PacketLater = NULL;
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Send_Statistics_To_Server -- sends internet game statistics to the Westeood server          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    5/29/96 12:38PM ST : Created                                                             *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+
+void Send_Statistics_Packet(void)
+{
+#ifndef DEMO
+
+	PacketClass	stats;
+	HouseClass	*player;
+	static int	packet_size;
+	int			index;
+	bool			packet_later = false;	// Should the packet be sent later
+	void			*packet;
+
+	static char	field_player_handle[5] 				= { "NAM?" };
+	static char	field_player_team[5] 				= { "SID?" };
+	static char	field_player_color[5]				= { "COL?" };
+	static char field_player_credits[5]				= { "CRD?" };
+	static char field_player_units_left[5]			= { "UNL?" };
+	static char field_player_infantry_left[5]		= { "INL?" };
+	static char field_player_planes_left[5]		= { "PLL?" };
+	static char field_player_buildings_left[5]	= { "BLL?" };
+	static char field_player_units_bought[5] 		= { "UNB?" };
+	static char field_player_infantry_bought[5] 	= { "INB?" };
+	static char field_player_planes_bought[5]		= { "PLB?" };
+	static char field_player_buildings_bought[5]	= { "BLB?" };
+	static char field_player_units_killed[5] 		= { "UNK?" };
+	static char field_player_infantry_killed[5] 	= { "INK?" };
+	static char field_player_planes_killed[5]		= { "PLK?" };
+	static char field_player_buildings_killed[5]	= { "BLK?" };
+	static char field_player_buildings_captured[5] = { "BLC?" };
+	static char field_player_crates_found[5]		= { "CRA?" };
+	static char field_player_harvested[5]			= { "HRV?" };
+
+	static char *houses[] = {
+		"GDI",
+		"NOD",
+		"NUT",
+		"JUR",
+		"M01",
+		"M02",
+		"M03",
+		"M04",
+		"M05",
+		"M06"
+	};
+
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - In Send_Statistics_Packet.\n");
+
+
+	if (!PacketLater){
+
+		CCDebugString ("C&C95 - PacketLater is false.\n");
+
+
+		/*
+		** Field to identify this as C&C 95 internet game statistics packet
+		*/
+		if (Server){
+			stats.Add_Field(FIELD_PACKET_TYPE, PACKET_TYPE_HOST_GAME_INFO);
+		}else{
+			stats.Add_Field(FIELD_PACKET_TYPE, PACKET_TYPE_GUEST_GAME_INFO);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		** Game ID. A unique game identifier assigned by WChat.
+		*/
+		stats.Add_Field(FIELD_GAME_ID, PlanetWestwoodGameID);
+
+		/*
+		** Start credits.
+		*/
+		stats.Add_Field(FIELD_START_CREDITS, (unsigned long)MPlayerCredits);
+
+		/*
+		** Bases (On/Off)
+		*/
+		stats.Add_Field(FIELD_BASES, MPlayerBases ? "ON" : "OFF");
+
+		/*
+		** Tiberium (On/Off)
+		*/
+		stats.Add_Field(FIELD_TIBERIUM, MPlayerTiberium ? "ON" : "OFF");
+
+		/*
+		** Crates (On/Off)
+		*/
+		stats.Add_Field(FIELD_CRATES, MPlayerGoodies ? "ON" : "OFF");
+
+		/*
+		** AI Players (On/Off/Capture the flag)
+		*/
+		stats.Add_Field(FIELD_AI_PLAYERS, MPlayerGhosts ? "ON" : "OFF");
+		stats.Add_Field(FIELD_CAPTURE_THE_FLAG, Special.IsCaptureTheFlag ? "ON" : "OFF");
+
+		/*
+		** Start unit count
+		*/
+		stats.Add_Field(FIELD_START_UNIT_COUNT, (unsigned long)MPlayerUnitCount);
+
+		/*
+		** Tech level.
+		*/
+		stats.Add_Field(FIELD_TECH_LEVEL, (unsigned long)BuildLevel);
+
+		CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Adding stats field for scenario.\n");
+		/*
+		** Scenario
+		*/
+		char fname[128];
+		char namebuffer[40];
+		char *abuffer = (char *)_ShapeBuffer;
+		memset(abuffer, '\0', _ShapeBufferSize);
+		sprintf(fname,"%s.INI",ScenarioName);
+		CCFileClass fileo;
+		fileo.Set_Name (fname);
+		fileo.Read(abuffer, _ShapeBufferSize-1);
+		fileo.Close();
+		WWGetPrivateProfileString("Basic", "Name", "Nulls-Ville", namebuffer, 40, abuffer);
+		stats.Add_Field(FIELD_SCENARIO, namebuffer);
+		//stats.Add_Field(FIELD_SCENARIO, MPlayerScenarios[ScenarioIdx]);
+
+
+		/*
+		** Game completion status.
+		**
+		**  Connection lost.
+		**  Player 1 won
+		**  Player 2 won
+		**  Player 1 won by resignation
+		**  Player 2 won by resignation
+		**  Player 1 aborted
+		**  Player 2 aborted
+		**
+		*/
+		CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Adding stats field for completion status.\n");
+		HouseClass *player1 = HouseClass::As_Pointer(MPlayerHouses[0]);
+		HouseClass *player2 = HouseClass::As_Pointer(MPlayerHouses[1]);
+
+		int completion = -1;
+
+		if (ConnectionLost){
+			completion = COMPLETION_CONNECTION_LOST;
+			CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Completion status is connection lost.\n");
+		}else{
+
+			if (player1 && player2){
+				if (player1->IGaveUp){
+					completion = COMPLETION_PLAYER_2_WON_BY_DISCONNECTION;
+					CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Completion status is player 1 disconnected.\n");
+				}
+
+				if (player2->IGaveUp){
+					completion = COMPLETION_PLAYER_1_WON_BY_DISCONNECTION;
+					CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Completion status is player 2 disconnected.\n");
+				}
+
+
+				if (player2->IsDefeated){
+					/*
+					** Player 1 won. Find out how.
+					*/
+					completion = COMPLETION_PLAYER_1_WON;
+					if (player2->Resigned){
+						completion = COMPLETION_PLAYER_1_WON_BY_RESIGNATION;
+						CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Completion status is player 2 resigned.\n");
+					}else{
+						if (player2->IGaveUp){
+							completion = COMPLETION_PLAYER_1_WON_BY_DISCONNECTION;
+							CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Completion status is player 2 disconnected.\n");
+						}
+					}
+
+
+				}else{
+
+					if (player1->IsDefeated){
+						/*
+						** Player 2 won. Find out how.
+						*/
+						completion = COMPLETION_PLAYER_2_WON;
+						if (player1->Resigned){
+							completion = COMPLETION_PLAYER_2_WON_BY_RESIGNATION;
+							CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Completion status is player 1 resigned.\n");
+						}else{
+							if (player1->IGaveUp){
+								completion = COMPLETION_PLAYER_2_WON_BY_DISCONNECTION;
+								CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Completion status is player 1 disconnected.\n");
+							}
+						}
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		stats.Add_Field (FIELD_COMPLETION, (char) completion);
+
+
+
+
+
+
+		/*
+		** Game start time (GMT or Pacific?)
+		**
+		** Passed from WChat
+		*/
+		stats.Add_Field (FIELD_START_TIME, (long) PlanetWestwoodStartTime);
+
+		/*
+		** Game duration (seconds).
+		*/
+		stats.Add_Field (FIELD_GAME_DURATION, (long) GameEndTime/60);
+
+		/*
+		** Avg. frame rate.
+		*/
+		if (GameEndTime/60 == 0){
+			stats.Add_Field (FIELD_FRAME_RATE, 0L );
+		}else{
+			stats.Add_Field (FIELD_FRAME_RATE, (long) Frame / (GameEndTime/60) );
+		}
+
+
+		CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Adding hardware info stats.\n");
+		/*
+		** CPU type
+		*/
+		stats.Add_Field (FIELD_CPU_TYPE, (char)CPUType);
+
+		/*
+		** Memory
+		*/
+		MEMORYSTATUS	mem_info;
+		mem_info.dwLength=sizeof(mem_info);
+		GlobalMemoryStatus(&mem_info);
+		stats.Add_Field (FIELD_MEMORY, (long)mem_info.dwTotalPhys);
+
+		/*
+		** Video memory
+		*/
+		DDCAPS	video_capabilities;
+		long		video_memory;
+
+		if (DirectDrawObject){
+			video_capabilities.dwSize = sizeof (video_capabilities);
+			if (DD_OK == DirectDrawObject->GetCaps (&video_capabilities , NULL)){
+				video_memory = video_capabilities.dwVidMemTotal;
+				video_memory += 1024*1024 -1;
+				video_memory &= 0xfff00000;
+				stats.Add_Field (FIELD_VIDEO_MEMORY, (long) video_memory);
+			}
+		}
+
+		CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Adding game info stats.\n");
+		/*
+		** Game speed setting.
+		*/
+		stats.Add_Field (FIELD_SPEED_SETTING, (char)Options.GameSpeed);
+
+		/*
+		** C&C 95 version/build date
+		*/
+		char	version[128];
+		sprintf (version, "%d%s", Version_Number(), VersionText);
+		stats.Add_Field (FIELD_GAME_VERSION, version);
+
+		char path_to_exe[280];
+		FILETIME write_time;		//File time is 64 bits
+
+		GetModuleFileName (ProgramInstance, path_to_exe, 280);
+		RawFileClass file;
+		file.Set_Name(path_to_exe);
+		file.Open();
+		HANDLE handle = file.Get_File_Handle();
+
+		if (handle != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE){
+			if (GetFileTime (handle, NULL, NULL, &write_time)){
+				write_time.dwLowDateTime = htonl (write_time.dwLowDateTime);
+				write_time.dwHighDateTime = htonl (write_time.dwHighDateTime);
+				stats.Add_Field (FIELD_GAME_BUILD_DATE, (void*)&write_time, sizeof (write_time));
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		** Covert installed? (Yes/No)
+		*/
+		stats.Add_Field(FIELD_COVERT_PRESENT, (char) Expansion_Present());
+
+		CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Adding house specific stats.\n");
+		/*
+		** Build the player specific statistics
+		**
+		*/
+		for (int house = 0 ; house < 2 ; house++){
+
+			player = HouseClass::As_Pointer(MPlayerHouses[house]);
+
+			if (player){
+				/*
+				** Player handle.
+				*/
+				field_player_handle[3] = '1' + (char)house;
+				stats.Add_Field (field_player_handle, (char*) MPlayerNames[house]);
+
+				/*
+				** Player team. (NOD or GDI)
+				*/
+				field_player_team[3] = '1' + (char)house;
+				stats.Add_Field (field_player_team, houses[player->ActLike]);
+
+				/*
+				** Player color
+				*/
+				field_player_color[3] = '1' + (char)house;
+				stats.Add_Field (field_player_color, (unsigned char) (player->Class->House - HOUSE_MULTI1));
+
+				/*
+				** Player end credits.
+				*/
+				field_player_credits[3] = '1' + (char)house;
+				stats.Add_Field (field_player_credits, player->Credits + player->Tiberium);
+
+				/*
+				** Number of each unit/building type built
+				*/
+				field_player_infantry_bought[3] = '1' + (char)house;
+				field_player_units_bought[3] = '1' + (char)house;
+				field_player_planes_bought[3] = '1' + (char)house;
+				field_player_buildings_bought[3] = '1' + (char)house;
+
+				player->InfantryTotals->To_Network_Format();
+				player->UnitTotals->To_Network_Format();
+				player->AircraftTotals->To_Network_Format();
+				player->BuildingTotals->To_Network_Format();
+
+				stats.Add_Field (field_player_infantry_bought, (void*) player->InfantryTotals->Get_All_Totals(), player->InfantryTotals->Get_Unit_Count()*4);
+				stats.Add_Field (field_player_units_bought, (void*) player->UnitTotals->Get_All_Totals(), player->UnitTotals->Get_Unit_Count()*4);
+				stats.Add_Field (field_player_planes_bought, (void*) player->AircraftTotals->Get_All_Totals(), player->AircraftTotals->Get_Unit_Count()*4);
+				stats.Add_Field (field_player_buildings_bought, (void*) player->BuildingTotals->Get_All_Totals(), player->BuildingTotals->Get_Unit_Count()*4);
+
+				player->InfantryTotals->To_PC_Format();
+				player->UnitTotals->To_PC_Format();
+				player->AircraftTotals->To_PC_Format();
+				player->BuildingTotals->To_PC_Format();
+
+				/*
+				** Clear out the counts and use the space to count up the current number of units/buildings
+				*/
+				player->InfantryTotals->Clear_Unit_Total();
+				player->AircraftTotals->Clear_Unit_Total();
+				player->UnitTotals->Clear_Unit_Total();
+				player->BuildingTotals->Clear_Unit_Total();
+
+				/*
+				** Number of units remaining to player
+				*/
+				for (index = 0; index < Units.Count(); index++) {
+					UnitClass const * unit = Units.Ptr(index);
+					if (unit->House == player){
+						player->UnitTotals->Increment_Unit_Total (unit->Class->Type);
+					}
+				}
+
+				for (index = 0; index < Infantry.Count(); index++) {
+				InfantryClass const * infantry = Infantry.Ptr(index);
+					if (infantry->House == player && !infantry->Class->IsCivilian){
+						player->InfantryTotals->Increment_Unit_Total (infantry->Class->Type);
+					}
+				}
+
+				for (index = 0; index < Aircraft.Count(); index++) {
+				AircraftClass const * aircraft = Aircraft.Ptr(index);
+					if (aircraft->House == player &&	aircraft->Class->Type != AIRCRAFT_CARGO){
+						player->AircraftTotals->Increment_Unit_Total (aircraft->Class->Type);
+					}
+				}
+
+				for (index = 0; index < Buildings.Count(); index++) {
+				BuildingClass const * building = Buildings.Ptr(index);
+					if (building->House == player){
+						player->BuildingTotals->Increment_Unit_Total (building->Class->Type);
+					}
+				}
+
+				player->InfantryTotals->To_Network_Format();
+				player->UnitTotals->To_Network_Format();
+				player->AircraftTotals->To_Network_Format();
+				player->BuildingTotals->To_Network_Format();
+
+				field_player_infantry_left[3] = '1' + (char)house;
+				field_player_units_left[3] = '1' + (char)house;
+				field_player_planes_left[3] = '1' + (char)house;
+				field_player_buildings_left[3] = '1' + (char)house;
+				stats.Add_Field (field_player_infantry_left, (void*) player->InfantryTotals->Get_All_Totals(), player->InfantryTotals->Get_Unit_Count()*4);
+				stats.Add_Field (field_player_units_left, (void*) player->UnitTotals->Get_All_Totals(), player->UnitTotals->Get_Unit_Count()*4);
+				stats.Add_Field (field_player_planes_left, (void*) player->AircraftTotals->Get_All_Totals(), player->AircraftTotals->Get_Unit_Count()*4);
+				stats.Add_Field (field_player_buildings_left, (void*) player->BuildingTotals->Get_All_Totals(), player->BuildingTotals->Get_Unit_Count()*4);
+
+
+				/*
+				** Number of enemy units/buildings of each type destroyed.
+				*/
+
+				player->DestroyedInfantry->To_Network_Format();
+				player->DestroyedUnits->To_Network_Format();
+				player->DestroyedAircraft->To_Network_Format();
+				player->DestroyedBuildings->To_Network_Format();
+
+				field_player_infantry_killed[3] = '1' + (char)house;
+				field_player_units_killed[3] = '1' + (char)house;
+				field_player_planes_killed[3] = '1' + (char)house;
+				field_player_buildings_killed[3] = '1' + (char)house;
+				stats.Add_Field (field_player_infantry_killed, (void*) player->DestroyedInfantry->Get_All_Totals(), player->DestroyedInfantry->Get_Unit_Count()*4);
+				stats.Add_Field (field_player_units_killed, (void*) player->DestroyedUnits->Get_All_Totals(), player->DestroyedUnits->Get_Unit_Count()*4);
+				stats.Add_Field (field_player_planes_killed, (void*) player->DestroyedAircraft->Get_All_Totals(), player->DestroyedAircraft->Get_Unit_Count()*4);
+				stats.Add_Field (field_player_buildings_killed, (void*) player->DestroyedBuildings->Get_All_Totals(), player->DestroyedBuildings->Get_Unit_Count()*4);
+
+
+				/*
+				** Number and type of enemy buildings captured
+				*/
+				field_player_buildings_captured[3] = '1' + (char)house;
+				player->CapturedBuildings->To_Network_Format();
+				stats.Add_Field (field_player_buildings_captured, (void*) player->CapturedBuildings->Get_All_Totals(), player->CapturedBuildings->Get_Unit_Count()*4);
+
+				/*
+				** Number of crates discovered and their contents
+				*/
+				field_player_crates_found[3] = '1' + (char)house;
+				player->TotalCrates->To_Network_Format();
+				stats.Add_Field (field_player_crates_found, (void*) player->TotalCrates->Get_All_Totals(), player->TotalCrates->Get_Unit_Count()*4);
+
+				/*
+				** Amount of tiberium turned into credits
+				*/
+				field_player_harvested[3] = '1' + (char)house;
+				stats.Add_Field (field_player_harvested, (unsigned long) player->HarvestedCredits);
+			}
+		}
+
+		CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Calling Create_Comms_Packet.\n");
+		/*
+		** Create the comms packet to be sent
+		*/
+		packet = stats.Create_Comms_Packet(packet_size);
+		CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Returned from Create_Comms_Packet.\n");
+
+		/*
+		** If a player disconnected then dont send the packet at this time - save it for later
+		*/
+		if (completion == COMPLETION_PLAYER_1_WON_BY_DISCONNECTION
+			|| completion == COMPLETION_PLAYER_2_WON_BY_DISCONNECTION){
+			PacketLater = packet;
+			CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Flagging to send the packet later.\n");
+			return;
+		}
+
+	}else{		//else for if (!PacketLater)
+
+		CCDebugString ("C&C95 - PacketLater is true.\n");
+
+		/*
+		** Send the packet we calculated earlier when the disconnect occurred
+		*/
+		packet = PacketLater;
+		PacketLater = NULL;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Send it.....
+	*/
+	int times = 100;		//100 times max
+	CountDownTimerClass	send_timer;
+
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to send stats packet to DDE server.\n");
+	while ( ! Send_Data_To_DDE_Server ((char*)packet, packet_size, DDEServerClass::DDE_PACKET_GAME_RESULTS)){
+		CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Stats packet send failed.\n");
+		send_timer.Set (60, true);
+		while (send_timer.Time()){};
+	}
+
+
+	/*
+	** Save it to disk as well so I can see it
+	*/
+#if (0)
+	RawFileClass anotherfile ("packet.net");
+	anotherfile.Write(packet, packet_size);
+#endif	//(0)
+	/*
+	** Tidy up
+	*/
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to delete packet memory.\n");
+	delete [] packet;
+
+	GameStatisticsPacketSent = true;
+	CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Returning from Send_Statistics_Packet.\n");
+#endif	//DEMO
+
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+void Register_Game_Start_Time(void)
+{
+
+	GameTimer.Set (0, true);
+	GameTimerInUse = true;
+}
+
+
+extern void Register_Game_End_Time(void)
+{
+	GameEndTime = GameTimer.Time();
+	GameTimerInUse = false;
+}
+
diff --git a/STD.LNT b/STD.LNT
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1807aae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/STD.LNT
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+//  Watcom C, C++ (32 bit), -si4 -sp4,
+//  Standard lint options
+
+//    Compiler Options for Watcom C, C++ 32 bit
+
+-cwc
+
+//    This file contains options to allow PC-lint to process source
+//    files for your compiler.  It is used as follows:
+//
+//    lint  co-wc32.lnt  source-file(s)
+//
+-d_M_IX86=200   // assume Intel 80286 architecture -- modify to suit
+-d__declspec()= // ignore this construct
+
+  // additional reserve words needed
++rw(_loadds,_export)
++rw(__interrupt,__near,__far,__huge,__fortran,__pascal,__cdecl)
++rw(__export,__loadds,__saveregs,__asm,__fastcall,__stdcall)
++rw(_export)
+
++fcd            // makes cdecl significant -- used for proto generation
++fcu            // chars are by default unsigned
++fsu            // so are strings
+-d__386__       // pre-defined macro for 386 version, not set by -cwc
+-d__FLAT__      // not set by -cwc
+-si4            // sizeof(int)         is 4
+-spN4           // sizeof(near pointer) is 4
+-spF6           // sizeof( far pointer) is 6
+-sld10          // sizeof(long double) is 10.
+-function(exit,_exit)   // _exit() is like exit()
+-emacro(734,putc)   // don't complain about items being too large.
+-emacro(506,putc)   // don't complain about constant Boolean
+-emacro(???,va_arg)     // the va_arg() macro can yield 415, 416, 661, 662
+			// 796 and 797 (out-of-bounds errors).
+
+   // While processing compiler (library) header files ...
+-elib(46)       // an unsigned short bit field is used as __FILLER__
+-elib(522)      // function return value ignored
+-elib(537)      // repeated include file (ios.h)
+-elib(641)      // converting enum to int
+-elib(652)      // suppress message about #define of earlier declared symbols
+-elib(655)      // ORing enum's
+-elib(726)      // extraneous comma in enumeration
+-elib(760)      // suppress message about multiple identical macro defs
+-elib(762)      // suppress message about multiple identical declarations and
+-elib(806)      // small bit field is signed
+-elib(1053)     // prototypes cannot be distinguished
+-elib(1511)     // member (rdbuf) hides nonvirtual member
+-elib(1704)     // private copy constructor
+-elib(1712)     // default constructor missing
+-elib(1717)     // empty prototypes
+-elib(1720)     // strange argument to assignment operator
+-elib(1721)     // unusual operator =() declaration
+-elib(1722)     // assignment operator does not return ref to class
+-elib(1724)     // strange argument to copy constructor
+
+-esym(1702,operator<<,operator>>)
+
+//  The following functions exhibit variable return modes.
+//  That is, they may equally-usefully be called for a value
+//  as called just for their effects.  Accordingly we inhibit
+//  Warning 534 for these functions.
+//  Feel free to add to or subtract from this list.
+
+-esym(534,close,creat,fclose,fflush,fprintf,fputc)
+-esym(534,fputs,fscanf,fseek,fwrite,lseek,memcpy,memmove,memset)
+-esym(534,printf,puts,scanf,sprintf,sscanf,strcat,strcpy)
+-esym(534,strncat,strncpy,unlink,write)
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Please note -- this is a representative set of error suppression
+//                options.  Please adjust to suit your own policies
+//                See PC-lint for C/C++ manual (chapter LIVING WITH LINT)
+//                for further details.
+
+-e502 -e713 -e737 -eau  // don't report on signed/unsigned mismatches
+-e734                   // allow sub-integer loss of information
+-e701 -e703             // shifting int left is OK
+-e537                   // don't care about repeated include file
+-e641                   // converting enum to int is ok
+-e1042                  // operator ++/-- don't need class parameters
+-e963 -e763             // redundant declarations are ok
+-e1712                  // no default constructor defined is ok
+-e1704                  // private constructors are ok
+-e534                   // ignoring return value is ok
+-e732                   // going from signed to unsigned parameter is ok
+-e1411                  // functions hiding base functions is ok
+-e788                   // switch with default doesn't need all values specified
+-e655 -e656             // compatable enum bit and arithmetic operations are ok
+-e1542                  // members possibly not initialized isn't a valid warning
+-e522                   // calling 'new' without assignment isn't always an error
+
+-e1401 // uninitialized by constructor warning disabled.
+
+
+// 32 bit integer and pointer size is four bytes.
+-si4 -sp4
+
+// Include directories
+-ic:\projects\c&czero\code\watcom\h;..\vq\include;..\gcl510\h
diff --git a/SUPER.CPP b/SUPER.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7d6c01b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/SUPER.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,386 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\super.cpv   1.5   16 Oct 1995 16:49:04   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               *** 
+ *********************************************************************************************** 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                    File Name : SUPER.CPP                                                    * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Start Date : 07/28/95                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                  Last Update : July 29, 1995 [JLB]                                          * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* 
+ * Functions:                                                                                  * 
+ *   SuperClass::AI -- Process the super weapon AI.                                            * 
+ *   SuperClass::Anim_Stage -- Fetches the animation stage for this super weapon.              * 
+ *   SuperClass::Discharged -- Handles discharged action for special super weapon.             * 
+ *   SuperClass::Enable -- Enable this super special weapon.                                   * 
+ *   SuperClass::Forced_Charge -- Force the super weapon to full charge state.                 * 
+ *   SuperClass::Impatient_Click -- Called when player clicks on unfinished super weapon.      * 
+ *   SuperClass::Recharge -- Starts the special super weapon recharging.                       * 
+ *   SuperClass::Remove -- Removes super weapon availability.                                  * 
+ *   SuperClass::SuperClass -- Constructor for special super weapon objects.                   * 
+ *   SuperClass::Suspend -- Suspend the charging of the super weapon.                          * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * SuperClass::SuperClass -- Constructor for special super weapon objects.                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This is the constructor for the super weapons.                                           * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   recharge    -- The recharge delay time (in game frames).                           * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *          charging    -- Voice to announce that the weapon is charging.                      * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *          ready       -- Voice to announce that the weapon is fully charged.                 * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *          impatient   -- Voice to announce current charging state.                           * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   07/28/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+SuperClass::SuperClass(int recharge, VoxType ready, VoxType charging, VoxType impatient, VoxType suspend)
+{
+	IsPresent = false;
+	IsOneTime = false;
+	IsReady = false;
+	IsSuspended = false;
+	OldStage = -1;
+	Control = 0;
+	RechargeTime = recharge;
+	SuspendTime = 0;
+	VoxRecharge = ready;
+	VoxCharging = charging;
+	VoxImpatient = impatient;
+	VoxSuspend = suspend;
+}	
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * SuperClass::Suspend -- Suspend the charging of the super weapon.                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This will temporarily put on hold the charging of the special weapon. This might be the  * 
+ *    result of insufficient power.                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   on -- Should the weapon charging be suspended? Else, it will unsuspend.            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  Was the weapon suspend state changed?                                              * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   07/28/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool SuperClass::Suspend(bool on)
+{
+	if (IsPresent && !IsReady && !IsOneTime) {
+		if (on != IsSuspended) {
+			if (on) {
+				SuspendTime = Control;
+			} else {
+				Control = SuspendTime;
+			}
+			IsSuspended = on;
+			return(true);
+		}
+	}
+	return(false);
+}	
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * SuperClass::Enable -- Enable this super special weapon.                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This routine is called when the special weapon needs to be activated. This is used for   * 
+ *    both the normal super weapons and the speicial one-time super weapons (from crates).     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   onetime  -- Is this a special one time super weapon?                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *          player   -- Is this weapon for the player? If true, then there might be a voice    * 
+ *                      announcement of this weapon's availability.                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *          quiet    -- Request that the weapon start in suspended state (quiet mode).         * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  Was the special super weapon enabled? Failure might indicate that the weapon was   * 
+ *          already available.                                                                 * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   07/28/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool SuperClass::Enable(bool onetime, bool player, bool quiet)
+{
+	if (!IsPresent) {
+		IsPresent = true;
+		IsOneTime = onetime;
+		bool retval = Recharge(player && !quiet);
+		if (quiet) Suspend(true);
+		return(retval);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}	
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * SuperClass::Remove -- Removes super weapon availability.                                    * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    Call this routine when the super weapon should be removed because of some outside        * 
+ *    force. For one time special super weapons, they can never be removed except as the       * 
+ *    result of discharging them.                                                              * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  Was the special weapon removed and disabled?                                       * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   07/28/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool SuperClass::Remove(bool forced) 
+{
+	if (IsPresent && (!IsOneTime || forced)) {
+		IsReady = false;
+		IsPresent = false;
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * SuperClass::Recharge -- Starts the special super weapon recharging.                         * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This routine is called when the special weapon is allowed to recharge. Suspension will   * 
+ *    be disabled and the animation process will begin.                                        * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   player   -- Is this for a player owned super weapon? If so, then a voice           * 
+ *                      announcement might be in order.                                        * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  Was the super weapon begun charging up?                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   07/28/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool SuperClass::Recharge(bool player)
+{
+	if (IsPresent && !IsReady) {
+		IsSuspended = false;
+		OldStage = -1;
+#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+		if (Special.IsSpeedBuild) {
+			Control = 1;
+		} else {
+			Control = RechargeTime;
+		}
+#else
+		Control = RechargeTime;
+#endif
+		if (player && VoxCharging != VOX_NONE) {
+			Speak(VoxCharging);
+		}
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * Superclass::Discharged -- Handles discharged action for special super weapon.               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This routine should be called when the special super weapon has been discharged. The     * 
+ *    weapon will either begin charging anew or will be removed entirely -- depends on the     * 
+ *    one time flag for the weapon.                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   player   -- Is this special weapon for the player? If so, then there might be a    * 
+ *                      voice announcement.                                                    * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  Should the sidebar be reprocessed because the special weapon has been eliminated?  * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   07/28/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool SuperClass::Discharged(bool player)
+{
+	if (!IsSuspended && IsPresent && IsReady) {
+		IsReady = false;
+		if (IsOneTime) {
+			IsOneTime = false;
+			return(Remove());
+		} else {
+			Recharge(player);
+		}
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * SuperClass::AI -- Process the super weapon AI.                                              * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This routine will process the charge up AI for this super weapon object. If the weapon   * 
+ *    has advanced far enough to change any sidebar graphic that might represent it, then      * 
+ *    "true" will be returned. Use this return value to intelligenly update the sidebar.       * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   player   -- Is this for the player? If it is and the weapon is now fully charged,  * 
+ *                      then this fully charged state will be announced to the player.         * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  Was the weapon's state changed such that a sidebar graphic update will be          * 
+ *          necessary?                                                                         * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   07/28/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool SuperClass::AI(bool player)
+{
+	if (IsPresent && !IsReady) {
+		if (IsSuspended) {
+			if (OldStage != -1) {
+				OldStage = -1;
+				return(true);
+			}
+		} else {
+			if (Control.Expired()) {
+				IsReady = true;
+				if (player && VoxRecharge != VOX_NONE) {
+					Speak(VoxRecharge);
+				}
+				return(true);
+			} else {
+				if (Anim_Stage() != OldStage) {
+					OldStage = Anim_Stage();
+					return(true);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * SuperClass::Anim_Stage -- Fetches the animation stage for this super weapon.                * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This will return the current animation stage for this super weapon. The value will be    * 
+ *    between zero (uncharged) to ANIMATION_STAGES (fully charged). Use this value to render   * 
+ *    the appropriate graphic on the sidebar.                                                  * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the current animation stage for this special super weapon powerup.    * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   07/28/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int SuperClass::Anim_Stage(void) const
+{
+	if (IsPresent) {
+		if (IsReady) {
+			return(ANIMATION_STAGES);
+		}
+		int time = Control.Time();
+		if (IsSuspended) {
+			time = SuspendTime;
+		}
+
+		return(Fixed_To_Cardinal(ANIMATION_STAGES, Cardinal_To_Fixed(RechargeTime, RechargeTime-time)));
+	}
+	return(0);
+}	
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * SuperClass::Impatient_Click -- Called when player clicks on unfinished super weapon.        * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This routine is called when the player clicks on the super weapon icon on the sidebar    * 
+ *    when the super weapon is not ready yet. This results in a voice message feedback to the  * 
+ *    player.                                                                                  * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   07/28/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void SuperClass::Impatient_Click(void) const
+{
+	if (IsSuspended) {
+		if (VoxSuspend != VOX_NONE) {
+			Speak(VoxSuspend);
+		}
+	} else {
+		if (VoxImpatient != VOX_NONE) {
+			Speak(VoxImpatient);
+		}
+	}
+}	
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * SuperClass::Forced_Charge -- Force the super weapon to full charge state.                   * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This routine will force the special weapon to full charge state. Call it when the weapon * 
+ *    needs to be instantly charged. The airstrike (when it first becomes available) is a      * 
+ *    good example.                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   player   -- Is this for the player? If true, then the full charge state will be    * 
+ *                      announced.                                                             * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   07/29/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void SuperClass::Forced_Charge(bool player)
+{
+	if (IsPresent) {
+		IsReady = true;
+		IsSuspended = false;
+		if (player && VoxRecharge != VOX_NONE) {
+			Speak(VoxRecharge);
+		}
+	}
+}	
diff --git a/SUPER.H b/SUPER.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a3daaad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/SUPER.H
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\super.h_v   1.5   16 Oct 1995 16:47:04   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               *** 
+ *********************************************************************************************** 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                    File Name : SUPER.H                                                      * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Start Date : 07/28/95                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                  Last Update : July 28, 1995 [JLB]                                          * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* 
+ * Functions:                                                                                  * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef SUPER_H
+#define SUPER_H
+
+#include	"ftimer.h"
+
+class SuperClass {
+	public:
+		SuperClass(int recharge=0, VoxType charging=VOX_NONE, VoxType ready=VOX_NONE, VoxType impatient=VOX_NONE, VoxType suspend=VOX_NONE);
+
+		bool Suspend(bool on);
+		bool Enable(bool onetime = false, bool player=false, bool quiet=false);
+		void Forced_Charge(bool player=false);
+		bool AI(bool player=false);
+		bool Remove(bool forced=false);
+		void Impatient_Click(void) const;
+		int Anim_Stage(void) const;
+		bool Discharged(bool player);
+		bool Is_Ready(void) const {return(IsReady);};
+		bool Is_Present(void) const {return(IsPresent);};
+		bool Is_One_Time(void) const {return(IsOneTime && IsPresent);};
+
+	private:
+		bool Recharge(bool player=false);
+
+		unsigned IsPresent:1;
+		unsigned IsOneTime:1;
+		unsigned IsReady:1;
+		unsigned IsSuspended:1;
+
+		TCountDownTimerClass Control;
+		int OldStage;
+		int SuspendTime;
+
+		VoxType VoxRecharge;
+		VoxType VoxCharging;
+		VoxType VoxImpatient;
+		VoxType VoxSuspend;
+		int RechargeTime;
+
+		enum {
+			ANIMATION_STAGES=102
+		};
+};
+
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/SUPPORT.ASM b/SUPPORT.ASM
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cac959c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/SUPPORT.ASM
@@ -0,0 +1,459 @@
+;
+;	Command & Conquer(tm)
+;	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+;
+;	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+;	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+;	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+;	(at your option) any later version.
+;
+;	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+;	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+;	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+;	GNU General Public License for more details.
+;
+;	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+;	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+;
+
+; $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\support.asv   2.13   16 Oct 1995 16:52:36   JOE_BOSTIC  $
+;***************************************************************************
+;**   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D    S T U D I O S        **
+;***************************************************************************
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                    File Name : SUPPORT.ASM                              *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                            *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                   Start Date : September 23, 1993                       *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                  Last Update : May 10, 1994   [JLB]                     *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+;* Functions:                                                              *
+;*   strtrim -- Remove the trailing white space from a string.             *
+;*   Fat_Put_Pixel -- Draws a fat pixel.                                   *
+;*   Conquer_Build_Fading_Table -- Builds custom shadow/light fading table.*
+;*   Remove_From_List -- Removes a pointer from a list of pointers.        *
+;* - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - *
+
+IDEAL
+P386
+MODEL USE32 FLAT
+
+INCLUDE "gbuffer.inc"
+	DISPLAY	"Command & Conquer assembly support routines."
+
+	CODESEG
+
+
+;***************************************************************************
+;* strtrim -- Remove the trailing white space from a string.               *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*    Use this routine to remove white space characters from the beginning *
+;*    and end of the string.        The string is modified in place by     *
+;*    this routine.                                                        *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* INPUT:   buffer   -- Pointer to the string to modify.                   *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* OUTPUT:     none                                                        *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* WARNINGS:   none                                                        *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* HISTORY:                                                                *
+;*   10/07/1992 JLB : Created.                                             *
+;*=========================================================================*
+; VOID cdecl strtrim(BYTE *buffer);
+	global C	strtrim :NEAR
+	PROC	strtrim C near
+	USES	ax, edi, esi
+
+	ARG	buffer:DWORD		; Pointer to string to modify.
+
+	cmp	[buffer],0
+	je	short ??fini
+
+	; Prepare for string scanning by loading pointers.
+	cld
+	mov	esi,[buffer]
+	mov	edi,esi
+
+	; Strip white space from the start of the string.
+??looper:
+	lodsb
+	cmp	al,20h			; Space
+	je	short ??looper
+	cmp	al,9			; TAB
+	je	short ??looper
+	stosb
+
+	; Copy the rest of the string.
+??gruntloop:
+	lodsb
+	stosb
+	or	al,al
+	jnz	short ??gruntloop
+	dec	edi
+	; Strip the white space from the end of the string.
+??looper2:
+	mov	[edi],al
+	dec	edi
+	mov	ah,[edi]
+	cmp	ah,20h
+	je	short ??looper2
+	cmp	ah,9
+	je	short ??looper2
+
+??fini:
+	ret
+
+	ENDP	strtrim
+
+
+;***************************************************************************
+;* Fat_Put_Pixel -- Draws a fat pixel.                                     *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*    Use this routine to draw a "pixel" that is bigger than 1 pixel       *
+;*    across.  This routine is faster than drawing a similar small shape   *
+;*    and faster than calling Fill_Rect.                                   *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* INPUT:   x,y       -- Screen coordinates to draw the pixel's upper      *
+;*                       left corner.                                      *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*          color     -- The color to render the pixel in.                 *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*          size      -- The number of pixels width of the big "pixel".    *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*          page      -- The pointer to a GraphicBuffer class or something *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* OUTPUT:  none                                                           *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* WARNINGS:   none                                                        *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* HISTORY:                                                                *
+;*   03/17/1994 JLB : Created.                                             *
+;*=========================================================================*
+; VOID cdecl Fat_Put_Pixel(long x, long y, long color, long size, void *page)
+	global C	Fat_Put_Pixel:NEAR
+	PROC	Fat_Put_Pixel C near
+	USES	eax, ebx, ecx, edx, edi, esi
+
+	ARG	x:DWORD		; X coordinate of upper left pixel corner.
+	ARG	y:DWORD		; Y coordinate of upper left pixel corner.
+	ARG	color:DWORD	; Color to use for the "pixel".
+	ARG	siz:DWORD	; Size of "pixel" to plot (square).
+	ARG	gpage:DWORD	; graphic page address to plot onto
+
+	cmp	[siz],0
+	je	short ??exit
+
+	; Set EDI to point to start of logical page memory.
+	;*===================================================================
+	; Get the viewport information and put bytes per row in ecx
+	;*===================================================================
+	mov	ebx,[gpage]				; get a pointer to viewport
+	mov	edi,[(GraphicViewPort ebx).GVPOffset]	; get the correct offset
+
+	; Verify the the Y pixel offset is legal.
+	mov	eax,[y]
+	cmp	eax,[(GraphicViewPort ebx).GVPHeight]	;YPIXEL_MAX
+	jae	short ??exit
+	mov	ecx,[(GraphicViewPort ebx).GVPWidth]
+	add	ecx,[(GraphicViewPort ebx).GVPXAdd]
+	add	ecx,[(GraphicViewPort ebx).GVPPitch]
+	mul	ecx
+	add	edi,eax
+
+	; Verify the the X pixel offset is legal.
+	
+	mov	edx,[(GraphicViewPort ebx).GVPWidth]
+	cmp	edx,[x]
+	mov	edx,ecx
+	jbe	short ??exit
+	add	edi,[x]
+
+	; Write the pixel to the screen.
+	mov	ebx,[siz]		; Copy of pixel size.
+	sub	edx,ebx			; Modulo to reach start of next row.
+	mov	eax,[color]
+??again:
+	mov	ecx,ebx
+	rep stosb
+	add	edi,edx			; EDI points to start of next row.
+	dec	[siz]
+	jnz	short ??again
+
+??exit:
+	ret
+
+	ENDP	Fat_Put_Pixel
+
+
+;***************************************************************************
+;* Conquer_Build_Fading_Table -- Builds custom shadow/light fading table.  *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*    This routine is used to build a special fading table for C&C.  There *
+;*    are certain colors that get faded to and cannot be faded again.      *
+;*    With this rule, it is possible to draw a shadow multiple times and   *
+;*    not have it get any lighter or darker.                               *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* INPUT:   palette  -- Pointer to the 768 byte IBM palette to build from. *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*          dest     -- Pointer to the 256 byte remap table.               *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*          color    -- Color index of the color to "fade to".             *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*          frac     -- The fraction to fade to the specified color        *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* OUTPUT:  Returns with pointer to the remap table.                       *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* WARNINGS:   none                                                        *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* HISTORY:                                                                *
+;*   10/07/1992 JLB : Created.                                             *
+;*=========================================================================*/
+;VOID * cdecl Conquer_Build_Fading_Table(VOID *palette, VOID *dest, long color, long frac);
+	global C	Conquer_Build_Fading_Table : NEAR
+	PROC	Conquer_Build_Fading_Table C near
+	USES	ebx, ecx, edi, esi
+
+	ARG	palette:DWORD
+	ARG	dest:DWORD
+	ARG	color:DWORD
+	ARG	frac:DWORD
+
+	LOCAL	matchvalue:DWORD	; Last recorded match value.
+	LOCAL	targetred:BYTE		; Target gun red.
+	LOCAL	targetgreen:BYTE	; Target gun green.
+	LOCAL	targetblue:BYTE		; Target gun blue.
+	LOCAL	idealred:BYTE
+	LOCAL	idealgreen:BYTE
+	LOCAL	idealblue:BYTE
+	LOCAL	matchcolor:BYTE		; Tentative match color.
+
+ALLOWED_COUNT	EQU	16
+ALLOWED_START	EQU	256-ALLOWED_COUNT
+
+	cld
+
+	; If the source palette is NULL, then just return with current fading table pointer.
+	cmp	[palette],0
+	je	??fini1
+	cmp	[dest],0
+	je	??fini1
+
+	; Fractions above 255 become 255.
+	mov	eax,[frac]
+	cmp	eax,0100h
+	jb	short ??ok
+	mov	[frac],0FFh
+??ok:
+
+	; Record the target gun values.
+	mov	esi,[palette]
+	mov	ebx,[color]
+	add	esi,ebx
+	add	esi,ebx
+	add	esi,ebx
+	lodsb
+	mov	[targetred],al
+	lodsb
+	mov	[targetgreen],al
+	lodsb
+	mov	[targetblue],al
+
+	; Main loop.
+	xor	ebx,ebx			; Remap table index.
+
+	; Transparent black never gets remapped.
+	mov	edi,[dest]
+	mov	[edi],bl
+	inc	edi
+
+	; EBX = source palette logical number (1..255).
+	; EDI = running pointer into dest remap table.
+??mainloop:
+	inc	ebx
+	mov	esi,[palette]
+	add	esi,ebx
+	add	esi,ebx
+	add	esi,ebx
+
+	mov	edx,[frac]
+	shr	edx,1
+	; new = orig - ((orig-target) * fraction);
+
+	lodsb				; orig
+	mov	dh,al			; preserve it for later.
+	sub	al,[targetred]		; al = (orig-target)
+	imul	dl			; ax = (orig-target)*fraction
+	shl	eax,1
+	sub	dh,ah			; dh = orig - ((orig-target) * fraction)
+	mov	[idealred],dh		; preserve ideal color gun value.
+
+	lodsb				; orig
+	mov	dh,al			; preserve it for later.
+	sub	al,[targetgreen]	; al = (orig-target)
+	imul	dl			; ax = (orig-target)*fraction
+	shl	eax,1
+	sub	dh,ah			; dh = orig - ((orig-target) * fraction)
+	mov	[idealgreen],dh		; preserve ideal color gun value.
+
+	lodsb				; orig
+	mov	dh,al			; preserve it for later.
+	sub	al,[targetblue]		; al = (orig-target)
+	imul	dl			; ax = (orig-target)*fraction
+	shl	eax,1
+	sub	dh,ah			; dh = orig - ((orig-target) * fraction)
+	mov	[idealblue],dh		; preserve ideal color gun value.
+
+	; Sweep through a limited set of existing colors to find the closest
+	; matching color.
+
+	mov	eax,[color]
+	mov	[matchcolor],al		; Default color (self).
+	mov	[matchvalue],-1		; Ridiculous match value init.
+	mov	ecx,ALLOWED_COUNT
+
+	mov	esi,[palette]		; Pointer to original palette.
+	add	esi,(ALLOWED_START)*3
+
+	; BH = color index.
+	mov	bh,ALLOWED_START
+??innerloop:
+
+	xor	edx,edx			; Comparison value starts null.
+
+	; Build the comparison value based on the sum of the differences of the color
+	; guns squared.
+	lodsb
+	sub	al,[idealred]
+	mov	ah,al
+	imul	ah
+	add	edx,eax
+
+	lodsb
+	sub	al,[idealgreen]
+	mov	ah,al
+	imul	ah
+	add	edx,eax
+
+	lodsb
+	sub	al,[idealblue]
+	mov	ah,al
+	imul	ah
+	add	edx,eax
+	jz	short ??perfect		; If perfect match found then quit early.
+
+	cmp	edx,[matchvalue]
+	jae	short ??notclose
+	mov	[matchvalue],edx	; Record new possible color.
+	mov	[matchcolor],bh
+??notclose:
+	inc	bh			; Checking color index.
+	loop	??innerloop
+	mov	bh,[matchcolor]
+??perfect:
+	mov	[matchcolor],bh
+	xor	bh,bh			; Make BX valid main index again.
+
+	; When the loop exits, we have found the closest match.
+	mov	al,[matchcolor]
+	stosb
+	cmp	ebx,ALLOWED_START-1
+	jne	??mainloop
+
+	; Fill the remainder of the remap table with values
+	; that will remap the color to itself.
+	mov	ecx,ALLOWED_COUNT
+??fillerloop:
+	inc	bl
+	mov	al,bl
+	stosb
+	loop	??fillerloop
+
+??fini1:
+	mov	esi,[dest]
+	mov	eax,esi
+	ret
+
+	ENDP	Conquer_Build_Fading_Table
+
+
+;***************************************************************************
+;* Remove_From_List -- Removes a pointer from a list of pointers.          *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*    This low level routine is used to remove a pointer from a list of    *
+;*    pointers.  The trailing pointers are moved downward to fill the      *
+;*    hole.                                                                *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* INPUT:   list     -- Pointer to list of pointer.                        *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*          index    -- Pointer to length of pointer list.                 *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*          ptr      -- The pointer value to search for and remove.        *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* OUTPUT:  none                                                           *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* WARNINGS:   none                                                        *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* HISTORY:                                                                *
+;*   04/11/1994 JLB : Created.                                             *
+;*   04/22/1994 JLB : Convert to assembly language.                        *
+;*   05/10/1994 JLB : Short pointers now.                                  *
+;*=========================================================================*/
+;VOID cdecl Remove_From_List(VOID **list, long *index, long ptr);
+	global C	Remove_From_List:NEAR
+	PROC	Remove_From_List C near
+	USES	edi, esi, ecx, eax
+	ARG	list:DWORD		; Pointer to list.
+	ARG	index:DWORD		; Pointer to count.
+	ARG	element:DWORD		; Element to remove.
+
+	; Fetch the number of elements in the list.  If there are no
+	; elements, then just exit quickly.
+	mov	edi,[index]
+	mov	ecx,[edi]
+	jcxz	short ??fini2
+
+	; Fetch pointer to list.
+	cmp	[list],0
+	je	short ??fini2
+	mov	edi,[list]
+
+	; Loop through all elements searching for a match.
+	mov	eax,[element]
+	repne scasd
+	jne	short ??fini2		; No match found.
+
+	; Copy all remaining elements down.  If this is the
+	; last element in the list then nothing needs to be
+	; copied -- just decrement the list size.
+	jcxz	short ??nocopy		; No copy necessary.
+	mov	esi,edi
+	sub	edi,4
+	rep movsd
+
+	; Reduce the list count by one.
+??nocopy:
+	mov	edi,[index]
+	dec	[DWORD PTR edi]
+
+??fini2:
+	ret
+
+	ENDP	Remove_From_List
+
+
+; long cdecl Get_EAX();
+	global C	Get_EAX :NEAR
+	PROC	Get_EAX C near
+	ret
+
+	ENDP	Get_EAX
+
+;----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+	END
diff --git a/TAB.CPP b/TAB.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..891c4a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TAB.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,253 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\tab.cpv   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:52:04   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : TAB.CPP                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : 12/15/94                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : August 25, 1995 [JLB]                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   TabClass::AI -- Handles player I/O with the tab buttons.                                  *
+ *   TabClass::Draw_It -- Displays the tab buttons as necessary.                               *
+ *   TabClass::Set_Active -- Activates a "filefolder tab" button.                              *
+ *   TabClass::TabClass -- Default construct for the tab button class.                         *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+
+
+void const * TabClass::TabShape = NULL;
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TabClass::TabClass -- Default construct for the tab button class.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    The default constructor merely sets the tab buttons to default non-selected state.       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/15/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TabClass::TabClass(void)
+{
+	IsToRedraw = false;
+//	Select = -1;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TabClass::Draw_It -- Displays the tab buttons as necessary.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called whenever the display is being redrawn (in some fashion). The      *
+ *    parameter can be used to force the tab buttons to redraw completely. The default action  *
+ *    is to only redraw if the tab buttons have been explicitly flagged to be redraw. The      *
+ *    result of this is the elimination of unnecessary redraws.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   complete -- bool; Force redraw of the entire tab button graphics?                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/15/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   05/19/1995 JLB : New EVA style.                                                           *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TabClass::Draw_It(bool complete)
+{
+
+	SidebarClass::Draw_It(complete);
+
+	if (Debug_Map){
+		//HidPage.Unlock();
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Redraw the top bar imagery if flagged to do so or if the entire display needs
+	**	to be redrawn.
+	*/
+	int width  = SeenBuff.Get_Width();
+	int rightx = width - 1;
+
+	if (complete || IsToRedraw) {
+
+		if (LogicPage->Lock()){
+
+			LogicPage->Fill_Rect(0, 0, rightx, Tab_Height-2, BLACK);
+			CC_Draw_Shape(TabShape, 0, 0, 0, WINDOW_MAIN, SHAPE_NORMAL);
+			CC_Draw_Shape(TabShape, 0, width-Eva_Width, 0, WINDOW_MAIN, SHAPE_NORMAL);
+			Draw_Credits_Tab();
+			LogicPage->Draw_Line(0, Tab_Height-1, rightx, Tab_Height-1, BLACK);
+
+			Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_TAB_BUTTON_CONTROLS, Eva_Width/2, 0, 11, TBLACK, TPF_GREEN12_GRAD|TPF_CENTER | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL);
+			Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_TAB_SIDEBAR, width-(Eva_Width/2), 0, 11, TBLACK, TPF_GREEN12_GRAD|TPF_CENTER | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL);
+		}
+		LogicPage->Unlock();
+	}
+
+	Credits.Graphic_Logic(complete || IsToRedraw);
+	IsToRedraw = false;
+}
+
+
+void TabClass::Draw_Credits_Tab(void)
+{
+	CC_Draw_Shape(TabShape, 0, 320, 0, WINDOW_MAIN, SHAPE_NORMAL);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TC::Hilite_Tab -- Draw a tab in its depressed state                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Tab to draw (not used)                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    5/21/96 10:47AM ST : Created                                                              *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+
+void TabClass::Hilite_Tab(int tab)
+{
+	int xpos = 0;
+	int text = TXT_TAB_BUTTON_CONTROLS;
+	tab = tab;
+
+	CC_Draw_Shape(TabShape, 1 , xpos, 0, WINDOW_MAIN, SHAPE_NORMAL);
+	Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_TAB_BUTTON_CONTROLS, 80, 0, 11, TBLACK, TPF_GREEN12|TPF_CENTER | TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TabClass::AI -- Handles player I/O with the tab buttons.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called every game tick and passed whatever key the player has supplied.  *
+ *    If the input selects a tab button, then the graphic gets updated accordingly.            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   input -- The player's input character (might be mouse click).                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          x,y   -- Mouse coordinates at time of input.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/15/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   12/31/1994 JLB : Uses mouse coordinate parameters.                                        *
+ *   05/31/1995 JLB : Fixed to handle mouse shape properly.                                    *
+ *   08/25/1995 JLB : Handles new scrolling option.                                            *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TabClass::AI(KeyNumType &input, int x, int y)
+{
+	if (y >= 0 && y < Tab_Height && x < (SeenBuff.Get_Width() - 1) && x > 0) {
+
+		bool ok = false;
+		int	width = SeenBuff.Get_Width();
+
+		/*
+		**	If the mouse is at the top of the screen, then the tab bars only work
+		**	in certain areas. If the special scroll modification is not active, then
+		**	the tabs never work when the mouse is at the top of the screen.
+		*/
+		if (y > 0 || (Special.IsScrollMod && ((x > 3 && x < Eva_Width) || (x < width-3 && x > width-Eva_Width)))) {
+			ok = true;
+		}
+
+		if (ok) {
+			if (input == KN_LMOUSE) {
+				int sel = -1;
+				if (x < Eva_Width) sel = 0;
+				if (x > width-Eva_Width) sel = 1;
+				if (sel >= 0) {
+					Set_Active(sel);
+					input = KN_NONE;
+				}
+			}
+
+			Override_Mouse_Shape(MOUSE_NORMAL, false);
+		}
+	}
+
+	Credits.AI();
+
+	SidebarClass::AI(input, x, y);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TabClass::Set_Active -- Activates a "filefolder tab" button.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This function is used to activate one of the file folder tab buttons that appear at the  *
+ *    top edge of the screen.                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   select   -- The button to activate. 0 = left button, 1=next button, etc.           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/15/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+ void TabClass::Set_Active(int select)
+{
+	switch (select) {
+		case 0:
+			Queue_Options();
+			break;
+
+		case 1:
+			Map.SidebarClass::Activate(-1);
+			break;
+
+		default:
+			break;
+	}
+}
+
+void TabClass::One_Time(void)
+{
+	int factor = (SeenBuff.Get_Width() == 320) ? 1 : 2;
+	Eva_Width	= 80 * factor;
+	Tab_Height	= 8 * factor;
+
+	SidebarClass::One_Time();
+	TabShape = Hires_Retrieve("TABS.SHP");
+}
diff --git a/TAB.H b/TAB.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..158bb9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TAB.H
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\tab.h_v   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:45:26   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : TAB.H                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : 12/15/94                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : December 15, 1994 [JLB]                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef TAB_H
+#define TAB_H
+
+#include	"sidebar.h"
+#include	"credits.h"
+
+class TabClass: public SidebarClass
+{
+	public:
+		TabClass(void);
+
+		virtual void AI(KeyNumType &input, int x, int y);
+		virtual void Draw_It(bool complete=false);
+
+		virtual void One_Time(void);							// One-time inits
+		static void Draw_Credits_Tab(void);
+		static void Hilite_Tab(int tab);
+		void  Redraw_Tab(void) {IsToRedraw = true;Flag_To_Redraw(false);};
+
+		/*
+		**	File I/O.
+		*/
+		virtual void Code_Pointers(void);
+		virtual void Decode_Pointers(void);
+		inline int Get_Tab_Height(void) { return(Tab_Height); };
+
+		CreditClass Credits;
+
+	protected:
+
+		/*
+		**	If the tab graphic is to be redrawn, then this flag is true.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsToRedraw:1;
+		int Eva_Width;
+		int Tab_Height;
+
+	private:
+		void  Set_Active(int select);
+
+		static void const * TabShape;
+};
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/TARCOM.CPP b/TARCOM.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4c667fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TARCOM.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\tarcom.cpv   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:52:20   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               *** 
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : TARCOM.CPP                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : April 16, 1994                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : July 19, 1995 [JLB]                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   TarComClass::Debug_Dump -- Displays the status of the tarcom class to the mono screen.    *
+ *   TarComClass::AI -- Handles the logical AI for the tarcom class.                           *
+ *   TarComClass::~TarComClass -- Destructor for turret object.                                * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * TarComClass::~TarComClass -- Destructor for turret object.                                  * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This is the destructor for turret objects.                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   07/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TarComClass::~TarComClass(void) 
+{
+}
+
+
+#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TarComClass::Debug_Dump -- Displays the status of the tarcom class to the mono screen.      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to display the tarcom class status to the monochrome monitor.       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/02/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TarComClass::Debug_Dump(MonoClass *mono) const
+{
+	TurretClass::Debug_Dump(mono);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TarComClass::AI -- Handles the logical AI for the tarcom class.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This handles the AI logic for the targeting computer.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/02/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TarComClass::AI(void)
+{
+	TurretClass::AI();
+
+	if (Class->Primary != WEAPON_NONE) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Determine which weapon can fire. First check for the primary weapon. If that weapon 
+		**	cannot fire, then check any secondary weapon. If neither weapon can fire, then the
+		**	failure code returned is that from the primary weapon.
+		*/
+		WeaponTypeClass const * weapon = &Weapons[Class->Primary];
+		int primary = 0;
+		FireErrorType ok = Can_Fire(TarCom, 0);
+		if (ok != FIRE_OK) {
+			if (Can_Fire(TarCom, 1) == FIRE_OK) {
+				ok = FIRE_OK;
+				primary = 1;
+				weapon = &Weapons[Class->Secondary];
+			}
+		}
+
+		switch (ok) {
+			case FIRE_OK:
+				if (What_Am_I() != RTTI_UNIT) {
+					IsFiring = false;
+				} else {
+					if (!((UnitClass *)this)->Class->IsFireAnim) {
+						IsFiring = false;
+					}
+				}
+
+				if (TurretClass::Fire_At(TarCom, primary)) {
+					Sound_Effect(weapon->Sound, Coord);
+				}
+				break;
+
+			case FIRE_FACING:
+				if (Class->IsLockTurret) {
+					if (!Target_Legal(NavCom) && !IsDriving) {
+						PrimaryFacing.Set_Desired(Direction(TarCom));
+						SecondaryFacing.Set_Desired(PrimaryFacing.Desired());
+					}
+				} else {
+					if (*this == UNIT_FTANK) {
+						SecondaryFacing.Set_Desired(Facing_Dir(Dir_Facing(Direction(TarCom))));
+					} else {
+						SecondaryFacing.Set_Desired(Direction(TarCom));
+					}
+//					SecondaryFacing.Set_Desired(Direction256(Center_Coord(), As_Coord(TarCom)));
+				}
+				break;
+
+			case FIRE_CLOAKED:
+				IsFiring = false;
+				Do_Uncloak();
+				break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (Target_Legal(TarCom) && !IsRotating) {
+		DirType dir = Direction(TarCom);
+
+		if (Class->IsTurretEquipped) {
+			SecondaryFacing.Set_Desired(dir);
+		} else {
+			
+			/*
+			**	Non turret equipped vehicles will rotate their body to face the target only
+			**	if the vehicle isn't currently moving or facing the correct direction. This
+			**	applies only to tracked vehicles. Wheeled vehicles never rotate to face the
+			**	target, since they aren't maneuverable enough.
+			*/
+			if ((Class->Speed == SPEED_TRACK || *this == UNIT_BIKE) && !Target_Legal(NavCom) && !IsDriving && PrimaryFacing.Difference(dir)) {
+				if (*this == UNIT_FTANK) {
+					PrimaryFacing.Set_Desired(Facing_Dir(Dir_Facing(dir)));
+				} else {
+					PrimaryFacing.Set_Desired(dir);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
diff --git a/TARCOM.H b/TARCOM.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4649034
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TARCOM.H
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\tarcom.h_v   2.16   16 Oct 1995 16:45:54   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               *** 
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : TARCOM.H                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : April 23, 1994                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : April 23, 1994   [JLB]                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef TARCOM_H
+#define TARCOM_H
+
+#include	"turret.h"
+#include	"bullet.h"
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**	Units that can perform combat are handled by this class. It performs
+**	such operations as determining threat value down to actually launching the
+**	projectile.
+*/
+class TarComClass : public TurretClass
+{
+	public:
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		**	Constructors, Destructors, and overloaded operators.
+		*/
+		TarComClass(void) {};
+		TarComClass(UnitType classid, HousesType house) : TurretClass(classid, house) {};
+		virtual ~TarComClass(void);
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		**	Member function prototypes.
+		*/
+		#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+		virtual void Debug_Dump(MonoClass *mono) const;
+		#endif
+		virtual void AI(void);
+//		virtual bool Target_Something_Nearby(ThreatType rangmatters=THREAT_NORMAL);
+
+		/*
+		**	File I/O.
+		*/
+		virtual void Code_Pointers(void);
+		virtual void Decode_Pointers(void);
+
+};
+
+#endif
+
+
diff --git a/TARGET.CPP b/TARGET.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7938350
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TARGET.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,502 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\target.cpv   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:51:06   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : TARGET.CPP                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : September 10, 1993                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : August 27, 1995 [JLB]                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   As_Aircraft -- Converts the target value into an aircraft pointer.                        *
+ *   As_Animation -- Converts target value into animation pointer.                             *
+ *   As_Building -- Converts a target value into a building object pointer.                    *
+ *   As_Bullet -- Converts the target into a bullet pointer.                                   *
+ *   As_Cell -- Converts a target value into a cell number.                                    *
+ *   As_Coord -- Converts a target value into a coordinate value.                              *
+ *   As_Infantry -- If the target is infantry, return a pointer to it.                         *
+ *   As_Movement_Coord -- Fetches coordinate if trying to move to this target.                 *
+ *   As_Object -- Converts a target value into an object pointer.                              *
+ *   As_Team -- Converts a target number into a team pointer.                                  *
+ *   As_TeamType -- Converts a target into a team type pointer.                                *
+ *   As_Techno -- Converts a target value into a TechnoClass pointer.                          *
+ *   As_Trigger -- Converts specified target into a trigger pointer.                           *
+ *   As_Unit -- Converts a target value into a unit pointer.                                   *
+ *   Target_Legal -- Determines if the specified target is legal.                              *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+#include	"target.h"
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * As_Trigger -- Converts specified target into a trigger pointer.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will convert the specified target number into a trigger pointer.            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   target   -- The target number to convert.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the trigger pointer that the specified target number represents. If   *
+ *          it doesn't represent a legal trigger object, then NULL is returned.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/08/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TriggerClass * As_Trigger(TARGET target)
+{
+	return(Is_Target_Trigger(target) ? Triggers.Raw_Ptr(Target_Value(target)) : NULL);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * As_Team -- Converts a target number into a team pointer.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will convert the specified target number into a team pointer.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   target   -- The target number to convert.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the team object that the specified target number represents. If it    *
+ *          doesn't represent a legal team then NULL is returned.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/08/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TeamClass * As_Team(TARGET target)
+{
+	return(Is_Target_Team(target) ? Teams.Raw_Ptr(Target_Value(target)) : NULL);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * As_TeamType -- Converts a target into a team type pointer.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will convert the specified target number into a team type pointer.          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   target   -- The target number to convert.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the team type represented by the target number. If the   *
+ *          target number doesn't represent a legal team type, then NULL is returned.          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/08/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TeamTypeClass * As_TeamType(TARGET target)
+{
+	return(Is_Target_TeamType(target) ? TeamTypes.Raw_Ptr(Target_Value(target)) : NULL);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * As_Animation -- Converts target value into animation pointer.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will convert the specified target number into an animation pointer.         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   target   -- The target number to convert into an animation pointer.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the legal animation that this target represents. If it   *
+ *          doesn't represent a legal animation, then NULL is returned.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/08/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+AnimClass * As_Animation(TARGET target)
+{
+	return(Is_Target_Animation(target) ? Anims.Raw_Ptr(Target_Value(target)) : NULL);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * As_Bullet -- Converts the target into a bullet pointer.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will convert the specified target number into a bullet pointer.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   target   -- The target number to convert.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the bullet it specifies. If the target doesn't refer to  *
+ *          a legal bullet, then NULL is returned.                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/08/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+BulletClass * As_Bullet(TARGET target)
+{
+	return(Is_Target_Bullet(target) ? Bullets.Raw_Ptr(Target_Value(target)) : NULL);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * As_Aircraft -- Converts the target value into an aircraft pointer.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will convert the specified target value into an aircraft object pointer.    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   target   -- The target value to convert.                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the aircraft that this target value represents. If the   *
+ *          specified target value doesn't represent an aircraft, then NULL is returned.       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/27/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+AircraftClass * As_Aircraft(TARGET target)
+{
+	return(Is_Target_Aircraft(target) ? Aircraft.Raw_Ptr(Target_Value(target)) : NULL);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * As_Techno -- Converts a target value into a TechnoClass pointer.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will take the target value specified and convert it into a TechnoClass      *
+ *    pointer if the target represents an object that has a TechnoClass.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   target   -- The target value to convert into a TechnoClass pointer.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the associated object's TechnoClass. If the target       *
+ *          cannot be converted into a TechnoClass pointer, then NULL is returned.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/02/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TechnoClass * As_Techno(TARGET target)
+{
+	ObjectClass * obj = As_Object(target);
+
+	if (obj && obj->Is_Techno()) {
+		return(TechnoClass *)obj;
+	}
+	return(NULL);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * As_Object -- Converts a target value into an object pointer.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to convert the target value specified into an object pointer. If    *
+ *    the target doesn't represent an object or the target value is illegal, then NULL is      *
+ *    returned.                                                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   target   -- The target value to convert from.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the object it represent, or NULL if not an object.       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/27/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+ObjectClass * As_Object(TARGET target)
+{
+	int val = Target_Value(target);
+	ObjectClass * object = NULL;
+
+	switch (Target_Kind(target)) {
+		case KIND_INFANTRY:
+			object = Infantry.Raw_Ptr(val);
+			break;
+
+		case KIND_UNIT:
+			object = Units.Raw_Ptr(val);
+			break;
+
+		case KIND_BUILDING:
+			object = Buildings.Raw_Ptr(val);
+			break;
+
+		case KIND_AIRCRAFT:
+			object = Aircraft.Raw_Ptr(val);
+			break;
+
+		case KIND_TERRAIN:
+			object = Terrains.Raw_Ptr(val);
+			break;
+
+		case KIND_BULLET:
+			object = Bullets.Raw_Ptr(val);
+			break;
+
+		case KIND_ANIMATION:
+			object = Anims.Raw_Ptr(val);
+			break;
+
+		default:
+			break;
+	}
+#if (0)
+	/*
+	**	Special check to ensure that a target value that references an
+	**	invalid object will not be converted back into an object pointer.
+	**	This condition is rare, but could occur in a network game if the
+	**	object it refers to is destroyed between the time an event message
+	**	is sent and when it is received.
+	*/
+	if (object != NULL && !object->IsActive) {
+		object = NULL;
+	}
+#endif	//(0)
+
+	return(object);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * As_Unit -- Converts a target value into a unit pointer.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to convert the target value specified into a pointer to a unit      *
+ *    object.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   target   -- The target value to convert into a unit pointer.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the unit the target value represents or NULL if not      *
+ *          a unit.                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/27/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+UnitClass * As_Unit(TARGET target)
+{
+	return(Is_Target_Unit(target) ? Units.Raw_Ptr(Target_Value(target)) : NULL);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * As_Infantry -- If the target is infantry, return a pointer to it.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will translate the specified target value into an infantry pointer if the   *
+ *    target actually represents an infantry object.                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   target   -- The target to convert to a pointer.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns a pointer to the infantry object that this target value represents. If     *
+ *          the target doesn't represent an infantry object, then return NULL.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/17/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+InfantryClass * As_Infantry(TARGET target)
+{
+	return(Is_Target_Infantry(target) ? Infantry.Raw_Ptr(Target_Value(target)) : NULL);
+}
+
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+TerrainClass * As_Terrain(TARGET target)
+{
+	return(Is_Target_Terrain(target) ? &Terrains[Target_Value(target)] : NULL);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * As_Building -- Converts a target value into a building object pointer.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to convert the target value specified into a building pointer.      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   target   -- The target value to convert from.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the building object that the target value represents.    *
+ *          If it doesn't represent a building, then return NULL.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/27/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+BuildingClass * As_Building(TARGET target)
+{
+	return(Is_Target_Building(target) ? Buildings.Raw_Ptr(Target_Value(target)) : NULL);
+}
+
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Target_Legal -- Determines if the specified target is legal.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to check for the legality of the target value specified. It is      *
+ *    necessary to call this routine if there is doubt about the the legality of the target.   *
+ *    It is possible for the unit that a target value represents to be eliminated and thus     *
+ *    rendering the target value invalid.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   target   -- The target value to check.                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Is the target value legal?                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/27/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool Target_Legal(TARGET target)
+{
+	if (!Target_Legal(target)) return(false);
+
+	ObjectClass * obj = As_Object(target);
+	if (obj) {
+		return(obj->Get_Strength() > 0 && obj->IsActive && !obj->IsInLimbo && obj->Class_Of().IsLegalTarget);
+	}
+	return(true);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * As_Cell -- Converts a target value into a cell number.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to convert the target value specified, into a cell value. This is   *
+ *    necessary for find path and other procedures that need a cell value.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   target   -- The target value to convert to a cell value.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the target value expressed as a cell location.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/27/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+CELL As_Cell(TARGET target)
+{
+	return(Coord_Cell(As_Coord(target)));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * As_Coord -- Converts a target value into a coordinate value.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to convert the target value specified into a coordinate value. It   *
+ *    is necessary for those procedures that require a coordinate value.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   target   -- The target value to convert.                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the target expressed as a COORD value.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/27/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   11/16/1994 JLB : Simplified.                                                              *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+COORDINATE As_Coord(TARGET target)
+{
+	if (Target_Legal(target)) {
+		/*
+		**	Cell target values are handled as a special case. The value of the target number is
+		**	actually the cell index number.
+		*/
+		if (Is_Target_Cell(target)) {
+			return(Cell_Coord((CELL)Target_Value(target)));
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Normal targets correspond to game objects. Fetch the object pointer and then ask it
+		**	for the center coordinate. Return the center coordinate as the target's coordinate.
+		*/
+		ObjectClass * obj = As_Object(target);
+		if (obj) {
+
+			/*
+			** If this is invalid memory or the object is dead then return 0
+			** This is a kludge to fix the problem of team target objects being assigned after
+			** the object is already destroyed - 1/15/97 3:13PM
+			*/
+			if (IsBadReadPtr ((void*)obj, sizeof (ObjectClass) ) || !obj->IsActive){
+//OutputDebugString ("C&C95 - As_Coord called for invalid target object\m");
+				return(0x00000000L);
+			}
+
+			return(obj->Target_Coord());
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	An unrecognized target value results in a null coordinate value.
+	*/
+	return(0x00000000L);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * As_Movement_Coord -- Fetches coordinate if trying to move to this target.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will convert the specified target into a coordinate location. This location *
+ *    is used when moving to the target specified. For cells, this is the center of the cell.  *
+ *    For special buildings that allow docking, it is the center location of the docking       *
+ *    bay.                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   target   -- The target to convert into a coordinate value.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the docking coordinate of the target value specified.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/27/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+COORDINATE As_Movement_Coord(TARGET target)
+{
+	if (Target_Legal(target)) {
+		/*
+		**	Cell target values are handled as a special case. The value of the target number is
+		**	actually the cell index number.
+		*/
+		if (Is_Target_Cell(target)) {
+			return(Cell_Coord((CELL)Target_Value(target)));
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Normal targets correspond to game objects. Fetch the object pointer and then ask it
+		**	for the center coordinate. Return the center coordinate as the target's coordinate.
+		*/
+		ObjectClass * obj = As_Object(target);
+		if (obj) {
+			return(obj->Docking_Coord());
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	An unrecognized target value results in a null coordinate value.
+	*/
+	return(0x00000000L);
+}
diff --git a/TARGET.H b/TARGET.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..00f4a38
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TARGET.H
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\target.h_v   2.16   16 Oct 1995 16:45:04   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : TARGET.H                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : April 25, 1994                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : April 25, 1994   [JLB]                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef TARGET_H
+#define TARGET_H
+
+/**************************************************************************
+** When a unit proceeds with carrying out its mission, it can have several
+**	intermediate goals. Each goal (or target if you will) can be one of the
+**	following kinds.
+*/
+typedef enum KindType {
+	KIND_NONE,
+	KIND_CELL,
+	KIND_UNIT,
+	KIND_INFANTRY,
+	KIND_BUILDING,
+	KIND_TERRAIN,
+	KIND_AIRCRAFT,
+	KIND_TEMPLATE,
+	KIND_BULLET,
+	KIND_ANIMATION,
+	KIND_TRIGGER,
+	KIND_TEAM,
+	KIND_TEAMTYPE
+} KindType;
+
+
+#define	TARGET_MANTISSA			12				// Bits of value precision.
+#define	TARGET_MANTISSA_MASK		(~((~0)<<TARGET_MANTISSA))
+#define	TARGET_EXPONENT			((sizeof(TARGET)*8)-TARGET_MANTISSA)
+#define	TARGET_EXPONENT_MASK		(~(((unsigned)(~0))>>TARGET_EXPONENT))
+
+inline KindType Target_Kind(TARGET a){return (KindType)(((unsigned)a)>>TARGET_MANTISSA);}
+inline unsigned Target_Value(TARGET a){return (((unsigned)a) & TARGET_MANTISSA_MASK);}
+
+inline bool Is_Target_Team(TARGET a) {return (Target_Kind(a) == KIND_TEAM);}
+inline bool Is_Target_TeamType(TARGET a) {return (Target_Kind(a) == KIND_TEAMTYPE);}
+inline bool Is_Target_Trigger(TARGET a) {return (Target_Kind(a) == KIND_TRIGGER);}
+inline bool Is_Target_Infantry(TARGET a) {return (Target_Kind(a) == KIND_INFANTRY);}
+inline bool Is_Target_Bullet(TARGET a){return (Target_Kind(a) == KIND_BULLET);}
+inline bool Is_Target_Terrain(TARGET a){return (Target_Kind(a) == KIND_TERRAIN);}
+inline bool Is_Target_Cell(TARGET a){return (Target_Kind(a) == KIND_CELL);}
+inline bool Is_Target_Unit(TARGET a){return (Target_Kind(a) == KIND_UNIT);}
+inline bool Is_Target_Building(TARGET a){return (Target_Kind(a) == KIND_BUILDING);}
+inline bool Is_Target_Template(TARGET a){return (Target_Kind(a) == KIND_TEMPLATE);}
+inline bool Is_Target_Aircraft(TARGET a){return (Target_Kind(a) == KIND_AIRCRAFT);}
+inline bool Is_Target_Animation(TARGET a) {return (Target_Kind(a) == KIND_ANIMATION);}
+
+inline TARGET Build_Target(KindType kind, int value) {return (TARGET)((((unsigned)kind) << TARGET_MANTISSA) | (unsigned)value);}
+inline TARGET As_Target(CELL cell){return (TARGET)(((unsigned)KIND_CELL << TARGET_MANTISSA) | cell);}
+
+class UnitClass;
+class BuildingClass;
+class TechnoClass;
+class TerrainClass;
+class ObjectClass;
+class InfantryClass;
+class BulletClass;
+class TriggerClass;
+class TeamClass;
+class TeamTypeClass;
+class AnimClass;
+class AircraftClass;
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+class TargetClass
+{
+	public:
+		TargetClass(void) {Target.Raw = 0;};
+
+		/*
+		**	This handles assignment from an integer and conversion
+		**	to an integer.
+		*/
+		inline TargetClass(int val, KindType kind) {Target.Component.Value=val; Target.Component.Kind=kind;};
+		inline TargetClass(int val) {Target.Raw = val;};
+		inline operator int () {return Target.Raw;};
+		//inline TargetClass & operator = (const int &val) {*((int*)this)=val; return *this;};
+
+		inline bool Is_Filled(void) {return Target.Component.Kind != KIND_NONE;};
+		inline void Invalidate(void) {Target.Component.Kind = 0;};
+		inline bool Is_Cell(void) {return Target.Component.Kind == KIND_CELL;};
+		inline bool Is_Unit(void) {return Target.Component.Kind == KIND_UNIT;};
+		inline bool Is_Building(void) {return Target.Component.Kind == KIND_BUILDING;};
+		inline bool Is_Aircraft(void) {return Target.Component.Kind == KIND_AIRCRAFT;};
+		inline int As_Value(void) {return Target.Component.Value;};
+		inline KindType As_Kind(void) {return Target.Component.Kind;};
+
+		// Allows comparing one target to another (for equality).
+		inline bool operator == (TargetClass t1) {
+			return (Target.Raw == t1.Target.Raw);
+		};
+
+		UnitClass * As_Unit(void);
+		BuildingClass * As_Building(void);
+		bool Legal(void);
+		CELL As_Cell(void);
+		COORDINATE As_Coord(void);
+		int Distance(TechnoClass *base);
+		static int As_Target(UnitClass *unit);
+		static int As_Target(BuildingClass *building);
+		static int As_Target(CELL cell);
+
+	private:
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the special encoded target value.
+		*/
+		union {
+			struct {
+				unsigned Value:TARGET_MANTISSA;
+				KindType Kind:TARGET_EXPONENT;
+			} Component;
+			int Raw;
+		} Target;
+
+
+		static int Build(int value, KindType kind);
+};
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/TCPIP.CPP b/TCPIP.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cc19bbb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TCPIP.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,1004 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D    S T U D I O S        **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : TCPIP.CPP                                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Steve Tall                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : March 11th, 1996                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : March 20th, 1996 [ST]                    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Overview:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *  Member functions of the TcpipManagerClass which provides the Winsock   *
+ * interface for C&C                                                       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * TMC::TcpipManagerClass -- constructor for the TcpipManagerClass         *
+ * TMC::~TcpipManagerClass -- destructor for the TcpipManagerClass         *
+ * TMC::Close -- restores any currently in use Winsock resources           *
+ * TMC::Init -- Initialised Winsock for use.                               *
+ * TMC::Start_Server -- Initialise connection and start listening.         *
+ * TMC::Read -- read any pending input from the stream socket              *
+ * TMC::Write -- Send data via the Winsock streaming socket                *
+ * TMC::Add_Client -- A client has requested to connect.                   *
+ * TMC::Message_Handler -- Message handler for Winsock.                    *
+ * TMC::Set_Host_Address -- Set the address of the host                    *
+ * TMC::Start_Client -- Start trying to connect to a game host             *
+ * TMC::Close_Socket -- Close an opened Winsock socket.                    *
+ * TMC::Copy_To_In_Buffer -- copy data from our winsock buffer             *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+#include "function.h"
+#include "tcpip.h"
+
+#ifdef FORCE_WINSOCK
+
+
+/*
+** Nasty globals
+*/
+BOOL					Server;			//Is this player acting as client or server
+TcpipManagerClass	Winsock;			//The object for interfacing with Winsock
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TMC::TcpipManagerClass -- constructor for the TcpipManagerClass                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    3/20/96 2:51PM ST : Created                                                              *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TcpipManagerClass::TcpipManagerClass(void)
+{
+	WinsockInitialised = FALSE;
+	Connected = FALSE;
+	UseUDP = TRUE;
+	SocketReceiveBuffer = 4096;
+	SocketSendBuffer = 4096;
+
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TMC::~TcpipManagerClass -- destructor for the TcpipManagerClass                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    3/20/96 2:52PM ST : Created                                                              *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+
+TcpipManagerClass::~TcpipManagerClass(void)
+{
+	Close();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TMC::Close -- restores any currently in use Winsock resources                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    3/20/96 2:52PM ST : Created                                                              *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+
+void TcpipManagerClass::Close(void)
+{
+	/*
+	** If we never initialised the class in the first place then just return
+	*/
+	if (!WinsockInitialised) return;
+
+	/*
+	** Cancel any outstaning asyncronous events
+	*/
+	if (Async){
+		WSACancelAsyncRequest(Async);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Close any open sockets
+	*/
+	if (ConnectSocket != INVALID_SOCKET){
+		Close_Socket(ConnectSocket);
+		ConnectSocket = INVALID_SOCKET;
+	}
+
+	if (ListenSocket != INVALID_SOCKET){
+		Close_Socket(ListenSocket);
+		ListenSocket = INVALID_SOCKET;
+	}
+
+	if (UDPSocket != INVALID_SOCKET){
+		Close_Socket(ListenSocket);
+		UDPSocket = INVALID_SOCKET;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Call the Winsock cleanup function to say we are finished using Winsock
+	*/
+	WSACleanup();
+
+	WinsockInitialised = FALSE;
+	Connected = FALSE;
+}
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TMC::Init -- Initialised Winsock for use.                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   TRUE if Winsock is available and was initialised                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    3/20/96 2:54PM ST : Created                                                              *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+
+BOOL TcpipManagerClass::Init(void)
+{
+	short version;
+	int 	rc;
+
+	/*
+	** Just return true if we are already set up
+	*/
+	if (WinsockInitialised) return (TRUE);
+
+	/*
+	** Initialise sockets to null
+	*/
+	ListenSocket = INVALID_SOCKET;
+	ConnectSocket =INVALID_SOCKET;
+	UDPSocket = INVALID_SOCKET;
+
+	/*
+	** Start WinSock, and fill in our WinSockData
+	*/
+	version = (WINSOCK_MINOR_VER << 8) | WINSOCK_MAJOR_VER;
+	rc = WSAStartup(version, &WinsockInfo);
+	if (rc != 0) {
+		return (FALSE);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Check the Winsock version number
+	*/
+	if ((WinsockInfo.wVersion & 0x00ff) != (version & 0x00ff) ||
+		(WinsockInfo.wVersion >> 8) != (version >> 8)) {
+		return (FALSE);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Everything is OK so return success
+	*/
+	WinsockInitialised = TRUE;
+	return (TRUE);
+
+}
+
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TMC::Start_Server -- initialise out connection as the server. Start listening for clients.  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    3/20/96 2:56PM ST : Created                                                              *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+
+void TcpipManagerClass::Start_Server(void)
+{
+	int i;
+	//struct sockaddr_in addr;
+
+	Start_Client();
+
+	/*
+	** Set up the incoming and outgoing data buffers head and tail pointers
+	*/
+	//InBufferHead = 0;
+	//InBufferTail = 0;
+	//OutBufferHead= 0;
+	//OutBufferTail= 0;
+
+	TXBufferHead = 0;
+	TXBufferTail = 0;
+	RXBufferHead = 0;
+	RXBufferTail = 0;
+
+	for (i=0 ; i<WS_NUM_TX_BUFFERS ; i++){
+		TransmitBuffers[i].InUse = false;
+	}
+
+	for (i=0 ; i<WS_NUM_RX_BUFFERS ; i++){
+		ReceiveBuffers[i].InUse = false;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Flag that we are the server side not the client
+	*/
+	IsServer = TRUE;
+	UseUDP = TRUE;
+#if (0)
+	/*
+	** Create our socket and bind it to our port number
+	*/
+	ListenSocket = socket(AF_INET, SOCK_STREAM, 0);
+	if (ListenSocket == INVALID_SOCKET) {
+		ConnectStatus = NOT_CONNECTING;
+		return ;
+	}
+
+	addr.sin_family = AF_INET;
+	addr.sin_port = htons(PORTNUM);
+	addr.sin_addr.s_addr = htonl(INADDR_ANY);
+
+	if (bind(ListenSocket, (LPSOCKADDR)&addr, sizeof(addr)) ==
+		SOCKET_ERROR) {
+		Close_Socket(ListenSocket);
+		ConnectStatus = NOT_CONNECTING;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Start listening for connections on this socket
+	*/
+	if (listen(ListenSocket, 1) == SOCKET_ERROR) {
+		Close_Socket(ListenSocket);
+		ConnectStatus = NOT_CONNECTING;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Select the asynchronous events we want to process
+	*/
+	if (WSAAsyncSelect (ListenSocket, MainWindow, WM_ACCEPT, FD_ACCEPT) == SOCKET_ERROR) {
+		Close_Socket(ListenSocket);
+		ConnectStatus = NOT_CONNECTING;
+		return;
+	}
+#endif
+	ConnectStatus = CONNECTING;
+
+}
+
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TMC::Read -- read any pending input from the stream socket                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    ptr to buffer to receive input                                                    *
+ *           length of buffer                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   number of bytes transfered to buffer                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    3/20/96 2:58PM ST : Created                                                              *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+
+int TcpipManagerClass::Read(void *buffer, int buffer_len)
+{
+	int 	bytes_copied = 0;
+	char 	*dest_buf = (char*) buffer;
+
+	/*
+	** Make sure the message loop gets called because all the Winsock notifications
+	** are done via messages.
+	*/
+	Keyboard::Check();
+
+	/*
+	** Copy any outstanding incoming data to the buffer provided
+	*/
+	if (ReceiveBuffers[RXBufferTail].InUse){
+		memcpy (buffer, ReceiveBuffers[RXBufferTail].Buffer,
+					MIN(ReceiveBuffers[RXBufferTail].DataLength, buffer_len));
+		ReceiveBuffers[RXBufferTail].InUse = false;
+
+		bytes_copied = MIN(ReceiveBuffers[RXBufferTail++].DataLength, buffer_len);
+
+		RXBufferTail &= WS_NUM_RX_BUFFERS-1;
+	}
+
+	return (bytes_copied);
+}
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TMC::Write -- Send data via the Winsock UDP socket                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    ptr to buffer containing data to send                                             *
+ *           length of data to send                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    3/20/96 3:00PM ST : Created                                                              *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+
+void TcpipManagerClass::Write(void *buffer, int buffer_len)
+{
+	char 	*source_buf = (char*) buffer;
+
+	/*
+	** Copy the data to one of the classes internal buffers
+	*/
+	if (!TransmitBuffers[TXBufferHead].InUse){
+		memcpy (TransmitBuffers[TXBufferHead].Buffer,
+					buffer,
+					MIN (buffer_len, WS_INTERNET_BUFFER_LEN));
+		TransmitBuffers[TXBufferHead].InUse = true;
+		TransmitBuffers[TXBufferHead++].DataLength = MIN(buffer_len, WS_INTERNET_BUFFER_LEN);
+		TXBufferHead &= WS_NUM_TX_BUFFERS-1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Send a message to ourselves to start off the event
+	*/
+	if (UseUDP){
+		SendMessage(MainWindow, WM_UDPASYNCEVENT, 0, (LONG)FD_WRITE);
+	}else{
+		SendMessage(MainWindow, WM_ASYNCEVENT, 0, (LONG)FD_WRITE);
+	}
+	Keyboard::Check();
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TMC::Add_Client -- a client has requested to connect. Make the connection                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   TRUE if client was successfully connected                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    3/20/96 3:02PM ST : Created                                                              *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+
+BOOL TcpipManagerClass::Add_Client(void)
+{
+	struct 	sockaddr_in addr;
+	int 		addrsize;
+	bool 		delay = TRUE;
+
+	/*
+	** Accept the connection. If there is an error then dont do anything else
+	*/
+	addrsize = sizeof(addr);
+	ConnectSocket = accept (ListenSocket, (LPSOCKADDR)&addr, &addrsize);
+	if (ConnectSocket == INVALID_SOCKET) {
+		//Show_Error("accept", WSAGetLastError());
+		return(FALSE);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Set options for this socket
+	*/
+	setsockopt (ConnectSocket, IPPROTO_TCP, TCP_NODELAY, (char*)&delay, 4);
+	setsockopt (ConnectSocket, SOL_SOCKET, SO_RCVBUF, (char*)&SocketReceiveBuffer, 4);
+	setsockopt (ConnectSocket, SOL_SOCKET, SO_SNDBUF, (char*)&SocketSendBuffer, 4);
+
+	/*
+	** Save the clients address
+	*/
+	memcpy(&ClientIPAddress, &addr.sin_addr.s_addr,4);
+	memcpy(&UDPIPAddress, &addr.sin_addr.s_addr,4);
+
+	/*
+	** Initiate an asynchronous host lookup by address. Our window will receive notification
+	** when this is complete or when it times out.
+	*/
+	Async = WSAAsyncGetHostByAddr (MainWindow, WM_HOSTBYADDRESS,
+		(char const *)&addr.sin_addr, 4, PF_INET, &HostBuff[0],
+		MAXGETHOSTSTRUCT);
+
+	/*
+	** Enable asynchronous events on this socket
+	*/
+	if (WSAAsyncSelect (ConnectSocket, MainWindow, WM_ASYNCEVENT,
+		FD_READ | FD_WRITE | FD_CLOSE) == SOCKET_ERROR){
+		WSACancelAsyncRequest(Async);
+		Close_Socket (ConnectSocket);
+		return(FALSE);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Create our UDP socket
+	*/
+	UDPSocket = socket(AF_INET, SOCK_DGRAM, 0);
+	if (UDPSocket == INVALID_SOCKET) {
+		return (FALSE);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Bind our UDP socket to our UDP port number
+	*/
+	addr.sin_family = AF_INET;
+	addr.sin_port = htons(PlanetWestwoodPortNumber);
+	addr.sin_addr.s_addr = htonl(INADDR_ANY);
+
+	if (bind(UDPSocket, (LPSOCKADDR)&addr, sizeof(addr)) ==
+		SOCKET_ERROR) {
+		Close_Socket(UDPSocket);
+		ConnectStatus = NOT_CONNECTING;
+		return(FALSE);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Set options for the UDP socket
+	*/
+	setsockopt (UDPSocket, SOL_SOCKET, SO_RCVBUF, (char*)&SocketReceiveBuffer, 4);
+	setsockopt (UDPSocket, SOL_SOCKET, SO_SNDBUF, (char*)&SocketSendBuffer, 4);
+
+	/*
+	** Enable asynchronous events on this socket
+	*/
+	if (WSAAsyncSelect (UDPSocket, MainWindow, WM_UDPASYNCEVENT,
+		FD_READ | FD_WRITE) == SOCKET_ERROR){
+		WSACancelAsyncRequest(Async);
+		Close_Socket (UDPSocket);
+		Close_Socket (ConnectSocket);
+		return(FALSE);
+	}
+
+	return (TRUE);
+
+}
+
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TMC::Message_Handler -- Message handler function for Winsock related messages               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Windows message handler stuff                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    3/20/96 3:05PM ST : Created                                                              *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+
+void TcpipManagerClass::Message_Handler(HWND, UINT message, UINT , LONG lParam)
+{
+	struct 	hostent *hentry;
+	struct 	sockaddr_in addr;
+	int	 	event;
+	int	 	rc;
+	int		addr_len;
+
+	switch (message){
+
+		/*
+		** Handle the GetHostByAddress result
+		*/
+		case WM_HOSTBYADDRESS:
+
+			if (IsServer){
+				/*
+				** We are the server
+				*/
+				ConnectStatus = CONNECTING;
+				if (WSAGETASYNCERROR(lParam)==0) {
+					hentry = (struct hostent *)&HostBuff[0];
+					strcpy (&ClientName[0], hentry->h_name);
+				}
+				Async = 0;
+				return;
+
+			}else{
+				/*
+				** We are the client
+				*/
+				ConnectStatus = CONTACTING_SERVER;
+				if (WSAGETASYNCERROR(lParam)==0) {
+					hentry = (struct hostent *)&HostBuff[0];
+					strcpy (Server.Name, hentry->h_name);
+				}
+				else {
+					Server.Name[0] = 0;
+				}
+				Async = 0;
+				return;
+			}
+
+
+		/*
+		** Retrieve host by name: Start connecting now that we have the
+		** address.
+		*/
+		case WM_HOSTBYNAME:
+			if (WSAGETASYNCERROR(lParam)==0) {
+				hentry = (struct hostent *)&HostBuff[0];
+				memcpy (&(Server.Addr.s_addr), hentry->h_addr, 4);
+				memcpy(&UDPIPAddress, hentry->h_addr, 4);
+				strcpy (Server.DotAddr, inet_ntoa(Server.Addr));
+				ConnectStatus = CONNECTED_OK;
+				Connected = TRUE;
+			}
+			else {
+				Server.Name[0] = 0;
+				strcpy (Server.DotAddr, "????");
+				ConnectStatus = SERVER_ADDRESS_LOOKUP_FAILED;
+			}
+			Async = 0;
+			return;
+
+
+		/*
+		** Connection is ready - accept the client
+		*/
+		case WM_ACCEPT:
+			rc = WSAGETSELECTERROR(lParam);
+			if (rc != 0) {
+				ConnectStatus = UNABLE_TO_ACCEPT_CLIENT;
+				return;
+			}
+			if (Add_Client()) {
+				ConnectStatus = CONNECTED_OK;
+				Connected = TRUE;
+			}
+			else {
+				ConnectStatus = UNABLE_TO_ACCEPT_CLIENT;
+			}
+			return;
+
+
+
+		/*
+		** Handle UDP packet events
+		*/
+		case WM_UDPASYNCEVENT:
+			event = WSAGETSELECTEVENT(lParam);
+			switch (event) {
+
+				case FD_READ:
+					rc = WSAGETSELECTERROR(lParam);
+					if (rc != 0) {
+						Clear_Socket_Error(UDPSocket);
+						return;
+					}
+					addr_len = sizeof(addr);
+					rc = recvfrom(UDPSocket, ReceiveBuffer, WS_RECEIVE_BUFFER_LEN, 0,
+					(LPSOCKADDR)&addr, &addr_len);
+					if (rc == SOCKET_ERROR) {
+						Clear_Socket_Error(UDPSocket);
+						return;
+					}
+					memcpy(&UDPIPAddress, &addr.sin_addr.s_addr, 4);
+					Copy_To_In_Buffer(rc);
+					return;
+
+
+				case FD_WRITE:
+					if (UseUDP){
+						rc = WSAGETSELECTERROR(lParam);
+						if (rc != 0) {
+							Clear_Socket_Error(UDPSocket);
+							return;
+						}
+
+						addr.sin_family = AF_INET;
+						addr.sin_port = htons(PlanetWestwoodPortNumber);
+						memcpy (&addr.sin_addr.s_addr, &UDPIPAddress, 4);
+
+						/*
+						**  Send as many bytes as there are in the buffer; if there's
+						**  an error, just bail out.  If we get a WOULDBLOCK error,
+						**  WinSock will send us another message when the socket is
+						**  available for another write.
+						*/
+						while (TransmitBuffers[TXBufferTail].InUse){
+							rc = sendto(UDPSocket,
+											TransmitBuffers[TXBufferTail].Buffer,
+											TransmitBuffers[TXBufferTail].DataLength,
+											0,
+											(LPSOCKADDR)&addr,
+											sizeof (addr));
+
+							if (rc == SOCKET_ERROR){
+								if (WSAGetLastError() != WSAEWOULDBLOCK) {
+									Clear_Socket_Error(UDPSocket);
+								}
+								break;
+							}
+							TransmitBuffers[TXBufferTail++].InUse = false;
+							TXBufferTail &= WS_NUM_TX_BUFFERS-1;
+						}
+						return;
+					}
+			}
+
+
+
+		/*
+		** Handle the asynchronous event callbacks
+		*/
+		case WM_ASYNCEVENT:
+			event = WSAGETSELECTEVENT(lParam);
+			switch (event) {
+				/*
+				** FD_CLOSE: the client has gone away. Remove the client from our system.
+				*/
+				case FD_CLOSE:
+					rc = WSAGETSELECTERROR(lParam);
+					if (rc != 0 && rc != WSAECONNRESET) {
+						ConnectStatus = CONNECTION_LOST;
+						return;
+					}
+					if (Async != 0) {
+						WSACancelAsyncRequest(Async);
+					}
+					WSAAsyncSelect (ConnectSocket, MainWindow, WM_ASYNCEVENT, 0);
+					Close_Socket (ConnectSocket);
+					ConnectSocket = INVALID_SOCKET;
+					//Connected = FALSE;
+					ConnectStatus = CONNECTION_LOST;
+					break;
+#if (0)
+				/*
+				** FD_READ: Data is available on our socket. This message is sent every time
+				**  data becomes available so we only have to do one read
+				*/
+				case FD_READ:
+					if (!UseUDP){
+						rc = WSAGETSELECTERROR(lParam);
+						if (rc != 0) {
+							return;
+						}
+						rc = recv(ConnectSocket, ReceiveBuffer, WS_RECEIVE_BUFFER_LEN, 0);
+						if (rc == SOCKET_ERROR) {
+							Clear_Socket_Error(ConnectSocket);
+							return;
+						}
+						Copy_To_In_Buffer(rc);
+						return;
+					}
+
+				/*
+				** FD_WRITE: The socket is available for writing. We may actually have sent this
+				** message from elewhere in the class.
+				*/
+				case FD_WRITE:
+					rc = WSAGETSELECTERROR(lParam);
+					if (rc != 0) {
+						return;
+					}
+					/*
+					**  Send as many bytes as there are in the buffer; if there's
+					**  an error, just bail out.  If we get a WOULDBLOCK error,
+					**  WinSock will send us another message when the socket is
+					**  available for another write.
+					*/
+					while (OutBufferHead > OutBufferTail){
+						rc = send(ConnectSocket, OutBuffer + OutBufferTail,
+									OutBufferHead - OutBufferTail, 0);
+						if (rc == SOCKET_ERROR){
+							if (WSAGetLastError() != WSAEWOULDBLOCK) {
+								Clear_Socket_Error(ConnectSocket);
+							}
+							break;
+						}
+						OutBufferTail+=rc;
+					}
+					if (OutBufferHead == OutBufferTail){
+						OutBufferHead = OutBufferTail = 0;
+					}
+					return;
+#endif	//(0)
+				/*
+				** FD_CONNECT: A connection was made, or an error occurred.
+				*/
+				case FD_CONNECT:
+					rc = WSAGETSELECTERROR(lParam);
+					if (rc != 0) {
+						ConnectStatus = UNABLE_TO_CONNECT;
+						return;
+					}
+
+					ConnectStatus = CONNECTED_OK;
+					Connected = TRUE;
+					return;
+
+			}
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TMC::Copy_To_In_Buffer -- copy data from our winsock buffer to our internal buffer          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    bytes to copy                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    3/20/96 3:17PM ST : Created                                                              *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TcpipManagerClass::Copy_To_In_Buffer(int bytes)
+{
+	if (!ReceiveBuffers[RXBufferHead].InUse){
+		memcpy (ReceiveBuffers[RXBufferHead].Buffer, ReceiveBuffer, MIN(bytes, WS_INTERNET_BUFFER_LEN));
+		ReceiveBuffers[RXBufferHead].InUse = true;
+		ReceiveBuffers[RXBufferHead++].DataLength = MIN(bytes, WS_INTERNET_BUFFER_LEN);
+		RXBufferHead &= WS_NUM_RX_BUFFERS-1;
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TMC::Set_Host_Address -- Set the address of the host game we want to connect to             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    ptr to address string                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    3/20/96 3:19PM ST : Created                                                              *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TcpipManagerClass::Set_Host_Address(char *address)
+{
+	strcpy(HostAddress, address);
+}
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TMC::Start_Client -- Start trying to connect to a game host                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    3/20/96 3:19PM ST : Created                                                              *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+
+void TcpipManagerClass::Start_Client(void)
+{
+	struct 	sockaddr_in addr;
+	bool		delay = true;
+	int 		i;
+
+	addr.sin_family = AF_INET;
+	addr.sin_port = 0;
+	addr.sin_addr.s_addr = htonl(INADDR_ANY);
+
+	/*
+	** Set up the incoming and outgoing data buffers head and tail pointers
+	*/
+//	InBufferHead = 0;
+//	InBufferTail = 0;
+//	OutBufferHead= 0;
+//	OutBufferTail= 0;
+
+	TXBufferHead = 0;
+	TXBufferTail = 0;
+	RXBufferHead = 0;
+	RXBufferTail = 0;
+
+	for (i=0 ; i<WS_NUM_TX_BUFFERS ; i++){
+		TransmitBuffers[i].InUse = false;
+	}
+
+	for (i=0 ; i<WS_NUM_RX_BUFFERS ; i++){
+		ReceiveBuffers[i].InUse = false;
+	}
+
+	Connected = FALSE;
+	/*
+	** Flag that we are the client side not the server
+	*/
+	IsServer = FALSE;
+	UseUDP = TRUE;
+
+	/*
+	** Create our UDP socket
+	*/
+	UDPSocket = socket(AF_INET, SOCK_DGRAM, 0);
+	if (UDPSocket == INVALID_SOCKET) {
+		Close_Socket(ConnectSocket);
+		ConnectStatus = NOT_CONNECTING;
+		return;
+	}
+	/*
+	** Bind our UDP socket to our UDP port number
+	*/
+	addr.sin_family = AF_INET;
+	addr.sin_port = htons(PlanetWestwoodPortNumber);
+	addr.sin_addr.s_addr = htonl(INADDR_ANY);
+
+	if (bind(UDPSocket, (LPSOCKADDR)&addr, sizeof(addr)) ==
+		SOCKET_ERROR) {
+		Close_Socket(UDPSocket);
+		Close_Socket(ConnectSocket);
+		ConnectStatus = NOT_CONNECTING;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Set options for the UDP socket
+	*/
+	setsockopt (UDPSocket, SOL_SOCKET, SO_RCVBUF, (char*)&SocketReceiveBuffer, 4);
+	setsockopt (UDPSocket, SOL_SOCKET, SO_SNDBUF, (char*)&SocketSendBuffer, 4);
+
+	/*
+	** Enable asynchronous events on the UDP socket
+	*/
+	if (WSAAsyncSelect (UDPSocket, MainWindow, WM_UDPASYNCEVENT,
+		FD_READ | FD_WRITE) == SOCKET_ERROR){
+		WSACancelAsyncRequest(Async);
+		Close_Socket (UDPSocket);
+		Close_Socket (ConnectSocket);
+		ConnectStatus = NOT_CONNECTING;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** If the name is not a dot-decimal ip address then do a nameserver lookup
+	*/
+
+
+	Server.Addr.s_addr = inet_addr(PlanetWestwoodIPAddress);
+	memcpy(&UDPIPAddress, &Server.Addr.s_addr, 4);
+	if (Server.Addr.s_addr == INADDR_NONE){
+		strcpy (Server.Name, PlanetWestwoodIPAddress);
+		Async = WSAAsyncGetHostByName(MainWindow, WM_HOSTBYNAME,
+			Server.Name, HostBuff, MAXGETHOSTSTRUCT);
+		ConnectStatus = RESOLVING_HOST_ADDRESS;
+	}else{
+		ConnectStatus = CONNECTED_OK;
+		Connected = TRUE;
+	}
+
+}
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TMC::Close_Socket -- Close an opened Winsock socket.                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Socket to close                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    3/20/96 3:24PM ST : Created                                                              *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+
+void TcpipManagerClass::Close_Socket(SOCKET s)
+{
+	LINGER ling;
+
+	ling.l_onoff = 0;		// linger off
+	ling.l_linger = 0;	// timeout in seconds (ie close now)
+	setsockopt(s, SOL_SOCKET, SO_LINGER, (LPSTR)&ling, sizeof(ling));
+	closesocket (s);
+}
+
+
+void TcpipManagerClass::Set_Protocol_UDP(BOOL state)
+{
+	UseUDP = state;
+}
+
+
+
+void TcpipManagerClass::Clear_Socket_Error(SOCKET socket)
+{
+	unsigned long error_code;
+	int length = 4;
+
+	getsockopt (socket, SOL_SOCKET, SO_ERROR, (char*)&error_code, &length);
+	error_code = 0;
+	setsockopt (socket, SOL_SOCKET, SO_ERROR, (char*)&error_code, length);
+}
+
+
+
+#endif	//FORCE_WINSOCK
+
+
diff --git a/TCPIP.H b/TCPIP.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..51bcc4f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TCPIP.H
@@ -0,0 +1,225 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D    S T U D I O S        **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : TCPIP.CPP                                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Steve Tall                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : March 11th, 1996                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : March 11th, 1996 [ST]                    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+extern bool Server;
+
+#define FORCE_WINSOCK				1
+
+#define WINSOCK_MINOR_VER		1
+#define WINSOCK_MAJOR_VER		1
+#define PORTNUM						0x1000
+#define UDP_PORT					0x1001
+#define WS_INTERNET_BUFFER_LEN  1024
+#define WS_NUM_TX_BUFFERS		16		//Must be a power of 2
+#define WS_NUM_RX_BUFFERS		16		//MUst be a power of 2
+#define WS_RECEIVE_BUFFER_LEN	1024
+//#define WS_IN_BUFFER_LEN			8192
+//#define WS_OUT_BUFFER_LEN		8192
+
+#define PLANET_WESTWOOD_HANDLE_MAX 20
+#define PLANET_WESTWOOD_PASSWORD_MAX 20
+#define IP_ADDRESS_MAX 40
+#define PORT_NUMBER_MAX 6
+
+//...........................................................................
+// Custom messages: WM_USER + 1 to WM_USER + 100
+// These will be sent to the dialog procedure, for display only.
+//...........................................................................
+#define	WM_UPDATE_STATUS		(WM_USER + 1)	// update status text
+#define	WM_UPDATE_CLIENTS		(WM_USER + 2)	// update client list box
+#define	WM_UPDATE_MESSAGE		(WM_USER + 3)	// update received message list
+
+//...........................................................................
+// Messages for Async processing.
+//...........................................................................
+#define	WM_ACCEPT				(WM_USER + 101)	// client wants to connect
+#define	WM_HOSTBYADDRESS		(WM_USER + 102)	// async get host by address
+#define	WM_HOSTBYNAME			(WM_USER + 103)	// async get host by name
+#define	WM_ASYNCEVENT			(WM_USER + 104)	// other Async event
+#define	WM_UDPASYNCEVENT		(WM_USER + 105)	// UDP socket Async event
+
+
+#define	VSS_ID					-1			// ID of the VSS connection.
+
+class TcpipManagerClass {
+
+	public:
+
+		TcpipManagerClass(void);
+		~TcpipManagerClass(void);
+
+		BOOL Init(void);
+		void Start_Server(void);
+		void Start_Client(void);
+		void Close_Socket(SOCKET s);
+	 	void Message_Handler(HWND window, UINT message, UINT wParam, LONG lParam);
+		void Copy_To_In_Buffer(int bytes);
+		int  Read(void *buffer, int buffer_len);
+		void Write(void *buffer, int buffer_len);
+		BOOL Add_Client(void);
+		void Close(void);
+		void Set_Host_Address(char *address);
+		void Set_Protocol_UDP(BOOL state);
+		void Clear_Socket_Error(SOCKET socket);
+
+		inline BOOL Get_Connected(void) {return (Connected);}
+
+		typedef enum ConnectStatusEnum {
+			CONNECTED_OK = 0,
+			NOT_CONNECTING,
+			CONNECTING,
+			UNABLE_TO_CONNECT_TO_SERVER,
+			CONTACTING_SERVER,
+			SERVER_ADDRESS_LOOKUP_FAILED,
+			RESOLVING_HOST_ADDRESS,
+			UNABLE_TO_ACCEPT_CLIENT,
+			UNABLE_TO_CONNECT,
+			CONNECTION_LOST
+		} ConnectStatusEnum;
+
+		inline ConnectStatusEnum Get_Connection_Status(void) {return (ConnectStatus);}
+
+	private:
+
+		//...........................................................................
+		// This structure defines all the info we need about a host
+		//...........................................................................
+		typedef struct {
+			struct in_addr Addr;					// address
+			char DotAddr[16];						// decimal-dot address string
+			char Name[255];						// character-string name
+		} HostType;
+
+		typedef struct {
+			char	Buffer[WS_INTERNET_BUFFER_LEN];
+			int	DataLength;
+			bool	InUse:1;
+		} InternetBufferType;
+
+
+		BOOL 					WinsockInitialised;
+		WSADATA				WinsockInfo;
+		SOCKET				ListenSocket;
+		SOCKET				ConnectSocket;
+		SOCKET				UDPSocket;
+		IN_ADDR				ClientIPAddress;
+		HANDLE				Async;
+		char					HostBuff[MAXGETHOSTSTRUCT];
+		char					ClientName[128];
+		char					ReceiveBuffer[WS_RECEIVE_BUFFER_LEN];
+		//char					InBuffer[WS_IN_BUFFER_LEN];
+		//int					InBufferHead;
+		//int					InBufferTail;
+		//char					OutBuffer[WS_OUT_BUFFER_LEN];
+		//int					OutBufferHead;
+		//int					OutBufferTail;
+		BOOL					IsServer;
+		BOOL					Connected;
+		HostType				Server;
+		char					HostAddress[IP_ADDRESS_MAX];
+		ConnectStatusEnum ConnectStatus;
+		BOOL					UseUDP;
+		IN_ADDR				UDPIPAddress;
+		int					SocketReceiveBuffer;
+		int					SocketSendBuffer;
+		InternetBufferType ReceiveBuffers[WS_NUM_TX_BUFFERS];
+		InternetBufferType TransmitBuffers[WS_NUM_RX_BUFFERS];
+		int					TXBufferHead;
+		int					TXBufferTail;
+		int					RXBufferHead;
+		int					RXBufferTail;
+
+};
+
+
+extern TcpipManagerClass Winsock;
+
+extern char PlanetWestwoodIPAddress[IP_ADDRESS_MAX];
+extern long PlanetWestwoodPortNumber;
+extern bool PlanetWestwoodIsHost;
+extern int  Read_Game_Options(char *);
+extern bool UseVirtualSubnetServer;
+extern int  InternetMaxPlayers;
+
+
+#define TXT_WINSOCK_CONNECTING							4567+13
+#define TXT_WINSOCK_NOT_CONNECTING					4567+14
+#define TXT_WINSOCK_UNABLE_TO_CONNECT_TO_SERVER	4567+15
+#define TXT_WINSOCK_CONTACTING_SERVER				4567+16
+#define TXT_WINSOCK_SERVER_ADDRESS_LOOKUP_FAILED	4567+17
+#define TXT_WINSOCK_UNABLE_TO_ACCEPT_CLIENT		4567+18
+#define TXT_WINSOCK_UNABLE_TO_CONNECT				4567+19
+#define TXT_WINSOCK_CONNECTION_LOST					4567+20
+#define TXT_WINSOCK_RESOLVING_HOST_ADDRESS			4567+21
+
+
+#if (0)
+
+
+struct tag tGameStatisticsStruct{
+	char	WinnersName[20];
+	char	LosersName[20];
+	int	WinnersTeam;
+	int	LosersTeam;
+	int	WinnersCredits;
+	int	LosersCredits;
+	int	WinnersKills;
+	int	LosersKills;
+	int	ScenarioPlayed;
+	int	GameTimeElapsed;
+	int	VersionNumber;
+	char	TimeDateStamp[12];
+} GameStatisticsStruct;
+
+
+
+
+
+extern GameStatisticsStruct GameStatistics;
+
+#endif	//(0)
+
+
diff --git a/TDATA.CPP b/TDATA.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d5f728f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TDATA.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,1029 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\tdata.cpv   2.16   16 Oct 1995 16:52:04   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : TDATA.CPP                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : May 2, 1994                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : May 8, 1995 [JLB]                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   TerrainTypeClass::Prep_For_Add -- Prepares to add terrain object.                         *
+ *   TerrainTypeClass::Display -- Display a generic terrain object.                            *
+ *   TerrainTypeClass::From_Name -- Convert name to terrain type.                              *
+ *   TerrainTypeClass::Init -- Loads terrain object shape files.                               *
+ *   TerrainTypeClass::Create_And_Place -- Creates and places terrain object on map.           *
+ *   TerrainTypeClass::Create_On_Of -- Creates a terrain object from type.                     *
+ *   TerrainTypeClass::TerrainTypeClass -- The general constructor for the terrain type objects*
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+#include	"terrain.h"
+#include	"type.h"
+
+
+#define	TREE_NORMAL		600
+#define	TREE_WEAK		400
+#define	TREE_STRONG		800
+
+static short const _List1[] = {0, REFRESH_EOL};
+static short const _List000010[] = {MAP_CELL_W+1, REFRESH_EOL};
+static short const _List000011101000[] = {MAP_CELL_W, MAP_CELL_W+1, MAP_CELL_W+2, MAP_CELL_W*2, REFRESH_EOL};
+static short const _List00001[] = {4, REFRESH_EOL};
+static short const _List000110[] = {MAP_CELL_W, MAP_CELL_W+1, REFRESH_EOL};
+static short const _List000111[] = {MAP_CELL_W, MAP_CELL_W+1, MAP_CELL_W+2, REFRESH_EOL};
+static short const _List001011100110[] = {2, MAP_CELL_W, MAP_CELL_W+1, MAP_CELL_W+2, MAP_CELL_W*2+1, MAP_CELL_W*2+2, REFRESH_EOL};
+static short const _List0010[] = {MAP_CELL_W, REFRESH_EOL};
+static short const _List0011[] = {MAP_CELL_W, MAP_CELL_W+1, REFRESH_EOL};
+static short const _List001[] = {2, REFRESH_EOL};
+static short const _List010110[] = {1, MAP_CELL_W, MAP_CELL_W+1, REFRESH_EOL};
+static short const _List01[] = {1, REFRESH_EOL};
+static short const _List1001[] = {0, MAP_CELL_W+1, REFRESH_EOL};
+static short const _List101001[] = {0, 2, MAP_CELL_W+2, REFRESH_EOL};
+static short const _List10[] = {0, REFRESH_EOL};
+static short const _List110000011001[] = {0, 1, MAP_CELL_W+3, MAP_CELL_W*2, MAP_CELL_W*2+3, REFRESH_EOL};
+static short const _List110000[] = {0, 1, REFRESH_EOL};
+static short const _List110001[] = {0, 1, MAP_CELL_W+2, REFRESH_EOL};
+static short const _List1100[] = {0, 1, REFRESH_EOL};
+static short const _List110110[] = {0, 1, MAP_CELL_W, MAP_CELL_W+1, REFRESH_EOL};
+static short const _List1101[] = {0, 1, MAP_CELL_W+1, REFRESH_EOL};
+static short const _List111000010110[] = {0, 1, 2, MAP_CELL_W+3, MAP_CELL_W*2+1, MAP_CELL_W*2+2, REFRESH_EOL};
+static short const _List111001[] = {0, 1, 2, MAP_CELL_W+2, REFRESH_EOL};
+static short const _List111101[] = {0, 1, 2, MAP_CELL_W, MAP_CELL_W+2, REFRESH_EOL};
+static short const _List11110[] = {0, 1, 2, 3, REFRESH_EOL};
+
+
+static TerrainTypeClass const Tree1Class(
+	TERRAIN_TREE1,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	XYP_COORD(11,41),	// Center base coordinate offset.
+		false,		// Spawns Tiberium spontaneously?
+		true,			// Does it have destruction animation?
+		false,		// Does it have transformation (blossom tree) anim?
+		true,			// Does it catch fire?
+		false,		// Is this object crushable by heavy vehicles?
+		false,		// Can this object be selected by the player?
+		false,		// Can it be the target of a move or attack order?
+		true,			// Don't make a big deal about it if it gets destroyed?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+	"T01",
+	TXT_TREE,
+	TREE_NORMAL,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,
+	(short const *)_List0010,
+	(short const *)_List1001
+);
+
+static TerrainTypeClass const Tree2Class(
+	TERRAIN_TREE2,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	XYP_COORD(11,44),	// Center base coordinate offset.
+		false,		// Spawns Tiberium spontaneously?
+		true,			// Does it have destruction animation?
+		false,		// Does it have transformation (blossom tree) anim?
+		true,			// Does it catch fire?
+		false,		// Is this object crushable by heavy vehicles?
+		false,		// Can this object be selected by the player?
+		false,		// Can it be the target of a move or attack order?
+		true,			// Don't make a big deal about it if it gets destroyed?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+	"T02",
+	TXT_TREE,
+	TREE_NORMAL,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,
+	(short const *)_List0010,
+	(short const *)_List1001
+);
+
+static TerrainTypeClass const Tree3Class(
+	TERRAIN_TREE3,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	XYP_COORD(12,45),	// Center base coordinate offset.
+		false,		// Spawns Tiberium spontaneously?
+		true,			// Does it have destruction animation?
+		false,		// Does it have transformation (blossom tree) anim?
+		true,			// Does it catch fire?
+		false,		// Is this object crushable by heavy vehicles?
+		false,		// Can this object be selected by the player?
+		false,		// Can it be the target of a move or attack order?
+		true,			// Don't make a big deal about it if it gets destroyed?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+	"T03",
+	TXT_TREE,
+	TREE_NORMAL,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,
+	(short const *)_List0010,
+	(short const *)_List1001
+);
+
+static TerrainTypeClass const Tree4Class(
+	TERRAIN_TREE4,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	XYP_COORD(8,9),	// Center base coordinate offset.
+		false,		// Spawns Tiberium spontaneously?
+		true,			// Does it have destruction animation?
+		false,		// Does it have transformation (blossom tree) anim?
+		true,			// Does it catch fire?
+		false,		// Is this object crushable by heavy vehicles?
+		false,		// Can this object be selected by the player?
+		false,		// Can it be the target of a move or attack order?
+		true,			// Don't make a big deal about it if it gets destroyed?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+	"T04",
+	TXT_TREE,
+	TREE_NORMAL,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,
+	(short const *)_List1,
+	NULL
+);
+
+
+static TerrainTypeClass const Tree5Class(
+	TERRAIN_TREE5,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	XYP_COORD(15,41),	// Center base coordinate offset.
+		false,		// Spawns Tiberium spontaneously?
+		true,			// Does it have destruction animation?
+		false,		// Does it have transformation (blossom tree) anim?
+		true,			// Does it catch fire?
+		false,		// Is this object crushable by heavy vehicles?
+		false,		// Can this object be selected by the player?
+		false,		// Can it be the target of a move or attack order?
+		true,			// Don't make a big deal about it if it gets destroyed?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+	"T05",
+	TXT_TREE,
+	TREE_NORMAL,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,
+	(short const *)_List0010,
+	(short const *)_List1001
+);
+
+static TerrainTypeClass const Tree6Class(
+	TERRAIN_TREE6,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	XYP_COORD(16,37),	// Center base coordinate offset.
+		false,		// Spawns Tiberium spontaneously?
+		true,			// Does it have destruction animation?
+		false,		// Does it have transformation (blossom tree) anim?
+		true,			// Does it catch fire?
+		false,		// Is this object crushable by heavy vehicles?
+		false,		// Can this object be selected by the player?
+		false,		// Can it be the target of a move or attack order?
+		true,			// Don't make a big deal about it if it gets destroyed?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+	"T06",
+	TXT_TREE,
+	TREE_NORMAL,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,
+	(short const *)_List0010,
+	(short const *)_List1001
+);
+
+static TerrainTypeClass const Tree7Class(
+	TERRAIN_TREE7,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	XYP_COORD(15,41),	// Center base coordinate offset.
+		false,		// Spawns Tiberium spontaneously?
+		true,			// Does it have destruction animation?
+		false,		// Does it have transformation (blossom tree) anim?
+		true,			// Does it catch fire?
+		false,		// Is this object crushable by heavy vehicles?
+		false,		// Can this object be selected by the player?
+		false,		// Can it be the target of a move or attack order?
+		true,			// Don't make a big deal about it if it gets destroyed?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+	"T07",
+	TXT_TREE,
+	TREE_NORMAL,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,
+	(short const *)_List0010,
+	(short const *)_List1001
+);
+
+static TerrainTypeClass const Tree8Class(
+	TERRAIN_TREE8,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE|THEATERF_DESERT,
+	XYP_COORD(14,22),	// Center base coordinate offset.
+		false,		// Spawns Tiberium spontaneously?
+		true,			// Does it have destruction animation?
+		false,		// Does it have transformation (blossom tree) anim?
+		true,			// Does it catch fire?
+		false,		// Is this object crushable by heavy vehicles?
+		false,		// Can this object be selected by the player?
+		false,		// Can it be the target of a move or attack order?
+		true,			// Don't make a big deal about it if it gets destroyed?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+	"T08",
+	TXT_TREE,
+	TREE_NORMAL,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,
+	(short const *)_List10,
+	(short const *)_List01
+);
+
+static TerrainTypeClass const Tree9Class(
+	TERRAIN_TREE9,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	XYP_COORD(11,22),	// Center base coordinate offset.
+		false,		// Spawns Tiberium spontaneously?
+		true,			// Does it have destruction animation?
+		false,		// Does it have transformation (blossom tree) anim?
+		true,			// Does it catch fire?
+		false,		// Is this object crushable by heavy vehicles?
+		false,		// Can this object be selected by the player?
+		false,		// Can it be the target of a move or attack order?
+		true,			// Don't make a big deal about it if it gets destroyed?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+	"T09",
+	TXT_TREE,
+	TREE_NORMAL,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,
+	(short const *)_List10,
+	(short const *)_List01
+);
+
+static TerrainTypeClass const Tree10Class(
+	TERRAIN_TREE10,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	XYP_COORD(25,43),	// Center base coordinate offset.
+		false,		// Spawns Tiberium spontaneously?
+		true,			// Does it have destruction animation?
+		false,		// Does it have transformation (blossom tree) anim?
+		true,			// Does it catch fire?
+		false,		// Is this object crushable by heavy vehicles?
+		false,		// Can this object be selected by the player?
+		false,		// Can it be the target of a move or attack order?
+		true,			// Don't make a big deal about it if it gets destroyed?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+	"T10",
+	TXT_TREE,
+	TREE_NORMAL,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,
+	(short const *)_List0011,
+	(short const *)_List1100
+);
+
+static TerrainTypeClass const Tree11Class(
+	TERRAIN_TREE11,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	XYP_COORD(23,44),	// Center base coordinate offset.
+		false,		// Spawns Tiberium spontaneously?
+		true,			// Does it have destruction animation?
+		false,		// Does it have transformation (blossom tree) anim?
+		true,			// Does it catch fire?
+		false,		// Is this object crushable by heavy vehicles?
+		false,		// Can this object be selected by the player?
+		false,		// Can it be the target of a move or attack order?
+		true,			// Don't make a big deal about it if it gets destroyed?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+	"T11",
+	TXT_TREE,
+	TREE_NORMAL,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,
+	(short const *)_List0011,
+	(short const *)_List1100
+);
+
+static TerrainTypeClass const Tree12Class(
+	TERRAIN_TREE12,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	XYP_COORD(14,36),	// Center base coordinate offset.
+		false,		// Spawns Tiberium spontaneously?
+		true,			// Does it have destruction animation?
+		false,		// Does it have transformation (blossom tree) anim?
+		true,			// Does it catch fire?
+		false,		// Is this object crushable by heavy vehicles?
+		false,		// Can this object be selected by the player?
+		false,		// Can it be the target of a move or attack order?
+		true,			// Don't make a big deal about it if it gets destroyed?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+	"T12",
+	TXT_TREE,
+	TREE_NORMAL,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,
+	(short const *)_List0010,
+	(short const *)_List1001
+);
+
+static TerrainTypeClass const Tree13Class(
+	TERRAIN_TREE13,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	XYP_COORD(19,40),	// Center base coordinate offset.
+		false,		// Spawns Tiberium spontaneously?
+		true,			// Does it have destruction animation?
+		false,		// Does it have transformation (blossom tree) anim?
+		true,			// Does it catch fire?
+		false,		// Is this object crushable by heavy vehicles?
+		false,		// Can this object be selected by the player?
+		false,		// Can it be the target of a move or attack order?
+		true,			// Don't make a big deal about it if it gets destroyed?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+	"T13",
+	TXT_TREE,
+	TREE_NORMAL,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,
+	(short const *)_List0010,
+	(short const *)_List1101
+);
+
+static TerrainTypeClass const Tree14Class(
+	TERRAIN_TREE14,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	XYP_COORD(19,40),	// Center base coordinate offset.
+		false,		// Spawns Tiberium spontaneously?
+		true,			// Does it have destruction animation?
+		false,		// Does it have transformation (blossom tree) anim?
+		true,			// Does it catch fire?
+		false,		// Is this object crushable by heavy vehicles?
+		false,		// Can this object be selected by the player?
+		false,		// Can it be the target of a move or attack order?
+		true,			// Don't make a big deal about it if it gets destroyed?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+	"T14",
+	TXT_TREE,
+	TREE_NORMAL,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,
+	(short const *)_List0011,
+	(short const *)_List1100
+);
+
+static TerrainTypeClass const Tree15Class(
+	TERRAIN_TREE15,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	XYP_COORD(19,40),	// Center base coordinate offset.
+		false,		// Spawns Tiberium spontaneously?
+		true,			// Does it have destruction animation?
+		false,		// Does it have transformation (blossom tree) anim?
+		true,			// Does it catch fire?
+		false,		// Is this object crushable by heavy vehicles?
+		false,		// Can this object be selected by the player?
+		false,		// Can it be the target of a move or attack order?
+		true,			// Don't make a big deal about it if it gets destroyed?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+	"T15",
+	TXT_TREE,
+	TREE_NORMAL,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,
+	(short const *)_List0011,
+	(short const *)_List1100
+);
+
+static TerrainTypeClass const Tree16Class(
+	TERRAIN_TREE16,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	XYP_COORD(13,36),	// Center base coordinate offset.
+		false,		// Spawns Tiberium spontaneously?
+		true,			// Does it have destruction animation?
+		false,		// Does it have transformation (blossom tree) anim?
+		true,			// Does it catch fire?
+		false,		// Is this object crushable by heavy vehicles?
+		false,		// Can this object be selected by the player?
+		false,		// Can it be the target of a move or attack order?
+		true,			// Don't make a big deal about it if it gets destroyed?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+	"T16",
+	TXT_TREE,
+	TREE_NORMAL,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,
+	(short const *)_List0010,
+	(short const *)_List1001
+);
+
+static TerrainTypeClass const Tree17Class(
+	TERRAIN_TREE17,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	XYP_COORD(18,44),	// Center base coordinate offset.
+		false,		// Spawns Tiberium spontaneously?
+		true,			// Does it have destruction animation?
+		false,		// Does it have transformation (blossom tree) anim?
+		true,			// Does it catch fire?
+		false,		// Is this object crushable by heavy vehicles?
+		false,		// Can this object be selected by the player?
+		false,		// Can it be the target of a move or attack order?
+		true,			// Don't make a big deal about it if it gets destroyed?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+	"T17",
+	TXT_TREE,
+	TREE_NORMAL,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,
+	(short const *)_List0010,
+	(short const *)_List1001
+);
+
+static TerrainTypeClass const Tree18Class(
+	TERRAIN_TREE18,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	XYP_COORD(33,40),	// Center base coordinate offset.
+		false,		// Spawns Tiberium spontaneously?
+		true,			// Does it have destruction animation?
+		false,		// Does it have transformation (blossom tree) anim?
+		true,			// Does it catch fire?
+		false,		// Is this object crushable by heavy vehicles?
+		false,		// Can this object be selected by the player?
+		false,		// Can it be the target of a move or attack order?
+		true,			// Don't make a big deal about it if it gets destroyed?
+		false,		// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+	"T18",
+	TXT_TREE,
+	TREE_NORMAL,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,
+	(short const *)_List000010,
+	(short const *)_List111101
+);
+
+static TerrainTypeClass const Split1Class(
+	TERRAIN_BLOSSOMTREE1,
+	THEATERF_TEMPERATE|THEATERF_WINTER,
+	XYP_COORD(18,44),	// Center base coordinate offset.
+		true,			// Spawns Tiberium spontaneously?
+		false,		// Does it have destruction animation?
+		true,			// Does it have transformation (blossom tree) anim?
+		false,		// Does it catch fire?
+		false,		// Is this object crushable by heavy vehicles?
+		false,		// Can this object be selected by the player?
+		false,		// Can it be the target of a move or attack order?
+		true,			// Don't make a big deal about it if it gets destroyed?
+		true,			// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+	"SPLIT2",
+	TXT_BLOSSOM_TREE,
+	TREE_NORMAL,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,
+	(short const *)_List0010,
+	(short const *)_List1101
+);
+
+static TerrainTypeClass const Split2Class(
+	TERRAIN_BLOSSOMTREE2,
+	THEATERF_TEMPERATE|THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_DESERT,
+	XYP_COORD(18,44),	// Center base coordinate offset.
+		true,			// Spawns Tiberium spontaneously?
+		false,		// Does it have destruction animation?
+		true,			// Does it have transformation (blossom tree) anim?
+		false,		// Does it catch fire?
+		false,		// Is this object crushable by heavy vehicles?
+		false,		// Can this object be selected by the player?
+		false,		// Can it be the target of a move or attack order?
+		true,			// Don't make a big deal about it if it gets destroyed?
+		true,			// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+	"SPLIT3",
+	TXT_BLOSSOM_TREE,
+	TREE_NORMAL,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,
+	(short const *)_List0010,
+	(short const *)_List1101
+);
+
+static TerrainTypeClass const Clump1Class(
+	TERRAIN_CLUMP1,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	XYP_COORD(28,41),	// Center base coordinate offset.
+		false,		// Spawns Tiberium spontaneously?
+		false,		// Does it have destruction animation?
+		false,		// Does it have transformation (blossom tree) anim?
+		false,		// Does it catch fire?
+		false,		// Is this object crushable by heavy vehicles?
+		false,		// Can this object be selected by the player?
+		false,		// Can it be the target of a move or attack order?
+		true,			// Don't make a big deal about it if it gets destroyed?
+		true,			// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+	"TC01",
+	TXT_TREE,
+	TREE_NORMAL,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,
+	(short const *)_List000110,
+	(short const *)_List110001
+);
+
+static TerrainTypeClass const Clump2Class(
+	TERRAIN_CLUMP2,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	XYP_COORD(38,41),	// Center base coordinate offset.
+		false,		// Spawns Tiberium spontaneously?
+		false,		// Does it have destruction animation?
+		false,		// Does it have transformation (blossom tree) anim?
+		false,		// Does it catch fire?
+		false,		// Is this object crushable by heavy vehicles?
+		false,		// Can this object be selected by the player?
+		false,		// Can it be the target of a move or attack order?
+		true,			// Don't make a big deal about it if it gets destroyed?
+		true,			// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+	"TC02",
+	TXT_TREE,
+	TREE_NORMAL,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,
+	(short const *)_List010110,
+	(short const *)_List101001
+);
+
+static TerrainTypeClass const Clump3Class(
+	TERRAIN_CLUMP3,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	XYP_COORD(33,35),	// Center base coordinate offset.
+		false,		// Spawns Tiberium spontaneously?
+		false,		// Does it have destruction animation?
+		false,		// Does it have transformation (blossom tree) anim?
+		false,		// Does it catch fire?
+		false,		// Is this object crushable by heavy vehicles?
+		false,		// Can this object be selected by the player?
+		false,		// Can it be the target of a move or attack order?
+		true,			// Don't make a big deal about it if it gets destroyed?
+		true,			// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+	"TC03",
+	TXT_TREE,
+	TREE_NORMAL,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,
+	(short const *)_List110110,
+	(short const *)_List001
+);
+
+static TerrainTypeClass const Clump4Class(
+	TERRAIN_CLUMP4,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	XYP_COORD(44,49),	// Center base coordinate offset.
+		false,		// Spawns Tiberium spontaneously?
+		false,		// Does it have destruction animation?
+		false,		// Does it have transformation (blossom tree) anim?
+		false,		// Does it catch fire?
+		false,		// Is this object crushable by heavy vehicles?
+		false,		// Can this object be selected by the player?
+		false,		// Can it be the target of a move or attack order?
+		true,			// Don't make a big deal about it if it gets destroyed?
+		true,			// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+	"TC04",
+	TXT_TREE,
+	TREE_NORMAL,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,
+	(short const *)_List000011101000,
+	(short const *)_List111000010110
+);
+
+static TerrainTypeClass const Clump5Class(
+	TERRAIN_CLUMP5,
+	THEATERF_WINTER|THEATERF_TEMPERATE,
+	XYP_COORD(49,58),	// Center base coordinate offset.
+		false,		// Spawns Tiberium spontaneously?
+		false,		// Does it have destruction animation?
+		false,		// Does it have transformation (blossom tree) anim?
+		false,		// Does it catch fire?
+		false,		// Is this object crushable by heavy vehicles?
+		false,		// Can this object be selected by the player?
+		false,		// Can it be the target of a move or attack order?
+		true,			// Don't make a big deal about it if it gets destroyed?
+		true,			// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+	"TC05",
+	TXT_TREE,
+	TREE_NORMAL,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,
+	(short const *)_List001011100110,
+	(short const *)_List110000011001
+);
+
+static TerrainTypeClass const Rock1Class(
+	TERRAIN_ROCK1,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	XYP_COORD(33,41),	// Center base coordinate offset.
+		false,		// Spawns Tiberium spontaneously?
+		false,		// Does it have destruction animation?
+		false,		// Does it have transformation (blossom tree) anim?
+		false,		// Does it catch fire?
+		false,		// Is this object crushable by heavy vehicles?
+		false,		// Can this object be selected by the player?
+		false,		// Can it be the target of a move or attack order?
+		true,			// Don't make a big deal about it if it gets destroyed?
+		true,			// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+	"ROCK1",
+	TXT_ROCK,
+	1000,
+	ARMOR_STEEL,
+	(short const *)_List0011,
+	(short const *)_List111001
+);
+
+static TerrainTypeClass const Rock2Class(
+	TERRAIN_ROCK2,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	XYP_COORD(24,23),	// Center base coordinate offset.
+		false,		// Spawns Tiberium spontaneously?
+		false,		// Does it have destruction animation?
+		false,		// Does it have transformation (blossom tree) anim?
+		false,		// Does it catch fire?
+		false,		// Is this object crushable by heavy vehicles?
+		false,		// Can this object be selected by the player?
+		false,		// Can it be the target of a move or attack order?
+		true,			// Don't make a big deal about it if it gets destroyed?
+		true,			// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+	"ROCK2",
+	TXT_ROCK,
+	1000,
+	ARMOR_STEEL,
+	(short const *)_List1100,
+	(short const *)_List001
+);
+
+static TerrainTypeClass const Rock3Class(
+	TERRAIN_ROCK3,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	XYP_COORD(20,39),	// Center base coordinate offset.
+		false,		// Spawns Tiberium spontaneously?
+		false,		// Does it have destruction animation?
+		false,		// Does it have transformation (blossom tree) anim?
+		false,		// Does it catch fire?
+		false,		// Is this object crushable by heavy vehicles?
+		false,		// Can this object be selected by the player?
+		false,		// Can it be the target of a move or attack order?
+		true,			// Don't make a big deal about it if it gets destroyed?
+		true,			// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+	"ROCK3",
+	TXT_ROCK,
+	1000,
+	ARMOR_STEEL,
+	(short const *)_List000110,
+	(short const *)_List110001
+);
+
+static TerrainTypeClass const Rock4Class(
+	TERRAIN_ROCK4,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	XYP_COORD(12,20),	// Center base coordinate offset.
+		false,		// Spawns Tiberium spontaneously?
+		false,		// Does it have destruction animation?
+		false,		// Does it have transformation (blossom tree) anim?
+		false,		// Does it catch fire?
+		false,		// Is this object crushable by heavy vehicles?
+		false,		// Can this object be selected by the player?
+		false,		// Can it be the target of a move or attack order?
+		true,			// Don't make a big deal about it if it gets destroyed?
+		true,			// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+	"ROCK4",
+	TXT_ROCK,
+	1000,
+	ARMOR_STEEL,
+	(short const *)_List10,
+	(short const *)_List01
+);
+
+static TerrainTypeClass const Rock5Class(
+	TERRAIN_ROCK5,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	XYP_COORD(17,19),	// Center base coordinate offset.
+		false,		// Spawns Tiberium spontaneously?
+		false,		// Does it have destruction animation?
+		false,		// Does it have transformation (blossom tree) anim?
+		false,		// Does it catch fire?
+		false,		// Is this object crushable by heavy vehicles?
+		false,		// Can this object be selected by the player?
+		false,		// Can it be the target of a move or attack order?
+		true,			// Don't make a big deal about it if it gets destroyed?
+		true,			// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+	"ROCK5",
+	TXT_ROCK,
+	1000,
+	ARMOR_STEEL,
+	(short const *)_List10,
+	(short const *)_List01
+);
+
+static TerrainTypeClass const Rock6Class(
+	TERRAIN_ROCK6,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	XYP_COORD(28,40),	// Center base coordinate offset.
+		false,		// Spawns Tiberium spontaneously?
+		false,		// Does it have destruction animation?
+		false,		// Does it have transformation (blossom tree) anim?
+		false,		// Does it catch fire?
+		false,		// Is this object crushable by heavy vehicles?
+		false,		// Can this object be selected by the player?
+		false,		// Can it be the target of a move or attack order?
+		true,			// Don't make a big deal about it if it gets destroyed?
+		true,			// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+	"ROCK6",
+	TXT_ROCK,
+	1000,
+	ARMOR_STEEL,
+	(short const *)_List000111,
+	(short const *)_List110000
+);
+
+static TerrainTypeClass const Rock7Class(
+	TERRAIN_ROCK7,
+	THEATERF_DESERT,
+	XYP_COORD(57,22),	// Center base coordinate offset.
+		false,		// Spawns Tiberium spontaneously?
+		false,		// Does it have destruction animation?
+		false,		// Does it have transformation (blossom tree) anim?
+		false,		// Does it catch fire?
+		false,		// Is this object crushable by heavy vehicles?
+		false,		// Can this object be selected by the player?
+		false,		// Can it be the target of a move or attack order?
+		true,			// Don't make a big deal about it if it gets destroyed?
+		true,			// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+	"ROCK7",
+	TXT_ROCK,
+	1000,
+	ARMOR_STEEL,
+	(short const *)_List11110,
+	(short const *)_List00001
+);
+
+
+TerrainTypeClass const * const TerrainTypeClass::Pointers[TERRAIN_COUNT] = {
+	&Tree1Class,		//	TERRAIN_TREE1
+	&Tree2Class,		//	TERRAIN_TREE2
+	&Tree3Class,		//	TERRAIN_TREE3
+	&Tree4Class,		//	TERRAIN_TREE4
+	&Tree5Class,		//	TERRAIN_TREE5
+	&Tree6Class,		//	TERRAIN_TREE6
+	&Tree7Class,		//	TERRAIN_TREE7
+	&Tree8Class,		//	TERRAIN_TREE8
+	&Tree9Class,		//	TERRAIN_TREE9
+	&Tree10Class,		//	TERRAIN_TREE10
+	&Tree11Class,		//	TERRAIN_TREE11
+	&Tree12Class,		//	TERRAIN_TREE12
+	&Tree13Class,		//	TERRAIN_TREE13
+	&Tree14Class,		//	TERRAIN_TREE14
+	&Tree15Class,		//	TERRAIN_TREE15
+	&Tree16Class,		//	TERRAIN_TREE16
+	&Tree17Class,		//	TERRAIN_TREE17
+	&Tree18Class,		//	TERRAIN_TREE18
+	&Split1Class,		// TERRAIN_BLOSSOMTREE1
+	&Split2Class,		// TERRAIN_BLOSSOMTREE2
+	&Clump1Class,		//	TERRAIN_CLUMP1
+	&Clump2Class,		//	TERRAIN_CLUMP2
+	&Clump3Class,		//	TERRAIN_CLUMP3
+	&Clump4Class,		//	TERRAIN_CLUMP4
+	&Clump5Class,		//	TERRAIN_CLUMP5
+	&Rock1Class,		//	TERRAIN_ROCK1
+	&Rock2Class,		//	TERRAIN_ROCK2
+	&Rock3Class,		//	TERRAIN_ROCK3
+	&Rock4Class,		//	TERRAIN_ROCK4
+	&Rock5Class,		//	TERRAIN_ROCK5
+	&Rock6Class,		//	TERRAIN_ROCK6
+	&Rock7Class			//	TERRAIN_ROCK7
+};
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TerrainTypeClass::TerrainTypeClass -- The general constructor for the terrain type objects. *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the constructor for terrain type objects. It is only used to construct the       *
+ *    static (constant) terrain type objects.                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   see below..                                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/19/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TerrainTypeClass::TerrainTypeClass(
+	TerrainType terrain,
+	int theater,
+	COORDINATE centerbase,
+	bool is_spawn,
+	bool is_destroyable,
+	bool is_transformable,
+	bool is_flammable,
+	bool is_crushable,
+	bool is_selectable,
+	bool is_legal_target,
+	bool is_insignificant,
+	bool is_immune,
+	char const *ininame,
+	int fullname, unsigned short strength, ArmorType armor, short const *occupy, short const *overlap) :
+		ObjectTypeClass(true, is_flammable, is_crushable, true, is_selectable,
+								is_legal_target, is_insignificant, is_immune,
+								fullname, ininame, armor, strength)
+{
+	CenterBase = centerbase;
+	IsTiberiumSpawn = is_spawn;
+	IsDestroyable = is_destroyable;
+	IsTransformable = is_transformable;
+	Theater = theater;
+	Type = terrain;
+	Occupy = occupy;
+	Overlap = overlap;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TerrainTypeClass::Init -- Loads terrain object shape files.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to load up the terrain object shape files.                          *
+ *    The shape files loaded depends on theater.                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   theater  -- The theater to load the terrain shape data for.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/16/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TerrainTypeClass::Init(TheaterType theater)
+{
+	if (theater != LastTheater){
+		for (TerrainType index = TERRAIN_FIRST; index < TERRAIN_COUNT; index++) {
+			TerrainTypeClass const & terrain = As_Reference(index);
+			char	fullname[_MAX_FNAME+_MAX_EXT];
+
+			/*
+			**	Clear any existing shape pointer. All terrain is theater specific, thus if
+			**	it isn't loaded in this routine, it shouldn't exist at all.
+			*/
+			((void const *&)terrain.ImageData) = NULL;
+
+			if (terrain.Theater & (1 << theater)) {
+
+				/*
+				**	Load in the appropriate object shape data.
+				*/
+				_makepath(fullname, NULL, NULL, terrain.IniName, Theaters[theater].Suffix);
+				((void const *&)terrain.ImageData) = MixFileClass::Retrieve(fullname);
+
+				IsTheaterShape = true;
+				if (terrain.RadarIcon) delete[] (char *)terrain.RadarIcon;
+				((void const *&)terrain.RadarIcon) = Get_Radar_Icon(terrain.Get_Image_Data(), 0, 1, 3);
+				IsTheaterShape = false;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TerrainTypeClass::From_Name -- Convert name to terrain type.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to convert a text name into the matching                            *
+ *    terrain type number. This is used during scenario initialization.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   name  -- The name to convert.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns the TerrainType that matches the name specified. If                        *
+ *          no match was found, then TERRAIN_NONE is returned.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/16/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TerrainType TerrainTypeClass::From_Name(char const * name)
+{
+	TerrainType	index;
+
+	if (name) {
+		for (index = TERRAIN_FIRST; index < TERRAIN_COUNT; index++) {
+			if (stricmp(name, Pointers[index]->IniName) == 0) {
+				return(index);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return(TERRAIN_NONE);
+}
+
+
+#ifdef SCENARIO_EDITOR
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TerrainTypeClass::Display -- Display a generic terrain object.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to display a generic terrain object. Typical                        *
+ *    use is during scenario editing.                                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   x,y   -- Pixel coordinates to display object at (centered).                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          window-- The window to display the object within.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/16/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TerrainTypeClass::Display(int x, int y, WindowNumberType window, HousesType) const
+{
+	CC_Draw_Shape(Get_Image_Data(), 0, x, y, window, SHAPE_NORMAL|SHAPE_CENTER|SHAPE_WIN_REL);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TerrainTypeClass::Prep_For_Add -- Prepares to add terrain object.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Submits all of the valid terrain objects to the scenario editor for possible selection   *
+ *    and subsequent placement on the map. All terrain objects, that have a valid shape        *
+ *    file available, are added.                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/23/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TerrainTypeClass::Prep_For_Add(void)
+{
+	for (TerrainType index = TERRAIN_FIRST; index < TERRAIN_COUNT; index++) {
+		if (As_Reference(index).Get_Image_Data()) {
+			Map.Add_To_List(&As_Reference(index));
+		}
+	}
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TerrainTypeClass::Create_And_Place -- Creates and places terrain object on map.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This support routine is used by the scenario editor to add a terrain object to the map.  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   cell  -- The cell to place the terrain object in.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the placement successful?                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/28/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool TerrainTypeClass::Create_And_Place(CELL cell, HousesType ) const
+{
+	if (new TerrainClass(Type, cell)) {
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TerrainTypeClass::Create_On_Of -- Creates a terrain object from type.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is used to create a terrain object by using the terrain type as a guide. This       *
+ *    routine is typically used by the scenario editor in order to place a terrain object      *
+ *    onto the map.                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the created terrain object or NULL if one couldn't be    *
+ *          created.                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/19/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+ObjectClass * TerrainTypeClass::Create_One_Of(HouseClass *) const
+{
+	return(new TerrainClass(Type, -1));
+}
+
+
+short const * TerrainTypeClass::Occupy_List(bool ) const
+{
+	if (Occupy) return(Occupy);
+
+	static short const _simple[1] = {
+		REFRESH_EOL
+	};
+	return(&_simple[0]);
+}
+
+
+short const * TerrainTypeClass::Overlap_List(void) const
+{
+	if (Overlap) return(Overlap);
+
+	static short const _simple[1] = {
+		REFRESH_EOL
+	};
+	return(&_simple[0]);
+}
diff --git a/TEAM.CPP b/TEAM.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..355be64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TEAM.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,1505 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\team.cpv   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:48:34   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               *** 
+ *********************************************************************************************** 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                    File Name : TEAM.CPP                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Start Date : 12/11/94                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                  Last Update : August 6, 1995 [JLB]                                         *
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* 
+ * Functions:                                                                                  * 
+ *   Assign_Mission_Target -- Sets teams mission target and clears old target                  *
+ *   TeamClass::Add -- Adds specified object to team.                                          * 
+ *   TeamClass::AI -- Process team logic.                                                      * 
+ *   TeamClass::As_Target -- Converts this team object into a target number.                   * 
+ *   TeamClass::Calc_Center -- Determines average location of team members.                    * 
+ *   TeamClass::Control -- Updates control on a member unit.                                   * 
+ *   TeamClass::Coordinate_Attack -- Handles coordinating a team attack.                       * 
+ *   TeamClass::Coordinate_Conscript -- Gives orders to new recruit.                           * 
+ *   TeamClass::Coordinate_Move -- Handles team movement coordination.                         * 
+ *   TeamClass::Coordinate_Regroup -- Handles team idling (regrouping).                        * 
+ *   TeamClass::Coordinate_Unload -- Tells the team to unload passengers now.                  * 
+ *   TeamClass::Detach -- Removes specified target from team tracking.                         * 
+ *   TeamClass::Init -- Initializes the team objects for scenario preparation.                 * 
+ *   TeamClass::Is_A_Member -- Tests if a unit is a member of a team                           *
+ *   TeamClass::Recruit -- Attempts to recruit members to the team for the given index ID.     * 
+ *   TeamClass::Remove -- Removes the specified object from the team.                          * 
+ *   TeamClass::Suspend_Teams -- Suspends activity for low priority teams                      *
+ *   TeamClass::Took_Damage -- Informs the team when the team member takes damage.             * 
+ *   TeamClass::Validate -- validates team pointer															  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "function.h"
+#include "mission.h"
+
+/*
+**	This array records the number of teams in existance of each type.
+*/
+unsigned char TeamClass::Number[TEAMTYPE_MAX];
+
+/*
+**	This array records the success rating of each of the team types.
+*/
+unsigned char TeamClass::Success[TEAMTYPE_MAX];
+
+/*
+** This contains the value of the Virtual Function Table Pointer
+*/
+void * TeamClass::VTable;
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * TeamClass::Validate -- validates team pointer															  *
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      * 
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     * 
+ *		1 = ok, 0 = error																								  *
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   * 
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   08/09/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+int TeamClass::Validate(void) const
+{
+	int num;
+
+	num = Teams.ID(this);
+	if (num < 0 || num >= TEAM_MAX) {
+		Validate_Error("TEAM");
+		return (0);
+	}
+	else
+		return (1);
+}
+#else
+#define	Validate()
+#endif
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * TeamClass::Init -- Initializes the team objects for scenario preparation.                   * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This routine clears out the team object array in preparation for starting a new          * 
+ *    scenario.                                                                                * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   12/29/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TeamClass::Init(void)
+{
+	TeamClass *ptr;
+
+	Teams.Free_All();
+	memset(Number, 0, sizeof(Number));
+	memset(Success, 0, sizeof(Success));
+
+	ptr = new TeamClass();
+	VTable = ((void **)(((char *)ptr) + sizeof(AbstractClass) - 4))[0];
+	delete ptr;
+}	
+
+
+void * TeamClass::operator new (size_t)
+{
+	void * ptr = Teams.Allocate();
+	if (ptr) {
+		((TeamClass *)ptr)->IsActive = true;
+	}
+	return(ptr);
+}	
+
+
+void TeamClass::operator delete(void * ptr)
+{
+	if (ptr) {
+		((TeamClass *)ptr)->IsActive = false;
+	}
+	Teams.Free((TeamClass *)ptr);
+}	
+
+
+TeamClass::~TeamClass(void)
+{
+	if (GameActive && Class) {
+		Number[TeamTypes.ID(Class)]--;
+		while (Member) {
+			Remove(Member);
+		}
+
+		if (Class->IsTransient && !Number[TeamTypes.ID(Class)]) {
+			delete (TeamTypeClass *)Class;
+		}
+	}
+}	
+
+
+TeamClass::TeamClass(TeamTypeClass const * type, HouseClass * owner) :
+	Class(type),
+	House(owner)
+{
+	memset(Quantity, 0, sizeof(Quantity));
+	IsAltered = true;
+	IsForcedActive = false;
+	IsFullStrength = false;
+	IsUnderStrength = true;
+	IsReforming = false;
+	IsLagging = false;
+	IsMoving = false;
+	IsHasBeen = false;
+	Center = 0;
+	Target = TARGET_NONE;
+	ObjectiveCenter = 0;
+	MissionTarget = TARGET_NONE;
+	Member = 0;	
+	Total = 0;
+	Risk = 0;
+	CurrentMission = -1;
+	IsNextMission = true;
+	TimeOut = 0;
+	SuspendTimer.Clear();
+	Suspended = false;
+	Number[TeamTypes.ID(Class)]++;
+}	
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * TeamClass::Assign_Mission_Target -- Sets mission target and clears old  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/16/1995 PWG : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void TeamClass::Assign_Mission_Target(TARGET new_target)
+{
+	Validate();
+	/*
+	** First go through and find anyone who is currently targetting
+	** the old mission target and clear their Tarcom.
+	*/
+	FootClass * unit = Member;
+	while (unit) {
+		bool tar = (unit->TarCom == MissionTarget);
+		bool nav = (unit->NavCom == MissionTarget);
+		if (tar || nav) {
+
+			/* 
+			** If the unit was doing something related to the team mission
+			** then we kick him into guard mode so that he is easy to change
+			** missions for.
+			*/
+			unit->Assign_Mission(MISSION_GUARD);
+
+			/*
+			** If the unit's tarcom is set to the old mission target, then
+			** clear it, so that it will be reset by whatever happens next.
+			*/
+			if (nav) {
+				unit->Assign_Destination(TARGET_NONE);
+			}
+
+			/*
+			** If the unit's navcom is set to the old mission target, then
+			** clear it, so that it will be reset by whatever happens next.
+			*/
+			if (tar) {
+				unit->Assign_Target(TARGET_NONE);
+			}
+		}
+		unit = (FootClass *)unit->Member;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If there is not currently an override on the current mission target
+	** then assign both MissionTarget and Target to the new target.  If
+	** there is an overide, allow the team to keep fighting the overide but
+	** make sure they pick up on the new mission when they are ready.
+	*/ 
+	if (Target == MissionTarget || !Target_Legal(Target)) {
+		MissionTarget = Target = new_target;
+	} else {
+		MissionTarget = new_target;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * TeamClass::AI -- Process team logic.                                                        * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    General purpose team logic is handled by this routine. It should be called once per      * 
+ *    active team per game tick. This routine handles recruitment and assigning orders to      * 
+ *    member units.                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   12/29/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *   01/06/1995 JLB : Choreographed gesture.                                                   * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TeamClass::AI(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	int	desired		= 0;
+	int	old_under	= IsUnderStrength;
+	int	old_full		= IsFullStrength;
+
+	/*
+	** If the team has been suspended then we need to check if its time for
+	** us to reactivate the team.  If not, no team logic will be processed
+	** for this team.
+	*/
+	if (Suspended) {
+		if (!SuspendTimer.Expired()) {
+			return;
+		}
+		Suspended = false;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If this team senses that its composition has been altered, then it should
+	**	recalculate the under strength and full strength flags.
+	*/
+	if (IsAltered) {
+
+		for (int index = 0; index < Class->ClassCount; index++) {
+			desired += Class->DesiredNum[index];
+		}
+		
+		if (Total) {
+			IsFullStrength = (Total == desired);
+
+			/*
+			**	Human controlled teams are always considered full strength. This ensures
+			**	that no new team members will be recruited and the team won't go into
+			**	regroup logic.
+			*/
+			if (House->IsHuman) {
+				IsUnderStrength = false;
+			} else {
+
+				/*
+				**	Reinforcable teams will revert (or snap out of) the under strength
+				**	mode when the members transition the magic 1/3 strength threshhold.
+				*/
+				if (Class->IsReinforcable) {
+					IsUnderStrength = (Total <= desired / 3);
+				} else {
+
+					/*
+					**	Teams that are not flagged as reinforcable are never considered under
+					**	strength if the team has already started its main mission. This 
+					**	ensures that once the team has started, it won't dally to pick up
+					**	new members.
+					*/
+					IsUnderStrength = !IsHasBeen;
+				}
+			}
+			IsAltered = false;
+		} else {
+			IsUnderStrength = true;
+			IsFullStrength = false;
+			Center = 0;
+
+			/*
+			**	A team that exists on the player's side is automatically destroyed
+			**	when there are no team members left. This team was created as a 
+			**	result of reinforcement logic and no longer needs to exist when there
+			**	are no more team members.
+			*/
+			if (House->IsHuman || IsHasBeen) {
+				delete this;
+				return;
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		** If the team has gone from under strength to no longer under
+		** strength than the team needs to reform.
+		*/
+		if (old_under != IsUnderStrength) {
+			IsReforming = true;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If the team is under strength, then flag it to regroup.
+	*/
+	if (IsMoving && IsUnderStrength) {
+		IsMoving			= false;
+		CurrentMission	= -1;
+		if (Total) {
+			Calc_Center(Center, ObjectiveCenter);
+
+			/*
+			** When a team is badly damaged and needs to regroup it should
+			** pick a friendly building to go and regroup at.  Its first preference
+			** should be somewhere near repair factory.  If it cannot find a repair
+			** factory then it should pick another structure that is friendly to 
+			** its side.
+			*/
+			CELL 	dest	= Center;
+			int 	max	= 0x7FFFFFFF;
+
+			for (int index = 0; index < Buildings.Count(); index++) {
+				BuildingClass * b = Buildings.Ptr(index);
+		
+				if (b && !b->IsInLimbo && b->House == House && b->Class->Primary == WEAPON_NONE) {
+					CELL cell = Coord_Cell(b->Center_Coord());
+					int dist = Map.Cell_Distance(cell, Center) * (Map.Cell_Threat(cell, House->Class->House) + 1);
+
+					if (*b == STRUCT_REPAIR) {
+						dist >>= 1;
+					}
+					if (dist < max) {
+						cell = Member->Safety_Point(Center, cell, 2, 4);
+						if (cell != -1) {
+							max = dist;
+							dest = cell;
+						}
+					}
+				}
+			}
+
+			// Should calculate a regroup location.
+			Target = ::As_Target(dest);
+			Coordinate_Move();
+			return;
+		} else {
+			Center = 0;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Flag this team into action when it gets to full strength. Human owned teams are only
+	**	used for reinforcement purposes -- always consider them at full strength.
+	*/
+	if (!IsMoving && (IsFullStrength || IsForcedActive)) {
+		IsMoving = true;
+		IsHasBeen = true;
+		IsUnderStrength = false;
+
+		/*
+		**	Infantry can do a gesture when they start their mission. Pick
+		**	a gesture at random.
+		*/
+		FootClass * techno = Member;
+		DoType doaction = (Random_Pick(1, 2) == 1) ? DO_GESTURE1 : DO_GESTURE2;
+		while (techno) {
+			if (!techno->IsInLimbo && techno->What_Am_I() == RTTI_INFANTRY) {
+				((InfantryClass *)techno)->Do_Action(doaction);
+			}
+
+			if (IsReforming || IsForcedActive) {
+				techno->IsInitiated = true;
+			}
+
+			techno = techno->Member;
+		}	
+		CurrentMission	= -1;
+		IsNextMission	= true;
+		IsForcedActive = false;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If the team is moving or if there is no center position for
+	**	the team, then the center position must be recalculated.
+	*/
+	if (IsReforming || IsMoving || Center == 0) {
+		Calc_Center(Center, ObjectiveCenter);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Try to recruit members if there is room to do so for this team.
+	**	Only try to recruit members for a non player controlled team.
+	*/
+	if (!IsMoving || (!IsFullStrength && Class->IsReinforcable) && !House->IsHuman) {
+		for (int index = 0; index < Class->ClassCount; index++) {
+			if (Quantity[index] < Class->DesiredNum[index]) {
+				Recruit(index);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If there are no members of the team and the team has reached
+	**	full strength at one time, then delete the team.
+	*/
+	if (!Member && IsHasBeen) {
+		delete this;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If the mission should be advanced to the next entry, then do so at
+	**	this time. Various events may cause the mission to advance, but it
+	**	all boils down to the following change-mission code.
+	*/
+	if (IsMoving && !IsReforming && IsNextMission) {
+		IsNextMission = false;
+		CurrentMission++;
+		if (CurrentMission < Class->MissionCount) {
+			TeamMissionStruct const * mission = &Class->MissionList[CurrentMission];
+
+			TimeOut = mission->Argument * (TICKS_PER_MINUTE/10);
+			Target = TARGET_NONE;
+			switch (mission->Mission) {
+				case TMISSION_MOVECELL:
+					Assign_Mission_Target(::As_Target((CELL)mission->Argument));
+					break;
+
+				case TMISSION_MOVE:
+				case TMISSION_UNLOAD:
+					Assign_Mission_Target(::As_Target((CELL)Waypoint[mission->Argument]));
+					break;
+
+				case TMISSION_ATTACKTARCOM:
+					Assign_Mission_Target(mission->Argument);
+					break;
+
+				default:
+					Assign_Mission_Target(TARGET_NONE);
+					break;
+			}
+		} else {
+			delete this;
+			return;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Perform mission of the team. This depends on the mission list.
+	*/
+	if (Member && IsMoving && !IsReforming && !IsUnderStrength) {
+		/*
+		** If the current Target has been dealt with but the mission target
+		** has not, then the current target needs to be reset to the mission
+		** target.
+		*/
+		if (!Target_Legal(Target)) {
+			Target = MissionTarget;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	If the current mission is one that times out, then check for
+		**	this case. If it has timed out then advance to the next
+		**	mission in the list or disband the team.
+		*/
+		TeamMissionStruct const * mission = &Class->MissionList[CurrentMission];
+		switch (mission->Mission) {
+			case TMISSION_ATTACKBASE:
+				if (!Target_Legal(MissionTarget)) {
+					Assign_Mission_Target(Member->Greatest_Threat(THREAT_BUILDINGS));
+					if (!Target_Legal(MissionTarget)) IsNextMission = true;
+				}
+				Coordinate_Attack();
+				break;
+
+			case TMISSION_ATTACKUNITS:
+				if (!Target_Legal(MissionTarget)) {
+					Assign_Mission_Target(Member->Greatest_Threat(THREAT_VEHICLES|THREAT_INFANTRY));
+					if (!Target_Legal(MissionTarget)) IsNextMission = true;
+				}
+				Coordinate_Attack();
+				break;
+
+			case TMISSION_ATTACKCIVILIANS:
+				if (!Target_Legal(MissionTarget)) {
+					Assign_Mission_Target(Member->Greatest_Threat(THREAT_CIVILIANS));
+					if (!Target_Legal(MissionTarget)) IsNextMission = true;
+				}
+				Coordinate_Attack();
+				break;
+
+			case TMISSION_ATTACKTARCOM:
+			case TMISSION_RAMPAGE:
+				if (!Target_Legal(MissionTarget)) {
+					Assign_Mission_Target(Member->Greatest_Threat(THREAT_NORMAL));
+					if (!Target_Legal(MissionTarget)) IsNextMission = true;
+				}
+				Coordinate_Attack();
+				break;
+
+			case TMISSION_DEFENDBASE:
+				Coordinate_Move();
+				break;
+
+//			case TMISSION_HARVEST:
+//				Coordinate_Move();
+//				break;
+
+			case TMISSION_UNLOAD:
+				Coordinate_Unload();
+				break;
+
+			case TMISSION_MOVE:
+				Coordinate_Move();
+				break;
+
+			case TMISSION_RETREAT:
+				Coordinate_Move();
+				break;
+
+			case TMISSION_GUARD:
+				Coordinate_Regroup();
+				break;
+
+			case TMISSION_LOOP:
+				CurrentMission = mission->Argument-1;
+				IsNextMission = true;
+				break;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Check for mission time out condition. If the mission does in fact time out, then
+		**	flag it so that the team mission list will advance.
+		*/
+		switch (mission->Mission) {
+			case TMISSION_ATTACKBASE:
+			case TMISSION_ATTACKUNITS:
+			case TMISSION_ATTACKCIVILIANS:
+			case TMISSION_RAMPAGE:
+			case TMISSION_DEFENDBASE:
+			case TMISSION_UNLOAD:
+			case TMISSION_RETREAT:
+			case TMISSION_GUARD:
+				if (TimeOut.Expired()) {
+					IsNextMission = true;
+				}
+				break;
+		}
+
+	} else {
+		if (IsMoving) {
+			IsReforming = !Coordinate_Regroup();
+		} else {
+			Coordinate_Move();
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * TeamClass::Add -- Adds specified object to team.                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    Use this routine to add the specified object to the team. The object is checked to make  * 
+ *    sure that it can be assigned to the team. If it can't, then the object will be left      * 
+ *    alone and false will be returned.                                                        * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   obj      -- Pointer to the object that is to be assigned to this team.             * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *          typeindex-- Optional value that specifies the index in the team type class array   * 
+ *                      that this object belongs.                                              * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the unit added to the team?                                              * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   12/29/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *   01/02/1995 JLB : Initiation flag setup.                                                   * 
+ *   08/06/1995 JLB : Allows member stealing from lesser priority teams.                       * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool TeamClass::Add(FootClass * obj, int typeindex)
+{
+	Validate();
+	/*
+	**	If this team doesn't accept new members, then don't accept this one either.
+	*/
+//	if (!Class->IsReinforcable && IsMoving) {
+//		return(false);
+//	}
+
+	if (!obj || !obj->Strength || (obj->IsInLimbo && !ScenarioInit) || obj->In_Radio_Contact() || obj->House != House) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	TeamClass * team = obj->Team;
+
+	/*
+	**	Trying to add the team member to itself is an error condition. Just return
+	**	with success, since the end result is the same.
+	*/
+	if (team == this) {
+		return(true);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If the object is doing some mission that precludes it from joining
+	**	a team then don't add it.
+	*/
+	if (obj->Mission == MISSION_STICKY || obj->Mission == MISSION_SLEEP || obj->Mission == MISSION_GUARD_AREA || obj->Mission == MISSION_HUNT || obj->Mission == MISSION_HARVEST) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If this object is part of another team, then check to make sure that it
+	**	is permitted to leave the other team in order to join this one. If not,
+	**	then no further processing is allowed -- bail.
+	*/
+	if (team && 
+			(/*team->Total >= Total || team->IsMoving ||*/
+			team->Class->RecruitPriority >= Class->RecruitPriority)) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If the proper team index was not provided, then find it in the type type class.
+	**	On the chance that a match could not be found, then it is illegal to add this
+	**	object to this team -- return with failure flag.
+	*/
+	if (typeindex == -1) {
+		for (typeindex = 0; typeindex < Class->ClassCount; typeindex++) {
+			if (Class->Class[typeindex] == &obj->Class_Of()) {
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If the team is already full of this type, then adding the object is not allowed.
+	**	Return with a failure flag in this case.
+	*/
+	if (Quantity[typeindex] >= Class->DesiredNum[typeindex]) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	All is ok to add the object to the team, but if the object is already part of
+	**	another team, then it must be removed from that team first.
+	*/
+	if (team) {
+		team->Remove(obj);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Actually add the object to the team.
+	*/
+	Quantity[typeindex]++;
+	obj->IsInitiated = (Member == NULL);
+	obj->Member = Member;
+	Member = obj;
+	obj->Team = this;
+	Total++;
+	Risk += obj->Risk();
+	if (!Center) {
+		Calc_Center(Center, ObjectiveCenter);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Return with success, since the object was added to the team.
+	*/
+	IsAltered = true;
+	return(true);
+}	
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * TeamClass::Remove -- Removes the specified object from the team.                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    Use this routine to remove an object from a team. Objects removed from the team are      * 
+ *    then available to be recruited by other teams, or even by the same team at a later time. * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   obj      -- Pointer to the object that is to be removed from this team.            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *          typeindex-- Optional index of where this object type is specified in the type      * 
+ *                      type class. This parameter can be omitted. It only serves to make      * 
+ *                      the removal process faster.                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the object removed from this team?                                       * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   12/29/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *   01/02/1995 JLB : Initiation tracking and team captain selection.                          * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool TeamClass::Remove(FootClass * obj, int typeindex)
+{
+	Validate();
+	/*
+	**	Make sure that the object is in fact a member of this team. If not, then it can't
+	**	be removed. Return success because the end result is the same.
+	*/
+	if (obj->Team != this) {
+		return(true);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If the proper team index was not provided, then find it in the type type class. The
+	**	team type class will not be set if the appropriate type could not be found
+	**	for this object. This indicates that the object was illegally added. Continue to
+	**	process however, since removing this object from the team is a good idea.
+	*/
+	if (typeindex == -1) {
+		for (typeindex = 0; typeindex < Class->ClassCount; typeindex++) {
+			if (Class->Class[typeindex] == &obj->Class_Of()) {
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Decrement the counter for the team class. There is now one less of this object type.
+	*/
+	if ((unsigned)typeindex < Class->ClassCount) {
+		Quantity[typeindex]--;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Actually remove the object from the team. Scan through the team members
+	**	looking for the one that matches the one specified. If it is found, it
+	**	is unlinked from the member chain. During this scan, a check is made to 
+	**	ensure that at least one remaining member is still initiated. If not, then
+	**	a new team captain must be chosen.
+	*/
+	bool initiated = false;
+	FootClass * prev = 0;
+	FootClass * curr = Member;
+	bool found = false;
+	while (curr && (!found || !initiated)) {
+		if (curr == obj) {
+			if (prev) {
+				prev->Member = curr->Member;
+			} else {
+				Member = curr->Member;
+			}
+			FootClass * temp = curr->Member;
+			curr->Member = 0;
+			curr->Team = 0;
+			curr = temp;
+			Total--;
+			found = true;
+			Risk -= obj->Risk();
+			continue;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	If this (remaining) member is initiated, then keep a record of this.
+		*/
+		initiated |= curr->IsInitiated;
+
+		prev = curr;
+		curr = curr->Member;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If, after removing the team member, there are no initiated members left
+	**	in the team, then just make the first remaining member of the team the
+	**	team captain. Mark the center location of the team as invalid so that
+	**	it will be centered around the captain.
+	*/
+	if (!initiated && Member) {
+		Member->IsInitiated = true;
+		Center = 0;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Must record that the team composition has changed. At the next opportunity,
+	**	the team members will be counted and appropriate AI adjustments made.
+	*/
+	IsAltered = true;
+	return(true);
+}	
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * TeamClass::Recruit -- Attempts to recruit members to the team for the given index ID.       * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This routine will take the given index ID and scan for available objects of that type    * 
+ *    to recruit to the team. Recruiting will continue until that object type has either       * 
+ *    been exhausted or if the team's requirment for that type has been filled.                * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   typeindex   -- The index for the object type to recruit. The index is used to      * 
+ *                         look into the type type's array of object types that make up this   * 
+ *                         team.                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the number of objects added to this team.                             * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   12/29/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *   04/10/1995 JLB : Scans for units too.                                                     * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int TeamClass::Recruit(int typeindex)
+{
+	Validate();
+	int added = 0;				// Total number added to team.
+
+	/*
+	**	Quick check to see if recruiting is really allowed for this index or not.
+	*/
+	if (Class->DesiredNum[typeindex] > Quantity[typeindex]) {
+
+		/*
+		**	For infantry objects, sweep through the infantry in the game looking for
+		**	ones owned by the house that owns the team. When found, try to add.
+		*/
+		if (Class->Class[typeindex]->What_Am_I() == RTTI_INFANTRYTYPE) {
+
+			for (int index = 0; index < Infantry.Count(); index++) {
+				InfantryClass * infantry = Infantry.Ptr(index);
+
+				if (infantry->House == House && infantry->Class == Class->Class[typeindex]) {
+					if (Add(infantry, typeindex)) {
+						added++;
+					}
+				}
+
+				/*
+				**	If there is sufficient quantity of this type of object recruited to the
+				**	team, then abort further scanning for members.
+				*/
+				if (Quantity[typeindex] >= Class->DesiredNum[typeindex]) {
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		if (Class->Class[typeindex]->What_Am_I() == RTTI_UNITTYPE) {
+
+			for (int index = 0; index < Units.Count(); index++) {
+				UnitClass * unit = Units.Ptr(index);
+
+				if (unit->House == House && unit->Class == Class->Class[typeindex]) {
+					if (Add(unit, typeindex)) {
+						added++;
+
+						/*
+						**	If a transport is added to the team, the occupants
+						**	are added by default.
+						*/
+						FootClass * f = unit->Attached_Object();
+						while (f) {
+							Add(f);
+							f = (FootClass *)f->Next;
+						}
+					}
+				}
+
+				/*
+				**	If there is sufficient quantity of this type of object recruited to the
+				**	team, then abort further scanning for members.
+				*/
+				if (Quantity[typeindex] >= Class->DesiredNum[typeindex]) {
+					break;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(added);
+}	
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * TeamClass::Detach -- Removes specified target from team tracking.                           * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    When a target object is about to be removed from the game (e.g., it was killed), then    * 
+ *    any team that is looking at that target must abort from that target.                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   target   -- The target object that is going to be removed from the game.           * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *          all      -- Is the target going away for good as opposed to just cloaking/hiding?  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   12/29/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TeamClass::Detach(TARGET target, bool )
+{
+	Validate();
+
+	/*
+	**	If the target to detatch matches the target of this team, then remove
+	**	the target from this team's Tar/Nav com and let the chips fall
+	**	where they may.
+	*/
+	if (Target == target) {
+		Target = TARGET_NONE;
+	}
+	if (MissionTarget == target) {
+		MissionTarget = TARGET_NONE;
+	}
+
+}	
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * TeamClass::As_Target -- Converts this team object into a target number.                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This routine is used by the save/load code to produce a persistant identifier for this   * 
+ *    team object.                                                                             * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns the team represented as a target number.                                   * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   06/14/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TARGET TeamClass::As_Target(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	return(Build_Target(KIND_TEAM, Teams.ID(this)));
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * TeamClass::Calc_Center -- Determines average location of team members.                      * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    Use this routine to calculate the "center" location of the team. This is the average     * 
+ *    position of all members of the team. Using this center value it is possible to tell      * 
+ *    if a team member is too far away and where to head to in order to group up.              * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the cell number of the team's center point. If the team contains      * 
+ *          no members, then the return value will be zero.                                    * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   12/29/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TeamClass::Calc_Center(CELL &center, CELL &obj_center) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	long	x = 0;
+	long	y = 0;
+	int   dist = 0x7FFFFFFF;
+	int	quantity = 0;
+	FootClass * unit;
+
+	obj_center	= 0;
+	center 		= 0;
+
+	unit = Member;
+	while (unit) {
+		if (unit->IsInitiated && !unit->IsInLimbo) {
+			CELL c = Coord_Cell(unit->Center_Coord());
+			if (unit->Distance(Target) < dist) {
+				dist = unit->Distance(Target);
+				obj_center = c;
+			}
+			x += Cell_X(c);
+			y += Cell_Y(c);
+			quantity++;
+		}
+		unit = unit->Member;
+	}
+	if (quantity) {
+		x /= quantity;
+		y /= quantity;
+		CELL cell = XY_Cell((int)x, (int)y);
+		center = cell;
+	}
+}	
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * TeamClass::Took_Damage -- Informs the team when the team member takes damage.               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This routine is used when a team member takes damage. Usually the team will react in     * 
+ *    some fashion to the attack. This reaction can range from running away to assigning this  * 
+ *    new target as the team's target.                                                         * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   obj      -- The team member that was damaged.                                      * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *          result   -- The severity of the damage taken.                                      * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *          source   -- The purpetrator of the damage.                                         * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   12/29/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TeamClass::Took_Damage(FootClass * , ResultType result, TechnoClass * source)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if ((result != RESULT_NONE) && (!Class->IsSuicide)) {
+		if (!IsMoving) {
+			// Should run to a better hiding place or disband into a group of hunting units.
+		} else {
+
+			if (source && !Is_A_Member(source) && Member && Member->What_Am_I() != RTTI_AIRCRAFT) {
+				if (Target != source->As_Target()) {
+
+					/*
+					**	Don't change target if the team's target is one that can fire as well. There is
+					**	no point in endlessly shuffling between targets that have firepower.
+					*/
+					if (Target_Legal(Target)) {
+						TechnoClass * techno = As_Techno(Target);
+
+						if (techno && ((TechnoTypeClass const &)techno->Class_Of()).Primary != WEAPON_NONE) {
+							if (techno->In_Range(Cell_Coord(Center), 0)) {
+								return;
+							}
+						}
+					}
+					Target = source->As_Target();
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}	
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * TeamClass::Coordinate_Attack -- Handles coordinating a team attack.                         * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This function is called when the team knows what it should attack. This routine will     * 
+ *    give the necessary orders to the members of the team.                                    * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   04/06/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TeamClass::Coordinate_Attack(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (!Target_Legal(Target)) {
+		Target = MissionTarget;
+	}
+
+	if (!Target_Legal(Target)) {
+		IsNextMission = true;
+
+	} else {
+
+		FootClass * unit = Member;
+		while (unit) {
+
+			Coordinate_Conscript(unit);
+
+			if (unit->IsInitiated && !unit->IsInLimbo) {
+
+				if (unit->Mission != MISSION_ATTACK && unit->Mission != MISSION_ENTER && unit->Mission != MISSION_CAPTURE) {
+					unit->Assign_Mission(MISSION_ATTACK);
+					unit->Assign_Target(TARGET_NONE);
+					unit->Assign_Destination(TARGET_NONE);
+				}
+
+				if (unit->TarCom != Target) {
+					unit->Assign_Target(Target);
+				}
+			}
+
+			unit = unit->Member;
+		}	
+	}
+}	
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * TeamClass::Coordinate_Regroup -- Handles team idling (regrouping).                          * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This routine is called when the team must delay at its current location. Team members    * 
+ *    are grouped together by this function. It is called when the team needs to sit and       * 
+ *    wait.                                                                                    * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   04/06/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool TeamClass::Coordinate_Regroup(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	FootClass * unit   = Member;
+	bool			retval = true;
+
+	/*
+	**	Regroup default logic.
+	*/
+	while (unit) {
+
+		Coordinate_Conscript(unit);
+
+		if (unit->IsInitiated && !unit->IsInLimbo) {
+
+			if (unit->Distance(Center) > STRAY_DISTANCE && (unit->Mission != MISSION_GUARD_AREA || !Target_Legal(unit->TarCom))) {
+				if (unit->Mission != MISSION_MOVE || !Target_Legal(unit->NavCom) || ::Distance(As_Cell(unit->NavCom), Center) > STRAY_DISTANCE) {
+					unit->Assign_Mission(MISSION_MOVE);
+					unit->Assign_Destination(::As_Target(Center));
+				}
+				retval = false;
+			} else {
+
+				/*
+				**	This unit has gotten close enough to the team center so that it is
+				**	now considered intiated. An initiated unit is considered when calculating
+				**	the center of the team.
+				*/
+				unit->IsInitiated = true;
+
+				/*
+				**	The team is regrouping, so just sit here and wait.
+				*/
+				if (unit->Mission != MISSION_GUARD_AREA) {
+					unit->Assign_Mission(MISSION_GUARD);
+					unit->Assign_Destination(TARGET_NONE);
+				}
+			}
+
+		}
+
+		unit = unit->Member;
+	}
+	return(retval);
+}	
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * TeamClass::Coordinate_Move -- Handles team movement coordination.                           * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This routine is called when the team must move to a new location. Movement and grouping  * 
+ *    commands associated with this task are initiated here.                                   * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   04/06/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TeamClass::Coordinate_Move(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	FootClass * unit = Member;
+	bool finished = true;
+
+	if (!Target_Legal(Target)) {
+		Target = MissionTarget;
+	}
+
+	if (Target_Legal(Target)) {
+
+		if (!Lagging_Units()) {
+
+
+			while (unit) {
+
+				Coordinate_Conscript(unit);
+
+				if (unit->IsInitiated && !unit->IsInLimbo) {
+
+					if (unit->What_Am_I() != RTTI_AIRCRAFT && unit->Distance(Center) > STRAY_DISTANCE) {
+						IsLagging = true;
+						finished = false;
+					} else {
+
+						if ((unit->Distance(Target)/ICON_LEPTON_W) > STRAY_DISTANCE || 
+							(unit->What_Am_I() == RTTI_AIRCRAFT && 
+							((AircraftClass *)unit)->Altitude > 0 && 
+							Class->MissionList[CurrentMission+1].Mission != TMISSION_MOVE)) {
+
+							if (unit->Mission != MISSION_MOVE) {
+								unit->Assign_Mission(MISSION_MOVE);
+							}
+							if (unit->NavCom != Target) {
+								unit->Assign_Destination(Target);
+							}
+							finished = false;
+						} else {
+							if (unit->Mission == MISSION_MOVE && !Target_Legal(unit->NavCom)) {
+								unit->Enter_Idle_Mode();
+							}
+						}
+					}
+				}
+
+				unit = unit->Member;
+			}
+		} else {
+			finished = false;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If all the team members are close enough to the desired destination, then
+	**	move to the next mission.
+	*/
+	if (finished && IsMoving) {
+		IsNextMission = true;
+	}
+}	
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Lagging_Units -- processes units that cant keep up with the pack        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:      none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:     none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   08/01/1995 PWG : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+bool TeamClass::Lagging_Units(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	FootClass * unit = Member;
+	bool lag = false;
+
+	/*
+	** If the IsLagging bit is not set, then obviously there are no lagging
+	** units.
+	*/
+	if (!IsLagging) return(false);
+
+	/*
+	**	Scan through all of the units, searching for units who are having 
+	** trouble keeping up with the pack.
+	*/ 
+	while (unit) {
+
+		if (!unit->IsInLimbo) {
+			/*
+			** If we find a unit who has fallen to far away from the center of
+			** the pack, then we need to order that unit to catch up with the
+			** first unit.
+			*/
+			if (unit->Distance(ObjectiveCenter) > STRAY_DISTANCE) {
+				if (unit->Mission != MISSION_MOVE || !Target_Legal(unit->NavCom) || ::Distance(As_Cell(unit->NavCom), ObjectiveCenter) > STRAY_DISTANCE) {
+					unit->Assign_Mission(MISSION_MOVE);
+					unit->Assign_Destination(::As_Target(ObjectiveCenter));
+				}
+				lag = true;
+			} else {
+				/*
+				** We need to order all of the other units to hold there
+				** position until all lagging units catch up.
+				*/
+				unit->Assign_Mission(MISSION_GUARD);
+				unit->Assign_Destination(TARGET_NONE);
+			}
+		}
+		unit = unit->Member;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Once we have handled the loop we know whether there are any lagging 
+	** units or not.
+	*/
+	IsLagging = lag;
+	return(lag);
+}
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * TeamClass::Coordinate_Unload -- Tells the team to unload passengers now.                    * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This routine tells all transport vehicles to unload passengers now.                      * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   06/14/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TeamClass::Coordinate_Unload(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	FootClass * unit = Member;
+	bool finished = true;
+
+	while (unit) {
+
+		Coordinate_Conscript(unit);
+
+		if (unit->IsInitiated && !unit->IsInLimbo) {
+			if (unit->Is_Something_Attached()) {
+
+				/*
+				**	Loaner transports will break off of the team at this time. The normal
+				**	unload logic for the transport will proceed normally. The rest of the team
+				**	members will be in a dormant state until they are unloaded.
+				*/
+				if (unit->IsALoaner) {
+					Remove(unit);
+					unit->Commence();
+					unit->Assign_Mission(MISSION_UNLOAD);
+					unit->Assign_Destination(Target);
+				} else {
+					if (unit->Mission != MISSION_UNLOAD) {
+						unit->Assign_Mission(MISSION_UNLOAD);
+						unit->Assign_Destination(Target);
+					}
+				}
+				finished = false;
+			}
+		}
+
+		unit = unit->Member;
+	}
+
+	if (finished) {
+		IsNextMission = true;
+	}
+}	
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * TeamClass::Coordinate_Conscript -- Gives orders to new recruit.                             * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This routine will give the movement orders to the conscript so that it will group        * 
+ *    with the other members of the team.                                                      * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   unit  -- Pointer to the conscript unit.                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   04/06/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TeamClass::Coordinate_Conscript(FootClass * unit)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (unit && !unit->IsInitiated && !unit->IsInLimbo) {
+		if (unit->Distance(Center) > STRAY_DISTANCE) {
+			if (!Target_Legal(unit->NavCom)) {
+				unit->Assign_Mission(MISSION_MOVE);
+				unit->Assign_Target(TARGET_NONE);
+				unit->Assign_Destination(::As_Target(Center));
+			}
+		} else {
+
+			/*
+			**	This unit has gotten close enough to the team center so that it is
+			**	now considered intiated. An initiated unit is considered when calculating
+			**	the center of the team.
+			*/
+			unit->IsInitiated = true;
+		}
+	}
+}	
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * TeamClass::Is_A_Member -- Tests if a unit is a member of a team         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:		none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:     none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/16/1995 PWG : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+bool TeamClass::Is_A_Member(void const * who) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	FootClass * unit = Member;
+	while (unit) {
+		if (unit == who) {
+			return(true);
+		}
+		unit = unit->Member;
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * TeamClass::Suspend_Teams -- Suspends activity for low priority teams    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:	int priority - determines what is considered low priority.     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/19/1995 PWG : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void TeamClass::Suspend_Teams(int priority)
+{
+	for (int index = 0; index < Teams.Count(); index++) {
+		TeamClass *team =	Teams.Ptr(index);
+
+		/*
+		**	If a team is below the "survival priority level", then it gets
+		**	destroyed. The team members are then free to be reassigned.
+		*/
+		if (team && team->Class->RecruitPriority < priority) {
+			FootClass * unit = team->Member;
+			while (team->Member) {
+				team->Remove(team->Member);
+			}
+			team->IsAltered = true;
+			team->SuspendTimer = TICKS_PER_MINUTE*2;
+			team->Suspended = true;
+		}
+	}
+}
diff --git a/TEAM.H b/TEAM.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b8ffc5c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TEAM.H
@@ -0,0 +1,249 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\team.h_v   2.16   16 Oct 1995 16:48:04   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : TEAM.H                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : 12/11/94                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : December 11, 1994 [JLB]                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef TEAM_H
+#define TEAM_H
+
+#include	<wwfile.h>
+#include	"teamtype.h"
+#include	"abstract.h"
+
+/*
+** Units are only allowed to stray a certain distance away from their
+** team.  When they exceed this distance, some sort of fixup must be
+** done.
+*/
+#define STRAY_DISTANCE		2
+
+class TeamClass : public AbstractClass
+{
+	public:
+		/*
+		**	This specifies the type of team this is.
+		*/
+		TeamTypeClass const * const Class;
+
+		/*
+		**	This specifies the owner of this team.
+		*/
+		HouseClass * const House;
+
+		/*
+		**	This flag forces the team into active state regardless of whether it
+		**	is understrength or not.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsForcedActive:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	This flag is set to true when the team initiates into active mode. The
+		**	flag is never cleared. By examining this flag, it is possible to determine
+		**	if the team has ever launched into active mode.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsHasBeen:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If the team is full strength, then this flag is true. A full strength
+		**	team will not try to recruit members.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsFullStrength:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	A team that is below half strength has this flag true. It means that the
+		**	the team should hide back at the owner's base and try to recruit
+		**	members.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsUnderStrength:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If a team is not understrength but is not yet full strength, then
+		**	the team is regrouping.  If this flag is set and the team becomes
+		**	full strength, the all members of the team will become initiated
+		** and this flag will be reset.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsReforming:1;
+
+		/*
+		** This bit should be set if a team is determined to have lagging
+		** units in its formation.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsLagging:1;
+
+	private:
+		/*
+		**	If a team member was removed or added, then this flag will be set to true. The
+		**	team system uses this flag to tell whether it should recalculate the team
+		**	under strength or full strength flags. This process does not need to occur
+		**	EVERY time a unit added or deleted from a team, just every so often if the
+		**	team has been changed.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsAltered:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If the team is working on it's primary mission (it is past the build up stage)
+		**	then this flag will be true. The transition between "moving" and "stationary"
+		**	stages usually requires some action on the team's part.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsMoving:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	When the team determines that the next mission should be advanced to, it will
+		**	set this flag to true. Mission advance will either change the behavior of the
+		**	team or cause it to disband.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsNextMission:1;
+		/*
+		** Records whether the team is suspended from production.
+		*/
+		unsigned Suspended:1;
+
+	public:
+		/*
+		**	A team will have a center point. This is the point used to determine if
+		**	any member of the team is "too far" from the team and must return. This
+		**	center point is usually calculated as the average position of all the
+		**	team members.
+		*/
+		CELL Center;
+		CELL ObjectiveCenter;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the target of the team. Typically, it is a unit or structure, but
+		**	for the case of teams with a movement mission, it might represent a
+		**	destination cell.
+		*/
+		TARGET MissionTarget;
+		TARGET Target;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the total number of members in this team.
+		*/
+		int Total;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the teams combined risk value
+		*/
+		int Risk;
+		/*
+		** This is the amount of time the team is suspended for.
+		*/
+		TCountDownTimerClass SuspendTimer;
+
+		//------------------------------------------------------------
+		TeamClass(void) : Class(0), House(0) {IsActive=false;Member=0;IsAltered=true;};
+		TeamClass(TeamTypeClass const * team, HouseClass * owner);
+		virtual ~TeamClass(void);
+		virtual RTTIType What_Am_I(void) const {return RTTI_TEAM;};
+		static void operator delete(void *ptr);
+		static void * operator new(size_t size);
+		static void Init(void);
+		static void Suspend_Teams(int priority);
+
+		TARGET As_Target(void) const;
+
+		/*
+		**	File I/O.
+		*/
+		bool  Load(FileClass & file);
+		bool  Save(FileClass & file);
+		void  Code_Pointers(void);
+		void  Decode_Pointers(void);
+
+		void  Force_Active(void) {IsForcedActive = true;IsUnderStrength=false;};
+		bool  Remove(FootClass *, int typeindex=-1);
+		void  Detach(TARGET target, bool all);
+		void  AI(void);
+		void  Took_Damage(FootClass * obj, ResultType result, TechnoClass * source);
+		bool  Add(FootClass *, int typeindex=-1);
+		void  Assign_Mission_Target(TARGET new_target);
+
+		/*
+		**	Dee-buggin' support.
+		*/
+		int Validate(void) const;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is a record of the current number of active teams of each
+		**	type. It can range from zero to MaxAllowed.
+		*/
+		static unsigned char Number[TEAMTYPE_MAX];
+
+	private:
+
+		/*
+		**	The current mission index into the mission list is recorded here.
+		*/
+		int CurrentMission;
+
+		/*
+		**	Some missions will time out. This is the timer that keeps track of the
+		**	time to transition between missions.
+		*/
+		TCountDownTimerClass TimeOut;
+
+		void  Coordinate_Unload(void);
+		bool  Coordinate_Regroup(void);
+		void  Coordinate_Attack(void);
+		void  Coordinate_Move(void);
+		void  Coordinate_Conscript(FootClass * unit);
+//		void Control(FootClass *, bool initial=false);
+		void  Calc_Center(CELL &center, CELL &obj_center) const;
+		int  Recruit(int typeindex);
+		bool  Is_A_Member(void const * who) const;
+		bool  Lagging_Units(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	Points to the first member in the list of members for this team.
+		*/
+		FootClass * Member;
+
+		unsigned char Quantity[TeamTypeClass::MAX_TEAM_CLASSCOUNT];
+
+		/*
+		**	This records the success of each team type. As the team carries out its
+		**	mission, it increments this counter if it considers the mission
+		**	to have been successfully completed. Teams with greater success
+		**	will be created more than the others.
+		*/
+		static unsigned char Success[TEAMTYPE_MAX];
+
+		/*
+		** This contains the value of the Virtual Function Table Pointer
+		*/
+		static void * VTable;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/TEAMTYPE.CPP b/TEAMTYPE.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..39c50bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TEAMTYPE.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,978 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\teamtype.cpv   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:48:52   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D    S T U D I O S        **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : TEAMTYPE.CPP                             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Bill Randolph                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : December 7, 1994                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : July 21, 1995 [JLB]                      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ *   TeamTypeClass::TeamTypeClass -- class constructor                     *
+ *   TeamTypeClass::~TeamTypeClass -- class destructor                     *
+ *   TeamTypeClass::Init -- pre-scenario initialization                    *
+ *   TeamTypeClass::Read_INI -- reads INI data                             *
+ *   TeamTypeClass::Write_INI -- writes INI data                           *
+ *   TeamTypeClass::Read_Old_INI -- reads old INI format                   *
+ *   TeamTypeClass::As_Pointer -- gets ptr for team type with given name   *
+ *   TeamTypeClass::Remove -- removes this team from the system            *
+ *   TeamTypeClass::Mission_From_Name -- returns mission for given name    *
+ *   TeamTypeClass::Name_From_Mission -- returns name for given mission    *
+ *   TeamTypeClass::operator new -- 'new' operator                         *
+ *   TeamTypeClass::operator delete -- 'delete' operator                   *
+ *   TeamTypeClass::Suggested_New_Team -- Suggests a new team to create.   *
+ *   TeamTypeClass::Validate -- validates teamtype pointer						*
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "function.h"
+
+
+/*
+********************************** Globals **********************************
+*/
+char const * TeamTypeClass::TMissions[TMISSION_COUNT] = {
+	"Attack Base",
+	"Attack Units",
+	"Attack Civil.",
+	"Rampage",
+	"Defend Base",
+//	"Harvest",
+	"Move",
+	"Move to Cell",
+	"Retreat",
+	"Guard",
+	"Loop",
+	"Attack Tarcom",
+	"Unload",
+};
+
+/*
+** This contains the value of the Virtual Function Table Pointer
+*/
+void * TeamTypeClass::VTable;
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TeamTypeClass::Validate -- validates teamtype pointer													  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *		1 = ok, 0 = error																								  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/09/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+int TeamTypeClass::Validate(void) const
+{
+	int num;
+
+	num = TeamTypes.ID(this);
+	if (num < 0 || num >= TEAMTYPE_MAX) {
+		Validate_Error("TEAMTYPE");
+		return (0);
+	}
+	else
+		return (1);
+}
+#else
+#define	Validate()
+#endif
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * TeamTypeClass::TeamTypeClass -- class constructor                       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/07/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+TeamTypeClass::TeamTypeClass(void)
+{
+	IsPrebuilt = true;
+	IsReinforcable = true;
+	IsRoundAbout = false;
+	IsLearning = false;
+	IsSuicide = false;
+	IsAutocreate = false;
+	IsTransient = false;
+	IsMercenary = false;
+	RecruitPriority = 7;
+	MaxAllowed = 0;
+	Fear = 0;
+	InitNum = 0;
+	House = HOUSE_NONE;
+	MissionCount = 0;
+	IniName[0] = '\0';
+	ClassCount = 0;
+	for (int i = 0; i < MAX_TEAM_CLASSCOUNT; i++) {
+		Class[i] = NULL;
+		DesiredNum[i] = 0;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * TeamTypeClass::Init -- pre-scenario initialization                      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/07/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void TeamTypeClass::Init(void)
+{
+	TeamTypeClass *ptr;
+
+	TeamTypes.Free_All();
+
+	ptr = new TeamTypeClass();
+	VTable = ((void **)(((char *)ptr) + sizeof(AbstractTypeClass) - 4))[0];
+	delete ptr;
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * TeamTypeClass::Read_INI -- reads INI data                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INI entry format:                                                       *
+ *      TeamName = Housename,Roundabout,Learning,Suicide,Spy,Mercenary,    *
+ *       RecruitPriority,MaxAllowed,InitNum,Fear,                          *
+ *       ClassCount,Class:Num,Class:Num,...,                               *
+ *       MissionCount,Mission:Arg,Mission:Arg,Mission:Arg,...              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      buffer      buffer to hold the INI data                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/07/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *   02/01/1995 BR : No del team if no classes (editor needs empty teams!) *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void TeamTypeClass::Read_INI(char *buffer)
+{
+	TeamTypeClass * team;					// Working team pointer.
+	char *tbuffer;								// Accumulation buffer of team names.
+	int len;										// Length of data in buffer.
+	char buf[500];								// INI entry buffer
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Set 'tbuffer' to point just past the INI buffer
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	len = strlen(buffer) + 2;
+	tbuffer = buffer + len;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Read all TeamType entry names into 'tbuffer'
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	WWGetPrivateProfileString(INI_Name(), NULL, NULL, tbuffer, ShapeBufferSize-len, buffer);
+
+	/*
+	----------------------- Loop for all team entries ------------------------
+	*/
+	while (*tbuffer != '\0') {
+		/*
+		....................... Create a new team type ........................
+		*/
+		team = new TeamTypeClass();
+
+		/*
+		......................... Get the team entry ..........................
+		*/
+		WWGetPrivateProfileString(INI_Name(), tbuffer, NULL, buf, sizeof(buf)-1, buffer);
+
+		/*
+		.......................... Fill the team in ...........................
+		*/
+		team->Fill_In(tbuffer, buf);
+
+		/*
+		...................... Go to the next INI entry .......................
+		*/
+		tbuffer += strlen(tbuffer)+1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** If no teams were read in, try reading the old INI format.
+	*/
+	if (TeamTypes.Count()==0) {
+		Read_Old_INI(buffer);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TeamTypeClass::Fill_In -- fills in trigger from the given INI entry                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine fills in the given teamtype with the given name, and values from               *
+ * the given INI entry.                                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * (This routine is used by the scenario editor, to import teams from the MASTER.INI file.)    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    INI entry format:                                                                        *
+ *      TeamName = Housename,Roundabout,Learning,Suicide,Spy,Mercenary,                        *
+ *       RecruitPriority,MaxAllowed,InitNum,Fear,                                              *
+ *       ClassCount,Class:Num,Class:Num,...,                                                   *
+ *       MissionCount,Mission:Arg,Mission:Arg,Mission:Arg,...                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      name      mnemonic for the desired trigger                                             *
+ *      entry      INI entry to parse                                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/28/1994 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TeamTypeClass::Fill_In(char * name, char *entry)
+{
+	Validate();
+	int num_classes;
+	char *p1;									// parsing pointer
+	char *p2;									// parsing pointer
+	int i;										// loop counter
+	TechnoTypeClass const *otype;			// ptr to type of object
+	InfantryType i_id;						// infantry ID
+	UnitType u_id;								// unit ID
+	AircraftType a_id;						// aircraft ID
+	TeamMissionStruct mission;
+
+	/*
+	------------------------------ Set its name ------------------------------
+	*/
+	Set_Name(name);
+
+	/*
+	---------------------------- 1st token: House ----------------------------
+	*/
+	House = HouseTypeClass::From_Name(strtok(entry,","));
+
+	/*
+	-------------------------- 2nd token: RoundAbout -------------------------
+	*/
+	IsRoundAbout = atoi(strtok(NULL,","));
+
+	/*
+	--------------------------- 3rd token: Learning --------------------------
+	*/
+	IsLearning = atoi(strtok(NULL,","));
+
+	/*
+	--------------------------- 4th token: Suicide ---------------------------
+	*/
+	IsSuicide = atoi(strtok(NULL,","));
+
+	/*
+	----------------------------- 5th token: Spy -----------------------------
+	*/
+	IsAutocreate = atoi(strtok(NULL,","));
+
+	/*
+	-------------------------- 6th token: Mercenary --------------------------
+	*/
+	IsMercenary = atoi(strtok(NULL,","));
+
+	/*
+	----------------------- 7th token: RecruitPriority -----------------------
+	*/
+	RecruitPriority = atoi(strtok(NULL,","));
+
+	/*
+	-------------------------- 8th token: MaxAllowed -------------------------
+	*/
+	MaxAllowed = atoi(strtok(NULL,","));
+
+	/*
+	--------------------------- 9th token: InitNum ---------------------------
+	*/
+	InitNum = atoi(strtok(NULL,","));
+
+	/*
+	------------------------- 10th token: Fear level -------------------------
+	*/
+	Fear = atoi(strtok(NULL,","));
+
+	/*
+	------------------------ 11th token: Class count -------------------------
+	*/
+	num_classes = atoi(strtok(NULL,","));
+
+	/*
+	-------------- Loop through entries, setting class ptr & num -------------
+	*/
+	ClassCount = 0;
+	for (i = 0; i < num_classes; i++) {
+		p1 = strtok(NULL,",:");
+		p2 = strtok(NULL,",:");
+		otype = NULL;
+
+		/*
+		------------------- See if this is an infantry name -------------------
+		*/
+		i_id = InfantryTypeClass::From_Name(p1);
+		if (i_id != INFANTRY_NONE) {
+			otype = &InfantryTypeClass::As_Reference(i_id);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		---------------------- See if this is a unit name ---------------------
+		*/
+		u_id = UnitTypeClass::From_Name(p1);
+		if (u_id != UNIT_NONE) {
+			otype = &UnitTypeClass::As_Reference(u_id);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		------------------- See if this is an aircraft name -------------------
+		*/
+		a_id = AircraftTypeClass::From_Name(p1);
+		if (a_id != AIRCRAFT_NONE) {
+			otype = &AircraftTypeClass::As_Reference(a_id);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		--------------- If the name was resolved, add this class --------------
+		*/
+		if (otype) {
+			Class[ClassCount] = otype;
+			DesiredNum[ClassCount] = atoi(p2);
+			ClassCount++;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	----------------------- next token: Mission count ------------------------
+	*/
+	MissionCount = atoi(strtok(NULL,","));
+
+	for (i = 0; i < MissionCount; i++) {
+		p1 = strtok(NULL,",:");
+		p2 = strtok(NULL,",:");
+		mission.Mission = Mission_From_Name(p1);
+		mission.Argument = atoi(p2);
+		MissionList[i] = mission;
+	}
+
+	char * ptr = strtok(NULL, ",");
+	if (ptr) {
+		IsReinforcable = atoi(ptr);
+	}
+	ptr = strtok(NULL, ",");
+	if (ptr) {
+		IsPrebuilt = atoi(ptr);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * TeamTypeClass::Write_INI -- writes INI data                             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INI entry format:                                                       *
+ *      TeamName = Housename,Roundabout,Learning,Suicide,Spy,Mercenary,    *
+ *       RecruitPriority,MaxAllowed,InitNum,Fear,                          *
+ *       ClassCount,Class:Num,Class:Num,...,                               *
+ *       MissionCount,Mission,Arg,Mission,Arg,Mission,Arg,...              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      buffer      buffer to store INI data in                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/07/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void TeamTypeClass::Write_INI(char *buffer, bool refresh)
+{
+	int index;
+	int i;
+	char buf[500];
+	TeamTypeClass * team;
+	char const *hname;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	First, clear out all existing teamtypes in the old-style format.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	WWWritePrivateProfileString("Teams", NULL, NULL, buffer);
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Clear out all existing teamtype data from the INI file.
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	if (refresh) {
+		WWWritePrivateProfileString(INI_Name(), NULL, NULL, buffer);
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Now write all the team data out
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	buf[0] = 0;
+	for (index = 0; index < TeamTypes.Count(); index++) {
+		/*
+		.................. Get ptr to next active teamtype ....................
+		*/
+		team = TeamTypes.Ptr(index);
+
+		/*
+		.......................... Find house's name ..........................
+		*/
+		if (team->House==HOUSE_NONE) {
+			hname = "None";
+		} else {
+			hname = HouseClass::As_Pointer(team->House)->Class->IniName;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		......................... Generate INI entry ..........................
+		*/
+		sprintf(buf,"%s,%d,%d,%d,%d,%d,%d,%d,%d,%d,%d",
+			hname,
+			team->IsRoundAbout,
+			team->IsLearning,
+			team->IsSuicide,
+			team->IsAutocreate,
+			team->IsMercenary,
+			team->RecruitPriority,
+			team->MaxAllowed,
+			team->InitNum,
+			team->Fear,
+			team->ClassCount);
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		For every class in the team, record the class's name & desired count
+		.....................................................................*/
+		for (i = 0; i < team->ClassCount; i++) {
+			sprintf (buf + strlen(buf), ",%s:%d",
+				team->Class[i]->IniName,
+				team->DesiredNum[i]);
+		}
+
+		/*.....................................................................
+		Record the # of missions, and each mission name & argument value.
+		.....................................................................*/
+		sprintf(buf + strlen(buf),",%d",team->MissionCount);
+		for (i = 0; i < team->MissionCount; i++) {
+			sprintf (buf + strlen(buf), ",%s:%d",
+				Name_From_Mission(team->MissionList[i].Mission),
+				team->MissionList[i].Argument);
+		}
+
+		if (team->IsReinforcable) {
+			strcat(buf, ",1");
+		} else {
+			strcat(buf, ",0");
+		}
+		if (team->IsPrebuilt) {
+			strcat(buf, ",1");
+		} else {
+			strcat(buf, ",0");
+		}
+
+		WWWritePrivateProfileString(INI_Name(), team->IniName, buf, buffer);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * TeamTypeClass::Read_Old_INI -- reads old INI format                     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *    INI entry format:                                                    *
+ *      TeamName = Housename,Roundabout,Learning,Suicide,Spy,Mercenary,    *
+ *       RecruitPriority,MaxAllowed,InitNum,Class:Num,Class:Num,...,Fear   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      buffer      buffer to hold the INI data                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/07/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *   02/01/1995 BR : No del team if no classes (editor needs empty teams!) *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void TeamTypeClass::Read_Old_INI(char *buffer)
+{
+	TeamTypeClass * team;					// Working team pointer.
+	char *tbuffer;								// Accumulation buffer of team names.
+	int len;										// Length of data in buffer.
+	char buf[256];								// INI entry buffer
+	char *p1;									// parsing pointer
+	char *p2;									// parsing pointer
+	int index;
+	TechnoTypeClass const *otype;			// ptr to type of object
+	InfantryType i_id;						// infantry ID
+	UnitType u_id;								// unit ID
+	AircraftType a_id;						// infantry ID
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Set 'tbuffer' to point just past the INI buffer
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	len = strlen(buffer) + 2;
+	tbuffer = buffer + len;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Read all TeamType entry names into 'tbuffer'
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	WWGetPrivateProfileString("Teams", NULL, NULL, tbuffer, ShapeBufferSize-len, buffer);
+
+	/*
+	----------------------- Loop for all team entries ------------------------
+	*/
+	while (*tbuffer != '\0') {
+		/*
+		........................ Create a new trigger .........................
+		*/
+		team = new TeamTypeClass();
+
+		/*
+		............................ Set its name .............................
+		*/
+		team->Set_Name(tbuffer);
+
+		/*
+		......................... Get the team entry ..........................
+		*/
+		WWGetPrivateProfileString("Teams", tbuffer, NULL, buf, sizeof(buf)-1, buffer);
+
+		/*
+		.......................... 1st token: House ...........................
+		*/
+		team->House = HouseTypeClass::From_Name(strtok(buf,","));
+
+		/*
+		........................ 2nd token: RoundAbout ........................
+		*/
+		team->IsRoundAbout = atoi(strtok(NULL,","));
+
+		/*
+		......................... 3rd token: Learning .........................
+		*/
+		team->IsLearning = atoi(strtok(NULL,","));
+
+		/*
+		......................... 4th token: Suicide ..........................
+		*/
+		team->IsSuicide = atoi(strtok(NULL,","));
+
+		/*
+		........................... 5th token: Spy ............................
+		*/
+		team->IsAutocreate = atoi(strtok(NULL,","));
+
+		/*
+		........................ 6th token: Mercenary .........................
+		*/
+		team->IsMercenary = atoi(strtok(NULL,","));
+
+		/*
+		..................... 7th token: RecruitPriority ......................
+		*/
+		team->RecruitPriority = atoi(strtok(NULL,","));
+
+		/*
+		........................ 8th token: MaxAllowed ........................
+		*/
+		team->MaxAllowed = atoi(strtok(NULL,","));
+
+		/*
+		......................... 9th token: InitNum ..........................
+		*/
+		team->InitNum = atoi(strtok(NULL,","));
+
+		/*
+		....................... 10th token: Mission name ......................
+		*/
+		strtok(NULL,",");	// just throw it away
+
+		/*
+		............ Loop through entries, setting class ptr & num ............
+		*/
+		index = 0;
+		p1 = strtok(NULL,",:");
+		p2 = strtok(NULL,",:");
+		while (p1 && p2) {
+			otype = NULL;
+
+			/*
+			................. See if this is an infantry name ..................
+			*/
+			i_id = InfantryTypeClass::From_Name(p1);
+			if (i_id!=INFANTRY_NONE) {
+				otype = &InfantryTypeClass::As_Reference(i_id);
+			}
+
+			/*
+			.................... See if this is a unit name ....................
+			*/
+			u_id = UnitTypeClass::From_Name(p1);
+			if (u_id != UNIT_NONE) {
+				otype = &UnitTypeClass::As_Reference(u_id);
+			}
+
+			/*
+			................. See if this is an aircraft name ..................
+			*/
+			a_id = AircraftTypeClass::From_Name(p1);
+			if (a_id != AIRCRAFT_NONE) {
+				otype = &AircraftTypeClass::As_Reference(a_id);
+			}
+
+			/*
+			............. If the name was resolved, add this class .............
+			*/
+			if (otype) {
+				team->Class[index] = otype;
+				team->DesiredNum[index] = atoi(p2);
+				index++;
+				team->ClassCount = index;
+			}
+
+			/*
+			................. Go to the next entry on the line .................
+			*/
+			p1 = strtok(NULL,",:");
+			p2 = strtok(NULL,",:");
+		}
+
+		team->Fear = 0;
+
+		/*
+		...................... Go to the next INI entry .......................
+		*/
+		tbuffer += strlen(tbuffer)+1;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * TeamTypeClass::As_Pointer -- gets ptr for team type with given name     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      name      name of teamtype                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      ptr to TeamType with that name                                     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/07/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+TeamTypeClass * TeamTypeClass::As_Pointer(char *name)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	if (name == NULL) {
+		return(NULL);
+	}
+
+	for (i = 0; i < TeamTypes.Count(); i++) {
+		if (!stricmp(name, TeamTypes.Ptr(i)->IniName)) {
+			return(TeamTypes.Ptr(i));
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(NULL);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * TeamTypeClass::Remove -- removes this team from the system              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/09/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void TeamTypeClass::Remove(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	int i;
+	TriggerClass * trigger;
+
+	/*
+	**	Remove all trigger references to this team.
+	*/
+	for (i = 0; i < Triggers.Count(); i++) {
+		trigger = Triggers.Ptr(i);
+		if (trigger->Team == this) {
+			trigger->Team = NULL;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Delete myself.
+	*/
+	delete this;
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * TeamTypeClass::Mission_From_Name -- returns team mission for given name *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      name         name to compare                                       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      mission for that name                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/13/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+TeamMissionType TeamTypeClass::Mission_From_Name(char const *name)
+{
+	int order;
+
+	if (name) {
+		for (order = TMISSION_FIRST; order < TMISSION_COUNT; order++) {
+			if (stricmp(TMissions[order], name) == 0) {
+				return((TeamMissionType) order);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(TMISSION_NONE);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * TeamTypeClass::Name_From_Mission -- returns name for given mission      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      order      mission to get name for                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      name of mission                                                    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   12/13/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+char const * TeamTypeClass::Name_From_Mission(TeamMissionType order)
+{
+	if (order <= TMISSION_NONE || order >= TMISSION_COUNT) {
+		return("None");
+	} else {
+		return(TMissions[order]);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * TeamTypeClass::operator new -- 'new' operator                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      pointer to new TeamType                                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/28/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void * TeamTypeClass::operator new(size_t )
+{
+	void * ptr = TeamTypes.Allocate();
+	if (ptr) {
+		((TeamTypeClass *)ptr)->IsActive = true;
+	}
+	return(ptr);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * TeamTypeClass::operator delete -- 'delete' operator                     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *      ptr      pointer to delete                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *      none.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/28/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void TeamTypeClass::operator delete(void *ptr)
+{
+	if (ptr) {
+		((TeamTypeClass *)ptr)->IsActive = false;
+	}
+	TeamTypes.Free((TeamTypeClass *)ptr);
+}
+
+
+
+TeamClass * TeamTypeClass::Create_One_Of(void) const
+{
+	if (ScenarioInit || TeamClass::Number[TeamTypes.ID(this)] < MaxAllowed) {
+		return(new TeamClass(this, HouseClass::As_Pointer(House)));
+	}
+	return(NULL);
+}
+
+
+TARGET TeamTypeClass::As_Target(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	return(Build_Target(KIND_TEAMTYPE, TeamTypes.ID(this)));
+}
+
+
+void TeamTypeClass::Destroy_All_Of(void) const
+{
+	for (int index = 0; index < Teams.Count(); index++) {
+		TeamClass * team = Teams.Ptr(index);
+
+		if (team->Class == this) {
+			delete team;
+			index--;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TeamTypeClass::Suggested_New_Team -- Suggests a new team to create.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will scan through the team types available and create teams of the          *
+ *    type that can best utilize the existing unit mix.                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   house    -- Pointer to the house that this team is to be created for.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          utype    -- A bit mask of the unit types available for this house.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          itypes   -- A bit mask of the infantry types available for this house.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          alerted  -- Is this house alerted? If true, then the Autocreate teams will be      *
+ *                      considered in the selection process.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the team type that should be created. If no team should  *
+ *          be created, then it returns NULL.                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/13/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   07/21/1995 JLB : Will autocreate team even if no members in field.                        *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TeamTypeClass const * TeamTypeClass::Suggested_New_Team(HouseClass * house, long utypes, long itypes, bool alerted)
+{
+	TeamTypeClass const * best = NULL;
+	int bestvalue = 0;
+
+	for (int index = 0; index < TeamTypes.Count(); index++) {
+		TeamTypeClass const * ttype = TeamTypes.Ptr(index);
+
+		if (ttype &&
+				ttype->House == house->Class->House &&
+				TeamClass::Number[index] < ((alerted || !ttype->IsAutocreate) ? ttype->MaxAllowed : 0)) {
+
+			/*
+			**	Determine what kind of units this team requires.
+			*/
+			long uneeded = 0;
+			long ineeded = 0;
+			for (int ctype = 0; ctype < ttype->ClassCount; ctype++) {
+				switch (ttype->Class[ctype]->What_Am_I()) {
+					case RTTI_INFANTRYTYPE:
+						ineeded |= (1 << ((InfantryTypeClass *)ttype->Class[ctype])->Type);
+						break;
+
+					case RTTI_UNITTYPE:
+						uneeded |= (1 << ((UnitTypeClass *)ttype->Class[ctype])->Type);
+						break;
+				}
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	If this team can use the types required, then consider it a possible
+			**	team type to create.
+			*/
+			int value = 0;
+			if ((ineeded & itypes) || (uneeded & utypes)) {
+				value = ttype->RecruitPriority;
+			} else {
+				value = ttype->RecruitPriority/2;
+			}
+
+			if (!best || bestvalue < value) {
+				bestvalue = value;
+				best = ttype;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(best);
+}
diff --git a/TEAMTYPE.H b/TEAMTYPE.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..da2569b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TEAMTYPE.H
@@ -0,0 +1,259 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\teamtype.h_v   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:45:40   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D    S T U D I O S        **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : TEAMTYPE.H                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Bill Randolph                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : December 7, 1994                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : December 7, 1994   [BR]                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef TEAMTYPE_H
+#define TEAMTYPE_H
+
+/*
+********************************** Defines **********************************
+*/
+//#define	TEAMTYPE_MAX			20			// max # of different team types
+
+/*
+**	TeamMissionType: the various missions that a team can have.
+*/
+typedef enum TeamMissionType {
+	TMISSION_NONE=-1,
+	TMISSION_ATTACKBASE,				// Attack nearest enemy base.
+	TMISSION_ATTACKUNITS,			// Attack all enemy units.
+	TMISSION_ATTACKCIVILIANS,		// Attack all civilians
+	TMISSION_RAMPAGE,					// attack & destroy anything that's not mine
+	TMISSION_DEFENDBASE,				// Protect my base.
+//	TMISSION_HARVEST,					// stake out a Tiberium claim, defend & harvest it
+	TMISSION_MOVE,						// moves to waypoint specified.
+	TMISSION_MOVECELL,				// moves to cell # specified.
+	TMISSION_RETREAT,					// order given by superior team, for coordinating
+	TMISSION_GUARD,					// works like an infantry's guard mission
+	TMISSION_LOOP,						// loop back to start of mission list
+	TMISSION_ATTACKTARCOM,			// attack tarcom
+	TMISSION_UNLOAD,					// Unload at current location.
+	TMISSION_COUNT,
+	TMISSION_FIRST=0
+} TeamMissionType;
+
+/*
+** Forward declarations.
+*/
+class TechnoTypeClass;
+
+
+/*
+**	This structure contains one team mission value & its argument.
+*/
+typedef struct TeamMissionTag
+{
+	TeamMissionType Mission;
+	int Argument;
+} TeamMissionStruct;
+
+/*
+**	TeamTypeClass declaration
+*/
+class TeamTypeClass : public AbstractTypeClass
+{
+	public:
+		enum TeamTypeClassEnums {
+			MAX_TEAM_CLASSCOUNT=5,
+			MAX_TEAM_MISSIONS=20
+		};
+
+		/*
+		**	Constructor/Destructor
+		*/
+		TeamTypeClass(void);
+		virtual ~TeamTypeClass(void) {};
+
+		/*
+		**	Initialization: clears all team types in preparation for new scenario
+		*/
+		static void Init(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	File I/O routines
+		*/
+		static void Read_INI(char *buffer);
+		void  Fill_In(char *name, char *entry);
+		static void Write_INI(char *buffer, bool refresh);
+		static void Read_Old_INI(char *buffer);
+		static char * INI_Name(void) {return "TeamTypes";};
+		bool  Load(FileClass & file);
+		bool  Save(FileClass & file);
+		void  Code_Pointers(void);
+		void  Decode_Pointers(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	As_Pointer gets a pointer to the trigger object give its name
+		*/
+		static TeamTypeClass *As_Pointer(char *name);
+
+		/*
+		**	Processing routines
+		*/
+		void  Remove(void);
+		TeamClass *  Create_One_Of(void) const;
+		void  Destroy_All_Of(void) const;
+
+		/*
+		**	Utility routines
+		*/
+		static char const * Name_From_Mission(TeamMissionType order);
+		static TeamMissionType Mission_From_Name(char const *name);
+		static TeamTypeClass const * Suggested_New_Team(HouseClass * house, long utypes, long itypes, bool alerted);
+
+		TARGET  As_Target(void) const;
+
+		/*
+		**	Overloaded operators
+		*/
+		void * operator new(size_t );
+		void operator delete(void *ptr);
+
+		/*
+		**	Dee-buggin' support.
+		*/
+		int Validate(void) const;
+
+		/*
+		**	If this teamtype object is active, then this flag will be true.
+		**	TeamType objects that are not active are either not yet created or have
+		**	been deleted after fulfilling their action.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsActive:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If RoundAbout, the team avoids high-threat areas
+		*/
+		unsigned IsRoundAbout:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If Learning, the team learns from mistakes
+		*/
+		unsigned IsLearning:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If Suicide, the team won't stop until it achieves its mission or it's
+		**	dead
+		*/
+		unsigned IsSuicide:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Is this team type allowed to be created automatically by the computer
+		**	when the appropriate trigger indicates?
+		*/
+		unsigned IsAutocreate:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Mercenaries will change sides if they start to lose.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsMercenary:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	This flag tells the computer that it should build members to fill
+		**	a team of this type regardless of whether there actually is a team
+		**	of this type active.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsPrebuilt:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If this team should allow recruitment of new members, then this flag
+		**	will be true. A false value results in a team that fights until it
+		**	is dead. This is similar to IsSuicide, but they will defend themselves.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsReinforcable:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	A transient team type was created exclusively to bring on reinforcements
+		**	as a result of some special event. As soon as there are no teams
+		**	existing of this type, then this team type should be deleted.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsTransient:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Priority given the team for recruiting purposes; higher priority means
+		**	it can steal members from other teams (scale: 0 - 15)
+		*/
+		int RecruitPriority;
+
+		/*
+		**	Initial # of this type of team
+		*/
+		unsigned char InitNum;
+
+		/*
+		**	Max # of this type of team allowed at one time
+		*/
+		unsigned char MaxAllowed;
+
+		/*
+		**	Fear level of this team
+		*/
+		unsigned char Fear;
+
+		/*
+		**	House the team belongs to
+		*/
+		HousesType House;
+
+		/*
+		**	The mission list for this team
+		*/
+		int MissionCount;
+		TeamMissionStruct MissionList[MAX_TEAM_MISSIONS];
+
+		/*
+		**	Number of different classes in the team
+		*/
+		unsigned char ClassCount;
+
+		/*
+		**	Array of object types comprising the team
+		*/
+		TechnoTypeClass const * Class[MAX_TEAM_CLASSCOUNT];
+
+		/*
+		**	Desired # of each type of object comprising the team
+		*/
+		unsigned char DesiredNum[MAX_TEAM_CLASSCOUNT];
+
+	private:
+		static char const * TMissions[TMISSION_COUNT];
+
+		/*
+		** This contains the value of the Virtual Function Table Pointer
+		*/
+		static void * VTable;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/TECHNO.CPP b/TECHNO.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..96f5443
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TECHNO.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,3996 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\techno.cpv   2.13   02 Aug 1995 17:01:08   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : BASE.CPP                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : May 8, 1994                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : August 23, 1995 [JLB]                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   TechnoClass::AI -- Handles AI processing for techno object.                               *
+ *   TechnoClass::Assign_Destination -- Assigns movement destination to the object.            *
+ *   TechnoClass::Assign_Target -- Assigns the targeting computer with specified target.       *
+ *   TechnoClass::Base_Is_Attacked -- Handle panic response to base being attacked.            *
+ *   TechnoClass::Can_Fire -- Determines if this techno object can fire.                       *
+ *   TechnoClass::Can_Player_Fire -- Determines if the player can give this object a fire order*
+ *   TechnoClass::Can_Player_Move -- Determines if the object can move be moved by player.     *
+ *   TechnoClass::Can_Repair -- Determines if the object can and should be repaired.           *
+ *   TechnoClass::Captured -- Handles capturing this object.                                   *
+ *   TechnoClass::Clicked_As_Target -- Sets the flash count for this techno object.            *
+ *   TechnoClass::Crew_Type -- Fetches the kind of crew this object contains.                  *
+ *   TechnoClass::Debug_Dump -- Displays the base class data to the monochrome screen.         *
+ *   TechnoClass::Desired_Load_Dir -- Fetches loading parameters for this object.              *
+ *   TechnoClass::Detach -- Handles removal of target from tracking system.                    *
+ *   TechnoClass::Do_Cloak -- Start the object into cloaking stage.                            *
+ *   TechnoClass::Do_Shimmer -- Causes this object to shimmer if it is cloaked.                *
+ *   TechnoClass::Do_Uncloak -- Cause the stealth tank to uncloak.                             *
+ *   TechnoClass::Draw_It -- Draws the health bar (if necessary).                              *
+ *   TechnoClass::Draw_Pips -- Draws the transport pips and other techno graphics.             *
+ *   TechnoClass::Enter_Idle_Mode -- Object enters its default idle condition.                 *
+ *   TechnoClass::Evaluate_Cell -- Determine the value and object of specified cell.           *
+ *   TechnoClass::Evaluate_Object -- Determines score value of specified object.               *
+ *   TechnoClass::Exit_Object -- Causes specified object to leave this object.                 *
+ *   TechnoClass::Find_Docking_Bay -- Searches for a close docking bay.                        *
+ *   TechnoClass::Find_Exit_Cell -- Finds an appropriate exit cell for this object.            *
+ *   TechnoClass::Fire_At -- Fires projectile at target specified.                             *
+ *   TechnoClass::Fire_Direction -- Fetches the direction projectile fire will take.           *
+ *   TechnoClass::Get_Ownable -- Fetches the ownable bits for this object.                     *
+ *   TechnoClass::Greatest_Threat -- Determines best target given search criteria.             *
+ *   TechnoClass::Hidden -- Returns the object back into the hidden state.                     *
+ *   TechnoClass::In_Range -- Determines if specified target is within weapon range.           *
+ *   TechnoClass::In_Range -- Determines if specified target is within weapon range.           *
+ *   TechnoClass::In_Range -- Determines if the specified coordinate is within range.          *
+ *   TechnoClass::Is_Techno -- Confirms that this is a TechnoClass object.                     *
+ *   TechnoClass::Is_Weapon_Equipped -- Determines if this object has a combat weapon.         *
+ *   TechnoClass::Kill_Cargo -- Destroys any cargo attached to this object.                    *
+ *   TechnoClass::Mark -- Handles marking of techno objects.                                   *
+ *   TechnoClass::Nearby_Location -- Radiates outward looking for clear cell nearby.           *
+ *   TechnoClass::Owner -- Who is the owner of this object?                                    *
+ *   TechnoClass::Per_Cell_Process -- Handles once-per-cell operations for techno type objects.*
+ *   TechnoClass::Pip_Count -- Fetches the number of pips to display on this object.           *
+ *   TechnoClass::Player_Assign_Mission -- Assigns a mission as result of player input.        *
+ *   TechnoClass::Random_Animate -- Performs some idle animation for the object.               *
+ *   TechnoClass::Rearm_Delay -- Calculates the delay before firing can occur.                 *
+ *   TechnoClass::Receive_Message -- Handles inbound message as appropriate.                   *
+ *   TechnoClass::Record_The_Kill -- Records the death of this object.                         *
+ *   TechnoClass::Remap_Table -- Fetches the appropriate remap table to use.                   *
+ *   TechnoClass::Response_Attack -- Handles the voice response when given attack order.       *
+ *   TechnoClass::Response_Move -- Handles the voice repsonse to a movement request.           *
+ *   TechnoClass::Response_Select -- Handles the voice response when selected.                 *
+ *   TechnoClass::Revealed -- Handles revealing an object to the house specified.              *
+ *   TechnoClass::Risk -- Fetches the risk associated with this object.                        *
+ *   TechnoClass::Scatter -- Causes the object to scatter to an adjacent cell.                 *
+ *   TechnoClass::Select -- Selects object and checks to see if can be selected.               *
+ *   TechnoClass::Set_Mission -- Forced mission set (used by editor).                          *
+ *   TechnoClass::Stun -- Prepares the object for removal from the game.                       *
+ *   TechnoClass::Take_Damage -- Records damage assessed to this object.                       *
+ *   TechnoClass::Target_Something_Nearby -- Handles finding and assigning a nearby target.    *
+ *   TechnoClass::TechnoClass -- Constructor for techno type objects.                          *
+ *   TechnoClass::TechnoClass -- Default constructor for techno objects.                       *
+ *   TechnoClass::Techno_Draw_Object -- General purpose draw object routine.                   *
+ *   TechnoClass::Threat_Range -- Returns the range to scan based on threat control.           *
+ *   TechnoClass::Tiberium_Load -- Fetches the current tiberium load percentage.               *
+ *   TechnoClass::Unlimbo -- Performs unlimbo process for all techno type objects.             *
+ *   TechnoClass::Value -- Fetches the target value for this object.                           *
+ *   TechnoClass::Visual_Character -- Determine the visual character of the object.            *
+ *   TechnoClass::Weapon_Range -- Determines the maximum range for the weapon.                 *
+ *   TechnoClass::What_Action -- Determines action to perform if cell is clicked on.           *
+ *   TechnoClass::What_Action -- Determines what action to perform if object is selected.      *
+ *   TechnoTypeClass::Cost_Of -- Fetches the cost of this object type.                         *
+ *   TechnoTypeClass::Get_Cameo_Data -- Fetches the cameo image for this object type.          *
+ *   TechnoTypeClass::Get_Ownable -- Fetches the ownable bits for this object type.            *
+ *   TechnoTypeClass::Max_Passengers -- Fetches the maximum passengers allowed.                *
+ *   TechnoTypeClass::Repair_Cost -- Fetches the cost to repair one step.                      *
+ *   TechnoTypeClass::Repair_Step -- Fetches the health to repair one step.                    *
+ *   TechnoTypeClass::TechnoTypeClass -- Constructor for techno type objects.                  *
+ *   TechnoTypeClass::Time_To_Build -- Fetches the time to build this object.                  *
+ *   TechnoTypeClass::Raw_Cost -- Fetches the raw (base) cost of the object.                   *
+ *   TechnoClass::Refund_Amount -- Returns with the money to refund if this object is sold.    *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	Cloaking control values.
+*/
+#define	MAX_UNCLOAK_STAGE		38
+#define	UNCLOAK_VIS_TIME		(1*TICKS_PER_SECOND)
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	Which shape to use depending on which facing is controlled by these arrays.
+*/
+int const TechnoClass::BodyShape[32] = {0,31,30,29,28,27,26,25,24,23,22,21,20,19,18,17,16,15,14,13,12,11,10,9,8,7,6,5,4,3,2,1};
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoTypeClass::TechnoTypeClass -- Constructor for techno type objects.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the normal constructor for techno type objects. It is called in the process of   *
+ *    constructing all the object type (constant) data for the various techno type objects.    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   see below...                                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TechnoTypeClass::TechnoTypeClass(
+		int name,
+		char const *ininame,
+		unsigned char level,
+		long pre,
+		bool is_leader,
+		bool is_scanner,
+		bool is_nominal,
+		bool is_transporter,
+		bool is_flammable,
+		bool is_crushable,
+		bool is_stealthy,
+		bool is_selectable,
+		bool is_legal_target,
+		bool is_insignificant,
+		bool is_immune,
+		bool is_theater,
+		bool is_twoshooter,
+		bool is_turret_equipped,
+		bool is_repairable,
+		bool is_buildable,
+		bool is_crew,
+		int ammo,
+		unsigned short strength,
+		MPHType maxspeed,
+		int sightrange,
+		int cost,
+		int scenario,
+		int risk,
+		int reward,
+		int ownable,
+		WeaponType primary,
+		WeaponType secondary,
+		ArmorType armor) :
+	ObjectTypeClass(	true,
+							is_flammable,
+							is_crushable,
+							is_stealthy,
+							is_selectable,
+							is_legal_target,
+							is_insignificant,
+							is_immune,
+							name,
+							ininame,
+							armor,
+							strength)
+{
+	Level = level;
+	Pre = pre;
+	MaxAmmo = ammo;
+	MaxSpeed = maxspeed;
+	CameoData = NULL;
+	Primary = primary,
+	Secondary = secondary,
+	Cost = cost;
+	IsLeader = is_leader;
+	IsScanner = is_scanner;
+	IsTransporter = is_transporter;
+	IsTwoShooter = is_twoshooter;
+	IsBuildable = is_buildable;
+	IsCrew = is_crew;
+	IsTheater = is_theater;
+	IsRepairable = is_repairable;
+	IsTurretEquipped= is_turret_equipped;
+	IsNominal = is_nominal;
+	Ownable = ownable;
+	Reward = reward;
+	Scenario = scenario;
+	SightRange = sightrange;
+
+	/*
+	** Units risk value is based on the type of weapon he has and the
+	** rate of fire it shoots at.
+	*/
+	risk = risk;
+	Risk = 0;
+	if (primary != WEAPON_NONE) {
+		Risk = (Weapons[primary].Attack * (Weapons[primary].Range >> 4)) / Weapons[primary].ROF;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoTypeClass::Raw_Cost -- Fetches the raw (base) cost of the object.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to find the underlying cost for this object. The underlying cost    *
+ *    does not include any free items that normally come with the object when purchased        *
+ *    directly. Example: The raw cost of a refinery is the normal cost minus the cost of a     *
+ *    harvester.                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the credit cost of the base object type.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/13/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int TechnoTypeClass::Raw_Cost(void) const
+{
+	return(Cost);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoTypeClass::Get_Ownable -- Fetches the ownable bits for this object type.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will return the ownable bits for this object type. The ownable bits are     *
+ *    a bitflag composite of the houses that can own (build) this object type.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the ownable bits for this object type.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/29/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+unsigned short TechnoTypeClass::Get_Ownable(void) const
+{
+	return(Ownable);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoTypeClass::Time_To_Build -- Fetches the time to build this object.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will return the time it takes to construct this object. Usually the time    *
+ *    to produce is directly related to cost.                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the time to produce this object type. The time is expressed in the    *
+ *          form of game ticks.                                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/29/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int TechnoTypeClass::Time_To_Build(HousesType house) const
+{
+	int cost = Raw_Cost();
+
+	/*
+	**	For computer controlled buildings, slow down production on
+	**	cheaper buildings.
+	*/
+	if (!Special.IsDifficult &&
+		GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL &&
+		What_Am_I() == RTTI_BUILDINGTYPE &&
+		PlayerPtr->Class->House != house) {
+
+		cost = (cost + (Special.IsEasy ? 4000 : 2000)) / 2;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Fudge factor, so that Nod builds a bit faster if the object must be delivered to
+	**	an airfield.
+	*/
+	if (What_Am_I() == RTTI_UNITTYPE && !(Ownable & HOUSEF_GOOD)) {
+		return (cost - (cost/4));
+	}
+
+	return(cost);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoTypeClass::Cost_Of -- Fetches the cost of this object type.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will return the cost to produce an object of this type.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the cost to produce one object of this type.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/29/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int TechnoTypeClass::Cost_Of(void) const
+{
+	return(Cost);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoTypeClass::Get_Cameo_Data -- Fetches the cameo image for this object type.            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will fetch the cameo (sidebar small image) shape of this object type.       *
+ *    If there is no cameo data available (typical for non-producable units), then NULL will   *
+ *    be returned.                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the cameo data for this object type if present.          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/29/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void const * TechnoTypeClass::Get_Cameo_Data(void) const
+{
+	return(CameoData);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoTypeClass::Repair_Cost -- Fetches the cost to repair one step.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will return the cost to repair one step. At the TechnoTypeClass level,      *
+ *    this merely serves as a placeholder function. The derived classes will provide a         *
+ *    functional version of this routine.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the cost to repair one step.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/29/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int TechnoTypeClass::Repair_Cost(void) const
+{
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoTypeClass::Repair_Step -- Fetches the health to repair one step.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine merely serves as placeholder virtual function. The various type classes     *
+ *    will override this routine to return the number of health points to repair in one        *
+ *    "step".                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the number of health points to repair in one step.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/29/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int TechnoTypeClass::Repair_Step(void) const
+{
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Debug_Dump -- Displays the base class data to the monochrome screen.           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to dump the status of the object class to the monochrome screen.    *
+ *    This display can be used to track down or prevent bugs.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/02/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TechnoClass::Debug_Dump(MonoClass *mono) const
+{
+	mono->Set_Cursor(0,0);mono->Printf("(%04X)p=%d,d=%d", House->Power_Fraction(), House->Power, House->Drain);
+//	mono->Set_Cursor(0,0);mono->Printf("(%d)", House->Blockage);
+	mono->Text_Print("X", 16 + (IsALoaner?2:0), 11);
+	mono->Text_Print("X", 16 + (IsLocked?2:0), 9);
+
+	mono->Text_Print("X", 16 + (IsInRecoilState?2:0), 17);
+	mono->Text_Print("X", 16 + (IsTethered?2:0), 8);
+	mono->Text_Print("X", 16 + (IsOwnedByPlayer?2:0), 5);
+	mono->Text_Print("X", 16 + (IsDiscoveredByPlayer?2:0), 6);
+//	mono->Text_Print("X", 16 + (IsALemon?2:0), 9);
+	mono->Set_Cursor(28, 7);mono->Printf("%2d", Arm);
+	mono->Set_Cursor(34, 1);mono->Printf("%04X", TarCom);
+	mono->Set_Cursor(29, 3);mono->Printf("%02X", PrimaryFacing.Current());
+
+	FlasherClass::Debug_Dump(mono);
+	StageClass::Debug_Dump(mono);
+	RadioClass::Debug_Dump(mono);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::TechnoClass -- Default constructor for techno objects.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This default constructor for techno objects is used to reset all internal variables to   *
+ *    their default state.                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/09/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TechnoClass::TechnoClass(void) :
+	TarCom(TARGET_NONE),
+	House(0)
+{
+	Arm = 0;
+	Ammo = -1;
+	PurchasePrice = 0;
+	IsTickedOff = false;
+	Cloak = UNCLOAKED;
+	CloakingDevice.Set_Stage(1);
+	CloakingDevice.Set_Rate(0);
+	IsCloakable = false;
+	IsALemon = false;
+	IsALoaner = false;
+	IsDiscoveredByPlayer = false;
+	IsDiscoveredByComputer = false;
+	IsInRecoilState = false;
+	IsLeader = false;
+	IsLocked = false;
+	IsOwnedByPlayer = false;
+	IsSecondShot = true;
+	IsTethered = false;
+	SuspendedTarCom = TARGET_NONE;
+	PrimaryFacing.Set(DIR_N);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Revealed -- Handles revealing an object to the house specified.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    When a unit moves out from under the shroud or when it gets delivered into already       *
+ *    explored terrain, then it must be "revealed". Objects that are revealed may be           *
+ *    announced to the player. The discovered bit updated accordingly.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   house -- The house that this object is revealed to.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/02/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   12/27/1994 JLB : Discovered trigger event processing.                                     *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool TechnoClass::Revealed(HouseClass * house)
+{
+	if (house == PlayerPtr && IsDiscoveredByPlayer) return(false);
+	if (house != PlayerPtr && IsDiscoveredByComputer) return(false);
+
+	if (RadioClass::Revealed(house)) {
+
+		/*
+		**	An enemy object that is discovered will go into hunt mode if
+		**	its current mission is to ambush.
+		*/
+		if (!house->IsHuman && Mission == MISSION_AMBUSH) {
+			Assign_Mission(MISSION_HUNT);
+		}
+
+		if (house == PlayerPtr) {
+
+			if (!IsOwnedByPlayer) {
+
+				/*
+				**	If there is a trigger event associated with this object, then process
+				**	it for discovery purposes.
+				*/
+				if (Trigger) {
+					Trigger->Spring(EVENT_DISCOVERED, this);
+				}
+
+				/*
+				**	Alert the enemy house to presence of the friendly side.
+				*/
+				House->IsDiscovered = true;
+
+			} else {
+
+				/*
+				**	A newly revealed object will always perform a look operation.
+				*/
+				if (house == PlayerPtr) IsDiscoveredByPlayer = true;
+				if (house != PlayerPtr) IsDiscoveredByComputer = true;
+				Look();
+			}
+		}
+
+		if (house == PlayerPtr) IsDiscoveredByPlayer = true;
+		if (house != PlayerPtr) IsDiscoveredByComputer = true;
+
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Hidden -- Returns the object back into the hidden state.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called for every object that returns to the darkness shroud or when      *
+ *    it gets destroyed. This also occurs when an object enters another (such as infantry      *
+ *    entering a transport helicopter).                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/02/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TechnoClass::Hidden(void)
+{
+	if (!IsDiscoveredByPlayer) return;
+	if (!House->IsHuman) {
+		IsDiscoveredByPlayer = false;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Mark -- Handles marking of techno objects.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    On the Techno-level, marking handles transmission of the redraw command to any object    *
+ *    that it is 'connected' with. This only occurs during loading and unloading.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   mark  -- The marking method. This routine just passes this on to base classes.     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/17/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool TechnoClass::Mark(MarkType mark)
+{
+	if (RadioClass::Mark(mark)) {
+		/*
+		**	When redrawing an object, if there is another object teathered to this one,
+		**	redraw it as well.
+		*/
+		if (IsTethered) {
+			Transmit_Message(RADIO_REDRAW);
+		}
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Receive_Message -- Handles inbound message as appropriate.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to handle inbound radio messages. It only handles those messages    *
+ *    that deal with techno objects. Typically, these include loading and unloading.           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   from     -- Pointer to the originator of the radio message.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          message  -- The inbound radio message.                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          param    -- Reference to optional parameter that might be used to transfer         *
+ *                      more information than is possible with the simple radio message        *
+ *                      type.                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the radio response.                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/17/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   06/17/1995 JLB : Handles tether contact messages.                                         *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+RadioMessageType TechnoClass::Receive_Message(RadioClass * from, RadioMessageType message, long & param)
+{
+	switch (message) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Just received instructions to attack the specified target.
+		*/
+		case RADIO_ATTACK_THIS:
+			if (Techno_Type_Class()->Primary != WEAPON_NONE) {
+				Assign_Target(param);
+				Assign_Mission(MISSION_ATTACK);
+				return(RADIO_ROGER);
+			}
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	Establish a tethered connection to the object in radio contact.
+		*/
+		case RADIO_TETHER:
+			if (!IsTethered) {
+				IsTethered = true;
+				Transmit_Message(RADIO_TETHER, from);
+				return(RADIO_ROGER);
+			}
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	Break the tethered connection to the object in radio contact.
+		*/
+		case RADIO_UNTETHER:
+			if (IsTethered) {
+				IsTethered = false;
+				Transmit_Message(RADIO_UNTETHER, from);
+				return(RADIO_ROGER);
+			}
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	A teathered unit has reached it's destination. All is
+		**	clear, so radio contact can be broken.
+		*/
+		case RADIO_UNLOADED:
+			Transmit_Message(RADIO_UNTETHER, from);
+			return(Transmit_Message(RADIO_OVER_OUT, from));
+
+		/*
+		**	When this message is received, it means that the other object
+		**	has already turned its radio off. Turn this radio off as well.
+		*/
+		case RADIO_OVER_OUT:
+			Transmit_Message(RADIO_UNTETHER, from);
+			RadioClass::Receive_Message(from, message, param);
+			return(RADIO_ROGER);
+
+		/*
+		**	Request to be informed when unloaded. This message is transmitted
+		**	by the transport unit to the transported unit as it is about to be
+		**	unloaded. It is saying, "All is clear. Drive off now."
+		*/
+		case RADIO_UNLOAD:
+		case RADIO_BACKUP_NOW:
+		case RADIO_HOLD_STILL:
+			Transmit_Message(RADIO_TETHER, from);
+			RadioClass::Receive_Message(from, message, param);
+			return(RADIO_ROGER);
+
+		/*
+		**	Handle reloading one ammo point for this unit.
+		*/
+		case RADIO_RELOAD:
+			if (Ammo == Techno_Type_Class()->MaxAmmo) return(RADIO_NEGATIVE);
+			Ammo++;
+			return(RADIO_ROGER);
+
+		/*
+		**	Handle repair of this unit.
+		*/
+		case RADIO_REPAIR:
+			if (/*param > 0 &&*/ Health_Ratio() < 0x0100) {
+				int cost = Techno_Type_Class()->Repair_Cost();
+//				int cost = Fixed_To_Cardinal(Techno_Type_Class()->Repair_Cost(), param);
+				cost = MAX(cost, 1);
+				int step = Techno_Type_Class()->Repair_Step();
+//				int step = Fixed_To_Cardinal(Techno_Type_Class()->Repair_Step(), param);
+				step = MAX(step, 1);
+				if (House->Available_Money() >= cost) {
+#ifdef OBSOLETE
+					if (Health_Ratio() >= 0x0100) {
+						Strength = Class_Of().MaxStrength;
+						from->Scatter(true);
+						return(RADIO_NEGATIVE);
+					}
+#endif
+					House->Spend_Money(cost);
+					Strength += step;
+					return(RADIO_ROGER);
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+
+		default:
+			break;
+	}
+	return(RadioClass::Receive_Message(from, message, param));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::TechnoClass -- Constructor for techno type objects.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This constructor sets the owner of this object and its strength. Any object not owned    *
+ *    by the player is marked as a loaner. This is a special flag that indicates off-map       *
+ *    movement is allowed. The flag is cleared when the object finally enters the map.         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   house    -- The house (owner) of this object.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          strength -- The strength to assign to this object.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/17/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TechnoClass::TechnoClass(HousesType house) :
+	House(HouseClass::As_Pointer(house)),
+	TarCom(TARGET_NONE)
+{
+	Arm = 0;
+	Ammo = -1;
+	PurchasePrice = 0;
+	IsTickedOff = false;
+	Cloak = UNCLOAKED;
+	CloakingDevice.Set_Stage(1);
+	CloakingDevice.Set_Rate(0);
+	IsCloakable = false;
+	IsALemon = false;
+	IsALoaner = false;
+	IsDiscoveredByComputer = false;
+	IsOwnedByPlayer = (house == PlayerPtr->Class->House);
+	IsDiscoveredByPlayer = false;
+	IsInRecoilState = false;
+	IsLeader = false;
+	IsLocked = false;
+	IsSecondShot = false;
+	IsTethered = false;
+
+	SuspendedTarCom = TARGET_NONE;
+
+	PrimaryFacing.Set(DIR_N);
+
+	/*
+	**	There is a chance that a vehicle will be a "lemon".
+	*/
+	if (Random_Pick(0, 255) < House->Class->Lemon) {
+		IsALemon = true;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Per_Cell_Process -- Handles once-per-cell operations for techno type objects.  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine handles marking a game object as not a loaner. It is set only if the unit   *
+ *    is not player owned and is on the regular map. This is necessary so that enemy objects   *
+ *    can exist off-map but as soon as they move onto the map, are flagged so that can never   *
+ *    leave it again.                                                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/17/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   10/26/94   JLB : Handles scanner units.                                                   *
+ *   12/27/1994 JLB : Checks for an processes any trigger in cell.                             *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TechnoClass::Per_Cell_Process(bool )
+{
+	CELL cell = Coord_Cell(Center_Coord());
+
+	/*
+	**	When enemy units enter the proper map area from off map, they are
+	**	flagged so that they won't travel back off the map again.
+	*/
+	if (Map.In_Radar(cell)) {
+
+		if (What_Am_I() == RTTI_UNIT) {
+			UnitClass * u = (UnitClass *)this;
+
+			if (*u != UNIT_HOVER && *u != UNIT_GUNBOAT) {
+				IsLocked = true;
+			}
+		} else {
+			IsLocked = true;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If this object somehow moves into mapped terrain, but is not yet
+	**	discovered, then flag it to be discovered.
+	*/
+	if (!IsDiscoveredByPlayer && Map[cell].IsVisible) {
+		Revealed(PlayerPtr);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Draw_It -- Draws the health bar (if necessary).                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will draw the common elements for techno type objects. This element is      *
+ *    the health bar. The main game object has already been rendered by the time this          *
+ *    routine is called.                                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   x,y   -- The coordinate of the center of the unit.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/17/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   10/26/94   JLB : Knows about radar scanned cells.                                         *
+ *   12/13/1994 JLB : Clips health bar against map edge.                                       *
+ *   01/23/1995 JLB : Dynamic selected object rectangle.                                       *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TechnoClass::Draw_It(int x, int y, WindowNumberType window)
+{
+	Clear_Redraw_Flag();
+	if (IsSelected || Special.IsBarOn) {
+		GraphicViewPortClass draw_window(	LogicPage->Get_Graphic_Buffer(),
+														WindowList[window][WINDOWX] << 3 + LogicPage->Get_XPos(),
+														WindowList[window][WINDOWY] + LogicPage->Get_YPos(),
+														WindowList[window][WINDOWWIDTH] << 3,
+														WindowList[window][WINDOWHEIGHT]);
+
+
+		/*
+		**	The infantry select box should be a bit higher than normal.
+		*/
+		if (What_Am_I() == RTTI_INFANTRY) {
+			y -= 6;
+		}
+
+		if (What_Am_I() == RTTI_BUILDING && ((BuildingTypeClass const &)Class_Of()).Type == STRUCT_BARRACKS) {
+			y -= 5;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Fetch the dimensions of the object. These dimensions will be used to draw
+		**	the selection box and the health bar.
+		*/
+		int width,height;
+		Class_Of().Dimensions(width, height);
+
+		if (Strength && (House->Is_Ally(PlayerPtr) || Special.IsHealthBar)) {
+			unsigned 	ratio = Health_Ratio();
+			int			pwidth;		// Pixel width of bar interior.
+			int			color;		// The color to give the interior of the bargraph.
+
+			int xx = x-width/2;
+			int yy = y-(height/2);
+
+			/*
+			**	Draw the outline of the bargraph.
+			*/
+			draw_window.Remap(xx+1, yy+1, width-1, 3-1, Map.FadingShade);
+			draw_window.Draw_Rect(xx, yy, xx+width-1, yy+3, BLACK);
+
+			/*
+			**	Determine the width of the interior strength
+			**	graph.
+			*/
+			pwidth = Fixed_To_Cardinal(width-2, ratio);
+
+			pwidth = Bound(pwidth, 1, width-2);
+
+			color = LTGREEN;
+			if (ratio < 0x7F) {
+				color = YELLOW;
+			}
+			if (ratio < 0x3F) {
+				color = RED;
+			}
+			draw_window.Fill_Rect(xx+1, yy+1, xx+pwidth, yy+(3-1), color);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Draw the selected object graphic.
+		*/
+		if (IsSelected) {
+			int lx = width/2;
+			int ly = height/2;
+			int dx = width/5;
+			int dy = height/5;
+			int fudge = (House->Is_Ally(PlayerPtr) || Special.IsHealthBar) ? 4 : 0;
+
+			// Upper left corner.
+			draw_window.Draw_Line(x-lx, fudge+y-ly, x-lx+dx, fudge+y-ly, WHITE);
+			draw_window.Draw_Line(x-lx, fudge+y-ly, x-lx, fudge+y-ly+dy, WHITE);
+
+			// Upper right corner.
+			draw_window.Draw_Line(x+lx, fudge+y-ly, x+lx-dx, fudge+y-ly, WHITE);
+			draw_window.Draw_Line(x+lx, fudge+y-ly, x+lx, fudge+y-ly+dy, WHITE);
+
+			// Lower right corner.
+			draw_window.Draw_Line(x+lx, y+ly, x+lx-dx, y+ly, WHITE);
+			draw_window.Draw_Line(x+lx, y+ly, x+lx, y+ly-dy, WHITE);
+
+			// Lower left corner.
+			draw_window.Draw_Line(x-lx, y+ly, x-lx+dx, y+ly, WHITE);
+			draw_window.Draw_Line(x-lx, y+ly, x-lx, y+ly-dy, WHITE);
+
+			if (House->Is_Ally(PlayerPtr)) {
+				Draw_Pips((x-lx)+5, y+ly-3, window);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Unlimbo -- Performs unlimbo process for all techno type objects.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine handles the common operation between techno objects when they are           *
+ *    unlimboed. This includes revealing the map.                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   coord    -- The coordinate to unlimbo object at.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          dir (optional) -- initial facing direction for this object                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the unlimbo successful?                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/14/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool TechnoClass::Unlimbo(COORDINATE coord, DirType dir)
+{
+	if (RadioClass::Unlimbo(coord, dir)) {
+		PrimaryFacing = dir;
+		Enter_Idle_Mode(true);
+		Commence();
+
+		IsLocked = Map.In_Radar(Coord_Cell(coord));
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::In_Range -- Determines if specified target is within weapon range.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to compare the distance to the specified target with the range      *
+ *    of the weapon. If the target is outside of weapon range, then false is returned.         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   target   -- The target to check if it is within weapon range.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          which    -- Which weapon to use in determining range. 0=primary, 1=secondary.      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Is the specified target within weapon range?                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/14/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool TechnoClass::In_Range(TARGET target, int which) const
+{
+	if (IsLocked && Target_Legal(target)) {
+		int range = Weapon_Range(which);
+		BuildingClass const * building = As_Building(target);
+		if (building) {
+			range += ((building->Class->Width() + building->Class->Height()) * (ICON_LEPTON_W / 4));
+		}
+		if (::Distance(Fire_Coord(which), As_Coord(target)) <= range) {
+			return(true);
+		}
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::In_Range -- Determines if specified target is within weapon range.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will determine if the pointer to the target object passed into this         *
+ *    routine is within weapon range.                                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   target   -- Pointer to the target object to check if within weapon range.          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          which    -- Which weapon to use in determining range. 0=primary, 1=secondary.      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Is the target within weapon range?                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/14/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool TechnoClass::In_Range(ObjectClass const * target, int which) const
+{
+	if (IsLocked && target) {
+		int range = Weapon_Range(which);
+		if (target->What_Am_I() == RTTI_BUILDING) {
+			BuildingClass const * building = (BuildingClass const *)target;
+			range += ((building->Class->Width() + building->Class->Height()) * (ICON_LEPTON_W / 4));
+		}
+
+		if (::Distance(Fire_Coord(which), target->Center_Coord()) <= range) {
+			return(true);
+		}
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::In_Range -- Determines if the specified coordinate is within range.            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to determine if the specified coordinate is within weapon range.        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   coord    -- The coordinate to examine against the object to determine range.       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          which    -- The weapon to consider when determining range. 0=primary, 1=secondary. *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Is the weapon within range?                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/16/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool TechnoClass::In_Range(COORDINATE coord, int which) const
+{
+	return(IsLocked && ::Distance(Fire_Coord(which), coord) <= Weapon_Range(which));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Evaluate_Object -- Determines score value of specified object.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to determing the score value (value as a potential target) of the   *
+ *    object specified. This routine will check the specified object for all the various       *
+ *    legality checks that threat scanning requires. This is the main workhorse routine for    *
+ *    target searching.                                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   method   -- The threat method requested. This is a combined bitflag value that     *
+ *                      not only specified the kind of targets to consider, but how far away   *
+ *                      they are allowed to be.                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          mask     -- This is an RTTI mask to use for quickly eliminating object types.      *
+ *                      The mask is created outside of this routine because this routine is    *
+ *                      usually called from within a loop and this value is constant in that   *
+ *                      context.                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          range    -- The range at which potential target objects are rejected.              *
+ *                      0  = must be within weapon range.                                      *
+ *                      >0 = must be within this lepton distance.                              *
+ *                      <0 = range doesn't matter.                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          object   -- Pointer to the object itself.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          value    -- Reference to the value variable that this routine will fill in. The    *
+ *                      higher the value the more likely this object will be selected as best. *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Did the target pass all legality checks? If this value is returned true, then the  *
+ *          value parameter will be filled in correctly.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   This routine is time consuming. Don't call unless necessary.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/30/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   07/14/1995 JLB : Forces SAM site to not fire on landed aircraft.                          *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool TechnoClass::Evaluate_Object(ThreatType method, int mask, int range, TechnoClass const * object, int & value) const
+{
+	/*
+	**	An object in limbo can never be a valid target.
+	*/
+	if (object->IsInLimbo) return(false);
+
+	/*
+	**	Friendly units are never considered a good target. Bail if this
+	**	object is a friend.
+	*/
+	if (House->Is_Ally(object)) return(false);
+
+	/*
+	**	If the object is farther away than allowed, bail.
+	*/
+	int dist = Distance(object);
+	if (range > 0 && dist > range) return(false);
+	if (range == 0 && !In_Range(object, 0) && !In_Range(object, 1)) return(false);
+
+	/*
+	**	If the object is not visible, then bail. Human controled units
+	**	are always considered to be visible.
+	*/
+	if (!object->IsOwnedByPlayer && !object->IsDiscoveredByPlayer && GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL && object->What_Am_I() != RTTI_AIRCRAFT) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Quickly eliminate all unit types that are not allowed according to the mask
+	**	value.
+	*/
+	RTTIType otype = object->What_Am_I();
+	if (!((1 << otype) & mask)) return(false);		// Mask failure.
+
+	/*
+	**	If the object is cloaked, then it isn't a legal target.
+	*/
+	if (object->Cloak == CLOAKED) return(false);
+
+	/*
+	**	Determine if the target is theoretically allowed to be a target. If
+	**	not, then bail.
+	*/
+	TechnoTypeClass const * tclass = object->Techno_Type_Class();
+	if (!tclass->IsLegalTarget) return(false);		// Legality failure.
+
+	/*
+	**	Never consider agent Delphi a valid target.
+	*/
+	if (otype == RTTI_INFANTRY && ((InfantryTypeClass const *)tclass)->Type == INFANTRY_DELPHI) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Special case so that SAM site doesn't fire on aircraft that are landed.
+	*/
+	if (otype == RTTI_AIRCRAFT && What_Am_I() == RTTI_BUILDING && *((BuildingClass *)this) == STRUCT_SAM) {
+		if (((AircraftClass *)object)->Altitude == 0) return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If only allowed to attack civilians, then eliminate all other types.
+	*/
+	if ((method & THREAT_CIVILIANS) && object->Owner() != HOUSE_NEUTRAL) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If the scan is limited to capturable buildings only, then bail if the examined
+	**	object isn't a capturable building.
+	*/
+	if ((method & THREAT_CAPTURE) && (otype != RTTI_BUILDING || !((BuildingTypeClass const *)tclass)->IsCaptureable)) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If not allowed to attack boats, then eliminate them from consideration.
+	*/
+	if (!(method & THREAT_BOATS) &&
+			otype == RTTI_UNIT &&
+			(((UnitTypeClass const *)tclass)->Speed == SPEED_HOVER || ((UnitTypeClass const *)tclass)->Speed == SPEED_FLOAT)) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	SPECIAL CASE: Friendly units won't automatically fire on buildings
+	**	if the building is not aggressive.
+	*/
+	if (House->IsHuman && otype == RTTI_BUILDING && tclass->Primary == WEAPON_NONE) return(false);
+
+	/*
+	**	If the search is restricted to Tiberium processing objects, then
+	**	perform the special qualification check now.
+	*/
+	if (method & THREAT_TIBERIUM) {
+		switch (otype) {
+			case RTTI_UNIT:
+				if (!((UnitTypeClass const *)tclass)->IsToHarvest) return(false);
+				break;
+
+			case RTTI_BUILDING:
+				if (!((BuildingTypeClass const *)tclass)->Capacity) return(false);
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				return(false);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If this target value is better than the previously recorded best
+	**	target value then record this target for possible return as the
+	**	best target available.
+	*/
+	int rawval = object->Value();
+	value = rawval + object->Kills;
+
+#ifdef ADVANCED
+	/*
+	**	Lessen threat as a factor of distance.
+	*/
+	if (rawval) {
+
+		value = (value * 32000) / (((dist/ICON_LEPTON_W)*(dist/ICON_LEPTON_W))+1);
+
+		//value = Fixed_To_Cardinal(value, Cardinal_To_Fixed(MAP_CELL_W*2, (MAP_CELL_W*2) - (dist/ICON_LEPTON_W)));
+		//value = MAX(value, 2);
+
+		if (value < MAP_CELL_W*2) value = dist/ICON_LEPTON_W;
+		value = MAX(value, 1);
+		return(true);
+	}
+	value = 0;
+	return(false);
+
+#else
+
+	/*
+	**	Lessen threat as a factor of distance.
+	*/
+	int modifier = dist;
+	int crange = range / ICON_LEPTON_W;
+	if (crange) modifier /= crange;
+	if (modifier) value /= modifier;
+	if (rawval) {
+		value = MAX(value, 2);
+	}
+	return(true);
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Evaluate_Cell -- Determine the value and object of specified cell.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will examine the specified cell and return with the potential target        *
+ *    object it contains and the value of it. Use this routine when searching for threats.     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   method   -- The scan method to use for target searching.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          mask     -- Prebuilt mask of object RTTI types acceptable for scanning.            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          range    -- Scan range limit to use for elimination purposes. This ensures that    *
+ *                      objects in the "corner" of a square scan get properly discarded.       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          object   -- Pointer to object pointer to be filled in with the object at this      *
+ *                      cell as a valid target.                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          value    -- Reference to the value of the object in this cell. It will be set      *
+ *                      according to the object's value.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Was a valid potential target found in this cell?                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool TechnoClass::Evaluate_Cell(ThreatType method, int mask, CELL cell, int range, TechnoClass const * * object, int & value) const
+{
+	*object = NULL;
+	value = 0;
+
+	/*
+	**	If the cell is not on the legal map, then always ignore it.
+	*/
+	if (cell & 0xF000) return(false);
+	if (!Map.In_Radar(cell)) return(false);
+
+	/*
+	**	Fetch the techno object from the cell. If there is no
+	**	techno object there, then bail.
+	*/
+	CellClass * cellptr = &Map[cell];
+	TechnoClass const * tentative = (TechnoClass const *)cellptr->Cell_Occupier();
+	while (tentative) {
+		if (tentative->Is_Techno() && !House->Is_Ally(tentative)) break;
+		tentative = (TechnoClass const *)tentative->Next;
+	}
+
+	if (!tentative) return(false);
+//	if (!tentative->Is_Techno()) return(false);
+	*object = tentative;
+
+	return(Evaluate_Object(method, mask, range, tentative, value));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Greatest_Threat -- Determines best target given search criteria.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will scan game objects looking for the best target. It is used by the       *
+ *    general target searching processes. The type of target scan to perform is controlled     *
+ *    by the method control parameter.                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   method   -- The method control parameter is used to control the type of target     *
+ *                      scan performed. It consists of a series of bit flags (see ThreatType)  *
+ *                      that are combined to form the target scan desired.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns the target value of a suitable target. If no target was found then the     *
+ *          value TARGET_NONE is returned.                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/14/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   06/20/1995 JLB : Greatly optimized scan method.                                           *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TARGET TechnoClass::Greatest_Threat(ThreatType method) const
+{
+	ObjectClass const * bestobject = NULL;
+	int bestval = -1;
+
+	/*
+	**	Build a quick elimination mask. If the RTTI of the object doesn't
+	**	qualify with this mask, then we KNOW that it shouldn't be considered.
+	*/
+	int mask = 0;
+	if (method & THREAT_CIVILIANS) mask |= ((1 << RTTI_BUILDING) | (1 << RTTI_INFANTRY) | (1 << RTTI_UNIT));
+	if (method & THREAT_AIR) mask |= (1 << RTTI_AIRCRAFT);
+	if (method & THREAT_CAPTURE) mask |= (1 << RTTI_BUILDING);
+	if (method & THREAT_BUILDINGS) mask |= (1 << RTTI_BUILDING);
+	if (method & THREAT_INFANTRY) mask |= (1 << RTTI_INFANTRY);
+	if (method & THREAT_VEHICLES) mask |= (1 << RTTI_UNIT);
+
+	/*
+	**	Limit area target scans use a method where the actual map cells are
+	**	examined for occupants. The occupant is then examined in turn. The
+	**	best target within the area is returned as a target.
+	*/
+	if (method & (THREAT_AREA|THREAT_RANGE)) {
+		int range = Threat_Range((method & THREAT_RANGE) ? 0 : 1);
+
+//		int range = MAX(Weapon_Range(0), Weapon_Range(1));
+//		if (!(method & THREAT_RANGE)) range *= 2;
+//		range = Bound(range, 0x0100, 0x1400);			// Limit maximum scan distance.
+		int crange = range / ICON_LEPTON_W;
+		if (range == 0) {
+			crange = MAX(Weapon_Range(0), Weapon_Range(1)) / ICON_LEPTON_W;
+			crange++;
+		}
+		CELL cell = Coord_Cell(Fire_Coord(0));
+//		CELL cell = Coord_Cell(Center_Coord());
+
+		/*
+		**	If aircraft are a legal target, then scan through all of them at this time.
+		**	Scanning by cell is not possible for aircraft since they are not recorded
+		**	at the cell level.
+		*/
+		if (method & THREAT_AIR) {
+			for (int index = 0; index < Aircraft.Count(); index++) {
+				TechnoClass * object = Aircraft.Ptr(index);
+
+				int value = 0;
+				if (Evaluate_Object(method, mask, range, object, value)) {
+					if (value > bestval) {
+						bestobject = object;
+						bestval = value;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	When scanning the ground, always consider landed aircraft as a valid
+		**	potential target. This is only true if vehicles are considered a
+		**	valid target. A landed aircraft is considered a vehicle.
+		*/
+		if (method & THREAT_VEHICLES) {
+			mask |= (1 << RTTI_AIRCRAFT);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Radiate outward from the object's location, looking for the best
+		**	target.
+		*/
+		TechnoClass const * object;
+		int value;
+		for (int radius = 1; radius < crange; radius++) {
+
+			/*
+			**	Scan the top and bottom rows of the "box".
+			*/
+			for (int x = -radius; x <= radius; x++) {
+				CELL newcell;
+
+				if ((Cell_X(cell) + x) < Map.MapCellX) continue;
+				if ((Cell_X(cell) + x) >= (Map.MapCellX+Map.MapCellWidth)) continue;
+
+				if ((Cell_Y(cell) - radius) >= Map.MapCellY) {
+					newcell = XY_Cell(Cell_X(cell) + x, Cell_Y(cell)-radius);
+					if (Evaluate_Cell(method, mask, newcell, range, &object, value)) {
+						if (bestval < value) {
+							bestobject = object;
+						}
+					}
+				}
+
+				if ((Cell_Y(cell) + radius) < (Map.MapCellY+Map.MapCellHeight)) {
+					newcell = XY_Cell(Cell_X(cell)+x, Cell_Y(cell)+radius);
+					if (Evaluate_Cell(method, mask, newcell, range, &object, value)) {
+						if (bestval < value) {
+							bestobject = object;
+						}
+					}
+				}
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	Scan the left and right columns of the "box".
+			*/
+			for (int y = -(radius-1); y < radius; y++) {
+				CELL newcell;
+
+				if ((Cell_Y(cell) + y) < Map.MapCellY) continue;
+				if ((Cell_Y(cell) + y) >= (Map.MapCellY+Map.MapCellHeight)) continue;
+
+				if ((Cell_X(cell) - radius) >= Map.MapCellX) {
+					newcell = XY_Cell(Cell_X(cell)-radius, Cell_Y(cell)+y);
+					if (Evaluate_Cell(method, mask, newcell, range, &object, value)) {
+						if (bestval < value) {
+							bestobject = object;
+						}
+					}
+				}
+
+				if ((Cell_X(cell) + radius) < (Map.MapCellX+Map.MapCellWidth)) {
+					newcell = XY_Cell(Cell_X(cell)+radius, Cell_Y(cell)+y);
+					if (Evaluate_Cell(method, mask, newcell, range, &object, value)) {
+						if (bestval < value) {
+							bestobject = object;
+						}
+					}
+				}
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	Bail early if a target has already been found and the range is at
+			**	one of the breaking points (i.e., normal range or range * 2).
+			*/
+			if (bestobject) {
+				if (radius == crange/4) {
+					return(bestobject->As_Target());
+				}
+				if (radius == crange/2) {
+					return(bestobject->As_Target());
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+	} else {
+
+		/*
+		**	A full map scan was requested. First scan through aircraft. The top map layer
+		**	is NOT scanned since that layer will probably contain more bullets and animations
+		**	than aircraft.
+		*/
+		for (int index = 0; index < Aircraft.Count(); index++) {
+			TechnoClass * object = Aircraft.Ptr(index);
+
+			int value = 0;
+			if (Evaluate_Object(method, mask, -1, object, value)) {
+				if (value > bestval) {
+					bestobject = object;
+					bestval = value;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Now scan through the entire ground layer. This is painful, but what other
+		**	choice is there?
+		*/
+		for (index = 0; index < Map.Layer[LAYER_GROUND].Count(); index++) {
+			ObjectClass const * object = Map.Layer[LAYER_GROUND][index];
+
+			int value = 0;
+			if (object->Is_Techno() && Evaluate_Object(method, mask, -1, (TechnoClass const *)object, value)) {
+				if (value > bestval) {
+					bestobject = object;
+					bestval = value;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If a good target object was found, then return with the target value
+	**	of it.
+	*/
+	if (bestobject) {
+		return(bestobject->As_Target());
+	}
+	return(TARGET_NONE);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Owner -- Who is the owner of this object?                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to examine this object and return who the owner is.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the house number of the owner of this object.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/09/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+HousesType TechnoClass::Owner(void) const
+{
+	return(House->Class->House);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Clicked_As_Target -- Sets the flash count for this techno object.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to set the flash count for the object. This flash count is the number   *
+ *    of times the object will "flash". Typically it is called as a result of the player       *
+ *    clicking on this object in order to make it the target of a move or attack.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   count -- The number of times the object should flash.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/09/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TechnoClass::Clicked_As_Target(int count)
+{
+	FlashCount = count;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::AI -- Handles AI processing for techno object.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine handles AI processing for techno objects. Typically, this merely dispatches *
+ *    to the appropriate AI routines for the base classes.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   Make sure that this routine is only called ONCE per game tick.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/09/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TechnoClass::AI(void)
+{
+	CargoClass::AI();
+	RadioClass::AI();
+	DoorClass::AI();
+
+	/*
+	** Handle decision to re-cloak here. Process the cloaking/decloaking operation.
+	*/
+	if (IsCloakable) {
+
+		/*
+		**	If this object is uncloaked, but it can be cloaked and it thinks that it
+		**	is a good time do so, then begin cloaking.
+		*/
+		if (Cloak == UNCLOAKED) {
+			if (IsOwnedByPlayer) Mark(MARK_CHANGE);
+			CloakingDevice.Graphic_Logic();
+			if (!Arm && CloakingDevice.Fetch_Stage()) {
+				if (Health_Ratio() > 0x0040) {
+					Do_Cloak();
+				} else {
+					if (Random_Pick(0, 25) == 1) {
+						Do_Cloak();
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		} else {
+
+			VisualType pre = Visual_Character(true);
+			CloakingDevice.Graphic_Logic();
+			switch (Cloak) {
+
+				/*
+				**	Handle the uncloaking process. Always mark to redraw
+				**	the object and when cloaking is complete, stabilize into
+				**	the normal uncloaked state.
+				*/
+				case UNCLOAKING:
+					Mark(MARK_CHANGE);
+					if (Visual_Character(true) == VISUAL_NORMAL) {
+						CloakingDevice.Set_Rate(UNCLOAK_VIS_TIME);
+						CloakingDevice.Set_Stage(0);	// re-start the stage counter
+						Cloak = UNCLOAKED;
+					}
+					break;
+
+				/*
+				**	Handle the cloaking process. Always mark to redraw the object
+				**	and when the cloaking process is complete, stabilize into the
+				**	normal cloaked state.
+				*/
+				case CLOAKING:
+					Mark(MARK_CHANGE);
+					switch (Visual_Character(true)) {
+
+						/*
+						**	If badly damaged, then it can never fully cloak.
+						*/
+						case VISUAL_DARKEN:
+							if (Health_Ratio() < 0x0040 && Random_Pick(1, 3) == 1) {
+								Cloak = UNCLOAKING;
+							}
+							break;
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+						case VISUAL_SHADOWY:
+							if (pre != Visual_Character(true)) {
+								Detach_All(false);
+							}
+							break;
+#endif
+
+						case VISUAL_HIDDEN:
+							Cloak = CLOAKED;
+							CloakingDevice.Set_Rate(0);
+
+							/*
+							**	Special check to ensure that if the unit is carring a captured
+							**	flag, it will never fully cloak.
+							*/
+							if (What_Am_I() == RTTI_UNIT && ((UnitClass *)this)->Flagged != HOUSE_NONE) {
+								Do_Shimmer();
+							} else {
+								Detach_All(false);
+							}
+
+							/*
+							**	A computer controlled unit will try to scatter if possible so
+							**	that it will be much harder to locate.
+							*/
+							if (What_Am_I() == RTTI_UNIT && !House->IsHuman) {
+								Scatter(0, true);
+							}
+							break;
+					}
+					break;
+
+				/*
+				**	A cloaked object will always be redrawn if it is owned by the
+				**	player. This ensures that the shimmering effect will animate.
+				*/
+				case CLOAKED:
+					if (IsOwnedByPlayer) {
+						Mark(MARK_CHANGE);
+					}
+					break;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Arming delay always counts down to zero.
+	*/
+	if (Arm) Arm--;
+
+	/*
+	**	Update the animation timer system. If the animation stage
+	**	changes, then flag the object to be redrawn as well as  determine
+	**	if the current animation process needs to change.
+	*/
+	if (What_Am_I() != RTTI_BUILDING) {
+		if (StageClass::Graphic_Logic() || Time_To_Redraw()) {
+			Mark(MARK_CHANGE);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If the object is flashing and a change of flash state has occured, then mark the
+	**	object to be redrawn.
+	*/
+	if (FlasherClass::Process()) {
+		Mark(MARK_CHANGE);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Select -- Selects object and checks to see if can be selected.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This function checks to see if this techno object can be selected. If it can, then it    *
+ *    is selected.                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/11/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool TechnoClass::Select(void)
+{
+	if (!IsDiscoveredByPlayer && !IsOwnedByPlayer && !Debug_Unshroud) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	if (RadioClass::Select()) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Speak a confirmation of selection.
+		*/
+		if (IsOwnedByPlayer && AllowVoice) {
+			Response_Select();
+		}
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Can_Fire -- Determines if this techno object can fire.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This performs a simple check to make sure that this techno object can fire. At this      *
+ *    level, the only thing checked for is the rearming delay.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the fire legality control code.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/23/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+FireErrorType TechnoClass::Can_Fire(TARGET target, int which) const
+{
+	/*
+	**	Don't allow firing if the target is illegal.
+	*/
+	if (!Target_Legal(target)) {
+		return(FIRE_ILLEGAL);
+	}
+
+	ObjectClass * object = As_Object(target);
+
+	/*
+	**	If the object is completely cloaked, then you can't fire on it.
+	*/
+//Mono_Printf("Units[0]=%p.\n", Units.Raw_Ptr(0));
+//Mono_Printf("Infantry[0]=%p.\n", Infantry.Raw_Ptr(0));
+//Mono_Printf("Buildings[0]=%p.\n", Buildings.Raw_Ptr(0));
+//Mono_Printf("Aircraft[0]=%p.\n", Aircraft.Raw_Ptr(0));
+//Mono_Printf("object=%p, Strength=%d, IsActive=%d, IsInLimbo=%d.\n", object, (long)object->Strength, object->IsActive, object->IsInLimbo);Get_Key();
+	if (object && /*(object->IsActive || GameToPlay != GAME_NORMAL) &&*/ object->Is_Techno() && ((TechnoClass *)object)->Cloak == CLOAKED) {
+		return(FIRE_CANT);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If there is no weapon, then firing is not allowed.
+	*/
+	WeaponType weap = (which == 0) ? Techno_Type_Class()->Primary : Techno_Type_Class()->Secondary;
+	if (weap == WEAPON_NONE) {
+		return(FIRE_CANT);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Can only fire anti-aircraft weapons against aircraft unless the aircraft is
+	**	sitting on the ground.
+	*/
+	if (object && object->What_Am_I() == RTTI_AIRCRAFT &&
+			!BulletTypeClass::As_Reference(Weapons[weap].Fires).IsAntiAircraft &&
+			((AircraftClass *)object)->Altitude > 0) {
+
+		return(FIRE_CANT);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Don't allow firing if still rearming.
+	*/
+	if (Arm) return(FIRE_REARM);
+
+	/*
+	**	The target must be within range in order to allow firing.
+	*/
+	if (!In_Range(target, which)) {
+		return(FIRE_RANGE);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If there is no ammo left, then it can't fire.
+	*/
+	if (!Ammo) {
+		return(FIRE_AMMO);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If cloaked, then firing is disabled.
+	*/
+	if (Cloak != UNCLOAKED) {
+		return(FIRE_CLOAKED);
+	}
+
+	return(FIRE_OK);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Stun -- Prepares the object for removal from the game.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine handles cleaning up this techno object from the game system so that when    *
+ *    it is subsequently removed, it doesn't leave any loose ends.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/23/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TechnoClass::Stun(void)
+{
+	Assign_Target(TARGET_NONE);
+	Assign_Destination(TARGET_NONE);
+	Transmit_Message(RADIO_OVER_OUT);
+	Detach_All();
+	Unselect();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Assign_Target -- Assigns the targeting computer with specified target.         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to set the targeting computer for this object. It checks to make sure   *
+ *    that targeting of itself is prohibited.                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   target   -- The target for this object to attack.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/23/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TechnoClass::Assign_Target(TARGET target)
+{
+	if (target == TarCom) return;
+
+	if (!Target_Legal(target)) {
+		target = TARGET_NONE;
+	} else {
+
+		/*
+		**	Prevent targeting of self.
+		*/
+		if (target == As_Target()) {
+			target = ::As_Target(Coord_Cell(Coord));
+		} else {
+
+			/*
+			**	Make sure that the target is not already dead.
+			*/
+			ObjectClass * object = As_Object(target);
+			if (object && (object->IsActive == false || object->Strength == 0)) {
+				target = TARGET_NONE;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Set the unit's targeting computer.
+	*/
+	TarCom = target;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Rearm_Delay -- Calculates the delay before firing can occur.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This function calculates the delay between shots. It determines this from the standard   *
+ *    rate of fire (ROF) of the base class and modifies it according to game speed and         *
+ *    whether this is the first or second shot. All single shot attackers consider their       *
+ *    shots to be "second" since the second shot is the one handled normally. The first shot   *
+ *    usually gets assigned a much shorter delay time before the next shot can fire.           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   second   -- bool; Is this the second of a two shot salvo?                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the number of game frames to delay before the next shot may fire.     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/26/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int TechnoClass::Rearm_Delay(bool second) const
+{
+	if (second) {
+		return(Weapons[Techno_Type_Class()->Primary].ROF + 3);
+	}
+	return(9);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Fire_At -- Fires projectile at target specified.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the main projectile firing code. Buildings, units, and infantry route fire       *
+ *    requests through this function.                                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   target   -- The target that the projectile is to be fired at.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          which    -- Which weapon to fire.                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the projectile object that was fired. If no projectile   *
+ *          could be created or there was some other illegality detected, the return value     *
+ *          will be NULL.                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/26/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   07/03/1995 JLB : Moving platforms fire inaccurate projectiles.                            *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+BulletClass * TechnoClass::Fire_At(TARGET target, int which)
+{
+	BulletClass		*bullet;				// Projectile.
+	DirType			dir;					// The facing to impart upon the projectile.
+	COORDINATE				target_coord;		// Coordinate of the target.
+	COORDINATE				fire_coord;			// Coordinate of firing position.
+	TechnoTypeClass const & tclass = *Techno_Type_Class();
+	ObjectClass		*object;
+	WeaponTypeClass const *weapon = (which == 0) ? &Weapons[tclass.Primary] : &Weapons[tclass.Secondary];
+	BulletTypeClass const &btype = BulletTypeClass::As_Reference(weapon->Fires);
+
+	/*
+	**	Perform a quick legality check to see if firing can occur.
+	*/
+	if (Debug_Map || weapon->Fires == BULLET_NONE || !Target_Legal(target)) {
+		return(NULL);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Fetch the target coordinate for the target specified.
+	*/
+	object = As_Object(target);
+	if (object) {
+		target_coord = object->Target_Coord();
+	} else {
+		target_coord = As_Coord(target);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Get the location where the projectile should appear.
+	*/
+	fire_coord = Fire_Coord(which);
+
+	/*
+	**	If the projectile is a homing type (such as a missile), then it will
+	**	launch in the direction the turret is facing, NOT necessarily the same
+	**	direction as the target.
+	*/
+	if (btype.IsHoming || btype.IsDropping) {
+		dir = Fire_Direction();
+		if (btype.IsDropping) {
+			fire_coord = Center_Coord();
+		}
+	} else {
+		dir = ::Direction(fire_coord, target_coord);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Create the projectile. Then process any special operations that
+	**	need to be performed according to the style of projectile
+	**	created.
+	*/
+ 	bullet = new BulletClass(weapon->Fires);
+	if (bullet) {
+		bullet->Assign_Target(target);
+		bullet->Payback = this;
+		bullet->Strength = weapon->Attack;
+
+		/*
+		**	If this is firing from a moving platform, then the projectile is inaccurate.
+		*/
+		if (Special.IsDefenderAdvantage && What_Am_I() != RTTI_BUILDING && ((FootClass const *)this)->IsDriving) {
+			bullet->IsInaccurate = true;
+		}
+
+		if (bullet->Unlimbo(fire_coord, dir)) {
+//Mono_Printf("Units[0]=%p.\n", Units.Raw_Ptr(0));
+//Mono_Printf("Infantry[0]=%p.\n", Infantry.Raw_Ptr(0));
+//Mono_Printf("Buildings[0]=%p.\n", Buildings.Raw_Ptr(0));
+//Mono_Printf("Aircraft[0]=%p.\n", Aircraft.Raw_Ptr(0));
+//Mono_Printf("object=%p, Strength=%d, IsActive=%d, IsInLimbo=%d.\n", object, (long)object->Strength, object->IsActive, object->IsInLimbo);Get_Key();
+			bullet->Payback = this;
+			bullet->Strength = weapon->Attack;
+		} else {
+			delete bullet;
+		}
+		if (!bullet->Class->IsFueled) {
+			IsInRecoilState = true;
+		}
+		Arm = Rearm_Delay(IsSecondShot);
+		if (tclass.IsTwoShooter) {
+			IsSecondShot = (IsSecondShot == false);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Perform any animation effect for this weapon.
+		*/
+		AnimType a = weapon->Anim;
+		switch (a) {
+			case ANIM_GUN_N:
+			case ANIM_CHEM_N:
+			case ANIM_FLAME_N:
+				a = (AnimType)(a + Dir_Facing(Fire_Direction()));
+				break;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	If there is a special firing animation, then create and attach it
+		**	now.
+		*/
+		if (a != ANIM_NONE) {
+			AnimClass * anim = new AnimClass(a, Fire_Coord(which));
+			if (anim) {
+				anim->Attach_To(this);
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Reduce ammunition for this object.
+		*/
+		if (Ammo > 0) {
+			Ammo--;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Firing will in all likelihood, require the unit to be redraw. Flag it to be
+		**	redrawn here.
+		*/
+		Mark(MARK_CHANGE);
+
+		/*
+		**	If a projectile was fired from a unit that is hidden in the darkness,
+		**	reveal that unit and a little area around it.
+		** For multiplayer games, only reveal the unit if the target is the
+		** local player.
+		*/
+		if ((!IsOwnedByPlayer && !IsDiscoveredByPlayer) || !Map[Coord_Cell(Center_Coord())].IsMapped) {
+			if (GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL) {
+				Map.Sight_From(Coord_Cell(Center_Coord()), 1, false);
+			} else {
+				ObjectClass *obj = As_Object(target);
+				if (obj) {
+					HousesType tgt_owner = obj->Owner();
+
+					if (PlayerPtr->Class->House == tgt_owner) {
+						Map.Sight_From(Coord_Cell(Center_Coord()), 1, false);
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(bullet);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Player_Assign_Mission -- Assigns a mission as result of player input.          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called when the mission for an object needs to change as a result of     *
+ *    player input. The basic operation would be to queue the event and let the action         *
+ *    occur at the frame dictated by the queing system. However, if a voice response is        *
+ *    indicated, then perform it at this time. This will give a greater illusion of            *
+ *    immediate response.                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   order       -- The mission order to assign to this object.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          target      -- The target of this object. This will be used for combat and attack. *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          destination -- The movement destination for this object.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/22/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TechnoClass::Player_Assign_Mission(MissionType mission, TARGET target, TARGET destination)
+{
+	if (AllowVoice) {
+		if (mission == MISSION_ATTACK) {
+			Response_Attack();
+		} else {
+			Response_Move();
+		}
+	}
+	Queue_Mission(As_Target(), mission, target, destination);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::What_Action -- Determines what action to perform if object is selected.        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will examine the object specified and return with the action that will      *
+ *    be performed if the mouse button were clicked over the object.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   object   -- The object that the mouse button might be clicked on.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the action that will be performed if the object was clicked on.       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   03/21/1995 JLB : Special target control for trees.                                        *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+ActionType TechnoClass::What_Action(ObjectClass * object) const
+{
+	if (object) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Return the ACTION_SELF flag if clicking on itself. However, if this
+		**	object cannot do anything special with itself, then just return with
+		**	the no action flag.
+		*/
+		if (object == this && CurrentObject.Count() == 1 && House == PlayerPtr) {
+			return(ACTION_SELF);
+		}
+
+		bool altdown = (Keyboard::Down(KN_LALT) || Keyboard::Down(KN_RALT));
+		bool ctrldown = (Keyboard::Down(KN_LCTRL) || Keyboard::Down(KN_RCTRL));
+		bool shiftdown = (Keyboard::Down(KN_LSHIFT) || Keyboard::Down(KN_RSHIFT));
+
+		/*
+		**	Special guard area mission is possible if both the control and the
+		**	alt keys are held down.
+		*/
+		if (IsOwnedByPlayer && ctrldown && altdown && Can_Player_Move() && Can_Player_Fire()) {
+			return(ACTION_GUARD_AREA);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Special override to force a move regardless of what is occupying the location.
+		*/
+		if (altdown) {
+			if (IsOwnedByPlayer && Can_Player_Move()) {
+				return(ACTION_MOVE);
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Override so that toggled select state can be performed while the <SHIFT> key
+		**	is held down.
+		*/
+		if (shiftdown) {
+			if (IsOwnedByPlayer && !IsALoaner) {
+				return(ACTION_TOGGLE_SELECT);
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	If firing is possible and legal, then return this action potential.
+		*/
+		bool control = Keyboard::Down(KN_LCTRL) || Keyboard::Down(KN_RCTRL);
+		if (IsOwnedByPlayer && (ctrldown || !House->Is_Ally(object)) && (ctrldown || object->Class_Of().IsLegalTarget || (Special.IsTreeTarget && object->What_Am_I() == RTTI_TERRAIN))) {
+			if (Can_Player_Move() || In_Range(object, 0)) {
+				return(ACTION_ATTACK);
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Possibly try to select the specified object, if that is warranted.
+		*/
+		if (!Is_Weapon_Equipped() || !IsOwnedByPlayer || object->Owner() == Owner()) {
+			if ((!IsALoaner || !IsOwnedByPlayer) && object->Class_Of().IsSelectable && !object->IsSelected) {
+				return(ACTION_SELECT);
+			}
+			return(ACTION_NONE);
+		}
+	}
+	return(ACTION_NONE);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::What_Action -- Determines action to perform if cell is clicked on.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to determine what action will be performed if the specified cell        *
+ *    is clicked on. Usually this action is either a ACTION_MOVE or ACTION_NOMOVE. The action  *
+ *    nomove is used to perform special case checking for nearby cells if in fact the mouse    *
+ *    is clicked over the cell.                                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   cell  -- The cell to check for being clicked over.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the action that will occur if the cell is clicked on.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   07/10/1995 JLB : Force fire for buildings is explicitely disabled.                        *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+ActionType TechnoClass::What_Action(CELL cell) const
+{
+	CellClass const * cellptr = &Map[cell];
+	OverlayTypeClass const * optr = NULL;
+
+	bool ctrldown = Keyboard::Down(KN_LCTRL) || Keyboard::Down(KN_RCTRL);
+	bool shiftdown = Keyboard::Down(KN_LSHIFT) || Keyboard::Down(KN_RSHIFT);
+	bool altdown = (Keyboard::Down(KN_LALT) || Keyboard::Down(KN_RALT));
+
+	/*
+	**	Disable recognizing the <CTRL> key forced fire option when dealing with buildings.
+	*/
+	if (What_Am_I() == RTTI_BUILDING) ctrldown = false;
+
+	if (cellptr->Overlay != OVERLAY_NONE) {
+		optr = &OverlayTypeClass::As_Reference(cellptr->Overlay);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Special guard area mission is possible if both the control and the
+	**	alt keys are held down.
+	*/
+	if (IsOwnedByPlayer && ctrldown && altdown && Can_Player_Move() && Can_Player_Fire()) {
+		return(ACTION_GUARD_AREA);
+	}
+
+	if (IsOwnedByPlayer && Techno_Type_Class()->Primary != WEAPON_NONE && (ctrldown || (optr && optr->IsLegalTarget))) {
+		WarheadTypeClass const * whead = &Warheads[BulletTypeClass::As_Reference(Weapons[Techno_Type_Class()->Primary].Fires).Warhead];
+		if (!optr || (optr->IsWall && (whead->IsWallDestroyer || (whead->IsWoodDestroyer && optr->IsWooden)))) {
+			if (Can_Player_Move() || In_Range(::As_Target(cell), 0)) {
+				return(ACTION_ATTACK);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (IsOwnedByPlayer && Can_Player_Move()) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Special override to force a move regardless of what is occupying the location.
+		*/
+		if (shiftdown) {
+			return(ACTION_MOVE);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	If the object can enter the cell specified, then allow
+		**	movement to it.
+		*/
+		if (Can_Enter_Cell(cell) <= MOVE_CLOAK) {
+			return(ACTION_MOVE);
+		}
+		return(ACTION_NOMOVE);
+	}
+	return(ACTION_NONE);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Can_Player_Move -- Determines if the object can move be moved by player.       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to determine whether a movement order can be given to this object.      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Can this object be given a movement order by the player?                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool TechnoClass::Can_Player_Move(void) const
+{
+	return(PlayerPtr == House);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Can_Player_Fire -- Determines if the player can give this object a fire order. *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Call this routine to determine if this object can be given a fire order by the player.   *
+ *    Such objects will affect the mouse cursor accordingly -- usually causes the targeting    *
+ *    cursor to appear.                                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Can this object be given firing orders by the player?                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/23/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool TechnoClass::Can_Player_Fire(void) const
+{
+	if (House->IsHuman && Is_Techno() && Techno_Type_Class()->Primary != WEAPON_NONE) {
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Is_Weapon_Equipped -- Determines if this object has a combat weapon.          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to determine if this object is equipped with a combat weapon. Such      *
+ *    determination is used by the AI system to gauge the threat potential of the object.      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Is this object equipped with a combat weapon?                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/23/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool TechnoClass::Is_Weapon_Equipped(void) const
+{
+	return(Techno_Type_Class()->Primary != WEAPON_NONE);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Can_Repair -- Determines if the object can and should be repaired.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to determine if the specified object is a candidate for repair. In      *
+ *    order to qualify, the object must be allowed to be repaired (in theory) and it must      *
+ *    be below full strength. If these conditions are met, then it can be repaired.            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; May this unit be repaired? A return value of false may mean that the object  *
+ *                is not allowed to be repaired, or it might be full strength already.         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/23/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool TechnoClass::Can_Repair(void) const
+{
+	/*
+	**	Temporary hack to disable repair cursor over non-buildings.
+	*/
+	if (What_Am_I() == RTTI_UNIT || What_Am_I() == RTTI_INFANTRY || What_Am_I() == RTTI_AIRCRAFT) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+	return(Techno_Type_Class()->IsRepairable && Strength != Class_Of().MaxStrength);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Weapon_Range -- Determines the maximum range for the weapon.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to determine the maximum range for the weapon indicated.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   which -- Which weapon to use when determining the range. 0=primary, 1=secondary.   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the range of the weapon (in leptons).                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int TechnoClass::Weapon_Range(int which) const
+{
+	WeaponType weapon = WEAPON_NONE;
+	TechnoTypeClass const & ttype = *Techno_Type_Class();
+
+	switch (which) {
+		case 0:
+			weapon = ttype.Primary;
+			break;
+
+		case 1:
+			weapon = ttype.Secondary;
+			break;
+	}
+	if (weapon != WEAPON_NONE) {
+		if (weapon == WEAPON_NIKE && GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL) {
+			return(Weapons[weapon].Range*2);
+		}
+		return(Weapons[weapon].Range);
+	}
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Override_Mission -- temporarily overides a units mission   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:      MissionType mission - the mission we want to overide        *
+ *               TARGET      tarcom  - the new target we want to overide   *
+ *               TARGET      navcom  - the new navigation point to overide *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:      none                                                       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   If a mission is already overidden, the current mission is   *
+ *               just re-assigned.                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   04/28/1995 PWG : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void TechnoClass::Override_Mission(MissionType mission, TARGET tarcom, TARGET navcom)
+{
+	SuspendedTarCom = TarCom;
+	RadioClass::Override_Mission(mission, tarcom, navcom);
+	Assign_Target(tarcom);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Restore_Mission -- Restores an overidden mission           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:		none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:     none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   04/28/1995 PWG : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+bool TechnoClass::Restore_Mission(void)
+{
+	if (RadioClass::Restore_Mission()) {
+		Assign_Target(SuspendedTarCom);
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Captured -- Handles capturing this object.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called when this object gets captured by the house specified. It handles *
+ *    removing this object from any targeting computers and then changes the ownership of      *
+ *    the object to the new house.                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   newowner -- Pointer to the house that is now the new owner.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Was the object captured? Failure would mean that it is already under control of    *
+ *          the house specified.                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/08/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool TechnoClass::Captured(HouseClass * newowner)
+{
+	if (newowner != House) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Capture attempt springs any "entered" trigger. The entered trigger
+		**	occurs first since there may be a special trigger attached to this
+		**	object that flags a capture as a win and a destroy as a loss. This
+		**	order is necessary because the object is recorded as a kill as well.
+		*/
+		if (Trigger /*&& Trigger->House == newowner->Class->House*/) {
+			Trigger->Spring(EVENT_PLAYER_ENTERED, this);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Record this as a kill.
+		*/
+		Record_The_Kill(NULL);
+
+		/*
+		**	Special kill record logic for capture process.
+		*/
+		switch (What_Am_I()) {
+			case RTTI_BUILDING:
+				if (newowner) newowner->BuildingsKilled[Owner()]++;
+				break;
+
+			case RTTI_AIRCRAFT:
+			case RTTI_INFANTRY:
+			case RTTI_UNIT:
+				if (newowner) newowner->UnitsKilled[Owner()]++;
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				break;
+		}
+		House->WhoLastHurtMe = newowner->Class->House;
+
+		/*
+		**	Remove from targeting computers.
+		*/
+		Detach_All(false);
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+		/*
+		**	Break off any radio contact.
+		*/
+		Transmit_Message(RADIO_OVER_OUT);
+#endif
+
+		/*
+		**	Change ownership now.
+		*/
+		House = newowner;
+		IsOwnedByPlayer = (House == PlayerPtr);
+
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Take_Damage -- Records damage assessed to this object.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called when this object has taken damage. It handles recording whether   *
+ *    this object has been destroyed. If it has, then mark the appropriate kill records as     *
+ *    necessary.                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/20/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+ResultType TechnoClass::Take_Damage(int & damage, int distance, WarheadType warhead, TechnoClass * source)
+{
+	ResultType result = ObjectClass::Take_Damage(damage, distance, warhead, source);
+
+	switch (result) {
+		case RESULT_DESTROYED:
+			Transmit_Message(RADIO_OVER_OUT);
+			Stun();
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	If some damage was received and this object is cloaked, shimmer
+		**	the cloak a bit.
+		*/
+		default:
+			if (source && !House->Is_Ally(source)) {
+				IsTickedOff = true;
+			}
+			Do_Shimmer();
+			break;
+
+		case RESULT_NONE:
+			break;
+	}
+	return(result);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoTypeClass::Max_Passengers -- Fetches the maximum passengers allowed.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will return with the maximum number of passengers allowed in this           *
+ *    transport. This typically applies to APCs and possibley transport helicopters.           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the number of passengers this transport can carry.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/20/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int TechnoTypeClass::Max_Passengers(void) const
+{
+	if (IsTransporter) {
+		return(5);
+	}
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Record_The_Kill -- Records the death of this object.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to record the death of this object. It will handle updating the     *
+ *    owner house with the kill record as well as springing any trigger events associated with *
+ *    this object's death.                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   source   -- Pointer to the source of this object's death (if there is a source).   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/08/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   08/23/1995 JLB : Building loss is only counted if it received damage.                     *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TechnoClass::Record_The_Kill(TechnoClass * source)
+{
+	/*
+	**	Handle any trigger event associated with this object.
+	*/
+	if (Trigger && source) Trigger->Spring(EVENT_ATTACKED, this);
+
+	if (Trigger && source) Trigger->Spring(EVENT_DISCOVERED, this);
+
+	if (Trigger) Trigger->Spring(EVENT_DESTROYED, this);
+
+	if (source) {
+		/*
+		**	Call the explicity cast versions of the Made_A_Kill function. This
+		**	is necessary because we don't want to add a virtual function to the
+		**	CrewClass. Doing so would complicate the save/load process.
+		*/
+		switch (source->What_Am_I()) {
+			case RTTI_INFANTRY:
+				((InfantryClass *)source)->Made_A_Kill();
+				break;
+
+			case RTTI_UNIT:
+				((UnitClass *)source)->Made_A_Kill();
+				break;
+
+			case RTTI_BUILDING:
+				((BuildingClass *)source)->Made_A_Kill();
+				break;
+
+			case RTTI_AIRCRAFT:
+				((AircraftClass *)source)->Made_A_Kill();
+				break;
+		}
+
+		House->WhoLastHurtMe = source->Owner();
+	}
+
+	switch (What_Am_I()) {
+		case RTTI_BUILDING:
+			if ( ((BuildingClass *)this)->WhoLastHurtMe != HOUSE_NONE) {
+				House->BuildingsLost++;
+			}
+			if (source){
+				if (GameToPlay == GAME_INTERNET){
+					source->House->DestroyedBuildings->Increment_Unit_Total( ((BuildingClass*)this)->Class->Type );
+				}
+				source->House->BuildingsKilled[Owner()]++;
+			}
+
+			/*
+			** If the map is displaying the multiplayer player names & their
+			** # of kills, tell it to redraw.
+			*/
+			if (Map.Is_Player_Names()) {
+				Map.Player_Names(true);
+			}
+			break;
+
+
+		case RTTI_AIRCRAFT:
+			House->UnitsLost++;
+			if (source){
+				if (GameToPlay == GAME_INTERNET){
+					source->House->DestroyedAircraft->Increment_Unit_Total( ((AircraftClass*)this)->Class->Type );
+				}
+				source->House->UnitsKilled[Owner()]++;
+			}
+			/*
+			** If the map is displaying the multiplayer player names & their
+			** # of kills, tell it to redraw.
+			*/
+			if (Map.Is_Player_Names()) {
+				Map.Player_Names(true);
+			}
+			break;
+
+
+		case RTTI_INFANTRY:
+			House->UnitsLost++;
+			if (source){
+				if (GameToPlay == GAME_INTERNET){
+					source->House->DestroyedInfantry->Increment_Unit_Total( ((InfantryClass*)this)->Class->Type );
+				}
+				source->House->UnitsKilled[Owner()]++;
+			}
+			/*
+			** If the map is displaying the multiplayer player names & their
+			** # of kills, tell it to redraw.
+			*/
+			if (Map.Is_Player_Names()) {
+				Map.Player_Names(true);
+			}
+			break;
+
+
+		case RTTI_UNIT:
+			House->UnitsLost++;
+			if (source){
+				if (GameToPlay == GAME_INTERNET){
+					source->House->DestroyedUnits->Increment_Unit_Total( ((UnitClass*)this)->Class->Type );
+				}
+				source->House->UnitsKilled[Owner()]++;
+			}
+
+			/*
+			** If the map is displaying the multiplayer player names & their
+			** # of kills, tell it to redraw.
+			*/
+			if (Map.Is_Player_Names()) {
+				Map.Player_Names(true);
+			}
+			break;
+
+		default:
+			break;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Nearby_Location -- Radiates outward looking for clear cell nearby.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to find a nearby location from center of this object. It can lean   *
+ *    toward finding a location closest to an optional object.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   object   -- Optional object that the finding algorithm will try to find a close    *
+ *                      spot to.                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the cell that is closest to this object.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/06/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+CELL TechnoClass::Nearby_Location(TechnoClass const * ) const
+{
+	/*
+	**	Radiate outward from the object's location, looking for the best
+	**	target.
+	*/
+	CELL best = 0;
+	CELL cell = Coord_Cell(Center_Coord());
+	for (int radius = 0; radius < MAP_CELL_W/2; radius++) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Scan the top and bottom rows of the "box".
+		*/
+		for (int x = -radius; x <= radius; x++) {
+			CELL newcell = cell + XY_Cell(x, -radius);
+			if (Map.In_Radar(newcell) && Map[newcell].Is_Generally_Clear()) {
+				best = newcell;
+			}
+
+			newcell = cell + XY_Cell(x, radius);
+			if (Map.In_Radar(newcell) && Map[newcell].Is_Generally_Clear()) {
+				best = newcell;
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Scan the left and right columns of the "box".
+		*/
+		for (int y = -(radius-1); y < radius; y++) {
+			CELL newcell = cell + XY_Cell(-radius, y);
+			if (Map.In_Radar(newcell) && Map[newcell].Is_Generally_Clear()) {
+				best = newcell;
+			}
+
+			newcell = cell + XY_Cell(radius, y);
+			if (Map.In_Radar(newcell) && Map[newcell].Is_Generally_Clear()) {
+				best = newcell;
+			}
+		}
+
+		if (best) break;
+	}
+
+	return(best);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Do_Uncloak -- Cause the stealth tank to uncloak.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will start the stealth tank to uncloak.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/08/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TechnoClass::Do_Uncloak(void)
+{
+	if (IsCloakable && (Cloak == CLOAKED || Cloak == CLOAKING)) {
+		Sound_Effect(VOC_CLOAK, Coord);
+		Cloak = UNCLOAKING;
+		CloakingDevice.Set_Stage(0);
+		CloakingDevice.Set_Rate(1);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Do_Cloak -- Start the object into cloaking stage.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will start the object into its cloaking state.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/08/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TechnoClass::Do_Cloak(void)
+{
+	if (IsCloakable && (Cloak == UNCLOAKED || Cloak == UNCLOAKING)) {
+		Sound_Effect(VOC_CLOAK, Coord);
+		Detach_All(false);
+		Cloak = CLOAKING;
+		CloakingDevice.Set_Stage(0);
+		CloakingDevice.Set_Rate(1);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Do_Shimmer -- Causes this object to shimmer if it is cloaked.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called when this object should shimmer. If the object is cloaked, then   *
+ *    a shimmering effect (partial decloak) occurs. For objects that are not cloaked, no       *
+ *    affect occurs.                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/29/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TechnoClass::Do_Shimmer(void)
+{
+	if (IsCloakable && Cloak == CLOAKED) {
+		Cloak = CLOAKING;
+		CloakingDevice.Set_Stage(MAX_UNCLOAK_STAGE/2);
+		CloakingDevice.Set_Rate(1);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Visual_Character -- Determine the visual character of the object.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will determine how this object should be drawn. Typically, this is the      *
+ *    unmodified visible state, but cloaked objects have a different character.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   raw   -- Should the check be based on the unmodified cloak condition of the        *
+ *                   object? If false, then an object owned by the player will never become    *
+ *                   completely invisible.                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the visual character to use when displaying this object.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/07/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+VisualType TechnoClass::Visual_Character(bool raw)
+{
+	/*
+	**	When uncloaked or in map editor mode, always draw the object normally.
+	*/
+	if (Cloak == UNCLOAKED || Debug_Map) return(VISUAL_NORMAL);
+
+	/*
+	**	A cloaked unit will not be visible at all unless it is owned
+	**	by the player.
+	*/
+	if (Cloak == CLOAKED) {
+		if (!raw && IsOwnedByPlayer) return(VISUAL_SHADOWY);
+		return(VISUAL_HIDDEN);
+	}
+
+	int stage = CloakingDevice.Fetch_Stage();
+	if (Cloak == UNCLOAKING) stage = MAX_UNCLOAK_STAGE - stage;
+	if (stage <= 0) {
+		return(VISUAL_NORMAL);
+	}
+
+	stage = Cardinal_To_Fixed(MAX_UNCLOAK_STAGE, stage);
+
+	if (stage < 0x0040) return(VISUAL_INDISTINCT);
+	if (stage < 0x0080) return(VISUAL_DARKEN);
+	if (stage < 0x00C0) return(VISUAL_SHADOWY);
+	if (!raw && IsOwnedByPlayer) return(VISUAL_SHADOWY);
+	if (stage < 0x00FF) return(VISUAL_RIPPLE);
+	return(VISUAL_HIDDEN);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Techno_Draw_Object -- General purpose draw object routine.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to draw the object. It will handle any remapping or cloaking        *
+ *    effects required. This logic is isolated here since all techno object share the same     *
+ *    render logic when it comes to remapping and cloaking.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   shapefile   -- Pointer to the shape file that the shape will be drawn from.        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          shapenum    -- The shape number of the object in the file to use.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          x,y         -- Center pixel coordinate to use for rendering this object.           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          window      -- The clipping window to use when rendering.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/08/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TechnoClass::Techno_Draw_Object(void const * shapefile, int shapenum, int x, int y, WindowNumberType window)
+{
+	if (shapefile) {
+		VisualType visual = Visual_Character();
+		void const * remap = Remap_Table();
+
+		if (visual != VISUAL_HIDDEN && visual != VISUAL_RIPPLE) {
+			if (visual == VISUAL_SHADOWY) {
+				CC_Draw_Shape(shapefile, shapenum, x, y, window, SHAPE_CENTER|SHAPE_WIN_REL|SHAPE_FADING|SHAPE_PREDATOR, NULL, Map.FadingShade);
+			} else {
+				CC_Draw_Shape(shapefile, shapenum, x, y, window, SHAPE_CENTER|SHAPE_WIN_REL|SHAPE_FADING|SHAPE_GHOST, remap, Map.UnitShadow);
+			}
+			if (visual == VISUAL_DARKEN) {
+				CC_Draw_Shape(shapefile, shapenum, x, y, window, SHAPE_PREDATOR|SHAPE_CENTER|SHAPE_WIN_REL|SHAPE_FADING, remap, Map.FadingShade);
+			}
+		}
+		if (visual != VISUAL_NORMAL && visual != VISUAL_HIDDEN) {
+			CC_Draw_Shape(shapefile, shapenum, x, y, window, SHAPE_PREDATOR|SHAPE_CENTER|SHAPE_WIN_REL);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Remap_Table -- Fetches the appropriate remap table to use.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to fetch the appropriate remap table to use for this object.        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the remap table to use for this object.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/08/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void const * TechnoClass::Remap_Table(void)
+{
+	return(House->Remap_Table(IsBlushing, true));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Detach -- Handles removal of target from tracking system.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called when the specified object is about to be removed from the game    *
+ *    system. The target object is removed from any tracking computers that this object may    *
+ *    have.                                                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   target   -- The target object (as a target value) that is being removed from the   *
+ *                      game.                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          all      -- Is the target about to die? A false value might indicate that the      *
+ *                      object is merely cloaking. In such a case, radio contact will not      *
+ *                      be affected.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/29/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TechnoClass::Detach(TARGET target, bool all)
+{
+	RadioClass::Detach(target, all);
+
+	if (SuspendedMission != MISSION_NONE && SuspendedTarCom == target) {
+		SuspendedMission = MISSION_NONE;
+		SuspendedTarCom = TARGET_NONE;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If the targeting computer is assigned to the target, then the targeting
+	**	computer must be cleared.
+	*/
+	if (TarCom == target) {
+		Assign_Target(TARGET_NONE);
+		Restore_Mission();
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If it is in radio contact with another object, then that radio contact
+	**	must be broken.
+	*/
+	if (all && In_Radio_Contact() && Contact_With_Whom()->As_Target() == target) {
+		Transmit_Message(RADIO_OVER_OUT);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Kill_Cargo -- Destroys any cargo attached to this object.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine handles the destruction of any cargo this object may contain. Typical of    *
+ *    this would be when a transport helicopter gets destroyed.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   source   -- The source of the destruction of the cargo.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/29/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TechnoClass::Kill_Cargo(TechnoClass * source)
+{
+	while (Is_Something_Attached()) {
+		FootClass * foot = Detach_Object();
+		if (foot) {
+			foot->Record_The_Kill(source);
+			delete foot;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Crew_Type -- Fetches the kind of crew this object contains.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called when generating survivors to this object. This routine returns    *
+ *    the type of survivor to generate.                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns the infantry type of a survivor.                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   This routine is designed to be called repeatedly. Once for each survivor to     *
+ *             generate.                                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/29/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+InfantryType TechnoClass::Crew_Type(void) const
+{
+	InfantryType infantry = INFANTRY_E1;
+	if (House->ActLike == HOUSE_NEUTRAL) {
+		infantry = Random_Pick(INFANTRY_C1, INFANTRY_C9);
+	} else {
+		if (Techno_Type_Class()->Primary == WEAPON_NONE && Random_Pick(0, 6) == 1) {
+			if (Random_Pick(0, 1) == 0) {
+				infantry = INFANTRY_C1;
+			} else {
+				infantry = INFANTRY_C7;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return(infantry);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Value -- Fetches the target value for this object.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to fetch the target value for this object. The greater the value    *
+ *    returned, the better this object is as a target.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the target value for this object.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/29/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   08/16/1995 JLB : Adjusted for early mission lame-out.                                     *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int TechnoClass::Value(void) const
+{
+	int value = 0;
+
+	/*
+	**	In early missions, contents of transports are not figured
+	**	into the total value. - 8/16/95
+	*/
+	if (BuildLevel > 8 || GameToPlay != GAME_NORMAL) {
+		if (Is_Something_Attached()) {
+			FootClass * object = Attached_Object();
+
+			while (object) {
+				value += object->Value();
+				object = (FootClass *)object->Next;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return Risk() + Techno_Type_Class()->Reward + value;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Threat_Range -- Returns the range to scan based on threat control.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will return the range to scan based on the control value specified. The     *
+ *    value returned by this routine is typically used when scanning for enemies.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   control  -- The range control parameter.                                           *
+ *                      0  = Use weapon range (zero is returned in this special case).         *
+ *                      -1 = Scan without range restrictions (-1 is returned in this case).    *
+ *                      1  = Scan up to twice weapon range.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a range (or special value) that can be used in the threat scan        *
+ *          process. If zero is returned, then always check threat against In_Range(). If      *
+ *          -1 is returned, then no range limitation restriction exists.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/29/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int TechnoClass::Threat_Range(int control) const
+{
+	if (control == -1) return(-1);
+	if (control == 0) return(0);
+
+	int range = MAX(Weapon_Range(0), Weapon_Range(1));
+	range *= 2;
+	range = Bound(range, 0x0000, 0x0A00);
+	return(range);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Base_Is_Attacked -- Handle panic response to base being attacked.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called when the base is being attacked. It will pull units off of the    *
+ *    field and send them back to defend the base. This routine will make taking an enemy      *
+ *    base much more difficult.                                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   enemy -- Pointer to the enemy object that did the damage on the base.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   This routine can drastically affect the game play. The computer will probably   *
+ *             call off its attacks as a result.                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/25/1995 JLB : Commented.                                                               *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TechnoClass::Base_Is_Attacked(TechnoClass const *enemy)
+{
+	FootClass *defender[6];
+	int value[6];
+	int count = 0;
+	int weakest = 0;
+	int desired = enemy->Risk() * 2;
+	int risktotal = 0;
+
+	/*
+	** Humans have to deal with their own base is attacked problems.
+	*/
+	if (!enemy || House->Is_Ally(enemy) || House->IsHuman) {
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Don't overreact if this building can defend itself.
+	*/
+	if (Techno_Type_Class()->Primary != WEAPON_NONE) return;
+
+	/*
+	** If the enemy is not an infantry or a unit there is not much we can
+	** do about it.
+	*/
+	if (enemy->What_Am_I() != RTTI_INFANTRY && enemy->What_Am_I() != RTTI_UNIT ) {
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If the enemy is a gunboat, then don't do anything.
+	*/
+	// This should allow helicopters to retaliate however. Hmmm.
+	if (enemy->What_Am_I() == RTTI_UNIT && (*((UnitClass const *)enemy) == UNIT_GUNBOAT || *((UnitClass const *)enemy) == UNIT_HOVER)) {
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** If the threat has already been dealt with then we don't need to do
+	** any work.  Check for that here.
+	*/
+	if (!((FootClass *)enemy)->BaseAttackTimer.Expired()) {
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** We will need units to defend our base.  We need to suspend teams until
+	** the situation has been dealt with.
+	*/
+	TeamClass::Suspend_Teams(20);
+
+	/*
+	** Loop through the infantry looking for those who are capable of going
+	** on a rescue mission.
+	*/
+	for (int index = 0; index < Infantry.Count() && desired > 0; index++) {
+	 	InfantryClass * infantry = Infantry.Ptr(index);
+		if (infantry && infantry->Owner() == Owner()) {
+
+			/*
+			**	Never recruite sticky guard units to defend a base.
+			*/
+			if (infantry->Mission == MISSION_STICKY || infantry->Mission == MISSION_SLEEP) continue;
+
+			/*
+			** Find the amount of threat that this unit can apply to the
+			** enemy.
+			*/
+			int threat = infantry->Rescue_Mission(enemy->As_Target());
+
+			/*
+			** If it can't apply any threat then do just skip it and do not
+			** add it to the list.
+			*/
+			if (!threat) {
+				continue;
+			}
+
+			/*
+			** If the value returned is negative then this unit is already
+			** assigned to fighting the enemy, so subtract its value from
+			** the enemys desired value.
+			*/
+			if (threat < 0) {
+				desired += threat;
+				continue;
+			}
+
+			if (count < 6) {
+				defender[count] = (FootClass *)infantry;
+				value[count] = threat;
+				count++;
+				continue;
+			}
+
+			if (threat > weakest) {
+				int newweakest = threat;
+
+				for (int lp = 0; lp < count; lp ++) {
+					if (value[lp] == weakest) {
+						value[lp] = threat;
+						defender[lp] = (FootClass *) infantry;
+						continue;
+					}
+					if (value[count] < newweakest) {
+						newweakest = value[lp];
+					}
+				}
+				weakest = newweakest;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Loop through the units looking for those who are capable of going
+	** on a rescue mission.
+	*/
+	for (index = 0; index < Units.Count() && desired > 0; index++) {
+	 	UnitClass * unit = Units.Ptr(index);
+		if (unit && unit->Owner() == Owner()) {
+
+			/*
+			**	Never recruite sticky guard units to defend a base.
+			*/
+			if (unit->Mission == MISSION_STICKY || unit->Mission == MISSION_SLEEP) continue;
+
+			/*
+			** Find the amount of threat that this unit can apply to the
+			** enemy.
+			*/
+			int threat = unit->Rescue_Mission(enemy->As_Target());
+
+			/*
+			** If it can't apply any threat then do just skip it and do not
+			** add it to the list.
+			*/
+			if (!threat) {
+				continue;
+			}
+
+			/*
+			** If the value returned is negative then this unit is already
+			** assigned to fighting the enemy, so subtract its value from
+			** the enemys desired value.
+			*/
+			if (threat < 0) {
+				desired += threat;
+				continue;
+			}
+
+			if (count < 6) {
+				defender[count] = (FootClass *)unit;
+				value[count] = threat;
+				count++;
+				continue;
+			}
+			if (threat > weakest) {
+				int newweakest = threat;
+
+				for (int lp = 0; lp < count; lp ++) {
+					if (value[lp] == weakest) {
+						value[lp] = threat;
+						defender[lp] = (FootClass *) unit;
+						continue;
+					}
+					if (value[count] < newweakest) {
+						newweakest = value[lp];
+					}
+				}
+				weakest = newweakest;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (desired > 0) {
+
+		/*
+		** Sort the defenders by value, this doesn't take very long and will
+		** help the closest defenders to respond.
+		*/
+		for (int lp = 0; lp < count - 1; lp ++) {
+			for (int lp2 = lp + 1; lp2 < count; lp2++) {
+				if (value[lp] < value[lp2]) {
+
+					value[lp] 	^= value[lp2];
+					value[lp2]	^= value[lp];
+					value[lp]	^= value[lp2];
+
+					FootClass *temp;
+					temp				= defender[lp];
+					defender[lp]	= defender[lp2];
+					defender[lp2]  = temp;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		for (lp = 0; lp < count; lp ++) {
+			defender[lp]->Assign_Mission(MISSION_RESCUE);
+			defender[lp]->Assign_Target(enemy->As_Target());
+			risktotal += defender[lp]->Risk();
+			if (risktotal > desired) {
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (risktotal > desired) {
+		((FootClass *)enemy)->BaseAttackTimer.Set(15 * 15);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Get_Ownable -- Fetches the ownable bits for this object.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will return the ownable bits for this object. The ownable bits represent    *
+ *    the houses that are allowed to own this object.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns the ownable bits for this object.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/29/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+unsigned char TechnoClass::Get_Ownable(void) const
+{
+	return ((TechnoTypeClass const &)Class_Of()).Ownable;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Is_Techno -- Confirms that this is a TechnoClass object.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called to confirm if this object is derived from the TechnoClass         *
+ *    object. At this level, the return value will always be true.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Is this object a TechnoClass or derived from it?                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/29/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool TechnoClass::Is_Techno(void) const
+{
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Risk -- Fetches the risk associated with this object.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called when the risk value for this object needs to be determined.       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the risk value for this object.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/29/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int TechnoClass::Risk(void) const
+{
+	return(Techno_Type_Class()->Risk);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Tiberium_Load -- Fetches the current tiberium load percentage.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will return the current Tiberium load (expressed as a fixed point fraction) *
+ *    that this object currently contains. Typical implementor of this function would be       *
+ *    the harvester. Any object that can return a non-zero value should derive from this       *
+ *    function in order to return the appropriate value.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the current Tiberium load expressed as a fixed point number.          *
+ *          0x0000   = empty                                                                   *
+ *          0x0080   = half full                                                               *
+ *          0x0100   = full                                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/29/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int TechnoClass::Tiberium_Load(void) const
+{
+	return(0x0000);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Desired_Load_Dir -- Fetches loading parameters for this object.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called when an object desires to load up on this object. The object      *
+ *    desiring to load is specified. The cell that the loading object should move to is        *
+ *    determined. The direction that this object should face is also calculated. This routine  *
+ *    will be overridden by those objects that can actually load up passengers.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   object   -- The object that is desiring to load up.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          moveto   -- Reference to the cell that the loading object should move to before    *
+ *                      the final load process occurs (this value will be filled in).          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the direction that the transport object should face.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/29/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+DirType TechnoClass::Desired_Load_Dir(ObjectClass * , CELL & moveto) const
+{
+	moveto = 0;
+	return(DIR_N);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Pip_Count -- Fetches the number of pips to display on this object.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will return the number of pips to display on this object when the object    *
+ *    is selected. The default condition is to return no pips at all. This routine is          *
+ *    derived for those objects that can have pips.                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the number of pips to display on this object when selected.           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/29/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int TechnoClass::Pip_Count(void) const
+{
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Fire_Direction -- Fetches the direction projectile fire will take.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will fetch the direction that a fired projectile will take. This is         *
+ *    usually the facing of the object's weapon. This routine will be derived for the objects  *
+ *    that have their weapon barrel facing a different direction than the body.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the direction a fired projectile will take.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/29/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+DirType TechnoClass::Fire_Direction(void) const
+{
+	return(PrimaryFacing.Current());
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Response_Select -- Handles the voice response when selected.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called when a voice reponse to a select action is desired. This routine  *
+ *    should be overridden for any object that actually has a voice response.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   This routine can generate an audio response.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/29/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TechnoClass::Response_Select(void)
+{
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Response_Move -- Handles the voice repsonse to a movement request.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called when a voice response to a movement order is desired. This        *
+ *    routine should be overridden for any object that actually has a voice response.          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   This can generate an audio repsonse.                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/29/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TechnoClass::Response_Move(void)
+{
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Response_Attack -- Handles the voice response when given attack order.         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called when a voice response to an attack order is desired. This routine *
+ *    should be overridden for any object that actually have a voice response.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   This can generate an audio response.                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/29/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TechnoClass::Response_Attack(void)
+{
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Target_Something_Nearby -- Handles finding and assigning a nearby target.      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will search for a nearby target and assign it to this object's TarCom.      *
+ *    The method to use when scanning for a target is controlled by the parameter passed.      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   threat   -- The threat control parameter used to control the range searched. The   *
+ *                      only values recognized are THREAT_RANGE and THREAT_AREA.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Was a suitable target aquired and assigned to the TarCom?                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/29/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool TechnoClass::Target_Something_Nearby(ThreatType threat)
+{
+	threat = threat & (THREAT_RANGE|THREAT_AREA);
+
+	/*
+	**	Determine that if there is an existing target it is still legal
+	**	and within range.
+	*/
+	if (Target_Legal(TarCom)) {
+		if ((threat & THREAT_RANGE) && !In_Range(TarCom)) {
+			Assign_Target(TARGET_NONE);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If there is no target, then try to find one and assign it as
+	**	the target for this unit.
+	*/
+	if (!Target_Legal(TarCom)) {
+		Assign_Target(Greatest_Threat(threat));
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Return with answer to question: Does this unit have a target?
+	*/
+	return(Target_Legal(TarCom));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Exit_Object -- Causes specified object to leave this object.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called when there is an attached object that should detach and leave     *
+ *    this object. Typical of this would be the refinery and APC.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   object   -- The object that is trying to leave this object.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Was the object successfully launched from this object? Failure might indicate that *
+ *          there is insufficient room to detach the specified object.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/24/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int TechnoClass::Exit_Object(TechnoClass *)
+{
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Random_Animate -- Performs some idle animation for the object.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is a maintenance routine that is called when the object might want to check to see  *
+ *    if it should go into some idle animation. Infantry are a good example of objects that    *
+ *    perform idle animations. This routine must be overridden by the derived object types     *
+ *    in order to give it some functionality.                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/24/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TechnoClass::Random_Animate(void)
+{
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Assign_Destination -- Assigns movement destination to the object.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called when the object needs to have a new movement destination          *
+ *    assigned. This routine must be overridden since at this level, movement is not allowed.  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   destination -- The destination to assign to this object.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/24/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TechnoClass::Assign_Destination(TARGET )
+{
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Scatter -- Causes the object to scatter to an adjacent cell.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called when the object needs to get out of the way. This might be as a   *
+ *    result of combat or findpath reasons.                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   coord    -- The source of the reason to scatter. The object should try to run      *
+ *                      away from this coordinate.                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          forced   -- Is the scatter a forced scatter? If false, then this is merely a       *
+ *                      request that scattering might be a good idea.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/24/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TechnoClass::Scatter(COORDINATE , bool )
+{
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Enter_Idle_Mode -- Object enters its default idle condition.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called when the object should intelligently revert to an idle state.     *
+ *    Typically this routine is called after some mission has completed. This routine must     *
+ *    be overridden by the various object types. It is located at this level merely to provide *
+ *    a virtual function entry point.                                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   initial  -- Is this called when the unit just leaves a factory or is initially     *
+ *                      or is initially placed on the map?                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/24/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TechnoClass::Enter_Idle_Mode(bool )
+{
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Draw_Pips -- Draws the transport pips and other techno graphics.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to render the small transportation pip (occupant feedback graphic)  *
+ *    used for transporter object. It will also display if the techno object is "primary"      *
+ *    if necessary.                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   x,y   -- The pixel coordinate for the center of the first pip. Subsiquent pips     *
+ *                   are drawn rightward.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          window-- The window that pip clipping is relative to.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/08/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TechnoClass::Draw_Pips(int x, int y, WindowNumberType window)
+{
+	/*
+	**	Transporter type objects have a different graphic representation for the pips. The
+	**	pip color represents the type of occupant.
+	*/
+	if (Techno_Type_Class()->IsTransporter) {
+		ObjectClass const * object = Attached_Object();
+
+		for (int index = 0; index < Class_Of().Max_Pips(); index++) {
+			PipEnum pip = PIP_EMPTY;
+
+			if (object) {
+				pip = PIP_FULL;
+				if (object->What_Am_I() == RTTI_INFANTRY) {
+					if (*((InfantryClass *)object) == INFANTRY_RAMBO) {
+						pip = PIP_COMMANDO;
+					}
+					if (*((InfantryClass *)object) == INFANTRY_E7) {
+						pip = PIP_ENGINEER;
+					}
+					if (((InfantryClass *)object)->Class->IsCivilian) {
+						pip = PIP_CIVILIAN;
+					}
+				}
+				object = object->Next;
+			}
+			CC_Draw_Shape(Class_Of().PipShapes, pip, x+index*3, y, window, SHAPE_CENTER|SHAPE_WIN_REL);
+		}
+
+	} else {
+
+		/*
+		**	Display number of how many attached objects there are. This is also used
+		**	to display the fullness rating for a harvester.
+		*/
+		int pips = Pip_Count();
+		for (int index = 0; index < Class_Of().Max_Pips(); index++) {
+			CC_Draw_Shape(Class_Of().PipShapes, (index < pips) ? PIP_FULL : PIP_EMPTY, x+index*3, y, window, SHAPE_CENTER|SHAPE_WIN_REL);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Display whether this unit is a leader unit or not.
+	*/
+	if (IsLeader) {
+		CC_Draw_Shape(Class_Of().PipShapes, PIP_PRIMARY, x-2, y-3, window, /*SHAPE_CENTER|*/SHAPE_WIN_REL);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Find_Docking_Bay -- Searches for a close docking bay.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will be used to find a building that can serve as a docking bay. The        *
+ *    closest building that qualifies will be returned. If no building could be found then     *
+ *    return with NULL.                                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   b  -- The structure type to look for.                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          friendly -- Allow searching for allied buildings as well.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the building that can serve as the best docking bay.     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   This routine might return NULL even if there are buildings of the specified     *
+ *             type available. This is the case when the building(s) are currently busy and    *
+ *             cannot serve as a docking bay at the moment.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/18/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   08/13/1995 JLB : Recognizes the "IsLeader" method of building preference.                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+BuildingClass * TechnoClass::Find_Docking_Bay(StructType b, bool friendly) const
+{
+	BuildingClass * best = 0;
+
+	/*
+	**	First check to see if there are ANY buildings of the specified
+	**	type in thi house's inventory. If not, then don't bother to scan
+	**	for one.
+	*/
+	if (House->BScan & (1L << b)) {
+		int bestval = -1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Loop through all the buildings and find the one that matches the specification
+		**	and is willing to dock with this object.
+		*/
+		for (int index = 0; index < Buildings.Count(); index++) {
+			BuildingClass * building = Buildings.Ptr(index);
+
+			/*
+			**	Check to see if the building qualifies (preliminary scan).
+			*/
+			if (building &&
+				(friendly ? building->House->Is_Ally(this) : building->House == House) &&
+				!building->IsInLimbo &&
+				*building == b &&
+				((TechnoClass *)this)->Transmit_Message(RADIO_CAN_LOAD, building) == RADIO_ROGER) {
+
+				/*
+				**	If the building qualifies and this building is better than the
+				**	last qualifying building (as rated by distance), then record
+				**	this building and keep scanning.
+				*/
+				if (bestval == -1 || Distance(building) < bestval || building->IsLeader) {
+					best = building;
+					bestval = Distance(building);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return(best);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Find_Exit_Cell -- Finds an appropriate exit cell for this object.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called when an object would like to exit from this (presumed) transport. *
+ *    A suitable cell should be returned by this routine. The specified object will probably   *
+ *    be unloaded at that cell.                                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   techno   -- Pointer to the object that would like to unload. This is used to       *
+ *                      determine suitability for placement.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the cell that is recommended for object exit.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/12/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+CELL TechnoClass::Find_Exit_Cell(TechnoClass const * ) const
+{
+	return(Coord_Cell(Docking_Coord()));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TechnoClass::Refund_Amount -- Returns with the money to refund if this object is sold.      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used by the selling back mechanism in order to credit the owning house   *
+ *    with some refund credits. The value returned is the credits to refund to the owner.      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the credits to refund to the owner.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/13/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int TechnoClass::Refund_Amount(void) const
+{
+	int cost = Techno_Type_Class()->Raw_Cost();
+
+	/*
+	**	If the object is carrying Tiberium directly (i.e., the harvester), then
+	**	account for the credits of the load.
+	*/
+	cost += Fixed_To_Cardinal(UnitTypeClass::FULL_LOAD_CREDITS, Tiberium_Load())/2;
+
+	if (House->IsHuman) {
+		cost /= 2;
+	}
+	return(cost);
+}
diff --git a/TECHNO.H b/TECHNO.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5aa2376
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TECHNO.H
@@ -0,0 +1,319 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\techno.h_v   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:46:58   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : TECHNO.H                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : April 14, 1994                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : April 14, 1994   [JLB]                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef TECHNO_H
+#define TECHNO_H
+
+#include	"radio.h"
+#include	"stage.h"
+#include	"cargo.h"
+#include	"flasher.h"
+#include	"house.h"
+#include	"target.h"
+#include	"bullet.h"
+#include	"door.h"
+#include	"crew.h"
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**	This is the common data between building and units.
+*/
+class TechnoClass :	public RadioClass,
+							public FlasherClass,
+							public StageClass,
+							public CargoClass,
+							public DoorClass,
+							public CrewClass
+{
+	public:
+
+		/*
+		**	This flag will be true if the object has been damaged with malace.
+		**	Damage received due to friendly fire or wear and tear does not count.
+		**	The computer is not allowed to sell a building unless it has been
+		**	damaged with malace.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsTickedOff:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If this object has inherited the ability to cloak, then this bit will
+		**	be set to true.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsCloakable:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If this object is designated as special then this flag will be true. For
+		**	buildings, this means that it is the primary factory. For units, it means
+		**	that the unit is the team leader.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsLeader:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Certain units are flagged as "loaners".  These units are typically transports that
+		**	are created solely for the purpose of delivering reinforcements.  Such "loaner"
+		**	units are not owned by the player and thus cannot be directly controlled.  These
+		**	units will leave the game as soon as they have fulfilled their purpose.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsALoaner:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Once a unit enters the map, then this flag is set. This flag is used to make
+		**	sure that a unit doesn't leave the map once it enters the map.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsLocked:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Buildings and units with turrets usually have a recoil animation when they
+		**	fire. If this flag is true, then the next rendering of the object will be
+		**	in the "recoil state". The flag will then be cleared pending the next
+		**	firing event.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsInRecoilState:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If this unit is "loosely attached" to another unit it is given special
+		**	processing. A unit is in such a condition when it is in the process of
+		**	unloading from a transport type object. During the unloading process
+		**	the transport object must stay still until the unit is free and clear.
+		**	At that time it radios the transport object and the "tether" is broken -
+		**	freeing both the unit and the transport object.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsTethered:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Is this object owned by the player?  If not, then it is owned by the computer
+		**	or remote opponent. This flag facilitates the many logic differences when dealing
+		**	with player's or computer's units or buildings.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsOwnedByPlayer:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	The more sophisticated game objects must keep track of whether they are discovered
+		**	or not. This is because the state of discovery can often control how the object
+		**	behaves. In addition, this fact is used in radar and user I/O processing.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsDiscoveredByPlayer:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is used to control the computer recognizing this object.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsDiscoveredByComputer:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Some game objects can be of the "lemon" variety. This means that they take damage
+		**	even when everything is ok. This adds a little variety to the game.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsALemon:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	This flag is used to control second shot processing for those units or buildings
+		**	that fire two shots in quick succession. When this flag is true, it indicates that
+		**	the second shot is ready to fire. After this shot is fired, regular rearm timing
+		**	is used rather than the short rearm time.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsSecondShot:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the house that the unit belongs to.
+		*/
+		HouseClass * House;
+
+		/*
+		**	This records the current cloak state for this vehicle.
+		*/
+		CloakType Cloak;
+		StageClass CloakingDevice;
+
+		/* (Targeting Computer)
+		**	This is the target value for the item that this vehicle should ATTACK. If this
+		**	is a vehicle with a turret, then it may differ from its movement destination.
+		*/
+		TARGET TarCom;
+		TARGET SuspendedTarCom;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the visible facing for the unit or building.
+		*/
+		FacingClass PrimaryFacing;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the arming countdown. It represents the time necessary
+		**	to reload the weapon.
+		*/
+		unsigned char Arm;
+
+		/*
+		**	The number of shot this object can fire before running out of ammo. If this
+		**	value is zero, then firing is not allowed. If -1, then there is no ammunition
+		**	limit.
+		*/
+		int Ammo;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the amount of money spent to produce this object. This value really
+		**	only comes into play for the case of buildings that have special "free"
+		**	objects available when purchased at the more expensive rate.
+		*/
+		int PurchasePrice;
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		**	Constructors, Destructors, and overloaded operators.
+		*/
+		TechnoClass(void);
+		TechnoClass(HousesType house);
+		virtual ~TechnoClass(void) {};
+
+		/*
+		**	Query functions.
+		*/
+		virtual int Refund_Amount(void) const;
+		virtual CELL Find_Exit_Cell(TechnoClass const * techno) const;
+		virtual BuildingClass * Find_Docking_Bay(StructType b, bool friendly) const;
+		virtual int Threat_Range(int control) const;
+		virtual InfantryType Crew_Type(void) const;
+		TechnoTypeClass const * Techno_Type_Class(void) const {return((TechnoTypeClass const *)&Class_Of());};
+		CELL  Nearby_Location(TechnoClass const * from=NULL) const;
+		virtual unsigned char Get_Ownable(void) const;
+		virtual bool Can_Player_Fire(void) const;
+		virtual bool Can_Player_Move(void) const;
+		virtual bool Is_Weapon_Equipped(void) const;
+		virtual bool Can_Repair(void) const;
+		virtual bool Is_Techno(void) const;
+		virtual HousesType Owner(void) const;
+		virtual int Risk(void) const;
+		virtual int Value(void) const;
+		virtual int Rearm_Delay(bool second=true) const;
+		virtual ActionType What_Action(ObjectClass * target) const;
+		virtual ActionType What_Action(CELL cell) const;
+		virtual int Tiberium_Load(void) const;
+		virtual DirType Desired_Load_Dir(ObjectClass * , CELL & moveto) const;
+		virtual int Pip_Count(void) const;
+		virtual DirType Fire_Direction(void) const;
+
+		/*
+		**	User I/O.
+		*/
+		virtual void Clicked_As_Target(int count=7);
+		virtual bool Select(void);
+		virtual void Response_Select(void);
+		virtual void Response_Move(void);
+		virtual void Response_Attack(void);
+		virtual void Player_Assign_Mission(MissionType order, TARGET target=TARGET_NONE, TARGET destination=TARGET_NONE);
+
+		/*
+		**	Combat related.
+		*/
+		void  Base_Is_Attacked(TechnoClass const *enemy);
+		void  Kill_Cargo(TechnoClass * source);
+		virtual void Record_The_Kill(TechnoClass * source);
+		virtual bool Target_Something_Nearby(ThreatType threat=THREAT_NORMAL);
+		virtual void Stun(void);
+		virtual bool In_Range(COORDINATE coord, int which=0) const;
+		virtual bool In_Range(TARGET target, int which=0) const;
+		virtual bool In_Range(ObjectClass const * target, int which=0) const;
+		virtual void Death_Announcement(TechnoClass const * source=0) const = 0;
+		virtual FireErrorType Can_Fire(TARGET target, int which=0) const;
+		virtual TARGET Greatest_Threat(ThreatType threat) const;
+		virtual void Assign_Target(TARGET target);
+		virtual void Override_Mission(MissionType mission, TARGET tarcom, TARGET navcom);
+		virtual bool Restore_Mission(void);
+		virtual BulletClass * Fire_At(TARGET target, int which=0);
+		virtual int Weapon_Range(int which) const;
+		virtual bool Captured(HouseClass * newowner);
+		virtual ResultType Take_Damage(int & damage, int distance, WarheadType warhead, TechnoClass * source);
+		bool  Evaluate_Cell(ThreatType method, int mask, CELL cell, int range, TechnoClass const ** object, int & value) const;
+		bool  Evaluate_Object(ThreatType method, int mask, int range, TechnoClass const * object, int & value) const;
+
+		/*
+		**	AI.
+		*/
+		virtual void AI(void);
+		virtual bool Revealed(HouseClass * house);
+		virtual RadioMessageType Receive_Message(RadioClass * from, RadioMessageType message, long & param);
+
+		/*
+		**	Scenario and debug support.
+		*/
+		#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+		virtual void Debug_Dump(MonoClass *mono) const;
+		#endif
+
+		/*
+		**	File I/O.
+		*/
+		virtual void Code_Pointers(void);
+		virtual void Decode_Pointers(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	Display and rendering support functionality. Supports imagery and how
+		**	object interacts with the map and thus indirectly controls rendering.
+		*/
+		virtual void const * Remap_Table(void);
+		VisualType  Visual_Character(bool raw = false);
+		void  Techno_Draw_Object(void const * shapefile, int shapenum, int x, int y, WindowNumberType window);
+		virtual void Draw_It(int x, int y, WindowNumberType window);
+		virtual void Draw_Pips(int x, int y, WindowNumberType window);
+		virtual void Hidden(void);
+		virtual bool Mark(MarkType mark);
+		virtual int Exit_Object(TechnoClass *);
+		virtual void Do_Uncloak(void);
+		virtual void Do_Cloak(void);
+		virtual void Do_Shimmer(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	Movement and animation.
+		*/
+		virtual void Random_Animate(void);
+		virtual void Assign_Destination(TARGET target);
+		virtual void Scatter(COORDINATE source = NULL, bool forced=false);
+		virtual void Per_Cell_Process(bool);
+		virtual void Enter_Idle_Mode(bool initial=false);
+
+		/*
+		**	Map entry and exit logic.
+		*/
+		virtual bool Unlimbo(COORDINATE , DirType facing=DIR_N);
+		virtual void Detach(TARGET target, bool all);
+
+		/*
+		**	Facing translation tables that fix the flaw with 3D studio when
+		**	it renders 45 degree angles.
+		*/
+		static int const BodyShape[32];
+//		static int const TurretShape[32];
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/TEMP.CPP b/TEMP.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..052327f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TEMP.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+	int 	hfile;
+	long	length;
+
+	hfile = _lopen(lpstrFileName, OF_READ | OF_SHARE_DENY_WRITE);
+	if (hfile == -1) {
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+	hfile = _lopen(lpstrFileName, OF_READ | OF_SHARE_EXCLUSIVE);
+	if (hfile == -1) {
+		hfile = _lcreat(lpstrFileName, 0);
+		if (hfile == -1)	{
+			return(0);
+		}
+	}
+	length = sizeof(MobileClass);
+	if (length != _lwrite(hfile, this, lenght)) {
+		_lclose(hfile);
+		return(0);
+	}
+	_lclose(hfile);
+	return(TRUE);
+}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/TEMPLATE.CPP b/TEMPLATE.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..14d31d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TEMPLATE.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,411 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\template.cpv   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:51:46   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : TEMPLATE.CPP                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : May 17, 1994                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : January 23, 1995 [JLB]                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   TemplateClass::As_Target -- Converts a template object into a target number.              *
+ *   TemplateClass::Init -- Resets the template object system.                                 *
+ *   TemplateClass::Mark -- Lifts or drops a template object.                                  *
+ *   TemplateClass::Read_INI -- Reads the scenario control INI file.                           *
+ *   TemplateClass::Select -- Select the template object.                                      *
+ *   TemplateClass::TemplateClass -- Default constructor for template class objects.           *
+ *   TemplateClass::TemplateClass -- Template object constructor.                              *
+ *   TemplateClass::Unlimbo -- Places a template object into the game/map system.              *
+ *   TemplateClass::Write_INI -- Writes the template objects to the INI file.                  *
+ *   TemplateClass::delete -- Returns a template object to the pool.                           *
+ *   TemplateClass::new -- Allocates a template object from pool                               *
+ *   TemplateClass::Validate -- validates template pointer												  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+#include	"template.h"
+
+
+/*
+** This contains the value of the Virtual Function Table Pointer
+*/
+void * TemplateClass::VTable;
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TemplateClass::Validate -- validates template pointer													  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *		1 = ok, 0 = error																								  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/09/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+int TemplateClass::Validate(void) const
+{
+	int num;
+
+	num = Templates.ID(this);
+	if (num < 0 || num >= TEMPLATE_MAX) {
+		Validate_Error("TEMPLATE");
+		return (0);
+	}
+	else
+		return (1);
+}
+#else
+#define	Validate()
+#endif
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TemplateClass::Read_INI -- Reads the scenario control INI file.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine reads the scenario control INI file and creates all                         *
+ *    templates specified therein.                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   buffer   -- Pointer to the loaded scenario control INI file.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/24/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TemplateClass::Read_INI(char *buffer)
+{
+	char	*tbuffer;	// Accumulation buffer of unit IDs.
+	int	len;			// Size of data in buffer.
+	CELL	cell;			// Cell of building.
+	char	buf[128];	// Working string staging buffer.
+
+	len = strlen(buffer) + 2;
+	tbuffer = buffer + len;
+
+	WWGetPrivateProfileString(INI_Name(), NULL, NULL, tbuffer, ShapeBufferSize-len, buffer);
+	while (*tbuffer != '\0') {
+		TemplateType	temp;		// Terrain type.
+
+		cell = atoi(tbuffer);
+		WWGetPrivateProfileString(INI_Name(), tbuffer, NULL, buf, sizeof(buf)-1, buffer);
+		temp = TemplateTypeClass::From_Name(strtok(buf, ",\r\n"));
+		if (temp != TEMPLATE_NONE) {
+			new TemplateClass(temp, cell);
+		}
+		tbuffer += strlen(tbuffer)+1;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TemplateClass::Write_INI -- Writes the template objects to the INI file.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to write all the template objects out to the INI file specified.    *
+ *    It is used by the scenario editor when saving the game.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   buffer   -- Pointer to the INI file staging buffer.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/28/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TemplateClass::Write_INI(char *buffer)
+{
+	char	uname[10];
+	char	buf[127];
+	char	*tbuffer;		// Accumulation buffer of unit IDs.
+
+	/*
+	**	First, clear out all existing template data from the ini file.
+	*/
+	tbuffer = buffer + strlen(buffer) + 2;
+	WWGetPrivateProfileString(INI_Name(), NULL, NULL, tbuffer, ShapeBufferSize-strlen(buffer), buffer);
+	while (*tbuffer != '\0') {
+		WWWritePrivateProfileString(INI_Name(), tbuffer, NULL, buffer);
+		tbuffer += strlen(tbuffer)+1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Find all templates and write them to the file.
+	*/
+	for (int index = 0; index < MAP_CELL_TOTAL; index++) {
+		CellClass * ptr;
+
+		ptr = &Map[index];
+		if (ptr->TType != TEMPLATE_NONE && ptr->TIcon == 0) {
+			sprintf(uname, "%03d", index);
+			sprintf(buf, "%s", TemplateTypeClass::As_Reference(ptr->TType).IniName);
+			WWWritePrivateProfileString(INI_Name(), uname, buf, buffer);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TemplateClass::TemplateClass -- Default constructor for template class objects.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the default constructor for a template class object. This construction method    *
+ *    should NEVER be used by the game except as a consequence of declaring an array of        *
+ *    uninitialized template objects.                                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/23/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TemplateClass::TemplateClass(void) :
+	Class(0)
+{
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TemplateClass::As_Target -- Converts a template object into a target number.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will convert a template object into a target number. Because templates      *
+ *    never exist as a template object in the game system, this routine will never be called.  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/25/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TARGET TemplateClass::As_Target(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	return(Build_Target(KIND_TEMPLATE, Templates.ID(this)));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TemplateClass::Init -- Resets the template object system.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine resets the template object system. It is called                             *
+ *    prior to loading a new scenario.                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/24/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TemplateClass::Init(void)
+{
+	TemplateClass *ptr;
+
+	Templates.Free_All();
+
+	ptr = new TemplateClass();
+	VTable = ((void **)(((char *)ptr) + sizeof(AbstractClass) - 4))[0];
+	delete ptr;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TemplateClass::Mark -- Lifts or drops a template object.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine handles placing or removing a template object. This                         *
+ *    entails marking the map as appropriate and redisplaying affected                         *
+ *    cells.                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   mark  -- The marking operation to perform.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the template successfully marked?                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/17/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   12/23/1994 JLB : Examines low level legality before processing.                           *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool TemplateClass::Mark(MarkType mark)
+{
+	Validate();
+	static bool noup = false;
+	void const * iset = Class->Get_Image_Data();
+	if (iset && ObjectClass::Mark(mark)) {
+
+		void * map = Get_Icon_Set_Map(iset);
+
+		for (int y = 0; y < Class->Height; y++) {
+			for (int x = 0; x < Class->Width; x++) {
+				CELL cell = Coord_Cell(Coord) + y*MAP_CELL_W + x;
+				if (Map.In_Radar(cell)) {
+					CellClass * cellptr = &Map[cell];
+					int number = y*Class->Width + x;
+
+					/*
+					**	Determine if this logical icon actually maps to a real icon. If no real
+					**	icon is associated with this logical position, then don't do any action
+					**	since none is required.
+					*/
+					char * mapptr = (char*)map;
+					bool real = (mapptr[number] != -1);
+
+					if (real) {
+						/*
+						**	Lift the terrain object from the map.
+						*/
+						if (mark == MARK_UP && !noup) {
+							if (cellptr->TType == Class->Type && cellptr->TIcon == number) {
+								cellptr->TType = TEMPLATE_NONE;
+								cellptr->TIcon = 0;
+							}
+						}
+
+						/*
+						**	Place the terrain object down.
+						*/
+						if (mark == MARK_DOWN) {
+							if (*this == TEMPLATE_CLEAR1) {
+								cellptr->TType = TEMPLATE_NONE;
+								cellptr->TIcon = 0;
+							} else {
+								cellptr->TType = Class->Type;
+	//							cellptr->TIcon = real;
+								cellptr->TIcon = number;
+							}
+						}
+
+						cellptr->Redraw_Objects();
+						cellptr->Recalc_Attributes();
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	When marking this template down onto the map, the map template numbers are update
+		**	but the template is removed from existence. Make sure that the deletion of the
+		**	template object doesn't also lift the template numbers up from the map.
+		*/
+		if (mark == MARK_DOWN) {
+			noup = true;
+			delete this;
+			noup = false;
+		}
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TemplateClass::new -- Allocates a template object from pool                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to allocate a template object from the                              *
+ *    template object pool.                                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   size  -- The size of a template object (not used).                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to an available template object.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/17/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void * TemplateClass::operator new(size_t )
+{
+	void * ptr = Templates.Allocate();
+	if (ptr) {
+		((TemplateClass *)ptr)->IsActive = true;
+	}
+	return(ptr);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TemplateClass::delete -- Returns a template object to the pool.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will return a template object to the template object                        *
+ *    pool. A template so returned is available for allocation again.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   ptr   -- Pointer to the object to be returned.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/17/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TemplateClass::operator delete(void *ptr)
+{
+	if (ptr) {
+		((TemplateClass *)ptr)->IsActive = false;
+	}
+	Templates.Free((TemplateClass *)ptr);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TemplateClass::TemplateClass -- Template object constructor.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the constructor for a template object.                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   type  -- The template object this is to become.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          pos   -- The position on the map to place the object.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/17/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TemplateClass::TemplateClass(TemplateType type, CELL pos) :
+	Class(&TemplateTypeClass::As_Reference(type))
+{
+	if (pos != -1) {
+		Unlimbo(Cell_Coord(pos));
+	}
+}
diff --git a/TEMPLATE.H b/TEMPLATE.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cd3eaaa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TEMPLATE.H
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\template.h_v   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:45:20   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               *** 
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : TEMPLATE.H                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : May 17, 1994                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : May 17, 1994   [JLB]                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef TEMPLATE_H
+#define TEMPLATE_H
+
+#include	"object.h"
+#include	"type.h"
+
+/******************************************************************************
+**	This class controls the template object. Template objects function congruously
+**	to carpet on a floor. They have no depth, but merely control the icon to be rendered
+**	as the cell's bottom most layer.
+*/
+class TemplateClass : public ObjectClass
+{
+	public:
+		/*-------------------------------------------------------------------
+		**	Constructors and destructors.
+		*/
+		static void * operator new(size_t size);
+		static void operator delete(void *ptr);
+		TemplateClass(void);
+		TemplateClass(TemplateType type, CELL pos=-1);
+		virtual ~TemplateClass(void) {if (GameActive) TemplateClass::Limbo();};
+		operator TemplateType(void) const {return Class->Type;};
+		virtual RTTIType What_Am_I(void) const {return RTTI_TEMPLATE;};
+
+		static void Init(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	Query functions.
+		*/
+		virtual ObjectTypeClass const & Class_Of(void) const {return *Class;};
+		int Icon_Number(CELL cell);
+
+		/*
+		**	Object entry and exit from the game system.
+		*/
+
+		/*
+		**	Display and rendering support functionality. Supports imagery and how
+		**	object interacts with the map and thus indirectly controls rendering.
+		*/
+		virtual void Draw_It(int , int , WindowNumberType ) {};
+		virtual bool Mark(MarkType mark);
+
+		/*
+		**	User I/O.
+		*/
+
+		/*
+		**	Combat related.
+		*/
+		virtual TARGET As_Target(void) const;
+
+		/*
+		**	File I/O.
+		*/
+		static void Read_INI(char *buffer);
+		static void Write_INI(char *buffer);
+		static char *INI_Name(void) {return "TEMPLATE";};
+		bool Load(FileClass & file);
+		bool Save(FileClass & file);
+		virtual void Code_Pointers(void);
+		virtual void Decode_Pointers(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	Dee-buggin' support.
+		*/
+		int Validate(void) const;
+
+	private:
+
+		/*
+		**	This is a pointer to the template object's class.
+		*/
+		TemplateTypeClass const * const Class;
+
+		/*
+		** This contains the value of the Virtual Function Table Pointer
+		*/
+		static void * VTable;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/TERRAIN.CPP b/TERRAIN.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4682951
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TERRAIN.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,900 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\terrain.cpv   2.16   16 Oct 1995 16:51:44   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : TERRAIN.CPP                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : April 29, 1994                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : May 8, 1995 [JLB]                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   TerrainClass::AI -- Process the terrain object AI.                                        *
+ *   TerrainClass::As_Target -- Converts the terrain object into a target number.              *
+ *   TerrainClass::Can_Enter_Cell -- Determines if the terrain object can exist in the cell.   *
+ *   TerrainClass::Catch_Fire -- Catches the terrain object on fire.                           *
+ *   TerrainClass::Center_Coord -- Fetches the center point coordinate for terrain object.     *
+ *   TerrainClass::Debug_Dump -- Displays the status of the terrain object.                    *
+ *   TerrainClass::Draw_It -- Renders the terrain object at the location specified.            *
+ *   TerrainClass::Fire_Out -- Handles when fire has gone out.                                 *
+ *   TerrainClass::Heath_Ratio -- Determines the health ratio for the terrain object.          *
+ *   TerrainClass::Init -- Initialize the terrain object tracking system.                      *
+ *   TerrainClass::Limbo -- Handles terrain specific limbo action.                             *
+ *   TerrainClass::Mark -- Marks the terrain object on the map.                                *
+ *   TerrainClass::Radar_Icon -- Fetches pointer to radar icon to use.                         *
+ *   TerrainClass::Read_INI -- Reads terrain objects from INI file.                            *
+ *   TerrainClass::Start_To_Crumble -- Initiates crumbling of terrain (tree) object.           *
+ *   TerrainClass::Take_Damage -- Damages the terrain object as specified.                     *
+ *   TerrainClass::TerrainClass -- Constructor for a terrain class object.                     *
+ *   TerrainClass::TerrainClass -- This is the constructor for a terrain object.               *
+ *   TerrainClass::Unlimbo -- Unlimbo terrain object onto the map.                             *
+ *   TerrainClass::Write_INI -- Writes all terrain objects to the INI file.                    *
+ *   TerrainClass::delete -- Deletes a terrain object.                                         *
+ *   TerrainClass::new -- Creates a new terrain object.                                        *
+ *   TerrainClass::~TerrainClass -- Default destructor for terrain class objects.              *
+ *   TerrainClass::Validate -- validates terrain pointer													  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+#include	"terrain.h"
+
+#define	BARNACLE_STAGE			22
+#define	FIRST_SPORE_STAGE		30
+#define	FIRST_SPORABLE_LEVEL	7
+
+/*
+** This contains the value of the Virtual Function Table Pointer
+*/
+void * TerrainClass::VTable;
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TerrainClass::Validate -- validates terrain pointer													  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *		1 = ok, 0 = error																								  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/09/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+int TerrainClass::Validate(void) const
+{
+	int num;
+
+	num = Terrains.ID(this);
+	if (num < 0 || num >= TERRAIN_MAX) {
+		Validate_Error("TERRAIN");
+		return (0);
+	}
+	else
+		return (1);
+}
+#else
+#define	Validate()
+#endif
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TerrainClass::~TerrainClass -- Default destructor for terrain class objects.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the default destructor for terrain objects. It will remove the object from the   *
+ *    map and tracking systems, but only if the game is running. Otherwise, it does nothing.   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/23/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TerrainClass::~TerrainClass(void)
+{
+	if (GameActive && Class) {
+		TerrainClass::Limbo();
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TerrainClass::Take_Damage -- Damages the terrain object as specified.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called when damage is to be inflicted upon the terrain object. It is     *
+ *    through this routine that terrain objects are attacked and thereby destroyed. Not all    *
+ *    terrain objects can be damaged by this routine however.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   damage      -- The damage points to inflict (raw).                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          warhead     -- The warhead type the indicates the kind of damage. This is used to  *
+ *                         determine if the terrain object is damaged and if so, by how much.  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the terrain object destroyed by this damage?                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/24/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   11/22/1994 JLB : Shares base damage handler for techno objects.                           *
+ *   12/11/1994 JLB : Shortens attached burning animations.                                    *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+ResultType TerrainClass::Take_Damage(int & damage, int distance, WarheadType warhead, TechnoClass * source)
+{
+	Validate();
+	ResultType res = RESULT_NONE;
+
+	/*
+	**	Small arms can never destroy a terrain element.
+	*/
+	if ((!IsOnFire || warhead == WARHEAD_FIRE) && warhead != WARHEAD_SA && !Class->IsImmune) {
+
+		res = ObjectClass::Take_Damage(damage, distance, warhead, source);
+
+		if (damage && warhead == WARHEAD_FIRE) {
+			Catch_Fire();
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	If the terrain object is destroyed by this damage, then only remove it if it
+		**	currently isn't on fire and isn't in the process of crumbling.
+		*/
+		if (res == RESULT_DESTROYED) {
+
+			/*
+			**	Remove this terrain object from the targeting computers of all other
+			**	game objects. No use beating a dead horse.
+			*/
+			Detach_All();
+
+			if (IsOnFire) {
+
+				/*
+				**	Attached flame animation should be shortened as much as possible so that
+				**	crumbling can begin soon.
+				*/
+				Shorten_Attached_Anims(this);
+			} else {
+				Start_To_Crumble();
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return(res);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TerrainClass::As_Target -- Converts the terrain object into a target number.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will take the terrain object and generate a unique targeting number. This   *
+ *    number is used for the NavCom and TarCom of other units.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the target number of this terrain object.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/24/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TARGET TerrainClass::As_Target(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	return(Build_Target(KIND_TERRAIN, Terrains.ID(this)));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TerrainClass::new -- Creates a new terrain object.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine creates a new terrain object by grabbing a free slot                        *
+ *    out of the terrain object pool.                                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the terrain object allocated.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/14/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void * TerrainClass::operator new(size_t)
+{
+	void * ptr = Terrains.Allocate();
+	if (ptr) {
+		((TerrainClass *)ptr)->IsActive = true;
+	}
+	return(ptr);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TerrainClass::delete -- Deletes a terrain object.                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine deletes a terrain object by returning it to the                             *
+ *    terrain object pool.                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   ptr   -- Pointer to the terrain object to delete.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/14/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TerrainClass::operator delete(void *ptr)
+{
+	if (ptr) {
+		((TerrainClass *)ptr)->IsActive = false;
+	}
+	Terrains.Free((TerrainClass *)ptr);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TerrainClass::TerrainClass -- This is the constructor for a terrain object                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This constructor for a terrain object will initialize the terrain                        *
+ *    object with it's proper type and insert it into the access                               *
+ *    tracking system.                                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   type  -- The terrain object type.                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          cell  -- The location of the terrain object.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/02/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TerrainClass::TerrainClass(TerrainType type, CELL cell) :
+	Class(&TerrainTypeClass::As_Reference(type))
+{
+	IsBlossoming = false;
+	IsBarnacled = false;
+	IsSporing = false;
+	IsCrumbling = false;
+	IsOnFire = false;
+	Strength = Class->MaxStrength;
+	if (cell != -1) {
+		if (!Unlimbo(Cell_Coord(cell))) {
+			delete this;
+		}
+	}
+	Set_Rate(0);	// turn off animation
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TerrainClass::Mark -- Marks the terrain object on the map.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will mark or remove the terrain object from the map                         *
+ *    tracking system. This is typically called when the terrain object                        *
+ *    is first created, when it is destroyed, and whenever it needs to be                      *
+ *    redrawn.                                                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   mark  -- The marking operation to perform.                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the terrain object successfully marked?                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/02/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   12/23/1994 JLB : Performs low level legality check before proceeding.                     *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool TerrainClass::Mark(MarkType mark)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (ObjectClass::Mark(mark)) {
+		short const *overlap = Class->Overlap_List();
+		short const *occupy = Class->Occupy_List();
+		CELL cell = Coord_Cell(Coord);
+
+		switch (mark) {
+			case MARK_UP:
+				Map.Pick_Up(cell, this);
+				break;
+
+			case MARK_DOWN:
+				Map.Place_Down(cell, this);
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				Map.Refresh_Cells(cell, overlap);
+				Map.Refresh_Cells(cell, occupy);
+				break;
+		}
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TerrainClass::Draw_It -- Renders the terrain object at the location specified.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to render the terrain object at the location specified and          *
+ *    clipped to the window specified. This is the gruntwork drawing routine for the           *
+ *    terrain objects as they are displayed on the map.                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   x,y      -- The coordinate to draw the terrain object at (centered).               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          window   -- The clipping window to draw to.                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/27/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   11/09/1994 JLB : Changed selected terrain highlight method.                               *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TerrainClass::Draw_It(int x, int y, WindowNumberType window)
+{
+	Validate();
+	void const * shapedata;
+
+	shapedata = Class->Get_Image_Data();
+	if (shapedata) {
+		int	shapenum = 0;
+
+		/*
+		**	Determine the animation stage to render the terrain object. If it is crumbling, then
+		**	it will display the crumbling animation.
+		*/
+		if (IsCrumbling || Class->IsTransformable) {
+			shapenum = Fetch_Stage()+IsCrumbling;
+		} else {
+			if (Strength < 2) {
+				shapenum++;
+			}
+		}
+
+		ShapeFlags_Type flags = SHAPE_NORMAL;
+		if (IsSelected && Debug_Map) flags = flags | SHAPE_FADING;
+
+		IsTheaterShape = true;
+		CC_Draw_Shape(shapedata, shapenum, x, y, window, flags|SHAPE_WIN_REL|SHAPE_GHOST, Map.FadingLight, Map.UnitShadow);
+		IsTheaterShape = false;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TerrainClass::Init -- Initialize the terrain object tracking system.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will clear out the terrain object system so that no terrain objects will    *
+ *    exists. It is called prior to loading or starting a scenario.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/24/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TerrainClass::Init(void)
+{
+	TerrainClass *ptr;
+
+	Terrains.Free_All();
+
+	ptr = new TerrainClass();
+	VTable = ((void **)(((char *)ptr) + sizeof(AbstractClass) - 4))[0];
+	delete ptr;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TerrainClass::Can_Enter_Cell -- Determines if the terrain object can exist in the cell.     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will examine the cell specified and determine if the the terrain object     *
+ *    can legally exist there.                                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   cell  -- The cell to examine.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  If the terrain object can be placed in the cell specified, then a value less than  *
+ *          256 will be returned.                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/24/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   01/01/1995 JLB : Actually works now.                                                      *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+MoveType TerrainClass::Can_Enter_Cell(CELL cell, FacingType) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	short const	*offset;		// Pointer to cell offset list.
+
+	if ((unsigned)cell >= MAP_CELL_TOTAL) return(MOVE_NO);
+
+	offset = Occupy_List();
+	while (*offset != REFRESH_EOL) {
+		if (!Map[(CELL)(cell + *offset++)].Is_Generally_Clear()) {
+			return(MOVE_NO);
+		}
+	}
+	return(MOVE_OK);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TerrainClass::Catch_Fire -- Catches the terrain object on fire.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called if the terrain object is supposed to catch on fire. The routine   *
+ *    performs checking to make sure that only flammable terrain objects that aren't already   *
+ *    on fire get caught on fire.                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the terrain object caught on fire by this routine?                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/27/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   12/11/1994 JLB : Don't catch fire if already on fire or crumbling.                        *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool TerrainClass::Catch_Fire(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (!IsCrumbling && !IsOnFire && Class->IsFlammable) {
+		AnimClass * anim = new AnimClass(ANIM_BURN_BIG, Coord_Add(Sort_Y(), 0xFFB00000L));
+		if (anim) {
+			anim->Attach_To(this);
+		}
+		anim = new AnimClass(ANIM_BURN_MED, Coord_Add(Sort_Y(), 0xFF200000L), 15);
+		if (anim) {
+			anim->Attach_To(this);
+		}
+		IsOnFire = true;
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TerrainClass::Fire_Out -- Handles when fire has gone out.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    When the fire has gone out on a burning terrain object, this routine is called. The      *
+ *    animation has already been terminated prior to calling this routine. All this routine    *
+ *    needs to perform is any necessary local flag updating.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/27/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TerrainClass::Fire_Out(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (IsOnFire) {
+		IsOnFire = false;
+		if (!IsCrumbling && !Strength) {
+			Detach_All();
+			Mark();
+			Start_To_Crumble();
+			new AnimClass(ANIM_SMOKE_M, Coord_Add(Coord, Class->CenterBase));
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TerrainClass::AI -- Process the terrain object AI.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is used to handle any AI processing necessary for terrain objects. This might       *
+ *    include animation effects.                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/27/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   09/28/1994 JLB : Crumbling animation.                                                     *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TerrainClass::AI(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	ObjectClass::AI();
+
+	if (StageClass::Graphic_Logic()) {
+		Mark();
+
+		/*
+		**	If the terrain object is in the process of crumbling, then when at the
+		**	last stage of the crumbling animation, delete the terrain object.
+		*/
+		if (IsCrumbling && Fetch_Stage() == Get_Build_Frame_Count(Class->Get_Image_Data())-1) {
+			delete this;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** if this is a blossom tree, let's update it at this time
+	*/
+	if (Class->IsTransformable) {
+		// If it's already blossomed, is it at barnacled stage?
+		if (IsBlossoming) {
+			// if it's not barnacled yet, check if we're at that stage
+			if (!IsBarnacled) {
+				if (Fetch_Stage() == BARNACLE_STAGE) {
+					IsBarnacled = true;
+					Set_Rate(0);	// turn off animation
+				}
+			} else {
+				/*
+				** If it's barnacled, see if it's pulsing and spore-ing
+				*/
+				if (IsSporing) {
+					if (Fetch_Stage() >= Get_Build_Frame_Count(Class->Get_Image_Data())-1) {
+						Explosion_Damage(Sort_Y(), 5, NULL, WARHEAD_SPORE);
+						Set_Stage(FIRST_SPORE_STAGE);
+						if (Random() & 1) {
+							IsSporing = false;
+							StageClass::Set_Rate(0);
+						}
+					}
+				} else {
+					if (Random() == 255) {	// is it time to start sporing?
+						IsSporing = true;
+						StageClass::Set_Rate(Options.Normalize_Delay(1));
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		} else {
+
+			// If it hasn't tried to blossom yet, can it do so now?
+			if (Random_Picky((int)1, (int)5000, (char*)NULL, (int)0) == 1) {
+				IsBlossoming = true;
+				StageClass::Set_Stage(1);
+				StageClass::Set_Rate(Options.Normalize_Delay(1));
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TerrainClass::Debug_Dump -- Displays the status of the terrain object.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This debugging support routine is used to display the status of the terrain object to    *
+ *    the debug screen.                                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   mono  -- The mono screen to display the status to.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/27/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TerrainClass::Debug_Dump(MonoClass *mono) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	ObjectClass::Debug_Dump(mono);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TerrainClass::Unlimbo -- Unlimbo terrain object onto the map.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to unlimbo the terrain object onto a location on the map. Normal    *
+ *    unlimbo procedures are sufficient except that the coordinate location of a terrain       *
+ *    object is based on the upper left corner of a cell rather than the center. Mask the      *
+ *    coordinate value so that it snaps to the upper left corner and then proceed with a       *
+ *    normal unlimbo process.                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   coord    -- The coordinate to mark as the terrain's location.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          dir      -- unused                                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the terrain object successful in the unlimbo process? Failure could be   *
+ *                the result of illegal positioning.                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/02/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   11/16/1994 JLB : Checks for theater legality.                                             *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool TerrainClass::Unlimbo(COORDINATE coord, DirType dir)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (Class->Theater & (1 << Map.Theater)) {
+		return(ObjectClass::Unlimbo(coord, dir));
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TerrainClass::Start_To_Crumble -- Initiates crumbling of terrain (tree) object.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to start the crumbling process for terrain object. This only        *
+ *    applies to trees.                                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/22/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TerrainClass::Start_To_Crumble(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (!IsCrumbling) {
+		IsCrumbling = true;
+		Set_Rate(2);
+		Set_Stage(0);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TerrainClass::Limbo -- Handles terrain specific limbo action.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine (called as a part of the limbo process) will remove the terrain occupation  *
+ *    flag in the cell it occupies.                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the terrain object unlimboed?                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/22/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool TerrainClass::Limbo(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (!IsInLimbo) {
+		CELL cell = Coord_Cell(Coord);
+		Map[cell].Flag.Occupy.Monolith = false;
+	}
+	return(ObjectClass::Limbo());
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TerrainClass::Center_Coord -- Fetches the center point coordinate for terrain object.       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to fetch the center point terrain                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/23/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+COORDINATE TerrainClass::Center_Coord(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	return(Coord_Add(Coord, Class->CenterBase));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TerrainClass::TerrainClass -- Constructor for a terrain class object.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the default constructor for a terrain class object. It basically initializes     *
+ *    the object to a null -- do nothing -- state.                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/10/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TerrainClass::TerrainClass(void) :
+	Class(0)
+{
+	IsOnFire = false;
+	IsCrumbling = false;
+	IsBlossoming = false;
+	IsBarnacled = false;
+	IsSporing = false;
+	Strength = 0;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TerrainClass::Radar_Icon -- Fetches pointer to radar icon to use.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will return with a pointer to the radar icon to use for the cell number     *
+ *    specified.                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   cell  -- The cell number to use when determine what icon pointer to return.        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the 9 pixel values that make up the icon of this         *
+ *          terrain object located at the cell specified.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/08/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+unsigned char * TerrainClass::Radar_Icon(CELL cell)
+{
+	Validate();
+	unsigned char *icon = (unsigned char *)Class->Get_Radar_Data();	// get a pointer to radar icons
+	int  width = *icon++;							// extract the width from data
+	int  height = *icon++;							// extract the width from data
+
+	/*
+	** Icon number that we need can be found by converting the cell and base
+	** cell to and x and y offset from the upper left of the cell, and then
+	** multiplying it by the width of the terrain in icons, which we
+	** conveniantly stored out as the first byte of every icon we made.
+	*/
+	int basecell = Coord_Cell(Coord);				// find the base cell of terrain
+	int ydiff = Cell_Y(cell) - Cell_Y(basecell);
+	int xdiff = Cell_X(cell) - Cell_X(basecell);
+	if (xdiff < width && ydiff < height) {
+		int iconnum = (ydiff * width) + xdiff;
+		return(icon + (iconnum * 9));
+	}
+	return(NULL);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TerrainClass::Read_INI -- Reads terrain objects from INI file.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine reads a scenario control INI file and creates all                           *
+ *    terrain objects specified therein. Objects so created are placed                         *
+ *    upon the map.                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *      INI entry format:                                                                      *
+ *      cellnum = TypeName, Triggername                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   buffer   -- Pointer to the loaded scenario INI file data.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/24/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TerrainClass::Read_INI(char *buffer)
+{
+	char	*tbuffer;	// Accumulation buffer of unit IDs.
+	int	len;			// Size of data in buffer.
+	char	buf[128];
+	TerrainClass * tptr;
+
+	len = strlen(buffer) + 2;
+	tbuffer = buffer + len;
+
+	WWGetPrivateProfileString(INI_Name(), NULL, NULL, tbuffer, ShapeBufferSize-len, buffer);
+	while (*tbuffer != '\0') {
+		TerrainType	terrain;		// Terrain type.
+		CELL			cell;
+
+		cell = atoi(tbuffer);
+		WWGetPrivateProfileString(INI_Name(), tbuffer, NULL, buf, sizeof(buf)-1, buffer);
+		terrain = TerrainTypeClass::From_Name(strtok(buf, ","));
+		if (terrain != TERRAIN_NONE) {
+			tptr = new TerrainClass(terrain, cell);
+			tptr->Trigger = TriggerClass::As_Pointer(strtok(NULL,","));
+			if (tptr->Trigger)
+				tptr->Trigger->AttachCount++;
+		}
+		tbuffer += strlen(tbuffer)+1;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TerrainClass::Write_INI -- Writes all terrain objects to the INI file.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to write all the terrain objects out to the INI file specified.     *
+ *    It is used by the scenario editor to write out the map data.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *      INI entry format:                                                                      *
+ *      cellnum = TypeName, Triggername                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   buffer   -- Pointer to the INI file staging area.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/28/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TerrainClass::Write_INI(char *buffer)
+{
+	int	index;
+	char	uname[10];
+	char	buf[127];
+	char	*tbuffer;		// Accumulation buffer of unit IDs.
+
+	/*
+	**	First, clear out all existing terrain data from the ini file.
+	*/
+	tbuffer = buffer + strlen(buffer) + 2;
+	WWGetPrivateProfileString(INI_Name(), NULL, NULL, tbuffer, ShapeBufferSize-strlen(buffer), buffer);
+	while (*tbuffer != '\0') {
+		WWWritePrivateProfileString(INI_Name(), tbuffer, NULL, buffer);
+		tbuffer += strlen(tbuffer)+1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Write the terrain data out.
+	*/
+	for (index = 0; index < Terrains.Count(); index++) {
+		TerrainClass * terrain;
+
+		terrain = Terrains.Ptr(index);
+		if (!terrain->IsInLimbo && terrain->IsActive) {
+
+			sprintf(uname, "%d", Coord_Cell(terrain->Coord));
+			sprintf(buf, "%s,%s",
+				terrain->Class->IniName,
+				terrain->Trigger ? terrain->Trigger->Get_Name() : "None" );
+			WWWritePrivateProfileString(INI_Name(), uname, buf, buffer);
+		}
+	}
+}
diff --git a/TERRAIN.H b/TERRAIN.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a4db80b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TERRAIN.H
@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\terrain.h_v   2.16   16 Oct 1995 16:47:48   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : TERRAIN.H                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : April 29, 1994                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : April 29, 1994   [JLB]                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef TERRAIN_H
+#define TERRAIN_H
+
+#include	"object.h"
+#include	"type.h"
+
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**	Each type of terrain has certain pieces of static information associated
+**	with it. This class elaborates this data.
+*/
+class TerrainClass : public ObjectClass, public StageClass
+{
+	public:
+		TerrainTypeClass const * const Class;
+		operator TerrainType(void) const {return Class->Type;};
+
+  		/*
+		**	Constructor for terrain object class.
+		*/
+		static void * TerrainClass::operator new(size_t size);
+		static void TerrainClass::operator delete(void *ptr);
+		TerrainClass(void);
+		TerrainClass(TerrainType id, CELL cell);
+		virtual ~TerrainClass(void);
+		virtual RTTIType What_Am_I(void) const {return RTTI_TERRAIN;};
+
+		static void Init(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	Terrain specific support functions.
+		*/
+		void Start_To_Crumble(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	Query functions.
+		*/
+		virtual ObjectTypeClass const & Class_Of(void) const {return *Class;};
+
+		/*
+		**	Coordinate inquiry functions. These are used for both display and
+		**	combat purposes.
+		*/
+		virtual COORDINATE Center_Coord(void) const;
+		virtual COORDINATE Render_Coord(void) const {return Coord;};
+		virtual COORDINATE Sort_Y(void) const {return Coord_Add(Coord, Class->CenterBase);};
+		virtual COORDINATE Target_Coord(void) const {return Sort_Y();};
+
+		/*
+		**	Object entry and exit from the game system.
+		*/
+		virtual bool Unlimbo(COORDINATE coord, DirType dir=DIR_N);
+		virtual bool Limbo(void);
+		virtual MoveType Can_Enter_Cell(CELL cell, FacingType facing = FACING_NONE) const;
+
+		/*
+		**	Display and rendering support functionality. Supports imagery and how
+		**	object interacts with the map and thus indirectly controls rendering.
+		*/
+		virtual void Draw_It(int x, int y, WindowNumberType window);
+		virtual bool Mark(MarkType mark=MARK_CHANGE);
+		unsigned char *Radar_Icon(CELL cell);
+
+		/*
+		**	User I/O.
+		*/
+		virtual void Clicked_As_Target(int) {};
+
+		/*
+		**	Combat related.
+		*/
+		virtual void Fire_Out(void);
+		virtual bool Catch_Fire(void);
+		virtual ResultType Take_Damage(int & damage, int distance, WarheadType warhead, TechnoClass * source);
+		virtual TARGET As_Target(void) const;
+
+		/*
+		**	AI.
+		*/
+		virtual void AI(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	Scenario and debug support.
+		*/
+		#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+		virtual void Debug_Dump(MonoClass *mono) const;
+		#endif
+
+		/*
+		**	File I/O.
+		*/
+		static void Read_INI(char *buffer);
+		static void Write_INI(char *buffer);
+		static char *INI_Name(void) {return "TERRAIN";};
+		bool Load(FileClass & file);
+		bool Save(FileClass & file);
+		virtual void Code_Pointers(void);
+		virtual void Decode_Pointers(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	Dee-buggin' support.
+		*/
+		int Validate(void) const;
+
+	private:
+
+		/*
+		**	If this terrain object is on fire, then this flag will be true.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsOnFire:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Is this a terrain object that undergoes crumbling animation and it is
+		**	in fact crumbling at this time?
+		*/
+		unsigned IsCrumbling:1;
+
+		/*
+		** If this is a tree that becomes a blossom tree, is it currently doing so?
+		*/
+		unsigned IsBlossoming:1;
+
+		/*
+		** If this is a blossom tree, is it barnacled?
+		*/
+		unsigned IsBarnacled:1;
+
+		/*
+		** If this is a blossom tree that is barnacled, is it pulsing and spewing
+		** out spores?
+		*/
+		unsigned IsSporing:1;
+
+		/*
+		** This contains the value of the Virtual Function Table Pointer
+		*/
+		static void * VTable;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/TEXTBLIT.H b/TEXTBLIT.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..907daab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TEXTBLIT.H
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+
+#define	MAX_ENTRIES 128
+
+class TextBlitClass {
+
+	public:
+
+		TextBlitClass(void);
+		~TextBlitClass(void){};
+
+		void Add (int x, int y, int dx, int dy, int w, int h);
+		void Clear (void);
+		void Update (void);
+
+
+	private:
+
+		typedef struct {
+			int	SourceX;
+			int	SourceY;
+			int	DestX;
+			int	DestY;
+			int	Width;
+			int	Height;
+		} BlitEntryType;
+
+		BlitEntryType 	BlitListo [MAX_ENTRIES];
+		int				Count;
+
+};
+
+
+extern GraphicBufferClass *TextPrintBuffer;
+extern TextBlitClass BlitList;
+
diff --git a/TEXTBTN.CPP b/TEXTBTN.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f875feb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TEXTBTN.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,377 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\textbtn.cpv   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:49:16   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : TEXTBTN.CPP                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : 01/15/95                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : January 19, 1995 [JLB]                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   TextButtonClass::Draw_Background -- Draws the background to the text button.              *
+ *   TextButtonClass::Draw_Me -- Draws the text buttons as indicated.                          *
+ *   TextButtonClass::Draw_Text -- This draws the text for the text button.                    *
+ *   TextButtonClass::Set_Text -- Assigns a new text string to this button.                    *
+ *   TextButtonClass::Set_Text -- Sets the text for this text button.                          *
+ *   TextButtonClass::TextButtonClass -- Normal constructor for a text button.                 *
+ *   TextButtonClass::TextButtonClass -- Normal constructor for a text button.                 *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+#include "textbtn.h"
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TextButtonClass::TextButtonClass -- Normal constructor for a text button.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the constructor for text buttons if the text is provided as a string pointer.    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   id    -- The ID number to assign to this button.                                   *
+ *          text  -- Pointer to the text string to display on top of the button.               *
+ *          x,y   -- Pixel coordinate of button's upper left corner.                           *
+ *          w,h   -- Dimensions of the button. If these are not filled in (or with -1), then   *
+ *                   the dimensions are adapted to fit the text assigned to the button.        *
+ *          style -- The print style for the text in the button. These are the TPF_ flags      *
+ *                   used by Fancy_Text_Print().                                               *
+ *          border-- If the button is to be surrounded by a black border, then this flag       *
+ *                   should be set to true.                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   none                                                                              *
+ * WARNINGS: Call Set_Text & Set_Style, & init X,Y,Width,Height,ID before using this button.	  *
+ * HISTORY:  01/15/1995 JLB : Created.                                                         *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TextButtonClass::TextButtonClass(unsigned id, char const * text, TextPrintType style, int x, int y, int w, int h, int blackborder) :
+	ToggleClass(id, x, y, w, h),
+	String(text)
+{
+	PrintFlags = style;
+	IsBlackBorder = blackborder;
+
+	if (w == -1 || h == -1) {
+		Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_NONE, 0, 0, TBLACK, TBLACK, PrintFlags);
+		if (w == -1) {
+			Width = String_Pixel_Width(String)+8;
+//			if (SeenBuff.Get_Width() != 320) Width *= 2;
+		}
+		if (h == -1) {
+			Height = FontHeight + FontYSpacing + 2;
+//			if (SeenBuff.Get_Height() != 200) Height *= 2;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TextButtonClass::TextButtonClass -- Default constructor for a text button.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   none                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: none                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:  01/15/1995 JLB : Created.                                                         *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TextButtonClass::TextButtonClass(void) :
+	ToggleClass(0, 0, 0, 0, 0)
+{
+	X = Y = 0;
+	Width = Height = 0;
+	IsBlackBorder = 0;
+	String = 0;
+	PrintFlags = TPF_8POINT;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TextButtonClass::TextButtonClass -- Normal constructor for a text button.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the constructor for text buttons if the text is provided as a string pointer.    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   id    -- The ID number to assign to this button.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          text  -- The text number to use for displaying on top of the button.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          x,y   -- Pixel coordinate of button's upper left corner.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          w,h   -- Dimensions of the button. If these are not filled in (or with -1), then   *
+ *                   the dimensions are adapted to fit the text assigned to the button.        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          style -- The print style for the text in the button. These are the TPF_ flags      *
+ *                   used by Fancy_Text_Print().                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          border-- If the button is to be surrounded by a black border, then this flag       *
+ *                   should be set to true.                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/15/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TextButtonClass::TextButtonClass (unsigned id, int text, TextPrintType style, int x, int y, int w, int h, int blackborder) :
+	ToggleClass (id, x, y, w, h),
+	String(0)
+{
+	PrintFlags = style;
+	IsBlackBorder = blackborder;
+	Set_Text(text);
+
+	if (w == -1 || h == -1) {
+		Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_NONE, 0, 0, TBLACK, TBLACK, PrintFlags);
+		if (w == -1) {
+			Width = String_Pixel_Width(String)+8;
+//			if (SeenBuff.Get_Width() != 320) Width *= 2;
+		}
+		if (h == -1) {
+			Height = FontHeight + FontYSpacing + 2;
+//			if (SeenBuff.Get_Height() != 200) Height *= 2;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TextButtonClass::Draw_Me -- Draws the text buttons as indicated.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will draw the text button.                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   forced   -- If the button is to be redrawn regardless of the state of the redraw   *
+ *                      flag, then this parameter will be true.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the button redrawn?                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/03/1995 MML : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   01/16/1995 JLB : Modified                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int TextButtonClass::Draw_Me(int forced)
+{
+	if (ControlClass::Draw_Me(forced)) {
+		/*
+		**	Hide the mouse.
+		*/
+		if (LogicPage == &SeenBuff) {
+			//Conditional_Hide_Mouse(X, Y, X+Width-1, Y+Height-1);
+			Conditional_Hide_Mouse(X, Y, X+Width, Y+Height);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Draw the background and overlaying text. These are virtual function
+		**	calls so that they may be overridden.
+		*/
+		Draw_Background();
+		Draw_Text(String);
+
+		/*
+		**	Display the mouse.
+		*/
+		if (LogicPage == &SeenBuff) {
+			Conditional_Show_Mouse();
+		}
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TextButtonClass::Set_Text -- Assigns a new text string to this button.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to assign a new text string to this button. By using this function it   *
+ *    is possible to dynmaically change the button's text. An example of this would be an      *
+ *    on/off button that every time it is clicked, the text toggles between "on" and "off".    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   text  -- Pointer to the text string to assign to this button.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   The text is NOT copied to this button. You must make sure that the text         *
+ *             remains valid throughout the lifetime of this text button.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/16/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TextButtonClass::Set_Text(char const * text, bool resize)
+{
+	String = text;
+	Flag_To_Redraw();
+	if (resize && String) {
+		Fancy_Text_Print(TXT_NONE, 0, 0, TBLACK, TBLACK, PrintFlags);
+		Width = String_Pixel_Width(String)+8;
+		Height = FontHeight + FontYSpacing + 2;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TextButtonClass::Set_Text -- Sets the text for this text button.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This will set the text for this button. The text is provided as a text number. This      *
+ *    number is automatically converted to the appropriate text string before being stored     *
+ *    in the button's structure.                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   text  -- The text number to assign to this button.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   The text number information is lost when it is assigned to the button. Once     *
+ *             the assignment takes place, the text number is NOT remembered by the button.    *
+ *             Only the associated text string is.                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/16/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TextButtonClass::Set_Text(int text, bool resize)
+{
+	if (text != TXT_NONE) {
+		Set_Text(Text_String(text), resize);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TextButtonClass::Draw_Background -- Draws the background to the text button.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This localizes the drawing of the background for the text button. By overriding this     *
+ *    function you can give a different background to the button. The text is drawn using      *
+ *    a different routine. The mouse is hidden, if necessary, before this routine is called.   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TextButtonClass::Draw_Background(void)
+{
+	/*
+	**	Draw a border if selected style.
+	*/
+	if (IsBlackBorder) {
+		LogicPage->Draw_Rect (X-1, Y-1, X+Width+2, Y+Height+2, BLACK);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Draw the body & set text color.
+	*/
+	BoxStyleEnum style;
+	//if (FontPtr == GradFont6Ptr) {
+	if (PrintFlags & TPF_6PT_GRAD) {
+		if (IsDisabled) {
+			style = BOXSTYLE_GREEN_DIS_RAISED;
+		} else {
+			if (IsPressed) {
+				style = BOXSTYLE_GREEN_DOWN;
+			} else {
+				style = BOXSTYLE_GREEN_RAISED;
+			}
+		}
+	} else {
+		if (IsDisabled) {
+			style = BOXSTYLE_DIS_RAISED;
+		} else {
+			if (IsPressed) {
+				style = BOXSTYLE_DOWN;
+			} else {
+				style = BOXSTYLE_RAISED;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	Draw_Box(X, Y, Width, Height, style, true);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TextButtonClass::Draw_Text -- This draws the text for the text button.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine draws the text for the text button. You can override this routine if you    *
+ *    wish different text rendering styles or colors. The background has already been drawn    *
+ *    by the time this function is called. The mouse is hidden, if necessary, as well.         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   text  -- Pointer to the text string to print over the button.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TextButtonClass::Draw_Text(char const * text)
+{
+	/*
+	**	Display the text.
+	*/
+	if (String) {
+		int color;
+		//if (FontPtr == GradFont6Ptr) {
+		if (PrintFlags & TPF_6PT_GRAD) {
+			TextPrintType flags;
+
+			color = CC_GREEN;
+
+			if (IsDisabled) {
+				flags = (TextPrintType)0;
+			} else {
+				if (IsPressed || IsOn) {
+					flags = TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL|TPF_BRIGHT_COLOR;
+				} else {
+					flags = TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL|TPF_MEDIUM_COLOR;
+				}
+			}
+
+			Fancy_Text_Print(text, X+(Width>>1)-1, Y+1, color, TBLACK, PrintFlags|flags|TPF_CENTER);
+		} else {
+			if (IsDisabled) {
+//				color = DKGREY;
+				color = LTGREY;
+			} else {
+				if (IsPressed) {
+					if (PrintFlags & TPF_NOSHADOW) {
+						color = DKGREY;
+					} else {
+						color = LTGREY;
+					}
+				} else {
+					color = WHITE;
+				}
+			}
+
+			Fancy_Text_Print(text, X+(Width>>1)-1, Y+1, IsOn ? RED : color, TBLACK, PrintFlags|TPF_CENTER);
+		}
+
+	}
+}
diff --git a/TEXTBTN.H b/TEXTBTN.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e18318a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TEXTBTN.H
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\textbtn.h_v   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:46:54   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               *** 
+ *********************************************************************************************** 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                    File Name : TEXTBTN.H                                                    * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Start Date : 01/15/95                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                  Last Update : January 15, 1995 [JLB]                                       * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* 
+ * Functions:                                                                                  * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef TEXTBTN_H
+#define TEXTBTN_H
+
+#include	"toggle.h"
+
+
+class TextButtonClass : public ToggleClass
+{
+	public:
+		TextButtonClass(void);
+		TextButtonClass(unsigned id, char const * text, TextPrintType style, int x, int y, int w=-1, int h=-1, int blackborder=false);
+		TextButtonClass(unsigned id, int text, TextPrintType style, int x, int y, int w=-1, int h=-1, int blackborder=false);
+		virtual int Draw_Me(int forced=false);
+		virtual void Set_Text(char const *text, bool resize = false);
+		virtual void Set_Text(int text, bool resize = false);
+		virtual void Set_Style (TextPrintType style) {PrintFlags = style;}
+
+	protected:
+
+		virtual void Draw_Background(void);
+		virtual void Draw_Text(char const * text);
+
+		unsigned IsBlackBorder:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	This points to a constant string that is used for the button's text. 
+		*/
+		char const * String;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the print flags to use when rendering this button's text.
+		*/
+		TextPrintType PrintFlags;
+};
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/THEME.CPP b/THEME.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..16756cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/THEME.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,562 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\theme.cpv   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:51:10   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : THEME.CPP                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : August 14, 1994                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : May 29, 1995 [JLB]                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   ThemeClass::Scan -- Scans all scores for availability.                                    *
+ *   ThemeClass::AI -- Process the theme engine and restart songs.                             *
+ *   ThemeClass::Base_Name -- Fetches the base filename for the theme specified.               *
+ *   ThemeClass::From_Name -- Determines theme number from specified name.                     *
+ *   ThemeClass::Full_Name -- Retrieves the full score name.                                   *
+ *   ThemeClass::Is_Allowed -- Checks to see if the specified theme is legal.                  *
+ *   ThemeClass::Next_Song -- Calculates the next song number to play.                         *
+ *   ThemeClass::Play_Song -- Starts the specified song play NOW.                              *
+ *   ThemeClass::Queue_Song -- Queues the song to the play queue.                              *
+ *   ThemeClass::Still_Playing -- Determines if music is still playing.                        *
+ *   ThemeClass::Stop -- Stops the current theme from playing.                                 *
+ *   ThemeClass::ThemeClass -- Default constructor for the theme manager class.                *
+ *   ThemeClass::Theme_File_Name -- Constructs a filename for the specified theme.             *
+ *   ThemeClass::Track_Length -- Caclulates the length of the song (in seconds).               *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+
+#include	"theme.h"
+
+
+/*
+**	These are the actual filename list for the theme sample files.
+*/
+ThemeClass::ThemeControl ThemeClass::_themes[THEME_COUNT] = {
+	{"AIRSTRIK",	TXT_THEME_AIRSTRIKE,	0,		200,	false,	false,false,true},
+	{"80MX226M",	TXT_THEME_80MX,		0,		248,	false,	false,false,true},
+	{"CHRG226M",	TXT_THEME_CHRG,		0,		256,	true,		false,false,true},
+	{"CREP226M",	TXT_THEME_CREP,		0,		222,	true,		false,false,true},
+	{"DRIL226M",	TXT_THEME_DRIL,		0,		272,	true,		false,false,true},
+	{"DRON226M",	TXT_THEME_DRON,		0,		275,	true,		false,false,true},
+	{"FIST226M",	TXT_THEME_FIST,		0,		212,	true,		false,false,true},
+	{"RECN226M",	TXT_THEME_RECON,		0,		261,	true,		false,false,true},
+	{"VOIC226M",	TXT_THEME_VOICE,		0,		306,	true,		false,false,true},
+	{"HEAVYG",		TXT_THEME_HEAVYG,		0,		180,	true,		false,false,true},
+	{"J1",			TXT_THEME_J1,			4,		187,	true,		false,false,true},
+//	{"J1",			TXT_THEME_J1,			4,		187,	false,	false,false,true},
+	{"JDI_V2",		TXT_THEME_JDI_V2,		5,		183,	true,		false,false,true},
+	{"RADIO",		TXT_THEME_RADIO,		6,		183,	true,		false,false,true},
+	{"RAIN",			TXT_THEME_RAIN,		7,		156,	true,		false,false,true},
+	{"AOI",			TXT_THEME_AOI,			0,		168,	true,		true,	false,true},
+	{"CCTHANG",		TXT_THEME_CCTHANG,	12,	193,	true,		false,false,true},
+	{"DIE",			TXT_THEME_DIE,			11,	162,	false,	false,false,true},
+	{"FWP",			TXT_THEME_FWP,			10,	53,	true,		false,false,true},
+	{"IND",			TXT_THEME_IND,			1,		175,	true,		false,false,true},
+	{"IND2",			TXT_THEME_IND2,		1,		38,	true,		false,false,true},
+	{"JUSTDOIT",	TXT_THEME_JUSTDOIT,	9,		142,	true,		false,false,true},
+	{"LINEFIRE",	TXT_THEME_LINEFIRE,	8,		125,	true,		false,false,true},
+	{"MARCH",		TXT_THEME_MARCH,		7,		157,	true,		false,false,true},
+	{"TARGET",		TXT_THEME_TARGET,		0,		173,	true,		false,false,true},
+	{"NOMERCY",		TXT_THEME_NOMERCY,	2,		204,	true,		false,false,true},
+	{"OTP",			TXT_THEME_OTP,			3,		182,	true,		false,false,true},
+	{"PRP",			TXT_THEME_PRP,			4,		211,	true,		false,false,true},
+	{"ROUT",			TXT_THEME_ROUT,		12,	121,	false,	true,	false,true},
+	{"HEART",		TXT_THEME_HEART,		5,		206,	false,	true,	false,true},
+	{"STOPTHEM",	TXT_THEME_STOPTHEM,	0,		190,	true,		false,false,true},
+	{"TROUBLE",		TXT_THEME_TROUBLE,	6,		191,	true,		true,	false,true},
+	{"WARFARE",		TXT_THEME_WARFARE,	0,		182,	true,		false,false,true},
+	{"BEFEARED",	TXT_THEME_BEFEARED,	13,	164,	false,	true,	false,true},
+	{"I_AM",			TXT_THEME_IAM,			6,		161,	false,	false,false,true},
+	{"WIN1",			TXT_THEME_WIN1,		0,		41,	false,	true,	true,true},
+	{"MAP1",			TXT_THEME_WIN1,		0,		61,	false,	false,true,true},
+	{"VALKYRIE",	TXT_THEME_VALK,		0,		306,	false,	false,true,true},
+};
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ThemeClass::Base_Name -- Fetches the base filename for the theme specified.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to retrieve a pointer to the base filename for the theme            *
+ *    specified.                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   theme -- The theme number to convert into a base filename.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the base filename for the theme specified. If the        *
+ *          theme number is invalid, then a pointer to "No Theme" is returned instead.         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/29/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+char const * ThemeClass::Base_Name(ThemeType theme) const
+{
+	if (theme != THEME_NONE) {
+		return(_themes[theme].Name);
+	}
+	return("No theme");
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ThemeClass::ThemeClass -- Default constructor for the theme manager class.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the default constructor for the theme class object.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/16/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+ThemeClass::ThemeClass(void)
+{
+	Current = -1;
+	Score = THEME_NONE;
+	Pending = THEME_NONE;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ThemeClass::Full_Name -- Retrieves the full score name.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will fetch and return with a pointer to the full name of the theme          *
+ *    specified.                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   theme -- The theme to fetch the full name for.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the full name for this score. This pointer may point to  *
+ *          EMS memory.                                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/16/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+char const * ThemeClass::Full_Name(ThemeType theme) const
+{
+	if (theme != THEME_NONE) {
+		return(Text_String(_themes[theme].Fullname));
+	}
+	return(NULL);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ThemeClass::AI -- Process the theme engine and restart songs.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is a maintenance function that will restart an appropriate theme if the current one *
+ *    has finished. This routine should be called frequently.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/08/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   01/23/1995 JLB : Picks new song just as it is about to play it.                           *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void ThemeClass::AI(void)
+{
+	if (SampleType && !Debug_Quiet) {
+		if (ScoresPresent && Options.ScoreVolume && !Still_Playing() && Pending != THEME_NONE) {
+
+			/*
+			**	If the pending song needs to be picked, then pick it now.
+			*/
+			if (Pending == THEME_PICK_ANOTHER) {
+				Pending = Next_Song(Score);
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	Start the song playing and then flag it so that a new song will
+			**	be picked when this one ends.
+			*/
+			Play_Song(Pending);
+			Pending = THEME_PICK_ANOTHER;
+		}
+		Sound_Callback();
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ThemeClass::Next_Song -- Calculates the next song number to play.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    use this routine to figure out what song number to play. It examines the option settings *
+ *    for repeat and shuffle so that it can return the correct value.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   theme -- The origin (last) index. The new value is related to this for all but     *
+ *                   the shuffling method of play.                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the song number for the next song to play.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/16/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   01/19/1995 JLB : Will not play the same song twice when in shuffle mode.                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+ThemeType ThemeClass::Next_Song(ThemeType theme)
+{
+	if (theme == THEME_NONE) {
+		theme = Next_Song(THEME_PICK_ANOTHER);
+	} else {
+		if (theme == THEME_PICK_ANOTHER || (!_themes[theme].Repeat && !Options.IsScoreRepeat)) {
+			if (Options.IsScoreShuffle) {
+
+				/*
+				**	Shuffle the theme, but never pick the same theme that was just
+				**	playing.
+				*/
+				ThemeType newtheme;
+				do {
+					newtheme = Sim_Random_Pick(THEME_FIRST, THEME_LAST);
+				} while(newtheme == theme || !Is_Allowed(newtheme));
+				theme = newtheme;
+
+			} else {
+
+				/*
+				**	Sequential score playing.
+				*/
+				do {
+					theme++;
+					if (theme > THEME_LAST) {
+						theme = THEME_FIRST;
+					}
+				} while(!Is_Allowed(theme));
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return(theme);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ThemeClass::Queue_Song -- Queues the song to the play queue.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will cause the current song to fade and the specified song to start. This   *
+ *    is the normal and friendly method of changing the current song.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   theme -- The song to start playing. If -1 is pssed in, then just the current song  *
+ *                   is faded.                                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/16/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void ThemeClass::Queue_Song(ThemeType theme)
+{
+	if (ScoresPresent && SampleType && !Debug_Quiet && (Pending == THEME_NONE || Pending == THEME_PICK_ANOTHER)) {
+		if (!Options.ScoreVolume && theme != THEME_NONE) return;
+
+		Pending = theme;
+		Fade_Sample(Current, THEME_DELAY);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ThemeClass::Play_Song -- Starts the specified song play NOW.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to start the specified theme playing right now. If there is already *
+ *    a theme playing, it is cut short so that this one may start.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   theme -- The theme number to start playing.                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the sample play handle.                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   This cuts off any current song in a abrubt manner. Only use this routine when   *
+ *             necessary.                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/16/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int ThemeClass::Play_Song(ThemeType theme)
+{
+	if (ScoresPresent && SampleType && !Debug_Quiet && Options.ScoreVolume) {
+		Stop();
+		Score = theme;
+		if (theme >= THEME_FIRST) {
+
+#ifdef DEMO
+			if (_themes[theme].Scenario != 99) {
+				CCFileClass file(Theme_File_Name(theme));
+				if (file.Is_Available()) {
+					Current = File_Stream_Sample_Vol(Theme_File_Name(theme), 0xFF, true);
+				} else {
+					Current = -1;
+				}
+			} else {
+				Current = -1;
+			}
+#else
+			Current = File_Stream_Sample_Vol(Theme_File_Name(theme), 0xFF, true);
+#endif
+		}
+	}
+	return(Current);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ThemeClass::Theme_File_Name -- Constructs a filename for the specified theme.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will construct (into a static buffer) a filename that matches the theme     *
+ *    number specified. This constructed filename is returned as a pointer. The filename will  *
+ *    remain valid until the next call to this routine.                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   theme -- The theme number to convert to a filename.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the constructed filename for the specified theme number. *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/16/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   05/09/1995 JLB : Theme variation support.                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+char const * ThemeClass::Theme_File_Name(ThemeType theme)
+{
+	static char name[_MAX_FNAME+_MAX_EXT];
+
+	if (_themes[theme].Variation && Special.IsVariation) {
+		_makepath(name, NULL, NULL, _themes[theme].Name, ".VAR");
+		CCFileClass file(name);
+		if (file.Is_Available()) {
+			return((char const *)(&name[0]));
+		}
+	}
+	_makepath(name, NULL, NULL, _themes[theme].Name, ".AUD");
+	return((char const *)(&name[0]));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ThemeClass::Track_Length -- Caclulates the length of the song (in seconds).                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to calculate the length of the song. The length is determined by        *
+ *    reading the header of the song and dividing the sample rate into the sample length.      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   theme -- The song number to examine to find its length.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the length of the specified theme. This length is in the form of      *
+ *          seconds.                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   This routine goes to disk to fetch this information. Don't call frivolously.    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/16/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int ThemeClass::Track_Length(ThemeType theme)
+{
+	if ((unsigned)theme < THEME_COUNT) {
+		return(_themes[theme].Duration);
+	}
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ThemeClass::Stop -- Stops the current theme from playing.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to stop the current theme. After this routine is called, no more music  *
+ *    will play until the Start() function is called.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/08/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void ThemeClass::Stop(void)
+{
+	if (ScoresPresent && SampleType && !Debug_Quiet) {
+		if (Current != -1) {
+			Stop_Sample(Current);
+			Current = -1;
+			Score = THEME_NONE;
+			Pending = THEME_NONE;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ThemeClass::Still_Playing -- Determines if music is still playing.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to determine if music is still playing.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Is the music still audible?                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/20/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int ThemeClass::Still_Playing(void)
+{
+	if (ScoresPresent && SampleType && Current != -1 && !Debug_Quiet) {
+		return(Sample_Status(Current));
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ThemeClass::Is_Allowed -- Checks to see if the specified theme is legal.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to determine if a theme is allowed to be played. A theme is not allowed *
+ *    if the scenario is too early for that score, or the score only is allowed in special     *
+ *    cases.                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   index -- The score the check to see if it is allowed to play.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Is the specified score allowed to play in the normal score playlist?               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/09/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool ThemeClass::Is_Allowed(ThemeType index) const
+{
+#ifdef DEMO
+	char buffer[128];
+
+	sprintf(buffer, "%s.AUD", Base_Name(index));
+	CCFileClass file(buffer);
+	if (_themes[index].Scenario == 99 || !file.Is_Available()) {
+		_themes[index].Scenario = 99;
+		return(false);
+	}
+#endif
+
+	return(
+		_themes[index].Available &&
+		(_themes[index].Normal ||
+//		(index == THEME_MAP1 && ScenarioInit) ||
+		((Special.IsVariation && _themes[index].Variation && index != THEME_WIN1) &&
+#ifndef DEMO
+		(GameToPlay != GAME_NORMAL || _themes[index].Scenario <= Scenario) &&
+#endif
+		(index != THEME_J1 || Special.IsJurassic))));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ThemeClass::From_Name -- Determines theme number from specified name.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to convert a name (either the base filename of the theme, or a partial  *
+ *    substring of the full name) into the matching ThemeType value. Typical use of this is    *
+ *    when parsing the INI file for theme control values.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   name  -- Pointer to base filename of theme or a partial substring of the full      *
+ *                   theme name.                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the matching theme number. If no match could be found, then           *
+ *          THEME_NONE is returned.                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   If a filename is specified the comparison is case insensitive. When scanning    *
+ *             the full theme name, the comparison is case sensitive.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/29/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+ThemeType ThemeClass::From_Name(char const * name)
+{
+	if (name && strlen(name) > 0) {
+		/*
+		**	First search for an exact name match with the filename
+		**	of the theme. This is guaranteed to be unique.
+		*/
+		for (ThemeType theme = THEME_FIRST; theme < THEME_COUNT; theme++) {
+			if (stricmp(_themes[theme].Name, name) == 0) {
+				return(theme);
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	If the filename scan failed to find a match, then scan for
+		**	a substring within the full name of the score. This might
+		**	yeild a match, but is not guaranteed to be unique.
+		*/
+		for (theme = THEME_FIRST; theme < THEME_COUNT; theme++) {
+			if (strstr(Text_String(_themes[theme].Fullname), name) != NULL) {
+				return(theme);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(THEME_NONE);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ThemeClass::Scan -- Scans all scores for availability.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine should be called whenever a score mixfile is registered. It will scan       *
+ *    to see if any score is unavailable. If this is the case, then the score will be so       *
+ *    flagged in order not to appear on the play list. This condition is likely to occur       *
+ *    when expansion mission disks contain a different score mix than the release version.     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/04/1996 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void ThemeClass::Scan(void)
+{
+	for (ThemeType theme = THEME_FIRST; theme < THEME_COUNT; theme++) {
+//		if (theme == THEME_J1 && !Special.IsJurassic) {
+//			_themes[theme].Available = false;
+//		} else {
+			_themes[theme].Available = CCFileClass(Theme_File_Name(theme)).Is_Available();
+//		}
+	}
+}
+
diff --git a/THEME.H b/THEME.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3591837
--- /dev/null
+++ b/THEME.H
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\theme.h_v   2.16   16 Oct 1995 16:45:48   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : THEME.H                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : August 14, 1994                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : August 14, 1994   [JLB]                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef THEME_H
+#define THEME_H
+
+class ThemeClass
+{
+	private:
+		static char const *  Theme_File_Name(ThemeType theme);
+
+		int Current;			// Handle to current score.
+		ThemeType Score;		// Score number currently being played.
+		ThemeType Pending;	// Score to play next.
+
+		typedef struct {
+			char const * Name;	// Filename of score.
+			int Fullname;			// Text number for full score name.
+			int Scenario;			// Scenario when it first becomes available.
+			int Duration;			// Duration of theme in seconds.
+			bool Normal;			// Allowed in normal game play?
+			bool Variation;		// Is there a variation to the score?
+			bool Repeat;			// Always repeat this score?
+			bool Available;		// Is the score available?
+		} ThemeControl;
+
+		static ThemeControl _themes[THEME_COUNT];
+
+		enum {
+			THEME_DELAY=TIMER_SECOND
+		};
+
+	public:
+		ThemeClass(void);
+
+		ThemeType  From_Name(char const * name);
+		int  Track_Length(ThemeType index);
+		int  Max_Themes(void) {return THEME_COUNT;};
+		char const *  Full_Name(ThemeType index) const;
+		char const *  Base_Name(ThemeType index) const;
+		void  AI(void);
+		void  Queue_Song(ThemeType index);
+		int  Play_Song(ThemeType index);
+		ThemeType  What_Is_Playing(void) {return Score;};
+		void  Stop(void);
+		void  Fade_Out(void) {Queue_Song(THEME_NONE);};
+		int  Still_Playing(void);
+		ThemeType  Next_Song(ThemeType index);
+		bool  Is_Allowed(ThemeType index) const;
+		static void _pascal Scan(void);
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/TOGGLE.CPP b/TOGGLE.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bbb3ebb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TOGGLE.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\toggle.cpv   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:50:56   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               *** 
+ *********************************************************************************************** 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                    File Name : TOGGLE.CPP                                                   * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Start Date : 01/15/95                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                  Last Update : February 2, 1995 [JLB]                                       * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* 
+ * Functions:                                                                                  * 
+ *   ToggleClass::ToggleClass -- Normal constructor for toggle button gadgets.                 * 
+ *   ToggleClass::Turn_Off -- Turns the toggle button to the "OFF" state.                      * 
+ *   ToggleClass::Turn_On -- Turns the toggle button to the "ON" state.                        * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+#include	"toggle.h"
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * ToggleClass::ToggleClass -- Normal constructor for toggle button gadgets.                   * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This is the normal constructor for toggle buttons. A toggle button is one that most      * 
+ *    closesly resembles the Windows style. It has an up and down state as well as an on       * 
+ *    and off state.                                                                           * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   id    -- ID number for this button.                                                * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *          x,y   -- Pixel coordinate of upper left corner of this button.                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *          w,h   -- Width and height of the button.                                           * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   01/15/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+ToggleClass::ToggleClass(unsigned id, int x, int y, int w, int h) 
+	: ControlClass(id, x, y, w, h, LEFTPRESS|LEFTRELEASE, true)
+{
+	IsPressed = false;
+	IsOn = false;
+	IsToggleType = false;
+}	
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * ToggleClass::Turn_On -- Turns the toggle button to the "ON" state.                          * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This routine will turn the button on. The button will also be flagged to be redrawn      * 
+ *    at the next opportunity.                                                                 * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   01/15/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void ToggleClass::Turn_On(void)
+{
+	IsOn = true;
+	Flag_To_Redraw();
+}	
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * ToggleClass::Turn_Off -- Turns the toggle button to the "OFF" state.                        * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This routine will turn the toggle button "off". It will also be flagged to be redrawn    * 
+ *    at the next opportunity.                                                                 * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   01/15/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void ToggleClass::Turn_Off(void)
+{
+	IsOn = false;	
+	Flag_To_Redraw();
+}	
+
+
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ * ToggleClass::Action -- Handles mouse clicks on a text button.                               *
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *    This routine will process any mouse or keyboard event that is associated with this       * 
+ *    button object. It detects and flags the text button so that it will properly be drawn    * 
+ *    in a pressed or raised state. It also handles any toggle state for the button.           * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * INPUT:   flags -- The event flags that triggered this button.                               * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *          key   -- The keyboard code associated with this event. Usually this is KN_LMOUSE   * 
+ *                   or similar, but it could be a regular key if this text button is given    * 
+ *                   a hotkey.                                                                 * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns whatever the lower level processing for buttons decides. This is usually   * 
+ *          true.                                                                              * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * WARNINGS:   The button is flagged to be redrawn by this routine.                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    * 
+ *   01/14/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 * 
+ *   02/02/1995 JLB : Left press doesn't get passed to other buttons now                       * 
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int ToggleClass::Action(unsigned flags, KeyNumType &key)
+{
+	/*
+	**	If there are no action flag bits set, then this must be a forced call. A forced call
+	**	must never actually function like a real call, but rather only performs any necessary
+	**	graphic updating.
+	*/
+	if (!flags) {
+		if ((unsigned)(Get_Mouse_X() - X) < Width && (unsigned)(Get_Mouse_Y() - Y) < Height ) {
+			if (!IsPressed) {
+				IsPressed = true;
+				Flag_To_Redraw();
+			}
+		} else {
+			if (IsPressed) {
+				IsPressed = false;
+				Flag_To_Redraw();
+			}
+		}
+	} 
+
+	/*
+	**	Handle the sticky state for this gadget. It must be processed here
+	**	because the event flags might be cleared before the action function
+	**	is called.
+	*/
+	Sticky_Process(flags);
+
+	/*
+	**	Flag the button to show the pressed down imagery if this mouse button
+	**	was pressed over this gadget.
+	*/
+	if (flags & LEFTPRESS) {
+		IsPressed = true;
+		Flag_To_Redraw();
+		flags &= ~LEFTPRESS;
+		ControlClass::Action(flags, key);
+		key = KN_NONE;				// erase the event
+		return(true);		// stop processing other buttons now
+	}
+
+	if (flags & LEFTRELEASE) {
+		if (IsPressed) {
+			if (IsToggleType) {
+				IsOn = (IsOn == false);
+			}
+			IsPressed = false;
+		} else {
+			flags &= ~LEFTRELEASE;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Do normal button processing. This ends up causing the button's ID number to
+	**	be returned from the controlling Input() function.
+	*/
+	return(ControlClass::Action(flags, key));
+}	
+
+
diff --git a/TOGGLE.H b/TOGGLE.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ba88826
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TOGGLE.H
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\toggle.h_v   2.16   16 Oct 1995 16:47:34   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               *** 
+ *********************************************************************************************** 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                    File Name : TOGGLE.H                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Start Date : 01/15/95                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                  Last Update : January 15, 1995 [JLB]                                       * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* 
+ * Functions:                                                                                  * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef TOGGLE_H
+#define TOGGLE_H
+
+#include "control.h"
+
+/*
+**	This class handles gadgets that behave like the Windows buttons. That is, once the mouse
+**	button is clicked over them, they capture the focus until the mouse button is released.
+**	They have a different imagery for the pressed and released states. They only recognize
+**	a valid selection when the mouse button is release while over the button.
+*/
+class ToggleClass : public ControlClass
+{
+	public:
+		ToggleClass(unsigned id, int x, int y, int w, int h);
+		virtual void Turn_On(void);
+		virtual void Turn_Off(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	Is this button in a pressed down state? This occurs when the mouse is clicked on the
+		**	button and the mouse is still being held down.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsPressed:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the button on/off state. Sometimes a button that is "on" has a different
+		**	imagery than one that is "off". If the on/off state is not necessary, then just
+		**	ignore this flag.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsOn:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If this button can be turned "on" or "off", then this flag should be set to
+		**	true. Sometimes a button needs to display its on/off state. In the render routine,
+		**	examine the IsOn flag and display accordingly. If this flag is false, then the
+		**	IsOn flag will not be changed, regardless of button clicking.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsToggleType:1;
+
+	protected:
+
+		virtual int Action(unsigned flags, KeyNumType &key);
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/TOOLS/MIXFILE.EXE b/TOOLS/MIXFILE.EXE
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8c0aa86
Binary files /dev/null and b/TOOLS/MIXFILE.EXE differ
diff --git a/TRIGGER.CPP b/TRIGGER.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fa33c3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TRIGGER.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,1486 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\trigger.cpv   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:51:20   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : TRIGGER.CPP                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : 11/12/94                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : August 27, 1995 [JLB]                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   Do_All_To_Hunt -- Forces all computer controlled units into hunt mode.                    *
+ *   TriggerClass::Action_From_Name -- retrieves ActionType for given name                     *
+ *   TriggerClass::Action_Need_Team -- Determines if this action event requires a team.        *
+ *   TriggerClass::As_Pointer -- returns pointer for the given trigger name                    *
+ *   TriggerClass::As_Target -- Converts trigger to a target value                             *
+ *   TriggerClass::Event_From_Name -- retrieves EventType for given name                       *
+ *   TriggerClass::Event_Need_Data -- Determines if this event requires a data value.          *
+ *   TriggerClass::Event_Need_House -- Determines if this event requires a house identifier.   *
+ *   TriggerClass::Event_Need_Object -- Determines if the specified event requires an object.  *
+ *   TriggerClass::Init -- clears triggers for new scenario                                    *
+ *   TriggerClass::Name_From_Action -- retrieves name for ActionType                           *
+ *   TriggerClass::Name_From_Event -- retrieves name for EventType                             *
+ *   TriggerClass::Read_INI -- reads triggers from the INI file                                *
+ *   TriggerClass::Remove -- removes this trigger from the game                                *
+ *   TriggerClass::Spring -- Trigger processing routine for cell-based triggers                *
+ *   TriggerClass::Spring -- Trigger processing routine for house-based triggers               *
+ *   TriggerClass::Spring -- Trigger processing routine for object-based triggers              *
+ *   TriggerClass::TriggerClass -- constructor                                                 *
+ *   TriggerClass::Validate -- validates trigger pointer													  *
+ *   TriggerClass::Write_INI -- writes triggers to the INI file                                *
+ *   TriggerClass::operator delete -- 'delete' operator                                        *
+ *   TriggerClass::operator new -- 'new' operator                                              *
+ *   TriggerClass::~TriggerClass -- Destructor for trigger objects.                            *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "function.h"
+
+static void Do_All_To_Hunt(void);
+
+#define	FIXUP		0
+
+/*
+********************************** Globals **********************************
+*/
+static const char * EventText[EVENT_COUNT + 1] = {
+	"None",
+	"Player Enters",
+	"Discovered",
+	"Attacked",
+	"Destroyed",
+	"Any",
+	"House Discov.",
+	"Units Destr.",
+	"Bldgs Destr.",
+	"All Destr.",
+	"Credits",
+	"Time",
+	"# Bldgs Dstr.",
+	"# Units Dstr.",
+	"No Factories",
+	"Civ. Evac.",
+	"Built It"
+};
+
+
+static const char * ActionText[TriggerClass::ACTION_COUNT + 1] = {
+	"None",
+	"Win",
+	"Lose",
+	"Production",
+	"Create Team",
+	"Dstry Teams",
+	"All to Hunt",
+	"Reinforce.",
+	"DZ at 'Z'",
+	"Airstrike",
+	"Nuclear Missile",
+	"Ion Cannon",
+	"Dstry Trig 'XXXX'",
+	"Dstry Trig 'YYYY'",
+	"Dstry Trig 'ZZZZ'",
+	"Autocreate",
+	"Cap=Win/Des=Lose",
+	"Allow Win"
+};
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TriggerClass::Validate -- validates trigger pointer													  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *		1 = ok, 0 = error																								  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/09/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+int TriggerClass::Validate(void) const
+{
+	int num;
+
+	num = Triggers.ID(this);
+	if (num < 0 || num >= TRIGGER_MAX) {
+		Validate_Error("TRIGGER");
+		return (0);
+	}
+	else
+		return (1);
+}
+#else
+#define	Validate()
+#endif
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TriggerClass::Event_Need_Object -- Determines if the specified event requires an object.    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine determines if the specified event must be attached to an object. Such       *
+ *    events can only exist in a parasitic fashion attached to object(s) in the game.          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   event -- The event type to examine.                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Does the specified event require attachement to an object?                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/27/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool TriggerClass::Event_Need_Object(EventType event)
+{
+	switch (event) {
+		case EVENT_PLAYER_ENTERED:
+		case EVENT_DISCOVERED:
+		case EVENT_ATTACKED:
+		case EVENT_DESTROYED:
+		case EVENT_ANY:
+			return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TriggerClass::Event_Need_House -- Determines if this event requires a house identifier.     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to determine if the specified event requires a house identifier.    *
+ *    All trigger events that affect a house will require a house identifier.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   event -- The event type to examine.                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Does the specified event type require a house identifier?                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/27/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool TriggerClass::Event_Need_House(EventType event)
+{
+	switch (event) {
+		case EVENT_PLAYER_ENTERED:
+		case EVENT_HOUSE_DISCOVERED:
+		case EVENT_UNITS_DESTROYED:
+		case EVENT_BUILDINGS_DESTROYED:
+		case EVENT_ALL_DESTROYED:
+		case EVENT_CREDITS:
+		case EVENT_TIME:
+		case EVENT_NBUILDINGS_DESTROYED:
+		case EVENT_NUNITS_DESTROYED:
+		case EVENT_NOFACTORIES:
+		case EVENT_EVAC_CIVILIAN:
+		case EVENT_BUILD:
+			return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TriggerClass::Event_Need_Data -- Determines if this event requires a data value.            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will determine if the specified event requires a data number parameter.     *
+ *    This is commonly needed for trigger events.                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   event -- The event to examine.                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Does the specified event require a data number parameter?                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/27/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool TriggerClass::Event_Need_Data(EventType event)
+{
+	switch (event) {
+		case EVENT_CREDITS:
+		case EVENT_TIME:
+		case EVENT_NBUILDINGS_DESTROYED:
+		case EVENT_NUNITS_DESTROYED:
+		case EVENT_BUILD:
+			return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TriggerClass::Action_Need_Team -- Determines if this action event requires a team.          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will determine if the specified action requires a team name parameter.      *
+ *    Typically, this is needed for reinforcements or other trigger events that affect         *
+ *    a particular team type.                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   action   -- The action that is to be examined.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Does the specified action require a team type name?                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/27/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool TriggerClass::Action_Need_Team(TriggerClass::ActionType action)
+{
+	switch (action) {
+		case ACTION_CREATE_TEAM:
+		case ACTION_DESTROY_TEAM:
+		case ACTION_REINFORCEMENTS:
+			return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TriggerClass::TriggerClass -- constructor                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/28/1994 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TriggerClass::TriggerClass(void)
+{
+	IsPersistant = VOLATILE;
+	AttachCount = 0;
+	Event = EVENT_NONE;
+	Action = ACTION_NONE;
+	House = HOUSE_NONE;
+	DataCopy = Data = 0L;
+	Name[0] = '\0';
+	Team = NULL;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TriggerClass::~TriggerClass -- Destructor for trigger objects.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This destructor will update the house blockage value if necessary. No other action need  *
+ *    be performed on trigger destruction.                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/29/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TriggerClass::~TriggerClass(void)
+{
+	if (GameActive && House != HOUSE_NONE && Action == ACTION_ALLOWWIN) {
+		if (Houses.Ptr(House)->Blockage) Houses.Ptr(House)->Blockage--;
+		Houses.Ptr(House)->BorrowedTime = TICKS_PER_SECOND*4;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TriggerClass::Init -- clears triggers for new scenario                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/29/1994 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TriggerClass::Init(void)
+{
+	Triggers.Free_All();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TriggerClass::Spring -- Trigger processing routine                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * Checks whether this trigger should "spring" for the given event & object;                   *
+ * If it should, then some really cool undocumented stuff magically happens.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      event      EventType: What happened?                                                   *
+ *      object   Ptr to object containing this trigger: What did it happen to?                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      0 = nothing happened; 1 = the trigger was sprung                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/06/1994 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *   06/25/1995 JLB : Added more trigger events.                                               *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool TriggerClass::Spring(EventType event, ObjectClass *obj)
+{
+	Validate();
+	/*
+	**	If this is not the event for this trigger, just return.
+	*/
+	if (event != Event && Event != EVENT_ANY) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If time-based, decrement the minute counter; return if it's not time yet
+	*/
+	if (Event == EVENT_TIME) {
+		Data--;
+		if (Data > 0) {
+			return(false);
+		}
+		Data = DataCopy;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Semi-persistant trigger: first detach it from the calling object, then
+	**	see if this is the last object we're attached to; if so, the trigger
+	**	will spring.
+	*/
+	if (IsPersistant == SEMIPERSISTANT) {
+
+		/*
+		** Detach ourselves from the object
+		*/
+		obj->Trigger = NULL;
+
+		/*
+		** Decrement our attachment counter
+		*/
+		AttachCount--;
+
+		/*
+		** If we're attached to more objects, don't spring; otherwise, spring.
+		** And, mark ourselves as volatile so we'll completely remove ourselves
+		** from the game after we go off.
+		*/
+		if (AttachCount > 0) {
+			return(false);
+		} else {
+			IsPersistant = VOLATILE;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Otherwise, take an appropriate action.
+	*/
+	bool success = true;
+	TriggerClass * trig = NULL;
+	switch (Action) {
+		case ACTION_NUKE:
+			HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_BAD)->NukeStrike.Enable(true, false);
+			HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_BAD)->NukeStrike.Forced_Charge(PlayerPtr->Class->House == HOUSE_BAD);
+			break;
+
+		case ACTION_ION:
+			HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_GOOD)->IonCannon.Enable(true, false);
+			HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_GOOD)->IonCannon.Forced_Charge(PlayerPtr->Class->House == HOUSE_GOOD);
+			break;
+
+		case ACTION_WINLOSE:
+			switch (event) {
+				case EVENT_DESTROYED:
+					if (!PlayerPtr->IsToWin || PlayerPtr->Blockage > 0) PlayerPtr->Flag_To_Lose();
+					success = true;
+					break;
+
+				case EVENT_PLAYER_ENTERED:
+					if (!PlayerPtr->IsToLose) PlayerPtr->Flag_To_Win();
+					success = true;
+					break;
+
+				default:
+					success = false;
+					break;
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case ACTION_DESTROY_XXXX:
+			trig = As_Pointer("XXXX");
+			if (trig) {
+				trig->Remove();
+			}
+			delete trig;
+			break;
+
+		case ACTION_DESTROY_YYYY:
+			trig = As_Pointer("YYYY");
+			if (trig) {
+				trig->Remove();
+			}
+			delete trig;
+			break;
+
+		case ACTION_DESTROY_ZZZZ:
+			trig = As_Pointer("ZZZZ");
+			if (trig) {
+				trig->Remove();
+			}
+			delete trig;
+			break;
+
+		case ACTION_AIRSTRIKE:
+			PlayerPtr->IsAirstrikePending = true;
+//			PlayerPtr->Make_Air_Strike_Available(true);
+			break;
+
+		case ACTION_DZ:
+			new AnimClass(ANIM_LZ_SMOKE, Cell_Coord(Waypoint[25]));
+			break;
+
+		case ACTION_NONE:
+			break;
+
+		case ACTION_WIN:
+			PlayerPtr->Flag_To_Win();
+			break;
+
+		case ACTION_LOSE:
+			PlayerPtr->Flag_To_Lose();
+			break;
+
+		case ACTION_BEGIN_PRODUCTION:
+			HouseClass::As_Pointer(House)->Begin_Production();
+			break;
+
+		case ACTION_AUTOCREATE:
+			if (obj && obj->Is_Techno()) {
+				((TechnoClass *)obj)->House->IsAlerted = true;
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case ACTION_CREATE_TEAM:
+			if (Team) {
+				ScenarioInit++;
+				Team->Create_One_Of();
+				ScenarioInit--;
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case ACTION_DESTROY_TEAM:
+			if (Team) {
+				Team->Destroy_All_Of();
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case ACTION_REINFORCEMENTS:
+			if (Team) {
+				success = Do_Reinforcements(Team);
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case ACTION_ALL_HUNT:
+			Do_All_To_Hunt();
+			break;
+
+		default:
+			break;
+	}
+
+	if (!success && Event == EVENT_TIME) Data = 1;
+
+	/*
+	**	Remove trigger from the game.
+	*/
+	if (success && IsPersistant == VOLATILE) {
+		Remove();
+	}
+
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TriggerClass::Spring -- Trigger processing routine                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This version of Spring is for cell-based triggers.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      data      elapsed time, or credits, depending on what 'Event' is.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      0 = nothing happened; 1 = the trigger was sprung                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/06/1994 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool TriggerClass::Spring(EventType event, CELL cell)
+{
+	Validate();
+	/*
+	**	If this is not the event for this trigger, just return.
+	*/
+	if (event != Event) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If time-based, decrement the minute counter; return if it's not time yet
+	*/
+	if (Event == EVENT_TIME) {
+		Data--;
+		if (Data > 0) {
+			return(false);
+		}
+		Data = DataCopy;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Semi-persistant trigger: first detach it from the calling cell, then
+	**	see if this is the last cell we're attached to; if so, the trigger
+	**	will spring.
+	*/
+	if (IsPersistant == SEMIPERSISTANT) {
+
+		/*
+		** Detach ourselves from the cell
+		*/
+		Map[cell].IsTrigger = 0;
+
+		/*
+		** Decrement our attachment counter
+		*/
+		AttachCount--;
+
+		/*
+		** If we're attached to more cells, don't spring; otherwise, spring.
+		** And, mark ourselves as volatile so we'll completely remove ourselves
+		** from the game after we go off.
+		*/
+		if (AttachCount > 0) {
+			return(false);
+		} else {
+			IsPersistant = VOLATILE;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Otherwise, take an appropriate action.
+	*/
+	bool success = true;
+	TriggerClass * trig = NULL;
+	int index;
+	switch (Action) {
+		case ACTION_NUKE:
+			HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_BAD)->NukeStrike.Enable(true, false);
+			HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_BAD)->NukeStrike.Forced_Charge(PlayerPtr->Class->House == HOUSE_BAD);
+			break;
+
+		case ACTION_ION:
+			HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_GOOD)->IonCannon.Enable(true, false);
+			HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_GOOD)->IonCannon.Forced_Charge(PlayerPtr->Class->House == HOUSE_GOOD);
+			break;
+
+		case ACTION_AUTOCREATE:
+			for (index = 0; index < Houses.Count(); index++) {
+				Houses.Ptr(index)->IsAlerted = true;
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case ACTION_DESTROY_XXXX:
+			trig = As_Pointer("XXXX");
+			if (trig) {
+				trig->Remove();
+			}
+			delete trig;
+			break;
+
+		case ACTION_DESTROY_YYYY:
+			trig = As_Pointer("YYYY");
+			if (trig) {
+				trig->Remove();
+			}
+			delete trig;
+			break;
+
+		case ACTION_DESTROY_ZZZZ:
+			trig = As_Pointer("ZZZZ");
+			if (trig) {
+				trig->Remove();
+			}
+			delete trig;
+			break;
+
+		case ACTION_AIRSTRIKE:
+			HouseClass::As_Pointer(House)->AirStrike.Enable(false, true);
+			if (House == PlayerPtr->Class->House) {
+				PlayerPtr->AirStrike.Forced_Charge(true);
+				Map.Add(RTTI_SPECIAL, SPC_AIR_STRIKE);
+				Map.Column[1].Flag_To_Redraw();
+			}
+//			PlayerPtr->Make_Air_Strike_Available(true);
+			break;
+
+		case ACTION_DZ:
+			new AnimClass(ANIM_LZ_SMOKE, Cell_Coord(Waypoint[25]));
+			break;
+
+		case ACTION_NONE:
+			break;
+
+		case ACTION_WIN:
+			PlayerPtr->Flag_To_Win();
+			break;
+
+		case ACTION_LOSE:
+			PlayerPtr->Flag_To_Lose();
+			break;
+
+		case ACTION_BEGIN_PRODUCTION:
+			if (PlayerPtr->Class->House == HOUSE_GOOD) {
+				HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_BAD)->Begin_Production();
+			} else {
+				HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_GOOD)->Begin_Production();
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case ACTION_CREATE_TEAM:
+			if (Team) {
+				ScenarioInit++;
+				Team->Create_One_Of();
+				ScenarioInit--;
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case ACTION_DESTROY_TEAM:
+			if (Team) {
+				Team->Destroy_All_Of();
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case ACTION_REINFORCEMENTS:
+			if (Team) {
+				success = Do_Reinforcements(Team);
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case ACTION_ALL_HUNT:
+			Do_All_To_Hunt();
+			break;
+
+		default:
+			break;
+	}
+
+	if (!success && Event == EVENT_TIME) Data = 1;
+
+	/*
+	**	Remove trigger from the game.
+	*/
+	if (success && IsPersistant == VOLATILE) {
+		Remove();
+	}
+
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TriggerClass::Spring -- Trigger processing routine                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This version of Spring is for house-specific triggers.                                      *
+ * For a time-based trigger, 'data' will the the current TickCount.                            *
+ * For a credit-based trigger, 'data' will be the credits for the HouseClass                   *
+ * containing this trigger.                                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      event      the event that happened                                                     *
+ *      house      house that this event relates to                                            *
+ *      data      elapsed time, or credits, depending on what 'Event' is.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      0 = nothing happened; 1 = the trigger was sprung                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/06/1994 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *   06/25/1995 JLB : Added more trigger events.                                               *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool TriggerClass::Spring(EventType event, HousesType house, long data)
+{
+	Validate();
+	/*
+	**	If this is not the event for this trigger, just return.
+	*/
+	if (event != Event || house != House) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If credits-based, check 'data'
+	*/
+	if (Event == EVENT_CREDITS && data < Data) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Building event check to ensure that the building number matches.
+	*/
+	if (Event == EVENT_BUILD && data != Data) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Number of objects destroyed checker. If the data supplied indicates that
+	**	the correct number of objects have been destroyed, then this trigger
+	**	will succeed.
+	*/
+	if (Event == EVENT_NBUILDINGS_DESTROYED || Event == EVENT_NUNITS_DESTROYED) {
+		if (data < Data) {
+			return(false);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If time-based, decrement the minute counter; return if it's not time yet
+	*/
+	if (Event == EVENT_TIME) {
+		Data--;
+		if (Data > 0) {
+			return(false);
+		}
+		Data = DataCopy;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	The trigger has gone off; take appropriate action
+	*/
+	bool success = true;
+	TriggerClass * trig = NULL;
+	switch (Action) {
+
+		case ACTION_NUKE:
+			HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_BAD)->NukeStrike.Enable(true, false);
+			HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_BAD)->NukeStrike.Forced_Charge(PlayerPtr->Class->House == HOUSE_BAD);
+			break;
+
+		case ACTION_ION:
+			HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_GOOD)->IonCannon.Enable(true, false);
+			HouseClass::As_Pointer(HOUSE_GOOD)->IonCannon.Forced_Charge(PlayerPtr->Class->House == HOUSE_GOOD);
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	This will remove a blockage to the win condition. No action need
+		**	be performed here since the act of deleting the trigger will
+		**	remove the blockage.
+		*/
+		case ACTION_ALLOWWIN:
+			break;
+
+		case ACTION_AUTOCREATE:
+			HouseClass::As_Pointer(House)->IsAlerted = true;
+			break;
+
+		case ACTION_DESTROY_XXXX:
+			trig = As_Pointer("XXXX");
+			if (trig) {
+				trig->Remove();
+			}
+			delete trig;
+			break;
+
+		case ACTION_DESTROY_YYYY:
+			trig = As_Pointer("YYYY");
+			if (trig) {
+				trig->Remove();
+			}
+			delete trig;
+			break;
+
+		case ACTION_DESTROY_ZZZZ:
+			trig = As_Pointer("ZZZZ");
+			if (trig) {
+				trig->Remove();
+			}
+			delete trig;
+			break;
+
+		case ACTION_AIRSTRIKE:
+			PlayerPtr->AirStrike.Enable(false, true);
+			if (House == PlayerPtr->Class->House) {
+				PlayerPtr->AirStrike.Forced_Charge(true);
+				Map.Add(RTTI_SPECIAL, SPC_AIR_STRIKE);
+				Map.Column[1].Flag_To_Redraw();
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case ACTION_NONE:
+			break;
+
+		case ACTION_DZ:
+			new AnimClass(ANIM_LZ_SMOKE, Cell_Coord(Waypoint[25]));
+			break;
+
+		case ACTION_WIN:
+			PlayerPtr->Flag_To_Win();
+			break;
+
+		case ACTION_LOSE:
+			PlayerPtr->Flag_To_Lose();
+			break;
+
+		case ACTION_BEGIN_PRODUCTION:
+			HouseClass::As_Pointer(House)->Begin_Production();
+			break;
+
+		case ACTION_CREATE_TEAM:
+			if (Team) {
+				ScenarioInit++;
+				Team->Create_One_Of();
+				ScenarioInit--;
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case ACTION_DESTROY_TEAM:
+			if (Team) {
+				Team->Destroy_All_Of();
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case ACTION_REINFORCEMENTS:
+			if (Team) {
+				success = Do_Reinforcements(Team);
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case ACTION_ALL_HUNT:
+			Do_All_To_Hunt();
+			break;
+
+		default:
+			break;
+	}
+
+	if (!success && Event == EVENT_TIME) Data = 1;
+
+	/*
+	**	Remove trigger from the game.
+	*/
+	if (success && IsPersistant == VOLATILE) {
+		Remove();
+	}
+
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TriggerClass::Remove -- removes this trigger from the game                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      1 = trigger was removed, 0 = it wasn't                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/06/1994 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool TriggerClass::Remove(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	CELL cell;
+	HousesType h;
+	int index;
+
+	/*
+	**	Loop through all cells; remove any reference to this trigger
+	*/
+	for (cell = 0; cell < MAP_CELL_TOTAL; cell++) {
+		if (Map[cell].IsTrigger) {
+			if (CellTriggers[cell] == this) {
+				Map[cell].IsTrigger = 0;
+				CellTriggers[cell] = NULL;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Loop through all objects, removing any reference to this trigger
+	*/
+	for (index = 0; index < Infantry.Count(); index++) {
+		if (Infantry.Ptr(index)->Trigger == this) {
+			Infantry.Ptr(index)->Trigger = NULL;
+		}
+	}
+	for (index = 0; index < Buildings.Count(); index++) {
+		if (Buildings.Ptr(index)->Trigger == this) {
+			Buildings.Ptr(index)->Trigger = NULL;
+		}
+	}
+	for (index = 0; index < Units.Count(); index++) {
+		if (Units.Ptr(index)->Trigger == this) {
+			Units.Ptr(index)->Trigger = NULL;
+		}
+	}
+	for (index = 0; index < Terrains.Count(); index++) {
+		if (Terrains.Ptr(index)->Trigger == this) {
+			Terrains.Ptr(index)->Trigger = NULL;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Remove this trigger from any house list it's in. Invoking '-=' with a
+	**	pointer not in the list has no effect; loop through all houses just to
+	**	be on the safe side.
+	*/
+	for (h = HOUSE_FIRST; h < HOUSE_COUNT; h++) {
+		HouseTriggers[h].Delete(this);
+	}
+
+	delete this;
+
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TriggerClass::Read_INI -- reads triggers from the INI file                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    INI entry format:                                                                        *
+ *      Triggername = Eventname, Actionname, Data, Housename, TeamName, IsPersistant           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine reads in the triggers & creates them. Then, other classes can                  *
+ * get pointers to the triggers they're linked to.                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * The routine relies on the TeamTypeClasses already being loaded so it can resolve            *
+ * references to teams in this function.                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * Cell Trigger pointers & IsTrigger flags are set in DisplayClass::Read_INI(),                *
+ * and cleared in the Map::Init() routine (which clears all cell objects to 0's).              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * Object's pointers are set in:                                                               *
+ *      InfantryClass::Read_INI()                                                              *
+ *      BuildingClass::Read_INI()                                                              *
+ *      UnitClass::Read_INI()                                                                  *
+ *      TerrainClass::Read_INI()                                                               *
+ * The object trigger pointers are cleared in the ObjectClass constructor.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * The House's EMSListOf triggers is set in this routine, and cleared in the                   *
+ * HouseClass::Init() routine.                                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      buffer      buffer to hold the INI data                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      This function must be called before any other class's Read_INI.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/28/1994 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TriggerClass::Read_INI(char *buffer)
+{
+	TriggerClass *trigger;				// Working trigger pointer.
+	char *tbuffer;							// Accumulation buffer of trigger IDs.
+	int len;									// Length of data in buffer.
+	char buf[128];
+
+	/*
+	**	Set 'tbuffer' to point just past the INI buffer
+	*/
+	len = strlen(buffer) + 2;
+	tbuffer = buffer + len;
+
+	/*
+	**	Read all TRIGGER entry names into 'tbuffer'
+	*/
+	WWGetPrivateProfileString(INI_Name(), NULL, NULL, tbuffer, ShapeBufferSize-len, buffer);
+
+	/*
+	**	Loop for all trigger entries.
+	*/
+	while (*tbuffer != '\0') {
+
+		/*
+		**	Create a new trigger.
+		*/
+		trigger = new TriggerClass();
+
+		/*
+		**	Set its name.
+		*/
+		trigger->Set_Name (tbuffer);
+
+		/*
+		**	Get the trigger entry.
+		*/
+		WWGetPrivateProfileString(INI_Name(), tbuffer, NULL, buf, sizeof(buf)-1, buffer);
+
+		/*
+		**	Fill in the trigger.
+		*/
+		trigger->Fill_In(tbuffer,buf);
+
+		/*
+		**	Add 'trigger' to the House's list.
+		*/
+//		if (trigger->House != HOUSE_NONE && trigger->Event != EVENT_PLAYER_ENTERED) {
+//		if (Event_Need_House(trigger->Event) && !Event_Need_Object(trigger->Event)) {
+		if (trigger->House != HOUSE_NONE) {
+			if (trigger->Action == ACTION_ALLOWWIN) HouseClass::As_Pointer(trigger->House)->Blockage++;
+			HouseTriggers[trigger->House].Add(trigger);
+			trigger->AttachCount++;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Go to next entry.
+		*/
+		tbuffer += strlen(tbuffer)+1;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TriggerClass::Fill_In -- fills in trigger from the given INI entry                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This routine fills in the given trigger with the given name, and values from                *
+ * the given INI entry.                                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * (This routine is used by the scenario editor, to import teams from the MASTER.INI file.)    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    INI entry format:                                                                        *
+ *      Triggername = Eventname, Actionname, Data, Housename, TeamName, IsPersistant           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      name      mnemonic for the desired trigger                                             *
+ *      entry      INI entry to parse                                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/28/1994 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TriggerClass::Fill_In(char * name, char *entry)
+{
+	Validate();
+	char *p;
+
+	/*
+	**	Set its name.
+	*/
+	Set_Name(name);
+
+	/*
+	**	1st token: Event.
+	*/
+	Event = Event_From_Name(strtok(entry, ","));
+
+	/*
+	**	2nd token: Action.
+	*/
+	Action = Action_From_Name(strtok(NULL, ","));
+
+	/*
+	**	3rd token: Data.
+	*/
+	DataCopy = Data = atol(strtok(NULL, ","));
+
+	/*
+	**	4th token: House.
+	*/
+	House = HouseTypeClass::From_Name(strtok(NULL, ","));
+	if (House == HOUSE_NONE && Event == EVENT_PLAYER_ENTERED) {
+		House = PlayerPtr->Class->House;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	5th token: Team.
+	*/
+	Team = TeamTypeClass::As_Pointer(strtok(NULL, ","));
+
+	/*
+	** 6th token: IsPersistant.  This token was added later, so we must check
+	** for its existence.
+	*/
+	p = strtok(NULL, ",");
+	if (p) {
+		IsPersistant = (PersistantType)atoi(p);
+	} else {
+		IsPersistant = VOLATILE;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TriggerClass::Write_INI -- writes triggers to the INI file                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    INI entry format:                                                                        *
+ *      Triggername = Eventname, Actionname, Data, Housename, TeamName, IsPersistant           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      buffer      buffer to hold the INI data                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/28/1994 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TriggerClass::Write_INI(char *buffer, bool refresh)
+{
+	int index;
+	char buf[128];
+	TriggerClass *trigger;
+	char const *hname;
+	char const *tname;
+
+	/*
+	**	First, clear out all existing trigger data from the INI file.
+	*/
+	if (refresh) {
+		WWWritePrivateProfileString(INI_Name(), NULL, NULL, buffer);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Now write all the trigger data out
+	*/
+	for (index = 0; index < Triggers.Count(); index++) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Get ptr to next active trigger.
+		*/
+		trigger = Triggers.Ptr(index);
+
+		/*
+		**	Generate INI entry.
+		*/
+		if (trigger->House==HOUSE_NONE) {
+			hname = "None";
+		} else {
+			hname = HouseClass::As_Pointer(trigger->House)->Class->IniName;
+		}
+
+		if (trigger->Team==NULL) {
+			tname = "None";
+		} else {
+			tname = trigger->Team->IniName;
+		}
+
+		sprintf(buf,"%s,%s,%ld,%s,%s,%d",
+			TriggerClass::Name_From_Event(trigger->Event),
+			TriggerClass::Name_From_Action(trigger->Action),
+			trigger->Data,
+			hname,
+			tname,
+			trigger->IsPersistant);
+		WWWritePrivateProfileString(INI_Name(), trigger->Get_Name(), buf, buffer);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TriggerClass::As_Pointer -- returns pointer for the given trigger name                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * This function is designed for use at initialization time, ie when the                       *
+ * trigger mnemonics are read from the INI and the Read_INI functions need                     *
+ * to get a pointer to that trigger.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      name      mnemonic for the desired trigger                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      near pointer to that trigger, NULL if not found                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/28/1994 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TriggerClass * TriggerClass::As_Pointer(char const * name)
+{
+	if (name == NULL) {
+		return(NULL);
+	}
+
+	for (int i = 0; i < Triggers.Count(); i++) {
+		TriggerClass * trigger = Triggers.Ptr(i);
+
+		if (!stricmp(name, trigger->Name)) {
+			return(trigger);
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(NULL);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TriggerClass::operator new -- 'new' operator                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      pointer to new trigger                                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/28/1994 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void * TriggerClass::operator new(size_t )
+{
+	void * ptr = Triggers.Allocate();
+	if (ptr) {
+		((TriggerClass *)ptr)->IsActive = true;
+	}
+	return(ptr);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TriggerClass::operator delete -- 'delete' operator                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      ptr      pointer to delete                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/28/1994 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TriggerClass::operator delete(void *ptr)
+{
+	if (ptr) {
+		((TriggerClass *)ptr)->IsActive = false;
+	}
+	Triggers.Free((TriggerClass *)ptr);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TriggerClass::Event_From_Name -- retrieves EventType for given name                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      name      name to get event for                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      EventType for given name                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/29/1994 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+EventType TriggerClass::Event_From_Name (char const *name)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	if (name == NULL) {
+		return(EVENT_NONE);
+	}
+
+	for (i = EVENT_NONE; i < EVENT_COUNT; i++) {
+		if (!stricmp(name,EventText[i + 1])) {
+			return((EventType)i);
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(EVENT_NONE);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TriggerClass::Name_From_Event -- retrieves name for EventType                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      event      EventType to get name for                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      name for EventType                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/29/1994 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+char const *TriggerClass::Name_From_Event(EventType event)
+{
+	return(EventText[event + 1]);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TriggerClass::Action_From_Name -- retrieves ActionType for given name                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      name         name to get ActionType for                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      ActionType for given name                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/29/1994 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TriggerClass::ActionType TriggerClass::Action_From_Name (char const *name)
+{
+	int i;
+
+	if (name == NULL) {
+		return(ACTION_NONE);
+	}
+
+	for (i = ACTION_NONE; i < ACTION_COUNT; i++) {
+		if (!stricmp(name,ActionText[i + 1])) {
+			return((ActionType)i);
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(ACTION_NONE);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TriggerClass::Name_From_Action -- retrieves name for ActionType                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      action      ActionType to get name for                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      name of ActionType                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   11/29/1994 BR : Created.                                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+char const *TriggerClass::Name_From_Action(ActionType action)
+{
+	return(ActionText[action + 1]);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TriggerClass::As_Target -- Converts trigger to a target value                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  TARGET value                                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/19/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TARGET TriggerClass::As_Target(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	return(Build_Target(KIND_TRIGGER, Triggers.ID(this)));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Do_All_To_Hunt -- Forces all computer controlled units into hunt mode.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This trigger action will cause the computer units and infantry to go into hunt mode.     *
+ *    Use it to bring a scenario to a sudden conclusion.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   04/20/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   08/14/1995 JLB : Removes the member from a team if necessary.                             *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+static void Do_All_To_Hunt(void)
+{
+	int index;
+
+	for (index = 0; index < Units.Count(); index++) {
+		UnitClass * unit = Units.Ptr(index);
+
+		if (!unit->House->IsHuman && unit->IsDown && !unit->IsInLimbo) {
+			if (unit->Team) unit->Team->Remove(unit);
+			unit->Assign_Mission(MISSION_HUNT);
+		}
+	}
+
+	for (index = 0; index < Infantry.Count(); index++) {
+		InfantryClass * infantry = Infantry.Ptr(index);
+
+		if (!infantry->House->IsHuman && infantry->IsDown && !infantry->IsInLimbo) {
+			if (infantry->Team) infantry->Team->Remove(infantry);
+			infantry->Assign_Mission(MISSION_HUNT);
+		}
+	}
+}
diff --git a/TRIGGER.H b/TRIGGER.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cb5bc12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TRIGGER.H
@@ -0,0 +1,259 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\trigger.h_v   2.15   16 Oct 1995 16:46:32   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : TRIGGER.H                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : 11/12/94                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : November 12, 1994 [JLB]                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef TRIGGER_H
+#define TRIGGER_H
+
+typedef enum EventType {
+	EVENT_NONE=-1,
+
+	/*
+	.......................... Cell-specific events ..........................
+	*/
+	EVENT_PLAYER_ENTERED,					// player enters this square
+	EVENT_CELLFIRST = EVENT_PLAYER_ENTERED,
+
+	/*
+	......................... Object-specific events .........................
+	*/
+	EVENT_DISCOVERED,							// player discovers this object
+	EVENT_OBJECTFIRST = EVENT_DISCOVERED,
+	EVENT_ATTACKED,							// player attacks this object
+	EVENT_DESTROYED,							// player destroys this object
+	EVENT_ANY,									// Any object event will cause the trigger.
+
+	/*
+	......................... House-specific events ..........................
+	*/
+	EVENT_HOUSE_DISCOVERED,					// any object in this house discovered
+	EVENT_HOUSEFIRST = EVENT_HOUSE_DISCOVERED,
+	EVENT_UNITS_DESTROYED,					// all house's units destroyed
+	EVENT_BUILDINGS_DESTROYED,				// all house's buildings destroyed
+	EVENT_ALL_DESTROYED,						// all house's units & buildings destroyed
+	EVENT_CREDITS,								// house reaches this many credits
+	EVENT_TIME,									// time elapses for this house
+	EVENT_NBUILDINGS_DESTROYED,			// Number of buildings destroyed.
+	EVENT_NUNITS_DESTROYED,					// Number of units destroyed.
+	EVENT_NOFACTORIES,						// No factories left.
+	EVENT_EVAC_CIVILIAN,						// Civilian has been evacuated.
+	EVENT_BUILD,								// If specified building has been built.
+
+	EVENT_COUNT,
+	EVENT_FIRST=0
+} EventType;
+
+
+class TriggerClass {
+	public:
+		typedef enum ActionType {
+			ACTION_NONE=-1,
+
+			ACTION_WIN,									// player wins!
+			ACTION_LOSE,								// player loses.
+			ACTION_BEGIN_PRODUCTION,				// computer begins production
+			ACTION_CREATE_TEAM,						// computer creates a certain type of team
+			ACTION_DESTROY_TEAM,
+			ACTION_ALL_HUNT,							// all enemy units go into hunt mode (teams destroyed).
+			ACTION_REINFORCEMENTS,					// player gets reinforcements
+															// (house that gets them is determined by
+															// the Reinforcement instance)
+			ACTION_DZ,									// Deploy drop zone smoke.
+			ACTION_AIRSTRIKE,							// Enable airstrike.
+			ACTION_NUKE,								// Enable nuke for computer.
+			ACTION_ION,									// Give ion cannon to computer.
+			ACTION_DESTROY_XXXX,						// Destroy trigger XXXX.
+			ACTION_DESTROY_YYYY,						// Destroy trigger YYYY.
+			ACTION_DESTROY_ZZZZ,						// Destroy trigger ZZZZ.
+			ACTION_AUTOCREATE,						// Computer to autocreat teams.
+			ACTION_WINLOSE,							// Win if captured, lose if destroyed.
+			ACTION_ALLOWWIN,							// Allows winning if triggered.
+
+			ACTION_COUNT,
+			ACTION_FIRST=0
+		} ActionType;
+
+		typedef enum PersistantType {
+			VOLATILE = 0,
+			SEMIPERSISTANT = 1,
+			PERSISTANT = 2,
+		} PersistantType;
+
+		/*
+		** Functions:
+		**
+		**	Constructor/Destructor
+		*/
+		TriggerClass(void);
+		~TriggerClass(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	Initialization: clears all triggers in preparation for new scenario
+		*/
+		static void Init(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	Processing routines
+		*/
+		bool  Spring(EventType event, ObjectClass * object);	// object-based
+		bool  Spring(EventType event, CELL cell);						// cell-based
+		bool  Spring(EventType event, HousesType house, long data=0); // house-based
+		bool  Remove(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	File I/O routines
+		*/
+		static void Read_INI (char *buffer);
+		void  Fill_In(char *name, char *entry);
+		static void Write_INI (char *buffer, bool refresh);
+		static char * INI_Name(void) {return "Triggers";};
+		bool  Load(FileClass & file);
+		bool  Save(FileClass & file);
+		void  Code_Pointers(void);
+		void  Decode_Pointers(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	As_Pointer gets a pointer to the trigger object give the mnemonic
+		*/
+		static TriggerClass *  As_Pointer(char const * name);
+
+		/*
+		**	Data Access routines
+		*/
+//		EventType Get_Event(void) const {return (Event);}
+//		void Set_Event(EventType event) {Event = event;}
+//		ActionType Get_Action(void) const {return (Action);}
+//		void Set_Action(ActionType action) {Action = action;}
+//		HousesType Get_House(void) const {return(House);}
+//		void Set_House(HousesType house) {House = house;}
+//		long Get_Data(void) const {return(Data);}
+//		void Set_Data(long credits) {Data = credits;}
+		char const * Get_Name(void) const {return (Name);}
+		void  Set_Name(char const *buf) {strncpy(Name, buf, sizeof(Name)); Name[sizeof(Name)-1] = '\0';}
+
+		/*
+		**	Utility routines
+		*/
+		TARGET As_Target(void) const;
+		static bool Event_Need_Object(EventType event);
+		static bool Event_Need_House(EventType event);
+		static bool Event_Need_Data(EventType event);
+		static bool Action_Need_Team(ActionType action);
+		static EventType Event_From_Name(char const *name);
+		static char const *Name_From_Event(EventType event);
+		static ActionType Action_From_Name(char const *name);
+		static char const *Name_From_Action(ActionType action);
+
+		/*
+		**	Overloaded operators
+		*/
+		static void * operator new(size_t size);
+		static void operator delete(void *ptr);
+
+		/*
+		**	Dee-buggin' support.
+		*/
+		int Validate(void) const;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the pointer to the team that gets created or destroyed when
+		**	a team-related trigger goes off, or for reinforcements. The house
+		**	for reinforcements is determined by the house for that team.
+		*/
+		TeamTypeClass *Team;
+
+		/*
+		**	If this trigger object is active, then this flag will be true. Trigger
+		**	objects that are not active are either not yet created or have been
+		**	deleted after fulfilling their action.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsActive:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	This flag controls whether the trigger destroys itself after it goes
+		**	off.
+		**	0 = trigger destroys itself immediately after going off, and removes
+		**	    itself from all objects it's attached to
+		**	1 = trigger is "Semi-Persistent"; it maintains a count of all objects
+		**	    it's attached to, and only actually "springs" after its been
+		**		 triggered from all the objects; then, it removes itself.
+		**	2 = trigger is Fully Persistent; it just won't go away.
+		*/
+		PersistantType IsPersistant;
+
+		/*
+		**	This value tells how many objects or cells this trigger is attached
+		**	to.  The Read_INI routine for all classes that point to a trigger must
+		**	increment this value!
+		*/
+		int AttachCount;
+
+		/*
+		**	Each trigger must have an event which activates it. This is the event that is
+		**	used to activate this trigger.
+		*/
+		EventType Event;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the action to perform when the trigger event occurs.
+		*/
+		ActionType Action;
+
+		/*
+		**	For house-specific events, this is the house for that event.
+		*/
+		HousesType House;
+
+		/*
+		**	For credit-related triggers, this is the number of credits that
+		**	generate the trigger. For time-based triggers, this is the number
+		**	of minutes that must elapse.
+		*/
+		long Data;
+		long DataCopy;
+
+	private:
+
+		/*
+		**	Triggers can be referred to by their name, which can be up to 4
+		**	characters.
+		*/
+		char Name[5];
+
+};
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/TURRET.CPP b/TURRET.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a635d2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TURRET.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,504 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\turret.cpv   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:50:38   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : TURRET.CPP                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : April 25, 1994                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : August 13, 1995 [JLB]                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   TurretClass::AI -- Handles the reloading of the turret weapon.                            *
+ *   TurretClass::Can_Fire -- Determines if turret can fire upon target.                       *
+ *   TurretClass::Debug_Dump -- Debug printing of turret values.                               *
+ *   TurretClass::Fire_At -- Try to fire upon the target specified.                            *
+ *   TurretClass::Fire_Coord -- Determines the coorindate that projectile would appear.        *
+ *   TurretClass::Fire_Direction -- Determines the directinon of firing.                       *
+ *   TurretClass::Ok_To_Move -- Queries whether the vehicle can move.                          *
+ *   TurretClass::TurretClass -- Normal constructor for the turret class.                      *
+ *   TurretClass::TurretClass -- The default constructor for turret class objects.             *
+ *   TurretClass::Unlimbo -- Unlimboes turret object.                                          *
+ *   TurretClass::~TurretClass -- Default destructor for turret class objects.                 *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+#include	"turret.h"
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TurretClass::~TurretClass -- Default destructor for turret class objects.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the default destructor for turret class objects. It does nothing.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/13/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TurretClass::~TurretClass(void)
+{
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TurretClass::TurretClass -- The default constructor for turret class objects.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the default constructor for turret class objects. It does nothing.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/13/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TurretClass::TurretClass(void)
+{
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TurretClass::TurretClass -- Normal constructor for the turret class.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the normal constructor for the turret class. It merely sets the turret up to     *
+ *    face north.                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   classid  -- The type id for this particular unit.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          house    -- The house that this unit will belong to.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   02/02/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TurretClass::TurretClass(UnitType classid, HousesType house) :
+	DriveClass(classid, house)
+{
+	Reload = 0;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TurretClass::Debug_Dump -- Debug printing of turret values.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to display the current values of this turret                        *
+ *    class instance. It is primarily used in the debug output screen.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   x,y   -- Monochrome screen coordinates to display data.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/12/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TurretClass::Debug_Dump(MonoClass *mono) const
+{
+	mono->Set_Cursor(36, 3);mono->Printf("%02X:%02X", SecondaryFacing.Current(), SecondaryFacing.Desired());
+	mono->Set_Cursor(28, 7);mono->Printf("%2d", Arm);
+	DriveClass::Debug_Dump(mono);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TurretClass::Ok_To_Move -- Queries whether the vehicle can move.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This virtual routine is used to determine if the vehicle is allowed                      *
+ *    to start moving. It is typically called when the vehicle desires                         *
+ *    to move but needs confirmation from the turret logic before                              *
+ *    proceeding. This happens when dealing with a vehicle that must have                      *
+ *    its turret face the same direction as the body before the vehicle                        *
+ *    may begin movement.                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   dir      -- The facing the unit wants to travel in.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Can the unit begin forward movement now?                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/12/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool TurretClass::Ok_To_Move(DirType dir)
+{
+	if (Class->IsLockTurret) {
+		if (IsRotating) {
+			return(false);
+		} else {
+			if (SecondaryFacing.Difference(dir)) {
+				SecondaryFacing.Set_Desired(dir);
+				return(false);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TurretClass::AI -- Handles the reloading of the turret weapon.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This processes the reloading of the turret. It does this by decrementing the arming      *
+ *    countdown  timer and when it reaches zero, the turret may fire.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/21/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void TurretClass::AI(void)
+{
+	DriveClass::AI();
+
+	/*
+	**	A unit with a constant rotating radar dish is handled here.
+	*/
+	if (Class->IsRadarEquipped) {
+		SecondaryFacing.Set((DirType)(SecondaryFacing.Current() + 8));
+		Mark(MARK_CHANGE);
+	} else {
+
+		IsRotating = false;
+		if (Class->IsTurretEquipped) {
+			if (IsTurretLockedDown) {
+				SecondaryFacing.Set_Desired(PrimaryFacing.Current());
+			}
+
+			if (SecondaryFacing.Is_Rotating()) {
+				if (SecondaryFacing.Rotation_Adjust(Class->ROT+1)) {
+					Mark(MARK_CHANGE);
+				}
+
+				/*
+				**	If no further rotation is necessary, flag that the rotation
+				**	has stopped.
+				*/
+				IsRotating = SecondaryFacing.Is_Rotating();
+			} else {
+				if (!IsTurretLockedDown && !Target_Legal(TarCom)) {
+					if (!Target_Legal(NavCom)) {
+						SecondaryFacing.Set_Desired(PrimaryFacing.Current());
+					} else {
+						SecondaryFacing.Set_Desired(Direction(NavCom));
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TurretClass::Fire_At -- Try to fire upon the target specified.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is the auto-fire logic for the turret. It will check                        *
+ *    to see if firing is technically legal given the specified target.                        *
+ *    If it is legal to fire, it does so. It is safe to call this routine                      *
+ *    every game tick.                                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   target   -- The target to fire upon.                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          which    -- Which weapon to use when firing. 0=primary, 1=secondary.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Did firing occur?                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   04/26/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+BulletClass * TurretClass::Fire_At(TARGET target, int which)
+{
+	BulletClass * bullet = NULL;
+	WeaponTypeClass const * weapon = (which == 0) ? &Weapons[Class->Primary] : &Weapons[Class->Secondary];
+
+	if (Can_Fire(target, which) == FIRE_OK) {
+		bullet = DriveClass::Fire_At(target, which);
+
+		if (bullet) {
+
+			/*
+			**	Possible reload timer set.
+			*/
+			if (*this == UNIT_MSAM && Reload == 0) {
+				Reload = TICKS_PER_SECOND * 30;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(bullet);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TurretClass::Can_Fire -- Determines if turret can fire upon target.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine determines if the turret can fire upon the target                           *
+ *    specified.                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   target   -- The target to fire upon.                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          which    -- Which weapon to use to determine legality to fire. 0=primary,          *
+ *                      1=secondary.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns the fire status type that indicates if firing is allowed and if not, why.  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   04/26/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   06/01/1994 JLB : Returns reason why it can't fire.                                        *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+FireErrorType TurretClass::Can_Fire(TARGET target, int which) const
+{
+	DirType			dir;					// The facing to impart upon the projectile.
+	int				diff;
+	FireErrorType	fire = DriveClass::Can_Fire(target, which);
+
+	if (fire == FIRE_OK) {
+		WeaponTypeClass const * weapon = (which == 0) ? &Weapons[Class->Primary] : &Weapons[Class->Secondary];
+
+		/*
+		**	If this unit cannot fire while moving, then bail.
+		*/
+		if ((!Class->IsTurretEquipped || Class->IsLockTurret) && Target_Legal(NavCom)) {
+			return(FIRE_MOVING);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	If the turret is rotating and the projectile isn't a homing type, then
+		**	firing must be delayed until the rotation stops.
+		*/
+		if (!IsFiring && IsRotating && !BulletTypeClass::As_Reference(weapon->Fires).IsHoming) {
+			return(FIRE_ROTATING);
+		}
+
+		dir = Direction(target);
+
+		/*
+		**	Determine if the turret facing isn't too far off of facing the target.
+		*/
+		if (Class->IsTurretEquipped) {
+			diff = SecondaryFacing.Difference(dir);
+		} else {
+			diff = PrimaryFacing.Difference(dir);
+		}
+		diff = ABS(diff);
+
+		/*
+		**	Special flame tank logic.
+		*/
+		if (weapon->Fires == BULLET_FLAME) {
+			if (Dir_Facing(dir) == Dir_Facing(PrimaryFacing)) {
+				diff = 0;
+			}
+		}
+
+		if (BulletTypeClass::As_Reference(weapon->Fires).IsHoming) {
+			diff >>= 2;
+		}
+		if (diff < 8) {
+			return(DriveClass::Can_Fire(target, which));
+		}
+		return(FIRE_FACING);
+	}
+	return(fire);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TurretClass::Fire_Coord -- Determines the coorindate that projectile would appear.          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to determine the exact coordinate that a projectile would appear if it  *
+ *    were fired from this unit. For units with turrets, typically, this would be at the end   *
+ *    of the barrel.                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with coordinate of where a projectile should appear if this unit were      *
+ *          to fire one.                                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/28/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+COORDINATE TurretClass::Fire_Coord(int which) const
+{
+	COORDINATE coord = Center_Coord();
+	int dist = 0;
+	int lateral = 0;
+	DirType dir = PrimaryFacing.Current();
+
+	if (Class->IsTurretEquipped) {
+		dir = SecondaryFacing.Current();
+	}
+
+	switch (Class->Type) {
+		case UNIT_GUNBOAT:
+			coord = Coord_Move(coord, PrimaryFacing.Current(), Pixel2Lepton[Class->TurretOffset]);
+			dist = 0x0060;
+			break;
+
+		case UNIT_ARTY:
+			coord = Coord_Move(coord, DIR_N, 0x0040);
+			dist = 0x0060;
+			break;
+
+		case UNIT_FTANK:
+			dist = 0x30;
+			if (IsSecondShot) {
+				coord = Coord_Move(coord, (DirType)(dir+DIR_E), 0x20);
+			} else {
+				coord = Coord_Move(coord, (DirType)(dir+DIR_W), 0x20);
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case UNIT_HTANK:
+			coord = Coord_Move(coord, DIR_N, 0x0040);
+			if (which == 0) {
+				dist = 0x00C0;
+				lateral = 0x0028;
+			} else {
+				dist = 0x0008;
+				lateral = 0x0040;
+			}
+			if (IsSecondShot) {
+				coord = Coord_Move(coord, (DirType)(dir+DIR_E), lateral);
+			} else {
+				coord = Coord_Move(coord, (DirType)(dir+DIR_W), lateral);
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case UNIT_LTANK:
+			coord = Coord_Move(coord, DIR_N, 0x0020);
+			dist = 0x00C0;
+			break;
+
+		case UNIT_MTANK:
+			coord = Coord_Move(coord, DIR_N, 0x0030);
+			dist = 0x00C0;
+			break;
+
+		case UNIT_APC:
+		case UNIT_JEEP:
+		case UNIT_BUGGY:
+			coord = Coord_Move(coord, DIR_N, 0x0030);
+			dist = 0x0030;
+			break;
+	}
+
+	if (dist) {
+		coord = Coord_Move(coord, dir, dist);
+	}
+
+	return(coord);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TurretClass::Unlimbo -- Unlimboes turret object.                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called when a turret equipped unit unlimboes. It sets the turret to      *
+ *    face the same direction as the body.                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   coord -- The coordinate where the unit is unlimboing.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          dir   -- The desired body and turret facing to use.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Was the unit unlimboed successfully?                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/25/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool TurretClass::Unlimbo(COORDINATE coord, DirType dir)
+{
+	if (DriveClass::Unlimbo(coord, dir)) {
+		SecondaryFacing = dir;
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TurretClass::Fire_Direction -- Determines the directinon of firing.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will return with the facing that a projectile will travel if it was         *
+ *    fired at this instant. The facing should match the turret facing for those units         *
+ *    equipped with a turret. If the unit doesn't have a turret, then it will be the facing    *
+ *    of the body.                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the default firing direction for a projectile.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/25/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+DirType TurretClass::Fire_Direction(void) const
+{
+	if (Class->IsTurretEquipped) {
+		if (*this == UNIT_MSAM) {
+			int diff1 = SecondaryFacing.Difference(DIR_E);
+			int diff2 = SecondaryFacing.Difference(DIR_W);
+			diff1 = ABS(diff1);
+			diff2 = ABS(diff2);
+			int diff = MIN(diff1, diff2);
+			int adj = Fixed_To_Cardinal(ABS(SecondaryFacing.Difference(DIR_N)), 64-diff);
+			if (SecondaryFacing.Difference(DIR_N) < 0) {
+				return(DirType)(SecondaryFacing - (DirType)adj);
+			} else {
+				return(DirType)(SecondaryFacing + (DirType)adj);
+			}
+		}
+		return(SecondaryFacing.Current());
+	}
+
+	return(PrimaryFacing.Current());
+}
diff --git a/TURRET.H b/TURRET.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9af7255
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TURRET.H
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\turret.h_v   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:48:00   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : TURRET.H                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : April 25, 1994                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : April 25, 1994   [JLB]                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef TURRET_H
+#define TURRET_H
+
+#include "drive.h"
+
+class TurretClass : public DriveClass
+{
+	public:
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the timer that controls the reload rate. The MSAM rocket
+		**	launcher is the primary user of this.
+		*/
+		TCountDownTimerClass Reload;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the facing of the turret. It can be, and usually is,
+		**	rotated independently of the body it is attached to.
+		*/
+		FacingClass SecondaryFacing;
+
+		#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+		virtual void Debug_Dump(MonoClass *mono) const;
+		#endif
+		virtual bool Unlimbo(COORDINATE , DirType facing=DIR_N);
+
+		/*
+		**	File I/O.
+		*/
+		virtual void Code_Pointers(void);
+		virtual void Decode_Pointers(void);
+
+	protected:
+		TurretClass(UnitType classid, HousesType house);
+		TurretClass(void);
+		virtual ~TurretClass(void);
+
+		BulletClass * Fire_At(TARGET target, int which);
+
+		virtual DirType Fire_Direction(void) const;
+		virtual FireErrorType Can_Fire(TARGET target, int which) const;
+		virtual bool Ok_To_Move(DirType facing);
+		virtual void AI(void);
+		virtual COORDINATE Fire_Coord(int which) const;
+};
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/TXTLABEL.CPP b/TXTLABEL.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..71a88aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TXTLABEL.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\txtlabel.cpv   1.9   16 Oct 1995 16:49:44   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : TXTLABEL.H                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Bill Randolph                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : 02/06/95                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : February 6, 1995 [BR]                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "function.h"
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TextLabelClass -- Constructor                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      txt         pointer to text buffer to print from                                       *
+ *      x            x-coord for text printing                                                 *
+ *      y            y-coord for text printing                                                 *
+ *      color         color to print in                                                        *
+ *      style         style to print (determines the meaning of x & y)                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/24/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TextLabelClass::TextLabelClass(char *txt, int x, int y, int color,
+ TextPrintType style) : GadgetClass(x,y,1,1,0,0)
+{
+	Text = txt;
+	Color = color;
+	Style = style;
+	UserData = 0;
+	PixWidth = -1;
+	Segments = 0;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Draw_Me -- Graphical update routine                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *      forced      true = draw regardless of the current redraw flag state                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *      true = gadget was redrawn, false = wasn't                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *      none.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/24/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+virtual int TextLabelClass::Draw_Me(int forced)
+{
+	if (GadgetClass::Draw_Me(forced)) {
+		if (PixWidth == -1) {
+			Fancy_Text_Print("%s", X, Y, Color, TBLACK, Style, Text);
+		} else {
+			Conquer_Clip_Text_Print(Text, X, Y, Color, TBLACK, Style, PixWidth);
+		}
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
diff --git a/TXTLABEL.H b/TXTLABEL.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b369ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TXTLABEL.H
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\txtlabel.h_v   1.14   16 Oct 1995 16:46:08   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : TXTLABEL.H                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Bill Randolph																  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : 02/06/95                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : February 6, 1995 [BR]													  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef TXTLABEL_H
+#define TXTLABEL_H
+
+class TextLabelClass : public GadgetClass
+{
+	public:
+		/*
+		** Constructor/Destructor
+		*/
+		TextLabelClass(char *txt, int x, int y, int color, TextPrintType style);
+
+		/*
+		** Overloaded draw routine
+		*/
+		virtual int Draw_Me(int forced = false);
+
+		/*
+		** Sets the displayed text of the label
+		*/
+		virtual void Set_Text(char *txt) {Text = txt;};
+
+		/*
+		** General-purpose data field
+		*/
+		unsigned long 	UserData;
+		TextPrintType 	Style;
+		char 				*Text;
+		int 				Color;
+		int 				PixWidth;
+		char 				Segments;
+		unsigned short	CRC;
+};
+
+#endif
+
diff --git a/TXTPRNT.ASM b/TXTPRNT.ASM
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..95bf7b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TXTPRNT.ASM
@@ -0,0 +1,514 @@
+;
+;	Command & Conquer(tm)
+;	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+;
+;	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+;	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+;	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+;	(at your option) any later version.
+;
+;	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+;	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+;	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+;	GNU General Public License for more details.
+;
+;	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+;	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+;
+
+;***************************************************************************
+;**      C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S      **
+;***************************************************************************
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                 Project Name : Westwood 32 bit Library                  *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                    File Name : TXTPRNT.ASM                              *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                   Programmer : Phil W. Gorrow                           *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                   Start Date : January 17, 1995                         *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                  Last Update : January 17, 1995   [PWG]                 *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+;* Functions:                                                              *
+;*   Buffer_Print -- Assembly text print to a buffer                       *
+;* - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - *
+
+IDEAL
+P386
+MODEL USE32 FLAT
+
+;INCLUDE "mcgaprim.inc"
+;INCLUDE ".\gbuffer.inc"
+
+GLOBAL C Buffer_Print : NEAR
+
+STRUC GraphicViewPort
+GVPOffset		DD		?		; offset to virtual viewport
+GVPWidth		DD		?		; width of virtual viewport
+GVPHeight		DD		?		; height of virtual viewport
+GVPXAdd			DD		?		; x mod to get to next line
+GVPXPos			DD		?		; x pos relative to Graphic Buff
+GVPYPos			DD		?		; y pos relative to Graphic Buff
+GVPPitch		DD		?		; modulo of graphic view port
+GVPBuffPtr		DD		?		; ptr to associated Graphic Buff
+ENDS
+
+
+;*=========================================================================*
+;* Extern the font pointer which is defined by the font class		   *
+;*=========================================================================*
+GLOBAL C	FontPtr:DWORD
+GLOBAL C	FontXSpacing:DWORD
+GLOBAL C	FontYSpacing:DWORD
+GLOBAL C	ColorXlat:BYTE
+
+;*=========================================================================*
+;* Define the necessary equates for structures and bounds checking	   *
+;*=========================================================================*
+; The header of the font file looks like this:
+; 	UWORD	FontLength;		0
+; 	BYTE	FontCompress;		2
+;	BYTE	FontDataBlocks;		3
+;	UWORD	InfoBlockOffset;	4
+;	UWORD	OffsetBlockOffset;	6
+;	UWORD	WidthBlockOffset;	8
+;	UWORD	DataBlockOffset;	10
+;	UWORD	HeightOffset;		12
+; For this reason the following equates have these values:
+FONTINFOBLOCK		EQU	4
+FONTOFFSETBLOCK		EQU	6
+FONTWIDTHBLOCK		EQU	8
+FONTDATABLOCK		EQU	10
+FONTHEIGHTBLOCK		EQU	12
+
+FONTINFOMAXHEIGHT	EQU	4
+FONTINFOMAXWIDTH	EQU	5
+
+
+LOCALS ??
+;*=========================================================================*
+;* Define the color xlate table in the data segment			   *
+;*=========================================================================*
+	DATASEG
+
+ColorXlat	DB	000H,001H,002H,003H,004H,005H,006H,007H
+		DB	008H,009H,00AH,00BH,00CH,00DH,00EH,00FH
+
+		DB	001H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H
+		DB	000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H
+
+		DB	002H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H
+		DB	000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H
+
+		DB	003H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H
+		DB	000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H
+
+		DB	004H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H
+		DB	000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H
+
+		DB	005H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H
+		DB	000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H
+
+		DB	006H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H
+		DB	000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H
+
+		DB	007H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H
+		DB	000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H
+
+		DB	008H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H
+		DB	000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H
+
+		DB	009H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H
+		DB	000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H
+
+		DB	00AH,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H
+		DB	000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H
+
+		DB	00BH,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H
+		DB	000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H
+
+		DB	00CH,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H
+		DB	000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H
+
+		DB	00DH,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H
+		DB	000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H
+
+		DB	00EH,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H
+		DB	000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H,000H
+
+		DB	00FH
+
+	CODESEG
+
+
+;***************************************************************************
+;* Buffer_Print -- Assembly text print to graphic buffer routine           *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* INPUT:                                                                  *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* PROTO:                                                                  *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* WARNINGS:                                                               *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* HISTORY:                                                                *
+;*   01/17/1995 PWG : Created.                                             *
+;*=========================================================================*
+	PROC	Buffer_Print C near
+	USES	ebx,ecx,edx,esi,edi
+
+	ARG	this_object:DWORD
+	ARG	string:DWORD
+	ARG	x_pixel:DWORD
+	ARG	y_pixel:DWORD
+	ARG	fcolor:DWORD
+	ARG	bcolor:DWORD
+
+	LOCAL	infoblock:DWORD		; pointer to info block
+	LOCAL	offsetblock:DWORD	; pointer to offset block  (UWORD *)
+	LOCAL	widthblock:DWORD	; pointer to width block   (BYTE  *)
+	LOCAL	heightblock:DWORD	; pointer to height block  (UWORD *)
+
+	LOCAL	curline:DWORD		; pointer to first column of current row.
+	LOCAL	bufferwidth:DWORD    	; width of buffer (vpwidth + Xadd)
+	LOCAL	nextdraw:DWORD		; bufferwidth - width of cur character.
+	LOCAL	startdraw:DWORD		; where next character will start being drawn.
+
+	LOCAL	char:DWORD		; current character value.
+
+	LOCAL	maxheight:BYTE		; max height of characters in font.
+	LOCAL	bottomblank:BYTE	; amount of empty space below current character.
+	LOCAL	charheight:BYTE		; true height of current character.
+	LOCAL	vpwidth:DWORD
+	LOCAL	vpheight:DWORD
+	LOCAL	original_x:DWORD	; Starting X position.
+
+
+;-------------------------------- Where to draw -----------------------------------------------
+	; Set up memory location to start drawing.
+	mov  	ebx,[this_object]			; get a pointer to dest
+	mov	eax,[(GraphicViewPort ebx).GVPHeight]	; get height of viewport
+	mov	[vpheight],eax				; save off height of viewport
+	mov	eax,[(GraphicViewPort ebx).GVPWidth]	; get width of viewport
+	mov	[vpwidth],eax				; save it off for later
+	add	eax,[(GraphicViewPort ebx).GVPXAdd]	; add in xadd for bytes_per_line
+	add	eax,[(GraphicViewPort ebx).GVPPitch]	; add in pitch for direct daraw
+	mov	[bufferwidth],eax     			; save it off for later use.
+
+	mul	[y_pixel]				; multiply rowsize * y_pixel start.
+	mov	edi,[(GraphicViewPort ebx).GVPOffset]	; get start of the viewport
+	add	edi,eax					; add y position to start of vp
+	mov	[curline],edi				; save 0,y address for line feed stuff.
+	add	edi,[x_pixel]				; add to get starting column in starting row.
+	mov	[startdraw],edi				; save it off.
+
+	mov	eax,[x_pixel]
+	mov	[original_x],eax
+
+;-------------------------------- Create block pointers ----------------------------------------
+	; Get the pointer to the font.
+	; We could check for NULL but why waste the time.
+	; It is up to programmer to make sure it is set.
+	mov	esi,[FontPtr]		; Get the font pointer
+	or	esi,esi
+	jz	??overflow
+
+	; Set up some pointers to the different memory blocks.
+	; esi (FontPtr) is added to each to get the true address of each block.
+	; Many registers are used for P5 optimizations.
+	; ebx is used for InfoBlock which is then used in the next section.
+	movzx	eax,[WORD PTR esi+FONTOFFSETBLOCK]	; get offset to offset block
+	movzx	ebx,[WORD PTR esi+FONTINFOBLOCK]      	; get offset to info block (must be ebx for height test)
+	movzx	ecx,[WORD PTR esi+FONTWIDTHBLOCK] 	; get offset to width block
+	movzx	edx,[WORD PTR esi+FONTHEIGHTBLOCK]	; get offset to height block
+
+	add	eax,esi				; add offset of FontPtr to offset block
+	add	ebx,esi				; add offset of FontPtr to info block
+	add	ecx,esi				; add offset of FontPtr to width block
+	add	edx,esi				; add offset of FontPtr to height block
+
+	mov	[offsetblock],eax		; save offset to offset block
+	mov	[infoblock],ebx			; save offset to info block
+	mov	[widthblock],ecx   		; save offset to width block
+	mov	[heightblock],edx		; save offset to height block
+
+;------------------------------------------ Test for fit ----------------------------------------------
+	; Test to make sure the height of the max character will fit on this line
+	; and and not fall out of the viewport.
+	; remember we set ebx to FONTINFOBLOCK above.
+	movzx	eax,[BYTE PTR ebx + FONTINFOMAXHEIGHT]; get the max height in font.
+	mov	[maxheight],al			; save it for later use.
+	add	eax,[y_pixel]			; add current y_value.
+	cmp	eax,[vpheight]			; are we over the edge?
+	jg	??overflow			; if so, we're outa here.
+
+	mov	[y_pixel],eax			; save for next line feed. y value for next line.
+
+	cld					; Make sure we are always forward copying.
+
+;------------------------ Set palette foreground and background ----------------------------------
+	mov	eax,[fcolor]		; foreground color
+	mov	[ColorXlat+1],al
+	mov	[ColorXlat+16],al
+
+	mov	eax,[bcolor]		; background color
+	mov	[ColorXlat],al
+
+;-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;----------------------------------------- Main loop ----------------------------------------------
+	; Now we go into the main loop of reading each character in the string and doing
+	; something with it.
+??next_char:
+	; while (*string++)
+	xor	eax,eax				; zero out since we will just load al.
+	mov	esi,[string]			; get address on next character.
+	lodsb					; load the character into al.
+	test	eax,0FFH			; test to see if character is a NULL
+	jz	??done				; character is NULL, get outa here.
+
+	mov	edi,[startdraw]			; Load the starting address.
+
+	mov	[string],esi			; save index into string. (incremented by lodsb)
+
+	cmp	al,10				; is the character a line feed?
+	je	??line_feed			; if so, go to special case.
+
+	cmp	al,13				; is the character a line feed?
+	je	??line_feed			; if so, go to special case.
+
+	mov	[char],eax			; save the character off for later reference.
+	mov	ebx,eax				; save it in ebx for later use also.
+
+	add	eax,[widthblock]		; figure address of width of character.
+	mov	ecx,[x_pixel]			; get current x_pixel.
+	movzx	edx,[BYTE PTR eax]	 	; get the width of the character in dl.
+	add	ecx,edx				; add width of char to current x_pixel.
+	mov	eax,[FontXSpacing]
+	add	ecx,eax
+	add	[startdraw],edx			; save start draw for next character.
+	add	[startdraw],eax			; adjust for the font spacing value
+
+	cmp	ecx,[vpwidth]			; is the pixel greater then the vp width?
+	jg	??force_line_feed		; if so, force a line feed.
+
+	mov	[x_pixel],ecx			; save value of start of next character.
+	mov	ecx,[bufferwidth]		; get amount to next y same x (one row down)
+	sub	ecx,edx				; take the current width off.
+	mov	[nextdraw],ecx			; save it to add to edi when done with a row.
+
+	; At this point we got the character. It is now time to find out specifics
+	; about drawing the darn thing.
+	; ebx = char so they can be used as an indexes.
+	; edx = width of character for loop later.
+
+	; get offset of data for character into esi.
+	shl	ebx,1				; mult by 2 to later use as a WORD index.
+	mov	esi,[offsetblock]		; get pointer to begining of offset block.
+	add	esi,ebx				; index into offset block.
+	movzx	esi,[WORD PTR esi]		; get true offset into data block from FontPtr.
+	add	esi,[FontPtr]			; Now add FontPtr address to get true address.
+
+	; Get top and bottom blank sizes and the true height of the character.
+	add	ebx,[heightblock]		; point ebx to element in height array.
+	mov	al,[ebx+1]			; load the data height into dl.
+	mov	cl,[ebx]			; load the first data row into cl.
+	mov	bl,[maxheight]			; get the max height of characters.
+	mov	[charheight],al			; get number of rows with data.
+	add	al,cl				; add the two heights.
+	sub	bl,al				; subract topblank + char height from maxheight.
+	mov	[bottomblank],bl		; save off the number of blank rows on the bottom.
+	; leaving this section:
+	; dl is still the width of the character.
+	; cl is the height of the top blank area.
+
+	mov	ebx,OFFSET ColorXlat		; setup ebx for xlat commands.
+	mov	dh,dl				; save the width of the character to restore each loop.
+
+	cmp	cl,0				; is there any blank rows on top?
+	jz	??draw_char			; if not go and draw the real character.
+
+	xor	eax,eax				; get color 0 for background.
+	xlat	[ebx]				; get translated color into al
+	test	al,al				; is it transparent black
+	jnz	??loop_top			; if not go and write the color
+
+;----------------------------------------- skip Top blank area ----------------------------------------
+	; this case, the top is transparrent, but we need to increase our dest pointer to correct row.
+	movzx	eax,cl				; get number of rows into eax;
+	mov	ecx,edx				; save width since edx will be destroyed by mul.
+	mul	[bufferwidth]			; multiply that by the width of the buffer.
+	mov	edx,ecx				; restore the width
+	add	edi,eax				; update the pointer.
+	jmp	short ??draw_char		; now go draw the character.
+
+;----------------------------------------- fill Top blank area ----------------------------------------
+	; edi was set a long time ago.
+	; al is the translated color
+??loop_top:
+	stosb					; store the value
+	dec	dh				; decrement our width.
+	jnz	??loop_top			; if more width, continue on.
+
+	add	edi,[nextdraw]			; add amount for entire row.
+
+	dec	cl				; decrement or row count
+	mov	dh,dl				; restore width in dh for loop.
+	jz	??draw_char			; we are done here, go draw the character.
+	jmp	short ??loop_top		; go back to top of loop.
+
+
+;----------------------------------------- Draw character ----------------------------------------------
+??draw_char:
+	movzx	ecx,[charheight]		; get the height of character to count down rows.
+	test	ecx,ecx				; is there any data? (blank would not have any)
+	jz	??next_char			; if no data, go on to next character.
+
+??while_data:
+	lodsb					; get byte value from font data
+	mov	ah,al				; save hinibble
+	and	eax,0F00FH	       		; mask of low nibble in al hi nibble in ah.
+	xlat	[ebx]				; get new color
+
+	test	al,al				; is it a transparent?
+	jz	short ??skiplo			; skip over write
+	mov	[es:edi],al			; write it out
+??skiplo:
+	inc	edi
+	dec	dh				; decrement our width.
+	jz	short ??nextrow			; check if done with width of char
+
+	mov	al,ah				; restore to get
+	; test the time difference between looking up in a large table when shr al,4 is not done as
+	; compared to using only a 16 byte table when using the shr al,4
+	;shr	al,4				; shift the hi nibble down to low nibble
+	xlat	[ebx]				; get new color
+
+	test	al,al				; is it a transparent?
+	jz	short ??skiphi			; skip over write
+	mov	[es:edi],al			; write it out
+??skiphi:
+
+	inc	edi
+	dec	dh				; decrement our width.
+	jnz	short ??while_data		; check if done with width of char
+
+??nextrow:
+	add	edi,[nextdraw]			; go to next line.
+	dec	ecx				; decrement the number of rows to go
+	mov	dh,dl				; restore our column count for row.
+	jnz	??while_data			; more data for character.
+
+	; Now it is time to setup for clearing out the bottom of the character.
+	movzx	ecx,[bottomblank]		; get amount on bottom that is blank
+	cmp	ecx,0				; if there is no blank bottom...
+	jz	??next_char			; then skip to go to next character
+
+	xor	eax,eax				; get color 0 for background.
+	xlat	[ebx]				; get translated color into al
+	test	al,al				; is it transparent black
+	jz	??next_char			; skip the top black section to let the background through
+
+	mov	dh,dl				; restore width in dh for loop.
+
+;----------------------------------------- Blank below character -----------------------------------
+??loop_bottom:
+	stosb					; store the value
+	dec	dh				; decrement our width.
+	jnz	??loop_bottom			; if more width, continue on.
+
+	add	edi,[nextdraw]			; add amount for entire row.
+
+	mov	dh,dl				; restore width in dh for loop.
+	dec	cl				; decrement or row count
+	jz	??next_char			; we are done here, go to the next character.
+	jmp	short ??loop_bottom		; go back to top of loop.
+
+;----------------------------------- end of next_char (main) loop ------------------------------------
+;-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+;----------------------------------- special case line feeds ----------------------------------------
+
+??force_line_feed:
+	; decrement pointer *string so that it will be back at same character
+	; when it goes through the loop.
+	mov	eax,[string]			; get string pointer.
+	dec	eax				; decrement it to point to previos char
+	mov	[string],eax			; save it back off.
+	xor	eax,eax
+	; Now go into the line feed code.....
+
+??line_feed:
+	mov	bl,al
+	mov	edx,[y_pixel]			; get the current y pixel value.
+	movzx	ecx,[maxheight]			; get max height for later use.
+	add	ecx,[FontYSpacing]
+	add	edx,ecx				; add max height to y_pixel
+	cmp	edx,[vpheight]			; are we over the edge?
+	jg	??overflow			; if so, we are outa here.
+
+	mov	eax,[bufferwidth]      		; get bytes to next line.
+	mov	edi,[curline]			; get start of current line.
+	mul	ecx				; mult max height * next line.
+
+	add	edi,eax				; add adjustment to current line.
+	add	[y_pixel],ecx			; increment to our next y position.
+;;; DRD
+	mov	[curline],edi			; save it off for next line_feed.
+
+	; Move the cursor to either the left edge of the screen
+	; or the left margin of the print position depending
+	; on whether <CR> or <LF> was specified. <CR> = left margin
+	; <LF> = left edge of screen
+	xor	eax,eax
+	cmp	bl,10
+	je	??lfeed
+	mov	eax,[original_x]
+??lfeed:
+	mov	[x_pixel],eax			; zero out x_pixel
+
+	add	edi,eax
+;;; DRD	mov	[curline],edi			; save it off for next line_feed.
+	mov	[startdraw],edi			; save it off so we know where to draw next char.w
+
+	jmp	??next_char
+
+??overflow:
+	mov	[startdraw],0			; Indicate that there is no valid next pos.
+??done:
+	mov	eax,[startdraw]			; return this so calling routine
+	ret					; can figure out where to draw next.
+
+	ENDP	Buffer_Print
+
+
+
+;***************************************************************************
+;* GET_FONT_PALETTE_PTR -- Returns a pointer to the 256 byte font palette  *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* INPUT:	none                                                       *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* OUTPUT:      none                                                       *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* PROTO:	void *Get_Font_Palette_Ptr(void);                          *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* HISTORY:								   *
+;*   08/18/1995 PWG : Created.                                             *
+;*=========================================================================*
+
+	GLOBAL 	C Get_Font_Palette_Ptr:NEAR
+
+	PROC	Get_Font_Palette_Ptr C near
+
+	mov	eax, OFFSET ColorXlat
+	ret
+
+	ENDP	Get_Font_Palette_Ptr
+
+
+END
diff --git a/TYPE.H b/TYPE.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f6237cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/TYPE.H
@@ -0,0 +1,1970 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\type.h_v   2.20   16 Oct 1995 16:45:42   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : TYPE.H                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : April 14, 1994                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : April 14, 1994   [JLB]                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef TYPE_H
+#define TYPE_H
+
+#include	"mission.h"
+#include	"target.h"
+
+class MapEditClass;
+class HouseClass;
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	This is the constant data associated with a weapon. Some objects
+**	can have multiple weapons and this class is used to isolate and
+**	specify this data in a convenient and selfcontained way.
+*/
+class WeaponTypeClass
+{
+	public:
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the unit class of the projectile fired. A subset of the unit types
+		**	represent projectiles. It is one of these classes that is specified here.
+		**	If this object does not fire anything, then this value will be UNIT_NONE.
+		*/
+		BulletType Fires;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the damage (explosive load) to be assigned to the projectile that
+		**	this object fires.
+		*/
+		unsigned char Attack;
+
+		/*
+		**	Objects that fire (which can be buildings as well) will fire at a
+		**	frequency controlled by this value. This value serves as a count
+		**	down timer between shots. The smaller the value, the faster the
+		**	rate of fire.
+		*/
+		unsigned char ROF;
+
+		/*
+		**	When this object fires, the range at which it's projectiles travel is
+		**	controlled by this value. The value represents the number of cells the
+		**	projectile will travel. Objects outside of this range will not be fired
+		**	upon (in normal circumstances).
+		*/
+		int Range;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the typical sound generated when firing.
+		*/
+		VocType Sound;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the animation to display at the firing coordinate.
+		*/
+		AnimType Anim;
+};
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	Each of the warhead types has specific characteristics. This structure
+**	holds these characteristics.
+*/
+class WarheadTypeClass
+{
+	public:
+
+		/*
+		**	This value control how damage from this warhead type will reduce
+		**	over distance. The larger the number, the less the damage is reduced
+		**	the farther the distance from the source of the damage.
+		*/
+		int SpreadFactor;
+
+		/*
+		**	If this warhead type can destroy walls, then this flag will be true.
+		*/
+		bool IsWallDestroyer;
+
+		/*
+		**	If this warhead can destroy wooden walls, then this flag will be true.
+		*/
+		bool IsWoodDestroyer;
+
+		/*
+		**	Does this warhead damage tiberium?
+		*/
+		bool IsTiberiumDestroyer;
+
+		/*
+		**	The warhead damage is reduced depending on the the type of armor the
+		**	defender has. This table is what gives weapons their "character".
+		*/
+		unsigned char Modifier[ARMOR_COUNT];
+};
+
+
+/**********************************************************************
+**	Each house has certain unalienable characteristics. This structure
+**	elaborates these.
+*/
+class HouseTypeClass {
+	public:
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the house number (enum). This is a unique identification
+		**	number for the house.
+		*/
+		HousesType House;
+
+		/*
+		**	The INI name of the house is pointed to by this element. This is the
+		**	identification name used in the scenario INI file.
+		*/
+		char const *IniName;
+
+		/*
+		**	The full name (translated) of the house is identified by this number.
+		**	The actual text of the name is located in a text file loaded at run
+		**	time.
+		*/
+		int FullName;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the filename suffix to use when creating a house specific
+		**	file name. It is three characters long.
+		*/
+		char Suffix[4];
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the "lemon percentage" to use when determining if a particular
+		**	object owned by this house is to be flagged as a "lemon". Objects so
+		**	flagged have a greater break-down chance. The percentage is expressed
+		**	as a fixed point number with 0x000 meaning 0% and 0x100 meaning 100%.
+		*/
+		unsigned Lemon;
+
+		/*
+		**	Each house is assigned a unique identification color to be used on the
+		**	radar map and other color significant areas.
+		*/
+		unsigned char Color;
+
+		unsigned char BrightColor;
+
+		/*
+		**	This points to the default remap table for this house.
+		*/
+		unsigned char const * RemapTable;
+		PlayerColorType RemapColor;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is a unique ASCII character used when constructing filenames. It
+		**	serves a similar purpose as the "Suffix" element, but is only one
+		**	character long.
+		*/
+		char Prefix;
+
+		//------------------------------------------------------------------------
+		HouseTypeClass(HousesType house,
+							char const *ini,
+							int fullname,
+							char const *ext,
+							int lemon,
+							int color,
+							int bright_color,
+							PlayerColorType remapcolor,
+							unsigned char const * remap,
+							char prefix);
+
+		static HousesType  From_Name(char const *name);
+		static HouseTypeClass const &  As_Reference(HousesType house);
+		static void One_Time(void);
+
+	private:
+		static HouseTypeClass const * const Pointers[HOUSE_COUNT];
+};
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	This is the abstract type class. It holds information common to all
+**	objects that might exist. This contains the name of
+**	the object type.
+*/
+class AbstractTypeClass
+{
+	public:
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the internal control name of the object. This name does
+		**	not change regardless of language specified. This is the name
+		**	used in scenario control files and for other text based unique
+		**	identification purposes.
+		*/
+		char IniName[9];
+
+		/*
+		**	The translated (language specific) text name number of this object.
+		**	This number is used to fetch the object's name from the language
+		**	text file. Whenever the name of the object needs to be displayed,
+		**	this is used to determine the text string.
+		*/
+		int Name;
+
+		AbstractTypeClass(void) {};
+		AbstractTypeClass(int name, char const * ini);
+		virtual RTTIType  What_Am_I(void) const;
+
+		virtual COORDINATE  Coord_Fixup(COORDINATE coord) const;
+		virtual int  Full_Name(void) const;
+		void  Set_Name(char const *buf) const
+		{
+			strncpy((char *)IniName, buf, sizeof(IniName));
+			((char &)IniName[sizeof(IniName)-1]) = '\0';
+		};
+		virtual unsigned short  Get_Ownable(void) const;
+};
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	This the the common base class of game objects. Since these values
+**	represent the unchanging object TYPES, this data is initialized at game
+**	start and not changed during play. It is "const" data.
+*/
+class ObjectTypeClass : public AbstractTypeClass
+{
+	public:
+
+		/*
+		**	Is this object squashable by heavy vehicles?  If it is, then the vehicle
+		**	can travel over this object and destroy it in the process.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsCrushable:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Does this object type NOT show up on radar scans?  If true, then in any
+		**	radar display, only the underlying ground will be show, not this object.
+		**	Most terrain falls into this category, but only a few special real units/buildings
+		**	do.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsStealthy:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	It is legal to "select" some objects in the game. If it is legal to select this
+		**	object type then this flag will be true. Selected game objects typically display
+		**	a floating health bar and allows special user I/O control.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsSelectable:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Can this object be the target of an attack or move command?  Typically, only objects
+		**	that take damage or can be destroyed are allowed to be a target.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsLegalTarget:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	"Insignificant" objects will not be announced when they are destroyed or when they
+		**	appear. Terrain elements and some lesser vehicles have this characteristic.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsInsignificant:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Is this object immune to normal combat damage?  Rocks and other inert type terrain
+		**	object are typically of this type.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsImmune:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If this terrain object is flammable (such as trees are) then this
+		**	flag will be true. Flammable objects can catch fire if damaged by
+		**	flame type weapons.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsFlammable:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	"Sentient" objects are ones that have logic AI processing performed on them. All
+		**	vehicles, buildings, infantry, and aircraft are so flagged. Terrain elements also
+		**	fall under this category, but only because certain animation effects require this.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsSentient:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	The defense of this object is greatly affected by the type of armor
+		**	it possesses. This value specifies the type of armor.
+		*/
+		ArmorType Armor;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the maximum strength of this object type.
+		*/
+		unsigned short MaxStrength;
+
+		/*
+		**	These point to the shape imagery for this object type. Since the shape imagery
+		**	exists in a separate file, the data is filled in after this object is constructed.
+		**	The "mutable" keyword allows easy modification to this otherwise const object.
+		*/
+		void const * ImageData;
+
+		/*
+		**	This points to the radar imagery for this object.
+		*/
+		void const * RadarIcon;
+
+		//--------------------------------------------------------------------
+		ObjectTypeClass(	bool is_sentient,
+								bool is_flammable,
+								bool is_crushable,
+								bool is_stealthy,
+								bool is_selectable,
+								bool is_legal_target,
+								bool is_insignificant,
+								bool is_immune,
+								int fullname,
+								char const *name,
+								ArmorType armor,
+								unsigned short strength);
+
+		static void One_Time(void);
+
+		virtual int  Max_Pips(void) const;
+		virtual void  Dimensions(int &width, int &height) const;
+		virtual bool  Create_And_Place(CELL , HousesType =HOUSE_NONE) const = 0;
+		virtual int  Cost_Of(void) const;
+		virtual int  Time_To_Build(HousesType house) const;
+		virtual ObjectClass *  Create_One_Of(HouseClass *) const = 0;
+		virtual short const *  Occupy_List(bool placement=false) const;
+		virtual short const *  Overlap_List(void) const;
+		virtual BuildingClass *  Who_Can_Build_Me(bool, bool, HousesType) const;
+		virtual void const *  Get_Cameo_Data(void) const;
+		void const *  Get_Image_Data(void) const {return ImageData;};
+		void const *  Get_Radar_Data(void) const {return RadarIcon;};
+
+		#ifdef SCENARIO_EDITOR
+		virtual void  Display(int, int, WindowNumberType, HousesType) const {};
+		#endif
+
+		static void const * SelectShapes;
+		static void const * PipShapes;
+};
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	This class is the common data for all objects that can be owned, produced,
+** or delivered as reinforcements. These are objects that typically contain
+**	crews and weapons -- the fighting objects of the game.
+*/
+class TechnoTypeClass : public ObjectTypeClass
+{
+	public:
+
+		/*
+		**	If this object can serve as a good leader for a group selected
+		**	series of objects, then this flag will be true. Unarmed or
+		**	ability challenged units do not make good leaders.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsLeader:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Does this object have the ability to detect the presence of a nearby
+		**	cloaked object?
+		*/
+		unsigned IsScanner:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If this object is always given its proper name rather than a generic
+		**	name, then this flag will be true. Typically, civilians and Dr. Mobius
+		**	fall under this catagory.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsNominal:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If the artwork for this object (only for generics) is theater specific, then
+		**	this flag will be true. Civilian buildings are a good example of this.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsTheater:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Does this object type contain a rotating turret?  Gun emplacements, SAM launchers,
+		**	and many vehicles contain a turret. If a turret is present, special rendering and
+		**	combat logic must be performed.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsTurretEquipped:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Certain units and buildings fire two shots in quick succession. If this is
+		**	the case, then this flag is true.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsTwoShooter:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Certain objects can be repaired. For buildings, they repair "in place". For units,
+		**	they must travel to a repair center to be repaired. If this flag is true, then
+		**	allow the player or computer AI to repair the object.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsRepairable:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Is this object possible to be constructed?  Certain buildings and units cannot
+		**	be constructed using normal means. They are either initially placed in the scenario
+		**	or can only arrive by pre arranged reinforcement scheduling. Civilian buildings and
+		**	vehicles are typical examples of this type of object. They would set this flag to
+		**	false.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsBuildable:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Does this object contain a crew?  If it does, then when the object is destroyed, there
+		**	is a distinct possibility that infantry will "pop out". Only units with crews can
+		**	become "heros".
+		*/
+		unsigned IsCrew:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Is this object typically used to transport reinforcements or other cargo?
+		**	Transport aircraft, helicopters, and hovercraft are typicall examples of
+		**	this.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsTransporter:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Most objects have the ability to reveal the terrain around themselves.
+		**	This sight range (expressed in cell distance) is specified here. If
+		**	this value is 0, then this unit never reveals terrain. Bullets are
+		**	typically of this nature.
+		*/
+		int SightRange;
+
+		/*
+		**	These values control the cost to produce, the time to produce, and
+		**	the scenario when production can first start.
+		*/
+		int Cost;
+		unsigned char Scenario;
+
+		/*
+		**	Special build prerequisite control values. These are primarily used for
+		**	multi-player or special events.
+		*/
+		unsigned char Level;
+		long Pre;
+
+		/*
+		**	The risk and reward values are used to determine targets and paths
+		**	toward targets. When heading toward a target, a path of least
+		**	risk will be followed. When picking a target, the object of
+		**	greatest reward will be selected. The values assigned are
+		** arbitrary.
+		*/
+		int Risk,Reward;
+
+		/*
+		**	This value indicates the maximum speed that this object can achieve.
+		*/
+		MPHType MaxSpeed;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the maximum number of ammo shots this object can hold. If
+		**	this number is -1, then this indicates unlimited ammo.
+		*/
+		int MaxAmmo;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is a bit field representing the houses that are allowed to
+		**	own (by normal means) this particular object type. This value is
+		**	typically used in production contexts. It is possible for a side
+		**	to take possession of an object type otherwise not normally allowed.
+		**	This event usually occurs as a result of capture.
+		*/
+		unsigned short Ownable;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the small icon image that is used to display the object in
+		**	the sidebar for construction selection purposes.
+		*/
+		void const * CameoData;
+
+		/*
+		**	These are the weapons that this techno object is armed with.
+		*/
+		WeaponType Primary;
+		WeaponType Secondary;
+
+		//--------------------------------------------------------------------
+		TechnoTypeClass(
+				int name,
+				char const *ininame,
+				unsigned char level,
+				long pre,
+				bool is_leader,
+				bool is_scanner,
+				bool is_nominal,
+				bool is_transporter,
+				bool is_flammable,
+				bool is_crushable,
+				bool is_stealthy,
+				bool is_selectable,
+				bool is_legal_target,
+				bool is_insignificant,
+				bool is_immune,
+				bool is_theater,
+				bool is_twoshooter,
+				bool is_turret_equipped,
+				bool is_repairable,
+				bool is_buildable,
+				bool is_crew,
+				int ammo,
+				unsigned short strength,
+				MPHType maxspeed,
+				int sightrange,
+				int cost,
+				int scenario,
+				int risk,
+				int reward,
+				int ownable,
+				WeaponType primary,
+				WeaponType secondary,
+				ArmorType armor);
+
+		virtual int  Raw_Cost(void) const;
+		virtual int  Max_Passengers(void) const;
+		virtual int  Repair_Cost(void) const;
+		virtual int  Repair_Step(void) const;
+		virtual void const *  Get_Cameo_Data(void) const;
+		virtual int  Cost_Of(void) const;
+		virtual int  Time_To_Build(HousesType house) const;
+		virtual unsigned short  Get_Ownable(void) const;
+};
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	Building types need some special information custom to buildings. This
+**	is a derived class that elaborates these additional data elements.
+*/
+class BuildingTypeClass : public TechnoTypeClass {
+		enum BuildingTypeClassRepairEnums {
+			//REPAIR_COST=1,				// Cost to repair a single "step".
+			REPAIR_PERCENT=102,		// 40% fixed point number.
+			REPAIR_STEP=5				// Number of damage points recovered per "step".
+		};
+
+	public:
+
+		/*
+		**	This flag controls whether the building is equiped with a dirt
+		**	bib or not. A building with a bib has a dirt patch automatically
+		**	attached to the structure when it is placed.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsBibbed:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If this building is a special wall type, such that it exists as a building
+		**	for purposes of construction but transforms into an overlay wall object when
+		**	it is placed on the map, then this flag will be true.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsWall:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Some buildings are producers. This flag will be true in that case. Producer,
+		**	or factory, type buildings have special logic performed.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsFactory:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Buildings can have either simple or complex damage stages. If simple,
+		**	then the second to the last frame is the half damage stage, and the last
+		**	frame is the complete damage stage. For non-simple damage, buildings
+		**	have a complete animation set for damaged as well as undamaged condition.
+		**	Turrets, oil pumps, and repair facilities are a few examples.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsSimpleDamage:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Some buildings can be placed directly on raw ground. Such buildings don't require
+		**	and are not affected by concrete or lack thereof. Typically, concrete itself is
+		**	considered sturdy. The same goes for walls and similar generic type structures.
+		**	The more sophisticated buildings are greatly affected by lack of concrete and thus
+		**	would have this flag set to false.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsSturdy:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Certain building types can be captures by enemy infantry. For those
+		**	building types, this flag will be true. Typically, military or hardened
+		**	structures such as turrets cannot be captured.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsCaptureable:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If this building really only has cosmetic idle animation, then this flag will be
+		**	true if this animation should run at a relatively constant rate regardless of game
+		**	speed setting.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsRegulated:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	This flag specifies the type of object this factory building can "produce". For non
+		**	factory buildings, this value will be RTTI_NONE.
+		*/
+		RTTIType ToBuild;
+
+		/*
+		**	For building that produce ground units (infantry and vehicles), there is a default
+		**	exit poit defined. This point is where the object is first placed on the map.
+		**	Typically, this is located next to a door. The unit will then travel on to a clear
+		**	terrain area and enter normal game processing.
+		*/
+		COORDINATE ExitPoint;
+
+		/*
+		**	When determine which cell to head toward when exiting a building, use the
+		**	list elaborated by this variable. There are directions of exit that are
+		**	more suitable than others. This list is here to inform the system which
+		**	directions those are.
+		*/
+		short const *ExitList;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the structure type identifier. It can serve as a unique
+		**	identification number for building types.
+		*/
+		StructType Type;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is a bitflag that represents which unit types can enter this
+		**	building. Determine if a unit can enter by taking 1 and shifting it
+		**	left by the unit type ID. If the corresponding bit is set, then that
+		**	unit type can enter this building.
+		*/
+		unsigned long CanEnter;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the starting facing to give this building when it first
+		**	gets constructed. The facing matches the final stage of the
+		**	construction animation.
+		*/
+		DirType StartFace;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the Tiberium storage capacity of the building. The sum of all
+		**	building's storage capacity is used to determine how much Tiberium can
+		**	be accumulated.
+		*/
+		unsigned Capacity;
+
+		/*
+		**	Each building type produces and consumes power. These values tell how
+		**	much.
+		*/
+		int Power;
+		int Drain;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the size of the building. This size value is a rough indication
+		**	of the building's "footprint".
+		*/
+		BSizeType Size;
+
+		/**********************************************************************
+		**	For each stage that a building may be in, its animation is controlled
+		**	by this structure. It dictates the starting and length of the animation
+		**	frames needed for the specified state. In addition it specifies how long
+		**	to delay between changes in animation. With this data it is possible to
+		**	control the appearance of all normal buildings. Turrets and SAM sites are
+		**	an exception since their animation is not merely cosmetic.
+		*/
+		typedef struct {
+			int	Start;			// Starting frame of animation.
+			int	Count;			// Number of frames in this animation.
+			int	Rate;				// Number of ticks to delay between each frame.
+		} AnimControlType;
+		AnimControlType Anims[BSTATE_COUNT];
+
+		/*
+		**	This is a mask flag used to determine if all the necessary prerequisite
+		**	buildings have been built.
+		*/
+ //		long Prerequisite;
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+		**	This is the building type explicit constructor.
+		*/
+		BuildingTypeClass	(
+						StructType type,
+						int name,
+						char const *ininame,
+						COORDINATE exitpoint,
+						unsigned char level,
+						long pre,
+						bool is_scanner,
+						bool is_regulated,
+						bool is_bibbed,
+						bool is_nominal,
+						bool is_wall,
+						bool is_factory,
+						bool is_capturable,
+						bool is_flammable,
+						bool is_simpledamage,
+						bool is_stealthy,
+						bool is_selectable,
+						bool is_legal_target,
+						bool is_insignificant,
+						bool is_immune,
+						bool is_theater,
+						bool is_turret_equipped,
+						bool is_twoshooter,
+						bool is_repairable,
+						bool is_buildable,
+						bool is_crew,
+						bool is_sturdy,
+						RTTIType tobuild,
+						DirType sframe,
+						unsigned short strength,
+						int sightrange,
+						int cost,
+						int scenario,
+						int risk,
+						int reward,
+						int ownable,
+						WeaponType primary,
+						WeaponType secondary,
+						ArmorType armor,
+						unsigned long canenter,
+						unsigned capacity,
+						int power,
+						int drain,
+						BSizeType size,
+						short const *exitlist,
+						short const *sizelist,
+						short const *overlap);
+		virtual RTTIType  What_Am_I(void) const {return RTTI_BUILDINGTYPE;};
+		operator StructType(void) const {return(Type);};
+
+		static BuildingTypeClass const &  As_Reference(StructType type);
+		static StructType  From_Name(char const *name);
+		static void  Init(TheaterType theater);
+		static void One_Time(void);
+		static void Prep_For_Add(void);
+
+		int  Width(void) const;
+		int  Height(void) const;
+
+		virtual int  Cost_Of(void) const;
+		virtual int  Full_Name(void) const;
+		virtual COORDINATE  Coord_Fixup(COORDINATE coord) const {return coord & 0xFF00FF00L;}
+		virtual int  Max_Pips(void) const;
+		virtual void  Dimensions(int &width, int &height) const;
+		virtual int  Legal_Placement(CELL pos) const;
+		virtual bool  Create_And_Place(CELL cell, HousesType house) const;
+		virtual ObjectClass *  Create_One_Of(HouseClass * house) const;
+		virtual short const *  Occupy_List(bool placement=false) const;
+		virtual short const *  Overlap_List(void) const;
+		virtual BuildingClass *  Who_Can_Build_Me(bool intheory, bool legal, HousesType house) const;
+		virtual void const *  Get_Buildup_Data(void) const {return(BuildupData);};
+
+		virtual int  Raw_Cost(void) const;
+		virtual int  Repair_Cost(void) const;
+		virtual int  Repair_Step(void) const;
+		bool  Bib_And_Offset(SmudgeType & bib, CELL & cell) const;
+
+		#ifdef SCENARIO_EDITOR
+		virtual void  Display(int x, int y, WindowNumberType window, HousesType house) const;
+		#endif
+
+
+	private:
+
+		/*
+		**	This is a pointer to a list of offsets (from the upper left corner) that
+		**	are used to indicate the building's "footprint". This footprint is used
+		**	to determine building placement legality and terrain passibility.
+		*/
+		short const *OccupyList;
+
+		/*
+		**	Buildings can often times overlap a cell but not actually "occupy" it for
+		**	purposes of movement. This points to a list of offsets that indicate which
+		**	cells the building has visual overlap but does not occupy.
+		*/
+		short const *OverlapList;
+
+		static BuildingTypeClass const * const Pointers[STRUCT_COUNT];
+
+		/*
+		**	The construction animation graphic data pointer is
+		**	pointed to by this element.
+		*/
+		void const * BuildupData;
+
+		void  Init_Anim(BStateType state, int start, int count, int rate) const;
+};
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	The various unit types need specific data that is unique to units as
+**	opposed to buildings. This derived class elaborates these additional
+**	data types.
+*/
+class UnitTypeClass : public TechnoTypeClass
+{
+	public:
+		enum UnitTypeClassRepairEnums {
+			TIBERIUM_STEP=25,					// Credits per step of Tiberium.
+			STEP_COUNT=28,						// Number of steps a harvester can carry.
+			FULL_LOAD_CREDITS=(TIBERIUM_STEP*STEP_COUNT),
+			REPAIR_PERCENT=102,		// 40% fixed point number.
+			REPAIR_STEP=4				// Number of damage points recovered per "step".
+		};
+
+		/*
+		**	If this unit can appear out of a crate, then this flag will be true.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsCrateGoodie:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Does this unit have only 8 facings? Special test units have limited
+		**	facings.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsPieceOfEight:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Can this unit squash infantry?  If it can then if the player selects
+		**	an (enemy) infantry unit as the movement target, it will ride over and
+		**	squish the infantry unit.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsCrusher:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Does this unit go into harvesting mode when it stops on a tiberium
+		**	field?  Typically, only one unit does this and that is the harvester.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsToHarvest:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Does this unit's shape data consist of "chunky" facings?  This kind of unit
+		**	art has the unit in only 4 facings (N, W, S, and E) and in each of those
+		**	directions, the unit's turrets rotates 32 facings (counter clockwise from north).
+		**	This will result in 32 x 4 = 128 unit shapes in the shape data file.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsChunkyShape:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Some units are equipped with a rotating radar dish. These units have special
+		**	animation processing. The rotating radar dish is similar to a turret, but
+		**	always rotates and does not affect combat.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsRadarEquipped:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If this unit has a firing animation, this flag is true. Infantry and some special
+		**	vehicles are the ones with firing animations.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsFireAnim:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Many vehicles have a turret with restricted motion. These vehicles must move the
+		**	turret into a locked down position while travelling. Rocket launchers and artillery
+		**	are good examples of this kind of unit.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsLockTurret:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Does this unit lay tracks when it travels?  Most tracked vehicles and some wheeled
+		**	vehicles have this ability.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsTracked:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Is this unit of the humongous size?  Harvesters and mobile construction vehicles are
+		**	of this size. If the vehicle is greater than 24 x 24 but less than 48 x 48, it is
+		**	considered "Gigundo".
+		*/
+		unsigned IsGigundo:1;
+
+		/*
+		** Is the unit capable of cloaking?  Only Stealth Tank can do so now.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsCloakable:1;
+
+		/*
+		** Does this unit have a constant animation (like Visceroid?)
+		*/
+		unsigned IsAnimating:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	This value represents the unit class. It can serve as a unique
+		**	identification number for this unit class.
+		*/
+		UnitType Type;
+
+		/*
+		**	This indicates the speed (locomotion) type for this unit. Through this
+		**	value the movement capabilities are deduced.
+		*/
+		SpeedType Speed;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the rotational speed of the unit. This value represents the
+		**	turret rotation speed.
+		*/
+		unsigned char ROT;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the distance along the centerline heading in the direction the body
+		**	is facing used to reach the center point of the turret. This distance is
+		**	in leptons.
+		*/
+		signed char TurretOffset;
+
+		/*
+		**	This value is used to provide the unit with a default mission order when
+		**	first created. Usually, this is a resting or idle type of order.
+		*/
+		MissionType Mission;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the default explosion to use when this vehicle is destroyed.
+		*/
+		AnimType Explosion;
+
+		/*
+		**	The width or height of the largest dimension for this unit.
+		*/
+		int MaxSize;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the explicit unit class constructor.
+		*/
+		UnitTypeClass	(
+						UnitType type,
+						int name,
+						char const *ininame,
+						AnimType exp,
+						unsigned char level,
+						long pre,
+						bool is_goodie,
+						bool is_leader,
+						bool is_eight,
+						bool is_nominal,
+						bool is_transporter,
+						bool is_crushable,
+						bool is_crusher,
+						bool is_harvest,
+						bool is_stealthy,
+						bool is_selectable,
+						bool is_legal_target,
+						bool is_insignificant,
+						bool is_immune,
+						bool is_turret_equipped,
+						bool is_twoshooter,
+						bool is_repairable,
+						bool is_buildable,
+						bool is_crew,
+						bool is_radar_equipped,
+						bool is_fire_anim,
+						bool is_lock_turret,
+						bool is_tracked,
+						bool is_gigundo,
+						bool is_chunky,
+						bool is_cloakable,
+						bool is_animating,
+						int ammo,
+						unsigned short strength,
+						int sightrange,
+						int cost,
+						int scenario,
+						int risk,
+						int reward,
+						int ownable,
+						WeaponType primary,
+						WeaponType secondary,
+						ArmorType armor,
+						SpeedType speed,
+						MPHType maxSpeed,
+						unsigned rot,
+						int toffset,
+						MissionType order);
+		virtual RTTIType  What_Am_I(void) const {return RTTI_UNITTYPE;};
+
+		static UnitType  From_Name(char const *name);
+		static UnitTypeClass const &  As_Reference(UnitType type);
+		static void  Init(TheaterType );
+		static void One_Time(void);
+		static void Prep_For_Add(void);
+
+		virtual void  Dimensions(int &width, int &height) const;
+		virtual bool  Create_And_Place(CELL cell, HousesType house) const;
+		virtual ObjectClass *  Create_One_Of(HouseClass * house) const;
+		virtual short const *  Occupy_List(bool placement=false) const;
+		virtual BuildingClass *  Who_Can_Build_Me(bool intheory, bool legal, HousesType house) const;
+		virtual int  Max_Pips(void) const;
+
+		virtual int  Repair_Cost(void) const;
+		virtual int  Repair_Step(void) const;
+
+		#ifdef SCENARIO_EDITOR
+		virtual void  Display(int x, int y, WindowNumberType window, HousesType house) const;
+		#endif
+
+		/*
+		**	This is a pointer to the wake shape (as needed by the gunboat).
+		*/
+		static void const * WakeShapes;
+
+	private:
+		static UnitTypeClass const * const Pointers[UNIT_COUNT];
+};
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	The various unit types need specific data that is unique to units as
+**	opposed to buildings. This derived class elaborates these additional
+**	data types.
+*/
+class InfantryTypeClass : public TechnoTypeClass
+{
+	private:
+		static InfantryTypeClass const * const Pointers[INFANTRY_COUNT];
+
+	public:
+
+		/*
+		**	If this civilian infantry type is female, then this flag
+		**	will be true. This information is used to get the correct
+		**	voice response.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsFemale:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Does this infantry unit have crawling animation? If not, then this
+		**	means that the "crawling" frames are actually running animation frames.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsCrawling:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	For those infantry types that can capture buildings, this flag
+		**	will be set to true. Typically, this is minigun soldiers.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsCapture:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	For infantry types that will run away from any damage causing
+		**	events, this flag will be true. Typically, this is so for all
+		**	civilians as well as the flame thrower guys.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsFraidyCat:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	This flags whether this infantry is actually a civilian. A
+		**	civilian uses different voice responses, has less ammunition,
+		**	and runs from danger more often.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsCivilian:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	This value represents the unit class. It can serve as a unique
+		**	identification number for this unit class.
+		*/
+		InfantryType Type;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is an array of the various animation frame data for the actions that
+		**	the infantry may perform.
+		*/
+		DoInfoStruct DoControls[DO_COUNT];
+
+		/*
+		**	There are certain units with special animation sequences built into the
+		**	shape file. These values tell how many frames are used for the firing animation.
+		*/
+		char FireLaunch;
+		char ProneLaunch;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the explicit unit class constructor.
+		*/
+		InfantryTypeClass	(
+						InfantryType type,
+						int name,
+						char const *ininame,
+						unsigned char level,
+						long pre,
+						bool is_female,
+						bool is_leader,
+						bool is_crawling,
+						bool is_civilian,
+						bool is_nominal,
+						bool is_fraidycat,
+						bool is_capture,
+						bool is_theater,
+						int ammo,
+						int *do_table,
+						int firelaunch,
+						int pronelaunch,
+						unsigned short strength,
+						int sightrange,
+						int cost,
+						int scenario,
+						int risk,
+						int reward,
+						int ownable,
+						WeaponType primary,
+						WeaponType secondary,
+						MPHType maxSpeed);
+		virtual RTTIType  What_Am_I(void) const {return RTTI_INFANTRYTYPE;};
+
+		static InfantryType  From_Name(char const *name);
+		static InfantryTypeClass const &  As_Reference(InfantryType type) {return *Pointers[type];};
+		static void  Init(TheaterType );
+		static void One_Time(void);
+		static void Prep_For_Add(void);
+
+		virtual void  Dimensions(int &width, int &height) const {width = 12;height = 16;};
+		virtual bool  Create_And_Place(CELL cell, HousesType house) const;
+		virtual ObjectClass *  Create_One_Of(HouseClass * house) const;
+		virtual short const *  Occupy_List(bool placement=false) const;
+		virtual BuildingClass *  Who_Can_Build_Me(bool intheory, bool legal, HousesType house) const;
+		virtual int  Full_Name(void) const;
+
+		#ifdef SCENARIO_EDITOR
+		virtual void  Display(int x, int y, WindowNumberType window, HousesType house) const;
+		#endif
+};
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+** Bullets and other projectiles need some specific information according
+**	to their type.
+*/
+class BulletTypeClass : public ObjectTypeClass
+{
+	public:
+
+		/*
+		**	Does this bullet type fly over walls?
+		*/
+		unsigned IsHigh:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If this projecile is one that balistically arcs from ground level, up into the air and
+		**	then back to the ground, where it explodes. Typical uses of this are for grenades and
+		**	artillery shells.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsArcing:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If the projectile changes course as it flies in order to home in on the
+		**	projectile's target, then this flag is true. Missiles are typically ones
+		**	that do this.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsHoming:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Certain projectiles do not travel horizontally, but rather, vertically -- they drop
+		**	from a height. Bombs fall into this category and will have this value set to
+		**	true. Dropping projectiles do not calculate collision with terrain (such as walls).
+		*/
+		unsigned IsDropping:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Is this projectile invisible?  Some bullets and weapon effects are not directly
+		**	rendered. Small caliber bullets and flame thrower flames are treated like
+		**	normal projectiles for damage purposes, but are displayed using custom
+		**	rules.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsInvisible:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Does this bullet explode when near the target?  Some bullets only explode if
+		**	it actually hits the target. Some explode even if nearby.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsProximityArmed:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Does this projectile spew puffs of smoke out its tail while it
+		**	travels? Missiles are prime examples of this projectile type.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsFlameEquipped:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Should fuel consumption be tracked for this projectile?  Rockets are the primary
+		**	projectile with this characteristic, but even for bullets it should be checked so that
+		**	bullets don't travel too far.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsFueled:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Is this projectile without different facing visuals?  Most plain bullets do not change
+		**	visual imagery if their facing changes. Rockets, on the other hand, are equipped with
+		**	the full 32 facing imagery.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsFaceless:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If this is a typically inaccurate projectile, then this flag will be true. Artillery
+		**	is a prime example of this type.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsInaccurate:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If the bullet contains translucent pixels, then this flag will be true. These
+		**	translucent pixels really are "shadow" pixels in the same style as the shadow
+		**	cast by regular ground units.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsTranslucent:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If this bullet can be fired on aircraft, then this flag will be true.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsAntiAircraft:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	This element is a unique identification number for the bullet
+		**	type.
+		*/
+		BulletType Type;
+
+		/*
+		**	Maximum speed for this bullet type.
+		*/
+		MPHType MaxSpeed;
+
+		/*
+		**	This projectile has a certain style of warhead. This value specifies
+		**	what that warhead type is.
+		*/
+		WarheadType Warhead;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the "explosion" effect to use when this projectile impacts
+		*/
+		AnimType Explosion;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the rotation speed of the bullet. It only has practical value
+		**	for those projectiles that performing homing action during flight -- such
+		**	as with rockets.
+		*/
+		unsigned char ROT;
+
+		/*
+		**	Some projectiles have a built in arming distance that must elapse before the
+		**	projectile may explode. If this value is non-zero, then this override is
+		**	applied.
+		*/
+		int Arming;
+
+		/*
+		**	Some projectiles have a built in override for distance travelled before it
+		**	automatically explodes. This value, if non-zero, specifies this distance.
+		*/
+		int Range;
+
+		//---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		BulletTypeClass(
+			BulletType type,
+			char const *ininame,
+			bool is_high,
+			bool is_homing,
+			bool is_arcing,
+			bool is_dropping,
+			bool is_invisible,
+			bool is_proximity_armed,
+			bool is_flame_equipped,
+			bool is_fueled,
+			bool is_faceless,
+			bool is_inaccurate,
+			bool is_translucent,
+			bool is_antiair,
+			int arming,
+			int range,
+			MPHType maxspeed,
+			unsigned rot,
+			WarheadType warhead,
+			AnimType explosion);
+
+		virtual RTTIType  What_Am_I(void) const {return RTTI_BULLETTYPE;};
+
+		static BulletTypeClass const &  As_Reference(BulletType type) {return *Pointers[type];};
+		static void  Init(TheaterType ) {};
+		static void One_Time(void);
+
+		virtual bool  Create_And_Place(CELL , HousesType =HOUSE_NONE) const {return false;};
+		virtual ObjectClass *  Create_One_Of(HouseClass *) const {return 0;};
+
+	private:
+		static BulletTypeClass const * const Pointers[BULLET_COUNT];
+};
+
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**	These are the different TYPES of terrain objects. Every terrain object must
+**	be one of these types.
+*/
+class TerrainTypeClass : public ObjectTypeClass
+{
+	public:
+		/*
+		**	Which terrain object does this class type represent.
+		*/
+		TerrainType Type;
+
+		/*
+		**	Does this terrain element consist of a normal frame followed by a
+		**	series of crumble frames?  Trees fall under this case.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsDestroyable:1;
+
+		/*
+		** Does this object have the capability to transform after a period
+		** of time (such as a blossom tree?
+		*/
+		unsigned IsTransformable:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Does this terrain object spawn the growth of Tiberium? Blossom trees are
+		**	a good example of this.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsTiberiumSpawn:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the fully translated name for the terrain element.
+		*/
+		short FullName;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the coordinate offset (from upper left) of where the center base
+		**	position of the terrain object lies. For trees, this would be the base of
+		**	the trunk. This is used for sorting purposes.
+		*/
+		COORDINATE CenterBase;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the bitfield control that tells which theater this terrain object is
+		**	valid for. If the bit (1 << TheaterType) is true, then this terrain object
+		**	is allowed.
+		*/
+		unsigned char Theater;
+
+		//----------------------------------------------------------------
+		TerrainTypeClass(
+				TerrainType terrain,
+				int theater,
+				COORDINATE centerbase,
+				bool is_spawn,
+				bool is_destroyable,
+				bool is_transformable,
+				bool is_flammable,
+				bool is_crushable,
+				bool is_selectable,
+				bool is_legal_target,
+				bool is_insignificant,
+				bool is_immune,
+				char const *ininame,
+				int fullname,
+				unsigned short strength,
+				ArmorType armor,
+				short const *occupy,
+				short const *overlap);
+		virtual RTTIType  What_Am_I(void) const {return RTTI_TERRAINTYPE;};
+
+		static TerrainType  From_Name(char const*name);
+		static TerrainTypeClass const &  As_Reference(TerrainType type) {return *Pointers[type];};
+		static void  Init(TheaterType theater = THEATER_TEMPERATE);
+		static void One_Time(void) {};
+		static void Prep_For_Add(void);
+
+		virtual COORDINATE  Coord_Fixup(COORDINATE coord) const {return coord & 0xFF00FF00L;}
+		virtual bool  Create_And_Place(CELL cell, HousesType house) const;
+		virtual ObjectClass *  Create_One_Of(HouseClass *) const;
+		virtual short const *  Occupy_List(bool placement=false) const;
+		virtual short const *  Overlap_List(void) const;
+
+		#ifdef SCENARIO_EDITOR
+		virtual void  Display(int x, int y, WindowNumberType window, HousesType house=HOUSE_NONE) const;
+		#endif
+
+	private:
+		short const *Occupy;
+		short const *Overlap;
+
+		static TerrainTypeClass const * const Pointers[TERRAIN_COUNT];
+};
+
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**	The tile type objects are controlled by this class. It specifies the form
+**	of the tile set for the specified object as well as other related datum.
+**	It is derived from the ObjectTypeClass solely for the purpose of scenario
+**	editing and creation.
+*/
+class TemplateTypeClass: public ObjectTypeClass
+{
+	public:
+		/*
+		**	What template is this.
+		*/
+		TemplateType Type;
+
+		/*
+		**	A bitfield container that indicates which theaters this template is allowed
+		**	in. A bit set in the (1<<TheaterType) position indicates the template is legal
+		**	in that particular theater.
+		*/
+		unsigned char Theater;
+
+		/*
+		**	The icons of this template default to this specified
+		**	land type.
+		*/
+		LandType Land;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the fully translated name for the terrain element.
+		*/
+		int FullName;
+
+		/*
+		**	Raw dimensions of this template (in icons).
+		*/
+		unsigned char Width,Height;
+
+		LandType AltLand;
+		char const *AltIcons;
+
+		//----------------------------------------------------------
+		TemplateTypeClass(
+			TemplateType iconset,
+			int theater,
+			char const *ininame,
+			int fullname,
+			LandType land,
+			int width,
+			int height,
+			LandType altland,
+			char const *alticons);
+		virtual RTTIType  What_Am_I(void) const {return RTTI_TEMPLATETYPE;};
+
+		static TemplateType  From_Name(char const *name);
+		static TemplateTypeClass const &  As_Reference(TemplateType type) {return *Pointers[type];};
+		static void  Init(TheaterType theater);
+		static void One_Time(void);
+		static void Prep_For_Add(void);
+
+		virtual COORDINATE  Coord_Fixup(COORDINATE coord) const {return coord & 0xFF00FF00L;}
+		virtual bool  Create_And_Place(CELL cell, HousesType house=HOUSE_NONE) const;
+		virtual ObjectClass *  Create_One_Of(HouseClass *) const;
+		virtual short const *  Occupy_List(bool placement=false) const;
+
+		#ifdef SCENARIO_EDITOR
+		virtual void  Display(int x, int y, WindowNumberType window, HousesType house=HOUSE_NONE) const;
+		#endif
+
+	private:
+		static TemplateTypeClass const * const Pointers[TEMPLATE_COUNT];
+};
+
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**	All the animation objects are controlled by this class. It holds the static
+**	data associated with each animation type.
+*/
+class AnimTypeClass : public ObjectTypeClass
+{
+	public:
+
+		/*
+		**	If this animation should run at a constant apparent rate regardless
+		**	of game speed setting, then this flag will be set to true.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsNormalized:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If this animation should be rendered and sorted with the other ground
+		**	units, then this flag is true. Typical of this would be fire and other
+		**	low altitude animation effects.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsGroundLayer:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If this animation should be rendered in a translucent fashion, this flag
+		**	will be true. Translucent colors are some of the reds and some of the
+		**	greys. Typically, smoke and some fire effects have this flag set.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsTranslucent:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If this animation uses the white translucent table, then this flag
+		**	will be true.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsWhiteTrans:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If this is the special flame thrower animation, then custom affects
+		**	occur as it is playing. Specifically, scorch marks and little fire
+		**	pieces appear as the flame jets forth.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsFlameThrower:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Some animations leave a scorch mark behind. Napalm and other flame
+		**	type explosions are typical of this type.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsScorcher:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Some explosions are of such violence that they leave craters behind.
+		**	This flag will be true for those types.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsCraterForming:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If this animation should attach itself to any unit that is in the same
+		**	location as itself, then this flag will be true. Most vehicle impact
+		**	explosions are of this type.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsSticky:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the type number for this animation kind. It can be used as
+		**	a unique identifier for animation types.
+		*/
+		AnimType Type;
+
+		/*
+		**	This specified the maximum dimension of the shape (edge to edge). This dimension
+		**	is used to build the appropriate cell refresh list. Keep this value as small
+		**	as possible to ensure maximum performance. This is especially critical, since
+		**	animations always cause the cells under them to be redrawn every frame.
+		*/
+		int Size;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the frame that the animation is biggest. The biggest frame of animation
+		**	will hide any changes to underlying ground (e.g., craters) that the animation
+		**	causes, so these effects are delayed until this frame is reached. The end result
+		**	is to prevent the player from seeing craters "pop" into existance.
+		*/
+		int Biggest;
+
+		/*
+		**	Some animations (when attached to another object) damage the object it
+		**	is in contact with. Fire is a good example of this. This value is a
+		**	fixed point number of the damage that is applied to the attached object
+		**	every game tick.
+		*/
+		unsigned int Damage;
+
+		/*
+		**	Simple animation delay value between advancing of frames. This can
+		**	be overridden by the control list.
+		*/
+		unsigned char Delay;
+
+		/*
+		**	The starting frame number for each animation sequence. Usually this is
+		**	zero, but can sometimes be different if this animation is a sub sequence
+		**	of a larger animation file.
+		*/
+		int Start;
+
+		/*
+		**	Looping animations might start at a different frame than the initial one.
+		**	This is true for smoke effects that have a startup sequence followed by a
+		**	continuous looping sequence.
+		*/
+		int LoopStart;
+
+		/*
+		**	For looping animations, this is the frame that will end all the middle loops
+		**	of the animation. The last loop of the animation will proceed until the Stages
+		**	has been fully completed.
+		*/
+		int LoopEnd;
+
+		/*
+		**	The number of stages that this animation sequence will progress through
+		**	before it loops or ends.
+		*/
+		int Stages;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the normal loop count for this animation. Usually this is one, but
+		**	for some animations, it may be larger.
+		*/
+		unsigned char Loops;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the sound effect to play when this animation starts. Usually, this
+		**	applies to explosion animations.
+		*/
+		VocType Sound;
+
+		/*
+		**	If the animation is to launch into another animation, then
+		**	the secondary animation will be defined here.
+		*/
+		AnimType ChainTo;
+
+		//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+		AnimTypeClass(AnimType anim,
+							char const *name,
+							int size,
+							int biggest,
+							bool isnormal,
+							bool iswhite,
+							bool isscorcher,
+							bool iscrater,
+							bool issticky,
+							bool ground,
+							bool istrans,
+							bool isflame,
+							unsigned int damage,
+							int delaytime,
+							int start,
+							int loopstart,
+							int loopend,
+							int stages,
+							int loops,
+							VocType sound,
+							AnimType chainto);
+		virtual RTTIType  What_Am_I(void) const {return RTTI_ANIMTYPE;};
+
+		static AnimTypeClass const &  As_Reference(AnimType type) {return *Pointers[type];};
+		static void Init(TheaterType) {};
+		static void One_Time(void);
+
+		virtual bool  Create_And_Place(CELL , HousesType =HOUSE_NONE) const {return false;};
+		virtual ObjectClass *  Create_One_Of(HouseClass *) const {return 0;};
+
+	private:
+		static AnimTypeClass const * const Pointers[ANIM_COUNT];
+};
+
+
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**	The various aircraft types are controlled by this list.
+*/
+class AircraftTypeClass : public TechnoTypeClass
+{
+	enum UnitTypeClassRepairEnums {
+		REPAIR_PERCENT=102,		// 40% fixed point number.
+		REPAIR_STEP=2				// Number of damage points recovered per "step".
+	};
+	public:
+
+		/*
+		**	Fixed wing aircraft (ones that cannot hover) have this flag set to true.
+		**	Such aircraft will not vary speed while it is flying.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsFixedWing:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Can this aircraft land?  If it can land it is presumed to be controllable by the player.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsLandable:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Does this aircraft have a rotor blade (helicopter) type propulsion?
+		*/
+		unsigned IsRotorEquipped:1;	// Is a rotor attached?
+
+		/*
+		**	Is there a custom rotor animation stage set for each facing of the aircraft?
+		*/
+		unsigned IsRotorCustom:1;	// Custom rotor sets for each facing?
+
+		AircraftType Type;
+		unsigned char ROT;
+		MissionType Mission;
+
+		AircraftTypeClass(
+				AircraftType airtype,
+				int name,
+				char const *ininame,
+				unsigned char level,
+				long pre,
+				bool is_leader,
+				bool is_twoshooter,
+				bool is_transporter,
+				bool is_fixedwing,
+				bool is_rotorequipped,
+				bool is_rotorcustom,
+				bool is_landable,
+				bool is_crushable,
+				bool is_stealthy,
+				bool is_selectable,
+				bool is_legal_target,
+				bool is_insignificant,
+				bool is_immune,
+				bool is_theater,
+				bool is_repairable,
+				bool is_buildable,
+				bool is_crew,
+				int ammo,
+				unsigned short strength,
+				int sightrange,
+				int cost,
+				int scenario,
+				int risk,
+				int reward,
+				int ownable,
+				WeaponType primary,
+				WeaponType secondary,
+				ArmorType armor,
+				MPHType MaxSpeed,
+				int ROT,
+				MissionType deforder);
+		virtual RTTIType  What_Am_I(void) const;
+
+		static AircraftType  From_Name(char const *name);
+		static AircraftTypeClass const &  As_Reference(AircraftType a) {return *Pointers[a];};
+		static void  Init(TheaterType);
+		static void One_Time(void);
+		static void Prep_For_Add(void);
+
+		virtual int  Repair_Cost(void) const;
+		virtual int  Repair_Step(void) const;
+		virtual void  Dimensions(int &width, int &height) const;
+		virtual bool  Create_And_Place(CELL, HousesType) const;
+		virtual ObjectClass *  Create_One_Of(HouseClass * house) const;
+		virtual short const *  Occupy_List(bool placement=false) const;
+		virtual short const *  Overlap_List(void) const;
+		virtual BuildingClass *  Who_Can_Build_Me(bool intheory, bool legal, HousesType house) const;
+		virtual int  Max_Pips(void) const;
+
+		#ifdef SCENARIO_EDITOR
+		virtual void  Display(int x, int y, WindowNumberType window, HousesType house) const;
+		#endif
+
+		static void const * LRotorData;
+		static void const * RRotorData;
+
+	private:
+		static AircraftTypeClass const * const Pointers[AIRCRAFT_COUNT];
+};
+
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**	This controls the overlay object types. These object types include walls
+**	and concrete. They are always considered to be one icon in size and
+**	are processed on an icon by icon basis. This is different from normal
+**	templates which can be an arbitrary size. Other than this they are
+**	mostly similar to normal templates but with some characteristics of
+**	structures (they can be destroyed).
+*/
+class OverlayTypeClass: public ObjectTypeClass
+{
+	public:
+		/*
+		**	What overlay is this.
+		*/
+		OverlayType Type;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the fully translated name for the terrain element.
+		*/
+		int FullName;
+
+		/*
+		**	What type of ground does this make the cell it occupies?
+		*/
+		LandType Land;
+
+		/*
+		** If this overlay is a wall, how many stages of destruction are there
+		** for this wall type? i.e. sandbags = 2, concrete = 4, etc.
+		*/
+		int DamageLevels;
+
+		/*
+		** If this overlay is a wall, what amount of damage is necessary
+		** before the wall takes damage?
+		*/
+		int DamagePoints;
+
+		/*
+		**	Is this overlay graphic theater specific. This means that if there is
+		**	custom art for this overlay that varies between different theaters, then
+		**	this flag will be true.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsTheater:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Is this a wall type overlay?  Wall types change their shape
+		**	depending on the existence of adjacent walls of the same type.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsWall:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If this overlay is actually a wall and this wall type is tall enough that
+		**	normal ground based straight line weapons will be blocked by it, then this
+		**	flag will be true. Brick fences are typical of this type.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsHigh:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If this overlay represents harvestable tiberium, then this flag
+		**	will be true.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsTiberium:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If this is a wall that is made of wood, then this flag will be
+		**	true. Such walls are affected by fire damage.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsWooden:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Is this a crate? If it is, then goodies may come out of it.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsCrate:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	If this is true, then the overlay will not show up on the radar map.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsRadarVisible:1;
+
+		//----------------------------------------------------------
+		OverlayTypeClass(
+			OverlayType iconset,
+			char const *ininame,
+			int  fullname,
+			LandType ground,
+			int  damagelevels,
+			int  damagepoints,
+			bool isradarinvisible,
+			bool iswooden,
+			bool istarget,
+			bool iscrushable,
+			bool istiberium,
+			bool high,
+			bool theater,
+			bool iswall,
+			bool iscrate);
+		virtual RTTIType  What_Am_I(void) const {return RTTI_OVERLAYTYPE;};
+
+		static OverlayType  From_Name(char const *name);
+		static OverlayTypeClass const &  As_Reference(OverlayType type) {return *Pointers[type];};
+		static void  Init(TheaterType);
+		static void One_Time(void);
+		static void Prep_For_Add(void);
+
+		virtual COORDINATE  Coord_Fixup(COORDINATE coord) const {return coord & 0xFF00FF00L;}
+		virtual bool  Create_And_Place(CELL cell, HousesType house=HOUSE_NONE) const;
+		virtual ObjectClass *  Create_One_Of(HouseClass *) const;
+		virtual short const *  Occupy_List(bool placement=false) const;
+		virtual void  Draw_It(int x, int y, int data) const;
+		virtual unsigned char *  Radar_Icon(int data) const;
+
+		#ifdef SCENARIO_EDITOR
+		virtual void  Display(int x, int y, WindowNumberType window, HousesType house=HOUSE_NONE) const;
+		#endif
+
+	private:
+		static OverlayTypeClass const * const Pointers[OVERLAY_COUNT];
+};
+
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**	This type elaborates the various "smudge" effects that can occur. Smudges are
+**	those elements which are on top off all the ground icons, but below anything
+**	that is "above" it. This includes scorch marks, craters, and infantry bodies.
+**	Smudges, be definition, contain transparency. The are modifiers to underlying
+**	terrain imagery.
+*/
+class SmudgeTypeClass : public ObjectTypeClass
+{
+	public:
+		/*
+		**	What overlay is this.
+		*/
+		SmudgeType Type;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the fully translated smudge name.
+		*/
+		int FullName;
+
+		/*
+		**	Some smudges are larger than one cell. If this is the case, then
+		**	these dimensions specify the number of cells wide and tall the
+		**	smudge is.
+		*/
+		int Width;
+		int Height;
+
+		/*
+		**	Is this smudge a crater type? If so, then a second crater can be added to
+		**	this smudge so that a more cratered landscape results.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsCrater:1;
+
+		/*
+		**	Is this overlay used as the attached road piece for buildings (bib)?
+		*/
+		unsigned IsBib:1;
+
+		//----------------------------------------------------------
+		SmudgeTypeClass(
+			SmudgeType smudge,
+			char const *ininame,
+			int fullname,
+			int width,
+			int height,
+			bool isbib,
+			bool iscrater
+			);
+		virtual RTTIType  What_Am_I(void) const {return RTTI_SMUDGETYPE;};
+
+		static SmudgeType  From_Name(char const *name);
+		static SmudgeTypeClass const &  As_Reference(SmudgeType type) {return *Pointers[type];};
+		static void  Init(TheaterType);
+		static void One_Time(void);
+		static void Prep_For_Add(void);
+
+		virtual bool  Create_And_Place(CELL cell, HousesType house=HOUSE_NONE) const;
+		virtual ObjectClass *  Create_One_Of(HouseClass *) const;
+		virtual short const *  Occupy_List(bool placement=false) const;
+		virtual short const *  Overlap_List(void) const {return Occupy_List();};
+		virtual void  Draw_It(int x, int y, int data) const ;
+
+		#ifdef SCENARIO_EDITOR
+		virtual void  Display(int x, int y, WindowNumberType window, HousesType house=HOUSE_NONE) const;
+		#endif
+
+	private:
+		static SmudgeTypeClass const * const Pointers[SMUDGE_COUNT];
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/UALL.BAT b/UALL.BAT
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b532b04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/UALL.BAT
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+@echo off
+make unren
+ci -YG:\PROJECTS\DUNE\CODE\RCS.RC -mChanges -l %1 %2 %3 *.c
+ci -YG:\PROJECTS\DUNE\CODE\RCS.RC -mChanges -l %1 %2 %3 *.h
+ci -YG:\PROJECTS\DUNE\CODE\RCS.RC -mChanges -l %1 %2 %3 *.mak
+ci -YG:\PROJECTS\DUNE\CODE\RCS.RC -mChanges -l %1 %2 %3 eng\*.txt
+ci -YG:\PROJECTS\DUNE\CODE\RCS.RC -mChanges -l %1 %2 %3 eng\*.ini
+ci -YG:\PROJECTS\DUNE\CODE\RCS.RC -mChanges -l %1 %2 %3 eng\*.eng
+ci -YG:\PROJECTS\DUNE\CODE\RCS.RC -mChanges -l %1 %2 %3 *.app
+ci -YG:\PROJECTS\DUNE\CODE\RCS.RC -mChanges -l %1 %2 %3 scr\*.scr
+ci -YG:\PROJECTS\DUNE\CODE\RCS.RC -mChanges -l %1 %2 %3 makefile
+ci -YG:\PROJECTS\DUNE\CODE\RCS.RC -mChanges -l %1 %2 %3 lmkfile
+ci -YG:\PROJECTS\DUNE\CODE\RCS.RC -mChanges -l %1 %2 %3 art\*.lbm
+ci -YG:\PROJECTS\DUNE\CODE\RCS.RC -mChanges -l %1 %2 %3 art\fin\*.anm
+ci -YG:\PROJECTS\DUNE\CODE\RCS.RC -mChanges -l %1 %2 %3 art\intro\*.anm
+ci -YG:\PROJECTS\DUNE\CODE\RCS.RC -mChanges -l %1 %2 %3 art\crd\*.crd
+ci -YG:\PROJECTS\DUNE\CODE\RCS.RC -mChanges -l %1 %2 %3 art\fonts\*.lbm
+ci -YG:\PROJECTS\DUNE\CODE\RCS.RC -mChanges -l %1 %2 %3 art\anim\*.anm
+ci -YG:\PROJECTS\DUNE\CODE\RCS.RC -mChanges -l %1 %2 %3 music\adl\*.adl
+ci -YG:\PROJECTS\DUNE\CODE\RCS.RC -mChanges -l %1 %2 %3 music\adl\*.tan
+ci -YG:\PROJECTS\DUNE\CODE\RCS.RC -mChanges -l %1 %2 %3 music\pcs\*.pcs
+ci -YG:\PROJECTS\DUNE\CODE\RCS.RC -mChanges -l %1 %2 %3 music\xmi\*.xmi
+ci -YG:\PROJECTS\DUNE\CODE\RCS.RC -mChanges -l %1 %2 %3 music\voc\*.voc
+ci -YG:\PROJECTS\DUNE\CODE\RCS.RC -mChanges -l %1 %2 %3 music\c55\*.c55
+
+REM put -MChanges -N -L -CG:\projects\dune\code\vcs.cfg *.c
+REM put -MChanges -N -L -CG:\projects\dune\code\vcs.cfg *.h
+REM put -MChanges -N -L -CG:\projects\dune\code\vcs.cfg *.mak
+REM put -MChanges -N -L -CG:\projects\dune\code\vcs.cfg *.txt
+REM put -MChanges -N -L -CG:\projects\dune\code\vcs.cfg *.app
+REM put -MChanges -N -L -CG:\projects\dune\code\vcs.cfg *.scr
+REM put -MChanges -N -L -CG:\projects\dune\code\vcs.cfg makefile
+REM put -MChanges -N -L -CG:\projects\dune\code\vcs.cfg lmkfile
+REM put -MChanges -N -L -CG:\projects\dune\code\vcs.cfg art\*.lbm
+REM put -MChanges -N -L -CG:\projects\dune\code\vcs.cfg music\*.adl
+REM put -MChanges -N -L -CG:\projects\dune\code\vcs.cfg music\*.snd
+REM put -MChanges -N -L -CG:\projects\dune\code\vcs.cfg music\*.xmi
+REM put -MChanges -N -L -CG:\projects\dune\code\vcs.cfg music\*.voc
+REM put -MChanges -N -L -CG:\projects\dune\code\vcs.cfg art\fin\*.fin
+
+
+
diff --git a/UDATA.CPP b/UDATA.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0426a72
--- /dev/null
+++ b/UDATA.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,1901 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\udata.cpv   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:50:42   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : UDATA.CPP                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : September 10, 1993                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : June 26, 1995 [JLB]                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   UnitTypeClass::As_Reference -- Fetches a reference to the unit type class specified.      *
+ *   UnitTypeClass::Create_And_Place -- Creates and places a unit object onto the map.         *
+ *   UnitTypeClass::Create_One_Of -- Creates a unit in limbo.                                  *
+ *   UnitTypeClass::Dimensions -- Determines the unit's pixel dimensions.                      *
+ *   UnitTypeClass::Display -- Displays a generic unit shape.                                  *
+ *   UnitTypeClass::From_Name -- Fetch class pointer from specified name.                      *
+ *   UnitTypeClass::Max_Pips -- Fetches the maximum pips allowed for this unit.                *
+ *   UnitTypeClass::Occupy_List -- Returns with unit occupation list.                          *
+ *   UnitTypeClass::One_Time -- Performs one time processing for unit type class objects.      *
+ *   UnitTypeClass::Prep_For_Add -- Prepares scenario editor to add unit.                      *
+ *   UnitTypeClass::UnitTypeClass -- Constructor for unit types.                               *
+ *   UnitTypeClass::Who_Can_Build_Me -- Determines which factory can build this unit type.     *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+
+void const * UnitTypeClass::WakeShapes = 0;
+
+// Visceroid
+static UnitTypeClass const UnitVisceroid(
+	UNIT_VICE,
+	TXT_VISCEROID,							// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+	"VICE",									// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+	ANIM_NAPALM2,							// EXPLOSION:	Type of explosion when destroyed.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// Building prerequisite.
+		false,			// Can this be a goodie surprise from a crate?
+		true,				// Is a leader type?
+		false,			// Only has eight facings?
+		true,				// Always use the given name for the vehicle?
+		false,			//	Is this a typical transport vehicle?
+		false,			// Can it be crushed by a heavy vehicle?
+		true,				// Can this unit squash infantry?
+		false,			// Does this unit harvest Tiberium?
+		true,				// Is invisible to radar?
+		true,				// Is selectable by player?
+		true,				// Can it be a target for attack or move?
+		true,				// Is it insignificant (won't be announced)?
+		false,			// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		false,			// Is it equipped with a combat turret?
+		false,			// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		false,			// Can it be repaired in a repair facility?
+		false,			// Can the player construct or order this unit?
+		false,			// Is there a crew inside?
+		false,			// Does it have a rotating radar dish?
+		false,			// Is there an associated firing animation?
+		false,			// Must the turret be in a locked down position while moving?
+		false,			// Does it lay tracks while moving?
+		false,			// Is this a gigundo-rotund-enormous unit?
+		false,			// Is the unit's art as "chunky" cardinal facing only?
+		false,			// Is the unit capable of cloaking?
+		true,				// Does the unit have a constant animation?
+	-1,										// AMMO:			Number of shots it has (default).
+	150,										// STRENGTH:	Strength (in damage points).
+	4,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	800,										// COST:			Cost to build (Credits).
+	1,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	80,20,									// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD|
+	HOUSEF_BAD|
+	HOUSEF_NEUTRAL|
+	HOUSEF_JP,								// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_CHEMSPRAY,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,								// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	SPEED_TRACK,							// MOVE:			Locomotion type.
+	MPH_MEDIUM,								// SPEED:		Miles per hour.
+	5,											// ROT:			Rate of turn (degrees per tick).
+	0,							// Turret center offset along body centerline.
+	MISSION_HUNT							// ORDERS:		Default order to give new unit.
+);
+
+// Flame tank
+static UnitTypeClass const UnitFTank(
+	UNIT_FTANK,
+	TXT_FTANK,								// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+	"FTNK",									// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+	ANIM_NAPALM3,							// EXPLOSION:	Type of explosion when destroyed.
+	4,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_RADAR,			// Building prerequisite.
+		true,				// Can this be a goodie surprise from a crate?
+		true,				// Is a leader type?
+		false,			// Only has eight facings?
+		false,			// Always use the given name for the vehicle?
+		false,			//	Is this a typical transport vehicle?
+		false,			// Can it be crushed by a heavy vehicle?
+		true,				// Can this unit squash infantry?
+		false,			// Does this unit harvest Tiberium?
+		false,			// Is invisible to radar?
+		true,				// Is selectable by player?
+		true,				// Can it be a target for attack or move?
+		false,			// Is it insignificant (won't be announced)?
+		false,			// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		false,			// Is it equipped with a combat turret?
+		true,				// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		true,				// Can it be repaired in a repair facility?
+		true,				// Can the player construct or order this unit?
+		true,				// Is there a crew inside?
+		false,			// Does it have a rotating radar dish?
+		false,			// Is there an associated firing animation?
+		false,			// Must the turret be in a locked down position while moving?
+		true,				// Does it lay tracks while moving?
+		false,			// Is this a gigundo-rotund-enormous unit?
+		false,			// Is the unit's art as "chunky" cardinal facing only?
+		false,			// Is the unit capable of cloaking?
+		false,			// Does the unit have a constant animation?
+	-1,										// AMMO:			Number of shots it has (default).
+	300,										// STRENGTH:	Strength (in damage points).
+	4,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	800,										// COST:			Cost to build (Credits).
+	9,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	80,66,									// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_BAD,								// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_FLAME_TONGUE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_STEEL,							// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	SPEED_TRACK,							// MOVE:			Locomotion type.
+	MPH_MEDIUM,								// SPEED:		Miles per hour.
+	5,											// ROT:			Rate of turn (degrees per tick).
+	0,							// Turret center offset along body centerline.
+	MISSION_HUNT							// ORDERS:		Default order to give new unit.
+);
+
+// Stealth tank
+static UnitTypeClass const UnitSTank(
+	UNIT_STANK,
+	TXT_STANK,								// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+	"STNK",									// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+	ANIM_FRAG2,							// EXPLOSION:	Type of explosion when destroyed.
+	5,								// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_RADAR,				// Building prerequisite.
+		true,				// Can this be a goodie surprise from a crate?
+		true,				// Is a leader type?
+		false,			// Only has eight facings?
+		false,			// Always use the given name for the vehicle?
+		false,			//	Is this a typical transport vehicle?
+		false,			// Can it be crushed by a heavy vehicle?
+		true,				// Can this unit squash infantry?
+		false,			// Does this unit harvest Tiberium?
+		true,				// Is invisible to radar?
+		true,				// Is selectable by player?
+		true,				// Can it be a target for attack or move?
+		false,			// Is it insignificant (won't be announced)?
+		false,			// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		false,			// Is it equipped with a combat turret?
+		true,				// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		true,				// Can it be repaired in a repair facility?
+		true,				// Can the player construct or order this unit?
+		true,				// Is there a crew inside?
+		false,			// Does it have a rotating radar dish?
+		false,			// Is there an associated firing animation?
+		false,			// Must the turret be in a locked down position while moving?
+		true,				// Does it lay tracks while moving?
+		false,			// Is this a gigundo-rotund-enormous unit?
+		false,			// Is the unit's art as "chunky" cardinal facing only?
+		true,				// Is the unit capable of cloaking?
+		false,			// Does the unit have a constant animation?
+	-1,										// AMMO:			Number of shots it has (default).
+	110,										// STRENGTH:	Strength (in damage points).
+	4,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	900,										// COST:			Cost to build (Credits).
+	12,										// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	80,81,									// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_BAD,								// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_DRAGON,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_ALUMINUM,						// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	SPEED_TRACK,							// MOVE:			Locomotion type.
+	MPH_MEDIUM_FAST,						// SPEED:		Miles per hour.
+	5,											// ROT:			Rate of turn (degrees per tick).
+	0,							// Turret center offset along body centerline.
+	MISSION_HUNT							// ORDERS:		Default order to give new unit.
+);
+
+// Light tank
+static UnitTypeClass const UnitLTank(
+	UNIT_LTANK,
+	TXT_LTANK,								// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+	"LTNK",									// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+	ANIM_FRAG1,							// EXPLOSION:	Type of explosion when destroyed.
+	3,								// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// Building prerequisite.
+		true,				// Can this be a goodie surprise from a crate?
+		true,				// Is a leader type?
+		false,			// Only has eight facings?
+		false,			// Always use the given name for the vehicle?
+		false,			//	Is this a typical transport vehicle?
+		false,			// Can it be crushed by a heavy vehicle?
+		true,				// Can this unit squash infantry?
+		false,			// Does this unit harvest Tiberium?
+		false,			// Is invisible to radar?
+		true,				// Is selectable by player?
+		true,				// Can it be a target for attack or move?
+		false,			// Is it insignificant (won't be announced)?
+		false,			// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		true,				// Is it equipped with a combat turret?
+		false,			// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		true,				// Can it be repaired in a repair facility?
+		true,				// Can the player construct or order this unit?
+		true,				// Is there a crew inside?
+		false,			// Does it have a rotating radar dish?
+		false,			// Is there an associated firing animation?
+		false,			// Must the turret be in a locked down position while moving?
+		true,				// Does it lay tracks while moving?
+		false,			// Is this a gigundo-rotund-enormous unit?
+		false,			// Is the unit's art as "chunky" cardinal facing only?
+		false,			// Is the unit capable of cloaking?
+		false,			// Does the unit have a constant animation?
+	-1,										// AMMO:			Number of shots it has (default).
+	300,										// STRENGTH:	Strength (in damage points).
+	3,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	600,										// COST:			Cost to build (Credits).
+	5,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	80,56,									// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_BAD,								// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_75MM,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_STEEL,							// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	SPEED_TRACK,							// MOVE:			Locomotion type.
+	MPH_MEDIUM,								// SPEED:		Miles per hour.
+	5,											// ROT:			Rate of turn (degrees per tick).
+	0,							// Turret center offset along body centerline.
+	MISSION_HUNT							// ORDERS:		Default order to give new unit.
+);
+
+// Medium tank
+static UnitTypeClass const UnitMTank(
+	UNIT_MTANK,
+	TXT_MTANK,								// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+	"MTNK",									// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+	ANIM_FRAG2,							// EXPLOSION:	Type of explosion when destroyed.
+	3,								// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// Building prerequisite.
+		true,				// Can this be a goodie surprise from a crate?
+		true,				// Is a leader type?
+		false,			// Only has eight facings?
+		false,			// Always use the given name for the vehicle?
+		false,			//	Is this a typical transport vehicle?
+		false,			// Can it be crushed by a heavy vehicle?
+		true,				// Can this unit squash infantry?
+		false,			// Does this unit harvest Tiberium?
+		false,			// Is invisible to radar?
+		true,				// Is selectable by player?
+		true,				// Can it be a target for attack or move?
+		false,			// Is it insignificant (won't be announced)?
+		false,			// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		true,				// Is it equipped with a combat turret?
+		false,			// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		true,				// Can it be repaired in a repair facility?
+		true,				// Can the player construct or order this unit?
+		true,				// Is there a crew inside?
+		false,			// Does it have a rotating radar dish?
+		false,			// Is there an associated firing animation?
+		false,			// Must the turret be in a locked down position while moving?
+		true,				// Does it lay tracks while moving?
+		true,				// Is this a gigundo-rotund-enormous unit?
+		false,			// Is the unit's art as "chunky" cardinal facing only?
+		false,			// Is the unit capable of cloaking?
+		false,			// Does the unit have a constant animation?
+	-1,										// AMMO:			Number of shots it has (default).
+	400,										// STRENGTH:	Strength (in damage points).
+	3,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	800,										// COST:			Cost to build (Credits).
+	7,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	80,62,									// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD,							// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_105MM,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_STEEL,							// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	SPEED_TRACK,							// MOVE:			Locomotion type.
+	MPH_MEDIUM,								// SPEED:		Miles per hour.
+	5,											// ROT:			Rate of turn (degrees per tick).
+	0,							// Turret center offset along body centerline.
+	MISSION_HUNT							// ORDERS:		Default order to give new unit.
+);
+
+// Mastadon tank
+static UnitTypeClass const UnitHTank(
+	UNIT_HTANK,
+	TXT_HTANK,								// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+	"HTNK",									// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+	ANIM_ART_EXP1,							// EXPLOSION:	Type of explosion when destroyed.
+	5,								// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_REPAIR,			// Building prerequisite.
+		true,				// Can this be a goodie surprise from a crate?
+		true,				// Is a leader type?
+		false,			// Only has eight facings?
+		false,			// Always use the given name for the vehicle?
+		false,			//	Is this a typical transport vehicle?
+		false,			// Can it be crushed by a heavy vehicle?
+		true,				// Can this unit squash infantry?
+		false,			// Does this unit harvest Tiberium?
+		false,			// Is invisible to radar?
+		true,				// Is selectable by player?
+		true,				// Can it be a target for attack or move?
+		false,			// Is it insignificant (won't be announced)?
+		false,			// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		true,				// Is it equipped with a combat turret?
+		true,				// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		true,				// Can it be repaired in a repair facility?
+		true,				// Can the player construct or order this unit?
+		true,				// Is there a crew inside?
+		false,			// Does it have a rotating radar dish?
+		false,			// Is there an associated firing animation?
+		false,			// Must the turret be in a locked down position while moving?
+		true,				// Does it lay tracks while moving?
+		true,				// Is this a gigundo-rotund-enormous unit?
+		false,			// Is the unit's art as "chunky" cardinal facing only?
+		false,			// Is the unit capable of cloaking?
+		false,			// Does the unit have a constant animation?
+	-1,										// AMMO:			Number of shots it has (default).
+	600,										// STRENGTH:	Strength (in damage points).
+	4,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	1500,										// COST:			Cost to build (Credits).
+	13,										// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	80,80, 									// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD,							// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_120MM,WEAPON_MAMMOTH_TUSK,
+	ARMOR_STEEL,							// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	SPEED_TRACK,							// MOVE:			Locomotion type.
+	MPH_MEDIUM_SLOW,						// SPEED:		Miles per hour.
+	5,											// ROT:			Rate of turn (degrees per tick).
+	0,							// Turret center offset along body centerline.
+	MISSION_HUNT							// ORDERS:		Default order to give new unit.
+);
+
+// Mobile HQ
+static UnitTypeClass const UnitMHQ(
+	UNIT_MHQ,
+	TXT_MHQ,									// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+	"MHQ",									// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+	ANIM_FRAG2,							// EXPLOSION:	Type of explosion when destroyed.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// Building prerequisite.
+		false,			// Can this be a goodie surprise from a crate?
+		false,			// Is a leader type?
+		false,			// Only has eight facings?
+		false,			// Always use the given name for the vehicle?
+		false,			//	Is this a typical transport vehicle?
+		false,			// Can it be crushed by a heavy vehicle?
+		true,				// Can this unit squash infantry?
+		false,			// Does this unit harvest Tiberium?
+		false,			// Is invisible to radar?
+		true,				// Is selectable by player?
+		true,				// Can it be a target for attack or move?
+		false,			// Is it insignificant (won't be announced)?
+		false,			// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		false,			// Is it equipped with a combat turret?
+		false,			// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		true,				// Can it be repaired in a repair facility?
+		true,				// Can the player construct or order this unit?
+		true,				// Is there a crew inside?
+		true,				// Does it have a rotating radar dish?
+		false,			// Is there an associated firing animation?
+		false,			// Must the turret be in a locked down position while moving?
+		true,				// Does it lay tracks while moving?
+		false,			// Is this a gigundo-rotund-enormous unit?
+		false,			// Is the unit's art as "chunky" cardinal facing only?
+		false,			// Is the unit capable of cloaking?
+		false,			// Does the unit have a constant animation?
+	-1,										// AMMO:			Number of shots it has (default).
+	110,										// STRENGTH:	Strength (in damage points).
+	5,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	600,										// COST:			Cost to build (Credits).
+	99,										// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	80,100,									// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD|
+	HOUSEF_BAD,								// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_ALUMINUM,						// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	SPEED_TRACK,							// MOVE:			Locomotion type.
+	MPH_MEDIUM,								// SPEED:		Miles per hour.
+	5,											// ROT:			Rate of turn (degrees per tick).
+	0,							// Turret center offset along body centerline.
+	MISSION_HUNT							// ORDERS:		Default order to give new unit.
+);
+
+// Landing craft
+static UnitTypeClass const UnitHover(
+	UNIT_HOVER,
+	TXT_HOVER,								// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+	"LST",									// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+	ANIM_FBALL1,							// EXPLOSION:	Type of explosion when destroyed.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// Building prerequisite.
+		false,			// Can this be a goodie surprise from a crate?
+		false,			// Is a leader type?
+		false,			// Only has eight facings?
+		true,				// Always use the given name for the vehicle?
+		true,				//	Is this a typical transport vehicle?
+		false,			// Can it be crushed by a heavy vehicle?
+		false,			// Can this unit squash infantry?
+		false,			// Does this unit harvest Tiberium?
+		false,			// Is invisible to radar?
+//		true,			// Is selectable by player?
+		false,			// Is selectable by player?
+		false,			// Can it be a target for attack or move?
+		true,				// Is it insignificant (won't be announced)?
+		true,				// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		false,			// Is it equipped with a combat turret?
+		false,			// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		false,			// Can it be repaired in a repair facility?
+		false,			// Can the player construct or order this unit?
+		false,			// Is there a crew inside?
+		false,			// Does it have a rotating radar dish?
+		false,			// Is there an associated firing animation?
+		false,			// Must the turret be in a locked down position while moving?
+		false,			// Does it lay tracks while moving?
+		true,				// Is this a gigundo-rotund-enormous unit?
+		true,				// Is the unit's art as "chunky" cardinal facing only?
+		false,			// Is the unit capable of cloaking?
+		false,			// Does the unit have a constant animation?
+	-1,										// AMMO:			Number of shots it has (default).
+	400,										// STRENGTH:	Strength (in damage points).
+	3,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	300,										// COST:			Cost to build (Credits).
+	99,										// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	80,40,									// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD|
+	HOUSEF_BAD,								// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_ALUMINUM,						// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	SPEED_HOVER,							// MOVE:			Locomotion type.
+	MPH_MEDIUM_FAST,						// SPEED:		Miles per hour.
+	127,										// ROT:			Rate of turn (degrees per tick).
+	0,											// Turret center offset along body centerline.
+	MISSION_HUNT							// ORDERS:		Default order to give new unit.
+);
+
+// Mobile sam launcher
+static UnitTypeClass const UnitSAM(
+	UNIT_MSAM,
+	TXT_MSAM,								// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+	"MLRS",									// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+	ANIM_FRAG2,							// EXPLOSION:	Type of explosion when destroyed.
+	7,								// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_ATOWER,			// Building prerequisite.
+		true,				// Can this be a goodie surprise from a crate?
+		true,				// Is a leader type?
+		false,			// Only has eight facings?
+		false,			// Always use the given name for the vehicle?
+		false,			//	Is this a typical transport vehicle?
+		false,			// Can it be crushed by a heavy vehicle?
+		false,			// Can this unit squash infantry?
+		false,			// Does this unit harvest Tiberium?
+		false,			// Is invisible to radar?
+		true,				// Is selectable by player?
+		true,				// Can it be a target for attack or move?
+		false,			// Is it insignificant (won't be announced)?
+		false,			// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		true,				// Is it equipped with a combat turret?
+		false,			// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		true,				// Can it be repaired in a repair facility?
+		true,				// Can the player construct or order this unit?
+		true,				// Is there a crew inside?
+		false,			// Does it have a rotating radar dish?
+		false,			// Is there an associated firing animation?
+		true,				// Must the turret be in a locked down position while moving?
+		true,				// Does it lay tracks while moving?
+		true,				// Is this a gigundo-rotund-enormous unit?
+		false,			// Is the unit's art as "chunky" cardinal facing only?
+		false,			// Is the unit capable of cloaking?
+		false,			// Does the unit have a constant animation?
+	2,											// AMMO:			Number of shots it has (default).
+	120,										// STRENGTH:	Strength (in damage points).
+	4,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	750,										// COST:			Cost to build (Credits).
+	98,										// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	80,30,									// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+//	HOUSEF_GOOD|
+	HOUSEF_BAD,								// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_HONEST_JOHN,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_ALUMINUM,						// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	SPEED_TRACK,							// MOVE:			Locomotion type.
+	MPH_MEDIUM,								// SPEED:		Miles per hour.
+	5,											// ROT:			Rate of turn (degrees per tick).
+	0,							// Turret center offset along body centerline.
+	MISSION_HUNT							// ORDERS:		Default order to give new unit.
+);
+
+// Artillery
+static UnitTypeClass const UnitArty(
+	UNIT_ARTY,
+	TXT_ARTY,								// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+	"ARTY",									// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+	ANIM_ART_EXP1,							// EXPLOSION:	Type of explosion when destroyed.
+	6,								// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// Building prerequisite.
+		true,				// Can this be a goodie surprise from a crate?
+		true,				// Is a leader type?
+		false,			// Only has eight facings?
+		false,			// Always use the given name for the vehicle?
+		false,			//	Is this a typical transport vehicle?
+		false,			// Can it be crushed by a heavy vehicle?
+		false,			// Can this unit squash infantry?
+		false,			// Does this unit harvest Tiberium?
+		false,			// Is invisible to radar?
+		true,				// Is selectable by player?
+		true,				// Can it be a target for attack or move?
+		false,			// Is it insignificant (won't be announced)?
+		false,			// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		false,			// Is it equipped with a combat turret?
+		false,			// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		true,				// Can it be repaired in a repair facility?
+		true,				// Can the player construct or order this unit?
+		true,				// Is there a crew inside?
+		false,			// Does it have a rotating radar dish?
+		false,			// Is there an associated firing animation?
+		false,			// Must the turret be in a locked down position while moving?
+		true,				// Does it lay tracks while moving?
+		false,			// Is this a gigundo-rotund-enormous unit?
+		false,			// Is the unit's art as "chunky" cardinal facing only?
+		false,			// Is the unit capable of cloaking?
+		false,			// Does the unit have a constant animation?
+	-1,										// AMMO:			Number of shots it has (default).
+	75,										// STRENGTH:	Strength (in damage points).
+	4,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	450,										// COST:			Cost to build (Credits).
+	9,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	80,73,									// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_BAD,								// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_155MM,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_ALUMINUM,						// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	SPEED_TRACK,							// MOVE:			Locomotion type.
+	MPH_MEDIUM_SLOW,						// SPEED:		Miles per hour.
+	2,											// ROT:			Rate of turn (degrees per tick).
+	0,							// Turret center offset along body centerline.
+	MISSION_HUNT							// ORDERS:		Default order to give new unit.
+);
+
+// Harvester
+static UnitTypeClass const UnitHarvester(
+	UNIT_HARVESTER,
+	TXT_HARVESTER,							// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+	"HARV",									// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+	ANIM_FBALL1,							// EXPLOSION:	Type of explosion when destroyed.
+	2,								// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_REFINERY,			// Building prerequisite.
+		true,				// Can this be a goodie surprise from a crate?
+		false,			// Is a leader type?
+		false,			// Only has eight facings?
+		true,				// Always use the given name for the vehicle?
+		false,			//	Is this a typical transport vehicle?
+		false,			// Can it be crushed by a heavy vehicle?
+		true,				// Can this unit squash infantry?
+		true,				// Does this unit harvest Tiberium?
+		false,			// Is invisible to radar?
+		true,				// Is selectable by player?
+		true,				// Can it be a target for attack or move?
+		false,			// Is it insignificant (won't be announced)?
+		false,			// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		false,			// Is it equipped with a combat turret?
+		false,			// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		true,				// Can it be repaired in a repair facility?
+		true,				// Can the player construct or order this unit?
+		true,				// Is there a crew inside?
+		false,			// Does it have a rotating radar dish?
+		false,			// Is there an associated firing animation?
+		false,			// Must the turret be in a locked down position while moving?
+		true,				// Does it lay tracks while moving?
+		true,				// Is this a gigundo-rotund-enormous unit?
+		false,			// Is the unit's art as "chunky" cardinal facing only?
+		false,			// Is the unit capable of cloaking?
+		false,			// Does the unit have a constant animation?
+	-1,										// AMMO:			Number of shots it has (default).
+	600,										// STRENGTH:	Strength (in damage points).
+//	300,										// STRENGTH:	Strength (in damage points).
+	2,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	1400,										// COST:			Cost to build (Credits).
+	7,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	80,85,									// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD|
+	HOUSEF_BAD,								// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_ALUMINUM,						// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	SPEED_WHEEL,							// MOVE:			Locomotion type.
+	MPH_MEDIUM_SLOW,						// SPEED:		Miles per hour.
+	5,											// ROT:			Rate of turn (degrees per tick).
+	0,							// Turret center offset along body centerline.
+	MISSION_HARVEST						// ORDERS:		Default order to give new unit.
+);
+
+// Mobile construction vehicle
+static UnitTypeClass const UnitMCV(
+	UNIT_MCV,
+	TXT_MCV,									// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+	"MCV",									// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+	ANIM_FBALL1,							// EXPLOSION:	Type of explosion when destroyed.
+	7,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_EYE,			// Building prerequisite.
+		true,				// Can this be a goodie surprise from a crate?
+		false,			// Is a leader type?
+		false,			// Only has eight facings?
+		false,			// Always use the given name for the vehicle?
+		false,			//	Is this a typical transport vehicle?
+		false,			// Can it be crushed by a heavy vehicle?
+		true,				// Can this unit squash infantry?
+		false,			// Does this unit harvest Tiberium?
+		false,			// Is invisible to radar?
+		true,				// Is selectable by player?
+		true,				// Can it be a target for attack or move?
+		false,			// Is it insignificant (won't be announced)?
+		false,			// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		false,			// Is it equipped with a combat turret?
+		false,			// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		false,			// Can it be repaired in a repair facility?
+		true,				// Can the player construct or order this unit?
+		true,				// Is there a crew inside?
+		false,			// Does it have a rotating radar dish?
+		false,			// Is there an associated firing animation?
+		false,			// Must the turret be in a locked down position while moving?
+		true,				// Does it lay tracks while moving?
+		true,				// Is this a gigundo-rotund-enormous unit?
+		false,			// Is the unit's art as "chunky" cardinal facing only?
+		false,			// Is the unit capable of cloaking?
+		false,			// Does the unit have a constant animation?
+	-1,										// AMMO:			Number of shots it has (default).
+	600,										// STRENGTH:	Strength (in damage points).
+	2,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	5000,										// COST:			Cost to build (Credits).
+	15,										// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	80,86,									// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD|
+	HOUSEF_BAD,								// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_NONE,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_ALUMINUM,						// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	SPEED_WHEEL,							// MOVE:			Locomotion type.
+	MPH_MEDIUM_SLOW,						// SPEED:		Miles per hour.
+	5,											// ROT:			Rate of turn (degrees per tick).
+	0,							// Turret center offset along body centerline.
+	MISSION_HUNT							// ORDERS:		Default order to give new unit.
+);
+
+// Jeep (hummer)
+static UnitTypeClass const UnitJeep(
+	UNIT_JEEP,
+	TXT_JEEP,								// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+	"JEEP",									// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+	ANIM_FRAG1,							// EXPLOSION:	Type of explosion when destroyed.
+	2,								// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// Building prerequisite.
+		true,				// Can this be a goodie surprise from a crate?
+		true,				// Is a leader type?
+		false,			// Only has eight facings?
+		false,			// Always use the given name for the vehicle?
+		false,			//	Is this a typical transport vehicle?
+		false,			// Can it be crushed by a heavy vehicle?
+		false,			// Can this unit squash infantry?
+		false,			// Does this unit harvest Tiberium?
+		false,			// Is invisible to radar?
+		true,				// Is selectable by player?
+		true,				// Can it be a target for attack or move?
+		false,			// Is it insignificant (won't be announced)?
+		false,			// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		true,				// Is it equipped with a combat turret?
+		false,			// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		true,				// Can it be repaired in a repair facility?
+		true,				// Can the player construct or order this unit?
+		true,				// Is there a crew inside?
+		false,			// Does it have a rotating radar dish?
+		false,			// Is there an associated firing animation?
+		false,			// Must the turret be in a locked down position while moving?
+		true,				// Does it lay tracks while moving?
+		false,			// Is this a gigundo-rotund-enormous unit?
+		false,			// Is the unit's art as "chunky" cardinal facing only?
+		false,			// Is the unit capable of cloaking?
+		false,			// Does the unit have a constant animation?
+	-1,										// AMMO:			Number of shots it has (default).
+	150,										// STRENGTH:	Strength (in damage points).
+	2,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	400,										// COST:			Cost to build (Credits).
+	5,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	80,41,	 								// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD,							// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_M60MG,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_ALUMINUM,						// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	SPEED_WHEEL,							// MOVE:			Locomotion type.
+	MPH_MEDIUM_FAST,						// SPEED:		Miles per hour.
+	10,										// ROT:			Rate of turn (degrees per tick).
+	0,							// Turret center offset along body centerline.
+	MISSION_HUNT							// ORDERS:		Default order to give new unit.
+);
+
+// Buggy
+static UnitTypeClass const UnitBuggy(
+	UNIT_BUGGY,
+	TXT_DUNE_BUGGY,						// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+	"BGGY",									// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+	ANIM_FRAG1,							// EXPLOSION:	Type of explosion when destroyed.
+	4,								// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// Building prerequisite.
+		true,				// Can this be a goodie surprise from a crate?
+		true,				// Is a leader type?
+		false,			// Only has eight facings?
+		false,			// Always use the given name for the vehicle?
+		false,			//	Is this a typical transport vehicle?
+		false,			// Can it be crushed by a heavy vehicle?
+		false,			// Can this unit squash infantry?
+		false,			// Does this unit harvest Tiberium?
+		false,			// Is invisible to radar?
+		true,				// Is selectable by player?
+		true,				// Can it be a target for attack or move?
+		false,			// Is it insignificant (won't be announced)?
+		false,			// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		true,				// Is it equipped with a combat turret?
+		false,			// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		true,				// Can it be repaired in a repair facility?
+		true,				// Can the player construct or order this unit?
+		true,				// Is there a crew inside?
+		false,			// Does it have a rotating radar dish?
+		false,			// Is there an associated firing animation?
+		false,			// Must the turret be in a locked down position while moving?
+		false,			// Does it lay tracks while moving?
+		false,			// Is this a gigundo-rotund-enormous unit?
+		false,			// Is the unit's art as "chunky" cardinal facing only?
+		false,			// Is the unit capable of cloaking?
+		false,			// Does the unit have a constant animation?
+	-1,										// AMMO:			Number of shots it has (default).
+	140,										// STRENGTH:	Strength (in damage points).
+	2,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	300,										// COST:			Cost to build (Credits).
+	5,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	80,42, 									// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_BAD,								// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_M60MG,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_ALUMINUM,						// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	SPEED_WHEEL,							// MOVE:			Locomotion type.
+	MPH_MEDIUM_FAST,						// SPEED:		Miles per hour.
+	10,										// ROT:			Rate of turn (degrees per tick).
+	0,							// Turret center offset along body centerline.
+	MISSION_HUNT							// ORDERS:		Default order to give new unit.
+);
+
+// Attack cycle
+static UnitTypeClass const UnitBike(
+	UNIT_BIKE,
+	TXT_BIKE,								// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+	"BIKE",									// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+	ANIM_FRAG1,							// EXPLOSION:	Type of explosion when destroyed.
+	2,								// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// Building prerequisite.
+		true,				// Can this be a goodie surprise from a crate?
+		true,				// Is a leader type?
+		false,			// Only has eight facings?
+		false,			// Always use the given name for the vehicle?
+		false,			//	Is this a typical transport vehicle?
+		true,				// Can it be crushed by a heavy vehicle?
+		false,			// Can this unit squash infantry?
+		false,			// Does this unit harvest Tiberium?
+		false,			// Is invisible to radar?
+		true,				// Is selectable by player?
+		true,				// Can it be a target for attack or move?
+		false,			// Is it insignificant (won't be announced)?
+		false,			// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		false,			// Is it equipped with a combat turret?
+		false,			// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		true,				// Can it be repaired in a repair facility?
+		true,				// Can the player construct or order this unit?
+		true,				// Is there a crew inside?
+		false,			// Does it have a rotating radar dish?
+		false,			// Is there an associated firing animation?
+		false,			// Must the turret be in a locked down position while moving?
+		false,			// Does it lay tracks while moving?
+		false,			// Is this a gigundo-rotund-enormous unit?
+		false,			// Is the unit's art as "chunky" cardinal facing only?
+		false,			// Is the unit capable of cloaking?
+		false,			// Does the unit have a constant animation?
+	-1,										// AMMO:			Number of shots it has (default).
+#ifdef ADVANCED
+	90,										// STRENGTH:	Strength (in damage points).
+#else
+	160,										// STRENGTH:	Strength (in damage points).
+#endif
+	2,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	500,										// COST:			Cost to build (Credits).
+	5,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	80,45, 									// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_BAD,								// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_DRAGON,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_WOOD,								// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	SPEED_WHEEL,							// MOVE:			Locomotion type.
+	MPH_FAST,								// SPEED:		Miles per hour.
+	10,										// ROT:			Rate of turn (degrees per tick).
+	0,							// Turret center offset along body centerline.
+	MISSION_HUNT							// ORDERS:		Default order to give new unit.
+);
+
+// Rocket launcher
+static UnitTypeClass const UnitMLRS(
+	UNIT_MLRS,
+	TXT_MLRS,								// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+	"MSAM",									// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+	ANIM_ART_EXP1,							// EXPLOSION:	Type of explosion when destroyed.
+	7,								// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_EYE,				// Building prerequisite.
+		true,				// Can this be a goodie surprise from a crate?
+		true,				// Is a leader type?
+		false,			// Only has eight facings?
+		false,			// Always use the given name for the vehicle?
+		false,			//	Is this a typical transport vehicle?
+		false,			// Can it be crushed by a heavy vehicle?
+		false,			// Can this unit squash infantry?
+		false,			// Does this unit harvest Tiberium?
+		false,			// Is invisible to radar?
+		true,				// Is selectable by player?
+		true,				// Can it be a target for attack or move?
+		false,			// Is it insignificant (won't be announced)?
+		false,			// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		true,				// Is it equipped with a combat turret?
+		true,				// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		true,				// Can it be repaired in a repair facility?
+		true,				// Can the player construct or order this unit?
+		true,				// Is there a crew inside?
+		false,			// Does it have a rotating radar dish?
+		false,			// Is there an associated firing animation?
+		true,				// Must the turret be in a locked down position while moving?
+		true,				// Does it lay tracks while moving?
+		false,			// Is this a gigundo-rotund-enormous unit?
+		false,			// Is the unit's art as "chunky" cardinal facing only?
+		false,			// Is the unit capable of cloaking?
+		false,			// Does the unit have a constant animation?
+	-1,										// AMMO:			Number of shots it has (default).
+	100,										// STRENGTH:	Strength (in damage points).
+	4,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	800,										// COST:			Cost to build (Credits).
+	11,										// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	80,72, 									// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_BAD|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD,							// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_MLRS,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_ALUMINUM,						// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	SPEED_TRACK,							// MOVE:			Locomotion type.
+	MPH_MEDIUM,								// SPEED:		Miles per hour.
+	5,											// ROT:			Rate of turn (degrees per tick).
+	0,											// Turret center offset along body centerline.
+	MISSION_GUARD							// ORDERS:		Default order to give new unit.
+);
+
+// Armored personnel carrier
+static UnitTypeClass const UnitAPC(
+	UNIT_APC,
+	TXT_APC,									// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+	"APC",									// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+	ANIM_FRAG2,							// EXPLOSION:	Type of explosion when destroyed.
+	4,								// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_BARRACKS,			// Building prerequisite.
+		true,				// Can this be a goodie surprise from a crate?
+		true,				// Is a leader type?
+		false,			// Only has eight facings?
+		false,			// Always use the given name for the vehicle?
+		true,				//	Is this a typical transport vehicle?
+		false,			// Can it be crushed by a heavy vehicle?
+		true,				// Can this unit squash infantry?
+		false,			// Does this unit harvest Tiberium?
+		false,			// Is invisible to radar?
+		true,				// Is selectable by player?
+		true,				// Can it be a target for attack or move?
+		false,			// Is it insignificant (won't be announced)?
+		false,			// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		false,			// Is it equipped with a combat turret?
+		false,			// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		true,				// Can it be repaired in a repair facility?
+		true,				// Can the player construct or order this unit?
+		false,			// Is there a crew inside?
+		false,			// Does it have a rotating radar dish?
+		false,			// Is there an associated firing animation?
+		false,			// Must the turret be in a locked down position while moving?
+		true,				// Does it lay tracks while moving?
+		false,			// Is this a gigundo-rotund-enormous unit?
+		false,			// Is the unit's art as "chunky" cardinal facing only?
+		false,			// Is the unit capable of cloaking?
+		false,			// Does the unit have a constant animation?
+	-1,										// AMMO:			Number of shots it has (default).
+	200,										// STRENGTH:	Strength (in damage points).
+	4,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	700,										// COST:			Cost to build (Credits).
+	5,											// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	80,15,									// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_BAD|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD,							// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_M60MG,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_STEEL,							// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	SPEED_TRACK,							// MOVE:			Locomotion type.
+	MPH_MEDIUM_FASTER,					// SPEED:		Miles per hour.
+	5,											// ROT:			Rate of turn (degrees per tick).
+	0,											// Turret center offset along body centerline.
+	MISSION_HUNT							// ORDERS:		Default order to give new unit.
+);
+
+// Gunboat
+static UnitTypeClass const UnitGunBoat(
+	UNIT_GUNBOAT,
+	TXT_GUNBOAT,							// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+	"BOAT",									// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+	ANIM_FBALL1,							// EXPLOSION:	Type of explosion when destroyed.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// Building prerequisite.
+		false,			// Can this be a goodie surprise from a crate?
+		true,				// Is a leader type?
+		false,			// Only has eight facings?
+		true,				// Always use the given name for the vehicle?
+		false,			//	Is this a typical transport vehicle?
+		false,			// Can it be crushed by a heavy vehicle?
+		false,			// Can this unit squash infantry?
+		false,			// Does this unit harvest Tiberium?
+		false,			// Is invisible to radar?
+		true,				// Is selectable by player?
+		true,				// Can it be a target for attack or move?
+		true,				// Is it insignificant (won't be announced)?
+		false,			// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		true,				// Is it equipped with a combat turret?
+		true,				// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		false,			// Can it be repaired in a repair facility?
+		false,			// Can the player construct or order this unit?
+		true,				// Is there a crew inside?
+		false,			// Does it have a rotating radar dish?
+		false,			// Is there an associated firing animation?
+		false,			// Must the turret be in a locked down position while moving?
+		false,			// Does it lay tracks while moving?
+		true,				// Is this a gigundo-rotund-enormous unit?
+		true,				// Is the unit's art as "chunky" cardinal facing only?
+		false,			// Is the unit capable of cloaking?
+		false,			// Does the unit have a constant animation?
+	-1,										// AMMO:			Number of shots it has (default).
+	700,										// STRENGTH:	Strength (in damage points).
+	5,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	300,										// COST:			Cost to build (Credits).
+	99,										// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	80,40,									// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_MULTI1|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI2|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI3|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI4|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI5|
+	HOUSEF_MULTI6|
+	HOUSEF_JP|
+	HOUSEF_GOOD|
+	HOUSEF_BAD,								// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_TOMAHAWK,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_STEEL,							// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	SPEED_FLOAT,							// MOVE:			Locomotion type.
+	MPH_SLOW,								// SPEED:		Miles per hour.
+	1,											// ROT:			Rate of turn (degrees per tick).
+	14,										// Turret center offset along body centerline.
+	MISSION_GUARD							// ORDERS:		Default order to give new unit.
+);
+
+// Triceratops
+static UnitTypeClass const UnitTric(
+	UNIT_TRIC,
+	TXT_TRIC,								// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+	"TRIC",									// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+	ANIM_TRIC_DIE,							// EXPLOSION:	Type of explosion when destroyed.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// Building prerequisite.
+		false,			// Can this be a goodie surprise from a crate?
+		true,				// Is a leader type?
+		true,				// Only has eight facings?
+		true,				// Always use the given name for the vehicle?
+		false,			//	Is this a typical transport vehicle?
+		false,			// Can it be crushed by a heavy vehicle?
+		true,				// Can this unit squash infantry?
+		false,			// Does this unit harvest Tiberium?
+		true,				// Is invisible to radar?
+		true,				// Is selectable by player?
+		true,				// Can it be a target for attack or move?
+		false,			// Is it insignificant (won't be announced)?
+		false,			// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		false,			// Is it equipped with a combat turret?
+		false,			// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		false,			// Can it be repaired in a repair facility?
+		false,			// Can the player construct or order this unit?
+		false,			// Is there a crew inside?
+		false,			// Does it have a rotating radar dish?
+		true,				// Is there an associated firing animation?
+		false,			// Must the turret be in a locked down position while moving?
+		false,			// Does it lay tracks while moving?
+		true,				// Is this a gigundo-rotund-enormous unit?
+		false,			// Is the unit's art as "chunky" cardinal facing only?
+		false,			// Is the unit capable of cloaking?
+		false,			// Does the unit have a constant animation?
+	-1,										// AMMO:			Number of shots it has (default).
+	700,										// STRENGTH:	Strength (in damage points).
+	5,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	0,											// COST:			Cost to build (Credits).
+	99,										// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	50,50,									// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_JP,								// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_STEG,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_STEEL,							// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	SPEED_TRACK,							// MOVE:			Locomotion type.
+	MPH_SLOW,								// SPEED:		Miles per hour.
+	5,											// ROT:			Rate of turn (degrees per tick).
+	0,											// Turret center offset along body centerline.
+	MISSION_GUARD							// ORDERS:		Default order to give new unit.
+);
+
+// Tyrannosaurus Rex
+static UnitTypeClass const UnitTrex(
+	UNIT_TREX,
+	TXT_TREX,								// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+	"TREX",									// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+	ANIM_TREX_DIE,							// EXPLOSION:	Type of explosion when destroyed.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// Building prerequisite.
+		false,			// Can this be a goodie surprise from a crate?
+		true,				// Is a leader type?
+		true,				// Only has eight facings?
+		true,				// Always use the given name for the vehicle?
+		false,			//	Is this a typical transport vehicle?
+		false,			// Can it be crushed by a heavy vehicle?
+		true,				// Can this unit squash infantry?
+		false,			// Does this unit harvest Tiberium?
+		true,				// Is invisible to radar?
+		true,				// Is selectable by player?
+		true,				// Can it be a target for attack or move?
+		false,			// Is it insignificant (won't be announced)?
+		false,			// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		false,			// Is it equipped with a combat turret?
+		false,			// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		false,			// Can it be repaired in a repair facility?
+		false,			// Can the player construct or order this unit?
+		false,			// Is there a crew inside?
+		false,			// Does it have a rotating radar dish?
+		true,				// Is there an associated firing animation?
+		false,			// Must the turret be in a locked down position while moving?
+		false,			// Does it lay tracks while moving?
+		true,				// Is this a gigundo-rotund-enormous unit?
+		false,			// Is the unit's art as "chunky" cardinal facing only?
+		false,			// Is the unit capable of cloaking?
+		false,			// Does the unit have a constant animation?
+	-1,										// AMMO:			Number of shots it has (default).
+	750,										// STRENGTH:	Strength (in damage points).
+	5,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	0,											// COST:			Cost to build (Credits).
+	99,										// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	50,50,									// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_JP,								// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_TREX,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_STEEL,							// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	SPEED_TRACK,							// MOVE:			Locomotion type.
+	MPH_MEDIUM,								// SPEED:		Miles per hour.
+	5,											// ROT:			Rate of turn (degrees per tick).
+	0,											// Turret center offset along body centerline.
+	MISSION_GUARD							// ORDERS:		Default order to give new unit.
+);
+
+// Velociraptor
+static UnitTypeClass const UnitRapt(
+	UNIT_RAPT,
+	TXT_RAPT,								// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+	"RAPT",									// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+	ANIM_RAPT_DIE,							// EXPLOSION:	Type of explosion when destroyed.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// Building prerequisite.
+		false,			// Can this be a goodie surprise from a crate?
+		true,				// Is a leader type?
+		true,				// Only has eight facings?
+		true,				// Always use the given name for the vehicle?
+		false,			//	Is this a typical transport vehicle?
+		true,				// Can it be crushed by a heavy vehicle?
+		false,			// Can this unit squash infantry?
+		false,			// Does this unit harvest Tiberium?
+		true,				// Is invisible to radar?
+		true,				// Is selectable by player?
+		true,				// Can it be a target for attack or move?
+		false,			// Is it insignificant (won't be announced)?
+		false,			// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		false,			// Is it equipped with a combat turret?
+		false,			// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		false,			// Can it be repaired in a repair facility?
+		false,			// Can the player construct or order this unit?
+		false,			// Is there a crew inside?
+		false,			// Does it have a rotating radar dish?
+		true,				// Is there an associated firing animation?
+		false,			// Must the turret be in a locked down position while moving?
+		false,			// Does it lay tracks while moving?
+		true,				// Is this a gigundo-rotund-enormous unit?
+		false,			// Is the unit's art as "chunky" cardinal facing only?
+		false,			// Is the unit capable of cloaking?
+		false,			// Does the unit have a constant animation?
+	-1,										// AMMO:			Number of shots it has (default).
+	180,										// STRENGTH:	Strength (in damage points).
+	5,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	0,											// COST:			Cost to build (Credits).
+	99,										// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	50,50,									// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_JP,								// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_TREX,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_STEEL,							// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	SPEED_TRACK,							// MOVE:			Locomotion type.
+	MPH_FAST,								// SPEED:		Miles per hour.
+	5,											// ROT:			Rate of turn (degrees per tick).
+	0,											// Turret center offset along body centerline.
+	MISSION_GUARD							// ORDERS:		Default order to give new unit.
+);
+
+// Stegosaurus
+static UnitTypeClass const UnitSteg(
+	UNIT_STEG,
+	TXT_STEG,								// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+	"STEG",									// NAME:			Text name of this unit type.
+	ANIM_STEG_DIE,							// EXPLOSION:	Type of explosion when destroyed.
+	99,							// Build level.
+	STRUCTF_NONE,				// Building prerequisite.
+		false,			// Can this be a goodie surprise from a crate?
+		true,				// Is a leader type?
+		true,				// Only has eight facings?
+		true,				// Always use the given name for the vehicle?
+		false,			//	Is this a typical transport vehicle?
+		false,			// Can it be crushed by a heavy vehicle?
+		true,				// Can this unit squash infantry?
+		false,			// Does this unit harvest Tiberium?
+		true,				// Is invisible to radar?
+		true,				// Is selectable by player?
+		true,				// Can it be a target for attack or move?
+		false,			// Is it insignificant (won't be announced)?
+		false,			// Is it immune to normal combat damage?
+		false,			// Is it equipped with a combat turret?
+		false,			// Fires multiple shots in quick succession?
+		false,			// Can it be repaired in a repair facility?
+		false,			// Can the player construct or order this unit?
+		false,			// Is there a crew inside?
+		false,			// Does it have a rotating radar dish?
+		true,				// Is there an associated firing animation?
+		false,			// Must the turret be in a locked down position while moving?
+		false,			// Does it lay tracks while moving?
+		true,				// Is this a gigundo-rotund-enormous unit?
+		false,			// Is the unit's art as "chunky" cardinal facing only?
+		false,			// Is the unit capable of cloaking?
+		false,			// Does the unit have a constant animation?
+	-1,										// AMMO:			Number of shots it has (default).
+	600,										// STRENGTH:	Strength (in damage points).
+	5,											// SIGHTRANGE:	Range of sighting.
+	0,											// COST:			Cost to build (Credits).
+	99,										// SCENARIO:	Starting availability scenario.
+	50,50,									// RISK/RWRD:	Risk/reward rating values.
+	HOUSEF_JP,								// OWNABLE:		Ownable by house (bit field).
+	WEAPON_STEG,WEAPON_NONE,
+	ARMOR_STEEL,							// ARMOR:		Armor type
+	SPEED_TRACK,							// MOVE:			Locomotion type.
+	MPH_SLOW,								// SPEED:		Miles per hour.
+	5,											// ROT:			Rate of turn (degrees per tick).
+	0,											// Turret center offset along body centerline.
+	MISSION_GUARD							// ORDERS:		Default order to give new unit.
+);
+
+
+/*
+**	This is the array of pointers to the static data associated with each
+**	vehicle type.
+*/
+UnitTypeClass const * const UnitTypeClass::Pointers[UNIT_COUNT] = {
+	&UnitHTank,			//	UNIT_HTANK
+	&UnitMTank,			//	UNIT_MTANK
+	&UnitLTank,			//	UNIT_LTANK
+	&UnitSTank,			//	UNIT_STANK
+	&UnitFTank,			//	UNIT_FTANK
+	&UnitVisceroid,	// UNIT_VICE
+	&UnitAPC,			//	UNIT_APC
+	&UnitMLRS,			//	UNIT_MLRS
+	&UnitJeep,			//	UNIT_JEEP
+	&UnitBuggy,			//	UNIT_BUGGY
+	&UnitHarvester,	//	UNIT_HARVESTER
+	&UnitArty,			//	UNIT_ARTY
+	&UnitSAM,			//	UNIT_MSAM
+	&UnitHover,			//	UNIT_HOVER
+	&UnitMHQ,			//	UNIT_MHQ
+	&UnitGunBoat,		//	UNIT_GUNBOAT
+	&UnitMCV,			// UNIT_MCV
+	&UnitBike,			// UNIT_BIKE
+	&UnitTric,			// UNIT_TRIC
+	&UnitTrex,			// UNIT_TREX
+	&UnitRapt,			// UNIT_RAPT
+	&UnitSteg,			// UNIT_STEG
+};
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitTypeClass::UnitTypeClass -- Constructor for unit types.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the constructor for the unit types. It is used to initialize the unit type class *
+ *    structure. The unit type class is used to control the behavior of the various types      *
+ *    of units in the game. This constructor is called for every unique unit type as it        *
+ *    exists in the array of unit types.                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   bla bla bla... see below                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/20/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+UnitTypeClass::UnitTypeClass(UnitType type,
+				int name,
+				char const *ininame,
+				AnimType exp,
+				unsigned char level,
+				long pre,
+				bool is_goodie,
+				bool is_leader,
+				bool is_eight,
+				bool is_nominal,
+				bool is_transporter,
+				bool is_crushable,
+				bool is_crusher,
+				bool is_harvest,
+				bool is_stealthy,
+				bool is_selectable,
+				bool is_legal_target,
+				bool is_insignificant,
+				bool is_immune,
+				bool is_turret_equipped,
+				bool is_twoshooter,
+				bool is_repairable,
+				bool is_buildable,
+				bool is_crew,
+				bool is_radar_equipped,
+				bool is_fire_anim,
+				bool is_lock_turret,
+				bool is_tracked,
+				bool is_gigundo,
+				bool is_chunky,
+				bool is_cloakable,
+				bool is_animating,
+				int ammo,
+				unsigned short strength,
+				int sightrange,
+				int cost,
+				int scenario,
+				int risk,
+				int reward,
+				int ownable,
+				WeaponType primary, WeaponType secondary,
+				ArmorType armor,
+				SpeedType speed,
+				MPHType maxSpeed,
+				unsigned rot,
+				int toffset,
+				MissionType order) :
+					TechnoTypeClass(name,
+										ininame,
+										level,
+										pre,
+										is_leader,
+										false,
+										is_nominal,
+										is_transporter,
+										false,
+										is_crushable,
+										is_stealthy,
+										is_selectable,
+										is_legal_target,
+										is_insignificant,
+										is_immune,
+										false,
+										is_twoshooter,
+										is_turret_equipped,
+										is_repairable,
+										is_buildable,
+										is_crew,
+										ammo,
+										strength,
+										maxSpeed,
+										sightrange,
+										cost,
+										scenario,
+										risk,
+										reward,
+										ownable,
+										primary,secondary,
+										armor)
+{
+	Explosion = exp;
+	IsCrateGoodie = is_goodie;
+	IsPieceOfEight = is_eight;
+	IsCloakable = is_cloakable;
+	IsChunkyShape = is_chunky;
+	IsCrusher = is_crusher;
+	IsFireAnim = is_fire_anim;
+	IsGigundo = is_gigundo;
+	IsLockTurret = is_lock_turret;
+	IsRadarEquipped = is_radar_equipped;
+	IsToHarvest = is_harvest;
+	IsTracked = is_tracked;
+	IsAnimating = is_animating;
+	Mission = order;
+	ROT = rot;
+	Speed = speed;
+	TurretOffset = toffset;
+	Type = type;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitTypeClass::Occupy_List -- Returns with unit occupation list.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine returns with an occupation list for the unit type.                          *
+ *    The unit occupation list is used for placing units.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   placement   -- Is this for placement legality checking only? The normal condition  *
+ *                         is for marking occupation flags.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the unit occupation list.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/14/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+short const * UnitTypeClass::Occupy_List(bool ) const
+{
+	static short const _simple[] = {0, REFRESH_EOL};
+	static short const _gun[] = {0, -1, 1, REFRESH_EOL};
+
+	if (Type == UNIT_GUNBOAT) {
+		return(&_gun[0]);
+	}
+	return(&_simple[0]);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitTypeClass::From_Name -- Fetch class pointer from specified name.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine converts an ASCII representation of a unit class and                        *
+ *    converts it into a real unit class number.                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   name  -- ASCII name representing a unit class.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the actual unit class number that the string                          *
+ *          represents.                                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/07/1992 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   05/02/1994 JLB : Converted to member function.                                            *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+UnitType UnitTypeClass::From_Name(char const *name)
+{
+	if (name) {
+		for (UnitType classid = UNIT_FIRST; classid < UNIT_COUNT; classid++) {
+			if (stricmp(Pointers[classid]->IniName, name) == 0) {
+				return(classid);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return(UNIT_NONE);
+}
+
+
+#ifdef SCENARIO_EDITOR
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitTypeClass::Display -- Displays a generic unit shape.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine displays a generic representation of a unit of this                         *
+ *    type. Typically, it is used when adding objects to the game map.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   x,y   -- Coordinate to render the unit shape.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          window-- Window to render within.                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          house -- House to render the unit colors.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/14/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   11/08/1994 JLB : Handles chunky type vehicles now.                                        *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void UnitTypeClass::Display(int x, int y, WindowNumberType window, HousesType house) const
+{
+	int shape = 0;
+	void const * ptr = Get_Cameo_Data();
+	if (!ptr) {
+		ptr = Get_Image_Data();
+		shape = IsChunkyShape ? 0 : 5;
+	}
+	CC_Draw_Shape(ptr, shape, x, y, window, SHAPE_FADING|SHAPE_CENTER|SHAPE_WIN_REL, HouseTypeClass::As_Reference(house).RemapTable);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitTypeClass::Prep_For_Add -- Prepares scenario editor to add unit.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to prepare the generic object adder dialog                          *
+ *    box so that it will be able to add a unit object.                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/23/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   06/04/1994 JLB : Uses map editing interface functions.                                    *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void UnitTypeClass::Prep_For_Add(void)
+{
+	for (UnitType index = UNIT_FIRST; index < UNIT_COUNT; index++) {
+		if (As_Reference(index).Get_Image_Data() != NULL) {
+			Map.Add_To_List(&As_Reference(index));
+		}
+	}
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitTypeClass::One_Time -- Performs one time processing for unit type class objects.        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to perform the action necessary only once for the unit type class.  *
+ *    It loads unit shapes and brain files.   This routine should only be called once.         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   Only call this routine once.                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/28/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void UnitTypeClass::One_Time(void)
+{
+	for (UnitType index = UNIT_FIRST; index < UNIT_COUNT; index++) {
+		char	fullname[_MAX_FNAME+_MAX_EXT];
+		char	buffer[_MAX_FNAME];
+		UnitTypeClass const & uclass = As_Reference(index);
+		CCFileClass	file;
+		int			largest;			// Largest dimension of shape (so far).
+
+		void const 	*ptr;		// Shape pointer and set pointer.
+
+		largest = 0;
+		if (uclass.IsBuildable) {
+
+			/*
+			**	Fetch the supporting data files for the unit.
+			*/
+			if ( Get_Resolution_Factor() ) {
+				sprintf(buffer, "%sICNH", uclass.IniName);
+			} else {
+				sprintf(buffer, "%sICON", uclass.IniName);
+			}
+			_makepath(fullname, NULL, NULL, buffer, ".SHP");
+			((void const *&)uclass.CameoData) = MixFileClass::Retrieve(fullname);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Fetch a pointer to the unit's shape data.
+		*/
+		if (!uclass.IsPieceOfEight || (Special.IsJurassic && AreThingiesEnabled) ) {
+			_makepath(fullname, NULL, NULL, uclass.IniName, ".SHP");
+			ptr = MixFileClass::Retrieve(fullname);
+		} else {
+			ptr = NULL;
+		}
+
+		((void const *&)uclass.ImageData) = ptr;
+		if (ptr) {
+
+			if (index == UNIT_MLRS || index == UNIT_MSAM) {
+				largest = 26;
+			} else {
+				largest = MAX(largest, (int)Get_Build_Frame_Width(ptr));
+				largest = MAX(largest, (int)Get_Build_Frame_Height(ptr));
+			}
+		}
+
+		((int &)uclass.MaxSize) = MAX(largest, 8);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Load the wake shapes in at this time.
+	*/
+	if (!WakeShapes) {
+		WakeShapes = MixFileClass::Retrieve("WAKE.SHP");
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UTC::Init -- fetches the sidebar icons for the unittypeclass objects                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    theater type                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    4/26/96 4:07PM ST : Created                                                              *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+
+void UnitTypeClass::Init(TheaterType theater)
+{
+
+	if (Get_Resolution_Factor()){
+
+		if (theater != LastTheater){
+
+			void const * cameo_ptr;
+			char	fullname[_MAX_FNAME+_MAX_EXT];
+			char	buffer[_MAX_FNAME];
+
+			for (UnitType index = UNIT_FIRST; index < UNIT_COUNT; index++) {
+
+				UnitTypeClass const & uclass = As_Reference(index);
+
+				((void const *&)uclass.CameoData) = NULL;
+
+				if (uclass.IsBuildable) {
+					sprintf(buffer, "%sICNH", uclass.IniName);
+					_makepath(fullname, NULL, NULL, buffer, Theaters[theater].Suffix);
+					cameo_ptr = MixFileClass::Retrieve(fullname);
+					if (cameo_ptr){
+						((void const *&)uclass.CameoData) = cameo_ptr;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitTypeClass::Create_And_Place -- Creates and places a unit object onto the map.           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used by the scenario editor to create and place a unit object of this    *
+ *    type onto the map.                                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   cell     -- The cell that the unit is to be placed into.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          house    -- The house that the unit belongs to.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the unit created and placed successfully?                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/28/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool UnitTypeClass::Create_And_Place(CELL cell, HousesType house) const
+{
+	UnitClass * unit = new UnitClass(Type, house);
+	if (unit) {
+		return(unit->Unlimbo(Cell_Coord(cell), Random_Pick(DIR_N, DIR_MAX)));
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitTypeClass::Create_One_Of -- Creates a unit in limbo.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This function creates a unit of this type and keeps it in limbo. A pointer to the        *
+ *    created unit object is returned. It is presumed that this object will later be           *
+ *    unlimboed at the correct time and place.                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   house -- Pointer to the house that is to own the unit.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the created unit object. If the unit object              *
+ *          could not be created, then NULL is returned.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/07/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+ObjectClass * UnitTypeClass::Create_One_Of(HouseClass * house) const
+{
+	return(new UnitClass(Type, house->Class->House));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitTypeClass::Who_Can_Build_Me -- Determines which factory can build this unit type.       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to examine the buildings on the map in order to determine which one     *
+ *    can build the unit type.                                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   intheory -- If this parameter is true, then no examination of whether the factory  *
+ *                      is currently busy is performed. It just checks to see if the unit      *
+ *                      could be produced "in theory".                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          legal    -- Should building prerequisite legality checks be performed as well?     *
+ *                      For building placements, this is usually false. For sidebar button     *
+ *                      adding, this is usually true.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          house    -- The owner of the unit to be produced.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with pointer to the factory that can produce the unit. If no suitable      *
+ *          factory could be found then NULL is returned.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/12/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+BuildingClass * UnitTypeClass::Who_Can_Build_Me(bool intheory, bool legal, HousesType house) const
+{
+	BuildingClass * anybuilding = NULL;
+
+	for (int index = 0; index < Buildings.Count(); index++) {
+		BuildingClass * building = Buildings.Ptr(index);
+
+		if (building &&
+				!building->IsInLimbo &&
+				building->House->Class->House == house &&
+				building->Class->ToBuild == RTTI_UNITTYPE &&
+				building->Mission != MISSION_DECONSTRUCTION &&
+				((1L << building->ActLike) & Ownable) &&
+				(!legal || building->House->Can_Build(Type, building->ActLike)) &&
+				(intheory || !building->In_Radio_Contact())) {
+
+			if (building->IsLeader) return(building);
+			anybuilding = building;
+		}
+	}
+	return(anybuilding);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitTypeClass::As_Reference -- Fetches a reference to the unit type class specified.        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to return a reference to the UnitTypeClass object as indicated by       *
+ *    the unit type number speicified.                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   type  -- The unit type number to convert into a UnitTypeClass object reference.    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a reference to the unit type class object specified.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/23/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+UnitTypeClass const & UnitTypeClass::As_Reference(UnitType type)
+{
+	return(*Pointers[type]);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitTypeClass::Dimensions -- Determines the unit's pixel dimensions.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will fill in the width and height for this unit type. This width and        *
+ *    height are used to render the selection rectangle and the positioning of the health      *
+ *    bargraph.                                                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   width    -- Reference to the width of the unit (to be filled in).                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          height   -- Reference to the height of the unit (to be filled in).                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/23/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void UnitTypeClass::Dimensions(int &width, int &height) const
+{
+	if (Type == UNIT_GUNBOAT) {
+		width = 46;
+		height = 18;
+	} else {
+		width = MaxSize-(MaxSize/4);
+		height = MaxSize-(MaxSize/4);
+	}
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitTypeClass::Repair_Cost -- Determines cost per "step" of repair.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to determine how much it will cost to repair the unit one               *
+ *    step. A step is defined as the number of hit points returned from the Repair_Step()      *
+ *    function.                                                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the credit cost to repair this unit one step.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   04/03/1995 BWG : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int UnitTypeClass::Repair_Cost(void) const
+{
+	return(Fixed_To_Cardinal(Cost/(MaxStrength/REPAIR_STEP), REPAIR_PERCENT));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitTypeClass::Repair_Step -- Determines the repair step rate.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will determine how many strength points get healed for each "step". The     *
+ *    cost to repair one step is determine from the Repair_Cost() function.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the number of health points repaired for each "step".                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   04/03/1995 BWG : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int UnitTypeClass::Repair_Step(void) const
+{
+	return(REPAIR_STEP);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitTypeClass::Max_Pips -- Fetches the maximum pips allowed for this unit.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will determine the number of pips (maximum) allowed for this unit type.     *
+ *    Typically, this is the number of passengers allowed, but for harvesters, it is the       *
+ *    number of credits it holds divided by 100.                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the maximum number of pips allowed for this unit type.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/26/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int UnitTypeClass::Max_Pips(void) const
+{
+	if (Type == UNIT_HARVESTER) {
+		return(FULL_LOAD_CREDITS/100);
+	}
+
+	if (IsTransporter) {
+		return(Max_Passengers());
+	}
+	return(0);
+}
diff --git a/UNIT.CPP b/UNIT.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..989740c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/UNIT.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,4051 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\unit.cpv   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:48:28   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : UNIT.CPP                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : September 10, 1993                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : August 16, 1995 [JLB]                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   Recoil_Adjust -- Adjust pixel values in direction specified.                              *
+ *   Turret_Adjust -- Turret adjustment routine for MLRS and MSAM units.                       *
+ *   UnitClass::AI -- AI processing for the unit.                                              *
+ *   UnitClass::APC_Close_Door -- Closes an APC door.                                          *
+ *   UnitClass::APC_Open_Door -- Opens an APC door.                                            *
+ *   UnitClass::Active_Click_With -- Intercepts the active click to see if deployment is possib*
+ *   UnitClass::As_Target -- Returns the unit as a target value.                               *
+ *   UnitClass::Blocking_Object -- Determines how a object blocks a unit                       *
+ *   UnitClass::Can_Enter_Building -- Determines building entry legality.                      *
+ *   UnitClass::Can_Fire -- Determines if this unit can fire.                                  *
+ *   UnitClass::Can_Player_Move -- Determines if the player is legally allowed to move it.     *
+ *   UnitClass::Click_With -- Handles player map clicking while this unit is selected.         *
+ *   UnitClass::Crew_Type -- Fetches the kind of crew that this object produces.               *
+ *   UnitClass::Debug_Dump -- Displays the status of the unit to the mono monitor.             *
+ *   UnitClass::Desired_Load_Dir -- Determines the best cell and facing for loading.           *
+ *   UnitClass::Draw_It -- Draws a unit object.                                                *
+ *   UnitClass::Enter_Idle_Mode -- Unit enters idle mode state.                                *
+ *   UnitClass::Find_LZ -- Maintenance function for transport units.                           *
+ *   UnitClass::Flag_Attach -- Attaches a house flag to this unit.                             *
+ *   UnitClass::Flag_Remove -- Removes the house flag from this unit.                          *
+ *   UnitClass::Goto_Clear_Spot -- Finds a clear spot to deploy.                               *
+ *   UnitClass::Goto_Tiberium -- Search for and head toward nearest available Tiberium patch.  *
+ *   UnitClass::Harvesting -- Harvests tiberium at the current location.                       *
+ *   UnitClass::Init -- Clears all units for scenario preparation.                             *
+ *   UnitClass::Limbo -- Prepares vehicle and then limbos it.                                  *
+ *   UnitClass::Look -- Perform map revelation from a unit's position.                         *
+ *   UnitClass::Mission_Attack -- Handles the mission attack logic.                            *
+ *   UnitClass::Mission_Guard -- Special guard mission override processor.                     *
+ *   UnitClass::Mission_Harvest -- Handles the harvesting process used by harvesters.          *
+ *   UnitClass::Mission_Hunt -- This is the AI process for aggressive enemy units.             *
+ *   UnitClass::Mission_Move -- Handles special move mission overrides.                        *
+ *   UnitClass::Mission_Unload -- Handles unloading cargo.                                     *
+ *   UnitClass::Overlap_List -- Determines overlap list for units.                             *
+ *   UnitClass::Per_Cell_Process -- Performs operations necessary on a per cell basis.         *
+ *   UnitClass::Pip_Count -- Fetchs the number of pips to display on unit.                     *
+ *   UnitClass::Random_Animate -- Handles random idle animation for the unit.                  *
+ *   UnitClass::Read_INI -- Reads units from scenario INI file.                                *
+ *   UnitClass::Receive_Message -- Handles receiving a radio message.                          *
+ *   UnitClass::Remap_Table -- Fetches the remap table to use for this object.                 *
+ *   UnitClass::Response_Attack -- Voice feedback when ordering the unit to attack a target.   *
+ *   UnitClass::Response_Move -- Voice feedback when ordering the unit to move.                *
+ *   UnitClass::Response_Select -- Voice feedback when selecting the unit.                     *
+ *   UnitClass::Scatter -- Causes the unit to travel to a nearby safe cell.                    *
+ *   UnitClass::Set_Speed -- Initiate unit movement physics.                                   *
+ *   UnitClass::Sort_Y -- Give Y coordinate sort value for unit.                               *
+ *   UnitClass::Start_Driver -- Starts driving and reserves destination cell.                  *
+ *   UnitClass::Stop_Driver -- Handles removing occupation bits when driving stops.            *
+ *   UnitClass::Stun -- Stuns the unit in preparation for unit removal.                        *
+ *   UnitClass::Take_Damage -- Inflicts damage points on a unit.                               *
+ *   UnitClass::Target_Coord -- The coordinate to use when targeting this unit.                *
+ *   UnitClass::Try_To_Deploy -- The unit attempts to "deploy" at current location.            *
+ *   UnitClass::UnitClass -- Constructor for units.                                            *
+ *   UnitClass::Unlimbo -- Removes unit from stasis.                                           *
+ *   UnitClass::Unload_Hovercraft_Process -- Handles unloading hovercraft transport.           *
+ *   UnitClass::Validate -- validates unit pointer.														  *
+ *   UnitClass::What_Action -- Determines what action would occur if clicked on object.        *
+ *   UnitClass::What_Am_I -- Returns with the RTTI type this object is.                        *
+ *   UnitClass::Write_INI -- Writes all the units out to an INI file.                          *
+ *   UnitClass::delete -- Deletion operator for units.                                         *
+ *   UnitClass::new -- Allocate a unit slot and adjust access arrays.                          *
+ *   UnitClass::~UnitClass -- Destructor for unit objects.                                     *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+
+/*
+** This contains the value of the Virtual Function Table Pointer
+*/
+void * UnitClass::VTable;
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::Validate -- validates unit pointer.															  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *		1 = ok, 0 = error																								  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *		none.																												  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/09/1995 BRR : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+int UnitClass::Validate(void) const
+{
+	int num;
+
+	num = Units.ID(this);
+	if (num < 0 || num >= UNIT_MAX) {
+		Validate_Error("UNIT");
+		return (0);
+	}
+	else
+		return (1);
+}
+#else
+#define	Validate()
+#endif
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Recoil_Adjust -- Adjust pixel values in direction specified.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is a helper routine that modifies the pixel coordinates provided according to the   *
+ *    direction specified. The effect is the simulate recoil effects by moving an object 'back'*
+ *    one pixel. Since the pixels moved depend on facing, this routine handles the pixel       *
+ *    adjustment quickly.                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   dir   -- The direction to base the recoil on.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          x,y   -- References to the pixel coordinates that will be adjusted.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/08/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void Recoil_Adjust(DirType dir, int &x, int &y)
+{
+	static struct {
+		signed char X,Y;
+	} _adjust[32] = {
+		{0,1},	// N
+		{0,1},
+		{0,1},
+		{-1,1},
+		{-1,1},	// NE
+		{-1,1},
+		{-1,0},
+		{-1,0},
+		{-1,0},	// E
+		{-1,0},
+		{-1,-1},
+		{-1,-1},
+		{-1,-1},	// SE
+		{-1,-1},
+		{-1,-1},
+		{0,-1},
+		{0,-1},	// S
+		{0,-1},
+		{0,-1},
+		{1,-1},
+		{1,-1},	// SW
+		{1,-1},
+		{1,0},
+		{1,0},
+		{1,0},	// W
+		{1,0},
+		{1,1},
+		{1,1},
+		{1,1},	// NW
+		{1,1},
+		{0,1},
+		{0,1}
+	};
+
+	int index = Facing_To_32(dir);
+	x += _adjust[index].X;
+	y += _adjust[index].Y;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Turret_Adjust -- Turret adjustment routine for MLRS and MSAM units.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine adjusts the pixel coordinates specified to account for the displacement of  *
+ *    the turret on the MLRS and MSAM vehicles.                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   dir   -- The direction of the body of the vehicle.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          x,y   -- References to the turret center pixel position. These will be modified as *
+ *                   necessary.                                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/08/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void Turret_Adjust(DirType dir, int &x, int &y)
+{
+	static struct {
+		signed char X,Y;
+	} _adjust[32] = {
+	  	{1,2},	// N
+	  	{-1,1},
+	  	{-2,0},
+	  	{-3,0},
+	  	{-3,1},	// NW
+	  	{-4,-1},
+	  	{-4,-1},
+	  	{-5,-2},
+	  	{-5,-3},	// W
+	  	{-5,-3},
+	  	{-3,-3},
+	  	{-3,-4},
+	  	{-3,-4},	// SW
+	  	{-3,-5},
+	  	{-2,-5},
+	  	{-1,-5},
+	  	{0,-5},	// S
+	  	{1,-6},
+	  	{2,-5},
+	  	{3,-5},
+	  	{4,-5},	// SE
+	  	{6,-4},
+	  	{6,-3},
+	  	{6,-3},
+	  	{6,-3},	// E
+	  	{5,-1},
+	  	{5,-1},
+	  	{4,0},
+	  	{3,0},	// NE
+	  	{2,0},
+	  	{2,1},
+	  	{1,2}
+	};
+
+	int index = Facing_To_32(dir);
+	x += _adjust[index].X;
+	y += _adjust[index].Y;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::As_Target -- Returns the unit as a target value.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will convert the unit into a target value that is then returned. Target     *
+ *    values are typically used for navigation and other computer uses.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with target value of unit.                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/19/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+TARGET UnitClass::As_Target(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	return(Build_Target(KIND_UNIT, Units.ID(this)));
+}
+
+
+#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::Debug_Dump -- Displays the status of the unit to the mono monitor.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This displays the current status of the unit class to the mono monitor. By this display  *
+ *    bugs may be tracked down or prevented.                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/02/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void UnitClass::Debug_Dump(MonoClass *mono) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	mono->Set_Cursor(0, 0);
+	mono->Print(
+		"ÚName:ÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂMission:ÄÄÄÂTarCom:ÂNavCom:ÂRadio:ÂCoord:ÄÄÂHeadTo:ÄÂSt:Ä¿\n"
+		"³                   ³           ³       ³       ³      ³        ³        ³    ³\n"
+		"ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÂNÂYÂHealth:ÄÂBody:ÂTurret:ÂSpeed:ÂPath:ÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÂCargo:ÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄ´\n"
+		"³Active........³ ³ ³        ³     ³       ³      ³            ³               ³\n"
+		"³Limbo.........³ ³ ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ´\n"
+		"³Owned.........³ ³ ³Last Message:                                             ³\n"
+		"³Discovered....³ ³ ÃTimer:ÂArm:ÂTrack:ÂTiberium:ÂFlash:ÂStage:ÂTeam:ÄÄÄÄÂArch:´\n"
+		"³Selected......³ ³ ³      ³    ³      ³         ³      ³      ³         ³     ³\n"
+		"³Teathered.....³ ³ ÃÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÄÄÄÄÙ\n"
+		"³Locked on Map.³ ³ ³                                                           \n"
+		"³Turret Locked.³ ³ ³                                                           \n"
+		"³Is A Loaner...³ ³ ³                                                           \n"
+		"³Deploying.....³ ³ ³                                                           \n"
+		"³Rotating......³ ³ ³                                                           \n"
+		"³Firing........³ ³ ³                                                           \n"
+		"³Driving.......³ ³ ³                                                           \n"
+		"³To Look.......³ ³ ³                                                           \n"
+		"³Recoiling.....³ ³ ³                                                           \n"
+		"³To Display....³ ³ ³                                                           \n"
+		"ÀÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÁÄÁÄÙ                                                           \n");
+	mono->Set_Cursor(1, 1);mono->Printf("%s:%s", House->Class->IniName, Class->IniName);
+	CargoClass::Debug_Dump(mono);
+	MissionClass::Debug_Dump(mono);
+	TarComClass::Debug_Dump(mono);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::Sort_Y -- Give Y coordinate sort value for unit.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used by the rendering system in order to sort the                        *
+ *    game objects in a back to front order. This is now the correct                           *
+ *    overlap effect is achieved.                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a coordinate value that can be used for sorting.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/17/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+COORDINATE UnitClass::Sort_Y(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (IsTethered && *this == UNIT_HOVER) {
+		return(Coord_Add(Coord, 0xFF800000L));
+	}
+	return(Coord_Add(Coord, 0x00800000L));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::AI -- AI processing for the unit.                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will perform the AI processing necessary for the unit. These are non-       *
+ *    graphic related operations.                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/31/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void UnitClass::AI(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+
+	/*
+	**	Act on new orders if the unit is at a good position to do so.
+	*/
+	if (!IsDriving && Is_Door_Closed() /*Mission != MISSION_UNLOAD*/) {
+		Commence();
+	}
+
+	TarComClass::AI();
+
+	/*
+	**	Delete this unit if it finds itself off the edge of the map and it is in
+	**	guard or other static mission mode.
+	*/
+	if (!Team && Mission == MISSION_GUARD && !Map.In_Radar(Coord_Cell(Coord))) {
+		Stun();
+		delete this;
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Rocket launchers will reload every so often.
+	*/
+	if (*this == UNIT_MSAM && Ammo < Class->MaxAmmo) {
+		if (IsDriving) {
+			Reload = Reload + 1;
+		} else {
+			if (Reload.Expired()) {
+				Ammo++;
+				if (Ammo < Class->MaxAmmo) {
+					Reload = TICKS_PER_SECOND*30;
+				}
+				Mark(MARK_CHANGE);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Hover landers always are flagged to redraw since they don't record themselves
+	**	on the map in the normal fashion.
+	*/
+	if (*this == UNIT_HOVER) {
+//		Mark_For_Redraw();
+//if (IsDown) Mono_Printf("*");
+		Mark(MARK_CHANGE);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If this is a vehicle that heals itself (e.g., Mammoth Tank), then it will perform
+	**	the heal logic here.
+	*/
+	if (*this == UNIT_HTANK && (Frame % 16) == 0 && Health_Ratio() < 0x0080) {
+		Strength++;
+		Mark(MARK_CHANGE);
+	}
+	if (*this == UNIT_VICE && Map[Coord_Cell(Coord)].Land_Type() == LAND_TIBERIUM && Health_Ratio() < 0x0100 && (Frame % 16) == 0) {
+		Strength++;
+		Mark(MARK_CHANGE);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Transporters require special logic handled here since there isn't a MISSION_WAIT_FOR_PASSENGERS
+	**	mission that they can follow. Passenger loading is merely a part of their normal operation.
+	*/
+	if (Class->IsTransporter) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Double check that there is a passenger that is trying to load or unload.
+		**	If not, then close the door.
+		*/
+		if (!Is_Door_Closed() && Mission != MISSION_UNLOAD && Transmit_Message(RADIO_TRYING_TO_LOAD) != RADIO_ROGER) {
+			APC_Close_Door();
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Don't start a new mission unless the vehicle is in the center of
+	**	a cell (not driving) and the door (if any) is closed.
+	*/
+	if (!IsDriving && Is_Door_Closed()/*&& Mission != MISSION_UNLOAD*/) {
+		Commence();
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Handle recoil recovery here.
+	*/
+	if (IsInRecoilState) {
+		IsInRecoilState = false;
+		Mark(MARK_CHANGE);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** For animating objects such as Visceroids, max-out their animation
+	** stages here
+	*/
+	if (Class->IsAnimating) {
+		if (!Fetch_Rate()) Set_Rate(2);
+		StageClass::Graphic_Logic();
+		if (Fetch_Stage() >= Get_Build_Frame_Count(Class->Get_Image_Data())-1) {
+			Set_Stage(0);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** for Jurassic objects, animate them if they're walking
+	*/
+	if (Class->IsPieceOfEight && Special.IsJurassic && AreThingiesEnabled) {
+		// Only animate if they're walking
+		if (IsDriving || IsFiring) {
+			if (!Fetch_Rate()) {
+				Set_Rate(Options.Normalize_Delay(2));
+				Set_Stage(0);
+			}
+			StageClass::Graphic_Logic();
+			if (Fetch_Stage() >= ( (IsDriving || *this == UNIT_TREX || *this == UNIT_RAPT) ? 8 : 12) ) {
+				Set_Stage(0);
+				if (IsFiring) {
+					Set_Rate(0);
+					IsFiring = false;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	A cloaked object that is carrying the flag will always shimmer.
+	*/
+	if (Cloak == CLOAKED && Flagged != HOUSE_NONE) {
+		Do_Shimmer();
+	}
+
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::Can_Fire -- Determines if this unit can fire.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   target   -- The target that is desired to fire upon.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          which    -- The weapon (primary=0, secondary=1) to fire.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the fire error number if it cannot fire or else FIRE_OK.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/08/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+FireErrorType UnitClass::Can_Fire(TARGET target, int which) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	FireErrorType cf;
+
+	cf = TarComClass::Can_Fire(target, which);
+	if (cf == FIRE_OK) {
+
+		/*
+		** If it's a dinosaur, when it's OK to fire we should start the firing
+		** animation, but wait for the proper attack stage before starting the
+		** bullet, so things won't die prematurely.
+		*/
+		if (Class->IsFireAnim) {
+			if (!IsFiring) {
+				UnitClass *nonconst;
+
+				nonconst = (UnitClass *)this;
+				nonconst->Set_Rate(Options.Normalize_Delay(2));
+				nonconst->Set_Stage(0);
+				IsFiring = true;
+				cf = FIRE_BUSY;
+			} else {
+				if (Fetch_Stage() < 4) cf = FIRE_BUSY;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return(cf);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::Receive_Message -- Handles receiving a radio message.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the handler function for when a unit receives a radio                            *
+ *    message. Typical use of this is when a unit unloads from a hover                         *
+ *    class so that clearing of the transport is successful.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   from     -- Pointer to the originator of the message.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          message  -- The radio message received.                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          param    -- Reference to an optional parameter the might be needed to return       *
+ *                      information back to the originator of the message.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the radio message response.                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/22/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+RadioMessageType UnitClass::Receive_Message(RadioClass * from, RadioMessageType message, long & param)
+{
+	Validate();
+	switch (message) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Asks if the passenger can load on this transport.
+		*/
+		case RADIO_CAN_LOAD:
+			if (Class->IsTransporter && How_Many() < Class->Max_Passengers() && from && House->Class->House == from->Owner()) {
+				return(RADIO_ROGER);
+			}
+			return(RADIO_NEGATIVE);
+
+		/*
+		**	The refinery has told this harvester that it should begin the backup procedure
+		**	so that proper unloading may take place.
+		*/
+		case RADIO_BACKUP_NOW:
+			TarComClass::Receive_Message(from, message, param);
+			if (!IsRotating && PrimaryFacing != DIR_SW) {
+				Do_Turn(DIR_SW);
+			} else {
+				if (!IsDriving) {
+					Force_Track(BACKUP_INTO_REFINERY, Adjacent_Cell(Center_Coord(), FACING_N));
+					Set_Speed(128);
+				}
+			}
+			return(RADIO_ROGER);
+
+		/*
+		**	This message is sent by the passenger when it determines that it has
+		**	entered the transport.
+		*/
+		case RADIO_IM_IN:
+			if (How_Many() == Class->Max_Passengers()) {
+				APC_Close_Door();
+			}
+			return(RADIO_ATTACH);
+
+		/*
+		**	Docking maintenance message received. Check to see if new orders should be given
+		**	to the impatient unit.
+		*/
+		case RADIO_DOCKING:
+			if (Class->IsTransporter && *this == UNIT_APC && How_Many() < Class->Max_Passengers()) {
+				TarComClass::Receive_Message(from, message, param);
+
+				if (!IsDriving && !IsRotating && !IsTethered) {
+
+					/*
+					**	If the potential passenger needs someplace to go, then figure out a good
+					**	spot and tell it to go.
+					*/
+					if (Transmit_Message(RADIO_NEED_TO_MOVE, from) == RADIO_ROGER) {
+
+						CELL cell;
+						DirType dir = Desired_Load_Dir(from, cell);
+
+						/*
+						**	If no adjacent free cells are detected, then passenger loading
+						**	cannot occur. Break radio contact.
+						*/
+						if (cell == 0) {
+							Transmit_Message(RADIO_OVER_OUT, from);
+						} else {
+							param = (long)::As_Target(cell);
+							Do_Turn(dir);
+
+							/*
+							**	If it is now facing the correct direction, then open the
+							**	transport doors. Close the doors if the transport is or needs
+							**	to rotate.
+							*/
+							if (IsRotating) {
+								if (!Is_Door_Closed()) {
+									APC_Close_Door();
+								}
+							} else {
+								if (!Is_Door_Open()) {
+									APC_Open_Door();
+								}
+							}
+
+							/*
+							**	Tell the potential passenger where it should go. If the passenger is
+							**	already at the staging location, then tell it to move onto the transport
+							**	directly.
+							*/
+							if (Transmit_Message(RADIO_MOVE_HERE, param, from) == RADIO_YEA_NOW_WHAT) {
+								if (Is_Door_Open()) {
+									param = (long)As_Target();
+									Transmit_Message(RADIO_TETHER);
+									if (Transmit_Message(RADIO_MOVE_HERE, param, from) != RADIO_ROGER) {
+										Transmit_Message(RADIO_OVER_OUT, from);
+									} else {
+										Contact_With_Whom()->Unselect();
+									}
+								}
+							}
+						}
+					}
+				}
+				return(RADIO_ROGER);
+			}
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	When this message is received, it means that the other object
+		**	has already turned its radio off. Turn this radio off as well.
+		*/
+		case RADIO_OVER_OUT:
+			if (Mission == MISSION_RETURN) {
+				Assign_Mission(MISSION_GUARD);
+			}
+			TarComClass::Receive_Message(from, message, param);
+			return(RADIO_ROGER);
+
+	}
+	return(TarComClass::Receive_Message(from, message, param));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::Unlimbo -- Removes unit from stasis.                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will place a unit into the game and out of its limbo                        *
+ *    state. This occurs whenever a unit is unloaded from a transport.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   coord    -- The coordinate to make the unit appear.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          dir      -- The initial facing to impart upon the unit.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the unit unlimboed successfully?  If the desired                         *
+ *                coordinate is illegal, then this might very well return                      *
+ *                false.                                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/22/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool UnitClass::Unlimbo(COORDINATE coord, DirType dir)
+{
+	Validate();
+	/*
+	**	All units must start out facing one of the 8 major directions.
+	*/
+	dir = Facing_Dir(Dir_Facing(dir));
+
+	if (TarComClass::Unlimbo(coord, dir)) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Ensure that the owning house knows about the
+		**	new object.
+		*/
+		House->UScan |= (1L << Class->Type);
+		House->ActiveUScan |= (1L << Class->Type);
+
+		/*
+		**	If it starts off the edge of the map, then it already starts cloaked.
+		*/
+		if (IsCloakable && !IsLocked) Cloak = CLOAKED;
+
+		/*
+		**	Units default to no special animation.
+		*/
+		Set_Rate(0);
+		Set_Stage(0);
+
+		/*
+		**	A gun boat and a hover craft are allowed to exit the map thus we
+		** flag them so they can.  This undoes the work of Techno::Unlimbo which
+		** stole their IsALoaner flag.
+		*/
+		if (*this == UNIT_GUNBOAT || *this == UNIT_HOVER) {
+			IsALoaner = true;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Start the gunboat animating when it is unlimboed.
+		*/
+		if (*this == UNIT_GUNBOAT) {
+			Set_Rate(2);
+			Set_Stage(0);
+		}
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::Take_Damage -- Inflicts damage points on a unit.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will inflict the specified number of damage points on                       *
+ *    the given unit. If the unit is destroyed, then this routine will                         *
+ *    remove the unit cleanly from the game. The return value indicates                        *
+ *    whether the unit was destroyed. This will allow appropriate death                        *
+ *    animation or whatever.                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   damage-- The number of damage points to inflict.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          distance -- The distance from the damage center point to the object's center point.*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          warhead--The type of damage to inflict.                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          source   -- Who is responsible for this damage?                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns the result of the damage process. This can range from RESULT_NONE up to    *
+ *          RESULT_DESTROYED.                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/30/1991 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   07/12/1991 JLB : Script initiated by unit destruction.                                    *
+ *   04/15/1994 JLB : Converted to member function.                                            *
+ *   04/16/1994 JLB : Warhead modifier.                                                        *
+ *   06/03/1994 JLB : Added the source of the damage target value.                             *
+ *   06/20/1994 JLB : Source is a base class pointer.                                          *
+ *   11/22/1994 JLB : Shares base damage handler for techno objects.                           *
+ *   06/30/1995 JLB : Lasers do maximum damage against gunboat.                                *
+ *   08/16/1995 JLB : Harvester crushing doesn't occur on early missions.                      *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+ResultType UnitClass::Take_Damage(int & damage, int distance, WarheadType warhead, TechnoClass * source)
+{
+	Validate();
+	ResultType res = RESULT_NONE;
+
+	/*
+	**	Special case: If this is a laser attacking a gunboat, then the gunboat is ALWAYS toasted.
+	*/
+	if (*this == UNIT_GUNBOAT && warhead == WARHEAD_LASER) {
+		damage = Strength*3;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Remember if this object was selected. If it was and it gets destroyed and it has
+	**	passengers that pop out, then the passengers will inherit the select state.
+	*/
+	bool select = (IsSelected && IsOwnedByPlayer);
+
+	/*
+	**	In order for a this to be damaged, it must either be a unit
+	**	with a crew or a sandworm.
+	*/
+	res = TarComClass::Take_Damage(damage, distance, warhead, source);
+
+	if (res == RESULT_DESTROYED) {
+		Death_Announcement(source);
+		if (Class->Explosion != ANIM_NONE) {
+			AnimType anim = Class->Explosion;
+
+			/*
+			**	SSM launchers will really explode big if they are carrying
+			**	missiles at the time of the explosion.
+			*/
+			if (*this == UNIT_MSAM && Ammo) {
+				anim = ANIM_NAPALM3;
+			}
+
+			if (*this == UNIT_TRIC || *this == UNIT_TREX || *this == UNIT_RAPT || *this == UNIT_STEG) {
+				Sound_Effect(VOC_DINODIE1, Coord);
+			}
+
+			new AnimClass(anim, Coord);
+
+			/*
+			**	When the flame tank blows up, it really blows up. It is
+			**	equivalent to a napalm strike.
+			*/
+			if (Class->Explosion == ANIM_NAPALM3) {
+				Explosion_Damage(Coord, 200, source, WARHEAD_FIRE);
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	Very strong units that have an explosion will also rock the
+			**	screen when they are destroyed.
+			*/
+			if (Class->MaxStrength > 400) {
+				Shake_Screen(3);
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Possibly have the crew member run away.
+		*/
+		Mark(MARK_UP);
+		if (Class->IsCrew && !Class->IsTransporter) {
+			if (Random_Pick(0, 1) == 0) {
+				InfantryClass * i = 0;
+				if (Class->Primary == WEAPON_NONE) {
+					i = new InfantryClass(INFANTRY_C1, House->Class->House);
+					i->IsTechnician = true;
+				} else {
+					i = new InfantryClass(INFANTRY_E1, House->Class->House);
+				}
+				if (i) {
+					if (i->Unlimbo(Coord, DIR_N)) {
+						i->Strength = Random_Pick(5, (int)i->Class->MaxStrength/2);
+						i->Scatter(0, true);
+						if (!House->IsHuman) {
+							i->Assign_Mission(MISSION_HUNT);
+						} else {
+							i->Assign_Mission(MISSION_GUARD);
+						}
+						if (select) i->Select();
+					} else {
+						delete i;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		} else {
+			if (*this != UNIT_HOVER) {
+				while (Is_Something_Attached()) {
+					FootClass * object = Detach_Object();
+
+					if (!object) break;		// How can this happen?
+
+					/*
+					**	Only infantry can run from a destroyed vehicle. Even then, it is not a sure
+					**	thing.
+					*/
+					if (object->Is_Infantry() && object->Unlimbo(Coord, DIR_N)) {
+	//					object->Strength = Random_Pick(5, (int)((InfantryClass*)object)->Class->MaxStrength/2);
+						object->Scatter(0, true);
+						if (select) object->Select();
+					} else {
+						object->Record_The_Kill(source);
+						delete object;
+					}
+				}
+			} else {
+				Kill_Cargo(source);
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	When the mobile head quarters blows up, the entire side blows up.
+		*/
+		if (*this == UNIT_MHQ) {
+			House->Flag_To_Die();
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Finally, delete the vehicle.
+		*/
+		delete this;
+
+	} else {
+
+		/*
+		**	When damaged and below half strength, start smoking if
+		**	it isn't already smoking.
+		*/
+		if (Health_Ratio() < 0x0080 && !IsAnimAttached && *this != UNIT_VICE && *this != UNIT_STEG && *this != UNIT_TREX && *this != UNIT_TRIC && *this != UNIT_RAPT) {
+			AnimClass * anim = new AnimClass(ANIM_SMOKE_M, Coord_Add(Coord, XYP_Coord(0, -8)));
+			if (anim) anim->Attach_To(this);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	If at half damage, then start smoking or burning as appropriate.
+		*/
+		if (res == RESULT_HALF) {
+			if (*this == UNIT_GUNBOAT) {
+				AnimClass * anim = new AnimClass(ANIM_ON_FIRE_MED, Coord_Add(Coord, XYP_Coord(Random_Pick(0, 16)-8, -2)));
+				if (anim) anim->Attach_To(this);
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Try to crush anyone that fires on this unit if possible. The harvester
+		**	typically is the only one that will qualify here.
+		*/
+		if (!Team && source && !IsTethered && !House->Is_Ally(source) && (!House->IsHuman || Special.IsSmartDefense)) {
+
+			/*
+			**	Try to crush the attacker if it can be crushed by this unit and this unit is
+			**	not equipped with a flame type weapon. If this unit has a weapon and the target
+			**	is not very close, then fire on it instead. In easy mode, they never run over the
+			**	player. In hard mode, they always do. In normal mode, they only overrun past
+			**	mission #8.
+			*/
+			if ((Class->Primary == WEAPON_NONE || (Distance(source) < 0x0180 && BulletTypeClass::As_Reference(Weapons[Class->Primary].Fires).Warhead != WARHEAD_FIRE)) &&
+						(GameToPlay != GAME_NORMAL ||
+						*this != UNIT_HARVESTER ||
+						BuildLevel > 8 ||
+						Special.IsDifficult) &&
+						!Special.IsEasy &&
+						Class->IsCrusher &&  source->Is_Techno() && ((TechnoTypeClass const &)source->Class_Of()).IsCrushable) {
+
+				Assign_Destination(source->As_Target());
+				Assign_Mission(MISSION_MOVE);
+			} else {
+
+				/*
+				**	Try to return to base if possible.
+				*/
+				if (*this == UNIT_HARVESTER && Pip_Count() && Health_Ratio() < 0x0080) {
+					/*
+					**	Find nearby refinery and head to it?
+					*/
+					BuildingClass * building = Find_Docking_Bay(STRUCT_REFINERY, false);
+
+					/*
+					**	Since the refinery said it was ok to load, establish radio
+					**	contact with the refinery and then await docking orders.
+					*/
+					if (building && Transmit_Message(RADIO_HELLO, building) == RADIO_ROGER) {
+						Assign_Mission(MISSION_ENTER);
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Computer controlled harvester will radio for help if they are attacked.
+		*/
+		if (*this == UNIT_HARVESTER && !House->IsHuman && source) {
+			Base_Is_Attacked(source);
+		}
+	}
+	return(res);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::new -- Allocate a unit slot and adjust access arrays.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will allocate a unit from the available unit pool and                       *
+ *    fixup all the access lists to match. It will allocate a unit slot                        *
+ *    from within the range allowed for the specified unit type. If no                         *
+ *    slot was found, then it will fail.                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the allocated unit.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   04/11/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   04/21/1994 JLB : Converted to operator new.                                               *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void * UnitClass::operator new(size_t)
+{
+	void * ptr = (UnitClass *)Units.Allocate();
+	if (ptr) {
+		((UnitClass *)ptr)->IsActive = true;
+	}
+	return(ptr);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::delete -- Deletion operator for units.                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This removes the unit from the local allocation system. Since this                       *
+ *    is a fixed block of memory, not much has to be done to delete the                        *
+ *    unit. Merely marking it as inactive is enough.                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   ptr   -- Pointer to the unit to delete.                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   04/21/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void UnitClass::operator delete(void *ptr)
+{
+	if (ptr) {
+		((UnitClass *)ptr)->IsActive = false;
+	}
+	Units.Free((UnitClass *)ptr);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::~UnitClass -- Destructor for unit objects.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This destructor will lower the unit count for the owning house as well as inform any     *
+ *    other units in communication, that this unit is about to leave reality.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/15/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+UnitClass::~UnitClass(void)
+{
+	if (GameActive && Class) {
+
+		/*
+		**	If there are any cargo members, delete them.
+		*/
+		while (Is_Something_Attached()) {
+			delete Detach_Object();
+		}
+
+		Limbo();
+	}
+	if (GameActive && Team) Team->Remove(this);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::UnitClass -- Constructor for units.                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This constructor for units will initialize the unit into the game                        *
+ *    system. It will be placed in all necessary tracking lists. The initial condition will    *
+ *    be in a state of limbo.                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   classid  -- The type of unit to create.                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          house -- The house owner of this unit.                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   04/21/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+UnitClass::UnitClass(UnitType classid, HousesType house) :
+	TarComClass(classid, house)
+{
+	Flagged = HOUSE_NONE;
+	Reload = 0;
+	Ammo = Class->MaxAmmo;
+	IsCloakable = Class->IsCloakable;
+	if (Class->IsAnimating) Set_Rate(Options.Normalize_Delay(3));
+
+	/*
+	** Keep count of the number of units created.
+	*/
+	if (GameToPlay == GAME_INTERNET){
+		House->UnitTotals->Increment_Unit_Total((int)classid);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::Active_Click_With -- Intercepts the active click to see if deployment is possible*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine intercepts the active click operation. It check to see if this is a self    *
+ *    deployment request (MCV's have this ability). If it is, then the object is initiated     *
+ *    to self deploy. In the other cases, it passes the operation down to the lower            *
+ *    classes for processing.                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   action   -- The action requested of the unit.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          object   -- The object that the mouse pointer is over.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/10/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void UnitClass::Active_Click_With(ActionType action, ObjectClass * object)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (action != What_Action(object)) {
+		switch (action) {
+			case ACTION_SABOTAGE:
+			case ACTION_CAPTURE:
+				action = ACTION_ATTACK;
+				break;
+
+			case ACTION_ENTER:
+				action = ACTION_MOVE;
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				action = ACTION_NONE;
+				break;
+		}
+	}
+	TarComClass::Active_Click_With(action, object);
+}
+
+
+void UnitClass::Active_Click_With(ActionType action, CELL cell) {TarComClass::Active_Click_With(action, cell);};
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::Enter_Idle_Mode -- Unit enters idle mode state.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called when the unit completes one mission but does not have a clear     *
+ *    follow up mission to perform. In such a case, the unit should enter a default idle       *
+ *    state. This idle state varies depending on what the current internal computer            *
+ *    settings of the unit is as well as what kind of unit it is.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   initial  -- Is this called when the unit just leaves a factory or is initially     *
+ *                      or is initially placed on the map?                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/31/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   06/03/1994 JLB : Fixed to handle non-combat vehicles.                                     *
+ *   06/18/1995 JLB : Allows a harvester to stop harvesting.                                   *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void UnitClass::Enter_Idle_Mode(bool initial)
+{
+	Validate();
+	MissionType	order;
+
+	/*
+	**	A movement mission without a NavCom would be pointless to have a radio contact since
+	**	no radio coordination occurs on a just a simple movement mission.
+	*/
+	if (Mission == MISSION_MOVE && !Target_Legal(NavCom)) {
+		Transmit_Message(RADIO_OVER_OUT);
+	}
+
+	if (Class->Primary == WEAPON_NONE) {
+		if (Class->IsToHarvest) {
+			if (!In_Radio_Contact() && Mission != MISSION_HARVEST) {
+				if (initial || !House->IsHuman || Map[Coord_Cell(Coord)].Land_Type() == LAND_TIBERIUM) {
+					order = MISSION_HARVEST;
+				} else {
+					order = MISSION_GUARD;
+				}
+				Assign_Target(TARGET_NONE);
+				Assign_Destination(TARGET_NONE);
+			} else {
+				return;
+			}
+		} else {
+			if (IsALoaner && Class->IsTransporter && Is_Something_Attached() && !Team) {
+				order = MISSION_UNLOAD;
+			} else {
+				order = MISSION_GUARD;
+				Assign_Target(TARGET_NONE);
+				Assign_Destination(TARGET_NONE);
+			}
+		}
+	} else {
+		if (Target_Legal(TarCom)) {
+			order = MISSION_ATTACK;
+		} else {
+			if (Target_Legal(NavCom)) {
+				order = MISSION_MOVE;
+			} else {
+				if (GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL || House->IsHuman) {
+					order = MISSION_GUARD;
+				} else {
+					if (GameToPlay != GAME_NORMAL) {
+						order = MISSION_TIMED_HUNT;
+					} else {
+						order = MISSION_HUNT;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	Assign_Mission(order);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::Find_LZ -- Maintenance function for transport units.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is a maintenance function for transport units. It checks to see if it is loaded     *
+ *    with cargo, but it doesn't know where to put it. In such a case, the unit must look      *
+ *    for a landing zone (LZ) to unload the cargo. This routine should be called every so      *
+ *    often. Typically, calling this routine is controlled by the scripts.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/31/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void UnitClass::Find_LZ(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	CELL	cell;		// Map exit cell number.
+
+	if (*this == UNIT_HOVER) {
+
+		if (!IsRotating && Is_Something_Attached() && !Target_Legal(NavCom)) {
+			cell = Map.Calculated_Cell(SOURCE_BEACH, House->Class->House);
+			Assign_Destination(::As_Target(cell));
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::Unload_Hovercraft_Process -- Handles unloading hovercraft transport.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is a maintenance routine to handle the special operations necessary for a           *
+ *    hovercraft transport. This routine checks to see if special unloading operations are     *
+ *    necessary and performs them. These operations can include unloading the transported      *
+ *    object, finding a new beach cell, and rotating to a convenient unloading facing.         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Has the transport finished its unloading mission?  This is true after the    *
+ *                hovercraft has completely dispatched its cargo.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/31/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   07/31/1995 JLB : Second infantry unloaded MUST be the one tethered.                       *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool UnitClass::Unload_Hovercraft_Process(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	bool			unloaded = false;
+	FootClass	*unit;		// The unit to be unloaded.
+	CELL			cell;				// Cell to unload to.
+
+	/*
+	**	If the hovercraft is currently waiting for the last unit
+	**	to completely unload, then don't do anything.
+	*/
+	if (IsTethered || IsRotating) {
+		return(false);
+	}
+
+	if (Is_Something_Attached()) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Only unload if the hovercraft has reached the beach.
+		*/
+		if (!Target_Legal(NavCom)) {
+
+			cell = Coord_Cell(Adjacent_Cell(Coord, Dir_Facing(PrimaryFacing.Current())));
+
+			unit = (FootClass *)Attached_Object();
+
+			Mark(MARK_UP);
+			if (Map.In_Radar(cell) && !Map[cell].Cell_Unit()) {
+
+				if (unit->Can_Enter_Cell(cell, FACING_NONE) == MOVE_OK) {
+
+					/*
+					**	Place all the transported units onto the map.
+					*/
+					int count = 0;
+					bool first = true;
+					FootClass * secondary = 0;
+					while (Attached_Object()) {
+						FootClass * u = (FootClass *)Detach_Object();
+
+						if (!first && !secondary) secondary = u;
+						first = false;
+
+						/*
+						**	Place the unit on the map and start it heading in the right direction.
+						*/
+						ScenarioInit++;
+						if (u->Unlimbo(Coord_Add(Coord & 0xFF00FF00L, StoppingCoordAbs[count]), DIR_N)) {
+							u->Assign_Mission(MISSION_MOVE);
+							u->NavCom = ::As_Target(cell);
+							u->Path[0] = Dir_Facing(u->PrimaryFacing.Current());
+							u->Path[1] = FACING_NONE;
+							u->Set_Speed(0x80);
+							u->IsUnloading = true;
+
+						} else {
+
+							/*
+							**	Couldn't unlimbo for some strange reason. Kill the unit off.
+							*/
+							delete u;
+						}
+						ScenarioInit--;
+						count++;
+					}
+					if (secondary) unit = secondary;
+
+					/*
+					**	Establish radio contact bond with the transport
+					**	hovercraft. This bond tells the hovercraft to
+					**	not move until the unit has completely unloaded.
+					*/
+					if (Transmit_Message(RADIO_HELLO, unit) == RADIO_ROGER) {
+						Transmit_Message(RADIO_UNLOAD);
+					}
+					Mark(MARK_DOWN);
+					Map.Layer[LAYER_GROUND].Sort();
+					Map.Layer[LAYER_GROUND].Sort();
+					Map.Layer[LAYER_GROUND].Sort();
+					return(false);
+				} else {
+
+					/*
+					**	If the attached object cannot unload because the desired destination
+					**	cell is impassable, then abort the landing. This is faked by pretending
+					**	that the unload was successful. The controlling routine will cause
+					**	the transport to leave.
+					*/
+Mark(MARK_DOWN);
+return(false);
+//					return(true);
+				}
+			}
+
+			Mark(MARK_DOWN);
+		}
+	} else {
+		return(true);
+	}
+
+	return(unloaded);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::Goto_Clear_Spot -- Finds a clear spot to deploy.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used by the MCV to find a clear spot to deploy. If a clear spot          *
+ *    is found, then the MCV will assign that location to its navigation computer. This only   *
+ *    occurs if the MCV isn't already heading toward a spot.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool;  Is the located at a spot where it can deploy?                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/27/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool UnitClass::Goto_Clear_Spot(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	Mark(MARK_UP);
+	if (!Target_Legal(NavCom) && BuildingTypeClass::As_Reference(STRUCT_CONST).Legal_Placement(Coord_Cell(Coord))) {
+		Mark(MARK_DOWN);
+		return(true);
+	}
+
+	if (!Target_Legal(NavCom)) {
+		/*
+		**	This scan table is skewed to north scanning only. This should
+		**	probably be converted to a more flexible method.
+		*/
+		static int _offsets[] = {
+			-MAP_CELL_W*1,
+			-MAP_CELL_W*2,
+			-(MAP_CELL_W*2)+1,
+			-(MAP_CELL_W*2)-1,
+			-MAP_CELL_W*3,
+			-(MAP_CELL_W*3)+1,
+			-(MAP_CELL_W*3)-1,
+			-(MAP_CELL_W*3)+2,
+			-(MAP_CELL_W*3)-2,
+			-MAP_CELL_W*4,
+			-(MAP_CELL_W*4)+1,
+			-(MAP_CELL_W*4)-1,
+			-(MAP_CELL_W*4)+2,
+			-(MAP_CELL_W*4)-2,
+			0
+		};
+		int *ptr;
+
+		ptr = &_offsets[0];
+		while (*ptr) {
+			CELL	cell = Coord_Cell(Coord)+*ptr++;
+
+			if (BuildingTypeClass::As_Reference(STRUCT_CONST).Legal_Placement(cell)) {
+				Assign_Destination(::As_Target(cell));
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	Mark(MARK_DOWN);
+
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::Try_To_Deploy -- The unit attempts to "deploy" at current location.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Certain units have the ability to deploy into a building. When this routine is called    *
+ *    for one of those units, it will attempt to deploy at its current location. If the unit   *
+ *    is in motion to a destination or it isn't one of the special units that can deploy or    *
+ *    it isn't allowed to deploy at this location for some reason it won't deploy. In all      *
+ *    other cases, it will begin to deploy and once it begins only a player abort action will  *
+ *    stop it.                                                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was deployment begun?                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/18/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool UnitClass::Try_To_Deploy(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (!Target_Legal(NavCom) && !IsRotating) {
+		if (*this == UNIT_MCV) {
+
+			/*
+			**	Determine if it is legal to deploy at this location. If not, tell the
+			**	player.
+			*/
+			Mark(MARK_UP);
+			if (!BuildingTypeClass::As_Reference(STRUCT_CONST).Legal_Placement(Coord_Cell(Adjacent_Cell(Center_Coord(), FACING_NW)))) {
+				if (PlayerPtr == House) {
+					Speak(VOX_DEPLOY);
+				}
+				Mark(MARK_DOWN);
+				IsDeploying = false;
+				return(false);
+			}
+			Mark(MARK_DOWN);
+
+			/*
+			**	If the unit is not facing the correct direction, then start it rotating
+			**	toward the right facing, but still flag it as if it had deployed. This is
+			**	because it will deploy as soon as it reaches the correct facing.
+			*/
+			if (PrimaryFacing.Current() != DIR_SW) {
+				Do_Turn(DIR_SW);
+//				PrimaryFacing.Set_Desired(DIR_SW);
+				IsDeploying = true;
+				return(true);
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	Since the unit is already facing the correct direction, actually do the
+			**	deploy logic. If for some reason this cannot occur, then don't delete the
+			**	unit, just mark it as not deploying.
+			*/
+			Mark(MARK_UP);
+			BuildingClass * building = new BuildingClass(STRUCT_CONST, House->Class->House);
+			if (building) {
+				if (building->Unlimbo(Adjacent_Cell(Coord, FACING_NW))) {
+
+					/*
+					**	Always reveal the construction yard to the player that owned the
+					**	mobile construction vehicle.
+					*/
+					building->Revealed(House);
+
+					/*
+					**	Force the newly placed construction yard to be in the same strength
+					**	ratio as the MCV that deployed into it.
+					*/
+					int ratio = Health_Ratio();
+					building->Strength = Fixed_To_Cardinal(building->Class->MaxStrength, ratio);
+					/*
+					** Force the MCV to drop any flag it was carrying.  This will also set
+					** the owner house's flag home cell (since the house's FlagHome is
+					** presumably 0 at this point).
+					*/
+					Stun();
+					delete this;
+					return(true);
+				} else {
+
+					/*
+					**	Could not deploy the construction yard at this location! Just revert
+					**	back to normal "just sitting there" mode and await further instructions.
+					*/
+					delete building;
+				}
+			}
+			Mark(MARK_DOWN);
+			IsDeploying = false;
+		}
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::Per_Cell_Process -- Performs operations necessary on a per cell basis.           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will perform the operations necessary that occur when a unit is at the      *
+ *    center of a cell. These operations could entail deploying into a construction yard,      *
+ *    radioing a transport unit, and looking around for the enemy.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   center   -- Is the unit safely at the center of a cell?  If it is merely "close"   *
+ *                      to the center, then this parameter will be false.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/18/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   06/17/1995 JLB : Handles case when building says "NO!"                                    *
+ *   06/30/1995 JLB : Gunboats head back and forth now.                                        *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void UnitClass::Per_Cell_Process(bool center)
+{
+	Validate();
+	CELL	cell = Coord_Cell(Coord);
+	TechnoClass	* whom;
+	HousesType house;
+
+	/*
+	**	If this is a unit that is driving onto a building then the unit must enter
+	**	the building as the final step.
+	*/
+	whom = Contact_With_Whom();
+	if (IsTethered && whom && center) {
+		if (whom->What_Am_I() == RTTI_BUILDING && Mission == MISSION_ENTER) {
+			if (whom == Map[cell].Cell_Building()) {
+				switch (Transmit_Message(RADIO_IM_IN, whom)) {
+					case RADIO_ROGER:
+						break;
+
+					case RADIO_ATTACH:
+						Mark(MARK_UP);
+						SpecialFlag = true;
+						Limbo();
+						SpecialFlag = false;
+						whom->Attach(this);
+						return;
+
+					default:
+						Scatter(true);
+						break;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	When breaking away from a transport object or building, possibly
+	**	scatter or otherwise begin normal unit operations.
+	*/
+	if (IsTethered && center && Mission != MISSION_ENTER) {
+		if (Transmit_Message(RADIO_UNLOADED) == RADIO_RUN_AWAY) {
+			if (!Target_Legal(NavCom)) {
+				Scatter(0, true);
+			}
+		} else {
+			if (*this == UNIT_HARVESTER) {
+				if (Target_Legal(ArchiveTarget)) {
+					Assign_Mission(MISSION_HARVEST);
+					Assign_Destination(ArchiveTarget);
+					ArchiveTarget = TARGET_NONE;
+				} else {
+
+					/*
+					**	Since there is no place to go, move away to clear
+					**	the pad for another harvester.
+					*/
+					if (!Target_Legal(NavCom)) {
+						Scatter(0, true);
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+#ifdef OBSOLETE
+	/*
+	**	If this unit is on a teather, then cut it at this time so that
+	**	the "parent" unit is free to proceed. Note that the parent
+	**	unit might actually be a building.
+	*/
+	if (IsTethered && center && !Map[cell].Cell_Building()) {
+		if (!Tiberium || *this != UNIT_HARVESTER) {
+			Transmit_Message(RADIO_UNLOADED);
+			if (*this == UNIT_HARVESTER) {
+				if (Target_Legal(ArchiveTarget)) {
+					Assign_Mission(MISSION_HARVEST);
+					Assign_Destination(ArchiveTarget);
+					ArchiveTarget = TARGET_NONE;
+				} else {
+
+					/*
+					**	Since there is no place to go, move away to clear
+					**	the pad for another harvester.
+					*/
+					Scatter(0, true);
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef OBSOLETE
+	/*
+	** If the unit is at the center of the repair facility, and that was his
+	** destination, then start him repairing.
+	*/
+	if (center && !IsRepairing) {
+		BuildingClass * b = As_Building(NavCom);
+		if (b && *b==STRUCT_REPAIR && Coord == b->Center_Coord()) {
+			NavCom = 0;
+			IsRepairing = true;
+			Transmit_Message(RADIO_REPAIR_BEGIN_ANIM);
+		}
+	}
+#endif
+
+	/*
+	**	Check to see if this is merely the end of a rotation for the MCV as it is
+	**	preparing to deploy. In this case, it should begin its deploy process.
+	*/
+	if (center && IsDeploying) {
+		Try_To_Deploy();
+		if (!IsActive) return;			// Unit no longer exists -- bail.
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If this is a loaner unit and is is off the edge of the
+	**	map, then it gets eliminated. That is, unless it is carrying cargo. This means that
+	**	it is probably carrying an incoming reinforcement and it should not be eliminated.
+	*/
+	if (center && IsALoaner && !Map.In_Radar(cell)) {
+		if (IsReturning || !Is_Something_Attached()) {
+			if (*this == UNIT_GUNBOAT) {
+				CELL cell = Coord_Cell(Coord);
+				if (Cell_X(cell) <= Map.MapCellX) {
+					Assign_Mission(MISSION_HUNT);
+					Assign_Destination(::As_Target(XY_Cell(Map.MapCellX+Map.MapCellWidth, Cell_Y(cell))));
+					Set_Speed(255);
+					PrimaryFacing = DIR_E;
+				} else {
+					Assign_Mission(MISSION_HUNT);
+					Assign_Destination(::As_Target(XY_Cell(Map.MapCellX-1, Cell_Y(cell))));
+					Set_Speed(255);
+					PrimaryFacing = DIR_W;
+				}
+				Mark(MARK_DOWN);
+			} else {
+				Mark(MARK_DOWN);
+				Stun();
+				delete this;
+				return;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+#ifdef OBSOLETE
+	/*
+	**	Destroy any crushable wall that is driven over by a tracked vehicle.
+	*/
+	CellClass * cellptr = &Map[cell];
+	if (center && Class->Speed == SPEED_TRACK && cellptr->Overlay != OVERLAY_NONE) {
+		OverlayTypeClass const * optr = &OverlayTypeClass::As_Reference(cellptr->Overlay);
+
+		if (optr->IsCrushable) {
+			cellptr->Reduce_Wall(100);
+			cellptr->Reduce_Wall(100);
+			cellptr->Reduce_Wall(100);
+			cellptr->Reduce_Wall(100);
+			cellptr->Reduce_Wall(100);
+			cellptr->Reduce_Wall(100);
+		}
+	}
+#endif
+
+	/*
+	**	Check to see if crushing of any unfortunate infantry is warranted.
+	*/
+	Overrun_Square(Coord_Cell(Coord), false);
+
+	/*
+	**	The unit performs looking around at this time. If the
+	**	unit moved further than one square during the last track
+	**	move, don't do an incremental look. Do a full look around
+	**	instead.
+	*/
+	if (IsPlanningToLook) {
+		IsPlanningToLook = false;
+		Look(false);
+	} else {
+		Look(true);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Act on new orders if the unit is at a good position to do so.
+	*/
+	if (center) {
+		Commence();
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Certain units require some setup time after they come to a halt.
+	*/
+	if (Special.IsDefenderAdvantage && /*center &&*/ !Target_Legal(NavCom) && Path[0] == FACING_NONE) {
+		if (*this == UNIT_MLRS || *this == UNIT_ARTY || *this == UNIT_MSAM) {
+			Arm = Rearm_Delay(false)*2;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If there is a house flag here, then this unit just might pick it up.
+	*/
+	if (center && Flagged == HOUSE_NONE) {
+
+		if (Map[cell].IsFlagged && Map[cell].Owner != House->Class->House) {
+			HouseClass::As_Pointer(Map[cell].Owner)->Flag_Attach(this);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If this is the unit's own flag-home-cell and the unit is carrying
+	** a flag, destroy the house of the flag the unit is carrying.
+	*/
+	if (Flagged != HOUSE_NONE) {
+
+		/*
+		**	If this vehicle is carrying your flag, then it will reveal the
+		**	map for you as well as itself. This gives you and opportunity to
+		**	attack the unit.
+		*/
+		if (!IsOwnedByPlayer && Flagged == PlayerPtr->Class->House) {
+			Map.Sight_From(Coord_Cell(Coord), Class->SightRange, true);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	If the flag reaches the home cell for the player, then the flag's
+		**	owner will be destroyed.
+		*/
+		if (cell == HouseClass::As_Pointer(Owner())->FlagHome && center) {
+			house = Flagged; // Flag_Remove will clear 'Flagged', so save it
+			HouseClass::As_Pointer(house)->Flag_Remove(As_Target(),true);
+			HouseClass::As_Pointer(house)->Flag_To_Die();
+		}
+	}
+
+	TarComClass::Per_Cell_Process(center);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::Draw_It -- Draws a unit object.                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is the one that actually draws a unit object. It displays the unit          *
+ *    according to its current state flags and centered at the location specified.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   x,y   -- The X and Y coordinate of where to draw the unit.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          window   -- The clipping window to use.                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/20/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   06/27/1994 JLB : Takes a window parameter.                                                *
+ *   08/15/1994 JLB : Removed infantry support.                                                *
+ *   01/07/1995 JLB : Harvester animation support.                                             *
+ *   07/08/1995 JLB : Uses general purpose draw routine.                                       *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void UnitClass::Draw_It(int x, int y, WindowNumberType window)
+{
+	Validate();
+	int			shapenum;		// Working shape number.
+	void const	*shapefile;		// Working shape file pointer.
+	int			facing = Facing_To_32(PrimaryFacing.Current());
+	int			tfacing = Facing_To_32(SecondaryFacing.Current());
+
+	/*
+	**	Verify the legality of the unit class.
+	*/
+	shapefile = Class->Get_Image_Data();
+	if (!shapefile) return;
+
+	/*
+	**	If drawing of this unit is not explicitly prohibited, then proceed
+	**	with the render process.
+	*/
+	if (Visual_Character() != VISUAL_HIDDEN) {
+
+		/*
+		**	For eight facing units, adjust the facing number accordingly.
+		*/
+		if (Class->IsPieceOfEight) {
+			facing = Dir_Facing(PrimaryFacing.Current());
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Some units have only four facings, but are equipped with a turret
+		**	that has 32 facings.
+		*/
+		if (Class->IsChunkyShape) {
+
+			/*
+			**	Special wake drawing occurs here.
+			*/
+			if (*this == UNIT_GUNBOAT) {
+				int	shapestart;
+				int	xx,yy;
+
+				xx = x;
+				yy = y;
+				switch (Dir_Facing(PrimaryFacing.Current())) {
+					case FACING_NE:
+					case FACING_E:
+					case FACING_SE:
+						shapenum = UnitClass::BodyShape[tfacing]+96;
+						shapestart = 0;
+						//xx -= 4;
+						break;
+
+					case FACING_W:
+					default:
+						shapenum = UnitClass::BodyShape[tfacing];
+						shapestart = 6;
+						xx += 4;
+						break;
+				}
+
+				CC_Draw_Shape(UnitTypeClass::WakeShapes, shapestart + (Fetch_Stage() % 6), xx-1, yy+3, window, SHAPE_CENTER|SHAPE_WIN_REL);
+
+				if (Health_Ratio() < 0x0080) shapenum += 32;
+				if (Health_Ratio() < 0x0040) shapenum += 32;
+
+			} else  {
+
+				/*
+				**	Special hovercraft shape is ALWAYS N/S.
+				*/
+				shapenum = 0;
+
+				//shapenum = ((UnitClass::BodyShape[facing] + 4) / 8) & 0x03;
+			}
+
+		} else {
+
+			/*
+			**	Fetch the harvesting animation stage as appropriate.
+			*/
+			if (IsHarvesting && !PrimaryFacing.Is_Rotating() && !NavCom && !IsDriving) {
+				static char _hstage[6] = {
+					0, 1, 2, 3, 2, 1
+				};
+				shapenum = 32 + (((UnitClass::BodyShape[facing]+2)/4)*4)+_hstage[Fetch_Stage()%sizeof(_hstage)];
+			} else {
+				shapenum = UnitClass::BodyShape[facing];
+				if (Class->IsAnimating) {
+					shapenum = Fetch_Stage();
+				}
+				if (Class->IsPieceOfEight) {
+					shapenum = 0;
+					if (facing)    shapenum = UnitClass::BodyShape[24+facing];
+					if (IsDriving) shapenum = Fetch_Stage() + 16 + shapenum*8;
+					if (IsFiring)  shapenum = Fetch_Stage() + 80 + shapenum*( ((*this == UNIT_TREX) || (*this == UNIT_RAPT)) ? 8 : 12);
+				} else {
+
+					/*
+					**	Door opening and closing animation must be handled carefully. There are only
+					**	certain directions where this door animation will work.
+					*/
+					if (!Is_Door_Closed() && (PrimaryFacing == DIR_NW || PrimaryFacing == DIR_NE)) {
+						if (PrimaryFacing == DIR_NE) {
+							shapenum = 32;
+						} else {
+							if (PrimaryFacing == DIR_NW) {
+								shapenum = 35;
+							}
+						}
+						shapenum += Door_Stage();
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	The artillery unit should have its entire body recoil when it fires.
+		*/
+		if (*this == UNIT_ARTY && IsInRecoilState) {
+			Recoil_Adjust(PrimaryFacing.Current(), x, y);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Actually perform the draw. Overlay an optional shimmer effect as necessary.
+		*/
+//if (*this == UNIT_HOVER) {
+//	Mono_Printf("Display hover %p %d.\n", shapefile, shapenum);
+//}
+		Techno_Draw_Object(shapefile, shapenum, x, y, window);
+
+		/*
+		**	If there is a rotating radar dish, draw it now.
+		*/
+		if (Class->IsRadarEquipped) {
+			shapenum = 32 + (Frame % 32);
+			Techno_Draw_Object(shapefile, shapenum, x, y-5, window);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	If there is a turret, then it must be rendered as well. This may include
+		**	firing animation if required.
+		*/
+		if (!Class->IsChunkyShape && Class->IsTurretEquipped) {
+			int x1 = x;
+			int y1 = y;
+
+			/*
+			**	Determine which turret shape to use. This depends on if there
+			**	is any firing animation in progress.
+			*/
+			shapenum = TechnoClass::BodyShape[tfacing]+32;
+
+			/*
+			**	The shape to use for the rocket launcher is dependant on the
+			**	ammo remaining.
+			*/
+			if (*this == UNIT_MSAM) {
+				if (Ammo == 0) shapenum += 64;
+				if (Ammo == 1) shapenum += 32;
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	A recoiling turret moves "backward" one pixel.
+			*/
+			if (IsInRecoilState) {
+				Recoil_Adjust(SecondaryFacing.Current(), x1, y1);
+			}
+
+			/*
+			** The Mobile SAM and the Missile Launchers need their turrets moved based
+			** on the facing of the vehicle.
+			*/
+			if (*this == UNIT_MSAM || *this == UNIT_MLRS) {
+				Turret_Adjust(PrimaryFacing, x1, y1);
+			}
+			if (*this == UNIT_JEEP || *this == UNIT_BUGGY) {
+				y1 -= 4;
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	Actually perform the draw. Overlay an optional shimmer effect as necessary.
+			*/
+			Techno_Draw_Object(shapefile, shapenum, x1, y1, window);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	If this unit has "piggy back" unit(s), then render it at the same time.
+		*/
+		if (*this == UNIT_HOVER && Is_Something_Attached()) {
+			TechnoClass * u = (TechnoClass *)Attached_Object();
+
+			int counter = 0;
+			for (;;) {
+				int x1,y1;
+
+				if (Map.Coord_To_Pixel(Coord_Add(Coord_Add(Coord, 0xFF80FF80L), StoppingCoordAbs[counter++]), x1, y1)) {
+					u->Draw_It(x1, y1, WINDOW_TACTICAL);
+				}
+				if (!u->Next) break;
+				u = (TechnoClass *)u->Next;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If this unit is carrying the flag, then draw that on top of everything else.
+	*/
+	if (Flagged != HOUSE_NONE) {
+		CC_Draw_Shape(MixFileClass::Retrieve("FLAGFLY.SHP"), Frame % 14, x, y, window, SHAPE_CENTER|SHAPE_FADING|SHAPE_GHOST, HouseClass::As_Pointer(Flagged)->Remap_Table(false, false), Map.UnitShadow);
+	}
+
+	TarComClass::Draw_It(x, y, window);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::Goto_Tiberium -- Search for and head toward nearest available Tiberium patch.    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to move a harvester to a place where it can load up with            *
+ *    Tiberium. It will return true only if it can start harvesting. Otherwise, it sets        *
+ *    the navigation computer toward the nearest Tiberium and lets the unit head there         *
+ *    automatically.                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Is it located directly over a Tiberium patch?                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/18/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool UnitClass::Tiberium_Check(CELL &center, int x, int y)
+{
+	Validate();
+	/*
+	**	If the specified offset from the origin will cause it
+	**	to spill past the map edge, then abort this cell check.
+	*/
+	if (Cell_X(center)+x < Map.MapCellX) return(false);
+	if (Cell_X(center)+x >= Map.MapCellX+Map.MapCellWidth) return(false);
+	if (Cell_Y(center)+y < Map.MapCellY) return(false);
+	if (Cell_Y(center)+y >= Map.MapCellY+Map.MapCellHeight) return(false);
+
+	center = XY_Cell(Cell_X(center)+x, Cell_Y(center)+y);
+
+	if ((GameToPlay != GAME_NORMAL || (!IsOwnedByPlayer || Map[center].IsVisible))) {
+		if (!Map[center].Cell_Techno() && Map[center].Land_Type() == LAND_TIBERIUM) {
+			return(true);
+		}
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+bool UnitClass::Goto_Tiberium(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (!Target_Legal(NavCom)) {
+		CELL center = Coord_Cell(Center_Coord());
+		if (Map[center].Land_Type() == LAND_TIBERIUM) {
+			return(true);
+		} else {
+
+			/*
+			**	Perform a ring search outward from the center.
+			*/
+			for (int radius = 1; radius < 32; radius++) {
+				for (int x = -radius; x <= radius; x++) {
+					CELL cell = center;
+					if (Tiberium_Check(cell, x, -radius)) {
+						Assign_Destination(::As_Target(cell));
+						return(false);
+					}
+
+					cell = center;
+					if (Tiberium_Check(cell, x, +radius)) {
+						Assign_Destination(::As_Target(cell));
+						return(false);
+					}
+
+					cell = center;
+					if (Tiberium_Check(cell, -radius, x)) {
+						Assign_Destination(::As_Target(cell));
+						return(false);
+					}
+
+
+					cell = center;
+					if (Tiberium_Check(cell, +radius, x)) {
+						Assign_Destination(::As_Target(cell));
+						return(false);
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::Harvesting -- Harvests tiberium at the current location.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to by the harvester to harvest Tiberium at the current location.    *
+ *    When harvesting is complete, this routine will return true.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Is harvesting complete?                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/18/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool UnitClass::Harvesting(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	CELL	cell = Coord_Cell(Coord);
+	CellClass * ptr = &Map[cell];
+
+	/*
+	**	Keep waiting if still heading toward a spot to harvest.
+	*/
+	if (Target_Legal(NavCom)) return(true);
+
+	if (Tiberium_Load() < 0x0100 && ptr->Land_Type() == LAND_TIBERIUM) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Lift some Tiberium from the ground. Try to lift a complete
+		**	"level" of Tiberium. A level happens to be 6 steps. If there
+		**	is a partial level, then lift that instead. Never lift more
+		**	than the harvester can carry.
+		*/
+		int reducer = (ptr->OverlayData % 6) + 1;
+		reducer = ptr->Reduce_Tiberium(MIN(reducer, UnitTypeClass::STEP_COUNT-Tiberium));
+		Tiberium += reducer;
+		Set_Stage(0);
+		Set_Rate(2);
+
+	} else {
+
+		/*
+		**	If the harvester is stopped on a non Tiberium field and the harvester
+		**	isn't loaded with Tiberium, then no further action can be performed
+		**	by this logic routine. Bail with a failure and thus cause a branch to
+		**	a better suited logic processor.
+		*/
+		Set_Stage(0);
+		Set_Rate(0);
+		return(false);
+	}
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::Mission_Unload -- Handles unloading cargo.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the AI control sequence for when a transport desires to unload its cargo and     *
+ *    then exit the map.                                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the delay before calling this routine again.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/18/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int UnitClass::Mission_Unload(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	enum {
+		INITIAL_CHECK,
+		MANEUVERING,
+		OPENING_DOOR,
+		UNLOADING,
+		CLOSING_DOOR
+	};
+	DirType	dir;
+	CELL		cell;
+
+	switch (Class->Type) {
+		case UNIT_APC:
+			switch (Status) {
+				case INITIAL_CHECK:
+					dir = Desired_Load_Dir(NULL, cell);
+					if (How_Many() && cell != 0) {
+						Do_Turn(dir);
+						Status = MANEUVERING;
+						return(1);
+					} else {
+						Assign_Mission(MISSION_GUARD);
+					}
+					break;
+
+				case MANEUVERING:
+					if (!IsRotating) {
+						APC_Open_Door();
+						if (Is_Door_Opening()) {
+							Status = OPENING_DOOR;
+							return(1);
+						}
+					}
+					break;
+
+				case OPENING_DOOR:
+					if (Is_Door_Open()) {
+						Status = UNLOADING;
+						return(1);
+					} else {
+						if (!Is_Door_Opening()) {
+							Status = INITIAL_CHECK;
+						}
+					}
+					break;
+
+				case UNLOADING:
+					if (How_Many()) {
+						FootClass * passenger = Detach_Object();
+
+						if (passenger) {
+							DirType toface = DIR_S + PrimaryFacing;
+							bool placed = false;
+
+							for (FacingType face = FACING_N; face < FACING_COUNT; face++) {
+								DirType newface = toface + face;
+								CELL newcell = Adjacent_Cell(Coord_Cell(Coord), newface);
+
+								if (passenger->Can_Enter_Cell(newcell) == MOVE_OK) {
+									ScenarioInit++;
+									passenger->Unlimbo(Coord_Move(Coord, newface, 0x0080), newface);
+									ScenarioInit--;
+									passenger->Assign_Mission(MISSION_MOVE);
+									passenger->Assign_Destination(::As_Target(newcell));
+									placed = true;
+									break;
+								}
+							}
+
+							/*
+							** If the attached unit could NOT be deployed, then re-attach
+							**	it and then bail out of this deploy process.
+							*/
+							if (!placed) {
+								Attach(passenger);
+								Status = CLOSING_DOOR;
+							}
+						}
+					} else {
+						Status = CLOSING_DOOR;
+					}
+					break;
+
+				/*
+				**	Close APC door in preparation for normal operation.
+				*/
+				case CLOSING_DOOR:
+					if (Is_Door_Open()) {
+						APC_Close_Door();
+					}
+					if (Is_Door_Closed()) {
+						Assign_Mission(MISSION_GUARD);
+					}
+					break;
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case UNIT_MCV:
+			switch (Status) {
+				case 0:
+					Path[0] = FACING_NONE;
+					Status = 1;
+					break;
+
+				case 1:
+					if (!IsDriving) {
+						Try_To_Deploy();
+						if (IsDeploying) {
+							Status = 2;
+						} else {
+							Assign_Mission(MISSION_GUARD);
+						}
+					}
+					break;
+
+				case 2:
+					break;
+			}
+			return(1);
+
+		case UNIT_HOVER:
+			switch (Status) {
+				case 0:
+					if (Unload_Hovercraft_Process()) {
+						Status = 1;
+					}
+					break;
+
+				/*
+				**	Hovercraft always leave the map when they finish
+				**	unloading.
+				*/
+				case 1:
+					if (Team) {
+						Team->Remove(this);
+					}
+					Exit_Map();
+					break;
+			}
+			break;
+	}
+	return(TICKS_PER_SECOND);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::Mission_Harvest -- Handles the harvesting process used by harvesters.            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the AI process used by harvesters when they are doing their harvesting action.   *
+ *    This entails searching for nearby Tiberium, heading there, harvesting, and then          *
+ *    returning to a refinery for unloading.                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the delay before calling this routine again.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/18/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   06/21/1995 JLB : Force guard mode if no Tiberium found.                                   *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int UnitClass::Mission_Harvest(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	enum {
+		LOOKING,
+		HARVESTING,
+		FINDHOME,
+		HEADINGHOME,
+		GOINGTOIDLE,
+	};
+
+	/*
+	**	A non-harvesting type unit will just sit still if it is given the harvest mission. This
+	**	allows combat units to act "brain dead".
+	*/
+	if (!Class->IsToHarvest) return(TICKS_PER_SECOND*30);
+
+	switch (Status) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Go and find a Tiberium field to harvest.
+		*/
+		case LOOKING:
+			IsHarvesting = false;
+			if (Goto_Tiberium()) {
+				IsHarvesting = true;
+				Set_Rate(2);
+				Set_Stage(0);
+				Status = HARVESTING;
+				return(1);
+			} else {
+
+				/*
+				**	If the harvester isn't on Tiberium and it is not heading toward Tiberium, then
+				**	force it to go into guard mode. This will prevent the harvester from repeatedly
+				**	searching for Tiberium.
+				*/
+				if (!Target_Legal(NavCom)) {
+					Status = GOINGTOIDLE;
+					return(TICKS_PER_SECOND*15);
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	Harvest at current location until full or Tiberium exhausted.
+		*/
+		case HARVESTING:
+			if (!Harvesting()) {
+				IsHarvesting = false;
+				if (Tiberium_Load() == 0x0100) {
+					Status = FINDHOME;
+				  	ArchiveTarget = ::As_Target(Coord_Cell(Coord));
+				} else {
+					if (!Goto_Tiberium() && !Target_Legal(NavCom))	{
+					  	ArchiveTarget = TARGET_NONE;
+						Status = FINDHOME;
+					} else {
+						Status = HARVESTING;
+						IsHarvesting = true;
+					}
+				}
+				return(1);
+			}
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	Find and head to refinery.
+		*/
+		case FINDHOME:
+			if (!Target_Legal(NavCom)) {
+
+				/*
+				**	Find nearby refinery and head to it?
+				*/
+				BuildingClass * nearest = Find_Docking_Bay(STRUCT_REFINERY, false);
+
+				/*
+				**	Since the refinery said it was ok to load, establish radio
+				**	contact with the refinery and then await docking orders.
+				*/
+				if (nearest && Transmit_Message(RADIO_HELLO, nearest) == RADIO_ROGER) {
+					Status = HEADINGHOME;
+				} else {
+					ScenarioInit++;
+					nearest = Find_Docking_Bay(STRUCT_REFINERY, false);
+					ScenarioInit--;
+					if (nearest) {
+						Assign_Destination(::As_Target(nearest->Nearby_Location(this)));
+					}
+				}
+			}
+			break;
+
+		/*
+		**	In communication with refinery so that it will successfully dock and
+		**	unload. If, for some reason, radio contact was lost, then hunt for
+		**	another refinery to unload at.
+		*/
+		case HEADINGHOME:
+			Assign_Mission(MISSION_ENTER);
+			return(1);
+
+		case GOINGTOIDLE:
+			Assign_Mission(MISSION_GUARD);
+			break;
+
+	}
+	return(TICKS_PER_SECOND);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::Mission_Hunt -- This is the AI process for aggressive enemy units.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Computer controlled units must be intelligent enough to find enemies as well as to       *
+ *    attack them. This AI process will handle both the simple attack process as well as the   *
+ *    scanning for enemy units to attack.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the delay before calling this routine again.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/18/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int UnitClass::Mission_Hunt(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (*this == UNIT_MCV) {
+		switch (Status) {
+
+			/*
+			**	This stage handles locating a convenient spot, rotating to face the correct
+			**	direction and then commencing the deployment operation.
+			*/
+			case 0:
+				if (Goto_Clear_Spot()) {
+					if (Try_To_Deploy()) {
+						Status = 1;
+					}
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			**	This stage watchdogs the deployment operation and if for some reason, the deployment
+			**	is aborted (the IsDeploying flag becomes false), then it reverts back to hunting for
+			**	a convenient spot to deploy.
+			*/
+			case 1:
+				if (!IsDeploying) {
+					Status = 0;
+				}
+				break;
+		}
+	} else {
+
+		if (*this == UNIT_GUNBOAT) {
+			if (!Target_Legal(NavCom)) {
+				if (PrimaryFacing == DIR_W) {
+					Assign_Destination( ::As_Target(XY_Cell(Map.MapCellX-1, Cell_Y(Coord_Cell(Coord)))) );
+				} else {
+					Assign_Destination( ::As_Target(XY_Cell(Map.MapCellX+Map.MapCellWidth, Cell_Y(Coord_Cell(Coord)))) );
+				}
+				Set_Speed(255);
+			}
+			if (!Speed) {
+				Set_Speed(255);
+			}
+			if (!Target_Legal(TarCom) || !In_Range(TarCom, 0)) {
+				Target_Something_Nearby(THREAT_AREA);
+			}
+		} else {
+			return(TarComClass::Mission_Hunt());
+		}
+	}
+	return(TICKS_PER_SECOND);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::Look -- Perform map revelation from a unit's position.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Reveal the map around the specified unit with the sighting range                         *
+ *    associated with the specified unit.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   incremental -- If looking is to process only the cells in the                      *
+ *                         outer ring of the unit's search radius, then                        *
+ *                         set this parameter to true. This method is                          *
+ *                         quite a bit faster than processing all cells,                       *
+ *                         but must be used with caution.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/08/1992 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   03/08/1994 JLB : Added incremental option.                                                *
+ *   04/15/1994 JLB : Converted to member function.                                            *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void UnitClass::Look(bool incremental)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (!IsInLimbo && IsOwnedByPlayer) {
+		int sight = Class->SightRange;
+
+		if (sight) {
+			Map.Sight_From(Coord_Cell(Coord), sight, (*this == UNIT_GUNBOAT) ? false : incremental);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::Overlap_List -- Determines overlap list for units.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    The unit overlap list is used to keep track of which cells are to                        *
+ *    be marked for redraw. This is critical in order to keep the units                        *
+ *    displayed correctly.                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the overlap list pointer for the unit at its                          *
+ *          present position.                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/26/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   06/19/1994 JLB : Uses Coord_Spillable_List function.                                      *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+short const * UnitClass::Overlap_List(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	static short const _gunboat[] = {-3, -2, 2, 3, REFRESH_EOL};
+	int	size;
+
+	/*
+	**	The gunboat is a special case.
+	*/
+	if (*this == UNIT_GUNBOAT) {
+		return(&_gunboat[0]);
+	}
+
+	size = ICON_PIXEL_W;
+	if (IsSelected || IsFiring) {
+		size += 24;
+	}
+	if (IsSelected || Class->IsGigundo || IsAnimAttached) {
+		size = ICON_PIXEL_W*2;
+	}
+	return(Coord_Spillage_List(Coord, size)+1);
+}
+
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+/********************************************************************************************* *
+ * UnitClass::Blocking_Object -- Determines how a object blocks a unit                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used by the Can_Enter_Cell logic when an object is in the desired cell   *
+ *    and it needs to know if that causes blockage. If blocked, this routine will return why.  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:      TechnoClass * pointer to object that is blocking unit                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *               CELL           the cell the unit is being blocked in                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:      MoveBitType the way that the object is blocking the unit                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/08/1995 PWG : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+MoveBitType UnitClass::Blocking_Object(TechnoClass const *techno, CELL cell) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	/*
+	** There are some extra checks we need to make if the techno is a unit
+	*/
+	bool unit = (techno->What_Am_I() == RTTI_INFANTRY || techno->What_Am_I() == RTTI_UNIT);
+	CellClass const * cellptr = &Map[cell];
+
+	if (House->Is_Ally(techno)) {
+
+		if (techno == Contact_With_Whom() && IsTethered) {
+			return(MOVE_BIT_OK);
+		}
+
+		if (unit) {
+			/*
+			** If the unit in question has a destination than we should
+			** be prepared to wait for the unit to get out of our way.
+			*/
+			if (((FootClass *)techno)->NavCom != TARGET_NONE) {
+				int face 		= Dir_Facing(PrimaryFacing);
+				int techface	= Dir_Facing(((FootClass const *)techno)->PrimaryFacing) ^4;
+				if (face != techface && Distance((AbstractClass const *)techno) > 0x1FF) {
+					return(MOVE_BIT_MOVING_BLOCK);
+				} else {
+//					Mono_Printf("Move No!\r");
+					return(MOVE_BIT_NO);
+				}
+			}
+
+			return(MOVE_BIT_TEMP);
+		}
+	} else {
+
+		/*
+		** If its an enemy unit, things are dealt with a little differently
+		*/
+		if (unit) {
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+			/*
+			** If this is an enemy unit and we are not doing a find path then
+			** we need to tell the unit to uncloak just in case it is a
+			** stealth tank.
+			*/
+			if (!IsFindPath) {
+				techno->Do_Uncloak();
+			}
+#endif
+
+			/*
+			** Can we just run it over?
+			*/
+			if (techno->Class_Of().IsCrushable && (cellptr->Flag.Composite & 0xE0) == 0 && Class->IsCrusher) {
+
+				/*
+				** Now lets run it over.
+				*/
+				return(MOVE_BIT_OK);
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	If the object is cloaked, then consider it passable for findpath purposes,
+			**	but not so for all other cases.
+			*/
+			if (techno->Cloak == CLOAKED) {
+				if (House == techno->House) return(MOVE_BIT_NO);
+				if (IsFindPath) return(MOVE_BIT_OK);
+				return(MOVE_BIT_CLOAK);
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	If our vehicle is weapon equipped, then report that the cell occupier
+			**	needs only to be destroyed in order to make the cell passable.
+			*/
+			if (Class->Primary != WEAPON_NONE) {
+				return(MOVE_BIT_DESTROYABLE);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return(MOVE_BIT_NO);
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::Can_Enter_Cell -- Determines cell entry legality.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to determine if the unit can enter the cell                             *
+ *    specified and given the direction of entry specified. Typically,                         *
+ *    this is used when determining unit travel path.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   cell     -- The cell to examine.                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          facing   -- The facing that the unit would enter the specified                     *
+ *                      cell. If this value is -1, then don't consider                         *
+ *                      facing when performing the check.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns the reason why it couldn't enter the cell or MOVE_OK if movement is        *
+ *          allowed.                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/07/1992 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   04/16/1994 JLB : Converted to member function.                                            *
+ *   07/04/1995 JLB : Allowed to drive on building trying to enter it.                         *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+MoveType UnitClass::Can_Enter_Cell(CELL cell, FacingType ) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	CellClass const * cellptr = &Map[cell];
+
+	if ((unsigned)cell >= MAP_CELL_TOTAL) return(MOVE_NO);
+
+	/*
+	**	The gunboat can always move. This prevents it from trying to move around possible hover
+	**	craft blockage.
+	*/
+	if (*this == UNIT_GUNBOAT) return(MOVE_OK);
+
+	/*
+	**	Moving off the edge of the map is not allowed unless
+	**	this is a loaner vehicle.
+	*/
+	if (IsLocked && !IsALoaner && !ScenarioInit && !Map.In_Radar(cell)) {
+		return(MOVE_NO);
+	}
+
+	MoveType retval = MOVE_OK;
+
+	/*
+	**	Certain vehicles can drive over walls. Check for this case and
+	**	and return the appropriate flag. Other units treat walls as impassable.
+	*/
+	if (cellptr->Overlay != OVERLAY_NONE) {
+		OverlayTypeClass const * optr = &OverlayTypeClass::As_Reference(cellptr->Overlay);
+
+		if (optr->IsCrate && !House->IsHuman) {
+			return(MOVE_NO);
+		}
+
+		if (optr->IsWall) {
+			if (Class->Primary != WEAPON_NONE) {
+				WarheadTypeClass const * whead = &Warheads[BulletTypeClass::As_Reference(Weapons[Class->Primary].Fires).Warhead];
+
+				if (whead->IsWallDestroyer || (whead->IsWoodDestroyer && optr->IsWooden)) {
+					if (!House->IsHuman && !House->Is_Ally(cellptr->Owner)) {
+						if (retval < MOVE_DESTROYABLE) retval = MOVE_DESTROYABLE;
+					} else {
+						return(MOVE_NO);
+					}
+				} else {
+					return(MOVE_NO);
+				}
+			} else {
+				return(MOVE_NO);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If the cell is out and out impassable because of underlying terrain, then
+	**	return this immutable fact.
+	*/
+#ifdef ADVANCED
+	if (retval != MOVE_DESTROYABLE && !Ground[cellptr->Land_Type()].Cost[Class->Speed]) {
+#else
+	if (!Ground[cellptr->Land_Type()].Cost[Class->Speed]) {
+#endif
+		return(MOVE_NO);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Loop through all of the objects in the square setting a bit
+	** for how they affect movement.
+	*/
+	bool crushable = false;
+	ObjectClass *obj = cellptr->Cell_Occupier();
+	while (obj) {
+
+		if (obj != this) {
+
+			/*
+			**	Always allow entry if trying to move on a cell with
+			**	authorization from the occupier.
+			*/
+			if (obj == Contact_With_Whom() && (IsTethered || (obj->What_Am_I() ==  RTTI_BUILDING && *((BuildingClass *)obj) == STRUCT_REPAIR))) {
+				return(MOVE_OK);
+			}
+
+			bool is_moving = (obj->What_Am_I() == RTTI_INFANTRY || obj->What_Am_I() == RTTI_UNIT) && Target_Legal(((FootClass *)obj)->NavCom);
+
+			if (House->Is_Ally(obj)) {
+				if (is_moving) {
+					int face 		= Dir_Facing(PrimaryFacing);
+					int techface	= Dir_Facing(((FootClass const *)obj)->PrimaryFacing) ^4;
+					if (face == techface && Distance((AbstractClass const *)obj) <= 0x1FF) {
+						return(MOVE_NO);
+					}
+					if (retval < MOVE_MOVING_BLOCK) retval = MOVE_MOVING_BLOCK;
+				} else {
+					if (obj->What_Am_I() == RTTI_BUILDING) return(MOVE_NO);
+					if (retval < MOVE_TEMP) retval = MOVE_TEMP;
+				}
+			} else {
+
+				/*
+				**	Cloaked enemy objects are not considered if this is a Find_Path()
+				**	call.
+				*/
+				if (!obj->Is_Techno() || ((TechnoClass *)obj)->Cloak != CLOAKED) {
+
+					/*
+					**	If this unit can crush infantry, and there is an enemy infantry in the
+					**	cell, don't consider the cell impassible. This is true even if the unit
+					**	doesn't contain a legitimate weapon.
+					*/
+					if (!Class->IsCrusher || !obj->Class_Of().IsCrushable) {
+
+						/*
+						**	Any non-allied blockage is considered impassible if the unit
+						**	is not equipped with a weapon.
+						*/
+						if (Class->Primary == WEAPON_NONE) return(MOVE_NO);
+
+						/*
+						**	Some kinds of terrain are considered destroyable if the unit is equipped
+						**	with the weapon that can destroy it. Otherwise, the terrain is considered
+						**	impassable.
+						*/
+						switch (obj->What_Am_I()) {
+							case RTTI_TERRAIN:
+								if (((TerrainClass *)obj)->Class->IsFlammable &&
+										BulletTypeClass::As_Reference(Weapons[Class->Primary].Fires).Warhead == WARHEAD_FIRE) {
+
+									if (retval < MOVE_DESTROYABLE) retval = MOVE_DESTROYABLE;
+								} else {
+									return(MOVE_NO);
+								}
+								break;
+
+							default:
+								if (retval < MOVE_DESTROYABLE) retval = MOVE_DESTROYABLE;
+								break;
+						}
+					} else {
+						crushable = true;
+					}
+				} else {
+					if (retval < MOVE_CLOAK) retval = MOVE_CLOAK;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Move to next object in chain.
+		*/
+		obj = obj->Next;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If some allied object has reserved the cell, then consider the cell
+	**	as blocked by a moving object.
+	*/
+	if (retval == MOVE_OK && !crushable && cellptr->Flag.Composite) {
+
+		/*
+		**	If reserved by a vehicle, then consider this blocked terrain.
+		*/
+		if (cellptr->Flag.Occupy.Vehicle) {
+			retval = MOVE_MOVING_BLOCK;
+		} else {
+			if (cellptr->InfType != HOUSE_NONE && House->Is_Ally(cellptr->InfType)) {
+				retval = MOVE_MOVING_BLOCK;
+			} else {
+
+				/*
+				**	Enemy infantry have reserved the cell. If this unit can crush
+				**	infantry, consider the cell passable. If not, then consider the
+				**	cell destroyable if it has a weapon. If neither case applies, then
+				**	this vehicle should avoid the cell altogether.
+				*/
+				if (!Class->IsCrusher) {
+					if (Class->Primary != WEAPON_NONE) {
+						retval = MOVE_DESTROYABLE;
+					} else {
+						return(MOVE_NO);
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** If its ok to move into the cell because we can crush whats in the cell, then
+	** make sure no one else is already moving into the cell to crush something.
+	*/
+	if (retval == MOVE_OK && crushable && cellptr->Flag.Occupy.Vehicle) {
+
+#ifdef ADVANCED
+		/*
+		**	However, if the cell is occupied by a crushable vehicle, then we can
+		**	never be sure if some other friendly vehicle is also trying to crush
+		**	the cell at the same time. In the case of a crushable vehicle in the
+		**	cell, then allow entry.
+		*/
+		if (!cellptr->Cell_Unit() || !cellptr->Cell_Unit()->Class->IsCrushable) {
+			return(MOVE_MOVING_BLOCK);
+		}
+#else
+		return(MOVE_MOVING_BLOCK);
+#endif
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Return with the most severe reason why this cell would be impassable.
+	*/
+	return(retval);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::Init -- Clears all units for scenario preparation.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will zero out the unit list and unit objects. This routine is typically     *
+ *    used in preparation for a new scenario load. All units are guaranteed to be eliminated   *
+ *    by this routine.                                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/15/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void UnitClass::Init(void)
+{
+	UnitClass * ptr;
+
+	Units.Free_All();
+
+	ptr = new UnitClass();
+	VTable = ((void **)(((char *)ptr) + sizeof(AbstractClass) - 4))[0];
+	delete ptr;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::Target_Coord -- The coordinate to use when targeting this unit.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Sometimes the coordinate to use when targeting an object is not the same as its center   *
+ *    coordinate. This is especially true for boats since leading their movement is needed     *
+ *    in order have any chance of hitting.                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the coordinate to fire upon when attacking the unit.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/19/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+COORDINATE UnitClass::Target_Coord(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+//	if (*this == UNIT_GUNBOAT) {
+//		return(Coord_Move(Coord, PrimaryFacing.Current(), 0x0080));
+//	}
+	return(TarComClass::Center_Coord());
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::Scatter -- Causes the unit to travel to a nearby safe cell.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is called when the unit discovers that it should get out of the "hot seat"  *
+ *    and move to an adjacent cell. Since the safety of the adjacent cell is not determined    *
+ *    before the move begins, it will appear that the unit is just scattering (which it        *
+ *    should).                                                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   threat   -- The coordinate of the source of the threat. The unit will try to move  *
+ *                      roughly away from the threat.                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09/25/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void UnitClass::Scatter(COORDINATE threat, bool forced)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (*this != UNIT_GUNBOAT && *this != UNIT_HOVER) {
+		if ((!Target_Legal(TarCom) && !Target_Legal(NavCom)) || forced || Random_Pick(1, 4) == 1) {
+			FacingType	toface;
+			FacingType	newface;
+			CELL			newcell;
+
+			if (threat) {
+				toface = Dir_Facing(Direction8(threat, Coord));
+				toface = toface + (Random_Pick(0, 2)-1);
+			} else {
+				toface = Dir_Facing(PrimaryFacing.Current());
+			}
+
+			for (FacingType face = FACING_N; face < FACING_COUNT; face++) {
+				newface = toface + face;
+				newcell = Adjacent_Cell(Coord_Cell(Coord), newface);
+
+				if (Map.In_Radar(newcell) && Can_Enter_Cell(newcell) == MOVE_OK) {
+					Assign_Destination(::As_Target(newcell));
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::Stop_Driver -- Handles removing occupation bits when driving stops.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will remove the "reservation" flag (if present) when the vehicle is         *
+ *    required to stop movement.                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the vehicle stopped?                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/22/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool UnitClass::Stop_Driver(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+
+	/*
+	** We only need to do something if the vehicle is actually going
+	** somewhere.
+	*/
+	if (Head_To_Coord()) {
+
+		/*
+		** Safe off whether the vehicle is down or not so we know whether
+		** we have to put it back down.
+		*/
+		int temp = IsDown;
+
+		/*
+		** If the vehicle is down, pick it up so it doesnt interfere with
+		** our flags.
+		*/
+		if (temp) {
+			Mark(MARK_UP);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		** Call the drive class function which will let us release the
+		** reserved track.
+		*/
+		Mark_Track(Head_To_Coord(), MARK_UP);
+
+		/*
+		** If it was down it should be down when we are done.
+		*/
+		if (temp) {
+			Mark(MARK_DOWN);
+		}
+	}
+	return(TarComClass::Stop_Driver());
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::Start_Driver -- Starts driving and reserves destination cell.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will start the vehicle moving by marking the destination cell as            *
+ *    reserved. Cells must be reserved in this fashion or else they might become occupied as   *
+ *    the vehicle is proceeding toward it.                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   headto   -- The location where the vehicle will be heading.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the vehicle started to move? Failure could be the result of the cell     *
+ *                being occupied.                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/22/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool UnitClass::Start_Driver(COORDINATE & headto)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (TarComClass::Start_Driver(headto)) {
+		Mark_Track(headto, MARK_DOWN);
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::Limbo -- Prepares vehicle and then limbos it.                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine removes the occupation bits for the vehicle and also handles cleaning up    *
+ *    any vehicle reservation bits. After this, it then proceeds with limboing the unit.       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the vehicle limboed?                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/22/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool UnitClass::Limbo(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (!IsInLimbo) {
+		Stop_Driver();
+	}
+	return(TarComClass::Limbo());
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::Response_Select -- Voice feedback when selecting the unit.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the voice to play when the unit is selected.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/30/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void UnitClass::Response_Select(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	static VocType _response[] = {
+		VOC_VEHIC,
+		VOC_UNIT,
+		VOC_YESSIR,
+		VOC_YESSIR,
+		VOC_YESSIR,
+		VOC_AWAIT
+	};
+	VocType response = _response[Sim_Random_Pick(0, (int)(sizeof(_response) / sizeof(_response[0]))-1)];
+
+	if (*this == UNIT_TRIC || *this == UNIT_TREX || *this == UNIT_RAPT || *this == UNIT_STEG) {
+		response = VOC_DINOYES;
+	}
+
+	if (AllowVoice) {
+		Sound_Effect(response, 0, -(Units.ID(this)+1));
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::Response_Move -- Voice feedback when ordering the unit to move.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This plays the audio feedback when ordering this unit to move to a new destination.      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/30/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void UnitClass::Response_Move(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	static VocType _response[] = {
+		VOC_MOVEOUT,
+		VOC_MOVEOUT,
+		VOC_MOVEOUT,
+		VOC_ACKNOWL,
+		VOC_AFFIRM,
+		VOC_AFFIRM
+	};
+	VocType response = _response[Sim_Random_Pick(0, (int)(sizeof(_response) / sizeof(_response[0]))-1)];
+
+	if (*this == UNIT_TRIC || *this == UNIT_TREX || *this == UNIT_RAPT || *this == UNIT_STEG) {
+		response = VOC_DINOMOUT;
+	}
+
+	if (AllowVoice) {
+		Sound_Effect(response, 0, -(Units.ID(this)+1));
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::Response_Attack -- Voice feedback when ordering the unit to attack a target.     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This plays the audio feedback when ordering this unit to attack.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/30/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void UnitClass::Response_Attack(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	static VocType _response[] = {
+		VOC_AFFIRM,
+		VOC_ACKNOWL,
+		VOC_YESSIR,
+		VOC_YESSIR,
+		VOC_YESSIR
+	};
+	VocType response = _response[Sim_Random_Pick(0, (int)(sizeof(_response) / sizeof(_response[0]))-1)];
+
+	if (*this == UNIT_TRIC || *this == UNIT_TREX || *this == UNIT_RAPT || *this == UNIT_STEG) {
+		response = VOC_DINOMOUT;
+	}
+
+	if (AllowVoice) {
+		Sound_Effect(response, 0, -(Units.ID(this)+1));
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::What_Action -- Determines what action would occur if clicked on object.          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this function to determine what action would likely occur if the specified object    *
+ *    were clicked on while this unit was selected as current. This function controls, not     *
+ *    only the action to perform, but indirectly controls the cursor shape to use as well.     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   object   -- The object that to check for against "this" object.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the default action to perform. If no clear action can be determined,  *
+ *          then ACTION_NONE is returned.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/11/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+ActionType UnitClass::What_Action(ObjectClass * object) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	ActionType action = TarComClass::What_Action(object);
+
+	/*
+	**	If the unit doesn't have a weapon, but can crush the object, then consider
+	**	the object as a movable location.
+	*/
+	if (action == ACTION_ATTACK && !Can_Player_Fire()) {
+		if (Class->IsCrusher && object->Class_Of().IsCrushable) {
+			action = ACTION_MOVE;
+		} else {
+			action = ACTION_SELECT;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Don't allow special deploy action unless there is something to deploy.
+	*/
+	if (action == ACTION_SELF) {
+		if (*this != UNIT_MCV) {
+			if (!Class->IsTransporter || !How_Many()) {
+				action = ACTION_NONE;
+			}
+		} else {
+			((ObjectClass &)(*this)).Mark(MARK_UP);
+			if (!BuildingTypeClass::As_Reference(STRUCT_CONST).Legal_Placement(Coord_Cell(Adjacent_Cell(Center_Coord(), FACING_NW)))) {
+				action = ACTION_NONE;
+			}
+			((ObjectClass &)(*this)).Mark(MARK_DOWN);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Special return to friendly refinery action.
+	*/
+	if (IsOwnedByPlayer && object->Is_Techno() && ((TechnoClass const *)object)->House->Is_Ally(this)) {
+		if (object->What_Am_I() == RTTI_BUILDING && ((UnitClass *)this)->Transmit_Message(RADIO_CAN_LOAD, (TechnoClass*)object) == RADIO_ROGER) {
+			action = ACTION_ENTER;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Special return to friendly repair factory action.
+	*/
+	if (IsOwnedByPlayer && action == ACTION_SELECT && object->What_Am_I() == RTTI_BUILDING) {
+		BuildingClass * building = (BuildingClass *)object;
+		if (building->Class->Type == STRUCT_REPAIR && !building->In_Radio_Contact() && !building->Is_Something_Attached()) {
+			action = ACTION_MOVE;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(action);
+}
+
+
+ActionType UnitClass::What_Action(CELL cell) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	ActionType action = TarComClass::What_Action(cell);
+	if (action == ACTION_MOVE && Map[cell].Land_Type() == LAND_TIBERIUM && Class->IsToHarvest) {
+		return(ACTION_HARVEST);
+	}
+	return(action);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::Can_Player_Move -- Determines if the player is legally allowed to move it.       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to see if the player can move this object. If the player can move the   *
+ *    object, even only in theory, then this function returns true. In all other cases, such   *
+ *    as for enemy units, gunboats, or hovercraft, it returns false.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Can the player give this object a movement order?                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   01/19/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool UnitClass::Can_Player_Move(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	return(TarComClass::Can_Player_Move() && *this != UNIT_GUNBOAT && *this != UNIT_HOVER);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::Read_INI -- Reads units from scenario INI file.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to read all the starting units from the                             *
+ *    scenario control INI file. The units are created and placed on the                       *
+ *    map by this routine.                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    INI entry format:                                                                        *
+ *      Housename, Typename, Strength, Coord, Facingnum, Missionname, Triggername              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   buffer   -- Pointer to the loaded scenario INI file.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/24/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void UnitClass::Read_INI(char *buffer)
+{
+	UnitClass	*unit;			// Working unit pointer.
+	char			*tbuffer;		// Accumulation buffer of unit IDs.
+	HousesType	inhouse;			// Unit house.
+	UnitType		classid;			// Unit class.
+	int			len;				// Length of data in buffer.
+	char			buf[128];
+
+	len = strlen(buffer) + 2;
+	tbuffer = buffer + len;
+
+	WWGetPrivateProfileString(INI_Name(), NULL, NULL, tbuffer, ShapeBufferSize-len, buffer);
+	while (*tbuffer != '\0') {
+
+		WWGetPrivateProfileString(INI_Name(), tbuffer, NULL, buf, sizeof(buf)-1, buffer);
+		inhouse = HouseTypeClass::From_Name(strtok(buf, ","));
+		if (inhouse != HOUSE_NONE) {
+			classid = UnitTypeClass::From_Name(strtok(NULL, ","));
+
+			if (classid != UNIT_NONE) {
+
+				unit = new UnitClass(classid, inhouse);
+				if (unit) {
+
+					/*
+					**	Read the raw data.
+					*/
+					int strength = atoi(strtok(NULL, ",\r\n"));
+					COORDINATE coord = Cell_Coord((CELL)atoi(strtok(NULL, ",\r\n")));
+					DirType dir = (DirType)atoi(strtok(NULL, ",\r\n"));
+					MissionType mission = MissionClass::Mission_From_Name(strtok(NULL, ",\n\r"));
+					unit->Trigger = TriggerClass::As_Pointer(strtok(NULL,",\r\n"));
+					if (unit->Trigger) {
+						unit->Trigger->AttachCount++;
+					}
+
+					if (unit->Unlimbo(coord, dir)) {
+						unit->Strength = Fixed_To_Cardinal(unit->Class->MaxStrength, strength);
+						if (GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL || unit->House->IsHuman) {
+							unit->Assign_Mission(mission);
+							unit->Commence();
+						} else {
+							unit->Enter_Idle_Mode();
+						}
+
+						/*
+						**	The gunboat is a special case: It must "drive" off the edge of the map.
+						**	Just pick the map edge that it is facing and set that as the destination
+						**	of the drive.
+						*/
+						if (*unit == UNIT_GUNBOAT) {
+							unit->PrimaryFacing.Set_Desired(DIR_W);
+							unit->PrimaryFacing.Set_Current(DIR_W);
+							unit->Assign_Mission(MISSION_HUNT);
+							unit->Commence();
+							unit->Assign_Destination( ::As_Target(XY_Cell(Map.MapCellX-1, Cell_Y(Coord_Cell(unit->Coord)))));
+						}
+
+					} else {
+
+						/*
+						**	If the unit could not be unlimboed, then this is a catastrophic error
+						**	condition. Delete the unit.
+						*/
+						delete unit;
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		tbuffer += strlen(tbuffer)+1;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::Write_INI -- Writes all the units out to an INI file.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine writes all of the units in the game out to an INI file. This is used        *
+ *    in the scenario editor when the game needs to be saved.                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    INI entry format:                                                                        *
+ *      Housename, Typename, Strength, Coord, Facingnum, Missionname, Triggername              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   buffer   -- A pointer to the loaded INI file staging area.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/28/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void UnitClass::Write_INI(char *buffer)
+{
+	int	index;
+	char	uname[10];
+	char	buf[128];
+	char	*tbuffer;		// Accumulation buffer of unit IDs.
+
+	/*
+	**	First, clear out all existing unit data from the ini file.
+	*/
+	tbuffer = buffer + strlen(buffer) + 2;
+	WWGetPrivateProfileString(INI_Name(), NULL, NULL, tbuffer, ShapeBufferSize-strlen(buffer), buffer);
+	while (*tbuffer != '\0') {
+		WWWritePrivateProfileString(INI_Name(), tbuffer, NULL, buffer);
+		tbuffer += strlen(tbuffer)+1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Write the unit data out.
+	*/
+	for (index = 0; index < Units.Count(); index++) {
+		UnitClass * unit;
+
+		unit = Units.Ptr(index);
+		if (!unit->IsInLimbo && unit->IsActive) {
+
+			sprintf(uname, "%03d", index);
+			sprintf(buf, "%s,%s,%d,%u,%d,%s,%s",
+				unit->House->Class->IniName,
+				unit->Class->IniName,
+				unit->Health_Ratio(),
+				Coord_Cell(unit->Coord),
+				unit->PrimaryFacing.Current(),
+				MissionClass::Mission_Name(unit->Mission),
+				unit->Trigger ? unit->Trigger->Get_Name() : "None"
+				);
+			WWWritePrivateProfileString(INI_Name(), uname, buf, buffer);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::Exit_Repair -- Drive the unit off the repair facility.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   04/03/1995 BWG : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+#define XYCELL(x,y)	(y*MAP_CELL_W+x)
+void UnitClass::Exit_Repair(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	int	i;
+	CELL	cell;
+	bool	found = false;
+	static short const ExitRepair[] = {
+		XYCELL(0,-2),
+		XYCELL(1,-1),
+		XYCELL(2, 0),
+		XYCELL(1, 1),
+		XYCELL(0, 2),
+		XYCELL(-1,1),
+		XYCELL(-2,0),
+		XYCELL(-1,-1)
+	};
+
+	cell = Coord_Cell(Coord) + ExitRepair[Dir_Facing(PrimaryFacing.Current())];
+	if (Can_Enter_Cell(cell) == MOVE_OK) found = true;
+
+	if (!found) for (i=0; i<8; i++) {
+		cell = Coord_Cell(Coord) + ExitRepair[i];
+		if (Can_Enter_Cell(cell) == MOVE_OK) {
+			found = true;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	if (found) {
+		DirType	dir = Direction(cell);
+
+		Assign_Mission(MISSION_MOVE);
+		Assign_Destination(::As_Target(cell));
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::Mission_Guard -- Special guard mission override processor.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will intercept the guard mission and if it is for a hovercraft, assign      *
+ *    it the unload mission instead. This prevents the hovercraft from being stuck in the      *
+ *    water if something unexpected causes it to drop into guard mode.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns the time delay before this command is executed again.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/08/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *   05/08/1995 JLB : Fixes gunboat problems.                                                  *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int UnitClass::Mission_Guard(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (*this == UNIT_HOVER) {
+		if (Is_Something_Attached()) {
+			Assign_Mission(MISSION_UNLOAD);
+			Find_LZ();
+		} else {
+			Exit_Map();
+		}
+		return(TICKS_PER_SECOND);
+	}
+
+	if (*this == UNIT_GUNBOAT) {
+		Assign_Mission(MISSION_HUNT);
+		return(TICKS_PER_SECOND);
+	}
+
+	if (*this == UNIT_HARVESTER && !House->IsHuman) {
+		Assign_Mission(MISSION_HARVEST);
+		return(TICKS_PER_SECOND);
+	}
+	return(TarComClass::Mission_Guard());
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::Mission_Move -- Handles special move mission overrides.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine intercepts the normal move mission and if a gunboat is being processed,     *
+ *    changes its mission to hunt. This is an attempt to keep the gunboat on the hunt mission  *
+ *    regardless of what the player did.                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns the number of ticks before this routine should be called again.            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/09/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int UnitClass::Mission_Move(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	IsHarvesting = false;
+
+	/*
+	**	Always make sure that that transport door is closed if the vehcile is moving.
+	*/
+	if (!Is_Door_Closed()) {
+		APC_Close_Door();
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Gunboats must always have the hunt mission.
+	*/
+	if (*this == UNIT_GUNBOAT) {
+		Assign_Mission(MISSION_HUNT);
+		return(TICKS_PER_SECOND);
+	}
+	return(TarComClass::Mission_Move());
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::Desired_Load_Dir -- Determines the best cell and facing for loading.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine examines the unit and adjacent cells in order to find the best facing       *
+ *    for the transport and best staging cell for the potential passengers. This location is   *
+ *    modified by adjacent cell passability and direction of the potential passenger.          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   passenger   -- Pointer to the potential passenger.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          moveto      -- Reference to the cell number that specifies where the potential     *
+ *                         passenger should move to first.                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the direction the transport should face before opening the transport  *
+ *          door.                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/23/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+DirType UnitClass::Desired_Load_Dir(ObjectClass * passenger, CELL & moveto) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	/*
+	**	Determine the ideal facing that provides the least resistance. This would be the direction
+	**	of the potential passenger or the current transport facing if it is going to unload.
+	*/
+	DirType faceto;
+	if (passenger) {
+		faceto = Direction(passenger);
+	} else {
+		faceto = PrimaryFacing.Current() + DIR_S;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Sweep through the adjacent cells in order to find the best candidate.
+	*/
+	FacingType bestdir;
+	int bestval = -1;
+	for (FacingType face = FACING_N; face < FACING_COUNT; face++) {
+		int value = 0;
+		CELL cellnum = Adjacent_Cell(Coord_Cell(Coord), face);
+
+		/*
+		**	Base the initial value of the potential cell according to whether the passenger is
+		**	allowed to enter the cell. If it can't, then give such a negative value to the
+		**	cell so that it is prevented from ever choosing that cell for load/unload.
+		*/
+		if (passenger) {
+			value = (passenger->Can_Enter_Cell(cellnum) == MOVE_OK || Coord_Cell(passenger->Coord) == cellnum) ? 128 : -128;
+		} else {
+			CellClass * cell = &Map[cellnum];
+			if (Ground[cell->Land_Type()].Cost[SPEED_FOOT] == 0 || cell->Flag.Occupy.Building || cell->Flag.Occupy.Vehicle || cell->Flag.Occupy.Monolith || (cell->Flag.Composite & 0x01F) == 0x01F) {
+				value = -128;
+			} else {
+				if (cell->Cell_Techno() && !House->Is_Ally(cell->Cell_Techno())) {
+					value = -128;
+				} else {
+					value = 128;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Give more weight to the cells that require the least rotation of the transport or the
+		**	least roundabout movement for the potential passenger.
+		*/
+		value -= (int)ABS(Dir_Diff(Facing_Dir(face), faceto));
+		if (face == FACING_S) {
+			value -= 100;
+		}
+		if (face == FACING_SW || face == FACING_SE) value += 64;
+
+		/*
+		**	If the value for the potiential cell is greater than the last recorded potential
+		**	value, then record this cell as the best candidate.
+		*/
+		if (bestval == -1 || value > bestval) {
+			bestval = value;
+			bestdir = face;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If a suitable direction was found, then return with the direction value.
+	*/
+	moveto = 0;
+	if (bestval > 0) {
+		static DirType _desired_to_actual[FACING_COUNT] = {DIR_S, DIR_SW, DIR_NW, DIR_NW, DIR_NE, DIR_NE, DIR_NE, DIR_SE};
+
+		moveto = Adjacent_Cell(Coord_Cell(Coord), bestdir);
+		return(_desired_to_actual[bestdir]);
+	}
+	return(DIR_S);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::Mission_Attack -- Handles the mission attack logic.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine intercepts the normal mission attack logic. If a gunboat is assigned the    *
+ *    attack mission then it must be converted back to a hunt mission.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the time before calling this routine again.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/23/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int UnitClass::Mission_Attack(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (*this == UNIT_GUNBOAT) {
+		Assign_Mission(MISSION_HUNT);
+		return(TICKS_PER_SECOND);
+	}
+	return(TarComClass::Mission_Attack());
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::Flag_Attach -- Attaches a house flag to this unit.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will attach a house flag to this unit.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   house -- The house that is having its flag attached to it.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Was the house flag successfully attached to this unit?                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   A unit can only carry one flag at a time. This might be a reason for failure    *
+ *             of this routine.                                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/23/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool UnitClass::Flag_Attach(HousesType house)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (house != HOUSE_NONE && Flagged == HOUSE_NONE)	{
+		Flagged = house;
+		Mark(MARK_CHANGE);
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::Flag_Remove -- Removes the house flag from this unit.                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will remove the house flag that is attached to this unit.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Was the flag successfully removed?                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   This routine doesn't put the flag into a new location. That operation must      *
+ *             be performed or else the house flag will cease to exist.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/23/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+bool UnitClass::Flag_Remove(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (Flagged != HOUSE_NONE) {
+		Flagged = HOUSE_NONE;
+		Mark(MARK_CHANGE);
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::Stun -- Stuns the unit in preparation for unit removal.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine intercepts the stun operation for the unit and if there is a house flag     *
+ *    attached, it will drop it to the ground.                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   05/23/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void UnitClass::Stun(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (Flagged != HOUSE_NONE) {
+		HouseClass::As_Pointer(Flagged)->Flag_Attach(Coord_Cell(Coord));
+	}
+	TarComClass::Stun();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::Pip_Count -- Fetchs the number of pips to display on unit.                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to fetch the number of "fullness" pips to display on the unit.      *
+ *    This will either be the number of passengers or the percentage full (in 1/5ths) of       *
+ *    a harvester.                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the number of pips to draw on this unit.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/25/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int UnitClass::Pip_Count(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (Class->IsTransporter) {
+		return(How_Many());
+	}
+	if (Class->IsToHarvest) {
+		return(Fixed_To_Cardinal(UnitTypeClass::FULL_LOAD_CREDITS/100, Tiberium_Load()));
+	}
+	return(0);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::APC_Close_Door -- Closes an APC door.                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will initiate closing of the APC door.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/25/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void UnitClass::APC_Close_Door(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	Close_Door(10, 2);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::APC_Open_Door -- Opens an APC door.                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will initiate opening of the APC door.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/25/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void UnitClass::APC_Open_Door(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (!IsDriving && !IsRotating) {
+		if (PrimaryFacing == DIR_NW || PrimaryFacing == DIR_NE) {
+			Open_Door(10, 2);
+		} else {
+			Open_Door(1, 2);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::Remap_Table -- Fetches the remap table to use for this object.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to determine the rendering remap table to use for this object. The      *
+ *    remap table is normally the unit remap table, except for the MCV and the Harvestor.      *
+ *    These units use the building remap table since these units become part of the building   *
+ *    animation.                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the remap table to use for this unit.                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/08/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void const * UnitClass::Remap_Table(void)
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (*this == UNIT_MCV || *this == UNIT_HARVESTER) {
+		return(House->Remap_Table(IsBlushing, false));
+	}
+	return(TarComClass::Remap_Table());
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::Crew_Type -- Fetches the kind of crew that this object produces.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    When a unit is destroyed, a crew member might be generated. This routine will return     *
+ *    with the infantry type to produce for this unit. This routine will be called for every   *
+ *    survivor that is generated.                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a suggested infantry type to generate as a survivor from this unit.   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/13/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+InfantryType UnitClass::Crew_Type(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	if (Class->Primary == WEAPON_NONE) {
+		if (Random_Pick(0, 1) == 0) {
+			return(INFANTRY_C1);
+		} else {
+			return(INFANTRY_C7);
+		}
+	}
+	return(TarComClass::Crew_Type());
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UnitClass::What_Am_I -- Returns with the RTTI type this object is.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This will return that this is a normal vehicle unit type. Each object class overrides    *
+ *    this function in order to provide run time type identification support.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns the RTTI type that this object is (i.e., RTTI_UNIT).                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   08/13/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+RTTIType UnitClass::What_Am_I(void) const
+{
+	Validate();
+	return(RTTI_UNIT);
+}
diff --git a/UNIT.H b/UNIT.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..91aae41
--- /dev/null
+++ b/UNIT.H
@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\unit.h_v   2.19   16 Oct 1995 16:45:56   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : UNIT.H                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : April 14, 1994                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : April 14, 1994   [JLB]                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef UNIT_H
+#define UNIT_H
+
+#include "tarcom.h"
+#include "radio.h"
+#include "cargo.h"
+#include "mission.h"
+#include	"target.h"
+
+
+/****************************************************************************
+**	For each instance of a unit (vehicle) in the game, there is one of
+**	these structures. This structure holds information that is specific
+**	and dynamic for a particular unit.
+*/
+class UnitClass :	public TarComClass
+{
+	public:
+
+		/*
+		**	This records the house flag that this object is currently carrying.
+		*/
+		HousesType Flagged;
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		**	Constructors, Destructors, and overloaded operators.
+		*/
+		static void * operator new(size_t size);
+		static void operator delete(void *ptr);
+		UnitClass(void) {};
+		UnitClass(UnitType classid, HousesType house);
+		operator UnitType(void) const {return Class->Type;};
+		virtual ~UnitClass(void);
+		virtual RTTIType What_Am_I(void) const;
+
+		/*---------------------------------------------------------------------
+		**	Member function prototypes.
+		*/
+		static void Init(void);
+
+		bool  Goto_Clear_Spot(void);
+		bool  Try_To_Deploy(void);
+
+		bool  Tiberium_Check(CELL &center, int x, int y);
+		bool  Flag_Attach(HousesType house);
+		bool  Flag_Remove(void);
+		void  Find_LZ(void);
+		bool  Unload_Hovercraft_Process(void);
+		bool  Goto_Tiberium(void);
+		bool  Harvesting(void);
+		void  APC_Close_Door(void);
+		void  APC_Open_Door(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	Query functions.
+		*/
+		virtual bool Can_Player_Move(void) const;
+		virtual int Pip_Count(void) const;
+		virtual InfantryType Crew_Type(void) const;
+
+		/*
+		**	Coordinate inquiry functions. These are used for both display and
+		**	combat purposes.
+		*/
+		virtual COORDINATE Sort_Y(void) const;
+
+		/*
+		**	Object entry and exit from the game system.
+		*/
+		virtual bool Unlimbo(COORDINATE , DirType facing=DIR_N);
+		virtual bool Limbo(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	Display and rendering support functionality. Supports imagery and how
+		**	object interacts with the map and thus indirectly controls rendering.
+		*/
+		virtual void const * Remap_Table(void);
+		virtual void Look(bool incremental=false);
+		virtual short const * Overlap_List(void) const;
+		virtual void Draw_It(int x, int y, WindowNumberType window);
+
+		/*
+		**	User I/O.
+		*/
+		virtual ActionType What_Action(CELL cell) const;
+		virtual ActionType What_Action(ObjectClass * object) const;
+		virtual void Active_Click_With(ActionType action, ObjectClass * object);
+		virtual void Active_Click_With(ActionType action, CELL cell);
+		virtual void Response_Select(void);
+		virtual void Response_Move(void);
+		virtual void Response_Attack(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	Combat related.
+		*/
+		virtual COORDINATE Target_Coord(void) const;
+		virtual ResultType Take_Damage(int & damage, int distance, WarheadType warhead, TechnoClass * source=0);
+		virtual TARGET As_Target(void) const;
+		virtual void Stun(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	Driver control support functions. These are used to control cell
+		**	occupation flags and driver instructions.
+		*/
+		virtual bool Stop_Driver(void);
+		virtual bool Start_Driver(COORDINATE & coord);
+
+		/*
+		**	AI.
+		*/
+		virtual DirType Desired_Load_Dir(ObjectClass * passenger, CELL & moveto) const;
+		virtual RadioMessageType Receive_Message(RadioClass * from, RadioMessageType message, long & param);
+		virtual void AI(void);
+		virtual int Mission_Attack(void);
+		virtual int Mission_Unload(void);
+		virtual int Mission_Guard(void);
+		virtual int Mission_Harvest(void);
+		virtual int Mission_Hunt(void);
+		virtual int UnitClass::Mission_Move(void);
+		virtual FireErrorType Can_Fire(TARGET, int which) const;
+
+		/*
+		**	Scenario and debug support.
+		*/
+		#ifdef CHEAT_KEYS
+		virtual void Debug_Dump(MonoClass *mono) const;
+		#endif
+
+		/*
+		**	Movement and animation.
+		*/
+		virtual void Enter_Idle_Mode(bool initial=false);
+		virtual MoveType Can_Enter_Cell(CELL cell, FacingType facing=FACING_NONE) const;
+		virtual void Per_Cell_Process(bool center);
+		virtual void Scatter(COORDINATE threat, bool forced=false);
+		void  Exit_Repair(void);
+//		MoveType Blocking_Object(TechnoClass const *techno, CELL cell) const;
+
+		/*
+		**	File I/O.
+		*/
+		static void  Read_INI(char *buffer);
+		static void  Write_INI(char *buffer);
+		static char *INI_Name(void) {return "UNITS";};
+		bool  Load(FileClass & file);
+		bool  Save(FileClass & file);
+		virtual void Code_Pointers(void);
+		virtual void Decode_Pointers(void);
+
+		/*
+		**	Dee-buggin' support.
+		*/
+		int Validate(void) const;
+
+	private:
+
+		/*
+		** This contains the value of the Virtual Function Table Pointer
+		*/
+		static void * VTable;
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/UTRACKER.CPP b/UTRACKER.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f253c99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/UTRACKER.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D    S T U D I O S        **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : UTRACKER.CPP                             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Steve Tall                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : June 3rd, 1996                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : June 7th, 1996 [ST]                      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ *  The UnitTracker class exists to track the various statistics           *
+ *   required for internet games.                                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *  Functions:                                                             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+
+
+#include "function.h"
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UTC::UnitTrackerClass -- Class constructor                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Number of unit types to reserve space for                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    6/7/96 0:10AM ST : Created                                                               *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+UnitTrackerClass::UnitTrackerClass (int unit_count)
+{
+	UnitTotals = new long [unit_count];		// Allocate memory for the unit totals
+	UnitCount = unit_count;						// Keep a record of how many unit entries there are
+	InNetworkFormat = 0;							// The unit entries are in host format
+	Clear_Unit_Total();							// Clear each entry
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UTC::~UnitTrackerClass -- Class destructor                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    6/7/96 0:10AM ST : Created                                                               *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+UnitTrackerClass::~UnitTrackerClass (void)
+{
+	delete UnitTotals;
+}
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UTC::Increment_Unit_Total -- Increment the total for the specefied unit                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Unit number                                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    6/7/96 0:12AM ST : Created                                                               *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void UnitTrackerClass::Increment_Unit_Total(int unit_type)
+{
+	UnitTotals[unit_type]++;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UTC::Decrement_Unit_Total -- Decrement the total for the specefied unit                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Unit number                                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    6/7/96 0:13AM ST : Created                                                               *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void UnitTrackerClass::Decrement_Unit_Total(int unit_type)
+{
+	UnitTotals[unit_type]--;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UTC::Get_All_Totals -- Returns a pointer to the start of the unit totals list               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Ptr to unit totals list                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    6/7/96 0:13AM ST : Created                                                               *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+long *UnitTrackerClass::Get_All_Totals (void)
+{
+	return (UnitTotals);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UTC::Clear_Unit_Total -- Clear out all the unit totals                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    6/7/96 0:14AM ST : Created                                                               *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void UnitTrackerClass::Clear_Unit_Total (void)
+{
+	memset (UnitTotals, 0, UnitCount * sizeof(long) );
+}
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UTC::To_Network_Format -- Changes all unit totals to network format for the internet        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    6/7/96 0:15AM ST : Created                                                               *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void UnitTrackerClass::To_Network_Format (void)
+{
+	if (!InNetworkFormat){
+		for (int i=0 ; i<UnitCount ; i++){
+			UnitTotals[i] = htonl (UnitTotals[i]);
+		}
+	}
+	InNetworkFormat = 1;		// Flag that data is now in network format
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * UTC::To_PC_Format -- Changes all unit totals to PC format from network format               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    6/7/96 0:15AM ST : Created                                                               *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void UnitTrackerClass::To_PC_Format (void)
+{
+	if (InNetworkFormat){
+		for (int i=0 ; i<UnitCount ; i++){
+			UnitTotals[i] = ntohl (UnitTotals[i]);
+		}
+	}
+	InNetworkFormat = 0;		// Flag that data is now in PC format
+}
+
diff --git a/UTRACKER.H b/UTRACKER.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6f2a2ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/UTRACKER.H
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D    S T U D I O S        **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : UTRACKER.H                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Steve Tall                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : June 3rd, 1996                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : June 7th, 1996 [ST]                      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ *  The UnitTracker class exists to track the various statistics           *
+ *   required for internet games.                                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+
+/*
+** UnitTracker Class
+*/
+
+class	UnitTrackerClass {
+
+	public:
+
+		UnitTrackerClass(int unit_count);
+		~UnitTrackerClass(void);
+
+		void 	Increment_Unit_Total (int unit_type);
+		void 	Decrement_Unit_Total (int unit_type);
+		void	Clear_Unit_Total(void);
+
+		int 	Get_Unit_Total (int unit_type);
+		long *Get_All_Totals (void);
+		int	Get_Unit_Count (void){return (UnitCount);};
+
+		void	To_Network_Format(void);
+		void	To_PC_Format(void);
+
+	private:
+
+		long	*UnitTotals;
+		int	UnitCount;
+		int	InNetworkFormat;
+
+};
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
diff --git a/VECTOR.CPP b/VECTOR.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ffdf110
--- /dev/null
+++ b/VECTOR.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,898 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\vector.cpv   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:49:26   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : VECTOR.CPP                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : 02/19/95                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : July 18, 1995 [JLB]                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   BooleanVectorClass::BooleanVectorClass -- Copy constructor fo boolean array.              *
+ *   BooleanVectorClass::BooleanVectorClass -- Explicit data buffer constructor.               *
+ *   BooleanVectorClass::Clear -- Resets boolean vector to empty state.                        *
+ *   BooleanVectorClass::Fixup -- Updates the boolean vector to a known state.                 *
+ *   BooleanVectorClass::Reset -- Clear all boolean values in array.                           *
+ *   BooleanVectorClass::Resize -- Resizes a boolean vector object.                            *
+ *   BooleanVectorClass::Set -- Forces all boolean elements to true.                           *
+ *   BooleanVectorClass::operator = -- Assignment operator.                                    *
+ *   BooleanVectorClass::operator == -- Comparison operator for boolean vector.                *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+#include "vector.h"
+#include	<mem.h>
+#include	<stdio.h>
+
+/*
+**	The following template function can be located here ONLY if all the instatiations are
+**	declared in a header file this module includes. By placing the template functions here,
+**	it speeds up compiler operation and reduces object module size.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * VectorClass<T>::VectorClass -- Constructor for vector class.                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This constructor for the vector class is passed the initial size of the vector and an    *
+ *    optional pointer to a preallocated block of memory that the vector will be placed in.    *
+ *    If this optional pointer is NULL (or not provided), then the vector is allocated out     *
+ *    of free store (with the "new" operator).                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   size  -- The number of elements to initialize this vector to.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          array -- Optional pointer to a previously allocated memory block to hold the       *
+ *                   vector.                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/10/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+template<class T>
+VectorClass<T>::VectorClass(unsigned size, T const * array)
+{
+	Vector = 0;
+	VectorMax = size;
+	IsAllocated = false;
+
+	/*
+	**	Allocate the vector. The default constructor will be called for every
+	**	object in this vector.
+	*/
+	if (size) {
+		if (array) {
+			Vector = new((void*)array) T[size];
+		} else {
+			Vector = new T[size];
+			IsAllocated = true;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * VectorClass<T>::~VectorClass -- Default destructor for vector class.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the default destructor for the vector class. It will deallocate any memory       *
+ *    that it may have allocated.                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/10/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+template<class T>
+VectorClass<T>::~VectorClass(void)
+{
+	VectorClass<T>::Clear();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * VectorClass<T>::VectorClass -- Copy constructor for vector object.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the copy constructor for the vector class. It will duplicate the provided        *
+ *    vector into the new vector being created.                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   vector   -- Reference to the vector to use as a copy.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/10/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+template<class T>
+VectorClass<T>::VectorClass(VectorClass<T> const & vector)
+{
+	VectorMax = 0;
+	IsAllocated = false;
+	Vector = 0;
+	*this = vector;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * VectorClass<T>::operator = -- The assignment operator.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This the the assignment operator for vector objects. It will alter the existing lvalue   *
+ *    vector to duplicate the rvalue one.                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   vector   -- The rvalue vector to copy into the lvalue one.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with reference to the newly copied vector.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/10/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+template<class T>
+VectorClass<T> & VectorClass<T>::operator =(VectorClass<T> const & vector)
+{
+	Clear();
+	VectorMax = vector.Length();
+	if (VectorMax) {
+		Vector = new T[VectorMax];
+		if (Vector) {
+			IsAllocated = true;
+			for (int index = 0; index < VectorMax; index++) {
+				Vector[index] = vector[index];
+			}
+		}
+	} else {
+		Vector = 0;
+		IsAllocated = false;
+	}
+	return(*this);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * VectorClass<T>::operator == -- Equality operator for vector objects.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This operator compares two vectors for equality. It does this by performing an object    *
+ *    by object comparison between the two vectors.                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   vector   -- The right vector expression.                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Are the two vectors essentially equal? (do they contain comparable elements  *
+ *                in the same order?)                                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   The equality operator must exist for the objects that this vector contains.     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/10/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+template<class T>
+int VectorClass<T>::operator == (VectorClass<T> const & vector) const
+{
+	if (VectorMax == vector.Length()) {
+		for (int index = 0; index < VectorMax; index++) {
+			if (Vector[index] != vector[index]) {
+				return(false);
+			}
+		}
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * VectorClass<T>::ID -- Pointer based conversion to index number.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to convert a pointer to an element in the vector back into the index    *
+ *    number of that object. This routine ONLY works with actual pointers to object within     *
+ *    the vector. For "equivalent" object index number (such as with similar integral values)  *
+ *    then use the "by value" index number ID function.                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   pointer  -- Pointer to an actual object in the vector.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the index number for the object pointed to by the parameter.          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   This routine is only valid for actual pointers to object that exist within      *
+ *             the vector. All other object pointers will yield undefined results.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/13/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+template<class T>
+inline int VectorClass<T>::ID(T const * ptr)
+{
+	return(((unsigned long)ptr - (unsigned long)&(*this)[0]) / sizeof(T));
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * VectorClass<T>::ID -- Finds object ID based on value.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to find the index value of an object with equivalent value in the       *
+ *    vector. Typical use of this would be for integral types.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   object   -- Reference to the object that is to be looked up in the vector.         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the index number of the object that is equivalent to the one          *
+ *          specified. If no matching value could be found then -1 is returned.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/13/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+template<class T>
+int VectorClass<T>::ID(T const & object)
+{
+	for (int index = 0; index < VectorMax; index++) {
+		if ((*this)[index] == object) {
+			return(index);
+		}
+	}
+	return(-1);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * VectorClass<T>::Clear -- Frees and clears the vector.                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to reset the vector to an empty (non-allocated) state. A vector will    *
+ *    free all allocated memory when this routine is called. In order for the vector to be     *
+ *    useful after this point, the Resize function must be called to give it element space.    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/10/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+template<class T>
+void VectorClass<T>::Clear(void)
+{
+	if (Vector && IsAllocated) {
+		delete[] Vector;
+		Vector = 0;
+	}
+	IsAllocated = false;
+	VectorMax = 0;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * VectorClass<T>::Resize -- Changes the size of the vector.                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine is used to change the size (usually to increase) the size of a vector. This *
+ *    is the only way to increase the vector's working room (number of elements).              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   newsize  -- The desired size of the vector.                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          array    -- Optional pointer to a previously allocated memory block that the       *
+ *                      array will be located in. If this parameter is not supplied, then      *
+ *                      the array will be allocated from free store.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the array resized successfully?                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   Failure to succeed could be the result of running out of memory.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/10/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+template<class T>
+int VectorClass<T>::Resize(unsigned newsize, T const * array)
+{
+	if (newsize) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Allocate a new vector of the size specified. The default constructor
+		**	will be called for every object in this vector.
+		*/
+		T * newptr;
+		if (!array) {
+			newptr = new T[newsize];
+		} else {
+			newptr = new((void*)array) T[newsize];
+		}
+		if (!newptr) {
+			return(false);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	If there is an old vector, then it must be copied (as much as is feasable)
+		**	to the new vector.
+		*/
+		if (Vector) {
+
+			/*
+			**	Copy as much of the old vector into the new vector as possible. This
+			**	presumes that there is a functional assignment operator for each
+			**	of the objects in the vector.
+			*/
+			int copycount = (newsize < VectorMax) ? newsize : VectorMax;
+			for (int index = 0; index < copycount; index++) {
+				newptr[index] = Vector[index];
+			}
+
+			/*
+			**	Delete the old vector. This might cause the destructors to be called
+			**	for all of the old elements. This makes the implementation of suitable
+			**	assignment operator very important. The default assigment operator will
+			**	only work for the simplist of objects.
+			*/
+			if (IsAllocated) {
+				delete[] Vector;
+				Vector = 0;
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Assign the new vector data to this class.
+		*/
+		Vector = newptr;
+		VectorMax = newsize;
+		IsAllocated = (Vector && !array);
+
+	} else {
+
+		/*
+		**	Resizing to zero is the same as clearing the vector.
+		*/
+		Clear();
+	}
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DynamicVectorClass<T>::DynamicVectorClass -- Constructor for dynamic vector.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the normal constructor for the dynamic vector class. It is similar to the normal *
+ *    vector class constructor. The vector is initialized to contain the number of elements    *
+ *    specified in the "size" parameter. The memory is allocated from free store unless the    *
+ *    optional array parameter is provided. In this case it will place the vector at the       *
+ *    memory location specified.                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   size  -- The maximum number of objects allowed in this vector.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          array -- Optional pointer to the memory area to place the vector at.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/10/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+template<class T>
+DynamicVectorClass<T>::DynamicVectorClass(unsigned size, T const * array)
+	: VectorClass<T>(size, array)
+{
+	GrowthStep = 10;
+	ActiveCount = 0;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DynamicVectorClass<T>::Resize -- Changes the size of a dynamic vector.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to change the size of the vector. The size changed is the maximum       *
+ *    number of allocated objects within this vector. If a memory buffer is provided, then     *
+ *    the vector will be located there. Otherwise, the memory will be allocated out of free    *
+ *    store.                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   newsize  -- The desired maximum size of this vector.                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          array    -- Optional pointer to a previosly allocated memory array.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was vector successfully resized according to specifications?                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   Failure to resize the vector could be the result of lack of free store.         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/10/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+template<class T>
+int DynamicVectorClass<T>::Resize(unsigned newsize, T const * array)
+{
+	if (VectorClass<T>::Resize(newsize, array)) {
+		if (Length() < ActiveCount) ActiveCount = Length();
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DynamicVectorClass<T>::ID -- Find matching value in the dynamic vector.                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to find a matching object (by value) in the vector. Unlike the base     *
+ *    class ID function of similar name, this one restricts the scan to the current number     *
+ *    of valid objects.                                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   object   -- A reference to the object that a match is to be found in the           *
+ *                      vector.                                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the index number of the object that is equivalent to the one          *
+ *          specified. If no equivalent object could be found then -1 is returned.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/13/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+template<class T>
+int DynamicVectorClass<T>::ID(T const & object)
+{
+	for (int index = 0; index < Count(); index++) {
+		if ((*this)[index] == object) return(index);
+	}
+	return(-1);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DynamicVectorClass<T>::Add -- Add an element to the vector.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to add an element to the vector. The vector will automatically be       *
+ *    resized to accomodate the new element IF the vector was allocated previosly and the      *
+ *    growth rate is not zero.                                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   object   -- Reference to the object that will be added to the vector.              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the object added successfully? If so, the object is added to the end     *
+ *                of the vector.                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/10/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+template<class T>
+int DynamicVectorClass<T>::Add(T const & object)
+{
+	if (ActiveCount >= Length()) {
+		if ((IsAllocated || !VectorMax) && GrowthStep > 0) {
+			if (!Resize(Length() + GrowthStep)) {
+
+				/*
+				**	Failure to increase the size of the vector is an error condition.
+				**	Return with the error flag.
+				*/
+				return(false);
+			}
+		} else {
+
+			/*
+			**	Increasing the size of this vector is not allowed! Bail this
+			**	routine with the error code.
+			*/
+			return(false);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	There is room for the new object now. Add it to the end of the object vector.
+	*/
+	(*this)[ActiveCount++] = object;
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+template<class T>
+int DynamicVectorClass<T>::Add_Head(T const & object)
+{
+	if (ActiveCount >= Length()) {
+		if ((IsAllocated || !VectorMax) && GrowthStep > 0) {
+			if (!Resize(Length() + GrowthStep)) {
+
+				/*
+				**	Failure to increase the size of the vector is an error condition.
+				**	Return with the error flag.
+				*/
+				return(false);
+			}
+		} else {
+
+			/*
+			**	Increasing the size of this vector is not allowed! Bail this
+			**	routine with the error code.
+			*/
+			return(false);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	There is room for the new object now. Add it to the end of the object vector.
+	*/
+	if (ActiveCount) {
+		memmove(&(*this)[1], &(*this)[0], ActiveCount * sizeof(T));
+	}
+	(*this)[0] = object;
+	ActiveCount++;
+//	(*this)[ActiveCount++] = object;
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DynamicVectorClass<T>::Delete -- Remove the specified object from the vector.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will delete the object referenced from the vector. All objects in the       *
+ *    vector that follow the one deleted will be moved "down" to fill the hole.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   object   -- Reference to the object in this vector that is to be deleted.          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the object deleted successfully? This should always be true.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   Do no pass a reference to an object that is NOT part of this vector. The        *
+ *             results of this are undefined and probably catastrophic.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/10/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+template<class T>
+int DynamicVectorClass<T>::Delete(T const & object)
+{
+	int index = ID(object);
+	if (index != -1){
+		return(Delete(index));
+	}else{
+		return (false);
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * DynamicVectorClass<T>::Delete -- Deletes the specified index from the vector.               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to delete the object at the specified index from the objects in the     *
+ *    vector. This routine will move all the remaining objects "down" in order to fill the     *
+ *    hole.                                                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   index -- The index number of the object in the vector that is to be deleted.       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Was the object index deleted successfully? Failure might mean that the index *
+ *                specified was out of bounds.                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   03/10/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+template<class T>
+int DynamicVectorClass<T>::Delete(int index)
+{
+	if ((unsigned)index < ActiveCount) {
+		ActiveCount--;
+
+		/*
+		**	If there are any objects past the index that was deleted, copy those
+		**	objects down in order to fill the hole. A simple memory copy is
+		**	not sufficient since the vector could contain class objects that
+		**	need to use the assignment operator for movement.
+		*/
+		for (int i = index; i < ActiveCount; i++) {
+			(*this)[i] = (*this)[i+1];
+		}
+		return(true);
+	}
+	return(false);
+}
+
+//----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BooleanVectorClass::BooleanVectorClass -- Explicit data buffer constructor.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the constructor for a boolean array. This constructor takes the memory pointer   *
+ *    provided as assigns that as the array data pointer.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   size  -- The size of the array (in bits).                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *          array -- Pointer to the memory that the array is to use.                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   You must make sure that the memory specified is large enough to contain the     *
+ *             bits specified.                                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/18/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+BooleanVectorClass::BooleanVectorClass(unsigned size, unsigned char * array)
+{
+	BitArray.Resize(((size + (8-1)) / 8), array);
+	LastIndex = -1;
+	BitCount = size;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BooleanVectorClass::BooleanVectorClass -- Copy constructor fo boolean array.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the copy constructor for a boolean array. It is used to make a duplicate of the  *
+ *    boolean array.                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   vector   -- Reference to the vector to be duplicated.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/18/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+BooleanVectorClass::BooleanVectorClass(BooleanVectorClass const & vector)
+{
+	LastIndex = -1;
+	*this = vector;
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BooleanVectorClass::operator = -- Assignment operator.                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will make a copy of the specifed boolean vector array. The vector is        *
+ *    copied into an already constructed existing vector. The values from the existing vector  *
+ *    are destroyed by this copy.                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   vector   -- Reference to the vector to make a copy of.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/18/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+BooleanVectorClass & BooleanVectorClass::operator =(BooleanVectorClass const & vector)
+{
+	Fixup();
+	Copy = vector.Copy;
+	LastIndex = vector.LastIndex;
+	BitArray = vector.BitArray;
+	BitCount = vector.BitCount;
+	return(*this);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BooleanVectorClass::operator == -- Comparison operator for boolean vector.                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the comparison operator for a boolean vector class. Boolean vectors are equal    *
+ *    if the bit count and bit values are identical.                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   vector   -- Reference to the vector to compare to.                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Are the boolean vectors identical?                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/18/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int BooleanVectorClass::operator == (const BooleanVectorClass & vector)
+{
+	Fixup(LastIndex);
+	return(BitCount == vector.BitCount && BitArray == vector.BitArray);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BooleanVectorClass::Resize -- Resizes a boolean vector object.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will resize the boolean vector object. An index value used with a boolean   *
+ *    vector must be less than the value specified in as the new size.                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   size  -- The new maximum size of this boolean vector.                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Was the boolean vector sized successfully?                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   The boolean array might be reallocated or even deleted by this routine.         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/18/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int BooleanVectorClass::Resize(unsigned size)
+{
+	Fixup();
+
+	if (size) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Record the previous bit count of the boolean vector. This is used
+		**	to determine if the array has grown in size and thus clearing is
+		**	necessary.
+		*/
+		int oldsize = BitCount;
+
+		/*
+		**	Actually resize the bit array. Since this is a bit packed array,
+		**	there are 8 elements per byte (rounded up).
+		*/
+		int success = BitArray.Resize(((size + (8-1)) / 8));
+
+		/*
+		**	Since there is no default constructor for bit packed integers, a manual
+		**	clearing of the bits is required.
+		*/
+		BitCount = size;
+		if (success && oldsize < size) {
+			for (int index = oldsize; index < size; index++) {
+				(*this)[index] = 0;
+			}
+		}
+
+		return(success);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Resizing to zero is the same as clearing and deallocating the array.
+	**	This is always successful.
+	*/
+	Clear();
+	return(true);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BooleanVectorClass::Clear -- Resets boolean vector to empty state.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine will clear out the boolean array. This will free any allocated memory and   *
+ *    result in the boolean vector being unusable until the Resize function is subsiquently    *
+ *    called.                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   The boolean vector cannot be used until it is resized to a non null condition.  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/18/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void BooleanVectorClass::Clear(void)
+{
+	Fixup();
+	BitCount = 0;
+	BitArray.Clear();
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BooleanVectorClass::Reset -- Clear all boolean values in array.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the preferred (and quick) method to clear the boolean array to a false condition.*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/18/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void BooleanVectorClass::Reset(void)
+{
+	LastIndex = -1;
+	if (BitArray.Length()) {
+		memset(&BitArray[0], '\0', BitArray.Length());
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BooleanVectorClass::Set -- Forces all boolean elements to true.                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This is the preferred (and fast) way to set all boolean elements to true.                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/18/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void BooleanVectorClass::Set(void)
+{
+	LastIndex = -1;
+	if (BitArray.Length()) {
+		memset(&BitArray[0], '\xFF', BitArray.Length());
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * BooleanVectorClass::Fixup -- Updates the boolean vector to a known state.                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to set the boolean value copy to match the appropriate bit in the       *
+ *    boolean array. The boolean array will be updated with any changes from the last time     *
+ *    a value was fetched from the boolean vector. By using this update method, the boolean    *
+ *    array can be treated as a normal array even though the elements are composed of          *
+ *    otherwise inaccessable bits.                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   index -- The index to set the new copy value to. If the index is -1, then the      *
+ *                   previous value will be updated into the vector array, but no new value    *
+ *                   will be fetched from it.                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   Always call this routine with "-1" if any direct manipulation of the bit        *
+ *             array is to occur. This ensures that the bit array is accurate.                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   07/18/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void BooleanVectorClass::Fixup(int index) const
+{
+	/*
+	**	If the requested index value is illegal, then force the index
+	**	to be -1. This is the default non-index value.
+	*/
+	if ((unsigned)index >= BitCount) {
+		index = -1;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If the new index is different than the previous index, there might
+	**	be some fixing up required.
+	*/
+	if (index != LastIndex) {
+
+		/*
+		**	If the previously fetched boolean value was changed, then update
+		**	the boolean array accordingly.
+		*/
+		if (LastIndex != -1) {
+			Set_Bit((void*)&BitArray[0], LastIndex, Copy);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	If this new current index is valid, then fill in the reference boolean
+		**	value with the approriate data from the bit array.
+		*/
+		if (index != -1) {
+			((unsigned char&)Copy) = Get_Bit(&BitArray[0], index);
+		}
+
+		((int &)LastIndex) = index;
+	}
+}
+
+
diff --git a/VECTOR.H b/VECTOR.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..541abe8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/VECTOR.H
@@ -0,0 +1,296 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\vector.h_v   2.15   16 Oct 1995 16:47:38   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               *** 
+ *********************************************************************************************** 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                    File Name : VECTOR.H                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Start Date : 02/19/95                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                  Last Update : March 13, 1995 [JLB]                                         * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* 
+ * Functions:                                                                                  * 
+ *   VectorClass<T>::VectorClass -- Constructor for vector class.                              * 
+ *   VectorClass<T>::~VectorClass -- Default destructor for vector class.                      * 
+ *   VectorClass<T>::VectorClass -- Copy constructor for vector object.                        * 
+ *   VectorClass<T>::operator = -- The assignment operator.                                    * 
+ *   VectorClass<T>::operator == -- Equality operator for vector objects.                      * 
+ *   VectorClass<T>::Clear -- Frees and clears the vector.                                     * 
+ *   VectorClass<T>::Resize -- Changes the size of the vector.                                 * 
+ *   DynamicVectorClass<T>::DynamicVectorClass -- Constructor for dynamic vector.              * 
+ *   DynamicVectorClass<T>::Resize -- Changes the size of a dynamic vector.                    * 
+ *   DynamicVectorClass<T>::Add -- Add an element to the vector.                               * 
+ *   DynamicVectorClass<T>::Delete -- Remove the specified object from the vector.             * 
+ *   DynamicVectorClass<T>::Delete -- Deletes the specified index from the vector.             * 
+ *   VectorClass<T>::ID -- Pointer based conversion to index number.                           * 
+ *   VectorClass<T>::ID -- Finds object ID based on value.                                     * 
+ *   DynamicVectorClass<T>::ID -- Find matching value in the dynamic vector.                   * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef VECTOR_H
+#define VECTOR_H
+
+#ifndef false
+#define false 0
+#endif
+#ifndef true
+#define true 1
+#endif
+
+#include	<stdlib.h>
+#include	<stddef.h>
+
+inline void * operator new(size_t , void * pointer) {return(pointer);}
+inline void * operator new[](size_t , void * pointer) {return(pointer);}
+
+
+/**************************************************************************
+**	This is a general purpose vector class. A vector is defined by this
+**	class, as an array of arbitrary objects where the array can be dynamically
+**	sized. Because is deals with arbitrary object types, it can handle everything.
+**	As a result of this, it is not terribly efficient for integral objects (such
+**	as char or int). It will function correctly, but the copy constructor and
+**	equality operator could be highly optimized if the integral type were known.
+**	This efficiency can be implemented by deriving an integral vector template
+**	from this one in order to supply more efficient routines.
+*/
+template<class T> 
+class VectorClass
+{
+	public:
+		VectorClass(unsigned size=0, T const * array=0);
+		VectorClass(VectorClass<T> const &);		// Copy constructor.
+		virtual ~VectorClass(void);
+
+		T & operator[](unsigned index) {return(Vector[index]);};
+		T const & operator[](unsigned index) const {return(Vector[index]);};
+		virtual VectorClass<T> & operator =(VectorClass<T> const &); // Assignment operator.
+		virtual int operator == (VectorClass<T> const &) const;	// Equality operator.
+		virtual int Resize(unsigned newsize, T const * array=0);
+		virtual void Clear(void);
+		unsigned Length(void) const {return VectorMax;};
+		virtual int ID(T const * ptr);	// Pointer based identification.
+		virtual int ID(T const & ptr);	// Value based identification.
+
+	protected:
+
+		/*
+		**	This is a pointer to the allocated vector array of elements.
+		*/
+		T * Vector;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the maximum number of elements allowed in this vector.
+		*/
+		unsigned VectorMax;
+
+		/*
+		**	Does the vector data pointer refer to memory that this class has manually
+		**	allocated? If so, then this class is responsible for deleting it.
+		*/
+		unsigned IsAllocated:1;
+};
+
+
+/**************************************************************************
+**	This derivative vector class adds the concept of adding and deleting
+**	objects. The objects are packed to the beginning of the vector array.
+**	If this is instantiated for a class object, then the assignment operator
+**	and the equality operator must be supported. If the vector allocates its
+**	own memory, then the vector can grow if it runs out of room adding items.
+**	The growth rate is controlled by setting the growth step rate. A growth
+**	step rate of zero disallows growing.
+*/
+template<class T> 
+class DynamicVectorClass : public VectorClass<T>
+{
+	public:
+		DynamicVectorClass(unsigned size=0, T const * array=0);
+
+		// Change maximum size of vector.
+		virtual int Resize(unsigned newsize, T const * array=0);
+
+		// Resets and frees the vector array.
+		virtual void Clear(void) {ActiveCount = 0;VectorClass<T>::Clear();};
+
+		// Fetch number of "allocated" vector objects.
+		int Count(void) const {return(ActiveCount);};
+
+		// Add object to vector (growing as necessary).
+		int Add(T const & object);
+		int Add_Head(T const & object);
+
+		// Delete object just like this from vector.
+		int Delete(T const & object);
+
+		// Delete object at this vector index.
+		int Delete(int index);
+
+		// Deletes all objects in the vector.
+		void Delete_All(void) {ActiveCount = 0;};
+
+		// Set amount that vector grows by.
+		int Set_Growth_Step(int step) {return(GrowthStep = step);};
+
+		// Fetch current growth step rate.
+		int Growth_Step(void) {return GrowthStep;};
+
+		virtual int ID(T const * ptr) {return(VectorClass<T>::ID(ptr));};
+		virtual int ID(T const & ptr);
+
+	protected:
+
+		/*
+		**	This is a count of the number of active objects in this
+		**	vector. The memory array often times is bigger than this
+		**	value.
+		*/
+		int ActiveCount;
+
+		/*
+		**	If there is insufficient room in the vector array for a new
+		**	object to be added, then the vector will grow by the number
+		**	of objects specified by this value. This is controlled by
+		**	the Set_Growth_Step() function.
+		*/
+		int GrowthStep;
+};
+
+
+/**************************************************************************
+**	This is a derivative of a vector class that supports boolean flags. Since
+**	a boolean flag can be represented by a single bit, this class packs the
+**	array of boolean flags into an array of bytes containing 8 boolean values
+**	each. For large boolean arrays, this results in an 87.5% savings. Although
+**	the indexing "[]" operator is supported, DO NOT pass pointers to sub elements
+**	of this bit vector class. A pointer derived from the indexing operator is 
+**	only valid until the next call. Because of this, only simple
+**	direct use of the "[]" operator is allowed. 
+*/
+class BooleanVectorClass
+{
+	public:
+		BooleanVectorClass(unsigned size=0, unsigned char * array=0);
+		BooleanVectorClass(BooleanVectorClass const & vector);
+
+		// Assignment operator.
+		BooleanVectorClass & operator =(BooleanVectorClass const & vector);
+
+		// Equivalency operator.
+		int operator == (BooleanVectorClass const & vector);
+
+		// Fetch number of boolean objects in vector.
+		int Length(void) {return BitCount;};
+
+		// Set all boolean values to false;
+		void Reset(void);
+
+		// Set all boolean values to true.
+		void Set(void);
+
+		// Resets vector to zero length (frees memory).
+		void Clear(void);
+
+		// Change size of this boolean vector.
+		int Resize(unsigned size);
+
+		// Fetch reference to specified index.
+		bool const & operator[](int index) const {
+			if (LastIndex != index) Fixup(index);
+			return(Copy);
+		};
+		bool & operator[](int index) {
+			if (LastIndex != index) Fixup(index);
+			return(Copy);
+		};
+
+		// Quick check on boolean state.
+		bool Is_True(int index) const {
+			if (index == LastIndex) return(Copy);
+			return(Get_Bit(&BitArray[0], index));
+		};
+
+		// Find first index that is false.
+		int First_False(void) const {
+			if (LastIndex != -1) Fixup(-1);
+
+			int retval = First_False_Bit(&BitArray[0]);
+			if (retval < BitCount) return(retval);
+
+			/*
+			**	Failure to find a false boolean value in the vector. Return this
+			**	fact in the form of an invalid index number.
+			*/
+			return(-1);
+		}	
+
+		// Find first index that is true.
+		int First_True(void) const {
+			if (LastIndex != -1) Fixup(-1);
+
+			int retval = First_True_Bit(&BitArray[0]);
+			if (retval < BitCount) return(retval);
+
+			/*
+			**	Failure to find a true boolean value in the vector. Return this
+			**	fact in the form of an invalid index number.
+			*/
+			return(-1);
+		}	
+
+	private:
+		void Fixup(int index=-1) const;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the number of boolean values in the vector. This value is
+		**	not necessarily a multiple of 8, even though the underlying character
+		**	vector contains a multiple of 8 bits.
+		*/
+		int BitCount;
+
+		/*
+		**	This is a referential copy of an element in the bit vector. The
+		**	purpose of this copy is to allow normal reference access to this
+		**	object (for speed reasons). This hides the bit packing scheme from
+		**	the user of this class.
+		*/
+		bool Copy;
+
+		/*
+		**	This records the index of the value last fetched into the reference
+		**	boolean variable. This index is used to properly restore the value
+		**	when the reference copy needs updating.
+		*/
+		int LastIndex;
+
+		/*
+		**	This points to the allocated bitfield array.
+		*/
+		VectorClass<unsigned char> BitArray;
+};
+
+
+#endif
diff --git a/VISUDLG.CPP b/VISUDLG.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f9ee4fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/VISUDLG.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,424 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\visudlg.cpv   2.17   16 Oct 1995 16:51:40   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : VISUDLG.CPP                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Maria del Mar McCready Legg                                  *
+ *                                  Joe L. Bostic                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : Jan 8, 1995                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : June 18, 1995 [JLB]                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   VisualControlsClass::Process -- Process the visual control dialog box.                    *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+#include	"visudlg.h"
+int VisualControlsClass::Init(void)
+{
+	int factor 			= (SeenBuff.Get_Width() == 320) ? 1 : 2;
+ 	Option_Width		= 216 * factor;
+ 	Option_Height		= 122 * factor;
+ 	Option_X				= (((SeenBuff.Get_Width() - Option_Width) / 2));
+ 	Option_Y				= ((SeenBuff.Get_Height() - Option_Height) / 2);
+ 	Text_X				= Option_X + (28 * factor);
+ 	Text_Y				= Option_Y + (30 * factor);
+ 	Slider_X				= Option_X + (105 * factor);
+ 	Slider_Y				= Option_Y + (30 * factor);
+ 	Slider_Width		= 70 * factor;
+ 	Slider_Height		= 5 * factor;
+ 	Slider_Y_Spacing	= 11 * factor;
+ 	Button_X				= Option_X + (63 * factor);
+ 	Button_Y				= Option_Y + (102 * factor);
+	return(factor);
+}
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * VisualControlsClass::Process -- Process the visual control dialog box.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This routine displays and processes the visual controls dialog box.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   06/18/1995 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void VisualControlsClass::Process(void)
+{
+	static int _titles[4] = {
+		TXT_BRIGHTNESS,
+		TXT_COLOR,
+		TXT_CONTRAST,
+		TXT_TINT
+	};
+
+	enum {
+		NUM_OF_BUTTONS = 6,
+	};
+
+	/*
+	**	Variables.
+	*/
+	int selection;
+	int factor;
+	bool pressed;
+	int curbutton;
+	TextButtonClass *buttons[NUM_OF_BUTTONS];
+	SliderClass *buttonsliders[NUM_OF_BUTTONS];
+
+	factor = Init();
+	Set_Logic_Page(SeenBuff);
+
+	/*
+	**	Create Buttons.  Button coords are in pixels, but are window-relative.
+	*/
+	TextButtonClass optionsbtn(
+			BUTTON_OPTIONS,
+			TXT_GAME_CONTROLS,
+			TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+			0,
+			Button_Y );
+
+	TextButtonClass resetbtn(
+			BUTTON_RESET,
+			TXT_RESET_MENU,
+			TPF_6PT_GRAD | TPF_NOSHADOW,
+			0,
+			Button_Y);
+
+	/*
+	**	Centers options button.
+	*/
+	optionsbtn.X = Option_X + (Option_Width - optionsbtn.Width - (15 * factor));
+	resetbtn.X   = Option_X + (15 *factor);
+
+	resetbtn.Add_Tail(optionsbtn);
+
+	/*
+	**	Brightness (value) control.
+	*/
+	SliderClass brightness(BUTTON_BRIGHTNESS, Slider_X, Slider_Y + (Slider_Y_Spacing*0), Slider_Width, Slider_Height);
+	brightness.Set_Thumb_Size(20);
+	brightness.Set_Value(Options.Get_Brightness());
+	brightness.Add_Tail(optionsbtn);
+
+	/*
+	**	Color (saturation) control.
+	*/
+	SliderClass color(BUTTON_COLOR, Slider_X, Slider_Y + (Slider_Y_Spacing*1), Slider_Width, Slider_Height);
+	color.Set_Thumb_Size(20);
+	color.Set_Value(Options.Get_Color());
+	color.Add_Tail(optionsbtn);
+
+	/*
+	**	Contrast control.
+	*/
+	SliderClass contrast(BUTTON_CONTRAST, Slider_X, Slider_Y + (Slider_Y_Spacing*2), Slider_Width, Slider_Height);
+	contrast.Set_Thumb_Size(20);
+	contrast.Set_Value(Options.Get_Contrast());
+	contrast.Add_Tail(optionsbtn);
+
+	/*
+	**	Tint (hue) control.
+	*/
+	SliderClass tint(BUTTON_TINT, Slider_X, Slider_Y + (Slider_Y_Spacing*3), Slider_Width, Slider_Height);
+	tint.Set_Thumb_Size(20);
+	tint.Set_Value(Options.Get_Tint());
+	tint.Add_Tail(optionsbtn);
+
+	/*
+	**	This causes left mouse button clicking within the confines of the dialog to
+	**	be ignored if it wasn't recognized by any other button or slider.
+	*/
+	GadgetClass dialog(Option_X, Option_Y, Option_Width, Option_Height, GadgetClass::LEFTPRESS);
+	dialog.Add_Tail(optionsbtn);
+
+	/*
+	**	This causes a right click anywhere or a left click outside the dialog region
+	**	to be equivalent to clicking on the return to options dialog.
+	*/
+	ControlClass background(BUTTON_OPTIONS, 0, 0, SeenBuff.Get_Width(), SeenBuff.Get_Height(), GadgetClass::LEFTPRESS|GadgetClass::RIGHTPRESS);
+	background.Add_Tail(optionsbtn);
+
+	curbutton = 0;
+	buttons[0] = NULL;
+	buttons[1] = NULL;
+	buttons[2] = NULL;
+	buttons[3] = NULL;
+	buttons[4] = &resetbtn;
+	buttons[5] = &optionsbtn;
+
+	buttonsliders[0] = &brightness;
+	buttonsliders[1] = &color;
+	buttonsliders[2] = &contrast;
+	buttonsliders[3] = &tint;
+	buttonsliders[4] = NULL;
+	buttonsliders[5] = NULL;
+
+	/*
+	**	Main Processing Loop.
+	*/
+	bool display = true;
+	bool process = true;
+	bool partial = true;
+	pressed = false;
+	while (process) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Invoke game callback.
+		*/
+		if (GameToPlay == GAME_NORMAL) {
+			Call_Back();
+		} else {
+			if (Main_Loop()) {
+				process = false;
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		** If we have just received input focus again after running in the background then
+		** we need to redraw.
+		*/
+		if (AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored){
+			AllSurfaces.SurfacesRestored=FALSE;
+			display=TRUE;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Refresh display if needed.
+		*/
+		if (display) {
+			Hide_Mouse();
+			Dialog_Box(Option_X, Option_Y, Option_Width, Option_Height);
+			Draw_Caption(TXT_VISUAL_CONTROLS, Option_X, Option_Y, Option_Width);
+			Show_Mouse();
+			display = false;
+			partial = true;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	If just the buttons and captions need to be redrawn, then do so now.
+		*/
+		if (partial) {
+			Hide_Mouse();
+
+			/*
+			**	Draw the titles.
+			*/
+			for (int i = 0; i < (sizeof(_titles)/sizeof(_titles[0])); i++) {
+				Fancy_Text_Print(_titles[i], Slider_X-8, Text_Y + (i*Slider_Y_Spacing),
+					CC_GREEN, TBLACK, TPF_6PT_GRAD|TPF_RIGHT|TPF_NOSHADOW| ((curbutton == i) ? TPF_BRIGHT_COLOR : TPF_USE_GRAD_PAL));
+			}
+			optionsbtn.Draw_All();
+			Show_Mouse();
+			partial = false;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Get and process player input.
+		*/
+		KeyNumType input = optionsbtn.Input();
+		switch (input) {
+			case (BUTTON_BRIGHTNESS | KN_BUTTON):
+				Options.Set_Brightness(brightness.Get_Value());
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_COLOR | KN_BUTTON):
+				Options.Set_Color(color.Get_Value());
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_CONTRAST | KN_BUTTON):
+				Options.Set_Contrast(contrast.Get_Value());
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_TINT | KN_BUTTON):
+				Options.Set_Tint(tint.Get_Value());
+				break;
+
+			case (BUTTON_RESET | KN_BUTTON):
+				selection = BUTTON_RESET;
+				pressed = true;
+				break;
+
+			case KN_ESC:
+			case BUTTON_OPTIONS|KN_BUTTON:
+				selection = BUTTON_OPTIONS;
+				pressed = true;
+				break;
+
+			case (KN_LEFT):
+				if (curbutton <= (BUTTON_TINT - BUTTON_BRIGHTNESS)) {
+					buttonsliders[curbutton]->Bump(1);
+					switch (curbutton) {
+						case (BUTTON_BRIGHTNESS - BUTTON_BRIGHTNESS):
+							Options.Set_Brightness(brightness.Get_Value());
+							break;
+
+						case (BUTTON_COLOR - BUTTON_BRIGHTNESS):
+							Options.Set_Color(color.Get_Value());
+							break;
+
+						case (BUTTON_CONTRAST - BUTTON_BRIGHTNESS):
+							Options.Set_Contrast(contrast.Get_Value());
+							break;
+
+						case (BUTTON_TINT - BUTTON_BRIGHTNESS):
+							Options.Set_Tint(tint.Get_Value());
+							break;
+					}
+				} else {
+					buttons[curbutton]->Turn_Off();
+					buttons[curbutton]->Flag_To_Redraw();
+
+					curbutton--;
+					if (curbutton < (BUTTON_RESET - BUTTON_BRIGHTNESS) ) {
+						curbutton = (BUTTON_OPTIONS - BUTTON_BRIGHTNESS);
+					}
+
+					buttons[curbutton]->Turn_On();
+					buttons[curbutton]->Flag_To_Redraw();
+				}
+				break;
+
+			case (KN_RIGHT):
+				if (curbutton <= (BUTTON_TINT - BUTTON_BRIGHTNESS)) {
+					buttonsliders[curbutton]->Bump(0);
+					switch (curbutton) {
+						case (BUTTON_BRIGHTNESS - BUTTON_BRIGHTNESS):
+							Options.Set_Brightness(brightness.Get_Value());
+							break;
+
+						case (BUTTON_COLOR - BUTTON_BRIGHTNESS):
+							Options.Set_Color(color.Get_Value());
+							break;
+
+						case (BUTTON_CONTRAST - BUTTON_BRIGHTNESS):
+							Options.Set_Contrast(contrast.Get_Value());
+							break;
+
+						case (BUTTON_TINT - BUTTON_BRIGHTNESS):
+							Options.Set_Tint(tint.Get_Value());
+							break;
+					}
+				} else {
+					buttons[curbutton]->Turn_Off();
+					buttons[curbutton]->Flag_To_Redraw();
+
+					curbutton++;
+					if (curbutton > (BUTTON_OPTIONS - BUTTON_BRIGHTNESS) ) {
+						curbutton = (BUTTON_RESET - BUTTON_BRIGHTNESS);
+					}
+
+					buttons[curbutton]->Turn_On();
+					buttons[curbutton]->Flag_To_Redraw();
+				}
+				break;
+
+			case (KN_UP):
+				if (curbutton <= (BUTTON_TINT - BUTTON_BRIGHTNESS) ) {
+					partial = true;
+				} else {
+					buttons[curbutton]->Turn_Off();
+					buttons[curbutton]->Flag_To_Redraw();
+				}
+
+				curbutton--;
+				if (curbutton == (BUTTON_RESET - BUTTON_BRIGHTNESS) ) {
+					curbutton--;
+				}
+
+				if (curbutton < 0) {
+					curbutton = (BUTTON_RESET - BUTTON_BRIGHTNESS);
+				}
+
+				if (curbutton <= (BUTTON_TINT - BUTTON_BRIGHTNESS) ) {
+					partial = true;
+				} else {
+					buttons[curbutton]->Turn_On();
+					buttons[curbutton]->Flag_To_Redraw();
+				}
+				break;
+
+			case (KN_DOWN):
+				if (curbutton <= (BUTTON_TINT - BUTTON_BRIGHTNESS) ) {
+					partial = true;
+				} else {
+					buttons[curbutton]->Turn_Off();
+					buttons[curbutton]->Flag_To_Redraw();
+				}
+
+				curbutton++;
+				if (curbutton > (BUTTON_RESET - BUTTON_BRIGHTNESS) ) {
+					curbutton = 0;
+				}
+
+				if (curbutton <= (BUTTON_TINT - BUTTON_BRIGHTNESS) ) {
+					partial = true;
+				} else {
+					buttons[curbutton]->Turn_On();
+					buttons[curbutton]->Flag_To_Redraw();
+				}
+				break;
+
+			case (KN_RETURN):
+				selection = curbutton + BUTTON_BRIGHTNESS;
+				pressed = true;
+				break;
+
+			default:
+				break;
+		}
+
+
+		if (pressed) {
+			switch (selection) {
+				case (BUTTON_RESET):
+					brightness.Set_Value(128);
+					contrast.Set_Value(128);
+					color.Set_Value(128);
+					tint.Set_Value(128);
+
+					Options.Set_Brightness(128);
+					Options.Set_Contrast(128);
+					Options.Set_Color(128);
+					Options.Set_Tint(128);
+					break;
+
+				case (BUTTON_OPTIONS):
+					process = false;
+					break;
+			}
+
+			pressed = false;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
diff --git a/VISUDLG.H b/VISUDLG.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ef125da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/VISUDLG.H
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\visudlg.h_v   2.15   16 Oct 1995 16:47:46   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               *** 
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : VISUDLG.H                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Maria del Mar McCready Legg											  *
+ *											 Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : Jan 8, 1995                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : Jan 18, 1995   [MML]                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#ifndef VISUDLG_H
+#define VISUDLG_H
+
+#include "gadget.h"
+
+class VisualControlsClass 
+{
+	private:
+
+		enum VisualControlEnums {
+			BUTTON_BRIGHTNESS=1,
+			BUTTON_COLOR,
+			BUTTON_CONTRAST,
+			BUTTON_TINT,
+			BUTTON_RESET,
+			BUTTON_OPTIONS,							// Button number for "Options menu"
+			OPTION_WIDTH=216,							// Width of dialog box.
+			OPTION_HEIGHT=122,						// Height of dialog box.
+			OPTION_X=(((320 - OPTION_WIDTH) / 2)),
+			OPTION_Y=((200 - OPTION_HEIGHT) / 2),
+			TEXT_X=OPTION_X+28,			 			// Title's x pos
+			TEXT_Y=OPTION_Y+30,  					// Add 11 for each following line
+			SLIDER_X=OPTION_X+105, 					// Slider's x pos
+			SLIDER_Y=OPTION_Y+30,  					// Add 11 for each following line
+			SLIDER_WIDTH=70,							// Width of each control slider.
+			SLIDER_HEIGHT=5,							// Height of each control slider.
+			SLIDER_Y_SPACING=11,						// Vertical spacing between sliders.
+			BUTTON_X=OPTION_X+63,	 				// Options button x pos
+			BUTTON_Y=OPTION_Y+102, 					// Options button y pos
+		};
+
+	public:
+
+		VisualControlsClass(void) {};
+		void Process(void);
+		int Init(void);
+
+		int	Option_Width;							// Width of dialog box.
+		int	Option_Height;							// Height of dialog box.
+		int	Option_X;
+		int	Option_Y;
+		int	Text_X;						 			// Title's x pos
+		int	Text_Y;  								// Add 11 for each following line
+		int	Slider_X; 								// Slider's x pos
+		int	Slider_Y;  								// Add 11 for each following line
+		int	Slider_Width;							// Width of each control slider.
+		int	Slider_Height;							// Height of each control slider.
+		int	Slider_Y_Spacing;						// Vertical spacing between sliders.
+		int	Button_X;	 							// Options button x pos
+		int	Button_Y; 								// Options button y pos
+
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/WATCOM.H b/WATCOM.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..678e03b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/WATCOM.H
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\watcom.h_v   2.13   16 Oct 1995 16:45:58   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/*********************************************************************************************** 
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               *** 
+ *********************************************************************************************** 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                    File Name : WATCOM.H                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                   Start Date : 03/12/95                                                     * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *                  Last Update : March 12, 1995 [JLB]                                         * 
+ *                                                                                             * 
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* 
+ * Functions:                                                                                  * 
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef WATCOM_H
+#define WATCOM_H
+
+// Turn all warnings into errors.
+#pragma warning * 0
+
+// Disables warning when "sizeof" is used on an object with virtual functions.
+#pragma warning 549 9
+
+// Disable the "Integral value may be truncated during assignment or initialization".
+#pragma warning 389 9
+
+// Allow constructing a temporary to be used as a parameter.
+#pragma warning 604 9
+
+// Disable the construct resolved as an expression warning.
+#pragma warning 595 9
+
+// Disable the strange "construct resolved as a declaration/type" warning.
+#pragma warning 594 9
+
+// Disable the "pre-compiled header file cannot be used" warning.
+#pragma warning 698 9
+
+// Disable the "temporary object used to initialize a non-constant reference" warning.
+#pragma warning 665 9
+
+// Disable the "pointer or reference truncated by cast. Cast is supposed to REMOVE warnings, not create them.
+#pragma warning 579 9
+
+// Disable the warning about moving empty constructors/destructors to the class declaration.
+#pragma warning 657 9
+
+// Turns off unreferenced function parameter warning.
+//#pragma off(unreferenced)
+
+// Turns off "expression with side effect in sizeof()". This is needed if memchecker is used.
+#pragma warning 472 9
+
+#endif
diff --git a/WIDEFUNC.MAC b/WIDEFUNC.MAC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2f32a9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/WIDEFUNC.MAC
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+<End><Left><Down><Alt-1>y<Up><Right>#4138#4138#4138#4138#4138#4138#4138#4138#4138#4138#4138#4138#4138#4138#4138#4138#4138#4138#4138#4138<Alt-J>1<Enter><F5>#4138#4143<Enter><Up><Alt-C><Alt-J>1<Enter><Space><Space><Space><Space><Space><Space><Space><Space><Space><Space><Space><Space><Space><Space><Space><Space><Space><Space><Space><Space><Alt-C><F5>#4138#4143<Enter><Left><Right>#4157#4157#4157#4157#4157#4157#4157#4157#4157#4157#4157#4157#4157#4157#4157#4157#4157#4157#4157#4157<Alt-J>1<Enter><Home><F5>#4143<Backspace><Esc><Ctrl-F6><F5>#4190#4143#4138<Enter><F5>#4190#4188#4143#4188#4138<Enter><Ctrl-T><Ctrl-F6><F7>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/WIDEHDR.MAC b/WIDEHDR.MAC
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..09b003a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/WIDEHDR.MAC
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+<Down><End><Left><Left>#4138#4138#4138#4138#4138#4138#4138#4138#4138#4138#4138#4138#4138#4138#4138#4138#4138#4138#4138#4138<Home><Down><Ctrl-Right><Ctrl-Right><Space><Space><Space><Space><Space><Space><Space><Space><Space><Space><End><Left><Left><Space><Space><Space><Space><Space><Space><Space><Space><Space><Space><Down><End>#4138#4138#4138#4138#4138#4138#4138#4138#4138#4138#4138#4138#4138#4138#4138#4138#4138#4138#4138#4138<Down><End><Left><Alt-1>y<F5>#4138#4143<Enter><Up><Alt-C><Alt-J>1<Enter><Space><Space><Space><Space><Space><Space><Space><Space><Space><Space><Space><Space><Space><Space><Space><Space><Space><Space><Space><Space><Alt-C><F5>#4138#4143<Enter><Left><Right>#4141<Space>#4141<Space>#4141<Space>#4141<Space>#4141<Space>#4141<Space>#4141<Space>#4141<Space>#4141<Space>#4141<Space><Alt-J>1<Enter><F5>#4141#4141#4141#4141#4141#4141<Space><Enter><Right><Right><Right><Right><Right><Right>#4141#4141#4141#4141#4141#4141#4141#4141#4141#4141#4141#4141#4141#4141#4141#4141#4141#4141#4141#4141<Del><Del><Del><Del><Del><Del><Del><Del><Del><Del><Del><Del><Del><Del><Del><Del><Del><Del><Del><Del><Alt-J>1<Enter><Up><Up><Up><Home><F7>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/WINASM.ASM b/WINASM.ASM
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7381e46
--- /dev/null
+++ b/WINASM.ASM
@@ -0,0 +1,889 @@
+;
+;	Command & Conquer(tm)
+;	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+;
+;	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+;	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+;	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+;	(at your option) any later version.
+;
+;	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+;	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+;	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+;	GNU General Public License for more details.
+;
+;	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+;	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+;
+
+;***************************************************************************
+;**   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S  I N C  **
+;***************************************************************************
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                        *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                    File Name : WINSAM.ASM                               *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                   Programmer : Steve Tall                               *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                   Start Date : October 26th, 1995                       *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                  Last Update : October 26th, 1995  [ST]                 *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+;* Functions:                                                              *
+;* - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - *
+
+
+IDEAL
+P386
+MODEL USE32 FLAT
+
+global	C _AbortModemFunctionPtr:dword
+global	C Memory_Error_Exit	:dword
+global	C MouseQX		:dword
+global	C MouseQY		:dword
+
+global	FastGetPortHardware_	:near
+global	FastSetPortHardware_	:near
+global	PortOpenGreenleafFast_	:near
+global	HMWaitForOK_		:near
+global	HMSetDialingMethod_	:near
+global	HMDial_			:near
+global	HMInputLine_		:near
+global	HMAnswer_		:near
+global	PortKillTime_		:near
+global	HMSendStringNoWait_	:near
+global	HMSetUpEchoRoutine_	:near
+global	HMSetUpAbortKey_	:near
+global	SetAbortModemFunctionPtr_:near
+global	Change8259Priority_	:near
+global	HMSendString_		:near
+global	C Stop_Execution	:near
+
+
+global	_IPX_Initialise:near
+global	_ASM_IPX_Initialise:near
+
+
+		codeseg
+
+proc _ASM_IPX_Initialise near
+
+		int	3
+		jmp	_IPX_Initialise
+
+endp
+
+
+
+
+global _Int3:near
+proc _Int3 near
+	;int	3
+	ret
+endp
+
+
+proc Stop_Execution C near
+
+	nop
+	ret
+
+endp
+
+
+
+;
+; Stuff needed from the shape library
+;
+;
+;
+
+
+INCLUDE "shape.inc"
+
+
+
+
+;***************************************************************************
+;* ModeX_Blit -- Copy a 320x200 graphic view port to a modex screen        *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* INPUT:	eax - graphic view port                                    *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* OUTPUT:      none                                                       *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* PROTO:       extern "C" void ModeX_Blit (GraphicBufferClass *source);   *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* HISTORY:                                                                *
+;*   10/26/1994 PWG : Created.                                             *
+;*=========================================================================*
+
+SEQUENCER	=3c4h	; sequencer port
+MAP_MASK	=2	; map mask register
+
+		INCLUDE "gbuffer.inc"
+		global	ModeX_Blit_:near
+
+
+proc        	ModeX_Blit_ NEAR
+
+		pushad
+		mov	ebx,eax
+
+		mov	esi,[(GraphicViewPort ebx).GVPOffset]
+		mov	eax,[(GraphicViewPort ebx).GVPXAdd]
+		add	eax,[(GraphicViewPort ebx).GVPPitch]
+		mov	edi,0a0000h
+		mov	ebx,eax
+
+		mov	al,MAP_MASK
+
+		mov	ebp,200
+
+??each_line_lp:	mov	ah,1		;1st plane
+		push	ebx
+		push	esi
+
+??each_plane_lp:mov	edx,SEQUENCER
+		out	dx,ax
+
+		push	esi
+		push	edi
+		push	eax
+
+		rept	10
+		mov	al,[esi]
+		mov	bl,[esi+8]
+		mov	cl,[esi+16]
+		mov	dl,[esi+24]
+		mov	ah,[esi+4]
+		mov	bh,[esi+12]
+		mov	ch,[esi+20]
+		mov	dh,[esi+28]
+		shl	ebx,16
+		shl	edx,16
+		or	ebx,eax
+		or	edx,ecx
+		mov	[edi],ebx
+		mov	[edi+4],edx
+		add	esi,32
+		add	edi,8
+		endm
+
+		pop	eax
+		pop	edi
+		pop	esi
+		inc	esi
+		shl	ah,1
+		cmp	ah,16
+		jl	??each_plane_lp
+
+
+		pop	esi
+		pop	ebx
+		lea	esi,[esi+ebx+320]
+		add	edi,80
+		dec	ebp
+		jnz	??each_line_lp
+
+		popad
+
+		ret
+
+endp		ModeX_Blit_
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ifdef cuts
+		pushad
+		mov	ebx,eax
+
+		mov	esi,[(GraphicViewPort ebx).GVPOffset]
+		mov	eax,[(GraphicViewPort ebx).GVPXAdd]
+		add	eax,[(GraphicViewPort ebx).GVPPitch]
+		mov	edi,0a0000h
+		mov	ebx,eax
+
+		mov	al,MAP_MASK
+		mov	ah,1		;1st plane
+
+??each_plane_lp:mov	edx,SEQUENCER
+		out	dx,ax
+		mov	ebp,200		;do 200 lines
+		push	esi
+		push	edi
+
+??each_line_lp:	mov	ecx,320/4
+
+??each_pixel_lp:mov	dl,[esi]
+		mov	[edi],dl
+		add	esi,4
+		inc	edi
+		dec	ecx
+		jnz	??each_pixel_lp
+
+		add	esi,ebx
+		dec	ebp
+		jnz	??each_line_lp
+
+		pop	edi
+		pop	esi
+		inc	esi
+		shl	ah,1
+
+		cmp	ah,16
+		jl	??each_plane_lp
+endif
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+proc FastGetPortHardware_ NEAR
+endp
+
+proc FastSetPortHardware_ NEAR
+endp
+
+proc PortOpenGreenleafFast_ NEAR
+endp
+
+proc HMWaitForOK_ NEAR
+endp
+
+proc HMSetDialingMethod_ NEAR
+endp
+
+proc HMDial_ NEAR
+endp
+
+proc HMInputLine_ NEAR
+endp
+
+proc HMAnswer_ NEAR
+endp
+
+proc PortKillTime_ NEAR
+endp
+
+proc HMSendStringNoWait_ NEAR
+endp
+
+proc HMSetUpEchoRoutine_ NEAR
+endp
+
+proc HMSetUpAbortKey_ NEAR
+endp
+
+proc SetAbortModemFunctionPtr_ NEAR
+endp
+
+proc Change8259Priority_ NEAR
+endp
+
+proc HMSendString_ NEAR
+endp
+
+		ret
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+	masm
+;
+; Change a DAC colour register directly
+;
+; register number in al
+;
+; bh=red bl=green cl=blue
+;
+
+set_dac_col proc near
+		pushad
+		cli
+		push	eax
+		mov	dx,03dah
+		in	al,dx
+		jmp	@@1
+@@1:		mov	dx,03c8h
+		pop	eax
+		out	dx,al
+		jmp	@@2
+@@2:		inc	dl
+		mov	al,bh
+		out	dx,al
+		jmp	@@3
+@@3:		mov	al,bl
+		out	dx,al
+		jmp	@@4
+@@4:		mov	al,cl
+		out	dx,al
+		jmp	@@5
+@@5:		sti
+		popad
+		ret
+set_dac_col endp
+
+	ideal
+
+
+global	Set_Palette_Register_:near
+
+
+proc Set_Palette_Register_ near
+
+		pushad
+		and	cl,63
+		mov	bh,dl
+		and	bh,63
+		and	bl,63
+		call	set_dac_col
+		popad
+		ret
+
+endp Set_Palette_Register_
+
+
+
+
+		locals	??
+
+
+
+		ends
+
+		dataseg
+
+LineBuffer		dd	640 dup (?)
+		ends
+
+
+
+		segment mycode page public use32 'code'	; Need stricter segment alignment
+
+global		C	Asm_Interpolate:near
+global		C	Asm_Interpolate_Line_Double:near
+global		C	Asm_Interpolate_Line_Interpolate:near
+global		C	PaletteInterpolationTable:byte
+
+
+;*********************************************************************************************
+;* Asm_Interpolate -- interpolate a 320x200 buffer to a 640x400 screen                       *
+;*                                                                                           *
+;* INPUT:	ptr to source buffer (320x200 image)                                         *
+;*              ptr to dest buffer (640x400)                                                 *
+;*              height of source buffer                                                      *
+;*              width of source buffer                                                        *
+;*              width of dest buffer                                                         *
+;*                                                                                           *
+;*                                                                                           *
+;* OUTPUT:      none                                                                         *
+;*                                                                                           *
+;* Warnings:                                                                                 *
+;*                                                                                           *
+;* HISTORY:                                                                                  *
+;*   12/15/95 ST : Created.                                                                  *
+;*===========================================================================================*
+
+PROC		Asm_Interpolate C near
+
+		ARG	src_ptr:dword
+		ARG	dest_ptr:dword
+		ARG	source_height:dword
+		ARG	source_width:dword
+		ARG	dest_width:dword
+
+		LOCAL	old_dest:dword
+
+		pushad
+
+		mov	eax,[dest_ptr]
+		mov	[old_dest],eax
+
+		mov	esi,[src_ptr]
+
+??each_line_loop:
+		mov	ecx,[source_width]
+		sub	ecx,2
+		shr	ecx,1
+		mov	edi,[old_dest]
+		jmp	??interpolate_loop
+
+		align	32
+;
+; convert 2 pixels of source into 4 pixels of destination
+; so we can write to video memory with dwords
+;
+??interpolate_loop:
+		mov	eax,[esi]
+		lea	esi,[esi+2]
+		mov	edx,eax
+		mov	ebx,eax
+		and	edx,65535
+		ror	ebx,8
+		mov	bl,[edx+PaletteInterpolationTable]
+		mov	bh,ah
+		and	eax,000ffff00h
+		ror	ebx,8
+
+;1st 3 pixels now in ebx
+
+		shr	eax,8
+		mov	bh,[eax+PaletteInterpolationTable]
+		ror	ebx,16
+		mov	[edi],ebx
+		add	edi,4
+
+		dec	ecx
+		jnz	??interpolate_loop
+
+; do the last three pixels and a blank on the end of a row
+		xor	eax,eax
+		mov	ax,[esi]
+		mov	[edi],al
+		inc	edi
+		lea	esi,[esi+2]
+		mov	al,[eax+PaletteInterpolationTable]
+		mov	[edi],al
+		inc	edi
+		mov	[edi],ah
+		inc	edi
+		mov	[byte edi],0
+
+		mov	edi,[dest_width]
+		add	[old_dest],edi
+
+		dec	[source_height]
+		jnz	??each_line_loop
+
+		popad
+		ret
+
+endp		Asm_Interpolate
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+PROC		Asm_Interpolate_Line_Double C near
+		ARG	src_ptr:dword
+		ARG	dest_ptr:dword
+		ARG	source_height:dword
+		ARG	source_width:dword
+		ARG	dest_width:dword
+
+		LOCAL	old_dest:dword
+		LOCAL	width_counter:dword
+		LOCAL	pixel_count:dword
+
+		pushad
+
+		mov	eax,[dest_ptr]
+		mov	[old_dest],eax
+
+		mov	esi,[src_ptr]
+		mov	edi,[dest_ptr]
+
+??each_line_loop:
+		mov	[width_counter],0
+		mov	ecx,[source_width]
+		sub	ecx,2
+		shr	ecx,1
+		mov	[pixel_count],ecx
+		mov	ecx,offset LineBuffer
+		mov	edi,[old_dest]
+		jmp	??interpolate_loop
+		align	16
+
+; convert 2 pixels of source into 4 pixels of destination
+??interpolate_loop:
+		mov	eax,[esi]
+		lea	esi,[esi+2]
+		mov	edx,eax
+		mov	ebx,eax
+		and	edx,65535
+		ror	ebx,8
+		mov	bl,[edx+PaletteInterpolationTable]
+		mov	bh,ah
+		and	eax,000ffff00h
+		ror	ebx,8
+
+		;1st 3 pixels now in ebx
+		shr	eax,8
+		mov	bh,[eax+PaletteInterpolationTable]
+		ror	ebx,16
+		mov	[edi],ebx
+		mov	[ecx],ebx
+		add	edi,4
+		add	ecx,4
+
+		dec	[pixel_count]
+		jnz	??interpolate_loop
+
+; do the last three pixels and a blank
+
+		xor	eax,eax
+		mov	ax,[esi]
+		mov	[edi],al
+		mov	[ecx],al
+		inc	edi
+		inc	ecx
+		lea	esi,[esi+2]
+		mov	al,[eax+PaletteInterpolationTable]
+		mov	[edi],al
+		mov	[ecx],al
+		inc	edi
+		inc	ecx
+		mov	[edi],ah
+		mov	[ecx],ah
+		inc	edi
+		inc	ecx
+		mov	[byte edi],0
+		mov	[byte ecx],0
+
+		mov	edi,[dest_width]
+		shr	edi,1
+		add	[old_dest],edi
+		push	esi
+		push	edi
+		mov	esi,offset LineBuffer
+		mov	edi,[old_dest]
+		mov	ecx,[source_width]
+		shr	ecx,1
+		rep	movsd
+		pop	edi
+		pop	esi
+		add	[old_dest],edi
+		mov	edi,[old_dest]
+
+		dec	[source_height]
+		jnz	??each_line_loop
+
+		popad
+		ret
+
+endp		Asm_Interpolate_Line_Double
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+		ends
+
+		dataseg
+
+TopLine		dd	640 dup (?)
+BottomLine	dd	640 dup (?)
+
+
+		segment mycode page public use32 'code'	; Need stricter segment alignment
+
+
+proc		Interpolate_Single_Line C near
+
+		ARG	source_ptr:dword
+		ARG	dest_ptr:dword
+		ARG	source_width:dword
+
+		pushad
+
+		mov	ecx,[source_width]
+		sub	ecx,2
+		shr	ecx,1
+
+		mov	esi,[source_ptr]
+		mov	edi,[dest_ptr]
+
+??interpolate_loop:
+		mov	eax,[esi]
+		lea	esi,[esi+2]
+		mov	edx,eax
+		mov	ebx,eax
+		and	edx,65535
+		ror	ebx,8
+		mov	bl,[edx+PaletteInterpolationTable]
+		mov	bh,ah
+		and	eax,000ffff00h
+		ror	ebx,8
+
+		;1st 3 pixels now in ebx
+		shr	eax,8
+		mov	bh,[eax+PaletteInterpolationTable]
+		ror	ebx,16
+		mov	[edi],ebx
+		add	edi,4
+
+		dec	ecx
+		jnz	??interpolate_loop
+
+; do the last three pixels and a blank
+
+		xor	eax,eax
+		mov	ax,[esi]
+		mov	[edi],al
+		inc	edi
+		mov	al,[eax+PaletteInterpolationTable]
+		mov	[edi],al
+		inc	edi
+		mov	[edi],ah
+		inc	edi
+		mov	[byte edi],0
+
+		popad
+		ret
+
+
+endp		Interpolate_Single_Line
+
+
+proc		Interpolate_Between_Lines C near
+
+		ARG	source1:dword
+		ARG	source2:dword
+		ARG	destination:dword
+		ARG	source_width:dword
+
+		pushad
+		mov	esi,[source1]
+		mov	edi,[destination]
+		mov	ebx,[source2]
+		xor	eax,eax
+		mov	ecx,[source_width]
+		add	ecx,ecx
+
+??interpolate_each_pixel_loop:
+		mov	al,[esi]
+		mov	ah,[ebx]
+		inc	esi
+		inc	ebx
+		mov	dl,[eax+PaletteInterpolationTable]
+		mov	[edi],dl
+		inc	edi
+		dec	ecx
+		jnz	??interpolate_each_pixel_loop
+
+		popad
+		ret
+
+endp		Interpolate_Between_Lines
+
+
+
+
+macro		Lineswp
+		push	[next_line]
+		push	[last_line]
+		pop	[next_line]
+		pop	[last_line]
+endm
+
+
+PROC		Asm_Interpolate_Line_Interpolate C near
+
+
+		ARG	src_ptr:dword
+		ARG	dest_ptr:dword
+		ARG	source_lines:dword
+		ARG	source_width:dword
+		ARG	dest_width:dword
+
+		LOCAL	old_dest:dword
+		LOCAL	pixel_count:dword
+		LOCAL	next_line:dword
+		LOCAL	last_line:dword
+
+		pushad
+
+		mov	eax,[dest_ptr]
+		mov	[old_dest],eax
+
+		mov	[next_line],offset TopLine
+		mov	[last_line],offset BottomLine
+		mov	ecx,[source_width]
+		shr	ecx,1
+		mov	[pixel_count],ecx
+		shr	[dest_width],1
+
+		call	Interpolate_Single_Line C,[src_ptr],[next_line],[source_width]
+		mov	esi,[source_width]
+		Lineswp
+		add	[src_ptr],esi
+		dec	[source_lines]
+
+
+??each_line_pair_loop:
+		call	Interpolate_Single_Line C,[src_ptr],[next_line],[source_width]
+		call	Interpolate_Between_Lines C,[last_line],[next_line],offset LineBuffer,[source_width]
+
+		mov	esi,[last_line]
+		mov	edi,[old_dest]
+		mov	ecx,[pixel_count]
+		rep	movsd
+
+		mov	edi,[old_dest]
+		mov	esi,offset LineBuffer
+		add	edi,[dest_width]
+		mov	ecx,[pixel_count]
+		mov	[old_dest],edi
+		rep	movsd
+
+		mov	edi,[old_dest]
+		mov	esi,[source_width]
+		add	edi,[dest_width]
+		add	[src_ptr],esi
+		mov	[old_dest],edi
+
+		Lineswp
+		dec	[source_lines]
+		jnz	??each_line_pair_loop
+
+		call	Interpolate_Single_Line C,[src_ptr],[next_line],[source_width]
+		mov	esi,[next_line]
+		mov	edi,[old_dest]
+		mov	ecx,[pixel_count]
+		rep	movsd
+
+		popad
+		ret
+
+
+endp		Asm_Interpolate_Line_Interpolate
+
+		ends	mycode
+
+
+
+
+global		C Asm_Create_Palette_Interpolation_Table:near
+global		C InterpolationPalette:dword
+
+		codeseg
+
+
+proc		Asm_Create_Palette_Interpolation_Table C near
+
+		LOCAL	palette_counter:dword
+		LOCAL	first_palette:dword
+		LOCAL	second_palette:dword
+		LOCAL	dest_ptr:dword
+		LOCAL	count:dword
+		LOCAL	closest_colour:dword
+		LOCAL	distance_of_closest:dword
+
+		pushad
+
+		mov	[dest_ptr],0
+		mov	[palette_counter],256
+		mov	esi,[InterpolationPalette]
+
+??palette_outer_loop:
+		mov	edi,[InterpolationPalette]
+		mov	ecx,256
+
+??palette_inner_loop:
+		mov	bl,[esi]
+		add	bl,[edi]
+		shr	bl,1
+
+		mov	bh,[esi+1]
+		add	bh,[edi+1]
+		shr	bh,1
+
+		mov	dl,[esi+2]
+		add	dl,[edi+2]
+		shr	dl,1
+
+		mov	[closest_colour],0
+		mov	[distance_of_closest],-1
+
+		push	edi
+		push	ecx
+		mov	edi,[InterpolationPalette]
+		mov	[count],0
+
+??cmp_pal_lp:	xor	eax,eax
+		xor	ecx,ecx
+		mov	al,[edi]
+		sub	al,bl
+		imul	al
+		mov	ecx,eax
+		mov	al,[edi+1]
+		sub	al,bh
+		imul	al
+		add	ecx,eax
+		mov	al,[edi+2]
+		sub	al,dl
+		imul	al
+		add	ecx,eax
+
+		cmp	ecx,[distance_of_closest]
+		ja	??end_cmp_lp
+		mov	[distance_of_closest],ecx
+		mov	eax,[count]
+		mov	[closest_colour],eax
+		test	ecx,ecx
+		jz	??got_perfect
+
+??end_cmp_lp:	lea	edi,[edi+3]
+		inc	[count]
+		cmp	[count],256
+		jb	??cmp_pal_lp
+
+
+??got_perfect:	mov	edi,[dest_ptr]
+		mov	eax,[closest_colour]
+		mov	[edi+PaletteInterpolationTable],al
+		inc	[dest_ptr]
+
+		pop	ecx
+		pop	edi
+		lea	edi,[edi+3]
+		dec	ecx
+		jnz	??palette_inner_loop
+
+		lea	esi,[esi+3]
+		dec	[palette_counter]
+		jnz	??palette_outer_loop
+
+		popad
+		ret
+
+endp		Asm_Create_Palette_Interpolation_Table
+
+
+
+
+	DATASEG
+
+_AbortModemFunctionPtr	dd	0
+Memory_Error_Exit	dd	0
+MouseQX			dd	0
+MouseQY			dd	0
+
+end
diff --git a/WINSTUB.CPP b/WINSTUB.CPP
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6e42667
--- /dev/null
+++ b/WINSTUB.CPP
@@ -0,0 +1,921 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : WINSTUB.CPP                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Steve Tall                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : 10/04/95                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : October 4th 1995 [ST]                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Overview:                                                                                   *
+ *   This file contains stubs for undefined externals when linked under Watcom for Win 95      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	"function.h"
+#include "tcpip.h"
+
+void output(short,short)
+{}
+
+bool InDebugger = false;
+bool ReadyToQuit = false;
+
+#if (0)
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Extract_Shape_Count -- returns # of shapes in the given shape block		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * The # of shapes in a shape block is the first WORD in the block, so		*
+ * this is the value returned.															*
+ *																									*
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ * buffer	pointer to shape block, created with MAKESHPS.EXE					*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ * # shapes in the block																	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *	none																							*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/09/1992 JLB : Created.                                             *
+ *   08/19/1993 SKB : Split drawshp.asm into several modules.              *
+ *   05/25/1994 BR : Converted to 32-bit                                   *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int __cdecl Extract_Shape_Count(VOID const *buffer)
+{
+	ShapeBlock_Type *block = (ShapeBlock_Type *)buffer;
+
+	return (block->NumShapes);
+
+}	/* end of Extract_Shape_Count */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Extract_Shape -- Gets pointer to shape in given shape block					*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ * buffer	pointer to shape block, created with MAKESHPS.EXE					*
+ * shape		index of shape to get														*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ * pointer to shape in the shape block													*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *	none																							*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/09/1992 JLB : Created.                                             *
+ *   08/19/1993 SKB : Split drawshp.asm into several modules.              *
+ *   05/25/1994 BR : Converted to 32-bit                                   *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+VOID * __cdecl Extract_Shape(VOID const *buffer, int shape)
+{
+	ShapeBlock_Type *block = (ShapeBlock_Type*) buffer;
+	long offset;			// Offset of shape data, from start of block
+	char *bytebuf = (char*) buffer;
+
+	/*
+	----------------------- Return if invalid argument -----------------------
+	*/
+	if (!buffer || shape < 0 || shape >= block->NumShapes)
+		return(NULL);
+
+	offset = block->Offsets[shape];
+
+	return(bytebuf + 2 + offset);
+
+}	/* end of Extract_Shape */
+#endif	//(0)
+
+
+
+unsigned long CCFocusMessage = WM_USER+50;	//Private message for receiving application focus
+extern	void VQA_PauseAudio(void);
+extern	void VQA_ResumeAudio(void);
+
+
+ThemeType OldTheme = THEME_NONE;
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Focus_Loss -- this function is called when a library function detects focus loss            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    2/1/96 2:10PM ST : Created                                                               *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+
+void Focus_Loss(void)
+{
+	if (SoundOn){
+		if (OldTheme == THEME_NONE){
+			OldTheme = Theme.What_Is_Playing();
+		}
+	}
+	Theme.Stop();
+	Stop_Primary_Sound_Buffer();
+	if (WWMouse) WWMouse->Clear_Cursor_Clip();
+}
+
+
+void Focus_Restore(void)
+{
+	Restore_Cached_Icons();
+	Map.Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+	Start_Primary_Sound_Buffer(TRUE);
+	if (WWMouse) WWMouse->Set_Cursor_Clip();
+	VisiblePage.Clear();
+	HiddenPage.Clear();
+}
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Check_For_Focus_Loss -- check for the end of the focus loss                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    2/2/96 10:49AM ST : Created                                                              *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+
+void Check_For_Focus_Loss(void)
+{
+	static BOOL	focus_last_time = 1;
+			 MSG	msg;
+
+	if ( !GameInFocus ){
+		Focus_Loss();
+		while( PeekMessage( &msg, NULL, 0, 0, PM_NOREMOVE | PM_NOYIELD ) ){
+	  		if( !GetMessage( &msg, NULL, 0, 0 ) ){
+				return;
+			}
+			TranslateMessage(&msg);
+			DispatchMessage(&msg);
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (!focus_last_time && GameInFocus){
+
+		VQA_PauseAudio();
+		CountDownTimerClass cd;
+		cd.Set(60*1);
+
+		do {
+			while (PeekMessage( &msg, NULL, 0, 0, PM_NOREMOVE )) {
+	  			if( !GetMessage( &msg, NULL, 0, 0 ) ){
+					return;
+				}
+				TranslateMessage(&msg);
+				DispatchMessage(&msg);
+			}
+
+		} while(cd.Time());
+		VQA_ResumeAudio();
+		//AllSurfaces.Restore_Surfaces();
+		//VisiblePage.Clear();
+		//HiddenPage.Clear();
+		//Map.Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+		PostMessage (MainWindow, CCFocusMessage,0,0);
+	}
+
+	focus_last_time = GameInFocus;
+
+}
+
+
+
+extern BOOL InMovie;
+
+long FAR PASCAL _export Windows_Procedure (HWND hwnd, UINT message, UINT wParam, LONG lParam)
+{
+
+	int	low_param = LOWORD(wParam);
+
+	if (message == CCFocusMessage){
+		Start_Primary_Sound_Buffer(TRUE);
+		if (!InMovie){
+			Theme.Queue_Song(OldTheme);
+			OldTheme = THEME_NONE;
+		}
+		return(0);
+	}
+
+
+	switch ( message ){
+
+		case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
+		case WM_SYSKEYDOWN:
+		case WM_SYSKEYUP:
+		case WM_KEYDOWN:
+		case WM_KEYUP:
+		case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
+		case WM_LBUTTONUP:
+		case WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK:
+		case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
+		case WM_MBUTTONUP:
+		case WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK:
+		case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
+		case WM_RBUTTONUP:
+		case WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK:
+	 		Kbd.Message_Handler(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
+			return(0);
+
+		case WM_DESTROY:
+			CCDebugString ("C&C95 - WM_DESTROY message received.\n");
+			CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to call Prog_End.\n");
+			Prog_End();
+			CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to Invalidate_Cached_Icons.\n");
+			Invalidate_Cached_Icons();
+			CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to release the video surfaces.\n");
+			VisiblePage.Un_Init();
+			HiddenPage.Un_Init();
+			AllSurfaces.Release();
+			if (!InDebugger){
+				CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to reset the video mode.\n");
+				Reset_Video_Mode();
+			}
+			CCDebugString ("C&C95 - About to stop the profiler.\n");
+			Stop_Profiler();
+			CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Posting the quit message.\n");
+			PostQuitMessage( 0 );
+			/*
+			** If we are shutting down gracefully than flag that the message loop has finished.
+			** If this is a forced shutdown (ReadyToQuit == 0) then try and close down everything
+			** before we exit.
+			*/
+			if (ReadyToQuit){
+				CCDebugString ("C&C95 - We are now ready to quit.\n");
+				ReadyToQuit = 2;
+			}else{
+				CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Emergency shutdown.\n");
+				CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Shut down the network stuff.\n");
+#ifndef DEMO
+				Shutdown_Network();
+#endif
+				CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Kill the Winsock stuff.\n");
+				if (Winsock.Get_Connected()) Winsock.Close();
+				CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Call ExitProcess.\n");
+				ExitProcess(0);
+			}
+			CCDebugString ("C&C95 - Clean & ready to quit.\n");
+			return(0);
+
+		case WM_ACTIVATEAPP:
+			GameInFocus=(BOOL)wParam;
+			if (!GameInFocus) {
+				Focus_Loss();
+			}
+			AllSurfaces.Set_Surface_Focus (GameInFocus);
+			AllSurfaces.Restore_Surfaces();
+//			if (GameInFocus){
+//				Restore_Cached_Icons();
+//				Map.Flag_To_Redraw(true);
+//				Start_Primary_Sound_Buffer(TRUE);
+//				if (WWMouse) WWMouse->Set_Cursor_Clip();
+//			}
+			return(0);
+#if (0)
+		case WM_ACTIVATE:
+			if (low_param == WA_INACTIVE){
+				GameInFocus = FALSE;
+				Focus_Loss();
+			}
+			return(0);
+#endif //(0)
+
+		case WM_SYSCOMMAND:
+			switch ( wParam ) {
+
+				case SC_CLOSE:
+					/*
+					** Windows sent us a close message. Probably in response to Alt-F4. Ignore it by
+					** pretending to handle the message and returning 0;
+					*/
+					return (0);
+
+				case SC_SCREENSAVE:
+					/*
+					** Windoze is about to start the screen saver. If we just return without passing
+					** this message to DefWindowProc then the screen saver will not be allowed to start.
+					*/
+					return (0);
+			}
+			break;
+
+#ifdef FORCE_WINSOCK
+		case WM_ACCEPT:
+		case WM_HOSTBYADDRESS:
+		case WM_HOSTBYNAME:
+		case WM_ASYNCEVENT:
+		case WM_UDPASYNCEVENT:
+	 		Winsock.Message_Handler(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
+			return (0);
+#endif	//FORCE_WINSOCK
+	}
+
+	return (DefWindowProc (hwnd, message, wParam, lParam));
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Create_Main_Window -- opens the MainWindow for C&C                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    instance -- handle to program instance                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    10/10/95 4:08PM ST : Created                                                             *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+
+#define CC_ICON 1
+int ShowCommand;
+
+void Create_Main_Window ( HANDLE instance ,int command_show , int width , int height )
+
+{
+	HWND        	hwnd ;
+	WNDCLASS    	wndclass ;
+	//
+	// Register the window class
+	//
+
+	wndclass.style         = CS_HREDRAW | CS_VREDRAW ;
+	wndclass.lpfnWndProc   = Windows_Procedure ;
+	wndclass.cbClsExtra    = 0 ;
+	wndclass.cbWndExtra    = 0 ;
+	wndclass.hInstance     = instance ;
+	wndclass.hIcon         = LoadIcon (instance, MAKEINTRESOURCE(CC_ICON)) ;
+	wndclass.hCursor       = NULL;
+	wndclass.hbrBackground = NULL;
+	wndclass.lpszMenuName  = "Command & Conquer";	//NULL
+	wndclass.lpszClassName = "Command & Conquer";
+
+	RegisterClass (&wndclass) ;
+
+
+	//
+	// Create our main window
+	//
+	hwnd = CreateWindowEx (
+							WS_EX_TOPMOST,
+							"Command & Conquer",
+							"Command & Conquer",
+							WS_POPUP | WS_MAXIMIZE,
+							0,
+							0,
+							width,
+							height,
+							NULL,
+							NULL,
+							instance,
+							NULL );
+
+	ShowWindow (hwnd, command_show );
+	ShowCommand = command_show;
+	UpdateWindow (hwnd);
+	SetFocus (hwnd);
+	MainWindow=hwnd;			//Save the handle to our main window
+	hInstance = instance;
+
+	CCFocusMessage = RegisterWindowMessage ("CC_GOT_FOCUS");
+
+	Audio_Focus_Loss_Function = &Focus_Loss;
+	Misc_Focus_Loss_Function = &Focus_Loss;
+	Misc_Focus_Restore_Function = &Focus_Restore;
+	Gbuffer_Focus_Loss_Function = &Focus_Loss;
+}
+
+void Window_Dialog_Box(HANDLE  hinst, LPCTSTR  lpszTemplate, HWND  hwndOwner, DLGPROC  dlgprc)
+{
+	MSG					msg;
+	/*
+	** Get rid of the Westwood mouse cursor because we are showing a
+	** dialog box and we want to have the right windows cursor showing
+	** for it.
+	*/
+	Hide_Mouse();
+	ShowCursor(TRUE);
+
+	/*
+	** Pop up the dialog box and then run a standard message handler
+	** until the dialog box is closed.
+	*/
+
+	DialogBox(hinst, lpszTemplate, hwndOwner, dlgprc);
+	while (GetMessage(&msg, NULL, 0, 0) && !AllDone) {
+		TranslateMessage(&msg);
+		DispatchMessage(&msg);
+	}
+
+	/*
+	** Restore the westwood mouse cursor and get rid of the windows one
+	** because it is now time to restore back to the westwood way of
+	** doing things.
+	*/
+	ShowCursor(FALSE);
+	Show_Mouse();
+}
+
+
+
+typedef struct tColourList {
+
+	char	Red;
+	char	Green;
+	char	Blue;
+} ColourList;
+
+ColourList	ColourLookup[9]={
+	0,0,0,
+	63,0,0,
+	0,63,0,
+	0,0,63,
+	63,0,63,
+	63,63,0,
+	0,63,63,
+	32,32,32,
+	63,63,63
+};
+
+
+
+
+int	DebugColour=1;
+
+
+extern "C" void Set_Palette_Register(int number,int red ,int green ,int blue);
+#pragma off (unreferenced)
+void Colour_Debug (int call_number)
+{
+	//#if 0
+	//if (DebugColour==call_number || !call_number){
+
+		//if (call_number){
+		//	Wait_Vert_Blank();
+		//}
+
+		Set_Palette_Register (0,ColourLookup[call_number].Red ,
+										ColourLookup[call_number].Green,
+										ColourLookup[call_number].Blue);
+	//}
+	//#endif
+}
+
+#pragma on (unreferenced)
+
+
+
+
+
+BOOL Any_Locked (void)
+{
+	if (SeenBuff.Get_LockCount() ||
+		HidPage.Get_LockCount()){
+		return (TRUE);
+	}else{
+		return(FALSE);
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+HANDLE DebugFile = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * CCDebugString -- sends a string to the debugger and echos it to disk                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    string                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    10/28/96 12:48PM ST : Created                                                            *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void CCDebugString (char *string)
+{
+#if (0)
+
+	char outstr[256];
+
+	sprintf (outstr, "%s", string);
+
+	DWORD	actual;
+	if (DebugFile == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE){
+		DebugFile = CreateFile("debug.txt", GENERIC_WRITE, 0,
+												NULL, CREATE_ALWAYS, FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL, NULL);
+	}else{
+		DebugFile = CreateFile("debug.txt", GENERIC_WRITE, 0,
+												NULL, OPEN_EXISTING, FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL, NULL);
+	}
+
+	if (DebugFile != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE){
+		SetFilePointer (DebugFile, 0, NULL, FILE_END);
+		WriteFile(DebugFile, outstr, strlen(outstr)+1, &actual, NULL);
+		CloseHandle (DebugFile);
+	}
+
+	OutputDebugString (string);
+
+#else
+
+	string = string;
+
+#endif
+
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+//
+// Miscellaneous stubs. Mainly for multi player stuff
+//
+//
+//
+
+//IPXAddressClass::IPXAddressClass(void) {
+//	int i;
+//	i++;
+//}
+//int IPXManagerClass::Num_Connections(void){ return (0); }
+//int IPXManagerClass::Connection_ID( int ) { return (0); }
+//IPXAddressClass * IPXManagerClass::Connection_Address( int ) { return ((IPXAddressClass*)0); }
+//char * IPXManagerClass::Connection_Name( int ) { return ((char*)0); }
+//int IPXAddressClass::Is_Broadcast() { return (0); }
+//int IPXManagerClass::Send_Global_Message( void *, int, int, IPXAddressClass * ) { return (0); }
+//int IPXManagerClass::Service() { return (0); }
+//int IPXManagerClass::Get_Global_Message( void  *, int  *, IPXAddressClass  *, short unsigned  * ) { return (0); }
+//int IPXAddressClass::operator ==( IPXAddressClass  & ) { return (0); }
+//IPXManagerClass::IPXManagerClass( int, int, int, int, short unsigned, short unsigned ) {}
+//IPXManagerClass::~IPXManagerClass() {
+//	int i;
+//	i++;
+//	}
+//int  IPXManagerClass::Delete_Connection( int ) { return (0); }
+//IPXAddressClass::IPXAddressClass( char unsigned  *, char unsigned  * ){}
+//void  IPXManagerClass::Set_Socket( short unsigned ){}
+//int  IPXManagerClass::Is_IPX() { return (0); }
+//int  IPXManagerClass::Init() { return (0); }
+//void  IPXAddressClass::Get_Address( char unsigned  *, char unsigned  * ){}
+//void  IPXManagerClass::Set_Bridge( char unsigned  * ){}
+//int  IPXManagerClass::Global_Num_Send() { return (0); }
+//void  IPXManagerClass::Set_Timing( long unsigned, long unsigned, long unsigned ){}
+//unsigned long IPXManagerClass::Global_Response_Time() { return (0); }
+//int  IPXManagerClass::Create_Connection( int, char  *, IPXAddressClass  * ) { return (0); }
+//int  IPXAddressClass::operator !=( IPXAddressClass  & ) { return (0); }
+//int  IPXManagerClass::Send_Private_Message( void  *, int, int, int ) { return (0); }
+//int  IPXManagerClass::Get_Private_Message( void  *, int  *, int  * ) { return (0); }
+//int  IPXManagerClass::Connection_Index( int ) { return (0); }
+//void  IPXManagerClass::Reset_Response_Time(){}
+//long unsigned  IPXManagerClass::Response_Time() { return (0); }
+//int  IPXManagerClass::Private_Num_Send( int ) { return (0); }
+
+//_VQAHandle  *  VQA_Alloc(void){ return ((_VQAHandle *)0); }
+//void  VQA_Init( _VQAHandle  *, long ( *)()) {}
+//long  VQA_Open( _VQAHandle  *, char const  *, _VQAConfig  * ) { return (0); }
+//void  VQA_Free( _VQAHandle  * ) {}
+//void  VQA_Close( _VQAHandle  * ) {}
+//long  VQA_Play( _VQAHandle  *, long ) { return (0); }
+
+//void VQA_Init(VQAHandle *, long(*)(VQAHandle *vqa, long action,	void *buffer, long nbytes)){}
+
+//long VQA_Open(VQAHandle *, char const *, VQAConfig *)
+//{
+//	return (0);
+//}
+
+//void VQA_Close(VQAHandle *){}
+
+//long VQA_Play(VQAHandle *, long)
+//{
+//	return (0);
+//}
+
+
+unsigned char	*VQPalette;
+long				VQNumBytes;
+unsigned long	VQSlowpal;
+bool				VQPaletteChange = false;
+
+
+extern "C"{
+	void __cdecl SetPalette(unsigned char *palette,long numbytes,unsigned long slowpal);
+}
+
+
+
+void Flag_To_Set_Palette(unsigned char *palette,long numbytes,unsigned long slowpal)
+{
+	VQPalette = palette;
+	VQNumBytes = numbytes;
+	VQSlowpal = slowpal;
+	VQPaletteChange = true;
+}
+
+
+
+void Check_VQ_Palette_Set(void)
+{
+	if (VQPaletteChange){
+		SetPalette(VQPalette, VQNumBytes, VQSlowpal);
+		VQPaletteChange = false;
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+void __cdecl SetPalette(unsigned char *palette,long,unsigned long)
+{
+	for (int i=0 ; i<256*3 ; i++){
+		*(palette+i)&=63;
+	}
+	Increase_Palette_Luminance(palette , 15 , 15 , 15 ,63);
+
+	if (PalettesRead){
+		memcpy (&PaletteInterpolationTable[0][0] , InterpolatedPalettes[PaletteCounter++] , 65536);
+	}
+	Set_Palette(palette);
+}
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Memory_Error_Handler -- Handle a possibly fatal failure to allocate memory                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    5/22/96 3:57PM ST : Created                                                              *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void Memory_Error_Handler(void)
+{
+	VisiblePage.Clear();
+	Set_Palette(GamePalette);
+	while (Get_Mouse_State()){Show_Mouse();};
+	CCMessageBox().Process("Error - out of memory.", "Abort", false);
+	Prog_End();
+	Invalidate_Cached_Icons();
+	PostQuitMessage( 0 );
+	ExitProcess(0);
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+GraphicBufferClass* Read_PCX_File(char* name, char* Palette, void *Buff, long Size);
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Load_Title_Screen -- loads the title screen into the given video buffer                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    screen name                                                                       *
+ *           video buffer                                                                      *
+ *           ptr to buffer for palette                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    7/5/96 11:30AM ST : Created                                                              *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+
+void Load_Title_Screen(char *name, GraphicViewPortClass *video_page, unsigned char *palette)
+{
+
+	GraphicBufferClass *load_buffer;
+
+
+	load_buffer = Read_PCX_File (name, (char*)palette, NULL, 0);
+
+	if (load_buffer){
+		load_buffer->Blit(*video_page);
+		delete load_buffer;
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+#include "filepcx.h"
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * READ_PCX_FILE -- read a pcx file into a Graphic Buffer                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *	GraphicBufferClass* Read_PCX_File (char* name, char* palette ,void *Buff, long size );	*
+ *  																								*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT: name is a NULL terminated string of the fromat [xxxx.pcx]        *
+ *        palette is optional, if palette != NULL the the color palette of *
+ *					 the pcx file will be place in the memory block pointed	   *
+ *               by palette.																*
+ *			 Buff is optinal, if Buff == NULL a new memory Buffer		 			*
+ *					 will be allocated, otherwise the file will be placed 		*
+ *					 at location pointd by Buffer;										*
+ *			Size is the size in bytes of the memory block pointed by Buff		*
+ *				  is also optional;
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT: on succes a pointer to a GraphicBufferClass cointaining the     *
+ *         pcx file, NULL othewise.                                        *
+ *																									*
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *         Appears to be a comment-free zone                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/03/1995 JRJ : Created.                                             *
+ *   04/30/1996 ST : Tidied up and modified to use CCFileClass             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+
+#define	POOL_SIZE 2048
+#define	READ_CHAR()  *file_ptr++ ; \
+							 if ( file_ptr	>= & pool [ POOL_SIZE ]	) { \
+								 file_handle.Read (pool , POOL_SIZE ); \
+								 file_ptr = pool ; \
+							 }
+
+
+GraphicBufferClass* Read_PCX_File(char* name, char* palette, void *Buff, long Size)
+{
+	unsigned					i, j;
+	unsigned					rle;
+	unsigned					color;
+	unsigned					scan_pos;
+	char						*file_ptr;
+	int						width;
+	int						height;
+	char						*buffer;
+	PCX_HEADER				header;
+	RGB						*pal;
+	char						pool [POOL_SIZE];
+	GraphicBufferClass	*pic;
+
+	CCFileClass file_handle(name);
+
+	if (!file_handle.Is_Available()) return (NULL);
+
+	file_handle.Open(READ);
+
+	file_handle.Read (&header, sizeof (PCX_HEADER));
+
+	if (header.id != 10 &&  header.version != 5 && header.pixelsize != 8 ) return NULL ;
+
+	width = header.width - header.x + 1;
+	height = header.height - header.y + 1;
+
+	if (Buff) {
+    	buffer = (char *)Buff;
+    	i = Size / width;
+    	height = MIN (i - 1, height);
+    	pic = new GraphicBufferClass(width, height, buffer, Size);
+    	if ( !(pic && pic->Get_Buffer()) ) return NULL ;
+	} else {
+    	pic = new GraphicBufferClass(width, height, NULL, width*(height+4));
+    	if ( !(pic && pic->Get_Buffer()) ) return NULL ;
+	}
+
+	buffer = (char *) pic->Get_Buffer();
+	file_ptr = pool ;
+	file_handle.Read (pool , POOL_SIZE);
+
+	if ( header.byte_per_line != width ){
+
+		for ( scan_pos = j = 0 ; j < height ; j ++, scan_pos += width ) {
+			for ( i = 0 ; i < width ; ) {
+				rle = READ_CHAR ();
+				if ( rle > 192 ) {
+					rle -= 192 ;
+					color =	READ_CHAR (); ;
+					memset ( buffer + scan_pos + i , color , rle );
+					i += rle;
+				} else {
+					*(buffer+scan_pos + i++ ) = (char)rle;
+				}
+			}
+      	}
+
+		if ( i == width ) rle = READ_CHAR ();
+		if ( rle > 192 )  rle = READ_CHAR ();
+
+	} else {
+
+		for ( i = 0 ; i < width * height ; ) {
+  			rle = READ_CHAR ();
+  			rle &= 0xff;
+  			if ( rle > 192 ) {
+        		rle -= 192 ;
+        		color = READ_CHAR ();
+  				memset ( buffer + i , color , rle );
+        		i += rle ;
+      		}else{
+				*(buffer + i++) = (char)rle;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	if ( palette ) {
+		file_handle.Seek (- (256 * sizeof ( RGB )) , SEEK_END );
+		file_handle.Read (palette , 256L * sizeof ( RGB ));
+
+		pal = ( RGB * ) palette;
+		for (i = 0 ; i < 256 ; i ++) {
+			pal ->red	>>= 2;
+			pal ->green	>>= 2;
+			pal ->blue	>>= 2;
+			pal ++ ;
+		}
+	}
+
+	file_handle.Close();
+	return pic;
+}
+
diff --git a/WWALLOC.H b/WWALLOC.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..441fc2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/WWALLOC.H
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\wwalloc.h_v   2.18   16 Oct 1995 16:47:52   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+/*
+**	This should be located in the wwlib32.h file, but is located here for
+**	test purposes.
+*/
+#ifdef __FLAT__
+#define	PRIVATE	static
+#endif
+
+typedef enum MemoryFlagType {
+	MEM_NORMAL = 0x0000,		// Default memory (normal).
+	MEM_PUBLIC = 0x0000,		// Default memory (normal).
+	MEM_CHIP   = 0x0000,		// Graphic & sound buffer memory (Amiga).
+	MEM_UNUSED = 0x0001,		// <unused>
+	MEM_SYSTEM = 0x0002,		// Allocate out of system heap (XMS or EMS only).
+	MEM_RELAXED= 0x0004,		// Don't worry about page conservation in EMS.
+	MEM_TEMP   = 0x0008,		// Temporary allocation (used by library only).
+	MEM_CLEAR  = 0x0010,		// Fill memory with '\0' characters.
+	MEM_PARA   = 0x0020,		// Paragraph aligned (IBM only).
+	MEM_XMS    = 0x0040,		// XMS memory.
+	MEM_EMS    = 0x0080,		// EMS memory (not implemented).
+	MEM_X      = 0x8000		// Here to force this enum to be unsigned sized.
+} MemoryFlagType;
+MemoryFlagType operator |(MemoryFlagType, MemoryFlagType);
+MemoryFlagType operator &(MemoryFlagType, MemoryFlagType);
+MemoryFlagType operator ~(MemoryFlagType);
+
+
+/* Prototypes for functions defined in this file */
+void * __cdecl Alloc(unsigned long bytes_to_alloc, MemoryFlagType flags);
+void __cdecl Free(void const *pointer);
+void * __cdecl Resize_Alloc(void const *original_ptr, unsigned long new_size_in_bytes);
+long __cdecl Ram_Free(MemoryFlagType flag);
+long __cdecl Total_Ram_Free(MemoryFlagType flag);
+long __cdecl Heap_Size(MemoryFlagType flag);
+
+extern unsigned long __cdecl MinRam;		// Record of least memory at worst case.
+extern unsigned long __cdecl MaxRam;		// Record of total allocated at worst case.
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
diff --git a/WWFILE.H b/WWFILE.H
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cafef97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/WWFILE.H
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/*
+**	Command & Conquer(tm)
+**	Copyright 2025 Electronic Arts Inc.
+**
+**	This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+**	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+**	the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+**	(at your option) any later version.
+**
+**	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+**	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+**	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+**	GNU General Public License for more details.
+**
+**	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+**	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\wwfile.h_v   2.15   16 Oct 1995 16:46:06   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Westwood Library                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : WWFILE.H                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : August 8, 1994                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : August 8, 1994   [JLB]                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef WWFILE_H
+#define WWFILE_H
+
+//#include	<stdio.h>
+
+#ifndef READ
+#define	READ	_READ
+#endif
+#ifndef WRITE
+#define	WRITE	_WRITE
+#endif
+
+class FileClass
+{
+	public:
+		virtual ~FileClass(void) {};
+		virtual char const * File_Name(void) const = 0;
+		virtual char const * Set_Name(char const *filename) = 0;
+		virtual int Create(void) = 0;
+		virtual int Delete(void) = 0;
+		virtual int Is_Available(int forced=false) = 0;
+		virtual int Is_Open(void) const = 0;
+		virtual int Open(char const *filename, int rights=READ) = 0;
+		virtual int Open(int rights=READ) = 0;
+		virtual long Read(void *buffer, long size) = 0;
+		virtual long Seek(long pos, int dir=SEEK_CUR) = 0;
+		virtual long Size(void) = 0;
+		virtual long Write(void const *buffer, long size) = 0;
+		virtual void Close(void) = 0;
+
+		operator char const * () {return File_Name();};
+};
+
+#endif